<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" xmlns:omny="https://omny.fm/rss-extensions" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:acast="https://schema.acast.com/1.0/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <omny:organizationId>2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac</omny:organizationId>
    <omny:programId>7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb</omny:programId>
    <omny:playlistId>9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0</omny:playlistId>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0/podcast.rss" />
    <atom:link rel="first" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0/podcast.rss?page=1" />
    <atom:link rel="last" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0/podcast.rss?page=1" />
    <title>People, Stories, and Life</title>
    <itunes:subtitle>Meet authors, entertainers, athletes, and other guests sharing their experiences, ideas, and personal stories. Explore books, sports, film, music, personal growth, caregiving, health, and family life.</itunes:subtitle>
    <link>https://www.coachlistens.com/</link>
    <description><![CDATA[<p>Meet authors, entertainers, athletes, and other guests sharing their experiences, ideas, and personal stories. Explore books, sports, film, music, personal growth, caregiving, health, and family life.</p><p>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>This is a collection from <a href="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete">Coach Listens with Coach Pete</a>. Follow the main podcast for the complete archive and new interviews.</p>]]></description>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:summary>Meet authors, entertainers, athletes, and other guests sharing their experiences, ideas, and personal stories. Explore books, sports, film, music, personal growth, caregiving, health, and family life.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.

This is a collection from Coach Listens with Coach Pete. Follow the main podcast for the complete archive and new interviews.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Coach Listens</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>podcasts@broadcastingexperts.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
    <copyright>2026 Coach Listens</copyright>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:block>yes</itunes:block>
    <itunes:category text="Arts">
      <itunes:category text="Books" />
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture"></itunes:category>
    <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0/image.jpg?t=1792074369&amp;size=Large" />
    <image>
      <url>https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0/image.jpg?t=1792074369&amp;size=Large</url>
      <title>People, Stories, and Life</title>
      <link>https://www.coachlistens.com/</link>
    </image>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Quiet Costs (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Quiet Costs (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Phil Graham, special friend of the show here alongside bestselling author, America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Get your own questions answered or tune in to past episodes and check out all of our free resources by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. And don&#x27;t forget to subscribe to us on YouTube. FinancialSpeakeasy.com is the way to get there. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re releasing new videos all the time. Great way to make sure that you are up to date on what you need to know heading into retirement. Let me give you one more site while we&#x27;re doing it. PlanOncePlanForLife.com. That&#x27;s where you can, if you go there right now, we&#x27;ll send you one of these e-books out right away. The Modern Planning, PlanOncePlanForLife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Thomas, there&#x27;s five, and Phil, and everybody else out there in Radio Land, there are five quiet drains on your retirement paycheck, all right? These are quiet assassins. We don&#x27;t like quiet assassins when it&#x27;s touching our money. None of these is a scam, and nobody&#x27;s going to call you about them. Every one is a rule working exactly the way it was written, and every one of them is far easier to deal with before it applies than after. Very, very important. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re going to talk about it. That&#x27;s good. Now, I&#x27;ve sat across the table from people who did everything right. They saved steadily. They stayed out of debt. They retired with more than they needed, and still watched a few thousand dollars a year walk out the door for reasons they never saw coming. So we&#x27;re going to talk about what they are. And it&#x27;s not because anyone cheated them, Thomas and Phil and everybody out there. It&#x27;s because a threshold moved past them, or a look back caught them, or a rule that they had never heard of finally applied.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> That always stinks to be zinked by something like that. So what follows? We&#x27;re going to talk about the five I see the most, the five quiet drains on your portfolio. And all the figures are 2026 figures that we&#x27;re going to talk about here. So they&#x27;re pretty up-date. But the first one is something that, Phil, we&#x27;ve talked about this, Thomas, as well, off show. And it&#x27;s one that came out of nowhere. It&#x27;s called your Aunt Irma. I-R-M-A-A look back. Thomas, not a good thing. Doesn&#x27;t sound like a good thing. And when I first heard this word, I thought, because my wife is from Holland. Hold on. I feel like I&#x27;ve heard that as a name before. All right. Let me tell you what it stands for. It stands for Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount. In plain language, it&#x27;s your income. If your income is above a certain line, you pay more for Medicare Part B and D.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And these are two things about it that catch people. All right. The two big things. First, it looks backward two years. So your 2026 Medicare premium is set by your 2024 tax return. Whoa. Now, a lot of people didn&#x27;t realize that. No, that&#x27;s interesting. And not this year&#x27;s income. Not last year&#x27;s. The one you filed in 2025 for the year 2024. Talk about confusing. Phil, what do you think about that? Can you repeat the question? Can you just listen to it? I was listening to the years, and in my brain, I&#x27;m trying to track. And then that last part, I&#x27;m like, now I&#x27;m lost again. I don&#x27;t know. That was the correct answer right there. You&#x27;re lost. Yeah, I can&#x27;t figure it out. Yeah. So keep in mind, if 2024, we&#x27;re talking about 2024 and you&#x27;re in retirement now, possibly</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> that was your last full year of work. Or the year you sold a rental property. Or the year you did a large Roth conversion. And now it puts you way over that threshold. And second, it is a cliff, not a ramp. You know, ramps are easy to deal with because they&#x27;re slow and steady and gradual. A cliff. Now, I&#x27;ve never jumped over one or walked through one or walked over one of you. You wouldn&#x27;t be here. Exactly. No. You know, I think of those movies, though, where you see all the buffalo or wherever it is, and they&#x27;re following each other, and they&#x27;ll just go right over this. Yeah. So what do I mean when I say a cliff? Well, there&#x27;s no gentle phase in. One dollar over the line. One dollar over that line that they say, the line of demarcation. Just one dollar. And the full surcharge applies for the entire year. Talk about a government penalty. Wow. How does that make you feel? Don&#x27;t like it. Now, there&#x27;s something called a QLAC.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> QLAC. Qualified Lifetime Annuity Contract. Now, these have been developed. They&#x27;ve been around for years, but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what they are. And what this is, is for IRA money, which really can kill you when you start doing those minimum required distributions, right? MRDs. You can take the money off that MRD equation by every dollar you put into a QLAC. So let&#x27;s say you have $500,000 in a regular IRA, and you don&#x27;t want to keep paying those minimum required distributions on that. So you transfer, let&#x27;s say, $300,000 into a QLAC. Okay. Now, the QLAC now, that takes $300,000 off of your MRD equation. In other words, you&#x27;re not taxed on that each and every year. You don&#x27;t have to take the money out. Oh, nice. And the QLAC says, and this is what confuses people, the QLAC says you have until age 85</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> to start taking that money out. The confusion, Phil, and I think you&#x27;ll agree with that, is a lot of people thought that once you put money in a QLAC, you could not touch it until age 85. Is that correct? That&#x27;s what people thought. Correct. But that&#x27;s not the case. No. You can basically take it anytime you want. But when you take it out, now you have to start reporting it again on the MRD equation. Yeah. Uncle Sam&#x27;s usually flexible when it means that they&#x27;re going to get tax money sooner. Yeah. So I wrote a book about this called Quiet Money. And when you think about it, the money you put in a QLAC turns quiet. It&#x27;s not sitting there yelling at Uncle Sam saying, hey, come over here and tax me. It gets really quiet and it hides legally. I like that. So that&#x27;s a good one. That helps with a tax torpedo. We don&#x27;t like tax torpedoes. Most people believe Social Security either is or isn&#x27;t taxed.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> It is neither. How much of it lands on your return depends on a number called combined income, which is your adjusted gross income plus any tax exempt interest plus half of your Social Security benefit. Cross that first threshold and up to half of your benefit becomes taxable. Cross the second one and up to 85% of your Social Security, which was a tax to begin with, by the way, is now taxable. Wow. Oh, man. Thanks, Uncle Sam. Here&#x27;s the part that makes it a torpedo rather than a bump. Those thresholds have never been adjusted for inflation. Think about that. Have we had inflation the last few years? That means they&#x27;re low is what you&#x27;re saying. In other words, a lot of people are triggering that and didn&#x27;t even know it.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So $25,000 was a real income in 1984. It is not one now, is it? 1984, $25,000. The Social Security Administration&#x27;s own historians note that the thresholds were deliberately left unindexed and they document the result. The share of beneficiaries owing tax on their benefits has climbed steadily. In other words, if you have money, you&#x27;re going to pay taxes now for Social Security because they&#x27;re not adjusting that inflation amount up. So, I mean, it&#x27;s $25,000. It&#x27;s nothing anymore, but that starts triggering things. Yeah, sure. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Wow. Phil, how does that make you feel on that? Not good. And when I think about that, Coach, we always talk about it&#x27;s based on your taxable income. Is there a way to get not taxable income that doesn&#x27;t trigger that so I can still put the money in my pocket and spend it, but I&#x27;m not triggering all these phantom taxes?</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Well, one of the ways is a Roth conversion. And a lot of folks, like David Walker, when he was on here, was talking about he has most of his money in Roth IRAs. And he should know he was our former comptroller general. And he said, Coach, the taxes are going up. There&#x27;s no doubt. He said, so converting to Roth, it does hurt a little bit. Having to pay the taxes, he said, but now I pay taxes once and never pay again. Again, plan once, plan for life. And you don&#x27;t have those required minimum distributions where you&#x27;re forced to take it and your beneficiaries inherit it tax-free. Uncle Sam shows up next year. The tax man says, well, let me start taxing you on your IRAs and say, you know, I don&#x27;t have any IRAs anymore. I have Roth IRAs. And so you just slam the door in his face. So if you want to find out about the Roth conversion strategies that make sense to make sure you don&#x27;t get tax torpedoed, call right now. We&#x27;ll do a plan for you that encompasses everything we&#x27;ve talked about today.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> When you come in, you&#x27;ll leave with three books. One being this new book, Modern Planning. Plan once, plan for life. You&#x27;ll also leave with the 22-step total retirement plan. It&#x27;s a workbook. It&#x27;s $99. We&#x27;re going to give it to you. But it&#x27;s an interactive one. We will cover every step with you or behind the scenes for you and we&#x27;ll categorize everything on one color-coded page that makes a lot of sense when you see it. There&#x27;s no need for hundreds and hundreds of pages to confuse you. Put it all on one page and understand exactly what&#x27;s going on, not only now, but later and after you&#x27;re not here. All on one sheet. Thomas, tell folks how I can get this. Glad to. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text the keyword plan to 600700. That is the keyword plan to 600700.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And it&#x27;s true. A total retirement plan is a lot more than that IRA or two or that 401k or two that you have. It is a true total plan. Well, here&#x27;s a good question. Ask yourself, how much bigger would your nest egg be today if 10 years of fees had stayed in your account instead of leaving it? Oh. Bill, you&#x27;ve got a second point on that, don&#x27;t you? Yeah. I look at it as, I used to say, coach, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? It&#x27;s my little riddle. Yeah? Batman. Because 2% doesn&#x27;t sound bad, right? It&#x27;s only 2%. Well, but it&#x27;s every year it sounds bad. But let&#x27;s think of it, if you earned 10% in a year and you subtract 2%, that&#x27;s actually 20% of your gains.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> So that 2% fee actually wasn&#x27;t 2%, it was 20% of your gains. Wow. So if you&#x27;re giving up 20% of your gains or more, that starts taking a huge chunk of what could have been credited to your account. And again, what&#x27;s the value for it? What did you get for it? Are you getting any value? Is it just evaporating and it&#x27;s just coming out every quarter every year? Those are things that need to be addressed and looked at. And I think the consumer needs to understand where those fees are coming from. And most people have no idea what the total fees are because there&#x27;s also the internal fees that you can&#x27;t see in a lot of contracts. Financial termites. You know, it&#x27;s not only where the fee&#x27;s coming from, but where are those fees going?</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Good question, huh? Good question for your broker. Right. What are you getting for those fees? So, you know, let&#x27;s put this 20%. Now, 20% sounds bad enough, but let&#x27;s look at a $100 bill. So a $100 bill comes in to your house. Before you touch it, it turns into an $80 bill. There&#x27;s no such thing as an $80 bill. It turns into the 420s. One of the 20s goes away every single time you get that fee. And then that money that should have been your account&#x27;s not there anymore. So now we have compounding badness. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Yes, it is. And we&#x27;ve done a report before looking at a 2% fee over 20 years. If you had an account with no fees, and they both are in the same interest. So the only thing different was an account with no fees and one with 2% fees. It&#x27;s about $500,000 difference. Phil, there&#x27;s where the money went. Wow. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s a lot. That&#x27;s the difference between a beach house in retirement or a trailer park in retirement.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> That&#x27;s right. There you go. Not good. So let&#x27;s do this. Let&#x27;s put a total plan together. It&#x27;s been a great show, by the way. I appreciate your time today, Phil, coming in. Absolutely. Always love it. And it&#x27;s very enlightening on some of the taxes that are out there and some of the ways we can bypass it, though. So it&#x27;s been a positive show. We&#x27;re talking about ways to bypass the will and the trust and the court, and also bypassing a tax man as much as possible. And legally, by the way, there&#x27;s no such thing as illegal. You&#x27;ve got to pay some taxes, but there&#x27;s nothing that says you have to overpay. So if you want a true total retirement plan, folks, we&#x27;re going to make that offer for the next 10 of you to call. There&#x27;ll be no fee or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans that I don&#x27;t think are anywhere near as good as this. But you&#x27;re also going to get that financial termite inspection report, which will identify these fees we&#x27;re talking about here. Put it in real black and white. And then now you&#x27;ll know if it makes sense to continue paying those fees or not.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> Thomas, next 10 people, no cost, no obligation. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team at Capital Financial by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. Well, for Phil Graham joining us from the Charlotte area, Thomas, Denise, Jose working the board. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Phil Graham, special friend of the show here alongside bestselling author, America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Get your own questions answered or tune in to past episodes and check out all of our free resources by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. And don&#x27;t forget to subscribe to us on YouTube. FinancialSpeakeasy.com is the way to get there. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re releasing new videos all the time. Great way to make sure that you are up to date on what you need to know heading into retirement. Let me give you one more site while we&#x27;re doing it. PlanOncePlanForLife.com. That&#x27;s where you can, if you go there right now, we&#x27;ll send you one of these e-books out right away. The Modern Planning, PlanOncePlanForLife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Thomas, there&#x27;s five, and Phil, and everybody else out there in Radio Land, there are five quiet drains on your retirement paycheck, all right? These are quiet assassins. We don&#x27;t like quiet assassins when it&#x27;s touching our money. None of these is a scam, and nobody&#x27;s going to call you about them. Every one is a rule working exactly the way it was written, and every one of them is far easier to deal with before it applies than after. Very, very important. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re going to talk about it. That&#x27;s good. Now, I&#x27;ve sat across the table from people who did everything right. They saved steadily. They stayed out of debt. They retired with more than they needed, and still watched a few thousand dollars a year walk out the door for reasons they never saw coming. So we&#x27;re going to talk about what they are. And it&#x27;s not because anyone cheated them, Thomas and Phil and everybody out there. It&#x27;s because a threshold moved past them, or a look back caught them, or a rule that they had never heard of finally applied.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> That always stinks to be zinked by something like that. So what follows? We&#x27;re going to talk about the five I see the most, the five quiet drains on your portfolio. And all the figures are 2026 figures that we&#x27;re going to talk about here. So they&#x27;re pretty up-date. But the first one is something that, Phil, we&#x27;ve talked about this, Thomas, as well, off show. And it&#x27;s one that came out of nowhere. It&#x27;s called your Aunt Irma. I-R-M-A-A look back. Thomas, not a good thing. Doesn&#x27;t sound like a good thing. And when I first heard this word, I thought, because my wife is from Holland. Hold on. I feel like I&#x27;ve heard that as a name before. All right. Let me tell you what it stands for. It stands for Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount. In plain language, it&#x27;s your income. If your income is above a certain line, you pay more for Medicare Part B and D.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And these are two things about it that catch people. All right. The two big things. First, it looks backward two years. So your 2026 Medicare premium is set by your 2024 tax return. Whoa. Now, a lot of people didn&#x27;t realize that. No, that&#x27;s interesting. And not this year&#x27;s income. Not last year&#x27;s. The one you filed in 2025 for the year 2024. Talk about confusing. Phil, what do you think about that? Can you repeat the question? Can you just listen to it? I was listening to the years, and in my brain, I&#x27;m trying to track. And then that last part, I&#x27;m like, now I&#x27;m lost again. I don&#x27;t know. That was the correct answer right there. You&#x27;re lost. Yeah, I can&#x27;t figure it out. Yeah. So keep in mind, if 2024, we&#x27;re talking about 2024 and you&#x27;re in retirement now, possibly</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> that was your last full year of work. Or the year you sold a rental property. Or the year you did a large Roth conversion. And now it puts you way over that threshold. And second, it is a cliff, not a ramp. You know, ramps are easy to deal with because they&#x27;re slow and steady and gradual. A cliff. Now, I&#x27;ve never jumped over one or walked through one or walked over one of you. You wouldn&#x27;t be here. Exactly. No. You know, I think of those movies, though, where you see all the buffalo or wherever it is, and they&#x27;re following each other, and they&#x27;ll just go right over this. Yeah. So what do I mean when I say a cliff? Well, there&#x27;s no gentle phase in. One dollar over the line. One dollar over that line that they say, the line of demarcation. Just one dollar. And the full surcharge applies for the entire year. Talk about a government penalty. Wow. How does that make you feel? Don&#x27;t like it. Now, there&#x27;s something called a QLAC.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> QLAC. Qualified Lifetime Annuity Contract. Now, these have been developed. They&#x27;ve been around for years, but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what they are. And what this is, is for IRA money, which really can kill you when you start doing those minimum required distributions, right? MRDs. You can take the money off that MRD equation by every dollar you put into a QLAC. So let&#x27;s say you have $500,000 in a regular IRA, and you don&#x27;t want to keep paying those minimum required distributions on that. So you transfer, let&#x27;s say, $300,000 into a QLAC. Okay. Now, the QLAC now, that takes $300,000 off of your MRD equation. In other words, you&#x27;re not taxed on that each and every year. You don&#x27;t have to take the money out. Oh, nice. And the QLAC says, and this is what confuses people, the QLAC says you have until age 85</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> to start taking that money out. The confusion, Phil, and I think you&#x27;ll agree with that, is a lot of people thought that once you put money in a QLAC, you could not touch it until age 85. Is that correct? That&#x27;s what people thought. Correct. But that&#x27;s not the case. No. You can basically take it anytime you want. But when you take it out, now you have to start reporting it again on the MRD equation. Yeah. Uncle Sam&#x27;s usually flexible when it means that they&#x27;re going to get tax money sooner. Yeah. So I wrote a book about this called Quiet Money. And when you think about it, the money you put in a QLAC turns quiet. It&#x27;s not sitting there yelling at Uncle Sam saying, hey, come over here and tax me. It gets really quiet and it hides legally. I like that. So that&#x27;s a good one. That helps with a tax torpedo. We don&#x27;t like tax torpedoes. Most people believe Social Security either is or isn&#x27;t taxed.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> It is neither. How much of it lands on your return depends on a number called combined income, which is your adjusted gross income plus any tax exempt interest plus half of your Social Security benefit. Cross that first threshold and up to half of your benefit becomes taxable. Cross the second one and up to 85% of your Social Security, which was a tax to begin with, by the way, is now taxable. Wow. Oh, man. Thanks, Uncle Sam. Here&#x27;s the part that makes it a torpedo rather than a bump. Those thresholds have never been adjusted for inflation. Think about that. Have we had inflation the last few years? That means they&#x27;re low is what you&#x27;re saying. In other words, a lot of people are triggering that and didn&#x27;t even know it.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So $25,000 was a real income in 1984. It is not one now, is it? 1984, $25,000. The Social Security Administration&#x27;s own historians note that the thresholds were deliberately left unindexed and they document the result. The share of beneficiaries owing tax on their benefits has climbed steadily. In other words, if you have money, you&#x27;re going to pay taxes now for Social Security because they&#x27;re not adjusting that inflation amount up. So, I mean, it&#x27;s $25,000. It&#x27;s nothing anymore, but that starts triggering things. Yeah, sure. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Wow. Phil, how does that make you feel on that? Not good. And when I think about that, Coach, we always talk about it&#x27;s based on your taxable income. Is there a way to get not taxable income that doesn&#x27;t trigger that so I can still put the money in my pocket and spend it, but I&#x27;m not triggering all these phantom taxes?</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Well, one of the ways is a Roth conversion. And a lot of folks, like David Walker, when he was on here, was talking about he has most of his money in Roth IRAs. And he should know he was our former comptroller general. And he said, Coach, the taxes are going up. There&#x27;s no doubt. He said, so converting to Roth, it does hurt a little bit. Having to pay the taxes, he said, but now I pay taxes once and never pay again. Again, plan once, plan for life. And you don&#x27;t have those required minimum distributions where you&#x27;re forced to take it and your beneficiaries inherit it tax-free. Uncle Sam shows up next year. The tax man says, well, let me start taxing you on your IRAs and say, you know, I don&#x27;t have any IRAs anymore. I have Roth IRAs. And so you just slam the door in his face. So if you want to find out about the Roth conversion strategies that make sense to make sure you don&#x27;t get tax torpedoed, call right now. We&#x27;ll do a plan for you that encompasses everything we&#x27;ve talked about today.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> When you come in, you&#x27;ll leave with three books. One being this new book, Modern Planning. Plan once, plan for life. You&#x27;ll also leave with the 22-step total retirement plan. It&#x27;s a workbook. It&#x27;s $99. We&#x27;re going to give it to you. But it&#x27;s an interactive one. We will cover every step with you or behind the scenes for you and we&#x27;ll categorize everything on one color-coded page that makes a lot of sense when you see it. There&#x27;s no need for hundreds and hundreds of pages to confuse you. Put it all on one page and understand exactly what&#x27;s going on, not only now, but later and after you&#x27;re not here. All on one sheet. Thomas, tell folks how I can get this. Glad to. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text the keyword plan to 600700. That is the keyword plan to 600700.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And it&#x27;s true. A total retirement plan is a lot more than that IRA or two or that 401k or two that you have. It is a true total plan. Well, here&#x27;s a good question. Ask yourself, how much bigger would your nest egg be today if 10 years of fees had stayed in your account instead of leaving it? Oh. Bill, you&#x27;ve got a second point on that, don&#x27;t you? Yeah. I look at it as, I used to say, coach, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? It&#x27;s my little riddle. Yeah? Batman. Because 2% doesn&#x27;t sound bad, right? It&#x27;s only 2%. Well, but it&#x27;s every year it sounds bad. But let&#x27;s think of it, if you earned 10% in a year and you subtract 2%, that&#x27;s actually 20% of your gains.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> So that 2% fee actually wasn&#x27;t 2%, it was 20% of your gains. Wow. So if you&#x27;re giving up 20% of your gains or more, that starts taking a huge chunk of what could have been credited to your account. And again, what&#x27;s the value for it? What did you get for it? Are you getting any value? Is it just evaporating and it&#x27;s just coming out every quarter every year? Those are things that need to be addressed and looked at. And I think the consumer needs to understand where those fees are coming from. And most people have no idea what the total fees are because there&#x27;s also the internal fees that you can&#x27;t see in a lot of contracts. Financial termites. You know, it&#x27;s not only where the fee&#x27;s coming from, but where are those fees going?</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Good question, huh? Good question for your broker. Right. What are you getting for those fees? So, you know, let&#x27;s put this 20%. Now, 20% sounds bad enough, but let&#x27;s look at a $100 bill. So a $100 bill comes in to your house. Before you touch it, it turns into an $80 bill. There&#x27;s no such thing as an $80 bill. It turns into the 420s. One of the 20s goes away every single time you get that fee. And then that money that should have been your account&#x27;s not there anymore. So now we have compounding badness. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Yes, it is. And we&#x27;ve done a report before looking at a 2% fee over 20 years. If you had an account with no fees, and they both are in the same interest. So the only thing different was an account with no fees and one with 2% fees. It&#x27;s about $500,000 difference. Phil, there&#x27;s where the money went. Wow. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s a lot. That&#x27;s the difference between a beach house in retirement or a trailer park in retirement.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> That&#x27;s right. There you go. Not good. So let&#x27;s do this. Let&#x27;s put a total plan together. It&#x27;s been a great show, by the way. I appreciate your time today, Phil, coming in. Absolutely. Always love it. And it&#x27;s very enlightening on some of the taxes that are out there and some of the ways we can bypass it, though. So it&#x27;s been a positive show. We&#x27;re talking about ways to bypass the will and the trust and the court, and also bypassing a tax man as much as possible. And legally, by the way, there&#x27;s no such thing as illegal. You&#x27;ve got to pay some taxes, but there&#x27;s nothing that says you have to overpay. So if you want a true total retirement plan, folks, we&#x27;re going to make that offer for the next 10 of you to call. There&#x27;ll be no fee or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans that I don&#x27;t think are anywhere near as good as this. But you&#x27;re also going to get that financial termite inspection report, which will identify these fees we&#x27;re talking about here. Put it in real black and white. And then now you&#x27;ll know if it makes sense to continue paying those fees or not.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> Thomas, next 10 people, no cost, no obligation. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team at Capital Financial by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. Well, for Phil Graham joining us from the Charlotte area, Thomas, Denise, Jose working the board. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning, Roth conversions, investing, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/image.jpg?t=1792073403&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-medicare-premiums-social-security-taxes-and-quiet-costs-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/image.jpg?t=1792073403&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>741</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11900640" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-medicare-premiums-social-security-taxes-and-quiet-costs-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>1</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:37" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:52" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: The Beneficiary Forms Your Will May Not Control (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: The Beneficiary Forms Your Will May Not Control (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb here in studio with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line, a friend of the show, who has been a financial strategist for going on 30 years. Coach, you have such great friends. Well, yeah, I keep good friends around. If they&#x27;re very nice people, then I get along good with them. They&#x27;re not trying to jump off a bridge, right? No, we don&#x27;t want any of that. You know, we talked, I teased people before we left. I said six accounts that never read your will. And that&#x27;s a strange way to look at it, but what does that mean? Well, you spend a lot of money on a will or even a trust, and some accounts that don&#x27;t depend on that or don&#x27;t even look at it, or you can bypass that. And so people spend real money on a will and then assume it governs everything they own. For a great many households, it governs almost none of it.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> In other words, it doesn&#x27;t really handle much at all. So the largest accounts pass from a form somebody filled out years ago. It&#x27;s a form you fill out when you get in certain things. We&#x27;re going to talk about that. And the will never gets a vote. In other words, there&#x27;s some ways to bypass that will or trust. This is not a loophole, and it&#x27;s not a mistake in the law. It&#x27;s just how these accounts were designed to work quickly, privately, and outside of court. That&#x27;s a good thing, by the way. The trouble is that the form is usually signed on the first day of employment, filed away, and never looked at again through a marriage, a divorce, a death, and 30 years of life. So, Phil, in other words, the 20-year-old Coach Pete has nothing to do with the 60-year-old Coach Pete. Right? A whole different thing. What if I had filled out a form when I was 23 and I started a 401K with a company, and now I&#x27;m 60?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I don&#x27;t remember filling that form out. I don&#x27;t remember what I did yesterday these days sometimes. What I had for dinner, that kind of thing. So there&#x27;s six accounts, though, that you can buy. This is a good thing. I set it up to make it sound like it was maybe mysterious or not good. These are good things to bypass the court, bypassing probate and bypassing even trust a lot of times. You have to know what forms. A lot of people write all the language in the will or trust, but no one will ever read that because they filled out a form that bypasses it. So, Phil, do you want to give one of the six that don&#x27;t depend on the trust or will? I would say probably 401K because it has a beneficiary. Exactly. But the real question is, do you know who the beneficiary is you have on your 401K? Could be an ex-spouse.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Is it your ex-wife? Yeah. So you never know. That&#x27;s why we encourage people to review your beneficiary forms. And a lot of people don&#x27;t even remember filling it out. But once a year, if you can, at least every five years. And when we get closer to retirement or in retirement, maybe every year because things speed up. That&#x27;s right. I mean, years seem to go faster. So 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. Now, TSPs are the Thrift Savings Plan. We&#x27;ve got a brand new book out called Thrift or Thrive. And if you&#x27;re a federal employee, you really need to get your hands on this. And by the way, I love federal employees, Thomas. That&#x27;s our mail people, and they do a great job. Anyone who works for FBI people. I love my FBI people. Don&#x27;t want to get mad at me. But, you know, federal employees, you spend all your time. I mean, think about the mailmen and women. They&#x27;re working seven days a week now, it seems like.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> I&#x27;m getting mail all the time. So I really appreciate them. So I want to donate to them my appreciation. I&#x27;ve got the book, Thrift or Thrive. If you are a federal employee, all you have to do is call now, and I will send you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 100 pages of very helpful tips and techniques to make sure you can maximize and truly benefit from your retirement plan and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right things. So, Thomas, federal employees, the next 20 right now. All right, folks, just call 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or you can text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700 because, Coach, great gift here. Yeah. Phil, this is just a fun topic to me because this is talking about bypassing probate. We&#x27;ve heard that phrase before. I just rephrased it a little bit. But bypassing probate. So we&#x27;ve got the 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We count that as just one group. So there&#x27;s five more places that you can make sure to fill out correctly and bypass that trust or will. Do you want to give another one or do you want me to? Well, one that I talk about a lot because there&#x27;s certain accounts that don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. Sure. Bank accounts or certain investment accounts don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. So you have to add a TOD or POD, a specific form to specific people to transfer that money on death or pay that money on death, which does avoid probate to allow those accounts to go around them too. I&#x27;ve been amazed over 34 years of talking to folks in the financial arena that most people have never heard of this and many times didn&#x27;t fill it out, especially when you open a bank account.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> POD. Phil, basically you gave me two answers, too. You gave me two of the six right there. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m an overachiever, Coach. But POD is payable on death, and you fill that out ahead of time. And that means when you pass away, as long as the death certificate is supplied, that money goes right to the beneficiary. You don&#x27;t have to go through probate. That&#x27;s the POD with the bank account. Your CDs, anything you signed up with the bank. Call your banker if you don&#x27;t have that or don&#x27;t see it or can&#x27;t find it or don&#x27;t remember it. Or bring in what you have here. We can call the bank for you, with you. And then we talked about brokerage accounts. That&#x27;s where you have signed up, you know, online, maybe the E-Trades or wherever you have a brokerage account at. You probably either did or don&#x27;t remember or maybe didn&#x27;t do a TOD form. That means transfer on death. Phil, big question to you. Why do they just name them both the same thing?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> I mean, they both do the same thing. They just want to be different, I guess. TOD for brokerage accounts and POD for bank accounts. Is there a reason? My understanding is the transfer on death transfers ownership, so that way you don&#x27;t have to liquidate those investment holdings to pay it out. Whereas at the bank, it&#x27;s just cash. You know, you&#x27;re not worried about is the stock market up or down. Now, tell folks a very important thing about when we die, the money in our stock accounts, when the money passes on or transfers on to the next of kin. What kind of taxes are owed on that stock? Let&#x27;s say granny bought UPS at, let&#x27;s say, $5 a share. And that&#x27;s $500 a share when she passed away. That&#x27;s a $495 per share capital gain. What did the beneficiaries owe that day they inherited that money on granny buying that five, and now it&#x27;s worth $500.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> What do you owe capital gains-wise? If it&#x27;s set up correctly, you can get a stepped-up basis. So what does that mean? It means you don&#x27;t have to pay any tax, and me as the person inheriting the money, my new cost basis, what my future tax is going to be based on is that higher value, which is what a lot of wealthy people do, is they borrow from their brokerage accounts versus actually liquidating so they avoid the capital gains or at least defer it almost in perpetuity. Now, that&#x27;s great. If you can afford that and don&#x27;t need the money, then that&#x27;s the best way to pass it on. Unfortunately, a lot of people have most of their money tied to the stock market, and they need to fund their retirement plan. And I&#x27;ve heard this phrase now three times from my advisors in the last couple weeks where people have said, I&#x27;ve got too much of a gain. I don&#x27;t want to liquidate my stock right now, but they need the money to live on.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> But they&#x27;re worried about paying taxes. And my phrase, and I&#x27;ve used this phrase, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And let me ask you this question, Phil. Do you think we are in, historically, are we in a good or bad tax environment for capital gains tax? We are in some of the greatest tax rates in history. So they&#x27;re on sale right now. And with our debt going up every day, with more people needing Medicare, more people needing Social Security, and fewer people actually paying taxes, I think tax rates have – mathematically, they have to go up. Yeah, and whoever&#x27;s paying taxes is going to be left footing the bill.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> And now they&#x27;re starting to go after your retirement income heavily from a tax perspective because that&#x27;s where the bulk of the income is coming from. Yeah, well, we had David Walker on, former U.S. Comptroller General under Clinton and Bush. So he&#x27;s on both sides. And he said, Coach, I had to resign because I got tired of signing checks and we&#x27;re going to bounce. And he is agreeing where tax rates are going to go up like crazy. And so if you&#x27;re delaying liquidating a gain now because you want to somehow hope for some imaginary tax deduction, I don&#x27;t think those days are coming. And if you need that money, you&#x27;re torturing yourself right now by not paying those taxes. And you&#x27;re going to torture yourself in the future when you could have paid tax rates at what it is today. And what if we do this wealth tax they&#x27;re talking about where they&#x27;re going to tax you on all your gains anyway?</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Or all the money you have in your accounts, by the way, not just gains. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense. And taxes have been as high as 99%. Ronald Reagan, when he was an actor, it was the reason he got into politics is because any dollar he made over $100,000, they taxed at 99%. So he only did two films a year at $50,000 each because he goes, why would I work for a penny on the dollar? Yeah. So if you&#x27;re in this situation, and a lot of you are, where you need money, but you&#x27;re going without now because you don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax, but you&#x27;ve got plenty of money sitting there captive in the market. And the only reason it&#x27;s captive is because in your mind, you don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. Folks, I don&#x27;t either. I hate taxes. But you&#x27;re going to have to pay some. But pay it now and get it moved before, number one, let&#x27;s say that gain turns into a loss.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, now you&#x27;re going to kick yourself if you didn&#x27;t maximize your gain. And if you sell way up here, even if you pay taxes, you&#x27;re going to have more than if you wait for it to go down and then sell at a loss. Amen. So call right now. We can go through with you all the different options you have, and there are more than you think. So Thomas, give our number out. The next 10 people call. We&#x27;ll do a full review for you. And we&#x27;ll also do that financial termite inspection report. You really need to know how much money is coming out that doesn&#x27;t need to be. And it&#x27;s hidden a lot of times. We have special tools and techniques. You can identify that. Call it a financial termite inspection report. It&#x27;s included in my recipe for success. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. And you&#x27;ll leave with three books when you come in. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Phil. That&#x27;s six places that you could bypass basically probate. We looked at 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. That counted as one. We looked at bank accounts with a POD form that&#x27;s payable on death. We looked at brokerage accounts with a TOD form that&#x27;s transfer on death. So that&#x27;s three of the six. What&#x27;s number four? I would have to say life insurance. I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;ve said that yet. No, we haven&#x27;t. Very good one, too, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s the one I think most people think of first is life insurance. Yeah. Well, the only thing that&#x27;s required then is, number one, you have a policy. Well, true. And number two, you answered the questions truthfully on the life insurance app. Phil, we see with any kind of insurance that you have to be honest.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And so if you were a smoker and didn&#x27;t say you were a smoker and you died, they&#x27;re going to deny that claim when they figure out you were a smoker. They&#x27;re going to give your beneficiary the premiums you paid back, but they&#x27;re not going to give you the death benefit. So make sure you&#x27;re honest on the life insurance contract. We talked about Ronald Reagan. We talked about Abe Lincoln. Honest Abe. Be honest Abe when you&#x27;re filling out a life insurance app. There you go. Because they have a whole FBI-type staff there to make sure you&#x27;re telling the truth. But all that&#x27;s really required for life insurance is a death certificate. And number one is your beneficiaries, your folks that you&#x27;re leaving the money to, they need to know you have that. And so we have the little green book of life I wrote a couple years ago. And it&#x27;s 100 pages, interactive pages, which you fill out yourself. And it asks you all these questions. And you fill it out with policy numbers and phone numbers so that when you pass away, your next of kin doesn&#x27;t have to waste years, if not even not finding things,</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> not knowing where you put stuff. So this is your treasure map for the grave. And so I&#x27;m going to give this out, Thomas, to the next 20 people who call and come in for their no-cost total retirement plan. Folks, this is invaluable. It puts you ahead of the financial world and tell folks how they can do that, get that. And we also leave with my book, the Total Retirement Plan. That&#x27;s 22 steps. It&#x27;s $99 on Amazon, but it&#x27;s free if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. And we&#x27;re going to cover the rest of the list when we come right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb here in studio with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line, a friend of the show, who has been a financial strategist for going on 30 years. Coach, you have such great friends. Well, yeah, I keep good friends around. If they&#x27;re very nice people, then I get along good with them. They&#x27;re not trying to jump off a bridge, right? No, we don&#x27;t want any of that. You know, we talked, I teased people before we left. I said six accounts that never read your will. And that&#x27;s a strange way to look at it, but what does that mean? Well, you spend a lot of money on a will or even a trust, and some accounts that don&#x27;t depend on that or don&#x27;t even look at it, or you can bypass that. And so people spend real money on a will and then assume it governs everything they own. For a great many households, it governs almost none of it.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> In other words, it doesn&#x27;t really handle much at all. So the largest accounts pass from a form somebody filled out years ago. It&#x27;s a form you fill out when you get in certain things. We&#x27;re going to talk about that. And the will never gets a vote. In other words, there&#x27;s some ways to bypass that will or trust. This is not a loophole, and it&#x27;s not a mistake in the law. It&#x27;s just how these accounts were designed to work quickly, privately, and outside of court. That&#x27;s a good thing, by the way. The trouble is that the form is usually signed on the first day of employment, filed away, and never looked at again through a marriage, a divorce, a death, and 30 years of life. So, Phil, in other words, the 20-year-old Coach Pete has nothing to do with the 60-year-old Coach Pete. Right? A whole different thing. What if I had filled out a form when I was 23 and I started a 401K with a company, and now I&#x27;m 60?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I don&#x27;t remember filling that form out. I don&#x27;t remember what I did yesterday these days sometimes. What I had for dinner, that kind of thing. So there&#x27;s six accounts, though, that you can buy. This is a good thing. I set it up to make it sound like it was maybe mysterious or not good. These are good things to bypass the court, bypassing probate and bypassing even trust a lot of times. You have to know what forms. A lot of people write all the language in the will or trust, but no one will ever read that because they filled out a form that bypasses it. So, Phil, do you want to give one of the six that don&#x27;t depend on the trust or will? I would say probably 401K because it has a beneficiary. Exactly. But the real question is, do you know who the beneficiary is you have on your 401K? Could be an ex-spouse.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Is it your ex-wife? Yeah. So you never know. That&#x27;s why we encourage people to review your beneficiary forms. And a lot of people don&#x27;t even remember filling it out. But once a year, if you can, at least every five years. And when we get closer to retirement or in retirement, maybe every year because things speed up. That&#x27;s right. I mean, years seem to go faster. So 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. Now, TSPs are the Thrift Savings Plan. We&#x27;ve got a brand new book out called Thrift or Thrive. And if you&#x27;re a federal employee, you really need to get your hands on this. And by the way, I love federal employees, Thomas. That&#x27;s our mail people, and they do a great job. Anyone who works for FBI people. I love my FBI people. Don&#x27;t want to get mad at me. But, you know, federal employees, you spend all your time. I mean, think about the mailmen and women. They&#x27;re working seven days a week now, it seems like.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> I&#x27;m getting mail all the time. So I really appreciate them. So I want to donate to them my appreciation. I&#x27;ve got the book, Thrift or Thrive. If you are a federal employee, all you have to do is call now, and I will send you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 100 pages of very helpful tips and techniques to make sure you can maximize and truly benefit from your retirement plan and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right things. So, Thomas, federal employees, the next 20 right now. All right, folks, just call 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or you can text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700 because, Coach, great gift here. Yeah. Phil, this is just a fun topic to me because this is talking about bypassing probate. We&#x27;ve heard that phrase before. I just rephrased it a little bit. But bypassing probate. So we&#x27;ve got the 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We count that as just one group. So there&#x27;s five more places that you can make sure to fill out correctly and bypass that trust or will. Do you want to give another one or do you want me to? Well, one that I talk about a lot because there&#x27;s certain accounts that don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. Sure. Bank accounts or certain investment accounts don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. So you have to add a TOD or POD, a specific form to specific people to transfer that money on death or pay that money on death, which does avoid probate to allow those accounts to go around them too. I&#x27;ve been amazed over 34 years of talking to folks in the financial arena that most people have never heard of this and many times didn&#x27;t fill it out, especially when you open a bank account.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> POD. Phil, basically you gave me two answers, too. You gave me two of the six right there. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m an overachiever, Coach. But POD is payable on death, and you fill that out ahead of time. And that means when you pass away, as long as the death certificate is supplied, that money goes right to the beneficiary. You don&#x27;t have to go through probate. That&#x27;s the POD with the bank account. Your CDs, anything you signed up with the bank. Call your banker if you don&#x27;t have that or don&#x27;t see it or can&#x27;t find it or don&#x27;t remember it. Or bring in what you have here. We can call the bank for you, with you. And then we talked about brokerage accounts. That&#x27;s where you have signed up, you know, online, maybe the E-Trades or wherever you have a brokerage account at. You probably either did or don&#x27;t remember or maybe didn&#x27;t do a TOD form. That means transfer on death. Phil, big question to you. Why do they just name them both the same thing?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> I mean, they both do the same thing. They just want to be different, I guess. TOD for brokerage accounts and POD for bank accounts. Is there a reason? My understanding is the transfer on death transfers ownership, so that way you don&#x27;t have to liquidate those investment holdings to pay it out. Whereas at the bank, it&#x27;s just cash. You know, you&#x27;re not worried about is the stock market up or down. Now, tell folks a very important thing about when we die, the money in our stock accounts, when the money passes on or transfers on to the next of kin. What kind of taxes are owed on that stock? Let&#x27;s say granny bought UPS at, let&#x27;s say, $5 a share. And that&#x27;s $500 a share when she passed away. That&#x27;s a $495 per share capital gain. What did the beneficiaries owe that day they inherited that money on granny buying that five, and now it&#x27;s worth $500.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> What do you owe capital gains-wise? If it&#x27;s set up correctly, you can get a stepped-up basis. So what does that mean? It means you don&#x27;t have to pay any tax, and me as the person inheriting the money, my new cost basis, what my future tax is going to be based on is that higher value, which is what a lot of wealthy people do, is they borrow from their brokerage accounts versus actually liquidating so they avoid the capital gains or at least defer it almost in perpetuity. Now, that&#x27;s great. If you can afford that and don&#x27;t need the money, then that&#x27;s the best way to pass it on. Unfortunately, a lot of people have most of their money tied to the stock market, and they need to fund their retirement plan. And I&#x27;ve heard this phrase now three times from my advisors in the last couple weeks where people have said, I&#x27;ve got too much of a gain. I don&#x27;t want to liquidate my stock right now, but they need the money to live on.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> But they&#x27;re worried about paying taxes. And my phrase, and I&#x27;ve used this phrase, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And let me ask you this question, Phil. Do you think we are in, historically, are we in a good or bad tax environment for capital gains tax? We are in some of the greatest tax rates in history. So they&#x27;re on sale right now. And with our debt going up every day, with more people needing Medicare, more people needing Social Security, and fewer people actually paying taxes, I think tax rates have – mathematically, they have to go up. Yeah, and whoever&#x27;s paying taxes is going to be left footing the bill.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> And now they&#x27;re starting to go after your retirement income heavily from a tax perspective because that&#x27;s where the bulk of the income is coming from. Yeah, well, we had David Walker on, former U.S. Comptroller General under Clinton and Bush. So he&#x27;s on both sides. And he said, Coach, I had to resign because I got tired of signing checks and we&#x27;re going to bounce. And he is agreeing where tax rates are going to go up like crazy. And so if you&#x27;re delaying liquidating a gain now because you want to somehow hope for some imaginary tax deduction, I don&#x27;t think those days are coming. And if you need that money, you&#x27;re torturing yourself right now by not paying those taxes. And you&#x27;re going to torture yourself in the future when you could have paid tax rates at what it is today. And what if we do this wealth tax they&#x27;re talking about where they&#x27;re going to tax you on all your gains anyway?</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Or all the money you have in your accounts, by the way, not just gains. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense. And taxes have been as high as 99%. Ronald Reagan, when he was an actor, it was the reason he got into politics is because any dollar he made over $100,000, they taxed at 99%. So he only did two films a year at $50,000 each because he goes, why would I work for a penny on the dollar? Yeah. So if you&#x27;re in this situation, and a lot of you are, where you need money, but you&#x27;re going without now because you don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax, but you&#x27;ve got plenty of money sitting there captive in the market. And the only reason it&#x27;s captive is because in your mind, you don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. Folks, I don&#x27;t either. I hate taxes. But you&#x27;re going to have to pay some. But pay it now and get it moved before, number one, let&#x27;s say that gain turns into a loss.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, now you&#x27;re going to kick yourself if you didn&#x27;t maximize your gain. And if you sell way up here, even if you pay taxes, you&#x27;re going to have more than if you wait for it to go down and then sell at a loss. Amen. So call right now. We can go through with you all the different options you have, and there are more than you think. So Thomas, give our number out. The next 10 people call. We&#x27;ll do a full review for you. And we&#x27;ll also do that financial termite inspection report. You really need to know how much money is coming out that doesn&#x27;t need to be. And it&#x27;s hidden a lot of times. We have special tools and techniques. You can identify that. Call it a financial termite inspection report. It&#x27;s included in my recipe for success. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. And you&#x27;ll leave with three books when you come in. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Phil. That&#x27;s six places that you could bypass basically probate. We looked at 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. That counted as one. We looked at bank accounts with a POD form that&#x27;s payable on death. We looked at brokerage accounts with a TOD form that&#x27;s transfer on death. So that&#x27;s three of the six. What&#x27;s number four? I would have to say life insurance. I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;ve said that yet. No, we haven&#x27;t. Very good one, too, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s the one I think most people think of first is life insurance. Yeah. Well, the only thing that&#x27;s required then is, number one, you have a policy. Well, true. And number two, you answered the questions truthfully on the life insurance app. Phil, we see with any kind of insurance that you have to be honest.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And so if you were a smoker and didn&#x27;t say you were a smoker and you died, they&#x27;re going to deny that claim when they figure out you were a smoker. They&#x27;re going to give your beneficiary the premiums you paid back, but they&#x27;re not going to give you the death benefit. So make sure you&#x27;re honest on the life insurance contract. We talked about Ronald Reagan. We talked about Abe Lincoln. Honest Abe. Be honest Abe when you&#x27;re filling out a life insurance app. There you go. Because they have a whole FBI-type staff there to make sure you&#x27;re telling the truth. But all that&#x27;s really required for life insurance is a death certificate. And number one is your beneficiaries, your folks that you&#x27;re leaving the money to, they need to know you have that. And so we have the little green book of life I wrote a couple years ago. And it&#x27;s 100 pages, interactive pages, which you fill out yourself. And it asks you all these questions. And you fill it out with policy numbers and phone numbers so that when you pass away, your next of kin doesn&#x27;t have to waste years, if not even not finding things,</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> not knowing where you put stuff. So this is your treasure map for the grave. And so I&#x27;m going to give this out, Thomas, to the next 20 people who call and come in for their no-cost total retirement plan. Folks, this is invaluable. It puts you ahead of the financial world and tell folks how they can do that, get that. And we also leave with my book, the Total Retirement Plan. That&#x27;s 22 steps. It&#x27;s $99 on Amazon, but it&#x27;s free if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. And we&#x27;re going to cover the rest of the list when we come right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, estate planning, life insurance, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/image.jpg?t=1792073414&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-the-beneficiary-forms-your-will-may-not-control-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/image.jpg?t=1792073414&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11915483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-the-beneficiary-forms-your-will-may-not-control-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>2</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:19" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:30" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Walker: National Debt, Social Security, and Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>David Walker: National Debt, Social Security, and Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Excited for the show today. Coach, you always have such special guests that come on the program, no less this weekend as well. Well, it&#x27;s been about 20 years since I&#x27;ve known David, and we&#x27;re having David Walker, folks, former U.S. Comptroller General, and over with both different parties, so it&#x27;s not like one party. And I remember, David, we saw each other in 2012 when you were in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. You were on your 10 million a minute bus tour. Remember that day? I remember. It ain&#x27;t worse now. I know. I was telling Thomas and my daughter Carrie, who&#x27;s my summer intern here, I told those guys, I said, I&#x27;m going to talk about it being 10 million a minute, and David&#x27;s going to get mad about that.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, what is it now, you think, David? It&#x27;s over 10. I haven&#x27;t calculated. Let&#x27;s put it this way. You know, back then, our total liabilities and unfunded obligations were $70 trillion. Now, they&#x27;re $136 trillion plus and going up rapidly. And so, you know, we&#x27;ve lost control. There&#x27;s just absolutely no question. You know, when do you think, because Congress, both sides, they meet, you know, they meet all the time, and who knows what they do up there, but they never accomplish what they&#x27;re supposed to. They kick this can down the road. They can&#x27;t even agree on a spending bill anymore. We keep having these government shutdowns. How are they ever going to agree to pay this debt? Well, first, Congress is very good at doing nothing. And that&#x27;s okay when things are going well. But when things aren&#x27;t going well and they&#x27;re getting worse with the passage of time, it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> not acceptable. And it&#x27;s a bipartisan problem. It is. You know, whether the Democrats are in charge or Republicans, they&#x27;ve both been kicking the can down the road. You know, there&#x27;s only one thing in the Constitution that Congress is supposed to do every year, only one. And that&#x27;s passed all the appropriations bills on time. The last time they did it was 96. They&#x27;ve only done it four times in my lifetime. That&#x27;s an F minus. So look, here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s going to take, Pete. You know, it&#x27;s going to take a statutory, meaning by law, fiscal commission that will educate, engage the American people on the facts, the truth, the tough choices, solicit input, make a package of recommendations for up or down vote in Congress. And secondly, a constitutional amendment that limits how much debt we can take on as a percentage</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> of the economy, absent limited and extraordinary conditions. A constitutional amendment is the only thing that will force the Congress to restore and sustain fiscal sanity. They&#x27;re not going to, I mean, why would they do that? I mean, I can&#x27;t even get folks a lot of times to pay attention to the fact that a Roth IRA is a great place. You pay the taxes now, you put the money away, you never have to worry about taxes again. People don&#x27;t want to even think about spending or paying money right now. And same thing with Congress. It seems like they, you know, they can&#x27;t get enough traction. I mean, you tried very hard there in 2012 to get attention. How far up did we get in the polls as far as people being aware of the debt and wanting to get something done? Do you remember? Well, first, I have done Roth transfers last year and this year. Okay. So I believe in leading by example. Yes. Secondly, people are getting more concerned about it.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s not just Main Street America. It&#x27;s our investors. We&#x27;re starting to have a supply and demand imbalance. We need to issue a lot more debt and the appetite for our debt is going down. China has significantly reduced its debt holdings. Other countries are becoming reticent about buying as much of our debt as they have historically. You know, we&#x27;re having to pay higher interest rates in order to be able to finance our deficits. The second largest expense is interest. The fastest growing expense is interest. And what do you get for interest? Nothing. And so things are changing. I&#x27;m about ready to go back on the road again in late 26 and 27 because while these issues won&#x27;t be a top priority for the midterms, they will be for the 28 election.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And I&#x27;ve got a new book coming out this fall that hopefully will be a basis to be able to get people much more informed and engaged. Do you have a title for the book yet? Yes. Saving Social Security in America. Common Sense Solutions. What do you think of the top two or three solutions people can push their congressmen or woman to do now? Well, you know, we need that commission. There are bipartisan bills in both the House and the Senate that hopefully can get moved to the lame duck session. Nothing&#x27;s going to happen before the midterms. Congress is not going to pass a constitutional amendment. And so we need to go with Plan B. Plan B is what the founders envisioned. The states need to get together, propose an amendment. But Congress should have called a state-led convention as far back as 79.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> They didn&#x27;t do it. They&#x27;re stiff in the states. And now I&#x27;m trying to get a state attorney general to sue the Congress for failing to call the convention. I think these are very two significant things that are either going to happen or not happen in calendar 2026. And so let&#x27;s hope that they do. You know, Social Security, the trust fund goes to zero in 2032. That&#x27;s an action-enforcing event. And that&#x27;s why I say that while it&#x27;s not going to be a big issue in this year&#x27;s midterms, it will be in 2028. We need to start telling the ground on it, turning the heat up. It&#x27;s right when I was supposed to start getting Social Security in 67. I hear you, my friend. By the way, the 67 is probably going to go up one month a year over 24 years.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Wow. Yeah. Well, I mean, you can&#x27;t afford to pay us. We&#x27;re living longer. And we don&#x27;t have that money there. It&#x27;s not there. So the Roth IRA, it makes a lot of sense now because at least we know where the tax rates are now. And if we put it in a place that the government supposedly can&#x27;t touch, I mean, how confident are you that they won&#x27;t try to change those rules going down the road? Well, your grandfather, okay, even if they try to change the rules going, they&#x27;re not going to do it retroactively. And I do think that the individual income tax rates are as low as they&#x27;re ever going to be. And while the problem to be able to put our finances in order are primarily a spending problem, we&#x27;re going to have to have more revenues. And the single largest source of revenue is individual income taxes. That&#x27;s not the one I want them to get revenue from. I understand that.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yeah, that was raising tax rates. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Mr. David Walker joining us on the show today. David, it&#x27;s just frustrating when we all can see this, but it doesn&#x27;t seem like Congress really cares. Well, the biggest deficit that we have, Pete, is a leadership deficit. You know, we have too many laggards, not enough leaders, too many people living for today rather than help create a better tomorrow. You know, the sad thing is, is for the first 200 years roughly of our republic, we believed in the concept of stewardship, which is not just generating positive results today, not just leaving things better off when you leave them when they came, but leaving things better positioned for the future. We&#x27;ve abandoned that.</p><p><strong>07:29</strong> People in it. And it&#x27;s called Grow It or Blow It. Grow It or Blow It. And it&#x27;s about, like, people you remember in the past, like the Commodore Vanderbilt, all the famous people, the big millionaires and billionaires who made the money. And within three generations, many of their fortunes they left was gone because the grandkids never saw mom and dad working as hard as they did. The kids usually kept it alive for the most part. It&#x27;s the grandkids because they didn&#x27;t see all the sweat and equity that went into building this empire. And so fast, the empire disappeared a lot of times. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening here with our government, if we&#x27;re not careful. Our whole U.S. system could go the same route as some of these inherited wealth folks had the trouble with. Well, we need to learn from history. We need to learn from others.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> There are plenty of superpowers that have existed in the past that no longer exist. The leading indicator on the way up is economic power. The leading indicator on the way down is loss of economic power. We&#x27;re not exempt from the laws of prudent finance. If you can&#x27;t put your finances in order, you will lose economic power with adverse consequences both internationally and domestically. Not only economic consequences but also national security consequences. Now, a lot of people listening say, ah, this doesn&#x27;t really apply to me. I don&#x27;t really care. The government&#x27;s going to do it or they don&#x27;t do it. But what can we really do? Let&#x27;s take it down to the grassroots level. People are listening. They&#x27;re getting mad. They should be getting mad because the dollars, folks, that you&#x27;ve been putting aside are worth less and less because of this. And especially if taxes keep going up, the money you thought you were going to have isn&#x27;t going to be there anymore.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> And, David, what can the average consumer, the average citizen that&#x27;s listening right now, how can we get this to a point where we can get that grassroots to grow to 60%, 70%? If we can get up to 70%, 80% of everyone on Congress, they&#x27;ll have to do something. Well, I&#x27;m president of a new and emerging effort that has not gone public yet called We the People. And we&#x27;re going to try to have a major citizen education activation campaign for the 28th election to get 50 million Americans engaged and communicating with their current and prospective elected officials to make these issues a top priority in the 2028 election. And let me give you some numbers, Pete, that I think people can relate to more.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> Most people can&#x27;t relate to billions, much less tens or hundreds of trillions. So let&#x27;s say that Uncle Sam is a real person. And I&#x27;m going to take the financial statements for the U.S. government for the year ended September 30, 2025. And all I&#x27;m going to do is drop eight zeros. So this is what Uncle Sam&#x27;s finances look like. He made $52,000. He spent $73,000. He&#x27;s in the hole for the year $21,000. He&#x27;s got total liabilities and unfunded obligations of $1,362,000. But don&#x27;t worry. He&#x27;s got $61,000 in assets. So he&#x27;s only underwater $1,301,000. Would you lend Uncle Sam money?</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> No. Get out of my office, I&#x27;d say. By the way, Jamie Dimon, who&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, was asked this past week, would he buy long-term U.S. bonds? Personally, he said no. Yeah. I mean, so it&#x27;s just frustrating when we talk about these kind of things. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to get that Roth conversion started, because you&#x27;re going to have to pay taxes when you convert the money from a regular IRA or 401K or 403B or thrift savings plan over to a Roth. But you better pay it now than pay it later over and over again. It&#x27;s the analogy of a farmer who has a bunch of IRS agents come up when he&#x27;s planting the seeds one season, and they say, hey, Mr. Farmer, we can either tax you on these seeds and never come back again, or we can let you not pay tax on these seeds today but come back every year at harvest and tax you over and over again.</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> I think we all know where we&#x27;d stand on that. When we come back with David in a little while, we&#x27;re going to talk about the We the People tour. We&#x27;re also going to talk about common-sense strategies we can all employ to make sure that we&#x27;re on the right track. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Loving the conversation today. This really, truly is a special interview that we&#x27;re having today. Coach, you&#x27;ve brought in David Walker, former Comptroller General of the United States. Folks, if you want to catch up on the conversation, maybe the radio dial has just tuned in to us. Find podcasts online at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. David, it&#x27;s frustrating because you and I both can see this happening, and I know a lot of folks out there can see what&#x27;s going on with the government. But nobody wants to do anything about the debt. And it&#x27;s, you know what happens, it&#x27;s going to keep growing.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Can&#x27;t ignore it. Ignoring is not going to make it go away. No one wants to make these uncomfortable decisions. They don&#x27;t want to get voted out, I guess. So it&#x27;s a lot easier to promise people a lot of free stuff than it is to tell people we need to tighten the belt a little bit. Well, everybody wants something for nothing. I mean, you know, one party wants to have tax cuts. The truth is not all tax cuts stimulate the economy. Very few pay for themselves. The other party wants to grow government even more, even in circumstances where we&#x27;re not generating the results that we need to achieve. The truth is we&#x27;re going to have to reform Social Security and make it solvent, sustainable, secure. We&#x27;re going to have to do the same thing for Medicare. But we&#x27;ve way overpromised on health care. We&#x27;re going to have to dramatically reform our health care system. We can get into that if you want. Yes. Social Security is very easy to solve.</p><p><strong>13:00</strong> We can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans. We can talk about that a little bit if you want. But the toughest choices are going to have to be on health care and taxes. Those are going to be the toughest choices. Well, we were talking when I told Thomas that I was going to have you on this week. Well, last week we started talking and I said, you know, this debt is out of control and people don&#x27;t realize it. And David&#x27;s been talking about it for a long time. The Social Security aspect, the health care aspect, and nothing is good about this. So Thomas was excited to have you on because he did want to hear about your opinions on, I know, Thomas, you mentioned the health care there, because the Obamacare, when it came in, was supposed to lower prices and all it has done. It was a big time bomb, wasn&#x27;t it? It was. It&#x27;s been especially having four kids now. We have to have these conversations.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> It feels like every month or two, do we go to the doctor or not? And I can&#x27;t believe in America I&#x27;m having to ask that question. Yeah. So what do you think about the health care, Dave? Well, first, we&#x27;ve over-promised, over-subsidized, and we have failed on the three elements you have to have to have a successful and sustainable system. Now, we&#x27;re in baseball season. Let me tell you what those three are. Number one, you have to have properly designed incentives that encourage people to do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. You need to have adequate transparency, including things like cost and quality, to provide reasonable assurance they will do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. And then you have to have appropriate accountability, which means positive reinforcement when people do the right thing and accountability when they don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>14:35</strong> In the case of health care, we&#x27;re zero for three. That&#x27;s a strikeout, okay? And so we need to step back and ask ourselves how much universal health care, and I did use the word universal, how much universal health care is appropriate, affordable, and sustainable? And most Americans believe that&#x27;s preventable wellness and catastrophic care that everybody ought to get. If you want more than that, then you get it from your employer, you get it from your union, you get your industry association, or maybe you buy it through the Affordable Care Act, which is, by the way, misnamed, just like the Inflation Reduction Act. How does that work out, okay? But, you know, you&#x27;ve got to keep in mind Congress is not subject to truth in advertising laws, okay?</p><p><strong>15:22</strong> If they were, a lot of people would be in trouble. But, so, you know, we need a dramatic reform because we spend about 50% more of our economy on health care than other industrialized nations as a percentage of GDP, and we get below average results. Yeah. Well, you know what&#x27;s been very troublesome to me is the amount of fraud we keep seeing, like billions and billions of dollars of fraud. I&#x27;m kind of mad that I didn&#x27;t think of one of these things and open up some phony companies with phony patients and no beds and bill the government for billions a year and just get away with it. Because I really haven&#x27;t seen anyone, you know, we&#x27;re not seeing these perp walks. And if you don&#x27;t see the perp walk, I mean, you start thinking maybe I should try something. Well, you know, criminals go where the money is. You know, remember, you know, people asked in the past, why do you rob banks?</p><p><strong>16:07</strong> That&#x27;s where the money is. That&#x27;s Willie Sutton. Yeah, yeah, I remember they said. Health care is where the money is, okay? Right. But understand this. The federal government needs to learn a lesson. You need to have adequate controls up front before the money goes out. Because once it goes out, you&#x27;re probably not getting it back. The other thing you need to do is you can&#x27;t have self-certification. Newsflash. Criminals have no problem self-certifying if they&#x27;re eligible for something they&#x27;re not eligible for. And then thirdly, you have to have information systems that will share information, you know, across these different systems. You know, so you&#x27;re not paying things to dead people. So you&#x27;re not, you know, very simple things. But again, the government is a lag indicator when it comes to these things.</p><p><strong>16:56</strong> And so, like, Social Security, what&#x27;s the solution for that? Because we&#x27;re coming right up. I mean, we&#x27;re right here on the deadline now. It&#x27;s just a few years ago where people are going to start feeling catastrophic changes. Well, here&#x27;s where I think we&#x27;re going, okay? As I said, we can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans because young people don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to get it. And they&#x27;re wrong. They are. They&#x27;re going to get it probably at a different age and maybe a different amount. Seniors think they&#x27;re going to get cut dramatically. That&#x27;s not going to happen either. So we can reform it, phase in the changes, and everybody gets more than they think they&#x27;re going to get. I think that&#x27;s exceeding expectations. So what are some of the things? I think we&#x27;re probably going to see a further gradual increase in the normal retirement age because we are living longer. Secondly, I think we&#x27;re going to see a significant increase in the taxable wage-based cap, but not an elimination of the taxable wage-based cap.</p><p><strong>17:48</strong> I think we&#x27;re going to see an effort to try to prevent, or if we can&#x27;t prevent it, minimize tax rate increases because that&#x27;s a very regressive tax. I think we&#x27;re going to see adjustment in the benefit formula so we end up keeping more people out of poverty, but we don&#x27;t turn it into a means-tested welfare program. But upper-middle and upper-income individuals get somewhat less of a replacement rate than otherwise. I think we&#x27;re going to see changes in the cost-of-living formula, if you will. And I think we&#x27;re also going to see, for people that don&#x27;t have an employer-sponsored retirement plan, an automatic savings supplement that would come on on top of the reform-defined benefit system.</p><p><strong>18:34</strong> And I think we&#x27;ll keep the defined benefit system because most everything else you have in the retirement world is defined contribution, where the individual ends up bearing the investment risk. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General, Mr. David Walker, joining us, generous enough to join us for two segments today. David, here&#x27;s what Thomas said to me the other day, and I looked at him and he said, I could say it. We did this little back and forth, and he said, oh, you could say it. We were doing our little communications by sign, baseball signs. I was throwing signs to him. And he said this to me. He said, Coach, if they would have let us have our own individual Social Security accounts when we first started this system, we could have all picked where we had our money, but we all would have had our own money in our own little accounts. Why did the government not do it like that? Well, for one thing, the government created this program in 1935.</p><p><strong>19:21</strong> It started paying benefits in 1940. It&#x27;s a pay-as-you-go system, and therefore the people who ended up getting the early benefits got a huge return on investment, okay? You know, the simple fact of the matter is is that most people don&#x27;t understand that Social Security is three insurance programs. It&#x27;s just not a retirement savings account. It is retirement income. It is disability income. And it is survivor&#x27;s income. And one of the guys that&#x27;s going to be going on tour with me is a guy by the name of Joe Penland Sr., Joe from Texas. And you can find out more about it at his website, Joe from Texas. And he benefited from all three of those programs when he was young. And he&#x27;s lived the American dream. He&#x27;s now wealthy.</p><p><strong>20:07</strong> He&#x27;s a very successful entrepreneur. But, you know, you need to understand what the system is. Insurance system, not just, you know, a savings and retirement account. Yeah. Well, it wasn&#x27;t designed to be that. It was designed to be a safety net, which that&#x27;s – Correct. We want to keep that safety net. We can&#x27;t live – like, you need other money to supplement that, but it&#x27;s a good way to help pay the bills, I guess, to the living expenses. Well, you know, when we formed it, it was intended to be the foundation. And like a house, you can&#x27;t just live on a foundation. You need – Get rain done. You need a sponsored plan. You need personal savings on top of that in order to have a habitable dwelling. Yeah. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here before we let you go. I want to ask you what you think about this, what appears to be a push towards socialism. Where do you think the money is coming to get all these political ads to push socialism?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> Do you think it&#x27;s coming from other countries that are trying to bring us down by making us try to get too many people interested in socialism? They&#x27;ve never told them the bad things about socialism, have they? Unfortunately, many Americans don&#x27;t learn from history and don&#x27;t learn from others, and this is a perfect example of that. There has never been a true socialist, which many times converts into communism, that&#x27;s been successful, that stood the test of time. And if you want to scare the bejesus out of somebody, have them read the platform for the Democrat Socialists of America. It&#x27;s basically paralleling Saul Alinsky&#x27;s, you know, communist principles, you know, take control of education, take control of health care, don&#x27;t worry about deficits and debt, tax the rich.</p><p><strong>21:43</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, it won&#x27;t work, okay? But again, the problem is people don&#x27;t learn from history and people don&#x27;t learn from others. If they did, they wouldn&#x27;t have anything to do with this. And I&#x27;m one of the national co-founders of a group called No Labels, and No Labels is trying to fight the wingnuts, including the Democratic Socialists of America, and provide support to the Sensible Center, which is mainstream America, no matter what your political affiliation is. I think the Sensible Center is about 80% of the people, and like you call them, the wingnuts are 10% on either side, right around there. Yeah, the Sensible Center is at least 60%, at least 60%, and last time I checked, that&#x27;s a winning formula. It is. It&#x27;s a majority. Let&#x27;s say change those rules. That doesn&#x27;t meet the filibuster requirement, but yeah.</p><p><strong>22:29</strong> You know, once I started studying Saul Alinsky, you see it all the time these days. I mean, if you study his rules for radicals, I mean, you can, I can see it. I said, oh, here, they&#x27;re trying that method. And you know why? Because it works, because nobody&#x27;s really, nobody calls them out on it. But we see it. I mean, you can see it, and once you see it, you never don&#x27;t see it, can you? Nope, that&#x27;s right. Folks, his name is David Walker. David, when is the book coming out, and when is the tour? I think the book will probably come out on Amazon around October time frame, and you know, we&#x27;re going to start doing some events later this year and continuing into 2027, because as I said, this is not going to be a big issue for the midterms, but it will be. It must be for the 28th election. Well, when the book comes out, we&#x27;re going to have you back on. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;d be great. All right, folks, David Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, thanks for your time today, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>23:18</strong> Thanks, David. Thanks, Coach Pete. Take care. Thomas will get you a copy of this when we get it done. Yes, sir. Sounds great. Take care. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Excited for the show today. Coach, you always have such special guests that come on the program, no less this weekend as well. Well, it&#x27;s been about 20 years since I&#x27;ve known David, and we&#x27;re having David Walker, folks, former U.S. Comptroller General, and over with both different parties, so it&#x27;s not like one party. And I remember, David, we saw each other in 2012 when you were in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. You were on your 10 million a minute bus tour. Remember that day? I remember. It ain&#x27;t worse now. I know. I was telling Thomas and my daughter Carrie, who&#x27;s my summer intern here, I told those guys, I said, I&#x27;m going to talk about it being 10 million a minute, and David&#x27;s going to get mad about that.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, what is it now, you think, David? It&#x27;s over 10. I haven&#x27;t calculated. Let&#x27;s put it this way. You know, back then, our total liabilities and unfunded obligations were $70 trillion. Now, they&#x27;re $136 trillion plus and going up rapidly. And so, you know, we&#x27;ve lost control. There&#x27;s just absolutely no question. You know, when do you think, because Congress, both sides, they meet, you know, they meet all the time, and who knows what they do up there, but they never accomplish what they&#x27;re supposed to. They kick this can down the road. They can&#x27;t even agree on a spending bill anymore. We keep having these government shutdowns. How are they ever going to agree to pay this debt? Well, first, Congress is very good at doing nothing. And that&#x27;s okay when things are going well. But when things aren&#x27;t going well and they&#x27;re getting worse with the passage of time, it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> not acceptable. And it&#x27;s a bipartisan problem. It is. You know, whether the Democrats are in charge or Republicans, they&#x27;ve both been kicking the can down the road. You know, there&#x27;s only one thing in the Constitution that Congress is supposed to do every year, only one. And that&#x27;s passed all the appropriations bills on time. The last time they did it was 96. They&#x27;ve only done it four times in my lifetime. That&#x27;s an F minus. So look, here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s going to take, Pete. You know, it&#x27;s going to take a statutory, meaning by law, fiscal commission that will educate, engage the American people on the facts, the truth, the tough choices, solicit input, make a package of recommendations for up or down vote in Congress. And secondly, a constitutional amendment that limits how much debt we can take on as a percentage</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> of the economy, absent limited and extraordinary conditions. A constitutional amendment is the only thing that will force the Congress to restore and sustain fiscal sanity. They&#x27;re not going to, I mean, why would they do that? I mean, I can&#x27;t even get folks a lot of times to pay attention to the fact that a Roth IRA is a great place. You pay the taxes now, you put the money away, you never have to worry about taxes again. People don&#x27;t want to even think about spending or paying money right now. And same thing with Congress. It seems like they, you know, they can&#x27;t get enough traction. I mean, you tried very hard there in 2012 to get attention. How far up did we get in the polls as far as people being aware of the debt and wanting to get something done? Do you remember? Well, first, I have done Roth transfers last year and this year. Okay. So I believe in leading by example. Yes. Secondly, people are getting more concerned about it.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s not just Main Street America. It&#x27;s our investors. We&#x27;re starting to have a supply and demand imbalance. We need to issue a lot more debt and the appetite for our debt is going down. China has significantly reduced its debt holdings. Other countries are becoming reticent about buying as much of our debt as they have historically. You know, we&#x27;re having to pay higher interest rates in order to be able to finance our deficits. The second largest expense is interest. The fastest growing expense is interest. And what do you get for interest? Nothing. And so things are changing. I&#x27;m about ready to go back on the road again in late 26 and 27 because while these issues won&#x27;t be a top priority for the midterms, they will be for the 28 election.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And I&#x27;ve got a new book coming out this fall that hopefully will be a basis to be able to get people much more informed and engaged. Do you have a title for the book yet? Yes. Saving Social Security in America. Common Sense Solutions. What do you think of the top two or three solutions people can push their congressmen or woman to do now? Well, you know, we need that commission. There are bipartisan bills in both the House and the Senate that hopefully can get moved to the lame duck session. Nothing&#x27;s going to happen before the midterms. Congress is not going to pass a constitutional amendment. And so we need to go with Plan B. Plan B is what the founders envisioned. The states need to get together, propose an amendment. But Congress should have called a state-led convention as far back as 79.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> They didn&#x27;t do it. They&#x27;re stiff in the states. And now I&#x27;m trying to get a state attorney general to sue the Congress for failing to call the convention. I think these are very two significant things that are either going to happen or not happen in calendar 2026. And so let&#x27;s hope that they do. You know, Social Security, the trust fund goes to zero in 2032. That&#x27;s an action-enforcing event. And that&#x27;s why I say that while it&#x27;s not going to be a big issue in this year&#x27;s midterms, it will be in 2028. We need to start telling the ground on it, turning the heat up. It&#x27;s right when I was supposed to start getting Social Security in 67. I hear you, my friend. By the way, the 67 is probably going to go up one month a year over 24 years.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Wow. Yeah. Well, I mean, you can&#x27;t afford to pay us. We&#x27;re living longer. And we don&#x27;t have that money there. It&#x27;s not there. So the Roth IRA, it makes a lot of sense now because at least we know where the tax rates are now. And if we put it in a place that the government supposedly can&#x27;t touch, I mean, how confident are you that they won&#x27;t try to change those rules going down the road? Well, your grandfather, okay, even if they try to change the rules going, they&#x27;re not going to do it retroactively. And I do think that the individual income tax rates are as low as they&#x27;re ever going to be. And while the problem to be able to put our finances in order are primarily a spending problem, we&#x27;re going to have to have more revenues. And the single largest source of revenue is individual income taxes. That&#x27;s not the one I want them to get revenue from. I understand that.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yeah, that was raising tax rates. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Mr. David Walker joining us on the show today. David, it&#x27;s just frustrating when we all can see this, but it doesn&#x27;t seem like Congress really cares. Well, the biggest deficit that we have, Pete, is a leadership deficit. You know, we have too many laggards, not enough leaders, too many people living for today rather than help create a better tomorrow. You know, the sad thing is, is for the first 200 years roughly of our republic, we believed in the concept of stewardship, which is not just generating positive results today, not just leaving things better off when you leave them when they came, but leaving things better positioned for the future. We&#x27;ve abandoned that.</p><p><strong>07:29</strong> People in it. And it&#x27;s called Grow It or Blow It. Grow It or Blow It. And it&#x27;s about, like, people you remember in the past, like the Commodore Vanderbilt, all the famous people, the big millionaires and billionaires who made the money. And within three generations, many of their fortunes they left was gone because the grandkids never saw mom and dad working as hard as they did. The kids usually kept it alive for the most part. It&#x27;s the grandkids because they didn&#x27;t see all the sweat and equity that went into building this empire. And so fast, the empire disappeared a lot of times. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening here with our government, if we&#x27;re not careful. Our whole U.S. system could go the same route as some of these inherited wealth folks had the trouble with. Well, we need to learn from history. We need to learn from others.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> There are plenty of superpowers that have existed in the past that no longer exist. The leading indicator on the way up is economic power. The leading indicator on the way down is loss of economic power. We&#x27;re not exempt from the laws of prudent finance. If you can&#x27;t put your finances in order, you will lose economic power with adverse consequences both internationally and domestically. Not only economic consequences but also national security consequences. Now, a lot of people listening say, ah, this doesn&#x27;t really apply to me. I don&#x27;t really care. The government&#x27;s going to do it or they don&#x27;t do it. But what can we really do? Let&#x27;s take it down to the grassroots level. People are listening. They&#x27;re getting mad. They should be getting mad because the dollars, folks, that you&#x27;ve been putting aside are worth less and less because of this. And especially if taxes keep going up, the money you thought you were going to have isn&#x27;t going to be there anymore.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> And, David, what can the average consumer, the average citizen that&#x27;s listening right now, how can we get this to a point where we can get that grassroots to grow to 60%, 70%? If we can get up to 70%, 80% of everyone on Congress, they&#x27;ll have to do something. Well, I&#x27;m president of a new and emerging effort that has not gone public yet called We the People. And we&#x27;re going to try to have a major citizen education activation campaign for the 28th election to get 50 million Americans engaged and communicating with their current and prospective elected officials to make these issues a top priority in the 2028 election. And let me give you some numbers, Pete, that I think people can relate to more.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> Most people can&#x27;t relate to billions, much less tens or hundreds of trillions. So let&#x27;s say that Uncle Sam is a real person. And I&#x27;m going to take the financial statements for the U.S. government for the year ended September 30, 2025. And all I&#x27;m going to do is drop eight zeros. So this is what Uncle Sam&#x27;s finances look like. He made $52,000. He spent $73,000. He&#x27;s in the hole for the year $21,000. He&#x27;s got total liabilities and unfunded obligations of $1,362,000. But don&#x27;t worry. He&#x27;s got $61,000 in assets. So he&#x27;s only underwater $1,301,000. Would you lend Uncle Sam money?</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> No. Get out of my office, I&#x27;d say. By the way, Jamie Dimon, who&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, was asked this past week, would he buy long-term U.S. bonds? Personally, he said no. Yeah. I mean, so it&#x27;s just frustrating when we talk about these kind of things. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to get that Roth conversion started, because you&#x27;re going to have to pay taxes when you convert the money from a regular IRA or 401K or 403B or thrift savings plan over to a Roth. But you better pay it now than pay it later over and over again. It&#x27;s the analogy of a farmer who has a bunch of IRS agents come up when he&#x27;s planting the seeds one season, and they say, hey, Mr. Farmer, we can either tax you on these seeds and never come back again, or we can let you not pay tax on these seeds today but come back every year at harvest and tax you over and over again.</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> I think we all know where we&#x27;d stand on that. When we come back with David in a little while, we&#x27;re going to talk about the We the People tour. We&#x27;re also going to talk about common-sense strategies we can all employ to make sure that we&#x27;re on the right track. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Loving the conversation today. This really, truly is a special interview that we&#x27;re having today. Coach, you&#x27;ve brought in David Walker, former Comptroller General of the United States. Folks, if you want to catch up on the conversation, maybe the radio dial has just tuned in to us. Find podcasts online at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. David, it&#x27;s frustrating because you and I both can see this happening, and I know a lot of folks out there can see what&#x27;s going on with the government. But nobody wants to do anything about the debt. And it&#x27;s, you know what happens, it&#x27;s going to keep growing.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Can&#x27;t ignore it. Ignoring is not going to make it go away. No one wants to make these uncomfortable decisions. They don&#x27;t want to get voted out, I guess. So it&#x27;s a lot easier to promise people a lot of free stuff than it is to tell people we need to tighten the belt a little bit. Well, everybody wants something for nothing. I mean, you know, one party wants to have tax cuts. The truth is not all tax cuts stimulate the economy. Very few pay for themselves. The other party wants to grow government even more, even in circumstances where we&#x27;re not generating the results that we need to achieve. The truth is we&#x27;re going to have to reform Social Security and make it solvent, sustainable, secure. We&#x27;re going to have to do the same thing for Medicare. But we&#x27;ve way overpromised on health care. We&#x27;re going to have to dramatically reform our health care system. We can get into that if you want. Yes. Social Security is very easy to solve.</p><p><strong>13:00</strong> We can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans. We can talk about that a little bit if you want. But the toughest choices are going to have to be on health care and taxes. Those are going to be the toughest choices. Well, we were talking when I told Thomas that I was going to have you on this week. Well, last week we started talking and I said, you know, this debt is out of control and people don&#x27;t realize it. And David&#x27;s been talking about it for a long time. The Social Security aspect, the health care aspect, and nothing is good about this. So Thomas was excited to have you on because he did want to hear about your opinions on, I know, Thomas, you mentioned the health care there, because the Obamacare, when it came in, was supposed to lower prices and all it has done. It was a big time bomb, wasn&#x27;t it? It was. It&#x27;s been especially having four kids now. We have to have these conversations.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> It feels like every month or two, do we go to the doctor or not? And I can&#x27;t believe in America I&#x27;m having to ask that question. Yeah. So what do you think about the health care, Dave? Well, first, we&#x27;ve over-promised, over-subsidized, and we have failed on the three elements you have to have to have a successful and sustainable system. Now, we&#x27;re in baseball season. Let me tell you what those three are. Number one, you have to have properly designed incentives that encourage people to do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. You need to have adequate transparency, including things like cost and quality, to provide reasonable assurance they will do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. And then you have to have appropriate accountability, which means positive reinforcement when people do the right thing and accountability when they don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>14:35</strong> In the case of health care, we&#x27;re zero for three. That&#x27;s a strikeout, okay? And so we need to step back and ask ourselves how much universal health care, and I did use the word universal, how much universal health care is appropriate, affordable, and sustainable? And most Americans believe that&#x27;s preventable wellness and catastrophic care that everybody ought to get. If you want more than that, then you get it from your employer, you get it from your union, you get your industry association, or maybe you buy it through the Affordable Care Act, which is, by the way, misnamed, just like the Inflation Reduction Act. How does that work out, okay? But, you know, you&#x27;ve got to keep in mind Congress is not subject to truth in advertising laws, okay?</p><p><strong>15:22</strong> If they were, a lot of people would be in trouble. But, so, you know, we need a dramatic reform because we spend about 50% more of our economy on health care than other industrialized nations as a percentage of GDP, and we get below average results. Yeah. Well, you know what&#x27;s been very troublesome to me is the amount of fraud we keep seeing, like billions and billions of dollars of fraud. I&#x27;m kind of mad that I didn&#x27;t think of one of these things and open up some phony companies with phony patients and no beds and bill the government for billions a year and just get away with it. Because I really haven&#x27;t seen anyone, you know, we&#x27;re not seeing these perp walks. And if you don&#x27;t see the perp walk, I mean, you start thinking maybe I should try something. Well, you know, criminals go where the money is. You know, remember, you know, people asked in the past, why do you rob banks?</p><p><strong>16:07</strong> That&#x27;s where the money is. That&#x27;s Willie Sutton. Yeah, yeah, I remember they said. Health care is where the money is, okay? Right. But understand this. The federal government needs to learn a lesson. You need to have adequate controls up front before the money goes out. Because once it goes out, you&#x27;re probably not getting it back. The other thing you need to do is you can&#x27;t have self-certification. Newsflash. Criminals have no problem self-certifying if they&#x27;re eligible for something they&#x27;re not eligible for. And then thirdly, you have to have information systems that will share information, you know, across these different systems. You know, so you&#x27;re not paying things to dead people. So you&#x27;re not, you know, very simple things. But again, the government is a lag indicator when it comes to these things.</p><p><strong>16:56</strong> And so, like, Social Security, what&#x27;s the solution for that? Because we&#x27;re coming right up. I mean, we&#x27;re right here on the deadline now. It&#x27;s just a few years ago where people are going to start feeling catastrophic changes. Well, here&#x27;s where I think we&#x27;re going, okay? As I said, we can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans because young people don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to get it. And they&#x27;re wrong. They are. They&#x27;re going to get it probably at a different age and maybe a different amount. Seniors think they&#x27;re going to get cut dramatically. That&#x27;s not going to happen either. So we can reform it, phase in the changes, and everybody gets more than they think they&#x27;re going to get. I think that&#x27;s exceeding expectations. So what are some of the things? I think we&#x27;re probably going to see a further gradual increase in the normal retirement age because we are living longer. Secondly, I think we&#x27;re going to see a significant increase in the taxable wage-based cap, but not an elimination of the taxable wage-based cap.</p><p><strong>17:48</strong> I think we&#x27;re going to see an effort to try to prevent, or if we can&#x27;t prevent it, minimize tax rate increases because that&#x27;s a very regressive tax. I think we&#x27;re going to see adjustment in the benefit formula so we end up keeping more people out of poverty, but we don&#x27;t turn it into a means-tested welfare program. But upper-middle and upper-income individuals get somewhat less of a replacement rate than otherwise. I think we&#x27;re going to see changes in the cost-of-living formula, if you will. And I think we&#x27;re also going to see, for people that don&#x27;t have an employer-sponsored retirement plan, an automatic savings supplement that would come on on top of the reform-defined benefit system.</p><p><strong>18:34</strong> And I think we&#x27;ll keep the defined benefit system because most everything else you have in the retirement world is defined contribution, where the individual ends up bearing the investment risk. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General, Mr. David Walker, joining us, generous enough to join us for two segments today. David, here&#x27;s what Thomas said to me the other day, and I looked at him and he said, I could say it. We did this little back and forth, and he said, oh, you could say it. We were doing our little communications by sign, baseball signs. I was throwing signs to him. And he said this to me. He said, Coach, if they would have let us have our own individual Social Security accounts when we first started this system, we could have all picked where we had our money, but we all would have had our own money in our own little accounts. Why did the government not do it like that? Well, for one thing, the government created this program in 1935.</p><p><strong>19:21</strong> It started paying benefits in 1940. It&#x27;s a pay-as-you-go system, and therefore the people who ended up getting the early benefits got a huge return on investment, okay? You know, the simple fact of the matter is is that most people don&#x27;t understand that Social Security is three insurance programs. It&#x27;s just not a retirement savings account. It is retirement income. It is disability income. And it is survivor&#x27;s income. And one of the guys that&#x27;s going to be going on tour with me is a guy by the name of Joe Penland Sr., Joe from Texas. And you can find out more about it at his website, Joe from Texas. And he benefited from all three of those programs when he was young. And he&#x27;s lived the American dream. He&#x27;s now wealthy.</p><p><strong>20:07</strong> He&#x27;s a very successful entrepreneur. But, you know, you need to understand what the system is. Insurance system, not just, you know, a savings and retirement account. Yeah. Well, it wasn&#x27;t designed to be that. It was designed to be a safety net, which that&#x27;s – Correct. We want to keep that safety net. We can&#x27;t live – like, you need other money to supplement that, but it&#x27;s a good way to help pay the bills, I guess, to the living expenses. Well, you know, when we formed it, it was intended to be the foundation. And like a house, you can&#x27;t just live on a foundation. You need – Get rain done. You need a sponsored plan. You need personal savings on top of that in order to have a habitable dwelling. Yeah. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here before we let you go. I want to ask you what you think about this, what appears to be a push towards socialism. Where do you think the money is coming to get all these political ads to push socialism?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> Do you think it&#x27;s coming from other countries that are trying to bring us down by making us try to get too many people interested in socialism? They&#x27;ve never told them the bad things about socialism, have they? Unfortunately, many Americans don&#x27;t learn from history and don&#x27;t learn from others, and this is a perfect example of that. There has never been a true socialist, which many times converts into communism, that&#x27;s been successful, that stood the test of time. And if you want to scare the bejesus out of somebody, have them read the platform for the Democrat Socialists of America. It&#x27;s basically paralleling Saul Alinsky&#x27;s, you know, communist principles, you know, take control of education, take control of health care, don&#x27;t worry about deficits and debt, tax the rich.</p><p><strong>21:43</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, it won&#x27;t work, okay? But again, the problem is people don&#x27;t learn from history and people don&#x27;t learn from others. If they did, they wouldn&#x27;t have anything to do with this. And I&#x27;m one of the national co-founders of a group called No Labels, and No Labels is trying to fight the wingnuts, including the Democratic Socialists of America, and provide support to the Sensible Center, which is mainstream America, no matter what your political affiliation is. I think the Sensible Center is about 80% of the people, and like you call them, the wingnuts are 10% on either side, right around there. Yeah, the Sensible Center is at least 60%, at least 60%, and last time I checked, that&#x27;s a winning formula. It is. It&#x27;s a majority. Let&#x27;s say change those rules. That doesn&#x27;t meet the filibuster requirement, but yeah.</p><p><strong>22:29</strong> You know, once I started studying Saul Alinsky, you see it all the time these days. I mean, if you study his rules for radicals, I mean, you can, I can see it. I said, oh, here, they&#x27;re trying that method. And you know why? Because it works, because nobody&#x27;s really, nobody calls them out on it. But we see it. I mean, you can see it, and once you see it, you never don&#x27;t see it, can you? Nope, that&#x27;s right. Folks, his name is David Walker. David, when is the book coming out, and when is the tour? I think the book will probably come out on Amazon around October time frame, and you know, we&#x27;re going to start doing some events later this year and continuing into 2027, because as I said, this is not going to be a big issue for the midterms, but it will be. It must be for the 28th election. Well, when the book comes out, we&#x27;re going to have you back on. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;d be great. All right, folks, David Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, thanks for your time today, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>23:18</strong> Thanks, David. Thanks, Coach Pete. Take care. Thomas will get you a copy of this when we get it done. Yes, sir. Sounds great. Take care. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Walker</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Walker, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning, Roth conversions, national debt</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/image.jpg?t=1792070863&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-retirement-and-america-s-financial-future/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/image.jpg?t=1792070863&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2026 14:16:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1407</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="22541801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-retirement-and-america-s-financial-future</link>
      <itunes:order>3</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with David Walker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Government finances and fiscal policy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:07" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:09" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:50" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Hidden Fees, Non-Traded REITs, and Planning Your Legacy</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Hidden Fees, Non-Traded REITs, and Planning Your Legacy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re going to offer this to listeners. If you have anyone trying to peddle a non-traded REIT, I would say stay away and run. What do you think about non-traded REITs? Yeah, anything that has limited liquidity, just stay away. There&#x27;s too many good products out there that you don&#x27;t have to go searching for some weird thing. And then all of a sudden, the real estate market takes a turn, and those things are worth half of what they were. And then you can&#x27;t get out of it because there&#x27;s a thing that you can only get out once a year, once every three years or whatever. I would stay away. There&#x27;s too many great products out there. It&#x27;s just amazing. People are trying to come up with income alternatives when the best alternative is right there with a fixed index annuity, a fixed annuity a lot of times with income. What do I tell you, the people that are saying, and again, this is usually coming from the brokerage side, your money&#x27;s not liquid if you put it into a fixed annuity. Is that true or false?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s false. Liquidity is a lifetime event. It&#x27;s not a one-time event. And any time you&#x27;re in, let&#x27;s look at both types of annuities for, you know, if you&#x27;re getting income, that automatically increases your liquidity, okay? And nobody&#x27;s saying put all of your money into an annuity. Nobody says that, okay? You need to have some money liquid. We&#x27;re saying you should at least have enough income to cover your basic living expenses. As far as a fixed annuity or fixed indexed annuity, most of them have 10% withdrawals each year that you can take out penalty-free. Some of them have cumulative penalty-free windows where, you know, if you don&#x27;t take it for three years, then you can take out 30%. So there&#x27;s all kinds of liquidity things. And again, don&#x27;t put all of your money into any one thing. You should have some money liquid for emergencies. You don&#x27;t want to cash in your 401k because your roof has a hole in it or something or that you, you know, that you need a new car so you&#x27;re going to cancel your or take money out of your 401k.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> That&#x27;d be crazy. So, you know, have some liquidity, have some guaranteed lifetime income, have some investments for growth to fight inflation. That&#x27;s, it&#x27;s all based in math and science. You can read the books. You can read the research yourself. There&#x27;s white papers on this. And coach, here&#x27;s the bottom line. There&#x27;s three reasons why you need to put an income annuity into your portfolio, retirement portfolio. Number one, it will improve portfolio performance. And the reason it will is that annuities outperform bonds. So don&#x27;t compare them to stocks, compare them against bonds, and you&#x27;re going to be great. Number two, the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happy in retirement with guaranteed lifetime income. And number three, the research now shows you&#x27;re going to live longer if you have guaranteed lifetime income. And I can show you numerous studies that have all documented all of this. So all those brokers who are anti-annuity, they&#x27;re saying they want you to die younger and they don&#x27;t want you to be happy and they want your portfolio to perform worse.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I just don&#x27;t see why anybody would be for that. Why do you think that people live longer when they have guaranteed lifetime income? The number one killer of people, believe it or not, is not cancer. It&#x27;s not heart attacks. It&#x27;s not heart disease. It&#x27;s financial stress. That has been the number one killer in the National Bureau of Economic Research, NBER. You can Google it. They just came out with a report. 2026, they studied 600,000 people. And it was clear. People with guaranteed income don&#x27;t just live a little longer. They live significantly longer. There was an article by attorney Patrick Tricker in the Journal for Financial Service Professionals. And he said the average 65-year-old male who purchases a lifetime income annuity can expect to live 20% longer than a 65-year-old male. It&#x27;s not. You know, Jane Austen wrote about it back in 1811 in the book Sense and Sensibility, that people who have annuities live longer than people who don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> So, I mean, this has been known for hundreds of years. You talk to thousands of people a year about retirement. Why do you think so many people keep taking on more market risks than they really can afford to lose even after they&#x27;ve retired and don&#x27;t have years to recover from a bad market cycle? Why do people continue to pile money onto that risk train that you can see is going to go off the tracks down the road a little bit? Because we&#x27;ve been in about a 15-year bull market that just has been ridiculously to the high side, which I think is great. I mean, I own some stocks. I own some cryptos. I mean, I participate in that. But I don&#x27;t put all of my money there. I have paychecks and playchecks. I have guaranteed lifetime income, you know? I mean, because retirement is about peace of mind. You don&#x27;t want to be worried, oh, the market&#x27;s down 30. My goodness, now I can&#x27;t have dinner tonight or something.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> That&#x27;s ridiculous. Have a floor of guaranteed income so that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re fine. And then invest. And then if that goes up and down, you can let it go up and down. But you do not want to have a portfolio where you&#x27;re taking money out of the portfolio while the portfolio is going down. Here&#x27;s my rule. You will never, ever, ever, ever take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down. If you&#x27;re going to do that system, you better have a buffer plan. You better have like a whole life policy or a money market fund or a CD or something that&#x27;s guaranteed. That in those years when the market&#x27;s down, you take money out of there. Never, ever take money out of a decreasing portfolio. Because when you do that, you&#x27;re taking all that money out. Or when the market goes back up, none of that grows back. And that&#x27;s the fastest way to run out of money is to take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down in value.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> Never do that. If you&#x27;re going to be the portfolio, if you&#x27;re anti-annuity, then you better have a buffer. You better have something else where you can take money out if the market&#x27;s down. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s one thing to be against something. But if you don&#x27;t have an alternative, like if you&#x27;re talking to somebody and say, oh, those are bad, bad, bad. Well, you say to them, what do you have that does everything I just told you annuity does? And they&#x27;ll get quiet or they&#x27;ll come up with something that&#x27;s not true. That&#x27;s what I hear. Yeah, well, if you remember back in the great financial crisis, 2009, what went down? Everything. Stocks went down. Bonds went down. Housing went down. Gold went down. Bitcoin went down. Everything went down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My annuities didn&#x27;t go down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My life insurance didn&#x27;t go down. And so you want to have some things, not everything, just some things that when everything else goes down,</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> that you say, wow, I&#x27;m so sure glad I got this financial bunker right here because this can take care of me until things get back to normal. Now, I say a term, and it&#x27;s not going to resonate with a lot of folks, but I think anyone listening who it does, it really needs to pay attention. Wealth transfer. So why do you consider life insurance one of the most efficient tools for passing wealth to the next generation, especially compared to just leaving it in a lump sum and throwing it through the tax game to give your next of kin some money? Yeah, don&#x27;t leave your kids money. That&#x27;s the stupidest way to leave money. If you say, I just got this money and this is going to my kids, put that into life insurance because you&#x27;ll double, triple, quadruple, quintuple it depending on your age, depending on your health. You can leverage it. Plus, they&#x27;ll get it tax-free. You know, I see way too many retirees who say, well, I&#x27;m going to just leave that IRA to my kids.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Don&#x27;t leave your IRA to your kids. You didn&#x27;t save your IRA and your 401k for your kids. You saved it for your retirement. Guess what? You&#x27;re in retirement. Spend it. That is the worst money to leave to your kids. They might not even get 40 cents on the dollar after they pay federal tax, state tax, and who knows? Sometimes there&#x27;s estate taxes. No, don&#x27;t leave that to your kids. Leave your kids life insurance. You get leverage and it&#x27;s tax-free. Talked to a planner once and he said he had a client who, instead of doing the 401k when he started work, just started funding a life insurance policy. And that client passed away at age 48. If he had been doing the 401k, there wouldn&#x27;t have been much money there and it would have been taxable and all get out, go into the next again. It wouldn&#x27;t have been any money. But instead, he had been funding a big life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So his children, he had three of them. Each one was a millionaire when he passed away. You could not do that with a 401k. That&#x27;s the self-completing feature of a life insurance policy. Do you want to explain to folks what self-completing means? Well, self-completing means while you&#x27;re paying it, if you live, guess what? You got all these living benefits. You got money for yourself. But if you die, the plan is complete and it pays your kids out. And you can even have a disability waiver that if you&#x27;re disabled, the company will pay your premiums for you. There&#x27;s all kinds of different bells and whistles you can put on it. But the key is you have an ability to leave generational wealth to your family. And you can do it for pennies on the dollar with life insurance. You can&#x27;t do it if you&#x27;re just trying to leave them a bunch of money. Like if you saved up $2 million to give to your kids, if you put that $2 million in life insurance policy,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> you might be able to give $6 million or $8 million to the kids. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegday. He&#x27;s internationally known in the financial circles. He&#x27;s a speaker. You&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve heard of him. He&#x27;s been on public TV. Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy is the name of his public TV special, as well as the book he&#x27;s written, as well as Paychecks and Playchecks, two outstanding bestsellers. Thomas, when we talk about Roth, you&#x27;ve mentioned Roth-based annuities and tax-free positioning as a big part of your own plan. How does life insurance fit into that same tax-free strategy or maybe even better than that? Yeah, well, so, and I will even say, I wish I wouldn&#x27;t have converted all of my IRAs because there&#x27;s a code in the provision that you can do qualified charitable distributions out of your IRA. And I wish I would have saved a bucket of money for, because we give to charities and we give to our church.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I could have been giving out of that bucket and had Uncle Sam helping me. But anyway, I did it. I converted it all. I&#x27;m glad. I&#x27;m glad I moved the money I did into whole life insurance. Now I got a fully funded, beautiful policy there. And it&#x27;s like a freight train. You know, people who pick on whole life, they say, well, you know, you put this money in, and for the first year, there&#x27;s hardly any money. It&#x27;s all going to that greedy agent or whatever. No, whole life is like a freight train, okay? If you watch a freight train, it goes slow. But when it gets going, you can&#x27;t stop the freight train. You can&#x27;t stop the freight train. And that&#x27;s like whole life. It starts out slow, but boy, you can&#x27;t stop it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re going to offer this to listeners. If you have anyone trying to peddle a non-traded REIT, I would say stay away and run. What do you think about non-traded REITs? Yeah, anything that has limited liquidity, just stay away. There&#x27;s too many good products out there that you don&#x27;t have to go searching for some weird thing. And then all of a sudden, the real estate market takes a turn, and those things are worth half of what they were. And then you can&#x27;t get out of it because there&#x27;s a thing that you can only get out once a year, once every three years or whatever. I would stay away. There&#x27;s too many great products out there. It&#x27;s just amazing. People are trying to come up with income alternatives when the best alternative is right there with a fixed index annuity, a fixed annuity a lot of times with income. What do I tell you, the people that are saying, and again, this is usually coming from the brokerage side, your money&#x27;s not liquid if you put it into a fixed annuity. Is that true or false?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s false. Liquidity is a lifetime event. It&#x27;s not a one-time event. And any time you&#x27;re in, let&#x27;s look at both types of annuities for, you know, if you&#x27;re getting income, that automatically increases your liquidity, okay? And nobody&#x27;s saying put all of your money into an annuity. Nobody says that, okay? You need to have some money liquid. We&#x27;re saying you should at least have enough income to cover your basic living expenses. As far as a fixed annuity or fixed indexed annuity, most of them have 10% withdrawals each year that you can take out penalty-free. Some of them have cumulative penalty-free windows where, you know, if you don&#x27;t take it for three years, then you can take out 30%. So there&#x27;s all kinds of liquidity things. And again, don&#x27;t put all of your money into any one thing. You should have some money liquid for emergencies. You don&#x27;t want to cash in your 401k because your roof has a hole in it or something or that you, you know, that you need a new car so you&#x27;re going to cancel your or take money out of your 401k.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> That&#x27;d be crazy. So, you know, have some liquidity, have some guaranteed lifetime income, have some investments for growth to fight inflation. That&#x27;s, it&#x27;s all based in math and science. You can read the books. You can read the research yourself. There&#x27;s white papers on this. And coach, here&#x27;s the bottom line. There&#x27;s three reasons why you need to put an income annuity into your portfolio, retirement portfolio. Number one, it will improve portfolio performance. And the reason it will is that annuities outperform bonds. So don&#x27;t compare them to stocks, compare them against bonds, and you&#x27;re going to be great. Number two, the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happy in retirement with guaranteed lifetime income. And number three, the research now shows you&#x27;re going to live longer if you have guaranteed lifetime income. And I can show you numerous studies that have all documented all of this. So all those brokers who are anti-annuity, they&#x27;re saying they want you to die younger and they don&#x27;t want you to be happy and they want your portfolio to perform worse.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I just don&#x27;t see why anybody would be for that. Why do you think that people live longer when they have guaranteed lifetime income? The number one killer of people, believe it or not, is not cancer. It&#x27;s not heart attacks. It&#x27;s not heart disease. It&#x27;s financial stress. That has been the number one killer in the National Bureau of Economic Research, NBER. You can Google it. They just came out with a report. 2026, they studied 600,000 people. And it was clear. People with guaranteed income don&#x27;t just live a little longer. They live significantly longer. There was an article by attorney Patrick Tricker in the Journal for Financial Service Professionals. And he said the average 65-year-old male who purchases a lifetime income annuity can expect to live 20% longer than a 65-year-old male. It&#x27;s not. You know, Jane Austen wrote about it back in 1811 in the book Sense and Sensibility, that people who have annuities live longer than people who don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> So, I mean, this has been known for hundreds of years. You talk to thousands of people a year about retirement. Why do you think so many people keep taking on more market risks than they really can afford to lose even after they&#x27;ve retired and don&#x27;t have years to recover from a bad market cycle? Why do people continue to pile money onto that risk train that you can see is going to go off the tracks down the road a little bit? Because we&#x27;ve been in about a 15-year bull market that just has been ridiculously to the high side, which I think is great. I mean, I own some stocks. I own some cryptos. I mean, I participate in that. But I don&#x27;t put all of my money there. I have paychecks and playchecks. I have guaranteed lifetime income, you know? I mean, because retirement is about peace of mind. You don&#x27;t want to be worried, oh, the market&#x27;s down 30. My goodness, now I can&#x27;t have dinner tonight or something.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> That&#x27;s ridiculous. Have a floor of guaranteed income so that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re fine. And then invest. And then if that goes up and down, you can let it go up and down. But you do not want to have a portfolio where you&#x27;re taking money out of the portfolio while the portfolio is going down. Here&#x27;s my rule. You will never, ever, ever, ever take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down. If you&#x27;re going to do that system, you better have a buffer plan. You better have like a whole life policy or a money market fund or a CD or something that&#x27;s guaranteed. That in those years when the market&#x27;s down, you take money out of there. Never, ever take money out of a decreasing portfolio. Because when you do that, you&#x27;re taking all that money out. Or when the market goes back up, none of that grows back. And that&#x27;s the fastest way to run out of money is to take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down in value.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> Never do that. If you&#x27;re going to be the portfolio, if you&#x27;re anti-annuity, then you better have a buffer. You better have something else where you can take money out if the market&#x27;s down. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s one thing to be against something. But if you don&#x27;t have an alternative, like if you&#x27;re talking to somebody and say, oh, those are bad, bad, bad. Well, you say to them, what do you have that does everything I just told you annuity does? And they&#x27;ll get quiet or they&#x27;ll come up with something that&#x27;s not true. That&#x27;s what I hear. Yeah, well, if you remember back in the great financial crisis, 2009, what went down? Everything. Stocks went down. Bonds went down. Housing went down. Gold went down. Bitcoin went down. Everything went down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My annuities didn&#x27;t go down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My life insurance didn&#x27;t go down. And so you want to have some things, not everything, just some things that when everything else goes down,</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> that you say, wow, I&#x27;m so sure glad I got this financial bunker right here because this can take care of me until things get back to normal. Now, I say a term, and it&#x27;s not going to resonate with a lot of folks, but I think anyone listening who it does, it really needs to pay attention. Wealth transfer. So why do you consider life insurance one of the most efficient tools for passing wealth to the next generation, especially compared to just leaving it in a lump sum and throwing it through the tax game to give your next of kin some money? Yeah, don&#x27;t leave your kids money. That&#x27;s the stupidest way to leave money. If you say, I just got this money and this is going to my kids, put that into life insurance because you&#x27;ll double, triple, quadruple, quintuple it depending on your age, depending on your health. You can leverage it. Plus, they&#x27;ll get it tax-free. You know, I see way too many retirees who say, well, I&#x27;m going to just leave that IRA to my kids.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Don&#x27;t leave your IRA to your kids. You didn&#x27;t save your IRA and your 401k for your kids. You saved it for your retirement. Guess what? You&#x27;re in retirement. Spend it. That is the worst money to leave to your kids. They might not even get 40 cents on the dollar after they pay federal tax, state tax, and who knows? Sometimes there&#x27;s estate taxes. No, don&#x27;t leave that to your kids. Leave your kids life insurance. You get leverage and it&#x27;s tax-free. Talked to a planner once and he said he had a client who, instead of doing the 401k when he started work, just started funding a life insurance policy. And that client passed away at age 48. If he had been doing the 401k, there wouldn&#x27;t have been much money there and it would have been taxable and all get out, go into the next again. It wouldn&#x27;t have been any money. But instead, he had been funding a big life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So his children, he had three of them. Each one was a millionaire when he passed away. You could not do that with a 401k. That&#x27;s the self-completing feature of a life insurance policy. Do you want to explain to folks what self-completing means? Well, self-completing means while you&#x27;re paying it, if you live, guess what? You got all these living benefits. You got money for yourself. But if you die, the plan is complete and it pays your kids out. And you can even have a disability waiver that if you&#x27;re disabled, the company will pay your premiums for you. There&#x27;s all kinds of different bells and whistles you can put on it. But the key is you have an ability to leave generational wealth to your family. And you can do it for pennies on the dollar with life insurance. You can&#x27;t do it if you&#x27;re just trying to leave them a bunch of money. Like if you saved up $2 million to give to your kids, if you put that $2 million in life insurance policy,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> you might be able to give $6 million or $8 million to the kids. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegday. He&#x27;s internationally known in the financial circles. He&#x27;s a speaker. You&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve heard of him. He&#x27;s been on public TV. Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy is the name of his public TV special, as well as the book he&#x27;s written, as well as Paychecks and Playchecks, two outstanding bestsellers. Thomas, when we talk about Roth, you&#x27;ve mentioned Roth-based annuities and tax-free positioning as a big part of your own plan. How does life insurance fit into that same tax-free strategy or maybe even better than that? Yeah, well, so, and I will even say, I wish I wouldn&#x27;t have converted all of my IRAs because there&#x27;s a code in the provision that you can do qualified charitable distributions out of your IRA. And I wish I would have saved a bucket of money for, because we give to charities and we give to our church.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I could have been giving out of that bucket and had Uncle Sam helping me. But anyway, I did it. I converted it all. I&#x27;m glad. I&#x27;m glad I moved the money I did into whole life insurance. Now I got a fully funded, beautiful policy there. And it&#x27;s like a freight train. You know, people who pick on whole life, they say, well, you know, you put this money in, and for the first year, there&#x27;s hardly any money. It&#x27;s all going to that greedy agent or whatever. No, whole life is like a freight train, okay? If you watch a freight train, it goes slow. But when it gets going, you can&#x27;t stop the freight train. You can&#x27;t stop the freight train. And that&#x27;s like whole life. It starts out slow, but boy, you can&#x27;t stop it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, estate planning, long-term care, life insurance, investment fees, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/image.jpg?t=1792073437&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-avoid-fees-non-traded-reits/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/image.jpg?t=1792073437&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad</guid>
      <omny:clipId>664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 13:41:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>571</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9167189" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-avoid-fees-non-traded-reits</link>
      <itunes:order>4</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Tom Hegna" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:14" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in the studio with us is Phil Graham as well as Gary Marriage. I&#x27;m trying to keep all of these boys on track. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. Catch up on that conversation by heading to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach, I see you itching over there. Well, subliminally, as we&#x27;ve grown up, we&#x27;ve always been told to put a plan together. Yeah. And we&#x27;ve been hearing it. But a lot of times we procrastinate, put it off. And so people are saying, well, Coach, what do you mean we&#x27;ve been told about it? Well, there&#x27;s a show here. Maybe you remember this guy. The plan. The plan. It&#x27;s a little guy on Fantasy Island. He always pointed out and said, the plan. The plan. So important. Tattoo. We just overlook it. Yeah, tattoo. He was really saying the plane, but it sounds like he&#x27;s saying the plan. Yeah, it does.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And so the plan is important. You remember Fantasy Island? Oh, yeah. That was a cool show, wasn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. That guy&#x27;s name was Ricardo Montalbano or something like that, wasn&#x27;t it? Or the big guy. Between that and the love boat. Oh, the love boat. Now, I had Gopher on the show years ago. Oh, did you? Fred Grandy. Yeah, really cool guy. Cool. It&#x27;s probably one of those that got lost when we moved offices, Thomas. That was back in 2011. I had Fred Grandy on. The ones and the zeros have disappeared, unfortunately. We had Klinger from MASH. Shoot, do we still have that one? Yeah, I&#x27;ll have to look it up and see. Yeah, see, I got some things to do here. Chuck Woolery? The Chuck Woolery one we still have. We have that one. The dating game? Yeah, he was good. Oh, yeah. I had him take us out. He said, we&#x27;re back in two and two, he said. That&#x27;s what he used to say. Now, he&#x27;s passed away also, you know, unfortunately. When you come on my show, you don&#x27;t stand a good chance. Sorry, boys. Welcome in, Phil and Gary.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Because Charlie Daniels came on, then he passed away. And Eddie Money came on, then he passed away. Yeah, yeah. And I wanted to have both of those guys back on. Because, you know, Charlie Daniels is from Gulf, North Carolina. He&#x27;s a North Carolina guy. I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, Charlie, really cool guy to talk to. Was it a rainy night? That&#x27;s Eddie Rabbit. Oh. Wrong Eddie. Oh. Remember Eddie Rabbit? Yeah, I remember him, too. I was thinking Eddie Money, Eddie Rabbit. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Eddie Money had 21 top 20 hits. He did, yeah. Take Me Home Tonight. Rainy Night was not one of them. No, it was not. Two Tickets to Paradise, one of my favorite ones. Two Tickets to Paradise, great song. So, I was at Madison Square Garden a couple weeks ago for the Big East Tournament. And you ever been to Madison Square Garden? Yes. My first time I&#x27;ve ever been. Really cool place. Oh, wow. But on the entrance, at the entrance, they have this big old glass room. You&#x27;re not allowed. Cops watch you when you get close to it.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And inside that glass room is a piano. So, Billy Joel donated to him at his 150th concert he did over there. He said, the 150th concert&#x27;s Billy Joel, the piano man. Wow. I don&#x27;t know what I had to do with anything. But, well, we do. Now, I had an autographed song sheet of Billy Joel in one of his first cassettes in our office. So, we get that as a collectible item. Yes, you did. But Billy Joel&#x27;s one of my favorite artists, too. And don&#x27;t worry, folks. I&#x27;m not going to have him on the show. Yeah. We don&#x27;t want to curse him, do we? But I&#x27;ve never seen him in concert. I thought it&#x27;d be cool to see Billy Joel in concert. I agree. I agree. I agree. What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw in person, Phil? Oh, man. Ever saw in person. I did front row center stage for Jimmy Buffett one year. Jimmy Buffett was always fun. Came to Raleigh a lot back in the day. He&#x27;d come for two nights, and they&#x27;d extend it a third night. And I&#x27;d go every single night.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And I had tickets for one of the nights. But it was more fun in the parking lot with all the pair of hats. Oh, yeah. And you could still hear the concert on the inside. Nice. And my buddies and I would walk around. Every now and then, somebody would leave a grill with some food on it to go into the concert. We&#x27;d eat very well in the parking lot. Very nice. Very nice. How about you, Gary? What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw? I&#x27;ve got to tell you, it was Kenny Chesney. Kenny Chesney is a great performer, right? I like country music, too. But he... Doesn&#x27;t he do Nationwide? Is it on your side? No. No, that&#x27;s the other guy. That&#x27;s Brad Paisley. Oh, Brad Paisley. Okay. See? We all confused. The other guy. So you&#x27;re talking about the parking lot parties, right? Those are like the best. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s like before football games. But Kenny Chesney concert, somebody brought a pontoon boat. They dragged it behind their truck and they had it in the parking lot. Yes. Kenny finds out about it, comes out in the crowd and decides to start playing on a pontoon</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> boat that&#x27;s in the parking lot. And it was sick. It was so cool. That&#x27;s so great. Like a private concert with him. Just a good guy. You talk about a way to party. They do have a party bringing a pontoon boat. I&#x27;ve heard of RVs before, but not a pontoon boat. Too bad they didn&#x27;t have to go to Lake. They could have put it in. He was having so much fun. They had to rush him back to the stage. They&#x27;re like, hey, you&#x27;re going to actually do a concert now. Oh, how cool is that? Thomas, what about you? Oh, yeah. You know, I love a lot of different music. Lately, I went with my kids to see Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, which is a swing band. So if you go back to the 20s, 30s, that kind of style of music sounds like that. Wasn&#x27;t that Brian Sitzler from the Stray Cats? Yeah. So Brian said he does that same style of music. Yeah. He had a huge hit a while back. Yeah. I love that. I got one right, coach. Yeah. Good job. And we did the book, Through the Years, it&#x27;s called. So we go from 1909 all the way to 2024, tell you relevant facts about each year.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And then I said, Thomas, I said, we need to make a soundtrack for the book. You know, you have movies have soundtracks. Why don&#x27;t books? Exactly. Right. Come on. So then we came up with one. For each decade, we had a song. And now we&#x27;re going to have a second soundtrack coming out because there were songs that were really close. We had to decide between the two. And I said, Thomas, let&#x27;s go ahead and have a set two come out. There you go. And then we&#x27;re going to have a country set come out for the decades, each decade country song. But do you have, I know this is random, Thomas, but do you have a song we can get real quick on one of the decades? Well, you know, talking about Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, let&#x27;s go back to the 30s. All right. The rain gave out the dust blew in.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> We stuffed the cracks with cloth and tin. Five cents for beans, a dime for rice. And bread stayed cheap in half the size. The 30s hit like iron rain. But Seabiscuit ran through the strain. Shirley smiled on silver screens and Mickey&#x27;s dark broken dreams. A Sears vest cost us 49. But hand-me-downs still fit just fine. One farm and four lost crops to spoil.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> So supper came from garden soil. The bread line stretched a block away. So great, so great. Well, all right, so to the average person listening saying, well, that&#x27;s just a song. But the cool thing was you had, you designed the lyrics of every song. So every song&#x27;s lyrics have something to do with that decade. They do. Every single line is mixing. You can learn history by listening to songs. I probably could have learned that way. So we have that book available, folks. It&#x27;s on Amazon. What is it, $24.99? I believe so, yes, sir. Yeah, it&#x27;s called Through the Years. And you can get the soundtrack for free. Thomas, tell folks how they can listen to, like, all the decades of the songs anytime they want. Well, and again, freely available. Of course, you can go on Amazon or Apple and buy it. But also the streaming platforms, Apple Music, Amazon, iHeartMedia, Spotify, you name it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Just search Through the Years Coach Pete, and it&#x27;ll come right up there for you. Through the Years Coach Pete. It has a great, colorful cover. And we go all the way from 1910 on this album all the way through 2020. Tried to style each decade as if it was coming right out of that time. You know, my wife, she&#x27;s a teacher, and she said, Thomas, I got to bring this to middle school next year because this is the way I can teach my kids about the difference. Like I said, it&#x27;s a good way to learn. Yeah, yeah. Now, what about, do we have electronic book posted for the Through the Years book? We do, yes. You can find it at CoachPete.com. Very easy website to remember, CoachPete.com. So here&#x27;s what I&#x27;d recommend, folks. Go to CoachPete.com, download the book for free, and then go online to any, wherever you get your music from, Spotify, iTunes, whatever, iHeart. I love iHeart. That&#x27;s what I use. But anyway, you&#x27;ve searched Through the Years Coach Pete. You can read the book, different decades, with your kids or yourself or your family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and then play the song. There you go. And see how relevant it is. Did I see some on vinyl somewhere, too? We do have the vinyl. We have the records, too. Yes, that was a fun thing. We&#x27;re not, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re for sale, though. No, these are limited edition. But, you know, we do have CDs. Contact me directly on eBay. But by the way, by the way, here&#x27;s an interesting stat for all you guys listening. Yes. First year, this year or last year, was the first year that vinyl has sold as much as it did back in 1982. So it&#x27;s as popular today as it was in 1982. Well, I know that because my daughter wanted a record player. I said, gosh, Daddy had one in an attic somewhere. Yeah. But we went and bought her a new one on Amazon. Sure. Where else does everything come from? Sure, sure. But they sell vinyl. Like, the record&#x27;s now a lot more expensive. Like, back when I was listening to records, I worked at Kmart in 1984, and the records were $7.99.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> So I would get my sticks and, you know, all the, like, Eddie Money, all the albums there, $7.99. Wow. Nowadays, she&#x27;s paying like 30 or 40 bucks because these are special ones. They&#x27;re different color. Back in the day, our records were black. Remember the black records? Yeah. Now they have red ones, blue ones, you name it, right? Fancy, fancy. And even ours is splash colored. Yeah, we have some very cool pink and blue splash colored ones. Yeah. So folks, go to coachpete.com, download the book for free. There&#x27;s other books you can download for free there, too. Or you can go to Amazon and buy them. I really appreciate it when you go to Amazon and buy them because it helps me out a little bit. But you&#x27;re welcome to go download it for free. We have that service for you. Yeah. We want to make sure you get all the facts you need to make sure your retirement is successful as it should be. It&#x27;s true. And as you head into retirement, you want to make sure that these things that might have, you know, we&#x27;ve heard about in history class that happened in the 30s, that happened in the 70s, they can happen just as easily today.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So make sure all of these crazy concepts that we don&#x27;t hear about until the financial red zone, sequence of risk return, all these different things to make sure that we actually have a plan as we head into retirement. It&#x27;s fun to talk about through the years. But at the end of the day, you need to have a plan, an actionable plan that you understand. And that can begin by contacting Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also reach out via text, just text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. And maybe you&#x27;re out there, you just have a question for coaching the team. Just text that to 600-700 as well. Whatever your question is, we&#x27;ll be here to answer. Well, that&#x27;s a sound where you can get ready for retirement. Buckle up, folks, because I&#x27;ve got a free book offer for you as we leave for the week.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;ve got my book, The Tax-Savvy Retirement. Now, you can buy it on Amazon for $24.99, or you can call right now or text right now. If you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who will call or text, we&#x27;re going to mail this book out to you at our expense. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage. We&#x27;re even going to pay for the handling, whatever that is. And so if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who call, this book is over 230 pages. Tax strategies you may be overlooking that will help you keep more of your money in your pocket, not only now, not only later, but all the way through retirement. And when you&#x27;re gone, making sure that more money goes to your family tax efficiently by reading the strategies in this book. We put it all in writing for you so there&#x27;s no excuses if you&#x27;re paying too much in taxes. A lot of advisors won&#x27;t talk about this.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We pride ourselves in talking about tax planning, and we have a lot of strategies here that your current advisor might not be explaining to you. They&#x27;re all packed in this book. And you get this book right now if you call the number Thomas is going to give you. And the number is the same, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Remember, this is no cost, no obligation. We will get it out the door, and you can get this educative material to make sure that you are being most tax advantageous as possible as you head into retirement. You can also text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. People love it when we give the book away. Yes. And we have a lot of you calling. And we&#x27;re happy to have you call, and we&#x27;re happy to get you a book. You can, if you&#x27;re impatient and don&#x27;t want to wait for the book to come, even after you</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> call, you can download it, you can download the PDF at coachpete.com. If you have any questions for the show, if you&#x27;d like to hear your own voice, ask a question, go to financialsafari.com and click that little button there that says ask a question, and we&#x27;ll make sure to answer it on a future show. And if we do, if you submit a question and we ask that question on air, I will get you a bottle of my wine for doing that. We have to come pick it up. We&#x27;re not allowed to send wine. We&#x27;re not bootleggers here. But we will give you a bottle of my newest wine. So, for Coach Pete, right here. For Thomas Lipscomb, back there with Jose working behind the board. And our special guests, Phil Graham and Gary Marich. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week, right here, same time, same station, on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in the studio with us is Phil Graham as well as Gary Marriage. I&#x27;m trying to keep all of these boys on track. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. Catch up on that conversation by heading to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach, I see you itching over there. Well, subliminally, as we&#x27;ve grown up, we&#x27;ve always been told to put a plan together. Yeah. And we&#x27;ve been hearing it. But a lot of times we procrastinate, put it off. And so people are saying, well, Coach, what do you mean we&#x27;ve been told about it? Well, there&#x27;s a show here. Maybe you remember this guy. The plan. The plan. It&#x27;s a little guy on Fantasy Island. He always pointed out and said, the plan. The plan. So important. Tattoo. We just overlook it. Yeah, tattoo. He was really saying the plane, but it sounds like he&#x27;s saying the plan. Yeah, it does.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And so the plan is important. You remember Fantasy Island? Oh, yeah. That was a cool show, wasn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. That guy&#x27;s name was Ricardo Montalbano or something like that, wasn&#x27;t it? Or the big guy. Between that and the love boat. Oh, the love boat. Now, I had Gopher on the show years ago. Oh, did you? Fred Grandy. Yeah, really cool guy. Cool. It&#x27;s probably one of those that got lost when we moved offices, Thomas. That was back in 2011. I had Fred Grandy on. The ones and the zeros have disappeared, unfortunately. We had Klinger from MASH. Shoot, do we still have that one? Yeah, I&#x27;ll have to look it up and see. Yeah, see, I got some things to do here. Chuck Woolery? The Chuck Woolery one we still have. We have that one. The dating game? Yeah, he was good. Oh, yeah. I had him take us out. He said, we&#x27;re back in two and two, he said. That&#x27;s what he used to say. Now, he&#x27;s passed away also, you know, unfortunately. When you come on my show, you don&#x27;t stand a good chance. Sorry, boys. Welcome in, Phil and Gary.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Because Charlie Daniels came on, then he passed away. And Eddie Money came on, then he passed away. Yeah, yeah. And I wanted to have both of those guys back on. Because, you know, Charlie Daniels is from Gulf, North Carolina. He&#x27;s a North Carolina guy. I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, Charlie, really cool guy to talk to. Was it a rainy night? That&#x27;s Eddie Rabbit. Oh. Wrong Eddie. Oh. Remember Eddie Rabbit? Yeah, I remember him, too. I was thinking Eddie Money, Eddie Rabbit. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Eddie Money had 21 top 20 hits. He did, yeah. Take Me Home Tonight. Rainy Night was not one of them. No, it was not. Two Tickets to Paradise, one of my favorite ones. Two Tickets to Paradise, great song. So, I was at Madison Square Garden a couple weeks ago for the Big East Tournament. And you ever been to Madison Square Garden? Yes. My first time I&#x27;ve ever been. Really cool place. Oh, wow. But on the entrance, at the entrance, they have this big old glass room. You&#x27;re not allowed. Cops watch you when you get close to it.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And inside that glass room is a piano. So, Billy Joel donated to him at his 150th concert he did over there. He said, the 150th concert&#x27;s Billy Joel, the piano man. Wow. I don&#x27;t know what I had to do with anything. But, well, we do. Now, I had an autographed song sheet of Billy Joel in one of his first cassettes in our office. So, we get that as a collectible item. Yes, you did. But Billy Joel&#x27;s one of my favorite artists, too. And don&#x27;t worry, folks. I&#x27;m not going to have him on the show. Yeah. We don&#x27;t want to curse him, do we? But I&#x27;ve never seen him in concert. I thought it&#x27;d be cool to see Billy Joel in concert. I agree. I agree. I agree. What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw in person, Phil? Oh, man. Ever saw in person. I did front row center stage for Jimmy Buffett one year. Jimmy Buffett was always fun. Came to Raleigh a lot back in the day. He&#x27;d come for two nights, and they&#x27;d extend it a third night. And I&#x27;d go every single night.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And I had tickets for one of the nights. But it was more fun in the parking lot with all the pair of hats. Oh, yeah. And you could still hear the concert on the inside. Nice. And my buddies and I would walk around. Every now and then, somebody would leave a grill with some food on it to go into the concert. We&#x27;d eat very well in the parking lot. Very nice. Very nice. How about you, Gary? What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw? I&#x27;ve got to tell you, it was Kenny Chesney. Kenny Chesney is a great performer, right? I like country music, too. But he... Doesn&#x27;t he do Nationwide? Is it on your side? No. No, that&#x27;s the other guy. That&#x27;s Brad Paisley. Oh, Brad Paisley. Okay. See? We all confused. The other guy. So you&#x27;re talking about the parking lot parties, right? Those are like the best. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s like before football games. But Kenny Chesney concert, somebody brought a pontoon boat. They dragged it behind their truck and they had it in the parking lot. Yes. Kenny finds out about it, comes out in the crowd and decides to start playing on a pontoon</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> boat that&#x27;s in the parking lot. And it was sick. It was so cool. That&#x27;s so great. Like a private concert with him. Just a good guy. You talk about a way to party. They do have a party bringing a pontoon boat. I&#x27;ve heard of RVs before, but not a pontoon boat. Too bad they didn&#x27;t have to go to Lake. They could have put it in. He was having so much fun. They had to rush him back to the stage. They&#x27;re like, hey, you&#x27;re going to actually do a concert now. Oh, how cool is that? Thomas, what about you? Oh, yeah. You know, I love a lot of different music. Lately, I went with my kids to see Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, which is a swing band. So if you go back to the 20s, 30s, that kind of style of music sounds like that. Wasn&#x27;t that Brian Sitzler from the Stray Cats? Yeah. So Brian said he does that same style of music. Yeah. He had a huge hit a while back. Yeah. I love that. I got one right, coach. Yeah. Good job. And we did the book, Through the Years, it&#x27;s called. So we go from 1909 all the way to 2024, tell you relevant facts about each year.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And then I said, Thomas, I said, we need to make a soundtrack for the book. You know, you have movies have soundtracks. Why don&#x27;t books? Exactly. Right. Come on. So then we came up with one. For each decade, we had a song. And now we&#x27;re going to have a second soundtrack coming out because there were songs that were really close. We had to decide between the two. And I said, Thomas, let&#x27;s go ahead and have a set two come out. There you go. And then we&#x27;re going to have a country set come out for the decades, each decade country song. But do you have, I know this is random, Thomas, but do you have a song we can get real quick on one of the decades? Well, you know, talking about Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, let&#x27;s go back to the 30s. All right. The rain gave out the dust blew in.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> We stuffed the cracks with cloth and tin. Five cents for beans, a dime for rice. And bread stayed cheap in half the size. The 30s hit like iron rain. But Seabiscuit ran through the strain. Shirley smiled on silver screens and Mickey&#x27;s dark broken dreams. A Sears vest cost us 49. But hand-me-downs still fit just fine. One farm and four lost crops to spoil.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> So supper came from garden soil. The bread line stretched a block away. So great, so great. Well, all right, so to the average person listening saying, well, that&#x27;s just a song. But the cool thing was you had, you designed the lyrics of every song. So every song&#x27;s lyrics have something to do with that decade. They do. Every single line is mixing. You can learn history by listening to songs. I probably could have learned that way. So we have that book available, folks. It&#x27;s on Amazon. What is it, $24.99? I believe so, yes, sir. Yeah, it&#x27;s called Through the Years. And you can get the soundtrack for free. Thomas, tell folks how they can listen to, like, all the decades of the songs anytime they want. Well, and again, freely available. Of course, you can go on Amazon or Apple and buy it. But also the streaming platforms, Apple Music, Amazon, iHeartMedia, Spotify, you name it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Just search Through the Years Coach Pete, and it&#x27;ll come right up there for you. Through the Years Coach Pete. It has a great, colorful cover. And we go all the way from 1910 on this album all the way through 2020. Tried to style each decade as if it was coming right out of that time. You know, my wife, she&#x27;s a teacher, and she said, Thomas, I got to bring this to middle school next year because this is the way I can teach my kids about the difference. Like I said, it&#x27;s a good way to learn. Yeah, yeah. Now, what about, do we have electronic book posted for the Through the Years book? We do, yes. You can find it at CoachPete.com. Very easy website to remember, CoachPete.com. So here&#x27;s what I&#x27;d recommend, folks. Go to CoachPete.com, download the book for free, and then go online to any, wherever you get your music from, Spotify, iTunes, whatever, iHeart. I love iHeart. That&#x27;s what I use. But anyway, you&#x27;ve searched Through the Years Coach Pete. You can read the book, different decades, with your kids or yourself or your family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and then play the song. There you go. And see how relevant it is. Did I see some on vinyl somewhere, too? We do have the vinyl. We have the records, too. Yes, that was a fun thing. We&#x27;re not, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re for sale, though. No, these are limited edition. But, you know, we do have CDs. Contact me directly on eBay. But by the way, by the way, here&#x27;s an interesting stat for all you guys listening. Yes. First year, this year or last year, was the first year that vinyl has sold as much as it did back in 1982. So it&#x27;s as popular today as it was in 1982. Well, I know that because my daughter wanted a record player. I said, gosh, Daddy had one in an attic somewhere. Yeah. But we went and bought her a new one on Amazon. Sure. Where else does everything come from? Sure, sure. But they sell vinyl. Like, the record&#x27;s now a lot more expensive. Like, back when I was listening to records, I worked at Kmart in 1984, and the records were $7.99.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> So I would get my sticks and, you know, all the, like, Eddie Money, all the albums there, $7.99. Wow. Nowadays, she&#x27;s paying like 30 or 40 bucks because these are special ones. They&#x27;re different color. Back in the day, our records were black. Remember the black records? Yeah. Now they have red ones, blue ones, you name it, right? Fancy, fancy. And even ours is splash colored. Yeah, we have some very cool pink and blue splash colored ones. Yeah. So folks, go to coachpete.com, download the book for free. There&#x27;s other books you can download for free there, too. Or you can go to Amazon and buy them. I really appreciate it when you go to Amazon and buy them because it helps me out a little bit. But you&#x27;re welcome to go download it for free. We have that service for you. Yeah. We want to make sure you get all the facts you need to make sure your retirement is successful as it should be. It&#x27;s true. And as you head into retirement, you want to make sure that these things that might have, you know, we&#x27;ve heard about in history class that happened in the 30s, that happened in the 70s, they can happen just as easily today.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So make sure all of these crazy concepts that we don&#x27;t hear about until the financial red zone, sequence of risk return, all these different things to make sure that we actually have a plan as we head into retirement. It&#x27;s fun to talk about through the years. But at the end of the day, you need to have a plan, an actionable plan that you understand. And that can begin by contacting Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also reach out via text, just text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. And maybe you&#x27;re out there, you just have a question for coaching the team. Just text that to 600-700 as well. Whatever your question is, we&#x27;ll be here to answer. Well, that&#x27;s a sound where you can get ready for retirement. Buckle up, folks, because I&#x27;ve got a free book offer for you as we leave for the week.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;ve got my book, The Tax-Savvy Retirement. Now, you can buy it on Amazon for $24.99, or you can call right now or text right now. If you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who will call or text, we&#x27;re going to mail this book out to you at our expense. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage. We&#x27;re even going to pay for the handling, whatever that is. And so if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who call, this book is over 230 pages. Tax strategies you may be overlooking that will help you keep more of your money in your pocket, not only now, not only later, but all the way through retirement. And when you&#x27;re gone, making sure that more money goes to your family tax efficiently by reading the strategies in this book. We put it all in writing for you so there&#x27;s no excuses if you&#x27;re paying too much in taxes. A lot of advisors won&#x27;t talk about this.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We pride ourselves in talking about tax planning, and we have a lot of strategies here that your current advisor might not be explaining to you. They&#x27;re all packed in this book. And you get this book right now if you call the number Thomas is going to give you. And the number is the same, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Remember, this is no cost, no obligation. We will get it out the door, and you can get this educative material to make sure that you are being most tax advantageous as possible as you head into retirement. You can also text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. People love it when we give the book away. Yes. And we have a lot of you calling. And we&#x27;re happy to have you call, and we&#x27;re happy to get you a book. You can, if you&#x27;re impatient and don&#x27;t want to wait for the book to come, even after you</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> call, you can download it, you can download the PDF at coachpete.com. If you have any questions for the show, if you&#x27;d like to hear your own voice, ask a question, go to financialsafari.com and click that little button there that says ask a question, and we&#x27;ll make sure to answer it on a future show. And if we do, if you submit a question and we ask that question on air, I will get you a bottle of my wine for doing that. We have to come pick it up. We&#x27;re not allowed to send wine. We&#x27;re not bootleggers here. But we will give you a bottle of my newest wine. So, for Coach Pete, right here. For Thomas Lipscomb, back there with Jose working behind the board. And our special guests, Phil Graham and Gary Marich. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week, right here, same time, same station, on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Gary Marriage</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham, Gary Marriage, Phil Graham, retirement planning, books and authors, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/image.jpg?t=1792073332&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-stop-putting-off-your-retirement-plan-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/image.jpg?t=1792073332&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:33:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12124942" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-stop-putting-off-your-retirement-plan-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>5</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:21" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amanda Daughtry: Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Amanda Daughtry: Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today, and you can catch up on it by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you, as always, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us today, friend of the show, friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s, Amanda Daughtry. Amanda, it&#x27;s great to have you here. Thank you for having me, Coach. Lord, I might say whatever. She&#x27;s fun to talk to, isn&#x27;t she, Don? You never know what I&#x27;m going to say. Hey, let me ask you this. It&#x27;s American Idol. Remember that show? Yeah. Maybe it&#x27;s still on. I don&#x27;t know. My wife used to watch it, and I would watch it. By default, I&#x27;d have to watch it. It&#x27;s on in the bedroom. Yeah, I get that. My daughter loved it, too. Yeah. But there was a guy named, he had a last name Daughtry, right? There was a Daughtry, he was a North Carolina guy. Yeah. Greensboro. You&#x27;re not related to him, are you?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They ask me all the time at the bank, and I&#x27;m like, well, what kind of money does he have in his account? Well, I think he made some, what was his first name? Chris Daughtry. Chris Daughtry. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s pretty funny. It&#x27;s a small world sometimes. A small world after all. Somewhere on that tree, you&#x27;re a branch over there on the Daughtry tree. Never seen him at a family reunion, but it&#x27;s never too late. But I haven&#x27;t heard much from him either lately, but I mean, that&#x27;s pretty cool to have the same last name. But you&#x27;re pretty famous, too. Okay. Okay. Well, yep. I do the morning show with Mike Wheelis at 94.7. Oh, yeah. And we have a really good time here in the Raleigh Market. Yeah. Just trying to give back to the community. Trying to survive. Now, one of the things I did with you at the end of the last year is we filmed a series, and we also put together a book called Women and Money. Six very important chapters here. The big picture is the first chapter.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> The moment is here. In other words, when should I start planning, Coach? Now. Right now. When you ask Coach if you should start planning, yes. Right? Never too young or too old to get a real plan together. Coming out of college, building your foundation. So when people come out of college, they&#x27;re always saying, well, I need to find a job first. Once you find a job, then you start spending money like crazy. You buy a house, and then, you know, it&#x27;s not cheap to buy a house. That&#x27;s the cheapest part almost sometimes is buying a house. Then you have to furnish it and all the other stuff, right? Yes. And it never stops. It never stops. But getting started, because then you start building equity that way. Then getting married. So we go into little steps, right? So you get that job, and then you get married. And merging your money with your spouse. That&#x27;s a tough one. Uh-oh. I&#x27;m going to have to sit down with you, Ryan. We&#x27;re going to make sure. Uh-oh. Because I always recommend, and what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people, over 33 years get divorced, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> It happens. Life gets in the way or whatever. But one of the main causes of that is fighting over money. Yeah. And so I advise that the husband and wife have their own joint checking account, which they figure out what their bills are, their mortgage payment, the utilities, and maybe an emergency account. And they both contribute an equal amount or whatever ratio they want to that joint account every month. But then they have their separate checking accounts. Because it&#x27;s no fun as a spouse to get a gift for, like, Christmas or a birthday. When it came from the joint account, you already knew the money got spent anyway. So it&#x27;s no fun to get it from somebody else. So you have your separate accounts. And therefore, you&#x27;re never fighting about money. And you have little meetings. You have team meetings. We do this with our clients every year. We sit down and have that team meeting. I feel like I&#x27;m Dr. Phil sometimes, the Dr. Phil of the financial. Yeah. Sometimes it gets a little heated. But it&#x27;s better to have a referee around than try to have that conversation together</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> with nobody around, right? So, and I don&#x27;t take sides. I give, I&#x27;m just an impartial judge. See, I got a little gavel here. I make my ruling, right? So you can choose to ignore it or whatever. But so that&#x27;s getting married, making sure that everything goes right. But then the next chapter we covered is getting divorced. That&#x27;s the logical step after you get married for a lot of people. By the way, I&#x27;m getting married in August. Yeah, there you go. So we&#x27;re going to walk through this and make sure you guys are on that right path and try to make sure that the bad stuff doesn&#x27;t happen. But if you do become suddenly single, many times the man has handled the finances. That&#x27;s just by default that&#x27;s happened a lot of times. And so the female, when they get divorced, they have no idea what&#x27;s going on and they get half the money. So you need to do the right thing. And that&#x27;s when the sharks appear. When they find out you&#x27;re divorced, you&#x27;ll suddenly a new friend will appear and want to help you.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And a new man friend maybe sometimes. And all of a sudden they want that money and they&#x27;ll spend through your money and then it&#x27;ll be on to the next victim like that. It happens. Yeah. It&#x27;s almost like they make these news magazine shows and they could do a whole, like they did to catch a predator, to catch a scam artist kind of thing. Oh my God, that&#x27;s scary. Yeah. I&#x27;m scared about it. So now you plan your financial future without losing yourself when we have divorce planning or widow planning. Like that happens. You become single. It could be divorce or widowing or whatever. It&#x27;s hard to talk about, but it&#x27;s real. Yeah, we need to talk about it now. You&#x27;re either going to talk about it now or later. There used to be candy called now or later. Now or later? I&#x27;m going to tear my feelings out and get in trouble. But then we have approaching retirement, securing lifetime income. And we call that, of course, the financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And if you have these accounts, and a lot of people do, 401Ks, IRAs, 403Bs, Thrift Savings Plans, all these lump sum accounts, stock accounts, you have a big lump sum there. It&#x27;s fun to look at. But then you say, well, gosh, I don&#x27;t know how long I&#x27;m going to live. I want to live as long as I can. But I want my money to be there, too. So I have to start taking money out of this lump sum. How do I know I&#x27;m not taking too much out? How do I know I&#x27;m not cheating myself and not spending enough? So we put together a true spending plan. Not a budget. A spending plan. So we can figure out how much you can spend. And then we also say, well, gosh, we want to spend this amount of money because we have these needs in retirement. But we also want wants. We want to go on vacation. So we need to build up enough money that we can do fun things, too. And so we put the money in a place now that guarantees you lifetime income. That&#x27;s where we get that financial fill-up strategy from.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So then now you&#x27;re in control of retirement. You approach retirement on your terms. Thomas, you&#x27;ve seen this happen all the time. I have. And people are happy now. And here&#x27;s what happens, Amanda. Like we get this set up. Somebody retires. They come to see me year one. And I make them spend some money because they have the money coming in. And sometimes they come in. They haven&#x27;t spent it yet because they still don&#x27;t trust the plan or whatever. But new money is going to come every single year. And you don&#x27;t want to build up a gigantic dam of money. Right? Right. Picture the Hoover Dam of all that money you could spend. Because when you have spending money, you need to spend it. And even dams have an emergency thing where the water runs over. Truth. That is true. But we want to make sure you have more than enough money to enjoy retirement. And we do that with a true spending plan inside our financial fill-up strategy, inside the total retirement plan. So if you&#x27;d like your very own plan, call now. And matter of fact, Thomas, it is time.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> E-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-D-O! For Mr. Fred Flintstone. Oh, yes. If you call now, you&#x27;ll get the plan done. But if you&#x27;re calling, you&#x27;re a female. And you want a copy of our video series and the book right here, Women and Money, we will send you the Women and Money book. And then we&#x27;ll put you on the video series. Every single week, you&#x27;ll get a video on each chapter showing you the important information in the book, just in case you don&#x27;t feel like reading. Yep. Right? Or you want to figure out what you just read. So that&#x27;s the worst thing. Somebody hands you a book, goes home, it ends up on the bottom of a stack somewhere, and then on a bookshelf or maybe at the thrift store, and you never read it. This is a book meant to be read, but meant to be read over and over and used and even written in because we want to help you design your very own total retirement plan, income plan, and peace of mind plan. So call right now.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> The next 26 of you, though, we&#x27;ll send you this book before you even meet with us to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track. All right, folks, that number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700. I wish I would have had a copy of that years ago. I mean, when I was, I was married before in Nashville, when I lived in Nashville. Right. And it didn&#x27;t work out, but I found out that there were a lot of things that were hidden from me. There you go. And I didn&#x27;t know about. You didn&#x27;t know what to ask. Oh, yeah. You didn&#x27;t know what to look. I didn&#x27;t, but I also was, I wasn&#x27;t mature enough to have that conversation. Right. Well, when we, before we got married going, hey, you know. It&#x27;s not your fault. What do you have? And what do, I mean, because, you know, it&#x27;s like uncomfortable. We&#x27;re like, well, what kind of finances do you have? Or what kind of stocks do you have?</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> And I didn&#x27;t know. And then we bought Bitcoin together. Uh-oh. And then he was trying to hide some of the returns on that. Wow. I mean, it was kind of scary and messy. And money makes people crazy. It does. And marriage and death and all the things. But being informed puts you in control. So, Thomas, let&#x27;s open those phone lines up right now. The next 26 of you, you&#x27;ll get a copy of this book, Women and Money. We&#x27;ll send it to you ahead of time. You also qualify that golden ticket. You have your very own total retirement plan to get all the worry out of planning and living in retirement. No doubt. So, Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. We have two easy ways to do this. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text a special keyword, keyword free, to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> And we&#x27;re going to build a TV show around this, too. You guys have got to be on the Financial Speakeasy Network. You and Jana and Jackie are going to be on there every week. So, folks, get started now. Make sure to bookmark. Go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. And then it will give you the option. You can either go to YouTube or Rumble. And you sign up there to make sure you get updates every single day. A new show will come out. Well, we do a lot of shows. But going live in about a month. Yes. So, get set up now and you&#x27;ll be notified. We already have this. The Speakeasy Network is already going 24-7. But we&#x27;re going to have a man to show there in the next couple months there on there about women and money. So, every week a new situation, a new hypothetical situation or maybe something you&#x27;ve seen. You&#x27;ll learn a lot about me. But it&#x27;s important, I think, to not be scared about the money world or not be uninformed.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> So, if you&#x27;re uninformed, you believe anything because you don&#x27;t know. 100%. And so, we need to make sure that we have the right plan but the right team behind us. And, you know, I&#x27;ve done this for 33 years. We kind of know what we&#x27;re doing here. We want to make sure that everybody understands you don&#x27;t have to be alone approaching this big topic. But you can also do it yourself with our help. There are a lot of do-it-yourselfers. Yes. So, we can help you do it yourself but make sure you have income and everyone needs at least one financial fill-up strategy. A guy I know who was a retirement planner for 30-some years, his name is Tom Hegna. He has 14 different financial fill-ups, 14 different streams of income. Goodness. And I wish I was Tom too. But he&#x27;s already retired but he&#x27;s not even taking most of the streams of income because the first three streams are getting him all he needs right now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> Let&#x27;s go. So, he can leave whatever he doesn&#x27;t spend to his kids and grandkids too. So, again, get your very own total retirement plan but the financial fill-up strategy is the most important part. And we&#x27;re going to have a show on the financial fill-up strategy on the Financial Speakeasy Network as well. So, all the different terms you hear on the radio, you&#x27;ll be able to see them every day on the Financial Speakeasy Network. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And all that journey begins at FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Got a great website there. The resources we are mentioning are there as well. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re going to have some live studio audience shows there. And we&#x27;re building right now. We&#x27;re trying to build a game show. Oh, my gosh. Yeah. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve been in talks with Greg Fischel. Remember, he used to do the brain game back in the day. Oh, that&#x27;s so cool. And so, we&#x27;re going to try to design a financial-type game show to be filmed in our new studio.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> That is awesome. So, we&#x27;re looking to do a lot of exciting things coming up this year. Yes, yes. And so, Amanda, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. Anything? What&#x27;s next on your list? You&#x27;re getting married? What&#x27;s going to happen next? Getting married and taking our honeymoon at the end of the year. Where are you going? I think we&#x27;re going to go to Greece. Oh, okay. I&#x27;ve never been to Greece. I actually told him, Ryan, my other half, or as I say, Ryan, that&#x27;s what I call him when I&#x27;m mad at him. He&#x27;s planning. So, he knows where I might want to go. But it&#x27;s his thing now because I planned the last two trips. So, he&#x27;s planning the honeymoon. So, we may end up somewhere on a ranch because if it were up to him, it would be that. Go to a dude ranch and rope some cattle? Oh, man. I would believe that he would do that. Yellowstone Ranch? Yeah. He would 100%. Montana, Jackson Hole. Yeah. We went to Montana this past year and I loved it out there.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> So, that&#x27;s next. And then, after that, we&#x27;re going to start saving for some land and we want to build a house. Yeah. You never go bad buying land. Land never goes to zero. The only problem with land is you have property taxes and they keep jacking those up every single year. Yeah. Another 10%, 10%. Don&#x27;t get me started on that. Yeah. So, unfortunately, that&#x27;s one of the main things. You never really own the land even if you pay off the mortgage. True. Because if you don&#x27;t pay the tax on it, you&#x27;re going to be in it. Or somebody gets hurt on your land, they can sue you. So, you need a good insurance. So, it&#x27;s all sorts of things. We never thought about growing up, did we? Yep. Things that, the hidden costs that never go away. Yes. Yes. But, most importantly, when we get to retirement, we need to, and this is something people don&#x27;t think about, having a lifetime income plan. Having your own personal pension. Our relatives used to work for companies. They&#x27;d retire and the company would give them a check every single year for the rest of their life. Not anymore. That&#x27;s a pension. So, we can design your own pension.</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> If you call right now, the next 26 of you will do it at no cost or obligation. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Oh, well, Thomas Lipscomb for Amanda Daughtry. For Jose behind the screen working the board, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the financial. Safari! Safari! Safari! lid</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today, and you can catch up on it by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you, as always, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us today, friend of the show, friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s, Amanda Daughtry. Amanda, it&#x27;s great to have you here. Thank you for having me, Coach. Lord, I might say whatever. She&#x27;s fun to talk to, isn&#x27;t she, Don? You never know what I&#x27;m going to say. Hey, let me ask you this. It&#x27;s American Idol. Remember that show? Yeah. Maybe it&#x27;s still on. I don&#x27;t know. My wife used to watch it, and I would watch it. By default, I&#x27;d have to watch it. It&#x27;s on in the bedroom. Yeah, I get that. My daughter loved it, too. Yeah. But there was a guy named, he had a last name Daughtry, right? There was a Daughtry, he was a North Carolina guy. Yeah. Greensboro. You&#x27;re not related to him, are you?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They ask me all the time at the bank, and I&#x27;m like, well, what kind of money does he have in his account? Well, I think he made some, what was his first name? Chris Daughtry. Chris Daughtry. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s pretty funny. It&#x27;s a small world sometimes. A small world after all. Somewhere on that tree, you&#x27;re a branch over there on the Daughtry tree. Never seen him at a family reunion, but it&#x27;s never too late. But I haven&#x27;t heard much from him either lately, but I mean, that&#x27;s pretty cool to have the same last name. But you&#x27;re pretty famous, too. Okay. Okay. Well, yep. I do the morning show with Mike Wheelis at 94.7. Oh, yeah. And we have a really good time here in the Raleigh Market. Yeah. Just trying to give back to the community. Trying to survive. Now, one of the things I did with you at the end of the last year is we filmed a series, and we also put together a book called Women and Money. Six very important chapters here. The big picture is the first chapter.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> The moment is here. In other words, when should I start planning, Coach? Now. Right now. When you ask Coach if you should start planning, yes. Right? Never too young or too old to get a real plan together. Coming out of college, building your foundation. So when people come out of college, they&#x27;re always saying, well, I need to find a job first. Once you find a job, then you start spending money like crazy. You buy a house, and then, you know, it&#x27;s not cheap to buy a house. That&#x27;s the cheapest part almost sometimes is buying a house. Then you have to furnish it and all the other stuff, right? Yes. And it never stops. It never stops. But getting started, because then you start building equity that way. Then getting married. So we go into little steps, right? So you get that job, and then you get married. And merging your money with your spouse. That&#x27;s a tough one. Uh-oh. I&#x27;m going to have to sit down with you, Ryan. We&#x27;re going to make sure. Uh-oh. Because I always recommend, and what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people, over 33 years get divorced, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> It happens. Life gets in the way or whatever. But one of the main causes of that is fighting over money. Yeah. And so I advise that the husband and wife have their own joint checking account, which they figure out what their bills are, their mortgage payment, the utilities, and maybe an emergency account. And they both contribute an equal amount or whatever ratio they want to that joint account every month. But then they have their separate checking accounts. Because it&#x27;s no fun as a spouse to get a gift for, like, Christmas or a birthday. When it came from the joint account, you already knew the money got spent anyway. So it&#x27;s no fun to get it from somebody else. So you have your separate accounts. And therefore, you&#x27;re never fighting about money. And you have little meetings. You have team meetings. We do this with our clients every year. We sit down and have that team meeting. I feel like I&#x27;m Dr. Phil sometimes, the Dr. Phil of the financial. Yeah. Sometimes it gets a little heated. But it&#x27;s better to have a referee around than try to have that conversation together</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> with nobody around, right? So, and I don&#x27;t take sides. I give, I&#x27;m just an impartial judge. See, I got a little gavel here. I make my ruling, right? So you can choose to ignore it or whatever. But so that&#x27;s getting married, making sure that everything goes right. But then the next chapter we covered is getting divorced. That&#x27;s the logical step after you get married for a lot of people. By the way, I&#x27;m getting married in August. Yeah, there you go. So we&#x27;re going to walk through this and make sure you guys are on that right path and try to make sure that the bad stuff doesn&#x27;t happen. But if you do become suddenly single, many times the man has handled the finances. That&#x27;s just by default that&#x27;s happened a lot of times. And so the female, when they get divorced, they have no idea what&#x27;s going on and they get half the money. So you need to do the right thing. And that&#x27;s when the sharks appear. When they find out you&#x27;re divorced, you&#x27;ll suddenly a new friend will appear and want to help you.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And a new man friend maybe sometimes. And all of a sudden they want that money and they&#x27;ll spend through your money and then it&#x27;ll be on to the next victim like that. It happens. Yeah. It&#x27;s almost like they make these news magazine shows and they could do a whole, like they did to catch a predator, to catch a scam artist kind of thing. Oh my God, that&#x27;s scary. Yeah. I&#x27;m scared about it. So now you plan your financial future without losing yourself when we have divorce planning or widow planning. Like that happens. You become single. It could be divorce or widowing or whatever. It&#x27;s hard to talk about, but it&#x27;s real. Yeah, we need to talk about it now. You&#x27;re either going to talk about it now or later. There used to be candy called now or later. Now or later? I&#x27;m going to tear my feelings out and get in trouble. But then we have approaching retirement, securing lifetime income. And we call that, of course, the financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And if you have these accounts, and a lot of people do, 401Ks, IRAs, 403Bs, Thrift Savings Plans, all these lump sum accounts, stock accounts, you have a big lump sum there. It&#x27;s fun to look at. But then you say, well, gosh, I don&#x27;t know how long I&#x27;m going to live. I want to live as long as I can. But I want my money to be there, too. So I have to start taking money out of this lump sum. How do I know I&#x27;m not taking too much out? How do I know I&#x27;m not cheating myself and not spending enough? So we put together a true spending plan. Not a budget. A spending plan. So we can figure out how much you can spend. And then we also say, well, gosh, we want to spend this amount of money because we have these needs in retirement. But we also want wants. We want to go on vacation. So we need to build up enough money that we can do fun things, too. And so we put the money in a place now that guarantees you lifetime income. That&#x27;s where we get that financial fill-up strategy from.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So then now you&#x27;re in control of retirement. You approach retirement on your terms. Thomas, you&#x27;ve seen this happen all the time. I have. And people are happy now. And here&#x27;s what happens, Amanda. Like we get this set up. Somebody retires. They come to see me year one. And I make them spend some money because they have the money coming in. And sometimes they come in. They haven&#x27;t spent it yet because they still don&#x27;t trust the plan or whatever. But new money is going to come every single year. And you don&#x27;t want to build up a gigantic dam of money. Right? Right. Picture the Hoover Dam of all that money you could spend. Because when you have spending money, you need to spend it. And even dams have an emergency thing where the water runs over. Truth. That is true. But we want to make sure you have more than enough money to enjoy retirement. And we do that with a true spending plan inside our financial fill-up strategy, inside the total retirement plan. So if you&#x27;d like your very own plan, call now. And matter of fact, Thomas, it is time.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> E-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-D-O! For Mr. Fred Flintstone. Oh, yes. If you call now, you&#x27;ll get the plan done. But if you&#x27;re calling, you&#x27;re a female. And you want a copy of our video series and the book right here, Women and Money, we will send you the Women and Money book. And then we&#x27;ll put you on the video series. Every single week, you&#x27;ll get a video on each chapter showing you the important information in the book, just in case you don&#x27;t feel like reading. Yep. Right? Or you want to figure out what you just read. So that&#x27;s the worst thing. Somebody hands you a book, goes home, it ends up on the bottom of a stack somewhere, and then on a bookshelf or maybe at the thrift store, and you never read it. This is a book meant to be read, but meant to be read over and over and used and even written in because we want to help you design your very own total retirement plan, income plan, and peace of mind plan. So call right now.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> The next 26 of you, though, we&#x27;ll send you this book before you even meet with us to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track. All right, folks, that number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700. I wish I would have had a copy of that years ago. I mean, when I was, I was married before in Nashville, when I lived in Nashville. Right. And it didn&#x27;t work out, but I found out that there were a lot of things that were hidden from me. There you go. And I didn&#x27;t know about. You didn&#x27;t know what to ask. Oh, yeah. You didn&#x27;t know what to look. I didn&#x27;t, but I also was, I wasn&#x27;t mature enough to have that conversation. Right. Well, when we, before we got married going, hey, you know. It&#x27;s not your fault. What do you have? And what do, I mean, because, you know, it&#x27;s like uncomfortable. We&#x27;re like, well, what kind of finances do you have? Or what kind of stocks do you have?</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> And I didn&#x27;t know. And then we bought Bitcoin together. Uh-oh. And then he was trying to hide some of the returns on that. Wow. I mean, it was kind of scary and messy. And money makes people crazy. It does. And marriage and death and all the things. But being informed puts you in control. So, Thomas, let&#x27;s open those phone lines up right now. The next 26 of you, you&#x27;ll get a copy of this book, Women and Money. We&#x27;ll send it to you ahead of time. You also qualify that golden ticket. You have your very own total retirement plan to get all the worry out of planning and living in retirement. No doubt. So, Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. We have two easy ways to do this. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text a special keyword, keyword free, to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> And we&#x27;re going to build a TV show around this, too. You guys have got to be on the Financial Speakeasy Network. You and Jana and Jackie are going to be on there every week. So, folks, get started now. Make sure to bookmark. Go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. And then it will give you the option. You can either go to YouTube or Rumble. And you sign up there to make sure you get updates every single day. A new show will come out. Well, we do a lot of shows. But going live in about a month. Yes. So, get set up now and you&#x27;ll be notified. We already have this. The Speakeasy Network is already going 24-7. But we&#x27;re going to have a man to show there in the next couple months there on there about women and money. So, every week a new situation, a new hypothetical situation or maybe something you&#x27;ve seen. You&#x27;ll learn a lot about me. But it&#x27;s important, I think, to not be scared about the money world or not be uninformed.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> So, if you&#x27;re uninformed, you believe anything because you don&#x27;t know. 100%. And so, we need to make sure that we have the right plan but the right team behind us. And, you know, I&#x27;ve done this for 33 years. We kind of know what we&#x27;re doing here. We want to make sure that everybody understands you don&#x27;t have to be alone approaching this big topic. But you can also do it yourself with our help. There are a lot of do-it-yourselfers. Yes. So, we can help you do it yourself but make sure you have income and everyone needs at least one financial fill-up strategy. A guy I know who was a retirement planner for 30-some years, his name is Tom Hegna. He has 14 different financial fill-ups, 14 different streams of income. Goodness. And I wish I was Tom too. But he&#x27;s already retired but he&#x27;s not even taking most of the streams of income because the first three streams are getting him all he needs right now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> Let&#x27;s go. So, he can leave whatever he doesn&#x27;t spend to his kids and grandkids too. So, again, get your very own total retirement plan but the financial fill-up strategy is the most important part. And we&#x27;re going to have a show on the financial fill-up strategy on the Financial Speakeasy Network as well. So, all the different terms you hear on the radio, you&#x27;ll be able to see them every day on the Financial Speakeasy Network. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And all that journey begins at FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Got a great website there. The resources we are mentioning are there as well. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re going to have some live studio audience shows there. And we&#x27;re building right now. We&#x27;re trying to build a game show. Oh, my gosh. Yeah. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve been in talks with Greg Fischel. Remember, he used to do the brain game back in the day. Oh, that&#x27;s so cool. And so, we&#x27;re going to try to design a financial-type game show to be filmed in our new studio.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> That is awesome. So, we&#x27;re looking to do a lot of exciting things coming up this year. Yes, yes. And so, Amanda, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. Anything? What&#x27;s next on your list? You&#x27;re getting married? What&#x27;s going to happen next? Getting married and taking our honeymoon at the end of the year. Where are you going? I think we&#x27;re going to go to Greece. Oh, okay. I&#x27;ve never been to Greece. I actually told him, Ryan, my other half, or as I say, Ryan, that&#x27;s what I call him when I&#x27;m mad at him. He&#x27;s planning. So, he knows where I might want to go. But it&#x27;s his thing now because I planned the last two trips. So, he&#x27;s planning the honeymoon. So, we may end up somewhere on a ranch because if it were up to him, it would be that. Go to a dude ranch and rope some cattle? Oh, man. I would believe that he would do that. Yellowstone Ranch? Yeah. He would 100%. Montana, Jackson Hole. Yeah. We went to Montana this past year and I loved it out there.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> So, that&#x27;s next. And then, after that, we&#x27;re going to start saving for some land and we want to build a house. Yeah. You never go bad buying land. Land never goes to zero. The only problem with land is you have property taxes and they keep jacking those up every single year. Yeah. Another 10%, 10%. Don&#x27;t get me started on that. Yeah. So, unfortunately, that&#x27;s one of the main things. You never really own the land even if you pay off the mortgage. True. Because if you don&#x27;t pay the tax on it, you&#x27;re going to be in it. Or somebody gets hurt on your land, they can sue you. So, you need a good insurance. So, it&#x27;s all sorts of things. We never thought about growing up, did we? Yep. Things that, the hidden costs that never go away. Yes. Yes. But, most importantly, when we get to retirement, we need to, and this is something people don&#x27;t think about, having a lifetime income plan. Having your own personal pension. Our relatives used to work for companies. They&#x27;d retire and the company would give them a check every single year for the rest of their life. Not anymore. That&#x27;s a pension. So, we can design your own pension.</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> If you call right now, the next 26 of you will do it at no cost or obligation. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Oh, well, Thomas Lipscomb for Amanda Daughtry. For Jose behind the screen working the board, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the financial. Safari! Safari! Safari! lid</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Amanda Daughtry</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Amanda Daughtry, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, music, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/image.jpg?t=1792073353&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-women-money-and-building-a-personal-pension-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/image.jpg?t=1792073353&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 05:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12331570" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-women-money-and-building-a-personal-pension-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>6</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:40" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amanda Daughtry: Music, Morning Radio, and Planning the Next Chapter (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Amanda Daughtry: Music, Morning Radio, and Planning the Next Chapter (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. If you want to catch up on that great conversation we just had with Sheridan Murphy or check out past episodes, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. And, Coach, we are continuing this great show with another special guest in studio. It&#x27;s not every day you get to have a former Nashville star in studio with you. Okay. I&#x27;ll tell you. I&#x27;ll tell you. Amanda Daughtry. Ah, thanks for having me. Coach has been a fan of 94.7 QDR for some time, and I&#x27;m on the morning show there with Mike Wheelis. And as many know in the area, he&#x27;s a fellow UNC guy like you, and he has been on the air there almost 34 years. Wow. And I&#x27;m joining him from JoCo, Johnson County.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Johnson County. People from there know, right? So if you know, you know. If you know, you know. And I&#x27;ve been on the show five years. Luckily, we&#x27;ve had you on air with us for over three doing some wonderful commercials to educate our listeners. Yeah. And I&#x27;m pumped. I&#x27;ve got your through the years book. And if you don&#x27;t have the book, you have got to go to Coach&#x27;s website, CoachPete.com, and you&#x27;re going to get this book. He&#x27;s going to give it to you if you sign up for. Those are awesome. We&#x27;ll come in for a review. We&#x27;ll go. You&#x27;ll leave with a bunch of books, but that&#x27;s one of them that we like people to have because it&#x27;s 1909 through 2024. Every single year it&#x27;s featured, showing you important information that&#x27;s the same information each year. So what did a loaf of bread cost this year? What did it cost that year? Inflation. Price of gold. Who was born that year? Who died that year? What famous things happened? All sorts of cool stuff. Yeah. And we also have a soundtrack with it.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I see you working over there, Thomas. We have a soundtrack. So Amanda, I want you to pull, randomly pull out a year, and then Thomas will get you to play the soundtrack for that year. Okay. Awesome. I am just going through here. Let&#x27;s see. I was on a page earlier. Let&#x27;s see. Let&#x27;s see. 1961. 1961, Thomas. The 60s. Oh, here we go. Oh, the 60s. There&#x27;s that soundtrack. We&#x27;ve got a soundtrack for every decade. Now, Thomas, to lower that volume a little bit, let&#x27;s talk about some of those facts. Okay. 1961. All right. We&#x27;ve got inflation at .7. So that&#x27;s not too bad. No. Actually, that&#x27;s awesome. Under one point on inflation. That&#x27;s amazing. Yeah, 9% a couple years ago. 9% inflation. We didn&#x27;t want that. A dollar from 1961 in 2024 would be $10.53.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Yeah, man. So it costs you $10 in today&#x27;s dollars to buy what a dollar bought you back in 1960. Wow. That&#x27;s what they call inflation. That&#x27;s the damage inflation does. That&#x27;s why I call it a financial termite. Inflation, taxation, unnecessary commissions, fees, expenses, and taxes are all financial termites that can eat away what you thought you had. That is crazy. All right. The cost of living. Let&#x27;s go down some of these. Right. Bread was 15 cent a loaf. Good old days. Wow. There&#x27;s probably better bread back then, too. Probably. Probably. Milk was $1.04 a gallon. Man. $1.04. Gold was $35.50. Smack your mama. That is nuts. Don&#x27;t you wish you&#x27;d get in a time machine and go back there? Of course, that&#x27;s more than 60 years ago. Good gosh. And I mean, that was a lot of money then, too. Yeah. Well, yeah. Well, yeah. Again, it was worth 10 times that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So, when gold was, what did you say, $34 an ounce? $35.50. So, multiply that times 10 because you said it would take $10 today to buy what $1 did then. So, basically, adjusted for inflation, that&#x27;s how they do it, $350 an ounce. Good gosh. But still cheap compared to when you saw gold hit like 5,000 ounce. Yeah. That&#x27;s true. Around there. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Yeah. And if you were at the candy shop and you&#x27;re buying my favorite candy, Snickers bar is $0.25. There you go. Nice. $0.25. Mortgage. Oh, I wish I would have bought a house then. 4%. You know, candy bars. I used to get candy bars for a nickel and a dime. So, I don&#x27;t know. Maybe that was a misprice here. Because I&#x27;m not that old, by the way. Yeah. In the 70s, I was buying candy bars for nickel. Wow. Real candy bars. Maybe that&#x27;s when the Snickers came out. And we had a Kmart there. It used to be a nickel. Then they went $17 for $1.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So, you can only get 17 of them. Good gosh. And when I was working at Kmart in, was it 1984? Right before I went to college. I worked the summer at Kmart. And it was $5 for $1 back then, candy bars. Still a good deal compared to today. Five real. And the candy bars were bigger back then. You know. They shrunk the candy bars now. Look at the little bite-sized ones for Halloween. Oh, they&#x27;re so tiny. It can&#x27;t even fit the logo. It has one little N for Snickers on it now. Truly, truly. That&#x27;s just enough to make it mad. It&#x27;s smaller than a Hershey&#x27;s Kiss. And they rebranded them, too. You know, it started as snack size. And then they started calling it bite size. Probably because they got called out on it. They should have a microscope size. Really not. Inflation. Yeah. That&#x27;s what happens. So, that&#x27;s deflation, too. So, inflation is when things get more expensive. Deflation is when they shrink the size of things. Like a Krispy Kreme donut. It&#x27;s nowhere near as big as it used to be. Don&#x27;t even get me started.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Because what you buy at certain stores, you have to look at the ounces. They&#x27;ll try to give you a better deal. Oh, yeah. And it&#x27;s just a different package. And I&#x27;m like, okay, uh-uh. I&#x27;m getting too smart for that. Well, there used to be a pound bag of potato chips. A pound bag. Now it&#x27;s six ounces. Oh. And they pump it full of air. So, 16 ounces in a pound, by the way. So, it&#x27;s 10 ounces less for about five times more than it used to be. That&#x27;s ridiculous. Ridiculous. But, anyway, hey, it&#x27;s forced dieting. Forced dieting. I can&#x27;t afford all that state chips. All right, Coach. The average home was $11,900. Wow. You know, I remember my parents bought their first house in 1974 in Laurenburg, North Carolina. Three bedrooms, two baths, nice big backyard and a deck. Two-car garage. $34,000. Oh. What? And then that sold back in the 90s. They sold it like it ended in like 1996. Sold it for $300,000.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So, that&#x27;s where, you know, stuff started going up. But, back then, in the 70s, the mortgage rates were a lot higher, too. So, again, everything works out. And that&#x27;s why you should never delay buying a house. Say, I&#x27;m going to wait for the mortgage rates to come down. I&#x27;m going to wait to buy this house. Yeah. Well, if that happens, then it&#x27;ll be more of a seller&#x27;s market because everyone will want a house then. And so, there&#x27;ll be a lot more competition. So, the price of the house may go up. So, the best strategy is to find the house you like right now because houses are a lot cheaper than it will be if rates go down. Lock in the house. Get in the house. And then, when rates go down, do a no-closing-cost mortgage and refinance down to the rate you deserve at that time. Yeah. But now, you don&#x27;t have to compete with other people for the house. Because you remember back in the day when a house would come on the market, there&#x27;d be bidding wars breaking out. And a house that listed for, let&#x27;s say, a million would go for $1.3 million because too many people wanted it. Yeah, that&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> And so, now you cost yourself $300,000 by being in that bidding war instead of buying it when no one else wanted it. So, shoes are always on special when you don&#x27;t need new shoes. Oh. 100% true. When you need them, you can&#x27;t find them or they&#x27;re more expensive. So, again, buying on your terms, we call it. But also planning your retirement plan on your terms. So, if you want a true retirement plan and you&#x27;re not in retirement, that&#x27;s the best time to get a retirement plan. So, call now. We have a 22-step Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, we call it, which includes the biggest step. It&#x27;s that financial fill-up strategy. But it&#x27;s 22 steps. We do the work behind the scenes. We&#x27;re going to waive our fee, our planning fee. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans like this. But for the next 26 callers, Amanda, we&#x27;re going to do it at no cost or obligation. So, Thomas, tell the listeners how they can call in right now.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> Yeah, happy to. The number to call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So, Amanda, tell me about Nashville. How do you like it there? Oh, Nashville was great. I was there 10 years. But now, remember, I was in Nashville. When I moved there, let&#x27;s see, 2010 is when I started kind of going there and saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to move here. 2011 made the final full move. There were still taxis downtown. There wasn&#x27;t an Uber. There wasn&#x27;t a Lyft situation. And you could park in front of the bars downtown and play as you get. Oh, right on Broadway right there? You could park right on Broadway. Wow. There wasn&#x27;t even a meter or anything. You just pull your car up, get a spot, load out, and watch your car from the stage. Now, I mean, they call them bollards.</p><p><strong>07:39</strong> There&#x27;s those things that line the streets where you can&#x27;t even get on the sidewalk easily. There&#x27;s Lyft. There&#x27;s Uber. They&#x27;re starting to shut the streets down on the weekend. It&#x27;s like Beale Street in Memphis. So, you can&#x27;t even get dropped off at all in front of the bars. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to walk like 1,000 miles. And, of course, every star has a bar now. But when I moved there, it was different. You had your three bars that were owned by the same guy. I&#x27;ve been there since 19-whatever. Layla&#x27;s. Layla&#x27;s one of the oldest bar on the street. How about Tootsie&#x27;s? Did you ever play at Tootsie&#x27;s? I never played at – that&#x27;s the Steve Smith bar. I never played at any of the Tootsie&#x27;s. But I played the Stage, Legends Corner, Second Fiddle. All those are owned by Rubel Sanderson, who&#x27;s still there. Second Fiddle actually just closed. Oh. But he still has – That&#x27;s a cool name, Second Fiddle. It is. He still has the Stage and Legends Corner, which was my favorite spots, right next to the Ryman, right next to Tootsie&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> I played there every Saturday and Sunday. Those were my bread and butter gigs. So you worked on tips only back then, right? Because when I&#x27;m in Nashville, I see the tip jars are out there. The bands are all like – Tootsie&#x27;s has three different bands going at one time, Thomas. Front stage, backstage, and upstairs. And upstairs. Well, now we got a bass, but when I first started down there, Second Fiddle was my first gig. It was a Monday night. Nobody wanted that shift. It was a late shift, too. So the band started at 10 o&#x27;clock in the morning, and then they end at 2.30 a.m. And so that was the late shift. I&#x27;d get on stage at 10.15 p.m. I&#x27;d play until 2.30 in the morning. On Monday. On a Monday. Nobody&#x27;s in there. And our bass was, I think, $35 a person. And then we&#x27;d be lucky to make $5 to $10 in tips apiece. It was rough, but you had to pay your dues, you know? And that&#x27;s what – a lot of folks do that because they want to be noticed by somebody.</p><p><strong>09:12</strong> And there are a lot of famous people that go in and out of those bars down there in Nashville scouting out the next talent, I guess, right? It&#x27;s true. I actually just listened to a podcast with Haley Williams. She was a singer from the band Paramore, and she was discovered at 12, 13 years old. Actually, she said in the interview, they won&#x27;t let you sing if you&#x27;re 12, so they might have fibbed a little bit early on. But it started in 13. That&#x27;s where she was discovered. That is crazy. I was singing at Second Fiddle one night. At that point, I&#x27;d had gigs at a lot of the different bars. But I was there on a different night. It was in a Monday. I think I might have been moved up to a Friday at this point. And a girl was sitting at the bar who has been working for Alan Jackson for over 25 years. And she would always come in, but I never knew what she did. And super friendly. And she pointed at me when I was running the tip jar, and she said,</p><p><strong>09:58</strong> I&#x27;m going to have a job for you at some point. I&#x27;m going to have something cool for you. And it had been a year since I&#x27;d seen her. And next time I saw her, she said, hey, Alan Jackson is opening a bar across the street where the Full Moon Saloon is. Full Moon Saloon. That sounds like a whole name. Or actually, it shared the wall with the wheel. They kind of did some things there. So it was really the wheel. It used to be a Civil War hospital. That&#x27;s a whole other segment. Oh, wow. But really cool spot. And she said, he&#x27;s going to open a bar there, and we&#x27;re going to ask you to play Friday night more than likely. And I said, oh, heck yeah. But if I had a dollar for every time I met somebody in Nashville that said, I know somebody who knows somebody. Everybody knows somebody. Make you famous or whatever. I mean, I&#x27;d be rich as you know what right now. But it worked out a year later. I got the gig. And then two years later, they said, hey, Alan&#x27;s taking some of the talent from the bar on the road.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Do you want to go on tour? And I&#x27;m like, do I want to go on tour and play some marinas with Alan Jackson? Like, pinch me. Does the folk wear a funny hat? Yeah. Sure does. I&#x27;ll be going. That was a fun time. And we got paid a little bit. We sold a ton of merchandise, which I thought. So where&#x27;d you guys on tour? Where&#x27;d you go? We went to Jacksonville. We went to Pennsylvania. Jacksonville, Florida. Florida, Pennsylvania. We went to. Can&#x27;t wait to go to Jacksonville, North Carolina. We did play Winston-Salem. Oh, Weston. Did you go Ziggy&#x27;s up there? Or where&#x27;d you play? We played all the arenas. Okay, the arenas. Okay. And so we were playing. And Winston-Salem, they gave us jerseys. So I got a jersey for the Deacons, I guess that&#x27;s who they are. Yep, yep. And I got my name on the back of that. Where else did we go? We went one other place. And I&#x27;m drawing a blank right this second. Demon Deacons. It was a lot of fun.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> It was an incredible run. And I had a good time. And you know what? And that&#x27;s what I tell people. It&#x27;s a joy, parts of life. Because you wouldn&#x27;t worry about certain things. Now you&#x27;re worried a little bit about planning for retirement. But you&#x27;re still only 40. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of running. I was broke as you know what back then. You&#x27;ve got 25 years at least to the traditional 65. And I got my Social Security statement the other day. It said I can&#x27;t retire to 67, even though I&#x27;m never going to retire. So you have plenty of time to get on the right track. And if you&#x27;re listening now, if you want your very own total retirement plan, call right now. We&#x27;ll put together a total retirement plan at no cost or obligation for you right now. All right, folks. That number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> And we&#x27;ll be back with more with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Amanda Daughtry after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. If you want to catch up on that great conversation we just had with Sheridan Murphy or check out past episodes, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. And, Coach, we are continuing this great show with another special guest in studio. It&#x27;s not every day you get to have a former Nashville star in studio with you. Okay. I&#x27;ll tell you. I&#x27;ll tell you. Amanda Daughtry. Ah, thanks for having me. Coach has been a fan of 94.7 QDR for some time, and I&#x27;m on the morning show there with Mike Wheelis. And as many know in the area, he&#x27;s a fellow UNC guy like you, and he has been on the air there almost 34 years. Wow. And I&#x27;m joining him from JoCo, Johnson County.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Johnson County. People from there know, right? So if you know, you know. If you know, you know. And I&#x27;ve been on the show five years. Luckily, we&#x27;ve had you on air with us for over three doing some wonderful commercials to educate our listeners. Yeah. And I&#x27;m pumped. I&#x27;ve got your through the years book. And if you don&#x27;t have the book, you have got to go to Coach&#x27;s website, CoachPete.com, and you&#x27;re going to get this book. He&#x27;s going to give it to you if you sign up for. Those are awesome. We&#x27;ll come in for a review. We&#x27;ll go. You&#x27;ll leave with a bunch of books, but that&#x27;s one of them that we like people to have because it&#x27;s 1909 through 2024. Every single year it&#x27;s featured, showing you important information that&#x27;s the same information each year. So what did a loaf of bread cost this year? What did it cost that year? Inflation. Price of gold. Who was born that year? Who died that year? What famous things happened? All sorts of cool stuff. Yeah. And we also have a soundtrack with it.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I see you working over there, Thomas. We have a soundtrack. So Amanda, I want you to pull, randomly pull out a year, and then Thomas will get you to play the soundtrack for that year. Okay. Awesome. I am just going through here. Let&#x27;s see. I was on a page earlier. Let&#x27;s see. Let&#x27;s see. 1961. 1961, Thomas. The 60s. Oh, here we go. Oh, the 60s. There&#x27;s that soundtrack. We&#x27;ve got a soundtrack for every decade. Now, Thomas, to lower that volume a little bit, let&#x27;s talk about some of those facts. Okay. 1961. All right. We&#x27;ve got inflation at .7. So that&#x27;s not too bad. No. Actually, that&#x27;s awesome. Under one point on inflation. That&#x27;s amazing. Yeah, 9% a couple years ago. 9% inflation. We didn&#x27;t want that. A dollar from 1961 in 2024 would be $10.53.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Yeah, man. So it costs you $10 in today&#x27;s dollars to buy what a dollar bought you back in 1960. Wow. That&#x27;s what they call inflation. That&#x27;s the damage inflation does. That&#x27;s why I call it a financial termite. Inflation, taxation, unnecessary commissions, fees, expenses, and taxes are all financial termites that can eat away what you thought you had. That is crazy. All right. The cost of living. Let&#x27;s go down some of these. Right. Bread was 15 cent a loaf. Good old days. Wow. There&#x27;s probably better bread back then, too. Probably. Probably. Milk was $1.04 a gallon. Man. $1.04. Gold was $35.50. Smack your mama. That is nuts. Don&#x27;t you wish you&#x27;d get in a time machine and go back there? Of course, that&#x27;s more than 60 years ago. Good gosh. And I mean, that was a lot of money then, too. Yeah. Well, yeah. Well, yeah. Again, it was worth 10 times that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So, when gold was, what did you say, $34 an ounce? $35.50. So, multiply that times 10 because you said it would take $10 today to buy what $1 did then. So, basically, adjusted for inflation, that&#x27;s how they do it, $350 an ounce. Good gosh. But still cheap compared to when you saw gold hit like 5,000 ounce. Yeah. That&#x27;s true. Around there. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Yeah. And if you were at the candy shop and you&#x27;re buying my favorite candy, Snickers bar is $0.25. There you go. Nice. $0.25. Mortgage. Oh, I wish I would have bought a house then. 4%. You know, candy bars. I used to get candy bars for a nickel and a dime. So, I don&#x27;t know. Maybe that was a misprice here. Because I&#x27;m not that old, by the way. Yeah. In the 70s, I was buying candy bars for nickel. Wow. Real candy bars. Maybe that&#x27;s when the Snickers came out. And we had a Kmart there. It used to be a nickel. Then they went $17 for $1.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So, you can only get 17 of them. Good gosh. And when I was working at Kmart in, was it 1984? Right before I went to college. I worked the summer at Kmart. And it was $5 for $1 back then, candy bars. Still a good deal compared to today. Five real. And the candy bars were bigger back then. You know. They shrunk the candy bars now. Look at the little bite-sized ones for Halloween. Oh, they&#x27;re so tiny. It can&#x27;t even fit the logo. It has one little N for Snickers on it now. Truly, truly. That&#x27;s just enough to make it mad. It&#x27;s smaller than a Hershey&#x27;s Kiss. And they rebranded them, too. You know, it started as snack size. And then they started calling it bite size. Probably because they got called out on it. They should have a microscope size. Really not. Inflation. Yeah. That&#x27;s what happens. So, that&#x27;s deflation, too. So, inflation is when things get more expensive. Deflation is when they shrink the size of things. Like a Krispy Kreme donut. It&#x27;s nowhere near as big as it used to be. Don&#x27;t even get me started.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Because what you buy at certain stores, you have to look at the ounces. They&#x27;ll try to give you a better deal. Oh, yeah. And it&#x27;s just a different package. And I&#x27;m like, okay, uh-uh. I&#x27;m getting too smart for that. Well, there used to be a pound bag of potato chips. A pound bag. Now it&#x27;s six ounces. Oh. And they pump it full of air. So, 16 ounces in a pound, by the way. So, it&#x27;s 10 ounces less for about five times more than it used to be. That&#x27;s ridiculous. Ridiculous. But, anyway, hey, it&#x27;s forced dieting. Forced dieting. I can&#x27;t afford all that state chips. All right, Coach. The average home was $11,900. Wow. You know, I remember my parents bought their first house in 1974 in Laurenburg, North Carolina. Three bedrooms, two baths, nice big backyard and a deck. Two-car garage. $34,000. Oh. What? And then that sold back in the 90s. They sold it like it ended in like 1996. Sold it for $300,000.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So, that&#x27;s where, you know, stuff started going up. But, back then, in the 70s, the mortgage rates were a lot higher, too. So, again, everything works out. And that&#x27;s why you should never delay buying a house. Say, I&#x27;m going to wait for the mortgage rates to come down. I&#x27;m going to wait to buy this house. Yeah. Well, if that happens, then it&#x27;ll be more of a seller&#x27;s market because everyone will want a house then. And so, there&#x27;ll be a lot more competition. So, the price of the house may go up. So, the best strategy is to find the house you like right now because houses are a lot cheaper than it will be if rates go down. Lock in the house. Get in the house. And then, when rates go down, do a no-closing-cost mortgage and refinance down to the rate you deserve at that time. Yeah. But now, you don&#x27;t have to compete with other people for the house. Because you remember back in the day when a house would come on the market, there&#x27;d be bidding wars breaking out. And a house that listed for, let&#x27;s say, a million would go for $1.3 million because too many people wanted it. Yeah, that&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> And so, now you cost yourself $300,000 by being in that bidding war instead of buying it when no one else wanted it. So, shoes are always on special when you don&#x27;t need new shoes. Oh. 100% true. When you need them, you can&#x27;t find them or they&#x27;re more expensive. So, again, buying on your terms, we call it. But also planning your retirement plan on your terms. So, if you want a true retirement plan and you&#x27;re not in retirement, that&#x27;s the best time to get a retirement plan. So, call now. We have a 22-step Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, we call it, which includes the biggest step. It&#x27;s that financial fill-up strategy. But it&#x27;s 22 steps. We do the work behind the scenes. We&#x27;re going to waive our fee, our planning fee. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans like this. But for the next 26 callers, Amanda, we&#x27;re going to do it at no cost or obligation. So, Thomas, tell the listeners how they can call in right now.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> Yeah, happy to. The number to call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So, Amanda, tell me about Nashville. How do you like it there? Oh, Nashville was great. I was there 10 years. But now, remember, I was in Nashville. When I moved there, let&#x27;s see, 2010 is when I started kind of going there and saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to move here. 2011 made the final full move. There were still taxis downtown. There wasn&#x27;t an Uber. There wasn&#x27;t a Lyft situation. And you could park in front of the bars downtown and play as you get. Oh, right on Broadway right there? You could park right on Broadway. Wow. There wasn&#x27;t even a meter or anything. You just pull your car up, get a spot, load out, and watch your car from the stage. Now, I mean, they call them bollards.</p><p><strong>07:39</strong> There&#x27;s those things that line the streets where you can&#x27;t even get on the sidewalk easily. There&#x27;s Lyft. There&#x27;s Uber. They&#x27;re starting to shut the streets down on the weekend. It&#x27;s like Beale Street in Memphis. So, you can&#x27;t even get dropped off at all in front of the bars. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to walk like 1,000 miles. And, of course, every star has a bar now. But when I moved there, it was different. You had your three bars that were owned by the same guy. I&#x27;ve been there since 19-whatever. Layla&#x27;s. Layla&#x27;s one of the oldest bar on the street. How about Tootsie&#x27;s? Did you ever play at Tootsie&#x27;s? I never played at – that&#x27;s the Steve Smith bar. I never played at any of the Tootsie&#x27;s. But I played the Stage, Legends Corner, Second Fiddle. All those are owned by Rubel Sanderson, who&#x27;s still there. Second Fiddle actually just closed. Oh. But he still has – That&#x27;s a cool name, Second Fiddle. It is. He still has the Stage and Legends Corner, which was my favorite spots, right next to the Ryman, right next to Tootsie&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> I played there every Saturday and Sunday. Those were my bread and butter gigs. So you worked on tips only back then, right? Because when I&#x27;m in Nashville, I see the tip jars are out there. The bands are all like – Tootsie&#x27;s has three different bands going at one time, Thomas. Front stage, backstage, and upstairs. And upstairs. Well, now we got a bass, but when I first started down there, Second Fiddle was my first gig. It was a Monday night. Nobody wanted that shift. It was a late shift, too. So the band started at 10 o&#x27;clock in the morning, and then they end at 2.30 a.m. And so that was the late shift. I&#x27;d get on stage at 10.15 p.m. I&#x27;d play until 2.30 in the morning. On Monday. On a Monday. Nobody&#x27;s in there. And our bass was, I think, $35 a person. And then we&#x27;d be lucky to make $5 to $10 in tips apiece. It was rough, but you had to pay your dues, you know? And that&#x27;s what – a lot of folks do that because they want to be noticed by somebody.</p><p><strong>09:12</strong> And there are a lot of famous people that go in and out of those bars down there in Nashville scouting out the next talent, I guess, right? It&#x27;s true. I actually just listened to a podcast with Haley Williams. She was a singer from the band Paramore, and she was discovered at 12, 13 years old. Actually, she said in the interview, they won&#x27;t let you sing if you&#x27;re 12, so they might have fibbed a little bit early on. But it started in 13. That&#x27;s where she was discovered. That is crazy. I was singing at Second Fiddle one night. At that point, I&#x27;d had gigs at a lot of the different bars. But I was there on a different night. It was in a Monday. I think I might have been moved up to a Friday at this point. And a girl was sitting at the bar who has been working for Alan Jackson for over 25 years. And she would always come in, but I never knew what she did. And super friendly. And she pointed at me when I was running the tip jar, and she said,</p><p><strong>09:58</strong> I&#x27;m going to have a job for you at some point. I&#x27;m going to have something cool for you. And it had been a year since I&#x27;d seen her. And next time I saw her, she said, hey, Alan Jackson is opening a bar across the street where the Full Moon Saloon is. Full Moon Saloon. That sounds like a whole name. Or actually, it shared the wall with the wheel. They kind of did some things there. So it was really the wheel. It used to be a Civil War hospital. That&#x27;s a whole other segment. Oh, wow. But really cool spot. And she said, he&#x27;s going to open a bar there, and we&#x27;re going to ask you to play Friday night more than likely. And I said, oh, heck yeah. But if I had a dollar for every time I met somebody in Nashville that said, I know somebody who knows somebody. Everybody knows somebody. Make you famous or whatever. I mean, I&#x27;d be rich as you know what right now. But it worked out a year later. I got the gig. And then two years later, they said, hey, Alan&#x27;s taking some of the talent from the bar on the road.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Do you want to go on tour? And I&#x27;m like, do I want to go on tour and play some marinas with Alan Jackson? Like, pinch me. Does the folk wear a funny hat? Yeah. Sure does. I&#x27;ll be going. That was a fun time. And we got paid a little bit. We sold a ton of merchandise, which I thought. So where&#x27;d you guys on tour? Where&#x27;d you go? We went to Jacksonville. We went to Pennsylvania. Jacksonville, Florida. Florida, Pennsylvania. We went to. Can&#x27;t wait to go to Jacksonville, North Carolina. We did play Winston-Salem. Oh, Weston. Did you go Ziggy&#x27;s up there? Or where&#x27;d you play? We played all the arenas. Okay, the arenas. Okay. And so we were playing. And Winston-Salem, they gave us jerseys. So I got a jersey for the Deacons, I guess that&#x27;s who they are. Yep, yep. And I got my name on the back of that. Where else did we go? We went one other place. And I&#x27;m drawing a blank right this second. Demon Deacons. It was a lot of fun.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> It was an incredible run. And I had a good time. And you know what? And that&#x27;s what I tell people. It&#x27;s a joy, parts of life. Because you wouldn&#x27;t worry about certain things. Now you&#x27;re worried a little bit about planning for retirement. But you&#x27;re still only 40. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of running. I was broke as you know what back then. You&#x27;ve got 25 years at least to the traditional 65. And I got my Social Security statement the other day. It said I can&#x27;t retire to 67, even though I&#x27;m never going to retire. So you have plenty of time to get on the right track. And if you&#x27;re listening now, if you want your very own total retirement plan, call right now. We&#x27;ll put together a total retirement plan at no cost or obligation for you right now. All right, folks. That number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> And we&#x27;ll be back with more with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Amanda Daughtry after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Amanda Daughtry</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Amanda Daughtry, retirement planning, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/image.jpg?t=1792073360&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-music-morning-radio-and-planning-the-next-chapter-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/image.jpg?t=1792073360&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 05:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>744</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11947881" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-music-morning-radio-and-planning-the-next-chapter-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>7</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Amanda Daughtry" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nile Nickel: AI, Robotics, and the Technology Changing Everyday Life</title>
      <itunes:title>Nile Nickel: AI, Robotics, and the Technology Changing Everyday Life</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Technology expert Nile Nickel joins Coach Pete D’Arruda for a conversation about artificial intelligence and what the next wave of technology could mean for work, healthcare, transportation, and life at home. Nickel explains why he treats AI as an assistant whose answers still need review, then discusses autonomous vehicles, robotics, 3D printing, and the risks of misuse. Hear the opportunities he sees, the concerns he raises, and why human judgment still matters as these tools become more capable. AI tools were used during production to help clean up Nile’s recording.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks welcome back into the show. This is the time of the show where I like to go out around the world and find someone who is making a difference reporting on people making a difference or just overall a cool guy to talk to and I&#x27;ve talked to him for years over a decade now. I&#x27;ve talked to Niall Nichol. We&#x27;ve had him on the show before and he&#x27;s one of my designated tech experts and Niall welcome in. How you doing? Man I am doing great and I&#x27;ll tell you what tech</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> is exploding so we will have no shortage of things to talk about. Yeah well before we even get into what I wanted to ask you what do you think is the number one tech aspect that&#x27;s going to change the way everyone listening does what they do in the next five years? You know it&#x27;s been in the news so much but quite frankly I don&#x27;t think people take it as seriously as they should and that is AI. Yeah. And AI has been really since its introduction into the marketplace it&#x27;s just made huge leaps and bounds but what most people don&#x27;t realize is it&#x27;s been in development in serious development for 40 years. Wow. So you take it to the marketplace and you take it from a handful of tech geeks and</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> scientists you know like me and you put it out to where literally it&#x27;s not millions of people anymore billions of people are using it a day it gets smart real fast and it just something called a large language model which means it takes all this information people ask it questions they correct things that it says wrong and all of that and it gets very sophisticated and so when you start getting billions of people using it it gets really sophisticated really fast across cultures and it is going to radically change our landscape in the next five years. Well a lot of jobs that are done today simply aren&#x27;t going to exist in five years. Yeah that&#x27;s that&#x27;s so what makes you happiest about</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> this and then what makes you saddest and what scares you the most? There&#x27;s a three three-part question there. What&#x27;s a happy thing about this? So the happy thing to me is it&#x27;s called artificial intelligence and I really wish that they would rename it to assistive intelligence. The reason I say that is it is great I probably use it you know I bet on a on a given day me interacting with it I might use it two hours a day. Well but I use it as as an assistant and it&#x27;s an assistant that I have to train I have to correct I have to review what the assistant gives me and as long as you interact with this artificial</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> intelligence platform whichever one you want to talk about in that capacity it makes me very happy because it lets me get probably I bet it lets me get easily two to three hundred percent more done a day than I do without it. Now by the way I can&#x27;t just press a button ask it a question press a button and then spit it out because it&#x27;s also wrong a lot it&#x27;s wrong an awful lot but just like an assistant you know you hire an assistant you have to train them you have to get them sophisticated you have to review what they&#x27;ve done for you to make sure it&#x27;s correct and after you build up some trust maybe you let them go a little bit but that&#x27;s sort of what this is like so that&#x27;s what makes me the</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> happiest. Yeah so unlike a human where you have to tell them the same thing over and over again I think AI remembers it the first time right when you when you correct it it doesn&#x27;t make the same mistake or does it? Well you would think that would be the case but no as a matter of fact you&#x27;ll laugh at this and if you don&#x27;t there&#x27;s something wrong with us I argue with it quite frank quite frankly often oh yeah in fact I&#x27;ll even curse at it every now and again does it curse back? Sometimes yeah or it will say Niall now now now but uh the flip side is is um I have had to tell it to do the same thing over or make the same corrections sometimes five six seven times and you might say well why do you do that again it still improves my productivity. I see Thomas nod and Thomas you agree huh? Oh it&#x27;s totally true</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> and I think you know you can think of the AI the artificial intelligence I like what you said there and assisted intelligence uh as this silver bullet but it&#x27;s not but it is definitely helpful it&#x27;s uh so it&#x27;s almost like a footstool instead of a ladder. Yeah I would say so I think I love your description there Niall because I because I agree with you I use it a whole lot and and it&#x27;s not an end-all solution but it is certainly amazing. So what makes you the saddest about it Niall? The saddest is that I do believe even though I&#x27;m telling you where it&#x27;s going to go in five years or so I think it&#x27;s over full today um you know it sort of reminds me as we talk technology you know when high definitions televisions hit the market. Oh yeah. Everything had HD on it. You could buy HD sunglasses. Now how did that</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> change the sunglass? It didn&#x27;t change it a bit. It changed the price. Well you&#x27;re starting to up. That&#x27;s exactly right. It did change that but you&#x27;re starting to see AI in everything and AI certainly has its place. It has its place in a lot of devices um you know some of the things that we might talk about like uh lawnmowers uh you know that that were introduced at CES this year um you roll the lawnmower out it gets the weather forecast and it might say you know what I&#x27;m going to put off mowing the lawn until three o&#x27;clock because it&#x27;s supposed to rain. It sounds like I used to do but I just put it on for a couple days. Exactly. You wouldn&#x27;t go back out to do it. Yeah right. And and you might say hey there&#x27;s HOA rules that only allow us to mow you know between eight o&#x27;clock</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and and 11 o&#x27;clock in the morning and we can&#x27;t do it on Sundays at that off limit. So um it could ask you some questions like that and it could learn and then by the way if it happens to be mowing your lawn for you and it&#x27;s geo-fenced because it will do that um and it finds something peculiar in your yard that you weren&#x27;t expecting well not only will it document it&#x27;ll mow around it and you know if it could do something to uh to take care of the situation it will but otherwise at least it notifies you there&#x27;s a problem. Wow. Now for remote homeowners this is great because after it mows your lawn it goes back and parks in the recharging station and it&#x27;s ready to go again. You know that reminds me of this Roomba thing we have in the office it goes around in vacuums and stuff and it then recharges itself empties itself out and it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s almost self-sufficient right Thomas? Every day when</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> it gets stuck on a wire or something or a power cord. In the lawnmower&#x27;s position it&#x27;s going to be a beer can that the construction worker threw. Or a snake. Or a snake in the yard. And that&#x27;s where the that&#x27;s where the AI is coming into into play because it recognizes those things and it might say yeah you&#x27;ve got beer cans all over your backyard. Who&#x27;s getting drunk that&#x27;s gonna call the cops on you? Drinking! Oh you know if you could think of the Roomba and uh or Rumbo whichever way we were to say it uh if you could think of that device that learns what&#x27;s there you move furniture around and it learns that it has to adapt its patterns or whatever uh you know that that&#x27;s a great application for AI. It&#x27;s amazing as folks we&#x27;re talking to our tech expert Niall Nickel and he&#x27;s uh he&#x27;s been uh a guest</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> on the show for over 10 years now a decade Niall pretty funny and now you&#x27;re retired supposedly but you&#x27;re working harder than ever it looks like. Yeah yeah I had hair at one point in time too not so much now. It&#x27;s a great hair migration you had the same thing happen it went from the top of your head to your chin. That&#x27;s exactly right. Hey uh all right so what is the scariest thing to you about AI going forward? The scariest thing to me about AI is uh when it gets into certain applications that it shouldn&#x27;t be in and that there&#x27;s nobody checking it or verifying it um it it as I said it does produce bad results um that I still use it um because I&#x27;m able to identify that but for people that don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> uh recognize that it&#x27;s not perfect um it gets you in a lot of trouble in fact there&#x27;s been attorneys because quite frankly uh AI today is great for law but there&#x27;s been attorneys that have used it in briefs and it has it&#x27;s made up information that&#x27;s just not correct and it puts it in a brief and let me tell you a judge is not very happy when that happens. Yeah you know and they find it. You can&#x27;t blame anybody but yourself even if it was AI though you&#x27;re supposed to do it yourself anyway. It&#x27;s sort of like Dennis Rodman the famous basketball player for Chicago Bulls back in the day and uh he had an autobiography came out which means it&#x27;s all about himself he supposedly wrote it and somebody asked him about a quote in the book and he said I was misquoted. It&#x27;s his own it was supposedly his own book so you know you can&#x27;t blame anybody but yourself who&#x27;s got two thumbs and it&#x27;s to blame you right so you got to be</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> careful. Well he did he didn&#x27;t want to talk about the multiple personality disorder there but we&#x27;ll just leave that alone. All right well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s funny so the CES the consumer electronics show this year there was amazing things I heard about drones that could fly you from one side of the city to another like your own personal aircraft uh robots that could do everything mowing the lawn and then fold your clothes and all this other stuff what what do you think is going to be in the like let&#x27;s say in two years from now what what from CES is going to be almost a household item do you think? Wow that&#x27;s that&#x27;s sort of hard to predict. Yeah it is. A couple of things I would say are going to be radical changes and one of them we&#x27;re already starting to see a lot but you probably don&#x27;t realize it and that is smart city technology integrating with smart cars. The way that we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> seeing a lot of smart city technology right now is we&#x27;re seeing road signs that automatically update based on road conditions accidents and things like that. You might think that there&#x27;s a person sending out those messages most likely it&#x27;s not there&#x27;s automatic or automated traffic monitoring they start to detect backups and they reroute traffic automatically but now with smart cars you&#x27;re getting those messages because it knows your route in fact I&#x27;ve got a 2026 model now and I don&#x27;t even have to tell it when I&#x27;m heading home it knows it updates the route if there&#x27;s any problems and it gives me my ETA so now when my wife calls and says when are you going to be home I could say 13 minutes. You can&#x27;t blame traffic anymore can you? You used to have that built-in excuse for about 15 minutes. Oh</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> yeah it was caught in traffic. No you weren&#x27;t. Where&#x27;s my buffer? No you weren&#x27;t. The car texted me and said you weren&#x27;t. So is that a 2026 Tesla by the way? Is that what you&#x27;re talking about? No no no believe it or not I I&#x27;ve driven pickup trucks now for I don&#x27;t know how long and I bought a 2026 Chevrolet Silverado diesel so I was blown away with the fuel mileage. And it has that technology built into it. Okay that&#x27;s cool. It does. Wow. It does but in the city I&#x27;m getting 25 miles per gallon on our road I&#x27;m getting between 35 and 50. Wow that&#x27;s like the old days back when before they had the catalytic converters in the car. Exactly exactly. Wow that&#x27;s amazing. Yeah but it does have that technology and and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s really awesome from that perspective because it does save you time as</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> well. But we are so going to see now I&#x27;m not going to tell you this is in two years in fact my prediction on this is we&#x27;re going to start to see it major metropolitan areas probably in eight to ten years. Okay. But you&#x27;re going to start to see traffic lights get smaller or be removed overall and that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re going to start to see technology migrated into vehicles that are predictive as cars enter intersections. They know what cars are coming what direction and literally they&#x27;re going to thread those cars together. And so if you happen to think about traffic moving without having to stop it changes fuel mileage issues pollution gets you from your point a to point b more quickly.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> But I&#x27;ll tell you what the first time we do that I don&#x27;t know how I&#x27;m going to feel about that one. Yeah I&#x27;m not going to look. Close your eyes. Some people are doing that now anyway. Yeah oh I know. Well you know they call that the zipper the zipper merge and that&#x27;s like when people are merging in you&#x27;re supposed to like one car merges in the other one lets it go they like every other car that&#x27;s a zipper and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about is no wasted space that&#x27;s how you&#x27;re supposed to merge into traffic even though there&#x27;s that one person that tries to cut in front of everybody it makes everybody mad. I was here first. Then they jam on their brakes and it backs up things right. Yeah yeah yeah yeah and so then road rage happens and all that stuff. We are going to see we are going to see driver-based cars go away and a lot of people don&#x27;t believe that but it&#x27;s the insurance companies that are pushing it. Right now you know you hear about accidents that are from automated or autonomous</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> vehicles but right now today and the technology is about is evolving rapidly they are a hundred times better at driving and having fewer accidents than the best human that they compare to. Okay. Now you tell me what that does to insurance companies and everything else. Well it will be here. But to me insurance companies then should charge a hundred times less but they won&#x27;t. Exactly. Because I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re mouthing off because they make a fortune charging people all sorts of rates when like if my neighbor has a wreck I get I get charged more you know that kind of thing. That&#x27;s exactly right. To me they better be careful what they wish for they&#x27;re going to do that FAFO kind of stuff and they&#x27;re going to be out they&#x27;re going to be out of business when no one&#x27;s having any wrecks. Yeah. Won&#x27;t need insurance. That&#x27;s good. Yeah. The next thing related to these automated vehicles. Yeah I wasn&#x27;t either.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> In today&#x27;s age if you don&#x27;t know it go look it up. Ask your AI. Yeah really. That&#x27;s it. That would be an interesting conversation. But you know in addition to that as we start to see that assistive technology in cars and autonomous vehicles you know I don&#x27;t know about your vehicle mine should idle most of the time probably 95 percent of the time. Yeah. And I figure I drive a fair amount but it&#x27;s still suicidal most of the time. So what we&#x27;re going to start to see is shared vehicle services where when you want to go somewhere it shows up and takes you there and you know then it drops you off and goes and gets somebody else but you won&#x27;t have to really wait. Yeah. But that&#x27;s not that far down the</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> road either. No. We did a movie with a guy named Peter Diamandis back in the day. Him and Elon Musk and Richard Branson were the X Prize people where they had the X Prize with for the I think it was a five million dollar prize for the first person that could launch a rocket have it go around earth once and then come down and land safely. And I think Elon Musk won that award. But Peter said. And now he&#x27;s doing it right. Yeah. But Peter told me back then this was like 10 years ago he said there&#x27;ll be a time where you won&#x27;t own a car and you won&#x27;t even need garages anymore. And basically you just when you&#x27;re ready to get picked up you press a button. Sort of like Uber and Lyft do now. But it&#x27;d be even better. And it&#x27;s just amazing to think about it. And it&#x27;s coming but it&#x27;s certain people I kind of like the freedom of being able to just get in the car and drive. So if I&#x27;m in a bad mood I get in the car and drive around listening to some tunes every now and then. I guess you won&#x27;t be able to do that. Maybe get in a simulated car and not even go anywhere. Well then maybe that&#x27;ll be the case. But yeah.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> But yeah I mean think about that you know when we get assistive AI in the home. Right. Obviously if you&#x27;re getting ready it&#x27;s easy for a technology like this to determine that. Yeah. And it&#x27;s looked at your schedule right. It probably has a very good idea of when you&#x27;re going. In fact you might even get reminders to tell you hey you need to step it up or you&#x27;re going to be late. Yeah. And you walk out and the car&#x27;s already there. You didn&#x27;t even order it. So you know. So you know. It&#x27;s almost I mean it sounds cool and it&#x27;s great for technology in the future and all that. But I kind of like the freedom of doing what I want to do whenever I want to do it. I think we&#x27;re going to have to overcome that with the more of a automated and structured society going forward it looks like. Well the technologists have been that this is one of the issues that</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> technologists and psychologists have been analyzing. Interesting. Because especially in the American culture driving is a rite of passage. Right. Yep. Getting your driver&#x27;s license. It&#x27;s a big deal. It is. Well guess what. You don&#x27;t need a driver&#x27;s license anymore if that&#x27;s the case. Right. You&#x27;ll just need an. Yeah. You&#x27;ll just need an ID. Yeah. But. But yeah there are there are shifts like that that are going to occur. But right now the thinking is is it&#x27;s going to open you up to some things that you&#x27;ve always wanted to do but you didn&#x27;t have the time to do. Yeah you&#x27;re right. Um and so you know like you said you might want to cruise around and listen to tunes. Well now maybe you want to cruise around and just look at the sunset driving down the beach or going through the mountains or in the countryside where you&#x27;re not driving and you don&#x27;t have to pay attention to</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> the road. Well um and oh guess what now you could have the bottle of wine open right because there&#x27;s no more open container restrictions. It&#x27;s almost like being in a limo all the time. There could be a lot of things. You know Thomas has a Tesla. That&#x27;s right. Thomas has the you have that what do you call it on your Tesla where you don&#x27;t have to drive anymore. Full self-driving. And you do that right. I do. Yes. So he just basically chills on the way home now. You don&#x27;t have to have your hands on a steering wheel or anything right. Do you still watch every now and then. I do watch just because uh as we&#x27;ve said assisted uh intelligence as opposed to. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Still don&#x27;t trust it. Still don&#x27;t trust it. Trust but verify. There you go. There you go. No but it&#x27;s getting good. It&#x27;s getting good every year a little bit more. Well now I&#x27;ve caught you. I&#x27;ve kept you a little longer than I wanted to because uh we were against a clock but uh but I really appreciate your time and and I mean I think we should keep in contact. Maybe you have your AI</p><p><strong>18:21</strong> contact our AI when something big happens. Yeah well you know what we didn&#x27;t talk about printed human organs and I&#x27;m really. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Here because I like like 15 or 20 years ago I invested in a company called Orgagenics and they were going to print body parts out and I lost all that money because it never did anything but again I was ahead of I think I was ahead of the curve on that because it makes a lot of sense using a little of your DNA you can print out a new liver so you can drink all you want there in your driver&#x27;s car you can drink all the time now. There you go yeah well they started printing and I don&#x27;t know because I&#x27;ve seen you at CES I believe once or twice. Yes we did. Or we talked in passing there. Yep. But they&#x27;ve been printing food 3D printed food for a while now and a lot of critics are saying you know what they&#x27;ve gotten to the point that you</p><p><strong>19:07</strong> really can&#x27;t tell the difference. Wow. So now they&#x27;re starting to print skin for example. Yeah. So if you&#x27;ve got a bad burn or something you need a skin graft no problem. It&#x27;s amazing. Blood vessels from your own DNA technology they are working on right now and they think they&#x27;re less than a few years away from hearts and kidneys. Wow. Now heart&#x27;s a big muscle and a kidney is a big filtering organ vastly different but they think that they&#x27;re probably going to be able to enter clinical trials trials I can&#x27;t say that trials in less than two years. What&#x27;s that guy? Maybe I have too much to drink I don&#x27;t know. Hannibal Lecter like he liked like with a Keontae liver. Kidney and fava beans. So they can print him out some kidney seed now so there&#x27;s food for him right? Yeah and then he doesn&#x27;t even have to kill people</p><p><strong>19:52</strong> anymore to get it right. Or he can just get the ones they take out of people it&#x27;s all been marinated in the body for a while. So this is amazing though. This is amazing to me. The skin thing is a big thing for burn victims though because usually they never recover like the skin always looked bad. Now you can just peel off the bad skin and put they&#x27;ll put new skin on. It&#x27;s amazing. Yeah. Yeah. The skin grafts have they&#x27;re in the marketplace now. Wow. So if you know that you&#x27;ve got something coming up that needs a skin graft they could grow the new skin and and it&#x27;s not rejected. Amazing. You know it&#x27;s your DNA. So yeah that is probably to me one of the most exciting things that that really has been progressing well and was a huge big hit at CES. Longivity you&#x27;ll go up tremendously if you can just print a new heart outfit instead of getting a pacemaker or you know anything like that. I mean just put a new one in.</p><p><strong>20:38</strong> That&#x27;s yours and it won&#x27;t be rejected because your body will think it&#x27;s the same one. Uh if we deal with brain aging problems uh guess what but that that&#x27;s going to be a big big deal. It&#x27;s I mean that&#x27;s that is that is a Thomas what do you think about that it&#x27;s pretty amazing. It is amazing it&#x27;s uh the words aren&#x27;t coming to me because it does it can extend so you coach we talk about live to 121 and beyond talk about beyond. Yeah that&#x27;s important of lifetime income now because lifetime could be even longer insurance companies be mad about that too. Yeah really really. So uh but have you have you yourself Niall have you have you ever eaten uh 3d printed food and known about it before or you eat it and then someone told you afterwards or have you ever had it to begin with? Uh yes I have I did that probably and I&#x27;m trying to think it was four or five years ago at CES and and what they did was they gave you an AB a taste comparison can you tell the difference?</p><p><strong>21:24</strong> And could and you couldn&#x27;t? I couldn&#x27;t. And what was it steak? Um they I I believe they gave me salmon um they gave me hamburger which is easy uh but you know they gave me hamburger and then they gave me some vegetable I don&#x27;t know if it was zucchini or I wouldn&#x27;t have been broccoli because I wouldn&#x27;t have eaten it but um they gave me a couple of things and and quite frankly I I couldn&#x27;t tell the difference uh the salmon had a slightly different texture but it tasted like salmon. Wow and how about the ground beef uh it&#x27;s same exactly? Ground beef tastes identical identical um interesting but you know what what they&#x27;re doing with beyond burger and things like that where they&#x27;re doing plant-based meats now yeah they&#x27;ve got those to the the point where they&#x27;re hard to tell the difference quite frankly. It&#x27;s just amazing I mean uh I mean I guess we&#x27;re living through a new</p><p><strong>22:13</strong> generation generational shifts going on here like uh when they when the horse and buggy was replaced by a car that&#x27;s about the kind of you know the phone and electricity all that kind of stuff we&#x27;re seeing that right now on a broader and uh more advanced scale think about it. Yeah well we we talked about AI obviously at the beginning of the segment here but you know we didn&#x27;t talk about where it&#x27;s going because AI is just the first step. Generative AI is where it goes next and that&#x27;s where the AI starts to think for itself and gives you recommendations that maybe you didn&#x27;t even think about. And this is where we get into 2001 the space odyssey when Hal decided he didn&#x27;t need the humans anymore so we have to be careful about how much we got them think right? That gets to be the scary part. It is and the Terminator remember the movie Terminator that&#x27;s when the machines took over they didn&#x27;t need the humans anymore so we need to make sure we let them know</p><p><strong>23:01</strong> that they always need us somehow and plant that into their DNA they always need us friendly humans here. Well we didn&#x27;t go down talking about some of the robotics because that gets AI and it takes it to a different level so we&#x27;ll talk about that sometime in the future. Well I mean do you want to I mean I&#x27;ve got five more minutes you do you want to get time I mean the robotics thing it&#x27;s just so many interesting things I just didn&#x27;t I didn&#x27;t know where to even start talking about it here but I mean all right let&#x27;s talk about the robotics real quick what do you what are you thinking there? So we are starting to see humanoid robotics and the real progress has come out of Japan. Japan has a major health care issue with older folks right for a number of reasons and and so they started working heavily on robotic technology about 15 years ago that was a</p><p><strong>23:50</strong> system in health care and one of the things that they found out pretty quickly was the robots did a much better job with the care than the humans did because the patient could be as grouchy as insulting or anything else as they wanted to be and the robot doesn&#x27;t have a an emotional response right? I hear you. Uh so but what they found was in order to get the human to engage with the robot they had to put a face on the robot and the more human like they made the face the more humans engaged with it well it got to the point even in its infancy with faces that sort of looked human they weren&#x27;t great um that the health care patients one of the robots instead of the humans uh so guess what they solved the problem</p><p><strong>24:42</strong> fast forward to ces 2026 to demonstrate how mobile and agile these humanoid robots were they had a martial arts an mma if you will of two robots fighting now that means they&#x27;re trying to knock each other over they&#x27;re not getting up like rock&#x27;em stock&#x27;em robots except unprogrammed wow and it what it did was it demonstrated exactly how agile the robots are how well they could move and then take a step over to the next booth and you&#x27;ve got robots that are lifting 600 a thousand pounds moving it around in a in a warehouse type setting move over to the next booth and they&#x27;ve got an exoskeleton that you could</p><p><strong>25:30</strong> strap on for people that are quadriplegic or paraplegic that does the brain or eye connections to be assistive technology and allow you to move around without a wheelchair or anything like that sort of like robo cop back in the day remember the cop was basically killed and they brought him back and he&#x27;s put the exoskeleton around him it&#x27;s amazing how hollywood hollywood is ahead of uh science or science is ahead of hollywood it&#x27;s like that kind of thing if science follows hollywood sometimes it does by the way those things were all available and demonstrated at the ef this year it&#x27;s not we&#x27;re not talking about future technology we&#x27;re talking about do you want it would you like it delivered you know next week next month or or whatever so what&#x27;s the price on something like if you wanted to one of those robots to like lift weight lift like move stuff for you and work in a warehouse i guess like 30 000</p><p><strong>26:22</strong> well it really varies they start at the low end uh about six to ten thousand dollars for the the home assistive robots that do your house cleaning and can do some cooking and things like that um so low in there but they&#x27;ll go up to well over a hundred thousand dollars depending on what you want and you know you could take that as far as you want to take it because they have robots that do what you might imagine they might do and that&#x27;s a porn convention exactly in fact they walked from one booth to the other to go to that convention and as a matter of fact the uh the sex technology uh at ces has actually become about 20 of the ces floor these days sex sells man i&#x27;m telling you you know i&#x27;d like a big technology emerald gazi chef robot and</p><p><strong>27:12</strong> he&#x27;d like say bam and then bring my food to me you know like uh remember yeah right chef ramsey one that&#x27;s cussing in the kitchen and bringing a good food beef wellington from grow program it any way you want to it&#x27;s just amazing man you know it&#x27;s also worrisome at the same time because a lot of careers are in jeopardy now when when these robots can do such a great job uh and all you do is i guess how long do you have to plug them in or how long does like one of these robots go without a charge and how long does it take to charge them coach pete oh man i&#x27;m shaking my head now no they they decide when they need to be charged based on what they see the workload to be and they just they take the break if you will and go charge them so okay um avid do they need to do a fast charge or you know can they shut down for the night because you&#x27;re not going to need them for the next four to six to 12 hours</p><p><strong>27:58</strong> so if they charge too fast does it become a smoking break a smoking break well good that&#x27;s a good one i like that there you go thomas wait we got to give you one of these wrong batteries and we&#x27;ve got that problem right well man we&#x27;re going down all sorts of rabbit holes here with all this stuff it&#x27;s amazing it really is amazing we&#x27;re in a we&#x27;re in a amazing time of uh basically history think about it it&#x27;s i mean gosh they&#x27;ll talk about this like they did the roman agents uh 3 000 years from now i think you know if we&#x27;re still around i agree i agree and some of us may be yeah i can&#x27;t i can&#x27;t imagine trying to think you know we we talk in here really we talk short term maybe five to ten years right i can&#x27;t imagine where this is in in 25 to 30 years i really can&#x27;t um it&#x27;s progressing faster than the human imagination can really keep</p><p><strong>28:50</strong> up with it yeah and imagination drives this stuff by the way well of course i mean you think about all the stuff you mentioned it&#x27;s just amazing i mean it&#x27;s i never even thought you could have a robot do you know back in the day a robot would just like gone lost in space warning mr you know that kind of thing but now the robots are more agile than we are crazy yeah and and by the way they&#x27;ve improved that face technology like we were talking about with recognizing emotions uh being able to have more facial emotions with the eyes the mouth the everything and uh you know they&#x27;ve gotten to the point where if you just do a quick glass and glance and passing you won&#x27;t know that it&#x27;s a robot they&#x27;re that good but remember there was a movie probably about 25 or 30 years ago michael keaton it was dupe duplicity or something where you may invented like five or six robots that look just like him so basically he</p><p><strong>29:39</strong> just sat home and he sent them out to work and do all the hard stuff and he took all the credit made all the money and then the then the robots started getting mad at him though they they started getting smart on him you remember that movie ganging up on him yeah what if what if we could just invent a bunch of coach peets and send them out all over the place i only have one question yes sir is the world ready for that i don&#x27;t think so give him some time give him some time uh folks his name is nile nickel and uh what a fascinating conversation nile we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna air this uh we&#x27;re gonna put this on our financial speakeasy network too we&#x27;re gonna put some good video behind this as well so uh we&#x27;re gonna air this on radio and uh have this everywhere because it&#x27;s just amazing what what your imagination after listening to this i mean you could spend some time talking to your get it to come up with more ideas probably well yeah and by the way we didn&#x27;t even talk about</p><p><strong>30:29</strong> setting your ai voices to whatever voice you want do you want a male voice a female voice do you want it to have an accent do you want to train it on somebody my wife doesn&#x27;t like my grok voice right now she says it&#x27;s too sexy and she wants me to change it too so you&#x27;re too sexy for your voice i&#x27;m not gonna go there either and well nile thanks for your time today and uh yeah let&#x27;s uh thomas let&#x27;s make sure nile gets a copy of this but let&#x27;s let&#x27;s make sure to stay in touch now maybe every three or four months we need to talk about some advances if anything really big comes we need to talk about that as well well it&#x27;s always exciting and i always enjoy the time like our personal meetings when we meet on the road but it&#x27;s been a little while so we&#x27;ll have to figure it out where that is the next time maybe we can meet next year or the year after at ces because i haven&#x27;t been in a couple years so i need to you need to go this year i don&#x27;t think we need to get there and see what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>31:14</strong> going on man it&#x27;s a lot of things are changing yeah a lot of things are changing absolutely well listen it has been a pleasure i hope it&#x27;s been enlightening for everybody yes sir well you take care and we&#x27;ll be in touch soon i&#x27;ll nickel folks take care</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Technology expert Nile Nickel joins Coach Pete D’Arruda for a conversation about artificial intelligence and what the next wave of technology could mean for work, healthcare, transportation, and life at home. Nickel explains why he treats AI as an assistant whose answers still need review, then discusses autonomous vehicles, robotics, 3D printing, and the risks of misuse. Hear the opportunities he sees, the concerns he raises, and why human judgment still matters as these tools become more capable. AI tools were used during production to help clean up Nile’s recording.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks welcome back into the show. This is the time of the show where I like to go out around the world and find someone who is making a difference reporting on people making a difference or just overall a cool guy to talk to and I&#x27;ve talked to him for years over a decade now. I&#x27;ve talked to Niall Nichol. We&#x27;ve had him on the show before and he&#x27;s one of my designated tech experts and Niall welcome in. How you doing? Man I am doing great and I&#x27;ll tell you what tech</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> is exploding so we will have no shortage of things to talk about. Yeah well before we even get into what I wanted to ask you what do you think is the number one tech aspect that&#x27;s going to change the way everyone listening does what they do in the next five years? You know it&#x27;s been in the news so much but quite frankly I don&#x27;t think people take it as seriously as they should and that is AI. Yeah. And AI has been really since its introduction into the marketplace it&#x27;s just made huge leaps and bounds but what most people don&#x27;t realize is it&#x27;s been in development in serious development for 40 years. Wow. So you take it to the marketplace and you take it from a handful of tech geeks and</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> scientists you know like me and you put it out to where literally it&#x27;s not millions of people anymore billions of people are using it a day it gets smart real fast and it just something called a large language model which means it takes all this information people ask it questions they correct things that it says wrong and all of that and it gets very sophisticated and so when you start getting billions of people using it it gets really sophisticated really fast across cultures and it is going to radically change our landscape in the next five years. Well a lot of jobs that are done today simply aren&#x27;t going to exist in five years. Yeah that&#x27;s that&#x27;s so what makes you happiest about</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> this and then what makes you saddest and what scares you the most? There&#x27;s a three three-part question there. What&#x27;s a happy thing about this? So the happy thing to me is it&#x27;s called artificial intelligence and I really wish that they would rename it to assistive intelligence. The reason I say that is it is great I probably use it you know I bet on a on a given day me interacting with it I might use it two hours a day. Well but I use it as as an assistant and it&#x27;s an assistant that I have to train I have to correct I have to review what the assistant gives me and as long as you interact with this artificial</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> intelligence platform whichever one you want to talk about in that capacity it makes me very happy because it lets me get probably I bet it lets me get easily two to three hundred percent more done a day than I do without it. Now by the way I can&#x27;t just press a button ask it a question press a button and then spit it out because it&#x27;s also wrong a lot it&#x27;s wrong an awful lot but just like an assistant you know you hire an assistant you have to train them you have to get them sophisticated you have to review what they&#x27;ve done for you to make sure it&#x27;s correct and after you build up some trust maybe you let them go a little bit but that&#x27;s sort of what this is like so that&#x27;s what makes me the</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> happiest. Yeah so unlike a human where you have to tell them the same thing over and over again I think AI remembers it the first time right when you when you correct it it doesn&#x27;t make the same mistake or does it? Well you would think that would be the case but no as a matter of fact you&#x27;ll laugh at this and if you don&#x27;t there&#x27;s something wrong with us I argue with it quite frank quite frankly often oh yeah in fact I&#x27;ll even curse at it every now and again does it curse back? Sometimes yeah or it will say Niall now now now but uh the flip side is is um I have had to tell it to do the same thing over or make the same corrections sometimes five six seven times and you might say well why do you do that again it still improves my productivity. I see Thomas nod and Thomas you agree huh? Oh it&#x27;s totally true</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> and I think you know you can think of the AI the artificial intelligence I like what you said there and assisted intelligence uh as this silver bullet but it&#x27;s not but it is definitely helpful it&#x27;s uh so it&#x27;s almost like a footstool instead of a ladder. Yeah I would say so I think I love your description there Niall because I because I agree with you I use it a whole lot and and it&#x27;s not an end-all solution but it is certainly amazing. So what makes you the saddest about it Niall? The saddest is that I do believe even though I&#x27;m telling you where it&#x27;s going to go in five years or so I think it&#x27;s over full today um you know it sort of reminds me as we talk technology you know when high definitions televisions hit the market. Oh yeah. Everything had HD on it. You could buy HD sunglasses. Now how did that</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> change the sunglass? It didn&#x27;t change it a bit. It changed the price. Well you&#x27;re starting to up. That&#x27;s exactly right. It did change that but you&#x27;re starting to see AI in everything and AI certainly has its place. It has its place in a lot of devices um you know some of the things that we might talk about like uh lawnmowers uh you know that that were introduced at CES this year um you roll the lawnmower out it gets the weather forecast and it might say you know what I&#x27;m going to put off mowing the lawn until three o&#x27;clock because it&#x27;s supposed to rain. It sounds like I used to do but I just put it on for a couple days. Exactly. You wouldn&#x27;t go back out to do it. Yeah right. And and you might say hey there&#x27;s HOA rules that only allow us to mow you know between eight o&#x27;clock</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and and 11 o&#x27;clock in the morning and we can&#x27;t do it on Sundays at that off limit. So um it could ask you some questions like that and it could learn and then by the way if it happens to be mowing your lawn for you and it&#x27;s geo-fenced because it will do that um and it finds something peculiar in your yard that you weren&#x27;t expecting well not only will it document it&#x27;ll mow around it and you know if it could do something to uh to take care of the situation it will but otherwise at least it notifies you there&#x27;s a problem. Wow. Now for remote homeowners this is great because after it mows your lawn it goes back and parks in the recharging station and it&#x27;s ready to go again. You know that reminds me of this Roomba thing we have in the office it goes around in vacuums and stuff and it then recharges itself empties itself out and it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s almost self-sufficient right Thomas? Every day when</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> it gets stuck on a wire or something or a power cord. In the lawnmower&#x27;s position it&#x27;s going to be a beer can that the construction worker threw. Or a snake. Or a snake in the yard. And that&#x27;s where the that&#x27;s where the AI is coming into into play because it recognizes those things and it might say yeah you&#x27;ve got beer cans all over your backyard. Who&#x27;s getting drunk that&#x27;s gonna call the cops on you? Drinking! Oh you know if you could think of the Roomba and uh or Rumbo whichever way we were to say it uh if you could think of that device that learns what&#x27;s there you move furniture around and it learns that it has to adapt its patterns or whatever uh you know that that&#x27;s a great application for AI. It&#x27;s amazing as folks we&#x27;re talking to our tech expert Niall Nickel and he&#x27;s uh he&#x27;s been uh a guest</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> on the show for over 10 years now a decade Niall pretty funny and now you&#x27;re retired supposedly but you&#x27;re working harder than ever it looks like. Yeah yeah I had hair at one point in time too not so much now. It&#x27;s a great hair migration you had the same thing happen it went from the top of your head to your chin. That&#x27;s exactly right. Hey uh all right so what is the scariest thing to you about AI going forward? The scariest thing to me about AI is uh when it gets into certain applications that it shouldn&#x27;t be in and that there&#x27;s nobody checking it or verifying it um it it as I said it does produce bad results um that I still use it um because I&#x27;m able to identify that but for people that don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> uh recognize that it&#x27;s not perfect um it gets you in a lot of trouble in fact there&#x27;s been attorneys because quite frankly uh AI today is great for law but there&#x27;s been attorneys that have used it in briefs and it has it&#x27;s made up information that&#x27;s just not correct and it puts it in a brief and let me tell you a judge is not very happy when that happens. Yeah you know and they find it. You can&#x27;t blame anybody but yourself even if it was AI though you&#x27;re supposed to do it yourself anyway. It&#x27;s sort of like Dennis Rodman the famous basketball player for Chicago Bulls back in the day and uh he had an autobiography came out which means it&#x27;s all about himself he supposedly wrote it and somebody asked him about a quote in the book and he said I was misquoted. It&#x27;s his own it was supposedly his own book so you know you can&#x27;t blame anybody but yourself who&#x27;s got two thumbs and it&#x27;s to blame you right so you got to be</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> careful. Well he did he didn&#x27;t want to talk about the multiple personality disorder there but we&#x27;ll just leave that alone. All right well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s funny so the CES the consumer electronics show this year there was amazing things I heard about drones that could fly you from one side of the city to another like your own personal aircraft uh robots that could do everything mowing the lawn and then fold your clothes and all this other stuff what what do you think is going to be in the like let&#x27;s say in two years from now what what from CES is going to be almost a household item do you think? Wow that&#x27;s that&#x27;s sort of hard to predict. Yeah it is. A couple of things I would say are going to be radical changes and one of them we&#x27;re already starting to see a lot but you probably don&#x27;t realize it and that is smart city technology integrating with smart cars. The way that we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> seeing a lot of smart city technology right now is we&#x27;re seeing road signs that automatically update based on road conditions accidents and things like that. You might think that there&#x27;s a person sending out those messages most likely it&#x27;s not there&#x27;s automatic or automated traffic monitoring they start to detect backups and they reroute traffic automatically but now with smart cars you&#x27;re getting those messages because it knows your route in fact I&#x27;ve got a 2026 model now and I don&#x27;t even have to tell it when I&#x27;m heading home it knows it updates the route if there&#x27;s any problems and it gives me my ETA so now when my wife calls and says when are you going to be home I could say 13 minutes. You can&#x27;t blame traffic anymore can you? You used to have that built-in excuse for about 15 minutes. Oh</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> yeah it was caught in traffic. No you weren&#x27;t. Where&#x27;s my buffer? No you weren&#x27;t. The car texted me and said you weren&#x27;t. So is that a 2026 Tesla by the way? Is that what you&#x27;re talking about? No no no believe it or not I I&#x27;ve driven pickup trucks now for I don&#x27;t know how long and I bought a 2026 Chevrolet Silverado diesel so I was blown away with the fuel mileage. And it has that technology built into it. Okay that&#x27;s cool. It does. Wow. It does but in the city I&#x27;m getting 25 miles per gallon on our road I&#x27;m getting between 35 and 50. Wow that&#x27;s like the old days back when before they had the catalytic converters in the car. Exactly exactly. Wow that&#x27;s amazing. Yeah but it does have that technology and and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s really awesome from that perspective because it does save you time as</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> well. But we are so going to see now I&#x27;m not going to tell you this is in two years in fact my prediction on this is we&#x27;re going to start to see it major metropolitan areas probably in eight to ten years. Okay. But you&#x27;re going to start to see traffic lights get smaller or be removed overall and that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re going to start to see technology migrated into vehicles that are predictive as cars enter intersections. They know what cars are coming what direction and literally they&#x27;re going to thread those cars together. And so if you happen to think about traffic moving without having to stop it changes fuel mileage issues pollution gets you from your point a to point b more quickly.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> But I&#x27;ll tell you what the first time we do that I don&#x27;t know how I&#x27;m going to feel about that one. Yeah I&#x27;m not going to look. Close your eyes. Some people are doing that now anyway. Yeah oh I know. Well you know they call that the zipper the zipper merge and that&#x27;s like when people are merging in you&#x27;re supposed to like one car merges in the other one lets it go they like every other car that&#x27;s a zipper and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about is no wasted space that&#x27;s how you&#x27;re supposed to merge into traffic even though there&#x27;s that one person that tries to cut in front of everybody it makes everybody mad. I was here first. Then they jam on their brakes and it backs up things right. Yeah yeah yeah yeah and so then road rage happens and all that stuff. We are going to see we are going to see driver-based cars go away and a lot of people don&#x27;t believe that but it&#x27;s the insurance companies that are pushing it. Right now you know you hear about accidents that are from automated or autonomous</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> vehicles but right now today and the technology is about is evolving rapidly they are a hundred times better at driving and having fewer accidents than the best human that they compare to. Okay. Now you tell me what that does to insurance companies and everything else. Well it will be here. But to me insurance companies then should charge a hundred times less but they won&#x27;t. Exactly. Because I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re mouthing off because they make a fortune charging people all sorts of rates when like if my neighbor has a wreck I get I get charged more you know that kind of thing. That&#x27;s exactly right. To me they better be careful what they wish for they&#x27;re going to do that FAFO kind of stuff and they&#x27;re going to be out they&#x27;re going to be out of business when no one&#x27;s having any wrecks. Yeah. Won&#x27;t need insurance. That&#x27;s good. Yeah. The next thing related to these automated vehicles. Yeah I wasn&#x27;t either.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> In today&#x27;s age if you don&#x27;t know it go look it up. Ask your AI. Yeah really. That&#x27;s it. That would be an interesting conversation. But you know in addition to that as we start to see that assistive technology in cars and autonomous vehicles you know I don&#x27;t know about your vehicle mine should idle most of the time probably 95 percent of the time. Yeah. And I figure I drive a fair amount but it&#x27;s still suicidal most of the time. So what we&#x27;re going to start to see is shared vehicle services where when you want to go somewhere it shows up and takes you there and you know then it drops you off and goes and gets somebody else but you won&#x27;t have to really wait. Yeah. But that&#x27;s not that far down the</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> road either. No. We did a movie with a guy named Peter Diamandis back in the day. Him and Elon Musk and Richard Branson were the X Prize people where they had the X Prize with for the I think it was a five million dollar prize for the first person that could launch a rocket have it go around earth once and then come down and land safely. And I think Elon Musk won that award. But Peter said. And now he&#x27;s doing it right. Yeah. But Peter told me back then this was like 10 years ago he said there&#x27;ll be a time where you won&#x27;t own a car and you won&#x27;t even need garages anymore. And basically you just when you&#x27;re ready to get picked up you press a button. Sort of like Uber and Lyft do now. But it&#x27;d be even better. And it&#x27;s just amazing to think about it. And it&#x27;s coming but it&#x27;s certain people I kind of like the freedom of being able to just get in the car and drive. So if I&#x27;m in a bad mood I get in the car and drive around listening to some tunes every now and then. I guess you won&#x27;t be able to do that. Maybe get in a simulated car and not even go anywhere. Well then maybe that&#x27;ll be the case. But yeah.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> But yeah I mean think about that you know when we get assistive AI in the home. Right. Obviously if you&#x27;re getting ready it&#x27;s easy for a technology like this to determine that. Yeah. And it&#x27;s looked at your schedule right. It probably has a very good idea of when you&#x27;re going. In fact you might even get reminders to tell you hey you need to step it up or you&#x27;re going to be late. Yeah. And you walk out and the car&#x27;s already there. You didn&#x27;t even order it. So you know. So you know. It&#x27;s almost I mean it sounds cool and it&#x27;s great for technology in the future and all that. But I kind of like the freedom of doing what I want to do whenever I want to do it. I think we&#x27;re going to have to overcome that with the more of a automated and structured society going forward it looks like. Well the technologists have been that this is one of the issues that</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> technologists and psychologists have been analyzing. Interesting. Because especially in the American culture driving is a rite of passage. Right. Yep. Getting your driver&#x27;s license. It&#x27;s a big deal. It is. Well guess what. You don&#x27;t need a driver&#x27;s license anymore if that&#x27;s the case. Right. You&#x27;ll just need an. Yeah. You&#x27;ll just need an ID. Yeah. But. But yeah there are there are shifts like that that are going to occur. But right now the thinking is is it&#x27;s going to open you up to some things that you&#x27;ve always wanted to do but you didn&#x27;t have the time to do. Yeah you&#x27;re right. Um and so you know like you said you might want to cruise around and listen to tunes. Well now maybe you want to cruise around and just look at the sunset driving down the beach or going through the mountains or in the countryside where you&#x27;re not driving and you don&#x27;t have to pay attention to</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> the road. Well um and oh guess what now you could have the bottle of wine open right because there&#x27;s no more open container restrictions. It&#x27;s almost like being in a limo all the time. There could be a lot of things. You know Thomas has a Tesla. That&#x27;s right. Thomas has the you have that what do you call it on your Tesla where you don&#x27;t have to drive anymore. Full self-driving. And you do that right. I do. Yes. So he just basically chills on the way home now. You don&#x27;t have to have your hands on a steering wheel or anything right. Do you still watch every now and then. I do watch just because uh as we&#x27;ve said assisted uh intelligence as opposed to. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Still don&#x27;t trust it. Still don&#x27;t trust it. Trust but verify. There you go. There you go. No but it&#x27;s getting good. It&#x27;s getting good every year a little bit more. Well now I&#x27;ve caught you. I&#x27;ve kept you a little longer than I wanted to because uh we were against a clock but uh but I really appreciate your time and and I mean I think we should keep in contact. Maybe you have your AI</p><p><strong>18:21</strong> contact our AI when something big happens. Yeah well you know what we didn&#x27;t talk about printed human organs and I&#x27;m really. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Here because I like like 15 or 20 years ago I invested in a company called Orgagenics and they were going to print body parts out and I lost all that money because it never did anything but again I was ahead of I think I was ahead of the curve on that because it makes a lot of sense using a little of your DNA you can print out a new liver so you can drink all you want there in your driver&#x27;s car you can drink all the time now. There you go yeah well they started printing and I don&#x27;t know because I&#x27;ve seen you at CES I believe once or twice. Yes we did. Or we talked in passing there. Yep. But they&#x27;ve been printing food 3D printed food for a while now and a lot of critics are saying you know what they&#x27;ve gotten to the point that you</p><p><strong>19:07</strong> really can&#x27;t tell the difference. Wow. So now they&#x27;re starting to print skin for example. Yeah. So if you&#x27;ve got a bad burn or something you need a skin graft no problem. It&#x27;s amazing. Blood vessels from your own DNA technology they are working on right now and they think they&#x27;re less than a few years away from hearts and kidneys. Wow. Now heart&#x27;s a big muscle and a kidney is a big filtering organ vastly different but they think that they&#x27;re probably going to be able to enter clinical trials trials I can&#x27;t say that trials in less than two years. What&#x27;s that guy? Maybe I have too much to drink I don&#x27;t know. Hannibal Lecter like he liked like with a Keontae liver. Kidney and fava beans. So they can print him out some kidney seed now so there&#x27;s food for him right? Yeah and then he doesn&#x27;t even have to kill people</p><p><strong>19:52</strong> anymore to get it right. Or he can just get the ones they take out of people it&#x27;s all been marinated in the body for a while. So this is amazing though. This is amazing to me. The skin thing is a big thing for burn victims though because usually they never recover like the skin always looked bad. Now you can just peel off the bad skin and put they&#x27;ll put new skin on. It&#x27;s amazing. Yeah. Yeah. The skin grafts have they&#x27;re in the marketplace now. Wow. So if you know that you&#x27;ve got something coming up that needs a skin graft they could grow the new skin and and it&#x27;s not rejected. Amazing. You know it&#x27;s your DNA. So yeah that is probably to me one of the most exciting things that that really has been progressing well and was a huge big hit at CES. Longivity you&#x27;ll go up tremendously if you can just print a new heart outfit instead of getting a pacemaker or you know anything like that. I mean just put a new one in.</p><p><strong>20:38</strong> That&#x27;s yours and it won&#x27;t be rejected because your body will think it&#x27;s the same one. Uh if we deal with brain aging problems uh guess what but that that&#x27;s going to be a big big deal. It&#x27;s I mean that&#x27;s that is that is a Thomas what do you think about that it&#x27;s pretty amazing. It is amazing it&#x27;s uh the words aren&#x27;t coming to me because it does it can extend so you coach we talk about live to 121 and beyond talk about beyond. Yeah that&#x27;s important of lifetime income now because lifetime could be even longer insurance companies be mad about that too. Yeah really really. So uh but have you have you yourself Niall have you have you ever eaten uh 3d printed food and known about it before or you eat it and then someone told you afterwards or have you ever had it to begin with? Uh yes I have I did that probably and I&#x27;m trying to think it was four or five years ago at CES and and what they did was they gave you an AB a taste comparison can you tell the difference?</p><p><strong>21:24</strong> And could and you couldn&#x27;t? I couldn&#x27;t. And what was it steak? Um they I I believe they gave me salmon um they gave me hamburger which is easy uh but you know they gave me hamburger and then they gave me some vegetable I don&#x27;t know if it was zucchini or I wouldn&#x27;t have been broccoli because I wouldn&#x27;t have eaten it but um they gave me a couple of things and and quite frankly I I couldn&#x27;t tell the difference uh the salmon had a slightly different texture but it tasted like salmon. Wow and how about the ground beef uh it&#x27;s same exactly? Ground beef tastes identical identical um interesting but you know what what they&#x27;re doing with beyond burger and things like that where they&#x27;re doing plant-based meats now yeah they&#x27;ve got those to the the point where they&#x27;re hard to tell the difference quite frankly. It&#x27;s just amazing I mean uh I mean I guess we&#x27;re living through a new</p><p><strong>22:13</strong> generation generational shifts going on here like uh when they when the horse and buggy was replaced by a car that&#x27;s about the kind of you know the phone and electricity all that kind of stuff we&#x27;re seeing that right now on a broader and uh more advanced scale think about it. Yeah well we we talked about AI obviously at the beginning of the segment here but you know we didn&#x27;t talk about where it&#x27;s going because AI is just the first step. Generative AI is where it goes next and that&#x27;s where the AI starts to think for itself and gives you recommendations that maybe you didn&#x27;t even think about. And this is where we get into 2001 the space odyssey when Hal decided he didn&#x27;t need the humans anymore so we have to be careful about how much we got them think right? That gets to be the scary part. It is and the Terminator remember the movie Terminator that&#x27;s when the machines took over they didn&#x27;t need the humans anymore so we need to make sure we let them know</p><p><strong>23:01</strong> that they always need us somehow and plant that into their DNA they always need us friendly humans here. Well we didn&#x27;t go down talking about some of the robotics because that gets AI and it takes it to a different level so we&#x27;ll talk about that sometime in the future. Well I mean do you want to I mean I&#x27;ve got five more minutes you do you want to get time I mean the robotics thing it&#x27;s just so many interesting things I just didn&#x27;t I didn&#x27;t know where to even start talking about it here but I mean all right let&#x27;s talk about the robotics real quick what do you what are you thinking there? So we are starting to see humanoid robotics and the real progress has come out of Japan. Japan has a major health care issue with older folks right for a number of reasons and and so they started working heavily on robotic technology about 15 years ago that was a</p><p><strong>23:50</strong> system in health care and one of the things that they found out pretty quickly was the robots did a much better job with the care than the humans did because the patient could be as grouchy as insulting or anything else as they wanted to be and the robot doesn&#x27;t have a an emotional response right? I hear you. Uh so but what they found was in order to get the human to engage with the robot they had to put a face on the robot and the more human like they made the face the more humans engaged with it well it got to the point even in its infancy with faces that sort of looked human they weren&#x27;t great um that the health care patients one of the robots instead of the humans uh so guess what they solved the problem</p><p><strong>24:42</strong> fast forward to ces 2026 to demonstrate how mobile and agile these humanoid robots were they had a martial arts an mma if you will of two robots fighting now that means they&#x27;re trying to knock each other over they&#x27;re not getting up like rock&#x27;em stock&#x27;em robots except unprogrammed wow and it what it did was it demonstrated exactly how agile the robots are how well they could move and then take a step over to the next booth and you&#x27;ve got robots that are lifting 600 a thousand pounds moving it around in a in a warehouse type setting move over to the next booth and they&#x27;ve got an exoskeleton that you could</p><p><strong>25:30</strong> strap on for people that are quadriplegic or paraplegic that does the brain or eye connections to be assistive technology and allow you to move around without a wheelchair or anything like that sort of like robo cop back in the day remember the cop was basically killed and they brought him back and he&#x27;s put the exoskeleton around him it&#x27;s amazing how hollywood hollywood is ahead of uh science or science is ahead of hollywood it&#x27;s like that kind of thing if science follows hollywood sometimes it does by the way those things were all available and demonstrated at the ef this year it&#x27;s not we&#x27;re not talking about future technology we&#x27;re talking about do you want it would you like it delivered you know next week next month or or whatever so what&#x27;s the price on something like if you wanted to one of those robots to like lift weight lift like move stuff for you and work in a warehouse i guess like 30 000</p><p><strong>26:22</strong> well it really varies they start at the low end uh about six to ten thousand dollars for the the home assistive robots that do your house cleaning and can do some cooking and things like that um so low in there but they&#x27;ll go up to well over a hundred thousand dollars depending on what you want and you know you could take that as far as you want to take it because they have robots that do what you might imagine they might do and that&#x27;s a porn convention exactly in fact they walked from one booth to the other to go to that convention and as a matter of fact the uh the sex technology uh at ces has actually become about 20 of the ces floor these days sex sells man i&#x27;m telling you you know i&#x27;d like a big technology emerald gazi chef robot and</p><p><strong>27:12</strong> he&#x27;d like say bam and then bring my food to me you know like uh remember yeah right chef ramsey one that&#x27;s cussing in the kitchen and bringing a good food beef wellington from grow program it any way you want to it&#x27;s just amazing man you know it&#x27;s also worrisome at the same time because a lot of careers are in jeopardy now when when these robots can do such a great job uh and all you do is i guess how long do you have to plug them in or how long does like one of these robots go without a charge and how long does it take to charge them coach pete oh man i&#x27;m shaking my head now no they they decide when they need to be charged based on what they see the workload to be and they just they take the break if you will and go charge them so okay um avid do they need to do a fast charge or you know can they shut down for the night because you&#x27;re not going to need them for the next four to six to 12 hours</p><p><strong>27:58</strong> so if they charge too fast does it become a smoking break a smoking break well good that&#x27;s a good one i like that there you go thomas wait we got to give you one of these wrong batteries and we&#x27;ve got that problem right well man we&#x27;re going down all sorts of rabbit holes here with all this stuff it&#x27;s amazing it really is amazing we&#x27;re in a we&#x27;re in a amazing time of uh basically history think about it it&#x27;s i mean gosh they&#x27;ll talk about this like they did the roman agents uh 3 000 years from now i think you know if we&#x27;re still around i agree i agree and some of us may be yeah i can&#x27;t i can&#x27;t imagine trying to think you know we we talk in here really we talk short term maybe five to ten years right i can&#x27;t imagine where this is in in 25 to 30 years i really can&#x27;t um it&#x27;s progressing faster than the human imagination can really keep</p><p><strong>28:50</strong> up with it yeah and imagination drives this stuff by the way well of course i mean you think about all the stuff you mentioned it&#x27;s just amazing i mean it&#x27;s i never even thought you could have a robot do you know back in the day a robot would just like gone lost in space warning mr you know that kind of thing but now the robots are more agile than we are crazy yeah and and by the way they&#x27;ve improved that face technology like we were talking about with recognizing emotions uh being able to have more facial emotions with the eyes the mouth the everything and uh you know they&#x27;ve gotten to the point where if you just do a quick glass and glance and passing you won&#x27;t know that it&#x27;s a robot they&#x27;re that good but remember there was a movie probably about 25 or 30 years ago michael keaton it was dupe duplicity or something where you may invented like five or six robots that look just like him so basically he</p><p><strong>29:39</strong> just sat home and he sent them out to work and do all the hard stuff and he took all the credit made all the money and then the then the robots started getting mad at him though they they started getting smart on him you remember that movie ganging up on him yeah what if what if we could just invent a bunch of coach peets and send them out all over the place i only have one question yes sir is the world ready for that i don&#x27;t think so give him some time give him some time uh folks his name is nile nickel and uh what a fascinating conversation nile we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna air this uh we&#x27;re gonna put this on our financial speakeasy network too we&#x27;re gonna put some good video behind this as well so uh we&#x27;re gonna air this on radio and uh have this everywhere because it&#x27;s just amazing what what your imagination after listening to this i mean you could spend some time talking to your get it to come up with more ideas probably well yeah and by the way we didn&#x27;t even talk about</p><p><strong>30:29</strong> setting your ai voices to whatever voice you want do you want a male voice a female voice do you want it to have an accent do you want to train it on somebody my wife doesn&#x27;t like my grok voice right now she says it&#x27;s too sexy and she wants me to change it too so you&#x27;re too sexy for your voice i&#x27;m not gonna go there either and well nile thanks for your time today and uh yeah let&#x27;s uh thomas let&#x27;s make sure nile gets a copy of this but let&#x27;s let&#x27;s make sure to stay in touch now maybe every three or four months we need to talk about some advances if anything really big comes we need to talk about that as well well it&#x27;s always exciting and i always enjoy the time like our personal meetings when we meet on the road but it&#x27;s been a little while so we&#x27;ll have to figure it out where that is the next time maybe we can meet next year or the year after at ces because i haven&#x27;t been in a couple years so i need to you need to go this year i don&#x27;t think we need to get there and see what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>31:14</strong> going on man it&#x27;s a lot of things are changing yeah a lot of things are changing absolutely well listen it has been a pleasure i hope it&#x27;s been enlightening for everybody yes sir well you take care and we&#x27;ll be in touch soon i&#x27;ll nickel folks take care</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Technology expert Nile Nickel joins Coach Pete D’Arruda for a conversation about artificial intelligence and what the next wave of technology could mean for work, healthcare, transportation, and life at home. Nickel explains why he treats AI as an assistant whose answers still need review, then discusses autonomous vehicles, robotics, 3D printing, and the risks of misuse. Hear the opportunities he sees, the concerns he raises, and why human judgment still matters as these tools become more capable.  AI tools were used during production to help clean up Nile’s recording.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nile Nickel</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>artificial intelligence</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nile Nickel, healthcare, artificial intelligence, technology</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c/image.jpg?t=1792073449&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nile-nickel-when-ai-leaves-the-lab-and-shows-up-at-your-door/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c/image.jpg?t=1792073449&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 15:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1895</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a556e3a3-a278-4a66-89f4-b3fc00f5fa7c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="30351699" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nile-nickel-when-ai-leaves-the-lab-and-shows-up-at-your-door</link>
      <itunes:order>8</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Nile Nickel" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:06" title="Artificial intelligence and robotics" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:10" title="Technology and everyday life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation here with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, also in studio with us is the voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. If you want to catch up on this conversation that we&#x27;re having, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. By the way, we got a great video there where Coach Pete is interviewing one of his friends who just went to CES 2026. You can see how robots can fold your clothes, flying cars, all sorts of crazy crap that&#x27;s going on out there. His name is Joe Casey. He was an MIT grad, and he went to Ohio State and then MIT. So he&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, and it was amazing to hear how fascinated he is.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s a tech guy, but he was fascinated with what he saw at CES. It was about a 40-minute interview, and you can watch it and listen to it. It&#x27;s about FinancialSafari.com. It&#x27;s also, if you just want to listen to it, it&#x27;s like CoachListens.com. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. It&#x27;s such a great website and great interview at the end of the day. Again, flying cars, robots that fold your clothes. What can you not want, right, guys? I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing to be able to talk to people like that, and it&#x27;s amazing to have both of you guys in the studio. I mean, people that are listening, they&#x27;ve heard you on the radio for years and years. Carolina Hurricanes, if you ever listened to Hurricanes, the game on the radio, Chuck Kaiton was doing the game. Matter of fact, I recognized his voice one time. I didn&#x27;t know what he looked like, but I heard his voice at a golf tournament. We were in the 18th hole little, what do you call that thing? The 19th hole. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the sky box. We were watching a golf tournament, and I just heard this voice bellowing</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> from the other side of the box. Nice. I went over, I said, you&#x27;re Chuck Kaiton. You&#x27;re Coach Pete. And I didn&#x27;t get into any trouble because nobody was putting at the time I was talking. So that was good news. They used to do the quiet sign. They&#x27;d be waving all over the place. And then, wow, Tony. I mean, it seems like just yesterday I was listening to you do the Wolfpack games on the radio. Well, it was a little bit almost yesterday. I&#x27;m only a month into retirement. And what&#x27;s different about this month? No more paychecks. Well, the paychecks have to come from you. That&#x27;s right. Their own personal pension, basically. You have to set it up correctly. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m sitting here. And make sure to, yeah. And it&#x27;s scary, but it&#x27;s not complex if you do the right thing. And unfortunately, people wait until the last minute. They start making impulsive decisions and do the wrong thing. So it&#x27;s important to plan it out, sort of like a game plan. And we&#x27;re talking about your retirement. You&#x27;re basically in the first quarter of retirement.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;ve got a four-quarter game, at least. We need to make sure that money lasts longer than you do, not runs away when you&#x27;re still here. All right. Well, speaking of that, before we get to Chuck&#x27;s real fun questions, here&#x27;s mine. Most of my money is tied up in a traditional IRA. Right. I&#x27;m at the point now where I have to look at different options. Maybe rolling over part of it anyway to a Roth IRA or annuities or something else. What should be my strategy at this point? A good time to roll to a Roth is when you don&#x27;t have much income. If you don&#x27;t have much income, you don&#x27;t have to pay many taxes. You&#x27;re in a better position than if you have a bunch of income. And many people can&#x27;t even qualify for a Roth if they have a lot of income. So there&#x27;s backdoor IRA options, too, to get a backdoor Roth, it&#x27;s called. But you&#x27;re in a good position now to look at how much you still got to pay taxes when you roll it from a traditional IRA or 401K into a Roth.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> So we have to see, well, what&#x27;s the break-even point? How many years will we have to go now that you have to make up for the taxes you just paid in a lump sum to move that money over? And we do that side-by-side comparison. It makes sense. One thing we can&#x27;t control is how high taxes are going to go in the future. We don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re going to be tomorrow, much less next year, next decade. And I think it&#x27;s real important what you said. Coach, when you talk about a Roth conversion as opposed to a contribution is what you&#x27;re saying. And we had to do that in 2019. We bit the bullet and did the taxes. But we love it now because we have that Roth and both my wife and I have it. You don&#x27;t have to worry about taxes anymore. Basically, you isolated. You put an offensive line around there that can never – like they protect that quarterback forever. Right. You&#x27;re never going to get to that money. The IRS can&#x27;t because you&#x27;ve already fulfilled what they told you how to do.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> Yeah. So that&#x27;s important for you. Your point was well taken because I did it well after I left the hurricane. So I didn&#x27;t have to worry about added income. Yeah. And that sometimes throws a wrench in the play and makes it less advantageous than now when you don&#x27;t have any income. Exactly. You see how savvy Coach is? He uses sports analogies so we can understand what he&#x27;s saying. I hear you. Well, I love sports too. Offensive line. I mean, Coach beat offensive line. What&#x27;s important, like you see how powerful and how important a good offensive line is when you don&#x27;t have a good one. That&#x27;s right. So when you watch a team consistently getting sacked or if you have a planner who keeps fumbling your retirement, then you&#x27;re in wrong place. That&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t have to be in a place like that. Great question, Tony. And then also maximizing Social Security, what you&#x27;re entitled to. Make sure you claim it at the right time. I&#x27;m about to start that. Yeah. And then your MRDs later on start taking some money out that the government makes you take out.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> Chuck, you kind of like that MRD because it gives you suspended money every year. That RMD, I mean, yeah, I guess so. I mean, it&#x27;s, again, one of those bittersweet things. We have to pay taxes because we were, you know, in a situation where we deferred them for a long time. In my case, 30 years of it. So time to pay the piper. But you do it with the strategies that you&#x27;re talking about here at Capital Financial and the people that help me through it. Yep. We minimize those. We mitigate those taxes. And we also have that lifetime income that you&#x27;re talking about. And right now I just set up a plan, not only getting the RMD in January because I put that money into a savings account, but now I&#x27;m going to start taking money every month. Like you say, that lifetime income. And I&#x27;m going to actually turn that faucet on starting in a couple of months.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s good. I mean, that&#x27;s just another stream of income coming in. Absolutely. And so with the IRS, it&#x27;s either pay me now or pay me later. They&#x27;re going to get their money. The beautiful thing there, the money you did convert to a Roth, you don&#x27;t have MRDs on there. You don&#x27;t have to take any money out of the Roth unless you want to. That&#x27;s a beautiful thing, too. So it puts you more, Tony, it&#x27;s all about putting you in control and staying in control, sort of like a driverless car that you&#x27;re in control of. But you basically have the comfort and safety of having a driverless car. You&#x27;re never going to get me in one of those. I saw that in the video, but I&#x27;m not sure I&#x27;m ready to get in that. I don&#x27;t think our generation is going to be good with driverless cars. I guess I, you know, my nephew in San Francisco took one of those cabs, driverless, and he left his wallet in there by accident. Nobody left to find it. No. Right.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> The next person in there got a windfall. That next person was so honest that they looked at his identification. He had a couple hundred bucks in there along with his credit cards. And the other money again, the wallet came back. And the guy traced him back to the next passenger and gave him his wallet back. There aren&#x27;t many people like that these days, unfortunately. That&#x27;s a good American. That&#x27;s good. Now that you drop a credit card, it&#x27;s being used within five minutes. Yeah, it really does. Yeah, true story. That was my story. That&#x27;s amazing. Pretty cool. So it&#x27;s about automatic pilot, making sure you have your total retirement plan in place when you get to retirement or right after. You don&#x27;t have one yet, Tony, but at least you&#x27;re smart enough to be thinking about things like that. And it&#x27;s important for everybody to at least have a plan in mind. You don&#x27;t have to have the plan done. Have it in mind. So, Thomas, folks that are listening now, if they have a plan in mind or they want to get a plan.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And so folks have asked me, well, Coach, when&#x27;s a good time for us to call, like age-wise? And I always say when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is age 50 and above, it&#x27;s time to start mapping out, getting your ducks in a row, mapping out what you have already put aside, looking at maybe Roth conversion strategies, looking at tax reduction strategies. So it is never a bad time, but 50 or older, that&#x27;s when you&#x27;re in the ultimate time to get everything organized right. And so if you call right now, we&#x27;ll help you get that organized. We have an organizer that will help you get organized, and we&#x27;ll do it all for you at no cost or obligation. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll introduce you to the firm and make sure that you get comfortable with us, just like we get comfortable with you, and put a plan together that will take you all the way through retirement with no worries on the safe side at all. It&#x27;s true. Lifetime income. So tell folks how to get that. The next 26 of you call, we&#x27;ll let you come in, and we&#x27;ll give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written, and we&#x27;ll give you a plan.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> It&#x27;s a golden ticket. It&#x27;s worth over $1,000. Call right now. All right, folks. You may be sitting on the edge. Remember, the average investor underperforms the market by over 4% a year simply to emotional trading. And we don&#x27;t want to worry about emotion. We want to worry about the process. We want to develop the plan. The number to call, take advantage of this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. Coach, you were talking about running plans earlier. And I&#x27;m a soccer guy, so I go back to Germany when they were. Football! Yes. But the German national team, when they were playing the World Cup, and this has been several years back now, you could just see them executing plans as if it was nothing. They would just walk out onto the field.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> It didn&#x27;t matter if it was, you know, if it was Spain or Holland or France or whoever they were going against. It was a... And granted, they didn&#x27;t win the series in this instance. But you could tell they had that plan and they were driving. And I think you guys see this. Chuck, I&#x27;m sure you see this with Brenda Moore, process over emotion. Well, that&#x27;s what makes him a great coach because he doesn&#x27;t vary or vacillate away from the plan, the team. You know, we talk about the team here at Capital Financial. The team comes first. And how you contribute to that team. And it&#x27;s the same thing in basketball and football, as Tony could tell you. And that&#x27;s what makes him a special guy with the Hurricanes. You&#x27;re pretty close to Rod still, right? Oh, absolutely. You just had dinner with him the other night, I think, didn&#x27;t you? Yeah, I had it with him. What&#x27;s his favorite meal? Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You&#x27;re not going to believe this. He actually, you know, he&#x27;s the most fit 52-year-old. Well, he&#x27;s the most fit coach in the NHL, easily, because he still works out like a maniac. Good for him. But he did have hamburger and french fries. I hope I&#x27;m not breaking his cover. But he does. Let&#x27;s go. He eats like normal or obese people like myself. Well, if you&#x27;re working out all the time, though, it&#x27;s good. He needs some carbs in here to work out. I thought you said he likes sushi, too, right? Yeah, he does like it. But the bottom line to me is that he&#x27;ll go off the wagon, so to speak, once in a while. Well, you&#x27;ve got to cheat on a diet every now and then. Especially in the summertime, you know, when he&#x27;s not stressed out as much. So he&#x27;ll eat pretty big, but he&#x27;ll work for two or three hours, work out. Wow. He&#x27;s a terrific guy, and he&#x27;s done a great job.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> It&#x27;s all about balance. Never in my life did I have a workout for two hours. Even when I was in good shape. I know. He&#x27;s crazy, but he&#x27;s obsessed. He loves it. Try to maximize the workout time in 30 minutes, get all the stuff done. Tony, what&#x27;s your favorite food? Oh, goodness. You know, I&#x27;ve always been fond of Italian food. I had a really good chicken parm last night, if that&#x27;s done right. Spectacular. The power of advertising. Anytime anyone says chicken parm, who do I think of these days? Ray Ferraro. Oh, that&#x27;s who I think of. Peyton Manning. Oh, yeah. Remember, he would do the chicken parm all the time. The commercials would always happen. Well, he does great commercials, too. He does. You know, I mix it up, though. I think I have a very diverse taste in food. Most recently, I made a salmon piccata at home. You like to cook? Yeah, I do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> Nice. People customarily like a chicken piccata. Chicken piccata. I watch a lot of YouTube videos, yours included, but many of them are chefs, and you get these great ideas for recipes. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So I just made the piccata sauce, but over salmon, it was spectacular. We need to have maybe a recipe show on our Financial Speakeasy network, Thomas. That would be very cool. By the way, folks, we have a 24-7 video network on YouTube and Rumble. It&#x27;s called Financial Speakeasy. So all you have to do is go to YouTube and say, put in there for the search bar, Financial Speakeasy, or go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and it&#x27;ll take you right to the choice between YouTube and Rumble. It is easy. It&#x27;s easy. And it&#x27;s such great content on there. We also have the interview with Joe Casey about CES 2026 on there. We go live every weekday with new stock just happenings and things happening in the business</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> world. Great channels. We&#x27;ve got a bucket list show coming. Morgan Patrick&#x27;s going to be doing that. Maybe get Tony on there about bucket list items, too. That&#x27;s always fun to do. Chuck will be good on there, too. Yeah, thank you. I would love to help you. Well, we&#x27;ve got to run away, and I know you guys are both out of here after this, so I want to thank Tony Hayes and Chuck Kaiton for coming in and visiting with us on the Safari. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation here with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, also in studio with us is the voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. If you want to catch up on this conversation that we&#x27;re having, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. By the way, we got a great video there where Coach Pete is interviewing one of his friends who just went to CES 2026. You can see how robots can fold your clothes, flying cars, all sorts of crazy crap that&#x27;s going on out there. His name is Joe Casey. He was an MIT grad, and he went to Ohio State and then MIT. So he&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, and it was amazing to hear how fascinated he is.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s a tech guy, but he was fascinated with what he saw at CES. It was about a 40-minute interview, and you can watch it and listen to it. It&#x27;s about FinancialSafari.com. It&#x27;s also, if you just want to listen to it, it&#x27;s like CoachListens.com. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. It&#x27;s such a great website and great interview at the end of the day. Again, flying cars, robots that fold your clothes. What can you not want, right, guys? I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing to be able to talk to people like that, and it&#x27;s amazing to have both of you guys in the studio. I mean, people that are listening, they&#x27;ve heard you on the radio for years and years. Carolina Hurricanes, if you ever listened to Hurricanes, the game on the radio, Chuck Kaiton was doing the game. Matter of fact, I recognized his voice one time. I didn&#x27;t know what he looked like, but I heard his voice at a golf tournament. We were in the 18th hole little, what do you call that thing? The 19th hole. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the sky box. We were watching a golf tournament, and I just heard this voice bellowing</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> from the other side of the box. Nice. I went over, I said, you&#x27;re Chuck Kaiton. You&#x27;re Coach Pete. And I didn&#x27;t get into any trouble because nobody was putting at the time I was talking. So that was good news. They used to do the quiet sign. They&#x27;d be waving all over the place. And then, wow, Tony. I mean, it seems like just yesterday I was listening to you do the Wolfpack games on the radio. Well, it was a little bit almost yesterday. I&#x27;m only a month into retirement. And what&#x27;s different about this month? No more paychecks. Well, the paychecks have to come from you. That&#x27;s right. Their own personal pension, basically. You have to set it up correctly. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m sitting here. And make sure to, yeah. And it&#x27;s scary, but it&#x27;s not complex if you do the right thing. And unfortunately, people wait until the last minute. They start making impulsive decisions and do the wrong thing. So it&#x27;s important to plan it out, sort of like a game plan. And we&#x27;re talking about your retirement. You&#x27;re basically in the first quarter of retirement.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;ve got a four-quarter game, at least. We need to make sure that money lasts longer than you do, not runs away when you&#x27;re still here. All right. Well, speaking of that, before we get to Chuck&#x27;s real fun questions, here&#x27;s mine. Most of my money is tied up in a traditional IRA. Right. I&#x27;m at the point now where I have to look at different options. Maybe rolling over part of it anyway to a Roth IRA or annuities or something else. What should be my strategy at this point? A good time to roll to a Roth is when you don&#x27;t have much income. If you don&#x27;t have much income, you don&#x27;t have to pay many taxes. You&#x27;re in a better position than if you have a bunch of income. And many people can&#x27;t even qualify for a Roth if they have a lot of income. So there&#x27;s backdoor IRA options, too, to get a backdoor Roth, it&#x27;s called. But you&#x27;re in a good position now to look at how much you still got to pay taxes when you roll it from a traditional IRA or 401K into a Roth.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> So we have to see, well, what&#x27;s the break-even point? How many years will we have to go now that you have to make up for the taxes you just paid in a lump sum to move that money over? And we do that side-by-side comparison. It makes sense. One thing we can&#x27;t control is how high taxes are going to go in the future. We don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re going to be tomorrow, much less next year, next decade. And I think it&#x27;s real important what you said. Coach, when you talk about a Roth conversion as opposed to a contribution is what you&#x27;re saying. And we had to do that in 2019. We bit the bullet and did the taxes. But we love it now because we have that Roth and both my wife and I have it. You don&#x27;t have to worry about taxes anymore. Basically, you isolated. You put an offensive line around there that can never – like they protect that quarterback forever. Right. You&#x27;re never going to get to that money. The IRS can&#x27;t because you&#x27;ve already fulfilled what they told you how to do.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> Yeah. So that&#x27;s important for you. Your point was well taken because I did it well after I left the hurricane. So I didn&#x27;t have to worry about added income. Yeah. And that sometimes throws a wrench in the play and makes it less advantageous than now when you don&#x27;t have any income. Exactly. You see how savvy Coach is? He uses sports analogies so we can understand what he&#x27;s saying. I hear you. Well, I love sports too. Offensive line. I mean, Coach beat offensive line. What&#x27;s important, like you see how powerful and how important a good offensive line is when you don&#x27;t have a good one. That&#x27;s right. So when you watch a team consistently getting sacked or if you have a planner who keeps fumbling your retirement, then you&#x27;re in wrong place. That&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t have to be in a place like that. Great question, Tony. And then also maximizing Social Security, what you&#x27;re entitled to. Make sure you claim it at the right time. I&#x27;m about to start that. Yeah. And then your MRDs later on start taking some money out that the government makes you take out.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> Chuck, you kind of like that MRD because it gives you suspended money every year. That RMD, I mean, yeah, I guess so. I mean, it&#x27;s, again, one of those bittersweet things. We have to pay taxes because we were, you know, in a situation where we deferred them for a long time. In my case, 30 years of it. So time to pay the piper. But you do it with the strategies that you&#x27;re talking about here at Capital Financial and the people that help me through it. Yep. We minimize those. We mitigate those taxes. And we also have that lifetime income that you&#x27;re talking about. And right now I just set up a plan, not only getting the RMD in January because I put that money into a savings account, but now I&#x27;m going to start taking money every month. Like you say, that lifetime income. And I&#x27;m going to actually turn that faucet on starting in a couple of months.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s good. I mean, that&#x27;s just another stream of income coming in. Absolutely. And so with the IRS, it&#x27;s either pay me now or pay me later. They&#x27;re going to get their money. The beautiful thing there, the money you did convert to a Roth, you don&#x27;t have MRDs on there. You don&#x27;t have to take any money out of the Roth unless you want to. That&#x27;s a beautiful thing, too. So it puts you more, Tony, it&#x27;s all about putting you in control and staying in control, sort of like a driverless car that you&#x27;re in control of. But you basically have the comfort and safety of having a driverless car. You&#x27;re never going to get me in one of those. I saw that in the video, but I&#x27;m not sure I&#x27;m ready to get in that. I don&#x27;t think our generation is going to be good with driverless cars. I guess I, you know, my nephew in San Francisco took one of those cabs, driverless, and he left his wallet in there by accident. Nobody left to find it. No. Right.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> The next person in there got a windfall. That next person was so honest that they looked at his identification. He had a couple hundred bucks in there along with his credit cards. And the other money again, the wallet came back. And the guy traced him back to the next passenger and gave him his wallet back. There aren&#x27;t many people like that these days, unfortunately. That&#x27;s a good American. That&#x27;s good. Now that you drop a credit card, it&#x27;s being used within five minutes. Yeah, it really does. Yeah, true story. That was my story. That&#x27;s amazing. Pretty cool. So it&#x27;s about automatic pilot, making sure you have your total retirement plan in place when you get to retirement or right after. You don&#x27;t have one yet, Tony, but at least you&#x27;re smart enough to be thinking about things like that. And it&#x27;s important for everybody to at least have a plan in mind. You don&#x27;t have to have the plan done. Have it in mind. So, Thomas, folks that are listening now, if they have a plan in mind or they want to get a plan.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And so folks have asked me, well, Coach, when&#x27;s a good time for us to call, like age-wise? And I always say when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is age 50 and above, it&#x27;s time to start mapping out, getting your ducks in a row, mapping out what you have already put aside, looking at maybe Roth conversion strategies, looking at tax reduction strategies. So it is never a bad time, but 50 or older, that&#x27;s when you&#x27;re in the ultimate time to get everything organized right. And so if you call right now, we&#x27;ll help you get that organized. We have an organizer that will help you get organized, and we&#x27;ll do it all for you at no cost or obligation. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll introduce you to the firm and make sure that you get comfortable with us, just like we get comfortable with you, and put a plan together that will take you all the way through retirement with no worries on the safe side at all. It&#x27;s true. Lifetime income. So tell folks how to get that. The next 26 of you call, we&#x27;ll let you come in, and we&#x27;ll give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written, and we&#x27;ll give you a plan.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> It&#x27;s a golden ticket. It&#x27;s worth over $1,000. Call right now. All right, folks. You may be sitting on the edge. Remember, the average investor underperforms the market by over 4% a year simply to emotional trading. And we don&#x27;t want to worry about emotion. We want to worry about the process. We want to develop the plan. The number to call, take advantage of this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. Coach, you were talking about running plans earlier. And I&#x27;m a soccer guy, so I go back to Germany when they were. Football! Yes. But the German national team, when they were playing the World Cup, and this has been several years back now, you could just see them executing plans as if it was nothing. They would just walk out onto the field.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> It didn&#x27;t matter if it was, you know, if it was Spain or Holland or France or whoever they were going against. It was a... And granted, they didn&#x27;t win the series in this instance. But you could tell they had that plan and they were driving. And I think you guys see this. Chuck, I&#x27;m sure you see this with Brenda Moore, process over emotion. Well, that&#x27;s what makes him a great coach because he doesn&#x27;t vary or vacillate away from the plan, the team. You know, we talk about the team here at Capital Financial. The team comes first. And how you contribute to that team. And it&#x27;s the same thing in basketball and football, as Tony could tell you. And that&#x27;s what makes him a special guy with the Hurricanes. You&#x27;re pretty close to Rod still, right? Oh, absolutely. You just had dinner with him the other night, I think, didn&#x27;t you? Yeah, I had it with him. What&#x27;s his favorite meal? Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You&#x27;re not going to believe this. He actually, you know, he&#x27;s the most fit 52-year-old. Well, he&#x27;s the most fit coach in the NHL, easily, because he still works out like a maniac. Good for him. But he did have hamburger and french fries. I hope I&#x27;m not breaking his cover. But he does. Let&#x27;s go. He eats like normal or obese people like myself. Well, if you&#x27;re working out all the time, though, it&#x27;s good. He needs some carbs in here to work out. I thought you said he likes sushi, too, right? Yeah, he does like it. But the bottom line to me is that he&#x27;ll go off the wagon, so to speak, once in a while. Well, you&#x27;ve got to cheat on a diet every now and then. Especially in the summertime, you know, when he&#x27;s not stressed out as much. So he&#x27;ll eat pretty big, but he&#x27;ll work for two or three hours, work out. Wow. He&#x27;s a terrific guy, and he&#x27;s done a great job.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> It&#x27;s all about balance. Never in my life did I have a workout for two hours. Even when I was in good shape. I know. He&#x27;s crazy, but he&#x27;s obsessed. He loves it. Try to maximize the workout time in 30 minutes, get all the stuff done. Tony, what&#x27;s your favorite food? Oh, goodness. You know, I&#x27;ve always been fond of Italian food. I had a really good chicken parm last night, if that&#x27;s done right. Spectacular. The power of advertising. Anytime anyone says chicken parm, who do I think of these days? Ray Ferraro. Oh, that&#x27;s who I think of. Peyton Manning. Oh, yeah. Remember, he would do the chicken parm all the time. The commercials would always happen. Well, he does great commercials, too. He does. You know, I mix it up, though. I think I have a very diverse taste in food. Most recently, I made a salmon piccata at home. You like to cook? Yeah, I do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> Nice. People customarily like a chicken piccata. Chicken piccata. I watch a lot of YouTube videos, yours included, but many of them are chefs, and you get these great ideas for recipes. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So I just made the piccata sauce, but over salmon, it was spectacular. We need to have maybe a recipe show on our Financial Speakeasy network, Thomas. That would be very cool. By the way, folks, we have a 24-7 video network on YouTube and Rumble. It&#x27;s called Financial Speakeasy. So all you have to do is go to YouTube and say, put in there for the search bar, Financial Speakeasy, or go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and it&#x27;ll take you right to the choice between YouTube and Rumble. It is easy. It&#x27;s easy. And it&#x27;s such great content on there. We also have the interview with Joe Casey about CES 2026 on there. We go live every weekday with new stock just happenings and things happening in the business</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> world. Great channels. We&#x27;ve got a bucket list show coming. Morgan Patrick&#x27;s going to be doing that. Maybe get Tony on there about bucket list items, too. That&#x27;s always fun to do. Chuck will be good on there, too. Yeah, thank you. I would love to help you. Well, we&#x27;ve got to run away, and I know you guys are both out of here after this, so I want to thank Tony Hayes and Chuck Kaiton for coming in and visiting with us on the Safari. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>Tony Haynes</category>
      <category>Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton, Tony Haynes, Chuck Kaiton, retirement planning, technology, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/image.jpg?t=1792073370&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-changing-technology-and-retirement-decisions-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/image.jpg?t=1792073370&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 05:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>720</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11557094" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-changing-technology-and-retirement-decisions-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>9</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:43" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:24" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Sports, Broadcasting, and Life Beyond the Booth (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Sports, Broadcasting, and Life Beyond the Booth (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Having a great time here on Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio with best-selling author Coach Pete DeRue. The studio here has gotten a little bit bigger. We&#x27;ve got some great voices in the studio with us, Coach. Yeah, before we tell folks who&#x27;s here, do you have a sound clip you want to play? Maybe it&#x27;ll get people an idea who&#x27;s here on one side of the studio. Then I&#x27;ll introduce who&#x27;s on the other side. Yes, let&#x27;s do it. All right, check this out. The end of the football season, Tony has worn a variety of hats during his 28-year tenure. He has served as a game day host and sideline reporter for football. Broadcast also served as a host for football and men&#x27;s basketball coaching shows. Tony, a proud NCC graduate, has brought joy to Wolfpack fans everywhere. Wolfpack fans, please give it up for Tony Haynes.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, Tony Haynes, welcome in on the left side of the studio. Raise the roof. And now, Thomas, do you have a sound clip for the other side? I do. Here we go. With a 3-1 decision, a complete reversal of form from game number six, where it looked like the sun was setting on their hopes. They have come up and have risen from the hockey morgue and have won this Stanley Cup of 06 with a tremendously large team effort. And as they are mobbing each other, as I said earlier, John, 9,393 days of frustration.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> And on the 9394th day of NHL existence, the Carolina Hurricanes, the final organization till 97, have won the Stanley Cup. And my friend, I am so happy you are at my side to see it. Wow. And that was in reference to... What a moment. Yeah, who was I talking to? John Forslund was the color man at that time. Because TV doesn&#x27;t do hockey after the first round of the playoffs. Doesn&#x27;t he say, oh, man, now I want wings. And we would have wanted the wings in 0-2, but we lost in five games to them. Hey, you know the story, Chuck.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about this. But do you know where I was in 2006 when they were winning the Stanley Cup, that Game 7? Guess where I was? Where? In Arupa. And I talked a bar. They love soccer over there. But I talked a whole bar into becoming Carolina Hurricane fans. Hey! Beautiful. And I talked him out of the soccer game that it was on, which is football. Yeah, sure. Into watching the Carolina Hurricanes. That&#x27;s amazing. So we were all, I was buying beers all over the place. It was fun. Nice. Fun time. I was at Emerald Isle, family beach vacation. The whole, like, my father&#x27;s six siblings were there. It was a huge time. Huge time. All right, so Chuck Kaiton, NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, and Tony Haynes, voice of the Wolfpack, who just retired. Oh, yes. Well, we got an all-star cast here. And then, of course, me and Thomas. We have a cast here today, don&#x27;t we? And when you were in Aruba, they were saying ice.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> What&#x27;s that? Yeah, ice, ice. Exactly. Careful when you say ice these days. Ice, ice, baby. So, yeah, that clip you play was the last home game I did at Carter-Findley Stadium. Yep. And NC State and Wolfpack Sports Properties were so nice to honor me on the field with two minutes to go in the first half. And it was such a surreal moment because, you know, I&#x27;m somebody who has called NC State games for all these 26 years and seen the greatest stars like Phillip Rivers and Russell Wilson and Bradley Chubb get standing ovations. And there I am standing there with two minutes to go in the first half. And all of a sudden, the ovation is directed towards me. Yeah. Wow. That&#x27;s like something you&#x27;ll – It&#x27;s pretty awesome, huh? It&#x27;s surreal, but it&#x27;ll be with you for the rest of your life.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Phillip Rivers now, he just played again. How about that? He came out of retirement. Now he has to wait five more years to get to the Hall of Fame. Well, I&#x27;ve said it, and being around Phillip when he was at NC State, there&#x27;s no one player that I&#x27;ve been around, and I&#x27;ve been around a lot of them, that loves football, playing football more than Phillip Rivers. So I wasn&#x27;t totally shocked that he actually came back as a grandfather at age, whatever, 44, 45, like that. He has a bunch of kids, too, doesn&#x27;t he? Yeah, he&#x27;s 10, I think. Does he have any that are going to be really good athletes like he was? Yes. He has one. His oldest son is actually being recruited right now by many of the major schools around the country. Yeah, we call that, Thomas, we call that a retirement plan. Oh, yes. Yeah, there you go. Phillip has his own money, but I mean, if you have a good athlete in the family. Just saying, just saying. You know the best thing for Phillip, though? He came back, played those four games with the Colts.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know what that does for him? That gives him- Health insurance. Health insurance for five more years. For 10 people. For a very big family. Wow. Hey, I read that article. It&#x27;s pretty smart. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s good. Because health insurance ain&#x27;t cheap at all. Oh, no. Considering, you know. So, Chuck, how have you been doing? I&#x27;ve been doing very well in retirement, thanks to you and the team here at Capital Financial. Well, we just try to do what&#x27;s best for everybody. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s worked very well. I&#x27;m in that situation where I take those RMDs. Some call them the dreaded RMDs. Required minimum distributions. That&#x27;s right. Because I had a 401k plan with the Whalers and Hurricanes for a number of years that we converted to an IRA. And it was the- I didn&#x27;t know what a qualified account was from an unqualified account, but I learned very quickly.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> It&#x27;s still funny terminology. Well, gee, all I tell people is it means you&#x27;re qualified and have to pay taxes on that account. There you go. Exactly. Well, I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. I don&#x27;t. Too bad. I know I&#x27;m qualified. And when Chuck and I are having dinner, he uses another word to describe those RMDs. Oh? We probably can&#x27;t talk about that. No, we can&#x27;t. I&#x27;ll keep it adrened. Yeah, exactly. It&#x27;s almost like McEnroe, isn&#x27;t it? But again- McEnroe. You cannot be serious. You&#x27;re serious. That&#x27;s what you think about when taxes come over. Yeah, I know. We do live in the greatest country in the world, so I can&#x27;t complain. And you&#x27;re right. They were deferred for many, many years, 39 in all for me. And so I can&#x27;t go- Actually, not 39, because the 401k plan started in Hartford in 1987. So 30 years, yeah. Well, the theory is if you defer pay in taxes, that means the money you would have lost in</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> taxes stay in your account and earn interest. Exactly. Or participate in market gains. And that&#x27;s the only problem is then when you get to time to retirement, then you have to pay tax on any gain. Yeah. And so, hey, it&#x27;s good and bad, but it&#x27;s better to have the money than not have the money. Absolutely. And you&#x27;ve got to tell young people, and I&#x27;m sure many of them listening here, hey, save that money. Make sure if you&#x27;ve got a job that pays you matching money from your 401k, maximize it. Yep. Because over the years, it worked for us. Put the money away. You get a tax write-off, too, when you put the money in. And now you&#x27;re building up your retirement account, and you&#x27;re building your confidence. Exactly. When you retire on your terms, like both of you guys have, which I&#x27;m proud of both of you guys to retire when you wanted to, instead of being told to retire or being forced out. Right? That happens a lot in our business. It does. It does. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> If you want to make sure that you are on the right track into retirement, give us a call right now and secure that complimentary consultation with a member of his team, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Coach, I&#x27;d like to say, you know, we listen to Chuck, we listen to Tony there, having thousands of fans in the stadium, just cheering them on at different points in their career. And I think we all can minimize ourselves because we think we don&#x27;t have those thousands of fans around us. But every day that we&#x27;re saving for retirement, every day that we&#x27;re putting that money aside for us, we&#x27;re creating that quote-unquote fan base that&#x27;s going to applaud us later on. But you have to make sure that those fans are happy. Well, everybody wants to be a retirement hero for their family. In other words, you don&#x27;t want to be a burden. You&#x27;d rather be a hero.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> In other words, being able to do things for your family instead of asking them for money. Yes. And that&#x27;s a big difference. Really? Everyone knows the person that&#x27;s always asking for money. Truly. So be the person that has the money and make sure you have the plan. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s the most important thing. Tony, 28 years, a long time. What was your most fondest? And this may be a tough question because you probably have a lot of them. But what&#x27;s your fondest memory of broadcasting at NC State? Nothing tops what the basketball team did two years ago. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing, wasn&#x27;t it? That was the most incredible run. Yes, it was. I still think about it. And I still don&#x27;t believe it, what I actually watch. You&#x27;re talking about a men&#x27;s basketball team that lost their last four regular season games. You go into the ACC tournament. Everybody knows the coach is going to get fired after the next loss. And what they do is unthinkable. They proceed to win five games in five days at the ACC tournament.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> That&#x27;s amazing in itself. And the last three wins were over Duke, Virginia, North Carolina. I know. That was an all-star lineup. At that point, you say, okay, I&#x27;ve seen it all now. No, we hadn&#x27;t seen it all because they get in the NCAA tournament. They win four more games. Find themselves in Glendale, Arizona for the final four. You found yourself there, too, didn&#x27;t you? I was there. Yes. That&#x27;s a nice place out there. That is an amazing facility. It is. It&#x27;s just so huge. And I actually went up to some of the Bob Euchre seats in the stadium during one of the practice days. And literally, the court looked like a little post-it stamp. Now, Thomas, Bob Euchre was a famous broadcaster back in the day. Sorry, Thomas. He was always joked on about being put in the worst places and not getting any respect kind of thing. Ah, I got you, got you. No, I love it. I love it. So, for our listeners who don&#x27;t know, I&#x27;m the music head.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> They&#x27;re the sports guys. I am fitting in. Well, that&#x27;s a little older. Thank you for the definition. Thank you for the definition. Bob used to be on TV with a beer commercial, just a bit outside. That&#x27;s right. I was in the movie Major League. Major League. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Nice. He&#x27;s the guy that says, just a bit outside when the ball was way over there. Okay, okay, okay. So, that&#x27;s your fondest memory, and I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m a Carolina guy. I went to Carolina, and I did get into NC State, almost went there. You had to select your major ahead of time, and I was pre-dental. Imagine that. But I ended up getting to Carolina. But I rooted for NC State in 1983 back in the day. Yeah, I was in school. Remember the cardiac pack days? Yeah, I was in school. And so they were an easy team to root for, and I don&#x27;t hate anybody. Right. But, you know, it&#x27;s like you guys hate us, I have to hate your pack sometimes. But, I mean, I was rooting for State a couple years ago, too. That was an amazing run. It was an amazing run. It was an amazing run, wasn&#x27;t it? You can&#x27;t make it up.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> No. Especially a team that was stumbling into the postseason the way they were. They were missing a couple of guys, and there was no sign that they could somehow create some momentum in the tournament and do what they did. But that&#x27;s the beauty of sports. I&#x27;ve always said about sports, it&#x27;s the ultimate reality show. It is. There&#x27;s no script. Oh. So, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah, you hope there&#x27;s no script. That&#x27;s right. These days, I hear people talking about some things. Well, there you go. That&#x27;s a good point. Yeah, but, no, it&#x27;s just fun. And it&#x27;s real team ball. They were playing team ball. And we work as a team here when we build retirement plans. And I want people to know that you have a team here on call anytime you need help on planning for retirement, making sure you get that tax reduction strategies in place before and during retirement. That&#x27;s important. When you&#x27;re having to send checks to Uncle Sam, it&#x27;s less money you can send on fun things for you and your family.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Can I say this? Yes. Because one reason NC State got hot at the right time, they made adjustments. Yeah. Half time. And you and your team have to make adjustments. Constantly making adjustments. Chuck, we&#x27;ve made adjustments. Absolutely. So, it&#x27;s about getting a plan first and then making the correct adjustments as you go forward. And so, what we want to do here is offer you a golden ticket. But I&#x27;m going to do even better here. I&#x27;ve got a Fred Flintstone. Hee! Abba-dabba-doo! They came in last week on the show. That means the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to send you a book at our expense. There&#x27;ll be no fee, no obligation. We&#x27;re going to send it to you. All you have to do is give us your address. There&#x27;s going to be no postage and handling. We&#x27;re going to pay that. It&#x27;s the Tax Savvy Retirement Book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages on how to reduce taxes and maximize retirement income. And this is going to go out next week to you if you call right now. Thomas, tell folks that they can get this book and a golden ticket that will get them their very own total retirement plan as well.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Having a great time here on Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio with best-selling author Coach Pete DeRue. The studio here has gotten a little bit bigger. We&#x27;ve got some great voices in the studio with us, Coach. Yeah, before we tell folks who&#x27;s here, do you have a sound clip you want to play? Maybe it&#x27;ll get people an idea who&#x27;s here on one side of the studio. Then I&#x27;ll introduce who&#x27;s on the other side. Yes, let&#x27;s do it. All right, check this out. The end of the football season, Tony has worn a variety of hats during his 28-year tenure. He has served as a game day host and sideline reporter for football. Broadcast also served as a host for football and men&#x27;s basketball coaching shows. Tony, a proud NCC graduate, has brought joy to Wolfpack fans everywhere. Wolfpack fans, please give it up for Tony Haynes.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, Tony Haynes, welcome in on the left side of the studio. Raise the roof. And now, Thomas, do you have a sound clip for the other side? I do. Here we go. With a 3-1 decision, a complete reversal of form from game number six, where it looked like the sun was setting on their hopes. They have come up and have risen from the hockey morgue and have won this Stanley Cup of 06 with a tremendously large team effort. And as they are mobbing each other, as I said earlier, John, 9,393 days of frustration.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> And on the 9394th day of NHL existence, the Carolina Hurricanes, the final organization till 97, have won the Stanley Cup. And my friend, I am so happy you are at my side to see it. Wow. And that was in reference to... What a moment. Yeah, who was I talking to? John Forslund was the color man at that time. Because TV doesn&#x27;t do hockey after the first round of the playoffs. Doesn&#x27;t he say, oh, man, now I want wings. And we would have wanted the wings in 0-2, but we lost in five games to them. Hey, you know the story, Chuck.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about this. But do you know where I was in 2006 when they were winning the Stanley Cup, that Game 7? Guess where I was? Where? In Arupa. And I talked a bar. They love soccer over there. But I talked a whole bar into becoming Carolina Hurricane fans. Hey! Beautiful. And I talked him out of the soccer game that it was on, which is football. Yeah, sure. Into watching the Carolina Hurricanes. That&#x27;s amazing. So we were all, I was buying beers all over the place. It was fun. Nice. Fun time. I was at Emerald Isle, family beach vacation. The whole, like, my father&#x27;s six siblings were there. It was a huge time. Huge time. All right, so Chuck Kaiton, NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, and Tony Haynes, voice of the Wolfpack, who just retired. Oh, yes. Well, we got an all-star cast here. And then, of course, me and Thomas. We have a cast here today, don&#x27;t we? And when you were in Aruba, they were saying ice.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> What&#x27;s that? Yeah, ice, ice. Exactly. Careful when you say ice these days. Ice, ice, baby. So, yeah, that clip you play was the last home game I did at Carter-Findley Stadium. Yep. And NC State and Wolfpack Sports Properties were so nice to honor me on the field with two minutes to go in the first half. And it was such a surreal moment because, you know, I&#x27;m somebody who has called NC State games for all these 26 years and seen the greatest stars like Phillip Rivers and Russell Wilson and Bradley Chubb get standing ovations. And there I am standing there with two minutes to go in the first half. And all of a sudden, the ovation is directed towards me. Yeah. Wow. That&#x27;s like something you&#x27;ll – It&#x27;s pretty awesome, huh? It&#x27;s surreal, but it&#x27;ll be with you for the rest of your life.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Phillip Rivers now, he just played again. How about that? He came out of retirement. Now he has to wait five more years to get to the Hall of Fame. Well, I&#x27;ve said it, and being around Phillip when he was at NC State, there&#x27;s no one player that I&#x27;ve been around, and I&#x27;ve been around a lot of them, that loves football, playing football more than Phillip Rivers. So I wasn&#x27;t totally shocked that he actually came back as a grandfather at age, whatever, 44, 45, like that. He has a bunch of kids, too, doesn&#x27;t he? Yeah, he&#x27;s 10, I think. Does he have any that are going to be really good athletes like he was? Yes. He has one. His oldest son is actually being recruited right now by many of the major schools around the country. Yeah, we call that, Thomas, we call that a retirement plan. Oh, yes. Yeah, there you go. Phillip has his own money, but I mean, if you have a good athlete in the family. Just saying, just saying. You know the best thing for Phillip, though? He came back, played those four games with the Colts.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know what that does for him? That gives him- Health insurance. Health insurance for five more years. For 10 people. For a very big family. Wow. Hey, I read that article. It&#x27;s pretty smart. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s good. Because health insurance ain&#x27;t cheap at all. Oh, no. Considering, you know. So, Chuck, how have you been doing? I&#x27;ve been doing very well in retirement, thanks to you and the team here at Capital Financial. Well, we just try to do what&#x27;s best for everybody. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s worked very well. I&#x27;m in that situation where I take those RMDs. Some call them the dreaded RMDs. Required minimum distributions. That&#x27;s right. Because I had a 401k plan with the Whalers and Hurricanes for a number of years that we converted to an IRA. And it was the- I didn&#x27;t know what a qualified account was from an unqualified account, but I learned very quickly.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> It&#x27;s still funny terminology. Well, gee, all I tell people is it means you&#x27;re qualified and have to pay taxes on that account. There you go. Exactly. Well, I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. I don&#x27;t. Too bad. I know I&#x27;m qualified. And when Chuck and I are having dinner, he uses another word to describe those RMDs. Oh? We probably can&#x27;t talk about that. No, we can&#x27;t. I&#x27;ll keep it adrened. Yeah, exactly. It&#x27;s almost like McEnroe, isn&#x27;t it? But again- McEnroe. You cannot be serious. You&#x27;re serious. That&#x27;s what you think about when taxes come over. Yeah, I know. We do live in the greatest country in the world, so I can&#x27;t complain. And you&#x27;re right. They were deferred for many, many years, 39 in all for me. And so I can&#x27;t go- Actually, not 39, because the 401k plan started in Hartford in 1987. So 30 years, yeah. Well, the theory is if you defer pay in taxes, that means the money you would have lost in</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> taxes stay in your account and earn interest. Exactly. Or participate in market gains. And that&#x27;s the only problem is then when you get to time to retirement, then you have to pay tax on any gain. Yeah. And so, hey, it&#x27;s good and bad, but it&#x27;s better to have the money than not have the money. Absolutely. And you&#x27;ve got to tell young people, and I&#x27;m sure many of them listening here, hey, save that money. Make sure if you&#x27;ve got a job that pays you matching money from your 401k, maximize it. Yep. Because over the years, it worked for us. Put the money away. You get a tax write-off, too, when you put the money in. And now you&#x27;re building up your retirement account, and you&#x27;re building your confidence. Exactly. When you retire on your terms, like both of you guys have, which I&#x27;m proud of both of you guys to retire when you wanted to, instead of being told to retire or being forced out. Right? That happens a lot in our business. It does. It does. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> If you want to make sure that you are on the right track into retirement, give us a call right now and secure that complimentary consultation with a member of his team, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Coach, I&#x27;d like to say, you know, we listen to Chuck, we listen to Tony there, having thousands of fans in the stadium, just cheering them on at different points in their career. And I think we all can minimize ourselves because we think we don&#x27;t have those thousands of fans around us. But every day that we&#x27;re saving for retirement, every day that we&#x27;re putting that money aside for us, we&#x27;re creating that quote-unquote fan base that&#x27;s going to applaud us later on. But you have to make sure that those fans are happy. Well, everybody wants to be a retirement hero for their family. In other words, you don&#x27;t want to be a burden. You&#x27;d rather be a hero.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> In other words, being able to do things for your family instead of asking them for money. Yes. And that&#x27;s a big difference. Really? Everyone knows the person that&#x27;s always asking for money. Truly. So be the person that has the money and make sure you have the plan. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s the most important thing. Tony, 28 years, a long time. What was your most fondest? And this may be a tough question because you probably have a lot of them. But what&#x27;s your fondest memory of broadcasting at NC State? Nothing tops what the basketball team did two years ago. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing, wasn&#x27;t it? That was the most incredible run. Yes, it was. I still think about it. And I still don&#x27;t believe it, what I actually watch. You&#x27;re talking about a men&#x27;s basketball team that lost their last four regular season games. You go into the ACC tournament. Everybody knows the coach is going to get fired after the next loss. And what they do is unthinkable. They proceed to win five games in five days at the ACC tournament.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> That&#x27;s amazing in itself. And the last three wins were over Duke, Virginia, North Carolina. I know. That was an all-star lineup. At that point, you say, okay, I&#x27;ve seen it all now. No, we hadn&#x27;t seen it all because they get in the NCAA tournament. They win four more games. Find themselves in Glendale, Arizona for the final four. You found yourself there, too, didn&#x27;t you? I was there. Yes. That&#x27;s a nice place out there. That is an amazing facility. It is. It&#x27;s just so huge. And I actually went up to some of the Bob Euchre seats in the stadium during one of the practice days. And literally, the court looked like a little post-it stamp. Now, Thomas, Bob Euchre was a famous broadcaster back in the day. Sorry, Thomas. He was always joked on about being put in the worst places and not getting any respect kind of thing. Ah, I got you, got you. No, I love it. I love it. So, for our listeners who don&#x27;t know, I&#x27;m the music head.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> They&#x27;re the sports guys. I am fitting in. Well, that&#x27;s a little older. Thank you for the definition. Thank you for the definition. Bob used to be on TV with a beer commercial, just a bit outside. That&#x27;s right. I was in the movie Major League. Major League. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Nice. He&#x27;s the guy that says, just a bit outside when the ball was way over there. Okay, okay, okay. So, that&#x27;s your fondest memory, and I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m a Carolina guy. I went to Carolina, and I did get into NC State, almost went there. You had to select your major ahead of time, and I was pre-dental. Imagine that. But I ended up getting to Carolina. But I rooted for NC State in 1983 back in the day. Yeah, I was in school. Remember the cardiac pack days? Yeah, I was in school. And so they were an easy team to root for, and I don&#x27;t hate anybody. Right. But, you know, it&#x27;s like you guys hate us, I have to hate your pack sometimes. But, I mean, I was rooting for State a couple years ago, too. That was an amazing run. It was an amazing run. It was an amazing run, wasn&#x27;t it? You can&#x27;t make it up.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> No. Especially a team that was stumbling into the postseason the way they were. They were missing a couple of guys, and there was no sign that they could somehow create some momentum in the tournament and do what they did. But that&#x27;s the beauty of sports. I&#x27;ve always said about sports, it&#x27;s the ultimate reality show. It is. There&#x27;s no script. Oh. So, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah, you hope there&#x27;s no script. That&#x27;s right. These days, I hear people talking about some things. Well, there you go. That&#x27;s a good point. Yeah, but, no, it&#x27;s just fun. And it&#x27;s real team ball. They were playing team ball. And we work as a team here when we build retirement plans. And I want people to know that you have a team here on call anytime you need help on planning for retirement, making sure you get that tax reduction strategies in place before and during retirement. That&#x27;s important. When you&#x27;re having to send checks to Uncle Sam, it&#x27;s less money you can send on fun things for you and your family.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Can I say this? Yes. Because one reason NC State got hot at the right time, they made adjustments. Yeah. Half time. And you and your team have to make adjustments. Constantly making adjustments. Chuck, we&#x27;ve made adjustments. Absolutely. So, it&#x27;s about getting a plan first and then making the correct adjustments as you go forward. And so, what we want to do here is offer you a golden ticket. But I&#x27;m going to do even better here. I&#x27;ve got a Fred Flintstone. Hee! Abba-dabba-doo! They came in last week on the show. That means the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to send you a book at our expense. There&#x27;ll be no fee, no obligation. We&#x27;re going to send it to you. All you have to do is give us your address. There&#x27;s going to be no postage and handling. We&#x27;re going to pay that. It&#x27;s the Tax Savvy Retirement Book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages on how to reduce taxes and maximize retirement income. And this is going to go out next week to you if you call right now. Thomas, tell folks that they can get this book and a golden ticket that will get them their very own total retirement plan as well.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>Tony Haynes</category>
      <category>Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton, Tony Haynes, Chuck Kaiton, retirement planning, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/image.jpg?t=1792073377&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-sports-broadcasting-and-life-beyond-the-booth-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/image.jpg?t=1792073377&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 05:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>718</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11531496" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-sports-broadcasting-and-life-beyond-the-booth-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>10</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:47" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Russ Hackmann: Wall Street Blind Spots and a Retirement Income Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>Russ Hackmann: Wall Street Blind Spots and a Retirement Income Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the program. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Dave Perkins, as well as author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend, Russell Hackman, also in studio with us. America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. How are we doing today, boys? Doing great. Awesome. How about you? I&#x27;m excited for this segment. I&#x27;m very excited for this conversation. This is going to be great. We&#x27;re going to be talking about how the market is up double digits, but should we still be worried considering this? What are your guys&#x27; thoughts on that? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, yeah, you&#x27;re looking at, you know, when we meet folks and it&#x27;s like, hey, guys, the, you know, the S&amp;P&#x27;s up 100% over the last five years, you know, last three years have been double digits. And, you know, coaches, you say, it&#x27;s like, hey, like, and your big box advisor, your 800 number, you know, advisor</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> is not diversifying you. And, you know, all you got to do is look at history and be like, at some point, we&#x27;re going to get a 30, 40% drawdown. And if, you know, it&#x27;s one thing to lose money, but it&#x27;s another thing to lose money you made. Right, Coach? Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to lose that money. No, in doing some research before this, I found out in 1987, the markets jumped 40% and then dropped 22% in a single day. Oh, yeah. In a single day. It&#x27;s important to lock those gains in. So what good is it to have a gain if you lose it? I always tell my clients, you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah. See, I got a good gain. I said, did you liquidate? No. I said, you don&#x27;t have a good gain yet. Right. So not liquidate all of it, but liquid, you know, lock in. I always say if you&#x27;re up, if a stock hits an all-time high, I sell a third of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Right. Because, and then it goes up and hits another all-time high, I sell another third. You&#x27;re always going to have some because you&#x27;re only selling a third of a third. So you&#x27;re not going to say, well, if I sell it three times, I&#x27;m out. No. Yeah. Because a third of the two-thirds is still a number. So you&#x27;re still going to have some, even if you do it 15 times, a third of that. And so therefore, you never are going to be at a point where you say, well, I used to have that stock and now I don&#x27;t, when it&#x27;s like an Nvidia kind of thing that keeps going up. But at least you&#x27;re locking profits in so you can play another day, we say. And that&#x27;s important, Russ, because the stock market doesn&#x27;t go up forever. And a lot of these stocks from back when we were growing up aren&#x27;t even around anymore. Remember Hungry Jack Biscuits? They actually still are around. Oh, they are. Okay. Well, they used to advertise all the time. Remember Pudding Pops? They&#x27;re gone. Yellow Pudding Pops. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So things come and they go. We all remember Mr. Whipple back in the day squeezing the Sharmin. That&#x27;s right. He didn&#x27;t like people squeezing the Sharmin. Well, we don&#x27;t want people squeezing the money that we have for retirement and taking it away. And so the way you can do this in the retirement game is to make sure you&#x27;re always winning, not losing. And when you lock your gains in, at least taking some profits, you&#x27;re never going to lose. Russ, that&#x27;s just my philosophy. How about you? Yeah, I agree. You can either, you know, and there&#x27;s so many solutions now that people are just not aware of either. Well, first of all, we talked, Coach, about like, hey, if you have stocks and you have bonds, that&#x27;s not diversification. And bonds are probably going to be lousy for the next several years as inflation is still around 3%, right? So, but then you have all these great alternatives and whether it&#x27;s terrific annuities, these are not</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> your grandfather&#x27;s annuities, but ones that provide income for life for you or your spouse, or they put a floor under your gains and give you upside. There&#x27;s the ability to do that in securities form. There&#x27;s some novel exchange traded funds that, again, have that profile where, hey, if the market takes a big beating, you&#x27;re going to be fully or partially protected. And who wouldn&#x27;t want to switch from, at least for part of your stock portfolio, to switch from an expected gain over the very long term to 10 years, but knowing you could lose 30, 40, 50 percent to something where you&#x27;re never going to lose more than 10 percent or you&#x27;re fully principal protected and your expected gain is 7 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s just a smart trade-off for some.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s true. And there&#x27;s a recent Fidelity survey. It says 61 percent of investors admit that they&#x27;re waiting for the crash. And so there&#x27;s obviously a lot of folks out there who know, you know, we&#x27;ve had a few good years here. And the big question is, why do people stay all in? This is a great time, like you said, Coach, to push some of those gains to the side and make a clear path forward. Well, fear and greed get people in the wrong times, those two emotions. And so the greed is why people stay in. Like, oh, I&#x27;m just going to, oh, I&#x27;ll liquidate tomorrow. Well, as soon as it gets to here, I&#x27;m going to liquidate. Then it never gets there and goes back down. So you&#x27;re always waiting. And I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has been in that situation where you have a stock, it&#x27;s a high flyer, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s not a flying high anymore. And so we can&#x27;t have that happen, Russ, can we? Well, you were talking, Coach, about, you know, the biscuits. And I couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Do you remember when the hot stock was Krispy Kreme? Oh, yeah. Like it was the hottest stock. Sure was. And I remember, I can&#x27;t remember if that was 1999 or when that was on, but it was like, are you kidding me? These are like donut stocks. So at least we got better stocks now that are doing okay. But again, I mean, we make this point that, hey, 45% of the stock market is technology. 35% of the stock market is seven stocks. And there&#x27;s a lot of debate about, you know, there just ain&#x27;t anything that goes up forever. And they&#x27;re underperforming now, right? Russ, the Magnum 7. Way, way underperforming. They&#x27;re way down Krispy Kreme. And number one is, they&#x27;ve raised their prices outrageously. And they&#x27;ve shrunk the size of the donuts.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Speaking of greed. You can&#x27;t do both. That&#x27;s a shrinkflation where you&#x27;re cutting the size and raising the price. It&#x27;s ridiculous for dough. It&#x27;s dough with sugar and a little yeast. A lot of sugar. Yeah. And so it&#x27;s just ridiculous. It&#x27;s about $20 a dozen if you want the specialty donuts, which is crazy. Anyway, they&#x27;re making Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, same problem. I remember Dunkin&#x27; Donuts used to make the donuts right in each shop. They had a guy in there, the commercial, the guy would wake up at three in the morning trying to make the donuts. And they don&#x27;t do that anymore. They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s ridiculous. I used to, my favorite one was only available in the New England area at Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, but they had donut sticks. And so they had an apple donut stick, which was, it was an apple filled stick. It was a stick for them. And it was cinnamon on the outside. Oh, that sounds good. Awesome. And it was crispy too. A little crispy. And then they had a lemon stick, which was</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> powdered sugar on the outside and lemon on the inside. And then they had a jelly one, which was like a jelly donut, but it was crispier. Again, a stick with jelly in it. Those are my favorite sticks. My grandpa used to get those all the time. And they&#x27;re, why they have, coach, why would they have a stick for them? So you could dunk them in the coffee. Right. Exactly. That&#x27;s the name. I love that. Yes. And so they stopped doing it. And it was easier donut to make than the round ones. Why would they stop? Well, because, because, because, just because the money got involved and you got investors coming in and say, how can we make more profits? Right. We can make the donut smaller. And when they do that, they make the boxes smaller too. So they fit in the box perfectly because they&#x27;re smaller. Russ, it makes me mad. I, you know, I&#x27;m a food guy, so I hate it when they mess with my food. And my palate hasn&#x27;t changed that much over the years, but the taste sure has it, the donuts. Yeah.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh yeah. Well, well, speaking of, you know, sort of shrinkage and inflation, you know, coach, both you and I do with our teams. When folks come in to see us, we address like, hey, what if inflation, and we&#x27;ve run the numbers, what if inflation is two and a half, three percent for the next 25, 30 years? You break out your super calculator on that. And that has prices doubling or even tripling. And Thomas, maybe you can give us some guidance on how folks can get a plan, get a consultation, get a plan and discuss like, how do I keep my purchasing power up over the next 25, 30 years when I don&#x27;t have a paycheck and they&#x27;re going to keep shrinking my donut? Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very true. And we have a very easy way to connect so that you can get</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> your own desires, your dreams for retirement, make sure that they&#x27;re lined out in a true written total retirement plan. Just give us a call right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. We&#x27;re having a great conversation here with Russell Hackman, Hackman Wealth Management. He&#x27;s the author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, better known as America&#x27;s wealth, financial and income coach. Going to have a great conversation today about the hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have. Makes me think of the movie Jaws. And in this movie, you might have seen the shark that got you, but it&#x27;s often not the shark you see that bites you. It&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s kind</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> of hidden under the portfolio, as it were. Sure. You guys have been working in the financial arena a long time. Coach, you&#x27;ve developed the seven financial blind spots. And when we talk about hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have, blind spots are huge. And I&#x27;m going to open this up with you, Russ. What are some blind spots you see that investors have out there? Yeah. And I&#x27;d love to hear Coach&#x27;s seven. I think I&#x27;ve seen them before, but he&#x27;s going to knock me over the head and give me a reminder of them. But I think blind spots, again, just letting equities run and thinking they&#x27;re going to do the job for you forever. Yeah. Not understanding that your fiduciary actually probably does have conflicts of interest. In my book, Wall Street</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> is not your friend. We explain, and Coach talks to his listeners as well, about, hey, these big box firms and these 800 number firms, they do have conflicts of interest, yet their lawyers are so good at writing four pages of documents that it&#x27;s in there that they, oh, we&#x27;re allowed to have a conflict of interest as long as it&#x27;s disclosed here. Like, oh, we can only choose from these 10 mutual funds because they actually pay us to be on the platform. Right? So that&#x27;s a blind spot. And taxes are very often a blind spot. And the ability to influence how much tax you pay in the future, that&#x27;s a big one that I know that we talk about with folks when they come in,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> and so do you guys, Coach. What are your seven blind spots? Tell us about your blind spots, Coach, as you frame them. Well, I don&#x27;t want to bore people at all seven because I wrote a whole book on that. But let&#x27;s talk about the number one blind spot. It is not having a lifetime income that will never go away, not only for you, but for your spouse, using the money you&#x27;ve already put aside, by the way. It&#x27;s not like you have to make money to put this. You&#x27;ve already got the money. You&#x27;ve got it in your 401ks a lot of times, but you have a lump sum there. So we have to convert that lump sum into what a monthly or yearly income would be from that for life. An income that will never go away, an income that could increase as we are still working. We can be working and have that income account continue to grow. And it ties itself to the stock market on the upside, a stock index,</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> but it never goes down. So when the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get anything but a zero. If the market goes up, you get the share and the gain. And then when you decide to flip that income switch, you have income forever. So that is the most blaring weakness in most people&#x27;s plans is they don&#x27;t have an income plan. So I always say, if you don&#x27;t have lifetime guaranteed income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan. You&#x27;ve just got a financial plan, which is okay. That&#x27;s step one, getting money put aside in a financial plan. But step two, the most important step is converting that to lifetime income. Well, I agree with that, Coach. And unless you got $10 million in the bank, but even $1, $2, $3, $4, $5 million in this world, we&#x27;ve talked about how prices can double or triple</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> over a 30-year retirement. Yeah, you better have something besides Social Security that you can&#x27;t now live. Correct. Right? Yes, absolutely. And the thing is, is a lot of people want to run to cash, you know, liquidity is good, but you can&#x27;t live on idle money. You&#x27;ve talked about, Coach, losing money to inflation and these things. And you need to have that method that still gets you a return without giving you all of the headache, you know, as my mom has experienced in risk of the market. Yeah. Well, idle money is like having that lazy roommate you had that would always leave the dirty dishes in the sink. And so you need to make sure that your money works for you just as hard as you did to get that money. And a lot of people forget that. And how does the money work for you? Well, if it can give you lifetime income you never outlive, you&#x27;ve got what we used to call a pension</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> now. And that&#x27;s what kept our grandparents and aunts and uncles from back in the day when they were enjoying their retirement. That&#x27;s what kept them from worrying because they knew they were going to get a new check every month. And that&#x27;s an important thing that most people overlook here as we approach retirement in this modern age of turn the TV on and watch Kramer and watch stocks all day long up and down. And then you always feel like you&#x27;re missing something because you&#x27;re not in the newest hot stock. So you sell your good stocks and you convert to these hot stocks and then you lose all your money. And you forget about the main thing is converting some of that money to lifetime income that&#x27;s not tied to the stock market on the downside. Very important to get those income plans. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And yeah, it also, as you say, Coach, this is can often be a matter of just deploying the money that you have. So you know, you said perhaps</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> it&#x27;s in your 401k. Sometimes we see, hey, somebody, you know, big box advisor or 800 number firm put a portion of folks&#x27; portfolio in bonds, our bond funds. And these bond funds are actually basically flat or negative over the last like four or five years. They all got crushed during the big inflation in 2022. Correct. And it&#x27;s instead, you got to make sure all your assets are being used effectively. So sometimes you could just take some of that. You don&#x27;t want to have any dead money in your portfolio. Take some of that dead money and turn it into something that is income producing. Right.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> Right. And again, I think that&#x27;s what inspired you to write the book. Wall Street&#x27;s not your friend because Wall Street&#x27;s about Wall Street, not about your safe and comfortable and reliable retirement, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. No, Wall Street is about, you know, and I was on some of those fancy trading desks back in the day. But, you know, just like the those casinos in Vegas weren&#x27;t built on winners, neither were the fancy buildings in Manhattan and Boston and everywhere else. Right. So, yeah, no, they&#x27;re looking for their own edge. And the good news is with the right tools and the right guide, you can find and put together a plan that actually is tailored to you. It avoids, I tell people there&#x27;s about, you know, five things worth investing in and about 10,005 not worth</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> investing in. And the key is to know which ones to avoid. Yep. And so we offer folks that chance, to come in and actually work on a real plan. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s hear how that works, Thomas. Yeah, I agree with you. The thing is, you don&#x27;t need to be Googling retirement or GPTing retirement. Folks out there, you have worked so hard for your money and you deserve a true map from a fiduciary planner, someone who doesn&#x27;t just have one tool in their toolbox, but really wants to make sure that you have a holistic plan looking at what you need as you head into retirement. The number to call to get your own questions answered by the team here is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. And what&#x27;s going to happen</p><p><strong>16:02</strong> is we&#x27;re going to be able to sit down with you and simplify the complexities of retirement planning into clear, actionable steps. And you&#x27;re going to receive that tailored financial roadmap that we like to talk about that shows you not only where you are now, which is important to understand clearly, but also where you need to go. It&#x27;s a chance to have that real conversation about your retirement and make sure that your plan really is aligned with your goals, your dreams, your risk tolerance. The number again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program. Having a great conversation here. We&#x27;re going to continue with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> here in the studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Now, guys, we have had a lot of great conversations together. And what I want to talk about today is interesting. It&#x27;s the turn off the TV strategy. And, you know, the more you watch CNBC or whatever it may be, the more your blood pressure owns, let&#x27;s say, some stock in Lipitor. And I think my mom can relate to this. You know, she&#x27;s called me. She just headed into retirement in the last couple of months. And as she&#x27;s headed into retirement, she said, Thomas, I want to understand what&#x27;s going on here. You know, my father, my mother, whomever, had pensions, they had their investments, and they kind of knew what was going on. All I have is this 401k with a health insurance company that she worked with. Is she more in tune since retiring to it? Well, after getting a plan together. And</p><p><strong>17:37</strong> that&#x27;s the thing is, is obviously I have great connections here with you guys. She&#x27;s come in, she&#x27;s gotten that plan together, and she feels so much more secure. She actually transitioned about, oh, it&#x27;s been about a month now. And she&#x27;s very, very happy. She says, Thomas, you wouldn&#x27;t think your time would fill up as much as it does after retiring. Right. But let&#x27;s talk about this. I want to talk about the idea of turning off the TV and that strategy of not letting those everyday headlines become your everyday concern. I just paused for one second. I was just blanked out for one minute, but you just teed me up to talk about the TV plan, turn off the TV plan. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. All right. Perfect. Well, here we go. So yeah, turn off the TV plan. Well, as you allude to Thomas and the coach,</p><p><strong>18:23</strong> I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;d agree with this. Yeah. People spend too much time watching financial television and also just news in the first place. Right. And there&#x27;s actually a friend of mine. I know she&#x27;s sort of semi-retired and all that she watches is the Hallmark channel. You know, the Hallmark channel is good because every story is happy in the end. Right. Yep. And so, but if you turn on the, you know, CNBC, if you turn on the news networks, it&#x27;s obviously it&#x27;s the opposite. Right. Cause they, they thrive on scaring you. Right. Or as coach sometimes points out saying, Hey,</p><p><strong>19:11</strong> why don&#x27;t you buy this hot stock and everyone&#x27;s getting rich and buying stocks, but you, right? So we coined a term, turn off the TV plan, which is, which comes after you come in and sit down with our team or coaches team, you make sure you have an adequate amount of safe assets. They&#x27;re going to be okay. No matter what, uh, in, um, in terms of, you know, if the market takes a big hit, these assets are going to remain stable, right. And income producing. And if you have the right amount of assets doing that in retirement, then, you know, to me, the, the, the reason we coined a term is,</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> is it like, Oh, Hey honey, I saw that the market dropped 20% today. Well, Hey, turn off, turn that off. And we have in our page, the one page lifetime income plan, turn off the TV plan, which is basically a summary of our plan. We worked on with Russ and his team, our coach and his team. And what it does is it says, Hey, here&#x27;s how even in a down year, we have the same amount to spend. We&#x27;re still taking that same, that same vacation. And we have a good sense of no matter what happens with inflation, market fluctuations, interest rates, that with the right tools and the right partnership, we know that we&#x27;re going to be okay, virtually no matter what. Now, no one can prevent us all from</p><p><strong>20:48</strong> being hit by a meteor, right? But in that case, you know, we&#x27;re going to have bigger problems. And I encourage people to, you know, give us a call, give coach pizza team a call that what that does is that allows you to, you want some boundaries to know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Right. And I think that&#x27;s the biggest thing that is missing from wall street is they&#x27;re kind of like, here&#x27;s your portfolio. I&#x27;m managing it. Here&#x27;s your, you know, rubber chicken, 25 page, you know, plan with, with multicolored graphs in it. And don&#x27;t you feel just fine. And most people come in and talk to me and my team and say, well, no, I don&#x27;t really feel just fine. How about you, coach?</p><p><strong>21:37</strong> Yeah. I mean, feeling is not, is, is not a good thing. I mean, you need to have proof. And why, why do you feel fine? Well, I mean, if you don&#x27;t have an income plan, Russ, you shouldn&#x27;t feel fine because you&#x27;re going to go to retirement. You&#x27;re going to start taking money out of your stock accounts. If you don&#x27;t have a real income plan and you&#x27;re never going to have fun because you&#x27;re always going to be worried if you&#x27;re taking too much. And if the market&#x27;s in a, in a downward cycle, you&#x27;re never going to be able to come back because you&#x27;re going to liquidate those losses because you need the money to live on. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t have all the money we need for income in the stock market, period. And so if you want a real income plan, Thomas, tell folks how they can get that real income plan. Yeah, I&#x27;d be happy to. It all begins with a conversation that discusses where you are right now and where you want to be in retirement. To begin that conversation, start it with a phone call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. We also have a great way you can</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> text us. Maybe you&#x27;re a bit of an introvert like me, or you&#x27;re in the car and you just want to start with that text message. Get the conversation started. That&#x27;s the most important thing more than anything. And that keyword is plan because that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. Keyword plan to the number 600-700, plan to 600-700. That number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You know, guys, while you&#x27;ve been talking, I&#x27;ve tried to pull up some stats here. And it&#x27;s interesting. Did you know that people who check their portfolios daily earn 40% less on average? I had to pause there for a minute. I was shocked by it. Well, the worst enemy of the investor is themselves because emotions get in the way and the fog of war, they call it. When you&#x27;re watching a stock go down, you might make some bad decisions. When it goes up, the same thing. You might start buying more when it goes up.</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> What we see is people usually sell when it goes down and buy when it goes up. And it&#x27;s exactly opposite about what Warren Buffett always said. It&#x27;s the truth, though. I have Morningstar here says investors trade four times more after negative news weeks. So there you go. What do you think? Right. And Wall Street loves that because they just, when you trade, they make money, right? If you avoid short-term trading, then you make money because you make money off things that generate income. You make money off the companies that produce profits, right? But if you try to do a bunch of back and forth, back and forth, you&#x27;re just competing with a million other people, some of whom are just, and about a thousand computers, by the way. And you&#x27;re trying to add value when there really is no value to be added.</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> If you&#x27;re paying someone to manage your money, they better be managing your money. That&#x27;s all I have to say. We see a lot of folks that are just collecting fees and not doing anything for their clients, and that&#x27;s not good. So again, get the plan that is something you deserve, the plan that&#x27;s going to be one that&#x27;s customized for you. I know, Russ, you do a great job of customizing plans, folks. So if you want to get your customized lifetime plan that not only has income, but also has proper balance of where your money is right now, where it should be, and keep some money in the stock market, but has true managed growth attached to it, or the attempt or the chance of managed growth, wait, that has true managed growth attached to it, Thomas, that&#x27;s what they need to get. So call right now and get an appointment with Russ and his team. All right, folks, listen, if you&#x27;re wondering if your retirement plan is set up to handle these future challenges, the number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to the number</p><p><strong>25:01</strong> 600-700, plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program, having a great conversation here, going to continue it with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend. He&#x27;s with Hackman Wealth Management. Also in studio with me is Dave Perkins. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and leading the charge bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking about why today&#x27;s annuities aren&#x27;t the lousy ones you&#x27;ve heard about. And I think this is going to be a great conversation because I think a lot of us can hear a rumor or think something and apply it across the whole spectrum of things when it&#x27;s completely not true. I think of like, you know, eight tracks. They were clunky, they were confusing, hard to get in and out, but that doesn&#x27;t mean music is bad. Right, right. Or that other forms of ways to get it were bad. Exactly, exactly. So let&#x27;s start</p><p><strong>25:53</strong> at the beginning where, you know, not everybody has, you know, a bad taste in their mouth with the word annuity, but for those who do, why do you think that happened? Well, I mean, for one thing, there&#x27;s some money managers out there, we&#x27;ll leave them unnamed for now, that basically market against annuities and say, hey, and they just sort of wave their hands and say, hey, all annuities are terrible and too expensive. And what you need is us charging you a point and a quarter, a point and a half forever. So there&#x27;s a lot of self-serving advertising. You know, number two is there are some previous generations of annuities that were kind of lousy and some people are still in them. And, you know, if you&#x27;re out there and in these, don&#x27;t fear there, there are remedies out there,</p><p><strong>26:43</strong> but there&#x27;s a class of products that call that&#x27;s called variable annuities, right, that can have like 3% fees again, you know, an annuity is just an investment contract with an insurance company. So when you did, when you generalize and say just, hey, annuities are terrible, you know, that&#x27;s like saying all mutual funds are terrible, you know, it&#x27;s just not true. And, you know, today&#x27;s annuities, as Coach and I talk about, you know, they can give you guaranteed lifetime income for you and your spouse. And someone, and by the way, if something happens to you in the early years, your beneficiaries, you know, get the money. So someone tell me what&#x27;s wrong with lifetime income, right?</p><p><strong>27:31</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s misunderstood, but you have some, a lot of folks on the radio or in the media that are talking negative about annuities all the time. Matter of fact, I used to be a Dave Ramsey, SmartVestor Pro. And I decided to resign last year because Dave kept slamming annuities all the time. And I said, Dave, it&#x27;s malpractice to be saying bad things about annuities all the time when you&#x27;re cheating people out of a lifetime income by saying that, because a lot of people do whatever Dave says they do. And then it turns out Dave isn&#x27;t even licensed in the financial world to be giving any advice. And therefore people are, it&#x27;s sort of like a guy who&#x27;s not a doctor telling you to cut your hand off if it hurts. It won&#x27;t hurt anymore. Got some leeches for you. So I just couldn&#x27;t, I couldn&#x27;t stand it anymore. I said, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense for you to be slamming annuities. Now I said, I did admit there are some bad annuities out there, but they&#x27;re not all bad. Sort of like,</p><p><strong>28:21</strong> you know, I had a bad car once. I had a 1968 Volkswagen Bug. I had to push start it. I had to push it, jump in and pop the clutch. But just because I had bad experiences in that car didn&#x27;t mean I never bought a car again. Cars have improved every year, just like annuities. So if you haven&#x27;t looked at an annuity in the last 10 years, even the last five years, you&#x27;re cheating yourself out of a potential worry-free retirement that you&#x27;re not going to get in the stock market. And I would love to focus on that because that&#x27;s really what it&#x27;s all about. People can focus on a name, but what we&#x27;re trying to do here is drive a solution to a worry-free retirement. And the way that we like to focus on that is by focusing on two aspects of a retirement plan in general. That&#x27;s the core, that&#x27;s the explorer. And unfortunately, social security can&#x27;t help us completely satisfy</p><p><strong>29:06</strong> our core. And this is where elements like the annuity are able to come in and be that superpower to fulfill that. Isn&#x27;t that right, Coach? Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I mean, you know, superpower is a good thing. I&#x27;ve pictured missile silos. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of income missiles, missile silos when you have the income annuity. Every single year, it reloads it and then it fires off more income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money if you have a lifetime income annuity. And nothing else, Russ, nothing else I know of, your piggy bank will run out of money eventually. Your stock market, if it&#x27;s stocks, especially if the market&#x27;s down, your bonds, cash them in, they&#x27;re gone. Savings bonds, everything runs out except for a lifetime income annuity. So now it&#x27;s not a perfect fit for every part of your money, but for money you&#x27;re going to need for income, we need to figure out how much income you need. And then let&#x27;s</p><p><strong>29:51</strong> make sure we get you that income with 100% certainty it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life. Now, that&#x27;s not rocket science. That&#x27;s just common sense 101. And a lot of people overlook that, again, trying to chase the best returns or listening to the wrong people on the radio, unfortunately. That&#x27;s absolutely right, Coach. And it&#x27;s not like you own no equities when you have a lifetime income annuity. You can have 30, 40, 50% of your money in equities, and you should have a decent amount because that really helps you keep up with inflation over the very long term. Correct. But you can&#x27;t be having 70 or 80% of your money in stocks and funds, or you certainly</p><p><strong>30:41</strong> shouldn&#x27;t be having any money in bond funds. That&#x27;s just dead money. And if someone wants to explain to me why bond funds are better than something that pays lifetime income, I mean, I think that that&#x27;s just a debate that&#x27;s over before it starts. Well, in the money world, it&#x27;s widely known that we should follow something called the investment rule of 100. And it takes your age. Whatever your age is, put a percentage after that. So I&#x27;m 59. So 59% of my money should be in a safe place. Well, if I&#x27;m going to be in a safe place, I might as well have lifetime income with that safe place. So 59% of my money should be in a lifetime income annuity. And so again, rule of thumb, if you&#x27;re a very big risk taker, you love to go to Vegas every couple of months and lose money, then maybe you don&#x27;t need as much money in safe places. But me, I never want</p><p><strong>31:27</strong> to have to worry about where the money&#x27;s going to come from. And I never want to have to worry if the money&#x27;s there at all. And so I really do endorse the lifetime income annuity for the retirement plan. And so Thomas, tell folks how they can get their own review. And we will go over the complete investment rule of 100 with them and put together a total retirement plan that does encompass some of the lifetime income plans in there. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m proud to be here because it&#x27;s all about that total retirement income plan. Folks, pick up the phone right now and take advantage of this opportunity to speak with a true fiduciary advisor, not someone who&#x27;s just going to take that one hammer off his tube belt, but someone who truly has a range of tools to be able to help you create a balanced plan. The number 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the</p><p><strong>32:18</strong> number 600-700. Now get this statistic. And you&#x27;re going to call me out on this, coach. I know you are, because I&#x27;m going to say AARP. And you&#x27;re going to say, what does that mean? Because we define our terms. Is it the American Association of Retired Persons? Anyways, I haven&#x27;t joined yet. I don&#x27;t know. Get this. Six in 10 retirees wish they had invested in a safe product sooner. That&#x27;s experience right there talking. Well, because, I mean, we get caught up in the euphoria of a market going up. And so we throw money in. We never should have put in there. Then we don&#x27;t realize it until the market&#x27;s way down that we made a big mistake. So don&#x27;t make the mistake. Let me tell you right now, before you do it, don&#x27;t do that. You know, again, have that proper balance that Russ talks about. Have the proper plan. Have a total retirement plan that has risk, safety, and lifetime income. Thomas, everyone</p><p><strong>33:06</strong> listening is entitled to that if they call right now. All right, folks, let&#x27;s do this. Listen, Wall Street bets on volatility, but Russ and coach can bet on sleep at night. Income is how you win the game. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. Plan to 600-700. For Russ Hackman, for Dave, for Thomas, and for Jose, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the program. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Dave Perkins, as well as author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend, Russell Hackman, also in studio with us. America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. How are we doing today, boys? Doing great. Awesome. How about you? I&#x27;m excited for this segment. I&#x27;m very excited for this conversation. This is going to be great. We&#x27;re going to be talking about how the market is up double digits, but should we still be worried considering this? What are your guys&#x27; thoughts on that? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, yeah, you&#x27;re looking at, you know, when we meet folks and it&#x27;s like, hey, guys, the, you know, the S&amp;P&#x27;s up 100% over the last five years, you know, last three years have been double digits. And, you know, coaches, you say, it&#x27;s like, hey, like, and your big box advisor, your 800 number, you know, advisor</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> is not diversifying you. And, you know, all you got to do is look at history and be like, at some point, we&#x27;re going to get a 30, 40% drawdown. And if, you know, it&#x27;s one thing to lose money, but it&#x27;s another thing to lose money you made. Right, Coach? Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to lose that money. No, in doing some research before this, I found out in 1987, the markets jumped 40% and then dropped 22% in a single day. Oh, yeah. In a single day. It&#x27;s important to lock those gains in. So what good is it to have a gain if you lose it? I always tell my clients, you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah. See, I got a good gain. I said, did you liquidate? No. I said, you don&#x27;t have a good gain yet. Right. So not liquidate all of it, but liquid, you know, lock in. I always say if you&#x27;re up, if a stock hits an all-time high, I sell a third of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Right. Because, and then it goes up and hits another all-time high, I sell another third. You&#x27;re always going to have some because you&#x27;re only selling a third of a third. So you&#x27;re not going to say, well, if I sell it three times, I&#x27;m out. No. Yeah. Because a third of the two-thirds is still a number. So you&#x27;re still going to have some, even if you do it 15 times, a third of that. And so therefore, you never are going to be at a point where you say, well, I used to have that stock and now I don&#x27;t, when it&#x27;s like an Nvidia kind of thing that keeps going up. But at least you&#x27;re locking profits in so you can play another day, we say. And that&#x27;s important, Russ, because the stock market doesn&#x27;t go up forever. And a lot of these stocks from back when we were growing up aren&#x27;t even around anymore. Remember Hungry Jack Biscuits? They actually still are around. Oh, they are. Okay. Well, they used to advertise all the time. Remember Pudding Pops? They&#x27;re gone. Yellow Pudding Pops. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So things come and they go. We all remember Mr. Whipple back in the day squeezing the Sharmin. That&#x27;s right. He didn&#x27;t like people squeezing the Sharmin. Well, we don&#x27;t want people squeezing the money that we have for retirement and taking it away. And so the way you can do this in the retirement game is to make sure you&#x27;re always winning, not losing. And when you lock your gains in, at least taking some profits, you&#x27;re never going to lose. Russ, that&#x27;s just my philosophy. How about you? Yeah, I agree. You can either, you know, and there&#x27;s so many solutions now that people are just not aware of either. Well, first of all, we talked, Coach, about like, hey, if you have stocks and you have bonds, that&#x27;s not diversification. And bonds are probably going to be lousy for the next several years as inflation is still around 3%, right? So, but then you have all these great alternatives and whether it&#x27;s terrific annuities, these are not</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> your grandfather&#x27;s annuities, but ones that provide income for life for you or your spouse, or they put a floor under your gains and give you upside. There&#x27;s the ability to do that in securities form. There&#x27;s some novel exchange traded funds that, again, have that profile where, hey, if the market takes a big beating, you&#x27;re going to be fully or partially protected. And who wouldn&#x27;t want to switch from, at least for part of your stock portfolio, to switch from an expected gain over the very long term to 10 years, but knowing you could lose 30, 40, 50 percent to something where you&#x27;re never going to lose more than 10 percent or you&#x27;re fully principal protected and your expected gain is 7 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s just a smart trade-off for some.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s true. And there&#x27;s a recent Fidelity survey. It says 61 percent of investors admit that they&#x27;re waiting for the crash. And so there&#x27;s obviously a lot of folks out there who know, you know, we&#x27;ve had a few good years here. And the big question is, why do people stay all in? This is a great time, like you said, Coach, to push some of those gains to the side and make a clear path forward. Well, fear and greed get people in the wrong times, those two emotions. And so the greed is why people stay in. Like, oh, I&#x27;m just going to, oh, I&#x27;ll liquidate tomorrow. Well, as soon as it gets to here, I&#x27;m going to liquidate. Then it never gets there and goes back down. So you&#x27;re always waiting. And I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has been in that situation where you have a stock, it&#x27;s a high flyer, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s not a flying high anymore. And so we can&#x27;t have that happen, Russ, can we? Well, you were talking, Coach, about, you know, the biscuits. And I couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Do you remember when the hot stock was Krispy Kreme? Oh, yeah. Like it was the hottest stock. Sure was. And I remember, I can&#x27;t remember if that was 1999 or when that was on, but it was like, are you kidding me? These are like donut stocks. So at least we got better stocks now that are doing okay. But again, I mean, we make this point that, hey, 45% of the stock market is technology. 35% of the stock market is seven stocks. And there&#x27;s a lot of debate about, you know, there just ain&#x27;t anything that goes up forever. And they&#x27;re underperforming now, right? Russ, the Magnum 7. Way, way underperforming. They&#x27;re way down Krispy Kreme. And number one is, they&#x27;ve raised their prices outrageously. And they&#x27;ve shrunk the size of the donuts.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Speaking of greed. You can&#x27;t do both. That&#x27;s a shrinkflation where you&#x27;re cutting the size and raising the price. It&#x27;s ridiculous for dough. It&#x27;s dough with sugar and a little yeast. A lot of sugar. Yeah. And so it&#x27;s just ridiculous. It&#x27;s about $20 a dozen if you want the specialty donuts, which is crazy. Anyway, they&#x27;re making Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, same problem. I remember Dunkin&#x27; Donuts used to make the donuts right in each shop. They had a guy in there, the commercial, the guy would wake up at three in the morning trying to make the donuts. And they don&#x27;t do that anymore. They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s ridiculous. I used to, my favorite one was only available in the New England area at Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, but they had donut sticks. And so they had an apple donut stick, which was, it was an apple filled stick. It was a stick for them. And it was cinnamon on the outside. Oh, that sounds good. Awesome. And it was crispy too. A little crispy. And then they had a lemon stick, which was</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> powdered sugar on the outside and lemon on the inside. And then they had a jelly one, which was like a jelly donut, but it was crispier. Again, a stick with jelly in it. Those are my favorite sticks. My grandpa used to get those all the time. And they&#x27;re, why they have, coach, why would they have a stick for them? So you could dunk them in the coffee. Right. Exactly. That&#x27;s the name. I love that. Yes. And so they stopped doing it. And it was easier donut to make than the round ones. Why would they stop? Well, because, because, because, just because the money got involved and you got investors coming in and say, how can we make more profits? Right. We can make the donut smaller. And when they do that, they make the boxes smaller too. So they fit in the box perfectly because they&#x27;re smaller. Russ, it makes me mad. I, you know, I&#x27;m a food guy, so I hate it when they mess with my food. And my palate hasn&#x27;t changed that much over the years, but the taste sure has it, the donuts. Yeah.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh yeah. Well, well, speaking of, you know, sort of shrinkage and inflation, you know, coach, both you and I do with our teams. When folks come in to see us, we address like, hey, what if inflation, and we&#x27;ve run the numbers, what if inflation is two and a half, three percent for the next 25, 30 years? You break out your super calculator on that. And that has prices doubling or even tripling. And Thomas, maybe you can give us some guidance on how folks can get a plan, get a consultation, get a plan and discuss like, how do I keep my purchasing power up over the next 25, 30 years when I don&#x27;t have a paycheck and they&#x27;re going to keep shrinking my donut? Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very true. And we have a very easy way to connect so that you can get</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> your own desires, your dreams for retirement, make sure that they&#x27;re lined out in a true written total retirement plan. Just give us a call right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. We&#x27;re having a great conversation here with Russell Hackman, Hackman Wealth Management. He&#x27;s the author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, better known as America&#x27;s wealth, financial and income coach. Going to have a great conversation today about the hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have. Makes me think of the movie Jaws. And in this movie, you might have seen the shark that got you, but it&#x27;s often not the shark you see that bites you. It&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s kind</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> of hidden under the portfolio, as it were. Sure. You guys have been working in the financial arena a long time. Coach, you&#x27;ve developed the seven financial blind spots. And when we talk about hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have, blind spots are huge. And I&#x27;m going to open this up with you, Russ. What are some blind spots you see that investors have out there? Yeah. And I&#x27;d love to hear Coach&#x27;s seven. I think I&#x27;ve seen them before, but he&#x27;s going to knock me over the head and give me a reminder of them. But I think blind spots, again, just letting equities run and thinking they&#x27;re going to do the job for you forever. Yeah. Not understanding that your fiduciary actually probably does have conflicts of interest. In my book, Wall Street</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> is not your friend. We explain, and Coach talks to his listeners as well, about, hey, these big box firms and these 800 number firms, they do have conflicts of interest, yet their lawyers are so good at writing four pages of documents that it&#x27;s in there that they, oh, we&#x27;re allowed to have a conflict of interest as long as it&#x27;s disclosed here. Like, oh, we can only choose from these 10 mutual funds because they actually pay us to be on the platform. Right? So that&#x27;s a blind spot. And taxes are very often a blind spot. And the ability to influence how much tax you pay in the future, that&#x27;s a big one that I know that we talk about with folks when they come in,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> and so do you guys, Coach. What are your seven blind spots? Tell us about your blind spots, Coach, as you frame them. Well, I don&#x27;t want to bore people at all seven because I wrote a whole book on that. But let&#x27;s talk about the number one blind spot. It is not having a lifetime income that will never go away, not only for you, but for your spouse, using the money you&#x27;ve already put aside, by the way. It&#x27;s not like you have to make money to put this. You&#x27;ve already got the money. You&#x27;ve got it in your 401ks a lot of times, but you have a lump sum there. So we have to convert that lump sum into what a monthly or yearly income would be from that for life. An income that will never go away, an income that could increase as we are still working. We can be working and have that income account continue to grow. And it ties itself to the stock market on the upside, a stock index,</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> but it never goes down. So when the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get anything but a zero. If the market goes up, you get the share and the gain. And then when you decide to flip that income switch, you have income forever. So that is the most blaring weakness in most people&#x27;s plans is they don&#x27;t have an income plan. So I always say, if you don&#x27;t have lifetime guaranteed income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan. You&#x27;ve just got a financial plan, which is okay. That&#x27;s step one, getting money put aside in a financial plan. But step two, the most important step is converting that to lifetime income. Well, I agree with that, Coach. And unless you got $10 million in the bank, but even $1, $2, $3, $4, $5 million in this world, we&#x27;ve talked about how prices can double or triple</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> over a 30-year retirement. Yeah, you better have something besides Social Security that you can&#x27;t now live. Correct. Right? Yes, absolutely. And the thing is, is a lot of people want to run to cash, you know, liquidity is good, but you can&#x27;t live on idle money. You&#x27;ve talked about, Coach, losing money to inflation and these things. And you need to have that method that still gets you a return without giving you all of the headache, you know, as my mom has experienced in risk of the market. Yeah. Well, idle money is like having that lazy roommate you had that would always leave the dirty dishes in the sink. And so you need to make sure that your money works for you just as hard as you did to get that money. And a lot of people forget that. And how does the money work for you? Well, if it can give you lifetime income you never outlive, you&#x27;ve got what we used to call a pension</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> now. And that&#x27;s what kept our grandparents and aunts and uncles from back in the day when they were enjoying their retirement. That&#x27;s what kept them from worrying because they knew they were going to get a new check every month. And that&#x27;s an important thing that most people overlook here as we approach retirement in this modern age of turn the TV on and watch Kramer and watch stocks all day long up and down. And then you always feel like you&#x27;re missing something because you&#x27;re not in the newest hot stock. So you sell your good stocks and you convert to these hot stocks and then you lose all your money. And you forget about the main thing is converting some of that money to lifetime income that&#x27;s not tied to the stock market on the downside. Very important to get those income plans. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And yeah, it also, as you say, Coach, this is can often be a matter of just deploying the money that you have. So you know, you said perhaps</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> it&#x27;s in your 401k. Sometimes we see, hey, somebody, you know, big box advisor or 800 number firm put a portion of folks&#x27; portfolio in bonds, our bond funds. And these bond funds are actually basically flat or negative over the last like four or five years. They all got crushed during the big inflation in 2022. Correct. And it&#x27;s instead, you got to make sure all your assets are being used effectively. So sometimes you could just take some of that. You don&#x27;t want to have any dead money in your portfolio. Take some of that dead money and turn it into something that is income producing. Right.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> Right. And again, I think that&#x27;s what inspired you to write the book. Wall Street&#x27;s not your friend because Wall Street&#x27;s about Wall Street, not about your safe and comfortable and reliable retirement, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. No, Wall Street is about, you know, and I was on some of those fancy trading desks back in the day. But, you know, just like the those casinos in Vegas weren&#x27;t built on winners, neither were the fancy buildings in Manhattan and Boston and everywhere else. Right. So, yeah, no, they&#x27;re looking for their own edge. And the good news is with the right tools and the right guide, you can find and put together a plan that actually is tailored to you. It avoids, I tell people there&#x27;s about, you know, five things worth investing in and about 10,005 not worth</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> investing in. And the key is to know which ones to avoid. Yep. And so we offer folks that chance, to come in and actually work on a real plan. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s hear how that works, Thomas. Yeah, I agree with you. The thing is, you don&#x27;t need to be Googling retirement or GPTing retirement. Folks out there, you have worked so hard for your money and you deserve a true map from a fiduciary planner, someone who doesn&#x27;t just have one tool in their toolbox, but really wants to make sure that you have a holistic plan looking at what you need as you head into retirement. The number to call to get your own questions answered by the team here is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. And what&#x27;s going to happen</p><p><strong>16:02</strong> is we&#x27;re going to be able to sit down with you and simplify the complexities of retirement planning into clear, actionable steps. And you&#x27;re going to receive that tailored financial roadmap that we like to talk about that shows you not only where you are now, which is important to understand clearly, but also where you need to go. It&#x27;s a chance to have that real conversation about your retirement and make sure that your plan really is aligned with your goals, your dreams, your risk tolerance. The number again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program. Having a great conversation here. We&#x27;re going to continue with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> here in the studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Now, guys, we have had a lot of great conversations together. And what I want to talk about today is interesting. It&#x27;s the turn off the TV strategy. And, you know, the more you watch CNBC or whatever it may be, the more your blood pressure owns, let&#x27;s say, some stock in Lipitor. And I think my mom can relate to this. You know, she&#x27;s called me. She just headed into retirement in the last couple of months. And as she&#x27;s headed into retirement, she said, Thomas, I want to understand what&#x27;s going on here. You know, my father, my mother, whomever, had pensions, they had their investments, and they kind of knew what was going on. All I have is this 401k with a health insurance company that she worked with. Is she more in tune since retiring to it? Well, after getting a plan together. And</p><p><strong>17:37</strong> that&#x27;s the thing is, is obviously I have great connections here with you guys. She&#x27;s come in, she&#x27;s gotten that plan together, and she feels so much more secure. She actually transitioned about, oh, it&#x27;s been about a month now. And she&#x27;s very, very happy. She says, Thomas, you wouldn&#x27;t think your time would fill up as much as it does after retiring. Right. But let&#x27;s talk about this. I want to talk about the idea of turning off the TV and that strategy of not letting those everyday headlines become your everyday concern. I just paused for one second. I was just blanked out for one minute, but you just teed me up to talk about the TV plan, turn off the TV plan. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. All right. Perfect. Well, here we go. So yeah, turn off the TV plan. Well, as you allude to Thomas and the coach,</p><p><strong>18:23</strong> I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;d agree with this. Yeah. People spend too much time watching financial television and also just news in the first place. Right. And there&#x27;s actually a friend of mine. I know she&#x27;s sort of semi-retired and all that she watches is the Hallmark channel. You know, the Hallmark channel is good because every story is happy in the end. Right. Yep. And so, but if you turn on the, you know, CNBC, if you turn on the news networks, it&#x27;s obviously it&#x27;s the opposite. Right. Cause they, they thrive on scaring you. Right. Or as coach sometimes points out saying, Hey,</p><p><strong>19:11</strong> why don&#x27;t you buy this hot stock and everyone&#x27;s getting rich and buying stocks, but you, right? So we coined a term, turn off the TV plan, which is, which comes after you come in and sit down with our team or coaches team, you make sure you have an adequate amount of safe assets. They&#x27;re going to be okay. No matter what, uh, in, um, in terms of, you know, if the market takes a big hit, these assets are going to remain stable, right. And income producing. And if you have the right amount of assets doing that in retirement, then, you know, to me, the, the, the reason we coined a term is,</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> is it like, Oh, Hey honey, I saw that the market dropped 20% today. Well, Hey, turn off, turn that off. And we have in our page, the one page lifetime income plan, turn off the TV plan, which is basically a summary of our plan. We worked on with Russ and his team, our coach and his team. And what it does is it says, Hey, here&#x27;s how even in a down year, we have the same amount to spend. We&#x27;re still taking that same, that same vacation. And we have a good sense of no matter what happens with inflation, market fluctuations, interest rates, that with the right tools and the right partnership, we know that we&#x27;re going to be okay, virtually no matter what. Now, no one can prevent us all from</p><p><strong>20:48</strong> being hit by a meteor, right? But in that case, you know, we&#x27;re going to have bigger problems. And I encourage people to, you know, give us a call, give coach pizza team a call that what that does is that allows you to, you want some boundaries to know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Right. And I think that&#x27;s the biggest thing that is missing from wall street is they&#x27;re kind of like, here&#x27;s your portfolio. I&#x27;m managing it. Here&#x27;s your, you know, rubber chicken, 25 page, you know, plan with, with multicolored graphs in it. And don&#x27;t you feel just fine. And most people come in and talk to me and my team and say, well, no, I don&#x27;t really feel just fine. How about you, coach?</p><p><strong>21:37</strong> Yeah. I mean, feeling is not, is, is not a good thing. I mean, you need to have proof. And why, why do you feel fine? Well, I mean, if you don&#x27;t have an income plan, Russ, you shouldn&#x27;t feel fine because you&#x27;re going to go to retirement. You&#x27;re going to start taking money out of your stock accounts. If you don&#x27;t have a real income plan and you&#x27;re never going to have fun because you&#x27;re always going to be worried if you&#x27;re taking too much. And if the market&#x27;s in a, in a downward cycle, you&#x27;re never going to be able to come back because you&#x27;re going to liquidate those losses because you need the money to live on. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t have all the money we need for income in the stock market, period. And so if you want a real income plan, Thomas, tell folks how they can get that real income plan. Yeah, I&#x27;d be happy to. It all begins with a conversation that discusses where you are right now and where you want to be in retirement. To begin that conversation, start it with a phone call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. We also have a great way you can</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> text us. Maybe you&#x27;re a bit of an introvert like me, or you&#x27;re in the car and you just want to start with that text message. Get the conversation started. That&#x27;s the most important thing more than anything. And that keyword is plan because that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. Keyword plan to the number 600-700, plan to 600-700. That number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You know, guys, while you&#x27;ve been talking, I&#x27;ve tried to pull up some stats here. And it&#x27;s interesting. Did you know that people who check their portfolios daily earn 40% less on average? I had to pause there for a minute. I was shocked by it. Well, the worst enemy of the investor is themselves because emotions get in the way and the fog of war, they call it. When you&#x27;re watching a stock go down, you might make some bad decisions. When it goes up, the same thing. You might start buying more when it goes up.</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> What we see is people usually sell when it goes down and buy when it goes up. And it&#x27;s exactly opposite about what Warren Buffett always said. It&#x27;s the truth, though. I have Morningstar here says investors trade four times more after negative news weeks. So there you go. What do you think? Right. And Wall Street loves that because they just, when you trade, they make money, right? If you avoid short-term trading, then you make money because you make money off things that generate income. You make money off the companies that produce profits, right? But if you try to do a bunch of back and forth, back and forth, you&#x27;re just competing with a million other people, some of whom are just, and about a thousand computers, by the way. And you&#x27;re trying to add value when there really is no value to be added.</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> If you&#x27;re paying someone to manage your money, they better be managing your money. That&#x27;s all I have to say. We see a lot of folks that are just collecting fees and not doing anything for their clients, and that&#x27;s not good. So again, get the plan that is something you deserve, the plan that&#x27;s going to be one that&#x27;s customized for you. I know, Russ, you do a great job of customizing plans, folks. So if you want to get your customized lifetime plan that not only has income, but also has proper balance of where your money is right now, where it should be, and keep some money in the stock market, but has true managed growth attached to it, or the attempt or the chance of managed growth, wait, that has true managed growth attached to it, Thomas, that&#x27;s what they need to get. So call right now and get an appointment with Russ and his team. All right, folks, listen, if you&#x27;re wondering if your retirement plan is set up to handle these future challenges, the number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to the number</p><p><strong>25:01</strong> 600-700, plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program, having a great conversation here, going to continue it with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend. He&#x27;s with Hackman Wealth Management. Also in studio with me is Dave Perkins. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and leading the charge bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking about why today&#x27;s annuities aren&#x27;t the lousy ones you&#x27;ve heard about. And I think this is going to be a great conversation because I think a lot of us can hear a rumor or think something and apply it across the whole spectrum of things when it&#x27;s completely not true. I think of like, you know, eight tracks. They were clunky, they were confusing, hard to get in and out, but that doesn&#x27;t mean music is bad. Right, right. Or that other forms of ways to get it were bad. Exactly, exactly. So let&#x27;s start</p><p><strong>25:53</strong> at the beginning where, you know, not everybody has, you know, a bad taste in their mouth with the word annuity, but for those who do, why do you think that happened? Well, I mean, for one thing, there&#x27;s some money managers out there, we&#x27;ll leave them unnamed for now, that basically market against annuities and say, hey, and they just sort of wave their hands and say, hey, all annuities are terrible and too expensive. And what you need is us charging you a point and a quarter, a point and a half forever. So there&#x27;s a lot of self-serving advertising. You know, number two is there are some previous generations of annuities that were kind of lousy and some people are still in them. And, you know, if you&#x27;re out there and in these, don&#x27;t fear there, there are remedies out there,</p><p><strong>26:43</strong> but there&#x27;s a class of products that call that&#x27;s called variable annuities, right, that can have like 3% fees again, you know, an annuity is just an investment contract with an insurance company. So when you did, when you generalize and say just, hey, annuities are terrible, you know, that&#x27;s like saying all mutual funds are terrible, you know, it&#x27;s just not true. And, you know, today&#x27;s annuities, as Coach and I talk about, you know, they can give you guaranteed lifetime income for you and your spouse. And someone, and by the way, if something happens to you in the early years, your beneficiaries, you know, get the money. So someone tell me what&#x27;s wrong with lifetime income, right?</p><p><strong>27:31</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s misunderstood, but you have some, a lot of folks on the radio or in the media that are talking negative about annuities all the time. Matter of fact, I used to be a Dave Ramsey, SmartVestor Pro. And I decided to resign last year because Dave kept slamming annuities all the time. And I said, Dave, it&#x27;s malpractice to be saying bad things about annuities all the time when you&#x27;re cheating people out of a lifetime income by saying that, because a lot of people do whatever Dave says they do. And then it turns out Dave isn&#x27;t even licensed in the financial world to be giving any advice. And therefore people are, it&#x27;s sort of like a guy who&#x27;s not a doctor telling you to cut your hand off if it hurts. It won&#x27;t hurt anymore. Got some leeches for you. So I just couldn&#x27;t, I couldn&#x27;t stand it anymore. I said, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense for you to be slamming annuities. Now I said, I did admit there are some bad annuities out there, but they&#x27;re not all bad. Sort of like,</p><p><strong>28:21</strong> you know, I had a bad car once. I had a 1968 Volkswagen Bug. I had to push start it. I had to push it, jump in and pop the clutch. But just because I had bad experiences in that car didn&#x27;t mean I never bought a car again. Cars have improved every year, just like annuities. So if you haven&#x27;t looked at an annuity in the last 10 years, even the last five years, you&#x27;re cheating yourself out of a potential worry-free retirement that you&#x27;re not going to get in the stock market. And I would love to focus on that because that&#x27;s really what it&#x27;s all about. People can focus on a name, but what we&#x27;re trying to do here is drive a solution to a worry-free retirement. And the way that we like to focus on that is by focusing on two aspects of a retirement plan in general. That&#x27;s the core, that&#x27;s the explorer. And unfortunately, social security can&#x27;t help us completely satisfy</p><p><strong>29:06</strong> our core. And this is where elements like the annuity are able to come in and be that superpower to fulfill that. Isn&#x27;t that right, Coach? Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I mean, you know, superpower is a good thing. I&#x27;ve pictured missile silos. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of income missiles, missile silos when you have the income annuity. Every single year, it reloads it and then it fires off more income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money if you have a lifetime income annuity. And nothing else, Russ, nothing else I know of, your piggy bank will run out of money eventually. Your stock market, if it&#x27;s stocks, especially if the market&#x27;s down, your bonds, cash them in, they&#x27;re gone. Savings bonds, everything runs out except for a lifetime income annuity. So now it&#x27;s not a perfect fit for every part of your money, but for money you&#x27;re going to need for income, we need to figure out how much income you need. And then let&#x27;s</p><p><strong>29:51</strong> make sure we get you that income with 100% certainty it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life. Now, that&#x27;s not rocket science. That&#x27;s just common sense 101. And a lot of people overlook that, again, trying to chase the best returns or listening to the wrong people on the radio, unfortunately. That&#x27;s absolutely right, Coach. And it&#x27;s not like you own no equities when you have a lifetime income annuity. You can have 30, 40, 50% of your money in equities, and you should have a decent amount because that really helps you keep up with inflation over the very long term. Correct. But you can&#x27;t be having 70 or 80% of your money in stocks and funds, or you certainly</p><p><strong>30:41</strong> shouldn&#x27;t be having any money in bond funds. That&#x27;s just dead money. And if someone wants to explain to me why bond funds are better than something that pays lifetime income, I mean, I think that that&#x27;s just a debate that&#x27;s over before it starts. Well, in the money world, it&#x27;s widely known that we should follow something called the investment rule of 100. And it takes your age. Whatever your age is, put a percentage after that. So I&#x27;m 59. So 59% of my money should be in a safe place. Well, if I&#x27;m going to be in a safe place, I might as well have lifetime income with that safe place. So 59% of my money should be in a lifetime income annuity. And so again, rule of thumb, if you&#x27;re a very big risk taker, you love to go to Vegas every couple of months and lose money, then maybe you don&#x27;t need as much money in safe places. But me, I never want</p><p><strong>31:27</strong> to have to worry about where the money&#x27;s going to come from. And I never want to have to worry if the money&#x27;s there at all. And so I really do endorse the lifetime income annuity for the retirement plan. And so Thomas, tell folks how they can get their own review. And we will go over the complete investment rule of 100 with them and put together a total retirement plan that does encompass some of the lifetime income plans in there. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m proud to be here because it&#x27;s all about that total retirement income plan. Folks, pick up the phone right now and take advantage of this opportunity to speak with a true fiduciary advisor, not someone who&#x27;s just going to take that one hammer off his tube belt, but someone who truly has a range of tools to be able to help you create a balanced plan. The number 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the</p><p><strong>32:18</strong> number 600-700. Now get this statistic. And you&#x27;re going to call me out on this, coach. I know you are, because I&#x27;m going to say AARP. And you&#x27;re going to say, what does that mean? Because we define our terms. Is it the American Association of Retired Persons? Anyways, I haven&#x27;t joined yet. I don&#x27;t know. Get this. Six in 10 retirees wish they had invested in a safe product sooner. That&#x27;s experience right there talking. Well, because, I mean, we get caught up in the euphoria of a market going up. And so we throw money in. We never should have put in there. Then we don&#x27;t realize it until the market&#x27;s way down that we made a big mistake. So don&#x27;t make the mistake. Let me tell you right now, before you do it, don&#x27;t do that. You know, again, have that proper balance that Russ talks about. Have the proper plan. Have a total retirement plan that has risk, safety, and lifetime income. Thomas, everyone</p><p><strong>33:06</strong> listening is entitled to that if they call right now. All right, folks, let&#x27;s do this. Listen, Wall Street bets on volatility, but Russ and coach can bet on sleep at night. Income is how you win the game. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. Plan to 600-700. For Russ Hackman, for Dave, for Thomas, and for Jose, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Russ Hackmann</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Russ Hackmann, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/image.jpg?t=1792073230&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/russ-hackmann-wall-street-blind-spots-and-a-retirement-income-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/image.jpg?t=1792073230&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba</guid>
      <omny:clipId>444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 17:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>2014</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="32256961" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/russ-hackmann-wall-street-blind-spots-and-a-retirement-income-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>11</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Russ Hackmann" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:08" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:22:06" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:26:12" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>J.W. Roth: Building VENU and the Future of Live Music</title>
      <itunes:title>J.W. Roth: Building VENU and the Future of Live Music</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>J.W. Roth discusses his path from the food industry to VENU and the development of modern amphitheaters. The conversation explores financing, the live music experience, and bringing people together through entertainment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week I talked to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoyed this newest weekly segment on coach business folks it&#x27;s coach Pete here I&#x27;m live on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange with mr. JW Roth who has just launched his public traded company venue JW welcome in coach it&#x27;s good to be here it&#x27;s good to be here fun day for you it&#x27;s a fun day you rang the opening bell today he rang the opening bell we opened the New York Stock Exchange it&#x27;s funny you know when you&#x27;re a when you&#x27;re a kid or you grow up in your you always think of the New York Stock Exchange and how you</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> picture it yeah then you get in business and you start to dream about how you know where your company&#x27;s gonna ultimately go but then to actually do it to stand out there and ring the bell on the New York Stock Exchange it&#x27;s surreal it&#x27;s pretty amazing it&#x27;s amazing you look like a pro up there doing it yeah listen that I got him fooled I got him fooled now all right let&#x27;s take a step back tell me how you got started in the business world yeah let&#x27;s do that let&#x27;s do a quick history here yep a couple minutes yep because that&#x27;ll help I think folks that are watching it&#x27;ll help them understand who you are and why you&#x27;re doing what you&#x27;re doing yeah yep so you know I did not start in the hospitality or entertainment space I&#x27;m the founder at Roth premium foods my background is all agriculture and in and in building food lines so Roth is a prepared food manufacturer but I think about the third largest in the United</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> States well we we we build for almost every grocery store in America and we do service every grocery store in America every day bill between a hundred and hundred and fifty tons of proteins for US consumption every week so that&#x27;s what Roth does being a music nut about six years ago I sat down with my family and our partners and I said you know what I&#x27;ve got another one in me I want to go build another one my son had had been at Roth all the way along was in a perfect position to just continue what we were doing there and in fact I tell people this all the time he&#x27;s actually in a lot of ways done better than the old man would have done but it gave me the opportunity to then leave I took a handful of my key people and we worked out a transition plan and over the course of a year or so</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> transitioned out my CFO and some of our business development folks and that kind of thing and I started venue the idea was as a music fan I&#x27;ve been to I&#x27;ve been to venues all over the world mm-hmm and I can tell you that they&#x27;re old they&#x27;re dilapidated especially live music venues outdoor like amphitheaters yeah most of them are 40 50 60 years old and so they lack a lot of what the fan is demanding think about the NFL and major league baseball it&#x27;s kind of who I copied I took a page right out of their playbook I looked at them and said look at what guys like George Steinbrenner did or Jerry Jones and the Dallas Cowboys you know he took he took old dilapidated stadiums work with municipalities and built unbelievable experiences and unbelievable ambiance in stadiums now so now when you go to a</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> football stadium you&#x27;re not out there drinking a lukewarm beer eating a lukewarm or cold hot dog yeah you&#x27;re going out there and you&#x27;re enjoying club service and all of the things that go on with the stadium I wanted to do that in music so I started going around the country hired Ryan and company to start putting public private partnerships together and this last summer we opened the the most premium amphitheater ever built in history Ford Motor Company put their name on it&#x27;s the Ford amphitheater in Colorado Springs Colorado 92 fire pit suites beautiful owners clubs it&#x27;s an incredible place today would on top of that we have another billion dollars or so of construction going on throughout the US in in five different markets as we build as we build amphitheaters we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna do it music with those two guys and I admire both Steinbrenner and Jerry</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Jones what they did in football and baseball amazing business people unbelievable business people I&#x27;ve been to the Colorado Springs location folks amazing yeah the fire so just an amazing place you don&#x27;t even think you&#x27;re at it like a traditional concert no Ryan Tedder is interesting you know Ryan Tedder out one Republic has stepped out on stage he&#x27;s sold out three shows for us this last summer but he stepped on stage and he goes geez I feel like I&#x27;m in Dubai you know all of the fire going on and the fire pits going on and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s incredible it creates an unbelievable vibe and an unbelievable ambiance yeah so I mean this idea though came like let&#x27;s build amphitheaters or I mean how that that&#x27;s what you said here&#x27;s what I said okay I said I wanted I&#x27;m a fan yeah and I&#x27;m tired of the venues that I go to and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re they&#x27;re they&#x27;re terrible</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> but I go to football games and baseball games I&#x27;m thinking man these are nice I could do this so when I left Roth premium foods I left for one specific rate and that is to disrupt the venue space in live music disrupting because I it was something like the major league and football places yeah their video screens are better than the TV at home no question no question and the food is unbelievable I mean you have five-star restaurants now in baseball parks and so you know we built the seafood and chop house in the in the Ford Amphitheater in Carr Springs you know the five-star seafood and chop house inside of a music that&#x27;s amazing yeah it&#x27;s got dogs and a slice of pizza right exactly right no more hot dogs and slices of cold pizza all right so now you&#x27;ve made you you&#x27;ve got the idea let&#x27;s do let&#x27;s build big amphitheaters and let&#x27;s get the let the people to come but how did you get the financing in place because that&#x27;s that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> a big proposition you see yep you see all the NFL teams and major league teams they have they have to really consider building something new yeah I mean they&#x27;re there it&#x27;s tens of millions of dollars to build these and so basically I have three there&#x27;s three parts to my financing strategy first is the municipalities have to participate so 35% or so of all of the financing comes from the municipality the municipality provides the ground provides the tax incentives it&#x27;s it&#x27;s they&#x27;re a big piece of the financing and then I go out and I pre-sell I build the structure of my amphitheaters like a condominium building where we own the condominium building and then we pre-sell condominiums in the form of fire pits and so about 35% or so of all of the financing for these come from those suite owners</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> and fire pit suite owners and then the balance comes from our ability to then finance and and put small amounts of of sale lease backs on the ground underneath the underneath the amphitheater but you know these have these like in McKinney you know it&#x27;s a 300 million dollar amphitheater to build the it&#x27;s the it&#x27;s the most seeded amphitheater in the history of the world that we&#x27;re building there opens for the 2026 season it&#x27;s a beautiful if you&#x27;ve not seen what we&#x27;re doing down there it&#x27;s incredible but at the end of the day you could never make it pencil if it wasn&#x27;t for really forward-thinking municipalities like the city of McKinney George Fuller mayor George Fuller he&#x27;s a forward-thinking mayor he&#x27;s a wonderful man and he you know in his way of thinking he brought the city council along and next thing you know they&#x27;re supporting it we have great</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> fire pit suite owners down there got a good friend in Troy Aikman Troy Aikman&#x27;s Hall of Fame quarterback for the for the Dallas Cowboys he and I partnered on on eight as a as a as a sponsor at our venues and then we&#x27;re building the Aikman clubs and so you know we&#x27;ve just got really good partnerships good sponsorships and so at the end of the day you know we have we have a financing strategy that works and works well and it works good for our public company shareholders yeah that&#x27;s a good question so a lot of people before they invest in the stock they say well let me see how much debt this company has that&#x27;s right how are you looking on we have very very little debt we you know over the last eight quarters or so nine quarters I guess we we&#x27;ve built a balance sheet of about a hundred and eighty one million dollars we&#x27;ll cross two hundred million and add</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> a billion dollars in 2025 with a B net with a B net tangible assets and so you know at the end of the day we are we are focused on our balance sheet and as a result of public-private partnerships and mark-to-market valuations we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna cross that number this year now someone is just finding out about venue for the first time and they say gosh how we how do we get an amphitheater like this in our area yeah what are the steps you&#x27;ve been doing and where you&#x27;re going next yeah so you know right now we&#x27;re finishing up amphitheaters as we build down through the Tulsa market and Broken Arrow we&#x27;ll be in Oklahoma City market we&#x27;re building the Dallas Fort Worth market in McKinney which is an unbelievable venue getting ready to start our construction down in El Paso it&#x27;s interesting El Paso is such an interesting market people think of El Paso but they only think of kind of north of the bridge right listen south of the</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> business bridge is just as big of a market Latin music has exploded it is exploded yeah and that market has exploded and so at the end of the day I tell people all the time don&#x27;t count El Paso out as might be the most profitable venue we build in the next 10 years for that exact reason when is that on the schedule that you know it will we&#x27;re booking it and it will open in 26 so we&#x27;re about 15 months out well let me ask you this if people stop liking music the world ends right yeah if people stop liking music I think the world just ends it&#x27;s the only thing I can think of that is unifying right at the end of the day 2025 again for the 10th year in a row it&#x27;s the number one leisure activity in the</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> world in the world is live music so bigger than baseball bigger than football bigger than soccer worldwide number one leisure activity live music and it&#x27;s more and it&#x27;s most unifying think about this where else can a Republican and a Democrat and an independent all sit together and sing in harmony and be harmonized in whatever they&#x27;re doing live music right everybody I don&#x27;t care what what if you&#x27;re a Democrat Republican or independent you know the lyrics to Hotel California and you sit there and sing it together in unison and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s one of the only places that happens doesn&#x27;t happen in baseball parks because there&#x27;s two different teams in the Hayden church and they don&#x27;t have any baseball two teams in the Hayden church live music is the only place where everybody is everybody there is there for one thing and that&#x27;s to be unified in</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> whatever band is playing it&#x27;s amazing how you can have an album listen to it over and over again at home but then you go see that band live and it&#x27;s a totally different experience it&#x27;s so much better isn&#x27;t it no no no no question it is live music is a I tell people this all the time live music and everybody that&#x27;s watching this has been they know it&#x27;s a vibe it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a feeling there is an ambiance about live music you don&#x27;t get anywhere else and and it&#x27;s something that you tell stories about music I can play a song and it takes you back yeah you can remember where you were who you were with and what you were doing good point um because that&#x27;s what music does music creates memories live music creates even better memories because you enjoy it with somebody else yeah and you&#x27;ve got the collective energy of</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> everybody around you I think that&#x27;s right we don&#x27;t even know the metaphysics on that these days no question I think the group mentality of everybody on the same side no question I mean it just lifts everybody&#x27;s spirits yeah no question no question album or live that&#x27;s exactly right so my point my next question is do you ever see live music going away of course no never never not getting better and better it does get better there is a point though I think there&#x27;s going to be a point where live music even expands so live music today is usually enjoyed we&#x27;re together and we&#x27;re at a venue but I see the day coming where live music will be enjoyed virtually virtually in the sense that pay-per-view or live music events that you that&#x27;s an audio like a 3d room like a 3d room yeah I see</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> that coming someday we&#x27;ll see what happens but um with AI you never know I think with AI I think you&#x27;re gonna see that happen yep well that&#x27;s about it&#x27;s exciting where the uh name venue come from well here&#x27;s what happened the company started off I named it notes live and notes is obviously music notes right and live is what we do so notes live was the name of the company I started dealing with the New York Stock Exchange and we started looking at symbols and uh and Paul Dorfman said you know some of the coolest companies in the world the name of the company is also the symbol you know what I mean and so there&#x27;s some there&#x27;s some thought that a lot of companies then put into that so we started thinking about all of the various symbols and actually venue obviously is a it&#x27;s a five-letter</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> word that we turned into a four-letter word and uh it just it&#x27;s just so descriptive of who we are it is and then the New York Stock Exchange worked with us to make that our symbol did you get a theosaurus out yeah exactly exactly I do that online yeah exactly word exactly if I can&#x27;t pronounce one word exactly all right so then uh let&#x27;s talk we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here yeah absolutely talk business yep for someone who&#x27;s watching this and they uh and they are interested in investing yeah what would you tell them as far as a brand new investor what kind of steps should they take and what would you recommend yeah so you know I&#x27;d love to have you as a shareholder um our symbol is venu traded on the New York Stock Exchange I would love you have you as a shareholder we are aggressively um disrupting the venue space we are well capitalized we have strong shareholder uh base and support um and I am</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> committed to building a balance sheet and a P&amp;L so uh at the end of the day you would be investing in a in a space the music space the live music space that is exploding never been a time in history where the demand of tickets has been higher than it is today and there&#x27;s never been time in history where the supply of new artists is higher than it is today so here you&#x27;ve got a industry with the high demand high supply we are the exchange we are where fans and artists meet and nobody is doing it better than we are symbols venue live by the way yeah great symbol venue live yep now uh somebody who wants to invest in one of the new places you&#x27;re building is is that possible for someone to have a stake in the the next amputator absolutely and we have a great team that does that go to our website um venue dot live</p><p><strong>14:26</strong> as coach said and when you go there you can click on investing and you can look at all of the venues that we&#x27;re building any place in the united states um and it will give you information on that you can also come to our offices um whether here in dallas or wherever and and use virtual reality to actually sit in any of our venues or buy a ticket come out to the ford amphitheater this summer and catch a great show i saw the steve miller being the last really good steve miller band was a great show we had this year but we had just so many great shows a fun place so someone should come and look at it because you can actually invest in one of the vip fire pit that&#x27;s right spaces right yeah right and is that a lifetime ownership it is lifetime ownership and i tell people this all the time too at the end of the day the best way to understand what we do is to experience what we do and the best way to</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experience what we do is come sit in my suite at uh at the ford amphitheater i did yeah you did dang right you did yeah jw roth folks and the symbol is venue dot venue and then the website venue.live then you dot live love to have your shareholder always great coach thank you yes see you later folks bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>J.W. Roth discusses his path from the food industry to VENU and the development of modern amphitheaters. The conversation explores financing, the live music experience, and bringing people together through entertainment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week I talked to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoyed this newest weekly segment on coach business folks it&#x27;s coach Pete here I&#x27;m live on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange with mr. JW Roth who has just launched his public traded company venue JW welcome in coach it&#x27;s good to be here it&#x27;s good to be here fun day for you it&#x27;s a fun day you rang the opening bell today he rang the opening bell we opened the New York Stock Exchange it&#x27;s funny you know when you&#x27;re a when you&#x27;re a kid or you grow up in your you always think of the New York Stock Exchange and how you</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> picture it yeah then you get in business and you start to dream about how you know where your company&#x27;s gonna ultimately go but then to actually do it to stand out there and ring the bell on the New York Stock Exchange it&#x27;s surreal it&#x27;s pretty amazing it&#x27;s amazing you look like a pro up there doing it yeah listen that I got him fooled I got him fooled now all right let&#x27;s take a step back tell me how you got started in the business world yeah let&#x27;s do that let&#x27;s do a quick history here yep a couple minutes yep because that&#x27;ll help I think folks that are watching it&#x27;ll help them understand who you are and why you&#x27;re doing what you&#x27;re doing yeah yep so you know I did not start in the hospitality or entertainment space I&#x27;m the founder at Roth premium foods my background is all agriculture and in and in building food lines so Roth is a prepared food manufacturer but I think about the third largest in the United</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> States well we we we build for almost every grocery store in America and we do service every grocery store in America every day bill between a hundred and hundred and fifty tons of proteins for US consumption every week so that&#x27;s what Roth does being a music nut about six years ago I sat down with my family and our partners and I said you know what I&#x27;ve got another one in me I want to go build another one my son had had been at Roth all the way along was in a perfect position to just continue what we were doing there and in fact I tell people this all the time he&#x27;s actually in a lot of ways done better than the old man would have done but it gave me the opportunity to then leave I took a handful of my key people and we worked out a transition plan and over the course of a year or so</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> transitioned out my CFO and some of our business development folks and that kind of thing and I started venue the idea was as a music fan I&#x27;ve been to I&#x27;ve been to venues all over the world mm-hmm and I can tell you that they&#x27;re old they&#x27;re dilapidated especially live music venues outdoor like amphitheaters yeah most of them are 40 50 60 years old and so they lack a lot of what the fan is demanding think about the NFL and major league baseball it&#x27;s kind of who I copied I took a page right out of their playbook I looked at them and said look at what guys like George Steinbrenner did or Jerry Jones and the Dallas Cowboys you know he took he took old dilapidated stadiums work with municipalities and built unbelievable experiences and unbelievable ambiance in stadiums now so now when you go to a</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> football stadium you&#x27;re not out there drinking a lukewarm beer eating a lukewarm or cold hot dog yeah you&#x27;re going out there and you&#x27;re enjoying club service and all of the things that go on with the stadium I wanted to do that in music so I started going around the country hired Ryan and company to start putting public private partnerships together and this last summer we opened the the most premium amphitheater ever built in history Ford Motor Company put their name on it&#x27;s the Ford amphitheater in Colorado Springs Colorado 92 fire pit suites beautiful owners clubs it&#x27;s an incredible place today would on top of that we have another billion dollars or so of construction going on throughout the US in in five different markets as we build as we build amphitheaters we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna do it music with those two guys and I admire both Steinbrenner and Jerry</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Jones what they did in football and baseball amazing business people unbelievable business people I&#x27;ve been to the Colorado Springs location folks amazing yeah the fire so just an amazing place you don&#x27;t even think you&#x27;re at it like a traditional concert no Ryan Tedder is interesting you know Ryan Tedder out one Republic has stepped out on stage he&#x27;s sold out three shows for us this last summer but he stepped on stage and he goes geez I feel like I&#x27;m in Dubai you know all of the fire going on and the fire pits going on and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s incredible it creates an unbelievable vibe and an unbelievable ambiance yeah so I mean this idea though came like let&#x27;s build amphitheaters or I mean how that that&#x27;s what you said here&#x27;s what I said okay I said I wanted I&#x27;m a fan yeah and I&#x27;m tired of the venues that I go to and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re they&#x27;re they&#x27;re terrible</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> but I go to football games and baseball games I&#x27;m thinking man these are nice I could do this so when I left Roth premium foods I left for one specific rate and that is to disrupt the venue space in live music disrupting because I it was something like the major league and football places yeah their video screens are better than the TV at home no question no question and the food is unbelievable I mean you have five-star restaurants now in baseball parks and so you know we built the seafood and chop house in the in the Ford Amphitheater in Carr Springs you know the five-star seafood and chop house inside of a music that&#x27;s amazing yeah it&#x27;s got dogs and a slice of pizza right exactly right no more hot dogs and slices of cold pizza all right so now you&#x27;ve made you you&#x27;ve got the idea let&#x27;s do let&#x27;s build big amphitheaters and let&#x27;s get the let the people to come but how did you get the financing in place because that&#x27;s that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> a big proposition you see yep you see all the NFL teams and major league teams they have they have to really consider building something new yeah I mean they&#x27;re there it&#x27;s tens of millions of dollars to build these and so basically I have three there&#x27;s three parts to my financing strategy first is the municipalities have to participate so 35% or so of all of the financing comes from the municipality the municipality provides the ground provides the tax incentives it&#x27;s it&#x27;s they&#x27;re a big piece of the financing and then I go out and I pre-sell I build the structure of my amphitheaters like a condominium building where we own the condominium building and then we pre-sell condominiums in the form of fire pits and so about 35% or so of all of the financing for these come from those suite owners</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> and fire pit suite owners and then the balance comes from our ability to then finance and and put small amounts of of sale lease backs on the ground underneath the underneath the amphitheater but you know these have these like in McKinney you know it&#x27;s a 300 million dollar amphitheater to build the it&#x27;s the it&#x27;s the most seeded amphitheater in the history of the world that we&#x27;re building there opens for the 2026 season it&#x27;s a beautiful if you&#x27;ve not seen what we&#x27;re doing down there it&#x27;s incredible but at the end of the day you could never make it pencil if it wasn&#x27;t for really forward-thinking municipalities like the city of McKinney George Fuller mayor George Fuller he&#x27;s a forward-thinking mayor he&#x27;s a wonderful man and he you know in his way of thinking he brought the city council along and next thing you know they&#x27;re supporting it we have great</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> fire pit suite owners down there got a good friend in Troy Aikman Troy Aikman&#x27;s Hall of Fame quarterback for the for the Dallas Cowboys he and I partnered on on eight as a as a as a sponsor at our venues and then we&#x27;re building the Aikman clubs and so you know we&#x27;ve just got really good partnerships good sponsorships and so at the end of the day you know we have we have a financing strategy that works and works well and it works good for our public company shareholders yeah that&#x27;s a good question so a lot of people before they invest in the stock they say well let me see how much debt this company has that&#x27;s right how are you looking on we have very very little debt we you know over the last eight quarters or so nine quarters I guess we we&#x27;ve built a balance sheet of about a hundred and eighty one million dollars we&#x27;ll cross two hundred million and add</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> a billion dollars in 2025 with a B net with a B net tangible assets and so you know at the end of the day we are we are focused on our balance sheet and as a result of public-private partnerships and mark-to-market valuations we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna we&#x27;re gonna cross that number this year now someone is just finding out about venue for the first time and they say gosh how we how do we get an amphitheater like this in our area yeah what are the steps you&#x27;ve been doing and where you&#x27;re going next yeah so you know right now we&#x27;re finishing up amphitheaters as we build down through the Tulsa market and Broken Arrow we&#x27;ll be in Oklahoma City market we&#x27;re building the Dallas Fort Worth market in McKinney which is an unbelievable venue getting ready to start our construction down in El Paso it&#x27;s interesting El Paso is such an interesting market people think of El Paso but they only think of kind of north of the bridge right listen south of the</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> business bridge is just as big of a market Latin music has exploded it is exploded yeah and that market has exploded and so at the end of the day I tell people all the time don&#x27;t count El Paso out as might be the most profitable venue we build in the next 10 years for that exact reason when is that on the schedule that you know it will we&#x27;re booking it and it will open in 26 so we&#x27;re about 15 months out well let me ask you this if people stop liking music the world ends right yeah if people stop liking music I think the world just ends it&#x27;s the only thing I can think of that is unifying right at the end of the day 2025 again for the 10th year in a row it&#x27;s the number one leisure activity in the</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> world in the world is live music so bigger than baseball bigger than football bigger than soccer worldwide number one leisure activity live music and it&#x27;s more and it&#x27;s most unifying think about this where else can a Republican and a Democrat and an independent all sit together and sing in harmony and be harmonized in whatever they&#x27;re doing live music right everybody I don&#x27;t care what what if you&#x27;re a Democrat Republican or independent you know the lyrics to Hotel California and you sit there and sing it together in unison and it&#x27;s it&#x27;s one of the only places that happens doesn&#x27;t happen in baseball parks because there&#x27;s two different teams in the Hayden church and they don&#x27;t have any baseball two teams in the Hayden church live music is the only place where everybody is everybody there is there for one thing and that&#x27;s to be unified in</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> whatever band is playing it&#x27;s amazing how you can have an album listen to it over and over again at home but then you go see that band live and it&#x27;s a totally different experience it&#x27;s so much better isn&#x27;t it no no no no question it is live music is a I tell people this all the time live music and everybody that&#x27;s watching this has been they know it&#x27;s a vibe it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a feeling there is an ambiance about live music you don&#x27;t get anywhere else and and it&#x27;s something that you tell stories about music I can play a song and it takes you back yeah you can remember where you were who you were with and what you were doing good point um because that&#x27;s what music does music creates memories live music creates even better memories because you enjoy it with somebody else yeah and you&#x27;ve got the collective energy of</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> everybody around you I think that&#x27;s right we don&#x27;t even know the metaphysics on that these days no question I think the group mentality of everybody on the same side no question I mean it just lifts everybody&#x27;s spirits yeah no question no question album or live that&#x27;s exactly right so my point my next question is do you ever see live music going away of course no never never not getting better and better it does get better there is a point though I think there&#x27;s going to be a point where live music even expands so live music today is usually enjoyed we&#x27;re together and we&#x27;re at a venue but I see the day coming where live music will be enjoyed virtually virtually in the sense that pay-per-view or live music events that you that&#x27;s an audio like a 3d room like a 3d room yeah I see</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> that coming someday we&#x27;ll see what happens but um with AI you never know I think with AI I think you&#x27;re gonna see that happen yep well that&#x27;s about it&#x27;s exciting where the uh name venue come from well here&#x27;s what happened the company started off I named it notes live and notes is obviously music notes right and live is what we do so notes live was the name of the company I started dealing with the New York Stock Exchange and we started looking at symbols and uh and Paul Dorfman said you know some of the coolest companies in the world the name of the company is also the symbol you know what I mean and so there&#x27;s some there&#x27;s some thought that a lot of companies then put into that so we started thinking about all of the various symbols and actually venue obviously is a it&#x27;s a five-letter</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> word that we turned into a four-letter word and uh it just it&#x27;s just so descriptive of who we are it is and then the New York Stock Exchange worked with us to make that our symbol did you get a theosaurus out yeah exactly exactly I do that online yeah exactly word exactly if I can&#x27;t pronounce one word exactly all right so then uh let&#x27;s talk we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here yeah absolutely talk business yep for someone who&#x27;s watching this and they uh and they are interested in investing yeah what would you tell them as far as a brand new investor what kind of steps should they take and what would you recommend yeah so you know I&#x27;d love to have you as a shareholder um our symbol is venu traded on the New York Stock Exchange I would love you have you as a shareholder we are aggressively um disrupting the venue space we are well capitalized we have strong shareholder uh base and support um and I am</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> committed to building a balance sheet and a P&amp;L so uh at the end of the day you would be investing in a in a space the music space the live music space that is exploding never been a time in history where the demand of tickets has been higher than it is today and there&#x27;s never been time in history where the supply of new artists is higher than it is today so here you&#x27;ve got a industry with the high demand high supply we are the exchange we are where fans and artists meet and nobody is doing it better than we are symbols venue live by the way yeah great symbol venue live yep now uh somebody who wants to invest in one of the new places you&#x27;re building is is that possible for someone to have a stake in the the next amputator absolutely and we have a great team that does that go to our website um venue dot live</p><p><strong>14:26</strong> as coach said and when you go there you can click on investing and you can look at all of the venues that we&#x27;re building any place in the united states um and it will give you information on that you can also come to our offices um whether here in dallas or wherever and and use virtual reality to actually sit in any of our venues or buy a ticket come out to the ford amphitheater this summer and catch a great show i saw the steve miller being the last really good steve miller band was a great show we had this year but we had just so many great shows a fun place so someone should come and look at it because you can actually invest in one of the vip fire pit that&#x27;s right spaces right yeah right and is that a lifetime ownership it is lifetime ownership and i tell people this all the time too at the end of the day the best way to understand what we do is to experience what we do and the best way to</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experience what we do is come sit in my suite at uh at the ford amphitheater i did yeah you did dang right you did yeah jw roth folks and the symbol is venue dot venue and then the website venue.live then you dot live love to have your shareholder always great coach thank you yes see you later folks bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>J.W. Roth discusses his path from the food industry to VENU and the development of modern amphitheaters. The conversation explores financing, the live music experience, and bringing people together through entertainment.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>J.W. Roth</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <itunes:keywords>J.W. Roth, music, entrepreneurship</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d/image.jpg?t=1792073454&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-w-roth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d/image.jpg?t=1792073454&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 17:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>943</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04ecc80d-d2ce-462e-8ee5-b30100de999d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15119077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-w-roth</link>
      <itunes:order>12</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Building VENU and the Future of Live Music" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:26" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:44" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sheryl Moore: Why I Bought Indexed Annuities</title>
      <itunes:title>Sheryl Moore: Why I Bought Indexed Annuities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again alongside best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited. You always bring in some great guests into the program, and you&#x27;ve got someone else with us here today. We have an author who I&#x27;ve followed for years. Her name is Cheryl Moore. She&#x27;s president and CEO of Moore Market Intelligence. She&#x27;s co-author of the Encyclopedia to Index Products, Annuity, and Life, and her research and articles are regularly featured in a lot of different insurance trade publications and also Forbes, Fox Business, Wall Street Journal, New York Times, and a lot more different places. And Ms. Moore works closely with regulators. Her research is regularly presented to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Conference. And here&#x27;s a good thing. Neither Cheryl Moore nor Moore Market Intelligence sell or endorse any financial services or products.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> So she&#x27;s basically a research company. She&#x27;s not trying to get paid by anybody. Tom Hegna calls her one of the best sources on annuities he&#x27;s ever talked to. So does Wade Fowle. These are two big names. We&#x27;ve had them on our show before. And we hope to have Cheryl on in the future again to talk about this in more detail. But we&#x27;re going to talk about a book she came out with just recently, Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Cheryl, welcome in. Thanks so much, Coach. Now, where are you joining us from today? Des Moines, Iowa, the insurance capital of the U.S. Here we go. I&#x27;ve been out of Des Moines. I&#x27;ve been out there in the wintertime, too. Good for you. Hey, let&#x27;s start from the beginning. What is an annuity? So an annuity is a financial services instrument that can help you save for your retirement. And when you&#x27;re ready to retire, you can actually receive a paycheck every month until the day</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> you die with these products, even if you live to be 150 years old. Yeah, that&#x27;s the amazing part of the annuity world. The insurance company is taking all the risk for longevity, we call it. If you live longer, they&#x27;re still paying. And we like to set up joint annuities. So if a spouse passed away, the other spouse continues to get that same payment. Yeah, they&#x27;re very flexible and provide a ton of great benefits, Coach. Yeah. Now, in the book, you write about he or she who controls the media controls the financial world and the financial services world. What does that mean? Well, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that the media actually has an agenda and their agenda is to serve the advertisers that pay for ads with them. And often that means that the financial services media is catering to stockbrokers and Wall Street,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> not necessarily the insurance industry who sells products like annuities. That&#x27;s a good point. Right. So yeah, whoever pays gets the better press is what you&#x27;re saying. Absolutely. Pay to play. We&#x27;ve talked about it for years, Thomas. I mean, the big guys are spending millions of dollars a day on advertisements. They&#x27;re also, when you got the advertisements or somewhere, they&#x27;re on the media. And the media knows that if they start saying bad things about that company, that the advertisers may go away. So they want to keep saying good things to keep getting that ad revenue. Because that&#x27;s what it all comes down to. It&#x27;s all about money. Unfortunately. Yeah, unfortunately. But who really benefits from that? I mean, the consumer doesn&#x27;t benefit when the articles are slanted the wrong way, do they? No. And that&#x27;s kind of what motivated me to start my business. I just run a market research firm that has actual information on these products,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> and I use it to fact check for the media. Yeah. That word fact check these days. This is good fact checking right here, folks. This is your money, keeping your money in the right place by fact checking, not political fact checking. This is money fact checking. Big difference these days. Yes. But now, speaking of fact checking, let&#x27;s just spell some common annuity myths. You do a great job in your book. Let&#x27;s go through a couple of the myths that you featured. One is, quote, if I purchase an indexed annuity and I die the next day, the insurance company keeps my money. True or false? Absolutely false. With an indexed annuity, your beneficiaries or loved ones are going to receive the full value of your annuity regardless of when you die. Very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It is.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now, another one is indexed annuities or annuities in general, when I see the featured articles, but when I read articles or myths, a lot of times they really do feature the indexed annuity, which lets you participate in the upside of different market indexes, but not on the downside. In other words, you get to share in the gains, but not the losses, which is, that&#x27;s my kind of strategy right there. But why do they say that indexed annuities have high fees? Well, really, the most common type of annuity historically has been a variable annuity. And variable annuities do have fees. And sometimes the media just tended to assume that all annuities are variable annuities. And today, variable annuities don&#x27;t sell as well as they used to. In fact, indexed annuities are about to eclipse variable annuities on sales, and they don&#x27;t have fees largely.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> So, it&#x27;s a really huge misunderstanding. 32 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena, and not one time did offering a variable annuity make sense to my clients. So, I&#x27;ve never offered one. Yeah, I understand. They don&#x27;t make sense for me either, Coach. You know, the people that talk about the fees a lot of times are the people on the managed money side or the brokerage side. They talk about fees on safe instruments, yet they forget the fact that they&#x27;re charging a quarterly management fee if they&#x27;re a managed money person. When you look at a 10-year period, you&#x27;ll pay a lot more in fees on managed money than you&#x27;ll ever pay on an annuity. Matter of fact, there&#x27;s no fees, and most annuities have set up correctly. Well, and what&#x27;s interesting, Coach, is that I did some market research and found that annuities that are sold by commissioned salespeople are actually more consumer-friendly for the client in the long run.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Yeah, because when we offer annuity, and I make sure to say this on the show, when we offer annuities, we are compensated by the insurance companies, not by the client. In other words, the client puts $100,000 in, $100,000 goes into their annuity. Whereas on the other side of the equation, on the managed money side, many times if you&#x27;re dealing with a broker, by the way, if you put $100,000 into, let&#x27;s say, a real estate investment trust, you&#x27;ll get $90,000 going to your account. $10,000 goes to the broker who sold you the real estate investment trust. Right. That&#x27;s a fee. All right. Yeah. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Cheryl Moore, and her book is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Very good read, by the way. Available everywhere good books are sold. Here&#x27;s another myth, Cheryl. My money is locked up and away with an annuity. True or false? Absolutely false.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Almost every annuity gives a penalty-free withdrawal provision that allows you to take about 10% of your annuity&#x27;s value every year. Plus, there&#x27;s other features like surrender charge waivers and withdrawal benefits that allow you to take money out of your annuity, and it&#x27;s not, quote-unquote, locked up the way people may think. Yeah. Well, the people that are talking about your money being locked up, when you think about it, if you buy a stock, and I&#x27;m a money manager, too, so when we tell people to take a managed account or buy stocks, that&#x27;s about a 10-year time horizon. We say you really shouldn&#x27;t touch your money for 10 years to give the market the real chance to work through its cycles. So, in effect, your money is locked up longer in a stock account than it ever is in an annuity, because you do have that liquidity every single year with some of your money in an annuity. Not enough people talk about it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Well, but you don&#x27;t want to spend all the money anyway, because this is your retirement account. I mean, who&#x27;s going to blow through all the retirement? But, really, it is a preventive measure to keep you from blowing all your money on things you shouldn&#x27;t be buying many times. So, we always encourage you to have some liquid money anyway. So, keep liquidity and use that for emergencies and vacations, and keep your money for retirement, your annuity, ready to go and give you that great retirement you deserve. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s another myth. Indexed annuities don&#x27;t include the dividends on the S&amp;P in their performance. True or false? That&#x27;s actually true for most indexed annuities, but what most people don&#x27;t realize is that although you&#x27;re not receiving the dividends off the index, you&#x27;re also not receiving the losses in your value due to the index&#x27;s performance. It&#x27;s a little bit of a trade-off.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Yeah, I mean, it makes sense. I mean, there&#x27;s no perfect situation anywhere in the world. So, you basically take the ones that are closest to what fit what you&#x27;re looking for. I mean, it&#x27;s not a Cinderella account. Well, the other thing people don&#x27;t realize is that because you&#x27;re not directly invested in the index when you buy an indexed annuity, you can&#x27;t receive the benefits of the index because you&#x27;re not invested in it. Right. Here&#x27;s one final one. You can build a better annuity on your own with some stocks and a bond fund. And I&#x27;ve seen a lot of this lately because the money management world doesn&#x27;t like losing their money over to the annuity world. And I&#x27;ve seen these articles come up on how you can build your own annuity. I mean, why would you try to do it yourself when there&#x27;s something already built? Well, and the important thing to remember is that if you bought some stocks and a bond fund, they can&#x27;t promise you a paycheck every month until the day you die.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> That&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very exclusive to an annuity. An annuity is the only instrument that will provide you a paycheck for life. That&#x27;s very important, by the way, because the reason why I set up annuities for my clients is to make sure they have that pension like we talked about earlier, making sure you have a stream of income you can never outlive. That gives you peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. Absolutely. One chapter I wanted to talk about, which I liked, it was home runs are possible. What would you have in mind when you wrote that chapter about home runs being possible? Well, you know, there&#x27;s so many people that say we don&#x27;t know how indexed annuities perform or a lot of money managers tend to, say that indexed annuities don&#x27;t perform because they&#x27;re comparing them to equity. And what I wanted to do was provide real life examples that show the power of indexed annuities.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So those are actual policyholder annual statements that I&#x27;ve put into the book that show fantastic gains. Now, that&#x27;s not a realistic expectation for regular performance on indexed annuities, but it does show that home runs are possible. The beautiful thing about this is strikeouts aren&#x27;t. So as long as you have the money in the annuity, you may not hit a home run every time, but you&#x27;re not going to strike out. And striking out is where you get in trouble. That&#x27;s why you say in one chapter, zero is your hero. That&#x27;s exactly right. Good analogy, Coach Pete. Well, thinking of home run, I think of Babe Ruth, because you know what? During the when he was hitting all his home runs back in the 20s when everybody else was losing money, he had all his money in annuities. He probably went up to the home plate with a lot of confidence in his head. He wasn&#x27;t worried about having his money all lost in the market because he had the money in annuities.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> He was hitting home runs because he had nothing else on his mind but hitting home runs. And studies do show that people who purchase annuities sleep soundly at night and have less anxiety about retirement. Yeah, I agree. Well, I&#x27;ve purchased my own annuities. And I know you talked to Tom Hegna. He said he&#x27;s got like 12 or 13 different annuities all ready to give him a retirement. He&#x27;s retired now. He basically still speaks because he wants to, not because he has to. Well, you know, I bought my first annuity when I was 29 years old and I own several of them now. And like most people, I sleep soundly at night. Well, and you know, we&#x27;re going to have to cut the segment here because we&#x27;re running out 11 minutes. This is the fastest 11 minutes I&#x27;ve ever had on the radio. Cheryl, I hope we can have you on again soon in the future to talk about this because I think a lot of people listening need to find out the true story about how annuities can help. Absolutely. Thanks for helping me to get the word out, Coach. Folks, again, her name is Cheryl Moore.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s S-H-E-R-Y-L and M-O-O-R-E. And the book title is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities, available on Amazon and anywhere else books are sold. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again alongside best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited. You always bring in some great guests into the program, and you&#x27;ve got someone else with us here today. We have an author who I&#x27;ve followed for years. Her name is Cheryl Moore. She&#x27;s president and CEO of Moore Market Intelligence. She&#x27;s co-author of the Encyclopedia to Index Products, Annuity, and Life, and her research and articles are regularly featured in a lot of different insurance trade publications and also Forbes, Fox Business, Wall Street Journal, New York Times, and a lot more different places. And Ms. Moore works closely with regulators. Her research is regularly presented to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Conference. And here&#x27;s a good thing. Neither Cheryl Moore nor Moore Market Intelligence sell or endorse any financial services or products.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> So she&#x27;s basically a research company. She&#x27;s not trying to get paid by anybody. Tom Hegna calls her one of the best sources on annuities he&#x27;s ever talked to. So does Wade Fowle. These are two big names. We&#x27;ve had them on our show before. And we hope to have Cheryl on in the future again to talk about this in more detail. But we&#x27;re going to talk about a book she came out with just recently, Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Cheryl, welcome in. Thanks so much, Coach. Now, where are you joining us from today? Des Moines, Iowa, the insurance capital of the U.S. Here we go. I&#x27;ve been out of Des Moines. I&#x27;ve been out there in the wintertime, too. Good for you. Hey, let&#x27;s start from the beginning. What is an annuity? So an annuity is a financial services instrument that can help you save for your retirement. And when you&#x27;re ready to retire, you can actually receive a paycheck every month until the day</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> you die with these products, even if you live to be 150 years old. Yeah, that&#x27;s the amazing part of the annuity world. The insurance company is taking all the risk for longevity, we call it. If you live longer, they&#x27;re still paying. And we like to set up joint annuities. So if a spouse passed away, the other spouse continues to get that same payment. Yeah, they&#x27;re very flexible and provide a ton of great benefits, Coach. Yeah. Now, in the book, you write about he or she who controls the media controls the financial world and the financial services world. What does that mean? Well, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that the media actually has an agenda and their agenda is to serve the advertisers that pay for ads with them. And often that means that the financial services media is catering to stockbrokers and Wall Street,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> not necessarily the insurance industry who sells products like annuities. That&#x27;s a good point. Right. So yeah, whoever pays gets the better press is what you&#x27;re saying. Absolutely. Pay to play. We&#x27;ve talked about it for years, Thomas. I mean, the big guys are spending millions of dollars a day on advertisements. They&#x27;re also, when you got the advertisements or somewhere, they&#x27;re on the media. And the media knows that if they start saying bad things about that company, that the advertisers may go away. So they want to keep saying good things to keep getting that ad revenue. Because that&#x27;s what it all comes down to. It&#x27;s all about money. Unfortunately. Yeah, unfortunately. But who really benefits from that? I mean, the consumer doesn&#x27;t benefit when the articles are slanted the wrong way, do they? No. And that&#x27;s kind of what motivated me to start my business. I just run a market research firm that has actual information on these products,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> and I use it to fact check for the media. Yeah. That word fact check these days. This is good fact checking right here, folks. This is your money, keeping your money in the right place by fact checking, not political fact checking. This is money fact checking. Big difference these days. Yes. But now, speaking of fact checking, let&#x27;s just spell some common annuity myths. You do a great job in your book. Let&#x27;s go through a couple of the myths that you featured. One is, quote, if I purchase an indexed annuity and I die the next day, the insurance company keeps my money. True or false? Absolutely false. With an indexed annuity, your beneficiaries or loved ones are going to receive the full value of your annuity regardless of when you die. Very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It is.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now, another one is indexed annuities or annuities in general, when I see the featured articles, but when I read articles or myths, a lot of times they really do feature the indexed annuity, which lets you participate in the upside of different market indexes, but not on the downside. In other words, you get to share in the gains, but not the losses, which is, that&#x27;s my kind of strategy right there. But why do they say that indexed annuities have high fees? Well, really, the most common type of annuity historically has been a variable annuity. And variable annuities do have fees. And sometimes the media just tended to assume that all annuities are variable annuities. And today, variable annuities don&#x27;t sell as well as they used to. In fact, indexed annuities are about to eclipse variable annuities on sales, and they don&#x27;t have fees largely.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> So, it&#x27;s a really huge misunderstanding. 32 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena, and not one time did offering a variable annuity make sense to my clients. So, I&#x27;ve never offered one. Yeah, I understand. They don&#x27;t make sense for me either, Coach. You know, the people that talk about the fees a lot of times are the people on the managed money side or the brokerage side. They talk about fees on safe instruments, yet they forget the fact that they&#x27;re charging a quarterly management fee if they&#x27;re a managed money person. When you look at a 10-year period, you&#x27;ll pay a lot more in fees on managed money than you&#x27;ll ever pay on an annuity. Matter of fact, there&#x27;s no fees, and most annuities have set up correctly. Well, and what&#x27;s interesting, Coach, is that I did some market research and found that annuities that are sold by commissioned salespeople are actually more consumer-friendly for the client in the long run.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Yeah, because when we offer annuity, and I make sure to say this on the show, when we offer annuities, we are compensated by the insurance companies, not by the client. In other words, the client puts $100,000 in, $100,000 goes into their annuity. Whereas on the other side of the equation, on the managed money side, many times if you&#x27;re dealing with a broker, by the way, if you put $100,000 into, let&#x27;s say, a real estate investment trust, you&#x27;ll get $90,000 going to your account. $10,000 goes to the broker who sold you the real estate investment trust. Right. That&#x27;s a fee. All right. Yeah. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Cheryl Moore, and her book is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Very good read, by the way. Available everywhere good books are sold. Here&#x27;s another myth, Cheryl. My money is locked up and away with an annuity. True or false? Absolutely false.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Almost every annuity gives a penalty-free withdrawal provision that allows you to take about 10% of your annuity&#x27;s value every year. Plus, there&#x27;s other features like surrender charge waivers and withdrawal benefits that allow you to take money out of your annuity, and it&#x27;s not, quote-unquote, locked up the way people may think. Yeah. Well, the people that are talking about your money being locked up, when you think about it, if you buy a stock, and I&#x27;m a money manager, too, so when we tell people to take a managed account or buy stocks, that&#x27;s about a 10-year time horizon. We say you really shouldn&#x27;t touch your money for 10 years to give the market the real chance to work through its cycles. So, in effect, your money is locked up longer in a stock account than it ever is in an annuity, because you do have that liquidity every single year with some of your money in an annuity. Not enough people talk about it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Well, but you don&#x27;t want to spend all the money anyway, because this is your retirement account. I mean, who&#x27;s going to blow through all the retirement? But, really, it is a preventive measure to keep you from blowing all your money on things you shouldn&#x27;t be buying many times. So, we always encourage you to have some liquid money anyway. So, keep liquidity and use that for emergencies and vacations, and keep your money for retirement, your annuity, ready to go and give you that great retirement you deserve. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s another myth. Indexed annuities don&#x27;t include the dividends on the S&amp;P in their performance. True or false? That&#x27;s actually true for most indexed annuities, but what most people don&#x27;t realize is that although you&#x27;re not receiving the dividends off the index, you&#x27;re also not receiving the losses in your value due to the index&#x27;s performance. It&#x27;s a little bit of a trade-off.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Yeah, I mean, it makes sense. I mean, there&#x27;s no perfect situation anywhere in the world. So, you basically take the ones that are closest to what fit what you&#x27;re looking for. I mean, it&#x27;s not a Cinderella account. Well, the other thing people don&#x27;t realize is that because you&#x27;re not directly invested in the index when you buy an indexed annuity, you can&#x27;t receive the benefits of the index because you&#x27;re not invested in it. Right. Here&#x27;s one final one. You can build a better annuity on your own with some stocks and a bond fund. And I&#x27;ve seen a lot of this lately because the money management world doesn&#x27;t like losing their money over to the annuity world. And I&#x27;ve seen these articles come up on how you can build your own annuity. I mean, why would you try to do it yourself when there&#x27;s something already built? Well, and the important thing to remember is that if you bought some stocks and a bond fund, they can&#x27;t promise you a paycheck every month until the day you die.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> That&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very exclusive to an annuity. An annuity is the only instrument that will provide you a paycheck for life. That&#x27;s very important, by the way, because the reason why I set up annuities for my clients is to make sure they have that pension like we talked about earlier, making sure you have a stream of income you can never outlive. That gives you peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. Absolutely. One chapter I wanted to talk about, which I liked, it was home runs are possible. What would you have in mind when you wrote that chapter about home runs being possible? Well, you know, there&#x27;s so many people that say we don&#x27;t know how indexed annuities perform or a lot of money managers tend to, say that indexed annuities don&#x27;t perform because they&#x27;re comparing them to equity. And what I wanted to do was provide real life examples that show the power of indexed annuities.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So those are actual policyholder annual statements that I&#x27;ve put into the book that show fantastic gains. Now, that&#x27;s not a realistic expectation for regular performance on indexed annuities, but it does show that home runs are possible. The beautiful thing about this is strikeouts aren&#x27;t. So as long as you have the money in the annuity, you may not hit a home run every time, but you&#x27;re not going to strike out. And striking out is where you get in trouble. That&#x27;s why you say in one chapter, zero is your hero. That&#x27;s exactly right. Good analogy, Coach Pete. Well, thinking of home run, I think of Babe Ruth, because you know what? During the when he was hitting all his home runs back in the 20s when everybody else was losing money, he had all his money in annuities. He probably went up to the home plate with a lot of confidence in his head. He wasn&#x27;t worried about having his money all lost in the market because he had the money in annuities.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> He was hitting home runs because he had nothing else on his mind but hitting home runs. And studies do show that people who purchase annuities sleep soundly at night and have less anxiety about retirement. Yeah, I agree. Well, I&#x27;ve purchased my own annuities. And I know you talked to Tom Hegna. He said he&#x27;s got like 12 or 13 different annuities all ready to give him a retirement. He&#x27;s retired now. He basically still speaks because he wants to, not because he has to. Well, you know, I bought my first annuity when I was 29 years old and I own several of them now. And like most people, I sleep soundly at night. Well, and you know, we&#x27;re going to have to cut the segment here because we&#x27;re running out 11 minutes. This is the fastest 11 minutes I&#x27;ve ever had on the radio. Cheryl, I hope we can have you on again soon in the future to talk about this because I think a lot of people listening need to find out the true story about how annuities can help. Absolutely. Thanks for helping me to get the word out, Coach. Folks, again, her name is Cheryl Moore.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s S-H-E-R-Y-L and M-O-O-R-E. And the book title is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities, available on Amazon and anywhere else books are sold. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sheryl Moore</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sheryl Moore, annuities, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/image.jpg?t=1792073241&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sheryl-moore-why-i-bought-indexed-annuities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/image.jpg?t=1792073241&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2024 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>680</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10908245" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sheryl-moore-why-i-bought-indexed-annuities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>13</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why I Bought Indexed Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Gaddis: Employee Benefits, Wellness Programs, and Business Taxes</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Gaddis: Employee Benefits, Wellness Programs, and Business Taxes</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in the studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda having a fast-paced show. Coach, you&#x27;ve got a special guest for us here, though. We sure do. A few months ago, I was in New York City at a special conference, and when you go to these conferences, you meet people. You have to. You have to. Well, some people don&#x27;t. Some people sit in the corner and are unfriendly. Thomas, you know those kind of people. That&#x27;s me. I try to at least meet people. And it was a smaller group. It was a mastermind group on how to maximize income while minimizing taxes. And we had a great speaker that day, and it was fascinating, some of the techniques and tools he was sharing. And I said, gosh, there&#x27;s got to be a way to get this guy on the radio. And matter of fact, he&#x27;s right in Raleigh, North Carolina.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> We&#x27;re in our offices in Apex, our studio. Big studio is here right here at Apex. His name is Chris Gaddis, and he&#x27;s a benefit specialist from Raleigh, North Carolina. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you, Coach. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. What is a main problem? As business owners, we have a lot of problems. What&#x27;s one of the main problems business owners, every single business owner has, don&#x27;t even realize it sometimes to the end of the year, but at the end of the year, they realize they have a problem. What is that? Taxes. Paying too many? Too much in taxes or paying less? Too little? Too much is usually the problem. Yeah. So you&#x27;ve got some really good strategies to help business owners reduce taxes. So let&#x27;s go through a couple of them. Yeah. Yeah. I think what&#x27;s interesting with the first one I want to share is that it helps benefits the employees as well. Okay. So it&#x27;s a double win. It&#x27;s going to benefit your employees and benefit you as a business owner by paying less taxes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Absolutely. All right. Let&#x27;s go through that. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s actually pretty simple and it comes by way of the ACA, which we all love from 2010 Affordable Care Act that brought into place the ability to expand wellness programs that have typically been bolted on to medical plans. So these wellness plans are usually underutilized. They&#x27;ve been underutilized. They&#x27;re things where you get smoking cessation programs, weight loss. Oh, who doesn&#x27;t want to hear about weight loss these days? Yeah. I know a couple of pharmaceutical companies are making a fortune on that, right? Yes. And so, you know, it&#x27;s one of the things that really opened up this way for wellness plans to expand and to create an opportunity for this win-win scenario. So in a nutshell, employers can save on average almost $500 per employee per year. $500 per employee per year.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> That adds up. You have a lot of employees. And the nice thing is it&#x27;s not a credit or something they have to wait for. It&#x27;s coming right around in their payroll every time. Immediate. Okay, good. Right to their bottom line. Payroll reduction plan. Reducing taxes. Yes, sir. Sounds good to me. Yeah. And also the employees themselves, they save on average a little over $100 each as well. So the employees save money too. And that&#x27;s a month, a month. So about $1,200 a year. Wow. All right. That&#x27;s a nice benefit. All right. So what else can you tell us about that? Yeah. So I think there&#x27;s a couple unique things about it. But that program in general, it&#x27;s made to be proactive, help with wellness, help reduce health insurance claims and costs, which is great. Health insurance has kind of had this trend where the deductibles keep going up, premiums keep going up, but the coverages are not. Tell me about it. My daughter had appendicitis last year.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And the appendix actually burst and got her into the hospital emergency room. We&#x27;re happy to... Number one, I want to phrase this. I&#x27;m very happy we have the medical situations we do now. Sure. Because she was taken care of and she was back out and fine in two days. She was at her friend&#x27;s at Sheetz eating a hot dog or something like that. They hang out at Sheetz all the time. By the way, that&#x27;s a hangout place. Thomas, do you know that? When your kids get a little older, my daughter&#x27;s 18 now, but they don&#x27;t really have a hangout place for the kids that are too young to go to bars, right? So they hang out at the Sheetz on Friday and Saturday nights. Where oddly enough, you can get everything from a milkshake to a taco to a burger. She gets a lot. She&#x27;s never had a hot dog there. She&#x27;d be mad at me if I said that. I was just exaggerating. She has smoothies. She gets a smoothie there. Smoothies. And so that&#x27;s the hangout place. They got it all. But it ended up costing about $50,000.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Not out of pocket, but that&#x27;s what it would have cost if we didn&#x27;t have health insurance. But then we keep getting these bills like one doctor must have poked his head in and signed the little clipboard and here comes the bill. So we had a lot of bills coming in. So anytime we can reduce healthcare costs or improve health so we don&#x27;t have healthcare costs, it makes a lot of sense. So this program encourages, I take it, this program encourages that. Absolutely. Yeah. ACA came into play in wellness plans and really expanding that to help employees actually take advantage of it. Yeah. And there&#x27;s really a unique byproduct of the program that comes after all of this, which is those dollars when employees use them to buy benefits. Right. They remain, we call them tax efficient dollars. So they&#x27;re not taxed on those dollars that become that hundred or so dollars that&#x27;s increased. So the money that they free up, they don&#x27;t get taxed on too. So it&#x27;s a really, you know, it&#x27;s always fun when you say, yeah, I got a hundred dollar</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> raise from my boss. And then I said, well, have you spent that hundred dollars? Well, it&#x27;s only about 60 by the time it gets home. Yep. So in this case, it&#x27;s real hundred. Yeah. So it is what it is. It is. Which is amazing sometimes. It is. And you see the trend, the trends, you know, that we see are, are not good. Employees are foregoing benefits. They&#x27;re having, you know, to choose between putting Sally or Susie or Jimmy into baseball or gymnastics or get braces or do a little things like that. Absolutely. So this gives an opportunity to buy benefits for their family and themselves and not feel guilty that they&#x27;re taking money away from their family and put food on the table or whatever they&#x27;re concerned about. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Gattis, who&#x27;s a benefit specialist right here in Raleigh, North Carolina. And if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to save taxes or save some taxes and help your employees out at the same time, Thomas will tell you how you can do that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text the special keyword tax to 600-700. That&#x27;s tax to 600-700. Now, what kind of fees are involved in this, Chris? Yeah, that&#x27;s really another cool thing about the program. That&#x27;s why I really call it triple win because it&#x27;s net of fees. So there are fees that come out, but it&#x27;s out of that savings. So the $100 and the $500, and I&#x27;m using averages there, obviously that changes, but our net of those fees, so the fees that are internal to the program, depending upon what there&#x27;s different programs, you know, the employer groups have the option to kind of choose what&#x27;s best for their employees in that case. So that&#x27;s really the nice thing. There&#x27;s no additional fees on top of it. Nothing&#x27;s coming out of their paycheck. They&#x27;re still walking home with the same paycheck. So what&#x27;s the minimum number of employees a company should have or could have to have this benefit them? Yeah, five employees. We want to see five or more employees there. And in this case, actually, the owner is not eligible because they&#x27;re ultimately benefiting</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> anyway on the back end. Right. So it&#x27;s really one of those tax kind of loopholes almost that benefits employees and employers. We&#x27;re used to seeing this for the rich and all that stuff. We hear about all these things that the rich do to avoid paying taxes. So here&#x27;s an option for everybody. The evil rich people paying about 98% of all taxes. Exactly. And not paying their fair share. Yes, sir. You hear that all the time, right? Uh-huh, all the time. And nothing makes me madder because I pay a lot in taxes and I hear about not paying my fair share. No one&#x27;s ever said that to me, but I hear people on radio or TV, oh, the rich people aren&#x27;t paying their fair share. Well, how much are you paying? Right. The guy who&#x27;s saying we&#x27;re not paying the fair share. Yeah. Well, I don&#x27;t pay. Well, then, can&#x27;t say it. If I was Dan Bongino and had a podcast, I could say what I want to say. Yeah, yeah. I get it. But I&#x27;m not. I&#x27;m on the radio. Yeah. So it&#x27;s a friendly program.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> It sounds like. Yeah. When did you start working with this program? And have you seen? Give me an example of how it&#x27;s really benefited somebody. Yeah. Well, we use it with our own employees. So in our company. How many employees do you have? We got a little over 20. I think 23 employees. Okay, good. Good size. Yeah. And so we put this program into place. And I can tell you one of our employees, we use this example in our slide deck. And he put it into place. We pay. You have to have medical insurance as a part of this. So that&#x27;s an important aspect. So the company has to offer medical insurance. Yes. Or MEC equivalent. Okay. Effective coverage. Yep. But our employee in particular had no previous deductions, joined the team. And he was able to buy eight new benefits, short-term disability, long-term disability, life insurance, cancer, critical illness, gap plan. I like to talk about the gap plan, too, because that&#x27;s a really big benefit.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So he bought eight new benefits. And in the end, his pay went up $4. So he got a lot of new benefits, and he got $4 more. Yeah. I mean, he&#x27;s mid-20s, so he was a little cheaper on some of the benefits. But still, it afforded him the opportunity to buy benefits without any reduction in net pay. Let&#x27;s talk about the gap plan. This is the one I think is really interesting. One, we get the most excitement over, because usually when we&#x27;re talking to a company, we&#x27;re talking to HR, we&#x27;re talking to decision makers, but maybe not the owner that cares about the bottom line. They don&#x27;t necessarily profit from that. And so when you put benefits into place, they&#x27;re used to having that medical. We talked about the problem with increasing deductibles, right? We&#x27;ve seen that happen. Employers have had to do that to kind of keep the premiums somewhat level over the years. It&#x27;s a give and take. Absolutely. And unfortunately, right? Unfortunately. And so the employees are struggling there. You&#x27;re like one of these balloons you see, the hot air balloons.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You have to keep throwing sandbags over, except the sandbags are the important aspects of your company. Just to stay afloat. Right. And then we don&#x27;t want to do that. So there&#x27;s ways where you can keep the sandbags and keep afloat at the same time. Absolutely. Because we&#x27;ve seen things like HSAs come into play with these high deductible plans. Correct. Having to pay full amount going in. So yeah, with the gap plan, it&#x27;s really nice because similar to most people have this on their car when they buy a new car. If you have a $5,000 deductible, you can reduce that to $100,000, $500,000. There&#x27;s a number of different options there. Where if I&#x27;ve got four kids, I&#x27;ve had similar incidents. Nothing is serious, luckily, but we&#x27;ve had our breaks and falls and things. Thomas has four kids, too. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s sad. You&#x27;ve got something to look forward to, Thomas. Knock on wood. Yeah. And so walking into an emergency room, it&#x27;s a couple grand out of pocket. Yeah. And as we know, I mean, we read all the stories.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Most Americans don&#x27;t have that sitting around just waiting for it. You need an emergency account, and most people don&#x27;t have that yet. Yeah. So this is a way to fill the gap in, I guess, right? Yeah, absolutely. Gap insurance that instead of that $5,000, it might be $500,000. It might be $100. It might be $0, depending on what the company chooses to do. And that&#x27;s one that we see everyone kind of get excited about, and that&#x27;s a missing benefit. I think it&#x27;s a nice benefit to add because it&#x27;s not super cheap, usually $50, $60 an employee. But here we pay for it out of that net savings, and it&#x27;s not something to come out of their pocket. So it&#x27;s a really nice benefit to have just in case. It&#x27;s a great benefit as an employer to offer your employees because it&#x27;s something they probably aren&#x27;t getting anywhere else. Right. And in this case, the employer kind of looks like a hero, too, in that they&#x27;re putting this into place, giving their employees this ability to have these programs to choose from them, not reduce their net pay. So in today&#x27;s climate, it acts as a retention tool as well for employers.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> So, yeah, it&#x27;s a really unique program. Is there a maximum number of employees you can have to qualify for this plan? No. Bring them all. Okay. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. So the more, the merrier. Yeah. The minimum is five, and the maximum is whatever. Yep. Yep, absolutely. It makes a lot of sense. What&#x27;s the biggest company you&#x27;ve set up on this? Man, thousands. We&#x27;re working on a franchise right now that will be probably over 500 franchises coming in. So, yeah, you start adding all those employees. Do you guys help with the enrollment to make sure it&#x27;s seamless for the company owner? Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s the biggest piece to this is education. We make sure we educate the employees because there&#x27;s a couple components. Dealing with taxes always, you want to make sure everyone&#x27;s educated. Absolutely. So that&#x27;s a big part of it. So, yeah, enrollment. We work with enrollment teams, firms, technology. That all backs that up. Well, I wish we had more time, but we&#x27;re coming up against a hard break. But, Thomas, tell folks if you&#x27;re a business owner and you&#x27;ve got five or more employees, you really need to hear about this because it&#x27;s a net out of cost of zero for you,</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> and it really maximizes benefits for your employees. Thomas, tell folks I think you can get more information on this. All you have to do is call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text that special keyword, TAX, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TAX to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in the studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda having a fast-paced show. Coach, you&#x27;ve got a special guest for us here, though. We sure do. A few months ago, I was in New York City at a special conference, and when you go to these conferences, you meet people. You have to. You have to. Well, some people don&#x27;t. Some people sit in the corner and are unfriendly. Thomas, you know those kind of people. That&#x27;s me. I try to at least meet people. And it was a smaller group. It was a mastermind group on how to maximize income while minimizing taxes. And we had a great speaker that day, and it was fascinating, some of the techniques and tools he was sharing. And I said, gosh, there&#x27;s got to be a way to get this guy on the radio. And matter of fact, he&#x27;s right in Raleigh, North Carolina.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> We&#x27;re in our offices in Apex, our studio. Big studio is here right here at Apex. His name is Chris Gaddis, and he&#x27;s a benefit specialist from Raleigh, North Carolina. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you, Coach. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. What is a main problem? As business owners, we have a lot of problems. What&#x27;s one of the main problems business owners, every single business owner has, don&#x27;t even realize it sometimes to the end of the year, but at the end of the year, they realize they have a problem. What is that? Taxes. Paying too many? Too much in taxes or paying less? Too little? Too much is usually the problem. Yeah. So you&#x27;ve got some really good strategies to help business owners reduce taxes. So let&#x27;s go through a couple of them. Yeah. Yeah. I think what&#x27;s interesting with the first one I want to share is that it helps benefits the employees as well. Okay. So it&#x27;s a double win. It&#x27;s going to benefit your employees and benefit you as a business owner by paying less taxes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Absolutely. All right. Let&#x27;s go through that. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s actually pretty simple and it comes by way of the ACA, which we all love from 2010 Affordable Care Act that brought into place the ability to expand wellness programs that have typically been bolted on to medical plans. So these wellness plans are usually underutilized. They&#x27;ve been underutilized. They&#x27;re things where you get smoking cessation programs, weight loss. Oh, who doesn&#x27;t want to hear about weight loss these days? Yeah. I know a couple of pharmaceutical companies are making a fortune on that, right? Yes. And so, you know, it&#x27;s one of the things that really opened up this way for wellness plans to expand and to create an opportunity for this win-win scenario. So in a nutshell, employers can save on average almost $500 per employee per year. $500 per employee per year.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> That adds up. You have a lot of employees. And the nice thing is it&#x27;s not a credit or something they have to wait for. It&#x27;s coming right around in their payroll every time. Immediate. Okay, good. Right to their bottom line. Payroll reduction plan. Reducing taxes. Yes, sir. Sounds good to me. Yeah. And also the employees themselves, they save on average a little over $100 each as well. So the employees save money too. And that&#x27;s a month, a month. So about $1,200 a year. Wow. All right. That&#x27;s a nice benefit. All right. So what else can you tell us about that? Yeah. So I think there&#x27;s a couple unique things about it. But that program in general, it&#x27;s made to be proactive, help with wellness, help reduce health insurance claims and costs, which is great. Health insurance has kind of had this trend where the deductibles keep going up, premiums keep going up, but the coverages are not. Tell me about it. My daughter had appendicitis last year.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And the appendix actually burst and got her into the hospital emergency room. We&#x27;re happy to... Number one, I want to phrase this. I&#x27;m very happy we have the medical situations we do now. Sure. Because she was taken care of and she was back out and fine in two days. She was at her friend&#x27;s at Sheetz eating a hot dog or something like that. They hang out at Sheetz all the time. By the way, that&#x27;s a hangout place. Thomas, do you know that? When your kids get a little older, my daughter&#x27;s 18 now, but they don&#x27;t really have a hangout place for the kids that are too young to go to bars, right? So they hang out at the Sheetz on Friday and Saturday nights. Where oddly enough, you can get everything from a milkshake to a taco to a burger. She gets a lot. She&#x27;s never had a hot dog there. She&#x27;d be mad at me if I said that. I was just exaggerating. She has smoothies. She gets a smoothie there. Smoothies. And so that&#x27;s the hangout place. They got it all. But it ended up costing about $50,000.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Not out of pocket, but that&#x27;s what it would have cost if we didn&#x27;t have health insurance. But then we keep getting these bills like one doctor must have poked his head in and signed the little clipboard and here comes the bill. So we had a lot of bills coming in. So anytime we can reduce healthcare costs or improve health so we don&#x27;t have healthcare costs, it makes a lot of sense. So this program encourages, I take it, this program encourages that. Absolutely. Yeah. ACA came into play in wellness plans and really expanding that to help employees actually take advantage of it. Yeah. And there&#x27;s really a unique byproduct of the program that comes after all of this, which is those dollars when employees use them to buy benefits. Right. They remain, we call them tax efficient dollars. So they&#x27;re not taxed on those dollars that become that hundred or so dollars that&#x27;s increased. So the money that they free up, they don&#x27;t get taxed on too. So it&#x27;s a really, you know, it&#x27;s always fun when you say, yeah, I got a hundred dollar</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> raise from my boss. And then I said, well, have you spent that hundred dollars? Well, it&#x27;s only about 60 by the time it gets home. Yep. So in this case, it&#x27;s real hundred. Yeah. So it is what it is. It is. Which is amazing sometimes. It is. And you see the trend, the trends, you know, that we see are, are not good. Employees are foregoing benefits. They&#x27;re having, you know, to choose between putting Sally or Susie or Jimmy into baseball or gymnastics or get braces or do a little things like that. Absolutely. So this gives an opportunity to buy benefits for their family and themselves and not feel guilty that they&#x27;re taking money away from their family and put food on the table or whatever they&#x27;re concerned about. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Gattis, who&#x27;s a benefit specialist right here in Raleigh, North Carolina. And if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to save taxes or save some taxes and help your employees out at the same time, Thomas will tell you how you can do that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text the special keyword tax to 600-700. That&#x27;s tax to 600-700. Now, what kind of fees are involved in this, Chris? Yeah, that&#x27;s really another cool thing about the program. That&#x27;s why I really call it triple win because it&#x27;s net of fees. So there are fees that come out, but it&#x27;s out of that savings. So the $100 and the $500, and I&#x27;m using averages there, obviously that changes, but our net of those fees, so the fees that are internal to the program, depending upon what there&#x27;s different programs, you know, the employer groups have the option to kind of choose what&#x27;s best for their employees in that case. So that&#x27;s really the nice thing. There&#x27;s no additional fees on top of it. Nothing&#x27;s coming out of their paycheck. They&#x27;re still walking home with the same paycheck. So what&#x27;s the minimum number of employees a company should have or could have to have this benefit them? Yeah, five employees. We want to see five or more employees there. And in this case, actually, the owner is not eligible because they&#x27;re ultimately benefiting</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> anyway on the back end. Right. So it&#x27;s really one of those tax kind of loopholes almost that benefits employees and employers. We&#x27;re used to seeing this for the rich and all that stuff. We hear about all these things that the rich do to avoid paying taxes. So here&#x27;s an option for everybody. The evil rich people paying about 98% of all taxes. Exactly. And not paying their fair share. Yes, sir. You hear that all the time, right? Uh-huh, all the time. And nothing makes me madder because I pay a lot in taxes and I hear about not paying my fair share. No one&#x27;s ever said that to me, but I hear people on radio or TV, oh, the rich people aren&#x27;t paying their fair share. Well, how much are you paying? Right. The guy who&#x27;s saying we&#x27;re not paying the fair share. Yeah. Well, I don&#x27;t pay. Well, then, can&#x27;t say it. If I was Dan Bongino and had a podcast, I could say what I want to say. Yeah, yeah. I get it. But I&#x27;m not. I&#x27;m on the radio. Yeah. So it&#x27;s a friendly program.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> It sounds like. Yeah. When did you start working with this program? And have you seen? Give me an example of how it&#x27;s really benefited somebody. Yeah. Well, we use it with our own employees. So in our company. How many employees do you have? We got a little over 20. I think 23 employees. Okay, good. Good size. Yeah. And so we put this program into place. And I can tell you one of our employees, we use this example in our slide deck. And he put it into place. We pay. You have to have medical insurance as a part of this. So that&#x27;s an important aspect. So the company has to offer medical insurance. Yes. Or MEC equivalent. Okay. Effective coverage. Yep. But our employee in particular had no previous deductions, joined the team. And he was able to buy eight new benefits, short-term disability, long-term disability, life insurance, cancer, critical illness, gap plan. I like to talk about the gap plan, too, because that&#x27;s a really big benefit.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So he bought eight new benefits. And in the end, his pay went up $4. So he got a lot of new benefits, and he got $4 more. Yeah. I mean, he&#x27;s mid-20s, so he was a little cheaper on some of the benefits. But still, it afforded him the opportunity to buy benefits without any reduction in net pay. Let&#x27;s talk about the gap plan. This is the one I think is really interesting. One, we get the most excitement over, because usually when we&#x27;re talking to a company, we&#x27;re talking to HR, we&#x27;re talking to decision makers, but maybe not the owner that cares about the bottom line. They don&#x27;t necessarily profit from that. And so when you put benefits into place, they&#x27;re used to having that medical. We talked about the problem with increasing deductibles, right? We&#x27;ve seen that happen. Employers have had to do that to kind of keep the premiums somewhat level over the years. It&#x27;s a give and take. Absolutely. And unfortunately, right? Unfortunately. And so the employees are struggling there. You&#x27;re like one of these balloons you see, the hot air balloons.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You have to keep throwing sandbags over, except the sandbags are the important aspects of your company. Just to stay afloat. Right. And then we don&#x27;t want to do that. So there&#x27;s ways where you can keep the sandbags and keep afloat at the same time. Absolutely. Because we&#x27;ve seen things like HSAs come into play with these high deductible plans. Correct. Having to pay full amount going in. So yeah, with the gap plan, it&#x27;s really nice because similar to most people have this on their car when they buy a new car. If you have a $5,000 deductible, you can reduce that to $100,000, $500,000. There&#x27;s a number of different options there. Where if I&#x27;ve got four kids, I&#x27;ve had similar incidents. Nothing is serious, luckily, but we&#x27;ve had our breaks and falls and things. Thomas has four kids, too. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s sad. You&#x27;ve got something to look forward to, Thomas. Knock on wood. Yeah. And so walking into an emergency room, it&#x27;s a couple grand out of pocket. Yeah. And as we know, I mean, we read all the stories.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Most Americans don&#x27;t have that sitting around just waiting for it. You need an emergency account, and most people don&#x27;t have that yet. Yeah. So this is a way to fill the gap in, I guess, right? Yeah, absolutely. Gap insurance that instead of that $5,000, it might be $500,000. It might be $100. It might be $0, depending on what the company chooses to do. And that&#x27;s one that we see everyone kind of get excited about, and that&#x27;s a missing benefit. I think it&#x27;s a nice benefit to add because it&#x27;s not super cheap, usually $50, $60 an employee. But here we pay for it out of that net savings, and it&#x27;s not something to come out of their pocket. So it&#x27;s a really nice benefit to have just in case. It&#x27;s a great benefit as an employer to offer your employees because it&#x27;s something they probably aren&#x27;t getting anywhere else. Right. And in this case, the employer kind of looks like a hero, too, in that they&#x27;re putting this into place, giving their employees this ability to have these programs to choose from them, not reduce their net pay. So in today&#x27;s climate, it acts as a retention tool as well for employers.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> So, yeah, it&#x27;s a really unique program. Is there a maximum number of employees you can have to qualify for this plan? No. Bring them all. Okay. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. So the more, the merrier. Yeah. The minimum is five, and the maximum is whatever. Yep. Yep, absolutely. It makes a lot of sense. What&#x27;s the biggest company you&#x27;ve set up on this? Man, thousands. We&#x27;re working on a franchise right now that will be probably over 500 franchises coming in. So, yeah, you start adding all those employees. Do you guys help with the enrollment to make sure it&#x27;s seamless for the company owner? Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s the biggest piece to this is education. We make sure we educate the employees because there&#x27;s a couple components. Dealing with taxes always, you want to make sure everyone&#x27;s educated. Absolutely. So that&#x27;s a big part of it. So, yeah, enrollment. We work with enrollment teams, firms, technology. That all backs that up. Well, I wish we had more time, but we&#x27;re coming up against a hard break. But, Thomas, tell folks if you&#x27;re a business owner and you&#x27;ve got five or more employees, you really need to hear about this because it&#x27;s a net out of cost of zero for you,</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> and it really maximizes benefits for your employees. Thomas, tell folks I think you can get more information on this. All you have to do is call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text that special keyword, TAX, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TAX to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Gaddis</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Gaddis, tax planning, healthcare</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/image.jpg?t=1792073465&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gaddis-benefits-specialist-and-business-stra/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/image.jpg?t=1792073465&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>766</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12299936" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gaddis-benefits-specialist-and-business-stra</link>
      <itunes:order>14</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Chris Gaddis" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:41" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Separating Financial Fact from Fiction (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Separating Financial Fact from Fiction (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, got a couple of special guests in the house don&#x27;t we? Got a couple of retirement masters out here. We got Mr. Ray Lucia who&#x27;s a retired financial consultant and with retired master. Ray welcome in. Well thanks to you I am now in your beautiful studios and it is pretty darn nice. Yeah and we</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> have Mady Amini who&#x27;s with he&#x27;s CEO of United Legacy. Welcome in. He does a lot of real estate. He does capital markets and alternative investments. Thank you Coach. Yeah. Pleasure being here. Good to see you guys. Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Both of these guys, Thomas, from San Diego area in California. So really nice area. I visit them every now and then and I really enjoy myself when I&#x27;m there. It&#x27;s nice to be here with you. I knew you back when you had hair. Where&#x27;d it go? We had the great hair migration. It moved from the top to the sides now. I&#x27;ve got a beard instead of a head hair. So it&#x27;s a fast-moving money world so I thought I&#x27;d have you guys on today just to go over some things. I mean there&#x27;s so many different places people turn for their advice and they put their money in places they shouldn&#x27;t many times. Ray we&#x27;ve seen over the years so many</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> mistakes people make with money. No question as you know I&#x27;ve retired several years now. Right. But I still stay pretty close to the industry. I do some mentoring as you well know and some training and so forth. And what I&#x27;ve found most often is advisors getting it wrong and it&#x27;s frustrating and a little bit depressing. But for the most part they have good intention, Coach. Yep. But unfortunately they haven&#x27;t kept pace with the times. We see that right there today especially when the interest rate environment is going crazy. A lot of advisors are still giving advice based on interest rates being under one. Well you know the bond market was pretty crazy itself last year. And anybody that was involved in bonds and there&#x27;s trillions of dollars out there. And they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> looking for alternatives but don&#x27;t know where to turn. There&#x27;s a lot of financial contamination as far as the information out there too. You hear something and then now all that becomes you hear it from a couple people and it becomes fact in your mind. But it could be two people saying the wrong thing and they heard it from the wrong place. So how do you really know fact from fiction these days? Well that&#x27;s a really good point. I don&#x27;t want to be sacrilegious here but those of us and I&#x27;ve been in the business and was in the business for 40 years plus. And a successful radio show too. Don&#x27;t give yourself, don&#x27;t short sell yourself. Well yeah don&#x27;t short, don&#x27;t short side me. It was radio and television. That&#x27;s right. Just like you. You&#x27;re my idol now. I&#x27;m like you with hair. Well your hair is perfectly combed by the way. Yeah I gotta work hard. So is yours. I see one of them.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Comb my beard here. No no but my point is that we&#x27;ve been taught in this industry and you go back a long ways too. We&#x27;ve been taught that modern portfolio theory is the way to go. You know you draw a big pie chart and you got small cap, large cap, domestic, international, all that stuff. Right. And then you rebalance the portfolios every year and you do a target date fund. And based on like now the last few decades of research most of that is really not cool anymore. It&#x27;s just not the right thing to do because by the time you pay for the advisory fee, by the time you pay for the management fees, you could have just bought a simple index fund and done better than most money managers. Now what about a money manager who&#x27;s charging a fee and they put you an index fund? Well I mean</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> does that make sense? Talk about sacrilegious and I used to discuss this all the time on my show and I&#x27;ve certainly advised many and I&#x27;ve written about it too. You and I have co-authored some things together in the past and I&#x27;ve written about the fact that an advisor that does that is just a lazy advisor because a client could do the same thing themselves. But there are ways and there are several different ways I can go through a couple if you want. Sure. That individuals can in fact beat the market by themselves. But as you also know I&#x27;ve written a whole booklet on the value a financial advisor brings to the table. And with not only there&#x27;s a Vanguard study which is interesting because they invented the index fund. But they even wrote I think it was back in 2000 when they first came out</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> with their advisor alpha thing. I think that&#x27;s what they call it now. That said an advisor that does their clients right by you know behavioral coaching and all the different criteria can add three percent net of fees to the ultimate return to their clients. And so I used to when I advised and did my consulting with advisors I would say you know what don&#x27;t spend so much time talking about how you&#x27;re going to pick better stocks because you&#x27;re not. Right. I mean there are a few really good stock pickers. I know a couple you know a couple. But where you&#x27;re going to make your money for the client where they&#x27;re going to make their money is in the way you handle their portfolio. The way they handle your behavior.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> The way they handle timing out what you do with your stocks. Your bonds. Your safe money. Your risky money. Yeah and getting into risk. Now you you&#x27;ve we were talking about this earlier. A lot of people think risk equals volatility. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s not true is it? No it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not true but that&#x27;s the whole concept of modern portfolio theory. The way it was sold. Harry Markowitz by the way I had him on my show. He was he died six or eight months ago. Many years ago. I had lunch with he and his wife. Fantastic guy. But you know he was an institutional guy. And and what he did is he created this thing called asset allocation. Go figure. And that was back in 1952. I think that was like three years before Steve Jobs was born. So so the fact is nowadays you got AI you got all kinds of technology. Right. You don&#x27;t need</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> to to manage portfolios for its volatility. You manage it for its risk. And the fact is when you start taking income from a portfolio that&#x27;s where volatility becomes risk because risk is defined as loss of principle. Volatility is a temporary situation where share prices go down over a 10 15 20 30 year period. Stocks go up in general and they&#x27;re not risky. They&#x27;re actually safer than bonds. And a friend of mine and yours Dr. Wade Fowle has talked about this when he wrote that article. I don&#x27;t know when it was a few years back. But he said why bonds don&#x27;t belong in your portfolio. And what he&#x27;s alluding to is the fact that if you can hold on to your stocks long term enough</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and you have other assets from which to draw your income then stocks are less risky than bonds. By the way Peter Lynch also said something similar to that in his book beating the street. I remember reading that back in 1994. That tells you how old I am. Yeah Peter Lynch. Great guy. He&#x27;s found a fidelity. Yeah very very smart man. Thomas let&#x27;s make sure people have a way to contact us. If you&#x27;re wondering about the volatility in your portfolio. If you want to make sure you have a total plan put together for retirement. This is your chance to get Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan right now which is 22 step total retirement plan all mapped out for you in writing to help you diagram where you are right now. But more importantly where you could be by making the right choices. Analyze what you have right now. Make sure you don&#x27;t have too many what we call financial termites. Too much risk fees and commission in</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> that portfolio. And you really need that financial fill-up strategy. That check delivered every single year for the rest of your life. Thomas tell people how they can do that. All right folks that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. There&#x27;s just a lot of confusion out there in the money world Ray. A lot of people don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re doing the right thing and they don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re getting the right information from the right person to do the right thing. Yeah unfortunately there&#x27;s a lot of misinformation and you know fortunately there are shows like this as well where you can get the right scoop and hopefully help people retire in comfort and safety. Thomas I gave Ray an advanced copy of my new book The Book on Retirement. Ah very nice. And about 300 pages. Ray read it. Ray what do you think about it? I read it</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> page for page. Page for page. And I thought it was excellent. I think everybody should get a copy of it whether he gives it to you for free or you buy it. I&#x27;m sure he wants you to buy it. I&#x27;m getting mine for free. I thought it was excellent. Not only did you entertain me but it&#x27;s really good solid information that&#x27;s spoken in a language that most of us can understand. Yeah well that&#x27;s what I try and we don&#x27;t want to talk down to folks we want to make sure everyone understands and remember being in class and if you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was talking about right away you never caught up during that that period that the class period because you were still trying to figure out what the teacher was talking about to begin with. So we never wanted to leave people behind. Maybe very important to make sure that people are totally educated. Educated the right way for the</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> right reasons isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Yeah. When we talk about the mortgage world you and I were talking about the mortgage world before. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on in the mortgage world these days? Well you know a couple years ago I was telling everyone that rates were going to go up to eight percent and I think a couple weeks ago we saw the 10-year treasury break the mark of five and interest rates did get to eight percent. Right. And there is a lot of misinformation from real estate agents and mortgage brokers or mortgage banks because all they want you to do is buy a property and at an eight percent interest rate it might not be the best time to buy a property. Yeah. And so you know right now mortgage rates are high. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s and they could go higher right? I mean nobody really knows. Now your crystal ball did you bring it with you because you predicted</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> eight percent? What did you say a couple years ago you said that? We believe that you know the you know the 10-year treasury is going to go above five percent again and rates will get to about eight and a half. We see it slowing down I would say in the third quarter of 2024. Is that a reason why somebody should not buy a property right now? It depends on what type of property you&#x27;re going to buy and where are you going to buy that property? Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a primary residence. Primary residence at you know rates over eight percent. If you look across the United States of America and look at the median income it doesn&#x27;t support eight percent interest rates. Okay okay. And I would say that you know the majority of the people in America today have a five percent interest rate or better so you&#x27;re not going to see them selling their home to go buy at the peak of the market at a higher rate. It&#x27;s going to make</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> people a little less portable. Correct. When you don&#x27;t want to leave that interest rate that you got like I&#x27;m at 299. I&#x27;d be crazy to sell my house now and try to go get an eight percent rate. Well you&#x27;re going to see the government agencies you know do what&#x27;s called an assumable loan. So I do see us launching that pretty soon where you&#x27;re going to take over someone&#x27;s loan. That&#x27;s the only way it&#x27;s going to work. Then you wish you could get a time machine and go get a lot of loans at 2.9 or two and a half and it&#x27;d make your property very easy to sell if you could sell that interest rate along with it. That&#x27;s why you want the best education. You know I was telling a lot of folks when rates were at four percent I was able to get 10 million dollars on a 20 million dollar house for them and they said well 4.90 is a high rate and those individuals in Palo Alto. Hello you should have done it because now</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> you could invest that money and buy more properties. Yeah I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just a confusing world. I think the main thing is to be informed make sure the education you&#x27;re getting is from the right place and you&#x27;re not getting led down a rabbit hole of wrong information. So verify like Ronald Reagan would always say trust but verify. So folks here&#x27;s what I recommend. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s clear our desks off. Let&#x27;s make sure that you get that clear understanding of where you are right now but more importantly where you could be with the proper financial and income plan put the put in place as we call it the financial fill-up strategy which has that growth protection income component. Grow your money protect that growth and get income for life when you need it and for the next 10 of you who have at least 200,000 dedicated to retirement this offer is for you and our strategies do work best for those of you with over a million dollar safe retirement. Thomas tell people how they can qualify for Coach Pete&#x27;s power</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> plan. It is very easy all you have to do is call 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 you can also text keyword plan to 600-700 that is plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, got a couple of special guests in the house don&#x27;t we? Got a couple of retirement masters out here. We got Mr. Ray Lucia who&#x27;s a retired financial consultant and with retired master. Ray welcome in. Well thanks to you I am now in your beautiful studios and it is pretty darn nice. Yeah and we</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> have Mady Amini who&#x27;s with he&#x27;s CEO of United Legacy. Welcome in. He does a lot of real estate. He does capital markets and alternative investments. Thank you Coach. Yeah. Pleasure being here. Good to see you guys. Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Both of these guys, Thomas, from San Diego area in California. So really nice area. I visit them every now and then and I really enjoy myself when I&#x27;m there. It&#x27;s nice to be here with you. I knew you back when you had hair. Where&#x27;d it go? We had the great hair migration. It moved from the top to the sides now. I&#x27;ve got a beard instead of a head hair. So it&#x27;s a fast-moving money world so I thought I&#x27;d have you guys on today just to go over some things. I mean there&#x27;s so many different places people turn for their advice and they put their money in places they shouldn&#x27;t many times. Ray we&#x27;ve seen over the years so many</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> mistakes people make with money. No question as you know I&#x27;ve retired several years now. Right. But I still stay pretty close to the industry. I do some mentoring as you well know and some training and so forth. And what I&#x27;ve found most often is advisors getting it wrong and it&#x27;s frustrating and a little bit depressing. But for the most part they have good intention, Coach. Yep. But unfortunately they haven&#x27;t kept pace with the times. We see that right there today especially when the interest rate environment is going crazy. A lot of advisors are still giving advice based on interest rates being under one. Well you know the bond market was pretty crazy itself last year. And anybody that was involved in bonds and there&#x27;s trillions of dollars out there. And they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> looking for alternatives but don&#x27;t know where to turn. There&#x27;s a lot of financial contamination as far as the information out there too. You hear something and then now all that becomes you hear it from a couple people and it becomes fact in your mind. But it could be two people saying the wrong thing and they heard it from the wrong place. So how do you really know fact from fiction these days? Well that&#x27;s a really good point. I don&#x27;t want to be sacrilegious here but those of us and I&#x27;ve been in the business and was in the business for 40 years plus. And a successful radio show too. Don&#x27;t give yourself, don&#x27;t short sell yourself. Well yeah don&#x27;t short, don&#x27;t short side me. It was radio and television. That&#x27;s right. Just like you. You&#x27;re my idol now. I&#x27;m like you with hair. Well your hair is perfectly combed by the way. Yeah I gotta work hard. So is yours. I see one of them.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Comb my beard here. No no but my point is that we&#x27;ve been taught in this industry and you go back a long ways too. We&#x27;ve been taught that modern portfolio theory is the way to go. You know you draw a big pie chart and you got small cap, large cap, domestic, international, all that stuff. Right. And then you rebalance the portfolios every year and you do a target date fund. And based on like now the last few decades of research most of that is really not cool anymore. It&#x27;s just not the right thing to do because by the time you pay for the advisory fee, by the time you pay for the management fees, you could have just bought a simple index fund and done better than most money managers. Now what about a money manager who&#x27;s charging a fee and they put you an index fund? Well I mean</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> does that make sense? Talk about sacrilegious and I used to discuss this all the time on my show and I&#x27;ve certainly advised many and I&#x27;ve written about it too. You and I have co-authored some things together in the past and I&#x27;ve written about the fact that an advisor that does that is just a lazy advisor because a client could do the same thing themselves. But there are ways and there are several different ways I can go through a couple if you want. Sure. That individuals can in fact beat the market by themselves. But as you also know I&#x27;ve written a whole booklet on the value a financial advisor brings to the table. And with not only there&#x27;s a Vanguard study which is interesting because they invented the index fund. But they even wrote I think it was back in 2000 when they first came out</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> with their advisor alpha thing. I think that&#x27;s what they call it now. That said an advisor that does their clients right by you know behavioral coaching and all the different criteria can add three percent net of fees to the ultimate return to their clients. And so I used to when I advised and did my consulting with advisors I would say you know what don&#x27;t spend so much time talking about how you&#x27;re going to pick better stocks because you&#x27;re not. Right. I mean there are a few really good stock pickers. I know a couple you know a couple. But where you&#x27;re going to make your money for the client where they&#x27;re going to make their money is in the way you handle their portfolio. The way they handle your behavior.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> The way they handle timing out what you do with your stocks. Your bonds. Your safe money. Your risky money. Yeah and getting into risk. Now you you&#x27;ve we were talking about this earlier. A lot of people think risk equals volatility. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s not true is it? No it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not true but that&#x27;s the whole concept of modern portfolio theory. The way it was sold. Harry Markowitz by the way I had him on my show. He was he died six or eight months ago. Many years ago. I had lunch with he and his wife. Fantastic guy. But you know he was an institutional guy. And and what he did is he created this thing called asset allocation. Go figure. And that was back in 1952. I think that was like three years before Steve Jobs was born. So so the fact is nowadays you got AI you got all kinds of technology. Right. You don&#x27;t need</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> to to manage portfolios for its volatility. You manage it for its risk. And the fact is when you start taking income from a portfolio that&#x27;s where volatility becomes risk because risk is defined as loss of principle. Volatility is a temporary situation where share prices go down over a 10 15 20 30 year period. Stocks go up in general and they&#x27;re not risky. They&#x27;re actually safer than bonds. And a friend of mine and yours Dr. Wade Fowle has talked about this when he wrote that article. I don&#x27;t know when it was a few years back. But he said why bonds don&#x27;t belong in your portfolio. And what he&#x27;s alluding to is the fact that if you can hold on to your stocks long term enough</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and you have other assets from which to draw your income then stocks are less risky than bonds. By the way Peter Lynch also said something similar to that in his book beating the street. I remember reading that back in 1994. That tells you how old I am. Yeah Peter Lynch. Great guy. He&#x27;s found a fidelity. Yeah very very smart man. Thomas let&#x27;s make sure people have a way to contact us. If you&#x27;re wondering about the volatility in your portfolio. If you want to make sure you have a total plan put together for retirement. This is your chance to get Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan right now which is 22 step total retirement plan all mapped out for you in writing to help you diagram where you are right now. But more importantly where you could be by making the right choices. Analyze what you have right now. Make sure you don&#x27;t have too many what we call financial termites. Too much risk fees and commission in</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> that portfolio. And you really need that financial fill-up strategy. That check delivered every single year for the rest of your life. Thomas tell people how they can do that. All right folks that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. There&#x27;s just a lot of confusion out there in the money world Ray. A lot of people don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re doing the right thing and they don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re getting the right information from the right person to do the right thing. Yeah unfortunately there&#x27;s a lot of misinformation and you know fortunately there are shows like this as well where you can get the right scoop and hopefully help people retire in comfort and safety. Thomas I gave Ray an advanced copy of my new book The Book on Retirement. Ah very nice. And about 300 pages. Ray read it. Ray what do you think about it? I read it</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> page for page. Page for page. And I thought it was excellent. I think everybody should get a copy of it whether he gives it to you for free or you buy it. I&#x27;m sure he wants you to buy it. I&#x27;m getting mine for free. I thought it was excellent. Not only did you entertain me but it&#x27;s really good solid information that&#x27;s spoken in a language that most of us can understand. Yeah well that&#x27;s what I try and we don&#x27;t want to talk down to folks we want to make sure everyone understands and remember being in class and if you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was talking about right away you never caught up during that that period that the class period because you were still trying to figure out what the teacher was talking about to begin with. So we never wanted to leave people behind. Maybe very important to make sure that people are totally educated. Educated the right way for the</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> right reasons isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Yeah. When we talk about the mortgage world you and I were talking about the mortgage world before. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on in the mortgage world these days? Well you know a couple years ago I was telling everyone that rates were going to go up to eight percent and I think a couple weeks ago we saw the 10-year treasury break the mark of five and interest rates did get to eight percent. Right. And there is a lot of misinformation from real estate agents and mortgage brokers or mortgage banks because all they want you to do is buy a property and at an eight percent interest rate it might not be the best time to buy a property. Yeah. And so you know right now mortgage rates are high. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s and they could go higher right? I mean nobody really knows. Now your crystal ball did you bring it with you because you predicted</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> eight percent? What did you say a couple years ago you said that? We believe that you know the you know the 10-year treasury is going to go above five percent again and rates will get to about eight and a half. We see it slowing down I would say in the third quarter of 2024. Is that a reason why somebody should not buy a property right now? It depends on what type of property you&#x27;re going to buy and where are you going to buy that property? Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a primary residence. Primary residence at you know rates over eight percent. If you look across the United States of America and look at the median income it doesn&#x27;t support eight percent interest rates. Okay okay. And I would say that you know the majority of the people in America today have a five percent interest rate or better so you&#x27;re not going to see them selling their home to go buy at the peak of the market at a higher rate. It&#x27;s going to make</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> people a little less portable. Correct. When you don&#x27;t want to leave that interest rate that you got like I&#x27;m at 299. I&#x27;d be crazy to sell my house now and try to go get an eight percent rate. Well you&#x27;re going to see the government agencies you know do what&#x27;s called an assumable loan. So I do see us launching that pretty soon where you&#x27;re going to take over someone&#x27;s loan. That&#x27;s the only way it&#x27;s going to work. Then you wish you could get a time machine and go get a lot of loans at 2.9 or two and a half and it&#x27;d make your property very easy to sell if you could sell that interest rate along with it. That&#x27;s why you want the best education. You know I was telling a lot of folks when rates were at four percent I was able to get 10 million dollars on a 20 million dollar house for them and they said well 4.90 is a high rate and those individuals in Palo Alto. Hello you should have done it because now</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> you could invest that money and buy more properties. Yeah I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just a confusing world. I think the main thing is to be informed make sure the education you&#x27;re getting is from the right place and you&#x27;re not getting led down a rabbit hole of wrong information. So verify like Ronald Reagan would always say trust but verify. So folks here&#x27;s what I recommend. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s clear our desks off. Let&#x27;s make sure that you get that clear understanding of where you are right now but more importantly where you could be with the proper financial and income plan put the put in place as we call it the financial fill-up strategy which has that growth protection income component. Grow your money protect that growth and get income for life when you need it and for the next 10 of you who have at least 200,000 dedicated to retirement this offer is for you and our strategies do work best for those of you with over a million dollar safe retirement. Thomas tell people how they can qualify for Coach Pete&#x27;s power</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> plan. It is very easy all you have to do is call 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 you can also text keyword plan to 600-700 that is plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>Ray Lucia</category>
      <category>Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini, Ray Lucia, Mehdi Amini, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/image.jpg?t=1792073472&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/image.jpg?t=1792073472&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>787</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12636420" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-1</link>
      <itunes:order>15</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Separating Financial Fact from Fiction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:03" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside Coach Pete D’Arruda having a great conversation. Coach, you have a special guest on the line for us. Who do we have? Oh, one of my best buddies ever. It&#x27;s Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s joining us from Scottsdale, Arizona. And Tom, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve been on together. And in the meantime, you&#x27;ve written a new book. I mean, of course, my favorite book you&#x27;ve written is called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Let&#x27;s talk about that just for a minute. How have people across the world accepted this book? Well, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. You know, that was the TV special that played on PBS and 80 Million Homes in the U.S. and</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Canada. That book is really the math and science behind a successful retirement. So it&#x27;s been received very well. It&#x27;s got all the research of the top PhDs in the world. And so instead of using people&#x27;s opinions, what I did was I used the facts and the research and the math and the science to show people how to retire the optimal way. And I told you, it was when I was talking to you about that book years ago, I remember telling Thomas in my studio, I said, you know, what Tom Hegna does is he puts math over markets and science over speculation. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people are forgetting, Tom. When we&#x27;re talking about getting to retirement, that&#x27;s only half the battle. That&#x27;s right. Because, you know, it&#x27;s like when you climb a mountain, there are more deaths on the way down from the mountain than on the way up from the mountain. It&#x27;s the same in retirement.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> There&#x27;s more tragedies once people get to retirement and run out of money or have an unplanned long term care event or something than the problems that they have saving and investing. Yeah, I remember watching your special on PBS and I mean, millions of people saw that. And I think a lot of people took some of the concepts you were mentioning and applied them. And and now they&#x27;re going to have a happier retirement because some of the money they have now is isolated from market events. Yeah. And I mean, you know, everybody thinks retirement&#x27;s about having this big pile of money. It&#x27;s not really true. It&#x27;s about having increasing income. And I would add increasing tax free income if you can. And then managing risk. You know, what happens if the market crashes? What happens if you live a long time? What happens if inflation continues? What happens when they raise your taxes? And notice I didn&#x27;t say if what&#x27;s going to happen when they raise your taxes.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And and so that&#x27;s what a good retirement plan. It anticipates all those negative possible events and then protects the wealth from those events. It&#x27;s a whole lot better to withstand a negative event in the market when all your money isn&#x27;t exposed to the market. Correct or not? Incorrect. That is correct. Yeah. I mean, and when I know it sounds simplistic, but Tom, over my 31 years in the financial arena, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people with all their money exposed to some kind of risk, whether it be interest rate risk or market risk or we talk about, well, interest rate risk is owning real estate. I mean, if interest rates keep going up, the market of the pool of people for you to sell your house to is shrinking because rates are high and it costs thousands of dollars more a year to own the same house you could have owned two or three years ago.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Plus, look at all the banks that failed earlier this year. And it wasn&#x27;t because they held bad investments. They held the safest investment in the world, U.S. government bonds. The problem is they bought the bonds when they were 1% and then when interest rates went to 5%, those bonds had gone down 80% in value and they&#x27;re the world&#x27;s safest investment, but they were down 80% and those banks failed. You know, we all know, and in the financial world we know this, when interest rates go up, bond prices go down. So let me ask you this, Tom, what were the people in the banks thinking when they were piling money into bonds at 1%? Well, they shouldn&#x27;t have been, you know, because the risk was, and I mean, the Federal Reserve said we&#x27;re raising interest rates, so I&#x27;m going to raise them a lot. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, surprise, surprise. I don&#x27;t understand why they subjected themselves to that interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> Now, let&#x27;s be clear. If they hold those bonds through maturity, they get all the money back. But the problem is in between now and maturity, those bonds can go down like they did, you know, 70%, 80%, and then if people walk in the bank and say, hey, I want my money, they didn&#x27;t have the money to give them their money back. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say you needed the money now. You don&#x27;t have 10, 20 years to wait for maturity. No. You know, that&#x27;s the problem. And we talk about that kind of risk. That&#x27;s a big risk that people forget a lot of times. But then the market risk, but I mean, the real estate risk, inflation, what about inflation? I mean, we keep hearing it&#x27;s pretty funny when they come out with the monthly numbers and they say, hey, it&#x27;s a, we&#x27;re only, inflation&#x27;s only at 3% this month. Well, that&#x27;s 3% higher than it was last month. We need negative inflation to get back to where we used to be. Right. And look at gas prices up 40, 50%, you know, food prices up 20, 30%.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> At least. I mean, everything has got up. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, I just laughed the other day. I went to Starbucks. I got a large iced tea, black iced tea, $4.49. And I just laughed. All it is, is water in the teabag. Wow. There&#x27;s two cents worth of stuff in there and $4.49. It&#x27;s crazy. You could go to Walmart, get a hundred pack of Tetley or Lipton tea for about $4. And you could have made, uh, how many gallons of tea? Yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. We&#x27;re paying for convenience these days, but we&#x27;re overpaying for things we shouldn&#x27;t be overpaying for. And inflation is a silent killer, just like high blood pressure. That&#x27;s right. I factor that in because I had a little high blood pressure, but I&#x27;m back under control with a little medication. I&#x27;m happy about that. There you go. Yeah. Everybody hears about my health issues here. We could tie it into the market and the heartbeat is a good thing to keep low too. So that&#x27;s why we, we want a proper balance in the financial world.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But my heartbeat would increase Thomas, it would, Tom and Thomas, both of you guys, my heartbeat would increase if I became a millionaire and you wrote a book, Tom, since we&#x27;ve talked to asked it&#x27;s Tom Hageness, who wants to be a millionaire. And that&#x27;s what we have you on today. Want to talk a little bit about this book. What inspired you to write it? Well, here&#x27;s the deal. I&#x27;ve spent my whole time writing books for baby boomers. I&#x27;ve written five books on retirement. This was the first time I did one for generation XYZ and millennials. You know, I have four kids ranging from age 21 to age 39. And these are the things that I&#x27;ve taught my kids on how to build wealth. And all four of my kids are, are very successful so far, you know, and doing great things. So I said, I want to build, I want to write a book for younger people because I believe</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> almost all Americans can become millionaires if they want to be. And that&#x27;s what I put in this book. I&#x27;m generation X. So I appreciate you calling me a young person. 1966. So I&#x27;m almost a baby boomer. And there you go. Here&#x27;s what they say about Jen. It&#x27;s fun to look at what they say about our groups, right? So they say generation X are skeptical, but big believers when they find something that is, that is backed up by science and math. And so I think that&#x27;s why I like you so much, Tom, because, because you back everything you say up with science and math, no guesses, no gimmicks, no theosaurus words that no one understands, no re-imagining. It&#x27;s just the facts. Sort of like they used to say on Dragnet. That&#x27;s why I like Dragnet back in the day. Yeah. Let&#x27;s talk about good. I like to keep things simple because I think simple, you know, is effective. And when it&#x27;s complicated, it gets confusing and people just lose interest.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Yeah. Lose interest or trust. I mean, if you don&#x27;t, if you can&#x27;t understand something, the trust level is not there too. So understanding things very important. Let&#x27;s talk about the first chapter, help people become millionaires. What, what, what&#x27;s this chapter about? Well, what&#x27;s, what&#x27;s interesting, um, coaches, you know, when I was an advisor 30 years ago, the ETFs didn&#x27;t even exist. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate mutual funds. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate stocks and bonds. There was one product at the time I could illustrate and that was life insurance. And so what, what, what I would do is if I went to one of my kids&#x27; ball games or I went to a, you know, a party and somebody said, so what do you do? I didn&#x27;t say, well, I&#x27;m a life insurance agent or I&#x27;m a financial advisor. What I said is I help people become millionaires. You tell me how many million you want and I&#x27;ll show you what you need to do to get there. And people would be interested in that. They say, well, all right, well, show me what I&#x27;d have to do to be a millionaire.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And then I would run a life insurance illustration and solve for a million dollars cash value at their age 65. Now, I don&#x27;t think everybody should put all their money in life insurance, but it was the only product I got to illustrate. And I use an example in the book, a 25 year old female, if she puts away $7,700 a year at age 65, she&#x27;s going to have a million dollars in her life insurance policy. So that was step one. But then I&#x27;d take them over to a time value of money calculator. And I&#x27;d say, look, if you could get 6% a year, you&#x27;d only have to put away about 500 bucks a month away and you&#x27;ll be a millionaire at 65. If you could get 9%, you&#x27;d have to put away about $250 a month. If you could get 12%, you only have to put away a hundred bucks a month. Well, all of a sudden people can see that it&#x27;s possible for them to have a million dollars.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> See, most people think, oh, that&#x27;s pie in the sky. I could never do it. And they&#x27;ll never do it because they don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s possible. But when they can see it, then they can believe it. And that&#x27;s when they can achieve it. Zig Ziglar said all that kind of stuff. So you got to see it and believe it to achieve it. It&#x27;s the same with financial stuff. And then I was no longer considered a salesperson. I was on their wealth building team. I was part of their team and I was going to help them become wealthy. And that&#x27;s how I started. Well, you know, when you look at a million dollars, it&#x27;s still a good deal. If you win a million dollars, like in the lottery or Survivor, Survivor gives a million dollars away to the winner. But they&#x27;ve been giving a million dollars away for the last 20 years to the winner. Don&#x27;t you think the people who won right at the beginning, that prize was more valuable. That million dollars was worth a whole lot more 20 years ago than it is today, isn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> it? Yeah. And I get a lot of people say, Tom, a million dollars isn&#x27;t enough for a millennial. And I say, OK, I understand that. I might even agree with that. But I will tell you this. The first million is the hardest. And you know that as well, Pete. The first million is the hardest. And after the first million, the second, third and fourth can come easier and quicker. Anyone who says a million isn&#x27;t much, I mean, I&#x27;d rather have a million than not have a million, right? It&#x27;s a building block. It&#x27;s building. And a million can last a long time if it&#x27;s used properly. Yes. I mean, we&#x27;ve built plans with a million dollars for lifetime income that people have increasing income. They never worry again. And the problem is a lot of times we&#x27;ve met these same people. They were working and they were still working and they didn&#x27;t think they would be able to retire with the income they wanted in the Wall Street model. But taking it and putting it in the safe money model with a lifetime income, the growth protection income type accounts, now the riddle is solved.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so it&#x27;s not just about what kind of money you have. It&#x27;s where you have it. That&#x27;s right. And so you&#x27;re talking about that too. And it&#x27;s also not trying to get intimidated because when we have no money or not much money, when you have somebody saying, well, all you have to do is start saving this amount of money. And by you&#x27;re 25 now, and at 65, you&#x27;re going to be a millionaire. It&#x27;s still hard to, number one, it&#x27;s hard to trust anybody. Number two, it&#x27;s hard to believe you really can be a millionaire, but it&#x27;s all about time, value, money, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And you talked about it hard. Things are hard. It&#x27;s hard to say. In my conclusion, here&#x27;s what I say. I say marriage is hard. Divorce is hard. Choose your hard. Obesity is hard. Being physically fit is hard. Choose your hard. Being in debt is hard. Being financially disciplined is hard.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Choose your hard. And so we all have to choose our hard. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a good way to look at it, too, because nothing&#x27;s easy. And actually, if it is easy, you&#x27;re not going to appreciate it anyway. I mean, you look at some people that inherited a lot of money and they blow it within the first couple of years. Lottery winner is a good example of that. Some people win the lottery and then years later, they&#x27;re poorer than they are. Then at that time, they&#x27;re poorer in the future than they were before they won the lottery. And I also put in the book that there was a study on Canadian lottery winners. The neighbors of Canadian lottery winners went bankrupt at a much higher rate than normal people. And so what happened is the lottery winner moves in and they start buying new cars and going on trips. And then, you know, you have to buy that new car and go on that trip. And people go bankrupt when they live next door to a lottery winner. We call that keeping up with the Joneses.</p><p><strong>12:31</strong> That&#x27;s right. The funny thing is I had a neighbor say their name was Joneses. They were the Jones family. They&#x27;ve moved now, so I&#x27;ve stopped spending money. Just joking. So, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. And he&#x27;s the author of several books. He also had a PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. My favorite book that he&#x27;s ever written is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Available anywhere fine books are sold. But also, he&#x27;s got a brand new book called Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? And when we come back after the break, we&#x27;re going to delve into this and find out the simple tools and techniques that get you where you want to be. And speaking of getting you where you want to be, if you&#x27;d like Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, which is a 22-step total retirement plan, the next 10 of you who call, we&#x27;ll give it to you at no cost or obligation if you call right now. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team here at Capital Financial by texting keyword PLAN to</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside Coach Pete D’Arruda having a great conversation. Coach, you have a special guest on the line for us. Who do we have? Oh, one of my best buddies ever. It&#x27;s Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s joining us from Scottsdale, Arizona. And Tom, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve been on together. And in the meantime, you&#x27;ve written a new book. I mean, of course, my favorite book you&#x27;ve written is called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Let&#x27;s talk about that just for a minute. How have people across the world accepted this book? Well, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. You know, that was the TV special that played on PBS and 80 Million Homes in the U.S. and</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Canada. That book is really the math and science behind a successful retirement. So it&#x27;s been received very well. It&#x27;s got all the research of the top PhDs in the world. And so instead of using people&#x27;s opinions, what I did was I used the facts and the research and the math and the science to show people how to retire the optimal way. And I told you, it was when I was talking to you about that book years ago, I remember telling Thomas in my studio, I said, you know, what Tom Hegna does is he puts math over markets and science over speculation. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people are forgetting, Tom. When we&#x27;re talking about getting to retirement, that&#x27;s only half the battle. That&#x27;s right. Because, you know, it&#x27;s like when you climb a mountain, there are more deaths on the way down from the mountain than on the way up from the mountain. It&#x27;s the same in retirement.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> There&#x27;s more tragedies once people get to retirement and run out of money or have an unplanned long term care event or something than the problems that they have saving and investing. Yeah, I remember watching your special on PBS and I mean, millions of people saw that. And I think a lot of people took some of the concepts you were mentioning and applied them. And and now they&#x27;re going to have a happier retirement because some of the money they have now is isolated from market events. Yeah. And I mean, you know, everybody thinks retirement&#x27;s about having this big pile of money. It&#x27;s not really true. It&#x27;s about having increasing income. And I would add increasing tax free income if you can. And then managing risk. You know, what happens if the market crashes? What happens if you live a long time? What happens if inflation continues? What happens when they raise your taxes? And notice I didn&#x27;t say if what&#x27;s going to happen when they raise your taxes.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And and so that&#x27;s what a good retirement plan. It anticipates all those negative possible events and then protects the wealth from those events. It&#x27;s a whole lot better to withstand a negative event in the market when all your money isn&#x27;t exposed to the market. Correct or not? Incorrect. That is correct. Yeah. I mean, and when I know it sounds simplistic, but Tom, over my 31 years in the financial arena, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people with all their money exposed to some kind of risk, whether it be interest rate risk or market risk or we talk about, well, interest rate risk is owning real estate. I mean, if interest rates keep going up, the market of the pool of people for you to sell your house to is shrinking because rates are high and it costs thousands of dollars more a year to own the same house you could have owned two or three years ago.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Plus, look at all the banks that failed earlier this year. And it wasn&#x27;t because they held bad investments. They held the safest investment in the world, U.S. government bonds. The problem is they bought the bonds when they were 1% and then when interest rates went to 5%, those bonds had gone down 80% in value and they&#x27;re the world&#x27;s safest investment, but they were down 80% and those banks failed. You know, we all know, and in the financial world we know this, when interest rates go up, bond prices go down. So let me ask you this, Tom, what were the people in the banks thinking when they were piling money into bonds at 1%? Well, they shouldn&#x27;t have been, you know, because the risk was, and I mean, the Federal Reserve said we&#x27;re raising interest rates, so I&#x27;m going to raise them a lot. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, surprise, surprise. I don&#x27;t understand why they subjected themselves to that interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> Now, let&#x27;s be clear. If they hold those bonds through maturity, they get all the money back. But the problem is in between now and maturity, those bonds can go down like they did, you know, 70%, 80%, and then if people walk in the bank and say, hey, I want my money, they didn&#x27;t have the money to give them their money back. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say you needed the money now. You don&#x27;t have 10, 20 years to wait for maturity. No. You know, that&#x27;s the problem. And we talk about that kind of risk. That&#x27;s a big risk that people forget a lot of times. But then the market risk, but I mean, the real estate risk, inflation, what about inflation? I mean, we keep hearing it&#x27;s pretty funny when they come out with the monthly numbers and they say, hey, it&#x27;s a, we&#x27;re only, inflation&#x27;s only at 3% this month. Well, that&#x27;s 3% higher than it was last month. We need negative inflation to get back to where we used to be. Right. And look at gas prices up 40, 50%, you know, food prices up 20, 30%.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> At least. I mean, everything has got up. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, I just laughed the other day. I went to Starbucks. I got a large iced tea, black iced tea, $4.49. And I just laughed. All it is, is water in the teabag. Wow. There&#x27;s two cents worth of stuff in there and $4.49. It&#x27;s crazy. You could go to Walmart, get a hundred pack of Tetley or Lipton tea for about $4. And you could have made, uh, how many gallons of tea? Yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. We&#x27;re paying for convenience these days, but we&#x27;re overpaying for things we shouldn&#x27;t be overpaying for. And inflation is a silent killer, just like high blood pressure. That&#x27;s right. I factor that in because I had a little high blood pressure, but I&#x27;m back under control with a little medication. I&#x27;m happy about that. There you go. Yeah. Everybody hears about my health issues here. We could tie it into the market and the heartbeat is a good thing to keep low too. So that&#x27;s why we, we want a proper balance in the financial world.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But my heartbeat would increase Thomas, it would, Tom and Thomas, both of you guys, my heartbeat would increase if I became a millionaire and you wrote a book, Tom, since we&#x27;ve talked to asked it&#x27;s Tom Hageness, who wants to be a millionaire. And that&#x27;s what we have you on today. Want to talk a little bit about this book. What inspired you to write it? Well, here&#x27;s the deal. I&#x27;ve spent my whole time writing books for baby boomers. I&#x27;ve written five books on retirement. This was the first time I did one for generation XYZ and millennials. You know, I have four kids ranging from age 21 to age 39. And these are the things that I&#x27;ve taught my kids on how to build wealth. And all four of my kids are, are very successful so far, you know, and doing great things. So I said, I want to build, I want to write a book for younger people because I believe</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> almost all Americans can become millionaires if they want to be. And that&#x27;s what I put in this book. I&#x27;m generation X. So I appreciate you calling me a young person. 1966. So I&#x27;m almost a baby boomer. And there you go. Here&#x27;s what they say about Jen. It&#x27;s fun to look at what they say about our groups, right? So they say generation X are skeptical, but big believers when they find something that is, that is backed up by science and math. And so I think that&#x27;s why I like you so much, Tom, because, because you back everything you say up with science and math, no guesses, no gimmicks, no theosaurus words that no one understands, no re-imagining. It&#x27;s just the facts. Sort of like they used to say on Dragnet. That&#x27;s why I like Dragnet back in the day. Yeah. Let&#x27;s talk about good. I like to keep things simple because I think simple, you know, is effective. And when it&#x27;s complicated, it gets confusing and people just lose interest.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Yeah. Lose interest or trust. I mean, if you don&#x27;t, if you can&#x27;t understand something, the trust level is not there too. So understanding things very important. Let&#x27;s talk about the first chapter, help people become millionaires. What, what, what&#x27;s this chapter about? Well, what&#x27;s, what&#x27;s interesting, um, coaches, you know, when I was an advisor 30 years ago, the ETFs didn&#x27;t even exist. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate mutual funds. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate stocks and bonds. There was one product at the time I could illustrate and that was life insurance. And so what, what, what I would do is if I went to one of my kids&#x27; ball games or I went to a, you know, a party and somebody said, so what do you do? I didn&#x27;t say, well, I&#x27;m a life insurance agent or I&#x27;m a financial advisor. What I said is I help people become millionaires. You tell me how many million you want and I&#x27;ll show you what you need to do to get there. And people would be interested in that. They say, well, all right, well, show me what I&#x27;d have to do to be a millionaire.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And then I would run a life insurance illustration and solve for a million dollars cash value at their age 65. Now, I don&#x27;t think everybody should put all their money in life insurance, but it was the only product I got to illustrate. And I use an example in the book, a 25 year old female, if she puts away $7,700 a year at age 65, she&#x27;s going to have a million dollars in her life insurance policy. So that was step one. But then I&#x27;d take them over to a time value of money calculator. And I&#x27;d say, look, if you could get 6% a year, you&#x27;d only have to put away about 500 bucks a month away and you&#x27;ll be a millionaire at 65. If you could get 9%, you&#x27;d have to put away about $250 a month. If you could get 12%, you only have to put away a hundred bucks a month. Well, all of a sudden people can see that it&#x27;s possible for them to have a million dollars.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> See, most people think, oh, that&#x27;s pie in the sky. I could never do it. And they&#x27;ll never do it because they don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s possible. But when they can see it, then they can believe it. And that&#x27;s when they can achieve it. Zig Ziglar said all that kind of stuff. So you got to see it and believe it to achieve it. It&#x27;s the same with financial stuff. And then I was no longer considered a salesperson. I was on their wealth building team. I was part of their team and I was going to help them become wealthy. And that&#x27;s how I started. Well, you know, when you look at a million dollars, it&#x27;s still a good deal. If you win a million dollars, like in the lottery or Survivor, Survivor gives a million dollars away to the winner. But they&#x27;ve been giving a million dollars away for the last 20 years to the winner. Don&#x27;t you think the people who won right at the beginning, that prize was more valuable. That million dollars was worth a whole lot more 20 years ago than it is today, isn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> it? Yeah. And I get a lot of people say, Tom, a million dollars isn&#x27;t enough for a millennial. And I say, OK, I understand that. I might even agree with that. But I will tell you this. The first million is the hardest. And you know that as well, Pete. The first million is the hardest. And after the first million, the second, third and fourth can come easier and quicker. Anyone who says a million isn&#x27;t much, I mean, I&#x27;d rather have a million than not have a million, right? It&#x27;s a building block. It&#x27;s building. And a million can last a long time if it&#x27;s used properly. Yes. I mean, we&#x27;ve built plans with a million dollars for lifetime income that people have increasing income. They never worry again. And the problem is a lot of times we&#x27;ve met these same people. They were working and they were still working and they didn&#x27;t think they would be able to retire with the income they wanted in the Wall Street model. But taking it and putting it in the safe money model with a lifetime income, the growth protection income type accounts, now the riddle is solved.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so it&#x27;s not just about what kind of money you have. It&#x27;s where you have it. That&#x27;s right. And so you&#x27;re talking about that too. And it&#x27;s also not trying to get intimidated because when we have no money or not much money, when you have somebody saying, well, all you have to do is start saving this amount of money. And by you&#x27;re 25 now, and at 65, you&#x27;re going to be a millionaire. It&#x27;s still hard to, number one, it&#x27;s hard to trust anybody. Number two, it&#x27;s hard to believe you really can be a millionaire, but it&#x27;s all about time, value, money, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And you talked about it hard. Things are hard. It&#x27;s hard to say. In my conclusion, here&#x27;s what I say. I say marriage is hard. Divorce is hard. Choose your hard. Obesity is hard. Being physically fit is hard. Choose your hard. Being in debt is hard. Being financially disciplined is hard.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Choose your hard. And so we all have to choose our hard. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a good way to look at it, too, because nothing&#x27;s easy. And actually, if it is easy, you&#x27;re not going to appreciate it anyway. I mean, you look at some people that inherited a lot of money and they blow it within the first couple of years. Lottery winner is a good example of that. Some people win the lottery and then years later, they&#x27;re poorer than they are. Then at that time, they&#x27;re poorer in the future than they were before they won the lottery. And I also put in the book that there was a study on Canadian lottery winners. The neighbors of Canadian lottery winners went bankrupt at a much higher rate than normal people. And so what happened is the lottery winner moves in and they start buying new cars and going on trips. And then, you know, you have to buy that new car and go on that trip. And people go bankrupt when they live next door to a lottery winner. We call that keeping up with the Joneses.</p><p><strong>12:31</strong> That&#x27;s right. The funny thing is I had a neighbor say their name was Joneses. They were the Jones family. They&#x27;ve moved now, so I&#x27;ve stopped spending money. Just joking. So, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. And he&#x27;s the author of several books. He also had a PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. My favorite book that he&#x27;s ever written is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Available anywhere fine books are sold. But also, he&#x27;s got a brand new book called Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? And when we come back after the break, we&#x27;re going to delve into this and find out the simple tools and techniques that get you where you want to be. And speaking of getting you where you want to be, if you&#x27;d like Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, which is a 22-step total retirement plan, the next 10 of you who call, we&#x27;ll give it to you at no cost or obligation if you call right now. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team here at Capital Financial by texting keyword PLAN to</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don't Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/image.jpg?t=1792073499&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionaire/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/image.jpg?t=1792073499&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 12:50:35 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>845</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13561228" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionaire</link>
      <itunes:order>16</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning and Market Changes" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:53" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:11" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:36" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Understanding the Risks in Retirement (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Understanding the Risks in Retirement (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family&#x27;s lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here once again, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well on the line, I was going to say in studio with us, as well on the line is Mr. Phil Graham. Phil, you&#x27;re so inspiring. It feels like you&#x27;re sitting right here with us. And I&#x27;ve been to the studio multiple times. Yes, you have. Yes. Where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m visually picturing myself there right now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Where are you at right now? I am sitting at my desk in Lake Norman. Let&#x27;s talk to somebody if they&#x27;re asking themselves this question, maybe they&#x27;ve asked some friends, how much risk can I afford? So, Phil, let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s 55 years old right now, and they&#x27;re asking themselves, how much risk can they afford? What kind of answer would you give them? Coach, I remember one time I asked a lady, she was in her 80s, she was retired, and she had a bunch of money in the market. And I was like, Mrs. Jones, if you doubled your money tomorrow, would you change your lifestyle? She was like, well, no, Phil, I&#x27;ve lived within my means, and I&#x27;m happy. Maybe I&#x27;d take an extra cruise or do something special with the grandkids, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t change my life. And I remember going, well, Mrs. Jones, if you lost half your money tomorrow,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> would you change your lifestyle? Oh, by all means, Phil, I would definitely change because I&#x27;d be scared to death. That&#x27;s thought-provoking when you think about it. Then why is your money set up like you&#x27;re trying and hoping and praying to double it, but putting it completely at risk? When you&#x27;re telling me you already have enough, we need to be more concerned about not losing it, but still getting a competitive rate of return. Correct. Well, then the next question is, what types of risk are there? When we talk about risk, it&#x27;s not just stock market risk, is it? There&#x27;s inflation risk, which was kind of off everybody&#x27;s radar for the last 10 years, and it came back with a vengeance, thanks, Biden.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And there&#x27;s tax risk. I can guarantee you, well, we already know taxes are going to go up next year. Looking forward to that. They&#x27;re going to have to continue to go up, because who&#x27;s going to pay for this billions and billions of spending that we&#x27;re doing? Every time you give money away, when you hear the government doing it, there&#x27;s no such thing as government. It&#x27;s us, the people. Without us, the government has zero. Zero dollars. And I love asking people, who&#x27;s going to pay it? And people a lot of times will go, oh, the Americans. I&#x27;m like, ah, no, wrong answer. We&#x27;re the Americans. The right answer is taxpayers. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s right. Only 50% of Americans approximately actually pay income tax. Yeah. But yet everyone can vote, and they can vote for politicians who say they&#x27;ll raise taxes. Yeah, because they don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> They want the free stuff. Well, they love it, because if I&#x27;m not paying taxes, I&#x27;m going to vote for the guy who says he&#x27;s going to give me more stuff, because it doesn&#x27;t matter to me. You&#x27;re going to take the money from the guys paying taxes. So we got- Doesn&#x27;t make any sense. We got market volatility. We got inflation. We have taxes. Those are- We have healthcare expenses are going up and up and up, partly because we&#x27;re living longer, which is a good thing, but it causes a lot in healthcare. Luckily, down here in the South, we pay much less. Coach, you and I have some friends up in the Northeast. They&#x27;re paying over $200,000 a year today for nursing home care. Wow. Well, that&#x27;ll burn through a million dollars really quick at $200,000 a year. Well, nursing home, big thing too. Now, the traditional long-term care policies is not the only way to make sure you&#x27;re covered for nursing homes, correct?</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, there&#x27;s a lot of new options, like the traditional monthly or annual payment where you buy long-term care. Yep. Those have kind of gone away. The insurance companies had to keep raising rates, and it just became unattractive. Didn&#x27;t make any sense to have a policy like that if you really didn&#x27;t know what you had. If they could keep raising the fees or the cost for it, and also lowering your benefits as a trade-off for lowering your premiums, that wasn&#x27;t a real policy in my opinion. I&#x27;ve never offered one because I didn&#x27;t like the fine print. You know, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work in the last few years with what we call asset-based long-term care where- Me too. You know, for example, if you had $200,000 that we allocated to this account, it&#x27;s still going to earn interest. But if you needed that money for long-term care, they might give you a 5X or a 2X, depending on your age when you bought it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You get a multiplier where you&#x27;re leveraging that, and all the benefits are tax-free because it&#x27;s for long-term care. So it&#x27;s a way that you&#x27;re kind of self-insuring, but you&#x27;re getting a multiple on your dollars, specifically for long-term care. It&#x27;s something we look at and need to address because I can tell you, you don&#x27;t want Medicaid to be the answer. If you have money, becoming a ward of the state and being stuck in a Medicaid bed when you have money is not what you want to try to figure out. You want to kind of plan ahead for this potential expense in the future. Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to become a ward of the state, they call that there. Also, life insurance, some of the new life insurance policies will enable you to use the death benefit while you&#x27;re still living to pay for your long-term care.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> That makes a whole lot of sense. Tax-free too, by the way. You know, life insurance is such a really unique tool that sometimes people turn their nose up because they&#x27;re, you know, maybe from the, you know, the old policies from the 80s or variable life or something, they just have a bad taste. But what&#x27;s very interesting is a lot of the banks, I&#x27;m not talking about bank employees, I&#x27;m talking about the banks themselves, heavily put money into life insurance policies. It&#x27;s called a BOLI, a bank-owned life insurance. For that leverage, the wealthiest families in America use life insurance, not necessarily for the death benefit, which is just an added benefit, but for the ability to take withdrawals potentially tax-free.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We all think about Roth IRAs, but there&#x27;s limitations and all these different things, but some cash value life insurance policies can come out tax-free. And then you add what, Coach, what you&#x27;re talking about on there, the ability to access the death benefit while you&#x27;re still alive. Beautiful. For either, you know, critical illness or long-term care, home health care, it&#x27;s an amazing tool that for some people could be a possible solution to solve multiple problems. Well, it&#x27;s spectacular because if you pass away, there&#x27;s a big death benefit. If you don&#x27;t pass away, you can use the death benefit to pay for what you want. But even after the, like, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re only a couple years in, you have probably paid any money in there, and now you&#x27;re taking hundreds of thousands of dollars out a year of money you never put in to begin with out of the death benefit to pay for your long-term care, and you do it all tax-free.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s a bonus plan. If one of the plans, Coach, has return of premium, meaning you can get your money back, so it&#x27;s like the only three things that could possibly happen, you&#x27;re covered. If you change your mind, you get your money back. If you die, your family gets the tax-free death benefit. If you go, if you need home health care, assistance living in a nursing home, you get access to the death benefit for that. So literally, like the three things that can happen to you in your lifetime, there&#x27;s a 100% chance one of those three things could happen. The tool works for that. We don&#x27;t want the death to happen ever, but it happens. So we want to make sure we&#x27;re compensated and our family doesn&#x27;t have to change zip codes because a lot of people who don&#x27;t have life insurance or don&#x27;t have money put aside, and they&#x27;re the breadwinner of the family. When they pass away, the bank doesn&#x27;t care. I mean, they need that payment or they&#x27;re kicking you out of the house. The tax man doesn&#x27;t care either, by the way.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> They need the payment or they&#x27;re auctioning your house. And by the way, you never – and we&#x27;re talking about risks, the types of risks to begin this segment, and that&#x27;s where we still are in this conversation. One of the risks that people never talk about is real estate. Is real estate guaranteed to go up? Man, I just watched a video the other day, Coach, on these Airbnbs and VRBOs that so many people bought the last couple years because they wanted passive income. Right. And literally this summer, they&#x27;ve gone from 80% occupancy to zero. Wow. And they&#x27;re sitting on these half million, million dollar mortgages that they bought at the top of the market. I think there&#x27;s going to be a flood of houses coming back on the market that&#x27;s going to drop prices, even with interest rates being high. And if we see interest rates tick back down, I think we&#x27;re going to see prices drop again.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Yeah. Well, the taxes are – It&#x27;s not permanent. That&#x27;s true. You owe tax on the real estate every single year. So even if you pay your house down to zero and you say, I&#x27;m fine, you still are not what we call tax-free. So you can&#x27;t get on the TV or the radio and scream, I&#x27;m tax-free because you&#x27;re never tax-free if you own real estate because they&#x27;re going to tax you. And then we talked about it. The commissioners, county commissioners, and the city commissioners get together every year and decide how much is going to increase or keep the same your real estate taxes. We&#x27;ve had three tax increases on our property here in the last five years for a total of over 30%. See, they only tell you 10% of the time. And guess what? We don&#x27;t have that many new people moving to town. So it&#x27;s not like the cost of the city is going up. Well, you see what they spend to build a new school these days. I think my school probably cost $100,000 total.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It was a cinder block building back then. And now they&#x27;re building – they built one down the road here in Wake County for $98 million the other day. And they probably already have trailers outside because it&#x27;s not big enough. You know, back in the day, we had like one or two of those carts they would wheel through to school. It had the projector on there. Yeah, the AV cart. When that came into the classroom, you knew you were going to have a good day. Or substitute teacher. Either one was good. But nowadays, every single room has built-in everything, built-in TV, not even VCRs anymore, built-in streaming, all this kind of stuff. So that&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m glad the kids are getting that. But who&#x27;s giving it to them is anyone who owns any property. If you own a car or a house or a boat or anything like that. Even if you don&#x27;t have kids or grandkids in the area. They don&#x27;t care about that. I mean, you&#x27;re going to get taxed. So you need to make sure your money is in the most tax-efficient manner, the places it can be, and try to reduce taxes.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> But what I&#x27;m just saying, when people think that real estate has no risk, it can go down in value. And also, you owe tax on that real estate every single year. And what we&#x27;re seeing, unfortunately, is that tax increases with a double whammy. Because the value is going up with the real estate, and the tax rate goes up at the same time. So not only is it – it&#x27;s fun to look at your value go up until you realize you&#x27;ve got to pay taxes on that new value. And also, they realize the county commissioners just met, and they increased the tax rate. So that&#x27;s a double whammy, and no one&#x27;s happy with that. But again, nothing wrong with real estate. It doesn&#x27;t go away. But not all your money should be there. And real estate&#x27;s not going to give you a lifetime income. Well, and Coach, I think the key point takeaway is it&#x27;s not risk-free. Right. There is risk involved. And you may love it, and it may be a tangible asset, and those are all great things. But it&#x27;s not risk-free. Just know the risk of what you&#x27;re in, and also know the risk of not having a true plan.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And that&#x27;s why we talk over and over again about the power of having a Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, which is what we call the total retirement plan. 22 steps behind the scenes, encompassing everything from Social Security, long-term care, taxes, taxation, real estate, all the things you have, and we categorize things for you to make it easy to understand where you are right now. Then we figure out with you and your family, or you, if you don&#x27;t like your family to know, if you&#x27;re going in the right direction or not. Some guys don&#x27;t want their family to know anything. Right. So that&#x27;s okay. One guy said, Coach, the reason I fly first class all the time is because if I don&#x27;t, my daughters and sons will when I pass away. So you need to make sure that the number one person or persons you and your spouse are taken care of. But then you also need to make sure that if something goes wrong with your lives, or if you&#x27;re not here anymore, your next of kin is also taken care of. So we do all that in the Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. And we&#x27;ve also got a goodie bag of all the things we&#x27;ve talked about today,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> a grab bag of three books, a box set, and the fee and risk worksheet, and also the fee worksheet. We&#x27;re going to give all that and a plan, a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan for the next 10 of you who call right now with at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for this, but as long as you have at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement, this offers for you. And our strategies work very, very well for those of you with over a million dollars dedicated to retirement. Thomas, tell them how to do that. Sure. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. 200-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family&#x27;s lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here once again, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well on the line, I was going to say in studio with us, as well on the line is Mr. Phil Graham. Phil, you&#x27;re so inspiring. It feels like you&#x27;re sitting right here with us. And I&#x27;ve been to the studio multiple times. Yes, you have. Yes. Where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m visually picturing myself there right now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Where are you at right now? I am sitting at my desk in Lake Norman. Let&#x27;s talk to somebody if they&#x27;re asking themselves this question, maybe they&#x27;ve asked some friends, how much risk can I afford? So, Phil, let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s 55 years old right now, and they&#x27;re asking themselves, how much risk can they afford? What kind of answer would you give them? Coach, I remember one time I asked a lady, she was in her 80s, she was retired, and she had a bunch of money in the market. And I was like, Mrs. Jones, if you doubled your money tomorrow, would you change your lifestyle? She was like, well, no, Phil, I&#x27;ve lived within my means, and I&#x27;m happy. Maybe I&#x27;d take an extra cruise or do something special with the grandkids, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t change my life. And I remember going, well, Mrs. Jones, if you lost half your money tomorrow,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> would you change your lifestyle? Oh, by all means, Phil, I would definitely change because I&#x27;d be scared to death. That&#x27;s thought-provoking when you think about it. Then why is your money set up like you&#x27;re trying and hoping and praying to double it, but putting it completely at risk? When you&#x27;re telling me you already have enough, we need to be more concerned about not losing it, but still getting a competitive rate of return. Correct. Well, then the next question is, what types of risk are there? When we talk about risk, it&#x27;s not just stock market risk, is it? There&#x27;s inflation risk, which was kind of off everybody&#x27;s radar for the last 10 years, and it came back with a vengeance, thanks, Biden.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And there&#x27;s tax risk. I can guarantee you, well, we already know taxes are going to go up next year. Looking forward to that. They&#x27;re going to have to continue to go up, because who&#x27;s going to pay for this billions and billions of spending that we&#x27;re doing? Every time you give money away, when you hear the government doing it, there&#x27;s no such thing as government. It&#x27;s us, the people. Without us, the government has zero. Zero dollars. And I love asking people, who&#x27;s going to pay it? And people a lot of times will go, oh, the Americans. I&#x27;m like, ah, no, wrong answer. We&#x27;re the Americans. The right answer is taxpayers. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s right. Only 50% of Americans approximately actually pay income tax. Yeah. But yet everyone can vote, and they can vote for politicians who say they&#x27;ll raise taxes. Yeah, because they don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> They want the free stuff. Well, they love it, because if I&#x27;m not paying taxes, I&#x27;m going to vote for the guy who says he&#x27;s going to give me more stuff, because it doesn&#x27;t matter to me. You&#x27;re going to take the money from the guys paying taxes. So we got- Doesn&#x27;t make any sense. We got market volatility. We got inflation. We have taxes. Those are- We have healthcare expenses are going up and up and up, partly because we&#x27;re living longer, which is a good thing, but it causes a lot in healthcare. Luckily, down here in the South, we pay much less. Coach, you and I have some friends up in the Northeast. They&#x27;re paying over $200,000 a year today for nursing home care. Wow. Well, that&#x27;ll burn through a million dollars really quick at $200,000 a year. Well, nursing home, big thing too. Now, the traditional long-term care policies is not the only way to make sure you&#x27;re covered for nursing homes, correct?</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, there&#x27;s a lot of new options, like the traditional monthly or annual payment where you buy long-term care. Yep. Those have kind of gone away. The insurance companies had to keep raising rates, and it just became unattractive. Didn&#x27;t make any sense to have a policy like that if you really didn&#x27;t know what you had. If they could keep raising the fees or the cost for it, and also lowering your benefits as a trade-off for lowering your premiums, that wasn&#x27;t a real policy in my opinion. I&#x27;ve never offered one because I didn&#x27;t like the fine print. You know, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work in the last few years with what we call asset-based long-term care where- Me too. You know, for example, if you had $200,000 that we allocated to this account, it&#x27;s still going to earn interest. But if you needed that money for long-term care, they might give you a 5X or a 2X, depending on your age when you bought it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You get a multiplier where you&#x27;re leveraging that, and all the benefits are tax-free because it&#x27;s for long-term care. So it&#x27;s a way that you&#x27;re kind of self-insuring, but you&#x27;re getting a multiple on your dollars, specifically for long-term care. It&#x27;s something we look at and need to address because I can tell you, you don&#x27;t want Medicaid to be the answer. If you have money, becoming a ward of the state and being stuck in a Medicaid bed when you have money is not what you want to try to figure out. You want to kind of plan ahead for this potential expense in the future. Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to become a ward of the state, they call that there. Also, life insurance, some of the new life insurance policies will enable you to use the death benefit while you&#x27;re still living to pay for your long-term care.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> That makes a whole lot of sense. Tax-free too, by the way. You know, life insurance is such a really unique tool that sometimes people turn their nose up because they&#x27;re, you know, maybe from the, you know, the old policies from the 80s or variable life or something, they just have a bad taste. But what&#x27;s very interesting is a lot of the banks, I&#x27;m not talking about bank employees, I&#x27;m talking about the banks themselves, heavily put money into life insurance policies. It&#x27;s called a BOLI, a bank-owned life insurance. For that leverage, the wealthiest families in America use life insurance, not necessarily for the death benefit, which is just an added benefit, but for the ability to take withdrawals potentially tax-free.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We all think about Roth IRAs, but there&#x27;s limitations and all these different things, but some cash value life insurance policies can come out tax-free. And then you add what, Coach, what you&#x27;re talking about on there, the ability to access the death benefit while you&#x27;re still alive. Beautiful. For either, you know, critical illness or long-term care, home health care, it&#x27;s an amazing tool that for some people could be a possible solution to solve multiple problems. Well, it&#x27;s spectacular because if you pass away, there&#x27;s a big death benefit. If you don&#x27;t pass away, you can use the death benefit to pay for what you want. But even after the, like, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re only a couple years in, you have probably paid any money in there, and now you&#x27;re taking hundreds of thousands of dollars out a year of money you never put in to begin with out of the death benefit to pay for your long-term care, and you do it all tax-free.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s a bonus plan. If one of the plans, Coach, has return of premium, meaning you can get your money back, so it&#x27;s like the only three things that could possibly happen, you&#x27;re covered. If you change your mind, you get your money back. If you die, your family gets the tax-free death benefit. If you go, if you need home health care, assistance living in a nursing home, you get access to the death benefit for that. So literally, like the three things that can happen to you in your lifetime, there&#x27;s a 100% chance one of those three things could happen. The tool works for that. We don&#x27;t want the death to happen ever, but it happens. So we want to make sure we&#x27;re compensated and our family doesn&#x27;t have to change zip codes because a lot of people who don&#x27;t have life insurance or don&#x27;t have money put aside, and they&#x27;re the breadwinner of the family. When they pass away, the bank doesn&#x27;t care. I mean, they need that payment or they&#x27;re kicking you out of the house. The tax man doesn&#x27;t care either, by the way.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> They need the payment or they&#x27;re auctioning your house. And by the way, you never – and we&#x27;re talking about risks, the types of risks to begin this segment, and that&#x27;s where we still are in this conversation. One of the risks that people never talk about is real estate. Is real estate guaranteed to go up? Man, I just watched a video the other day, Coach, on these Airbnbs and VRBOs that so many people bought the last couple years because they wanted passive income. Right. And literally this summer, they&#x27;ve gone from 80% occupancy to zero. Wow. And they&#x27;re sitting on these half million, million dollar mortgages that they bought at the top of the market. I think there&#x27;s going to be a flood of houses coming back on the market that&#x27;s going to drop prices, even with interest rates being high. And if we see interest rates tick back down, I think we&#x27;re going to see prices drop again.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Yeah. Well, the taxes are – It&#x27;s not permanent. That&#x27;s true. You owe tax on the real estate every single year. So even if you pay your house down to zero and you say, I&#x27;m fine, you still are not what we call tax-free. So you can&#x27;t get on the TV or the radio and scream, I&#x27;m tax-free because you&#x27;re never tax-free if you own real estate because they&#x27;re going to tax you. And then we talked about it. The commissioners, county commissioners, and the city commissioners get together every year and decide how much is going to increase or keep the same your real estate taxes. We&#x27;ve had three tax increases on our property here in the last five years for a total of over 30%. See, they only tell you 10% of the time. And guess what? We don&#x27;t have that many new people moving to town. So it&#x27;s not like the cost of the city is going up. Well, you see what they spend to build a new school these days. I think my school probably cost $100,000 total.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It was a cinder block building back then. And now they&#x27;re building – they built one down the road here in Wake County for $98 million the other day. And they probably already have trailers outside because it&#x27;s not big enough. You know, back in the day, we had like one or two of those carts they would wheel through to school. It had the projector on there. Yeah, the AV cart. When that came into the classroom, you knew you were going to have a good day. Or substitute teacher. Either one was good. But nowadays, every single room has built-in everything, built-in TV, not even VCRs anymore, built-in streaming, all this kind of stuff. So that&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m glad the kids are getting that. But who&#x27;s giving it to them is anyone who owns any property. If you own a car or a house or a boat or anything like that. Even if you don&#x27;t have kids or grandkids in the area. They don&#x27;t care about that. I mean, you&#x27;re going to get taxed. So you need to make sure your money is in the most tax-efficient manner, the places it can be, and try to reduce taxes.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> But what I&#x27;m just saying, when people think that real estate has no risk, it can go down in value. And also, you owe tax on that real estate every single year. And what we&#x27;re seeing, unfortunately, is that tax increases with a double whammy. Because the value is going up with the real estate, and the tax rate goes up at the same time. So not only is it – it&#x27;s fun to look at your value go up until you realize you&#x27;ve got to pay taxes on that new value. And also, they realize the county commissioners just met, and they increased the tax rate. So that&#x27;s a double whammy, and no one&#x27;s happy with that. But again, nothing wrong with real estate. It doesn&#x27;t go away. But not all your money should be there. And real estate&#x27;s not going to give you a lifetime income. Well, and Coach, I think the key point takeaway is it&#x27;s not risk-free. Right. There is risk involved. And you may love it, and it may be a tangible asset, and those are all great things. But it&#x27;s not risk-free. Just know the risk of what you&#x27;re in, and also know the risk of not having a true plan.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And that&#x27;s why we talk over and over again about the power of having a Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, which is what we call the total retirement plan. 22 steps behind the scenes, encompassing everything from Social Security, long-term care, taxes, taxation, real estate, all the things you have, and we categorize things for you to make it easy to understand where you are right now. Then we figure out with you and your family, or you, if you don&#x27;t like your family to know, if you&#x27;re going in the right direction or not. Some guys don&#x27;t want their family to know anything. Right. So that&#x27;s okay. One guy said, Coach, the reason I fly first class all the time is because if I don&#x27;t, my daughters and sons will when I pass away. So you need to make sure that the number one person or persons you and your spouse are taken care of. But then you also need to make sure that if something goes wrong with your lives, or if you&#x27;re not here anymore, your next of kin is also taken care of. So we do all that in the Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. And we&#x27;ve also got a goodie bag of all the things we&#x27;ve talked about today,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> a grab bag of three books, a box set, and the fee and risk worksheet, and also the fee worksheet. We&#x27;re going to give all that and a plan, a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan for the next 10 of you who call right now with at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for this, but as long as you have at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement, this offers for you. And our strategies work very, very well for those of you with over a million dollars dedicated to retirement. Thomas, tell them how to do that. Sure. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. 200-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family's lifestyle.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, tax planning, long-term care, real estate, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/image.jpg?t=1792073522&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/image.jpg?t=1792073522&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12201089" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-3</link>
      <itunes:order>17</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding the Risks in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:20" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:21" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:06" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Hidden Costs (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Hidden Costs (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also on the line, we have Phil Graham, special guest. For 25 years, he&#x27;s been working with folks around the country, helping them develop proper retirement plans for today&#x27;s retirees. Phil, earlier you mentioned the acronym HIT, things that can affect our retirement planning. And you mentioned healthcare, income, and taxes.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I started thinking a little bit about vehicles, about how you can have these little things like a spoiler that can help the vehicle&#x27;s efficiency, even though it may not be necessarily the engine or a big piece of the vehicle that one would typically think about. You look at the electric cars today, they&#x27;re covering all of their wheels up with the slick wheel covers to reduce that air resistance. Something though that I wanted to kind of twist this around and just say, what else do we need to be looking at? What are some other smaller pieces to the puzzle that people may be ignoring, but shouldn&#x27;t be? I mean, I feel like so many people are looking for the big fix, like the one thing that&#x27;s just going to change retirement. That&#x27;s right. And for me, again, 25 years, we&#x27;ve helped protect over $22 billion over that time. It&#x27;s looking for a lot of little adjustments we can make that add up to big success</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in retirement. And so, you know, taxes is a big thing. Now, on the surface, taxes is like, well, I hate paying taxes. I mean, your justice learned hand said, it&#x27;s not your patriotic duty to pay the maximum amount of taxes. You should only pay the minimum required by law. But not having a plan means you&#x27;re paying the maximum. So you&#x27;re paying the maximum. Well, here&#x27;s where taxes really get important. We talk about IRA money and 401k money, which is fully taxable. Well, that can affect your Medicare Part B premiums. Because guess what? Uncle Sam goes, oh, you got more taxable income. We&#x27;re going to charge you more. Your taxable income can affect the tax rate on your social security.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> What? You mean, because I take more money out to live, you&#x27;re going to whack my social security with more tax? Hey, wasn&#x27;t social security a tax to begin with? So you&#x27;re taxing a tax. Exactly. And so when we&#x27;re doing our planning, we talk about having a tax strategy. And tax strategy is called planning ahead. It&#x27;s not just filing your taxes April 15th and paying the bill and going, oh man, I wish I had some more deductions. It&#x27;s having a true strategy on where we&#x27;re strategically going to pull income from and win in order to pay the least amount of taxes. Because not only will that put more money net spendable dollars in your pocket, it can reduce your Medicare Part B premiums.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> It can increase the amount of social security you get because it&#x27;s being taxed less. And it never reduced your spendable income. We just strategically took it from the right accounts in the right years from the right places as part of our strategy, which is different for every person. Yeah. It&#x27;s a lot different. Those little reductions or eliminations of taxes can make mean big dollars in your pocket. Well, it&#x27;s a lot different than just picking out a financial product. That&#x27;s not what financial planning is. I mean, a lot of people are under the misconception that it&#x27;s all we do here. We just get a little grab bag out and pull a financial product out. This is a good fit. No, we need to see what&#x27;s going on, what you need to do, what you want to do all the way through retirement. Then go find the strategies, not products, strategies that fit you and your family.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Then after the strategies have been double checked and they work for what we&#x27;re trying to do for you and your family, then and only then do we go out and find the products that match the strategies. And that&#x27;s very important. It&#x27;s not find a person who meets as a product. That&#x27;s what Wall Street is. Find a person, sell them stocks, bonds, mutual funds. No, this is find the strategies for the right person and then make sure they agree with that strategy. Then you find the products that exist because there&#x27;s a lot of financial products. Most of them aren&#x27;t the right fit. Well, Coach, what I&#x27;ve always been impressed about your team is that they really make sure that the clients understand the strategy and the plan. They&#x27;re not talking over people&#x27;s heads speaking in Latin. They&#x27;re really making sure that, hey, are we all on the same page? Do you understand what the strategy is, why this works? And that&#x27;s why it has so much success because</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> everybody&#x27;s bought in. Everybody understands this is what we&#x27;re doing. This is where we&#x27;re going and why. And that gets me excited. Well, you know, Phil, I have the opportunity of being able to work here at Capital Financial, and I love seeing couples who walk in the building. You know, they may look a little nervous that, you know, you&#x27;ve got, especially for the first meeting, you might have your file folder with things inside of it. And I love watching oftentimes those same couples walking out with a big smile on their face, walking with confidence, their shoulders a little bit further back in the air. And Coach, I know this is something you want to provide for folks. So folks out there listening, if you have questions about what we&#x27;re talking about and you want to take advantage of one of those complimentary consultations, 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Once again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> as well as Phil Graham. I&#x27;m going to bring us back into the conversation with a quote from Will Rogers. Be thankful we&#x27;re not getting all the government that we&#x27;re paying for. We&#x27;re paying way too much. I like it when they don&#x27;t get, when they&#x27;re not in DC, they&#x27;re all on vacation. That&#x27;s better for us. We have a vacation too. Didn&#x27;t Will Rogers have one of my other favorite quotes? I&#x27;m more concerned about the return of my money than the return on my money. There you go. Which is similar to what Warren Buffett says. He says, the number two rules of investing is number one, don&#x27;t lose money. Number two, see number one. So here&#x27;s one thing. Thomas, you mentioned that too. A lot of people have their information, their financial information scattered all over the living room or it&#x27;s in the dining room, or maybe it&#x27;s in an office in a file cabinet. In a shoebox. A shoebox. Maybe you haven&#x27;t opened the envelopes. We have people come in with all sorts of different ways they&#x27;ve kept track or not kept track of their money. What we recommend is they</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> dump it all out in our eight foot conference table. Then we help you divide it in different sections. Then we&#x27;ll use one of our financial organizers that we let you leave with. It&#x27;s got 25 different sections in it where we can help you categorize where your money is right now. And it makes it a whole lot easier than when you get the new statements to open up the organizer at that right place and put the new statement in. A whole lot easier than having it scattered, all scattered, smothered and covered. Sort of like Waffle House to tell you. Let&#x27;s unscatter your brain. Let&#x27;s unscatter your financial situation. Let&#x27;s get you a clear plan, concise plan, and let&#x27;s make sure it has retirement autopilot so you&#x27;ll never have confusion when it comes time to getting income in retirement you can&#x27;t outlive. Thomas, tell people how they can do that. Yeah. Again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Phil, a question for you. Let&#x27;s say I&#x27;m a retiree. I&#x27;m getting ready to retire. I&#x27;m about one or two years away from that. And I ask my question to myself and my family, how do I live for 30 years on the money I&#x27;ve put aside? What does somebody do next? I mean, right now you&#x27;re sitting there looking at your 401k statement. Maybe you put some money in the Exxon stock, let&#x27;s say, or maybe you&#x27;ve got a Schwab account that you self-managed some money, but totally you&#x27;ve got about a million dollars. What do you do next to make sure you can live 30 years on that or longer on that million dollars? I mean, I think you need to start putting together a plan. I mean, I don&#x27;t think this is a DIY type scenario. You don&#x27;t want to bet your livelihood on doing it yourself. And my grandmother used to say, you know, they&#x27;d say spit in one hand and wish in the</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> other and see which one fills up first. You don&#x27;t want to be wishing on your retirement. You want to have a plan. And I would want to know that at least some, if not all of my income is guaranteed in retirement, even if I live to be 120. To me, that would be my number one thing I would want to get figured out. And I beg people, don&#x27;t retire and then show up at the office and go, hey guys, I just retired at 60 and they didn&#x27;t have enough money. Because again, it comes back to math. We can do a lot of really amazing things, but it&#x27;s still math. And that becomes part of the plan. So they need to have a plan, coach. Math over markets, man. You got to have math on your side. Markets are up and down, but math is always on your side. And math doesn&#x27;t lie. You can&#x27;t argue with math. Math</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> works. Despite what you see on social media, when somebody posts a math problem there and half the people get it wrong, and then they swear they got it right because they forgot PEMDAS. That&#x27;s right. Right there. Hey, all right. So what if you live too long? I mean, that&#x27;s a question people have on their mind. Now, if you have an income plan that&#x27;s guaranteed to pay you for the rest of your life, that means the rest of your life, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re so used to these asterisks in contracts these days. Oh, well, that meant the rest of the life for your money, not your life or that kind of thing. It is really the rest of your life and your spouse&#x27;s life. There are special vehicles out there that will continue to give a paycheck until there&#x27;s nobody left to give the paycheck to. Is that correct? It&#x27;s a hundred percent correct. And again, every plan we do is different for each family, for each person, each couple. So we may not have all the income coming from that one spot, but</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> I want a foundation to know that I have that paycheck coming in even when I&#x27;m not working. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important. I mean, because we have no idea what&#x27;s going to happen in the market tomorrow, much less a week or a month or a year from now or 10 years from now. I mean, it might be something new that we don&#x27;t know about and it might destroy what you have. So nobody wants to have all their money at risk because if risk happens, we&#x27;re in a whole lot of trouble. Yeah. My job has always been, if you get to retirement, retirement and you&#x27;re not already rich and I know that&#x27;s subjective, but my job has always been to make sure people don&#x27;t become poor in retirement. That you don&#x27;t have to be the greeter at Walmart unless you want to be the greeter at Walmart. And it all goes back to the age old problem or battle between risk and safety. And so when people hear safety, they think the money&#x27;s going to not do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> anything, but there are some safe accounts that actually have decent returns. The main thing about a decent return is you never have to give it back if it&#x27;s in a safe place. You could be in the market and have a crappy return one year. Matter of fact, you could be down 5%. You say, don&#x27;t worry, next year we&#x27;ll recover. And then the next year you lose 20%. Well, now you&#x27;re down a lot. And then the year after that, you lose another 20%. So in total, you&#x27;re almost down 50%. It would take a hundred percent gain in the market to get back ahead of the market. And that&#x27;s something people forget. Math. Everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word. Math over markets. And so, you know, we&#x27;re really passionate about making sure everyone gets the plan they can be confident in. And we can give them a true independent analysis of their financial institutions and their financial products and strategies. And it&#x27;s good to have it from someone who&#x27;s totally independent. We&#x27;re not beholden to any company or strategy. So we&#x27;ll look at what you</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> have, what you want to have happen. Most of the people, I&#x27;ll tell you, Phil, most of the people we talk to, they want some safety. They want to know with certainty what their income&#x27;s going to be. So they get growth, protection, and lifetime income, GPI account. GPI stands for growth, protection, and lifetime income. And it really puts them in control of their own retirement. I&#x27;m just amazed how many times when people see that they actually can get a retirement they&#x27;d be happy with without putting excess money at risk, it really, you can see the light bulbs go off in people&#x27;s heads saying, well, gosh, why haven&#x27;t I been told about this before? And we all, we don&#x27;t know why, because many times whoever&#x27;s been giving them advice is motivated and compensated by keeping them at risk. So let&#x27;s get the safe plan. Matter of fact, you&#x27;re more at risk with a risk plan than you ever would be of not getting income than you would be in a safe plan, because we have surety and</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> simplicity with the safe plan. So Thomas, tell folks how they can get their very own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan today. It&#x27;ll put you in control. It&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. You can actually take that deep breath, that sigh, and go on vacation and not worry about what&#x27;s happening in the market. I agree. Easy first step, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Find out how much risk you&#x27;re taking. If there are any red flags or potential problems for you, get that second opinion. The number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also on the line, we have Phil Graham, special guest. For 25 years, he&#x27;s been working with folks around the country, helping them develop proper retirement plans for today&#x27;s retirees. Phil, earlier you mentioned the acronym HIT, things that can affect our retirement planning. And you mentioned healthcare, income, and taxes.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I started thinking a little bit about vehicles, about how you can have these little things like a spoiler that can help the vehicle&#x27;s efficiency, even though it may not be necessarily the engine or a big piece of the vehicle that one would typically think about. You look at the electric cars today, they&#x27;re covering all of their wheels up with the slick wheel covers to reduce that air resistance. Something though that I wanted to kind of twist this around and just say, what else do we need to be looking at? What are some other smaller pieces to the puzzle that people may be ignoring, but shouldn&#x27;t be? I mean, I feel like so many people are looking for the big fix, like the one thing that&#x27;s just going to change retirement. That&#x27;s right. And for me, again, 25 years, we&#x27;ve helped protect over $22 billion over that time. It&#x27;s looking for a lot of little adjustments we can make that add up to big success</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in retirement. And so, you know, taxes is a big thing. Now, on the surface, taxes is like, well, I hate paying taxes. I mean, your justice learned hand said, it&#x27;s not your patriotic duty to pay the maximum amount of taxes. You should only pay the minimum required by law. But not having a plan means you&#x27;re paying the maximum. So you&#x27;re paying the maximum. Well, here&#x27;s where taxes really get important. We talk about IRA money and 401k money, which is fully taxable. Well, that can affect your Medicare Part B premiums. Because guess what? Uncle Sam goes, oh, you got more taxable income. We&#x27;re going to charge you more. Your taxable income can affect the tax rate on your social security.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> What? You mean, because I take more money out to live, you&#x27;re going to whack my social security with more tax? Hey, wasn&#x27;t social security a tax to begin with? So you&#x27;re taxing a tax. Exactly. And so when we&#x27;re doing our planning, we talk about having a tax strategy. And tax strategy is called planning ahead. It&#x27;s not just filing your taxes April 15th and paying the bill and going, oh man, I wish I had some more deductions. It&#x27;s having a true strategy on where we&#x27;re strategically going to pull income from and win in order to pay the least amount of taxes. Because not only will that put more money net spendable dollars in your pocket, it can reduce your Medicare Part B premiums.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> It can increase the amount of social security you get because it&#x27;s being taxed less. And it never reduced your spendable income. We just strategically took it from the right accounts in the right years from the right places as part of our strategy, which is different for every person. Yeah. It&#x27;s a lot different. Those little reductions or eliminations of taxes can make mean big dollars in your pocket. Well, it&#x27;s a lot different than just picking out a financial product. That&#x27;s not what financial planning is. I mean, a lot of people are under the misconception that it&#x27;s all we do here. We just get a little grab bag out and pull a financial product out. This is a good fit. No, we need to see what&#x27;s going on, what you need to do, what you want to do all the way through retirement. Then go find the strategies, not products, strategies that fit you and your family.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Then after the strategies have been double checked and they work for what we&#x27;re trying to do for you and your family, then and only then do we go out and find the products that match the strategies. And that&#x27;s very important. It&#x27;s not find a person who meets as a product. That&#x27;s what Wall Street is. Find a person, sell them stocks, bonds, mutual funds. No, this is find the strategies for the right person and then make sure they agree with that strategy. Then you find the products that exist because there&#x27;s a lot of financial products. Most of them aren&#x27;t the right fit. Well, Coach, what I&#x27;ve always been impressed about your team is that they really make sure that the clients understand the strategy and the plan. They&#x27;re not talking over people&#x27;s heads speaking in Latin. They&#x27;re really making sure that, hey, are we all on the same page? Do you understand what the strategy is, why this works? And that&#x27;s why it has so much success because</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> everybody&#x27;s bought in. Everybody understands this is what we&#x27;re doing. This is where we&#x27;re going and why. And that gets me excited. Well, you know, Phil, I have the opportunity of being able to work here at Capital Financial, and I love seeing couples who walk in the building. You know, they may look a little nervous that, you know, you&#x27;ve got, especially for the first meeting, you might have your file folder with things inside of it. And I love watching oftentimes those same couples walking out with a big smile on their face, walking with confidence, their shoulders a little bit further back in the air. And Coach, I know this is something you want to provide for folks. So folks out there listening, if you have questions about what we&#x27;re talking about and you want to take advantage of one of those complimentary consultations, 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Once again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> as well as Phil Graham. I&#x27;m going to bring us back into the conversation with a quote from Will Rogers. Be thankful we&#x27;re not getting all the government that we&#x27;re paying for. We&#x27;re paying way too much. I like it when they don&#x27;t get, when they&#x27;re not in DC, they&#x27;re all on vacation. That&#x27;s better for us. We have a vacation too. Didn&#x27;t Will Rogers have one of my other favorite quotes? I&#x27;m more concerned about the return of my money than the return on my money. There you go. Which is similar to what Warren Buffett says. He says, the number two rules of investing is number one, don&#x27;t lose money. Number two, see number one. So here&#x27;s one thing. Thomas, you mentioned that too. A lot of people have their information, their financial information scattered all over the living room or it&#x27;s in the dining room, or maybe it&#x27;s in an office in a file cabinet. In a shoebox. A shoebox. Maybe you haven&#x27;t opened the envelopes. We have people come in with all sorts of different ways they&#x27;ve kept track or not kept track of their money. What we recommend is they</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> dump it all out in our eight foot conference table. Then we help you divide it in different sections. Then we&#x27;ll use one of our financial organizers that we let you leave with. It&#x27;s got 25 different sections in it where we can help you categorize where your money is right now. And it makes it a whole lot easier than when you get the new statements to open up the organizer at that right place and put the new statement in. A whole lot easier than having it scattered, all scattered, smothered and covered. Sort of like Waffle House to tell you. Let&#x27;s unscatter your brain. Let&#x27;s unscatter your financial situation. Let&#x27;s get you a clear plan, concise plan, and let&#x27;s make sure it has retirement autopilot so you&#x27;ll never have confusion when it comes time to getting income in retirement you can&#x27;t outlive. Thomas, tell people how they can do that. Yeah. Again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Phil, a question for you. Let&#x27;s say I&#x27;m a retiree. I&#x27;m getting ready to retire. I&#x27;m about one or two years away from that. And I ask my question to myself and my family, how do I live for 30 years on the money I&#x27;ve put aside? What does somebody do next? I mean, right now you&#x27;re sitting there looking at your 401k statement. Maybe you put some money in the Exxon stock, let&#x27;s say, or maybe you&#x27;ve got a Schwab account that you self-managed some money, but totally you&#x27;ve got about a million dollars. What do you do next to make sure you can live 30 years on that or longer on that million dollars? I mean, I think you need to start putting together a plan. I mean, I don&#x27;t think this is a DIY type scenario. You don&#x27;t want to bet your livelihood on doing it yourself. And my grandmother used to say, you know, they&#x27;d say spit in one hand and wish in the</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> other and see which one fills up first. You don&#x27;t want to be wishing on your retirement. You want to have a plan. And I would want to know that at least some, if not all of my income is guaranteed in retirement, even if I live to be 120. To me, that would be my number one thing I would want to get figured out. And I beg people, don&#x27;t retire and then show up at the office and go, hey guys, I just retired at 60 and they didn&#x27;t have enough money. Because again, it comes back to math. We can do a lot of really amazing things, but it&#x27;s still math. And that becomes part of the plan. So they need to have a plan, coach. Math over markets, man. You got to have math on your side. Markets are up and down, but math is always on your side. And math doesn&#x27;t lie. You can&#x27;t argue with math. Math</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> works. Despite what you see on social media, when somebody posts a math problem there and half the people get it wrong, and then they swear they got it right because they forgot PEMDAS. That&#x27;s right. Right there. Hey, all right. So what if you live too long? I mean, that&#x27;s a question people have on their mind. Now, if you have an income plan that&#x27;s guaranteed to pay you for the rest of your life, that means the rest of your life, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re so used to these asterisks in contracts these days. Oh, well, that meant the rest of the life for your money, not your life or that kind of thing. It is really the rest of your life and your spouse&#x27;s life. There are special vehicles out there that will continue to give a paycheck until there&#x27;s nobody left to give the paycheck to. Is that correct? It&#x27;s a hundred percent correct. And again, every plan we do is different for each family, for each person, each couple. So we may not have all the income coming from that one spot, but</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> I want a foundation to know that I have that paycheck coming in even when I&#x27;m not working. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important. I mean, because we have no idea what&#x27;s going to happen in the market tomorrow, much less a week or a month or a year from now or 10 years from now. I mean, it might be something new that we don&#x27;t know about and it might destroy what you have. So nobody wants to have all their money at risk because if risk happens, we&#x27;re in a whole lot of trouble. Yeah. My job has always been, if you get to retirement, retirement and you&#x27;re not already rich and I know that&#x27;s subjective, but my job has always been to make sure people don&#x27;t become poor in retirement. That you don&#x27;t have to be the greeter at Walmart unless you want to be the greeter at Walmart. And it all goes back to the age old problem or battle between risk and safety. And so when people hear safety, they think the money&#x27;s going to not do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> anything, but there are some safe accounts that actually have decent returns. The main thing about a decent return is you never have to give it back if it&#x27;s in a safe place. You could be in the market and have a crappy return one year. Matter of fact, you could be down 5%. You say, don&#x27;t worry, next year we&#x27;ll recover. And then the next year you lose 20%. Well, now you&#x27;re down a lot. And then the year after that, you lose another 20%. So in total, you&#x27;re almost down 50%. It would take a hundred percent gain in the market to get back ahead of the market. And that&#x27;s something people forget. Math. Everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word. Math over markets. And so, you know, we&#x27;re really passionate about making sure everyone gets the plan they can be confident in. And we can give them a true independent analysis of their financial institutions and their financial products and strategies. And it&#x27;s good to have it from someone who&#x27;s totally independent. We&#x27;re not beholden to any company or strategy. So we&#x27;ll look at what you</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> have, what you want to have happen. Most of the people, I&#x27;ll tell you, Phil, most of the people we talk to, they want some safety. They want to know with certainty what their income&#x27;s going to be. So they get growth, protection, and lifetime income, GPI account. GPI stands for growth, protection, and lifetime income. And it really puts them in control of their own retirement. I&#x27;m just amazed how many times when people see that they actually can get a retirement they&#x27;d be happy with without putting excess money at risk, it really, you can see the light bulbs go off in people&#x27;s heads saying, well, gosh, why haven&#x27;t I been told about this before? And we all, we don&#x27;t know why, because many times whoever&#x27;s been giving them advice is motivated and compensated by keeping them at risk. So let&#x27;s get the safe plan. Matter of fact, you&#x27;re more at risk with a risk plan than you ever would be of not getting income than you would be in a safe plan, because we have surety and</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> simplicity with the safe plan. So Thomas, tell folks how they can get their very own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan today. It&#x27;ll put you in control. It&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. You can actually take that deep breath, that sigh, and go on vacation and not worry about what&#x27;s happening in the market. I agree. Easy first step, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Find out how much risk you&#x27;re taking. If there are any red flags or potential problems for you, get that second opinion. The number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/image.jpg?t=1792073510&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/image.jpg?t=1792073510&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>767</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12304733" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-1</link>
      <itunes:order>18</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:18" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on the Financial Safari. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Fascinating conversation already here with Mr. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. Michael, this is a tremendous strategy on how to save on taxes, but I think it&#x27;s important that everybody realizes that this has to be done in 2022. So get on it right away. Again, the number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text the word plan, P-O-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Now, Mike, last week we talked about reducing taxes. We talked about a very special strategy. Now, before we get into this, I want to, there&#x27;s somebody else on the</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> radio who&#x27;s teasing people with this strategy, but never gives details. We&#x27;re giving details because you are the one who developed this strategy, so the guy on the radio locally is basically copying you. But he doesn&#x27;t do it the right way, I don&#x27;t think. So we&#x27;ll get it right from the horse&#x27;s mouth. Okay, there we go. So how you doing, Michael? You good? I&#x27;m wonderful. Now, let&#x27;s summarize what we talked about last time about how to reduce taxation, do it legally, ethically, morally. There&#x27;s nothing wrong in the tax code. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with reducing taxes that are allowed to reduce. If it&#x27;s in the tax code, it&#x27;s been used by others, and we&#x27;re specifically going to talk about 170-H in the IRS code. That&#x27;s what we talked about when we last visited here on the last segment of when we tied you on. But let&#x27;s talk about, let&#x27;s summarize what the 170-H is. Let&#x27;s summarize who might qualify for this, how to go through it, and how to reduce</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> those taxes, because that&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. It is, Coach. And so, first off, thanks for having me on. Love connecting with you. And we&#x27;ve been working together on different things for, gosh, 15-plus years. Been great friendship along the way in the business and evaluating, teaching other people in the industry. We both had an opportunity to do that. It&#x27;s a blessing. But yeah, when you talk about the idea of reducing taxes, it&#x27;s on everybody&#x27;s mind, especially the high-income earners. So when you talk about who qualifies, this is really where we kind of compartmentalize our tax-saving strategy, whether we need to save taxes on future money, which is our retirement investments, there&#x27;s strategy around that, whether we need to save money in taxes on our estate planning as we transition. There&#x27;s some federal rules changing in the code for 2025, so we need to prepare well for that. That&#x27;s legacy in estate planning. And now, really,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> what we&#x27;re talking about, Coach, is the idea of reducing taxes in 2022. Yes, there&#x27;s still time this year to save money in taxes in 2022. And so who this is going to qualify or connect really with is people that are high-income earners. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re a W-2 income or a 1099 income. You have your own company. You get K-1s. It doesn&#x27;t really matter how it flows through. Really, we&#x27;re going to see the most benefit. If you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re making $700, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million or more, we have a lot of families that we serve that are making $3, $5, $10 million a year down here in Palm Beach or more. We just had a conversation last week with somebody making about $100 million a year. They paid $40 million last year in taxes. Wow. Their CPA, they&#x27;re in Orlando, actually, that was referred to us. Whether we&#x27;ll help them or not</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> is still that to be seen. We&#x27;re having this conversation. But the bottom line is, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available. So Section 170H is part of the IRS code that specifically gets into the conservation easement savings. Now, this is a congressional law that was passed and it&#x27;s been around since 1980. It&#x27;s been codified and ratified, but it&#x27;s been on the system and on the books since the 80s. I got to tell you, Coach, I got a lot of connections, not only in this space, but also we have a great friend that&#x27;s, I won&#x27;t mention his name. He&#x27;s a Trump-appointed federal tax court judge that lives in D.C. that we&#x27;ve been having some conversations with as well about this space. The key when you look at these structures and deals, they&#x27;re conservation easements, but when you look at them, you must understand that there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. So just because somebody&#x27;s offering a deal</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> doesn&#x27;t mean you should be involved. Just because it&#x27;s a tax savings play doesn&#x27;t mean you should get involved. You need to make sure that you look at the underwriting. The CEO of the deal that we have done consulting on is actually a 23-year veteran of the FBI. He was part of the counterterrorism division. He got into this space and it&#x27;s been very, very well vetted and researched. So let me give you the 30,000-foot view, Coach, if I may, on this deal. Essentially, you&#x27;ve heard of the whole story, save the birds and the bees, right? Save the ground, save the ground. And that&#x27;s really where this came from. The federal government realized that they did not do a good job of preserving ground. They were about $28 billion behind in taking care of the underbrush and all of the things that&#x27;s necessary to preserve ground well, right, for sustainability. And so they offshooted this to</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> the private sector, essentially saying that if you want to preserve property, we will reward you, Section 170H of the IRS Code, by giving you a tax benefit to do it. Now, obviously, the deals that are created, there&#x27;s all kinds of different deals where you might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in minerals. You might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in solar. There&#x27;s a variety of different ways that these deals are structured, and that&#x27;s where the research really has to come in. But that&#x27;s the genesis of all of this. Now, the other thing that I will say when you look at these deals, Coach, is you got to know it&#x27;s very simple actually to file because it just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction, which basically means it&#x27;s similar to just like if you give money</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to your church or give money to an organization or a nonprofit or a charity. It just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. The only limitation really that&#x27;s been set with a lot of these, this happened in the Bush administration in the early 2000s. And basically, the limitations that were set coaches, you can only reduce your income, unfortunately, you can only reduce your income by half. Now, what that means is if your income is $2 million, you can use this strategy to reduce your income by half. And that&#x27;s it. Now, if you&#x27;re in a place where you end up investing and it reduces your income by more than half, well, you can&#x27;t use that additional monies this year. It just carries forward for 15 years as an ordinary income loss. So it&#x27;s not like it&#x27;s a lost entity.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And the general roll of thumb on the deal that we&#x27;ve seen that&#x27;s worked really, really well, it&#x27;s got Lloyd&#x27;s of London Insurance backing up the investor capital, et cetera, et cetera, is it&#x27;s about a five to one multiple, Coach. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about this for a long time off air. What that five to one multiple means is for every dollar that you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $5 of ordinary income deduction. So simple math. If you reduce your income by a million dollars and your total tax on that income is 40 percent, let&#x27;s just say, that&#x27;s a $400,000 tax bill that you&#x27;re going to give to the government if you do nothing. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, which are obviously for accredited investors only, meaning they have to make a certain amount of money or have a certain amount of money. Right. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, for every</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> $100,000 you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $500,000 of ordinary income deduction. So you put in $100,000, you&#x27;re going to get a $500,000 deduction. You put in $200,000, you&#x27;re going to get a million dollar deduction. So the simple math on that million is if you do nothing, if you&#x27;re at 40 percent bracket all in, you&#x27;re paying 40 percent, $400,000 of the government. Instead of doing that, we say, time out, keep more of what you made, your proponents, Coach, of you and your team helping families make lots of money. Well, let&#x27;s make sure we keep it, too. So put $200,000 in a deal, you&#x27;re going to literally, real savings is going to be $400,000, which means you basically doubled your money because you didn&#x27;t give all that $400,000 to the government. You only put $200,000 in a deal and that&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s a beautiful thing. Okay. So you do that, you get a great tax write-off,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> a great tax deduction. And then what happens to the money that you put in? What eventually happens to that money? So it&#x27;s a great question. So really, you&#x27;re investing initially in the strategy for the purposes of the tax benefits. That&#x27;s your main reward. And that&#x27;s your benefit that you&#x27;re getting from the IRS. Well, you already, in effect, doubled your, well, you have five times your money as far as what you could write off. So you doubled your money as far as what you don&#x27;t have to pay. So that&#x27;s exactly. You still, the money&#x27;s still there somewhere. It&#x27;s invested in that, but it&#x27;s probably being used to do what the government wanted to be done with that money, correct? Yeah. So the land is actually now in conservation that&#x27;s been purchased. We&#x27;re using what&#x27;s called best use value, which is where we get the valuation. There&#x27;s two approved valuations from the government, which is comps. You know, you see a comparables. If somebody buys a house</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> and the house down the street is worth X, Y, Z, you get comparables or you get best use, which is why we look at say, what if we invested in build a solar farm? And that&#x27;s what some of the deals out there are that we&#x27;ve seen that are quality. But at the end of the day, the better deals, the better conservation easement deals, Coach, they&#x27;re going to put some of the monies, which checks a box to be a separate business activity for the IRS conservation structure. They&#x27;re going to put some of the monies into an investment structure, which is going to yield some revenue back to the investor. It&#x27;s not going to be a lot. You&#x27;re not going to be like, oh, this is amazing. But about 15%, let&#x27;s just say somebody put $200,000 into the deal to get a million dollar deduction and roughly $400,000 of actual tax savings. Well, that $200,000, about 10 to 15%</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the monies, Coach, is going to go into a separate structure that&#x27;s going to kick anywhere between 5% to 7% a year on that $200,000 back. And then once the ground is sold, after it&#x27;s satisfied all the conservatory mechanisms and requirements, in about four, five, six years-ish, they&#x27;re roughly going to get some more monies back as well. So you&#x27;re going to get over the course of a five or six year period, Coach, as you know, anywhere between 30, 20 to 30, roughly all in back percent of what you put in. So if you put in $200,000, you should expect to see somewhere in the ballpark of $60,000 come back to you over the course collectively of about six years. So if you did $200,000, that would give you a million dollars you could write off on your taxes.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And it effectively really cost you about $130,000 to do that. Over a six-year period. Over a six-year period. That&#x27;s not a bad deal for taxes. That&#x27;s like putting a dollar over there and getting $3 back or $4, $5 back reduced on your taxes. It makes a lot of sense. Yeah, because essentially what you&#x27;re doing, Coach, like you said, is you&#x27;re putting $130,000 in and your real savings are roughly $400,000 or more than $400,000 if your tax bracket&#x27;s over 40% all in. Yeah. So really, it&#x27;s a win-win-win to me. It makes a lot of sense. This won&#x27;t appeal to folks who don&#x27;t have a tax problem. Folks, if you&#x27;re tired of writing gigantic checks to the IRS, why not write a smaller check to the IRS by utilizing some of the tax saving strategies out</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> here? Tax reduction legally. Again, it&#x27;s in the IRS code. I&#x27;m sure you have private letter rulings on this. You have all sorts of ammo to go against the government if the government ever came back and said this wasn&#x27;t allowed. By the way, we&#x27;re not tax attorneys. Mike&#x27;s not a tax attorney, but we work with folks who understand the tax code. Absolutely. Yeah. And so the big thing with this, Coach, is really here&#x27;s the key. The key, like anything else in life, due diligence, due diligence, due diligence. And so one of the reasons we&#x27;ve consulted on these over the years is because we have not only we&#x27;re working with high-profile, high-income, high-income people, but we&#x27;re also in a situation where we&#x27;ve done a lot of research on this. And I&#x27;m a big believer that unfortunately people, professionals have worked too hard for their wealth. Yeah. And</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> there&#x27;s just a lot of CPAs or financial people that are just too scared to learn about anything because their fear of audits or whatever it may be. And at the end of the day, when you look at a lot of these things, if you do them correctly, you do your diligence right, you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;ve covered a lot of your bases and you don&#x27;t really need to worry the way a lot of folks worry about things. Use strategy that exists because you&#x27;ve done the research around it. Well, and then, folks, a number to call right now if you want to find out more, see how this applies for you. Find the information out. It can&#x27;t hurt. 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Michael, I want to thank you for your time. We&#x27;ll have you back on maybe in 2023 to go over some of the new tax savings items</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> that may exist. And to summarize, say, you know, what kind of year you had as far as people wanting to reduce taxes here in 2022. Yeah, love to. Happy to. Yeah. Great. Yeah. Thanks for having me, Coach. Oh, this is really great. Yeah, it&#x27;s always good to have you. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. And Michael, we&#x27;ll visit you with you soon. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on the Financial Safari. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Fascinating conversation already here with Mr. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. Michael, this is a tremendous strategy on how to save on taxes, but I think it&#x27;s important that everybody realizes that this has to be done in 2022. So get on it right away. Again, the number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text the word plan, P-O-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Now, Mike, last week we talked about reducing taxes. We talked about a very special strategy. Now, before we get into this, I want to, there&#x27;s somebody else on the</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> radio who&#x27;s teasing people with this strategy, but never gives details. We&#x27;re giving details because you are the one who developed this strategy, so the guy on the radio locally is basically copying you. But he doesn&#x27;t do it the right way, I don&#x27;t think. So we&#x27;ll get it right from the horse&#x27;s mouth. Okay, there we go. So how you doing, Michael? You good? I&#x27;m wonderful. Now, let&#x27;s summarize what we talked about last time about how to reduce taxation, do it legally, ethically, morally. There&#x27;s nothing wrong in the tax code. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with reducing taxes that are allowed to reduce. If it&#x27;s in the tax code, it&#x27;s been used by others, and we&#x27;re specifically going to talk about 170-H in the IRS code. That&#x27;s what we talked about when we last visited here on the last segment of when we tied you on. But let&#x27;s talk about, let&#x27;s summarize what the 170-H is. Let&#x27;s summarize who might qualify for this, how to go through it, and how to reduce</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> those taxes, because that&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. It is, Coach. And so, first off, thanks for having me on. Love connecting with you. And we&#x27;ve been working together on different things for, gosh, 15-plus years. Been great friendship along the way in the business and evaluating, teaching other people in the industry. We both had an opportunity to do that. It&#x27;s a blessing. But yeah, when you talk about the idea of reducing taxes, it&#x27;s on everybody&#x27;s mind, especially the high-income earners. So when you talk about who qualifies, this is really where we kind of compartmentalize our tax-saving strategy, whether we need to save taxes on future money, which is our retirement investments, there&#x27;s strategy around that, whether we need to save money in taxes on our estate planning as we transition. There&#x27;s some federal rules changing in the code for 2025, so we need to prepare well for that. That&#x27;s legacy in estate planning. And now, really,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> what we&#x27;re talking about, Coach, is the idea of reducing taxes in 2022. Yes, there&#x27;s still time this year to save money in taxes in 2022. And so who this is going to qualify or connect really with is people that are high-income earners. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re a W-2 income or a 1099 income. You have your own company. You get K-1s. It doesn&#x27;t really matter how it flows through. Really, we&#x27;re going to see the most benefit. If you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re making $700, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million or more, we have a lot of families that we serve that are making $3, $5, $10 million a year down here in Palm Beach or more. We just had a conversation last week with somebody making about $100 million a year. They paid $40 million last year in taxes. Wow. Their CPA, they&#x27;re in Orlando, actually, that was referred to us. Whether we&#x27;ll help them or not</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> is still that to be seen. We&#x27;re having this conversation. But the bottom line is, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available. So Section 170H is part of the IRS code that specifically gets into the conservation easement savings. Now, this is a congressional law that was passed and it&#x27;s been around since 1980. It&#x27;s been codified and ratified, but it&#x27;s been on the system and on the books since the 80s. I got to tell you, Coach, I got a lot of connections, not only in this space, but also we have a great friend that&#x27;s, I won&#x27;t mention his name. He&#x27;s a Trump-appointed federal tax court judge that lives in D.C. that we&#x27;ve been having some conversations with as well about this space. The key when you look at these structures and deals, they&#x27;re conservation easements, but when you look at them, you must understand that there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. So just because somebody&#x27;s offering a deal</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> doesn&#x27;t mean you should be involved. Just because it&#x27;s a tax savings play doesn&#x27;t mean you should get involved. You need to make sure that you look at the underwriting. The CEO of the deal that we have done consulting on is actually a 23-year veteran of the FBI. He was part of the counterterrorism division. He got into this space and it&#x27;s been very, very well vetted and researched. So let me give you the 30,000-foot view, Coach, if I may, on this deal. Essentially, you&#x27;ve heard of the whole story, save the birds and the bees, right? Save the ground, save the ground. And that&#x27;s really where this came from. The federal government realized that they did not do a good job of preserving ground. They were about $28 billion behind in taking care of the underbrush and all of the things that&#x27;s necessary to preserve ground well, right, for sustainability. And so they offshooted this to</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> the private sector, essentially saying that if you want to preserve property, we will reward you, Section 170H of the IRS Code, by giving you a tax benefit to do it. Now, obviously, the deals that are created, there&#x27;s all kinds of different deals where you might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in minerals. You might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in solar. There&#x27;s a variety of different ways that these deals are structured, and that&#x27;s where the research really has to come in. But that&#x27;s the genesis of all of this. Now, the other thing that I will say when you look at these deals, Coach, is you got to know it&#x27;s very simple actually to file because it just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction, which basically means it&#x27;s similar to just like if you give money</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to your church or give money to an organization or a nonprofit or a charity. It just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. The only limitation really that&#x27;s been set with a lot of these, this happened in the Bush administration in the early 2000s. And basically, the limitations that were set coaches, you can only reduce your income, unfortunately, you can only reduce your income by half. Now, what that means is if your income is $2 million, you can use this strategy to reduce your income by half. And that&#x27;s it. Now, if you&#x27;re in a place where you end up investing and it reduces your income by more than half, well, you can&#x27;t use that additional monies this year. It just carries forward for 15 years as an ordinary income loss. So it&#x27;s not like it&#x27;s a lost entity.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And the general roll of thumb on the deal that we&#x27;ve seen that&#x27;s worked really, really well, it&#x27;s got Lloyd&#x27;s of London Insurance backing up the investor capital, et cetera, et cetera, is it&#x27;s about a five to one multiple, Coach. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about this for a long time off air. What that five to one multiple means is for every dollar that you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $5 of ordinary income deduction. So simple math. If you reduce your income by a million dollars and your total tax on that income is 40 percent, let&#x27;s just say, that&#x27;s a $400,000 tax bill that you&#x27;re going to give to the government if you do nothing. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, which are obviously for accredited investors only, meaning they have to make a certain amount of money or have a certain amount of money. Right. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, for every</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> $100,000 you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $500,000 of ordinary income deduction. So you put in $100,000, you&#x27;re going to get a $500,000 deduction. You put in $200,000, you&#x27;re going to get a million dollar deduction. So the simple math on that million is if you do nothing, if you&#x27;re at 40 percent bracket all in, you&#x27;re paying 40 percent, $400,000 of the government. Instead of doing that, we say, time out, keep more of what you made, your proponents, Coach, of you and your team helping families make lots of money. Well, let&#x27;s make sure we keep it, too. So put $200,000 in a deal, you&#x27;re going to literally, real savings is going to be $400,000, which means you basically doubled your money because you didn&#x27;t give all that $400,000 to the government. You only put $200,000 in a deal and that&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s a beautiful thing. Okay. So you do that, you get a great tax write-off,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> a great tax deduction. And then what happens to the money that you put in? What eventually happens to that money? So it&#x27;s a great question. So really, you&#x27;re investing initially in the strategy for the purposes of the tax benefits. That&#x27;s your main reward. And that&#x27;s your benefit that you&#x27;re getting from the IRS. Well, you already, in effect, doubled your, well, you have five times your money as far as what you could write off. So you doubled your money as far as what you don&#x27;t have to pay. So that&#x27;s exactly. You still, the money&#x27;s still there somewhere. It&#x27;s invested in that, but it&#x27;s probably being used to do what the government wanted to be done with that money, correct? Yeah. So the land is actually now in conservation that&#x27;s been purchased. We&#x27;re using what&#x27;s called best use value, which is where we get the valuation. There&#x27;s two approved valuations from the government, which is comps. You know, you see a comparables. If somebody buys a house</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> and the house down the street is worth X, Y, Z, you get comparables or you get best use, which is why we look at say, what if we invested in build a solar farm? And that&#x27;s what some of the deals out there are that we&#x27;ve seen that are quality. But at the end of the day, the better deals, the better conservation easement deals, Coach, they&#x27;re going to put some of the monies, which checks a box to be a separate business activity for the IRS conservation structure. They&#x27;re going to put some of the monies into an investment structure, which is going to yield some revenue back to the investor. It&#x27;s not going to be a lot. You&#x27;re not going to be like, oh, this is amazing. But about 15%, let&#x27;s just say somebody put $200,000 into the deal to get a million dollar deduction and roughly $400,000 of actual tax savings. Well, that $200,000, about 10 to 15%</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the monies, Coach, is going to go into a separate structure that&#x27;s going to kick anywhere between 5% to 7% a year on that $200,000 back. And then once the ground is sold, after it&#x27;s satisfied all the conservatory mechanisms and requirements, in about four, five, six years-ish, they&#x27;re roughly going to get some more monies back as well. So you&#x27;re going to get over the course of a five or six year period, Coach, as you know, anywhere between 30, 20 to 30, roughly all in back percent of what you put in. So if you put in $200,000, you should expect to see somewhere in the ballpark of $60,000 come back to you over the course collectively of about six years. So if you did $200,000, that would give you a million dollars you could write off on your taxes.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And it effectively really cost you about $130,000 to do that. Over a six-year period. Over a six-year period. That&#x27;s not a bad deal for taxes. That&#x27;s like putting a dollar over there and getting $3 back or $4, $5 back reduced on your taxes. It makes a lot of sense. Yeah, because essentially what you&#x27;re doing, Coach, like you said, is you&#x27;re putting $130,000 in and your real savings are roughly $400,000 or more than $400,000 if your tax bracket&#x27;s over 40% all in. Yeah. So really, it&#x27;s a win-win-win to me. It makes a lot of sense. This won&#x27;t appeal to folks who don&#x27;t have a tax problem. Folks, if you&#x27;re tired of writing gigantic checks to the IRS, why not write a smaller check to the IRS by utilizing some of the tax saving strategies out</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> here? Tax reduction legally. Again, it&#x27;s in the IRS code. I&#x27;m sure you have private letter rulings on this. You have all sorts of ammo to go against the government if the government ever came back and said this wasn&#x27;t allowed. By the way, we&#x27;re not tax attorneys. Mike&#x27;s not a tax attorney, but we work with folks who understand the tax code. Absolutely. Yeah. And so the big thing with this, Coach, is really here&#x27;s the key. The key, like anything else in life, due diligence, due diligence, due diligence. And so one of the reasons we&#x27;ve consulted on these over the years is because we have not only we&#x27;re working with high-profile, high-income, high-income people, but we&#x27;re also in a situation where we&#x27;ve done a lot of research on this. And I&#x27;m a big believer that unfortunately people, professionals have worked too hard for their wealth. Yeah. And</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> there&#x27;s just a lot of CPAs or financial people that are just too scared to learn about anything because their fear of audits or whatever it may be. And at the end of the day, when you look at a lot of these things, if you do them correctly, you do your diligence right, you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;ve covered a lot of your bases and you don&#x27;t really need to worry the way a lot of folks worry about things. Use strategy that exists because you&#x27;ve done the research around it. Well, and then, folks, a number to call right now if you want to find out more, see how this applies for you. Find the information out. It can&#x27;t hurt. 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Michael, I want to thank you for your time. We&#x27;ll have you back on maybe in 2023 to go over some of the new tax savings items</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> that may exist. And to summarize, say, you know, what kind of year you had as far as people wanting to reduce taxes here in 2022. Yeah, love to. Happy to. Yeah. Great. Yeah. Thanks for having me, Coach. Oh, this is really great. Yeah, it&#x27;s always good to have you. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. And Michael, we&#x27;ll visit you with you soon. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/image.jpg?t=1792073544&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-p-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/image.jpg?t=1792073544&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 21:16:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>862</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13819329" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-p-1</link>
      <itunes:order>19</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeremy Roenick: Hockey, Life After the NHL, and Whiskey in the Wild</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeremy Roenick: Hockey, Life After the NHL, and Whiskey in the Wild</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeremy Roenick joins Coach Pete to reflect on his professional hockey career and life beyond the NHL. They also discuss his move into business with Whiskey in the Wild.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world. We&#x27;ve got a really good guest today. If you ever watched hockey back in the day, his name is Jeremy Roenick and he is joining us from San Diego, California. That&#x27;s a really nice place. It&#x27;s a lot warmer there than Chicago, I bet. Huh, Jeremy? It is. It&#x27;s great to be with you. I really appreciate the time. And yeah, you know, after 20 years of getting my ass kicked in the National Hockey League, I needed a nice warm place that my body enjoyed waking up in the morning to.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> So hence, hence my San Diego home. You were the eighth pick in the first round by Chicago Blackhawks back in the day. And then you, I always know you as a Chicago Blackhawk, but you also were on the Phoenix Coyotes twice, the Flyers, the Kings, and then the Sharks. That&#x27;s a big career. I actually had arguably probably five of the best city stints in all of NHL hockey. Two major, major hockey markets and sporting markets like Chicago and Philly that have the best fans in the world. Then I got to live in Arizona where I could live a great, quiet, really enjoyable, sunny life, play golf in between hockey games and go to practice and flip flops and T-shirts. And then, you know, in San Jose, that was pretty much similar, but had a great fan base.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> No one, you know, no one bothered you on the street. Media didn&#x27;t yell at you when you lost the day before. And, you know, to live in Northern California is a real treat, you know, barring the politics and taxes. So, I&#x27;ve got in studio with me, I&#x27;ve got Morgan Patrick, too, and Morgan used to have a show called The Sports Pig. Morgan, did you ever talk about Jeremy before? Oh, are you kidding me? I mean, what a headache this guy was. Jeremy, I got a question for you. Since we&#x27;re, you know, we&#x27;ve been in this market now for 25 years with hockey, and back when we, you know, first welcomed in the Whalers and they became the Hurricanes, it&#x27;s a nontraditional market. You&#x27;ve played for two nontraditional market teams in San Jose and Arizona. I mean, so how was that?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And I guess just that transition, because it was really an education-type element to it when they first came to Carolina. I would imagine it was a little bit of an adjustment for you to play in those markets. It was an adjustment, but it was actually exciting because we got the chance to teach a nontraditional hockey market the love of the game. Sure. Right? Why hockey is so great. And I remember when Winnipeg moved down to Arizona and then I came to Arizona, there are so many people that were excited of the addition to the city of a sports team. I mean, Arizona and Phoenix is a huge sports city. I mean, with the Cardinals and the Suns and the Diamondbacks, we have all major sports here. But to have hockey really made it a major sports town.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And the people really took us in and made us their own. And it&#x27;s a little bit harder to sell tickets because I think you have to get people there to show the product. Because I think, you know, you guys know going to a game is so much more enjoyable. You really get the feel, the energy, and the excitement in the building and the power of the players and the speed of the players better than you can really see it on television. So that was the hardest part is getting the tickets sold. Once we got them in, we sucked them in and made them, you know, crazy fans. The team has made some major, major mistakes and blunders over the last 20 years with management and positioning of buildings and, you know, just mistakes in the marketplace.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> But the place has been awesome. And I just loved it. I loved going to help people understand why hockey is so great. And I was a huge, huge Hartford Whaler fan when I was a kid because I grew up in Massachusetts and Connecticut. I actually lived in Glastonbury. So I went through probably seven or eight records of Brass Bonanza after scoring a street hockey goal on my brother. You know, I&#x27;d score a goal on my brother and I&#x27;d run over to the record player and play Brass Bonanza and run all over the place. So, you know, when Hartford went to Carolina, I was really happy that that franchise was able to move on to a very good area and an area that has really, really supported the team very well.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And there&#x27;s won a Stanley Cup, which is even more gratifying. Always good to have one of those. You know, remember Chuck Cate and the voice of the Whalers and the Hurricanes. He works for us in our network, too. So you probably remember Chuck. Oh, absolutely. I&#x27;ve listened to him many times. Yep. Absolutely. Good people. So, Jeremy, my next question. I mean, when you came into the league, obviously the league has changed so much. It has expanded. It&#x27;s in different markets. And obviously, you know, having gone from where the league was and you played for Chicago, old school hockey, you&#x27;ve gone to new markets. But are you surprised at how this game has expanded and how large the league is now? And it is one of the big four sports now. No, it really is. And, you know, you can say what you want about Gary Bettman.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> And, you know, the fans usually greet him with a barrage of boos when he comes onto the arena. But Gary Bettman has done more for the National Hockey League, I think, than probably most commissioners have done for sports. Back in 1992-93, when he came in as commissioner, our league was making about $750 million of revenue a year. You know, it&#x27;s now over the $4.5 billion mark in 30 years. I mean, that&#x27;s a pretty substantial growth in a game. And obviously, the players that have come along, the personalities, the talent of the players, the level of the product that the NHL has put on board. And I think people like a squeaky clean kind of image sport like hockey.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> I mean, the players are really respectful. They&#x27;re very nice. They give a lot to charity. There&#x27;s no, you know, they&#x27;re on the right side of the law and are fun people to talk to and listen to and interview. So, you know, you take all that, wrap it into one. I think the league has got a very good reputation. Well, tell us about, let&#x27;s get away from hockey for a minute. Tell us about your new whiskey that you&#x27;ve done. Oh, I love it. Thank you for promoting that. You know, everybody through the pandemic was looking for something to do. And right in the beginning of the pandemic, I was involved in a different liquor company that kind of went sour. And I&#x27;ve always wanted to be part of a brand. And, you know, I&#x27;m a big whiskey drinker and a tequila guy.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And, you know, I love sharing a cocktail with my friends. It&#x27;s probably one of my favorite pastimes. But I just wanted to get in something. And during the pandemic, I joined up with a couple of friends of mine. One of them is a food and taste connoisseur. He was part of the making of Hubba Bubba Gum, Beech Nut Baby food flavors. And he&#x27;s just a cereal entrepreneur. And I asked him, hey, why don&#x27;t we try to do whiskey, maybe a flavored whiskey? Like, everybody loves chocolate. Let&#x27;s do a chocolate whiskey. So, hence the start of our trek. And it took him 18 months to create probably the greatest whiskey blend drinking experience anybody will ever have in a cocktail. And I say that not being because it&#x27;s my product.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> I&#x27;m pretty much reiterating what a lot of people have said to me in their experience of trying it. But I was talking with someone at the Southern Wine and Spirits organization. We&#x27;re talking to them about helping us in the United States and being our distributor. And after he took the first sip, he&#x27;s like, this is probably the best drinking experience I&#x27;ve ever had in a blend. And I was really happy to hear that. And so we came out and we wanted to do something that was fun. We wanted to bring something that brings both the female connoisseur and the male connoisseur. Because whiskey really hasn&#x27;t been known to be the favorite of the female variety. And I wanted to bring the female into the room that could share a glass of whiskey with their significant other, with their husband, with their boyfriend, with a guy who just got off the golf course with a cigar.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, you know, men like that aspect. And women go crazy over this chocolate whiskey. We also have a chocolate citrus with a little dash of orange in it. Kind of tastes like a old-fashioned right out of the bottle. Wow. And it really is something special. So we called it Whiskey in the Wild. We wanted to kind of pander to the outdoors life. We did something with the bottle that no company has ever done. And we created a bottle that has a flask actually built into the bottle. Nice. So that you can – and we put a spout, a nice little pouring spout on the top so you can fill the whiskey up and take it with you on a hike or a ski trip. Or if you&#x27;re on a bike ride and you want to celebrate, you know, a climb to the top of the mountain and celebrate your hike, we call it the traveling spirit.</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> And we want you to take it with you everywhere. So it&#x27;s a very unique kind of packaging that we&#x27;ve created. I think our bottle is going to win countless awards. Nice. And Whiskey in the Wild, whiskeyinthewild.co on Google, you can find it. And it&#x27;s only available online right now in 41 states. I would believe North Carolina is part of our 41 states. And I highly recommend if you&#x27;re a whiskey drinker or if you&#x27;re not, give us a shot because we have turned more non-whiskey drinkers into whiskey lovers over the first three months of our launch. Well, I got to tell you, I love the bottle. I&#x27;m looking at it right now. I mean, that is sharp. Isn&#x27;t that fun?</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot of fun. Good Google right there. It&#x27;s cool. It&#x27;s cool to get something with something, right? You know, flasks are cool. People like to have flask. It&#x27;s a high-end flask. It&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s metal. It&#x27;s a very solid feel. And it makes for awesome presents. So if you&#x27;re someone getting married and you want something cool for your groomsmen, it is Thanksgiving&#x27;s coming up. Christmas is coming up. It makes for an absolutely tremendous gift to send somebody. We&#x27;re writing the $89 for a bottle. That is shipped with shipping. Obviously, in this day and age, with the delivery system around our country, packaging and sending is shipping is very expensive right now.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> But $89 gets it right to your door. You buy two bottles. We pick up half the shipping. And you buy three bottles, and we pick up all the shipping, which is just a nice little benefit to buy more than one bottle. But it truly – I really appreciate you guys saying that you like the bottle because we&#x27;re very, very proud of it. Nobody&#x27;s ever done it before. That is really neat. We kind of changed the market. Yeah. Good idea. Now, speaking – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, but speaking of getting something for spending something, there&#x27;s been rumors there that you had a trip to Vegas where you lost a little money. Oh, I think I own two of the floors at Aria. Yeah. Yeah. That happens on a frequent basis.</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> But I&#x27;ve had some really good wins, and I&#x27;ve had some really terrible losses. There you go. That&#x27;s what Vegas is all about, right? Yep. Yep. Yeah. Well, you were born in 1970. Morgan and I were born in 66. But you&#x27;re retired, and we&#x27;re still working, so we&#x27;re not doing something right here. Well, I&#x27;m retired in a different sense, right? I&#x27;m retired from getting my butt kicked on the ice, but I am still in the trenches doing a lot of different things. And I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;ll ever stop working and making a buck because it just keeps my brain going. And I get to talk to fine gentlemen like you guys and your listeners and have some fun talking about all sorts of things. And it&#x27;s hockey season starting tonight, so I&#x27;m really looking forward to the start of the season also. That&#x27;s just a – I mean, it&#x27;s just a great – it&#x27;s a great life if you make it a great life.</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> And you&#x27;ve made yours a great life. Morgan, any final thoughts for Jeremy? Just a big treat, man. One of my favorites watching you play throughout your career and obviously loved seeing you when you came to town. But, yeah, we just wish you the best of luck. Great, great success on the whiskey. Can&#x27;t wait to taste it. Well, I really appreciate you guys helping me get the word out. And you guys, you have my phone number if you ever want to chat, you know, Carolina Hockey. Just let me know. Cocains. Jeremy Roick, folks. All right, guys. Appreciate it. Take care. All right, let&#x27;s open up these phone lines. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ve got a great way to text us as well. Just text the word PLAN to 600-700, PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeremy Roenick joins Coach Pete to reflect on his professional hockey career and life beyond the NHL. They also discuss his move into business with Whiskey in the Wild.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world. We&#x27;ve got a really good guest today. If you ever watched hockey back in the day, his name is Jeremy Roenick and he is joining us from San Diego, California. That&#x27;s a really nice place. It&#x27;s a lot warmer there than Chicago, I bet. Huh, Jeremy? It is. It&#x27;s great to be with you. I really appreciate the time. And yeah, you know, after 20 years of getting my ass kicked in the National Hockey League, I needed a nice warm place that my body enjoyed waking up in the morning to.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> So hence, hence my San Diego home. You were the eighth pick in the first round by Chicago Blackhawks back in the day. And then you, I always know you as a Chicago Blackhawk, but you also were on the Phoenix Coyotes twice, the Flyers, the Kings, and then the Sharks. That&#x27;s a big career. I actually had arguably probably five of the best city stints in all of NHL hockey. Two major, major hockey markets and sporting markets like Chicago and Philly that have the best fans in the world. Then I got to live in Arizona where I could live a great, quiet, really enjoyable, sunny life, play golf in between hockey games and go to practice and flip flops and T-shirts. And then, you know, in San Jose, that was pretty much similar, but had a great fan base.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> No one, you know, no one bothered you on the street. Media didn&#x27;t yell at you when you lost the day before. And, you know, to live in Northern California is a real treat, you know, barring the politics and taxes. So, I&#x27;ve got in studio with me, I&#x27;ve got Morgan Patrick, too, and Morgan used to have a show called The Sports Pig. Morgan, did you ever talk about Jeremy before? Oh, are you kidding me? I mean, what a headache this guy was. Jeremy, I got a question for you. Since we&#x27;re, you know, we&#x27;ve been in this market now for 25 years with hockey, and back when we, you know, first welcomed in the Whalers and they became the Hurricanes, it&#x27;s a nontraditional market. You&#x27;ve played for two nontraditional market teams in San Jose and Arizona. I mean, so how was that?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And I guess just that transition, because it was really an education-type element to it when they first came to Carolina. I would imagine it was a little bit of an adjustment for you to play in those markets. It was an adjustment, but it was actually exciting because we got the chance to teach a nontraditional hockey market the love of the game. Sure. Right? Why hockey is so great. And I remember when Winnipeg moved down to Arizona and then I came to Arizona, there are so many people that were excited of the addition to the city of a sports team. I mean, Arizona and Phoenix is a huge sports city. I mean, with the Cardinals and the Suns and the Diamondbacks, we have all major sports here. But to have hockey really made it a major sports town.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And the people really took us in and made us their own. And it&#x27;s a little bit harder to sell tickets because I think you have to get people there to show the product. Because I think, you know, you guys know going to a game is so much more enjoyable. You really get the feel, the energy, and the excitement in the building and the power of the players and the speed of the players better than you can really see it on television. So that was the hardest part is getting the tickets sold. Once we got them in, we sucked them in and made them, you know, crazy fans. The team has made some major, major mistakes and blunders over the last 20 years with management and positioning of buildings and, you know, just mistakes in the marketplace.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> But the place has been awesome. And I just loved it. I loved going to help people understand why hockey is so great. And I was a huge, huge Hartford Whaler fan when I was a kid because I grew up in Massachusetts and Connecticut. I actually lived in Glastonbury. So I went through probably seven or eight records of Brass Bonanza after scoring a street hockey goal on my brother. You know, I&#x27;d score a goal on my brother and I&#x27;d run over to the record player and play Brass Bonanza and run all over the place. So, you know, when Hartford went to Carolina, I was really happy that that franchise was able to move on to a very good area and an area that has really, really supported the team very well.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And there&#x27;s won a Stanley Cup, which is even more gratifying. Always good to have one of those. You know, remember Chuck Cate and the voice of the Whalers and the Hurricanes. He works for us in our network, too. So you probably remember Chuck. Oh, absolutely. I&#x27;ve listened to him many times. Yep. Absolutely. Good people. So, Jeremy, my next question. I mean, when you came into the league, obviously the league has changed so much. It has expanded. It&#x27;s in different markets. And obviously, you know, having gone from where the league was and you played for Chicago, old school hockey, you&#x27;ve gone to new markets. But are you surprised at how this game has expanded and how large the league is now? And it is one of the big four sports now. No, it really is. And, you know, you can say what you want about Gary Bettman.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> And, you know, the fans usually greet him with a barrage of boos when he comes onto the arena. But Gary Bettman has done more for the National Hockey League, I think, than probably most commissioners have done for sports. Back in 1992-93, when he came in as commissioner, our league was making about $750 million of revenue a year. You know, it&#x27;s now over the $4.5 billion mark in 30 years. I mean, that&#x27;s a pretty substantial growth in a game. And obviously, the players that have come along, the personalities, the talent of the players, the level of the product that the NHL has put on board. And I think people like a squeaky clean kind of image sport like hockey.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> I mean, the players are really respectful. They&#x27;re very nice. They give a lot to charity. There&#x27;s no, you know, they&#x27;re on the right side of the law and are fun people to talk to and listen to and interview. So, you know, you take all that, wrap it into one. I think the league has got a very good reputation. Well, tell us about, let&#x27;s get away from hockey for a minute. Tell us about your new whiskey that you&#x27;ve done. Oh, I love it. Thank you for promoting that. You know, everybody through the pandemic was looking for something to do. And right in the beginning of the pandemic, I was involved in a different liquor company that kind of went sour. And I&#x27;ve always wanted to be part of a brand. And, you know, I&#x27;m a big whiskey drinker and a tequila guy.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And, you know, I love sharing a cocktail with my friends. It&#x27;s probably one of my favorite pastimes. But I just wanted to get in something. And during the pandemic, I joined up with a couple of friends of mine. One of them is a food and taste connoisseur. He was part of the making of Hubba Bubba Gum, Beech Nut Baby food flavors. And he&#x27;s just a cereal entrepreneur. And I asked him, hey, why don&#x27;t we try to do whiskey, maybe a flavored whiskey? Like, everybody loves chocolate. Let&#x27;s do a chocolate whiskey. So, hence the start of our trek. And it took him 18 months to create probably the greatest whiskey blend drinking experience anybody will ever have in a cocktail. And I say that not being because it&#x27;s my product.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> I&#x27;m pretty much reiterating what a lot of people have said to me in their experience of trying it. But I was talking with someone at the Southern Wine and Spirits organization. We&#x27;re talking to them about helping us in the United States and being our distributor. And after he took the first sip, he&#x27;s like, this is probably the best drinking experience I&#x27;ve ever had in a blend. And I was really happy to hear that. And so we came out and we wanted to do something that was fun. We wanted to bring something that brings both the female connoisseur and the male connoisseur. Because whiskey really hasn&#x27;t been known to be the favorite of the female variety. And I wanted to bring the female into the room that could share a glass of whiskey with their significant other, with their husband, with their boyfriend, with a guy who just got off the golf course with a cigar.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, you know, men like that aspect. And women go crazy over this chocolate whiskey. We also have a chocolate citrus with a little dash of orange in it. Kind of tastes like a old-fashioned right out of the bottle. Wow. And it really is something special. So we called it Whiskey in the Wild. We wanted to kind of pander to the outdoors life. We did something with the bottle that no company has ever done. And we created a bottle that has a flask actually built into the bottle. Nice. So that you can – and we put a spout, a nice little pouring spout on the top so you can fill the whiskey up and take it with you on a hike or a ski trip. Or if you&#x27;re on a bike ride and you want to celebrate, you know, a climb to the top of the mountain and celebrate your hike, we call it the traveling spirit.</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> And we want you to take it with you everywhere. So it&#x27;s a very unique kind of packaging that we&#x27;ve created. I think our bottle is going to win countless awards. Nice. And Whiskey in the Wild, whiskeyinthewild.co on Google, you can find it. And it&#x27;s only available online right now in 41 states. I would believe North Carolina is part of our 41 states. And I highly recommend if you&#x27;re a whiskey drinker or if you&#x27;re not, give us a shot because we have turned more non-whiskey drinkers into whiskey lovers over the first three months of our launch. Well, I got to tell you, I love the bottle. I&#x27;m looking at it right now. I mean, that is sharp. Isn&#x27;t that fun?</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot of fun. Good Google right there. It&#x27;s cool. It&#x27;s cool to get something with something, right? You know, flasks are cool. People like to have flask. It&#x27;s a high-end flask. It&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s metal. It&#x27;s a very solid feel. And it makes for awesome presents. So if you&#x27;re someone getting married and you want something cool for your groomsmen, it is Thanksgiving&#x27;s coming up. Christmas is coming up. It makes for an absolutely tremendous gift to send somebody. We&#x27;re writing the $89 for a bottle. That is shipped with shipping. Obviously, in this day and age, with the delivery system around our country, packaging and sending is shipping is very expensive right now.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> But $89 gets it right to your door. You buy two bottles. We pick up half the shipping. And you buy three bottles, and we pick up all the shipping, which is just a nice little benefit to buy more than one bottle. But it truly – I really appreciate you guys saying that you like the bottle because we&#x27;re very, very proud of it. Nobody&#x27;s ever done it before. That is really neat. We kind of changed the market. Yeah. Good idea. Now, speaking – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, but speaking of getting something for spending something, there&#x27;s been rumors there that you had a trip to Vegas where you lost a little money. Oh, I think I own two of the floors at Aria. Yeah. Yeah. That happens on a frequent basis.</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> But I&#x27;ve had some really good wins, and I&#x27;ve had some really terrible losses. There you go. That&#x27;s what Vegas is all about, right? Yep. Yep. Yeah. Well, you were born in 1970. Morgan and I were born in 66. But you&#x27;re retired, and we&#x27;re still working, so we&#x27;re not doing something right here. Well, I&#x27;m retired in a different sense, right? I&#x27;m retired from getting my butt kicked on the ice, but I am still in the trenches doing a lot of different things. And I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;ll ever stop working and making a buck because it just keeps my brain going. And I get to talk to fine gentlemen like you guys and your listeners and have some fun talking about all sorts of things. And it&#x27;s hockey season starting tonight, so I&#x27;m really looking forward to the start of the season also. That&#x27;s just a – I mean, it&#x27;s just a great – it&#x27;s a great life if you make it a great life.</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> And you&#x27;ve made yours a great life. Morgan, any final thoughts for Jeremy? Just a big treat, man. One of my favorites watching you play throughout your career and obviously loved seeing you when you came to town. But, yeah, we just wish you the best of luck. Great, great success on the whiskey. Can&#x27;t wait to taste it. Well, I really appreciate you guys helping me get the word out. And you guys, you have my phone number if you ever want to chat, you know, Carolina Hockey. Just let me know. Cocains. Jeremy Roick, folks. All right, guys. Appreciate it. Take care. All right, let&#x27;s open up these phone lines. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ve got a great way to text us as well. Just text the word PLAN to 600-700, PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jeremy Roenick joins Coach Pete to reflect on his professional hockey career and life beyond the NHL. They also discuss his move into business with Whiskey in the Wild.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeremy Roenick</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>Hockey</category>
      <category>Life After the NHL</category>
      <category>Whiskey in the Wild</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeremy Roenick, sports, Hockey, Life After the NHL, Whiskey in the Wild, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166/image.jpg?t=1792073555&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeremy-roenick-former-nhl-player-and-co-owner-of-w/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166/image.jpg?t=1792073555&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2022 14:05:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>828</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8465548-6109-4028-9b5a-af4300e4c166/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13288294" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeremy-roenick-former-nhl-player-and-co-owner-of-w</link>
      <itunes:order>20</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jeremy Roenick" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Van Eure: The Angus Barn, Hospitality, and Giving Back</title>
      <itunes:title>Van Eure: The Angus Barn, Hospitality, and Giving Back</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Van Eure joins Coach Pete to discuss The Angus Barn, the work behind a successful restaurant, and her charitable activities. She shares her perspective on hospitality, service, and community.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Now, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I talk to people who are making a difference, and this week is no exception. Matter of fact, this week I&#x27;m very excited to have Miss Van Euron. Now, if you&#x27;ve heard that name, maybe you have, maybe you haven&#x27;t, but Van is the owner of the Angus Barn here in Raleigh. Van, welcome in. Thank you so much, Coach. It&#x27;s such a pleasure. I&#x27;ve seen you a lot over the years in your restaurant. Well, and I appreciate that very much. You are a familiar face around there, and everybody there</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> loves you. I love everybody there, and so I love the food, too. The food is really good, and anyone who hadn&#x27;t been to the Angus Barn needs to check it out, but Van, I go there all times of the year, all different days, and it&#x27;s crowded all the time, so I think you&#x27;re not a secret anymore. Well, I think you&#x27;ve discovered some of our little places that used to be a secret, too, like our meat locker and our fire pit and places like that. Now, the meat locker is inside-outside, so technically it&#x27;s listed as outside, right? Yes, well, it&#x27;s for smoking. Smoking cigars. When everybody, when they changed the smoking law in North Carolina, all my smokers were going, what are we going to do? And I was like, oh, don&#x27;t worry, I got a place. Of course, I didn&#x27;t have a place. I&#x27;m like, what am I going to do? So I took an old room that was a meat room and turned it into a cigar bar, but then, of course, everyone back there wants to order dinner, and so, of course, we do full menu</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> back there, and now it&#x27;s ended up where you can go as fancy as the wine cellar or as relaxed as the meat locker. Me and Marty Hensley used to go to the meat locker all the time. We still do once in a while, but we went there one time four days out of the five in a week. That&#x27;s way too much. I said, Marty, we have a problem here. That&#x27;s awesome. Hey, you don&#x27;t even have to go there and order any food. You can just go there and bring your own cigar and sit there and enjoy it. It&#x27;s great to see, I mean, see everybody who knows anybody&#x27;s around the Angus Barn. I mean, that&#x27;s when I remember when I was in college, the rumor was that political deals would happen. People would fly into the airport, which is right there. They&#x27;d meet at Angus Barn for their meeting, then they&#x27;d go back to the airport, fly away. So it&#x27;s more of a destination type place, and it takes years to develop that kind of camaraderie with the public, I think.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Right, right, and it just takes a lot of employees and people that I work with that really care and that know how to treat people right, because you can have the greatest building in the world, but if you don&#x27;t treat people right, you have nothing really. You&#x27;ve had employees that have been with you for a long, long time. I&#x27;ve had so many in the 20-year club that we couldn&#x27;t fit them all into one room for the party. So I&#x27;m very blessed with the employees. Now, one of the things people may not realize, you have something called the wine cellar downstairs, and you&#x27;ve got two private dining rooms down there. Some, one fits almost 40 people, correct? Right. Yeah. We built those rooms because we won an award that put us on the map internationally, where there&#x27;s only 86 restaurants in the world that actually have it. It&#x27;s called the Wine Spectator Grand Award. And then everyone was coming in, they said, oh, we want to see your cellar,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> because we&#x27;ve heard you won this great award, and we just had a basement full of boxes. And so we said, oh, I think we need to build a cellar that matches the award that we won. So that&#x27;s how that came about. Wow. I didn&#x27;t realize that. Now, the wine cellar down there is one of the largest, I know, in the state, but in the southeast? It is the second largest in the country. Burns is first, and it is the only time in my life that I am okay with being second. Because I&#x27;ve been to Burns. I love Burns. I love their wine cellar, but I just don&#x27;t want their inventory. Oh, man. I went to Burns one time with Todd Schnitt, who&#x27;s a radio show host. Right. That&#x27;s where he&#x27;s located. Had me to Burns. I hadn&#x27;t heard of it. And when he took me down that wine cellar, that&#x27;s the largest wine cellar I&#x27;ve ever seen. It goes on and on and on. I can only imagine what the inventory cost is. On and on.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> What do you think their insurance is? For all that wine? I don&#x27;t know. Now, tell me, you&#x27;ve done a lot of work with charity over the years. Yes. And you&#x27;ve championed that a lot. I went to a Boy Scout event one time over in the Pavilion. Yes. And unfortunately, I went that day because I won a lot of things at the auction. Right. And so I ended up bringing a lot of stuff. So I helped the Boy Scouts out a lot more than I even planned to. That was great. But tell me about the vision that you had to add on. Because, I mean, you&#x27;ve always been full in the restaurant. Then you added to the Pavilion. And for years, we&#x27;ve gone there for Thanksgiving dinners. It&#x27;s been the greatest thing ever. Right. Well, we had that land down there. My father actually had it zoned to be a little boutique hotel. Because at that time, there was really no hotels in the area. So we really had been getting so many requests for large groups.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> I&#x27;m talking groups of like over 200. Which the only room we had in the Angus Barn was the upstairs dining room that could seat maybe 180. And we could only book that maybe on Sunday night. So we realized what people really needed was a space to have events. Yep. So then we had to go through the rezoning process, which that took forever to get it rezoned. And then we decided to use a lot of my dad&#x27;s old, like just stuff, building materials, trusses, 10 old stones that he had collected to do all the Daryl&#x27;s restaurants. Ah, I remember the Daryl&#x27;s. Those were his. And so he had warehouses full of just stuff that was going to be used to build the next Daryl. So we used most of that stuff in building the pavilion.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> We wanted it to be a space where people could enjoy huge groups of whatever kind, corporate, weddings, you know, rehearsal, dinners, you know, picnics, company groups of all kinds. And so we&#x27;ve we really didn&#x27;t know what we were doing because when we first did it, because we&#x27;re used to serving meals, you know, individual meals. We&#x27;re not used to serving 400 people at one time. That&#x27;s a lot of that takes a talent, too. Yeah. It has to be hot. You don&#x27;t want to store it like in warming ovens. You want it to be fresh off the grill. So, you know, people know they know the difference in that. And so we it took us a while to really get that concept down and figure it out. But and we learn every day and we learn every time we do. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve gone to group events at your place and everything comes out like you were individually ordering it.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> But most people, when they think of a group event, they think of the cold, soggy buns and the maybe the chicken. It&#x27;s not really tender. You know, the rubber chicken that&#x27;s coldish, warmish kind of thing. You did a real good job. Actually prep everything upstairs in the regular Angus Barn. But we we grill it off, cook everything off down at the pavilion. And that&#x27;s what makes it so good before it comes right before it comes to the table. Now, tell me about growing up in the restaurant family because your dad had Daryl&#x27;s. Right. And so let&#x27;s talk about Daryl&#x27;s. Daryl&#x27;s when I used to go to I used to go to the one in Durham because I went to school in Chapel Hill. So the one right down Chapel Hill Boulevard in between Chapel Hill and Durham. I go there all the time. My buddy Skip Dyer. I don&#x27;t know if you have that name. He was a manager of Daryl&#x27;s. I didn&#x27;t know him back then, but I wish I did. I wish I would have. I got some free food, but I didn&#x27;t know him then. But the whole restaurant was designed like an amusement park to me.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> Like I used to sit in the Ferris wheelchair. Right. Did your dad do that for you? Did he build it like an amusement park? No, he did it because he loved to collect old things. OK. He had this huge collection of old things. In fact, the Ferris wheelchair that you talked about, we&#x27;ve turned that into a table that you can sit in in our saloon. And the next time you come in, I&#x27;m going to show you that chair. I want to see that. It is a very cool little table. But he had all of these things that he just collected because he just he loved collecting stuff like that. Sometimes he would go to junkyard sales and just say, I&#x27;ll take everything you&#x27;ve got. What will it take for me to just take everything off your hands? So he had it in warehouses and he went to this. He went to a pizza inn on Hillsborough Street, which was actually the first Darrell&#x27;s. It was owned by a guy named Darrell Davis.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> All the students of NC State would just call it. Let&#x27;s go to Darrell&#x27;s place. So he was sitting in there and he said, you know, this building could really hold about twice as many people. If we just put a level here and put this here and did this here. So he met with the owner, Darrell. And they said, OK, he said, OK, well, let&#x27;s do this together. So then it was no longer our pizza inn. Now it became Darrell&#x27;s. And they named it after him thinking there&#x27;d never be more than one. And when it was so successful, then they built more. And I remember that Darrell&#x27;s. That was a fun Darrell&#x27;s to go to. I knew a lot of people at State back in the day. So that&#x27;s where we&#x27;d always go over. Next time you come to the barn, I&#x27;m going to walk you around and show you all the things from Darrell&#x27;s that are in the Angus Barn. That&#x27;d be neat to see. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about you do a lot of great work with charity and you have something called the Walk for Hope.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And it&#x27;s coming up right shortly here, October 9th. Right. Right. Tell me about that. Well, it started because my brother suffers from a series of mental illnesses, schizophrenia, bipolar, obsessive compulsive, just all kinds of things. But when he was first not even diagnosed, when all of this first started happening, nobody knew one thing. Every single hospital that my parents would take him to all over the country would say, we don&#x27;t know anything about mental illness. We know more about tooth decay. We know more about everything. We just don&#x27;t know mental illness. We don&#x27;t have any. No money&#x27;s been invested in studying, researching these and what causes it and what can prevent this.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> Right. So my father, after finally, you know, he was a make things happen kind of guy. And he wasn&#x27;t used to somebody saying, we can&#x27;t fix this. And so my father, in his incredible way, he just said, well, you know what? If my son has to be this sick, then I am going to do something where I can make a difference for other families maybe in the future where they wouldn&#x27;t have to go through what this has been. So he and my mother started the Foundation of Hope. Okay. Then when my father passed away, all of the employees of the Angus Barn who adored him, they started the Walk for Hope to raise money for the cause that he loved the most, which was research and treatment for mental illness.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Wow. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So it was started by the employees of the Angus Barn. That&#x27;s really neat. That tells you a lot about the ownership if the employees do something like that. Yes. And we never dreamed there&#x27;d even be another walk. We just thought that would be the walk. And it was so popular and people had such a good time. So then it grew. And now we&#x27;re on our 34th, coming up our 34th annual walk. Now, for the last two years, we haven&#x27;t been able to have it. We have had a drive-through. So we are so excited to be able to have the walk again. But it used to be a 10K. That 10K people would come back from, they would be like exhausted because you&#x27;ve got to go up that huge hill on Highway 70. Enter in through Olmstead Park, go around. So we changed to a 5K. You still go through Olmstead Park. It&#x27;s a beautiful walk.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> But we also turned it into a festival so that people that didn&#x27;t feel like walking could just come and just have an incredible day. There&#x27;s stuff to do all over the place. And we have the Embers. Yeah, the Embers. I remember them from college. I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s the same guys. I think the band stayed alive, though. Well, one of them, the drummer, is still the same. Wow. But a lot of them have just evolved into the group. But it&#x27;s the Embers. Do you remember the Beach Music Festival? Oh, yes. I remember seeing them down there. They would come to Chapel Hill a lot. They would come to my apartment complex. Yes. I mean, they&#x27;re still really great. Wow. It&#x27;s pretty neat. So how can people find out about the Walk for Hope? So all you have to do is go online to walkforhope.com or you can just call 919-781-WALK. Or, I mean, you can just Google it.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> You can sign up. The sign-up process is so easy online. And you pay just one amount just to get in for everything that you do the whole day. But the purpose is that you try to get people to sponsor you to raise money for the cost. Yeah. We did that back in school. I remember that. People would sign up per mile. Right. They would give a certain amount of money and I would punish them because I&#x27;d stay out there because I knew I had people pay and provide. Right. And you can also get teams together and come as a team. And it&#x27;s just the day is really just from start to finish one of the most fun days. And you have shuttle buses too, don&#x27;t you? Yes. People don&#x27;t park at the Angus Barn. You&#x27;ve got signs telling them where to park and you have buses running every five minutes</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> or so you said. Because that&#x27;s one thing people hate when they go to events is these shuttle buses may become once every half hour or 45 minutes. Now, that&#x27;s a huge. Inconsistency. People don&#x27;t like that. That&#x27;s a huge ordeal for us. But see, there&#x27;s 3,000 people that come to this. That&#x27;s a lot of people. So, and we&#x27;re expecting more this year. So, we can&#x27;t really park on site. So, we have a place really not far from the barn. But we do have these great shuttle buses where you have a hospitality host on the bus. Like you&#x27;re arriving at Disney and they&#x27;re telling you what you&#x27;re getting ready to see. That&#x27;s neat. And so, the minute you enter, there&#x27;s music and just all kinds of fun things going on. We have a run, a 5K run that kicks off at 9. Then the walk kicks off at 10. And then the food is, you know, I could be arrested if I didn&#x27;t serve decent food at the</p><p><strong>13:20</strong> Walk for Hope because it&#x27;s the Angus Barn. So, we do burgers and barbecue. Those turkey wings are really good, by the way. Yes, yes. Those turkey wings are filled up with one of those things. For the turkey lounge, right? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. I love those things. All right. So, then the website is walkforhope.com. Yes. That&#x27;s Sunday, October 9th. Yes. Her name is Van Ewer. She&#x27;s the owner of Angus Barn. And Van, thanks for having us. Thank you. Thanks for having the time to share with us today. Thank you so much for helping to promote this cause. It means so much to me and my family. Walkforhope.com, folks. Yes. All right. So, that phone number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text the word PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600.</p><p><strong>14:05</strong> That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600-600. I am too.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Van Eure joins Coach Pete to discuss The Angus Barn, the work behind a successful restaurant, and her charitable activities. She shares her perspective on hospitality, service, and community.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Now, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I talk to people who are making a difference, and this week is no exception. Matter of fact, this week I&#x27;m very excited to have Miss Van Euron. Now, if you&#x27;ve heard that name, maybe you have, maybe you haven&#x27;t, but Van is the owner of the Angus Barn here in Raleigh. Van, welcome in. Thank you so much, Coach. It&#x27;s such a pleasure. I&#x27;ve seen you a lot over the years in your restaurant. Well, and I appreciate that very much. You are a familiar face around there, and everybody there</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> loves you. I love everybody there, and so I love the food, too. The food is really good, and anyone who hadn&#x27;t been to the Angus Barn needs to check it out, but Van, I go there all times of the year, all different days, and it&#x27;s crowded all the time, so I think you&#x27;re not a secret anymore. Well, I think you&#x27;ve discovered some of our little places that used to be a secret, too, like our meat locker and our fire pit and places like that. Now, the meat locker is inside-outside, so technically it&#x27;s listed as outside, right? Yes, well, it&#x27;s for smoking. Smoking cigars. When everybody, when they changed the smoking law in North Carolina, all my smokers were going, what are we going to do? And I was like, oh, don&#x27;t worry, I got a place. Of course, I didn&#x27;t have a place. I&#x27;m like, what am I going to do? So I took an old room that was a meat room and turned it into a cigar bar, but then, of course, everyone back there wants to order dinner, and so, of course, we do full menu</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> back there, and now it&#x27;s ended up where you can go as fancy as the wine cellar or as relaxed as the meat locker. Me and Marty Hensley used to go to the meat locker all the time. We still do once in a while, but we went there one time four days out of the five in a week. That&#x27;s way too much. I said, Marty, we have a problem here. That&#x27;s awesome. Hey, you don&#x27;t even have to go there and order any food. You can just go there and bring your own cigar and sit there and enjoy it. It&#x27;s great to see, I mean, see everybody who knows anybody&#x27;s around the Angus Barn. I mean, that&#x27;s when I remember when I was in college, the rumor was that political deals would happen. People would fly into the airport, which is right there. They&#x27;d meet at Angus Barn for their meeting, then they&#x27;d go back to the airport, fly away. So it&#x27;s more of a destination type place, and it takes years to develop that kind of camaraderie with the public, I think.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Right, right, and it just takes a lot of employees and people that I work with that really care and that know how to treat people right, because you can have the greatest building in the world, but if you don&#x27;t treat people right, you have nothing really. You&#x27;ve had employees that have been with you for a long, long time. I&#x27;ve had so many in the 20-year club that we couldn&#x27;t fit them all into one room for the party. So I&#x27;m very blessed with the employees. Now, one of the things people may not realize, you have something called the wine cellar downstairs, and you&#x27;ve got two private dining rooms down there. Some, one fits almost 40 people, correct? Right. Yeah. We built those rooms because we won an award that put us on the map internationally, where there&#x27;s only 86 restaurants in the world that actually have it. It&#x27;s called the Wine Spectator Grand Award. And then everyone was coming in, they said, oh, we want to see your cellar,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> because we&#x27;ve heard you won this great award, and we just had a basement full of boxes. And so we said, oh, I think we need to build a cellar that matches the award that we won. So that&#x27;s how that came about. Wow. I didn&#x27;t realize that. Now, the wine cellar down there is one of the largest, I know, in the state, but in the southeast? It is the second largest in the country. Burns is first, and it is the only time in my life that I am okay with being second. Because I&#x27;ve been to Burns. I love Burns. I love their wine cellar, but I just don&#x27;t want their inventory. Oh, man. I went to Burns one time with Todd Schnitt, who&#x27;s a radio show host. Right. That&#x27;s where he&#x27;s located. Had me to Burns. I hadn&#x27;t heard of it. And when he took me down that wine cellar, that&#x27;s the largest wine cellar I&#x27;ve ever seen. It goes on and on and on. I can only imagine what the inventory cost is. On and on.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> What do you think their insurance is? For all that wine? I don&#x27;t know. Now, tell me, you&#x27;ve done a lot of work with charity over the years. Yes. And you&#x27;ve championed that a lot. I went to a Boy Scout event one time over in the Pavilion. Yes. And unfortunately, I went that day because I won a lot of things at the auction. Right. And so I ended up bringing a lot of stuff. So I helped the Boy Scouts out a lot more than I even planned to. That was great. But tell me about the vision that you had to add on. Because, I mean, you&#x27;ve always been full in the restaurant. Then you added to the Pavilion. And for years, we&#x27;ve gone there for Thanksgiving dinners. It&#x27;s been the greatest thing ever. Right. Well, we had that land down there. My father actually had it zoned to be a little boutique hotel. Because at that time, there was really no hotels in the area. So we really had been getting so many requests for large groups.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> I&#x27;m talking groups of like over 200. Which the only room we had in the Angus Barn was the upstairs dining room that could seat maybe 180. And we could only book that maybe on Sunday night. So we realized what people really needed was a space to have events. Yep. So then we had to go through the rezoning process, which that took forever to get it rezoned. And then we decided to use a lot of my dad&#x27;s old, like just stuff, building materials, trusses, 10 old stones that he had collected to do all the Daryl&#x27;s restaurants. Ah, I remember the Daryl&#x27;s. Those were his. And so he had warehouses full of just stuff that was going to be used to build the next Daryl. So we used most of that stuff in building the pavilion.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> We wanted it to be a space where people could enjoy huge groups of whatever kind, corporate, weddings, you know, rehearsal, dinners, you know, picnics, company groups of all kinds. And so we&#x27;ve we really didn&#x27;t know what we were doing because when we first did it, because we&#x27;re used to serving meals, you know, individual meals. We&#x27;re not used to serving 400 people at one time. That&#x27;s a lot of that takes a talent, too. Yeah. It has to be hot. You don&#x27;t want to store it like in warming ovens. You want it to be fresh off the grill. So, you know, people know they know the difference in that. And so we it took us a while to really get that concept down and figure it out. But and we learn every day and we learn every time we do. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve gone to group events at your place and everything comes out like you were individually ordering it.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> But most people, when they think of a group event, they think of the cold, soggy buns and the maybe the chicken. It&#x27;s not really tender. You know, the rubber chicken that&#x27;s coldish, warmish kind of thing. You did a real good job. Actually prep everything upstairs in the regular Angus Barn. But we we grill it off, cook everything off down at the pavilion. And that&#x27;s what makes it so good before it comes right before it comes to the table. Now, tell me about growing up in the restaurant family because your dad had Daryl&#x27;s. Right. And so let&#x27;s talk about Daryl&#x27;s. Daryl&#x27;s when I used to go to I used to go to the one in Durham because I went to school in Chapel Hill. So the one right down Chapel Hill Boulevard in between Chapel Hill and Durham. I go there all the time. My buddy Skip Dyer. I don&#x27;t know if you have that name. He was a manager of Daryl&#x27;s. I didn&#x27;t know him back then, but I wish I did. I wish I would have. I got some free food, but I didn&#x27;t know him then. But the whole restaurant was designed like an amusement park to me.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> Like I used to sit in the Ferris wheelchair. Right. Did your dad do that for you? Did he build it like an amusement park? No, he did it because he loved to collect old things. OK. He had this huge collection of old things. In fact, the Ferris wheelchair that you talked about, we&#x27;ve turned that into a table that you can sit in in our saloon. And the next time you come in, I&#x27;m going to show you that chair. I want to see that. It is a very cool little table. But he had all of these things that he just collected because he just he loved collecting stuff like that. Sometimes he would go to junkyard sales and just say, I&#x27;ll take everything you&#x27;ve got. What will it take for me to just take everything off your hands? So he had it in warehouses and he went to this. He went to a pizza inn on Hillsborough Street, which was actually the first Darrell&#x27;s. It was owned by a guy named Darrell Davis.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> All the students of NC State would just call it. Let&#x27;s go to Darrell&#x27;s place. So he was sitting in there and he said, you know, this building could really hold about twice as many people. If we just put a level here and put this here and did this here. So he met with the owner, Darrell. And they said, OK, he said, OK, well, let&#x27;s do this together. So then it was no longer our pizza inn. Now it became Darrell&#x27;s. And they named it after him thinking there&#x27;d never be more than one. And when it was so successful, then they built more. And I remember that Darrell&#x27;s. That was a fun Darrell&#x27;s to go to. I knew a lot of people at State back in the day. So that&#x27;s where we&#x27;d always go over. Next time you come to the barn, I&#x27;m going to walk you around and show you all the things from Darrell&#x27;s that are in the Angus Barn. That&#x27;d be neat to see. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about you do a lot of great work with charity and you have something called the Walk for Hope.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And it&#x27;s coming up right shortly here, October 9th. Right. Right. Tell me about that. Well, it started because my brother suffers from a series of mental illnesses, schizophrenia, bipolar, obsessive compulsive, just all kinds of things. But when he was first not even diagnosed, when all of this first started happening, nobody knew one thing. Every single hospital that my parents would take him to all over the country would say, we don&#x27;t know anything about mental illness. We know more about tooth decay. We know more about everything. We just don&#x27;t know mental illness. We don&#x27;t have any. No money&#x27;s been invested in studying, researching these and what causes it and what can prevent this.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> Right. So my father, after finally, you know, he was a make things happen kind of guy. And he wasn&#x27;t used to somebody saying, we can&#x27;t fix this. And so my father, in his incredible way, he just said, well, you know what? If my son has to be this sick, then I am going to do something where I can make a difference for other families maybe in the future where they wouldn&#x27;t have to go through what this has been. So he and my mother started the Foundation of Hope. Okay. Then when my father passed away, all of the employees of the Angus Barn who adored him, they started the Walk for Hope to raise money for the cause that he loved the most, which was research and treatment for mental illness.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Wow. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So it was started by the employees of the Angus Barn. That&#x27;s really neat. That tells you a lot about the ownership if the employees do something like that. Yes. And we never dreamed there&#x27;d even be another walk. We just thought that would be the walk. And it was so popular and people had such a good time. So then it grew. And now we&#x27;re on our 34th, coming up our 34th annual walk. Now, for the last two years, we haven&#x27;t been able to have it. We have had a drive-through. So we are so excited to be able to have the walk again. But it used to be a 10K. That 10K people would come back from, they would be like exhausted because you&#x27;ve got to go up that huge hill on Highway 70. Enter in through Olmstead Park, go around. So we changed to a 5K. You still go through Olmstead Park. It&#x27;s a beautiful walk.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> But we also turned it into a festival so that people that didn&#x27;t feel like walking could just come and just have an incredible day. There&#x27;s stuff to do all over the place. And we have the Embers. Yeah, the Embers. I remember them from college. I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s the same guys. I think the band stayed alive, though. Well, one of them, the drummer, is still the same. Wow. But a lot of them have just evolved into the group. But it&#x27;s the Embers. Do you remember the Beach Music Festival? Oh, yes. I remember seeing them down there. They would come to Chapel Hill a lot. They would come to my apartment complex. Yes. I mean, they&#x27;re still really great. Wow. It&#x27;s pretty neat. So how can people find out about the Walk for Hope? So all you have to do is go online to walkforhope.com or you can just call 919-781-WALK. Or, I mean, you can just Google it.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> You can sign up. The sign-up process is so easy online. And you pay just one amount just to get in for everything that you do the whole day. But the purpose is that you try to get people to sponsor you to raise money for the cost. Yeah. We did that back in school. I remember that. People would sign up per mile. Right. They would give a certain amount of money and I would punish them because I&#x27;d stay out there because I knew I had people pay and provide. Right. And you can also get teams together and come as a team. And it&#x27;s just the day is really just from start to finish one of the most fun days. And you have shuttle buses too, don&#x27;t you? Yes. People don&#x27;t park at the Angus Barn. You&#x27;ve got signs telling them where to park and you have buses running every five minutes</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> or so you said. Because that&#x27;s one thing people hate when they go to events is these shuttle buses may become once every half hour or 45 minutes. Now, that&#x27;s a huge. Inconsistency. People don&#x27;t like that. That&#x27;s a huge ordeal for us. But see, there&#x27;s 3,000 people that come to this. That&#x27;s a lot of people. So, and we&#x27;re expecting more this year. So, we can&#x27;t really park on site. So, we have a place really not far from the barn. But we do have these great shuttle buses where you have a hospitality host on the bus. Like you&#x27;re arriving at Disney and they&#x27;re telling you what you&#x27;re getting ready to see. That&#x27;s neat. And so, the minute you enter, there&#x27;s music and just all kinds of fun things going on. We have a run, a 5K run that kicks off at 9. Then the walk kicks off at 10. And then the food is, you know, I could be arrested if I didn&#x27;t serve decent food at the</p><p><strong>13:20</strong> Walk for Hope because it&#x27;s the Angus Barn. So, we do burgers and barbecue. Those turkey wings are really good, by the way. Yes, yes. Those turkey wings are filled up with one of those things. For the turkey lounge, right? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. I love those things. All right. So, then the website is walkforhope.com. Yes. That&#x27;s Sunday, October 9th. Yes. Her name is Van Ewer. She&#x27;s the owner of Angus Barn. And Van, thanks for having us. Thank you. Thanks for having the time to share with us today. Thank you so much for helping to promote this cause. It means so much to me and my family. Walkforhope.com, folks. Yes. All right. So, that phone number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text the word PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600.</p><p><strong>14:05</strong> That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600-600. That&#x27;s PLAN to 300-600-600. I am too.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Van Eure joins Coach Pete to discuss The Angus Barn, the work behind a successful restaurant, and her charitable activities. She shares her perspective on hospitality, service, and community.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Van Eure</category>
      <category>hospitality</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Van Eure, hospitality, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d/image.jpg?t=1792073578&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/van-eure-owner-of-the-angus-barn/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d/image.jpg?t=1792073578&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 15:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>854</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/779091ca-a355-47f1-b5c9-af2e00f8475d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13698202" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/van-eure-owner-of-the-angus-barn</link>
      <itunes:order>21</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Angus Barn, Hospitality, and Giving Back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Hospitality and service" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Stovall: The Ultimate Gift, Filmmaking, and Changing Habits</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Stovall: The Ultimate Gift, Filmmaking, and Changing Habits</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss books, filmmaking, and breaking unhelpful patterns. The conversation draws on his work, including The Ultimate Gift, and his experience overcoming challenges.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the world and today is no exception. Matter of fact we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor every time he comes on we have so many requests to have him on again so guess what we&#x27;re going to do? We&#x27;re going to have him on again. His name is Mr. Jim Stovall and he&#x27;s enjoyed success as an author, athlete, investment broker, and entrepreneur while dealing with the challenge of blindness. During his remarkable life Jim has been a national champion weightlifter,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Olympic weightlifter, as well as the author of more than 30 books. In addition to his personal achievements Jim was honored at the 2000 year 2000 International Humanitarian of the Year joining Jimmy Carter, Nancy Reagan, and Mother Teresa as a recipient of this prestigious award. And so Jim writes a lot of books and we we love having him on and well let&#x27;s without further ado welcome in Jim. Hey it is always good to be back with you. Now this book we&#x27;re talking about today we can talk about anything you want too by the way but the book that that you sent me a couple weeks ago is called Passport to Success and you wrote this with a guy named Dr. Greg Reed. Now tell us what inspired you to write this book. Well Greg has always been wanting to do something together and you know I kind of came up with the idea for what&#x27;s going to happen to the characters in this</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and his team did a lot of the details and descriptions so it was fun. I&#x27;ve never really collaborated on fiction before. You know it&#x27;s always kind of a one-man band but this was fun because this is a story about a guy that wakes up one morning and loses the love of his life his home and his job all in one day. Guy&#x27;s having a bad day. That&#x27;s a bad day. And he decides that he is going to travel around the world because he&#x27;s received this diagnosis that he may end up losing his sight in a year and it&#x27;s you know and he wants to see the world while he can because he may not be able to in the future. So he travels around the world trying to find some wisdom and keys to success and answers to all of his problems and he finds that</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> no matter where he goes he takes his problems with him. And but the fun thing about working with Greg and his his team was I write very good dialogue very good plot and those are my things that&#x27;s why I think eight of my books have been turned into movies now. I think it&#x27;s what I do well but you know the descriptions the settings all the things not my strongest thing and but Greg and his team brought all that in. So when we go to the Himalayas when we go to the Dominican Republic when we go to Europe and go up and down the Rhine River you know I think readers will get really get a feel for that in a way it&#x27;s almost like a travelogue and a personal development book all in one. Now this is fiction. It is indeed.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> But it sounds a little bit non-fictionist doesn&#x27;t it? You know Shakespeare may have said it best there&#x27;s only seven stories in the whole world and people just keep telling them different ways and then I always tell writers if you if you want to do something that really matters write what you know. And so me putting a blind guy in there or a guy that&#x27;s facing that as a possibility in his life you know really fit and then it&#x27;s just been a fun collaboration and the initial responses have been really good. Well the parallels I mean when you weren&#x27;t born blind like when people see blind people they don&#x27;t know how the people became blind. Some people were born blind other people it happens during life and that happened to you correct?</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> Yeah I was I went through my whole childhood and then to young adulthood you know my only goal in life was to be an all-American football player and go into the NFL and during a routine physical to go play another season of football I was diagnosed with a condition that would cause me to lose my sight and a little quick research told me uh there&#x27;s not any blind guys in the NFL. If you&#x27;ve been watching any of these preseason games you might question a little of that I don&#x27;t know. Besides the refs yeah. Exactly. So uh you know I I I got to finish my athletic career in my 20s as a weightlifter and there&#x27;s something I could do even as my sight was diminishing and then at age 29 I did indeed lose the rest of my sight and uh and that&#x27;s been 35 years ago so I&#x27;ve been</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> totally blind for 35 years. Wow you&#x27;ve really embraced it though and you&#x27;ve done some fantastic things since then haven&#x27;t you? Well I&#x27;ve been blessed you know and I don&#x27;t think my problems are any more than yours or anybody listening to us whether it&#x27;s me being blind or someone else going through a divorce or loss of a job or a bankruptcy or illness of a child or whatever it is you know we&#x27;re all only as big as the smallest thing it takes to divert us from where we want to be. So uh you know I go days at a time and don&#x27;t even think about the fact I&#x27;m blind. I&#x27;ve kind of created a world and a team around me and I I go do what I want to do all day every day and I feel like I&#x27;m the luckiest guy around. I honestly don&#x27;t know anybody I would trade places with. That&#x27;s fantastic to hear. I mean you I mean you&#x27;ve done a fantastic job. I mean think about it. Well you were humans and we are by nature</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> we we always stumble but we the good ones of us get back up and we learn from we learn what made us stumble. We try to we try to have fun with every day and we try to make sure to embrace life because the alternative is not and it&#x27;s not too good. Absolutely I mean you know you got to play the hand you&#x27;re dealt and and I am a huge fan of the work of Napoleon Hill and he said every adversity is endowed with the seed of a greater good and you know if you really believe that and you start looking for the good in everything and you realize that problems are are not really problems they are opportunities. Opportunities come to us disguised as problems and and if you look beyond the initial pain and frustration of it you can find some amazing things. Folks we&#x27;re talking to best-selling author</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s also been producer of several movies you may have seen. Jim what are your two favorite movies that you&#x27;ve made in in your lifetime? Probably The Ultimate Gift to my first one with James Garner and Brian Dennehy and that was a movie trilogy we went on and in the second one added Peter Fonda and the third one Raquel Welch and then The Lamp with Louis Gossett Jr. That was one of my favorites. Some big names right there you know Rockford Files is what I think about when I think about Jim James Garner I mean he was Rockford and a lot of our younger guys won&#x27;t won&#x27;t even know what I&#x27;m talking about now. Thomas doesn&#x27;t know. No that&#x27;s okay but no he was and you know really really an amazing amazing guy and he actually made his very last movie with us and I was really grateful to him</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> and just a tremendous human being. Yeah well I mean that&#x27;s a and Louis Gossett Jr. I mean really Thomas do you know that name? No Thomas says no. No no. Jim we&#x27;re getting old when when people in their 30s don&#x27;t remember who we&#x27;re talking about. Well you know he&#x27;s an academy award winner so you need to go look up officer and a gentleman and you&#x27;ll have an amazing experience with Mr. Gossett. Now Thomas have you heard that title? I certainly have heard that title yes. Well you know Jim we are all creatures of habits and and not just humans when we look I have three miniature Datsuns back in the day the little hot dog dogs and and in our backyard there was a path now we had a big backyard but there was a path and it might not have been the best path but it was a path that the first dog that I had Penny made and so when we get we added Chelsea which is the dog under Penny and then</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> Allie they all followed Penny&#x27;s path and so it would get worn down you could never grow grass there and then when it snowed we didn&#x27;t get much snow in North Carolina but we did they would make a path in the snow and guess where the path was? Same place. Exact same place it was crazy like that so in in as humans we all fall into these patterns too some good and some bad what advice would you give to someone to if they&#x27;re trying to break a bad pattern or a bad habit? Well the worst statement you can make about anything is this is the way we&#x27;ve always done it. I&#x27;m reminded of this young girl and she was getting married and she was asking her mother how do you bake a ham? I want to bake a ham for my new husband and she said well first you cut the end off the ham and then you put it in the pan and put it in the oven. She said why do you cut the end off the ham? I don&#x27;t know my that&#x27;s what my</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> mother told me so they called her mom and say why did you cut that? She said I don&#x27;t know it&#x27;s what grandma told me so they get great grandma over at the home and say why&#x27;d you cut the end off the ham and she said my pan was too small I don&#x27;t know why you guys do it and you know in the reality is you know sometimes we just do stuff because that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve always done and you know every once in a while it&#x27;s amazing to just stop and look around and get a new perspective and you know I do a lot of consulting for major corporations here and oftentimes it&#x27;s in an industry I know nothing about and those seem to be the situations where I bring the most value. I&#x27;ll just tell their people okay let&#x27;s walk around here tell me what this is and what do you do here and then we&#x27;ll stop and I&#x27;ll</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> say why do you do it that way? Why don&#x27;t you do this instead of that? And many times they have a good answer why they do it that way but every once in a while they say I don&#x27;t know why we do it that way and wow what what would happen if we did it differently and you know that&#x27;s what the you know I have a school of entrepreneurship at our local university and one of the things I always tell the kids is the greatest way to succeed very few people invent something you know Thomas Edison invents the light bulb and you know the rest of us we innovate and we improve we look at what is this doing and how can we do it better and that&#x27;s true in our lives and then there&#x27;s things around us. Do you remember the old commercials for BASF we don&#x27;t make this but we make it better they used to say? Absolutely yeah absolutely and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s really what it comes down to is just you know making a better mousetrap.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> So one three-letter word can change your life and you have to in order to understand this three-letter word you have to think like a five-year-old because I remember when my daughter was five years old I would ask her to do something and she would launch that three-letter word on me. It would it would be why and and because daddy said so didn&#x27;t work most of the time she wanted to really know why and so it in the financial world we see this of the parallels tremendously here people do things and when you ask them why many times I just get a blank stare they don&#x27;t really know why maybe because their broker told them but just because your broker is telling you to do something doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you many times. No and I always tell people don&#x27;t invest in anything you don&#x27;t understand and don&#x27;t take advice from anybody that doesn&#x27;t have what you want and if you can do those things you are you&#x27;re way ahead of the crowd and you know I wrote a book called the millionaire map on how to prosper in this life and and you know and I said that I don&#x27;t take advice from anybody doesn&#x27;t have what you want.</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> When I came home I told my wife we got to do something really difficult right now and I had Merrill Lynch and Bank of America do an audited financial just on my you know cash value of my equities and the stocks and bonds and the things I have they&#x27;re not not my businesses or royalties or anything and you know to show that it was it was an eight-figure number and we started with absolutely nothing and I felt my readers deserved to know that and we actually printed it in the book with the the Merrill Lynch and Bank of America phone number and call them because you know there&#x27;s a whole lot of people out there taking advice on how to invest with people that don&#x27;t have any money and they don&#x27;t know how to invest and it&#x27;s a really scary thing you know and you know I think you don&#x27;t take advice from anybody that doesn&#x27;t have what you want and make sure you understand it.</p><p><strong>12:14</strong> If they can&#x27;t explain it to you in a way you understand it they&#x27;re not a good broker. You know being an advisor is not a matter of taking complex things and just handling them. It&#x27;s a matter of taking these complex things and making them simple enough so that the average guy can can prosper and succeed with his portfolio. Yeah that&#x27;s a really good point there. I mean it&#x27;s there&#x27;s so many people especially nowadays with with all the new financial instruments to invest in like Bitcoin and this cryptocurrencies. Real quick 30 seconds what&#x27;s your opinion on cryptocurrencies these days? I think eventually we will deal with blockchain and that will be it is the wave of the future but which horse to bet on right now and how to get into it. No I don&#x27;t I&#x27;m not comfortable with it. I know we&#x27;ll end up there someday but you know if you can best bet on the overall technology I think there might be something there.</p><p><strong>13:06</strong> But picking winners and losers at this point could be really expensive. Yeah it&#x27;s like going to a horse race and not knowing any of the horses trying to throw money around. And unfortunately that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the whole financial world if you don&#x27;t have the right plan. Folks again the name of the book is The Passport to Success and his name was Jim Stovall. You can get the book anywhere books are sold. Jim really appreciate your time today. Hey I look forward to our next occasion. Yes sir. And that number is 800-661-7383. You can also text the word plan to 600-700. This is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered. Again that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text that keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>14:01</strong> That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss books, filmmaking, and breaking unhelpful patterns. The conversation draws on his work, including The Ultimate Gift, and his experience overcoming challenges.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the world and today is no exception. Matter of fact we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor every time he comes on we have so many requests to have him on again so guess what we&#x27;re going to do? We&#x27;re going to have him on again. His name is Mr. Jim Stovall and he&#x27;s enjoyed success as an author, athlete, investment broker, and entrepreneur while dealing with the challenge of blindness. During his remarkable life Jim has been a national champion weightlifter,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Olympic weightlifter, as well as the author of more than 30 books. In addition to his personal achievements Jim was honored at the 2000 year 2000 International Humanitarian of the Year joining Jimmy Carter, Nancy Reagan, and Mother Teresa as a recipient of this prestigious award. And so Jim writes a lot of books and we we love having him on and well let&#x27;s without further ado welcome in Jim. Hey it is always good to be back with you. Now this book we&#x27;re talking about today we can talk about anything you want too by the way but the book that that you sent me a couple weeks ago is called Passport to Success and you wrote this with a guy named Dr. Greg Reed. Now tell us what inspired you to write this book. Well Greg has always been wanting to do something together and you know I kind of came up with the idea for what&#x27;s going to happen to the characters in this</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and his team did a lot of the details and descriptions so it was fun. I&#x27;ve never really collaborated on fiction before. You know it&#x27;s always kind of a one-man band but this was fun because this is a story about a guy that wakes up one morning and loses the love of his life his home and his job all in one day. Guy&#x27;s having a bad day. That&#x27;s a bad day. And he decides that he is going to travel around the world because he&#x27;s received this diagnosis that he may end up losing his sight in a year and it&#x27;s you know and he wants to see the world while he can because he may not be able to in the future. So he travels around the world trying to find some wisdom and keys to success and answers to all of his problems and he finds that</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> no matter where he goes he takes his problems with him. And but the fun thing about working with Greg and his his team was I write very good dialogue very good plot and those are my things that&#x27;s why I think eight of my books have been turned into movies now. I think it&#x27;s what I do well but you know the descriptions the settings all the things not my strongest thing and but Greg and his team brought all that in. So when we go to the Himalayas when we go to the Dominican Republic when we go to Europe and go up and down the Rhine River you know I think readers will get really get a feel for that in a way it&#x27;s almost like a travelogue and a personal development book all in one. Now this is fiction. It is indeed.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> But it sounds a little bit non-fictionist doesn&#x27;t it? You know Shakespeare may have said it best there&#x27;s only seven stories in the whole world and people just keep telling them different ways and then I always tell writers if you if you want to do something that really matters write what you know. And so me putting a blind guy in there or a guy that&#x27;s facing that as a possibility in his life you know really fit and then it&#x27;s just been a fun collaboration and the initial responses have been really good. Well the parallels I mean when you weren&#x27;t born blind like when people see blind people they don&#x27;t know how the people became blind. Some people were born blind other people it happens during life and that happened to you correct?</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> Yeah I was I went through my whole childhood and then to young adulthood you know my only goal in life was to be an all-American football player and go into the NFL and during a routine physical to go play another season of football I was diagnosed with a condition that would cause me to lose my sight and a little quick research told me uh there&#x27;s not any blind guys in the NFL. If you&#x27;ve been watching any of these preseason games you might question a little of that I don&#x27;t know. Besides the refs yeah. Exactly. So uh you know I I I got to finish my athletic career in my 20s as a weightlifter and there&#x27;s something I could do even as my sight was diminishing and then at age 29 I did indeed lose the rest of my sight and uh and that&#x27;s been 35 years ago so I&#x27;ve been</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> totally blind for 35 years. Wow you&#x27;ve really embraced it though and you&#x27;ve done some fantastic things since then haven&#x27;t you? Well I&#x27;ve been blessed you know and I don&#x27;t think my problems are any more than yours or anybody listening to us whether it&#x27;s me being blind or someone else going through a divorce or loss of a job or a bankruptcy or illness of a child or whatever it is you know we&#x27;re all only as big as the smallest thing it takes to divert us from where we want to be. So uh you know I go days at a time and don&#x27;t even think about the fact I&#x27;m blind. I&#x27;ve kind of created a world and a team around me and I I go do what I want to do all day every day and I feel like I&#x27;m the luckiest guy around. I honestly don&#x27;t know anybody I would trade places with. That&#x27;s fantastic to hear. I mean you I mean you&#x27;ve done a fantastic job. I mean think about it. Well you were humans and we are by nature</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> we we always stumble but we the good ones of us get back up and we learn from we learn what made us stumble. We try to we try to have fun with every day and we try to make sure to embrace life because the alternative is not and it&#x27;s not too good. Absolutely I mean you know you got to play the hand you&#x27;re dealt and and I am a huge fan of the work of Napoleon Hill and he said every adversity is endowed with the seed of a greater good and you know if you really believe that and you start looking for the good in everything and you realize that problems are are not really problems they are opportunities. Opportunities come to us disguised as problems and and if you look beyond the initial pain and frustration of it you can find some amazing things. Folks we&#x27;re talking to best-selling author</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s also been producer of several movies you may have seen. Jim what are your two favorite movies that you&#x27;ve made in in your lifetime? Probably The Ultimate Gift to my first one with James Garner and Brian Dennehy and that was a movie trilogy we went on and in the second one added Peter Fonda and the third one Raquel Welch and then The Lamp with Louis Gossett Jr. That was one of my favorites. Some big names right there you know Rockford Files is what I think about when I think about Jim James Garner I mean he was Rockford and a lot of our younger guys won&#x27;t won&#x27;t even know what I&#x27;m talking about now. Thomas doesn&#x27;t know. No that&#x27;s okay but no he was and you know really really an amazing amazing guy and he actually made his very last movie with us and I was really grateful to him</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> and just a tremendous human being. Yeah well I mean that&#x27;s a and Louis Gossett Jr. I mean really Thomas do you know that name? No Thomas says no. No no. Jim we&#x27;re getting old when when people in their 30s don&#x27;t remember who we&#x27;re talking about. Well you know he&#x27;s an academy award winner so you need to go look up officer and a gentleman and you&#x27;ll have an amazing experience with Mr. Gossett. Now Thomas have you heard that title? I certainly have heard that title yes. Well you know Jim we are all creatures of habits and and not just humans when we look I have three miniature Datsuns back in the day the little hot dog dogs and and in our backyard there was a path now we had a big backyard but there was a path and it might not have been the best path but it was a path that the first dog that I had Penny made and so when we get we added Chelsea which is the dog under Penny and then</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> Allie they all followed Penny&#x27;s path and so it would get worn down you could never grow grass there and then when it snowed we didn&#x27;t get much snow in North Carolina but we did they would make a path in the snow and guess where the path was? Same place. Exact same place it was crazy like that so in in as humans we all fall into these patterns too some good and some bad what advice would you give to someone to if they&#x27;re trying to break a bad pattern or a bad habit? Well the worst statement you can make about anything is this is the way we&#x27;ve always done it. I&#x27;m reminded of this young girl and she was getting married and she was asking her mother how do you bake a ham? I want to bake a ham for my new husband and she said well first you cut the end off the ham and then you put it in the pan and put it in the oven. She said why do you cut the end off the ham? I don&#x27;t know my that&#x27;s what my</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> mother told me so they called her mom and say why did you cut that? She said I don&#x27;t know it&#x27;s what grandma told me so they get great grandma over at the home and say why&#x27;d you cut the end off the ham and she said my pan was too small I don&#x27;t know why you guys do it and you know in the reality is you know sometimes we just do stuff because that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve always done and you know every once in a while it&#x27;s amazing to just stop and look around and get a new perspective and you know I do a lot of consulting for major corporations here and oftentimes it&#x27;s in an industry I know nothing about and those seem to be the situations where I bring the most value. I&#x27;ll just tell their people okay let&#x27;s walk around here tell me what this is and what do you do here and then we&#x27;ll stop and I&#x27;ll</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> say why do you do it that way? Why don&#x27;t you do this instead of that? And many times they have a good answer why they do it that way but every once in a while they say I don&#x27;t know why we do it that way and wow what what would happen if we did it differently and you know that&#x27;s what the you know I have a school of entrepreneurship at our local university and one of the things I always tell the kids is the greatest way to succeed very few people invent something you know Thomas Edison invents the light bulb and you know the rest of us we innovate and we improve we look at what is this doing and how can we do it better and that&#x27;s true in our lives and then there&#x27;s things around us. Do you remember the old commercials for BASF we don&#x27;t make this but we make it better they used to say? Absolutely yeah absolutely and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s really what it comes down to is just you know making a better mousetrap.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> So one three-letter word can change your life and you have to in order to understand this three-letter word you have to think like a five-year-old because I remember when my daughter was five years old I would ask her to do something and she would launch that three-letter word on me. It would it would be why and and because daddy said so didn&#x27;t work most of the time she wanted to really know why and so it in the financial world we see this of the parallels tremendously here people do things and when you ask them why many times I just get a blank stare they don&#x27;t really know why maybe because their broker told them but just because your broker is telling you to do something doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you many times. No and I always tell people don&#x27;t invest in anything you don&#x27;t understand and don&#x27;t take advice from anybody that doesn&#x27;t have what you want and if you can do those things you are you&#x27;re way ahead of the crowd and you know I wrote a book called the millionaire map on how to prosper in this life and and you know and I said that I don&#x27;t take advice from anybody doesn&#x27;t have what you want.</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> When I came home I told my wife we got to do something really difficult right now and I had Merrill Lynch and Bank of America do an audited financial just on my you know cash value of my equities and the stocks and bonds and the things I have they&#x27;re not not my businesses or royalties or anything and you know to show that it was it was an eight-figure number and we started with absolutely nothing and I felt my readers deserved to know that and we actually printed it in the book with the the Merrill Lynch and Bank of America phone number and call them because you know there&#x27;s a whole lot of people out there taking advice on how to invest with people that don&#x27;t have any money and they don&#x27;t know how to invest and it&#x27;s a really scary thing you know and you know I think you don&#x27;t take advice from anybody that doesn&#x27;t have what you want and make sure you understand it.</p><p><strong>12:14</strong> If they can&#x27;t explain it to you in a way you understand it they&#x27;re not a good broker. You know being an advisor is not a matter of taking complex things and just handling them. It&#x27;s a matter of taking these complex things and making them simple enough so that the average guy can can prosper and succeed with his portfolio. Yeah that&#x27;s a really good point there. I mean it&#x27;s there&#x27;s so many people especially nowadays with with all the new financial instruments to invest in like Bitcoin and this cryptocurrencies. Real quick 30 seconds what&#x27;s your opinion on cryptocurrencies these days? I think eventually we will deal with blockchain and that will be it is the wave of the future but which horse to bet on right now and how to get into it. No I don&#x27;t I&#x27;m not comfortable with it. I know we&#x27;ll end up there someday but you know if you can best bet on the overall technology I think there might be something there.</p><p><strong>13:06</strong> But picking winners and losers at this point could be really expensive. Yeah it&#x27;s like going to a horse race and not knowing any of the horses trying to throw money around. And unfortunately that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the whole financial world if you don&#x27;t have the right plan. Folks again the name of the book is The Passport to Success and his name was Jim Stovall. You can get the book anywhere books are sold. Jim really appreciate your time today. Hey I look forward to our next occasion. Yes sir. And that number is 800-661-7383. You can also text the word plan to 600-700. This is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered. Again that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text that keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>14:01</strong> That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you. That&#x27;s for you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss books, filmmaking, and breaking unhelpful patterns. The conversation draws on his work, including The Ultimate Gift, and his experience overcoming challenges.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Stovall</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Stovall, books and authors, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be/image.jpg?t=1792073551&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-author-of-the-ultimate-gift-and-former/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be/image.jpg?t=1792073551&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be</guid>
      <omny:clipId>45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2022 16:50:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>843</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/45fac48d-ef49-4874-9fdf-af4f0125b6be/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13516600" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-author-of-the-ultimate-gift-and-former</link>
      <itunes:order>22</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jim Stovall" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:08" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:32" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:35" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>J.D. Hayworth: Student Debt and Life in the Southeast</title>
      <itunes:title>J.D. Hayworth: Student Debt and Life in the Southeast</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and someone I&#x27;ve looked up to for a long time because I used to see him on TV. I followed him on LinkedIn. Him and I have had a couple of conversations about where we went to college before on LinkedIn because I&#x27;m a Carolina guy and he&#x27;s an NC State guy but he&#x27;s also a former congressman. He was on the Ways and Means Committee and his name is J.D. Hayworth. You may have seen him on TV on Hannity on Geraldo all over Fox Business</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and Fox News. Really good guy. J.D. is joining us from somewhere in Arizona. J.D. welcome in. Well thanks Coach Pete. Yes greetings from Scottsdale Arizona. It likes to think of itself as the west most western town and critics call it the west most midwestern town but here I am representing the southeast and the great southwest and it&#x27;s so good to be with you today. Thanks for the invitation. Yes sir. Well you&#x27;ve got a Super Bowl coming in this year to your area don&#x27;t you? Yes that means a whole lot of Eddie money a whole lot of Johnny paycheck Johnny cash and but you know what&#x27;s interesting when you do the comparative studies and we&#x27;re don&#x27;t get me wrong always happy to have the Super Bowl in but you take a look at the sport that is so closely identified with where you and I</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> grew up in the southeast when we have our big NASCAR races out here the the multiplying effect on our economy. I the big secret is it comes pretty close to the Super Bowl. Wow. So it&#x27;s been remarkable and please don&#x27;t let the guys in Rockingham know I&#x27;m the guy who stole the race to bring it out here to PIR. There&#x27;s a story behind that but I don&#x27;t want guys throwing rocks at you or me so we&#x27;ll stick to the issues today. Well one of my best memories I was 10 years old I grew up in Scotland County which is only about 20 minutes from the rock this the speedway there and dad used to take us here they had two races a year he&#x27;d take us to the first one we&#x27;d sit in the infield and eat chicken I used to love to eat Kentucky Fried Chicken as a 10 year old and every now and then you see some cars go by that was my enjoyment. Oh you bet what a great place and I remember going down to Rockingham on the JLC</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Webb Fur Affair that took you there into Richmond County so yeah lots of great memories of that area and of well NC State and of back home in High Point so it&#x27;s just great to be with you today. You know High Point back in the day when you were there I mean it was the furniture capital of the world still doing it. Yeah and High Point remains so you know when you stop and think and I don&#x27;t know if we&#x27;ve really given High Point the credit think about when this happened maybe about a half century to 60 years after after the Civil War and the city fathers of High Point said there needs to be a place for furniture exposition and thus the Southern Furniture Exposition was born. Now the sad fact is that a lot of the manufacturing has left High Point but when the furniture shows come to town you have everybody from all</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> over the world continuing to come to High Point North Carolina and I don&#x27;t know if we really reflected on what that has meant both to that area and to the entire state and now as we take a look at our economy sadly so much of the manufacturing pulling out of the United States and heading for places like China and that would include the furniture industry. Well you know when I think of High Point I think of furniture and also think of High Point University and Nito Cubane who&#x27;s done a great job of turning that the school around and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re on the front of any kids recommendations. You went to Carolina you went to Carolina I went to state but we can say great things about HPU and I can remember Nito this shows you how life changes coach Pete I were first member I first remember Nito as one of my</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> counselors up at Camp Cheerio which back then was run by the High Point YMCA and up in I guess the Roaring Gap area in the western part of the state yeah but Nito and the folks at HPU have done a remarkable job. He had me come up to speak about 12 years ago there on campus to one of his business schools and we also incorporated media in there because we do we do a lot of media here for our for our company and and he was just an outstanding guy and right then I said gosh if this would if I would have known about him when I was looking for colleges I would have tried to go to High Point because he teaches all his students how to make money after they get out of college which is a novel concept these days especially after this student loan forgiveness act that was just passed. Oh wow that&#x27;s exactly the case and they do prepare young people for a business environment for a career</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> and that&#x27;s so important and as you mentioned this this really is a nice segue into political policy and economic policy. Only two things we really need to know the late great Milton Friedman pointed this out if you want less of something tax it and conversely if you want more of something subsidize it and so this this uh move by uh by uh Mr. Biden to uh forgive student debt loan uh in addition to being kind of a crass political move before the midterms it is going to create problems I just and this is not partisan this comes from somebody at Harvard who advised the Obama White House Jason Furman on uh Twitter</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> pouring roughly half trillion dollars of gasoline on the inflationary fire that&#x27;s already burning is reckless. Yeah it makes no sense. No it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s bad news but the good news is there are people like Coach Pete and those of us who listen closely to try to avoid uh the shoals I guess the outer banks of economic policy in these troubling times. Well a lot of people don&#x27;t realize when you hear about uh you know and one other thing a tangent off of that is the president and this is on all the talk shows anyways we&#x27;re not going to waste a lot of time here but does he really have authority to do what the house is supposed to do to begin with? That&#x27;s quite true and that&#x27;ll end up in court uh it depends on the Supreme Court&#x27;s on recess until the first Monday in October it is conceivable they could convene</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> an emergency session to take this up but don&#x27;t bet on it. So it&#x27;s it&#x27;s funny the money doesn&#x27;t just come from a money tree so if I&#x27;m going to give you if I&#x27;m going to forgive ten thousand dollars of debt for you I&#x27;m going to reach over to Thomas my producer I&#x27;m going to take ten thousand out of his back pocket and give it to you because there&#x27;s no money for coming from I mean there&#x27;s no magic money it comes from one person to go to another. That&#x27;s exactly right this is a classic transfer of wealth from people who aren&#x27;t wealthy. That single mom who&#x27;s working hard whose kids it&#x27;s going to be tough for them to go to college she&#x27;s paying now for the loans of others who have gotten an education and who may or may not have put that put that education to work. Hey we have a couple more minutes here and I wanted to touch on some fun things now let&#x27;s talk about your what got you to</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> Well two two words Lou Holtz. Lou Holtz recruited me and uh the joke is he said oh no we&#x27;re going to sign that kid from high point I got to take that job with the New York Jets but uh no it was it was a great experience at state uh had some health problems that sidelined me in football so the joke is I was recruited as right tackle but ended up left out however I got to be student body president my senior year I started in radio back at high point at age 14 so I would also do work with sports information and what was then called the Wolfpack Sports Network and no less a Carolina grad than Woody Durham gave me my break in television back when channel 28 was the NBC affiliate back circa 1979</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> 80 so I started in television back there and had the good help of uh the voice of the Tar Heels Woody Durham in doing so and then from uh Raleigh Durham to Greenville Spartanburg Asheville to Cincinnati and then in 1987 to Phoenix where uh after seven years on the air I answered the call to run and was elected to the Congress of the United States and it&#x27;s been incredible the only downside is I don&#x27;t get back to North Carolina as often as I would like well next time you do you make sure to let us know ahead of time we&#x27;ll have you right in the studio and that&#x27;d be good it&#x27;s good to see you in person well coach Pete I look forward to that and since you&#x27;re a tax expert we&#x27;ll figure out a way that I can expense that so I can I can we&#x27;ll say this is an official interview with my business</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> your business and figure out a way to get me back in studio sometime soon well I can sure benefit from a guy who used to be on the house ways and means committee myself I can probably learn a lot from you I know I could and you also one final thing I want to make sure people know this you were uh you had something to do with HR 743 that&#x27;s a social security protection act of 2004 yeah we we just wanted to make sure because demographically and truth be told you and I are heading in this direction pretty quickly it&#x27;s kind of a shock but back when we were working that 20 years ago it almost seemed like something far away well we understand it I&#x27;m sure you tell those who hear words retirement ain&#x27;t that far away social security is an important uh important resource but woe to anyone who tries</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> to depend solely on social security primarily because of of what we&#x27;re seeing now the demographic bulge uh the baby boom is going kaboom demographically in terms of those of us moving into our 60s and eventually into our so-called retirement years the good news is a lot of us don&#x27;t want to retire the realistic news is that it is tough for uh today&#x27;s workforce to support social security recipients of tomorrow so we tried to find rational reasonable ways to augment social security to make sure it&#x27;s there for Americans but uh you know our kids instinctively coach Pete take a look at this the polling question was</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> asked gosh 20 years ago what is more likely they asked this of kids uh uh from I guess uh 16 to 24 what&#x27;s more likely uh finding extraterrestrial life or you getting social security benefits when you reach your 60s and I don&#x27;t need to joke about it the truth was the kids said oh we&#x27;re going to come in contact with extraterrestrial life social security won&#x27;t be there for us well I hope that&#x27;s not the case but we need to make it to help people understand they need to supplement things they need to plan for the future because relying on government ain&#x27;t the way to go well speaking of ufos you watch the news lately they&#x27;re trying to make contact there we go anyway are you kidding me as a graduate of</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> you i&#x27;m seeing what tucker is talking about with all the with all the cattle uh uh carvings up uh cattle mutilations you know that&#x27;s kind of scary stuff so uh and even my old uh a couple of my old constituents in snowflake arizona those were the guys who back in the 80s claimed to have been abducted now i didn&#x27;t exactly ask for their endorsement but hey i would have been happy to have a vote for me they were entitled to secret ballots but we have some of my friends out here in arizona who say they have taken a trip from arizona to uh those ethereal realms aboard those ships but that&#x27;s a whole nother topic coach pete for another visit well really appreciate your time today jd</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> hey coach look forward to getting back together with you and uh you know it&#x27;s just wise to think about the future because it gets here quicker than we know absolutely folks his name is jd hayworth and the name of the book whatever it takes i would recommend uh it&#x27;s still in print uh out there jd you can get it on amazon i&#x27;m sure it sure is yep available wherever fine books are sold and that&#x27;s why bezos is making a ton with amazon.com hey will you take care of my friend you too coach pete let&#x27;s talk again soon yes sir 800-661-7383 you can also text the word plan to 600-700 this is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered again that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> text that keyword plan to 600-700 that&#x27;s plan to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and someone I&#x27;ve looked up to for a long time because I used to see him on TV. I followed him on LinkedIn. Him and I have had a couple of conversations about where we went to college before on LinkedIn because I&#x27;m a Carolina guy and he&#x27;s an NC State guy but he&#x27;s also a former congressman. He was on the Ways and Means Committee and his name is J.D. Hayworth. You may have seen him on TV on Hannity on Geraldo all over Fox Business</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and Fox News. Really good guy. J.D. is joining us from somewhere in Arizona. J.D. welcome in. Well thanks Coach Pete. Yes greetings from Scottsdale Arizona. It likes to think of itself as the west most western town and critics call it the west most midwestern town but here I am representing the southeast and the great southwest and it&#x27;s so good to be with you today. Thanks for the invitation. Yes sir. Well you&#x27;ve got a Super Bowl coming in this year to your area don&#x27;t you? Yes that means a whole lot of Eddie money a whole lot of Johnny paycheck Johnny cash and but you know what&#x27;s interesting when you do the comparative studies and we&#x27;re don&#x27;t get me wrong always happy to have the Super Bowl in but you take a look at the sport that is so closely identified with where you and I</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> grew up in the southeast when we have our big NASCAR races out here the the multiplying effect on our economy. I the big secret is it comes pretty close to the Super Bowl. Wow. So it&#x27;s been remarkable and please don&#x27;t let the guys in Rockingham know I&#x27;m the guy who stole the race to bring it out here to PIR. There&#x27;s a story behind that but I don&#x27;t want guys throwing rocks at you or me so we&#x27;ll stick to the issues today. Well one of my best memories I was 10 years old I grew up in Scotland County which is only about 20 minutes from the rock this the speedway there and dad used to take us here they had two races a year he&#x27;d take us to the first one we&#x27;d sit in the infield and eat chicken I used to love to eat Kentucky Fried Chicken as a 10 year old and every now and then you see some cars go by that was my enjoyment. Oh you bet what a great place and I remember going down to Rockingham on the JLC</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Webb Fur Affair that took you there into Richmond County so yeah lots of great memories of that area and of well NC State and of back home in High Point so it&#x27;s just great to be with you today. You know High Point back in the day when you were there I mean it was the furniture capital of the world still doing it. Yeah and High Point remains so you know when you stop and think and I don&#x27;t know if we&#x27;ve really given High Point the credit think about when this happened maybe about a half century to 60 years after after the Civil War and the city fathers of High Point said there needs to be a place for furniture exposition and thus the Southern Furniture Exposition was born. Now the sad fact is that a lot of the manufacturing has left High Point but when the furniture shows come to town you have everybody from all</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> over the world continuing to come to High Point North Carolina and I don&#x27;t know if we really reflected on what that has meant both to that area and to the entire state and now as we take a look at our economy sadly so much of the manufacturing pulling out of the United States and heading for places like China and that would include the furniture industry. Well you know when I think of High Point I think of furniture and also think of High Point University and Nito Cubane who&#x27;s done a great job of turning that the school around and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re on the front of any kids recommendations. You went to Carolina you went to Carolina I went to state but we can say great things about HPU and I can remember Nito this shows you how life changes coach Pete I were first member I first remember Nito as one of my</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> counselors up at Camp Cheerio which back then was run by the High Point YMCA and up in I guess the Roaring Gap area in the western part of the state yeah but Nito and the folks at HPU have done a remarkable job. He had me come up to speak about 12 years ago there on campus to one of his business schools and we also incorporated media in there because we do we do a lot of media here for our for our company and and he was just an outstanding guy and right then I said gosh if this would if I would have known about him when I was looking for colleges I would have tried to go to High Point because he teaches all his students how to make money after they get out of college which is a novel concept these days especially after this student loan forgiveness act that was just passed. Oh wow that&#x27;s exactly the case and they do prepare young people for a business environment for a career</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> and that&#x27;s so important and as you mentioned this this really is a nice segue into political policy and economic policy. Only two things we really need to know the late great Milton Friedman pointed this out if you want less of something tax it and conversely if you want more of something subsidize it and so this this uh move by uh by uh Mr. Biden to uh forgive student debt loan uh in addition to being kind of a crass political move before the midterms it is going to create problems I just and this is not partisan this comes from somebody at Harvard who advised the Obama White House Jason Furman on uh Twitter</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> pouring roughly half trillion dollars of gasoline on the inflationary fire that&#x27;s already burning is reckless. Yeah it makes no sense. No it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s bad news but the good news is there are people like Coach Pete and those of us who listen closely to try to avoid uh the shoals I guess the outer banks of economic policy in these troubling times. Well a lot of people don&#x27;t realize when you hear about uh you know and one other thing a tangent off of that is the president and this is on all the talk shows anyways we&#x27;re not going to waste a lot of time here but does he really have authority to do what the house is supposed to do to begin with? That&#x27;s quite true and that&#x27;ll end up in court uh it depends on the Supreme Court&#x27;s on recess until the first Monday in October it is conceivable they could convene</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> an emergency session to take this up but don&#x27;t bet on it. So it&#x27;s it&#x27;s funny the money doesn&#x27;t just come from a money tree so if I&#x27;m going to give you if I&#x27;m going to forgive ten thousand dollars of debt for you I&#x27;m going to reach over to Thomas my producer I&#x27;m going to take ten thousand out of his back pocket and give it to you because there&#x27;s no money for coming from I mean there&#x27;s no magic money it comes from one person to go to another. That&#x27;s exactly right this is a classic transfer of wealth from people who aren&#x27;t wealthy. That single mom who&#x27;s working hard whose kids it&#x27;s going to be tough for them to go to college she&#x27;s paying now for the loans of others who have gotten an education and who may or may not have put that put that education to work. Hey we have a couple more minutes here and I wanted to touch on some fun things now let&#x27;s talk about your what got you to</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> Well two two words Lou Holtz. Lou Holtz recruited me and uh the joke is he said oh no we&#x27;re going to sign that kid from high point I got to take that job with the New York Jets but uh no it was it was a great experience at state uh had some health problems that sidelined me in football so the joke is I was recruited as right tackle but ended up left out however I got to be student body president my senior year I started in radio back at high point at age 14 so I would also do work with sports information and what was then called the Wolfpack Sports Network and no less a Carolina grad than Woody Durham gave me my break in television back when channel 28 was the NBC affiliate back circa 1979</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> 80 so I started in television back there and had the good help of uh the voice of the Tar Heels Woody Durham in doing so and then from uh Raleigh Durham to Greenville Spartanburg Asheville to Cincinnati and then in 1987 to Phoenix where uh after seven years on the air I answered the call to run and was elected to the Congress of the United States and it&#x27;s been incredible the only downside is I don&#x27;t get back to North Carolina as often as I would like well next time you do you make sure to let us know ahead of time we&#x27;ll have you right in the studio and that&#x27;d be good it&#x27;s good to see you in person well coach Pete I look forward to that and since you&#x27;re a tax expert we&#x27;ll figure out a way that I can expense that so I can I can we&#x27;ll say this is an official interview with my business</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> your business and figure out a way to get me back in studio sometime soon well I can sure benefit from a guy who used to be on the house ways and means committee myself I can probably learn a lot from you I know I could and you also one final thing I want to make sure people know this you were uh you had something to do with HR 743 that&#x27;s a social security protection act of 2004 yeah we we just wanted to make sure because demographically and truth be told you and I are heading in this direction pretty quickly it&#x27;s kind of a shock but back when we were working that 20 years ago it almost seemed like something far away well we understand it I&#x27;m sure you tell those who hear words retirement ain&#x27;t that far away social security is an important uh important resource but woe to anyone who tries</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> to depend solely on social security primarily because of of what we&#x27;re seeing now the demographic bulge uh the baby boom is going kaboom demographically in terms of those of us moving into our 60s and eventually into our so-called retirement years the good news is a lot of us don&#x27;t want to retire the realistic news is that it is tough for uh today&#x27;s workforce to support social security recipients of tomorrow so we tried to find rational reasonable ways to augment social security to make sure it&#x27;s there for Americans but uh you know our kids instinctively coach Pete take a look at this the polling question was</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> asked gosh 20 years ago what is more likely they asked this of kids uh uh from I guess uh 16 to 24 what&#x27;s more likely uh finding extraterrestrial life or you getting social security benefits when you reach your 60s and I don&#x27;t need to joke about it the truth was the kids said oh we&#x27;re going to come in contact with extraterrestrial life social security won&#x27;t be there for us well I hope that&#x27;s not the case but we need to make it to help people understand they need to supplement things they need to plan for the future because relying on government ain&#x27;t the way to go well speaking of ufos you watch the news lately they&#x27;re trying to make contact there we go anyway are you kidding me as a graduate of</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> you i&#x27;m seeing what tucker is talking about with all the with all the cattle uh uh carvings up uh cattle mutilations you know that&#x27;s kind of scary stuff so uh and even my old uh a couple of my old constituents in snowflake arizona those were the guys who back in the 80s claimed to have been abducted now i didn&#x27;t exactly ask for their endorsement but hey i would have been happy to have a vote for me they were entitled to secret ballots but we have some of my friends out here in arizona who say they have taken a trip from arizona to uh those ethereal realms aboard those ships but that&#x27;s a whole nother topic coach pete for another visit well really appreciate your time today jd</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> hey coach look forward to getting back together with you and uh you know it&#x27;s just wise to think about the future because it gets here quicker than we know absolutely folks his name is jd hayworth and the name of the book whatever it takes i would recommend uh it&#x27;s still in print uh out there jd you can get it on amazon i&#x27;m sure it sure is yep available wherever fine books are sold and that&#x27;s why bezos is making a ton with amazon.com hey will you take care of my friend you too coach pete let&#x27;s talk again soon yes sir 800-661-7383 you can also text the word plan to 600-700 this is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered again that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> text that keyword plan to 600-700 that&#x27;s plan to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>J.D. Hayworth</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>J.D. Hayworth, economic policy, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/image.jpg?t=1792073590&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jd-hayworth-former-member-of-the-us-house-of-repre/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/image.jpg?t=1792073590&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 15:12:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>780</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12511865" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jd-hayworth-former-member-of-the-us-house-of-repre</link>
      <itunes:order>23</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Student Debt and Life in the Southeast" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:01" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on 99.9 The Fan: Making Dickie V</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on 99.9 The Fan: Making Dickie V</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins 99.9 The Fan to discuss the Dickie V documentary and his experiences working on the project. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> ...2-6, looking for a contestant to play the OG Mixtape. Get those Dave Matthews Band tickets for tonight. Coach Pete, Coach Pete Taruta joining us now on the Eastern Automotive Group Hotline, Capital Financial Advisory Group. You know what he&#x27;s about, right? But what you might not know in retirement and everything else, but what you might not know is that he was an executive producer on this Dick Vitale documentary that ESPN debuted digitally. I know it&#x27;s going to be on ESPN this weekend after he won the Perseverance Award. Coach Pete, how are you, man? I&#x27;m doing great. How are you guys? We&#x27;re good. We&#x27;re good. So how did you get involved with this Dick Vitale documentary? Well, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work for the V Foundation, helping them raise money for cancer research for Jim Valvano&#x27;s V Foundation, and I met Nick Valvano, and through him I met Dick Vitale.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And, gosh, you&#x27;ve met him before probably. You can&#x27;t be in the same room with him and not get excited. Right. Yeah, he does have this unbelievable energy. So when you started to get involved with this, is it more about telling the story of why he&#x27;s so committed to these causes? You know, children&#x27;s cancer is his big thing, but he also has been a huge part of the V Foundation. Well, it&#x27;s just like no one had really told his story. We all know him, and you like him or hate him. He&#x27;s enthusiastic. I mean, sometimes it seems like he&#x27;s shared against your team. Sometimes you don&#x27;t feel like he&#x27;s even talking about the game when you&#x27;re watching the game. But he&#x27;s just an outstanding guy. He&#x27;s all heart, and he&#x27;s all about helping kids. And that&#x27;s the part of the V Foundation he does a lot of work with is for the children&#x27;s research, cancer research. So the movie, though, every single person we got in touch with, every single famous person you&#x27;ve heard of,</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> they were actually calling us one to be on the movie. We didn&#x27;t have to beg anybody to be on the movie. We&#x27;ve got Stephen A. Smith, Stuart Van Peldt. You name it, people are on there. Charles Barkley, Magic Johnson, Coach K was very generous with his time. Coach Pete Serrita joining us here on the History Automotive Report Line. That&#x27;s Joe Ovis. I&#x27;m Joe Jillo. Coach Pete, you just mentioned whether you hate him, right, or you&#x27;re watching the game and you think he&#x27;s not cheering for your team. You&#x27;re allowed to say who your team is, right, Coach Pete? Maybe one of those times you didn&#x27;t think he was quite in it for the Tar Heels, right? Yeah. So I&#x27;m doing a radio interview right now. I just pulled in a good sell here. All right. Yeah, thanks, man. Cop coming up here in Faison, North Carolina. I&#x27;m on the way down to Wellington. You know the best friend is a friend with a boat, right?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s so is me. Wait, wait, wait. Smart man, Coach Pete. Hey, look, that is my MO. Like, I&#x27;m never going to own a boat, but I&#x27;ve got friends with a boat. That&#x27;s the move. Well, the cops are good here in Faison. Oh, wait. Did you literally just get pulled over? No, I&#x27;m in a parking lot in a shopping center. It looks like I got a business here in Faison, North Carolina. I just found I was coming down 40. I wanted to find a good sell. Oh, okay. You&#x27;ve listened to interviews before where the guy&#x27;s sell disappears. Yes. I don&#x27;t want to have to drive around. Yeah, I appreciate that. You get it. You get radio. I mean, you&#x27;ve got your whole network. I am a Carolina fan. Joe, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan. I went to Carolina, so, of course, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan, but I have a lot of friends that went to Duke, and I had a lot of friends that went to State. I mean, I don&#x27;t hate anybody except when we&#x27;re playing basketball. No, no, no, not hate. You know what I meant. Like, with Dickie Vee, it could be sometimes with Duke, you&#x27;re going, man, he loves Duke.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> That&#x27;s all he loves. Because when really, to your point, when you spend a little bit of time with him, you understand how people really embrace his energy and his enthusiasm for college basketball. And this is more about his life as well, too, not just his fight and his recent fight against cancer and also all of his collective efforts to fight and raise money for cancer. Yeah, we had the premiere, the private premiere was last week. Private screening. Dick was supposed to show up, but, of course, he had the throat problem where he wasn&#x27;t allowed to talk for two weeks. That didn&#x27;t work too well. His wife said within 15 minutes he was talking, so it&#x27;s been about a month. So we were amazed to see him the other night on ESPN, or, sorry, on ABC with that long speech he did, and his voice sounded fine. So I&#x27;m glad to see he recovered his voice. Yeah, no, that&#x27;s going to say, that&#x27;s one of those things that seems to come and go in</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> this situation. So it was good that he was able to, like, power through and make that happen. Coach Pete, hey, appreciate catching up. Awesome being a part of this Dick Vitale movie that&#x27;s going to be on ESPN this weekend. I know it debuted digitally. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. It&#x27;s 4 p.m. Saturday, ESPN. Awesome. Coach Pete, thanks, man. Drive safe. Enjoy the boat. That&#x27;s not yours. Happy weekend. Take care. It&#x27;s the OG alongside Joe Giglio. I&#x27;m Joe Ovi. That is the move, man. I&#x27;m telling you right now. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins 99.9 The Fan to discuss the Dickie V documentary and his experiences working on the project. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> ...2-6, looking for a contestant to play the OG Mixtape. Get those Dave Matthews Band tickets for tonight. Coach Pete, Coach Pete Taruta joining us now on the Eastern Automotive Group Hotline, Capital Financial Advisory Group. You know what he&#x27;s about, right? But what you might not know in retirement and everything else, but what you might not know is that he was an executive producer on this Dick Vitale documentary that ESPN debuted digitally. I know it&#x27;s going to be on ESPN this weekend after he won the Perseverance Award. Coach Pete, how are you, man? I&#x27;m doing great. How are you guys? We&#x27;re good. We&#x27;re good. So how did you get involved with this Dick Vitale documentary? Well, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work for the V Foundation, helping them raise money for cancer research for Jim Valvano&#x27;s V Foundation, and I met Nick Valvano, and through him I met Dick Vitale.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And, gosh, you&#x27;ve met him before probably. You can&#x27;t be in the same room with him and not get excited. Right. Yeah, he does have this unbelievable energy. So when you started to get involved with this, is it more about telling the story of why he&#x27;s so committed to these causes? You know, children&#x27;s cancer is his big thing, but he also has been a huge part of the V Foundation. Well, it&#x27;s just like no one had really told his story. We all know him, and you like him or hate him. He&#x27;s enthusiastic. I mean, sometimes it seems like he&#x27;s shared against your team. Sometimes you don&#x27;t feel like he&#x27;s even talking about the game when you&#x27;re watching the game. But he&#x27;s just an outstanding guy. He&#x27;s all heart, and he&#x27;s all about helping kids. And that&#x27;s the part of the V Foundation he does a lot of work with is for the children&#x27;s research, cancer research. So the movie, though, every single person we got in touch with, every single famous person you&#x27;ve heard of,</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> they were actually calling us one to be on the movie. We didn&#x27;t have to beg anybody to be on the movie. We&#x27;ve got Stephen A. Smith, Stuart Van Peldt. You name it, people are on there. Charles Barkley, Magic Johnson, Coach K was very generous with his time. Coach Pete Serrita joining us here on the History Automotive Report Line. That&#x27;s Joe Ovis. I&#x27;m Joe Jillo. Coach Pete, you just mentioned whether you hate him, right, or you&#x27;re watching the game and you think he&#x27;s not cheering for your team. You&#x27;re allowed to say who your team is, right, Coach Pete? Maybe one of those times you didn&#x27;t think he was quite in it for the Tar Heels, right? Yeah. So I&#x27;m doing a radio interview right now. I just pulled in a good sell here. All right. Yeah, thanks, man. Cop coming up here in Faison, North Carolina. I&#x27;m on the way down to Wellington. You know the best friend is a friend with a boat, right?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s so is me. Wait, wait, wait. Smart man, Coach Pete. Hey, look, that is my MO. Like, I&#x27;m never going to own a boat, but I&#x27;ve got friends with a boat. That&#x27;s the move. Well, the cops are good here in Faison. Oh, wait. Did you literally just get pulled over? No, I&#x27;m in a parking lot in a shopping center. It looks like I got a business here in Faison, North Carolina. I just found I was coming down 40. I wanted to find a good sell. Oh, okay. You&#x27;ve listened to interviews before where the guy&#x27;s sell disappears. Yes. I don&#x27;t want to have to drive around. Yeah, I appreciate that. You get it. You get radio. I mean, you&#x27;ve got your whole network. I am a Carolina fan. Joe, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan. I went to Carolina, so, of course, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan, but I have a lot of friends that went to Duke, and I had a lot of friends that went to State. I mean, I don&#x27;t hate anybody except when we&#x27;re playing basketball. No, no, no, not hate. You know what I meant. Like, with Dickie Vee, it could be sometimes with Duke, you&#x27;re going, man, he loves Duke.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> That&#x27;s all he loves. Because when really, to your point, when you spend a little bit of time with him, you understand how people really embrace his energy and his enthusiasm for college basketball. And this is more about his life as well, too, not just his fight and his recent fight against cancer and also all of his collective efforts to fight and raise money for cancer. Yeah, we had the premiere, the private premiere was last week. Private screening. Dick was supposed to show up, but, of course, he had the throat problem where he wasn&#x27;t allowed to talk for two weeks. That didn&#x27;t work too well. His wife said within 15 minutes he was talking, so it&#x27;s been about a month. So we were amazed to see him the other night on ESPN, or, sorry, on ABC with that long speech he did, and his voice sounded fine. So I&#x27;m glad to see he recovered his voice. Yeah, no, that&#x27;s going to say, that&#x27;s one of those things that seems to come and go in</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> this situation. So it was good that he was able to, like, power through and make that happen. Coach Pete, hey, appreciate catching up. Awesome being a part of this Dick Vitale movie that&#x27;s going to be on ESPN this weekend. I know it debuted digitally. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. It&#x27;s 4 p.m. Saturday, ESPN. Awesome. Coach Pete, thanks, man. Drive safe. Enjoy the boat. That&#x27;s not yours. Happy weekend. Take care. It&#x27;s the OG alongside Joe Giglio. I&#x27;m Joe Ovi. That is the move, man. I&#x27;m telling you right now. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins 99.9 The Fan to discuss the Dickie V documentary and his experiences working on the project. Recorded July 2022.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>Making Dickie V</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, film and television, Making Dickie V, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce/image.jpg?t=1792071913&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-99-9-the-fan-making-dickie-v/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce/image.jpg?t=1792071913&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jul 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>268</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cbf95eaa-8f0e-44ea-96ed-b4e3000f88ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="4318213" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-99-9-the-fan-making-dickie-v</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>24</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Making Dickie V" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on WPTF: The Dickie V Documentary</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on WPTF: The Dickie V Documentary</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins WPTF to discuss the Dickie V documentary, Dick Vitale’s story, and his involvement in the film. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, as we said to you at the top of the hour, you&#x27;ve heard the name because he&#x27;s on our air and he&#x27;s on with commercials and his show and everything. And you know him as Coach Pete D’Arruda, but I want to talk to him now as just good guy, Pete Deruta, because he is one of the people behind an incredible documentary that&#x27;s going to air after the ESPYs on ESPN. Pete, thanks so much for joining us today to talk about this. Thanks for having me, Steve. So tell us more about this documentary. If I say the name, everyone&#x27;s going to know exactly what it&#x27;s about. It&#x27;s called Dickie V. Yeah, Dick Vitale, buddy of mine. I&#x27;ve known him for years. Had him on my show before. I&#x27;ve given to his V Foundation. He does a lot of work with the V Foundation for Cancer Research.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> He concentrates on the children&#x27;s portion because there&#x27;s no worse cancer than a child having cancer. So we&#x27;re trying to battle cancer. We&#x27;re trying to get as much money rounded up. Dick raises over like $5 or $6 million a year right now, which is crazy, crazy numbers. Talked to Mark Cuban, and Mark Cuban gave him $500,000 to the cancer research. And Mark said he is so infectious. He just wants you to help when you hear him. It&#x27;s crazy, Dick Vitale. And when we talk about college basketball, and you like him or hate him, you know, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan, and sometimes it felt like he was rooting against me or Carolina when they were playing Duke. And I&#x27;ve talked to some Duke fans, and they felt the same way about Carolina. They felt he was rooting for Carolina. So he&#x27;s just a great infectious guy, and he makes college basketball fun to watch. He is very enthusiastic.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> He&#x27;s like that one guy who&#x27;s on our air who&#x27;s really enthusiastic about investing your money. I can&#x27;t remember his name. I don&#x27;t know. So tell me about how you got involved in this project with this documentary called Dickie V. There&#x27;s an Emmy Award winning director. His name is Nick Nanton. He has like 23 Emmys for 23 different movies. And I&#x27;ve been associated with Nick for a couple years. We won an Emmy together for the movie on Rudy. If you&#x27;ve ever seen the movie, Rudy, we did the 25-year anniversary called Rudy the Walk-On. And we went to Notre Dame with Rudy and walked the campus and went to all the places you see on the movie and got Rudy&#x27;s opinion and real thoughts about what happened in the movie. And even met some of the people that were still alive from the movie that were still on campus. So it was a great movie. It&#x27;s on Amazon Prime.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> I think it&#x27;s free, which is good. And then I won an Emmy myself on the last blockbuster. And I&#x27;m in the movie. I&#x27;m in the last scene of the last blockbuster, which is free on Netflix. You can see that. But this movie right here is going to be – let me read a couple names for you. Coach K. Have you ever heard of Coach K? Oh, yeah. Coach K. Chris Berman from ESPN. Scott Van Pelt. Magic Johnson. Jay Billis. The name goes – Stephen A. Smith. The name goes on. People were lining up to be in this movie. Matter of fact, we had to cut the filming short when ESPN announced or told us that they wanted to have the movie launch on the 20th right after the ESPYs this week. And then it&#x27;s going to be available. And it&#x27;s on ESPN Plus, though, so I don&#x27;t have ESPN Plus. Some people do. That costs a little extra money. But on Saturday at 4 p.m., it&#x27;s going to be available on ESPN for free.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> It&#x27;s an 80-minute motion picture. And it&#x27;s rated PG. Really good movie. And, again, it&#x27;s called Dickie V. And it&#x27;s an aspiring movie. We had the private screening last week in Chicago. Dickie couldn&#x27;t make it because he just had throat surgery a couple weeks ago. And his doctor told him he wasn&#x27;t allowed to talk for two weeks. Oh, my goodness. That&#x27;s an awful thing. Jeez. But his wife, Lorraine, says he can&#x27;t stop talking for five minutes. So that was like four weeks ago when the doctor told him he couldn&#x27;t talk for two weeks, but he kept talking. So he still can&#x27;t talk. Like, his voice still isn&#x27;t back. So we&#x27;re going to have him on again on our show eventually. And, again, we&#x27;re on 3 p.m. on Saturday. So you can listen to our show, The Financial Safari, right there on WPTF at 3. And right after the show&#x27;s over, go turn the TV on at 4 and watch ESPN and watch Dickie V.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, Pete, I think it&#x27;s neat the number of people and families that join together at a time like this. There&#x27;s a big story on ABC 11 on their website about members of Stuart Scott&#x27;s family that are working so hard to raise awareness. And you start looking at members of Dickie V&#x27;s family, everyone who&#x27;s involved with the Jim Valvano golf tournament and everything that they do. People come together. They put aside politics. They put aside viruses and everything. They come together when it&#x27;s for a great cause. We could get politics out of things.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> It&#x27;d be a lot friendlier world, wouldn&#x27;t it? Oh, boy. That&#x27;s true. I talk about that all the time. Let&#x27;s just be human beings. Jeez. Let me tell you this one thing, too. Before people think I&#x27;m pumping this up too much, I&#x27;m in a non-revenue position for this movie. Matter of fact, I&#x27;ve donated money to the movie to make sure it&#x27;s a success. Yes. And we want to get the word out for cancer research. And Dickie V&#x27;s done a great job over the years. And we want to continue to carry that torch for him. One of the things that I want to do, and I&#x27;ve been talking about it in my mind, but it seems like every day there&#x27;s a news story I need to cover or some things that we need to get taken care of. There&#x27;s an awful lot of public service announcements that are going on TV now about an incredible place in Memphis, Tennessee called St. Jude Children&#x27;s Hospital.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> And they do such incredible work. Yeah, St. Jude&#x27;s a good place. I&#x27;m sorry. But they just do incredible work. And people see the commercials and the great work that they&#x27;re doing down there. I want to get them on the air. Maybe even do on a holiday sometime, do a whole hour about some of the research that they&#x27;re doing down there and all the great, great work. So anyway, the show is called Dickie V, and it will air after the ESPYs on ESPN. The first time is when? Coming up Thursday, did you say? Well, it&#x27;s on ESPN Plus Thursday night, but that costs extra money. That&#x27;s like a service. That&#x27;s one of those streaming things. But if you want to watch it free, like most people, ESPN, 4 o&#x27;clock Saturday, 4 p.m. Saturday,</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> great time to watch it. And I just think it&#x27;s a really, really good event for everyone. And here, when we had our private screening, Steve, this is a good factoid for you. Not one person left that movie theater without having cried three times. Oh, yeah. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s not a comedy, you know. It&#x27;s something that&#x27;s going to touch everyone&#x27;s heart. But it&#x27;s a great movie, and it&#x27;s not a sad movie. It&#x27;s an uplifting movie, but we have to realize things aren&#x27;t always perfect, and the secret to life is overcoming the things that aren&#x27;t perfect and making sure you enjoy your life. Coach Pete, thank you so much. I appreciate you being on and letting us know about it, and I know a lot of folks are going to be watching. Thanks again. Thank you, Steve. Take care, everybody. WPTF News Time 318 on the Triangle&#x27;s Afternoon News. I hope everyone can watch it for sure.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins WPTF to discuss the Dickie V documentary, Dick Vitale’s story, and his involvement in the film. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, as we said to you at the top of the hour, you&#x27;ve heard the name because he&#x27;s on our air and he&#x27;s on with commercials and his show and everything. And you know him as Coach Pete D’Arruda, but I want to talk to him now as just good guy, Pete Deruta, because he is one of the people behind an incredible documentary that&#x27;s going to air after the ESPYs on ESPN. Pete, thanks so much for joining us today to talk about this. Thanks for having me, Steve. So tell us more about this documentary. If I say the name, everyone&#x27;s going to know exactly what it&#x27;s about. It&#x27;s called Dickie V. Yeah, Dick Vitale, buddy of mine. I&#x27;ve known him for years. Had him on my show before. I&#x27;ve given to his V Foundation. He does a lot of work with the V Foundation for Cancer Research.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> He concentrates on the children&#x27;s portion because there&#x27;s no worse cancer than a child having cancer. So we&#x27;re trying to battle cancer. We&#x27;re trying to get as much money rounded up. Dick raises over like $5 or $6 million a year right now, which is crazy, crazy numbers. Talked to Mark Cuban, and Mark Cuban gave him $500,000 to the cancer research. And Mark said he is so infectious. He just wants you to help when you hear him. It&#x27;s crazy, Dick Vitale. And when we talk about college basketball, and you like him or hate him, you know, I&#x27;m a Carolina fan, and sometimes it felt like he was rooting against me or Carolina when they were playing Duke. And I&#x27;ve talked to some Duke fans, and they felt the same way about Carolina. They felt he was rooting for Carolina. So he&#x27;s just a great infectious guy, and he makes college basketball fun to watch. He is very enthusiastic.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> He&#x27;s like that one guy who&#x27;s on our air who&#x27;s really enthusiastic about investing your money. I can&#x27;t remember his name. I don&#x27;t know. So tell me about how you got involved in this project with this documentary called Dickie V. There&#x27;s an Emmy Award winning director. His name is Nick Nanton. He has like 23 Emmys for 23 different movies. And I&#x27;ve been associated with Nick for a couple years. We won an Emmy together for the movie on Rudy. If you&#x27;ve ever seen the movie, Rudy, we did the 25-year anniversary called Rudy the Walk-On. And we went to Notre Dame with Rudy and walked the campus and went to all the places you see on the movie and got Rudy&#x27;s opinion and real thoughts about what happened in the movie. And even met some of the people that were still alive from the movie that were still on campus. So it was a great movie. It&#x27;s on Amazon Prime.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> I think it&#x27;s free, which is good. And then I won an Emmy myself on the last blockbuster. And I&#x27;m in the movie. I&#x27;m in the last scene of the last blockbuster, which is free on Netflix. You can see that. But this movie right here is going to be – let me read a couple names for you. Coach K. Have you ever heard of Coach K? Oh, yeah. Coach K. Chris Berman from ESPN. Scott Van Pelt. Magic Johnson. Jay Billis. The name goes – Stephen A. Smith. The name goes on. People were lining up to be in this movie. Matter of fact, we had to cut the filming short when ESPN announced or told us that they wanted to have the movie launch on the 20th right after the ESPYs this week. And then it&#x27;s going to be available. And it&#x27;s on ESPN Plus, though, so I don&#x27;t have ESPN Plus. Some people do. That costs a little extra money. But on Saturday at 4 p.m., it&#x27;s going to be available on ESPN for free.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> It&#x27;s an 80-minute motion picture. And it&#x27;s rated PG. Really good movie. And, again, it&#x27;s called Dickie V. And it&#x27;s an aspiring movie. We had the private screening last week in Chicago. Dickie couldn&#x27;t make it because he just had throat surgery a couple weeks ago. And his doctor told him he wasn&#x27;t allowed to talk for two weeks. Oh, my goodness. That&#x27;s an awful thing. Jeez. But his wife, Lorraine, says he can&#x27;t stop talking for five minutes. So that was like four weeks ago when the doctor told him he couldn&#x27;t talk for two weeks, but he kept talking. So he still can&#x27;t talk. Like, his voice still isn&#x27;t back. So we&#x27;re going to have him on again on our show eventually. And, again, we&#x27;re on 3 p.m. on Saturday. So you can listen to our show, The Financial Safari, right there on WPTF at 3. And right after the show&#x27;s over, go turn the TV on at 4 and watch ESPN and watch Dickie V.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, Pete, I think it&#x27;s neat the number of people and families that join together at a time like this. There&#x27;s a big story on ABC 11 on their website about members of Stuart Scott&#x27;s family that are working so hard to raise awareness. And you start looking at members of Dickie V&#x27;s family, everyone who&#x27;s involved with the Jim Valvano golf tournament and everything that they do. People come together. They put aside politics. They put aside viruses and everything. They come together when it&#x27;s for a great cause. We could get politics out of things.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> It&#x27;d be a lot friendlier world, wouldn&#x27;t it? Oh, boy. That&#x27;s true. I talk about that all the time. Let&#x27;s just be human beings. Jeez. Let me tell you this one thing, too. Before people think I&#x27;m pumping this up too much, I&#x27;m in a non-revenue position for this movie. Matter of fact, I&#x27;ve donated money to the movie to make sure it&#x27;s a success. Yes. And we want to get the word out for cancer research. And Dickie V&#x27;s done a great job over the years. And we want to continue to carry that torch for him. One of the things that I want to do, and I&#x27;ve been talking about it in my mind, but it seems like every day there&#x27;s a news story I need to cover or some things that we need to get taken care of. There&#x27;s an awful lot of public service announcements that are going on TV now about an incredible place in Memphis, Tennessee called St. Jude Children&#x27;s Hospital.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> And they do such incredible work. Yeah, St. Jude&#x27;s a good place. I&#x27;m sorry. But they just do incredible work. And people see the commercials and the great work that they&#x27;re doing down there. I want to get them on the air. Maybe even do on a holiday sometime, do a whole hour about some of the research that they&#x27;re doing down there and all the great, great work. So anyway, the show is called Dickie V, and it will air after the ESPYs on ESPN. The first time is when? Coming up Thursday, did you say? Well, it&#x27;s on ESPN Plus Thursday night, but that costs extra money. That&#x27;s like a service. That&#x27;s one of those streaming things. But if you want to watch it free, like most people, ESPN, 4 o&#x27;clock Saturday, 4 p.m. Saturday,</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> great time to watch it. And I just think it&#x27;s a really, really good event for everyone. And here, when we had our private screening, Steve, this is a good factoid for you. Not one person left that movie theater without having cried three times. Oh, yeah. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s not a comedy, you know. It&#x27;s something that&#x27;s going to touch everyone&#x27;s heart. But it&#x27;s a great movie, and it&#x27;s not a sad movie. It&#x27;s an uplifting movie, but we have to realize things aren&#x27;t always perfect, and the secret to life is overcoming the things that aren&#x27;t perfect and making sure you enjoy your life. Coach Pete, thank you so much. I appreciate you being on and letting us know about it, and I know a lot of folks are going to be watching. Thanks again. Thank you, Steve. Take care, everybody. WPTF News Time 318 on the Triangle&#x27;s Afternoon News. I hope everyone can watch it for sure.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins WPTF to discuss the Dickie V documentary, Dick Vitale’s story, and his involvement in the film. Recorded July 2022.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>The Dickie V Documentary</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, film and television, The Dickie V Documentary, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a/image.jpg?t=1792071920&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-wptf-the-dickie-v-documentary/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a/image.jpg?t=1792071920&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>419</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4318c673-e87d-4e0e-9105-b4e3000f017a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="6746144" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-wptf-the-dickie-v-documentary</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>25</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Dickie V Documentary" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete with Adam Gold: Behind the Dickie V Documentary</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete with Adam Gold: Behind the Dickie V Documentary</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins Adam Gold to discuss his work as executive producer of the Dickie V documentary and the story behind the film. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> It&#x27;s the Adam Gold Show. What? I&#x27;m Adam Gold. Sucking up to the host to get you far, Graham. Graham is on the ones and twos today. Coming up on Thursday, following the ESPYs, if you are a subscriber to ESPN Plus, you can check out the Dick Vitale ESPN Films. And we have the executive producer who&#x27;s going to join us in a second. Here&#x27;s a little, here is the official trailer for the Dickie V. Doc. Check this out. What a big time move. Super scimilating.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Why the hell were you concerned about college basketball? Because Dickie V. made you concerned. The 80s and the 90s, Dickie V was everywhere. I&#x27;ve never seen anything like it. It&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s a firestorm coming at you. People don&#x27;t realize Dick was a coach. He won back-to-back championships. High school coach for Rutgers. And then became an NBA coach. And got fired. It&#x27;s really an amazing story. I was a boy of all the dreams. He&#x27;s overcome a lot of adversity in his life. You know, from losing his eye. I&#x27;ll be scared as I&#x27;ve ever been in my life. Look at the mirror. Look at my eye. Just hated it.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Now with this fight against cancer. I&#x27;m in the last chapter, man. I&#x27;m in the last chapter. Does that work? This is doing something wrong. All right. So you want to check that out either Thursday on ESPN Plus after the ESPYs or Saturday at 4 o&#x27;clock on ESPN. Pete DeRuda is the executive producer of the Dickie V documentary. And he joins us on the Adam Gold Show. So full disclosure, those people who listen in Raleigh or listen to the Best Of podcast will know that I do commercials for Pete. We call him Coach, so I&#x27;ll just call him Pete. This had to be an absolute blast. You&#x27;ve been working on this for a long time. This has been going on for two years, Adam.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;re very happy to be releasing it right when Dick Vitale gets that award on Thursday night. That&#x27;s right. He gets the Jimmy V award for perseverance. And I actually texted with Dickie earlier today. I don&#x27;t know why I just called him Dickie. I texted with Dick Vitale earlier today. And he thought I was inviting him on the show. I was just saying hi because it made me think of him. And he said, I&#x27;m saving my voice for the ESPYs. And he should because I know, like, we&#x27;ve talked to Dick a lot. And he makes himself very available. So explain your involvement in this, why you wanted to do it, and how he was to deal with. Well, we had a private screening in Chicago last week. And Dick Vitale could not make it. He had throat surgery just a few weeks ago.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> And then the doctor told him he could not talk for two weeks. I don&#x27;t think his wife, Lorraine, said he can&#x27;t stop talking for five minutes. So we didn&#x27;t want to get him around the big crowd in Chicago. But the reason I did it, I&#x27;ve had him on my show before. He does tremendous research for children&#x27;s cancer research and the V Foundation. And everyone knows, you know, who doesn&#x27;t know the V Foundation? Jim Valvano. And so he likes to concentrate on children&#x27;s cancer research. And if you&#x27;ve ever had a friend or a family member who&#x27;s had cancer when they&#x27;re young, it&#x27;s not fair. So we&#x27;re trying to fight that. And then this idea came along with Nick Nanton, who&#x27;s the director of the movie. Good buddy of mine. He&#x27;s won over 20 Emmys in his lifetime. And I&#x27;ve piggybacked with him as an executive producer and won three, one for Rudy, the walk-on about the movie Rudy. So if you haven&#x27;t seen that, it&#x27;s free online on Amazon, I think, or Netflix.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> They go back and forth. But that&#x27;s a great movie, too. But this one, I mean, we had people lining up. People that you see on TV, superstars like LeBron James, Shaquille O&#x27;Neal, which we couldn&#x27;t get in in time because ESPN rushed the deadline. But we&#x27;ve got, like, Stephen A. Smith, anyone you&#x27;ve ever seen on TV, Coach K was very generous with his time. He was good buddies with Jim Valvano as well. But it&#x27;s just been a great movie. Nobody left that movie cinema without a tear in their eye. Some people admitted crying more than once. I&#x27;ll admit I cried three times. And I was behind the scenes watching the movie being made. Here&#x27;s the thing about Vital. And I know it was alluded to, like, he was a very successful high school coach. And I think he went to the University of Detroit, had a great year, had a great run there, and then got the job with the Pistons and didn&#x27;t make it out of season one.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And at that point becomes he gets an offer from ESPN to be a college basketball analyst. And he took it. He didn&#x27;t know what to do. And I don&#x27;t think he intended to keep that job forever. But I think you could make an argument that he is as responsible as Magic and Larry for the ascension of college basketball to what it is today. I agree. Well, think about back then. We were just getting, I mean, back in the day, if you wanted to watch a basketball game, you had to turn the TV, the three channels you had around and see if one was on, one for the week. And then ESPN started showing them all the time. And then this guy, this Dick Vitale guy, I mean, I tuned in sometime just to see what he was going to say. Yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I mean, you know, exciting. He&#x27;s got a thousand books. I think he writes all his books with the same guy, Dick Weiss. This is another guy I know. He&#x27;s a longtime college basketball writer in New York and Philadelphia. But he&#x27;s with the sayings and the showmanship. But he really was a salesman. And, like, I&#x27;m not comparing him to Tiger Woods. But in this regard, I think it&#x27;s fair. Because Tiger made the sport of golf, A, incredibly, more popular than it&#x27;s ever been. And also, he made it more money than it had ever been made. And Vitale&#x27;s personality put college basketball on everybody&#x27;s television.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> It just, like, I&#x27;m not saying that Coach K should give him a cut, because he probably has. Probably made a bunch of donations to the V Foundation. I know he has. And he&#x27;s done a lot of work for that. But, you know, like, there&#x27;s a part of everybody&#x27;s salary that is probably owed to Vitale. Well, I was talking to Mark Cuban. And Mark Cuban gave half a million to the V Foundation because of Dick Vitale. He said he was so infectious. And then Mark started researching. And he said, I can&#x27;t give enough to this foundation now. Yeah. I mean, Vitale has done so much. And you talk about childhood cancer. And he&#x27;s got the V Gala every year at his house. And they raise tons and tons of money. And then when he got his diagnosis, he has come through. He has made it public.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> I don&#x27;t know how many people would essentially live this publicly like he has. But I just wonder what sort of an impact that has had on everybody else that he has decided to essentially share this with everybody else. Yeah. There was a time where you couldn&#x27;t say college basketball without saying Dick Vitale. I don&#x27;t know that that&#x27;s still not the case, to be honest. Still today. Yeah. It&#x27;s been fun. It&#x27;s been a really fun project. And I&#x27;m really excited to get it out. And I think everyone listening will benefit by watching the movie. Oh, I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any question about that. The one thing that I don&#x27;t know if within the movie there are long snippets. But I used to watch the speeches he made at camps to kids. And he would go on for a long time.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And he gets – I mean, it is an athletic event when Dick Vitale got worked up in these speeches. So I don&#x27;t know how much of these speeches are contained in the documentary. But I&#x27;m sure if there isn&#x27;t, you can find them online. And they are inspiring, inspirational messages that he gives to kids who are really very impressionable. And there&#x27;s a lot of different things in the world today than there were maybe 25 years ago. We&#x27;ll let you go. Pete DeRuda, executive producer of the Dickie V ESPN 30 for 30, which drops on ESPN Plus Thursday night after the ESPYs. And then Saturday at 4 o&#x27;clock on ESPN. Thank you for your time, sir.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I&#x27;ll talk to you soon. I&#x27;ll see you soon. Take care, Adam. You got it. Pete DeRuda, executive producer of the Dick Vitale documentary.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins Adam Gold to discuss his work as executive producer of the Dickie V documentary and the story behind the film. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> It&#x27;s the Adam Gold Show. What? I&#x27;m Adam Gold. Sucking up to the host to get you far, Graham. Graham is on the ones and twos today. Coming up on Thursday, following the ESPYs, if you are a subscriber to ESPN Plus, you can check out the Dick Vitale ESPN Films. And we have the executive producer who&#x27;s going to join us in a second. Here&#x27;s a little, here is the official trailer for the Dickie V. Doc. Check this out. What a big time move. Super scimilating.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Why the hell were you concerned about college basketball? Because Dickie V. made you concerned. The 80s and the 90s, Dickie V was everywhere. I&#x27;ve never seen anything like it. It&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s a firestorm coming at you. People don&#x27;t realize Dick was a coach. He won back-to-back championships. High school coach for Rutgers. And then became an NBA coach. And got fired. It&#x27;s really an amazing story. I was a boy of all the dreams. He&#x27;s overcome a lot of adversity in his life. You know, from losing his eye. I&#x27;ll be scared as I&#x27;ve ever been in my life. Look at the mirror. Look at my eye. Just hated it.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Now with this fight against cancer. I&#x27;m in the last chapter, man. I&#x27;m in the last chapter. Does that work? This is doing something wrong. All right. So you want to check that out either Thursday on ESPN Plus after the ESPYs or Saturday at 4 o&#x27;clock on ESPN. Pete DeRuda is the executive producer of the Dickie V documentary. And he joins us on the Adam Gold Show. So full disclosure, those people who listen in Raleigh or listen to the Best Of podcast will know that I do commercials for Pete. We call him Coach, so I&#x27;ll just call him Pete. This had to be an absolute blast. You&#x27;ve been working on this for a long time. This has been going on for two years, Adam.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;re very happy to be releasing it right when Dick Vitale gets that award on Thursday night. That&#x27;s right. He gets the Jimmy V award for perseverance. And I actually texted with Dickie earlier today. I don&#x27;t know why I just called him Dickie. I texted with Dick Vitale earlier today. And he thought I was inviting him on the show. I was just saying hi because it made me think of him. And he said, I&#x27;m saving my voice for the ESPYs. And he should because I know, like, we&#x27;ve talked to Dick a lot. And he makes himself very available. So explain your involvement in this, why you wanted to do it, and how he was to deal with. Well, we had a private screening in Chicago last week. And Dick Vitale could not make it. He had throat surgery just a few weeks ago.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> And then the doctor told him he could not talk for two weeks. I don&#x27;t think his wife, Lorraine, said he can&#x27;t stop talking for five minutes. So we didn&#x27;t want to get him around the big crowd in Chicago. But the reason I did it, I&#x27;ve had him on my show before. He does tremendous research for children&#x27;s cancer research and the V Foundation. And everyone knows, you know, who doesn&#x27;t know the V Foundation? Jim Valvano. And so he likes to concentrate on children&#x27;s cancer research. And if you&#x27;ve ever had a friend or a family member who&#x27;s had cancer when they&#x27;re young, it&#x27;s not fair. So we&#x27;re trying to fight that. And then this idea came along with Nick Nanton, who&#x27;s the director of the movie. Good buddy of mine. He&#x27;s won over 20 Emmys in his lifetime. And I&#x27;ve piggybacked with him as an executive producer and won three, one for Rudy, the walk-on about the movie Rudy. So if you haven&#x27;t seen that, it&#x27;s free online on Amazon, I think, or Netflix.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> They go back and forth. But that&#x27;s a great movie, too. But this one, I mean, we had people lining up. People that you see on TV, superstars like LeBron James, Shaquille O&#x27;Neal, which we couldn&#x27;t get in in time because ESPN rushed the deadline. But we&#x27;ve got, like, Stephen A. Smith, anyone you&#x27;ve ever seen on TV, Coach K was very generous with his time. He was good buddies with Jim Valvano as well. But it&#x27;s just been a great movie. Nobody left that movie cinema without a tear in their eye. Some people admitted crying more than once. I&#x27;ll admit I cried three times. And I was behind the scenes watching the movie being made. Here&#x27;s the thing about Vital. And I know it was alluded to, like, he was a very successful high school coach. And I think he went to the University of Detroit, had a great year, had a great run there, and then got the job with the Pistons and didn&#x27;t make it out of season one.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And at that point becomes he gets an offer from ESPN to be a college basketball analyst. And he took it. He didn&#x27;t know what to do. And I don&#x27;t think he intended to keep that job forever. But I think you could make an argument that he is as responsible as Magic and Larry for the ascension of college basketball to what it is today. I agree. Well, think about back then. We were just getting, I mean, back in the day, if you wanted to watch a basketball game, you had to turn the TV, the three channels you had around and see if one was on, one for the week. And then ESPN started showing them all the time. And then this guy, this Dick Vitale guy, I mean, I tuned in sometime just to see what he was going to say. Yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I mean, you know, exciting. He&#x27;s got a thousand books. I think he writes all his books with the same guy, Dick Weiss. This is another guy I know. He&#x27;s a longtime college basketball writer in New York and Philadelphia. But he&#x27;s with the sayings and the showmanship. But he really was a salesman. And, like, I&#x27;m not comparing him to Tiger Woods. But in this regard, I think it&#x27;s fair. Because Tiger made the sport of golf, A, incredibly, more popular than it&#x27;s ever been. And also, he made it more money than it had ever been made. And Vitale&#x27;s personality put college basketball on everybody&#x27;s television.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> It just, like, I&#x27;m not saying that Coach K should give him a cut, because he probably has. Probably made a bunch of donations to the V Foundation. I know he has. And he&#x27;s done a lot of work for that. But, you know, like, there&#x27;s a part of everybody&#x27;s salary that is probably owed to Vitale. Well, I was talking to Mark Cuban. And Mark Cuban gave half a million to the V Foundation because of Dick Vitale. He said he was so infectious. And then Mark started researching. And he said, I can&#x27;t give enough to this foundation now. Yeah. I mean, Vitale has done so much. And you talk about childhood cancer. And he&#x27;s got the V Gala every year at his house. And they raise tons and tons of money. And then when he got his diagnosis, he has come through. He has made it public.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> I don&#x27;t know how many people would essentially live this publicly like he has. But I just wonder what sort of an impact that has had on everybody else that he has decided to essentially share this with everybody else. Yeah. There was a time where you couldn&#x27;t say college basketball without saying Dick Vitale. I don&#x27;t know that that&#x27;s still not the case, to be honest. Still today. Yeah. It&#x27;s been fun. It&#x27;s been a really fun project. And I&#x27;m really excited to get it out. And I think everyone listening will benefit by watching the movie. Oh, I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any question about that. The one thing that I don&#x27;t know if within the movie there are long snippets. But I used to watch the speeches he made at camps to kids. And he would go on for a long time.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And he gets – I mean, it is an athletic event when Dick Vitale got worked up in these speeches. So I don&#x27;t know how much of these speeches are contained in the documentary. But I&#x27;m sure if there isn&#x27;t, you can find them online. And they are inspiring, inspirational messages that he gives to kids who are really very impressionable. And there&#x27;s a lot of different things in the world today than there were maybe 25 years ago. We&#x27;ll let you go. Pete DeRuda, executive producer of the Dickie V ESPN 30 for 30, which drops on ESPN Plus Thursday night after the ESPYs. And then Saturday at 4 o&#x27;clock on ESPN. Thank you for your time, sir.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I&#x27;ll talk to you soon. I&#x27;ll see you soon. Take care, Adam. You got it. Pete DeRuda, executive producer of the Dick Vitale documentary.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins Adam Gold to discuss his work as executive producer of the Dickie V documentary and the story behind the film. Recorded July 2022.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>Behind the Dickie V Documentary</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, film and television, Behind the Dickie V Documentary, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1/image.jpg?t=1792071924&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-with-adam-gold-behind-the-dickie-v-documentary/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1/image.jpg?t=1792071924&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>527</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d58f1769-3348-42da-b45b-b4e3000e7df1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8466908" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-with-adam-gold-behind-the-dickie-v-documentary</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>26</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Behind the Dickie V Documentary" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:03" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:26" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doug Orchard: Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma</title>
      <itunes:title>Doug Orchard: Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film&#x27;s focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially in the financial world and this week is a fantastic guest. I&#x27;ve had both of his most recent movies in my collection and we&#x27;re going to be airing the most recent movie at a few movie cinemas and we&#x27;ve also got some DVDs that we can give out as well after this interview as well as some special codes you can use on the internet</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to watch the movie at no cost. But his name is Doug Orchard and he&#x27;s joining us from Florida and the two movies I&#x27;m talking about one is 2018 and we if you&#x27;ve been listening to the show at all in the past you heard us talk about it the power of zero the tax train is coming. We&#x27;ll talk about that at a different interview and I&#x27;m more than happy to touch on it today too but we want to talk about the most important one the most recent movie called the Baby Boomer Dilemma an expose of America&#x27;s retirement experiment. Now Doug welcome in. Hey thank you so much for having me. Now your movies are awesome and I want to ask you first what inspired you to start doing these movies? Well actually it was David Walker back in 2004 I happened to be driving across the Mojave Desert</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> and the only radio station I can get in was Las Vegas University at the time on AM radio and he was being interviewed there and it appears nobody was listening to him and he was complaining that the president wasn&#x27;t listening to him and how dire our future was because the national debt the projections of where we were heading and this was four years off of when the projections were showing that we were never going to have a national debt that we were moving to a point we&#x27;re going to have no debt well and in four years it just got I mean just went out of control so fast and so and I I just I became super interested and I began doing documentaries in 2009 and you know that&#x27;s all I do since and and so I had some some individuals come up to me saying you know you need to make a film about retirement income income income income</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> and they explained the problem with it in relation to that debt and I and the consequence of what we&#x27;re facing and and so this is really overall it&#x27;s been a half a decade in the making it takes a long time to make a movie like this yeah it does but because you have an all-star cast in this movie about and people in the financial industry will probably know a lot of these folks but even people outside of the financial arena have probably heard some of the some of the names there like of course if you&#x27;re listening at all and you follow politics you&#x27;d probably know David Walker because he was the comptroller general of the U.S. he resigned during the Bush administration because he said he got tired of signing checks that were going to bounce because he was in charge of signing all the government&#x27;s checks in a in theory I know there&#x27;s a rubber stamp there he got tired of having his name associated with us getting ourselves in trouble as far as spending wise</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> wasn&#x27;t he right he was and he became frustrated because you know he served under both political you know parties presidents yeah no dog and and he he at that moment was an independent type and he just felt like no one was listening and so that&#x27;s when he he resigned and started this national tour he created a great movie about the national debt it it um was actually nominated for an academy award you thought that everything would be changing and uh and of course nothing happened and um it&#x27;s been interesting talking to him through the years and listening to the tone of his voice and we got him in rare form in this film I think we got him in a frustrated moment it&#x27;s quite interesting to listen to and he just opens up</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and tells things how they really are which and and again this film isn&#x27;t really it doesn&#x27;t really make any points about political party the government anything like that everyone should know that this film is about okay given what&#x27;s going on what do we do about it as baby boomers what do we do about how do we protect ourselves um given this and it&#x27;s a dilemma I mean the film is aptly named it&#x27;s a dilemma you know there&#x27;s no easy road but there are better choices than others yeah so when we talk about the dilemma and a lot of folks are listening say well my retirement&#x27;s fine I&#x27;ve got my money in a 401k and and my company says as long as I put money in I&#x27;ll have a retirement income but they don&#x27;t really understand what the 401k really is 401k is more of a lump sum vehicle correct right it is and at first we had the founder the person who created the 401k in the film um Ted Benna yeah and we had we had really the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> world&#x27;s experts on every single line that you can come up with and the world&#x27;s experts for social security for pensions for the people who do um the biggest exposés on those the the people who created these all all who administer over them every every aspect of it and study them um in the movie but 401ks it&#x27;s about aggregating money for you know for growing it but when it comes to and what do you even mean because 401k is really not even a good word um but usually what people think of is they&#x27;re thinking it&#x27;s growing in some type of mutual fund right right um and so if we&#x27;re going to use that vernacular for a moment then that&#x27;s there&#x27;s one everything we understand is it&#x27;s about growing it</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> but not distributing it and all the rules change the moment you start taking money out every law you think you understand it no longer applies and that film that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s one of the messages of the movie it shows it very clearly well back in 2008 we had dr david babble from the wharton school on on our show because he had been writing a lot of articles about the the dilemma about income and retirement and uh and looking at the vehicles that existed that were known to man that would give you a lifetime income and he was doing all sorts of research papers on it from the wharton school and i said doc what why are you spending so much time on this he said coach i&#x27;m going to retire soon i want to make sure i get the right vehicles myself unfortunately dr david babble has passed away but you have him uh you have him in the movie as well yeah i got him the last recording of him um and this film</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> meant an awful lot for him he he lined up some of the key people of this of this movie he was a great guy we got a lot of great responsible we had him on the show i think we had him on for a return visit too after he retired and he was happy because he didn&#x27;t have all his money exposed to risk well the other thing about dr david babble that&#x27;s interesting is he was the world&#x27;s authority on inflation so he did his dissertation on inflation when he got his phd in economics from university of california berkeley um and then he was the person who brazil when they were in trouble tapped and went down and helped them uh get that thing under control and and so when he looked at his own personal question what do i do personally what do i do he had written incredible articles and strategies about you know here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> optimize money in retirement and all that but when he got down to it he was like you know this is too complex to actually do in retirement he wanted something simpler and he wanted something that was effective hedge against inflation and and so that&#x27;s what he reveals in the film it&#x27;s super interesting what he does it&#x27;s simple folks we&#x27;re talking to doug orchard he&#x27;s director filmmaker researcher for the baby boomer dilemma also the power of zero the tax train is coming when we talk about inflation uh gosh if dr babble was alive today he&#x27;d be all over the place on the news wouldn&#x27;t he he would be um and the thing the thing that&#x27;s interesting is a year ago when i was filming him was it just a year ago no it was a year year and a half quarter quarter ago in march 2001 he saw the inflation coming 2021 2021 to that what i will there we go thank you a good time machine</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> yeah yeah so he knew he knew it was happening well i mean he he was showing me all these charts like he saw this was coming um and he would be all over the news um but the issue is it isn&#x27;t you know what do we do now and all that we have inflation it&#x27;s here it is here yeah and um i i think that when we get to just looking at our personal bank accounts it&#x27;s frustrating right and when you look at nine percent per month you know this is this is insane it is how do you guard against that and it&#x27;s so when i look at what did he do and then he was telling me what here&#x27;s what i do and here&#x27;s why and here&#x27;s what will work i i thought this has to be he changed my mind on an approach and that this that approach gets</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> a lot of time in this movie okay yeah and also in the movie you discuss the mismanagement of state and local pensions that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very worrisome because a lot of folks listening probably have state or local pensions this is probably the biggest expose in an actual movie this is a pg mpa rated film and 99 of documentaries are not rated because they&#x27;re really infomercials so this the mpa they have a group that that gives the rating and they have a part of it that screens is this art is this objective or is this you know a corp or an infomercial for something and and it can&#x27;t get through that if it&#x27;s really an infomercial so so they take it and look at it that way when we look at what&#x27;s going on right now um it&#x27;s important that we truly get the right</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> picture as as consumers and um who&#x27;s really telling us the story and and that&#x27;s what we try to do we try to tell an objective an objective story it&#x27;s going to look a little different from any narrative you get from anyone else um but this is what happens when you have a crowdfunded film and i don&#x27;t sell anything i just make movies yeah well i mean it&#x27;s a great movie and i&#x27;ve watched it three or four times we have we have my whole staff is watching i make them watch it too because this is relevant this is a movie that is addressing every single person that&#x27;s listening is going to be affected good or bad by the decisions they make financially and speaking that another area you touch in is the role of low cost fixed annuities in retirement can you touch on that yeah well that&#x27;s what dr david babble is</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> using and this is of course is something people don&#x27;t understand and something i was very very against going into the film and it was amazing what happened i mean i got a 180 experience because it it comes down to it all comes down to income and if you have all your money at risk what happens when you have a 30 correction in the market and you&#x27;re within that five five years of retirement or in that first 10 years of retirement you cannot recover from it it&#x27;s impossible mathematically and and i had that experience you know i actually lost 90 of my portfolio in um in the year 2000 um back when i was just turning 30 years old and um in my 401k and it never in there i never made up for it i mean i never made</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> up for what was there it&#x27;s really a i really wish that we&#x27;d stop saying you have time to make up for it when you&#x27;re younger because that&#x27;s also not true um what we can do is have things at risk and know that that&#x27;s at risk and we have things that are guaranteed and know that that part&#x27;s guaranteed and we have to make a decision do we want to have a certain percentage of our retirement in a guaranteed fashion and what&#x27;s that lifestyle look like and the rest could be you know up for risk or you know are we okay with making guaranteed the poverty line and we at least have that and then the rest could be at risk there&#x27;s a decision to make but to have all of it at risk nobody nobody i haven&#x27;t found anyone who suggested that that makes sense nobody says that in this film yeah well dr craig israel</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> from stanford university came up with the core and explore as far as retirement income the some of the money or the money you want to have for income you want to be guaranteed to have for income needs to be in the core that is not exposed to risk but also grows locks a gain in and it gives you a monthly or yearly income for the rest of your life and then once you establish that income which you know ahead of time then you can take the leftover money the money you don&#x27;t need as much now i don&#x27;t want to lose any money but but you don&#x27;t if you lost that money in the explorer account not the core account you&#x27;d be okay but as long as the core is protected then you can take more risk with the leftover money what do you think about that well i think that when you talk about core we&#x27;re including social security and pensions both public and state and this film absolutely exposes that those publicly stated numbers of what your benefit is it&#x27;s mathematically impossible right now for them to</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> deliver those numbers to you so that&#x27;s why we talk about not depending on the group accounts and having individual accounts so yes and so that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re saying okay well i need to supplement my core what i thought was core but if we&#x27;re gonna get a 30 haircut for example in social security then then how how are you gonna make up for that what&#x27;s your new core that&#x27;s where the annuity fits in to supplement that same with a pension you know my dad has calpers so i wanted to inform my 86 year old father that his calpers number is seriously at risk because they&#x27;ve been they&#x27;ve been planning on growing at eight percent a year seven and a half percent a year right that&#x27;s impossible that&#x27;s an impossible they&#x27;ve never done that before they&#x27;ve only done what the treasury rates ever done since 1980 in any 10 year trance that&#x27;s all they&#x27;ve ever done look what the treasury rate is right now it&#x27;s not seven and a half percent has been a long</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> time by the way yeah so and and with that they&#x27;re still underfunded at a seven percent which they never will hit you know nobody&#x27;s hitting that number so so we have we have some real ethical problems and by those who are ministering our core social security public and private pensions serious particularly the public ones that&#x27;s where the problem is is the publicly ones i don&#x27;t know how they&#x27;re getting away with it but this film demonstrates where we where we really are at and this is the the glasses you need to wear to see things clearly yeah and then you can go meet with your your advisor and and you can dictate hey here is what i need now you know you can have that intelligent discussion um after this film it&#x27;s it&#x27;s meant to just open your eyes it&#x27;s not financial</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> advice by itself but it does open your eyes on what the conditions are well being informed is the most important thing then you can approach retirement with confidence knowing you&#x27;ve made the best decision because you had all the different places like explained to you instead of just whatever your broker&#x27;s pushing and so very important to see this movie folks if you&#x27;d like a special code to watch the movie doug&#x27;s been generous enough to share some with us their individual codes you can watch the movie one time and we&#x27;re also going to show the movie next month in three movie cinemas around so give a call right now or text us movie m-o-v-i-e to 600-700 to get on that list again movie to 600-700 doug we really appreciate your time and and let&#x27;s schedule another time to have you come and talk about the power of zero sometime that sounds great that sounds great thank you so much folks again his name is doug orchard and the name of the movie is the baby boomer dilemma an expose of america&#x27;s retirement</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experiment 888-623-8858 or text 401k to 600-700 you&#x27;re going to get that comprehensive retirement review plus all the extras that coach just talked about you&#x27;ll see where you are today but more importantly you&#x27;ll walk out the door with a roadmap that can help get you to where you need to be when it comes to retirement 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film&#x27;s focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially in the financial world and this week is a fantastic guest. I&#x27;ve had both of his most recent movies in my collection and we&#x27;re going to be airing the most recent movie at a few movie cinemas and we&#x27;ve also got some DVDs that we can give out as well after this interview as well as some special codes you can use on the internet</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to watch the movie at no cost. But his name is Doug Orchard and he&#x27;s joining us from Florida and the two movies I&#x27;m talking about one is 2018 and we if you&#x27;ve been listening to the show at all in the past you heard us talk about it the power of zero the tax train is coming. We&#x27;ll talk about that at a different interview and I&#x27;m more than happy to touch on it today too but we want to talk about the most important one the most recent movie called the Baby Boomer Dilemma an expose of America&#x27;s retirement experiment. Now Doug welcome in. Hey thank you so much for having me. Now your movies are awesome and I want to ask you first what inspired you to start doing these movies? Well actually it was David Walker back in 2004 I happened to be driving across the Mojave Desert</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> and the only radio station I can get in was Las Vegas University at the time on AM radio and he was being interviewed there and it appears nobody was listening to him and he was complaining that the president wasn&#x27;t listening to him and how dire our future was because the national debt the projections of where we were heading and this was four years off of when the projections were showing that we were never going to have a national debt that we were moving to a point we&#x27;re going to have no debt well and in four years it just got I mean just went out of control so fast and so and I I just I became super interested and I began doing documentaries in 2009 and you know that&#x27;s all I do since and and so I had some some individuals come up to me saying you know you need to make a film about retirement income income income income</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> and they explained the problem with it in relation to that debt and I and the consequence of what we&#x27;re facing and and so this is really overall it&#x27;s been a half a decade in the making it takes a long time to make a movie like this yeah it does but because you have an all-star cast in this movie about and people in the financial industry will probably know a lot of these folks but even people outside of the financial arena have probably heard some of the some of the names there like of course if you&#x27;re listening at all and you follow politics you&#x27;d probably know David Walker because he was the comptroller general of the U.S. he resigned during the Bush administration because he said he got tired of signing checks that were going to bounce because he was in charge of signing all the government&#x27;s checks in a in theory I know there&#x27;s a rubber stamp there he got tired of having his name associated with us getting ourselves in trouble as far as spending wise</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> wasn&#x27;t he right he was and he became frustrated because you know he served under both political you know parties presidents yeah no dog and and he he at that moment was an independent type and he just felt like no one was listening and so that&#x27;s when he he resigned and started this national tour he created a great movie about the national debt it it um was actually nominated for an academy award you thought that everything would be changing and uh and of course nothing happened and um it&#x27;s been interesting talking to him through the years and listening to the tone of his voice and we got him in rare form in this film I think we got him in a frustrated moment it&#x27;s quite interesting to listen to and he just opens up</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and tells things how they really are which and and again this film isn&#x27;t really it doesn&#x27;t really make any points about political party the government anything like that everyone should know that this film is about okay given what&#x27;s going on what do we do about it as baby boomers what do we do about how do we protect ourselves um given this and it&#x27;s a dilemma I mean the film is aptly named it&#x27;s a dilemma you know there&#x27;s no easy road but there are better choices than others yeah so when we talk about the dilemma and a lot of folks are listening say well my retirement&#x27;s fine I&#x27;ve got my money in a 401k and and my company says as long as I put money in I&#x27;ll have a retirement income but they don&#x27;t really understand what the 401k really is 401k is more of a lump sum vehicle correct right it is and at first we had the founder the person who created the 401k in the film um Ted Benna yeah and we had we had really the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> world&#x27;s experts on every single line that you can come up with and the world&#x27;s experts for social security for pensions for the people who do um the biggest exposés on those the the people who created these all all who administer over them every every aspect of it and study them um in the movie but 401ks it&#x27;s about aggregating money for you know for growing it but when it comes to and what do you even mean because 401k is really not even a good word um but usually what people think of is they&#x27;re thinking it&#x27;s growing in some type of mutual fund right right um and so if we&#x27;re going to use that vernacular for a moment then that&#x27;s there&#x27;s one everything we understand is it&#x27;s about growing it</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> but not distributing it and all the rules change the moment you start taking money out every law you think you understand it no longer applies and that film that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s one of the messages of the movie it shows it very clearly well back in 2008 we had dr david babble from the wharton school on on our show because he had been writing a lot of articles about the the dilemma about income and retirement and uh and looking at the vehicles that existed that were known to man that would give you a lifetime income and he was doing all sorts of research papers on it from the wharton school and i said doc what why are you spending so much time on this he said coach i&#x27;m going to retire soon i want to make sure i get the right vehicles myself unfortunately dr david babble has passed away but you have him uh you have him in the movie as well yeah i got him the last recording of him um and this film</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> meant an awful lot for him he he lined up some of the key people of this of this movie he was a great guy we got a lot of great responsible we had him on the show i think we had him on for a return visit too after he retired and he was happy because he didn&#x27;t have all his money exposed to risk well the other thing about dr david babble that&#x27;s interesting is he was the world&#x27;s authority on inflation so he did his dissertation on inflation when he got his phd in economics from university of california berkeley um and then he was the person who brazil when they were in trouble tapped and went down and helped them uh get that thing under control and and so when he looked at his own personal question what do i do personally what do i do he had written incredible articles and strategies about you know here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> optimize money in retirement and all that but when he got down to it he was like you know this is too complex to actually do in retirement he wanted something simpler and he wanted something that was effective hedge against inflation and and so that&#x27;s what he reveals in the film it&#x27;s super interesting what he does it&#x27;s simple folks we&#x27;re talking to doug orchard he&#x27;s director filmmaker researcher for the baby boomer dilemma also the power of zero the tax train is coming when we talk about inflation uh gosh if dr babble was alive today he&#x27;d be all over the place on the news wouldn&#x27;t he he would be um and the thing the thing that&#x27;s interesting is a year ago when i was filming him was it just a year ago no it was a year year and a half quarter quarter ago in march 2001 he saw the inflation coming 2021 2021 to that what i will there we go thank you a good time machine</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> yeah yeah so he knew he knew it was happening well i mean he he was showing me all these charts like he saw this was coming um and he would be all over the news um but the issue is it isn&#x27;t you know what do we do now and all that we have inflation it&#x27;s here it is here yeah and um i i think that when we get to just looking at our personal bank accounts it&#x27;s frustrating right and when you look at nine percent per month you know this is this is insane it is how do you guard against that and it&#x27;s so when i look at what did he do and then he was telling me what here&#x27;s what i do and here&#x27;s why and here&#x27;s what will work i i thought this has to be he changed my mind on an approach and that this that approach gets</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> a lot of time in this movie okay yeah and also in the movie you discuss the mismanagement of state and local pensions that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very worrisome because a lot of folks listening probably have state or local pensions this is probably the biggest expose in an actual movie this is a pg mpa rated film and 99 of documentaries are not rated because they&#x27;re really infomercials so this the mpa they have a group that that gives the rating and they have a part of it that screens is this art is this objective or is this you know a corp or an infomercial for something and and it can&#x27;t get through that if it&#x27;s really an infomercial so so they take it and look at it that way when we look at what&#x27;s going on right now um it&#x27;s important that we truly get the right</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> picture as as consumers and um who&#x27;s really telling us the story and and that&#x27;s what we try to do we try to tell an objective an objective story it&#x27;s going to look a little different from any narrative you get from anyone else um but this is what happens when you have a crowdfunded film and i don&#x27;t sell anything i just make movies yeah well i mean it&#x27;s a great movie and i&#x27;ve watched it three or four times we have we have my whole staff is watching i make them watch it too because this is relevant this is a movie that is addressing every single person that&#x27;s listening is going to be affected good or bad by the decisions they make financially and speaking that another area you touch in is the role of low cost fixed annuities in retirement can you touch on that yeah well that&#x27;s what dr david babble is</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> using and this is of course is something people don&#x27;t understand and something i was very very against going into the film and it was amazing what happened i mean i got a 180 experience because it it comes down to it all comes down to income and if you have all your money at risk what happens when you have a 30 correction in the market and you&#x27;re within that five five years of retirement or in that first 10 years of retirement you cannot recover from it it&#x27;s impossible mathematically and and i had that experience you know i actually lost 90 of my portfolio in um in the year 2000 um back when i was just turning 30 years old and um in my 401k and it never in there i never made up for it i mean i never made</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> up for what was there it&#x27;s really a i really wish that we&#x27;d stop saying you have time to make up for it when you&#x27;re younger because that&#x27;s also not true um what we can do is have things at risk and know that that&#x27;s at risk and we have things that are guaranteed and know that that part&#x27;s guaranteed and we have to make a decision do we want to have a certain percentage of our retirement in a guaranteed fashion and what&#x27;s that lifestyle look like and the rest could be you know up for risk or you know are we okay with making guaranteed the poverty line and we at least have that and then the rest could be at risk there&#x27;s a decision to make but to have all of it at risk nobody nobody i haven&#x27;t found anyone who suggested that that makes sense nobody says that in this film yeah well dr craig israel</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> from stanford university came up with the core and explore as far as retirement income the some of the money or the money you want to have for income you want to be guaranteed to have for income needs to be in the core that is not exposed to risk but also grows locks a gain in and it gives you a monthly or yearly income for the rest of your life and then once you establish that income which you know ahead of time then you can take the leftover money the money you don&#x27;t need as much now i don&#x27;t want to lose any money but but you don&#x27;t if you lost that money in the explorer account not the core account you&#x27;d be okay but as long as the core is protected then you can take more risk with the leftover money what do you think about that well i think that when you talk about core we&#x27;re including social security and pensions both public and state and this film absolutely exposes that those publicly stated numbers of what your benefit is it&#x27;s mathematically impossible right now for them to</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> deliver those numbers to you so that&#x27;s why we talk about not depending on the group accounts and having individual accounts so yes and so that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re saying okay well i need to supplement my core what i thought was core but if we&#x27;re gonna get a 30 haircut for example in social security then then how how are you gonna make up for that what&#x27;s your new core that&#x27;s where the annuity fits in to supplement that same with a pension you know my dad has calpers so i wanted to inform my 86 year old father that his calpers number is seriously at risk because they&#x27;ve been they&#x27;ve been planning on growing at eight percent a year seven and a half percent a year right that&#x27;s impossible that&#x27;s an impossible they&#x27;ve never done that before they&#x27;ve only done what the treasury rates ever done since 1980 in any 10 year trance that&#x27;s all they&#x27;ve ever done look what the treasury rate is right now it&#x27;s not seven and a half percent has been a long</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> time by the way yeah so and and with that they&#x27;re still underfunded at a seven percent which they never will hit you know nobody&#x27;s hitting that number so so we have we have some real ethical problems and by those who are ministering our core social security public and private pensions serious particularly the public ones that&#x27;s where the problem is is the publicly ones i don&#x27;t know how they&#x27;re getting away with it but this film demonstrates where we where we really are at and this is the the glasses you need to wear to see things clearly yeah and then you can go meet with your your advisor and and you can dictate hey here is what i need now you know you can have that intelligent discussion um after this film it&#x27;s it&#x27;s meant to just open your eyes it&#x27;s not financial</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> advice by itself but it does open your eyes on what the conditions are well being informed is the most important thing then you can approach retirement with confidence knowing you&#x27;ve made the best decision because you had all the different places like explained to you instead of just whatever your broker&#x27;s pushing and so very important to see this movie folks if you&#x27;d like a special code to watch the movie doug&#x27;s been generous enough to share some with us their individual codes you can watch the movie one time and we&#x27;re also going to show the movie next month in three movie cinemas around so give a call right now or text us movie m-o-v-i-e to 600-700 to get on that list again movie to 600-700 doug we really appreciate your time and and let&#x27;s schedule another time to have you come and talk about the power of zero sometime that sounds great that sounds great thank you so much folks again his name is doug orchard and the name of the movie is the baby boomer dilemma an expose of america&#x27;s retirement</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experiment 888-623-8858 or text 401k to 600-700 you&#x27;re going to get that comprehensive retirement review plus all the extras that coach just talked about you&#x27;ll see where you are today but more importantly you&#x27;ll walk out the door with a roadmap that can help get you to where you need to be when it comes to retirement 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film's focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Doug Orchard</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Doug Orchard, retirement planning, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/image.jpg?t=1792073606&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/doug-orchard-director-of-the-baby-boomer-dilemma/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/image.jpg?t=1792073606&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 15:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>947</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15192056" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/doug-orchard-director-of-the-baby-boomer-dilemma</link>
      <itunes:order>27</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:23" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:32" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:32" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Gronkowski: From the NFL to Building Ice Shaker</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Gronkowski: From the NFL to Building Ice Shaker</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Gronkowski joins Coach Pete to discuss growing up in a football family and playing professionally. He also shares his experience moving from the NFL into entrepreneurship with Ice Shaker.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, someone who I&#x27;ve seen succeed and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a better success story than this one. We&#x27;ve got Chris Gronkowski on with us. You may recognize that last name. His brother kind of has done some things with the football back in the day and still maybe going forward we&#x27;ll see that maybe we&#x27;ll never see Rob Gronkowski out there but Chris is a success himself. You may have seen him. He had three years in the NFL as a fullback which is a</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> hard position to play folks. That means you take on the biggest linebacker you can find and have a collision on almost every play but Chris has been on Shark Tank back in I think 2017. I saw him on there and he struck a deal with a couple guys. We&#x27;ll find out who when we talk to Chris. Chris welcome in. Hey thanks for having me. So tell us about your life. I mean what inspired you to get into football and then what inspired you to get into your new career here? Yeah for sure. So yeah it&#x27;s kind of funny. Everyone thinks we&#x27;re this big football family. We grew up playing a lot of hockey actually. Born in Buffalo, New York. A lot of hockey. A lot of baseball and actually didn&#x27;t step on the football field until high school. Wow. That&#x27;s really when it started but the older brother Danny, my second oldest, he was a beast. He was 6&#x27;6&quot;, 235 in high school. He looked like a man out</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> there playing with little kids and you know when you look like that you&#x27;re pretty much forced to play football. So that got him out on the field. He started balling out. He ended up being the starting quarterback. Once you see your older brother doing it, it just becomes contagious and you want to do it too. So I jumped on board. I started training. I started playing football as well my freshman year and then you know all the other brothers just followed at that point. So Rob, what number is Rob? He is the fourth out of five. Okay so I&#x27;m the oldest of three and so my younger brother started beating me in basketball and I put basketball away after that. So it&#x27;s because the little brothers get picked on by the big brothers a lot. So we roughed him up but he got better and so that&#x27;s what happens. You steel sharpening steel we call it. That&#x27;s right man. That&#x27;s why Rob got</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> so good. I just kept showing him what was up. So somebody went to the University of Arizona. Did you go there or did I know Rob went there? Yeah so Rob and I both went there. I ended up going to the University of Maryland first and transferring over to Arizona and Rob and I played together for my last two seasons there. And you know we actually both left. Went to the draft at the same time. I was a redshirt senior. He was a true junior. So we entered into the NFL together. Well that&#x27;s pretty neat too when you think about it. Yeah. And so you were you ended up playing for but did you go to Buffalo? No so little youngest brother Glenn ended up in Buffalo first season. I went to the Cowboys out of college and played there for a year. Went to the Colts, played there</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> for a year and then got traded to the Broncos for a year. So I used to do a show with Terrell Davis in the Denver area. So Terrell&#x27;s very popular out there. Oh yeah. Oh yeah. I missed him by a few years. He&#x27;s a really cool guy. I mean there&#x27;s a lot of cool guys in the NFL and he&#x27;s got he&#x27;s got like a lot of the guys that retire get in really good shape when they retire and then other guys go the other way. Terrell Davis has stayed in really good shape and I don&#x27;t know I think you have too. I saw you in Shark Tank. You look like you&#x27;re in pretty good shape too. Yeah it&#x27;s hard for me to stop. You know you&#x27;re doing it your whole life. For me it was I was trying to just keep weight just by doing everything I can eating everything I possibly could. So I was big man. I was I was 30 pounds heavier than I am now and the cool part is is you pretty much did a bulk your whole life. Like man people people bulk and then they cut. Well I bulked you know for the first 26 years of my life</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> to be able to play fullback. So there was a lot of muscle underneath all that extra weight I was carrying and when I dropped the 30 pounds I was shredded at that point. You know you could you see the muscle and that was when everyone started saying like why why aren&#x27;t you playing football and people just don&#x27;t realize it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not about what you look like. You know it&#x27;s how you perform on the field and you can&#x27;t perform looking like a bodybuilder. You know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s not football. You know football is more about functionality. It&#x27;s actually probably beneficial to have a little extra body fat to kind of protect yourself cushion yourself a little bit. And yeah I mean it&#x27;s not a bodybuilding competition. It&#x27;s not who looks the best performs the best. It&#x27;s you know who performs the best on the field. It&#x27;s a long season too just like life is long. And so like when you when a lot</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> of the NFL guys in particular the careers are pretty short. The lifespan in NFL we we&#x27;re so used to seeing maybe Tom Brady but Tom Brady is a is not normal. It&#x27;s not at all. You shouldn&#x27;t go 25 years in NFL. So you have to plan ahead and you&#x27;ve done a good job of transitioning from from that NFL. I think you&#x27;ve taken that that same kind of mentality though working all the time and key and bettering yourself and and you developed a new career and I want to talk about that. Yeah for sure. Yeah I was done playing. You got to stay busy. I think that&#x27;s one of the hardest things that you transition out. You&#x27;re so used to this scheduled lifestyle. You have practice in the morning. You show up you have an itinerary. You know you go through it the entire day and you know you leave exhausted and you get ready for the next day. Once that&#x27;s over there&#x27;s no one there telling you what to do anymore and a lot of guys fall off. A lot of guys don&#x27;t know what to do. A lot of guys have enough money too to kind of</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> cruise and don&#x27;t realize that you know you kind of miss that competition and accomplishing things every day and working as a team. So it becomes a challenge once guys leave. But I tried to stay as busy as I possibly could so that wouldn&#x27;t happen to me. Went right into a business with my wife when I was done playing. She started a Netsy shop when I was in my third season. Three teams, three cities, three jobs later she&#x27;s like I am not looking for another job. I&#x27;m gonna do something online. It just took off. So I joined her. I did that for about five years and then the opportunity came knocking. You know I wanted to get back into sports and fitness. That&#x27;s who I was. That&#x27;s what I was always doing. That&#x27;s what I was talking about. That&#x27;s what I grew up doing. So I thought of the idea for a shaker bottle. I was here in Dallas super hot out. Had a plastic bottle just sweating</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> everywhere. I took a sip. It smelled awful. I tasted awful and I&#x27;m like man there&#x27;s got to be something better out there. So I went home that day. Tried to look for something. There&#x27;s just nothing out there. Created a bottle for myself really at that point and realized really quickly that a lot of other people were looking for something similar. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s important when you when you make the protein drinks especially if you don&#x27;t get it stirred up right. I mean it&#x27;s all globbed up and it looks nasty and it tastes nasty. So you want to be able to drink it as fast as possible. Yeah and if it&#x27;s warm it&#x27;s even worse. Yeah so that was that was really the goal was make the best shaker bottle that I could and it wasn&#x27;t just for the gym. I really I was a simple guy like I wanted one cup I could use all day every day. I&#x27;ll bring it to work. I&#x27;ll go home. I&#x27;ll bring it to the gym. I&#x27;ll use it at the house. I&#x27;ll use it by the pool. Bring it on the airplane. I just give me</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> one cup. I&#x27;m cool. So that was kind of the goal with it was you know just give me one I can use for everything including the gym and including blending and mixing powders. Yeah well I&#x27;ve tried that I&#x27;ve played that game before and I&#x27;ve got one of yours I&#x27;ve got one of your shaker bottles here they sent us man it&#x27;s pretty cool looking I&#x27;m going to give it I&#x27;m going to give it a run this afternoon and by the way folks Chris Gronkowski we&#x27;re talking in former NFL player and owner of the company Ice Shaker. Chris we saw you on Shark Tank let&#x27;s talk about that how fun was that to get ready for. So yeah Shark Tank Shark Tank it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s the real deal uh it&#x27;s kind of like getting ready for the big game you know you&#x27;ve got you got to prepare for it uh you&#x27;ve got to have that confidence going into it and um you know you get nervous for it as well just like just like a big game uh you&#x27;re going to go out there and those first couple seconds you know before that big hit before that</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> first play starts you&#x27;re kind of sitting there like oh man you get a little shaky and that&#x27;s how Shark Tank was but uh once you start going once you get that pitch down once you get uh things in motion it just becomes like a game man you start flowing the confidence is there because you prepared and uh you know we&#x27;re lucky enough to get offers from all five sharks and walk out with a deal. Yeah you had the uh the show A-Rod was on there uh taking I think uh in somebody&#x27;s place that day and and you had Barbara Corcoran on we&#x27;ve had her on the show she was entertaining too but yeah you got everybody gave you offers which is unusual many times and then you had guys wanting to partner up so what finally happened? Yes we ended up closing with Mark Cuban and Alex Rodriguez so it was kind of like the trifecta we had the NFL down we had the MLB we had NBA all in there so two guys that were into sports and it was a great fit. Now before you guys came on Shark Tank you had</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> some sales but not many sales right? Yeah we had um we were about six months in uh we had about $80,000 in sales so nothing crazy a lot of it was just generated uh through doing shows right and uh just just online sales. So after the Shark Tank appearance what happened? So yeah it took off the Shark Tank effect is the real deal uh we went to we did about three million in sales over the next 12 months after after airing on Shark Tank. It&#x27;s amazing numbers and so again I see it it&#x27;s all over Amazon I guess you guys are at GNC any other places? Yeah for sure so uh GNC Vitamin Shop, Lifetime Fitness is a big customer of ours we&#x27;re starting to work with Do It Best, the hardware store uh we&#x27;re in Walmart as well uh so yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s all over the place. Tell me it&#x27;s a quality it&#x27;s a quality shaker bottle I mean it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> it&#x27;s important to have a one you really rely on and can trust and this looks like one that I that I would definitely keep in my gym bag. Yeah absolutely I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s going to be the best shaker bottle you&#x27;re going to have uh and then it&#x27;s going to really function as really everything else that you need as well yeah if you need a water bottle it&#x27;s there you know if you need to mix up some margaritas you can do that with it too it&#x27;ll mix that up it will act as a an agitator but also as a strainer for your drinks as well uh you could put hot drinks in it we don&#x27;t recommend you shake them but you know I like to take the lid off it&#x27;s got a wide mouth on it you could easily fill coffee it actually will stay hot for too long where you&#x27;re going to end up putting ice in it just to be able to drink it uh but yeah man really you can really not not just for the gym but it&#x27;s not just a shaker bottle it really can be used for everything. Yeah it&#x27;s a neat bottle again the name is</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> Chris Gronkowski folks and hey Chris a side note for you I was at your brother&#x27;s and you might have been there too that night over at the palms in uh Vegas the palm hotel his retirement party about three years ago that didn&#x27;t work. I was there somewhere. That was a fun time but uh see retirement parties all aren&#x27;t always about retirement sometimes it was a fun time fun time. Yeah that was we&#x27;re gonna have to have another one. Hey do this for us when when you guys hit 10 million in sales I want to hear from you again. I like it. I like that too man it&#x27;s a good job. Is that in one year or is that what is? When you get 10 10 yeah in 12 months 10 million. That&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s a good goal. I&#x27;d like to call you in a few few weeks. Well cool brother we&#x27;ll take care and then folks again the the company&#x27;s name is ice shaker and you can find it most anywhere quality items are sold. Chris thanks for your time.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Thank you so much for having me. Folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Gronkowski joins Coach Pete to discuss growing up in a football family and playing professionally. He also shares his experience moving from the NFL into entrepreneurship with Ice Shaker.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, someone who I&#x27;ve seen succeed and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a better success story than this one. We&#x27;ve got Chris Gronkowski on with us. You may recognize that last name. His brother kind of has done some things with the football back in the day and still maybe going forward we&#x27;ll see that maybe we&#x27;ll never see Rob Gronkowski out there but Chris is a success himself. You may have seen him. He had three years in the NFL as a fullback which is a</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> hard position to play folks. That means you take on the biggest linebacker you can find and have a collision on almost every play but Chris has been on Shark Tank back in I think 2017. I saw him on there and he struck a deal with a couple guys. We&#x27;ll find out who when we talk to Chris. Chris welcome in. Hey thanks for having me. So tell us about your life. I mean what inspired you to get into football and then what inspired you to get into your new career here? Yeah for sure. So yeah it&#x27;s kind of funny. Everyone thinks we&#x27;re this big football family. We grew up playing a lot of hockey actually. Born in Buffalo, New York. A lot of hockey. A lot of baseball and actually didn&#x27;t step on the football field until high school. Wow. That&#x27;s really when it started but the older brother Danny, my second oldest, he was a beast. He was 6&#x27;6&quot;, 235 in high school. He looked like a man out</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> there playing with little kids and you know when you look like that you&#x27;re pretty much forced to play football. So that got him out on the field. He started balling out. He ended up being the starting quarterback. Once you see your older brother doing it, it just becomes contagious and you want to do it too. So I jumped on board. I started training. I started playing football as well my freshman year and then you know all the other brothers just followed at that point. So Rob, what number is Rob? He is the fourth out of five. Okay so I&#x27;m the oldest of three and so my younger brother started beating me in basketball and I put basketball away after that. So it&#x27;s because the little brothers get picked on by the big brothers a lot. So we roughed him up but he got better and so that&#x27;s what happens. You steel sharpening steel we call it. That&#x27;s right man. That&#x27;s why Rob got</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> so good. I just kept showing him what was up. So somebody went to the University of Arizona. Did you go there or did I know Rob went there? Yeah so Rob and I both went there. I ended up going to the University of Maryland first and transferring over to Arizona and Rob and I played together for my last two seasons there. And you know we actually both left. Went to the draft at the same time. I was a redshirt senior. He was a true junior. So we entered into the NFL together. Well that&#x27;s pretty neat too when you think about it. Yeah. And so you were you ended up playing for but did you go to Buffalo? No so little youngest brother Glenn ended up in Buffalo first season. I went to the Cowboys out of college and played there for a year. Went to the Colts, played there</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> for a year and then got traded to the Broncos for a year. So I used to do a show with Terrell Davis in the Denver area. So Terrell&#x27;s very popular out there. Oh yeah. Oh yeah. I missed him by a few years. He&#x27;s a really cool guy. I mean there&#x27;s a lot of cool guys in the NFL and he&#x27;s got he&#x27;s got like a lot of the guys that retire get in really good shape when they retire and then other guys go the other way. Terrell Davis has stayed in really good shape and I don&#x27;t know I think you have too. I saw you in Shark Tank. You look like you&#x27;re in pretty good shape too. Yeah it&#x27;s hard for me to stop. You know you&#x27;re doing it your whole life. For me it was I was trying to just keep weight just by doing everything I can eating everything I possibly could. So I was big man. I was I was 30 pounds heavier than I am now and the cool part is is you pretty much did a bulk your whole life. Like man people people bulk and then they cut. Well I bulked you know for the first 26 years of my life</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> to be able to play fullback. So there was a lot of muscle underneath all that extra weight I was carrying and when I dropped the 30 pounds I was shredded at that point. You know you could you see the muscle and that was when everyone started saying like why why aren&#x27;t you playing football and people just don&#x27;t realize it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not about what you look like. You know it&#x27;s how you perform on the field and you can&#x27;t perform looking like a bodybuilder. You know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s not football. You know football is more about functionality. It&#x27;s actually probably beneficial to have a little extra body fat to kind of protect yourself cushion yourself a little bit. And yeah I mean it&#x27;s not a bodybuilding competition. It&#x27;s not who looks the best performs the best. It&#x27;s you know who performs the best on the field. It&#x27;s a long season too just like life is long. And so like when you when a lot</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> of the NFL guys in particular the careers are pretty short. The lifespan in NFL we we&#x27;re so used to seeing maybe Tom Brady but Tom Brady is a is not normal. It&#x27;s not at all. You shouldn&#x27;t go 25 years in NFL. So you have to plan ahead and you&#x27;ve done a good job of transitioning from from that NFL. I think you&#x27;ve taken that that same kind of mentality though working all the time and key and bettering yourself and and you developed a new career and I want to talk about that. Yeah for sure. Yeah I was done playing. You got to stay busy. I think that&#x27;s one of the hardest things that you transition out. You&#x27;re so used to this scheduled lifestyle. You have practice in the morning. You show up you have an itinerary. You know you go through it the entire day and you know you leave exhausted and you get ready for the next day. Once that&#x27;s over there&#x27;s no one there telling you what to do anymore and a lot of guys fall off. A lot of guys don&#x27;t know what to do. A lot of guys have enough money too to kind of</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> cruise and don&#x27;t realize that you know you kind of miss that competition and accomplishing things every day and working as a team. So it becomes a challenge once guys leave. But I tried to stay as busy as I possibly could so that wouldn&#x27;t happen to me. Went right into a business with my wife when I was done playing. She started a Netsy shop when I was in my third season. Three teams, three cities, three jobs later she&#x27;s like I am not looking for another job. I&#x27;m gonna do something online. It just took off. So I joined her. I did that for about five years and then the opportunity came knocking. You know I wanted to get back into sports and fitness. That&#x27;s who I was. That&#x27;s what I was always doing. That&#x27;s what I was talking about. That&#x27;s what I grew up doing. So I thought of the idea for a shaker bottle. I was here in Dallas super hot out. Had a plastic bottle just sweating</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> everywhere. I took a sip. It smelled awful. I tasted awful and I&#x27;m like man there&#x27;s got to be something better out there. So I went home that day. Tried to look for something. There&#x27;s just nothing out there. Created a bottle for myself really at that point and realized really quickly that a lot of other people were looking for something similar. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s important when you when you make the protein drinks especially if you don&#x27;t get it stirred up right. I mean it&#x27;s all globbed up and it looks nasty and it tastes nasty. So you want to be able to drink it as fast as possible. Yeah and if it&#x27;s warm it&#x27;s even worse. Yeah so that was that was really the goal was make the best shaker bottle that I could and it wasn&#x27;t just for the gym. I really I was a simple guy like I wanted one cup I could use all day every day. I&#x27;ll bring it to work. I&#x27;ll go home. I&#x27;ll bring it to the gym. I&#x27;ll use it at the house. I&#x27;ll use it by the pool. Bring it on the airplane. I just give me</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> one cup. I&#x27;m cool. So that was kind of the goal with it was you know just give me one I can use for everything including the gym and including blending and mixing powders. Yeah well I&#x27;ve tried that I&#x27;ve played that game before and I&#x27;ve got one of yours I&#x27;ve got one of your shaker bottles here they sent us man it&#x27;s pretty cool looking I&#x27;m going to give it I&#x27;m going to give it a run this afternoon and by the way folks Chris Gronkowski we&#x27;re talking in former NFL player and owner of the company Ice Shaker. Chris we saw you on Shark Tank let&#x27;s talk about that how fun was that to get ready for. So yeah Shark Tank Shark Tank it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s the real deal uh it&#x27;s kind of like getting ready for the big game you know you&#x27;ve got you got to prepare for it uh you&#x27;ve got to have that confidence going into it and um you know you get nervous for it as well just like just like a big game uh you&#x27;re going to go out there and those first couple seconds you know before that big hit before that</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> first play starts you&#x27;re kind of sitting there like oh man you get a little shaky and that&#x27;s how Shark Tank was but uh once you start going once you get that pitch down once you get uh things in motion it just becomes like a game man you start flowing the confidence is there because you prepared and uh you know we&#x27;re lucky enough to get offers from all five sharks and walk out with a deal. Yeah you had the uh the show A-Rod was on there uh taking I think uh in somebody&#x27;s place that day and and you had Barbara Corcoran on we&#x27;ve had her on the show she was entertaining too but yeah you got everybody gave you offers which is unusual many times and then you had guys wanting to partner up so what finally happened? Yes we ended up closing with Mark Cuban and Alex Rodriguez so it was kind of like the trifecta we had the NFL down we had the MLB we had NBA all in there so two guys that were into sports and it was a great fit. Now before you guys came on Shark Tank you had</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> some sales but not many sales right? Yeah we had um we were about six months in uh we had about $80,000 in sales so nothing crazy a lot of it was just generated uh through doing shows right and uh just just online sales. So after the Shark Tank appearance what happened? So yeah it took off the Shark Tank effect is the real deal uh we went to we did about three million in sales over the next 12 months after after airing on Shark Tank. It&#x27;s amazing numbers and so again I see it it&#x27;s all over Amazon I guess you guys are at GNC any other places? Yeah for sure so uh GNC Vitamin Shop, Lifetime Fitness is a big customer of ours we&#x27;re starting to work with Do It Best, the hardware store uh we&#x27;re in Walmart as well uh so yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s all over the place. Tell me it&#x27;s a quality it&#x27;s a quality shaker bottle I mean it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> it&#x27;s important to have a one you really rely on and can trust and this looks like one that I that I would definitely keep in my gym bag. Yeah absolutely I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s going to be the best shaker bottle you&#x27;re going to have uh and then it&#x27;s going to really function as really everything else that you need as well yeah if you need a water bottle it&#x27;s there you know if you need to mix up some margaritas you can do that with it too it&#x27;ll mix that up it will act as a an agitator but also as a strainer for your drinks as well uh you could put hot drinks in it we don&#x27;t recommend you shake them but you know I like to take the lid off it&#x27;s got a wide mouth on it you could easily fill coffee it actually will stay hot for too long where you&#x27;re going to end up putting ice in it just to be able to drink it uh but yeah man really you can really not not just for the gym but it&#x27;s not just a shaker bottle it really can be used for everything. Yeah it&#x27;s a neat bottle again the name is</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> Chris Gronkowski folks and hey Chris a side note for you I was at your brother&#x27;s and you might have been there too that night over at the palms in uh Vegas the palm hotel his retirement party about three years ago that didn&#x27;t work. I was there somewhere. That was a fun time but uh see retirement parties all aren&#x27;t always about retirement sometimes it was a fun time fun time. Yeah that was we&#x27;re gonna have to have another one. Hey do this for us when when you guys hit 10 million in sales I want to hear from you again. I like it. I like that too man it&#x27;s a good job. Is that in one year or is that what is? When you get 10 10 yeah in 12 months 10 million. That&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s a good goal. I&#x27;d like to call you in a few few weeks. Well cool brother we&#x27;ll take care and then folks again the the company&#x27;s name is ice shaker and you can find it most anywhere quality items are sold. Chris thanks for your time.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Thank you so much for having me. Folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Gronkowski joins Coach Pete to discuss growing up in a football family and playing professionally. He also shares his experience moving from the NFL into entrepreneurship with Ice Shaker.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Gronkowski</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Gronkowski, entrepreneurship, sports, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b/image.jpg?t=1792073613&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gronkowski-former-nfl-player-and-founder-of/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b/image.jpg?t=1792073613&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2022 20:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>677</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9f3908f3-1a05-470e-a5e6-aea10144be9b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10860873" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gronkowski-former-nfl-player-and-founder-of</link>
      <itunes:order>28</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="From the NFL to Building Ice Shaker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:41" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eric Balchunas: The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry</title>
      <itunes:title>Eric Balchunas: The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle&#x27;s influence and the ideas behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and is interesting to me and if you&#x27;ve ever looked at the financial world if you&#x27;ve looked at these things called mutual funds for years people didn&#x27;t know which ones to get and if they were getting ripped off quite frankly and then a guy named John Bogle came along and founded Vanguard and it&#x27;s been an interesting study and people getting educated in</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the money world and not overpaying and making sure they do get educated more than they used to and we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Eric Balchunas and he&#x27;s joining us from right outside of Philadelphia. He&#x27;s a senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence where he leads ETF and passive fund research. He and his team write several notes a week for Bloomberg Terminal which total over a million reads per year. Eric&#x27;s also co-host of the weekly Bloomberg TV show called ETF IQ. He&#x27;s got a new book out called The Bogle Effect. I&#x27;m going to talk about John Bogle a little bit and I want to welcome you in. Eric welcome in. Hey it&#x27;s great to be here. Thank you for that nice introduction. Well you&#x27;ve got a long bio so I have to pick and choose what to talk about but The Bogle Effect here the book takes readers through the financial areas such as active management ETFs and advisory</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> world quantitative investing something called ESG which a lot of people are going to hear more and more about that coming up behavioral finance and even trading platforms to show how they and the investors they serve are being reshaped and reformed in that book. Now what what inspired you to to write the book I know you&#x27;ve talked to when John was alive I know you spent a lot of time talking to him. Yeah I had sat down with him for three different interviews for over an hour in the five years before he passed away and then we exchanged emails he was on my ETF show a couple times and I had all this audio on a dictaphone and I a couple years before he passed away and the pandemic hit and I&#x27;m sort of had a little more time and I thought you know let me get this out out there because I think what he did is really interesting it&#x27;s almost a business story that it&#x27;s not just like a Jeff Bezos</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> or Steve Jobs it&#x27;s actually I think another level given that he really didn&#x27;t get rich himself I think those other stories are usually that somebody becoming a billionaire this guy made everyone else rich and I find that story really interesting when it completely has is now dictating the whole industry basically they alone taken about a billion a day which is really an absurd amount of money they take in a billion a day for 10 years and then other people have now copied their sort of low cost index funds whether it&#x27;s BlackRock or Fidelity and that&#x27;s the funds they get assets in now so in a way Vanguard and Bogle the man have had I in my opinion the biggest effect in asset management if not all of Wall Street as you know compared to anybody else and really I think all of what Bogle did really comes</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> down to one phrase I think his life&#x27;s work could really be defined by addition by subtraction he removed management fees trading biases all the friction that just gets in the way of you and your money which once it starts compounding is glorious yeah that&#x27;s a good point you know the investment world is very confusing for a lot of folks too and then it&#x27;s more of the investainment when you watch some of these shows that are on like 24 7 is you can get financial information I think people get more enticed to do more things they shouldn&#x27;t do because they get impatient and you know the word the phrase dollar cost averaging means a lot instead of trying to buy and sell a lot of times always buy and add to something if you believe in it I think that&#x27;s one of the main things that the John was featuring is is the consistency and persistent and saving like that and and not trying to like find the</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> horse that&#x27;s going to win the race but bet on all the horses so and and and put the money in every single month the system systematic investing is something that every American should be doing yeah I think most people who have invested I think you know when you&#x27;re talking about this entertainment aspect of it I think young people drive that a lot I think when you look at Robin Hood yeah I remember I&#x27;m a Gen Xer in the 90s we were all thought we were geniuses because we bought Microsoft and Cisco and it went up a lot but then you know a correction hits and you realize this is harder than it looks and so most people who are young I think go through that process I think it&#x27;s generational but there&#x27;s a line in in war games uh that movie from the 80s where the the computer deduces that the only winning move is to not play and I think that&#x27;s what most people uh subscribe to</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> after they try this on their own it doesn&#x27;t work out and then also maybe they get older they have more responsibilities they have a family a mortgage they can&#x27;t mess around with money as much yeah and that&#x27;s where I think Vanguard is really really fits that time in your life when you&#x27;re finally done with the gambling aspect and you want to just save and grow your wealth and so I think you&#x27;re right that Vanguard is sort of at odds with that sort of culture but I will say um and I funny Bogle wrote a piece for the New York Times in 1999 right before the internet bubble burst and because that&#x27;s when day trading was crazy then too right um and he basically said that people who day trade only get about 60 percent of the actual market returns and and you know he didn&#x27;t like active mutual funds but he</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> said at least they get 75 percent of market returns but an index fund gets you 99 percent of the market returns and so as much as he would slam active managers he thought doing it yourself was was even worse if your goal is to grow wealth that that&#x27;s also part of the book because I was like listen this guy came out with an idea called the index fund and he wouldn&#x27;t pay brokers so a he he had an idea that sounded average it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t why don&#x27;t it be average and he was doing it outside of the entire system of incentives but he was able to break through and I look at all the creative ways he was to do it one of those ways is showing the growth of ten thousand dollars and I think this is what is interesting in the story of Vanguard is it took a long time because of this this guy operated outside of a system and so the company didn&#x27;t even get to 10 percent market share in the fund business</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> um not until 25 years after it started so this was a long process of him trying to explain to people that buying and holding an index fund is an average if you wait long enough you end up at the top of the heap you have to change the way you&#x27;re viewing investing and that&#x27;s hard he had to change hearts and minds in and do it without uh being inside the system and it&#x27;s a good business story in there too it&#x27;s interesting and I think a lot of uh the crypto and defy world I I&#x27;m trying to explain to them that actually if you&#x27;re in that world and you like crypto and all this and the defy thing um this book should appeal to you because this guy was like og defy um just in a different way but there&#x27;s a lot of the same spirit and ethos here between bogel and what young people are seeking out with crypto and decentralized finance folks we&#x27;re talking to eric baltunas a senior etf analyst at bloomberg</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> intelligence and author of the new book the bogel effect uh you brought crypto up I wanted to mention that when you said your generation x most of the folks I know who are generation x are dabbling or heard about the crypto what do you feel about crypto yeah so um crypto is interesting I still don&#x27;t quite get it um but it&#x27;s resilient its resiliency has made me respect it and there&#x27;s really smart people in the industry and I wouldn&#x27;t bet against some of them so that&#x27;s where I sort of give it my respect that said I still don&#x27;t totally think it&#x27;s going to overtake currency I I uh is it the new gold I mean you could debate all this I do think though that crypto is being helped by the bogel effect and I&#x27;ll explain why you talk about gen x or even boomers who are dabbling in crypto I think what you have now is that in the 90s you&#x27;d have these active mutual funds and you&#x27;d you&#x27;d have one that was</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> five stars and then it wouldn&#x27;t perform well so you&#x27;d sell it and buy the next five star one and you would just churn these active funds and it just made investing hard finally people find something to hold on to an index fund so they have that in their core the problem with an index fund for many people is it is boring yeah it&#x27;s really efficient and it&#x27;s really it can create uh it&#x27;s the best way to create wealth but it&#x27;s boring as hell so I think we have a chapter in the book called the fall and rise of active that legacy active that&#x27;s just sort of you know close to the benchmark and picking a couple stocks here and there that&#x27;s probably getting replaced by vanguard in the core of the portfolio but where active is now finding a home is in things like crypto or high active share active like cathy wood and arc or thematic investing um nfts those are not only um you know fun and ways to</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> distract yourself so you don&#x27;t touch the other part which has to grow it takes you know 30 40 years but those things have nothing to do with the index so they complement so we have this sort of visual of you&#x27;ve got this boring vanilla core which is great and good for you but then you go and you search for some hot sauce uh to put on dabble I think is the right word so I actually think crypto is being helped by the fact that vanguard has taken over the core portfolios because it&#x27;s allowed people to have a little more patience with those volatile areas of their portfolio which are in smaller slices uh you&#x27;re not as bummed when crypto goes down 30 40 percent because hey it&#x27;s three percent of my portfolio and I really have 80 percent of it in this uh you know s p 500 index fund uh it calms you down a lot</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> where anyone gets in trouble when they put too much money on the risk side and they don&#x27;t have their safe side established and you see that then they get then they make irrational decisions and they get trapped in the wrong places because all their money&#x27;s in the wrong place and unfortunately i&#x27;ve seen people who take way too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for retirement and nothing wrong with risk but making sure you know what the what the risk is and and they have an exit strategy to that risk too so one final we got about a minute here left i wanted to ask you a question here and i think it&#x27;s a good one what&#x27;s your biggest concern of the markets right now yeah i think my biggest concern you know short term is just that the 60 and the 40 you know the 60 40 portfolio they&#x27;ve both been going up for like 15 years usually stocks go up bonds don&#x27;t but they&#x27;ve both been going up because it&#x27;s low rates so i would say you know that&#x27;s my biggest worry should people look to something</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> that&#x27;s like alternative um but i don&#x27;t know i also think that in the end uh stocks are a really good place to be because people get up every day and create value at these corporations that&#x27;s something bogel preached and tried to sell people on was that you get a cash flow and you get um uh dividends and you get earnings growth when you buy stocks so i think it&#x27;s a good long-run investment it&#x27;s just you know what should you do you know to maybe uh protect yourself a little if the 60 and the 40 goes down for a while but the 40 part the bonds probably where i&#x27;m worried the most because obviously if the fed rates rate raises rates and they go up in a long cycle a lot of the bonds that are out there right now are just work less yeah and so that&#x27;s going to be an interesting thing to watch and that&#x27;s probably something that concerns me a little bit thoughts on inflation yeah i mean i look um i was a baby in the 70s but uh it was a big deal back in the day and um it&#x27;s scary where it hits home is like</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> oh i i went to my review and i got a four percent raise yay well inflation seven then that&#x27;s where it hits home people like yeah you&#x27;re right man um i&#x27;m actually starting to slide backwards so even if i&#x27;m even if i&#x27;m ahead i gotta subtract seven percent from everything now and that&#x27;s scary yeah and i think that&#x27;s this is something that&#x27;s going to be probably a big issue for a while i hope it&#x27;s just supply chain i hope it&#x27;s just pandemic supply chain and that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re seeing and it&#x27;s not as bad as we think but um yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s scary uh i would say that&#x27;s up on my worries too that&#x27;s part of why the fed is really committed this time to raising rates you know in the past they&#x27;ve always folded like a lawn chair yeah but now i think they&#x27;re going to see it through because inflation is worse than say the market&#x27;s uh you know having a spasm well yeah good points and uh and i think uh</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> how many pages is your new book how many pages of the boga effect uh about 340. wow that&#x27;s down for 500 so edited it down and also interviewed 50 people including warren buffett and michael lewis and and i have their quotes in there it&#x27;s sort of written like a semi-documentary and so i think i think it i try to make look mutual funds are as interesting as c-span to most people so i tried to really really bring it and include a lot of voices and make it as entertaining as possible well folks his name is eric baltunas and the name of the book is the bogle effect eric we hope to have you on again in the future i would love that thanks for uh having me on today yes sir and folks we&#x27;ll be right back</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle&#x27;s influence and the ideas behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and is interesting to me and if you&#x27;ve ever looked at the financial world if you&#x27;ve looked at these things called mutual funds for years people didn&#x27;t know which ones to get and if they were getting ripped off quite frankly and then a guy named John Bogle came along and founded Vanguard and it&#x27;s been an interesting study and people getting educated in</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the money world and not overpaying and making sure they do get educated more than they used to and we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Eric Balchunas and he&#x27;s joining us from right outside of Philadelphia. He&#x27;s a senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence where he leads ETF and passive fund research. He and his team write several notes a week for Bloomberg Terminal which total over a million reads per year. Eric&#x27;s also co-host of the weekly Bloomberg TV show called ETF IQ. He&#x27;s got a new book out called The Bogle Effect. I&#x27;m going to talk about John Bogle a little bit and I want to welcome you in. Eric welcome in. Hey it&#x27;s great to be here. Thank you for that nice introduction. Well you&#x27;ve got a long bio so I have to pick and choose what to talk about but The Bogle Effect here the book takes readers through the financial areas such as active management ETFs and advisory</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> world quantitative investing something called ESG which a lot of people are going to hear more and more about that coming up behavioral finance and even trading platforms to show how they and the investors they serve are being reshaped and reformed in that book. Now what what inspired you to to write the book I know you&#x27;ve talked to when John was alive I know you spent a lot of time talking to him. Yeah I had sat down with him for three different interviews for over an hour in the five years before he passed away and then we exchanged emails he was on my ETF show a couple times and I had all this audio on a dictaphone and I a couple years before he passed away and the pandemic hit and I&#x27;m sort of had a little more time and I thought you know let me get this out out there because I think what he did is really interesting it&#x27;s almost a business story that it&#x27;s not just like a Jeff Bezos</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> or Steve Jobs it&#x27;s actually I think another level given that he really didn&#x27;t get rich himself I think those other stories are usually that somebody becoming a billionaire this guy made everyone else rich and I find that story really interesting when it completely has is now dictating the whole industry basically they alone taken about a billion a day which is really an absurd amount of money they take in a billion a day for 10 years and then other people have now copied their sort of low cost index funds whether it&#x27;s BlackRock or Fidelity and that&#x27;s the funds they get assets in now so in a way Vanguard and Bogle the man have had I in my opinion the biggest effect in asset management if not all of Wall Street as you know compared to anybody else and really I think all of what Bogle did really comes</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> down to one phrase I think his life&#x27;s work could really be defined by addition by subtraction he removed management fees trading biases all the friction that just gets in the way of you and your money which once it starts compounding is glorious yeah that&#x27;s a good point you know the investment world is very confusing for a lot of folks too and then it&#x27;s more of the investainment when you watch some of these shows that are on like 24 7 is you can get financial information I think people get more enticed to do more things they shouldn&#x27;t do because they get impatient and you know the word the phrase dollar cost averaging means a lot instead of trying to buy and sell a lot of times always buy and add to something if you believe in it I think that&#x27;s one of the main things that the John was featuring is is the consistency and persistent and saving like that and and not trying to like find the</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> horse that&#x27;s going to win the race but bet on all the horses so and and and put the money in every single month the system systematic investing is something that every American should be doing yeah I think most people who have invested I think you know when you&#x27;re talking about this entertainment aspect of it I think young people drive that a lot I think when you look at Robin Hood yeah I remember I&#x27;m a Gen Xer in the 90s we were all thought we were geniuses because we bought Microsoft and Cisco and it went up a lot but then you know a correction hits and you realize this is harder than it looks and so most people who are young I think go through that process I think it&#x27;s generational but there&#x27;s a line in in war games uh that movie from the 80s where the the computer deduces that the only winning move is to not play and I think that&#x27;s what most people uh subscribe to</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> after they try this on their own it doesn&#x27;t work out and then also maybe they get older they have more responsibilities they have a family a mortgage they can&#x27;t mess around with money as much yeah and that&#x27;s where I think Vanguard is really really fits that time in your life when you&#x27;re finally done with the gambling aspect and you want to just save and grow your wealth and so I think you&#x27;re right that Vanguard is sort of at odds with that sort of culture but I will say um and I funny Bogle wrote a piece for the New York Times in 1999 right before the internet bubble burst and because that&#x27;s when day trading was crazy then too right um and he basically said that people who day trade only get about 60 percent of the actual market returns and and you know he didn&#x27;t like active mutual funds but he</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> said at least they get 75 percent of market returns but an index fund gets you 99 percent of the market returns and so as much as he would slam active managers he thought doing it yourself was was even worse if your goal is to grow wealth that that&#x27;s also part of the book because I was like listen this guy came out with an idea called the index fund and he wouldn&#x27;t pay brokers so a he he had an idea that sounded average it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t why don&#x27;t it be average and he was doing it outside of the entire system of incentives but he was able to break through and I look at all the creative ways he was to do it one of those ways is showing the growth of ten thousand dollars and I think this is what is interesting in the story of Vanguard is it took a long time because of this this guy operated outside of a system and so the company didn&#x27;t even get to 10 percent market share in the fund business</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> um not until 25 years after it started so this was a long process of him trying to explain to people that buying and holding an index fund is an average if you wait long enough you end up at the top of the heap you have to change the way you&#x27;re viewing investing and that&#x27;s hard he had to change hearts and minds in and do it without uh being inside the system and it&#x27;s a good business story in there too it&#x27;s interesting and I think a lot of uh the crypto and defy world I I&#x27;m trying to explain to them that actually if you&#x27;re in that world and you like crypto and all this and the defy thing um this book should appeal to you because this guy was like og defy um just in a different way but there&#x27;s a lot of the same spirit and ethos here between bogel and what young people are seeking out with crypto and decentralized finance folks we&#x27;re talking to eric baltunas a senior etf analyst at bloomberg</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> intelligence and author of the new book the bogel effect uh you brought crypto up I wanted to mention that when you said your generation x most of the folks I know who are generation x are dabbling or heard about the crypto what do you feel about crypto yeah so um crypto is interesting I still don&#x27;t quite get it um but it&#x27;s resilient its resiliency has made me respect it and there&#x27;s really smart people in the industry and I wouldn&#x27;t bet against some of them so that&#x27;s where I sort of give it my respect that said I still don&#x27;t totally think it&#x27;s going to overtake currency I I uh is it the new gold I mean you could debate all this I do think though that crypto is being helped by the bogel effect and I&#x27;ll explain why you talk about gen x or even boomers who are dabbling in crypto I think what you have now is that in the 90s you&#x27;d have these active mutual funds and you&#x27;d you&#x27;d have one that was</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> five stars and then it wouldn&#x27;t perform well so you&#x27;d sell it and buy the next five star one and you would just churn these active funds and it just made investing hard finally people find something to hold on to an index fund so they have that in their core the problem with an index fund for many people is it is boring yeah it&#x27;s really efficient and it&#x27;s really it can create uh it&#x27;s the best way to create wealth but it&#x27;s boring as hell so I think we have a chapter in the book called the fall and rise of active that legacy active that&#x27;s just sort of you know close to the benchmark and picking a couple stocks here and there that&#x27;s probably getting replaced by vanguard in the core of the portfolio but where active is now finding a home is in things like crypto or high active share active like cathy wood and arc or thematic investing um nfts those are not only um you know fun and ways to</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> distract yourself so you don&#x27;t touch the other part which has to grow it takes you know 30 40 years but those things have nothing to do with the index so they complement so we have this sort of visual of you&#x27;ve got this boring vanilla core which is great and good for you but then you go and you search for some hot sauce uh to put on dabble I think is the right word so I actually think crypto is being helped by the fact that vanguard has taken over the core portfolios because it&#x27;s allowed people to have a little more patience with those volatile areas of their portfolio which are in smaller slices uh you&#x27;re not as bummed when crypto goes down 30 40 percent because hey it&#x27;s three percent of my portfolio and I really have 80 percent of it in this uh you know s p 500 index fund uh it calms you down a lot</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> where anyone gets in trouble when they put too much money on the risk side and they don&#x27;t have their safe side established and you see that then they get then they make irrational decisions and they get trapped in the wrong places because all their money&#x27;s in the wrong place and unfortunately i&#x27;ve seen people who take way too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for retirement and nothing wrong with risk but making sure you know what the what the risk is and and they have an exit strategy to that risk too so one final we got about a minute here left i wanted to ask you a question here and i think it&#x27;s a good one what&#x27;s your biggest concern of the markets right now yeah i think my biggest concern you know short term is just that the 60 and the 40 you know the 60 40 portfolio they&#x27;ve both been going up for like 15 years usually stocks go up bonds don&#x27;t but they&#x27;ve both been going up because it&#x27;s low rates so i would say you know that&#x27;s my biggest worry should people look to something</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> that&#x27;s like alternative um but i don&#x27;t know i also think that in the end uh stocks are a really good place to be because people get up every day and create value at these corporations that&#x27;s something bogel preached and tried to sell people on was that you get a cash flow and you get um uh dividends and you get earnings growth when you buy stocks so i think it&#x27;s a good long-run investment it&#x27;s just you know what should you do you know to maybe uh protect yourself a little if the 60 and the 40 goes down for a while but the 40 part the bonds probably where i&#x27;m worried the most because obviously if the fed rates rate raises rates and they go up in a long cycle a lot of the bonds that are out there right now are just work less yeah and so that&#x27;s going to be an interesting thing to watch and that&#x27;s probably something that concerns me a little bit thoughts on inflation yeah i mean i look um i was a baby in the 70s but uh it was a big deal back in the day and um it&#x27;s scary where it hits home is like</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> oh i i went to my review and i got a four percent raise yay well inflation seven then that&#x27;s where it hits home people like yeah you&#x27;re right man um i&#x27;m actually starting to slide backwards so even if i&#x27;m even if i&#x27;m ahead i gotta subtract seven percent from everything now and that&#x27;s scary yeah and i think that&#x27;s this is something that&#x27;s going to be probably a big issue for a while i hope it&#x27;s just supply chain i hope it&#x27;s just pandemic supply chain and that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re seeing and it&#x27;s not as bad as we think but um yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s scary uh i would say that&#x27;s up on my worries too that&#x27;s part of why the fed is really committed this time to raising rates you know in the past they&#x27;ve always folded like a lawn chair yeah but now i think they&#x27;re going to see it through because inflation is worse than say the market&#x27;s uh you know having a spasm well yeah good points and uh and i think uh</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> how many pages is your new book how many pages of the boga effect uh about 340. wow that&#x27;s down for 500 so edited it down and also interviewed 50 people including warren buffett and michael lewis and and i have their quotes in there it&#x27;s sort of written like a semi-documentary and so i think i think it i try to make look mutual funds are as interesting as c-span to most people so i tried to really really bring it and include a lot of voices and make it as entertaining as possible well folks his name is eric baltunas and the name of the book is the bogle effect eric we hope to have you on again in the future i would love that thanks for uh having me on today yes sir and folks we&#x27;ll be right back</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle's influence and the ideas behind the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eric Balchunas</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eric Balchunas, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/image.jpg?t=1792073628&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-balchunas-author-of-the-bogle-effect/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/image.jpg?t=1792073628&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 19:52:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12317083" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-balchunas-author-of-the-bogle-effect</link>
      <itunes:order>29</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:50" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kelley Slaught: The Great Retirement Mystery</title>
      <itunes:title>Kelley Slaught: The Great Retirement Mystery</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is making a difference in the world specifically the financial world and got a really good guest today. Her book came across my desk the other day. She&#x27;s in our radio network as well. Her name is Kelly Slott and she&#x27;s in Southern Cal and the name of the book it&#x27;s The Great Retirement Mystery. Kelly welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s going to be fun to talk about this today. Well this is an interesting book and in the book I mean I mean what first of all I want</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> to ask you what inspired you to write the book? Well you know my job is to help people. That&#x27;s how I look at it. So I thought you know I&#x27;d like to get a book out there that really kind of covers the strategy that I use and to help people come understand financial markets because a lot of people really frankly that come to me don&#x27;t understand the markets much. So I wanted to take my years of knowledge in the financial field and put it in a book form that&#x27;s easy to read and really can help people with their financial portfolios and creating exactly what they&#x27;re looking for. That&#x27;s what inspired me. Yeah. Bill you&#x27;re right this book is very easy to read and I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has run across some of those financial books in the past where it looks good when you&#x27;re buying it ordering it when you get it home. It&#x27;s hundreds of pages of unexplainable or</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> understandable print where you really after you get done reading you don&#x27;t even know what you read. But your book takes people from point A to Z and walks people right through that planning for retirement process. Matter of fact what I really love about your book is you have the six biggest retirement blunders and I always say that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses can learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing here in this book is you&#x27;re educating folks on how to avoid some of those pitfalls and nobody wants to be the dummy in the room. So you can help everyone not be that person and let&#x27;s go through I want to go through all six of these retirement blunders. We&#x27;ll start in any order you want. What&#x27;s the biggest retirement blunder you see Kelly? Well one of the biggest ones is listening to the wrong sources. So when people hear from their</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> neighbor the person that works across the desk from them at work a friend and they say oh well my friend says this that and the other and that&#x27;s what I should invest in and I always say well do they know your full financial picture? Do they know what your risk tolerance is? This is really important and most time friends, family they don&#x27;t know that. So that&#x27;s why I say one of the biggest blunders is really listening to the wrong source and but really know what your risk tolerance is, know what your time frame is. Those are all important things that I ask people when I would they come and sit with me for the first time. So I think that&#x27;s really one of the biggest blunders I see. You know where I hear a lot of folks where they ask what their neighbor&#x27;s doing or the person next to next office over is when they&#x27;re trying to get their allocations right for the 401k. Do you hear about that too?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well absolutely. 401k allocations is interesting because there&#x27;s usually 10-15 different mutual funds to choose from and they all have different aspects to them. So yeah it&#x27;s important to know what your time frame is, your risk tolerance is based on those kind of choices. Yeah because I mean if your neighbor&#x27;s doing one thing doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you and I see that&#x27;s way too much and people use hearsay a lot of times well so and so said this and so therefore I&#x27;m going to take what so and so said and apply it to my plan and not listen to you Mr. Fiduciary or Mrs. Fiduciary. Right. Yeah exactly. Actually I just had a call yesterday from a radio show caller and she said well you know I had an advisor that my brother&#x27;s using and I told the advisor just do whatever my brother&#x27;s doing. So she gave me a list of all the recommendations and I said based on what you</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> told me your risk tolerance this this is not what you should be doing. So anyway it was interesting. I hear that a lot you know we have a family advisor and he&#x27;s worked my with my parents or my grandparents for years therefore we&#x27;re going to use that same person. Well how do you even know if it&#x27;s good or not? I mean just because your parents maybe your parents or grandparents don&#x27;t know that they haven&#x27;t been getting the best service or the best plan put together but they don&#x27;t know any better because that&#x27;s all they see. Right exactly you&#x27;ve really got to consider your source and your time frame your risk tolerance really personal to you that&#x27;s why I create specific plans for people absolutely. Good all right well that was that&#x27;s a big one you trusted the wrong people but looking at the book here here here&#x27;s another blunder not having a plan and sticking to it so this it&#x27;s basically a double blunder number one not having a plan and number two if you did have a plan not sticking to it. Yeah so again it kind of goes into the first one there as listening to the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> wrong sources because a lot of times people do things off the cuff oh I have a plan and then they hear something oh let&#x27;s go do this so that changes the plan well stick with your plan I mean and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s true in that case but it&#x27;s also true with markets because markets change and so people go oh I want to I want to go buy xyz because now that&#x27;s the next biggest thing it&#x27;s like well no that&#x27;s not your plan you&#x27;ve got to stick with your plan certainly adjustments could be made but it&#x27;s important to stick with the plan that we create for you unless something changes you inherit money you win the lottery and a lot of different things can change but sticking with the plan is important. Yeah very very much is and then here&#x27;s another one of your blunders here making decisions emotionally how many people have ruined a plan by making emotional decisions and having to affect</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> their investments in the wrong way or their retirement plan the wrong way. Yeah it&#x27;s so true I mean look at the cryptocurrency phase that people are into some people have made money with that certainly but that&#x27;s an emotional decision oh it&#x27;s the next biggest thing but is that really right for you and is that right for your risk tolerance so yeah emotional decisions are not wise and I really try and talk people through what might be going on that way something that&#x27;s fancy that might come their way so yeah be careful of that. Well two big emotions that people use at the wrong time fear and greed so when the market&#x27;s going down people get afraid and they sell at a low or on the other side the market&#x27;s going up like crazy doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s real estate stocks bonds crypto you name it the market&#x27;s going up like crazy you get what my daughter calls FOMO fear of missing out and so you jump in and greed</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> is the name of that emotion and so you buy at a high and then you have that other emotion when it&#x27;s at a low and you sell and it&#x27;s the exact opposite of what Warren Buffett says the success in investment world he says buy low and sell high and number two is repeat that. Repeat repeat absolutely. Used to laugh about the back of a bottle of shampoo it said wash rinse repeat. Good marketing. Repeat until you run out of shampoo and you&#x27;re done for the day. All right so trying to time the market&#x27;s another blunder what do you feel about that that emotional aspect? Yeah so it kind of goes with emotion too you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your plan is in place right so trying to time the market you&#x27;re never going to get out at the exact right time you&#x27;re never going to get in at the exact right time if I always</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> tell my clients if it&#x27;s a good time to sell sell if it&#x27;s a good time to buy buy we don&#x27;t try and time that because I really my many years in the business I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen this too coaches I don&#x27;t see people get that exactly right you just can&#x27;t so that&#x27;s why we have plans that&#x27;s why we create plans for people is so we don&#x27;t have to try and figure all of that stuff out because it&#x27;s you know I we&#x27;re not trading the market all day all you know and all the risks inherent in that so let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re doing it right for you. And folks we&#x27;re talking to Kelly Slott she&#x27;s from Southern California and the name of her book is The Great Retirement Mystery we&#x27;re talking about some of the six blunders that exist in your plan and you know emotions really take charge and a lot of people subject themselves to undo emotions by listening to folks on TV screaming about buy buy buy sell sell sell don&#x27;t buy don&#x27;t buy</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> so don&#x27;t don&#x27;t let that be the final deciding factor is what you see or read or whatever on TV especially because TV is there for a reason to sell advertisements that&#x27;s why soap opera is a good example now how about taking advice from the wrong sources is that a big blunder it&#x27;s a big blunder because again every source that you listen to and it could be the Wall Street Journal it could be the TV station or radio station they&#x27;re touting whatever they&#x27;re touting right and it may not be appropriate for you so you&#x27;ve got to make sure that you&#x27;re listening to someone that&#x27;s on your side that&#x27;s got your best interest at heart and going to do the right thing for you so that&#x27;s one of the biggest blunders I see with people is listening to those sources that maybe not maybe they don&#x27;t have their</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> best interest at heart. Yeah you also talk about lack of understanding of social security and medicare we see this all the time as well and it&#x27;s not just the fact that anyone go down and claim social security or buy a medicare supplement but are they doing the right one for themselves and many people have cost themselves hundreds of thousands of dollars in the past by selecting the wrong social security claiming option or strategy and many don&#x27;t realize that there are some good options for you out there that could make you a whole lot more money. Yeah that&#x27;s right you can take social security at 62 it&#x27;s the earliest you can take it but really do you need it then because that&#x27;s the lowest dollar amount you&#x27;ll ever get so if you wait every year that you wait you&#x27;re going to get eight percent more per year so full retirement age for most folks is around 66 you can take it at</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> 70 that&#x27;s the most dollar amount you&#x27;ll get so I always tell people go to ssa.gov socialsecurity.gov and look at the amounts you would get at each of those ages and I usually have people print those out for me and bring them in because then we can decide when do you need the money how much do you need it&#x27;s important to look at that because like you say coach you can lose thousands of dollars hundreds of thousands of dollars if you don&#x27;t take it at the right time so important to look at that right time or the right option many time and many people who have been married before for at least 10 years can be entitled to their spouse&#x27;s benefit without the spouse knowing and without it affecting the spouse in a negative way despite what some people would like to have happen so yeah that&#x27;s very true I always tell people too um the higher earning spouse if you can take it at age 70 that&#x27;s much</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> better right because if then they pass away then the remaining spouse gets their benefit which is really nice yep yeah it&#x27;s good when you say and and we&#x27;ve heard this over and over again a lot of people have said well I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s true almost but when you look at eight percent per year you&#x27;re costing yourself if you take this social security at 62 as opposed to waiting to 70 and the difference between 62 and 70 is eight years so if you use the rule of 72 you take that eight the the basically the interest will look at it or whatever you&#x27;re not getting eight into 72 goes nine times so you almost would have doubled your money because if you didn&#x27;t the interest into the number 72 tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take for the money to double it&#x27;d be nine years for a double but you&#x27;re going to hold it for eight years you almost get double the income in social security by waiting wow from 62 to 70 makes a whole lot of sense doesn&#x27;t it kelly yeah sure does yeah that&#x27;s why</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> i tell people really let&#x27;s look at that let&#x27;s let&#x27;s not let that get away from you so bring go to social security.gov print out that print sheet for yourself so you can see it they used to send you in the mail i don&#x27;t know how long it&#x27;s been it seems like just yesterday but it&#x27;s been years and years since they sent that one to you remember the one used to get in the mail and surprisingly i got one a couple of months ago dave got one huh all right now one final thing in the book we had about a one minute here we have to show uh this segment here with you but uh it is bonus blunder set it and forget it explain that ah yes well see this is why i do portfolio reviews periodically with my clients because i want to make sure that what we have set up for you is still appropriate for you so you don&#x27;t just set it and then walk away and never look at it again i have a lot of people unfortunately come to</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> me and their advisors don&#x27;t ever call them and look at okay this is what we have maybe we&#x27;re overweighted in something i mean look at the last 12 year bull market run a lot of people have high amounts in the stock market these days and maybe they&#x27;re not so comfortable with that anymore so we take some profits off the table do some alternative types of investments for them so don&#x27;t set it and forget it you&#x27;ve got to look at it that&#x27;s my job to make sure we&#x27;re looking at it making sure that it&#x27;s still what you want it to be year over year over year so by all means uh do portfolio reviews with your advisor if you&#x27;re not because you&#x27;ve got to make sure your allocations are where they need to be it is funny anytime i hear set it and forget it i get hungry and it&#x27;s because of that rotisserie chicken ad that used to be on tv all the time folks the name of the book the great retirement mystery</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> and how to avoid the six biggest blunders we just went over some of them but the book is a lot more advanced and really it&#x27;s a lot more advanced to meet with a planner but this is a good introductory level to some of the mistakes people are making the books available anywhere books are sold and her name is kelly slot kelly thanks for your time today coach p i really appreciate it and we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is making a difference in the world specifically the financial world and got a really good guest today. Her book came across my desk the other day. She&#x27;s in our radio network as well. Her name is Kelly Slott and she&#x27;s in Southern Cal and the name of the book it&#x27;s The Great Retirement Mystery. Kelly welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s going to be fun to talk about this today. Well this is an interesting book and in the book I mean I mean what first of all I want</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> to ask you what inspired you to write the book? Well you know my job is to help people. That&#x27;s how I look at it. So I thought you know I&#x27;d like to get a book out there that really kind of covers the strategy that I use and to help people come understand financial markets because a lot of people really frankly that come to me don&#x27;t understand the markets much. So I wanted to take my years of knowledge in the financial field and put it in a book form that&#x27;s easy to read and really can help people with their financial portfolios and creating exactly what they&#x27;re looking for. That&#x27;s what inspired me. Yeah. Bill you&#x27;re right this book is very easy to read and I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has run across some of those financial books in the past where it looks good when you&#x27;re buying it ordering it when you get it home. It&#x27;s hundreds of pages of unexplainable or</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> understandable print where you really after you get done reading you don&#x27;t even know what you read. But your book takes people from point A to Z and walks people right through that planning for retirement process. Matter of fact what I really love about your book is you have the six biggest retirement blunders and I always say that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses can learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing here in this book is you&#x27;re educating folks on how to avoid some of those pitfalls and nobody wants to be the dummy in the room. So you can help everyone not be that person and let&#x27;s go through I want to go through all six of these retirement blunders. We&#x27;ll start in any order you want. What&#x27;s the biggest retirement blunder you see Kelly? Well one of the biggest ones is listening to the wrong sources. So when people hear from their</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> neighbor the person that works across the desk from them at work a friend and they say oh well my friend says this that and the other and that&#x27;s what I should invest in and I always say well do they know your full financial picture? Do they know what your risk tolerance is? This is really important and most time friends, family they don&#x27;t know that. So that&#x27;s why I say one of the biggest blunders is really listening to the wrong source and but really know what your risk tolerance is, know what your time frame is. Those are all important things that I ask people when I would they come and sit with me for the first time. So I think that&#x27;s really one of the biggest blunders I see. You know where I hear a lot of folks where they ask what their neighbor&#x27;s doing or the person next to next office over is when they&#x27;re trying to get their allocations right for the 401k. Do you hear about that too?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well absolutely. 401k allocations is interesting because there&#x27;s usually 10-15 different mutual funds to choose from and they all have different aspects to them. So yeah it&#x27;s important to know what your time frame is, your risk tolerance is based on those kind of choices. Yeah because I mean if your neighbor&#x27;s doing one thing doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you and I see that&#x27;s way too much and people use hearsay a lot of times well so and so said this and so therefore I&#x27;m going to take what so and so said and apply it to my plan and not listen to you Mr. Fiduciary or Mrs. Fiduciary. Right. Yeah exactly. Actually I just had a call yesterday from a radio show caller and she said well you know I had an advisor that my brother&#x27;s using and I told the advisor just do whatever my brother&#x27;s doing. So she gave me a list of all the recommendations and I said based on what you</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> told me your risk tolerance this this is not what you should be doing. So anyway it was interesting. I hear that a lot you know we have a family advisor and he&#x27;s worked my with my parents or my grandparents for years therefore we&#x27;re going to use that same person. Well how do you even know if it&#x27;s good or not? I mean just because your parents maybe your parents or grandparents don&#x27;t know that they haven&#x27;t been getting the best service or the best plan put together but they don&#x27;t know any better because that&#x27;s all they see. Right exactly you&#x27;ve really got to consider your source and your time frame your risk tolerance really personal to you that&#x27;s why I create specific plans for people absolutely. Good all right well that was that&#x27;s a big one you trusted the wrong people but looking at the book here here here&#x27;s another blunder not having a plan and sticking to it so this it&#x27;s basically a double blunder number one not having a plan and number two if you did have a plan not sticking to it. Yeah so again it kind of goes into the first one there as listening to the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> wrong sources because a lot of times people do things off the cuff oh I have a plan and then they hear something oh let&#x27;s go do this so that changes the plan well stick with your plan I mean and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s true in that case but it&#x27;s also true with markets because markets change and so people go oh I want to I want to go buy xyz because now that&#x27;s the next biggest thing it&#x27;s like well no that&#x27;s not your plan you&#x27;ve got to stick with your plan certainly adjustments could be made but it&#x27;s important to stick with the plan that we create for you unless something changes you inherit money you win the lottery and a lot of different things can change but sticking with the plan is important. Yeah very very much is and then here&#x27;s another one of your blunders here making decisions emotionally how many people have ruined a plan by making emotional decisions and having to affect</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> their investments in the wrong way or their retirement plan the wrong way. Yeah it&#x27;s so true I mean look at the cryptocurrency phase that people are into some people have made money with that certainly but that&#x27;s an emotional decision oh it&#x27;s the next biggest thing but is that really right for you and is that right for your risk tolerance so yeah emotional decisions are not wise and I really try and talk people through what might be going on that way something that&#x27;s fancy that might come their way so yeah be careful of that. Well two big emotions that people use at the wrong time fear and greed so when the market&#x27;s going down people get afraid and they sell at a low or on the other side the market&#x27;s going up like crazy doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s real estate stocks bonds crypto you name it the market&#x27;s going up like crazy you get what my daughter calls FOMO fear of missing out and so you jump in and greed</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> is the name of that emotion and so you buy at a high and then you have that other emotion when it&#x27;s at a low and you sell and it&#x27;s the exact opposite of what Warren Buffett says the success in investment world he says buy low and sell high and number two is repeat that. Repeat repeat absolutely. Used to laugh about the back of a bottle of shampoo it said wash rinse repeat. Good marketing. Repeat until you run out of shampoo and you&#x27;re done for the day. All right so trying to time the market&#x27;s another blunder what do you feel about that that emotional aspect? Yeah so it kind of goes with emotion too you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your plan is in place right so trying to time the market you&#x27;re never going to get out at the exact right time you&#x27;re never going to get in at the exact right time if I always</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> tell my clients if it&#x27;s a good time to sell sell if it&#x27;s a good time to buy buy we don&#x27;t try and time that because I really my many years in the business I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen this too coaches I don&#x27;t see people get that exactly right you just can&#x27;t so that&#x27;s why we have plans that&#x27;s why we create plans for people is so we don&#x27;t have to try and figure all of that stuff out because it&#x27;s you know I we&#x27;re not trading the market all day all you know and all the risks inherent in that so let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re doing it right for you. And folks we&#x27;re talking to Kelly Slott she&#x27;s from Southern California and the name of her book is The Great Retirement Mystery we&#x27;re talking about some of the six blunders that exist in your plan and you know emotions really take charge and a lot of people subject themselves to undo emotions by listening to folks on TV screaming about buy buy buy sell sell sell don&#x27;t buy don&#x27;t buy</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> so don&#x27;t don&#x27;t let that be the final deciding factor is what you see or read or whatever on TV especially because TV is there for a reason to sell advertisements that&#x27;s why soap opera is a good example now how about taking advice from the wrong sources is that a big blunder it&#x27;s a big blunder because again every source that you listen to and it could be the Wall Street Journal it could be the TV station or radio station they&#x27;re touting whatever they&#x27;re touting right and it may not be appropriate for you so you&#x27;ve got to make sure that you&#x27;re listening to someone that&#x27;s on your side that&#x27;s got your best interest at heart and going to do the right thing for you so that&#x27;s one of the biggest blunders I see with people is listening to those sources that maybe not maybe they don&#x27;t have their</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> best interest at heart. Yeah you also talk about lack of understanding of social security and medicare we see this all the time as well and it&#x27;s not just the fact that anyone go down and claim social security or buy a medicare supplement but are they doing the right one for themselves and many people have cost themselves hundreds of thousands of dollars in the past by selecting the wrong social security claiming option or strategy and many don&#x27;t realize that there are some good options for you out there that could make you a whole lot more money. Yeah that&#x27;s right you can take social security at 62 it&#x27;s the earliest you can take it but really do you need it then because that&#x27;s the lowest dollar amount you&#x27;ll ever get so if you wait every year that you wait you&#x27;re going to get eight percent more per year so full retirement age for most folks is around 66 you can take it at</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> 70 that&#x27;s the most dollar amount you&#x27;ll get so I always tell people go to ssa.gov socialsecurity.gov and look at the amounts you would get at each of those ages and I usually have people print those out for me and bring them in because then we can decide when do you need the money how much do you need it&#x27;s important to look at that because like you say coach you can lose thousands of dollars hundreds of thousands of dollars if you don&#x27;t take it at the right time so important to look at that right time or the right option many time and many people who have been married before for at least 10 years can be entitled to their spouse&#x27;s benefit without the spouse knowing and without it affecting the spouse in a negative way despite what some people would like to have happen so yeah that&#x27;s very true I always tell people too um the higher earning spouse if you can take it at age 70 that&#x27;s much</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> better right because if then they pass away then the remaining spouse gets their benefit which is really nice yep yeah it&#x27;s good when you say and and we&#x27;ve heard this over and over again a lot of people have said well I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s true almost but when you look at eight percent per year you&#x27;re costing yourself if you take this social security at 62 as opposed to waiting to 70 and the difference between 62 and 70 is eight years so if you use the rule of 72 you take that eight the the basically the interest will look at it or whatever you&#x27;re not getting eight into 72 goes nine times so you almost would have doubled your money because if you didn&#x27;t the interest into the number 72 tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take for the money to double it&#x27;d be nine years for a double but you&#x27;re going to hold it for eight years you almost get double the income in social security by waiting wow from 62 to 70 makes a whole lot of sense doesn&#x27;t it kelly yeah sure does yeah that&#x27;s why</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> i tell people really let&#x27;s look at that let&#x27;s let&#x27;s not let that get away from you so bring go to social security.gov print out that print sheet for yourself so you can see it they used to send you in the mail i don&#x27;t know how long it&#x27;s been it seems like just yesterday but it&#x27;s been years and years since they sent that one to you remember the one used to get in the mail and surprisingly i got one a couple of months ago dave got one huh all right now one final thing in the book we had about a one minute here we have to show uh this segment here with you but uh it is bonus blunder set it and forget it explain that ah yes well see this is why i do portfolio reviews periodically with my clients because i want to make sure that what we have set up for you is still appropriate for you so you don&#x27;t just set it and then walk away and never look at it again i have a lot of people unfortunately come to</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> me and their advisors don&#x27;t ever call them and look at okay this is what we have maybe we&#x27;re overweighted in something i mean look at the last 12 year bull market run a lot of people have high amounts in the stock market these days and maybe they&#x27;re not so comfortable with that anymore so we take some profits off the table do some alternative types of investments for them so don&#x27;t set it and forget it you&#x27;ve got to look at it that&#x27;s my job to make sure we&#x27;re looking at it making sure that it&#x27;s still what you want it to be year over year over year so by all means uh do portfolio reviews with your advisor if you&#x27;re not because you&#x27;ve got to make sure your allocations are where they need to be it is funny anytime i hear set it and forget it i get hungry and it&#x27;s because of that rotisserie chicken ad that used to be on tv all the time folks the name of the book the great retirement mystery</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> and how to avoid the six biggest blunders we just went over some of them but the book is a lot more advanced and really it&#x27;s a lot more advanced to meet with a planner but this is a good introductory level to some of the mistakes people are making the books available anywhere books are sold and her name is kelly slot kelly thanks for your time today coach p i really appreciate it and we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kelley Slaught</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kelley Slaught, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/image.jpg?t=1792073635&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-slaught-author-of-the-great-retirement-myste/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/image.jpg?t=1792073635&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 19:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>793</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12726490" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-slaught-author-of-the-great-retirement-myste</link>
      <itunes:order>30</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Retirement Mystery" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:03:03" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:42" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alan Stein Jr.: Raise Your Game and Building Better Habits</title>
      <itunes:title>Alan Stein Jr.: Raise Your Game and Building Better Habits</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Alan Stein Jr. joins Coach Pete to discuss Raise Your Game and lessons from sports, coaching, and business. They explore leadership, performance, and the habits that help people work toward their goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation and talk to someone who&#x27;s making a difference or a good author and we&#x27;ve talked to a lot of good authors and a lot of the authors are telling you their story and you know I&#x27;ve written books and I&#x27;m telling you the financial story but we like to go out and talk to folks that have written books that really have to do with life, life in general and today&#x27;s no exception. Today we&#x27;re going to go out right outside of Washington DC and talk to an author and motivational speaker and keynote speaker</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> his name is Alan Stein Jr. He&#x27;s a keynote speaker, author and coach. You like Thomas? He&#x27;s a coach like Coach Pete, right? Love it. He teaches proven strategies to improve organizational performance in sports and business and I&#x27;d like to add in life because sports and business is life and Alan&#x27;s programs empower effective leadership, increase team cohesion and develop winning mindsets and habits which we like to talk about in the financial world. Welcome in Alan. Well thank you so much Coach Pete. It&#x27;s great to connect with you. Yeah now let&#x27;s let&#x27;s go through tell us about yourself. I mean what got you to where you are today? What what what did what did you want to be when you were growing up and how did that work out? Well I&#x27;ve been involved in the game of basketball for the vast majority of my life and have seen the game from every perspective. You know the first third of my life</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> I spent as a player. The next third of my life I spent as a basketball performance coach and now what&#x27;s kind of neat is I&#x27;m spending this next third as the proud parent of three children that all play youth basketball. So basketball has kind of been the the red thread throughout everything I&#x27;ve done in my life and I&#x27;m very thankful for everything the game has afforded me. Yeah so you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of famous people through life. Can you tell folks that are listening are famous people any different than regular people? No as far as being human beings the humanity is definitely the same but I will say that the vast majority and I&#x27;ll actually reframe it you know the famous people that I&#x27;ve had a chance to work with and be around have been famous in the game of basketball. So instead of famous I&#x27;ll actually call them high performers because they&#x27;re very elite at what they do and while they are the</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> humanity is the same for every person walking the earth high performers definitely do things differently than your quote-unquote average Joe if you will. Yeah and and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s a big thing because we&#x27;re all given basically the same talents it&#x27;s up to us to magnify the talents find out the one we really like to do I&#x27;ve really seen in my life when when you&#x27;re when you&#x27;re around people who are enjoying what they&#x27;re doing for a living they don&#x27;t feel like they&#x27;re working. Oh absolutely and you can put me in that category I&#x27;ve been incredibly thankful and immensely grateful that my entire career you know 15 years as a basketball performance coach and the last five as a corporate keynote speaker I absolutely love what I do it&#x27;s what I&#x27;m passionate about I feel it&#x27;s my calling and you know just the opportunity to serve others is really something that fills my bucket so you can definitely put me in that camp</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> of people that feel really grateful to do what I do for a living. Now I&#x27;ve got a copy of like the printout I went to your website by the way and tell the folks your website&#x27;s address. You can go to alansteinjr.com and then I have a supplemental site at strongerteam.com which is where you can get info on both of my books. So yeah I was on I was on your website saw the book raise your game you have a preview on it so I printed that out and it&#x27;s fascinating you have the the forward in this book is by Jay Billis and just a just a little note Jay is has participated in my group we&#x27;re doing a movie on Dick Vitale that&#x27;s going to be coming out hopefully on a major TV network that Dick Vitale is familiar with that should be coming out sometime this year and Jay was one of the best interviews we had for that movie about Dick Vitale tell me about Jay Billis. I mean Jay has been first of all</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> he&#x27;s been a friend and a mentor of me personally for the past decade but as someone that has had a massive impact on my perspective and and my life and someone I&#x27;ll be forever indebted to Jay has taught me countless lessons that I&#x27;ve then turned around and applied as a parent to my own children and have even applied you know from stage when I&#x27;m speaking to corporate audiences. Yeah and again I&#x27;m a UNC guy and I can put up with Jay as a Duke guy. We talked about that before the before we started taping here it&#x27;s uh it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s great to read a book that I know you have a lot I wrote just the first chapter here it looks like you have a whole lot of passion in what you&#x27;re writing about and and anyone who&#x27;s out there now and who&#x27;s ever read a book which hopefully everybody&#x27;s read a book but you can tell when you read certain books</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> that the author really cared about the subject they were writing and that&#x27;s where I see when you raise your game book. Well I appreciate that and you know if you don&#x27;t mind I&#x27;ve got a quick story I&#x27;d love to tell that actually ties uh this is kind of kismet now this ties Jay Billis to ESPN and to Dick Vitale all of which you&#x27;ve mentioned so far in our brief conversation but I think this this will really paint a picture of the type of guy that that Jay Billis is uh back in 1998 Jay got a call that would actually change his career forever um at that time he had pretty much done you know local mid-major level games but this call he got from ESPN uh asked him to be the sideline reporter for the biggest rivalry in all of basketball uh Jay&#x27;s alma mater Duke against your beloved UNC Tar Hills yeah</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> who at the time Duke was ranked number one and and UNC was ranked number two respectively and the game was going to be called by Mr. College Basketball himself Dick Vitale wow and Jay was thrilled at the opportunity so a week before the tip-off uh the ESPN producers held a meeting to game plan and to strategize and it just so happens that Dickie V was out of town for a speaking engagement and while Jay was not required to attend he decided to go anyway and he figured he might as well you know demonstrate to the ESPN brass how seriously he was taking the job and the producers announced that Vitale recommended that the broadcast heavily feature UNC guard Shaman Williams who Dickie V had been adamant about was the game&#x27;s player to watch so the lead producer asked Jay if he agreed and I think 99 out of 100</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> people in this situation would just smile and nod their head I mean why would you contradict the most recognizable face in college basketball on your first day on the job but Jay but Jay did just that and Jay said respectfully I see things differently I believe UNC forward Antoine Jamieson is the player we should focus on he&#x27;s the most efficient and effective player in all of college basketball and as the rookie in the room on the first question he was asked you know Jay decided to go against the grain and offer insight that directly contradicted his Hall of Fame colleague Dickie V and Jay then made a really bold claim you know taken back by surprise the producer asked for a deeper clarification and Jay explained that Jamieson puts up incredible stats despite the fact that he only has the ball in his</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> hands for very little time he said Jay said I bet you Jamieson doesn&#x27;t have the ball in his hands for a full minute the entire game now if this claim is true this would be extremely rare I mean how how could you know a college basketball game is 40 minutes long and what player worth watching would only touch the ball for less than a minute but the producers were so impressed with Jay&#x27;s confidence and they decided to run with it in fact they actually assigned an intern to take a stopwatch and chart how long Jamieson had the ball in his hands well in the game to to coach Pete&#x27;s I&#x27;m sure grin UNC decimated Duke 97 to 73 and Jamieson ended up with a career high of 35 points and 11 rebounds so he was obviously the right player to watch but you know how long he had the ball in his hands probably about 59 seconds 53 seconds</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Jameson was absolutely the most efficient and effective player in all of college basketball but the cool part and the reason I love that story is you know Antoine Jameson wasn&#x27;t the only one who made the most of that game you know Jay Billis did too you know Jay seized an opportunity with ESPN and he cemented a really important lesson that I&#x27;ve carried with me ever since and that&#x27;s don&#x27;t be afraid to show up and don&#x27;t be afraid to speak up and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s one of many lessons that that Jay has has taught me over the years and folks we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Allen Stein and he&#x27;s the author of the book Raise Your Game and you&#x27;ve got a quote on the in the book from Kevin Durant too who&#x27;s a pretty famous basketball player in his own right yeah I had a chance to work with Kevin when he was in high school I was his performance coach when he was here at Montrose Christian in a suburb of Washington DC</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> so I had a chance to start working with Kevin before he became arguably one of the greatest scorers the game has ever seen he&#x27;s got a quick shot too you know the thing about Antoine Jameson is is I remember he would he would he basically showed up out of nowhere nobody even expected him to be a good player I mean he was not a highly rated recruit I didn&#x27;t think coming into Carolina of course we didn&#x27;t have the internet like we do today but he had the fastest shot he would touch the ball and get an offensive rebound and the ball would be maybe in his on his fingertips for half a second to be back in the goal so that&#x27;s how fast when you said he scored 30 some points in 53 seconds that that&#x27;s why it makes sense but Kevin Durant has a real quick shot as well from outside yeah and one thing that makes both of those guys extraordinary is they have very high basketball IQs and they&#x27;re very decisive</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> you know they&#x27;re not they&#x27;re not ball hungry they know that as soon as they get it they need to either make a move or make a pass and they&#x27;re incredibly efficient players remember uh Kevin Durant was coming down I think it was came down to UNC in Texas and he ended up going to Texas so you should have uh maybe I wish I would have known you more than I could have talked you into talking him into coming to UNC he was one of the like he was a one and I think he was a one and done at Texas wasn&#x27;t he I mean a lot of these back then that was not really not many guys did that yeah he was a one and done and and he&#x27;s one of the rare few that that was actually the right decision because he made an impact on the NBA the moment he stepped foot in the league all right that&#x27;s a good point here so making snap decisions or doing things in haste many times it doesn&#x27;t work out in your favor and so I think we can tie the sports world into the financial world because when you see the best</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> coaches and the best players like look at Larry Bird back in the day he wasn&#x27;t the fastest guy he sure wasn&#x27;t the uh the highest jumper but just like Wayne Gretzky who also wasn&#x27;t the fastest skater they both had that intelligence level and they knew how to they knew they needed to improve and they did improve and so in the financial world a lot of people listening to the show probably saying what does sports have to do with the financial world many people listening right now know their portfolio isn&#x27;t like it should be but don&#x27;t know what to do or haven&#x27;t taken the steps to make it better would you agree that preparation is a is a big key and success in the future oh absolutely for high performers in any area of life it doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s basketball or business uh you want to make preparation your separation because it&#x27;s something that that you have control over and you know whether in the financial world or the sports world you know you need to be very deliberate with what you do</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> and you have to have very high discernment with the actions that you take so nothing is haphazard yeah makes a whole lot of sense now uh we got about a less than a minute here but I mean what would you tell folks if they were if they had uh just enough money to buy one of your two books here that we talked about which one would you recommend well I would say go ahead and invest in the new one which will be available April 12th it&#x27;s available for pre-order now and it is a follow-up to raise your game and this one is called sustain your game high performance keys to manage stress avoid stagnation and beat burnout and the reason I say start with the new book is I think coming on the heels of a two-year global pandemic where stress stagnation and burnout have been at record-breaking highs this would be a great book for folks to dive into you can search for it on Amazon or you can just go to sustain your game book</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> dot com folks his name is Alan Stein Jr again the book that we&#x27;ve been talking about the most though is raise your game it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold Alan we hope to have you on in the future again I would love that thank you so much coach Pete yeah thank you and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Alan Stein Jr. joins Coach Pete to discuss Raise Your Game and lessons from sports, coaching, and business. They explore leadership, performance, and the habits that help people work toward their goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation and talk to someone who&#x27;s making a difference or a good author and we&#x27;ve talked to a lot of good authors and a lot of the authors are telling you their story and you know I&#x27;ve written books and I&#x27;m telling you the financial story but we like to go out and talk to folks that have written books that really have to do with life, life in general and today&#x27;s no exception. Today we&#x27;re going to go out right outside of Washington DC and talk to an author and motivational speaker and keynote speaker</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> his name is Alan Stein Jr. He&#x27;s a keynote speaker, author and coach. You like Thomas? He&#x27;s a coach like Coach Pete, right? Love it. He teaches proven strategies to improve organizational performance in sports and business and I&#x27;d like to add in life because sports and business is life and Alan&#x27;s programs empower effective leadership, increase team cohesion and develop winning mindsets and habits which we like to talk about in the financial world. Welcome in Alan. Well thank you so much Coach Pete. It&#x27;s great to connect with you. Yeah now let&#x27;s let&#x27;s go through tell us about yourself. I mean what got you to where you are today? What what what did what did you want to be when you were growing up and how did that work out? Well I&#x27;ve been involved in the game of basketball for the vast majority of my life and have seen the game from every perspective. You know the first third of my life</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> I spent as a player. The next third of my life I spent as a basketball performance coach and now what&#x27;s kind of neat is I&#x27;m spending this next third as the proud parent of three children that all play youth basketball. So basketball has kind of been the the red thread throughout everything I&#x27;ve done in my life and I&#x27;m very thankful for everything the game has afforded me. Yeah so you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of famous people through life. Can you tell folks that are listening are famous people any different than regular people? No as far as being human beings the humanity is definitely the same but I will say that the vast majority and I&#x27;ll actually reframe it you know the famous people that I&#x27;ve had a chance to work with and be around have been famous in the game of basketball. So instead of famous I&#x27;ll actually call them high performers because they&#x27;re very elite at what they do and while they are the</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> humanity is the same for every person walking the earth high performers definitely do things differently than your quote-unquote average Joe if you will. Yeah and and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s a big thing because we&#x27;re all given basically the same talents it&#x27;s up to us to magnify the talents find out the one we really like to do I&#x27;ve really seen in my life when when you&#x27;re when you&#x27;re around people who are enjoying what they&#x27;re doing for a living they don&#x27;t feel like they&#x27;re working. Oh absolutely and you can put me in that category I&#x27;ve been incredibly thankful and immensely grateful that my entire career you know 15 years as a basketball performance coach and the last five as a corporate keynote speaker I absolutely love what I do it&#x27;s what I&#x27;m passionate about I feel it&#x27;s my calling and you know just the opportunity to serve others is really something that fills my bucket so you can definitely put me in that camp</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> of people that feel really grateful to do what I do for a living. Now I&#x27;ve got a copy of like the printout I went to your website by the way and tell the folks your website&#x27;s address. You can go to alansteinjr.com and then I have a supplemental site at strongerteam.com which is where you can get info on both of my books. So yeah I was on I was on your website saw the book raise your game you have a preview on it so I printed that out and it&#x27;s fascinating you have the the forward in this book is by Jay Billis and just a just a little note Jay is has participated in my group we&#x27;re doing a movie on Dick Vitale that&#x27;s going to be coming out hopefully on a major TV network that Dick Vitale is familiar with that should be coming out sometime this year and Jay was one of the best interviews we had for that movie about Dick Vitale tell me about Jay Billis. I mean Jay has been first of all</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> he&#x27;s been a friend and a mentor of me personally for the past decade but as someone that has had a massive impact on my perspective and and my life and someone I&#x27;ll be forever indebted to Jay has taught me countless lessons that I&#x27;ve then turned around and applied as a parent to my own children and have even applied you know from stage when I&#x27;m speaking to corporate audiences. Yeah and again I&#x27;m a UNC guy and I can put up with Jay as a Duke guy. We talked about that before the before we started taping here it&#x27;s uh it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s great to read a book that I know you have a lot I wrote just the first chapter here it looks like you have a whole lot of passion in what you&#x27;re writing about and and anyone who&#x27;s out there now and who&#x27;s ever read a book which hopefully everybody&#x27;s read a book but you can tell when you read certain books</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> that the author really cared about the subject they were writing and that&#x27;s where I see when you raise your game book. Well I appreciate that and you know if you don&#x27;t mind I&#x27;ve got a quick story I&#x27;d love to tell that actually ties uh this is kind of kismet now this ties Jay Billis to ESPN and to Dick Vitale all of which you&#x27;ve mentioned so far in our brief conversation but I think this this will really paint a picture of the type of guy that that Jay Billis is uh back in 1998 Jay got a call that would actually change his career forever um at that time he had pretty much done you know local mid-major level games but this call he got from ESPN uh asked him to be the sideline reporter for the biggest rivalry in all of basketball uh Jay&#x27;s alma mater Duke against your beloved UNC Tar Hills yeah</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> who at the time Duke was ranked number one and and UNC was ranked number two respectively and the game was going to be called by Mr. College Basketball himself Dick Vitale wow and Jay was thrilled at the opportunity so a week before the tip-off uh the ESPN producers held a meeting to game plan and to strategize and it just so happens that Dickie V was out of town for a speaking engagement and while Jay was not required to attend he decided to go anyway and he figured he might as well you know demonstrate to the ESPN brass how seriously he was taking the job and the producers announced that Vitale recommended that the broadcast heavily feature UNC guard Shaman Williams who Dickie V had been adamant about was the game&#x27;s player to watch so the lead producer asked Jay if he agreed and I think 99 out of 100</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> people in this situation would just smile and nod their head I mean why would you contradict the most recognizable face in college basketball on your first day on the job but Jay but Jay did just that and Jay said respectfully I see things differently I believe UNC forward Antoine Jamieson is the player we should focus on he&#x27;s the most efficient and effective player in all of college basketball and as the rookie in the room on the first question he was asked you know Jay decided to go against the grain and offer insight that directly contradicted his Hall of Fame colleague Dickie V and Jay then made a really bold claim you know taken back by surprise the producer asked for a deeper clarification and Jay explained that Jamieson puts up incredible stats despite the fact that he only has the ball in his</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> hands for very little time he said Jay said I bet you Jamieson doesn&#x27;t have the ball in his hands for a full minute the entire game now if this claim is true this would be extremely rare I mean how how could you know a college basketball game is 40 minutes long and what player worth watching would only touch the ball for less than a minute but the producers were so impressed with Jay&#x27;s confidence and they decided to run with it in fact they actually assigned an intern to take a stopwatch and chart how long Jamieson had the ball in his hands well in the game to to coach Pete&#x27;s I&#x27;m sure grin UNC decimated Duke 97 to 73 and Jamieson ended up with a career high of 35 points and 11 rebounds so he was obviously the right player to watch but you know how long he had the ball in his hands probably about 59 seconds 53 seconds</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Jameson was absolutely the most efficient and effective player in all of college basketball but the cool part and the reason I love that story is you know Antoine Jameson wasn&#x27;t the only one who made the most of that game you know Jay Billis did too you know Jay seized an opportunity with ESPN and he cemented a really important lesson that I&#x27;ve carried with me ever since and that&#x27;s don&#x27;t be afraid to show up and don&#x27;t be afraid to speak up and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s one of many lessons that that Jay has has taught me over the years and folks we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Allen Stein and he&#x27;s the author of the book Raise Your Game and you&#x27;ve got a quote on the in the book from Kevin Durant too who&#x27;s a pretty famous basketball player in his own right yeah I had a chance to work with Kevin when he was in high school I was his performance coach when he was here at Montrose Christian in a suburb of Washington DC</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> so I had a chance to start working with Kevin before he became arguably one of the greatest scorers the game has ever seen he&#x27;s got a quick shot too you know the thing about Antoine Jameson is is I remember he would he would he basically showed up out of nowhere nobody even expected him to be a good player I mean he was not a highly rated recruit I didn&#x27;t think coming into Carolina of course we didn&#x27;t have the internet like we do today but he had the fastest shot he would touch the ball and get an offensive rebound and the ball would be maybe in his on his fingertips for half a second to be back in the goal so that&#x27;s how fast when you said he scored 30 some points in 53 seconds that that&#x27;s why it makes sense but Kevin Durant has a real quick shot as well from outside yeah and one thing that makes both of those guys extraordinary is they have very high basketball IQs and they&#x27;re very decisive</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> you know they&#x27;re not they&#x27;re not ball hungry they know that as soon as they get it they need to either make a move or make a pass and they&#x27;re incredibly efficient players remember uh Kevin Durant was coming down I think it was came down to UNC in Texas and he ended up going to Texas so you should have uh maybe I wish I would have known you more than I could have talked you into talking him into coming to UNC he was one of the like he was a one and I think he was a one and done at Texas wasn&#x27;t he I mean a lot of these back then that was not really not many guys did that yeah he was a one and done and and he&#x27;s one of the rare few that that was actually the right decision because he made an impact on the NBA the moment he stepped foot in the league all right that&#x27;s a good point here so making snap decisions or doing things in haste many times it doesn&#x27;t work out in your favor and so I think we can tie the sports world into the financial world because when you see the best</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> coaches and the best players like look at Larry Bird back in the day he wasn&#x27;t the fastest guy he sure wasn&#x27;t the uh the highest jumper but just like Wayne Gretzky who also wasn&#x27;t the fastest skater they both had that intelligence level and they knew how to they knew they needed to improve and they did improve and so in the financial world a lot of people listening to the show probably saying what does sports have to do with the financial world many people listening right now know their portfolio isn&#x27;t like it should be but don&#x27;t know what to do or haven&#x27;t taken the steps to make it better would you agree that preparation is a is a big key and success in the future oh absolutely for high performers in any area of life it doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s basketball or business uh you want to make preparation your separation because it&#x27;s something that that you have control over and you know whether in the financial world or the sports world you know you need to be very deliberate with what you do</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> and you have to have very high discernment with the actions that you take so nothing is haphazard yeah makes a whole lot of sense now uh we got about a less than a minute here but I mean what would you tell folks if they were if they had uh just enough money to buy one of your two books here that we talked about which one would you recommend well I would say go ahead and invest in the new one which will be available April 12th it&#x27;s available for pre-order now and it is a follow-up to raise your game and this one is called sustain your game high performance keys to manage stress avoid stagnation and beat burnout and the reason I say start with the new book is I think coming on the heels of a two-year global pandemic where stress stagnation and burnout have been at record-breaking highs this would be a great book for folks to dive into you can search for it on Amazon or you can just go to sustain your game book</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> dot com folks his name is Alan Stein Jr again the book that we&#x27;ve been talking about the most though is raise your game it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold Alan we hope to have you on in the future again I would love that thank you so much coach Pete yeah thank you and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Alan Stein Jr. joins Coach Pete to discuss Raise Your Game and lessons from sports, coaching, and business. They explore leadership, performance, and the habits that help people work toward their goals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Alan Stein Jr.</category>
      <category>leadership</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Alan Stein Jr., leadership, sports, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97/image.jpg?t=1792073639&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-stein-jr-author-of-raise-your-game/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97/image.jpg?t=1792073639&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97</guid>
      <omny:clipId>20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>733</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20dee56b-4cc4-49b7-adca-ae5a011a0a97/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11766701" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-stein-jr-author-of-raise-your-game</link>
      <itunes:order>31</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Raise Your Game and Building Better Habits" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:12" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kristina Ping: The Retirement Train</title>
      <itunes:title>Kristina Ping: The Retirement Train</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Hey welcome back into Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Dave Perkins here of course with America&#x27;s Wealth Coach and best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda and we&#x27;re going to talk about another book here. Christina Pien Kepperling is the CEO of Powerful Legacy Insurance and Financial Services. She is over 15 years in Central Kentucky with two offices in Lexington and Louisville and the author of the book The Retirement Train and Coach I know you&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got that book there but I love the whole concept of the book because it starts the train starts in Kidville and goes into Grown-Up Town and then Destination Retirement. Offices in Louisville and Lexington. That&#x27;s sort of like having an office at Carolina and one at Duke. Right. Good point. Yeah I have to make sure what color I&#x27;m wearing that day. Yes you do. There&#x27;s a gang colors I want to start. So The Retirement Train what a great title Christina. What inspired you to write a book first of all? Back in 2016 I was on an Alaskan cruise and went on one of those little excursions in Juneau Alaska and took a train ride and I was just sitting there they were kind of like these old church pews you know really uncomfortable under the bum and just sitting there on this train ride and I had been told when I bought my ticket buy this type of seat. Well when I was on the train there</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was a couple that was beside me on the opposite side and all they were seeing was a just a rock wall they weren&#x27;t seeing the beautiful view that I was seeing and the lady was kind of you know snickering at her husband a little bit. I wish we could have done things different and there&#x27;s a lot that we could have done different in our life and it kind of got me thinking about what mistakes have I made and what can I do to make that better? What mistakes are my retirees making and what can I do to make that better? Hence the retirement train. So from chapter one just Kidville what can you be doing to save for college and how should you teach your children about money? How much does it cost? And then chapter two of course is going to be your 20s. So it kind of instead of a chapter it&#x27;s actually a stop and each stop has a quote. I really love that. And then at the end of each chapter we kind of give you some just snapshots</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> or some talking points to make sure and give you these statistics that I know you are just dying to hear. So she was letting her husband have it. We call that North Carolina blessing him out. Yeah that&#x27;s right and bless his heart. Yes bless his heart. He was getting it. I know he was red-faced. He was pretty mad. Well the retirement world&#x27;s really complicated. It really is and but it really comes down to it&#x27;s not that complicated. I think I think with all the millions of dollars spent every single day in advertising to try to get for like financial institutions try to bring your money to them they try to make it seem like they have a better light bulb but there&#x27;s only one light bulb here and it really comes down to one thing making sure that you are comfortable in your retirement and your retirement is what you want to do in retirement not what somebody else is doing and unfortunately Christina you&#x27;ve probably seen this</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> when I say retirement&#x27;s about what you want to do when the husband and wife get to retirement many times they don&#x27;t want to do the same thing do they? They do not. I have actually seen people argue across my conference room table on multiple occasions because while you&#x27;re working and while you&#x27;re you know just getting your regular paycheck and a lot of times I see couples that have separate bank accounts well then when it comes time to talk about all of the savings it&#x27;s combined what kind of a lifestyle do we have they don&#x27;t agree on their spending habits or their savings habits and for that matter they don&#x27;t agree on the income and holy cow it makes for an interesting meeting but you&#x27;re right it&#x27;s your retirement when we&#x27;re talking to people we&#x27;re talking about them individually I&#x27;ve never seen a couple or an individual alike that has come through the doors of one of my firms and their situation has been the same as another. Yeah and that&#x27;s right and so</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> why why why do some financial firms treat everyone the same then? I have no idea I don&#x27;t think that there there is any type of a cookie cutter retirement strategy except when you&#x27;re cutting cookies I mean that&#x27;s about it it just doesn&#x27;t even exist and you know as much as I would really love to say that every retirement is going to be sweet it&#x27;s not going to and sometimes you&#x27;ve not done the right things sometimes you&#x27;ve not made the right decisions and we have to make some alternative decisions and some alternative changes and maybe a little bit of an alternative route to get to your retirement and that&#x27;s okay too when you&#x27;re coming in and seeing us we&#x27;re going to make sure that you&#x27;re on track which is part of the retirement train and the on-track retirement system so it is exciting. You know you say there&#x27;s there&#x27;s a couple national firms when when when folks walk in after hearing us on the radio or seeing us or</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> someone tell them to come see us that kind of thing when they tell us before we even pull out statements when they tell us who they&#x27;re with currently if it&#x27;s certain brokerage places or national firms you see advertised we tell them before they show us what they have what they&#x27;re going to have if we feel like a magician almost you know here&#x27;s what here&#x27;s what you have in your hand and and and most of the times unfortunately it&#x27;s right because that&#x27;s the cookie cutter method and that doesn&#x27;t really apply or shouldn&#x27;t apply to you listening I mean everyone out there has their own situation so I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve often argued and the people that have listened to the show over the years know it that there&#x27;s a saying called that there&#x27;s no two snowflakes look the same and I say well how does everyone how do you really know that though because no one&#x27;s actually looked at every snowflake they melt too fast so of course they don&#x27;t look the same there&#x27;s nobody to verify trust the science trust us on it right so you&#x27;ve got a chapter in your</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> book called exploring the pinnacles what is that about yes so first off I used to live in Berea Kentucky so obviously it&#x27;s stop three so we&#x27;re talking about when you&#x27;re at the pinnacles and this is a beautiful landmark by the way if you ever have the opportunity to visit there if you&#x27;re one of those people that likes to hike I don&#x27;t really like hiking but I did enjoy the view once I got up there and I&#x27;ve not done it again since but what does this really look like and in the middle of your life this is when if you&#x27;ve not talked to somebody about retirement or you&#x27;ve made a couple of mistakes in your 30s and 40s if you&#x27;ve not made any mistakes financially you&#x27;re probably not living I know all of us have kind of shook our head we bought too much car on a payment or maybe we rented an apartment we couldn&#x27;t afford or maybe we bought a house and we really couldn&#x27;t afford it or we bought in the wrong place and couldn&#x27;t get out of it we&#x27;re paying too much interest all of these</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> mistakes that we&#x27;ve made and then what does it look like on your everyday habitual behavior you know for example if you have an employer plan and you are not participating in 401k contributions and receiving that match you&#x27;re making a huge mistake so in those pinnacles of your career which is normally going to be your 30s 40s and even on into your 50s you want to make sure that you have all of those tax advantages contributing to your retirement saving for retirement making good sound financial decisions having excellent credit saving money every which way that you can that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really about christina i love the fact that you also give them because i know that your main thrust and goal is to get people to retirement properly especially in the financial red zone to make sure that they get on track and stay on track but you do also offer advice to younger people we both have young adult</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> children who could start saving now in just even little ways could make a big difference in their retirement you address that in the book it can&#x27;t and when we&#x27;re talking about in your savings remember folks when you hit the age of 50 you have what&#x27;s called catch-up contributions and in stop five which is called the oasis around the bend it says the small quote which is sharon stone one of my favorites it&#x27;s not like 50 is the new 30 it&#x27;s like 50 is the new chapter well let&#x27;s break that down for just a second and why did i pick that and how does that look well because maybe you&#x27;ve made some mistakes you didn&#x27;t save enough in your 30s and 40s and so there&#x27;s a possibility that you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire when and how you&#x27;re not discussing how you want to retire then you&#x27;re missing part of that retirement puzzle as well so there are just so many things to discuss and in the overall retirement</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> train one of my favorite pieces about it and the reason why it was written this way is because it&#x27;s so easy to understand there are a lot of really silly stories in there i&#x27;m getting so many people that are happy with the information because they&#x27;ll say i actually learned this in your book and i&#x27;m applying it to my life if that&#x27;s not the ultimate compliment when you&#x27;ve authored something i don&#x27;t know what is we&#x27;re talking with christina peen kepperling who is the author of the book the retirement train and also ceo of kentucky-based powerful legacy insurance and financial services who is all about well her book is aptly named the retirement train it does go through stages of life but the important thing is that christina you get people on track for retirement we do get people on track for retirement and you know it&#x27;s funny when we&#x27;re talking about being on track every person&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> track is different every destination every stop is going to be completely different and one of the things about destination retirement which is the sixth stop this is when we&#x27;re talking about getting there and how it works i do want to read just a smidge right at the very beginning of it one of my really good friends and i&#x27;m on her board for a non-profit organization she said that life seems to be broken down in three stages one falls between zero and 30 during this stage you have the energy and the time but just not the money stage two is between 30 and 60 and when you&#x27;re starting to just have the money you just don&#x27;t have the time and it&#x27;s so silly because then in the third stage this is the 60s to the end of your life this is the period when you&#x27;ve got the money you&#x27;ve got the time but you just don&#x27;t have the energy anymore oh life is so unfair it really happens like that and</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> folks this is like this is i love this book by the way it&#x27;s called the retirement train i call it the financial whistle stop tour hey i love it and step number or stop number five is the oasis around the bend what is that for the folks listening well if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement you know in your 50s you&#x27;re getting close to that oasis you&#x27;re going to be start taking some moves around here and the marshmallow theory i&#x27;m not going to tell you what that is i&#x27;m just going to give you the name of it the marshmallow theory is at the beginning of that chapter i want you to read about this it&#x27;s so fun now we do have three financial phases and i do share out in the community in our seminars about these three phases and you can have so many different professionals that state this different ways but let&#x27;s talk about growing protecting and spending i do love talking about spending money i am a really excellent consumer so i&#x27;m just going to say right there my husband will agree all day long but</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> i&#x27;m also excellent at saving so in that beginning of the financial phases that contribution folks this will be your 20s all the way up through possibly your 60s even 70s because people are living longer you&#x27;re contributing into your retirement savings there it is then we start to get in that financial red zone that everybody talks about what is that it sounds really exciting it is this is when we should start dialing down risk a little bit jumping into some conservation maybe start making a few changes in the way that we&#x27;re thinking about that distribution phase so this will be your 60s 70s 80s the rest of your life the number one fear that i hear from retirees and pre-retirees is running out of money in retirement so if you&#x27;re worried about running out of money in retirement if you&#x27;re worried about taxes volatility in the market all of these important things i want you to come and get a copy of this book</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> so first off it is available on amazon it&#x27;s 1995 which is so fun and exciting just jump on there and grab a copy of the book i know you&#x27;re going to enjoy it second you can also drop us a note on yourpowerfullegacy.com and just enter in your name your email address and let us know would like the retirement train and we&#x27;ll give you a call let you know lexington or louisville office whichever one you&#x27;d like to come and get that from we do have the payments available and for some of you our current clients you know that it was actually given to you so you&#x27;ve received a great value and we know how much you&#x27;ve loved it and enjoyed it and passed it on to several other people so let&#x27;s get this book out there and get that information out there well you know it&#x27;s very very important that people get the the right plan for the right time of their life and and and what got you there is not going to keep</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> you there a lot of times so again there&#x27;s when when the train stops a lot of people get on a lot of people get off and some people switch trains and many of you listening right now may be on the wrong train and might not realize it and so if your advisor if your advisor specializes in risk all the time and has never talked about retirement income matter of fact guaranteed lifetime income we call it a financial fill-up you might not be with the right advisor for the next train ride of your life which is all the way into the sunset so to find out if you are on the right train give us a call right now dave tell them how they can do that 800-661-7383 you can call or you can text plan to 600-700 so call 800-661-7383 or text keyword plan to 600-700 and again the book was the retirement</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> train christina we really appreciate you having having you on today thank you so much for having me it&#x27;s always a pleasure my sweet friend and i look forward to seeing you soon yes ma&#x27;am and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Hey welcome back into Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Dave Perkins here of course with America&#x27;s Wealth Coach and best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda and we&#x27;re going to talk about another book here. Christina Pien Kepperling is the CEO of Powerful Legacy Insurance and Financial Services. She is over 15 years in Central Kentucky with two offices in Lexington and Louisville and the author of the book The Retirement Train and Coach I know you&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got that book there but I love the whole concept of the book because it starts the train starts in Kidville and goes into Grown-Up Town and then Destination Retirement. Offices in Louisville and Lexington. That&#x27;s sort of like having an office at Carolina and one at Duke. Right. Good point. Yeah I have to make sure what color I&#x27;m wearing that day. Yes you do. There&#x27;s a gang colors I want to start. So The Retirement Train what a great title Christina. What inspired you to write a book first of all? Back in 2016 I was on an Alaskan cruise and went on one of those little excursions in Juneau Alaska and took a train ride and I was just sitting there they were kind of like these old church pews you know really uncomfortable under the bum and just sitting there on this train ride and I had been told when I bought my ticket buy this type of seat. Well when I was on the train there</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was a couple that was beside me on the opposite side and all they were seeing was a just a rock wall they weren&#x27;t seeing the beautiful view that I was seeing and the lady was kind of you know snickering at her husband a little bit. I wish we could have done things different and there&#x27;s a lot that we could have done different in our life and it kind of got me thinking about what mistakes have I made and what can I do to make that better? What mistakes are my retirees making and what can I do to make that better? Hence the retirement train. So from chapter one just Kidville what can you be doing to save for college and how should you teach your children about money? How much does it cost? And then chapter two of course is going to be your 20s. So it kind of instead of a chapter it&#x27;s actually a stop and each stop has a quote. I really love that. And then at the end of each chapter we kind of give you some just snapshots</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> or some talking points to make sure and give you these statistics that I know you are just dying to hear. So she was letting her husband have it. We call that North Carolina blessing him out. Yeah that&#x27;s right and bless his heart. Yes bless his heart. He was getting it. I know he was red-faced. He was pretty mad. Well the retirement world&#x27;s really complicated. It really is and but it really comes down to it&#x27;s not that complicated. I think I think with all the millions of dollars spent every single day in advertising to try to get for like financial institutions try to bring your money to them they try to make it seem like they have a better light bulb but there&#x27;s only one light bulb here and it really comes down to one thing making sure that you are comfortable in your retirement and your retirement is what you want to do in retirement not what somebody else is doing and unfortunately Christina you&#x27;ve probably seen this</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> when I say retirement&#x27;s about what you want to do when the husband and wife get to retirement many times they don&#x27;t want to do the same thing do they? They do not. I have actually seen people argue across my conference room table on multiple occasions because while you&#x27;re working and while you&#x27;re you know just getting your regular paycheck and a lot of times I see couples that have separate bank accounts well then when it comes time to talk about all of the savings it&#x27;s combined what kind of a lifestyle do we have they don&#x27;t agree on their spending habits or their savings habits and for that matter they don&#x27;t agree on the income and holy cow it makes for an interesting meeting but you&#x27;re right it&#x27;s your retirement when we&#x27;re talking to people we&#x27;re talking about them individually I&#x27;ve never seen a couple or an individual alike that has come through the doors of one of my firms and their situation has been the same as another. Yeah and that&#x27;s right and so</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> why why why do some financial firms treat everyone the same then? I have no idea I don&#x27;t think that there there is any type of a cookie cutter retirement strategy except when you&#x27;re cutting cookies I mean that&#x27;s about it it just doesn&#x27;t even exist and you know as much as I would really love to say that every retirement is going to be sweet it&#x27;s not going to and sometimes you&#x27;ve not done the right things sometimes you&#x27;ve not made the right decisions and we have to make some alternative decisions and some alternative changes and maybe a little bit of an alternative route to get to your retirement and that&#x27;s okay too when you&#x27;re coming in and seeing us we&#x27;re going to make sure that you&#x27;re on track which is part of the retirement train and the on-track retirement system so it is exciting. You know you say there&#x27;s there&#x27;s a couple national firms when when when folks walk in after hearing us on the radio or seeing us or</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> someone tell them to come see us that kind of thing when they tell us before we even pull out statements when they tell us who they&#x27;re with currently if it&#x27;s certain brokerage places or national firms you see advertised we tell them before they show us what they have what they&#x27;re going to have if we feel like a magician almost you know here&#x27;s what here&#x27;s what you have in your hand and and and most of the times unfortunately it&#x27;s right because that&#x27;s the cookie cutter method and that doesn&#x27;t really apply or shouldn&#x27;t apply to you listening I mean everyone out there has their own situation so I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve often argued and the people that have listened to the show over the years know it that there&#x27;s a saying called that there&#x27;s no two snowflakes look the same and I say well how does everyone how do you really know that though because no one&#x27;s actually looked at every snowflake they melt too fast so of course they don&#x27;t look the same there&#x27;s nobody to verify trust the science trust us on it right so you&#x27;ve got a chapter in your</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> book called exploring the pinnacles what is that about yes so first off I used to live in Berea Kentucky so obviously it&#x27;s stop three so we&#x27;re talking about when you&#x27;re at the pinnacles and this is a beautiful landmark by the way if you ever have the opportunity to visit there if you&#x27;re one of those people that likes to hike I don&#x27;t really like hiking but I did enjoy the view once I got up there and I&#x27;ve not done it again since but what does this really look like and in the middle of your life this is when if you&#x27;ve not talked to somebody about retirement or you&#x27;ve made a couple of mistakes in your 30s and 40s if you&#x27;ve not made any mistakes financially you&#x27;re probably not living I know all of us have kind of shook our head we bought too much car on a payment or maybe we rented an apartment we couldn&#x27;t afford or maybe we bought a house and we really couldn&#x27;t afford it or we bought in the wrong place and couldn&#x27;t get out of it we&#x27;re paying too much interest all of these</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> mistakes that we&#x27;ve made and then what does it look like on your everyday habitual behavior you know for example if you have an employer plan and you are not participating in 401k contributions and receiving that match you&#x27;re making a huge mistake so in those pinnacles of your career which is normally going to be your 30s 40s and even on into your 50s you want to make sure that you have all of those tax advantages contributing to your retirement saving for retirement making good sound financial decisions having excellent credit saving money every which way that you can that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really about christina i love the fact that you also give them because i know that your main thrust and goal is to get people to retirement properly especially in the financial red zone to make sure that they get on track and stay on track but you do also offer advice to younger people we both have young adult</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> children who could start saving now in just even little ways could make a big difference in their retirement you address that in the book it can&#x27;t and when we&#x27;re talking about in your savings remember folks when you hit the age of 50 you have what&#x27;s called catch-up contributions and in stop five which is called the oasis around the bend it says the small quote which is sharon stone one of my favorites it&#x27;s not like 50 is the new 30 it&#x27;s like 50 is the new chapter well let&#x27;s break that down for just a second and why did i pick that and how does that look well because maybe you&#x27;ve made some mistakes you didn&#x27;t save enough in your 30s and 40s and so there&#x27;s a possibility that you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire when and how you&#x27;re not discussing how you want to retire then you&#x27;re missing part of that retirement puzzle as well so there are just so many things to discuss and in the overall retirement</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> train one of my favorite pieces about it and the reason why it was written this way is because it&#x27;s so easy to understand there are a lot of really silly stories in there i&#x27;m getting so many people that are happy with the information because they&#x27;ll say i actually learned this in your book and i&#x27;m applying it to my life if that&#x27;s not the ultimate compliment when you&#x27;ve authored something i don&#x27;t know what is we&#x27;re talking with christina peen kepperling who is the author of the book the retirement train and also ceo of kentucky-based powerful legacy insurance and financial services who is all about well her book is aptly named the retirement train it does go through stages of life but the important thing is that christina you get people on track for retirement we do get people on track for retirement and you know it&#x27;s funny when we&#x27;re talking about being on track every person&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> track is different every destination every stop is going to be completely different and one of the things about destination retirement which is the sixth stop this is when we&#x27;re talking about getting there and how it works i do want to read just a smidge right at the very beginning of it one of my really good friends and i&#x27;m on her board for a non-profit organization she said that life seems to be broken down in three stages one falls between zero and 30 during this stage you have the energy and the time but just not the money stage two is between 30 and 60 and when you&#x27;re starting to just have the money you just don&#x27;t have the time and it&#x27;s so silly because then in the third stage this is the 60s to the end of your life this is the period when you&#x27;ve got the money you&#x27;ve got the time but you just don&#x27;t have the energy anymore oh life is so unfair it really happens like that and</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> folks this is like this is i love this book by the way it&#x27;s called the retirement train i call it the financial whistle stop tour hey i love it and step number or stop number five is the oasis around the bend what is that for the folks listening well if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement you know in your 50s you&#x27;re getting close to that oasis you&#x27;re going to be start taking some moves around here and the marshmallow theory i&#x27;m not going to tell you what that is i&#x27;m just going to give you the name of it the marshmallow theory is at the beginning of that chapter i want you to read about this it&#x27;s so fun now we do have three financial phases and i do share out in the community in our seminars about these three phases and you can have so many different professionals that state this different ways but let&#x27;s talk about growing protecting and spending i do love talking about spending money i am a really excellent consumer so i&#x27;m just going to say right there my husband will agree all day long but</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> i&#x27;m also excellent at saving so in that beginning of the financial phases that contribution folks this will be your 20s all the way up through possibly your 60s even 70s because people are living longer you&#x27;re contributing into your retirement savings there it is then we start to get in that financial red zone that everybody talks about what is that it sounds really exciting it is this is when we should start dialing down risk a little bit jumping into some conservation maybe start making a few changes in the way that we&#x27;re thinking about that distribution phase so this will be your 60s 70s 80s the rest of your life the number one fear that i hear from retirees and pre-retirees is running out of money in retirement so if you&#x27;re worried about running out of money in retirement if you&#x27;re worried about taxes volatility in the market all of these important things i want you to come and get a copy of this book</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> so first off it is available on amazon it&#x27;s 1995 which is so fun and exciting just jump on there and grab a copy of the book i know you&#x27;re going to enjoy it second you can also drop us a note on yourpowerfullegacy.com and just enter in your name your email address and let us know would like the retirement train and we&#x27;ll give you a call let you know lexington or louisville office whichever one you&#x27;d like to come and get that from we do have the payments available and for some of you our current clients you know that it was actually given to you so you&#x27;ve received a great value and we know how much you&#x27;ve loved it and enjoyed it and passed it on to several other people so let&#x27;s get this book out there and get that information out there well you know it&#x27;s very very important that people get the the right plan for the right time of their life and and and what got you there is not going to keep</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> you there a lot of times so again there&#x27;s when when the train stops a lot of people get on a lot of people get off and some people switch trains and many of you listening right now may be on the wrong train and might not realize it and so if your advisor if your advisor specializes in risk all the time and has never talked about retirement income matter of fact guaranteed lifetime income we call it a financial fill-up you might not be with the right advisor for the next train ride of your life which is all the way into the sunset so to find out if you are on the right train give us a call right now dave tell them how they can do that 800-661-7383 you can call or you can text plan to 600-700 so call 800-661-7383 or text keyword plan to 600-700 and again the book was the retirement</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> train christina we really appreciate you having having you on today thank you so much for having me it&#x27;s always a pleasure my sweet friend and i look forward to seeing you soon yes ma&#x27;am and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kristina Ping</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kristina Ping, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/image.jpg?t=1792073650&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristina-ping-author-of-the-retirement-train/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/image.jpg?t=1792073650&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Feb 2022 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>777</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12461667" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristina-ping-author-of-the-retirement-train</link>
      <itunes:order>32</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Retirement Train" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Andrew Hallam: Balance, Money, Health, and Happiness</title>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Hallam: Balance, Money, Health, and Happiness</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Balance: How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health, and Wealth. They explore the relationship between financial choices and a fulfilling life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to authors. And I sure like to talk to authors who&#x27;ve come back on the show because they have a reason to, because we got such a great response when we were on before, have people asking about them, emailing in, asking how they can get the book. His name is Andrew Hollum. And the name of the book we talked about a couple of weeks ago was Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Got such great response on that. I look around on Amazon and I found another book that he&#x27;d written and we&#x27;ve got that. It&#x27;s called Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth. And again, we&#x27;re going to welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome back in. Coach Pete and Thomas, thank you very much. Now, you wrote the, I don&#x27;t know which, you&#x27;ve got another book too.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Was it The Millionaire Expat? Like that&#x27;s talking about not being in America and moving money around, I guess, from country to country. But what inspired you to write the new book here, Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth? Oh, yeah, that one, it was, I think it was trying to look at the concept of money and our relationship with money from a holistic sense. Like I start by asking the question, why? Like, why do you do anything? Like, why do you invest money? Why do you want to go to the bathroom? Why do you want to run a marathon or get a degree? When you continue to ask people why, you know, first of all, you&#x27;ll just get a variety of different answers. But if you keep digging with why, eventually they&#x27;ll come up with some derivative of life satisfaction.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> They&#x27;ll tell you they want to feel happy, safe or secure. So that, life satisfaction, is what success is all about. But that&#x27;s it, full stop. So success equals life satisfaction. And what I wanted to do with the book Balance was break this down to see what components help us enhance our life satisfaction and get the most we can out of life. And I narrowed it down to something like a four-legged table. And so one of the legs is the money leg. Like, yeah, we need to have a certain amount of money to feed ourselves, to have health care, to have shelter, a little bit of money left over for retirement savings and spending on experiences and giving. And so there&#x27;s the money leg and there&#x27;s the relationship leg, which is another really, really important one.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Probably the most important one. When we look at, you know, Harvard&#x27;s study of adult development, and we looked at what was it&#x27;s an eight-decade-long study to determine what was the single most important variable for a happy life, it was relationships. So the third leg of the table was health. We have one vessel. So, you know, we want to not abuse it. And then the fourth leg of the table is a sense of purpose. So we need to have that thing that gets us up in the morning. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Now, you were a high school teacher when you started, I guess, your career, right? And so what did you teach? I taught high school English. And then after I wrote Millionaire Teacher, they asked me to also teach personal finance. Oh.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I think Andrew would have been a fun teacher to have. He would have been a fun teacher. Absolutely. Get back to teaching. We just might. We loved it. We did. We did enjoy it. Thomas, you were over there. It looked like you had a question. I was. It&#x27;s just a very interesting. I love the four pillars that you have going on. But I wanted to dig deep. We talked a little bit about cars a few weeks ago. And you discussed that in your book as well. But you also discussed the slippery upgrade slope. And I&#x27;m in my mid-30s right now. And I&#x27;m seeing, you know, the new iPhone coming out every year. And, oh, but Verizon&#x27;s going to give me this. And AT&amp;T, da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da. Is that kind of what you&#x27;re talking about here? Things like that? Yeah. It&#x27;s, you know, something called hedonic adaptability. And essentially what that means is, you know, when we pine for something, like a material</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> acquisition most specifically, and then we purchase it, it&#x27;s kind of like a sugar rush. But when, you know, Coach Pete, you were talking about buyer&#x27;s remorse. So what, you know, what typically happens, you know, beyond that point too, is just that whatever it is that we bought, it just becomes another thing. Like that phone, just because another thing. So Thomas, the phone that you currently have at one point, you pined after it. Like you wanted it. Sure. Like you went for it. I&#x27;m like, I want this one. This is going to be awesome. Sexy. The current phone you have is just another phone, right? It is. Absolutely. You don&#x27;t tap dance because you&#x27;ve got this special phone. You get, we get used to whatever it is that we own. And so this slippery upgrade slope, it&#x27;s fascinating on a behavioral level because we get on a treadmill</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> of consumption thinking that these things are actually going to make us happier. When in reality, behavioral research and, you know, our own anecdotal evidence, when we actually look at ourselves, honestly, we don&#x27;t typically need behavioral research to tell us this. Like Thomas, you don&#x27;t need behavioral research to tell you that the current phone that you have now doesn&#x27;t absolutely excite you. Sure. But at one point, you know, before you bought it, it did. It did. It did. Tim Cook convinced me. Well, I think that&#x27;s a tough thing, though, because what you&#x27;re talking about is basically people are wasting dollars and just letting dollars fly out the window because they assume they&#x27;re going to achieve some level of satisfaction by buying this object or this car or try to keep up with, you know, Bobby and Billy over there.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And at the end of the day, they&#x27;re just hurting themselves and not getting what they want. There&#x27;s a net loss through this whole process, especially when you&#x27;re borrowing money to buy it because research on life satisfaction suggests that when we have debts on a subconscious or a conscious level, debts actually drag us down. And so, you know, we buy something to make us feel good. We think it&#x27;s going to enhance our life satisfaction. We get buyer&#x27;s remorse. It doesn&#x27;t affect even if you don&#x27;t get buyer&#x27;s remorse. It doesn&#x27;t typically end up affecting your life satisfaction because of hedonic adaptability. We get used to it. And if we&#x27;re stuck with a debt bill as a result of that, it&#x27;s just a lose-lose scenario. Yeah. The feeling you had, the excitement and the satisfaction feeling you had when you bought</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> something is almost doubled on the negative side when you realize what you did. Yeah, exactly. When you look at the TV show South Park, there&#x27;s an episode where the kids all roll into a bank and they&#x27;re trying to put money to save it somewhere. And basically the banker loses it all and says this, we don&#x27;t want that to happen with our retirement money. And so if we have a retirement plan established and we know what our income is going to be with certainty in the future and we have extra money left over, then we can spend with more satisfaction knowing that we&#x27;re not going to depend on that money or wish we had that money in the future. Yeah. You know, one of the things I brought up in the book Balance is I said, imagine like you&#x27;re hanging out with some friends around a campfire. So I call this the campfire litmus test. So like Pete and Thomas, when you guys get together 10 years from now, you guys are not</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> going to talk about the stuff that you bought. In fact, even, hey, let&#x27;s not even take you guys. Let&#x27;s take three or four of the most materialistic people you know, put them into a 10 years from now, get them to talk and enjoy each other&#x27;s company around a campfire. Now they&#x27;re divorced. Even those people are not, they&#x27;re not going to fight each other. I want that. They&#x27;re not going to talk about the stuff that they bought back in 2022. No, you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re not. They&#x27;re going to talk about the experiences they had, the people that they met. They&#x27;re going to talk about the things that they did. These are things that create memories. And so, you know, when we, when we do choose to spend money, what&#x27;s kind of cool is when we&#x27;re doing it for life satisfaction, if you can spend money on an experience, especially when that experience brings people together, this is a win-win because you create a memory and</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> relationships are really where it&#x27;s at. You know what I laugh at? I laugh at the, like the ads that would say something like, you know, be the envy of your neighbors, like buy this and be the envy. Envy is not a good thing. Like if you&#x27;re, if you&#x27;re envied by your neighbors, you&#x27;re not loved by your neighbors, right? There&#x27;s a great movie called envy, by the way, with Ben Stiller in it. If you haven&#x27;t seen that, it&#x27;s on Netflix or somewhere like that. It&#x27;s funny. And it is, it&#x27;s exactly what you&#x27;re talking about, Andrew. It doesn&#x27;t make you feel better. Envy. Yeah. Look up. I watch it about every time I&#x27;ve run into it. So I&#x27;ve probably seen it like 10 times. I&#x27;m one of those kinds of guys. I&#x27;m not really paying attention, but I&#x27;m watching it. I&#x27;m laughing. If I&#x27;m laughing, I&#x27;m having a good time. So speaking of which, again, folks talking to Andrew Hollum, the author of several books, the book we&#x27;re talking about today is balance, how to invest and spend for happiness,</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> health and wealth in your book that we&#x27;re just mentioning. Chapter six really has my attention. And I think people will get a kick out of this. The title is bathrooms and the markets daily routines that help you make money. Now, what does that mean? Well, I wanted to use the bathroom. Every morning starts out the same, right? And we&#x27;re all human. I got no idea what you&#x27;re talking about. The idea here is that we all contribute to corporate business earnings with everything we do. And so there are certain people who might say, well, I don&#x27;t really. I don&#x27;t spend a lot of money. No, no. We all contribute to corporate earnings with everything. And when we contribute to corporate earnings and over time, corporations earn more money.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They&#x27;re able to then pay more dividends to shareholders. Share prices increase. And so that&#x27;s what we get when we get the stock market rising. So I create an example of this guy, John. Perfect, right? He goes to the bathroom. And everything he does, basically, he&#x27;s in there in the bathroom and he&#x27;s doing his business and he wipes. Okay, just a simple act of wiping your butt contributes to hundreds of different companies, most of which will trade on the stock exchange. Wow. So it&#x27;s not only the company that makes the toilet paper, right? It&#x27;s every company that transported that toilet paper. There are companies that produce the packaging for that toilet paper.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> There are the companies that ship that toilet paper. There are the companies that, I mean, it comes from trees. So ultimately, there are the companies that, the forestry companies, the railroad companies, the fellers and the skitters when we&#x27;re taking down these trees. And then all of the companies that service those companies. So the simple act of wiping your butt, literally, it ends up, I mean, you literally are contributing to hundreds of different businesses. Well, then the reality shows kick in where they show the guys on the mountain cutting the trees down to bring them up the mountain to turn them into toilet paper. That&#x27;s it. Yeah, that would not be a great reality show. Well, what about the plumbing industry? Because then you use some of the wipes you&#x27;re not supposed to use or you&#x27;re not supposed to flush them. And now they have to call the plumber. Septic pump. And we haven&#x27;t mentioned all the social media ads that I saw while sitting down doing my</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> business. Oh. You got it. You got it. Yeah. That&#x27;s it. Everybody contributes to this economy. And if you can own a piece of it, and that&#x27;s the whole point here, when you&#x27;re investing your money and you&#x27;re owning a piece of it, yes, what we do know is that stock markets have good years and they have bad years. But over lengthy periods of time, corporate earnings rise because we continue to add money to these businesses on a using type of level. So we use their services. We purchase their products and that pads their financial bottom lines, which ultimately leads to long term higher stock appreciation and higher dividends over time that we get to reinvest and hopefully build our wealth to the point where we can become financially</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> dependent. And then you build your happiness and your health and your wealth. And folks, again, his name is Andrew Hollum and the name of the book is Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth. Andrew, thanks for your time today. Hope to have you on again in the future. Andrew Hollum and I would love to come back, guys. Thank you very much. Yes, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Balance: How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health, and Wealth. They explore the relationship between financial choices and a fulfilling life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to authors. And I sure like to talk to authors who&#x27;ve come back on the show because they have a reason to, because we got such a great response when we were on before, have people asking about them, emailing in, asking how they can get the book. His name is Andrew Hollum. And the name of the book we talked about a couple of weeks ago was Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Got such great response on that. I look around on Amazon and I found another book that he&#x27;d written and we&#x27;ve got that. It&#x27;s called Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth. And again, we&#x27;re going to welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome back in. Coach Pete and Thomas, thank you very much. Now, you wrote the, I don&#x27;t know which, you&#x27;ve got another book too.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Was it The Millionaire Expat? Like that&#x27;s talking about not being in America and moving money around, I guess, from country to country. But what inspired you to write the new book here, Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth? Oh, yeah, that one, it was, I think it was trying to look at the concept of money and our relationship with money from a holistic sense. Like I start by asking the question, why? Like, why do you do anything? Like, why do you invest money? Why do you want to go to the bathroom? Why do you want to run a marathon or get a degree? When you continue to ask people why, you know, first of all, you&#x27;ll just get a variety of different answers. But if you keep digging with why, eventually they&#x27;ll come up with some derivative of life satisfaction.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> They&#x27;ll tell you they want to feel happy, safe or secure. So that, life satisfaction, is what success is all about. But that&#x27;s it, full stop. So success equals life satisfaction. And what I wanted to do with the book Balance was break this down to see what components help us enhance our life satisfaction and get the most we can out of life. And I narrowed it down to something like a four-legged table. And so one of the legs is the money leg. Like, yeah, we need to have a certain amount of money to feed ourselves, to have health care, to have shelter, a little bit of money left over for retirement savings and spending on experiences and giving. And so there&#x27;s the money leg and there&#x27;s the relationship leg, which is another really, really important one.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Probably the most important one. When we look at, you know, Harvard&#x27;s study of adult development, and we looked at what was it&#x27;s an eight-decade-long study to determine what was the single most important variable for a happy life, it was relationships. So the third leg of the table was health. We have one vessel. So, you know, we want to not abuse it. And then the fourth leg of the table is a sense of purpose. So we need to have that thing that gets us up in the morning. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Now, you were a high school teacher when you started, I guess, your career, right? And so what did you teach? I taught high school English. And then after I wrote Millionaire Teacher, they asked me to also teach personal finance. Oh.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I think Andrew would have been a fun teacher to have. He would have been a fun teacher. Absolutely. Get back to teaching. We just might. We loved it. We did. We did enjoy it. Thomas, you were over there. It looked like you had a question. I was. It&#x27;s just a very interesting. I love the four pillars that you have going on. But I wanted to dig deep. We talked a little bit about cars a few weeks ago. And you discussed that in your book as well. But you also discussed the slippery upgrade slope. And I&#x27;m in my mid-30s right now. And I&#x27;m seeing, you know, the new iPhone coming out every year. And, oh, but Verizon&#x27;s going to give me this. And AT&amp;T, da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da. Is that kind of what you&#x27;re talking about here? Things like that? Yeah. It&#x27;s, you know, something called hedonic adaptability. And essentially what that means is, you know, when we pine for something, like a material</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> acquisition most specifically, and then we purchase it, it&#x27;s kind of like a sugar rush. But when, you know, Coach Pete, you were talking about buyer&#x27;s remorse. So what, you know, what typically happens, you know, beyond that point too, is just that whatever it is that we bought, it just becomes another thing. Like that phone, just because another thing. So Thomas, the phone that you currently have at one point, you pined after it. Like you wanted it. Sure. Like you went for it. I&#x27;m like, I want this one. This is going to be awesome. Sexy. The current phone you have is just another phone, right? It is. Absolutely. You don&#x27;t tap dance because you&#x27;ve got this special phone. You get, we get used to whatever it is that we own. And so this slippery upgrade slope, it&#x27;s fascinating on a behavioral level because we get on a treadmill</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> of consumption thinking that these things are actually going to make us happier. When in reality, behavioral research and, you know, our own anecdotal evidence, when we actually look at ourselves, honestly, we don&#x27;t typically need behavioral research to tell us this. Like Thomas, you don&#x27;t need behavioral research to tell you that the current phone that you have now doesn&#x27;t absolutely excite you. Sure. But at one point, you know, before you bought it, it did. It did. It did. Tim Cook convinced me. Well, I think that&#x27;s a tough thing, though, because what you&#x27;re talking about is basically people are wasting dollars and just letting dollars fly out the window because they assume they&#x27;re going to achieve some level of satisfaction by buying this object or this car or try to keep up with, you know, Bobby and Billy over there.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And at the end of the day, they&#x27;re just hurting themselves and not getting what they want. There&#x27;s a net loss through this whole process, especially when you&#x27;re borrowing money to buy it because research on life satisfaction suggests that when we have debts on a subconscious or a conscious level, debts actually drag us down. And so, you know, we buy something to make us feel good. We think it&#x27;s going to enhance our life satisfaction. We get buyer&#x27;s remorse. It doesn&#x27;t affect even if you don&#x27;t get buyer&#x27;s remorse. It doesn&#x27;t typically end up affecting your life satisfaction because of hedonic adaptability. We get used to it. And if we&#x27;re stuck with a debt bill as a result of that, it&#x27;s just a lose-lose scenario. Yeah. The feeling you had, the excitement and the satisfaction feeling you had when you bought</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> something is almost doubled on the negative side when you realize what you did. Yeah, exactly. When you look at the TV show South Park, there&#x27;s an episode where the kids all roll into a bank and they&#x27;re trying to put money to save it somewhere. And basically the banker loses it all and says this, we don&#x27;t want that to happen with our retirement money. And so if we have a retirement plan established and we know what our income is going to be with certainty in the future and we have extra money left over, then we can spend with more satisfaction knowing that we&#x27;re not going to depend on that money or wish we had that money in the future. Yeah. You know, one of the things I brought up in the book Balance is I said, imagine like you&#x27;re hanging out with some friends around a campfire. So I call this the campfire litmus test. So like Pete and Thomas, when you guys get together 10 years from now, you guys are not</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> going to talk about the stuff that you bought. In fact, even, hey, let&#x27;s not even take you guys. Let&#x27;s take three or four of the most materialistic people you know, put them into a 10 years from now, get them to talk and enjoy each other&#x27;s company around a campfire. Now they&#x27;re divorced. Even those people are not, they&#x27;re not going to fight each other. I want that. They&#x27;re not going to talk about the stuff that they bought back in 2022. No, you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re not. They&#x27;re going to talk about the experiences they had, the people that they met. They&#x27;re going to talk about the things that they did. These are things that create memories. And so, you know, when we, when we do choose to spend money, what&#x27;s kind of cool is when we&#x27;re doing it for life satisfaction, if you can spend money on an experience, especially when that experience brings people together, this is a win-win because you create a memory and</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> relationships are really where it&#x27;s at. You know what I laugh at? I laugh at the, like the ads that would say something like, you know, be the envy of your neighbors, like buy this and be the envy. Envy is not a good thing. Like if you&#x27;re, if you&#x27;re envied by your neighbors, you&#x27;re not loved by your neighbors, right? There&#x27;s a great movie called envy, by the way, with Ben Stiller in it. If you haven&#x27;t seen that, it&#x27;s on Netflix or somewhere like that. It&#x27;s funny. And it is, it&#x27;s exactly what you&#x27;re talking about, Andrew. It doesn&#x27;t make you feel better. Envy. Yeah. Look up. I watch it about every time I&#x27;ve run into it. So I&#x27;ve probably seen it like 10 times. I&#x27;m one of those kinds of guys. I&#x27;m not really paying attention, but I&#x27;m watching it. I&#x27;m laughing. If I&#x27;m laughing, I&#x27;m having a good time. So speaking of which, again, folks talking to Andrew Hollum, the author of several books, the book we&#x27;re talking about today is balance, how to invest and spend for happiness,</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> health and wealth in your book that we&#x27;re just mentioning. Chapter six really has my attention. And I think people will get a kick out of this. The title is bathrooms and the markets daily routines that help you make money. Now, what does that mean? Well, I wanted to use the bathroom. Every morning starts out the same, right? And we&#x27;re all human. I got no idea what you&#x27;re talking about. The idea here is that we all contribute to corporate business earnings with everything we do. And so there are certain people who might say, well, I don&#x27;t really. I don&#x27;t spend a lot of money. No, no. We all contribute to corporate earnings with everything. And when we contribute to corporate earnings and over time, corporations earn more money.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They&#x27;re able to then pay more dividends to shareholders. Share prices increase. And so that&#x27;s what we get when we get the stock market rising. So I create an example of this guy, John. Perfect, right? He goes to the bathroom. And everything he does, basically, he&#x27;s in there in the bathroom and he&#x27;s doing his business and he wipes. Okay, just a simple act of wiping your butt contributes to hundreds of different companies, most of which will trade on the stock exchange. Wow. So it&#x27;s not only the company that makes the toilet paper, right? It&#x27;s every company that transported that toilet paper. There are companies that produce the packaging for that toilet paper.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> There are the companies that ship that toilet paper. There are the companies that, I mean, it comes from trees. So ultimately, there are the companies that, the forestry companies, the railroad companies, the fellers and the skitters when we&#x27;re taking down these trees. And then all of the companies that service those companies. So the simple act of wiping your butt, literally, it ends up, I mean, you literally are contributing to hundreds of different businesses. Well, then the reality shows kick in where they show the guys on the mountain cutting the trees down to bring them up the mountain to turn them into toilet paper. That&#x27;s it. Yeah, that would not be a great reality show. Well, what about the plumbing industry? Because then you use some of the wipes you&#x27;re not supposed to use or you&#x27;re not supposed to flush them. And now they have to call the plumber. Septic pump. And we haven&#x27;t mentioned all the social media ads that I saw while sitting down doing my</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> business. Oh. You got it. You got it. Yeah. That&#x27;s it. Everybody contributes to this economy. And if you can own a piece of it, and that&#x27;s the whole point here, when you&#x27;re investing your money and you&#x27;re owning a piece of it, yes, what we do know is that stock markets have good years and they have bad years. But over lengthy periods of time, corporate earnings rise because we continue to add money to these businesses on a using type of level. So we use their services. We purchase their products and that pads their financial bottom lines, which ultimately leads to long term higher stock appreciation and higher dividends over time that we get to reinvest and hopefully build our wealth to the point where we can become financially</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> dependent. And then you build your happiness and your health and your wealth. And folks, again, his name is Andrew Hollum and the name of the book is Balance, How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health and Wealth. Andrew, thanks for your time today. Hope to have you on again in the future. Andrew Hollum and I would love to come back, guys. Thank you very much. Yes, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Balance: How to Invest and Spend for Happiness, Health, and Wealth. They explore the relationship between financial choices and a fulfilling life.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Andrew Hallam</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <category>Money</category>
      <category>Health</category>
      <category>Happiness</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Andrew Hallam, personal growth, Balance, Money, Health, Happiness, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0/image.jpg?t=1792073662&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/andrew-hallam-author-of-balance-how-to-invest-and/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0/image.jpg?t=1792073662&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Feb 2022 17:53:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41b42498-25e0-468d-9856-ae53012675e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11715192" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/andrew-hallam-author-of-balance-how-to-invest-and</link>
      <itunes:order>33</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Balance, Money, Health, and Happiness" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:36" title="Behavior and financial decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:50" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Andrew Hallam: More Lessons from Millionaire Teacher (Bonus)</title>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Hallam: More Lessons from Millionaire Teacher (Bonus)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam continues his conversation with Coach Pete about Millionaire Teacher. This bonus interview returns to the financial lessons and ideas discussed in the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete D’Arruda, best-selling author here. We&#x27;re in the middle of an interview with the author of Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. That is Andrew Hollum. Welcome back in, guys. I&#x27;m excited to continue this interview here. That&#x27;s Thomas Lipscomb over there. He said, yes, Coach Pete, but I&#x27;m Coach Pete over here. Thomas is over there on the other side of the glass. Hey, Andrew, this book is fascinating. And you know, I&#x27;ve got, Thomas will tell you, Thomas, how many bookshelves do I have upstairs? A few, a few. A few tens of tens? It&#x27;s not a hundred, but a few tens. It&#x27;s a bit like a library. I&#x27;ve got so many books in the financial world, and this has been one of the most fascinating ones. And how do I do it? Well, I go to Amazon, and I just buy books all the time, and I see it every now and then. I find an author who really knows what he&#x27;s talking about and presents</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> it in a way where you can know what he&#x27;s talking about. Andrew is on with us again. He is the author of Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Andrew, they never taught us anything about wealth in school, did they? No. And that&#x27;s the crazy thing, because, you know, so many people think, well, you&#x27;ve got to learn that from your parents. But if they didn&#x27;t learn it from school, they didn&#x27;t learn it from somewhere. It&#x27;s like everybody&#x27;s just kind of dancing around in the snow naked and pretending that they know what they&#x27;re doing. Well, you know, most of the people I talk to that are talking about the financial world say they really have no clue. I talked to one guy years ago. He said he basically takes his wallet, and he throws it into the distance, and he goes try to find it. That&#x27;s how he when he spends money on marketing. He tries to see if he doesn&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s going to be good or not. So that&#x27;s the equivalent of taking your wallet, throwing it way into the distance and seeing if</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> you can go find it, throw it again. But we have a spend first philosophy in this country, especially, and it can be attributed to our love affair with the TV set, because any show you watch on TV or even listen on the radio has to be sponsored by someone. And there was a term back in the day, and I didn&#x27;t know what it meant until I got older. Mom used to watch something called soap operas. You know why they call them soap operas? They were designed by the laundry industry to try to find a way to present their product to a very captive audience, usually of women at home, housewives. And the best way to do that was to design a drama that went on for years and really never happened. Like, you can join a soap opera that you haven&#x27;t seen in three or four years. You can watch it again,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and it&#x27;s probably only moved one or two weeks in that soap opera world. But they had to find a way to get a captive audience to sell stuff to, and the TV set was the best way to do it. So any show you see has these things called commercials. Or if you pay extra for the stations that don&#x27;t have commercials, you still have product placement in there. So if you&#x27;re watching a movie and someone&#x27;s drinking a Coke, that magic can of Coke didn&#x27;t end up on there by accident, by the way. Coke paid the sponsor or the people of the movie, so sponsor fee to make sure they have it on there. So what we have to do, Andrew, is realize, number one, is realize we&#x27;re always being marketed to, especially on TV, don&#x27;t we? Oh, absolutely. And on the internet. Yeah, internet. Oh, yeah. Well, that&#x27;s the new TV. That&#x27;s a whole level of pointed marketing. Yeah, because they know a lot more about you on the internet, so they can target the ads right to you</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> that can entice you even more because they have psychologists on staff and all this kind of stuff. So the magic of the money world, mom always told me this when I was little. She said, you&#x27;ve got, when I had my paper route, so I&#x27;d come home and I was a rich dude, I had like $30 from a week of paper routing. That&#x27;s profit. And she said, little Pete, the magic now is you&#x27;ve got this money in your pocket, everybody else wants to take the money out of your pocket. And so that&#x27;s what happens. And we get enticed by the ads or the lifestyles that are rich and famous, those kind of things. They have a show on MTV called MTV Crips, I think it&#x27;s called, where they feature different houses of the celebrities you see and how much money they spent. And it looks like they glorify spending money. And Andrew, you would probably argue that&#x27;s not the best strategy, is it? No, I know. And it&#x27;s so interesting how many of those people actually don&#x27;t have money. So,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> you know, we hear stories all the time about actors making, Johnny Depp was a prime example. He&#x27;s probably one of the latest high profile examples where, you know, how much money did that guy make during the Pirates of the Caribbean? It&#x27;s a funny thing. I mean, I don&#x27;t go around sort of looking for these stories, but somebody sent me an article written by the India Times, of all things, like some newspaper in India. And it&#x27;s online. And they said, hey, you&#x27;re mentioned in this India Times article with Johnny Depp. Like, why would I be mentioned with Johnny Depp? And what the journalist was saying was saying, okay, here&#x27;s an example of a guy who didn&#x27;t earn a lot of money. You know, he&#x27;s a school teacher, but he didn&#x27;t do dumb things with his money. He didn&#x27;t spend extravagantly. He invested it intelligently. And over time, you know, he</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> allowed compound interest to do its work. And he ended up, you know, a millionaire. And then we have, on the other end, we have this guy, Johnny Depp, who&#x27;s made an absolute fortune. And the juxtaposition was really, really interesting. And my wife&#x27;s always had this massive crush on Johnny Depp. And so I took this article to her and I said, her name is Pelley. I said, hey, Pelley, India Times says I&#x27;m way cooler than Johnny Depp. Well, you know, it&#x27;s funny when you see some of these Hollywood celebrities without their makeup on, you don&#x27;t even realize who they are. No, you don&#x27;t. And for any of our listeners who may not know, Depp ended up losing $650 million due to the mismanagement that we&#x27;re discussing here. And if I&#x27;m saying this right, another $100 million, he still owes in back taxes to the IRS.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> See, that&#x27;s a problem. You make a lot of money, you spend a lot of money, you forget that your best friend wants some of that money, too. Your best friend is Uncle Sam. Uncle Sam. And Uncle Cooper, if you&#x27;re in North Carolina. So that&#x27;s the governor, that&#x27;s the state taxes. So we need to know that when we make money, we need to put at least 30% or more aside for taxes, because that&#x27;s not our money. And that&#x27;s, it goes out a lot quicker than it comes in, doesn&#x27;t it, Andrew? Yeah, it does. And you know what gets me thinking, guys, too, about this is the, you know, I think about those who say, geez, you know, I wish I was, I grew up in a family where we had more money and maybe parents could help me out a little bit more with things like down payment on a house or with a car. But the reality is there&#x27;s this, there&#x27;s this sweet spot where adversity is actually a really good thing. Like some degree of financial adversity, not enough to crush you. But you know,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we need to be able to build our own personal financial muscles. And a guy like Johnny Depp or a sports athlete, like the money gets thrown at them so easily. They do what they love. Yep. And then they get paid millions of dollars for it. So it&#x27;s just like kind of money falling out of the clouds. They don&#x27;t have a real sense of how to manage it. They are basically financially illiterate. Like, let&#x27;s just say it how it is. It&#x27;s, you know, it sounds kind of hardcore, but to say that somebody like Johnny Depp is financially illiterate, might be an awesome guy, but that&#x27;s the reality. And so, you know, you, you build financial literacy and I think you can build a lot of pride just by it&#x27;s, you know, as a Spanish say, poco a poco, right? Just bit by bit, doing small things well over time. It&#x27;s kind of like a baseball game where you just continue to</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> hit singles. It&#x27;s really hard to beat a team that just continues to hit singles in every baseball game. Yeah. It&#x27;s Thomas, you notice how that Andrew tried to drop in a little bragging there. He knows Spanish now because he&#x27;s traveling all around. Folks, we are talking to the author of The Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. His name is Andrew Holland. Andrew, there&#x27;s, and this book is packed. It really is packed. Each chapter has a lot of sub chapters that we could do a whole show on each sub chapter, but I want to skip over to rule nine, your chapter nine, basically rule nine, avoid seduction. Now, what are you talking about there? Oh, it&#x27;s the stuff that get rich quick promises. And, you know, every generation ends up, ends up succumbing to this in one way, shape or form. And once that momentum starts to roll,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> it, it starts to look like more and more, there are more and more ways to make really fast, easy money. And I think that&#x27;s probably what you guys were alluding to. And we&#x27;ve got that probably now more than we&#x27;ve ever had since perhaps the late 1990s when anything that was, you know, listed as a dot com, any kind of company that was related to the internet was rising to the stock was rising like crazy, despite the fact that in most cases, these businesses earned very little, if any money. And, you know, we&#x27;re in another era like that, aren&#x27;t we? I mean, you&#x27;ve got the same kind of thing. A lot of these meme stocks and you&#x27;ve got, you know, last I checked, do you guys, do you guys know how many cryptocurrencies there are? There&#x27;s a ton. Make a guess. Make a guess. Oh God, there&#x27;s, there&#x27;s thousands of new ones every day. I mean, what&#x27;s, let&#x27;s say,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> let&#x27;s say a million. I don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;s probably too much. You&#x27;re right. There are, there are thousands of them. I believe now there, there are more cryptocurrencies than there are stocks on the New York Stock Exchange. Wow. Okay. I&#x27;ve got a Carl Sagan moment. There are millions and millions of cryptos. Well, we just had to do it. I think it&#x27;s something like 6,000 or something silly. Yeah. It&#x27;s a tremendous. And of course, like you say, every day, somebody is creating a new one all over the place. And yeah. Yeah. Is there such a thing? Is there such a thing as get rich quick? I mean, it happens. Somebody wins a lottery and sure. Yeah. But that&#x27;s get lucky quick. Yeah. And I think all of this is, is, is a lot of get lucky quick. Yeah. And so the problem with the whole get lucky quick story is that, you know, for, for every,</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> for every one that you hear, there were a thousand that ended up catastrophically failing. And rather than trying to get tempted to build wealth really, really quickly is to try to put a peer reviewed economic science in your favor, you know, build a low cost diversified investment portfolio, continue to add money every month, allow compound interest and dollar cost averaging to do their thing. That&#x27;s what most normal people kind of have to do. I mean, we have salaries that most people don&#x27;t have gargantuan salaries. So we save a portion of that, but if we just able, if we&#x27;re able to ignore</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> stock market forecasts, ignore the economy, just build a fully diversified investment portfolio, it&#x27;s low cost, keep adding money to it. If we do that, we are going to outperform the vast majority of professional investors over our lifetime. And that&#x27;s a, that&#x27;s an irrefutable premise. When, and when people hear diversified, a lot of times they think just stocks, bonds, mutual funds, but I think we should go one step further, diversify amongst risk and safety. So now you have some safe assets and some risk assets altogether. That gives you more peace of mind when we&#x27;re in a bad market economy, knowing that some of your portfolio is not tied to the market. You know what I&#x27;m saying? So that&#x27;s why the diversification is very important, not just to fall for stocks, bonds, mutual funds, which are all risk. And so when the market goes down, you lose a lot of money there. If interest rates start going up, your bond prices go down. So we have to be</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> very careful what&#x27;s going on here. Hey, got, got about 30 seconds here on this segment, but can you tell folks in your research, what&#x27;s the worst scam you&#x27;ve ever seen? Ponzi&#x27;s Ponzi&#x27;s. I still get, I still get people telling me about some wonderful investment opportunity where somebody is promising them 30% a year. They&#x27;ll send me the prospectus. They&#x27;ll tell me it&#x27;s a really nice guy. He used to work for JP Morgan Chase. He&#x27;s amazing. He&#x27;s so bright. He&#x27;s brilliant. He has a Ferrari. Yeah. And we have two after I get done investing. I&#x27;ll tell you guys, it&#x27;s actually, it&#x27;s actually, you guys know this. You guys know this. I mean, these things, you know, when you, when you get these things, they don&#x27;t say Ponzi&#x27;s. No, they don&#x27;t. They say best investment ever. Best brochures. It&#x27;s actually been hard a couple of times. It&#x27;s been hard for me</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> to talk some friends out of a scheme that just screams Ponzi. It&#x27;s actually hard for me to talk them out of it. And they&#x27;ve read my book, Millionaire Teacher. And they&#x27;ve, they&#x27;ve heard me talk and they&#x27;ve, they&#x27;ve seen, they&#x27;ve read my articles, but still it&#x27;s a weird thing about human nature. There, there&#x27;s a, there&#x27;s a greed button. Fear, fear and greed, fear and greed. Yep. Yeah, exactly. All right. Well, that&#x27;s been a, it&#x27;s been a fun interview. We&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future. Folks, again, his name was Andrew Holloman and the book is Millionaire Teacher. You can buy it anywhere books are sold. The subtitle, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Cool. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. Well, thanks, Andrew, by the way. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam continues his conversation with Coach Pete about Millionaire Teacher. This bonus interview returns to the financial lessons and ideas discussed in the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete D’Arruda, best-selling author here. We&#x27;re in the middle of an interview with the author of Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. That is Andrew Hollum. Welcome back in, guys. I&#x27;m excited to continue this interview here. That&#x27;s Thomas Lipscomb over there. He said, yes, Coach Pete, but I&#x27;m Coach Pete over here. Thomas is over there on the other side of the glass. Hey, Andrew, this book is fascinating. And you know, I&#x27;ve got, Thomas will tell you, Thomas, how many bookshelves do I have upstairs? A few, a few. A few tens of tens? It&#x27;s not a hundred, but a few tens. It&#x27;s a bit like a library. I&#x27;ve got so many books in the financial world, and this has been one of the most fascinating ones. And how do I do it? Well, I go to Amazon, and I just buy books all the time, and I see it every now and then. I find an author who really knows what he&#x27;s talking about and presents</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> it in a way where you can know what he&#x27;s talking about. Andrew is on with us again. He is the author of Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Andrew, they never taught us anything about wealth in school, did they? No. And that&#x27;s the crazy thing, because, you know, so many people think, well, you&#x27;ve got to learn that from your parents. But if they didn&#x27;t learn it from school, they didn&#x27;t learn it from somewhere. It&#x27;s like everybody&#x27;s just kind of dancing around in the snow naked and pretending that they know what they&#x27;re doing. Well, you know, most of the people I talk to that are talking about the financial world say they really have no clue. I talked to one guy years ago. He said he basically takes his wallet, and he throws it into the distance, and he goes try to find it. That&#x27;s how he when he spends money on marketing. He tries to see if he doesn&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s going to be good or not. So that&#x27;s the equivalent of taking your wallet, throwing it way into the distance and seeing if</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> you can go find it, throw it again. But we have a spend first philosophy in this country, especially, and it can be attributed to our love affair with the TV set, because any show you watch on TV or even listen on the radio has to be sponsored by someone. And there was a term back in the day, and I didn&#x27;t know what it meant until I got older. Mom used to watch something called soap operas. You know why they call them soap operas? They were designed by the laundry industry to try to find a way to present their product to a very captive audience, usually of women at home, housewives. And the best way to do that was to design a drama that went on for years and really never happened. Like, you can join a soap opera that you haven&#x27;t seen in three or four years. You can watch it again,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and it&#x27;s probably only moved one or two weeks in that soap opera world. But they had to find a way to get a captive audience to sell stuff to, and the TV set was the best way to do it. So any show you see has these things called commercials. Or if you pay extra for the stations that don&#x27;t have commercials, you still have product placement in there. So if you&#x27;re watching a movie and someone&#x27;s drinking a Coke, that magic can of Coke didn&#x27;t end up on there by accident, by the way. Coke paid the sponsor or the people of the movie, so sponsor fee to make sure they have it on there. So what we have to do, Andrew, is realize, number one, is realize we&#x27;re always being marketed to, especially on TV, don&#x27;t we? Oh, absolutely. And on the internet. Yeah, internet. Oh, yeah. Well, that&#x27;s the new TV. That&#x27;s a whole level of pointed marketing. Yeah, because they know a lot more about you on the internet, so they can target the ads right to you</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> that can entice you even more because they have psychologists on staff and all this kind of stuff. So the magic of the money world, mom always told me this when I was little. She said, you&#x27;ve got, when I had my paper route, so I&#x27;d come home and I was a rich dude, I had like $30 from a week of paper routing. That&#x27;s profit. And she said, little Pete, the magic now is you&#x27;ve got this money in your pocket, everybody else wants to take the money out of your pocket. And so that&#x27;s what happens. And we get enticed by the ads or the lifestyles that are rich and famous, those kind of things. They have a show on MTV called MTV Crips, I think it&#x27;s called, where they feature different houses of the celebrities you see and how much money they spent. And it looks like they glorify spending money. And Andrew, you would probably argue that&#x27;s not the best strategy, is it? No, I know. And it&#x27;s so interesting how many of those people actually don&#x27;t have money. So,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> you know, we hear stories all the time about actors making, Johnny Depp was a prime example. He&#x27;s probably one of the latest high profile examples where, you know, how much money did that guy make during the Pirates of the Caribbean? It&#x27;s a funny thing. I mean, I don&#x27;t go around sort of looking for these stories, but somebody sent me an article written by the India Times, of all things, like some newspaper in India. And it&#x27;s online. And they said, hey, you&#x27;re mentioned in this India Times article with Johnny Depp. Like, why would I be mentioned with Johnny Depp? And what the journalist was saying was saying, okay, here&#x27;s an example of a guy who didn&#x27;t earn a lot of money. You know, he&#x27;s a school teacher, but he didn&#x27;t do dumb things with his money. He didn&#x27;t spend extravagantly. He invested it intelligently. And over time, you know, he</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> allowed compound interest to do its work. And he ended up, you know, a millionaire. And then we have, on the other end, we have this guy, Johnny Depp, who&#x27;s made an absolute fortune. And the juxtaposition was really, really interesting. And my wife&#x27;s always had this massive crush on Johnny Depp. And so I took this article to her and I said, her name is Pelley. I said, hey, Pelley, India Times says I&#x27;m way cooler than Johnny Depp. Well, you know, it&#x27;s funny when you see some of these Hollywood celebrities without their makeup on, you don&#x27;t even realize who they are. No, you don&#x27;t. And for any of our listeners who may not know, Depp ended up losing $650 million due to the mismanagement that we&#x27;re discussing here. And if I&#x27;m saying this right, another $100 million, he still owes in back taxes to the IRS.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> See, that&#x27;s a problem. You make a lot of money, you spend a lot of money, you forget that your best friend wants some of that money, too. Your best friend is Uncle Sam. Uncle Sam. And Uncle Cooper, if you&#x27;re in North Carolina. So that&#x27;s the governor, that&#x27;s the state taxes. So we need to know that when we make money, we need to put at least 30% or more aside for taxes, because that&#x27;s not our money. And that&#x27;s, it goes out a lot quicker than it comes in, doesn&#x27;t it, Andrew? Yeah, it does. And you know what gets me thinking, guys, too, about this is the, you know, I think about those who say, geez, you know, I wish I was, I grew up in a family where we had more money and maybe parents could help me out a little bit more with things like down payment on a house or with a car. But the reality is there&#x27;s this, there&#x27;s this sweet spot where adversity is actually a really good thing. Like some degree of financial adversity, not enough to crush you. But you know,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we need to be able to build our own personal financial muscles. And a guy like Johnny Depp or a sports athlete, like the money gets thrown at them so easily. They do what they love. Yep. And then they get paid millions of dollars for it. So it&#x27;s just like kind of money falling out of the clouds. They don&#x27;t have a real sense of how to manage it. They are basically financially illiterate. Like, let&#x27;s just say it how it is. It&#x27;s, you know, it sounds kind of hardcore, but to say that somebody like Johnny Depp is financially illiterate, might be an awesome guy, but that&#x27;s the reality. And so, you know, you, you build financial literacy and I think you can build a lot of pride just by it&#x27;s, you know, as a Spanish say, poco a poco, right? Just bit by bit, doing small things well over time. It&#x27;s kind of like a baseball game where you just continue to</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> hit singles. It&#x27;s really hard to beat a team that just continues to hit singles in every baseball game. Yeah. It&#x27;s Thomas, you notice how that Andrew tried to drop in a little bragging there. He knows Spanish now because he&#x27;s traveling all around. Folks, we are talking to the author of The Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. His name is Andrew Holland. Andrew, there&#x27;s, and this book is packed. It really is packed. Each chapter has a lot of sub chapters that we could do a whole show on each sub chapter, but I want to skip over to rule nine, your chapter nine, basically rule nine, avoid seduction. Now, what are you talking about there? Oh, it&#x27;s the stuff that get rich quick promises. And, you know, every generation ends up, ends up succumbing to this in one way, shape or form. And once that momentum starts to roll,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> it, it starts to look like more and more, there are more and more ways to make really fast, easy money. And I think that&#x27;s probably what you guys were alluding to. And we&#x27;ve got that probably now more than we&#x27;ve ever had since perhaps the late 1990s when anything that was, you know, listed as a dot com, any kind of company that was related to the internet was rising to the stock was rising like crazy, despite the fact that in most cases, these businesses earned very little, if any money. And, you know, we&#x27;re in another era like that, aren&#x27;t we? I mean, you&#x27;ve got the same kind of thing. A lot of these meme stocks and you&#x27;ve got, you know, last I checked, do you guys, do you guys know how many cryptocurrencies there are? There&#x27;s a ton. Make a guess. Make a guess. Oh God, there&#x27;s, there&#x27;s thousands of new ones every day. I mean, what&#x27;s, let&#x27;s say,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> let&#x27;s say a million. I don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;s probably too much. You&#x27;re right. There are, there are thousands of them. I believe now there, there are more cryptocurrencies than there are stocks on the New York Stock Exchange. Wow. Okay. I&#x27;ve got a Carl Sagan moment. There are millions and millions of cryptos. Well, we just had to do it. I think it&#x27;s something like 6,000 or something silly. Yeah. It&#x27;s a tremendous. And of course, like you say, every day, somebody is creating a new one all over the place. And yeah. Yeah. Is there such a thing? Is there such a thing as get rich quick? I mean, it happens. Somebody wins a lottery and sure. Yeah. But that&#x27;s get lucky quick. Yeah. And I think all of this is, is, is a lot of get lucky quick. Yeah. And so the problem with the whole get lucky quick story is that, you know, for, for every,</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> for every one that you hear, there were a thousand that ended up catastrophically failing. And rather than trying to get tempted to build wealth really, really quickly is to try to put a peer reviewed economic science in your favor, you know, build a low cost diversified investment portfolio, continue to add money every month, allow compound interest and dollar cost averaging to do their thing. That&#x27;s what most normal people kind of have to do. I mean, we have salaries that most people don&#x27;t have gargantuan salaries. So we save a portion of that, but if we just able, if we&#x27;re able to ignore</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> stock market forecasts, ignore the economy, just build a fully diversified investment portfolio, it&#x27;s low cost, keep adding money to it. If we do that, we are going to outperform the vast majority of professional investors over our lifetime. And that&#x27;s a, that&#x27;s an irrefutable premise. When, and when people hear diversified, a lot of times they think just stocks, bonds, mutual funds, but I think we should go one step further, diversify amongst risk and safety. So now you have some safe assets and some risk assets altogether. That gives you more peace of mind when we&#x27;re in a bad market economy, knowing that some of your portfolio is not tied to the market. You know what I&#x27;m saying? So that&#x27;s why the diversification is very important, not just to fall for stocks, bonds, mutual funds, which are all risk. And so when the market goes down, you lose a lot of money there. If interest rates start going up, your bond prices go down. So we have to be</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> very careful what&#x27;s going on here. Hey, got, got about 30 seconds here on this segment, but can you tell folks in your research, what&#x27;s the worst scam you&#x27;ve ever seen? Ponzi&#x27;s Ponzi&#x27;s. I still get, I still get people telling me about some wonderful investment opportunity where somebody is promising them 30% a year. They&#x27;ll send me the prospectus. They&#x27;ll tell me it&#x27;s a really nice guy. He used to work for JP Morgan Chase. He&#x27;s amazing. He&#x27;s so bright. He&#x27;s brilliant. He has a Ferrari. Yeah. And we have two after I get done investing. I&#x27;ll tell you guys, it&#x27;s actually, it&#x27;s actually, you guys know this. You guys know this. I mean, these things, you know, when you, when you get these things, they don&#x27;t say Ponzi&#x27;s. No, they don&#x27;t. They say best investment ever. Best brochures. It&#x27;s actually been hard a couple of times. It&#x27;s been hard for me</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> to talk some friends out of a scheme that just screams Ponzi. It&#x27;s actually hard for me to talk them out of it. And they&#x27;ve read my book, Millionaire Teacher. And they&#x27;ve, they&#x27;ve heard me talk and they&#x27;ve, they&#x27;ve seen, they&#x27;ve read my articles, but still it&#x27;s a weird thing about human nature. There, there&#x27;s a, there&#x27;s a greed button. Fear, fear and greed, fear and greed. Yep. Yeah, exactly. All right. Well, that&#x27;s been a, it&#x27;s been a fun interview. We&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future. Folks, again, his name was Andrew Holloman and the book is Millionaire Teacher. You can buy it anywhere books are sold. The subtitle, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. Cool. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. Well, thanks, Andrew, by the way. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Hallam continues his conversation with Coach Pete about Millionaire Teacher. This bonus interview returns to the financial lessons and ideas discussed in the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Andrew Hallam</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>More Lessons from Millionaire Teacher</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Andrew Hallam, books and authors, More Lessons from Millionaire Teacher, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262/image.jpg?t=1792070869&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bonus-andrew-hallam-author-of-millionaire-teacher/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262/image.jpg?t=1792070869&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 17:50:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>753</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b950d55d-b8da-4886-ae75-ae530125d262/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12077167" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bonus-andrew-hallam-author-of-millionaire-teacher</link>
      <itunes:order>34</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="More Lessons from Millionaire Teacher" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:11" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Andrew Hallam: Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education</title>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Hallam: Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And you guys know that I love to talk to authors since I&#x27;m one myself. And this week we have a very special author joining us from Panama. Yeah, the country of Panama. And his name is Andrew Hollum. And he&#x27;s written the book, Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. And we talked about this a month or so ago on our show when I found this book. And I liked it so much and my staff loved it so much that I wanted to have the real author of the book on to talk from his own words what each chapter means or some of the chapters. And matter of fact, I like the book so much I bought a copy for everyone in my company&#x27;s organization. So I bought 20 copies and handed them out. And Thomas is nodding his head in there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thomas, have you started to look at the – I mean, you guys like the book. I have started going through it. It&#x27;s great. There&#x27;s so little information out there that&#x27;s practical that anything that you can get your hands on is very valuable. This is like an owner&#x27;s manual for the financial world, I think. So I&#x27;ve written some books too. I like this book along with my seven baby steps. I think these books are both really good. But without further ado, let&#x27;s welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome in. Hey, thanks very much, guys. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. I&#x27;m glad you guys at least aren&#x27;t turned off by a middle schooler&#x27;s sense of humor because that&#x27;s basically all I&#x27;ve got. And that&#x27;s about all I put into Millionaire Teacher. Well, if people listen to this show, they appreciate a middle school sense of humor because that&#x27;s about what we do all the time. You even have the drum to go along with it. All right. So explain first why you&#x27;re logging into the show from Panama today.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What&#x27;s going on in Panama? Hey, it&#x27;s warm for starters. So my wife and I have been globally nomadic for about eight years. And so I grew up in Canada and I was a public school teacher there. And I took a year off in 2002. And just to travel, I decided I&#x27;m going to travel the world. I was super naive, thinking I could see the world in a year. And the principal at the school that I was at in Canada ended up getting a job at a private international school based on a U.S. curriculum, mostly American students, servicing mostly American families in Singapore. And he said, you should apply for this job. So I took that job. It was fantastic. I taught high school English and then eventually I taught high school personal finance.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And we thought we&#x27;d take a year off in 2014. We figured let&#x27;s take a year off, take a break, travel a little bit. And one year led to two, which has led to eight so far. And we&#x27;re enjoying it. We&#x27;re floating around all over the place. So Panama is where we currently are, but we don&#x27;t tend to be in any one spot longer than typically a handful of months. So when you do that, do you find what, and I&#x27;m just using a term that I hear, Airbnb, do you find little houses to rent? Or how do you go about that when you&#x27;re nomadic in retirement? Yeah, sometimes we do. Sometimes like right now we&#x27;re staying at an Airbnb. Yep. And other times like we&#x27;ll actually rent a place. Renting is far cheaper, of course. No middleman. Sometimes.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Yeah, exactly. And Panama&#x27;s got, I mean, great value for your money. So right now we&#x27;re on this. We&#x27;ve got this place on the 35th floor with this spectacular ocean view. And it&#x27;s about a thousand. It would be, if we were not doing the Airbnb thing, it&#x27;d be about a thousand dollars a month. And it has, you know, like a swimming pool on the top floor and it has a gym. And it&#x27;s got this great gazillion dollar view. Like it&#x27;s the most spectacular view I think I&#x27;ve ever seen from a building. It&#x27;s incredible. You&#x27;re talking about a thousand dollars a month. I know a guy who rented a place in Malibu, Airbnb, it was a thousand dollars a night. It didn&#x27;t have a pool. So what a deal. You know, one of the things that a lot of people have been trying to say, well, gosh, when I retire, I want my dollar to stretch further.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So let me go to different countries. We heard a lot of people running to Mexico years ago and Mexico still running to Mexico. The one complaint I hear is security. It&#x27;s not the same safety feeling as we get in most neighborhoods here in America in Mexico. I don&#x27;t know what Panama is like. And you have to know it&#x27;s not going to be the same, but the food&#x27;s going to be different too. But I guess you guys like that. You know, what&#x27;s interesting is it&#x27;s when you&#x27;re looking at safety, it&#x27;s generally regional. So, you know, the United States is based on homicide rates per 100,000. It&#x27;s actually pretty low. And ironically, despite what we hear from the media, it&#x27;s safer to live in the United States now than it was in the 1990s. Wow. And the 1970s. But we don&#x27;t get that sense. Doesn&#x27;t seem like that, does it? You know, with the media, with the number one rule of media, and I know a lot of people in media, is if it bleeds, it leads.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It leads. So they get you to listen and watch and they keep you there and they keep it filled with negative news and get you all depressed in a half hour. And they&#x27;ve sold you a whole bunch of stuff like soap. Yeah. I mean, if you walk up and down the streets, you walk up and down the American streets and you ask people like, tell me about like homicide rate, gun violence, gun violence compared to how it was in the 90s and say the 1970s, they&#x27;ll tell you it&#x27;s way worse. Yeah. But if you look at FBI crime statistics on homicides per 100,000, it&#x27;s safer. It&#x27;s basically safer than it&#x27;s ever been. And so obviously there&#x27;s still issues. We still need to sort things out. But likewise, you know, when you get a place like Mexico, homicide rates pretty high. But again, it&#x27;s really regional. So you&#x27;ve got the port cities that are dangerous, the cities up by the U.S. border that are dangerous. Right. Anything where you&#x27;ve got, you know, drug movements back and forth.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Right, right. But there are pockets that are relatively safe. Having said that, Panama is another level. So Panama is far safer than Mexico. And with Panama, you can drink water out of the tap. It costs a little bit more to live in Panama or to be in Panama than it does to be in Mexico. But, you know, we&#x27;re, you know, the more I travel, guys, the more I realize I don&#x27;t know. And the more I realize, like, I have to keep learning. I&#x27;d never been here before. And I&#x27;m liking it. We&#x27;re having a really good winter here in Panama. Well, what I say in the financial world, it&#x27;s not the information that&#x27;s out there. It&#x27;s where you&#x27;re getting the information. So if you&#x27;re getting it from a biased source, guess what? It&#x27;s going to be biased. So that&#x27;s why we talk about in the financial world how important it is to deal with a fiduciary planning firm that has access to risk and safety.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> So you put that proper plan together. Now, let&#x27;s look at your rule number one in your book is spend like you want to grow rich. Now, what does that mean? Yeah, you know, many people think that wealthy people spend gobs of money. And that&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ll see on television. And you might read that in a flashy magazine and such. But the truth is that wealthy people spend far less than we often think they do, especially when we&#x27;re looking at depreciating assets like vehicles. It&#x27;s really interesting looking at, I mean, Thomas Stanley wrote about this in The Millionaire Next Door when he first published that book in 1996. And he continued his research. And then in 2019, a few years after his death, he was unfortunately killed in an automobile accident.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> He, his daughter, who he had been working on a new book with, ended up continuing the research and publishing a book called The Next Millionaire Next Door. And what that book showed was that the median price paid for a median price that a typical American millionaire paid for their latest car was $35,000. Now, what&#x27;s so interesting is this. So my wife and I have a condominium and there are 40 units in this place. And of my neighbors, you know, 39 neighbors there. It&#x27;s in Victoria, British Columbia. And if I go down into the parking area and I look around at the vehicles, I would say that probably the majority of those vehicles are worth more than $35,000.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But I&#x27;d be surprised if any of the people driving them are actually millionaires. Yeah. So that means they&#x27;re spending all their money on depreciation, depreciating assets, which is not the proper recipe, is it? You know, it&#x27;s not. And, you know, it becomes the norm because when you see other people doing it, like your neighbors are doing it, this just becomes what people do. And so you start thinking, because everyone else is doing it, it&#x27;s got to be at least normal. If not healthy, it&#x27;s normal. You don&#x27;t even think of it as unhealthy. But, you know, we do. We have this, I think, an unhealthy, most of us culturally have an unhealthy relationship with, I think, our desire to acquire stuff, depreciating assets. And often we borrow money to get them. Well, I don&#x27;t know if they have this bias yet. There&#x27;s like familiarity biases, all the biases.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> But what about the wealth bias? So you&#x27;re biased because you want to look wealthy. That&#x27;s what people buy. You know, when you, and I don&#x27;t know if your parents ever told you this. My dad never told me anything to spank. But mom would say, well, like if I came home and I did something wrong in school. And I said, well, mom, everyone else was doing it. And she would say, if everyone else was jumping off a cliff, would you do it too? And I would say no. And so that&#x27;s what happens here. You see everyone else blowing money and you decide, well, if they&#x27;re doing it, I could do it too. But the smart people, the rich people, they&#x27;re hiding in plain sight. And in your book, I learned a term. I&#x27;m honest. I didn&#x27;t know this term. The Deca Millionaire. And Thomas knew that. When I asked the guys when we were doing the show and that no one had seen the book yet, I said, what&#x27;s a Deca Millionaire? And Thomas knew it. And then one final point of that, and I want you to talk about this.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> But in that Deca Millionaire chapter in the book, and again, it&#x27;s chapter one, you talked about Warren Buffett in 2006 spent $55,000 on a Cadillac. The funny thing is, in 2005, I spent about that on the same Cadillac. I got a Cadillac SRX, which was the Hearst kind of one. It was a station wagon. I really loved that car. So I feel like Warren Buffett today. But Warren Buffett could buy million-dollar cars, and he&#x27;s sitting there buying, and it&#x27;s still a lot of money, but $55,000 Cadillac. Now explain the Deca Millionaire kind of philosophy and what gets people there and keeps them there. Well, it&#x27;s really spending less on depreciating assets like cars and thinking more about spending like a millionaire. And millionaires actually don&#x27;t typically dine out at really exclusive restaurants on a daily basis, for example.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Most millionaires don&#x27;t own Rolex watches. Most millionaires don&#x27;t go around buying extravagant jewelry or fancy brand-name purses. And that&#x27;s a total irony. If we were to grab the people that end up buying really expensive jewelry, really expensive purses, and really expensive cars, and we would like to corral them all into a room. Like we took, I don&#x27;t know, we found like a thousand of them. We went into an upscale parking lot. You found all these people that had these really high-end vehicles, and you jammed them all into a room, and you gave them truth serum. And you&#x27;re actually to ask them, like, how much money do you actually have? You&#x27;d find that most of them had really high salaries. So, you know, they might be doctors and lawyers and people that end up earning a lot of income. But they&#x27;re typically people that have low levels of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean that there aren&#x27;t rich people who end up driving really expensive cars. There are. But most rich people don&#x27;t. So it&#x27;s a great way of reframing things. Because, you know, what you&#x27;re not spending on an expensive vehicle, if you choose not to, you can put towards investing for your future. Yeah. You can put towards donating money to charitable causes. You can put towards potentially taking time off, a form of sabbatical to spend time with people you love and enjoy some really cool experiences. And generally speaking, you know, we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction. We think we do beforehand, but we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction from material acquisitions. Buyer&#x27;s remorse. Remember that term? Exactly. That&#x27;s what happens, too. You say, gosh, the little voice inside you said, I shouldn&#x27;t have done that.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Even though it felt good for the first couple minutes or first couple days, Buyer&#x27;s remorse kicks in and you realize you made a mistake. Hey, Andrew, this has been a fascinating interview. Do you have time? Can we hold you over one more segment to talk more about this same book here? I&#x27;d be thrilled to. Okay, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. You&#x27;re right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And you guys know that I love to talk to authors since I&#x27;m one myself. And this week we have a very special author joining us from Panama. Yeah, the country of Panama. And his name is Andrew Hollum. And he&#x27;s written the book, Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. And we talked about this a month or so ago on our show when I found this book. And I liked it so much and my staff loved it so much that I wanted to have the real author of the book on to talk from his own words what each chapter means or some of the chapters. And matter of fact, I like the book so much I bought a copy for everyone in my company&#x27;s organization. So I bought 20 copies and handed them out. And Thomas is nodding his head in there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thomas, have you started to look at the – I mean, you guys like the book. I have started going through it. It&#x27;s great. There&#x27;s so little information out there that&#x27;s practical that anything that you can get your hands on is very valuable. This is like an owner&#x27;s manual for the financial world, I think. So I&#x27;ve written some books too. I like this book along with my seven baby steps. I think these books are both really good. But without further ado, let&#x27;s welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome in. Hey, thanks very much, guys. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. I&#x27;m glad you guys at least aren&#x27;t turned off by a middle schooler&#x27;s sense of humor because that&#x27;s basically all I&#x27;ve got. And that&#x27;s about all I put into Millionaire Teacher. Well, if people listen to this show, they appreciate a middle school sense of humor because that&#x27;s about what we do all the time. You even have the drum to go along with it. All right. So explain first why you&#x27;re logging into the show from Panama today.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What&#x27;s going on in Panama? Hey, it&#x27;s warm for starters. So my wife and I have been globally nomadic for about eight years. And so I grew up in Canada and I was a public school teacher there. And I took a year off in 2002. And just to travel, I decided I&#x27;m going to travel the world. I was super naive, thinking I could see the world in a year. And the principal at the school that I was at in Canada ended up getting a job at a private international school based on a U.S. curriculum, mostly American students, servicing mostly American families in Singapore. And he said, you should apply for this job. So I took that job. It was fantastic. I taught high school English and then eventually I taught high school personal finance.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And we thought we&#x27;d take a year off in 2014. We figured let&#x27;s take a year off, take a break, travel a little bit. And one year led to two, which has led to eight so far. And we&#x27;re enjoying it. We&#x27;re floating around all over the place. So Panama is where we currently are, but we don&#x27;t tend to be in any one spot longer than typically a handful of months. So when you do that, do you find what, and I&#x27;m just using a term that I hear, Airbnb, do you find little houses to rent? Or how do you go about that when you&#x27;re nomadic in retirement? Yeah, sometimes we do. Sometimes like right now we&#x27;re staying at an Airbnb. Yep. And other times like we&#x27;ll actually rent a place. Renting is far cheaper, of course. No middleman. Sometimes.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Yeah, exactly. And Panama&#x27;s got, I mean, great value for your money. So right now we&#x27;re on this. We&#x27;ve got this place on the 35th floor with this spectacular ocean view. And it&#x27;s about a thousand. It would be, if we were not doing the Airbnb thing, it&#x27;d be about a thousand dollars a month. And it has, you know, like a swimming pool on the top floor and it has a gym. And it&#x27;s got this great gazillion dollar view. Like it&#x27;s the most spectacular view I think I&#x27;ve ever seen from a building. It&#x27;s incredible. You&#x27;re talking about a thousand dollars a month. I know a guy who rented a place in Malibu, Airbnb, it was a thousand dollars a night. It didn&#x27;t have a pool. So what a deal. You know, one of the things that a lot of people have been trying to say, well, gosh, when I retire, I want my dollar to stretch further.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So let me go to different countries. We heard a lot of people running to Mexico years ago and Mexico still running to Mexico. The one complaint I hear is security. It&#x27;s not the same safety feeling as we get in most neighborhoods here in America in Mexico. I don&#x27;t know what Panama is like. And you have to know it&#x27;s not going to be the same, but the food&#x27;s going to be different too. But I guess you guys like that. You know, what&#x27;s interesting is it&#x27;s when you&#x27;re looking at safety, it&#x27;s generally regional. So, you know, the United States is based on homicide rates per 100,000. It&#x27;s actually pretty low. And ironically, despite what we hear from the media, it&#x27;s safer to live in the United States now than it was in the 1990s. Wow. And the 1970s. But we don&#x27;t get that sense. Doesn&#x27;t seem like that, does it? You know, with the media, with the number one rule of media, and I know a lot of people in media, is if it bleeds, it leads.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It leads. So they get you to listen and watch and they keep you there and they keep it filled with negative news and get you all depressed in a half hour. And they&#x27;ve sold you a whole bunch of stuff like soap. Yeah. I mean, if you walk up and down the streets, you walk up and down the American streets and you ask people like, tell me about like homicide rate, gun violence, gun violence compared to how it was in the 90s and say the 1970s, they&#x27;ll tell you it&#x27;s way worse. Yeah. But if you look at FBI crime statistics on homicides per 100,000, it&#x27;s safer. It&#x27;s basically safer than it&#x27;s ever been. And so obviously there&#x27;s still issues. We still need to sort things out. But likewise, you know, when you get a place like Mexico, homicide rates pretty high. But again, it&#x27;s really regional. So you&#x27;ve got the port cities that are dangerous, the cities up by the U.S. border that are dangerous. Right. Anything where you&#x27;ve got, you know, drug movements back and forth.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Right, right. But there are pockets that are relatively safe. Having said that, Panama is another level. So Panama is far safer than Mexico. And with Panama, you can drink water out of the tap. It costs a little bit more to live in Panama or to be in Panama than it does to be in Mexico. But, you know, we&#x27;re, you know, the more I travel, guys, the more I realize I don&#x27;t know. And the more I realize, like, I have to keep learning. I&#x27;d never been here before. And I&#x27;m liking it. We&#x27;re having a really good winter here in Panama. Well, what I say in the financial world, it&#x27;s not the information that&#x27;s out there. It&#x27;s where you&#x27;re getting the information. So if you&#x27;re getting it from a biased source, guess what? It&#x27;s going to be biased. So that&#x27;s why we talk about in the financial world how important it is to deal with a fiduciary planning firm that has access to risk and safety.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> So you put that proper plan together. Now, let&#x27;s look at your rule number one in your book is spend like you want to grow rich. Now, what does that mean? Yeah, you know, many people think that wealthy people spend gobs of money. And that&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ll see on television. And you might read that in a flashy magazine and such. But the truth is that wealthy people spend far less than we often think they do, especially when we&#x27;re looking at depreciating assets like vehicles. It&#x27;s really interesting looking at, I mean, Thomas Stanley wrote about this in The Millionaire Next Door when he first published that book in 1996. And he continued his research. And then in 2019, a few years after his death, he was unfortunately killed in an automobile accident.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> He, his daughter, who he had been working on a new book with, ended up continuing the research and publishing a book called The Next Millionaire Next Door. And what that book showed was that the median price paid for a median price that a typical American millionaire paid for their latest car was $35,000. Now, what&#x27;s so interesting is this. So my wife and I have a condominium and there are 40 units in this place. And of my neighbors, you know, 39 neighbors there. It&#x27;s in Victoria, British Columbia. And if I go down into the parking area and I look around at the vehicles, I would say that probably the majority of those vehicles are worth more than $35,000.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But I&#x27;d be surprised if any of the people driving them are actually millionaires. Yeah. So that means they&#x27;re spending all their money on depreciation, depreciating assets, which is not the proper recipe, is it? You know, it&#x27;s not. And, you know, it becomes the norm because when you see other people doing it, like your neighbors are doing it, this just becomes what people do. And so you start thinking, because everyone else is doing it, it&#x27;s got to be at least normal. If not healthy, it&#x27;s normal. You don&#x27;t even think of it as unhealthy. But, you know, we do. We have this, I think, an unhealthy, most of us culturally have an unhealthy relationship with, I think, our desire to acquire stuff, depreciating assets. And often we borrow money to get them. Well, I don&#x27;t know if they have this bias yet. There&#x27;s like familiarity biases, all the biases.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> But what about the wealth bias? So you&#x27;re biased because you want to look wealthy. That&#x27;s what people buy. You know, when you, and I don&#x27;t know if your parents ever told you this. My dad never told me anything to spank. But mom would say, well, like if I came home and I did something wrong in school. And I said, well, mom, everyone else was doing it. And she would say, if everyone else was jumping off a cliff, would you do it too? And I would say no. And so that&#x27;s what happens here. You see everyone else blowing money and you decide, well, if they&#x27;re doing it, I could do it too. But the smart people, the rich people, they&#x27;re hiding in plain sight. And in your book, I learned a term. I&#x27;m honest. I didn&#x27;t know this term. The Deca Millionaire. And Thomas knew that. When I asked the guys when we were doing the show and that no one had seen the book yet, I said, what&#x27;s a Deca Millionaire? And Thomas knew it. And then one final point of that, and I want you to talk about this.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> But in that Deca Millionaire chapter in the book, and again, it&#x27;s chapter one, you talked about Warren Buffett in 2006 spent $55,000 on a Cadillac. The funny thing is, in 2005, I spent about that on the same Cadillac. I got a Cadillac SRX, which was the Hearst kind of one. It was a station wagon. I really loved that car. So I feel like Warren Buffett today. But Warren Buffett could buy million-dollar cars, and he&#x27;s sitting there buying, and it&#x27;s still a lot of money, but $55,000 Cadillac. Now explain the Deca Millionaire kind of philosophy and what gets people there and keeps them there. Well, it&#x27;s really spending less on depreciating assets like cars and thinking more about spending like a millionaire. And millionaires actually don&#x27;t typically dine out at really exclusive restaurants on a daily basis, for example.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Most millionaires don&#x27;t own Rolex watches. Most millionaires don&#x27;t go around buying extravagant jewelry or fancy brand-name purses. And that&#x27;s a total irony. If we were to grab the people that end up buying really expensive jewelry, really expensive purses, and really expensive cars, and we would like to corral them all into a room. Like we took, I don&#x27;t know, we found like a thousand of them. We went into an upscale parking lot. You found all these people that had these really high-end vehicles, and you jammed them all into a room, and you gave them truth serum. And you&#x27;re actually to ask them, like, how much money do you actually have? You&#x27;d find that most of them had really high salaries. So, you know, they might be doctors and lawyers and people that end up earning a lot of income. But they&#x27;re typically people that have low levels of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean that there aren&#x27;t rich people who end up driving really expensive cars. There are. But most rich people don&#x27;t. So it&#x27;s a great way of reframing things. Because, you know, what you&#x27;re not spending on an expensive vehicle, if you choose not to, you can put towards investing for your future. Yeah. You can put towards donating money to charitable causes. You can put towards potentially taking time off, a form of sabbatical to spend time with people you love and enjoy some really cool experiences. And generally speaking, you know, we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction. We think we do beforehand, but we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction from material acquisitions. Buyer&#x27;s remorse. Remember that term? Exactly. That&#x27;s what happens, too. You say, gosh, the little voice inside you said, I shouldn&#x27;t have done that.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Even though it felt good for the first couple minutes or first couple days, Buyer&#x27;s remorse kicks in and you realize you made a mistake. Hey, Andrew, this has been a fascinating interview. Do you have time? Can we hold you over one more segment to talk more about this same book here? I&#x27;d be thrilled to. Okay, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. You&#x27;re right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Andrew Hallam</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Andrew Hallam, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/image.jpg?t=1792073669&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/2022-02-18-andrew-hallam-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/image.jpg?t=1792073669&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 17:47:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11716532" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/2022-02-18-andrew-hallam-1</link>
      <itunes:order>35</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete here, very special guest Mr. Phil Graham over there. Phil we were talking before the show there&#x27;s an acronym out there I want you to explain to people and we say it in a sentence. The sentence is don&#x27;t let your retirement take a hit. H-I-T. What does that stand for? Well to me the three biggest risks to retirement and I&#x27;m probably going to add a fourth. Okay. But the H stands for health care.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Health care big one. Long-term care, home care, assisted living or. Is that getting more expensive cheaper? Or I just renewed my health insurance at the glorious healthcare.gov with a $17,000 deductible. But so that&#x27;s a whole other conversation. And it costs you a lot more than it used to cost. It&#x27;s ridiculous. So that&#x27;s the H, health care. The I is for inflation. Inflation big one. That&#x27;s a big one these days isn&#x27;t it? We could talk for hours about that effect today. You know what we need to talk about sometime and that&#x27;s that we don&#x27;t have enough time on this show is the funny business the way the government can come up with the cost of inflation and make it seem not as bad as it is. Yeah let&#x27;s go pull some things that don&#x27;t matter into the equation there. If you&#x27;re shopping at all for anything you&#x27;ve seen inflation and you&#x27;re going to see more and more of it and it&#x27;s not just getting</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> gas. Now gas has a that&#x27;s a huge inflation there but it&#x27;s food it&#x27;s everything. Talk about that. So inflation&#x27;s big. H-I-T. What&#x27;s the T? And then the third taxes. Another fun one. And no I&#x27;ve lived by the rule for years that I can put more money in somebody&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminating their taxes than by chasing a higher rate of return. Tax planning. Tax navigation strategy we call it. Helping you navigate the tax code to protect your behind from the tax man. Well the key word you just said coach is strategy. Strategy. Not tax planning. Not tax preparation. Strategy is the word that makes the difference. And then the fourth that I&#x27;ve added is market volatility. Okay. Sequence of returns. The timing of the market. When you put your money in versus when you take it out. Warren Buffett always</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> said buy when others sell and sell when others buy. But the main thing is buy low. Sell win. High. And during the journey up the mountain. The accumulation years. The rates of return in the order that they happen are irrelevant. And I think you&#x27;re gonna have Tom Hegnaugh on. I know he talks a lot about sequence of returns. We&#x27;ve had Tom on a bunch of times. He has sequence of return. Very important. But when you&#x27;re coming down the mountain and you&#x27;re withdrawing money. Right. Negative returns early in retirement can be catastrophic and just completely implode. Which is why you hear me talk about guaranteed income. Very important. Paychecks during retirement. And it&#x27;s a fill up we call it. Making sure you have streams of income that are never going to go away that can increase to combat inflation and are tax efficient.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So it covers all your hit strategy there. Right. Yeah. So the great news is there are tools that can help with health care costs. You know whether it&#x27;s traditional long-term care or just other vehicles that have key components built in to assist with that. Inflation is how do we get a decent rate of return without the market volatility. You know I believe in that. Yep. And then taxes is working with someone that understands tax strategy and can help implement that plan. It&#x27;s more than just waiting until April 14th and trying to manipulate the numbers on the tax return. It&#x27;s a full-time job for a good planning team to make sure that they&#x27;re keeping you on the right tax strategy every single year. Folks if you&#x27;re interested in tax strategy all you have to do is text the word plan P-L-A-N to 600-700 by the way. 600-700 and the word plan and you&#x27;ll be taken care of.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about this a little bit. Let&#x27;s narrow. Let&#x27;s isolate some of these and let&#x27;s go through what the big problems are. Like when we&#x27;re talking about inflation, what can someone do to combat inflation? I know we all sit around and complain about it, but what can we do to make sure that we can control inflation going forward or make sure it doesn&#x27;t affect our family as bad as it affects others? I think obviously starting with living within your means to where you have more money than what you&#x27;re spending, which that&#x27;s difficult for a lot of people. But no one wants to be told to be on a budget. I know, but yeah. Here&#x27;s what it is. And it&#x27;s not as easy as it seems, but it&#x27;s not impossible either. Make sure that you&#x27;re getting a return that is equal to or greater than what the inflation rate is. Right. And then eliminating the volatility as well. So like how do we get a better than average chance</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to get a better than average return without the downside risk? And I think that&#x27;s going to be our best bet to outpace inflation is to get good market returns, index returns, but minimize or eliminate losing money in the down years. Unnecessary expenses, commissions and taxations. How&#x27;s that? So we can eliminate those. And there are tools, coach, that there are tools that as planners we use that during the income phase have the ability to increase income based on inflation. So when we&#x27;re putting together a plan, we&#x27;re taking those into consideration and literally, that&#x27;s why you and I love being independent is we can literally go research and find any financial tool available to man</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> and utilize it for the client. Being independent and being a fiduciary, they&#x27;re two of the best words you can hear if you&#x27;re working with an advisor. Make sure they&#x27;re independent, which means folks, they have access to most anything out there based on what you need, not what they&#x27;re being told to sell you, big thing. And just making sure you&#x27;re on the right track. And then being, of course, independent, being a fiduciary, we have to put our clients&#x27; needs above ours at all times. Very important. It&#x27;s funny you say that, coach. I&#x27;m not going to mention any names, but there are certain very large firms out there. If a client says they&#x27;re with that firm, I don&#x27;t even need to look at their statement. I can tell them the exact percentage that their assets are allocated. I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s other ones the same like that. And so here&#x27;s a phrase I don&#x27;t like, and I hear it on some commercials that says, when you do good,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we do good. But they forget when you do bad, they also do good. I want that job. It&#x27;s like the weatherman. Yeah, but the most important ingredients, Ted, are very successful, I think. A successful long-term plan are the three main words. Growth, got to have your money grow. Right. But then you&#x27;ve got to protect that growth. Don&#x27;t give it back the next year. What good is it to have great growth if you have a bigger loss next year? So lock the growth in so you can never lose that growth. And then when you decide, you can activate a lifetime income you never outlive. Now, how much peace of mind does that give somebody? Well, we&#x27;ve seen a lot of statistics that retirees with guaranteed income payments, whether it&#x27;s a pension or what I call personal pension using a guaranteed income stream. Very important these days because companies have taken pensions away for the most part. So having your own personal pension or two or three will give you the satisfaction of enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Well, not only do you enjoy retirement, it&#x27;s proven that they live longer. Because they&#x27;re not worried all the time. There&#x27;s no scientific fact other than the statistic is they live longer if they have guaranteed income. Happy people always look happier. You can tell the person that&#x27;s not happy, by the way, and you wonder why they&#x27;re not happy. Many times it&#x27;s probably because they didn&#x27;t have the right plan put together and they don&#x27;t know where the money&#x27;s going to come from tomorrow. Most people don&#x27;t want their retirement to be staring at the money channel, ticker symbol, wanting to know whether it&#x27;s going up or down. They want to be enjoying themselves knowing that, hey, I got this paycheck coming in. It&#x27;s been called the market. It&#x27;s been called a roller coaster and it makes a lot of sense. Very highs and very lows. And then everything in between is the anticipation of what&#x27;s going to happen next. And that&#x27;s not good. Then you get post-traumatic stress syndrome sometimes by watching the market too much.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> That&#x27;s not a good retirement. Well, and think about today where the market is and the unknown of, I think everybody agrees that it&#x27;s going to have to go back down sooner rather than later. But when? When? Nobody knows. And no one knows. We know the day after. By the way, I have a new crystal ball in my office. It still doesn&#x27;t work. And then I just got the magic eight ball in. Yep. It actually has answers. How&#x27;s it working? Neither one of them have been dead on. You ought to do a study, a comparison one year and every day. Just ask the magic eight ball and do your investments based on what it says. I like that. What does the eight ball say this week? Not good. So it&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s important though. And one of the most overlooked strategies though is having that lifetime income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Right. That&#x27;s that personal pension.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> We all have 401ks or we have money put in IRAs that have a big lump sum, which is fun to look at until you start figuring out, well, gosh, I&#x27;m going to have to attack that lump sum and start taking money out of there to live on in retirement. And what if that money is still tied to the market and the market goes down when I&#x27;m taking money out? I&#x27;ll never get that money back. And I might not be in a position where I&#x27;m going to get money for the rest of my life because I might outlive my money as opposed to the growth protection income kind of system where your money grows, it protects the growth. And then you have a guaranteed lifetime income based on that growth for life for you and your spouse if set up correctly. And then when you pass away, whenever that is, if there&#x27;s still money there, Phil, it goes on to the next again. Back in the day, that money many times was lost. Right. And you didn&#x27;t get it. Now you do if you set it up right. So many of you watching or listening may have a plan that isn&#x27;t right for you today.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And if you haven&#x27;t had your plan, your retirement plan analyzed, if you haven&#x27;t even thought about retirement income, it&#x27;s never too late. So what I&#x27;d say, again, all you have to do to get your very own plan that with no cost or obligation, text the word plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. Make it easy. It&#x27;s got to be easy. And then we analyze you and give your own strategy session based on where you are and where you want to be and your whole family situation. We could design a customized plan. Customized plans, Phil, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of advisors over the years. Many of them don&#x27;t customize plans. That&#x27;s important. Well, Coach, I think you guys, your whole team is amazing at the customized plan. But what I take away every time I spend time in the office is that your team is one of the best or the best at taking what a lot of people look at as complex situations.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Try to make it simple. And simplify it because the most successful plans are ones that the people following the plan actually understand and agree with it. Yep. Because if they don&#x27;t understand it, it&#x27;s like looking at a map in a different language. Like it&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going, but your team is amazing at making sure they understand it. And everyone watching, listening, needs to decide what they really want to do in retirement. Right. Because if you don&#x27;t want to do much in retirement, then you really don&#x27;t need much of a plan, but you still need that lifetime income. But if you want to travel the world or play golf or have the grandkids flown in, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to know with certainty you have a plan that will guarantee that money coming in so you can do what you thought you&#x27;re going to do? Well, you know, like you said earlier, pensions were the way everybody retired. Big companies in the government got together and said, let&#x27;s put this back on.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Let&#x27;s shift the burden back to the consumer. Back to the consumer. Yeah. And they gave you the 401k, but they didn&#x27;t give you the income. That&#x27;s why I say you don&#x27;t really have a retirement plan until you have lifetime income. Correct. Is that a fair statement? It worked when it was a pension. Now that it&#x27;s a personal pension. It&#x27;s up to you. It can&#x27;t be a personal pension without guaranteed income. Yeah. You have to have, well, yeah, you don&#x27;t have a retirement plan unless you have lifetime income. Right. You can look at a lump sum all day long, but if the lump sum disappears when you needed the most, how safe was it? How good was it? And was it customized? Probably not. So here&#x27;s what it is, folks. I mean, if you are one of the next 10 people call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you our 22-step total retirement plan. We&#x27;ll also give you a three-book set, and I&#x27;ve got a couple box sets. You can pick which one you want. I have the 401k survival box set, and I have the seven financial blind spots box set. If you&#x27;re nice, we&#x27;ll give you both of them.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> But I mean, it&#x27;s DVDs, workbooks, guidebooks, everything you need to help you figure out what it really is that you desire in retirement. Then we&#x27;ll put together, we&#x27;ll search the world, basically, as being financial independent fiduciaries. We&#x27;ll search the world, see if what you need is out there, and we&#x27;ll design a plan that fits you the most. Thomas, tell them how they can do that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete here, very special guest Mr. Phil Graham over there. Phil we were talking before the show there&#x27;s an acronym out there I want you to explain to people and we say it in a sentence. The sentence is don&#x27;t let your retirement take a hit. H-I-T. What does that stand for? Well to me the three biggest risks to retirement and I&#x27;m probably going to add a fourth. Okay. But the H stands for health care.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Health care big one. Long-term care, home care, assisted living or. Is that getting more expensive cheaper? Or I just renewed my health insurance at the glorious healthcare.gov with a $17,000 deductible. But so that&#x27;s a whole other conversation. And it costs you a lot more than it used to cost. It&#x27;s ridiculous. So that&#x27;s the H, health care. The I is for inflation. Inflation big one. That&#x27;s a big one these days isn&#x27;t it? We could talk for hours about that effect today. You know what we need to talk about sometime and that&#x27;s that we don&#x27;t have enough time on this show is the funny business the way the government can come up with the cost of inflation and make it seem not as bad as it is. Yeah let&#x27;s go pull some things that don&#x27;t matter into the equation there. If you&#x27;re shopping at all for anything you&#x27;ve seen inflation and you&#x27;re going to see more and more of it and it&#x27;s not just getting</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> gas. Now gas has a that&#x27;s a huge inflation there but it&#x27;s food it&#x27;s everything. Talk about that. So inflation&#x27;s big. H-I-T. What&#x27;s the T? And then the third taxes. Another fun one. And no I&#x27;ve lived by the rule for years that I can put more money in somebody&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminating their taxes than by chasing a higher rate of return. Tax planning. Tax navigation strategy we call it. Helping you navigate the tax code to protect your behind from the tax man. Well the key word you just said coach is strategy. Strategy. Not tax planning. Not tax preparation. Strategy is the word that makes the difference. And then the fourth that I&#x27;ve added is market volatility. Okay. Sequence of returns. The timing of the market. When you put your money in versus when you take it out. Warren Buffett always</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> said buy when others sell and sell when others buy. But the main thing is buy low. Sell win. High. And during the journey up the mountain. The accumulation years. The rates of return in the order that they happen are irrelevant. And I think you&#x27;re gonna have Tom Hegnaugh on. I know he talks a lot about sequence of returns. We&#x27;ve had Tom on a bunch of times. He has sequence of return. Very important. But when you&#x27;re coming down the mountain and you&#x27;re withdrawing money. Right. Negative returns early in retirement can be catastrophic and just completely implode. Which is why you hear me talk about guaranteed income. Very important. Paychecks during retirement. And it&#x27;s a fill up we call it. Making sure you have streams of income that are never going to go away that can increase to combat inflation and are tax efficient.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So it covers all your hit strategy there. Right. Yeah. So the great news is there are tools that can help with health care costs. You know whether it&#x27;s traditional long-term care or just other vehicles that have key components built in to assist with that. Inflation is how do we get a decent rate of return without the market volatility. You know I believe in that. Yep. And then taxes is working with someone that understands tax strategy and can help implement that plan. It&#x27;s more than just waiting until April 14th and trying to manipulate the numbers on the tax return. It&#x27;s a full-time job for a good planning team to make sure that they&#x27;re keeping you on the right tax strategy every single year. Folks if you&#x27;re interested in tax strategy all you have to do is text the word plan P-L-A-N to 600-700 by the way. 600-700 and the word plan and you&#x27;ll be taken care of.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about this a little bit. Let&#x27;s narrow. Let&#x27;s isolate some of these and let&#x27;s go through what the big problems are. Like when we&#x27;re talking about inflation, what can someone do to combat inflation? I know we all sit around and complain about it, but what can we do to make sure that we can control inflation going forward or make sure it doesn&#x27;t affect our family as bad as it affects others? I think obviously starting with living within your means to where you have more money than what you&#x27;re spending, which that&#x27;s difficult for a lot of people. But no one wants to be told to be on a budget. I know, but yeah. Here&#x27;s what it is. And it&#x27;s not as easy as it seems, but it&#x27;s not impossible either. Make sure that you&#x27;re getting a return that is equal to or greater than what the inflation rate is. Right. And then eliminating the volatility as well. So like how do we get a better than average chance</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to get a better than average return without the downside risk? And I think that&#x27;s going to be our best bet to outpace inflation is to get good market returns, index returns, but minimize or eliminate losing money in the down years. Unnecessary expenses, commissions and taxations. How&#x27;s that? So we can eliminate those. And there are tools, coach, that there are tools that as planners we use that during the income phase have the ability to increase income based on inflation. So when we&#x27;re putting together a plan, we&#x27;re taking those into consideration and literally, that&#x27;s why you and I love being independent is we can literally go research and find any financial tool available to man</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> and utilize it for the client. Being independent and being a fiduciary, they&#x27;re two of the best words you can hear if you&#x27;re working with an advisor. Make sure they&#x27;re independent, which means folks, they have access to most anything out there based on what you need, not what they&#x27;re being told to sell you, big thing. And just making sure you&#x27;re on the right track. And then being, of course, independent, being a fiduciary, we have to put our clients&#x27; needs above ours at all times. Very important. It&#x27;s funny you say that, coach. I&#x27;m not going to mention any names, but there are certain very large firms out there. If a client says they&#x27;re with that firm, I don&#x27;t even need to look at their statement. I can tell them the exact percentage that their assets are allocated. I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s other ones the same like that. And so here&#x27;s a phrase I don&#x27;t like, and I hear it on some commercials that says, when you do good,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we do good. But they forget when you do bad, they also do good. I want that job. It&#x27;s like the weatherman. Yeah, but the most important ingredients, Ted, are very successful, I think. A successful long-term plan are the three main words. Growth, got to have your money grow. Right. But then you&#x27;ve got to protect that growth. Don&#x27;t give it back the next year. What good is it to have great growth if you have a bigger loss next year? So lock the growth in so you can never lose that growth. And then when you decide, you can activate a lifetime income you never outlive. Now, how much peace of mind does that give somebody? Well, we&#x27;ve seen a lot of statistics that retirees with guaranteed income payments, whether it&#x27;s a pension or what I call personal pension using a guaranteed income stream. Very important these days because companies have taken pensions away for the most part. So having your own personal pension or two or three will give you the satisfaction of enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Well, not only do you enjoy retirement, it&#x27;s proven that they live longer. Because they&#x27;re not worried all the time. There&#x27;s no scientific fact other than the statistic is they live longer if they have guaranteed income. Happy people always look happier. You can tell the person that&#x27;s not happy, by the way, and you wonder why they&#x27;re not happy. Many times it&#x27;s probably because they didn&#x27;t have the right plan put together and they don&#x27;t know where the money&#x27;s going to come from tomorrow. Most people don&#x27;t want their retirement to be staring at the money channel, ticker symbol, wanting to know whether it&#x27;s going up or down. They want to be enjoying themselves knowing that, hey, I got this paycheck coming in. It&#x27;s been called the market. It&#x27;s been called a roller coaster and it makes a lot of sense. Very highs and very lows. And then everything in between is the anticipation of what&#x27;s going to happen next. And that&#x27;s not good. Then you get post-traumatic stress syndrome sometimes by watching the market too much.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> That&#x27;s not a good retirement. Well, and think about today where the market is and the unknown of, I think everybody agrees that it&#x27;s going to have to go back down sooner rather than later. But when? When? Nobody knows. And no one knows. We know the day after. By the way, I have a new crystal ball in my office. It still doesn&#x27;t work. And then I just got the magic eight ball in. Yep. It actually has answers. How&#x27;s it working? Neither one of them have been dead on. You ought to do a study, a comparison one year and every day. Just ask the magic eight ball and do your investments based on what it says. I like that. What does the eight ball say this week? Not good. So it&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s important though. And one of the most overlooked strategies though is having that lifetime income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Right. That&#x27;s that personal pension.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> We all have 401ks or we have money put in IRAs that have a big lump sum, which is fun to look at until you start figuring out, well, gosh, I&#x27;m going to have to attack that lump sum and start taking money out of there to live on in retirement. And what if that money is still tied to the market and the market goes down when I&#x27;m taking money out? I&#x27;ll never get that money back. And I might not be in a position where I&#x27;m going to get money for the rest of my life because I might outlive my money as opposed to the growth protection income kind of system where your money grows, it protects the growth. And then you have a guaranteed lifetime income based on that growth for life for you and your spouse if set up correctly. And then when you pass away, whenever that is, if there&#x27;s still money there, Phil, it goes on to the next again. Back in the day, that money many times was lost. Right. And you didn&#x27;t get it. Now you do if you set it up right. So many of you watching or listening may have a plan that isn&#x27;t right for you today.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And if you haven&#x27;t had your plan, your retirement plan analyzed, if you haven&#x27;t even thought about retirement income, it&#x27;s never too late. So what I&#x27;d say, again, all you have to do to get your very own plan that with no cost or obligation, text the word plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. Make it easy. It&#x27;s got to be easy. And then we analyze you and give your own strategy session based on where you are and where you want to be and your whole family situation. We could design a customized plan. Customized plans, Phil, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of advisors over the years. Many of them don&#x27;t customize plans. That&#x27;s important. Well, Coach, I think you guys, your whole team is amazing at the customized plan. But what I take away every time I spend time in the office is that your team is one of the best or the best at taking what a lot of people look at as complex situations.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Try to make it simple. And simplify it because the most successful plans are ones that the people following the plan actually understand and agree with it. Yep. Because if they don&#x27;t understand it, it&#x27;s like looking at a map in a different language. Like it&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going, but your team is amazing at making sure they understand it. And everyone watching, listening, needs to decide what they really want to do in retirement. Right. Because if you don&#x27;t want to do much in retirement, then you really don&#x27;t need much of a plan, but you still need that lifetime income. But if you want to travel the world or play golf or have the grandkids flown in, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to know with certainty you have a plan that will guarantee that money coming in so you can do what you thought you&#x27;re going to do? Well, you know, like you said earlier, pensions were the way everybody retired. Big companies in the government got together and said, let&#x27;s put this back on.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Let&#x27;s shift the burden back to the consumer. Back to the consumer. Yeah. And they gave you the 401k, but they didn&#x27;t give you the income. That&#x27;s why I say you don&#x27;t really have a retirement plan until you have lifetime income. Correct. Is that a fair statement? It worked when it was a pension. Now that it&#x27;s a personal pension. It&#x27;s up to you. It can&#x27;t be a personal pension without guaranteed income. Yeah. You have to have, well, yeah, you don&#x27;t have a retirement plan unless you have lifetime income. Right. You can look at a lump sum all day long, but if the lump sum disappears when you needed the most, how safe was it? How good was it? And was it customized? Probably not. So here&#x27;s what it is, folks. I mean, if you are one of the next 10 people call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you our 22-step total retirement plan. We&#x27;ll also give you a three-book set, and I&#x27;ve got a couple box sets. You can pick which one you want. I have the 401k survival box set, and I have the seven financial blind spots box set. If you&#x27;re nice, we&#x27;ll give you both of them.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> But I mean, it&#x27;s DVDs, workbooks, guidebooks, everything you need to help you figure out what it really is that you desire in retirement. Then we&#x27;ll put together, we&#x27;ll search the world, basically, as being financial independent fiduciaries. We&#x27;ll search the world, see if what you need is out there, and we&#x27;ll design a plan that fits you the most. Thomas, tell them how they can do that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning, healthcare, inflation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/image.jpg?t=1792073673&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-discusses-how-to-not-let-your-retireme/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/image.jpg?t=1792073673&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 20:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>731</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11734962" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-discusses-how-to-not-let-your-retireme</link>
      <itunes:order>36</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:04" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:45" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Financial Steps After a Death in the Family</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Financial Steps After a Death in the Family</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss financial questions that arise when someone passes away. The conversation considers preparation, family responsibilities, and the importance of organizing financial information.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week I talked to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoyed this newest weekly segment on coach listens welcome back in folks to the financial safari got a special guest in studio today his name is Mr. Phil Graham I call him Dr. Phil he likes that Phil welcome in hey thanks coach tell people what you do in in the financial world well I&#x27;ve been in the industry for 23 years and I work with some of the top financial advisors in the country have literally participated in right at 24 billion dollars of protecting people&#x27;s assets that&#x27;s with a b with a b that&#x27;s a big one</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> a lot and so now I focus on one very distinct issues that families have and that&#x27;s creating liquidity at death right because what most people don&#x27;t realize is that they&#x27;ve saved this money they&#x27;ve earmarked a piece of it for their family to use to cover all these expenses yep but the reality of it is it&#x27;s just not available so when someone passes away it&#x27;s never a fun time many times people have all their assets locked up you&#x27;re saying right unless you have money hidden under the pillow if it&#x27;s in the bank it&#x27;s locked up until exactly so so why why is it locked up because that&#x27;s something a lot of people don&#x27;t realize a lot of people assume when when dad dies I can just go down the bank and get uh 20 or 25 thousand dollars out to pay for his funeral well let&#x27;s let&#x27;s talk about the tools that people have historically used or thought they were using</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> so okay life insurance comes to mind yep I&#x27;m a huge believer in life insurance it&#x27;s an amazing asset protection tool it&#x27;s a way to to pass wealth but it doesn&#x27;t create liquidity because it requires a death certificate yep which can take weeks and then a claims process so it&#x27;s not available immediately when when the family needs the money another solution people will bring to us is power of attorney right my son or daughter has financial power of attorney which I again think is a a very valuable tool but what most people don&#x27;t realize coach is that when you pass away your power of attorney dies with you that&#x27;s a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that so say that again I mean what does that mean for the people listening that&#x27;s bad when you pass away whoever your financial power of attorney</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> is right no longer has access to your money that&#x27;s when you need it the most correct okay so then another option that people always tell us is they do set their accounts up with transfer on death or payable on death pod yep which on all your bank accounts investment accounts I highly recommend because it avoids probate great idea by the way yes I think you need that correct but it requires a death certificate in order to actually transfer that money yep so it&#x27;s not available now one that comes up a lot as well as you know a revocable trust or a living trust it&#x27;s like the same thing yep again great planning tool from an estate planning perspective has a lot of valuable uh you know things that it does</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> but in order to put your successor trustee in place after you die you have to have a death certificate and it&#x27;s a process so a lot of people I think think that a death certificate is something you go down to the courthouse today and get one by tomorrow is that not true anymore pre-covid it was over two weeks two weeks yeah now right here certain states and this isn&#x27;t published you know here where I live in North Carolina right it&#x27;s not published online but like the Texas public health and human services website they&#x27;ve published online processing digital processing which is mostly fast 25 to 30 days wow Connecticut six to eight weeks we just saw a video from some advisor friends of ours that in Minnesota six to eight weeks but even if it was two to three weeks then you got to go through the paperwork and</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> then you got to process the claims coach it&#x27;s at least 30 days before your family can access any money so if it&#x27;s the case if you don&#x27;t have the money needed for the funeral but but it has been put aside by the person who passed away you can&#x27;t get into you can&#x27;t get that money for six weeks you say maybe eight weeks maybe four weeks whatever two weeks the whole time you&#x27;re waiting there&#x27;s not gonna be a funeral because the funeral is not the funeral people aren&#x27;t gonna do a funeral without the money in hand correct right they expect payment right when services are rendered so here&#x27;s what happens and I always say people figure this out for generations right one of the beneficiaries is deemed more successful than the others by their siblings like in a family there&#x27;s always a sometimes a successful child and maybe there&#x27;s a black sheep</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> child and whether it&#x27;s true or not that&#x27;s the perception right yeah yeah they get stuck paying the bills okay they don&#x27;t get reimbursed and now Thanksgiving is awkward well that&#x27;s the number one cause of fights in families is what money it&#x27;s always money in life in general money well and think about this wars were fought over money here&#x27;s an extreme example the artist formerly known as Prince correct now whether you liked his music or not it&#x27;s irrelevant but 400 million dollar estate coach do you know who paid for the musician Prince&#x27;s funeral when he passed away I know that it wasn&#x27;t a family member it was not a family member right because they couldn&#x27;t get to any money right it wasn&#x27;t the state of Minnesota because they don&#x27;t want to get involved he had 400 million dollars locked up somewhere right</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> it was the family friend actor and comedian George Lopez pay for Prince gave Prince&#x27;s family twenty thousand dollars to bury him because they couldn&#x27;t get any money so it wasn&#x27;t an immaculate funeral then for twenty thousand dollars you would think Prince would have had this amazing correct spectacle the money was locked away and this happens every day and you know people say well I have a will well your will typically says well I want my son to get fifty percent my daughter to get fifty percent right well if I put it on my Amex and my sister doesn&#x27;t want to reimburse me I didn&#x27;t get fifty fifty like mom intended yeah I got fifty fifty fifty minus you paid a hundred percent the hundred percent I paid at the funeral and so yep here&#x27;s what we educate people on coach is that it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> because that causes stress arguments disagreements correct and with the beneficiary liquidity plan which is the tool that that we use what people love about it is they they&#x27;re not buying more inheritance because I think initially they think well what am I buying yeah what is this going to cost me oh absolutely you already have money right we simply help you determine what&#x27;s the minimum that your family&#x27;s going to need to get through that first 30 45 60 days the minimum yeah we look at all your assets figure out where it makes sense to allocate it from it&#x27;s not this funeral that&#x27;s a good point so what if you&#x27;re depending on that money that when dad passes away and you can&#x27;t get any of it you needed to pay certain bills too not just funeral bills</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> travel expenses for family members right celebration of life property taxes you know the executor is responsible for all these expenses the tax bills keep coming even when someone passes away or what if you have rental properties or a small business or all these things like there needs to be more money than just your funeral or cremation yeah just to make it easy for your family and so we figure out what that minimum dollar amount is right and it&#x27;s different for every family we look at the assets figure out where we want to allocate it from and I want people to visualize we simply move it from the left pocket to the right pocket so they&#x27;re not making premium payments they&#x27;re not buying you know if their family was going to get a half million they&#x27;re not getting 500 000 50 000 they get the same dollar amount</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> whether you do a beneficiary liquidity plan or not right so let&#x27;s say this let&#x27;s say that dad has a has a thought about this and he said you know I don&#x27;t want my family fighting over funeral expenses I want to make sure that they have expenses and money put aside to do things when I&#x27;m not here and I realize that if if I pass away this money I have in my checking account that I that I have earmarked for my funeral they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a hold of right so what you&#x27;re saying is just move it from the checking account to a special trust right that is payable as soon as you pass away without a death certificate correct yeah and so this isn&#x27;t a loan this isn&#x27;t like some kind of bridge but until you can get the money correct this is your money this is your money available based on how we structure it and the only</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> states that require a death certificate are Indiana Kentucky Louisiana and Massachusetts so most every state all we need is a signature from the funeral director which we&#x27;re all going to end up in front of a funeral director yeah whether you&#x27;re being cremated or buried they sign off saying that you passed away well they&#x27;re looking right at you right yeah so they know yeah because people always ask me well Phil if you don&#x27;t need a death certificate how do you know I died right right well we require a funeral director to sign off because we&#x27;re all going to end up in front of a funeral director okay so let&#x27;s say dad has 25 000 put aside for the funeral and it&#x27;s in his checking account and he decides that he would want to do something like this he wants to make sure the money is immediately liquid when he passed away right what&#x27;s the process and what&#x27;s the cost for that well the good news is it&#x27;s it takes less than 10 minutes</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> okay because it&#x27;s already your money I think this is hard for people to really sink in because it&#x27;s already your money we don&#x27;t even need a signature well okay it can all be done over the phone again because it&#x27;s still your money and it&#x27;s just a matter of getting some basic information who the beneficiaries are and then figuring out where we&#x27;re going to allocate the money from but your example we would simply just draft it out of that account into your beneficiary liquidity plan it&#x27;s now protected it&#x27;s set up ready to go we encourage people to let the kids know that this is put in place for them right because if they don&#x27;t know you did it yeah then it&#x27;s not it didn&#x27;t right it didn&#x27;t help so it&#x27;s really important we include the kids once everything&#x27;s in place we have our little green book of life that we give to our clients it&#x27;s over 100 pages of interactive questions and</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> that way you just write they have it in there it&#x27;s it&#x27;s basically a a treasure map for your family showing you where we your dad or mom put everything so when you pass away there it they know where it is it&#x27;s a treasure map and so we recommend people write that in there too like you said if people don&#x27;t know it exists it doesn&#x27;t exist all right so someone puts 25,000 in and then they pass away in a month does the family get 25,000 or they get less than that family will get 25,000 plus any interest that so it&#x27;s a plus not a minus it&#x27;s a plus not a minus okay that&#x27;s pretty cool so so i mean it really we&#x27;ve looked at this as i have not seen a single drawback is there any mistakes or any anything that someone could do the wrong way to do this well what i always explain to people is that if anybody says well what&#x27;s what&#x27;s the catch yeah well it&#x27;s irrevocable right once you do it it&#x27;s done and that&#x27;s one of the reasons why i talk about we only want to put the minimum in correct because once we</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> put it in you can&#x27;t go get that money again until you die but if you have it earmarked for for your death anyway then this is going to not only is going to be what you had earmarked but it may be a little more not a little exactly makes a lot of sense i mean it takes a lot of worry out of out of what&#x27;s going to happen next and it gives you peace of mind and it gives the family peace of mind knowing that everything&#x27;s taken care of and there aren&#x27;t going to be any family fights over who&#x27;s paying for what because the money&#x27;s already put aside right to pay for it and it was money they were going to inherit anyway yes so there they go they get a little sooner because they don&#x27;t have to wait for the death certificate so there&#x27;s only two types of people coach that don&#x27;t need a beneficial equity plan okay people that have no money at all yep okay so their family&#x27;s not going to get anything right and people that don&#x27;t like their beneficiaries yeah but i mean if you die i mean what&#x27;s going to happen if you don&#x27;t like your your family and you pass away i guess then let them fight over it so</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> all right so if someone&#x27;s interested in this all you have to do folks is thomas is going to give the number out in a minute thomas uh the number will come up if you&#x27;re watching on tv this is tv and radio segment right now so if you&#x27;re watching on tv you&#x27;ll see the number on the screen and also the text code and thomas will give you the number right now you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss financial questions that arise when someone passes away. The conversation considers preparation, family responsibilities, and the importance of organizing financial information.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week I talked to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoyed this newest weekly segment on coach listens welcome back in folks to the financial safari got a special guest in studio today his name is Mr. Phil Graham I call him Dr. Phil he likes that Phil welcome in hey thanks coach tell people what you do in in the financial world well I&#x27;ve been in the industry for 23 years and I work with some of the top financial advisors in the country have literally participated in right at 24 billion dollars of protecting people&#x27;s assets that&#x27;s with a b with a b that&#x27;s a big one</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> a lot and so now I focus on one very distinct issues that families have and that&#x27;s creating liquidity at death right because what most people don&#x27;t realize is that they&#x27;ve saved this money they&#x27;ve earmarked a piece of it for their family to use to cover all these expenses yep but the reality of it is it&#x27;s just not available so when someone passes away it&#x27;s never a fun time many times people have all their assets locked up you&#x27;re saying right unless you have money hidden under the pillow if it&#x27;s in the bank it&#x27;s locked up until exactly so so why why is it locked up because that&#x27;s something a lot of people don&#x27;t realize a lot of people assume when when dad dies I can just go down the bank and get uh 20 or 25 thousand dollars out to pay for his funeral well let&#x27;s let&#x27;s talk about the tools that people have historically used or thought they were using</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> so okay life insurance comes to mind yep I&#x27;m a huge believer in life insurance it&#x27;s an amazing asset protection tool it&#x27;s a way to to pass wealth but it doesn&#x27;t create liquidity because it requires a death certificate yep which can take weeks and then a claims process so it&#x27;s not available immediately when when the family needs the money another solution people will bring to us is power of attorney right my son or daughter has financial power of attorney which I again think is a a very valuable tool but what most people don&#x27;t realize coach is that when you pass away your power of attorney dies with you that&#x27;s a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that so say that again I mean what does that mean for the people listening that&#x27;s bad when you pass away whoever your financial power of attorney</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> is right no longer has access to your money that&#x27;s when you need it the most correct okay so then another option that people always tell us is they do set their accounts up with transfer on death or payable on death pod yep which on all your bank accounts investment accounts I highly recommend because it avoids probate great idea by the way yes I think you need that correct but it requires a death certificate in order to actually transfer that money yep so it&#x27;s not available now one that comes up a lot as well as you know a revocable trust or a living trust it&#x27;s like the same thing yep again great planning tool from an estate planning perspective has a lot of valuable uh you know things that it does</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> but in order to put your successor trustee in place after you die you have to have a death certificate and it&#x27;s a process so a lot of people I think think that a death certificate is something you go down to the courthouse today and get one by tomorrow is that not true anymore pre-covid it was over two weeks two weeks yeah now right here certain states and this isn&#x27;t published you know here where I live in North Carolina right it&#x27;s not published online but like the Texas public health and human services website they&#x27;ve published online processing digital processing which is mostly fast 25 to 30 days wow Connecticut six to eight weeks we just saw a video from some advisor friends of ours that in Minnesota six to eight weeks but even if it was two to three weeks then you got to go through the paperwork and</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> then you got to process the claims coach it&#x27;s at least 30 days before your family can access any money so if it&#x27;s the case if you don&#x27;t have the money needed for the funeral but but it has been put aside by the person who passed away you can&#x27;t get into you can&#x27;t get that money for six weeks you say maybe eight weeks maybe four weeks whatever two weeks the whole time you&#x27;re waiting there&#x27;s not gonna be a funeral because the funeral is not the funeral people aren&#x27;t gonna do a funeral without the money in hand correct right they expect payment right when services are rendered so here&#x27;s what happens and I always say people figure this out for generations right one of the beneficiaries is deemed more successful than the others by their siblings like in a family there&#x27;s always a sometimes a successful child and maybe there&#x27;s a black sheep</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> child and whether it&#x27;s true or not that&#x27;s the perception right yeah yeah they get stuck paying the bills okay they don&#x27;t get reimbursed and now Thanksgiving is awkward well that&#x27;s the number one cause of fights in families is what money it&#x27;s always money in life in general money well and think about this wars were fought over money here&#x27;s an extreme example the artist formerly known as Prince correct now whether you liked his music or not it&#x27;s irrelevant but 400 million dollar estate coach do you know who paid for the musician Prince&#x27;s funeral when he passed away I know that it wasn&#x27;t a family member it was not a family member right because they couldn&#x27;t get to any money right it wasn&#x27;t the state of Minnesota because they don&#x27;t want to get involved he had 400 million dollars locked up somewhere right</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> it was the family friend actor and comedian George Lopez pay for Prince gave Prince&#x27;s family twenty thousand dollars to bury him because they couldn&#x27;t get any money so it wasn&#x27;t an immaculate funeral then for twenty thousand dollars you would think Prince would have had this amazing correct spectacle the money was locked away and this happens every day and you know people say well I have a will well your will typically says well I want my son to get fifty percent my daughter to get fifty percent right well if I put it on my Amex and my sister doesn&#x27;t want to reimburse me I didn&#x27;t get fifty fifty like mom intended yeah I got fifty fifty fifty minus you paid a hundred percent the hundred percent I paid at the funeral and so yep here&#x27;s what we educate people on coach is that it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> because that causes stress arguments disagreements correct and with the beneficiary liquidity plan which is the tool that that we use what people love about it is they they&#x27;re not buying more inheritance because I think initially they think well what am I buying yeah what is this going to cost me oh absolutely you already have money right we simply help you determine what&#x27;s the minimum that your family&#x27;s going to need to get through that first 30 45 60 days the minimum yeah we look at all your assets figure out where it makes sense to allocate it from it&#x27;s not this funeral that&#x27;s a good point so what if you&#x27;re depending on that money that when dad passes away and you can&#x27;t get any of it you needed to pay certain bills too not just funeral bills</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> travel expenses for family members right celebration of life property taxes you know the executor is responsible for all these expenses the tax bills keep coming even when someone passes away or what if you have rental properties or a small business or all these things like there needs to be more money than just your funeral or cremation yeah just to make it easy for your family and so we figure out what that minimum dollar amount is right and it&#x27;s different for every family we look at the assets figure out where we want to allocate it from and I want people to visualize we simply move it from the left pocket to the right pocket so they&#x27;re not making premium payments they&#x27;re not buying you know if their family was going to get a half million they&#x27;re not getting 500 000 50 000 they get the same dollar amount</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> whether you do a beneficiary liquidity plan or not right so let&#x27;s say this let&#x27;s say that dad has a has a thought about this and he said you know I don&#x27;t want my family fighting over funeral expenses I want to make sure that they have expenses and money put aside to do things when I&#x27;m not here and I realize that if if I pass away this money I have in my checking account that I that I have earmarked for my funeral they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a hold of right so what you&#x27;re saying is just move it from the checking account to a special trust right that is payable as soon as you pass away without a death certificate correct yeah and so this isn&#x27;t a loan this isn&#x27;t like some kind of bridge but until you can get the money correct this is your money this is your money available based on how we structure it and the only</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> states that require a death certificate are Indiana Kentucky Louisiana and Massachusetts so most every state all we need is a signature from the funeral director which we&#x27;re all going to end up in front of a funeral director yeah whether you&#x27;re being cremated or buried they sign off saying that you passed away well they&#x27;re looking right at you right yeah so they know yeah because people always ask me well Phil if you don&#x27;t need a death certificate how do you know I died right right well we require a funeral director to sign off because we&#x27;re all going to end up in front of a funeral director okay so let&#x27;s say dad has 25 000 put aside for the funeral and it&#x27;s in his checking account and he decides that he would want to do something like this he wants to make sure the money is immediately liquid when he passed away right what&#x27;s the process and what&#x27;s the cost for that well the good news is it&#x27;s it takes less than 10 minutes</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> okay because it&#x27;s already your money I think this is hard for people to really sink in because it&#x27;s already your money we don&#x27;t even need a signature well okay it can all be done over the phone again because it&#x27;s still your money and it&#x27;s just a matter of getting some basic information who the beneficiaries are and then figuring out where we&#x27;re going to allocate the money from but your example we would simply just draft it out of that account into your beneficiary liquidity plan it&#x27;s now protected it&#x27;s set up ready to go we encourage people to let the kids know that this is put in place for them right because if they don&#x27;t know you did it yeah then it&#x27;s not it didn&#x27;t right it didn&#x27;t help so it&#x27;s really important we include the kids once everything&#x27;s in place we have our little green book of life that we give to our clients it&#x27;s over 100 pages of interactive questions and</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> that way you just write they have it in there it&#x27;s it&#x27;s basically a a treasure map for your family showing you where we your dad or mom put everything so when you pass away there it they know where it is it&#x27;s a treasure map and so we recommend people write that in there too like you said if people don&#x27;t know it exists it doesn&#x27;t exist all right so someone puts 25,000 in and then they pass away in a month does the family get 25,000 or they get less than that family will get 25,000 plus any interest that so it&#x27;s a plus not a minus it&#x27;s a plus not a minus okay that&#x27;s pretty cool so so i mean it really we&#x27;ve looked at this as i have not seen a single drawback is there any mistakes or any anything that someone could do the wrong way to do this well what i always explain to people is that if anybody says well what&#x27;s what&#x27;s the catch yeah well it&#x27;s irrevocable right once you do it it&#x27;s done and that&#x27;s one of the reasons why i talk about we only want to put the minimum in correct because once we</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> put it in you can&#x27;t go get that money again until you die but if you have it earmarked for for your death anyway then this is going to not only is going to be what you had earmarked but it may be a little more not a little exactly makes a lot of sense i mean it takes a lot of worry out of out of what&#x27;s going to happen next and it gives you peace of mind and it gives the family peace of mind knowing that everything&#x27;s taken care of and there aren&#x27;t going to be any family fights over who&#x27;s paying for what because the money&#x27;s already put aside right to pay for it and it was money they were going to inherit anyway yes so there they go they get a little sooner because they don&#x27;t have to wait for the death certificate so there&#x27;s only two types of people coach that don&#x27;t need a beneficial equity plan okay people that have no money at all yep okay so their family&#x27;s not going to get anything right and people that don&#x27;t like their beneficiaries yeah but i mean if you die i mean what&#x27;s going to happen if you don&#x27;t like your your family and you pass away i guess then let them fight over it so</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> all right so if someone&#x27;s interested in this all you have to do folks is thomas is going to give the number out in a minute thomas uh the number will come up if you&#x27;re watching on tv this is tv and radio segment right now so if you&#x27;re watching on tv you&#x27;ll see the number on the screen and also the text code and thomas will give you the number right now you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss financial questions that arise when someone passes away. The conversation considers preparation, family responsibilities, and the importance of organizing financial information.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <category>Financial Steps After a Death in the Family</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, family and relationships, Financial Steps After a Death in the Family, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137/image.jpg?t=1792073680&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-and-financial-tips-for-when-someone-pa/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137/image.jpg?t=1792073680&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2021 20:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>737</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5699b14d-747c-4428-809f-ae3d014b4137/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11830280" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-and-financial-tips-for-when-someone-pa</link>
      <itunes:order>37</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Steps After a Death in the Family" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Stovall: Overcoming Adversity and the Legacy of Think and Grow Rich</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Stovall: Overcoming Adversity and the Legacy of Think and Grow Rich</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss overcoming adversity and the influence of Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich. They explore personal development and the ideas behind Stovall&#x27;s book Dear Napoleon.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out around the world and find someone who is a difference maker, who has touched my life in different ways. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor on my show. I saw him speak in front of one of my groups about 12 years ago. A group full of financial advisors were fascinated by his story. His name is Mr. Jim Stovall, and he&#x27;s enjoyed success as an author, athlete, investment banker or broker and entrepreneur while dealing with the challenge of blindness. Yes, folks, during his remarkable life, Jim has been a national champion Olympic weightlifter as well as author of over 30 books. In addition to his personal accomplishments, Jim was honored as the 2000 International Humanitarium of the Year, amongst many other things. Let&#x27;s welcome in Mr. Jim Stovall. Jim, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> It&#x27;s great to be back with you, Coach Pete. Well, one of your books crossed my desk the other day, and it&#x27;s called Dear Napoleon, The Living Legacy of Napoleon Hill and Think and Grow Rich Book. And that&#x27;s over 100 years old now, isn&#x27;t it? That original book, not your book. Yeah, yeah, it is. And, you know, Napoleon Hill was born in the 1800s, wrote this book in the early 1900s, and, you know, now is impacting people still in the new millennium. And his work is, that is the best-selling book in the field of success or personal development. And, you know, everyone listening to us now, if they haven&#x27;t been impacted directly by that book, they have been impacted by somebody who was impacted by that book, I can assure you.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, well, it makes sense. I mean, this book is 74 chapters because you&#x27;ve interviewed or you&#x27;ve had people write a chapter in the book, each one, about how this, the original book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich, has affected their lives. And I figured we would talk about a few of the success stories or a few of the chapters here. And then if the listener is interested, we&#x27;ll show them how they can get a copy of that book on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. Yeah, it&#x27;s great. You know, and I wanted to, I mean, I could sit around and give my opinion of the impact of his work, but it&#x27;s a little like looking out the window. You can&#x27;t see the wind. Nobody can see the wind, but you can see what it does. It moves the trees, the leaves, the things out there. And that&#x27;s where I wanted people to see the impact of Napoleon Hill so they could kind of tap into that well.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about the original book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich. When did you first read it and what has it meant to you? I read the book. I was losing my sight and I was a college student and I realized I was not going to get a normal job. Nobody wanted to hire this Olympic weightlifting champion blind guy. So I decided I&#x27;m going to be an entrepreneur. I didn&#x27;t know anything about it, but I thought if I owned a company, you know, they couldn&#x27;t fire me. So I remember going to tell my father I&#x27;m not going to get a job, which really thrills parents when you&#x27;re there in college. But he said, I don&#x27;t know anything about that, but I&#x27;ll introduce you to a guy. And he introduced me to a guy he knew that Mr. Lee Braxton had a third grade education, made $10 million during the Great Depression,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> gave most of it away and lived the rest of his life off of his investments. And he worked for a dollar a year for various nonprofits and that was his life. And I met this man and he said, before we even start, he said, you&#x27;ve got to read this book. This book is the basis of all we&#x27;re going to talk about. And I read it and came back and he asked me a question and he didn&#x27;t like my answer. He said, go read it again. Well, it turns out Petey made me read this thing three times before he would even sit and talk to me. And that became the basis of our work. And then what was interesting is a number of years later, after I became successful, I wrote a book called The Millionaire Map. And the head of the Napoleon Hill Foundation called me and they said, did you realize that your mentor, Lee Braxton, was Napoleon Hill&#x27;s best friend?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> He gave the eulogy at Hill&#x27;s funeral, of all things. And I had no idea of the relationship they have. But what makes this book unique, Think and Grow Rich, is the fact that it&#x27;s not one man&#x27;s theory. It&#x27;s not anything. Napoleon Hill was a young newspaper reporter. He had reported on the Wright brothers flying their first flight and other things. And he was assigned to go interview Andrew Carnegie of U.S. Steel, probably the richest man of his era. And he asked him, how do you become rich? How do you become successful? And Carnegie said, no one has really quantified that. But if you&#x27;ll dedicate the next 20 years of your life, you will be the one that reveals that. And Hill took the challenge. And Carnegie introduced Napoleon Hill to people like Henry Ford and Thomas Edison and Helen Keller and 500 of the most successful people of that era.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And out of those 500 interviews came the science of success and Think and Grow Rich. So it&#x27;s not a theory. It&#x27;s an actual, this is how people actually did this. And it&#x27;s just a great tribute to him. And that&#x27;s what I wanted to do in this book. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s one of the authors of his book here. He&#x27;s got a collection of people that wrote about their positive influence. By reading that book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. Jim, is having money the ultimate, I guess, indicator of success? No. No. Living the life you want to live is the ultimate success. And that includes living your life, helping other people live their life, giving, creating, and, you know, fulfilling your destiny.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Now, money is a key component of that. You know, I mean, I don&#x27;t think there is any success without the financial resources. It&#x27;s like, you know, there is no success without oxygen. You know, you and I don&#x27;t think about oxygen, but if you cut it off in the next 60 to 90 seconds, that&#x27;s going to be really critical to us. Well, the same thing with money. You know, it&#x27;s like if you and I were going to go on a vacation somewhere, the key to our vacation is not gasoline in the tank. But we&#x27;re not going anywhere unless we have some. And that&#x27;s what money is. Money is not the end. Money is the tool. It&#x27;s a good point. I remember growing up, I used to visit my grandparents up in New England. I had no idea about money back then. I was like eight years old, seven years old. And the neighbors had some children about my and my brother&#x27;s ages.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So when we got up there, we tried to hang with them. But every now and then, their parents would take them to this fancy amusement park. And I remember sulking and poking my whip out and telling my grandpa, wife wasn&#x27;t fair. And he said, Peter, money isn&#x27;t everything. And I still remember that. And because we had, and looking back at it now, my grandparents were poor. My grandfather was a carpenter. He built the house they lived in. And basically, he was the water commissioner of the town. And they didn&#x27;t pay anything either. But he did it to support the community and make friends. But him and my grandmother had a very happy life. But they didn&#x27;t have much money. And so looking back at it now, it really did prove that theory that money isn&#x27;t everything. No, money isn&#x27;t everything. But nothing will take the place of money and the things that money does. Yes. And oxygen isn&#x27;t everything. But it&#x27;s critical to us as we live and move and have our being and do the things we do.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And, you know, but I believe everybody, if there&#x27;s a dream, a calling, a desire you have in your heart, the resources are there. I mean, the key to money is knowledge. It&#x27;s information. That&#x27;s why Napoleon Hill&#x27;s book was Think and Grow Rich. You know, the whole thing is just getting the information and learning what you learn. Money is not a cause. It&#x27;s a result. It&#x27;s the result of learning things you learn. If you took all the money in the world and divided it up evenly, within a few years, it&#x27;d be back where it is today. Because rich people are not rich because they have money. They&#x27;re rich because they have information. Yeah, right. I mean, that&#x27;s a great point right there. I think it was the Vanderbilts who found, like, the Biltmore House and all that. There was a story about the original Vanderbilt guy was really rich.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> I think it had something to do with the railroads. Yeah, Commodore Vanderbilt. Yeah. And he left money to his kids and grandkids when he passed away, and most of them blew it. A couple of his kids became successful, but most of them are in poverty. And so that just shows you how fast you can blow money if you don&#x27;t do the right thing. And anybody who tells me that money isn&#x27;t everything, I always say, well, I&#x27;d like to try that side with a bunch of money and see how I feel, see how happy it makes me. But it shouldn&#x27;t be the ultimate goal, but it does help you reach all the goals you want to get to. Is that correct? Absolutely. And, folks, Jim knows a little bit about money, by the way. And if his name sounds familiar, if you&#x27;ve listened to the show at all over the last 17 years, I wrote a book five years ago now called Seven Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement Income. And Jim wrote the foreword for this book, and I read it all the time.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> And, Jim, you gave me a really good foreword there. I don&#x27;t think I deserved all the good stuff he said. Oh, I believe you did. I didn&#x27;t write it for any reason other than it was true. So we&#x27;ll give a copy of that book away. My book, right after the segment, so you can read Jim&#x27;s foreword. And then the book we&#x27;re talking about right now, though, fascinating book, Dear Napoleon, available everywhere books are sold. Jim, the people that you interviewed for this book or that wrote chapters in here, are there any chapters that stick out in your head as fascinating? Well, you know, obviously, one of the blessings I got after I got connected with the Napoleon Hill Foundation and found out that my mentor had been best friends with Napoleon Hill, they sent me a huge file of letters that Napoleon Hill and Lee Braxton had sent back and forth in the 1940s, 50s, and 60s.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And out of those letters, I took things that Lee Braxton had said to Napoleon Hill, and I crafted his letter for him. So his is the only letter that someone really didn&#x27;t write to Napoleon Hill, and I crafted that for him. But there are some amazing people there. Mo Anderson, she is a billionaire and one of the forces behind Keller Williams Realty, the largest real estate company in the world. And then just so many other people that are in there from every walk of life. I mean, there are billionaires. There are athletes. There are great school teachers. There are just people sharing how this message helped them to become who they wanted to become. And, you know, when Hill wrote Think and Grow Rich, he said it&#x27;s not just about money.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> You can be rich in experience, rich in joy, rich in happiness, rich in your family. And so it&#x27;s people who have achieved each of those things that I think is what makes these individuals powerful. Now, Thomas, how old are you, 35? 36 now. 36. I always mess that up. You were 29 when you started with me. It&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s true. Do you remember the book? Have you ever read the book Think and Grow Rich? And don&#x27;t feel bad if you haven&#x27;t. No, I haven&#x27;t. No. It&#x27;s over 100 years old. You had to blow the dust off it. No, just joking. It makes me want to read it after this conversation. It&#x27;s a really good book. See, Jim, a lot of the folks here that are listening that are younger than you and I, and I&#x27;m 55. Jim, you&#x27;re about my age, I think. You&#x27;re not that much older than me. 63 this week. 63. Oh, happy birthday. Not belated, because it&#x27;s right now. So happy birthday coming up. Right. Yeah. But a lot of folks in Thomas&#x27; age group have never heard of this book.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> And then some have. And Thomas, maybe there&#x27;s some... I mean, you&#x27;re a successful guy. You could be more successful if you read the book. There you go. There you go. So anyway, the fascinating book, folks, the name of it is Dear Napoleon. And it&#x27;s 74 chapters. Each chapter, a person writing a letter to Napoleon Hill telling him how much they benefited for and enjoyed the book. And there&#x27;s some really good stories in here. And you can learn a lot from each one of these chapters, Jim. Yeah, absolutely. It&#x27;s designed to give the message of the book. But more importantly, to have people, you know, really get curious enough to go to the well themselves. And because I can assure you, you have read Napoleon Hill&#x27;s philosophy, even if you haven&#x27;t read his book. Because everybody that does what I do, and I&#x27;ve written over 50 books now, everybody that does that, we all stand on the shoulders of Napoleon Hill.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> And it&#x27;s a magnificent piece of work. So I would recommend it to anyone. Well, folks, again, the name of the book, Dear Napoleon, get it anywhere books are sold. Now, Thomas, I want to do this. We mentioned Jim gave me the foreword in my book, The Seven Baby Steps. Let&#x27;s give 20 of those away to the next 20 listeners who call in and want to copy this and also a golden ticket for your no-cost total retirement plan. Fantastic. Let&#x27;s do this. 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Keyword plan to 600-700. Jim, I really appreciate your time today, buddy. Hey, I appreciate you guys, and I look forward to our next time together. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss overcoming adversity and the influence of Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich. They explore personal development and the ideas behind Stovall&#x27;s book Dear Napoleon.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out around the world and find someone who is a difference maker, who has touched my life in different ways. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor on my show. I saw him speak in front of one of my groups about 12 years ago. A group full of financial advisors were fascinated by his story. His name is Mr. Jim Stovall, and he&#x27;s enjoyed success as an author, athlete, investment banker or broker and entrepreneur while dealing with the challenge of blindness. Yes, folks, during his remarkable life, Jim has been a national champion Olympic weightlifter as well as author of over 30 books. In addition to his personal accomplishments, Jim was honored as the 2000 International Humanitarium of the Year, amongst many other things. Let&#x27;s welcome in Mr. Jim Stovall. Jim, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> It&#x27;s great to be back with you, Coach Pete. Well, one of your books crossed my desk the other day, and it&#x27;s called Dear Napoleon, The Living Legacy of Napoleon Hill and Think and Grow Rich Book. And that&#x27;s over 100 years old now, isn&#x27;t it? That original book, not your book. Yeah, yeah, it is. And, you know, Napoleon Hill was born in the 1800s, wrote this book in the early 1900s, and, you know, now is impacting people still in the new millennium. And his work is, that is the best-selling book in the field of success or personal development. And, you know, everyone listening to us now, if they haven&#x27;t been impacted directly by that book, they have been impacted by somebody who was impacted by that book, I can assure you.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, well, it makes sense. I mean, this book is 74 chapters because you&#x27;ve interviewed or you&#x27;ve had people write a chapter in the book, each one, about how this, the original book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich, has affected their lives. And I figured we would talk about a few of the success stories or a few of the chapters here. And then if the listener is interested, we&#x27;ll show them how they can get a copy of that book on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. Yeah, it&#x27;s great. You know, and I wanted to, I mean, I could sit around and give my opinion of the impact of his work, but it&#x27;s a little like looking out the window. You can&#x27;t see the wind. Nobody can see the wind, but you can see what it does. It moves the trees, the leaves, the things out there. And that&#x27;s where I wanted people to see the impact of Napoleon Hill so they could kind of tap into that well.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about the original book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich. When did you first read it and what has it meant to you? I read the book. I was losing my sight and I was a college student and I realized I was not going to get a normal job. Nobody wanted to hire this Olympic weightlifting champion blind guy. So I decided I&#x27;m going to be an entrepreneur. I didn&#x27;t know anything about it, but I thought if I owned a company, you know, they couldn&#x27;t fire me. So I remember going to tell my father I&#x27;m not going to get a job, which really thrills parents when you&#x27;re there in college. But he said, I don&#x27;t know anything about that, but I&#x27;ll introduce you to a guy. And he introduced me to a guy he knew that Mr. Lee Braxton had a third grade education, made $10 million during the Great Depression,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> gave most of it away and lived the rest of his life off of his investments. And he worked for a dollar a year for various nonprofits and that was his life. And I met this man and he said, before we even start, he said, you&#x27;ve got to read this book. This book is the basis of all we&#x27;re going to talk about. And I read it and came back and he asked me a question and he didn&#x27;t like my answer. He said, go read it again. Well, it turns out Petey made me read this thing three times before he would even sit and talk to me. And that became the basis of our work. And then what was interesting is a number of years later, after I became successful, I wrote a book called The Millionaire Map. And the head of the Napoleon Hill Foundation called me and they said, did you realize that your mentor, Lee Braxton, was Napoleon Hill&#x27;s best friend?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> He gave the eulogy at Hill&#x27;s funeral, of all things. And I had no idea of the relationship they have. But what makes this book unique, Think and Grow Rich, is the fact that it&#x27;s not one man&#x27;s theory. It&#x27;s not anything. Napoleon Hill was a young newspaper reporter. He had reported on the Wright brothers flying their first flight and other things. And he was assigned to go interview Andrew Carnegie of U.S. Steel, probably the richest man of his era. And he asked him, how do you become rich? How do you become successful? And Carnegie said, no one has really quantified that. But if you&#x27;ll dedicate the next 20 years of your life, you will be the one that reveals that. And Hill took the challenge. And Carnegie introduced Napoleon Hill to people like Henry Ford and Thomas Edison and Helen Keller and 500 of the most successful people of that era.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And out of those 500 interviews came the science of success and Think and Grow Rich. So it&#x27;s not a theory. It&#x27;s an actual, this is how people actually did this. And it&#x27;s just a great tribute to him. And that&#x27;s what I wanted to do in this book. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s one of the authors of his book here. He&#x27;s got a collection of people that wrote about their positive influence. By reading that book, Napoleon Hill&#x27;s Think and Grow Rich, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. Jim, is having money the ultimate, I guess, indicator of success? No. No. Living the life you want to live is the ultimate success. And that includes living your life, helping other people live their life, giving, creating, and, you know, fulfilling your destiny.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Now, money is a key component of that. You know, I mean, I don&#x27;t think there is any success without the financial resources. It&#x27;s like, you know, there is no success without oxygen. You know, you and I don&#x27;t think about oxygen, but if you cut it off in the next 60 to 90 seconds, that&#x27;s going to be really critical to us. Well, the same thing with money. You know, it&#x27;s like if you and I were going to go on a vacation somewhere, the key to our vacation is not gasoline in the tank. But we&#x27;re not going anywhere unless we have some. And that&#x27;s what money is. Money is not the end. Money is the tool. It&#x27;s a good point. I remember growing up, I used to visit my grandparents up in New England. I had no idea about money back then. I was like eight years old, seven years old. And the neighbors had some children about my and my brother&#x27;s ages.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So when we got up there, we tried to hang with them. But every now and then, their parents would take them to this fancy amusement park. And I remember sulking and poking my whip out and telling my grandpa, wife wasn&#x27;t fair. And he said, Peter, money isn&#x27;t everything. And I still remember that. And because we had, and looking back at it now, my grandparents were poor. My grandfather was a carpenter. He built the house they lived in. And basically, he was the water commissioner of the town. And they didn&#x27;t pay anything either. But he did it to support the community and make friends. But him and my grandmother had a very happy life. But they didn&#x27;t have much money. And so looking back at it now, it really did prove that theory that money isn&#x27;t everything. No, money isn&#x27;t everything. But nothing will take the place of money and the things that money does. Yes. And oxygen isn&#x27;t everything. But it&#x27;s critical to us as we live and move and have our being and do the things we do.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And, you know, but I believe everybody, if there&#x27;s a dream, a calling, a desire you have in your heart, the resources are there. I mean, the key to money is knowledge. It&#x27;s information. That&#x27;s why Napoleon Hill&#x27;s book was Think and Grow Rich. You know, the whole thing is just getting the information and learning what you learn. Money is not a cause. It&#x27;s a result. It&#x27;s the result of learning things you learn. If you took all the money in the world and divided it up evenly, within a few years, it&#x27;d be back where it is today. Because rich people are not rich because they have money. They&#x27;re rich because they have information. Yeah, right. I mean, that&#x27;s a great point right there. I think it was the Vanderbilts who found, like, the Biltmore House and all that. There was a story about the original Vanderbilt guy was really rich.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> I think it had something to do with the railroads. Yeah, Commodore Vanderbilt. Yeah. And he left money to his kids and grandkids when he passed away, and most of them blew it. A couple of his kids became successful, but most of them are in poverty. And so that just shows you how fast you can blow money if you don&#x27;t do the right thing. And anybody who tells me that money isn&#x27;t everything, I always say, well, I&#x27;d like to try that side with a bunch of money and see how I feel, see how happy it makes me. But it shouldn&#x27;t be the ultimate goal, but it does help you reach all the goals you want to get to. Is that correct? Absolutely. And, folks, Jim knows a little bit about money, by the way. And if his name sounds familiar, if you&#x27;ve listened to the show at all over the last 17 years, I wrote a book five years ago now called Seven Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement Income. And Jim wrote the foreword for this book, and I read it all the time.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> And, Jim, you gave me a really good foreword there. I don&#x27;t think I deserved all the good stuff he said. Oh, I believe you did. I didn&#x27;t write it for any reason other than it was true. So we&#x27;ll give a copy of that book away. My book, right after the segment, so you can read Jim&#x27;s foreword. And then the book we&#x27;re talking about right now, though, fascinating book, Dear Napoleon, available everywhere books are sold. Jim, the people that you interviewed for this book or that wrote chapters in here, are there any chapters that stick out in your head as fascinating? Well, you know, obviously, one of the blessings I got after I got connected with the Napoleon Hill Foundation and found out that my mentor had been best friends with Napoleon Hill, they sent me a huge file of letters that Napoleon Hill and Lee Braxton had sent back and forth in the 1940s, 50s, and 60s.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And out of those letters, I took things that Lee Braxton had said to Napoleon Hill, and I crafted his letter for him. So his is the only letter that someone really didn&#x27;t write to Napoleon Hill, and I crafted that for him. But there are some amazing people there. Mo Anderson, she is a billionaire and one of the forces behind Keller Williams Realty, the largest real estate company in the world. And then just so many other people that are in there from every walk of life. I mean, there are billionaires. There are athletes. There are great school teachers. There are just people sharing how this message helped them to become who they wanted to become. And, you know, when Hill wrote Think and Grow Rich, he said it&#x27;s not just about money.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> You can be rich in experience, rich in joy, rich in happiness, rich in your family. And so it&#x27;s people who have achieved each of those things that I think is what makes these individuals powerful. Now, Thomas, how old are you, 35? 36 now. 36. I always mess that up. You were 29 when you started with me. It&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s true. Do you remember the book? Have you ever read the book Think and Grow Rich? And don&#x27;t feel bad if you haven&#x27;t. No, I haven&#x27;t. No. It&#x27;s over 100 years old. You had to blow the dust off it. No, just joking. It makes me want to read it after this conversation. It&#x27;s a really good book. See, Jim, a lot of the folks here that are listening that are younger than you and I, and I&#x27;m 55. Jim, you&#x27;re about my age, I think. You&#x27;re not that much older than me. 63 this week. 63. Oh, happy birthday. Not belated, because it&#x27;s right now. So happy birthday coming up. Right. Yeah. But a lot of folks in Thomas&#x27; age group have never heard of this book.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> And then some have. And Thomas, maybe there&#x27;s some... I mean, you&#x27;re a successful guy. You could be more successful if you read the book. There you go. There you go. So anyway, the fascinating book, folks, the name of it is Dear Napoleon. And it&#x27;s 74 chapters. Each chapter, a person writing a letter to Napoleon Hill telling him how much they benefited for and enjoyed the book. And there&#x27;s some really good stories in here. And you can learn a lot from each one of these chapters, Jim. Yeah, absolutely. It&#x27;s designed to give the message of the book. But more importantly, to have people, you know, really get curious enough to go to the well themselves. And because I can assure you, you have read Napoleon Hill&#x27;s philosophy, even if you haven&#x27;t read his book. Because everybody that does what I do, and I&#x27;ve written over 50 books now, everybody that does that, we all stand on the shoulders of Napoleon Hill.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> And it&#x27;s a magnificent piece of work. So I would recommend it to anyone. Well, folks, again, the name of the book, Dear Napoleon, get it anywhere books are sold. Now, Thomas, I want to do this. We mentioned Jim gave me the foreword in my book, The Seven Baby Steps. Let&#x27;s give 20 of those away to the next 20 listeners who call in and want to copy this and also a golden ticket for your no-cost total retirement plan. Fantastic. Let&#x27;s do this. 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Keyword plan to 600-700. Jim, I really appreciate your time today, buddy. Hey, I appreciate you guys, and I look forward to our next time together. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete to discuss overcoming adversity and the influence of Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich. They explore personal development and the ideas behind Stovall's book Dear Napoleon.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Stovall</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Stovall, books and authors, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd/image.jpg?t=1792070876&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd/image.jpg?t=1792070876&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 18:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>762</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4fbd0131-d591-4505-9d96-ae3d013ce2dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12225010" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall</link>
      <itunes:order>38</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jim Stovall" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes: Understanding HSAs and FSAs</title>
      <itunes:title>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes: Understanding HSAs and FSAs</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes join Steve Sedahl to discuss health savings accounts and flexible spending accounts. They consider how those accounts relate to household healthcare expenses.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. I&#x27;m talking with Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes. Taylor, you are Director of Federal Government Affairs Consumer Healthcare Products Association. Marsha, you are, I love the name of your company, The Finance Bar. That sounds fantastic. Welcome ladies. Thank you. So let&#x27;s talk about. Thank you. Good to talk to you today. Yeah, absolutely. So let&#x27;s talk about healthcare costs and it&#x27;s certainly become top of mind, you know, amidst this pandemic for sure.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And it still continues to be a concern. What can we do about it? Taylor? Or Marsha, I&#x27;m sorry. Yeah. Yeah. So seeing healthcare bills have been noted as one of the top 10 stressors by the National Endowment for Financial Education. And quite honestly, financial priorities have shifted for a lot of families right now. Some of their priorities only include purchasing necessary items and covering essential expenses, you know, such as paying for their mortgage or rent, utilities, and then food. And then minimum payments are being made on everything else. Any additional money is now being shifted to their savings in preparation for things that Americans are really concerned about right now, such as unexpected layoffs, furloughs, and potential medical expenses.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> So with the FSA and HSA, they are aiming to not only provide convenient options, but also affordable spending options, which are very important for Americans during this season. Absolutely. Absolutely. And you mentioned FSA, you know, a health savings account, but also the HSA, the health savings account. And, you know, I work with a lot of advisors, financial advisors, so we talk a lot about retirement. And one of the things that has really sort of risen to the top is HSAs, the health savings account. And so, Taylor, what has been done recently that has improved them, if you will? So in March, Congress passed the CARES Act, which included a lot of things that you may have heard about, paycheck protection, the $1,200 direct payments to Americans.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> But it also included a new HSA, FSA, over-the-counter benefits. So previously, you would have to go to a doctor and get a prescription in order to use your HSA or FSA money on an over-the-counter medicine. And during the pandemic, Congress said, you know, this doesn&#x27;t make a lot of sense. Those products are available off the shelf. If you&#x27;re buying them with, you know, a regular credit card, you don&#x27;t need to go to a doctor. So why do you need to go to the doctor to use your FSA card? And they removed that burden so that people can more easily access OTC medicines in this time of need. It opens up a health care fund. You know, people are struggling with a lot of bills. As Marsha said, health care is one of them. Health care is always the top of concern. Now you have a new option to help you pay for your health care expenses.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So the Flex Spending and the HSA, both of them you can use to buy over-the-counter products, which, again, that&#x27;s a big deal, isn&#x27;t it? It is a big deal. And, you know, it&#x27;s a huge consumer convenience factor, but it also helps people with their social distancing. You know, if you&#x27;re not going to the doctor, that&#x27;s one less stop you have to make along the way. I get it. So, Marsha, besides over-the-counter, is there anything else that&#x27;s covered? Absolutely. Absolutely. So menstrual or feminine care products are now recognized as eligible expenses, which means that people can pay for things such as pads, tampons, cups, and any other menstrual care item. Women, on average, spend around $5,000 throughout their entire lifetime on feminine care products.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> So being able to now utilize their FSA and HSA accounts to pay for these things is a huge benefit for them because, again, it just allows them to save more money and keep more money in their pockets. And so many consumers are very mindful of how they are combating their income between their spending right now. Absolutely. And so with an HSA, you know, I mean, the qualifier there is you have to have a high-deductible plan, but that HSA is something that you can take with you, and it doesn&#x27;t expire. It doesn&#x27;t go away. And you can actually, you know, put a lot of money in an HSA that can be pretty helpful, you know, as time goes on. And that&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a really great feature of HSAs. It allows people to plan for longer-term expenses, which also means that in the shorter term, if they&#x27;re feeling more of a pinch, they might have more money saved up that they can access.</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> And one of the things with an HSA, as I said, I work with a lot of financial advisors, so we&#x27;re talking to a lot of pre-retirees and retirees, and we often talk about, you know, retiring a little bit early. And you&#x27;ve got to fill that gap with, you know, between when they retire, say, at 62 or 63 until 65 when Medicare kicks in. And, you know, lots of folks are really realizing, hey, I can build up that HSA. Absolutely. You know, one thing we all know is that as we all get older, we&#x27;re more likely to encounter health care expenses and more health care problems. And HSAs are a great resource. More and more young people have HSAs. So it&#x27;s a great time to think about what your benefits are and how you can best use them to build a stable financial future.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> So, Marcia Taylor, what is the best way for us to find out more about this and get more information and just stay on top of it? So we have a website that consumers can visit. It&#x27;s taxfreeotc.org. That will give everyone the information they need about this change that Congress made. And then, of course, if anyone has questions about what that means for them, what benefits they&#x27;re eligible for through their employer, the best place to go is to your HR department or your health benefits provider. Sure. Taxfreeotc.org. Is that what you said? Taxfreeotc.org. That sounds great. Anything else you want to talk about that we haven&#x27;t touched on? I&#x27;ll just also add that FSA and HSA holders can also contact their plan administrator to confirm eligibility for over-the-counter medicines</p><p><strong>06:47</strong> and menstrual care products under their specific plan coverage. But as Taylor also mentioned, if they have any additional questions or want to do research, they can visit taxfreeotc.org. So, Marcia, I&#x27;m curious. Tell me a little bit about your company. I&#x27;m curious. Yeah. Yeah. So, the Finance Bar is a financial wellness company. We work with our clients, both B2B and B2C consumers, to really tackle their financial issues or working with their employees or clients on better ways to handle their finances. So, we not only have a mobile hub that we travel around to really educate students on the importance of financial wellness, but we also have individual clients that we help them to work through any financial challenges or any gaps that they may have.</p><p><strong>07:37</strong> Well, the education part is key, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, especially from the financial standpoint, we seem to be sort of lacking in that area. So, it&#x27;s great that there&#x27;s a resource like you out there. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. Because financial wellness is everything. The more aware we are, the better that we can proceed with handling our finances. Oftentimes, we&#x27;re aware of the income that we earn, but we&#x27;re not often so much aware of how much money we&#x27;re spending in specific areas. So, I&#x27;m glad that we had this conversation around the benefits now of FSA and HSA so consumers can identify how they can now keep more money in their pocket and utilize some of those benefits that they have from their employers. It&#x27;s really an important topic. So, thank you for having us. Absolutely. So, Taylor, one quick question.</p><p><strong>08:24</strong> The Consumer Healthcare Products Association, where do you fit into the picture here? What is that and what do you do? So, we represent the non-prescription medicine industry. You know, the things that you can find on a drugstore shelf, pain relievers, antacids, probably a bunch of things that you have in your own medicine cabinet. And we&#x27;re just trying to spread the word to Americans that they have this new benefit and that they should think about whether or not it makes sense for them to use it. You know, people usually only think about their insurance benefits kind of at the end of the year when they&#x27;re making changes for the next year or if they&#x27;re starting a new job. But this is kind of a mid-season change. And we know there&#x27;s so many other things going on in the world right now. People might have missed that email from their insurance company about the change.</p><p><strong>09:11</strong> So, we&#x27;re trying to spread the word so that people can make the most of the benefits that they have right now. Well, I will do my part if I can. Taylor and Marcia, thank you both. I really appreciate your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you so much for having us. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes join Steve Sedahl to discuss health savings accounts and flexible spending accounts. They consider how those accounts relate to household healthcare expenses.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. I&#x27;m talking with Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes. Taylor, you are Director of Federal Government Affairs Consumer Healthcare Products Association. Marsha, you are, I love the name of your company, The Finance Bar. That sounds fantastic. Welcome ladies. Thank you. So let&#x27;s talk about. Thank you. Good to talk to you today. Yeah, absolutely. So let&#x27;s talk about healthcare costs and it&#x27;s certainly become top of mind, you know, amidst this pandemic for sure.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And it still continues to be a concern. What can we do about it? Taylor? Or Marsha, I&#x27;m sorry. Yeah. Yeah. So seeing healthcare bills have been noted as one of the top 10 stressors by the National Endowment for Financial Education. And quite honestly, financial priorities have shifted for a lot of families right now. Some of their priorities only include purchasing necessary items and covering essential expenses, you know, such as paying for their mortgage or rent, utilities, and then food. And then minimum payments are being made on everything else. Any additional money is now being shifted to their savings in preparation for things that Americans are really concerned about right now, such as unexpected layoffs, furloughs, and potential medical expenses.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> So with the FSA and HSA, they are aiming to not only provide convenient options, but also affordable spending options, which are very important for Americans during this season. Absolutely. Absolutely. And you mentioned FSA, you know, a health savings account, but also the HSA, the health savings account. And, you know, I work with a lot of advisors, financial advisors, so we talk a lot about retirement. And one of the things that has really sort of risen to the top is HSAs, the health savings account. And so, Taylor, what has been done recently that has improved them, if you will? So in March, Congress passed the CARES Act, which included a lot of things that you may have heard about, paycheck protection, the $1,200 direct payments to Americans.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> But it also included a new HSA, FSA, over-the-counter benefits. So previously, you would have to go to a doctor and get a prescription in order to use your HSA or FSA money on an over-the-counter medicine. And during the pandemic, Congress said, you know, this doesn&#x27;t make a lot of sense. Those products are available off the shelf. If you&#x27;re buying them with, you know, a regular credit card, you don&#x27;t need to go to a doctor. So why do you need to go to the doctor to use your FSA card? And they removed that burden so that people can more easily access OTC medicines in this time of need. It opens up a health care fund. You know, people are struggling with a lot of bills. As Marsha said, health care is one of them. Health care is always the top of concern. Now you have a new option to help you pay for your health care expenses.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So the Flex Spending and the HSA, both of them you can use to buy over-the-counter products, which, again, that&#x27;s a big deal, isn&#x27;t it? It is a big deal. And, you know, it&#x27;s a huge consumer convenience factor, but it also helps people with their social distancing. You know, if you&#x27;re not going to the doctor, that&#x27;s one less stop you have to make along the way. I get it. So, Marsha, besides over-the-counter, is there anything else that&#x27;s covered? Absolutely. Absolutely. So menstrual or feminine care products are now recognized as eligible expenses, which means that people can pay for things such as pads, tampons, cups, and any other menstrual care item. Women, on average, spend around $5,000 throughout their entire lifetime on feminine care products.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> So being able to now utilize their FSA and HSA accounts to pay for these things is a huge benefit for them because, again, it just allows them to save more money and keep more money in their pockets. And so many consumers are very mindful of how they are combating their income between their spending right now. Absolutely. And so with an HSA, you know, I mean, the qualifier there is you have to have a high-deductible plan, but that HSA is something that you can take with you, and it doesn&#x27;t expire. It doesn&#x27;t go away. And you can actually, you know, put a lot of money in an HSA that can be pretty helpful, you know, as time goes on. And that&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a really great feature of HSAs. It allows people to plan for longer-term expenses, which also means that in the shorter term, if they&#x27;re feeling more of a pinch, they might have more money saved up that they can access.</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> And one of the things with an HSA, as I said, I work with a lot of financial advisors, so we&#x27;re talking to a lot of pre-retirees and retirees, and we often talk about, you know, retiring a little bit early. And you&#x27;ve got to fill that gap with, you know, between when they retire, say, at 62 or 63 until 65 when Medicare kicks in. And, you know, lots of folks are really realizing, hey, I can build up that HSA. Absolutely. You know, one thing we all know is that as we all get older, we&#x27;re more likely to encounter health care expenses and more health care problems. And HSAs are a great resource. More and more young people have HSAs. So it&#x27;s a great time to think about what your benefits are and how you can best use them to build a stable financial future.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> So, Marcia Taylor, what is the best way for us to find out more about this and get more information and just stay on top of it? So we have a website that consumers can visit. It&#x27;s taxfreeotc.org. That will give everyone the information they need about this change that Congress made. And then, of course, if anyone has questions about what that means for them, what benefits they&#x27;re eligible for through their employer, the best place to go is to your HR department or your health benefits provider. Sure. Taxfreeotc.org. Is that what you said? Taxfreeotc.org. That sounds great. Anything else you want to talk about that we haven&#x27;t touched on? I&#x27;ll just also add that FSA and HSA holders can also contact their plan administrator to confirm eligibility for over-the-counter medicines</p><p><strong>06:47</strong> and menstrual care products under their specific plan coverage. But as Taylor also mentioned, if they have any additional questions or want to do research, they can visit taxfreeotc.org. So, Marcia, I&#x27;m curious. Tell me a little bit about your company. I&#x27;m curious. Yeah. Yeah. So, the Finance Bar is a financial wellness company. We work with our clients, both B2B and B2C consumers, to really tackle their financial issues or working with their employees or clients on better ways to handle their finances. So, we not only have a mobile hub that we travel around to really educate students on the importance of financial wellness, but we also have individual clients that we help them to work through any financial challenges or any gaps that they may have.</p><p><strong>07:37</strong> Well, the education part is key, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, especially from the financial standpoint, we seem to be sort of lacking in that area. So, it&#x27;s great that there&#x27;s a resource like you out there. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. Because financial wellness is everything. The more aware we are, the better that we can proceed with handling our finances. Oftentimes, we&#x27;re aware of the income that we earn, but we&#x27;re not often so much aware of how much money we&#x27;re spending in specific areas. So, I&#x27;m glad that we had this conversation around the benefits now of FSA and HSA so consumers can identify how they can now keep more money in their pocket and utilize some of those benefits that they have from their employers. It&#x27;s really an important topic. So, thank you for having us. Absolutely. So, Taylor, one quick question.</p><p><strong>08:24</strong> The Consumer Healthcare Products Association, where do you fit into the picture here? What is that and what do you do? So, we represent the non-prescription medicine industry. You know, the things that you can find on a drugstore shelf, pain relievers, antacids, probably a bunch of things that you have in your own medicine cabinet. And we&#x27;re just trying to spread the word to Americans that they have this new benefit and that they should think about whether or not it makes sense for them to use it. You know, people usually only think about their insurance benefits kind of at the end of the year when they&#x27;re making changes for the next year or if they&#x27;re starting a new job. But this is kind of a mid-season change. And we know there&#x27;s so many other things going on in the world right now. People might have missed that email from their insurance company about the change.</p><p><strong>09:11</strong> So, we&#x27;re trying to spread the word so that people can make the most of the benefits that they have right now. Well, I will do my part if I can. Taylor and Marcia, thank you both. I really appreciate your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you so much for having us. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes join Steve Sedahl to discuss health savings accounts and flexible spending accounts. They consider how those accounts relate to household healthcare expenses.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes</category>
      <category>Taylor Holgate</category>
      <category>Marsha Barnes</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Taylor Holgate and Marsha Barnes, Taylor Holgate, Marsha Barnes, healthcare</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6fc1caf7-c00a-4e6f-9005-adff01165745/image.jpg?t=1792073718&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6fc1caf7-c00a-4e6f-9005-adff01165745/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/how-hsas-and-fsas-can-help-reduce-your-healthcare/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6fc1caf7-c00a-4e6f-9005-adff01165745/image.jpg?t=1792073718&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59dbd670-f600-47b5-b3f2-2ea31f58deb3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6fc1caf7-c00a-4e6f-9005-adff01165745</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 May 2021 15:21:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>564</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6fc1caf7-c00a-4e6f-9005-adff01165745/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9054406" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/how-hsas-and-fsas-can-help-reduce-your-healthcare</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>39</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding HSAs and FSAs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michele Schneider: Boeing's 737 MAX and the Market Response</title>
      <itunes:title>Michele Schneider: Boeing's 737 MAX and the Market Response</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michele Schneider joins Coach Pete to discuss Boeing&#x27;s 737 MAX and the challenges following its two fatal crashes. This archive conversation considers the situation and its implications at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks welcome back into the show. This is the time of the show here on the Financial Safari where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference. Someone who might have some information you might be interested in and I&#x27;m really interested in this interview because I fly a lot. And we&#x27;re going to go to Santa Fe, New Mexico. I don&#x27;t have Michelle&#x27;s last name Thomas. Sorry I should have been on that sheet. No this is Michelle&#x27;s notes.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Michelle what&#x27;s your last name? Schneider. Schneider that&#x27;s correct yes sorry about that. So we can start right there okay. And we&#x27;re going to talk to Michelle Schneider who is with she&#x27;s director of training at market gauge dot com. She&#x27;s in Santa Fe New Mexico again and I want to talk to Michelle about the Boeing disaster here. Michelle welcome in. Hi thank you very much great to be here. Yeah now let&#x27;s talk about well tell tell the folks what your experience is and how you can be an expert on this topic. Well I&#x27;ve been a trader for most of my life starting on the Kamais exchange floor in New York. I was one of the few women members of many of the different exchanges and then moved upstairs as electronic trading became more popular.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I&#x27;ve been with market gauge which is a financial publishing company for the last 12 years where basically I teach people how to invest. I give them trade recommendations. I&#x27;ve been a media expert. I authored a book plant your money tree which won all kinds of awards. So yeah I&#x27;m pretty good at talking about most stocks and I&#x27;m very interested obviously in what&#x27;s going on with Boeing because you have a fundamental and a technical picture. Yeah now let&#x27;s look at the with the problem there because it came out of it seemed to come out of nowhere. They were all happy about this new jet which was really just a redesign of an old jet and the software didn&#x27;t communicate with the hardware basically. Is that what&#x27;s happening? Yes and yes and and you know obviously the FAA has given them the go ahead. The guy who&#x27;s the head of the FAA actually FAA came on and said that he trusts this new Max 100% would put his whole family on the plane.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> But I&#x27;ve actually yeah right. But I&#x27;ve actually spoken to a friend of mine whose husband is a pilot who&#x27;s flown these and he said that essentially they haven&#x27;t really done anything different. And so he&#x27;s very concerned about it. He feels the whole plane could actually fall apart in the middle. They haven&#x27;t fixed those design problems that created some of the issues that killed those people. So it&#x27;s really hard to say. I mean it&#x27;s on both sides of the fence. You&#x27;ve got those who think that this will be a plane that&#x27;s under more scrutiny than you can possibly imagine therefore making it safer. And then others who think that it&#x27;s suspect especially those in the business pilots are saying they really don&#x27;t necessarily think they&#x27;ll get to fly it anyway till April. Well it&#x27;s kind of scary when you think about it because they really haven&#x27;t like you said they really haven&#x27;t done too much to fix it. And it was a software issue but it was also a hardware issue trying to trying to make it more I guess fuel efficient.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> They move the engine on the wing a little bit and interfere with the physics. And my dad&#x27;s a physics professor and he said that that was the worst thing they could have done. And he&#x27;s been teaching for 43 years and he&#x27;s got his PhD so he kind of knows what he&#x27;s talking about when it comes to physics. And he said Peter I don&#x27;t think I would get on that plane if I were you. And I&#x27;ve flown it plenty of times. As a matter of fact I used to love the fact I go to I&#x27;m in Raleigh but we have a Vegas office and on Southwest they got a pretty high percentage of their fleet was the max flight with the max planes. And so when they grounded them I lost my nonstop flights from Raleigh to Vegas. So what used to take me four or five hours now takes me nine, ten, or eleven hours. But I&#x27;m still alive. Yeah. Thank goodness for that. Well and there&#x27;s something else too. If you buy a ticket on any of the airlines that fly the Boeings when you purchase the ticket you&#x27;ll be able to know whether or not you&#x27;re getting on a max.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> But once if you didn&#x27;t pay attention to that or you forget or whatever happens or somebody else makes the reservation for you when you get on the plane in the pocket where it tells you about the airline it will not say that you are flying on a max. So I don&#x27;t know I find that a little bit uncomfortable. Kind of deceiving. And another thing when you get on a plane you have no idea the repair record of that plane or the repair record of the pilot. So you don&#x27;t really know who your pilot is. Exactly. Now I usually get on a plane and think you know I&#x27;m sure the pilot doesn&#x27;t want to die any more than any of us do. But in this particular case I think it&#x27;ll be really interesting. And like I said they&#x27;re not really planning to get this into full gear probably until the spring so we may not necessarily know. What is also interesting is Boeing is not stopping there.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> They&#x27;re now working on building a deep space rocket. So that could be more interesting for the company going forward because as we know Virgin Galactic is involved now and SpaceX is involved. And it seems that NASA is also possibly backing this as well. So yeah. So you know it&#x27;s kind of like the Tesla phenomenon in that Tesla is a car yes. But it represents a movement with also space involved because everybody backs behind Elon Musk. So I think it could wind up being something similar with Boeing. We&#x27;ll see how that just came out today. So some modern day space-ly sprockets from the Jetsons here coming. Well they need something like that because their stock prices got hammered because of what happened.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Except for today the stock actually has been doing very very well. Of course it&#x27;s doing very good today. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s there goes the there goes the old saying buy on the room or sell on the news because that&#x27;s news and it should be selling going on. Exactly exactly. But nonetheless that&#x27;s why I like charts because you can you can debate on any side of the fence on just about any company. Obviously the more controversial the more the debate. And this is where the charts really sort of help navigate for us. So with the Boeing stock even before the news came out about the FAA approval the stock had gapped higher which means that literally it was trading near the lows. And then boom it gapped up about $20 higher from that price. It hasn&#x27;t looked back. Now it&#x27;s consolidating between $200 and $223 a share.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So I&#x27;m looking at a midpoint there. $210 has been pivotal. And if it holds this $210 level which it looks like it&#x27;s planning to do considering it&#x27;s up about 3.7% today and clears the last three weeks high which has really been about $223. It does look like it can go up to $250 next and possibly even up to about $280. So that to me you know you got to separate. Are you going to get on the plane or are you going to buy the stock as an investment? Yeah. Yeah. And it&#x27;s two different things a lot of times. I say sometimes instead of buying the expensive clothes go buy stock in the expensive clothes company. Then you could buy a lot more clothes down the road when you make a lot of money. That&#x27;s what I tell my daughter. It doesn&#x27;t work though. You still buy it. Well what you&#x27;re really telling her is to use your consumer instinct which is a big investment strategy that I think works unbelievably well.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> Well talk about let&#x27;s go back though before today&#x27;s news let&#x27;s go back there but they lost about a thousand jet orders didn&#x27;t they Boeing did about for the max over the last few months I guess or year. Yes they have. They&#x27;ve had a lot of problem with losing orders and a lot of those have not come back yet. So again this is a case actually where you say the rumor versus the news this is still anticipation that things will work out without the hard facts behind it at this point. Will people get on the plane? Will pilots be comfortable? Will it actually pass the safety records? Will different airlines start ordering it again? We don&#x27;t know the answers to these questions yet. Heaven forbid something happens to another plane once they start flying again. Oh well then that&#x27;s the end of that company. And we won&#x27;t be talking about a $200 stock anymore. $90 stock or something or worse.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> Well all right now explain a term this is an interesting term that I learned from the notes that I got before I talked to you. Explain to the listeners what whitetails mean for jets like Boeing. Yes. Oh my goodness gracious. You know what? At the top of my head I know that I know that. Well that&#x27;s where they haven&#x27;t labeled them yet so that that was a whitetail means. Oh right of course. Yes that&#x27;s right. So there are all these planes sitting. I&#x27;m sorry. There are all these planes sitting around that have not. When they say whitetail it means that they haven&#x27;t been assigned to an airline yet. So there are a lot hundreds of those whitetail planes sitting around. And as a result they have to be basically assigned. And that&#x27;s another problem for the potential airline is where will they be assigned to. As we know American Airlines uses it.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> Southwest as you mentioned before is a big carry of it. But yeah that&#x27;s going to be something else to be looking at. Now what happens with like these airlines when they ground like a big workhorse in the fleet like that. They have to store them somewhere. Have they been storing them out in like Tucson at the Boneyard. Or were they storing all these jets they can&#x27;t use right now? Yeah basically they&#x27;re just trying to find spaces for them anywhere they can. They&#x27;re parked all over the airports I&#x27;ve seen a lot of times. Like out on the field somewhere on a runway they&#x27;re not using. But that can&#x27;t be good for a plane to be sitting there all these months without being used. Because if you don&#x27;t live in a house for a while things need to break in a house. You&#x27;ve seen that phenomenon before too. Well some of them are being stored in San Antonio. Some have been flown over to Victorville which is in the Mojave Desert.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> So yeah they&#x27;re trying to find places for them. They&#x27;re saying right now that there&#x27;s about 34 of them that are parked in California alone. That&#x27;s a lot just parking there. Nothing happening too. Right. Well the airlines are scrambling too. So have you noticed some of the airlines go over to maybe looking at the Airbus now instead of the Boeing? I would think so. I would too. Because I kind of like the Airbus better than the Boeing Lakeway. It&#x27;s a lot more comfortable of a plane. And you know they put a lot more thinking into the redesigning or the new designing of bigger and more fuel efficient jets. Right. Exactly. And yes. And actually it&#x27;s interesting because the headquarters for the Airbus is in the Netherlands. So it&#x27;s a European group.</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> I don&#x27;t know what that necessarily means for the plane itself. But it&#x27;s just an interesting little fact. A whole other topic for a whole other show is where the maintenance gets done in a lot of these planes is not in America. That&#x27;s kind of worrisome sometimes. Yeah. We can name a few countries that we – Yeah. Right. Well, all right. So any final – we&#x27;ve got to wrap this up. But any final advice you give the listener just about investing in stocks or not – should they pay attention to the news or should they have – of course we always advise long-term plans. But what can someone do to minimize risk in their portfolio? Well, what&#x27;s interesting about the news versus the charts – and that&#x27;s really been a big – also debate through the years. Some people look at charts as sort of like looking at astrology and the stars where others live and die by the charts and don&#x27;t care about the news.</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> And the best answer I can give to that is when I was trading on the commodities exchange, back in the day, there was no social media. I didn&#x27;t have my iPhone sitting there in my hand. There wasn&#x27;t a computer that I could run to and just look up information. We traded on pure price. And I think that the best advice I can give somebody is that you could be interested in a company. Let&#x27;s say you are interested in Boeing or you&#x27;re interested in any particular megatrend that&#x27;s going on. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s Bitcoin or anything, Tesla or solar stocks. It&#x27;s good to have an idea of what you like, but you have to look at the pure price and you have to be able to understand what they say. Look left to look right. Look where the price was. And then you can determine how much are you willing to risk and how far do you think it can go up or down.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> Yeah. Yeah. And we don&#x27;t like down, but maybe some people do. If you&#x27;re shorting, you love down. There are perma bears out there. Harry Den thinks that we&#x27;re going to a 40% correction by March or April. I bet him about 10 years ago and his prediction still isn&#x27;t right. Well, you know, like a broken clock maybe one day. He did predict Dow 25,000 in one of his books, but that was when the Dow was maybe five or seven. So he got that, but of course you can throw enough darts. You&#x27;ll hit enough boards sometimes. And there pose the point about the news. I mean, you listening to analysts, listening to news can make your head spin. So really you, as I said, price really pays and that&#x27;s what you have to remember. Well, folks, her name is Michelle Schneider and Michelle, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me, Pete.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michele Schneider joins Coach Pete to discuss Boeing&#x27;s 737 MAX and the challenges following its two fatal crashes. This archive conversation considers the situation and its implications at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks welcome back into the show. This is the time of the show here on the Financial Safari where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference. Someone who might have some information you might be interested in and I&#x27;m really interested in this interview because I fly a lot. And we&#x27;re going to go to Santa Fe, New Mexico. I don&#x27;t have Michelle&#x27;s last name Thomas. Sorry I should have been on that sheet. No this is Michelle&#x27;s notes.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Michelle what&#x27;s your last name? Schneider. Schneider that&#x27;s correct yes sorry about that. So we can start right there okay. And we&#x27;re going to talk to Michelle Schneider who is with she&#x27;s director of training at market gauge dot com. She&#x27;s in Santa Fe New Mexico again and I want to talk to Michelle about the Boeing disaster here. Michelle welcome in. Hi thank you very much great to be here. Yeah now let&#x27;s talk about well tell tell the folks what your experience is and how you can be an expert on this topic. Well I&#x27;ve been a trader for most of my life starting on the Kamais exchange floor in New York. I was one of the few women members of many of the different exchanges and then moved upstairs as electronic trading became more popular.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I&#x27;ve been with market gauge which is a financial publishing company for the last 12 years where basically I teach people how to invest. I give them trade recommendations. I&#x27;ve been a media expert. I authored a book plant your money tree which won all kinds of awards. So yeah I&#x27;m pretty good at talking about most stocks and I&#x27;m very interested obviously in what&#x27;s going on with Boeing because you have a fundamental and a technical picture. Yeah now let&#x27;s look at the with the problem there because it came out of it seemed to come out of nowhere. They were all happy about this new jet which was really just a redesign of an old jet and the software didn&#x27;t communicate with the hardware basically. Is that what&#x27;s happening? Yes and yes and and you know obviously the FAA has given them the go ahead. The guy who&#x27;s the head of the FAA actually FAA came on and said that he trusts this new Max 100% would put his whole family on the plane.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> But I&#x27;ve actually yeah right. But I&#x27;ve actually spoken to a friend of mine whose husband is a pilot who&#x27;s flown these and he said that essentially they haven&#x27;t really done anything different. And so he&#x27;s very concerned about it. He feels the whole plane could actually fall apart in the middle. They haven&#x27;t fixed those design problems that created some of the issues that killed those people. So it&#x27;s really hard to say. I mean it&#x27;s on both sides of the fence. You&#x27;ve got those who think that this will be a plane that&#x27;s under more scrutiny than you can possibly imagine therefore making it safer. And then others who think that it&#x27;s suspect especially those in the business pilots are saying they really don&#x27;t necessarily think they&#x27;ll get to fly it anyway till April. Well it&#x27;s kind of scary when you think about it because they really haven&#x27;t like you said they really haven&#x27;t done too much to fix it. And it was a software issue but it was also a hardware issue trying to trying to make it more I guess fuel efficient.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> They move the engine on the wing a little bit and interfere with the physics. And my dad&#x27;s a physics professor and he said that that was the worst thing they could have done. And he&#x27;s been teaching for 43 years and he&#x27;s got his PhD so he kind of knows what he&#x27;s talking about when it comes to physics. And he said Peter I don&#x27;t think I would get on that plane if I were you. And I&#x27;ve flown it plenty of times. As a matter of fact I used to love the fact I go to I&#x27;m in Raleigh but we have a Vegas office and on Southwest they got a pretty high percentage of their fleet was the max flight with the max planes. And so when they grounded them I lost my nonstop flights from Raleigh to Vegas. So what used to take me four or five hours now takes me nine, ten, or eleven hours. But I&#x27;m still alive. Yeah. Thank goodness for that. Well and there&#x27;s something else too. If you buy a ticket on any of the airlines that fly the Boeings when you purchase the ticket you&#x27;ll be able to know whether or not you&#x27;re getting on a max.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> But once if you didn&#x27;t pay attention to that or you forget or whatever happens or somebody else makes the reservation for you when you get on the plane in the pocket where it tells you about the airline it will not say that you are flying on a max. So I don&#x27;t know I find that a little bit uncomfortable. Kind of deceiving. And another thing when you get on a plane you have no idea the repair record of that plane or the repair record of the pilot. So you don&#x27;t really know who your pilot is. Exactly. Now I usually get on a plane and think you know I&#x27;m sure the pilot doesn&#x27;t want to die any more than any of us do. But in this particular case I think it&#x27;ll be really interesting. And like I said they&#x27;re not really planning to get this into full gear probably until the spring so we may not necessarily know. What is also interesting is Boeing is not stopping there.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> They&#x27;re now working on building a deep space rocket. So that could be more interesting for the company going forward because as we know Virgin Galactic is involved now and SpaceX is involved. And it seems that NASA is also possibly backing this as well. So yeah. So you know it&#x27;s kind of like the Tesla phenomenon in that Tesla is a car yes. But it represents a movement with also space involved because everybody backs behind Elon Musk. So I think it could wind up being something similar with Boeing. We&#x27;ll see how that just came out today. So some modern day space-ly sprockets from the Jetsons here coming. Well they need something like that because their stock prices got hammered because of what happened.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Except for today the stock actually has been doing very very well. Of course it&#x27;s doing very good today. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s there goes the there goes the old saying buy on the room or sell on the news because that&#x27;s news and it should be selling going on. Exactly exactly. But nonetheless that&#x27;s why I like charts because you can you can debate on any side of the fence on just about any company. Obviously the more controversial the more the debate. And this is where the charts really sort of help navigate for us. So with the Boeing stock even before the news came out about the FAA approval the stock had gapped higher which means that literally it was trading near the lows. And then boom it gapped up about $20 higher from that price. It hasn&#x27;t looked back. Now it&#x27;s consolidating between $200 and $223 a share.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So I&#x27;m looking at a midpoint there. $210 has been pivotal. And if it holds this $210 level which it looks like it&#x27;s planning to do considering it&#x27;s up about 3.7% today and clears the last three weeks high which has really been about $223. It does look like it can go up to $250 next and possibly even up to about $280. So that to me you know you got to separate. Are you going to get on the plane or are you going to buy the stock as an investment? Yeah. Yeah. And it&#x27;s two different things a lot of times. I say sometimes instead of buying the expensive clothes go buy stock in the expensive clothes company. Then you could buy a lot more clothes down the road when you make a lot of money. That&#x27;s what I tell my daughter. It doesn&#x27;t work though. You still buy it. Well what you&#x27;re really telling her is to use your consumer instinct which is a big investment strategy that I think works unbelievably well.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> Well talk about let&#x27;s go back though before today&#x27;s news let&#x27;s go back there but they lost about a thousand jet orders didn&#x27;t they Boeing did about for the max over the last few months I guess or year. Yes they have. They&#x27;ve had a lot of problem with losing orders and a lot of those have not come back yet. So again this is a case actually where you say the rumor versus the news this is still anticipation that things will work out without the hard facts behind it at this point. Will people get on the plane? Will pilots be comfortable? Will it actually pass the safety records? Will different airlines start ordering it again? We don&#x27;t know the answers to these questions yet. Heaven forbid something happens to another plane once they start flying again. Oh well then that&#x27;s the end of that company. And we won&#x27;t be talking about a $200 stock anymore. $90 stock or something or worse.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> Well all right now explain a term this is an interesting term that I learned from the notes that I got before I talked to you. Explain to the listeners what whitetails mean for jets like Boeing. Yes. Oh my goodness gracious. You know what? At the top of my head I know that I know that. Well that&#x27;s where they haven&#x27;t labeled them yet so that that was a whitetail means. Oh right of course. Yes that&#x27;s right. So there are all these planes sitting. I&#x27;m sorry. There are all these planes sitting around that have not. When they say whitetail it means that they haven&#x27;t been assigned to an airline yet. So there are a lot hundreds of those whitetail planes sitting around. And as a result they have to be basically assigned. And that&#x27;s another problem for the potential airline is where will they be assigned to. As we know American Airlines uses it.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> Southwest as you mentioned before is a big carry of it. But yeah that&#x27;s going to be something else to be looking at. Now what happens with like these airlines when they ground like a big workhorse in the fleet like that. They have to store them somewhere. Have they been storing them out in like Tucson at the Boneyard. Or were they storing all these jets they can&#x27;t use right now? Yeah basically they&#x27;re just trying to find spaces for them anywhere they can. They&#x27;re parked all over the airports I&#x27;ve seen a lot of times. Like out on the field somewhere on a runway they&#x27;re not using. But that can&#x27;t be good for a plane to be sitting there all these months without being used. Because if you don&#x27;t live in a house for a while things need to break in a house. You&#x27;ve seen that phenomenon before too. Well some of them are being stored in San Antonio. Some have been flown over to Victorville which is in the Mojave Desert.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> So yeah they&#x27;re trying to find places for them. They&#x27;re saying right now that there&#x27;s about 34 of them that are parked in California alone. That&#x27;s a lot just parking there. Nothing happening too. Right. Well the airlines are scrambling too. So have you noticed some of the airlines go over to maybe looking at the Airbus now instead of the Boeing? I would think so. I would too. Because I kind of like the Airbus better than the Boeing Lakeway. It&#x27;s a lot more comfortable of a plane. And you know they put a lot more thinking into the redesigning or the new designing of bigger and more fuel efficient jets. Right. Exactly. And yes. And actually it&#x27;s interesting because the headquarters for the Airbus is in the Netherlands. So it&#x27;s a European group.</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> I don&#x27;t know what that necessarily means for the plane itself. But it&#x27;s just an interesting little fact. A whole other topic for a whole other show is where the maintenance gets done in a lot of these planes is not in America. That&#x27;s kind of worrisome sometimes. Yeah. We can name a few countries that we – Yeah. Right. Well, all right. So any final – we&#x27;ve got to wrap this up. But any final advice you give the listener just about investing in stocks or not – should they pay attention to the news or should they have – of course we always advise long-term plans. But what can someone do to minimize risk in their portfolio? Well, what&#x27;s interesting about the news versus the charts – and that&#x27;s really been a big – also debate through the years. Some people look at charts as sort of like looking at astrology and the stars where others live and die by the charts and don&#x27;t care about the news.</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> And the best answer I can give to that is when I was trading on the commodities exchange, back in the day, there was no social media. I didn&#x27;t have my iPhone sitting there in my hand. There wasn&#x27;t a computer that I could run to and just look up information. We traded on pure price. And I think that the best advice I can give somebody is that you could be interested in a company. Let&#x27;s say you are interested in Boeing or you&#x27;re interested in any particular megatrend that&#x27;s going on. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s Bitcoin or anything, Tesla or solar stocks. It&#x27;s good to have an idea of what you like, but you have to look at the pure price and you have to be able to understand what they say. Look left to look right. Look where the price was. And then you can determine how much are you willing to risk and how far do you think it can go up or down.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> Yeah. Yeah. And we don&#x27;t like down, but maybe some people do. If you&#x27;re shorting, you love down. There are perma bears out there. Harry Den thinks that we&#x27;re going to a 40% correction by March or April. I bet him about 10 years ago and his prediction still isn&#x27;t right. Well, you know, like a broken clock maybe one day. He did predict Dow 25,000 in one of his books, but that was when the Dow was maybe five or seven. So he got that, but of course you can throw enough darts. You&#x27;ll hit enough boards sometimes. And there pose the point about the news. I mean, you listening to analysts, listening to news can make your head spin. So really you, as I said, price really pays and that&#x27;s what you have to remember. Well, folks, her name is Michelle Schneider and Michelle, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me, Pete.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michele Schneider joins Coach Pete to discuss Boeing's 737 MAX and the challenges following its two fatal crashes. This archive conversation considers the situation and its implications at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michele Schneider</category>
      <category>Boeing's 737 MAX and the Market Response</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michele Schneider, Boeing's 737 MAX and the Market Response, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6189ed64-fe85-44d6-a730-adff01162d41/image.jpg?t=1792073703&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6189ed64-fe85-44d6-a730-adff01162d41/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/discussion-on-boeings-737-max/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6189ed64-fe85-44d6-a730-adff01162d41/image.jpg?t=1792073703&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7752ffd1-8084-48b6-8df3-3050ba712361</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6189ed64-fe85-44d6-a730-adff01162d41</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Dec 2020 15:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>771</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6189ed64-fe85-44d6-a730-adff01162d41/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12367209" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/discussion-on-boeings-737-max</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>40</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Boeing's 737 MAX and the Market Response" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham and Coach Pete: Preparing Your Family for the Future</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham and Coach Pete: Preparing Your Family for the Future</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss organizing important information before a death in the family. Their conversation draws on Coach Pete&#x27;s Little Green Book of Life and the steps involved in preparing loved ones.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:02</strong> each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on coach lessons well folks welcome into the financial safari now we&#x27;ve got a very special guest today his name is dr. Phil Graham I call him dr. Phil Graham is Phil Graham folks otherwise known as Dr. Phil to Coach P right? Yes, thanks coach. I call you Dr. Phil. That&#x27;s right. How you doing Phil? I&#x27;m doing fantastic. Thanks coach. It goes smoothly folks. He has an honorary doctorate from Coach P. That&#x27;s right because he&#x27;s an expert in my opinion on what to do next and that&#x27;s why I wrote this book years ago called The Little</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Green Book of Life and it&#x27;s an interactive book. When I say interactive, a lot of people are confused by that and what I mean by that is there&#x27;s a lot of different pages in here that ask you questions and you fill in the answers. Now, I don&#x27;t like homework any more than you do, but here&#x27;s the reason I designed this, is because I&#x27;ve run into, in my 28 and a half years in the financial arena, I have run into so many situations where people have passed away or become to the point where they don&#x27;t have that mental capacity anymore to explain to you, as the children or grandchildren of your mom and dad, where everything they have put together in their life, where it is. And so, Phil, let me ask you a question. If you pass away, does the life insurance company make a big effort to try to find the beneficiaries of your life insurance policy and send them a check? Well, absolutely not, Coach.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> They have no way of even knowing that you passed away. I know. So it&#x27;s up to you as, well, if you&#x27;re in charge, it&#x27;s up to you to make sure your next of kin knows that they are beneficiaries of a life insurance policy or where your money is. If you have annuities or CDs or mutual funds or stocks or trust, if you have a living trust or irrevocable trust. they need to know about this because if you don&#x27;t tell anybody they&#x27;re not going to know you can even in this book this over 100 pages i guide you through how to write your own obituary and and you know it&#x27;s no fun to talk about it but we&#x27;re all going to pass away and phil you can tell a lot of times when you are reading obituaries and my grandparents that&#x27;s the first page they would always go to you can tell who wrote or who basically knew who they were writing it for who was just doing the generic obituary writing right so it would be great to have some key bullet points</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> that you want to have mentioned in your obituary i know i don&#x27;t like talking about dying but hey die the right way. Well the fact that people don&#x27;t like to talk buying that about dying is all the more reason for the book because it&#x27;s a guide to help start getting those thoughts out on paper. It&#x27;s a guide to start help your beneficiaries know where the money is. What I like to say so that on one of the worst days of their life, the day you pass away, we want to alleviate as much of that burden as possible because it&#x27;s probably the worst day for your family&#x27;s life when you die and you add that that stress of not knowing what to do next yeah at least we can help eliminate or alleviate that one piece I call it the compounding effect in the wrong way okay so mom or dad passed away and you have</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> no idea where they left everything and you get over to the house and things are a mess and you open up a book and there&#x27;s a $20 bill falls out my grandma used to do that she&#x27;s put $20 bills in books they hide them because if somebody broke in the last place they probably look as a book except for the fact that I had this book safe growing up that I would hide stuff from my brothers because they were always stealing stuff. It looked like a book, but it was really a Howell safe, basically. Put stuff in there. But let&#x27;s talk about just the overall things that are necessary to have when you pass away. One of the things I think everyone who is listening or watching this show needs to know is that life insurance is a valuable tool for the next of kin. And it can also be a valuable tool for you as you are living because life insurance policies have improved the last five years, something called a living benefit rider, where you can</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> take out some of your death benefit each year to pay for long-term care. How valuable is that? Well, that&#x27;s been a huge evolution from a product standpoint to where now life insurance not only pays out when you die, but it can pay out when you need it for long-term care, and they make them where they can pay out income. So whether you die, you live, or you go into a long-term care facility, one policy can actually benefit you where it used to be if you didn&#x27;t die. Yep. Well, I guess we&#x27;re all going to die eventually, but that was the only time you got benefit. Life insurance, and I&#x27;ve said this before, and it really is, as long as you pay your premiums and don&#x27;t lie on the application, it is the one investment vehicle. And it really is an investment because you&#x27;re investing in yourself, but it&#x27;s the one investment vehicle that is guaranteed to pay you a return. Especially if you have all those new bells and whistles on there.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And of course, we don&#x27;t want to get our best bang for their buck. The best bang for your buck is the sooner you die, the more of value the life insurance policy was. So if I buy a policy today and a million dollar policy and pay the premium one year and then die the next year, a million dollars goes to my wife. It&#x27;s amazing, isn&#x27;t it? Here&#x27;s what I like the most and why we call it a living benefit. If you are still living, though, and we&#x27;re all living, but if you&#x27;re living and become a health issue and you don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy, now you don&#x27;t become a burden on the family because you can take some of that death benefit out, tax-free, by the way, and use it to pay your long-term care stay costs. And that makes a lot of sense. And that is one of the greatest risks to someone&#x27;s retirement or outliving their money. Well, it is. Is taxes, long-term care, and inflation. And those are two things that will just crush your retirement plan.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Inflation is a silent killer. Health expenses is the very vocal killer. And we hear about this all the time. Health expenses get out of control. But all right, so if someone&#x27;s right now, they&#x27;re hearing this about life insurance and say, I don&#x27;t think my life insurance policy has this. What should they do? Well, I always recommend they review their policy with an expert. So someone from your office would be more than happy to do a full analysis. We&#x27;re fiduciaries, so we&#x27;ll have to tell you the good, the bad, the ugly. And if it&#x27;s really good, we&#x27;ll give you a sticker saying stay where you are. Right. But at least you have peace of mind knowing that you had an expert look it over. If you have a policy that&#x27;s more than just a few years old, the policies have changed dramatically. Exactly. And I realize you may be a couple years older, but with life expectancy increasing,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> just because you&#x27;re older, some of these new policies might actually cost you less money for the same death benefit that you had from even five years ago. So you get more bang for your buck. Correct. Even though you&#x27;re older, the policies have got more affordable now, which is amazing because we are living longer on the mortality tables. So the actuaries that design the product and they try to figure out how long everybody&#x27;s going to live, they&#x27;ve repriced the new products to take into consideration people living into their 90s and close to 100 years old. Makes a lot of sense. Alright, so I tangent it off a little bit because life insurance is something no one wants to talk about but everybody needs. Correct. Really, and everyone needs more and everyone needs a newer policy that has that living benefit. We can actually take your death benefit portions of it and use to pay, folks pay attention to this, use it to pay your long-term care. Long-term care we never want to think about but like one in</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> three people are gonna have a long-term care stay or home health care needs at home. And so it&#x27;s important that we can pay for those and don&#x27;t become a burden on our family. Now there&#x27;s one other thing. What is the, now again, the little green book of life we&#x27;re talking about, which is a hundred and some pages of interactive participation from you, showing you all the things that you need your next of kin to know when you&#x27;re not here anymore. So the best time to do that is while you&#x27;re here. Absolutely, always. Fill it out, right? You know, I&#x27;ve given thousands of these away over the years and I bet maybe a hundred of them probably get filled out. So folks, take a little time. I know we&#x27;re in a busy society these days, but it really is a treasure map for your next of kin, showing them where your bank accounts are, where maybe you have a CD, a life insurance policy, where things, maybe you buried some money in the backyard, they didn&#x27;t know about it. So there&#x27;s all sorts of things there that people don&#x27;t think about until it&#x27;s too late</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> many times. Think about it now. Again, the Little Green Book of Life, you can call anytime and get a copy of that, 800-661-7383 is the number that you call if you&#x27;re listening to the radio. If you&#x27;re listening or watching on TV, there&#x27;ll be another number come up there. This is a simulcast show, radio and TV. It&#x27;s amazing. We love doing this. But 800-661-7383 is a way for you to get a copy of that book. Now, what&#x27;s the, and I know we talked about this before the show, what is the thing that people overlook though when it comes time to die? Or somebody passes away? I feel like it&#x27;s number one, how long it takes to get a death certificate. Because all those things we talked about, so every account that you put in this book requires a death certificate in order for your family to start accessing money. And that is also true of revocable or living trust to execute your will,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> to access money at the bank if it&#x27;s set up as transfer on death or POD, which is pass on death, whether it&#x27;s your investment accounts, annuities, they all require a death certificate. You have to prove that the person&#x27;s not here anymore. And historically, it was at least 10 business days. But now, because of COVID, in a lot of states, it&#x27;s 45 to 60 days. Wow, it takes a lot longer. And it&#x27;s delaying it because the government&#x27;s not working at all. So someone passed away, and now you don&#x27;t have any money, and you can&#x27;t get a hold of the money, and you have to wait for those deficit certificates, and it could be 45 or 60 days. So what is the solution for this? So we created something called a beneficiary liquidity plan, where we took two of the most basic financial planning tools that have been around forever, but we combined them together,</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> kind of like taking peanut butter and chocolate and making a Reese&#x27;s peanut butter cup. I like that. I like that. So we combine them together, and what it does is it creates a vehicle that looks like a savings account at the bank, but it is with an insurance company. It&#x27;s going to earn 1% interest, so it&#x27;s not to get rich on, but the secret sauce for the family, and this goes right in line with the book, is that the proceeds are available in 24 to 48 hours without a death certificate. Wow, that&#x27;s amazing. So you have access to liquidity, some money to do things. What we use it for is it&#x27;s that money that when clients are going through the book, they&#x27;re earmarking going, this is the money I want my family to use to cover my funeral expenses or my cremation, to cover their travel expenses, to cover celebration of life and all the other expenses when a loved one passes away.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> Yes. But what most clients don&#x27;t realize is that whatever they have in their head as their plan doesn&#x27;t work. So they&#x27;ll say things like, well, I have money at the bank. Little Johnny can go get that. Or I have life insurance. Little Johnny can use that. And it&#x27;s just not the way it works. If you picture a padlock, a padlock appears at the bank door the minute you pass away until they can prove and your next to kin can prove that they have access to it and that you really did pass away. But this is a way to bypass that. And here&#x27;s what people love the most. It doesn&#x27;t cost anything to put a plan in place. So like I said, you already have money. You&#x27;ve already earmarked this is the money that&#x27;s supposed to be used for these expenses. All we do is move it from your left pocket to your right pocket.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> You&#x27;re not leaving more money and you&#x27;re not leaving less money. Your family&#x27;s getting the same money. And the second part of that is we typically try to help determine what&#x27;s the minimum the family&#x27;s going to need. We&#x27;re not trying to dump hundreds of thousands of dollars into a beneficiary liquidity plan. It&#x27;s, okay, I think we&#x27;re going to need this much for a funeral. We&#x27;re going to need this much for travel. we&#x27;re going to need this much for maybe my real estate holdings to... It&#x27;s enough to get by. It&#x27;s enough to get by. So it&#x27;s not a burden to the family. So it&#x27;s a preamble for life insurance, really. Like we had the preamble of the Constitution, very small port explaining what&#x27;s going on, keeping you on track. And so this will do it as well. And folks, if you are interested, you have a special worksheet we can go through with folks. We have a survey that takes five minutes to complete</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> that goes right in line with your book. Let&#x27;s get the survey done and see what kind of liquidity you may need in the future for your family and not leaving them a burden. And all you have to do, folks, to get this, and when you call, you&#x27;re also going to get a copy of The Little Green Book of Life as well. The number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss organizing important information before a death in the family. Their conversation draws on Coach Pete&#x27;s Little Green Book of Life and the steps involved in preparing loved ones.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:02</strong> each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it so stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on coach lessons well folks welcome into the financial safari now we&#x27;ve got a very special guest today his name is dr. Phil Graham I call him dr. Phil Graham is Phil Graham folks otherwise known as Dr. Phil to Coach P right? Yes, thanks coach. I call you Dr. Phil. That&#x27;s right. How you doing Phil? I&#x27;m doing fantastic. Thanks coach. It goes smoothly folks. He has an honorary doctorate from Coach P. That&#x27;s right because he&#x27;s an expert in my opinion on what to do next and that&#x27;s why I wrote this book years ago called The Little</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Green Book of Life and it&#x27;s an interactive book. When I say interactive, a lot of people are confused by that and what I mean by that is there&#x27;s a lot of different pages in here that ask you questions and you fill in the answers. Now, I don&#x27;t like homework any more than you do, but here&#x27;s the reason I designed this, is because I&#x27;ve run into, in my 28 and a half years in the financial arena, I have run into so many situations where people have passed away or become to the point where they don&#x27;t have that mental capacity anymore to explain to you, as the children or grandchildren of your mom and dad, where everything they have put together in their life, where it is. And so, Phil, let me ask you a question. If you pass away, does the life insurance company make a big effort to try to find the beneficiaries of your life insurance policy and send them a check? Well, absolutely not, Coach.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> They have no way of even knowing that you passed away. I know. So it&#x27;s up to you as, well, if you&#x27;re in charge, it&#x27;s up to you to make sure your next of kin knows that they are beneficiaries of a life insurance policy or where your money is. If you have annuities or CDs or mutual funds or stocks or trust, if you have a living trust or irrevocable trust. they need to know about this because if you don&#x27;t tell anybody they&#x27;re not going to know you can even in this book this over 100 pages i guide you through how to write your own obituary and and you know it&#x27;s no fun to talk about it but we&#x27;re all going to pass away and phil you can tell a lot of times when you are reading obituaries and my grandparents that&#x27;s the first page they would always go to you can tell who wrote or who basically knew who they were writing it for who was just doing the generic obituary writing right so it would be great to have some key bullet points</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> that you want to have mentioned in your obituary i know i don&#x27;t like talking about dying but hey die the right way. Well the fact that people don&#x27;t like to talk buying that about dying is all the more reason for the book because it&#x27;s a guide to help start getting those thoughts out on paper. It&#x27;s a guide to start help your beneficiaries know where the money is. What I like to say so that on one of the worst days of their life, the day you pass away, we want to alleviate as much of that burden as possible because it&#x27;s probably the worst day for your family&#x27;s life when you die and you add that that stress of not knowing what to do next yeah at least we can help eliminate or alleviate that one piece I call it the compounding effect in the wrong way okay so mom or dad passed away and you have</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> no idea where they left everything and you get over to the house and things are a mess and you open up a book and there&#x27;s a $20 bill falls out my grandma used to do that she&#x27;s put $20 bills in books they hide them because if somebody broke in the last place they probably look as a book except for the fact that I had this book safe growing up that I would hide stuff from my brothers because they were always stealing stuff. It looked like a book, but it was really a Howell safe, basically. Put stuff in there. But let&#x27;s talk about just the overall things that are necessary to have when you pass away. One of the things I think everyone who is listening or watching this show needs to know is that life insurance is a valuable tool for the next of kin. And it can also be a valuable tool for you as you are living because life insurance policies have improved the last five years, something called a living benefit rider, where you can</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> take out some of your death benefit each year to pay for long-term care. How valuable is that? Well, that&#x27;s been a huge evolution from a product standpoint to where now life insurance not only pays out when you die, but it can pay out when you need it for long-term care, and they make them where they can pay out income. So whether you die, you live, or you go into a long-term care facility, one policy can actually benefit you where it used to be if you didn&#x27;t die. Yep. Well, I guess we&#x27;re all going to die eventually, but that was the only time you got benefit. Life insurance, and I&#x27;ve said this before, and it really is, as long as you pay your premiums and don&#x27;t lie on the application, it is the one investment vehicle. And it really is an investment because you&#x27;re investing in yourself, but it&#x27;s the one investment vehicle that is guaranteed to pay you a return. Especially if you have all those new bells and whistles on there.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And of course, we don&#x27;t want to get our best bang for their buck. The best bang for your buck is the sooner you die, the more of value the life insurance policy was. So if I buy a policy today and a million dollar policy and pay the premium one year and then die the next year, a million dollars goes to my wife. It&#x27;s amazing, isn&#x27;t it? Here&#x27;s what I like the most and why we call it a living benefit. If you are still living, though, and we&#x27;re all living, but if you&#x27;re living and become a health issue and you don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy, now you don&#x27;t become a burden on the family because you can take some of that death benefit out, tax-free, by the way, and use it to pay your long-term care stay costs. And that makes a lot of sense. And that is one of the greatest risks to someone&#x27;s retirement or outliving their money. Well, it is. Is taxes, long-term care, and inflation. And those are two things that will just crush your retirement plan.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Inflation is a silent killer. Health expenses is the very vocal killer. And we hear about this all the time. Health expenses get out of control. But all right, so if someone&#x27;s right now, they&#x27;re hearing this about life insurance and say, I don&#x27;t think my life insurance policy has this. What should they do? Well, I always recommend they review their policy with an expert. So someone from your office would be more than happy to do a full analysis. We&#x27;re fiduciaries, so we&#x27;ll have to tell you the good, the bad, the ugly. And if it&#x27;s really good, we&#x27;ll give you a sticker saying stay where you are. Right. But at least you have peace of mind knowing that you had an expert look it over. If you have a policy that&#x27;s more than just a few years old, the policies have changed dramatically. Exactly. And I realize you may be a couple years older, but with life expectancy increasing,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> just because you&#x27;re older, some of these new policies might actually cost you less money for the same death benefit that you had from even five years ago. So you get more bang for your buck. Correct. Even though you&#x27;re older, the policies have got more affordable now, which is amazing because we are living longer on the mortality tables. So the actuaries that design the product and they try to figure out how long everybody&#x27;s going to live, they&#x27;ve repriced the new products to take into consideration people living into their 90s and close to 100 years old. Makes a lot of sense. Alright, so I tangent it off a little bit because life insurance is something no one wants to talk about but everybody needs. Correct. Really, and everyone needs more and everyone needs a newer policy that has that living benefit. We can actually take your death benefit portions of it and use to pay, folks pay attention to this, use it to pay your long-term care. Long-term care we never want to think about but like one in</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> three people are gonna have a long-term care stay or home health care needs at home. And so it&#x27;s important that we can pay for those and don&#x27;t become a burden on our family. Now there&#x27;s one other thing. What is the, now again, the little green book of life we&#x27;re talking about, which is a hundred and some pages of interactive participation from you, showing you all the things that you need your next of kin to know when you&#x27;re not here anymore. So the best time to do that is while you&#x27;re here. Absolutely, always. Fill it out, right? You know, I&#x27;ve given thousands of these away over the years and I bet maybe a hundred of them probably get filled out. So folks, take a little time. I know we&#x27;re in a busy society these days, but it really is a treasure map for your next of kin, showing them where your bank accounts are, where maybe you have a CD, a life insurance policy, where things, maybe you buried some money in the backyard, they didn&#x27;t know about it. So there&#x27;s all sorts of things there that people don&#x27;t think about until it&#x27;s too late</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> many times. Think about it now. Again, the Little Green Book of Life, you can call anytime and get a copy of that, 800-661-7383 is the number that you call if you&#x27;re listening to the radio. If you&#x27;re listening or watching on TV, there&#x27;ll be another number come up there. This is a simulcast show, radio and TV. It&#x27;s amazing. We love doing this. But 800-661-7383 is a way for you to get a copy of that book. Now, what&#x27;s the, and I know we talked about this before the show, what is the thing that people overlook though when it comes time to die? Or somebody passes away? I feel like it&#x27;s number one, how long it takes to get a death certificate. Because all those things we talked about, so every account that you put in this book requires a death certificate in order for your family to start accessing money. And that is also true of revocable or living trust to execute your will,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> to access money at the bank if it&#x27;s set up as transfer on death or POD, which is pass on death, whether it&#x27;s your investment accounts, annuities, they all require a death certificate. You have to prove that the person&#x27;s not here anymore. And historically, it was at least 10 business days. But now, because of COVID, in a lot of states, it&#x27;s 45 to 60 days. Wow, it takes a lot longer. And it&#x27;s delaying it because the government&#x27;s not working at all. So someone passed away, and now you don&#x27;t have any money, and you can&#x27;t get a hold of the money, and you have to wait for those deficit certificates, and it could be 45 or 60 days. So what is the solution for this? So we created something called a beneficiary liquidity plan, where we took two of the most basic financial planning tools that have been around forever, but we combined them together,</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> kind of like taking peanut butter and chocolate and making a Reese&#x27;s peanut butter cup. I like that. I like that. So we combine them together, and what it does is it creates a vehicle that looks like a savings account at the bank, but it is with an insurance company. It&#x27;s going to earn 1% interest, so it&#x27;s not to get rich on, but the secret sauce for the family, and this goes right in line with the book, is that the proceeds are available in 24 to 48 hours without a death certificate. Wow, that&#x27;s amazing. So you have access to liquidity, some money to do things. What we use it for is it&#x27;s that money that when clients are going through the book, they&#x27;re earmarking going, this is the money I want my family to use to cover my funeral expenses or my cremation, to cover their travel expenses, to cover celebration of life and all the other expenses when a loved one passes away.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> Yes. But what most clients don&#x27;t realize is that whatever they have in their head as their plan doesn&#x27;t work. So they&#x27;ll say things like, well, I have money at the bank. Little Johnny can go get that. Or I have life insurance. Little Johnny can use that. And it&#x27;s just not the way it works. If you picture a padlock, a padlock appears at the bank door the minute you pass away until they can prove and your next to kin can prove that they have access to it and that you really did pass away. But this is a way to bypass that. And here&#x27;s what people love the most. It doesn&#x27;t cost anything to put a plan in place. So like I said, you already have money. You&#x27;ve already earmarked this is the money that&#x27;s supposed to be used for these expenses. All we do is move it from your left pocket to your right pocket.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> You&#x27;re not leaving more money and you&#x27;re not leaving less money. Your family&#x27;s getting the same money. And the second part of that is we typically try to help determine what&#x27;s the minimum the family&#x27;s going to need. We&#x27;re not trying to dump hundreds of thousands of dollars into a beneficiary liquidity plan. It&#x27;s, okay, I think we&#x27;re going to need this much for a funeral. We&#x27;re going to need this much for travel. we&#x27;re going to need this much for maybe my real estate holdings to... It&#x27;s enough to get by. It&#x27;s enough to get by. So it&#x27;s not a burden to the family. So it&#x27;s a preamble for life insurance, really. Like we had the preamble of the Constitution, very small port explaining what&#x27;s going on, keeping you on track. And so this will do it as well. And folks, if you are interested, you have a special worksheet we can go through with folks. We have a survey that takes five minutes to complete</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> that goes right in line with your book. Let&#x27;s get the survey done and see what kind of liquidity you may need in the future for your family and not leaving them a burden. And all you have to do, folks, to get this, and when you call, you&#x27;re also going to get a copy of The Little Green Book of Life as well. The number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham and Coach Pete discuss organizing important information before a death in the family. Their conversation draws on Coach Pete's Little Green Book of Life and the steps involved in preparing loved ones.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham and Coach Pete</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham and Coach Pete, Phil Graham, Coach Pete D’Arruda, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/500a50d6-48b9-41f0-870f-adff01162d51/image.jpg?t=1792073706&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/500a50d6-48b9-41f0-870f-adff01162d51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/helping-your-family-after-your-passing/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/500a50d6-48b9-41f0-870f-adff01162d51/image.jpg?t=1792073706&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e6c98283-a1fe-4fa4-8c7e-ffece505894e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>500a50d6-48b9-41f0-870f-adff01162d51</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 13:47:15 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/500a50d6-48b9-41f0-870f-adff01162d51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11717227" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/helping-your-family-after-your-passing</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>41</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing Your Family for the Future" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vicki Gunvalson: Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind</title>
      <itunes:title>Vicki Gunvalson: Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women&#x27;s financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. I&#x27;ve got a friend I&#x27;ve had her she&#x27;s been a friend for like 10 years now or so and she maybe you&#x27;ve seen her Orange County Housewives it&#x27;s uh well yeah about 10 years right her name is Vicki Gunvalson and if you&#x27;ve ever watched Orange County Housewives you&#x27;ve seen her on there but you won&#x27;t see her anymore she has retired from that show and she&#x27;s written a book and the book&#x27;s title is Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Vicki you are too young to retire but I&#x27;m happy for you. Welcome in by the way. I&#x27;m not I&#x27;m not retired yet you can&#x27;t kick me out of this uh crazy life that we&#x27;re in with uh financial services but I did this because there are so many clients of mine that are trying to figure out what is their life going to be like after they stop working and I just felt it was a good time to get this launched thanks for having me on. Well you have a quote at the beginning of your book and it&#x27;s a fascinating one because this this individual I thought about when we were building our studios about nine years ago I wanted to have Mr. Rogers neighborhood and we still are going to do that by the way but Fred Rogers and he wrote or you you quoted him often when you think you&#x27;re at the end of something you&#x27;re at the beginning of something else and that makes a lot of sense for this book. Yep as well as COVID right?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Oh yeah. I still love Mr. Rogers. We had to reinvent our businesses a little bit but I um first of all Pete I wanted to thank you for having me on I know you&#x27;ve got the successful radio show and for the listeners I just appreciate you taking the time to listen to us um but really um just excited about the new book and thought we&#x27;d talk about it. Well let&#x27;s talk about I love to I&#x27;m the kind of guy and Thomas and everybody around here laughs at me because when I write books I usually come up with a title first and a book cover and then I write the book so. Oh that&#x27;s good. How do you come up with the title Life After Work? You know what I was had all these crazy names in front of that I was going to put my name as part of it uh but I really just said what do my clients come to me for and when they sit down with me they say what is my life going to be like when I stop working and it just kind of fit it was in</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> a authentic moment I was writing down I was journaling and I just thought you know what life after work and that&#x27;s what this book is about is what our life will be like after we stop working and for many of those of you that are having to retire or get forced out of work right now because of you know COVID um that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re facing is is what is life going to be like after work? Well yeah because life never well we don&#x27;t want life to stop we want to enjoy life and actually we&#x27;re working to make sure that in the future we can have fun where we don&#x27;t have to worry about going to work. I love to have fun you know that yeah well look I have fun at work by the way but I mean a lot of people don&#x27;t. I know now we&#x27;re fortunate enough that we can meet some incredible people incredible clients and you and I did meet about 10 years or more um and we just had a great</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> relationship I&#x27;ve done a lot of videos at your incredible office there so you got an incredible staff um and so I just I just feel like we&#x27;re really fortunate to be connected. Yeah well you&#x27;re right and and what I like about the book it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not just for females but it&#x27;s going to help a lot of females because a lot of females are looking for information and many times when I talk to couples it looks like the male has been the one who&#x27;s been in charge of the finances but females are starting to wake up and Thomas my producer Thomas tell Vicki what the shirt that I&#x27;m wearing says right now. Yes you&#x27;re wearing the women and money shirt. Yeah so because women it&#x27;s important that women run about money as well. Absolutely absolutely. So you wrote about in chapter 10 of the book Female Forward Finances. What is that about? The female forward finances we have got to know as</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> females both of you are males I&#x27;m a female we&#x27;ve got to know what&#x27;s going on in our finances or we&#x27;re going to get caught off guard. There&#x27;s an 85 to 90 percent chance we&#x27;re going to die single. If you&#x27;re married now that&#x27;s the statistics that you&#x27;re going to be alone sometime in your life. You came in this world alone you&#x27;re possibly going to leave alone. Those of you that aren&#x27;t married or divorced or widowed you&#x27;ve got to understand that this is a complicated time and maybe you&#x27;ve been safe and you&#x27;ve been saving and you&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden you&#x27;re not in a good place right now because all of a sudden you&#x27;ve lost you&#x27;ve lost your job and that&#x27;s what I think for women it&#x27;s super important to know what we&#x27;re doing. Very important and it&#x27;s not as hard as I you know a lot of people just like me trying to learn a foreign language let&#x27;s say French for instance I start trying to learn it or</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> well let&#x27;s look at Chinese where they have their own symbols and I say I&#x27;m not going to learn that I&#x27;ll just read what the fortune cookie says. But we lock up and we don&#x27;t do things but this this book is is simple because it takes you step by step on how to learn the financial world and I love that. Yep and you know school didn&#x27;t teach us sometimes it&#x27;s the hard knocks of life that teaches us but you don&#x27;t want to be taught by mistakes and I think that&#x27;s where you and I both come from when we&#x27;re doing our business is we want to avoid the pitfalls that could happen if people get a little bit too aggressive on their portfolios and then we see what happened earlier in 2020, 2008, 2000, 2002. I mean we can see that if you&#x27;re too heavily you know invested in the market you could have some downturn which we</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> don&#x27;t want to have to happen right? Yeah a long time ago someone said that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses well geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the that&#x27;s the the meat of the whole argument right there and folks by the way we are talking to Vicki Gunvalson and she has written a book called Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement available everywhere books are sold. Vicki this is a tremendous book and I want to talk about a chapter here where you talk about federal fees friend or foe. Let&#x27;s talk about the federal fees. Yes so those of you that may or may not know but in in 2026 we are looking at a tax increase and those people that have a 401k or haven&#x27;t converted some or all of it over to a Roth we are going to be imposed much higher taxes so those federal taxes are not going to go away. Now you may be fortunate</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> enough to be in a non-state tax environment those of you in Florida I don&#x27;t know North Carolina if you folks have state tax I believe you do. State tax yeah. Yeah so here in California where I live I mean we&#x27;re taxed the minute we wake up it just doesn&#x27;t go away so you know federal taxes federal fees all of those a lot of my clients are not prepared for they don&#x27;t understand that that they&#x27;ve been kicking the can down the road for 20-30 years in their 401k that account has grown and now they expect to receive that money you know is not a high tax and it&#x27;s going to be taxed it&#x27;s going to get larger and larger and larger the longer the time goes on so we love doing Roth conversions we love looking alternatives through life insurance I mean you know what you and I have been trained I think we&#x27;re the</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> best in the industry and so from that we just try to help our clients getting out of that tax environment got to get up got to get them in a in a better tax place. When you look at California&#x27;s state income taxes that&#x27;s higher than many people pay federal taxes in some states and that&#x27;s crazy and I also have heard well there&#x27;s been some rumors well yes rumors Vicki where they&#x27;re going to get a even if you leave California they want to tax you for the next 10 years they&#x27;ve been proposing those bills that&#x27;s coming so I know that&#x27;s a lovely thing Pete isn&#x27;t it so that&#x27;s why I just bought a place in North Carolina I&#x27;ve got a place in Puerto Vallarta if that happens I&#x27;m out of here I&#x27;m literally out of here and so yeah it&#x27;s really really disheartening our property taxes are lower here than a lot of states but we still have that huge huge you know state tax federal is the same no matter where you</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> go but these 401ks and IRAs you know that you&#x27;re going to be taxed heavily. If they pass that&#x27;ll be now I&#x27;ll look at it as call I&#x27;ll call it the Hotel California tax you can check in anytime you want but taxes will never leave check out anytime you want tax gonna come yeah leave your light on I might be knocking on your door someday so leave your light on as they say well no but you know these unpredictable taxes we we just have no control what you do have control is how you invest your money how you prepare for retirement and and the great thing about both of our firms in your firm especially as you create an opportunity for these people to see another side other than just you know put it in the market and walk away and hope it works. Well I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional that&#x27;s a designation by the American College very intense three courses about income and</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> retirement you write about income is the outcome in your book and that is vitally important explain that. Yep so the withdrawal rate a lot of advisors aren&#x27;t talking about that withdrawal rate so let&#x27;s say for instance you&#x27;ve got a hundred thousand dollars in your IRA account and your advisor you go to your advisor and say what can I withdraw from that account and never have that money be gone like it&#x27;ll last for a lifetime so let&#x27;s assume you live to age a hundred and he may or she may come back to you with a four percent withdrawal rate which is what was happening back in the day right Pete so we heard this four percent so that means you can withdraw four thousand dollars out of your car out of your account and you have a very probable opportunity for success right so when all this started coming about the</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> sequence rate of returns and the markets being so unstable we now are down to about a two and a half percent withdrawal rate so that same hundred thousand dollars safely saying you can take out twenty five hundred dollars a year and you have a probability of success now twenty five hundred dollars and a hundred thousand dollars may or may not be enough for you to live off of so we like looking at that withdrawal rate and we have vehicles that will give you a five or six percent withdrawal rate guaranteed for the rest of your life and even if you run out of money you will still get a paycheck so that&#x27;s incredible and so we do that through insurance vehicles and we love those type of accounts it&#x27;s like a pension you create a pension with your own account well it&#x27;s important because you go from paychecks that you get when you&#x27;re working and</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> tom hegda the famous author talks about going from paychecks to playchecks and playchecks is when your money that you put aside starts generating revenue so you can play in retirement you have to have those playchecks every single month for the rest of your life they can never go away and you are right some of the contracts out there are written a contract 100 guaranteed to give you that income for life even if your balance goes to zero how important is that well i love that i mean it&#x27;s like social security one of the things when my mother was alive she always felt social security was going to be gone and i said mother you&#x27;re 83 years old it&#x27;s going to be okay but when i really gave her that reassurance that god forbid if social security stops and you lose your twenty five hundred dollars a month um we as five children will help you but now we&#x27;ve got another opportunity other than just social security to give</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> you that guaranteed paycheck every single month dropped into your checking account and you never have to worry about it going away it partners well with social security uh so those of you that are getting pensions don&#x27;t you love your pension you pretty much can guess every single month that&#x27;s going to drop in your account and pete you and i love to create pensions with people&#x27;s money so i think that&#x27;s the specialty that we have and a lot of advisors don&#x27;t really understand it so we do vicky you know what i call those monthly or yearly checks that arrive to your house no matter what happens in the economy what&#x27;s that financial fill-ups because every single year you&#x27;re getting refilled and folks that&#x27;s the beauty of having an author like vicky her book in your collection and folks again the name of the book was life after work gaining financial peace of mind in retirement again her name was vicky</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> gunvalson and vicky i write about similar things in my book the seven baby steps and folks uh for listening to this interview for the next 20 people call you&#x27;re going to get that seven baby steps book at no cost or obligation if you call right now thomas give them that number out all right folks that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or you can just text the word coach to 21000 coach to 21000 and special thanks to vicky and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women&#x27;s financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. I&#x27;ve got a friend I&#x27;ve had her she&#x27;s been a friend for like 10 years now or so and she maybe you&#x27;ve seen her Orange County Housewives it&#x27;s uh well yeah about 10 years right her name is Vicki Gunvalson and if you&#x27;ve ever watched Orange County Housewives you&#x27;ve seen her on there but you won&#x27;t see her anymore she has retired from that show and she&#x27;s written a book and the book&#x27;s title is Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Vicki you are too young to retire but I&#x27;m happy for you. Welcome in by the way. I&#x27;m not I&#x27;m not retired yet you can&#x27;t kick me out of this uh crazy life that we&#x27;re in with uh financial services but I did this because there are so many clients of mine that are trying to figure out what is their life going to be like after they stop working and I just felt it was a good time to get this launched thanks for having me on. Well you have a quote at the beginning of your book and it&#x27;s a fascinating one because this this individual I thought about when we were building our studios about nine years ago I wanted to have Mr. Rogers neighborhood and we still are going to do that by the way but Fred Rogers and he wrote or you you quoted him often when you think you&#x27;re at the end of something you&#x27;re at the beginning of something else and that makes a lot of sense for this book. Yep as well as COVID right?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Oh yeah. I still love Mr. Rogers. We had to reinvent our businesses a little bit but I um first of all Pete I wanted to thank you for having me on I know you&#x27;ve got the successful radio show and for the listeners I just appreciate you taking the time to listen to us um but really um just excited about the new book and thought we&#x27;d talk about it. Well let&#x27;s talk about I love to I&#x27;m the kind of guy and Thomas and everybody around here laughs at me because when I write books I usually come up with a title first and a book cover and then I write the book so. Oh that&#x27;s good. How do you come up with the title Life After Work? You know what I was had all these crazy names in front of that I was going to put my name as part of it uh but I really just said what do my clients come to me for and when they sit down with me they say what is my life going to be like when I stop working and it just kind of fit it was in</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> a authentic moment I was writing down I was journaling and I just thought you know what life after work and that&#x27;s what this book is about is what our life will be like after we stop working and for many of those of you that are having to retire or get forced out of work right now because of you know COVID um that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re facing is is what is life going to be like after work? Well yeah because life never well we don&#x27;t want life to stop we want to enjoy life and actually we&#x27;re working to make sure that in the future we can have fun where we don&#x27;t have to worry about going to work. I love to have fun you know that yeah well look I have fun at work by the way but I mean a lot of people don&#x27;t. I know now we&#x27;re fortunate enough that we can meet some incredible people incredible clients and you and I did meet about 10 years or more um and we just had a great</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> relationship I&#x27;ve done a lot of videos at your incredible office there so you got an incredible staff um and so I just I just feel like we&#x27;re really fortunate to be connected. Yeah well you&#x27;re right and and what I like about the book it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not just for females but it&#x27;s going to help a lot of females because a lot of females are looking for information and many times when I talk to couples it looks like the male has been the one who&#x27;s been in charge of the finances but females are starting to wake up and Thomas my producer Thomas tell Vicki what the shirt that I&#x27;m wearing says right now. Yes you&#x27;re wearing the women and money shirt. Yeah so because women it&#x27;s important that women run about money as well. Absolutely absolutely. So you wrote about in chapter 10 of the book Female Forward Finances. What is that about? The female forward finances we have got to know as</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> females both of you are males I&#x27;m a female we&#x27;ve got to know what&#x27;s going on in our finances or we&#x27;re going to get caught off guard. There&#x27;s an 85 to 90 percent chance we&#x27;re going to die single. If you&#x27;re married now that&#x27;s the statistics that you&#x27;re going to be alone sometime in your life. You came in this world alone you&#x27;re possibly going to leave alone. Those of you that aren&#x27;t married or divorced or widowed you&#x27;ve got to understand that this is a complicated time and maybe you&#x27;ve been safe and you&#x27;ve been saving and you&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden you&#x27;re not in a good place right now because all of a sudden you&#x27;ve lost you&#x27;ve lost your job and that&#x27;s what I think for women it&#x27;s super important to know what we&#x27;re doing. Very important and it&#x27;s not as hard as I you know a lot of people just like me trying to learn a foreign language let&#x27;s say French for instance I start trying to learn it or</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> well let&#x27;s look at Chinese where they have their own symbols and I say I&#x27;m not going to learn that I&#x27;ll just read what the fortune cookie says. But we lock up and we don&#x27;t do things but this this book is is simple because it takes you step by step on how to learn the financial world and I love that. Yep and you know school didn&#x27;t teach us sometimes it&#x27;s the hard knocks of life that teaches us but you don&#x27;t want to be taught by mistakes and I think that&#x27;s where you and I both come from when we&#x27;re doing our business is we want to avoid the pitfalls that could happen if people get a little bit too aggressive on their portfolios and then we see what happened earlier in 2020, 2008, 2000, 2002. I mean we can see that if you&#x27;re too heavily you know invested in the market you could have some downturn which we</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> don&#x27;t want to have to happen right? Yeah a long time ago someone said that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses well geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the that&#x27;s the the meat of the whole argument right there and folks by the way we are talking to Vicki Gunvalson and she has written a book called Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement available everywhere books are sold. Vicki this is a tremendous book and I want to talk about a chapter here where you talk about federal fees friend or foe. Let&#x27;s talk about the federal fees. Yes so those of you that may or may not know but in in 2026 we are looking at a tax increase and those people that have a 401k or haven&#x27;t converted some or all of it over to a Roth we are going to be imposed much higher taxes so those federal taxes are not going to go away. Now you may be fortunate</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> enough to be in a non-state tax environment those of you in Florida I don&#x27;t know North Carolina if you folks have state tax I believe you do. State tax yeah. Yeah so here in California where I live I mean we&#x27;re taxed the minute we wake up it just doesn&#x27;t go away so you know federal taxes federal fees all of those a lot of my clients are not prepared for they don&#x27;t understand that that they&#x27;ve been kicking the can down the road for 20-30 years in their 401k that account has grown and now they expect to receive that money you know is not a high tax and it&#x27;s going to be taxed it&#x27;s going to get larger and larger and larger the longer the time goes on so we love doing Roth conversions we love looking alternatives through life insurance I mean you know what you and I have been trained I think we&#x27;re the</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> best in the industry and so from that we just try to help our clients getting out of that tax environment got to get up got to get them in a in a better tax place. When you look at California&#x27;s state income taxes that&#x27;s higher than many people pay federal taxes in some states and that&#x27;s crazy and I also have heard well there&#x27;s been some rumors well yes rumors Vicki where they&#x27;re going to get a even if you leave California they want to tax you for the next 10 years they&#x27;ve been proposing those bills that&#x27;s coming so I know that&#x27;s a lovely thing Pete isn&#x27;t it so that&#x27;s why I just bought a place in North Carolina I&#x27;ve got a place in Puerto Vallarta if that happens I&#x27;m out of here I&#x27;m literally out of here and so yeah it&#x27;s really really disheartening our property taxes are lower here than a lot of states but we still have that huge huge you know state tax federal is the same no matter where you</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> go but these 401ks and IRAs you know that you&#x27;re going to be taxed heavily. If they pass that&#x27;ll be now I&#x27;ll look at it as call I&#x27;ll call it the Hotel California tax you can check in anytime you want but taxes will never leave check out anytime you want tax gonna come yeah leave your light on I might be knocking on your door someday so leave your light on as they say well no but you know these unpredictable taxes we we just have no control what you do have control is how you invest your money how you prepare for retirement and and the great thing about both of our firms in your firm especially as you create an opportunity for these people to see another side other than just you know put it in the market and walk away and hope it works. Well I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional that&#x27;s a designation by the American College very intense three courses about income and</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> retirement you write about income is the outcome in your book and that is vitally important explain that. Yep so the withdrawal rate a lot of advisors aren&#x27;t talking about that withdrawal rate so let&#x27;s say for instance you&#x27;ve got a hundred thousand dollars in your IRA account and your advisor you go to your advisor and say what can I withdraw from that account and never have that money be gone like it&#x27;ll last for a lifetime so let&#x27;s assume you live to age a hundred and he may or she may come back to you with a four percent withdrawal rate which is what was happening back in the day right Pete so we heard this four percent so that means you can withdraw four thousand dollars out of your car out of your account and you have a very probable opportunity for success right so when all this started coming about the</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> sequence rate of returns and the markets being so unstable we now are down to about a two and a half percent withdrawal rate so that same hundred thousand dollars safely saying you can take out twenty five hundred dollars a year and you have a probability of success now twenty five hundred dollars and a hundred thousand dollars may or may not be enough for you to live off of so we like looking at that withdrawal rate and we have vehicles that will give you a five or six percent withdrawal rate guaranteed for the rest of your life and even if you run out of money you will still get a paycheck so that&#x27;s incredible and so we do that through insurance vehicles and we love those type of accounts it&#x27;s like a pension you create a pension with your own account well it&#x27;s important because you go from paychecks that you get when you&#x27;re working and</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> tom hegda the famous author talks about going from paychecks to playchecks and playchecks is when your money that you put aside starts generating revenue so you can play in retirement you have to have those playchecks every single month for the rest of your life they can never go away and you are right some of the contracts out there are written a contract 100 guaranteed to give you that income for life even if your balance goes to zero how important is that well i love that i mean it&#x27;s like social security one of the things when my mother was alive she always felt social security was going to be gone and i said mother you&#x27;re 83 years old it&#x27;s going to be okay but when i really gave her that reassurance that god forbid if social security stops and you lose your twenty five hundred dollars a month um we as five children will help you but now we&#x27;ve got another opportunity other than just social security to give</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> you that guaranteed paycheck every single month dropped into your checking account and you never have to worry about it going away it partners well with social security uh so those of you that are getting pensions don&#x27;t you love your pension you pretty much can guess every single month that&#x27;s going to drop in your account and pete you and i love to create pensions with people&#x27;s money so i think that&#x27;s the specialty that we have and a lot of advisors don&#x27;t really understand it so we do vicky you know what i call those monthly or yearly checks that arrive to your house no matter what happens in the economy what&#x27;s that financial fill-ups because every single year you&#x27;re getting refilled and folks that&#x27;s the beauty of having an author like vicky her book in your collection and folks again the name of the book was life after work gaining financial peace of mind in retirement again her name was vicky</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> gunvalson and vicky i write about similar things in my book the seven baby steps and folks uh for listening to this interview for the next 20 people call you&#x27;re going to get that seven baby steps book at no cost or obligation if you call right now thomas give them that number out all right folks that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or you can just text the word coach to 21000 coach to 21000 and special thanks to vicky and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women's financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Vicki Gunvalson</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Vicki Gunvalson, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/image.jpg?t=1792073725&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vicki-gunvalson/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/image.jpg?t=1792073725&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff29a80d-f40b-4df4-9808-07ea493d6c9f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 17:33:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12113064" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vicki-gunvalson</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>42</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:19" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dick Vitale: Supporting Children Battling Cancer</title>
      <itunes:title>Dick Vitale: Supporting Children Battling Cancer</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dick Vitale joins Coach Pete to discuss his work supporting children battling cancer, the V Foundation, and ways people can help. Recorded July 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this week we have a very special guest. If you&#x27;ve ever watched TV, any kind of basketball sports or especially college basketball, you&#x27;ve probably seen him. His name is Dick Vitale. We know him as Dickie V. Dickie V is joining us from Florida. Dickie V, welcome in. Well, it&#x27;s been great being on with you. I&#x27;m just really looking forward to sharing a few moments with you and sharing a little bit of my desire to help kids battling cancer. You&#x27;ve done a great job with that, my friend, over the years. I&#x27;ve heard about your gala every single year for the V Foundation and this year is going to be a little bit different, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, we&#x27;re going to have a virtual, Pete. Bottom line is there&#x27;s no way in the world with the pandemic as it is that we can bring a crowd. We normally get 900 people and sell out every year. We&#x27;ve been selling out, raising some serious dollars. Last year we raised $4.3 million and this year my goal was $5 million.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And I&#x27;m not giving up on it because we have a virtual gala, September 4th, 7 p.m. Eastern Time. It&#x27;s going to be a terrific night. We&#x27;ve got all the ESPN involved with it. It&#x27;s going to be great. Kevin DeGandhi will be the emcee and we&#x27;ll have all our honored guests part of it sharing their words of wisdom as to being recipients of various awards that we&#x27;ve given out. It&#x27;ll be a great night and all I can simply say, Pete, if anybody wants to join me in my goal, I have a big goal right now of $5 million for kids battling cancer. They can donate you. Simply go to DickVital.com. That&#x27;s DickVital.com. That&#x27;s pretty easy, Dick. That&#x27;s a good way to do it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the V Foundation in general, the cancer research. There&#x27;s been some great work over the years, hasn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Well, you know, Jimmy V&#x27;s legacy to me will not be the fact that he cut the next day out of won the national championship, which is certainly a magical moment back in 1983. Little did we know at that time that would lead to over a quarter of a billion dollars. $250 million has been already raised and utilized in research through the V Foundation. So Jimmy&#x27;s legacy to me is going on and on in terms of affecting so many lives. Think about all the people that have benefited from all the research grants that have been established under his name. And to me, that is what life is really about, when you can give to help others and your legacy goes on and on. And that&#x27;s what Jimmy V&#x27;s been all about.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> I&#x27;m proud to be a member of the board of directors of the V Foundation because they do an amazing job. Yeah, I mean, I know Nick Valvano. He&#x27;s a good buddy of mine. We&#x27;ve had him on the show before, and we&#x27;ve raised money for the V Foundation. Nowhere near what you do every year, though. I mean, it&#x27;s fantastic what you&#x27;ve done. And you have a pretty good personal connection to a guy I went to college with. His name was Stuart Scott. You remember Stuart Scott? Well, I think I know Stuart. Stuart is a terrific guy. I love the car heels, man. Did he love the car heels? In fact, you know, I send a little prayer every morning about how I miss so much John Saunders, Stuart Scott, Jimmy V. They&#x27;re all up there in Hoops Heaven, man. I&#x27;m sure they have a lot of conversations. And I hope and pray they know what we&#x27;re doing for them in terms of raising money for people battling cancer.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Mine specifically is for kids. You know, we&#x27;ve seen you on TV over the years. Everyone probably listening has. And it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re a family member because you&#x27;re not one of those broadcasters that sits in a glass booth and doesn&#x27;t participate in the community. I&#x27;ve watched you before games. We&#x27;ve let the students pass you up and down the stands. Those are the bleachers. Those have always been fun to watch. Man, I miss those moments. The fans, the kids have treated me like royalty. They really have. I get goosebumps many times walking into the arena. They start chatting to the TV. And I&#x27;m like a little kid. My wife says, when are you going to start growing up? I said, growing up? Are you kidding me? I&#x27;m 81, but I act about 12. And I don&#x27;t want that to stop. We&#x27;ve got Hall of Fame broadcaster folks. His name is Dick Vitale, otherwise known as Dickie V. We&#x27;re talking about the V Foundation and the gala that&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> And it&#x27;s very important to raise money for cancer research. And, Dick, you&#x27;ve taken the forefront of doing this. And share with folks, again, how they can give some money to you to make sure this meets your goal this year. Well, just simply, they&#x27;ve got to go to DickVital.com, and they&#x27;ll see all the information right there where they can donate. It&#x27;s an incredible disease. I just recently talked to a mom. Her name is Kara. She lost her son, Will. I was a beautiful kid, 11 years old, Will D. Gregorio out of Franford, New Jersey. They&#x27;re her only child. Heartbreaking talking to her. And at my gala, we&#x27;re going to have the virtual one, September 4th. We&#x27;re going to give a grant out in Will&#x27;s name for a quarter of a million dollars in terms of battling the cancer he died of, which was bone cancer.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> We&#x27;re also going to give a grant that night to a Hall of Fame journalist, a tremendous writer. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of him. And everybody has read some of his great, great books. Mitch Albom. Mitch Albom bought her, basically, to brain cancer. So we&#x27;re going to give a grant out in her name as well to battle brain cancer. I love doing this. I really do. I love giving back. People have been so good to me. I mean, come on. You know, Coach Pete, I&#x27;m in 14 Hall of Fames. I can&#x27;t run. I can&#x27;t jump. I can&#x27;t shoot. So I want to give back to all the beautiful people that have helped me in my life. I grew up with a great mom and dad, uneducated, fifth-grade education, but they had a doctor to love. And they told me one thing, and I&#x27;ll never forget it. I&#x27;ll take it to my grave.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> They used to always say, Richie, be good to people, and people will be good to you. And, man, people have been good to me. Well, you&#x27;re a fantastic individual. You know, one of the things I&#x27;ve done in the past when I used to have Nick Valvano on, I would say anyone who wanted to come in and get their financial plan and retirement plan done, we would waive the fee that week. And if they wanted to donate at least $50 to the V Foundation. So I&#x27;m going to do that again this week. Folks, if you want to come in and make a check to at least $50 to the V Foundation or the gala for Diggy V, we will waive the fee. But not only that, I&#x27;ll match what you give. And, Diggy V, this week right here, Thomas, you see me. I&#x27;ve got my checkbook. I&#x27;m going to write a check for $5,000 right now to your foundation, Diggy V. Oh, my God. But make sure. Oh, that&#x27;s spelled. Coach P, that is phenomenal. Just make sure you do me one favor. It&#x27;ll go with a general fund.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Make sure you put pediatrics on the bottom of the check. Or, you know, best of all, we get off the app and give you an address where to mail it. Because I want to guarantee that money goes for kids through the V Foundation. I agree. I mean, there&#x27;s no worse thing than watching a child suffer through an illness or sickness, is there? Well, let me tell you this. You know, I&#x27;ve spoken all over this nation. I&#x27;ve been with the Washington Speakers room for like three decades. And they have booked me, you name it. But I spoke at a couple of funerals for kids. My kids, their family, people we got to know through my gal over the years. Oh, my God. It&#x27;s the toughest, toughest speech I&#x27;ve ever had to give of my life. Speaking, you know, in a situation watching a mom and dad put their child to rest. Nothing is worse than that. Nothing. In fact, you know, as we&#x27;re talking right now, as you and I are talking right now on the air,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> every day, today and every day, 45 to 50 moms and dads are hearing four words that no mom and dad ever, ever wants to hear. Your child has cancer. Yeah, that&#x27;s not everyone. I mean, no one wants to hear that. Thomas, we both have kids. We never want to hear that, do we? No, absolutely never. No, no. Not at all. Well, Dickie V, we can&#x27;t stop it completely, but we can sure give it a battle, can&#x27;t we? Well, absolutely. I&#x27;m not going to quit either to my last breath. In fact, I promised that to a youngster. My God, we got to know him so well. He was just a beautifully young guy, and he passed. I visited him at the hospital just, I guess, maybe a week or so before he passed. Just a great, great young guy, 16 years old, high school senior, and he just kept battling cancer for about, oh, my God.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> He battled it for about six to seven years and never, ever, there was a smile on his face. The cancer would go away and come back and go away and come back, and finally, it really hit him. I&#x27;ll never forget his words. He spoke, the day after my gala, we always have a party at my house for the biggest donors of the Bee Foundation board, celebrities, come to the gala. We have a casual event, and we bring in our all courageous team. Those are youngsters. Those are youngsters that we bring to the gala who are cancer survivors, and he was there at my party, and he asked me if he could say a few words to the crowd. I said, sure, and he told the crowd, please, I beg you, please listen to Coach V and donate. Don&#x27;t let happen to other kids what&#x27;s happened to me because I&#x27;m really now terminal, and oh, my God.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> There wasn&#x27;t a dry eye in the place, and when I went to visit him in the hospital, he was wired, hooked up with all these tubes, and everything, he could barely speak. And this guy was very eloquent, and he called me over by the bed, and I went by the bed, and he practically whispered and said, don&#x27;t stop what you&#x27;re doing, please. And I said, promise you, Tony, to my last breath, I promise you, to my last breath, I&#x27;m going to beg, and I&#x27;m going to plead for dollars. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing right now. We just had one great gesture. We have a man named Mark Pentecost. He, about two weeks ago, told me he&#x27;d give me a million dollars for the kids if I could get a match. And through a friend of ours, you know him and I know him, Nick Naton, he put me in touch with Mark Cuban, and Mark Cuban gave us $500,000.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> My, I couldn&#x27;t believe it. And the next day, I was able to raise another $500,000 from some people I knew, and we got the million dollars. And now he&#x27;s come back again, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing right now. That&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important people donate. It&#x27;s where the money will go, and your $5,000,000 as well. He came back and said, I&#x27;ll tell you what I&#x27;m going to do. I said, you got a million for me because you matched it. That&#x27;s $2 million. And I&#x27;m going to give you another million if you can raise $2 million. And right now, I&#x27;m at about $1,200,000. I got $800,000 more to go, and I&#x27;m going to get it. By September 4th is my deadline. I got a month to go. So I thank you so much for your $5,000. And if anybody out there got a healthy child, and you got somebody that you&#x27;re so blessed, think about how lucky you are.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> One never knows when that disease will strike. And when it strikes, it is life-changing what it does to a family. Well, we&#x27;re going to get there. Just like Jimmy V said, don&#x27;t give up. Don&#x27;t ever give up. We&#x27;re going to get you there. And we&#x27;re doing a documentary on you later on this year, and we&#x27;re going to share this with the listeners. So I&#x27;m looking forward to filming you in person. Well, I appreciate that. I really do. Nick&#x27;s quite a guy. Yep, yep. He&#x27;s got great personality. I really dig up big time. Well, you know, this pandemic, though, is causing a nightmare in the world of sports, too. I hope we&#x27;re going to have a college basketball season. But who knows? Because the priority has got to be the health and the safety of everybody. Right now, baseball, you&#x27;ve read what&#x27;s happening down there with the Marlins. Yeah, it&#x27;s crazy. Well, you know, and that&#x27;s outside sport, too. So if we can&#x27;t have the sports outside, we&#x27;re sure not going to be able to have them inside,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> are we? That&#x27;s really... What about, you know, talk about social distancing. What about football? What about football? I mean, gee whiz, how&#x27;s that going to go? I hope it goes. The one thing is the bubble really seems to be working. It&#x27;s working, they say, up there in hockey in Canada. And it seems right now it&#x27;s worked beautifully for the NBA. They say they&#x27;ve tested 337. Everybody came back negative. Nice. They&#x27;re rolling on and moving. So that bubble idea seems like it&#x27;s a positive. Yeah, well, we&#x27;re learning a lot this year, aren&#x27;t we? In my life, I&#x27;ve never seen anything like this, Coach. I&#x27;ve never seen anything like it. Me either. Well, folks, I mean, Dick, I&#x27;d love to talk to you even more. We&#x27;ll talk later. We&#x27;ll talk off the air. But, folks, I really want to encourage one more time to give to Dickie V for the V Foundation.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Dick, give your address, your website address out one more time. Yeah, it&#x27;s all for kids battling cancer. And every dollar goes to research that you donate. Just go to dickvital.com. Very simple. Dickvital.com. And you&#x27;ll see all the information. It says right there where to donate. And it goes through the V Foundation. Tax write-off, obviously. And it&#x27;s just a great, great cause and a great charity. And one thing I&#x27;m proud, proud, Coach Pete, about is the fact that when I think of the V Foundation, it really makes me feel extremely proud is that we get the highest rating you can get from Navigator, which rates charities. Because every dollar we raise for research goes to research. It&#x27;s not like a situation where, you know, people get paid salaries, relatives, et cetera, and then a portion goes.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> This one, every dollar goes because we have an endowment of a large, large number, millions. And off that endowment, all the administrative costs are being paid. So I beg you when I plead for it, really, for all the kids I&#x27;ve gotten to know over the years battling a disease, for all the moms and dads that are driving their kids to chemo and radiation, I beg you from the bottom of my heart, please donate at dickvital.com for kids battling cancer through the V Foundation. We&#x27;d love to have you on the show, Dickie V. And folks, give to that charity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dick Vitale joins Coach Pete to discuss his work supporting children battling cancer, the V Foundation, and ways people can help. Recorded July 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this week we have a very special guest. If you&#x27;ve ever watched TV, any kind of basketball sports or especially college basketball, you&#x27;ve probably seen him. His name is Dick Vitale. We know him as Dickie V. Dickie V is joining us from Florida. Dickie V, welcome in. Well, it&#x27;s been great being on with you. I&#x27;m just really looking forward to sharing a few moments with you and sharing a little bit of my desire to help kids battling cancer. You&#x27;ve done a great job with that, my friend, over the years. I&#x27;ve heard about your gala every single year for the V Foundation and this year is going to be a little bit different, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, we&#x27;re going to have a virtual, Pete. Bottom line is there&#x27;s no way in the world with the pandemic as it is that we can bring a crowd. We normally get 900 people and sell out every year. We&#x27;ve been selling out, raising some serious dollars. Last year we raised $4.3 million and this year my goal was $5 million.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And I&#x27;m not giving up on it because we have a virtual gala, September 4th, 7 p.m. Eastern Time. It&#x27;s going to be a terrific night. We&#x27;ve got all the ESPN involved with it. It&#x27;s going to be great. Kevin DeGandhi will be the emcee and we&#x27;ll have all our honored guests part of it sharing their words of wisdom as to being recipients of various awards that we&#x27;ve given out. It&#x27;ll be a great night and all I can simply say, Pete, if anybody wants to join me in my goal, I have a big goal right now of $5 million for kids battling cancer. They can donate you. Simply go to DickVital.com. That&#x27;s DickVital.com. That&#x27;s pretty easy, Dick. That&#x27;s a good way to do it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the V Foundation in general, the cancer research. There&#x27;s been some great work over the years, hasn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Well, you know, Jimmy V&#x27;s legacy to me will not be the fact that he cut the next day out of won the national championship, which is certainly a magical moment back in 1983. Little did we know at that time that would lead to over a quarter of a billion dollars. $250 million has been already raised and utilized in research through the V Foundation. So Jimmy&#x27;s legacy to me is going on and on in terms of affecting so many lives. Think about all the people that have benefited from all the research grants that have been established under his name. And to me, that is what life is really about, when you can give to help others and your legacy goes on and on. And that&#x27;s what Jimmy V&#x27;s been all about.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> I&#x27;m proud to be a member of the board of directors of the V Foundation because they do an amazing job. Yeah, I mean, I know Nick Valvano. He&#x27;s a good buddy of mine. We&#x27;ve had him on the show before, and we&#x27;ve raised money for the V Foundation. Nowhere near what you do every year, though. I mean, it&#x27;s fantastic what you&#x27;ve done. And you have a pretty good personal connection to a guy I went to college with. His name was Stuart Scott. You remember Stuart Scott? Well, I think I know Stuart. Stuart is a terrific guy. I love the car heels, man. Did he love the car heels? In fact, you know, I send a little prayer every morning about how I miss so much John Saunders, Stuart Scott, Jimmy V. They&#x27;re all up there in Hoops Heaven, man. I&#x27;m sure they have a lot of conversations. And I hope and pray they know what we&#x27;re doing for them in terms of raising money for people battling cancer.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Mine specifically is for kids. You know, we&#x27;ve seen you on TV over the years. Everyone probably listening has. And it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re a family member because you&#x27;re not one of those broadcasters that sits in a glass booth and doesn&#x27;t participate in the community. I&#x27;ve watched you before games. We&#x27;ve let the students pass you up and down the stands. Those are the bleachers. Those have always been fun to watch. Man, I miss those moments. The fans, the kids have treated me like royalty. They really have. I get goosebumps many times walking into the arena. They start chatting to the TV. And I&#x27;m like a little kid. My wife says, when are you going to start growing up? I said, growing up? Are you kidding me? I&#x27;m 81, but I act about 12. And I don&#x27;t want that to stop. We&#x27;ve got Hall of Fame broadcaster folks. His name is Dick Vitale, otherwise known as Dickie V. We&#x27;re talking about the V Foundation and the gala that&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> And it&#x27;s very important to raise money for cancer research. And, Dick, you&#x27;ve taken the forefront of doing this. And share with folks, again, how they can give some money to you to make sure this meets your goal this year. Well, just simply, they&#x27;ve got to go to DickVital.com, and they&#x27;ll see all the information right there where they can donate. It&#x27;s an incredible disease. I just recently talked to a mom. Her name is Kara. She lost her son, Will. I was a beautiful kid, 11 years old, Will D. Gregorio out of Franford, New Jersey. They&#x27;re her only child. Heartbreaking talking to her. And at my gala, we&#x27;re going to have the virtual one, September 4th. We&#x27;re going to give a grant out in Will&#x27;s name for a quarter of a million dollars in terms of battling the cancer he died of, which was bone cancer.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> We&#x27;re also going to give a grant that night to a Hall of Fame journalist, a tremendous writer. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of him. And everybody has read some of his great, great books. Mitch Albom. Mitch Albom bought her, basically, to brain cancer. So we&#x27;re going to give a grant out in her name as well to battle brain cancer. I love doing this. I really do. I love giving back. People have been so good to me. I mean, come on. You know, Coach Pete, I&#x27;m in 14 Hall of Fames. I can&#x27;t run. I can&#x27;t jump. I can&#x27;t shoot. So I want to give back to all the beautiful people that have helped me in my life. I grew up with a great mom and dad, uneducated, fifth-grade education, but they had a doctor to love. And they told me one thing, and I&#x27;ll never forget it. I&#x27;ll take it to my grave.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> They used to always say, Richie, be good to people, and people will be good to you. And, man, people have been good to me. Well, you&#x27;re a fantastic individual. You know, one of the things I&#x27;ve done in the past when I used to have Nick Valvano on, I would say anyone who wanted to come in and get their financial plan and retirement plan done, we would waive the fee that week. And if they wanted to donate at least $50 to the V Foundation. So I&#x27;m going to do that again this week. Folks, if you want to come in and make a check to at least $50 to the V Foundation or the gala for Diggy V, we will waive the fee. But not only that, I&#x27;ll match what you give. And, Diggy V, this week right here, Thomas, you see me. I&#x27;ve got my checkbook. I&#x27;m going to write a check for $5,000 right now to your foundation, Diggy V. Oh, my God. But make sure. Oh, that&#x27;s spelled. Coach P, that is phenomenal. Just make sure you do me one favor. It&#x27;ll go with a general fund.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Make sure you put pediatrics on the bottom of the check. Or, you know, best of all, we get off the app and give you an address where to mail it. Because I want to guarantee that money goes for kids through the V Foundation. I agree. I mean, there&#x27;s no worse thing than watching a child suffer through an illness or sickness, is there? Well, let me tell you this. You know, I&#x27;ve spoken all over this nation. I&#x27;ve been with the Washington Speakers room for like three decades. And they have booked me, you name it. But I spoke at a couple of funerals for kids. My kids, their family, people we got to know through my gal over the years. Oh, my God. It&#x27;s the toughest, toughest speech I&#x27;ve ever had to give of my life. Speaking, you know, in a situation watching a mom and dad put their child to rest. Nothing is worse than that. Nothing. In fact, you know, as we&#x27;re talking right now, as you and I are talking right now on the air,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> every day, today and every day, 45 to 50 moms and dads are hearing four words that no mom and dad ever, ever wants to hear. Your child has cancer. Yeah, that&#x27;s not everyone. I mean, no one wants to hear that. Thomas, we both have kids. We never want to hear that, do we? No, absolutely never. No, no. Not at all. Well, Dickie V, we can&#x27;t stop it completely, but we can sure give it a battle, can&#x27;t we? Well, absolutely. I&#x27;m not going to quit either to my last breath. In fact, I promised that to a youngster. My God, we got to know him so well. He was just a beautifully young guy, and he passed. I visited him at the hospital just, I guess, maybe a week or so before he passed. Just a great, great young guy, 16 years old, high school senior, and he just kept battling cancer for about, oh, my God.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> He battled it for about six to seven years and never, ever, there was a smile on his face. The cancer would go away and come back and go away and come back, and finally, it really hit him. I&#x27;ll never forget his words. He spoke, the day after my gala, we always have a party at my house for the biggest donors of the Bee Foundation board, celebrities, come to the gala. We have a casual event, and we bring in our all courageous team. Those are youngsters. Those are youngsters that we bring to the gala who are cancer survivors, and he was there at my party, and he asked me if he could say a few words to the crowd. I said, sure, and he told the crowd, please, I beg you, please listen to Coach V and donate. Don&#x27;t let happen to other kids what&#x27;s happened to me because I&#x27;m really now terminal, and oh, my God.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> There wasn&#x27;t a dry eye in the place, and when I went to visit him in the hospital, he was wired, hooked up with all these tubes, and everything, he could barely speak. And this guy was very eloquent, and he called me over by the bed, and I went by the bed, and he practically whispered and said, don&#x27;t stop what you&#x27;re doing, please. And I said, promise you, Tony, to my last breath, I promise you, to my last breath, I&#x27;m going to beg, and I&#x27;m going to plead for dollars. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing right now. We just had one great gesture. We have a man named Mark Pentecost. He, about two weeks ago, told me he&#x27;d give me a million dollars for the kids if I could get a match. And through a friend of ours, you know him and I know him, Nick Naton, he put me in touch with Mark Cuban, and Mark Cuban gave us $500,000.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> My, I couldn&#x27;t believe it. And the next day, I was able to raise another $500,000 from some people I knew, and we got the million dollars. And now he&#x27;s come back again, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing right now. That&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important people donate. It&#x27;s where the money will go, and your $5,000,000 as well. He came back and said, I&#x27;ll tell you what I&#x27;m going to do. I said, you got a million for me because you matched it. That&#x27;s $2 million. And I&#x27;m going to give you another million if you can raise $2 million. And right now, I&#x27;m at about $1,200,000. I got $800,000 more to go, and I&#x27;m going to get it. By September 4th is my deadline. I got a month to go. So I thank you so much for your $5,000. And if anybody out there got a healthy child, and you got somebody that you&#x27;re so blessed, think about how lucky you are.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> One never knows when that disease will strike. And when it strikes, it is life-changing what it does to a family. Well, we&#x27;re going to get there. Just like Jimmy V said, don&#x27;t give up. Don&#x27;t ever give up. We&#x27;re going to get you there. And we&#x27;re doing a documentary on you later on this year, and we&#x27;re going to share this with the listeners. So I&#x27;m looking forward to filming you in person. Well, I appreciate that. I really do. Nick&#x27;s quite a guy. Yep, yep. He&#x27;s got great personality. I really dig up big time. Well, you know, this pandemic, though, is causing a nightmare in the world of sports, too. I hope we&#x27;re going to have a college basketball season. But who knows? Because the priority has got to be the health and the safety of everybody. Right now, baseball, you&#x27;ve read what&#x27;s happening down there with the Marlins. Yeah, it&#x27;s crazy. Well, you know, and that&#x27;s outside sport, too. So if we can&#x27;t have the sports outside, we&#x27;re sure not going to be able to have them inside,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> are we? That&#x27;s really... What about, you know, talk about social distancing. What about football? What about football? I mean, gee whiz, how&#x27;s that going to go? I hope it goes. The one thing is the bubble really seems to be working. It&#x27;s working, they say, up there in hockey in Canada. And it seems right now it&#x27;s worked beautifully for the NBA. They say they&#x27;ve tested 337. Everybody came back negative. Nice. They&#x27;re rolling on and moving. So that bubble idea seems like it&#x27;s a positive. Yeah, well, we&#x27;re learning a lot this year, aren&#x27;t we? In my life, I&#x27;ve never seen anything like this, Coach. I&#x27;ve never seen anything like it. Me either. Well, folks, I mean, Dick, I&#x27;d love to talk to you even more. We&#x27;ll talk later. We&#x27;ll talk off the air. But, folks, I really want to encourage one more time to give to Dickie V for the V Foundation.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Dick, give your address, your website address out one more time. Yeah, it&#x27;s all for kids battling cancer. And every dollar goes to research that you donate. Just go to dickvital.com. Very simple. Dickvital.com. And you&#x27;ll see all the information. It says right there where to donate. And it goes through the V Foundation. Tax write-off, obviously. And it&#x27;s just a great, great cause and a great charity. And one thing I&#x27;m proud, proud, Coach Pete, about is the fact that when I think of the V Foundation, it really makes me feel extremely proud is that we get the highest rating you can get from Navigator, which rates charities. Because every dollar we raise for research goes to research. It&#x27;s not like a situation where, you know, people get paid salaries, relatives, et cetera, and then a portion goes.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> This one, every dollar goes because we have an endowment of a large, large number, millions. And off that endowment, all the administrative costs are being paid. So I beg you when I plead for it, really, for all the kids I&#x27;ve gotten to know over the years battling a disease, for all the moms and dads that are driving their kids to chemo and radiation, I beg you from the bottom of my heart, please donate at dickvital.com for kids battling cancer through the V Foundation. We&#x27;d love to have you on the show, Dickie V. And folks, give to that charity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dick Vitale joins Coach Pete to discuss his work supporting children battling cancer, the V Foundation, and ways people can help. Recorded July 2020.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dick Vitale</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dick Vitale, charitable giving, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429/image.jpg?t=1792071936&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-vitale-supporting-children-battling-cancer/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429/image.jpg?t=1792071936&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>796</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4abab44a-41a4-4ad6-ad13-b4e3000d8429/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12774045" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-vitale-supporting-children-battling-cancer</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>43</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Supporting Children Battling Cancer" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:18" title="Charity and giving back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:45" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kenny Albert: A Life in Sports Broadcasting</title>
      <itunes:title>Kenny Albert: A Life in Sports Broadcasting</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kenny Albert joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to discuss broadcasting across professional sports and his experiences calling games. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here along with Coach Pete. I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton, and I&#x27;m happy to introduce to you a guy that I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen because he&#x27;s done every sport. And I think he&#x27;s the only sportscaster right now that&#x27;s doing all four professional sports right now. Hockey, baseball, football, and basketball. But unfortunately, Coach. He&#x27;s not doing any right now. He&#x27;s not. That&#x27;s right, because we&#x27;re in a little bit of quarantine, and his name is Kenny Albert. And he is in that, what we would call the red zone of retirement. But we&#x27;re not going to talk retirement yet as a young 50-year-old, 52-year-old young man. But here&#x27;s a guy. Kenny is very well known for doing football on Fox, NBC Sports Network with the National Hockey League, and of course, Madison Square Garden Network, where he fills in doing some Knicks games, and he also does New York Rangers radio. So Kenny, good to have you with us.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, it&#x27;s great to be with you guys. Always wonderful to hear Chuck&#x27;s voice, and I hope you guys and your listening audience are all healthy and staying safe here in New Jersey. It&#x27;s day 76 since I last worked. So, Kenny, let&#x27;s move into what&#x27;s going on right now. I mean, this is why, I mean, we&#x27;ve all taken for granted some of the things that we&#x27;ve seen in our lives, and now, folks are listening now, maybe the first time they&#x27;ve heard us in a while, because a lot of folks haven&#x27;t even been in their car here for the last three months. And I just want to get to what you&#x27;re hearing out there as far as what&#x27;s going to happen next. Are we going to go back to regular sports as we&#x27;ve seen it, or what&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on? And then let&#x27;s tangent over to the financial world for the athletes. Are you talking to any athletes who are struggling and arena people who are struggling? What&#x27;s going on right there in the economy? Well, Coach, it&#x27;s certainly been a surreal time, a bizarre. The last game I worked was on March 11th, the Rangers-Avalanche game in Denver, and that was 76 days ago.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> Not sure any of us thought the pause would go on for this long, but here we are in late May, and we&#x27;re starting to see some sports come back. The golf match on Sunday involving Tiger Woods, Phil Nicholson, Tom Brady, and Peyton Manning. We&#x27;ve watched European soccer and Korean professional baseball, and now in certain states, they are allowing practice facilities for pro sports teams to reopen. And it&#x27;ll be real interesting to hear what the plans are as far as the return of the National Hockey League. What will it look like right at the return? Who knows? Will it be empty buildings? Will it be broadcast done out of studios instead of in the arena? There&#x27;s so much speculation and so many different rumors that we&#x27;ve all heard and read over the past month, month and a half.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> So we&#x27;ll see what happens. You know, as far as the arena workers, I know many teams have taken care of them. Teams and arenas have put plans in place, but that&#x27;s the thing. It&#x27;s not only the players and the coaches and to the next level, you know, the broadcasters and the team management staff. But you have the folks that sell the popcorn and work in the parking garages at the arenas. There are thousands and thousands of people who make their living by working at sporting events throughout the year. So tough times. Hopefully, hopefully all those folks are doing well. And again, we&#x27;re keeping our fingers crossed that in the near future, everything&#x27;s back to some semblance of normal. Well, our West Coast office is in Las Vegas, and I&#x27;ve seen firsthand million people laid off.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And that&#x27;s crazy. But the casinos in Vegas is more than casinos, but the casinos in Vegas are hurting. And it&#x27;s not just casinos. It&#x27;s the people that work for the casinos that supply them. And same thing with athletic events. And then in Vegas, they&#x27;ve got that brand new football stadium they&#x27;ve been building, which is a monster for the Raiders. It&#x27;s going to be a beautiful place. But, you know, I think a lot of folks who I&#x27;ve talked to are just ready to get back to normal a little bit. I know we have a virus out there, but we&#x27;ve had viruses since the caveman. And so we have to, you know, we have to be humans. We have to live. So we have to be careful, but we also have to get back to what we&#x27;re doing. And there&#x27;s a new normal. I&#x27;ve heard that phrase. I don&#x27;t, I&#x27;m not a big fan of that phrase, but the new normal is sort of like when we saw the Tom Brady, like you said, Tom Brady versus Peyton Manning. That was an invented sports because people are, you know, we&#x27;re watching reruns from 30 or 40 years ago.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And the Michael Jordan series became the most popular thing ever because that was the only sports people really had to talk about every day. Right. Yeah, that was great. No, you&#x27;re right. There&#x27;s so many phrases that we never really heard and used before, such as social distancing and new normal. And again, hopefully things, you know, get back to that new normal pretty soon. You know, we&#x27;ll leave it up to the scientists and the doctors who are certainly at a much higher pay grade than I am. And it was a fascinating story in the New York Times yesterday about the influenza pandemic back in 1917, 18, 19, and how it affected the Stanley Cup series, which was actually tied, I think, at two. It was the best of five, if I&#x27;m not mistaken. Seattle and Montreal. And Joe Hall was the player of Montreal who wound up passing away. And when he became ill, they actually put a halt to the series and he died about a week or two later.</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> But it was fascinating to read that column in the New York Times and look at some of the pictures and really compare some of the similarities to what they were going through over 100 years ago, even in the sports world as we are today. You know, we look at and I think this was either last football season or the season before. I remember I&#x27;m a New England Patriot fan. And so I remember my Patriots were playing a team and that team had been struck by the regular flu. Or maybe it was this flu. Who knows? But it was a flu and they were bragging. The announcers were bragging about how some of the players on that team were playing through it. Right. And then the very next week, about half the Patriots had the flu now. So I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to allow that anymore, are we? Well, again, those questions hopefully will be answered by the scientists and the doctors and the team medical staff and the trainers. But, you know, we&#x27;ve already seen documents published by Major League Baseball and by the NHL yesterday</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> talking about this new normal, what some of the procedures are going to be when sports do come back. It&#x27;s crazy when you think about it because I remember back, you know, I missed a few days of school every semester growing up. And there was always this kid at the end of high school who would get the 100% attendance certificate. He never missed a day for the – or she never missed a day since kindergarten all the way to high school, even though they came to school sick. That&#x27;s not going to be something to brag about anymore, I don&#x27;t think. You know, it&#x27;s funny you mention that, Coach. Well, Chuck, you&#x27;re familiar with Tom Galitti who does a great job for NHL.com. He&#x27;s a long-time beat writer for the New Jersey Devils. We actually went to middle school and high school together. And I was the sports editor of the student newspaper, and Tom started to write for me. So I take a small percentage of credit for his professional career.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> He was the guy in high school who won that award. It was called the Iron Man Award. Oh, Doug Jarvis Award, yeah. During the three years of high school, it was Tom Galitti of NHL.com who never missed a day. That&#x27;s amazing. Kenny Albert, our guest. And I&#x27;ll tell you what, when it comes to planning, as Coach said before, though, when it comes to what these guys are doing financially, I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a lot of people who will feel sorry for professional athletes. But we&#x27;re still talking about quite an impact. And all I want to know is, as we probably wrap it up here, is how are you going to do a football game when the National Football League season starts and sit there without anybody in the stands? You&#x27;re going to have to really manufacture that wonderful enthusiasm that you have. Yeah, you know, as you know, Chuck, it&#x27;s certainly more challenging to do broadcasts out of a studio. We&#x27;ve all done them throughout our careers.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> And I think, you know, there&#x27;s still some uncertainty, whether it&#x27;s hockey or football, as to whether we&#x27;re going to be at the stadium, at the arena right at the start, or if we&#x27;re going to call games from the studio. The NASCAR race on Fox, the announcers and the producer were in Charlotte. And the race, I think, was in South Carolina. And they put the graphics in from Los Angeles. So, you know, my personal preference during normal times is to be at the game, at the arena, at the stadium. It&#x27;s a lot easier for a play-by-play announcer when you&#x27;re actually at the venue, in the building. But, you know, we&#x27;ll see what happens as far as are we in a studio, at least at the beginning? Are we calling games from empty stadiums? There are travel concerns. And do the networks want people staying at a hotel for a long period of time?</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> So we&#x27;ll see what happens. I think, I do think, you know, I&#x27;m optimistic that at some point, hopefully within the next six months, we&#x27;re back to normal and fans are in the stadium and we&#x27;re doing the games from the booth and everything&#x27;s as it was prior to March 11th and March 12th, 2020. But as far as what happens right at the start when sports do come back, we&#x27;ll have to wait and see. Well, Kenny, it&#x27;s been a pleasure. I&#x27;ve been watching and listening to you for years, and it&#x27;s amazing how you can do four sports like that. I mean, you really never have a break, do you? This might have been a good break for you. You know, there are certain times of the year that are a lot hectic, more hectic than others. And, you know, as long as I don&#x27;t call a goal a touchdown during a hockey game, I think we&#x27;ll check. We&#x27;re going to get a lot of fun. I really enjoy the variety. And I&#x27;m real fortunate to have been involved in all four through the years.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> That movie with Eddie Murphy in it, Coming to America, when he was sitting in the stands out, I think it was a basketball game, and he yelled touchdown when the girl next to him was doing stuff to him. It&#x27;s funny. I was actually at that game. There you go. That was a St. John&#x27;s Marist basketball game. That&#x27;s amazing. And I was there. The game was at the Madison Square Garden. That&#x27;s the game they used in the movie Coming to America. What a great movie. Still talking about it today. Tremendous. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you. Kenny, thanks for your time. Kenny Albert, stay safe with you and your family. And for Coach Pete, I&#x27;m very honored to have had you on the program. And just be well, my friend, and we&#x27;ll cross paths at some point. Thanks, Chuck. Thanks, Coach. And Chuck, once things are back to normal and you&#x27;re up here in the Northeast, next time you&#x27;re driving on the Palisades Parkway, I&#x27;m only five minutes away.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So make sure to give me a call. Absolutely. Take care, Kenny. Thanks, guys. Thank you. Again, folks, that was Kenny Albert, famous broadcaster. You may have heard his dad before, Marv Albert. But Kenny&#x27;s been around. Chuck, he&#x27;s 52. He&#x27;s just young. Just a couple years younger than Coach Pete. And he&#x27;s in that financial red zone. And I know that he&#x27;s a guy, too, that I hope that retirement planning for him is going well. I&#x27;m sure it is. It&#x27;s just a strange world, folks. It&#x27;s important to get the right plan for the right place. And I really appreciate him taking time earlier this week to talk to us. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kenny Albert joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to discuss broadcasting across professional sports and his experiences calling games. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here along with Coach Pete. I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton, and I&#x27;m happy to introduce to you a guy that I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen because he&#x27;s done every sport. And I think he&#x27;s the only sportscaster right now that&#x27;s doing all four professional sports right now. Hockey, baseball, football, and basketball. But unfortunately, Coach. He&#x27;s not doing any right now. He&#x27;s not. That&#x27;s right, because we&#x27;re in a little bit of quarantine, and his name is Kenny Albert. And he is in that, what we would call the red zone of retirement. But we&#x27;re not going to talk retirement yet as a young 50-year-old, 52-year-old young man. But here&#x27;s a guy. Kenny is very well known for doing football on Fox, NBC Sports Network with the National Hockey League, and of course, Madison Square Garden Network, where he fills in doing some Knicks games, and he also does New York Rangers radio. So Kenny, good to have you with us.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, it&#x27;s great to be with you guys. Always wonderful to hear Chuck&#x27;s voice, and I hope you guys and your listening audience are all healthy and staying safe here in New Jersey. It&#x27;s day 76 since I last worked. So, Kenny, let&#x27;s move into what&#x27;s going on right now. I mean, this is why, I mean, we&#x27;ve all taken for granted some of the things that we&#x27;ve seen in our lives, and now, folks are listening now, maybe the first time they&#x27;ve heard us in a while, because a lot of folks haven&#x27;t even been in their car here for the last three months. And I just want to get to what you&#x27;re hearing out there as far as what&#x27;s going to happen next. Are we going to go back to regular sports as we&#x27;ve seen it, or what&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on? And then let&#x27;s tangent over to the financial world for the athletes. Are you talking to any athletes who are struggling and arena people who are struggling? What&#x27;s going on right there in the economy? Well, Coach, it&#x27;s certainly been a surreal time, a bizarre. The last game I worked was on March 11th, the Rangers-Avalanche game in Denver, and that was 76 days ago.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> Not sure any of us thought the pause would go on for this long, but here we are in late May, and we&#x27;re starting to see some sports come back. The golf match on Sunday involving Tiger Woods, Phil Nicholson, Tom Brady, and Peyton Manning. We&#x27;ve watched European soccer and Korean professional baseball, and now in certain states, they are allowing practice facilities for pro sports teams to reopen. And it&#x27;ll be real interesting to hear what the plans are as far as the return of the National Hockey League. What will it look like right at the return? Who knows? Will it be empty buildings? Will it be broadcast done out of studios instead of in the arena? There&#x27;s so much speculation and so many different rumors that we&#x27;ve all heard and read over the past month, month and a half.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> So we&#x27;ll see what happens. You know, as far as the arena workers, I know many teams have taken care of them. Teams and arenas have put plans in place, but that&#x27;s the thing. It&#x27;s not only the players and the coaches and to the next level, you know, the broadcasters and the team management staff. But you have the folks that sell the popcorn and work in the parking garages at the arenas. There are thousands and thousands of people who make their living by working at sporting events throughout the year. So tough times. Hopefully, hopefully all those folks are doing well. And again, we&#x27;re keeping our fingers crossed that in the near future, everything&#x27;s back to some semblance of normal. Well, our West Coast office is in Las Vegas, and I&#x27;ve seen firsthand million people laid off.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And that&#x27;s crazy. But the casinos in Vegas is more than casinos, but the casinos in Vegas are hurting. And it&#x27;s not just casinos. It&#x27;s the people that work for the casinos that supply them. And same thing with athletic events. And then in Vegas, they&#x27;ve got that brand new football stadium they&#x27;ve been building, which is a monster for the Raiders. It&#x27;s going to be a beautiful place. But, you know, I think a lot of folks who I&#x27;ve talked to are just ready to get back to normal a little bit. I know we have a virus out there, but we&#x27;ve had viruses since the caveman. And so we have to, you know, we have to be humans. We have to live. So we have to be careful, but we also have to get back to what we&#x27;re doing. And there&#x27;s a new normal. I&#x27;ve heard that phrase. I don&#x27;t, I&#x27;m not a big fan of that phrase, but the new normal is sort of like when we saw the Tom Brady, like you said, Tom Brady versus Peyton Manning. That was an invented sports because people are, you know, we&#x27;re watching reruns from 30 or 40 years ago.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And the Michael Jordan series became the most popular thing ever because that was the only sports people really had to talk about every day. Right. Yeah, that was great. No, you&#x27;re right. There&#x27;s so many phrases that we never really heard and used before, such as social distancing and new normal. And again, hopefully things, you know, get back to that new normal pretty soon. You know, we&#x27;ll leave it up to the scientists and the doctors who are certainly at a much higher pay grade than I am. And it was a fascinating story in the New York Times yesterday about the influenza pandemic back in 1917, 18, 19, and how it affected the Stanley Cup series, which was actually tied, I think, at two. It was the best of five, if I&#x27;m not mistaken. Seattle and Montreal. And Joe Hall was the player of Montreal who wound up passing away. And when he became ill, they actually put a halt to the series and he died about a week or two later.</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> But it was fascinating to read that column in the New York Times and look at some of the pictures and really compare some of the similarities to what they were going through over 100 years ago, even in the sports world as we are today. You know, we look at and I think this was either last football season or the season before. I remember I&#x27;m a New England Patriot fan. And so I remember my Patriots were playing a team and that team had been struck by the regular flu. Or maybe it was this flu. Who knows? But it was a flu and they were bragging. The announcers were bragging about how some of the players on that team were playing through it. Right. And then the very next week, about half the Patriots had the flu now. So I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to allow that anymore, are we? Well, again, those questions hopefully will be answered by the scientists and the doctors and the team medical staff and the trainers. But, you know, we&#x27;ve already seen documents published by Major League Baseball and by the NHL yesterday</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> talking about this new normal, what some of the procedures are going to be when sports do come back. It&#x27;s crazy when you think about it because I remember back, you know, I missed a few days of school every semester growing up. And there was always this kid at the end of high school who would get the 100% attendance certificate. He never missed a day for the – or she never missed a day since kindergarten all the way to high school, even though they came to school sick. That&#x27;s not going to be something to brag about anymore, I don&#x27;t think. You know, it&#x27;s funny you mention that, Coach. Well, Chuck, you&#x27;re familiar with Tom Galitti who does a great job for NHL.com. He&#x27;s a long-time beat writer for the New Jersey Devils. We actually went to middle school and high school together. And I was the sports editor of the student newspaper, and Tom started to write for me. So I take a small percentage of credit for his professional career.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> He was the guy in high school who won that award. It was called the Iron Man Award. Oh, Doug Jarvis Award, yeah. During the three years of high school, it was Tom Galitti of NHL.com who never missed a day. That&#x27;s amazing. Kenny Albert, our guest. And I&#x27;ll tell you what, when it comes to planning, as Coach said before, though, when it comes to what these guys are doing financially, I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a lot of people who will feel sorry for professional athletes. But we&#x27;re still talking about quite an impact. And all I want to know is, as we probably wrap it up here, is how are you going to do a football game when the National Football League season starts and sit there without anybody in the stands? You&#x27;re going to have to really manufacture that wonderful enthusiasm that you have. Yeah, you know, as you know, Chuck, it&#x27;s certainly more challenging to do broadcasts out of a studio. We&#x27;ve all done them throughout our careers.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> And I think, you know, there&#x27;s still some uncertainty, whether it&#x27;s hockey or football, as to whether we&#x27;re going to be at the stadium, at the arena right at the start, or if we&#x27;re going to call games from the studio. The NASCAR race on Fox, the announcers and the producer were in Charlotte. And the race, I think, was in South Carolina. And they put the graphics in from Los Angeles. So, you know, my personal preference during normal times is to be at the game, at the arena, at the stadium. It&#x27;s a lot easier for a play-by-play announcer when you&#x27;re actually at the venue, in the building. But, you know, we&#x27;ll see what happens as far as are we in a studio, at least at the beginning? Are we calling games from empty stadiums? There are travel concerns. And do the networks want people staying at a hotel for a long period of time?</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> So we&#x27;ll see what happens. I think, I do think, you know, I&#x27;m optimistic that at some point, hopefully within the next six months, we&#x27;re back to normal and fans are in the stadium and we&#x27;re doing the games from the booth and everything&#x27;s as it was prior to March 11th and March 12th, 2020. But as far as what happens right at the start when sports do come back, we&#x27;ll have to wait and see. Well, Kenny, it&#x27;s been a pleasure. I&#x27;ve been watching and listening to you for years, and it&#x27;s amazing how you can do four sports like that. I mean, you really never have a break, do you? This might have been a good break for you. You know, there are certain times of the year that are a lot hectic, more hectic than others. And, you know, as long as I don&#x27;t call a goal a touchdown during a hockey game, I think we&#x27;ll check. We&#x27;re going to get a lot of fun. I really enjoy the variety. And I&#x27;m real fortunate to have been involved in all four through the years.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> That movie with Eddie Murphy in it, Coming to America, when he was sitting in the stands out, I think it was a basketball game, and he yelled touchdown when the girl next to him was doing stuff to him. It&#x27;s funny. I was actually at that game. There you go. That was a St. John&#x27;s Marist basketball game. That&#x27;s amazing. And I was there. The game was at the Madison Square Garden. That&#x27;s the game they used in the movie Coming to America. What a great movie. Still talking about it today. Tremendous. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you. Kenny, thanks for your time. Kenny Albert, stay safe with you and your family. And for Coach Pete, I&#x27;m very honored to have had you on the program. And just be well, my friend, and we&#x27;ll cross paths at some point. Thanks, Chuck. Thanks, Coach. And Chuck, once things are back to normal and you&#x27;re up here in the Northeast, next time you&#x27;re driving on the Palisades Parkway, I&#x27;m only five minutes away.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So make sure to give me a call. Absolutely. Take care, Kenny. Thanks, guys. Thank you. Again, folks, that was Kenny Albert, famous broadcaster. You may have heard his dad before, Marv Albert. But Kenny&#x27;s been around. Chuck, he&#x27;s 52. He&#x27;s just young. Just a couple years younger than Coach Pete. And he&#x27;s in that financial red zone. And I know that he&#x27;s a guy, too, that I hope that retirement planning for him is going well. I&#x27;m sure it is. It&#x27;s just a strange world, folks. It&#x27;s important to get the right plan for the right place. And I really appreciate him taking time earlier this week to talk to us. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kenny Albert joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to discuss broadcasting across professional sports and his experiences calling games. Recorded May 2020.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kenny Albert</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>A Life in Sports Broadcasting</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kenny Albert, sports, A Life in Sports Broadcasting, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718/image.jpg?t=1792071958&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kenny-albert-a-life-in-sports-broadcasting/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718/image.jpg?t=1792071958&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>606</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d0c479c-45aa-436f-b065-b4e3000b7718/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9725101" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kenny-albert-a-life-in-sports-broadcasting</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>44</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Life in Sports Broadcasting" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:01" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki: Women Who Want More and Finding Balance</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki: Women Who Want More and Finding Balance</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki discusses Women Who Want More and the pursuit of a balanced, fulfilling life. The conversation explores work, money, relationships, and the personal choices that shape well-being.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Speaking with Dr. Rana Alfalacki, she is a women&#x27;s empowerment expert, a strategic life coach and author of the book Women Who Want More. How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. Dr. Alfalacki, hello. Thanks for joining us. Hello. Thank you so much for asking. It&#x27;s a pleasure. Your book is very interesting. The whole concept and I think it is it more about you trick your subconscious a little bit or get your subconscious in partnership with what you want?</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> Absolutely. That is so much of what it is. Yeah. In our conscious state, we put so many obstacles in our way that it doesn&#x27;t allow us to truly engage with what we want. And when we don&#x27;t engage with what we want, we don&#x27;t actually emit that type of energy to get what we want. We don&#x27;t allow it to happen. So, yeah, absolutely. You hit the nail on the head. So much of it is to do with our subconscious for sure. And if you look at successful people and you can define success by wealth or in many ways, it seems that they&#x27;re able to do that. And I don&#x27;t know if that is something that they were born with, the ability to just know what they want and know they can get it. No, no. Yeah, not at all. I mean, if you read about people&#x27;s success stories, they say, you know, actually only 10 percent of it is probably due to talent and the rest of it is due to hard work.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> So for people like that and an awful lot of the time when you look in their backgrounds, they&#x27;ve had tough lives and they&#x27;ve been through hardship. But through that, they&#x27;ve grown, they&#x27;ve learned lessons and they&#x27;re not afraid to work hard. And when I say work hard, that doesn&#x27;t just mean in the office or studying. It means working hard on themselves to break down the blocks that we were talking about and really push through with drive and determination for what they want. That&#x27;s usually what makes them successful. Yeah. And in many ways, that&#x27;s harder work than our occupation. And much harder, much harder. Yes. It truly is. Sometimes we&#x27;re our own worst enemy. And the book is Women Who Want More. And you say that women have a sixth sense. So what is that sixth sense? You know, just just digressing from what you said, I&#x27;ve had an awful lot of men read the book and they&#x27;ve just said, you just need to change the cover and call it Men Who Want More.</p><p><strong>02:37</strong> This is a great message for us. It truly is. It really is. But the sixth sense, it&#x27;s to do with intuition. A lot of people think of it often when they&#x27;re younger, they have that sense of deja vu where they&#x27;re somewhere and they feel. They&#x27;ve been there before and they have a strong feeling about something. So that is essentially what the sixth sense is. We talk about the sixth sense in women being more dominant. Now, that&#x27;s not to say men don&#x27;t have it. It&#x27;s just literally the way we are wired and the way our biology works. So in women, we tend to be more balanced, actually, in our brain. Both sides of our brain are quite happy to work in conjunction with each other. And it&#x27;s the right side of our brain that is more associated with creativity, but also perception, intuition.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> I mean, this is why women are better at multitasking and men are better at map reading. Because they tend to work more with the left side of their brain. And often one side of their brain is much more dominant. And so with that, this is why they&#x27;re much more logical thinking, whereas a woman can kind of stand back, get the big picture and be much more intuitive. Yeah, and because of actually really thousands of years of society&#x27;s roles that men and women play, do you find that women have to have that ability to multitask because of that? I mean, because they still are innately the nurturer, too. Yes, exactly. So if we do go back, you know, and thinking about evolution and what typically the role of the woman was, was very much as the carer and needing to look after the children and needing to look after her family and needing to look after her spouse.</p><p><strong>04:15</strong> And therefore, she had to have her eyes on everything. And she had to foresee problems and foresee issues and think ahead. And then even in today&#x27;s society, we&#x27;re also more expressive. And we tend to talk more about our feelings from a much younger age. In the Western world, that&#x27;s starting to shift. But so, you know, part of it is the biological aspect. And then the second part, of course, is how we&#x27;re brought up. Whereas, of course, men, you know, if we go back to kind of caveman times, he would have been the provider. He had to go and hunt food. The hunter-gatherer. Absolutely. And provide for his family. But therefore, he was just given that one task and didn&#x27;t need to do anything else. Right, right. Yeah. So I think we&#x27;re asking enough, a lot of men, if we&#x27;re expecting them to be able to do the whole thing. But we&#x27;re asking a lot of men if we&#x27;re looking at them for fulfillment.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> Because actually, we need to look at ourselves for fulfillment. And a man can add a wonderful aspect and richness to our lives. But we have to remember that that is not the be-all and end-all in our lives. This is me saying as a woman. If I was talking to a man, I would say the same thing with regards to having a woman or a partner in their life. We have to start with ourselves. Dr. Rana Al-Falaki is author of the book, Women Who Want More? How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. Of course, it&#x27;s available at Amazon.com. And you also get extra materials with that. It&#x27;s all about exercises, Dr. Al-Falaki. And it&#x27;s all inclusive, too. It&#x27;s finding what you want. It&#x27;s not exclusive to career or family. It&#x27;s really your entire life, I&#x27;m assuming here. Absolutely. Yes, yes, exactly.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> So there are things in there about feeling your purpose, your career, your lifestyle, how to feel better about your relationships, your social relationships, your intimate relationships, how to deal with your parents, your kids, and chapters about money and how to have fun and how to have the time. So it really encompasses that whole wheel of life of bringing it all together, which is where the balance aspect comes in as well. And since it does in women is in the title, is success in your view with women viewed differently? I mean, I know in many ways it is in the workplace, especially. How big of a barrier has that been to success for women? Again, it comes back to if we allow it, which we were talking about earlier. So there are, of course, there are typical barriers to success.</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> You know, as a woman, you know, we still have an issue to do with earning less money. And in fact, the statistics in the States are we earn 80 cents to every dollar that a man earns. So there is still a big imbalance there. And then, of course, there&#x27;s the issues of racism and sexism in the office. But if we put that aspect aside, we&#x27;ve already touched on almost the double job role that a woman tends to have, in that she is the carer, which can be a full-time job, and at the same time wanting to hold down a full-time professional job. But then there&#x27;s the aspect where us as women almost tend to be apologetic for ourselves. Yeah, I was going to ask, is there a guilt sometimes with women? Yes, exactly. So instead of standing in our own true abilities, we almost, we&#x27;re trying to compete. We&#x27;re trying to compete with men on a direct one-to-one level,</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> rather than recognizing where our strengths lie. You know, you were talking about intuition, and then we have our strength of multitasking. We have our strength of being able to express our feelings. We have our strength of being able to see the bigger picture, which are fantastic assets that we can hold forth in the workplace. But as women, sometimes you hear about women leaders and the need to almost compete with men, be like men, and be bossy. And there&#x27;s a wonderful quote that I put in my book saying, a strong woman is a woman with a voice, but the ability to find that voice can sometimes take a lifetime. And that is often, as women, where we become problematic. We&#x27;re afraid to use our voice. You know, yes, we may not get offered a seat at the table, but when we do, like we said, we don&#x27;t use the voice.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> We are apologetic in our language. We feel guilty. And yes, and we can feel guilty about not being with our families as well. So sometimes we are our own barriers to ourselves. And really, you can trace it back years and years and years to society&#x27;s demands on men and women and the different demands. Do you see problems as complex and solutions as simple? I think problems can be simple, actually. When you really break them down, that the reason problems seem complex is because our emotions get involved. But actually, if you take the emotions out of it, if you actually peel back the layers to actually what the core of the problem is, it becomes quite simple. And once you&#x27;ve done that, the solution is even simpler. You just have to be willing to put it into action.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> So it&#x27;s all about peeling away the mask, which, of course, is what Core Energy Coaching does, which is what I do to make that problem simple. And then the solution is just glaring in front of you. That&#x27;s a great thing to learn to achieve what you want in life. Do you have, does your book offer some simple exercises that things you could do daily? Very much so. And for me, that&#x27;s probably that that&#x27;s where I tend to come from as an incredibly busy woman. I speak to busy women and understand them. So everything I try to provide is from a practical point of view, because, you know, I&#x27;ve read so many books in the past and they come up with all these. Everything is fluffed up to start with. And I&#x27;m very much like, let&#x27;s just cut to the chase and get to the point, please. And tell me what I&#x27;ve got to do, because I don&#x27;t have time.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> And therefore, I&#x27;ve written the book with that in mind. So the exercises, though, they&#x27;re very, very practical, give huge insight. And yes, things that people can do daily. And I do really emphasize a lot in the book how to multitask and therefore adapt behavior changes into your daily life. And without because without the change in the action, it&#x27;s all very well having the desire. But you have to action it to make for things to really change around you. And, you know, speaking of society, I myself have seen so many changes and progress, of course, in my life. And I&#x27;m thinking you talked about we&#x27;ve always heard about women&#x27;s intuition and you describe it as a sixth sense that women have. And I&#x27;m sure there are edges women have and certainly in multitasking. And so as society&#x27;s views are changing, that&#x27;s going to really give women an edge.</p><p><strong>10:34</strong> And especially in the workplace in the years to come, I believe. Of course. Of course. I mean, if we look in Western society, we do. It&#x27;s not as if we don&#x27;t have women leaders. You know, in the UK, in the 80s, we had a female prime minister. You know, and in America, you know, you have women leaders. You know, they are CEOs. They are political figures. We are seeing it more and more. And then the lovely thing to witness is actually a lot of women leaders are not just talking to women. I think Brini Brown sums it up beautifully, actually, where she talks about why, as women, do we feel the need to look up to men to get the advice? Why can we not turn to another woman for advice? And that is the shift I think we are really starting to see in society today. And it&#x27;s wonderful to see.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Really wonderful. The book is available at Amazon.com. Women Who Want More, How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life, written by Dr. Rana Al-Falaki. What other materials come with the book? So at the end of each chapter, there&#x27;s an opportunity with all kinds of exercises, which obviously you could do all of them or you could pick and choose. If you get the paper version, paperback or hardback, you may like to write in the book. I personally, I don&#x27;t like to write in my book. So you can download the worksheets, which obviously give you a much bigger area or obviously then it&#x27;s all on electronic format. And then there are also some audio exercises. So we talked about intuition. So there is a daily five-minute audio exercise that you can download from the website. And it&#x27;s called Meet Your Higher Coach, which is this idea of tapping into ourselves, i.e. tapping into our intuition.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> And that&#x27;s a brilliant exercise to do on a daily basis, be it in the middle of the day, the first thing of the day, last thing at night. But a way of asking yourself what it is you need to know. There&#x27;s also another audio one called The Abundance Tool. And again, it&#x27;s about unblocking what&#x27;s stopping you from getting money and being abundant. So again, that&#x27;s another audio. And then there&#x27;s a wonderful vision exercise in there that I call Knock Down the Fences so you can see. In other words, let&#x27;s get rid of the blocks and see what it is we truly want in life. There&#x27;s a written version for that, but then also there is an audio. So it just depends how you like to learn and how you tend to receive messages, how you process things. Is it through just reading, through writing things down, through listening? So I&#x27;ve tried to provide everything so that it can appeal to whatever your main learning sense is.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> Maybe in your next book, you can teach men how to harness the power of and develop that women&#x27;s intuition, that sixth sense that women have. Oh, absolutely. But to be honest, that audio exercise on the website of Meet Your Higher Coach, you know, there&#x27;s nothing about it being specifically for women in that. And just by doing that for whoever you are and wherever you are on your journey in life will really help. Yeah, I think this book would be great for everybody. Dr. Rana El-Falaki. The book is Women Who Want More, How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. And thank you for joining us today. Thank you so much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki discusses Women Who Want More and the pursuit of a balanced, fulfilling life. The conversation explores work, money, relationships, and the personal choices that shape well-being.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Speaking with Dr. Rana Alfalacki, she is a women&#x27;s empowerment expert, a strategic life coach and author of the book Women Who Want More. How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. Dr. Alfalacki, hello. Thanks for joining us. Hello. Thank you so much for asking. It&#x27;s a pleasure. Your book is very interesting. The whole concept and I think it is it more about you trick your subconscious a little bit or get your subconscious in partnership with what you want?</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> Absolutely. That is so much of what it is. Yeah. In our conscious state, we put so many obstacles in our way that it doesn&#x27;t allow us to truly engage with what we want. And when we don&#x27;t engage with what we want, we don&#x27;t actually emit that type of energy to get what we want. We don&#x27;t allow it to happen. So, yeah, absolutely. You hit the nail on the head. So much of it is to do with our subconscious for sure. And if you look at successful people and you can define success by wealth or in many ways, it seems that they&#x27;re able to do that. And I don&#x27;t know if that is something that they were born with, the ability to just know what they want and know they can get it. No, no. Yeah, not at all. I mean, if you read about people&#x27;s success stories, they say, you know, actually only 10 percent of it is probably due to talent and the rest of it is due to hard work.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> So for people like that and an awful lot of the time when you look in their backgrounds, they&#x27;ve had tough lives and they&#x27;ve been through hardship. But through that, they&#x27;ve grown, they&#x27;ve learned lessons and they&#x27;re not afraid to work hard. And when I say work hard, that doesn&#x27;t just mean in the office or studying. It means working hard on themselves to break down the blocks that we were talking about and really push through with drive and determination for what they want. That&#x27;s usually what makes them successful. Yeah. And in many ways, that&#x27;s harder work than our occupation. And much harder, much harder. Yes. It truly is. Sometimes we&#x27;re our own worst enemy. And the book is Women Who Want More. And you say that women have a sixth sense. So what is that sixth sense? You know, just just digressing from what you said, I&#x27;ve had an awful lot of men read the book and they&#x27;ve just said, you just need to change the cover and call it Men Who Want More.</p><p><strong>02:37</strong> This is a great message for us. It truly is. It really is. But the sixth sense, it&#x27;s to do with intuition. A lot of people think of it often when they&#x27;re younger, they have that sense of deja vu where they&#x27;re somewhere and they feel. They&#x27;ve been there before and they have a strong feeling about something. So that is essentially what the sixth sense is. We talk about the sixth sense in women being more dominant. Now, that&#x27;s not to say men don&#x27;t have it. It&#x27;s just literally the way we are wired and the way our biology works. So in women, we tend to be more balanced, actually, in our brain. Both sides of our brain are quite happy to work in conjunction with each other. And it&#x27;s the right side of our brain that is more associated with creativity, but also perception, intuition.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> I mean, this is why women are better at multitasking and men are better at map reading. Because they tend to work more with the left side of their brain. And often one side of their brain is much more dominant. And so with that, this is why they&#x27;re much more logical thinking, whereas a woman can kind of stand back, get the big picture and be much more intuitive. Yeah, and because of actually really thousands of years of society&#x27;s roles that men and women play, do you find that women have to have that ability to multitask because of that? I mean, because they still are innately the nurturer, too. Yes, exactly. So if we do go back, you know, and thinking about evolution and what typically the role of the woman was, was very much as the carer and needing to look after the children and needing to look after her family and needing to look after her spouse.</p><p><strong>04:15</strong> And therefore, she had to have her eyes on everything. And she had to foresee problems and foresee issues and think ahead. And then even in today&#x27;s society, we&#x27;re also more expressive. And we tend to talk more about our feelings from a much younger age. In the Western world, that&#x27;s starting to shift. But so, you know, part of it is the biological aspect. And then the second part, of course, is how we&#x27;re brought up. Whereas, of course, men, you know, if we go back to kind of caveman times, he would have been the provider. He had to go and hunt food. The hunter-gatherer. Absolutely. And provide for his family. But therefore, he was just given that one task and didn&#x27;t need to do anything else. Right, right. Yeah. So I think we&#x27;re asking enough, a lot of men, if we&#x27;re expecting them to be able to do the whole thing. But we&#x27;re asking a lot of men if we&#x27;re looking at them for fulfillment.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> Because actually, we need to look at ourselves for fulfillment. And a man can add a wonderful aspect and richness to our lives. But we have to remember that that is not the be-all and end-all in our lives. This is me saying as a woman. If I was talking to a man, I would say the same thing with regards to having a woman or a partner in their life. We have to start with ourselves. Dr. Rana Al-Falaki is author of the book, Women Who Want More? How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. Of course, it&#x27;s available at Amazon.com. And you also get extra materials with that. It&#x27;s all about exercises, Dr. Al-Falaki. And it&#x27;s all inclusive, too. It&#x27;s finding what you want. It&#x27;s not exclusive to career or family. It&#x27;s really your entire life, I&#x27;m assuming here. Absolutely. Yes, yes, exactly.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> So there are things in there about feeling your purpose, your career, your lifestyle, how to feel better about your relationships, your social relationships, your intimate relationships, how to deal with your parents, your kids, and chapters about money and how to have fun and how to have the time. So it really encompasses that whole wheel of life of bringing it all together, which is where the balance aspect comes in as well. And since it does in women is in the title, is success in your view with women viewed differently? I mean, I know in many ways it is in the workplace, especially. How big of a barrier has that been to success for women? Again, it comes back to if we allow it, which we were talking about earlier. So there are, of course, there are typical barriers to success.</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> You know, as a woman, you know, we still have an issue to do with earning less money. And in fact, the statistics in the States are we earn 80 cents to every dollar that a man earns. So there is still a big imbalance there. And then, of course, there&#x27;s the issues of racism and sexism in the office. But if we put that aspect aside, we&#x27;ve already touched on almost the double job role that a woman tends to have, in that she is the carer, which can be a full-time job, and at the same time wanting to hold down a full-time professional job. But then there&#x27;s the aspect where us as women almost tend to be apologetic for ourselves. Yeah, I was going to ask, is there a guilt sometimes with women? Yes, exactly. So instead of standing in our own true abilities, we almost, we&#x27;re trying to compete. We&#x27;re trying to compete with men on a direct one-to-one level,</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> rather than recognizing where our strengths lie. You know, you were talking about intuition, and then we have our strength of multitasking. We have our strength of being able to express our feelings. We have our strength of being able to see the bigger picture, which are fantastic assets that we can hold forth in the workplace. But as women, sometimes you hear about women leaders and the need to almost compete with men, be like men, and be bossy. And there&#x27;s a wonderful quote that I put in my book saying, a strong woman is a woman with a voice, but the ability to find that voice can sometimes take a lifetime. And that is often, as women, where we become problematic. We&#x27;re afraid to use our voice. You know, yes, we may not get offered a seat at the table, but when we do, like we said, we don&#x27;t use the voice.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> We are apologetic in our language. We feel guilty. And yes, and we can feel guilty about not being with our families as well. So sometimes we are our own barriers to ourselves. And really, you can trace it back years and years and years to society&#x27;s demands on men and women and the different demands. Do you see problems as complex and solutions as simple? I think problems can be simple, actually. When you really break them down, that the reason problems seem complex is because our emotions get involved. But actually, if you take the emotions out of it, if you actually peel back the layers to actually what the core of the problem is, it becomes quite simple. And once you&#x27;ve done that, the solution is even simpler. You just have to be willing to put it into action.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> So it&#x27;s all about peeling away the mask, which, of course, is what Core Energy Coaching does, which is what I do to make that problem simple. And then the solution is just glaring in front of you. That&#x27;s a great thing to learn to achieve what you want in life. Do you have, does your book offer some simple exercises that things you could do daily? Very much so. And for me, that&#x27;s probably that that&#x27;s where I tend to come from as an incredibly busy woman. I speak to busy women and understand them. So everything I try to provide is from a practical point of view, because, you know, I&#x27;ve read so many books in the past and they come up with all these. Everything is fluffed up to start with. And I&#x27;m very much like, let&#x27;s just cut to the chase and get to the point, please. And tell me what I&#x27;ve got to do, because I don&#x27;t have time.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> And therefore, I&#x27;ve written the book with that in mind. So the exercises, though, they&#x27;re very, very practical, give huge insight. And yes, things that people can do daily. And I do really emphasize a lot in the book how to multitask and therefore adapt behavior changes into your daily life. And without because without the change in the action, it&#x27;s all very well having the desire. But you have to action it to make for things to really change around you. And, you know, speaking of society, I myself have seen so many changes and progress, of course, in my life. And I&#x27;m thinking you talked about we&#x27;ve always heard about women&#x27;s intuition and you describe it as a sixth sense that women have. And I&#x27;m sure there are edges women have and certainly in multitasking. And so as society&#x27;s views are changing, that&#x27;s going to really give women an edge.</p><p><strong>10:34</strong> And especially in the workplace in the years to come, I believe. Of course. Of course. I mean, if we look in Western society, we do. It&#x27;s not as if we don&#x27;t have women leaders. You know, in the UK, in the 80s, we had a female prime minister. You know, and in America, you know, you have women leaders. You know, they are CEOs. They are political figures. We are seeing it more and more. And then the lovely thing to witness is actually a lot of women leaders are not just talking to women. I think Brini Brown sums it up beautifully, actually, where she talks about why, as women, do we feel the need to look up to men to get the advice? Why can we not turn to another woman for advice? And that is the shift I think we are really starting to see in society today. And it&#x27;s wonderful to see.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Really wonderful. The book is available at Amazon.com. Women Who Want More, How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life, written by Dr. Rana Al-Falaki. What other materials come with the book? So at the end of each chapter, there&#x27;s an opportunity with all kinds of exercises, which obviously you could do all of them or you could pick and choose. If you get the paper version, paperback or hardback, you may like to write in the book. I personally, I don&#x27;t like to write in my book. So you can download the worksheets, which obviously give you a much bigger area or obviously then it&#x27;s all on electronic format. And then there are also some audio exercises. So we talked about intuition. So there is a daily five-minute audio exercise that you can download from the website. And it&#x27;s called Meet Your Higher Coach, which is this idea of tapping into ourselves, i.e. tapping into our intuition.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> And that&#x27;s a brilliant exercise to do on a daily basis, be it in the middle of the day, the first thing of the day, last thing at night. But a way of asking yourself what it is you need to know. There&#x27;s also another audio one called The Abundance Tool. And again, it&#x27;s about unblocking what&#x27;s stopping you from getting money and being abundant. So again, that&#x27;s another audio. And then there&#x27;s a wonderful vision exercise in there that I call Knock Down the Fences so you can see. In other words, let&#x27;s get rid of the blocks and see what it is we truly want in life. There&#x27;s a written version for that, but then also there is an audio. So it just depends how you like to learn and how you tend to receive messages, how you process things. Is it through just reading, through writing things down, through listening? So I&#x27;ve tried to provide everything so that it can appeal to whatever your main learning sense is.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> Maybe in your next book, you can teach men how to harness the power of and develop that women&#x27;s intuition, that sixth sense that women have. Oh, absolutely. But to be honest, that audio exercise on the website of Meet Your Higher Coach, you know, there&#x27;s nothing about it being specifically for women in that. And just by doing that for whoever you are and wherever you are on your journey in life will really help. Yeah, I think this book would be great for everybody. Dr. Rana El-Falaki. The book is Women Who Want More, How to Create a Balanced and Fulfilled Life. And thank you for joining us today. Thank you so much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki discusses Women Who Want More and the pursuit of a balanced, fulfilling life. The conversation explores work, money, relationships, and the personal choices that shape well-being.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Rana Al-Falaki, personal growth, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b4a3029-29e4-41c5-89fa-adff011691a8/image.jpg?t=1792073747&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b4a3029-29e4-41c5-89fa-adff011691a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/women-who-want-more/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b4a3029-29e4-41c5-89fa-adff011691a8/image.jpg?t=1792073747&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0ecd704d-a3a7-4900-a315-c316ede2c535</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4b4a3029-29e4-41c5-89fa-adff011691a8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2020 18:46:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>817</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b4a3029-29e4-41c5-89fa-adff011691a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13106573" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/women-who-want-more</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>45</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Women Who Want More and Finding Balance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:59" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pete Trabucco: Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Pete Trabucco: Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Talking with Pete Trabuco, Pete wears many hats. He is a top travel expert. He&#x27;s a TV host, an author and an actor and a DJ. But we&#x27;re going to talk to him concerning his amusement park expert hat today. And his book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides and amusement water parks.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Hello Pete. Hello, how are you doing? Hope you&#x27;re having a great day. Having a great day and looking forward to the conversation here. I happen to love rides and I love amusement parks. And I know that you haven&#x27;t always loved rides. You had to overcome a bit of a fear of rides, didn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And one of the things that I did for my first book, which is America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters in Amusement Parks, was to actually take notes I had done because I was afraid of roller coasters. My daughter was born and I wanted to not miss out on those experiences. So I actually started riding roller coasters. Even though I&#x27;m a pilot, I&#x27;ve done aerobatics, I&#x27;ve done some crazy stuff in my life. I had that childhood fear of roller coasters. So I wrote the first book as therapy to actually get past that fear. And it was a childhood fear that eventually, once I realized that, you know, coasters are safe</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> and some of the stuff I&#x27;ve been doing is a lot more crazier than the roller coasters, but the rush is still there. You know, the feeling of doing aerobatic maneuvers that you would normally do in an airplane, tied to the ground on a rail. Well, it became a lot easier and a lot more enjoyable. Well, and yes, you are a pilot. I guess it&#x27;s a control thing then. You know, it boils down to when I was very young when I first went on the ride. It was in Coney Island. And basically, I just didn&#x27;t like the feeling of it. And, you know, any fear that you have, whether it&#x27;s roller coasters and fear of flying, fear of insects, fear of anything, if you don&#x27;t confront it, it gets bigger and bigger and bigger and to the point where you&#x27;re just not even willing to try to overcome it. What I tell people, and obviously in chapters in my book, I go over the basic ideas or basic</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> concepts in order to overcome that fear. You&#x27;ve really got to head on and basically get over the fear that way. And you find out most of the time that there was nothing to be afraid of. So this was somewhat of therapy for you, but you became an amusement park expert in the process. How are you an expert in amusement parks? Well, you know, my full-time job, I travel. I&#x27;m in aviation. And basically, I was visiting a lot of different places all over the country. And basically, there&#x27;s two things you can do when you&#x27;re visiting aviation people or customers or clients or whatever. It&#x27;s sit in a hotel, wait for the meeting and go. Or you can go out and do two things. And one of the things was I love ballparks and stadiums. So whenever I get a chance, I&#x27;ll go to them. Or I will go to an amusement park and ride roller coasters with customers, clients, or just by</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> myself. And while I&#x27;m there, you know, write little notes about the different rides and what I experienced and so on. So that&#x27;s pretty much how I got into it, other than the fact that after I overcame the fear, it became enjoyable. And again, I&#x27;m getting older. I don&#x27;t really do any aerobatics anymore or crazy things in an airplane because, you know, you&#x27;re older. But this is the same rush. It&#x27;s not nearly as intense as, let&#x27;s say, you know, doing a loop-de-loop or an animal man in an airplane, a souped-up aircraft. But the G-forces are there, both negative and positive. And it&#x27;s definitely still a rush. Oh, they certainly are. And even more so with roller coasters. Now, your book, A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides in Amusement Water Parks, is a must-read for any amusement park enthusiast because you offer some tips and reveal some secrets,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> too. I happen to love rides and always have. Hate the lines. But in your book, you offer tips on how to avoid the lines. How do you do that besides pick a rainy day to go? Well, you got it right there with the rainy day. I mean, you can do a lot of things if you don&#x27;t mind having a little rain in your face. But there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do. The first thing you should do is never, and I mean never, go to an amusement park during midday. Midday is when everyone is there. It&#x27;s hot. There&#x27;s a lot of big lines. So what I always tell people is if you&#x27;re going to go, go early morning or go late evening, because at that point, people have had it. They, you know, normally they want to go back to the hotel, maybe get something to eat, and they&#x27;re not going to really stay at that location. So what I tell them is that&#x27;s one of the major tips is go early morning or go late day.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Now, when the park opens, the first thing you should do, if you&#x27;re not doing a fast pass, get to the rides you want to get early, immediately, as soon as you get there. You want to get to whatever location that you can get to. And of course, Disney&#x27;s got a great program where you can actually fast pass everything on your cell phone. You can do it at home. You can do it whatever you need to do. And that makes it a heck of a lot easier to avoid those lines. And here&#x27;s my biggest one. This is the one I kind of like the most is normally when you go on a ride, a thrill ride, or just any event that goes on at these amusement parks. If you go on the single line, which means just you, it&#x27;s so much faster. For example, at the Harry Potter ride, if you&#x27;re on that, it could be two, three hours before you get on the actual 3D ride.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But on a single line, 10 minutes. Now, it&#x27;s certainly not cheap to get into these places, but you have some tips on discounts available. Yes, in order to save money, real simple. During the springtime, you&#x27;re going to see in all convenience stores, you&#x27;re going to see specials to all the amusement parks, all the local ones in your area. And there&#x27;s about 2,000 amusement parks throughout North America. So you&#x27;re going to see these are convenience stores and there&#x27;s special gifts that are going on where they do the special. Besides, also, another way to save money is if like during the holidays, like Thanksgiving and Christmas, when you&#x27;re up in the northeast area or the northern portions, once you&#x27;re do something like that, they give you a discount for the water parks as well as everything else that goes on. So let&#x27;s say you pay $50 to go to a Christmas thing or whatever, and it&#x27;s just a one-day</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> thing. For another $50, they will throw in. And again, this is just examples. It could be higher and lower depending on that. But for the same price that you paid or less, you can get a season pass, which normally would be in the hundreds of dollars to do that. So that&#x27;s special as well. You can go online. Disney is always having great things as well as Universal and the Cedar Fair operations and Busch Gardens where you get airfare, hotel. There are meal plans that are absolutely amazing as long as you don&#x27;t mind going to the places that are listed. You can save a lot of money. And here&#x27;s one way you can save a lot of money. People don&#x27;t know this too much, but any Disney park, and especially mostly all the parks around the country, if you ask for ice water, just ice water, they have to give it to you.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> By law, they have to give it to you. So you could save a lot of money just by going over to a booth, not paying for the soda, not paying for whatever. Just go over, ask for ice water, and they will give it to you every single time. And that&#x27;ll save you a lot of money in the long run. Oh, it certainly will over that $10 Coke. You know, we were talking about King&#x27;s Dominion, and when I was there last, and I&#x27;m not afraid of roller coasters, but I don&#x27;t like blacking out. And the Intimidator, I actually did black out, I guess, because of the G-force. Are you seeing more of that in roller coasters today than in the past? Well, the thing is, you know, when you have rides that go up to 5Gs, an Intimidator is one of the best out there. I mean, there&#x27;s even bigger ones and faster ones, but the bottom line is Intimidator is great. What you need to do is this, number one, and these are the things, as a pilot, I learned</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> this. When you&#x27;re doing high G maneuvers, you need to grunt, groan, or scream. Now, if you&#x27;re not wearing a G-suit like a pilot that keeps the blood up into the upper extremities, you&#x27;re going to experience what we call brownout or tunnel vision. And eventually, you might be able to black out. If you&#x27;re not hydrated enough, water-wise, you can black out. So what I tell people is if you&#x27;re going to ride, ride like Intimidator. You want to make sure, first of all, that you&#x27;re definitely hydrated. But also, scream. Keep the blood up into your upper extremities. Do not close your eyes. Focus on a point, because that&#x27;s what you do when you&#x27;re flying aerobatics. You focus on a point, and at that point, you&#x27;ll have fun. And where else can you actually scream your lungs off and not get arrested?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So it&#x27;s a great way to do it. Well, for most people, that wouldn&#x27;t be a problem, because most are screaming. What&#x27;s your favorite roller coaster? Well, the ones that I&#x27;m riding at the time, basically. Intimidator is one of my favorites. Obviously, Volcano, even though it was a slower roller coaster, it was the first to use that limb launch or magnetic launch system. But right now, I would say that on the cover of my first book, America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters and Amusement Parks, you&#x27;ve got Millennium Force out of Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, a 300-foot, 95-mile-an-hour marvel. While most rides are coming back into the train station, this one&#x27;s only halfway. So that&#x27;s probably one of my favorites. But there&#x27;s so many good ones. I mean, right now, we&#x27;ve got some great ones.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Jersey Devil at Six Flags, Great Adventures coming out with a new ride. The Icebreaker at SeaWorld is going to be an amazing ride. Texas Stingray over at San Antonio. These are all great, fantastic rides that are just coming into being, and they&#x27;re going to give these older rides a run for their money. I know Kingda Ka is super fast in the U.S., but I believe, and I may be wrong here, the fastest at this point is in the United Arab Emirates. Is that Formula Rosa? That&#x27;s correct. Formula Rosa at Ferrari World in the Dubai area, and that goes from zero to 150 miles an hour in about two and a half to three seconds. So if you ever wanted to know what it&#x27;s like to be on an aircraft carrier in an F-18 and get shot off the catapult, believe it or not, this is a morbid experience because, remember,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> you don&#x27;t have a canopy or glass blocking all the wind. So if you wanted an immediate facelift from the 5Gs, so 6Gs on takeoff, this is the way to go. And right now, Kingda Ka still is the tallest roller coaster at 455 feet, but it lost the speed record to that ride, Formula Russo. What is your favorite? We&#x27;ve talked about roller coasters. What&#x27;s your favorite or most thrilling non-roller coaster ride? Well, you know, I love the old-style rides, basically. I would say my favorite non-... Well, again, you&#x27;ve got to put into many considerations here because my non-coaster, I would say, soaring is actually one of my favorites in that basically it is a simulation, but it&#x27;s actually an amazing</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> experience. Obviously, Avatar now, which has another version at Animal Kingdom. These rides are so realistic. And as a pilot, I can tell you, it almost feels like you&#x27;re actually hang gliding on soaring, so that&#x27;s a great one. The Mummy, even though it is a semi-roller coaster over at Universal Studios, again, a lot of that is basically simulation. And one of the first ones to come out that&#x27;s not a roller coaster that I had the most fun with and is probably one of the most popular rides is the old Superman ride over at Universal Studios in Orlando, Florida. So these are great rides. They&#x27;re simulation rides, but at the same time, they are just absolutely amazing and ones I would recommend. Thrill rides seem so American.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> Were they born in the U.S.? Well, the first roller coaster in the United States was in 1884. I was at Coney Island of all places, and it was a great ride. Marcus Thompson, J. Marcus Thompson was the person who did that. It only went about seven miles an hour, basically. So if you had a top hat on, you could probably just keep your top hat on and nothing would have happened. But you have to go way back for the first roller coasters, which were basically more like toboggans. You have to go back to Russia, in which that&#x27;s where the rides actually originated. And they put them on mountain areas, and it was more like tobogganing. But at the same time, it did have a rail. So you&#x27;d have to say that they were the first to actually invent these type of roller coasters</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> that would go on a rail down a mountain, a snowy mountain in these cases. And that&#x27;s pretty much where it would start. But Marcus Thompson would be the person who created it at Coney Island way back. And, again, it was 1884, if I believe. Talking with Pete Trebuco, whose book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides. And I know that you offer, well, reveal some secrets at amusement parks. And I know one that you touch on is the feral cats at Disneyland. Yeah, believe it or not. There are a lot of secrets out there that basically that they have. And one of them, we&#x27;ve all seen the football game over at MetLife Stadium with the Giants, where the cats come out of nowhere onto the field. And, yes, believe it or not, you&#x27;ll find at Disney World and Disneyland that there are just many, many things.</p><p><strong>13:33</strong> In fact, every park will have stray cats, stray dogs, and other animals that basically are living there. Now, are they actually supposed to be there? Of course not. But do the people that work at these staff and the cast members see them? Of course they do. But the bottom line is they try not to have that because, again, sanitary reasons. You really don&#x27;t want cats or animals in the same places as humans without being taken care of and so on down the line. Secret-wise, I don&#x27;t know if you know this, but the Haunted Mansion, believe it or not, there&#x27;s actually living remains of people at the Haunted Mansion. Oh, wow. What happens is a lot of people will actually throw the ashes down of their loved ones</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> when no one is looking at the park. And this has been done for many, many, many years. Now, the secret is basically there are cameras now, and you can no longer do that. And if they do that, believe it or not, they have to close the ride down and hazmat has to be called in in order to clean that up. But in the past, before the cameras were set up, and this is a secret that a lot of people don&#x27;t know, people were doing that. And that means it actually could really be haunted. You never know. Yes, it could. Pete Trebuco, who&#x27;s author of A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides and Amusement Water Parks. Thanks for joining us, Pete. Thank you so much, and you have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Talking with Pete Trabuco, Pete wears many hats. He is a top travel expert. He&#x27;s a TV host, an author and an actor and a DJ. But we&#x27;re going to talk to him concerning his amusement park expert hat today. And his book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides and amusement water parks.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Hello Pete. Hello, how are you doing? Hope you&#x27;re having a great day. Having a great day and looking forward to the conversation here. I happen to love rides and I love amusement parks. And I know that you haven&#x27;t always loved rides. You had to overcome a bit of a fear of rides, didn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And one of the things that I did for my first book, which is America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters in Amusement Parks, was to actually take notes I had done because I was afraid of roller coasters. My daughter was born and I wanted to not miss out on those experiences. So I actually started riding roller coasters. Even though I&#x27;m a pilot, I&#x27;ve done aerobatics, I&#x27;ve done some crazy stuff in my life. I had that childhood fear of roller coasters. So I wrote the first book as therapy to actually get past that fear. And it was a childhood fear that eventually, once I realized that, you know, coasters are safe</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> and some of the stuff I&#x27;ve been doing is a lot more crazier than the roller coasters, but the rush is still there. You know, the feeling of doing aerobatic maneuvers that you would normally do in an airplane, tied to the ground on a rail. Well, it became a lot easier and a lot more enjoyable. Well, and yes, you are a pilot. I guess it&#x27;s a control thing then. You know, it boils down to when I was very young when I first went on the ride. It was in Coney Island. And basically, I just didn&#x27;t like the feeling of it. And, you know, any fear that you have, whether it&#x27;s roller coasters and fear of flying, fear of insects, fear of anything, if you don&#x27;t confront it, it gets bigger and bigger and bigger and to the point where you&#x27;re just not even willing to try to overcome it. What I tell people, and obviously in chapters in my book, I go over the basic ideas or basic</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> concepts in order to overcome that fear. You&#x27;ve really got to head on and basically get over the fear that way. And you find out most of the time that there was nothing to be afraid of. So this was somewhat of therapy for you, but you became an amusement park expert in the process. How are you an expert in amusement parks? Well, you know, my full-time job, I travel. I&#x27;m in aviation. And basically, I was visiting a lot of different places all over the country. And basically, there&#x27;s two things you can do when you&#x27;re visiting aviation people or customers or clients or whatever. It&#x27;s sit in a hotel, wait for the meeting and go. Or you can go out and do two things. And one of the things was I love ballparks and stadiums. So whenever I get a chance, I&#x27;ll go to them. Or I will go to an amusement park and ride roller coasters with customers, clients, or just by</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> myself. And while I&#x27;m there, you know, write little notes about the different rides and what I experienced and so on. So that&#x27;s pretty much how I got into it, other than the fact that after I overcame the fear, it became enjoyable. And again, I&#x27;m getting older. I don&#x27;t really do any aerobatics anymore or crazy things in an airplane because, you know, you&#x27;re older. But this is the same rush. It&#x27;s not nearly as intense as, let&#x27;s say, you know, doing a loop-de-loop or an animal man in an airplane, a souped-up aircraft. But the G-forces are there, both negative and positive. And it&#x27;s definitely still a rush. Oh, they certainly are. And even more so with roller coasters. Now, your book, A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides in Amusement Water Parks, is a must-read for any amusement park enthusiast because you offer some tips and reveal some secrets,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> too. I happen to love rides and always have. Hate the lines. But in your book, you offer tips on how to avoid the lines. How do you do that besides pick a rainy day to go? Well, you got it right there with the rainy day. I mean, you can do a lot of things if you don&#x27;t mind having a little rain in your face. But there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do. The first thing you should do is never, and I mean never, go to an amusement park during midday. Midday is when everyone is there. It&#x27;s hot. There&#x27;s a lot of big lines. So what I always tell people is if you&#x27;re going to go, go early morning or go late evening, because at that point, people have had it. They, you know, normally they want to go back to the hotel, maybe get something to eat, and they&#x27;re not going to really stay at that location. So what I tell them is that&#x27;s one of the major tips is go early morning or go late day.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Now, when the park opens, the first thing you should do, if you&#x27;re not doing a fast pass, get to the rides you want to get early, immediately, as soon as you get there. You want to get to whatever location that you can get to. And of course, Disney&#x27;s got a great program where you can actually fast pass everything on your cell phone. You can do it at home. You can do it whatever you need to do. And that makes it a heck of a lot easier to avoid those lines. And here&#x27;s my biggest one. This is the one I kind of like the most is normally when you go on a ride, a thrill ride, or just any event that goes on at these amusement parks. If you go on the single line, which means just you, it&#x27;s so much faster. For example, at the Harry Potter ride, if you&#x27;re on that, it could be two, three hours before you get on the actual 3D ride.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But on a single line, 10 minutes. Now, it&#x27;s certainly not cheap to get into these places, but you have some tips on discounts available. Yes, in order to save money, real simple. During the springtime, you&#x27;re going to see in all convenience stores, you&#x27;re going to see specials to all the amusement parks, all the local ones in your area. And there&#x27;s about 2,000 amusement parks throughout North America. So you&#x27;re going to see these are convenience stores and there&#x27;s special gifts that are going on where they do the special. Besides, also, another way to save money is if like during the holidays, like Thanksgiving and Christmas, when you&#x27;re up in the northeast area or the northern portions, once you&#x27;re do something like that, they give you a discount for the water parks as well as everything else that goes on. So let&#x27;s say you pay $50 to go to a Christmas thing or whatever, and it&#x27;s just a one-day</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> thing. For another $50, they will throw in. And again, this is just examples. It could be higher and lower depending on that. But for the same price that you paid or less, you can get a season pass, which normally would be in the hundreds of dollars to do that. So that&#x27;s special as well. You can go online. Disney is always having great things as well as Universal and the Cedar Fair operations and Busch Gardens where you get airfare, hotel. There are meal plans that are absolutely amazing as long as you don&#x27;t mind going to the places that are listed. You can save a lot of money. And here&#x27;s one way you can save a lot of money. People don&#x27;t know this too much, but any Disney park, and especially mostly all the parks around the country, if you ask for ice water, just ice water, they have to give it to you.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> By law, they have to give it to you. So you could save a lot of money just by going over to a booth, not paying for the soda, not paying for whatever. Just go over, ask for ice water, and they will give it to you every single time. And that&#x27;ll save you a lot of money in the long run. Oh, it certainly will over that $10 Coke. You know, we were talking about King&#x27;s Dominion, and when I was there last, and I&#x27;m not afraid of roller coasters, but I don&#x27;t like blacking out. And the Intimidator, I actually did black out, I guess, because of the G-force. Are you seeing more of that in roller coasters today than in the past? Well, the thing is, you know, when you have rides that go up to 5Gs, an Intimidator is one of the best out there. I mean, there&#x27;s even bigger ones and faster ones, but the bottom line is Intimidator is great. What you need to do is this, number one, and these are the things, as a pilot, I learned</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> this. When you&#x27;re doing high G maneuvers, you need to grunt, groan, or scream. Now, if you&#x27;re not wearing a G-suit like a pilot that keeps the blood up into the upper extremities, you&#x27;re going to experience what we call brownout or tunnel vision. And eventually, you might be able to black out. If you&#x27;re not hydrated enough, water-wise, you can black out. So what I tell people is if you&#x27;re going to ride, ride like Intimidator. You want to make sure, first of all, that you&#x27;re definitely hydrated. But also, scream. Keep the blood up into your upper extremities. Do not close your eyes. Focus on a point, because that&#x27;s what you do when you&#x27;re flying aerobatics. You focus on a point, and at that point, you&#x27;ll have fun. And where else can you actually scream your lungs off and not get arrested?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So it&#x27;s a great way to do it. Well, for most people, that wouldn&#x27;t be a problem, because most are screaming. What&#x27;s your favorite roller coaster? Well, the ones that I&#x27;m riding at the time, basically. Intimidator is one of my favorites. Obviously, Volcano, even though it was a slower roller coaster, it was the first to use that limb launch or magnetic launch system. But right now, I would say that on the cover of my first book, America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters and Amusement Parks, you&#x27;ve got Millennium Force out of Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, a 300-foot, 95-mile-an-hour marvel. While most rides are coming back into the train station, this one&#x27;s only halfway. So that&#x27;s probably one of my favorites. But there&#x27;s so many good ones. I mean, right now, we&#x27;ve got some great ones.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Jersey Devil at Six Flags, Great Adventures coming out with a new ride. The Icebreaker at SeaWorld is going to be an amazing ride. Texas Stingray over at San Antonio. These are all great, fantastic rides that are just coming into being, and they&#x27;re going to give these older rides a run for their money. I know Kingda Ka is super fast in the U.S., but I believe, and I may be wrong here, the fastest at this point is in the United Arab Emirates. Is that Formula Rosa? That&#x27;s correct. Formula Rosa at Ferrari World in the Dubai area, and that goes from zero to 150 miles an hour in about two and a half to three seconds. So if you ever wanted to know what it&#x27;s like to be on an aircraft carrier in an F-18 and get shot off the catapult, believe it or not, this is a morbid experience because, remember,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> you don&#x27;t have a canopy or glass blocking all the wind. So if you wanted an immediate facelift from the 5Gs, so 6Gs on takeoff, this is the way to go. And right now, Kingda Ka still is the tallest roller coaster at 455 feet, but it lost the speed record to that ride, Formula Russo. What is your favorite? We&#x27;ve talked about roller coasters. What&#x27;s your favorite or most thrilling non-roller coaster ride? Well, you know, I love the old-style rides, basically. I would say my favorite non-... Well, again, you&#x27;ve got to put into many considerations here because my non-coaster, I would say, soaring is actually one of my favorites in that basically it is a simulation, but it&#x27;s actually an amazing</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> experience. Obviously, Avatar now, which has another version at Animal Kingdom. These rides are so realistic. And as a pilot, I can tell you, it almost feels like you&#x27;re actually hang gliding on soaring, so that&#x27;s a great one. The Mummy, even though it is a semi-roller coaster over at Universal Studios, again, a lot of that is basically simulation. And one of the first ones to come out that&#x27;s not a roller coaster that I had the most fun with and is probably one of the most popular rides is the old Superman ride over at Universal Studios in Orlando, Florida. So these are great rides. They&#x27;re simulation rides, but at the same time, they are just absolutely amazing and ones I would recommend. Thrill rides seem so American.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> Were they born in the U.S.? Well, the first roller coaster in the United States was in 1884. I was at Coney Island of all places, and it was a great ride. Marcus Thompson, J. Marcus Thompson was the person who did that. It only went about seven miles an hour, basically. So if you had a top hat on, you could probably just keep your top hat on and nothing would have happened. But you have to go way back for the first roller coasters, which were basically more like toboggans. You have to go back to Russia, in which that&#x27;s where the rides actually originated. And they put them on mountain areas, and it was more like tobogganing. But at the same time, it did have a rail. So you&#x27;d have to say that they were the first to actually invent these type of roller coasters</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> that would go on a rail down a mountain, a snowy mountain in these cases. And that&#x27;s pretty much where it would start. But Marcus Thompson would be the person who created it at Coney Island way back. And, again, it was 1884, if I believe. Talking with Pete Trebuco, whose book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides. And I know that you offer, well, reveal some secrets at amusement parks. And I know one that you touch on is the feral cats at Disneyland. Yeah, believe it or not. There are a lot of secrets out there that basically that they have. And one of them, we&#x27;ve all seen the football game over at MetLife Stadium with the Giants, where the cats come out of nowhere onto the field. And, yes, believe it or not, you&#x27;ll find at Disney World and Disneyland that there are just many, many things.</p><p><strong>13:33</strong> In fact, every park will have stray cats, stray dogs, and other animals that basically are living there. Now, are they actually supposed to be there? Of course not. But do the people that work at these staff and the cast members see them? Of course they do. But the bottom line is they try not to have that because, again, sanitary reasons. You really don&#x27;t want cats or animals in the same places as humans without being taken care of and so on down the line. Secret-wise, I don&#x27;t know if you know this, but the Haunted Mansion, believe it or not, there&#x27;s actually living remains of people at the Haunted Mansion. Oh, wow. What happens is a lot of people will actually throw the ashes down of their loved ones</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> when no one is looking at the park. And this has been done for many, many, many years. Now, the secret is basically there are cameras now, and you can no longer do that. And if they do that, believe it or not, they have to close the ride down and hazmat has to be called in in order to clean that up. But in the past, before the cameras were set up, and this is a secret that a lot of people don&#x27;t know, people were doing that. And that means it actually could really be haunted. You never know. Yes, it could. Pete Trebuco, who&#x27;s author of A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides and Amusement Water Parks. Thanks for joining us, Pete. Thank you so much, and you have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Pete Trabucco</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Pete Trabucco, budgeting, books and authors, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/image.jpg?t=1792073740&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-amusement-park-expert-pete-trab/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/image.jpg?t=1792073740&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bd41d4e-fa47-4afb-878d-042b7cfcd137</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jan 2020 20:32:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>904</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14498363" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-amusement-park-expert-pete-trab</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>46</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:31" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancer and Careers: Supporting Colleagues at Work</title>
      <itunes:title>Cancer and Careers: Supporting Colleagues at Work</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rebecca Nellis and Kathy Flora join the Financial Safari News Network to discuss Cancer and Careers research and supporting colleagues who are living with a serious illness. Recorded December 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Something we often talk about on the shows is that because we&#x27;re living longer, we&#x27;re also working longer, and inevitably some of us will develop a serious or chronic illness. A new survey from Cancer and Careers, a national nonprofit that shows many employees have concerns about their ability to support a co-worker with a serious medical condition. Joining us today to discuss the results of the survey and to offer some tips and advice are Rebecca Nellis, Executive Director of Cancer and Careers, and Kathy Flora, Cancer Survivor and Nationally Certified Counselor. Rebecca, I&#x27;m going to start with you. Why is fostering that positive and supportive work environment for folks with a serious illness, why is that so important? Well, I think so many of us spend as much time, or it might feel like that, with our work community as we do in the rest of our lives with our community community.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And so most people are going to face a health crisis, either their own or a loved one at some point. And people are working longer than ever before because they can and they want to. Thank you, science and medicine and technology for such huge advances and improvements to our quality of life. And diagnoses are earlier, and illnesses are managed differently. And so the assumption that workplaces aren&#x27;t going to face this crossroads of illness showing up is wrong now. It is highly likely that a company is going to have an employee who&#x27;s facing something like this. And so we want to make sure it&#x27;s working the best for all sides because a productive workforce is good for the company, but it&#x27;s also good for the individual.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> You don&#x27;t want to lose a talented, skilled staff person when you don&#x27;t have to, and you don&#x27;t want to make assumptions about what they want or don&#x27;t want out of their work life. And so bringing this dialogue to the fore and making sure that companies are thinking about it this way is really important. What was the survey? What was the premise of the survey, and what did you find out? So for the first time this year, Cancer and Careers actually surveyed coworkers of people who&#x27;ve been diagnosed with a serious medical condition. So not just getting the firsthand experience of someone who was diagnosed, but getting a sense of the experience and concerns of the people in the workplace surrounding that person. So all of these coworkers that were surveyed had worked with someone who was diagnosed with a serious medical condition,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and we learned some really interesting things. Eighty-eight percent of them had concerns about their ability to support their coworker, and those concerns were things like how much emotional support do I provide, if any? How should I respect privacy preferences? How do I manage those conversations? What kind of work-related support can I offer or should I offer? So really practical, tangible things about being someone&#x27;s coworker. We also learned some interesting things about those coworkers&#x27; thoughts on their management and how prepared they were to deal with an issue like this in the workplace. And what we learned from that was that 59 percent were not confident in their company&#x27;s leadership in terms of knowing how to support an employee with a serious medical condition.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And in fact, nearly one in five felt less loyal to their company after they witnessed how their coworker was treated. And managed. So there&#x27;s some really interesting opportunity here for us to have a conversation about what support looks like and what that means not just to the individual but to the constellation around them in the workplace. That is so important. It&#x27;s interesting, too. And, Kathy, what are some ways that we can do that? How can we show support? How can we deal with someone that was diagnosed with cancer? I mean, I had a situation like that where a woman came to work after she was gone for a couple of weeks and she had a hat on and I kind of knew, but I didn&#x27;t know what to say. You know, and I have a lot of empathy for that.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Coworkers kind of struggle, don&#x27;t they, between wanting to be supportive and not wanting to be intrusive. So you&#x27;ve got this dynamic going on. And, you know, for the person diagnosed with cancer, and I can speak from personal experience and also from the experience of the people that I work with through cancer and careers, work is a place where they can feel normal. So you don&#x27;t want to overemphasize the cancer diagnosis with them. But at the same time, you need support from your coworkers and you need support from your employer, an employer who offers flexibility and accommodations during a treatment like mine did that allowed me to go to treatment in the morning and then come into work in the afternoon or allowed me to take my meetings via conference call or webinar rather than having to go in</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> and be around 10 or 12 people who might be coughing and have the flu. That allowed me to juggle my work life. But if you&#x27;re a coworker who sees somebody like the woman who walked in the door, one of the things that you can do to break the ice is just to ask. Say, I see that something&#x27;s different. I see that you&#x27;ve been out for a while. Do you mind me asking? What are you facing? Is there some way I can be helpful? If that individual wants to disclose their diagnosis to you, they will. They&#x27;ll tell you what the boundaries are. And then respect those boundaries and respect that privacy. Don&#x27;t assume that person is their diagnosis. Assume that they&#x27;re going to be able to manage as best they can. And if there&#x27;s a need for some assistance, offer it.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> If there&#x27;s something that you know that they do that you could pick up for them, offer to do so while at the same time respecting who they are and that they may want to try to do a lot of this by themselves. So ultimately, communication is the key, and education is also a key. Employer to supervisor to employees. So everybody knows what the way to the land is. Kathy, that&#x27;s great advice. So, Rebecca, where can we find out more information about the survey and about maybe what to do and what not to do? I would start with the Cancer and Careers website, which is cancerandcareers.org. From there, a whole universe of content and programs and events are available for people, whether it&#x27;s themselves, a co-worker, you&#x27;re a manager, you&#x27;re HR.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> I would start with the website. Many thanks to Rebecca Nellis, Executive Director of Cancer and Careers, and Kathy Flora, Cancer Survivor and Nationally Certified Career Counselor. Again, to learn more about that survey, you can visit cancerandcareers.org.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rebecca Nellis and Kathy Flora join the Financial Safari News Network to discuss Cancer and Careers research and supporting colleagues who are living with a serious illness. Recorded December 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Something we often talk about on the shows is that because we&#x27;re living longer, we&#x27;re also working longer, and inevitably some of us will develop a serious or chronic illness. A new survey from Cancer and Careers, a national nonprofit that shows many employees have concerns about their ability to support a co-worker with a serious medical condition. Joining us today to discuss the results of the survey and to offer some tips and advice are Rebecca Nellis, Executive Director of Cancer and Careers, and Kathy Flora, Cancer Survivor and Nationally Certified Counselor. Rebecca, I&#x27;m going to start with you. Why is fostering that positive and supportive work environment for folks with a serious illness, why is that so important? Well, I think so many of us spend as much time, or it might feel like that, with our work community as we do in the rest of our lives with our community community.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And so most people are going to face a health crisis, either their own or a loved one at some point. And people are working longer than ever before because they can and they want to. Thank you, science and medicine and technology for such huge advances and improvements to our quality of life. And diagnoses are earlier, and illnesses are managed differently. And so the assumption that workplaces aren&#x27;t going to face this crossroads of illness showing up is wrong now. It is highly likely that a company is going to have an employee who&#x27;s facing something like this. And so we want to make sure it&#x27;s working the best for all sides because a productive workforce is good for the company, but it&#x27;s also good for the individual.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> You don&#x27;t want to lose a talented, skilled staff person when you don&#x27;t have to, and you don&#x27;t want to make assumptions about what they want or don&#x27;t want out of their work life. And so bringing this dialogue to the fore and making sure that companies are thinking about it this way is really important. What was the survey? What was the premise of the survey, and what did you find out? So for the first time this year, Cancer and Careers actually surveyed coworkers of people who&#x27;ve been diagnosed with a serious medical condition. So not just getting the firsthand experience of someone who was diagnosed, but getting a sense of the experience and concerns of the people in the workplace surrounding that person. So all of these coworkers that were surveyed had worked with someone who was diagnosed with a serious medical condition,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and we learned some really interesting things. Eighty-eight percent of them had concerns about their ability to support their coworker, and those concerns were things like how much emotional support do I provide, if any? How should I respect privacy preferences? How do I manage those conversations? What kind of work-related support can I offer or should I offer? So really practical, tangible things about being someone&#x27;s coworker. We also learned some interesting things about those coworkers&#x27; thoughts on their management and how prepared they were to deal with an issue like this in the workplace. And what we learned from that was that 59 percent were not confident in their company&#x27;s leadership in terms of knowing how to support an employee with a serious medical condition.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And in fact, nearly one in five felt less loyal to their company after they witnessed how their coworker was treated. And managed. So there&#x27;s some really interesting opportunity here for us to have a conversation about what support looks like and what that means not just to the individual but to the constellation around them in the workplace. That is so important. It&#x27;s interesting, too. And, Kathy, what are some ways that we can do that? How can we show support? How can we deal with someone that was diagnosed with cancer? I mean, I had a situation like that where a woman came to work after she was gone for a couple of weeks and she had a hat on and I kind of knew, but I didn&#x27;t know what to say. You know, and I have a lot of empathy for that.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Coworkers kind of struggle, don&#x27;t they, between wanting to be supportive and not wanting to be intrusive. So you&#x27;ve got this dynamic going on. And, you know, for the person diagnosed with cancer, and I can speak from personal experience and also from the experience of the people that I work with through cancer and careers, work is a place where they can feel normal. So you don&#x27;t want to overemphasize the cancer diagnosis with them. But at the same time, you need support from your coworkers and you need support from your employer, an employer who offers flexibility and accommodations during a treatment like mine did that allowed me to go to treatment in the morning and then come into work in the afternoon or allowed me to take my meetings via conference call or webinar rather than having to go in</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> and be around 10 or 12 people who might be coughing and have the flu. That allowed me to juggle my work life. But if you&#x27;re a coworker who sees somebody like the woman who walked in the door, one of the things that you can do to break the ice is just to ask. Say, I see that something&#x27;s different. I see that you&#x27;ve been out for a while. Do you mind me asking? What are you facing? Is there some way I can be helpful? If that individual wants to disclose their diagnosis to you, they will. They&#x27;ll tell you what the boundaries are. And then respect those boundaries and respect that privacy. Don&#x27;t assume that person is their diagnosis. Assume that they&#x27;re going to be able to manage as best they can. And if there&#x27;s a need for some assistance, offer it.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> If there&#x27;s something that you know that they do that you could pick up for them, offer to do so while at the same time respecting who they are and that they may want to try to do a lot of this by themselves. So ultimately, communication is the key, and education is also a key. Employer to supervisor to employees. So everybody knows what the way to the land is. Kathy, that&#x27;s great advice. So, Rebecca, where can we find out more information about the survey and about maybe what to do and what not to do? I would start with the Cancer and Careers website, which is cancerandcareers.org. From there, a whole universe of content and programs and events are available for people, whether it&#x27;s themselves, a co-worker, you&#x27;re a manager, you&#x27;re HR.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> I would start with the website. Many thanks to Rebecca Nellis, Executive Director of Cancer and Careers, and Kathy Flora, Cancer Survivor and Nationally Certified Career Counselor. Again, to learn more about that survey, you can visit cancerandcareers.org.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rebecca Nellis and Kathy Flora join the Financial Safari News Network to discuss Cancer and Careers research and supporting colleagues who are living with a serious illness. Recorded December 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Cancer and Careers</category>
      <category>Cancer</category>
      <category>Careers</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Cancer and Careers, Cancer, Careers</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa/image.jpg?t=1792071965&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cancer-and-careers-supporting-colleagues-at-work/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa/image.jpg?t=1792071965&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>390</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbfac198-be47-4deb-837b-b4e3000af1aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="6276065" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cancer-and-careers-supporting-colleagues-at-work</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>47</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Supporting Colleagues at Work" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Scranton: Preparing an Income Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>David Scranton: Preparing an Income Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I would love to talk to authors because not only do I get to talk to them, but I usually get a book and the books are great. And this week&#x27;s no exception. We&#x27;re going to go down to Florida today. We&#x27;re going to talk to Mr. David Scranton, and he&#x27;s the author of the book, The Retirement Income Story, the story behind the launch of the Retirement Income Store. David, welcome in. Thanks for having me back, Pete. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been, what has it been? Like two or three years, I think, since we had you on West. It&#x27;s way too long. It&#x27;s been a little while. I have been feeling the love from the coach. I&#x27;m glad to be back. Well, you know, we stopped interviewing people for a while. I don&#x27;t know why. We started doing video interviews locally. And then I think we had a meeting the other day and I said, we need to start having our authors back on. I had Dr. Wade Fowl on, a really good author there,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> who&#x27;s a professor at the American College. So you&#x27;re following him up. And I think this was the reason why, because you have a lot of the points that are similar to him. And one of the main points he had, and I think you have it as well in your book, is retirement is not about lump sum. It&#x27;s about income, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And you see that when people have the ability to cash out their traditional pension plans. That is, if any of your listeners are still fortunate to have the old type of traditional pension plans available to them, and they&#x27;re available to get a lump sum or they&#x27;re available to get a guaranteed lifetime income. A lot of people take the guaranteed lifetime income. And once they do that, they can never change it again. And the reason they often do that is because they know when they take the lump sum that they typically can&#x27;t get quite as much</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> income. So they&#x27;re willing to sacrifice the entire lump sum, essentially get an annuity payment with a zero lump sum value because the income is that much higher. So I think intuitively people know it&#x27;s really all about the income that the money can generate, not about the lump sum. The problem is it kind of flies in the face of what a lot of us have been taught in the 80s and 90s. And frankly, what a lot of advisors still preach, believe it or not. Yeah, but building, and I talk to retirees every day and they say, coach, what am I going to do with this lump sum of the 401k? I don&#x27;t know what kind of income I&#x27;m going to take. And if I start taking money out of it, I don&#x27;t have a real plan. I could run out of money. We don&#x27;t want that to happen. That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there used to be this rule called a 4% rule, where if you use the withdrawal method and you withdrew 4% of your account balance per year,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> based upon historical returns, there was a pretty high probability that you would not run out of money. Well, with the stock market having struggled in the early 2000s for a while, and with interest rates being suppressed, recent studies have shown that that number is closer to 2.7%. So that means, Pete, that if your listener does a great job and is diligent and saves a million dollars over the course of his or her lifetime, he can only, if he&#x27;s using the withdrawal method, get $27,000 a year from that million dollar lump sum and have a high likelihood of not running out of money. But how high? 90%. So that means there&#x27;s still a 10% chance that even taking that meager rate of withdrawal, that they could still run out of money. So imagine you and I are on an airplane</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> together, and the pilot comes on and says, hey, we shouldn&#x27;t have any turbulence today. It should be a smooth flight. And by the way, there&#x27;s only a 10% chance that we run out of fuel before we get to our destination. So buckle up and have a pleasant flight. You and I are going to be pushing each other out of the way like Archie Bunker and Meathead trying to get out the door before this guy takes off, right? I picture myself being that flight attendant guy that pulled the slide and went out with a six pack. I remember that. That&#x27;s right. And I&#x27;d be right behind you. So that&#x27;s the problem today is that a lot of people are still programmed to take a withdrawal. And yeah, 90% is a pretty good percentage, but not if the 10% failure rate means running out of money and all your life savings, but</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> still being retired. So I&#x27;m a big advocate of the income method, because when you invest for the income method, instead of crossing your fingers and toes, hoping to get growth or capital appreciation, you can get even in today&#x27;s lower interest rate environment over 4% net of fees. So that&#x27;s 50% more income, but not only is it 50% more income, but also now you&#x27;re leaving your principal intact. You&#x27;re not spending it down. So why is that important? Well, because some of your listeners may say, you know, I, I like to leave a legacy for my children and grandchildren. Others might find that over time, inflation is starting to put a stranglehold on their fixed income. And as they get in their 80s, they may want to start spending down principal to give themselves a little inflation hedge. We can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> spend down principal unless you&#x27;ve preserved it prior to that. And lastly, healthcare, you know, everybody knows long-term care insurance is really expensive. It&#x27;s a great thing to have, but you have to buy it young or you can&#x27;t afford it. And what good is your lump sum of money if you can&#x27;t ultimately use it to stay in the comfort of your home? Yeah. And conversely, if you spent down your principal using the withdrawal method and you take sick, you may be forced by the state in which you live into a convalescent facility. Keeping that principal intact means now you can spend it down to stay home as long as the money allows. Again, the name of the book, The Retirement Income Story, and his name was David Scranton. Now, David, I assume this is all over Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and anywhere books are sold. It is, and apparently it&#x27;s selling well. We just got a call at the end</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> of last week saying that Amazon was actually out of books. So we had to rattle the cage of the publisher. I guess that&#x27;s a good problem to have. That&#x27;s always a good problem to have. And my dad always said there&#x27;s no such thing as a good problem, Peter, but there is in this case. Folks, again, David Scranton, and Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me back. Well, folks, that was a great interview with David Scranton, and the book really is a really good book. And unfortunately, when we talk to folks on the air, on authors on the air, we can never cover the whole book, but he is similar to what we do. And I&#x27;ve written eight books. So let me make this promise to you guys that are listening. If you listen to the interview, like the interview, my ideas are exactly like David&#x27;s as far as retirement income planning, having that retirement TSA, total secure accounts for retirement. They give you that lifetime income. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, I&#x27;ll give you three of the books that I&#x27;ve written. And I think you&#x27;ll find them very valuable.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> I&#x27;ll also give you a box set on the 401k. We call it the 401k survival box set and a cliff note version of planning for your estate. It&#x27;s called the little green book of life. And everybody loves this. It&#x27;s a hundred pages and it&#x27;s interactive showing you how to plan what will happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. So your next of kin isn&#x27;t guessing. And that&#x27;s the most important part, not guessing. So taking the guesswork out of retirement planning and taking the guesswork out of what happens next, not only in life, but afterlife. If you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, all you have to do is call right now. Thomas will give you that number. Absolutely. Folks, that number to call 888-623-8858. We are in studio right now. Just leave your name, number. We will give you a call back just as soon as we&#x27;re able. And when you do call in, if you are one of</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> the first 10 callers, you will receive a comprehensive retirement review showing you where you are now, but much more important than that, it&#x27;s going to show you that roadmap to get you where you need to be. That number again, 888-623-8858. That&#x27;s 888-623-8858. And for all our introverts like myself out there, you don&#x27;t have to pick up the phone. All you need to do is text the word plan, P-L-A-N to 21,000. That&#x27;s plan to 21,000. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I would love to talk to authors because not only do I get to talk to them, but I usually get a book and the books are great. And this week&#x27;s no exception. We&#x27;re going to go down to Florida today. We&#x27;re going to talk to Mr. David Scranton, and he&#x27;s the author of the book, The Retirement Income Story, the story behind the launch of the Retirement Income Store. David, welcome in. Thanks for having me back, Pete. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been, what has it been? Like two or three years, I think, since we had you on West. It&#x27;s way too long. It&#x27;s been a little while. I have been feeling the love from the coach. I&#x27;m glad to be back. Well, you know, we stopped interviewing people for a while. I don&#x27;t know why. We started doing video interviews locally. And then I think we had a meeting the other day and I said, we need to start having our authors back on. I had Dr. Wade Fowl on, a really good author there,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> who&#x27;s a professor at the American College. So you&#x27;re following him up. And I think this was the reason why, because you have a lot of the points that are similar to him. And one of the main points he had, and I think you have it as well in your book, is retirement is not about lump sum. It&#x27;s about income, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And you see that when people have the ability to cash out their traditional pension plans. That is, if any of your listeners are still fortunate to have the old type of traditional pension plans available to them, and they&#x27;re available to get a lump sum or they&#x27;re available to get a guaranteed lifetime income. A lot of people take the guaranteed lifetime income. And once they do that, they can never change it again. And the reason they often do that is because they know when they take the lump sum that they typically can&#x27;t get quite as much</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> income. So they&#x27;re willing to sacrifice the entire lump sum, essentially get an annuity payment with a zero lump sum value because the income is that much higher. So I think intuitively people know it&#x27;s really all about the income that the money can generate, not about the lump sum. The problem is it kind of flies in the face of what a lot of us have been taught in the 80s and 90s. And frankly, what a lot of advisors still preach, believe it or not. Yeah, but building, and I talk to retirees every day and they say, coach, what am I going to do with this lump sum of the 401k? I don&#x27;t know what kind of income I&#x27;m going to take. And if I start taking money out of it, I don&#x27;t have a real plan. I could run out of money. We don&#x27;t want that to happen. That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there used to be this rule called a 4% rule, where if you use the withdrawal method and you withdrew 4% of your account balance per year,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> based upon historical returns, there was a pretty high probability that you would not run out of money. Well, with the stock market having struggled in the early 2000s for a while, and with interest rates being suppressed, recent studies have shown that that number is closer to 2.7%. So that means, Pete, that if your listener does a great job and is diligent and saves a million dollars over the course of his or her lifetime, he can only, if he&#x27;s using the withdrawal method, get $27,000 a year from that million dollar lump sum and have a high likelihood of not running out of money. But how high? 90%. So that means there&#x27;s still a 10% chance that even taking that meager rate of withdrawal, that they could still run out of money. So imagine you and I are on an airplane</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> together, and the pilot comes on and says, hey, we shouldn&#x27;t have any turbulence today. It should be a smooth flight. And by the way, there&#x27;s only a 10% chance that we run out of fuel before we get to our destination. So buckle up and have a pleasant flight. You and I are going to be pushing each other out of the way like Archie Bunker and Meathead trying to get out the door before this guy takes off, right? I picture myself being that flight attendant guy that pulled the slide and went out with a six pack. I remember that. That&#x27;s right. And I&#x27;d be right behind you. So that&#x27;s the problem today is that a lot of people are still programmed to take a withdrawal. And yeah, 90% is a pretty good percentage, but not if the 10% failure rate means running out of money and all your life savings, but</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> still being retired. So I&#x27;m a big advocate of the income method, because when you invest for the income method, instead of crossing your fingers and toes, hoping to get growth or capital appreciation, you can get even in today&#x27;s lower interest rate environment over 4% net of fees. So that&#x27;s 50% more income, but not only is it 50% more income, but also now you&#x27;re leaving your principal intact. You&#x27;re not spending it down. So why is that important? Well, because some of your listeners may say, you know, I, I like to leave a legacy for my children and grandchildren. Others might find that over time, inflation is starting to put a stranglehold on their fixed income. And as they get in their 80s, they may want to start spending down principal to give themselves a little inflation hedge. We can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> spend down principal unless you&#x27;ve preserved it prior to that. And lastly, healthcare, you know, everybody knows long-term care insurance is really expensive. It&#x27;s a great thing to have, but you have to buy it young or you can&#x27;t afford it. And what good is your lump sum of money if you can&#x27;t ultimately use it to stay in the comfort of your home? Yeah. And conversely, if you spent down your principal using the withdrawal method and you take sick, you may be forced by the state in which you live into a convalescent facility. Keeping that principal intact means now you can spend it down to stay home as long as the money allows. Again, the name of the book, The Retirement Income Story, and his name was David Scranton. Now, David, I assume this is all over Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and anywhere books are sold. It is, and apparently it&#x27;s selling well. We just got a call at the end</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> of last week saying that Amazon was actually out of books. So we had to rattle the cage of the publisher. I guess that&#x27;s a good problem to have. That&#x27;s always a good problem to have. And my dad always said there&#x27;s no such thing as a good problem, Peter, but there is in this case. Folks, again, David Scranton, and Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me back. Well, folks, that was a great interview with David Scranton, and the book really is a really good book. And unfortunately, when we talk to folks on the air, on authors on the air, we can never cover the whole book, but he is similar to what we do. And I&#x27;ve written eight books. So let me make this promise to you guys that are listening. If you listen to the interview, like the interview, my ideas are exactly like David&#x27;s as far as retirement income planning, having that retirement TSA, total secure accounts for retirement. They give you that lifetime income. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, I&#x27;ll give you three of the books that I&#x27;ve written. And I think you&#x27;ll find them very valuable.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> I&#x27;ll also give you a box set on the 401k. We call it the 401k survival box set and a cliff note version of planning for your estate. It&#x27;s called the little green book of life. And everybody loves this. It&#x27;s a hundred pages and it&#x27;s interactive showing you how to plan what will happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. So your next of kin isn&#x27;t guessing. And that&#x27;s the most important part, not guessing. So taking the guesswork out of retirement planning and taking the guesswork out of what happens next, not only in life, but afterlife. If you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, all you have to do is call right now. Thomas will give you that number. Absolutely. Folks, that number to call 888-623-8858. We are in studio right now. Just leave your name, number. We will give you a call back just as soon as we&#x27;re able. And when you do call in, if you are one of</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> the first 10 callers, you will receive a comprehensive retirement review showing you where you are now, but much more important than that, it&#x27;s going to show you that roadmap to get you where you need to be. That number again, 888-623-8858. That&#x27;s 888-623-8858. And for all our introverts like myself out there, you don&#x27;t have to pick up the phone. All you need to do is text the word plan, P-L-A-N to 21,000. That&#x27;s plan to 21,000. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Scranton</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Scranton, retirement income, retirement planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/image.jpg?t=1792071969&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-preparing-an-income-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/image.jpg?t=1792071969&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>454</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="7299595" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-preparing-an-income-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>48</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing an Income Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:34" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Dating, Companionship, and Caregiving Later in Life</title>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Dating, Companionship, and Caregiving Later in Life</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses dating and companionship later in life in this produced Financial Safari feature. The conversation explores confidence, social connection, senior living, and her book Cruising Through Caregiving. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> When you think of people using dating apps like Match.com, you often think of somebody in their 20s or 30s getting out there to find the love of their life. Turns out one of the largest groups using dating apps today are over 50, many in their 60s. I can hear millennials everywhere going, Ooh, that&#x27;s gross. Well, guess what? Grandpa and grandma are sexual beings too. In fact, the divorce rate for those over 50 has nearly doubled in the past 10 years, and that means there are plenty of seniors looking for love. Enter Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s been empowering patients and their caregivers for more than 20 years with her business, Generations Healthcare. And in her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One, is considered mandatory reading for anyone caring for an aging loved one.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I caught up with Jennifer recently and asked her about dating over 60. She says not only are they dating, they&#x27;re very tech savvy when it comes to using the apps. Yeah, there&#x27;s a lot of people in that age group that are online looking for love, looking for dates, A lot of people that are younger just assume that, well, if you&#x27;re older, you just aren&#x27;t interested in that anymore, and that&#x27;s far from true. She says it&#x27;s not just senior dating apps, but they&#x27;re using the same ones as everyone else. Anybody is welcome on those apps. There&#x27;s a lot of general apps. And you just put in, you know, your information, what you&#x27;re looking for. But, yeah, I think we don&#x27;t need to make it so there&#x27;s, you know, we segment these older adults more and more than ever before. People are dating outside their age group.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> For a long time, it was really accepted that older men could date younger women. In fact, I just heard that Dennis Quaid got engaged. He&#x27;s 65, got engaged to a 26-year-old. But we also do have women who are dating younger. And so I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s necessarily that older adults need to be on older person dating apps. Jennifer says it all comes down to confidence. The dating, I think, comes a lot easier, whether you&#x27;re meeting somebody at a party or you&#x27;re meeting somebody at work or you&#x27;re meeting somebody at a bar versus you&#x27;re meeting someone online. It all comes back to the confidence. Do you feel like you have something to offer? And I think a lot of times, especially for women in our society, as we age, I think a lot of women feel like, well, I&#x27;m not maybe as beautiful as I was when I was 25.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> I&#x27;m 60 now. You are, you know, all of us have ways that we can make ourselves feel good. We can make ourselves as attractive as possible. But it really comes down to what are you looking for? And do you have the confidence to put yourself out there in order to meet somebody? She offers this when meeting someone new. What I would recommend to older persons looking for love is unless you think you&#x27;re going to wind up on forensic files, if somebody asks you out for coffee, you know, go. You know, you never know what&#x27;s going to happen. And it&#x27;s, you know, meet in a public place if you don&#x27;t know the person, if you&#x27;re meeting on an app, even if it&#x27;s not a love connection. There&#x27;s so much data right now that supports that the more socially connected we are, the more mentally healthy we are, the more physically healthy we are.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And actually, there&#x27;s some studies that actually say that we are less at risk for dementia. Jennifer says that it&#x27;s not just about dating, especially when it comes to senior living communities. My book, Cruising Through Caregiving, I talk a lot about relationships in senior living. And one of the things we see so often is people fall in love in senior living, in nursing homes and in assisted living communities. And a lot of adult kids really struggle with that, even if their parent is widowed or divorced. They just can&#x27;t imagine their parent or their grandparent being a sexual being. In her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Jennifer points out that it&#x27;s not always about sex, but often just a human connection. You know, it&#x27;s not always like this full-blown serious relationship.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> It might be that they enjoy going to a movie together or having lunch. Now, there certainly are a lot of people that are engaging in sex in senior living and in their older adult years. But sometimes it&#x27;s really just about companionship. In addition to her book, Jennifer Fitzpatrick founded Generations Healthcare, a full-service healthcare education organization. Her mission, she says, is to help healthcare organizations and professionals grow while empowering patients and their caregivers. Jennifer says her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, can be a big help for anyone caring for an older loved one. If you have a loved one who is starting to need care, maybe they don&#x27;t need assisted living, maybe you don&#x27;t need to move in with them or they don&#x27;t need you that much, start reading it because it&#x27;ll help you to figure out a way to help that person with care while still having a life of your own.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> So you remain healthy. Great advice. Many thanks to Jennifer Fitzpatrick for her time today and her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One, is available everywhere. And you can get a free chapter by visiting cruisingthroughcaregiving.com. To learn more about Jennifer, visit generationshealth.com. That&#x27;s generations with a J, health.com. Many thanks again to Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses dating and companionship later in life in this produced Financial Safari feature. The conversation explores confidence, social connection, senior living, and her book Cruising Through Caregiving. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> When you think of people using dating apps like Match.com, you often think of somebody in their 20s or 30s getting out there to find the love of their life. Turns out one of the largest groups using dating apps today are over 50, many in their 60s. I can hear millennials everywhere going, Ooh, that&#x27;s gross. Well, guess what? Grandpa and grandma are sexual beings too. In fact, the divorce rate for those over 50 has nearly doubled in the past 10 years, and that means there are plenty of seniors looking for love. Enter Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s been empowering patients and their caregivers for more than 20 years with her business, Generations Healthcare. And in her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One, is considered mandatory reading for anyone caring for an aging loved one.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I caught up with Jennifer recently and asked her about dating over 60. She says not only are they dating, they&#x27;re very tech savvy when it comes to using the apps. Yeah, there&#x27;s a lot of people in that age group that are online looking for love, looking for dates, A lot of people that are younger just assume that, well, if you&#x27;re older, you just aren&#x27;t interested in that anymore, and that&#x27;s far from true. She says it&#x27;s not just senior dating apps, but they&#x27;re using the same ones as everyone else. Anybody is welcome on those apps. There&#x27;s a lot of general apps. And you just put in, you know, your information, what you&#x27;re looking for. But, yeah, I think we don&#x27;t need to make it so there&#x27;s, you know, we segment these older adults more and more than ever before. People are dating outside their age group.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> For a long time, it was really accepted that older men could date younger women. In fact, I just heard that Dennis Quaid got engaged. He&#x27;s 65, got engaged to a 26-year-old. But we also do have women who are dating younger. And so I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s necessarily that older adults need to be on older person dating apps. Jennifer says it all comes down to confidence. The dating, I think, comes a lot easier, whether you&#x27;re meeting somebody at a party or you&#x27;re meeting somebody at work or you&#x27;re meeting somebody at a bar versus you&#x27;re meeting someone online. It all comes back to the confidence. Do you feel like you have something to offer? And I think a lot of times, especially for women in our society, as we age, I think a lot of women feel like, well, I&#x27;m not maybe as beautiful as I was when I was 25.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> I&#x27;m 60 now. You are, you know, all of us have ways that we can make ourselves feel good. We can make ourselves as attractive as possible. But it really comes down to what are you looking for? And do you have the confidence to put yourself out there in order to meet somebody? She offers this when meeting someone new. What I would recommend to older persons looking for love is unless you think you&#x27;re going to wind up on forensic files, if somebody asks you out for coffee, you know, go. You know, you never know what&#x27;s going to happen. And it&#x27;s, you know, meet in a public place if you don&#x27;t know the person, if you&#x27;re meeting on an app, even if it&#x27;s not a love connection. There&#x27;s so much data right now that supports that the more socially connected we are, the more mentally healthy we are, the more physically healthy we are.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And actually, there&#x27;s some studies that actually say that we are less at risk for dementia. Jennifer says that it&#x27;s not just about dating, especially when it comes to senior living communities. My book, Cruising Through Caregiving, I talk a lot about relationships in senior living. And one of the things we see so often is people fall in love in senior living, in nursing homes and in assisted living communities. And a lot of adult kids really struggle with that, even if their parent is widowed or divorced. They just can&#x27;t imagine their parent or their grandparent being a sexual being. In her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Jennifer points out that it&#x27;s not always about sex, but often just a human connection. You know, it&#x27;s not always like this full-blown serious relationship.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> It might be that they enjoy going to a movie together or having lunch. Now, there certainly are a lot of people that are engaging in sex in senior living and in their older adult years. But sometimes it&#x27;s really just about companionship. In addition to her book, Jennifer Fitzpatrick founded Generations Healthcare, a full-service healthcare education organization. Her mission, she says, is to help healthcare organizations and professionals grow while empowering patients and their caregivers. Jennifer says her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, can be a big help for anyone caring for an older loved one. If you have a loved one who is starting to need care, maybe they don&#x27;t need assisted living, maybe you don&#x27;t need to move in with them or they don&#x27;t need you that much, start reading it because it&#x27;ll help you to figure out a way to help that person with care while still having a life of your own.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> So you remain healthy. Great advice. Many thanks to Jennifer Fitzpatrick for her time today and her book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One, is available everywhere. And you can get a free chapter by visiting cruisingthroughcaregiving.com. To learn more about Jennifer, visit generationshealth.com. That&#x27;s generations with a J, health.com. Many thanks again to Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses dating and companionship later in life in this produced Financial Safari feature. The conversation explores confidence, social connection, senior living, and her book Cruising Through Caregiving. Recorded October 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jennifer FitzPatrick</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jennifer FitzPatrick, caregiving, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0/image.jpg?t=1792071215&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-dating-companionship-and-caregiving-later-in-life/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0/image.jpg?t=1792071215&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>314</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69915081-0daf-4878-b4cf-b4e3002f20d0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="5060264" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-dating-companionship-and-caregiving-later-in-life</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>49</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jennifer FitzPatrick" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Keady: Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Keady: Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA&#x27;s Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Whether it&#x27;s market volatility or uncertainty about the future, a new survey finds that only 27 percent of people are very confident about a financially stable retirement. Dan Cady is chief financial planning strategist for TIAA. I had a chance to talk with Dan about the survey and what it really means for those in or near retirement. He says that retirement today is vastly different than it was even just a few years ago. People have really began to refocus on the concept of distribution, which at one time was mainly taken care of by our corporate pension plans, right? The check for life. And now people have to set up their own plan. Katie says retirement today is all about the income and maintaining lifestyle. That&#x27;s the big thing that we see as a change over time is people really are thinking about income.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One of the things we saw about the survey, the TIAA 2019 survey that I thought was really interesting is that our third most cited boost to financial confidence was guaranteed income. Now the winner was savings, which makes sense, right? We all know you have to save, save regularly, pay off debts, which was the runner up number two. But the third one was high. And interestingly, that&#x27;s expecting guaranteed income from a traditional pension plan. Now that could have even been higher, except most people don&#x27;t have a pension plan anymore to expect from. Without pensions as a mainstay to retirement anymore, Katie says we need to create our own form of pension, something that may be easier said than done. The challenge being that the DB pension plan was simple</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> because you didn&#x27;t really have to take action. And because it is kind of complex to go out there and say, I&#x27;m going to create my own self-pension and you could do it and I&#x27;ll give you a couple of resources. But in fact, the House of Representatives passed the bipartisan SECURE Act, which is now encouraging 401ks and other workplace plans to offer, you know, an annuity option, an option where you could take some of the money and convert it into a stream of income that you could never outlive. Why? Because, you know, the government&#x27;s concerned about people outliving their savings. The SECURE Act has not yet passed and is currently held up in the U.S. Senate. There are many layers of the SECURE Act. The 401k annuity is just one piece of a much larger bill. Many speculate that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> the SECURE Act will be attached to an omnibus budget bill and the president will certainly sign it. Financial education is an area of the TIAA survey that Katie says surprised nearly everyone. 35 percent of the respondents said that mutual funds offer lifetime guaranteed income that could never run out. And of course, we know that that&#x27;s not true. But 35 percent, so that&#x27;s over a third, are thinking that their retirement plan, if they&#x27;re in mutual funds, can never run out. And then 20 percent of the very popular target date funds, the people who had target date funds, think it offers, again, lifetime income, which, of course, it doesn&#x27;t. Katie says getting people to understand that they may live a lot longer than they think and then plan accordingly. So how do we do that?</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Get people to pick auto increase on their workplace plan. So say it goes up one percent a year, the savings ratio, much easier to get people to do that. The other part we found that really could help people is find out what those offerings are from your 401k. Does it offer a lifetime income option? At least find out if it does. And then finally, I think it can really help people if they sit back and think through longevity and say, wait a second, I could be alive a very long time. And therefore, you know, how am I going to offset that risk? Katie adds it&#x27;s important to have that conversation sooner than later. Thanks again to Dan Katie, Chief Financial Planning Strategist for TIAA. To learn more and see the results of that survey, visit TIAA.org. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA&#x27;s Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Whether it&#x27;s market volatility or uncertainty about the future, a new survey finds that only 27 percent of people are very confident about a financially stable retirement. Dan Cady is chief financial planning strategist for TIAA. I had a chance to talk with Dan about the survey and what it really means for those in or near retirement. He says that retirement today is vastly different than it was even just a few years ago. People have really began to refocus on the concept of distribution, which at one time was mainly taken care of by our corporate pension plans, right? The check for life. And now people have to set up their own plan. Katie says retirement today is all about the income and maintaining lifestyle. That&#x27;s the big thing that we see as a change over time is people really are thinking about income.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One of the things we saw about the survey, the TIAA 2019 survey that I thought was really interesting is that our third most cited boost to financial confidence was guaranteed income. Now the winner was savings, which makes sense, right? We all know you have to save, save regularly, pay off debts, which was the runner up number two. But the third one was high. And interestingly, that&#x27;s expecting guaranteed income from a traditional pension plan. Now that could have even been higher, except most people don&#x27;t have a pension plan anymore to expect from. Without pensions as a mainstay to retirement anymore, Katie says we need to create our own form of pension, something that may be easier said than done. The challenge being that the DB pension plan was simple</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> because you didn&#x27;t really have to take action. And because it is kind of complex to go out there and say, I&#x27;m going to create my own self-pension and you could do it and I&#x27;ll give you a couple of resources. But in fact, the House of Representatives passed the bipartisan SECURE Act, which is now encouraging 401ks and other workplace plans to offer, you know, an annuity option, an option where you could take some of the money and convert it into a stream of income that you could never outlive. Why? Because, you know, the government&#x27;s concerned about people outliving their savings. The SECURE Act has not yet passed and is currently held up in the U.S. Senate. There are many layers of the SECURE Act. The 401k annuity is just one piece of a much larger bill. Many speculate that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> the SECURE Act will be attached to an omnibus budget bill and the president will certainly sign it. Financial education is an area of the TIAA survey that Katie says surprised nearly everyone. 35 percent of the respondents said that mutual funds offer lifetime guaranteed income that could never run out. And of course, we know that that&#x27;s not true. But 35 percent, so that&#x27;s over a third, are thinking that their retirement plan, if they&#x27;re in mutual funds, can never run out. And then 20 percent of the very popular target date funds, the people who had target date funds, think it offers, again, lifetime income, which, of course, it doesn&#x27;t. Katie says getting people to understand that they may live a lot longer than they think and then plan accordingly. So how do we do that?</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Get people to pick auto increase on their workplace plan. So say it goes up one percent a year, the savings ratio, much easier to get people to do that. The other part we found that really could help people is find out what those offerings are from your 401k. Does it offer a lifetime income option? At least find out if it does. And then finally, I think it can really help people if they sit back and think through longevity and say, wait a second, I could be alive a very long time. And therefore, you know, how am I going to offset that risk? Katie adds it&#x27;s important to have that conversation sooner than later. Thanks again to Dan Katie, Chief Financial Planning Strategist for TIAA. To learn more and see the results of that survey, visit TIAA.org. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA's Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Keady</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Keady, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/image.jpg?t=1792071224&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-keady-retirement-confidence-and-lifetime-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/image.jpg?t=1792071224&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>240</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3871869" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-keady-retirement-confidence-and-lifetime-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>50</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Pilla: Tax Refunds, Withholding, and Working with the IRS</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Pilla: Tax Refunds, Withholding, and Working with the IRS</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. It happens every year about this time. We begin the arduous task of preparing our income taxes. Joining me today is Dan Pilla, considered by many to be one of the country&#x27;s premier experts in IRS procedures and general tax and financial problems, as well as resolution techniques.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Dan has authored 14 books on dealing with the IRS, including How to Get Tax Amnesty, now in its ninth edition. Dan, welcome. I was just reading that so far this year the number of tax refunds is down. And that does seem to contradict what we were told going in. Well, what we were told going in is that the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was in fact a tax cut. And the folks on the other side of the aisle are complaining that it&#x27;s nothing but tax cuts for the rich and that the typical American sees a tax increase. And, you know, that&#x27;s just not true. The fact that refunds are down does not mean that you didn&#x27;t get a tax cut. It means that the IRS took less of your money on the front end. And this is what people don&#x27;t realize is that on January 1, 2018, a year ago, more than a year ago now, the IRS changed all the withholding tables to reflect the tax cuts.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So people had less money coming out of their paychecks in the first place because of the adjusted tables. So, you know, you don&#x27;t get a refund because the government got religion and decided to give you free money. You get your refund because you paid too much to begin with. Well, people overpaid less this year because of the withholding table adjustments. And that is really the key to understanding how this works. I mean, so a lot of folks, most of us, me personally, I know I got a tax cut. Right. Yeah, no question about it. Eighty percent of the people out there are going to see a tax cut. There&#x27;s just as many questions about it. All of the analyses, including my own, that were done, you know, after the bill was passed. I published mine in about March of last year, so about a year ago. All of the analyses show that, as I said, about 80 percent of all taxpayers out there, I&#x27;m talking about the bottom 80 percent of income earners, are going to see a tax cut.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> The top 20 percent are going to see status quo or a tax increase, which I&#x27;m not in favor of, by the way. I don&#x27;t think there should be any tax increases on anybody. Right. I think the tax cuts should have been across the board. But the fact is that&#x27;s how the numbers shake down. And again, just like you just said, the fact that refunds are, well, people are still getting refunds, but they&#x27;re not as much as they expected. I mean, you know what I think? I can&#x27;t remember the figure for last year, but it seemed astronomical to me that that many people got that much money back that they didn&#x27;t need to pay in in the first place. Oh, and this happens year after year. The average tax refund year after year is about $3,000. Now, this year it&#x27;s down about 10 percent, so it&#x27;s like $2,700, you know, $2,750, about the 9 to 10 percent reduction, which, as I said, people got in their paychecks to begin with.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> But if we just, you know, just look, do the math simply here, $3,000 of average tax refund, about 75 to 80 percent of the people in America get a tax refund. And that&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t understand how to adjust their withholding in the first place, so they don&#x27;t overpay their taxes. This is a mistake that people make year in and year out, is letting the government hold their money for over 12 months, not pay them a nickel&#x27;s worth of interest on that money. And then every month that goes by, you continue to overpay. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s on us, then, to make the W-4 form correct. I mean, for me, I have spent many years trying to do nothing more than break even at tax time.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And that&#x27;s exactly what you should be doing. And people say, well, Dan, if I don&#x27;t get a tax refund, I sure as heck don&#x27;t want to owe the IRS a bunch of money either. Well, that&#x27;s true. But those aren&#x27;t the only two options. The third option is to spend a little time with your W-4 form, spend a little time reading the instructions, fill out the form properly so that you&#x27;re as close as possible to break even. They don&#x27;t owe you any money. You don&#x27;t owe them any money. That means you had the use and enjoyment of that extra $3,000 every single month in your paycheck. Right. Well, again, you know, Dan, you make it sound so simple. And in reality, it is that simple. But it is simple. It&#x27;s just not complicated at all to work your way through the W-4 form.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And in fact, in my writings, How to Win Your Tax Audit and other books that I&#x27;ve written, I talk about how to do this so that you don&#x27;t end up overpaying your taxes. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about that. You explain how to do that in your book called what? The book is called How to Win Your Tax Audit. How to Win Your Tax Audit. I talk about a great number of things. Yeah. And the fact that the book might be called How to Avoid Your Tax Audit because I talk very extensively about how to audit proof and penalty proof tax returns to begin with so you don&#x27;t get sideways with the IRS. You said you&#x27;ve been working with or, well, you&#x27;ve been dealing with the IRS for people as a consultant and, you know, as someone who&#x27;s knowledgeable for better than 40 years, you said. Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> What I do is my firm does not prepare tax returns. We do some tax return preparation, but that&#x27;s not what we focus on. What we focus on is tax litigation, IRS problem solving. So people come to me when they&#x27;ve got problems with the IRS, such as, for example, an audit or an appeal. About 70 percent of the work that we do is collection defense. So folks that have wage levies, bank levies, property seizures, tax liens, folks that are fighting with the IRS over the payment of taxes. These are the people that I help and represent and counsel through the process of resolving their situation and getting the IRS off their back once and for all. So is that for just everybody or do you deal with businesses as well and, you know, maybe a closely held business, that kind of thing? Any small business and individual problems, we handle all of them.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So from a small business standpoint, I mean, I think the average small business owner, entrepreneur, they&#x27;re concentrating so much on their business, so much on building their business that they don&#x27;t realize they&#x27;re overpaying their taxes. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. And, in fact, you know, they don&#x27;t realize a great number of things when they&#x27;re dealing with the IRS. You know, people are so focused on, just like you said, on building their business and, you know, providing the products and services to their customers that make customers&#x27; lives easier and make profit for business owners. You know, they&#x27;re focused on that. Listen, most business owners don&#x27;t want to be accountants. They don&#x27;t want to be tax preparers. They want to be engineers or they want to be plumbers or they want to be doctors or whatever it is they want to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> That&#x27;s what they want to focus on. And yet this federal government has made everybody an accountant and everybody a tax collector. And people get, I&#x27;ll tell you what, they get snowed under by this process. And here&#x27;s one of the key problems in this function. The tax code has been changed more than 5,900 times just since 2001 alone. That doesn&#x27;t even include the changes that were brought on by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017. 5,900 code section changes. It is impossible to keep up with this. And that&#x27;s why people throw up their hands. And, Frank, that&#x27;s why people get into so much trouble with the IRS because there is a myriad of hoops they have to jump through. I mean, this is rule after rule after rule that businesses have to comply with.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And it&#x27;s impossible to keep up with this stuff. Sure. I think people are, I mean, this makes me grateful there are people like you who live and breathe the tax code so that people, somebody at least knows what to do and understands it and can make it work for us as opposed to against us. Well, this is why I spend so much time writing because it&#x27;s just, you know, otherwise it&#x27;s impossible to get this message out to folks. So people need to use the resources that are available to equip themselves to, you know, have some understanding of this stuff. And it&#x27;s not good enough to just push it off onto an accountant, you know, and people tend to do that. They say, well, you know, I got my accountant to handle this stuff. Okay, that&#x27;s fine. But you sign the tax return. You&#x27;re obligated for what&#x27;s in the return. And if there&#x27;s a mistake in the tax return, guess what?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You still owe the tax. Right. Wow. So, Dan, where do we find your books? Yeah, the books are available on my website, which is TaxHelpOnline.com. That&#x27;s all one word, no spaces of any kind. TaxHelpOnline.com. And if you order any book directly off my website, you get a free 15-minute consultation directly with me. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic, Dan. That&#x27;s really good. So, what&#x27;s the big thing that&#x27;s sticking out to you this year? Well, the big thing that sticks out for me is the number of people that have tax debts that they owe and can&#x27;t pay. And this is, you know, this goes on every year, but it just seems to pick up steam. It seems to get worse and worse every year that folks that are getting ready to file their tax returns come April 15th and they don&#x27;t have the money. These people need help with that situation.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> They need to know what their alternatives are so they don&#x27;t get behind the eight ball with the IRS because they&#x27;ve filed returns without paying the tax, or worse, didn&#x27;t file the return at all because they were afraid they didn&#x27;t have the money. Right. Well, exactly. And so, and again, that website is TaxHelpOnline.com? That&#x27;s correct. TaxHelpOnline.com. Well, this time of year, I think it&#x27;s something we can all use a little insight, a little help. And again, you and your team must do a whole lot of good for people out there that are faced with the IRS. I mean, it&#x27;s very scary to have to stand up to them. Yeah, it is scary. It terrifies people, and particularly when you&#x27;ve got a problem with the IRS where you&#x27;re already in the soup because of a delinquency, for example.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Fear immobilizes people. It&#x27;s like getting stuck in a minefield. You know, when you&#x27;re in the middle of a minefield and you don&#x27;t have a, you know, you don&#x27;t know where the mines are, you don&#x27;t take any step at all. You don&#x27;t go forward or backward. You don&#x27;t want to go in any direction. And this is what is so difficult about getting out of the soup with the IRS because once you&#x27;re stuck in that minefield, you don&#x27;t want to do anything. And the problem then becomes that it just exacerbates the problem because you&#x27;re not taking affirmative steps to fix it. Absolutely. TaxHelp Online is the website. TaxHelpOnline.com. And then can I get your phone number? Yeah, the phone number is 1-800-346-6829. That&#x27;s 1-800-34-NO-TAX. 800-34-NO-TAX.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> I like the sound of that. So, Dan, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t touched or talked about yet? Well, yeah. I would say that there&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. You know, I don&#x27;t care what kind of problem you have with the IRS. I don&#x27;t care how long you&#x27;ve had the problem. I don&#x27;t care what you&#x27;ve tried to do to fix the problem that didn&#x27;t work. I don&#x27;t care who told you you can&#x27;t fix the problem. There&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. We&#x27;ve been helping people for over 40 years. I&#x27;ve seen every kind of tax problem you can imagine. I&#x27;ve seen a few that you can&#x27;t even imagine. And we help people resolve those situations. I don&#x27;t care what your case is. We can get some kind of resolution. Dan Pilla has written 14 books on solving tax problems. To learn more, visit TaxHelpOnline.com. TaxHelpOnline.com.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. It happens every year about this time. We begin the arduous task of preparing our income taxes. Joining me today is Dan Pilla, considered by many to be one of the country&#x27;s premier experts in IRS procedures and general tax and financial problems, as well as resolution techniques.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Dan has authored 14 books on dealing with the IRS, including How to Get Tax Amnesty, now in its ninth edition. Dan, welcome. I was just reading that so far this year the number of tax refunds is down. And that does seem to contradict what we were told going in. Well, what we were told going in is that the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was in fact a tax cut. And the folks on the other side of the aisle are complaining that it&#x27;s nothing but tax cuts for the rich and that the typical American sees a tax increase. And, you know, that&#x27;s just not true. The fact that refunds are down does not mean that you didn&#x27;t get a tax cut. It means that the IRS took less of your money on the front end. And this is what people don&#x27;t realize is that on January 1, 2018, a year ago, more than a year ago now, the IRS changed all the withholding tables to reflect the tax cuts.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So people had less money coming out of their paychecks in the first place because of the adjusted tables. So, you know, you don&#x27;t get a refund because the government got religion and decided to give you free money. You get your refund because you paid too much to begin with. Well, people overpaid less this year because of the withholding table adjustments. And that is really the key to understanding how this works. I mean, so a lot of folks, most of us, me personally, I know I got a tax cut. Right. Yeah, no question about it. Eighty percent of the people out there are going to see a tax cut. There&#x27;s just as many questions about it. All of the analyses, including my own, that were done, you know, after the bill was passed. I published mine in about March of last year, so about a year ago. All of the analyses show that, as I said, about 80 percent of all taxpayers out there, I&#x27;m talking about the bottom 80 percent of income earners, are going to see a tax cut.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> The top 20 percent are going to see status quo or a tax increase, which I&#x27;m not in favor of, by the way. I don&#x27;t think there should be any tax increases on anybody. Right. I think the tax cuts should have been across the board. But the fact is that&#x27;s how the numbers shake down. And again, just like you just said, the fact that refunds are, well, people are still getting refunds, but they&#x27;re not as much as they expected. I mean, you know what I think? I can&#x27;t remember the figure for last year, but it seemed astronomical to me that that many people got that much money back that they didn&#x27;t need to pay in in the first place. Oh, and this happens year after year. The average tax refund year after year is about $3,000. Now, this year it&#x27;s down about 10 percent, so it&#x27;s like $2,700, you know, $2,750, about the 9 to 10 percent reduction, which, as I said, people got in their paychecks to begin with.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> But if we just, you know, just look, do the math simply here, $3,000 of average tax refund, about 75 to 80 percent of the people in America get a tax refund. And that&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t understand how to adjust their withholding in the first place, so they don&#x27;t overpay their taxes. This is a mistake that people make year in and year out, is letting the government hold their money for over 12 months, not pay them a nickel&#x27;s worth of interest on that money. And then every month that goes by, you continue to overpay. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s on us, then, to make the W-4 form correct. I mean, for me, I have spent many years trying to do nothing more than break even at tax time.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And that&#x27;s exactly what you should be doing. And people say, well, Dan, if I don&#x27;t get a tax refund, I sure as heck don&#x27;t want to owe the IRS a bunch of money either. Well, that&#x27;s true. But those aren&#x27;t the only two options. The third option is to spend a little time with your W-4 form, spend a little time reading the instructions, fill out the form properly so that you&#x27;re as close as possible to break even. They don&#x27;t owe you any money. You don&#x27;t owe them any money. That means you had the use and enjoyment of that extra $3,000 every single month in your paycheck. Right. Well, again, you know, Dan, you make it sound so simple. And in reality, it is that simple. But it is simple. It&#x27;s just not complicated at all to work your way through the W-4 form.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And in fact, in my writings, How to Win Your Tax Audit and other books that I&#x27;ve written, I talk about how to do this so that you don&#x27;t end up overpaying your taxes. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about that. You explain how to do that in your book called what? The book is called How to Win Your Tax Audit. How to Win Your Tax Audit. I talk about a great number of things. Yeah. And the fact that the book might be called How to Avoid Your Tax Audit because I talk very extensively about how to audit proof and penalty proof tax returns to begin with so you don&#x27;t get sideways with the IRS. You said you&#x27;ve been working with or, well, you&#x27;ve been dealing with the IRS for people as a consultant and, you know, as someone who&#x27;s knowledgeable for better than 40 years, you said. Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> What I do is my firm does not prepare tax returns. We do some tax return preparation, but that&#x27;s not what we focus on. What we focus on is tax litigation, IRS problem solving. So people come to me when they&#x27;ve got problems with the IRS, such as, for example, an audit or an appeal. About 70 percent of the work that we do is collection defense. So folks that have wage levies, bank levies, property seizures, tax liens, folks that are fighting with the IRS over the payment of taxes. These are the people that I help and represent and counsel through the process of resolving their situation and getting the IRS off their back once and for all. So is that for just everybody or do you deal with businesses as well and, you know, maybe a closely held business, that kind of thing? Any small business and individual problems, we handle all of them.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So from a small business standpoint, I mean, I think the average small business owner, entrepreneur, they&#x27;re concentrating so much on their business, so much on building their business that they don&#x27;t realize they&#x27;re overpaying their taxes. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. And, in fact, you know, they don&#x27;t realize a great number of things when they&#x27;re dealing with the IRS. You know, people are so focused on, just like you said, on building their business and, you know, providing the products and services to their customers that make customers&#x27; lives easier and make profit for business owners. You know, they&#x27;re focused on that. Listen, most business owners don&#x27;t want to be accountants. They don&#x27;t want to be tax preparers. They want to be engineers or they want to be plumbers or they want to be doctors or whatever it is they want to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> That&#x27;s what they want to focus on. And yet this federal government has made everybody an accountant and everybody a tax collector. And people get, I&#x27;ll tell you what, they get snowed under by this process. And here&#x27;s one of the key problems in this function. The tax code has been changed more than 5,900 times just since 2001 alone. That doesn&#x27;t even include the changes that were brought on by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017. 5,900 code section changes. It is impossible to keep up with this. And that&#x27;s why people throw up their hands. And, Frank, that&#x27;s why people get into so much trouble with the IRS because there is a myriad of hoops they have to jump through. I mean, this is rule after rule after rule that businesses have to comply with.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And it&#x27;s impossible to keep up with this stuff. Sure. I think people are, I mean, this makes me grateful there are people like you who live and breathe the tax code so that people, somebody at least knows what to do and understands it and can make it work for us as opposed to against us. Well, this is why I spend so much time writing because it&#x27;s just, you know, otherwise it&#x27;s impossible to get this message out to folks. So people need to use the resources that are available to equip themselves to, you know, have some understanding of this stuff. And it&#x27;s not good enough to just push it off onto an accountant, you know, and people tend to do that. They say, well, you know, I got my accountant to handle this stuff. Okay, that&#x27;s fine. But you sign the tax return. You&#x27;re obligated for what&#x27;s in the return. And if there&#x27;s a mistake in the tax return, guess what?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You still owe the tax. Right. Wow. So, Dan, where do we find your books? Yeah, the books are available on my website, which is TaxHelpOnline.com. That&#x27;s all one word, no spaces of any kind. TaxHelpOnline.com. And if you order any book directly off my website, you get a free 15-minute consultation directly with me. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic, Dan. That&#x27;s really good. So, what&#x27;s the big thing that&#x27;s sticking out to you this year? Well, the big thing that sticks out for me is the number of people that have tax debts that they owe and can&#x27;t pay. And this is, you know, this goes on every year, but it just seems to pick up steam. It seems to get worse and worse every year that folks that are getting ready to file their tax returns come April 15th and they don&#x27;t have the money. These people need help with that situation.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> They need to know what their alternatives are so they don&#x27;t get behind the eight ball with the IRS because they&#x27;ve filed returns without paying the tax, or worse, didn&#x27;t file the return at all because they were afraid they didn&#x27;t have the money. Right. Well, exactly. And so, and again, that website is TaxHelpOnline.com? That&#x27;s correct. TaxHelpOnline.com. Well, this time of year, I think it&#x27;s something we can all use a little insight, a little help. And again, you and your team must do a whole lot of good for people out there that are faced with the IRS. I mean, it&#x27;s very scary to have to stand up to them. Yeah, it is scary. It terrifies people, and particularly when you&#x27;ve got a problem with the IRS where you&#x27;re already in the soup because of a delinquency, for example.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Fear immobilizes people. It&#x27;s like getting stuck in a minefield. You know, when you&#x27;re in the middle of a minefield and you don&#x27;t have a, you know, you don&#x27;t know where the mines are, you don&#x27;t take any step at all. You don&#x27;t go forward or backward. You don&#x27;t want to go in any direction. And this is what is so difficult about getting out of the soup with the IRS because once you&#x27;re stuck in that minefield, you don&#x27;t want to do anything. And the problem then becomes that it just exacerbates the problem because you&#x27;re not taking affirmative steps to fix it. Absolutely. TaxHelp Online is the website. TaxHelpOnline.com. And then can I get your phone number? Yeah, the phone number is 1-800-346-6829. That&#x27;s 1-800-34-NO-TAX. 800-34-NO-TAX.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> I like the sound of that. So, Dan, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t touched or talked about yet? Well, yeah. I would say that there&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. You know, I don&#x27;t care what kind of problem you have with the IRS. I don&#x27;t care how long you&#x27;ve had the problem. I don&#x27;t care what you&#x27;ve tried to do to fix the problem that didn&#x27;t work. I don&#x27;t care who told you you can&#x27;t fix the problem. There&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. We&#x27;ve been helping people for over 40 years. I&#x27;ve seen every kind of tax problem you can imagine. I&#x27;ve seen a few that you can&#x27;t even imagine. And we help people resolve those situations. I don&#x27;t care what your case is. We can get some kind of resolution. Dan Pilla has written 14 books on solving tax problems. To learn more, visit TaxHelpOnline.com. TaxHelpOnline.com.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Pilla</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Pilla, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/image.jpg?t=1792073776&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/a-conversation-with-dan-pilla-an-expert-in-dealing/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/image.jpg?t=1792073776&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bdfef9b170ea4193960036d47b2ad758</guid>
      <omny:clipId>406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Mar 2019 14:02:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11579382" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/a-conversation-with-dan-pilla-an-expert-in-dealing</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>51</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Dan Pilla" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:23" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Berman: ESPN's Early Days and a Life in Sports Broadcasting</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Berman: ESPN's Early Days and a Life in Sports Broadcasting</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Berman joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to look back at ESPN&#x27;s early days. The conversation explores sports television, broadcasting memories, and the people who helped shape the network.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well we have a very special guest here once again with Coach Pete. I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton and we have ESPN&#x27;s own Chris Berman, one of the original members. Well at least two weeks into the network back in 1979 my good friend Mr. Berman joined ESPN and I think really put the network on the map. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve got some great stories of those days. Welcome to the program. Hi Chuck, always a pleasure to hear your voice. Coach, nice to meet you over the airwave.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Chuck, I wasn&#x27;t the first one but I guess I&#x27;m a member of, we&#x27;ll put it in hockey terms which between you and me we always have to. I ask, I&#x27;m an original six team, right? You are, absolutely. In fact, you could probably answer the trivia question when ESPN went on the air which was about two weeks before I started with the Hartford Whalers back in 79. I believe, I&#x27;m trying to think, George Grand and who did the first show, do you remember? Well George Grand and Lee Leonard. Ah. The first sports center. Now, here&#x27;s a trivia question you won&#x27;t know the answer to. What was our first quote game? Well, it was a game. I mean it was a game. Oh, wait a minute now. It was a tennis match. Oh, this is big. Big.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Tennis? Billie Jean King? Ready? Go ahead. Want to take a gamble at it? Yeah, that was my guess. I mean I don&#x27;t know if it was. I bet it&#x27;s Australian rules football. I thought it was a tennis match. No tennis? You know, that was too good. Australian rules football came on a little later. That was good stuff. We had men&#x27;s professional slow pitch softball. Oh, wait a minute. I don&#x27;t remember that at all. And the teams were the Milwaukee Schlitz. That&#x27;s a great name. Playing the Kentucky Bourbons. And we had one sponsor in those days. Budweiser. Right. I&#x27;d heard about that because Budweiser really made a smart investment early when Bill Rasmus had started, you know, was credited at least for starting after he got fired from the New</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> England Whalers. That&#x27;s another story. When he began it and then got some finance, he got some advertising backing from Anheuser-Busch, right? Well, they made a five-year deal, which was, you know, a drop in the bucket for them. But it was for NCAA sports. Well, I don&#x27;t want to say that because you wouldn&#x27;t think beer in that. So I&#x27;ve misspoken there. But it was five years of stuff. Right. Now, we had some little advertisers put out that Budweiser&#x27;s checks weren&#x27;t going to bounce. So that was a big deal. That&#x27;s true. I mean, any bit like that helped put us on the map. It was an interesting time, both for you starting where you were and me. You know, so how old were you when you started in 79? With the Whalers, 26 and a half.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So I was a little older than you. I was 24. Yeah, you were 24 and just... 24. I did the 2.30 show in the morning. Yeah, tell us about that. Which was 11.30. 11.30 out west. But you lived in Connecticut. So you&#x27;re driving home at 3 in the morning and it&#x27;s snowing in January. And you&#x27;re wondering, you know, this career, I certainly hope it makes a left-hand turn at some point. You know? Yeah. But it did. And I&#x27;m still there. So, you know, I&#x27;m in the right place at the right time. I guess I was smart enough not to screw it up, Chuck. Well, folks, we are talking to Chris Berman from ESPN. Chris, I remember, you know, you guys basically revolutionized sports for us. Because my parents were from Boston. We moved to North Carolina. Used to sit in the driveway in a 1974 Ambassador Station wagon with my dad in the middle of the night</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> listening to the Red Sox games to try to find out the score. And if you didn&#x27;t listen, you had to wait until two days later in the newspaper. Because the newspaper that came out the next day didn&#x27;t have the scores. So ESPN has brought the sports world home to everybody, hasn&#x27;t it? Well, certainly back in those days, it was, and I was doing the late show, those first four years, a lot of them with Tommy Meese. I remember Tommy. The late, great Tommy Meese. We were tomorrow&#x27;s paper. Yep. You know, they were the finals. And then after a year or two, the late show was repeated in the morning. So you actually lived in the East, you know, maybe going to where it was, I&#x27;m from 6 to 7, 7 to 8, 8 to 9, 9 to 10. So you got the Dodgers and the Giants score, you know, which you never had.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> Correct. That&#x27;s for sure. Yep. You never had that until two days later. So we really, we were the first look at tomorrow&#x27;s paper. In the day, that&#x27;s what we thought it was. Chris Berman, six-time national sportscaster of the year and my good friend and a, probably the number one Hartford Whaler fan in the history of the game. Who remembers. Other than you. Well, I appreciate that. June 19th, 2006. No, no. You saw. No, no. No, no. I defer here. You&#x27;re not getting away with it, Chuck. But I will buy you a dinner at Chuck&#x27;s in the Civic Center, Chuck. All right. We&#x27;ll have to turn the clock back. Chris Berman, so many thanks for joining us right here on the program. For Coach Pete, I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton. Again, Chris Berman, ESPN.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> What a guy.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Berman joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to look back at ESPN&#x27;s early days. The conversation explores sports television, broadcasting memories, and the people who helped shape the network.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well we have a very special guest here once again with Coach Pete. I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton and we have ESPN&#x27;s own Chris Berman, one of the original members. Well at least two weeks into the network back in 1979 my good friend Mr. Berman joined ESPN and I think really put the network on the map. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve got some great stories of those days. Welcome to the program. Hi Chuck, always a pleasure to hear your voice. Coach, nice to meet you over the airwave.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Chuck, I wasn&#x27;t the first one but I guess I&#x27;m a member of, we&#x27;ll put it in hockey terms which between you and me we always have to. I ask, I&#x27;m an original six team, right? You are, absolutely. In fact, you could probably answer the trivia question when ESPN went on the air which was about two weeks before I started with the Hartford Whalers back in 79. I believe, I&#x27;m trying to think, George Grand and who did the first show, do you remember? Well George Grand and Lee Leonard. Ah. The first sports center. Now, here&#x27;s a trivia question you won&#x27;t know the answer to. What was our first quote game? Well, it was a game. I mean it was a game. Oh, wait a minute now. It was a tennis match. Oh, this is big. Big.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Tennis? Billie Jean King? Ready? Go ahead. Want to take a gamble at it? Yeah, that was my guess. I mean I don&#x27;t know if it was. I bet it&#x27;s Australian rules football. I thought it was a tennis match. No tennis? You know, that was too good. Australian rules football came on a little later. That was good stuff. We had men&#x27;s professional slow pitch softball. Oh, wait a minute. I don&#x27;t remember that at all. And the teams were the Milwaukee Schlitz. That&#x27;s a great name. Playing the Kentucky Bourbons. And we had one sponsor in those days. Budweiser. Right. I&#x27;d heard about that because Budweiser really made a smart investment early when Bill Rasmus had started, you know, was credited at least for starting after he got fired from the New</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> England Whalers. That&#x27;s another story. When he began it and then got some finance, he got some advertising backing from Anheuser-Busch, right? Well, they made a five-year deal, which was, you know, a drop in the bucket for them. But it was for NCAA sports. Well, I don&#x27;t want to say that because you wouldn&#x27;t think beer in that. So I&#x27;ve misspoken there. But it was five years of stuff. Right. Now, we had some little advertisers put out that Budweiser&#x27;s checks weren&#x27;t going to bounce. So that was a big deal. That&#x27;s true. I mean, any bit like that helped put us on the map. It was an interesting time, both for you starting where you were and me. You know, so how old were you when you started in 79? With the Whalers, 26 and a half.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So I was a little older than you. I was 24. Yeah, you were 24 and just... 24. I did the 2.30 show in the morning. Yeah, tell us about that. Which was 11.30. 11.30 out west. But you lived in Connecticut. So you&#x27;re driving home at 3 in the morning and it&#x27;s snowing in January. And you&#x27;re wondering, you know, this career, I certainly hope it makes a left-hand turn at some point. You know? Yeah. But it did. And I&#x27;m still there. So, you know, I&#x27;m in the right place at the right time. I guess I was smart enough not to screw it up, Chuck. Well, folks, we are talking to Chris Berman from ESPN. Chris, I remember, you know, you guys basically revolutionized sports for us. Because my parents were from Boston. We moved to North Carolina. Used to sit in the driveway in a 1974 Ambassador Station wagon with my dad in the middle of the night</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> listening to the Red Sox games to try to find out the score. And if you didn&#x27;t listen, you had to wait until two days later in the newspaper. Because the newspaper that came out the next day didn&#x27;t have the scores. So ESPN has brought the sports world home to everybody, hasn&#x27;t it? Well, certainly back in those days, it was, and I was doing the late show, those first four years, a lot of them with Tommy Meese. I remember Tommy. The late, great Tommy Meese. We were tomorrow&#x27;s paper. Yep. You know, they were the finals. And then after a year or two, the late show was repeated in the morning. So you actually lived in the East, you know, maybe going to where it was, I&#x27;m from 6 to 7, 7 to 8, 8 to 9, 9 to 10. So you got the Dodgers and the Giants score, you know, which you never had.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> Correct. That&#x27;s for sure. Yep. You never had that until two days later. So we really, we were the first look at tomorrow&#x27;s paper. In the day, that&#x27;s what we thought it was. Chris Berman, six-time national sportscaster of the year and my good friend and a, probably the number one Hartford Whaler fan in the history of the game. Who remembers. Other than you. Well, I appreciate that. June 19th, 2006. No, no. You saw. No, no. No, no. I defer here. You&#x27;re not getting away with it, Chuck. But I will buy you a dinner at Chuck&#x27;s in the Civic Center, Chuck. All right. We&#x27;ll have to turn the clock back. Chris Berman, so many thanks for joining us right here on the program. For Coach Pete, I&#x27;m Chuck Kaiton. Again, Chris Berman, ESPN.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> What a guy.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Berman joins Coach Pete and Chuck Kaiton to look back at ESPN's early days. The conversation explores sports television, broadcasting memories, and the people who helped shape the network.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Berman</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Berman, sports, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f2d6949-4d63-4b9c-8202-adff0116bc58/image.jpg?t=1792070883&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f2d6949-4d63-4b9c-8202-adff0116bc58/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-special-guest-chris-berman-espn/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f2d6949-4d63-4b9c-8202-adff0116bc58/image.jpg?t=1792070883&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8422b4d0-96cf-4b3d-a984-ef2836f2584c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3f2d6949-4d63-4b9c-8202-adff0116bc58</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Dec 2018 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>331</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f2d6949-4d63-4b9c-8202-adff0116bc58/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="5326413" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-special-guest-chris-berman-espn</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>52</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Chris Berman" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dee Carter: It’s Now or Never</title>
      <itunes:title>Dee Carter: It’s Now or Never</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dee Carter joins the Financial Safari News Network to discuss It’s Now or Never and his path from entertainment to financial planning. Recorded August 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Dee Carter is president of the Carter Financial Group and has been in the financial planning business for more than 40 years in and around Midland, Texas. He started in the entertainment business as an Elvis impersonator and in the book he tells how he went from being on stage with the likes of Roy Orbison to helping people get to and through retirement. We had a chance to talk to Dee about his new book, It&#x27;s Now or Never, How to Enjoy Your Life</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and Not Let Your Investments Own You. Now the book provides insights and direction to both prospective retirees and financial advisors. Dee Carter, you are a financial planner of some renown. I mean you&#x27;ve just got a brand new book out. You started your own firm. I don&#x27;t even know where to begin other than I was intrigued with the book when I picked it up and I saw there&#x27;s a picture of you as Elvis. I think I got to start there. You know nearly everybody does start there as a matter of fact. That&#x27;s kind of a funny story about that. I was an Elvis impersonator for, that&#x27;s what we used to call it. They&#x27;re now called tribute artists which is just a fancy way of saying impersonator. But I did that for a number of years and successfully and enjoyed doing it. I don&#x27;t do it any longer.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You get a little bit over that after a while. You get a little longer in the tooth to be able to pull that off. I can still hit the notes but I can&#x27;t make the moves anymore. So now I&#x27;ve gone back into my business which I stayed in. I&#x27;ve been doing retirement planning and financial services work for over 40 years here in Midland. 42 years in Midland, Texas. And I love what I do. Most of my clients are in their 60s and 70s basically. They&#x27;re getting ready to retire. Some of them have already retired. And really what brought the book about was three things. One, people coming to me and worrying constantly even after they had retired about their money and if they were going to outlive their money. That to me was a real big red flag. I thought, my goodness, why worry about it? If you do it right,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> you don&#x27;t have to worry about it. So that was number one. Number two, it was people that came to me and had no idea or concept of what financial or retirement planning was. They&#x27;d never been exposed to it. They&#x27;d never talked to an advisor. They really didn&#x27;t even know the questions to ask. And they came to me because of my time here in Midland and people know me. I&#x27;ve been around for a good while and have a reputation here of being someone that can give you the straight answers. So that was number two. Number three, I was trained in this industry. I got my securities license back in 1974. And you know, they&#x27;re still training these guys and gals the same way they trained me in 74. And guess what? We live in a new world. We have technology that we didn&#x27;t even come close to having even, well, my goodness, even 10 years ago. And if you&#x27;re not doing things differently today</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> than you did before, and you&#x27;re being trained the same way, that&#x27;s the old Einstein. You&#x27;re doomed to make the same mistakes over and over again. That&#x27;s the definition of insanity. And so I wrote the book not only for people that are looking for a retirement planner, but those who are actually doing what I do and saying, you know, guys, gals, there&#x27;s a better way to do this. There&#x27;s a way to solve these problems, to give your clients comfort in those three areas of retirement. And I call it the go-go period, the slow-go period, and the no-go period, frankly, in retirement. And especially in the go-go period, when people come out of retirement, they are out of their work and they go into retirement and they want to really go do the things that they want to do. They want to travel. They want to see the places they&#x27;ve never seen. They&#x27;ve got all these bucket list things they want to do. After a</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> while, that gets a little old and I realize they got to pull in their horns a little bit and they settle down and they start slowing down somewhat and staying closer to home. And then finally, they reach that point where they&#x27;re just too tired to do it and they just don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. They&#x27;ve done there. They&#x27;ve been there, done that, and got the t-shirt, so to speak. And now they&#x27;re ready to the no-go period. So my job is to make sure that they&#x27;re, number one, happy. In fact, the subtitle of the book is How to Enjoy Your Life and Not Let Your Investments Own You. And so many people have gotten to the point in their retirement planning that they really let their investments dictate to them what they can do and they&#x27;re not happy with it. So my job in Midland, Texas and around the West Texas area, in fact, I&#x27;ve got clients all over the state of Texas and some outside</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> the state, is to really help them to enjoy their retirement in a way that is meaningful to them. By the way, you don&#x27;t have to retire, but you do need to plan for it. And that&#x27;s really what my theme has been for the last 20-some-odd years. One of the things I really enjoyed about the book, and I mean, I&#x27;ll be honest with you, I have not read the whole thing. I just found out about it this morning. But what I&#x27;ve been doing for the last hour and a half is reading your book. And I love the style that you write and the message that you&#x27;re trying to get across. It&#x27;s so relatable. And I&#x27;m finding there&#x27;s a lot of things in there that you kind of go, yeah, I get that. I understand that. And then the little wrap-up at the end of the chapter, the advice, the, you know... Yeah, the directives, right. The directives, yeah. I mean, you know, I mean, you could go through and just read those. If you</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> didn&#x27;t read the rest of the book, you&#x27;d be missing a lot. But you could just read those directives and get a bit of an education. But, you know, that&#x27;s really what it was all about. I tried to take my life story, because it&#x27;s an autobiographical thing. I&#x27;ve done so many things in my life. Our marketing, yeah, our marketing director said, you really need to write a book. You&#x27;ve lived about four lifetimes in one life. But everything that I&#x27;ve done has led me to where I am. And it allows me to relate to the client better, because there&#x27;s not too many things that they can bring up that I haven&#x27;t experienced at one time or another. So I can give them these directives, like you pointed out. And I appreciate your observation about that, because that&#x27;s exactly what I was trying to do. At the end of each chapter, I tried to say, hey, here&#x27;s the things that I&#x27;ve learned over the years that you really need to do. Starting out</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> with just being, you know, being a budget. Make a budget. Max out your 401k. Automating your savings plans. Don&#x27;t live within your means. Live beneath those means. I tried to make it common sense where anyone could look at it at any level of their life, wherever they may be in their 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s, and say, you know, we can get there. And here&#x27;s the steps we&#x27;ve got to do to get there. So I really tried to make it as common as I possible. I&#x27;m just a plain guy. I&#x27;m from West Texas. We speak in one-syllable words mostly. And we try to make things pretty simple. And to me, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really all about. Well, the book, I mean, again, as you start to get into it, you realize, I like this guy. I like this story. And it is, like you say, it&#x27;s very relatable.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I sit there, I mean, you know, the time you spent in Los Angeles, the time that Roy Orbison got up on stage with you, how cool is that? That was a great experience. That was one of those things that you don&#x27;t plan something like that. It just happens. And I was an 18-year-old kid at the time. I just played in my own little band and playing the street dance, as the story tells, in Kermit, Texas, of all places. But Roy just lived eight miles away in Wink, and he was there to see his mother. And he was in the audience, and I saw him, and I knew him, and I knew Jack, his bass player. And so I invited him up. Who would not invite him up if he wanted to come up and sing? Everybody knew him in Kermit anyway. And he came up and sang with us. And that&#x27;s one of the highlights of the years that I go back in my entertainment career. And it was a lot of fun. Yeah, absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> And one of the other things, so one of your directives, and I love this one, don&#x27;t ask your risk tolerance. Ask, why do you want to risk what you&#x27;ve spent your life building? Great way to pose that. And again, a great description of what risk tolerance is, and how we have to adapt to it, and how we have to really get it, understand it. And it&#x27;s very true. And in fact, I sometimes don&#x27;t even use the term risk tolerance, because that sounds, it&#x27;s kind of hard to relate that to people. Absolutely. What I say is, what is your threshold of pain? No, I like that. I like that a lot. How much can you do and not start hurting? And to me, a threshold of pain is more risk tolerance than anything else. I use the word risk tolerance in</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> the book, because it&#x27;s recognizable. Right. But in my office, I will ask people, you know, what is your threshold of pain? And they look at me, and I say, I mean, how much can you do and how much can you lose before it really starts hurting? And they understand that. They really, they really understand what I&#x27;m trying to ask. And sometimes they don&#x27;t even know how to ask the questions. In fact, I have some, some stuff in the book about if you don&#x27;t know how to ask the questions, here&#x27;s some questions you probably ought to ask your advisor as you get into this process, because most people don&#x27;t, have never really sat down and talked to an advisor before. Right. So we try to do that for them as well. I like that. Well, Dee, once again, pleasure to meet you on the phone and I&#x27;m enjoying the book and I will recommend it to anyone and everyone. How&#x27;s that? I appreciate that very much. Just go to amazon.com and get your copy and enjoy the book.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> Thanks so much. And I&#x27;d love to hear from people that read it. I&#x27;d love to hear from them. We will send the messages along. Thank you so much. All right. Thank you, Dee. I appreciate it. Thanks again to Dee Carter, financial planner and author of the new book, It&#x27;s Now or Never, How to Enjoy Your Life and Not Let Your Investments Own You. The book is available everywhere. You can follow Dee on social media. To connect and learn more, visit PeteOnDemand.com. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dee Carter joins the Financial Safari News Network to discuss It’s Now or Never and his path from entertainment to financial planning. Recorded August 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Dee Carter is president of the Carter Financial Group and has been in the financial planning business for more than 40 years in and around Midland, Texas. He started in the entertainment business as an Elvis impersonator and in the book he tells how he went from being on stage with the likes of Roy Orbison to helping people get to and through retirement. We had a chance to talk to Dee about his new book, It&#x27;s Now or Never, How to Enjoy Your Life</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and Not Let Your Investments Own You. Now the book provides insights and direction to both prospective retirees and financial advisors. Dee Carter, you are a financial planner of some renown. I mean you&#x27;ve just got a brand new book out. You started your own firm. I don&#x27;t even know where to begin other than I was intrigued with the book when I picked it up and I saw there&#x27;s a picture of you as Elvis. I think I got to start there. You know nearly everybody does start there as a matter of fact. That&#x27;s kind of a funny story about that. I was an Elvis impersonator for, that&#x27;s what we used to call it. They&#x27;re now called tribute artists which is just a fancy way of saying impersonator. But I did that for a number of years and successfully and enjoyed doing it. I don&#x27;t do it any longer.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You get a little bit over that after a while. You get a little longer in the tooth to be able to pull that off. I can still hit the notes but I can&#x27;t make the moves anymore. So now I&#x27;ve gone back into my business which I stayed in. I&#x27;ve been doing retirement planning and financial services work for over 40 years here in Midland. 42 years in Midland, Texas. And I love what I do. Most of my clients are in their 60s and 70s basically. They&#x27;re getting ready to retire. Some of them have already retired. And really what brought the book about was three things. One, people coming to me and worrying constantly even after they had retired about their money and if they were going to outlive their money. That to me was a real big red flag. I thought, my goodness, why worry about it? If you do it right,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> you don&#x27;t have to worry about it. So that was number one. Number two, it was people that came to me and had no idea or concept of what financial or retirement planning was. They&#x27;d never been exposed to it. They&#x27;d never talked to an advisor. They really didn&#x27;t even know the questions to ask. And they came to me because of my time here in Midland and people know me. I&#x27;ve been around for a good while and have a reputation here of being someone that can give you the straight answers. So that was number two. Number three, I was trained in this industry. I got my securities license back in 1974. And you know, they&#x27;re still training these guys and gals the same way they trained me in 74. And guess what? We live in a new world. We have technology that we didn&#x27;t even come close to having even, well, my goodness, even 10 years ago. And if you&#x27;re not doing things differently today</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> than you did before, and you&#x27;re being trained the same way, that&#x27;s the old Einstein. You&#x27;re doomed to make the same mistakes over and over again. That&#x27;s the definition of insanity. And so I wrote the book not only for people that are looking for a retirement planner, but those who are actually doing what I do and saying, you know, guys, gals, there&#x27;s a better way to do this. There&#x27;s a way to solve these problems, to give your clients comfort in those three areas of retirement. And I call it the go-go period, the slow-go period, and the no-go period, frankly, in retirement. And especially in the go-go period, when people come out of retirement, they are out of their work and they go into retirement and they want to really go do the things that they want to do. They want to travel. They want to see the places they&#x27;ve never seen. They&#x27;ve got all these bucket list things they want to do. After a</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> while, that gets a little old and I realize they got to pull in their horns a little bit and they settle down and they start slowing down somewhat and staying closer to home. And then finally, they reach that point where they&#x27;re just too tired to do it and they just don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. They&#x27;ve done there. They&#x27;ve been there, done that, and got the t-shirt, so to speak. And now they&#x27;re ready to the no-go period. So my job is to make sure that they&#x27;re, number one, happy. In fact, the subtitle of the book is How to Enjoy Your Life and Not Let Your Investments Own You. And so many people have gotten to the point in their retirement planning that they really let their investments dictate to them what they can do and they&#x27;re not happy with it. So my job in Midland, Texas and around the West Texas area, in fact, I&#x27;ve got clients all over the state of Texas and some outside</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> the state, is to really help them to enjoy their retirement in a way that is meaningful to them. By the way, you don&#x27;t have to retire, but you do need to plan for it. And that&#x27;s really what my theme has been for the last 20-some-odd years. One of the things I really enjoyed about the book, and I mean, I&#x27;ll be honest with you, I have not read the whole thing. I just found out about it this morning. But what I&#x27;ve been doing for the last hour and a half is reading your book. And I love the style that you write and the message that you&#x27;re trying to get across. It&#x27;s so relatable. And I&#x27;m finding there&#x27;s a lot of things in there that you kind of go, yeah, I get that. I understand that. And then the little wrap-up at the end of the chapter, the advice, the, you know... Yeah, the directives, right. The directives, yeah. I mean, you know, I mean, you could go through and just read those. If you</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> didn&#x27;t read the rest of the book, you&#x27;d be missing a lot. But you could just read those directives and get a bit of an education. But, you know, that&#x27;s really what it was all about. I tried to take my life story, because it&#x27;s an autobiographical thing. I&#x27;ve done so many things in my life. Our marketing, yeah, our marketing director said, you really need to write a book. You&#x27;ve lived about four lifetimes in one life. But everything that I&#x27;ve done has led me to where I am. And it allows me to relate to the client better, because there&#x27;s not too many things that they can bring up that I haven&#x27;t experienced at one time or another. So I can give them these directives, like you pointed out. And I appreciate your observation about that, because that&#x27;s exactly what I was trying to do. At the end of each chapter, I tried to say, hey, here&#x27;s the things that I&#x27;ve learned over the years that you really need to do. Starting out</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> with just being, you know, being a budget. Make a budget. Max out your 401k. Automating your savings plans. Don&#x27;t live within your means. Live beneath those means. I tried to make it common sense where anyone could look at it at any level of their life, wherever they may be in their 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s, and say, you know, we can get there. And here&#x27;s the steps we&#x27;ve got to do to get there. So I really tried to make it as common as I possible. I&#x27;m just a plain guy. I&#x27;m from West Texas. We speak in one-syllable words mostly. And we try to make things pretty simple. And to me, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really all about. Well, the book, I mean, again, as you start to get into it, you realize, I like this guy. I like this story. And it is, like you say, it&#x27;s very relatable.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I sit there, I mean, you know, the time you spent in Los Angeles, the time that Roy Orbison got up on stage with you, how cool is that? That was a great experience. That was one of those things that you don&#x27;t plan something like that. It just happens. And I was an 18-year-old kid at the time. I just played in my own little band and playing the street dance, as the story tells, in Kermit, Texas, of all places. But Roy just lived eight miles away in Wink, and he was there to see his mother. And he was in the audience, and I saw him, and I knew him, and I knew Jack, his bass player. And so I invited him up. Who would not invite him up if he wanted to come up and sing? Everybody knew him in Kermit anyway. And he came up and sang with us. And that&#x27;s one of the highlights of the years that I go back in my entertainment career. And it was a lot of fun. Yeah, absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> And one of the other things, so one of your directives, and I love this one, don&#x27;t ask your risk tolerance. Ask, why do you want to risk what you&#x27;ve spent your life building? Great way to pose that. And again, a great description of what risk tolerance is, and how we have to adapt to it, and how we have to really get it, understand it. And it&#x27;s very true. And in fact, I sometimes don&#x27;t even use the term risk tolerance, because that sounds, it&#x27;s kind of hard to relate that to people. Absolutely. What I say is, what is your threshold of pain? No, I like that. I like that a lot. How much can you do and not start hurting? And to me, a threshold of pain is more risk tolerance than anything else. I use the word risk tolerance in</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> the book, because it&#x27;s recognizable. Right. But in my office, I will ask people, you know, what is your threshold of pain? And they look at me, and I say, I mean, how much can you do and how much can you lose before it really starts hurting? And they understand that. They really, they really understand what I&#x27;m trying to ask. And sometimes they don&#x27;t even know how to ask the questions. In fact, I have some, some stuff in the book about if you don&#x27;t know how to ask the questions, here&#x27;s some questions you probably ought to ask your advisor as you get into this process, because most people don&#x27;t, have never really sat down and talked to an advisor before. Right. So we try to do that for them as well. I like that. Well, Dee, once again, pleasure to meet you on the phone and I&#x27;m enjoying the book and I will recommend it to anyone and everyone. How&#x27;s that? I appreciate that very much. Just go to amazon.com and get your copy and enjoy the book.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> Thanks so much. And I&#x27;d love to hear from people that read it. I&#x27;d love to hear from them. We will send the messages along. Thank you so much. All right. Thank you, Dee. I appreciate it. Thanks again to Dee Carter, financial planner and author of the new book, It&#x27;s Now or Never, How to Enjoy Your Life and Not Let Your Investments Own You. The book is available everywhere. You can follow Dee on social media. To connect and learn more, visit PeteOnDemand.com. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dee Carter joins the Financial Safari News Network to discuss It’s Now or Never and his path from entertainment to financial planning. Recorded August 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dee Carter</category>
      <category>It’s Now or Never</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dee Carter, It’s Now or Never, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d/image.jpg?t=1792071992&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dee-carter-it-s-now-or-never/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d/image.jpg?t=1792071992&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Aug 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>586</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/59ccbe47-93ab-4a6c-8dc5-b4e30008807d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9415763" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dee-carter-it-s-now-or-never</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>53</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="It’s Now or Never" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terrell Davis: Football, Determination, and Life After the Game (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Terrell Davis: Football, Determination, and Life After the Game (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss football, his experiences in the game, and life beyond the field. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded August 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks, very excited today to have in studio Super Bowl XXXII MVP and NFL Hall of Famer. Of course his name is Terrell Davis. He played with the Denver Broncos. He&#x27;s from the University of Georgia originally. Go Dawgs! Welcome in the studio Terrell. Hey Coach Pete, thank you man. This is great to be here. This is a West Coast kid back down south. This is awesome.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Back in the East Coast. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s not often we interview people about every week, but it&#x27;s not often we have people in studio. So I&#x27;m glad you got to come in here. I&#x27;m glad we got to see you in person too. Yeah, I am too man. You know, just enjoying the off season right now. The season&#x27;s about to start, but yeah man, it&#x27;s good to be here. Good to meet you. Good to meet you. I&#x27;ve heard that voice on the radio and it&#x27;s quite sexy. Yeah. Does the face look like the voice? No. Different story. You know, we were talking before the show though, and it&#x27;s how important. And with the correlations between football and people&#x27;s financial picture. Yeah. And you said as a running back, your goal was to get four yards every time you carried the ball. Now explain that concept and let&#x27;s tie that into the financial world. All right. So in football, there&#x27;s the concept of the four yard run.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> And to me, and I&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s the most powerful run in football. And let me tell you why. When I was in college, I used to try to break off the long runs, right? But long runs are unpredictable. Right. You can&#x27;t repeat them. And there&#x27;s no formula to make them happen. Yep. So my coach, when I got to the NFL, said, hey man, we&#x27;re not trying to have the long runs. If you break a long run, that&#x27;s great. But what we want is consistency. We want to be able to say, what is repeatable? Yep. And in football, the four yard run is the most repeatable play in all of sports. And the reason it&#x27;s powerful is because if you get four yards on every carry, three carries, that&#x27;s 12 yards, right? That&#x27;s the first down. You got the ref running out saying first down. That is the first down. Marching down the field. In football, the name of the game is to move the chain.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Absolutely. So first downs leads to touchdowns. Touchdowns leads to scores. Scores leads to winning games. Winning games leads to winning championships. So we were always taught to focus on the four yard run. And the financial world is the same thing. You&#x27;re not trying to look at the high returns. You want something that you can repeat, that&#x27;s consistent, that you&#x27;re not trying to swing out offenses, and there&#x27;s no risk really involved. There&#x27;s a lot of risk trying to break that 20 yard run. You see Barry Sanders, as great as he was, and he is, there&#x27;s more risk to a 20 yard run because sometimes you have to lose yards to gain 20. I&#x27;ve seen guys loop around and then start dancing around, and they maybe get blindsided by somebody else, too. And that happens in retirement when people are swinging for the fences, like you said, and taking too much risk. That&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s going backwards. That&#x27;s it.</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> My coach, he was risk adverse. He hated risk. He wanted four yards. He said, man, listen, I want my four yards. If you give me anything more than four, I&#x27;m fine with that. But I want my four yards. Now, who was your coach in college? Ray Goff was my head coach at the University of Georgia. Same philosophy there that you had? No, no. It was different because in college, I thought I really failed, man, because they were used to big runs. I played behind Garrison Hurst, and Garrison would make the 80 yard runs, 90 yard runs. I wasn&#x27;t so much a guy who could break long runs. I was more of a chain mover. So when I left Georgia, I kind of felt like, man, I kind of failed. You know what I mean? Well, you were consistent and persistent, and you were reliable.</p><p><strong>03:48</strong> That&#x27;s important. Not then. I guess they didn&#x27;t see it that way because college football is a little different. They want more explosive plays. But what I was built for was the pro game. And when I got there and my coach said in the meeting, he said, hey, I just want four yards. I want you guys to just get four yards. And I&#x27;m thinking to myself, wow, that&#x27;s it? Four yards? I said, I can get you four. So it made it where it registered in my head, and it was something I was pretty good at doing already. And so once I was able to get four yards, then sometimes I could take chances and break a longer run. But I always made sure in the back of my mind to get that four yards. Yeah, because, I mean, that&#x27;s marching down the field. And when we compare that to retirement planning, it&#x27;s marching down the field. And I see way too many people who are taking way too much risk to try to get that home run.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> And they&#x27;re losing yardage when they need it the most. When they&#x27;re getting to that financial red zone, which is about five years outside of retirement, that&#x27;s when they&#x27;re taking way too much risk. And that&#x27;s when they really need that four-yard run, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, well, I was kind of a victim of that myself where I was, as a young guy coming to the NFL, I had a chance to invest my money. And I did. And it was doing well. I had a pine arch advisor with Dane Rauscher. And things were going well. And he was giving me four yards. But I looked around. I was like, wow, four yards is great. But I see some chances for some 20-yard runs here. Let&#x27;s take advantage of that. And so I ended up, I guess, being a little bit more risky with investing. And it cost me. I phoned with the ball a few times and lost a lot of money. And so kind of getting a little greedy and not sticking to the principles and things that would get you financial security.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> It&#x27;s something that you can go to sleep at night and wake up knowing that your money is sound, it&#x27;s safe. And it may not be a lot back. But at least you&#x27;re not losing your money and you&#x27;re making a little bit. And so it&#x27;s, again, consistent and persistent. We call that the sleep well at night account, swan account, right? See, that count right there. I should have had that a few years back. Yeah. But, you know, when we talk about it, I think that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re passionate about the financial world and making sure people don&#x27;t make the mistakes is that you&#x27;ve seen it firsthand how something that looks enticing maybe isn&#x27;t as enticing as it really looked. Yeah. And, you know, I came in as a rookie. There&#x27;s a symposium that most rookies have in the national football. Like, you go to it and they have a lot of retired football players who have had bad experiences with financial advisors or investing or whatever it is. And you sit in this meeting and it&#x27;s about a four-day symposium.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> And I remember sitting there watching guys come in there talk about some of their bad dealings or experiences about money. Right. I remember sitting back there thinking, man, that dude&#x27;s stupid. He&#x27;s stupid, man. Like, man, it&#x27;s never going to be me. I&#x27;m never – man, how do you lose that kind of money, man? Like, it&#x27;s never going to be me. And fast forward about 2002, I get a phone call in the morning and I remember the phone call vividly. And my buddy called me. He was actually in there, Steve Atwater. And he says, hey, man, I got my money out of the account. I got a check back. And when I tried to deposit the check, it bounced. Oof. That&#x27;s not good, huh? I mean, my whole stomach was just – I felt sick because I knew what was happening. And what was happening, I&#x27;ll let everybody know, is that I invested money with an advisor down in Atlanta.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Myself, Steve Atwater, some other players. And the returns that he was showing, you know, they were great. You know, they were about 13% return a year. It was looking good. I had done everything I was supposed to do. I went through the NFL Players Association, did a background check on him, ran everything, did everything I thought I could have done to make sure that it was good. But there was one – it was something that didn&#x27;t feel right about it. But even though I saw the stop sign, I kind of was like, you know what, maybe I&#x27;m just overreacting to it. Maybe I&#x27;m just overreacting. And I had just taken my money from Dane Rauscher, who was – the guy was giving me four yards, and it was sound. You know, I was getting yearly audits. Everything was great there. And then getting this phone call, I remember thinking, wow, how did I get myself in this situation?</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> It happens to a lot of people, though, and it wasn&#x27;t just athletes here. It was doctors and lawyers. Everybody&#x27;s investing in that. I saw that on American Greed, the episode there at CNBC. Yeah, unfortunately. I was on American Greed, yes, for the wrong reason. Yeah, but I mean, it could happen. And I think that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re passionate about people not falling for those dirty tricks and how important it is each year to get a forensic financial analysis done on your portfolio to make sure the money that they say is there is really there. And, in fact, check your advisor. That&#x27;s important. Absolutely. And part of it, too, is that, you know, for me, I grew up kind of wanting to be in the financial services business. I got a degree from the University of Georgia in consumer economics. I&#x27;ve always had something pulling me towards that. Yep. And so I was always interested in doing it. I&#x27;ve always balanced my own checkbooks. I write my own – I do. I&#x27;m on QuickBooks.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> I do all my stuff. My accountant – people say, why don&#x27;t you get an accountant? I say, no, I enjoy doing it. Yeah, you see the money. You see the money. And I like to know where it is at all times and what&#x27;s happening. And so I knew I had some passion for it, and that&#x27;s why I kind of stuck around it and I stayed around it. But also, the second part of this is that I have a chance now that I&#x27;m retired, and even when I was playing, to affect people in a way that nobody has a way of doing it. In a positive way. In a positive way, yeah. And the reward for me is seeing somebody who smiles, who comes up to me and say, hey, man, you impacted my life. When you were playing for the Broncos, you guys won that Super Bowl. This is what happened to my life. You know, my dad was sick, and, man, he wanted to see you guys win, or my mom was doing this, or, you know, I was depressed.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> And then when you guys won – and I don&#x27;t know if you know how that feels. Coach, I know you do. But that feeling of being able to help somebody – Somebody you didn&#x27;t even know. You don&#x27;t even know. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Right. Powerful. Right. And so that is what also drives me, is that I&#x27;m able to do something now that I&#x27;m able to affect somebody directly. And not just by playing on the football field, but someone can come up to me and say, hey, man, TD, I thank you, man. You&#x27;ve – you know, you were able to make sure my family financially, you know, made the right decisions and all that stuff. Yep. That&#x27;s all. That&#x27;s, to me, the entire equation. Well, when you&#x27;re working on a book on that, it&#x27;s going to be out probably next year. But I&#x27;m looking forward to reading that book as well. Are you going to write it? I&#x27;m going to help you with it. Okay, let&#x27;s do it. Let&#x27;s do it. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to go through this because people hear you.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> They&#x27;ve seen you. You&#x27;re a Hall of Famer. You have the gold jacket, which I do too. I see that gold jacket. It doesn&#x27;t have an NFL Hall of Fame patch on it. I can get it to you for $15. It&#x27;s not that expensive, man. I got you, man. I like that. But, you know, so your career, people have followed it. And you were with John Elway, and you had glory right there. But let&#x27;s go. I mean, you were a six-round draft pick. You were way down there, I mean, because you were getting those four yards, you weren&#x27;t quite as flashy as some of those guys. But you&#x27;ve performed a lot better than anybody else in that draft. Think about that. Yeah, and I had to think about it like that. I just tried to take advantage of the opportunity. I really did. It&#x27;s simple as that. I tried to focus on something as basic as just doing my job. Hard work. Work hard. Yep. Make sure that when the opportunity presents itself that you&#x27;re ready. And I knew I could play. And I knew I was pretty good.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> I didn&#x27;t know how good I could be. I&#x27;ve always felt confident in my abilities. And it just became the perfect storm. I was drafted by the Broncos. They had a new head coach, Mike Shanahan. He was open to the idea of rookies competing. Right. Now, I could have gone somewhere that they already had a running back. And they weren&#x27;t trapped on the bench, right? Yeah. Exactly. Sort of like with Tom Brady when he was a six-round pick, too, by the way, in New England. And it wasn&#x27;t until Drew Bledsoe got hurt that he had his chance. Yeah. Sounds like a true Patriots fan sticking over there. Yes, it does. Yes, it does. I know. You know, we know that. Now, we&#x27;re going to be talking to you a lot in the future, though. We&#x27;re going to follow the progress of the book. We&#x27;re also going to go over it. We&#x27;re going to make sure people understand from a point of view that&#x27;s understandable because a lot of advisors are talking over people&#x27;s heads. We&#x27;re going to bring it right down to the ground floor and make sure people get educated going forward.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> I really appreciate your time today. Absolutely. Thank you, man, for having me. Folks, again, that was NFL Hall of Famer and Super Bowl MVP Terrell Davis. He&#x27;s going to be a guest on the show coming up a lot of times in the future. Thanks for your time today, Terrell. No problem. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss football, his experiences in the game, and life beyond the field. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded August 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks, very excited today to have in studio Super Bowl XXXII MVP and NFL Hall of Famer. Of course his name is Terrell Davis. He played with the Denver Broncos. He&#x27;s from the University of Georgia originally. Go Dawgs! Welcome in the studio Terrell. Hey Coach Pete, thank you man. This is great to be here. This is a West Coast kid back down south. This is awesome.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Back in the East Coast. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s not often we interview people about every week, but it&#x27;s not often we have people in studio. So I&#x27;m glad you got to come in here. I&#x27;m glad we got to see you in person too. Yeah, I am too man. You know, just enjoying the off season right now. The season&#x27;s about to start, but yeah man, it&#x27;s good to be here. Good to meet you. Good to meet you. I&#x27;ve heard that voice on the radio and it&#x27;s quite sexy. Yeah. Does the face look like the voice? No. Different story. You know, we were talking before the show though, and it&#x27;s how important. And with the correlations between football and people&#x27;s financial picture. Yeah. And you said as a running back, your goal was to get four yards every time you carried the ball. Now explain that concept and let&#x27;s tie that into the financial world. All right. So in football, there&#x27;s the concept of the four yard run.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> And to me, and I&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s the most powerful run in football. And let me tell you why. When I was in college, I used to try to break off the long runs, right? But long runs are unpredictable. Right. You can&#x27;t repeat them. And there&#x27;s no formula to make them happen. Yep. So my coach, when I got to the NFL, said, hey man, we&#x27;re not trying to have the long runs. If you break a long run, that&#x27;s great. But what we want is consistency. We want to be able to say, what is repeatable? Yep. And in football, the four yard run is the most repeatable play in all of sports. And the reason it&#x27;s powerful is because if you get four yards on every carry, three carries, that&#x27;s 12 yards, right? That&#x27;s the first down. You got the ref running out saying first down. That is the first down. Marching down the field. In football, the name of the game is to move the chain.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Absolutely. So first downs leads to touchdowns. Touchdowns leads to scores. Scores leads to winning games. Winning games leads to winning championships. So we were always taught to focus on the four yard run. And the financial world is the same thing. You&#x27;re not trying to look at the high returns. You want something that you can repeat, that&#x27;s consistent, that you&#x27;re not trying to swing out offenses, and there&#x27;s no risk really involved. There&#x27;s a lot of risk trying to break that 20 yard run. You see Barry Sanders, as great as he was, and he is, there&#x27;s more risk to a 20 yard run because sometimes you have to lose yards to gain 20. I&#x27;ve seen guys loop around and then start dancing around, and they maybe get blindsided by somebody else, too. And that happens in retirement when people are swinging for the fences, like you said, and taking too much risk. That&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s going backwards. That&#x27;s it.</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> My coach, he was risk adverse. He hated risk. He wanted four yards. He said, man, listen, I want my four yards. If you give me anything more than four, I&#x27;m fine with that. But I want my four yards. Now, who was your coach in college? Ray Goff was my head coach at the University of Georgia. Same philosophy there that you had? No, no. It was different because in college, I thought I really failed, man, because they were used to big runs. I played behind Garrison Hurst, and Garrison would make the 80 yard runs, 90 yard runs. I wasn&#x27;t so much a guy who could break long runs. I was more of a chain mover. So when I left Georgia, I kind of felt like, man, I kind of failed. You know what I mean? Well, you were consistent and persistent, and you were reliable.</p><p><strong>03:48</strong> That&#x27;s important. Not then. I guess they didn&#x27;t see it that way because college football is a little different. They want more explosive plays. But what I was built for was the pro game. And when I got there and my coach said in the meeting, he said, hey, I just want four yards. I want you guys to just get four yards. And I&#x27;m thinking to myself, wow, that&#x27;s it? Four yards? I said, I can get you four. So it made it where it registered in my head, and it was something I was pretty good at doing already. And so once I was able to get four yards, then sometimes I could take chances and break a longer run. But I always made sure in the back of my mind to get that four yards. Yeah, because, I mean, that&#x27;s marching down the field. And when we compare that to retirement planning, it&#x27;s marching down the field. And I see way too many people who are taking way too much risk to try to get that home run.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> And they&#x27;re losing yardage when they need it the most. When they&#x27;re getting to that financial red zone, which is about five years outside of retirement, that&#x27;s when they&#x27;re taking way too much risk. And that&#x27;s when they really need that four-yard run, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, well, I was kind of a victim of that myself where I was, as a young guy coming to the NFL, I had a chance to invest my money. And I did. And it was doing well. I had a pine arch advisor with Dane Rauscher. And things were going well. And he was giving me four yards. But I looked around. I was like, wow, four yards is great. But I see some chances for some 20-yard runs here. Let&#x27;s take advantage of that. And so I ended up, I guess, being a little bit more risky with investing. And it cost me. I phoned with the ball a few times and lost a lot of money. And so kind of getting a little greedy and not sticking to the principles and things that would get you financial security.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> It&#x27;s something that you can go to sleep at night and wake up knowing that your money is sound, it&#x27;s safe. And it may not be a lot back. But at least you&#x27;re not losing your money and you&#x27;re making a little bit. And so it&#x27;s, again, consistent and persistent. We call that the sleep well at night account, swan account, right? See, that count right there. I should have had that a few years back. Yeah. But, you know, when we talk about it, I think that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re passionate about the financial world and making sure people don&#x27;t make the mistakes is that you&#x27;ve seen it firsthand how something that looks enticing maybe isn&#x27;t as enticing as it really looked. Yeah. And, you know, I came in as a rookie. There&#x27;s a symposium that most rookies have in the national football. Like, you go to it and they have a lot of retired football players who have had bad experiences with financial advisors or investing or whatever it is. And you sit in this meeting and it&#x27;s about a four-day symposium.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> And I remember sitting there watching guys come in there talk about some of their bad dealings or experiences about money. Right. I remember sitting back there thinking, man, that dude&#x27;s stupid. He&#x27;s stupid, man. Like, man, it&#x27;s never going to be me. I&#x27;m never – man, how do you lose that kind of money, man? Like, it&#x27;s never going to be me. And fast forward about 2002, I get a phone call in the morning and I remember the phone call vividly. And my buddy called me. He was actually in there, Steve Atwater. And he says, hey, man, I got my money out of the account. I got a check back. And when I tried to deposit the check, it bounced. Oof. That&#x27;s not good, huh? I mean, my whole stomach was just – I felt sick because I knew what was happening. And what was happening, I&#x27;ll let everybody know, is that I invested money with an advisor down in Atlanta.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Myself, Steve Atwater, some other players. And the returns that he was showing, you know, they were great. You know, they were about 13% return a year. It was looking good. I had done everything I was supposed to do. I went through the NFL Players Association, did a background check on him, ran everything, did everything I thought I could have done to make sure that it was good. But there was one – it was something that didn&#x27;t feel right about it. But even though I saw the stop sign, I kind of was like, you know what, maybe I&#x27;m just overreacting to it. Maybe I&#x27;m just overreacting. And I had just taken my money from Dane Rauscher, who was – the guy was giving me four yards, and it was sound. You know, I was getting yearly audits. Everything was great there. And then getting this phone call, I remember thinking, wow, how did I get myself in this situation?</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> It happens to a lot of people, though, and it wasn&#x27;t just athletes here. It was doctors and lawyers. Everybody&#x27;s investing in that. I saw that on American Greed, the episode there at CNBC. Yeah, unfortunately. I was on American Greed, yes, for the wrong reason. Yeah, but I mean, it could happen. And I think that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re passionate about people not falling for those dirty tricks and how important it is each year to get a forensic financial analysis done on your portfolio to make sure the money that they say is there is really there. And, in fact, check your advisor. That&#x27;s important. Absolutely. And part of it, too, is that, you know, for me, I grew up kind of wanting to be in the financial services business. I got a degree from the University of Georgia in consumer economics. I&#x27;ve always had something pulling me towards that. Yep. And so I was always interested in doing it. I&#x27;ve always balanced my own checkbooks. I write my own – I do. I&#x27;m on QuickBooks.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> I do all my stuff. My accountant – people say, why don&#x27;t you get an accountant? I say, no, I enjoy doing it. Yeah, you see the money. You see the money. And I like to know where it is at all times and what&#x27;s happening. And so I knew I had some passion for it, and that&#x27;s why I kind of stuck around it and I stayed around it. But also, the second part of this is that I have a chance now that I&#x27;m retired, and even when I was playing, to affect people in a way that nobody has a way of doing it. In a positive way. In a positive way, yeah. And the reward for me is seeing somebody who smiles, who comes up to me and say, hey, man, you impacted my life. When you were playing for the Broncos, you guys won that Super Bowl. This is what happened to my life. You know, my dad was sick, and, man, he wanted to see you guys win, or my mom was doing this, or, you know, I was depressed.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> And then when you guys won – and I don&#x27;t know if you know how that feels. Coach, I know you do. But that feeling of being able to help somebody – Somebody you didn&#x27;t even know. You don&#x27;t even know. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Right. Powerful. Right. And so that is what also drives me, is that I&#x27;m able to do something now that I&#x27;m able to affect somebody directly. And not just by playing on the football field, but someone can come up to me and say, hey, man, TD, I thank you, man. You&#x27;ve – you know, you were able to make sure my family financially, you know, made the right decisions and all that stuff. Yep. That&#x27;s all. That&#x27;s, to me, the entire equation. Well, when you&#x27;re working on a book on that, it&#x27;s going to be out probably next year. But I&#x27;m looking forward to reading that book as well. Are you going to write it? I&#x27;m going to help you with it. Okay, let&#x27;s do it. Let&#x27;s do it. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to go through this because people hear you.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> They&#x27;ve seen you. You&#x27;re a Hall of Famer. You have the gold jacket, which I do too. I see that gold jacket. It doesn&#x27;t have an NFL Hall of Fame patch on it. I can get it to you for $15. It&#x27;s not that expensive, man. I got you, man. I like that. But, you know, so your career, people have followed it. And you were with John Elway, and you had glory right there. But let&#x27;s go. I mean, you were a six-round draft pick. You were way down there, I mean, because you were getting those four yards, you weren&#x27;t quite as flashy as some of those guys. But you&#x27;ve performed a lot better than anybody else in that draft. Think about that. Yeah, and I had to think about it like that. I just tried to take advantage of the opportunity. I really did. It&#x27;s simple as that. I tried to focus on something as basic as just doing my job. Hard work. Work hard. Yep. Make sure that when the opportunity presents itself that you&#x27;re ready. And I knew I could play. And I knew I was pretty good.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> I didn&#x27;t know how good I could be. I&#x27;ve always felt confident in my abilities. And it just became the perfect storm. I was drafted by the Broncos. They had a new head coach, Mike Shanahan. He was open to the idea of rookies competing. Right. Now, I could have gone somewhere that they already had a running back. And they weren&#x27;t trapped on the bench, right? Yeah. Exactly. Sort of like with Tom Brady when he was a six-round pick, too, by the way, in New England. And it wasn&#x27;t until Drew Bledsoe got hurt that he had his chance. Yeah. Sounds like a true Patriots fan sticking over there. Yes, it does. Yes, it does. I know. You know, we know that. Now, we&#x27;re going to be talking to you a lot in the future, though. We&#x27;re going to follow the progress of the book. We&#x27;re also going to go over it. We&#x27;re going to make sure people understand from a point of view that&#x27;s understandable because a lot of advisors are talking over people&#x27;s heads. We&#x27;re going to bring it right down to the ground floor and make sure people get educated going forward.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> I really appreciate your time today. Absolutely. Thank you, man, for having me. Folks, again, that was NFL Hall of Famer and Super Bowl MVP Terrell Davis. He&#x27;s going to be a guest on the show coming up a lot of times in the future. Thanks for your time today, Terrell. No problem. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss football, his experiences in the game, and life beyond the field. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded August 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Terrell Davis</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>Football</category>
      <category>Determination</category>
      <category>Life After the Game</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Terrell Davis, sports, Football, Determination, Life After the Game, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb/image.jpg?t=1792071902&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/terrell-davis-football-determination-and-life-after-the-game-full-interview/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb/image.jpg?t=1792071902&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>720</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2064b90a-adfb-447d-a493-b4e3001082fb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11554826" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/terrell-davis-football-determination-and-life-after-the-game-full-interview</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>54</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Terrell Davis" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terrell Davis: The Four-Yard Run, Football, and Financial Discipline</title>
      <itunes:title>Terrell Davis: The Four-Yard Run, Football, and Financial Discipline</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss lessons from his football career and the value of consistent progress. They connect the idea of a four-yard run with financial discipline and planning for the future.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks, very excited today to have in studio Super Bowl XXXII MVP and NFL Hall of Famer. Of course his name is Terrell Davis. He played with the Denver Broncos. He&#x27;s from the University of Georgia originally. Go Dawgs! Welcome in the studio Terrell. Hey Coach Pete, thank you man. This is great to be here. This is a West Coast kid back down south. This is awesome.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Back in the East Coast. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s not often we interview people about every week, but it&#x27;s not often we have people in studio. So I&#x27;m glad you got to come in here. I&#x27;m glad we got to see you in person too. Yeah, I am too man. You know, just enjoying the off season right now. The season&#x27;s about to start, but yeah man, it&#x27;s good to be here. Good to meet you. Good to meet you. I&#x27;ve heard that voice on the radio and it&#x27;s quite sexy. Yeah. Does the face look like the voice? No. Different story. You know, we were talking before the show though, and it&#x27;s how important. And with the correlations between football and people&#x27;s financial picture. Yeah. And you said as a running back, your goal was to get four yards every time you carry the ball. Now explain that concept and let&#x27;s tie that into the financial world. All right. So in football, there&#x27;s the concept of the four yard run.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> Right. And to me, and I&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s the most powerful run in football. And let me tell you why. When I was in college, I used to try to break off the long runs, right? But long runs are unpredictable. Right. You can&#x27;t repeat them and there&#x27;s no formula to make them happen. Yep. So my coach, when I got to the NFL, said, hey man, we&#x27;re not trying to have the long runs. If you break a long run, that&#x27;s great. But what we want is consistency. We want to be able to say what is repeatable. Yep. And in football, the four yard run is the most repeatable play in all sports. And the reason it&#x27;s powerful is because if you get four yards on every carry, three carries, that&#x27;s 12 yards, right? You&#x27;ve got the ref running out saying first down. That is a first down. Marching down the field. In football, the name of the game is to move the chain.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Absolutely. So first downs leads to touchdowns. Touchdowns leads to scores. Scores leads to winning games. Winning games leads to winning championships. So we were always taught to focus on the four yard run. And the financial word is the same thing. Yeah. You know, you&#x27;re not trying to look at the high returns. You want something that you can repeat, that&#x27;s consistent, that you&#x27;re not trying to swing out offenses, and there&#x27;s no risk really involved. There&#x27;s a lot of risk trying to break that 20 yard run. You see Barry Sanders, as great as he was, and he is, there&#x27;s more risk to a 20 yard run because you have to, sometimes you have to lose yards to gain 20. I&#x27;ve seen guys loop around and then start dancing around and they maybe get blindsided by somebody else too. And that happens in retirement when people are swinging for the fences, like you said, and taking too much risk. That&#x27;s it. To go backwards. That&#x27;s it. My coach, he was risk adverse. He hated risk. He wanted four yards. He said, man, listen, I want my four yards. If you give me anything more than four, I&#x27;m fine with that. But I want my four yards.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Now, who was your coach in college? Ray Goff was my head coach at the University of Georgia. Was it the same philosophy there that you had? No, no, there was, it was different because, you know, in college, I thought I really failed, man, because they were used to big runs. You know, I played behind Garrison Hurst and Garrison would make the 80 yard runs, 90 yard runs. I wasn&#x27;t so much a guy who could break long runs. I was more of a chain mover. So when I left Georgia, I was, I kind of felt like, man, like I kind of failed. You know what I mean? Like I wasn&#x27;t successful. Well, you were consistent and persistent and you were reliable. That&#x27;s important. Well, not then it wasn&#x27;t, I guess they didn&#x27;t see it that way because, you know, college football is a little different. They want more explosive plays. Right. But what I was built for was the pro game. And when I got there and my coach said in the meeting, he said, hey, I just want four yards.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Uh, I want you guys to just get four yards. And I&#x27;m thinking to myself, wow, that&#x27;s it? Four yards? I said, I can get you four. So it made it where it registered in my head and it was something that I was, I was pretty good at doing already. And so once I was able to get four yards, then sometimes I could take chances and break a longer run. But I always made sure in the back of my mind to get the four, get that four yards. Yeah. Now we&#x27;re going to be talking to you a lot in the future, though. We&#x27;re going to follow the progress of the book. We&#x27;re also going to go over that is make sure people understand from a point of view that that&#x27;s understandable because a lot of advisors are talking over people&#x27;s heads. We&#x27;re going to bring it right down to the, to the, to the ground floor and make sure people get educated going forward. I really appreciate your time. Absolutely. Thank you, man, for having me. Folks. Again, that was a NFL hall of famer and Superbowl MVP, Terrell Davis. He&#x27;s going to be a guest on the show coming up a lot of times in the future. Thanks for your time today, Terrell. No problem. Folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss lessons from his football career and the value of consistent progress. They connect the idea of a four-yard run with financial discipline and planning for the future.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks, very excited today to have in studio Super Bowl XXXII MVP and NFL Hall of Famer. Of course his name is Terrell Davis. He played with the Denver Broncos. He&#x27;s from the University of Georgia originally. Go Dawgs! Welcome in the studio Terrell. Hey Coach Pete, thank you man. This is great to be here. This is a West Coast kid back down south. This is awesome.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Back in the East Coast. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s not often we interview people about every week, but it&#x27;s not often we have people in studio. So I&#x27;m glad you got to come in here. I&#x27;m glad we got to see you in person too. Yeah, I am too man. You know, just enjoying the off season right now. The season&#x27;s about to start, but yeah man, it&#x27;s good to be here. Good to meet you. Good to meet you. I&#x27;ve heard that voice on the radio and it&#x27;s quite sexy. Yeah. Does the face look like the voice? No. Different story. You know, we were talking before the show though, and it&#x27;s how important. And with the correlations between football and people&#x27;s financial picture. Yeah. And you said as a running back, your goal was to get four yards every time you carry the ball. Now explain that concept and let&#x27;s tie that into the financial world. All right. So in football, there&#x27;s the concept of the four yard run.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> Right. And to me, and I&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s the most powerful run in football. And let me tell you why. When I was in college, I used to try to break off the long runs, right? But long runs are unpredictable. Right. You can&#x27;t repeat them and there&#x27;s no formula to make them happen. Yep. So my coach, when I got to the NFL, said, hey man, we&#x27;re not trying to have the long runs. If you break a long run, that&#x27;s great. But what we want is consistency. We want to be able to say what is repeatable. Yep. And in football, the four yard run is the most repeatable play in all sports. And the reason it&#x27;s powerful is because if you get four yards on every carry, three carries, that&#x27;s 12 yards, right? You&#x27;ve got the ref running out saying first down. That is a first down. Marching down the field. In football, the name of the game is to move the chain.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Absolutely. So first downs leads to touchdowns. Touchdowns leads to scores. Scores leads to winning games. Winning games leads to winning championships. So we were always taught to focus on the four yard run. And the financial word is the same thing. Yeah. You know, you&#x27;re not trying to look at the high returns. You want something that you can repeat, that&#x27;s consistent, that you&#x27;re not trying to swing out offenses, and there&#x27;s no risk really involved. There&#x27;s a lot of risk trying to break that 20 yard run. You see Barry Sanders, as great as he was, and he is, there&#x27;s more risk to a 20 yard run because you have to, sometimes you have to lose yards to gain 20. I&#x27;ve seen guys loop around and then start dancing around and they maybe get blindsided by somebody else too. And that happens in retirement when people are swinging for the fences, like you said, and taking too much risk. That&#x27;s it. To go backwards. That&#x27;s it. My coach, he was risk adverse. He hated risk. He wanted four yards. He said, man, listen, I want my four yards. If you give me anything more than four, I&#x27;m fine with that. But I want my four yards.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Now, who was your coach in college? Ray Goff was my head coach at the University of Georgia. Was it the same philosophy there that you had? No, no, there was, it was different because, you know, in college, I thought I really failed, man, because they were used to big runs. You know, I played behind Garrison Hurst and Garrison would make the 80 yard runs, 90 yard runs. I wasn&#x27;t so much a guy who could break long runs. I was more of a chain mover. So when I left Georgia, I was, I kind of felt like, man, like I kind of failed. You know what I mean? Like I wasn&#x27;t successful. Well, you were consistent and persistent and you were reliable. That&#x27;s important. Well, not then it wasn&#x27;t, I guess they didn&#x27;t see it that way because, you know, college football is a little different. They want more explosive plays. Right. But what I was built for was the pro game. And when I got there and my coach said in the meeting, he said, hey, I just want four yards.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Uh, I want you guys to just get four yards. And I&#x27;m thinking to myself, wow, that&#x27;s it? Four yards? I said, I can get you four. So it made it where it registered in my head and it was something that I was, I was pretty good at doing already. And so once I was able to get four yards, then sometimes I could take chances and break a longer run. But I always made sure in the back of my mind to get the four, get that four yards. Yeah. Now we&#x27;re going to be talking to you a lot in the future, though. We&#x27;re going to follow the progress of the book. We&#x27;re also going to go over that is make sure people understand from a point of view that that&#x27;s understandable because a lot of advisors are talking over people&#x27;s heads. We&#x27;re going to bring it right down to the, to the, to the ground floor and make sure people get educated going forward. I really appreciate your time. Absolutely. Thank you, man, for having me. Folks. Again, that was a NFL hall of famer and Superbowl MVP, Terrell Davis. He&#x27;s going to be a guest on the show coming up a lot of times in the future. Thanks for your time today, Terrell. No problem. Folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Terrell Davis joins Coach Pete to discuss lessons from his football career and the value of consistent progress. They connect the idea of a four-yard run with financial discipline and planning for the future.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Terrell Davis</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>The Four-Yard Run</category>
      <category>Football</category>
      <category>Financial Discipline</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Terrell Davis, sports, The Four-Yard Run, Football, Financial Discipline, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/489beecb-3d1b-4486-bc12-adff0116c278/image.jpg?t=1792073770&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/489beecb-3d1b-4486-bc12-adff0116c278/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-special-guest-terrell-davis-nfl/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/489beecb-3d1b-4486-bc12-adff0116c278/image.jpg?t=1792073770&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e48af97f4e094b5aa38682bb082859a1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>489beecb-3d1b-4486-bc12-adff0116c278</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2018 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>293</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/489beecb-3d1b-4486-bc12-adff0116c278/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="4721568" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-special-guest-terrell-davis-nfl</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>55</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Terrell Davis" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chuck Kaiton: Hockey, Broadcasting, and Family</title>
      <itunes:title>Chuck Kaiton: Hockey, Broadcasting, and Family</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Kaiton joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss hockey broadcasting, his career, and family. Recorded July 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vistens. Well folks, today&#x27;s guest is unusual because a lot of times we have to go out across the nation, reach out across the world and talk through the internet or through the microphone system to our guests. But today we have live in studio with us, Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton. If you ever watched hockey or if you ever listen to hockey on the radio, you&#x27;ve heard Chuck. Chuck, welcome in. Thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be here today. Terrific to see you.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it does. I hadn&#x27;t seen you in over a year at a local establishment. It was always great to see your smiling face. And I will never forget the first time I met you and you actually sent me a picture of this when I was wearing my Hartford Whalers jacket at the SAS tournament in the box above the 18th hole at Prestonwood Country Club. And I looked a lot younger. I&#x27;ve aged quite a bit. You haven&#x27;t changed a bit. I grew a beard. That&#x27;s right. Well, that&#x27;s good. Oh, you&#x27;re more distinguished. Yeah, my beard is about a year old now. So I said happy birthday to my beard on June 28th. Absolutely. And it looks terrific. Thanks, Chuck. You know, it&#x27;s amazing when we talk about – I&#x27;ve always been – you&#x27;ve been my hero when we talk about it. When we&#x27;re in this industry of broadcasting and we listen to other people on the radio,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> there&#x27;s certain people that go to the top of that. The cream rises to the top. And it&#x27;s amazing how you&#x27;ve been able to – like when I&#x27;m listening to a hockey game, the puck goes all over the place. It goes fast. And you&#x27;re talking – these names are 20 or 30 letters long and all of a sudden score. You&#x27;re right. So can you – do you have any old line that you remember? Like let&#x27;s do a Carolina Hurricanes one where they&#x27;re going down, they score. Do you have one you want to just give us like a little bit of Chuck Kaiton? Okay. I&#x27;ve got – let&#x27;s go back to the 06 Stanley Cup year. Good year. And I&#x27;ll never forget it. And it&#x27;s down to the last 35 seconds of the game. It&#x27;s 2-1 for the Carolina Hurricanes over the Edmonton Oilers. And that puck is at center ice. It&#x27;s dumped in by Chris Pronger into the Hurricanes zone.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Cam Ward stops it behind the net for Brett Hedekin. Hedekin maneuvers it up the middle to Rod Brindamore. Brindamore feeds Williams over the line. He&#x27;s got the empty net. He shoots. He scores. He scores. It&#x27;s Justin Williams who has won the Stanley Cup in all probability for the Carolina Hurricanes. And after 9,435 days of Stanley Cup hopes, your Carolina Hurricanes, nay, Hartford Whalers, have won the Stanley Cup. Well, the Hartford Whalers, huh? Remember that. Yeah. You&#x27;re a New Englander at the beginning, right? Yeah. Big Bruins fan. You know – Oh, now you&#x27;re killing me. I know. They hate it. They still hate each other. I know. Here&#x27;s a little trivia for you, Chuck. Now, I couldn&#x27;t listen to you that game because we were in Aruba, my wife and I.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> We were in Aruba at that time, and we were in a sports bar watching an Aruba of all places, Thomas, a hockey game in June that Carolina Hurricanes win the Stanley Cup. I&#x27;m telling you. And that&#x27;s a Dutch colony, right? A Dutch possession. They were watching a lot of soccer. Absolutely. Either that or drinking some Amstel or whatever. Or both. Oh, yeah. Well, that&#x27;s something because I know I&#x27;ve heard it from a lot of people from afar. And you know what the nice thing is, Pete, about doing radio as far as the playoffs are concerned because in this day and age with NBC Sports Network, local television cannot do the Stanley Cup playoffs after the first round. It&#x27;s exclusive to NBC Sports Network. It was exclusive to ABC before that and before that ESPN. And the last time local telecasters were able to do the finals was in 1994 when the New York Rangers won the Stanley Cup.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Been a long time. And my good colleagues at that time, Sam Rosen and John Davidson, were the last local broadcasters to be able to do a Stanley Cup final for their team. And they were the Ranger broadcasters that year. So at least on the radio side, you&#x27;re able to do all four rounds of the playoffs. That&#x27;s good. And that memory will always stick with me from 12 years ago. Now, John Davidson, is he on the national network now? Why have I heard that name before? Yeah, John Davidson was a broadcaster. After he left the Rangers, he ended up getting, while he was doing Ranger games, when he was in his broadcast career, he is now in hockey management. He is the president of the Columbus Blue Jackets and prior to that, the St. Louis Blues. So he&#x27;s in hockey management now. But he was a goaltender for the New York Rangers and the St. Louis Blues in his day</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> and came close to winning a Stanley Cup in 79 but lost to the Montreal Canadiens when he was a member of the Rangers. But, yeah, he was a national broadcaster along with Mike Emmerich, of course, my great friend and a terrific person in Doc Emmerich. But over the last seven or eight years, Davidson has now become a hockey management person, again, starting with St. Louis and now with the Columbus Blue Jackets. Who&#x27;s the guy on ESPN? Barry Milrose. He&#x27;s always fun to watch. Yeah, Mr. Mullet. He does. He has a mullet. Yeah, he was actually here. The last time I saw Barry was in that 06 year when he was covering for ESPN because that&#x27;s their only hockey presence today. They cover the playoffs. He does little bits on ESPN. That&#x27;s about the only hockey presence they have now, at least with the NHL,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> since they don&#x27;t have the broadcast rights anymore. And, yeah, Barry is an interesting guy. He was a defenseman for the Winnipeg Jets and the Detroit Red Wings in his day. I&#x27;m old enough to remember him as a player. I guess I&#x27;m old enough to remember everybody as a player now. But he&#x27;s a terrific guy. And what you see off the air is just what you see on the air. He&#x27;s just a genuine person. And the zenith of his career, of course, was in 1993 when he coached the L.A. Kings and Wayne Gretzky, Stanley Cup Finals. And I don&#x27;t know if he rang Marty McSnorley&#x27;s neck or not for having an illegal stick, but they lost to Montreal Canadiens, a key game on an illegal stick. I remember that name. He was always in trouble for something. Yeah, he was. He was Wayne Gretzky&#x27;s bodyguard. But that particular night, the series turned and the Canadians won the Cup. My good friend Kirk Muller was the captain.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> The old Hurricane coach was the captain of the Canadians. They won the Stanley Cup 25 years ago, believe it or not. Time flies. Yeah. Now, Chuck, we were talking before you came on. This is my last thing to you, I&#x27;m going to say. But you have some grandkids. Yes. How many grandkids do you have? Five. We have one with four, one with one. Yeah. Yeah. So I&#x27;ve got my wife&#x27;s book, A Day to Play. And it&#x27;s all about, it&#x27;s a cartoon book. But the kids like to have it read to them. The grandkids would. And then eventually they&#x27;ll read it back to you. And it&#x27;s all designed to make sure they save money. Aha. Cartoon book. And there&#x27;s one for you. Oh, I appreciate that. And you know where this is going to go? In about a month or so, we&#x27;re going to be visiting the son with four kids. Okay. And I have an 11, 10, 6, and 3-year-old. Got his hands full. And I will, yeah. I will read this to them. To the younger ones.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And, you know, I know I&#x27;ll get great support from my son and my daughter-in-law because they have that same philosophy. Yes. Very important. And they are, you know, they&#x27;re the type of parents today that may be an anomaly in this generation where no cell phones, no nothing, no television. Very good. They go out and play. So they will listen to this book. They read quite a bit. So I appreciate it. You learn a lot by reading. Thomas listens to books all the time. I do. I know. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve got another one for your other set of children with grandkids. Thank you. So, folks, his name was Chuck Kaiton, Hall of Fame broadcaster. Chuck, thanks for your time today. Thank you, Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Kaiton joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss hockey broadcasting, his career, and family. Recorded July 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vistens. Well folks, today&#x27;s guest is unusual because a lot of times we have to go out across the nation, reach out across the world and talk through the internet or through the microphone system to our guests. But today we have live in studio with us, Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton. If you ever watched hockey or if you ever listen to hockey on the radio, you&#x27;ve heard Chuck. Chuck, welcome in. Thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be here today. Terrific to see you.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it does. I hadn&#x27;t seen you in over a year at a local establishment. It was always great to see your smiling face. And I will never forget the first time I met you and you actually sent me a picture of this when I was wearing my Hartford Whalers jacket at the SAS tournament in the box above the 18th hole at Prestonwood Country Club. And I looked a lot younger. I&#x27;ve aged quite a bit. You haven&#x27;t changed a bit. I grew a beard. That&#x27;s right. Well, that&#x27;s good. Oh, you&#x27;re more distinguished. Yeah, my beard is about a year old now. So I said happy birthday to my beard on June 28th. Absolutely. And it looks terrific. Thanks, Chuck. You know, it&#x27;s amazing when we talk about – I&#x27;ve always been – you&#x27;ve been my hero when we talk about it. When we&#x27;re in this industry of broadcasting and we listen to other people on the radio,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> there&#x27;s certain people that go to the top of that. The cream rises to the top. And it&#x27;s amazing how you&#x27;ve been able to – like when I&#x27;m listening to a hockey game, the puck goes all over the place. It goes fast. And you&#x27;re talking – these names are 20 or 30 letters long and all of a sudden score. You&#x27;re right. So can you – do you have any old line that you remember? Like let&#x27;s do a Carolina Hurricanes one where they&#x27;re going down, they score. Do you have one you want to just give us like a little bit of Chuck Kaiton? Okay. I&#x27;ve got – let&#x27;s go back to the 06 Stanley Cup year. Good year. And I&#x27;ll never forget it. And it&#x27;s down to the last 35 seconds of the game. It&#x27;s 2-1 for the Carolina Hurricanes over the Edmonton Oilers. And that puck is at center ice. It&#x27;s dumped in by Chris Pronger into the Hurricanes zone.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Cam Ward stops it behind the net for Brett Hedekin. Hedekin maneuvers it up the middle to Rod Brindamore. Brindamore feeds Williams over the line. He&#x27;s got the empty net. He shoots. He scores. He scores. It&#x27;s Justin Williams who has won the Stanley Cup in all probability for the Carolina Hurricanes. And after 9,435 days of Stanley Cup hopes, your Carolina Hurricanes, nay, Hartford Whalers, have won the Stanley Cup. Well, the Hartford Whalers, huh? Remember that. Yeah. You&#x27;re a New Englander at the beginning, right? Yeah. Big Bruins fan. You know – Oh, now you&#x27;re killing me. I know. They hate it. They still hate each other. I know. Here&#x27;s a little trivia for you, Chuck. Now, I couldn&#x27;t listen to you that game because we were in Aruba, my wife and I.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> We were in Aruba at that time, and we were in a sports bar watching an Aruba of all places, Thomas, a hockey game in June that Carolina Hurricanes win the Stanley Cup. I&#x27;m telling you. And that&#x27;s a Dutch colony, right? A Dutch possession. They were watching a lot of soccer. Absolutely. Either that or drinking some Amstel or whatever. Or both. Oh, yeah. Well, that&#x27;s something because I know I&#x27;ve heard it from a lot of people from afar. And you know what the nice thing is, Pete, about doing radio as far as the playoffs are concerned because in this day and age with NBC Sports Network, local television cannot do the Stanley Cup playoffs after the first round. It&#x27;s exclusive to NBC Sports Network. It was exclusive to ABC before that and before that ESPN. And the last time local telecasters were able to do the finals was in 1994 when the New York Rangers won the Stanley Cup.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Been a long time. And my good colleagues at that time, Sam Rosen and John Davidson, were the last local broadcasters to be able to do a Stanley Cup final for their team. And they were the Ranger broadcasters that year. So at least on the radio side, you&#x27;re able to do all four rounds of the playoffs. That&#x27;s good. And that memory will always stick with me from 12 years ago. Now, John Davidson, is he on the national network now? Why have I heard that name before? Yeah, John Davidson was a broadcaster. After he left the Rangers, he ended up getting, while he was doing Ranger games, when he was in his broadcast career, he is now in hockey management. He is the president of the Columbus Blue Jackets and prior to that, the St. Louis Blues. So he&#x27;s in hockey management now. But he was a goaltender for the New York Rangers and the St. Louis Blues in his day</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> and came close to winning a Stanley Cup in 79 but lost to the Montreal Canadiens when he was a member of the Rangers. But, yeah, he was a national broadcaster along with Mike Emmerich, of course, my great friend and a terrific person in Doc Emmerich. But over the last seven or eight years, Davidson has now become a hockey management person, again, starting with St. Louis and now with the Columbus Blue Jackets. Who&#x27;s the guy on ESPN? Barry Milrose. He&#x27;s always fun to watch. Yeah, Mr. Mullet. He does. He has a mullet. Yeah, he was actually here. The last time I saw Barry was in that 06 year when he was covering for ESPN because that&#x27;s their only hockey presence today. They cover the playoffs. He does little bits on ESPN. That&#x27;s about the only hockey presence they have now, at least with the NHL,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> since they don&#x27;t have the broadcast rights anymore. And, yeah, Barry is an interesting guy. He was a defenseman for the Winnipeg Jets and the Detroit Red Wings in his day. I&#x27;m old enough to remember him as a player. I guess I&#x27;m old enough to remember everybody as a player now. But he&#x27;s a terrific guy. And what you see off the air is just what you see on the air. He&#x27;s just a genuine person. And the zenith of his career, of course, was in 1993 when he coached the L.A. Kings and Wayne Gretzky, Stanley Cup Finals. And I don&#x27;t know if he rang Marty McSnorley&#x27;s neck or not for having an illegal stick, but they lost to Montreal Canadiens, a key game on an illegal stick. I remember that name. He was always in trouble for something. Yeah, he was. He was Wayne Gretzky&#x27;s bodyguard. But that particular night, the series turned and the Canadians won the Cup. My good friend Kirk Muller was the captain.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> The old Hurricane coach was the captain of the Canadians. They won the Stanley Cup 25 years ago, believe it or not. Time flies. Yeah. Now, Chuck, we were talking before you came on. This is my last thing to you, I&#x27;m going to say. But you have some grandkids. Yes. How many grandkids do you have? Five. We have one with four, one with one. Yeah. Yeah. So I&#x27;ve got my wife&#x27;s book, A Day to Play. And it&#x27;s all about, it&#x27;s a cartoon book. But the kids like to have it read to them. The grandkids would. And then eventually they&#x27;ll read it back to you. And it&#x27;s all designed to make sure they save money. Aha. Cartoon book. And there&#x27;s one for you. Oh, I appreciate that. And you know where this is going to go? In about a month or so, we&#x27;re going to be visiting the son with four kids. Okay. And I have an 11, 10, 6, and 3-year-old. Got his hands full. And I will, yeah. I will read this to them. To the younger ones.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And, you know, I know I&#x27;ll get great support from my son and my daughter-in-law because they have that same philosophy. Yes. Very important. And they are, you know, they&#x27;re the type of parents today that may be an anomaly in this generation where no cell phones, no nothing, no television. Very good. They go out and play. So they will listen to this book. They read quite a bit. So I appreciate it. You learn a lot by reading. Thomas listens to books all the time. I do. I know. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve got another one for your other set of children with grandkids. Thank you. So, folks, his name was Chuck Kaiton, Hall of Fame broadcaster. Chuck, thanks for your time today. Thank you, Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chuck Kaiton joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss hockey broadcasting, his career, and family. Recorded July 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chuck Kaiton, sports, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd/image.jpg?t=1792071999&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-kaiton-hockey-broadcasting-and-family/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd/image.jpg?t=1792071999&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 Jul 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>454</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a3fa962a-6d12-4780-b660-b4e3000803dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="7295408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-kaiton-hockey-broadcasting-and-family</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>56</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Hockey, Broadcasting, and Family" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:03:03" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Frisbie: Every Dime Every Day</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Frisbie: Every Dime Every Day</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, it&#x27;s not often where I get a chance to interview someone who I&#x27;ve known for a long time, who I respect, and who&#x27;s written a really good book. And this is one of those exceptions where we&#x27;ve got a really good interview set up today with a guy named Kevin Frisbee. And Kevin is in Maine. He&#x27;s all over Maine. He&#x27;s a financial planner. He also does a radio show in Maine. Kevin, welcome in. Hey, Coach. I&#x27;m glad to be on your show today. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Every Dime, Every Day, a life-changing personal finance plan created to take you from where you are today to wherever it is you want to go. That&#x27;s a great title. You know, I spent a lot of months, Coach, trying to figure out exactly what I wanted to put in the book. And it was a big project, not just in the book, but the title, what&#x27;s going to be the best summary of the book. And I think we found a winner. Well, let&#x27;s go into Every Dime, Every Day.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What does that mean to you? Well, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. So that comes from a financial seminar I attended here in Augusta, Maine, probably 23, 24 years ago. And the guy on stage says, if you really want to get control of your finances and have the discipline with your finances, you need to take a notebook around with you and write down every single dime, every single day that you spend. And I thought, that&#x27;s kind of nifty. That sounds pretty easy and it&#x27;s very difficult to do, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. But that&#x27;s where the title comes from. That seminar that I attended back in the mid-&#x27;90s changed my life. And I started to do what he recommended to do. And from what my wife and I have been able to create in our own lifestyle, I had to write this in a book. And it really is the beginning of a tremendous story that we&#x27;ve been able to put together here. Now, in the book, you talk about setting goals. And when people hear that, their eyes glass over a lot of times, setting goals.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Everyone has goals. But then you go one step further. I think this is important. You&#x27;d call it the logbook. Yeah, the logbook&#x27;s a big deal. So setting goals is important. I wrote a whole chapter on that. But then I give instructions on exactly what to do with the logbook. Meaning a logbook is you start to jot down, as I said, write down everything that you spend every single day. And everything from you go to the gas station, convenience stores, grocery stores, anything you might spend. You collect receipts and you lock it in a book. And at the end of the day, I ask people when I do financial seminars all over the state of Maine, how many people have ever owned or operated a business? And 20%, 30% of the hands go up. And the reality is, all the hands should be up in a room because everybody has a household. And if you look at your household like a business, and this logbook is designed to just kind of put everything in front of you, saying, all right, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;re spending.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Here&#x27;s what we have for income. And if you have a profit or loss at the end of the month, that&#x27;s what the logbook&#x27;s designed to do. Yeah, and then also, when you can do that, then you can accomplish achieving the goals that you want because you know exactly what you&#x27;re spending. And if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re spending, you really don&#x27;t know what you need to make, do you? That&#x27;s the basis of everything that we do in our planning practice. As you know, we talk about this all the time. We help people with their retirement planning. And at the end of the day, a lot of people don&#x27;t even know what they need for a monthly budget, what they need to spend or what they need to have for income. And so one of the tasks is go figure out what your budget looks like. And it&#x27;s the same what I write in the book as far as figuring out what your budget looks like. And then you have the logbook to help kind of put that up in front of you. And then you can make some better decisions because now you have control over your money. They used to have a show called The X-Files. Do you remember The X-Files? Yeah, the sci-fi show.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s almost like it had that music playing in the background. And then it was a show called Unsolved Mysteries. And both of those shows together go into what your Chapter 8 is, finding the right financial professional. One of the biggest mysteries in the world is how do you find one? And more importantly, how do you know if the one you have now might not be the right one? Yeah, it&#x27;s amazing. I wrote a whole chapter on this for this reason. One of the biggest complaints that people have is they come in and they might have an advisor they&#x27;re working with right now, but the advisor is kind of somebody that doesn&#x27;t... He or she skirts around the questions. They don&#x27;t answer direct. And you and I, Coach, we work the same way with our clients. We&#x27;re direct with people. We&#x27;re upfront. We&#x27;re transparent. And if you&#x27;re not having that with an advisor, that&#x27;s the biggest complaint I get is people don&#x27;t get their answers that they go into the advisor to get.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it seems sometimes like the advisor... I&#x27;m not saying this is the case, but it seems sometimes that the advisor is avoiding to answer these questions because they don&#x27;t want them to know the truth about what they&#x27;re paying for fees and what their portfolio looks like and how much risk they&#x27;re taking, all those type of things. You know, many times people forget to ask the right questions, too, where they don&#x27;t know the right questions to ask. That&#x27;s the whole thing. You know what? It is all about asking the right questions. Or, again, they don&#x27;t have the confidence of, you know, they don&#x27;t want to sound like foolish if they&#x27;re not asking the right question or asking it the right way. So I wrote the whole chapter, Chapter 8, Finding the Right Financial Professional, really giving a lot of a list of questions that people can go in and ask, you know, is your advisor a fiduciary, for example? I mean, that&#x27;s as important as anything else to find out if your advisor is required to work in your best interest. That&#x27;s not always the case, Coach, as you know.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Well, I hear, you know, and I hear all sorts of stories from across the world about that. And even locally, I hear radio shows from other advisors, and they make it a point to skirt the issue that they&#x27;re really not a fiduciary. If they are making commissions from you out of your money, they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. Exactly. And that&#x27;s the point. Again, if you know what to ask and the pointed question is, hey, are you a fiduciary? If they&#x27;re not a fiduciary, if they say, well, we have fiduciaries around here, that&#x27;s probably not the right advisor for you. You need to start looking elsewhere. And even if they say they are, isn&#x27;t it great to get it in writing? Well, you can look it up on FINRA. You can look it up and find out what they have for licenses. And the 65 Series 65 license is the fiduciary license. Correct. And I got to tell you, and you know this, but your audience doesn&#x27;t know this probably, 80% of all people that they call themselves financial advisors all across the United States, 80% of them do not have a fiduciary license.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> That&#x27;s a fact. It&#x27;s kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s scary because they&#x27;re not mandated to work in your best interest as a client. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to have questions in your mind, in the back of your head, thinking, are they putting me into this product? Are they giving me this investment because of them or because of me? And the fiduciary license says they have to work in your best interest. So, you kind of take that off the table. And you would think automatically that they should be working in your best interest. But you and I have talked all the time. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of cases where that&#x27;s just not the case. You&#x27;ve got a great chapter in here, Chapter 10, Turbocharge Your Savings. Now, who doesn&#x27;t want to turbocharge your savings? I wrote that chapter because now that people have paid off their debt, we talk about eliminating debt and debt knockout, those type of things in the beginning of the book. Now that after people have eliminated the debts, now what do you do?</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> You take that extra money. And how do you turbocharge that? How do you grow that quickly? And doing it, I&#x27;m not talking pie in the sky quickly. I&#x27;m talking about really having a game plan in place. Now you&#x27;ve got the additional monies that you&#x27;ll take from your budget. You&#x27;ve taken and eliminated debt. You&#x27;ve taken that money over now. And you really can put a game plan to turbocharge your savings. There&#x27;s a lot of things, a lot of great ideas out there to really get a real jump on what you&#x27;re making on your investments. Now, one of the things I always say, and this all goes back, I guess, to the fiduciary or somebody really not acting in your best interest if you&#x27;re out there and you don&#x27;t have this. But many people have financial plans. And their financial planner is telling them they have a retirement plan. But then when we analyze it, we see no lifetime income. And my opinion is, unless you have lifetime income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> This goes right into your Chapter 12, your risks to retirement. One of the risks is not having an income plan. Risk to retirement. You and I both know we do similar planning practice where we do what we call buckets of money strategies. So you have your investments. You have what I call risk money. You have your safe monies. That might be the six months in a savings account for living expenses. Then you have your safe money that should be set aside for your income plan. And again, most people don&#x27;t understand it. When we break it up in a simple way and in an explanation for people, if you look at it really broken up in a simple bucket form, people have a better understanding. Say, all right, I should have a certain percentage of my monies here in a safe income plan. Because, again, the burden&#x27;s on us now, Coach. As you know, we&#x27;ve got Social Security that is going to be there or not going to be there.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> There&#x27;s questions about that sometime in the future. Some people might have a pension. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen maybe only 5% to 6%, 7% of the people that come in anymore that have pensions. So that&#x27;s become a thing of the past. So now the burden is on us, the consumer, to take our retirement monies and now put that income plan in place. And this is, I think, the biggest area where people fall down on is they don&#x27;t strategize and take a chunk of that money and set it aside into that income plan. And the broker that they may be working with has them all in the risk, all in the market. They don&#x27;t have the guaranteed plan in place, and I think it&#x27;s a mistake. Yeah, that is scary when you think about it because it&#x27;s great to look at a big balance when the market&#x27;s going up. But what if you don&#x27;t secure some of that money? Tie it down. You know, you&#x27;ve got a big boat. If you don&#x27;t tie it to the dock and the storm comes, where&#x27;s the boat? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s gone. Especially in today&#x27;s world. Or dry docking.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Yeah. You know, dry docking for retirement. You need to get your money isolated from the forces of the market, the money you need to have for retirement. And that&#x27;s a big mistake people have made over the last, I guess, couple decades. I&#x27;ve seen people get more excited about the market, take their retirement money, throw it into the market, which is great when it&#x27;s going up. But I&#x27;ve seen way too many people on the other side after something bad happens. Yeah. And look at right now what&#x27;s going on with the volatility in the markets and the world. You know what? If somebody&#x27;s 60, 65, 70 years old and looking to retire, you tell me. I mean, you and I both have the same agreement. They shouldn&#x27;t have all their money at risk in the market. I mean, there&#x27;s great ways that they can take some of that money off the table and put it in a planning situation where they can guarantee some income. You don&#x27;t want to have to worry about your income when the markets have the volatility. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about basically today is minimizing the risk as you get older.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And doing it because you have to do it. But if your broker&#x27;s not doing it with you, you have to find somebody or a fiduciary that&#x27;s going to do it with you and for you. Folks, it&#x27;s a great book. Every Dime, Every Day, the author, Kevin Frisbee. He&#x27;s from Maine. You can find this book anywhere. Books are sold on Amazon. I&#x27;ve seen it on Amazon. It&#x27;s 16 chapters. One final one, Kevin. Find your financial common sense. Now, we&#x27;re talking about how many people have lost that compass. Yeah, I talk a lot about in that chapter about how long to finance a vehicle, how long to finance a home. You know, you never go beyond 15 years on a mortgage, for example. If you buy a vehicle and you can&#x27;t pay it off in two years, you&#x27;re buying something that&#x27;s too expensive for you. There&#x27;s a lot of common sense things that if people understood how much the mistakes they were costing them out of their pocket by making some just bad choices.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> And we&#x27;re lured in our world by all these choices to go spend money, you know, finance the furniture and finance, you know, the car for seven years. Those are all major mistakes. And I talk about it. Finding your financial common sense in one of the chapters. And by the way, Coach, I want to make a mention, people can find me all over the country on Amazon and in different platforms. We also have an audio book on my website, everydime.com. You can find the book and the audio book available right there if you want to go online and look us up. Well, Kevin, I appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. Appreciate having me on your show. And thanks to all your listeners. Again, folks, the title of the book, Every Dime, Every Day by Kevin Frisbee. We&#x27;ll be back right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, it&#x27;s not often where I get a chance to interview someone who I&#x27;ve known for a long time, who I respect, and who&#x27;s written a really good book. And this is one of those exceptions where we&#x27;ve got a really good interview set up today with a guy named Kevin Frisbee. And Kevin is in Maine. He&#x27;s all over Maine. He&#x27;s a financial planner. He also does a radio show in Maine. Kevin, welcome in. Hey, Coach. I&#x27;m glad to be on your show today. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Every Dime, Every Day, a life-changing personal finance plan created to take you from where you are today to wherever it is you want to go. That&#x27;s a great title. You know, I spent a lot of months, Coach, trying to figure out exactly what I wanted to put in the book. And it was a big project, not just in the book, but the title, what&#x27;s going to be the best summary of the book. And I think we found a winner. Well, let&#x27;s go into Every Dime, Every Day.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What does that mean to you? Well, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. So that comes from a financial seminar I attended here in Augusta, Maine, probably 23, 24 years ago. And the guy on stage says, if you really want to get control of your finances and have the discipline with your finances, you need to take a notebook around with you and write down every single dime, every single day that you spend. And I thought, that&#x27;s kind of nifty. That sounds pretty easy and it&#x27;s very difficult to do, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. But that&#x27;s where the title comes from. That seminar that I attended back in the mid-&#x27;90s changed my life. And I started to do what he recommended to do. And from what my wife and I have been able to create in our own lifestyle, I had to write this in a book. And it really is the beginning of a tremendous story that we&#x27;ve been able to put together here. Now, in the book, you talk about setting goals. And when people hear that, their eyes glass over a lot of times, setting goals.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Everyone has goals. But then you go one step further. I think this is important. You&#x27;d call it the logbook. Yeah, the logbook&#x27;s a big deal. So setting goals is important. I wrote a whole chapter on that. But then I give instructions on exactly what to do with the logbook. Meaning a logbook is you start to jot down, as I said, write down everything that you spend every single day. And everything from you go to the gas station, convenience stores, grocery stores, anything you might spend. You collect receipts and you lock it in a book. And at the end of the day, I ask people when I do financial seminars all over the state of Maine, how many people have ever owned or operated a business? And 20%, 30% of the hands go up. And the reality is, all the hands should be up in a room because everybody has a household. And if you look at your household like a business, and this logbook is designed to just kind of put everything in front of you, saying, all right, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;re spending.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Here&#x27;s what we have for income. And if you have a profit or loss at the end of the month, that&#x27;s what the logbook&#x27;s designed to do. Yeah, and then also, when you can do that, then you can accomplish achieving the goals that you want because you know exactly what you&#x27;re spending. And if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re spending, you really don&#x27;t know what you need to make, do you? That&#x27;s the basis of everything that we do in our planning practice. As you know, we talk about this all the time. We help people with their retirement planning. And at the end of the day, a lot of people don&#x27;t even know what they need for a monthly budget, what they need to spend or what they need to have for income. And so one of the tasks is go figure out what your budget looks like. And it&#x27;s the same what I write in the book as far as figuring out what your budget looks like. And then you have the logbook to help kind of put that up in front of you. And then you can make some better decisions because now you have control over your money. They used to have a show called The X-Files. Do you remember The X-Files? Yeah, the sci-fi show.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s almost like it had that music playing in the background. And then it was a show called Unsolved Mysteries. And both of those shows together go into what your Chapter 8 is, finding the right financial professional. One of the biggest mysteries in the world is how do you find one? And more importantly, how do you know if the one you have now might not be the right one? Yeah, it&#x27;s amazing. I wrote a whole chapter on this for this reason. One of the biggest complaints that people have is they come in and they might have an advisor they&#x27;re working with right now, but the advisor is kind of somebody that doesn&#x27;t... He or she skirts around the questions. They don&#x27;t answer direct. And you and I, Coach, we work the same way with our clients. We&#x27;re direct with people. We&#x27;re upfront. We&#x27;re transparent. And if you&#x27;re not having that with an advisor, that&#x27;s the biggest complaint I get is people don&#x27;t get their answers that they go into the advisor to get.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it seems sometimes like the advisor... I&#x27;m not saying this is the case, but it seems sometimes that the advisor is avoiding to answer these questions because they don&#x27;t want them to know the truth about what they&#x27;re paying for fees and what their portfolio looks like and how much risk they&#x27;re taking, all those type of things. You know, many times people forget to ask the right questions, too, where they don&#x27;t know the right questions to ask. That&#x27;s the whole thing. You know what? It is all about asking the right questions. Or, again, they don&#x27;t have the confidence of, you know, they don&#x27;t want to sound like foolish if they&#x27;re not asking the right question or asking it the right way. So I wrote the whole chapter, Chapter 8, Finding the Right Financial Professional, really giving a lot of a list of questions that people can go in and ask, you know, is your advisor a fiduciary, for example? I mean, that&#x27;s as important as anything else to find out if your advisor is required to work in your best interest. That&#x27;s not always the case, Coach, as you know.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Well, I hear, you know, and I hear all sorts of stories from across the world about that. And even locally, I hear radio shows from other advisors, and they make it a point to skirt the issue that they&#x27;re really not a fiduciary. If they are making commissions from you out of your money, they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. Exactly. And that&#x27;s the point. Again, if you know what to ask and the pointed question is, hey, are you a fiduciary? If they&#x27;re not a fiduciary, if they say, well, we have fiduciaries around here, that&#x27;s probably not the right advisor for you. You need to start looking elsewhere. And even if they say they are, isn&#x27;t it great to get it in writing? Well, you can look it up on FINRA. You can look it up and find out what they have for licenses. And the 65 Series 65 license is the fiduciary license. Correct. And I got to tell you, and you know this, but your audience doesn&#x27;t know this probably, 80% of all people that they call themselves financial advisors all across the United States, 80% of them do not have a fiduciary license.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> That&#x27;s a fact. It&#x27;s kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s scary because they&#x27;re not mandated to work in your best interest as a client. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to have questions in your mind, in the back of your head, thinking, are they putting me into this product? Are they giving me this investment because of them or because of me? And the fiduciary license says they have to work in your best interest. So, you kind of take that off the table. And you would think automatically that they should be working in your best interest. But you and I have talked all the time. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of cases where that&#x27;s just not the case. You&#x27;ve got a great chapter in here, Chapter 10, Turbocharge Your Savings. Now, who doesn&#x27;t want to turbocharge your savings? I wrote that chapter because now that people have paid off their debt, we talk about eliminating debt and debt knockout, those type of things in the beginning of the book. Now that after people have eliminated the debts, now what do you do?</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> You take that extra money. And how do you turbocharge that? How do you grow that quickly? And doing it, I&#x27;m not talking pie in the sky quickly. I&#x27;m talking about really having a game plan in place. Now you&#x27;ve got the additional monies that you&#x27;ll take from your budget. You&#x27;ve taken and eliminated debt. You&#x27;ve taken that money over now. And you really can put a game plan to turbocharge your savings. There&#x27;s a lot of things, a lot of great ideas out there to really get a real jump on what you&#x27;re making on your investments. Now, one of the things I always say, and this all goes back, I guess, to the fiduciary or somebody really not acting in your best interest if you&#x27;re out there and you don&#x27;t have this. But many people have financial plans. And their financial planner is telling them they have a retirement plan. But then when we analyze it, we see no lifetime income. And my opinion is, unless you have lifetime income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> This goes right into your Chapter 12, your risks to retirement. One of the risks is not having an income plan. Risk to retirement. You and I both know we do similar planning practice where we do what we call buckets of money strategies. So you have your investments. You have what I call risk money. You have your safe monies. That might be the six months in a savings account for living expenses. Then you have your safe money that should be set aside for your income plan. And again, most people don&#x27;t understand it. When we break it up in a simple way and in an explanation for people, if you look at it really broken up in a simple bucket form, people have a better understanding. Say, all right, I should have a certain percentage of my monies here in a safe income plan. Because, again, the burden&#x27;s on us now, Coach. As you know, we&#x27;ve got Social Security that is going to be there or not going to be there.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> There&#x27;s questions about that sometime in the future. Some people might have a pension. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen maybe only 5% to 6%, 7% of the people that come in anymore that have pensions. So that&#x27;s become a thing of the past. So now the burden is on us, the consumer, to take our retirement monies and now put that income plan in place. And this is, I think, the biggest area where people fall down on is they don&#x27;t strategize and take a chunk of that money and set it aside into that income plan. And the broker that they may be working with has them all in the risk, all in the market. They don&#x27;t have the guaranteed plan in place, and I think it&#x27;s a mistake. Yeah, that is scary when you think about it because it&#x27;s great to look at a big balance when the market&#x27;s going up. But what if you don&#x27;t secure some of that money? Tie it down. You know, you&#x27;ve got a big boat. If you don&#x27;t tie it to the dock and the storm comes, where&#x27;s the boat? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s gone. Especially in today&#x27;s world. Or dry docking.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Yeah. You know, dry docking for retirement. You need to get your money isolated from the forces of the market, the money you need to have for retirement. And that&#x27;s a big mistake people have made over the last, I guess, couple decades. I&#x27;ve seen people get more excited about the market, take their retirement money, throw it into the market, which is great when it&#x27;s going up. But I&#x27;ve seen way too many people on the other side after something bad happens. Yeah. And look at right now what&#x27;s going on with the volatility in the markets and the world. You know what? If somebody&#x27;s 60, 65, 70 years old and looking to retire, you tell me. I mean, you and I both have the same agreement. They shouldn&#x27;t have all their money at risk in the market. I mean, there&#x27;s great ways that they can take some of that money off the table and put it in a planning situation where they can guarantee some income. You don&#x27;t want to have to worry about your income when the markets have the volatility. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about basically today is minimizing the risk as you get older.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And doing it because you have to do it. But if your broker&#x27;s not doing it with you, you have to find somebody or a fiduciary that&#x27;s going to do it with you and for you. Folks, it&#x27;s a great book. Every Dime, Every Day, the author, Kevin Frisbee. He&#x27;s from Maine. You can find this book anywhere. Books are sold on Amazon. I&#x27;ve seen it on Amazon. It&#x27;s 16 chapters. One final one, Kevin. Find your financial common sense. Now, we&#x27;re talking about how many people have lost that compass. Yeah, I talk a lot about in that chapter about how long to finance a vehicle, how long to finance a home. You know, you never go beyond 15 years on a mortgage, for example. If you buy a vehicle and you can&#x27;t pay it off in two years, you&#x27;re buying something that&#x27;s too expensive for you. There&#x27;s a lot of common sense things that if people understood how much the mistakes they were costing them out of their pocket by making some just bad choices.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> And we&#x27;re lured in our world by all these choices to go spend money, you know, finance the furniture and finance, you know, the car for seven years. Those are all major mistakes. And I talk about it. Finding your financial common sense in one of the chapters. And by the way, Coach, I want to make a mention, people can find me all over the country on Amazon and in different platforms. We also have an audio book on my website, everydime.com. You can find the book and the audio book available right there if you want to go online and look us up. Well, Kevin, I appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. Appreciate having me on your show. And thanks to all your listeners. Again, folks, the title of the book, Every Dime, Every Day by Kevin Frisbee. We&#x27;ll be back right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Frisbie</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Frisbie, retirement planning, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/image.jpg?t=1792072003&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-frisbie-every-dime-every-day/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/image.jpg?t=1792072003&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jun 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>651</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10443355" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-frisbie-every-dime-every-day</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>57</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Every Dime Every Day" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:40" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:52" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Samuel Kleiner: The Flying Tigers</title>
      <itunes:title>Samuel Kleiner: The Flying Tigers</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Samuel Kleiner joins Coach Pete to discuss The Flying Tigers, the history behind the book, and the people whose stories he tells. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks, it&#x27;s Memorial Day weekend, which is a great holiday season. I like it especially because it&#x27;s my birthday weekend, but it is Memorial Day weekend. We try to have a guest on who&#x27;s relevant to Memorial Day and found a really great one. Back in World War II there was a flying organization known as the Flying Tigers. And there&#x27;s a new book that just came out called The Untold Story of American Pilots Who Waged a Secret War Against Japan.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And the author&#x27;s name is Samuel Kleiner. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Samuel, welcome to the show. Thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s a real pleasure to be able to talk about this book and my journey to write it. It&#x27;s been the privilege of a lifetime for me to be able to tell the untold story of the flying tigers. People recognize, you know, when I started researching this before our interview, people recognize the planes. Because in the World War II books, a lot of times you see these tiger drawings or artwork on the planes. So they were tough looking planes. And let&#x27;s go into that. I mean, what caused them to draw those tigers on the planes? Absolutely. And so listeners will definitely recognize the famous shark face P-40 with the nose art on it. And I might have seen the Flying Tigers movie with John Wayne that came out in 1942.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Or even a Baba Blacksheep that was an NBC show in the 70s that was about Pappy Boynton. One of the pilots made it. And it&#x27;s just one of the most defining images of the war. And like so many things, the further you get into the research. And I&#x27;ve spent years talking with family members, putting together all different kinds of documents about the flying tigers that have never been seen before. The famous image of the shark face P-40 is something that&#x27;s definitely recognizable to most Americans. But people don&#x27;t really know the story behind those planes. And that&#x27;s what this book is about, is talking about who are the pilots who made up the Flying Tigers and how did they end up there? And it actually was a secret mission authorized at the highest levels of the Roosevelt administration, where before Pearl Harbor, actually, Roosevelt authorized a group of these American pilots who left the armed services.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> A lot of them under T-40, Curtis Wright made fighter planes, took over to China and helped the Chinese. And this was part of Roosevelt&#x27;s strategy wherever he could to help the allies. He called America the arsenal of democracy, and he wanted to take what he called measures short of war. And so the book really picks up into the story of how Americans had been fighting in China, some even before Pearl Harbor. But then after Pearl Harbor, the Flying Tigers see their first battle. Just a couple weeks later, they score a major victory over Kunming, China. And even though Americans can&#x27;t really point to Kunming on a map, it becomes this major rallying cry for the United States because we needed victory. So the image of the shark faced plane becomes one of the defining images of the war. Hollywood recognizes that there&#x27;s a good story here, and they rush out the John Wayne movie.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> And during America&#x27;s darkest hours, these group of pilots really became a source of inspiration for the country. Yeah, and what I thought was fascinating, it was Americans all – it was an all-civilian volunteer air corp. And the Flying Tigers was the first to take flight to Imperial Japan after Pearl Harbor when basically everybody was wondering what the heck happened. These guys were already on their way over there. You know, what drives these young men to basically take up this adventure and to give up everything they know to go over to China? Most of these guys are children of the Great Depression, many of whom have scarcely traveled beyond the county or state they grew up in. And they&#x27;re pilots in the Army or in the Navy or the Marine Corps, but they sign up for this great adventure. Just a couple weeks ago, I was down with the last surviving Flying Tiger in Georgia.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> I was able to give him a copy of this book, and it just meant so much for me to be able to assure him that this story was finally being told and was going to be preserved for future generations. Yeah, you know, I used to watch a show on TV called Dog the Bounty Hunter, and he was a bounty hunter in Hawaii, and he&#x27;d go get what bounty hunters do. But the funny thing, the fascinating thing about the Flying Tigers is they were actually bounty hunters themselves. In some ways, you know, I hadn&#x27;t thought of that term exactly, but yeah, these guys were, you know, a lot of them would admit that the money was one of the big draws for them. They were getting paid a lot more than they were making in the Army. And for a lot of these guys, it was a mix of the money and the adventure and the allure of getting combat because they were leaving while America was still at peace.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> And you had pilots going to, you know, different parts of the world to, you know, join up with the fight. So in England, you have pilots going to form the Eagle Squadrons. And in China, it&#x27;s these guys, the Flying Tigers, who originally called the American Volunteer Group to sign up for that. And a lot of what I&#x27;ve done over the past number of years is to assemble a huge amount of diaries and letters and this huge trove of combat reports, which had basically been collecting dust over the years and to find the families that had these. And in one of the diaries, this guy from Iowa, Bill Reed, who&#x27;s a pilot, says, you know, as he&#x27;s crossing over the Pacific, you know, this is the first time I&#x27;ve been on a body of water bigger than a lake back home. And for so many of these guys, this was just the adventure of a lifetime.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And this book is really about, you know, people know the image of the plane, but this is really telling the story of who are the pilots that flew them, who are the ground crews that supported them, and what was it like to really be there? And with Memorial Day coming up, I wanted to have a book that also did justice to the many of them that were lost. One of my favorite characters from the book was that pilot from Iowa named Bill Reed. And he came back from the Flying Tigers and had a huge homecoming parade in Iowa for him. But then he went back to the war and was later killed in China as a pilot. And so it just becomes very – I became very emotionally attached with some of these guys, and being able to convey their stories is very important to me. You know, it&#x27;s funny – it was not funny, but it&#x27;s fascinating when you look at it,</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> because you said he went back and fought again, but he probably wasn&#x27;t a member of the Flying Tigers, because one of the facts of the Flying Tigers – well, they never lost a battle. I guess they lost in pilots, but they never lost in air battle. Well, yeah, they had a great record. They had a – you know, they were in a really tough situation. So a lot of their fighting was actually done in the British colony in Burma, where they were trying to help stem the tide of a Japanese invasion. And Burma was ultimately lost, so they kept getting pushed back. But they fought very valiantly, and they played a crucial role in the defense of southern China. And so a lot of their role was – you know, the Japanese, going back to 1937, had been bombing these Chinese cities like Kunming and Chongqing. And the Flying Tigers finally showed up and provided some resistance.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> So in that first battle, December 20, 1941, there are accounts from Chinese civilians who talk about looking up and seeing these American planes and how amazing it was to them to see Japanese bombers being shot down with something they hadn&#x27;t seen in years while the Japanese had been bombing them. And so it&#x27;s – for the Chinese, this is a very emotional story. The Flying Tigers are really remembered as heroes there. When I talked to this last surviving Flying Tiger, Frank Lazansky, he goes back – he&#x27;s been back to China a number of times, and he&#x27;s basically treated like a celebrity there. People swarm him in the street. And I just thought that was interesting. You know, these guys are really well-remembered in China. We should also be sure to honor their legacy here. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating story, folks.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> The name of the book, The Flying Tigers, The Untold Story of American Pilots Who Waged a Secret War Against Japan. Samuel Kleiner is the author. Samuel, one final thing. I found a real famous quote from Winston Churchill about the Flying Tigers, and he said, That&#x27;s a tremendous comment, tremendous accolade from Winston Churchill. Yeah, they were kind of comparable to the pilots who were fighting in the Battle of Britain, because, you know, as Churchill talked about, you know, never is so much of an ode to so few. And these were, you know, just a few guys really fighting behind enemy lines, and I do think we owe them a lot. And the book is available wherever books are sold, including on Amazon,</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> and listeners can check out more, including some photographs that have never been seen before at flyingtigersbook.com, and thank you for your interest. Well, thanks for your time today, and happy Memorial Day weekend. Take care. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Samuel Kleiner joins Coach Pete to discuss The Flying Tigers, the history behind the book, and the people whose stories he tells. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks, it&#x27;s Memorial Day weekend, which is a great holiday season. I like it especially because it&#x27;s my birthday weekend, but it is Memorial Day weekend. We try to have a guest on who&#x27;s relevant to Memorial Day and found a really great one. Back in World War II there was a flying organization known as the Flying Tigers. And there&#x27;s a new book that just came out called The Untold Story of American Pilots Who Waged a Secret War Against Japan.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And the author&#x27;s name is Samuel Kleiner. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Samuel, welcome to the show. Thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s a real pleasure to be able to talk about this book and my journey to write it. It&#x27;s been the privilege of a lifetime for me to be able to tell the untold story of the flying tigers. People recognize, you know, when I started researching this before our interview, people recognize the planes. Because in the World War II books, a lot of times you see these tiger drawings or artwork on the planes. So they were tough looking planes. And let&#x27;s go into that. I mean, what caused them to draw those tigers on the planes? Absolutely. And so listeners will definitely recognize the famous shark face P-40 with the nose art on it. And I might have seen the Flying Tigers movie with John Wayne that came out in 1942.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Or even a Baba Blacksheep that was an NBC show in the 70s that was about Pappy Boynton. One of the pilots made it. And it&#x27;s just one of the most defining images of the war. And like so many things, the further you get into the research. And I&#x27;ve spent years talking with family members, putting together all different kinds of documents about the flying tigers that have never been seen before. The famous image of the shark face P-40 is something that&#x27;s definitely recognizable to most Americans. But people don&#x27;t really know the story behind those planes. And that&#x27;s what this book is about, is talking about who are the pilots who made up the Flying Tigers and how did they end up there? And it actually was a secret mission authorized at the highest levels of the Roosevelt administration, where before Pearl Harbor, actually, Roosevelt authorized a group of these American pilots who left the armed services.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> A lot of them under T-40, Curtis Wright made fighter planes, took over to China and helped the Chinese. And this was part of Roosevelt&#x27;s strategy wherever he could to help the allies. He called America the arsenal of democracy, and he wanted to take what he called measures short of war. And so the book really picks up into the story of how Americans had been fighting in China, some even before Pearl Harbor. But then after Pearl Harbor, the Flying Tigers see their first battle. Just a couple weeks later, they score a major victory over Kunming, China. And even though Americans can&#x27;t really point to Kunming on a map, it becomes this major rallying cry for the United States because we needed victory. So the image of the shark faced plane becomes one of the defining images of the war. Hollywood recognizes that there&#x27;s a good story here, and they rush out the John Wayne movie.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> And during America&#x27;s darkest hours, these group of pilots really became a source of inspiration for the country. Yeah, and what I thought was fascinating, it was Americans all – it was an all-civilian volunteer air corp. And the Flying Tigers was the first to take flight to Imperial Japan after Pearl Harbor when basically everybody was wondering what the heck happened. These guys were already on their way over there. You know, what drives these young men to basically take up this adventure and to give up everything they know to go over to China? Most of these guys are children of the Great Depression, many of whom have scarcely traveled beyond the county or state they grew up in. And they&#x27;re pilots in the Army or in the Navy or the Marine Corps, but they sign up for this great adventure. Just a couple weeks ago, I was down with the last surviving Flying Tiger in Georgia.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> I was able to give him a copy of this book, and it just meant so much for me to be able to assure him that this story was finally being told and was going to be preserved for future generations. Yeah, you know, I used to watch a show on TV called Dog the Bounty Hunter, and he was a bounty hunter in Hawaii, and he&#x27;d go get what bounty hunters do. But the funny thing, the fascinating thing about the Flying Tigers is they were actually bounty hunters themselves. In some ways, you know, I hadn&#x27;t thought of that term exactly, but yeah, these guys were, you know, a lot of them would admit that the money was one of the big draws for them. They were getting paid a lot more than they were making in the Army. And for a lot of these guys, it was a mix of the money and the adventure and the allure of getting combat because they were leaving while America was still at peace.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> And you had pilots going to, you know, different parts of the world to, you know, join up with the fight. So in England, you have pilots going to form the Eagle Squadrons. And in China, it&#x27;s these guys, the Flying Tigers, who originally called the American Volunteer Group to sign up for that. And a lot of what I&#x27;ve done over the past number of years is to assemble a huge amount of diaries and letters and this huge trove of combat reports, which had basically been collecting dust over the years and to find the families that had these. And in one of the diaries, this guy from Iowa, Bill Reed, who&#x27;s a pilot, says, you know, as he&#x27;s crossing over the Pacific, you know, this is the first time I&#x27;ve been on a body of water bigger than a lake back home. And for so many of these guys, this was just the adventure of a lifetime.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And this book is really about, you know, people know the image of the plane, but this is really telling the story of who are the pilots that flew them, who are the ground crews that supported them, and what was it like to really be there? And with Memorial Day coming up, I wanted to have a book that also did justice to the many of them that were lost. One of my favorite characters from the book was that pilot from Iowa named Bill Reed. And he came back from the Flying Tigers and had a huge homecoming parade in Iowa for him. But then he went back to the war and was later killed in China as a pilot. And so it just becomes very – I became very emotionally attached with some of these guys, and being able to convey their stories is very important to me. You know, it&#x27;s funny – it was not funny, but it&#x27;s fascinating when you look at it,</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> because you said he went back and fought again, but he probably wasn&#x27;t a member of the Flying Tigers, because one of the facts of the Flying Tigers – well, they never lost a battle. I guess they lost in pilots, but they never lost in air battle. Well, yeah, they had a great record. They had a – you know, they were in a really tough situation. So a lot of their fighting was actually done in the British colony in Burma, where they were trying to help stem the tide of a Japanese invasion. And Burma was ultimately lost, so they kept getting pushed back. But they fought very valiantly, and they played a crucial role in the defense of southern China. And so a lot of their role was – you know, the Japanese, going back to 1937, had been bombing these Chinese cities like Kunming and Chongqing. And the Flying Tigers finally showed up and provided some resistance.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> So in that first battle, December 20, 1941, there are accounts from Chinese civilians who talk about looking up and seeing these American planes and how amazing it was to them to see Japanese bombers being shot down with something they hadn&#x27;t seen in years while the Japanese had been bombing them. And so it&#x27;s – for the Chinese, this is a very emotional story. The Flying Tigers are really remembered as heroes there. When I talked to this last surviving Flying Tiger, Frank Lazansky, he goes back – he&#x27;s been back to China a number of times, and he&#x27;s basically treated like a celebrity there. People swarm him in the street. And I just thought that was interesting. You know, these guys are really well-remembered in China. We should also be sure to honor their legacy here. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating story, folks.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> The name of the book, The Flying Tigers, The Untold Story of American Pilots Who Waged a Secret War Against Japan. Samuel Kleiner is the author. Samuel, one final thing. I found a real famous quote from Winston Churchill about the Flying Tigers, and he said, That&#x27;s a tremendous comment, tremendous accolade from Winston Churchill. Yeah, they were kind of comparable to the pilots who were fighting in the Battle of Britain, because, you know, as Churchill talked about, you know, never is so much of an ode to so few. And these were, you know, just a few guys really fighting behind enemy lines, and I do think we owe them a lot. And the book is available wherever books are sold, including on Amazon,</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> and listeners can check out more, including some photographs that have never been seen before at flyingtigersbook.com, and thank you for your interest. Well, thanks for your time today, and happy Memorial Day weekend. Take care. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Samuel Kleiner joins Coach Pete to discuss The Flying Tigers, the history behind the book, and the people whose stories he tells. Recorded May 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Samuel Kleiner</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Samuel Kleiner, military service, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86/image.jpg?t=1792072010&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/samuel-kleiner-the-flying-tigers/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86/image.jpg?t=1792072010&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>547</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0a7a4a70-a1ad-4b91-b061-b4e30006fb86/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8791794" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/samuel-kleiner-the-flying-tigers</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>58</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Flying Tigers" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:11" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Stovall: Books, Films, and an Empowering Message</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Stovall: Books, Films, and an Empowering Message</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall returns to discuss his work as an author, film projects, and the messages he shares through his stories. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vistens. Well folks, I&#x27;m very happy this week because we have a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show several times in the past. It&#x27;s my fault because I forgot to have him on but we have not had him on in a couple years. He actually wrote the foreword to my book, The Seven Baby Steps to Ridiculously Reliable Retirement Income. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Tulsa, Oklahoma. His name is Jim Stovall. Now he&#x27;s been a national champion Olympic weightlifter.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s also president of the Emmy Award winning Narrative Television Network and highly sought after author. Now you may have seen some of his books. You may have seen some of his movies. One of his books turned into a movie, The Ultimate Gift. Which Jim basically made a camo on and he appeared in the movie, which is always fun to watch the movie. Two new books are out right now on my radar screen. I wanted to talk about both of these. We&#x27;ll cover, well I think we&#x27;ll try to cover both of them. One is The Art of Optimism, Your Competitive Edge, as well as Wisdom for Winners. He&#x27;s got a whole series. This is volume four. But without further ado, let&#x27;s get him on. Jim Stovall. Jim, welcome in. Hey, it is great to be back with you. Yeah, I mean, we were talking about before you were on, time does fly, doesn&#x27;t it? It does, man. It&#x27;s just, you know, out doing our thing. And I know you&#x27;ve been doing yours and you look up and think, man, it&#x27;s been a couple years since I&#x27;ve been on with you guys.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, I&#x27;m pretty sure you remember your first book. Now you&#x27;ve written 30 books. And they&#x27;ve been best. Actually, they told me I just finished the 42nd book. Now there are several in the pipeline that haven&#x27;t come out yet. And then eight of them have been turned into movies now. So it&#x27;s just a crazy thing to think about. And you have shared the stage before with some real famous people. Colin Powell, Zig Ziglar, Christopher Reeves, and Tony Robbins, just to name a few. I mean, Tony&#x27;s a big dude. Tony is. Tony and I have been friends for a number, number of years. And he&#x27;s just a great guy. We were inducted as 10 Outstanding Americans one year apart and met at that. And then have kind of just stayed in touch, worked together a number of times. And, you know, he&#x27;s a great guy. You know, life is full of drawbacks and setbacks.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And that&#x27;s what I love about your book, The Art of Optimism. And because it&#x27;s important to, especially if you&#x27;re in business for yourself or just life in general, to always try to remain competitive and have that competitive edge. You know, absolutely. And, you know, optimism, one of the things that made me excited about this book is when I read a study that optimism is a choice. You can change, you know. You know, we&#x27;ve always heard, you know, well, he&#x27;s a natural optimist or she&#x27;s pessimistic all the time. No, that&#x27;s a choice we make. Being happy is a choice. Being optimistic is a choice. And a lot of amazing things happen to us when we just look for the best thing, when we just expect the best and look for it. Because, you know, we always find what we&#x27;re looking for. You want to have a great day? You&#x27;ll find one. You think it&#x27;s going to be a lousy day today? And you&#x27;ll find a reason it will be.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> One time, I don&#x27;t remember where it was now, years ago, though, and I met a young lady with her husband, and she didn&#x27;t look that happy. And then she got up to go to the bathroom or something, and I said, is there something wrong with your wife tonight? And he said, oh, she&#x27;s not happy unless she&#x27;s sad. Well, there are people that, you know, they think it brings them empathy or attention or whatever. And they think people, you know, are attracted to it. Actually, it may bring you attention, but it&#x27;s not the kind you want. So I guess she was real happy. Absolutely. Because she looked real sad. All right. So what fuels our optimism? You know, when you have someone who&#x27;s optimistic, what keeps them going that way? Well, you know, there are a lot of things that will make us optimistic. First, it&#x27;s just a matter of having a choice. I remember I was working at an event years ago with my late great friend and mentor, Zig Ziglar,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> and I never saw Zig in a bad mood, and we were at one of those events where the lighting wasn&#x27;t right, and they couldn&#x27;t get the sound, and they&#x27;re about to open the arena. Nothing&#x27;s going right, and the stagehands are going crazy. And Zig came in in his normal way and said, man, it&#x27;s a fantastic day today. And one of the stagehands was just so frustrated. He said, well, you&#x27;re in a good mood, aren&#x27;t you? And Zig stopped and stared at that kid and said, son, I decided many years ago to have a good day today, and this is the day. And, you know, he defined himself as an optimist. He said, I&#x27;d go after Moby Dick in a rowboat and take the tartar sauce with me. He just was, you know, he believed everything was possible. But if you believe it, it starts to become possible because our mind is the world&#x27;s greatest invention, and it will bring us what we&#x27;re looking for.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And if you&#x27;re looking for an idea, a solution, a good day, it&#x27;ll go find those things. If you&#x27;re looking for something bad or reasons that won&#x27;t work, or if you&#x27;re looking for an excuse, your mind will give you what you&#x27;re looking for. So, you know, and the research is just unbelievable, you know, how much happier and healthier you are and more profitable and you have more friends. And, you know, they said being a – there&#x27;s a study in the book I cite – being a pessimist throughout your whole life is the health equivalent of smoking two packs of cigarettes a day. And that is just a staggering thing. But, you know, your body picks up on these things. And, you know, your brain is this amazing pharmacy that&#x27;s going all the time. And it can create what you need to feel good, to alleviate pain, to look for good things, to have energy.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> The things you want are there just for being optimistic. It&#x27;s an amazing gift. And some of the ways to turn it around is to decide to be, you know, what do you listen to, what do you read, and then the gratitude. If you can list ten things a day you&#x27;re grateful for, it is impossible to have a bad attitude, be resentful, angry, or jealous while you&#x27;re being grateful. It just pushes everything out of your mind. Do you remember Jim Valvano? Oh, very much so. I remember his speech. He was talking about be happy, to find one thing happy each day, cry each day, laugh each day, have a great day, and just appreciate life in general. That was one of the best speeches ever. It appears every year around the XP Awards. Yeah, he just truly was an amazing message and an amazing legacy that that speech is. And, you know, and more and more, I think it&#x27;s just a fascinating thing to find that emotion in life every day.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Back in 1988, I graduated from college, and my first job was I traveled around the state closing mortgages. I was a notary, so I would witness all the signatures and all that. And I remember, you know, those are long days on the road, and that&#x27;s about the time audiobooks I discovered. And I discovered the first audiobook I got was one of Zig Ziglar&#x27;s, and it was amazing. I probably listened to it 50 times over the course of a couple years because he was always in a good mood. He got me in a good mood. Yeah, he was always in a good mood. You know, when you go around, you do the circuit and the arena events and the movies and things, you meet a lot of people, and a lot of them are like Zig. They&#x27;re everything you hoped they would be, and a few of them you kind of wish you hadn&#x27;t met because you kind of liked them through their books and things, but, you know, they need to read their own stuff sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> But, you know, Zig was everything you would hope he would be and an awful lot more. Folks, we&#x27;re talking a best-selling author and movie producer, Olympic powerlifting winner. I mean, he&#x27;s got an accolade sheet that&#x27;s a mile long. His name is Jim Stovall. Over 40 books that he&#x27;s written. But, Jim, let&#x27;s talk about in your book The Art of Optimism. There&#x27;s one chapter in here I wanted to get to. It&#x27;s Chapter 6, The Pessimism Prescription. Now, what&#x27;s that? Well, if you want to be pessimistic, you can, and there&#x27;s some things you can do to be a pessimist. You know, I always tell people somewhat jokingly, I mean, I don&#x27;t want to trick you into being healthy and happy and successful and wealthy your whole life. If you want to be miserable, you can, and there&#x27;s certain ways to do it. And the interesting thing about optimism versus pessimism, the scientists that did the research found if you&#x27;re going to be optimistic,</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> you have to feed your optimism every day or it will wear down because, you know, we live in the world we live in, and there&#x27;s a lot of negativity out there, and, you know, you have to really work to stay optimistic. But pessimism sticks with you. Yeah. You know, it just feeds on itself and becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy, and that&#x27;s where it goes. And, you know, if you don&#x27;t take care of your health, your attitude, the input, the things that go into your mind and your body, you&#x27;ll start feeling bad. And then, you know, the worse you feel, the worse your attitude gets, the more pessimistic you get, and it&#x27;s just a downward spiral that continues forever. I mean, everyone&#x27;s had a day where they just didn&#x27;t feel right or things weren&#x27;t going right. Now, I&#x27;ve had those days. I mean, who hasn&#x27;t? And so what I try to do is think positive or think about good things that are coming up to try to erase the bad things that are happening right then.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what I call it. I call that a parentheses in positivity. I mean, there are times it happens, and you&#x27;ve got to experience it. There&#x27;s times where we lose a friend or a loved one, and you&#x27;ve got to experience that. You&#x27;ve got to go through that. You know, it&#x27;s like Coach Valvano said, I mean, you&#x27;ve got to experience it. And, guys, I get it. I mean, bad things happen to good people. You know, you&#x27;re listening to a blind guy right now. I&#x27;ve been totally blind for 30 years. I, you know, I write books I can&#x27;t read that get turned into movies I can&#x27;t see. I understand that, you know, everything&#x27;s not great all the time. But for every person that&#x27;s defeated by a circumstance, either a physical thing, a divorce, a bankruptcy, a layoff, whatever it be, for every person that goes through that and is defeated by it, I&#x27;ll show you someone else went through the same thing and actually used it as a springboard to better things in their life.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And, you know, it&#x27;s just a matter of, you know, how do we look at things? And I&#x27;ve just started researching a new book that will be out next year called Managing Randomness. And these things that happen to us, you know, we think it&#x27;s our life&#x27;s utter chaos until we get to a goal in our life. And we look back where we&#x27;ve been and we realize that that thing we thought was utter chaos has a divine quality to it, an order to it. And you realize as tough as that was, there&#x27;s no other way I could have gotten here. And, you know, and things work out, you know, my late great mentor and dear friend, Coach John Wooden, always said things work out best for those that make the best out of the way things work out. Yeah. And, you know, and he said we try not to let the circumstances bother us.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> You know, if you&#x27;re playing a ball game, every once in a while somebody will get injured. Referees will make bad calls. There&#x27;s nothing we can do about it. Crowds will be hostile. The bus will be late. All kinds of things are going to happen. And if we anticipate those, we&#x27;re not negative. We&#x27;re just preparing. But we still have every expectation we&#x27;re going to win this game. Very, very important, too. I mean, the great coaches can overcome adversity. And the great people in life. You know, and part of it is you just realize this is going to happen. Yep. Yep. Well, over the last 10 years, folks, we&#x27;ve had Jim Stovall on four or five times. And every single time when we exit, like we are right now, I always love to say the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone, Jimmy. And I look forward to having you on. We&#x27;re going to try to have you on every year from now on. How&#x27;s that? I would love it. You guys are great. I appreciate you every time.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> I do a lot of these shows. And you go a long way before you find somebody else with your kind of passion and excitement about what you do and the people you&#x27;re serving out there. So anytime you want me, you call. Well, we appreciate you. Thank you, my friend. Folks, again, his name is Jim Stovall. Over 40 books. All you have to do is search his name on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. We&#x27;ve been talking today about Wisdom for Winners, Volume 4, as well as The Art of Optimism, Your Competitive Edge. Again, thanks to Jim Stovall. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall returns to discuss his work as an author, film projects, and the messages he shares through his stories. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vistens. Well folks, I&#x27;m very happy this week because we have a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show several times in the past. It&#x27;s my fault because I forgot to have him on but we have not had him on in a couple years. He actually wrote the foreword to my book, The Seven Baby Steps to Ridiculously Reliable Retirement Income. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Tulsa, Oklahoma. His name is Jim Stovall. Now he&#x27;s been a national champion Olympic weightlifter.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s also president of the Emmy Award winning Narrative Television Network and highly sought after author. Now you may have seen some of his books. You may have seen some of his movies. One of his books turned into a movie, The Ultimate Gift. Which Jim basically made a camo on and he appeared in the movie, which is always fun to watch the movie. Two new books are out right now on my radar screen. I wanted to talk about both of these. We&#x27;ll cover, well I think we&#x27;ll try to cover both of them. One is The Art of Optimism, Your Competitive Edge, as well as Wisdom for Winners. He&#x27;s got a whole series. This is volume four. But without further ado, let&#x27;s get him on. Jim Stovall. Jim, welcome in. Hey, it is great to be back with you. Yeah, I mean, we were talking about before you were on, time does fly, doesn&#x27;t it? It does, man. It&#x27;s just, you know, out doing our thing. And I know you&#x27;ve been doing yours and you look up and think, man, it&#x27;s been a couple years since I&#x27;ve been on with you guys.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, I&#x27;m pretty sure you remember your first book. Now you&#x27;ve written 30 books. And they&#x27;ve been best. Actually, they told me I just finished the 42nd book. Now there are several in the pipeline that haven&#x27;t come out yet. And then eight of them have been turned into movies now. So it&#x27;s just a crazy thing to think about. And you have shared the stage before with some real famous people. Colin Powell, Zig Ziglar, Christopher Reeves, and Tony Robbins, just to name a few. I mean, Tony&#x27;s a big dude. Tony is. Tony and I have been friends for a number, number of years. And he&#x27;s just a great guy. We were inducted as 10 Outstanding Americans one year apart and met at that. And then have kind of just stayed in touch, worked together a number of times. And, you know, he&#x27;s a great guy. You know, life is full of drawbacks and setbacks.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And that&#x27;s what I love about your book, The Art of Optimism. And because it&#x27;s important to, especially if you&#x27;re in business for yourself or just life in general, to always try to remain competitive and have that competitive edge. You know, absolutely. And, you know, optimism, one of the things that made me excited about this book is when I read a study that optimism is a choice. You can change, you know. You know, we&#x27;ve always heard, you know, well, he&#x27;s a natural optimist or she&#x27;s pessimistic all the time. No, that&#x27;s a choice we make. Being happy is a choice. Being optimistic is a choice. And a lot of amazing things happen to us when we just look for the best thing, when we just expect the best and look for it. Because, you know, we always find what we&#x27;re looking for. You want to have a great day? You&#x27;ll find one. You think it&#x27;s going to be a lousy day today? And you&#x27;ll find a reason it will be.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> One time, I don&#x27;t remember where it was now, years ago, though, and I met a young lady with her husband, and she didn&#x27;t look that happy. And then she got up to go to the bathroom or something, and I said, is there something wrong with your wife tonight? And he said, oh, she&#x27;s not happy unless she&#x27;s sad. Well, there are people that, you know, they think it brings them empathy or attention or whatever. And they think people, you know, are attracted to it. Actually, it may bring you attention, but it&#x27;s not the kind you want. So I guess she was real happy. Absolutely. Because she looked real sad. All right. So what fuels our optimism? You know, when you have someone who&#x27;s optimistic, what keeps them going that way? Well, you know, there are a lot of things that will make us optimistic. First, it&#x27;s just a matter of having a choice. I remember I was working at an event years ago with my late great friend and mentor, Zig Ziglar,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> and I never saw Zig in a bad mood, and we were at one of those events where the lighting wasn&#x27;t right, and they couldn&#x27;t get the sound, and they&#x27;re about to open the arena. Nothing&#x27;s going right, and the stagehands are going crazy. And Zig came in in his normal way and said, man, it&#x27;s a fantastic day today. And one of the stagehands was just so frustrated. He said, well, you&#x27;re in a good mood, aren&#x27;t you? And Zig stopped and stared at that kid and said, son, I decided many years ago to have a good day today, and this is the day. And, you know, he defined himself as an optimist. He said, I&#x27;d go after Moby Dick in a rowboat and take the tartar sauce with me. He just was, you know, he believed everything was possible. But if you believe it, it starts to become possible because our mind is the world&#x27;s greatest invention, and it will bring us what we&#x27;re looking for.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And if you&#x27;re looking for an idea, a solution, a good day, it&#x27;ll go find those things. If you&#x27;re looking for something bad or reasons that won&#x27;t work, or if you&#x27;re looking for an excuse, your mind will give you what you&#x27;re looking for. So, you know, and the research is just unbelievable, you know, how much happier and healthier you are and more profitable and you have more friends. And, you know, they said being a – there&#x27;s a study in the book I cite – being a pessimist throughout your whole life is the health equivalent of smoking two packs of cigarettes a day. And that is just a staggering thing. But, you know, your body picks up on these things. And, you know, your brain is this amazing pharmacy that&#x27;s going all the time. And it can create what you need to feel good, to alleviate pain, to look for good things, to have energy.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> The things you want are there just for being optimistic. It&#x27;s an amazing gift. And some of the ways to turn it around is to decide to be, you know, what do you listen to, what do you read, and then the gratitude. If you can list ten things a day you&#x27;re grateful for, it is impossible to have a bad attitude, be resentful, angry, or jealous while you&#x27;re being grateful. It just pushes everything out of your mind. Do you remember Jim Valvano? Oh, very much so. I remember his speech. He was talking about be happy, to find one thing happy each day, cry each day, laugh each day, have a great day, and just appreciate life in general. That was one of the best speeches ever. It appears every year around the XP Awards. Yeah, he just truly was an amazing message and an amazing legacy that that speech is. And, you know, and more and more, I think it&#x27;s just a fascinating thing to find that emotion in life every day.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Back in 1988, I graduated from college, and my first job was I traveled around the state closing mortgages. I was a notary, so I would witness all the signatures and all that. And I remember, you know, those are long days on the road, and that&#x27;s about the time audiobooks I discovered. And I discovered the first audiobook I got was one of Zig Ziglar&#x27;s, and it was amazing. I probably listened to it 50 times over the course of a couple years because he was always in a good mood. He got me in a good mood. Yeah, he was always in a good mood. You know, when you go around, you do the circuit and the arena events and the movies and things, you meet a lot of people, and a lot of them are like Zig. They&#x27;re everything you hoped they would be, and a few of them you kind of wish you hadn&#x27;t met because you kind of liked them through their books and things, but, you know, they need to read their own stuff sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> But, you know, Zig was everything you would hope he would be and an awful lot more. Folks, we&#x27;re talking a best-selling author and movie producer, Olympic powerlifting winner. I mean, he&#x27;s got an accolade sheet that&#x27;s a mile long. His name is Jim Stovall. Over 40 books that he&#x27;s written. But, Jim, let&#x27;s talk about in your book The Art of Optimism. There&#x27;s one chapter in here I wanted to get to. It&#x27;s Chapter 6, The Pessimism Prescription. Now, what&#x27;s that? Well, if you want to be pessimistic, you can, and there&#x27;s some things you can do to be a pessimist. You know, I always tell people somewhat jokingly, I mean, I don&#x27;t want to trick you into being healthy and happy and successful and wealthy your whole life. If you want to be miserable, you can, and there&#x27;s certain ways to do it. And the interesting thing about optimism versus pessimism, the scientists that did the research found if you&#x27;re going to be optimistic,</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> you have to feed your optimism every day or it will wear down because, you know, we live in the world we live in, and there&#x27;s a lot of negativity out there, and, you know, you have to really work to stay optimistic. But pessimism sticks with you. Yeah. You know, it just feeds on itself and becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy, and that&#x27;s where it goes. And, you know, if you don&#x27;t take care of your health, your attitude, the input, the things that go into your mind and your body, you&#x27;ll start feeling bad. And then, you know, the worse you feel, the worse your attitude gets, the more pessimistic you get, and it&#x27;s just a downward spiral that continues forever. I mean, everyone&#x27;s had a day where they just didn&#x27;t feel right or things weren&#x27;t going right. Now, I&#x27;ve had those days. I mean, who hasn&#x27;t? And so what I try to do is think positive or think about good things that are coming up to try to erase the bad things that are happening right then.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what I call it. I call that a parentheses in positivity. I mean, there are times it happens, and you&#x27;ve got to experience it. There&#x27;s times where we lose a friend or a loved one, and you&#x27;ve got to experience that. You&#x27;ve got to go through that. You know, it&#x27;s like Coach Valvano said, I mean, you&#x27;ve got to experience it. And, guys, I get it. I mean, bad things happen to good people. You know, you&#x27;re listening to a blind guy right now. I&#x27;ve been totally blind for 30 years. I, you know, I write books I can&#x27;t read that get turned into movies I can&#x27;t see. I understand that, you know, everything&#x27;s not great all the time. But for every person that&#x27;s defeated by a circumstance, either a physical thing, a divorce, a bankruptcy, a layoff, whatever it be, for every person that goes through that and is defeated by it, I&#x27;ll show you someone else went through the same thing and actually used it as a springboard to better things in their life.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And, you know, it&#x27;s just a matter of, you know, how do we look at things? And I&#x27;ve just started researching a new book that will be out next year called Managing Randomness. And these things that happen to us, you know, we think it&#x27;s our life&#x27;s utter chaos until we get to a goal in our life. And we look back where we&#x27;ve been and we realize that that thing we thought was utter chaos has a divine quality to it, an order to it. And you realize as tough as that was, there&#x27;s no other way I could have gotten here. And, you know, and things work out, you know, my late great mentor and dear friend, Coach John Wooden, always said things work out best for those that make the best out of the way things work out. Yeah. And, you know, and he said we try not to let the circumstances bother us.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> You know, if you&#x27;re playing a ball game, every once in a while somebody will get injured. Referees will make bad calls. There&#x27;s nothing we can do about it. Crowds will be hostile. The bus will be late. All kinds of things are going to happen. And if we anticipate those, we&#x27;re not negative. We&#x27;re just preparing. But we still have every expectation we&#x27;re going to win this game. Very, very important, too. I mean, the great coaches can overcome adversity. And the great people in life. You know, and part of it is you just realize this is going to happen. Yep. Yep. Well, over the last 10 years, folks, we&#x27;ve had Jim Stovall on four or five times. And every single time when we exit, like we are right now, I always love to say the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone, Jimmy. And I look forward to having you on. We&#x27;re going to try to have you on every year from now on. How&#x27;s that? I would love it. You guys are great. I appreciate you every time.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> I do a lot of these shows. And you go a long way before you find somebody else with your kind of passion and excitement about what you do and the people you&#x27;re serving out there. So anytime you want me, you call. Well, we appreciate you. Thank you, my friend. Folks, again, his name is Jim Stovall. Over 40 books. All you have to do is search his name on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. We&#x27;ve been talking today about Wisdom for Winners, Volume 4, as well as The Art of Optimism, Your Competitive Edge. Again, thanks to Jim Stovall. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Stovall returns to discuss his work as an author, film projects, and the messages he shares through his stories. Recorded May 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Stovall</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Stovall, books and authors, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22/image.jpg?t=1792072014&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-books-films-and-an-empowering-message/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22/image.jpg?t=1792072014&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22</guid>
      <omny:clipId>266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>697</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/266242f5-409c-4936-8a5d-b4e300067e22/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11187461" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-books-films-and-an-empowering-message</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>59</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Books, Films, and an Empowering Message" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bob Burg: The Go-Giver Influencer</title>
      <itunes:title>Bob Burg: The Go-Giver Influencer</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bob Burg joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to discuss The Go-Giver Influencer. They explore emotional control, listening, understanding another person&#x27;s perspective, and influencing others without manipulation. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Today, we&#x27;ll meet Bob Berg, co-author of the new book, The Go-Giver Influencer, a little story about a most persuasive idea. It&#x27;s the third in a series of business parables, and some say it&#x27;s the most important yet. A little about Bob Berg first. He&#x27;s a former television personality turned top sales producer. He now speaks to corporations and other organizations on the principles embodied in the Go-Giver series. Bob, welcome. So how did the Go-Giver series come to be, and what is it about the Go-Giver Influencer that makes it so important? These days, you know, we are seeing, especially on the Internet, but there&#x27;s also, whether it&#x27;s a family get-together, a social event, whatever, we see that between family members and friends, employers, employees, politicians, political opponents,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and, you know, the millions of people on social media, today&#x27;s discussions are really no longer discussions. They&#x27;re really fueled up, hate-filled, vitriol-spilling diatribes and personal insults. Well, the result is that no minds are being chained, no one&#x27;s being influenced, but rather people remain stuck in the echo chambers, if you will, of their already closely held beliefs. So friends are becoming enemies, discourse is shut down, understanding and acceptance not being reached, and people feel lousy about it, and that&#x27;s really what we want to be able to now approach and kind of turn this around. It&#x27;s being able to get the results you want when dealing with others, and this is, again, whether it&#x27;s family members, friends, those you lead, those you work with, people in your social circles, what have you,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> getting the results you want with everyone coming away a winner and feeling like a winner. So getting the results you want while making other people feel genuinely good about themselves, and the person who can do that, that&#x27;s the person who&#x27;s influential, and we have a lot of people saying that they&#x27;re right away, they&#x27;re giving this book to their kids and their grandkids, and, you know, because these are life skills. You know, talent is important. Talent is very important, but talent is the bottom, you know, talent is the baseline now for just getting into the game. It&#x27;s those people who&#x27;ve mastered people&#x27;s skills, but doing so in a way that&#x27;s genuine and authentic and benevolent, not manipulative, but persuasive. That&#x27;s the person who really is nine steps ahead of the game in a 10-step game. Well, and you&#x27;ve got the five secrets of the genuine influencer, and boy, they really ring true,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> and I&#x27;m going to skip right to number five, let go of having to be right. And that is the thing that it just, you know, that&#x27;s the frustrating part of it, is because if you have to be right, that means somebody has to be wrong, and guess what? They&#x27;re not necessarily wrong. Well, exactly. And, you know, if you ever notice the political debates on social media, or, again, even in person, and someone says, people like you are the worst people on earth, you&#x27;re heartless, and you don&#x27;t care, and blah, blah, blah, you want to ruin this country. You know, the other person never responds by saying, oh, thank you so much for pointing out the error of my ways. I haven&#x27;t thought about it like that, right? And so, no, what we&#x27;ve got to do is we&#x27;ve got to first, you know, we need to see this person as a person who has good intent, because they probably do.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> The big difference is the way you would go about having something happen. And when we say let go of having to be right, that doesn&#x27;t mean you don&#x27;t desire to be right. It doesn&#x27;t mean you don&#x27;t do your best to be right. What it means is you allow yourself to go into learner&#x27;s mode, as opposed to the people who, when you debate with them, you think to yourself, goodness, you know, it&#x27;s like, don&#x27;t even bother confusing them with the facts. Their mind is already made up. These are the people who have trouble with confirmation bias, right? They hear something that agrees with their already held beliefs. They believe it. If not, they ignore it. Well, that person cannot grow. But if you will let go of having to be right, you&#x27;ll find that you&#x27;re able to look at something from the other person&#x27;s point of view. That does not mean you agree with it.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> It just means you&#x27;re able to see where they&#x27;re coming from. And it puts you actually in a much stronger influential position. Hey, remember, tact should never be confused with compromise. You can always speak to someone with tact and with respect without compromising your values. And the neat thing about that is to the degree you do that, not only are you more influential with that person, but all the other people who are sort of watching, right? Right. They tend to take more to you as well. Bob, let&#x27;s get to this list and talk about the five secrets of the genuine influencer or influence. One is master your emotions. Absolutely. Yeah, well, this is so tough because we&#x27;re human beings, right? Yeah. And we&#x27;re emotional creatures.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> We&#x27;d like to think we&#x27;re logical, but we&#x27;re pretty emotionally driven. We make major decisions based on very limited or based on emotion. Then we back up those emotional decisions with logic. We rationalize, which simply means we tell ourselves rational lies in order to justify it. So what we need to do is, you know, it&#x27;s not a matter of foregoing your emotions or denying them. There&#x27;s no reason for that. Emotions are a great part of life. Just make sure you&#x27;re the master of your emotions as opposed to they being the master of you or, as we like to say, by all means, take your emotions along for the ride, but make sure you are driving the car. See the types of situations that occur in your life, whether it&#x27;s with people or circumstances that tend to just really get your emotional hot button. Right. And you it causes yourself to to become frustrated or impatient or angry.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Right. And you know how that feels when it happens. Well, now what I want you to do is I want you to picture the same situation. But now I want you to picture not being surprised by it. That&#x27;s what usually happens. It takes us by surprise. But I want you to rehearse this a number of times. Rehearse this person or the situation or something similar. Um, and, and just kind of picture yourself handling it beautifully that it just, it doesn&#x27;t bother you. You&#x27;re able to listen to that person without interrupting. You&#x27;re able to say the perfect thing. Again, don&#x27;t worry about the words that comes later. Just get the feeling of this. And what I want you to do is practice it just like an astronaut before they go up into space, they would run hundreds of simulations. Right. So that by the time they get up there, if something actually happens, heaven forbid, well, they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> already been there. They&#x27;ve done that. They can, they can handle it because they&#x27;ve seen it tons of times. It&#x27;s the same with this practice it in your mind again and again and again, and keep getting that good feeling of how you&#x27;re handling it beautifully. Now, when it comes up, I want you to just do that very thing. And when you do feel good about it and understand two things. One is if you can do it right. One time you could do it right. Every time. Now, the second thing is you won&#x27;t do it right. Every time because you&#x27;re a human being and we all mess up from time to time. But I&#x27;ll tell you this because I had to do this 25, 30 years ago when I was having a real issue with, with anger. And I&#x27;ve taught lots of people how to do this. And all of our lives have been changed dramatically because when you&#x27;re not at the mercy of your</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> emotions, when you are the boss of yourself, first of all, you feel better about yourself. You&#x27;re much more effective and you&#x27;re much more influential. So step number two is step into the other person&#x27;s shoes. You know, you try to do that or I try to do that. And again, that&#x27;s not always easy either. And that&#x27;s because most of us have different size feet. In other words, we come from different ways of seeing the world, different experiences, different belief systems. So we can&#x27;t necessarily step into their shoes. So what we need to do to make up for that is we ask questions. We discover, hey, we do this in sales. What is selling? It&#x27;s simply discovering what the other person wants, needs or desires and helping them to</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> get it. It&#x27;s the same with influence. So ask questions, but don&#x27;t just listen with your ears. OK, as one of the mentors in the story, because it&#x27;s a parable, one of the mentors in the story tells his protege, don&#x27;t just listen with your ears. That&#x27;s the surface listening. Most of us do. That&#x27;s listening in order to speak, in order to have a comeback. Right. No. Listen with your eyes. Listen with your posture. Listen, he said, with the back of your neck. In other words, put your entire being into listening. What happens is not only do you actually discover more about what drives that other person, which is so important, but they feel listened to and they become much more responsive to your idea. People want to feel understood. The only way you can understand another person, step into their shoes, is by asking questions</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> and listening. I think it&#x27;s really just a matter of understanding that when you can move from an I focus or me focus to what we call an other focus, this is the way that you make yourself the most influential. Because remember, and Dale Carnegie said this in his classic How to Win Friends and Influence People. Ultimately, people do things for their reasons, not our reasons. So as mature human beings, we need to understand and tap into human nature in a very positive, benevolent way and understand that if we want to influence someone to do a certain thing, we need to give them a reason that works for them. The book is called The Go-Giver Influencer, a little story about a most persuasive idea, written by Bob Berg and John David Mann.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Thanks again to author Bob Berg for chatting with us today. To learn more and get two free chapters of the book, just visit thegogiver.com. That&#x27;s thegogiver.com. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bob Burg joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to discuss The Go-Giver Influencer. They explore emotional control, listening, understanding another person&#x27;s perspective, and influencing others without manipulation. Recorded May 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Today, we&#x27;ll meet Bob Berg, co-author of the new book, The Go-Giver Influencer, a little story about a most persuasive idea. It&#x27;s the third in a series of business parables, and some say it&#x27;s the most important yet. A little about Bob Berg first. He&#x27;s a former television personality turned top sales producer. He now speaks to corporations and other organizations on the principles embodied in the Go-Giver series. Bob, welcome. So how did the Go-Giver series come to be, and what is it about the Go-Giver Influencer that makes it so important? These days, you know, we are seeing, especially on the Internet, but there&#x27;s also, whether it&#x27;s a family get-together, a social event, whatever, we see that between family members and friends, employers, employees, politicians, political opponents,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and, you know, the millions of people on social media, today&#x27;s discussions are really no longer discussions. They&#x27;re really fueled up, hate-filled, vitriol-spilling diatribes and personal insults. Well, the result is that no minds are being chained, no one&#x27;s being influenced, but rather people remain stuck in the echo chambers, if you will, of their already closely held beliefs. So friends are becoming enemies, discourse is shut down, understanding and acceptance not being reached, and people feel lousy about it, and that&#x27;s really what we want to be able to now approach and kind of turn this around. It&#x27;s being able to get the results you want when dealing with others, and this is, again, whether it&#x27;s family members, friends, those you lead, those you work with, people in your social circles, what have you,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> getting the results you want with everyone coming away a winner and feeling like a winner. So getting the results you want while making other people feel genuinely good about themselves, and the person who can do that, that&#x27;s the person who&#x27;s influential, and we have a lot of people saying that they&#x27;re right away, they&#x27;re giving this book to their kids and their grandkids, and, you know, because these are life skills. You know, talent is important. Talent is very important, but talent is the bottom, you know, talent is the baseline now for just getting into the game. It&#x27;s those people who&#x27;ve mastered people&#x27;s skills, but doing so in a way that&#x27;s genuine and authentic and benevolent, not manipulative, but persuasive. That&#x27;s the person who really is nine steps ahead of the game in a 10-step game. Well, and you&#x27;ve got the five secrets of the genuine influencer, and boy, they really ring true,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> and I&#x27;m going to skip right to number five, let go of having to be right. And that is the thing that it just, you know, that&#x27;s the frustrating part of it, is because if you have to be right, that means somebody has to be wrong, and guess what? They&#x27;re not necessarily wrong. Well, exactly. And, you know, if you ever notice the political debates on social media, or, again, even in person, and someone says, people like you are the worst people on earth, you&#x27;re heartless, and you don&#x27;t care, and blah, blah, blah, you want to ruin this country. You know, the other person never responds by saying, oh, thank you so much for pointing out the error of my ways. I haven&#x27;t thought about it like that, right? And so, no, what we&#x27;ve got to do is we&#x27;ve got to first, you know, we need to see this person as a person who has good intent, because they probably do.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> The big difference is the way you would go about having something happen. And when we say let go of having to be right, that doesn&#x27;t mean you don&#x27;t desire to be right. It doesn&#x27;t mean you don&#x27;t do your best to be right. What it means is you allow yourself to go into learner&#x27;s mode, as opposed to the people who, when you debate with them, you think to yourself, goodness, you know, it&#x27;s like, don&#x27;t even bother confusing them with the facts. Their mind is already made up. These are the people who have trouble with confirmation bias, right? They hear something that agrees with their already held beliefs. They believe it. If not, they ignore it. Well, that person cannot grow. But if you will let go of having to be right, you&#x27;ll find that you&#x27;re able to look at something from the other person&#x27;s point of view. That does not mean you agree with it.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> It just means you&#x27;re able to see where they&#x27;re coming from. And it puts you actually in a much stronger influential position. Hey, remember, tact should never be confused with compromise. You can always speak to someone with tact and with respect without compromising your values. And the neat thing about that is to the degree you do that, not only are you more influential with that person, but all the other people who are sort of watching, right? Right. They tend to take more to you as well. Bob, let&#x27;s get to this list and talk about the five secrets of the genuine influencer or influence. One is master your emotions. Absolutely. Yeah, well, this is so tough because we&#x27;re human beings, right? Yeah. And we&#x27;re emotional creatures.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> We&#x27;d like to think we&#x27;re logical, but we&#x27;re pretty emotionally driven. We make major decisions based on very limited or based on emotion. Then we back up those emotional decisions with logic. We rationalize, which simply means we tell ourselves rational lies in order to justify it. So what we need to do is, you know, it&#x27;s not a matter of foregoing your emotions or denying them. There&#x27;s no reason for that. Emotions are a great part of life. Just make sure you&#x27;re the master of your emotions as opposed to they being the master of you or, as we like to say, by all means, take your emotions along for the ride, but make sure you are driving the car. See the types of situations that occur in your life, whether it&#x27;s with people or circumstances that tend to just really get your emotional hot button. Right. And you it causes yourself to to become frustrated or impatient or angry.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Right. And you know how that feels when it happens. Well, now what I want you to do is I want you to picture the same situation. But now I want you to picture not being surprised by it. That&#x27;s what usually happens. It takes us by surprise. But I want you to rehearse this a number of times. Rehearse this person or the situation or something similar. Um, and, and just kind of picture yourself handling it beautifully that it just, it doesn&#x27;t bother you. You&#x27;re able to listen to that person without interrupting. You&#x27;re able to say the perfect thing. Again, don&#x27;t worry about the words that comes later. Just get the feeling of this. And what I want you to do is practice it just like an astronaut before they go up into space, they would run hundreds of simulations. Right. So that by the time they get up there, if something actually happens, heaven forbid, well, they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> already been there. They&#x27;ve done that. They can, they can handle it because they&#x27;ve seen it tons of times. It&#x27;s the same with this practice it in your mind again and again and again, and keep getting that good feeling of how you&#x27;re handling it beautifully. Now, when it comes up, I want you to just do that very thing. And when you do feel good about it and understand two things. One is if you can do it right. One time you could do it right. Every time. Now, the second thing is you won&#x27;t do it right. Every time because you&#x27;re a human being and we all mess up from time to time. But I&#x27;ll tell you this because I had to do this 25, 30 years ago when I was having a real issue with, with anger. And I&#x27;ve taught lots of people how to do this. And all of our lives have been changed dramatically because when you&#x27;re not at the mercy of your</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> emotions, when you are the boss of yourself, first of all, you feel better about yourself. You&#x27;re much more effective and you&#x27;re much more influential. So step number two is step into the other person&#x27;s shoes. You know, you try to do that or I try to do that. And again, that&#x27;s not always easy either. And that&#x27;s because most of us have different size feet. In other words, we come from different ways of seeing the world, different experiences, different belief systems. So we can&#x27;t necessarily step into their shoes. So what we need to do to make up for that is we ask questions. We discover, hey, we do this in sales. What is selling? It&#x27;s simply discovering what the other person wants, needs or desires and helping them to</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> get it. It&#x27;s the same with influence. So ask questions, but don&#x27;t just listen with your ears. OK, as one of the mentors in the story, because it&#x27;s a parable, one of the mentors in the story tells his protege, don&#x27;t just listen with your ears. That&#x27;s the surface listening. Most of us do. That&#x27;s listening in order to speak, in order to have a comeback. Right. No. Listen with your eyes. Listen with your posture. Listen, he said, with the back of your neck. In other words, put your entire being into listening. What happens is not only do you actually discover more about what drives that other person, which is so important, but they feel listened to and they become much more responsive to your idea. People want to feel understood. The only way you can understand another person, step into their shoes, is by asking questions</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> and listening. I think it&#x27;s really just a matter of understanding that when you can move from an I focus or me focus to what we call an other focus, this is the way that you make yourself the most influential. Because remember, and Dale Carnegie said this in his classic How to Win Friends and Influence People. Ultimately, people do things for their reasons, not our reasons. So as mature human beings, we need to understand and tap into human nature in a very positive, benevolent way and understand that if we want to influence someone to do a certain thing, we need to give them a reason that works for them. The book is called The Go-Giver Influencer, a little story about a most persuasive idea, written by Bob Berg and John David Mann.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Thanks again to author Bob Berg for chatting with us today. To learn more and get two free chapters of the book, just visit thegogiver.com. That&#x27;s thegogiver.com. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bob Burg joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to discuss The Go-Giver Influencer. They explore emotional control, listening, understanding another person's perspective, and influencing others without manipulation. Recorded May 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bob Burg</category>
      <category>The Go-Giver Influencer</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bob Burg, The Go-Giver Influencer, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211/image.jpg?t=1792071240&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-burg-the-go-giver-influencer/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211/image.jpg?t=1792071240&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>585</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a9714332-ce52-4d0e-a199-b4e3002dc211/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9398161" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-burg-the-go-giver-influencer</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>60</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Go-Giver Influencer" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don Graves: Reverse Mortgages and Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Don Graves: Reverse Mortgages and Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or is on a topic that is very interesting that I think could be very interesting to our audience here. And we&#x27;re going to go to Philadelphia and we&#x27;re going to join Mr. Don Graves. He&#x27;s a retirement income certified planner. He&#x27;s got some other destinations too we&#x27;re going to talk about. But he&#x27;s one of the nation&#x27;s leading educators on the HECM, Reverse Mortgages and Retirement Income Planning.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And you may have seen him quoted in Forbes and he&#x27;s also been on PBS. Don, welcome in. Thank you coach. Glad to be here. Now let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages because I&#x27;ve heard good, bad, ugly about those. I did research, extensive research on them about 10 years ago when I had a chapter in one of my books about reverse mortgages. And I went in totally negative and I left positive with people who really needed this fit here. So let&#x27;s talk about what is a reverse mortgage and how can it benefit some of the folks that are listening right now. You know one of the things I used to say jokingly is someone says what is a reverse mortgage? I used to say well it&#x27;s a way to ruin a good barbecue. Let someone bring it up around the table and you&#x27;ll see why Aunt Janie went to jail. So if you&#x27;re not careful you can really get hurt mentioning reverse mortgages.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But four words coach have helped a lot of people over these last few years. Four words. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. Most people know what a mortgage is. You want to get money for a home and you get a mortgage, you make a payment and pay it off and it&#x27;s over. A reverse mortgage is just a mortgage in the sense that for those over the age of 62 and you need some money from your home, you don&#x27;t want to move and sell it. You don&#x27;t want to take out a traditional loan to make payments. You can do a reverse mortgage. Which is you get money from your home. You can choose to make a payment or not make a payment and use that money to supplement your retirement income. And when you&#x27;re finished, when you move or permanently depart the home, whatever money you borrow plus the interest that accrues gets repaid. And 100% of all remaining equity passes on to you, your heirs or your estate.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So it&#x27;s just a mortgage. Yeah, I say one of the big misconceptions about a reverse mortgage is once someone does it, they can get kicked out of their house. Is that true? Yes, it is true in the sense that there are four requirements for a reverse mortgage and they&#x27;re pretty spooky to your listeners. So they may want to jot it down. You have to live in the house, number one. Take care of it, number two. Keep insurance enforced, number three. And pay your property taxes, number four. The articles that end up in the paper or the stories you hear is that you went over to Cousin Tracy&#x27;s house and Uncle Bill was in the spare bedroom. He said, Uncle Bill, what are you doing here? And he says, well, I had a reverse mortgage and I lost my home. And that&#x27;s true. So someone says, Don, is that true? I say, yeah, he did have a reverse mortgage and he did lose his home. Now, the question that&#x27;s not asked, Coach, is did he pay his property taxes? And that&#x27;s the story that ends up in the front of the newspaper but it&#x27;s never told.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And so I don&#x27;t know what happens in your part of the country, but here in greater Philadelphia, if you don&#x27;t pay your property taxes, the sheriff comes knocking. That has nothing to do with the lender. So the number one reason in America that people have struggled with reverse mortgages had nothing to do with the program itself. It had to do with their ability to pay their property taxes. So they would have lost their house anyway by not paying the property tax even if they didn&#x27;t have a reverse mortgage. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah, that&#x27;s important for people to realize. And you have to be 62 or older, correct? At least one spouse has to be age 62 or older. As of four years ago, you can have a wife that&#x27;s age 18. So you can be 70 and your wife can be age 18 and get a reverse mortgage. That&#x27;s some strong ginkgo biloka you&#x27;re taking, but you can do it. That&#x27;s a good one. Well, all right.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, that&#x27;s one of the big misconceptions that people had is that you can get kicked out of your house. But, you know, here&#x27;s one time where I think reverse mortgages really are a good fit. If you reach retirement and you have a lot of equity in your house, but you don&#x27;t have enough income coming in for your retirement plan, sometimes a reverse mortgage is a good thing to pursue. Sure. Absolutely. The most common way to use the reverse mortgages is right now somewhere between 15% and 68% of people entering into retirement are going to be carrying a mortgage payment, mortgage, home equity, loan, home equity, line of credit, a payment into retirement. And they may have gotten that at 55, but at 65 and 70, they realize, wow, I really wish I didn&#x27;t have to pay this $500, $800, $13, $1,700 a month mortgage payment. So the number one way reverse mortgages are being used is to eliminate an existing monthly mortgage payment.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And when that happens to your listeners, just think about what comes with not having a monthly mortgage payment. It&#x27;s my favorite question to ask, Coach, which is, Bob, Patty, what would retirement be like if you didn&#x27;t have to make a monthly mortgage payment? And typically what I hear before words is a sound. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ll catch it on radio, but it goes like this. That&#x27;s the sound of relief. And you just simply ask, what would you do with that extra $500, $800,000, $2,000 a month by not having a mortgage payment? That&#x27;s a tremendous use. In addition to what you&#x27;re saying, you came into retirement and you realize my budget allows me to spend this much a month, but I really, my lifestyle, I would like to spend this much. And there&#x27;s a gap between your budget and your lifestyle. One of the ways a reverse mortgage can be used is to simply bridge the gap.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> Is that an extra $200, $400, $600 a month? And you can bridge the gap that way. And there are certainly dozens of other ways to use it. I outline that in my book. But, yeah, absolutely. You know what it is, Coach? A reverse mortgage is not so much a product, but it is a tool. It is a strategy that&#x27;s incorporated with your income, your investments, and your insurance and annuities. When you use reverse mortgages not in an isolated way, but in a coordinated and incorporated way, it dramatically can increase your retirement outcomes. And that&#x27;s really, I&#x27;m an advocate for, don&#x27;t use a reverse mortgage. It may not be the conclusion to the matter, but it should be included in the conversation. And if it is, there are some outcomes that can be achieved that may otherwise not have been available to the client.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Yeah, when you think about anything in this world, it could be a benefit to somebody, but it could be missold or misused by other people. Cruise control in a car, a good example. One of the things, I mean, you hear the stories about how it works, and it helps people, you know, it saves your foot from carpal tunnel syndrome, whatever. You don&#x27;t have to keep pressing the gas or whatever. But where cruise control doesn&#x27;t work is if you are sleepy and you put cruise control on, you could run into a tree at full speed. So, again, you hear the bad stories and the good stories, but I think reverse mortgages are a good thing to pursue if someone is in a situation where extra income is needed and they have equity in the house. Sure, absolutely. Lots of strategies. Gray divorce is on the rise. The fastest group of people in America segment are seniors who are divorced, and gray divorce, silver divorce.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And one of the ways, one of the first things that gets divided is the housing asset. When you now incorporate housing wealth or reverse mortgages into that conversation, it allows the ability to take a situation that could be detrimental and make it better for both parties and spouses. And so reverse mortgage, I had a person who had $5 million in the bank, Coach, as an investment advisor called me. He had a $4.5 million home on the shore down in New Jersey and said, Don, we&#x27;re looking for a reverse mortgage. Now, people would say, well, Don, why would someone with $5 million in assets under management and a $4.5 million home need a reverse mortgage? Well, because he had $2.5 million in mortgage-related debt on his property. He&#x27;s paying $26,500 a month, principal and interest, to service that debt.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And so that&#x27;s $300,000 a year. And this person said, Don, if I could get a jumbo reverse mortgage, I could eliminate that debt. That gives me $300,000, and you could put another $200,000 in my pocket. Well, I suggest that they don&#x27;t do it. I said, I got a better strategy for you. Why don&#x27;t you consider selling your home, paying it off? You&#x27;re still going to have $2 million left over. You may not get a house on the shore, but you&#x27;ll get something on the bay, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And so the point I make when I tell that story is that it may not have been the right option for them, and I didn&#x27;t think it was, but I thought it was the right conversation to have because creating cash flow in retirement is very important. And so there are five things, Coach, that a reverse mortgage does real quickly and that most people, when they say, Well, I don&#x27;t know about reverse mortgage.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ll ever need it. And I said, That&#x27;s true. You may not. And I said, But if there was a resource that allowed you to increase cash flow, reduce risks, preserve assets, improve liquidity, or even add new dollars back into your retirement, would you want your advisor to tell you about it? Now, 100% of the people I&#x27;ve asked that question to say, Yes, I&#x27;d want to know about that. I said, That&#x27;s great because that&#x27;s exactly what the newly restructured reverse mortgage does. Increases cash flow, reduce retirement risks, preserve assets, improve, enhance liquidity, and even add new dollars back into retirement savings. Those are five strategic things that every retiree needs to have a cursory knowledge of in their advisor in order to plan for a sustainable retirement. Fantastic points. Thomas, I see my producer in there. Thomas is nodding, too.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> What&#x27;s the name of your book, Don? My book is called Housing Wealth. It&#x27;s simply Housing Wealth and Advisor&#x27;s Guide. Don&#x27;s also an instructor for the Retirement Income Certified Professional course. Don, you were the most enjoyable one for me to watch on our online series. I&#x27;m glad, Coach. I appreciate it. Because you can put Coach Pete to sleep really quick, but you did not. So I really appreciate that. Thank you, Coach. The Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP, is a really good designation. It&#x27;s sweeping the nation right now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. It&#x27;s the fastest-growing designation in America, having surpassed the Certified Financial Planner designation. Anyone involved in retirement income planning as a profession, I really believe this is a worthwhile pursuit. Yeah. I actually learned a lot in the three courses, and I didn&#x27;t like the three proctored exams, but I passed them all.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Yeah. Yeah, me neither. Me neither. All right. Well, hey, yeah, your book&#x27;s fantastic. You&#x27;ve been a great guest. We&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Folks, his name was Don Graves. He&#x27;s in Philadelphia. Look his book up on Amazon. Don, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or is on a topic that is very interesting that I think could be very interesting to our audience here. And we&#x27;re going to go to Philadelphia and we&#x27;re going to join Mr. Don Graves. He&#x27;s a retirement income certified planner. He&#x27;s got some other destinations too we&#x27;re going to talk about. But he&#x27;s one of the nation&#x27;s leading educators on the HECM, Reverse Mortgages and Retirement Income Planning.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And you may have seen him quoted in Forbes and he&#x27;s also been on PBS. Don, welcome in. Thank you coach. Glad to be here. Now let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages because I&#x27;ve heard good, bad, ugly about those. I did research, extensive research on them about 10 years ago when I had a chapter in one of my books about reverse mortgages. And I went in totally negative and I left positive with people who really needed this fit here. So let&#x27;s talk about what is a reverse mortgage and how can it benefit some of the folks that are listening right now. You know one of the things I used to say jokingly is someone says what is a reverse mortgage? I used to say well it&#x27;s a way to ruin a good barbecue. Let someone bring it up around the table and you&#x27;ll see why Aunt Janie went to jail. So if you&#x27;re not careful you can really get hurt mentioning reverse mortgages.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But four words coach have helped a lot of people over these last few years. Four words. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. Most people know what a mortgage is. You want to get money for a home and you get a mortgage, you make a payment and pay it off and it&#x27;s over. A reverse mortgage is just a mortgage in the sense that for those over the age of 62 and you need some money from your home, you don&#x27;t want to move and sell it. You don&#x27;t want to take out a traditional loan to make payments. You can do a reverse mortgage. Which is you get money from your home. You can choose to make a payment or not make a payment and use that money to supplement your retirement income. And when you&#x27;re finished, when you move or permanently depart the home, whatever money you borrow plus the interest that accrues gets repaid. And 100% of all remaining equity passes on to you, your heirs or your estate.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So it&#x27;s just a mortgage. Yeah, I say one of the big misconceptions about a reverse mortgage is once someone does it, they can get kicked out of their house. Is that true? Yes, it is true in the sense that there are four requirements for a reverse mortgage and they&#x27;re pretty spooky to your listeners. So they may want to jot it down. You have to live in the house, number one. Take care of it, number two. Keep insurance enforced, number three. And pay your property taxes, number four. The articles that end up in the paper or the stories you hear is that you went over to Cousin Tracy&#x27;s house and Uncle Bill was in the spare bedroom. He said, Uncle Bill, what are you doing here? And he says, well, I had a reverse mortgage and I lost my home. And that&#x27;s true. So someone says, Don, is that true? I say, yeah, he did have a reverse mortgage and he did lose his home. Now, the question that&#x27;s not asked, Coach, is did he pay his property taxes? And that&#x27;s the story that ends up in the front of the newspaper but it&#x27;s never told.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And so I don&#x27;t know what happens in your part of the country, but here in greater Philadelphia, if you don&#x27;t pay your property taxes, the sheriff comes knocking. That has nothing to do with the lender. So the number one reason in America that people have struggled with reverse mortgages had nothing to do with the program itself. It had to do with their ability to pay their property taxes. So they would have lost their house anyway by not paying the property tax even if they didn&#x27;t have a reverse mortgage. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah, that&#x27;s important for people to realize. And you have to be 62 or older, correct? At least one spouse has to be age 62 or older. As of four years ago, you can have a wife that&#x27;s age 18. So you can be 70 and your wife can be age 18 and get a reverse mortgage. That&#x27;s some strong ginkgo biloka you&#x27;re taking, but you can do it. That&#x27;s a good one. Well, all right.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, that&#x27;s one of the big misconceptions that people had is that you can get kicked out of your house. But, you know, here&#x27;s one time where I think reverse mortgages really are a good fit. If you reach retirement and you have a lot of equity in your house, but you don&#x27;t have enough income coming in for your retirement plan, sometimes a reverse mortgage is a good thing to pursue. Sure. Absolutely. The most common way to use the reverse mortgages is right now somewhere between 15% and 68% of people entering into retirement are going to be carrying a mortgage payment, mortgage, home equity, loan, home equity, line of credit, a payment into retirement. And they may have gotten that at 55, but at 65 and 70, they realize, wow, I really wish I didn&#x27;t have to pay this $500, $800, $13, $1,700 a month mortgage payment. So the number one way reverse mortgages are being used is to eliminate an existing monthly mortgage payment.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And when that happens to your listeners, just think about what comes with not having a monthly mortgage payment. It&#x27;s my favorite question to ask, Coach, which is, Bob, Patty, what would retirement be like if you didn&#x27;t have to make a monthly mortgage payment? And typically what I hear before words is a sound. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ll catch it on radio, but it goes like this. That&#x27;s the sound of relief. And you just simply ask, what would you do with that extra $500, $800,000, $2,000 a month by not having a mortgage payment? That&#x27;s a tremendous use. In addition to what you&#x27;re saying, you came into retirement and you realize my budget allows me to spend this much a month, but I really, my lifestyle, I would like to spend this much. And there&#x27;s a gap between your budget and your lifestyle. One of the ways a reverse mortgage can be used is to simply bridge the gap.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> Is that an extra $200, $400, $600 a month? And you can bridge the gap that way. And there are certainly dozens of other ways to use it. I outline that in my book. But, yeah, absolutely. You know what it is, Coach? A reverse mortgage is not so much a product, but it is a tool. It is a strategy that&#x27;s incorporated with your income, your investments, and your insurance and annuities. When you use reverse mortgages not in an isolated way, but in a coordinated and incorporated way, it dramatically can increase your retirement outcomes. And that&#x27;s really, I&#x27;m an advocate for, don&#x27;t use a reverse mortgage. It may not be the conclusion to the matter, but it should be included in the conversation. And if it is, there are some outcomes that can be achieved that may otherwise not have been available to the client.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Yeah, when you think about anything in this world, it could be a benefit to somebody, but it could be missold or misused by other people. Cruise control in a car, a good example. One of the things, I mean, you hear the stories about how it works, and it helps people, you know, it saves your foot from carpal tunnel syndrome, whatever. You don&#x27;t have to keep pressing the gas or whatever. But where cruise control doesn&#x27;t work is if you are sleepy and you put cruise control on, you could run into a tree at full speed. So, again, you hear the bad stories and the good stories, but I think reverse mortgages are a good thing to pursue if someone is in a situation where extra income is needed and they have equity in the house. Sure, absolutely. Lots of strategies. Gray divorce is on the rise. The fastest group of people in America segment are seniors who are divorced, and gray divorce, silver divorce.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And one of the ways, one of the first things that gets divided is the housing asset. When you now incorporate housing wealth or reverse mortgages into that conversation, it allows the ability to take a situation that could be detrimental and make it better for both parties and spouses. And so reverse mortgage, I had a person who had $5 million in the bank, Coach, as an investment advisor called me. He had a $4.5 million home on the shore down in New Jersey and said, Don, we&#x27;re looking for a reverse mortgage. Now, people would say, well, Don, why would someone with $5 million in assets under management and a $4.5 million home need a reverse mortgage? Well, because he had $2.5 million in mortgage-related debt on his property. He&#x27;s paying $26,500 a month, principal and interest, to service that debt.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And so that&#x27;s $300,000 a year. And this person said, Don, if I could get a jumbo reverse mortgage, I could eliminate that debt. That gives me $300,000, and you could put another $200,000 in my pocket. Well, I suggest that they don&#x27;t do it. I said, I got a better strategy for you. Why don&#x27;t you consider selling your home, paying it off? You&#x27;re still going to have $2 million left over. You may not get a house on the shore, but you&#x27;ll get something on the bay, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And so the point I make when I tell that story is that it may not have been the right option for them, and I didn&#x27;t think it was, but I thought it was the right conversation to have because creating cash flow in retirement is very important. And so there are five things, Coach, that a reverse mortgage does real quickly and that most people, when they say, Well, I don&#x27;t know about reverse mortgage.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ll ever need it. And I said, That&#x27;s true. You may not. And I said, But if there was a resource that allowed you to increase cash flow, reduce risks, preserve assets, improve liquidity, or even add new dollars back into your retirement, would you want your advisor to tell you about it? Now, 100% of the people I&#x27;ve asked that question to say, Yes, I&#x27;d want to know about that. I said, That&#x27;s great because that&#x27;s exactly what the newly restructured reverse mortgage does. Increases cash flow, reduce retirement risks, preserve assets, improve, enhance liquidity, and even add new dollars back into retirement savings. Those are five strategic things that every retiree needs to have a cursory knowledge of in their advisor in order to plan for a sustainable retirement. Fantastic points. Thomas, I see my producer in there. Thomas is nodding, too.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> What&#x27;s the name of your book, Don? My book is called Housing Wealth. It&#x27;s simply Housing Wealth and Advisor&#x27;s Guide. Don&#x27;s also an instructor for the Retirement Income Certified Professional course. Don, you were the most enjoyable one for me to watch on our online series. I&#x27;m glad, Coach. I appreciate it. Because you can put Coach Pete to sleep really quick, but you did not. So I really appreciate that. Thank you, Coach. The Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP, is a really good designation. It&#x27;s sweeping the nation right now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. It&#x27;s the fastest-growing designation in America, having surpassed the Certified Financial Planner designation. Anyone involved in retirement income planning as a profession, I really believe this is a worthwhile pursuit. Yeah. I actually learned a lot in the three courses, and I didn&#x27;t like the three proctored exams, but I passed them all.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Yeah. Yeah, me neither. Me neither. All right. Well, hey, yeah, your book&#x27;s fantastic. You&#x27;ve been a great guest. We&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Folks, his name was Don Graves. He&#x27;s in Philadelphia. Look his book up on Amazon. Don, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Don Graves</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Don Graves, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/image.jpg?t=1792072033&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-graves-reverse-mortgages-and-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/image.jpg?t=1792072033&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>629</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10092401" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-graves-reverse-mortgages-and-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>61</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Reverse Mortgages and Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:20" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:30" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eddie Money: Music, Reality Television, and Life Online</title>
      <itunes:title>Eddie Money: Music, Reality Television, and Life Online</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet&#x27;s effect on music and his views on California taxes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s been on my radar screen, making a difference or whatever. And this week is a great time for me because I remember back in the late 70s, early 80s, this new channel came on TV. It was called MTV and MTV had music videos and music videos really helped you understand it to actually see the music that you&#x27;re listening to and see behind the scenes a little bit. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on today. He&#x27;s had 24 songs in the top 100 over his lifetime. His name is Mr. Eddie Money. Eddie, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Yeah. Great honor. You got a lot of great fans out there. You had a great book and continued success. I&#x27;ve heard a lot of great things about the show. Well, I appreciate it, Eddie. You&#x27;ve got a brand new reality show coming out, don&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called Real Money. And what happened is we did this thing. You don&#x27;t want to pass up on Oprah. And Oprah wanted to do a segment called Where Are They Now? And in the middle of the show, they had the cameras on. And my daughter was fighting with my son. And I went up to my son&#x27;s room. And he had a bottle of vodka hidden underneath this mattress. And me being an ex-alcoholic and alcoholism runs on my family, I had a fit. So I started screaming at the kid. They had it all on camera. And all of a sudden saying, this is great TV. I&#x27;m like, what are you talking about? But then we got picked up by this kid, Mark Cuban, that runs the Dallas Mavericks. And he&#x27;s a real nice guy. I mean, this guy owns a professional basketball team. But he&#x27;s got a couple of kids. You&#x27;d like the guy. He&#x27;s really, really pretty cool. And he said to me, you know, they put a mic on me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I got these crazy kids in the house. And we did the whole thing. As a matter of fact, I just did an interview with Dan Rathers. It&#x27;s called The Big Interview with Dan Rathers. You can probably go to AXIS TV and get a check-in out. I thought it came out pretty good. And this new reality show is going to be Eastern time. It&#x27;s 9.30 Eastern on AXIS TV starting this Sunday, which is pretty neat. And you guys have 10 episodes filmed. Well, you know what? My wife gets mad at me because she calls me a fat hazman, which I really hate. You know how women are they? They can really hit below the belt. Yes. But people said to me, what&#x27;s the show about? I said, it&#x27;s about a dysfunctional rock star with two chins bitching about his five kids. Well, you know, your voice still sounds the same. I mean, I can hear Thomas. You can hear his voice, right?</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s Eddie Money right there. My favorite song was Shaken back in the day and Two Tickets to Paradise. Shaken, stop running. Yeah. The new TV show should be a lot of fun. You&#x27;ve got to kick it out of the kids. Now, you started singing, I guess, when you were little. When did you start singing to begin with? I was singing right when the Beatles came out, 1963, 64. I found that the best way to date a cheerleader, if you were too skinny to play football, is be in the rock band in high school. Whoever&#x27;s in the rock band in high school, you know. But did somebody come to you and say, hey, if you put your song to a video, we can get you more records sold? Yeah, that&#x27;s very true. I think Bill Graham was my manager. He was the rock and she could snow. He&#x27;s in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. He was my manager. And he said to me, you know what? I think this video concept for rock and roll was really going to be big.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And so we made a couple of videos and he was right. I was then I was the king of video to me and Louis Lewis. We&#x27;d like nobody else was making videos. And we came out. We made videos early. I mean, but now when I look at some of the old videos, I look like a singing. I look like a singing shoe salesman. But now I&#x27;m in North Malibu with California, paying a lot of taxes and, you know, doing a TV show. And I got my son&#x27;s name. My son&#x27;s name is Deadz Money, D-E-Z-M-O-N-E-Y. And I&#x27;m really what I&#x27;m trying to do is he&#x27;s got my other son on drums and he&#x27;s got Jessica doing all the harmonies. I&#x27;m trying to break him into the business to see where he get a career going for himself. And the only way you give it now, they don&#x27;t even have CD players or cars anymore. Nope. Everything is about the music business. It&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know, iTunes and emails and all this other stuff.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s not when they say video killed the radio star. That&#x27;s true. But you know what? The Internet, the Internet killed the recording star. Can you think about how many records Taylor Swift would have actually sold if people weren&#x27;t downloading his songs? It&#x27;s incredible. Or Imagine Dragons or any of those bands. It&#x27;s incredible. But you know, I think music&#x27;s in a pretty good place right now, so I can&#x27;t complain. Now, before you came on, before we went live here, you were talking about taxes and how taxes are eating your life. I mean, it is crazy these days how much we pay in taxes, isn&#x27;t it? I&#x27;m paying like 57% in taxes, but then again, I do live in the greatest country in the world. Correct. And I do love this country. So to me, I mean, it&#x27;s the haves and the have-nots. If I have, you might as well give it to the have-nots. What are you going to do? But you know, I mean, I should have married a blind woman.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> My wife spent so much money. I think she&#x27;s got a bigger shoe collection than Oprah Winfrey, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I tell you, women are really into jewelry and they&#x27;re really into shoes. What are you going to do? Well, you know, one of the things we talk about on the show is have some fun with some money. We call it fun money, but also put money aside and try to pay as less taxes as possible and build that retirement account out. Because, you know, when you reach retirement age, you want to be sure you have an income that you&#x27;re not going to outlive. I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;m ever going to retire. I can&#x27;t even get the kids to move out of the house. I can&#x27;t get the kids. I mean, I would love to have the empty nest, sell this house, get a condo with just me and my wife, but I just don&#x27;t see that happening. I don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with these kids. They never leave. Now, what&#x27;s the ages on your kids right now? I got a 31 year old. He can like bench press 350 pounds.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Wow. He&#x27;s in there. He&#x27;s trying to get he&#x27;s got a sports medicine junkie. Then I got my daughter who sings with me. Then I got my other son, Joe, went to Berkeley School of Music in Berkeley. But he stopped playing guitar and he&#x27;s into dubstep music, whatever the hell that is. Then I got Des. Des has got his own band. And then I got Julian on drums. And of course, I got my wife. And then I got my son&#x27;s I got my son&#x27;s girlfriend from Turkey. She doesn&#x27;t want to go back to Turkey. So she&#x27;s living at the house. I mean, it&#x27;s great. And then I got eight dogs on top of all that. Can you believe in him out of my mind? Folks, we are talking to Eddie Money, famous rock star, has 24 of his hits in the top 100 all time, which is amazing. And now, Eddie, we&#x27;re talking about your new reality show, Real Money, and it premieres and it&#x27;s on Sunday at 930 Eastern on AXS TV.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> But how fun has it been to work? Or has it been challenging to have all those cameras in front of you all the time? Well, I thought, you know, they took us go kart racing and make sure the kids all cut me off and make me cut crap, you know. And then we did one set, but they knew that I hated horseback riding. So they took me down to stables in the biggest fort, this big, big chestnut mare. He was like, really, I&#x27;m kind of a mean horse. And I went over to the horse and the cows were on me and I fed him an apple and I said, boy, you look really bummed out. Why the long face? And like my other son, he&#x27;s coming down the stairs, picking up all these guitars that I&#x27;m saying to him, why do you have a wool hat on? It&#x27;s 92 degrees out. You know, these kids, you know, it&#x27;s crazy. But it&#x27;s been a fun run.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I do something for the kids. And my wife looks really pretty on TV. So we&#x27;ll see what happens. Well, I love to watch reality shows. And I know that a lot of them are staged a little bit. And that&#x27;s what they do. They try to find out what you don&#x27;t want to do. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to do. But I tell you the truth, they didn&#x27;t really stage this. And I have to, well, I&#x27;m on the phone since I do go to church on Sunday. I have to apologize about my New York language. I got a little out of hand. And I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it. I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it, but he didn&#x27;t. But thank God I wasn&#x27;t cursing that much. But these kids, they really get on my nerves. I turn into my father, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I got a little bit of Irish temper. And I just want to apologize to all my fans out there that I&#x27;m really not trailer trash.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You know, I might look like it at times, but I&#x27;m not, you know. Well, I have a quarter Irish in me. And we have a segment on our show every now and then when I&#x27;m mad. We call it Coach Goes McEnroe. And so we, and I go off for a while. You remember John McEnroe, don&#x27;t you? He used to stay at my house. Oh, yeah? Very close when he was on top. Yeah, he was a good guy. Really cool guy. Really cool guy. Hey, before I let you go, I want to ask you a personal question here about your songs. If you had to put a number one label in your all-time favorite song of any songs you&#x27;ve ever sang, which one would it be? I&#x27;d have to say it&#x27;s probably Two Tickets to Paradise. Yeah. Not that I quit drinking. It should be like Two Tickets to Betty Ford. I got this couple of mine, this couple of mine, these friends of mine, and they worked for the greatest show on earth.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> They worked for the circus. And they wanted to adopt a child. They went down to the adoption agency. The adoption agency said to me, we don&#x27;t think that the circus is very conducive for raising children. And they said, we really begged a different. They came with really good mathematics because you&#x27;d be adding up all the tickets. Everybody in the circus is from all over the world. They wouldn&#x27;t have any trouble with geography. We got a doctor on call 24 hours a day. They said, well, maybe you&#x27;re right. Would you like a boy or a girl? They said, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference as long as they can fit in the cannon. Oh, you&#x27;ve got a great sense of humor, my friend. I got to say, it&#x27;s a good show. It&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on. And we&#x27;re going to be watching that show. And I hope that maybe at the end of the season, you want to come back on and talk about it.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> I&#x27;d love to have you on again. And thanks so much for having me on the show. You too, buddy. We&#x27;ll talk to you soon, Eddie. All the best. Okay, buddy. Take care of yourself. Folks, that was Eddie Money from his new reality show, Real Money. You can watch it every Sunday at 930 on AXS TV. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet&#x27;s effect on music and his views on California taxes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s been on my radar screen, making a difference or whatever. And this week is a great time for me because I remember back in the late 70s, early 80s, this new channel came on TV. It was called MTV and MTV had music videos and music videos really helped you understand it to actually see the music that you&#x27;re listening to and see behind the scenes a little bit. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on today. He&#x27;s had 24 songs in the top 100 over his lifetime. His name is Mr. Eddie Money. Eddie, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Yeah. Great honor. You got a lot of great fans out there. You had a great book and continued success. I&#x27;ve heard a lot of great things about the show. Well, I appreciate it, Eddie. You&#x27;ve got a brand new reality show coming out, don&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called Real Money. And what happened is we did this thing. You don&#x27;t want to pass up on Oprah. And Oprah wanted to do a segment called Where Are They Now? And in the middle of the show, they had the cameras on. And my daughter was fighting with my son. And I went up to my son&#x27;s room. And he had a bottle of vodka hidden underneath this mattress. And me being an ex-alcoholic and alcoholism runs on my family, I had a fit. So I started screaming at the kid. They had it all on camera. And all of a sudden saying, this is great TV. I&#x27;m like, what are you talking about? But then we got picked up by this kid, Mark Cuban, that runs the Dallas Mavericks. And he&#x27;s a real nice guy. I mean, this guy owns a professional basketball team. But he&#x27;s got a couple of kids. You&#x27;d like the guy. He&#x27;s really, really pretty cool. And he said to me, you know, they put a mic on me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I got these crazy kids in the house. And we did the whole thing. As a matter of fact, I just did an interview with Dan Rathers. It&#x27;s called The Big Interview with Dan Rathers. You can probably go to AXIS TV and get a check-in out. I thought it came out pretty good. And this new reality show is going to be Eastern time. It&#x27;s 9.30 Eastern on AXIS TV starting this Sunday, which is pretty neat. And you guys have 10 episodes filmed. Well, you know what? My wife gets mad at me because she calls me a fat hazman, which I really hate. You know how women are they? They can really hit below the belt. Yes. But people said to me, what&#x27;s the show about? I said, it&#x27;s about a dysfunctional rock star with two chins bitching about his five kids. Well, you know, your voice still sounds the same. I mean, I can hear Thomas. You can hear his voice, right?</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s Eddie Money right there. My favorite song was Shaken back in the day and Two Tickets to Paradise. Shaken, stop running. Yeah. The new TV show should be a lot of fun. You&#x27;ve got to kick it out of the kids. Now, you started singing, I guess, when you were little. When did you start singing to begin with? I was singing right when the Beatles came out, 1963, 64. I found that the best way to date a cheerleader, if you were too skinny to play football, is be in the rock band in high school. Whoever&#x27;s in the rock band in high school, you know. But did somebody come to you and say, hey, if you put your song to a video, we can get you more records sold? Yeah, that&#x27;s very true. I think Bill Graham was my manager. He was the rock and she could snow. He&#x27;s in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. He was my manager. And he said to me, you know what? I think this video concept for rock and roll was really going to be big.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And so we made a couple of videos and he was right. I was then I was the king of video to me and Louis Lewis. We&#x27;d like nobody else was making videos. And we came out. We made videos early. I mean, but now when I look at some of the old videos, I look like a singing. I look like a singing shoe salesman. But now I&#x27;m in North Malibu with California, paying a lot of taxes and, you know, doing a TV show. And I got my son&#x27;s name. My son&#x27;s name is Deadz Money, D-E-Z-M-O-N-E-Y. And I&#x27;m really what I&#x27;m trying to do is he&#x27;s got my other son on drums and he&#x27;s got Jessica doing all the harmonies. I&#x27;m trying to break him into the business to see where he get a career going for himself. And the only way you give it now, they don&#x27;t even have CD players or cars anymore. Nope. Everything is about the music business. It&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know, iTunes and emails and all this other stuff.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s not when they say video killed the radio star. That&#x27;s true. But you know what? The Internet, the Internet killed the recording star. Can you think about how many records Taylor Swift would have actually sold if people weren&#x27;t downloading his songs? It&#x27;s incredible. Or Imagine Dragons or any of those bands. It&#x27;s incredible. But you know, I think music&#x27;s in a pretty good place right now, so I can&#x27;t complain. Now, before you came on, before we went live here, you were talking about taxes and how taxes are eating your life. I mean, it is crazy these days how much we pay in taxes, isn&#x27;t it? I&#x27;m paying like 57% in taxes, but then again, I do live in the greatest country in the world. Correct. And I do love this country. So to me, I mean, it&#x27;s the haves and the have-nots. If I have, you might as well give it to the have-nots. What are you going to do? But you know, I mean, I should have married a blind woman.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> My wife spent so much money. I think she&#x27;s got a bigger shoe collection than Oprah Winfrey, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I tell you, women are really into jewelry and they&#x27;re really into shoes. What are you going to do? Well, you know, one of the things we talk about on the show is have some fun with some money. We call it fun money, but also put money aside and try to pay as less taxes as possible and build that retirement account out. Because, you know, when you reach retirement age, you want to be sure you have an income that you&#x27;re not going to outlive. I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;m ever going to retire. I can&#x27;t even get the kids to move out of the house. I can&#x27;t get the kids. I mean, I would love to have the empty nest, sell this house, get a condo with just me and my wife, but I just don&#x27;t see that happening. I don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with these kids. They never leave. Now, what&#x27;s the ages on your kids right now? I got a 31 year old. He can like bench press 350 pounds.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Wow. He&#x27;s in there. He&#x27;s trying to get he&#x27;s got a sports medicine junkie. Then I got my daughter who sings with me. Then I got my other son, Joe, went to Berkeley School of Music in Berkeley. But he stopped playing guitar and he&#x27;s into dubstep music, whatever the hell that is. Then I got Des. Des has got his own band. And then I got Julian on drums. And of course, I got my wife. And then I got my son&#x27;s I got my son&#x27;s girlfriend from Turkey. She doesn&#x27;t want to go back to Turkey. So she&#x27;s living at the house. I mean, it&#x27;s great. And then I got eight dogs on top of all that. Can you believe in him out of my mind? Folks, we are talking to Eddie Money, famous rock star, has 24 of his hits in the top 100 all time, which is amazing. And now, Eddie, we&#x27;re talking about your new reality show, Real Money, and it premieres and it&#x27;s on Sunday at 930 Eastern on AXS TV.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> But how fun has it been to work? Or has it been challenging to have all those cameras in front of you all the time? Well, I thought, you know, they took us go kart racing and make sure the kids all cut me off and make me cut crap, you know. And then we did one set, but they knew that I hated horseback riding. So they took me down to stables in the biggest fort, this big, big chestnut mare. He was like, really, I&#x27;m kind of a mean horse. And I went over to the horse and the cows were on me and I fed him an apple and I said, boy, you look really bummed out. Why the long face? And like my other son, he&#x27;s coming down the stairs, picking up all these guitars that I&#x27;m saying to him, why do you have a wool hat on? It&#x27;s 92 degrees out. You know, these kids, you know, it&#x27;s crazy. But it&#x27;s been a fun run.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I do something for the kids. And my wife looks really pretty on TV. So we&#x27;ll see what happens. Well, I love to watch reality shows. And I know that a lot of them are staged a little bit. And that&#x27;s what they do. They try to find out what you don&#x27;t want to do. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to do. But I tell you the truth, they didn&#x27;t really stage this. And I have to, well, I&#x27;m on the phone since I do go to church on Sunday. I have to apologize about my New York language. I got a little out of hand. And I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it. I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it, but he didn&#x27;t. But thank God I wasn&#x27;t cursing that much. But these kids, they really get on my nerves. I turn into my father, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I got a little bit of Irish temper. And I just want to apologize to all my fans out there that I&#x27;m really not trailer trash.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You know, I might look like it at times, but I&#x27;m not, you know. Well, I have a quarter Irish in me. And we have a segment on our show every now and then when I&#x27;m mad. We call it Coach Goes McEnroe. And so we, and I go off for a while. You remember John McEnroe, don&#x27;t you? He used to stay at my house. Oh, yeah? Very close when he was on top. Yeah, he was a good guy. Really cool guy. Really cool guy. Hey, before I let you go, I want to ask you a personal question here about your songs. If you had to put a number one label in your all-time favorite song of any songs you&#x27;ve ever sang, which one would it be? I&#x27;d have to say it&#x27;s probably Two Tickets to Paradise. Yeah. Not that I quit drinking. It should be like Two Tickets to Betty Ford. I got this couple of mine, this couple of mine, these friends of mine, and they worked for the greatest show on earth.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> They worked for the circus. And they wanted to adopt a child. They went down to the adoption agency. The adoption agency said to me, we don&#x27;t think that the circus is very conducive for raising children. And they said, we really begged a different. They came with really good mathematics because you&#x27;d be adding up all the tickets. Everybody in the circus is from all over the world. They wouldn&#x27;t have any trouble with geography. We got a doctor on call 24 hours a day. They said, well, maybe you&#x27;re right. Would you like a boy or a girl? They said, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference as long as they can fit in the cannon. Oh, you&#x27;ve got a great sense of humor, my friend. I got to say, it&#x27;s a good show. It&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on. And we&#x27;re going to be watching that show. And I hope that maybe at the end of the season, you want to come back on and talk about it.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> I&#x27;d love to have you on again. And thanks so much for having me on the show. You too, buddy. We&#x27;ll talk to you soon, Eddie. All the best. Okay, buddy. Take care of yourself. Folks, that was Eddie Money from his new reality show, Real Money. You can watch it every Sunday at 930 on AXS TV. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet's effect on music and his views on California taxes.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eddie Money</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eddie Money, tax planning, film and television, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/image.jpg?t=1792073786&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/image.jpg?t=1792073786&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ccc7ac63784f0c51627823068c06a03e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 17:42:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>578</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9285750" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>62</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Music, Reality Television, and Life Online" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:19" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:14" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:05" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>George Graziani: Long-Term Care and the Reliable Living Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>George Graziani: Long-Term Care and the Reliable Living Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>George Graziani discusses long-term care and the Reliable Living Plan. This archive conversation explores the product approach he was describing and the financial questions surrounding care needs.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Today we&#x27;re going to look at an innovative approach to long-term care. It&#x27;s often one of the most overlooked parts of anyone&#x27;s retirement plan yet. According to a recent Morningstar report, just over 52 percent of people turning 65 will have a long-term care need during their lifetimes. Paying for long-term care can be difficult at best and most long-term care insurance is cost prohibitive. But what if there was a better</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> way? Let&#x27;s meet George Graziani, Senior VP and Head of Senior Immediate Needs and an actuary at Swiss Re. He was instrumental in developing the Reliable Living Plan, a truly non-traditional long-term care plan. The product is called the Reliable Living Plan and what we&#x27;ve done is we&#x27;ve created something very special to help families pay for senior care. And by that I mean assisted living, memory care, even care that they receive at home. And yes, the product is a long-term care insurance product, but it is a completely new and innovative way to approach long-term care because it&#x27;s for people</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> who need care now. They buy the product when they actually need it, when they&#x27;re 65 years of age or older and have a chronic illness. So in other words, there are two out of six activities of daily living that they are unable to perform or they have cognitive impairment, memory issues. Sure. Now, traditional long-term care is something that is, you purchase way ahead of time, the premiums seem to always be going up. And this is something that&#x27;s so innovative and it makes it a lot easier for anybody to get this, especially, I mean, again, if you&#x27;re over 65, who thought you could get any kind of care at that point from a long-term standpoint?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Oh, that&#x27;s absolutely right, Steve. And that&#x27;s part of, you know, what made us, you know, so excited and makes us so excited about this product because most people, I mean, to be honest, traditional long-term care insurance has been a really tough product for everybody. It&#x27;s a very difficult product for insurance companies to price. Customers who bought traditional long-term care insurance also had a tough time because, as you say, they buy something and because the company&#x27;s had such a tough time pricing it, they ended up having to increase the premiums for people. Absolutely. We tried to do something completely different. Probably the most innovative part of our product</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> is that it&#x27;s really simple to understand. That is key. And now, George, tell me, you actually developed this or were part of the team developing this and you went about this in a pretty unique way. Tell me that story. Well, yes. I mean, it&#x27;s been a long journey that started almost, I guess, almost three years ago. We knew that there were many families that were facing challenges and paying for senior care, both, you know, for themselves, seniors, but also, you know, adult age children, you know, of my age and maybe yours who were concerned about their parents and thinking about how to fund it. Sure. So one of the things, I guess the real kind of game changer for me is that we went out and I spoke</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> to customers, to seniors, and actually spent some time in a senior living community. Really, the thing that really changed things for me personally was when I spoke to one lady called Betsy. This is a lady who was, I think, in her early 80s, very vibrant lady. Yeah, she had some health issues, absolutely, but completely vibrant. And she said something to me that I&#x27;ll never forget. She said, you know what, George, I have maybe four or five years to live. That&#x27;s what my son told me. And I was like, Betsy, what do you mean? She goes, yeah, because I think that&#x27;s what, that&#x27;s when he</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> thinks that I&#x27;ll run out of money. Steve, that just broke my heart. I thought that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s got to be one of the saddest things I&#x27;ve ever heard, that someone has to feel guilty for, for living long. Well, and you know, she wasn&#x27;t the only one. I mean, I think there&#x27;s a lot of people that feel that way right now. Oh, absolutely. I mean, there, there are so many, I mean, there were well over 8 million people who were receiving long-term care and, and, and needed. And, you know, you know, the statistics and the, and the demographics, those numbers are, are growing. And, and there is a, there was a real challenge with, with, with people being able to fund that care and, and make sure that they have benefit income for the rest of their life to pay for those services that they, they so desperately need.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> How does it work, George? The Reliable Living Plan, it sounds wonderful, but how does it work? I mean, how is it paid for? How are they paid? Sure. The mechanics are, you know, this is, this is probably the most innovative part of a product is that it&#x27;s actually simple. I&#x27;ve been in the insurance industry for over 25 years. I&#x27;m an actuary and I find that most products that I, I hear about are very difficult to understand. And most of the time I don&#x27;t understand them. So with Reliable Living Plan, we wanted to create something that you don&#x27;t have to be a financial wizard to understand that a regular person like my 83 year old mother can understand. So here&#x27;s how it works. First of all, it&#x27;s four people who are 65 years or</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> older. There&#x27;s no maximum age, which is again, very unusual for insurance who require assistance with two or more activities of daily living. And that those are eating, dressing, bathing, toileting, continence and transferring, or they have memory problems or cognitive, cognitive issues. And the way it works is, uh, the, the customer pays one single premium. So they make a one time payment. Sometimes people call it one and done. And then one month later, and essentially for the rest of the person&#x27;s life, they receive a fixed amount monthly benefit that they can use to pay for their care. And it really, it&#x27;s as simple as that. There, there are other elements to it. There&#x27;s a 30 day</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> free look, uh, so that if a customer buys the product and within 30 days, they change their mind, they get a refund of their premium. Um, another feature is if, you know, on the side, uh, in the sad situation that someone passes within the first six months, we, we, uh, return their premium to them, less any benefits we&#x27;ve paid. The product is, uh, as I mentioned, I think is available in 32 States right now. And it&#x27;s completely portable so that it, it, the benefit payments, these monthly fixed amounts so that someone knows exactly how much they&#x27;re getting and they don&#x27;t have to keep receipts or there&#x27;s nothing complicated there. They, it follows them. So if they are receiving care at home,</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> as probably 90% of people, uh, prefer to do, they&#x27;d like to stay in their home. They, they receive, uh, you know, the payments there. Um, but if they decide to move to an assisted living community or a living community or memory care or a nursing home, um, or they move around to different ones, um, the benefits follow them essentially wherever they go. And if they decide to move back home, that&#x27;s the benefits follow them there. Well, that really sounds fantastic. It really is that simple, huh? It is indeed. It is. And, uh, another nice feature of the product is that the benefits, uh, because it&#x27;s long-term care insurance are tax-free. So when you say a fixed amount, how is that determined? Is that determined on a case-by-case basis? Is there, is there just a</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> plan for that or, or how has that worked out? The, the amount that they can purchase in, in benefit, uh, ranges from, uh, they can buy from $1,000 a month of benefit, which, uh, which some people like to do to fill, fill a gap in the, in the cost of care all the way up to $12,000 a month of benefit, which as we&#x27;ve talked to customers is very important because as you, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know, um, the cost of, of care can be, can be quite, uh, expensive, um, assisted living, for example, on average costs approximately $5,000 a month. And so, and, and we&#x27;ve actually heard of cases where it can go as high as $10,000 a month. Sure. And so, uh, the ability to purchase benefit amounts and</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> levels that, that match those costs is, is very important to customers. Is there, is there someplace they can go or should they call their advisor? How should they begin the process? Actually, probably the easiest thing that they, they can do is, is go to the website, reliablelivingplan.com, or they can call the toll-free number 1-833-867-1865. And we will then, uh, connect them with one of our, uh, licensed representatives to talk through the product and find out whether it&#x27;s suitable, uh, for them. Well, you know, George, I think, don&#x27;t you think too, and again, my experience talking with planners around the country that, that when it comes to long-term care, it&#x27;s one of these things where,</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> where oftentimes people will just want to bury their head in the sand and don&#x27;t want to think about it because it, it, it signifies the end of something and, and, and it&#x27;s scary and we don&#x27;t want to deal with it. But this is something that&#x27;s so refreshing that it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s not the end, but you&#x27;re actually, you know, I think this could improve quality of life for who knows how long. Oh, absolutely, Steve. I mean, I think there&#x27;s a couple of things I&#x27;d share with you on that is when people do, uh, require assisted living or long-term care. So they&#x27;re at that point where they need it or their parents need it. Nine out of 10 of them don&#x27;t have any coverage and they can&#x27;t buy traditional coverage because they&#x27;re already, um, requiring, uh, services.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> Whereas with our product, it&#x27;s for people who, who didn&#x27;t have a plan and it gives them a new, a new opportunity to actually have a plan and set their minds at ease so that instead of worrying about whether, um, they&#x27;re going to, to run out of funds or if they&#x27;re going to have to, to move, uh, to change their, their lifestyle, um, they don&#x27;t have to do that. And they can actually, um, you know, spend quality time with their, with their families and their, and their friends and, uh, enjoy living their life. This changes. I think it really is how it should be, you know, when you get to that stage in life. Um, and you&#x27;ve worked hard and you&#x27;ve, and you&#x27;ve saved and you&#x27;ve, you know, that, uh, you, you&#x27;re entitled, I think, to, uh, to enjoy that period of life.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> How in the world did you decide or come up with this to, to say, hey, we can do this, you know, as a company or, you know, or we can create this and it will, it will continue to sustain itself? Well, I mean, that&#x27;s a great question. I mean, to be honest, it was, it was pretty difficult to, to, to explain this initially to, to a lot of people in the insurance industry because they thought, you know, there&#x27;s no way you can do this. Um, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s so new. Um, and you know, really what drove me personally, and I think drove a lot of the people involved is, is that personal connection with, um, with people like Betsy, who I mentioned, and, and also with our own families.</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> In fact, what often companies, when they have projects to develop products, they give them, um, code names. And with this particular development of reliable living plan, we had the code name project mom. And I know that whenever I was, you know, working long hours on this, as well as everybody on our, on our team. And, and that there, there are many people involved. We would think about our own parents, our own mothers who were aging and, and think about how this was really something that we were, that we were doing for them. So a lot of our, um, I guess a lot of our motivation I&#x27;d say would be, would be personal. And, and, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s really the difference that,</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> um, it&#x27;s something that, you know, well, even an actuary would want to buy. And, um, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s pretty rare. Well, and I think an actuary is going to be a tough sell. Am I right? Absolutely. These are, these are very discerning people. I mean, one of the other things I, I didn&#x27;t mention is that we, again, we try to make it simple, but normally with an insurance policy, when someone tries to buy one, it can take a couple of months to get the policy. There&#x27;s a lot of, a lot of, um, underwriting and various things that go on. We&#x27;ve done something very, very unique with the reliable living plan. A person can actually have a policy in their hands in 24 hours. And that&#x27;s important for people, uh, and families to know that they can get that coverage</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> and there&#x27;s no maximum age. There are no health exclusions and they can have a policy in their hands in 24 hours, which is, which is, you know, again, unheard of in our industry. It&#x27;s remarkable. Yeah. So, I mean, George, let&#x27;s just go through this one more time. And, and, and again, we&#x27;re talking with George Graziani, who was instrumental in creating the reliable living plan. And when, what, and you just sort of said it, it, it&#x27;s a, it, you, there are no age requirement, well, age requirement, 65 or older. And, um, let&#x27;s take it from there, John, just, or George, and, and describe for me what it is and how we can learn more about it. Well, it&#x27;s a, it&#x27;s a long-term care insurance and an immediate need long-term care insurance</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> for people who are 65 years of age or older. There&#x27;s no maximum age who require assistance with two or more activities of daily living. And these are not necessarily medical conditions. These are just basic things like eating, dressing, bathing, toileting, consonants, and transferring, or they have some memory problems or cognitive impairment. And the way it works is it&#x27;s a, it, single premium. So that the customer or their family, their adult children quite often pays a single premium. So they make one single payment to us. And then we pay a monthly benefit to them starting 30 days later, so long as they require and receive</p><p><strong>15:55</strong> care for essentially the rest of their, their, their life. And it&#x27;s a, they know how much they&#x27;re getting and that benefit payment can never run out. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s reliable. That&#x27;s part of why we called it reliable living plan. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a reliable benefit that&#x27;s not exposed to any market volatility or anything like that. It&#x27;s provided by AmeriCo Financial Life and Annuity Insurance Company, which is an A rated, A and best insurance company. It&#x27;s also, um, it&#x27;s also a product that&#x27;s about living. So again, it&#x27;s, you don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving your, your, your funds because you know, you&#x27;re going to be receiving this</p><p><strong>16:43</strong> known fixed amount benefit every month. And it&#x27;s a plan. It&#x27;s a plan for, so that 90% of people who didn&#x27;t have a plan for, uh, for long-term care or assisted living, they, they didn&#x27;t buy any traditional coverage, but they wish they had. And I think it&#x27;s too late for them. And we wanted to give them a second chance at that and allow them to buy, um, something that would actually give them a plan and, uh, and provide them with the, those benefit payments so that they could, uh, focus on more important things like enjoying their, enjoying their life and their time with their family and friends. Again, the first step is go to reliablelivingplan.com, reliablelivingplan.com, all one,</p><p><strong>17:30</strong> and, or call 833-867-1865. Uh, either way, you&#x27;re going to be able to learn some great information about the plan and, uh, how it could fit into your life. Because I think, you know, with baby boomers retiring every day, it&#x27;d be, this is going to become a bigger deal than it is already. And, and my guess is the industry is going to take notice and, uh, and embrace this with, with open arms. That&#x27;s, that&#x27;s so true. I think you, you said it, you said it better than I could, Steve. That&#x27;s exactly, that&#x27;s exactly the case. Well, George, thank you so much. I appreciate all your time today. Thank you, Steve. And thanks to your listeners. Thanks again to George Graziani, senior VP and head of senior immediate needs and actuary at Swiss Re. To learn more about the</p><p><strong>18:17</strong> Reliable Living Plan, simply visit reliablelivingplan.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>George Graziani discusses long-term care and the Reliable Living Plan. This archive conversation explores the product approach he was describing and the financial questions surrounding care needs.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Today we&#x27;re going to look at an innovative approach to long-term care. It&#x27;s often one of the most overlooked parts of anyone&#x27;s retirement plan yet. According to a recent Morningstar report, just over 52 percent of people turning 65 will have a long-term care need during their lifetimes. Paying for long-term care can be difficult at best and most long-term care insurance is cost prohibitive. But what if there was a better</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> way? Let&#x27;s meet George Graziani, Senior VP and Head of Senior Immediate Needs and an actuary at Swiss Re. He was instrumental in developing the Reliable Living Plan, a truly non-traditional long-term care plan. The product is called the Reliable Living Plan and what we&#x27;ve done is we&#x27;ve created something very special to help families pay for senior care. And by that I mean assisted living, memory care, even care that they receive at home. And yes, the product is a long-term care insurance product, but it is a completely new and innovative way to approach long-term care because it&#x27;s for people</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> who need care now. They buy the product when they actually need it, when they&#x27;re 65 years of age or older and have a chronic illness. So in other words, there are two out of six activities of daily living that they are unable to perform or they have cognitive impairment, memory issues. Sure. Now, traditional long-term care is something that is, you purchase way ahead of time, the premiums seem to always be going up. And this is something that&#x27;s so innovative and it makes it a lot easier for anybody to get this, especially, I mean, again, if you&#x27;re over 65, who thought you could get any kind of care at that point from a long-term standpoint?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Oh, that&#x27;s absolutely right, Steve. And that&#x27;s part of, you know, what made us, you know, so excited and makes us so excited about this product because most people, I mean, to be honest, traditional long-term care insurance has been a really tough product for everybody. It&#x27;s a very difficult product for insurance companies to price. Customers who bought traditional long-term care insurance also had a tough time because, as you say, they buy something and because the company&#x27;s had such a tough time pricing it, they ended up having to increase the premiums for people. Absolutely. We tried to do something completely different. Probably the most innovative part of our product</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> is that it&#x27;s really simple to understand. That is key. And now, George, tell me, you actually developed this or were part of the team developing this and you went about this in a pretty unique way. Tell me that story. Well, yes. I mean, it&#x27;s been a long journey that started almost, I guess, almost three years ago. We knew that there were many families that were facing challenges and paying for senior care, both, you know, for themselves, seniors, but also, you know, adult age children, you know, of my age and maybe yours who were concerned about their parents and thinking about how to fund it. Sure. So one of the things, I guess the real kind of game changer for me is that we went out and I spoke</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> to customers, to seniors, and actually spent some time in a senior living community. Really, the thing that really changed things for me personally was when I spoke to one lady called Betsy. This is a lady who was, I think, in her early 80s, very vibrant lady. Yeah, she had some health issues, absolutely, but completely vibrant. And she said something to me that I&#x27;ll never forget. She said, you know what, George, I have maybe four or five years to live. That&#x27;s what my son told me. And I was like, Betsy, what do you mean? She goes, yeah, because I think that&#x27;s what, that&#x27;s when he</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> thinks that I&#x27;ll run out of money. Steve, that just broke my heart. I thought that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s got to be one of the saddest things I&#x27;ve ever heard, that someone has to feel guilty for, for living long. Well, and you know, she wasn&#x27;t the only one. I mean, I think there&#x27;s a lot of people that feel that way right now. Oh, absolutely. I mean, there, there are so many, I mean, there were well over 8 million people who were receiving long-term care and, and, and needed. And, you know, you know, the statistics and the, and the demographics, those numbers are, are growing. And, and there is a, there was a real challenge with, with, with people being able to fund that care and, and make sure that they have benefit income for the rest of their life to pay for those services that they, they so desperately need.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> How does it work, George? The Reliable Living Plan, it sounds wonderful, but how does it work? I mean, how is it paid for? How are they paid? Sure. The mechanics are, you know, this is, this is probably the most innovative part of a product is that it&#x27;s actually simple. I&#x27;ve been in the insurance industry for over 25 years. I&#x27;m an actuary and I find that most products that I, I hear about are very difficult to understand. And most of the time I don&#x27;t understand them. So with Reliable Living Plan, we wanted to create something that you don&#x27;t have to be a financial wizard to understand that a regular person like my 83 year old mother can understand. So here&#x27;s how it works. First of all, it&#x27;s four people who are 65 years or</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> older. There&#x27;s no maximum age, which is again, very unusual for insurance who require assistance with two or more activities of daily living. And that those are eating, dressing, bathing, toileting, continence and transferring, or they have memory problems or cognitive, cognitive issues. And the way it works is, uh, the, the customer pays one single premium. So they make a one time payment. Sometimes people call it one and done. And then one month later, and essentially for the rest of the person&#x27;s life, they receive a fixed amount monthly benefit that they can use to pay for their care. And it really, it&#x27;s as simple as that. There, there are other elements to it. There&#x27;s a 30 day</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> free look, uh, so that if a customer buys the product and within 30 days, they change their mind, they get a refund of their premium. Um, another feature is if, you know, on the side, uh, in the sad situation that someone passes within the first six months, we, we, uh, return their premium to them, less any benefits we&#x27;ve paid. The product is, uh, as I mentioned, I think is available in 32 States right now. And it&#x27;s completely portable so that it, it, the benefit payments, these monthly fixed amounts so that someone knows exactly how much they&#x27;re getting and they don&#x27;t have to keep receipts or there&#x27;s nothing complicated there. They, it follows them. So if they are receiving care at home,</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> as probably 90% of people, uh, prefer to do, they&#x27;d like to stay in their home. They, they receive, uh, you know, the payments there. Um, but if they decide to move to an assisted living community or a living community or memory care or a nursing home, um, or they move around to different ones, um, the benefits follow them essentially wherever they go. And if they decide to move back home, that&#x27;s the benefits follow them there. Well, that really sounds fantastic. It really is that simple, huh? It is indeed. It is. And, uh, another nice feature of the product is that the benefits, uh, because it&#x27;s long-term care insurance are tax-free. So when you say a fixed amount, how is that determined? Is that determined on a case-by-case basis? Is there, is there just a</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> plan for that or, or how has that worked out? The, the amount that they can purchase in, in benefit, uh, ranges from, uh, they can buy from $1,000 a month of benefit, which, uh, which some people like to do to fill, fill a gap in the, in the cost of care all the way up to $12,000 a month of benefit, which as we&#x27;ve talked to customers is very important because as you, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know, um, the cost of, of care can be, can be quite, uh, expensive, um, assisted living, for example, on average costs approximately $5,000 a month. And so, and, and we&#x27;ve actually heard of cases where it can go as high as $10,000 a month. Sure. And so, uh, the ability to purchase benefit amounts and</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> levels that, that match those costs is, is very important to customers. Is there, is there someplace they can go or should they call their advisor? How should they begin the process? Actually, probably the easiest thing that they, they can do is, is go to the website, reliablelivingplan.com, or they can call the toll-free number 1-833-867-1865. And we will then, uh, connect them with one of our, uh, licensed representatives to talk through the product and find out whether it&#x27;s suitable, uh, for them. Well, you know, George, I think, don&#x27;t you think too, and again, my experience talking with planners around the country that, that when it comes to long-term care, it&#x27;s one of these things where,</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> where oftentimes people will just want to bury their head in the sand and don&#x27;t want to think about it because it, it, it signifies the end of something and, and, and it&#x27;s scary and we don&#x27;t want to deal with it. But this is something that&#x27;s so refreshing that it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s not the end, but you&#x27;re actually, you know, I think this could improve quality of life for who knows how long. Oh, absolutely, Steve. I mean, I think there&#x27;s a couple of things I&#x27;d share with you on that is when people do, uh, require assisted living or long-term care. So they&#x27;re at that point where they need it or their parents need it. Nine out of 10 of them don&#x27;t have any coverage and they can&#x27;t buy traditional coverage because they&#x27;re already, um, requiring, uh, services.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> Whereas with our product, it&#x27;s for people who, who didn&#x27;t have a plan and it gives them a new, a new opportunity to actually have a plan and set their minds at ease so that instead of worrying about whether, um, they&#x27;re going to, to run out of funds or if they&#x27;re going to have to, to move, uh, to change their, their lifestyle, um, they don&#x27;t have to do that. And they can actually, um, you know, spend quality time with their, with their families and their, and their friends and, uh, enjoy living their life. This changes. I think it really is how it should be, you know, when you get to that stage in life. Um, and you&#x27;ve worked hard and you&#x27;ve, and you&#x27;ve saved and you&#x27;ve, you know, that, uh, you, you&#x27;re entitled, I think, to, uh, to enjoy that period of life.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> How in the world did you decide or come up with this to, to say, hey, we can do this, you know, as a company or, you know, or we can create this and it will, it will continue to sustain itself? Well, I mean, that&#x27;s a great question. I mean, to be honest, it was, it was pretty difficult to, to, to explain this initially to, to a lot of people in the insurance industry because they thought, you know, there&#x27;s no way you can do this. Um, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s so new. Um, and you know, really what drove me personally, and I think drove a lot of the people involved is, is that personal connection with, um, with people like Betsy, who I mentioned, and, and also with our own families.</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> In fact, what often companies, when they have projects to develop products, they give them, um, code names. And with this particular development of reliable living plan, we had the code name project mom. And I know that whenever I was, you know, working long hours on this, as well as everybody on our, on our team. And, and that there, there are many people involved. We would think about our own parents, our own mothers who were aging and, and think about how this was really something that we were, that we were doing for them. So a lot of our, um, I guess a lot of our motivation I&#x27;d say would be, would be personal. And, and, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s really the difference that,</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> um, it&#x27;s something that, you know, well, even an actuary would want to buy. And, um, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s pretty rare. Well, and I think an actuary is going to be a tough sell. Am I right? Absolutely. These are, these are very discerning people. I mean, one of the other things I, I didn&#x27;t mention is that we, again, we try to make it simple, but normally with an insurance policy, when someone tries to buy one, it can take a couple of months to get the policy. There&#x27;s a lot of, a lot of, um, underwriting and various things that go on. We&#x27;ve done something very, very unique with the reliable living plan. A person can actually have a policy in their hands in 24 hours. And that&#x27;s important for people, uh, and families to know that they can get that coverage</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> and there&#x27;s no maximum age. There are no health exclusions and they can have a policy in their hands in 24 hours, which is, which is, you know, again, unheard of in our industry. It&#x27;s remarkable. Yeah. So, I mean, George, let&#x27;s just go through this one more time. And, and, and again, we&#x27;re talking with George Graziani, who was instrumental in creating the reliable living plan. And when, what, and you just sort of said it, it, it&#x27;s a, it, you, there are no age requirement, well, age requirement, 65 or older. And, um, let&#x27;s take it from there, John, just, or George, and, and describe for me what it is and how we can learn more about it. Well, it&#x27;s a, it&#x27;s a long-term care insurance and an immediate need long-term care insurance</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> for people who are 65 years of age or older. There&#x27;s no maximum age who require assistance with two or more activities of daily living. And these are not necessarily medical conditions. These are just basic things like eating, dressing, bathing, toileting, consonants, and transferring, or they have some memory problems or cognitive impairment. And the way it works is it&#x27;s a, it, single premium. So that the customer or their family, their adult children quite often pays a single premium. So they make one single payment to us. And then we pay a monthly benefit to them starting 30 days later, so long as they require and receive</p><p><strong>15:55</strong> care for essentially the rest of their, their, their life. And it&#x27;s a, they know how much they&#x27;re getting and that benefit payment can never run out. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s reliable. That&#x27;s part of why we called it reliable living plan. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a reliable benefit that&#x27;s not exposed to any market volatility or anything like that. It&#x27;s provided by AmeriCo Financial Life and Annuity Insurance Company, which is an A rated, A and best insurance company. It&#x27;s also, um, it&#x27;s also a product that&#x27;s about living. So again, it&#x27;s, you don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving your, your, your funds because you know, you&#x27;re going to be receiving this</p><p><strong>16:43</strong> known fixed amount benefit every month. And it&#x27;s a plan. It&#x27;s a plan for, so that 90% of people who didn&#x27;t have a plan for, uh, for long-term care or assisted living, they, they didn&#x27;t buy any traditional coverage, but they wish they had. And I think it&#x27;s too late for them. And we wanted to give them a second chance at that and allow them to buy, um, something that would actually give them a plan and, uh, and provide them with the, those benefit payments so that they could, uh, focus on more important things like enjoying their, enjoying their life and their time with their family and friends. Again, the first step is go to reliablelivingplan.com, reliablelivingplan.com, all one,</p><p><strong>17:30</strong> and, or call 833-867-1865. Uh, either way, you&#x27;re going to be able to learn some great information about the plan and, uh, how it could fit into your life. Because I think, you know, with baby boomers retiring every day, it&#x27;d be, this is going to become a bigger deal than it is already. And, and my guess is the industry is going to take notice and, uh, and embrace this with, with open arms. That&#x27;s, that&#x27;s so true. I think you, you said it, you said it better than I could, Steve. That&#x27;s exactly, that&#x27;s exactly the case. Well, George, thank you so much. I appreciate all your time today. Thank you, Steve. And thanks to your listeners. Thanks again to George Graziani, senior VP and head of senior immediate needs and actuary at Swiss Re. To learn more about the</p><p><strong>18:17</strong> Reliable Living Plan, simply visit reliablelivingplan.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>George Graziani discusses long-term care and the Reliable Living Plan. This archive conversation explores the product approach he was describing and the financial questions surrounding care needs.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>George Graziani</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>Long-Term Care and the Reliable Living Plan</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>George Graziani, long-term care, Long-Term Care and the Reliable Living Plan, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5f79937-a51c-481b-a85b-adff0116e575/image.jpg?t=1792073792&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5f79937-a51c-481b-a85b-adff0116e575/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/george-graziani-svp-swiss-re-on-a-new-approach-to/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5f79937-a51c-481b-a85b-adff0116e575/image.jpg?t=1792073792&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b654d00abb0ab2055aa86be5ba772f1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d5f79937-a51c-481b-a85b-adff0116e575</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Mar 2018 15:20:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1110</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5f79937-a51c-481b-a85b-adff0116e575/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="17798095" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/george-graziani-svp-swiss-re-on-a-new-approach-to</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>63</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Long-Term Care and the Reliable Living Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:02" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom McGee: Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom McGee: Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and the changing retail landscape. This full interview considers where consumers spend their money as well as how much they spend.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Tis the season, the shopping season that is, and it appears Americans are feeling confident this year with one survey predicting consumers will spend approximately $728 on holiday gifts and other holiday activities. But the nation&#x27;s shopping centers are doing more than just tracking how much we spend. They&#x27;re also looking at where we&#x27;re spending our holiday dollars.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Joining me today with the results of a survey is Tom McGee, President and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. Tom, what&#x27;s one of the takeaways from the survey this year? Our International Council of Shopping Centers forecast is for a 3.8% growth year over year from 2016. You have a strong economy, a good job market, rising consumer sentiment. Obviously, retail is the ultimate consumer-facing industry. So when you have those characteristics, I think it supports the concept of a strong holiday season. And despite a lot of the perception that&#x27;s in the marketplace, physical stores will still dominate as a total percentage of retail sales. And so we expect $670 billion of total retail sales to happen over the holiday season.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> About $570 billion of that will happen in the store with the balance happening online. So there will be growth in both segments as a percentage online. Obviously, it gets a lot of press because of the percentage of growth that it has. But the vast majority of absolute dollars still happen in a physical store. 90% of all retail sales in this country still happen in a physical store. You know, I think we lose sight of that. And it&#x27;s, I mean, you can&#x27;t get around it, really. Their stores are there and we go, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what happens. And even though we hear, like you said, media, we talk about, you know, the biggest Black Friday ever. It&#x27;s going to exceed retail and Cyber Monday. But when it comes down to it, the bottom line is the bottom line. Well, the bottom line is the bottom line. And, you know, U.S. Census Bureau numbers don&#x27;t lie. So 90% of all sales in this country happen in a physical store.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Matter of fact, in yesterday&#x27;s Financial Press and the Wall Street Journal, that was quoted for the U.S. Census Bureau. So we&#x27;re clearly operating in an environment where there is a lot of change and trends that are impacting retail technology. Not in this concept just online, but the access to technology, the access to information is clearly informing the consumer and providing a lot of price transparency. Major demographic change is happening in the country with a rising millennial population and a baby boomer population that&#x27;s transitioning out of their prime consumption years. And, of course, you just have changing consumer expectations, a real premium placed upon experience. You know, those retailers that do a really good job of offering a unique experience when you walk through those doors, shopping centers that offer an experience when you walk into that shopping center,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> are going to be those that do best over this holiday season and, quite frankly, in the long run. Service, merchandise, price, those are tried and true. Timeless qualities in retail. And those retailers that do a good job of investing in their physical channel as well as their digital channel but offer great service, great pricing, great product are going to do well. Do you think retail as a whole was sort of late to the table when it came to Internet? They didn&#x27;t think it was going to be as big a deal? You know, I don&#x27;t know if they didn&#x27;t think it was going to be as big of a deal, but I don&#x27;t know that I think certainly people and I think maybe society kind of underestimated the big impact of what technology was going to do to lots of different industries, retail being obviously one of them.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> I mean, the big thing that it&#x27;s done, I think, has really created a lot of price transparency and ultimately a real premium upon a curated experience. We&#x27;ve all become accustomed by picking up our smartphone and having information that&#x27;s particularly tailored to us, whether it&#x27;s the stocks we follow, the sports scores we follow, or what have you. And so that cascades itself into every aspect of life, including in the retail environment. And so you do see a greater premium placed upon as a consumer wanting to have better service, wanting to have something that&#x27;s unique and different, because we have grown to expect that. And so I think those retailers that do that, and you think of a retailer on one end like an Apple that provides a unique experience because you get to touch and interact with the technology.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> On the other hand, you look at a retailer like a HomeGoods or a TJ Maxx that offer this treasure hunt quality to find something unique at a great price. They&#x27;re both experiences. They&#x27;re both very different. But those are what drives foot traffic into those stores because they offer that great experience. Well, you talk about that treasure hunt. That&#x27;s a lot of what I think, you know, I think when you talk about baby boomers, I think that&#x27;s a lot of what they look for, isn&#x27;t it? I think baby boomers, but also millennials. You know, millennials are very price conscious. They&#x27;ve grown up with a lot of student debt. And so actually, based upon many of the studies that we&#x27;ve done, millennials in particular are quite price conscious and really look for a deal. They&#x27;re very focused upon pricing and quality. So that discount store mentality is something that certainly will live on.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I think it will, yeah. And what other kinds of things are malls doing or shopping centers doing to attract us to come for this holiday season? A lot of folks on dining, entertainment, movie theaters, services within shopping centers. Holiday time period is also a big time to go to the movies, usually big releases. This year, of course, you&#x27;re going to have Star Wars The Last Jedi that&#x27;ll be released in December. That&#x27;s going to drive a lot of traffic, probably a lot of people eating out as well. That meets the needs of millennials and baby boomers as well, both of whom are pre- or post-kids and like to spend a lot of time on entertainment. Do you expect a big rush at the end for the procrastinators out there? There&#x27;s a lot of us like that. I think there&#x27;s always a big rush at the end. And I think that&#x27;s kind of human nature.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Super Saturday, which is a Saturday right before Christmas, is always the biggest shopping day of the year. And I think that will be, in fact, the case this year. Tom, I appreciate all your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thanks again to Tom McGee, president and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and the changing retail landscape. This full interview considers where consumers spend their money as well as how much they spend.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Tis the season, the shopping season that is, and it appears Americans are feeling confident this year with one survey predicting consumers will spend approximately $728 on holiday gifts and other holiday activities. But the nation&#x27;s shopping centers are doing more than just tracking how much we spend. They&#x27;re also looking at where we&#x27;re spending our holiday dollars.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Joining me today with the results of a survey is Tom McGee, President and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. Tom, what&#x27;s one of the takeaways from the survey this year? Our International Council of Shopping Centers forecast is for a 3.8% growth year over year from 2016. You have a strong economy, a good job market, rising consumer sentiment. Obviously, retail is the ultimate consumer-facing industry. So when you have those characteristics, I think it supports the concept of a strong holiday season. And despite a lot of the perception that&#x27;s in the marketplace, physical stores will still dominate as a total percentage of retail sales. And so we expect $670 billion of total retail sales to happen over the holiday season.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> About $570 billion of that will happen in the store with the balance happening online. So there will be growth in both segments as a percentage online. Obviously, it gets a lot of press because of the percentage of growth that it has. But the vast majority of absolute dollars still happen in a physical store. 90% of all retail sales in this country still happen in a physical store. You know, I think we lose sight of that. And it&#x27;s, I mean, you can&#x27;t get around it, really. Their stores are there and we go, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what happens. And even though we hear, like you said, media, we talk about, you know, the biggest Black Friday ever. It&#x27;s going to exceed retail and Cyber Monday. But when it comes down to it, the bottom line is the bottom line. Well, the bottom line is the bottom line. And, you know, U.S. Census Bureau numbers don&#x27;t lie. So 90% of all sales in this country happen in a physical store.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Matter of fact, in yesterday&#x27;s Financial Press and the Wall Street Journal, that was quoted for the U.S. Census Bureau. So we&#x27;re clearly operating in an environment where there is a lot of change and trends that are impacting retail technology. Not in this concept just online, but the access to technology, the access to information is clearly informing the consumer and providing a lot of price transparency. Major demographic change is happening in the country with a rising millennial population and a baby boomer population that&#x27;s transitioning out of their prime consumption years. And, of course, you just have changing consumer expectations, a real premium placed upon experience. You know, those retailers that do a really good job of offering a unique experience when you walk through those doors, shopping centers that offer an experience when you walk into that shopping center,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> are going to be those that do best over this holiday season and, quite frankly, in the long run. Service, merchandise, price, those are tried and true. Timeless qualities in retail. And those retailers that do a good job of investing in their physical channel as well as their digital channel but offer great service, great pricing, great product are going to do well. Do you think retail as a whole was sort of late to the table when it came to Internet? They didn&#x27;t think it was going to be as big a deal? You know, I don&#x27;t know if they didn&#x27;t think it was going to be as big of a deal, but I don&#x27;t know that I think certainly people and I think maybe society kind of underestimated the big impact of what technology was going to do to lots of different industries, retail being obviously one of them.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> I mean, the big thing that it&#x27;s done, I think, has really created a lot of price transparency and ultimately a real premium upon a curated experience. We&#x27;ve all become accustomed by picking up our smartphone and having information that&#x27;s particularly tailored to us, whether it&#x27;s the stocks we follow, the sports scores we follow, or what have you. And so that cascades itself into every aspect of life, including in the retail environment. And so you do see a greater premium placed upon as a consumer wanting to have better service, wanting to have something that&#x27;s unique and different, because we have grown to expect that. And so I think those retailers that do that, and you think of a retailer on one end like an Apple that provides a unique experience because you get to touch and interact with the technology.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> On the other hand, you look at a retailer like a HomeGoods or a TJ Maxx that offer this treasure hunt quality to find something unique at a great price. They&#x27;re both experiences. They&#x27;re both very different. But those are what drives foot traffic into those stores because they offer that great experience. Well, you talk about that treasure hunt. That&#x27;s a lot of what I think, you know, I think when you talk about baby boomers, I think that&#x27;s a lot of what they look for, isn&#x27;t it? I think baby boomers, but also millennials. You know, millennials are very price conscious. They&#x27;ve grown up with a lot of student debt. And so actually, based upon many of the studies that we&#x27;ve done, millennials in particular are quite price conscious and really look for a deal. They&#x27;re very focused upon pricing and quality. So that discount store mentality is something that certainly will live on.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I think it will, yeah. And what other kinds of things are malls doing or shopping centers doing to attract us to come for this holiday season? A lot of folks on dining, entertainment, movie theaters, services within shopping centers. Holiday time period is also a big time to go to the movies, usually big releases. This year, of course, you&#x27;re going to have Star Wars The Last Jedi that&#x27;ll be released in December. That&#x27;s going to drive a lot of traffic, probably a lot of people eating out as well. That meets the needs of millennials and baby boomers as well, both of whom are pre- or post-kids and like to spend a lot of time on entertainment. Do you expect a big rush at the end for the procrastinators out there? There&#x27;s a lot of us like that. I think there&#x27;s always a big rush at the end. And I think that&#x27;s kind of human nature.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Super Saturday, which is a Saturday right before Christmas, is always the biggest shopping day of the year. And I think that will be, in fact, the case this year. Tom, I appreciate all your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thanks again to Tom McGee, president and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and the changing retail landscape. This full interview considers where consumers spend their money as well as how much they spend.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom McGee</category>
      <category>Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom McGee, Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/566cdec9-b998-4a39-a867-adff0116eda6/image.jpg?t=1792073797&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/566cdec9-b998-4a39-a867-adff0116eda6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-mcgee-ceo-international-council-of-shopping-ce/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/566cdec9-b998-4a39-a867-adff0116eda6/image.jpg?t=1792073797&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3b63dbf51bc6ab720e024f170924bb6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>566cdec9-b998-4a39-a867-adff0116eda6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2017 18:11:54 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>401</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/566cdec9-b998-4a39-a867-adff0116eda6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="6446526" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-mcgee-ceo-international-council-of-shopping-ce</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>64</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:31" title="Technology and everyday life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom McGee: Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom McGee: Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and consumer spending. This short interview highlights changes in where people shop and the implications for retailers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Holiday shopping is in full swing and both online and brick and mortar retailers are hoping for a big shopping season. In fact, one survey is predicting we&#x27;ll spend approximately $728 on holiday gifts and other holiday activities. But where those dollars are spent is what retailers and shopping centers are concerned about. Tom McGee is president and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and he says yes, internet shopping is on the rise, but... There will be growth in both segments as a percentage online. Obviously gets a lot of press because of the percentage of growth that it has, but the vast majority of absolute dollars still happen in a physical store. 90% of all retail sales in this country still happen in a physical store. McGee adds that retail sales this year will reach $670 billion, with $570 billion happening in stores and shopping centers, the rest online. He says we as a culture still like that retail experience. And you think of a retailer on one end like an apple that provides a unique experience because you get to touch and interact with the technology. On the other hand, you look at a retailer like a HomeGoods or a TJ Maxx that offer this treasure hunt quality</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> to find something unique at a great price. They&#x27;re both experiences. They&#x27;re both very different, but those are what drives foot traffic into those stores because they offer that great experience. McGee says shopping centers are offering more dining and entertainment experiences to help drive traffic. He adds that the procrastinators among us will help put the cherry on top of this holiday shopping season. There&#x27;s always a big rush at the end, and I think that&#x27;s kind of human nature. Super Saturday, which is a Saturday right before Christmas, is always the biggest shopping day of the year, and I think that will be, in fact, the case this year. Thanks again to Tom McGee, President and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedol.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and consumer spending. This short interview highlights changes in where people shop and the implications for retailers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Holiday shopping is in full swing and both online and brick and mortar retailers are hoping for a big shopping season. In fact, one survey is predicting we&#x27;ll spend approximately $728 on holiday gifts and other holiday activities. But where those dollars are spent is what retailers and shopping centers are concerned about. Tom McGee is president and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and he says yes, internet shopping is on the rise, but... There will be growth in both segments as a percentage online. Obviously gets a lot of press because of the percentage of growth that it has, but the vast majority of absolute dollars still happen in a physical store. 90% of all retail sales in this country still happen in a physical store. McGee adds that retail sales this year will reach $670 billion, with $570 billion happening in stores and shopping centers, the rest online. He says we as a culture still like that retail experience. And you think of a retailer on one end like an apple that provides a unique experience because you get to touch and interact with the technology. On the other hand, you look at a retailer like a HomeGoods or a TJ Maxx that offer this treasure hunt quality</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> to find something unique at a great price. They&#x27;re both experiences. They&#x27;re both very different, but those are what drives foot traffic into those stores because they offer that great experience. McGee says shopping centers are offering more dining and entertainment experiences to help drive traffic. He adds that the procrastinators among us will help put the cherry on top of this holiday shopping season. There&#x27;s always a big rush at the end, and I think that&#x27;s kind of human nature. Super Saturday, which is a Saturday right before Christmas, is always the biggest shopping day of the year, and I think that will be, in fact, the case this year. Thanks again to Tom McGee, President and CEO of the International Council of Shopping Centers. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedol.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom McGee discusses holiday shopping and consumer spending. This short interview highlights changes in where people shop and the implications for retailers.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom McGee</category>
      <category>Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom McGee, Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/31f28ba0-7da9-477f-9622-adff01170455/image.jpg?t=1792073804&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/31f28ba0-7da9-477f-9622-adff01170455/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-mcgee-ceo-international-council-of-shopping-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/31f28ba0-7da9-477f-9622-adff01170455/image.jpg?t=1792073804&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91b28563319265f208d6d2ef28afc400</guid>
      <omny:clipId>31f28ba0-7da9-477f-9622-adff01170455</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2017 18:10:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>137</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/31f28ba0-7da9-477f-9622-adff01170455/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="2230141" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-mcgee-ceo-international-council-of-shopping-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>65</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Holiday Shopping and the Retail Landscape" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alexis Love: College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Alexis Love: College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses college athletics and her ambition to compete at the Tokyo Olympics. This archive interview explores training, scholarships, and the work behind an athlete&#x27;s goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Being a professional athlete is more than just being good at your chosen sport. It takes hard work and discipline. And joining me today is 26-year-old Alexis Love. She&#x27;s an Olympic hopeful and is on Team USA track and field. She holds numerous records and is currently training for the 2018 World Indoor Championships in March and has her eye on the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo, Japan. Alexis, welcome. So when did you first get interested in being an athlete? It&#x27;s funny because I just realized this year, I&#x27;m like, wow, I&#x27;ve been running track for a total of 14 years. I started when I was younger and I went on to high school and being on the varsity track team there. And then from high school, I attended Murray State University on a full-ride scholarship. And then just this year makes about four years that I&#x27;ve been running professionally. Wow.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I mean, you&#x27;ve been doing this for more than half your life, Darnier. Yeah, I have. Yeah. So, I mean, you have really accomplished a lot. And, you know, we&#x27;re talking about, you know, student-athletes and really what they have to go through. How soon do colleges start looking at student-athletes and saying, hmm, maybe somebody I want to have come to my school? Right. You know, I think recruiters typically start to look around your sophomore, junior year. And, I mean, that was back in 2009, so it may be sooner than that since I&#x27;ve graduated. But they start looking when you&#x27;re pretty early. Those scouts, I mean, if you&#x27;re a big name and you&#x27;re doing what you need to do out there on the field or on the track, they&#x27;ll find a way to get to you. They keep their eyes on you for a while.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s kind of going to be exciting at some level to say, hey, you know, I&#x27;m good. Oh, yeah. Yeah. And it&#x27;s definitely something to look forward to. It&#x27;s always that end state where you&#x27;re like, hey, this is where I want to go. But even to know, you know, that recruiters want you, it just says a lot about you. And it just gives you that motivation to keep going forward and just know that if you&#x27;re getting recruited, then you&#x27;re with some of the best. And there&#x27;s a certain expectation, too, that you keep striving to be better, knowing that, you know, somebody&#x27;s looking out, looking at your back, saying, hmm, there&#x27;s potential here. Oh, yeah, of course. Of course. I mean, I always, I never take that for granted. That&#x27;s something that, you know, I&#x27;m very passionate about. I&#x27;m like, look, I can always be better. And I know that someone is always looking up to me.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, I&#x27;m very active in the community as far as being a mentor. And that&#x27;s what keeps me going, you know, even on those hard days, because people look at me now and they say, you know, hey, Alexis, I know you&#x27;re an elite professional athlete. And they ask me if it comes easy. And I&#x27;m like, no, if anything, I feel like it&#x27;s two times harder. But I always have, you know, that motivation to where, hey, I know someone else is watching me. Someone else is coming up. And they&#x27;re going to look to me. And, you know, that&#x27;s what keeps me going and motivated. So when you say you&#x27;re a mentor, I mean, so, I mean, how young do kids sort of come to you and say, hey, I want to be like you? I mean, even, well, I also speak at different elementary schools. So I even have kindergartners. Or, I mean, it starts even from the age of five or six. It starts young. Right.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> So there&#x27;s this whole perception, I think, that some people have, you know, that, oh, a college athlete, full ride scholarship, this is a breeze. They, you know, they can do it in their sleep. But you&#x27;re telling me that&#x27;s not how it is. No, not at all. Because some people do have that perception to where they&#x27;re on a full ride scholarship so they can just relax and kick their feet up. I&#x27;m like, you know, I can honestly say this. While attending Murray State University, even as a freshman and being a student athlete, it just teaches you, you know, certain things about life as far as how to value your time. You know, you have to master time management. Because there were times where I had 10-page papers due. But then that may be the same weekend as the Ohio Valley Conference meet. And by me being, you know, a team captain and one of the runners on the team that would carry, you know, my weight and most of the points, it always went hand in hand.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Like, it was very hard. There were some days where we have to wake up, you know, throughout the week at 6 o&#x27;clock in the morning just to run the stadiums or go lift weights. And so when you put that together, plus I worked a part-time job and was attending classes. And then at night you have to do homework as well and go to study hall. It was a lot of work. So, no, it was not easy. It still isn&#x27;t. It doesn&#x27;t sound like it is. But you&#x27;re aspiring to be really the fastest woman in the world. Is that where you see yourself? Of course. And how much of that is, you know, we talk about the law of attraction. We talk about, you know, believing and all of that. But how much of that is part of what you do, that whole visualization and I&#x27;m going to be able to do this and believing that you can do it? Well, you know, for me, I&#x27;m big on vision boards.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I make one every year. And that&#x27;s basically where I have this big poster in my room and I print out, you know, pictures. I&#x27;ll get different clippings from newspaper articles or magazines. And I put exactly on there where I see myself that year, the next year and five, ten years. And so that way I wake up every morning and I spend time and I meditate and I look at that board so I know that, hey, this is where I want to be. And these are the things that I need to accomplish. And even talking about visualization, before every race, the night before a track meet, what I usually do is even when I lay down at night, because my adrenaline is pumping and I can&#x27;t get any rest. I replay that race over and over in my head. But the ending is always the same. So it&#x27;s me crossing that finish line first. So when race day comes, I have nothing to think about because I&#x27;ve already visualized myself winning a race. So I even take it to the extent where, you know, in my bedroom, I have sticky notes on the mirror like, hey, you&#x27;re number one.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> You&#x27;re already the fastest woman in the world. Because if I and I always tell my mentees this when I speak, if I&#x27;m going to go out there and do something, whether it be sports, political, whatever the case may be, I want to be the best at it. Because if not, you&#x27;re just doing it to do it. So strive to be the best at whatever you&#x27;re doing. And that&#x27;s what I live by. That&#x27;s fantastic. Who inspired you as an athlete growing up? Who inspired me as an athlete growing up? I would have to say Allison Felix. She&#x27;s one of the best, if not the best, short sprinter, in my opinion. And even now she&#x27;s still competing. And just to know that she&#x27;s my idol and I&#x27;ve seen her run on TV and then to get to a point in my life where I was just a junior in college and I ended up, you know, running against her.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> So Allison Felix was that one. So as much as you, you know, are the winning and you&#x27;ve got that optimism, how do you deal with the letdowns? Because there&#x27;s got to be some too, right? Oh, of course. But you know what I&#x27;ve learned in life is that, you know, it&#x27;s not about the letdowns and, you know, the races that you don&#x27;t win. And it&#x27;s about, you know, how you respond to adversity and how you pick yourself back up. Because, you know, and even in this life, there&#x27;s no one that is perfect or no perfect situation. And I&#x27;ve even learned for me, speaking from the runner side, there is not a perfect race either. So I know that there will be days like that. But the way that I keep myself up with this, just knowing and believing that I won&#x27;t always be in that place. Like even when I feel let down, I know that there&#x27;s always tomorrow.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> And with that being another tomorrow, then I have another beginning and another chance to turn that thing around and not stay down. So I do have those days, trust me, but I don&#x27;t stay in that place. Of course, of course. Again, you must inspire people all around you. I mean, you said that you were the leader on the team and they expect that of you. But you seem to embrace that role and really do it well. Oh, I do, of course. I mean, being a leader, to me, I mean, it&#x27;s an honor because they could have chosen anyone else on the team. And even to know, you know, I did that in high school and even to go on and do that in college and be a team captain. And so, you know, I take pride in that because I think to be a leader, it takes a special person. Not only that, but it takes a person who has, you know, been through things in life and has, you know, they&#x27;ve struggled, but they found a way to rise above it.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And so with me, I think leading comes with experience. And with that experience, I&#x27;m able to share with others around me. I have a positive impact on them. So, yeah. So what&#x27;s next for you? You said you&#x27;re training for an event in March. Sure. So next year is the Indoor World Championships, which is huge for me because I have not run indoors since college, which was about four years ago. So I&#x27;m very excited because it&#x27;s something new. It&#x27;s something I&#x27;m familiar with, but I haven&#x27;t touched the indoor surface in a very long time. So for me, I&#x27;m very excited about that. It gives me that opportunity to make a real indoor team for my first time. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m training for now, full time. So when you say training full time, what&#x27;s a day in the life of Alexa&#x27;s love like? Well, see, I also work part time.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So I wake up every day at 5 a.m. And I go to work. I work a top security job. I majored in criminal justice while it&#x27;s in the Murray State. So after work, I go to the track and I have my coach who meets me there. And what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll warm up and then we&#x27;ll go through our drills. And then we&#x27;ll actually do the workout. And after the running workout, we&#x27;ll go to the gym to do the lifting portion. So for me, I have long days. I don&#x27;t complain because I&#x27;m used to it. And that&#x27;s why that goes back to that question of, you know, the perception of it, of college being easy for student athletes. So I&#x27;ve realized that everything I went through at Murray State, it has given me, you know, the certain tools and resources and a strength to be able to do what I&#x27;m doing now.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Because, you know, the average professional athlete would ideally have, you know, a big contract. And I have not signed yet officially. So for me, you know, I also work part-time and train full-time. So it&#x27;s a lot of work because, you know, people look at the Olympics, but they forget about all the other races throughout the other year. It&#x27;s like year-round, we&#x27;re still competing. You know, my season may start this January. It may not end until August. So I have long seasons. I have long days. But what matters is that it all works out and it&#x27;s definitely worth it. Absolutely. So when you say you majored in criminal justice, is that something you see yourself doing, you know, 15, 20 years from now? Oh, of course. You know, I have a bachelor&#x27;s in criminal justice and I minored in social work.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> And for me, my other passion is just giving back. I love our youth. I love our children. So I may end up doing something where I&#x27;m working closely with children and somewhat being a grade school counselor, something of that nature. But of course. And you&#x27;re doing that even now, right? I mean, you say you mentor kids. Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. Of course. I mean, and that&#x27;s the beauty of it all. You know, track gives me that flexibility to where I can train, but then I can also work in my field and have that hand in hand. Always have a backup plan, even when you know that you&#x27;re starting about the road that you&#x27;re on now. I do want to mention that if someone would like to keep track of my races, speaking engagements, if they would like to request me to speak or be a mentor, anything of that nature, I do have a website with that information.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> And it&#x27;s www.motivatewithlove.com. Thank you so much for your time today and for the inspiration. I think you&#x27;ve inspired a lot of us. Right. Thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. Thanks again to Alexis Love and to follow her progress as she trains for the Olympics, you can visit motivatewithlove.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses college athletics and her ambition to compete at the Tokyo Olympics. This archive interview explores training, scholarships, and the work behind an athlete&#x27;s goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Being a professional athlete is more than just being good at your chosen sport. It takes hard work and discipline. And joining me today is 26-year-old Alexis Love. She&#x27;s an Olympic hopeful and is on Team USA track and field. She holds numerous records and is currently training for the 2018 World Indoor Championships in March and has her eye on the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo, Japan. Alexis, welcome. So when did you first get interested in being an athlete? It&#x27;s funny because I just realized this year, I&#x27;m like, wow, I&#x27;ve been running track for a total of 14 years. I started when I was younger and I went on to high school and being on the varsity track team there. And then from high school, I attended Murray State University on a full-ride scholarship. And then just this year makes about four years that I&#x27;ve been running professionally. Wow.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I mean, you&#x27;ve been doing this for more than half your life, Darnier. Yeah, I have. Yeah. So, I mean, you have really accomplished a lot. And, you know, we&#x27;re talking about, you know, student-athletes and really what they have to go through. How soon do colleges start looking at student-athletes and saying, hmm, maybe somebody I want to have come to my school? Right. You know, I think recruiters typically start to look around your sophomore, junior year. And, I mean, that was back in 2009, so it may be sooner than that since I&#x27;ve graduated. But they start looking when you&#x27;re pretty early. Those scouts, I mean, if you&#x27;re a big name and you&#x27;re doing what you need to do out there on the field or on the track, they&#x27;ll find a way to get to you. They keep their eyes on you for a while.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s kind of going to be exciting at some level to say, hey, you know, I&#x27;m good. Oh, yeah. Yeah. And it&#x27;s definitely something to look forward to. It&#x27;s always that end state where you&#x27;re like, hey, this is where I want to go. But even to know, you know, that recruiters want you, it just says a lot about you. And it just gives you that motivation to keep going forward and just know that if you&#x27;re getting recruited, then you&#x27;re with some of the best. And there&#x27;s a certain expectation, too, that you keep striving to be better, knowing that, you know, somebody&#x27;s looking out, looking at your back, saying, hmm, there&#x27;s potential here. Oh, yeah, of course. Of course. I mean, I always, I never take that for granted. That&#x27;s something that, you know, I&#x27;m very passionate about. I&#x27;m like, look, I can always be better. And I know that someone is always looking up to me.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, I&#x27;m very active in the community as far as being a mentor. And that&#x27;s what keeps me going, you know, even on those hard days, because people look at me now and they say, you know, hey, Alexis, I know you&#x27;re an elite professional athlete. And they ask me if it comes easy. And I&#x27;m like, no, if anything, I feel like it&#x27;s two times harder. But I always have, you know, that motivation to where, hey, I know someone else is watching me. Someone else is coming up. And they&#x27;re going to look to me. And, you know, that&#x27;s what keeps me going and motivated. So when you say you&#x27;re a mentor, I mean, so, I mean, how young do kids sort of come to you and say, hey, I want to be like you? I mean, even, well, I also speak at different elementary schools. So I even have kindergartners. Or, I mean, it starts even from the age of five or six. It starts young. Right.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> So there&#x27;s this whole perception, I think, that some people have, you know, that, oh, a college athlete, full ride scholarship, this is a breeze. They, you know, they can do it in their sleep. But you&#x27;re telling me that&#x27;s not how it is. No, not at all. Because some people do have that perception to where they&#x27;re on a full ride scholarship so they can just relax and kick their feet up. I&#x27;m like, you know, I can honestly say this. While attending Murray State University, even as a freshman and being a student athlete, it just teaches you, you know, certain things about life as far as how to value your time. You know, you have to master time management. Because there were times where I had 10-page papers due. But then that may be the same weekend as the Ohio Valley Conference meet. And by me being, you know, a team captain and one of the runners on the team that would carry, you know, my weight and most of the points, it always went hand in hand.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Like, it was very hard. There were some days where we have to wake up, you know, throughout the week at 6 o&#x27;clock in the morning just to run the stadiums or go lift weights. And so when you put that together, plus I worked a part-time job and was attending classes. And then at night you have to do homework as well and go to study hall. It was a lot of work. So, no, it was not easy. It still isn&#x27;t. It doesn&#x27;t sound like it is. But you&#x27;re aspiring to be really the fastest woman in the world. Is that where you see yourself? Of course. And how much of that is, you know, we talk about the law of attraction. We talk about, you know, believing and all of that. But how much of that is part of what you do, that whole visualization and I&#x27;m going to be able to do this and believing that you can do it? Well, you know, for me, I&#x27;m big on vision boards.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I make one every year. And that&#x27;s basically where I have this big poster in my room and I print out, you know, pictures. I&#x27;ll get different clippings from newspaper articles or magazines. And I put exactly on there where I see myself that year, the next year and five, ten years. And so that way I wake up every morning and I spend time and I meditate and I look at that board so I know that, hey, this is where I want to be. And these are the things that I need to accomplish. And even talking about visualization, before every race, the night before a track meet, what I usually do is even when I lay down at night, because my adrenaline is pumping and I can&#x27;t get any rest. I replay that race over and over in my head. But the ending is always the same. So it&#x27;s me crossing that finish line first. So when race day comes, I have nothing to think about because I&#x27;ve already visualized myself winning a race. So I even take it to the extent where, you know, in my bedroom, I have sticky notes on the mirror like, hey, you&#x27;re number one.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> You&#x27;re already the fastest woman in the world. Because if I and I always tell my mentees this when I speak, if I&#x27;m going to go out there and do something, whether it be sports, political, whatever the case may be, I want to be the best at it. Because if not, you&#x27;re just doing it to do it. So strive to be the best at whatever you&#x27;re doing. And that&#x27;s what I live by. That&#x27;s fantastic. Who inspired you as an athlete growing up? Who inspired me as an athlete growing up? I would have to say Allison Felix. She&#x27;s one of the best, if not the best, short sprinter, in my opinion. And even now she&#x27;s still competing. And just to know that she&#x27;s my idol and I&#x27;ve seen her run on TV and then to get to a point in my life where I was just a junior in college and I ended up, you know, running against her.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> So Allison Felix was that one. So as much as you, you know, are the winning and you&#x27;ve got that optimism, how do you deal with the letdowns? Because there&#x27;s got to be some too, right? Oh, of course. But you know what I&#x27;ve learned in life is that, you know, it&#x27;s not about the letdowns and, you know, the races that you don&#x27;t win. And it&#x27;s about, you know, how you respond to adversity and how you pick yourself back up. Because, you know, and even in this life, there&#x27;s no one that is perfect or no perfect situation. And I&#x27;ve even learned for me, speaking from the runner side, there is not a perfect race either. So I know that there will be days like that. But the way that I keep myself up with this, just knowing and believing that I won&#x27;t always be in that place. Like even when I feel let down, I know that there&#x27;s always tomorrow.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> And with that being another tomorrow, then I have another beginning and another chance to turn that thing around and not stay down. So I do have those days, trust me, but I don&#x27;t stay in that place. Of course, of course. Again, you must inspire people all around you. I mean, you said that you were the leader on the team and they expect that of you. But you seem to embrace that role and really do it well. Oh, I do, of course. I mean, being a leader, to me, I mean, it&#x27;s an honor because they could have chosen anyone else on the team. And even to know, you know, I did that in high school and even to go on and do that in college and be a team captain. And so, you know, I take pride in that because I think to be a leader, it takes a special person. Not only that, but it takes a person who has, you know, been through things in life and has, you know, they&#x27;ve struggled, but they found a way to rise above it.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And so with me, I think leading comes with experience. And with that experience, I&#x27;m able to share with others around me. I have a positive impact on them. So, yeah. So what&#x27;s next for you? You said you&#x27;re training for an event in March. Sure. So next year is the Indoor World Championships, which is huge for me because I have not run indoors since college, which was about four years ago. So I&#x27;m very excited because it&#x27;s something new. It&#x27;s something I&#x27;m familiar with, but I haven&#x27;t touched the indoor surface in a very long time. So for me, I&#x27;m very excited about that. It gives me that opportunity to make a real indoor team for my first time. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m training for now, full time. So when you say training full time, what&#x27;s a day in the life of Alexa&#x27;s love like? Well, see, I also work part time.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So I wake up every day at 5 a.m. And I go to work. I work a top security job. I majored in criminal justice while it&#x27;s in the Murray State. So after work, I go to the track and I have my coach who meets me there. And what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll warm up and then we&#x27;ll go through our drills. And then we&#x27;ll actually do the workout. And after the running workout, we&#x27;ll go to the gym to do the lifting portion. So for me, I have long days. I don&#x27;t complain because I&#x27;m used to it. And that&#x27;s why that goes back to that question of, you know, the perception of it, of college being easy for student athletes. So I&#x27;ve realized that everything I went through at Murray State, it has given me, you know, the certain tools and resources and a strength to be able to do what I&#x27;m doing now.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Because, you know, the average professional athlete would ideally have, you know, a big contract. And I have not signed yet officially. So for me, you know, I also work part-time and train full-time. So it&#x27;s a lot of work because, you know, people look at the Olympics, but they forget about all the other races throughout the other year. It&#x27;s like year-round, we&#x27;re still competing. You know, my season may start this January. It may not end until August. So I have long seasons. I have long days. But what matters is that it all works out and it&#x27;s definitely worth it. Absolutely. So when you say you majored in criminal justice, is that something you see yourself doing, you know, 15, 20 years from now? Oh, of course. You know, I have a bachelor&#x27;s in criminal justice and I minored in social work.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> And for me, my other passion is just giving back. I love our youth. I love our children. So I may end up doing something where I&#x27;m working closely with children and somewhat being a grade school counselor, something of that nature. But of course. And you&#x27;re doing that even now, right? I mean, you say you mentor kids. Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. Of course. I mean, and that&#x27;s the beauty of it all. You know, track gives me that flexibility to where I can train, but then I can also work in my field and have that hand in hand. Always have a backup plan, even when you know that you&#x27;re starting about the road that you&#x27;re on now. I do want to mention that if someone would like to keep track of my races, speaking engagements, if they would like to request me to speak or be a mentor, anything of that nature, I do have a website with that information.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> And it&#x27;s www.motivatewithlove.com. Thank you so much for your time today and for the inspiration. I think you&#x27;ve inspired a lot of us. Right. Thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. Thanks again to Alexis Love and to follow her progress as she trains for the Olympics, you can visit motivatewithlove.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses college athletics and her ambition to compete at the Tokyo Olympics. This archive interview explores training, scholarships, and the work behind an athlete's goals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Alexis Love</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Alexis Love, sports, College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/897414ac-e8e9-400f-a26a-adff01173602/image.jpg?t=1792073831&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/897414ac-e8e9-400f-a26a-adff01173602/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/olympic-hopeful-alexis-love/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/897414ac-e8e9-400f-a26a-adff01173602/image.jpg?t=1792073831&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec28ffcfb17f4f39ecea57f791ca0ba0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>897414ac-e8e9-400f-a26a-adff01173602</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2017 21:56:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>686</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/897414ac-e8e9-400f-a26a-adff01173602/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11013877" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/olympic-hopeful-alexis-love</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>66</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Alexis Love" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:22" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alexis Love: College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Alexis Love: College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses her experience as a college athlete and her Olympic ambitions. This short archive interview considers the challenges and rewards of pursuing a career in sport.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Being a professional athlete is more than just being good at your chosen sport. It takes hard work and discipline. 26-year-old Alexis Love is an Olympic hopeful and is on Team USA track and field. She holds numerous records and is currently training for the 2018 World Indoor Championships in March and has her eye on the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo, Japan. Love says her hard work caught the eyes of scouts early in her high school career. You know, I think recruiters typically start to look around your sophomore, junior year, but they start looking when you&#x27;re pretty early. Those scouts, I mean, if you&#x27;re a big name and you&#x27;re doing what you need to do out there on the field or on the track, they&#x27;ll find a way to get to you. They keep their eyes on you for a while. She graduated from high school in Palmetto, Florida, and was awarded a full-ride scholarship to Murray State University.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> She says the life of a college athlete is no cakewalk. You know, you have to master time management because there were times where I had 10-page papers due, but then that may be the same weekend as the Ohio Valley Conference meet. And by me being, you know, a team captain and one of the runners on the team that would carry, you know, my weight and most of the points, it was very hard. There were some days where we have to wake up, you know, throughout the week at 6 o&#x27;clock in the morning just to run the stadiums or go lift weights. And so when you put that together, plus I worked a part-time job and was attending classes, and then at night you have to do homework as well and go to study hall, it was a lot of work. So, no, it was not easy. Love says her goal is to be the fastest woman in the world and believes she will attain that goal. I&#x27;m big on vision boards.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I make one every year, and that&#x27;s basically where I have this big poster in my room, and I print out, you know, pictures, or I&#x27;ll get different clippings from newspaper articles or magazines, and I put exactly on there where I see myself that year, the next year, and five, ten years. And so that way I wake up every morning and I spend time and I meditate and I look at that board so I know that, hey, this is where I want to be and these are the things that I need to accomplish. And even talking about visualization, before every race, the night before a track meet, what I usually do is even when I lay down at night, because my adrenaline is pumping and I can&#x27;t get any rest, I replay that race over and over in my head. But the ending is always the same. It&#x27;s me crossing that finish line first. So when race day comes, I have nothing to think about because I&#x27;ve already visualized myself winning a race. She says her days are long, but the rewards are worth it.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So I wake up every day at 5 a.m., and I go to work. I work a top security job. I majored in criminal justice while attending Murray State. So after work, I go to the track, and I have my coach who meets me there. And what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll warm up, and then we&#x27;ll go through our drills, and then we&#x27;ll actually do the workout. And after the running workout, we&#x27;ll go to the gym to do the lifting portion. So for me, I have long days. I don&#x27;t complain because I&#x27;m used to it. In addition to training full-time and working part-time, Alexis still finds time to mentor young people. To follow her progress as she trains for the Olympics, you can visit MotivateWithLove.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses her experience as a college athlete and her Olympic ambitions. This short archive interview considers the challenges and rewards of pursuing a career in sport.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Being a professional athlete is more than just being good at your chosen sport. It takes hard work and discipline. 26-year-old Alexis Love is an Olympic hopeful and is on Team USA track and field. She holds numerous records and is currently training for the 2018 World Indoor Championships in March and has her eye on the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo, Japan. Love says her hard work caught the eyes of scouts early in her high school career. You know, I think recruiters typically start to look around your sophomore, junior year, but they start looking when you&#x27;re pretty early. Those scouts, I mean, if you&#x27;re a big name and you&#x27;re doing what you need to do out there on the field or on the track, they&#x27;ll find a way to get to you. They keep their eyes on you for a while. She graduated from high school in Palmetto, Florida, and was awarded a full-ride scholarship to Murray State University.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> She says the life of a college athlete is no cakewalk. You know, you have to master time management because there were times where I had 10-page papers due, but then that may be the same weekend as the Ohio Valley Conference meet. And by me being, you know, a team captain and one of the runners on the team that would carry, you know, my weight and most of the points, it was very hard. There were some days where we have to wake up, you know, throughout the week at 6 o&#x27;clock in the morning just to run the stadiums or go lift weights. And so when you put that together, plus I worked a part-time job and was attending classes, and then at night you have to do homework as well and go to study hall, it was a lot of work. So, no, it was not easy. Love says her goal is to be the fastest woman in the world and believes she will attain that goal. I&#x27;m big on vision boards.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I make one every year, and that&#x27;s basically where I have this big poster in my room, and I print out, you know, pictures, or I&#x27;ll get different clippings from newspaper articles or magazines, and I put exactly on there where I see myself that year, the next year, and five, ten years. And so that way I wake up every morning and I spend time and I meditate and I look at that board so I know that, hey, this is where I want to be and these are the things that I need to accomplish. And even talking about visualization, before every race, the night before a track meet, what I usually do is even when I lay down at night, because my adrenaline is pumping and I can&#x27;t get any rest, I replay that race over and over in my head. But the ending is always the same. It&#x27;s me crossing that finish line first. So when race day comes, I have nothing to think about because I&#x27;ve already visualized myself winning a race. She says her days are long, but the rewards are worth it.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So I wake up every day at 5 a.m., and I go to work. I work a top security job. I majored in criminal justice while attending Murray State. So after work, I go to the track, and I have my coach who meets me there. And what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll warm up, and then we&#x27;ll go through our drills, and then we&#x27;ll actually do the workout. And after the running workout, we&#x27;ll go to the gym to do the lifting portion. So for me, I have long days. I don&#x27;t complain because I&#x27;m used to it. In addition to training full-time and working part-time, Alexis still finds time to mentor young people. To follow her progress as she trains for the Olympics, you can visit MotivateWithLove.com. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sprinter Alexis Love discusses her experience as a college athlete and her Olympic ambitions. This short archive interview considers the challenges and rewards of pursuing a career in sport.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Alexis Love</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Alexis Love, sports, College Athletics and Pursuing an Olympic Dream, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dfd08da6-a11b-4550-b2ad-adff011735fb/image.jpg?t=1792073837&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dfd08da6-a11b-4550-b2ad-adff011735fb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/olympic-hopeful-alexis-love-short-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dfd08da6-a11b-4550-b2ad-adff011735fb/image.jpg?t=1792073837&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e50088afd3cb1e6be2d3529ebd83964a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>dfd08da6-a11b-4550-b2ad-adff011735fb</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2017 21:55:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dfd08da6-a11b-4550-b2ad-adff011735fb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="2991124" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/olympic-hopeful-alexis-love-short-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>67</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Alexis Love" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving on a Budget</title>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving on a Budget</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a down-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick has been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. And she offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion or worry.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> On a scale of 0 to 10, 0 being no stress and feeling like your stress level of your head is going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60. If you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one. But get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. She says the financial burden can really take its toll and not just on the caregiver. If you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years. Fitzpatrick says checking with an elder law attorney can help you avoid problems and protect assets. For example, there may be two spouses and one is in need of nursing home care, and you don&#x27;t want the other to lose the house. So, an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So, it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So, if anybody is listening and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15-minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And she says look for a certified elder law attorney. The best place that you can go is NALA. So, it&#x27;s naela.org, and you plug in your zip code, and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law attorney. That website, again, is naela.org for the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys. Fitzpatrick adds that caregiving is a big job, and you don&#x27;t have to do it alone. Don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help. And think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. The book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved Ones by Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a down-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick has been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. And she offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion or worry.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> On a scale of 0 to 10, 0 being no stress and feeling like your stress level of your head is going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60. If you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one. But get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. She says the financial burden can really take its toll and not just on the caregiver. If you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years. Fitzpatrick says checking with an elder law attorney can help you avoid problems and protect assets. For example, there may be two spouses and one is in need of nursing home care, and you don&#x27;t want the other to lose the house. So, an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So, it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So, if anybody is listening and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15-minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And she says look for a certified elder law attorney. The best place that you can go is NALA. So, it&#x27;s naela.org, and you plug in your zip code, and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law attorney. That website, again, is naela.org for the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys. Fitzpatrick adds that caregiving is a big job, and you don&#x27;t have to do it alone. Don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help. And think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. The book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved Ones by Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jennifer FitzPatrick</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jennifer FitzPatrick, caregiving, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/image.jpg?t=1792073826&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jennifer-fitzpatrick-on-caregiving-on-a-bud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/image.jpg?t=1792073826&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">687742ccf37ba371701c73fd9305d913</guid>
      <omny:clipId>60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Nov 2017 21:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>198</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3210611" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jennifer-fitzpatrick-on-caregiving-on-a-bud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>68</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Caregiving on a Budget" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving and Family Finances (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving and Family Finances (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses caregiving, family finances, and Cruising Through Caregiving. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hello and welcome. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently or are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a downed-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick is here today and she&#x27;s been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. She offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion, or worry. Jennifer, welcome. So what made you write the book? Well, I&#x27;ve worked in this field since I was 16 years old and I&#x27;m in my mid-40s now, so I&#x27;ve got a lot of experience in working with caregivers that were losing themselves. They were stressing themselves out financially, mental health-wise, physically, and what I try</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> to tell caregivers is wherever you are today, so on a scale of zero to 10, zero being no stress, and 100, feeling like your stress level, your head&#x27;s going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60 if you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one, but get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. Because it certainly can. I mean, I watched my mother take care of her mother, you know, my grandmother, and there was a lot of stress going through that at times and a lot of frustration that happened. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really different than it was, you know, for us, our parents taking care of our grandparents and the previous generations, because in the past,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> many women actually didn&#x27;t work or they worked part-time. And nowadays, and so they would take care of small children, they&#x27;d take care of family members that were sick in the family, the elderly loved ones. And now it&#x27;s really becoming a financial issue for a lot of families, because if you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time? And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years when, you know, that can have a spin-off effect for our kids and our adult kids when they need to take care of us. Well, of course,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I mean, you know, in the world that I live in, it&#x27;s all about getting ready for retirement, retirement, planning for retirement, and there&#x27;s a lot of budgetary concerns. So when you suddenly throw this in there, you don&#x27;t want that to destroy you financially. Absolutely. I remember when my grandmother was really having some health problems, and we started looking at, did she need to go to assisted living? And I know that my dad and one of my aunts, they had talked about opening up their 401ks and IRAs to fund her assisted living. And because of all my experience, I told them they can&#x27;t do that. I said, please don&#x27;t do that. We&#x27;re going to find other options because that can have a detrimental effect. You know, for my dad, you know, that would have potentially made an impact</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> on my sister and brother and I. For my aunt and uncle, that would have had an impact on my cousin. And so it was important that we find other ways to take good care of her without compromising their financial security. And how are, how did you come up with that? Well, one of the things that we did is in our family, at least, we had a lot of support. So there were about 11 of us who contributed every month to home care fees. So everybody contributed what they could afford. We, we, we limited to everybody that was over 30 years old, because we figured they were financially stable enough to contribute each month. And everyone gave whatever they could afford, what could they contribute. And we were able to get a good amount of home care in with my grandmother. And then we had a schedule</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> of family and friends who would stop by or come over to help with her needs. And actually, it did get to a point where she was going to need nursing home. And we looked into applying for medical assistance. And for a lot of people, if they have any assets, the best thing that they could possibly do. So if you own a home or say you, you have a, an IRA worth, you know, 50,000 or a hundred thousand or way more than that, you want to talk to an elder law attorney and to plan how to apply for Medicaid. So the best place that you can go is NALA. So it&#x27;s N-A-E-L-A.org. And you plug in your zip code and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> attorney. These are attorneys that are experts in helping folks to plan. Now, just to throw out an example, sometimes you&#x27;ve got a spouse, two spouses, and one might need nursing home care, for example. We don&#x27;t want that other spouse to lose their house. So an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So if anybody is listening and they, they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15 minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile. That&#x27;s great advice. And what was</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> that website again? It was... Sure. It&#x27;s NALA. It&#x27;s the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and it&#x27;s www.naela.org, and you just plug in your zip code. And I really like for people to utilize a certified elder law attorney. Anyone can call themselves an elder law attorney, but a certified elder law attorney actually has to take lots and lots of classes. They truly understand the issues that are important to older adults and their families. That&#x27;s terrific. We&#x27;re talking with Jennifer Fitzpatrick, who is the author of Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. And one of the things, you know, we&#x27;re coming up into the holiday season, and that&#x27;s a tough time, you know, for a lot of reasons. You know, people struggle through the holidays, but especially if</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> you&#x27;re caring for, you know, someone older, that&#x27;s, that makes it even a little more stressful. Yeah, the holiday season sure can be stressful, because sometimes you&#x27;re seeing people that you haven&#x27;t seen all year, and you might notice changes with an older parent or an older loved one in the family. It&#x27;s a great time to, to look at that and see if anything is different. If you go to that loved one&#x27;s home, I think one of the best things to do is look in the refrigerator. Do they have proper amount of groceries? Does it look like they&#x27;ve been eating? Even if the holiday party or the holiday meal is not at the older loved one&#x27;s home, try to make it a point to visit. You&#x27;re going to get a lot of information. How, how kept is the home? Is it clean? Does it look like the person has been sleeping in the living room versus their bedroom? Sometimes when older adults start to lose independence,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> they start limiting the parts of the house that they use. So even if the big holiday function isn&#x27;t at the older loved one&#x27;s home, just go make a stop, you know, drop off some flowers or, you know, drop off a pie or something like that. Just take a look around their home. And for a lot of older adults, they&#x27;re doing great. Everything&#x27;s fine. Their independence is intact. But if you do have a loved one who is starting to decline, taking a look at where they live is going to give you some clues. Well, and I think that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s too is great advice because sometimes the changes is, it becomes very subtle and then suddenly you go there and you realize, oh my gosh, this is, this is a problem. Right. And what you, what sometimes you see happen is that if you have a lot of local</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> people that are, you know, maybe you have a sister that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s right there in North Carolina and she is helping mom a lot. Maybe a brother flies in, say from Florida and he starts to notice, wow, I haven&#x27;t seen mom in six months. Things really look different. Sometimes when you are the one that&#x27;s around that loved one all the time, you don&#x27;t notice it because it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a very gradual, but sometimes family and friends that come in and they see the loved one, they see changes that seem more dramatic because they haven&#x27;t seen them in quite a while. Yeah, exactly. Now, one of the chapters that I found interesting was the doctor doesn&#x27;t know everything. Well, thank you. And that&#x27;s not any insult to doctors because I love doctors. But we, but it&#x27;s actually a, it&#x27;s a helpful tip for not</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> just the patient, but for the doctor. The doctor&#x27;s time is very limited. Doctors are great at prescribing, they&#x27;re great at diagnosing, they&#x27;re great at making sure that you, you know, helping you keep up your health and referring you to a specialist, but they do not know everything about community resources. And so for example, say your loved one is diagnosed with Alzheimer&#x27;s, you need to find help outside the doctor&#x27;s office. The doctor may or may not know to refer you to the Alzheimer&#x27;s Association or tell you to go to a support group. They don&#x27;t have all the answers for those types of things. And so like, again, there&#x27;s a nonprofit for every condition. So say your loved one has congestive heart failure, maybe get hooked up with the American Heart Association, find out what kind of classes they</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> have, find out what kinds of services that they might be able to provide to help support you. And always your local area agency on aging is always a great place to go because they are sort of your, your first stop. If you call your, if you go to N4A, so it&#x27;s Nancy, the number four A is in Apple, N4A.org, and you plug in your zip code, it&#x27;ll tell you where your local area agency on aging is. And that every county or cluster of counties in the U.S. has one and it&#x27;s funded by the federal government and the local government. And it just provides support and services to older adults and their families. So if you&#x27;re not sure where to start, that&#x27;s a great place. But yeah, we don&#x27;t, the doctor has a big job and we just don&#x27;t want to put too much pressure on him or her.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> So seek out community resources that can help you. Well, and I think too, that, that even, you know, that generation, the older generation looks at a doctor as almost godlike and whatever they say is, is true. That&#x27;s, and, and, and it&#x27;s hard to get beyond that because sometimes you have to question things. Well, right. Well, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s really the point. So, you know, if you ever feel like things aren&#x27;t working out, you know, if your symptoms are getting worse, things aren&#x27;t going the way that you want them to, you may want to get a second opinion, but you&#x27;re right. A lot of older adults do really revere the doctor. That&#x27;s changing with generations. When the baby boomers are coming up and the oldest baby boomers are in their early seventies, they are looking at the doc as more of a partner. So we want to respect the doctor and certainly understand that the oldest older adults in our</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> society really do revere the doctor, but the doctor is important and the doctor should be in the loop, but they&#x27;re not the only one that can help you. Physical therapists can help you. Psychologists, social workers can help you. Nurses can help you. And again, like those community groups that I was talking about, they can be invaluable. And if you ask your doctor, most of the time, they&#x27;re going to say, yeah, you have cancer. Call the American Cancer Society, see what service they have. Most of the time, they&#x27;re not going to be against it. It&#x27;s just going to make their job easier, the more help that you have from other resources. Absolutely. Well, and again, cruising through caregiving, your book, that&#x27;s a great resource as well. And I enjoyed the chapter. It was chapter two, let yourself off the hook. And I wish my mom was around so I could tell her that. Yeah, we oftentimes just put a lot of pressure on ourselves. You can&#x27;t be the only one who&#x27;s</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> caregiving. If you&#x27;re the only one who&#x27;s caregiving, you&#x27;re going to get sick, whether it&#x27;s physically sick, mental health wise, you may be suffer with depressive or anxiety symptoms. You want to also be really careful about making promises and saying the word never. You got to be real careful about that. You don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. If your loved one is diagnosed with a chronic condition or any kind of illness that you have to help out with, it could be three months that you&#x27;re helping them, or it could be five years or 10 years. So try not to speak in absolutes and always be open to course correcting whatever you decide to do today, whether it&#x27;s, you know, moving your loved one in, or whether it&#x27;s sending your loved one to an adult day center or hiring home care, know that you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> have to make that permanent. You can always course correct because things change with your loved one&#x27;s care. That&#x27;s so true. And so Cruising Through Caregiving is a book available everywhere? Yeah, it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold. If you go to cruisingthroughcaregiving.com, you can get a free chapter download. And again, yeah, at Barnes &amp; Noble retail stores nationwide, as well as amazon.com. The big thing is don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help and think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. Thanks again to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. Her book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more</p><p><strong>13:41</strong> and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses caregiving, family finances, and Cruising Through Caregiving. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hello and welcome. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently or are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a downed-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick is here today and she&#x27;s been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. She offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion, or worry. Jennifer, welcome. So what made you write the book? Well, I&#x27;ve worked in this field since I was 16 years old and I&#x27;m in my mid-40s now, so I&#x27;ve got a lot of experience in working with caregivers that were losing themselves. They were stressing themselves out financially, mental health-wise, physically, and what I try</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> to tell caregivers is wherever you are today, so on a scale of zero to 10, zero being no stress, and 100, feeling like your stress level, your head&#x27;s going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60 if you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one, but get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. Because it certainly can. I mean, I watched my mother take care of her mother, you know, my grandmother, and there was a lot of stress going through that at times and a lot of frustration that happened. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really different than it was, you know, for us, our parents taking care of our grandparents and the previous generations, because in the past,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> many women actually didn&#x27;t work or they worked part-time. And nowadays, and so they would take care of small children, they&#x27;d take care of family members that were sick in the family, the elderly loved ones. And now it&#x27;s really becoming a financial issue for a lot of families, because if you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time? And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years when, you know, that can have a spin-off effect for our kids and our adult kids when they need to take care of us. Well, of course,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I mean, you know, in the world that I live in, it&#x27;s all about getting ready for retirement, retirement, planning for retirement, and there&#x27;s a lot of budgetary concerns. So when you suddenly throw this in there, you don&#x27;t want that to destroy you financially. Absolutely. I remember when my grandmother was really having some health problems, and we started looking at, did she need to go to assisted living? And I know that my dad and one of my aunts, they had talked about opening up their 401ks and IRAs to fund her assisted living. And because of all my experience, I told them they can&#x27;t do that. I said, please don&#x27;t do that. We&#x27;re going to find other options because that can have a detrimental effect. You know, for my dad, you know, that would have potentially made an impact</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> on my sister and brother and I. For my aunt and uncle, that would have had an impact on my cousin. And so it was important that we find other ways to take good care of her without compromising their financial security. And how are, how did you come up with that? Well, one of the things that we did is in our family, at least, we had a lot of support. So there were about 11 of us who contributed every month to home care fees. So everybody contributed what they could afford. We, we, we limited to everybody that was over 30 years old, because we figured they were financially stable enough to contribute each month. And everyone gave whatever they could afford, what could they contribute. And we were able to get a good amount of home care in with my grandmother. And then we had a schedule</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> of family and friends who would stop by or come over to help with her needs. And actually, it did get to a point where she was going to need nursing home. And we looked into applying for medical assistance. And for a lot of people, if they have any assets, the best thing that they could possibly do. So if you own a home or say you, you have a, an IRA worth, you know, 50,000 or a hundred thousand or way more than that, you want to talk to an elder law attorney and to plan how to apply for Medicaid. So the best place that you can go is NALA. So it&#x27;s N-A-E-L-A.org. And you plug in your zip code and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> attorney. These are attorneys that are experts in helping folks to plan. Now, just to throw out an example, sometimes you&#x27;ve got a spouse, two spouses, and one might need nursing home care, for example. We don&#x27;t want that other spouse to lose their house. So an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So if anybody is listening and they, they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15 minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile. That&#x27;s great advice. And what was</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> that website again? It was... Sure. It&#x27;s NALA. It&#x27;s the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and it&#x27;s www.naela.org, and you just plug in your zip code. And I really like for people to utilize a certified elder law attorney. Anyone can call themselves an elder law attorney, but a certified elder law attorney actually has to take lots and lots of classes. They truly understand the issues that are important to older adults and their families. That&#x27;s terrific. We&#x27;re talking with Jennifer Fitzpatrick, who is the author of Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. And one of the things, you know, we&#x27;re coming up into the holiday season, and that&#x27;s a tough time, you know, for a lot of reasons. You know, people struggle through the holidays, but especially if</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> you&#x27;re caring for, you know, someone older, that&#x27;s, that makes it even a little more stressful. Yeah, the holiday season sure can be stressful, because sometimes you&#x27;re seeing people that you haven&#x27;t seen all year, and you might notice changes with an older parent or an older loved one in the family. It&#x27;s a great time to, to look at that and see if anything is different. If you go to that loved one&#x27;s home, I think one of the best things to do is look in the refrigerator. Do they have proper amount of groceries? Does it look like they&#x27;ve been eating? Even if the holiday party or the holiday meal is not at the older loved one&#x27;s home, try to make it a point to visit. You&#x27;re going to get a lot of information. How, how kept is the home? Is it clean? Does it look like the person has been sleeping in the living room versus their bedroom? Sometimes when older adults start to lose independence,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> they start limiting the parts of the house that they use. So even if the big holiday function isn&#x27;t at the older loved one&#x27;s home, just go make a stop, you know, drop off some flowers or, you know, drop off a pie or something like that. Just take a look around their home. And for a lot of older adults, they&#x27;re doing great. Everything&#x27;s fine. Their independence is intact. But if you do have a loved one who is starting to decline, taking a look at where they live is going to give you some clues. Well, and I think that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s too is great advice because sometimes the changes is, it becomes very subtle and then suddenly you go there and you realize, oh my gosh, this is, this is a problem. Right. And what you, what sometimes you see happen is that if you have a lot of local</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> people that are, you know, maybe you have a sister that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s right there in North Carolina and she is helping mom a lot. Maybe a brother flies in, say from Florida and he starts to notice, wow, I haven&#x27;t seen mom in six months. Things really look different. Sometimes when you are the one that&#x27;s around that loved one all the time, you don&#x27;t notice it because it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a very gradual, but sometimes family and friends that come in and they see the loved one, they see changes that seem more dramatic because they haven&#x27;t seen them in quite a while. Yeah, exactly. Now, one of the chapters that I found interesting was the doctor doesn&#x27;t know everything. Well, thank you. And that&#x27;s not any insult to doctors because I love doctors. But we, but it&#x27;s actually a, it&#x27;s a helpful tip for not</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> just the patient, but for the doctor. The doctor&#x27;s time is very limited. Doctors are great at prescribing, they&#x27;re great at diagnosing, they&#x27;re great at making sure that you, you know, helping you keep up your health and referring you to a specialist, but they do not know everything about community resources. And so for example, say your loved one is diagnosed with Alzheimer&#x27;s, you need to find help outside the doctor&#x27;s office. The doctor may or may not know to refer you to the Alzheimer&#x27;s Association or tell you to go to a support group. They don&#x27;t have all the answers for those types of things. And so like, again, there&#x27;s a nonprofit for every condition. So say your loved one has congestive heart failure, maybe get hooked up with the American Heart Association, find out what kind of classes they</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> have, find out what kinds of services that they might be able to provide to help support you. And always your local area agency on aging is always a great place to go because they are sort of your, your first stop. If you call your, if you go to N4A, so it&#x27;s Nancy, the number four A is in Apple, N4A.org, and you plug in your zip code, it&#x27;ll tell you where your local area agency on aging is. And that every county or cluster of counties in the U.S. has one and it&#x27;s funded by the federal government and the local government. And it just provides support and services to older adults and their families. So if you&#x27;re not sure where to start, that&#x27;s a great place. But yeah, we don&#x27;t, the doctor has a big job and we just don&#x27;t want to put too much pressure on him or her.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> So seek out community resources that can help you. Well, and I think too, that, that even, you know, that generation, the older generation looks at a doctor as almost godlike and whatever they say is, is true. That&#x27;s, and, and, and it&#x27;s hard to get beyond that because sometimes you have to question things. Well, right. Well, and that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s really the point. So, you know, if you ever feel like things aren&#x27;t working out, you know, if your symptoms are getting worse, things aren&#x27;t going the way that you want them to, you may want to get a second opinion, but you&#x27;re right. A lot of older adults do really revere the doctor. That&#x27;s changing with generations. When the baby boomers are coming up and the oldest baby boomers are in their early seventies, they are looking at the doc as more of a partner. So we want to respect the doctor and certainly understand that the oldest older adults in our</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> society really do revere the doctor, but the doctor is important and the doctor should be in the loop, but they&#x27;re not the only one that can help you. Physical therapists can help you. Psychologists, social workers can help you. Nurses can help you. And again, like those community groups that I was talking about, they can be invaluable. And if you ask your doctor, most of the time, they&#x27;re going to say, yeah, you have cancer. Call the American Cancer Society, see what service they have. Most of the time, they&#x27;re not going to be against it. It&#x27;s just going to make their job easier, the more help that you have from other resources. Absolutely. Well, and again, cruising through caregiving, your book, that&#x27;s a great resource as well. And I enjoyed the chapter. It was chapter two, let yourself off the hook. And I wish my mom was around so I could tell her that. Yeah, we oftentimes just put a lot of pressure on ourselves. You can&#x27;t be the only one who&#x27;s</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> caregiving. If you&#x27;re the only one who&#x27;s caregiving, you&#x27;re going to get sick, whether it&#x27;s physically sick, mental health wise, you may be suffer with depressive or anxiety symptoms. You want to also be really careful about making promises and saying the word never. You got to be real careful about that. You don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. If your loved one is diagnosed with a chronic condition or any kind of illness that you have to help out with, it could be three months that you&#x27;re helping them, or it could be five years or 10 years. So try not to speak in absolutes and always be open to course correcting whatever you decide to do today, whether it&#x27;s, you know, moving your loved one in, or whether it&#x27;s sending your loved one to an adult day center or hiring home care, know that you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> have to make that permanent. You can always course correct because things change with your loved one&#x27;s care. That&#x27;s so true. And so Cruising Through Caregiving is a book available everywhere? Yeah, it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold. If you go to cruisingthroughcaregiving.com, you can get a free chapter download. And again, yeah, at Barnes &amp; Noble retail stores nationwide, as well as amazon.com. The big thing is don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help and think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. Thanks again to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. Her book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more</p><p><strong>13:41</strong> and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses caregiving, family finances, and Cruising Through Caregiving. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jennifer FitzPatrick</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jennifer FitzPatrick, caregiving, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e/image.jpg?t=1792071338&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-caregiving-and-family-finances-full-interview/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e/image.jpg?t=1792071338&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Nov 2017 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>827</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08a9a8dd-0995-4a8a-98ce-b4e30026d87e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13261690" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-caregiving-and-family-finances-full-interview</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>69</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Caregiving and Family Finances" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:50" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Melanie Fish: Planning a Winter Family Vacation (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Melanie Fish: Planning a Winter Family Vacation (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Travel expert Melanie Fish shares ideas for a winter vacation with children and grandchildren. This short interview covers family interests, vacation rentals, and getting value from a multigenerational trip.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. As they say in Game of Thrones, winter is coming. And as my guest, travel expert Melanie Fish says, bring it on and let&#x27;s plan a vacation. Now&#x27;s the time she says to plan that winter getaway. So if you&#x27;re looking for some time on the slopes or hot cocoa around the fireplace, she&#x27;s got some tips on getting the most for our money, especially when traveling with kids or grandkids. So how would we do that? I mean, you know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got grandkids there, say 5, 10 and 14.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So vacation rentals are really the perfect choice for a multi-gen vacation as we call it when multiple generations of the family are traveling together. And that&#x27;s for a couple reasons. One of the reasons is just the value. You get about twice the space at half the cost per person when you rent a vacation home over staying in a hotel. Sure. And then, of course, you have the room to spread out. Everyone gets their own bedroom. The kids can have a TV room down the hall. You have the kitchen so the family could gather and be together. There&#x27;s also a bit of a cost savings there if you&#x27;re cooking maybe breakfast at lunch at home and then going out for other meals. And then when we&#x27;re talking about a winter vacation, I think it&#x27;s really important for families to look at the interests of everyone in the group.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Actually, the first ski trip that we ever took with our small children was with my parents. And it was great because my parents didn&#x27;t ski, but they were able to wander around the town and shop and enjoy their day. My kids went tubing sometimes instead of skiing with grandma and grandpa. And I got to go up on the mountain. And then I&#x27;m not going to lie, it was so nice to come off the hill at the end of the day. And sometimes my mom would have dinner all ready. So I think that&#x27;s a great option for families. And so to be able to find the place that you&#x27;re looking for, I mean, just pick a location. So let&#x27;s say you want to go to northern Minnesota in January. Why, I&#x27;m not sure, but let&#x27;s say you do. Let&#x27;s say you do.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So what I would recommend is you go to a vacation rental site like VRBO.com and you put in your destination that you&#x27;ve chosen. You put in the dates that you want to travel. Then you can select how many people are going on the trip, how many bedrooms you want, and then you search. And it&#x27;ll call up a list of all the available places that you can rent that are available for those dates. And then you can start narrowing it down by the amenities you&#x27;re looking. Do you want a hot tub? I think you do. I think I do. If you&#x27;re going to be in northern Minnesota. Yes, of course. Do you want a fireplace? Are you taking pets on this trip? That&#x27;s one of the things you can choose. And then you start looking at the photographs and reading the reviews.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> The reviews are so important to make sure that the experience that people are having on their trip really matches the description of the property that&#x27;s there. And that&#x27;s really, I think, the best way to find the perfect match for your family. I think you said on something earlier when you said something for everyone. And that&#x27;s real important. I know. I mean, I&#x27;ve got seven grandkids. And I&#x27;ve done this kind of vacation with HomeAway and VRBO. And it absolutely is fantastic because you can find other things. I mean, kids can go play miniature golf. Other kids can go swimming. You know. I mean, it works out really well. Absolutely. And that also comes into play when you&#x27;re choosing your destination. If you&#x27;re not all hardcore skiers, you don&#x27;t want to go to a resort that pretty much is the mountain and that&#x27;s it.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> Right. You want a town that has an ice skating rink and a fire pit so you can sit and watch the kids ice skate or go tubing or do some of these other fun activities. As a matter of fact, I thought it sounded fun. I saw that in Winter Park, Colorado, they offered dog sled rides. Oh, cool. How fun would that be for the family to do? So now it&#x27;s only October. Is it too early to start planning that winter vacation? It&#x27;s not too early. It&#x27;s past time to start planning. I know it feels like it because you&#x27;ve just had your first pumpkin spice latte of the season. But it&#x27;s really important to plan that winter ski vacation now. And here&#x27;s why. HomeAway found that there&#x27;s a spike in ski destinations the first week of fall. And by the end of November, 50% of the vacation rentals booked through the site in these ski destinations are already reserved.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Wow. And we&#x27;re talking about these family getaways with multiple generations. And the bigger the houses come, the faster they book. Those larger homes book at the briskest pace. 50% of homes with four or more bedrooms are already reserved by mid-October. And that&#x27;s for the whole ski season. That&#x27;s through March. Oh, wow. So, Melanie, anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about, about just getting folks out for a winter&#x27;s vacation? You know, it&#x27;s fun to plan. And this is the time to do it, so you make sure you have the best selection. So get the family together. Figure out what you want to do and make those plans. Now, there is still some availability over the holidays. But we find that if you book right before or right after that holiday weekend, you&#x27;ll find more availability and some better pricing.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Terrific. Melanie, thank you so much. I appreciate it. I appreciate you. Many thanks to travel expert for HomeAway, Melanie Fish. For more information, you can visit homeaway.com slash ski. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Travel expert Melanie Fish shares ideas for a winter vacation with children and grandchildren. This short interview covers family interests, vacation rentals, and getting value from a multigenerational trip.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. As they say in Game of Thrones, winter is coming. And as my guest, travel expert Melanie Fish says, bring it on and let&#x27;s plan a vacation. Now&#x27;s the time she says to plan that winter getaway. So if you&#x27;re looking for some time on the slopes or hot cocoa around the fireplace, she&#x27;s got some tips on getting the most for our money, especially when traveling with kids or grandkids. So how would we do that? I mean, you know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got grandkids there, say 5, 10 and 14.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So vacation rentals are really the perfect choice for a multi-gen vacation as we call it when multiple generations of the family are traveling together. And that&#x27;s for a couple reasons. One of the reasons is just the value. You get about twice the space at half the cost per person when you rent a vacation home over staying in a hotel. Sure. And then, of course, you have the room to spread out. Everyone gets their own bedroom. The kids can have a TV room down the hall. You have the kitchen so the family could gather and be together. There&#x27;s also a bit of a cost savings there if you&#x27;re cooking maybe breakfast at lunch at home and then going out for other meals. And then when we&#x27;re talking about a winter vacation, I think it&#x27;s really important for families to look at the interests of everyone in the group.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Actually, the first ski trip that we ever took with our small children was with my parents. And it was great because my parents didn&#x27;t ski, but they were able to wander around the town and shop and enjoy their day. My kids went tubing sometimes instead of skiing with grandma and grandpa. And I got to go up on the mountain. And then I&#x27;m not going to lie, it was so nice to come off the hill at the end of the day. And sometimes my mom would have dinner all ready. So I think that&#x27;s a great option for families. And so to be able to find the place that you&#x27;re looking for, I mean, just pick a location. So let&#x27;s say you want to go to northern Minnesota in January. Why, I&#x27;m not sure, but let&#x27;s say you do. Let&#x27;s say you do.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So what I would recommend is you go to a vacation rental site like VRBO.com and you put in your destination that you&#x27;ve chosen. You put in the dates that you want to travel. Then you can select how many people are going on the trip, how many bedrooms you want, and then you search. And it&#x27;ll call up a list of all the available places that you can rent that are available for those dates. And then you can start narrowing it down by the amenities you&#x27;re looking. Do you want a hot tub? I think you do. I think I do. If you&#x27;re going to be in northern Minnesota. Yes, of course. Do you want a fireplace? Are you taking pets on this trip? That&#x27;s one of the things you can choose. And then you start looking at the photographs and reading the reviews.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> The reviews are so important to make sure that the experience that people are having on their trip really matches the description of the property that&#x27;s there. And that&#x27;s really, I think, the best way to find the perfect match for your family. I think you said on something earlier when you said something for everyone. And that&#x27;s real important. I know. I mean, I&#x27;ve got seven grandkids. And I&#x27;ve done this kind of vacation with HomeAway and VRBO. And it absolutely is fantastic because you can find other things. I mean, kids can go play miniature golf. Other kids can go swimming. You know. I mean, it works out really well. Absolutely. And that also comes into play when you&#x27;re choosing your destination. If you&#x27;re not all hardcore skiers, you don&#x27;t want to go to a resort that pretty much is the mountain and that&#x27;s it.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> Right. You want a town that has an ice skating rink and a fire pit so you can sit and watch the kids ice skate or go tubing or do some of these other fun activities. As a matter of fact, I thought it sounded fun. I saw that in Winter Park, Colorado, they offered dog sled rides. Oh, cool. How fun would that be for the family to do? So now it&#x27;s only October. Is it too early to start planning that winter vacation? It&#x27;s not too early. It&#x27;s past time to start planning. I know it feels like it because you&#x27;ve just had your first pumpkin spice latte of the season. But it&#x27;s really important to plan that winter ski vacation now. And here&#x27;s why. HomeAway found that there&#x27;s a spike in ski destinations the first week of fall. And by the end of November, 50% of the vacation rentals booked through the site in these ski destinations are already reserved.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Wow. And we&#x27;re talking about these family getaways with multiple generations. And the bigger the houses come, the faster they book. Those larger homes book at the briskest pace. 50% of homes with four or more bedrooms are already reserved by mid-October. And that&#x27;s for the whole ski season. That&#x27;s through March. Oh, wow. So, Melanie, anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about, about just getting folks out for a winter&#x27;s vacation? You know, it&#x27;s fun to plan. And this is the time to do it, so you make sure you have the best selection. So get the family together. Figure out what you want to do and make those plans. Now, there is still some availability over the holidays. But we find that if you book right before or right after that holiday weekend, you&#x27;ll find more availability and some better pricing.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Terrific. Melanie, thank you so much. I appreciate it. I appreciate you. Many thanks to travel expert for HomeAway, Melanie Fish. For more information, you can visit homeaway.com slash ski. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Travel expert Melanie Fish shares ideas for a winter vacation with children and grandchildren. This short interview covers family interests, vacation rentals, and getting value from a multigenerational trip.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Melanie Fish</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Melanie Fish, travel, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8aafc127-a592-46c7-b230-adff011757aa/image.jpg?t=1792073860&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8aafc127-a592-46c7-b230-adff011757aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/planning-a-winter-vacation-with-travel-expert-mela/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8aafc127-a592-46c7-b230-adff011757aa/image.jpg?t=1792073860&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">437f08a7b6592f731ada4bd194ab28b4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8aafc127-a592-46c7-b230-adff011757aa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 15:58:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>356</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8aafc127-a592-46c7-b230-adff011757aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="5735884" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/planning-a-winter-vacation-with-travel-expert-mela</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>70</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning a Winter Family Vacation" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Melanie Fish: Planning a Winter Family Vacation (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Melanie Fish: Planning a Winter Family Vacation (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Melanie Fish discusses planning a winter vacation for a family with different ages and interests. This full interview explores vacation rentals, travel choices, and ways to manage the cost of a trip.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. As they say in Game of Thrones, winter is coming. And as my guest, travel expert Melanie Fish says, bring it on and let&#x27;s plan a vacation. Now&#x27;s the time she says to plan that winter getaway. So if you&#x27;re looking for some time on the slopes or hot cocoa around the fireplace, she&#x27;s got some tips on getting the most for our money, especially when traveling with kids or grandkids. So how would we do that? I mean, you know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got grandkids there, say 5, 10 and 14.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So vacation rentals are really the perfect choice for a multi-gen vacation as we call it when multiple generations of the family are traveling together. And that&#x27;s for a couple reasons. One of the reasons is just the value. You get about twice the space at half the cost per person when you rent a vacation home over staying in a hotel. And then, of course, you have the room to spread out. Everyone gets their own bedroom. The kids can have a TV room down the hall. You have the kitchen so the family could gather and be together. There&#x27;s also a bit of a cost savings there if you&#x27;re cooking maybe breakfast at lunch at home and then going out for other meals. And then when we&#x27;re talking about a winter vacation, I think it&#x27;s really important for families</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> to look at the interests of everyone in the group. Actually, the first ski trip that we ever took with our small children was with my parents. And it was great because my parents didn&#x27;t ski, but they were able to wander around the town and shop and enjoy their day. My kids went tubing sometimes instead of skiing with grandma and grandpa, and I got to go up on the mountain. And then I&#x27;m not going to lie, it was so nice to come off the hill at the end of the day, and sometimes my mom would have dinner all ready. So I think that&#x27;s a great option for families. And so to be able to find the place that you&#x27;re looking for, I mean, just pick a location. So let&#x27;s say you want to go to northern Minnesota in January.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Why, I&#x27;m not sure, but let&#x27;s say you do. Let&#x27;s say you do. So what I would recommend is you go to a vacation rental site like VRBO.com, and you put in your destination that you&#x27;ve chosen. You put in the dates that you want to travel. Then you can select how many people are going on the trip, how many bedrooms you want, and then you search. And it&#x27;ll call up a list of all the available places that you can rent that are available for those dates. And then you can start narrowing it down by the amenities you&#x27;re looking. Do you want a hot tub? I think you do. I think I do. If you&#x27;re going to be in northern Minnesota. Yes, of course. Do you want a fireplace? Are you taking pets on this trip?</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> That&#x27;s one of the things you can choose. And then you start looking at the photographs and reading the reviews. The reviews are so important to make sure that the experience that people are having on their trip really matches the description of the property that&#x27;s there. And that&#x27;s really, I think, the best way to find the perfect match for your family. I think you said on something earlier when you said something for everyone, and that&#x27;s real important. I know. I mean, I&#x27;ve got seven grandkids, and I&#x27;ve done this kind of vacation with HomeAway and VRBO, and it absolutely is fantastic because you can find other things. I mean, kids can go play miniature golf. Other kids can go swimming. I mean, it works out really well. Absolutely. And that also comes into play when you&#x27;re choosing your destination.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> If you&#x27;re not all hardcore skiers, you don&#x27;t want to go to a resort that pretty much is the mountain, and that&#x27;s it. Right. If you want a town that has an ice skating rink and a fire pit so you can sit and watch the kids ice skate or go tubing or do some of these other fun activities. As a matter of fact, I thought it sounded fun. I saw that in Winter Park, Colorado, they offer dog sled rides. Oh, cool. How fun would that be for the family to do? So now it&#x27;s only October. Is it too early to start planning that winter vacation? It&#x27;s not too early. It&#x27;s past time to start planning. I know it feels like it because you&#x27;ve just had your first pumpkin spice latte of the season, but it&#x27;s really important to plan that winter ski vacation now, and here&#x27;s why. So HomeAway found that there&#x27;s a spike in ski destinations the first week of fall,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> and by the end of November, 50% of the vacation rentals booked through the site in these ski destinations are already reserved. Wow. And we&#x27;re talking about these family getaways with multiple generations, and the bigger the houses come, the faster they book. Those larger homes booked at the briskest pace. 50% of homes with four or more bedrooms are already reserved by mid-October, and that&#x27;s for the whole ski season. That&#x27;s through March. Oh, wow. So it really is time to start planning that winter vacation if you&#x27;re going to have one. Well, it really is because it&#x27;s the best selection, and you want to find the best match for your family, so you want to do that before these 45,000 mountainside vacation rentals are all snapped up.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> And what other kinds of things can we expect? So, okay, let&#x27;s say not really much into skiing, but I kind of like winter, and I like the activities. You said a skating rink might be something to look for. And are those kinds of things listed in the options for the homes, I mean, the activities around the area? Really, those property descriptions are so informative. The homeowners are really the experts on their area, so they can tell you it&#x27;s just steps away from a shuttle stop, or we&#x27;re right in town, so you can walk to the skating rink, or the best restaurants in town are right around the corner. I mean, they are really the experts on what&#x27;s around, so reading those and reading the reviews really offer a lot of information. We&#x27;ve also compiled information about different ski resorts, which ones are best for families</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and which ones might be more of a grown-up getaway, and we put that all together at homeaway.com slash ski. So if you&#x27;re just at a place where you haven&#x27;t even decided yet what your destination is, that&#x27;s a good place to start. And obviously then you&#x27;re negotiating with the homeowner. I mean, they have set rates, and it&#x27;s all taken care of? They set their own rates. So when you go and look at the site, you&#x27;ll see the cost per night, and then if you want to see what other fees are included, because you want to know what your all-in cost is. Right. So you click on Details, and it&#x27;ll show you, okay, there&#x27;s a cleaning fee involved. Here are the taxes that you&#x27;re going to pay. And so you can see what that all-in cost is for your trip.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And you want to make sure that you&#x27;re booking and paying through the site so that you&#x27;re protected with the book with confidence guarantee. Oh, that makes sense, too. So here&#x27;s one. How do you keep kids happy during the trip? Is it just making sure there&#x27;s stuff to do? Well, one of the best ways to keep the whole family entertained is to keep your schedule full, but not too full. And I think part of that is getting a variety of activities on the agenda. So maybe you&#x27;re going to ski school on some days, and on some days you&#x27;re together as a family doing some of these fun activities we talked about. And let the kids have some say in what they want to do. One day on a ski vacation, my kids said they just wanted to build a snowman and do some sledding.</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a lot less expensive than buying that Lyft ticket, so I&#x27;m glad I asked them. Well, sure. And I think, too, when you start getting into that early teen kind of time, it&#x27;s oftentimes they want to bring a friend along with them. And if that&#x27;s okay, then they could have some time to do stuff, too. Well, a lot of these vacation rentals have great bunk rooms so multiple kids can stay in there. And I think it is okay to let kids have their own time and space to spread out a little bit. And so how do you get started? Do you just go to the website? Yeah, you can go to the website. And then if you already know where you want to go, you just type that in. So let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve decided that you want to go to Lake Tahoe. And you put that in. You put in your dates.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> And then how many people are going on your trip. It&#x27;ll show you a list of properties available. And then you start narrowing it down. You can put hearts next to the ones that you like the photos on that property. Or, ooh, that one has really good reviews. HomeAway will automatically sort the properties so that the properties with really good photos and good reviews and that are frequently booked will rise to the top to give you a better chance of finding that perfect match. Is there a general price range or does it vary? It varies. And the homeowners and the property managers set their prices. And you can set the price that you want to pay on the site so that it will only show you properties within your price range. And we&#x27;ve done a little math on this end.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> And we&#x27;ve found that the average ski week stay in Steamboat, Colorado is really, I think, the value leader at $1,500 for a ski vacation. And then it ranges all the way up to Vail topped out at $2,900 is the average amount people are paying for a stay in a vacation rental. But the beautiful thing about renting a place for your whole family or group to stay is that you really have to look at the value of your price per person per night in a vacation home. And often when you do the math, it turns out that you&#x27;re paying less than $50 a person per night in a lot of these ski vacation homes. I mean, $1,500 for a week&#x27;s vacation in the whole house and everybody&#x27;s, that seems pretty reasonable to me.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> I think so. I think it&#x27;s a pretty darn good deal. Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. So, Melanie, anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about, about just getting folks out for a winter&#x27;s vacation? You know, it&#x27;s fun to plan, and this is the time to do it, so you make sure you have the best selection. So get the family together, figure out what you want to do, and make those plans. Now, there is still some availability over the holidays, but we find that if you book right before or right after that holiday weekend, you&#x27;ll find more availability and some better pricing. Terrific. Melanie, thank you so much. I appreciate it. I appreciate you. Many thanks to travel expert for HomeAway, Melanie Fish. For more information, you can visit homeaway.com slash ski. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Melanie Fish discusses planning a winter vacation for a family with different ages and interests. This full interview explores vacation rentals, travel choices, and ways to manage the cost of a trip.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. As they say in Game of Thrones, winter is coming. And as my guest, travel expert Melanie Fish says, bring it on and let&#x27;s plan a vacation. Now&#x27;s the time she says to plan that winter getaway. So if you&#x27;re looking for some time on the slopes or hot cocoa around the fireplace, she&#x27;s got some tips on getting the most for our money, especially when traveling with kids or grandkids. So how would we do that? I mean, you know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got grandkids there, say 5, 10 and 14.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So vacation rentals are really the perfect choice for a multi-gen vacation as we call it when multiple generations of the family are traveling together. And that&#x27;s for a couple reasons. One of the reasons is just the value. You get about twice the space at half the cost per person when you rent a vacation home over staying in a hotel. And then, of course, you have the room to spread out. Everyone gets their own bedroom. The kids can have a TV room down the hall. You have the kitchen so the family could gather and be together. There&#x27;s also a bit of a cost savings there if you&#x27;re cooking maybe breakfast at lunch at home and then going out for other meals. And then when we&#x27;re talking about a winter vacation, I think it&#x27;s really important for families</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> to look at the interests of everyone in the group. Actually, the first ski trip that we ever took with our small children was with my parents. And it was great because my parents didn&#x27;t ski, but they were able to wander around the town and shop and enjoy their day. My kids went tubing sometimes instead of skiing with grandma and grandpa, and I got to go up on the mountain. And then I&#x27;m not going to lie, it was so nice to come off the hill at the end of the day, and sometimes my mom would have dinner all ready. So I think that&#x27;s a great option for families. And so to be able to find the place that you&#x27;re looking for, I mean, just pick a location. So let&#x27;s say you want to go to northern Minnesota in January.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Why, I&#x27;m not sure, but let&#x27;s say you do. Let&#x27;s say you do. So what I would recommend is you go to a vacation rental site like VRBO.com, and you put in your destination that you&#x27;ve chosen. You put in the dates that you want to travel. Then you can select how many people are going on the trip, how many bedrooms you want, and then you search. And it&#x27;ll call up a list of all the available places that you can rent that are available for those dates. And then you can start narrowing it down by the amenities you&#x27;re looking. Do you want a hot tub? I think you do. I think I do. If you&#x27;re going to be in northern Minnesota. Yes, of course. Do you want a fireplace? Are you taking pets on this trip?</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> That&#x27;s one of the things you can choose. And then you start looking at the photographs and reading the reviews. The reviews are so important to make sure that the experience that people are having on their trip really matches the description of the property that&#x27;s there. And that&#x27;s really, I think, the best way to find the perfect match for your family. I think you said on something earlier when you said something for everyone, and that&#x27;s real important. I know. I mean, I&#x27;ve got seven grandkids, and I&#x27;ve done this kind of vacation with HomeAway and VRBO, and it absolutely is fantastic because you can find other things. I mean, kids can go play miniature golf. Other kids can go swimming. I mean, it works out really well. Absolutely. And that also comes into play when you&#x27;re choosing your destination.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> If you&#x27;re not all hardcore skiers, you don&#x27;t want to go to a resort that pretty much is the mountain, and that&#x27;s it. Right. If you want a town that has an ice skating rink and a fire pit so you can sit and watch the kids ice skate or go tubing or do some of these other fun activities. As a matter of fact, I thought it sounded fun. I saw that in Winter Park, Colorado, they offer dog sled rides. Oh, cool. How fun would that be for the family to do? So now it&#x27;s only October. Is it too early to start planning that winter vacation? It&#x27;s not too early. It&#x27;s past time to start planning. I know it feels like it because you&#x27;ve just had your first pumpkin spice latte of the season, but it&#x27;s really important to plan that winter ski vacation now, and here&#x27;s why. So HomeAway found that there&#x27;s a spike in ski destinations the first week of fall,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> and by the end of November, 50% of the vacation rentals booked through the site in these ski destinations are already reserved. Wow. And we&#x27;re talking about these family getaways with multiple generations, and the bigger the houses come, the faster they book. Those larger homes booked at the briskest pace. 50% of homes with four or more bedrooms are already reserved by mid-October, and that&#x27;s for the whole ski season. That&#x27;s through March. Oh, wow. So it really is time to start planning that winter vacation if you&#x27;re going to have one. Well, it really is because it&#x27;s the best selection, and you want to find the best match for your family, so you want to do that before these 45,000 mountainside vacation rentals are all snapped up.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> And what other kinds of things can we expect? So, okay, let&#x27;s say not really much into skiing, but I kind of like winter, and I like the activities. You said a skating rink might be something to look for. And are those kinds of things listed in the options for the homes, I mean, the activities around the area? Really, those property descriptions are so informative. The homeowners are really the experts on their area, so they can tell you it&#x27;s just steps away from a shuttle stop, or we&#x27;re right in town, so you can walk to the skating rink, or the best restaurants in town are right around the corner. I mean, they are really the experts on what&#x27;s around, so reading those and reading the reviews really offer a lot of information. We&#x27;ve also compiled information about different ski resorts, which ones are best for families</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and which ones might be more of a grown-up getaway, and we put that all together at homeaway.com slash ski. So if you&#x27;re just at a place where you haven&#x27;t even decided yet what your destination is, that&#x27;s a good place to start. And obviously then you&#x27;re negotiating with the homeowner. I mean, they have set rates, and it&#x27;s all taken care of? They set their own rates. So when you go and look at the site, you&#x27;ll see the cost per night, and then if you want to see what other fees are included, because you want to know what your all-in cost is. Right. So you click on Details, and it&#x27;ll show you, okay, there&#x27;s a cleaning fee involved. Here are the taxes that you&#x27;re going to pay. And so you can see what that all-in cost is for your trip.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And you want to make sure that you&#x27;re booking and paying through the site so that you&#x27;re protected with the book with confidence guarantee. Oh, that makes sense, too. So here&#x27;s one. How do you keep kids happy during the trip? Is it just making sure there&#x27;s stuff to do? Well, one of the best ways to keep the whole family entertained is to keep your schedule full, but not too full. And I think part of that is getting a variety of activities on the agenda. So maybe you&#x27;re going to ski school on some days, and on some days you&#x27;re together as a family doing some of these fun activities we talked about. And let the kids have some say in what they want to do. One day on a ski vacation, my kids said they just wanted to build a snowman and do some sledding.</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a lot less expensive than buying that Lyft ticket, so I&#x27;m glad I asked them. Well, sure. And I think, too, when you start getting into that early teen kind of time, it&#x27;s oftentimes they want to bring a friend along with them. And if that&#x27;s okay, then they could have some time to do stuff, too. Well, a lot of these vacation rentals have great bunk rooms so multiple kids can stay in there. And I think it is okay to let kids have their own time and space to spread out a little bit. And so how do you get started? Do you just go to the website? Yeah, you can go to the website. And then if you already know where you want to go, you just type that in. So let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve decided that you want to go to Lake Tahoe. And you put that in. You put in your dates.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> And then how many people are going on your trip. It&#x27;ll show you a list of properties available. And then you start narrowing it down. You can put hearts next to the ones that you like the photos on that property. Or, ooh, that one has really good reviews. HomeAway will automatically sort the properties so that the properties with really good photos and good reviews and that are frequently booked will rise to the top to give you a better chance of finding that perfect match. Is there a general price range or does it vary? It varies. And the homeowners and the property managers set their prices. And you can set the price that you want to pay on the site so that it will only show you properties within your price range. And we&#x27;ve done a little math on this end.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> And we&#x27;ve found that the average ski week stay in Steamboat, Colorado is really, I think, the value leader at $1,500 for a ski vacation. And then it ranges all the way up to Vail topped out at $2,900 is the average amount people are paying for a stay in a vacation rental. But the beautiful thing about renting a place for your whole family or group to stay is that you really have to look at the value of your price per person per night in a vacation home. And often when you do the math, it turns out that you&#x27;re paying less than $50 a person per night in a lot of these ski vacation homes. I mean, $1,500 for a week&#x27;s vacation in the whole house and everybody&#x27;s, that seems pretty reasonable to me.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> I think so. I think it&#x27;s a pretty darn good deal. Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. So, Melanie, anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about, about just getting folks out for a winter&#x27;s vacation? You know, it&#x27;s fun to plan, and this is the time to do it, so you make sure you have the best selection. So get the family together, figure out what you want to do, and make those plans. Now, there is still some availability over the holidays, but we find that if you book right before or right after that holiday weekend, you&#x27;ll find more availability and some better pricing. Terrific. Melanie, thank you so much. I appreciate it. I appreciate you. Many thanks to travel expert for HomeAway, Melanie Fish. For more information, you can visit homeaway.com slash ski. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Melanie Fish discusses planning a winter vacation for a family with different ages and interests. This full interview explores vacation rentals, travel choices, and ways to manage the cost of a trip.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Melanie Fish</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Melanie Fish, travel, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/46ab6dbd-07dc-4967-a3dc-adff01176054/image.jpg?t=1792073864&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/46ab6dbd-07dc-4967-a3dc-adff01176054/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/planning-a-winter-vacation-with-travel-expert-me-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/46ab6dbd-07dc-4967-a3dc-adff01176054/image.jpg?t=1792073864&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f2445fa83844c7a6efbf10c97134df99</guid>
      <omny:clipId>46ab6dbd-07dc-4967-a3dc-adff01176054</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 15:55:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>655</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/46ab6dbd-07dc-4967-a3dc-adff01176054/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10507857" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/planning-a-winter-vacation-with-travel-expert-me-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>71</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning a Winter Family Vacation" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:48" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>James Younger: The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>James Younger: The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Documentary filmmaker James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman. This full interview explores the common values, experiences, and stories that connect people around the world.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. James Younger is an Emmy-nominated documentary filmmaker whose latest show, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, is airing on the National Geographic channel. The program takes us on a journey to find out what makes us tick and discovers that as much as we think we&#x27;re different across the globe, there are things that unite us all. Coach Pete D’Arruda and I had a chance to talk with him about the show and how it all came together. The show is really kind of a search to understand what the common values all human beings have.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> You know, what are the forces that shaped human society in all its different forms around the world? And I guess the mission of the show is to, we hope it shows people that we&#x27;re not as divided and as different as we might think we are. You&#x27;ve got Morgan Freeman to help tell the story. That&#x27;s pretty cool in and of itself. Well, Morgan is such a great leveler of people. I mean, everyone wants to talk to him, pretty much everyone. I mean, I think there was a 13-year-old boy in Ethiopia who&#x27;d never heard of him and wasn&#x27;t that interested. But everyone else, you know, really wants to sit down and open up their heart to him and tell their stories. And, yeah, he is great. I would say one of those great seekers. You know, he&#x27;s a truth seeker.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And so he&#x27;s a perfect person to be at the forefront of the show. I&#x27;m 51 now, and I&#x27;ve been watching Morgan forever on TV and the movie screen. And I think he&#x27;s played about every single part that&#x27;s been available out there, from president all the way down to, who knows, like the bus driver, right? That&#x27;s right. Or driving a car, exactly. He&#x27;s played everyone, and he&#x27;s from the humblest to the highest. He&#x27;s acted all those roles. And, you know, as a human being, he is just a very straightforward, honest, well-meaning human being. You know, he&#x27;s a great guy, very down to earth, and he wants to talk to people and hear their stories.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, the new series has been a tremendous success. And so what do we have coming forward in the series? Tell the listener about the series, by the way, on Nat Geo. It&#x27;s on Nat Geo. There are six episodes. The first episode was about freedom. It was called The March for Freedom. The next episode was about war and peace, called The Fight for Peace. And the episode&#x27;s coming up this week. One is about love. It&#x27;s about how has love shaped the world. And then we have other episodes called Us and Them, which is about tribal divisions, how we get over tribalism. Another episode about power, how we share power, called The Power of Us. And then the final episode is The Rebel Spirit. It&#x27;s about how, you know, the whole series is about human society. And the final episode is about how we remake human society every so often.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> I don&#x27;t know, maybe it&#x27;s technology these days, but it seems like we&#x27;re more tribal than ever, aren&#x27;t we, as a society? Not just in this country, but worldwide. It does seem that way, doesn&#x27;t it? But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s true. I think we&#x27;re just more exposed. I think technology gives us more exposure. But it also offers ways to bridge the gap. I mean, I think, you know, we actually spoke to Evan Williams, who is one of the founders of Twitter. And he&#x27;s since left, you know, left. It doesn&#x27;t work there anymore. But when he founded that company, he was like, this is going to be great. It&#x27;s going to need a lot of people to talk and have all kinds of dialogue. And we&#x27;re going to empower people. And, you know, it didn&#x27;t turn out the way they expected at all. It&#x27;s almost like the Internet can bring out our worst qualities.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You know, it&#x27;s like he uses the analogy of the car wreck. Like the car wreck is what makes people twist their necks around and watch. And people watch the terrible stuff on the Internet and follow that. But there&#x27;s also great stories about how the Internet can allow people to bridge cultural divides. We interview in the film next week called Us and Them. We sat down and talked with Megan Phelps Roper, who grew up in the Westboro Baptist Church, which I don&#x27;t know whether you know is kind of a notorious hate group. You know, she was out in the streets protesting against gays, protesting at military funerals, the most extreme form of kind of hate and division.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And she ended up, via social media, whilst campaigning and spreading this kind of venomous rhetoric, she ended up becoming friends with a Jewish man in Israel. And that conversation that they managed to start having after they stopped shouting at each other enabled her to change her life, leave the church, and try and undo all of this harm she&#x27;d done. That&#x27;s pretty remarkable. Now, in the episode coming up, too, The Power of Love, you talk about from orphanages to battlefields. I mean, what a contrast. Yeah, I mean, love is probably the first human emotion that we experience. We see, you know, if we see our mother right after we&#x27;re born,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> or if we see the caregiver who looks after us, you know, you build this feeling of connection. And ultimately, that&#x27;s what I think is probably the most powerful force inside all of us. We struggle to, you know, we strive to make a meaningful, lasting bond with people around us in the world. It&#x27;s not just in families, though. It&#x27;s in cities. It&#x27;s in, you know, we just went to southern Ethiopia and saw a tribe who&#x27;s bound together, and they even suffer greatly. They receive, like, lashings and whippings in order to show their love for their fellow tribespeople. And in the military, you know, soldiers have this great sense of really fellowship, which is a form of love for their fellow brothers and sisters in arms.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> So love is a force that builds families. It builds cities. It builds nations. And ultimately, you know, it can even reach across nations. And people can, you know, you can feel that bond of love for a child who&#x27;s suffering in a distant country and want to give to them because this is a very powerful force, probably the most powerful force in our lives. What was the most remarkable thing you found producing the series? I mean, there are some amazing stories. I mean, the thing that touches me probably the most is a woman in Rwanda who, her family was killed in the genocide of 1994.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> She was a Tutsi. And, you know, a mob of Hutus had come to their village and chased them down and ended up killing the rest of her family, her children and her husband. Um, and 20 years later, she is now great friends with one of those killers. He approached her and asked for forgiveness. And she, um, she, after a couple of years was able to forgive him. And they now live in the same village and he comes and helps her with her cow every day and helps her around the house and they&#x27;re friends. So I just, that&#x27;s, that was probably the most remarkable story we came across. That truly is amazing. Well, the series is called The Story of Us and it&#x27;s on Nat Geo Wednesdays at 9 p.m. Eastern.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And Morgan Freeman is doing, he&#x27;s done an outstanding job in the episodes I&#x27;ve seen. I look forward to seeing more. I hope that people can, uh, re-watch this show because I think it really is hopeful. You know, we, we, as you said, we live in a time that seems to be getting worse. We seem to be fighting with one another inside the U.S., inside Europe, uh, you know, between, uh, us and North Korea. You would think that the world is, is going to hell in the handbasket. Um, but I think this series offers hope and that the, you know, as Bill Clinton quoted Martin Luther King in the series, says the arc of, the arc of, uh, history is long, but it bends towards justice. And I think the world is slowly becoming a better place for us to live in. Well, life is short, but temper fuses don&#x27;t have to be.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And folks, that&#x27;s The Story of Us, Wednesdays at 9 p.m. His name is James Younger, executive producer. James, thanks for your time today. Thank you. It was a pleasure talking to you both. Many thanks to James Younger, executive producer of the Nat Geo series, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman. Visit Coach Pete Listens for more interviews on a variety of topics. For Coach Pete D’Arruda, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Documentary filmmaker James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman. This full interview explores the common values, experiences, and stories that connect people around the world.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. James Younger is an Emmy-nominated documentary filmmaker whose latest show, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, is airing on the National Geographic channel. The program takes us on a journey to find out what makes us tick and discovers that as much as we think we&#x27;re different across the globe, there are things that unite us all. Coach Pete D’Arruda and I had a chance to talk with him about the show and how it all came together. The show is really kind of a search to understand what the common values all human beings have.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> You know, what are the forces that shaped human society in all its different forms around the world? And I guess the mission of the show is to, we hope it shows people that we&#x27;re not as divided and as different as we might think we are. You&#x27;ve got Morgan Freeman to help tell the story. That&#x27;s pretty cool in and of itself. Well, Morgan is such a great leveler of people. I mean, everyone wants to talk to him, pretty much everyone. I mean, I think there was a 13-year-old boy in Ethiopia who&#x27;d never heard of him and wasn&#x27;t that interested. But everyone else, you know, really wants to sit down and open up their heart to him and tell their stories. And, yeah, he is great. I would say one of those great seekers. You know, he&#x27;s a truth seeker.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And so he&#x27;s a perfect person to be at the forefront of the show. I&#x27;m 51 now, and I&#x27;ve been watching Morgan forever on TV and the movie screen. And I think he&#x27;s played about every single part that&#x27;s been available out there, from president all the way down to, who knows, like the bus driver, right? That&#x27;s right. Or driving a car, exactly. He&#x27;s played everyone, and he&#x27;s from the humblest to the highest. He&#x27;s acted all those roles. And, you know, as a human being, he is just a very straightforward, honest, well-meaning human being. You know, he&#x27;s a great guy, very down to earth, and he wants to talk to people and hear their stories.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, the new series has been a tremendous success. And so what do we have coming forward in the series? Tell the listener about the series, by the way, on Nat Geo. It&#x27;s on Nat Geo. There are six episodes. The first episode was about freedom. It was called The March for Freedom. The next episode was about war and peace, called The Fight for Peace. And the episode&#x27;s coming up this week. One is about love. It&#x27;s about how has love shaped the world. And then we have other episodes called Us and Them, which is about tribal divisions, how we get over tribalism. Another episode about power, how we share power, called The Power of Us. And then the final episode is The Rebel Spirit. It&#x27;s about how, you know, the whole series is about human society. And the final episode is about how we remake human society every so often.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> I don&#x27;t know, maybe it&#x27;s technology these days, but it seems like we&#x27;re more tribal than ever, aren&#x27;t we, as a society? Not just in this country, but worldwide. It does seem that way, doesn&#x27;t it? But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s true. I think we&#x27;re just more exposed. I think technology gives us more exposure. But it also offers ways to bridge the gap. I mean, I think, you know, we actually spoke to Evan Williams, who is one of the founders of Twitter. And he&#x27;s since left, you know, left. It doesn&#x27;t work there anymore. But when he founded that company, he was like, this is going to be great. It&#x27;s going to need a lot of people to talk and have all kinds of dialogue. And we&#x27;re going to empower people. And, you know, it didn&#x27;t turn out the way they expected at all. It&#x27;s almost like the Internet can bring out our worst qualities.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You know, it&#x27;s like he uses the analogy of the car wreck. Like the car wreck is what makes people twist their necks around and watch. And people watch the terrible stuff on the Internet and follow that. But there&#x27;s also great stories about how the Internet can allow people to bridge cultural divides. We interview in the film next week called Us and Them. We sat down and talked with Megan Phelps Roper, who grew up in the Westboro Baptist Church, which I don&#x27;t know whether you know is kind of a notorious hate group. You know, she was out in the streets protesting against gays, protesting at military funerals, the most extreme form of kind of hate and division.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And she ended up, via social media, whilst campaigning and spreading this kind of venomous rhetoric, she ended up becoming friends with a Jewish man in Israel. And that conversation that they managed to start having after they stopped shouting at each other enabled her to change her life, leave the church, and try and undo all of this harm she&#x27;d done. That&#x27;s pretty remarkable. Now, in the episode coming up, too, The Power of Love, you talk about from orphanages to battlefields. I mean, what a contrast. Yeah, I mean, love is probably the first human emotion that we experience. We see, you know, if we see our mother right after we&#x27;re born,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> or if we see the caregiver who looks after us, you know, you build this feeling of connection. And ultimately, that&#x27;s what I think is probably the most powerful force inside all of us. We struggle to, you know, we strive to make a meaningful, lasting bond with people around us in the world. It&#x27;s not just in families, though. It&#x27;s in cities. It&#x27;s in, you know, we just went to southern Ethiopia and saw a tribe who&#x27;s bound together, and they even suffer greatly. They receive, like, lashings and whippings in order to show their love for their fellow tribespeople. And in the military, you know, soldiers have this great sense of really fellowship, which is a form of love for their fellow brothers and sisters in arms.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> So love is a force that builds families. It builds cities. It builds nations. And ultimately, you know, it can even reach across nations. And people can, you know, you can feel that bond of love for a child who&#x27;s suffering in a distant country and want to give to them because this is a very powerful force, probably the most powerful force in our lives. What was the most remarkable thing you found producing the series? I mean, there are some amazing stories. I mean, the thing that touches me probably the most is a woman in Rwanda who, her family was killed in the genocide of 1994.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> She was a Tutsi. And, you know, a mob of Hutus had come to their village and chased them down and ended up killing the rest of her family, her children and her husband. Um, and 20 years later, she is now great friends with one of those killers. He approached her and asked for forgiveness. And she, um, she, after a couple of years was able to forgive him. And they now live in the same village and he comes and helps her with her cow every day and helps her around the house and they&#x27;re friends. So I just, that&#x27;s, that was probably the most remarkable story we came across. That truly is amazing. Well, the series is called The Story of Us and it&#x27;s on Nat Geo Wednesdays at 9 p.m. Eastern.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And Morgan Freeman is doing, he&#x27;s done an outstanding job in the episodes I&#x27;ve seen. I look forward to seeing more. I hope that people can, uh, re-watch this show because I think it really is hopeful. You know, we, we, as you said, we live in a time that seems to be getting worse. We seem to be fighting with one another inside the U.S., inside Europe, uh, you know, between, uh, us and North Korea. You would think that the world is, is going to hell in the handbasket. Um, but I think this series offers hope and that the, you know, as Bill Clinton quoted Martin Luther King in the series, says the arc of, the arc of, uh, history is long, but it bends towards justice. And I think the world is slowly becoming a better place for us to live in. Well, life is short, but temper fuses don&#x27;t have to be.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And folks, that&#x27;s The Story of Us, Wednesdays at 9 p.m. His name is James Younger, executive producer. James, thanks for your time today. Thank you. It was a pleasure talking to you both. Many thanks to James Younger, executive producer of the Nat Geo series, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman. Visit Coach Pete Listens for more interviews on a variety of topics. For Coach Pete D’Arruda, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Documentary filmmaker James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman. This full interview explores the common values, experiences, and stories that connect people around the world.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>James Younger</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>James Younger, film and television, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db144752-2cb2-408c-99c4-adff0117a2d6/image.jpg?t=1792073897&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db144752-2cb2-408c-99c4-adff0117a2d6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-younger-interview-long-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db144752-2cb2-408c-99c4-adff0117a2d6/image.jpg?t=1792073897&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f47bbac1fa71459c5b4ad9eedc41af4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db144752-2cb2-408c-99c4-adff0117a2d6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 14:41:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>543</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db144752-2cb2-408c-99c4-adff0117a2d6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8718236" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-younger-interview-long-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>72</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>James Younger: The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>James Younger: The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman and its search for the experiences that unite people. This short interview introduces the documentary series and its approach to storytelling.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. James Younger is an Emmy-nominated documentary filmmaker whose latest show, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, is airing on the National Geographic channel. The show takes us on a journey to find out what makes us tick and discovers that as much as we think we&#x27;re different across the globe, there are things that unite us all. The show is really a kind of a search to understand what the common values all human beings have. You know, what are the forces that shaped human society in all its different forms around the world?</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And I guess the mission of the show is to, we hope it shows people that we&#x27;re not as divided and as different as we might think we are. Younger says Morgan Freeman was a logical choice. Morgan is such a great leveler of people. I mean, everyone wants to talk to him. I would say one of those great seekers, you know, he&#x27;s a truth seeker. The March of Freedom, the Texas around the world in search of a greater understanding of what freedom is. We meet the president of Rwanda, whose people have been able to make peace after a horrific civil war. A woman in Rwanda, who, her family was killed in the genocide of 1994. She was a Tutsi. And, you know, a mob of Hutus had come to their village and chased them down and ended up killing the rest of her family, her children and her husband.</p><p><strong>01:45</strong> And 20 years later, she is now great friends with one of those killers. He approached her and asked for forgiveness. And she, after a couple of years, was able to forgive him. And they now live in the same village. And he comes and helps her with her cow every day and helps her around the house. And they&#x27;re friends. So I just, that was probably the most remarkable. In another episode, Morgan Freeman poses the question, can love change the world? Love is the first, probably the first human emotion that we experience. So love is a force that builds families. It builds cities. It builds nations. And ultimately, you know, it can even reach across nations.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And people can, you know, you can feel that bond of love for a child who&#x27;s suffering in a distant country and want to give to them. Because this is a very powerful force. Probably the most powerful force in our lives. Other episodes include us and them on how it seems we are more polarized than ever and how we can find ways to come together. Others include the spirit of rebellion, the fight for peace, and the power of us. I think this series offers hope. And that the, you know, as Bill Clinton quoted Martin Luther King in the series, that the arc of history is long, but it bends towards justice. And I think the world is slowly becoming a better place for us to live in. The Story of Us airs Wednesday nights at 9 p.m. Eastern on the National Geographic channel.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> For a longer interview with executive producer James Younger, visit coachlistens.com. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman and its search for the experiences that unite people. This short interview introduces the documentary series and its approach to storytelling.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. James Younger is an Emmy-nominated documentary filmmaker whose latest show, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, is airing on the National Geographic channel. The show takes us on a journey to find out what makes us tick and discovers that as much as we think we&#x27;re different across the globe, there are things that unite us all. The show is really a kind of a search to understand what the common values all human beings have. You know, what are the forces that shaped human society in all its different forms around the world?</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And I guess the mission of the show is to, we hope it shows people that we&#x27;re not as divided and as different as we might think we are. Younger says Morgan Freeman was a logical choice. Morgan is such a great leveler of people. I mean, everyone wants to talk to him. I would say one of those great seekers, you know, he&#x27;s a truth seeker. The March of Freedom, the Texas around the world in search of a greater understanding of what freedom is. We meet the president of Rwanda, whose people have been able to make peace after a horrific civil war. A woman in Rwanda, who, her family was killed in the genocide of 1994. She was a Tutsi. And, you know, a mob of Hutus had come to their village and chased them down and ended up killing the rest of her family, her children and her husband.</p><p><strong>01:45</strong> And 20 years later, she is now great friends with one of those killers. He approached her and asked for forgiveness. And she, after a couple of years, was able to forgive him. And they now live in the same village. And he comes and helps her with her cow every day and helps her around the house. And they&#x27;re friends. So I just, that was probably the most remarkable. In another episode, Morgan Freeman poses the question, can love change the world? Love is the first, probably the first human emotion that we experience. So love is a force that builds families. It builds cities. It builds nations. And ultimately, you know, it can even reach across nations.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And people can, you know, you can feel that bond of love for a child who&#x27;s suffering in a distant country and want to give to them. Because this is a very powerful force. Probably the most powerful force in our lives. Other episodes include us and them on how it seems we are more polarized than ever and how we can find ways to come together. Others include the spirit of rebellion, the fight for peace, and the power of us. I think this series offers hope. And that the, you know, as Bill Clinton quoted Martin Luther King in the series, that the arc of history is long, but it bends towards justice. And I think the world is slowly becoming a better place for us to live in. The Story of Us airs Wednesday nights at 9 p.m. Eastern on the National Geographic channel.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> For a longer interview with executive producer James Younger, visit coachlistens.com. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>James Younger discusses The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman and its search for the experiences that unite people. This short interview introduces the documentary series and its approach to storytelling.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>James Younger</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>James Younger, film and television, The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e431400d-3630-4a70-8430-adff0117a5e0/image.jpg?t=1792073909&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e431400d-3630-4a70-8430-adff0117a5e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-younger-interview-short-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e431400d-3630-4a70-8430-adff0117a5e0/image.jpg?t=1792073909&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1080e81a7a974d238bd4f9e6a2820837</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e431400d-3630-4a70-8430-adff0117a5e0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 13:56:28 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>207</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e431400d-3630-4a70-8430-adff0117a5e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3340024" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-younger-interview-short-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>73</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Story of Us with Morgan Freeman" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jessica Bruder: Nomadland and Life on the Road (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jessica Bruder: Nomadland and Life on the Road (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century. This full interview explores her reporting on people living and working on the road.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jessica Bruder is an author and journalist whose latest book, Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, takes us on a 15,000-mile cross-country journey in her RV named Van Halen, getting up close and personal with a relatively new subculture of America that includes many seniors who travel the country in motorhomes, a life many did not anticipate, and then 2008 happened. So Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I was intrigued by just on the jacket where it said you were the beet fields of North Dakota. I grew up and I was born in Fargo. Ah, you know those fields. I do only too well, yes. So let&#x27;s talk about the book. It&#x27;s rather an intriguing look at, well, like you said, Surviving America in the 21st Century. You talk about the 2008 financial crisis and how it really isn&#x27;t over. No, I mean, for a lot of people, the crisis&#x27;s echo effects will be lasting for the rest of their lives, particularly a lot of folks who expected to have more of a traditional retirement and then saw their savings wiped out, 401ks decimated, lost equity in their houses, and ended up living a rather different life than they anticipated. And what kinds of things have you discovered? Yeah, I mean, basically, what blew my mind, and perhaps I was a bit naive at first,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> is initially when I saw RVers out on the road, I always assumed, wow, those are the last of the great pensioners. They are tootling around the country. They&#x27;re going everywhere from Niagara Falls to Old Faithful and Yellowstone. And isn&#x27;t that cool that they&#x27;re doing that in their retirement and that they&#x27;ve got it made? And while those people are still out there, there&#x27;s a whole new group of people as well. And when you look at the fact that we are in a nation where federal minimum wage is flat at $7.25, where housing costs have been going up, we&#x27;ve got the disaster that was the Great Recession, and we&#x27;ve got just all sorts of challenges in retirement finance and people not having enough set aside, sometimes because wages are just so depressed, it&#x27;s kind of this perfect storm.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And for a lot of people, the solution has been, well, what&#x27;s my biggest expense? My biggest expense is housing. I cannot give myself a raise, but I can cut my expenses. So what if I cut out housing, which sounds pretty radical, but has become a lifeline for a lot of people who moved into secondhand RVs and vans and travel trailers and even a few sedans and have found that they can go out on the road. And in fact, there&#x27;s a whole subculture of folks doing this and a whole litany of employers who are looking for workers just like them. And they literally travel around from essentially job to job, and they have the rallying points along the way. Indeed. And the jobs, there&#x27;s quite a wide range.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> A lot of people work as campground hosts in the national parks, the parks contract with concessionaires who hire people like the ones we&#x27;re talking about to come in and do everything from toilet cleaning to other routine maintenance to greeting campers to dealing with rowdy people. These people get hired to guard the gates of oil fields in Texas. They get hired by Amazon through a program called Camper Force to do 10-hour shifts on their feet on the concrete, doing pick and pack to get those orders out in the busy months before Christmas. They work in theme parks from Dollywood to Adventureland, where the headlines were a couple years ago. A gentleman in his 60s who was a retired pastor and postal carrier</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> actually lost his life as a result of the on-the-job accident at Adventureland, where a conveyor belt started up too soon, which does raise the point that a lot of these jobs are the kind of work that I think we&#x27;ve traditionally associated with younger bodies. Right. But these folks are out there doing it. And do you think that the folks that you&#x27;ve talked to that are, say, in their 60s or even closer to 70, let&#x27;s say, do they see any end in sight? Is there a retirement for them? Honestly, no. For most of them, no. And this is a strange thing, too, because if you look at history and all the people who were out on the road following the Great Depression, the predominant attitude was that things were going to change, that this, too, would pass, that it was a phase in the economy, that things would normalize, the status quo would return,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> and that they would just kind of merge back into the ranks of the housed middle class. But given all the tumult of our era, I think most of these people, and I know most of the people I spoke to, don&#x27;t really think the cavalry is coming anytime soon. And many of them are preparing to do it for the long haul. Or they&#x27;re trying to save up for a small patch of land where they could homestead. But this is both the present and the endgame for many, many people I met. So this is primarily a lot of retirees, but there&#x27;s got to be other folks really just running the gambit that are out there, like you said, being nomads, going across the country. Even though, you know, we&#x27;re hearing stories all the time. I just heard one on the way back from lunch. There&#x27;s more jobs than expected. But really, are there? Yeah, well, when we say there are more jobs than expected,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> a couple things are usually left out of that equation. So, for example, when they do the employment figures, they usually leave out the whole group of people that have just given up looking for work. Of course. So those numbers don&#x27;t make it in. And often we don&#x27;t account for the quality of the jobs. Just the fact that, again, our federal minimum wage remains at $7.25 an hour, and housing costs keep going up. So while it&#x27;s easy to say, oh, yes, there are so many jobs, if the jobs aren&#x27;t paying you enough to stay in a house, well, they&#x27;re only worth so much. Right, exactly. And some of these motorhomes, they&#x27;re not the best either, right? No. I&#x27;ve seen some. I mean, I know people who get quite attached to their motorhomes, but the woman who is featured most prominently in my book, Nomadland,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> lives in a 1972 Hunter Compact, which back in its heyday was, I believe it was, oh, gosh, there were these really amazing retro now looking ads saying this was a crowning achievement in travel for leisure. And you look at this thing, and it looks like one of those styrofoam hamburger containers from the 80s. It&#x27;s kind of like a fiberglass life support capsule. It&#x27;s 10 feet long inside. It is, the ceiling accommodates somebody who&#x27;s 5&#x27;3&quot;, and Linda is 5&#x27;2&quot;, so she makes do with it. But that&#x27;s her home. So this is sort of a different look at tiny houses that we keep hearing so much about. Yeah, absolutely. In a way, these are tiny houses on wheels. And it really interests me so often when we talk about the tiny house movement,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> we talk about chic minimalism, we really look at style, but we don&#x27;t look at the impact that the economy has on style. I mean, I&#x27;ve met plenty of younger people out on the road who might fit more into this, you know, chic minimalism, wanderer aesthetic. But when you talk to them for a while, you realize they&#x27;ve got the same issues that everyone else does. Sure. In that many of them have student debt or didn&#x27;t want to go to college because they didn&#x27;t want to come out the other side with that debt into a job market where a job won&#x27;t pay a living wage. So in your encounters with folks, how are you received? Are they happy to talk with you and tell their stories? People can be a little reticent at first. I think nobody wants to be perceived as homeless. And there&#x27;s such a big stigma on that word. The people I spoke with prefer to call themselves houseless,</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> but they don&#x27;t really know at first if you&#x27;ll understand that. I remember speaking with one woman who now I think I talk to every week, but the first time she met me, she said, oh, you&#x27;re the journalist. You&#x27;re going to make us out to look like a bunch of homeless vagabond. But the great thing about having a book project is you can spend oodles of time with people. And that&#x27;s what I did. I really didn&#x27;t go away. I traveled 15,000 miles in my rig, a van named Halen. And I just spent days and weeks and sometimes months on end with people. And they get a feel for who you are. And I think the people I spoke with and who were generous enough to share their stories with me got a sense that while I recognized how complex their economic circumstances were, I also was not interested in portraying them as abject victims</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> who were walking around in sackcloth and ashes and bemoaning their lot and had no agency at all. Of course. Jessica, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about? Oh, man, you&#x27;ve hit it pretty well. One thing I&#x27;m worried about, and I&#x27;ll share just might be totally new to your audience, is there&#x27;s a huge wave right now going on in this country where we&#x27;re criminalizing homelessness. There are cities and towns all over the place saying it&#x27;s illegal to sleep in your car. You&#x27;ve got rangers in the national parks saying, hey, you&#x27;ve got to prove to me that not only do you have an address, but that you live there, because if you can&#x27;t prove to me that you live anywhere, then you&#x27;re making this park your home and you&#x27;re not entitled to the camping rights that everyone else gets. So I hope if people read this book and think about the stories of the people I met out on the road,</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> they&#x27;ll think a little bit differently about this population and realize that they are us and we stigmatize them at our peril. And the book is available everywhere, I&#x27;m sure, Amazon, all the bookstores. I urge people to go to independent bookstores. Sure, I understand. They are a scrappy and dwindling breed, and we should support them as much as we can. So that&#x27;s my vote. But yeah, you can find the book anywhere. But you&#x27;re traveling around the country, you&#x27;re making appearances, you know, literally around the country, and I&#x27;m guessing you&#x27;re going to those independent bookstores. Oh yeah, I am about to take off in the van and drive from Seattle to Los Angeles, stopping at independent bookstores all along the way. Nice. And hopefully getting to share the book with some people. The book details the lives of many people she met from coast to coast, and their stories are fascinating, and you really get a sense of who they are.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> And as she says, they are us. The book is called Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, written by Jessica Bruder. It&#x27;s available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Zidall. You&#x27;re welcome.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century. This full interview explores her reporting on people living and working on the road.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jessica Bruder is an author and journalist whose latest book, Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, takes us on a 15,000-mile cross-country journey in her RV named Van Halen, getting up close and personal with a relatively new subculture of America that includes many seniors who travel the country in motorhomes, a life many did not anticipate, and then 2008 happened. So Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I was intrigued by just on the jacket where it said you were the beet fields of North Dakota. I grew up and I was born in Fargo. Ah, you know those fields. I do only too well, yes. So let&#x27;s talk about the book. It&#x27;s rather an intriguing look at, well, like you said, Surviving America in the 21st Century. You talk about the 2008 financial crisis and how it really isn&#x27;t over. No, I mean, for a lot of people, the crisis&#x27;s echo effects will be lasting for the rest of their lives, particularly a lot of folks who expected to have more of a traditional retirement and then saw their savings wiped out, 401ks decimated, lost equity in their houses, and ended up living a rather different life than they anticipated. And what kinds of things have you discovered? Yeah, I mean, basically, what blew my mind, and perhaps I was a bit naive at first,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> is initially when I saw RVers out on the road, I always assumed, wow, those are the last of the great pensioners. They are tootling around the country. They&#x27;re going everywhere from Niagara Falls to Old Faithful and Yellowstone. And isn&#x27;t that cool that they&#x27;re doing that in their retirement and that they&#x27;ve got it made? And while those people are still out there, there&#x27;s a whole new group of people as well. And when you look at the fact that we are in a nation where federal minimum wage is flat at $7.25, where housing costs have been going up, we&#x27;ve got the disaster that was the Great Recession, and we&#x27;ve got just all sorts of challenges in retirement finance and people not having enough set aside, sometimes because wages are just so depressed, it&#x27;s kind of this perfect storm.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And for a lot of people, the solution has been, well, what&#x27;s my biggest expense? My biggest expense is housing. I cannot give myself a raise, but I can cut my expenses. So what if I cut out housing, which sounds pretty radical, but has become a lifeline for a lot of people who moved into secondhand RVs and vans and travel trailers and even a few sedans and have found that they can go out on the road. And in fact, there&#x27;s a whole subculture of folks doing this and a whole litany of employers who are looking for workers just like them. And they literally travel around from essentially job to job, and they have the rallying points along the way. Indeed. And the jobs, there&#x27;s quite a wide range.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> A lot of people work as campground hosts in the national parks, the parks contract with concessionaires who hire people like the ones we&#x27;re talking about to come in and do everything from toilet cleaning to other routine maintenance to greeting campers to dealing with rowdy people. These people get hired to guard the gates of oil fields in Texas. They get hired by Amazon through a program called Camper Force to do 10-hour shifts on their feet on the concrete, doing pick and pack to get those orders out in the busy months before Christmas. They work in theme parks from Dollywood to Adventureland, where the headlines were a couple years ago. A gentleman in his 60s who was a retired pastor and postal carrier</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> actually lost his life as a result of the on-the-job accident at Adventureland, where a conveyor belt started up too soon, which does raise the point that a lot of these jobs are the kind of work that I think we&#x27;ve traditionally associated with younger bodies. Right. But these folks are out there doing it. And do you think that the folks that you&#x27;ve talked to that are, say, in their 60s or even closer to 70, let&#x27;s say, do they see any end in sight? Is there a retirement for them? Honestly, no. For most of them, no. And this is a strange thing, too, because if you look at history and all the people who were out on the road following the Great Depression, the predominant attitude was that things were going to change, that this, too, would pass, that it was a phase in the economy, that things would normalize, the status quo would return,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> and that they would just kind of merge back into the ranks of the housed middle class. But given all the tumult of our era, I think most of these people, and I know most of the people I spoke to, don&#x27;t really think the cavalry is coming anytime soon. And many of them are preparing to do it for the long haul. Or they&#x27;re trying to save up for a small patch of land where they could homestead. But this is both the present and the endgame for many, many people I met. So this is primarily a lot of retirees, but there&#x27;s got to be other folks really just running the gambit that are out there, like you said, being nomads, going across the country. Even though, you know, we&#x27;re hearing stories all the time. I just heard one on the way back from lunch. There&#x27;s more jobs than expected. But really, are there? Yeah, well, when we say there are more jobs than expected,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> a couple things are usually left out of that equation. So, for example, when they do the employment figures, they usually leave out the whole group of people that have just given up looking for work. Of course. So those numbers don&#x27;t make it in. And often we don&#x27;t account for the quality of the jobs. Just the fact that, again, our federal minimum wage remains at $7.25 an hour, and housing costs keep going up. So while it&#x27;s easy to say, oh, yes, there are so many jobs, if the jobs aren&#x27;t paying you enough to stay in a house, well, they&#x27;re only worth so much. Right, exactly. And some of these motorhomes, they&#x27;re not the best either, right? No. I&#x27;ve seen some. I mean, I know people who get quite attached to their motorhomes, but the woman who is featured most prominently in my book, Nomadland,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> lives in a 1972 Hunter Compact, which back in its heyday was, I believe it was, oh, gosh, there were these really amazing retro now looking ads saying this was a crowning achievement in travel for leisure. And you look at this thing, and it looks like one of those styrofoam hamburger containers from the 80s. It&#x27;s kind of like a fiberglass life support capsule. It&#x27;s 10 feet long inside. It is, the ceiling accommodates somebody who&#x27;s 5&#x27;3&quot;, and Linda is 5&#x27;2&quot;, so she makes do with it. But that&#x27;s her home. So this is sort of a different look at tiny houses that we keep hearing so much about. Yeah, absolutely. In a way, these are tiny houses on wheels. And it really interests me so often when we talk about the tiny house movement,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> we talk about chic minimalism, we really look at style, but we don&#x27;t look at the impact that the economy has on style. I mean, I&#x27;ve met plenty of younger people out on the road who might fit more into this, you know, chic minimalism, wanderer aesthetic. But when you talk to them for a while, you realize they&#x27;ve got the same issues that everyone else does. Sure. In that many of them have student debt or didn&#x27;t want to go to college because they didn&#x27;t want to come out the other side with that debt into a job market where a job won&#x27;t pay a living wage. So in your encounters with folks, how are you received? Are they happy to talk with you and tell their stories? People can be a little reticent at first. I think nobody wants to be perceived as homeless. And there&#x27;s such a big stigma on that word. The people I spoke with prefer to call themselves houseless,</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> but they don&#x27;t really know at first if you&#x27;ll understand that. I remember speaking with one woman who now I think I talk to every week, but the first time she met me, she said, oh, you&#x27;re the journalist. You&#x27;re going to make us out to look like a bunch of homeless vagabond. But the great thing about having a book project is you can spend oodles of time with people. And that&#x27;s what I did. I really didn&#x27;t go away. I traveled 15,000 miles in my rig, a van named Halen. And I just spent days and weeks and sometimes months on end with people. And they get a feel for who you are. And I think the people I spoke with and who were generous enough to share their stories with me got a sense that while I recognized how complex their economic circumstances were, I also was not interested in portraying them as abject victims</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> who were walking around in sackcloth and ashes and bemoaning their lot and had no agency at all. Of course. Jessica, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t talked about? Oh, man, you&#x27;ve hit it pretty well. One thing I&#x27;m worried about, and I&#x27;ll share just might be totally new to your audience, is there&#x27;s a huge wave right now going on in this country where we&#x27;re criminalizing homelessness. There are cities and towns all over the place saying it&#x27;s illegal to sleep in your car. You&#x27;ve got rangers in the national parks saying, hey, you&#x27;ve got to prove to me that not only do you have an address, but that you live there, because if you can&#x27;t prove to me that you live anywhere, then you&#x27;re making this park your home and you&#x27;re not entitled to the camping rights that everyone else gets. So I hope if people read this book and think about the stories of the people I met out on the road,</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> they&#x27;ll think a little bit differently about this population and realize that they are us and we stigmatize them at our peril. And the book is available everywhere, I&#x27;m sure, Amazon, all the bookstores. I urge people to go to independent bookstores. Sure, I understand. They are a scrappy and dwindling breed, and we should support them as much as we can. So that&#x27;s my vote. But yeah, you can find the book anywhere. But you&#x27;re traveling around the country, you&#x27;re making appearances, you know, literally around the country, and I&#x27;m guessing you&#x27;re going to those independent bookstores. Oh yeah, I am about to take off in the van and drive from Seattle to Los Angeles, stopping at independent bookstores all along the way. Nice. And hopefully getting to share the book with some people. The book details the lives of many people she met from coast to coast, and their stories are fascinating, and you really get a sense of who they are.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> And as she says, they are us. The book is called Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, written by Jessica Bruder. It&#x27;s available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Zidall. You&#x27;re welcome.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century. This full interview explores her reporting on people living and working on the road.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jessica Bruder</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Nomadland and Life on the Road</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jessica Bruder, books and authors, Nomadland and Life on the Road, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed7ea70c-2165-49e5-8e60-adff01176b74/image.jpg?t=1792073871&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed7ea70c-2165-49e5-8e60-adff01176b74/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jessica-bruder/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed7ea70c-2165-49e5-8e60-adff01176b74/image.jpg?t=1792073871&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9edecff8d9aea8e2770ff921fc575298</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ed7ea70c-2165-49e5-8e60-adff01176b74</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2017 15:39:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>630</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed7ea70c-2165-49e5-8e60-adff01176b74/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10111778" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jessica-bruder</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>74</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Nomadland and Life on the Road" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jessica Bruder: Nomadland and Life on the Road (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jessica Bruder: Nomadland and Life on the Road (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland and the people she met while reporting on life on the road. This short interview introduces the experiences behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Jessica Bruder is an author and journalist whose latest book, Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, takes us on a 15,000-mile cross-country journey in her RV named Van Halen, getting up close and personal with a relatively new subculture of America that includes many seniors who travel the country in motorhomes, a life many did not anticipate. And then 2008 happened. Their savings wiped out, 401K is decimated, lost equity in their houses. She says many are still feeling the effects. We&#x27;ve got the disaster that was the Great Recession, and we&#x27;ve got just all sorts of challenges in retirement finance and people not having enough set aside. It&#x27;s kind of this perfect storm. A perfect storm, she says, that had people examining their lives and their budgets</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> to figure out what they could trim, and for many? The solution has been, well, what&#x27;s my biggest expense? My biggest expense is housing. I cannot give myself a raise, but I can cut my expenses. So what if I cut out housing, which sounds pretty radical? In fact, when she first started her travels and saw motorhomes, she believed it was the last of the pensioners going to Yellowstone National Park and Niagara Falls enjoying retirement. The reality she found was quite different. A lot of people who moved into second-hand RVs and vans and travel trailers and even a few sedans and have found that they can go out on the road. And in fact, there&#x27;s a whole subculture of folks doing this and a whole litany of employers who are looking for workers just like them.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Bruder found there were rallying points around the country where groups would gather and trade notes about what kinds of work was available and where. A lot of people work as campground hosts in the national parks. These people get hired to guard the gates of oil fields in Texas. They get hired by Amazon through a program called Camper Force to do 10-hour shifts on their feet on the concrete, doing pick-and-pack to get those orders out in the busy months before Christmas. I asked her if the folks she met had any plans to settle down. I think most of these people, and I know most of the people I spoke to, don&#x27;t really think the cavalry is coming anytime soon. And many of them are preparing to do it for the long haul. Or they&#x27;re trying to save up for a small patch of land where they could homestead.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> But this is both the present and the endgame for many, many people I met. Bruder&#x27;s award-winning career is focused on the subcultures and the dark corners of the economy. And she left us with this. There&#x27;s a huge wave right now going on in this country where we&#x27;re criminalizing homelessness. So I just, I hope if people read this book and think about the stories of the people I met out on the road, they&#x27;ll think a little bit differently about this population and realize that, you know, they are us. And, you know, we stigmatize them at our peril. The book details the lives of many people she met from coast to coast. And their stories are fascinating. And you get a real sense of who they are. And as she says, they are us. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Zidall.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland and the people she met while reporting on life on the road. This short interview introduces the experiences behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Jessica Bruder is an author and journalist whose latest book, Nomadland, Surviving America in the 21st Century, takes us on a 15,000-mile cross-country journey in her RV named Van Halen, getting up close and personal with a relatively new subculture of America that includes many seniors who travel the country in motorhomes, a life many did not anticipate. And then 2008 happened. Their savings wiped out, 401K is decimated, lost equity in their houses. She says many are still feeling the effects. We&#x27;ve got the disaster that was the Great Recession, and we&#x27;ve got just all sorts of challenges in retirement finance and people not having enough set aside. It&#x27;s kind of this perfect storm. A perfect storm, she says, that had people examining their lives and their budgets</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> to figure out what they could trim, and for many? The solution has been, well, what&#x27;s my biggest expense? My biggest expense is housing. I cannot give myself a raise, but I can cut my expenses. So what if I cut out housing, which sounds pretty radical? In fact, when she first started her travels and saw motorhomes, she believed it was the last of the pensioners going to Yellowstone National Park and Niagara Falls enjoying retirement. The reality she found was quite different. A lot of people who moved into second-hand RVs and vans and travel trailers and even a few sedans and have found that they can go out on the road. And in fact, there&#x27;s a whole subculture of folks doing this and a whole litany of employers who are looking for workers just like them.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Bruder found there were rallying points around the country where groups would gather and trade notes about what kinds of work was available and where. A lot of people work as campground hosts in the national parks. These people get hired to guard the gates of oil fields in Texas. They get hired by Amazon through a program called Camper Force to do 10-hour shifts on their feet on the concrete, doing pick-and-pack to get those orders out in the busy months before Christmas. I asked her if the folks she met had any plans to settle down. I think most of these people, and I know most of the people I spoke to, don&#x27;t really think the cavalry is coming anytime soon. And many of them are preparing to do it for the long haul. Or they&#x27;re trying to save up for a small patch of land where they could homestead.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> But this is both the present and the endgame for many, many people I met. Bruder&#x27;s award-winning career is focused on the subcultures and the dark corners of the economy. And she left us with this. There&#x27;s a huge wave right now going on in this country where we&#x27;re criminalizing homelessness. So I just, I hope if people read this book and think about the stories of the people I met out on the road, they&#x27;ll think a little bit differently about this population and realize that, you know, they are us. And, you know, we stigmatize them at our peril. The book details the lives of many people she met from coast to coast. And their stories are fascinating. And you get a real sense of who they are. And as she says, they are us. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Zidall.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jessica Bruder discusses Nomadland and the people she met while reporting on life on the road. This short interview introduces the experiences behind the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jessica Bruder</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Nomadland and Life on the Road</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jessica Bruder, books and authors, Nomadland and Life on the Road, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/465d2c6a-724a-4d6d-9d02-adff0117725f/image.jpg?t=1792073875&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/465d2c6a-724a-4d6d-9d02-adff0117725f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jessica-bruder-interview-short-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/465d2c6a-724a-4d6d-9d02-adff0117725f/image.jpg?t=1792073875&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e2b3fff1332f6683724c7e095e5b518</guid>
      <omny:clipId>465d2c6a-724a-4d6d-9d02-adff0117725f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2017 15:32:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>187</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/465d2c6a-724a-4d6d-9d02-adff0117725f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3024858" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jessica-bruder-interview-short-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>75</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Nomadland and Life on the Road" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Orestis: Long-Term Care and a Family Action Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Orestis: Long-Term Care and a Family Action Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Orestis joins Coach Pete to discuss recognizing care needs and preparing a family action plan. They consider caregiving responsibilities, financial and legal arrangements, and the importance of planning before a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to Portland, Maine, and we&#x27;re going to visit with the author of the book, Help on the Way and a Survival Guide to Aging. His name is Chris Orestis. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you. Good to be on the show. Now, tell me about the long-term care world, because I know health care issues are on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. And that&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve written two books on it. What are the main concerns out there these days when we look at long-term care? You know, the problem is that too few families are taking the time to plan for long-term care. It&#x27;s a topic that people don&#x27;t want to talk about. It&#x27;s an unpleasant conversation to have with your loved ones. The idea that, you know, the person who may have taken care of you as your parent for years all of a sudden now may need to be taken care of.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> It&#x27;s just something people don&#x27;t want to deal with. So people are misinformed. They&#x27;re unprepared financially with information, having a plan among the family about what to do when that time comes. And it&#x27;s creating a real crisis situation in this country. And it&#x27;s something that over the last 20 years I&#x27;ve really dedicated my life from a financial and information standpoint to be working with families to help them when it comes to addressing that crisis situation. You know, one of the things that I&#x27;ve noticed, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena for about 26 years now, is that people are very reluctant to discuss the topic of long-term care ahead of time when they really should be talking about it. Now, why is that? Well, you know what? And that&#x27;s what makes all the difference. The families that are planning and talking about it in advance are the families that when the time comes, they&#x27;re able to handle it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> It&#x27;s the families that avoid the situation, avoid the topic, really because it&#x27;s unpleasant. And you don&#x27;t want to – there&#x27;s a reluctance to talk among family members about financial concerns, about what people want to do to plan for their care needs. There&#x27;s a real reluctance to have that conversation. But if you avoid it, what you&#x27;re going to end up finding is yourself in a crisis situation, and that becomes a point where it becomes very difficult to deal with it in a last possible second. Now, I&#x27;m a guy, you&#x27;re a guy, and my producer, Thomas, we&#x27;re all guys here. And I know that I am reluctant to even ask for driving directions. I don&#x27;t want people to think I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going. So what are the signs that people need to look for in elderly family members that would indicate that maybe long-term care may be needed for them?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Well, that&#x27;s the thing. It&#x27;s recognizing those signs. Too few people recognize when their care is needed, and it&#x27;ll get by them. But without realizing that the time for care has come, it&#x27;ll sneak up on families so easily and quickly without them realizing it. And you want to look for signs like mental issues, physical issues, issues about the living environment that they&#x27;re in. You know, if you look around the house, is it unkempt like it didn&#x27;t used to be? Physical issues, there&#x27;s been a big loss of weight and strength and dexterity, balance, and mental issues. Don&#x27;t blow off people with a bad memory as just a senior moment. That becomes a real clue that you may have cognitive issues that need to be dealt with.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And when you see those issues, you need to react to them. And as a family, our advice is talk together as a family. Look at what you&#x27;re seeing as real clues to is there a need to start to act now, to start looking at the financial, looking at the legal, looking at the care environment. Is it going to be home care? Is it going to be assisted living? Is it going to be nursing home care? What is the right kind of care? How are you going to pay for it? Those are really the two big questions every family has to confront. Is it time for care? What is the right kind of care? And how do we pay for it? Yeah. One of the things I&#x27;ve done over the 26 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial world is I developed something called a total retirement plan, which is 22 steps that get people to and through retirement. And one of the steps is long-term care on there.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And I know you have something you call a family action plan as relates to long-term care. What&#x27;s that? You know, the family action plan comes from, one, being able to recognize those sides, and then, two, being able to take on various roles across the family. Who is the one in the family that is going to play the role of being hands-on, doing the driving, looking into the appropriate home care or assisted living center that you might want to get access for your family member? Who in the family is going to play the legal role, maybe take on that power of attorney? Who in the family is going to take on the financial role? It may be one person taking on more than one of these roles, but it&#x27;s really who&#x27;s handling hands-on, who&#x27;s handling legal, who&#x27;s handling financial, so that you&#x27;re covering those bases and you&#x27;re communicating.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> And that&#x27;s the key. It&#x27;s the communicating, not staying in a bubble, not ignoring what&#x27;s in front of you, and then knowing how to then make the move. Have that conversation with your loved one to move from inaction to action and get the form of care in place and in the form of payment and have the legal aspects of powers of attorney, living wills taken care of. Don&#x27;t wait until the last second when you have a loved one laying in a hospital bed that&#x27;s going to be discharged to a rehabilitation center within a couple of days to start having these conversations. Because then you&#x27;re in an absolute crisis mode. You&#x27;re reacting, and you&#x27;re not going to get as good a result as you would have if you had taken the time months in advance to start getting organized, to know where the paperwork is.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> Financial records, is there insurance? What kind of income and assets are there to work with? What kind of legal documents do you need to have in place? Our advice is don&#x27;t wait until you&#x27;re in a crisis and you start having this conversation in a hospital room. You want to start having the conversation as soon as possible. And for a lot of families, they&#x27;re going to start having these conversations as the holidays approach. They get back together at Thanksgiving. They get back together at Christmas. They haven&#x27;t seen each other in months. They haven&#x27;t seen their mother or their father for some time. And you&#x27;ve got to look for those clues that we were talking about. Has there been a big drop in their physical, mental, or the environmental condition of the home? And once you start to see those clues, it&#x27;s time to start having those conversations and put that family action plan into place. Yeah, very, very important.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> Now, I know that the old saying is money makes the world go round. And so what are some of the financial issues that come up when we talk about long-term care? Well, you&#x27;ve got to understand that Medicare and Medicaid will only cover certain things, and it isn&#x27;t an automatic to get on and start being covered by those programs. So Medicare, you need to understand, will only cover 100 days of rehabilitation stay in a skilled rehabilitation facility if you&#x27;re discharged directly from a hospital. Medicaid will cover long-term care, but to get on to Medicaid, you have to qualify from a medical necessity and a financial criteria. And that financial criteria is you need to be below the poverty line.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> So you want to also understand, what about private pay? If you want to get into a nice assisted living community, you want to have home care, most of that&#x27;s going to be private pay. And private pay means you&#x27;re paying out of pocket. Do you have long-term care insurance? Do you have life insurance that you could convert into a long-term care benefit? Do you have asset? Do you have income? Those are the financial considerations you have to take on. Understand what it takes to get on to Medicare. Understand what it takes to get on to Medicaid and understand their limitations. And then understand that private pay will let you choose any form of care you want. But to get private pay means you have to have the resources, be it insurance, income, or assets. Yeah, very, very important.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> Again, folks, his name is Chris Arrestus. And the names of the books, very good books, Help on the Way and A Survival Guide to Aging. Now, Chris, where can they get these books? You can order them online. You can also visit us through our website. Go to lcx.gwglife.com. Again, folks, the names of the books, Help on the Way and A Survival Guide to Aging. Folks, if you like this interview, want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Chris, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Orestis joins Coach Pete to discuss recognizing care needs and preparing a family action plan. They consider caregiving responsibilities, financial and legal arrangements, and the importance of planning before a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to Portland, Maine, and we&#x27;re going to visit with the author of the book, Help on the Way and a Survival Guide to Aging. His name is Chris Orestis. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you. Good to be on the show. Now, tell me about the long-term care world, because I know health care issues are on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. And that&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve written two books on it. What are the main concerns out there these days when we look at long-term care? You know, the problem is that too few families are taking the time to plan for long-term care. It&#x27;s a topic that people don&#x27;t want to talk about. It&#x27;s an unpleasant conversation to have with your loved ones. The idea that, you know, the person who may have taken care of you as your parent for years all of a sudden now may need to be taken care of.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> It&#x27;s just something people don&#x27;t want to deal with. So people are misinformed. They&#x27;re unprepared financially with information, having a plan among the family about what to do when that time comes. And it&#x27;s creating a real crisis situation in this country. And it&#x27;s something that over the last 20 years I&#x27;ve really dedicated my life from a financial and information standpoint to be working with families to help them when it comes to addressing that crisis situation. You know, one of the things that I&#x27;ve noticed, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena for about 26 years now, is that people are very reluctant to discuss the topic of long-term care ahead of time when they really should be talking about it. Now, why is that? Well, you know what? And that&#x27;s what makes all the difference. The families that are planning and talking about it in advance are the families that when the time comes, they&#x27;re able to handle it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> It&#x27;s the families that avoid the situation, avoid the topic, really because it&#x27;s unpleasant. And you don&#x27;t want to – there&#x27;s a reluctance to talk among family members about financial concerns, about what people want to do to plan for their care needs. There&#x27;s a real reluctance to have that conversation. But if you avoid it, what you&#x27;re going to end up finding is yourself in a crisis situation, and that becomes a point where it becomes very difficult to deal with it in a last possible second. Now, I&#x27;m a guy, you&#x27;re a guy, and my producer, Thomas, we&#x27;re all guys here. And I know that I am reluctant to even ask for driving directions. I don&#x27;t want people to think I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going. So what are the signs that people need to look for in elderly family members that would indicate that maybe long-term care may be needed for them?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Well, that&#x27;s the thing. It&#x27;s recognizing those signs. Too few people recognize when their care is needed, and it&#x27;ll get by them. But without realizing that the time for care has come, it&#x27;ll sneak up on families so easily and quickly without them realizing it. And you want to look for signs like mental issues, physical issues, issues about the living environment that they&#x27;re in. You know, if you look around the house, is it unkempt like it didn&#x27;t used to be? Physical issues, there&#x27;s been a big loss of weight and strength and dexterity, balance, and mental issues. Don&#x27;t blow off people with a bad memory as just a senior moment. That becomes a real clue that you may have cognitive issues that need to be dealt with.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And when you see those issues, you need to react to them. And as a family, our advice is talk together as a family. Look at what you&#x27;re seeing as real clues to is there a need to start to act now, to start looking at the financial, looking at the legal, looking at the care environment. Is it going to be home care? Is it going to be assisted living? Is it going to be nursing home care? What is the right kind of care? How are you going to pay for it? Those are really the two big questions every family has to confront. Is it time for care? What is the right kind of care? And how do we pay for it? Yeah. One of the things I&#x27;ve done over the 26 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial world is I developed something called a total retirement plan, which is 22 steps that get people to and through retirement. And one of the steps is long-term care on there.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And I know you have something you call a family action plan as relates to long-term care. What&#x27;s that? You know, the family action plan comes from, one, being able to recognize those sides, and then, two, being able to take on various roles across the family. Who is the one in the family that is going to play the role of being hands-on, doing the driving, looking into the appropriate home care or assisted living center that you might want to get access for your family member? Who in the family is going to play the legal role, maybe take on that power of attorney? Who in the family is going to take on the financial role? It may be one person taking on more than one of these roles, but it&#x27;s really who&#x27;s handling hands-on, who&#x27;s handling legal, who&#x27;s handling financial, so that you&#x27;re covering those bases and you&#x27;re communicating.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> And that&#x27;s the key. It&#x27;s the communicating, not staying in a bubble, not ignoring what&#x27;s in front of you, and then knowing how to then make the move. Have that conversation with your loved one to move from inaction to action and get the form of care in place and in the form of payment and have the legal aspects of powers of attorney, living wills taken care of. Don&#x27;t wait until the last second when you have a loved one laying in a hospital bed that&#x27;s going to be discharged to a rehabilitation center within a couple of days to start having these conversations. Because then you&#x27;re in an absolute crisis mode. You&#x27;re reacting, and you&#x27;re not going to get as good a result as you would have if you had taken the time months in advance to start getting organized, to know where the paperwork is.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> Financial records, is there insurance? What kind of income and assets are there to work with? What kind of legal documents do you need to have in place? Our advice is don&#x27;t wait until you&#x27;re in a crisis and you start having this conversation in a hospital room. You want to start having the conversation as soon as possible. And for a lot of families, they&#x27;re going to start having these conversations as the holidays approach. They get back together at Thanksgiving. They get back together at Christmas. They haven&#x27;t seen each other in months. They haven&#x27;t seen their mother or their father for some time. And you&#x27;ve got to look for those clues that we were talking about. Has there been a big drop in their physical, mental, or the environmental condition of the home? And once you start to see those clues, it&#x27;s time to start having those conversations and put that family action plan into place. Yeah, very, very important.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> Now, I know that the old saying is money makes the world go round. And so what are some of the financial issues that come up when we talk about long-term care? Well, you&#x27;ve got to understand that Medicare and Medicaid will only cover certain things, and it isn&#x27;t an automatic to get on and start being covered by those programs. So Medicare, you need to understand, will only cover 100 days of rehabilitation stay in a skilled rehabilitation facility if you&#x27;re discharged directly from a hospital. Medicaid will cover long-term care, but to get on to Medicaid, you have to qualify from a medical necessity and a financial criteria. And that financial criteria is you need to be below the poverty line.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> So you want to also understand, what about private pay? If you want to get into a nice assisted living community, you want to have home care, most of that&#x27;s going to be private pay. And private pay means you&#x27;re paying out of pocket. Do you have long-term care insurance? Do you have life insurance that you could convert into a long-term care benefit? Do you have asset? Do you have income? Those are the financial considerations you have to take on. Understand what it takes to get on to Medicare. Understand what it takes to get on to Medicaid and understand their limitations. And then understand that private pay will let you choose any form of care you want. But to get private pay means you have to have the resources, be it insurance, income, or assets. Yeah, very, very important.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> Again, folks, his name is Chris Arrestus. And the names of the books, very good books, Help on the Way and A Survival Guide to Aging. Now, Chris, where can they get these books? You can order them online. You can also visit us through our website. Go to lcx.gwglife.com. Again, folks, the names of the books, Help on the Way and A Survival Guide to Aging. Folks, if you like this interview, want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Chris, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Orestis joins Coach Pete to discuss recognizing care needs and preparing a family action plan. They consider caregiving responsibilities, financial and legal arrangements, and the importance of planning before a crisis.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Orestis</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Orestis, long-term care, caregiving, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93ac4e02-d680-42a9-839a-adff0117b78b/image.jpg?t=1792073916&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93ac4e02-d680-42a9-839a-adff0117b78b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-orestis/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93ac4e02-d680-42a9-839a-adff0117b78b/image.jpg?t=1792073916&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ddca4fa98632cbabd45c7cae88a68d5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>93ac4e02-d680-42a9-839a-adff0117b78b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 20:55:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>518</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93ac4e02-d680-42a9-839a-adff0117b78b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8321330" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-orestis</link>
      <itunes:order>76</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Long-Term Care and a Family Action Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:01" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:41" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jen Sincero: Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jen Sincero: Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jen Sincero discusses You Are a Badass at Making Money and her own change in financial outlook. This full interview explores beliefs about money, taking action, and the ideas behind her book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jen Sincero is a New York Times bestselling author. Her most recent book, You Are a Badass at Making Money, Mastering the Mindset of Wealth, continues to get rave reviews. She says she spent years getting really good at being broke. She worked as a freelance writer in New York City, lived in a converted one-car garage. Sincero says she was in her 40s when she finally decided she was done being broke and set out to get rich. Her first bestseller, You Are a Badass, How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life, got her started on that path, and she hasn&#x27;t looked back.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> I had a chance to chat with Jen about her life in the garage and how she broke free. Jen, that was quite a transformation. Yeah, it was pretty epic, especially since previous to the transformation. I truly believed that it was not possible for me to make money. So it was a complete overhaul of my entire reality, basically. Well, you know, I think we&#x27;re all aware of the law of attraction. And it always seemed to me to be, I don&#x27;t know, more than just, you know, thinking of something and it&#x27;s going to happen. And when I read your book, it became clear to me it is more than that. It&#x27;s all about the mindset and sort of reprogramming our subconscious. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s because your mindset is what propels you to take action. So if your mindset is focused on, I can&#x27;t, it&#x27;s impossible, it&#x27;s going to be hard and no fun,</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> your actions are going to reflect that and you&#x27;re going to get very, very much nowhere. And very, very quickly. Yes, exactly. Well, and I mean, once you decided that this is not how you&#x27;re going to live, what happened? I mean, what did you do? The first thing I did was I allowed myself to focus on making money, which sounds very simple, but in our culture, it&#x27;s very controversial. Money is the root of all evil and you have to do stuff you hate to make money. It means you have no morals if you focus on making money. You know, that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re, you know, subconsciously raised to believe. So allowing myself to focus on making money was the first huge step. And then I went out and read all the self-help books and hired private coaches and went to money-making seminars. I basically did everything I could think of to get myself in the game with the money thing.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I read recently you said that we should be grateful for our debt and everything else. Really? Yeah, because when you, what you focus on, you create more of. So if you&#x27;re angry at debt, if you&#x27;re fearful of your debt, if you&#x27;re angry at your income and your bills, you know, there&#x27;s so many ways to look at things. And if you look at your debt like, hey, when I needed money, money was there for me. So if I need it again, it could be there for me again. That puts you out in the world with a very different energy and has you focusing on the positive instead of the negative, which is so, you know, so much more powerful than we give it credit for. I know it&#x27;s sort of tagged as a very woo-woo ideal, but it&#x27;s real. No, it is real. And I think that once you realize that you&#x27;ve programmed your subconscious all these years,</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> it&#x27;s hard to, you know, reprint it or remake it. Well, you have to work at it. So, you know, to just sit around and hope stuff changes is not going to get you very far. Absolutely. You have to do the work. But, you know, by the way, doing the quote-unquote work is a hell of a lot easier than spending your entire life in struggle thinking it&#x27;s impossible. You&#x27;ve got to focus on your thoughts and switch them around if they&#x27;re not helping you and take scary action and surround yourself with people who are kicking ass who can help you out. You know, it&#x27;s not that hard. It&#x27;s scary and challenging, but it&#x27;s not hard. Yeah, absolutely. And here&#x27;s another one that I&#x27;ve read that I like, play to win instead of play not to lose. Good advice. Yeah, I think that we, you know, it&#x27;s sort of like working in your business instead of on your business.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> You know, it&#x27;s sort of just putting out the fires of your day-to-day life. If you really want to create a new reality, you&#x27;ve got to step it up and go for it on a much bigger level than just sort of, you know, continuously keep the status quo. One of the things I liked about the book, too, is, and I never thought of it like this, but having a relationship with money. And it&#x27;s like any relationship. You&#x27;ve got to work at it. You&#x27;ve got to understand each other. And once you start thinking that way, things start to happen. At least they did for me. Yeah, it&#x27;s cool, isn&#x27;t it? It really is. And really waking up to that realization. I mean, I have an exercise in You Are a Badass at Making Money where you write a letter to money as if it&#x27;s a person. I did that. It&#x27;s fantastic. Oh, good. Yeah, I mean, when I did it, I was like, oh, boy, I have more problems than I even thought.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> Because like most people, I loved money. I wanted more of it. But I felt dirty admitting that. And I didn&#x27;t trust it. But I was so happy when it showed up. So lots of us have this very push-pull relationship with money. And that is one of the roots of why you&#x27;re not making much if you&#x27;re not making much. Absolutely. Now, you talk a lot about affirmations and how powerful they are. And the book is full of them. And I have them all on my phone, or a lot of them. But one of them wasn&#x27;t actually an affirmation, but I love this line. It&#x27;s, shut up, slow down, breathe, connect with your higher self, and act with intention. I think of that every day. Yeah, that&#x27;s sort of my personal one right now, too. Another one that we had, you say gratitude defeats fear. And you talk a lot about gratitude and how important that is.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> You know, again, what we focus on, we create more of. And when you are in a state of gratitude for what you presently see standing in front of you, as well as what you are working to create, it puts you in a different energy. And we are creatures that thrive on energy. And so when you&#x27;ve got a low energy and you&#x27;re focused on the negative and all the can&#x27;t and the woe is me, you pull in more of that into your reality. That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re able to see. And so when you&#x27;re in a state of gratitude, it opens you up to all the experiences and people that are going to help you get where you want to go. And you&#x27;re just going to feel a lot better. You&#x27;re just going to be happier. So what&#x27;s to not like about that? You know, I work with a lot of people that are heading into retirement</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> or are scared to look at their retirement. And this is a book that can help them as well, because it really is never too late to start that saving, to start believing that you can have a good retirement. Absolutely. And I think you said something really important. They&#x27;re scared to look at it. They&#x27;re scared to look at their money. And, you know, like it or not, money is the medium of exchange on planet Earth in the human realm. So having that relationship with it, again, it&#x27;s back to that relationship, like know what your money is doing. Create a yummy place for it to grow. You know, you have to know where your money is and how much you have and what&#x27;s going on with it. You&#x27;ve got to be in the flow with it if you want it to really serve you. So I think it&#x27;s so important, especially for people who are heading towards retirement, to have a very healthy relationship with their money.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> Absolutely. And to face it head on, because money&#x27;s not going to hurt you. It&#x27;s only going to help you. Absolutely. And it gets such a bad rap. You know, why is money the root of all evil? Money is, you know, paying for this phone that I&#x27;m talking to you on and bought me a cup of coffee this morning. You know, let&#x27;s focus on all the beautiful, beautiful things that money really does bring into our world. You know, people do horrible things out of greed, certainly, but it&#x27;s not money&#x27;s fault. One of the things you mentioned in the book, too, is the cocktail of creation. That&#x27;s amazing, too. That whole thing of just, you go through that little list of just one-word things, but they really open up the mind and to sort of get you into that creative flow. Yeah, it&#x27;s all the stuff that anybody who&#x27;s schooled in self-helpery, it&#x27;s the reason that we say this stuff over and over and over.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> It&#x27;s watching your words and your thoughts and taking scary action and stretching yourself and, you know, doing all the things that you&#x27;ve probably heard that you should be doing all the time and trusting that it really works and keeping the faith and surrounding yourself with strong people. And, you know, there is a method to the madness, and it&#x27;s a matter of allowing yourself to do it. And you can change your life on a dime. I mean, I certainly, once I got serious about it, it started happening really quickly. What&#x27;s next for you? You know, I honestly, this book just came out in April, so I&#x27;m letting myself be really happy about this book, being out and promoting it and celebrating it. And, you know, of course, I&#x27;m getting a million ideas for future books</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> that will be written someday, but I&#x27;m really trying to just be in the moment with the fact that I just gave birth and celebrating my new baby. Well, I&#x27;m happy to help you celebrate because I love the book. And, again, thank you so much for spending some time with us today, and especially talking to folks who are in that retirement red zone, we like to say. And those are the folks that I work with, and they need to hear this as well. They do. And really, honestly, guys, like I was such a late bloomer. I didn&#x27;t, you know, I&#x27;m 52 now, and I didn&#x27;t start getting my act together until my 40s. I was living in that garage in my 40s. So, you know, it&#x27;s never too late. And if my broke ass can do it, so can you, because I had spent a lifetime teaching myself how to be poor, and then I decided not to do that anymore. So, seriously, you&#x27;ve got one life.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> I&#x27;m with you. Thanks again to Jen Sincero, author of You Are a Badass, Making Money, Mastering the Mindset of Wealth. You can learn more about Jen Sincero at her website, jensincero.com, spelled S-I-N-C-E-R-O. Her books are available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jen Sincero discusses You Are a Badass at Making Money and her own change in financial outlook. This full interview explores beliefs about money, taking action, and the ideas behind her book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jen Sincero is a New York Times bestselling author. Her most recent book, You Are a Badass at Making Money, Mastering the Mindset of Wealth, continues to get rave reviews. She says she spent years getting really good at being broke. She worked as a freelance writer in New York City, lived in a converted one-car garage. Sincero says she was in her 40s when she finally decided she was done being broke and set out to get rich. Her first bestseller, You Are a Badass, How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life, got her started on that path, and she hasn&#x27;t looked back.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> I had a chance to chat with Jen about her life in the garage and how she broke free. Jen, that was quite a transformation. Yeah, it was pretty epic, especially since previous to the transformation. I truly believed that it was not possible for me to make money. So it was a complete overhaul of my entire reality, basically. Well, you know, I think we&#x27;re all aware of the law of attraction. And it always seemed to me to be, I don&#x27;t know, more than just, you know, thinking of something and it&#x27;s going to happen. And when I read your book, it became clear to me it is more than that. It&#x27;s all about the mindset and sort of reprogramming our subconscious. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s because your mindset is what propels you to take action. So if your mindset is focused on, I can&#x27;t, it&#x27;s impossible, it&#x27;s going to be hard and no fun,</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> your actions are going to reflect that and you&#x27;re going to get very, very much nowhere. And very, very quickly. Yes, exactly. Well, and I mean, once you decided that this is not how you&#x27;re going to live, what happened? I mean, what did you do? The first thing I did was I allowed myself to focus on making money, which sounds very simple, but in our culture, it&#x27;s very controversial. Money is the root of all evil and you have to do stuff you hate to make money. It means you have no morals if you focus on making money. You know, that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re, you know, subconsciously raised to believe. So allowing myself to focus on making money was the first huge step. And then I went out and read all the self-help books and hired private coaches and went to money-making seminars. I basically did everything I could think of to get myself in the game with the money thing.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I read recently you said that we should be grateful for our debt and everything else. Really? Yeah, because when you, what you focus on, you create more of. So if you&#x27;re angry at debt, if you&#x27;re fearful of your debt, if you&#x27;re angry at your income and your bills, you know, there&#x27;s so many ways to look at things. And if you look at your debt like, hey, when I needed money, money was there for me. So if I need it again, it could be there for me again. That puts you out in the world with a very different energy and has you focusing on the positive instead of the negative, which is so, you know, so much more powerful than we give it credit for. I know it&#x27;s sort of tagged as a very woo-woo ideal, but it&#x27;s real. No, it is real. And I think that once you realize that you&#x27;ve programmed your subconscious all these years,</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> it&#x27;s hard to, you know, reprint it or remake it. Well, you have to work at it. So, you know, to just sit around and hope stuff changes is not going to get you very far. Absolutely. You have to do the work. But, you know, by the way, doing the quote-unquote work is a hell of a lot easier than spending your entire life in struggle thinking it&#x27;s impossible. You&#x27;ve got to focus on your thoughts and switch them around if they&#x27;re not helping you and take scary action and surround yourself with people who are kicking ass who can help you out. You know, it&#x27;s not that hard. It&#x27;s scary and challenging, but it&#x27;s not hard. Yeah, absolutely. And here&#x27;s another one that I&#x27;ve read that I like, play to win instead of play not to lose. Good advice. Yeah, I think that we, you know, it&#x27;s sort of like working in your business instead of on your business.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> You know, it&#x27;s sort of just putting out the fires of your day-to-day life. If you really want to create a new reality, you&#x27;ve got to step it up and go for it on a much bigger level than just sort of, you know, continuously keep the status quo. One of the things I liked about the book, too, is, and I never thought of it like this, but having a relationship with money. And it&#x27;s like any relationship. You&#x27;ve got to work at it. You&#x27;ve got to understand each other. And once you start thinking that way, things start to happen. At least they did for me. Yeah, it&#x27;s cool, isn&#x27;t it? It really is. And really waking up to that realization. I mean, I have an exercise in You Are a Badass at Making Money where you write a letter to money as if it&#x27;s a person. I did that. It&#x27;s fantastic. Oh, good. Yeah, I mean, when I did it, I was like, oh, boy, I have more problems than I even thought.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> Because like most people, I loved money. I wanted more of it. But I felt dirty admitting that. And I didn&#x27;t trust it. But I was so happy when it showed up. So lots of us have this very push-pull relationship with money. And that is one of the roots of why you&#x27;re not making much if you&#x27;re not making much. Absolutely. Now, you talk a lot about affirmations and how powerful they are. And the book is full of them. And I have them all on my phone, or a lot of them. But one of them wasn&#x27;t actually an affirmation, but I love this line. It&#x27;s, shut up, slow down, breathe, connect with your higher self, and act with intention. I think of that every day. Yeah, that&#x27;s sort of my personal one right now, too. Another one that we had, you say gratitude defeats fear. And you talk a lot about gratitude and how important that is.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> You know, again, what we focus on, we create more of. And when you are in a state of gratitude for what you presently see standing in front of you, as well as what you are working to create, it puts you in a different energy. And we are creatures that thrive on energy. And so when you&#x27;ve got a low energy and you&#x27;re focused on the negative and all the can&#x27;t and the woe is me, you pull in more of that into your reality. That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re able to see. And so when you&#x27;re in a state of gratitude, it opens you up to all the experiences and people that are going to help you get where you want to go. And you&#x27;re just going to feel a lot better. You&#x27;re just going to be happier. So what&#x27;s to not like about that? You know, I work with a lot of people that are heading into retirement</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> or are scared to look at their retirement. And this is a book that can help them as well, because it really is never too late to start that saving, to start believing that you can have a good retirement. Absolutely. And I think you said something really important. They&#x27;re scared to look at it. They&#x27;re scared to look at their money. And, you know, like it or not, money is the medium of exchange on planet Earth in the human realm. So having that relationship with it, again, it&#x27;s back to that relationship, like know what your money is doing. Create a yummy place for it to grow. You know, you have to know where your money is and how much you have and what&#x27;s going on with it. You&#x27;ve got to be in the flow with it if you want it to really serve you. So I think it&#x27;s so important, especially for people who are heading towards retirement, to have a very healthy relationship with their money.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> Absolutely. And to face it head on, because money&#x27;s not going to hurt you. It&#x27;s only going to help you. Absolutely. And it gets such a bad rap. You know, why is money the root of all evil? Money is, you know, paying for this phone that I&#x27;m talking to you on and bought me a cup of coffee this morning. You know, let&#x27;s focus on all the beautiful, beautiful things that money really does bring into our world. You know, people do horrible things out of greed, certainly, but it&#x27;s not money&#x27;s fault. One of the things you mentioned in the book, too, is the cocktail of creation. That&#x27;s amazing, too. That whole thing of just, you go through that little list of just one-word things, but they really open up the mind and to sort of get you into that creative flow. Yeah, it&#x27;s all the stuff that anybody who&#x27;s schooled in self-helpery, it&#x27;s the reason that we say this stuff over and over and over.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> It&#x27;s watching your words and your thoughts and taking scary action and stretching yourself and, you know, doing all the things that you&#x27;ve probably heard that you should be doing all the time and trusting that it really works and keeping the faith and surrounding yourself with strong people. And, you know, there is a method to the madness, and it&#x27;s a matter of allowing yourself to do it. And you can change your life on a dime. I mean, I certainly, once I got serious about it, it started happening really quickly. What&#x27;s next for you? You know, I honestly, this book just came out in April, so I&#x27;m letting myself be really happy about this book, being out and promoting it and celebrating it. And, you know, of course, I&#x27;m getting a million ideas for future books</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> that will be written someday, but I&#x27;m really trying to just be in the moment with the fact that I just gave birth and celebrating my new baby. Well, I&#x27;m happy to help you celebrate because I love the book. And, again, thank you so much for spending some time with us today, and especially talking to folks who are in that retirement red zone, we like to say. And those are the folks that I work with, and they need to hear this as well. They do. And really, honestly, guys, like I was such a late bloomer. I didn&#x27;t, you know, I&#x27;m 52 now, and I didn&#x27;t start getting my act together until my 40s. I was living in that garage in my 40s. So, you know, it&#x27;s never too late. And if my broke ass can do it, so can you, because I had spent a lifetime teaching myself how to be poor, and then I decided not to do that anymore. So, seriously, you&#x27;ve got one life.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> I&#x27;m with you. Thanks again to Jen Sincero, author of You Are a Badass, Making Money, Mastering the Mindset of Wealth. You can learn more about Jen Sincero at her website, jensincero.com, spelled S-I-N-C-E-R-O. Her books are available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jen Sincero discusses You Are a Badass at Making Money and her own change in financial outlook. This full interview explores beliefs about money, taking action, and the ideas behind her book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jen Sincero</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jen Sincero, books and authors, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c7146da6-ff52-4bf8-a9f8-adff01178658/image.jpg?t=1792073886&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c7146da6-ff52-4bf8-a9f8-adff01178658/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jen-sincero-long-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c7146da6-ff52-4bf8-a9f8-adff01178658/image.jpg?t=1792073886&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">be030858b8ddf6a5ae8b323ee4ab4aac</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c7146da6-ff52-4bf8-a9f8-adff01178658</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2017 14:49:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>598</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c7146da6-ff52-4bf8-a9f8-adff01178658/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9607897" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jen-sincero-long-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>77</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jen Sincero: Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jen Sincero: Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jen Sincero discusses changing the beliefs and habits that shape financial decisions. This short interview highlights ideas from You Are a Badass at Making Money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jen Sincero is a number one New York Times best-selling author. She&#x27;s a self-described motivational cattle prod and a success coach. Her latest book, You Are a Badass at Making Money, Master the Mindset of Wealth. It takes a no-nonsense approach to making money and embracing wealth. Jen Sincero says she was in her 40s living in a converted one-car garage and she said she was really good at one thing, being broke, and then decided to do something about it.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> It was quite a transformation. It was pretty epic, especially since previous to the transformation, I truly believed that it was not possible for me to make money. So it was a complete overhaul of my entire reality. That overhaul, she says, starts with retooling your subconscious mind and creating that mindset of wealth. The first thing I did was I allowed myself to focus on making money, which sounds very simple, but in our culture it&#x27;s very controversial. Money is the root of all evil and that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re, you know, subconsciously raised to believe. So allowing myself to focus on making money was the first huge step. Jen Sincero says being grateful is a very important step and that means even being grateful for our debt. So many ways to look at things and if you look at your debt like, hey, when I needed money, money was there for me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So if I need it again, it could be there for me again. That puts you out in the world with a very different energy and has you focusing on the positive instead of the negative, which is so, you know, so much more powerful than we give it credit for. I know it&#x27;s sort of tagged as a very woo-woo ideal, but it&#x27;s real. So when you&#x27;re in a state of gratitude, it opens you up to all the experiences and people that are going to help you get where you want to go. She&#x27;s got some advice for those heading into retirement, too, saying it&#x27;s never too late to change your mindset and begin to see things differently and things she says will begin to change. Really, honestly, guys, like I was such a late bloomer. I didn&#x27;t, you know, I&#x27;m 52 now and I didn&#x27;t start getting my act together until my 40s. I was living in that garage in my 40s.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> So, you know, it&#x27;s never too late. And if my broke ass can do it, so can you, because I had spent a lifetime teaching myself how to be poor and then I decided not to do that anymore. For a longer interview with Jen Sincero, visit coachlistens.com. You can learn more about Jen Sincero at her website, jensinchero.com, spelled S-I-N-C-E-R-O. Her books are available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jen Sincero discusses changing the beliefs and habits that shape financial decisions. This short interview highlights ideas from You Are a Badass at Making Money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Jen Sincero is a number one New York Times best-selling author. She&#x27;s a self-described motivational cattle prod and a success coach. Her latest book, You Are a Badass at Making Money, Master the Mindset of Wealth. It takes a no-nonsense approach to making money and embracing wealth. Jen Sincero says she was in her 40s living in a converted one-car garage and she said she was really good at one thing, being broke, and then decided to do something about it.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> It was quite a transformation. It was pretty epic, especially since previous to the transformation, I truly believed that it was not possible for me to make money. So it was a complete overhaul of my entire reality. That overhaul, she says, starts with retooling your subconscious mind and creating that mindset of wealth. The first thing I did was I allowed myself to focus on making money, which sounds very simple, but in our culture it&#x27;s very controversial. Money is the root of all evil and that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re, you know, subconsciously raised to believe. So allowing myself to focus on making money was the first huge step. Jen Sincero says being grateful is a very important step and that means even being grateful for our debt. So many ways to look at things and if you look at your debt like, hey, when I needed money, money was there for me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So if I need it again, it could be there for me again. That puts you out in the world with a very different energy and has you focusing on the positive instead of the negative, which is so, you know, so much more powerful than we give it credit for. I know it&#x27;s sort of tagged as a very woo-woo ideal, but it&#x27;s real. So when you&#x27;re in a state of gratitude, it opens you up to all the experiences and people that are going to help you get where you want to go. She&#x27;s got some advice for those heading into retirement, too, saying it&#x27;s never too late to change your mindset and begin to see things differently and things she says will begin to change. Really, honestly, guys, like I was such a late bloomer. I didn&#x27;t, you know, I&#x27;m 52 now and I didn&#x27;t start getting my act together until my 40s. I was living in that garage in my 40s.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> So, you know, it&#x27;s never too late. And if my broke ass can do it, so can you, because I had spent a lifetime teaching myself how to be poor and then I decided not to do that anymore. For a longer interview with Jen Sincero, visit coachlistens.com. You can learn more about Jen Sincero at her website, jensinchero.com, spelled S-I-N-C-E-R-O. Her books are available everywhere. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jen Sincero discusses changing the beliefs and habits that shape financial decisions. This short interview highlights ideas from You Are a Badass at Making Money.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jen Sincero</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jen Sincero, personal growth, Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/19a5e60f-95f6-4053-8364-adff01178b39/image.jpg?t=1792073893&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/19a5e60f-95f6-4053-8364-adff01178b39/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jen-sincero-interview-short-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/19a5e60f-95f6-4053-8364-adff01178b39/image.jpg?t=1792073893&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0d38b16af8567ae980423ea7e3c8063</guid>
      <omny:clipId>19a5e60f-95f6-4053-8364-adff01178b39</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2017 14:47:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>165</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/19a5e60f-95f6-4053-8364-adff01178b39/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="2669860" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jen-sincero-interview-short-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>78</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Making Money and the Mindset of Wealth" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Scranton: Return on Principle</title>
      <itunes:title>David Scranton: Return on Principle</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss Return on Principle and the ideas behind his approach to financial planning. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, and many times it becomes an author. And I&#x27;ve got in front of me a copy of a book. It&#x27;s a real good book. I&#x27;ve interviewed this author before. The name of the title is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad, and his name is David Scranton. David, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. Now, where are you joining us today from? Well, today I&#x27;m actually on a business trip in Delaware, so normally I&#x27;m joining it from Florida. But today, not so much. Delaware is the birthplace of Coach Pete, by the way, in Newark. Oh, it is? It is. Ah. You don&#x27;t talk to many people that were born in Delaware. That&#x27;s right. Admit it. And it&#x27;s beautiful this time of year around the shoreline. It is. But there&#x27;s a lot of people here this time of year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Rehoboth Beach is where we used to go. My dad used to teach at University of Delaware, so we&#x27;d go to Rehoboth Beach there in the summertime, remember. Have a picnic. Beautiful area. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world. Talk about a beautiful landscape. I mean, the market&#x27;s been going up like crazy, so a lot of people are thinking it&#x27;s all good times all the time. Is that what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Well, you know, there&#x27;s theories out there which say that, you know, when everybody is optimistic about the market, maybe it&#x27;s time to be pessimistic. And, you know, we&#x27;re getting to the point where there&#x27;s a lot of euphoria or it&#x27;s not euphoria, just complacency, where people just seem to have forgotten how much risk is really in the financial markets. You know, it&#x27;s amazing, but it was only, you know, eight and a half years ago that we had this terrible financial crisis, the worst since the Depression.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And I think a lot of people have forgotten that and the complacency has set in. And, you know, that should make people nervous, not comfortable. Well, I have a crystal ball on my desk in my office. Everyone gets a kick out of looking at it, but it doesn&#x27;t work. So I can tell you what happened yesterday with that crystal ball, but not anything that happens or it&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow or in the future. And, you know, I like the market going up. I just get scared when I see people get overconfident. And we saw this happen back in 2001 and 2002 and 2008 and 2007-8 because people were taking money out of their house and putting it into the stock market. That&#x27;s a sure sign of overconfidence, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And now what you have is, you know, you&#x27;ve got markets that are up 15% since the election. And, you know, it&#x27;s really on hope.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It&#x27;s nothing material that&#x27;s happened since the election, despite Donald Trump&#x27;s best efforts to get things through. It really hasn&#x27;t happened. So yet we&#x27;re still up 15% and slowly climbing. And that tells me that his success getting his tax plan through and health care reform and other things is really already baked into the cake. It&#x27;s assumed in today&#x27;s market price. And you don&#x27;t need me to tell you that. That is not necessarily a good thing. That means that if he has success, well, the markets might just stay level. It&#x27;s already priced in. But if he doesn&#x27;t have success, then things could come tumbling down again. And not just 15%. That momentum could carry it down even further. Yeah, we see momentum go good ways and bad ways for people. And when you&#x27;re getting close to retirement, a lot of times Murphy&#x27;s Law strikes and the worst thing happens at the worst possible time.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Especially if people do, I have something I call financial laundry. I do my own laundry. I&#x27;ve always done my own laundry just because I don&#x27;t trust anybody else doing it. Not even my mom back in the day. But it&#x27;s like somebody who would take the way people are investing now. They take their reds and they put them in with their whites. Now, is that a good recipe for a load of laundry? No, it&#x27;s not. Not unless those reds have been washed many, many times. I feel I&#x27;m pretty confident they&#x27;re not going to fade. And I&#x27;m not feeling that confident that the stock market&#x27;s not going to fade. So the same thing that&#x27;s happening, though, people are taking their risk money and they&#x27;re putting it in with their safe money. Or they&#x27;re taking their safe money and they&#x27;re putting it in risk. And many times it doesn&#x27;t end well. Well, that in large part is because of all these theories out there which say that you can create some kind of almost alchemy. Some kind of alchemy where you can mix together different types of assets, subclasses and classes, and mitigate risk.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And those types of things that are all part of what they call modern portfolio theory and so on, they work to protect investors when things get a little bad. But unfortunately, when things get really bad, like when the tech bubble burst or when the financial crisis hit, those things fail to protect an investor. And as you said, those nearing retirement need to be concerned because when the tech bubble burst, the market was underwater for seven years with the financial crisis was underwater for six. So that means for a good part of that 13-year period from 2000 and 2013, the market was underwater. And the last four years have looked much better. But the question is why? Is it because we&#x27;re getting incredible growth as a country? Or perhaps could it be because of the unprecedented amounts of government influence and printing of money to try to make it so?</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And if you think the latter, well, then it might pay to be cautious, especially if you&#x27;re near retirement, as you said before. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Scranton. He&#x27;s the author of the book, Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. David, you have a tip in the book. As a matter of fact, the first tip is never gamble what you can&#x27;t afford to lose. And again, that blends right in what we&#x27;re talking about right now. Absolutely. You know, a lot of people get to a point a few years before retirement where they have enough money to reach their goals. And, you know, to me, it&#x27;s like having enough, you know, in Connecticut where I grew up, you know, we have the UConn Girls basketball team, which, you know, it&#x27;s although they lost in the championship this past year, they typically never lose a game. They&#x27;ve had 100-game winning streaks. And I always talk about them in that, you know, if they&#x27;re up in the game with two minutes left, they&#x27;re up by 30 points.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> It&#x27;s not about shooting three-pointers anymore and making a fast break down the court. It&#x27;s about playing good defense, holding out to the ball, making sure you don&#x27;t have any turnovers because you have enough points to win the game. It&#x27;s not about racking up the score. And I think people need to think about that. When do I have enough points to win the game of life, financially speaking? And when does defense become more important than offense with my money? And, unfortunately, that&#x27;s a hard paradigm shift to make if people are so used to offense. They&#x27;re used to trying to grow their money throughout their entire careers. And now, besides, you&#x27;re asking them to stop being an offensive coordinator, start being a defensive coordinator. That&#x27;s a tough transition for a lot of folks, just psychologically speaking. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s a whole different change of philosophy. It&#x27;s going from trying to get as much as you can to the advance and protect strategy where you&#x27;re just advancing slowly, but you&#x27;re not losing anything, right?</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that you can get 4% or 5% in non-stock market-based investments. You know, you don&#x27;t need to shoot for the fences. You really don&#x27;t. You can get 4% or 5% in non-stock market income-based strategies. And when most people hear that, not only are they surprised to hear it, but they say, well, that&#x27;s all I want to earn. If I can earn that, I&#x27;m plenty happy. Well, you know, if you have a positive 4%, it&#x27;s a lot better than a negative 30%, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. That&#x27;s so correct. So zero should be the maximum you ever get. If you have money, you don&#x27;t want to lose. You don&#x27;t want to be losing money in that money as you approach retirement. And that blends right in again with one of the concepts you have in your book, financial coachability. Now, what is that? Well, financial coachability, I love it because this plays right into what you do as the financial coach.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> You know, people get paradigms in their mind as to how they think money should be invested. And sometimes they stick with these things stubbornly and they hang on to them almost if it&#x27;s some deep-seated core value or something. And, you know, how to invest money shouldn&#x27;t be a core value. And I believe individuals need to be flexible. And as times change, investors need to be coachable. And when they&#x27;re confronted with proof that maybe what they&#x27;ve done in the past worked for them in the past but isn&#x27;t working anymore, they need to have that coachability and flexibility to change direction and not to stubbornly hold on to what they always thought was true, even though they&#x27;ve realized maybe now for years it hasn&#x27;t worked for them.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> Yeah, very, very important. And when I meet with folks that are 52 and older, we start putting a strategy together to approach retirement. Number one, figuring out when the retirement age, the appropriate retirement age for them will be. And all of them, every single person I talk to is worried about having money through the rest of their life when they do retire. And I go through three principles myself. I want the money to be consistent, persistent, and measurable as far as returns. And we want to protect some of the money that they don&#x27;t want to lose. Does that make sense to you? Absolutely. You know, today&#x27;s generation isn&#x27;t as concerned about leaving a big legacy for their heirs because they want to enjoy themselves during their retirement. But their big concern is never being dependent upon their children. They want to maintain their independence. And they can only do that by accomplishing the three things that you just described.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Yeah. There&#x27;s so much money spent from one angle trying to tell people to do one thing. And I just believe the perfect plan is one that combines risk and safety and tames down the risk as you get closer to retirement. Of course. And, you know, these target funds, I&#x27;m not a big fan of these target funds, for example, because they do tame down the risk as you get close to retirement. But they&#x27;re cookie cutter. They pretend that everybody who wants to retire in the year 2030 is exactly the same. And that&#x27;s simply not the case. So, you know, I believe that not only should they lower the risk as they get close to retirement, but also everything needs to be customized. Everyone is different. Everyone&#x27;s goals are different. Whether somebody, you know, 13 years out of retirement, if they do want to retire in 2030, whether they still have to get a lot of growth to get there or whether they have enough points to win the game of life, as I said a few minutes ago, that should affect people&#x27;s allocations.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> And, unfortunately, structured things like these target funds really don&#x27;t accomplish that goal. Well, this book is fantastic. And I noticed on the back cover, Steve Forbes even said people need to get this book to learn the new rules of money. And, folks, his name, again, is David Scranton. The name of the book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times or Bad. David, I&#x27;m pretty sure this is available everywhere books are sold, correct? Absolutely. All right, folks. David Scranton. David, I hope to have you on again in the future. All right. Thanks, Coach. Folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss Return on Principle and the ideas behind his approach to financial planning. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, and many times it becomes an author. And I&#x27;ve got in front of me a copy of a book. It&#x27;s a real good book. I&#x27;ve interviewed this author before. The name of the title is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad, and his name is David Scranton. David, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. Now, where are you joining us today from? Well, today I&#x27;m actually on a business trip in Delaware, so normally I&#x27;m joining it from Florida. But today, not so much. Delaware is the birthplace of Coach Pete, by the way, in Newark. Oh, it is? It is. Ah. You don&#x27;t talk to many people that were born in Delaware. That&#x27;s right. Admit it. And it&#x27;s beautiful this time of year around the shoreline. It is. But there&#x27;s a lot of people here this time of year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Rehoboth Beach is where we used to go. My dad used to teach at University of Delaware, so we&#x27;d go to Rehoboth Beach there in the summertime, remember. Have a picnic. Beautiful area. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world. Talk about a beautiful landscape. I mean, the market&#x27;s been going up like crazy, so a lot of people are thinking it&#x27;s all good times all the time. Is that what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Well, you know, there&#x27;s theories out there which say that, you know, when everybody is optimistic about the market, maybe it&#x27;s time to be pessimistic. And, you know, we&#x27;re getting to the point where there&#x27;s a lot of euphoria or it&#x27;s not euphoria, just complacency, where people just seem to have forgotten how much risk is really in the financial markets. You know, it&#x27;s amazing, but it was only, you know, eight and a half years ago that we had this terrible financial crisis, the worst since the Depression.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And I think a lot of people have forgotten that and the complacency has set in. And, you know, that should make people nervous, not comfortable. Well, I have a crystal ball on my desk in my office. Everyone gets a kick out of looking at it, but it doesn&#x27;t work. So I can tell you what happened yesterday with that crystal ball, but not anything that happens or it&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow or in the future. And, you know, I like the market going up. I just get scared when I see people get overconfident. And we saw this happen back in 2001 and 2002 and 2008 and 2007-8 because people were taking money out of their house and putting it into the stock market. That&#x27;s a sure sign of overconfidence, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And now what you have is, you know, you&#x27;ve got markets that are up 15% since the election. And, you know, it&#x27;s really on hope.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It&#x27;s nothing material that&#x27;s happened since the election, despite Donald Trump&#x27;s best efforts to get things through. It really hasn&#x27;t happened. So yet we&#x27;re still up 15% and slowly climbing. And that tells me that his success getting his tax plan through and health care reform and other things is really already baked into the cake. It&#x27;s assumed in today&#x27;s market price. And you don&#x27;t need me to tell you that. That is not necessarily a good thing. That means that if he has success, well, the markets might just stay level. It&#x27;s already priced in. But if he doesn&#x27;t have success, then things could come tumbling down again. And not just 15%. That momentum could carry it down even further. Yeah, we see momentum go good ways and bad ways for people. And when you&#x27;re getting close to retirement, a lot of times Murphy&#x27;s Law strikes and the worst thing happens at the worst possible time.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Especially if people do, I have something I call financial laundry. I do my own laundry. I&#x27;ve always done my own laundry just because I don&#x27;t trust anybody else doing it. Not even my mom back in the day. But it&#x27;s like somebody who would take the way people are investing now. They take their reds and they put them in with their whites. Now, is that a good recipe for a load of laundry? No, it&#x27;s not. Not unless those reds have been washed many, many times. I feel I&#x27;m pretty confident they&#x27;re not going to fade. And I&#x27;m not feeling that confident that the stock market&#x27;s not going to fade. So the same thing that&#x27;s happening, though, people are taking their risk money and they&#x27;re putting it in with their safe money. Or they&#x27;re taking their safe money and they&#x27;re putting it in risk. And many times it doesn&#x27;t end well. Well, that in large part is because of all these theories out there which say that you can create some kind of almost alchemy. Some kind of alchemy where you can mix together different types of assets, subclasses and classes, and mitigate risk.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And those types of things that are all part of what they call modern portfolio theory and so on, they work to protect investors when things get a little bad. But unfortunately, when things get really bad, like when the tech bubble burst or when the financial crisis hit, those things fail to protect an investor. And as you said, those nearing retirement need to be concerned because when the tech bubble burst, the market was underwater for seven years with the financial crisis was underwater for six. So that means for a good part of that 13-year period from 2000 and 2013, the market was underwater. And the last four years have looked much better. But the question is why? Is it because we&#x27;re getting incredible growth as a country? Or perhaps could it be because of the unprecedented amounts of government influence and printing of money to try to make it so?</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And if you think the latter, well, then it might pay to be cautious, especially if you&#x27;re near retirement, as you said before. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Scranton. He&#x27;s the author of the book, Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. David, you have a tip in the book. As a matter of fact, the first tip is never gamble what you can&#x27;t afford to lose. And again, that blends right in what we&#x27;re talking about right now. Absolutely. You know, a lot of people get to a point a few years before retirement where they have enough money to reach their goals. And, you know, to me, it&#x27;s like having enough, you know, in Connecticut where I grew up, you know, we have the UConn Girls basketball team, which, you know, it&#x27;s although they lost in the championship this past year, they typically never lose a game. They&#x27;ve had 100-game winning streaks. And I always talk about them in that, you know, if they&#x27;re up in the game with two minutes left, they&#x27;re up by 30 points.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> It&#x27;s not about shooting three-pointers anymore and making a fast break down the court. It&#x27;s about playing good defense, holding out to the ball, making sure you don&#x27;t have any turnovers because you have enough points to win the game. It&#x27;s not about racking up the score. And I think people need to think about that. When do I have enough points to win the game of life, financially speaking? And when does defense become more important than offense with my money? And, unfortunately, that&#x27;s a hard paradigm shift to make if people are so used to offense. They&#x27;re used to trying to grow their money throughout their entire careers. And now, besides, you&#x27;re asking them to stop being an offensive coordinator, start being a defensive coordinator. That&#x27;s a tough transition for a lot of folks, just psychologically speaking. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s a whole different change of philosophy. It&#x27;s going from trying to get as much as you can to the advance and protect strategy where you&#x27;re just advancing slowly, but you&#x27;re not losing anything, right?</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that you can get 4% or 5% in non-stock market-based investments. You know, you don&#x27;t need to shoot for the fences. You really don&#x27;t. You can get 4% or 5% in non-stock market income-based strategies. And when most people hear that, not only are they surprised to hear it, but they say, well, that&#x27;s all I want to earn. If I can earn that, I&#x27;m plenty happy. Well, you know, if you have a positive 4%, it&#x27;s a lot better than a negative 30%, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. That&#x27;s so correct. So zero should be the maximum you ever get. If you have money, you don&#x27;t want to lose. You don&#x27;t want to be losing money in that money as you approach retirement. And that blends right in again with one of the concepts you have in your book, financial coachability. Now, what is that? Well, financial coachability, I love it because this plays right into what you do as the financial coach.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> You know, people get paradigms in their mind as to how they think money should be invested. And sometimes they stick with these things stubbornly and they hang on to them almost if it&#x27;s some deep-seated core value or something. And, you know, how to invest money shouldn&#x27;t be a core value. And I believe individuals need to be flexible. And as times change, investors need to be coachable. And when they&#x27;re confronted with proof that maybe what they&#x27;ve done in the past worked for them in the past but isn&#x27;t working anymore, they need to have that coachability and flexibility to change direction and not to stubbornly hold on to what they always thought was true, even though they&#x27;ve realized maybe now for years it hasn&#x27;t worked for them.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> Yeah, very, very important. And when I meet with folks that are 52 and older, we start putting a strategy together to approach retirement. Number one, figuring out when the retirement age, the appropriate retirement age for them will be. And all of them, every single person I talk to is worried about having money through the rest of their life when they do retire. And I go through three principles myself. I want the money to be consistent, persistent, and measurable as far as returns. And we want to protect some of the money that they don&#x27;t want to lose. Does that make sense to you? Absolutely. You know, today&#x27;s generation isn&#x27;t as concerned about leaving a big legacy for their heirs because they want to enjoy themselves during their retirement. But their big concern is never being dependent upon their children. They want to maintain their independence. And they can only do that by accomplishing the three things that you just described.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Yeah. There&#x27;s so much money spent from one angle trying to tell people to do one thing. And I just believe the perfect plan is one that combines risk and safety and tames down the risk as you get closer to retirement. Of course. And, you know, these target funds, I&#x27;m not a big fan of these target funds, for example, because they do tame down the risk as you get close to retirement. But they&#x27;re cookie cutter. They pretend that everybody who wants to retire in the year 2030 is exactly the same. And that&#x27;s simply not the case. So, you know, I believe that not only should they lower the risk as they get close to retirement, but also everything needs to be customized. Everyone is different. Everyone&#x27;s goals are different. Whether somebody, you know, 13 years out of retirement, if they do want to retire in 2030, whether they still have to get a lot of growth to get there or whether they have enough points to win the game of life, as I said a few minutes ago, that should affect people&#x27;s allocations.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> And, unfortunately, structured things like these target funds really don&#x27;t accomplish that goal. Well, this book is fantastic. And I noticed on the back cover, Steve Forbes even said people need to get this book to learn the new rules of money. And, folks, his name, again, is David Scranton. The name of the book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times or Bad. David, I&#x27;m pretty sure this is available everywhere books are sold, correct? Absolutely. All right, folks. David Scranton. David, I hope to have you on again in the future. All right. Thanks, Coach. Folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Scranton returns to discuss Return on Principle and the ideas behind his approach to financial planning. Recorded July 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Scranton</category>
      <category>Return on Principle</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Scranton, Return on Principle, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28/image.jpg?t=1792072055&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-return-on-principle/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28/image.jpg?t=1792072055&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>622</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e8ae3eae-524b-4c5d-9935-b4e300028e28/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9980714" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-return-on-principle</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>79</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Return on Principle" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marilyn Singleton: The Healthcare Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Marilyn Singleton: The Healthcare Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Marilyn Singleton joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare, the policy debate, and the financial questions facing patients and families. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or who really has got on my radar screen financially. And this is a topic that you may try to say it&#x27;s not a financial topic, but it&#x27;s a big financial topic. It&#x27;s health care and what&#x27;s going on out there. And a great article came across my desk last week. California&#x27;s very expensive free lunch by Dr. Marilyn Singleton, who is going to join us right now from Redondo Beach, California. Doc, welcome in. Hello. It&#x27;s so good to be here. Thank you for having me on the show. Well, let&#x27;s let&#x27;s talk about this, because this is a big issue these days and it&#x27;s not going away. And I mean, we all are as a society, we&#x27;re living longer, but we also have more health care expenses. And everyone wants a free lunch these days.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And we need to get into why this one payer system. We&#x27;re going to talk about what that is and what the main goal of this whole thing has been, Obamacare. But we&#x27;re going to talk about this. And let&#x27;s let&#x27;s first of all, introduce yourself to the audience. Tell them your experience and tell them why this is a relevant issue for you. Well, I am have been a physician for about 40 years, but I also went to law school so I could learn about health care policy and did health insurance law and various other health care contract law. Well, I was still practicing in the operating room. So I this has been near and dear to my heart. And. I just feel that people aren&#x27;t informed of some of the unintended consequences of changing the health care system.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> It really isn&#x27;t a system. It&#x27;s a doctor patient relationship. And that&#x27;s what needs to be focused on. Yeah. Now you are a physician and an attorney. That&#x27;s a heck of a combination. Well, let&#x27;s talk about this. When when the Obamacare stuff was all floating around, it was going to be, you know, the main there have been a lot of lies there. And we need to expose these. We need to talk about them because we shouldn&#x27;t forget about them because we forget history. It&#x27;s going to repeat itself. But number one, he said that the average plan for families would be twenty five hundred dollars cheaper per year. And he said, if you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor. Those were two big lies. And they were lies from the beginning, because when they when they talked to some of the people that were working on his team, they said, yeah, we&#x27;ll lie to people. And by the time they figure out, it&#x27;ll be too late. That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> That&#x27;s crazy. I mean, you know, whose whose wallet is this affecting? Is it affecting the person who&#x27;s not paying taxes, the person who is paying taxes? The person who is paying taxes and the person who is paying premiums. I think one of the biggest principles of insurance, which people can certainly think to their car insurance or home insurance. When you get these items, you are offered options like with home insurance. Do you want a thousand dollars deductible? Do you want five hundred and you can get a cheaper price if you take a thousand? Do you want jewelry coverage, et cetera? And the same with auto insurance. There&#x27;s a basic minimum. But then you can take these various options and it will either raise or lower your price. The ACA took that away from people that if you have a system where you buy health insurance to cover costs, which if you&#x27;re really looking at insurance, it&#x27;s to cover big costs, catastrophic things.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> Your home insurance does not pay for your refrigerator to get repaired. And if you look at insurance for its real purpose and then give all the customers out there, the future patients, options of what kind of plans to have, you can have some reasonable prices. Just like anything else, we need options. But once the ACA said all insurance companies must have X, Y and Z in the plan, pregnancy coverage, this coverage, that people are saying, I don&#x27;t need that. Why should I have to buy that? Well, it&#x27;s nice to know if I get pregnant, I&#x27;m covered. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> Boy, the news, you&#x27;d be in the National Enquirer. That would pay for it. Well, we&#x27;ve got Abby Turner, who&#x27;s a student intern from UNC Chapel Hill with us, and she&#x27;s in studio. She&#x27;s 19 years old. And Abby, what are they telling you on the college campuses about health care? Honestly, they don&#x27;t tell us much, Coach. I think I learned most about what I know about health care from you in the studio just listening. You hear me getting mad then, don&#x27;t you? Yes. By the way, folks, we are talking to Dr. Marilyn Singleton, and she&#x27;s joining us from Redondo Beach, California. And she&#x27;s written a great article, California&#x27;s Very Expensive Free Lunch. And the main purpose of this article was to expose what&#x27;s going on in your state. And, you know, we saw, I mean, things seem to develop out there out west, and they sweep east, like the Birkenstock sandals.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> They started out there, then they came here. I still don&#x27;t like them, by the way, but that&#x27;s a different story for a different show. But you&#x27;ve got a bill that your legislature has voted on, and basically it&#x27;s giving free health care to all. Absolutely. One of the scariest things about it, it clearly was not thought out because it passed in one house, and when it got to the second legislative house, they put it on hold. They realized how stupid the bill was that it covered absolutely everything, everything to any person who had a foot on California soil. And if you thought the concept of people coming over the border to have a baby was bad, that can you imagine? We are a big state with three border states with a lot of people in there, and it already happened where they just hop across the border and get free health care.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> That wasn&#x27;t even addressed in the bill. Well, I mean... Not to mention they didn&#x27;t address the cost. It&#x27;s government gone wild, and it&#x27;s the old utopian syndrome where they just try to think everything or get you to think everything&#x27;s going to be fine until it isn&#x27;t. And, I mean, when you look at this bill, though, the bill for the bill, say that a couple times, was estimated at $400 billion. Now, you know when they estimate things, it&#x27;s always coming out a lot less, right? So they estimated $400 billion, but your total budget in California in 2018 is $179 billion. So it&#x27;s more than double what your total budget is, and we wonder why states are going bankrupt. That&#x27;s right. And that just wasn&#x27;t even looked at. They said, oh, well, here&#x27;s always the clicker.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> We&#x27;ll just add a few more taxes. So they want to add an employer tax of 15% that the employer has to pay. What do you think that will do to jobs? It&#x27;s just so obvious that the employers, they talk about the robots now with the increased minimum wage. There will be more robots and less people who have a job. Yeah. So, Abby, I know you&#x27;re taking some economic classes, but when you increase taxes on businesses, don&#x27;t they leave? Yeah, they do. They either go out of business or they leave the state. And they let go of their workers. Yes. And so it&#x27;s a battle around. And, you know, when someone says, well, universal health care work, it&#x27;s a great idea, you compare that to the VA hospital situation. That&#x27;s a government-run health care, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s so sad because it&#x27;s been in the news for years how the veterans are having problems getting care and that you can&#x27;t fire the bad workers, that they just stay there and then lie about what they&#x27;ve done with these poor vets. And so they were a discrete group of people. Imagine if the same thing that were happening to the vets were happening to everyone else. Well, look at the example. When you have a government-run organization and if it&#x27;s a monopoly, like the U.S. post office, really people had no choice for a while. Then UPS and FedEx came about and they have much better service and there&#x27;s accountability and the prices are lower. Think about that. Well, it&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> And it forced the post office to have to add some more services and try to do something to make themselves stand out. They started having Sunday delivery in some areas, you know, this type of thing. So competition forces products to become better. Okay. We have about a minute left and I want you to go ahead and let me know what your opinion is on what we&#x27;re going to see here, not only in your state, but nationally as it relates to health care. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going to happen in the next five years? I think what&#x27;s going to happen is the premiums will rise to a point unless something is done to allow different products to be offered to people. And everyone will throw up their hands and say, okay, government, take it over and not think about the consequences.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And as you said, way back in the beginning of this conversation, once something&#x27;s established, then it&#x27;s too late to unestablish. People will be begging, please do something, get us out of this mess. And then the solution will be worse than the problem. We need to go back to people paying the small amount to the doctor for little things that you go to and have catastrophic insurance policies for the big things. Most people don&#x27;t get sick. And when people do, they need a policy to cover major expenses. The one phrase every capitalist does not want to hear is I&#x27;m from the government and I&#x27;m here to help. Folks, her name was Marilyn Singleton, Dr. Marilyn Singleton, attorney and physician.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> Doc, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. And folks, if you want to listen to this interview again and share it with your friends, you can always go to financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marilyn Singleton joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare, the policy debate, and the financial questions facing patients and families. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or who really has got on my radar screen financially. And this is a topic that you may try to say it&#x27;s not a financial topic, but it&#x27;s a big financial topic. It&#x27;s health care and what&#x27;s going on out there. And a great article came across my desk last week. California&#x27;s very expensive free lunch by Dr. Marilyn Singleton, who is going to join us right now from Redondo Beach, California. Doc, welcome in. Hello. It&#x27;s so good to be here. Thank you for having me on the show. Well, let&#x27;s let&#x27;s talk about this, because this is a big issue these days and it&#x27;s not going away. And I mean, we all are as a society, we&#x27;re living longer, but we also have more health care expenses. And everyone wants a free lunch these days.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And we need to get into why this one payer system. We&#x27;re going to talk about what that is and what the main goal of this whole thing has been, Obamacare. But we&#x27;re going to talk about this. And let&#x27;s let&#x27;s first of all, introduce yourself to the audience. Tell them your experience and tell them why this is a relevant issue for you. Well, I am have been a physician for about 40 years, but I also went to law school so I could learn about health care policy and did health insurance law and various other health care contract law. Well, I was still practicing in the operating room. So I this has been near and dear to my heart. And. I just feel that people aren&#x27;t informed of some of the unintended consequences of changing the health care system.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> It really isn&#x27;t a system. It&#x27;s a doctor patient relationship. And that&#x27;s what needs to be focused on. Yeah. Now you are a physician and an attorney. That&#x27;s a heck of a combination. Well, let&#x27;s talk about this. When when the Obamacare stuff was all floating around, it was going to be, you know, the main there have been a lot of lies there. And we need to expose these. We need to talk about them because we shouldn&#x27;t forget about them because we forget history. It&#x27;s going to repeat itself. But number one, he said that the average plan for families would be twenty five hundred dollars cheaper per year. And he said, if you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor. Those were two big lies. And they were lies from the beginning, because when they when they talked to some of the people that were working on his team, they said, yeah, we&#x27;ll lie to people. And by the time they figure out, it&#x27;ll be too late. That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> That&#x27;s crazy. I mean, you know, whose whose wallet is this affecting? Is it affecting the person who&#x27;s not paying taxes, the person who is paying taxes? The person who is paying taxes and the person who is paying premiums. I think one of the biggest principles of insurance, which people can certainly think to their car insurance or home insurance. When you get these items, you are offered options like with home insurance. Do you want a thousand dollars deductible? Do you want five hundred and you can get a cheaper price if you take a thousand? Do you want jewelry coverage, et cetera? And the same with auto insurance. There&#x27;s a basic minimum. But then you can take these various options and it will either raise or lower your price. The ACA took that away from people that if you have a system where you buy health insurance to cover costs, which if you&#x27;re really looking at insurance, it&#x27;s to cover big costs, catastrophic things.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> Your home insurance does not pay for your refrigerator to get repaired. And if you look at insurance for its real purpose and then give all the customers out there, the future patients, options of what kind of plans to have, you can have some reasonable prices. Just like anything else, we need options. But once the ACA said all insurance companies must have X, Y and Z in the plan, pregnancy coverage, this coverage, that people are saying, I don&#x27;t need that. Why should I have to buy that? Well, it&#x27;s nice to know if I get pregnant, I&#x27;m covered. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> Boy, the news, you&#x27;d be in the National Enquirer. That would pay for it. Well, we&#x27;ve got Abby Turner, who&#x27;s a student intern from UNC Chapel Hill with us, and she&#x27;s in studio. She&#x27;s 19 years old. And Abby, what are they telling you on the college campuses about health care? Honestly, they don&#x27;t tell us much, Coach. I think I learned most about what I know about health care from you in the studio just listening. You hear me getting mad then, don&#x27;t you? Yes. By the way, folks, we are talking to Dr. Marilyn Singleton, and she&#x27;s joining us from Redondo Beach, California. And she&#x27;s written a great article, California&#x27;s Very Expensive Free Lunch. And the main purpose of this article was to expose what&#x27;s going on in your state. And, you know, we saw, I mean, things seem to develop out there out west, and they sweep east, like the Birkenstock sandals.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> They started out there, then they came here. I still don&#x27;t like them, by the way, but that&#x27;s a different story for a different show. But you&#x27;ve got a bill that your legislature has voted on, and basically it&#x27;s giving free health care to all. Absolutely. One of the scariest things about it, it clearly was not thought out because it passed in one house, and when it got to the second legislative house, they put it on hold. They realized how stupid the bill was that it covered absolutely everything, everything to any person who had a foot on California soil. And if you thought the concept of people coming over the border to have a baby was bad, that can you imagine? We are a big state with three border states with a lot of people in there, and it already happened where they just hop across the border and get free health care.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> That wasn&#x27;t even addressed in the bill. Well, I mean... Not to mention they didn&#x27;t address the cost. It&#x27;s government gone wild, and it&#x27;s the old utopian syndrome where they just try to think everything or get you to think everything&#x27;s going to be fine until it isn&#x27;t. And, I mean, when you look at this bill, though, the bill for the bill, say that a couple times, was estimated at $400 billion. Now, you know when they estimate things, it&#x27;s always coming out a lot less, right? So they estimated $400 billion, but your total budget in California in 2018 is $179 billion. So it&#x27;s more than double what your total budget is, and we wonder why states are going bankrupt. That&#x27;s right. And that just wasn&#x27;t even looked at. They said, oh, well, here&#x27;s always the clicker.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> We&#x27;ll just add a few more taxes. So they want to add an employer tax of 15% that the employer has to pay. What do you think that will do to jobs? It&#x27;s just so obvious that the employers, they talk about the robots now with the increased minimum wage. There will be more robots and less people who have a job. Yeah. So, Abby, I know you&#x27;re taking some economic classes, but when you increase taxes on businesses, don&#x27;t they leave? Yeah, they do. They either go out of business or they leave the state. And they let go of their workers. Yes. And so it&#x27;s a battle around. And, you know, when someone says, well, universal health care work, it&#x27;s a great idea, you compare that to the VA hospital situation. That&#x27;s a government-run health care, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s so sad because it&#x27;s been in the news for years how the veterans are having problems getting care and that you can&#x27;t fire the bad workers, that they just stay there and then lie about what they&#x27;ve done with these poor vets. And so they were a discrete group of people. Imagine if the same thing that were happening to the vets were happening to everyone else. Well, look at the example. When you have a government-run organization and if it&#x27;s a monopoly, like the U.S. post office, really people had no choice for a while. Then UPS and FedEx came about and they have much better service and there&#x27;s accountability and the prices are lower. Think about that. Well, it&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> And it forced the post office to have to add some more services and try to do something to make themselves stand out. They started having Sunday delivery in some areas, you know, this type of thing. So competition forces products to become better. Okay. We have about a minute left and I want you to go ahead and let me know what your opinion is on what we&#x27;re going to see here, not only in your state, but nationally as it relates to health care. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going to happen in the next five years? I think what&#x27;s going to happen is the premiums will rise to a point unless something is done to allow different products to be offered to people. And everyone will throw up their hands and say, okay, government, take it over and not think about the consequences.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And as you said, way back in the beginning of this conversation, once something&#x27;s established, then it&#x27;s too late to unestablish. People will be begging, please do something, get us out of this mess. And then the solution will be worse than the problem. We need to go back to people paying the small amount to the doctor for little things that you go to and have catastrophic insurance policies for the big things. Most people don&#x27;t get sick. And when people do, they need a policy to cover major expenses. The one phrase every capitalist does not want to hear is I&#x27;m from the government and I&#x27;m here to help. Folks, her name was Marilyn Singleton, Dr. Marilyn Singleton, attorney and physician.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> Doc, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. And folks, if you want to listen to this interview again and share it with your friends, you can always go to financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Marilyn Singleton joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare, the policy debate, and the financial questions facing patients and families. Recorded July 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Marilyn Singleton</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>The Healthcare Debate</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Marilyn Singleton, healthcare, The Healthcare Debate, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da/image.jpg?t=1792072059&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marilyn-singleton-the-healthcare-debate/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da/image.jpg?t=1792072059&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>600</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0d70a25d-91fe-4699-a37e-b4e3000210da/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9641819" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marilyn-singleton-the-healthcare-debate</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>80</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Healthcare Debate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:26" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:18" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buyer Beware: When an Online Purchase Goes Wrong</title>
      <itunes:title>Buyer Beware: When an Online Purchase Goes Wrong</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nikki joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Abby Turner to share an online shopping experience. They discuss marketplace sellers, researching a purchase, and the lessons from receiving the wrong product. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, I thought we would visit some shopping adventures here because everyone these days is online. And, of course, this is Coach Pete. I&#x27;m in studio with Abby Turner. Abby, you&#x27;re 19. You shop online a lot, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. All right, Thomas, you&#x27;re 30-some years old. Do you shop online? All the time. And when you go to some of these big places like Amazon, you assume you&#x27;re going to get a good deal. And you just need to know what&#x27;s going on at the shopping places you go to. And a lot of times Amazon is just letting people sell their items there. And this is a buyer beware segment. So we&#x27;re going to go to Durham, North Carolina. We&#x27;re going to visit with Nikki DeWeese. Nikki, welcome in. Hi, how are you guys? Good. Now, after we talked about this, I came up with a name for this segment here. And especially what you&#x27;ve gone through. I&#x27;m going to play a little. That&#x27;s The Price is Right. Nice. Bob Barker with a little microphone and everything.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So this is a segment where the price was right, but the product was wrong. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Absolutely wrong. Yeah, take a step one. Now, what happened? You went to Amazon and you&#x27;re looking for a certain product, right? I go to Amazon and I&#x27;m looking for an interface. I just had to put a new seriousness in my car. So we needed an interface to get the steering wheel controls back in sync with my electronics. And obviously, that&#x27;s my husband&#x27;s neighborhood. And he sent me an image of what he found and what to go and buy and what the price was. And he had found it some other seller on Amazon and I found it cheaper. So I said, we&#x27;ll order this one. Everything seems to be going as planned. I get the product within a couple of days. No big deal. However, my husband opened it. There&#x27;s two wiring harnesses, which I know the product only comes with one. And the main components of the device are missing. The resistor and the interface itself, both missing from the box.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So I know first steps are you get on Amazon. You try to write to the seller, explain what happened. I don&#x27;t get an answer. I get discounts. Jungle is closed. I write again the next day. Discounts. Jungle is closed. Third day, I get feedback from him that says, sorry, we&#x27;re closed on the weekend. Send me, if you would, pictures of what you got. So I did. And, you know, it was very kind in my explanation. It looks like maybe the product has just been resold. And whoever purchased it before got the main components out and sent me back two wiring harnesses. And I got no answer to that. I followed up with him. You know, did you have any trouble seeing the pictures? What status is this? And he says, I&#x27;m checking with shipping. Now, meanwhile, after not getting any answer from him, I, you know, did some of my own research on Google about this seller. And there&#x27;s just so many nightmares out there related to this guy specifically named Sam.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Same guy, same seller, discount, jungle, et cetera. Needless to say, when he says, I&#x27;m checking with shipping, I&#x27;ve already lost my patience. And I say to him, I&#x27;m not interested at all in what your shipping department has to say. I have an incomplete item. I&#x27;ve been waiting two weeks. And I want you to send me the right one. So send me confirmation today that my new item, complete with the resistor and the interface, has been shipped. I get no answer. I, you know, put in a couple of complaints to Amazon and they&#x27;re researching him. And the feedback I get from him following that message was, you know, basically up here, your product was complete. If you&#x27;re asking for an answer right now, then, you know, our answer is we absolutely are not going to replace your product. We are not going to send you a shipping label to send the other one back. We&#x27;re not going to do anything for you because you got a complete item.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Yeah. It goes against everything that Amazon is usually famous for. Cause Amazon, if you have a problem, they&#x27;ll take it back. No questions asked, basically. Absolutely everything. But so I&#x27;ll just share some of the feedback I saw on this guy. Number one, they said that at one point he operated under discount jungle and not discount jungle with an S. Allegedly he got picked out of Amazon as a seller and came back with a new business name, not counting on Amazon to have any attention to detail as far as their sellers coming back in under new names, et cetera. You know, claims that he sells refurb products as new, claims that he overcharges, claims that he has committed to sending shipping money back to people. For example, one man got two weed eaters. You know, weed eaters are big. They cost a little money to ship them. So he got two of them.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> He&#x27;s honest about it. He could have kept the thing and just resold it and made his money back on the one he had to buy. But no, he calls him and he says, I got two of them. I don&#x27;t mind sending it back to you if you&#x27;ll just send me back my cost of shipping when you get the item. No problem. So he&#x27;s a trusting consumer, counts on this guy to send him his money back and then he doesn&#x27;t and then gets the same treatment from this man that I got. Wow. Okay. So be careful if you&#x27;re on a shopping place like Amazon where they sell items, but they also have resellers there. I think the main thing people should do is research the person on Google then, right? 100%. And because I have never had any issues with Amazon before. In fact, every seller I&#x27;ve ever worked with has been terrific. I&#x27;ve had such excellent experiences that I almost hate to even use Amazon&#x27;s name in a complaint, but definitely always research who you&#x27;re buying from if it&#x27;s not an Amazon warehouse product. Well, I think it&#x27;s good to use them as a name because I think people need to realize just</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> because they&#x27;re in Amazon doesn&#x27;t mean everything is coming from Amazon. And the person you were dealing with is a loser. And that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re going to end it today on the Buyer Beware segment. Nikki, I hope to have you on again in the future talking about your experiences. Well, I sure appreciate it. Thank you, Pete. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nikki joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Abby Turner to share an online shopping experience. They discuss marketplace sellers, researching a purchase, and the lessons from receiving the wrong product. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, I thought we would visit some shopping adventures here because everyone these days is online. And, of course, this is Coach Pete. I&#x27;m in studio with Abby Turner. Abby, you&#x27;re 19. You shop online a lot, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. All right, Thomas, you&#x27;re 30-some years old. Do you shop online? All the time. And when you go to some of these big places like Amazon, you assume you&#x27;re going to get a good deal. And you just need to know what&#x27;s going on at the shopping places you go to. And a lot of times Amazon is just letting people sell their items there. And this is a buyer beware segment. So we&#x27;re going to go to Durham, North Carolina. We&#x27;re going to visit with Nikki DeWeese. Nikki, welcome in. Hi, how are you guys? Good. Now, after we talked about this, I came up with a name for this segment here. And especially what you&#x27;ve gone through. I&#x27;m going to play a little. That&#x27;s The Price is Right. Nice. Bob Barker with a little microphone and everything.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So this is a segment where the price was right, but the product was wrong. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Absolutely wrong. Yeah, take a step one. Now, what happened? You went to Amazon and you&#x27;re looking for a certain product, right? I go to Amazon and I&#x27;m looking for an interface. I just had to put a new seriousness in my car. So we needed an interface to get the steering wheel controls back in sync with my electronics. And obviously, that&#x27;s my husband&#x27;s neighborhood. And he sent me an image of what he found and what to go and buy and what the price was. And he had found it some other seller on Amazon and I found it cheaper. So I said, we&#x27;ll order this one. Everything seems to be going as planned. I get the product within a couple of days. No big deal. However, my husband opened it. There&#x27;s two wiring harnesses, which I know the product only comes with one. And the main components of the device are missing. The resistor and the interface itself, both missing from the box.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So I know first steps are you get on Amazon. You try to write to the seller, explain what happened. I don&#x27;t get an answer. I get discounts. Jungle is closed. I write again the next day. Discounts. Jungle is closed. Third day, I get feedback from him that says, sorry, we&#x27;re closed on the weekend. Send me, if you would, pictures of what you got. So I did. And, you know, it was very kind in my explanation. It looks like maybe the product has just been resold. And whoever purchased it before got the main components out and sent me back two wiring harnesses. And I got no answer to that. I followed up with him. You know, did you have any trouble seeing the pictures? What status is this? And he says, I&#x27;m checking with shipping. Now, meanwhile, after not getting any answer from him, I, you know, did some of my own research on Google about this seller. And there&#x27;s just so many nightmares out there related to this guy specifically named Sam.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Same guy, same seller, discount, jungle, et cetera. Needless to say, when he says, I&#x27;m checking with shipping, I&#x27;ve already lost my patience. And I say to him, I&#x27;m not interested at all in what your shipping department has to say. I have an incomplete item. I&#x27;ve been waiting two weeks. And I want you to send me the right one. So send me confirmation today that my new item, complete with the resistor and the interface, has been shipped. I get no answer. I, you know, put in a couple of complaints to Amazon and they&#x27;re researching him. And the feedback I get from him following that message was, you know, basically up here, your product was complete. If you&#x27;re asking for an answer right now, then, you know, our answer is we absolutely are not going to replace your product. We are not going to send you a shipping label to send the other one back. We&#x27;re not going to do anything for you because you got a complete item.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Yeah. It goes against everything that Amazon is usually famous for. Cause Amazon, if you have a problem, they&#x27;ll take it back. No questions asked, basically. Absolutely everything. But so I&#x27;ll just share some of the feedback I saw on this guy. Number one, they said that at one point he operated under discount jungle and not discount jungle with an S. Allegedly he got picked out of Amazon as a seller and came back with a new business name, not counting on Amazon to have any attention to detail as far as their sellers coming back in under new names, et cetera. You know, claims that he sells refurb products as new, claims that he overcharges, claims that he has committed to sending shipping money back to people. For example, one man got two weed eaters. You know, weed eaters are big. They cost a little money to ship them. So he got two of them.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> He&#x27;s honest about it. He could have kept the thing and just resold it and made his money back on the one he had to buy. But no, he calls him and he says, I got two of them. I don&#x27;t mind sending it back to you if you&#x27;ll just send me back my cost of shipping when you get the item. No problem. So he&#x27;s a trusting consumer, counts on this guy to send him his money back and then he doesn&#x27;t and then gets the same treatment from this man that I got. Wow. Okay. So be careful if you&#x27;re on a shopping place like Amazon where they sell items, but they also have resellers there. I think the main thing people should do is research the person on Google then, right? 100%. And because I have never had any issues with Amazon before. In fact, every seller I&#x27;ve ever worked with has been terrific. I&#x27;ve had such excellent experiences that I almost hate to even use Amazon&#x27;s name in a complaint, but definitely always research who you&#x27;re buying from if it&#x27;s not an Amazon warehouse product. Well, I think it&#x27;s good to use them as a name because I think people need to realize just</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> because they&#x27;re in Amazon doesn&#x27;t mean everything is coming from Amazon. And the person you were dealing with is a loser. And that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re going to end it today on the Buyer Beware segment. Nikki, I hope to have you on again in the future talking about your experiences. Well, I sure appreciate it. Thank you, Pete. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nikki joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Abby Turner to share an online shopping experience. They discuss marketplace sellers, researching a purchase, and the lessons from receiving the wrong product. Recorded June 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Buyer Beware</category>
      <category>When an Online Purchase Goes Wrong</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Buyer Beware, When an Online Purchase Goes Wrong, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436/image.jpg?t=1792072066&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/buyer-beware-when-an-online-purchase-goes-wrong/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436/image.jpg?t=1792072066&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436</guid>
      <omny:clipId>fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>297</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fc8d2783-ec47-4d98-93f5-b4e300019436/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="4793485" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/buyer-beware-when-an-online-purchase-goes-wrong</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>81</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="When an Online Purchase Goes Wrong" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark joins Coach Pete to discuss longevity care planning, the possibility of needing care later in life, and preparing a family’s finances. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and hopefully the financial world. And today is no exception. Today actually is one of the, I think, one of the most important interviews I&#x27;ve ever done. And so I hope that you&#x27;re listening and I hope you have a pen handy and hope you have a volume button on your radio to turn it up. Because we&#x27;re going to go to Denver, Colorado. I&#x27;m going to visit with a guy named Tyrone Clark. And he&#x27;s a longevity care planning specialist. He&#x27;s also an educator, a nationally known speaker, author. He&#x27;s trained several attorneys over the years and spoken to groups of attorneys and financial advisors and CPAs. He specializes in an area, again, that is getting not much attention, but will get a lot more as we go on here in the next five or six years called longevity care planning.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And I probably forgot most of the things I was supposed to say about Tyrone, but we&#x27;ll let him introduce himself. Tyrone, welcome in. Great to be here, Coach. Yeah, and you also have a guest. Introduce Mike for me. This is Mike Homier. And Mike is an elder law attorney. And he&#x27;s been practicing law for quite a few years. He&#x27;s also been an ERISA law attorney. And he is now specializing in this very important area of longevity care planning. Mike, how are you doing? I&#x27;m doing good. Thanks, Coach. Yeah. Now, the person who&#x27;s listening, they&#x27;ve heard it. They&#x27;ve heard a term now three or four times from me and from you, Tyrone, and it&#x27;s longevity care planning. And they&#x27;re saying, what the heck is that? Well, Coach, this subject, in my opinion, is more important than taxes, market risk or the economy.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> In fact, I&#x27;m very passionate about this. So is Mike. And I just really hope your listeners just really focus on this because this is pretty critical information. In fact, it&#x27;s an urgent issue. And it really needs to be addressed really now because your lifestyle, your family&#x27;s way of life could be turned upside down should this occur. And it does and it can, Coach Pete, it can wipe out a person&#x27;s life savings and their inheritances. Sometimes it could be the cause of divorce. And I&#x27;m referring to the process of aging. And, Coach Pete, this is really becoming a national crisis. I&#x27;m talking about long-term care for illnesses such as Alzheimer&#x27;s, Parkinson&#x27;s, and dementia.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And this will impact over 70% of all retired Americans. That&#x27;s a high number, 70%. And an estimated 93% of Americans have no protection against it. And currently, according to the Caregivers Alliance, Coach Pete, there is over 45 million Americans that are now providing care for family members or loved ones. That&#x27;s a lot. And, Coach Pete, you can tell I&#x27;m really passionate about this and I couldn&#x27;t wait to be on your show. But I really want to wake people up to this issue, especially the entire financial community. Because, you know, today we have the second longest bull market in history. And it could become the number one longest bull market. And that&#x27;s wonderful.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> But the problem is this. You know, a portfolio, whatever you have in investments, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, asset allocation, diversification, whatever you&#x27;ve got there. Okay. As we age, and I&#x27;m not talking about somebody that&#x27;s in their later 80s and 90s as an example. I&#x27;m talking about people in their 50s or 60s or 70s. When, you know, when the market goes down, which it will, we&#x27;ll have another bear market. Let&#x27;s say it went down by 30%. You need about a 42% return to recover. And if you&#x27;re taking money out to live on, you&#x27;ll need over 50%. And that&#x27;s, you know, kind of the way it works. But if you have a catastrophic illness during that time, as an example, there may be no recovery of that portfolio. And this is alarming.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> This is a big problem. But, you know, Mike and I are here to give some real good news and options and solutions. The most important thing is you&#x27;ve got to become educated about this. If I could just shake everybody right now and say, wake up, you need to address this, especially the financial community. But there&#x27;s plenty of different solutions here that your audience needs to learn about. All right. Well, gosh, this is an important topic. And I&#x27;m going to get right back to Tyrone in a minute. But I want to just make sure that we know out there, anyone listening, if you are one of the next 15 callers and you call in right now, we&#x27;ll make sure you get your very own longevity care risk assessment. And I&#x27;m going to make it a little special for you. Not only will I do it for you, but I&#x27;ll do it for any family member you want to have done, too. So immediate family like mothers, fathers, children.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re 60 years old. You want to make sure your 40-year-old child has that done. Or if you&#x27;re 70 and you want to make sure your 90-year-old parent wants to have things done. We can do it for your family, not just you. And this is a $999 value per person, by the way. I&#x27;m going to also throw in a copy of my book, America Asks Coach. But, folks, here&#x27;s what you have to do. Pick up the phone. If you get a busy signal, try back. Because every time I give an offer out, it seems like people call the next week during the week and say, I tried to call all day and I got a busy signal. It&#x27;s a popular offer, believe me. So give a call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Yeah, that&#x27;s a free call and it&#x27;s a free offer, folks. There&#x27;s nothing. There&#x27;s no strings attached here.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Just want to make sure you get on the right path. Again, 800-661-7383. Now, when people are listening, they just heard you say that 70% of folks are going to have some kind of catastrophic illness in the future. And if they have that illness during the time of retirement when they&#x27;re taking money out of their portfolio, they may never recover that balance because they&#x27;re taking a lot more money out. And if it&#x27;s in a down market, they&#x27;re losing money, too. So the average listener out there, Tyrone, here&#x27;s what they&#x27;re saying because here&#x27;s what I said at first of all when I heard this a few weeks ago when I talked to you is, he&#x27;s just going to now tell me that I need to buy a long-term care policy. That&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re talking about, is it? No. So that&#x27;s so important. Long-term care is a good solution, but a lot of people don&#x27;t buy it because if you don&#x27;t use it, you lose it, that the costs have been going up.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> You&#x27;ve got to qualify health-wise. And people think of long-term care insurance, which I believe is a great solution, but they think, oh, that&#x27;s when you really get old. It&#x27;s not. We&#x27;re talking about this issue, Pete, and that is if you have a trust, you might have to undo your trust to take care of this. It doesn&#x27;t have the right language. Mike is the attorney here. He&#x27;ll address that. So, Mike, you want to talk about, for example, a lot of people think that they have a trust. Well, I&#x27;m taking care of it. I put assets in a trust. Yeah, and that&#x27;s an issue that we run into here in Colorado quite a bit because people have put their assets into a living trust, and that makes a lot of sense to be able to avoid probate. But the problem is that if you become ill, for instance, Medicaid and certain other veterans&#x27; benefits will count the assets,</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> and that trust is your asset. So now you won&#x27;t qualify. So we end up having to undo the trust in order to be able to preserve families&#x27; assets. Well, and so that&#x27;s a big topic here. And we talk about, though, the person who has a plan or maybe a plan or a financial plan or who maybe has them maybe in stocks or a lot of stocks, and they&#x27;ll say, hey, don&#x27;t worry about catastrophic illness because we&#x27;ll make you enough in the market to pay for that. Tyrone, what would you tell them? Well, I would tell them that that may not be the case. They need to take a look at this. And we recommend something that we call a longevity care risk assessment. And the way that works is let&#x27;s suppose anyone listening to us today, let&#x27;s suppose next week you or a loved one, a family member,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> your parents, as an example, let&#x27;s say there&#x27;s a diagnosis. It could be Alzheimer&#x27;s, Parkinson&#x27;s, dementia, as an example. So the Affordable Care Act is not going to cover long-term illness, nor is Medicare. So here&#x27;s the bottom line. How are you going to pay for it? And what does this cost? The average cost is about $8,500. It can go up to $15,000 a month. But, Coach Pete, you and I have talked about something so important, and that is that you want your loved ones and your family to have choices of quality care. Now, Mike here, as the attorney, and he teaches attorneys how to use strategies to cover this type of care.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I just want to mention this, Coach Pete. You right now may be in your 40s or your 50s or your 60s, and you think, I don&#x27;t have to worry about this. But the question is, will you become a caregiver for your aging parent? In other words, you may be a parent today, and you have kids or teenagers, and you&#x27;re taking care of them. And then what if you have to help and take care of a parent? Can you take time off work to do that? This is a crisis. In fact, Mike will talk about a statistic here that&#x27;s alarming for corporate America, the number of people that have to take time off to take care of their parents. But this is what they call the sandwich generation, where you&#x27;re trying to take care of your kids, and then you&#x27;re trying to have to take care of your parents. And as I mentioned, the Caregiver Alliance said 45 million Americans are taking care of somebody.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> But this conversation has to get out there in a big way. But here&#x27;s what&#x27;s wonderful. There&#x27;s commercial, private commercial solutions, Coach, which I would like to talk about, where they&#x27;ve got new options that will help them in addition to smart strategies by elder law attorneys such as Mike. Well, and folks, I want to make sure that people know, folks, if you are curious about this longevity care planning and want to have that review that Tyrone Kwok mentioned, you can call me right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. This is a very important topic. Folks, if you were told you had a 70% chance of winning the lottery, which you have a 70% chance of needing long-term care,</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> how many tickets do you think you would buy if you were told you had a 70% chance of winning the lottery? I know I&#x27;d be right down there now buying a whole lot of them, and you probably wouldn&#x27;t hear me on the radio anymore. Again, the number to call is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re going to revisit this topic later on. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark joins Coach Pete to discuss longevity care planning, the possibility of needing care later in life, and preparing a family’s finances. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and hopefully the financial world. And today is no exception. Today actually is one of the, I think, one of the most important interviews I&#x27;ve ever done. And so I hope that you&#x27;re listening and I hope you have a pen handy and hope you have a volume button on your radio to turn it up. Because we&#x27;re going to go to Denver, Colorado. I&#x27;m going to visit with a guy named Tyrone Clark. And he&#x27;s a longevity care planning specialist. He&#x27;s also an educator, a nationally known speaker, author. He&#x27;s trained several attorneys over the years and spoken to groups of attorneys and financial advisors and CPAs. He specializes in an area, again, that is getting not much attention, but will get a lot more as we go on here in the next five or six years called longevity care planning.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And I probably forgot most of the things I was supposed to say about Tyrone, but we&#x27;ll let him introduce himself. Tyrone, welcome in. Great to be here, Coach. Yeah, and you also have a guest. Introduce Mike for me. This is Mike Homier. And Mike is an elder law attorney. And he&#x27;s been practicing law for quite a few years. He&#x27;s also been an ERISA law attorney. And he is now specializing in this very important area of longevity care planning. Mike, how are you doing? I&#x27;m doing good. Thanks, Coach. Yeah. Now, the person who&#x27;s listening, they&#x27;ve heard it. They&#x27;ve heard a term now three or four times from me and from you, Tyrone, and it&#x27;s longevity care planning. And they&#x27;re saying, what the heck is that? Well, Coach, this subject, in my opinion, is more important than taxes, market risk or the economy.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> In fact, I&#x27;m very passionate about this. So is Mike. And I just really hope your listeners just really focus on this because this is pretty critical information. In fact, it&#x27;s an urgent issue. And it really needs to be addressed really now because your lifestyle, your family&#x27;s way of life could be turned upside down should this occur. And it does and it can, Coach Pete, it can wipe out a person&#x27;s life savings and their inheritances. Sometimes it could be the cause of divorce. And I&#x27;m referring to the process of aging. And, Coach Pete, this is really becoming a national crisis. I&#x27;m talking about long-term care for illnesses such as Alzheimer&#x27;s, Parkinson&#x27;s, and dementia.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And this will impact over 70% of all retired Americans. That&#x27;s a high number, 70%. And an estimated 93% of Americans have no protection against it. And currently, according to the Caregivers Alliance, Coach Pete, there is over 45 million Americans that are now providing care for family members or loved ones. That&#x27;s a lot. And, Coach Pete, you can tell I&#x27;m really passionate about this and I couldn&#x27;t wait to be on your show. But I really want to wake people up to this issue, especially the entire financial community. Because, you know, today we have the second longest bull market in history. And it could become the number one longest bull market. And that&#x27;s wonderful.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> But the problem is this. You know, a portfolio, whatever you have in investments, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, asset allocation, diversification, whatever you&#x27;ve got there. Okay. As we age, and I&#x27;m not talking about somebody that&#x27;s in their later 80s and 90s as an example. I&#x27;m talking about people in their 50s or 60s or 70s. When, you know, when the market goes down, which it will, we&#x27;ll have another bear market. Let&#x27;s say it went down by 30%. You need about a 42% return to recover. And if you&#x27;re taking money out to live on, you&#x27;ll need over 50%. And that&#x27;s, you know, kind of the way it works. But if you have a catastrophic illness during that time, as an example, there may be no recovery of that portfolio. And this is alarming.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> This is a big problem. But, you know, Mike and I are here to give some real good news and options and solutions. The most important thing is you&#x27;ve got to become educated about this. If I could just shake everybody right now and say, wake up, you need to address this, especially the financial community. But there&#x27;s plenty of different solutions here that your audience needs to learn about. All right. Well, gosh, this is an important topic. And I&#x27;m going to get right back to Tyrone in a minute. But I want to just make sure that we know out there, anyone listening, if you are one of the next 15 callers and you call in right now, we&#x27;ll make sure you get your very own longevity care risk assessment. And I&#x27;m going to make it a little special for you. Not only will I do it for you, but I&#x27;ll do it for any family member you want to have done, too. So immediate family like mothers, fathers, children.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re 60 years old. You want to make sure your 40-year-old child has that done. Or if you&#x27;re 70 and you want to make sure your 90-year-old parent wants to have things done. We can do it for your family, not just you. And this is a $999 value per person, by the way. I&#x27;m going to also throw in a copy of my book, America Asks Coach. But, folks, here&#x27;s what you have to do. Pick up the phone. If you get a busy signal, try back. Because every time I give an offer out, it seems like people call the next week during the week and say, I tried to call all day and I got a busy signal. It&#x27;s a popular offer, believe me. So give a call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Yeah, that&#x27;s a free call and it&#x27;s a free offer, folks. There&#x27;s nothing. There&#x27;s no strings attached here.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Just want to make sure you get on the right path. Again, 800-661-7383. Now, when people are listening, they just heard you say that 70% of folks are going to have some kind of catastrophic illness in the future. And if they have that illness during the time of retirement when they&#x27;re taking money out of their portfolio, they may never recover that balance because they&#x27;re taking a lot more money out. And if it&#x27;s in a down market, they&#x27;re losing money, too. So the average listener out there, Tyrone, here&#x27;s what they&#x27;re saying because here&#x27;s what I said at first of all when I heard this a few weeks ago when I talked to you is, he&#x27;s just going to now tell me that I need to buy a long-term care policy. That&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re talking about, is it? No. So that&#x27;s so important. Long-term care is a good solution, but a lot of people don&#x27;t buy it because if you don&#x27;t use it, you lose it, that the costs have been going up.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> You&#x27;ve got to qualify health-wise. And people think of long-term care insurance, which I believe is a great solution, but they think, oh, that&#x27;s when you really get old. It&#x27;s not. We&#x27;re talking about this issue, Pete, and that is if you have a trust, you might have to undo your trust to take care of this. It doesn&#x27;t have the right language. Mike is the attorney here. He&#x27;ll address that. So, Mike, you want to talk about, for example, a lot of people think that they have a trust. Well, I&#x27;m taking care of it. I put assets in a trust. Yeah, and that&#x27;s an issue that we run into here in Colorado quite a bit because people have put their assets into a living trust, and that makes a lot of sense to be able to avoid probate. But the problem is that if you become ill, for instance, Medicaid and certain other veterans&#x27; benefits will count the assets,</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> and that trust is your asset. So now you won&#x27;t qualify. So we end up having to undo the trust in order to be able to preserve families&#x27; assets. Well, and so that&#x27;s a big topic here. And we talk about, though, the person who has a plan or maybe a plan or a financial plan or who maybe has them maybe in stocks or a lot of stocks, and they&#x27;ll say, hey, don&#x27;t worry about catastrophic illness because we&#x27;ll make you enough in the market to pay for that. Tyrone, what would you tell them? Well, I would tell them that that may not be the case. They need to take a look at this. And we recommend something that we call a longevity care risk assessment. And the way that works is let&#x27;s suppose anyone listening to us today, let&#x27;s suppose next week you or a loved one, a family member,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> your parents, as an example, let&#x27;s say there&#x27;s a diagnosis. It could be Alzheimer&#x27;s, Parkinson&#x27;s, dementia, as an example. So the Affordable Care Act is not going to cover long-term illness, nor is Medicare. So here&#x27;s the bottom line. How are you going to pay for it? And what does this cost? The average cost is about $8,500. It can go up to $15,000 a month. But, Coach Pete, you and I have talked about something so important, and that is that you want your loved ones and your family to have choices of quality care. Now, Mike here, as the attorney, and he teaches attorneys how to use strategies to cover this type of care.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I just want to mention this, Coach Pete. You right now may be in your 40s or your 50s or your 60s, and you think, I don&#x27;t have to worry about this. But the question is, will you become a caregiver for your aging parent? In other words, you may be a parent today, and you have kids or teenagers, and you&#x27;re taking care of them. And then what if you have to help and take care of a parent? Can you take time off work to do that? This is a crisis. In fact, Mike will talk about a statistic here that&#x27;s alarming for corporate America, the number of people that have to take time off to take care of their parents. But this is what they call the sandwich generation, where you&#x27;re trying to take care of your kids, and then you&#x27;re trying to have to take care of your parents. And as I mentioned, the Caregiver Alliance said 45 million Americans are taking care of somebody.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> But this conversation has to get out there in a big way. But here&#x27;s what&#x27;s wonderful. There&#x27;s commercial, private commercial solutions, Coach, which I would like to talk about, where they&#x27;ve got new options that will help them in addition to smart strategies by elder law attorneys such as Mike. Well, and folks, I want to make sure that people know, folks, if you are curious about this longevity care planning and want to have that review that Tyrone Kwok mentioned, you can call me right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. This is a very important topic. Folks, if you were told you had a 70% chance of winning the lottery, which you have a 70% chance of needing long-term care,</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> how many tickets do you think you would buy if you were told you had a 70% chance of winning the lottery? I know I&#x27;d be right down there now buying a whole lot of them, and you probably wouldn&#x27;t hear me on the radio anymore. Again, the number to call is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re going to revisit this topic later on. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tyrone Clark joins Coach Pete to discuss longevity care planning, the possibility of needing care later in life, and preparing a family’s finances. Recorded June 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tyrone Clark</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <category>Longevity Care Planning</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tyrone Clark, family and relationships, Longevity Care Planning, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c/image.jpg?t=1792072077&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c/image.jpg?t=1792072077&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>647</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9ef8aab6-bc31-487a-998c-b4e30000930c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10387935" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>82</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Longevity Care Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:05" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the show. We&#x27;ve visited with this topic before and I want to get to it again. It&#x27;s called longevity care planning and it may not mean anything to you because it doesn&#x27;t mean anything to a lot of people when I ask them about that. When you think about the chances of us ending up in needing care or have a relative that needs care, many of us are going through that right now or know someone who is. Matter of fact, 45 million Americans now are caring for somebody in their family. 45 million are caring for someone and we&#x27;re not just talking about someone staying home from the school with the flu and having given them chicken soup. This is really care, 24-7 care that&#x27;s never going to go away. And I&#x27;ve got some national experts from Denver, Colorado. Tyrone Clark is joining us and he has 37 years experience dealing with subjects such as this.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> He educates and speaks to attorneys, CPAs, tax accountants, and financial professionals. He&#x27;s also written books. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s a trainer. He&#x27;s a specialist in this area. Let&#x27;s welcome in Tyrone. Tyrone, welcome in. Hello, Coach. Great to be here. And you have a very special guest with you in studio as well, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. And I&#x27;m very honored to have an elder law attorney. His name is Michael Homier. And Michael, this is his passion in his area that he practices in to help the community and help consumers and help financial folks and other attorneys to wrestle and take care of this area. Now, a lot of people, when they hear longevity or long-term care or whatever, they think about a</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> long-term care policy and they say, uh-oh, here comes the sales pitch. But you&#x27;re taking a different approach to this. You want to educate folks on the need to have that true long-term care solution, longevity care solution, so that people can live to 121 and beyond and not worry about anything, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. So the bottom line is this. The United States Health and Human Services come out with an alarming statistic that over 70% of all retirees will need some type of care. Could be convalescent home health, skilled and media, or custodial care. And Medicare and the Affordable Care Act does not pay for this. So the bottom line is a high statistical need. So how are you going to do this? And some of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you listening right now are probably in a situation like this now, or you&#x27;ve got a loved one or a friend, relative, neighbor who is, and what can you do? And you hit the nail on the head, coach, and that is there&#x27;s many, many options. But the struggle here is people need to learn and become educated because there&#x27;s really light at the end of the tunnel here. And so if I can just mention some of the options here. So first of all, here&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at. You&#x27;re either in a position where you have a current situation, a parent or loved one, whoever that needs some kind of a long-term type of care. We call that a crisis situation. Or you&#x27;re not in that position, but most likely will be because</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> someday all of us will die and most of us will become ill with these long-term illnesses since we&#x27;re living longer than ever before. So you&#x27;re either in a crisis or you&#x27;re not. So if you&#x27;re in a crisis mode, you need very special planning. And this is usually done with a qualified, highly skilled elder law attorney, such as Mike. So folks, if this is something that sounds interesting to you, if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers and you call right now, 800-661-7383, I will do this longevity care risk assessment for you. My team will. No cost or obligation. Again, 800-661-7383. Yeah, Coach, one of the things, and Tyrone just talked about, you know, what can you do before the</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> crisis hits? And that&#x27;s really important because if you can be prepared before you have a problem, it just gives you all sorts of flexibility and options. So the key here is you&#x27;ve got to plan, whether that crisis has just occurred or you&#x27;re one of the 70% of us who are going to be looking at the need for long-term care during our lives. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s really important. And I think a lot of people just are, they&#x27;re not really ignoring it, but they know it exists, but they don&#x27;t want to address it. And folks, if you are one of those folks that wants your very own longevity care review, just make sure everything&#x27;s right. And if someone&#x27;s telling you everything&#x27;s fine, why not get a second opinion on that? No cost or obligation. Again, if you&#x27;re a radio listener,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> the number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You know, money is a valuable resource as is health, but combining the two together can give you a true peace of mind. Tyrone, do you agree with that? Absolutely. I appreciate that question. And let me, as you know, Coach, I&#x27;ve educated, trained and taught so many different financial folks for many, many years, but there&#x27;s nothing that has more grief, more anguish, more stress, because this is a day-to-day living situation. My wonderful mother, who is 96, is in a nursing home. And I had an experience where, and this is</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> typically what happens to Coach here. Like my mother, she lived in her own home, and that&#x27;s a good thing as long as she could. And then she fell and she cracked her knee. And she went from that to a rehab, and then from rehab to assisted care, and from assisted care to a nursing home. And so when I was looking at facilities, I found one that I felt comfortable with. And then I later learned that the care was not the quality that she really deserved. And thank goodness I was there to help and take care of her. And then I took her to another facility, which I kind of describe it like a country club environment. But I just feel for our listeners because the ability for my mom to have</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> choices. So see, this is more important than taxes, the economy, market risk. Is you making money today or not as a market up or down? This is way beyond that, because you&#x27;re living through the situation day to day with your family. And I know as a son, the guilt feelings that children have sometimes with their parents. And so that&#x27;s why you want the funding through these strategies to be there. I, you know, if I can just share a story. One time when I was going to see my mother, a car pulled up to the facility and a lady jumped out of the car, ran up to me as I was walking in.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> And she said to me, so I guess I could just leave my father here. And I said, I beg your pardon. She and she unfortunately had smelled of alcohol. And I looked over and there was somebody in a car with an elderly person in the back. And she says, well, I just can&#x27;t do this any longer. I&#x27;m just going to have to drop my dad off and they&#x27;ll take care of him. And I said, well, ma&#x27;am, it doesn&#x27;t work that way. Let me grab somebody here to discuss this with you. And I went inside and I said, we got to help this person. And of course they left. And I probably assumed that she was just trying to go somewhere to just drop off her father, which is a sad situation. These type of things happen, but it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. So here&#x27;s the bottom line coach is that your listeners need to learn about this.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> They need to grab hold of it. This is not something you procrastinate with. There&#x27;s not a lot of people that specialize in this area. Okay. So coach, you are one of the folks who does work in this area, specialize in this area. It&#x27;s not about just nursing home insurance. It&#x27;s about the whole variety of options. Mike mentioned there&#x27;s a whole variety of planning strategies that an elder law attorney may have, but you got to have an elder law attorney that really knows this area that preferably works with somebody like you. And that&#x27;s why Mike and I are kind of on a mission to provide education to the communities and to the financial industry about the variety of strategies. It&#x27;s not just one, it&#x27;s a variety. So which one is best? There&#x27;s even reverse mortgages. And Mike can tell you about</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> there&#x27;s things, you know, there&#x27;s some good reverse mortgages, some they&#x27;re not so good, but there&#x27;s ways to utilize a reverse mortgage to reduce the value of a home and qualify for care. So those are things an elder law attorney does, but there is good news, but don&#x27;t wait. So I would suggest that they get a, what we call this a longevity care risk assessment. And that&#x27;s, here&#x27;s how it works. Here&#x27;s all our financial situations as a consumer. Here it is. If this happened next week, how do we pay for it? Do we have a gap in our protection with our plan? That&#x27;s it. So now you have the peace of mind and knowing where you stand. And then you want to say to a professional, okay, so what are all my different options and strategies to, to cover this area?</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> And coach Pete might say, well, it could be this A, B, C, or D, or it could be this or this or this. You may, you may not qualify for some of the strategies. That&#x27;s okay. But you have other ones, but to do nothing is the worst decision. Well, we&#x27;ve got a, Tyron, I hate to break in, but we have a hard break coming up right now, hard break coming up. And so what I want to do is make an offer to everyone out there listening. Like you said, this is a valuable assessment we can offer you. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers who call in right now, we&#x27;ll do that longevity care risk assessment at no cost or obligation for you as a radio listener. I&#x27;ll also give you a copy of my brand new book, America Asks Coach. Again, that&#x27;s 27 chapters, each one with the action step there together with that longevity care assessment. Folks, this could be the most important phone call you</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> ever make and call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll have more from Tyron, I&#x27;m sure, down in the future. Folks, it&#x27;s a very important call you can make right now, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. And we&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the show. We&#x27;ve visited with this topic before and I want to get to it again. It&#x27;s called longevity care planning and it may not mean anything to you because it doesn&#x27;t mean anything to a lot of people when I ask them about that. When you think about the chances of us ending up in needing care or have a relative that needs care, many of us are going through that right now or know someone who is. Matter of fact, 45 million Americans now are caring for somebody in their family. 45 million are caring for someone and we&#x27;re not just talking about someone staying home from the school with the flu and having given them chicken soup. This is really care, 24-7 care that&#x27;s never going to go away. And I&#x27;ve got some national experts from Denver, Colorado. Tyrone Clark is joining us and he has 37 years experience dealing with subjects such as this.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> He educates and speaks to attorneys, CPAs, tax accountants, and financial professionals. He&#x27;s also written books. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s a trainer. He&#x27;s a specialist in this area. Let&#x27;s welcome in Tyrone. Tyrone, welcome in. Hello, Coach. Great to be here. And you have a very special guest with you in studio as well, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. And I&#x27;m very honored to have an elder law attorney. His name is Michael Homier. And Michael, this is his passion in his area that he practices in to help the community and help consumers and help financial folks and other attorneys to wrestle and take care of this area. Now, a lot of people, when they hear longevity or long-term care or whatever, they think about a</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> long-term care policy and they say, uh-oh, here comes the sales pitch. But you&#x27;re taking a different approach to this. You want to educate folks on the need to have that true long-term care solution, longevity care solution, so that people can live to 121 and beyond and not worry about anything, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. So the bottom line is this. The United States Health and Human Services come out with an alarming statistic that over 70% of all retirees will need some type of care. Could be convalescent home health, skilled and media, or custodial care. And Medicare and the Affordable Care Act does not pay for this. So the bottom line is a high statistical need. So how are you going to do this? And some of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you listening right now are probably in a situation like this now, or you&#x27;ve got a loved one or a friend, relative, neighbor who is, and what can you do? And you hit the nail on the head, coach, and that is there&#x27;s many, many options. But the struggle here is people need to learn and become educated because there&#x27;s really light at the end of the tunnel here. And so if I can just mention some of the options here. So first of all, here&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at. You&#x27;re either in a position where you have a current situation, a parent or loved one, whoever that needs some kind of a long-term type of care. We call that a crisis situation. Or you&#x27;re not in that position, but most likely will be because</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> someday all of us will die and most of us will become ill with these long-term illnesses since we&#x27;re living longer than ever before. So you&#x27;re either in a crisis or you&#x27;re not. So if you&#x27;re in a crisis mode, you need very special planning. And this is usually done with a qualified, highly skilled elder law attorney, such as Mike. So folks, if this is something that sounds interesting to you, if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers and you call right now, 800-661-7383, I will do this longevity care risk assessment for you. My team will. No cost or obligation. Again, 800-661-7383. Yeah, Coach, one of the things, and Tyrone just talked about, you know, what can you do before the</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> crisis hits? And that&#x27;s really important because if you can be prepared before you have a problem, it just gives you all sorts of flexibility and options. So the key here is you&#x27;ve got to plan, whether that crisis has just occurred or you&#x27;re one of the 70% of us who are going to be looking at the need for long-term care during our lives. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s really important. And I think a lot of people just are, they&#x27;re not really ignoring it, but they know it exists, but they don&#x27;t want to address it. And folks, if you are one of those folks that wants your very own longevity care review, just make sure everything&#x27;s right. And if someone&#x27;s telling you everything&#x27;s fine, why not get a second opinion on that? No cost or obligation. Again, if you&#x27;re a radio listener,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> the number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You know, money is a valuable resource as is health, but combining the two together can give you a true peace of mind. Tyrone, do you agree with that? Absolutely. I appreciate that question. And let me, as you know, Coach, I&#x27;ve educated, trained and taught so many different financial folks for many, many years, but there&#x27;s nothing that has more grief, more anguish, more stress, because this is a day-to-day living situation. My wonderful mother, who is 96, is in a nursing home. And I had an experience where, and this is</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> typically what happens to Coach here. Like my mother, she lived in her own home, and that&#x27;s a good thing as long as she could. And then she fell and she cracked her knee. And she went from that to a rehab, and then from rehab to assisted care, and from assisted care to a nursing home. And so when I was looking at facilities, I found one that I felt comfortable with. And then I later learned that the care was not the quality that she really deserved. And thank goodness I was there to help and take care of her. And then I took her to another facility, which I kind of describe it like a country club environment. But I just feel for our listeners because the ability for my mom to have</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> choices. So see, this is more important than taxes, the economy, market risk. Is you making money today or not as a market up or down? This is way beyond that, because you&#x27;re living through the situation day to day with your family. And I know as a son, the guilt feelings that children have sometimes with their parents. And so that&#x27;s why you want the funding through these strategies to be there. I, you know, if I can just share a story. One time when I was going to see my mother, a car pulled up to the facility and a lady jumped out of the car, ran up to me as I was walking in.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> And she said to me, so I guess I could just leave my father here. And I said, I beg your pardon. She and she unfortunately had smelled of alcohol. And I looked over and there was somebody in a car with an elderly person in the back. And she says, well, I just can&#x27;t do this any longer. I&#x27;m just going to have to drop my dad off and they&#x27;ll take care of him. And I said, well, ma&#x27;am, it doesn&#x27;t work that way. Let me grab somebody here to discuss this with you. And I went inside and I said, we got to help this person. And of course they left. And I probably assumed that she was just trying to go somewhere to just drop off her father, which is a sad situation. These type of things happen, but it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. So here&#x27;s the bottom line coach is that your listeners need to learn about this.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> They need to grab hold of it. This is not something you procrastinate with. There&#x27;s not a lot of people that specialize in this area. Okay. So coach, you are one of the folks who does work in this area, specialize in this area. It&#x27;s not about just nursing home insurance. It&#x27;s about the whole variety of options. Mike mentioned there&#x27;s a whole variety of planning strategies that an elder law attorney may have, but you got to have an elder law attorney that really knows this area that preferably works with somebody like you. And that&#x27;s why Mike and I are kind of on a mission to provide education to the communities and to the financial industry about the variety of strategies. It&#x27;s not just one, it&#x27;s a variety. So which one is best? There&#x27;s even reverse mortgages. And Mike can tell you about</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> there&#x27;s things, you know, there&#x27;s some good reverse mortgages, some they&#x27;re not so good, but there&#x27;s ways to utilize a reverse mortgage to reduce the value of a home and qualify for care. So those are things an elder law attorney does, but there is good news, but don&#x27;t wait. So I would suggest that they get a, what we call this a longevity care risk assessment. And that&#x27;s, here&#x27;s how it works. Here&#x27;s all our financial situations as a consumer. Here it is. If this happened next week, how do we pay for it? Do we have a gap in our protection with our plan? That&#x27;s it. So now you have the peace of mind and knowing where you stand. And then you want to say to a professional, okay, so what are all my different options and strategies to, to cover this area?</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> And coach Pete might say, well, it could be this A, B, C, or D, or it could be this or this or this. You may, you may not qualify for some of the strategies. That&#x27;s okay. But you have other ones, but to do nothing is the worst decision. Well, we&#x27;ve got a, Tyron, I hate to break in, but we have a hard break coming up right now, hard break coming up. And so what I want to do is make an offer to everyone out there listening. Like you said, this is a valuable assessment we can offer you. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers who call in right now, we&#x27;ll do that longevity care risk assessment at no cost or obligation for you as a radio listener. I&#x27;ll also give you a copy of my brand new book, America Asks Coach. Again, that&#x27;s 27 chapters, each one with the action step there together with that longevity care assessment. Folks, this could be the most important phone call you</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> ever make and call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll have more from Tyron, I&#x27;m sure, down in the future. Folks, it&#x27;s a very important call you can make right now, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. And we&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tyrone Clark</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tyrone Clark, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/image.jpg?t=1792072070&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/image.jpg?t=1792072070&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>649</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10423405" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>83</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Longevity Care Planning" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil D’Agostino: Naked Thinking</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil D’Agostino: Naked Thinking</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil D’Agostino joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Thinking, creativity, and the way people approach decisions and challenges. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and hopefully tie it into the financial world. And I think today&#x27;s guest will be no exception. His name is Phil D&#x27;Agostino, and he&#x27;s written a book called Naked Thinking, your essential handbook to effectively tame your emotions, focus your thinking and make better decisions. Phil, welcome in. Well, thank you. And thank you for having me. Yeah. When you gave me a copy of this book, I started to read it. I said, you know, I usually don&#x27;t read much. I&#x27;ll skim the book. I&#x27;ll skim the table of contents, and then I&#x27;ll start reading a couple of chapters and usually put the book down. I say, I already know this or this is boring or whatever, but your book kept my interest. It&#x27;s 220 some pages, and every single page had me wanting to turn to the next page. So congratulations. Really good book.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, thank you for the compliment. Yeah. Now let&#x27;s talk about, number one, why did you write this book? Is this your first book, and why did you write it? I know when you have a book, it&#x27;s like having a baby. You know, I&#x27;ve been a consultant, a therapist, and a business consultant for many, many years, and one of the things that I found is that I was repeating myself all over and over again, the same kind of problems that would come in the door, always wound up being reduced down to a certain handful of things that we would wind up talking about. Well, somebody asked me years ago, I said, you know, I&#x27;d like to represent you as a speaker. He said, but what&#x27;s your theme? And I said, eventually it came down to the power of courage. And courage to me was the ability to stand up to any strong emotion and still do what you know is the right thing to do anyway, even in the face of that emotion. Right. Well, that&#x27;s all well and good, but the thing of it is, how do you put that into practice? And what it takes to have that kind of courage is raw, unadulterated, stripped free of your emotions thinking so that when you&#x27;re done, you know that you&#x27;ve done the best you can, and if it doesn&#x27;t go well, then, you know, you have no regrets.</p><p><strong>01:45</strong> And in particular, if you&#x27;re talking about investing and money and that kind of thing, it is very easy to be dragged around by your emotions, especially when you&#x27;re looking at the stock market or something going on in the news, and that seems to be every minute of every day. So in the case of naked thinking, making better decisions through naked thinking was the reason why I wrote it. We talk about we have a stock ticker in our studio, and we talked about it right before we came on the air here, is the fact that people can be drawn into that and never take their eyes off it all day long, or they can glance at it and know they&#x27;re fine and not worry about it. Exactly. Big difference. Now, you have something in your book, and let&#x27;s see if this ties in or not, called the perfect principle. Now, what&#x27;s the perfect principle, and how can that tie into the financial world? Well, it&#x27;s a very – the perfect principle essentially says that people are perfect by being imperfect, and that&#x27;s to say that if a person is struggling to find a way to be a perfect person, and they constantly are looking at every mistake that they make as being an indicator that they&#x27;re not perfect, they&#x27;re actually undoing the perfection that they are by making mistakes.</p><p><strong>02:51</strong> People make mistakes. It&#x27;s just all there is to it. Right. You should learn from your mistakes, though, right, when you make them? In my opinion, I agree with you that you should learn from your mistakes, but you should also learn from your successes as well. Yep. I think there are a lot of things to be learned from that, and in the perfect principle, one of the things is this idea of perfectionism. There are a lot of people that would say, you know, being a perfectionist is a good way to be a very good professional, and I would agree that, you know, if you&#x27;re doing neurosurgery, being a perfectionist is highly encouraged. However, if you&#x27;re just trying to get along and have a life with someone you love and care about, perfectionism will actually draw you to be less perfect than you really are just being who you are. Yeah. And in the case of financial advisors or financial investing and that sort of thing, if you&#x27;re looking for the perfect, you have to understand that the perfect advisor is a person that understands what being human is about, what tomorrow means to you today, how to look past maybe this recent tomorrow or the next week and going beyond that for five years out or ten years out.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And understanding, too, that you&#x27;re going to make mistakes. You&#x27;re going to invest in something that doesn&#x27;t work. Yeah. Oh, my gosh. You know, you look at a portfolio. It&#x27;s got maybe 15 or 20 things in it. These people, they have 50 things in their portfolio. I don&#x27;t understand that. But if they have like… Well, you have your own mutual fund when you do that. Yes. You have to buy a mutual fund. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. So if you have 10 or 15 things that you&#x27;re investing in and, you know, you look at one, it&#x27;s like, God, jeepers. It&#x27;s down 3% of it. But, you know, but overall, you&#x27;re looking at what you&#x27;re doing over time in the perfect principle applying it there. You have to understand that you cannot achieve everything being perfectly perfect all the time. And that&#x27;s what makes us perfect by not being so. That takes a lot of pressure off a lot of people who seem to think that the striving for perfection is their goal.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> We always used to say smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses, geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I think that&#x27;s a very good way to look at that. That&#x27;s what I got today. Hey, so again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Phil D&#x27;Agostino. He&#x27;s the author of the book Naked Thinking. And we&#x27;re talking about the book in general and how it ties into the financial world. You have something in your book called The Bag of Grass Seed. Explain that. In there is a story. As a matter of fact, the last half of the book is about stories and application of the concepts that are in the front of the book. And one of them is a story about a guy that&#x27;s out there planting his yard because it&#x27;s the fall. And this guy walks up to him and he asks him directions and he notices there&#x27;s a bag of grass seed sitting in his garage. And the guy says, what&#x27;s that doing there? And he said, well, I&#x27;ve already seeded, but I&#x27;m saving some of it. And he said, you know, nobody ever got nothing good out of no bag of grass seed.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Either you put it out and you sew it or it&#x27;s just going to go to rot. Right. Now, the application in a person&#x27;s life is that there are people who say they want to do something. They go into trying to do something or whatever, but they hold back. And they&#x27;re thinking that, well, you know, I don&#x27;t want to put my whole heart, mind and soul in something just to find out that, you know, it&#x27;s not going to work. Well, here&#x27;s the thing. If you put, let&#x27;s say you have $100 and you put $70 into something, but that extra $30 could have actually made a success out of it. Right. That&#x27;s being foolish. How about that? Pennywise, dollar foolish. And the concept of being a bag of grass seed is if it&#x27;s fall and it&#x27;s the time to put it down, put it all down. Do it now. Get it done. Be a part of whatever it is that&#x27;s going to be happening and let the chips fall where they may or the grass seed in this case.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And then as time goes on, what you&#x27;ll find is that you&#x27;ll either gain or lose based on your wholeheartedness and never have to worry about if I had only done A or B or C. And that&#x27;s really part of that is that getting away from the if only idea. Yeah. The word if has really torn people apart over the years, hasn&#x27;t it? If this, if that. And then the other word that really gets in people&#x27;s way, I see in the financial world is tomorrow. I&#x27;ll do it tomorrow. It&#x27;s procrastination. And procrastination has killed more plans because they never started. Or I know back in 2007, there was always people saying, well, tomorrow I&#x27;ll make sure to get some of my risks tamed down. Then the market goes the wrong way. And tomorrow is years later. Take Cisco technology as an example.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Cisco is a tech stock and a real good company. They make routers and they basically make the Internet. And besides Al Gore. Right. And so. Right. Just in case you weren&#x27;t paying attention, folks. No. So in 2000, year 2000, they were about eighty six dollars a share. All right. That&#x27;s when the tech bubble was getting ready to burst. The tech bubble burst. And now we&#x27;re in 2017. And Cisco technology is still not close to where it used to be. It&#x27;s 30 to thirty five dollars a share, which is nowhere near close to where it used to be. And people are still holding saying, well, if. Yeah. Things go right or if that and that. You really it&#x27;s it&#x27;s they have so many outstanding shares of stock in that company because they split so many times. It would have to do something miraculous.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Maybe invent hovercrafts that don&#x27;t obey the laws of gravity, which is a good concept, by the way. The reason why it will never be like the Jetsons because the Jetsons had no gravity. So when the hovercraft broke down, didn&#x27;t fall to the ground. Right. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t do it here, because how many cars you see on the side of Highway 40 that are broken down? And if they were hovercrafts, they would have crashed onto somebody&#x27;s head. That&#x27;s just Coach Pizza. Now, you have something in the book called finger nose trap, right? Exactly. What is that? And how does that apply to the financial world? What you just talked about is finger nose trap. And there&#x27;s another chapter in there called over the next horizon. It&#x27;s always over the next horizon, around the next corner. So in finger nose trap, what it is we talk about there is the psychological trap that people have from talking about things. They talk it to talk it to talk it to to such a degree that they think that they have accomplished something.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> So when they come in, they talk to you and they get their review done and they&#x27;re looking at all these things that could be doing and should be doing, might have done. Could, should, would, but. Exactly. Didn&#x27;t or don&#x27;t. But you see, but then they come out of it going, boy, we got a lot accomplished today. And so let&#x27;s go have a beer. And that&#x27;s the end of it. That&#x27;s the trap. The trap is that talking about it, you know, conversing about it, planning it out. That doesn&#x27;t make it happen. It only gets you started. But the trap is it feels like you&#x27;ve done something when in actuality all you&#x27;ve done is set yourself up to do something. And now what you&#x27;re doing is that big old nothing. It&#x27;s like when someone goes to the gym and joins. There you go. You get all excited. Join the gym. I&#x27;m going to get in shape. And then the next day the alarm clock goes off at 530 morning because you&#x27;re going to start working out. And the snooze button gets hit to the point where you don&#x27;t do it.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> I&#x27;m going to call Coach Pete one day and get my plan in order. But they never do. Or they call but forget to show up to the appointment or whatever. Right? So that happens. Or they even come in and do all the preliminary work and never sign on and actually do anything. So taking action is very important. Yes, it is. And unfortunately, people who sat on their hands in the year 2000 have lost a lot of money because of the tech crash like we&#x27;re talking about the Cisco technology company. I&#x27;ve done something on past shows called The Tale of Two Cisco&#x27;s. Cisco Technology Company versus Cisco Food Company, S-Y-S instead of C-I-S-C-O. And Cisco, the food company, has gone up forever basically because they&#x27;re serving food or they&#x27;re supplying food. And they&#x27;re the tortoise and the hare. They&#x27;re not going up like crazy, but they&#x27;re going up, not down. And so they could go down if people don&#x27;t like food anymore. That&#x27;s right. Or if you have bad company management, that kind of thing.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> I think that&#x27;s going to happen when they come up with the anti-gravity machine. Yeah. Well, I&#x27;m telling you, if you can make that, you can make a trillion dollars. I bet you&#x27;re right. And so that&#x27;s my idea. Someone out there may be listening. Well, I&#x27;ll give you credit when I do it. Might get the idea. And if they do, maybe I get maybe 1% share in the company that you did that because I came up with the idea. So, folks, his name, again, is Phil D&#x27;Agostino. The book, Naked Thinking, available everywhere books are sold. Phil, thanks for coming in today. Thank you, Pete. I appreciate it very much. Yeah. And, folks, if you join this interview late or want to share it with your friends or listen to it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil D’Agostino joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Thinking, creativity, and the way people approach decisions and challenges. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and hopefully tie it into the financial world. And I think today&#x27;s guest will be no exception. His name is Phil D&#x27;Agostino, and he&#x27;s written a book called Naked Thinking, your essential handbook to effectively tame your emotions, focus your thinking and make better decisions. Phil, welcome in. Well, thank you. And thank you for having me. Yeah. When you gave me a copy of this book, I started to read it. I said, you know, I usually don&#x27;t read much. I&#x27;ll skim the book. I&#x27;ll skim the table of contents, and then I&#x27;ll start reading a couple of chapters and usually put the book down. I say, I already know this or this is boring or whatever, but your book kept my interest. It&#x27;s 220 some pages, and every single page had me wanting to turn to the next page. So congratulations. Really good book.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, thank you for the compliment. Yeah. Now let&#x27;s talk about, number one, why did you write this book? Is this your first book, and why did you write it? I know when you have a book, it&#x27;s like having a baby. You know, I&#x27;ve been a consultant, a therapist, and a business consultant for many, many years, and one of the things that I found is that I was repeating myself all over and over again, the same kind of problems that would come in the door, always wound up being reduced down to a certain handful of things that we would wind up talking about. Well, somebody asked me years ago, I said, you know, I&#x27;d like to represent you as a speaker. He said, but what&#x27;s your theme? And I said, eventually it came down to the power of courage. And courage to me was the ability to stand up to any strong emotion and still do what you know is the right thing to do anyway, even in the face of that emotion. Right. Well, that&#x27;s all well and good, but the thing of it is, how do you put that into practice? And what it takes to have that kind of courage is raw, unadulterated, stripped free of your emotions thinking so that when you&#x27;re done, you know that you&#x27;ve done the best you can, and if it doesn&#x27;t go well, then, you know, you have no regrets.</p><p><strong>01:45</strong> And in particular, if you&#x27;re talking about investing and money and that kind of thing, it is very easy to be dragged around by your emotions, especially when you&#x27;re looking at the stock market or something going on in the news, and that seems to be every minute of every day. So in the case of naked thinking, making better decisions through naked thinking was the reason why I wrote it. We talk about we have a stock ticker in our studio, and we talked about it right before we came on the air here, is the fact that people can be drawn into that and never take their eyes off it all day long, or they can glance at it and know they&#x27;re fine and not worry about it. Exactly. Big difference. Now, you have something in your book, and let&#x27;s see if this ties in or not, called the perfect principle. Now, what&#x27;s the perfect principle, and how can that tie into the financial world? Well, it&#x27;s a very – the perfect principle essentially says that people are perfect by being imperfect, and that&#x27;s to say that if a person is struggling to find a way to be a perfect person, and they constantly are looking at every mistake that they make as being an indicator that they&#x27;re not perfect, they&#x27;re actually undoing the perfection that they are by making mistakes.</p><p><strong>02:51</strong> People make mistakes. It&#x27;s just all there is to it. Right. You should learn from your mistakes, though, right, when you make them? In my opinion, I agree with you that you should learn from your mistakes, but you should also learn from your successes as well. Yep. I think there are a lot of things to be learned from that, and in the perfect principle, one of the things is this idea of perfectionism. There are a lot of people that would say, you know, being a perfectionist is a good way to be a very good professional, and I would agree that, you know, if you&#x27;re doing neurosurgery, being a perfectionist is highly encouraged. However, if you&#x27;re just trying to get along and have a life with someone you love and care about, perfectionism will actually draw you to be less perfect than you really are just being who you are. Yeah. And in the case of financial advisors or financial investing and that sort of thing, if you&#x27;re looking for the perfect, you have to understand that the perfect advisor is a person that understands what being human is about, what tomorrow means to you today, how to look past maybe this recent tomorrow or the next week and going beyond that for five years out or ten years out.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And understanding, too, that you&#x27;re going to make mistakes. You&#x27;re going to invest in something that doesn&#x27;t work. Yeah. Oh, my gosh. You know, you look at a portfolio. It&#x27;s got maybe 15 or 20 things in it. These people, they have 50 things in their portfolio. I don&#x27;t understand that. But if they have like… Well, you have your own mutual fund when you do that. Yes. You have to buy a mutual fund. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. So if you have 10 or 15 things that you&#x27;re investing in and, you know, you look at one, it&#x27;s like, God, jeepers. It&#x27;s down 3% of it. But, you know, but overall, you&#x27;re looking at what you&#x27;re doing over time in the perfect principle applying it there. You have to understand that you cannot achieve everything being perfectly perfect all the time. And that&#x27;s what makes us perfect by not being so. That takes a lot of pressure off a lot of people who seem to think that the striving for perfection is their goal.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> We always used to say smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses, geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I think that&#x27;s a very good way to look at that. That&#x27;s what I got today. Hey, so again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Phil D&#x27;Agostino. He&#x27;s the author of the book Naked Thinking. And we&#x27;re talking about the book in general and how it ties into the financial world. You have something in your book called The Bag of Grass Seed. Explain that. In there is a story. As a matter of fact, the last half of the book is about stories and application of the concepts that are in the front of the book. And one of them is a story about a guy that&#x27;s out there planting his yard because it&#x27;s the fall. And this guy walks up to him and he asks him directions and he notices there&#x27;s a bag of grass seed sitting in his garage. And the guy says, what&#x27;s that doing there? And he said, well, I&#x27;ve already seeded, but I&#x27;m saving some of it. And he said, you know, nobody ever got nothing good out of no bag of grass seed.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Either you put it out and you sew it or it&#x27;s just going to go to rot. Right. Now, the application in a person&#x27;s life is that there are people who say they want to do something. They go into trying to do something or whatever, but they hold back. And they&#x27;re thinking that, well, you know, I don&#x27;t want to put my whole heart, mind and soul in something just to find out that, you know, it&#x27;s not going to work. Well, here&#x27;s the thing. If you put, let&#x27;s say you have $100 and you put $70 into something, but that extra $30 could have actually made a success out of it. Right. That&#x27;s being foolish. How about that? Pennywise, dollar foolish. And the concept of being a bag of grass seed is if it&#x27;s fall and it&#x27;s the time to put it down, put it all down. Do it now. Get it done. Be a part of whatever it is that&#x27;s going to be happening and let the chips fall where they may or the grass seed in this case.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And then as time goes on, what you&#x27;ll find is that you&#x27;ll either gain or lose based on your wholeheartedness and never have to worry about if I had only done A or B or C. And that&#x27;s really part of that is that getting away from the if only idea. Yeah. The word if has really torn people apart over the years, hasn&#x27;t it? If this, if that. And then the other word that really gets in people&#x27;s way, I see in the financial world is tomorrow. I&#x27;ll do it tomorrow. It&#x27;s procrastination. And procrastination has killed more plans because they never started. Or I know back in 2007, there was always people saying, well, tomorrow I&#x27;ll make sure to get some of my risks tamed down. Then the market goes the wrong way. And tomorrow is years later. Take Cisco technology as an example.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Cisco is a tech stock and a real good company. They make routers and they basically make the Internet. And besides Al Gore. Right. And so. Right. Just in case you weren&#x27;t paying attention, folks. No. So in 2000, year 2000, they were about eighty six dollars a share. All right. That&#x27;s when the tech bubble was getting ready to burst. The tech bubble burst. And now we&#x27;re in 2017. And Cisco technology is still not close to where it used to be. It&#x27;s 30 to thirty five dollars a share, which is nowhere near close to where it used to be. And people are still holding saying, well, if. Yeah. Things go right or if that and that. You really it&#x27;s it&#x27;s they have so many outstanding shares of stock in that company because they split so many times. It would have to do something miraculous.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Maybe invent hovercrafts that don&#x27;t obey the laws of gravity, which is a good concept, by the way. The reason why it will never be like the Jetsons because the Jetsons had no gravity. So when the hovercraft broke down, didn&#x27;t fall to the ground. Right. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t do it here, because how many cars you see on the side of Highway 40 that are broken down? And if they were hovercrafts, they would have crashed onto somebody&#x27;s head. That&#x27;s just Coach Pizza. Now, you have something in the book called finger nose trap, right? Exactly. What is that? And how does that apply to the financial world? What you just talked about is finger nose trap. And there&#x27;s another chapter in there called over the next horizon. It&#x27;s always over the next horizon, around the next corner. So in finger nose trap, what it is we talk about there is the psychological trap that people have from talking about things. They talk it to talk it to talk it to to such a degree that they think that they have accomplished something.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> So when they come in, they talk to you and they get their review done and they&#x27;re looking at all these things that could be doing and should be doing, might have done. Could, should, would, but. Exactly. Didn&#x27;t or don&#x27;t. But you see, but then they come out of it going, boy, we got a lot accomplished today. And so let&#x27;s go have a beer. And that&#x27;s the end of it. That&#x27;s the trap. The trap is that talking about it, you know, conversing about it, planning it out. That doesn&#x27;t make it happen. It only gets you started. But the trap is it feels like you&#x27;ve done something when in actuality all you&#x27;ve done is set yourself up to do something. And now what you&#x27;re doing is that big old nothing. It&#x27;s like when someone goes to the gym and joins. There you go. You get all excited. Join the gym. I&#x27;m going to get in shape. And then the next day the alarm clock goes off at 530 morning because you&#x27;re going to start working out. And the snooze button gets hit to the point where you don&#x27;t do it.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> I&#x27;m going to call Coach Pete one day and get my plan in order. But they never do. Or they call but forget to show up to the appointment or whatever. Right? So that happens. Or they even come in and do all the preliminary work and never sign on and actually do anything. So taking action is very important. Yes, it is. And unfortunately, people who sat on their hands in the year 2000 have lost a lot of money because of the tech crash like we&#x27;re talking about the Cisco technology company. I&#x27;ve done something on past shows called The Tale of Two Cisco&#x27;s. Cisco Technology Company versus Cisco Food Company, S-Y-S instead of C-I-S-C-O. And Cisco, the food company, has gone up forever basically because they&#x27;re serving food or they&#x27;re supplying food. And they&#x27;re the tortoise and the hare. They&#x27;re not going up like crazy, but they&#x27;re going up, not down. And so they could go down if people don&#x27;t like food anymore. That&#x27;s right. Or if you have bad company management, that kind of thing.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> I think that&#x27;s going to happen when they come up with the anti-gravity machine. Yeah. Well, I&#x27;m telling you, if you can make that, you can make a trillion dollars. I bet you&#x27;re right. And so that&#x27;s my idea. Someone out there may be listening. Well, I&#x27;ll give you credit when I do it. Might get the idea. And if they do, maybe I get maybe 1% share in the company that you did that because I came up with the idea. So, folks, his name, again, is Phil D&#x27;Agostino. The book, Naked Thinking, available everywhere books are sold. Phil, thanks for coming in today. Thank you, Pete. I appreciate it very much. Yeah. And, folks, if you join this interview late or want to share it with your friends or listen to it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil D’Agostino joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Thinking, creativity, and the way people approach decisions and challenges. Recorded June 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil D’Agostino</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Naked Thinking</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil D’Agostino, personal growth, Naked Thinking, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102/image.jpg?t=1792072081&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-d-agostino-naked-thinking/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102/image.jpg?t=1792072081&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102</guid>
      <omny:clipId>25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>658</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25ceea6f-a8cd-4067-937b-b4e300000102/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10560211" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-d-agostino-naked-thinking</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>84</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Naked Thinking" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rudy Ruettiger: Notre Dame and Never Giving Up</title>
      <itunes:title>Rudy Ruettiger: Notre Dame and Never Giving Up</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Notre Dame to speak with Rudy Ruettiger about his experiences, determination, and the story behind Rudy. Recorded April 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I talk to people that have made a difference in the world and people that I really think that you should be paying attention to. And I&#x27;m live on location at Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana. And I&#x27;ve got Rudy Rudiker with me. And if you&#x27;ve ever seen the movie Rudy, well, the movie&#x27;s after him. Rudy, welcome in. Well, the real Rudy is what you&#x27;re saying, right? You are the real Rudy. And we had fun today. We walked campus, did some filming to actually show where the movie was shot. And somehow the movie got done. And so we&#x27;re very excited about doing that. You know, the cool thing was, and it was five years ago now, it&#x27;s hard to believe, but five years ago I came to Vegas and you had your 20-year anniversary party. And now we&#x27;re approaching 25. It goes fast. Yeah. Oh, my goodness. It goes fast.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Yeah, 20 years ago. Now it&#x27;s going to be 25. Plan relaunching the movie in the theaters along with our documentary we&#x27;re filming here. So we&#x27;re very excited about that. I&#x27;m excited about this documentary because we&#x27;ve walked around where you went in the movie. Right. And we&#x27;ve gone behind the scenes of what really happened. Right. You know, and the movie turns it into a really great thing. But we went behind the scenes and we talk about what really happened, what was going on in your life. And, Rudy, it&#x27;s amazing, but this time has flown by. I mean, you are still the last guy to be carried off the field from a Notre Dame football game. Yeah, that&#x27;s interesting. And on Notre Dame&#x27;s field, it just doesn&#x27;t happen at Notre Dame. Yep. But it happens. Now, 25 years ago, the cast of that movie, no one really knew who any of these people were in the movie. That&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> And most all of them have become famous. Big stars. Jon Favreau, Vince Vaughn. Even Sean Astin got bigger. Yep. He was in The Lord of the Rings. He played Sam in other movies. And then there&#x27;s Chelsea Ross. There&#x27;s Lily Taylor. Ned Beatty. Charles Dutton. Just go from there, man. Ron Dean. Great guys. It&#x27;s just amazing how many people now. When we talk about Vince Vaughn, and we talked about that, because I didn&#x27;t realize Vince Vaughn, the comedian, who&#x27;s done a lot of great things in Hollywood, he was in the movie. He played the, I think it was a quarter. Football player. Yeah, football player. He played the halfback in the movie, The Antagonist, is what he played. And he didn&#x27;t like you in the movie, right? Was he the guy that didn&#x27;t like you in the movie? Right. He&#x27;s one of the players that we didn&#x27;t like, but we turned him around at the end.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Yeah. Yeah. Became a fan. Like anyone who meets you becomes a fan, don&#x27;t they? Right. At first, I don&#x27;t know. Then, okay, we&#x27;re good. I think the funnest thing we did today, walking through the campus of Notre Dame, was you would just walk up to folks here with the camera crew, and you would ask them what their favorite sports movie was. A little survey. Yeah, a survey, informal survey. And we got Rudy all the time. Yeah, because they didn&#x27;t know who you were, because when they think of Rudy, they think of Sean Ashton. So we&#x27;re kind of taking a survey, they&#x27;re coming up at Rudy, and then we ask them, what would you say to the real Rudy, and how would you like to meet the real Rudy? Then you get the real emotional. Well, if you had anything to say to our listeners, and we have listeners all across the nation, and I&#x27;m sure people listening right now have seen the movie, what were you really trying to get across in the movie, and why should they go see it again, or see it for the first time if they haven&#x27;t seen it? Well, one, let&#x27;s go back, trying to deliver the message of hope, number one,</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> which we did go back to as many messages in the movie when you see it over and over again. You see it differently every time. And most importantly, you share this movie with your young people, and it really inspires them, too, because we all go through struggles. It kind of inspires them to get through it. Very good movie, and I&#x27;m looking forward to seeing the re-release. It&#x27;s going to be, the sound quality is going to be even better than it was. It was recording eight digital sound. Now they have it in high def, so we&#x27;re looking forward. But there&#x27;s still some work to be done, so we&#x27;ll get it done. And we&#x27;re going to kick off this documentary hopefully by the end of the year, and I&#x27;ll be sharing that with all the listeners as well. And I look forward to seeing that finished product as well. Yeah, it&#x27;s going to be a good product. I&#x27;ve got a good feel about this. Folks, again, his name is Rudy Rudiker. The movie is Rudy. Rudy, thanks for your time. I&#x27;m Dan&#x27;s Coach Pete reporting from Notre Dame,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> the campus of Notre Dame University in Indiana. God bless you guys. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Notre Dame to speak with Rudy Ruettiger about his experiences, determination, and the story behind Rudy. Recorded April 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I talk to people that have made a difference in the world and people that I really think that you should be paying attention to. And I&#x27;m live on location at Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana. And I&#x27;ve got Rudy Rudiker with me. And if you&#x27;ve ever seen the movie Rudy, well, the movie&#x27;s after him. Rudy, welcome in. Well, the real Rudy is what you&#x27;re saying, right? You are the real Rudy. And we had fun today. We walked campus, did some filming to actually show where the movie was shot. And somehow the movie got done. And so we&#x27;re very excited about doing that. You know, the cool thing was, and it was five years ago now, it&#x27;s hard to believe, but five years ago I came to Vegas and you had your 20-year anniversary party. And now we&#x27;re approaching 25. It goes fast. Yeah. Oh, my goodness. It goes fast.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Yeah, 20 years ago. Now it&#x27;s going to be 25. Plan relaunching the movie in the theaters along with our documentary we&#x27;re filming here. So we&#x27;re very excited about that. I&#x27;m excited about this documentary because we&#x27;ve walked around where you went in the movie. Right. And we&#x27;ve gone behind the scenes of what really happened. Right. You know, and the movie turns it into a really great thing. But we went behind the scenes and we talk about what really happened, what was going on in your life. And, Rudy, it&#x27;s amazing, but this time has flown by. I mean, you are still the last guy to be carried off the field from a Notre Dame football game. Yeah, that&#x27;s interesting. And on Notre Dame&#x27;s field, it just doesn&#x27;t happen at Notre Dame. Yep. But it happens. Now, 25 years ago, the cast of that movie, no one really knew who any of these people were in the movie. That&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> And most all of them have become famous. Big stars. Jon Favreau, Vince Vaughn. Even Sean Astin got bigger. Yep. He was in The Lord of the Rings. He played Sam in other movies. And then there&#x27;s Chelsea Ross. There&#x27;s Lily Taylor. Ned Beatty. Charles Dutton. Just go from there, man. Ron Dean. Great guys. It&#x27;s just amazing how many people now. When we talk about Vince Vaughn, and we talked about that, because I didn&#x27;t realize Vince Vaughn, the comedian, who&#x27;s done a lot of great things in Hollywood, he was in the movie. He played the, I think it was a quarter. Football player. Yeah, football player. He played the halfback in the movie, The Antagonist, is what he played. And he didn&#x27;t like you in the movie, right? Was he the guy that didn&#x27;t like you in the movie? Right. He&#x27;s one of the players that we didn&#x27;t like, but we turned him around at the end.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Yeah. Yeah. Became a fan. Like anyone who meets you becomes a fan, don&#x27;t they? Right. At first, I don&#x27;t know. Then, okay, we&#x27;re good. I think the funnest thing we did today, walking through the campus of Notre Dame, was you would just walk up to folks here with the camera crew, and you would ask them what their favorite sports movie was. A little survey. Yeah, a survey, informal survey. And we got Rudy all the time. Yeah, because they didn&#x27;t know who you were, because when they think of Rudy, they think of Sean Ashton. So we&#x27;re kind of taking a survey, they&#x27;re coming up at Rudy, and then we ask them, what would you say to the real Rudy, and how would you like to meet the real Rudy? Then you get the real emotional. Well, if you had anything to say to our listeners, and we have listeners all across the nation, and I&#x27;m sure people listening right now have seen the movie, what were you really trying to get across in the movie, and why should they go see it again, or see it for the first time if they haven&#x27;t seen it? Well, one, let&#x27;s go back, trying to deliver the message of hope, number one,</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> which we did go back to as many messages in the movie when you see it over and over again. You see it differently every time. And most importantly, you share this movie with your young people, and it really inspires them, too, because we all go through struggles. It kind of inspires them to get through it. Very good movie, and I&#x27;m looking forward to seeing the re-release. It&#x27;s going to be, the sound quality is going to be even better than it was. It was recording eight digital sound. Now they have it in high def, so we&#x27;re looking forward. But there&#x27;s still some work to be done, so we&#x27;ll get it done. And we&#x27;re going to kick off this documentary hopefully by the end of the year, and I&#x27;ll be sharing that with all the listeners as well. And I look forward to seeing that finished product as well. Yeah, it&#x27;s going to be a good product. I&#x27;ve got a good feel about this. Folks, again, his name is Rudy Rudiker. The movie is Rudy. Rudy, thanks for your time. I&#x27;m Dan&#x27;s Coach Pete reporting from Notre Dame,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> the campus of Notre Dame University in Indiana. God bless you guys. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete visits Notre Dame to speak with Rudy Ruettiger about his experiences, determination, and the story behind Rudy. Recorded April 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rudy Ruettiger</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>Notre Dame and Never Giving Up</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rudy Ruettiger, sports, Notre Dame and Never Giving Up, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e/image.jpg?t=1792072088&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rudy-ruettiger-notre-dame-and-never-giving-up/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e/image.jpg?t=1792072088&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>238</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4a72d481-c97d-440a-bdc2-b4e2018b1e7e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3847068" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rudy-ruettiger-notre-dame-and-never-giving-up</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>85</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Notre Dame and Never Giving Up" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pete Trabucco: A Guide to Amusement Parks</title>
      <itunes:title>Pete Trabucco: A Guide to Amusement Parks</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss amusement parks, attractions, and his advice for people planning a visit. Recorded April 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s interesting to me, and I think they&#x27;ll be interesting to you. And if you&#x27;ve ever gone to amusement park, you&#x27;re going to love this next interview. And we&#x27;ve got Pete Trebuco. He&#x27;s joining us from the New York City area, and he&#x27;s an expert in amusement parks. You may have seen him on Fox, CNN, CNBC, all sorts of places. He&#x27;s on TV about 120 times a year talking about the amusement park industry and what&#x27;s going on. And this episode, we&#x27;re going to talk about what&#x27;s happening in 2019 as far as Disney Star Wars. Peter, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. I appreciate it, and I love the intro. Thank you again. Yeah. Now, you have a great job. I mean, you go around and look at amusement parks. Yes. Actually, I&#x27;m a frustrated pilot who likes to still be involved in doing aerobatics but doesn&#x27;t want to go in the air to do that.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> So roller coasters is a definite second choice for me to do that. Now, my daughter Carrie is 11 years old now, and since she was about six months old, my wife Kim has been wanting to take her to Disney all the time. Disney, Disney, Disney. And my friend Trey and I, whose wife Amy also goes with my wife and I, and we get dragged down there as husbands. We figured out they&#x27;re going to the amusement park not for our kids but for them. No, that&#x27;s absolutely true. I mean, listen, Disney&#x27;s been around since 1954 when, of course, Disneyland opened, and later in the 70s, 72 or 73, when it actually opened over at Disney World. You know, it&#x27;s not just for kids. I mean, they get about one-third of the entire United States that will visit them in a year, and that&#x27;s a pretty tight number as far as parks are concerned, usually ten times more than the nearest competitor, which is like Universal Studios or Cedar Fair operations.</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> They do it well, and it&#x27;s for all ages, not just for kids, for adults as well. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, now Disney&#x27;s always on the forefront when they combine with Star Wars. We knew this was coming. Let&#x27;s talk about 2019 and the new Disney Star Wars theme parks. Well, it&#x27;s going to be an amazing experience. I mean, the cost of it is over $400 million, which is pretty high. And, of course, it&#x27;s going to be in the spring of 2019. We&#x27;re talking about an entire new theme area. Depending on where you live, if you&#x27;re down in Anaheim, it&#x27;s going to be in the Big Thunder Ranch area, which is where they&#x27;re going to put it in Disneyland.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> In Disney World, it&#x27;ll be at Universal Studios, pretty much where they&#x27;ve got the Motor Action Stunt Show, which is in the back towards the area there. But they&#x27;re going to have some amazing stuff. And we&#x27;re looking at a Millennium Falcon full-size aircraft that you could actually fly, which is going to be pretty cool. A nice battle, a nice epic battle between good and evil. You get to decide which side you want to be on for that. And, of course, you&#x27;ve got the, I don&#x27;t know how to pronounce it, but the walkers that you could also get involved in and start shooting people as well. Plus, there&#x27;s going to be so much immersive stuff in a new world, in a new world that you&#x27;ve never seen before, because it&#x27;s actually going to be, my guess is they&#x27;re probably going to use this new world, which is sort of like an outpost in probably one of their next movies.</p><p><strong>03:25</strong> I almost guarantee they&#x27;re going to probably put that in there somewhere. But it&#x27;s going to be a great experience, and we&#x27;re all looking forward to 2019 for that. You know, many people are hearing about this for the first time, and it just came on my radar screen. I didn&#x27;t even know they were doing this. They&#x27;ve been doing this top secret, I guess. How long have they been working on it? Well, they made the announcement about a year and a half ago. The CEO of Disney did that at a convention. But it&#x27;s been very, very, you know, close to the vest. No one really knows too much about it. We know it&#x27;s going to be about 14 acres, which is a pretty decent size for a theme area. It&#x27;s going to cost over $400 million. And, of course, this comes on the coattails of what they&#x27;re doing this year, which, of course, is the Avatar and the Pandora over at Animal Kingdom, which is amazing.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> And then, of course, Toy Story, they&#x27;re expanding that next year. And then the following year, they&#x27;re really going to bang it out with this one here. So it&#x27;s been a little bit of a secret, but anybody who is a Star Wars fan or who loves Disney probably knew about this maybe about 18 months ago. Well, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Pete Tribuco. He&#x27;s in New York City or the New York City area. He&#x27;s a roller coaster and amusement park expert. And we&#x27;re talking about the new Star Wars-themed Disney parks or Disney theme parks built inside Disney, the theme park of Star Wars. And, gosh, it&#x27;s amazing. You know, my favorite three rides at Disney, and I&#x27;ve never been to Disneyland. I&#x27;ve always gone to Florida, Disney World. But my favorite three rides, and it&#x27;s amongst all the parks, is Test Drive, Soaring, and, of course, the good old favorite, Space Mountain.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And it looks like some of the rides you&#x27;re describing here for the new Star Wars theme park have a lot of these same characteristics. Well, you know, nowadays, and especially if you&#x27;re a roller coaster aficionado like myself, you&#x27;ve got to keep track of all the competition. Of course, Universal Studios and Cedar Fair parks like Cedar Point, you know, they&#x27;re coming up with some real, really high, you know, thrill rides, really, really intense rides. Well, these aren&#x27;t going to be too intense, but they are going to give you a feeling of actually being in the movie, actually being in Star Wars, being able to fly the Millennium Falcon, be able to get involved in an epic battle. It&#x27;s going to be more 4D-type stuff or 3D-type stuff. I don&#x27;t think they have much room to add a major roller coaster or anything like that.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> But it&#x27;s going to be very interesting, and this will probably be one of your top four. You know, to add to the list that you&#x27;ve already talked about, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ll be very, very happy with what they&#x27;re going to do here. It&#x27;s been a long and coming. Obviously, Disney bought Lucasfilms, started out with Star Tours back in 87 when they paid $32 million for that. And now they&#x27;ve added this whole new section, which is going to be going in 2019. But, yeah, it&#x27;ll be one of everybody&#x27;s favorites. The lines are going to be long like Harry Potter over at Universal Studios, so they&#x27;ll have to get used to that. And there&#x27;ll be wristbands and ways to try to beat the crowd and try to get in faster. But when you get a new ride like that, the buzz is really, really big. You know what I found out when I go to amusement parks, I have to remind myself I&#x27;m on vacation, and it&#x27;s not a hurry to get from point A to point C.</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> Because if you&#x27;re in a hurry, it&#x27;s not going to be a fun time, is it? Oh, no. Listen, when you&#x27;re on vacation, you want to take your time. My wife was the biggest one where we&#x27;ve got to do it this time. We&#x27;re doing this ride and this ride and that ride and this ride. Now we&#x27;ve been going here for many years with our daughter and with other people and friends and so on. And we normally go once or twice a year to either location. And my daughter actually performs at Disney every once in a while when her theater company goes down there to do some performances. But you take your time. You realize you&#x27;re not going to miss anything. They&#x27;ve got Park Hopper rates, and you can actually save them and use them for later on. You just want to relax. You don&#x27;t want to vacation from your vacation. So you really should just take it easy and just have fun and enjoy the kids while they enjoy watching you enjoy the rides.</p><p><strong>07:31</strong> The best thing Disney&#x27;s ever done for themselves, not for those of us who like to go when there&#x27;s not any crowds, is they schedule every single weekend throughout the year or every single week throughout the year, they schedule a new marathon or parade or something, and they get people to come in with their families to spend a lot of money. And this is pretty good marketing. Now, when we talk about the rides, though, Disney has become experts at doing a lot with a little room, using the little space they have. And there&#x27;s a rocket ship one where you go into Mars. I think it&#x27;s, what is it, Voyage to Mars, where you&#x27;re just in a little room, but you feel all the G-forces, and it doesn&#x27;t take much room up. So do you think, and I know you&#x27;re a roller coaster junkie, I&#x27;m a roller coaster junkie, does it imagine where I ride all day? Do you think that the days of amusement parks having these gigantic,</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> big acreage-taking-up roller coasters, do you think those days are gone? No, actually they&#x27;re not. You know, and you&#x27;re talking about Mission Space, which basically is picture yourself in an egg beater in one of those little things, and that&#x27;s pretty much what they do. They give you about four or five Gs. In fact, it was so intense at times that the astronauts themselves were saying that it was almost like being in space. But as far as the bigger ones, no, they&#x27;re getting bigger, faster, and higher. Right here in Jersey, we&#x27;ve got a 450-foot roller coaster, which goes about 128 miles an hour. And next year in Orlando, or the year after, they&#x27;re going to have a polar coaster, which is going to be over 500 feet tall. So if you&#x27;ve got the space, you&#x27;re going to be going higher, taller, and faster.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> Peter, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks again. I just wanted to mention I also have a new book coming out. It&#x27;s coming out actually next month. It&#x27;s my personal guide to the best water parks and amusement parks, and the funds for that will go to charity. And can people find your book on Amazon when it comes out? Yes, it&#x27;s currently available right now on Amazon. It&#x27;ll be also in, of course, Barnes &amp; Noble and wherever books are sold. All right. Well, folks, I mean, again, if you go to amusement park, it&#x27;s probably good to get Peter&#x27;s book ahead of time and see what he recommends to do first. Pete, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. You have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss amusement parks, attractions, and his advice for people planning a visit. Recorded April 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s interesting to me, and I think they&#x27;ll be interesting to you. And if you&#x27;ve ever gone to amusement park, you&#x27;re going to love this next interview. And we&#x27;ve got Pete Trebuco. He&#x27;s joining us from the New York City area, and he&#x27;s an expert in amusement parks. You may have seen him on Fox, CNN, CNBC, all sorts of places. He&#x27;s on TV about 120 times a year talking about the amusement park industry and what&#x27;s going on. And this episode, we&#x27;re going to talk about what&#x27;s happening in 2019 as far as Disney Star Wars. Peter, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. I appreciate it, and I love the intro. Thank you again. Yeah. Now, you have a great job. I mean, you go around and look at amusement parks. Yes. Actually, I&#x27;m a frustrated pilot who likes to still be involved in doing aerobatics but doesn&#x27;t want to go in the air to do that.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> So roller coasters is a definite second choice for me to do that. Now, my daughter Carrie is 11 years old now, and since she was about six months old, my wife Kim has been wanting to take her to Disney all the time. Disney, Disney, Disney. And my friend Trey and I, whose wife Amy also goes with my wife and I, and we get dragged down there as husbands. We figured out they&#x27;re going to the amusement park not for our kids but for them. No, that&#x27;s absolutely true. I mean, listen, Disney&#x27;s been around since 1954 when, of course, Disneyland opened, and later in the 70s, 72 or 73, when it actually opened over at Disney World. You know, it&#x27;s not just for kids. I mean, they get about one-third of the entire United States that will visit them in a year, and that&#x27;s a pretty tight number as far as parks are concerned, usually ten times more than the nearest competitor, which is like Universal Studios or Cedar Fair operations.</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> They do it well, and it&#x27;s for all ages, not just for kids, for adults as well. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, now Disney&#x27;s always on the forefront when they combine with Star Wars. We knew this was coming. Let&#x27;s talk about 2019 and the new Disney Star Wars theme parks. Well, it&#x27;s going to be an amazing experience. I mean, the cost of it is over $400 million, which is pretty high. And, of course, it&#x27;s going to be in the spring of 2019. We&#x27;re talking about an entire new theme area. Depending on where you live, if you&#x27;re down in Anaheim, it&#x27;s going to be in the Big Thunder Ranch area, which is where they&#x27;re going to put it in Disneyland.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> In Disney World, it&#x27;ll be at Universal Studios, pretty much where they&#x27;ve got the Motor Action Stunt Show, which is in the back towards the area there. But they&#x27;re going to have some amazing stuff. And we&#x27;re looking at a Millennium Falcon full-size aircraft that you could actually fly, which is going to be pretty cool. A nice battle, a nice epic battle between good and evil. You get to decide which side you want to be on for that. And, of course, you&#x27;ve got the, I don&#x27;t know how to pronounce it, but the walkers that you could also get involved in and start shooting people as well. Plus, there&#x27;s going to be so much immersive stuff in a new world, in a new world that you&#x27;ve never seen before, because it&#x27;s actually going to be, my guess is they&#x27;re probably going to use this new world, which is sort of like an outpost in probably one of their next movies.</p><p><strong>03:25</strong> I almost guarantee they&#x27;re going to probably put that in there somewhere. But it&#x27;s going to be a great experience, and we&#x27;re all looking forward to 2019 for that. You know, many people are hearing about this for the first time, and it just came on my radar screen. I didn&#x27;t even know they were doing this. They&#x27;ve been doing this top secret, I guess. How long have they been working on it? Well, they made the announcement about a year and a half ago. The CEO of Disney did that at a convention. But it&#x27;s been very, very, you know, close to the vest. No one really knows too much about it. We know it&#x27;s going to be about 14 acres, which is a pretty decent size for a theme area. It&#x27;s going to cost over $400 million. And, of course, this comes on the coattails of what they&#x27;re doing this year, which, of course, is the Avatar and the Pandora over at Animal Kingdom, which is amazing.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> And then, of course, Toy Story, they&#x27;re expanding that next year. And then the following year, they&#x27;re really going to bang it out with this one here. So it&#x27;s been a little bit of a secret, but anybody who is a Star Wars fan or who loves Disney probably knew about this maybe about 18 months ago. Well, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Pete Tribuco. He&#x27;s in New York City or the New York City area. He&#x27;s a roller coaster and amusement park expert. And we&#x27;re talking about the new Star Wars-themed Disney parks or Disney theme parks built inside Disney, the theme park of Star Wars. And, gosh, it&#x27;s amazing. You know, my favorite three rides at Disney, and I&#x27;ve never been to Disneyland. I&#x27;ve always gone to Florida, Disney World. But my favorite three rides, and it&#x27;s amongst all the parks, is Test Drive, Soaring, and, of course, the good old favorite, Space Mountain.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And it looks like some of the rides you&#x27;re describing here for the new Star Wars theme park have a lot of these same characteristics. Well, you know, nowadays, and especially if you&#x27;re a roller coaster aficionado like myself, you&#x27;ve got to keep track of all the competition. Of course, Universal Studios and Cedar Fair parks like Cedar Point, you know, they&#x27;re coming up with some real, really high, you know, thrill rides, really, really intense rides. Well, these aren&#x27;t going to be too intense, but they are going to give you a feeling of actually being in the movie, actually being in Star Wars, being able to fly the Millennium Falcon, be able to get involved in an epic battle. It&#x27;s going to be more 4D-type stuff or 3D-type stuff. I don&#x27;t think they have much room to add a major roller coaster or anything like that.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> But it&#x27;s going to be very interesting, and this will probably be one of your top four. You know, to add to the list that you&#x27;ve already talked about, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ll be very, very happy with what they&#x27;re going to do here. It&#x27;s been a long and coming. Obviously, Disney bought Lucasfilms, started out with Star Tours back in 87 when they paid $32 million for that. And now they&#x27;ve added this whole new section, which is going to be going in 2019. But, yeah, it&#x27;ll be one of everybody&#x27;s favorites. The lines are going to be long like Harry Potter over at Universal Studios, so they&#x27;ll have to get used to that. And there&#x27;ll be wristbands and ways to try to beat the crowd and try to get in faster. But when you get a new ride like that, the buzz is really, really big. You know what I found out when I go to amusement parks, I have to remind myself I&#x27;m on vacation, and it&#x27;s not a hurry to get from point A to point C.</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> Because if you&#x27;re in a hurry, it&#x27;s not going to be a fun time, is it? Oh, no. Listen, when you&#x27;re on vacation, you want to take your time. My wife was the biggest one where we&#x27;ve got to do it this time. We&#x27;re doing this ride and this ride and that ride and this ride. Now we&#x27;ve been going here for many years with our daughter and with other people and friends and so on. And we normally go once or twice a year to either location. And my daughter actually performs at Disney every once in a while when her theater company goes down there to do some performances. But you take your time. You realize you&#x27;re not going to miss anything. They&#x27;ve got Park Hopper rates, and you can actually save them and use them for later on. You just want to relax. You don&#x27;t want to vacation from your vacation. So you really should just take it easy and just have fun and enjoy the kids while they enjoy watching you enjoy the rides.</p><p><strong>07:31</strong> The best thing Disney&#x27;s ever done for themselves, not for those of us who like to go when there&#x27;s not any crowds, is they schedule every single weekend throughout the year or every single week throughout the year, they schedule a new marathon or parade or something, and they get people to come in with their families to spend a lot of money. And this is pretty good marketing. Now, when we talk about the rides, though, Disney has become experts at doing a lot with a little room, using the little space they have. And there&#x27;s a rocket ship one where you go into Mars. I think it&#x27;s, what is it, Voyage to Mars, where you&#x27;re just in a little room, but you feel all the G-forces, and it doesn&#x27;t take much room up. So do you think, and I know you&#x27;re a roller coaster junkie, I&#x27;m a roller coaster junkie, does it imagine where I ride all day? Do you think that the days of amusement parks having these gigantic,</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> big acreage-taking-up roller coasters, do you think those days are gone? No, actually they&#x27;re not. You know, and you&#x27;re talking about Mission Space, which basically is picture yourself in an egg beater in one of those little things, and that&#x27;s pretty much what they do. They give you about four or five Gs. In fact, it was so intense at times that the astronauts themselves were saying that it was almost like being in space. But as far as the bigger ones, no, they&#x27;re getting bigger, faster, and higher. Right here in Jersey, we&#x27;ve got a 450-foot roller coaster, which goes about 128 miles an hour. And next year in Orlando, or the year after, they&#x27;re going to have a polar coaster, which is going to be over 500 feet tall. So if you&#x27;ve got the space, you&#x27;re going to be going higher, taller, and faster.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> Peter, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks again. I just wanted to mention I also have a new book coming out. It&#x27;s coming out actually next month. It&#x27;s my personal guide to the best water parks and amusement parks, and the funds for that will go to charity. And can people find your book on Amazon when it comes out? Yes, it&#x27;s currently available right now on Amazon. It&#x27;ll be also in, of course, Barnes &amp; Noble and wherever books are sold. All right. Well, folks, I mean, again, if you go to amusement park, it&#x27;s probably good to get Peter&#x27;s book ahead of time and see what he recommends to do first. Pete, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. You have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss amusement parks, attractions, and his advice for people planning a visit. Recorded April 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Pete Trabucco</category>
      <category>A Guide to Amusement Parks</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Pete Trabucco, A Guide to Amusement Parks, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a/image.jpg?t=1792072093&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pete-trabucco-a-guide-to-amusement-parks/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a/image.jpg?t=1792072093&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>580</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/168aebd3-95c8-4629-86ac-b4e2018aa20a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9322324" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pete-trabucco-a-guide-to-amusement-parks</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>86</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Guide to Amusement Parks" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:32" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner: Flying for Veterans</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner: Flying for Veterans</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bandit Flight Team pilot Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner join Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss flyovers, Operation Coming Home, and the United States Veterans Corps. This March 2017 conversation explains how aviation and community fundraising support veterans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> I went to the Cary Rotaries Club&#x27;s Mardi Gras party. Oh, that&#x27;s right. Yes, you did. It&#x27;s an annual event they have each year. I love going. And at the end of the event, they usually auction off things for great charities. They do, yeah. And this past one was no exception. Matter of fact, this was the best one ever, I think. Oh, really? And they had an auction. There&#x27;s an organization called the United States Veteran Corps. Okay, yeah. It was giving away a house to a veteran in Fuquay, Verena. Were they really? Oh, that&#x27;s beautiful. Yeah, Fuquay, Verena, North Carolina, for those of you all over the nation. I just happen to live right here, so Fuquay is right down the road from me. There you go. Very funny name of a town, Fuquay and Verena, two towns that combined back in the day. That&#x27;s right, yeah. That&#x27;s a different show. All right, so they were auctioning off, or they were giving the house away, but they were also auctioning off an opportunity to have a seat in a plane on a team called the Bandit Flight Team.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Oh, wow. So they&#x27;re going to do a flyover when this house is given away. Yeah, yeah. And guess who won? Who is that? No, did you really? I won, so it&#x27;s going to a great cause. The money&#x27;s going to the United States Veteran Corps, and they&#x27;re giving the house away. But today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have the pilot, who I&#x27;ll be sitting in the plane with, so I&#x27;m going to take good care of him. His name is Jim Kilpatrick. Jim is in studio. Jim, welcome in. Hey, thank you very much. Good to be here. And we also have one of the bigwigs with the U.S. Veterans Corps, and that&#x27;s Andrew Ladner. Andrew, welcome in. Oh, thank you, guys. Let&#x27;s start with you, Jim. I mean, you&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been at a Charlotte Panther game in the past. The planes fly right over, and you&#x27;ve been a member of that team that does that, right? That is true. We do the Panthers, and we do all NC State football games.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> We do NASCAR in Martinsville and Richmond and in Charlotte and in Darlington. Well, tell us about the Bandit Flight Team. When did they start, and what keeps you guys going? Well, it&#x27;s really unusual because we put together a team about five, six years ago. Guys that loved aviation, they had World War II airplanes, they had some other aircraft, and they&#x27;re all aerobatic, and they just, we love flying. And what happened was when the military stopped the flyovers, then there was this void. And there&#x27;s just something about the national anthem and a flyover. You take one, each one, you add it up, and it&#x27;s more if you put them both together. The sum is equal, more than the sum of the parts. But it was so effective that we found out the crowd absolutely loves it when they see</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> a flyover with the national anthem. I know. I love it. It gets you all excited and all jacked up for the game, doesn&#x27;t it? It does, yeah. It does. Now, you guys fly over. Can you see the people cheering below? No. No, no, no. If you ever, you will find out when you fly, lead, the lead guy does everything. He&#x27;s got to get the timing, which is the hardest thing, to get right at the home of the brave, and we&#x27;re there. That&#x27;s amazing. It&#x27;s hard, and lead does that. Everybody else is flying three feet off your wings, which means they never take their eyes off of lead. They stare at him. They don&#x27;t see the ground. They don&#x27;t see the crowd. They don&#x27;t see anything but lead, and they don&#x27;t change that position. It&#x27;s pretty smart to do that. What kind of plane are we going to be flying in? We&#x27;re going to be flying in with, it&#x27;s Vans, RV-7s, what you&#x27;re going to be in.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Most of our aircraft are Vans. They are called experimental because they&#x27;re all home-built. They&#x27;re aerobatic. They have smoke systems. Great for formation flying. And then we have some Russian airplanes. Russian Yak trainers is what they train all the Russian pilots in before they put them in a MiG. And there&#x27;s about 300 of them in the United States, and we have a couple of them. You think we&#x27;re going to be wiretapped, Earl, through Russian planes? I don&#x27;t know about that. No. Now, this is pretty neat. Now, did you build a plane yourself? This one I did not, but one of my team members did, and then he got out and bought from him. You&#x27;re going to find out they&#x27;re just as completed, just as fine an airplane as you can buy, but they are very maneuverable, and they have the smoke system, which is what we require.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> And how long have you been flying? Flying? Flying? Well, I started off as an Air Force fighter pilot. Flew in Vietnam. Thanks for your service. Thank you very much. Then came back, flew with American Airlines for 34 years. And then I instructed in a small jet, and then I put this team together about five years ago. Thomas, Jim sounds like one of the cool pilots that actually comes over the loudspeaker when you&#x27;re on the plane telling you what&#x27;s going on. He actually does, yeah. Every now and then I&#x27;ll be on a plane, and we&#x27;ll be sitting on the runway forever, but the pilot never comes on. No, it&#x27;s true, yeah. The other day when I was coming back from, where was I coming back, Birmingham, Alabama, had a real cool pilot that was educating us on how the ATC was delaying a lot of the flights. So that&#x27;s why we all felt more comfortable. We weren&#x27;t worried about what was going up onto the cockpit. There you go, there you go, yeah. No, that&#x27;s great. I can hear Jim&#x27;s voice coming over the loudspeaker. No, I can too. If you look down at your right there, 20,000 feet down, Niagara Falls.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> That&#x27;s right, I&#x27;ve had ones like that before. Those are cool. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s bring Andrew in. Andrew, tell us about your involvement with the United States Veteran Corps. Sure. So I&#x27;m the president of the United States Veterans Corps and also the president of Operation Coming Home. So we basically do food, toys, house. We do have a fun side demo team, parachute, repel, you know, that kind of thing. But actually, I want to tell you the ground side of Jim, right? So we get to see this. He has flown for several of our ceremonies that we give away a house if you&#x27;ve been injured in combat operations. So several houses in the past, Jim is going to fly over, and we&#x27;ve had the national anthem sang by different singers, even our development director, Jennifer. So they go to sing the national anthem. At the very end of the song, like Jim says, boom, these guys come over.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> And then you see them disappear. And then they go into another song, like maybe proud to be an American. And when they come back, it&#x27;s called The Missing Man. And it&#x27;s usually what he doesn&#x27;t see because he&#x27;s up in the air. We&#x27;re sitting there talking about the actual ones that passed away, most of the teammates of these guys that we&#x27;re doing the house for. So they come back, and they do The Missing Man, and it&#x27;s a lot of loud, a lot of smoke is over the top. And the song ends, and they&#x27;re off into the sunset. It is an amazing thing to see. And on May 13th, we&#x27;ll be giving away House 15 for a Marine recon sergeant that was injured in combat operations. And you&#x27;ll see Jim fly over probably at – it&#x27;s usually, I think we do it at like 10.05 or 10.07. You&#x27;ll see Jim and his team fly over.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> It&#x27;s going to be a lot of fun. Now, proud to be American. Lee Greenwood, we&#x27;ve had him on the show before. Awesome guest. Awesome singer, too. Really good. I&#x27;ve seen him perform also with the 82nd chorus. He gives back, which is really good. He appreciates your service like we do. Now, let&#x27;s talk about here who&#x27;s getting the house. This one, he was a Marine – so we&#x27;ve done Army Marines, Army Marines, you know, mostly. That&#x27;s the guys who&#x27;ve been injured in combat. Right. This guy was a Marine recon sergeant that a force recon guy, believe it or not, goes to a lot of Army schools. So this guy is a ranger. He&#x27;s Pathfinder, Airborne, you name it, all these Army schools that he went to. And then he actually deploys, you know, a lot of times with the Navy. And it&#x27;s funny that we&#x27;ve built houses for Raiders in the past that go to a lot of Navy schools and then they deploy with the Army. It&#x27;s really funny.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> Well, I&#x27;ve had Colonel Allen West on the show before. Now, he&#x27;s an Army vet. Yes, he is. But he was stationed in Fort Lejeune, North Carolina, which is Marines. Yes, he&#x27;s been both Camp Lejeune and Fort Bragg. We actually saw him a couple of months ago. Great guy. And he basically said he learned how to get along when he was in Jacksonville. Well, you kind of have to. When you&#x27;re in North Carolina, a force strike state, you&#x27;re constantly the Army Marines are everywhere together. Yeah. Well, I mean, this is a fantastic event. Now, what has inspired you guys to do this, to get these houses away? And actually, you have a, you were telling me before the show, Guinness World Book of World Record. Yes. So we&#x27;re in the Guinness World Book of World Records twice, once for food, once for toys. We just got the Guinness Book for toys. Over the top, you know, event, really hard to do. If you&#x27;ve ever physically seen one, it looks like Tent City meets Kitty Carpool. And we broke the record, went so far over, and our toys specifically go to low income and deployed.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> You asked about how did we do this, even the houses, how did this start? We were the guys from Fort Bragg and Camp Lejeune. A lot of veterans that were part of the Home Builders Association of Rotherway County, which is the largest one in the nation. And all these builder-related guys that were doing extreme makeover in Habitat for years. And we asked the question, why aren&#x27;t we doing it for our own people? Yeah. Well, that makes a lot of sense. I mean, give back locally, right? To people you know. We started it in 2007, the first house we delivered in 2008. We&#x27;re currently on House 15 and 16. We select a builder just like we select a Wounded Warrior. So currently, House 15 is Royal Oaks Homes. These guys are out of the Raleigh area. Rich Van Tassel is the owner. He&#x27;s been doing this since House 1. Royal Oaks Home has done about half of the homes. And then the other half has been a mixture of, you name it, Syntex, Lenar, MI Homes, Chesapeake, you name it.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, I know this new guy is excited about his new house. Oh, he&#x27;s over the top. He is currently right now in school in Wilmington. We&#x27;ll be transferring to NC State. Him and his wife are over the top ecstatic. Very humbled at the experience. I met him at the event. He was excited about everything that&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s going to be a real good event now. How can someone help you guys? Well, you can go to our website, myusvc.com, and you can say, do I want to be a volunteer? Do I want to make a donation? There&#x27;s a lot of different ways. We are constantly doing, even though we do houses, you&#x27;re only doing one to two houses a year. We&#x27;re constantly doing food, toys, food, toys, drives. Believe it or not, even toys all year round. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic. And here&#x27;s what I want to do. I mean, I&#x27;ve got a three-book set of the three most recent books that I&#x27;ve written. I&#x27;ll give those away to anyone who makes a $50 donation to your organization.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> And, Thomas, do you think I should do it? Do it, Coach. Go for it. Well. All righty then. For the next 10 people who call to give a donation of at least $50, you&#x27;ll get that three-book set. You&#x27;ll get the two VIP invitations to the book launch party coming up in May. Wow. You&#x27;ll also get, at no cost or obligation, $900 value, a free financial planning consultation to help educate you on where you are right now. Folks, this is vitally important for anyone who&#x27;s 52 and older. And our strategies work best, obviously, for those of you who have at least a million dollars saved for retirement. But anyone who calls right now and wants to donate at least $50 will get that three-book set, the VIP tour, the VIP event, and the financial planning consultation. That&#x27;s over at $1,200 value for a $50 donation.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And I&#x27;ll match that donation up to $100 for anyone who calls right now. Thomas, give them the number to help. All right, folks. That number to call, 800-661-7383. Again, folks, that number is 800-661-7383. Coach, this sounds like a fantastic opportunity to help out an organization that really could use some support, helping our veterans out there. Great match. I appreciate that. I&#x27;m sure they do, too. Well, without our veterans, we wouldn&#x27;t have a country. No. Really. They&#x27;re protecting us each and every day, by the way. That&#x27;s right. And once a vet, always a vet. That&#x27;s right. And once you serve, you&#x27;re always a member. You know that&#x27;s true. And we really appreciate everyone who&#x27;s served the country. All right, so, folks, one more time, that number, if you want to take advantage, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. The name and organization, United States Veteran Corps.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> We&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Kirkpatrick and Andrew Ladner. And you can come out and see us for more details on this event. Teeth, let us know. The number is 800-661-7383. But, Thomas, I really think people should call or visit the site. Again, 800-661-7383. Three book set. VIP invitation for two to our book launch party. As well as I really encourage you to come out to the event on May 13th and watch this great event where they&#x27;re giving the house away to the veteran. And watch me fly over with Jim. Again, a very good event. 800-661-7383. If you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go back to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bandit Flight Team pilot Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner join Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss flyovers, Operation Coming Home, and the United States Veterans Corps. This March 2017 conversation explains how aviation and community fundraising support veterans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> I went to the Cary Rotaries Club&#x27;s Mardi Gras party. Oh, that&#x27;s right. Yes, you did. It&#x27;s an annual event they have each year. I love going. And at the end of the event, they usually auction off things for great charities. They do, yeah. And this past one was no exception. Matter of fact, this was the best one ever, I think. Oh, really? And they had an auction. There&#x27;s an organization called the United States Veteran Corps. Okay, yeah. It was giving away a house to a veteran in Fuquay, Verena. Were they really? Oh, that&#x27;s beautiful. Yeah, Fuquay, Verena, North Carolina, for those of you all over the nation. I just happen to live right here, so Fuquay is right down the road from me. There you go. Very funny name of a town, Fuquay and Verena, two towns that combined back in the day. That&#x27;s right, yeah. That&#x27;s a different show. All right, so they were auctioning off, or they were giving the house away, but they were also auctioning off an opportunity to have a seat in a plane on a team called the Bandit Flight Team.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Oh, wow. So they&#x27;re going to do a flyover when this house is given away. Yeah, yeah. And guess who won? Who is that? No, did you really? I won, so it&#x27;s going to a great cause. The money&#x27;s going to the United States Veteran Corps, and they&#x27;re giving the house away. But today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have the pilot, who I&#x27;ll be sitting in the plane with, so I&#x27;m going to take good care of him. His name is Jim Kilpatrick. Jim is in studio. Jim, welcome in. Hey, thank you very much. Good to be here. And we also have one of the bigwigs with the U.S. Veterans Corps, and that&#x27;s Andrew Ladner. Andrew, welcome in. Oh, thank you, guys. Let&#x27;s start with you, Jim. I mean, you&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been at a Charlotte Panther game in the past. The planes fly right over, and you&#x27;ve been a member of that team that does that, right? That is true. We do the Panthers, and we do all NC State football games.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> We do NASCAR in Martinsville and Richmond and in Charlotte and in Darlington. Well, tell us about the Bandit Flight Team. When did they start, and what keeps you guys going? Well, it&#x27;s really unusual because we put together a team about five, six years ago. Guys that loved aviation, they had World War II airplanes, they had some other aircraft, and they&#x27;re all aerobatic, and they just, we love flying. And what happened was when the military stopped the flyovers, then there was this void. And there&#x27;s just something about the national anthem and a flyover. You take one, each one, you add it up, and it&#x27;s more if you put them both together. The sum is equal, more than the sum of the parts. But it was so effective that we found out the crowd absolutely loves it when they see</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> a flyover with the national anthem. I know. I love it. It gets you all excited and all jacked up for the game, doesn&#x27;t it? It does, yeah. It does. Now, you guys fly over. Can you see the people cheering below? No. No, no, no. If you ever, you will find out when you fly, lead, the lead guy does everything. He&#x27;s got to get the timing, which is the hardest thing, to get right at the home of the brave, and we&#x27;re there. That&#x27;s amazing. It&#x27;s hard, and lead does that. Everybody else is flying three feet off your wings, which means they never take their eyes off of lead. They stare at him. They don&#x27;t see the ground. They don&#x27;t see the crowd. They don&#x27;t see anything but lead, and they don&#x27;t change that position. It&#x27;s pretty smart to do that. What kind of plane are we going to be flying in? We&#x27;re going to be flying in with, it&#x27;s Vans, RV-7s, what you&#x27;re going to be in.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Most of our aircraft are Vans. They are called experimental because they&#x27;re all home-built. They&#x27;re aerobatic. They have smoke systems. Great for formation flying. And then we have some Russian airplanes. Russian Yak trainers is what they train all the Russian pilots in before they put them in a MiG. And there&#x27;s about 300 of them in the United States, and we have a couple of them. You think we&#x27;re going to be wiretapped, Earl, through Russian planes? I don&#x27;t know about that. No. Now, this is pretty neat. Now, did you build a plane yourself? This one I did not, but one of my team members did, and then he got out and bought from him. You&#x27;re going to find out they&#x27;re just as completed, just as fine an airplane as you can buy, but they are very maneuverable, and they have the smoke system, which is what we require.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> And how long have you been flying? Flying? Flying? Well, I started off as an Air Force fighter pilot. Flew in Vietnam. Thanks for your service. Thank you very much. Then came back, flew with American Airlines for 34 years. And then I instructed in a small jet, and then I put this team together about five years ago. Thomas, Jim sounds like one of the cool pilots that actually comes over the loudspeaker when you&#x27;re on the plane telling you what&#x27;s going on. He actually does, yeah. Every now and then I&#x27;ll be on a plane, and we&#x27;ll be sitting on the runway forever, but the pilot never comes on. No, it&#x27;s true, yeah. The other day when I was coming back from, where was I coming back, Birmingham, Alabama, had a real cool pilot that was educating us on how the ATC was delaying a lot of the flights. So that&#x27;s why we all felt more comfortable. We weren&#x27;t worried about what was going up onto the cockpit. There you go, there you go, yeah. No, that&#x27;s great. I can hear Jim&#x27;s voice coming over the loudspeaker. No, I can too. If you look down at your right there, 20,000 feet down, Niagara Falls.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> That&#x27;s right, I&#x27;ve had ones like that before. Those are cool. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s bring Andrew in. Andrew, tell us about your involvement with the United States Veteran Corps. Sure. So I&#x27;m the president of the United States Veterans Corps and also the president of Operation Coming Home. So we basically do food, toys, house. We do have a fun side demo team, parachute, repel, you know, that kind of thing. But actually, I want to tell you the ground side of Jim, right? So we get to see this. He has flown for several of our ceremonies that we give away a house if you&#x27;ve been injured in combat operations. So several houses in the past, Jim is going to fly over, and we&#x27;ve had the national anthem sang by different singers, even our development director, Jennifer. So they go to sing the national anthem. At the very end of the song, like Jim says, boom, these guys come over.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> And then you see them disappear. And then they go into another song, like maybe proud to be an American. And when they come back, it&#x27;s called The Missing Man. And it&#x27;s usually what he doesn&#x27;t see because he&#x27;s up in the air. We&#x27;re sitting there talking about the actual ones that passed away, most of the teammates of these guys that we&#x27;re doing the house for. So they come back, and they do The Missing Man, and it&#x27;s a lot of loud, a lot of smoke is over the top. And the song ends, and they&#x27;re off into the sunset. It is an amazing thing to see. And on May 13th, we&#x27;ll be giving away House 15 for a Marine recon sergeant that was injured in combat operations. And you&#x27;ll see Jim fly over probably at – it&#x27;s usually, I think we do it at like 10.05 or 10.07. You&#x27;ll see Jim and his team fly over.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> It&#x27;s going to be a lot of fun. Now, proud to be American. Lee Greenwood, we&#x27;ve had him on the show before. Awesome guest. Awesome singer, too. Really good. I&#x27;ve seen him perform also with the 82nd chorus. He gives back, which is really good. He appreciates your service like we do. Now, let&#x27;s talk about here who&#x27;s getting the house. This one, he was a Marine – so we&#x27;ve done Army Marines, Army Marines, you know, mostly. That&#x27;s the guys who&#x27;ve been injured in combat. Right. This guy was a Marine recon sergeant that a force recon guy, believe it or not, goes to a lot of Army schools. So this guy is a ranger. He&#x27;s Pathfinder, Airborne, you name it, all these Army schools that he went to. And then he actually deploys, you know, a lot of times with the Navy. And it&#x27;s funny that we&#x27;ve built houses for Raiders in the past that go to a lot of Navy schools and then they deploy with the Army. It&#x27;s really funny.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> Well, I&#x27;ve had Colonel Allen West on the show before. Now, he&#x27;s an Army vet. Yes, he is. But he was stationed in Fort Lejeune, North Carolina, which is Marines. Yes, he&#x27;s been both Camp Lejeune and Fort Bragg. We actually saw him a couple of months ago. Great guy. And he basically said he learned how to get along when he was in Jacksonville. Well, you kind of have to. When you&#x27;re in North Carolina, a force strike state, you&#x27;re constantly the Army Marines are everywhere together. Yeah. Well, I mean, this is a fantastic event. Now, what has inspired you guys to do this, to get these houses away? And actually, you have a, you were telling me before the show, Guinness World Book of World Record. Yes. So we&#x27;re in the Guinness World Book of World Records twice, once for food, once for toys. We just got the Guinness Book for toys. Over the top, you know, event, really hard to do. If you&#x27;ve ever physically seen one, it looks like Tent City meets Kitty Carpool. And we broke the record, went so far over, and our toys specifically go to low income and deployed.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> You asked about how did we do this, even the houses, how did this start? We were the guys from Fort Bragg and Camp Lejeune. A lot of veterans that were part of the Home Builders Association of Rotherway County, which is the largest one in the nation. And all these builder-related guys that were doing extreme makeover in Habitat for years. And we asked the question, why aren&#x27;t we doing it for our own people? Yeah. Well, that makes a lot of sense. I mean, give back locally, right? To people you know. We started it in 2007, the first house we delivered in 2008. We&#x27;re currently on House 15 and 16. We select a builder just like we select a Wounded Warrior. So currently, House 15 is Royal Oaks Homes. These guys are out of the Raleigh area. Rich Van Tassel is the owner. He&#x27;s been doing this since House 1. Royal Oaks Home has done about half of the homes. And then the other half has been a mixture of, you name it, Syntex, Lenar, MI Homes, Chesapeake, you name it.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, I know this new guy is excited about his new house. Oh, he&#x27;s over the top. He is currently right now in school in Wilmington. We&#x27;ll be transferring to NC State. Him and his wife are over the top ecstatic. Very humbled at the experience. I met him at the event. He was excited about everything that&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s going to be a real good event now. How can someone help you guys? Well, you can go to our website, myusvc.com, and you can say, do I want to be a volunteer? Do I want to make a donation? There&#x27;s a lot of different ways. We are constantly doing, even though we do houses, you&#x27;re only doing one to two houses a year. We&#x27;re constantly doing food, toys, food, toys, drives. Believe it or not, even toys all year round. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic. And here&#x27;s what I want to do. I mean, I&#x27;ve got a three-book set of the three most recent books that I&#x27;ve written. I&#x27;ll give those away to anyone who makes a $50 donation to your organization.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> And, Thomas, do you think I should do it? Do it, Coach. Go for it. Well. All righty then. For the next 10 people who call to give a donation of at least $50, you&#x27;ll get that three-book set. You&#x27;ll get the two VIP invitations to the book launch party coming up in May. Wow. You&#x27;ll also get, at no cost or obligation, $900 value, a free financial planning consultation to help educate you on where you are right now. Folks, this is vitally important for anyone who&#x27;s 52 and older. And our strategies work best, obviously, for those of you who have at least a million dollars saved for retirement. But anyone who calls right now and wants to donate at least $50 will get that three-book set, the VIP tour, the VIP event, and the financial planning consultation. That&#x27;s over at $1,200 value for a $50 donation.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And I&#x27;ll match that donation up to $100 for anyone who calls right now. Thomas, give them the number to help. All right, folks. That number to call, 800-661-7383. Again, folks, that number is 800-661-7383. Coach, this sounds like a fantastic opportunity to help out an organization that really could use some support, helping our veterans out there. Great match. I appreciate that. I&#x27;m sure they do, too. Well, without our veterans, we wouldn&#x27;t have a country. No. Really. They&#x27;re protecting us each and every day, by the way. That&#x27;s right. And once a vet, always a vet. That&#x27;s right. And once you serve, you&#x27;re always a member. You know that&#x27;s true. And we really appreciate everyone who&#x27;s served the country. All right, so, folks, one more time, that number, if you want to take advantage, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. The name and organization, United States Veteran Corps.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> We&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Kirkpatrick and Andrew Ladner. And you can come out and see us for more details on this event. Teeth, let us know. The number is 800-661-7383. But, Thomas, I really think people should call or visit the site. Again, 800-661-7383. Three book set. VIP invitation for two to our book launch party. As well as I really encourage you to come out to the event on May 13th and watch this great event where they&#x27;re giving the house away to the veteran. And watch me fly over with Jim. Again, a very good event. 800-661-7383. If you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go back to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bandit Flight Team pilot Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner join Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss flyovers, Operation Coming Home, and the United States Veterans Corps. This March 2017 conversation explains how aviation and community fundraising support veterans.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner</category>
      <category>Jim Kilpatrick</category>
      <category>Andrew Ladner</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Kilpatrick and Andrew Ladner, Jim Kilpatrick, Andrew Ladner, military service, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be/image.jpg?t=1792071886&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-kilpatrick-and-andrew-ladner-flying-for-veterans/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be/image.jpg?t=1792071886&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>703</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ce85b73-9dbd-40b0-839f-b4e3001211be/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11278242" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-kilpatrick-and-andrew-ladner-flying-for-veterans</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>87</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Flying for Veterans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:46" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Frank Vernuccio: America’s Military Strength</title>
      <itunes:title>Frank Vernuccio: America’s Military Strength</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Frank Vernuccio joins Coach Pete to discuss military readiness, national security, and his views on the challenges facing the United States. Recorded February 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or someone I&#x27;ve seen on the news radar. And gosh, this interview is a fantastic one. It&#x27;s a worrisome one at the same time. His name is Frank Vernuccio, and he&#x27;s an attorney. He&#x27;s also editor-in-chief of the New York Analysis of Policy and Government, and he served under both Republicans and Democrats. This is a fascinating interview about the America&#x27;s Navy, and the title of the article that I read by Frank was America&#x27;s Sinking Navy. Frank&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Frank, welcome in. Coach, it&#x27;s great to be with you. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this, because I saw this article that you had written, and it&#x27;s about the declassified studies that are coming out about how bad our Navy is right now. Not the soldiers, but not the Navy shipmen, but the actual ships themselves. What&#x27;s going on?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, that&#x27;s right, Coach. Our Navy is, of course, the smallest it&#x27;s been since before World War I. What makes that so increasingly dangerous is that at the same time, our rivals in Russia and China are going really hardcore and building up their forces as well. By 2020, the Chinese Navy will be larger than the American Navy. They really have more submarines than we do. Russia, of course, has been increasing its submarine fleet. They built four very advanced submarines just last year at a time when our Navy is really diminished to the smallest point it&#x27;s been, pretty much in their living memory, certainly since before World War I. But it&#x27;s not just the ships that&#x27;s the problem. During the eight years of the Obama administration, our experienced seamen, including our Navy chiefs, who are the guys who really run the ships, were encouraged to take early retirement.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> In some cases, were forced to take early retirement. So we&#x27;re really in a bad state, both in personnel as well as in equipment. If we&#x27;re talking about the intrinsic area, the really vital area of our aircraft carriers, well, we&#x27;ve seen reports just recently that 60% of our planes that fly off aircraft carriers can no longer take off because of a lack of maintenance and a lack of spare parts. That&#x27;s not a good number. It&#x27;s a horrible number, by the way. It&#x27;s pretty serious. You&#x27;re right. If you were a pilot, I mean, you&#x27;re always wondering when you get in the plane if it&#x27;s going to take off correctly or, more importantly, if it&#x27;s going to land the right way. As a matter of fact, there&#x27;s stories circulating that some of our Navy pilots are actually providing extra dollars to the maintenance guys, the folks who take care of their planes, to do some maintenance work on their own spare time and to dredge up smiths, their parts that they can&#x27;t seem to get from the regular inventory.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> That&#x27;s a really serious situation. Now, I&#x27;m a taxpayer, and I pay a lot of taxes, and I know a lot of other people who pay taxes. We assume our tax dollars are going to go to make sure our armed forces are taken care of. What&#x27;s going on here? Why is this happening? When did it happen, and how can we stop it? Well, of course, again, we&#x27;ve had over eight years of disinvestment in our armed forces. Certainly, when we had, during the budget talks, full expenses equally, the military was cut in a very substantial way. Now, Coach, you know there are some expenses you can cut and there are some expenses you can&#x27;t in your family budget. I mean, you might decide not to take that vacation this year, and that&#x27;s okay. You save some dollars. But you can&#x27;t decide not to pay the mortgage this year or pay the heating bill or pay the gas and electric bill. Those expenses you&#x27;ve got to pay. During the sequester, unfortunately, we looked at all those bills, all those expenses exactly the same way,</p><p><strong>03:26</strong> and the military was one of those things like the mortgage and the gas and electric that the government decided they could go without paying. Well, I don&#x27;t like this. And the fact that it&#x27;s a declassified study, who knows how bad the classified studies are right now? Well, absolutely right. And, you know, we had stories recently about the Russian ships off Grote, Connecticut, and off our big naval base in Virginia. And I think what you&#x27;re seeing, and that&#x27;s nothing new. I mean, they&#x27;ve always had spy ships doing things like that. But a couple of months back, we saw that several Chinese ships, a small flotilla of Chinese ships, came very close to our 12-mile limit off the coast of Alaska. Our enemies are sensing our weakness, and the buzzards are beginning to circle the prey. We&#x27;re in dangerous waters right now.</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> I was in the boneyard in Tucson, Arizona a few months back, and the boneyard&#x27;s where they bring all the planes, and a lot of them are military planes. They fly them in there and supposedly to decommission them. But a lot of times, a lot of those planes can be put back in service. It&#x27;s almost like a junkyard for planes. But some of those planes are needed now. And I don&#x27;t know, what do you think the solution is here that we can get on the best track or the fast track to get our Navy back to where it should be? And, by the way, we&#x27;re talking about planes, but what about the ships themselves? Well, you&#x27;re absolutely right. We have about 273 ships in the Navy. And it looks, up until the election of 2016, it looks as though that number was actually going to go down instead of up. President Trump has rather boldly said he wants to build the Navy up to at least 355 ships, which is a pretty decent number.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> And, you know, you can only hope that that comes to pass, that the Republicans and the majority in both the House and the Senate approve of President Trump&#x27;s plans to rebuild the Navy. Again, you always have to look at it in relation to the threat that we&#x27;re facing. And by the year 2020, the Chinese fleet is going to be bigger than ours. The Russians will have modernized their fleet. We&#x27;re facing a dire peril. And we can only hope that we can build fast enough to do it. And that is the second part of the problem, Coach. We used to have a much better industrial base. You recall all the history lessons we saw after Pearl Harbor, where the United States was able to gear up, rebuild the fleet that was sunk at Pearl, rebuild the fleet so we could challenge the Germans in the Atlantic as well. We don&#x27;t have that industrial capacity, and we need to build that as well.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> I&#x27;m going to go off topic for the Navy for just one second, but it&#x27;s an example that I use all the time. There&#x27;s only one plant in the entire United States that&#x27;s capable of building tanks. It&#x27;s in Lima, Ohio. And throughout his eight years in office, President Obama tried to close that plant down. Why? We&#x27;re in the same situation. We&#x27;re in the same situation with our Navy. We&#x27;ve got to build up our industrial infrastructure. And by the way, when we do that, we&#x27;re going to create a lot of great-paying, middle-class jobs, something else that we need to bring to the United States as well. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Frank Bernuccio, and he is editor-in-chief of the New York Analysis and Policy in Government. And Frank&#x27;s worked for both Republicans and Democrats in the past. But, Frank, this is alarming to me.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> Why would you want to close down the only tank plant we have and do the same thing to the Navy? Well, I think there&#x27;s a lot of politics involved. Remember, for the most part, the Democrats tend to get their votes from folks who are advocating or being involved in social welfare programs. So you want to give—if you&#x27;re a Democrat and you want to get re-elected or elected, you want to spend as much money on those programs as you can. Since you can&#x27;t raise taxes any higher, already taxed way over the limit, you&#x27;re going to try to take taxes and tax funding away from other things. And one of those other things that you&#x27;re taking money away from is going to be the military. Well, no pun intended, but the fastest way to sink a country is to underfund the military. And that&#x27;s not a good thing. You&#x27;re absolutely right.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> Anything else you want to add? What can we see—what do you think we&#x27;re going to see here in the next few years under Trump to maybe get our Navy back to where we were once very proud of and get it back to where it should be, number one in the world? Well, two things you&#x27;re going to see. One, of course, is more funding going to the Navy to build ships and maintain our aircraft that take off from the ships. But also I think you&#x27;re going to see an improvement in morale because during the eight years of the Obama administration, I don&#x27;t think the men and women who serve in our armed forces really show the appreciation that they need, both either in terms of just morale or in terms of getting the pay increases, the medical benefits that they need, and so forth. So those things are going to start turning around, and hopefully the United States will have enough time before that dangerous 2020 date to rebuild our armed forces,</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> to adequately protect us and deter any thoughts on the part of our adversaries from attacking the United States. Well, that&#x27;s a fascinating subject. Where can our listeners get more information from you? Hey, thanks for asking. It&#x27;s at usagovpolicy.com. Frank, Frank, we hope to have you on again in the future, hopefully with a status report on how our military is improving under Trump and getting on the right track. How&#x27;s that? Coach, I look forward to our next discussion. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Frank Vernuccio joins Coach Pete to discuss military readiness, national security, and his views on the challenges facing the United States. Recorded February 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or someone I&#x27;ve seen on the news radar. And gosh, this interview is a fantastic one. It&#x27;s a worrisome one at the same time. His name is Frank Vernuccio, and he&#x27;s an attorney. He&#x27;s also editor-in-chief of the New York Analysis of Policy and Government, and he served under both Republicans and Democrats. This is a fascinating interview about the America&#x27;s Navy, and the title of the article that I read by Frank was America&#x27;s Sinking Navy. Frank&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Frank, welcome in. Coach, it&#x27;s great to be with you. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this, because I saw this article that you had written, and it&#x27;s about the declassified studies that are coming out about how bad our Navy is right now. Not the soldiers, but not the Navy shipmen, but the actual ships themselves. What&#x27;s going on?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, that&#x27;s right, Coach. Our Navy is, of course, the smallest it&#x27;s been since before World War I. What makes that so increasingly dangerous is that at the same time, our rivals in Russia and China are going really hardcore and building up their forces as well. By 2020, the Chinese Navy will be larger than the American Navy. They really have more submarines than we do. Russia, of course, has been increasing its submarine fleet. They built four very advanced submarines just last year at a time when our Navy is really diminished to the smallest point it&#x27;s been, pretty much in their living memory, certainly since before World War I. But it&#x27;s not just the ships that&#x27;s the problem. During the eight years of the Obama administration, our experienced seamen, including our Navy chiefs, who are the guys who really run the ships, were encouraged to take early retirement.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> In some cases, were forced to take early retirement. So we&#x27;re really in a bad state, both in personnel as well as in equipment. If we&#x27;re talking about the intrinsic area, the really vital area of our aircraft carriers, well, we&#x27;ve seen reports just recently that 60% of our planes that fly off aircraft carriers can no longer take off because of a lack of maintenance and a lack of spare parts. That&#x27;s not a good number. It&#x27;s a horrible number, by the way. It&#x27;s pretty serious. You&#x27;re right. If you were a pilot, I mean, you&#x27;re always wondering when you get in the plane if it&#x27;s going to take off correctly or, more importantly, if it&#x27;s going to land the right way. As a matter of fact, there&#x27;s stories circulating that some of our Navy pilots are actually providing extra dollars to the maintenance guys, the folks who take care of their planes, to do some maintenance work on their own spare time and to dredge up smiths, their parts that they can&#x27;t seem to get from the regular inventory.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> That&#x27;s a really serious situation. Now, I&#x27;m a taxpayer, and I pay a lot of taxes, and I know a lot of other people who pay taxes. We assume our tax dollars are going to go to make sure our armed forces are taken care of. What&#x27;s going on here? Why is this happening? When did it happen, and how can we stop it? Well, of course, again, we&#x27;ve had over eight years of disinvestment in our armed forces. Certainly, when we had, during the budget talks, full expenses equally, the military was cut in a very substantial way. Now, Coach, you know there are some expenses you can cut and there are some expenses you can&#x27;t in your family budget. I mean, you might decide not to take that vacation this year, and that&#x27;s okay. You save some dollars. But you can&#x27;t decide not to pay the mortgage this year or pay the heating bill or pay the gas and electric bill. Those expenses you&#x27;ve got to pay. During the sequester, unfortunately, we looked at all those bills, all those expenses exactly the same way,</p><p><strong>03:26</strong> and the military was one of those things like the mortgage and the gas and electric that the government decided they could go without paying. Well, I don&#x27;t like this. And the fact that it&#x27;s a declassified study, who knows how bad the classified studies are right now? Well, absolutely right. And, you know, we had stories recently about the Russian ships off Grote, Connecticut, and off our big naval base in Virginia. And I think what you&#x27;re seeing, and that&#x27;s nothing new. I mean, they&#x27;ve always had spy ships doing things like that. But a couple of months back, we saw that several Chinese ships, a small flotilla of Chinese ships, came very close to our 12-mile limit off the coast of Alaska. Our enemies are sensing our weakness, and the buzzards are beginning to circle the prey. We&#x27;re in dangerous waters right now.</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> I was in the boneyard in Tucson, Arizona a few months back, and the boneyard&#x27;s where they bring all the planes, and a lot of them are military planes. They fly them in there and supposedly to decommission them. But a lot of times, a lot of those planes can be put back in service. It&#x27;s almost like a junkyard for planes. But some of those planes are needed now. And I don&#x27;t know, what do you think the solution is here that we can get on the best track or the fast track to get our Navy back to where it should be? And, by the way, we&#x27;re talking about planes, but what about the ships themselves? Well, you&#x27;re absolutely right. We have about 273 ships in the Navy. And it looks, up until the election of 2016, it looks as though that number was actually going to go down instead of up. President Trump has rather boldly said he wants to build the Navy up to at least 355 ships, which is a pretty decent number.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> And, you know, you can only hope that that comes to pass, that the Republicans and the majority in both the House and the Senate approve of President Trump&#x27;s plans to rebuild the Navy. Again, you always have to look at it in relation to the threat that we&#x27;re facing. And by the year 2020, the Chinese fleet is going to be bigger than ours. The Russians will have modernized their fleet. We&#x27;re facing a dire peril. And we can only hope that we can build fast enough to do it. And that is the second part of the problem, Coach. We used to have a much better industrial base. You recall all the history lessons we saw after Pearl Harbor, where the United States was able to gear up, rebuild the fleet that was sunk at Pearl, rebuild the fleet so we could challenge the Germans in the Atlantic as well. We don&#x27;t have that industrial capacity, and we need to build that as well.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> I&#x27;m going to go off topic for the Navy for just one second, but it&#x27;s an example that I use all the time. There&#x27;s only one plant in the entire United States that&#x27;s capable of building tanks. It&#x27;s in Lima, Ohio. And throughout his eight years in office, President Obama tried to close that plant down. Why? We&#x27;re in the same situation. We&#x27;re in the same situation with our Navy. We&#x27;ve got to build up our industrial infrastructure. And by the way, when we do that, we&#x27;re going to create a lot of great-paying, middle-class jobs, something else that we need to bring to the United States as well. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Frank Bernuccio, and he is editor-in-chief of the New York Analysis and Policy in Government. And Frank&#x27;s worked for both Republicans and Democrats in the past. But, Frank, this is alarming to me.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> Why would you want to close down the only tank plant we have and do the same thing to the Navy? Well, I think there&#x27;s a lot of politics involved. Remember, for the most part, the Democrats tend to get their votes from folks who are advocating or being involved in social welfare programs. So you want to give—if you&#x27;re a Democrat and you want to get re-elected or elected, you want to spend as much money on those programs as you can. Since you can&#x27;t raise taxes any higher, already taxed way over the limit, you&#x27;re going to try to take taxes and tax funding away from other things. And one of those other things that you&#x27;re taking money away from is going to be the military. Well, no pun intended, but the fastest way to sink a country is to underfund the military. And that&#x27;s not a good thing. You&#x27;re absolutely right.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> Anything else you want to add? What can we see—what do you think we&#x27;re going to see here in the next few years under Trump to maybe get our Navy back to where we were once very proud of and get it back to where it should be, number one in the world? Well, two things you&#x27;re going to see. One, of course, is more funding going to the Navy to build ships and maintain our aircraft that take off from the ships. But also I think you&#x27;re going to see an improvement in morale because during the eight years of the Obama administration, I don&#x27;t think the men and women who serve in our armed forces really show the appreciation that they need, both either in terms of just morale or in terms of getting the pay increases, the medical benefits that they need, and so forth. So those things are going to start turning around, and hopefully the United States will have enough time before that dangerous 2020 date to rebuild our armed forces,</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> to adequately protect us and deter any thoughts on the part of our adversaries from attacking the United States. Well, that&#x27;s a fascinating subject. Where can our listeners get more information from you? Hey, thanks for asking. It&#x27;s at usagovpolicy.com. Frank, Frank, we hope to have you on again in the future, hopefully with a status report on how our military is improving under Trump and getting on the right track. How&#x27;s that? Coach, I look forward to our next discussion. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Frank Vernuccio joins Coach Pete to discuss military readiness, national security, and his views on the challenges facing the United States. Recorded February 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Frank Vernuccio</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>America’s Military Strength</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Frank Vernuccio, military service, America’s Military Strength, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279/image.jpg?t=1792072104&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/frank-vernuccio-america-s-military-strength/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279/image.jpg?t=1792072104&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279</guid>
      <omny:clipId>35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Feb 2017 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>521</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35516348-e06b-4ce1-b1d3-b4e20189a279/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8372375" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/frank-vernuccio-america-s-military-strength</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>88</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="America’s Military Strength" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sharyl Attkisson: Full Measure and Journalism</title>
      <itunes:title>Sharyl Attkisson: Full Measure and Journalism</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sharyl Attkisson joins Coach Pete to discuss Full Measure, journalism, and her work as a reporter and author. Recorded January 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And many times I end up in the media world when we&#x27;re talking about someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And this week is no exception, but we&#x27;ve got a multifaceted guest. She&#x27;s a best-selling author. She&#x27;s a five-time Emmy winner. She&#x27;s also won the Edward R. Muir Award for investigative reporting. Former CBS News, CNN, and PBS reporter Cheryl Atkinson. Cheryl, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, now, I mean, you&#x27;ve got a gigantic bio here, so I want to maybe drill down a little bit and talk about some things that are really relevant these days. And you&#x27;ve got that book, The Stonewall, and that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller, by the way, and a sequel coming out called The Smear. Let&#x27;s talk about the new book first, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the new TV show, Full Measure.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> All right. What inspired you now that The Stonewall book, I mean, I&#x27;ve seen that book for, I mean, that&#x27;s got a lot of accolades because it really is going behind the scenes and telling folks what&#x27;s really going on in the media world. Well, you know, there was a lot of interest in the part of that book that addressed the forces and the special interests that are trying to shape narratives, whether it&#x27;s in the news or in astroturf efforts by using nonprofits, social media, what have you. So I&#x27;ve really gone down that road and elaborated on that a lot. And it really bleeds into the new fake news or the anti-fake news effort, which I think in of itself is a propaganda effort. There&#x27;s no doubt that fake news exists and has always existed, but giving it a name and using it for the specific purpose that it&#x27;s being used for now</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> is, I believe, an orchestrated and organized effort that&#x27;s further designed, like many other efforts, to shape the public narrative and public opinion. And I think a lot of people don&#x27;t, they kind of know that they&#x27;re being led down a certain path when they watch the news or get online. But I think you&#x27;ll be surprised to read in this book the extent to which that happens and how organized these forces are, whether they&#x27;re government or corporate or other special interests, kind of leading us around by the nose in ways that we can&#x27;t imagine. Anyone who grew up with siblings has to be familiar with the term fake news and fake reporting, because I was one of three brothers, and all the time we had one brother or another inventing news when mom and dad came home trying to get us in trouble. So I&#x27;m very familiar with fake news. And it&#x27;s so blatantly obvious to me when the news is fake, and also when someone is talking about astroturfing,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> which is people showing up to protest or whatever, it seems like the people that are complaining about it are the main engineers of it before. Well, it&#x27;s almost a way of thinking. And what I try to get at in the smear, there&#x27;s not really a way I can see that we can change the shape of things overnight. But once you become someone that can recognize it, it sounds like you&#x27;re already there, you start to see it everywhere. And you can, I think, become a wiser consumer of information that way. When you start to see the same words being used by all the press, I mean, we&#x27;re supposed to be independent thinkers, and it&#x27;s not going to be a coincidence if everybody&#x27;s using the exact same terminology. That&#x27;s because a narrative has been put out there. Whether they&#x27;re doing it intentionally or they just happen to be victim of the propaganda campaign, you&#x27;ll be able to recognize it and maybe ask the question, who wants me to think this way?</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And why did they want me to think this way? Rather than accepting it just at face value. Yeah, and it comes down to that a lot of times, too. There&#x27;s always ulterior motives out there, good and bad for many people. And I guess as someone who watches media and listens to media, you have to watch it with an open mind, but you also have to watch it with a skeptical mind these days, don&#x27;t you? You do, and I&#x27;m sorry to say I just don&#x27;t have any great hints when people ask, you know, who can I watch and what can I do? Most people don&#x27;t have the time to do the kind of research it would take to really get to the bottom of these questions in some circumstances as to whether news is real or not or whether you&#x27;re getting the whole story. The news is supposed to put it out there in a way you don&#x27;t have to do all of your own original research. But the way the news has been co-opted by special and corporate interests today,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> I really don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a whole lot you can take at face value, but I say be especially wary when everybody seems to be on the same page and using the same terminology. In my view, there&#x27;s so much news to report. We all shouldn&#x27;t be leading with the same stories every day. It&#x27;s a judgment call. And if we are, that&#x27;s because, in my view, someone has put that narrative out there. And years ago, we were taught in journalism school and coming up, you don&#x27;t take a press release from a corporation or from any government and report it as news. That&#x27;s what they want you to think. That may be the starting point of something. But you then can dig behind it if you think it&#x27;s newsworthy and see what the real story is. But too often now, I&#x27;ve seen this shift whereby even at CBS, we would get sort of a handout of the day from the government.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> They tell us what they want to talk to, who they want to, quote, put out. And suddenly, everybody&#x27;s putting that on the news. It&#x27;s almost like state-run television in a sense. Well, it seemed like that a lot. And, you know, when you watch some of the media collages of some shows, some investigative shows that put together different media sources saying the same thing, the same talking points about an event that just happened, you know that the word is coming down from somewhere else what to say. Well, I go into that. I have some examples in the book. Like, I isolated once Hillary Clinton and her campaign chairman, Podesta, used the word dark after Donald Trump&#x27;s acceptance speech. The number of people that used the word dark, and there were a couple other similar words, that I don&#x27;t think that speech, in my view, lent itself to naturally.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But once it was put on the plate, everybody went with that. I&#x27;m talking Democrats, Republicans, people in between. I mean, whether they know it or not, or the word just sounds good to them once it&#x27;s put out, I don&#x27;t know. But when you see everybody, again, on that same narrative. And then I watched almost every Trump speech and almost every Clinton speech that I could, and I had a completely different impression and takeaways from those speech as I saw reported on the news. That&#x27;s why I like to see for myself. I certainly didn&#x27;t see his speech as dark, but it seemed like the rest of the world did as reported on the news. Yeah, once it becomes in the vernacular, then everyone says it and assumes that&#x27;s what it is. And most people don&#x27;t really watch it completely like you do. They just trust someone who&#x27;s reporting on it. Right. You know, Ronald Reagan said trust but verify.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> No be I, no pro be I. That&#x27;s right. And so too many people, though, just led down that cookie trail right to the bad place. I mean, you know, they drop the crumbs, people pick them up, and they basically just dissolve in your mouth, and you don&#x27;t think a thing about what&#x27;s behind the scenes. And it&#x27;s a mix of people that don&#x27;t know better. They think this is how news is reported. They kind of look around and see what others report. And a combination of people who do know better but are trying to direct the narrative because we&#x27;ve allowed our newsrooms to be influenced by and infiltrated by political operatives and special interests, in my view. Yeah, it is. And now when you were in journalism school at the University of Florida, and by the way, I&#x27;ve got a good buddy, Nick Nanton, who&#x27;s a big Gator fan, so I want to shout out to him. But when you were at the University of Florida, did they teach you to show both sides of the story, or did they teach you to take one side that you felt strongly about and promote that one side?</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> You know, so long ago, I don&#x27;t remember all the teaching except what I got out of it was to suspend your own beliefs and open your mind and learn when you go out somewhere. Your job isn&#x27;t to try to convince other people as to what you believe. The job is to go get the facts on the ground, and you may have a preconceived notion of a story going in. In fact, you usually will. But you will often find a better story if you actually go on the ground and find out what&#x27;s going on. It may be completely different than what you thought, but you can&#x27;t be so vested in your own ideas that you set out to prove something is true rather than to learn the facts. Right. And I think too often, especially the last five years, and journalists at other networks will complain of the same thing, the bosses were dictating how a story had to go based on a preconceived, I call it a novel,</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> they had written in their head on how they wanted the story to go. And the reporters could go out in the field and tell them what was really happening and literally be told, well, no, we wanted to say this, regardless of what you&#x27;re seeing on the ground, regardless of the news gathering, we like what we saw on the wires or what we saw on cable television, and your story should in essence match that, rather than you being able to tell them the original information that you&#x27;re finding on the ground. And that&#x27;s just been a terrible trend. That&#x27;s sad when the line between fiction and nonfiction gets blurry, isn&#x27;t it? Indeed. Now let&#x27;s talk about it. We&#x27;ve got a few minutes here to end the show, but let&#x27;s talk about Full Measure. That&#x27;s your new show. It&#x27;s a fantastic show. It&#x27;s an investigative reporting show, and it&#x27;s shown all over the United States. People can find it on their TV guide. It&#x27;s put out by Sinclair Broadcasting Group.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about what inspired you to develop the show, Full Measure. Well, I left CBS ahead of my contract because I really didn&#x27;t think there was anything for me to do there meaningful. And I wasn&#x27;t sure what I would do next, if anything, other than writing the book. And I didn&#x27;t want to work for another place that was going to try to shape and skew the news. I just didn&#x27;t think that was something I could do after all these years. So I was approached by this company to do a show that was centered around what I used to do at CBS, which is investigative reporting, follow the money, whistleblowers, under-reported stories, censored stories, government secrecy, you name it, without interference from the corporate entity that runs the show. So they have been true to their word. We&#x27;ve got a great following, I think, already in our second season in many markets where we&#x27;re seen on two stations</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> and sometimes three times on Sundays. We&#x27;re matching or beating Face the Nation, Meet the Press, and This Week on ABC. So we&#x27;re very proud of that. If you want to know where you can find it, go to fullmeasure.news. You can watch replays. You can look under About and see where we play in different markets. Or you can just watch it online. But I think it&#x27;s a valuable resource. One story I did recently, for example, there&#x27;s a huge crackdown on whistleblowers and ethics watchdogs of all kind, whether they&#x27;re trying to watch any facet of government. They&#x27;re now being victimized. They&#x27;re now being targeted. Journalists are, too, when they do the job of digging things up. And we report those stories that you&#x27;re not going to see. You would have seen them 10 years ago on the news, but you&#x27;re not going to see them on a lot of channels today because these are subjects that are self-centered.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> You&#x27;ll see those on fullmeasure. Again, it&#x27;s a great show, folks. And I love the subtitle or what in your press release it says, Untouchable Subjects Through Fearless Reporting. That&#x27;s fullmeasure. And her name is Cheryl Atkinson. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Well, thanks so much for having me. Yep, and folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sharyl Attkisson joins Coach Pete to discuss Full Measure, journalism, and her work as a reporter and author. Recorded January 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And many times I end up in the media world when we&#x27;re talking about someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And this week is no exception, but we&#x27;ve got a multifaceted guest. She&#x27;s a best-selling author. She&#x27;s a five-time Emmy winner. She&#x27;s also won the Edward R. Muir Award for investigative reporting. Former CBS News, CNN, and PBS reporter Cheryl Atkinson. Cheryl, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, now, I mean, you&#x27;ve got a gigantic bio here, so I want to maybe drill down a little bit and talk about some things that are really relevant these days. And you&#x27;ve got that book, The Stonewall, and that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller, by the way, and a sequel coming out called The Smear. Let&#x27;s talk about the new book first, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the new TV show, Full Measure.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> All right. What inspired you now that The Stonewall book, I mean, I&#x27;ve seen that book for, I mean, that&#x27;s got a lot of accolades because it really is going behind the scenes and telling folks what&#x27;s really going on in the media world. Well, you know, there was a lot of interest in the part of that book that addressed the forces and the special interests that are trying to shape narratives, whether it&#x27;s in the news or in astroturf efforts by using nonprofits, social media, what have you. So I&#x27;ve really gone down that road and elaborated on that a lot. And it really bleeds into the new fake news or the anti-fake news effort, which I think in of itself is a propaganda effort. There&#x27;s no doubt that fake news exists and has always existed, but giving it a name and using it for the specific purpose that it&#x27;s being used for now</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> is, I believe, an orchestrated and organized effort that&#x27;s further designed, like many other efforts, to shape the public narrative and public opinion. And I think a lot of people don&#x27;t, they kind of know that they&#x27;re being led down a certain path when they watch the news or get online. But I think you&#x27;ll be surprised to read in this book the extent to which that happens and how organized these forces are, whether they&#x27;re government or corporate or other special interests, kind of leading us around by the nose in ways that we can&#x27;t imagine. Anyone who grew up with siblings has to be familiar with the term fake news and fake reporting, because I was one of three brothers, and all the time we had one brother or another inventing news when mom and dad came home trying to get us in trouble. So I&#x27;m very familiar with fake news. And it&#x27;s so blatantly obvious to me when the news is fake, and also when someone is talking about astroturfing,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> which is people showing up to protest or whatever, it seems like the people that are complaining about it are the main engineers of it before. Well, it&#x27;s almost a way of thinking. And what I try to get at in the smear, there&#x27;s not really a way I can see that we can change the shape of things overnight. But once you become someone that can recognize it, it sounds like you&#x27;re already there, you start to see it everywhere. And you can, I think, become a wiser consumer of information that way. When you start to see the same words being used by all the press, I mean, we&#x27;re supposed to be independent thinkers, and it&#x27;s not going to be a coincidence if everybody&#x27;s using the exact same terminology. That&#x27;s because a narrative has been put out there. Whether they&#x27;re doing it intentionally or they just happen to be victim of the propaganda campaign, you&#x27;ll be able to recognize it and maybe ask the question, who wants me to think this way?</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And why did they want me to think this way? Rather than accepting it just at face value. Yeah, and it comes down to that a lot of times, too. There&#x27;s always ulterior motives out there, good and bad for many people. And I guess as someone who watches media and listens to media, you have to watch it with an open mind, but you also have to watch it with a skeptical mind these days, don&#x27;t you? You do, and I&#x27;m sorry to say I just don&#x27;t have any great hints when people ask, you know, who can I watch and what can I do? Most people don&#x27;t have the time to do the kind of research it would take to really get to the bottom of these questions in some circumstances as to whether news is real or not or whether you&#x27;re getting the whole story. The news is supposed to put it out there in a way you don&#x27;t have to do all of your own original research. But the way the news has been co-opted by special and corporate interests today,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> I really don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a whole lot you can take at face value, but I say be especially wary when everybody seems to be on the same page and using the same terminology. In my view, there&#x27;s so much news to report. We all shouldn&#x27;t be leading with the same stories every day. It&#x27;s a judgment call. And if we are, that&#x27;s because, in my view, someone has put that narrative out there. And years ago, we were taught in journalism school and coming up, you don&#x27;t take a press release from a corporation or from any government and report it as news. That&#x27;s what they want you to think. That may be the starting point of something. But you then can dig behind it if you think it&#x27;s newsworthy and see what the real story is. But too often now, I&#x27;ve seen this shift whereby even at CBS, we would get sort of a handout of the day from the government.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> They tell us what they want to talk to, who they want to, quote, put out. And suddenly, everybody&#x27;s putting that on the news. It&#x27;s almost like state-run television in a sense. Well, it seemed like that a lot. And, you know, when you watch some of the media collages of some shows, some investigative shows that put together different media sources saying the same thing, the same talking points about an event that just happened, you know that the word is coming down from somewhere else what to say. Well, I go into that. I have some examples in the book. Like, I isolated once Hillary Clinton and her campaign chairman, Podesta, used the word dark after Donald Trump&#x27;s acceptance speech. The number of people that used the word dark, and there were a couple other similar words, that I don&#x27;t think that speech, in my view, lent itself to naturally.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But once it was put on the plate, everybody went with that. I&#x27;m talking Democrats, Republicans, people in between. I mean, whether they know it or not, or the word just sounds good to them once it&#x27;s put out, I don&#x27;t know. But when you see everybody, again, on that same narrative. And then I watched almost every Trump speech and almost every Clinton speech that I could, and I had a completely different impression and takeaways from those speech as I saw reported on the news. That&#x27;s why I like to see for myself. I certainly didn&#x27;t see his speech as dark, but it seemed like the rest of the world did as reported on the news. Yeah, once it becomes in the vernacular, then everyone says it and assumes that&#x27;s what it is. And most people don&#x27;t really watch it completely like you do. They just trust someone who&#x27;s reporting on it. Right. You know, Ronald Reagan said trust but verify.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> No be I, no pro be I. That&#x27;s right. And so too many people, though, just led down that cookie trail right to the bad place. I mean, you know, they drop the crumbs, people pick them up, and they basically just dissolve in your mouth, and you don&#x27;t think a thing about what&#x27;s behind the scenes. And it&#x27;s a mix of people that don&#x27;t know better. They think this is how news is reported. They kind of look around and see what others report. And a combination of people who do know better but are trying to direct the narrative because we&#x27;ve allowed our newsrooms to be influenced by and infiltrated by political operatives and special interests, in my view. Yeah, it is. And now when you were in journalism school at the University of Florida, and by the way, I&#x27;ve got a good buddy, Nick Nanton, who&#x27;s a big Gator fan, so I want to shout out to him. But when you were at the University of Florida, did they teach you to show both sides of the story, or did they teach you to take one side that you felt strongly about and promote that one side?</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> You know, so long ago, I don&#x27;t remember all the teaching except what I got out of it was to suspend your own beliefs and open your mind and learn when you go out somewhere. Your job isn&#x27;t to try to convince other people as to what you believe. The job is to go get the facts on the ground, and you may have a preconceived notion of a story going in. In fact, you usually will. But you will often find a better story if you actually go on the ground and find out what&#x27;s going on. It may be completely different than what you thought, but you can&#x27;t be so vested in your own ideas that you set out to prove something is true rather than to learn the facts. Right. And I think too often, especially the last five years, and journalists at other networks will complain of the same thing, the bosses were dictating how a story had to go based on a preconceived, I call it a novel,</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> they had written in their head on how they wanted the story to go. And the reporters could go out in the field and tell them what was really happening and literally be told, well, no, we wanted to say this, regardless of what you&#x27;re seeing on the ground, regardless of the news gathering, we like what we saw on the wires or what we saw on cable television, and your story should in essence match that, rather than you being able to tell them the original information that you&#x27;re finding on the ground. And that&#x27;s just been a terrible trend. That&#x27;s sad when the line between fiction and nonfiction gets blurry, isn&#x27;t it? Indeed. Now let&#x27;s talk about it. We&#x27;ve got a few minutes here to end the show, but let&#x27;s talk about Full Measure. That&#x27;s your new show. It&#x27;s a fantastic show. It&#x27;s an investigative reporting show, and it&#x27;s shown all over the United States. People can find it on their TV guide. It&#x27;s put out by Sinclair Broadcasting Group.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about what inspired you to develop the show, Full Measure. Well, I left CBS ahead of my contract because I really didn&#x27;t think there was anything for me to do there meaningful. And I wasn&#x27;t sure what I would do next, if anything, other than writing the book. And I didn&#x27;t want to work for another place that was going to try to shape and skew the news. I just didn&#x27;t think that was something I could do after all these years. So I was approached by this company to do a show that was centered around what I used to do at CBS, which is investigative reporting, follow the money, whistleblowers, under-reported stories, censored stories, government secrecy, you name it, without interference from the corporate entity that runs the show. So they have been true to their word. We&#x27;ve got a great following, I think, already in our second season in many markets where we&#x27;re seen on two stations</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> and sometimes three times on Sundays. We&#x27;re matching or beating Face the Nation, Meet the Press, and This Week on ABC. So we&#x27;re very proud of that. If you want to know where you can find it, go to fullmeasure.news. You can watch replays. You can look under About and see where we play in different markets. Or you can just watch it online. But I think it&#x27;s a valuable resource. One story I did recently, for example, there&#x27;s a huge crackdown on whistleblowers and ethics watchdogs of all kind, whether they&#x27;re trying to watch any facet of government. They&#x27;re now being victimized. They&#x27;re now being targeted. Journalists are, too, when they do the job of digging things up. And we report those stories that you&#x27;re not going to see. You would have seen them 10 years ago on the news, but you&#x27;re not going to see them on a lot of channels today because these are subjects that are self-centered.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> You&#x27;ll see those on fullmeasure. Again, it&#x27;s a great show, folks. And I love the subtitle or what in your press release it says, Untouchable Subjects Through Fearless Reporting. That&#x27;s fullmeasure. And her name is Cheryl Atkinson. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Well, thanks so much for having me. Yep, and folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sharyl Attkisson joins Coach Pete to discuss Full Measure, journalism, and her work as a reporter and author. Recorded January 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sharyl Attkisson</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Full Measure and Journalism</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sharyl Attkisson, books and authors, Full Measure and Journalism, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64/image.jpg?t=1792072115&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sharyl-attkisson-full-measure-and-journalism/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64/image.jpg?t=1792072115&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64</guid>
      <omny:clipId>aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2017 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>653</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aec8c83d-d224-4f37-b0b9-b4e20187eb64/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10487238" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sharyl-attkisson-full-measure-and-journalism</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>89</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Full Measure and Journalism" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:16" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Kamen: Bringing Mars to Television</title>
      <itunes:title>John Kamen: Bringing Mars to Television</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Kamen joins Coach Pete to discuss the television series Mars, producing the program, and telling the story of exploration. Recorded December 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference to me and something I may have seen on my radar screen, whether it be an author or producer or just somebody you&#x27;ve seen on the news. And this week is no exception. Matter of fact, this week I&#x27;m really excited. If you ever watch the Nat Geo channel, National Geographic channel, there&#x27;s a new series called Mars on there. And we&#x27;ve got an executive producer by the name of John Kamen on to talk about the Mars miniseries. John, welcome in. Thank you. Glad to be here. Nice time to be on this planet. And looking forward to a future when we might inhabit others. We look at some of the... Peter Diamandis is a friend of mine. Matter of fact, I executive produced a movie that he won two Emmys in called The Visioneer. And he&#x27;s always been on the forefront about going away from this planet, examining what&#x27;s out there.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And this series does that too, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And Peter is certainly somebody who also inspired us here at Radical. At Radical Media, we produce lots of things, but we always have a little bit of a heart for some science subjects. And Peter, of course, with his XPRIZE and the work that he&#x27;s done in inspiring and challenging others in the pursuit of this, is certainly a big part of his story. We&#x27;ve got the executive producers. We&#x27;ve got directors. We&#x27;ve got all-star cast here. Brian Grazer, Ron Howard, and Michael Rosenberg of Imagine Entertainment, an Academy Award nominated and Emmy-winning producer, John Wilkes Academy Award, and Emmy-winning producer, John Kamen. That&#x27;s you. Dave O&#x27;Connor of Radical Media and visionary Mexican filmmaker,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Avardo Gaut of Days of Grace have joined forces to launch this fascinating outer space series on Mars. What inspired you to do this, and how has it gone so far in your mind? Well, it&#x27;s going really, really well. What inspired us was just being able to pick up on the fact that there were private individuals like Elon Musk who were preparing for space missions, like with his company SpaceX, and hearing some of the chatter in the science community about the preparations taking place for a Mars mission. We started exploring that in terms of a pure documentary, and then realized the opportunity, based on a book a friend of ours was writing by the name of Stephen Petronik, a book called How We&#x27;ll Live on Mars,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> that we could take the science of what&#x27;s happening today and combine it with a dramatic series that would forecast what it will be like 20 years from now on that planet and pursuing the vision of these scientists and engineers. So the hybrid and unique feature of this series is the hybrid nature of it, having the doc work that took place in 2016 all over the planet, people preparing for a Mars mission, and the scripted drama in 2033 of our first astronauts landing on the red planet. You know, I help people every day plan for their retirement, and the questions that usually come up is where do you want to go and what do you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> and not one person yet has told me they want to retire on Mars, but that&#x27;s not in the common vernacular yet, is it? Well, I haven&#x27;t seen our show yet, but retiring on Mars will still be a lot of work. It&#x27;s not going to be vacation, that&#x27;s for sure. Well, how long would it take someone to get, like, from Earth to Mars? What would be the typical journey? It&#x27;s going to typically take about 241 days, and there are very particular periods of time in which you want to start a mission like that, in which the Earth and Mars are closest to each other. First practical window would be about 2029, and as I said earlier, our series takes place in 2033, about four years later, assuming some delays and postponements of missions.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So 241 days. A lot of the planning you&#x27;re seeing today on the International Space Station is in preparation for that mission. Scott Kelly, who spent that year in space, was very specifically there to determine the impact of that long a period with one person on their body, what it takes. And that&#x27;s an important component of this show. It&#x27;s going to be, obviously, a major adventure getting there, but once we&#x27;re there, sustaining life on that planet is going to be the biggest challenge. Yeah, picture something like Gilligan&#x27;s Island at first, because there won&#x27;t be many people there, and there&#x27;ll be nobody to help you if you need help. Correct.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It will be preceded by some unmanned missions where some of the infrastructure will have been shipped and will likely robotically be self-erected and prepared for their arrival. Once they&#x27;re there, it will require some additional human engineering to be able to further the colonization of Mars. But if you look at other explorations, even just on this planet, if you use Jamestown as a great example of the first settlers to arrive on this continent, or European settlers to arrive on this continent, it didn&#x27;t take all that long before they started growing a colony. And the concept is obviously a lot easier when you have air and you have water</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> and you have all the things that support life that we have on this planet. But the science and the preparation for that&#x27;s taking place today to support life on Mars. Wondering back in the day when they had the big ships with the big sails, how long it took them to get from Europe to America by sea? Well, it was many months sometimes and with almost as much uncertainty as whether or not they were going to arrive and if they were ever going to come back. You know, you say 241 days in space. You know, I&#x27;m glad my daughter&#x27;s 11 now, so we&#x27;re probably almost done with this. But we used to take her on a Disney cruise every now and then. I couldn&#x27;t take seven days at sea with somebody like that. So, I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, with the packed cruise ship, I can just imagine on the little shuttles that they send to Mars. Now, I know we have about a minute left,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> but we see these science fiction movies where they put people into deep sleep. Would that be possible to go to Mars, go to deep sleep for about 200 days, wake up, you&#x27;re almost there? No, our team will have a lot of work to do on their way and keeping themselves in shape and not just putting them into a deep sleep is going to be a major priority to make sure they&#x27;re properly conditioned for the work they&#x27;ll have ahead of them when they land. Because that&#x27;d be cool back in the holidays when we went from North Carolina to New England, my brothers and I would always go to sleep in the backseat of the car. We&#x27;d wake up and be there. You can&#x27;t do that when you get older. Obviously, you wake up with the steering wheel in front of you. That&#x27;s not a good thing, is it? No, but I&#x27;m sure there&#x27;ll be a few people in the back asking if you weren&#x27;t there yet. That&#x27;s right. Touche. Hey, now, how can people catch this series that&#x27;s already started? How can they watch it? They can watch it online.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Tonight is the fifth episode, but I recommend to anybody who&#x27;s just picking this up that they go back to their DVRs or go to Nat Geo&#x27;s website and pick it up from the start, episode one, all the way through to six episodes, and there&#x27;ll be a bonus episode on the making of the series. Folks, his name is John Kamen. He&#x27;s Emmy-winning producer of the series Mars. John, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Have a great holiday. You too. And folks, if you join us, interview eight, or want to catch it in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Kamen joins Coach Pete to discuss the television series Mars, producing the program, and telling the story of exploration. Recorded December 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference to me and something I may have seen on my radar screen, whether it be an author or producer or just somebody you&#x27;ve seen on the news. And this week is no exception. Matter of fact, this week I&#x27;m really excited. If you ever watch the Nat Geo channel, National Geographic channel, there&#x27;s a new series called Mars on there. And we&#x27;ve got an executive producer by the name of John Kamen on to talk about the Mars miniseries. John, welcome in. Thank you. Glad to be here. Nice time to be on this planet. And looking forward to a future when we might inhabit others. We look at some of the... Peter Diamandis is a friend of mine. Matter of fact, I executive produced a movie that he won two Emmys in called The Visioneer. And he&#x27;s always been on the forefront about going away from this planet, examining what&#x27;s out there.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And this series does that too, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And Peter is certainly somebody who also inspired us here at Radical. At Radical Media, we produce lots of things, but we always have a little bit of a heart for some science subjects. And Peter, of course, with his XPRIZE and the work that he&#x27;s done in inspiring and challenging others in the pursuit of this, is certainly a big part of his story. We&#x27;ve got the executive producers. We&#x27;ve got directors. We&#x27;ve got all-star cast here. Brian Grazer, Ron Howard, and Michael Rosenberg of Imagine Entertainment, an Academy Award nominated and Emmy-winning producer, John Wilkes Academy Award, and Emmy-winning producer, John Kamen. That&#x27;s you. Dave O&#x27;Connor of Radical Media and visionary Mexican filmmaker,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Avardo Gaut of Days of Grace have joined forces to launch this fascinating outer space series on Mars. What inspired you to do this, and how has it gone so far in your mind? Well, it&#x27;s going really, really well. What inspired us was just being able to pick up on the fact that there were private individuals like Elon Musk who were preparing for space missions, like with his company SpaceX, and hearing some of the chatter in the science community about the preparations taking place for a Mars mission. We started exploring that in terms of a pure documentary, and then realized the opportunity, based on a book a friend of ours was writing by the name of Stephen Petronik, a book called How We&#x27;ll Live on Mars,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> that we could take the science of what&#x27;s happening today and combine it with a dramatic series that would forecast what it will be like 20 years from now on that planet and pursuing the vision of these scientists and engineers. So the hybrid and unique feature of this series is the hybrid nature of it, having the doc work that took place in 2016 all over the planet, people preparing for a Mars mission, and the scripted drama in 2033 of our first astronauts landing on the red planet. You know, I help people every day plan for their retirement, and the questions that usually come up is where do you want to go and what do you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> and not one person yet has told me they want to retire on Mars, but that&#x27;s not in the common vernacular yet, is it? Well, I haven&#x27;t seen our show yet, but retiring on Mars will still be a lot of work. It&#x27;s not going to be vacation, that&#x27;s for sure. Well, how long would it take someone to get, like, from Earth to Mars? What would be the typical journey? It&#x27;s going to typically take about 241 days, and there are very particular periods of time in which you want to start a mission like that, in which the Earth and Mars are closest to each other. First practical window would be about 2029, and as I said earlier, our series takes place in 2033, about four years later, assuming some delays and postponements of missions.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So 241 days. A lot of the planning you&#x27;re seeing today on the International Space Station is in preparation for that mission. Scott Kelly, who spent that year in space, was very specifically there to determine the impact of that long a period with one person on their body, what it takes. And that&#x27;s an important component of this show. It&#x27;s going to be, obviously, a major adventure getting there, but once we&#x27;re there, sustaining life on that planet is going to be the biggest challenge. Yeah, picture something like Gilligan&#x27;s Island at first, because there won&#x27;t be many people there, and there&#x27;ll be nobody to help you if you need help. Correct.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It will be preceded by some unmanned missions where some of the infrastructure will have been shipped and will likely robotically be self-erected and prepared for their arrival. Once they&#x27;re there, it will require some additional human engineering to be able to further the colonization of Mars. But if you look at other explorations, even just on this planet, if you use Jamestown as a great example of the first settlers to arrive on this continent, or European settlers to arrive on this continent, it didn&#x27;t take all that long before they started growing a colony. And the concept is obviously a lot easier when you have air and you have water</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> and you have all the things that support life that we have on this planet. But the science and the preparation for that&#x27;s taking place today to support life on Mars. Wondering back in the day when they had the big ships with the big sails, how long it took them to get from Europe to America by sea? Well, it was many months sometimes and with almost as much uncertainty as whether or not they were going to arrive and if they were ever going to come back. You know, you say 241 days in space. You know, I&#x27;m glad my daughter&#x27;s 11 now, so we&#x27;re probably almost done with this. But we used to take her on a Disney cruise every now and then. I couldn&#x27;t take seven days at sea with somebody like that. So, I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, with the packed cruise ship, I can just imagine on the little shuttles that they send to Mars. Now, I know we have about a minute left,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> but we see these science fiction movies where they put people into deep sleep. Would that be possible to go to Mars, go to deep sleep for about 200 days, wake up, you&#x27;re almost there? No, our team will have a lot of work to do on their way and keeping themselves in shape and not just putting them into a deep sleep is going to be a major priority to make sure they&#x27;re properly conditioned for the work they&#x27;ll have ahead of them when they land. Because that&#x27;d be cool back in the holidays when we went from North Carolina to New England, my brothers and I would always go to sleep in the backseat of the car. We&#x27;d wake up and be there. You can&#x27;t do that when you get older. Obviously, you wake up with the steering wheel in front of you. That&#x27;s not a good thing, is it? No, but I&#x27;m sure there&#x27;ll be a few people in the back asking if you weren&#x27;t there yet. That&#x27;s right. Touche. Hey, now, how can people catch this series that&#x27;s already started? How can they watch it? They can watch it online.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Tonight is the fifth episode, but I recommend to anybody who&#x27;s just picking this up that they go back to their DVRs or go to Nat Geo&#x27;s website and pick it up from the start, episode one, all the way through to six episodes, and there&#x27;ll be a bonus episode on the making of the series. Folks, his name is John Kamen. He&#x27;s Emmy-winning producer of the series Mars. John, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Have a great holiday. You too. And folks, if you join us, interview eight, or want to catch it in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Kamen joins Coach Pete to discuss the television series Mars, producing the program, and telling the story of exploration. Recorded December 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Kamen</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>Bringing Mars to Television</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Kamen, film and television, Bringing Mars to Television, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3/image.jpg?t=1792072126&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-kamen-bringing-mars-to-television/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3/image.jpg?t=1792072126&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>463</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12fd96d0-a7d0-4a33-9a1c-b4e20186eca3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="7434881" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-kamen-bringing-mars-to-television</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>90</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Bringing Mars to Television" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: Build Your Bunker</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: Build Your Bunker</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss Build Your Bunker, compounding, and his approach to long-term financial planning. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I have someone on who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and really pointed me in the right direction or someone that I&#x27;ve been wanting to talk to forever, whether it be a celebrity, someone you&#x27;ve seen on TV, someone you&#x27;ve read about in the news, or someone who you&#x27;ve read books of. And we got a repeat visitor on the show because I just reestablished a contact with him after having him on in 2011 and then I just recently had him on in 2016 talking about his book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. But he&#x27;s got a brand new book out here that&#x27;s even better than The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam because it applies to every single one of you who wants to retire and not have to share all the money you have with the government as far as taxes. And so the name of the book is Build Your Bunker and the subtitle is Discover the Financial Bunker Strategy Used by the Wealthy Elite to Shelter Billions of Dollars.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> And on the top of the book it says Stop the Government Taxation of Your Financial Future. His name is Rick Buter and he&#x27;s joining us from the West Coast. I think you&#x27;re in San Diego, right Rick? Yes, we are, Pete. Now, what inspired you to write? This is a great book, by the way. What inspired you to write this book? This is actually our second book and the first one was The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And after I finished that book, I took a few years off to just absorb the political, the fiscal environment of the government. You know, we&#x27;ve been through eight years of a dramatic experience, to say the least, with our government. Several years ago, I had done some research on the specially designed financial accounts that are used by the commercial banks to shelter money from taxes. I looked at how those accounts were being used by the elite to move billions and billions of dollars through their families.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> And then I looked at the fiscal situation of our government. I mean, you know, basically we&#x27;re looking at a situation where we&#x27;re going to have a debt in this country of $25 trillion in under 10 years, really. We&#x27;re at very low interest rates today to finance the government debt. And as those interest rates move up, the cost to finance the government is going to be coming more and more. And we&#x27;ve got social programs today where Social Security, Medicare, I mean, all these government handout programs that don&#x27;t have money for them. They&#x27;re unfunded. Even the people getting Social Security today who think they&#x27;re getting their own money, that&#x27;s not your own money. That was gone a long time ago. So we are headed towards a place in time where the government is going to be challenged in a huge way, regardless of who our president is.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> And, you know, for the next four years, we have Donald Trump. But that&#x27;s for four years that we know for certain. Right. What comes after that, nobody knows. And so the problem is, where do we place money to be sheltered from taxes? Because there are going to be higher taxes. There&#x27;s no question. Donald&#x27;s got to find the money someplace to pay for all this stuff where we can shelter it from Wall Street, where we can create predictable growth on our money and still have the use control liquidity of our money for our own purposes and lives. And when I started asking those questions, I was shocked to find out about these accounts. You said use, control, and liquidity. Those are three main points that I speak with folks every time I meet with them when we&#x27;re designing retirement plans, just making sure their money&#x27;s in the right place.</p><p><strong>03:27</strong> Talk about use, control, and liquidity, Rick, because those are very important points. If you think about the IRAs and the 401ks, because that&#x27;s what everybody knows today. The typical financial planning says from the time you start working until the time you retire, you put your money in these accounts. And so today we have people in America have 90% of their life savings in these. Well, when you do that, you give up the use. You give up the control, and you give up the liquidity of that money for your entire life for the most part. Because all your money&#x27;s tied up in those accounts then. By the way, the average lifetime fees on those are $150,000. And you may have losses, and you probably don&#x27;t have any guarantee of anything. But because you tie all your money up there, that then forces you to go to the banks to finance the major purchases of life.</p><p><strong>04:15</strong> Because all your money, remember, it&#x27;s tied up in the 401 and IRA. So homes, cars, houses, college educations. And when you borrow from the banks, Pete, you might even be borrowing some of your own money that sits in the 401k. Okay. Now, think about this. The average financing costs for a 200 couple in America over a lifetime are in excess of $500,000. Wow. Wow. Yeah, I know. So now we&#x27;ve tied up our money in these 401ks. We&#x27;re forced to go to banks. And this is what I call a triangle of collusion. It&#x27;s more like a triangle of confiscation. So follow me here for a moment, Pete. Pete, you&#x27;d never go in, buy a house, sign a contract, and move in without knowing the purchase price to the penny. You&#x27;d never do that, right? No, never. Okay. How about buy a car?</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> Would you ever go in, buy a car, sign a contract, drive it off the lot without knowing the purchase price to the penny? I think some people have done that in the past, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t. Okay. Of course not. But here&#x27;s my point. And here is the great scam. The government, through the influence of Wall Street, has everybody in America putting money into these IRAs and 401ks where we have absolutely no idea what it&#x27;s going to cost to use our own money. That&#x27;s the taxes. Now think about the logic of that. How did they get it? How did they do that? You know, we&#x27;ve all been scammed if we&#x27;re doing that. So what&#x27;s the solution? The solution is you create a pool of savings outside of IRAs and 401ks where the tax freedom exists, where the money can grow tax-free, compound tax-free, where you still have the use, control, liquidity of the money your entire lifetime, where in the final years of life, you can draw tax-free income.</p><p><strong>06:02</strong> And when you die, it all goes income tax-free, government-free to your family. Awesome. That&#x27;s what I call the financial bunker. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter, who is the author of the book, Build Your Bunker, Discover the Financial Bunker Strategy Used by the Wealthy Elite to Shelter Billions. Now, Rick, we talk about the wealthy elite. They have utilized this strategy for years, decades, even centuries, haven&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I mean, these are people that have access to the very highest degree of tax advice. And we&#x27;ve discussed on previous programs, most people have advisors who they don&#x27;t have any knowledge of the tax laws, let alone really understand how to create a professional pension. When we talk about utilizing the government&#x27;s tax code, because the tax code is like 70-some thousand pages long, but you&#x27;ve identified in your book a very important tax code that is in favor of us as citizens.</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> It&#x27;s Section 7702. Do you want to talk about that? Well, this section of tax law is really a section that very few financial advisors that advise individuals really have any understanding about. It holds immense tax freedom. In fact, I&#x27;d like to say it&#x27;s the void in the tax law. It&#x27;s where there really is no tax laws about how you put money to work here. And when it comes down to it, using this section of the tax law really can make your money invisible to income taxes. Now, I know that sounds crazy, but when you look into this and you understand exactly how these types of financial accounts work, it&#x27;s just amazing.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You talk about in the book how Albert Einstein was on to this. You have a chapter, matter of fact, called Listen to Albert, you know, about the compounding, right? Right. Exactly. Yep. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s the thing. What the goal of finance and personal finance should be is to create a system to be able to grow and use the math of compounding until the day you die. To have a system where your money can grow and compound until the day you die. So what I mean is never break the compounding cycle because if you break the compounding cycle, then you have to start over again. And what the system of money is that I describe in Build Your Bunker, it&#x27;s a system that, you know, the uber wealthy know where their money compounds through generations.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> And they still have to do that. So it&#x27;s a system of money. So you have to do that. The process of money. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. adrenal time. freedom that&#x27;s happened in this country over the last couple decades. It&#x27;s the confiscation of money through the financial system. They are looking for ways to protect their children and grandchildren and protect their freedom. These specially designed financial accounts are being</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> purchased by families, the grandparents, to be able to move money through the family income tax free, to be able to have the use control liquidity of that money to live independently of the financial system. This means you don&#x27;t have to go to banks to borrow money. You&#x27;ve created your own family private banking system. So its possibilities are enormous when you begin to get more knowledge and understand how this works. Rick, I&#x27;m pretending I&#x27;m in front of the radio right now listening to you. When you say income tax free, not only for the person listening, but for their family into future generations, I say it is too good to be true. What do you say to that? It&#x27;s about knowledge and understanding the tax laws of this country. And there&#x27;s nothing about it that&#x27;s too good to be true. I can, for a fact, tell you that there are hundreds of billions of</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> dollars today sitting in commercial banks. There are hundreds of billions of dollars owned by the uber wealthy in these specially designed accounts that are doing exactly as I&#x27;ve described. And it&#x27;s just a function of a lack of knowledge. People don&#x27;t know. And people don&#x27;t know, Pete, because the advisors they&#x27;re working with don&#x27;t know. And the advisors don&#x27;t know because they&#x27;re being fed the propaganda of Wall Street. There&#x27;s an old saying by the baseball player Yogi Berra. He said that you don&#x27;t know what you don&#x27;t know. And then I&#x27;ll tie that into what Albert Einstein used to say. Knowledge is power. And folks, again, this is very important that you get educated. There&#x27;s nothing too good to be true about this if you learn it the right way. And I know you have a very special video series and explanation video on this if folks want to visit that at taxfreecoach.com. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> www.taxfreecoach.com. Again, his name is Rick Buter, author of the book, Build Your Bunker. Rick, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you, Pete. It&#x27;s been a pleasure to be with you. Folks, if you want to listen to this interview again in its entirety or share with your friends or relatives, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss Build Your Bunker, compounding, and his approach to long-term financial planning. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I have someone on who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and really pointed me in the right direction or someone that I&#x27;ve been wanting to talk to forever, whether it be a celebrity, someone you&#x27;ve seen on TV, someone you&#x27;ve read about in the news, or someone who you&#x27;ve read books of. And we got a repeat visitor on the show because I just reestablished a contact with him after having him on in 2011 and then I just recently had him on in 2016 talking about his book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. But he&#x27;s got a brand new book out here that&#x27;s even better than The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam because it applies to every single one of you who wants to retire and not have to share all the money you have with the government as far as taxes. And so the name of the book is Build Your Bunker and the subtitle is Discover the Financial Bunker Strategy Used by the Wealthy Elite to Shelter Billions of Dollars.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> And on the top of the book it says Stop the Government Taxation of Your Financial Future. His name is Rick Buter and he&#x27;s joining us from the West Coast. I think you&#x27;re in San Diego, right Rick? Yes, we are, Pete. Now, what inspired you to write? This is a great book, by the way. What inspired you to write this book? This is actually our second book and the first one was The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And after I finished that book, I took a few years off to just absorb the political, the fiscal environment of the government. You know, we&#x27;ve been through eight years of a dramatic experience, to say the least, with our government. Several years ago, I had done some research on the specially designed financial accounts that are used by the commercial banks to shelter money from taxes. I looked at how those accounts were being used by the elite to move billions and billions of dollars through their families.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> And then I looked at the fiscal situation of our government. I mean, you know, basically we&#x27;re looking at a situation where we&#x27;re going to have a debt in this country of $25 trillion in under 10 years, really. We&#x27;re at very low interest rates today to finance the government debt. And as those interest rates move up, the cost to finance the government is going to be coming more and more. And we&#x27;ve got social programs today where Social Security, Medicare, I mean, all these government handout programs that don&#x27;t have money for them. They&#x27;re unfunded. Even the people getting Social Security today who think they&#x27;re getting their own money, that&#x27;s not your own money. That was gone a long time ago. So we are headed towards a place in time where the government is going to be challenged in a huge way, regardless of who our president is.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> And, you know, for the next four years, we have Donald Trump. But that&#x27;s for four years that we know for certain. Right. What comes after that, nobody knows. And so the problem is, where do we place money to be sheltered from taxes? Because there are going to be higher taxes. There&#x27;s no question. Donald&#x27;s got to find the money someplace to pay for all this stuff where we can shelter it from Wall Street, where we can create predictable growth on our money and still have the use control liquidity of our money for our own purposes and lives. And when I started asking those questions, I was shocked to find out about these accounts. You said use, control, and liquidity. Those are three main points that I speak with folks every time I meet with them when we&#x27;re designing retirement plans, just making sure their money&#x27;s in the right place.</p><p><strong>03:27</strong> Talk about use, control, and liquidity, Rick, because those are very important points. If you think about the IRAs and the 401ks, because that&#x27;s what everybody knows today. The typical financial planning says from the time you start working until the time you retire, you put your money in these accounts. And so today we have people in America have 90% of their life savings in these. Well, when you do that, you give up the use. You give up the control, and you give up the liquidity of that money for your entire life for the most part. Because all your money&#x27;s tied up in those accounts then. By the way, the average lifetime fees on those are $150,000. And you may have losses, and you probably don&#x27;t have any guarantee of anything. But because you tie all your money up there, that then forces you to go to the banks to finance the major purchases of life.</p><p><strong>04:15</strong> Because all your money, remember, it&#x27;s tied up in the 401 and IRA. So homes, cars, houses, college educations. And when you borrow from the banks, Pete, you might even be borrowing some of your own money that sits in the 401k. Okay. Now, think about this. The average financing costs for a 200 couple in America over a lifetime are in excess of $500,000. Wow. Wow. Yeah, I know. So now we&#x27;ve tied up our money in these 401ks. We&#x27;re forced to go to banks. And this is what I call a triangle of collusion. It&#x27;s more like a triangle of confiscation. So follow me here for a moment, Pete. Pete, you&#x27;d never go in, buy a house, sign a contract, and move in without knowing the purchase price to the penny. You&#x27;d never do that, right? No, never. Okay. How about buy a car?</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> Would you ever go in, buy a car, sign a contract, drive it off the lot without knowing the purchase price to the penny? I think some people have done that in the past, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t. Okay. Of course not. But here&#x27;s my point. And here is the great scam. The government, through the influence of Wall Street, has everybody in America putting money into these IRAs and 401ks where we have absolutely no idea what it&#x27;s going to cost to use our own money. That&#x27;s the taxes. Now think about the logic of that. How did they get it? How did they do that? You know, we&#x27;ve all been scammed if we&#x27;re doing that. So what&#x27;s the solution? The solution is you create a pool of savings outside of IRAs and 401ks where the tax freedom exists, where the money can grow tax-free, compound tax-free, where you still have the use, control, liquidity of the money your entire lifetime, where in the final years of life, you can draw tax-free income.</p><p><strong>06:02</strong> And when you die, it all goes income tax-free, government-free to your family. Awesome. That&#x27;s what I call the financial bunker. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter, who is the author of the book, Build Your Bunker, Discover the Financial Bunker Strategy Used by the Wealthy Elite to Shelter Billions. Now, Rick, we talk about the wealthy elite. They have utilized this strategy for years, decades, even centuries, haven&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I mean, these are people that have access to the very highest degree of tax advice. And we&#x27;ve discussed on previous programs, most people have advisors who they don&#x27;t have any knowledge of the tax laws, let alone really understand how to create a professional pension. When we talk about utilizing the government&#x27;s tax code, because the tax code is like 70-some thousand pages long, but you&#x27;ve identified in your book a very important tax code that is in favor of us as citizens.</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> It&#x27;s Section 7702. Do you want to talk about that? Well, this section of tax law is really a section that very few financial advisors that advise individuals really have any understanding about. It holds immense tax freedom. In fact, I&#x27;d like to say it&#x27;s the void in the tax law. It&#x27;s where there really is no tax laws about how you put money to work here. And when it comes down to it, using this section of the tax law really can make your money invisible to income taxes. Now, I know that sounds crazy, but when you look into this and you understand exactly how these types of financial accounts work, it&#x27;s just amazing.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You talk about in the book how Albert Einstein was on to this. You have a chapter, matter of fact, called Listen to Albert, you know, about the compounding, right? Right. Exactly. Yep. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s the thing. What the goal of finance and personal finance should be is to create a system to be able to grow and use the math of compounding until the day you die. To have a system where your money can grow and compound until the day you die. So what I mean is never break the compounding cycle because if you break the compounding cycle, then you have to start over again. And what the system of money is that I describe in Build Your Bunker, it&#x27;s a system that, you know, the uber wealthy know where their money compounds through generations.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> And they still have to do that. So it&#x27;s a system of money. So you have to do that. The process of money. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. The free job. adrenal time. freedom that&#x27;s happened in this country over the last couple decades. It&#x27;s the confiscation of money through the financial system. They are looking for ways to protect their children and grandchildren and protect their freedom. These specially designed financial accounts are being</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> purchased by families, the grandparents, to be able to move money through the family income tax free, to be able to have the use control liquidity of that money to live independently of the financial system. This means you don&#x27;t have to go to banks to borrow money. You&#x27;ve created your own family private banking system. So its possibilities are enormous when you begin to get more knowledge and understand how this works. Rick, I&#x27;m pretending I&#x27;m in front of the radio right now listening to you. When you say income tax free, not only for the person listening, but for their family into future generations, I say it is too good to be true. What do you say to that? It&#x27;s about knowledge and understanding the tax laws of this country. And there&#x27;s nothing about it that&#x27;s too good to be true. I can, for a fact, tell you that there are hundreds of billions of</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> dollars today sitting in commercial banks. There are hundreds of billions of dollars owned by the uber wealthy in these specially designed accounts that are doing exactly as I&#x27;ve described. And it&#x27;s just a function of a lack of knowledge. People don&#x27;t know. And people don&#x27;t know, Pete, because the advisors they&#x27;re working with don&#x27;t know. And the advisors don&#x27;t know because they&#x27;re being fed the propaganda of Wall Street. There&#x27;s an old saying by the baseball player Yogi Berra. He said that you don&#x27;t know what you don&#x27;t know. And then I&#x27;ll tie that into what Albert Einstein used to say. Knowledge is power. And folks, again, this is very important that you get educated. There&#x27;s nothing too good to be true about this if you learn it the right way. And I know you have a very special video series and explanation video on this if folks want to visit that at taxfreecoach.com. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> www.taxfreecoach.com. Again, his name is Rick Buter, author of the book, Build Your Bunker. Rick, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you, Pete. It&#x27;s been a pleasure to be with you. Folks, if you want to listen to this interview again in its entirety or share with your friends or relatives, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss Build Your Bunker, compounding, and his approach to long-term financial planning. Recorded November 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>Build Your Bunker</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, Build Your Bunker, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70/image.jpg?t=1792072134&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-build-your-bunker/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70/image.jpg?t=1792072134&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>688</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f794c30-5f43-4643-8c17-b4e201866f70/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11048752" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-build-your-bunker</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>91</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Build Your Bunker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darren Knight: Southern Momma and Comedy</title>
      <itunes:title>Darren Knight: Southern Momma and Comedy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Darren Knight joins Coach Pete to discuss Southern Momma, his comedy, and the audience he has found through online videos. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, is on the radar screen, or doing something that I notice. And, gosh, if you ever watch comedy, you&#x27;ve heard of Jeff Foxworthy. And we have a great guest today. We have Darren Knight, who is otherwise known as Southern Mama, and he&#x27;s a social media celebrity, and he&#x27;s been compared to Jeff Foxworthy as the next star of redneck comedy. We&#x27;re going to go to Alabama now, Munford, Alabama. We&#x27;re going to join Mr. Darren Knight. Darren, welcome in. Hey, how are you all doing this morning? I&#x27;m doing great. So, comedy is a great way to release the stresses that we have in life, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. I think they say it&#x27;s the best medicine. I believe so, too. It was debatable whether I thought it was funny back in high school.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> People would laugh at my jokes, and if they laughed, I&#x27;d tell more jokes, and if they didn&#x27;t laugh, I&#x27;d shut up for a while. That&#x27;s right. So, what does it take to be a good comedian? Well, you know, I don&#x27;t know. I haven&#x27;t been doing this very long. I just got kind of lucky and blessed, if you will. Those videos, they weren&#x27;t really ever meant to be knee slappers. They&#x27;re just videos of relation, and, buddy, they took off quick. You know, I don&#x27;t know to really answer that question because I feel maybe like I&#x27;ve kind of been a comedian on my life. I&#x27;ve only been doing it officially for about a year. My stand-up kind of started at the same time I started making the videos, and one thing led to another. It was kind of like, I don&#x27;t know, maybe like God might have been prepping me for something that he had planned for me in my future. But I&#x27;ve always kind of been Mr. Center of Retention, Mr. Outspoken. So, I don&#x27;t know. Looking at my producer, Thomas. Thomas, he&#x27;s being modest because he has 45 straight sellouts right now,</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Mr. Darren Knight does. So, Darren, you&#x27;re being a little bit too modest, aren&#x27;t you? Well, down here in the South, now we don&#x27;t believe in Brandon, but they do love them some mama. You say that not all jokes are funny at first. You write them down, and then you can maybe change it a little bit to make it funny. Absolutely. I mean, I think that&#x27;s with any joke. I mean, some of the best ones you got, just like the videos that I do, the best one is usually the first take. I think that&#x27;s the same way with stand-up. You know, the stand-up&#x27;s a lot different than the Southern Mom videos. If I stood on stage for 45 minutes yelling at invisible kids, it&#x27;d get a bit redundant after a while. Well, you know, it&#x27;s funny. I was going to ask you where you get your material from, but it translates into a different question. You know, Southern Mama, where did that come from? Well, I was on Facebook.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I was on social media one day, and a friend shared a video of something kind of similar to what I do on my videos, and I thought it was the funniest thing. I thought, well, I think I can do this better, and I did. But it worked out well for me. The rest is pretty much history. You&#x27;re going to have to help out with that second question. You&#x27;ve got to remember I just woke up. So, I mean, the material, it just, I love it. And I grew up in the South. I was born in Delaware, which is in between North and South, but I grew up in the South. And I remember, I mean, like going to the, you have one clip there. It&#x27;s about the mama watching the kid play sports. And I remember sitting in the stands or sitting in the dugout and listening to all the parents behind us in the stands going wild, and it sounds just like what you do. Yeah. Well, I mean, yeah, the inspiration behind Southern Mom is my mom,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and it&#x27;s my grandmother. I like to say that 60% of Southern Mom is my grandmother. The other 40% is my mom because my grandma was just a bit more animated. You know, these are just things that we heard growing up. You know, I just think that&#x27;s why so many people can relate to the videos is because it&#x27;s not just one generation, it&#x27;s everybody. It&#x27;s stuff that we still say to our kids today, despite your sex or your age, it&#x27;s something that we can all relate to. You know, when we look at, and I&#x27;ve seen people who thought they were funny, but they weren&#x27;t, and they had real good material, but they couldn&#x27;t deliver it right. Do you agree that delivery is at least half of the joke? Oh, yeah. I mean, I do kind of storyline comedy when I&#x27;m on stage, and that&#x27;s really all I&#x27;m doing in the videos, too. The only thing that makes them funny is the timing.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> You know, some of your best comedians, and I&#x27;m not comparing myself to them or nothing, but the ones that make me laugh, the ones that make me forget I&#x27;m watching TV and makes me feel like I&#x27;m talking face-to-face to them are the ones that talk about stuff that everybody can relate to, something as simple as pumping gas at a gas station and having an experience there, something that people can relate to, something that might have happened to them, seems to strike the best. Those stories aren&#x27;t always funny if you talk about it. It&#x27;s all in your delivery and timing. Who are some of your favorite comedians? Kevin Hart would be number one. I&#x27;m a big fan of Ron White, and I like Jeff Foxworthy, Jim Carrey, and Chevy Chase are my top five. Chevy. No one was funnier than Chevy back in the day, right? You know, comedy changes. Comedy changes. I mean, you know, back in the day,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> people thought the Three Stooges was just the funniest thing that they ever watched. If you watch it today, people look at themselves and roll their eyes, and they change the channel. You know, and it&#x27;s like Chevy Chase&#x27;s comedy. His is a lot different than some of the stuff that you see and hear today. And the comedy transitions, comedy changes, and one thing that they all have in common is the timing. Yeah, I&#x27;ll tell you, my favorite comedian growing up was Rodney Dangerfield. You know, he was just funny, funny, funny. You know, and his back-to-school movie, that was one of the funniest movies ever, I think. Yeah, that was good. But Chevy Chase movies and Rodney Dangerfield movies, if they&#x27;re on TV, even if they&#x27;re on paid TV or TV, we have to watch commercials, I&#x27;ll sit there and watch it and watch the commercials, even though I have the videos in DVDs downstairs. I still watch it on TV.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s how funny they are. I&#x27;m too lazy to get up and go downstairs sometimes, too. Absolutely. Absolutely. I mean, you know, I&#x27;m a big Dangerfield fan as well. How about you? Do you think about any movies? I know you have your movies on YouTube, like your many little shows, but, I mean, what about going to Hollywood and being in movies? Well, you know, we talked about that. We&#x27;re working on a few things right now. There&#x27;s a small chit-chat and chatter about maybe a show or something like that. I don&#x27;t want to say much more. I don&#x27;t know. You know, we&#x27;re not, you know, I&#x27;m staggering over myself to say this. We&#x27;re kind of in a weird position right now because this time, six, seven years ago or until the beginning of entertainment, your next goal would be to get on TV. Yep. But we&#x27;re kind of in a generational transfer</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> in a sense when it comes to technology because you get more views and stuff through social media now than you do national television, and that&#x27;s a fact. You walk up to a young person right now and tell them something major has happened in a state, they&#x27;re not going to run and find a TV and then change the channel to CNN. They&#x27;re going to turn out their flip phone and they&#x27;re going to watch it right then and there. Yeah. You know, the younger generation, you know, like my cousins and nieces and nephews, they&#x27;ll sit around and, you know, they&#x27;ll have fun or whatever, but, you know, they are on the phone and they get their entertainment from the phone. Yeah. So to answer that question, you know, yeah, we want to get TV. We want to do TV. I&#x27;d love to do TV. But I mean, we&#x27;re doing very well with these shows right now and I&#x27;m very blessed. I&#x27;m very grateful for that opportunity. But even more of a reward</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> through a live performance than you would be an episode, you kind of, you wonder what you got to do. Yeah. Well, there&#x27;s this, in the financial world, we talk about something wants, so it&#x27;d be nice to be on TV. You&#x27;d want to be, but you don&#x27;t need to be on TV, especially with social media like it is. The way it is right now, no, and I mean, that&#x27;s the beautiful thing about it, you know, the way YouTube and stuff like that, you know, it&#x27;s kind of like, it&#x27;s like America gets kind of to pick who they want to be the next thing or who they want to watch. Well, everybody&#x27;s a producer now. I mean, you basically get your phone out and like you said, or your internet and you have millions of choices. You can watch what you want to watch. I always thought TV should be more like that, even though they have the on demand, they call it. That&#x27;s a phony way of keeping you in there, but they make you pay for all these channels you never watch anyway. Exactly. I agree with you. This radio interview</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> is probably supposed to be more comical than anything, but you got me on a serious note now. That&#x27;s exactly right. You&#x27;re hitting a nail on the head. Give it to me now. Give it to me. Well, I want you to do something and I don&#x27;t know, maybe you could, this is you talking to your mama talking to Coach Pete. Coach Pete is snacking before dinner and mama&#x27;s not too happy about that. Oh, man. Coach Pete, you&#x27;re snacking before dinner? Yes, I am. Absolutely not. You better not ruin your supper. You better get in there and set your ass down and don&#x27;t let me catch you eating nothing else. You hear me? Yes, mama. There you go. There you go. This is getting a little creepy, but it feels pretty good. Hey, you know, when we talk about people that are watching or listening to our interview, they&#x27;re thinking about they want to be a comedian. What are the steps of going through that process? I mean, is it getting material</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> approved by your friends and then taking it to a bigger stage or just getting that camera out and putting yourself out there? Well, I&#x27;ll be honest with you, Pete. It can go all different kind of directions. You know, I mean, I just got blessed, man. I really did. You know, I struck on something that a lot of people can relate to. I struck while the iron was hot and it took off like wildfire. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of people that do comedy. They&#x27;ve been doing it for years and, you know, they never get an audience no more than 10, 15 people outside of a pub on the outskirts of town. They really want to do the comedy thing. I mean, there&#x27;s someplace, you know, I know a lot of comedians and I did it a couple times myself where they would just pay you in food. You know, you&#x27;d sit down and the pub would give you a chicken finger basket and then, you know, you would perform and that was it. But, you know, if there&#x27;s anybody out there wanting to do comedy, I think you should do it. You know, even if it&#x27;s just</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> a little part-time thing, even if it&#x27;s just an open mic night. That&#x27;s how I started. We come off the river from kayaking one day, went in there to eat. They was doing an open mic night. I did five minutes, five minutes, turned into 10, 10, 10, 15. The next thing you know, I really enjoyed it. I kept doing it for about four or five months and the next thing you know, the guy coming to me with a contract because I started doing the videos at the exact same time so that really helped the getting it out there part. Yeah. But to answer your question, yeah, I mean, anybody that&#x27;s wanting to do it, I think you should do it. Laughter is the best medicine and when it comes to material, here&#x27;s the thing. You&#x27;re either funny or you&#x27;re not funny. There&#x27;s not a comedy college. Now, there&#x27;s classes out there. You can definitely go to it. There&#x27;s all different kinds of comedy. There&#x27;s dry humor. There&#x27;s, you know, whatever. So I say go for it and you&#x27;ll find out relatively quickly if you&#x27;re funny or not and if you&#x27;re not,</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> don&#x27;t worry about it. That&#x27;s just something that God&#x27;s got a different plan for you and it ain&#x27;t comedy. So move on, you know, or whatever. But yeah, definitely. Anybody that&#x27;s doing it, if you&#x27;re doing it and you&#x27;re worth your weight and salt and comedy, you&#x27;ll find out and you&#x27;ll do good. Well, that&#x27;s a good way to end the interview right there. Folks, again, his name is Darren Knight. He&#x27;s known as Southern Mama. You can find him all over YouTube and Facebook and Darren, we look forward to maybe seeing you if you ever swing by North Carolina, let us know because I&#x27;d love to see you at maybe Charlie Goodnights. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been up to North Carolina a few times now since all this started and ended. Y&#x27;all have an absolute beautiful state up there and the people are real nice but we went up, what was it, Lake Lure? Y&#x27;all got a gym up there. Beautiful. Thank you so much, Pete. Yeah, you take care now. Folks, if you&#x27;ve joined us in interview late and want to hear it again,</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Darren Knight joins Coach Pete to discuss Southern Momma, his comedy, and the audience he has found through online videos. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, is on the radar screen, or doing something that I notice. And, gosh, if you ever watch comedy, you&#x27;ve heard of Jeff Foxworthy. And we have a great guest today. We have Darren Knight, who is otherwise known as Southern Mama, and he&#x27;s a social media celebrity, and he&#x27;s been compared to Jeff Foxworthy as the next star of redneck comedy. We&#x27;re going to go to Alabama now, Munford, Alabama. We&#x27;re going to join Mr. Darren Knight. Darren, welcome in. Hey, how are you all doing this morning? I&#x27;m doing great. So, comedy is a great way to release the stresses that we have in life, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. I think they say it&#x27;s the best medicine. I believe so, too. It was debatable whether I thought it was funny back in high school.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> People would laugh at my jokes, and if they laughed, I&#x27;d tell more jokes, and if they didn&#x27;t laugh, I&#x27;d shut up for a while. That&#x27;s right. So, what does it take to be a good comedian? Well, you know, I don&#x27;t know. I haven&#x27;t been doing this very long. I just got kind of lucky and blessed, if you will. Those videos, they weren&#x27;t really ever meant to be knee slappers. They&#x27;re just videos of relation, and, buddy, they took off quick. You know, I don&#x27;t know to really answer that question because I feel maybe like I&#x27;ve kind of been a comedian on my life. I&#x27;ve only been doing it officially for about a year. My stand-up kind of started at the same time I started making the videos, and one thing led to another. It was kind of like, I don&#x27;t know, maybe like God might have been prepping me for something that he had planned for me in my future. But I&#x27;ve always kind of been Mr. Center of Retention, Mr. Outspoken. So, I don&#x27;t know. Looking at my producer, Thomas. Thomas, he&#x27;s being modest because he has 45 straight sellouts right now,</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Mr. Darren Knight does. So, Darren, you&#x27;re being a little bit too modest, aren&#x27;t you? Well, down here in the South, now we don&#x27;t believe in Brandon, but they do love them some mama. You say that not all jokes are funny at first. You write them down, and then you can maybe change it a little bit to make it funny. Absolutely. I mean, I think that&#x27;s with any joke. I mean, some of the best ones you got, just like the videos that I do, the best one is usually the first take. I think that&#x27;s the same way with stand-up. You know, the stand-up&#x27;s a lot different than the Southern Mom videos. If I stood on stage for 45 minutes yelling at invisible kids, it&#x27;d get a bit redundant after a while. Well, you know, it&#x27;s funny. I was going to ask you where you get your material from, but it translates into a different question. You know, Southern Mama, where did that come from? Well, I was on Facebook.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I was on social media one day, and a friend shared a video of something kind of similar to what I do on my videos, and I thought it was the funniest thing. I thought, well, I think I can do this better, and I did. But it worked out well for me. The rest is pretty much history. You&#x27;re going to have to help out with that second question. You&#x27;ve got to remember I just woke up. So, I mean, the material, it just, I love it. And I grew up in the South. I was born in Delaware, which is in between North and South, but I grew up in the South. And I remember, I mean, like going to the, you have one clip there. It&#x27;s about the mama watching the kid play sports. And I remember sitting in the stands or sitting in the dugout and listening to all the parents behind us in the stands going wild, and it sounds just like what you do. Yeah. Well, I mean, yeah, the inspiration behind Southern Mom is my mom,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and it&#x27;s my grandmother. I like to say that 60% of Southern Mom is my grandmother. The other 40% is my mom because my grandma was just a bit more animated. You know, these are just things that we heard growing up. You know, I just think that&#x27;s why so many people can relate to the videos is because it&#x27;s not just one generation, it&#x27;s everybody. It&#x27;s stuff that we still say to our kids today, despite your sex or your age, it&#x27;s something that we can all relate to. You know, when we look at, and I&#x27;ve seen people who thought they were funny, but they weren&#x27;t, and they had real good material, but they couldn&#x27;t deliver it right. Do you agree that delivery is at least half of the joke? Oh, yeah. I mean, I do kind of storyline comedy when I&#x27;m on stage, and that&#x27;s really all I&#x27;m doing in the videos, too. The only thing that makes them funny is the timing.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> You know, some of your best comedians, and I&#x27;m not comparing myself to them or nothing, but the ones that make me laugh, the ones that make me forget I&#x27;m watching TV and makes me feel like I&#x27;m talking face-to-face to them are the ones that talk about stuff that everybody can relate to, something as simple as pumping gas at a gas station and having an experience there, something that people can relate to, something that might have happened to them, seems to strike the best. Those stories aren&#x27;t always funny if you talk about it. It&#x27;s all in your delivery and timing. Who are some of your favorite comedians? Kevin Hart would be number one. I&#x27;m a big fan of Ron White, and I like Jeff Foxworthy, Jim Carrey, and Chevy Chase are my top five. Chevy. No one was funnier than Chevy back in the day, right? You know, comedy changes. Comedy changes. I mean, you know, back in the day,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> people thought the Three Stooges was just the funniest thing that they ever watched. If you watch it today, people look at themselves and roll their eyes, and they change the channel. You know, and it&#x27;s like Chevy Chase&#x27;s comedy. His is a lot different than some of the stuff that you see and hear today. And the comedy transitions, comedy changes, and one thing that they all have in common is the timing. Yeah, I&#x27;ll tell you, my favorite comedian growing up was Rodney Dangerfield. You know, he was just funny, funny, funny. You know, and his back-to-school movie, that was one of the funniest movies ever, I think. Yeah, that was good. But Chevy Chase movies and Rodney Dangerfield movies, if they&#x27;re on TV, even if they&#x27;re on paid TV or TV, we have to watch commercials, I&#x27;ll sit there and watch it and watch the commercials, even though I have the videos in DVDs downstairs. I still watch it on TV.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s how funny they are. I&#x27;m too lazy to get up and go downstairs sometimes, too. Absolutely. Absolutely. I mean, you know, I&#x27;m a big Dangerfield fan as well. How about you? Do you think about any movies? I know you have your movies on YouTube, like your many little shows, but, I mean, what about going to Hollywood and being in movies? Well, you know, we talked about that. We&#x27;re working on a few things right now. There&#x27;s a small chit-chat and chatter about maybe a show or something like that. I don&#x27;t want to say much more. I don&#x27;t know. You know, we&#x27;re not, you know, I&#x27;m staggering over myself to say this. We&#x27;re kind of in a weird position right now because this time, six, seven years ago or until the beginning of entertainment, your next goal would be to get on TV. Yep. But we&#x27;re kind of in a generational transfer</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> in a sense when it comes to technology because you get more views and stuff through social media now than you do national television, and that&#x27;s a fact. You walk up to a young person right now and tell them something major has happened in a state, they&#x27;re not going to run and find a TV and then change the channel to CNN. They&#x27;re going to turn out their flip phone and they&#x27;re going to watch it right then and there. Yeah. You know, the younger generation, you know, like my cousins and nieces and nephews, they&#x27;ll sit around and, you know, they&#x27;ll have fun or whatever, but, you know, they are on the phone and they get their entertainment from the phone. Yeah. So to answer that question, you know, yeah, we want to get TV. We want to do TV. I&#x27;d love to do TV. But I mean, we&#x27;re doing very well with these shows right now and I&#x27;m very blessed. I&#x27;m very grateful for that opportunity. But even more of a reward</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> through a live performance than you would be an episode, you kind of, you wonder what you got to do. Yeah. Well, there&#x27;s this, in the financial world, we talk about something wants, so it&#x27;d be nice to be on TV. You&#x27;d want to be, but you don&#x27;t need to be on TV, especially with social media like it is. The way it is right now, no, and I mean, that&#x27;s the beautiful thing about it, you know, the way YouTube and stuff like that, you know, it&#x27;s kind of like, it&#x27;s like America gets kind of to pick who they want to be the next thing or who they want to watch. Well, everybody&#x27;s a producer now. I mean, you basically get your phone out and like you said, or your internet and you have millions of choices. You can watch what you want to watch. I always thought TV should be more like that, even though they have the on demand, they call it. That&#x27;s a phony way of keeping you in there, but they make you pay for all these channels you never watch anyway. Exactly. I agree with you. This radio interview</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> is probably supposed to be more comical than anything, but you got me on a serious note now. That&#x27;s exactly right. You&#x27;re hitting a nail on the head. Give it to me now. Give it to me. Well, I want you to do something and I don&#x27;t know, maybe you could, this is you talking to your mama talking to Coach Pete. Coach Pete is snacking before dinner and mama&#x27;s not too happy about that. Oh, man. Coach Pete, you&#x27;re snacking before dinner? Yes, I am. Absolutely not. You better not ruin your supper. You better get in there and set your ass down and don&#x27;t let me catch you eating nothing else. You hear me? Yes, mama. There you go. There you go. This is getting a little creepy, but it feels pretty good. Hey, you know, when we talk about people that are watching or listening to our interview, they&#x27;re thinking about they want to be a comedian. What are the steps of going through that process? I mean, is it getting material</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> approved by your friends and then taking it to a bigger stage or just getting that camera out and putting yourself out there? Well, I&#x27;ll be honest with you, Pete. It can go all different kind of directions. You know, I mean, I just got blessed, man. I really did. You know, I struck on something that a lot of people can relate to. I struck while the iron was hot and it took off like wildfire. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of people that do comedy. They&#x27;ve been doing it for years and, you know, they never get an audience no more than 10, 15 people outside of a pub on the outskirts of town. They really want to do the comedy thing. I mean, there&#x27;s someplace, you know, I know a lot of comedians and I did it a couple times myself where they would just pay you in food. You know, you&#x27;d sit down and the pub would give you a chicken finger basket and then, you know, you would perform and that was it. But, you know, if there&#x27;s anybody out there wanting to do comedy, I think you should do it. You know, even if it&#x27;s just</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> a little part-time thing, even if it&#x27;s just an open mic night. That&#x27;s how I started. We come off the river from kayaking one day, went in there to eat. They was doing an open mic night. I did five minutes, five minutes, turned into 10, 10, 10, 15. The next thing you know, I really enjoyed it. I kept doing it for about four or five months and the next thing you know, the guy coming to me with a contract because I started doing the videos at the exact same time so that really helped the getting it out there part. Yeah. But to answer your question, yeah, I mean, anybody that&#x27;s wanting to do it, I think you should do it. Laughter is the best medicine and when it comes to material, here&#x27;s the thing. You&#x27;re either funny or you&#x27;re not funny. There&#x27;s not a comedy college. Now, there&#x27;s classes out there. You can definitely go to it. There&#x27;s all different kinds of comedy. There&#x27;s dry humor. There&#x27;s, you know, whatever. So I say go for it and you&#x27;ll find out relatively quickly if you&#x27;re funny or not and if you&#x27;re not,</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> don&#x27;t worry about it. That&#x27;s just something that God&#x27;s got a different plan for you and it ain&#x27;t comedy. So move on, you know, or whatever. But yeah, definitely. Anybody that&#x27;s doing it, if you&#x27;re doing it and you&#x27;re worth your weight and salt and comedy, you&#x27;ll find out and you&#x27;ll do good. Well, that&#x27;s a good way to end the interview right there. Folks, again, his name is Darren Knight. He&#x27;s known as Southern Mama. You can find him all over YouTube and Facebook and Darren, we look forward to maybe seeing you if you ever swing by North Carolina, let us know because I&#x27;d love to see you at maybe Charlie Goodnights. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been up to North Carolina a few times now since all this started and ended. Y&#x27;all have an absolute beautiful state up there and the people are real nice but we went up, what was it, Lake Lure? Y&#x27;all got a gym up there. Beautiful. Thank you so much, Pete. Yeah, you take care now. Folks, if you&#x27;ve joined us in interview late and want to hear it again,</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Darren Knight joins Coach Pete to discuss Southern Momma, his comedy, and the audience he has found through online videos. Recorded November 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Darren Knight</category>
      <category>Southern Momma and Comedy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Darren Knight, Southern Momma and Comedy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77/image.jpg?t=1792072149&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/darren-knight-southern-momma-and-comedy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77/image.jpg?t=1792072149&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>663</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a0e70b09-c0e8-4486-899b-b4e201841f77/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10649787" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/darren-knight-southern-momma-and-comedy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>92</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Southern Momma and Comedy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:15" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marisa Tomei: Raising Awareness of Chronic Dry Eye</title>
      <itunes:title>Marisa Tomei: Raising Awareness of Chronic Dry Eye</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Marisa Tomei joins Coach Pete alongside an ophthalmologist to discuss her experience with chronic dry eye and efforts to raise awareness of the condition. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, whether it be an author or a famous person, somebody you may have seen on TV or movies. And this week is no exception. Today, we are very fortunate to be joined by actress Marissa Tomei, who is teaming with Guide Dogs for the Blind and Allergen to raise awareness for chronic dry eye disease and share how she was treated for her condition. We also have with us nationally renowned ophthalmologist Dr. Netta Shami, who&#x27;s going to answer any medical questions we may have on this disease as well. Welcome in, guys. Thank you. Thank you, Pete. You know, We&#x27;re great with our names. Well, hey, I&#x27;m a big fan of yours, Marissa. I still remember My Cousin Vinny. I mean, who doesn&#x27;t remember that movie? And, you know, the second favorite part that you&#x27;ve ever played is on Seinfeld to me.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I mean, we loved the way George reacted when he got to talk to you on Seinfeld. Yeah. It was pretty funny. Now, you yourself had experience with dry eyes when, you know, those are long hours you put in in Hollywood, and you started realizing something wasn&#x27;t quite right with your eyes back in the day, correct? It was a few years ago, and I just was, yeah, I was feeling something was uncomfortable and just taking a lot of my thought, my time, thinking about what could be going on with my eyes. But I didn&#x27;t really think about going to the doctor until someone suggested it, and I went, and I got this diagnosis and was offered to try Restasis, and it&#x27;s just been a good thing for me.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So it works. Because you were using, like, I think they said you were using over-the-counter eye drops, and it really wasn&#x27;t doing anything good for you. But... No, but Restasis worked for me. And that worked, yeah. So that&#x27;s good. So let&#x27;s talk about the guide dogs for the blind and how they are getting along or what they&#x27;re doing with allergen and what makes this work together so special for you guys and how you became involved with that partnership. Well, if you want to know more about if you might have this chronic dry eye, then you can go to Restasis.com and take the quiz, the dry eye quiz, and allergen will donate a dollar for every quiz taken to Guide Dogs for the Blind. And Guide Dogs for the Blind is an organization that&#x27;s been around since 1942, and they pair clients with dogs, people that are visually impaired or blind and need a guide dog.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> They train the dogs, they take care of the veterinary bills, and I&#x27;m sure many happy partnerships are made. And it&#x27;s really a wonderful, wonderful organization that&#x27;s really doing a great service. So they&#x27;re donating a dollar for every person who takes the quiz. Is there a limit? Yes, the limit is $100,000. Okay. And what&#x27;s that site again? Restasis.com. I think that we can get that $100,000 would be good, wouldn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah, it would. It would. Dr. Shammy, explain to the listener, you know, because a lot of people have dry eyes. Of course, when I go to Vegas, every now and then I go to Vegas and I get off the plane and immediately my lips chap and my eyes dry. But what is chronic dry eye and how many people suffer from it nationally?</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Yes. Chronic dry eye disease affects 30 million people in the United States. And what leads to that, you know, the chronic dry eyes from that occasional dryness that you describe when you&#x27;re in Vegas, whether it&#x27;s after a long night or not just getting off the plane, is that vicious cycle that can lead to inflammation, a vicious cycle of inflammation of the eye. So occasional dryness is okay, but when that leads to you needing to use artificial tears on a daily basis, or as Marissa mentioned, having a conscious sensation of your eyes on a daily basis, that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s red flagged for chronicity of the disease. And what chronic means basically is that over time it can get worse if it&#x27;s not treated and dealt with at the core of the problem.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> So it has to be, I mean, people can&#x27;t self-dite. I think it&#x27;s better to go to a real ophthalmologist or some eye doctor and find out what&#x27;s really going on, right? Most definitely. And I think the red flag, again, is if you feel like you need to use artificial tears routinely, then you can either speak to your doctor directly, eye doctor directly, or go to riskstasis.com, take the quiz that will lead you in that direction, and open up the conversation so you&#x27;ll have very clear points to discuss with your doctor. And so if somebody figures out they do have that chronic eye, what is the treatment process? What usually goes into solving that chronic dry eye? So usually if it&#x27;s really chronic dry eye disease, then you have to get to the core of the problem.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And riskstasis is the only FDA-approved prescription eye drop that helps you make more of your own natural tears. And it&#x27;s really only twice a day. So unlike your need to have to use artificial tears routinely, using it twice a day, you&#x27;re actually getting to the problem and treating the vicious cycle of inflammation, but more importantly helping your own body produce more of its own natural healthy tears that will heal the surface and help you with the symptoms that you may have or the problems you may have with your eyes. Marissa, how long do you think you had it and didn&#x27;t realize it? I don&#x27;t know. It would just be a guess of a few years, a couple years. Has it made a... I don&#x27;t really know. That&#x27;s not very uncommon. I mean, often many people suffer for years before they get the right treatment.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Often they may even get confused with allergies. They may think, oh, I have allergies, and start allergy eye drops, which again will not treat the problem. So a funny thing is many times your eyes water, and that&#x27;s a symptom that you have dry eyes. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of paradoxical. It&#x27;s a reflex tearing. Your body&#x27;s trying to compensate for the dryness, because the dryness can cause these erosions or scratches on the surface of the eye, and it causes this vicious cycle of tearing. But those kinds of reflex tearing, they&#x27;re not normal tears. They&#x27;re not as soothing as the tears that can be produced if you use with stasis. So, Marissa, how was your vision? Do you wear glasses? I do, yes. And have you ever thought about LASIK? Yeah.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> I don&#x27;t really know that much about it yet, though. I don&#x27;t know. I was just trying to ask Dr. Shami what I can do. Yeah, but I hear, you know what, and I&#x27;ve worn glasses since 10th grade and contacts since 11th grade, and then glasses back and forth, that kind of thing when the eyes get tired of the contacts. But I&#x27;ve often considered LASIK, but I&#x27;ve talked to people who had it, and some people like it, some people don&#x27;t. But the main symptom many people have from going through that surgery is dry eyes. Well, I have to say, what you just mentioned, you said you go back and forth between your contacts and glasses because you get tired of your contacts. I&#x27;ll tell you, that&#x27;s one of the signs of dryness. If you&#x27;re a contact lens user, there&#x27;s so many out there, and you start feeling like you can&#x27;t tolerate your contacts, you have to take them out as soon as you get home,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> that in itself is a symptom related to dry eyes. And unfortunately, many of those patients then come to us, come to me, asking for LASIK. But if I don&#x27;t pay attention to the fact that dry eyes has led them to want to seek LASIK, I may actually miss an opportunity to treat a problem that could potentially get worse with LASIK. So it&#x27;s important to have it addressed. Absolutely. Yeah, as soon as possible, I guess. Sounds like this is a diagnosis in process right here. No, no, no. You can see your eye doctor and get the right diagnosis. But, you know, guys, I&#x27;m a financial planner for 25 years now, and I like to put my glasses on when I&#x27;m meeting with clients. It makes me look smarter. That&#x27;s right. But you know what Dr. Shammy was telling me, that when we&#x27;re looking at screens and tablets so much in our lives that our eyes blink less,</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> and that also contributes to this cycle. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s happening now. I mean, my daughter&#x27;s 11, and she&#x27;s always on her iPad. So, I mean, that&#x27;s going to happen more and more, isn&#x27;t it? And younger and younger to people. I mean, absolutely. We&#x27;re seeing dry eyes start at a younger and younger age. And this is going to become a real epidemic if we don&#x27;t address it and bring awareness. And I&#x27;m so grateful for Marissa to partner with Allergan in bringing awareness to the public, because oftentimes, as I was saying to Marissa, if the patient doesn&#x27;t seek the diagnosis or seek help from their doctor, they may be left years without getting the right treatment. Yeah. And that&#x27;s, again, putting it off is not going to make it better, is it? Not at all. We love to procrastinate, and we love to hope that things are going to get better.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Maybe we think we&#x27;re misdiagnosing ourselves, but the main thing is to go to a doctor. Or, first of all, take that survey. Tell us again, the $100,000 can be raised right now. If people go to the website, take the survey, $1 per person. Restasis.com. Restasis.com. Restasis.com to take the dry eye cleanse. Okay. I mean, that&#x27;s important, because I think everyone can learn something, and they can also get a dollar for Guide Dogs for the Blind, and that&#x27;s a noble cause as well. One final thing there for Marissa. You are going to be in the new Spider-Man Homecoming movie. You&#x27;ve been playing Mae Parker. How excited are you about that? I&#x27;m very excited. Yeah, we just finished shooting, and it will come out next year in July. Well, I&#x27;m looking forward to that. Peter Parker. You know, I&#x27;m Coach Pete, but we go by Peter, and we have another planner in our office named Parker,</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> so people can come see Peter Parker. Well, you guys take care of a real good cause, and I think a lot of people listening probably could benefit from taking that quiz, and they could also help the Guide Dogs for the Blind as well by going to Restasis.com, taking that simple quiz, and raising a dollar for each quiz taken, up to $100,000. That&#x27;s nice. Thank you, Pete. Well, you all take care, and Marissa, we&#x27;ll be looking for you on the big screen. Thanks. Yep. Well, you take care. Folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to listen to it again, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marisa Tomei joins Coach Pete alongside an ophthalmologist to discuss her experience with chronic dry eye and efforts to raise awareness of the condition. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, whether it be an author or a famous person, somebody you may have seen on TV or movies. And this week is no exception. Today, we are very fortunate to be joined by actress Marissa Tomei, who is teaming with Guide Dogs for the Blind and Allergen to raise awareness for chronic dry eye disease and share how she was treated for her condition. We also have with us nationally renowned ophthalmologist Dr. Netta Shami, who&#x27;s going to answer any medical questions we may have on this disease as well. Welcome in, guys. Thank you. Thank you, Pete. You know, We&#x27;re great with our names. Well, hey, I&#x27;m a big fan of yours, Marissa. I still remember My Cousin Vinny. I mean, who doesn&#x27;t remember that movie? And, you know, the second favorite part that you&#x27;ve ever played is on Seinfeld to me.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I mean, we loved the way George reacted when he got to talk to you on Seinfeld. Yeah. It was pretty funny. Now, you yourself had experience with dry eyes when, you know, those are long hours you put in in Hollywood, and you started realizing something wasn&#x27;t quite right with your eyes back in the day, correct? It was a few years ago, and I just was, yeah, I was feeling something was uncomfortable and just taking a lot of my thought, my time, thinking about what could be going on with my eyes. But I didn&#x27;t really think about going to the doctor until someone suggested it, and I went, and I got this diagnosis and was offered to try Restasis, and it&#x27;s just been a good thing for me.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So it works. Because you were using, like, I think they said you were using over-the-counter eye drops, and it really wasn&#x27;t doing anything good for you. But... No, but Restasis worked for me. And that worked, yeah. So that&#x27;s good. So let&#x27;s talk about the guide dogs for the blind and how they are getting along or what they&#x27;re doing with allergen and what makes this work together so special for you guys and how you became involved with that partnership. Well, if you want to know more about if you might have this chronic dry eye, then you can go to Restasis.com and take the quiz, the dry eye quiz, and allergen will donate a dollar for every quiz taken to Guide Dogs for the Blind. And Guide Dogs for the Blind is an organization that&#x27;s been around since 1942, and they pair clients with dogs, people that are visually impaired or blind and need a guide dog.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> They train the dogs, they take care of the veterinary bills, and I&#x27;m sure many happy partnerships are made. And it&#x27;s really a wonderful, wonderful organization that&#x27;s really doing a great service. So they&#x27;re donating a dollar for every person who takes the quiz. Is there a limit? Yes, the limit is $100,000. Okay. And what&#x27;s that site again? Restasis.com. I think that we can get that $100,000 would be good, wouldn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah, it would. It would. Dr. Shammy, explain to the listener, you know, because a lot of people have dry eyes. Of course, when I go to Vegas, every now and then I go to Vegas and I get off the plane and immediately my lips chap and my eyes dry. But what is chronic dry eye and how many people suffer from it nationally?</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Yes. Chronic dry eye disease affects 30 million people in the United States. And what leads to that, you know, the chronic dry eyes from that occasional dryness that you describe when you&#x27;re in Vegas, whether it&#x27;s after a long night or not just getting off the plane, is that vicious cycle that can lead to inflammation, a vicious cycle of inflammation of the eye. So occasional dryness is okay, but when that leads to you needing to use artificial tears on a daily basis, or as Marissa mentioned, having a conscious sensation of your eyes on a daily basis, that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s red flagged for chronicity of the disease. And what chronic means basically is that over time it can get worse if it&#x27;s not treated and dealt with at the core of the problem.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> So it has to be, I mean, people can&#x27;t self-dite. I think it&#x27;s better to go to a real ophthalmologist or some eye doctor and find out what&#x27;s really going on, right? Most definitely. And I think the red flag, again, is if you feel like you need to use artificial tears routinely, then you can either speak to your doctor directly, eye doctor directly, or go to riskstasis.com, take the quiz that will lead you in that direction, and open up the conversation so you&#x27;ll have very clear points to discuss with your doctor. And so if somebody figures out they do have that chronic eye, what is the treatment process? What usually goes into solving that chronic dry eye? So usually if it&#x27;s really chronic dry eye disease, then you have to get to the core of the problem.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And riskstasis is the only FDA-approved prescription eye drop that helps you make more of your own natural tears. And it&#x27;s really only twice a day. So unlike your need to have to use artificial tears routinely, using it twice a day, you&#x27;re actually getting to the problem and treating the vicious cycle of inflammation, but more importantly helping your own body produce more of its own natural healthy tears that will heal the surface and help you with the symptoms that you may have or the problems you may have with your eyes. Marissa, how long do you think you had it and didn&#x27;t realize it? I don&#x27;t know. It would just be a guess of a few years, a couple years. Has it made a... I don&#x27;t really know. That&#x27;s not very uncommon. I mean, often many people suffer for years before they get the right treatment.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Often they may even get confused with allergies. They may think, oh, I have allergies, and start allergy eye drops, which again will not treat the problem. So a funny thing is many times your eyes water, and that&#x27;s a symptom that you have dry eyes. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of paradoxical. It&#x27;s a reflex tearing. Your body&#x27;s trying to compensate for the dryness, because the dryness can cause these erosions or scratches on the surface of the eye, and it causes this vicious cycle of tearing. But those kinds of reflex tearing, they&#x27;re not normal tears. They&#x27;re not as soothing as the tears that can be produced if you use with stasis. So, Marissa, how was your vision? Do you wear glasses? I do, yes. And have you ever thought about LASIK? Yeah.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> I don&#x27;t really know that much about it yet, though. I don&#x27;t know. I was just trying to ask Dr. Shami what I can do. Yeah, but I hear, you know what, and I&#x27;ve worn glasses since 10th grade and contacts since 11th grade, and then glasses back and forth, that kind of thing when the eyes get tired of the contacts. But I&#x27;ve often considered LASIK, but I&#x27;ve talked to people who had it, and some people like it, some people don&#x27;t. But the main symptom many people have from going through that surgery is dry eyes. Well, I have to say, what you just mentioned, you said you go back and forth between your contacts and glasses because you get tired of your contacts. I&#x27;ll tell you, that&#x27;s one of the signs of dryness. If you&#x27;re a contact lens user, there&#x27;s so many out there, and you start feeling like you can&#x27;t tolerate your contacts, you have to take them out as soon as you get home,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> that in itself is a symptom related to dry eyes. And unfortunately, many of those patients then come to us, come to me, asking for LASIK. But if I don&#x27;t pay attention to the fact that dry eyes has led them to want to seek LASIK, I may actually miss an opportunity to treat a problem that could potentially get worse with LASIK. So it&#x27;s important to have it addressed. Absolutely. Yeah, as soon as possible, I guess. Sounds like this is a diagnosis in process right here. No, no, no. You can see your eye doctor and get the right diagnosis. But, you know, guys, I&#x27;m a financial planner for 25 years now, and I like to put my glasses on when I&#x27;m meeting with clients. It makes me look smarter. That&#x27;s right. But you know what Dr. Shammy was telling me, that when we&#x27;re looking at screens and tablets so much in our lives that our eyes blink less,</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> and that also contributes to this cycle. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s happening now. I mean, my daughter&#x27;s 11, and she&#x27;s always on her iPad. So, I mean, that&#x27;s going to happen more and more, isn&#x27;t it? And younger and younger to people. I mean, absolutely. We&#x27;re seeing dry eyes start at a younger and younger age. And this is going to become a real epidemic if we don&#x27;t address it and bring awareness. And I&#x27;m so grateful for Marissa to partner with Allergan in bringing awareness to the public, because oftentimes, as I was saying to Marissa, if the patient doesn&#x27;t seek the diagnosis or seek help from their doctor, they may be left years without getting the right treatment. Yeah. And that&#x27;s, again, putting it off is not going to make it better, is it? Not at all. We love to procrastinate, and we love to hope that things are going to get better.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Maybe we think we&#x27;re misdiagnosing ourselves, but the main thing is to go to a doctor. Or, first of all, take that survey. Tell us again, the $100,000 can be raised right now. If people go to the website, take the survey, $1 per person. Restasis.com. Restasis.com. Restasis.com to take the dry eye cleanse. Okay. I mean, that&#x27;s important, because I think everyone can learn something, and they can also get a dollar for Guide Dogs for the Blind, and that&#x27;s a noble cause as well. One final thing there for Marissa. You are going to be in the new Spider-Man Homecoming movie. You&#x27;ve been playing Mae Parker. How excited are you about that? I&#x27;m very excited. Yeah, we just finished shooting, and it will come out next year in July. Well, I&#x27;m looking forward to that. Peter Parker. You know, I&#x27;m Coach Pete, but we go by Peter, and we have another planner in our office named Parker,</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> so people can come see Peter Parker. Well, you guys take care of a real good cause, and I think a lot of people listening probably could benefit from taking that quiz, and they could also help the Guide Dogs for the Blind as well by going to Restasis.com, taking that simple quiz, and raising a dollar for each quiz taken, up to $100,000. That&#x27;s nice. Thank you, Pete. Well, you all take care, and Marissa, we&#x27;ll be looking for you on the big screen. Thanks. Yep. Well, you take care. Folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to listen to it again, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Marisa Tomei joins Coach Pete alongside an ophthalmologist to discuss her experience with chronic dry eye and efforts to raise awareness of the condition. Recorded October 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Marisa Tomei</category>
      <category>Raising Awareness of Chronic Dry Eye</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Marisa Tomei, Raising Awareness of Chronic Dry Eye, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b/image.jpg?t=1792072156&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marisa-tomei-raising-awareness-of-chronic-dry-eye/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b/image.jpg?t=1792072156&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a4e76cf7-2416-4833-83c2-b4e20183a23b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9720178" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marisa-tomei-raising-awareness-of-chronic-dry-eye</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>93</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Raising Awareness of Chronic Dry Eye" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Fitzherbert: Presentation Magic and Confident Speaking</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Fitzherbert: Presentation Magic and Confident Speaking</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Fitzherbert joins Coach Pete to discuss Presentation Magic. The communications expert and magician explains preparation, first and last impressions, rehearsal, and keeping your message strong when presentation equipment fails. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time where we go out around the world and we find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the world and in a day-to-day life. And if you are in business or if you&#x27;ve ever spoken in front of anybody, you probably have maybe had a little apprehension, whether it be the sales process or speaking in front of groups. So today we&#x27;re going to go to London, England and talk to Nick Fitzherbert, who is a magician and a presentation leader. Nick, welcome in. Great to be with you. Now, you&#x27;re a communications expert and that&#x27;s important these days because survey after survey back when I was growing up said one of the top two fears of anyone&#x27;s life was public speaking. And it still is today. That&#x27;s still very much the case. It&#x27;s right up there with the death and divorce.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And of course, it&#x27;s not really nearly as bad as you think it&#x27;s going to be once you have the opportunity to get up and do it and get a bit of experience. And every time you do it, unless you have a disaster, it should get easier and easier. So, you know, it&#x27;s fear of fear itself really largely. But also it&#x27;s the fear of the unfamiliar. So when I&#x27;m coaching people in presentation skills, I urge them to go and see the venue that you&#x27;re going to be presenting it. Because what you can do then is you can get a feel for it. So you can then visualize it as you prepare and the night before as you&#x27;re lying in bed, rather than have a sense of nothingness, wondering what it might be like. And you can also check out what sort of equipment is available and everything like that.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> You can make it familiar to yourself. So it gets better. But I always take great pleasure in when I&#x27;m coaching people for the first time, they say, oh, I hate presentation skills. I said, you are going to end up enjoying it. And they look at me very skeptical. But I love it when, you know, sometimes within a matter of hours, you can see there&#x27;s a little smile coming on their face and they&#x27;re beginning to rather like it. Yeah, yeah. Very, very. I mean, it&#x27;s just important to now when I was in college, every now and then I tried this. I should have done it more. But the night before an exam, I would go by where the classroom was and I would go in there and just get a feeling of the classroom. It&#x27;s funny how much difference it made because it basically broke down the apprehension barrier. There you are. You see, you proved the point. Fantastic. But then I let human nature kick in and got lazy and didn&#x27;t do it all the time, Nick.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And I did better when I did go in the classroom. And I wasn&#x27;t putting cheat notes in there, by the way. No, no, no. Of course not. So let&#x27;s talk about, you know, making a first impression. We&#x27;ve heard that all of our lives is the first impressions are vital and you never get a second chance to make a first impression. And that&#x27;s in just day to day life. But in the business world, a bad impression sticks forever, doesn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. I mean, what I learned further to that when I got into magic during my time in public relations was I realized that firsts and lasts are what people remember. So you really need to work on how you open and how you close more than anything else in terms of scripting and rehearsing it and then delivering it because those are what people</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> remember. Now, rock bands know about this. They know as long as they come crashing on with a big number, go out with their greatest hit. They can get away with murder in the middle, play the whole of their new album. And yet people still go away and say, oh, wasn&#x27;t that great? It&#x27;s because the first and last that really registered with people. And yet too often when you&#x27;re doing a presentation, it&#x27;s a bit of a fumbled staff. They don&#x27;t quite know how the slide changes work. They keep looking at the screen even though there&#x27;s nothing going on there. And they&#x27;re probably talking too fast because their heart is pumping away. You really need to take a moment and plan how you&#x27;re going to kick off in the best possible way. And then you&#x27;ve got to finish. You&#x27;ve got to send them away with your big message, your call to action, what it is you want them to do and remember as a result of what you&#x27;ve been talking about.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And yet again, some people just peter out. They say, well, that&#x27;s about it really. You need to go bang, bang, bang, send them away with your big message. Yeah. Yeah. Very important again, because it&#x27;s not what you say. It&#x27;s how you say it, folks. And this digital age, once you do it once, it could be out there forever. And I think a lot of college and high school children don&#x27;t realize this when they post things to social media, do they? No. Oh, absolutely not. No. I once was going to hire someone. This was about five years ago. I did a quick Google search of the person and saw some very strange things online, like on different videos they had posted in the past. Even though they may have forgotten they did that, we forgot to call them back. I&#x27;ve come across one or two of those myself. Yes. So let&#x27;s look at now. There aren&#x27;t many magicians who really are professionals out there.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> I see a lot of people who say they&#x27;re magicians and maybe they&#x27;ll pull off a simple card trick or anything. But the art of being a true magician, very, very vital these days. I&#x27;ve been to the Magic Castle in Hollywood and seen professional magicians all over the place there. And it&#x27;s a 24-7 kind of job. It&#x27;s not something you do like on a weekend. You practice for an hour. It&#x27;s a big thing, isn&#x27;t it? Well, the great thing about magic is you can do it as a hobby. And I go to the Magic Circle, which is, we like to think it&#x27;s the world&#x27;s greatest magic club in London. And that&#x27;s full of everybody from cab drivers through to really quite famous magicians. And we all learn from each other and share. But if you&#x27;re going to go out and work as a magician, you really, really have to be very highly practiced.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> You know, somebody said to me the other day, would you come tomorrow night and do a few tricks? I said, no, I&#x27;m sorry, I can&#x27;t. I need to spend about three weeks getting ready for that if I&#x27;m going to be really good. So I don&#x27;t actually go out as a working magician myself. What I do is I build it into the training I do in presentation skills. And I get business people to do a magic trick as well as their business presentation because it brings all sorts of benefits. It loosens up their body language. It brings a smile to their face that we can hear in their voice. And above all, it brings a whole new focus to their message because they get the idea that the success of the magic trick depends on the big ta-da moment at the end that they want their audience to go away and remember and talk about.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And they think, ah, my business presentation needs one of those as well. So it brings a whole new focus. I also get them thinking about the equipment they&#x27;re using because, you see, too many people nowadays, they&#x27;ve got a whole lot of PowerPoint slides and they think that is the presentation. I said, no, no. You are the presentation. That is just some support material. And you probably don&#x27;t need a lot of that. But the trouble is all these slides and so on now compete with the presenter. Unless they&#x27;re careful, it drives them along. And it brings a whole new load of stress. We opened up talking about stress. As soon as your equipment starts failing or you don&#x27;t know how to use it, perhaps just the fear that it might not work brings a whole lot more stress.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> When I still, when I turn up to do a talk or to do a training session, I&#x27;m a bit stressed, worrying, am I going to be able to get my computer linked up to that screen now? So I carry all kinds of leads and extensions and plugs that plug into each other just in case. So I was so pleased when the barcode guys rang me up. So we got this new product called Clickshare. And you just plug it in, click it, and immediately you&#x27;ve got your image on the screen. That means I can now focus on preparing myself and calming myself down, thinking, how am I going to make that big intro and so on? And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick Fitzherbert, who is from London, England. He&#x27;s a communication expert and magician. And, you know, Nick, one of the takeaways that I get is true professionals, they make it look</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> so easy when you watch them on TV, maybe a golf professional, whatever. They make it look so easy that everyone thinks they can do it. You know, that&#x27;s why right after a Tour de France or right after a golf tournament, everyone&#x27;s out trying to buy the new clubs or the new bicycles, and then they&#x27;re wrecking or hitting balls into the woods. It&#x27;s not as easy as it looks, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely. When I&#x27;m training, I still show films, videos of Steve Jobs, because he was a brilliant presenter, and he makes it look all really relaxed, conversational and so on. I say, please don&#x27;t be misled by that. To get that good, you&#x27;ve got to put in hours and hours and hours of practice. And I was really hoping these various books that have been coming out in the film and so were going to show more of that.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> He knows what he&#x27;s going to do at every single moment. Bill Gates used to say, I love, I was really impressed the amount of practice he put in and the way he did things like come up, make it look as though he just thought of an idea when, of course, he&#x27;d actually rehearse that and plan that very, very carefully. Now, you have something, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment, but you have something you call the Starbucks test. What is that? The Starbucks test. Yes. Right. Well, that is all about preparation and rehearsal. And I urge people, as we&#x27;ve just been saying, that they can&#x27;t appreciate until perhaps something goes wrong just how important the preparation is. I said, imagine that you&#x27;ve turned up to give a presentation, you&#x27;ve got all your PowerPoint</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> slides and all your visual aids and so on, and they say, I&#x27;m terribly sorry, all the meeting rooms are booked up, they&#x27;re double booked, we&#x27;re going to have to go over the road and do it in Starbucks. Would you still be able to give a good presentation? Now, you need to decide, am I prepared to be messed around like that? But if you are, then imagine if you could still do a good presentation, even without all your carefully prepared aids. Imagine how good you&#x27;re going to be when everything goes exactly right. So you ought to be able to do it under any circumstance. Very, very good interview, Nick. And what&#x27;s the name of your book? My book is called Presentation Magic. A few years old now, but it&#x27;s all about what I do building the magic to presentation skills.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And it&#x27;s been translated into a number of different languages, but you should still find that on amazon.com. Presentation Magic. And folks, if you joined us interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Nick, thanks for your time today. Right. Wonderful to be with you. Thank you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Fitzherbert joins Coach Pete to discuss Presentation Magic. The communications expert and magician explains preparation, first and last impressions, rehearsal, and keeping your message strong when presentation equipment fails. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time where we go out around the world and we find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the world and in a day-to-day life. And if you are in business or if you&#x27;ve ever spoken in front of anybody, you probably have maybe had a little apprehension, whether it be the sales process or speaking in front of groups. So today we&#x27;re going to go to London, England and talk to Nick Fitzherbert, who is a magician and a presentation leader. Nick, welcome in. Great to be with you. Now, you&#x27;re a communications expert and that&#x27;s important these days because survey after survey back when I was growing up said one of the top two fears of anyone&#x27;s life was public speaking. And it still is today. That&#x27;s still very much the case. It&#x27;s right up there with the death and divorce.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And of course, it&#x27;s not really nearly as bad as you think it&#x27;s going to be once you have the opportunity to get up and do it and get a bit of experience. And every time you do it, unless you have a disaster, it should get easier and easier. So, you know, it&#x27;s fear of fear itself really largely. But also it&#x27;s the fear of the unfamiliar. So when I&#x27;m coaching people in presentation skills, I urge them to go and see the venue that you&#x27;re going to be presenting it. Because what you can do then is you can get a feel for it. So you can then visualize it as you prepare and the night before as you&#x27;re lying in bed, rather than have a sense of nothingness, wondering what it might be like. And you can also check out what sort of equipment is available and everything like that.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> You can make it familiar to yourself. So it gets better. But I always take great pleasure in when I&#x27;m coaching people for the first time, they say, oh, I hate presentation skills. I said, you are going to end up enjoying it. And they look at me very skeptical. But I love it when, you know, sometimes within a matter of hours, you can see there&#x27;s a little smile coming on their face and they&#x27;re beginning to rather like it. Yeah, yeah. Very, very. I mean, it&#x27;s just important to now when I was in college, every now and then I tried this. I should have done it more. But the night before an exam, I would go by where the classroom was and I would go in there and just get a feeling of the classroom. It&#x27;s funny how much difference it made because it basically broke down the apprehension barrier. There you are. You see, you proved the point. Fantastic. But then I let human nature kick in and got lazy and didn&#x27;t do it all the time, Nick.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And I did better when I did go in the classroom. And I wasn&#x27;t putting cheat notes in there, by the way. No, no, no. Of course not. So let&#x27;s talk about, you know, making a first impression. We&#x27;ve heard that all of our lives is the first impressions are vital and you never get a second chance to make a first impression. And that&#x27;s in just day to day life. But in the business world, a bad impression sticks forever, doesn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. I mean, what I learned further to that when I got into magic during my time in public relations was I realized that firsts and lasts are what people remember. So you really need to work on how you open and how you close more than anything else in terms of scripting and rehearsing it and then delivering it because those are what people</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> remember. Now, rock bands know about this. They know as long as they come crashing on with a big number, go out with their greatest hit. They can get away with murder in the middle, play the whole of their new album. And yet people still go away and say, oh, wasn&#x27;t that great? It&#x27;s because the first and last that really registered with people. And yet too often when you&#x27;re doing a presentation, it&#x27;s a bit of a fumbled staff. They don&#x27;t quite know how the slide changes work. They keep looking at the screen even though there&#x27;s nothing going on there. And they&#x27;re probably talking too fast because their heart is pumping away. You really need to take a moment and plan how you&#x27;re going to kick off in the best possible way. And then you&#x27;ve got to finish. You&#x27;ve got to send them away with your big message, your call to action, what it is you want them to do and remember as a result of what you&#x27;ve been talking about.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And yet again, some people just peter out. They say, well, that&#x27;s about it really. You need to go bang, bang, bang, send them away with your big message. Yeah. Yeah. Very important again, because it&#x27;s not what you say. It&#x27;s how you say it, folks. And this digital age, once you do it once, it could be out there forever. And I think a lot of college and high school children don&#x27;t realize this when they post things to social media, do they? No. Oh, absolutely not. No. I once was going to hire someone. This was about five years ago. I did a quick Google search of the person and saw some very strange things online, like on different videos they had posted in the past. Even though they may have forgotten they did that, we forgot to call them back. I&#x27;ve come across one or two of those myself. Yes. So let&#x27;s look at now. There aren&#x27;t many magicians who really are professionals out there.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> I see a lot of people who say they&#x27;re magicians and maybe they&#x27;ll pull off a simple card trick or anything. But the art of being a true magician, very, very vital these days. I&#x27;ve been to the Magic Castle in Hollywood and seen professional magicians all over the place there. And it&#x27;s a 24-7 kind of job. It&#x27;s not something you do like on a weekend. You practice for an hour. It&#x27;s a big thing, isn&#x27;t it? Well, the great thing about magic is you can do it as a hobby. And I go to the Magic Circle, which is, we like to think it&#x27;s the world&#x27;s greatest magic club in London. And that&#x27;s full of everybody from cab drivers through to really quite famous magicians. And we all learn from each other and share. But if you&#x27;re going to go out and work as a magician, you really, really have to be very highly practiced.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> You know, somebody said to me the other day, would you come tomorrow night and do a few tricks? I said, no, I&#x27;m sorry, I can&#x27;t. I need to spend about three weeks getting ready for that if I&#x27;m going to be really good. So I don&#x27;t actually go out as a working magician myself. What I do is I build it into the training I do in presentation skills. And I get business people to do a magic trick as well as their business presentation because it brings all sorts of benefits. It loosens up their body language. It brings a smile to their face that we can hear in their voice. And above all, it brings a whole new focus to their message because they get the idea that the success of the magic trick depends on the big ta-da moment at the end that they want their audience to go away and remember and talk about.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And they think, ah, my business presentation needs one of those as well. So it brings a whole new focus. I also get them thinking about the equipment they&#x27;re using because, you see, too many people nowadays, they&#x27;ve got a whole lot of PowerPoint slides and they think that is the presentation. I said, no, no. You are the presentation. That is just some support material. And you probably don&#x27;t need a lot of that. But the trouble is all these slides and so on now compete with the presenter. Unless they&#x27;re careful, it drives them along. And it brings a whole new load of stress. We opened up talking about stress. As soon as your equipment starts failing or you don&#x27;t know how to use it, perhaps just the fear that it might not work brings a whole lot more stress.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> When I still, when I turn up to do a talk or to do a training session, I&#x27;m a bit stressed, worrying, am I going to be able to get my computer linked up to that screen now? So I carry all kinds of leads and extensions and plugs that plug into each other just in case. So I was so pleased when the barcode guys rang me up. So we got this new product called Clickshare. And you just plug it in, click it, and immediately you&#x27;ve got your image on the screen. That means I can now focus on preparing myself and calming myself down, thinking, how am I going to make that big intro and so on? And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick Fitzherbert, who is from London, England. He&#x27;s a communication expert and magician. And, you know, Nick, one of the takeaways that I get is true professionals, they make it look</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> so easy when you watch them on TV, maybe a golf professional, whatever. They make it look so easy that everyone thinks they can do it. You know, that&#x27;s why right after a Tour de France or right after a golf tournament, everyone&#x27;s out trying to buy the new clubs or the new bicycles, and then they&#x27;re wrecking or hitting balls into the woods. It&#x27;s not as easy as it looks, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely. When I&#x27;m training, I still show films, videos of Steve Jobs, because he was a brilliant presenter, and he makes it look all really relaxed, conversational and so on. I say, please don&#x27;t be misled by that. To get that good, you&#x27;ve got to put in hours and hours and hours of practice. And I was really hoping these various books that have been coming out in the film and so were going to show more of that.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> He knows what he&#x27;s going to do at every single moment. Bill Gates used to say, I love, I was really impressed the amount of practice he put in and the way he did things like come up, make it look as though he just thought of an idea when, of course, he&#x27;d actually rehearse that and plan that very, very carefully. Now, you have something, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment, but you have something you call the Starbucks test. What is that? The Starbucks test. Yes. Right. Well, that is all about preparation and rehearsal. And I urge people, as we&#x27;ve just been saying, that they can&#x27;t appreciate until perhaps something goes wrong just how important the preparation is. I said, imagine that you&#x27;ve turned up to give a presentation, you&#x27;ve got all your PowerPoint</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> slides and all your visual aids and so on, and they say, I&#x27;m terribly sorry, all the meeting rooms are booked up, they&#x27;re double booked, we&#x27;re going to have to go over the road and do it in Starbucks. Would you still be able to give a good presentation? Now, you need to decide, am I prepared to be messed around like that? But if you are, then imagine if you could still do a good presentation, even without all your carefully prepared aids. Imagine how good you&#x27;re going to be when everything goes exactly right. So you ought to be able to do it under any circumstance. Very, very good interview, Nick. And what&#x27;s the name of your book? My book is called Presentation Magic. A few years old now, but it&#x27;s all about what I do building the magic to presentation skills.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And it&#x27;s been translated into a number of different languages, but you should still find that on amazon.com. Presentation Magic. And folks, if you joined us interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Nick, thanks for your time today. Right. Wonderful to be with you. Thank you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Fitzherbert joins Coach Pete to discuss Presentation Magic. The communications expert and magician explains preparation, first and last impressions, rehearsal, and keeping your message strong when presentation equipment fails. Recorded October 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Fitzherbert</category>
      <category>Presentation Magic and Confident Speaking</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Fitzherbert, Presentation Magic and Confident Speaking, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c/image.jpg?t=1792071266&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-fitzherbert-presentation-magic-and-confident-speaking/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c/image.jpg?t=1792071266&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>648</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c4adbbf2-1990-42c8-9053-b4e3002c4b3c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10396926" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-fitzherbert-presentation-magic-and-confident-speaking</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>94</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Presentation Magic and Confident Speaking" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:01" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bob Woolsey: The General’s Briefer</title>
      <itunes:title>Bob Woolsey: The General’s Briefer</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bob Woolsey joins Coach Pete to discuss The General’s Briefer and his experiences briefing military leaders at the Pentagon. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, who&#x27;s written a book, or who just comes on my radar screen. And today is no exception. We have former Army Intelligence Officer Bob Woolsey, who is author of the book The General&#x27;s Briefer. Folks, this is a great book right here. And one of the things we&#x27;re going to do is welcome Bob in. But I want to talk about his experience at the Pentagon, his experience writing this book. It&#x27;s a great book. And he&#x27;s joining us. Bob, where are you joining us from today? Okay, I&#x27;m joining you from Jersey City, my home. That&#x27;s where I live. From Jersey City. All right. Jersey City, New Jersey. Yep. And you were a former intelligence officer. You were a briefer at the Pentagon. You started in 1968. You&#x27;ve seen a lot.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s funny. I think it stayed the same. 68 is very similar to what it is now, you know, with the election, two unpopular candidates. But my job, I&#x27;ll just get back to the book for a second. It was to brief the general staff every morning. In those days, I was a terrible soldier. But I got in a good slot. I got in very early in the morning, about quarter to six. Briefed to the general, who had that intelligence in those days, called him a Christian, for about 15 minutes. It&#x27;s a little slide presentation. And about 11 o&#x27;clock, my day was over. And it&#x27;s a series of, you know, a lot of vignettes about what happened and people I met there. You know, the general who I was briefing, they liked me.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So I was pretty secure as far as long as he was there. But it&#x27;s a good thing I couldn&#x27;t when I did, because he left the year after I left. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just fascinating, because I&#x27;ve never been in the Pentagon, but I&#x27;ve seen, like, specials on it. And it&#x27;s a gigantic place. I mean, you don&#x27;t realize how big it is from what you see on TV, do you? No, it&#x27;s incredibly big. Well, it hasn&#x27;t changed in size, of course. I think it&#x27;s like a square mile or something like 600 acres, and about 25,000, 30,000 people work there. So it&#x27;s a good place to be. And it&#x27;s great, because it&#x27;s right next to Washington, D.C. It&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s how it&#x27;s sized. It&#x27;s just a little imposing. In most places, a captain is a big deal, but I was, you know, one of the small fry there.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> There were generals all over the place. You&#x27;d see them in the coffee shop. And as a captain, I was pretty low grade. So let&#x27;s talk about that. In 1968, in the Pentagon, and those years around there, who was the most famous general you saw in the Pentagon? Well, I saw General Westmoreland, who was head of the Pentagon. He was on Time Magazine, Man of the Year, way back then. And I briefed General General McChristian, who was a two-star general every morning. And I briefed a fellow called General Stilwell, who was a three-star general every morning. And that took place at 7.30 and, again, at 8 o&#x27;clock. And we&#x27;d come back to the office. The colonel would say, how did everything go? Was it fine? And, you know, then we&#x27;d go over it a little bit. And then we&#x27;d try to leave.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But then we had a little bit of other things that we had to do. We had to do tours. They used to come to the Pentagon. And we&#x27;d give them non-classified briefings. But it was the concept of a war room. It&#x27;s pretty hush-hush because you have to. It&#x27;s very black. And there&#x27;s a big war table. And you walk in and your associate turns down the lights. And all the other reports that you&#x27;re reading from. And you read for 15 minutes in Vietnam. There&#x27;s a lot of stuff in the public. But you had reports of Africa, Middle East, South America, Eastern Europe, all sorts of places. So you basically, I mean, you were the briefer. So you had all the intelligence you could ask for then, didn&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, I did. My job was just a talking head. I would get all the information I could from the desk officers. We had about 20 of them. It was sort of experts in the little areas. And they were from Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union, Japan, China, the Middle East, of course. And they&#x27;d submit their reports. And it was a real madhouse for about an hour and a half before the thing had to get out by about 7.15. Because the general wanted that briefing at 7.30. And that is, I mean, 7.30. When I talk about being precise in the military, you did not brief him at 7.31. You walked in and you were talking to him at 7.30.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And we had a few slides. And in the days, you know, we had some names that were prominent then or so prominent. We had Saddam Hussein, which was just coming to power. We had Muammar Gaddafi, which was just coming into power. And a lot of the things I talk about in the book are non-military things like my trips to Europe. Got free flights to Europe because of the cargo planes going overseas. And there was a soccer war. Two countries clashed over a soccer game. A terrible soldier, but I was a good briefer. So at the end, you know, McCristian congratulated me and said, you&#x27;ve done a fine job. I wish you the best. And I got my little Army Commendation Medal.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And I was off to civilian life. Well, your job was very important because the general, without his briefs, was a naked general, information-wise, wasn&#x27;t he? Yes, yes. Well, actually, it was pretty important because that&#x27;s how he started his day. And everybody, every general in the Pentagon, as per the director of the Secretary of the Army, had to read his little black book. We had, say, 20, 25 copies prepared. They looked through it, and they started their day with, you know, looking at the reports from the Vietnam men. It was the Soviet Union, you know, new aircraft invented by the Russians and things like that. And so it was a pretty important job, I guess. So, you know, I was at the Pentagon. That was, when I think about it, the Pentagon was a pretty impressive place.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Yes, it is. It still is. And, folks, by the way, we were talking to Bob Woolsey, who is former intelligence officer at the Pentagon, former briefer to all the generals back in the day, and the author of the book, The General&#x27;s Briefer. Bob, aren&#x27;t you glad you didn&#x27;t have email back then? Yeah. Yeah. I shudder to think, right now, probably a relic. The briefing probably consists of, you know, some guy in a room pressing a button, and they probably have a lot more technological facilities than we had when I was doing it. Oh, yeah. But, you know, things like, a lot of stuff happened. You know, I tell about when Robert Kennedy was killed. I was even there in, you know, the ancient days when Martin Luther, I just started my career in military,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> when Martin Luther King was killed, assassinated. You know, I remember back, and I don&#x27;t remember. I remember hearing this talking about it. I was born in 1966. My brother Bob was born on April 9th, 1968. And I remember my parents being worried about the unrest then, you know, launching Bob out at the hospital. And so I think something right around that time was going on. And you lived right through that. I mean, that&#x27;s when you were in the Pentagon, and you were seeing that. You were in the Situation Room right in there, seeing all the violence. We don&#x27;t have media. Well, we didn&#x27;t have media like we do today. Do you think media today helps or hurts? I think it, well, it hurts. Yeah. Now, you know, and here&#x27;s one of the things. I remember back in the Iraq, right around the time we started the Iraq war, they joked.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> But it wasn&#x27;t really a joke. They said Saddam Hussein didn&#x27;t need an intelligence department. All he had to do was turn on his satellite dish and watch CNN and Fox and keep track of where everybody was and what they were doing. And politicians will announce ahead of time what they&#x27;re going to do, when they&#x27;re going to pull out. That&#x27;s not good, is it? Yeah, no, no. No, it wasn&#x27;t. And people don&#x27;t remember. You know, Saddam Hussein for a long time was our big buddy because in those days, well, at least a little later on, Iran was the villain. The only thing that&#x27;s changed for the good is that the Soviet Union is no more and Russia is not such a, believe it or not, Russia is not that bad anymore. Could it be said that maybe they&#x27;re the same, but there are other ones popping up that are worse? Oh, yeah. I think that to be a leader in the Middle East, you have to be a tyrant.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Yep. Yep. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book. I mean, you&#x27;ve got 61 chapters in here. This is a great book, fast-moving. To me, the Pentagon is fascinating. But to somebody who&#x27;s just an outside viewer and saying, gosh, I don&#x27;t want to read about what goes on in the Pentagon, you made this interesting as heck, Bob. Good. Thank you very much. I&#x27;m glad you enjoyed it. And I met a lot of smart guys, a lot of them guys. You know, I talk about the, we had an Irishman who&#x27;s at our Chinese desk who spoke fluent Chinese. And the colonel who was in charge of the office, he spent multiple times chasing stewardesses around Washington, D.C. And we had, you know, that was the cracking of the Soviet Empire in those days because they invented Czechoslovakia.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> There was an actual war between the Chinese and the Soviets when I was there. A lot of interesting things. You know, I mean, it was a day-to-day, any office job. And a Pentagon office job is boring because you do walk and you give five minutes&#x27; worth of Vietnam stuff. You know, North Vietnamese regimen spotted here and there. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s the important, the quality of the book. I think it&#x27;s funny. I think it&#x27;s, when I talk about, you know, I just picked out one. There was a guy who was, he&#x27;s at our Chinese desk. He didn&#x27;t know anything about China until he, the guys in the office found out that he was going to China. And he became a, suddenly he got a lot of cramming on it and he became a Chinese expert. The only thing he knew about China was the Chinese buffet, right?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Right. China for him was porcelain. Hey, one final question. I&#x27;m sure all the listeners are wondering what this is. But, I mean, when you talked about the general chasing the stewardesses, was it Trans Am or Pan Am? Or Trans World or Pan Am? I don&#x27;t know. I think they&#x27;re both out of business. Both of them are gone now. Yeah. Oh, gee, I guess the TWA and Pan Am, they&#x27;re all relics. They&#x27;re probably gone about 30 years. But he didn&#x27;t care as long as they were, you know, 5&#x27;8&quot;. He built pretty well. He seemed pretty old then, but I guess he was 40. He was a young guy. Fascinating interview. Fascinating book. And I recommend, where can people get a copy of this book? Well, it&#x27;s on Amazon.com. There are no bookstores you can get it anymore. But if you go to Amazon.com or Goodreads.com, BarnesandNoble.com, all the dot-coms have it.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> You can just, you know, ask for it. It&#x27;s called The General&#x27;s Reefer. A little picture of me in the old days getting my captain&#x27;s bars and the front cover. And you can read a little biography about me. But, you know, it&#x27;s just people want it. Like I said, promoting a book is hard because there aren&#x27;t any bookstores to give interviews anymore. Yeah, you&#x27;re right. Well, it&#x27;s a good book. And a lot of people still like books. I like to read the book. I like to hold the book when I&#x27;m reading it. And, folks, the name of the book is The General&#x27;s Briefer, and his name is Bob Woolsey, W-O-O-L-S-E-Y. Bob, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. And, folks, if you join us to interview late, folks, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bob Woolsey joins Coach Pete to discuss The General’s Briefer and his experiences briefing military leaders at the Pentagon. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, who&#x27;s written a book, or who just comes on my radar screen. And today is no exception. We have former Army Intelligence Officer Bob Woolsey, who is author of the book The General&#x27;s Briefer. Folks, this is a great book right here. And one of the things we&#x27;re going to do is welcome Bob in. But I want to talk about his experience at the Pentagon, his experience writing this book. It&#x27;s a great book. And he&#x27;s joining us. Bob, where are you joining us from today? Okay, I&#x27;m joining you from Jersey City, my home. That&#x27;s where I live. From Jersey City. All right. Jersey City, New Jersey. Yep. And you were a former intelligence officer. You were a briefer at the Pentagon. You started in 1968. You&#x27;ve seen a lot.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s funny. I think it stayed the same. 68 is very similar to what it is now, you know, with the election, two unpopular candidates. But my job, I&#x27;ll just get back to the book for a second. It was to brief the general staff every morning. In those days, I was a terrible soldier. But I got in a good slot. I got in very early in the morning, about quarter to six. Briefed to the general, who had that intelligence in those days, called him a Christian, for about 15 minutes. It&#x27;s a little slide presentation. And about 11 o&#x27;clock, my day was over. And it&#x27;s a series of, you know, a lot of vignettes about what happened and people I met there. You know, the general who I was briefing, they liked me.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So I was pretty secure as far as long as he was there. But it&#x27;s a good thing I couldn&#x27;t when I did, because he left the year after I left. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just fascinating, because I&#x27;ve never been in the Pentagon, but I&#x27;ve seen, like, specials on it. And it&#x27;s a gigantic place. I mean, you don&#x27;t realize how big it is from what you see on TV, do you? No, it&#x27;s incredibly big. Well, it hasn&#x27;t changed in size, of course. I think it&#x27;s like a square mile or something like 600 acres, and about 25,000, 30,000 people work there. So it&#x27;s a good place to be. And it&#x27;s great, because it&#x27;s right next to Washington, D.C. It&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s how it&#x27;s sized. It&#x27;s just a little imposing. In most places, a captain is a big deal, but I was, you know, one of the small fry there.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> There were generals all over the place. You&#x27;d see them in the coffee shop. And as a captain, I was pretty low grade. So let&#x27;s talk about that. In 1968, in the Pentagon, and those years around there, who was the most famous general you saw in the Pentagon? Well, I saw General Westmoreland, who was head of the Pentagon. He was on Time Magazine, Man of the Year, way back then. And I briefed General General McChristian, who was a two-star general every morning. And I briefed a fellow called General Stilwell, who was a three-star general every morning. And that took place at 7.30 and, again, at 8 o&#x27;clock. And we&#x27;d come back to the office. The colonel would say, how did everything go? Was it fine? And, you know, then we&#x27;d go over it a little bit. And then we&#x27;d try to leave.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But then we had a little bit of other things that we had to do. We had to do tours. They used to come to the Pentagon. And we&#x27;d give them non-classified briefings. But it was the concept of a war room. It&#x27;s pretty hush-hush because you have to. It&#x27;s very black. And there&#x27;s a big war table. And you walk in and your associate turns down the lights. And all the other reports that you&#x27;re reading from. And you read for 15 minutes in Vietnam. There&#x27;s a lot of stuff in the public. But you had reports of Africa, Middle East, South America, Eastern Europe, all sorts of places. So you basically, I mean, you were the briefer. So you had all the intelligence you could ask for then, didn&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, I did. My job was just a talking head. I would get all the information I could from the desk officers. We had about 20 of them. It was sort of experts in the little areas. And they were from Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union, Japan, China, the Middle East, of course. And they&#x27;d submit their reports. And it was a real madhouse for about an hour and a half before the thing had to get out by about 7.15. Because the general wanted that briefing at 7.30. And that is, I mean, 7.30. When I talk about being precise in the military, you did not brief him at 7.31. You walked in and you were talking to him at 7.30.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And we had a few slides. And in the days, you know, we had some names that were prominent then or so prominent. We had Saddam Hussein, which was just coming to power. We had Muammar Gaddafi, which was just coming into power. And a lot of the things I talk about in the book are non-military things like my trips to Europe. Got free flights to Europe because of the cargo planes going overseas. And there was a soccer war. Two countries clashed over a soccer game. A terrible soldier, but I was a good briefer. So at the end, you know, McCristian congratulated me and said, you&#x27;ve done a fine job. I wish you the best. And I got my little Army Commendation Medal.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And I was off to civilian life. Well, your job was very important because the general, without his briefs, was a naked general, information-wise, wasn&#x27;t he? Yes, yes. Well, actually, it was pretty important because that&#x27;s how he started his day. And everybody, every general in the Pentagon, as per the director of the Secretary of the Army, had to read his little black book. We had, say, 20, 25 copies prepared. They looked through it, and they started their day with, you know, looking at the reports from the Vietnam men. It was the Soviet Union, you know, new aircraft invented by the Russians and things like that. And so it was a pretty important job, I guess. So, you know, I was at the Pentagon. That was, when I think about it, the Pentagon was a pretty impressive place.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Yes, it is. It still is. And, folks, by the way, we were talking to Bob Woolsey, who is former intelligence officer at the Pentagon, former briefer to all the generals back in the day, and the author of the book, The General&#x27;s Briefer. Bob, aren&#x27;t you glad you didn&#x27;t have email back then? Yeah. Yeah. I shudder to think, right now, probably a relic. The briefing probably consists of, you know, some guy in a room pressing a button, and they probably have a lot more technological facilities than we had when I was doing it. Oh, yeah. But, you know, things like, a lot of stuff happened. You know, I tell about when Robert Kennedy was killed. I was even there in, you know, the ancient days when Martin Luther, I just started my career in military,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> when Martin Luther King was killed, assassinated. You know, I remember back, and I don&#x27;t remember. I remember hearing this talking about it. I was born in 1966. My brother Bob was born on April 9th, 1968. And I remember my parents being worried about the unrest then, you know, launching Bob out at the hospital. And so I think something right around that time was going on. And you lived right through that. I mean, that&#x27;s when you were in the Pentagon, and you were seeing that. You were in the Situation Room right in there, seeing all the violence. We don&#x27;t have media. Well, we didn&#x27;t have media like we do today. Do you think media today helps or hurts? I think it, well, it hurts. Yeah. Now, you know, and here&#x27;s one of the things. I remember back in the Iraq, right around the time we started the Iraq war, they joked.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> But it wasn&#x27;t really a joke. They said Saddam Hussein didn&#x27;t need an intelligence department. All he had to do was turn on his satellite dish and watch CNN and Fox and keep track of where everybody was and what they were doing. And politicians will announce ahead of time what they&#x27;re going to do, when they&#x27;re going to pull out. That&#x27;s not good, is it? Yeah, no, no. No, it wasn&#x27;t. And people don&#x27;t remember. You know, Saddam Hussein for a long time was our big buddy because in those days, well, at least a little later on, Iran was the villain. The only thing that&#x27;s changed for the good is that the Soviet Union is no more and Russia is not such a, believe it or not, Russia is not that bad anymore. Could it be said that maybe they&#x27;re the same, but there are other ones popping up that are worse? Oh, yeah. I think that to be a leader in the Middle East, you have to be a tyrant.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Yep. Yep. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book. I mean, you&#x27;ve got 61 chapters in here. This is a great book, fast-moving. To me, the Pentagon is fascinating. But to somebody who&#x27;s just an outside viewer and saying, gosh, I don&#x27;t want to read about what goes on in the Pentagon, you made this interesting as heck, Bob. Good. Thank you very much. I&#x27;m glad you enjoyed it. And I met a lot of smart guys, a lot of them guys. You know, I talk about the, we had an Irishman who&#x27;s at our Chinese desk who spoke fluent Chinese. And the colonel who was in charge of the office, he spent multiple times chasing stewardesses around Washington, D.C. And we had, you know, that was the cracking of the Soviet Empire in those days because they invented Czechoslovakia.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> There was an actual war between the Chinese and the Soviets when I was there. A lot of interesting things. You know, I mean, it was a day-to-day, any office job. And a Pentagon office job is boring because you do walk and you give five minutes&#x27; worth of Vietnam stuff. You know, North Vietnamese regimen spotted here and there. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s the important, the quality of the book. I think it&#x27;s funny. I think it&#x27;s, when I talk about, you know, I just picked out one. There was a guy who was, he&#x27;s at our Chinese desk. He didn&#x27;t know anything about China until he, the guys in the office found out that he was going to China. And he became a, suddenly he got a lot of cramming on it and he became a Chinese expert. The only thing he knew about China was the Chinese buffet, right?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Right. China for him was porcelain. Hey, one final question. I&#x27;m sure all the listeners are wondering what this is. But, I mean, when you talked about the general chasing the stewardesses, was it Trans Am or Pan Am? Or Trans World or Pan Am? I don&#x27;t know. I think they&#x27;re both out of business. Both of them are gone now. Yeah. Oh, gee, I guess the TWA and Pan Am, they&#x27;re all relics. They&#x27;re probably gone about 30 years. But he didn&#x27;t care as long as they were, you know, 5&#x27;8&quot;. He built pretty well. He seemed pretty old then, but I guess he was 40. He was a young guy. Fascinating interview. Fascinating book. And I recommend, where can people get a copy of this book? Well, it&#x27;s on Amazon.com. There are no bookstores you can get it anymore. But if you go to Amazon.com or Goodreads.com, BarnesandNoble.com, all the dot-coms have it.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> You can just, you know, ask for it. It&#x27;s called The General&#x27;s Reefer. A little picture of me in the old days getting my captain&#x27;s bars and the front cover. And you can read a little biography about me. But, you know, it&#x27;s just people want it. Like I said, promoting a book is hard because there aren&#x27;t any bookstores to give interviews anymore. Yeah, you&#x27;re right. Well, it&#x27;s a good book. And a lot of people still like books. I like to read the book. I like to hold the book when I&#x27;m reading it. And, folks, the name of the book is The General&#x27;s Briefer, and his name is Bob Woolsey, W-O-O-L-S-E-Y. Bob, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. And, folks, if you join us to interview late, folks, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bob Woolsey joins Coach Pete to discuss The General’s Briefer and his experiences briefing military leaders at the Pentagon. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bob Woolsey</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>The General’s Briefer</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bob Woolsey, military service, The General’s Briefer, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f/image.jpg?t=1792072167&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-woolsey-the-general-s-briefer/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f/image.jpg?t=1792072167&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>719</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c171ab83-3e90-48d9-9586-b4e20182b39f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11540503" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-woolsey-the-general-s-briefer</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>95</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The General’s Briefer" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:35" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Captain Greg Mayer: Wicked Tuna and Fishing the Outer Banks</title>
      <itunes:title>Captain Greg Mayer: Wicked Tuna and Fishing the Outer Banks</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Captain Greg Mayer joins Coach Pete to discuss Wicked Tuna and fishing on the Outer Banks. This September 2016 interview explores the planning, skill, and challenges behind the television series and life on the water.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s interesting to me and is making a difference or has written a book or been on TV. And there&#x27;s a great show on the National Geographic channel called Wicked Tuna. And it&#x27;s filmed right on the Outer Banks of North Carolina, which, folks, that&#x27;s a dangerous place to be out underwater if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And we&#x27;ve got a guy from the show Wicked Tuna, and his name is Captain Greg Mayer, and he&#x27;s on joining us live here on the show to talk about the reality show, the aspects of what goes into that. And how he plans to, I mean, he&#x27;s won two years in a row, and how he puts that plan together to, because I hear about fishing being a lot of luck, but there&#x27;s a lot of skill involved in that, too. Greg, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, anyone who eats tuna probably should be thankful to people like you, right?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> That&#x27;s true, but most of the fish that we catch are not the tuna that most people eat. But generally, all the bluefin that we catch are for sushi markets. So unless you go to a sushi market or you go to Japan, you&#x27;re probably not going to get it in your local supermarket. You know, most of what goes in the supermarket would be yellowfin, and that&#x27;s not what we&#x27;re catching on the show. We catch the bluefin, the bigger, higher-quality fish. I see on your show every now and then the yellowfin will bite, so they&#x27;ll bring them into the boat. I mean, you won&#x27;t throw them out. That&#x27;s good eating later on on the show, isn&#x27;t it? You guys want the camera&#x27;s going. Oh, absolutely, yeah. Now, when you bring these gigantic bluefin&#x27;s in, and I&#x27;ve seen them, they weigh them, they cut them, they basically arrive at a good quality and give you a price.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There&#x27;s a lot of negotiating there that we probably don&#x27;t see when the guy just gives you a price, and if you think the tuna&#x27;s better than what they&#x27;re thinking or what they&#x27;re saying, you have some playroom in that, don&#x27;t you? Well, yes and no. I mean, ultimately, when the fish goes to market in Japan, that determines the price. The prices that we&#x27;re getting from the buyer on the dock is an indication of what the price should do at market, and it&#x27;s a hard way to do it, to portray that to everybody. Every fish has a different fat content, a different quality, and ultimately, the buyer looks at it, and based on the quality, he will give you a price. I&#x27;ve had really, really good fish that I&#x27;ve gotten terrible money for,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and I&#x27;ve had really bad fish that I&#x27;ve gotten decent money for. A lot of it is like any other market. It&#x27;s supply and demand. Supply and demand. There&#x27;s a lot of fish on the market one day. You can have a great fish, but if it&#x27;s not a perfect, you know, A number one fish, you&#x27;re not going to get the big money for it. Or you can have a low-quality fish on a soft market and actually do pretty well. So you guys bring the fish in, they weigh it, they give you your money, and then they take it. What do they do? They fly it to Japan that night? Generally, within 24 hours, the fish will fly out. A lot of that has to do with the auction. I believe there&#x27;s either three or four auctions a week in Japan. And based on what day you catch your fish, it doesn&#x27;t make sense for them to rush the fish to the airport,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> send it over there to have it sit for two days in Japan before it sells. So they may hold it for a day, or sometimes they&#x27;ll hold it as long as four or five days here before they ship it. And it&#x27;s all based on market conditions and when the market&#x27;s open. And that&#x27;s why we deal with the buyers we deal with. That&#x27;s their job. We catch the fish, they sell them and get the best money for them. Well, let&#x27;s talk about you for a minute. How long have you been fishing? Oh, I&#x27;ve been fishing forever. I started fishing as a little kid. And actually, my first job was, I was 14, so it was 36 years ago, 37 years ago now, I guess. And I&#x27;ve been working on different boats ever since. I&#x27;ve actually been on the frenzy now for 17 years.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I started in 99. That&#x27;s a long time on a boat. It&#x27;s been my longest stint in one spot for a long time. Now, how long have you been fishing tuna? Oh, God, I&#x27;ve been fishing tuna probably since I was about 16, 17 years old. So as long as I&#x27;ve been catching anything. When I first started working on private boats, the guys that I worked for, one guy in particular, was one of the, I consider him one of the pioneers of bluefin fishing. A lot of the things that we do now, a lot of the things that I still do now as far as rigging, he and I were doing 30 years ago. You know, and it really hasn&#x27;t changed. The line has changed a little bit. The tackle&#x27;s changed a little bit. But the actual rigging, you know, he came up with it, and I copied it, and, you know, I had some great teachers.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> So it really helped me out. Well, you&#x27;ve done a great job on the show as far as, I mean, you&#x27;re always on that leaderboard, on the top of the leaderboard. What do you attribute for your success on the show like that? Well, I&#x27;ve got a good crew, and when it&#x27;s time to go fishing, that&#x27;s what we do. We go out there every day. So if there&#x27;s a chance to catch a fish, we&#x27;re going to be there. And that&#x27;s the difference. I mean, if you wait until the fishing gets good and try and, you know, look and see what other people are catching, and you wait until they start catching fish, you&#x27;re going to miss out on the good days. If you&#x27;re there every day, like we try to be, you know, there&#x27;s certain days we can&#x27;t be there. But if you&#x27;re there every day, there&#x27;s a lot of days you don&#x27;t catch anything, but you&#x27;re there every day there&#x27;s a bite, and that makes all the difference in the world. You know, if you can catch 15 or 20 fish a day, then you could miss a few days.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But when you&#x27;re only allowed to catch three fish any day you&#x27;re out there, every day you&#x27;re there counts. So you really got to get there every day possible. Consistency. And that&#x27;s what we do. Yep. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Captain Greg Mayer. He is from the National Geographic Wicked Tuna Outer Bank Show, and it&#x27;s a great show. If you haven&#x27;t watched it, you should catch it. I&#x27;m pretty sure you&#x27;re cable. If you&#x27;re on cable, you can probably go back and watch at least one season. Greg, let&#x27;s talk about some of the dangers that you go through. I mean, as a captain, you probably don&#x27;t want to think about that too much, but you really need to think about it just in case something happens. We&#x27;ve interviewed Captain Sully Sullenberger before, and he said that he always thought about what would happen if something went wrong on the plane. And, of course, all that planning really paid off. Yeah, that&#x27;s the thing. You always have to plan. You never really know.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> I mean, a lot of the dangers that we deal with are obvious. We&#x27;ve got shifting channels and shallow water, and if you run aground, you can do a lot of damage. I mean, two years ago, or actually it was last year, I ran aground last summer and did a considerable amount of damage to the boat, and it was a place that I&#x27;ve been going in and out of every single day. I was a little bit complacent. I was about 30 or 40 feet away from where I needed to be, and it happens. You know, if you run a boat anywhere, really, eventually you&#x27;re going to run aground, and it&#x27;s just a matter of the severity of it, especially at Oregon Inlet, where everything&#x27;s shifting around so much. We&#x27;ve got a shallow inlet. We&#x27;ve got bad weather in the wintertime. That&#x27;s the one thing we really have to watch out for.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Or, you know, every day I get up first thing in the morning, and I&#x27;m the weatherman, 3 o&#x27;clock in the morning. I&#x27;m looking at all the conditions, and I don&#x27;t even watch the forecast. I just actually get up and look at the conditions, and based on that, we can either go fishing or not. And you don&#x27;t want to get caught out on the Oregon Inlet bar with a really bad break in sea because it could really, really do some damage to your boat. So you&#x27;re always looking at that in the back of your head. You know, you&#x27;re always thinking that what could happen if I don&#x27;t make it across that bar? What happens if I run aground and a sea hits the boat? It&#x27;s just a tough place to fish out of, and you really have to respect it. Well, you mentioned that sandbar, and also there was a captain from out of town that came in last year. I think his boat actually rammed into the Bonner Bridge. They did, yeah.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And that was just a factor of not having, we had no federal funds left for dredging in Oregon Inlet. And the way I look at it is if I lived on a dead-end road and the road washed out, it would probably be fixed so I could get out the road. Oregon Inlet is our highway to go to work. Yep. The way the sand shifted, you could not use the main channel. We had no money for dredging, so what we were doing is we were just trying to pick the deepest water, wherever it may be. And at that time, it was in a really low, narrow section of the bridge where, you know, every time you were going through there, I had 15 foot on either side of my boat when I was going through there.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> You know, it was not a very wide spot and very, very little margin for error. And what happened to Marciano and Griff last year, it was pitch black dark, the tide was running super hard, and they hit the bridge. Just a bad call. You know, it could happen to anybody. We were fortunate that it did not happen to us, but that&#x27;s one of the things you always got to watch out for fishing around here. A lot of people watch stuff on TV and say, oh, that doesn&#x27;t look too hard. Or when you&#x27;re watching football on TV, all the players look pretty small because they&#x27;re all big. When you see them in person, it&#x27;s a whole lot different. And I&#x27;m sure when you get out on the open seas, it&#x27;s a whole lot different than people watching it on TV. One final thing for you. We hear this phrase every now and then, fishing is in my blood. Can you explain that? You know something? I&#x27;ve been fishing my entire life since I was a little kid.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> And I&#x27;m lucky enough to make a living at it. There&#x27;s some people who would love to do our job. But you really got to do, you got to commit to it full time. And I do. I mean, I&#x27;m on the boat all the time. I can&#x27;t imagine what else I would be doing if I wasn&#x27;t fishing. I&#x27;d probably be working on a boat somewhere, doing something, boat repair, working in a boat yard. It&#x27;s just, hey, like you said, it&#x27;s in my blood. It&#x27;s something I&#x27;ve always done. I could never see myself being away from it. Is there going to be a season four? I believe there is. Yeah. I&#x27;m not sure right yet, but I&#x27;m pretty certain we&#x27;re probably going to do one more season. Well, I&#x27;m looking forward to watching that. And, folks, again, his name was Captain Greg Mayer. He is, again, from the National Geographic Wicked Tuna Outer Bank Show.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> Greg, thanks for your time today. All right. Thank you. Folks, if you want to hear this interview again or listen to it in its entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Captain Greg Mayer joins Coach Pete to discuss Wicked Tuna and fishing on the Outer Banks. This September 2016 interview explores the planning, skill, and challenges behind the television series and life on the water.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s interesting to me and is making a difference or has written a book or been on TV. And there&#x27;s a great show on the National Geographic channel called Wicked Tuna. And it&#x27;s filmed right on the Outer Banks of North Carolina, which, folks, that&#x27;s a dangerous place to be out underwater if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And we&#x27;ve got a guy from the show Wicked Tuna, and his name is Captain Greg Mayer, and he&#x27;s on joining us live here on the show to talk about the reality show, the aspects of what goes into that. And how he plans to, I mean, he&#x27;s won two years in a row, and how he puts that plan together to, because I hear about fishing being a lot of luck, but there&#x27;s a lot of skill involved in that, too. Greg, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, anyone who eats tuna probably should be thankful to people like you, right?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> That&#x27;s true, but most of the fish that we catch are not the tuna that most people eat. But generally, all the bluefin that we catch are for sushi markets. So unless you go to a sushi market or you go to Japan, you&#x27;re probably not going to get it in your local supermarket. You know, most of what goes in the supermarket would be yellowfin, and that&#x27;s not what we&#x27;re catching on the show. We catch the bluefin, the bigger, higher-quality fish. I see on your show every now and then the yellowfin will bite, so they&#x27;ll bring them into the boat. I mean, you won&#x27;t throw them out. That&#x27;s good eating later on on the show, isn&#x27;t it? You guys want the camera&#x27;s going. Oh, absolutely, yeah. Now, when you bring these gigantic bluefin&#x27;s in, and I&#x27;ve seen them, they weigh them, they cut them, they basically arrive at a good quality and give you a price.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There&#x27;s a lot of negotiating there that we probably don&#x27;t see when the guy just gives you a price, and if you think the tuna&#x27;s better than what they&#x27;re thinking or what they&#x27;re saying, you have some playroom in that, don&#x27;t you? Well, yes and no. I mean, ultimately, when the fish goes to market in Japan, that determines the price. The prices that we&#x27;re getting from the buyer on the dock is an indication of what the price should do at market, and it&#x27;s a hard way to do it, to portray that to everybody. Every fish has a different fat content, a different quality, and ultimately, the buyer looks at it, and based on the quality, he will give you a price. I&#x27;ve had really, really good fish that I&#x27;ve gotten terrible money for,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and I&#x27;ve had really bad fish that I&#x27;ve gotten decent money for. A lot of it is like any other market. It&#x27;s supply and demand. Supply and demand. There&#x27;s a lot of fish on the market one day. You can have a great fish, but if it&#x27;s not a perfect, you know, A number one fish, you&#x27;re not going to get the big money for it. Or you can have a low-quality fish on a soft market and actually do pretty well. So you guys bring the fish in, they weigh it, they give you your money, and then they take it. What do they do? They fly it to Japan that night? Generally, within 24 hours, the fish will fly out. A lot of that has to do with the auction. I believe there&#x27;s either three or four auctions a week in Japan. And based on what day you catch your fish, it doesn&#x27;t make sense for them to rush the fish to the airport,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> send it over there to have it sit for two days in Japan before it sells. So they may hold it for a day, or sometimes they&#x27;ll hold it as long as four or five days here before they ship it. And it&#x27;s all based on market conditions and when the market&#x27;s open. And that&#x27;s why we deal with the buyers we deal with. That&#x27;s their job. We catch the fish, they sell them and get the best money for them. Well, let&#x27;s talk about you for a minute. How long have you been fishing? Oh, I&#x27;ve been fishing forever. I started fishing as a little kid. And actually, my first job was, I was 14, so it was 36 years ago, 37 years ago now, I guess. And I&#x27;ve been working on different boats ever since. I&#x27;ve actually been on the frenzy now for 17 years.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I started in 99. That&#x27;s a long time on a boat. It&#x27;s been my longest stint in one spot for a long time. Now, how long have you been fishing tuna? Oh, God, I&#x27;ve been fishing tuna probably since I was about 16, 17 years old. So as long as I&#x27;ve been catching anything. When I first started working on private boats, the guys that I worked for, one guy in particular, was one of the, I consider him one of the pioneers of bluefin fishing. A lot of the things that we do now, a lot of the things that I still do now as far as rigging, he and I were doing 30 years ago. You know, and it really hasn&#x27;t changed. The line has changed a little bit. The tackle&#x27;s changed a little bit. But the actual rigging, you know, he came up with it, and I copied it, and, you know, I had some great teachers.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> So it really helped me out. Well, you&#x27;ve done a great job on the show as far as, I mean, you&#x27;re always on that leaderboard, on the top of the leaderboard. What do you attribute for your success on the show like that? Well, I&#x27;ve got a good crew, and when it&#x27;s time to go fishing, that&#x27;s what we do. We go out there every day. So if there&#x27;s a chance to catch a fish, we&#x27;re going to be there. And that&#x27;s the difference. I mean, if you wait until the fishing gets good and try and, you know, look and see what other people are catching, and you wait until they start catching fish, you&#x27;re going to miss out on the good days. If you&#x27;re there every day, like we try to be, you know, there&#x27;s certain days we can&#x27;t be there. But if you&#x27;re there every day, there&#x27;s a lot of days you don&#x27;t catch anything, but you&#x27;re there every day there&#x27;s a bite, and that makes all the difference in the world. You know, if you can catch 15 or 20 fish a day, then you could miss a few days.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But when you&#x27;re only allowed to catch three fish any day you&#x27;re out there, every day you&#x27;re there counts. So you really got to get there every day possible. Consistency. And that&#x27;s what we do. Yep. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Captain Greg Mayer. He is from the National Geographic Wicked Tuna Outer Bank Show, and it&#x27;s a great show. If you haven&#x27;t watched it, you should catch it. I&#x27;m pretty sure you&#x27;re cable. If you&#x27;re on cable, you can probably go back and watch at least one season. Greg, let&#x27;s talk about some of the dangers that you go through. I mean, as a captain, you probably don&#x27;t want to think about that too much, but you really need to think about it just in case something happens. We&#x27;ve interviewed Captain Sully Sullenberger before, and he said that he always thought about what would happen if something went wrong on the plane. And, of course, all that planning really paid off. Yeah, that&#x27;s the thing. You always have to plan. You never really know.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> I mean, a lot of the dangers that we deal with are obvious. We&#x27;ve got shifting channels and shallow water, and if you run aground, you can do a lot of damage. I mean, two years ago, or actually it was last year, I ran aground last summer and did a considerable amount of damage to the boat, and it was a place that I&#x27;ve been going in and out of every single day. I was a little bit complacent. I was about 30 or 40 feet away from where I needed to be, and it happens. You know, if you run a boat anywhere, really, eventually you&#x27;re going to run aground, and it&#x27;s just a matter of the severity of it, especially at Oregon Inlet, where everything&#x27;s shifting around so much. We&#x27;ve got a shallow inlet. We&#x27;ve got bad weather in the wintertime. That&#x27;s the one thing we really have to watch out for.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Or, you know, every day I get up first thing in the morning, and I&#x27;m the weatherman, 3 o&#x27;clock in the morning. I&#x27;m looking at all the conditions, and I don&#x27;t even watch the forecast. I just actually get up and look at the conditions, and based on that, we can either go fishing or not. And you don&#x27;t want to get caught out on the Oregon Inlet bar with a really bad break in sea because it could really, really do some damage to your boat. So you&#x27;re always looking at that in the back of your head. You know, you&#x27;re always thinking that what could happen if I don&#x27;t make it across that bar? What happens if I run aground and a sea hits the boat? It&#x27;s just a tough place to fish out of, and you really have to respect it. Well, you mentioned that sandbar, and also there was a captain from out of town that came in last year. I think his boat actually rammed into the Bonner Bridge. They did, yeah.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And that was just a factor of not having, we had no federal funds left for dredging in Oregon Inlet. And the way I look at it is if I lived on a dead-end road and the road washed out, it would probably be fixed so I could get out the road. Oregon Inlet is our highway to go to work. Yep. The way the sand shifted, you could not use the main channel. We had no money for dredging, so what we were doing is we were just trying to pick the deepest water, wherever it may be. And at that time, it was in a really low, narrow section of the bridge where, you know, every time you were going through there, I had 15 foot on either side of my boat when I was going through there.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> You know, it was not a very wide spot and very, very little margin for error. And what happened to Marciano and Griff last year, it was pitch black dark, the tide was running super hard, and they hit the bridge. Just a bad call. You know, it could happen to anybody. We were fortunate that it did not happen to us, but that&#x27;s one of the things you always got to watch out for fishing around here. A lot of people watch stuff on TV and say, oh, that doesn&#x27;t look too hard. Or when you&#x27;re watching football on TV, all the players look pretty small because they&#x27;re all big. When you see them in person, it&#x27;s a whole lot different. And I&#x27;m sure when you get out on the open seas, it&#x27;s a whole lot different than people watching it on TV. One final thing for you. We hear this phrase every now and then, fishing is in my blood. Can you explain that? You know something? I&#x27;ve been fishing my entire life since I was a little kid.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> And I&#x27;m lucky enough to make a living at it. There&#x27;s some people who would love to do our job. But you really got to do, you got to commit to it full time. And I do. I mean, I&#x27;m on the boat all the time. I can&#x27;t imagine what else I would be doing if I wasn&#x27;t fishing. I&#x27;d probably be working on a boat somewhere, doing something, boat repair, working in a boat yard. It&#x27;s just, hey, like you said, it&#x27;s in my blood. It&#x27;s something I&#x27;ve always done. I could never see myself being away from it. Is there going to be a season four? I believe there is. Yeah. I&#x27;m not sure right yet, but I&#x27;m pretty certain we&#x27;re probably going to do one more season. Well, I&#x27;m looking forward to watching that. And, folks, again, his name was Captain Greg Mayer. He is, again, from the National Geographic Wicked Tuna Outer Bank Show.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> Greg, thanks for your time today. All right. Thank you. Folks, if you want to hear this interview again or listen to it in its entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Captain Greg Mayer joins Coach Pete to discuss Wicked Tuna and fishing on the Outer Banks. This September 2016 interview explores the planning, skill, and challenges behind the television series and life on the water.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Captain Greg Mayer</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Captain Greg Mayer, film and television, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f/image.jpg?t=1792072643&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/captain-greg-mayer-wicked-tuna-and-fishing-the-outer-banks/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f/image.jpg?t=1792072643&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>627</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c05981e-b923-4e33-bff7-b4e2014ed73f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10064537" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/captain-greg-mayer-wicked-tuna-and-fishing-the-outer-banks</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>96</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Wicked Tuna and Fishing the Outer Banks" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:01" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:09:03" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kathleen Grace: Money Habits and Financial Independence</title>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen Grace: Money Habits and Financial Independence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, made a difference, or is working on something that caught my interest. And we&#x27;ve had her on before, and it was a great interview, so I thought we&#x27;d touch base with her again. It&#x27;s been about three years since we had her on. Passed the last time. Her name is Kathleen Grace, Kathy Grace. Kathy, you go Kathleen or Kathy? Kathy, it&#x27;s good. Kathy Grace, and she is the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And it&#x27;s a great read, folks, and it really does touch on a lot of the important issues in the financial world. She&#x27;s joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hey there. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on in the financial world to you and what you&#x27;ve been seeing about as far as comments from your book since it&#x27;s been out for a while now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I can start with the book. I think the economy is probably more than just a small segment of a show today. So talking about the book, the book is doing great. It was picked up by Morgan James Publishing, and the second edition is out. And it&#x27;s really a tool to help empower women to be financially independent. And that&#x27;s been doing great. And the way I wove the financial planning advice through the story seemed appealing to some. And so now we have some interest in really capturing this whole concept and idea of women today in the workforce and the changes, the cultural and societal changes that brings about in and of itself by having, for example, women being the breadwinner.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> And, you know, what impact that has on relationships and things like that. So we&#x27;re talking about doing and writing right now a TV series specifically surrounding these issues that we face. Well, speaking just for me, I&#x27;ve never minded it if a woman wanted to pick up the check when we&#x27;re eating. I know, right? But believe it or not, there are still some, you know, biases we have in our culture that doesn&#x27;t always feel right for some people. Because, for example, the way I grew up, you know, my father was the breadwinner and my mother stayed home and raised the kids and really didn&#x27;t handle the finances or even really have a say in the finances.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And I think that that has changed tremendously today. Yet, I think our culture is still dealing with, you know, how do we handle this change, this difference? And is it okay? Does it feel okay, you know, for, for example, the husband or father to stay home with the kids? Well, how important is it for both spouses to pay attention to the financial situation there at the household? I think it&#x27;s imperative. And I think if you don&#x27;t understand your business, it could be anybody, it could even be your business partner, but your spouse or partner&#x27;s habits and biases when it comes to money, it can cause huge problems down the road.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t need to tell you that, you know, the statistics, one of the leading causes of divorce is financial issues. So, for example, if you enter a relationship on mutual ground where you&#x27;re both involved in the financial decisions and you&#x27;re both discussing it and you understand how the other person operates, you can better do planning, financial planning and communication as a couple around money. Explain some financial biases that you see more than you should, more like almost on a daily basis, because I see some, but what are some of the you see out there that are leading people down that wrong path financially? There&#x27;s three main money minds and biases that we all have. It&#x27;s happiness, fear, or commitment. Those three things are like blinders and drive our financial decision making.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> It could be a combination of two or just one singularly, but for the most part, everybody has a combination of all three. So they&#x27;re working together or the combination, you&#x27;re going to explain that, I guess, right now. Yeah. Yeah. For example, I&#x27;m a fear and happiness money mind. Okay. So try to live in my head when you&#x27;re making a decision. It&#x27;s pretty tough because on the happiness side, I really want that new car. I really want that Audi convertible and the fast car. And I really also have fear that I&#x27;m going to go broke. I live in constant fear of making sure I have enough saved, making sure I stay within my budget, making sure. So those two biases working together can either harm or help me.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> You know what I mean? So for example, if I&#x27;m too much happiness, I&#x27;m going to buy that car, regret it later to my financial detriment. If I don&#x27;t buy the car, I&#x27;m going to be happy financially, but maybe not feel so good that I feel like I missed out on something. Almost non-buyer&#x27;s remorse, right? Non-buyer&#x27;s remorse if you don&#x27;t buy something. Exactly. So some of these things play out. Think about now you have a significant other spouse partner and you&#x27;re living together and you have to learn to make big decisions like that together. You know, when somebody comes home and says, yeah, I want to buy a $60,000 car, it&#x27;s a decision that needs to be made together. Yeah.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And a lot of times you buy a new car and you lose 30% of it the minute you put the keys in ignition there. So the depreciation is amazing in that first year of buying a new car. For sure. And so a lot of these points and discussion, actually, I talk about it in my book, depending, you have to spreadsheet things out because depending on, you know, whether or not your employer gives you allocation for a car or you use your car for work purposes, depending on all that, it might make more sense to lease rather than buy. It all, you know, it all depends on somebody&#x27;s personal financial situation. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace and she&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And Kathy, you have a section in the book of financial strategies to help you safeguard yourself and those you love.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> How important are those? I think from my perspective, the book is really a tool to say finances, you know, managing your money is not hard. Finance should be easy. And it should be something that you have to do each and every day and, you know, manage your checkbook and finances daily. And I think really the main goal and the main purpose of that statement is to be financially independent and to make sure that you&#x27;re making decisions that are in your best financial future. How important is it for everybody out there to make sure that they have a lifetime income plan they can&#x27;t outlive as they get close to retirement?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We call it the financial red zone within five or 10 years out of retirement to have that income planning strategy already developed. From my perspective, I believe that everybody should have a financial plan. And then, of course, I&#x27;m biased because I&#x27;m a certified financial planner. So I advocate that everyone should be able to understand and know the number they need to be at before they retire and how they are going to survive. What income are they going to live on? You know, unfortunately, today we have way too many retirees that are in the red zone. And I think we all know it&#x27;s very difficult to live off of Social Security today. We talk about the importance of having a real plan and especially having income, generating income for a lifetime.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But many people I talk to have a lump sum that&#x27;s not going to give them the income they want. What is someone going to do if they have what they&#x27;re retiring now and they&#x27;ve got $300,000, but they want to get $80,000 a year for income? It&#x27;s impossible, isn&#x27;t it? It is, especially with today&#x27;s interest rate environment. And what I see happening, and I don&#x27;t know your clients, but what I see happening is people are taking on way too much risk because they&#x27;re looking for yield. And unfortunately, you know, sometimes people don&#x27;t understand that there&#x27;s additional risk inherent in certain instruments, vehicles, and it could cause a major decline and erosion in the principle of their portfolio if they&#x27;re not careful. And fully and well diversified.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> When did the education system of the financial world go off track when people lost track of the thought process that the more risk you take, actually the more return you get, but if you&#x27;re taking risk, you could lose that money. You know, everyone says, well, I&#x27;m taking more risk because I need more return. But the flip side of that coin is you take more risk and you lose a lot of money and you have less return. Where do people forget that that could happen? Greed. I think it&#x27;s human nature. I think it&#x27;s human nature for us to, again, have biases where we think about one thing and that&#x27;s, okay, just I need the yield. And unfortunately, you know, maybe they&#x27;re not working with a competent advisor who can help educate them as to the downsides and the fears involved in putting too much of their capital at risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> Yeah, the more risk you take, the more chance you have at a good return, but also the more chance you have that you could lose that money. That is vitally important. And I think people have forgotten that over the years when the market just bounces right back magically and everything&#x27;s fine. Folks, there will be a day where that doesn&#x27;t happen. And when you kiss the frog, it doesn&#x27;t turn into a prince. Again, folks, there&#x27;s Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming. Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is a great read. It&#x27;s in its second edition right now. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Pleasure being here. And folks, if you join this interview later, you want to share it with anybody else, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Make sure to click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, made a difference, or is working on something that caught my interest. And we&#x27;ve had her on before, and it was a great interview, so I thought we&#x27;d touch base with her again. It&#x27;s been about three years since we had her on. Passed the last time. Her name is Kathleen Grace, Kathy Grace. Kathy, you go Kathleen or Kathy? Kathy, it&#x27;s good. Kathy Grace, and she is the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And it&#x27;s a great read, folks, and it really does touch on a lot of the important issues in the financial world. She&#x27;s joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hey there. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on in the financial world to you and what you&#x27;ve been seeing about as far as comments from your book since it&#x27;s been out for a while now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I can start with the book. I think the economy is probably more than just a small segment of a show today. So talking about the book, the book is doing great. It was picked up by Morgan James Publishing, and the second edition is out. And it&#x27;s really a tool to help empower women to be financially independent. And that&#x27;s been doing great. And the way I wove the financial planning advice through the story seemed appealing to some. And so now we have some interest in really capturing this whole concept and idea of women today in the workforce and the changes, the cultural and societal changes that brings about in and of itself by having, for example, women being the breadwinner.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> And, you know, what impact that has on relationships and things like that. So we&#x27;re talking about doing and writing right now a TV series specifically surrounding these issues that we face. Well, speaking just for me, I&#x27;ve never minded it if a woman wanted to pick up the check when we&#x27;re eating. I know, right? But believe it or not, there are still some, you know, biases we have in our culture that doesn&#x27;t always feel right for some people. Because, for example, the way I grew up, you know, my father was the breadwinner and my mother stayed home and raised the kids and really didn&#x27;t handle the finances or even really have a say in the finances.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And I think that that has changed tremendously today. Yet, I think our culture is still dealing with, you know, how do we handle this change, this difference? And is it okay? Does it feel okay, you know, for, for example, the husband or father to stay home with the kids? Well, how important is it for both spouses to pay attention to the financial situation there at the household? I think it&#x27;s imperative. And I think if you don&#x27;t understand your business, it could be anybody, it could even be your business partner, but your spouse or partner&#x27;s habits and biases when it comes to money, it can cause huge problems down the road.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t need to tell you that, you know, the statistics, one of the leading causes of divorce is financial issues. So, for example, if you enter a relationship on mutual ground where you&#x27;re both involved in the financial decisions and you&#x27;re both discussing it and you understand how the other person operates, you can better do planning, financial planning and communication as a couple around money. Explain some financial biases that you see more than you should, more like almost on a daily basis, because I see some, but what are some of the you see out there that are leading people down that wrong path financially? There&#x27;s three main money minds and biases that we all have. It&#x27;s happiness, fear, or commitment. Those three things are like blinders and drive our financial decision making.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> It could be a combination of two or just one singularly, but for the most part, everybody has a combination of all three. So they&#x27;re working together or the combination, you&#x27;re going to explain that, I guess, right now. Yeah. Yeah. For example, I&#x27;m a fear and happiness money mind. Okay. So try to live in my head when you&#x27;re making a decision. It&#x27;s pretty tough because on the happiness side, I really want that new car. I really want that Audi convertible and the fast car. And I really also have fear that I&#x27;m going to go broke. I live in constant fear of making sure I have enough saved, making sure I stay within my budget, making sure. So those two biases working together can either harm or help me.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> You know what I mean? So for example, if I&#x27;m too much happiness, I&#x27;m going to buy that car, regret it later to my financial detriment. If I don&#x27;t buy the car, I&#x27;m going to be happy financially, but maybe not feel so good that I feel like I missed out on something. Almost non-buyer&#x27;s remorse, right? Non-buyer&#x27;s remorse if you don&#x27;t buy something. Exactly. So some of these things play out. Think about now you have a significant other spouse partner and you&#x27;re living together and you have to learn to make big decisions like that together. You know, when somebody comes home and says, yeah, I want to buy a $60,000 car, it&#x27;s a decision that needs to be made together. Yeah.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And a lot of times you buy a new car and you lose 30% of it the minute you put the keys in ignition there. So the depreciation is amazing in that first year of buying a new car. For sure. And so a lot of these points and discussion, actually, I talk about it in my book, depending, you have to spreadsheet things out because depending on, you know, whether or not your employer gives you allocation for a car or you use your car for work purposes, depending on all that, it might make more sense to lease rather than buy. It all, you know, it all depends on somebody&#x27;s personal financial situation. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace and she&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And Kathy, you have a section in the book of financial strategies to help you safeguard yourself and those you love.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> How important are those? I think from my perspective, the book is really a tool to say finances, you know, managing your money is not hard. Finance should be easy. And it should be something that you have to do each and every day and, you know, manage your checkbook and finances daily. And I think really the main goal and the main purpose of that statement is to be financially independent and to make sure that you&#x27;re making decisions that are in your best financial future. How important is it for everybody out there to make sure that they have a lifetime income plan they can&#x27;t outlive as they get close to retirement?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We call it the financial red zone within five or 10 years out of retirement to have that income planning strategy already developed. From my perspective, I believe that everybody should have a financial plan. And then, of course, I&#x27;m biased because I&#x27;m a certified financial planner. So I advocate that everyone should be able to understand and know the number they need to be at before they retire and how they are going to survive. What income are they going to live on? You know, unfortunately, today we have way too many retirees that are in the red zone. And I think we all know it&#x27;s very difficult to live off of Social Security today. We talk about the importance of having a real plan and especially having income, generating income for a lifetime.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But many people I talk to have a lump sum that&#x27;s not going to give them the income they want. What is someone going to do if they have what they&#x27;re retiring now and they&#x27;ve got $300,000, but they want to get $80,000 a year for income? It&#x27;s impossible, isn&#x27;t it? It is, especially with today&#x27;s interest rate environment. And what I see happening, and I don&#x27;t know your clients, but what I see happening is people are taking on way too much risk because they&#x27;re looking for yield. And unfortunately, you know, sometimes people don&#x27;t understand that there&#x27;s additional risk inherent in certain instruments, vehicles, and it could cause a major decline and erosion in the principle of their portfolio if they&#x27;re not careful. And fully and well diversified.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> When did the education system of the financial world go off track when people lost track of the thought process that the more risk you take, actually the more return you get, but if you&#x27;re taking risk, you could lose that money. You know, everyone says, well, I&#x27;m taking more risk because I need more return. But the flip side of that coin is you take more risk and you lose a lot of money and you have less return. Where do people forget that that could happen? Greed. I think it&#x27;s human nature. I think it&#x27;s human nature for us to, again, have biases where we think about one thing and that&#x27;s, okay, just I need the yield. And unfortunately, you know, maybe they&#x27;re not working with a competent advisor who can help educate them as to the downsides and the fears involved in putting too much of their capital at risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> Yeah, the more risk you take, the more chance you have at a good return, but also the more chance you have that you could lose that money. That is vitally important. And I think people have forgotten that over the years when the market just bounces right back magically and everything&#x27;s fine. Folks, there will be a day where that doesn&#x27;t happen. And when you kiss the frog, it doesn&#x27;t turn into a prince. Again, folks, there&#x27;s Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming. Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is a great read. It&#x27;s in its second edition right now. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Pleasure being here. And folks, if you join this interview later, you want to share it with anybody else, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Make sure to click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete's show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella's Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kathleen Grace</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kathleen Grace, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/image.jpg?t=1792071274&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-money-habits-and-financial-independence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/image.jpg?t=1792071274&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>629</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10092732" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-money-habits-and-financial-independence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>97</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Habits and Financial Independence" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glenn Nielsen: Photo Bomb and Better Family Photography</title>
      <itunes:title>Glenn Nielsen: Photo Bomb and Better Family Photography</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Glenn Nielsen joins Coach Pete to discuss Photo Bomb and the art of making family photos more meaningful. They explore composition, camera limitations, capturing travel memories, and the challenges of turning photography into paid work. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, today we have an interesting interview out of Tampa, Florida with Gwen Nielsen. And if you have any children or grandchildren, even yourselves a lot of times, there&#x27;s something called a selfie out there. And selfies when you put yourself in a photo. And I used to tell my wife years ago, when we went on vacation, she would just spend time taking pictures of the scenery. And I called those postcard photos because you could just buy a postcard and get that. I said, you need to put yourself in the photo. And this was before cell phones and everything. This was back in the day. And of course, nowadays, you can&#x27;t go on any of the social media sites without seeing someone posting a picture of themselves in front of somebody or something. But then every now and then, there&#x27;s a photo where someone&#x27;s taking a picture and someone</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> bombs it. Someone appears in the photo that you don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;s called a photo bomb. And Gwen Nielsen is going to tell us about the beauty of the, I guess, the modern day photography, as well as ways that you can make money taking pictures. Gwen, welcome in. Well, thank you very much. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Yeah. Now, how was that? Was that intro pretty accurate? Yeah, it was pretty good. Pretty good, but not the best. Tell me why. Well, you know, being a professional photographer, I have probably a little bit different views as to the value of a selfie versus the value of a professionally taken photograph. And I think that&#x27;s understandable. But you see where I&#x27;m going on this is if you&#x27;re putting stuff in a family album, isn&#x27;t it great to have the family in the album, not just mountains and volcanoes or whatever else,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> trees? You want pictures of people. Right. I agree with that part. Absolutely. Because, you know, anybody can take a picture of a mountain, but there&#x27;s a world of difference when it&#x27;s a mountain and you&#x27;re at the mountain. Absolutely. Well, all right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. Now, you are a professional photographer and you have a book out too called, what is it? It&#x27;s called Photobomb, taking your photographs from ordinary to extraordinary. Okay. And the whole purpose of the book, and it&#x27;s written pretty plain language. I&#x27;m not trying to make anyone a professional photographer or teach you the ins and outs of everything about photography. The intent is to make people aware of some of the limitations in cell phones and in cameras themselves</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that impact the image. So, for example, if you take a cell phone and you stack people six people deep and take a picture of them, some of those people are not going to be in focus. But if you take that same group of people and you put them all at the same plane, then when you take the picture, they&#x27;ll all be in focus. And that&#x27;s just a matter of recognizing that as a limitation of the cell phone. You get much better pictures. Yeah. It is funny these days. Everyone thinks they&#x27;re a professional photographer because they have a camera on their phone and that doesn&#x27;t make the professional. One of the famous pictures or one of the funniest pictures I&#x27;ve ever seen is of, let&#x27;s say, the president speaking or someone at a concert and the pictures taken from the stage into the audience. And instead of seeing people&#x27;s faces,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> all you see is a bunch of cell phones stuck in the air. Right. No one&#x27;s enjoying the moment anymore. That&#x27;s true. You know, and it&#x27;s unfortunate, but you know, it&#x27;s part of the instant gratification, if you will, because you take a picture and now you can show all your friends that you were there. And it&#x27;s not a matter of telling them that you were there. You can show them you were there. Yeah. But you&#x27;re taking a picture of the person, you know, again, going back to my point, I want a picture of myself in front of the person who&#x27;s talking to prove I&#x27;m there. And if not, you lose, you&#x27;re basically losing the moment and you&#x27;re not enjoying the moment. It reminds me of George on the Seinfeld show back in the day when he had a sandwich hidden under the pillow, when he had a visitor in the bed with him. Not enjoying the moment, was he? He&#x27;s more, he&#x27;s enjoying the sandwich more. So I&#x27;m a big Seinfeld fan, by the way. But now,</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> one thing I forgot in the introduction, I want to make sure to get this out. You are an Air Force Academy graduate and you have flown over 200 combat missions in your life too. So I want to thank you for your service. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s been my pleasure. You know, one of the things I saw is like, you know, how they have the football games now and they have the fighter jets fly over the football stadium or the NASCAR event or whatever. And one of the best selfies I&#x27;ve ever seen, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s phony or not, but it sure looked real, is the photo of a fighter jet pilot taking a selfie of himself as he rockets above the football stadium on his way up into altitude. But in the picture is him, you can see him in his full pilot gear and he&#x27;s looking down and behind him is the stadium. That was a pretty cool, that was a pretty cool selfie. Yeah, that is. Mach 1 selfie. So pretty nice. Not everybody can put that on their wall.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Now, tell us what got you from being a fighter pilot to being a professional photographer and taking over a hundred thousand really good photos. It&#x27;s interesting how you go from one career to another. And photography now is actually my third career. But how do I go from being a fighter pilot to being a photographer? Well, photography was really a passion of mine. When I went to Southeast Asia in 1972, I bought a camera and I took rolls and rolls and rolls of film while I was there, documenting the people, documenting the landscape, my experiences and whatnot. I did my own developing. I had an enlarger. I had a darkroom and it was really, you know, it was my passion. That&#x27;s what I did for fun.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And as I moved around the Air Force, obviously, sometimes your job gets in the way of what you enjoy or what your passion is. So the amount of photography I did went kind of up and down over the course of time. And around the turn of the century, my dad had always wanted to go on a trip through the Panama Canal. And so I took him on that trip and I bought a camera for that, still film. But I took rolls and rolls and rolls of film of that, you know, that journey for us. And it kind of got me interested again. And then in 2008, I took my wife on a trip through China on the Yangtze River. And it was one of these things that just really lit the passion in me. I had</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> bought, I purchased a digital camera for that trip. And I took over 4,000 pictures. And it was just instant gratification. And the fire was just burning. And so when I had the opportunity to take an early retirement, I chose to do that and go do something for myself and go do something that I enjoyed. And that was photography. So that&#x27;s a long story, but that&#x27;s how I got back into photography. You remember the days where you had to take the pictures and then hopefully wait to, well, you had your own developing, but you had to develop them before you could see what you had. It&#x27;s almost like Nancy Pelosi saying you had to pass the health care bill before you knew what was in it. Right. And well, that&#x27;s when, you know, photography is a science more than an art because you have to</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> know what you&#x27;re doing. You have to know what your settings are and what your expectation is before you take the picture. Otherwise, you know, it&#x27;s guess, you know, see what comes out. That talked to a lot of people each and every week who are getting ready to retire, but don&#x27;t want to stop doing things completely. And one of the options in retirement was if you&#x27;re going to travel, why not travel and take pictures and sell some of these pictures? So how can somebody go about turning this into a real money-making career? As you said, travel, take pictures of your traveling, but important if you&#x27;re going to try to do that, to keep in mind that there is a lot of competition out there when you get into travel photography, because everybody that has a camera is taking pictures of the Eiffel Tower and trying to sell</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> those pictures. And I&#x27;m not denigrating the idea, but trying to sell those pictures, what makes your picture unique that of the thousands of people that are out looking for a picture of the Eiffel Tower, yours pops up. And that&#x27;s where, you know, knowing how to do composition, knowing how to look at the lighting and understanding the art and science of photography will make your pictures stand out. One of the most popular or famous places where you can actually purchase photos, or if you don&#x27;t purchase them, you can get in trouble with this organization, is called Getty Images. I mean, how does someone get some of their photos bought by Getty Images? There again, it&#x27;s a matter of coordinating with them, talking to them, showing them your work,</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> and they&#x27;re going to make an evaluation if they think it&#x27;s up to their quality standards. And as in any job in the arts, you know, it&#x27;s a lot of disappointment before you get a lot of victory. Do they have like a checklist of things they say, hey, if you can take a picture of this, will pay you for it? Or is it just like you take pictures and present it to them? And if they like your stuff enough to even look at it, they&#x27;ll look at it? I don&#x27;t know specifically about Getty. I&#x27;ve not worked with them. But as a general rule, I think probably National Geographic is the only company that says, I want you to go out and take pictures of X, Y, or Z and pays you to do it. You know, I think most everybody else, it&#x27;s a freelance kind of a thing. You know, you may be on their employee, but it&#x27;s,</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> you know, you take the pictures. If we like them, we&#x27;ll use them. So, all right. So the person out there, I mean, like we said, everyone has a camera these days on a cell phone and all that. But would you recommend if somebody really wants to get into taking photos and maybe hopefully selling them in the future that they invest in a better camera than you have on a cell phone? I would, and I&#x27;ll explain why. The quality is excellent if you&#x27;re looking at putting it on the web or on social media or something like that. But the images that you can take with a cell phone, as good as they are, when you start getting them up much bigger than about an 8 by 10, they start doing what is called pixelating, which means you see little dots in your picture. And it starts looking like, you know, like a desert landscape when the water hasn&#x27;t been</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> there for months. And that is just not going to do if you&#x27;re trying to sell a picture that someone wants to sell to put on their wall. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept though. And, and, you know, anyone who is listening now could take that one photo that everyone in the world wants to see, couldn&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I mean, it&#x27;s timing and it&#x27;s knowing how to handle the, the lighting and the background and the foreground and how to build that composition. That&#x27;s what makes a picture great. Again, folks, his name is Glenn Nielsen, and he is a great expert on photography. And the name of his book is Photo Bomb, Take Your Family Photos from Ordinary to Outstanding. And if you want to hit</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> us interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as heard on the show icon. Glenn, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you very much for inviting me to speak. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Glenn Nielsen joins Coach Pete to discuss Photo Bomb and the art of making family photos more meaningful. They explore composition, camera limitations, capturing travel memories, and the challenges of turning photography into paid work. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So folks, today we have an interesting interview out of Tampa, Florida with Gwen Nielsen. And if you have any children or grandchildren, even yourselves a lot of times, there&#x27;s something called a selfie out there. And selfies when you put yourself in a photo. And I used to tell my wife years ago, when we went on vacation, she would just spend time taking pictures of the scenery. And I called those postcard photos because you could just buy a postcard and get that. I said, you need to put yourself in the photo. And this was before cell phones and everything. This was back in the day. And of course, nowadays, you can&#x27;t go on any of the social media sites without seeing someone posting a picture of themselves in front of somebody or something. But then every now and then, there&#x27;s a photo where someone&#x27;s taking a picture and someone</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> bombs it. Someone appears in the photo that you don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;s called a photo bomb. And Gwen Nielsen is going to tell us about the beauty of the, I guess, the modern day photography, as well as ways that you can make money taking pictures. Gwen, welcome in. Well, thank you very much. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Yeah. Now, how was that? Was that intro pretty accurate? Yeah, it was pretty good. Pretty good, but not the best. Tell me why. Well, you know, being a professional photographer, I have probably a little bit different views as to the value of a selfie versus the value of a professionally taken photograph. And I think that&#x27;s understandable. But you see where I&#x27;m going on this is if you&#x27;re putting stuff in a family album, isn&#x27;t it great to have the family in the album, not just mountains and volcanoes or whatever else,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> trees? You want pictures of people. Right. I agree with that part. Absolutely. Because, you know, anybody can take a picture of a mountain, but there&#x27;s a world of difference when it&#x27;s a mountain and you&#x27;re at the mountain. Absolutely. Well, all right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. Now, you are a professional photographer and you have a book out too called, what is it? It&#x27;s called Photobomb, taking your photographs from ordinary to extraordinary. Okay. And the whole purpose of the book, and it&#x27;s written pretty plain language. I&#x27;m not trying to make anyone a professional photographer or teach you the ins and outs of everything about photography. The intent is to make people aware of some of the limitations in cell phones and in cameras themselves</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that impact the image. So, for example, if you take a cell phone and you stack people six people deep and take a picture of them, some of those people are not going to be in focus. But if you take that same group of people and you put them all at the same plane, then when you take the picture, they&#x27;ll all be in focus. And that&#x27;s just a matter of recognizing that as a limitation of the cell phone. You get much better pictures. Yeah. It is funny these days. Everyone thinks they&#x27;re a professional photographer because they have a camera on their phone and that doesn&#x27;t make the professional. One of the famous pictures or one of the funniest pictures I&#x27;ve ever seen is of, let&#x27;s say, the president speaking or someone at a concert and the pictures taken from the stage into the audience. And instead of seeing people&#x27;s faces,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> all you see is a bunch of cell phones stuck in the air. Right. No one&#x27;s enjoying the moment anymore. That&#x27;s true. You know, and it&#x27;s unfortunate, but you know, it&#x27;s part of the instant gratification, if you will, because you take a picture and now you can show all your friends that you were there. And it&#x27;s not a matter of telling them that you were there. You can show them you were there. Yeah. But you&#x27;re taking a picture of the person, you know, again, going back to my point, I want a picture of myself in front of the person who&#x27;s talking to prove I&#x27;m there. And if not, you lose, you&#x27;re basically losing the moment and you&#x27;re not enjoying the moment. It reminds me of George on the Seinfeld show back in the day when he had a sandwich hidden under the pillow, when he had a visitor in the bed with him. Not enjoying the moment, was he? He&#x27;s more, he&#x27;s enjoying the sandwich more. So I&#x27;m a big Seinfeld fan, by the way. But now,</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> one thing I forgot in the introduction, I want to make sure to get this out. You are an Air Force Academy graduate and you have flown over 200 combat missions in your life too. So I want to thank you for your service. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s been my pleasure. You know, one of the things I saw is like, you know, how they have the football games now and they have the fighter jets fly over the football stadium or the NASCAR event or whatever. And one of the best selfies I&#x27;ve ever seen, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s phony or not, but it sure looked real, is the photo of a fighter jet pilot taking a selfie of himself as he rockets above the football stadium on his way up into altitude. But in the picture is him, you can see him in his full pilot gear and he&#x27;s looking down and behind him is the stadium. That was a pretty cool, that was a pretty cool selfie. Yeah, that is. Mach 1 selfie. So pretty nice. Not everybody can put that on their wall.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Now, tell us what got you from being a fighter pilot to being a professional photographer and taking over a hundred thousand really good photos. It&#x27;s interesting how you go from one career to another. And photography now is actually my third career. But how do I go from being a fighter pilot to being a photographer? Well, photography was really a passion of mine. When I went to Southeast Asia in 1972, I bought a camera and I took rolls and rolls and rolls of film while I was there, documenting the people, documenting the landscape, my experiences and whatnot. I did my own developing. I had an enlarger. I had a darkroom and it was really, you know, it was my passion. That&#x27;s what I did for fun.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And as I moved around the Air Force, obviously, sometimes your job gets in the way of what you enjoy or what your passion is. So the amount of photography I did went kind of up and down over the course of time. And around the turn of the century, my dad had always wanted to go on a trip through the Panama Canal. And so I took him on that trip and I bought a camera for that, still film. But I took rolls and rolls and rolls of film of that, you know, that journey for us. And it kind of got me interested again. And then in 2008, I took my wife on a trip through China on the Yangtze River. And it was one of these things that just really lit the passion in me. I had</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> bought, I purchased a digital camera for that trip. And I took over 4,000 pictures. And it was just instant gratification. And the fire was just burning. And so when I had the opportunity to take an early retirement, I chose to do that and go do something for myself and go do something that I enjoyed. And that was photography. So that&#x27;s a long story, but that&#x27;s how I got back into photography. You remember the days where you had to take the pictures and then hopefully wait to, well, you had your own developing, but you had to develop them before you could see what you had. It&#x27;s almost like Nancy Pelosi saying you had to pass the health care bill before you knew what was in it. Right. And well, that&#x27;s when, you know, photography is a science more than an art because you have to</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> know what you&#x27;re doing. You have to know what your settings are and what your expectation is before you take the picture. Otherwise, you know, it&#x27;s guess, you know, see what comes out. That talked to a lot of people each and every week who are getting ready to retire, but don&#x27;t want to stop doing things completely. And one of the options in retirement was if you&#x27;re going to travel, why not travel and take pictures and sell some of these pictures? So how can somebody go about turning this into a real money-making career? As you said, travel, take pictures of your traveling, but important if you&#x27;re going to try to do that, to keep in mind that there is a lot of competition out there when you get into travel photography, because everybody that has a camera is taking pictures of the Eiffel Tower and trying to sell</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> those pictures. And I&#x27;m not denigrating the idea, but trying to sell those pictures, what makes your picture unique that of the thousands of people that are out looking for a picture of the Eiffel Tower, yours pops up. And that&#x27;s where, you know, knowing how to do composition, knowing how to look at the lighting and understanding the art and science of photography will make your pictures stand out. One of the most popular or famous places where you can actually purchase photos, or if you don&#x27;t purchase them, you can get in trouble with this organization, is called Getty Images. I mean, how does someone get some of their photos bought by Getty Images? There again, it&#x27;s a matter of coordinating with them, talking to them, showing them your work,</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> and they&#x27;re going to make an evaluation if they think it&#x27;s up to their quality standards. And as in any job in the arts, you know, it&#x27;s a lot of disappointment before you get a lot of victory. Do they have like a checklist of things they say, hey, if you can take a picture of this, will pay you for it? Or is it just like you take pictures and present it to them? And if they like your stuff enough to even look at it, they&#x27;ll look at it? I don&#x27;t know specifically about Getty. I&#x27;ve not worked with them. But as a general rule, I think probably National Geographic is the only company that says, I want you to go out and take pictures of X, Y, or Z and pays you to do it. You know, I think most everybody else, it&#x27;s a freelance kind of a thing. You know, you may be on their employee, but it&#x27;s,</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> you know, you take the pictures. If we like them, we&#x27;ll use them. So, all right. So the person out there, I mean, like we said, everyone has a camera these days on a cell phone and all that. But would you recommend if somebody really wants to get into taking photos and maybe hopefully selling them in the future that they invest in a better camera than you have on a cell phone? I would, and I&#x27;ll explain why. The quality is excellent if you&#x27;re looking at putting it on the web or on social media or something like that. But the images that you can take with a cell phone, as good as they are, when you start getting them up much bigger than about an 8 by 10, they start doing what is called pixelating, which means you see little dots in your picture. And it starts looking like, you know, like a desert landscape when the water hasn&#x27;t been</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> there for months. And that is just not going to do if you&#x27;re trying to sell a picture that someone wants to sell to put on their wall. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept though. And, and, you know, anyone who is listening now could take that one photo that everyone in the world wants to see, couldn&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I mean, it&#x27;s timing and it&#x27;s knowing how to handle the, the lighting and the background and the foreground and how to build that composition. That&#x27;s what makes a picture great. Again, folks, his name is Glenn Nielsen, and he is a great expert on photography. And the name of his book is Photo Bomb, Take Your Family Photos from Ordinary to Outstanding. And if you want to hit</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> us interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as heard on the show icon. Glenn, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you very much for inviting me to speak. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Glenn Nielsen joins Coach Pete to discuss Photo Bomb and the art of making family photos more meaningful. They explore composition, camera limitations, capturing travel memories, and the challenges of turning photography into paid work. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Glenn Nielsen</category>
      <category>art</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Glenn Nielsen, art, travel, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9/image.jpg?t=1792071290&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/glenn-nielsen-photo-bomb-and-better-family-photography/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9/image.jpg?t=1792071290&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>693</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/27a39f92-54a1-42e6-9127-b4e30029e3b9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11121104" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/glenn-nielsen-photo-bomb-and-better-family-photography</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>98</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Photo Bomb and Better Family Photography" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Art and creativity" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Markowski: Preparing for a Financial Storm</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Markowski: Preparing for a Financial Storm</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world or nation and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest this week from New York City. His name is Christopher Markowski, and we&#x27;re going to talk about surviving the financial storm. You may have seen Chris on Fox, CNN. He&#x27;s a daily columnist for The Blaze and also Newsmax. Chris, welcome in. Good afternoon. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. I hope you are. Hanging in there. Yeah. All right. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the surviving the financial storm, because a lot of people are telling me, and I don&#x27;t agree, by the way, but they&#x27;re telling me, hey, coach, there&#x27;s no storm in sight. Chris, isn&#x27;t it the time you really need to start worrying is when everything seems calm? Well, I mean, you should always have a little bit of skepticism and a little bit of worry there. It&#x27;s just to be prudent in regards to what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But I&#x27;m looking at things, and I&#x27;m not so much taking a look at just overall the markets as a whole. I&#x27;m just taking a look at financial planning and your plan as a whole. For generations now, a couple generations, not that many, we&#x27;ve had this concept out there. I think all of your listeners have heard of it. It&#x27;s called retirement. Yep. Familiar with that? Well, it actually is a fairly new concept. It was actually started by a Kaiser in Germany around 1880. And then we took it, and we decided on Social Security program and kind of ran with that for a period of time. We had a pension system that was put into place, and various different factors allowed for that to work. Now there are factors that are in play, which in many respects makes traditional retirement just almost impossible.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And this is especially the case for the younger generations out there, people in the 20s, 30s, and 40s. And, you know, many of your listeners, they take a look at their Social Security statement, if you want to call it that. And you&#x27;ve got to notice a little asterisk next to that number where you&#x27;re supposed to be receiving. And you&#x27;re going to see that, you know what, the Social Security system is going to be out of money in 2032. And they can change that amount at any point in time. And we&#x27;re seeing pensions all around the country blow up, blow up. I mean, there&#x27;s over a $2 trillion, at least a $2 trillion shortfall with public pensions, close to $300 billion with public pensions. Where&#x27;s that money going to come from? And the reality is there&#x27;s a bunch of factors out there which have kind of led to this.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, people getting all bent out of shape. I demand this. I demand that. Well, you know what? You&#x27;re going to live longer and you&#x27;re going to have a healthier life. The amount of people that are going to be over 100 years old within the next several years is going to be breaking records, breaking records now. We&#x27;ve got fantastic medical advances in regards to cancer and Alzheimer&#x27;s. And they already said that there&#x27;s somebody alive today that&#x27;s going to actually become 140 to 150 years old. So, again, you&#x27;ve got time as a factor. I mean, if you were actually to index the Social Security system to the actual death rate in the country, people wouldn&#x27;t be receiving Social Security until they were 84 today. If you want to make it the same way and do it in comparison to the way it was when Social Security was started. You also have another factor out there as well.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And that factor is these ridiculous low interest rates that have been played for a long period of time. Pension funds have to keep a certain amount of cash, a certain amount of cash on hand, cash and cash equivalents on hand, just to be prudent. All of a sudden, that whole cash portion of your portfolio is worth yielding you nothing. I mean, if you go back 20 years, you go back to 1996, if you saved yourself a million dollars and you were just to buy a 10-year treasury, you&#x27;d make $60,000 a year on that. Today, you&#x27;re making $13,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. You know, there was a song by the Barenaked Waities, if you had a million dollars. Well, nowadays, you sure wouldn&#x27;t put it in a CD, would you? You&#x27;d lose money safely. If you&#x27;re underperforming inflation, you are losing money safely. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s the key. And a lot of people just, they&#x27;re not preparing for this.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> And I talk about these things and I make people&#x27;s heads spin. It&#x27;s a reality. And it&#x27;s not, listen, it&#x27;s not the end of the world. And I&#x27;ve been doing financial planning for a very, very, very long period of time. And we try to teach people you want to think of things a little bit differently. You don&#x27;t want to set an end date to when you&#x27;re going to be out because then you end up turning life into this point in time where you&#x27;re working up to this moment and then what? You don&#x27;t want to look at things that way. You know, we&#x27;re suggesting to even a lot of senior citizens now, we&#x27;re saying, hey, listen, you know what? Work for a couple days a week. Don&#x27;t completely check yourself. It&#x27;s going to be much healthier for you, first and foremost. Every single study I&#x27;ve seen, it&#x27;s going to be the case. And you&#x27;re not going to have to sacrifice as much. And who wants to go into later on in life and all of a sudden say, gee whiz, I am running out of money.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> You know, I need to die soon because I&#x27;m running out of money. Who wants that? Who wants to give up the things that they like to do because, listen, I&#x27;ve got to even budget to a greater degree. You can&#x27;t do that. And like I said, there&#x27;s various different factors that have come into play. And, you know, especially living longer and healthier is not necessarily a bad one. There&#x27;s some rumors that float around. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Markowski. He&#x27;s America&#x27;s watchdog on Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He has a nationally syndicated show called the Watchdog on Wall Street radio show. But when we talk about rumors that Wall Street floats and then tries to make it a part of the public vernacular where people just assume it&#x27;s true, the 4% rule. We&#x27;re telling people that if you keep all your money in Wall Street, you have a 90% chance of not outliving your money. But I always say, what about the 10% that will run out of money? What&#x27;s going to happen then?</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Yeah. I mean, well, again, there&#x27;s a lot of other things that we&#x27;re recommending to people for them to start considering in regards to life. And I know it just doesn&#x27;t work for everyone. But, you know, I come from a bit of a Mediterranean family background. Living with extended relatives is going to be more of a thing. We&#x27;re going to get back to that where families are going to be living closer together and helping each other out. And we&#x27;re going to start seeing more multi-generational households. And I&#x27;m not talking parents and kids. I&#x27;m talking parents and grandparents and their kids living together to some degree because it helps out. And like I said, I recommend that people do that to some degree. It&#x27;s great for your grandkids. You know, we&#x27;ve almost kind of programmed life to a certain way. And I don&#x27;t necessarily agree with it. I think a lot of these people that are, you know, 62, 65, 70 years old, they still have a lot to offer.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> They need to be utilized to a greater degree. It&#x27;s an asset that we have here in this country. And I don&#x27;t think that they should be discarded. Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called the nuclear family, basically, when you have different generations together. And it works fine until it goes nuclear, we always said, when someone has an argument. But we&#x27;ve just been engineered these days to grow up and, like the birds, get thrown out of the nest and fly away. That is something that I don&#x27;t like. And that&#x27;s because we&#x27;ve got this ridiculous problem in regards to student loan debt and kids taking on way too much debt and, you know, not able to leave their households. And, you know, we&#x27;ve almost got an arrested development period of time. I don&#x27;t mind. I think kids finish school. I think it&#x27;s almost like a rite of passage to go out there and try to go, you know, stake a claim and go out there and, you know, work your butt off, get a second, third job, get an apartment in the city and do something.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I think that makes the country dynamic to some degree. But because of this arrested development where kids are not leaving, they&#x27;re not buying homes at the age that they normally would, they&#x27;re not having families at the age that they normally would. It&#x27;s throwing things off. And a lot of it has to do to a very weakened economy for an extended period of time and also the fact that these kids have just got tons and tons of debt. We&#x27;ve done this to our kids. I mean, I&#x27;ve been yelling and screaming about this for a period of time. I mean, I know you want little Johnny or Sally to go to fancy pants private school. But are you doing the right thing by your kid if they&#x27;re graduating six figures in debt? Hell no. I don&#x27;t care if they&#x27;re top of class. Okay. It&#x27;s absolutely insane to get somebody into that much debt at 21. I couldn&#x27;t even fathom that. Then they get out and their student loan debt is what would have been a house payment.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And therefore, they are trying to buy a house at the same time. And you know what suffers? They don&#x27;t save any money for their retirement, do they? No. Well, it&#x27;s not even just a house payment to some degree. I mean, a car, whatever it may be. I mean, you&#x27;re basically stuck at a point in time. I mean, you take a look at that type of amount, you&#x27;ve got to climb. I mean, I remember when I was 21 years old, $100,000 is all the money in the world. Imagine owing it. Yep. I know. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. And we&#x27;re talking about more than $100,000 now. When I went to school, tuition was like a couple thousand dollars a year. It was a state school here in North Carolina, but that was back in the early 80s. And inflation has really kicked in. One of the bigger problems here is when people get out of school, they have a degree that&#x27;s not marketable. Well, that&#x27;s, again... A whole different story. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> I mean, again, we conduct schools constantly adding these ridiculous degrees that make no sense whatsoever because they can keep charging people all of this money because the government subsidizes education. You want college costs. You want college inflation to go away. And actually, it&#x27;s one of the most inflationary items. It&#x27;s a higher inflationary than anything else. It&#x27;s college education and textbooks, believe it or not. One would think that they don&#x27;t change many physics laws to make it that much more expensive. So, honestly, it&#x27;s kind of patently absurd. We&#x27;re paying for all these administrators and all these stupid degrees and fancy sports stadiums and all these various different things. If you just price schools based upon what people could afford to pay, get the government out of it, eliminate... No student loans, no student aid. You know what? You have to be like every other business out there, and you&#x27;d have to price your product based upon what somebody could afford to pay.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And that price would come way down. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. If you could get your crystal ball out, which I have one in my office that never works, but if we look at 2018, regardless of what happens in the elections and what happens in 2017, what do you think... I mean, as long as interest rates stay low or artificially low like they are, I mean, people are going to be piling money into the market. They shouldn&#x27;t be, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. And I mean, there&#x27;s got to come a point in time where you&#x27;re going to see certain dividend stocks. And I&#x27;ve always been a big believer in having companies pay you to own them. They&#x27;re going to get just way too expensive, and then you&#x27;re going to see it hit some sort of wall. But yeah, we&#x27;re in basically a negative feedback loop when it comes to these ultra-low interest rates. I mean, nobody... Who can raise rates? If the United States decides to raise rates, then money is going to flow into our bonds</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> and just drive the rates right back down again. We need to get some real sort of economic growth going, and that&#x27;s going to kind of work us out of the situation. Being stuck at this, you know, god-awful 1%. I mean, people talk about recession. What difference does it make? Yeah. I mean, we&#x27;re doing nothing, honestly. Now, let&#x27;s say that something does turn around down the road and interest rates start to go up, and someone who has piled money in the market they maybe shouldn&#x27;t have, are they going to have advance warning to get out before the market crashes, or is it going to be instantaneous and a lot of people are going to get left shattered against the rocks, so to speak, without a lighthouse? I don&#x27;t think rates going up is necessarily going to crash the market. I think you would definitely see a correction based upon that. You know, you should try to use corrections and try to take and use them as opportunities.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> I think we definitely have to see more of a crisis type of event for that to happen. And actually, I think higher rates would be much better off for the overall economy. I mean, it&#x27;s killing savers at this point in time, making it much more difficult for small businesses, which is the dynamic part of our economy, to go out there and borrow money. The world&#x27;s not fair right now. I just learned that a bunch of European companies actually borrowed money, and they were paid to borrow money, in essence, because of negative interest rates. How&#x27;s that fair? I mean, how do you compete as a small business trying to build a better mousetrap? And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the economy down. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping wages down. I&#x27;d borrow money all day long if someone paid me to take it. Damn straight. So, yeah, it&#x27;s a crazy economy right now. If you find a really good deal out there on a house that hasn&#x27;t been artificially inflated price-wise and the interest rates as they are now, you could probably get a lot more</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> bang for your buck and lock the banks into a very low interest rate going forward. I don&#x27;t like variable interest rate mortgages right now. No, no, no. I talked to one of my clients who&#x27;s refined it 15 years, like 2.75. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a 15-year moment. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic rate. And honestly, I mean, that&#x27;s lower than inflation, is my accounting of inflation, not the government&#x27;s accounting. Well, hey, fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again. Again, folks, his name is Christopher Markowski, America&#x27;s Watchdog on Wall Street, joined us from New York City today. Chris, thanks for your time today. You got it. Have a great day. Yeah. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world or nation and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest this week from New York City. His name is Christopher Markowski, and we&#x27;re going to talk about surviving the financial storm. You may have seen Chris on Fox, CNN. He&#x27;s a daily columnist for The Blaze and also Newsmax. Chris, welcome in. Good afternoon. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. I hope you are. Hanging in there. Yeah. All right. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the surviving the financial storm, because a lot of people are telling me, and I don&#x27;t agree, by the way, but they&#x27;re telling me, hey, coach, there&#x27;s no storm in sight. Chris, isn&#x27;t it the time you really need to start worrying is when everything seems calm? Well, I mean, you should always have a little bit of skepticism and a little bit of worry there. It&#x27;s just to be prudent in regards to what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But I&#x27;m looking at things, and I&#x27;m not so much taking a look at just overall the markets as a whole. I&#x27;m just taking a look at financial planning and your plan as a whole. For generations now, a couple generations, not that many, we&#x27;ve had this concept out there. I think all of your listeners have heard of it. It&#x27;s called retirement. Yep. Familiar with that? Well, it actually is a fairly new concept. It was actually started by a Kaiser in Germany around 1880. And then we took it, and we decided on Social Security program and kind of ran with that for a period of time. We had a pension system that was put into place, and various different factors allowed for that to work. Now there are factors that are in play, which in many respects makes traditional retirement just almost impossible.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And this is especially the case for the younger generations out there, people in the 20s, 30s, and 40s. And, you know, many of your listeners, they take a look at their Social Security statement, if you want to call it that. And you&#x27;ve got to notice a little asterisk next to that number where you&#x27;re supposed to be receiving. And you&#x27;re going to see that, you know what, the Social Security system is going to be out of money in 2032. And they can change that amount at any point in time. And we&#x27;re seeing pensions all around the country blow up, blow up. I mean, there&#x27;s over a $2 trillion, at least a $2 trillion shortfall with public pensions, close to $300 billion with public pensions. Where&#x27;s that money going to come from? And the reality is there&#x27;s a bunch of factors out there which have kind of led to this.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, people getting all bent out of shape. I demand this. I demand that. Well, you know what? You&#x27;re going to live longer and you&#x27;re going to have a healthier life. The amount of people that are going to be over 100 years old within the next several years is going to be breaking records, breaking records now. We&#x27;ve got fantastic medical advances in regards to cancer and Alzheimer&#x27;s. And they already said that there&#x27;s somebody alive today that&#x27;s going to actually become 140 to 150 years old. So, again, you&#x27;ve got time as a factor. I mean, if you were actually to index the Social Security system to the actual death rate in the country, people wouldn&#x27;t be receiving Social Security until they were 84 today. If you want to make it the same way and do it in comparison to the way it was when Social Security was started. You also have another factor out there as well.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And that factor is these ridiculous low interest rates that have been played for a long period of time. Pension funds have to keep a certain amount of cash, a certain amount of cash on hand, cash and cash equivalents on hand, just to be prudent. All of a sudden, that whole cash portion of your portfolio is worth yielding you nothing. I mean, if you go back 20 years, you go back to 1996, if you saved yourself a million dollars and you were just to buy a 10-year treasury, you&#x27;d make $60,000 a year on that. Today, you&#x27;re making $13,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. You know, there was a song by the Barenaked Waities, if you had a million dollars. Well, nowadays, you sure wouldn&#x27;t put it in a CD, would you? You&#x27;d lose money safely. If you&#x27;re underperforming inflation, you are losing money safely. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s the key. And a lot of people just, they&#x27;re not preparing for this.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> And I talk about these things and I make people&#x27;s heads spin. It&#x27;s a reality. And it&#x27;s not, listen, it&#x27;s not the end of the world. And I&#x27;ve been doing financial planning for a very, very, very long period of time. And we try to teach people you want to think of things a little bit differently. You don&#x27;t want to set an end date to when you&#x27;re going to be out because then you end up turning life into this point in time where you&#x27;re working up to this moment and then what? You don&#x27;t want to look at things that way. You know, we&#x27;re suggesting to even a lot of senior citizens now, we&#x27;re saying, hey, listen, you know what? Work for a couple days a week. Don&#x27;t completely check yourself. It&#x27;s going to be much healthier for you, first and foremost. Every single study I&#x27;ve seen, it&#x27;s going to be the case. And you&#x27;re not going to have to sacrifice as much. And who wants to go into later on in life and all of a sudden say, gee whiz, I am running out of money.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> You know, I need to die soon because I&#x27;m running out of money. Who wants that? Who wants to give up the things that they like to do because, listen, I&#x27;ve got to even budget to a greater degree. You can&#x27;t do that. And like I said, there&#x27;s various different factors that have come into play. And, you know, especially living longer and healthier is not necessarily a bad one. There&#x27;s some rumors that float around. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Markowski. He&#x27;s America&#x27;s watchdog on Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He has a nationally syndicated show called the Watchdog on Wall Street radio show. But when we talk about rumors that Wall Street floats and then tries to make it a part of the public vernacular where people just assume it&#x27;s true, the 4% rule. We&#x27;re telling people that if you keep all your money in Wall Street, you have a 90% chance of not outliving your money. But I always say, what about the 10% that will run out of money? What&#x27;s going to happen then?</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Yeah. I mean, well, again, there&#x27;s a lot of other things that we&#x27;re recommending to people for them to start considering in regards to life. And I know it just doesn&#x27;t work for everyone. But, you know, I come from a bit of a Mediterranean family background. Living with extended relatives is going to be more of a thing. We&#x27;re going to get back to that where families are going to be living closer together and helping each other out. And we&#x27;re going to start seeing more multi-generational households. And I&#x27;m not talking parents and kids. I&#x27;m talking parents and grandparents and their kids living together to some degree because it helps out. And like I said, I recommend that people do that to some degree. It&#x27;s great for your grandkids. You know, we&#x27;ve almost kind of programmed life to a certain way. And I don&#x27;t necessarily agree with it. I think a lot of these people that are, you know, 62, 65, 70 years old, they still have a lot to offer.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> They need to be utilized to a greater degree. It&#x27;s an asset that we have here in this country. And I don&#x27;t think that they should be discarded. Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called the nuclear family, basically, when you have different generations together. And it works fine until it goes nuclear, we always said, when someone has an argument. But we&#x27;ve just been engineered these days to grow up and, like the birds, get thrown out of the nest and fly away. That is something that I don&#x27;t like. And that&#x27;s because we&#x27;ve got this ridiculous problem in regards to student loan debt and kids taking on way too much debt and, you know, not able to leave their households. And, you know, we&#x27;ve almost got an arrested development period of time. I don&#x27;t mind. I think kids finish school. I think it&#x27;s almost like a rite of passage to go out there and try to go, you know, stake a claim and go out there and, you know, work your butt off, get a second, third job, get an apartment in the city and do something.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I think that makes the country dynamic to some degree. But because of this arrested development where kids are not leaving, they&#x27;re not buying homes at the age that they normally would, they&#x27;re not having families at the age that they normally would. It&#x27;s throwing things off. And a lot of it has to do to a very weakened economy for an extended period of time and also the fact that these kids have just got tons and tons of debt. We&#x27;ve done this to our kids. I mean, I&#x27;ve been yelling and screaming about this for a period of time. I mean, I know you want little Johnny or Sally to go to fancy pants private school. But are you doing the right thing by your kid if they&#x27;re graduating six figures in debt? Hell no. I don&#x27;t care if they&#x27;re top of class. Okay. It&#x27;s absolutely insane to get somebody into that much debt at 21. I couldn&#x27;t even fathom that. Then they get out and their student loan debt is what would have been a house payment.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And therefore, they are trying to buy a house at the same time. And you know what suffers? They don&#x27;t save any money for their retirement, do they? No. Well, it&#x27;s not even just a house payment to some degree. I mean, a car, whatever it may be. I mean, you&#x27;re basically stuck at a point in time. I mean, you take a look at that type of amount, you&#x27;ve got to climb. I mean, I remember when I was 21 years old, $100,000 is all the money in the world. Imagine owing it. Yep. I know. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. And we&#x27;re talking about more than $100,000 now. When I went to school, tuition was like a couple thousand dollars a year. It was a state school here in North Carolina, but that was back in the early 80s. And inflation has really kicked in. One of the bigger problems here is when people get out of school, they have a degree that&#x27;s not marketable. Well, that&#x27;s, again... A whole different story. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> I mean, again, we conduct schools constantly adding these ridiculous degrees that make no sense whatsoever because they can keep charging people all of this money because the government subsidizes education. You want college costs. You want college inflation to go away. And actually, it&#x27;s one of the most inflationary items. It&#x27;s a higher inflationary than anything else. It&#x27;s college education and textbooks, believe it or not. One would think that they don&#x27;t change many physics laws to make it that much more expensive. So, honestly, it&#x27;s kind of patently absurd. We&#x27;re paying for all these administrators and all these stupid degrees and fancy sports stadiums and all these various different things. If you just price schools based upon what people could afford to pay, get the government out of it, eliminate... No student loans, no student aid. You know what? You have to be like every other business out there, and you&#x27;d have to price your product based upon what somebody could afford to pay.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And that price would come way down. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. If you could get your crystal ball out, which I have one in my office that never works, but if we look at 2018, regardless of what happens in the elections and what happens in 2017, what do you think... I mean, as long as interest rates stay low or artificially low like they are, I mean, people are going to be piling money into the market. They shouldn&#x27;t be, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. And I mean, there&#x27;s got to come a point in time where you&#x27;re going to see certain dividend stocks. And I&#x27;ve always been a big believer in having companies pay you to own them. They&#x27;re going to get just way too expensive, and then you&#x27;re going to see it hit some sort of wall. But yeah, we&#x27;re in basically a negative feedback loop when it comes to these ultra-low interest rates. I mean, nobody... Who can raise rates? If the United States decides to raise rates, then money is going to flow into our bonds</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> and just drive the rates right back down again. We need to get some real sort of economic growth going, and that&#x27;s going to kind of work us out of the situation. Being stuck at this, you know, god-awful 1%. I mean, people talk about recession. What difference does it make? Yeah. I mean, we&#x27;re doing nothing, honestly. Now, let&#x27;s say that something does turn around down the road and interest rates start to go up, and someone who has piled money in the market they maybe shouldn&#x27;t have, are they going to have advance warning to get out before the market crashes, or is it going to be instantaneous and a lot of people are going to get left shattered against the rocks, so to speak, without a lighthouse? I don&#x27;t think rates going up is necessarily going to crash the market. I think you would definitely see a correction based upon that. You know, you should try to use corrections and try to take and use them as opportunities.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> I think we definitely have to see more of a crisis type of event for that to happen. And actually, I think higher rates would be much better off for the overall economy. I mean, it&#x27;s killing savers at this point in time, making it much more difficult for small businesses, which is the dynamic part of our economy, to go out there and borrow money. The world&#x27;s not fair right now. I just learned that a bunch of European companies actually borrowed money, and they were paid to borrow money, in essence, because of negative interest rates. How&#x27;s that fair? I mean, how do you compete as a small business trying to build a better mousetrap? And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the economy down. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping wages down. I&#x27;d borrow money all day long if someone paid me to take it. Damn straight. So, yeah, it&#x27;s a crazy economy right now. If you find a really good deal out there on a house that hasn&#x27;t been artificially inflated price-wise and the interest rates as they are now, you could probably get a lot more</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> bang for your buck and lock the banks into a very low interest rate going forward. I don&#x27;t like variable interest rate mortgages right now. No, no, no. I talked to one of my clients who&#x27;s refined it 15 years, like 2.75. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a 15-year moment. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic rate. And honestly, I mean, that&#x27;s lower than inflation, is my accounting of inflation, not the government&#x27;s accounting. Well, hey, fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again. Again, folks, his name is Christopher Markowski, America&#x27;s Watchdog on Wall Street, joined us from New York City today. Chris, thanks for your time today. You got it. Have a great day. Yeah. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Markowski</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Markowski, retirement planning, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/image.jpg?t=1792071298&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-markowski-preparing-for-a-financial-storm/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/image.jpg?t=1792071298&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>740</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11877078" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-markowski-preparing-for-a-financial-storm</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>99</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing for a Financial Storm" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:47" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:16" title="Education and college costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joslyn Ewart: Balancing Act and Financial Confidence</title>
      <itunes:title>Joslyn Ewart: Balancing Act and Financial Confidence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joslyn Ewart joins Coach Pete to discuss Balancing Act: Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women. They explore money personalities, financial communication between spouses, organizing important documents, and taking the first step toward a financial plan. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, an author, a speaker, someone who&#x27;s come on my radar screen, and a great book came across my desk the other day. The name of it&#x27;s Balancing Act, Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women, and we&#x27;re going to visit with the author today. Her name is Jocelyn Ewart, and she is joining us from Wayne, Pennsylvania. Jocelyn, welcome in. Thank you. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, you are a certified financial planner, and you&#x27;re an author, and I&#x27;m an author too, and writing a book isn&#x27;t something you do overnight. Even though the idea comes to you overnight, it&#x27;s a long process, and it&#x27;s a tedious process sometimes. What inspired you to write that book? Well, I have to say it was pretty easy to be inspired because I&#x27;ve worked with really phenomenal men and women over the past 15 years as a certified financial planner practitioner.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> I really wanted to share their stories in hopes that that would help women understand that the problems that they face, they&#x27;re not alone. And so often women are uncomfortable taking the first step of taking charge of their finances because they somehow get the feeling that they have certain problems that somehow no one else has ever had. So it was pretty easy to stay motivated, even though I completely agree with you. It was a rather arduous process, but very satisfying, hopefully. The book will help a lot of women and men. Jocelyn, there&#x27;s a statistic I don&#x27;t like, and it&#x27;s one I can&#x27;t, I have no control over. It&#x27;s genetics, and it&#x27;s basically Darwinism, and it&#x27;s just the way the world is. But women outlive men, don&#x27;t they? Well, that has been the general tradition.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Yes, it has. And half the money the women have, but eventually women have all the money. Like if a husband and wife, and like a lot of husbands are older than the women to begin with, and then the women outlive the men, many women out there need to be paying attention to their finances. Well, I was only 55 when I became a widow, so I&#x27;m living proof it happened. And my mother just turned 92. So if I was 55, and my husband was no longer with me, and I live like my mother, and my father&#x27;s 90, I live another almost 40 years, likely. Yeah, women need to know, and we are going to have the money at some point. Now, your book makes it easy for women to figure out the financial planning process and just what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. It starts with something where you help people figure out if they are a saver, spender, warrior, or avoider.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Do you want to talk about that? Well, that&#x27;s one of my favorite things to talk about because, again, as people struggle to understand why they make the financial decisions that they make, what drives them, especially if they make a decision and then they&#x27;re instantly backpedaling and feeling like that wasn&#x27;t really what they wanted, often those instincts, wanting to just kind of spend freely on whatever the next idea is, as opposed to often a spouse, might really get juiced by saving money, and spending money is even uncomfortable. So I have found in my practice that it really helps if people can start by identifying what are their natural inclinations. Then they can work with those in whatever way they can shape them much better to move in the financial direction that&#x27;s best for them.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And it&#x27;s important for them to be honest with themselves when they&#x27;re going through this assessment. Well, I think so. And as I like to tell people, and I said in the book, and people have commented on it, I&#x27;m by nature a spender. I mean, I am always looking. I mean, not for the next biggest TV, but, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of wonderful possibilities out there. And so I&#x27;m always kind of going toward the next one, and I know this about myself, so I have certain habits. I&#x27;ll just give an example, which is not in the book, and that is that I don&#x27;t ever go shopping in a mall or any place, really, unless I know precisely what I&#x27;m going for. Otherwise, I get there, and all of a sudden, things that I want feel like things that I need, and I&#x27;m very good at rationalizing that.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So I save myself from myself by just not ever going shopping unless I absolutely know what I&#x27;m there for. You sound like me a little bit. I&#x27;m a salesperson&#x27;s dream because I know before I go what I&#x27;m going to buy. So the salesperson that waits on me, all they have to do is go get the stuff for me. They don&#x27;t have to sell it because I already know I&#x27;m going to get it. Well, you definitely the dream. And I stay away from malls, too, just because I hate walking around malls. But you&#x27;re right. You can quickly turn a want into a need. You can justify that, and I&#x27;m real good at doing that myself, too. It only takes a little imagination. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. If you&#x27;re married to somebody, though, and they are exactly opposite or whatever, it&#x27;s been said. I mean, you can&#x27;t argue with statistics. There&#x27;s a lot of divorces out there, and the causes of money tension is real common in marriage there.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> A lot of the causes of divorce are money tension. Absolutely. And, you know, again, the money personality, what somebody&#x27;s values are, all of this wraps together. And it&#x27;s absolutely crucial, I believe, for spouses to have regular times where they sit down and kind of lay their own cards on the table in full recognition that the rules of the game are that the cards that wife has on the table may be very different from the cards husband has. And so there has to be a genuine interest in coming together and actually negotiating what&#x27;s best for them as a couple, not just, well, this is what I want, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, and, you know, I don&#x27;t really care what you want. You know, that really has no place in those kind of conversations.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Yeah. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jocelyn Ewart. She is author of Balancing Act, Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, it&#x27;s one thing to read the book and maybe listen to this interview and say, yeah, I&#x27;m going to get better at managing money or I&#x27;m going to learn about money. But the most important step is always the first step because once you start taking those steps, the next steps seem to be easier. What&#x27;s the first step towards personal financial success, in your opinion? That&#x27;s a, well, I have to say that really depends on the person. But everyone needs to take, as you said a few minutes ago, take some step in a positive direction. For someone who&#x27;s never really paid attention, the first step is often finding your financial document. And this is much more difficult today because so many documents are stored somewhere online.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Very, very recently, a woman came to meet with me and her concern was that she thinks she&#x27;s facing a divorce and, honestly, she has no idea where anything is. It&#x27;s all password protected. Her husband always took care of it. She has no idea how to even find the documents. There&#x27;s no file drawer anymore. So if any of your listeners have never kind of taken that first step, I really recommend that they start by getting organized, understanding what they have. No action is really possible, no effective action, until you understand what you have and where your stuff is. Do you think I&#x27;m a weirdo because I like to still get those paper statements? Well, you have a lot of company out there, but I have to tell you, it&#x27;s all over the map.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And I wouldn&#x27;t be surprised if in about five years, those individuals who still prefer paper, they might not be able to get it. I&#x27;m not sure. You know, I still like the paperback books. I still like your book. I like to read books. I don&#x27;t want to get electronic book. I mean, I like to feel the book. I like to dog ear it when I see something I like. I just don&#x27;t like the electronic books. And every now and then, my wife will start reading one of those electronic books in bed, and I see that glow, and it wakes me up and makes me mad. So that might be a cause of marriage tension, too, the electronic books. Well, I&#x27;m really glad that you got my book not electronically. Good thing. So, you know, we&#x27;re making a light of it here, but there are a lot of things out there that people can do, especially women, to get on a better track.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And you have three investment fundamentals that can boost a woman&#x27;s financial confidence. Right. If women are willing to understand the potential benefits of risk, if they&#x27;re willing to understand how compound returns can work in their favor, and if they&#x27;re willing to start to gain an understanding of time and how being invested for a longer and longer and longer period of time opens the door for them to have increasing financial and portfolio success. I refer to them as their BFFs. We&#x27;re probably, most of us are probably used to BFFs, meaning best friends forever. And honestly, as an investor, risk time and compound returns almost can&#x27;t be beat.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> Well, it just makes a lot of sense. I think that people, if you get educated a little bit and you start taking those baby steps and you prepare for financial emergencies, I know you talk about this in the book, too, ways to make sure that if something goes wrong, you&#x27;re not going to be thrown a curveball. You&#x27;re ready for it. Even though you don&#x27;t like that it happened, you&#x27;re ready for it. I had both of my air conditioner units went out this summer, but I had an emergency account. So I had prepared for a financial emergency. So my wife and daughter were happy that we didn&#x27;t have a hot house for any more than two days, and then we had brand new units. So it&#x27;s just important to get educated and get that knowledge ahead of time, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I don&#x27;t know any other way to really be protected. Yeah. Well, your book, again, is Balancing Act, Wealth Management, Straight Talk for Women, and it&#x27;s been said that it helps eliminate many financial mysteries.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Folks, again, her name was Jocelyn Ewart. And if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety or share it with some friends, you can always do that by going to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Jocelyn, thanks for your time today. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s have a take.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joslyn Ewart joins Coach Pete to discuss Balancing Act: Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women. They explore money personalities, financial communication between spouses, organizing important documents, and taking the first step toward a financial plan. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, an author, a speaker, someone who&#x27;s come on my radar screen, and a great book came across my desk the other day. The name of it&#x27;s Balancing Act, Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women, and we&#x27;re going to visit with the author today. Her name is Jocelyn Ewart, and she is joining us from Wayne, Pennsylvania. Jocelyn, welcome in. Thank you. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, you are a certified financial planner, and you&#x27;re an author, and I&#x27;m an author too, and writing a book isn&#x27;t something you do overnight. Even though the idea comes to you overnight, it&#x27;s a long process, and it&#x27;s a tedious process sometimes. What inspired you to write that book? Well, I have to say it was pretty easy to be inspired because I&#x27;ve worked with really phenomenal men and women over the past 15 years as a certified financial planner practitioner.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> I really wanted to share their stories in hopes that that would help women understand that the problems that they face, they&#x27;re not alone. And so often women are uncomfortable taking the first step of taking charge of their finances because they somehow get the feeling that they have certain problems that somehow no one else has ever had. So it was pretty easy to stay motivated, even though I completely agree with you. It was a rather arduous process, but very satisfying, hopefully. The book will help a lot of women and men. Jocelyn, there&#x27;s a statistic I don&#x27;t like, and it&#x27;s one I can&#x27;t, I have no control over. It&#x27;s genetics, and it&#x27;s basically Darwinism, and it&#x27;s just the way the world is. But women outlive men, don&#x27;t they? Well, that has been the general tradition.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Yes, it has. And half the money the women have, but eventually women have all the money. Like if a husband and wife, and like a lot of husbands are older than the women to begin with, and then the women outlive the men, many women out there need to be paying attention to their finances. Well, I was only 55 when I became a widow, so I&#x27;m living proof it happened. And my mother just turned 92. So if I was 55, and my husband was no longer with me, and I live like my mother, and my father&#x27;s 90, I live another almost 40 years, likely. Yeah, women need to know, and we are going to have the money at some point. Now, your book makes it easy for women to figure out the financial planning process and just what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. It starts with something where you help people figure out if they are a saver, spender, warrior, or avoider.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Do you want to talk about that? Well, that&#x27;s one of my favorite things to talk about because, again, as people struggle to understand why they make the financial decisions that they make, what drives them, especially if they make a decision and then they&#x27;re instantly backpedaling and feeling like that wasn&#x27;t really what they wanted, often those instincts, wanting to just kind of spend freely on whatever the next idea is, as opposed to often a spouse, might really get juiced by saving money, and spending money is even uncomfortable. So I have found in my practice that it really helps if people can start by identifying what are their natural inclinations. Then they can work with those in whatever way they can shape them much better to move in the financial direction that&#x27;s best for them.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And it&#x27;s important for them to be honest with themselves when they&#x27;re going through this assessment. Well, I think so. And as I like to tell people, and I said in the book, and people have commented on it, I&#x27;m by nature a spender. I mean, I am always looking. I mean, not for the next biggest TV, but, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of wonderful possibilities out there. And so I&#x27;m always kind of going toward the next one, and I know this about myself, so I have certain habits. I&#x27;ll just give an example, which is not in the book, and that is that I don&#x27;t ever go shopping in a mall or any place, really, unless I know precisely what I&#x27;m going for. Otherwise, I get there, and all of a sudden, things that I want feel like things that I need, and I&#x27;m very good at rationalizing that.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So I save myself from myself by just not ever going shopping unless I absolutely know what I&#x27;m there for. You sound like me a little bit. I&#x27;m a salesperson&#x27;s dream because I know before I go what I&#x27;m going to buy. So the salesperson that waits on me, all they have to do is go get the stuff for me. They don&#x27;t have to sell it because I already know I&#x27;m going to get it. Well, you definitely the dream. And I stay away from malls, too, just because I hate walking around malls. But you&#x27;re right. You can quickly turn a want into a need. You can justify that, and I&#x27;m real good at doing that myself, too. It only takes a little imagination. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. If you&#x27;re married to somebody, though, and they are exactly opposite or whatever, it&#x27;s been said. I mean, you can&#x27;t argue with statistics. There&#x27;s a lot of divorces out there, and the causes of money tension is real common in marriage there.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> A lot of the causes of divorce are money tension. Absolutely. And, you know, again, the money personality, what somebody&#x27;s values are, all of this wraps together. And it&#x27;s absolutely crucial, I believe, for spouses to have regular times where they sit down and kind of lay their own cards on the table in full recognition that the rules of the game are that the cards that wife has on the table may be very different from the cards husband has. And so there has to be a genuine interest in coming together and actually negotiating what&#x27;s best for them as a couple, not just, well, this is what I want, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, and, you know, I don&#x27;t really care what you want. You know, that really has no place in those kind of conversations.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Yeah. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jocelyn Ewart. She is author of Balancing Act, Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, it&#x27;s one thing to read the book and maybe listen to this interview and say, yeah, I&#x27;m going to get better at managing money or I&#x27;m going to learn about money. But the most important step is always the first step because once you start taking those steps, the next steps seem to be easier. What&#x27;s the first step towards personal financial success, in your opinion? That&#x27;s a, well, I have to say that really depends on the person. But everyone needs to take, as you said a few minutes ago, take some step in a positive direction. For someone who&#x27;s never really paid attention, the first step is often finding your financial document. And this is much more difficult today because so many documents are stored somewhere online.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Very, very recently, a woman came to meet with me and her concern was that she thinks she&#x27;s facing a divorce and, honestly, she has no idea where anything is. It&#x27;s all password protected. Her husband always took care of it. She has no idea how to even find the documents. There&#x27;s no file drawer anymore. So if any of your listeners have never kind of taken that first step, I really recommend that they start by getting organized, understanding what they have. No action is really possible, no effective action, until you understand what you have and where your stuff is. Do you think I&#x27;m a weirdo because I like to still get those paper statements? Well, you have a lot of company out there, but I have to tell you, it&#x27;s all over the map.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And I wouldn&#x27;t be surprised if in about five years, those individuals who still prefer paper, they might not be able to get it. I&#x27;m not sure. You know, I still like the paperback books. I still like your book. I like to read books. I don&#x27;t want to get electronic book. I mean, I like to feel the book. I like to dog ear it when I see something I like. I just don&#x27;t like the electronic books. And every now and then, my wife will start reading one of those electronic books in bed, and I see that glow, and it wakes me up and makes me mad. So that might be a cause of marriage tension, too, the electronic books. Well, I&#x27;m really glad that you got my book not electronically. Good thing. So, you know, we&#x27;re making a light of it here, but there are a lot of things out there that people can do, especially women, to get on a better track.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And you have three investment fundamentals that can boost a woman&#x27;s financial confidence. Right. If women are willing to understand the potential benefits of risk, if they&#x27;re willing to understand how compound returns can work in their favor, and if they&#x27;re willing to start to gain an understanding of time and how being invested for a longer and longer and longer period of time opens the door for them to have increasing financial and portfolio success. I refer to them as their BFFs. We&#x27;re probably, most of us are probably used to BFFs, meaning best friends forever. And honestly, as an investor, risk time and compound returns almost can&#x27;t be beat.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> Well, it just makes a lot of sense. I think that people, if you get educated a little bit and you start taking those baby steps and you prepare for financial emergencies, I know you talk about this in the book, too, ways to make sure that if something goes wrong, you&#x27;re not going to be thrown a curveball. You&#x27;re ready for it. Even though you don&#x27;t like that it happened, you&#x27;re ready for it. I had both of my air conditioner units went out this summer, but I had an emergency account. So I had prepared for a financial emergency. So my wife and daughter were happy that we didn&#x27;t have a hot house for any more than two days, and then we had brand new units. So it&#x27;s just important to get educated and get that knowledge ahead of time, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I don&#x27;t know any other way to really be protected. Yeah. Well, your book, again, is Balancing Act, Wealth Management, Straight Talk for Women, and it&#x27;s been said that it helps eliminate many financial mysteries.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Folks, again, her name was Jocelyn Ewart. And if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety or share it with some friends, you can always do that by going to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Jocelyn, thanks for your time today. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s have a take.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joslyn Ewart joins Coach Pete to discuss Balancing Act: Wealth Management Straight Talk for Women. They explore money personalities, financial communication between spouses, organizing important documents, and taking the first step toward a financial plan. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joslyn Ewart</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <category>Balancing Act and Financial Confidence</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joslyn Ewart, family and relationships, Balancing Act and Financial Confidence, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f/image.jpg?t=1792071306&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joslyn-ewart-balancing-act-and-financial-confidence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f/image.jpg?t=1792071306&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>589</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ed41e70c-930e-4e43-b83c-b4e30028e94f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9464609" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joslyn-ewart-balancing-act-and-financial-confidence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>100</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Balancing Act and Financial Confidence" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keith Bernhardt: Preparing for College Costs</title>
      <itunes:title>Keith Bernhardt: Preparing for College Costs</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Keith Bernhardt joins Coach Pete to discuss college planning, education costs, and saving for a child’s future. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to talk about on this segment. And what&#x27;s more interesting these days than college planning and college costs? And a lot of people out there listening, you probably have children or grandchildren in college, and you know what those bills look like. So I thought we would go and visit with someone from Fidelity Investments, actually the vice president of college planning or college savings. His name is Keith Barnhart, and he is joining us from Smithfield, Rhode Island. Keith, welcome in. Hi. Thanks for having me. Good to talk to you. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. How are people still – I went to college in the early 80s, and I was lucky enough to go to state college here in North Carolina, UNC Chapel Hill, and I was able to basically pay myself through. The college tuition was very cheap back then.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What was more expensive was Roman board, but now everything is expensive for college, isn&#x27;t it? It is. The rates have gone up faster than the pace of inflation over the last few decades. It seems to have slowed down since the financial crisis, except on the public school side. Right after the financial crisis, the public school costs accelerated when some of the states had a hard time subsidizing the cost. So, yeah, it&#x27;s still exceeding the pace of inflation. And parents are trying to help. I mean, this is the 529 plan. You want to talk about what that is? I mean, there may be some people out there who don&#x27;t understand what the 529 plan is. Do you want to give a quick summary of that? Absolutely. A 529 plan is effectively a savings account dedicated for college savings. And when I say savings account, I probably should use the term an investment account.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So you put money into the 529 account, and you have options for what you may want to invest it in. And it varies from state to state. Many different states offer 529 plans. And when you put the money in there, it grows tax-free. And when you take the money out, it&#x27;s also tax-free if you use it for a qualified higher education expense. So that includes tuition, rent, food, books, computers, stuff like that. So the biggest benefit really is that tax benefit. You put the money in after tax, it grows tax-free. And when you take it out, it&#x27;s also tax-free if you use it for a college cost. And so if you have a couple children, and you open up a 529 plan in one child&#x27;s name, and they get a scholarship, you can pass that 529 on to the next child, correct?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t even need to be a scholarship situation. You, as the account owner, have complete flexibility with regards to moving the money to a new beneficiary. Generally, that beneficiary does need to be somewhere within the family of the original beneficiary. But it&#x27;s pretty flexible. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve opened one for your daughter, and she&#x27;s got a scholarship where she just doesn&#x27;t want to use it or whatever else. You can move it to a cousin of your daughter. You can move it to one of your siblings. You can move it to yourself. You can just let it ride if you want. The one thing I&#x27;d mention, if it was a scholarship, one of the things that makes us a dedicated college savings vehicle is there are penalties involved. If you took the money out and you did not use it for a college expense, you&#x27;d have to pay the taxes on the earnings, not on the contributions, just the earnings,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> and you&#x27;d have to pay a 10% penalty on the earnings. If your child gets a scholarship, you can take out dollar for dollar from the 529 and use it for something else. You&#x27;ll still have to pay taxes on the earnings, but you will not owe the 10% penalty. That&#x27;s a good thing to know. So, I mean, it&#x27;s not a bad thing when you get a scholarship any time, is it? No, scholarships are free money. All good. Now, you guys started with Fidelity in 2007 with this study, and it&#x27;s the annual college savings indicator study, and this is your 10th one right now. You want to go through some of the findings and some of the surprises in there. Yeah, yeah, sure. So we&#x27;re actually seeing a general upward trend savings behaviors in people&#x27;s attitudes and sophistication as it relates to college savings. So I&#x27;ll give you some examples.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> For this survey, 72% of the families we talked to are actually saving for college today, and that&#x27;s up from 58% in 2007. And we did the survey back in early 07 where I think the economy was still doing okay, perceptions were okay, the financial crisis hadn&#x27;t really hit yet. From a sophistication perspective, 42% of the folks we surveyed are actually using a dedicated savings vehicle for saving for college, like a 529, and that&#x27;s versus 26% in 07. And having a dedicated account is very important so that you know what you&#x27;ve saved, you know if you&#x27;re on track, and it makes it less likely to be rated if you&#x27;ve got other needs. And the other thing we&#x27;ve been seeing from an optimism perspective is that more parents</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> are actually trying to pay for all of school or at least a bigger portion of school. Matter of fact, 43% said that they&#x27;re planning on covering all of college costs, and that&#x27;s up from 19% in 2007. And that seems somewhat optimistic to us. When we dig into how they&#x27;re actually doing from a savings perspective, we see a gap. So there&#x27;s an average college coverage goal of about 70% of costs across all the parents we surveyed. They want to cover 70% of costs. But they&#x27;re only on track to save about 29% of that goal. So there&#x27;s still a long way to go to actually try to improve savings behaviors there. I guess starting is the hardest obstacle. I see this with 401ks a lot of times. When people say they can&#x27;t afford to save in the 401k, and then I say we should put something in,</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> especially if you&#x27;re getting a match. And once they start, they realize it doesn&#x27;t hurt as much, and they see it grow, and they get excited. They put more in. I think the same thing is true with the 529 plan. People can increase contributions down the road, but the most important thing is to start. I love that you&#x27;re saying that. I think that is a tremendous piece of advice, and I say it myself. It&#x27;s just get started. A lot of people, when we ask them, you know, how come you haven&#x27;t gotten moving yet? How come you&#x27;re not saving yet? Well, they&#x27;re not sure how much they should save, or they&#x27;re not sure what kind of savings vehicle they could use. And there&#x27;s a reason. There&#x27;s some confusion out there. But the key is to get started. Get some money set aside. Know that you&#x27;ve got it. You&#x27;ll start paying attention to it. You&#x27;ll start thinking more about it. And you can refine your strategy as you go on. You don&#x27;t want to keep punting it down the road, but you can refine where you&#x27;re saving the money,</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> if you got it invested, how you got it invested. And you can refine how much it is you really need to be saving. But the key is to get started and get that money working for you. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Keith Bernhardt, who&#x27;s vice president of college planning at Fidelity. And we&#x27;re talking about saving for college. I mean, it&#x27;s a big thing these days. And, Keith, it seems like more and more people are going to college. Yeah. I think that there&#x27;s a national conversation underway about college with regards to the cost benefit. Is there really a return on investment? But at the same time, we ask parents about their perceptions around college. And it&#x27;s remained quite steady. 80%, 83% of them, even over the last 10 years, pretty steady. They still feel that it is a major item when it comes to their kids being successful</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> and actually finding a reasonable career later in life. So I think that while it&#x27;s smart to be asking the hard questions about the cost and the benefits, there&#x27;s still a general understanding and awareness that college really is crucial to a lot of people. Do you remember the game of life? It was a board game you&#x27;d play? Yeah, I do. And a lot of times, if you didn&#x27;t go to college, you would go a different route, and you would make a lot more money sometimes. College isn&#x27;t the end-all, be-all. And it&#x27;s something that I know from experience here. I&#x27;ve got a couple of buddies from high school, and they didn&#x27;t go to college. One went to HVAC school, the heating and air conditioning school, and now he owns a company where he&#x27;s rolling in the dope, but he can&#x27;t find a lot of good helpers. Same with a guy I know who&#x27;s a plumber, and he owns a plumbing company,</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> makes a lot of money because there are less and less people out there in that kind of talent pool. Can the HVAC or can the 529 plan be used to fund tech schools like that? If they wanted to go and learn a profession that they can come right out of that, like a two-year college kind of thing, and then come out and be a mechanic or something. Can the 529 fund that? Yes. For many of the schools, the answer is yes. The key is to understand that the school accepts federal financial aid. So there are some requirements, but two-year colleges, associates degrees, and many vocational schools, 529 is perfectly fine for it. But you do want to make sure that they&#x27;re accredited and they&#x27;re part of the federal financial aid system. But your point&#x27;s a good one. There are many paths to happiness. There are many paths to success. And college isn&#x27;t necessarily the right answer for everybody.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> That&#x27;s absolutely fair. On the other side of the coin, I know people that went to college and got a degree, and now they&#x27;re out they can&#x27;t find a job because they got a degree in something that really isn&#x27;t marketable. Well, that&#x27;s the whole cost-benefit. Parents are asking that question more, and they&#x27;re paying a lot more attention to the idea of the type of debt that their kids might be taking on. We hear these anecdotal stories about kids graduating with $100,000, $200,000 in debt, and it&#x27;s really opening up people&#x27;s eyes. And you want to be very careful and make sure that you don&#x27;t saddle children and families with that type of burden. One of the things that we highly suggest is that families talk about college before you get to 11th and 12th grade. Have the conversation about what&#x27;s expected, what&#x27;s the kid looking to do, what are the parents hoping for,</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> what are the costs of college, has the family been able to save, what&#x27;s reasonable for the family to pay for, what schools might be in the right ballpark. And one of the key steps I suggest families to take is to check out something called a net price calculator. And this is on pretty much every college&#x27;s site that accepts federal financial aid. It&#x27;s a back-of-the-envelope estimate for what kind of financial aid package you&#x27;re likely to get if your child went to that school. You&#x27;ll need to put on some data, but it&#x27;ll give you back an estimate for people in your type of situation, what kind of grants, what kind of loan packages, stuff like that that the family&#x27;s likely to get. And that, again, can give people an idea of, okay, this is what&#x27;s reasonable. You don&#x27;t want to get to 11th grade, 12th grade, and start making rash emotional decisions of just go wherever,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> we&#x27;ll figure out how to pay for it, and that&#x27;s how you end up with big debt numbers. And it happens to a lot of people. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept. And folks out there, I mean, really, if you have children or grandchildren, don&#x27;t put it off the discussion and the system of saving for that college education. Again, his name was Keith Bernhardt, and he was with Fidelity Investments. He is the vice president, again, of college planning. Keith, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Now, there&#x27;s a little bit of time.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Keith Bernhardt joins Coach Pete to discuss college planning, education costs, and saving for a child’s future. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to talk about on this segment. And what&#x27;s more interesting these days than college planning and college costs? And a lot of people out there listening, you probably have children or grandchildren in college, and you know what those bills look like. So I thought we would go and visit with someone from Fidelity Investments, actually the vice president of college planning or college savings. His name is Keith Barnhart, and he is joining us from Smithfield, Rhode Island. Keith, welcome in. Hi. Thanks for having me. Good to talk to you. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. How are people still – I went to college in the early 80s, and I was lucky enough to go to state college here in North Carolina, UNC Chapel Hill, and I was able to basically pay myself through. The college tuition was very cheap back then.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What was more expensive was Roman board, but now everything is expensive for college, isn&#x27;t it? It is. The rates have gone up faster than the pace of inflation over the last few decades. It seems to have slowed down since the financial crisis, except on the public school side. Right after the financial crisis, the public school costs accelerated when some of the states had a hard time subsidizing the cost. So, yeah, it&#x27;s still exceeding the pace of inflation. And parents are trying to help. I mean, this is the 529 plan. You want to talk about what that is? I mean, there may be some people out there who don&#x27;t understand what the 529 plan is. Do you want to give a quick summary of that? Absolutely. A 529 plan is effectively a savings account dedicated for college savings. And when I say savings account, I probably should use the term an investment account.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So you put money into the 529 account, and you have options for what you may want to invest it in. And it varies from state to state. Many different states offer 529 plans. And when you put the money in there, it grows tax-free. And when you take the money out, it&#x27;s also tax-free if you use it for a qualified higher education expense. So that includes tuition, rent, food, books, computers, stuff like that. So the biggest benefit really is that tax benefit. You put the money in after tax, it grows tax-free. And when you take it out, it&#x27;s also tax-free if you use it for a college cost. And so if you have a couple children, and you open up a 529 plan in one child&#x27;s name, and they get a scholarship, you can pass that 529 on to the next child, correct?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t even need to be a scholarship situation. You, as the account owner, have complete flexibility with regards to moving the money to a new beneficiary. Generally, that beneficiary does need to be somewhere within the family of the original beneficiary. But it&#x27;s pretty flexible. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve opened one for your daughter, and she&#x27;s got a scholarship where she just doesn&#x27;t want to use it or whatever else. You can move it to a cousin of your daughter. You can move it to one of your siblings. You can move it to yourself. You can just let it ride if you want. The one thing I&#x27;d mention, if it was a scholarship, one of the things that makes us a dedicated college savings vehicle is there are penalties involved. If you took the money out and you did not use it for a college expense, you&#x27;d have to pay the taxes on the earnings, not on the contributions, just the earnings,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> and you&#x27;d have to pay a 10% penalty on the earnings. If your child gets a scholarship, you can take out dollar for dollar from the 529 and use it for something else. You&#x27;ll still have to pay taxes on the earnings, but you will not owe the 10% penalty. That&#x27;s a good thing to know. So, I mean, it&#x27;s not a bad thing when you get a scholarship any time, is it? No, scholarships are free money. All good. Now, you guys started with Fidelity in 2007 with this study, and it&#x27;s the annual college savings indicator study, and this is your 10th one right now. You want to go through some of the findings and some of the surprises in there. Yeah, yeah, sure. So we&#x27;re actually seeing a general upward trend savings behaviors in people&#x27;s attitudes and sophistication as it relates to college savings. So I&#x27;ll give you some examples.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> For this survey, 72% of the families we talked to are actually saving for college today, and that&#x27;s up from 58% in 2007. And we did the survey back in early 07 where I think the economy was still doing okay, perceptions were okay, the financial crisis hadn&#x27;t really hit yet. From a sophistication perspective, 42% of the folks we surveyed are actually using a dedicated savings vehicle for saving for college, like a 529, and that&#x27;s versus 26% in 07. And having a dedicated account is very important so that you know what you&#x27;ve saved, you know if you&#x27;re on track, and it makes it less likely to be rated if you&#x27;ve got other needs. And the other thing we&#x27;ve been seeing from an optimism perspective is that more parents</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> are actually trying to pay for all of school or at least a bigger portion of school. Matter of fact, 43% said that they&#x27;re planning on covering all of college costs, and that&#x27;s up from 19% in 2007. And that seems somewhat optimistic to us. When we dig into how they&#x27;re actually doing from a savings perspective, we see a gap. So there&#x27;s an average college coverage goal of about 70% of costs across all the parents we surveyed. They want to cover 70% of costs. But they&#x27;re only on track to save about 29% of that goal. So there&#x27;s still a long way to go to actually try to improve savings behaviors there. I guess starting is the hardest obstacle. I see this with 401ks a lot of times. When people say they can&#x27;t afford to save in the 401k, and then I say we should put something in,</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> especially if you&#x27;re getting a match. And once they start, they realize it doesn&#x27;t hurt as much, and they see it grow, and they get excited. They put more in. I think the same thing is true with the 529 plan. People can increase contributions down the road, but the most important thing is to start. I love that you&#x27;re saying that. I think that is a tremendous piece of advice, and I say it myself. It&#x27;s just get started. A lot of people, when we ask them, you know, how come you haven&#x27;t gotten moving yet? How come you&#x27;re not saving yet? Well, they&#x27;re not sure how much they should save, or they&#x27;re not sure what kind of savings vehicle they could use. And there&#x27;s a reason. There&#x27;s some confusion out there. But the key is to get started. Get some money set aside. Know that you&#x27;ve got it. You&#x27;ll start paying attention to it. You&#x27;ll start thinking more about it. And you can refine your strategy as you go on. You don&#x27;t want to keep punting it down the road, but you can refine where you&#x27;re saving the money,</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> if you got it invested, how you got it invested. And you can refine how much it is you really need to be saving. But the key is to get started and get that money working for you. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Keith Bernhardt, who&#x27;s vice president of college planning at Fidelity. And we&#x27;re talking about saving for college. I mean, it&#x27;s a big thing these days. And, Keith, it seems like more and more people are going to college. Yeah. I think that there&#x27;s a national conversation underway about college with regards to the cost benefit. Is there really a return on investment? But at the same time, we ask parents about their perceptions around college. And it&#x27;s remained quite steady. 80%, 83% of them, even over the last 10 years, pretty steady. They still feel that it is a major item when it comes to their kids being successful</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> and actually finding a reasonable career later in life. So I think that while it&#x27;s smart to be asking the hard questions about the cost and the benefits, there&#x27;s still a general understanding and awareness that college really is crucial to a lot of people. Do you remember the game of life? It was a board game you&#x27;d play? Yeah, I do. And a lot of times, if you didn&#x27;t go to college, you would go a different route, and you would make a lot more money sometimes. College isn&#x27;t the end-all, be-all. And it&#x27;s something that I know from experience here. I&#x27;ve got a couple of buddies from high school, and they didn&#x27;t go to college. One went to HVAC school, the heating and air conditioning school, and now he owns a company where he&#x27;s rolling in the dope, but he can&#x27;t find a lot of good helpers. Same with a guy I know who&#x27;s a plumber, and he owns a plumbing company,</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> makes a lot of money because there are less and less people out there in that kind of talent pool. Can the HVAC or can the 529 plan be used to fund tech schools like that? If they wanted to go and learn a profession that they can come right out of that, like a two-year college kind of thing, and then come out and be a mechanic or something. Can the 529 fund that? Yes. For many of the schools, the answer is yes. The key is to understand that the school accepts federal financial aid. So there are some requirements, but two-year colleges, associates degrees, and many vocational schools, 529 is perfectly fine for it. But you do want to make sure that they&#x27;re accredited and they&#x27;re part of the federal financial aid system. But your point&#x27;s a good one. There are many paths to happiness. There are many paths to success. And college isn&#x27;t necessarily the right answer for everybody.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> That&#x27;s absolutely fair. On the other side of the coin, I know people that went to college and got a degree, and now they&#x27;re out they can&#x27;t find a job because they got a degree in something that really isn&#x27;t marketable. Well, that&#x27;s the whole cost-benefit. Parents are asking that question more, and they&#x27;re paying a lot more attention to the idea of the type of debt that their kids might be taking on. We hear these anecdotal stories about kids graduating with $100,000, $200,000 in debt, and it&#x27;s really opening up people&#x27;s eyes. And you want to be very careful and make sure that you don&#x27;t saddle children and families with that type of burden. One of the things that we highly suggest is that families talk about college before you get to 11th and 12th grade. Have the conversation about what&#x27;s expected, what&#x27;s the kid looking to do, what are the parents hoping for,</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> what are the costs of college, has the family been able to save, what&#x27;s reasonable for the family to pay for, what schools might be in the right ballpark. And one of the key steps I suggest families to take is to check out something called a net price calculator. And this is on pretty much every college&#x27;s site that accepts federal financial aid. It&#x27;s a back-of-the-envelope estimate for what kind of financial aid package you&#x27;re likely to get if your child went to that school. You&#x27;ll need to put on some data, but it&#x27;ll give you back an estimate for people in your type of situation, what kind of grants, what kind of loan packages, stuff like that that the family&#x27;s likely to get. And that, again, can give people an idea of, okay, this is what&#x27;s reasonable. You don&#x27;t want to get to 11th grade, 12th grade, and start making rash emotional decisions of just go wherever,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> we&#x27;ll figure out how to pay for it, and that&#x27;s how you end up with big debt numbers. And it happens to a lot of people. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept. And folks out there, I mean, really, if you have children or grandchildren, don&#x27;t put it off the discussion and the system of saving for that college education. Again, his name was Keith Bernhardt, and he was with Fidelity Investments. He is the vice president, again, of college planning. Keith, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Now, there&#x27;s a little bit of time.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Keith Bernhardt joins Coach Pete to discuss college planning, education costs, and saving for a child’s future. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Keith Bernhardt</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <category>Preparing for College Costs</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Keith Bernhardt, college planning, Preparing for College Costs, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8/image.jpg?t=1792072194&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/keith-bernhardt-preparing-for-college-costs/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8/image.jpg?t=1792072194&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>655</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47745a10-6f1e-46c8-ae0f-b4e2018039a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10516625" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/keith-bernhardt-preparing-for-college-costs</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>101</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing for College Costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rocky Bleier: Don’t Fumble Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Rocky Bleier: Don’t Fumble Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And gosh, we got a great guest on. I used to do a radio show for him in Pittsburgh or with him in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The name of the show was Rock on Retirement. We&#x27;re going to join four-time Super Bowl champ and author of the book, Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, New Money Lessons Learned by four-time Super Bowl champion, Rocky Blyer. Rock, welcome in. Hey, Coach. How are you doing? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, we got you on the road today, don&#x27;t we? You are on the way to Cincinnati, Ohio. I&#x27;m on my way to Cincinnati, Ohio to take care of some potential customers, hopefully. You know, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. I&#x27;m on the way to the American Legion Conference that has taken place in the national conferences in Cincinnati, Ohio.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And we put together a package for them. It is a property casualty package for their posts. They&#x27;ve had some problems being able to maintain some of the costs and the rising costs. And so, anyway, so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re doing there. And I&#x27;m happy to be involved. The American Legion has been a big part of my life, maybe a lot of people&#x27;s lives, when I was growing up in Wisconsin. And so, I got a chance to hopefully maybe give back to what they&#x27;ve done in their communities around the country. So, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Cincinnati. Well, Rocky&#x27;s a veteran. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. Yeah, and I appreciate your service, Rocky. Well, thanks very much. Thanks very much.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And what you were talking about before, I mean, you did. Didn&#x27;t I have to just tell the people, yes. You know, we did a show together. Coach produced it. It was instrumental of getting it off the ground. And our first foray into that media. And so, it was terrific. And I owe you a lot. And I appreciate it. So, it&#x27;s always nice to be able to be on your show. Well, it was a fun show to do. It was fun to talk to you every single week. And, you know, the book, though, we&#x27;ll talk about that. I want to talk today with you for about 10 minutes. But I&#x27;ll talk about football season that&#x27;s coming up. I know you&#x27;re excited about that. As well as, you know, what happened. I talked to a lot of athletes. And the athletic career is a lot shorter than they think it&#x27;s going to be. Especially when it comes down to money, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it sure is. You know. I mean, but it, and I suppose to some degree in an athletic world, it&#x27;s brought to the forefront.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Because it is a short period of your life. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily a vocation. It&#x27;s an ad vocation. But, well, on a professional level, let&#x27;s assume football today, baseball as well. You know, you have the opportunity to make an impact. You have an opportunity to make a lot of money, depending on where you are. And it&#x27;s what you do with it. So, there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s a natural, there&#x27;s a natural factor. If we look back at our young lives, when we were, you know, coming out of school, when you&#x27;re 22, 23, 24 years old. And you&#x27;re starting into the business world. And you were young. And you had a life ahead of you that seemed that you could conquer.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That, you know, there was no end to it. And in the sporting world, that is kind of compressed. But you still have those same, you know, feelings. Like, nothing&#x27;s ever going to happen to you. You know, you&#x27;re going to do everything that you had said to. And then, all of a sudden, you become old, like me. And then you go, oh. Right? I mean, all of a sudden, it&#x27;s like, oh, Pete, man. I mean, what happened to those last 50 years of our lives? What did I do to prepare for those? And those are questions that we have. Those are questions that we have as individuals and, you know, and athletes have. But when you&#x27;re that young, you know, you don&#x27;t really think about it. You know, there&#x27;s some, I suppose there&#x27;s some leeway where you get to sit back and say, hey, I finally made it.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> I can go back home, stand on the corner, take a look at me, you know. I get a brand new car. I make a whole lot of money. So, I must be better than everybody else only because of that criteria. And all of a sudden, an injury away, and it&#x27;s gone. So, the smart players, like, you know, plan for it. And plan for their future. And knowing that, well, they may have to work. But, you know, they have a nest egg. And it&#x27;s really that foundation that we try to establish within our lives that really carry us, you know, through the remaining part of our lives. Yeah, about five years ago. Well, Rocky, about five years ago, I remember being at Veterans Stadium. Or whatever the baseball, the new baseball stadium is called.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> Three River Stadium. Three River Stadium. Oh, no, it&#x27;s over at PNC Park. PNC Park now. It&#x27;s hard to tell you. Right, right. That&#x27;s right. Bringing you up to date, Pete. But it was you, me. You know, you were there. Hines Ward was there. We had a great conversation about what he was doing because Hines is like the generation after you in football. But he&#x27;s already retired now, too. And he was looking at what he was going to do next. Very much so. You know, and let&#x27;s use Hines as an example. And Hines is a pretty smart guy. And Hines has done a wonderful job of being able to parlay what he had done in the football world. Meaning that the money that he was able to save, use it as a foundation built on that so that he can do the things that he wanted to do.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> So we&#x27;ve seen him dancing with stars. We&#x27;ve seen him on television, college scene as well as professional scene. So he&#x27;s, but he gives you that ability, that comfort. So a lot of times, you know, a lot of times guys don&#x27;t take advantage of it. And or they make stupid mistakes. And we all make mistakes along the way. But we have to be careful because it&#x27;s tough to be able to, as we&#x27;ve come to learn, to be able to bounce back from some of the mistakes. Whether we make them in the financial world as well as within our own lives. Rocky, let&#x27;s talk about the athletes these days. A lot of them are getting paid a lot more money than you got paid when you played, aren&#x27;t they? Isn&#x27;t that the truth?</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> Don&#x27;t bring it up. But they still make mistakes. And they are. But they still make mistakes. I mean, they still make mistakes. And you go, what are you thinking? Here&#x27;s an opportunity. And, you know, and so you go, okay, fine. You know, they&#x27;re young. We try to rationalize a decision that they&#x27;re making. But, you know, but the reality is that you can&#x27;t bounce back. You know, and as we&#x27;ve looked at the markets and how the markets affect when you invest in the markets, you know, and going back to, let&#x27;s just say, 2008. But, you know, where you might take a hit. All of a sudden, it&#x27;s very difficult. You don&#x27;t have the time to be able to make up for those losses at times within the marketplace.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And it&#x27;s the same thing with these young athletes. I mean, the consideration is you don&#x27;t have time to make this up, you know, or the opportunity that sits there in front of you. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. And, you know, they have something called the fog of war. So in action, I mean, you don&#x27;t really make the best decisions at the time. But they turn out to be good or bad. But you don&#x27;t know. But the same thing when the market starts to tumble, that fog of investing, the fog of war hits, and you start doing things you shouldn&#x27;t. You turn into a zombie sometimes when you shouldn&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s true. You know, and so you had made mention that don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And that&#x27;s a little book that I had written about my life and some of the lessons I learned about how they transfer over into our ordinary, everyday life on how things should be handled.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> You know, it&#x27;s all those. You know, the sports, as we well know, is a great analogy for what we do. And it&#x27;s all those things that we watch, even as fans, as we watch our favorite college team, high school team, professional team. And you question, you know, why are they doing that? You know, well, that&#x27;s stupid. They&#x27;re not doing what, you know, they&#x27;re not blocking or they&#x27;re not tackling or they&#x27;re not covering. And we do that within our own lives at times are the basic fundamentals of life and of sports. I think, you know, the important thing, and I think the important thing is doing the things that we need to do. I think that the majority of people understand that.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> They know what needs to be done. They just don&#x27;t necessarily take the action or follow through on getting them done or finding the right coach or advisor to be able to help them. And we all need help along the way in the game, you know, in all games that we play. What do we have? We do have a coach and we have position coaches that teach you how to become better within that position and thus within the team. And then you&#x27;ve got a head coach that gives you the direction of what needs to be done. Got people that look at your opponent, break down films, find a weakness. This is how we can attack them. This is how we can do. The player doesn&#x27;t do that. He just executes what has been taught to him and then be able to take it to the next level.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And it&#x27;s really doing ordinary things and getting to the point where you can do them in an extraordinary way. And I think we, as people, you know, need to be able to find that person, you know, that can help us, that we believe in, that shows us the way of what needs to be done as we come into retirement. But foundation is very important because all of a sudden, as I said, you know, bam, those 50 years go by pretty quickly. And so now you&#x27;re looking at, you know, what am I going to do? Even though we may be living longer, even though we may be feeling better, even though because of medicine things may last. But, you know, it&#x27;s like, oh, I can&#x27;t work forever.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> I don&#x27;t necessarily want to work forever. How do I handle my retirement? What can I do? You know, and there are some basic fundamentals, like all things within our lives and within the world of sports that need to be paid attention to and finding the right person to help you pay attention to and give you that direction. Well, how important is it? And we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. How important is it for people to, I know when you were, you hated your coach sometimes. You had the good coaches because they made you do things over and over again and you wondered why. Or they had advice that you didn&#x27;t agree with. But when it came time to, you know, to put the pads on, the coaches were right most of the time, weren&#x27;t they? You know, very much so. I mean, it is, yeah, I can remember, you know, I can remember Chuck Null.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> And this is just, I can remember Chuck Null and his first day of training camp when he became our head coach. And we were up in training camp and in his introduction to us, he said, listen, I&#x27;ve watched every film of every practice of every game that you&#x27;ve played in over the last five years. And I can tell you why you have been losing. Because you&#x27;re just not any good. You have no techniques. You&#x27;re not basic. You&#x27;re not fast. You know, you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And to some degree, I always think about that. We need somebody out there that takes our hand. You know, we are still that kid. I don&#x27;t care if we&#x27;re 40, 50, 60.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> We want somebody to show us a way, take a hand, and say, hey, I&#x27;ve been watching this. I&#x27;ve been doing this. This is what you need to do. And you have to believe in that person. And so, you know, it&#x27;s not rocket science, okay? But it&#x27;s somebody to be able to say, okay, fine. You know, let&#x27;s take a look at your Social Security. You know, we&#x27;ll take a look at your Social Security. And there are some things that we might be able to maximize some of the returns. Okay, fine. You know, simple little things, but you need to be able to take advantage. So don&#x27;t humble that, you know, and we look about dates, you know, and the effect of dates, and especially our, you know, 2008.</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> 2008 was a big date. Why was it a big date? Not necessarily that the market crashed and we took a big dump. But the fact is, is that that was the year that the first baby boomer turned 62 and a half and became eligible for Social Security. And then by five years later, 2013, then they had to define what they&#x27;re going to take. And then 2016, we now have to dip into our retirements and 401ks. And so it&#x27;s how you, those things you can&#x27;t get away from, you have to face them. But it&#x27;s how you prepare for them and having the right game plan at that moment with the</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> right advisor and coach to be able to take you the rest of the way. Yeah, the age wave. We, well, it&#x27;s better than the alternative. Getting older is not bad because it&#x27;s better than the alternative. But yeah, I hit 50 this year. And, you know, 50 seems like 30 to me, but it&#x27;s 50. And I am, I can&#x27;t argue with it. But now one final thing, you&#x27;ve got a son, Adrian. What kind of advice would you give your son if he would listen to it, number one? If you had one piece of advice for him going forward in the financial world, what would you tell him? To be able to plan. I mean, in all honesty, to be able to sit down and come up with a concrete plan and don&#x27;t veer from the plan. I mean, to understand, to be able to, you know, to say, okay, fine, this is where, where do you want to go? What do you want to be? People say, I don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> I don&#x27;t know. Okay, we do know one thing is that we want to be able to maintain or be able to have a substantial foundation. And one way of being able to do that is to be able to plan for that. People don&#x27;t plan today. And they just think things will happen. But you really, and that&#x27;s my basic thing is, you know, to be able to plan to understand the marketplace. And more importantly, to understand the risk of money that&#x27;s out there and find yourself a great advisor that you believe in. Well, he&#x27;s a great son, too. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I love talking to him every time I get a chance. Yeah, right. Now, you were on. He&#x27;s in the business, though. Yeah, he&#x27;s a financial guy, too. You&#x27;re on your way to Cincinnati. So I&#x27;ve got one piece of advice for you.</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> Actually, two, a piece of advice. Grater&#x27;s ice cream and Skyline Chili. That&#x27;s the two places I make sure to visit. Get off the plane. Skyline Chili check. And there&#x27;s another chili place, too, which is good. I forget what that is. But Grater&#x27;s ice cream, the best ice cream in the world. Best ice cream in the world. So I&#x27;m going to have both of those. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, Rocky, be safe on the road, my brother. And I look forward to seeing you again soon. All right. Thanks, Pete. Yep, folks. That&#x27;s four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer, author of the book Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement. New money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. If you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to see it again in its entirety, you can go to Facebook Live and watch it. Or you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to it down the road. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And gosh, we got a great guest on. I used to do a radio show for him in Pittsburgh or with him in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The name of the show was Rock on Retirement. We&#x27;re going to join four-time Super Bowl champ and author of the book, Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, New Money Lessons Learned by four-time Super Bowl champion, Rocky Blyer. Rock, welcome in. Hey, Coach. How are you doing? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, we got you on the road today, don&#x27;t we? You are on the way to Cincinnati, Ohio. I&#x27;m on my way to Cincinnati, Ohio to take care of some potential customers, hopefully. You know, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. I&#x27;m on the way to the American Legion Conference that has taken place in the national conferences in Cincinnati, Ohio.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And we put together a package for them. It is a property casualty package for their posts. They&#x27;ve had some problems being able to maintain some of the costs and the rising costs. And so, anyway, so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re doing there. And I&#x27;m happy to be involved. The American Legion has been a big part of my life, maybe a lot of people&#x27;s lives, when I was growing up in Wisconsin. And so, I got a chance to hopefully maybe give back to what they&#x27;ve done in their communities around the country. So, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Cincinnati. Well, Rocky&#x27;s a veteran. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. Yeah, and I appreciate your service, Rocky. Well, thanks very much. Thanks very much.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And what you were talking about before, I mean, you did. Didn&#x27;t I have to just tell the people, yes. You know, we did a show together. Coach produced it. It was instrumental of getting it off the ground. And our first foray into that media. And so, it was terrific. And I owe you a lot. And I appreciate it. So, it&#x27;s always nice to be able to be on your show. Well, it was a fun show to do. It was fun to talk to you every single week. And, you know, the book, though, we&#x27;ll talk about that. I want to talk today with you for about 10 minutes. But I&#x27;ll talk about football season that&#x27;s coming up. I know you&#x27;re excited about that. As well as, you know, what happened. I talked to a lot of athletes. And the athletic career is a lot shorter than they think it&#x27;s going to be. Especially when it comes down to money, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it sure is. You know. I mean, but it, and I suppose to some degree in an athletic world, it&#x27;s brought to the forefront.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Because it is a short period of your life. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily a vocation. It&#x27;s an ad vocation. But, well, on a professional level, let&#x27;s assume football today, baseball as well. You know, you have the opportunity to make an impact. You have an opportunity to make a lot of money, depending on where you are. And it&#x27;s what you do with it. So, there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s a natural, there&#x27;s a natural factor. If we look back at our young lives, when we were, you know, coming out of school, when you&#x27;re 22, 23, 24 years old. And you&#x27;re starting into the business world. And you were young. And you had a life ahead of you that seemed that you could conquer.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That, you know, there was no end to it. And in the sporting world, that is kind of compressed. But you still have those same, you know, feelings. Like, nothing&#x27;s ever going to happen to you. You know, you&#x27;re going to do everything that you had said to. And then, all of a sudden, you become old, like me. And then you go, oh. Right? I mean, all of a sudden, it&#x27;s like, oh, Pete, man. I mean, what happened to those last 50 years of our lives? What did I do to prepare for those? And those are questions that we have. Those are questions that we have as individuals and, you know, and athletes have. But when you&#x27;re that young, you know, you don&#x27;t really think about it. You know, there&#x27;s some, I suppose there&#x27;s some leeway where you get to sit back and say, hey, I finally made it.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> I can go back home, stand on the corner, take a look at me, you know. I get a brand new car. I make a whole lot of money. So, I must be better than everybody else only because of that criteria. And all of a sudden, an injury away, and it&#x27;s gone. So, the smart players, like, you know, plan for it. And plan for their future. And knowing that, well, they may have to work. But, you know, they have a nest egg. And it&#x27;s really that foundation that we try to establish within our lives that really carry us, you know, through the remaining part of our lives. Yeah, about five years ago. Well, Rocky, about five years ago, I remember being at Veterans Stadium. Or whatever the baseball, the new baseball stadium is called.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> Three River Stadium. Three River Stadium. Oh, no, it&#x27;s over at PNC Park. PNC Park now. It&#x27;s hard to tell you. Right, right. That&#x27;s right. Bringing you up to date, Pete. But it was you, me. You know, you were there. Hines Ward was there. We had a great conversation about what he was doing because Hines is like the generation after you in football. But he&#x27;s already retired now, too. And he was looking at what he was going to do next. Very much so. You know, and let&#x27;s use Hines as an example. And Hines is a pretty smart guy. And Hines has done a wonderful job of being able to parlay what he had done in the football world. Meaning that the money that he was able to save, use it as a foundation built on that so that he can do the things that he wanted to do.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> So we&#x27;ve seen him dancing with stars. We&#x27;ve seen him on television, college scene as well as professional scene. So he&#x27;s, but he gives you that ability, that comfort. So a lot of times, you know, a lot of times guys don&#x27;t take advantage of it. And or they make stupid mistakes. And we all make mistakes along the way. But we have to be careful because it&#x27;s tough to be able to, as we&#x27;ve come to learn, to be able to bounce back from some of the mistakes. Whether we make them in the financial world as well as within our own lives. Rocky, let&#x27;s talk about the athletes these days. A lot of them are getting paid a lot more money than you got paid when you played, aren&#x27;t they? Isn&#x27;t that the truth?</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> Don&#x27;t bring it up. But they still make mistakes. And they are. But they still make mistakes. I mean, they still make mistakes. And you go, what are you thinking? Here&#x27;s an opportunity. And, you know, and so you go, okay, fine. You know, they&#x27;re young. We try to rationalize a decision that they&#x27;re making. But, you know, but the reality is that you can&#x27;t bounce back. You know, and as we&#x27;ve looked at the markets and how the markets affect when you invest in the markets, you know, and going back to, let&#x27;s just say, 2008. But, you know, where you might take a hit. All of a sudden, it&#x27;s very difficult. You don&#x27;t have the time to be able to make up for those losses at times within the marketplace.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And it&#x27;s the same thing with these young athletes. I mean, the consideration is you don&#x27;t have time to make this up, you know, or the opportunity that sits there in front of you. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. And, you know, they have something called the fog of war. So in action, I mean, you don&#x27;t really make the best decisions at the time. But they turn out to be good or bad. But you don&#x27;t know. But the same thing when the market starts to tumble, that fog of investing, the fog of war hits, and you start doing things you shouldn&#x27;t. You turn into a zombie sometimes when you shouldn&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s true. You know, and so you had made mention that don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And that&#x27;s a little book that I had written about my life and some of the lessons I learned about how they transfer over into our ordinary, everyday life on how things should be handled.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> You know, it&#x27;s all those. You know, the sports, as we well know, is a great analogy for what we do. And it&#x27;s all those things that we watch, even as fans, as we watch our favorite college team, high school team, professional team. And you question, you know, why are they doing that? You know, well, that&#x27;s stupid. They&#x27;re not doing what, you know, they&#x27;re not blocking or they&#x27;re not tackling or they&#x27;re not covering. And we do that within our own lives at times are the basic fundamentals of life and of sports. I think, you know, the important thing, and I think the important thing is doing the things that we need to do. I think that the majority of people understand that.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> They know what needs to be done. They just don&#x27;t necessarily take the action or follow through on getting them done or finding the right coach or advisor to be able to help them. And we all need help along the way in the game, you know, in all games that we play. What do we have? We do have a coach and we have position coaches that teach you how to become better within that position and thus within the team. And then you&#x27;ve got a head coach that gives you the direction of what needs to be done. Got people that look at your opponent, break down films, find a weakness. This is how we can attack them. This is how we can do. The player doesn&#x27;t do that. He just executes what has been taught to him and then be able to take it to the next level.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And it&#x27;s really doing ordinary things and getting to the point where you can do them in an extraordinary way. And I think we, as people, you know, need to be able to find that person, you know, that can help us, that we believe in, that shows us the way of what needs to be done as we come into retirement. But foundation is very important because all of a sudden, as I said, you know, bam, those 50 years go by pretty quickly. And so now you&#x27;re looking at, you know, what am I going to do? Even though we may be living longer, even though we may be feeling better, even though because of medicine things may last. But, you know, it&#x27;s like, oh, I can&#x27;t work forever.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> I don&#x27;t necessarily want to work forever. How do I handle my retirement? What can I do? You know, and there are some basic fundamentals, like all things within our lives and within the world of sports that need to be paid attention to and finding the right person to help you pay attention to and give you that direction. Well, how important is it? And we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. How important is it for people to, I know when you were, you hated your coach sometimes. You had the good coaches because they made you do things over and over again and you wondered why. Or they had advice that you didn&#x27;t agree with. But when it came time to, you know, to put the pads on, the coaches were right most of the time, weren&#x27;t they? You know, very much so. I mean, it is, yeah, I can remember, you know, I can remember Chuck Null.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> And this is just, I can remember Chuck Null and his first day of training camp when he became our head coach. And we were up in training camp and in his introduction to us, he said, listen, I&#x27;ve watched every film of every practice of every game that you&#x27;ve played in over the last five years. And I can tell you why you have been losing. Because you&#x27;re just not any good. You have no techniques. You&#x27;re not basic. You&#x27;re not fast. You know, you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And to some degree, I always think about that. We need somebody out there that takes our hand. You know, we are still that kid. I don&#x27;t care if we&#x27;re 40, 50, 60.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> We want somebody to show us a way, take a hand, and say, hey, I&#x27;ve been watching this. I&#x27;ve been doing this. This is what you need to do. And you have to believe in that person. And so, you know, it&#x27;s not rocket science, okay? But it&#x27;s somebody to be able to say, okay, fine. You know, let&#x27;s take a look at your Social Security. You know, we&#x27;ll take a look at your Social Security. And there are some things that we might be able to maximize some of the returns. Okay, fine. You know, simple little things, but you need to be able to take advantage. So don&#x27;t humble that, you know, and we look about dates, you know, and the effect of dates, and especially our, you know, 2008.</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> 2008 was a big date. Why was it a big date? Not necessarily that the market crashed and we took a big dump. But the fact is, is that that was the year that the first baby boomer turned 62 and a half and became eligible for Social Security. And then by five years later, 2013, then they had to define what they&#x27;re going to take. And then 2016, we now have to dip into our retirements and 401ks. And so it&#x27;s how you, those things you can&#x27;t get away from, you have to face them. But it&#x27;s how you prepare for them and having the right game plan at that moment with the</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> right advisor and coach to be able to take you the rest of the way. Yeah, the age wave. We, well, it&#x27;s better than the alternative. Getting older is not bad because it&#x27;s better than the alternative. But yeah, I hit 50 this year. And, you know, 50 seems like 30 to me, but it&#x27;s 50. And I am, I can&#x27;t argue with it. But now one final thing, you&#x27;ve got a son, Adrian. What kind of advice would you give your son if he would listen to it, number one? If you had one piece of advice for him going forward in the financial world, what would you tell him? To be able to plan. I mean, in all honesty, to be able to sit down and come up with a concrete plan and don&#x27;t veer from the plan. I mean, to understand, to be able to, you know, to say, okay, fine, this is where, where do you want to go? What do you want to be? People say, I don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> I don&#x27;t know. Okay, we do know one thing is that we want to be able to maintain or be able to have a substantial foundation. And one way of being able to do that is to be able to plan for that. People don&#x27;t plan today. And they just think things will happen. But you really, and that&#x27;s my basic thing is, you know, to be able to plan to understand the marketplace. And more importantly, to understand the risk of money that&#x27;s out there and find yourself a great advisor that you believe in. Well, he&#x27;s a great son, too. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I love talking to him every time I get a chance. Yeah, right. Now, you were on. He&#x27;s in the business, though. Yeah, he&#x27;s a financial guy, too. You&#x27;re on your way to Cincinnati. So I&#x27;ve got one piece of advice for you.</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> Actually, two, a piece of advice. Grater&#x27;s ice cream and Skyline Chili. That&#x27;s the two places I make sure to visit. Get off the plane. Skyline Chili check. And there&#x27;s another chili place, too, which is good. I forget what that is. But Grater&#x27;s ice cream, the best ice cream in the world. Best ice cream in the world. So I&#x27;m going to have both of those. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, Rocky, be safe on the road, my brother. And I look forward to seeing you again soon. All right. Thanks, Pete. Yep, folks. That&#x27;s four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer, author of the book Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement. New money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. If you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to see it again in its entirety, you can go to Facebook Live and watch it. Or you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to it down the road. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don't Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rocky Bleier</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rocky Bleier, retirement planning, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/image.jpg?t=1792071314&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rocky-bleier-don-t-fumble-your-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/image.jpg?t=1792071314&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>954</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15298307" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rocky-bleier-don-t-fumble-your-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>102</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don’t Fumble Your Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:28" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chevrolet Teen Driver: Safer Habits and a Parent Report Card</title>
      <itunes:title>Chevrolet Teen Driver: Safer Habits and a Parent Report Card</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chevrolet engineer Fred joins Coach Pete to explain the Teen Driver system. They discuss seat-belt reminders, speed settings, and an in-car report card that helps parents understand a young driver&#x27;s habits. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And this is a fascinating segment right here. We&#x27;re going to go to Detroit, Michigan. We&#x27;re going to talk to a Chevrolet engineer, Fred Hunziker. And he&#x27;s going to talk about teen driving, how teen driving, not sex, drugs, or academic performance, tops parents&#x27; list of concerns, and how Chevy has an answer for this. Hey, Fred, how you doing? Hey, very good, thank you. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me tell you, I&#x27;m pretty happy that you guys weren&#x27;t developing this back when I was driving. I was starting to drive years ago. I&#x27;m 50 now, so I don&#x27;t have to worry about it. But I do have a SS Camaro convertible that&#x27;s my pride and joy. And I&#x27;m glad there&#x27;s no report card attached to that. But tell us what you guys have been doing. Yeah, exactly. And, you know, I hear that a lot, that people say, wow, I&#x27;m glad that wasn&#x27;t available for me.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> But surprisingly, we&#x27;re finding that teenagers actually are fairly positive on this. And we can talk about that a little later. But what we&#x27;re doing is we&#x27;re allowing them to essentially set up the car in a way that they would want it to be for their teenage driver. So there&#x27;s three things we do. We add some features. We make things set in the most safest way. And then there&#x27;s the report card that you mentioned. So the features we add, we allow you to set the maximum audio limit of the stereo. And we also make sure that it won&#x27;t play unless the seatbelts are fast.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And the driver and the passenger is an encouragement to make sure that you get into the habit of setting the seatbelts. The parent can set a speed warning at whatever speed they like. And if they so choose, they can set like a limiter on the top speed of the vehicle so that, you know, the teenager doesn&#x27;t go in at excessive speed. Like the governor on the school buses we used to have. They could only go so fast. Yeah. So that&#x27;s why you never wanted to be behind a school bus if you&#x27;re driving down the road. Hey, tell me, you know, I&#x27;ve got OnStar, right? So OnStar basically could track certain things and it would tell you if an airbag would go off or it would let somebody know or they would call an ambulance for you or that kind of thing. Is this sort of like just a, you know, a real advanced version of that?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Or I guess it has a lot more to it than that, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Actually, it&#x27;s kind of a separate concept than OnStar because OnStar is all about connectivity to the world. And this system is totally built into the vehicle. So there&#x27;s no communication outside of the vehicle. It&#x27;s a standard feature. And, you know, the customer can choose whether or not they turn it on or off. I mean, they can leave it off if they so choose. And then they can choose some of these settings, whether they want the audio to be limited or whether or not they want a speed warning. Basically, it lets the parent decide how they want the vehicle to act when the child is driving it.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And it also, through the report card, allows the parent to get some feedback on them. How&#x27;s the teenager doing? Now, let&#x27;s talk about the report card because what we did when I was in school, we had the, they would send it home with us and we&#x27;d have to get the parents to sign it. We&#x27;d take it back. Like, do the parents go to the car to actually print out something or what email the parents from the car when it&#x27;s in a driveway? How do they see the report card? Yeah. Currently, as I said, there&#x27;s no external communication. So if you want to see the report card, you go to the car and you bring it up. And the parent needs to create a PIN number. That&#x27;s how we secure the system and keep the teenager from turning it off. But if you&#x27;ve got the PIN number, then you can access the report card.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> You can see what&#x27;s going on. You can configure it, et cetera. I like one of the things on the report card here, the distance driven. So, you know, if your child tells you they&#x27;re going to go down to the store to get a loaf of bread and they come back and they went 200 miles, you&#x27;ve got a little problem on your hand, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, exactly. And it also keeps track of the maximum speed. Yeah, if it was an 85-mile-per-hour trip to the store, that might be a problem, too. So it also keeps track of any time any of the safety features, like collision avoidance or stability control, any of those are activated. You know, those might be an indication that, you know, the teenager is having difficulty controlling the vehicle, maybe driving too fast around curves or something.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Or they&#x27;re trying to drift, which you see on YouTube or some of the shows where they purposely try to go out of control around curves and drift, it&#x27;s called. So, yeah, never understood that concept. If you were drifting in a car, it would definitely catch it. It&#x27;s actually a fairly complex system, so getting it out involves a lot of work, but we&#x27;re rolling it out as quickly as we can. And like I say, for 17, we&#x27;ve caught the majority of Chevy&#x27;s models. And we actually launched Teen Driver and Model Yerstein on the Malibu, so we have some experience with this already. Well, tell me about the feedback you&#x27;ve gotten from the people that have had the 16 model. It&#x27;s been very positive. And as I mentioned before, part of the positive feedback has been from the teens as well.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I think the teenagers recognize this as a stressful time for the parents. Oftentimes, the parent&#x27;s stress kind of reflects down to the kid. And I think the kids recognize that if they can reduce the parent&#x27;s stress, that it&#x27;s going to make it easier for them. Yeah, if you&#x27;re a kid and you&#x27;re driving perfectly, you want the parents to know that, too. You get a little credit back, right, instead of getting blamed all the time. Absolutely. Because generally, parents will sometimes think the worst of all the bad things they hear of driving. And there are some good kids out there that just want to show their parents, hey, look, I&#x27;m doing a good job. Absolutely. The Chevy Avalanche, do you guys still make that? Unfortunately, no. It was a great vehicle, but no, we don&#x27;t. You know, years ago, I did a radio show down in Florida with a guy who used to be an engineer at Chevy, just like you.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> His name was James Gallagher, and he was one of the guys that helped design the Avalanche. Remember that name or not? Yeah. It was a neat little car. No, I don&#x27;t, but it was a neat car. It is, and I think we have some similar things coming out. Okay. So, again, this is a fascinating concept there. It&#x27;s a report card in the car, and it&#x27;s not beaming out anywhere, so it&#x27;s not like an information-stealing kind of thing. It&#x27;s all inside the car, and it&#x27;s a great way for the parents to see how the children have been behaving when the parents haven&#x27;t been around. I think it&#x27;s a good way to soothe your worries if you&#x27;re a parent or to verify your worries if you&#x27;re a parent. If the car keeps getting damaged, now you know why, right? Right. And like I say, there&#x27;s no subscription fees or anything. It&#x27;s built into the car. And this is going to be something that raises the value.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You know, oftentimes, you know, like a Malibu, a nice family vehicle will make its way down in the used car market to teenagers, and this is going to increase the value of those used cars when it comes time to sell the car, that someone who&#x27;s looking for a good used car for their child, you know, could be looking for this feature. Is it an option, or is it included in every single, like, Camaro that&#x27;s sold in 2017? It&#x27;s standard. So if the vehicle is capable of having it, and like I say, not every model has it in 2017, but if it has it at standard, there&#x27;s no charge for this. It&#x27;s built into every entire system. Is there any way you could program the cars to not start unless they played my radio show?</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Yeah, we could, but, you know, I&#x27;m not sure. I&#x27;m not sure how that works. Just a little joke there. Again, folks, his name is Fred Hunziker. He&#x27;s a Chevrolet engineer. He&#x27;s joined us from Detroit to tell us about this fascinating new concept that Chevy&#x27;s coming out with. Fred, any final thoughts? If your children or grandchildren have a car or you&#x27;re thinking about buying one, that might be something to consider. Again, folks, it&#x27;s a great concept, Chevy&#x27;s offering. And if you join this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Thanks for your time today, Fred. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. After this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chevrolet engineer Fred joins Coach Pete to explain the Teen Driver system. They discuss seat-belt reminders, speed settings, and an in-car report card that helps parents understand a young driver&#x27;s habits. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And this is a fascinating segment right here. We&#x27;re going to go to Detroit, Michigan. We&#x27;re going to talk to a Chevrolet engineer, Fred Hunziker. And he&#x27;s going to talk about teen driving, how teen driving, not sex, drugs, or academic performance, tops parents&#x27; list of concerns, and how Chevy has an answer for this. Hey, Fred, how you doing? Hey, very good, thank you. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me tell you, I&#x27;m pretty happy that you guys weren&#x27;t developing this back when I was driving. I was starting to drive years ago. I&#x27;m 50 now, so I don&#x27;t have to worry about it. But I do have a SS Camaro convertible that&#x27;s my pride and joy. And I&#x27;m glad there&#x27;s no report card attached to that. But tell us what you guys have been doing. Yeah, exactly. And, you know, I hear that a lot, that people say, wow, I&#x27;m glad that wasn&#x27;t available for me.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> But surprisingly, we&#x27;re finding that teenagers actually are fairly positive on this. And we can talk about that a little later. But what we&#x27;re doing is we&#x27;re allowing them to essentially set up the car in a way that they would want it to be for their teenage driver. So there&#x27;s three things we do. We add some features. We make things set in the most safest way. And then there&#x27;s the report card that you mentioned. So the features we add, we allow you to set the maximum audio limit of the stereo. And we also make sure that it won&#x27;t play unless the seatbelts are fast.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And the driver and the passenger is an encouragement to make sure that you get into the habit of setting the seatbelts. The parent can set a speed warning at whatever speed they like. And if they so choose, they can set like a limiter on the top speed of the vehicle so that, you know, the teenager doesn&#x27;t go in at excessive speed. Like the governor on the school buses we used to have. They could only go so fast. Yeah. So that&#x27;s why you never wanted to be behind a school bus if you&#x27;re driving down the road. Hey, tell me, you know, I&#x27;ve got OnStar, right? So OnStar basically could track certain things and it would tell you if an airbag would go off or it would let somebody know or they would call an ambulance for you or that kind of thing. Is this sort of like just a, you know, a real advanced version of that?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Or I guess it has a lot more to it than that, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Actually, it&#x27;s kind of a separate concept than OnStar because OnStar is all about connectivity to the world. And this system is totally built into the vehicle. So there&#x27;s no communication outside of the vehicle. It&#x27;s a standard feature. And, you know, the customer can choose whether or not they turn it on or off. I mean, they can leave it off if they so choose. And then they can choose some of these settings, whether they want the audio to be limited or whether or not they want a speed warning. Basically, it lets the parent decide how they want the vehicle to act when the child is driving it.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And it also, through the report card, allows the parent to get some feedback on them. How&#x27;s the teenager doing? Now, let&#x27;s talk about the report card because what we did when I was in school, we had the, they would send it home with us and we&#x27;d have to get the parents to sign it. We&#x27;d take it back. Like, do the parents go to the car to actually print out something or what email the parents from the car when it&#x27;s in a driveway? How do they see the report card? Yeah. Currently, as I said, there&#x27;s no external communication. So if you want to see the report card, you go to the car and you bring it up. And the parent needs to create a PIN number. That&#x27;s how we secure the system and keep the teenager from turning it off. But if you&#x27;ve got the PIN number, then you can access the report card.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> You can see what&#x27;s going on. You can configure it, et cetera. I like one of the things on the report card here, the distance driven. So, you know, if your child tells you they&#x27;re going to go down to the store to get a loaf of bread and they come back and they went 200 miles, you&#x27;ve got a little problem on your hand, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, exactly. And it also keeps track of the maximum speed. Yeah, if it was an 85-mile-per-hour trip to the store, that might be a problem, too. So it also keeps track of any time any of the safety features, like collision avoidance or stability control, any of those are activated. You know, those might be an indication that, you know, the teenager is having difficulty controlling the vehicle, maybe driving too fast around curves or something.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Or they&#x27;re trying to drift, which you see on YouTube or some of the shows where they purposely try to go out of control around curves and drift, it&#x27;s called. So, yeah, never understood that concept. If you were drifting in a car, it would definitely catch it. It&#x27;s actually a fairly complex system, so getting it out involves a lot of work, but we&#x27;re rolling it out as quickly as we can. And like I say, for 17, we&#x27;ve caught the majority of Chevy&#x27;s models. And we actually launched Teen Driver and Model Yerstein on the Malibu, so we have some experience with this already. Well, tell me about the feedback you&#x27;ve gotten from the people that have had the 16 model. It&#x27;s been very positive. And as I mentioned before, part of the positive feedback has been from the teens as well.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I think the teenagers recognize this as a stressful time for the parents. Oftentimes, the parent&#x27;s stress kind of reflects down to the kid. And I think the kids recognize that if they can reduce the parent&#x27;s stress, that it&#x27;s going to make it easier for them. Yeah, if you&#x27;re a kid and you&#x27;re driving perfectly, you want the parents to know that, too. You get a little credit back, right, instead of getting blamed all the time. Absolutely. Because generally, parents will sometimes think the worst of all the bad things they hear of driving. And there are some good kids out there that just want to show their parents, hey, look, I&#x27;m doing a good job. Absolutely. The Chevy Avalanche, do you guys still make that? Unfortunately, no. It was a great vehicle, but no, we don&#x27;t. You know, years ago, I did a radio show down in Florida with a guy who used to be an engineer at Chevy, just like you.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> His name was James Gallagher, and he was one of the guys that helped design the Avalanche. Remember that name or not? Yeah. It was a neat little car. No, I don&#x27;t, but it was a neat car. It is, and I think we have some similar things coming out. Okay. So, again, this is a fascinating concept there. It&#x27;s a report card in the car, and it&#x27;s not beaming out anywhere, so it&#x27;s not like an information-stealing kind of thing. It&#x27;s all inside the car, and it&#x27;s a great way for the parents to see how the children have been behaving when the parents haven&#x27;t been around. I think it&#x27;s a good way to soothe your worries if you&#x27;re a parent or to verify your worries if you&#x27;re a parent. If the car keeps getting damaged, now you know why, right? Right. And like I say, there&#x27;s no subscription fees or anything. It&#x27;s built into the car. And this is going to be something that raises the value.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You know, oftentimes, you know, like a Malibu, a nice family vehicle will make its way down in the used car market to teenagers, and this is going to increase the value of those used cars when it comes time to sell the car, that someone who&#x27;s looking for a good used car for their child, you know, could be looking for this feature. Is it an option, or is it included in every single, like, Camaro that&#x27;s sold in 2017? It&#x27;s standard. So if the vehicle is capable of having it, and like I say, not every model has it in 2017, but if it has it at standard, there&#x27;s no charge for this. It&#x27;s built into every entire system. Is there any way you could program the cars to not start unless they played my radio show?</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Yeah, we could, but, you know, I&#x27;m not sure. I&#x27;m not sure how that works. Just a little joke there. Again, folks, his name is Fred Hunziker. He&#x27;s a Chevrolet engineer. He&#x27;s joined us from Detroit to tell us about this fascinating new concept that Chevy&#x27;s coming out with. Fred, any final thoughts? If your children or grandchildren have a car or you&#x27;re thinking about buying one, that might be something to consider. Again, folks, it&#x27;s a great concept, Chevy&#x27;s offering. And if you join this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Thanks for your time today, Fred. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. After this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chevrolet engineer Fred joins Coach Pete to explain the Teen Driver system. They discuss seat-belt reminders, speed settings, and an in-car report card that helps parents understand a young driver's habits. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chevrolet Teen Driver</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Safer Habits and a Parent Report Card</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chevrolet Teen Driver, personal growth, Safer Habits and a Parent Report Card, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98/image.jpg?t=1792071322&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chevrolet-teen-driver-safer-habits-and-a-parent-report-card/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98/image.jpg?t=1792071322&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>512</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1c3fcc5b-a760-4f53-9895-b4e30027ed98/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8225875" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chevrolet-teen-driver-safer-habits-and-a-parent-report-card</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>103</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Safer Habits and a Parent Report Card" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>H. Art Taylor: Understanding Charitable Giving</title>
      <itunes:title>H. Art Taylor: Understanding Charitable Giving</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>H. Art Taylor joins Coach Pete to discuss the BBB Wise Giving Alliance, evaluating charities, and understanding where donations go. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find somebody who&#x27;s making a difference in the world. And, gosh, you know, I love to give to charities, but I always wonder where my money goes and how much really goes to the cause that I&#x27;m trying to support. And we see a lot of these charities that pull on your heartstrings and then you pull your wallet out and they keep most of the money that you send for themselves. And my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office here in North Carolina, and she specializes a lot of times in consumer protection and trying to track down these phony charities or charities that aren&#x27;t giving as much as they think they or they want you to think they&#x27;re giving. But I think rather than me speculate, we&#x27;re going to get H.R. Taylor, who&#x27;s president and CEO of the BBBWGA, which is a wise giving alliance.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s going to join us right now from Arlington, Virginia. All right. Welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s just great to be on the call with you. Yeah. Now, I mean, this is a topic, though, because, you know, now in the social media age that we&#x27;re in these days, you can go on to Facebook or any of these different places, Instagram or even Snapchat, and people are showing you bad things and they&#x27;re asking for money. And they&#x27;re saying, hey, you give us money, we&#x27;ll fix this bad thing. But a lot of times all you&#x27;re doing is fixing their wallet, aren&#x27;t you? Well, unfortunately, that&#x27;s true in some cases. I don&#x27;t want the public to be overly concerned about that because the vast majority of charities are doing their best to meet their cause. And they&#x27;re dealing with some very, very challenging problems.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> But you do have to be careful. And, you know, you&#x27;re going to come across organizations from time to time that either will not provide you with information that you need or simply will be organizations that are out to lie in their own pockets rather than solve a problem. The problem is it&#x27;s very difficult for the average person to know the difference. Sometimes we tend to rely on the reputation of the charity. If we&#x27;ve seen it in the media a lot or if we know someone who works there or if, you know, we&#x27;ve simply heard of it, you know, we will tend to want to support it more. But that&#x27;s still usually not enough information to really know if a charity is worth your money.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And I&#x27;ll tell you, unless you spend a lot of time with that particular charity, you&#x27;re probably not going to know some of the things that we look at when we determine if a charity is trustworthy. So we always encourage people to come to our website, give.org, and get a report on that charity before they give. We&#x27;ve done all the work for you so you don&#x27;t have to. Now, that&#x27;s one thing. The other thing is we&#x27;ve come across quite a few organizations that refuse to give us information to do a report. And what we&#x27;ve released today is a list of the ten largest charities that have refused to give us any information so that we could know and the public could know if they&#x27;re trustworthy.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And you&#x27;ll see them on that list. They&#x27;re ranging in revenues from $105 million to $403 million. So they&#x27;re getting a lot of public support, but they&#x27;re not willing to provide the public through us with the information they need to know if they&#x27;re trustworthy. And there&#x27;s some big-name groups on here, unfortunately. Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Teach for America, John F. Kennedy Center for Performing Arts, City Year, National Fish and Wildlife Foundation, PACT, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Institute, NeighborWorks America, Local Initiative Support Corporation. These are organizations that many people would generally think of as pretty good organizations, but we can&#x27;t know that for sure because they won&#x27;t provide us with the information we need to do an evaluation.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Well, now, the number one on the list is the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and are they ones who works with the NFL and they do all the pink stuff? Well, you got me on that one there. You know what I&#x27;m talking about? I&#x27;m looking at Thomas and the producer, but it&#x27;s one of the cancer ones. It&#x27;s for breast cancer. Well, it could very well be. The point we&#x27;re making is that the public can&#x27;t know unless we get the information. And by the way, we didn&#x27;t just ask them once. We asked them three times over a course of two months, sent one certified letter, no response. And more recently, when we decided to publish this list, we went to the charity again and gave them an additional two weeks to provide us with at least an indication that they were going to send the information, and they refused to do so.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> So I don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve heard from many people who tell me that they would never support a charity that won&#x27;t give us information. And so we felt it was our responsibility to let the public know who these organizations were and to maybe get the support from the public by having them go out and encourage the charities to provide the information that&#x27;s needed in order to complete a report. Well, it makes a lot of sense. I mean, because if you&#x27;re going to give your hard-earned money, you want to make sure it&#x27;s going to something good and not just somebody&#x27;s pocket. You&#x27;re not lining people&#x27;s pockets. But, I mean, why do you think these charities are reluctant to share information with the Better Business Bureau and, of course, your division, the Wise Giving Alliance? Well, I think some of it has to do with their fear that they might not meet all of the standards.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> That&#x27;s one. And, you know, if you look at the groups we evaluate, about 30% of them won&#x27;t meet one or more of our 20 standards. But you know what? They are still willing to provide us with the information so people can make a determination of whether they want to give. You can make an intelligent decision. Some people might not think some of the standards are important to them. Right. And they can know, all right, we looked at the report, and all right, they don&#x27;t meet one or two standards. We still want to give them some money. But a group that won&#x27;t give you any information to know if they&#x27;re in the ballpark of meeting any of these standards is a problem. And so I think some of them fear that the public will reject them if they don&#x27;t meet one or more of the standards. That&#x27;s one. I think it&#x27;s also, frankly, some of the groups are a bit disorganized, and they&#x27;re not able to pull together the information that we need in such a way that we could do the report.</p><p><strong>06:40</strong> And that&#x27;s unfortunate because these are fairly large organizations, and I would doubt that that could be the issue, although you just don&#x27;t know. And I think the third reason charities don&#x27;t respond to the information is they just feel that no one will really care. But they&#x27;re taking a risk, I tell you, because more and more people are looking at the vast number of charities that are disclosing information and wanting to say those are the ones that we&#x27;ll support rather than these ones that won&#x27;t give us any of the information we want. And Thomas, my producer, it&#x27;s his birthday today. By the way, happy birthday, Thomas, over there. Happy birthday, Tom. Cartman says hi, too. He came up with the answer. It&#x27;s the Susan Cohen Foundation for the NFL.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> That&#x27;s the breast cancer one, so we don&#x27;t want to disparage the wrong one. But I heard there&#x27;s a lot of money going there that doesn&#x27;t go where it&#x27;s supposed to also. But now the top ten list, though, should be something that I wouldn&#x27;t want to be on if I was a charity. But how can the consumers out there – and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to H. Art Taylor, who&#x27;s president and CEO of the BBB, Better Business Bureau, Wise Giving Alliance, a very important organization to know about if you are going to give to charity. And we&#x27;re talking about the top ten charity or information dodgers. They&#x27;re not giving the information to the transparency dodgers. They&#x27;re not sharing information with arts groups so that they can look into the research about where your money goes. Because how can the consumer out there or the listener, anybody out there who&#x27;s listening who wants to give and feel good about giving, how can they make sure they&#x27;re giving to the proper charity,</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> not just the ones that are on the top ten list here, but what should they be looking for before they give money? Sure. Before you give money, first thing you want to do is make sure they disclose information. That&#x27;s number one. Secondly, go to our website, and that&#x27;s where you&#x27;ll find that information. And you&#x27;ll see a report on over 1,400 national charities and about 10,000 local charities that have been evaluated by local Better Business bureaus. So you can find charities very quickly by going to give.org, and then you can know right away whether they meet standards. And by the way, if you can&#x27;t find the charity you&#x27;re looking for on that list, let us know. You can either call us or write us, and that information is on the website also.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And we will initiate a report on that organization. We&#x27;ll try to do an evaluation of them, assuming they&#x27;re willing to give us the data. So the service is entirely free of charge to the public and to the charities. So there&#x27;s absolutely no reason why a charity shouldn&#x27;t disclose. And there&#x27;s every reason for a donor to check our website and to let us know if there are other organizations that they want us to evaluate. And we&#x27;re publishing this entire list of nondisclosure charities on the website as well. And people can write them and encourage them to go through the process to get evaluated. One of my favorite charities is the V Foundation for Cancer Research, because they&#x27;re local right here in the Research Triangle Park in North Carolina.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> I&#x27;m able to talk to the people that are there, the people behind the scenes. And every single penny that gets given goes to the research. And so because they have a different fund to pay the salaries, and that&#x27;s important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s important to take a look at how much money a charity is spending on, let&#x27;s say, fundraising and administration. But charities do need that. And I don&#x27;t want people to think that charities can operate without spending some money on overhead costs, especially fundraising and admin. But those amounts should be reasonable. That&#x27;s the important thing. And each person will have their own sense of what&#x27;s reasonable. But we say that a charity should at least spend 65% of all its funds on program-related matters, at least 65%, which I think gives them a pretty wide margin for admin.</p><p><strong>10:43</strong> And it shouldn&#x27;t cost them any more than $0.35 to raise a dollar. So that&#x27;s what we give them in terms of room to raise money. Both of those ratios, we believe, are reasonable. And give charities room to do what they need to do administratively and from a fundraising standpoint. That&#x27;s great points there. And what&#x27;s the website, again, people can research? It&#x27;s give.org, G-I-V-E dot O-R-G. And we&#x27;ll have a variety of information there to help you make more informed giving decisions. Very, very simple website, give.org. And, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon. His name was H. Art Taylor with the BBB, the Wise Giving Alliance.</p><p><strong>11:30</strong> Thanks for your time today, Art. Thank you, Coach. Yep. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>H. Art Taylor joins Coach Pete to discuss the BBB Wise Giving Alliance, evaluating charities, and understanding where donations go. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find somebody who&#x27;s making a difference in the world. And, gosh, you know, I love to give to charities, but I always wonder where my money goes and how much really goes to the cause that I&#x27;m trying to support. And we see a lot of these charities that pull on your heartstrings and then you pull your wallet out and they keep most of the money that you send for themselves. And my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office here in North Carolina, and she specializes a lot of times in consumer protection and trying to track down these phony charities or charities that aren&#x27;t giving as much as they think they or they want you to think they&#x27;re giving. But I think rather than me speculate, we&#x27;re going to get H.R. Taylor, who&#x27;s president and CEO of the BBBWGA, which is a wise giving alliance.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s going to join us right now from Arlington, Virginia. All right. Welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s just great to be on the call with you. Yeah. Now, I mean, this is a topic, though, because, you know, now in the social media age that we&#x27;re in these days, you can go on to Facebook or any of these different places, Instagram or even Snapchat, and people are showing you bad things and they&#x27;re asking for money. And they&#x27;re saying, hey, you give us money, we&#x27;ll fix this bad thing. But a lot of times all you&#x27;re doing is fixing their wallet, aren&#x27;t you? Well, unfortunately, that&#x27;s true in some cases. I don&#x27;t want the public to be overly concerned about that because the vast majority of charities are doing their best to meet their cause. And they&#x27;re dealing with some very, very challenging problems.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> But you do have to be careful. And, you know, you&#x27;re going to come across organizations from time to time that either will not provide you with information that you need or simply will be organizations that are out to lie in their own pockets rather than solve a problem. The problem is it&#x27;s very difficult for the average person to know the difference. Sometimes we tend to rely on the reputation of the charity. If we&#x27;ve seen it in the media a lot or if we know someone who works there or if, you know, we&#x27;ve simply heard of it, you know, we will tend to want to support it more. But that&#x27;s still usually not enough information to really know if a charity is worth your money.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And I&#x27;ll tell you, unless you spend a lot of time with that particular charity, you&#x27;re probably not going to know some of the things that we look at when we determine if a charity is trustworthy. So we always encourage people to come to our website, give.org, and get a report on that charity before they give. We&#x27;ve done all the work for you so you don&#x27;t have to. Now, that&#x27;s one thing. The other thing is we&#x27;ve come across quite a few organizations that refuse to give us information to do a report. And what we&#x27;ve released today is a list of the ten largest charities that have refused to give us any information so that we could know and the public could know if they&#x27;re trustworthy.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And you&#x27;ll see them on that list. They&#x27;re ranging in revenues from $105 million to $403 million. So they&#x27;re getting a lot of public support, but they&#x27;re not willing to provide the public through us with the information they need to know if they&#x27;re trustworthy. And there&#x27;s some big-name groups on here, unfortunately. Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Teach for America, John F. Kennedy Center for Performing Arts, City Year, National Fish and Wildlife Foundation, PACT, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Institute, NeighborWorks America, Local Initiative Support Corporation. These are organizations that many people would generally think of as pretty good organizations, but we can&#x27;t know that for sure because they won&#x27;t provide us with the information we need to do an evaluation.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Well, now, the number one on the list is the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and are they ones who works with the NFL and they do all the pink stuff? Well, you got me on that one there. You know what I&#x27;m talking about? I&#x27;m looking at Thomas and the producer, but it&#x27;s one of the cancer ones. It&#x27;s for breast cancer. Well, it could very well be. The point we&#x27;re making is that the public can&#x27;t know unless we get the information. And by the way, we didn&#x27;t just ask them once. We asked them three times over a course of two months, sent one certified letter, no response. And more recently, when we decided to publish this list, we went to the charity again and gave them an additional two weeks to provide us with at least an indication that they were going to send the information, and they refused to do so.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> So I don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve heard from many people who tell me that they would never support a charity that won&#x27;t give us information. And so we felt it was our responsibility to let the public know who these organizations were and to maybe get the support from the public by having them go out and encourage the charities to provide the information that&#x27;s needed in order to complete a report. Well, it makes a lot of sense. I mean, because if you&#x27;re going to give your hard-earned money, you want to make sure it&#x27;s going to something good and not just somebody&#x27;s pocket. You&#x27;re not lining people&#x27;s pockets. But, I mean, why do you think these charities are reluctant to share information with the Better Business Bureau and, of course, your division, the Wise Giving Alliance? Well, I think some of it has to do with their fear that they might not meet all of the standards.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> That&#x27;s one. And, you know, if you look at the groups we evaluate, about 30% of them won&#x27;t meet one or more of our 20 standards. But you know what? They are still willing to provide us with the information so people can make a determination of whether they want to give. You can make an intelligent decision. Some people might not think some of the standards are important to them. Right. And they can know, all right, we looked at the report, and all right, they don&#x27;t meet one or two standards. We still want to give them some money. But a group that won&#x27;t give you any information to know if they&#x27;re in the ballpark of meeting any of these standards is a problem. And so I think some of them fear that the public will reject them if they don&#x27;t meet one or more of the standards. That&#x27;s one. I think it&#x27;s also, frankly, some of the groups are a bit disorganized, and they&#x27;re not able to pull together the information that we need in such a way that we could do the report.</p><p><strong>06:40</strong> And that&#x27;s unfortunate because these are fairly large organizations, and I would doubt that that could be the issue, although you just don&#x27;t know. And I think the third reason charities don&#x27;t respond to the information is they just feel that no one will really care. But they&#x27;re taking a risk, I tell you, because more and more people are looking at the vast number of charities that are disclosing information and wanting to say those are the ones that we&#x27;ll support rather than these ones that won&#x27;t give us any of the information we want. And Thomas, my producer, it&#x27;s his birthday today. By the way, happy birthday, Thomas, over there. Happy birthday, Tom. Cartman says hi, too. He came up with the answer. It&#x27;s the Susan Cohen Foundation for the NFL.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> That&#x27;s the breast cancer one, so we don&#x27;t want to disparage the wrong one. But I heard there&#x27;s a lot of money going there that doesn&#x27;t go where it&#x27;s supposed to also. But now the top ten list, though, should be something that I wouldn&#x27;t want to be on if I was a charity. But how can the consumers out there – and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to H. Art Taylor, who&#x27;s president and CEO of the BBB, Better Business Bureau, Wise Giving Alliance, a very important organization to know about if you are going to give to charity. And we&#x27;re talking about the top ten charity or information dodgers. They&#x27;re not giving the information to the transparency dodgers. They&#x27;re not sharing information with arts groups so that they can look into the research about where your money goes. Because how can the consumer out there or the listener, anybody out there who&#x27;s listening who wants to give and feel good about giving, how can they make sure they&#x27;re giving to the proper charity,</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> not just the ones that are on the top ten list here, but what should they be looking for before they give money? Sure. Before you give money, first thing you want to do is make sure they disclose information. That&#x27;s number one. Secondly, go to our website, and that&#x27;s where you&#x27;ll find that information. And you&#x27;ll see a report on over 1,400 national charities and about 10,000 local charities that have been evaluated by local Better Business bureaus. So you can find charities very quickly by going to give.org, and then you can know right away whether they meet standards. And by the way, if you can&#x27;t find the charity you&#x27;re looking for on that list, let us know. You can either call us or write us, and that information is on the website also.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And we will initiate a report on that organization. We&#x27;ll try to do an evaluation of them, assuming they&#x27;re willing to give us the data. So the service is entirely free of charge to the public and to the charities. So there&#x27;s absolutely no reason why a charity shouldn&#x27;t disclose. And there&#x27;s every reason for a donor to check our website and to let us know if there are other organizations that they want us to evaluate. And we&#x27;re publishing this entire list of nondisclosure charities on the website as well. And people can write them and encourage them to go through the process to get evaluated. One of my favorite charities is the V Foundation for Cancer Research, because they&#x27;re local right here in the Research Triangle Park in North Carolina.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> I&#x27;m able to talk to the people that are there, the people behind the scenes. And every single penny that gets given goes to the research. And so because they have a different fund to pay the salaries, and that&#x27;s important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s important to take a look at how much money a charity is spending on, let&#x27;s say, fundraising and administration. But charities do need that. And I don&#x27;t want people to think that charities can operate without spending some money on overhead costs, especially fundraising and admin. But those amounts should be reasonable. That&#x27;s the important thing. And each person will have their own sense of what&#x27;s reasonable. But we say that a charity should at least spend 65% of all its funds on program-related matters, at least 65%, which I think gives them a pretty wide margin for admin.</p><p><strong>10:43</strong> And it shouldn&#x27;t cost them any more than $0.35 to raise a dollar. So that&#x27;s what we give them in terms of room to raise money. Both of those ratios, we believe, are reasonable. And give charities room to do what they need to do administratively and from a fundraising standpoint. That&#x27;s great points there. And what&#x27;s the website, again, people can research? It&#x27;s give.org, G-I-V-E dot O-R-G. And we&#x27;ll have a variety of information there to help you make more informed giving decisions. Very, very simple website, give.org. And, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon. His name was H. Art Taylor with the BBB, the Wise Giving Alliance.</p><p><strong>11:30</strong> Thanks for your time today, Art. Thank you, Coach. Yep. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>H. Art Taylor joins Coach Pete to discuss the BBB Wise Giving Alliance, evaluating charities, and understanding where donations go. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>H. Art Taylor</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <category>Understanding Charitable Giving</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>H. Art Taylor, charitable giving, Understanding Charitable Giving, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e/image.jpg?t=1792072201&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/h-art-taylor-understanding-charitable-giving/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e/image.jpg?t=1792072201&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>696</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/532a139a-f132-40b4-ae07-b4e2017fbc0e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11165790" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/h-art-taylor-understanding-charitable-giving</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>104</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding Charitable Giving" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tanner Gers: Becoming Absolutely Lean</title>
      <itunes:title>Tanner Gers: Becoming Absolutely Lean</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tanner Gers joins Coach Pete to discuss Becoming Absolutely Lean and his ideas about nutrition, health, and everyday habits. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that makes a difference or is interesting to me. And I think this guest will be interesting to you as well. His name is Tanner Gears, and he&#x27;s a nutrition specialist and top-selling author. His book is Becoming Absolutely Lean, The First Steps to Optimal Health, Hormones, and a Lean Body. Tanner, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me, Coach Pete. It is a pleasure to be here. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in Phoenix, Arizona. Phoenix, all right. Well, let me ask you about something, because I hear every single day, and I try to watch what I eat, and I watch donuts going to my mouth every now and then. That&#x27;s when I&#x27;m watching what I eat, right? But, you know, we have so many toxins out there, and people listening may be taking toxins without even knowing it, from breathing the environment to drinking their favorite drink.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> How can someone pay attention a little bit? You don&#x27;t want to worry yourself to death, basically, but you want to know that you&#x27;re at least eating some good things. Mom used to say you are what you eat. You are what you eat, and I couldn&#x27;t have said that better. One of the greatest and easiest ways to remove toxins from the body without getting too science-y or too technical about things is just taking notice of the ingredient list. Anything that&#x27;s in a box or a package of anything that you have to unwrap to eat outside of pulling some meat out of a container is too many ingredients that you don&#x27;t really need in your body. When you look at that ingredient list and you can&#x27;t pronounce the words that are on there, it&#x27;s probably a good idea to not put that into your body. So getting back to whole foods, fruits, vegetables, meats, healthy fats, those are the kind of ways that you can really make sure that you&#x27;re minimizing the toxic exposure that&#x27;s coming through your mouth.</p><p><strong>01:50</strong> We&#x27;ve all heard that. If it&#x27;s in a package, you shouldn&#x27;t be eating it. But gosh, we&#x27;re in a convenient society here, and many people don&#x27;t have hours and hours to prepare food, do they? No, they don&#x27;t. And thankfully, technology has allowed us to do things and cook things with a very limited time schedule. That&#x27;s one of the greatest things that entrepreneurs and executives, busy professionals face is the time. And unless you have got financial freedom to pay for a chef, a personal chef to cook all your meals, you&#x27;ve got to get creative on how to get these things done. One of my favorite ways to do it is a slow cooker because you literally just throw food into a bucket, put a lid on it, and when you get home, it&#x27;s ready to go. And there&#x27;s often plenty of servings to last for the following day&#x27;s lunch.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a real convenient way because my wife does that a lot, just throws ingredients in. We come home, the house smells great, and we&#x27;re ready to eat. And you&#x27;re right, there&#x27;s a lot of leftovers many times, especially when she makes like vegetable soup or chili. You can make a soup. You can make a chili. You can make a roast. You can cook chicken in there. You can even cook breakfast food in the crock pot. And it&#x27;s really just about finding solutions in order to facilitate the toxic minimization. Another great thing is when we&#x27;re traveling. It&#x27;s really easy to go through the drive-thru or to get some things that probably aren&#x27;t in the best interest of your waistline. So knowing what foods to eat and when and how to maximize or minimize the effects of things like fast food are other great things to know.</p><p><strong>03:34</strong> And I think you had mentioned earlier, Complete Detox, that is my program. And whether you&#x27;re traveling on the road a lot, you need solutions for how to get creative with food, you need recipes, you need step-by-step instructions. Maybe you don&#x27;t have time to read a manual. You just need a checklist, a daily and a weekly checklist. All of that is included. So whether you&#x27;re a busy mom, you&#x27;re a busy professional, or you&#x27;re just any type of busy person, you can really integrate a healthier lifestyle with food choices into a busy lifestyle. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tanner Gears. He&#x27;s an author and a nutrition specialist. His book is Becoming Absolutely Lean, The First Steps to Optimal Health, Hormones, and a Lean Body. Now, Tanner, we hear this term, and I&#x27;ve heard many people say this on Facebook, I&#x27;m starting my detox today.</p><p><strong>04:26</strong> What does that mean? Right. So detox is a fancy way of saying cleansing the body. And we, as humans, we store toxins and chemicals and even vitamins and minerals and nutrients in our fat cells. And there&#x27;s multiple reasons why we do that. We store the vitamins and the minerals so that if we are ever deprived of food and nutrition, we can tap into those at a later point in time. And vitamin D is one of those vitamins that are stored in our fat cells. But we also store chemicals and toxins. And when someone who is heavily overweight and they&#x27;re detoxing their body, they can go through any number of symptoms, whether it&#x27;s pimples on the skin, it&#x27;s a metallic taste in the mouth, and even an odor on the breath.</p><p><strong>05:16</strong> There&#x27;s so many different things that can happen. And that&#x27;s all as a result of us detoxing from our fat cells. We also can detox our liver, our kidneys, our intestines and colons. And so really, it&#x27;s just a fancy term for saying cleaning out the gunk. How long does it take to do a real good detox? A detox, it depends on what we&#x27;re trying to do if we&#x27;re specifically targeting an organ like the kidneys or the liver. You want to be careful about the order in which you do those things. But detoxes can happen within a day. One of the most taxing things on our entire body is putting food into it. Not a lot of people understand that. It&#x27;s the thing that&#x27;s inside of you that actually is not inside of you.</p><p><strong>06:02</strong> If you can imagine a tunnel from your mouth to your colon, that technically is inside of you. But yet, it actually hasn&#x27;t gotten inside of you. It hasn&#x27;t gotten into the bloodstream yet. And so when we minimize our toxic exposure with whole foods, clean water, the right minerals and vitamins and fats and carbohydrates and proteins, we can actually begin detoxing immediately. How long a detox happens is relative to the nutrition program. Complete Detox 21 is a 21-day program, but it isn&#x27;t so much around that it takes 21 days to detox as it takes about 21 days to create behavior change. And that&#x27;s what we really want in the long term. We can continuously detox our body every couple months, but it&#x27;s a lot better your whole life to just maintain a greater level of a detox-free lifestyle.</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> You know, I took a nutrition class in college, and I remember the A, D, E, and K. Those are the fat-soluble vitamins, and you don&#x27;t want to take too many of them because your body can&#x27;t get rid of them. But when I went to the doctor a few years ago, the doctor said that I was very low on vitamin D. I was feeling run down, but I was into sun a lot. So I always thought you got vitamin D from the sun. I don&#x27;t like milk, so I won&#x27;t drink milk. But, I mean, where else do you get vitamin D besides taking a vitamin? I had some very special vitamins that made me take that were very advanced vitamin D. Yes, vitamin D is one of those tricky ones, and we can get it through food. And sunlight is tricky because it&#x27;s cyclical on the year, on the calendar year, and it&#x27;s also dependent upon where you&#x27;re at in the world.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> If you&#x27;re up north, maybe in New York, your ability to get vitamin D into your body via sunlight isn&#x27;t going to be as prominent as if you&#x27;re living down by the equator. And the best times to do that, even though we&#x27;re all told as kids to stay out of the sun between noon and 2, that&#x27;s probably the best time to be getting it. But, yeah, definitely foods. Again, it gets down to the basic things. We want to be eating fruits, vegetables, meats, and drinking the right amount of water so that we can absorb and assimilate the nutrients that we&#x27;re taking in. And a lot of times people don&#x27;t understand that, you know, just being dehydrated is a way to prevent your body from digesting and absorbing the nutrients that we take in.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> Well, and it&#x27;s not just, I mean, we hear so many things about drink 8 cups of water, 8 to 12 glasses of water a day. But yet, then we hear that we shouldn&#x27;t be drinking certain water or maybe the stuff in the water that we&#x27;re getting from the cities that we shouldn&#x27;t be putting in our body. How does somebody know if they&#x27;re drinking the right water? You know, we don&#x27;t really know. It&#x27;s one of those perplexing things. We don&#x27;t really know. We can only kind of have security in what the label is telling us, what the filter is telling us, what the filter manufacturers are telling us. And in Phoenix, the tap water here is so terrible. There&#x27;s water stations everywhere. I&#x27;ve been there. Yeah, me personally. I buy all my water from a water station. And there&#x27;s even, just like gas, there&#x27;s even different levels of the quality of water.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> We&#x27;ll go to this one station, and there&#x27;s two different types of water to buy. And so it&#x27;s which one&#x27;s the right one? Regular and unwitted. We really don&#x27;t know. And that&#x27;s, you know, getting back to what you&#x27;re saying at the beginning. It&#x27;s not something to stress about because we can only do what we can do. And the best thing that we can do right now is just make, is be informed and make the best decisions with the information that we have available. Folks, his name is Tyler Gears. And if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Tanner, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me, Coach Pete. I really appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tanner Gers joins Coach Pete to discuss Becoming Absolutely Lean and his ideas about nutrition, health, and everyday habits. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that makes a difference or is interesting to me. And I think this guest will be interesting to you as well. His name is Tanner Gears, and he&#x27;s a nutrition specialist and top-selling author. His book is Becoming Absolutely Lean, The First Steps to Optimal Health, Hormones, and a Lean Body. Tanner, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me, Coach Pete. It is a pleasure to be here. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in Phoenix, Arizona. Phoenix, all right. Well, let me ask you about something, because I hear every single day, and I try to watch what I eat, and I watch donuts going to my mouth every now and then. That&#x27;s when I&#x27;m watching what I eat, right? But, you know, we have so many toxins out there, and people listening may be taking toxins without even knowing it, from breathing the environment to drinking their favorite drink.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> How can someone pay attention a little bit? You don&#x27;t want to worry yourself to death, basically, but you want to know that you&#x27;re at least eating some good things. Mom used to say you are what you eat. You are what you eat, and I couldn&#x27;t have said that better. One of the greatest and easiest ways to remove toxins from the body without getting too science-y or too technical about things is just taking notice of the ingredient list. Anything that&#x27;s in a box or a package of anything that you have to unwrap to eat outside of pulling some meat out of a container is too many ingredients that you don&#x27;t really need in your body. When you look at that ingredient list and you can&#x27;t pronounce the words that are on there, it&#x27;s probably a good idea to not put that into your body. So getting back to whole foods, fruits, vegetables, meats, healthy fats, those are the kind of ways that you can really make sure that you&#x27;re minimizing the toxic exposure that&#x27;s coming through your mouth.</p><p><strong>01:50</strong> We&#x27;ve all heard that. If it&#x27;s in a package, you shouldn&#x27;t be eating it. But gosh, we&#x27;re in a convenient society here, and many people don&#x27;t have hours and hours to prepare food, do they? No, they don&#x27;t. And thankfully, technology has allowed us to do things and cook things with a very limited time schedule. That&#x27;s one of the greatest things that entrepreneurs and executives, busy professionals face is the time. And unless you have got financial freedom to pay for a chef, a personal chef to cook all your meals, you&#x27;ve got to get creative on how to get these things done. One of my favorite ways to do it is a slow cooker because you literally just throw food into a bucket, put a lid on it, and when you get home, it&#x27;s ready to go. And there&#x27;s often plenty of servings to last for the following day&#x27;s lunch.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a real convenient way because my wife does that a lot, just throws ingredients in. We come home, the house smells great, and we&#x27;re ready to eat. And you&#x27;re right, there&#x27;s a lot of leftovers many times, especially when she makes like vegetable soup or chili. You can make a soup. You can make a chili. You can make a roast. You can cook chicken in there. You can even cook breakfast food in the crock pot. And it&#x27;s really just about finding solutions in order to facilitate the toxic minimization. Another great thing is when we&#x27;re traveling. It&#x27;s really easy to go through the drive-thru or to get some things that probably aren&#x27;t in the best interest of your waistline. So knowing what foods to eat and when and how to maximize or minimize the effects of things like fast food are other great things to know.</p><p><strong>03:34</strong> And I think you had mentioned earlier, Complete Detox, that is my program. And whether you&#x27;re traveling on the road a lot, you need solutions for how to get creative with food, you need recipes, you need step-by-step instructions. Maybe you don&#x27;t have time to read a manual. You just need a checklist, a daily and a weekly checklist. All of that is included. So whether you&#x27;re a busy mom, you&#x27;re a busy professional, or you&#x27;re just any type of busy person, you can really integrate a healthier lifestyle with food choices into a busy lifestyle. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tanner Gears. He&#x27;s an author and a nutrition specialist. His book is Becoming Absolutely Lean, The First Steps to Optimal Health, Hormones, and a Lean Body. Now, Tanner, we hear this term, and I&#x27;ve heard many people say this on Facebook, I&#x27;m starting my detox today.</p><p><strong>04:26</strong> What does that mean? Right. So detox is a fancy way of saying cleansing the body. And we, as humans, we store toxins and chemicals and even vitamins and minerals and nutrients in our fat cells. And there&#x27;s multiple reasons why we do that. We store the vitamins and the minerals so that if we are ever deprived of food and nutrition, we can tap into those at a later point in time. And vitamin D is one of those vitamins that are stored in our fat cells. But we also store chemicals and toxins. And when someone who is heavily overweight and they&#x27;re detoxing their body, they can go through any number of symptoms, whether it&#x27;s pimples on the skin, it&#x27;s a metallic taste in the mouth, and even an odor on the breath.</p><p><strong>05:16</strong> There&#x27;s so many different things that can happen. And that&#x27;s all as a result of us detoxing from our fat cells. We also can detox our liver, our kidneys, our intestines and colons. And so really, it&#x27;s just a fancy term for saying cleaning out the gunk. How long does it take to do a real good detox? A detox, it depends on what we&#x27;re trying to do if we&#x27;re specifically targeting an organ like the kidneys or the liver. You want to be careful about the order in which you do those things. But detoxes can happen within a day. One of the most taxing things on our entire body is putting food into it. Not a lot of people understand that. It&#x27;s the thing that&#x27;s inside of you that actually is not inside of you.</p><p><strong>06:02</strong> If you can imagine a tunnel from your mouth to your colon, that technically is inside of you. But yet, it actually hasn&#x27;t gotten inside of you. It hasn&#x27;t gotten into the bloodstream yet. And so when we minimize our toxic exposure with whole foods, clean water, the right minerals and vitamins and fats and carbohydrates and proteins, we can actually begin detoxing immediately. How long a detox happens is relative to the nutrition program. Complete Detox 21 is a 21-day program, but it isn&#x27;t so much around that it takes 21 days to detox as it takes about 21 days to create behavior change. And that&#x27;s what we really want in the long term. We can continuously detox our body every couple months, but it&#x27;s a lot better your whole life to just maintain a greater level of a detox-free lifestyle.</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> You know, I took a nutrition class in college, and I remember the A, D, E, and K. Those are the fat-soluble vitamins, and you don&#x27;t want to take too many of them because your body can&#x27;t get rid of them. But when I went to the doctor a few years ago, the doctor said that I was very low on vitamin D. I was feeling run down, but I was into sun a lot. So I always thought you got vitamin D from the sun. I don&#x27;t like milk, so I won&#x27;t drink milk. But, I mean, where else do you get vitamin D besides taking a vitamin? I had some very special vitamins that made me take that were very advanced vitamin D. Yes, vitamin D is one of those tricky ones, and we can get it through food. And sunlight is tricky because it&#x27;s cyclical on the year, on the calendar year, and it&#x27;s also dependent upon where you&#x27;re at in the world.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> If you&#x27;re up north, maybe in New York, your ability to get vitamin D into your body via sunlight isn&#x27;t going to be as prominent as if you&#x27;re living down by the equator. And the best times to do that, even though we&#x27;re all told as kids to stay out of the sun between noon and 2, that&#x27;s probably the best time to be getting it. But, yeah, definitely foods. Again, it gets down to the basic things. We want to be eating fruits, vegetables, meats, and drinking the right amount of water so that we can absorb and assimilate the nutrients that we&#x27;re taking in. And a lot of times people don&#x27;t understand that, you know, just being dehydrated is a way to prevent your body from digesting and absorbing the nutrients that we take in.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> Well, and it&#x27;s not just, I mean, we hear so many things about drink 8 cups of water, 8 to 12 glasses of water a day. But yet, then we hear that we shouldn&#x27;t be drinking certain water or maybe the stuff in the water that we&#x27;re getting from the cities that we shouldn&#x27;t be putting in our body. How does somebody know if they&#x27;re drinking the right water? You know, we don&#x27;t really know. It&#x27;s one of those perplexing things. We don&#x27;t really know. We can only kind of have security in what the label is telling us, what the filter is telling us, what the filter manufacturers are telling us. And in Phoenix, the tap water here is so terrible. There&#x27;s water stations everywhere. I&#x27;ve been there. Yeah, me personally. I buy all my water from a water station. And there&#x27;s even, just like gas, there&#x27;s even different levels of the quality of water.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> We&#x27;ll go to this one station, and there&#x27;s two different types of water to buy. And so it&#x27;s which one&#x27;s the right one? Regular and unwitted. We really don&#x27;t know. And that&#x27;s, you know, getting back to what you&#x27;re saying at the beginning. It&#x27;s not something to stress about because we can only do what we can do. And the best thing that we can do right now is just make, is be informed and make the best decisions with the information that we have available. Folks, his name is Tyler Gears. And if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Tanner, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much for having me, Coach Pete. I really appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tanner Gers joins Coach Pete to discuss Becoming Absolutely Lean and his ideas about nutrition, health, and everyday habits. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tanner Gers</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Becoming Absolutely Lean</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tanner Gers, personal growth, Becoming Absolutely Lean, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9/image.jpg?t=1792072205&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tanner-gers-becoming-absolutely-lean/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9/image.jpg?t=1792072205&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>610</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fd519a2d-4899-48d9-98d0-b4e2017f36b9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9789587" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tanner-gers-becoming-absolutely-lean</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>105</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Becoming Absolutely Lean" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>J.J. Montanaro: Credit Cards and College Money Habits</title>
      <itunes:title>J.J. Montanaro: Credit Cards and College Money Habits</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference or has made a difference. And this is a fascinating topic because once upon a time, little Coach Pete was in college and I had a job or two in college, but I wasn&#x27;t making the kind of money the credit cards that I had in my wallet said I did or felt I did. In other words, I got myself in credit card trouble because I was charging a lot more than I really was making. And credit card companies got me in a little trouble there on my freshman year in college. I learned very quickly credit cards were not your friend sometimes. And we&#x27;re going to go to San Antonio, Texas and talk to a USAA certified financial planner. His name is JJ Montanaro and he&#x27;s been in the financial industry for about 22 years.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s got some great advice about getting your kids off to a good start. JJ, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And like you said, there&#x27;s perils of credit cards and college students that we&#x27;ve seen both ourselves and seen in others. And today we&#x27;re here to talk about going the other way and making it work to our advantage in terms of getting off to a good financial start. And that may very well include credit cards. Yeah. And that was a recent survey where they surveyed 500 parents. Sure. USA Bank surveyed 500 parents to get a sense of, okay, were you sending your kids or are you sending your kids off to college with credit cards? How are you going to address that? What are they using the credit cards for? And got some pretty interesting results. Believe it or not, half parents said, or just over half said they were going to send their kids</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> off to college with a credit card, which to me is a little bit scary. But on the positive side, 80% plus reported that guess what? They were going to pay that credit card off every month in full. And that&#x27;s something that will keep you out of trouble. It&#x27;ll actually get your credit score to go up too. It&#x27;ll help you. Yeah. That&#x27;s one of the things we asked them is why are you doing this? And while half the folks that responded said it&#x27;s because of convenience of paying for things that way, but a full third, and this is an answer that you and I like, is that they answered, we thought it was a good opportunity to teach our kids about credit. And so I think if you look at the lessons learned at college, this would certainly be one that may not be in the curriculum, but is pretty darn important to moving beyond college and being successful.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> As you know, in life, there are hard ways and easy ways to learn lessons, right? Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly right. So, so I may have learned some lessons hard. I don&#x27;t want my kids to learn them the same way. And I, and I think a lot of people would echo that sentiment. My grandpa and my dad would always tell me don&#x27;t do something and because this and that would happen. Of course, what would I do right away? I would do what they said not to do because you almost have to experience yourself to feel the full effects, the negative enforcement, I guess, of, of not doing something. But Albert Einstein once said that smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses and experts learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I guess I&#x27;m just a smart person. Yeah, me too. But let&#x27;s try to make some geniuses out there. Yeah. Yeah. Now here&#x27;s what happened to me. After I got in trouble with credit cards my freshman year, by my junior year, I had something called a prepaid debit card. It was not a debit card like we see</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> nowadays that are attached to your bank account. You can basically empty your bank account out. I had to establish an account. I put $500 in there and I could only charge up to $500. And if I did more, it would decline. So as long as I would pay that bill off and keep it going, it really helped me budget money and learn the credit card system a lot better than a regular credit card did with almost an open checkbook. Yeah. And today we have secured credit cards out there that really work pretty much similar to what you talked about in terms of a prepaid card. But the neat thing about a secured card is same thing. You put the $500 in there, it&#x27;s collateralized, usually put into a CD at the bank, and you have a credit limit of $500. The difference between what you did in a secured credit card is with a secured credit card, when you make those on-time payments, it is being reported</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> to the credit reporting agencies. So you&#x27;re starting to build that history. So I see a lot of parents that like that option, similar to the path that you took that&#x27;s available through a secured credit card. Was it? There was a card that Susie Orman was pushing and saying it would help your credit out. It was one of those kind of debit cards, but it wasn&#x27;t helping credit at all when she was making a lot of money on that. Remember hearing about that? I vaguely remember hearing about that. In terms of my experience, I know USAA has a secured credit card, and we use it like the way it works is you put the money in the CD, but we do report it to the reporting agencies just like a normal credit card. So they can&#x27;t differentiate that from a regular credit card. And if folks want to take a look at that, they can visit USA.com forward slash credit card and look for the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> secured credit card if that&#x27;s something they want to look for for their kids. Yeah, that&#x27;s the most important thing is that you&#x27;re building a good credit ranking or rating with the credit agencies, because if you&#x27;re not, then it&#x27;s not worth having a card like that. So that&#x27;s great that you guys do that. Now let&#x27;s look at again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to JJ Montanero. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner with USAA. And we&#x27;re talking about when the children go to college and that happens. It happens a lot quicker than you think. My daughter is 10 now, and it seems like she was just born yesterday. She&#x27;ll be going to college soon. I&#x27;m going to send her with one where like a $500 limit. And I get also the record of her transactions because you want to know what your kids are spending, right? And you want to make sure they&#x27;re building the credit up in the right way, not charging stuff like candy bars and stuff like that. So even though I did order pizza, too. Well, you know, hey, pizza. With a name like Montanero, you can&#x27;t say no to pizza. But the thing about</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> today&#x27;s environment is, like you point out, is you really have the ability to look at transaction reports on a daily basis. So back when I went to school, you&#x27;d wait for the credit card statement. But today we can go online, go on our phones and see what&#x27;s happening or not happening with those credit cards. Make sure the payments are being made. Watch what&#x27;s being charged. So I think it does provide a good environment to allow our kids to dip their toes into the world of credit without really putting them or us, because if we co-sign for a card, we&#x27;re responsible at a lot of risk. If used correctly, the credit, your credit when you get out of college, when your children get out of college, they can hit the ground running in the right direction. I know years ago, the Wall Street Journal interviewed me about how to build credit the right way and almost turn the tables on the credit ranking agencies to basically build your credit score up as high as possible.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> They call me the credit card king. And you can help your children that way, too, by helping them budget and establish credit and also the motivation to pay the bills off as quickly as possible, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, those are all great points. And like I said, that&#x27;s not necessarily part of the normal curriculum, the classes that they&#x27;re going to see in college, but they certainly are central to being successful financially and avoiding a lot of headaches in their adult life. And as you know, Coach, I mean, when we talk about credit and credit scoring, credit reporting and that credit record, it actually touches a lot of different parts of our lives, whether it&#x27;s applying for an apartment or looking at talking to a landlord or filling out an application for an apartment or a home, job applications in the employment process, insurance rates. So what you do with credit or don&#x27;t do can have either a positive or negative impact on a lot</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> of different aspects of our lives. That was the most surprising thing to a lot of folks when they find out that their credit ranking could cost them an opportunity at a great job. Yeah. So let&#x27;s help launch our kids in the right way. And this could be part of it. And like I said, it looks like a lot of people out there are already using credit cards. What we hope to do is make sure they&#x27;re doing it in a way that&#x27;s constructive and positive for their children. Now, you mentioned co-signing and co-signing gets people in a lot of trouble. It&#x27;s the quickest way I see to have a family fall apart is if a father, mother or grandpa, something like that, co-signs on an automobile loan or something like that for a child and then they get in credit problems. And then the person who co-signed is on the hook too. Is co-signing for a credit card or the credit responsibility? Is that a good idea for the parents to do for college-age children? Well, you know, Coach, with the rules as they are now, a lot of cases if you have a student</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> without income, they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a credit card without a co-signer. I think when we look at credit cards that fit in this particular situation, we&#x27;re talking about no fees, low interest rates, or as low as possible. And certainly the key here is low limit. Because as you said, the co-signer is responsible. Well, let&#x27;s don&#x27;t set ourselves up for failure by putting some $10,000 credit card in the hand of our student. How about $1,000 or how about $500? Again, it&#x27;s about dipping their toes in the water, not taking a dive off the high dive into the shallow water. Yeah, I&#x27;d be more than happy to pay $1,000 or co-sign for $1,000 credit card for my daughter. And if something went wrong, we would see what was going on to be a life lesson for her and for me at the same time.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Hey, one final thing. When we talk about credit cards, and I&#x27;ve heard of people buying cars on credit cards. If they have a high enough limit, they get the credit card points, they use a credit card to buy a car, they pay it off if they have the money to pay it off, and it really helps their credit out. Do you think that paying for college tuition on a credit card is a good idea? Yeah, I think that the key part of that story is that you use the credit card as a mechanism to make the payment, but then you&#x27;ve got the money set aside already to pay it off. So you cash in on the points or rewards, which is fine, but at the same time, it&#x27;s not put it on the credit card and with no plan to pay off that credit card. So I like the idea in the context of a bigger plan or, for example, somebody&#x27;s got money sitting in savings that they&#x27;re going to use to pay off that credit card, then fine. Use the credit card to get</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> the points, to get the rewards, to get the rebates, and then pay it off. Don&#x27;t just make it an open-ended, hey, I&#x27;m going to use the credit card and I don&#x27;t have a plan to pay that money off because that can really do exactly the opposite of what we&#x27;re talking about, is put somebody in a hole coming out of college as a parent, as opposed to helping them jumpstart their finances for the future. Great points, great points. And folks, keep in mind, when you have children in college, it&#x27;s not just what&#x27;s on their report card, it&#x27;s what&#x27;s in their wallet. His name was J.J. Montanaro, and certified financial planner, you&#x27;ll see him quoted in Wall Street Journal, CNN Money, Washington Post, and many other places. J.J., thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference or has made a difference. And this is a fascinating topic because once upon a time, little Coach Pete was in college and I had a job or two in college, but I wasn&#x27;t making the kind of money the credit cards that I had in my wallet said I did or felt I did. In other words, I got myself in credit card trouble because I was charging a lot more than I really was making. And credit card companies got me in a little trouble there on my freshman year in college. I learned very quickly credit cards were not your friend sometimes. And we&#x27;re going to go to San Antonio, Texas and talk to a USAA certified financial planner. His name is JJ Montanaro and he&#x27;s been in the financial industry for about 22 years.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s got some great advice about getting your kids off to a good start. JJ, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And like you said, there&#x27;s perils of credit cards and college students that we&#x27;ve seen both ourselves and seen in others. And today we&#x27;re here to talk about going the other way and making it work to our advantage in terms of getting off to a good financial start. And that may very well include credit cards. Yeah. And that was a recent survey where they surveyed 500 parents. Sure. USA Bank surveyed 500 parents to get a sense of, okay, were you sending your kids or are you sending your kids off to college with credit cards? How are you going to address that? What are they using the credit cards for? And got some pretty interesting results. Believe it or not, half parents said, or just over half said they were going to send their kids</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> off to college with a credit card, which to me is a little bit scary. But on the positive side, 80% plus reported that guess what? They were going to pay that credit card off every month in full. And that&#x27;s something that will keep you out of trouble. It&#x27;ll actually get your credit score to go up too. It&#x27;ll help you. Yeah. That&#x27;s one of the things we asked them is why are you doing this? And while half the folks that responded said it&#x27;s because of convenience of paying for things that way, but a full third, and this is an answer that you and I like, is that they answered, we thought it was a good opportunity to teach our kids about credit. And so I think if you look at the lessons learned at college, this would certainly be one that may not be in the curriculum, but is pretty darn important to moving beyond college and being successful.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> As you know, in life, there are hard ways and easy ways to learn lessons, right? Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly right. So, so I may have learned some lessons hard. I don&#x27;t want my kids to learn them the same way. And I, and I think a lot of people would echo that sentiment. My grandpa and my dad would always tell me don&#x27;t do something and because this and that would happen. Of course, what would I do right away? I would do what they said not to do because you almost have to experience yourself to feel the full effects, the negative enforcement, I guess, of, of not doing something. But Albert Einstein once said that smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses and experts learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I guess I&#x27;m just a smart person. Yeah, me too. But let&#x27;s try to make some geniuses out there. Yeah. Yeah. Now here&#x27;s what happened to me. After I got in trouble with credit cards my freshman year, by my junior year, I had something called a prepaid debit card. It was not a debit card like we see</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> nowadays that are attached to your bank account. You can basically empty your bank account out. I had to establish an account. I put $500 in there and I could only charge up to $500. And if I did more, it would decline. So as long as I would pay that bill off and keep it going, it really helped me budget money and learn the credit card system a lot better than a regular credit card did with almost an open checkbook. Yeah. And today we have secured credit cards out there that really work pretty much similar to what you talked about in terms of a prepaid card. But the neat thing about a secured card is same thing. You put the $500 in there, it&#x27;s collateralized, usually put into a CD at the bank, and you have a credit limit of $500. The difference between what you did in a secured credit card is with a secured credit card, when you make those on-time payments, it is being reported</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> to the credit reporting agencies. So you&#x27;re starting to build that history. So I see a lot of parents that like that option, similar to the path that you took that&#x27;s available through a secured credit card. Was it? There was a card that Susie Orman was pushing and saying it would help your credit out. It was one of those kind of debit cards, but it wasn&#x27;t helping credit at all when she was making a lot of money on that. Remember hearing about that? I vaguely remember hearing about that. In terms of my experience, I know USAA has a secured credit card, and we use it like the way it works is you put the money in the CD, but we do report it to the reporting agencies just like a normal credit card. So they can&#x27;t differentiate that from a regular credit card. And if folks want to take a look at that, they can visit USA.com forward slash credit card and look for the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> secured credit card if that&#x27;s something they want to look for for their kids. Yeah, that&#x27;s the most important thing is that you&#x27;re building a good credit ranking or rating with the credit agencies, because if you&#x27;re not, then it&#x27;s not worth having a card like that. So that&#x27;s great that you guys do that. Now let&#x27;s look at again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to JJ Montanero. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner with USAA. And we&#x27;re talking about when the children go to college and that happens. It happens a lot quicker than you think. My daughter is 10 now, and it seems like she was just born yesterday. She&#x27;ll be going to college soon. I&#x27;m going to send her with one where like a $500 limit. And I get also the record of her transactions because you want to know what your kids are spending, right? And you want to make sure they&#x27;re building the credit up in the right way, not charging stuff like candy bars and stuff like that. So even though I did order pizza, too. Well, you know, hey, pizza. With a name like Montanero, you can&#x27;t say no to pizza. But the thing about</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> today&#x27;s environment is, like you point out, is you really have the ability to look at transaction reports on a daily basis. So back when I went to school, you&#x27;d wait for the credit card statement. But today we can go online, go on our phones and see what&#x27;s happening or not happening with those credit cards. Make sure the payments are being made. Watch what&#x27;s being charged. So I think it does provide a good environment to allow our kids to dip their toes into the world of credit without really putting them or us, because if we co-sign for a card, we&#x27;re responsible at a lot of risk. If used correctly, the credit, your credit when you get out of college, when your children get out of college, they can hit the ground running in the right direction. I know years ago, the Wall Street Journal interviewed me about how to build credit the right way and almost turn the tables on the credit ranking agencies to basically build your credit score up as high as possible.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> They call me the credit card king. And you can help your children that way, too, by helping them budget and establish credit and also the motivation to pay the bills off as quickly as possible, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, those are all great points. And like I said, that&#x27;s not necessarily part of the normal curriculum, the classes that they&#x27;re going to see in college, but they certainly are central to being successful financially and avoiding a lot of headaches in their adult life. And as you know, Coach, I mean, when we talk about credit and credit scoring, credit reporting and that credit record, it actually touches a lot of different parts of our lives, whether it&#x27;s applying for an apartment or looking at talking to a landlord or filling out an application for an apartment or a home, job applications in the employment process, insurance rates. So what you do with credit or don&#x27;t do can have either a positive or negative impact on a lot</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> of different aspects of our lives. That was the most surprising thing to a lot of folks when they find out that their credit ranking could cost them an opportunity at a great job. Yeah. So let&#x27;s help launch our kids in the right way. And this could be part of it. And like I said, it looks like a lot of people out there are already using credit cards. What we hope to do is make sure they&#x27;re doing it in a way that&#x27;s constructive and positive for their children. Now, you mentioned co-signing and co-signing gets people in a lot of trouble. It&#x27;s the quickest way I see to have a family fall apart is if a father, mother or grandpa, something like that, co-signs on an automobile loan or something like that for a child and then they get in credit problems. And then the person who co-signed is on the hook too. Is co-signing for a credit card or the credit responsibility? Is that a good idea for the parents to do for college-age children? Well, you know, Coach, with the rules as they are now, a lot of cases if you have a student</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> without income, they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a credit card without a co-signer. I think when we look at credit cards that fit in this particular situation, we&#x27;re talking about no fees, low interest rates, or as low as possible. And certainly the key here is low limit. Because as you said, the co-signer is responsible. Well, let&#x27;s don&#x27;t set ourselves up for failure by putting some $10,000 credit card in the hand of our student. How about $1,000 or how about $500? Again, it&#x27;s about dipping their toes in the water, not taking a dive off the high dive into the shallow water. Yeah, I&#x27;d be more than happy to pay $1,000 or co-sign for $1,000 credit card for my daughter. And if something went wrong, we would see what was going on to be a life lesson for her and for me at the same time.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Hey, one final thing. When we talk about credit cards, and I&#x27;ve heard of people buying cars on credit cards. If they have a high enough limit, they get the credit card points, they use a credit card to buy a car, they pay it off if they have the money to pay it off, and it really helps their credit out. Do you think that paying for college tuition on a credit card is a good idea? Yeah, I think that the key part of that story is that you use the credit card as a mechanism to make the payment, but then you&#x27;ve got the money set aside already to pay it off. So you cash in on the points or rewards, which is fine, but at the same time, it&#x27;s not put it on the credit card and with no plan to pay off that credit card. So I like the idea in the context of a bigger plan or, for example, somebody&#x27;s got money sitting in savings that they&#x27;re going to use to pay off that credit card, then fine. Use the credit card to get</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> the points, to get the rewards, to get the rebates, and then pay it off. Don&#x27;t just make it an open-ended, hey, I&#x27;m going to use the credit card and I don&#x27;t have a plan to pay that money off because that can really do exactly the opposite of what we&#x27;re talking about, is put somebody in a hole coming out of college as a parent, as opposed to helping them jumpstart their finances for the future. Great points, great points. And folks, keep in mind, when you have children in college, it&#x27;s not just what&#x27;s on their report card, it&#x27;s what&#x27;s in their wallet. His name was J.J. Montanaro, and certified financial planner, you&#x27;ll see him quoted in Wall Street Journal, CNN Money, Washington Post, and many other places. J.J., thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>J.J. Montanaro</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>J.J. Montanaro, financial education, personal growth, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/image.jpg?t=1792072212&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-j-montanaro-credit-cards-and-college-money-habits/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/image.jpg?t=1792072212&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>614</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9859629" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-j-montanaro-credit-cards-and-college-money-habits</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>106</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Credit Cards and College Money Habits" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Delatorro McNeal: The Keynote and Following a Dream</title>
      <itunes:title>Delatorro McNeal: The Keynote and Following a Dream</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Delatorro McNeal joins Coach Pete to discuss The Keynote, his work as a speaker, and Caught Between a Dream and a Job. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or who has come onto my radar screen. And I love reality shows. I mean, my wife almost gets sick of me watching reality shows all the time. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on. He&#x27;s from Tampa, Florida. He is Delatoro McNeil, and he&#x27;s doing a reality show called The Keynote. He&#x27;s also the author of the book Caught Between a Dream and a Job, How to Leave the 9 to 5 Behind. I&#x27;m going to talk about a lot of great things with Delatoro right now. Delatoro, welcome in. Thanks, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s an honor to be here with you, buddy. How have you been doing? I am doing great. You know, one of the things about reality shows that I like is because it&#x27;s a guilty pleasure of mine to watch people stab each other in the back. And that&#x27;s what reality shows are all about, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know what, Coach Pete?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Historically, that is what reality shows have been about. And that&#x27;s why we decided to go in a different direction. We decided to turn this whole show concept on its ear and do something a little bit different. But, yeah, that&#x27;s what makes them so addictive is that, you know, the average person can get a chance to have their, what, 15 minutes of fame, and they get a chance to kind of be in the limelight a little bit. But, you know, because of my brand and what I do as a peak performance expert, speaker, author, I wanted to do something a little bit different and kind of approach reality television from real reality. Because the truth is, Pete, and I know you probably don&#x27;t want to hear this, did you know that most reality shows that you watch on television are actually not reality? They&#x27;re actually scripted shows. In other words, they actually, and I&#x27;ve been to all the conferences and I&#x27;ve been to all the meetings and talked to all the agents.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> They actually write the shows and they create what&#x27;s called manufactured drama to give the soap opera effect to make you tune in episode after episode after episode. So I was like, when I learned that, I was like, man, that&#x27;s really interesting, but that&#x27;s really not what I&#x27;m about. I&#x27;m about positivity and excellence. So I want to kind of change the landscape, but still get people hooked on positive television that actually makes a difference. Yeah, the True TV network, their phrase, their catchphrase is not reality, actuality. And I could never figure out what that meant until I figured out every single show on their script. We have the towing show, Wizardwick, because was Wizardwick towing? My producer was giving me a thumbs up. Yeah, they&#x27;re right down the road in Wizardwick, North Carolina here, and it&#x27;s all scripted. We&#x27;ve had people that have come in, so they&#x27;ve been offered jobs as an actor on that show for a series, for an episode there.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And that&#x27;s not the way it should be. I was really joking about that, about watching people backstab each other, but it&#x27;s done on purpose. And one of the things I always say, if they were really trying to keep a secret from the other person, they sure wouldn&#x27;t be saying it on national TV when it&#x27;s being filmed. Because you know the people are watching the episode and they&#x27;re saying, wait, you pulled that dirty trick on me. Well, they&#x27;re going to know sooner or later. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your show. Your show is a positive show. You don&#x27;t allow that backstabbing. People aren&#x27;t allowed to cheat to win. It&#x27;s a really good show. I&#x27;ve been watching it on the computer here. And tell folks how they can watch it, too. Oh, thanks. Fantastic. So the name of the show is called The Keynote. And it&#x27;s an inspirational business reality television show. In fact, it&#x27;s the first and only inspirational business reality television show based upon the number one fear in America. And so, of course, we all know the number one fear in America and Canada is still public speaking.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> People would rather be bitten by a spider, go on a scary roller coaster, you know, go through the zombie apocalypse and have to stand up and give a presentation, right? And so, as a professional speaker, you know, I was flabbergasted for years. You know, I would travel all across the world, which I still do. And when people ask me what I do and I tell them, they&#x27;re like, man, you do that for a living? I&#x27;m like, yeah, that&#x27;s amazing, you know? And so I make a living doing the thing that people are the most scared of, which is very interesting to me. So it&#x27;s like I&#x27;ve been just like you, Coach Pete. I&#x27;m a huge fan of reality television, too. I have my shows that I love. I love The Apprentice. I love Shark Tank. I love Hell&#x27;s Kitchen. I love MasterChef. I love, you know, Next Top Model, shows that actually have a mentoring component to them. And so what I did was about two years ago, I merged my passion for mentoring speakers because I&#x27;ve been mentoring and coaching speakers and authors to help them get into the industry for about 10 years.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And so about two years ago, I merged my passion for mentoring speakers and my passion for reality television together. And we started filming a pilot called The Keynote. And we took it to the big network and they loved the show. They thought it was unique and different. But they said, Del, your show&#x27;s too positive. And I never thought that I would get rejected for something being positive. But they said, you know, it doesn&#x27;t have enough negative drama. Did anybody sleep together? Were there any affairs in your show? Did anybody throw furniture in that 20,000-per-foot mansion? I mean, they asked me all these questions. And then they said, okay, hey, what if we replace you with T.D. Jakes? Or what if we replace you with Tony Robbins? And I&#x27;m like, no, I&#x27;m going to kind of pull a Sylvester Stallone here because Sylvester Stallone believed enough in his movie Rocky that he wasn&#x27;t willing to sell it to the networks unless he could star in his own movie.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And he stuck by his guns until he got a movie production company to go along with picking up the script and basically letting him star in his own movie. And that&#x27;s how Rocky&#x27;s become one of the biggest, you know, movies of all time. So I was inspired by that. So I was like, okay, well, if Rocky can stick to his guns, I&#x27;m going to stick to my guns. I said, there&#x27;s nobody better that can teach, coach, train speakers, and authors than me. Although I love and respect T.D. Jakes and Tony Robbins, they already have their own brands established. I&#x27;m still establishing mine. So I stuck to my guns, Pete. And I said, I&#x27;m going to produce this myself. We went and did crowdfunding. You&#x27;re a financial expert. So I wasn&#x27;t about to go into debt for a free online show. So I went and did a crowdfunding campaign. And we raised about $25,000 in 45 days online.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Nice. And that gave us enough money to produce the show ourselves and put it online. And so people can go to the keynote TV show, one-hour episodes. In fact, the last two episodes are about 90 minutes long. And it&#x27;s incredible good television that you can watch with your business coworkers, colleagues, your friends, your neighbors, your kids. My two daughters, Miracle and Hope, are ages 8 and 10. And they&#x27;re hooked on the show. They love the show. They know every character in the show. I mean, it&#x27;s amazing. And they&#x27;re learning a lot of things that they can use in school and life and business as a direct result of watching the show. So it&#x27;s really, really incredible. Well, every show has to start somewhere, you know, before it&#x27;s popular. Like The Sopranos, when it first came on, I watched the first episodes. I&#x27;m not sure I like this. So I had to watch a couple more. And then I was hooked. And same with, like, The Apprentice. Well, what&#x27;s The Sopranos? And then The Shark Tank.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> I mean, it was three or four seasons in before I even knew it existed. People kept hearing about it. Talking about The Shark Tank. Well, I don&#x27;t like, you know, I watched Mutual of Omaha&#x27;s Wild Kingdom. I don&#x27;t want to watch sharks on TV. But then I found out what Shark Tank really was. And so the number one fear of people is public speaking. You&#x27;re right. Number two is retiring with not enough money. And go back to public speaking. I was afraid to talk in public back in the day. I&#x27;m not afraid anymore. But they always said, picture your audience in their underwear. And that was really scary to me, more than speaking in front of them, actually. I know. You know, they say all kinds of stuff. Coach, try to get people to relax. And one of the biggest things that I tell people, if you want to get better at public speaking, the first thing that you need to do is stop speaking and start serving. The truth is, if you go into a presentation and say, I&#x27;m getting ready to speak, then all the focus is on you.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> How do I look? How do I sound? What do people think of my outfit? What do people think of my content? Did I pause enough? Did I walk around the stage enough? And it&#x27;s I, I, I, I, I, which causes the butterflies in your stomach to explode. But if you go into that engagement and say, I&#x27;m here to serve the needs of others, isn&#x27;t it amazing how if you go to a soup kitchen and you volunteer to give food out, you&#x27;re not concerned about how you look. You&#x27;re not concerned about how you&#x27;re dressed. You&#x27;re not concerned about what people think of the tone of your voice. You&#x27;re not concerned about any of those things. Why? Because you&#x27;re there to serve. And I think the moment we begin to start showing up and serving people, which is what you do incredibly well through your show. So congratulations on 10 incredible years of the financial savoury. I think that&#x27;s incredible. Thank you. You show up to serve. And because you show up to serve, you know, the nerves aren&#x27;t there as much. Now, Zig Ziglar was a great mentor of mine before he passed.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And he&#x27;s easily one of the all-time favorite motivational speakers of our world. He said, Del Toro, you know, I get nervous before every talk. And I realize that in my industry as well, I get nervous before every presentation. But what I&#x27;ve taught my speakers to understand is that instead of saying you&#x27;re nervous, say that you have a healthy anticipation of an incredible outcome, you know. And just by changing your phraseology, all of a sudden you&#x27;re going to feel better about that presentation. You&#x27;ll do better and you&#x27;ll rock out. But we all, no matter what our business is or what our industry is or what our profession is, we all need the skill set of presentation skills in order to be more effective, in order to get the word out there. So that&#x27;s why we created the keynote. And I think the other thing, Coach P, people are going to love about the show is that we&#x27;ve built in direct business takeaways so that people, even if you&#x27;re not a speaker or author or aspiring to be one of those things, you&#x27;re going to get tremendous value out of the show.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> You can watch Shark Tank and not necessarily want to be a million-dollar investor and learn great principles that can help you be a better person at work the next day. You can watch MasterChef or Hell&#x27;s Kitchen and not want to be a chef and still learn great lessons about mentoring and leadership and development and training and developing your potential and perseverance and all these important skill sets that you need to be successful in life. So the keynote teaches a lot of those successful principles that you need in life and business, and you get them whether you want to be a speaker or not. To watch it, you&#x27;ll love it. It&#x27;s an incredible show. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating show, and I like it. And that&#x27;s an amazing house it&#x27;s filmed in, by the way. Oh, thanks, man. I appreciate that. You know, it&#x27;s one of the biggest properties in Tampa, 20,000 square feet.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> We had to find something big enough to house the entire cast and the crew. So it was amazing. We had nine cast members, and we had a crew of about 10 people, and we all stayed in the mansion the entire time to be able to film it. So seven or eight days total. It was amazing. So in those seven or eight days, and this is the final question here. It&#x27;s got about a minute left here on this segment. But in those seven or eight days, who surprised you the most from the minute you met them to the day the show was over and you guys were saying your goodbyes? You know what? That&#x27;s a phenomenal question. Wow. You know, I would probably say, of all the cast members, the person that surprised me the most was Bernie. And Bernie surprised me the most because I would give her the award for the most improved. Bernie came in, Bernadette Volkman, she came into the show not having much experience in public speaking.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> She was actually an emergency room nurse. And so she did that for a number of years and then kind of retired from that. And then she became a direct salesperson and worked in that industry. But she was terrified of public speaking. So not only was she learning how to speak in public, but she was doing it on camera. And her evolution throughout the course of the entire show, after having overcome several childhood hurts and pains to be who she is today and to speak on the subject of confidence was absolutely transformational. So she was easily a crowd favorite at the end of us live streaming season one. And she was the most improved. So I would probably say Bernie was the crowd favorite. Well, I really think that anybody listening here to the radio should get online and check the show out. It&#x27;s a great way to watch it. You don&#x27;t have to wait for commercials. You don&#x27;t have to wait for next week. You can watch it all at one time.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> Like you said, that&#x27;s how I do my Netflix. Yep. Exactly. And give the address out one more time. Yep. It&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. That&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. And you can binge watch all six seasons right there. You can actually Apple TV it to your big screen or your home theater system. That&#x27;s the way I watch it at my house. Or you can pull it up on YouTube as well. You can just go to YouTube and search the Keynote TV Show. You can use any device, any computer, any smart device, tablet, iPad, iPhone, Android. You can watch it anywhere. That&#x27;s the beautiful thing about having the show online. People can watch it anywhere all around the world. So it&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. That&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. And I know that Coach Pete will love a lot of the financial principles that we teach in that show as well to help people be more successful.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> And, folks, you can see what Delatoro McNeil looks like as well. It&#x27;s a great show. He&#x27;s a great guy. And I look forward to seeing you more on real TV, like the big networks coming up, Delatoro. Thanks so much, Coach Pete. I appreciate it. It means a lot, man. And thank you for the amazing work you do to help everybody be financially free. Folks, one more time. You can watch the reality show at the KeynoteTVShow.com. His name was Delatoro McNeil. And Delatoro, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Delatorro McNeal joins Coach Pete to discuss The Keynote, his work as a speaker, and Caught Between a Dream and a Job. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or who has come onto my radar screen. And I love reality shows. I mean, my wife almost gets sick of me watching reality shows all the time. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on. He&#x27;s from Tampa, Florida. He is Delatoro McNeil, and he&#x27;s doing a reality show called The Keynote. He&#x27;s also the author of the book Caught Between a Dream and a Job, How to Leave the 9 to 5 Behind. I&#x27;m going to talk about a lot of great things with Delatoro right now. Delatoro, welcome in. Thanks, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s an honor to be here with you, buddy. How have you been doing? I am doing great. You know, one of the things about reality shows that I like is because it&#x27;s a guilty pleasure of mine to watch people stab each other in the back. And that&#x27;s what reality shows are all about, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know what, Coach Pete?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Historically, that is what reality shows have been about. And that&#x27;s why we decided to go in a different direction. We decided to turn this whole show concept on its ear and do something a little bit different. But, yeah, that&#x27;s what makes them so addictive is that, you know, the average person can get a chance to have their, what, 15 minutes of fame, and they get a chance to kind of be in the limelight a little bit. But, you know, because of my brand and what I do as a peak performance expert, speaker, author, I wanted to do something a little bit different and kind of approach reality television from real reality. Because the truth is, Pete, and I know you probably don&#x27;t want to hear this, did you know that most reality shows that you watch on television are actually not reality? They&#x27;re actually scripted shows. In other words, they actually, and I&#x27;ve been to all the conferences and I&#x27;ve been to all the meetings and talked to all the agents.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> They actually write the shows and they create what&#x27;s called manufactured drama to give the soap opera effect to make you tune in episode after episode after episode. So I was like, when I learned that, I was like, man, that&#x27;s really interesting, but that&#x27;s really not what I&#x27;m about. I&#x27;m about positivity and excellence. So I want to kind of change the landscape, but still get people hooked on positive television that actually makes a difference. Yeah, the True TV network, their phrase, their catchphrase is not reality, actuality. And I could never figure out what that meant until I figured out every single show on their script. We have the towing show, Wizardwick, because was Wizardwick towing? My producer was giving me a thumbs up. Yeah, they&#x27;re right down the road in Wizardwick, North Carolina here, and it&#x27;s all scripted. We&#x27;ve had people that have come in, so they&#x27;ve been offered jobs as an actor on that show for a series, for an episode there.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And that&#x27;s not the way it should be. I was really joking about that, about watching people backstab each other, but it&#x27;s done on purpose. And one of the things I always say, if they were really trying to keep a secret from the other person, they sure wouldn&#x27;t be saying it on national TV when it&#x27;s being filmed. Because you know the people are watching the episode and they&#x27;re saying, wait, you pulled that dirty trick on me. Well, they&#x27;re going to know sooner or later. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your show. Your show is a positive show. You don&#x27;t allow that backstabbing. People aren&#x27;t allowed to cheat to win. It&#x27;s a really good show. I&#x27;ve been watching it on the computer here. And tell folks how they can watch it, too. Oh, thanks. Fantastic. So the name of the show is called The Keynote. And it&#x27;s an inspirational business reality television show. In fact, it&#x27;s the first and only inspirational business reality television show based upon the number one fear in America. And so, of course, we all know the number one fear in America and Canada is still public speaking.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> People would rather be bitten by a spider, go on a scary roller coaster, you know, go through the zombie apocalypse and have to stand up and give a presentation, right? And so, as a professional speaker, you know, I was flabbergasted for years. You know, I would travel all across the world, which I still do. And when people ask me what I do and I tell them, they&#x27;re like, man, you do that for a living? I&#x27;m like, yeah, that&#x27;s amazing, you know? And so I make a living doing the thing that people are the most scared of, which is very interesting to me. So it&#x27;s like I&#x27;ve been just like you, Coach Pete. I&#x27;m a huge fan of reality television, too. I have my shows that I love. I love The Apprentice. I love Shark Tank. I love Hell&#x27;s Kitchen. I love MasterChef. I love, you know, Next Top Model, shows that actually have a mentoring component to them. And so what I did was about two years ago, I merged my passion for mentoring speakers because I&#x27;ve been mentoring and coaching speakers and authors to help them get into the industry for about 10 years.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And so about two years ago, I merged my passion for mentoring speakers and my passion for reality television together. And we started filming a pilot called The Keynote. And we took it to the big network and they loved the show. They thought it was unique and different. But they said, Del, your show&#x27;s too positive. And I never thought that I would get rejected for something being positive. But they said, you know, it doesn&#x27;t have enough negative drama. Did anybody sleep together? Were there any affairs in your show? Did anybody throw furniture in that 20,000-per-foot mansion? I mean, they asked me all these questions. And then they said, okay, hey, what if we replace you with T.D. Jakes? Or what if we replace you with Tony Robbins? And I&#x27;m like, no, I&#x27;m going to kind of pull a Sylvester Stallone here because Sylvester Stallone believed enough in his movie Rocky that he wasn&#x27;t willing to sell it to the networks unless he could star in his own movie.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And he stuck by his guns until he got a movie production company to go along with picking up the script and basically letting him star in his own movie. And that&#x27;s how Rocky&#x27;s become one of the biggest, you know, movies of all time. So I was inspired by that. So I was like, okay, well, if Rocky can stick to his guns, I&#x27;m going to stick to my guns. I said, there&#x27;s nobody better that can teach, coach, train speakers, and authors than me. Although I love and respect T.D. Jakes and Tony Robbins, they already have their own brands established. I&#x27;m still establishing mine. So I stuck to my guns, Pete. And I said, I&#x27;m going to produce this myself. We went and did crowdfunding. You&#x27;re a financial expert. So I wasn&#x27;t about to go into debt for a free online show. So I went and did a crowdfunding campaign. And we raised about $25,000 in 45 days online.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Nice. And that gave us enough money to produce the show ourselves and put it online. And so people can go to the keynote TV show, one-hour episodes. In fact, the last two episodes are about 90 minutes long. And it&#x27;s incredible good television that you can watch with your business coworkers, colleagues, your friends, your neighbors, your kids. My two daughters, Miracle and Hope, are ages 8 and 10. And they&#x27;re hooked on the show. They love the show. They know every character in the show. I mean, it&#x27;s amazing. And they&#x27;re learning a lot of things that they can use in school and life and business as a direct result of watching the show. So it&#x27;s really, really incredible. Well, every show has to start somewhere, you know, before it&#x27;s popular. Like The Sopranos, when it first came on, I watched the first episodes. I&#x27;m not sure I like this. So I had to watch a couple more. And then I was hooked. And same with, like, The Apprentice. Well, what&#x27;s The Sopranos? And then The Shark Tank.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> I mean, it was three or four seasons in before I even knew it existed. People kept hearing about it. Talking about The Shark Tank. Well, I don&#x27;t like, you know, I watched Mutual of Omaha&#x27;s Wild Kingdom. I don&#x27;t want to watch sharks on TV. But then I found out what Shark Tank really was. And so the number one fear of people is public speaking. You&#x27;re right. Number two is retiring with not enough money. And go back to public speaking. I was afraid to talk in public back in the day. I&#x27;m not afraid anymore. But they always said, picture your audience in their underwear. And that was really scary to me, more than speaking in front of them, actually. I know. You know, they say all kinds of stuff. Coach, try to get people to relax. And one of the biggest things that I tell people, if you want to get better at public speaking, the first thing that you need to do is stop speaking and start serving. The truth is, if you go into a presentation and say, I&#x27;m getting ready to speak, then all the focus is on you.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> How do I look? How do I sound? What do people think of my outfit? What do people think of my content? Did I pause enough? Did I walk around the stage enough? And it&#x27;s I, I, I, I, I, which causes the butterflies in your stomach to explode. But if you go into that engagement and say, I&#x27;m here to serve the needs of others, isn&#x27;t it amazing how if you go to a soup kitchen and you volunteer to give food out, you&#x27;re not concerned about how you look. You&#x27;re not concerned about how you&#x27;re dressed. You&#x27;re not concerned about what people think of the tone of your voice. You&#x27;re not concerned about any of those things. Why? Because you&#x27;re there to serve. And I think the moment we begin to start showing up and serving people, which is what you do incredibly well through your show. So congratulations on 10 incredible years of the financial savoury. I think that&#x27;s incredible. Thank you. You show up to serve. And because you show up to serve, you know, the nerves aren&#x27;t there as much. Now, Zig Ziglar was a great mentor of mine before he passed.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And he&#x27;s easily one of the all-time favorite motivational speakers of our world. He said, Del Toro, you know, I get nervous before every talk. And I realize that in my industry as well, I get nervous before every presentation. But what I&#x27;ve taught my speakers to understand is that instead of saying you&#x27;re nervous, say that you have a healthy anticipation of an incredible outcome, you know. And just by changing your phraseology, all of a sudden you&#x27;re going to feel better about that presentation. You&#x27;ll do better and you&#x27;ll rock out. But we all, no matter what our business is or what our industry is or what our profession is, we all need the skill set of presentation skills in order to be more effective, in order to get the word out there. So that&#x27;s why we created the keynote. And I think the other thing, Coach P, people are going to love about the show is that we&#x27;ve built in direct business takeaways so that people, even if you&#x27;re not a speaker or author or aspiring to be one of those things, you&#x27;re going to get tremendous value out of the show.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> You can watch Shark Tank and not necessarily want to be a million-dollar investor and learn great principles that can help you be a better person at work the next day. You can watch MasterChef or Hell&#x27;s Kitchen and not want to be a chef and still learn great lessons about mentoring and leadership and development and training and developing your potential and perseverance and all these important skill sets that you need to be successful in life. So the keynote teaches a lot of those successful principles that you need in life and business, and you get them whether you want to be a speaker or not. To watch it, you&#x27;ll love it. It&#x27;s an incredible show. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating show, and I like it. And that&#x27;s an amazing house it&#x27;s filmed in, by the way. Oh, thanks, man. I appreciate that. You know, it&#x27;s one of the biggest properties in Tampa, 20,000 square feet.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> We had to find something big enough to house the entire cast and the crew. So it was amazing. We had nine cast members, and we had a crew of about 10 people, and we all stayed in the mansion the entire time to be able to film it. So seven or eight days total. It was amazing. So in those seven or eight days, and this is the final question here. It&#x27;s got about a minute left here on this segment. But in those seven or eight days, who surprised you the most from the minute you met them to the day the show was over and you guys were saying your goodbyes? You know what? That&#x27;s a phenomenal question. Wow. You know, I would probably say, of all the cast members, the person that surprised me the most was Bernie. And Bernie surprised me the most because I would give her the award for the most improved. Bernie came in, Bernadette Volkman, she came into the show not having much experience in public speaking.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> She was actually an emergency room nurse. And so she did that for a number of years and then kind of retired from that. And then she became a direct salesperson and worked in that industry. But she was terrified of public speaking. So not only was she learning how to speak in public, but she was doing it on camera. And her evolution throughout the course of the entire show, after having overcome several childhood hurts and pains to be who she is today and to speak on the subject of confidence was absolutely transformational. So she was easily a crowd favorite at the end of us live streaming season one. And she was the most improved. So I would probably say Bernie was the crowd favorite. Well, I really think that anybody listening here to the radio should get online and check the show out. It&#x27;s a great way to watch it. You don&#x27;t have to wait for commercials. You don&#x27;t have to wait for next week. You can watch it all at one time.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> Like you said, that&#x27;s how I do my Netflix. Yep. Exactly. And give the address out one more time. Yep. It&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. That&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. And you can binge watch all six seasons right there. You can actually Apple TV it to your big screen or your home theater system. That&#x27;s the way I watch it at my house. Or you can pull it up on YouTube as well. You can just go to YouTube and search the Keynote TV Show. You can use any device, any computer, any smart device, tablet, iPad, iPhone, Android. You can watch it anywhere. That&#x27;s the beautiful thing about having the show online. People can watch it anywhere all around the world. So it&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. That&#x27;s the KeynoteTVShow.com. And I know that Coach Pete will love a lot of the financial principles that we teach in that show as well to help people be more successful.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> And, folks, you can see what Delatoro McNeil looks like as well. It&#x27;s a great show. He&#x27;s a great guy. And I look forward to seeing you more on real TV, like the big networks coming up, Delatoro. Thanks so much, Coach Pete. I appreciate it. It means a lot, man. And thank you for the amazing work you do to help everybody be financially free. Folks, one more time. You can watch the reality show at the KeynoteTVShow.com. His name was Delatoro McNeil. And Delatoro, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Delatorro McNeal joins Coach Pete to discuss The Keynote, his work as a speaker, and Caught Between a Dream and a Job. Recorded July 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Delatorro McNeal</category>
      <category>The Keynote and Following a Dream</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Delatorro McNeal, The Keynote and Following a Dream, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a/image.jpg?t=1792072228&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/delatorro-mcneal-the-keynote-and-following-a-dream/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a/image.jpg?t=1792072228&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>731</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f2b9309-8bf7-4daa-bbc0-b4e2017d404a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11725461" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/delatorro-mcneal-the-keynote-and-following-a-dream</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>107</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Keynote and Following a Dream" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:32" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Foster: The Jolly Roger Social Club (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Foster: The Jolly Roger Social Club (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Foster joins Coach Pete from Belgium to discuss The Jolly Roger Social Club. This finished short interview explores the story behind his true-crime book. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show again where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to authors, and we are really living up to what we say. We&#x27;re going to Belgium right now. We&#x27;re going to talk to the author of the book, The Jolly Rogers Social Club, A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. His name is Nick Foster. And by the way, Nick has been a reporter and a diplomat in the past. Nick knows about the world. He knows about travel. And a lot of folks, their dream is to retire and then either travel the world or go live in a different place. And Nick&#x27;s book deals just with that. Nick, welcome in. Thanks very much, Pete. Great to be with you. Now, your title is, it&#x27;s grabbing. It grabs you. A Jolly Rogers Social Club and then A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. Tell me what your book&#x27;s about.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, first of all, it is a true story. It&#x27;s a true story that took place in Panama a few years ago. I want to take you back to 2010. There&#x27;s this guy, young guy, 30 years old, William Dathan Holbert from Hendersonville, North Carolina. And he flees his beachside home in Bocas del Toro, which is on the Caribbean coast of Panama. The police arrive. They find five corpses rotting in the jungle at the back of the house. They find a bunch of checkbooks inside the house which didn&#x27;t belong to him. They find a jar containing gold dental fillings and crowns, you know. And they find ammunition for an AK-47. So the police immediately realize that something really serious has happened at this house. Turns out that Holbert, when he&#x27;s apprehended with his accomplice, he admits to killing those five people who were all Americans plus another one.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So six Americans in all. And they were all expats that had gone down to Central America to start new lives. I found out that the Jolly Roger Social Club actually existed. It&#x27;s a bare-bones drinking den that Holbert set up in Bocas del Toro. And essentially, you know, he set it up, as far as I could tell with my research, to essentially listen in to the stories of these expats that went down to Panama to find their place in the sun. And what he was doing was he was listening to stories about how they kept their savings, how they owned their real estate. And then he took advantage of that information to kill them for reasons of greed, to take those assets, to take that real estate and those savings. And that was the modus operandi, if you like, of his crimes.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> So the romantic vision of retiring overseas isn&#x27;t always a romantic vision, is it? Well, you know, sometimes there&#x27;s a serpent in paradise, right? The idea of a white sand beach and, you know, palms gently swaying in the breeze, you know, messing around in boats, lobster cookouts on the beach. That all happens, but you&#x27;ve got to be really careful, too. Obviously, the story of the Jolly Roger Social Club is a really extreme one. Nobody&#x27;s suggesting that you&#x27;re likely to get murdered if you go to Central America. But I think you do have to take precautions. I think you&#x27;ve got to keep your wits about you. And I think there are some simple things that you can do if you&#x27;re thinking of relocating overseas. Maybe in early retirement. That&#x27;ll kind of hopefully keep you out of harm&#x27;s way, but just ensure that, you know, your stay is more successful.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And you say something that I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of real estate agents, and they agree with this, too, by the way, locally, not just worldwide. But they say at the beginning, rent a home in a new community rather than buy one so you can scope out the area. You know, that&#x27;s such good advice. It&#x27;s really important. I think, you know, people come down. And this happened before the property crash in the States. I mean, people sold up in America. I&#x27;m talking about, you know, 2005, 6, 7. People sold up. They had a lot of dollars in their pocket. They went down to places like Central America, like Bocas del Toro. And they felt wealthy. And I think, you know, that was a major reason why a whole load of folks chose to buy rather than rent because they thought the property prices would go up forever.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> In other words, they&#x27;d miss the boat. But I think still it&#x27;s just like you&#x27;re saying. Still, it makes much better sense when you don&#x27;t know a place really, really well to always rent first because then you can obviously do a better deal when you do come to buy. But it may turn out that you don&#x27;t want to buy at all. And it&#x27;s much easier to break a rental contract than to have to sell up again, sell a home. I mean, it&#x27;s obviously much easier. So I agree, you know. Well, I see that miss the boat analogy time after time. We&#x27;re talking about stocks or whatever, people trying to get into the market because they don&#x27;t want to miss the run up. And it&#x27;s usually fear and greed overtake them. And they don&#x27;t want to miss the run up. And then they get greedy saying, I&#x27;m going to get rich. I&#x27;m going to invest in this property. It&#x27;s always going to go up. But you say that people routinely take risks on real estate overseas that they would never take back home.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Why is that? Well, first of all, it&#x27;s true they do. And I think that there&#x27;s a problem when people, and it&#x27;s not just Americans going to Central America. That&#x27;s the theme of my story here. But, I mean, it&#x27;s also people from my country, the United Kingdom, going bribes to change things. You know, you&#x27;ve got to be careful with that as well. But I think fundamentally the problem is when real estate isn&#x27;t properly and officially delimited, if you see what I mean. So, you know, when things are a little bit vague. Yeah. And I hope people have paid attention to this interview. Very important interview. Very important book. The Jolly Rogers Social Club, A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. Folks, it&#x27;s Nick Foster as the author. But if you&#x27;re thinking about retiring and moving overseas or traveling overseas, this would be a good book to pick up. Nick, I really appreciate your time today. Good to know, Pete.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s been great. Thank you. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again or just listen to it again as an entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Foster joins Coach Pete from Belgium to discuss The Jolly Roger Social Club. This finished short interview explores the story behind his true-crime book. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show again where we go out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to authors, and we are really living up to what we say. We&#x27;re going to Belgium right now. We&#x27;re going to talk to the author of the book, The Jolly Rogers Social Club, A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. His name is Nick Foster. And by the way, Nick has been a reporter and a diplomat in the past. Nick knows about the world. He knows about travel. And a lot of folks, their dream is to retire and then either travel the world or go live in a different place. And Nick&#x27;s book deals just with that. Nick, welcome in. Thanks very much, Pete. Great to be with you. Now, your title is, it&#x27;s grabbing. It grabs you. A Jolly Rogers Social Club and then A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. Tell me what your book&#x27;s about.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, first of all, it is a true story. It&#x27;s a true story that took place in Panama a few years ago. I want to take you back to 2010. There&#x27;s this guy, young guy, 30 years old, William Dathan Holbert from Hendersonville, North Carolina. And he flees his beachside home in Bocas del Toro, which is on the Caribbean coast of Panama. The police arrive. They find five corpses rotting in the jungle at the back of the house. They find a bunch of checkbooks inside the house which didn&#x27;t belong to him. They find a jar containing gold dental fillings and crowns, you know. And they find ammunition for an AK-47. So the police immediately realize that something really serious has happened at this house. Turns out that Holbert, when he&#x27;s apprehended with his accomplice, he admits to killing those five people who were all Americans plus another one.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So six Americans in all. And they were all expats that had gone down to Central America to start new lives. I found out that the Jolly Roger Social Club actually existed. It&#x27;s a bare-bones drinking den that Holbert set up in Bocas del Toro. And essentially, you know, he set it up, as far as I could tell with my research, to essentially listen in to the stories of these expats that went down to Panama to find their place in the sun. And what he was doing was he was listening to stories about how they kept their savings, how they owned their real estate. And then he took advantage of that information to kill them for reasons of greed, to take those assets, to take that real estate and those savings. And that was the modus operandi, if you like, of his crimes.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> So the romantic vision of retiring overseas isn&#x27;t always a romantic vision, is it? Well, you know, sometimes there&#x27;s a serpent in paradise, right? The idea of a white sand beach and, you know, palms gently swaying in the breeze, you know, messing around in boats, lobster cookouts on the beach. That all happens, but you&#x27;ve got to be really careful, too. Obviously, the story of the Jolly Roger Social Club is a really extreme one. Nobody&#x27;s suggesting that you&#x27;re likely to get murdered if you go to Central America. But I think you do have to take precautions. I think you&#x27;ve got to keep your wits about you. And I think there are some simple things that you can do if you&#x27;re thinking of relocating overseas. Maybe in early retirement. That&#x27;ll kind of hopefully keep you out of harm&#x27;s way, but just ensure that, you know, your stay is more successful.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And you say something that I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of real estate agents, and they agree with this, too, by the way, locally, not just worldwide. But they say at the beginning, rent a home in a new community rather than buy one so you can scope out the area. You know, that&#x27;s such good advice. It&#x27;s really important. I think, you know, people come down. And this happened before the property crash in the States. I mean, people sold up in America. I&#x27;m talking about, you know, 2005, 6, 7. People sold up. They had a lot of dollars in their pocket. They went down to places like Central America, like Bocas del Toro. And they felt wealthy. And I think, you know, that was a major reason why a whole load of folks chose to buy rather than rent because they thought the property prices would go up forever.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> In other words, they&#x27;d miss the boat. But I think still it&#x27;s just like you&#x27;re saying. Still, it makes much better sense when you don&#x27;t know a place really, really well to always rent first because then you can obviously do a better deal when you do come to buy. But it may turn out that you don&#x27;t want to buy at all. And it&#x27;s much easier to break a rental contract than to have to sell up again, sell a home. I mean, it&#x27;s obviously much easier. So I agree, you know. Well, I see that miss the boat analogy time after time. We&#x27;re talking about stocks or whatever, people trying to get into the market because they don&#x27;t want to miss the run up. And it&#x27;s usually fear and greed overtake them. And they don&#x27;t want to miss the run up. And then they get greedy saying, I&#x27;m going to get rich. I&#x27;m going to invest in this property. It&#x27;s always going to go up. But you say that people routinely take risks on real estate overseas that they would never take back home.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Why is that? Well, first of all, it&#x27;s true they do. And I think that there&#x27;s a problem when people, and it&#x27;s not just Americans going to Central America. That&#x27;s the theme of my story here. But, I mean, it&#x27;s also people from my country, the United Kingdom, going bribes to change things. You know, you&#x27;ve got to be careful with that as well. But I think fundamentally the problem is when real estate isn&#x27;t properly and officially delimited, if you see what I mean. So, you know, when things are a little bit vague. Yeah. And I hope people have paid attention to this interview. Very important interview. Very important book. The Jolly Rogers Social Club, A True Story of a Killer in Paradise. Folks, it&#x27;s Nick Foster as the author. But if you&#x27;re thinking about retiring and moving overseas or traveling overseas, this would be a good book to pick up. Nick, I really appreciate your time today. Good to know, Pete.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s been great. Thank you. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again or just listen to it again as an entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Foster joins Coach Pete from Belgium to discuss The Jolly Roger Social Club. This finished short interview explores the story behind his true-crime book. Recorded July 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Foster</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>The Jolly Roger Social Club</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Foster, books and authors, The Jolly Roger Social Club, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993/image.jpg?t=1792072246&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-foster-the-jolly-roger-social-club-short-interview/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993/image.jpg?t=1792072246&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993</guid>
      <omny:clipId>65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>345</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/65b686d3-6ece-4eb1-9e63-b4e2017bc993/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="5561727" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-foster-the-jolly-roger-social-club-short-interview</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>108</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Jolly Roger Social Club" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rob Pincus: Personal Safety and Self-Defense</title>
      <itunes:title>Rob Pincus: Personal Safety and Self-Defense</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Pincus joins Coach Pete to discuss personal safety, self-defense training, and preparing to protect yourself and your family. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And we&#x27;re going to go to Denver, Colorado, to talk to an individual who is a specialist in self-defense tactics and ways to protect yourself. He&#x27;s with ICE Training Company, and that&#x27;s out of St. Augustine, Florida. And his name is Rob Pincus. Rob, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Great to be here. Yeah, now, this is any headline nowadays. We see it&#x27;s right on the front page many times is things are happening. And also, I think on the forgotten pages are the fact that many people aren&#x27;t prepared for what would happen if an active shooter, someone walked right in right now and started shooting. Most people wouldn&#x27;t know what to do, would they? Well, I think in the aftermath, most people would probably come up with about 20 things they could have done. The problem is they aren&#x27;t taking 15 minutes to think about it today or tomorrow, you know, weeks or months or years before anything like that ever happens.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Just to set a simple script into their head, you know, here&#x27;s what I would do if. You know, it&#x27;s like I always talk about the old stop, drop, and roll, right? Like, we had that kind of – we were indoctrinating as kids. If we ever had clothes catch on fire, stop, drop, and roll. And people can probably think of 30 different other things. They&#x27;ve learned simple phrases or simple concepts for to deal with an emergency, which they&#x27;ve memorized and learned ahead of time so they can put it into effect, even though there&#x27;s a very small chance they&#x27;re ever going to need those things in their everyday life. I know in the military, they practice taking a gun apart, put it back together so many times, they can do it blindfolded and in the dark. That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about, getting a routine established, right? Getting a routine established, exactly. And honestly, the three concepts we teach for active shooter response are a lot simpler than disassembling and reassembling a gun blindfolded, that&#x27;s for sure.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> But it&#x27;s just the repetition factor and able to know. You know, a lot of people have a plan in their head of what they would do, but they really don&#x27;t know how to enact that plan if something does happen. Right. And the best thing you can do, obviously, you&#x27;re not going to probably, you know, get together with a bunch of people and do scenario training and have, you know, your workplace HR people put together something with the local police. Although all that&#x27;s great, we know most people aren&#x27;t going to go through all those processes. So the simple thing you can do is visualize these ideas of evade, barricade, and then respond if you need to. And just visualize how that might play out in the places that you frequent, your workplace, your kids&#x27; schools, the mall, the restaurants and bars you hang out at, whatever, wherever you are in your everyday life. That&#x27;s where these things are most likely to happen if you&#x27;re going to be involved. And I know your training programs have been featured on World News Tonight, Fortune Magazine, The Washington Post, just to name a few.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> So you really know what you&#x27;re talking about. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this for a long time. The company, I left full-time law enforcement work in 2001. So we&#x27;re 15 years in as full-time instruction. And I&#x27;ve been doing firearms and law enforcement tactics training before that, going back into the mid-90s. So we have a great team of instructors. We base a lot of our active shooter response out of a gym, CrossFit and defensive training gym in Hilliard, Ohio, right outside of Columbus that I&#x27;m a co-owner of. And that program there, run by Endeavor, is actually where we&#x27;re going to be hosting our first active shooter response instructor course for an evolution of a program that we actually put into place five years ago called the School Attacker Response Course in response to a lot of questions that people had after the massacre at Sandy Hook.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I know it&#x27;s important. I mean, we hear about the news and we always say, well, I&#x27;m going to learn self-defense. But you need to be everyday ready. You&#x27;ve got to be ready right away. And a lot of people keep putting it off. Procrastination in the financial world hurts people. And procrastination when you&#x27;re buying a gun or getting self-defense training will hurt too, won&#x27;t it? Absolutely. You know, I mean, for years I knew that I was supposed to be putting a little money aside, making some investments, putting some savings together. And, you know, there was always something else to do, something else to be done. And I don&#x27;t know, about four or five years ago I finally got a good financial planner. He told me, you know, exactly what he did, made it easy, made it automatic. It just happened in the background. And every once in a while I open up those statements and I kick myself for not having started sooner because the resources were there, you know.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And I could have been doing this a lot sooner, planning for the future financially. So what I like to see people do is establish those patterns of behavior ahead of time. You know, you invest 15 minutes a day for a week or two and then you invest 15 minutes a week for another couple months. And then probably it&#x27;s something you hardly ever think about because you&#x27;ve already set these patterns of behavior in place. You know that when you go into a restaurant or a bar, you go into a new place, you think about where the exits might be that you would use in an emergency. Not necessarily the door you came in from, but maybe at a restaurant you think about exiting through the kitchen. So you look around, where&#x27;s the kitchen door? Okay, I know where that is. And that becomes second nature, just becomes a habit. You think about barricading. Maybe you throw a doorstop in the backpack or the briefcase that you carry around. You throw a doorstop in the diaper bag. If you&#x27;re a mom moving around with a baby, throw a doorstop in your purse. Now you have a tool with you all the time that you can use to barricade.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Because if you can&#x27;t get out, that&#x27;s evasion, the first step. Then you need to make it harder for the bad guy to get to where you are. So you find the bathroom, you find the manager&#x27;s office, you find the storage closet, and you barricade yourself. You make it a little bit harder for the bad guy to get there. And then the last piece, of course, is respond if you need to. We talk about run, hide, and fight. If you can&#x27;t run and the bad guy finds you or gets to you or gets through your barricade, ultimately you&#x27;re going to have to fight. And that&#x27;s where, sure, the more tools you have, the more training you have, the fitter you are, the stronger you are, the better able you will be to defend yourself. But don&#x27;t think that you have to be carrying a gun or you have to be a black belt martial artist to defend yourself, especially if you have multiple people. You can use improvised tools, the knives and forks that are at that restaurant, the heavy bottles that are at that bar or nightclub. Fire extinguishers are all over the place in the public environment.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> You can spray that dry chemical as a distraction, as an irritant, to take away vision, to make it harder to breathe. And then you&#x27;ve got a big heavy metal cylinder you can use as an impact device. You know, ultimately, people talk about the guy with the gun. The gun is something you can control. You know, we have a lot of free videos at personaldefensenetwork.com and articles that help people learn just that we call it demystifying the gun, the ways you can defeat an attacker, even with a relatively powerful semi-automatic rifle. You mentioned that being aware of your surroundings, situational awareness, very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? You know, it is. What we look for is for people to start to recognize what anomalies are because, you know, hopefully you go into the restaurant, you look around, you see where the exits are, you see who the people are there, you feel comfortable, and we want you to sit down and have a good meal. We don&#x27;t want you to become obsessed and paranoid that you have to, you know, scan the environment every 30 seconds.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> But what we also want is to make sure that once you&#x27;ve sort of seen what the lay of the land is, that you start to pick up on things like someone who comes into the restaurant, walks and stands in a corner as if he&#x27;s looking over the place to see who&#x27;s there or see what&#x27;s going on because that&#x27;s not normal behavior. Somebody who comes into a convenience store, two guys come into a convenience store together, one guy goes right to the counter without getting any items, and the other guy stands by the door or, again, puts himself in a corner position in the room where he can kind of watch everybody. That&#x27;s suspicious activity. So you start to realize what patterns fit in the environments you&#x27;re in and what patterns don&#x27;t fit. And when you see one of these anomalies, that kind of raises the hackles a little bit, and you start paying more attention. And then you start thinking about, you know, should I leave? Should I call the police? Should I let a manager know? Should I just ask a question?</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Or should I just sit here and maybe pay a little bit more attention to what&#x27;s going on and less attention to, you know, the delicious meal or the great bottle of wine you&#x27;re enjoying at the moment? Yeah, you&#x27;re very important. And now, can the average American, though, can they outthink a lone gunman with an assault rifle and take him down using defensive tactics? Oh, sure. You know, the idea that the guy with the gun is, you know, indefeatable, we know that that&#x27;s not true. There was just a great video released from an event that happened at Seattle Pacific University in 2014 where, like, a safety monitor in one of these dorm buildings came around the corner. A guy had just used a very powerful 12-gauge shotgun to murder someone and injure someone else. He was reloading the gun, and this young guy came around the corner with pepper spray, hit him with pepper spray, and then grabbed the gun, wrestled it from him, took the gun away, put it in another room, came back.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> The guy pulled a knife, and again, he was able to hold him and subdue him, pin him to the ground with a knife in his hand until other people got there to help him, you know, kind of finish securing the guy until the police got there. So we know that unarmed people can fight armed people and win if they have the will and hopefully if they&#x27;ve thought ahead a little bit. Now, certainly the pepper spray or having your own gun, having a knife, having an impact device, all these things can help. But it&#x27;s really the mindset. You know, there were three guys on a train not too long ago in France that were a train going to Paris. They were coming down from Belgium. They took on an armed terrorist with multiple guns, multiple weapons, and three of them subdued him and controlled him. And it wasn&#x27;t fancy martial arts moves. It&#x27;s really body weight and holding on to someone and knowing that when you look at that gun, there&#x27;s, you know, the gun that was used at the most recent killings in Florida,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> there&#x27;s a less than a quarter of an inch diameter bullet that comes straight out of the muzzle of that gun. If you can point the muzzle of that gun to the ceiling, to the floor, to the corner, just get that rifle pinned so that it isn&#x27;t pointed at anyone. Let the bad guy pull the trigger. It&#x27;s going to make a lot of noise. It&#x27;s going to be scary. It&#x27;s going to be muzzle flash. But at the end of the day, that gun is either going to run out of bullets pretty quickly or it&#x27;s going to malfunction because it&#x27;s pinned against the wall or against the ground. And then you go on to control the guy using impact, using body weight, using just controlling the limbs. Two or three people can take on any armed person and have a really good chance of winning if they&#x27;re standing by prepared to do it because they&#x27;ve set this script in place. And they&#x27;re essentially just hitting play when the bad guy, when that evil shows up in their presence.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Lots of great points and lots of great points. We probably haven&#x27;t even covered, but we&#x27;re running against the clock. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. How can our listener learn more and become more aware and get started becoming an expert in self-defense? You can go to selfdefense.training and we have a DVD package that we put together for people that are new to the ideas of self-defense and family safety and home safety. Selfdefense.training has that 10 DVD set at a great price. But for free, you can go to personaldefensenetwork.com and watch hundreds of videos and read articles from experts in all areas of safety and security, as well as self-defense training, both firearms training and unarmed training, other defensive tools at personaldefensenetwork.com. Hundreds of videos. You can sit there for hours and learn about all the stuff we&#x27;ve talked about and much, much more when it comes to protecting yourself and your family.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> Folks, his name is Rob Pincus, self-defense expert. Rob, thanks for your time today. Yes, sir. Glad to be here. Thanks. So, folks, if you have joined us late and want to hear this interview again in this entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Pincus joins Coach Pete to discuss personal safety, self-defense training, and preparing to protect yourself and your family. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And we&#x27;re going to go to Denver, Colorado, to talk to an individual who is a specialist in self-defense tactics and ways to protect yourself. He&#x27;s with ICE Training Company, and that&#x27;s out of St. Augustine, Florida. And his name is Rob Pincus. Rob, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Great to be here. Yeah, now, this is any headline nowadays. We see it&#x27;s right on the front page many times is things are happening. And also, I think on the forgotten pages are the fact that many people aren&#x27;t prepared for what would happen if an active shooter, someone walked right in right now and started shooting. Most people wouldn&#x27;t know what to do, would they? Well, I think in the aftermath, most people would probably come up with about 20 things they could have done. The problem is they aren&#x27;t taking 15 minutes to think about it today or tomorrow, you know, weeks or months or years before anything like that ever happens.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Just to set a simple script into their head, you know, here&#x27;s what I would do if. You know, it&#x27;s like I always talk about the old stop, drop, and roll, right? Like, we had that kind of – we were indoctrinating as kids. If we ever had clothes catch on fire, stop, drop, and roll. And people can probably think of 30 different other things. They&#x27;ve learned simple phrases or simple concepts for to deal with an emergency, which they&#x27;ve memorized and learned ahead of time so they can put it into effect, even though there&#x27;s a very small chance they&#x27;re ever going to need those things in their everyday life. I know in the military, they practice taking a gun apart, put it back together so many times, they can do it blindfolded and in the dark. That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about, getting a routine established, right? Getting a routine established, exactly. And honestly, the three concepts we teach for active shooter response are a lot simpler than disassembling and reassembling a gun blindfolded, that&#x27;s for sure.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> But it&#x27;s just the repetition factor and able to know. You know, a lot of people have a plan in their head of what they would do, but they really don&#x27;t know how to enact that plan if something does happen. Right. And the best thing you can do, obviously, you&#x27;re not going to probably, you know, get together with a bunch of people and do scenario training and have, you know, your workplace HR people put together something with the local police. Although all that&#x27;s great, we know most people aren&#x27;t going to go through all those processes. So the simple thing you can do is visualize these ideas of evade, barricade, and then respond if you need to. And just visualize how that might play out in the places that you frequent, your workplace, your kids&#x27; schools, the mall, the restaurants and bars you hang out at, whatever, wherever you are in your everyday life. That&#x27;s where these things are most likely to happen if you&#x27;re going to be involved. And I know your training programs have been featured on World News Tonight, Fortune Magazine, The Washington Post, just to name a few.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> So you really know what you&#x27;re talking about. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this for a long time. The company, I left full-time law enforcement work in 2001. So we&#x27;re 15 years in as full-time instruction. And I&#x27;ve been doing firearms and law enforcement tactics training before that, going back into the mid-90s. So we have a great team of instructors. We base a lot of our active shooter response out of a gym, CrossFit and defensive training gym in Hilliard, Ohio, right outside of Columbus that I&#x27;m a co-owner of. And that program there, run by Endeavor, is actually where we&#x27;re going to be hosting our first active shooter response instructor course for an evolution of a program that we actually put into place five years ago called the School Attacker Response Course in response to a lot of questions that people had after the massacre at Sandy Hook.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I know it&#x27;s important. I mean, we hear about the news and we always say, well, I&#x27;m going to learn self-defense. But you need to be everyday ready. You&#x27;ve got to be ready right away. And a lot of people keep putting it off. Procrastination in the financial world hurts people. And procrastination when you&#x27;re buying a gun or getting self-defense training will hurt too, won&#x27;t it? Absolutely. You know, I mean, for years I knew that I was supposed to be putting a little money aside, making some investments, putting some savings together. And, you know, there was always something else to do, something else to be done. And I don&#x27;t know, about four or five years ago I finally got a good financial planner. He told me, you know, exactly what he did, made it easy, made it automatic. It just happened in the background. And every once in a while I open up those statements and I kick myself for not having started sooner because the resources were there, you know.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And I could have been doing this a lot sooner, planning for the future financially. So what I like to see people do is establish those patterns of behavior ahead of time. You know, you invest 15 minutes a day for a week or two and then you invest 15 minutes a week for another couple months. And then probably it&#x27;s something you hardly ever think about because you&#x27;ve already set these patterns of behavior in place. You know that when you go into a restaurant or a bar, you go into a new place, you think about where the exits might be that you would use in an emergency. Not necessarily the door you came in from, but maybe at a restaurant you think about exiting through the kitchen. So you look around, where&#x27;s the kitchen door? Okay, I know where that is. And that becomes second nature, just becomes a habit. You think about barricading. Maybe you throw a doorstop in the backpack or the briefcase that you carry around. You throw a doorstop in the diaper bag. If you&#x27;re a mom moving around with a baby, throw a doorstop in your purse. Now you have a tool with you all the time that you can use to barricade.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Because if you can&#x27;t get out, that&#x27;s evasion, the first step. Then you need to make it harder for the bad guy to get to where you are. So you find the bathroom, you find the manager&#x27;s office, you find the storage closet, and you barricade yourself. You make it a little bit harder for the bad guy to get there. And then the last piece, of course, is respond if you need to. We talk about run, hide, and fight. If you can&#x27;t run and the bad guy finds you or gets to you or gets through your barricade, ultimately you&#x27;re going to have to fight. And that&#x27;s where, sure, the more tools you have, the more training you have, the fitter you are, the stronger you are, the better able you will be to defend yourself. But don&#x27;t think that you have to be carrying a gun or you have to be a black belt martial artist to defend yourself, especially if you have multiple people. You can use improvised tools, the knives and forks that are at that restaurant, the heavy bottles that are at that bar or nightclub. Fire extinguishers are all over the place in the public environment.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> You can spray that dry chemical as a distraction, as an irritant, to take away vision, to make it harder to breathe. And then you&#x27;ve got a big heavy metal cylinder you can use as an impact device. You know, ultimately, people talk about the guy with the gun. The gun is something you can control. You know, we have a lot of free videos at personaldefensenetwork.com and articles that help people learn just that we call it demystifying the gun, the ways you can defeat an attacker, even with a relatively powerful semi-automatic rifle. You mentioned that being aware of your surroundings, situational awareness, very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? You know, it is. What we look for is for people to start to recognize what anomalies are because, you know, hopefully you go into the restaurant, you look around, you see where the exits are, you see who the people are there, you feel comfortable, and we want you to sit down and have a good meal. We don&#x27;t want you to become obsessed and paranoid that you have to, you know, scan the environment every 30 seconds.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> But what we also want is to make sure that once you&#x27;ve sort of seen what the lay of the land is, that you start to pick up on things like someone who comes into the restaurant, walks and stands in a corner as if he&#x27;s looking over the place to see who&#x27;s there or see what&#x27;s going on because that&#x27;s not normal behavior. Somebody who comes into a convenience store, two guys come into a convenience store together, one guy goes right to the counter without getting any items, and the other guy stands by the door or, again, puts himself in a corner position in the room where he can kind of watch everybody. That&#x27;s suspicious activity. So you start to realize what patterns fit in the environments you&#x27;re in and what patterns don&#x27;t fit. And when you see one of these anomalies, that kind of raises the hackles a little bit, and you start paying more attention. And then you start thinking about, you know, should I leave? Should I call the police? Should I let a manager know? Should I just ask a question?</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Or should I just sit here and maybe pay a little bit more attention to what&#x27;s going on and less attention to, you know, the delicious meal or the great bottle of wine you&#x27;re enjoying at the moment? Yeah, you&#x27;re very important. And now, can the average American, though, can they outthink a lone gunman with an assault rifle and take him down using defensive tactics? Oh, sure. You know, the idea that the guy with the gun is, you know, indefeatable, we know that that&#x27;s not true. There was just a great video released from an event that happened at Seattle Pacific University in 2014 where, like, a safety monitor in one of these dorm buildings came around the corner. A guy had just used a very powerful 12-gauge shotgun to murder someone and injure someone else. He was reloading the gun, and this young guy came around the corner with pepper spray, hit him with pepper spray, and then grabbed the gun, wrestled it from him, took the gun away, put it in another room, came back.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> The guy pulled a knife, and again, he was able to hold him and subdue him, pin him to the ground with a knife in his hand until other people got there to help him, you know, kind of finish securing the guy until the police got there. So we know that unarmed people can fight armed people and win if they have the will and hopefully if they&#x27;ve thought ahead a little bit. Now, certainly the pepper spray or having your own gun, having a knife, having an impact device, all these things can help. But it&#x27;s really the mindset. You know, there were three guys on a train not too long ago in France that were a train going to Paris. They were coming down from Belgium. They took on an armed terrorist with multiple guns, multiple weapons, and three of them subdued him and controlled him. And it wasn&#x27;t fancy martial arts moves. It&#x27;s really body weight and holding on to someone and knowing that when you look at that gun, there&#x27;s, you know, the gun that was used at the most recent killings in Florida,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> there&#x27;s a less than a quarter of an inch diameter bullet that comes straight out of the muzzle of that gun. If you can point the muzzle of that gun to the ceiling, to the floor, to the corner, just get that rifle pinned so that it isn&#x27;t pointed at anyone. Let the bad guy pull the trigger. It&#x27;s going to make a lot of noise. It&#x27;s going to be scary. It&#x27;s going to be muzzle flash. But at the end of the day, that gun is either going to run out of bullets pretty quickly or it&#x27;s going to malfunction because it&#x27;s pinned against the wall or against the ground. And then you go on to control the guy using impact, using body weight, using just controlling the limbs. Two or three people can take on any armed person and have a really good chance of winning if they&#x27;re standing by prepared to do it because they&#x27;ve set this script in place. And they&#x27;re essentially just hitting play when the bad guy, when that evil shows up in their presence.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Lots of great points and lots of great points. We probably haven&#x27;t even covered, but we&#x27;re running against the clock. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. How can our listener learn more and become more aware and get started becoming an expert in self-defense? You can go to selfdefense.training and we have a DVD package that we put together for people that are new to the ideas of self-defense and family safety and home safety. Selfdefense.training has that 10 DVD set at a great price. But for free, you can go to personaldefensenetwork.com and watch hundreds of videos and read articles from experts in all areas of safety and security, as well as self-defense training, both firearms training and unarmed training, other defensive tools at personaldefensenetwork.com. Hundreds of videos. You can sit there for hours and learn about all the stuff we&#x27;ve talked about and much, much more when it comes to protecting yourself and your family.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> Folks, his name is Rob Pincus, self-defense expert. Rob, thanks for your time today. Yes, sir. Glad to be here. Thanks. So, folks, if you have joined us late and want to hear this interview again in this entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rob Pincus joins Coach Pete to discuss personal safety, self-defense training, and preparing to protect yourself and your family. Recorded July 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rob Pincus</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <category>Personal Safety and Self-Defense</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rob Pincus, family and relationships, Personal Safety and Self-Defense, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66/image.jpg?t=1792072250&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rob-pincus-personal-safety-and-self-defense/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66/image.jpg?t=1792072250&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66</guid>
      <omny:clipId>529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>642</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/529e7a14-469a-4cff-913d-b4e2017b1c66/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10302354" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rob-pincus-personal-safety-and-self-defense</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>109</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Personal Safety and Self-Defense" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:17" title="Hospitality and service" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Richard Liebespach: Self-Protection and Awareness</title>
      <itunes:title>Richard Liebespach: Self-Protection and Awareness</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Richard Liebespach joins Coach Pete to discuss self-protection, awareness, and thinking about personal safety. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I mean, all you have to do is turn the TV on these days. And it seems like there&#x27;s the terror event of the day. And, you know, the unreported incidents are growing, too. I mean, you have to be very careful, very vigilant. The theme of the financial safari show is to be prepared, not surprised. So I thought we&#x27;d get a self-defense and self-protection expert on to find out how we can protect ourselves in the face of danger. And we&#x27;re going to go to Tampa, Florida and join Richard Liebesbach. And he, again, is a self-defense expert. I&#x27;m going to let him introduce himself as well. Richard, thanks for being on the show. Welcome in. Thank you, Coach P. I appreciate it greatly. Yeah. Now tell us what you do in a day and what makes you passionate about what you do every day.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, what I do every day is I talk to people about a real passion of mine. And all the different businesses that I do, I&#x27;ve got several, are an outgrowth of this passion. I have a website called selfprotectionconcepts.com. I have a business, Self-Protection Concepts, and a podcast, Self-Protection Essentials. I&#x27;m a speaker, teacher, and trainer all around this one thing that&#x27;s a passion of mine, and that is the most important five seconds of your life. Yeah. That&#x27;s so vitally important these days because five seconds goes by just like that, and it could change your whole life or your life could be over, correct? Exactly. And those five seconds that are the most important for your life are the time that it&#x27;ll take for you to get to safety when you&#x27;re being physically attacked. Very, very important because, I mean, things these days happen faster than we expect, and it&#x27;s always going to happen to somebody else or somewhere else in our mind, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> Yes. Yes. And that&#x27;s why one of the phrases I like to get people to think about is that never always happens. Never always happens. Yeah. Yes. We keep saying, oh, it&#x27;ll never happen to me. It doesn&#x27;t happen here. Well, recently it happened in the home of Mickey Mouse, the shooting down in Orlando. How could it possibly happen here? This is the home of Disney World. Surprise. You don&#x27;t know where the next event&#x27;s going to take place. The guy that went and shot up the nightclub in Orlando, he took in a large rifle with around seven or eight magazines of ammunition, but each magazine only holds a limited number of shots. When that magazine is empty, he has to swap it out for another one. That is your opportunity to do something to save your life or to save the life of many other people.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I want to give you an example of how that could possibly be. So in a moment, you&#x27;re going to hear a noise. Then there&#x27;ll be a few more noises, and then I&#x27;ll tell you, okay, stop. So are you ready to time me? I am. Okay. Here we go. Stop. Seven and a half seconds. Seven and a half seconds. The noise you heard was my having a rifle with an empty magazine. I removed the empty magazine, replaced the magazine, and got the gun ready to fire again. It may be possible to do that in five seconds, but I averaged around six or seven myself.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> Now, what can you do in six to seven seconds? There was a police officer named Tuller who did a study, and he found that a police officer can draw his service pistol from an external holster and put two rounds on target in a second and a half. Wow. Now, that&#x27;s a second and a half. Yep. They also found out that in a second and a half, you can run 21 feet. So if somebody is closer than 21 feet and coming at you with a knife or a club, you&#x27;re not going to get your gun out in time to do anything about it. You have to have some hand-to-hand techniques. But that&#x27;s a second and a half. We just established that when I had to change magazines on my gun, you had six or seven seconds. So in comparison, you&#x27;ve got a lot of time there to do something.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> One of the things that you could do is get somebody&#x27;s attention and say, hey, when he reloads, I&#x27;m going to take this chair, and I&#x27;m going to throw it at him. He is not going to want to get hit by a flying chair, so he&#x27;s going to duck out of the way, and that is going to buy us a few more seconds. If it buys us three seconds, we&#x27;re now up to 10 seconds of free time. We can cover 50 or 60 feet in 10 seconds and be pounding on the guy&#x27;s head all between magazine reloads. Because when he&#x27;s out of ammo, even for six or seven seconds, all he has in his hand is a big metal club. Yep. Yep, important. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people have been saying, that people didn&#x27;t do what they might have should have done because they were frozen, you know, frozen, scared, scared, frozen.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> And we hear about that, too. So don&#x27;t freeze in a time of turmoil. You need to act and react. And how is that even possible? Only by having the right mindset. Yep. If you plan now. If a situation occurs and one of your listeners is there, maybe he&#x27;ll remember this episode and go, you know, there&#x27;s going to be a few seconds in a moment where I&#x27;ll have time to do something. That time might be to run for the door and get out of there. Yep. It might be an example that will save somebody else&#x27;s life. But for some of your listeners, it might be, I can stop that guy. I can get up there. I can grab a hold of that gun, keep it pointed at the ceiling or whatever while somebody else comes along and helps me put this guy down. Well, the worst thing you can do in a situation like that is nothing, right? Right. And that&#x27;s been proven by the government over and over again.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Because the government has told our students that if there&#x27;s an active shooter in your school, we want you to run. We want you to hide. And if you have to, go ahead and fight. And how well did that work at Columbine or Newtown? Well, when I played hide and seek, there was nobody with a gun chasing me. It was just they tagged you and you were it the next time. The rules have changed these days, haven&#x27;t they? Yes. The rules have changed such that people are being encouraged to get out of there as quickly as you can. If you can&#x27;t get out immediately, don&#x27;t hide indefinitely. Wait for an opportunity, then run and get out of there again. You&#x27;ll know where the guy is. Guns make an awfully loud noise. How can the listener out there make sure that they are prepared?</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> What are the steps to get on the path to feeling more confident about going out in the crowds or going to the airport or doing anything these days? I mean, you know, terrorism, one of the things about terrorism is when it strikes small towns, people start to realize it can happen anywhere. For me, here&#x27;s what self-protection is and here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s not self-defense. Self-defense is, oh my God, I&#x27;m being attacked. Now what do I do? Self-protection is, let&#x27;s not go there in the first place. But if we do end up there, I&#x27;ve got some stuff that can get you home tonight for dinner. The biggest thing about it is, well, you can remember this by the mnemonic, I don&#x27;t want you to get mad. But mad in this case is spelled M-A-A-D-D-D.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> And that stands for mindset, awareness, avoidance, deterrence, de-escalation, and defense. Defense is on their last because you shouldn&#x27;t have to use it at all. All right, we&#x27;ll talk about that. So how does one go about mastering all the things you just said in that M-A-A-D-D-D? How does one in the time of turmoil, how do they remember that? How do they do that and how they make sure they, again, like you said, come home for dinner? Well, you start right now by developing a mindset. You want to be in a place where you&#x27;re going to refuse to be a victim. It&#x27;s not going to be me. It&#x27;s not going to be me today. I don&#x27;t know about you, but I&#x27;m going home for dinner. Now, what does that mean in a day-to-day life? It means that we have to recognize that this world is messed up.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Not everybody here is nice. Some people are going to try and do bad things to others. It&#x27;s just an acknowledgment of reality. Once you acknowledge that, though, as being what&#x27;s real, it makes you a little bit more aware. Well, if I do know that somebody might do something stupid to me, where might it come from? And now instead of just walking around in a daze, texting on your phone or listening through earbuds or being asleep, hopefully not at the wheel, you have your head a little bit more clear, a little bit more upright. You&#x27;re more aware of your physical environment around you. Yeah, very, very important. Now, we have in the financial world, and by the way, folks, we are talking to self-defense and self-protection expert Richard Leibusback,</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> talking about ways to be prepared ahead of time. If terrorism strikes, we want to make sure to protect ourselves. But when I talk to my financial advising clients, I explain the concept of situational awareness and exit strategies. Now, if you&#x27;re in the wrong investment, how to realize that ahead of time before something goes wrong and before you get into anything, you need to know how to get out. These are two concepts, I think, that tie in perfectly with self-defense, too, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I could use those same words in my day-to-day business, because what you just described is avoidance. How do I avoid that financially harmful situation? How do I avoid something that might happen because those three kids down at the other end of the street are looking my way?</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> Is that going to result in something that I need to not be a part of? Do I cross the street now or just step into the store for a while? Do I buy this stock or go to the doctor today instead of next week? All of those things are the same category of stuff. It&#x27;s avoiding that which might harm you. Yeah. Now, if somebody is worried about, and I think everyone should be, and you hit a nail on the head a little while ago where you said that, you know, not looking down at your cell phone when you&#x27;re walking into a place you&#x27;re not familiar with, because so many people are buried in their cell phones these days. They&#x27;re texting and they&#x27;re doing all sorts of stuff and walking down the street. There was a video online from a mall security camera where a lady was texting on her phone, and she basically tripped and fell right into a fountain and tried to sue the mall for that.</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> But, you know, whose fault is that? It&#x27;s her fault. She was texting, not looking where she was going. When does it come to a point where people need to take personal responsibility for their own safety? I think it comes to a point somewhere around the age of four. From the age of four on up, you&#x27;re enough aware of your environment to know that you&#x27;re about to do something right or something wrong. And if the parents don&#x27;t build into the children starting that young of an age, then things don&#x27;t go well. In fact, that&#x27;s been the case now for the last generation. Being ignorant is not an excuse, is it? No, it&#x27;s not. Well, we&#x27;re coming up against the clock right here. We&#x27;ve got a break coming. Give your website out one time here for people. If you want to find out more information about how to be self-aware and, you know, know ahead of time what to do if something happens, I&#x27;d recommend you visit Richard&#x27;s website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Richard, what is that website again? Selfprotectionconcepts.com. So, Richard, thanks again for your time. We hope to have you on the show again. And, folks, by the way, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as-heard-on-the-show icon to hear this interview again in its entirety. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Richard Liebespach joins Coach Pete to discuss self-protection, awareness, and thinking about personal safety. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I mean, all you have to do is turn the TV on these days. And it seems like there&#x27;s the terror event of the day. And, you know, the unreported incidents are growing, too. I mean, you have to be very careful, very vigilant. The theme of the financial safari show is to be prepared, not surprised. So I thought we&#x27;d get a self-defense and self-protection expert on to find out how we can protect ourselves in the face of danger. And we&#x27;re going to go to Tampa, Florida and join Richard Liebesbach. And he, again, is a self-defense expert. I&#x27;m going to let him introduce himself as well. Richard, thanks for being on the show. Welcome in. Thank you, Coach P. I appreciate it greatly. Yeah. Now tell us what you do in a day and what makes you passionate about what you do every day.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, what I do every day is I talk to people about a real passion of mine. And all the different businesses that I do, I&#x27;ve got several, are an outgrowth of this passion. I have a website called selfprotectionconcepts.com. I have a business, Self-Protection Concepts, and a podcast, Self-Protection Essentials. I&#x27;m a speaker, teacher, and trainer all around this one thing that&#x27;s a passion of mine, and that is the most important five seconds of your life. Yeah. That&#x27;s so vitally important these days because five seconds goes by just like that, and it could change your whole life or your life could be over, correct? Exactly. And those five seconds that are the most important for your life are the time that it&#x27;ll take for you to get to safety when you&#x27;re being physically attacked. Very, very important because, I mean, things these days happen faster than we expect, and it&#x27;s always going to happen to somebody else or somewhere else in our mind, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> Yes. Yes. And that&#x27;s why one of the phrases I like to get people to think about is that never always happens. Never always happens. Yeah. Yes. We keep saying, oh, it&#x27;ll never happen to me. It doesn&#x27;t happen here. Well, recently it happened in the home of Mickey Mouse, the shooting down in Orlando. How could it possibly happen here? This is the home of Disney World. Surprise. You don&#x27;t know where the next event&#x27;s going to take place. The guy that went and shot up the nightclub in Orlando, he took in a large rifle with around seven or eight magazines of ammunition, but each magazine only holds a limited number of shots. When that magazine is empty, he has to swap it out for another one. That is your opportunity to do something to save your life or to save the life of many other people.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I want to give you an example of how that could possibly be. So in a moment, you&#x27;re going to hear a noise. Then there&#x27;ll be a few more noises, and then I&#x27;ll tell you, okay, stop. So are you ready to time me? I am. Okay. Here we go. Stop. Seven and a half seconds. Seven and a half seconds. The noise you heard was my having a rifle with an empty magazine. I removed the empty magazine, replaced the magazine, and got the gun ready to fire again. It may be possible to do that in five seconds, but I averaged around six or seven myself.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> Now, what can you do in six to seven seconds? There was a police officer named Tuller who did a study, and he found that a police officer can draw his service pistol from an external holster and put two rounds on target in a second and a half. Wow. Now, that&#x27;s a second and a half. Yep. They also found out that in a second and a half, you can run 21 feet. So if somebody is closer than 21 feet and coming at you with a knife or a club, you&#x27;re not going to get your gun out in time to do anything about it. You have to have some hand-to-hand techniques. But that&#x27;s a second and a half. We just established that when I had to change magazines on my gun, you had six or seven seconds. So in comparison, you&#x27;ve got a lot of time there to do something.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> One of the things that you could do is get somebody&#x27;s attention and say, hey, when he reloads, I&#x27;m going to take this chair, and I&#x27;m going to throw it at him. He is not going to want to get hit by a flying chair, so he&#x27;s going to duck out of the way, and that is going to buy us a few more seconds. If it buys us three seconds, we&#x27;re now up to 10 seconds of free time. We can cover 50 or 60 feet in 10 seconds and be pounding on the guy&#x27;s head all between magazine reloads. Because when he&#x27;s out of ammo, even for six or seven seconds, all he has in his hand is a big metal club. Yep. Yep, important. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people have been saying, that people didn&#x27;t do what they might have should have done because they were frozen, you know, frozen, scared, scared, frozen.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> And we hear about that, too. So don&#x27;t freeze in a time of turmoil. You need to act and react. And how is that even possible? Only by having the right mindset. Yep. If you plan now. If a situation occurs and one of your listeners is there, maybe he&#x27;ll remember this episode and go, you know, there&#x27;s going to be a few seconds in a moment where I&#x27;ll have time to do something. That time might be to run for the door and get out of there. Yep. It might be an example that will save somebody else&#x27;s life. But for some of your listeners, it might be, I can stop that guy. I can get up there. I can grab a hold of that gun, keep it pointed at the ceiling or whatever while somebody else comes along and helps me put this guy down. Well, the worst thing you can do in a situation like that is nothing, right? Right. And that&#x27;s been proven by the government over and over again.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Because the government has told our students that if there&#x27;s an active shooter in your school, we want you to run. We want you to hide. And if you have to, go ahead and fight. And how well did that work at Columbine or Newtown? Well, when I played hide and seek, there was nobody with a gun chasing me. It was just they tagged you and you were it the next time. The rules have changed these days, haven&#x27;t they? Yes. The rules have changed such that people are being encouraged to get out of there as quickly as you can. If you can&#x27;t get out immediately, don&#x27;t hide indefinitely. Wait for an opportunity, then run and get out of there again. You&#x27;ll know where the guy is. Guns make an awfully loud noise. How can the listener out there make sure that they are prepared?</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> What are the steps to get on the path to feeling more confident about going out in the crowds or going to the airport or doing anything these days? I mean, you know, terrorism, one of the things about terrorism is when it strikes small towns, people start to realize it can happen anywhere. For me, here&#x27;s what self-protection is and here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s not self-defense. Self-defense is, oh my God, I&#x27;m being attacked. Now what do I do? Self-protection is, let&#x27;s not go there in the first place. But if we do end up there, I&#x27;ve got some stuff that can get you home tonight for dinner. The biggest thing about it is, well, you can remember this by the mnemonic, I don&#x27;t want you to get mad. But mad in this case is spelled M-A-A-D-D-D.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> And that stands for mindset, awareness, avoidance, deterrence, de-escalation, and defense. Defense is on their last because you shouldn&#x27;t have to use it at all. All right, we&#x27;ll talk about that. So how does one go about mastering all the things you just said in that M-A-A-D-D-D? How does one in the time of turmoil, how do they remember that? How do they do that and how they make sure they, again, like you said, come home for dinner? Well, you start right now by developing a mindset. You want to be in a place where you&#x27;re going to refuse to be a victim. It&#x27;s not going to be me. It&#x27;s not going to be me today. I don&#x27;t know about you, but I&#x27;m going home for dinner. Now, what does that mean in a day-to-day life? It means that we have to recognize that this world is messed up.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Not everybody here is nice. Some people are going to try and do bad things to others. It&#x27;s just an acknowledgment of reality. Once you acknowledge that, though, as being what&#x27;s real, it makes you a little bit more aware. Well, if I do know that somebody might do something stupid to me, where might it come from? And now instead of just walking around in a daze, texting on your phone or listening through earbuds or being asleep, hopefully not at the wheel, you have your head a little bit more clear, a little bit more upright. You&#x27;re more aware of your physical environment around you. Yeah, very, very important. Now, we have in the financial world, and by the way, folks, we are talking to self-defense and self-protection expert Richard Leibusback,</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> talking about ways to be prepared ahead of time. If terrorism strikes, we want to make sure to protect ourselves. But when I talk to my financial advising clients, I explain the concept of situational awareness and exit strategies. Now, if you&#x27;re in the wrong investment, how to realize that ahead of time before something goes wrong and before you get into anything, you need to know how to get out. These are two concepts, I think, that tie in perfectly with self-defense, too, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. I could use those same words in my day-to-day business, because what you just described is avoidance. How do I avoid that financially harmful situation? How do I avoid something that might happen because those three kids down at the other end of the street are looking my way?</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> Is that going to result in something that I need to not be a part of? Do I cross the street now or just step into the store for a while? Do I buy this stock or go to the doctor today instead of next week? All of those things are the same category of stuff. It&#x27;s avoiding that which might harm you. Yeah. Now, if somebody is worried about, and I think everyone should be, and you hit a nail on the head a little while ago where you said that, you know, not looking down at your cell phone when you&#x27;re walking into a place you&#x27;re not familiar with, because so many people are buried in their cell phones these days. They&#x27;re texting and they&#x27;re doing all sorts of stuff and walking down the street. There was a video online from a mall security camera where a lady was texting on her phone, and she basically tripped and fell right into a fountain and tried to sue the mall for that.</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> But, you know, whose fault is that? It&#x27;s her fault. She was texting, not looking where she was going. When does it come to a point where people need to take personal responsibility for their own safety? I think it comes to a point somewhere around the age of four. From the age of four on up, you&#x27;re enough aware of your environment to know that you&#x27;re about to do something right or something wrong. And if the parents don&#x27;t build into the children starting that young of an age, then things don&#x27;t go well. In fact, that&#x27;s been the case now for the last generation. Being ignorant is not an excuse, is it? No, it&#x27;s not. Well, we&#x27;re coming up against the clock right here. We&#x27;ve got a break coming. Give your website out one time here for people. If you want to find out more information about how to be self-aware and, you know, know ahead of time what to do if something happens, I&#x27;d recommend you visit Richard&#x27;s website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Richard, what is that website again? Selfprotectionconcepts.com. So, Richard, thanks again for your time. We hope to have you on the show again. And, folks, by the way, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as-heard-on-the-show icon to hear this interview again in its entirety. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Richard Liebespach joins Coach Pete to discuss self-protection, awareness, and thinking about personal safety. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Richard Liebespach</category>
      <category>Self-Protection and Awareness</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Richard Liebespach, Self-Protection and Awareness, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90/image.jpg?t=1792072257&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-liebespach-self-protection-and-awareness/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90/image.jpg?t=1792072257&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>694</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ccd3d6d-debc-45b6-94fe-b4e2017a9e90/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11135023" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-liebespach-self-protection-and-awareness</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>110</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Self-Protection and Awareness" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Cruising Through Caregiving</title>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Cruising Through Caregiving</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick joins Coach Pete to discuss Cruising Through Caregiving and the challenges families face when caring for loved ones. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to Johns Hopkins University in Maryland and talk to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s the author of a book that&#x27;s coming out here at the end of September, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. All about getting older folks and as we lose independence because we can&#x27;t do certain things, establishing a team or chain of command to make sure we still have the freedoms we deserve. Jennifer, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. Now, this is a topic that not a day goes by where someone doesn&#x27;t ask me about long-term care. You know, what&#x27;s going to happen when we get older? I&#x27;m going to stay at my house. I don&#x27;t need any help or my kids are going to take care of me.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And then you ask the kids and they don&#x27;t want anything to do with that, right? Yeah, that happens. Actually, that happens a lot more than you might think. Maybe not even that they don&#x27;t want to, but they&#x27;re unable to. Yeah, and it is an emotional rollercoaster as children having to get other people to take care of our parents. It really is. One thing that we want adult kids to know, and anybody who&#x27;s got an older or disabled loved one, is there&#x27;s lots of options out there to help you take care of your loved one, especially if you&#x27;re not geographically close. Yeah, and that&#x27;s what happens many times is maybe there&#x27;s two or three brothers and sisters. One of them lives close to mom and dad. The other two are far away in different states or different countries. And guess who gets the burden of taking care of mom and dad most of the time? The one that&#x27;s closest. Yeah, and it&#x27;s a really tough thing because that can cause a lot of conflict in the family if one person is carrying most of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And in most families, that&#x27;s exactly what happens. One person rises to the surface and is the primary caregiver. Now, what came on my radar screen about you that really stuck out is you had a title, Robots Babysetting Parents. And you said that you might be able to employ a robot to stay with your parents pretty soon and help them with their everyday tasks. And that really, you know, I could just picture that, a robot like you see on the Jetsons or Lost in Space or something like that. But how long away are we from something like that happening? Yeah, I think we&#x27;re pretty far away from that. What we thought we could really talk about is the technology that&#x27;s available to augment what adult children and other family members can do. Robots. We don&#x27;t necessarily have robots right now, although they are using robots in medical institutions and hospitals to do tasks like moving, you know, taking linens to a room or something like that.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> And we have that technology is being looked at and tested with different organizations, different companies. But I think we&#x27;re pretty far away from that. Even if there was a robot available to augment care right now, the current generation of older adults that we have, especially those, you know, 75 and older, they are going to not be so comfortable with that. But possibly when the millennials get to be elderly, that might be something that they&#x27;d be a little bit more comfortable with. But there are actually many types of technology that can make a caregiver&#x27;s life easier. It&#x27;s a 24-7 work job when you&#x27;re taking care of somebody. I mean, it&#x27;s 24 hours, seven days a week. There&#x27;s no time off unless you have somebody to substitute for you. That&#x27;s what I think you&#x27;d say, take the burden off a little bit.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> Right. Well, and that&#x27;s the thing. With a lot of families, if your loved one does require 24-hour care, the best thing we want families to remember, it should not fall on one person. We want people to establish a team. Most of the time, and I call it like your caregiving crew. The book&#x27;s called Cruising Through Caregiving, and it&#x27;s got nautical analogies. I call it your caregiving crew. So you gave the example, Coach, of a sibling who&#x27;s local, and there maybe live nearby the parent. Maybe there&#x27;s a couple of other siblings that live in another state. And what you want to do is that sibling that&#x27;s local, that&#x27;s your primary caregiver. I call that person the captain of your ship. And then what we have, you utilize those other siblings in other ways.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> Can they maybe send some money so you can hire some help? Can they fly in a couple times a year to give you a break? What kinds of things can those secondary caregivers, I call them your first mates, what can your first mates do to make the caregiving process easier? Yeah, very, very important. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s author of the upcoming book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. And Jennifer, let&#x27;s talk about steps that people need to take in order to make sure seniors are prepared to have others care for them. Because that&#x27;s the big emotional battle right there, finally surrendering some of the things you&#x27;re used to doing yourself and letting somebody else do them for you. It&#x27;s so difficult. No adult wants to be dependent on others.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> But one of the best things that anybody can do is prepare financially. And perhaps if you&#x27;re 80 right now listening, maybe you can&#x27;t do much more than you&#x27;ve already done. But if you&#x27;re 30, 40, 50 and you&#x27;re listening, do the best you can to get yourself prepared financially. And if you are a caregiver for someone who&#x27;s in their 70s, 80s, 90s, or even older, take a good, hard look with your loved one at their resources. Whether you go to an elder law attorney or a financial planner, you want to sit down, what are we working with? And I think that is one of the best ways to sort of develop your plan. You want to look at what is your budget. And if you look at the budget of the older person and there&#x27;s not a whole lot there, looking at what are the free and low-cost resources in your community?</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> Or what can other people in the family or the caregiving crew contribute? So I think the more resources that somebody has, the more that they&#x27;re going to be able to have choices that can keep them as independent as possible. So they&#x27;re not completely reliant on loved ones. Yeah, very important. Now, going further down that road, is assisted living a good step for elderly parents? Assisted living can be wonderful for some people. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any blanket statement that every older adult should go. It depends on your physical condition. It depends on what you personally want. For some people, quality of life means I never leave my house if at all possible.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> If they can afford to hire help in their home, that&#x27;s what they want to do. But assisted living is often going to be much more cost effective than if you need 24-hour care and your adult kids or your family members, they can&#x27;t provide that 24-hour care. It&#x27;s going to be cost prohibitive to have a home care aid in your home 24 hours a day. It&#x27;s probably going to be a much, much better financial deal to look into assisted living. Unfortunately, some people can&#x27;t even afford that. So what we&#x27;ve got is families sort of trying to pull together to bring in some home care and some families, some friends, and maybe even some technology to help out with caregiving. I mean, trillions and trillions of dollars are going to be spent here in the next 20 years taking care of people as they get older.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> It&#x27;s really, really overwhelming how much money this is costing. And family caregivers save the government millions of dollars because they provide care. Actually, one example, one thing that can help in some states, it&#x27;s actually a legal option for a family member to work with an elder law attorney to create a document where you can get paid. Like, say, you&#x27;re taking care of your mom or dad. Maybe you chose, if you chose to quit your job or maybe you&#x27;re retired, that you can set up an agreement where you can get paid by your parent or your loved one. And it wouldn&#x27;t count against their application someday if they were ever to need medical assistance care.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> So I really think if you&#x27;re dealing with any kind of financial issue in terms of caregiving, the best thing to do is see an experienced elder law attorney. Spending a little bit of money consulting with an experienced elder law attorney for many people is going to save them money down the line. Yeah. When you think about it, when you are taking time off of work to take care of your folks or somebody else, that&#x27;s hours you could have been earning money. You&#x27;re not. So I really agree. You should be paid. Well, and I&#x27;m not saying if you&#x27;re an accountant or if you&#x27;re, you know, your manager at a job, I&#x27;m not saying you can get paid the same. It&#x27;s going to be, oftentimes, it&#x27;s going to be the equivalent of what a home care aide would make. But, yeah, at least it&#x27;s something.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> Keep in mind, a lot of people, you&#x27;ve brought up people quitting their jobs. A lot of people, when they do this math, I call it bad math, when they start thinking, well, my mom&#x27;s constantly calling me. She&#x27;s always needing me to stop by or to take her to the doctor. She&#x27;s making a lot of emergency room trips. Maybe I should just quit. Maybe I should just retire. And it&#x27;s really, they start thinking, well, it&#x27;s cheaper than putting mom in an assisted living or it&#x27;s cheaper than hiring help. But you&#x27;ve got to do the long-term math. Can you really afford to do that? And companies and organizations really need to work with their valued employees to, if possible, to give them the flexibility. You know, if you&#x27;re a surgeon, you need to be on the job.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> But some jobs, you know, can this person work from home? Can they have a compressed work schedule? Because you&#x27;re going to be able to keep people. This is going to be an issue that&#x27;s going to impact more and more and more Americans in the next decade. Well, it&#x27;s definitely something that people need to have a conversation with their parents about. And the parents need to be open and be open to a conversation like that. Because as we get older, things don&#x27;t work as good as they used to. That&#x27;s just a fact. I hit 50 this year. I can speak from experience. You can&#x27;t do things you used to be able to do. And it only gets worse over time. Correct? Well, you know, not everybody ages differently. We do have a lot of control over our aging experience. In fact, I dedicate a whole chapter in the book to do everything you possibly can now. Like, you&#x27;re in a great position. I&#x27;m in my early 40s. You just turned 50. We&#x27;re Generation X.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> We&#x27;re in a great position where we have a lot of control. Like, do the best you can to keep moving. Like, make sure you&#x27;re exercising. I&#x27;m not saying you have to run a marathon. But if you&#x27;re walking around, it&#x27;s really a use it or lose it proposition. Try to eat healthy. Try to get sleep. Try to reduce your stress. If you have health conditions, address them. Those are things that, you know, just getting old doesn&#x27;t mean you have to be sick. There&#x27;s actually quite a few older adults out there that, you know, we&#x27;re talking about older adults that need help. There&#x27;s many older adults living out in the community on their own, completely independent. And so for anybody who is younger and maybe you are a caregiver yourself, just know that it&#x27;s not that you inevitably absolutely need a caregiver.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And one of the things that is really, maybe you do someday have an illness or a caregiver, you&#x27;re going to need one. But maybe it&#x27;ll be a couple months rather than five years. So we do have some control over our aging experience. Yeah, and I agree. I&#x27;ve seen people in their 70s who I think they sure act like they&#x27;re in their 30s, but then I see people in their 30s who act like they&#x27;re in their 70s. It&#x27;s all, it really is a state of mind. But I&#x27;ve also seen that things can change in an instant too. So it&#x27;s important to have a plan set up ahead of time for when something unexpected happens. And your book is a great book. Folks, you get it anywhere books are sold when it comes out on September 27th. Thruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. Again, her name was Jennifer Fitzpatrick. Jennifer, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> Have a good one. Yeah, and folks, if you join the show late or want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick joins Coach Pete to discuss Cruising Through Caregiving and the challenges families face when caring for loved ones. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to Johns Hopkins University in Maryland and talk to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s the author of a book that&#x27;s coming out here at the end of September, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. All about getting older folks and as we lose independence because we can&#x27;t do certain things, establishing a team or chain of command to make sure we still have the freedoms we deserve. Jennifer, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. Now, this is a topic that not a day goes by where someone doesn&#x27;t ask me about long-term care. You know, what&#x27;s going to happen when we get older? I&#x27;m going to stay at my house. I don&#x27;t need any help or my kids are going to take care of me.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And then you ask the kids and they don&#x27;t want anything to do with that, right? Yeah, that happens. Actually, that happens a lot more than you might think. Maybe not even that they don&#x27;t want to, but they&#x27;re unable to. Yeah, and it is an emotional rollercoaster as children having to get other people to take care of our parents. It really is. One thing that we want adult kids to know, and anybody who&#x27;s got an older or disabled loved one, is there&#x27;s lots of options out there to help you take care of your loved one, especially if you&#x27;re not geographically close. Yeah, and that&#x27;s what happens many times is maybe there&#x27;s two or three brothers and sisters. One of them lives close to mom and dad. The other two are far away in different states or different countries. And guess who gets the burden of taking care of mom and dad most of the time? The one that&#x27;s closest. Yeah, and it&#x27;s a really tough thing because that can cause a lot of conflict in the family if one person is carrying most of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And in most families, that&#x27;s exactly what happens. One person rises to the surface and is the primary caregiver. Now, what came on my radar screen about you that really stuck out is you had a title, Robots Babysetting Parents. And you said that you might be able to employ a robot to stay with your parents pretty soon and help them with their everyday tasks. And that really, you know, I could just picture that, a robot like you see on the Jetsons or Lost in Space or something like that. But how long away are we from something like that happening? Yeah, I think we&#x27;re pretty far away from that. What we thought we could really talk about is the technology that&#x27;s available to augment what adult children and other family members can do. Robots. We don&#x27;t necessarily have robots right now, although they are using robots in medical institutions and hospitals to do tasks like moving, you know, taking linens to a room or something like that.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> And we have that technology is being looked at and tested with different organizations, different companies. But I think we&#x27;re pretty far away from that. Even if there was a robot available to augment care right now, the current generation of older adults that we have, especially those, you know, 75 and older, they are going to not be so comfortable with that. But possibly when the millennials get to be elderly, that might be something that they&#x27;d be a little bit more comfortable with. But there are actually many types of technology that can make a caregiver&#x27;s life easier. It&#x27;s a 24-7 work job when you&#x27;re taking care of somebody. I mean, it&#x27;s 24 hours, seven days a week. There&#x27;s no time off unless you have somebody to substitute for you. That&#x27;s what I think you&#x27;d say, take the burden off a little bit.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> Right. Well, and that&#x27;s the thing. With a lot of families, if your loved one does require 24-hour care, the best thing we want families to remember, it should not fall on one person. We want people to establish a team. Most of the time, and I call it like your caregiving crew. The book&#x27;s called Cruising Through Caregiving, and it&#x27;s got nautical analogies. I call it your caregiving crew. So you gave the example, Coach, of a sibling who&#x27;s local, and there maybe live nearby the parent. Maybe there&#x27;s a couple of other siblings that live in another state. And what you want to do is that sibling that&#x27;s local, that&#x27;s your primary caregiver. I call that person the captain of your ship. And then what we have, you utilize those other siblings in other ways.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> Can they maybe send some money so you can hire some help? Can they fly in a couple times a year to give you a break? What kinds of things can those secondary caregivers, I call them your first mates, what can your first mates do to make the caregiving process easier? Yeah, very, very important. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jennifer Fitzpatrick. She&#x27;s author of the upcoming book, Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. And Jennifer, let&#x27;s talk about steps that people need to take in order to make sure seniors are prepared to have others care for them. Because that&#x27;s the big emotional battle right there, finally surrendering some of the things you&#x27;re used to doing yourself and letting somebody else do them for you. It&#x27;s so difficult. No adult wants to be dependent on others.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> But one of the best things that anybody can do is prepare financially. And perhaps if you&#x27;re 80 right now listening, maybe you can&#x27;t do much more than you&#x27;ve already done. But if you&#x27;re 30, 40, 50 and you&#x27;re listening, do the best you can to get yourself prepared financially. And if you are a caregiver for someone who&#x27;s in their 70s, 80s, 90s, or even older, take a good, hard look with your loved one at their resources. Whether you go to an elder law attorney or a financial planner, you want to sit down, what are we working with? And I think that is one of the best ways to sort of develop your plan. You want to look at what is your budget. And if you look at the budget of the older person and there&#x27;s not a whole lot there, looking at what are the free and low-cost resources in your community?</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> Or what can other people in the family or the caregiving crew contribute? So I think the more resources that somebody has, the more that they&#x27;re going to be able to have choices that can keep them as independent as possible. So they&#x27;re not completely reliant on loved ones. Yeah, very important. Now, going further down that road, is assisted living a good step for elderly parents? Assisted living can be wonderful for some people. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any blanket statement that every older adult should go. It depends on your physical condition. It depends on what you personally want. For some people, quality of life means I never leave my house if at all possible.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> If they can afford to hire help in their home, that&#x27;s what they want to do. But assisted living is often going to be much more cost effective than if you need 24-hour care and your adult kids or your family members, they can&#x27;t provide that 24-hour care. It&#x27;s going to be cost prohibitive to have a home care aid in your home 24 hours a day. It&#x27;s probably going to be a much, much better financial deal to look into assisted living. Unfortunately, some people can&#x27;t even afford that. So what we&#x27;ve got is families sort of trying to pull together to bring in some home care and some families, some friends, and maybe even some technology to help out with caregiving. I mean, trillions and trillions of dollars are going to be spent here in the next 20 years taking care of people as they get older.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> It&#x27;s really, really overwhelming how much money this is costing. And family caregivers save the government millions of dollars because they provide care. Actually, one example, one thing that can help in some states, it&#x27;s actually a legal option for a family member to work with an elder law attorney to create a document where you can get paid. Like, say, you&#x27;re taking care of your mom or dad. Maybe you chose, if you chose to quit your job or maybe you&#x27;re retired, that you can set up an agreement where you can get paid by your parent or your loved one. And it wouldn&#x27;t count against their application someday if they were ever to need medical assistance care.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> So I really think if you&#x27;re dealing with any kind of financial issue in terms of caregiving, the best thing to do is see an experienced elder law attorney. Spending a little bit of money consulting with an experienced elder law attorney for many people is going to save them money down the line. Yeah. When you think about it, when you are taking time off of work to take care of your folks or somebody else, that&#x27;s hours you could have been earning money. You&#x27;re not. So I really agree. You should be paid. Well, and I&#x27;m not saying if you&#x27;re an accountant or if you&#x27;re, you know, your manager at a job, I&#x27;m not saying you can get paid the same. It&#x27;s going to be, oftentimes, it&#x27;s going to be the equivalent of what a home care aide would make. But, yeah, at least it&#x27;s something.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> Keep in mind, a lot of people, you&#x27;ve brought up people quitting their jobs. A lot of people, when they do this math, I call it bad math, when they start thinking, well, my mom&#x27;s constantly calling me. She&#x27;s always needing me to stop by or to take her to the doctor. She&#x27;s making a lot of emergency room trips. Maybe I should just quit. Maybe I should just retire. And it&#x27;s really, they start thinking, well, it&#x27;s cheaper than putting mom in an assisted living or it&#x27;s cheaper than hiring help. But you&#x27;ve got to do the long-term math. Can you really afford to do that? And companies and organizations really need to work with their valued employees to, if possible, to give them the flexibility. You know, if you&#x27;re a surgeon, you need to be on the job.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> But some jobs, you know, can this person work from home? Can they have a compressed work schedule? Because you&#x27;re going to be able to keep people. This is going to be an issue that&#x27;s going to impact more and more and more Americans in the next decade. Well, it&#x27;s definitely something that people need to have a conversation with their parents about. And the parents need to be open and be open to a conversation like that. Because as we get older, things don&#x27;t work as good as they used to. That&#x27;s just a fact. I hit 50 this year. I can speak from experience. You can&#x27;t do things you used to be able to do. And it only gets worse over time. Correct? Well, you know, not everybody ages differently. We do have a lot of control over our aging experience. In fact, I dedicate a whole chapter in the book to do everything you possibly can now. Like, you&#x27;re in a great position. I&#x27;m in my early 40s. You just turned 50. We&#x27;re Generation X.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> We&#x27;re in a great position where we have a lot of control. Like, do the best you can to keep moving. Like, make sure you&#x27;re exercising. I&#x27;m not saying you have to run a marathon. But if you&#x27;re walking around, it&#x27;s really a use it or lose it proposition. Try to eat healthy. Try to get sleep. Try to reduce your stress. If you have health conditions, address them. Those are things that, you know, just getting old doesn&#x27;t mean you have to be sick. There&#x27;s actually quite a few older adults out there that, you know, we&#x27;re talking about older adults that need help. There&#x27;s many older adults living out in the community on their own, completely independent. And so for anybody who is younger and maybe you are a caregiver yourself, just know that it&#x27;s not that you inevitably absolutely need a caregiver.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And one of the things that is really, maybe you do someday have an illness or a caregiver, you&#x27;re going to need one. But maybe it&#x27;ll be a couple months rather than five years. So we do have some control over our aging experience. Yeah, and I agree. I&#x27;ve seen people in their 70s who I think they sure act like they&#x27;re in their 30s, but then I see people in their 30s who act like they&#x27;re in their 70s. It&#x27;s all, it really is a state of mind. But I&#x27;ve also seen that things can change in an instant too. So it&#x27;s important to have a plan set up ahead of time for when something unexpected happens. And your book is a great book. Folks, you get it anywhere books are sold when it comes out on September 27th. Thruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved One. Again, her name was Jennifer Fitzpatrick. Jennifer, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> Have a good one. Yeah, and folks, if you join the show late or want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jennifer FitzPatrick joins Coach Pete to discuss Cruising Through Caregiving and the challenges families face when caring for loved ones. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jennifer FitzPatrick</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>Cruising Through Caregiving</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jennifer FitzPatrick, caregiving, Cruising Through Caregiving, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60/image.jpg?t=1792072272&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-cruising-through-caregiving/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60/image.jpg?t=1792072272&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>733</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4cf890d2-5b6a-4aa8-aa8a-b4e201787d60/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11764453" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jennifer-fitzpatrick-cruising-through-caregiving</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>111</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Cruising Through Caregiving" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Technology and everyday life" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:15" title="Caregiving and family responsibilities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:06" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Randy Long: The Braveheart Exit</title>
      <itunes:title>Randy Long: The Braveheart Exit</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Randy Long joins Coach Pete to discuss The Braveheart Exit, family businesses, and planning for the transition of a business and its legacy. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find somebody who I think is interesting, an interesting guest to have on, an author many times, and we have a great author today. And the title of the book got my attention. It&#x27;s called The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. We&#x27;re going to join Randy Long from Wilmington, North Carolina. Randy, welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah, now your book is relevant because when you look at the statistics, there are a lot of small business and medium and even big business owners in America, aren&#x27;t they? There are. It makes up a substantial part of the American business environment. Now, and one of the things when I talk to business owners, they are more worried about keeping the lights on, the doors open, and the employees fed and paid. They&#x27;re not thinking about what they&#x27;re really doing and what the real goal should be is to build a value to the business, correct?</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> That is correct. And running a business in such a way that it&#x27;s worth more at the time you&#x27;re ready to get out is different than just paying the next bill and making the next sale. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of business owners who have done this. They have built a business up from the ground floor many times or helped a business recover, got it to a great value. And just like a stock many times when it reaches a high value, guess what they did with it? They sold it for a profit. That&#x27;s a novel concept, isn&#x27;t it? It is. That can be a great thing. And sometimes we actually encourage the family to keep the business if there are people capable of running the business from inside of the business. Because sometimes people are better suited to managing a business than they are trying to manage money. But, you know, those situations are individual. Yeah, and I&#x27;ve seen that many times where a father and mother will leave the business to the children and thinking the children wanted it, number one, and thinking the children could even manage it, number two.</p><p><strong>01:43</strong> And many times there&#x27;s a colossal mess-ups, aren&#x27;t they? Yes, there is. And part of the problem for that, which we deal with in the book, is the fact that too often the parents don&#x27;t actually prepare the kids to take over. They just presume that they&#x27;ll be capable of stepping into their shoes and running the business like they did. But a lot of those kinds of businesses will fail. So we do talk about the proper way to train and test a child or even an employee if we&#x27;re selling to an employee before they turn over the reins. Yeah, and you talk about a seven-step decision process you call the Braveheart Planning Process. And number one is the decision. And let&#x27;s talk about that. That&#x27;s deciding you want to sell the business to begin with? Yeah, there&#x27;s three basic questions within that decision. One of them is to whom do you want to transition that business? When do you want to do it? And how much do you need to realize from the sale or transition in order to be financially successful the rest of your life?</p><p><strong>02:37</strong> So there&#x27;s three questions inside of that beginning part. And along the way there, we&#x27;ve got to determine if there&#x27;s a gap between what the business is currently worth and the amount of money that you need to realize from the sale. And then there&#x27;s work to do in there sometimes to grow a business to the point where it can actually be sold for what you need it to. Yeah, and you say when you talk about what you need it to be sold for, many folks who are owning businesses and many folks that are listening to the show who don&#x27;t even own businesses do not know the income needed when they retire or sell a business to have financial security, do they? They do not. And that&#x27;s a reason why a wealth manager can add substantial value to a person&#x27;s life, business owner or retired type people. Because understanding what it&#x27;s going to take to live is difficult, frankly, because you&#x27;ve got to actually deal with the true cost of living and the expected cost of living after retirement.</p><p><strong>03:33</strong> And then on top of that, you&#x27;ve got to make some assumptions of returns on portfolio and taxes and all kinds of things. It is a complicated deal there. Yeah, it really is. And when you look at the value of the business, so when we&#x27;re talking about how much income you can get from the business, the business has to have a good value to sell, what&#x27;s the most valuable asset a business has? Wow, that is on a per-business basis, frankly. Businesses are quite different. And some businesses are actually purchased for their intellectual capital or their IP because they want a process or patent or something from the business in order to add to the current one they have. Other times, they&#x27;re expanding a business into a new area. For instance, a dental practice may want to grow into 4, 5, 6, 7, 10 offices and they want to buy up other dental offices around and take advantage of building a much larger business.</p><p><strong>04:22</strong> Right. So it depends on the circumstances about what makes a company valuable, frankly, to another one. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Randy Long from Wilmington, North Carolina. He&#x27;s the author of the book, The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. And I know it can be argued and a lot of people are listening saying, hey, I know who the most valuable asset of my company is, me, the employee. Employees are important, aren&#x27;t they? They are. But if the owner is the most important asset of the business, then the business is not going to be worth that much money. Right. So it may be an ego thing for the business owner to be the most important asset in the business. But if he is, then he primarily has what we call a lifestyle business. And lifestyle businesses tend not to bring any kind of substantial multiples upon sale.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> They tend to sell closer to one times earnings and things like that. So, you know, those are harder businesses to sell and they don&#x27;t sell for as much as companies that have what I&#x27;ll call a next level management team. That is a team that&#x27;s capable of building the business to the next level. And also the business owner himself is not needed in the day-to-day operations of the business. Those are more valuable businesses. Well, you brought up a great point there. How does one reach a value, a legitimate value of a business? I know when someone&#x27;s trying to sell their house, they have an appraiser come or a real estate agent meets with them and figures out the value of the house. So you&#x27;re using comps that are around the area. It&#x27;s not as easy for a business to figure out the value of the business, is it? Yeah, it&#x27;s much more difficult to do that. And frankly, I don&#x27;t like general rules because a lot of times people will tell me, well, I don&#x27;t need a value.</p><p><strong>05:56</strong> I know that my industry tends to sell for five times earnings or something or five times EBITDA. And I will say to them generally that the general rule is generally wrong. And that the reason for that is because every business is unique. And thinking about that, you have to look at your company through the buyer&#x27;s eyes, not through the sellers. And we tend to be myopic, if you will, about what we think brings value to the company. But the marketplace will tell you that. And so we tend to, when we take on a company that we&#x27;re going to prepare for transition or prepare for sale, we will have a mergers and acquisitions company actually do a market value analysis for us as though we were going to take it to market right now so that we can determine where our weaknesses are and we can go back and build and fill in some holes before we&#x27;re ready to take it to market.</p><p><strong>06:46</strong> And also because some of the tax strategies that we would work with to eliminate estate taxes or to minimize them for the family are going to take three to five years at least to accomplish so. This is not the kind of thing that you want to decide on Monday that you want to sell and six months later the business is sold unless there is a true emergency. Yeah, yeah. And, you know, when we talk about this, and I know in your book you get into it as well, and I think it&#x27;s very important as a financial person, I see this way too many times. It&#x27;s where the business owner hasn&#x27;t provided for the family security and continuity if they die too early. And that&#x27;s any time you die is too early. But if they die during running the business or become incapacitated, many times the business owner has not thought about what would happen and hasn&#x27;t made the right choices beforehand,</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> like buying life insurance and disability insurance. As a matter of fact, disability insurance is one of the most underutilized insurance products in America. What&#x27;s your opinion on that? Yeah, that&#x27;s a fact. Very well stated. We talked a little bit early here about the possibility of having the business always ready to sell. It doesn&#x27;t mean that we want to sell necessarily, but we want to run that business in such a way that it&#x27;s always ready to sell. So that means we&#x27;re putting the company in tip-top shape and firing on all cylinders and building a company that really is valuable to buyers. And that we also build in contingency planning, which is the things that you just talked about, or at least parts of it anyway, life insurance, disability insurance, sometimes buy-sell agreements and various things to help make sure that the death of the owner doesn&#x27;t end up being the death of the business.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> So we would like the family to be able to recognize the sweat equity, if you will, of the owner for building a business all those years. So again, we&#x27;ve got to create a business that&#x27;s saleable and that can survive the death of the owner. Yeah, and you have a great quote in the book. It says, We all have to play the cards we hold in our hands right now, not the ones we once had or wish to have. And that really comes into play when we talk about procrastination. People say, Well, I&#x27;ll get in touch with you to sell my business when I get a certain value to the business or tomorrow. And many times it doesn&#x27;t happen, does it? Yeah, many times it doesn&#x27;t. Either tomorrow doesn&#x27;t come or because they wait, they don&#x27;t know how to build sometimes a business that really is more saleable. And we also have to deal with the economic changes in the economy.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> For instance, we sold a number of companies, managed sales of a number of companies back in 98, 99. We pushed a number of our clients towards that again in 05 and 06 because we could see that we were running towards the end of what was a normal economic cycle. And some of the clients there were older and we felt like they really didn&#x27;t want to run the company for another five to seven years. And they had no legitimate heirs involved there. And so we got some of those companies sold just before the markets turned down and liquidity dried up in the mergers and acquisitions world. Now, we have about a minute left in this interview, and I want to get into this. If we have a business owner who&#x27;s listening and they are curious about what the value of their business is and also ways to enhance businesses, a business broker, someone who can help you evaluate your business,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> can also help add value to your business, can&#x27;t they? They can. And business brokers and mergers and acquisitions world, they kind of divide typically in my world around $5 million worth of value in a business. So we would typically work on the business broker side on the smaller side and the mergers and acquisitions companies on the bigger side are the investment banks. But yeah, very, very good point. Part of the reason why we want to do that independent appraisal early on with these people is because they can help us identify pieces that are missing and they can see things through the buyer&#x27;s eyes instead of through the sellers. And that education we want quickly so that we can help build the company into what it should be and fill holes all over the place, which we tend to do. Well, folks, the book just came out. If you have a business, I recommend this is a quality read.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> If you&#x27;re sitting at the pool during the summer and you want to read a great book, this would be one to get your hands on. And the name of it is The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. Again, his name was Randy Long. Randy, thanks for visiting with us today. Hey, I&#x27;m really thankful that you had me on, Coach. And folks, keep in mind, if you want to hear this interview again or listen to past interviews, you can always do that by going to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Randy Long joins Coach Pete to discuss The Braveheart Exit, family businesses, and planning for the transition of a business and its legacy. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find somebody who I think is interesting, an interesting guest to have on, an author many times, and we have a great author today. And the title of the book got my attention. It&#x27;s called The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. We&#x27;re going to join Randy Long from Wilmington, North Carolina. Randy, welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah, now your book is relevant because when you look at the statistics, there are a lot of small business and medium and even big business owners in America, aren&#x27;t they? There are. It makes up a substantial part of the American business environment. Now, and one of the things when I talk to business owners, they are more worried about keeping the lights on, the doors open, and the employees fed and paid. They&#x27;re not thinking about what they&#x27;re really doing and what the real goal should be is to build a value to the business, correct?</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> That is correct. And running a business in such a way that it&#x27;s worth more at the time you&#x27;re ready to get out is different than just paying the next bill and making the next sale. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of business owners who have done this. They have built a business up from the ground floor many times or helped a business recover, got it to a great value. And just like a stock many times when it reaches a high value, guess what they did with it? They sold it for a profit. That&#x27;s a novel concept, isn&#x27;t it? It is. That can be a great thing. And sometimes we actually encourage the family to keep the business if there are people capable of running the business from inside of the business. Because sometimes people are better suited to managing a business than they are trying to manage money. But, you know, those situations are individual. Yeah, and I&#x27;ve seen that many times where a father and mother will leave the business to the children and thinking the children wanted it, number one, and thinking the children could even manage it, number two.</p><p><strong>01:43</strong> And many times there&#x27;s a colossal mess-ups, aren&#x27;t they? Yes, there is. And part of the problem for that, which we deal with in the book, is the fact that too often the parents don&#x27;t actually prepare the kids to take over. They just presume that they&#x27;ll be capable of stepping into their shoes and running the business like they did. But a lot of those kinds of businesses will fail. So we do talk about the proper way to train and test a child or even an employee if we&#x27;re selling to an employee before they turn over the reins. Yeah, and you talk about a seven-step decision process you call the Braveheart Planning Process. And number one is the decision. And let&#x27;s talk about that. That&#x27;s deciding you want to sell the business to begin with? Yeah, there&#x27;s three basic questions within that decision. One of them is to whom do you want to transition that business? When do you want to do it? And how much do you need to realize from the sale or transition in order to be financially successful the rest of your life?</p><p><strong>02:37</strong> So there&#x27;s three questions inside of that beginning part. And along the way there, we&#x27;ve got to determine if there&#x27;s a gap between what the business is currently worth and the amount of money that you need to realize from the sale. And then there&#x27;s work to do in there sometimes to grow a business to the point where it can actually be sold for what you need it to. Yeah, and you say when you talk about what you need it to be sold for, many folks who are owning businesses and many folks that are listening to the show who don&#x27;t even own businesses do not know the income needed when they retire or sell a business to have financial security, do they? They do not. And that&#x27;s a reason why a wealth manager can add substantial value to a person&#x27;s life, business owner or retired type people. Because understanding what it&#x27;s going to take to live is difficult, frankly, because you&#x27;ve got to actually deal with the true cost of living and the expected cost of living after retirement.</p><p><strong>03:33</strong> And then on top of that, you&#x27;ve got to make some assumptions of returns on portfolio and taxes and all kinds of things. It is a complicated deal there. Yeah, it really is. And when you look at the value of the business, so when we&#x27;re talking about how much income you can get from the business, the business has to have a good value to sell, what&#x27;s the most valuable asset a business has? Wow, that is on a per-business basis, frankly. Businesses are quite different. And some businesses are actually purchased for their intellectual capital or their IP because they want a process or patent or something from the business in order to add to the current one they have. Other times, they&#x27;re expanding a business into a new area. For instance, a dental practice may want to grow into 4, 5, 6, 7, 10 offices and they want to buy up other dental offices around and take advantage of building a much larger business.</p><p><strong>04:22</strong> Right. So it depends on the circumstances about what makes a company valuable, frankly, to another one. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Randy Long from Wilmington, North Carolina. He&#x27;s the author of the book, The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. And I know it can be argued and a lot of people are listening saying, hey, I know who the most valuable asset of my company is, me, the employee. Employees are important, aren&#x27;t they? They are. But if the owner is the most important asset of the business, then the business is not going to be worth that much money. Right. So it may be an ego thing for the business owner to be the most important asset in the business. But if he is, then he primarily has what we call a lifestyle business. And lifestyle businesses tend not to bring any kind of substantial multiples upon sale.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> They tend to sell closer to one times earnings and things like that. So, you know, those are harder businesses to sell and they don&#x27;t sell for as much as companies that have what I&#x27;ll call a next level management team. That is a team that&#x27;s capable of building the business to the next level. And also the business owner himself is not needed in the day-to-day operations of the business. Those are more valuable businesses. Well, you brought up a great point there. How does one reach a value, a legitimate value of a business? I know when someone&#x27;s trying to sell their house, they have an appraiser come or a real estate agent meets with them and figures out the value of the house. So you&#x27;re using comps that are around the area. It&#x27;s not as easy for a business to figure out the value of the business, is it? Yeah, it&#x27;s much more difficult to do that. And frankly, I don&#x27;t like general rules because a lot of times people will tell me, well, I don&#x27;t need a value.</p><p><strong>05:56</strong> I know that my industry tends to sell for five times earnings or something or five times EBITDA. And I will say to them generally that the general rule is generally wrong. And that the reason for that is because every business is unique. And thinking about that, you have to look at your company through the buyer&#x27;s eyes, not through the sellers. And we tend to be myopic, if you will, about what we think brings value to the company. But the marketplace will tell you that. And so we tend to, when we take on a company that we&#x27;re going to prepare for transition or prepare for sale, we will have a mergers and acquisitions company actually do a market value analysis for us as though we were going to take it to market right now so that we can determine where our weaknesses are and we can go back and build and fill in some holes before we&#x27;re ready to take it to market.</p><p><strong>06:46</strong> And also because some of the tax strategies that we would work with to eliminate estate taxes or to minimize them for the family are going to take three to five years at least to accomplish so. This is not the kind of thing that you want to decide on Monday that you want to sell and six months later the business is sold unless there is a true emergency. Yeah, yeah. And, you know, when we talk about this, and I know in your book you get into it as well, and I think it&#x27;s very important as a financial person, I see this way too many times. It&#x27;s where the business owner hasn&#x27;t provided for the family security and continuity if they die too early. And that&#x27;s any time you die is too early. But if they die during running the business or become incapacitated, many times the business owner has not thought about what would happen and hasn&#x27;t made the right choices beforehand,</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> like buying life insurance and disability insurance. As a matter of fact, disability insurance is one of the most underutilized insurance products in America. What&#x27;s your opinion on that? Yeah, that&#x27;s a fact. Very well stated. We talked a little bit early here about the possibility of having the business always ready to sell. It doesn&#x27;t mean that we want to sell necessarily, but we want to run that business in such a way that it&#x27;s always ready to sell. So that means we&#x27;re putting the company in tip-top shape and firing on all cylinders and building a company that really is valuable to buyers. And that we also build in contingency planning, which is the things that you just talked about, or at least parts of it anyway, life insurance, disability insurance, sometimes buy-sell agreements and various things to help make sure that the death of the owner doesn&#x27;t end up being the death of the business.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> So we would like the family to be able to recognize the sweat equity, if you will, of the owner for building a business all those years. So again, we&#x27;ve got to create a business that&#x27;s saleable and that can survive the death of the owner. Yeah, and you have a great quote in the book. It says, We all have to play the cards we hold in our hands right now, not the ones we once had or wish to have. And that really comes into play when we talk about procrastination. People say, Well, I&#x27;ll get in touch with you to sell my business when I get a certain value to the business or tomorrow. And many times it doesn&#x27;t happen, does it? Yeah, many times it doesn&#x27;t. Either tomorrow doesn&#x27;t come or because they wait, they don&#x27;t know how to build sometimes a business that really is more saleable. And we also have to deal with the economic changes in the economy.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> For instance, we sold a number of companies, managed sales of a number of companies back in 98, 99. We pushed a number of our clients towards that again in 05 and 06 because we could see that we were running towards the end of what was a normal economic cycle. And some of the clients there were older and we felt like they really didn&#x27;t want to run the company for another five to seven years. And they had no legitimate heirs involved there. And so we got some of those companies sold just before the markets turned down and liquidity dried up in the mergers and acquisitions world. Now, we have about a minute left in this interview, and I want to get into this. If we have a business owner who&#x27;s listening and they are curious about what the value of their business is and also ways to enhance businesses, a business broker, someone who can help you evaluate your business,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> can also help add value to your business, can&#x27;t they? They can. And business brokers and mergers and acquisitions world, they kind of divide typically in my world around $5 million worth of value in a business. So we would typically work on the business broker side on the smaller side and the mergers and acquisitions companies on the bigger side are the investment banks. But yeah, very, very good point. Part of the reason why we want to do that independent appraisal early on with these people is because they can help us identify pieces that are missing and they can see things through the buyer&#x27;s eyes instead of through the sellers. And that education we want quickly so that we can help build the company into what it should be and fill holes all over the place, which we tend to do. Well, folks, the book just came out. If you have a business, I recommend this is a quality read.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> If you&#x27;re sitting at the pool during the summer and you want to read a great book, this would be one to get your hands on. And the name of it is The Braveheart Exit, Seven Steps to Your Family Business Legacy. Again, his name was Randy Long. Randy, thanks for visiting with us today. Hey, I&#x27;m really thankful that you had me on, Coach. And folks, keep in mind, if you want to hear this interview again or listen to past interviews, you can always do that by going to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Randy Long joins Coach Pete to discuss The Braveheart Exit, family businesses, and planning for the transition of a business and its legacy. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Randy Long</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <category>The Braveheart Exit</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Randy Long, family and relationships, The Braveheart Exit, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe/image.jpg?t=1792072291&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-long-the-braveheart-exit/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe/image.jpg?t=1792072291&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe</guid>
      <omny:clipId>68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>666</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/68aedefd-f230-4e16-b453-b4e2017705fe/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10683540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-long-the-braveheart-exit</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>112</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Braveheart Exit" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lee Woodruff: Supporting Wounded Veterans</title>
      <itunes:title>Lee Woodruff: Supporting Wounded Veterans</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Lee Woodruff joins Coach Pete for a conversation about wounded veterans, recovery after serious injury, and the support families and veterans need. Archive date: May 18, 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me. And gosh, we&#x27;ve got a really good set of guests on today. If you remember the Iraq war and you remember Bob Woodruff, and he was with ABC News, still is now, but he was injured when he was riding with the troops with a roadside bomb. He had a serious injury. And when we talk about wars, there&#x27;s a lot of serious injuries. We hear about deaths, but we don&#x27;t really keep track of the injuries. And we have thousands and thousands of vets who get injured in wartime. And there are some things there that they&#x27;re forgotten about when they get back here stateside. And we&#x27;ve got Bob&#x27;s wife, Lee Woodruffon, and we&#x27;ve got Dr. Gilbert Mogla. And we&#x27;re going to talk about the injuries that are suffered, ways to overcome it,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and what&#x27;s not being done for the veterans when they come back. And I thought this would be a really good segment this weekend here on Fourth of July weekend. Guys, welcome in. Good morning, Pete. Thanks for having us. Yeah. Now, Lee, you&#x27;ve written a book that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller called In an Instant, A Family&#x27;s Journey of Love and Healing. Do you want to talk about what really inspired that book from your point of view? Because I know it&#x27;s not easy to write a book. Well, as a writer, I was keeping a journal in the hospital. Bob was in a coma for five weeks. He had a hemicraniectomy, so the blast shattered his skull, and it was removed in Baghdad in an emergency hospital. And so it&#x27;s a long recovery. And so I just picked up a pen and started writing. I knew Bob would want to know what happened, and I figured if he didn&#x27;t make it, we&#x27;d have at least a record of it. But it was really Bob&#x27;s neurosurgeon who said to me,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> nobody out there understands that these injuries are happening. These kids are coming in here in the thousands, and nobody in America understands this. That was 10 years ago. He said, you should write a book about this, because I think people need to recognize what&#x27;s happening, and what&#x27;s happening in medicine, what&#x27;s happening with these blasts. And what&#x27;s also happening are injuries that are so severe that our young veterans come home and are unable to start families. And that&#x27;s really what I think we&#x27;re here to talk about today, and that you&#x27;re interested in as well. There&#x27;s so many parts of the war that we don&#x27;t see or think about in America, because less than 1% of our population serves. Yeah, yeah. And, well, you&#x27;re also contributing editor to Working Mother. So when you talk about guys and gals who are serving, there&#x27;s always a spouse a lot of times behind who&#x27;s doing just as much work</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> and taking on all the burden many times, right? I always say that the spouse is served too. And I always say to somebody who&#x27;s a spouse of an active duty service member or vet, thank you for your service, because those are the unsung heroes for sure. Yeah. Now, when we talk about the VA, and, of course, the VA&#x27;s been in the news a lot lately, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. What is it that I know you guys are really passionate about a couple issues to do with the VA. What is the number one issue that you&#x27;re concerned about as far as what the VA does not cover for our veterans? Sure. Well, unfortunately, the VA isn&#x27;t allowed to cover IVF care. They want to. They provide great care. But by a regulation of Congress dating back to 1992, the VA can&#x27;t provide IVF care. So, most ironically and frustratingly, active duty service members who need IVF care can, in fact, have it.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But when they transition to VA status and after a long recovery, typically, they don&#x27;t have IVF care. And typically, they&#x27;re forced to put care on their credit cards or face the depression of not having a family when our government said, we&#x27;ll care for you in every way. And they learned that IVF care, what they need, isn&#x27;t covered. Yeah. Now, when you talk about putting things on credit card, that&#x27;s not the right way. And that&#x27;s not what we should be doing for our veterans, right? I&#x27;m ashamed of it as a citizen to have our government not stand behind the veteran that gave so much to us who served, who gave of themselves and their bodies. We should make them whole again. There&#x27;s always a feeling of, well, you know, what is IVF and what is this crazy technology? And first of all, it&#x27;s not crazy.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Dr. Motluck can speak to how far the technology has come and our ability to, you know, have great outcomes. But secondly, this is, to me, just an option. If that veteran doesn&#x27;t want to use it, they don&#x27;t have to. But we at least need to provide every option for our vets out there. Right. And there are some 3,000 deserving veterans out there that need this care. And I don&#x27;t blame Congress for their opinion back in 1992. IVF was new. It was a new technology, wasn&#x27;t understood well, wasn&#x27;t that successful. But it&#x27;s come light years since 1992. And now it&#x27;s a standard of care. We typically transfer back a single embryo to many patients, creating normal, low-risk pregnancies. And helping these veterans start or complete their families. There&#x27;s so much misconception about IVF.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And that&#x27;s part of our message. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Lee Woodruff. Her husband, Bob, of course, was injured when he was with ABC News over in Iraq. And we have Dr. Gilbert Motla, who is a specialist and renowned fertility specialist there, nationally known. And talking about the Bob Woodruff Foundation, as well as I wanted to get into the struggle that wounded veterans face every single day, besides just fertility, when they come back from a wartime situation or even a tense situation. Because I&#x27;ve talked to guys and gals who come back from Korea, the DMZ there. Stressful. And it affects her life, doesn&#x27;t it, after the wartime or after the almost wartime? Well, it does. And the difference in the wars today from even Vietnam, for example, is that there was a DMZ.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> There was a green zone. So you would come back from the front and you could relax. You could go hang out at the bar, you know, back in Hanoi with your buddies. That&#x27;s no longer the case in these asymmetrical wars. Because as you know, there could be a nine-year-old with a bomb strapped to his body walking onto your base. So what happens is our vets and our active duty military are constantly, continually crouched, ready for anything to happen. And that literally changes the chemistry in your brain. So that becomes a physiological change in the brain, which creates post-traumatic stress. And later when they get home and there&#x27;s that sense of urgency is gone, that fight or flight has been turned on so many times, and now they&#x27;re just sitting at home, can lead to depression and suicide. And that&#x27;s honestly where your family comes in. And so what&#x27;s heartbreaking for us is having seen how family helped heal Bob,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> how four children around him just climbing all over him was part of his motivation to heal. The fact that we bring someone home, they&#x27;re changed, they&#x27;re facing issues with reemployment. Certainly there are a lot of relationship issues and intimacy issues with a spouse when someone&#x27;s changed. All of these things. And then on top of that, we say, oh, sorry, you wanted children? Too bad. Our government doesn&#x27;t cover that for you. It&#x27;s unconscionable to me. And Pete, you know, we&#x27;ve spoken to veterans who have put care on their credit card before these programs of temporary help were in place. And they&#x27;ve said to us very clearly, it&#x27;s my kids that help me get up in the morning. It&#x27;s my kids that help me deal with my issues of being a quadriplegic or a paraplegic. And we realize family is such a healing factor. Oh, family, big time. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked to veteran organizations that have supplied pets to the vets when they come back for that emotional healing.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Because I don&#x27;t care what kind of day you&#x27;ve had, when you come home, your dog, especially I grew up with dogs. I don&#x27;t care how bad I did in school or how bad I had a day at work. When I came home, my dogs were always there to lick me. They didn&#x27;t care, did they? Unconditional love. Very, very important. Now, explain how the Heart of the Heroes program is helping make a difference in veterans&#x27; lives. Unfortunately, the medications to make in vitro fertilization possible are quite expensive. And Faring Pharmaceuticals in this program have provided free medications to veterans. Couple that with physicians that, like me, who are around the country, who recognize that we can help these couples fairly easily and highly successfully, have offered to give greatly discounted care to make their care possible. But again, this is only temporary. We need a permanent fix. We&#x27;ve come in at the Bob Winter Foundation to work with Faring and with Dr. Motla and all of the other clinics</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> and try to help these families who are every month aging. And many, you know, at some point are going to age out of this if we don&#x27;t fix this in Congress and open the access to our vets. But it is a temporary solution. It will take a public-private coalition, as we say, in every aspect of helping our veterans transition home. Our government&#x27;s not going to be able to handle all of it. But nor can we continue to limp along this way. We need our government to act. Yeah. Now, what can the listener do to hopefully accelerate the government&#x27;s actions or get the government thinking about it again? I think you can contact your senator or congressman. We&#x27;d urge you to do that, you know, immediately. If you&#x27;re a veteran out there who needs help, wants to know resources, there are a couple. Talk to your doctor. Number one, heartforheroes.org is a website that&#x27;s up and running.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> And there&#x27;s a patient advocacy website called resolve.org. Also, a good resource. And, Lee, we haven&#x27;t spent too much time talking about your book, but it&#x27;s a fantastic. How can the listener get a hold of one? I guess it&#x27;s on Amazon and Barnes &amp; Noble, all the places that books are sold, correct? Anywhere books are sold. And I always tell people as an author, go to your independent bookstore. We need to keep them going and keep them alive so you can order it there as well in your hometown. Hopefully, you still have one. Good point. And the name of the book is In an Instant. You know, it&#x27;s funny. I&#x27;ve written some books, and I go to the used bookstores and see my book in there. And I&#x27;m happy and I&#x27;m sad at the same time. I hope that the person I gave the book to or bought the book actually read it before they sold it to the used bookstore. You know they did. You know they did. Well, folks, hey, it&#x27;s a very important topic. We love our veterans. If it wasn&#x27;t for them, we wouldn&#x27;t have a country.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> And I think people need to realize that, especially this weekend. I want you guys to enjoy the rest of your Fourth of July weekend. And we hope to have you on the show to report in maybe in a year or so. Thank you, Pete. Thanks so much. Thanks for having us. Happy Fourth. Yep. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lee Woodruff joins Coach Pete for a conversation about wounded veterans, recovery after serious injury, and the support families and veterans need. Archive date: May 18, 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me. And gosh, we&#x27;ve got a really good set of guests on today. If you remember the Iraq war and you remember Bob Woodruff, and he was with ABC News, still is now, but he was injured when he was riding with the troops with a roadside bomb. He had a serious injury. And when we talk about wars, there&#x27;s a lot of serious injuries. We hear about deaths, but we don&#x27;t really keep track of the injuries. And we have thousands and thousands of vets who get injured in wartime. And there are some things there that they&#x27;re forgotten about when they get back here stateside. And we&#x27;ve got Bob&#x27;s wife, Lee Woodruffon, and we&#x27;ve got Dr. Gilbert Mogla. And we&#x27;re going to talk about the injuries that are suffered, ways to overcome it,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and what&#x27;s not being done for the veterans when they come back. And I thought this would be a really good segment this weekend here on Fourth of July weekend. Guys, welcome in. Good morning, Pete. Thanks for having us. Yeah. Now, Lee, you&#x27;ve written a book that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller called In an Instant, A Family&#x27;s Journey of Love and Healing. Do you want to talk about what really inspired that book from your point of view? Because I know it&#x27;s not easy to write a book. Well, as a writer, I was keeping a journal in the hospital. Bob was in a coma for five weeks. He had a hemicraniectomy, so the blast shattered his skull, and it was removed in Baghdad in an emergency hospital. And so it&#x27;s a long recovery. And so I just picked up a pen and started writing. I knew Bob would want to know what happened, and I figured if he didn&#x27;t make it, we&#x27;d have at least a record of it. But it was really Bob&#x27;s neurosurgeon who said to me,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> nobody out there understands that these injuries are happening. These kids are coming in here in the thousands, and nobody in America understands this. That was 10 years ago. He said, you should write a book about this, because I think people need to recognize what&#x27;s happening, and what&#x27;s happening in medicine, what&#x27;s happening with these blasts. And what&#x27;s also happening are injuries that are so severe that our young veterans come home and are unable to start families. And that&#x27;s really what I think we&#x27;re here to talk about today, and that you&#x27;re interested in as well. There&#x27;s so many parts of the war that we don&#x27;t see or think about in America, because less than 1% of our population serves. Yeah, yeah. And, well, you&#x27;re also contributing editor to Working Mother. So when you talk about guys and gals who are serving, there&#x27;s always a spouse a lot of times behind who&#x27;s doing just as much work</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> and taking on all the burden many times, right? I always say that the spouse is served too. And I always say to somebody who&#x27;s a spouse of an active duty service member or vet, thank you for your service, because those are the unsung heroes for sure. Yeah. Now, when we talk about the VA, and, of course, the VA&#x27;s been in the news a lot lately, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. What is it that I know you guys are really passionate about a couple issues to do with the VA. What is the number one issue that you&#x27;re concerned about as far as what the VA does not cover for our veterans? Sure. Well, unfortunately, the VA isn&#x27;t allowed to cover IVF care. They want to. They provide great care. But by a regulation of Congress dating back to 1992, the VA can&#x27;t provide IVF care. So, most ironically and frustratingly, active duty service members who need IVF care can, in fact, have it.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But when they transition to VA status and after a long recovery, typically, they don&#x27;t have IVF care. And typically, they&#x27;re forced to put care on their credit cards or face the depression of not having a family when our government said, we&#x27;ll care for you in every way. And they learned that IVF care, what they need, isn&#x27;t covered. Yeah. Now, when you talk about putting things on credit card, that&#x27;s not the right way. And that&#x27;s not what we should be doing for our veterans, right? I&#x27;m ashamed of it as a citizen to have our government not stand behind the veteran that gave so much to us who served, who gave of themselves and their bodies. We should make them whole again. There&#x27;s always a feeling of, well, you know, what is IVF and what is this crazy technology? And first of all, it&#x27;s not crazy.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Dr. Motluck can speak to how far the technology has come and our ability to, you know, have great outcomes. But secondly, this is, to me, just an option. If that veteran doesn&#x27;t want to use it, they don&#x27;t have to. But we at least need to provide every option for our vets out there. Right. And there are some 3,000 deserving veterans out there that need this care. And I don&#x27;t blame Congress for their opinion back in 1992. IVF was new. It was a new technology, wasn&#x27;t understood well, wasn&#x27;t that successful. But it&#x27;s come light years since 1992. And now it&#x27;s a standard of care. We typically transfer back a single embryo to many patients, creating normal, low-risk pregnancies. And helping these veterans start or complete their families. There&#x27;s so much misconception about IVF.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And that&#x27;s part of our message. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Lee Woodruff. Her husband, Bob, of course, was injured when he was with ABC News over in Iraq. And we have Dr. Gilbert Motla, who is a specialist and renowned fertility specialist there, nationally known. And talking about the Bob Woodruff Foundation, as well as I wanted to get into the struggle that wounded veterans face every single day, besides just fertility, when they come back from a wartime situation or even a tense situation. Because I&#x27;ve talked to guys and gals who come back from Korea, the DMZ there. Stressful. And it affects her life, doesn&#x27;t it, after the wartime or after the almost wartime? Well, it does. And the difference in the wars today from even Vietnam, for example, is that there was a DMZ.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> There was a green zone. So you would come back from the front and you could relax. You could go hang out at the bar, you know, back in Hanoi with your buddies. That&#x27;s no longer the case in these asymmetrical wars. Because as you know, there could be a nine-year-old with a bomb strapped to his body walking onto your base. So what happens is our vets and our active duty military are constantly, continually crouched, ready for anything to happen. And that literally changes the chemistry in your brain. So that becomes a physiological change in the brain, which creates post-traumatic stress. And later when they get home and there&#x27;s that sense of urgency is gone, that fight or flight has been turned on so many times, and now they&#x27;re just sitting at home, can lead to depression and suicide. And that&#x27;s honestly where your family comes in. And so what&#x27;s heartbreaking for us is having seen how family helped heal Bob,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> how four children around him just climbing all over him was part of his motivation to heal. The fact that we bring someone home, they&#x27;re changed, they&#x27;re facing issues with reemployment. Certainly there are a lot of relationship issues and intimacy issues with a spouse when someone&#x27;s changed. All of these things. And then on top of that, we say, oh, sorry, you wanted children? Too bad. Our government doesn&#x27;t cover that for you. It&#x27;s unconscionable to me. And Pete, you know, we&#x27;ve spoken to veterans who have put care on their credit card before these programs of temporary help were in place. And they&#x27;ve said to us very clearly, it&#x27;s my kids that help me get up in the morning. It&#x27;s my kids that help me deal with my issues of being a quadriplegic or a paraplegic. And we realize family is such a healing factor. Oh, family, big time. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked to veteran organizations that have supplied pets to the vets when they come back for that emotional healing.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Because I don&#x27;t care what kind of day you&#x27;ve had, when you come home, your dog, especially I grew up with dogs. I don&#x27;t care how bad I did in school or how bad I had a day at work. When I came home, my dogs were always there to lick me. They didn&#x27;t care, did they? Unconditional love. Very, very important. Now, explain how the Heart of the Heroes program is helping make a difference in veterans&#x27; lives. Unfortunately, the medications to make in vitro fertilization possible are quite expensive. And Faring Pharmaceuticals in this program have provided free medications to veterans. Couple that with physicians that, like me, who are around the country, who recognize that we can help these couples fairly easily and highly successfully, have offered to give greatly discounted care to make their care possible. But again, this is only temporary. We need a permanent fix. We&#x27;ve come in at the Bob Winter Foundation to work with Faring and with Dr. Motla and all of the other clinics</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> and try to help these families who are every month aging. And many, you know, at some point are going to age out of this if we don&#x27;t fix this in Congress and open the access to our vets. But it is a temporary solution. It will take a public-private coalition, as we say, in every aspect of helping our veterans transition home. Our government&#x27;s not going to be able to handle all of it. But nor can we continue to limp along this way. We need our government to act. Yeah. Now, what can the listener do to hopefully accelerate the government&#x27;s actions or get the government thinking about it again? I think you can contact your senator or congressman. We&#x27;d urge you to do that, you know, immediately. If you&#x27;re a veteran out there who needs help, wants to know resources, there are a couple. Talk to your doctor. Number one, heartforheroes.org is a website that&#x27;s up and running.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> And there&#x27;s a patient advocacy website called resolve.org. Also, a good resource. And, Lee, we haven&#x27;t spent too much time talking about your book, but it&#x27;s a fantastic. How can the listener get a hold of one? I guess it&#x27;s on Amazon and Barnes &amp; Noble, all the places that books are sold, correct? Anywhere books are sold. And I always tell people as an author, go to your independent bookstore. We need to keep them going and keep them alive so you can order it there as well in your hometown. Hopefully, you still have one. Good point. And the name of the book is In an Instant. You know, it&#x27;s funny. I&#x27;ve written some books, and I go to the used bookstores and see my book in there. And I&#x27;m happy and I&#x27;m sad at the same time. I hope that the person I gave the book to or bought the book actually read it before they sold it to the used bookstore. You know they did. You know they did. Well, folks, hey, it&#x27;s a very important topic. We love our veterans. If it wasn&#x27;t for them, we wouldn&#x27;t have a country.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> And I think people need to realize that, especially this weekend. I want you guys to enjoy the rest of your Fourth of July weekend. And we hope to have you on the show to report in maybe in a year or so. Thank you, Pete. Thanks so much. Thanks for having us. Happy Fourth. Yep. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Lee Woodruff joins Coach Pete for a conversation about wounded veterans, recovery after serious injury, and the support families and veterans need. Archive date: May 18, 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Lee Woodruff</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>Supporting Wounded Veterans</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Lee Woodruff, military service, Supporting Wounded Veterans, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411/image.jpg?t=1792072284&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lee-woodruff-supporting-wounded-veterans/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411/image.jpg?t=1792072284&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>590</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec2a4626-f656-4c32-a43b-b4e201778411/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9471583" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lee-woodruff-supporting-wounded-veterans</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>113</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Supporting Wounded Veterans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:03" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Hill: The Fireman and the Writing Life</title>
      <itunes:title>Joe Hill: The Fireman and the Writing Life</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Joe Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fireman, storytelling, and his work as a novelist. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I get to talk to interesting people from throughout the world. And many times we don&#x27;t talk about financial issues on a financial show because I like to break it up a little bit and see what&#x27;s going on in the, in the world. And when you think about it though, when you write a major novel and it turns into a motion picture, it is money world related. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest today, folks. His name is Joe Hill, and he&#x27;s the author of a lot of books in the last two decades. But the ones that have come on my radar screen are ones such as harp shaped box, horns, and Nosferatu. And he&#x27;s got a new book out. It&#x27;s called The Fireman. And it&#x27;s 800 page novel that folks, you can&#x27;t put down. You almost have to because your arm starts falling asleep when you&#x27;re holding the book, but it is a great book. And we&#x27;ve got Joe on the line with us. Joe, welcome in. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. Now there&#x27;s a little known fact,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and I know that you&#x27;ve done a great job on your own, but you are Stephen King&#x27;s son, aren&#x27;t you? Yeah. Yeah. My, my dad is an amazing writer and a huge inspiration hero to me. But when I was 18, I did decide to drop my last name and start writing as Joe Hill. And for a long time, for about a decade, I was able to keep it a secret about who my dad was. I did that because I&#x27;m basically an insecure soul at heart. And I was worried that I might write some stuff that wasn&#x27;t very good that would get published anyway, because I had a famous last name. I really needed to feel like when I sold a story, I sold it for the right reasons because people were excited, excited people and they enjoyed it. And so I did start writing under this pen name and over a decade was able to sell a</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> bunch of short stories. And I broke into Marvel comics and had a chance to write Spider-Man, which was great. And eventually I did sell a collection of my short stories to a little press in England. And the most important thing was I was able to build up my confidence, which I needed. Well, fantastic. Well, you know, and you&#x27;re in New Hampshire right now, right? Yeah. I&#x27;m a New Hampshire guy. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m a New England dude. I have most of my family&#x27;s New Bedford, Fall River, Mass. And we are big Red Sox fans in our family. I know your dad is. Are you? Yeah, absolutely. You know, so I wrote a book about people catching on fire and that can pretty much describe the Red Sox offense. It&#x27;s on fire right now. I&#x27;ll tell you what. And we deserve it because we put up for it with decades. Of them not being on fire. David Ortiz is not swinging like a guy who needs to retire. No, no. Well, you know, when you think about it, what&#x27;s the best time to retire?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> That&#x27;s a good point. There&#x27;s something to be said for going out on top instead of, you know, eking out your last days with disappointing performance. Yeah. Well, I&#x27;m a Boston Celtic fan, too. And I remember what happened at the end of the Bird, McHale, Robert Parrish days. And that wasn&#x27;t too much fun. You know, it&#x27;s always a little bit disappointing when, you know, you want to remember your great at their peak. You want to think about, you know, Michael Jordan with the Bulls. And, you know, not about his last days on the court. Anyway, that&#x27;s how I feel. Well, speaking of being on fire, you are on fire lately. I mean, this book right here is amazing. And it&#x27;s already, I mean, we&#x27;re going to probably see it in the motion picture screen, aren&#x27;t we? Yeah. So The Fireman is this story. It&#x27;s a plague story. It&#x27;s an apocalyptic story about this virus. It&#x27;s actually a spore that causes spontaneous combustion. And 20th Century Fox and Temple</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Hill optioned it to do it as a big, smashy, crashy summer, big budget flick. And they&#x27;ve signed Louis Lettier to direct. Louis had some great success. His biggest hit was a film called Now You See Me, which starred Woody Harrelson and Jesse Eisenberg, and kind of came out of nowhere to become this huge smash. And he also directed The Incredible Hulk, which was the good Hulk movie, not the really kind of like weird, lousy movie that Ang Lee directed. So this is a guy who knows his way around a big budget picture with a lot of, you know, big set pieces and imaginative action sequences. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to New York Times bestseller Joe Hill, author of the brand new book, The Fireman. And Joe, tell us what inspired you to write this book. I mean, where&#x27;d this idea come</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> from? And what kind of reviews have you gotten so far from people? Well, the book&#x27;s been tremendously well-reviewed, and I count myself very fortunate there. I&#x27;m glad that people have enjoyed it, that critics have responded to it. And that&#x27;s what you hope for, is that you&#x27;ll get some critical support. And although it&#x27;s more important that readers just dig the story and fly through the pages and tell their friends. In terms of inspiration, I&#x27;ve always been interested in the subject of spontaneous combustion. That was something I discovered when I was 12 years old, and it freaked me out, and I was sure that was how I was going to die. My whole body&#x27;s chemistry was just going to turn against me one day, and I was going to explode into flames, which seemed horribly unfair when I had my whole life stretching ahead of me. But the other root of the story was, so I started writing this four years ago. And at the time, Obama was running for re-election.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And one of the people he was running against was Rick Perry, who said he didn&#x27;t believe in man-made global warming. And Obama joked, you know, this guy doesn&#x27;t believe in global warming, and his state&#x27;s on fire. And at the time, there was a huge wildfire raging through Texas, because it had been so arid and so drought-prone over the last few years. And I thought, what a funny comment. And then I started thinking, what if these fires were popping up everywhere? And what if it was like whack-a-mole as soon as, you know, another one popped up? And I tried to think, what would cause that? And I thought, a plague of spontaneous combustion, and suddenly I had the whole story. Wow. You know, it is funny how ideas just pop up, though, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. You know, anything that makes me laugh or anything that catches me off guard,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I always think that contains the seed for an interesting idea, that there&#x27;s always a story in that. You know, where my best ideas come from my show notes is when I&#x27;m in the shower, believe it or not, where I don&#x27;t have anything to write on. Yeah, yeah. Well, because you&#x27;re relaxed in the shower, and you have to be relaxed to be creative. I mean, I also think this is why people come up with ideas when they&#x27;re out walking. You know, you got some blood flowing, you&#x27;re looking around and enjoying the day, and for once, you&#x27;re not frozen at the desk looking at your emails or looking at Facebook or whatever, and your mind has permission to wander, and boom, something comes to you that&#x27;s really valuable. Well, you know, and I&#x27;ve heard that the shower was the closest thing to being back in mom&#x27;s womb, too, because it&#x27;s warm and moist, and you&#x27;re basically not thinking anything. So then the ideas just pop in, you feel comfortable, and the mind flows.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You know, it&#x27;s my job like any other job, and it&#x27;s just a thing where you grind it out and you try to get a couple pages every day. The hard work is when you have something that&#x27;s 700, 800 pages long, it&#x27;s important to keep the gas pedal mass right to the floor. You know, you don&#x27;t want the reader to look at what&#x27;s left and feel dread. You want them to look at what&#x27;s left and feel excited. Exactly. Feel like, oh, thank God, there&#x27;s still more. Not, oh, God, there&#x27;s still more. And that&#x27;s really where the work is, figuring out how to make it frictionless, figuring out how to make it fly. Well, when you finish, you almost don&#x27;t want it to be done. That&#x27;s when you know you&#x27;ve written a good novel when someone wishes that it could keep going. That&#x27;s what you always hope for, that people want more. It&#x27;s like that old showbiz saying,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> you want to get off stage while they&#x27;re still clapping. Yeah. There&#x27;s a Seinfeld episode when George would tell a joke and people would laugh, he&#x27;d leave because he was done, right? Remember, I do a lot of public, so I&#x27;m doing a lot of public appearances for this thing. I&#x27;m doing public readings and stuff. And the nightmare, the thing that goes through your head, do you remember when Jeb Bush was on stage and he said something and the room was quiet? Yep. He said, please clap. That&#x27;s what you worry. You worry you&#x27;ll say something you think is cool and no one will applaud. And before you can help yourself, you&#x27;ll just blurt out, please clap. You know, your book is outstanding. Your former books are outstanding. We hope to have you on on the show again. I look forward to seeing this as a motion picture or a series or something down the road. And I know you&#x27;re on a hard break right now, but we really appreciate your time today.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Again, folks, his name was Joe Hill. He&#x27;s author of a fantastic book, The Fireman. Joe, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you so much. And fantastic interview, Joe. And folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear this interview again in its entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Joe Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fireman, storytelling, and his work as a novelist. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I get to talk to interesting people from throughout the world. And many times we don&#x27;t talk about financial issues on a financial show because I like to break it up a little bit and see what&#x27;s going on in the, in the world. And when you think about it though, when you write a major novel and it turns into a motion picture, it is money world related. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest today, folks. His name is Joe Hill, and he&#x27;s the author of a lot of books in the last two decades. But the ones that have come on my radar screen are ones such as harp shaped box, horns, and Nosferatu. And he&#x27;s got a new book out. It&#x27;s called The Fireman. And it&#x27;s 800 page novel that folks, you can&#x27;t put down. You almost have to because your arm starts falling asleep when you&#x27;re holding the book, but it is a great book. And we&#x27;ve got Joe on the line with us. Joe, welcome in. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. Now there&#x27;s a little known fact,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and I know that you&#x27;ve done a great job on your own, but you are Stephen King&#x27;s son, aren&#x27;t you? Yeah. Yeah. My, my dad is an amazing writer and a huge inspiration hero to me. But when I was 18, I did decide to drop my last name and start writing as Joe Hill. And for a long time, for about a decade, I was able to keep it a secret about who my dad was. I did that because I&#x27;m basically an insecure soul at heart. And I was worried that I might write some stuff that wasn&#x27;t very good that would get published anyway, because I had a famous last name. I really needed to feel like when I sold a story, I sold it for the right reasons because people were excited, excited people and they enjoyed it. And so I did start writing under this pen name and over a decade was able to sell a</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> bunch of short stories. And I broke into Marvel comics and had a chance to write Spider-Man, which was great. And eventually I did sell a collection of my short stories to a little press in England. And the most important thing was I was able to build up my confidence, which I needed. Well, fantastic. Well, you know, and you&#x27;re in New Hampshire right now, right? Yeah. I&#x27;m a New Hampshire guy. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m a New England dude. I have most of my family&#x27;s New Bedford, Fall River, Mass. And we are big Red Sox fans in our family. I know your dad is. Are you? Yeah, absolutely. You know, so I wrote a book about people catching on fire and that can pretty much describe the Red Sox offense. It&#x27;s on fire right now. I&#x27;ll tell you what. And we deserve it because we put up for it with decades. Of them not being on fire. David Ortiz is not swinging like a guy who needs to retire. No, no. Well, you know, when you think about it, what&#x27;s the best time to retire?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> That&#x27;s a good point. There&#x27;s something to be said for going out on top instead of, you know, eking out your last days with disappointing performance. Yeah. Well, I&#x27;m a Boston Celtic fan, too. And I remember what happened at the end of the Bird, McHale, Robert Parrish days. And that wasn&#x27;t too much fun. You know, it&#x27;s always a little bit disappointing when, you know, you want to remember your great at their peak. You want to think about, you know, Michael Jordan with the Bulls. And, you know, not about his last days on the court. Anyway, that&#x27;s how I feel. Well, speaking of being on fire, you are on fire lately. I mean, this book right here is amazing. And it&#x27;s already, I mean, we&#x27;re going to probably see it in the motion picture screen, aren&#x27;t we? Yeah. So The Fireman is this story. It&#x27;s a plague story. It&#x27;s an apocalyptic story about this virus. It&#x27;s actually a spore that causes spontaneous combustion. And 20th Century Fox and Temple</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Hill optioned it to do it as a big, smashy, crashy summer, big budget flick. And they&#x27;ve signed Louis Lettier to direct. Louis had some great success. His biggest hit was a film called Now You See Me, which starred Woody Harrelson and Jesse Eisenberg, and kind of came out of nowhere to become this huge smash. And he also directed The Incredible Hulk, which was the good Hulk movie, not the really kind of like weird, lousy movie that Ang Lee directed. So this is a guy who knows his way around a big budget picture with a lot of, you know, big set pieces and imaginative action sequences. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to New York Times bestseller Joe Hill, author of the brand new book, The Fireman. And Joe, tell us what inspired you to write this book. I mean, where&#x27;d this idea come</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> from? And what kind of reviews have you gotten so far from people? Well, the book&#x27;s been tremendously well-reviewed, and I count myself very fortunate there. I&#x27;m glad that people have enjoyed it, that critics have responded to it. And that&#x27;s what you hope for, is that you&#x27;ll get some critical support. And although it&#x27;s more important that readers just dig the story and fly through the pages and tell their friends. In terms of inspiration, I&#x27;ve always been interested in the subject of spontaneous combustion. That was something I discovered when I was 12 years old, and it freaked me out, and I was sure that was how I was going to die. My whole body&#x27;s chemistry was just going to turn against me one day, and I was going to explode into flames, which seemed horribly unfair when I had my whole life stretching ahead of me. But the other root of the story was, so I started writing this four years ago. And at the time, Obama was running for re-election.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And one of the people he was running against was Rick Perry, who said he didn&#x27;t believe in man-made global warming. And Obama joked, you know, this guy doesn&#x27;t believe in global warming, and his state&#x27;s on fire. And at the time, there was a huge wildfire raging through Texas, because it had been so arid and so drought-prone over the last few years. And I thought, what a funny comment. And then I started thinking, what if these fires were popping up everywhere? And what if it was like whack-a-mole as soon as, you know, another one popped up? And I tried to think, what would cause that? And I thought, a plague of spontaneous combustion, and suddenly I had the whole story. Wow. You know, it is funny how ideas just pop up, though, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. You know, anything that makes me laugh or anything that catches me off guard,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> I always think that contains the seed for an interesting idea, that there&#x27;s always a story in that. You know, where my best ideas come from my show notes is when I&#x27;m in the shower, believe it or not, where I don&#x27;t have anything to write on. Yeah, yeah. Well, because you&#x27;re relaxed in the shower, and you have to be relaxed to be creative. I mean, I also think this is why people come up with ideas when they&#x27;re out walking. You know, you got some blood flowing, you&#x27;re looking around and enjoying the day, and for once, you&#x27;re not frozen at the desk looking at your emails or looking at Facebook or whatever, and your mind has permission to wander, and boom, something comes to you that&#x27;s really valuable. Well, you know, and I&#x27;ve heard that the shower was the closest thing to being back in mom&#x27;s womb, too, because it&#x27;s warm and moist, and you&#x27;re basically not thinking anything. So then the ideas just pop in, you feel comfortable, and the mind flows.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You know, it&#x27;s my job like any other job, and it&#x27;s just a thing where you grind it out and you try to get a couple pages every day. The hard work is when you have something that&#x27;s 700, 800 pages long, it&#x27;s important to keep the gas pedal mass right to the floor. You know, you don&#x27;t want the reader to look at what&#x27;s left and feel dread. You want them to look at what&#x27;s left and feel excited. Exactly. Feel like, oh, thank God, there&#x27;s still more. Not, oh, God, there&#x27;s still more. And that&#x27;s really where the work is, figuring out how to make it frictionless, figuring out how to make it fly. Well, when you finish, you almost don&#x27;t want it to be done. That&#x27;s when you know you&#x27;ve written a good novel when someone wishes that it could keep going. That&#x27;s what you always hope for, that people want more. It&#x27;s like that old showbiz saying,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> you want to get off stage while they&#x27;re still clapping. Yeah. There&#x27;s a Seinfeld episode when George would tell a joke and people would laugh, he&#x27;d leave because he was done, right? Remember, I do a lot of public, so I&#x27;m doing a lot of public appearances for this thing. I&#x27;m doing public readings and stuff. And the nightmare, the thing that goes through your head, do you remember when Jeb Bush was on stage and he said something and the room was quiet? Yep. He said, please clap. That&#x27;s what you worry. You worry you&#x27;ll say something you think is cool and no one will applaud. And before you can help yourself, you&#x27;ll just blurt out, please clap. You know, your book is outstanding. Your former books are outstanding. We hope to have you on on the show again. I look forward to seeing this as a motion picture or a series or something down the road. And I know you&#x27;re on a hard break right now, but we really appreciate your time today.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Again, folks, his name was Joe Hill. He&#x27;s author of a fantastic book, The Fireman. Joe, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you so much. And fantastic interview, Joe. And folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear this interview again in its entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Joe Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fireman, storytelling, and his work as a novelist. Recorded May 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joe Hill</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>The Fireman and the Writing Life</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joe Hill, books and authors, The Fireman and the Writing Life, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd/image.jpg?t=1792072300&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-hill-the-fireman-and-the-writing-life/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd/image.jpg?t=1792072300&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>490</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8f1fe225-afdf-4ae2-ad58-b4e201760afd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="7879088" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-hill-the-fireman-and-the-writing-life</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>114</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Fireman and the Writing Life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>James Weinstein: Unraveled and the Healthcare System</title>
      <itunes:title>James Weinstein: Unraveled and the Healthcare System</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>James Weinstein joins Coach Pete to discuss Unraveled: Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. They explore the experiences that led him to write the book and his views on healthcare. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, I mean, you just have to wake up every day and you hear about all the mess that the healthcare system has been. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been talking about this for years about what&#x27;s happening and what needs to happen. And gosh, we found a really good book by Dr. James Weinstein. And he is a doctor. He also is an author. And the book is called Unraveled, Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. And he&#x27;s joining us from Hanover, New Hampshire. Doc, welcome in. Oh, thank you. Great to be with you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this first. What inspired you to, because I&#x27;ve written some books and it&#x27;s not something you do overnight. You have to get inspired and it&#x27;s a long project. It&#x27;s almost, it&#x27;s artwork when you get done with it and it becomes a part of your family when you write a book. But what inspired you to write this book? Well, this started with my family. As a matter of fact, we lost our firstborn child to cancer.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> She was diagnosed at 13 months of age and died about 12 years of age. So after five relapses, and many years of chemotherapy and radiation and my experience here at Dartmouth studying the U.S. healthcare system for 20 years and then being a practicing surgeon treating patients with cancer and now being the CEO of a health system at Dartmouth-Hitchcock, there was a lot of reasons to write it. And it took me a really long time, as you said, because I didn&#x27;t want to talk about my daughter&#x27;s passing. And I certainly didn&#x27;t know how much I could say about the unraveling healthcare system. Yeah. And, you know, everybody has at least one or two stories or have heard of stories of what happens when people get into that system. And a lot of the stories aren&#x27;t good, are they?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Well, the ones you hear about certainly are. I can tell you we have a lot of miracles every day here at Dartmouth-Hitchcock that are wonderful. But there are lots of problems in the system, independent of the healthcare that&#x27;s delivered at some point. But there are mistakes, as you know. It&#x27;s certainly been in the news lately again. But there are some just basic things where, unfortunately, I think when I often say that people know more about what&#x27;s in a cereal box than they know what&#x27;s in their doctor&#x27;s office or the healthcare system. You can look on the side of the box and get all kinds of information about what&#x27;s in that box. But there&#x27;s no place to look and understand what&#x27;s inside the healthcare system you&#x27;re going into or a particular doctor&#x27;s office. I know in the book you go through just the process of the initial encounter, the waiting room, the visits,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> the visits from the patient perspective, from the provider&#x27;s perspective, the tests, the decisions that are made, the hospital stay, which, gosh, that can really start to put a toll on somebody, and not only mentally but also financially. And the bill at the end, and then the management of the chronic disease and management of someone who is passing away. I mean, let&#x27;s pick one of these topics. The visit from the patient&#x27;s perspective is always scary, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, I think, you know, first finding out, does your doctor actually have information about patients like you that they collect, that they could share with you? Is there a process by which they monitor and display how you&#x27;re going to be doing in their practice over time that you can understand? Do they provide the communication format or a process by which you can be monitored or a loved one</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> and your family can be monitored? And do they have access to that information so they can discuss it in any useful way? Yeah, and so I do hear of people that they don&#x27;t sometimes feel like they understand, so they go online and try to research themselves, and that can get a whole other set of problems, can&#x27;t it? Yeah, I think the online potpourri of ideas and plans are not always the best source of information. I do think there are online sources for particular illnesses. There&#x27;s advocacy groups. Of course, the National Institutes of Health has a good website that the government does where you can find most things and information about a particular illness through the National Library of Medicine. I think there&#x27;s some good alternatives, but I think more often than not, at least for my patients,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> they get confused. And many of the sites are sponsored by companies that are trying to promote one treatment over another, so you have to be careful that you&#x27;re not being on a site that&#x27;s advocating for something versus trying to give you the best evidence to make your treatment decisions. So I think one has to be cautious. You know, a lot of times we always hear about how people should get an annual screening and checkup, and my question maybe to you would be, when you see your patients that are like on a yearly basis, I guess it&#x27;s better to catch something right away than if someone is coming in because they&#x27;re in pain and whatever they have is already advancing. Yeah, I think one of the goals of the new legislation was to try to get some prevention paid for in an annual visit. And I think the annual visit is probably a good idea for a number of reasons.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> I like to talk about upstream medicine so that we&#x27;re actually doing more prevention than we currently do. Oftentimes we see patients pretty far down the path and they were unaware that they had something. So I think prevention and screening in some ways is good, but there is in some cases too much screening and over-diagnosis. So it&#x27;s a fine line being with a doctor that you trust, with a health system that you trust, that uses the best evidence, that shares information with you, what we call shared decision making, that has actual data available that you can look at. You know, unfortunately, most doctors you go to can&#x27;t tell you the results with any real data of the last number of patients they&#x27;ve treated like you. Not sure they can tell you the cost.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> I think we need to advance our system with much more transparency about outcomes and costs, which I think will change the system almost more than anything most rapidly. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to the author of the book Unraveled. The subtitle is Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. His name is Dr. James Weinstein, and he is in Hanover, New Hampshire, the site of Dartmouth. Let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, a lot of times when people, they want to make the right decision and a lot of tests are done a lot of times when people have health issues, the tests are hopefully to pinpoint that diagnosis and make sure that the patient can make the right decision to see what kind of cures could be available to them. I think the first thing is the decision of whether to get the test or not. I think you should ask your doctor what risk are they at that&#x27;s causing them to want to order the test.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> They should articulate and tell the patient how the treatment based on a test being positive or negative would change, so is the test going to actually make any difference in their treatment. And then I think they should tell the patient about the cost of that test so that they understand how much their insurance might pay versus what they have to pay out of their pocket, which is becoming more and more the case. And then once they actually have a decision about having the test, has there been a real process in which the patient and doctor made that decision based on the best outcome together? Have they been able to incorporate information about what that doctor&#x27;s outcomes have been in treating patients like them and what the cost has been over time?</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> And do they actually have the ability to show you how a decision might impact somebody like you, that they could actually talk or share information with to see how, what their experience was like so you can make a decision that&#x27;s better informed? Yeah, I agree with that. I&#x27;ve heard and read about some horror stories about way too many tests being ordered. And you&#x27;re right, a lot of that money is coming out of pocket. And those bills can get really high. And the argument on the side of the physician, which I can see in many cases, they don&#x27;t want to be sued down the road for not ordering a test if something goes wrong and maybe the patient&#x27;s family blames them for not ordering the test. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s a double-edged sword. I think we end up over-diagnosing and over-treating when we order too many tests. And there&#x27;s certainly a lot of good literature to talk about when to.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> And on the other hand, as you said, rightly so, the patient&#x27;s worried, you know, I don&#x27;t want to miss something if something&#x27;s not right. I think that&#x27;s where the medical decision-making with the patient engaged in that becomes really important. It shouldn&#x27;t be the doctor says, let&#x27;s get this test and just go and follow it. It should be, well, like I said, what&#x27;s it going to do for me? Is it going to change things? What&#x27;s it going to cost? And if we really think together it&#x27;s going to make the difference, let&#x27;s have it. Yeah, yeah. And in the book you have something called, what do I do? It&#x27;s a checklist for patients. I think that&#x27;s very valuable. I&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. Do you want to go through maybe one or two, what do I do, things on the checklist that are very important in your opinion? Yeah, I think we list about seven things. You know, the first one is to decide where to get care. So is there information about where you&#x27;re going and what their results and outcomes have been?</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> This transparency is important. When you visit your doctor for the first time is another point. You know, do they have the ability to share information with you that you can use? We&#x27;ve talked about the decision process about tests. If you&#x27;re going to have to stay in a hospital, do you actually know the value of that hospital and what the results are compared to the hospital down the street or somewhere else? Is it communicated to you clearly so that you and your family can understand it? Do they provide a company base for your family to stay if necessary? What&#x27;s the noise, the cleanliness? Are there interruptions in your care? Those are just a few of the things. And the final thing that we often talk about in the book is can you even understand the bill that they send you? I think the complexities of billing have become quite difficult for patients and families to understand.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> But as these copayments go up and the responsibility of the individual, what we&#x27;re finding is people are not going to the doctor because they don&#x27;t want to do the out-of-pocket payments. And then they end up in trouble down the street and down the road. So understanding the bills up front so that you clearly can understand what has to be done is really important. Yeah, the old unintended consequence that comes up when things happen. And, folks, a very, very good book, Unraveled, Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. Again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Dr. James Weinstein, and he is in Hanover, New Hampshire. Doc, thanks for your time today. It&#x27;s my pleasure. Have a great day. Good luck to your listeners. Yep, hopefully we can have you on in the future and talk, maybe follow up on the reaction to the book. That would be wonderful. I appreciate it so much. All right. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the S-Herd on the show icon.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>James Weinstein joins Coach Pete to discuss Unraveled: Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. They explore the experiences that led him to write the book and his views on healthcare. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, I mean, you just have to wake up every day and you hear about all the mess that the healthcare system has been. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been talking about this for years about what&#x27;s happening and what needs to happen. And gosh, we found a really good book by Dr. James Weinstein. And he is a doctor. He also is an author. And the book is called Unraveled, Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. And he&#x27;s joining us from Hanover, New Hampshire. Doc, welcome in. Oh, thank you. Great to be with you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this first. What inspired you to, because I&#x27;ve written some books and it&#x27;s not something you do overnight. You have to get inspired and it&#x27;s a long project. It&#x27;s almost, it&#x27;s artwork when you get done with it and it becomes a part of your family when you write a book. But what inspired you to write this book? Well, this started with my family. As a matter of fact, we lost our firstborn child to cancer.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> She was diagnosed at 13 months of age and died about 12 years of age. So after five relapses, and many years of chemotherapy and radiation and my experience here at Dartmouth studying the U.S. healthcare system for 20 years and then being a practicing surgeon treating patients with cancer and now being the CEO of a health system at Dartmouth-Hitchcock, there was a lot of reasons to write it. And it took me a really long time, as you said, because I didn&#x27;t want to talk about my daughter&#x27;s passing. And I certainly didn&#x27;t know how much I could say about the unraveling healthcare system. Yeah. And, you know, everybody has at least one or two stories or have heard of stories of what happens when people get into that system. And a lot of the stories aren&#x27;t good, are they?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Well, the ones you hear about certainly are. I can tell you we have a lot of miracles every day here at Dartmouth-Hitchcock that are wonderful. But there are lots of problems in the system, independent of the healthcare that&#x27;s delivered at some point. But there are mistakes, as you know. It&#x27;s certainly been in the news lately again. But there are some just basic things where, unfortunately, I think when I often say that people know more about what&#x27;s in a cereal box than they know what&#x27;s in their doctor&#x27;s office or the healthcare system. You can look on the side of the box and get all kinds of information about what&#x27;s in that box. But there&#x27;s no place to look and understand what&#x27;s inside the healthcare system you&#x27;re going into or a particular doctor&#x27;s office. I know in the book you go through just the process of the initial encounter, the waiting room, the visits,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> the visits from the patient perspective, from the provider&#x27;s perspective, the tests, the decisions that are made, the hospital stay, which, gosh, that can really start to put a toll on somebody, and not only mentally but also financially. And the bill at the end, and then the management of the chronic disease and management of someone who is passing away. I mean, let&#x27;s pick one of these topics. The visit from the patient&#x27;s perspective is always scary, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, I think, you know, first finding out, does your doctor actually have information about patients like you that they collect, that they could share with you? Is there a process by which they monitor and display how you&#x27;re going to be doing in their practice over time that you can understand? Do they provide the communication format or a process by which you can be monitored or a loved one</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> and your family can be monitored? And do they have access to that information so they can discuss it in any useful way? Yeah, and so I do hear of people that they don&#x27;t sometimes feel like they understand, so they go online and try to research themselves, and that can get a whole other set of problems, can&#x27;t it? Yeah, I think the online potpourri of ideas and plans are not always the best source of information. I do think there are online sources for particular illnesses. There&#x27;s advocacy groups. Of course, the National Institutes of Health has a good website that the government does where you can find most things and information about a particular illness through the National Library of Medicine. I think there&#x27;s some good alternatives, but I think more often than not, at least for my patients,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> they get confused. And many of the sites are sponsored by companies that are trying to promote one treatment over another, so you have to be careful that you&#x27;re not being on a site that&#x27;s advocating for something versus trying to give you the best evidence to make your treatment decisions. So I think one has to be cautious. You know, a lot of times we always hear about how people should get an annual screening and checkup, and my question maybe to you would be, when you see your patients that are like on a yearly basis, I guess it&#x27;s better to catch something right away than if someone is coming in because they&#x27;re in pain and whatever they have is already advancing. Yeah, I think one of the goals of the new legislation was to try to get some prevention paid for in an annual visit. And I think the annual visit is probably a good idea for a number of reasons.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> I like to talk about upstream medicine so that we&#x27;re actually doing more prevention than we currently do. Oftentimes we see patients pretty far down the path and they were unaware that they had something. So I think prevention and screening in some ways is good, but there is in some cases too much screening and over-diagnosis. So it&#x27;s a fine line being with a doctor that you trust, with a health system that you trust, that uses the best evidence, that shares information with you, what we call shared decision making, that has actual data available that you can look at. You know, unfortunately, most doctors you go to can&#x27;t tell you the results with any real data of the last number of patients they&#x27;ve treated like you. Not sure they can tell you the cost.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> I think we need to advance our system with much more transparency about outcomes and costs, which I think will change the system almost more than anything most rapidly. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to the author of the book Unraveled. The subtitle is Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. His name is Dr. James Weinstein, and he is in Hanover, New Hampshire, the site of Dartmouth. Let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, a lot of times when people, they want to make the right decision and a lot of tests are done a lot of times when people have health issues, the tests are hopefully to pinpoint that diagnosis and make sure that the patient can make the right decision to see what kind of cures could be available to them. I think the first thing is the decision of whether to get the test or not. I think you should ask your doctor what risk are they at that&#x27;s causing them to want to order the test.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> They should articulate and tell the patient how the treatment based on a test being positive or negative would change, so is the test going to actually make any difference in their treatment. And then I think they should tell the patient about the cost of that test so that they understand how much their insurance might pay versus what they have to pay out of their pocket, which is becoming more and more the case. And then once they actually have a decision about having the test, has there been a real process in which the patient and doctor made that decision based on the best outcome together? Have they been able to incorporate information about what that doctor&#x27;s outcomes have been in treating patients like them and what the cost has been over time?</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> And do they actually have the ability to show you how a decision might impact somebody like you, that they could actually talk or share information with to see how, what their experience was like so you can make a decision that&#x27;s better informed? Yeah, I agree with that. I&#x27;ve heard and read about some horror stories about way too many tests being ordered. And you&#x27;re right, a lot of that money is coming out of pocket. And those bills can get really high. And the argument on the side of the physician, which I can see in many cases, they don&#x27;t want to be sued down the road for not ordering a test if something goes wrong and maybe the patient&#x27;s family blames them for not ordering the test. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s a double-edged sword. I think we end up over-diagnosing and over-treating when we order too many tests. And there&#x27;s certainly a lot of good literature to talk about when to.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> And on the other hand, as you said, rightly so, the patient&#x27;s worried, you know, I don&#x27;t want to miss something if something&#x27;s not right. I think that&#x27;s where the medical decision-making with the patient engaged in that becomes really important. It shouldn&#x27;t be the doctor says, let&#x27;s get this test and just go and follow it. It should be, well, like I said, what&#x27;s it going to do for me? Is it going to change things? What&#x27;s it going to cost? And if we really think together it&#x27;s going to make the difference, let&#x27;s have it. Yeah, yeah. And in the book you have something called, what do I do? It&#x27;s a checklist for patients. I think that&#x27;s very valuable. I&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. Do you want to go through maybe one or two, what do I do, things on the checklist that are very important in your opinion? Yeah, I think we list about seven things. You know, the first one is to decide where to get care. So is there information about where you&#x27;re going and what their results and outcomes have been?</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> This transparency is important. When you visit your doctor for the first time is another point. You know, do they have the ability to share information with you that you can use? We&#x27;ve talked about the decision process about tests. If you&#x27;re going to have to stay in a hospital, do you actually know the value of that hospital and what the results are compared to the hospital down the street or somewhere else? Is it communicated to you clearly so that you and your family can understand it? Do they provide a company base for your family to stay if necessary? What&#x27;s the noise, the cleanliness? Are there interruptions in your care? Those are just a few of the things. And the final thing that we often talk about in the book is can you even understand the bill that they send you? I think the complexities of billing have become quite difficult for patients and families to understand.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> But as these copayments go up and the responsibility of the individual, what we&#x27;re finding is people are not going to the doctor because they don&#x27;t want to do the out-of-pocket payments. And then they end up in trouble down the street and down the road. So understanding the bills up front so that you clearly can understand what has to be done is really important. Yeah, the old unintended consequence that comes up when things happen. And, folks, a very, very good book, Unraveled, Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. Again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Dr. James Weinstein, and he is in Hanover, New Hampshire. Doc, thanks for your time today. It&#x27;s my pleasure. Have a great day. Good luck to your listeners. Yep, hopefully we can have you on in the future and talk, maybe follow up on the reaction to the book. That would be wonderful. I appreciate it so much. All right. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the S-Herd on the show icon.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>James Weinstein joins Coach Pete to discuss Unraveled: Prescriptions to Repair a Broken Healthcare System. They explore the experiences that led him to write the book and his views on healthcare. Recorded May 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>James Weinstein</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>James Weinstein, healthcare, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29/image.jpg?t=1792072308&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-weinstein-unraveled-and-the-healthcare-system/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29/image.jpg?t=1792072308&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29</guid>
      <omny:clipId>28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 May 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>643</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ceedfa-1b63-4855-bdd6-b4e201758e29/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10323694" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-weinstein-unraveled-and-the-healthcare-system</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>115</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Unraveled and the Healthcare System" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amy Conway: Honeymoons, Weddings, and Travel Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Amy Conway: Honeymoons, Weddings, and Travel Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amy Conway joins Coach Pete to discuss wedding and honeymoon research, travel plans, and the choices couples make as they prepare for their wedding. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out and find somebody who&#x27;s done some research, had a book, or just done some fascinating things in the world. And gosh, I mean, it&#x27;s wedding season approaching. It&#x27;s approaching very, very rapidly now. And here&#x27;s the question that&#x27;s usually asked after someone finds out you&#x27;re getting married. You say, where are you going on your honeymoon? And so I thought it&#x27;d be great to have Amy Conway, who&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings, on some of the newest research that just recently has come out on honeymoons and weddings in general. Amy, welcome in. Thank you so much. Now, you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? I sure am. Great place to take a honeymoon. I&#x27;ve been there. It&#x27;s a great place to do anything for a while. That&#x27;s true. You can go broke if you stay too long, though. That&#x27;s a very good point. Yeah, so Weston actually just did some research, and they came up with some facts and figures that are really interesting.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And in fact, they dovetail really nicely with what we hear all the time from the couples that we work with, couples who are planning their weddings and planning their honeymoon. And things have been changing in the honeymoon world a little bit. What do people like to do on their honeymoons these days besides the obvious? Right. So it used to be that people would go and they would lie on the beach for their entire vacation, and they would be sipping their pina coladas. And while there&#x27;s still a certain amount of that going on, couples more and more are really looking for active adventure destinations. And they might be even hitting more than one destination in their time away. So they&#x27;re really, they&#x27;re looking to pack more into their honeymoon and really make the most of every moment. So get more bang for their moment and buck, I guess, right? Yeah, you could say that. Well, so I mean, me, though, I mean, I&#x27;m almost, I&#x27;ll be 50 this year, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It&#x27;s coming up fast. But I mean, I like sitting at the beach. What&#x27;s wrong with that? There is nothing the matter with that whatsoever. And you can definitely still do that. But for a lot of people, they might go sit at the beach for a couple of hours. That might be enough. And then they would want to go have a great meal somewhere. And then they might want to go mountain biking or hiking or snorkeling. And one thing from this survey that I thought was so interesting is that 40% of people who took honeymoons recently who were surveyed said that they actually went on a run while they were on their honeymoon. And I&#x27;m a runner myself, so I know that it&#x27;s a great way to get to know a destination when you&#x27;re visiting. And so I just think that that&#x27;s really cool. And a lot of hotels also make it easy for you. If you go down and you go to the front desk or the concierge, they will fix you up with a running map.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> They&#x27;ll give you a great route to run. They&#x27;re really accustomed to people doing this. And at Westin Hotels, they&#x27;ll even lend you a pair of running shoes. They have a gear lending program. And if you forgot your gear, they&#x27;ve got it right there for you. That&#x27;s cool. That&#x27;s like going to the bowling alley and getting shoes, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Hopefully a little more comfortable. Well, speaking of active now, you know, again, I&#x27;m almost 50, so I&#x27;m getting a little lazier, I guess. Or I just, I&#x27;m stuck in my ways. I know what I like to do. But when I got married 20-some years ago, my wife and I did play. We went to Aruba, and it&#x27;s hot there. This was in December, but it&#x27;s still really hot in Aruba. And we played tennis three or four times. And I remember people looking at us. We could see them looking at us from the pool. And I know they were thinking we were crazy because we were running all around for hours playing tennis. We were in a real good shape back then. So you&#x27;re saying a lot of times now when people have good habits, exercise habits, they&#x27;re carrying those habits with them on the honeymoon instead of having regrets when they get home saying, gosh, I need to lose those 15 pounds I gained on my honeymoon.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. I mean, you probably were playing tennis because you guys probably really enjoyed playing tennis. And it wasn&#x27;t something you felt like you had to do to get the exercise in. It&#x27;s something that you just enjoyed doing. And wellness is a huge trend in a trillion-dollar industry at the moment. And so people have really incorporated these habits into their everyday lives. And then, you know, that&#x27;s something that they&#x27;re taking with them on their honeymoon. And so, you know, they don&#x27;t want to leave behind, you know, they don&#x27;t want to leave behind the things that they like doing, whether it&#x27;s going for a run or just getting out and being active. Speaking of leaving things behind, now, this is a subject of contention a lot of times. But do people leave social media behind or are they constantly on their iPhone or looking for a computer so they can go check their Facebook account? Well, couples are definitely not leaving their phones at home when they&#x27;re going on their honeymoon.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> But what we did find in the survey is that they are still keeping in touch with people back home. They&#x27;re using social media. They&#x27;re, you know, texting and sending pictures. But the one thing they&#x27;re not doing, the good news, is they are not in touch with work quite so much. So they might be getting in touch with friends and family, making everybody jealous with all those great pictures. But they&#x27;re not keeping in touch with their boss, which I think is really good for a honeymoon. Yeah, yeah. So basically leave work behind for a week or a week and a half or however long you go on the honeymoon. Absolutely. Because it&#x27;ll be there when you get back. Now, what about the self-employed folks? So if you&#x27;re self-employed, you almost need to or maybe have some employees you have to check on. I mean, I can understand that if someone did that. Yeah, I mean, everybody&#x27;s situation is different. Not everybody can totally check out for a week. But, you know, one thing that you can do is tell yourself and tell your spouse,</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> okay, I&#x27;m going to check my email every morning at 11. You know, I&#x27;ll spend from 11 to 12 doing work instead of just, you know, we all know those people who just can&#x27;t keep their hands off their phone. And it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s such a distraction. So if you really want to try to break the habit, maybe try to just confine it to a, you know, a small period during every day. And then you know that you&#x27;re keeping up on things, but you&#x27;re also being able to enjoy yourself. I know on some of the resorts that are outside the country, there might be Wi-Fi in like the lobby or whatever. So everyone&#x27;s congregating down there, checking their email, trying to escape from reality and get back into reality, I guess. I mean, it&#x27;s funny how people do go to places where they sense out that free Wi-Fi. Yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And it can take a good couple of days to get used to not being connected. But, you know, if you can break away a little bit, I think it&#x27;s beneficial.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Amy Conway. She&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings. And I&#x27;ll tell you, when I went on a cruise, a Disney cruise, took my daughter last year, I put my cell phone right into the safe in the room and didn&#x27;t take it out for a week. And it felt good. Oh, good for you. I think that sounds like a great decision. Yeah. Well, I mean, it is. When you&#x27;re on a honeymoon, I mean, you really need to show some devotion to your new spouse there. You know, one of the things that amazes me when I go out to eat, every now and then I&#x27;ll see what looks like a husband or wife. And they&#x27;re sitting across the table from each other, not looking at each other. They&#x27;re on their cell phones. They&#x27;re typing away. And I&#x27;m wondering if they&#x27;re texting each other or just ignoring each other. That&#x27;s funny. I mean, a honeymoon is a really special vacation. You know, you&#x27;re only going to get once in your marriage. And so I think it is really important to focus on each other.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Now, we&#x27;ve got about a trillion-dollar market when we talk about the wellness market. And you&#x27;re saying that you&#x27;re noticing a trend now where hotels are doing a good job to cater to this a lot of times, the resorts, where they are combining the vacation aspect with the wellness aspect. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ve really, you know, a lot of resorts have really stepped it up in terms of food and offering healthy food as well and something that Weston was a pioneer in. And so there&#x27;s a lot of different choices out there. And, you know, something really relaxing like the spa. You know, you might go and get a massage, but now at these hotels, the spa might also be offering yoga classes or spinning classes. And so there&#x27;s just a whole new emphasis on it. And, you know, the hotels and resorts are really keeping up with the trends and providing people with the things that they&#x27;re looking for. So it&#x27;s another aspect to look at if you&#x27;re an investor and you&#x27;re trying to pick what hotel chain to invest in.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You want to see one that has a good wellness market or one that&#x27;s embracing the wellness market. Yeah, that would make sense. When we look at the business aspect of that, I mean, I guess it&#x27;s a pretty big part of the business to be forward thinking for the hotels and the hotel chains and resorts. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s absolutely right. Because one thing that Weston also found in this survey is that people, they are willing to invest in these experiences. So, you know, your vacation could cost a little bit more if you&#x27;re adding on these things that you want to do and these activities. But people are willing to spend that extra money. And, you know, we hear all the time millennials are all about the experience. More so than buying, you know, objects to bring home with them, they are really about the experiences. And, you know, sometimes you have to pay for those.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> This was back in the 90s, but there was something my wife and I affectionately or disaffectionately called the chair Olympics. And if we didn&#x27;t get up early enough in the morning to put a towel on a chair, the people who did that had the chair all day and claimed ownership of it, even though they weren&#x27;t there. That makes me mad. I know. I completely agree. That&#x27;s so frustrating. I completely agree with you. Now, I&#x27;m a foodie. I love to eat. And I&#x27;m one to try to find the place that no one else has found and try to find the new food out there. And so for people who want to eat healthy on their honeymoons, I think you&#x27;ve done in your research and you&#x27;ve found that there are a lot of resorts now are designing healthy meals. Yeah, that&#x27;s definitely true. So, you know, the days when you would, you know, go to the all-inclusive and you would just be eating all day, you know, again, people can still do that, but there&#x27;s also far more healthy options available.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> And also when you&#x27;re on vacation, if you&#x27;re in, you know, some interesting place, people really love having an authentic experience and getting out into town and finding the restaurants where the locals eat. So it all depends on what your priority is and what you want to seek out when you&#x27;re on your honeymoon. What do you think people are devoting these days cost-wise for a honeymoon? Like if the future husband is putting money away or the future wife or however they&#x27;re doing it, how much should they be putting away now to have a honeymoon they can enjoy? You know, it varies so much that I don&#x27;t really have an answer to that question. But what I will say, one thing that a lot of couples are doing that makes a lot of sense financially is many couples these days are paying for their own weddings. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily the bride&#x27;s mom is paying the way it used to be. So people are saving a lot of money and spending their own money on their weddings.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And so what a lot of couples do is right after the wedding they&#x27;ll take what we call a mini-moon and they&#x27;ll just go away for a couple of days and they&#x27;ll decompress and they&#x27;ll enjoy each other and reflect on their wedding. And then, you know, then they&#x27;ll head back to work and maybe six months or a year later they&#x27;ll take their honeymoon so they can then take more time off of work. They can save money for that trip and not have everything happening all at once. And a lot of couples really say that they love breaking it up that way. It kind of extends the fun and the joy and it also definitely helps out financially. So staying closer to home, having little mini-honeymoons. Yes, absolutely. And in fact, the survey also shows that North American travel is definitely on the rise. You know, couples are wanting to spend less time traveling and more time enjoying themselves on their honeymoon. There&#x27;s a lot of good places right here in America, too.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> We don&#x27;t need to get on a plane and go a long way away, do we? That is true. A road trip is a great idea. Now, one final question here. What&#x27;s the most interesting place you found for a honeymoon in all the research you&#x27;ve done? Oh, that&#x27;s interesting. I mean, it really depends on what you like. One thing that in this new research is what they found is that mountain destinations are really more popular than ever, which means vacations in the winter, but those are really four-season destinations. So a lot of people are going to the mountains and they&#x27;re enjoying hiking and biking and, you know, going out west in America. And those are places that are really popular these days. Well, interesting concept. I mean, the honeymoon will always be here. It just changes form sometimes. And it would be interesting to see if this trend continues about the wellness in the honeymoons. I agree.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> I hope so. I think it&#x27;s good for everybody. Folks, again, her name is Amy Conway. She&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings. And if you join this interview late or want to listen to it again in its entirety or share with someone who&#x27;s thinking about having a honeymoon, you can always do that by visiting financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Amy, thanks for your time today. Great. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amy Conway joins Coach Pete to discuss wedding and honeymoon research, travel plans, and the choices couples make as they prepare for their wedding. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out and find somebody who&#x27;s done some research, had a book, or just done some fascinating things in the world. And gosh, I mean, it&#x27;s wedding season approaching. It&#x27;s approaching very, very rapidly now. And here&#x27;s the question that&#x27;s usually asked after someone finds out you&#x27;re getting married. You say, where are you going on your honeymoon? And so I thought it&#x27;d be great to have Amy Conway, who&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings, on some of the newest research that just recently has come out on honeymoons and weddings in general. Amy, welcome in. Thank you so much. Now, you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? I sure am. Great place to take a honeymoon. I&#x27;ve been there. It&#x27;s a great place to do anything for a while. That&#x27;s true. You can go broke if you stay too long, though. That&#x27;s a very good point. Yeah, so Weston actually just did some research, and they came up with some facts and figures that are really interesting.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And in fact, they dovetail really nicely with what we hear all the time from the couples that we work with, couples who are planning their weddings and planning their honeymoon. And things have been changing in the honeymoon world a little bit. What do people like to do on their honeymoons these days besides the obvious? Right. So it used to be that people would go and they would lie on the beach for their entire vacation, and they would be sipping their pina coladas. And while there&#x27;s still a certain amount of that going on, couples more and more are really looking for active adventure destinations. And they might be even hitting more than one destination in their time away. So they&#x27;re really, they&#x27;re looking to pack more into their honeymoon and really make the most of every moment. So get more bang for their moment and buck, I guess, right? Yeah, you could say that. Well, so I mean, me, though, I mean, I&#x27;m almost, I&#x27;ll be 50 this year, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It&#x27;s coming up fast. But I mean, I like sitting at the beach. What&#x27;s wrong with that? There is nothing the matter with that whatsoever. And you can definitely still do that. But for a lot of people, they might go sit at the beach for a couple of hours. That might be enough. And then they would want to go have a great meal somewhere. And then they might want to go mountain biking or hiking or snorkeling. And one thing from this survey that I thought was so interesting is that 40% of people who took honeymoons recently who were surveyed said that they actually went on a run while they were on their honeymoon. And I&#x27;m a runner myself, so I know that it&#x27;s a great way to get to know a destination when you&#x27;re visiting. And so I just think that that&#x27;s really cool. And a lot of hotels also make it easy for you. If you go down and you go to the front desk or the concierge, they will fix you up with a running map.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> They&#x27;ll give you a great route to run. They&#x27;re really accustomed to people doing this. And at Westin Hotels, they&#x27;ll even lend you a pair of running shoes. They have a gear lending program. And if you forgot your gear, they&#x27;ve got it right there for you. That&#x27;s cool. That&#x27;s like going to the bowling alley and getting shoes, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Hopefully a little more comfortable. Well, speaking of active now, you know, again, I&#x27;m almost 50, so I&#x27;m getting a little lazier, I guess. Or I just, I&#x27;m stuck in my ways. I know what I like to do. But when I got married 20-some years ago, my wife and I did play. We went to Aruba, and it&#x27;s hot there. This was in December, but it&#x27;s still really hot in Aruba. And we played tennis three or four times. And I remember people looking at us. We could see them looking at us from the pool. And I know they were thinking we were crazy because we were running all around for hours playing tennis. We were in a real good shape back then. So you&#x27;re saying a lot of times now when people have good habits, exercise habits, they&#x27;re carrying those habits with them on the honeymoon instead of having regrets when they get home saying, gosh, I need to lose those 15 pounds I gained on my honeymoon.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. I mean, you probably were playing tennis because you guys probably really enjoyed playing tennis. And it wasn&#x27;t something you felt like you had to do to get the exercise in. It&#x27;s something that you just enjoyed doing. And wellness is a huge trend in a trillion-dollar industry at the moment. And so people have really incorporated these habits into their everyday lives. And then, you know, that&#x27;s something that they&#x27;re taking with them on their honeymoon. And so, you know, they don&#x27;t want to leave behind, you know, they don&#x27;t want to leave behind the things that they like doing, whether it&#x27;s going for a run or just getting out and being active. Speaking of leaving things behind, now, this is a subject of contention a lot of times. But do people leave social media behind or are they constantly on their iPhone or looking for a computer so they can go check their Facebook account? Well, couples are definitely not leaving their phones at home when they&#x27;re going on their honeymoon.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> But what we did find in the survey is that they are still keeping in touch with people back home. They&#x27;re using social media. They&#x27;re, you know, texting and sending pictures. But the one thing they&#x27;re not doing, the good news, is they are not in touch with work quite so much. So they might be getting in touch with friends and family, making everybody jealous with all those great pictures. But they&#x27;re not keeping in touch with their boss, which I think is really good for a honeymoon. Yeah, yeah. So basically leave work behind for a week or a week and a half or however long you go on the honeymoon. Absolutely. Because it&#x27;ll be there when you get back. Now, what about the self-employed folks? So if you&#x27;re self-employed, you almost need to or maybe have some employees you have to check on. I mean, I can understand that if someone did that. Yeah, I mean, everybody&#x27;s situation is different. Not everybody can totally check out for a week. But, you know, one thing that you can do is tell yourself and tell your spouse,</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> okay, I&#x27;m going to check my email every morning at 11. You know, I&#x27;ll spend from 11 to 12 doing work instead of just, you know, we all know those people who just can&#x27;t keep their hands off their phone. And it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s such a distraction. So if you really want to try to break the habit, maybe try to just confine it to a, you know, a small period during every day. And then you know that you&#x27;re keeping up on things, but you&#x27;re also being able to enjoy yourself. I know on some of the resorts that are outside the country, there might be Wi-Fi in like the lobby or whatever. So everyone&#x27;s congregating down there, checking their email, trying to escape from reality and get back into reality, I guess. I mean, it&#x27;s funny how people do go to places where they sense out that free Wi-Fi. Yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And it can take a good couple of days to get used to not being connected. But, you know, if you can break away a little bit, I think it&#x27;s beneficial.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Amy Conway. She&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings. And I&#x27;ll tell you, when I went on a cruise, a Disney cruise, took my daughter last year, I put my cell phone right into the safe in the room and didn&#x27;t take it out for a week. And it felt good. Oh, good for you. I think that sounds like a great decision. Yeah. Well, I mean, it is. When you&#x27;re on a honeymoon, I mean, you really need to show some devotion to your new spouse there. You know, one of the things that amazes me when I go out to eat, every now and then I&#x27;ll see what looks like a husband or wife. And they&#x27;re sitting across the table from each other, not looking at each other. They&#x27;re on their cell phones. They&#x27;re typing away. And I&#x27;m wondering if they&#x27;re texting each other or just ignoring each other. That&#x27;s funny. I mean, a honeymoon is a really special vacation. You know, you&#x27;re only going to get once in your marriage. And so I think it is really important to focus on each other.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Now, we&#x27;ve got about a trillion-dollar market when we talk about the wellness market. And you&#x27;re saying that you&#x27;re noticing a trend now where hotels are doing a good job to cater to this a lot of times, the resorts, where they are combining the vacation aspect with the wellness aspect. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ve really, you know, a lot of resorts have really stepped it up in terms of food and offering healthy food as well and something that Weston was a pioneer in. And so there&#x27;s a lot of different choices out there. And, you know, something really relaxing like the spa. You know, you might go and get a massage, but now at these hotels, the spa might also be offering yoga classes or spinning classes. And so there&#x27;s just a whole new emphasis on it. And, you know, the hotels and resorts are really keeping up with the trends and providing people with the things that they&#x27;re looking for. So it&#x27;s another aspect to look at if you&#x27;re an investor and you&#x27;re trying to pick what hotel chain to invest in.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You want to see one that has a good wellness market or one that&#x27;s embracing the wellness market. Yeah, that would make sense. When we look at the business aspect of that, I mean, I guess it&#x27;s a pretty big part of the business to be forward thinking for the hotels and the hotel chains and resorts. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s absolutely right. Because one thing that Weston also found in this survey is that people, they are willing to invest in these experiences. So, you know, your vacation could cost a little bit more if you&#x27;re adding on these things that you want to do and these activities. But people are willing to spend that extra money. And, you know, we hear all the time millennials are all about the experience. More so than buying, you know, objects to bring home with them, they are really about the experiences. And, you know, sometimes you have to pay for those.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> This was back in the 90s, but there was something my wife and I affectionately or disaffectionately called the chair Olympics. And if we didn&#x27;t get up early enough in the morning to put a towel on a chair, the people who did that had the chair all day and claimed ownership of it, even though they weren&#x27;t there. That makes me mad. I know. I completely agree. That&#x27;s so frustrating. I completely agree with you. Now, I&#x27;m a foodie. I love to eat. And I&#x27;m one to try to find the place that no one else has found and try to find the new food out there. And so for people who want to eat healthy on their honeymoons, I think you&#x27;ve done in your research and you&#x27;ve found that there are a lot of resorts now are designing healthy meals. Yeah, that&#x27;s definitely true. So, you know, the days when you would, you know, go to the all-inclusive and you would just be eating all day, you know, again, people can still do that, but there&#x27;s also far more healthy options available.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> And also when you&#x27;re on vacation, if you&#x27;re in, you know, some interesting place, people really love having an authentic experience and getting out into town and finding the restaurants where the locals eat. So it all depends on what your priority is and what you want to seek out when you&#x27;re on your honeymoon. What do you think people are devoting these days cost-wise for a honeymoon? Like if the future husband is putting money away or the future wife or however they&#x27;re doing it, how much should they be putting away now to have a honeymoon they can enjoy? You know, it varies so much that I don&#x27;t really have an answer to that question. But what I will say, one thing that a lot of couples are doing that makes a lot of sense financially is many couples these days are paying for their own weddings. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily the bride&#x27;s mom is paying the way it used to be. So people are saving a lot of money and spending their own money on their weddings.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And so what a lot of couples do is right after the wedding they&#x27;ll take what we call a mini-moon and they&#x27;ll just go away for a couple of days and they&#x27;ll decompress and they&#x27;ll enjoy each other and reflect on their wedding. And then, you know, then they&#x27;ll head back to work and maybe six months or a year later they&#x27;ll take their honeymoon so they can then take more time off of work. They can save money for that trip and not have everything happening all at once. And a lot of couples really say that they love breaking it up that way. It kind of extends the fun and the joy and it also definitely helps out financially. So staying closer to home, having little mini-honeymoons. Yes, absolutely. And in fact, the survey also shows that North American travel is definitely on the rise. You know, couples are wanting to spend less time traveling and more time enjoying themselves on their honeymoon. There&#x27;s a lot of good places right here in America, too.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> We don&#x27;t need to get on a plane and go a long way away, do we? That is true. A road trip is a great idea. Now, one final question here. What&#x27;s the most interesting place you found for a honeymoon in all the research you&#x27;ve done? Oh, that&#x27;s interesting. I mean, it really depends on what you like. One thing that in this new research is what they found is that mountain destinations are really more popular than ever, which means vacations in the winter, but those are really four-season destinations. So a lot of people are going to the mountains and they&#x27;re enjoying hiking and biking and, you know, going out west in America. And those are places that are really popular these days. Well, interesting concept. I mean, the honeymoon will always be here. It just changes form sometimes. And it would be interesting to see if this trend continues about the wellness in the honeymoons. I agree.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> I hope so. I think it&#x27;s good for everybody. Folks, again, her name is Amy Conway. She&#x27;s editor-in-chief of Martha Stewart Weddings. And if you join this interview late or want to listen to it again in its entirety or share with someone who&#x27;s thinking about having a honeymoon, you can always do that by visiting financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Amy, thanks for your time today. Great. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Amy Conway joins Coach Pete to discuss wedding and honeymoon research, travel plans, and the choices couples make as they prepare for their wedding. Recorded April 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Amy Conway</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <category>Honeymoons</category>
      <category>Weddings</category>
      <category>Travel Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Amy Conway, travel, Honeymoons, Weddings, Travel Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010/image.jpg?t=1792072312&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amy-conway-honeymoons-weddings-and-travel-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010/image.jpg?t=1792072312&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010</guid>
      <omny:clipId>dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Apr 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>698</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd464313-7525-4400-ba3c-b4e201751010/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11207285" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amy-conway-honeymoons-weddings-and-travel-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>116</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Honeymoons, Weddings, and Travel Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:18" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charles Wheelan: Naked Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Charles Wheelan: Naked Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Charles Wheelan joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Money and the questions people ask about what money is, how it works, and why it matters. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out and we find something that&#x27;s interesting and relevant here for all our listeners. And today we&#x27;ve got an excellent author. He&#x27;s also an lecturer and fellow at the Rockefeller Center for Public Policy at Dartmouth College. He also is a columnist. He writes articles in The New York Times, Chicago Tribune and The Wall Street Journal. He&#x27;s written for The Economist in the past. He&#x27;s also written a book called Naked Money, and I want to talk about this. His name is Charles Whelan, and he&#x27;s joining us from Hanover, New Hampshire, the site of Dartmouth College. Welcome in. Great to be with you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, there&#x27;s so many subjects to talk about here when we talk about the economy and the money world. But the Naked Money book really got my attention. And your book points out the weaknesses in the euro from its inception. And we&#x27;ve always been watching that here in America. But can the euro survive, and would its failure preclude other international currencies in the future?</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, certainly, if it didn&#x27;t work, it would be a strong disincentive for other countries to try and band together to share a currency. It was a strange concept in the beginning. If you go back to the inception of the euro, a fair number of economists said at the time that the conditions were not right for a currency union. And I think this is one of those cases where the economists, by and large, got it right. We can talk about how it&#x27;s going to play out. But what folks said at the time was that to share a currency across countries or even across regions like the United States, in a place as big and diverse as the United States, you need a couple things. You need a labor market that&#x27;s very mobile so that if you get a downturn in one place, people can move somewhere else. You need a common regulator because the currency is so intimately involved in banking and other things.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And you need a common fiscal policy because that&#x27;s another way in which if one part of the currency union gets weak, fiscal policy can help correct it. If you think about the United States, we have all of those things. If Minnesota has a downturn, people can move to Arizona. We have common regulators. We have a fiscal policy that moves money around through social programs and the like. Europe really had none of them. While it&#x27;s true you can move legally across boundaries in search of a job, the cultural barriers going from Greece to Germany are profound. At the time the euro was created, there was not a common regulator. There&#x27;s not common fiscal policy. So it&#x27;s no great surprise that there have been challenges along the way. Yeah. Well, I mean, when you look at it, money has been played with and funny business has happened over the years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> I know in your book you even talk about back in the Confederacy, the shenanigans during the Civil War that the Confederacy did. Oh, yeah. We&#x27;ll go back even further. We&#x27;ll get to the Confederacy. But George Washington, you know, we don&#x27;t like people who despoil the currency. But George Washington and the Continental Congress were the first. If you&#x27;ve ever heard the expression, not worth a continental, well, that came from the Revolutionary War when after the colonists split from the British, they lost use of the pound. They created their own currency to pay soldiers and fund the war. But that was a paper currency. Later, it was replaced by gold. But during the Revolutionary War, that currency was produced somewhat irresponsibly. So the first bout of inflation was during the Revolutionary War. And then, as you alluded to, both sides in the Civil War, the Confederacy and the Union resorted to printing currency to pay their bills.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> The Confederacy was worse because they had less access to taxation and less ability to borrow real money from abroad. So you saw much more serious inflation in the South than in the North. Well, we hear the term the Great Depression, too. And I&#x27;ll be 50 this year, so that was before my time. But I remember my grandparents talking about it. And everyone talked about it. But what really caused the Great Depression? The Great Depression was really a financial panic. You know, in grade school, you learn about the stock market crash. But the stock market crash alone, similar to the real estate crisis in 2008, was not enough to throw the country and the world into what happened later. In fact, fewer than 10% of Americans actually owned shares at the time. So it wasn&#x27;t a widespread loss. What happened because of the irresponsible borrowing, so many of the shares were bought on margin, lots of leverage, is it infected the banking system.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And when banks began to fail, people panicked. There was no deposit insurance at the time. So, of course, when people fear that their bank&#x27;s going to fail, they rush to get their money out. And, of course, that causes banks to fail. And as banks failed around the country, you had a shrinkage in the money supply. Prices started to fall. That made debts harder to pay back. And kind of everything cycled in the wrong direction until you get to a place where you have almost 25% unemployment, massive decrease in economic output. It was, as you well know, a very difficult time. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Charles Whelan. He&#x27;s author of the book Naked Money. It&#x27;s a revealing look at what is and what it matters. Now, let&#x27;s talk about just the overall economy now. And I know you&#x27;ve said before that we&#x27;re still in the crisis now in the U.S. that was caused by the mortgage collapse.</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> What are we, eight years out? And we&#x27;re still at a point where, in the United States, interest rates are remarkably low, historically anomalous. When you look around the world, there are places where interest rates have actually turned negative, which is just a bizarre concept, something I was taught in grad school you&#x27;d never see. Because what it means implicitly is that I&#x27;m loaning you $100 and I&#x27;m saying pay me back $99.5. I mean, we always thought it was crazy that anyone would loan money and expect to be paid back less. In fact, what you&#x27;re really seeing is banks and other institutions charging a safekeeping fee to hold huge amounts of money. But it remains, as you said at the outset of the question, that we&#x27;re in this period where the worst of 2008 is over, but we&#x27;re not by any means back to normal territory, not normal interest rates.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> The economy is still weak. The euro is still in trouble. Japan is still experiencing bizarre deflation. They&#x27;ve had almost two decades of falling prices. So there&#x27;s nothing particularly normal about what&#x27;s going on. And we just don&#x27;t really know where it&#x27;s going to go or how quickly things are going to get back to what&#x27;s more recognizable territory. Now, putting ourselves back in 2008, how would you assess the Fed&#x27;s performance in response to the crisis then? I would argue, and I do in the book, that the Fed did not repeat the worst mistakes of 1929 and 1930s. There was nothing pleasant about what happened in 2008. It was still very dangerous. But in 1929, with the benefit of hindsight, we know we made two big policy mistakes. One was letting so many banks fail for the reasons that I explained earlier. And the second was not providing some serious stimulus to the economy to counteract all the trends that were moving it, causing things to shrink and diminishing demand.</p><p><strong>06:46</strong> In 2008, the Fed acted aggressively in its role as lender of last resort, very politically unpopular. But by and large, we did save the banking system and the broader financial system. Had that not been the case, it would have been disastrous. And the Fed, via the low interest rate policy, and when interest rates got down to zero with more extraordinary measures like quantitative easing, where they tried to lower long-term interest rates, the Fed provided some stimulus to the economy. We don&#x27;t really know what the counterfactual would have been, how bad it would have been without this. But I feel very strongly that, by and large, the Fed was heroic in taking a horrible situation and preventing it from becoming something akin to the Great Depression. And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Charles Whelan. He&#x27;s an economist and author of a great book.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> It&#x27;s called Naked Money, a revealing look at what it is and why it matters. Now, I want to talk about something that&#x27;s come on the radar screen to many folks, especially the younger generation. But it is coming on when you see it as a method of payment. Now, it&#x27;s Bitcoin. I mean, you know, when it first came out, we were all skeptical of it, but it has survived this far. What are your opinions on Bitcoin? You know, how do you see it evolving? Well, one of the questions I answer in the book is, is Bitcoin money? My answer is no, and we&#x27;ll get to that in a minute. But first, just as a background, people listening should know that Bitcoin is something that you get through a computer algorithm. So if you&#x27;ve got a computer or a strong network of computers, you set those computers solving very complex mathematical problems. There&#x27;s something akin to factoring problems.</p><p><strong>08:20</strong> And if you solve one of these problems, you are awarded Bitcoins. It&#x27;s called mining Bitcoins. In some ways, it&#x27;s kind of curious because it&#x27;s all high tech. You&#x27;re not actually boring into a mountain or anything like that. On the other hand, it&#x27;s similar to mining that you&#x27;re just throwing lots and lots of effort and capital at something. And if you get lucky, you will get the ultimate reward, whether it&#x27;s gold or Bitcoins. The question then is, what do you do with these things? And early on, some entrepreneurs stepped up and they said, we&#x27;re going to support this. We&#x27;ll buy the Bitcoins that you have. So that gives them some value vis-a-vis the dollar and other goods. There are merchants who will accept Bitcoins for everything from basketball tickets to pizzas and so on. But to go back to the question of, is Bitcoin money? I argue it&#x27;s not. Because throughout history, I mean, going back thousands and thousands of years, money has historically done three things.</p><p><strong>09:10</strong> One, it&#x27;s a medium of exchange. So it allows you to trade with other people more easily. And in that respect, Bitcoin is not bad. But it&#x27;s not clear why it&#x27;s any better than the ones we already have. It is particularly good, I would say, if you want to move large amounts of money anonymously across international boundaries. And we can come back to what kind of people want to do that. The second is money has always been a unit of account. So you think in terms of that money. If I say something costs $18, that actually means something to you. If I say something costs 119 Bitcoins, that&#x27;s not going to mean anything to most of the people. We don&#x27;t think in Bitcoins. You&#x27;re right. So it&#x27;s not very good in that respect. And the last is as a store of value, which is if you&#x27;ve got some of your wealth tied up in money, you don&#x27;t want it to be despoiled.</p><p><strong>09:56</strong> Or if you put it in the basement and come back 10 days later, it should be worth roughly what it was when you put it down there. The value of Bitcoin relative to everything else has bounced all over the place. Sometimes it will lose or gain 10%, 20% in a single day. You would never want to write a contract over a long period of time with a currency that could gain or lose 20% of its value just in a day or a week, let alone over a longer period of time. So it&#x27;s not clear what need, other than for drug traffickers, arms merchants, and other people of nefarious means, it&#x27;s serving for the rest of us. It&#x27;s pretty cool, and the technology is great, but I&#x27;m not sure it&#x27;s money. The way it fluctuates like that, I picture someone making a transaction, and they keep having to give more and more money during the transaction because the Bitcoin value keeps going down. Yeah, or it can gain value.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> That&#x27;s right. There&#x27;s a famous story about a guy who used Bitcoin to buy a pizza, and the value of Bitcoin he forked over for that pizza is now worth something like $750,000. People call it the $750,000 pizza. Better been a good one. Who wants to be on one side of that transaction? The pizza guy was happy. Yeah. Now, here&#x27;s one final thing about Bitcoin. And what you said there is being able to transfer large sums of cash across seas or whatever from one place to another, the government got interested in that because they want to tax all this. I mean, they want taxable transactions, don&#x27;t they? They want taxable transactions. They certainly want transparent transactions. I mean, really, there are compelling reasons to want to know who&#x27;s moving large amounts of money across boundaries. Of late, we&#x27;ve seen kidnappers and hackers and other folks demanding ransom in Bitcoin because it&#x27;s so much harder to trace.</p><p><strong>11:31</strong> That is not Bitcoin&#x27;s fault, but it does mean that it&#x27;s going to be hard over the long run for Bitcoin to operate without much scrutiny if those are the kinds of people making use of it. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept. The money world is constantly evolving. And, folks, that&#x27;s why you really need to strip it down and see where it started, where it&#x27;s going, and get all the information. And this book, Naked Money, a revealing look at what it is and why it matters by Charles Whelan. Very good book. Charles, thanks for your time today. It was great fun. Thank you. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety, you can always visit FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Charles Wheelan joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Money and the questions people ask about what money is, how it works, and why it matters. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out and we find something that&#x27;s interesting and relevant here for all our listeners. And today we&#x27;ve got an excellent author. He&#x27;s also an lecturer and fellow at the Rockefeller Center for Public Policy at Dartmouth College. He also is a columnist. He writes articles in The New York Times, Chicago Tribune and The Wall Street Journal. He&#x27;s written for The Economist in the past. He&#x27;s also written a book called Naked Money, and I want to talk about this. His name is Charles Whelan, and he&#x27;s joining us from Hanover, New Hampshire, the site of Dartmouth College. Welcome in. Great to be with you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, there&#x27;s so many subjects to talk about here when we talk about the economy and the money world. But the Naked Money book really got my attention. And your book points out the weaknesses in the euro from its inception. And we&#x27;ve always been watching that here in America. But can the euro survive, and would its failure preclude other international currencies in the future?</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, certainly, if it didn&#x27;t work, it would be a strong disincentive for other countries to try and band together to share a currency. It was a strange concept in the beginning. If you go back to the inception of the euro, a fair number of economists said at the time that the conditions were not right for a currency union. And I think this is one of those cases where the economists, by and large, got it right. We can talk about how it&#x27;s going to play out. But what folks said at the time was that to share a currency across countries or even across regions like the United States, in a place as big and diverse as the United States, you need a couple things. You need a labor market that&#x27;s very mobile so that if you get a downturn in one place, people can move somewhere else. You need a common regulator because the currency is so intimately involved in banking and other things.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And you need a common fiscal policy because that&#x27;s another way in which if one part of the currency union gets weak, fiscal policy can help correct it. If you think about the United States, we have all of those things. If Minnesota has a downturn, people can move to Arizona. We have common regulators. We have a fiscal policy that moves money around through social programs and the like. Europe really had none of them. While it&#x27;s true you can move legally across boundaries in search of a job, the cultural barriers going from Greece to Germany are profound. At the time the euro was created, there was not a common regulator. There&#x27;s not common fiscal policy. So it&#x27;s no great surprise that there have been challenges along the way. Yeah. Well, I mean, when you look at it, money has been played with and funny business has happened over the years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> I know in your book you even talk about back in the Confederacy, the shenanigans during the Civil War that the Confederacy did. Oh, yeah. We&#x27;ll go back even further. We&#x27;ll get to the Confederacy. But George Washington, you know, we don&#x27;t like people who despoil the currency. But George Washington and the Continental Congress were the first. If you&#x27;ve ever heard the expression, not worth a continental, well, that came from the Revolutionary War when after the colonists split from the British, they lost use of the pound. They created their own currency to pay soldiers and fund the war. But that was a paper currency. Later, it was replaced by gold. But during the Revolutionary War, that currency was produced somewhat irresponsibly. So the first bout of inflation was during the Revolutionary War. And then, as you alluded to, both sides in the Civil War, the Confederacy and the Union resorted to printing currency to pay their bills.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> The Confederacy was worse because they had less access to taxation and less ability to borrow real money from abroad. So you saw much more serious inflation in the South than in the North. Well, we hear the term the Great Depression, too. And I&#x27;ll be 50 this year, so that was before my time. But I remember my grandparents talking about it. And everyone talked about it. But what really caused the Great Depression? The Great Depression was really a financial panic. You know, in grade school, you learn about the stock market crash. But the stock market crash alone, similar to the real estate crisis in 2008, was not enough to throw the country and the world into what happened later. In fact, fewer than 10% of Americans actually owned shares at the time. So it wasn&#x27;t a widespread loss. What happened because of the irresponsible borrowing, so many of the shares were bought on margin, lots of leverage, is it infected the banking system.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And when banks began to fail, people panicked. There was no deposit insurance at the time. So, of course, when people fear that their bank&#x27;s going to fail, they rush to get their money out. And, of course, that causes banks to fail. And as banks failed around the country, you had a shrinkage in the money supply. Prices started to fall. That made debts harder to pay back. And kind of everything cycled in the wrong direction until you get to a place where you have almost 25% unemployment, massive decrease in economic output. It was, as you well know, a very difficult time. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Charles Whelan. He&#x27;s author of the book Naked Money. It&#x27;s a revealing look at what is and what it matters. Now, let&#x27;s talk about just the overall economy now. And I know you&#x27;ve said before that we&#x27;re still in the crisis now in the U.S. that was caused by the mortgage collapse.</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> What are we, eight years out? And we&#x27;re still at a point where, in the United States, interest rates are remarkably low, historically anomalous. When you look around the world, there are places where interest rates have actually turned negative, which is just a bizarre concept, something I was taught in grad school you&#x27;d never see. Because what it means implicitly is that I&#x27;m loaning you $100 and I&#x27;m saying pay me back $99.5. I mean, we always thought it was crazy that anyone would loan money and expect to be paid back less. In fact, what you&#x27;re really seeing is banks and other institutions charging a safekeeping fee to hold huge amounts of money. But it remains, as you said at the outset of the question, that we&#x27;re in this period where the worst of 2008 is over, but we&#x27;re not by any means back to normal territory, not normal interest rates.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> The economy is still weak. The euro is still in trouble. Japan is still experiencing bizarre deflation. They&#x27;ve had almost two decades of falling prices. So there&#x27;s nothing particularly normal about what&#x27;s going on. And we just don&#x27;t really know where it&#x27;s going to go or how quickly things are going to get back to what&#x27;s more recognizable territory. Now, putting ourselves back in 2008, how would you assess the Fed&#x27;s performance in response to the crisis then? I would argue, and I do in the book, that the Fed did not repeat the worst mistakes of 1929 and 1930s. There was nothing pleasant about what happened in 2008. It was still very dangerous. But in 1929, with the benefit of hindsight, we know we made two big policy mistakes. One was letting so many banks fail for the reasons that I explained earlier. And the second was not providing some serious stimulus to the economy to counteract all the trends that were moving it, causing things to shrink and diminishing demand.</p><p><strong>06:46</strong> In 2008, the Fed acted aggressively in its role as lender of last resort, very politically unpopular. But by and large, we did save the banking system and the broader financial system. Had that not been the case, it would have been disastrous. And the Fed, via the low interest rate policy, and when interest rates got down to zero with more extraordinary measures like quantitative easing, where they tried to lower long-term interest rates, the Fed provided some stimulus to the economy. We don&#x27;t really know what the counterfactual would have been, how bad it would have been without this. But I feel very strongly that, by and large, the Fed was heroic in taking a horrible situation and preventing it from becoming something akin to the Great Depression. And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Charles Whelan. He&#x27;s an economist and author of a great book.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> It&#x27;s called Naked Money, a revealing look at what it is and why it matters. Now, I want to talk about something that&#x27;s come on the radar screen to many folks, especially the younger generation. But it is coming on when you see it as a method of payment. Now, it&#x27;s Bitcoin. I mean, you know, when it first came out, we were all skeptical of it, but it has survived this far. What are your opinions on Bitcoin? You know, how do you see it evolving? Well, one of the questions I answer in the book is, is Bitcoin money? My answer is no, and we&#x27;ll get to that in a minute. But first, just as a background, people listening should know that Bitcoin is something that you get through a computer algorithm. So if you&#x27;ve got a computer or a strong network of computers, you set those computers solving very complex mathematical problems. There&#x27;s something akin to factoring problems.</p><p><strong>08:20</strong> And if you solve one of these problems, you are awarded Bitcoins. It&#x27;s called mining Bitcoins. In some ways, it&#x27;s kind of curious because it&#x27;s all high tech. You&#x27;re not actually boring into a mountain or anything like that. On the other hand, it&#x27;s similar to mining that you&#x27;re just throwing lots and lots of effort and capital at something. And if you get lucky, you will get the ultimate reward, whether it&#x27;s gold or Bitcoins. The question then is, what do you do with these things? And early on, some entrepreneurs stepped up and they said, we&#x27;re going to support this. We&#x27;ll buy the Bitcoins that you have. So that gives them some value vis-a-vis the dollar and other goods. There are merchants who will accept Bitcoins for everything from basketball tickets to pizzas and so on. But to go back to the question of, is Bitcoin money? I argue it&#x27;s not. Because throughout history, I mean, going back thousands and thousands of years, money has historically done three things.</p><p><strong>09:10</strong> One, it&#x27;s a medium of exchange. So it allows you to trade with other people more easily. And in that respect, Bitcoin is not bad. But it&#x27;s not clear why it&#x27;s any better than the ones we already have. It is particularly good, I would say, if you want to move large amounts of money anonymously across international boundaries. And we can come back to what kind of people want to do that. The second is money has always been a unit of account. So you think in terms of that money. If I say something costs $18, that actually means something to you. If I say something costs 119 Bitcoins, that&#x27;s not going to mean anything to most of the people. We don&#x27;t think in Bitcoins. You&#x27;re right. So it&#x27;s not very good in that respect. And the last is as a store of value, which is if you&#x27;ve got some of your wealth tied up in money, you don&#x27;t want it to be despoiled.</p><p><strong>09:56</strong> Or if you put it in the basement and come back 10 days later, it should be worth roughly what it was when you put it down there. The value of Bitcoin relative to everything else has bounced all over the place. Sometimes it will lose or gain 10%, 20% in a single day. You would never want to write a contract over a long period of time with a currency that could gain or lose 20% of its value just in a day or a week, let alone over a longer period of time. So it&#x27;s not clear what need, other than for drug traffickers, arms merchants, and other people of nefarious means, it&#x27;s serving for the rest of us. It&#x27;s pretty cool, and the technology is great, but I&#x27;m not sure it&#x27;s money. The way it fluctuates like that, I picture someone making a transaction, and they keep having to give more and more money during the transaction because the Bitcoin value keeps going down. Yeah, or it can gain value.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> That&#x27;s right. There&#x27;s a famous story about a guy who used Bitcoin to buy a pizza, and the value of Bitcoin he forked over for that pizza is now worth something like $750,000. People call it the $750,000 pizza. Better been a good one. Who wants to be on one side of that transaction? The pizza guy was happy. Yeah. Now, here&#x27;s one final thing about Bitcoin. And what you said there is being able to transfer large sums of cash across seas or whatever from one place to another, the government got interested in that because they want to tax all this. I mean, they want taxable transactions, don&#x27;t they? They want taxable transactions. They certainly want transparent transactions. I mean, really, there are compelling reasons to want to know who&#x27;s moving large amounts of money across boundaries. Of late, we&#x27;ve seen kidnappers and hackers and other folks demanding ransom in Bitcoin because it&#x27;s so much harder to trace.</p><p><strong>11:31</strong> That is not Bitcoin&#x27;s fault, but it does mean that it&#x27;s going to be hard over the long run for Bitcoin to operate without much scrutiny if those are the kinds of people making use of it. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept. The money world is constantly evolving. And, folks, that&#x27;s why you really need to strip it down and see where it started, where it&#x27;s going, and get all the information. And this book, Naked Money, a revealing look at what it is and why it matters by Charles Whelan. Very good book. Charles, thanks for your time today. It was great fun. Thank you. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety, you can always visit FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Charles Wheelan joins Coach Pete to discuss Naked Money and the questions people ask about what money is, how it works, and why it matters. Recorded April 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Charles Wheelan</category>
      <category>Naked Money</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Charles Wheelan, Naked Money, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e/image.jpg?t=1792072319&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-wheelan-naked-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e/image.jpg?t=1792072319&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>731</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e733c805-95f8-43bb-8437-b4e20174815e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11725976" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-wheelan-naked-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>117</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Naked Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:02" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hessam Nadji: Trends in Retail Real Estate</title>
      <itunes:title>Hessam Nadji: Trends in Retail Real Estate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Hessam Nadji joins Coach Pete to discuss retail real estate, changing shopping habits, and the trends affecting the property market. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me. And I think that from what we&#x27;ve heard over the last 10, 11 years, if it&#x27;s interesting to me, it&#x27;s probably interesting to you. And we&#x27;re going to talk today about the trends that exist in the retail real estate market and what&#x27;s going on in different states and cities and the trends that are developing. And I thought we&#x27;d visit today with Hassam Najee, who is CEO of Marcus &amp; Millchap, which is a real estate investment brokerage firm. Hassam, welcome in. Thank you for having me on the show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. Because this is a fascinating trend. I travel a lot, and I live in Raleigh, Durham, North Carolina, the Research Triangle, and I get on a plane, and I&#x27;ll land in Kansas City. I&#x27;ll land in Austin, Texas. I&#x27;ll land wherever. And different places, I see booming real estate, and in other places, I see it looks like a lot of for sale signs</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and depression and beat-up kind of buildings. So what kind of trends are you seeing nationally? Well, if you look at the big picture, things have actually improved quite a bit. I think the strength of the U.S. economy is somewhat understated. And if you ask the average American how well they think the economy is doing, you&#x27;re probably not going to get a very enthusiastic answer. But if you look at the numbers, they actually show a lot of strength. We&#x27;ve added about 5 million jobs on top of recovering the 8.7 million that we lost in the recession. And real estate, as I&#x27;m sure everyone recognizes, is really driven by job growth and population growth and demographics. So if you look at having regained the 8.7 million jobs that we lost and then having put another 5 million jobs on top of those over the past five and a half years,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that really speaks to a lot of economic strength. If you look at the U.S. consumer, a surprising statistic that I share with our clients, who most of the time are surprised to hear this, is that retail sales in our country are up 22% above the 2007 peak. So at a time when the economy was really booming before the Great Recession, and there was a lot of windfall coming out of refinancing homes and a lot of cash floating around, the level of retail sales back then was 22% lower than it is today. Even if you look at retail sales on a per capita basis, because of population growth, obviously, today&#x27;s level is 15% higher than the peak back in 2007. The point being that the economy is in much better shape at a national level than most people realize.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Unemployment is back down to around 5%, and we&#x27;re just now starting to see some wage growth. All of that speaks very good on the side of the demand for really all kinds of real estate, but in particular retail real estate. But to your point, it&#x27;s not the same everywhere. The market variations are huge. And so where do you invest, and how do you basically select those markets? To us and most of our clients, the most important indicator is jobs. So if you look at the job leaders around the country, Dallas, Fort Worth comes in at number one with over 100,000 jobs in the last 12 months. Another surprising statistic, because everyone thinks that all of Texas has been affected, or other energy states have been affected by the lower oil prices. And even the answer to that is that there are major differences because of the local economic composition.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> So Dallas is doing very well. New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Atlanta, Washington, D.C., Phoenix, Seattle, even Philadelphia, a market that you don&#x27;t hear too often about in terms of being on a top-ranked economic strength. And Boston, those are the top 10 job-creating metros over the past 12 months through February. And so if you look at their real estate markets, they really mirror the strength in job creation. Philadelphia, home of Villanova University, by the way. Absolutely. I was born right outside of Philadelphia, so I remember Villanova up there. But let&#x27;s look at this now. When we look at it, and of course, your firm, you have $33 billion real estate brokerage. So you guys know what you&#x27;re talking about. Matter of fact, you were number one in completed commercial real estate deals in 2015.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> So you guys are a good barometer because you&#x27;re looking all across the United States. But when we look at the, like you said, Texas experiencing what we think a downward trend because of the oil markets, but the tech sector has really accelerated the growth in Dallas, hasn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. So if you look at a lot of the markets that are rattled off and some other ones, like Denver, like Austin, like Portland, Oregon, that are having very, very strong economic booms, it does go down to the local drivers of those job creators, technology being one of them, a very important one, professional business services being another one, trade. So a lot of the gateway markets that are part of the international trade are doing well. They are adding a lot of jobs. So those are the key variations. A lot of the metros in the middle of the country, Cleveland, Milwaukee, Cincinnati, Kansas City, are adding jobs,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> which is the positive side of the national trend in this recovery. But they&#x27;re not adding as much or they&#x27;re not moving as quickly as some of these other metros. They don&#x27;t have the same, whether it&#x27;s technology or import-export drivers. And, of course, manufacturing, even though it&#x27;s doing better, has not been a major driver in this recovery. You know, one of the things I ask, and being in the financial world for 23 years, I always ask the question, why? Why and how? So Cleveland and Cincinnati, why are they experiencing a boom in population? Those metros are not seeing as many jobs as being created. But from a real estate perspective, you mentioned our national footprint. We do have 1,600 investment professionals in 80 locations, including all over the Midwest, by the way. And so don&#x27;t throw out the book, judging it by its cover, because a lot of the Midwestern markets, pretty much, I would say, across the entire Midwestern region,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> provide a lot of reasons for California investors, for New York investors, and other more, let&#x27;s call it, high-value markets, to move capital and invest in retail real estate or other forms of real estate in places like Indianapolis or Milwaukee or Cleveland, because they have a more steady economic environment. They don&#x27;t build as much real estate, and their yields provide a nice arbitrage or a nice spread. So you can sell a quality property in Southern California, which produces a 4% or 5% annual yield, and then you can replace that asset with a very good quality asset in Cleveland or Milwaukee or Indianapolis that offers a 6% or 7% yield. So the movement of capital and the horizon of an individual private investor or an institution that happens to own a lot of commercial real estate</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> really can be greatly enhanced by looking at the differences between the markets and the risk-reward balance between markets. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, we are talking to Hassam Najee. He&#x27;s CEO of Marcus &amp; Millichap, which is a $33 billion real estate investment brokerage firm located in, well, he&#x27;s located right outside of L.A. And I want to talk about this because we look at investing, and when we talk about stocks or real estate, when is the best time to invest in something? When it&#x27;s at an all-time high or when it has a chance of recovery or it&#x27;s lower, and you do good research and you think it&#x27;s a good long-term hold? Well, I&#x27;ve always believed that real estate really works well over the long term. It always has. We have cycles without a doubt, the economic cycle, the real estate cycle, and those will always be with us.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> But as you say, if you really do your research and pick your markets well and pick the asset well, commercial real estate is a phenomenal vehicle for wealth creation. One of the ways that a lot of private investors, smaller individual investors, high net worth investors, or small partnerships, families, friends get together, pool their money, and invest in commercial real estate, one of the big vehicles for it is the single-tenant retail, meaning frequently your restaurants, fast food restaurants, for example, McDonald&#x27;s, Burger King&#x27;s, Wendy&#x27;s, or your drug stores, Walgreens, for example, or auto parts stores, that have one tenant committed to stay in a particular building over many years, usually long-term leases. They take care of basically the fixed expenses and so on.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> And so it&#x27;s a passive investment vehicle for individuals that want to get into commercial real estate and don&#x27;t want to really have to learn a whole lot about managing the day-to-day aspects of an apartment building that has many tenants and turnover and things like that or an office building. So that vehicle has become very popular over the past, let&#x27;s say, 10 years, as more and more baby boomers have gotten closer and closer to retirement age and have looked for all-term investments to get a very competitive yield without having to be the hands-on manager of a commercial asset or learn a whole lot about all the management aspects of it. So that&#x27;s one area of retail. We&#x27;ve seen a major boom in over the last 10 years, and we&#x27;re the leader in brokering those types of assets across the country.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Yeah, the worst kind of education to get is one where you&#x27;re learning the hard way, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And that&#x27;s, I mean, part of our job, a very large part of our job, is to provide that education through our services and through our market research. We have not only the 1,600 brokers that I talked about who, on a day-in and day-out basis, are looking at properties, talking to owners, talking to buyers, but we have a very active research department of over 30 people dedicated to analyzing markets and the economy for our clients and producing somewhere close to about 1,000 publications a year just to keep the investment community educated. We have about a minute left here on this segment, but what are the steps someone needs to go through if they are trying to decide if investing in commercial real estate makes sense in their portfolio? The first step is to really set your own goals and objectives,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> understand what it is you&#x27;re trying to get out of it. If you&#x27;re looking for a quick investment or maybe a, you know, one- or two-year horizon, commercial real estate is probably not the best vehicle. It&#x27;s much more suited for at least a three- to five-year, three- to seven-year horizon, number one. Number two, it&#x27;s really important to think about people that you know that are invested in commercial real estate, friends, family, associates. I mean, within a few calls, usually people can find someone they trust who can share experiences and make sure you&#x27;re teaming up with a very active local broker that knows the business, that can provide really good research, not just in their own market area, but throughout the industry. And so it&#x27;s not something that you can just jump into. It&#x27;s clearly not as liquid as buying a stock in a company</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> because it&#x27;s more of a hard asset investment. That&#x27;s part of its benefit over the long term, but it also requires a lot more homework off front. Yeah, yeah. So it&#x27;s just a part of a balanced portfolio, folks, but you should never invest in something you don&#x27;t understand. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s very important to get educated before you ever do anything and make sure you consult with the right folks. Asam, I really appreciate your time today. It was my pleasure. Thanks for having me on. Yeah, hopefully I&#x27;ll get you on again in the future and go through some of the more trends, see what&#x27;s happening in about four or five months. That would be great. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hessam Nadji joins Coach Pete to discuss retail real estate, changing shopping habits, and the trends affecting the property market. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me. And I think that from what we&#x27;ve heard over the last 10, 11 years, if it&#x27;s interesting to me, it&#x27;s probably interesting to you. And we&#x27;re going to talk today about the trends that exist in the retail real estate market and what&#x27;s going on in different states and cities and the trends that are developing. And I thought we&#x27;d visit today with Hassam Najee, who is CEO of Marcus &amp; Millchap, which is a real estate investment brokerage firm. Hassam, welcome in. Thank you for having me on the show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. Because this is a fascinating trend. I travel a lot, and I live in Raleigh, Durham, North Carolina, the Research Triangle, and I get on a plane, and I&#x27;ll land in Kansas City. I&#x27;ll land in Austin, Texas. I&#x27;ll land wherever. And different places, I see booming real estate, and in other places, I see it looks like a lot of for sale signs</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and depression and beat-up kind of buildings. So what kind of trends are you seeing nationally? Well, if you look at the big picture, things have actually improved quite a bit. I think the strength of the U.S. economy is somewhat understated. And if you ask the average American how well they think the economy is doing, you&#x27;re probably not going to get a very enthusiastic answer. But if you look at the numbers, they actually show a lot of strength. We&#x27;ve added about 5 million jobs on top of recovering the 8.7 million that we lost in the recession. And real estate, as I&#x27;m sure everyone recognizes, is really driven by job growth and population growth and demographics. So if you look at having regained the 8.7 million jobs that we lost and then having put another 5 million jobs on top of those over the past five and a half years,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that really speaks to a lot of economic strength. If you look at the U.S. consumer, a surprising statistic that I share with our clients, who most of the time are surprised to hear this, is that retail sales in our country are up 22% above the 2007 peak. So at a time when the economy was really booming before the Great Recession, and there was a lot of windfall coming out of refinancing homes and a lot of cash floating around, the level of retail sales back then was 22% lower than it is today. Even if you look at retail sales on a per capita basis, because of population growth, obviously, today&#x27;s level is 15% higher than the peak back in 2007. The point being that the economy is in much better shape at a national level than most people realize.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Unemployment is back down to around 5%, and we&#x27;re just now starting to see some wage growth. All of that speaks very good on the side of the demand for really all kinds of real estate, but in particular retail real estate. But to your point, it&#x27;s not the same everywhere. The market variations are huge. And so where do you invest, and how do you basically select those markets? To us and most of our clients, the most important indicator is jobs. So if you look at the job leaders around the country, Dallas, Fort Worth comes in at number one with over 100,000 jobs in the last 12 months. Another surprising statistic, because everyone thinks that all of Texas has been affected, or other energy states have been affected by the lower oil prices. And even the answer to that is that there are major differences because of the local economic composition.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> So Dallas is doing very well. New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Atlanta, Washington, D.C., Phoenix, Seattle, even Philadelphia, a market that you don&#x27;t hear too often about in terms of being on a top-ranked economic strength. And Boston, those are the top 10 job-creating metros over the past 12 months through February. And so if you look at their real estate markets, they really mirror the strength in job creation. Philadelphia, home of Villanova University, by the way. Absolutely. I was born right outside of Philadelphia, so I remember Villanova up there. But let&#x27;s look at this now. When we look at it, and of course, your firm, you have $33 billion real estate brokerage. So you guys know what you&#x27;re talking about. Matter of fact, you were number one in completed commercial real estate deals in 2015.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> So you guys are a good barometer because you&#x27;re looking all across the United States. But when we look at the, like you said, Texas experiencing what we think a downward trend because of the oil markets, but the tech sector has really accelerated the growth in Dallas, hasn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. So if you look at a lot of the markets that are rattled off and some other ones, like Denver, like Austin, like Portland, Oregon, that are having very, very strong economic booms, it does go down to the local drivers of those job creators, technology being one of them, a very important one, professional business services being another one, trade. So a lot of the gateway markets that are part of the international trade are doing well. They are adding a lot of jobs. So those are the key variations. A lot of the metros in the middle of the country, Cleveland, Milwaukee, Cincinnati, Kansas City, are adding jobs,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> which is the positive side of the national trend in this recovery. But they&#x27;re not adding as much or they&#x27;re not moving as quickly as some of these other metros. They don&#x27;t have the same, whether it&#x27;s technology or import-export drivers. And, of course, manufacturing, even though it&#x27;s doing better, has not been a major driver in this recovery. You know, one of the things I ask, and being in the financial world for 23 years, I always ask the question, why? Why and how? So Cleveland and Cincinnati, why are they experiencing a boom in population? Those metros are not seeing as many jobs as being created. But from a real estate perspective, you mentioned our national footprint. We do have 1,600 investment professionals in 80 locations, including all over the Midwest, by the way. And so don&#x27;t throw out the book, judging it by its cover, because a lot of the Midwestern markets, pretty much, I would say, across the entire Midwestern region,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> provide a lot of reasons for California investors, for New York investors, and other more, let&#x27;s call it, high-value markets, to move capital and invest in retail real estate or other forms of real estate in places like Indianapolis or Milwaukee or Cleveland, because they have a more steady economic environment. They don&#x27;t build as much real estate, and their yields provide a nice arbitrage or a nice spread. So you can sell a quality property in Southern California, which produces a 4% or 5% annual yield, and then you can replace that asset with a very good quality asset in Cleveland or Milwaukee or Indianapolis that offers a 6% or 7% yield. So the movement of capital and the horizon of an individual private investor or an institution that happens to own a lot of commercial real estate</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> really can be greatly enhanced by looking at the differences between the markets and the risk-reward balance between markets. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, we are talking to Hassam Najee. He&#x27;s CEO of Marcus &amp; Millichap, which is a $33 billion real estate investment brokerage firm located in, well, he&#x27;s located right outside of L.A. And I want to talk about this because we look at investing, and when we talk about stocks or real estate, when is the best time to invest in something? When it&#x27;s at an all-time high or when it has a chance of recovery or it&#x27;s lower, and you do good research and you think it&#x27;s a good long-term hold? Well, I&#x27;ve always believed that real estate really works well over the long term. It always has. We have cycles without a doubt, the economic cycle, the real estate cycle, and those will always be with us.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> But as you say, if you really do your research and pick your markets well and pick the asset well, commercial real estate is a phenomenal vehicle for wealth creation. One of the ways that a lot of private investors, smaller individual investors, high net worth investors, or small partnerships, families, friends get together, pool their money, and invest in commercial real estate, one of the big vehicles for it is the single-tenant retail, meaning frequently your restaurants, fast food restaurants, for example, McDonald&#x27;s, Burger King&#x27;s, Wendy&#x27;s, or your drug stores, Walgreens, for example, or auto parts stores, that have one tenant committed to stay in a particular building over many years, usually long-term leases. They take care of basically the fixed expenses and so on.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> And so it&#x27;s a passive investment vehicle for individuals that want to get into commercial real estate and don&#x27;t want to really have to learn a whole lot about managing the day-to-day aspects of an apartment building that has many tenants and turnover and things like that or an office building. So that vehicle has become very popular over the past, let&#x27;s say, 10 years, as more and more baby boomers have gotten closer and closer to retirement age and have looked for all-term investments to get a very competitive yield without having to be the hands-on manager of a commercial asset or learn a whole lot about all the management aspects of it. So that&#x27;s one area of retail. We&#x27;ve seen a major boom in over the last 10 years, and we&#x27;re the leader in brokering those types of assets across the country.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Yeah, the worst kind of education to get is one where you&#x27;re learning the hard way, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And that&#x27;s, I mean, part of our job, a very large part of our job, is to provide that education through our services and through our market research. We have not only the 1,600 brokers that I talked about who, on a day-in and day-out basis, are looking at properties, talking to owners, talking to buyers, but we have a very active research department of over 30 people dedicated to analyzing markets and the economy for our clients and producing somewhere close to about 1,000 publications a year just to keep the investment community educated. We have about a minute left here on this segment, but what are the steps someone needs to go through if they are trying to decide if investing in commercial real estate makes sense in their portfolio? The first step is to really set your own goals and objectives,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> understand what it is you&#x27;re trying to get out of it. If you&#x27;re looking for a quick investment or maybe a, you know, one- or two-year horizon, commercial real estate is probably not the best vehicle. It&#x27;s much more suited for at least a three- to five-year, three- to seven-year horizon, number one. Number two, it&#x27;s really important to think about people that you know that are invested in commercial real estate, friends, family, associates. I mean, within a few calls, usually people can find someone they trust who can share experiences and make sure you&#x27;re teaming up with a very active local broker that knows the business, that can provide really good research, not just in their own market area, but throughout the industry. And so it&#x27;s not something that you can just jump into. It&#x27;s clearly not as liquid as buying a stock in a company</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> because it&#x27;s more of a hard asset investment. That&#x27;s part of its benefit over the long term, but it also requires a lot more homework off front. Yeah, yeah. So it&#x27;s just a part of a balanced portfolio, folks, but you should never invest in something you don&#x27;t understand. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s very important to get educated before you ever do anything and make sure you consult with the right folks. Asam, I really appreciate your time today. It was my pleasure. Thanks for having me on. Yeah, hopefully I&#x27;ll get you on again in the future and go through some of the more trends, see what&#x27;s happening in about four or five months. That would be great. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Hessam Nadji joins Coach Pete to discuss retail real estate, changing shopping habits, and the trends affecting the property market. Recorded April 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Hessam Nadji</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Hessam Nadji, real estate, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722/image.jpg?t=1792072330&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/hessam-nadji-trends-in-retail-real-estate/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722/image.jpg?t=1792072330&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>669</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ea7127ed-dd3f-45e8-9a87-b4e201738722/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10735260" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/hessam-nadji-trends-in-retail-real-estate</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>118</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Trends in Retail Real Estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:30" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:28" title="Technology and everyday life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Retirement Planning Questions (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Retirement Planning Questions (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the Retirement Roundtable section of the show, and we&#x27;re lucky enough to have guests, the partners at Creative Senior Solutions, Jared Florence and Thad Welcher in the studio with us today. And they&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas, folks, and they travel the nation educating people approaching the time to file for Social Security and income planning and looking at the time of retirement coming up and looking at that big roller coaster we call the stock market, making sure you have the right amount of money in the right places. Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I want you to educate the listener. This is something that&#x27;s pretty common knowledge amongst us in the financial industry, but a lot of times it&#x27;s misunderstood in the general public. Can you explain to the listener what the rule of 100 is? You bet. Basically, you take the number 100 and you subtract your age</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> to it. The number that you have left is what percentage of your portfolio should be in risk. Yeah. And so as you get closer to retirement, basically, you want to minimize risk. And my simple way of looking at that, if you&#x27;re 65 years old, put a percent after 65. 65% of your money at least should not be exposed to risk forces like investing in real estate, stock market, gold and silver, those kind of things, because what? They can go down. They can go up, but they can go down. The old what goes up must come down sometimes, right? We&#x27;ve seen that. Absolutely. So there are some financial planning vehicles available there. The money won&#x27;t go down and we&#x27;ll give them a lifetime income, correct? Correct. In my opinion, there&#x27;s two distinct stages of kind of your life. The number one is your accumulation stage to where we are building. We&#x27;re acquiring things. We&#x27;re getting</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> your house. We&#x27;re getting cars. We&#x27;re putting into 401ks. This is the time at your younger age when you&#x27;re doing this that I think it is very important that you have some risk or mainly have risk in your portfolio because each and every month it may go down, it may go up, but on the times it goes down, that&#x27;s okay. Yeah. Your bottom line&#x27;s going down, but the money that you&#x27;re putting in each and every month is buying more of whatever it is that you&#x27;re buying. So you&#x27;re going to dollar cost average out. So it&#x27;s great. But now when you&#x27;re nearing retirement, you&#x27;re coming to the withdrawal stage. And in the withdrawal stage, I always like telling folks, well, yeah, when you start to see the light at the end of the tunnel, let&#x27;s make sure that light isn&#x27;t a train. Yeah. Another train coming, right? Yeah. That&#x27;s not good. So there are ways financially to do that, but you don&#x27;t want to wait to even see</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that light coming. You want to do it ahead of time. So you never go through that tunnel where there might be another light coming towards you. Can&#x27;t reiterate how important that is, coach. A lot of times I see folks when they come in, when&#x27;s the right time to start planning? Well, right now, taking something off of Dr. Phil, what&#x27;s worse than being in a one-year bad relationship? Well, being in that relationship for one year and one day. So let&#x27;s start planning now. And a lot of times I hear folks say, well, I&#x27;m not old enough to be doing this. I need to wait a little bit longer until my 401k or before I quit my job. I can&#x27;t reiterate enough. That is not the case. We need to start planning ASAP. Yeah. And the number to call, if you&#x27;d like to start your planning process with one of the team members on the Financial Safari Network, they are all financial coaches. They all</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> understand the situations we talk about here on the show. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Now, I want to talk about the strategic development process as it relates in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got four buckets on a sheet we go over with folks from taxable all the way to tax-free times two. And to start off, the most important thing anyone can do is review their tax returns to uncover long-term tax issues like IRAs, capital gains, and social security taxes. How important is it for folks to minimize taxes as we go into the future? Personally, I love paying taxes because that means that I&#x27;m- You make money, right? That&#x27;s exactly right. But I want to do what&#x27;s fair to me and my family. So it is very important that</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> you take a look and see on your tax situation, can we save you money on taxes in your current? There are several different ways you can do that by tax-deferred and also tax-free. In tax-deferred instruments we have out there are annuities that you will not be taxed at on a yearly basis just if you withdraw from it. And then there&#x27;s tax-free such as life insurance products that can gain market value. Yeah. So when we look at annuities, they are great because they build tax-deferred. The problem is you have to pay taxes in the future, but there are special annuities there. If you&#x27;re using after-tax money, you can minimize your taxes going forward with that. And a lot of people aren&#x27;t familiar with the exclusion allowance. It&#x27;s called an exclusion process that will help exclude some of that income from the non-qualified annuity from taxes in the future.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I know we&#x27;re talking a lot of the terms here, folks, but there are ways to minimize taxes, not just looking at your return and saying there&#x27;s nothing you can do about it. There&#x27;s also the Roth IRA, which is a tax-free option where you don&#x27;t get a reduction on the money when you put it in, but you never pay tax on that money when you take it out as long as you follow the rules by the government. And again, by the way, it builds tax-free as well. Tax-free growth, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s huge. Really, it&#x27;s like a gift that the government&#x27;s giving you. And then if we&#x27;re going to look at tax-free, maybe you don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth. Jared, there&#x27;s a lot of people who are making too much money. They don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth, do they? Yeah, it happens all the time. There are guidelines as far as how much money you can make to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. So you need to take a look at what other options are out there. And we do a lot with setting folks up with tax-free retirement income. And we use life insurance</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> products a lot of times to do it. And a lot of folks hear the word life insurance and they think, oh, that means I&#x27;ve got to die before somebody really takes advantage of this benefit. But the reality is there&#x27;s living benefits now with life insurance that allows you to supplement your retirement on a tax-free basis. Well, IRS code 7702 allows for a lot more things for people to take advantage of life insurance. Not only will it give them an income that could be tax-free in the future, but they can also use the life insurance death benefit while they&#x27;re here to pay for long-term care. How important is that, Thad? Incredible. I&#x27;m not one of the traditional long-term care sales folks. Me either. I would be one of the best in the country because I could probably scare, you know, the living the heck out of you, so to speak. I&#x27;m telling you about cost. The only thing I do not like about it is many times we put in tens of thousands of dollars into these type of</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> structures and you don&#x27;t end up using it. You lose that money. So what we have out there available is, is we have the best of a couple of different worlds. We can be into a life insurance product that not only gives tax-free money potentially to you as income, so long as we keep that insurance product running and open, we can&#x27;t close it out or it could become taxable. The other thing is, is that we have inside of this, we have a living benefit to where if you go to a nursing home, 94 to 95% of what your death benefit could be used over a five-year period for nursing homes. So people love this because if they don&#x27;t use it, they don&#x27;t lose it. Yeah, very, very important. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in just getting a personalized printout</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> to see what some of the different options out there can mean to you as far as maximizing your income and lowering your taxes in retirement, the number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. I want to go to the guy I call my tax mechanic and that&#x27;s Jared Florence here. Jared, I know you don&#x27;t like taxes any more than anybody else does, and you can help people finely tune their financial products to make sure to minimize the taxes going forward, utilizing the financial vehicles available today. Education is the key. If you understand what options are out there, what products, what things you can take advantage of to lessen your tax burden, you&#x27;re doing yourself a disservice for not doing it. So when folks come in, it&#x27;s one of the very first things that we do is we sit down, we talk about what they have, what they need, what&#x27;s their tax situation,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> and how do we help decrease that tax burden? Yeah, the number one thing that I think people should do, they need to establish their retirement income goal, how much money they want to have in retirement, and then look at the money needed to cover the cost to have an enjoyable lifestyle as they go forward. A lot of people wait till they get there, the day they get there, and they say, well, now what? Right. You know, you should never rule out any financial planning vehicle or strategy until you&#x27;ve seen it in person and see what it can do for you. But a lot of people wait till it&#x27;s almost too late to get that plan started, right? Absolutely correct. They not only wait too late, but maybe they take the advice of somebody because they&#x27;ve had them 20, 30, 40 years. And I appreciate and understand that loyalty. What we do here is we will offer something completely different in most cases than what their advisor or coach, so to speak, has given them over the last 30 to 40 years.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So I think what you&#x27;re saying is it&#x27;s important for people to analyze their current investments, to establish the real costs and fees, and calculate a risk exposure level of the investments as they are today and make sure they correlate with the time of the life they&#x27;re going into and what they can withstand as far as a loss in the future. That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s so important to not only realize what you need now, but what are you going to need 10, 15, 20 years from now? Because one thing&#x27;s for certain, we&#x27;re living longer. Yeah, we are. And I think one of the biggest fears out there is outliving your money. So not only can we guarantee X amount of dollars for your lifetime, we can also guarantee that that can go up by two or three percent to help cover for inflation. Very, very important. And folks, if you call us in the next 15 minutes, what we&#x27;ll do for you, we&#x27;ll custom design for you an easy to understand financial review. Now, this will indicate if</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> you&#x27;re in need of a full-blown financial plan or not. Keep in mind, as with everything on the show, there&#x27;s never a cost or obligation for this initial review to all callers who call in the next 15 minutes. So if you meet those qualifications, which is pretty easy, just call in the next 15 minutes, here&#x27;s what you can expect. First, we&#x27;ll run a fee report for you that&#x27;ll help you untangle what it costs to work with your current planner or advisor. We&#x27;ll also show you how you can protect your investments and keep more of your money in your accounts. Next, we&#x27;ll perform that very important tax analysis to show you how you could possibly reduce your taxes and increase your cash flow. Keep in mind, the less you give Uncle Sam, the more you keep in your wallet. And finally, we&#x27;ll create a customized lifetime income plan utilizing proven strategies and techniques that could turbocharge your retirement income plan. Folks, many people out there listening don&#x27;t even</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> have an income plan in place. At least get this review and this customized income plan to show you what you could be getting in the future. In short, we&#x27;ll help you take the guesswork out of the financial planning process just for you. For all callers who call in the next 15 minutes, that&#x27;s a comprehensive financial review that we&#x27;re offering at no cost or obligation. The number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the Retirement Roundtable section of the show, and we&#x27;re lucky enough to have guests, the partners at Creative Senior Solutions, Jared Florence and Thad Welcher in the studio with us today. And they&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas, folks, and they travel the nation educating people approaching the time to file for Social Security and income planning and looking at the time of retirement coming up and looking at that big roller coaster we call the stock market, making sure you have the right amount of money in the right places. Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I want you to educate the listener. This is something that&#x27;s pretty common knowledge amongst us in the financial industry, but a lot of times it&#x27;s misunderstood in the general public. Can you explain to the listener what the rule of 100 is? You bet. Basically, you take the number 100 and you subtract your age</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> to it. The number that you have left is what percentage of your portfolio should be in risk. Yeah. And so as you get closer to retirement, basically, you want to minimize risk. And my simple way of looking at that, if you&#x27;re 65 years old, put a percent after 65. 65% of your money at least should not be exposed to risk forces like investing in real estate, stock market, gold and silver, those kind of things, because what? They can go down. They can go up, but they can go down. The old what goes up must come down sometimes, right? We&#x27;ve seen that. Absolutely. So there are some financial planning vehicles available there. The money won&#x27;t go down and we&#x27;ll give them a lifetime income, correct? Correct. In my opinion, there&#x27;s two distinct stages of kind of your life. The number one is your accumulation stage to where we are building. We&#x27;re acquiring things. We&#x27;re getting</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> your house. We&#x27;re getting cars. We&#x27;re putting into 401ks. This is the time at your younger age when you&#x27;re doing this that I think it is very important that you have some risk or mainly have risk in your portfolio because each and every month it may go down, it may go up, but on the times it goes down, that&#x27;s okay. Yeah. Your bottom line&#x27;s going down, but the money that you&#x27;re putting in each and every month is buying more of whatever it is that you&#x27;re buying. So you&#x27;re going to dollar cost average out. So it&#x27;s great. But now when you&#x27;re nearing retirement, you&#x27;re coming to the withdrawal stage. And in the withdrawal stage, I always like telling folks, well, yeah, when you start to see the light at the end of the tunnel, let&#x27;s make sure that light isn&#x27;t a train. Yeah. Another train coming, right? Yeah. That&#x27;s not good. So there are ways financially to do that, but you don&#x27;t want to wait to even see</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that light coming. You want to do it ahead of time. So you never go through that tunnel where there might be another light coming towards you. Can&#x27;t reiterate how important that is, coach. A lot of times I see folks when they come in, when&#x27;s the right time to start planning? Well, right now, taking something off of Dr. Phil, what&#x27;s worse than being in a one-year bad relationship? Well, being in that relationship for one year and one day. So let&#x27;s start planning now. And a lot of times I hear folks say, well, I&#x27;m not old enough to be doing this. I need to wait a little bit longer until my 401k or before I quit my job. I can&#x27;t reiterate enough. That is not the case. We need to start planning ASAP. Yeah. And the number to call, if you&#x27;d like to start your planning process with one of the team members on the Financial Safari Network, they are all financial coaches. They all</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> understand the situations we talk about here on the show. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Now, I want to talk about the strategic development process as it relates in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got four buckets on a sheet we go over with folks from taxable all the way to tax-free times two. And to start off, the most important thing anyone can do is review their tax returns to uncover long-term tax issues like IRAs, capital gains, and social security taxes. How important is it for folks to minimize taxes as we go into the future? Personally, I love paying taxes because that means that I&#x27;m- You make money, right? That&#x27;s exactly right. But I want to do what&#x27;s fair to me and my family. So it is very important that</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> you take a look and see on your tax situation, can we save you money on taxes in your current? There are several different ways you can do that by tax-deferred and also tax-free. In tax-deferred instruments we have out there are annuities that you will not be taxed at on a yearly basis just if you withdraw from it. And then there&#x27;s tax-free such as life insurance products that can gain market value. Yeah. So when we look at annuities, they are great because they build tax-deferred. The problem is you have to pay taxes in the future, but there are special annuities there. If you&#x27;re using after-tax money, you can minimize your taxes going forward with that. And a lot of people aren&#x27;t familiar with the exclusion allowance. It&#x27;s called an exclusion process that will help exclude some of that income from the non-qualified annuity from taxes in the future.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I know we&#x27;re talking a lot of the terms here, folks, but there are ways to minimize taxes, not just looking at your return and saying there&#x27;s nothing you can do about it. There&#x27;s also the Roth IRA, which is a tax-free option where you don&#x27;t get a reduction on the money when you put it in, but you never pay tax on that money when you take it out as long as you follow the rules by the government. And again, by the way, it builds tax-free as well. Tax-free growth, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s huge. Really, it&#x27;s like a gift that the government&#x27;s giving you. And then if we&#x27;re going to look at tax-free, maybe you don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth. Jared, there&#x27;s a lot of people who are making too much money. They don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth, do they? Yeah, it happens all the time. There are guidelines as far as how much money you can make to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. So you need to take a look at what other options are out there. And we do a lot with setting folks up with tax-free retirement income. And we use life insurance</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> products a lot of times to do it. And a lot of folks hear the word life insurance and they think, oh, that means I&#x27;ve got to die before somebody really takes advantage of this benefit. But the reality is there&#x27;s living benefits now with life insurance that allows you to supplement your retirement on a tax-free basis. Well, IRS code 7702 allows for a lot more things for people to take advantage of life insurance. Not only will it give them an income that could be tax-free in the future, but they can also use the life insurance death benefit while they&#x27;re here to pay for long-term care. How important is that, Thad? Incredible. I&#x27;m not one of the traditional long-term care sales folks. Me either. I would be one of the best in the country because I could probably scare, you know, the living the heck out of you, so to speak. I&#x27;m telling you about cost. The only thing I do not like about it is many times we put in tens of thousands of dollars into these type of</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> structures and you don&#x27;t end up using it. You lose that money. So what we have out there available is, is we have the best of a couple of different worlds. We can be into a life insurance product that not only gives tax-free money potentially to you as income, so long as we keep that insurance product running and open, we can&#x27;t close it out or it could become taxable. The other thing is, is that we have inside of this, we have a living benefit to where if you go to a nursing home, 94 to 95% of what your death benefit could be used over a five-year period for nursing homes. So people love this because if they don&#x27;t use it, they don&#x27;t lose it. Yeah, very, very important. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in just getting a personalized printout</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> to see what some of the different options out there can mean to you as far as maximizing your income and lowering your taxes in retirement, the number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. I want to go to the guy I call my tax mechanic and that&#x27;s Jared Florence here. Jared, I know you don&#x27;t like taxes any more than anybody else does, and you can help people finely tune their financial products to make sure to minimize the taxes going forward, utilizing the financial vehicles available today. Education is the key. If you understand what options are out there, what products, what things you can take advantage of to lessen your tax burden, you&#x27;re doing yourself a disservice for not doing it. So when folks come in, it&#x27;s one of the very first things that we do is we sit down, we talk about what they have, what they need, what&#x27;s their tax situation,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> and how do we help decrease that tax burden? Yeah, the number one thing that I think people should do, they need to establish their retirement income goal, how much money they want to have in retirement, and then look at the money needed to cover the cost to have an enjoyable lifestyle as they go forward. A lot of people wait till they get there, the day they get there, and they say, well, now what? Right. You know, you should never rule out any financial planning vehicle or strategy until you&#x27;ve seen it in person and see what it can do for you. But a lot of people wait till it&#x27;s almost too late to get that plan started, right? Absolutely correct. They not only wait too late, but maybe they take the advice of somebody because they&#x27;ve had them 20, 30, 40 years. And I appreciate and understand that loyalty. What we do here is we will offer something completely different in most cases than what their advisor or coach, so to speak, has given them over the last 30 to 40 years.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So I think what you&#x27;re saying is it&#x27;s important for people to analyze their current investments, to establish the real costs and fees, and calculate a risk exposure level of the investments as they are today and make sure they correlate with the time of the life they&#x27;re going into and what they can withstand as far as a loss in the future. That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s so important to not only realize what you need now, but what are you going to need 10, 15, 20 years from now? Because one thing&#x27;s for certain, we&#x27;re living longer. Yeah, we are. And I think one of the biggest fears out there is outliving your money. So not only can we guarantee X amount of dollars for your lifetime, we can also guarantee that that can go up by two or three percent to help cover for inflation. Very, very important. And folks, if you call us in the next 15 minutes, what we&#x27;ll do for you, we&#x27;ll custom design for you an easy to understand financial review. Now, this will indicate if</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> you&#x27;re in need of a full-blown financial plan or not. Keep in mind, as with everything on the show, there&#x27;s never a cost or obligation for this initial review to all callers who call in the next 15 minutes. So if you meet those qualifications, which is pretty easy, just call in the next 15 minutes, here&#x27;s what you can expect. First, we&#x27;ll run a fee report for you that&#x27;ll help you untangle what it costs to work with your current planner or advisor. We&#x27;ll also show you how you can protect your investments and keep more of your money in your accounts. Next, we&#x27;ll perform that very important tax analysis to show you how you could possibly reduce your taxes and increase your cash flow. Keep in mind, the less you give Uncle Sam, the more you keep in your wallet. And finally, we&#x27;ll create a customized lifetime income plan utilizing proven strategies and techniques that could turbocharge your retirement income plan. Folks, many people out there listening don&#x27;t even</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> have an income plan in place. At least get this review and this customized income plan to show you what you could be getting in the future. In short, we&#x27;ll help you take the guesswork out of the financial planning process just for you. For all callers who call in the next 15 minutes, that&#x27;s a comprehensive financial review that we&#x27;re offering at no cost or obligation. The number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>Jarrod Florence</category>
      <category>Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear, Jarrod Florence, Thad Wellshear, retirement planning, tax planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/image.jpg?t=1792072342&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-retirement-planning-questions-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/image.jpg?t=1792072342&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef</guid>
      <omny:clipId>69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2016 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10468408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-retirement-planning-questions-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>119</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning Questions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:00" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Desiree Shank: Planning for College Costs</title>
      <itunes:title>Desiree Shank: Planning for College Costs</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Desiree Shank joins Coach Pete to discuss college costs, education funding, and preparing for a child’s future education. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find somebody who I think is interesting to me, and I think it&#x27;ll be interesting to you. And if you thought about college, if you have any children or grandchildren or even great-grandchildren on the way to college, you know it&#x27;s not cheap. And so we&#x27;re going to go to Colorado. We&#x27;re going to talk to Desiree Shank, who is CEO of a site called Future College Fund. Desiree, welcome in. Hi, how are you? Thanks for having me. I&#x27;m doing great. Now explain to the listener, number one, what this is, and then we&#x27;ll talk about what inspired you to do this. Oh, sure. Future College Fund is a website that you can go to, and it&#x27;s a way to crowdfund your kid&#x27;s college education. Crowdfunding might be a new term to some people, but basically it&#x27;s a way to reach out to the crowd and ask them to help you for your cause.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And in this case, it would be saving for your kid&#x27;s college education. So on birthdays, holidays, graduation parties, you could send out a link of your child and ask your natural network of friends and family to help you save for their college education. So they would basically gift them through this website instead of bringing a toy, gift card, or cash that you might not know where that cash is going to end up. And it just makes it a really easy way to give to people that would naturally want to help you. You know what this reminds me of? When people get married, they register at different places, and then people can go and see what they want. This is better, though, because instead of buying material things, you are giving a donation for their future college.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And that way it&#x27;s so much fun to spend money until you realize what you spent and you don&#x27;t have any money left. This way, you&#x27;re giving money to a fund that builds. Now, does it build any interest? So you can, as a parent, you can take that money and invest it however you&#x27;d like. There&#x27;s quite a few college investment funds. I personally put my children in a 529. And recently, we partnered with Transamerica to give our users kind of a financial advisor platform to help them invest what would make sense for their family. There&#x27;s so many funds out there that I didn&#x27;t want to just tell you you have to do a 529. I wanted to make sure you got the best advice from a company that that&#x27;s what they do and been doing for many years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And that way, you know, you could figure out what would work for your family. So let&#x27;s go through this step by step. You have a child who is going to go to college. Maybe they&#x27;re 10 now. And their birthday is coming up. How do you go step one? How do you get the site set up? And then how do people give? And then how do you get the money after that? So to start a Future College Fund campaign, you would go to futurecollegefund.com. And it&#x27;s pretty easy to set up. It takes about maybe less than 30 seconds. And we just need to gather a few questions. Nothing too personal. Probably the most personal question would be your email address. And you&#x27;d enter in your kid&#x27;s name, the goal, and how long you want to have this campaign running for their birthday party.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And then you would share that through social media or on the invitation itself. Or you can send it through email. Basically, you get a unique link, URL. And you can use that however you&#x27;d like. And then on the campaign, you would upload your kid&#x27;s picture, a little bio about what they want to be when they grow up or what you are saving for. And share that with your friends and family. And it&#x27;s pretty easy, just a click of a button. You can share that. And then they can gift with just a click of a button. And it would give with either a credit or debit card. That&#x27;s pretty neat. You know, so it&#x27;s a wide open date. I would leave it open the whole time. I mean, if you have a child who&#x27;s 10, why not open it up and have it go until they&#x27;re 18? Yeah, exactly. So what&#x27;s really cool about futurecollegefund.com is we have no end date.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> We have that option to keep this campaign running for 18 years, if that&#x27;s what you&#x27;d like. There&#x27;s other crowdfunding sites out there. None particularly for college. But they always restrict you to have an end date. And they also restrict you to reach your goal. So your monetary goal, if that&#x27;s not reached through other crowdfunding sites, you will not be funded. And what&#x27;s cool about Future College Fund is you receive that money that&#x27;s gifted directly to you and immediately. There&#x27;s no hold time. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And so, you know, this has been compared to Kickstarter. And Kickstarter is a way for, like you&#x27;re saying, but they have some goals. And if you don&#x27;t meet them, the money&#x27;s returned, I guess. But this is good. So even if someone only gives like $50, they still get that.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> They don&#x27;t lose that. What was the catalyst, the aha moment that got you excited enough to develop this site? Sure. So, well, I&#x27;m a single mom. I have two young kids. And I threw a birthday party for my daughter. I think she was three or four years old. And 25 kids showed up, which meant she received 25 toys, which I thought was crazy, first of all. And then second of all, she&#x27;s a Christmas Eve baby. So the next couple days, we were going to be celebrating Christmas. And she would be receiving another round of gifts. And I thought, wow, this is crazy. Why would my kid need, you know, 50 toys in a matter of days? It was really overwhelming and really not necessary. So my background is I&#x27;m a web developer.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And her next birthday party, I made a website. This really simple one with a picture of her that said, hey, I want to go to college one day. And a donate button. Yeah. And I shared it with my friends that were coming to her party. And everyone donated to her. And people still brought little gifts, maybe smaller than what they would have originally brought. And she received almost $400 that birthday just through my little website I made. And every mom at that party said, can you make that for my kid? Because we are just sick of all these toys. Yep. They&#x27;re piling up in our house. We&#x27;re just picking them up all day. They play with them for maybe a day and push them to the side. And they end up at yard sales after a while, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. And then other moms aren&#x27;t going to buy more toys at yard sales.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Because I have tried to unload toys at yard sales. And nobody buys them. But he wants to take it out of the box themselves, right? They want to open the brand new toy. I know. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Desiree Shank. And she&#x27;s CEO of futurecollegefund.com. futurecollegefund.com. And all right. So I&#x27;m looking at this. What&#x27;s the cost for someone to do this? Yeah. So right now, there&#x27;s a small percentage service fee. We&#x27;re pretty competitive with other crowdfunding sites. We are currently at 2% for every transaction, which is pretty low. So it might be even cheaper than putting a stamp on an envelope to mail a check to somebody. And we&#x27;re secure. We&#x27;re through PayPal. And right now, that&#x27;s just the fee that is incurred to use the website to give and gift.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Do you have any patents or trademarks on your ideas? Yeah. So I have a patent pending. And I do have a registered trademark. Have you thought about going to Shark Tank with this? So funny you ask. I actually applied to Shark Tank three or four years ago. And they called me within four days and said, we love your idea. We want you on the show. So I went through the whole process. After the process, I realized I just wasn&#x27;t ready. I couldn&#x27;t get the website built in time. I couldn&#x27;t get my patent in place. And there&#x27;s some requirements they want to have before you get on the show. Right. And the producer said, that&#x27;s okay. Apply next year. And I said, okay, no problem. And next year, I got everything in line.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And I applied and basically heard cricket. So one of my friends said, didn&#x27;t you know, like 60,000 people apply for the show? And I said, well, I thought I was pretty lucky. You know, they called me the first time. So I just kept working away at what I was doing. And I received an email from the producer. And she said, hey, we have this new show. We thought about you. And we think you should apply. And I did. So I appeared last summer on West Texas Investors Club. I&#x27;ve seen that show. They fly in the middle of nowhere. And they basically, you see Tumbleweed roll by while you&#x27;re waiting at the little airport, right? Yeah. So I was on season one. And we were kind of in the dark. We didn&#x27;t know where we were going or who we were meeting. I thought I was going to show up to a boardroom similar to Shark Tank and dress the part.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And lo and behold, I was in the middle of Texas, small pair of Tumbleweed, meeting a couple characters. I&#x27;d say cowboyish. Are those guys as crazy as they make them look on the show? Yeah. I think they are. Yeah. I mean, if you&#x27;re from the middle of nowhere, you&#x27;ve got to be crazy. West Texas. Yeah. Because the airport&#x27;s like you fly in on a little plane, right? It&#x27;s blowing around the wind and you land and dusty. And then you sit there on a little bench and wait for a guy in a beat up pickup truck to come pick you up. I know. Oh, my gosh. We flew in in a private jet, which I was like, OK, this is matching up to Shark Tank. Yep. But as I waited there, you know, I was expecting maybe a town car, limo. I&#x27;m not sure. But this guy, Gil Prother, picked me up in his beat up pickup truck with there was no floor</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> at the bottom when I got in the car. They didn&#x27;t show you that part on TV. But I was like, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m going to fall out of this truck. Yeah. He was quite the character. Yeah. I&#x27;ve watched that show a few times. And we&#x27;ve had Barbara Corcoran on our show before. She was a real good guest. Yeah. And so. Oh, yeah. All right. So we&#x27;re coming up against the clock here, but I want to give the website out. And I think it&#x27;s a really good idea, especially if you have to. The kids are getting too many materialistic things. And we&#x27;re always complaining about the cost of college. Why not save ahead of time? And when instead of having your friends and relatives buy gifts for the children, have them give some money instead. Makes a lot of sense to me. The address is futurecollegefund.com. Futurecollegefund.com. And her name is Desiree Shank. Desiree, we&#x27;d love to have you come on in the future and tell us the status report on how it&#x27;s going. Oh, I&#x27;d love to.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Some big things are happening right now. And I can&#x27;t wait to share it with you. And please sign up your kids. It&#x27;s free to sign up. And it&#x27;s just a great way to save for your kids&#x27; future education. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. And folks, again, if you have joined this interview late or want to share it with some friends or relatives, it&#x27;s financialsafari.com. And click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;re also available on iTunes. Desiree Shank, thanks for your time today. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Desiree Shank joins Coach Pete to discuss college costs, education funding, and preparing for a child’s future education. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find somebody who I think is interesting to me, and I think it&#x27;ll be interesting to you. And if you thought about college, if you have any children or grandchildren or even great-grandchildren on the way to college, you know it&#x27;s not cheap. And so we&#x27;re going to go to Colorado. We&#x27;re going to talk to Desiree Shank, who is CEO of a site called Future College Fund. Desiree, welcome in. Hi, how are you? Thanks for having me. I&#x27;m doing great. Now explain to the listener, number one, what this is, and then we&#x27;ll talk about what inspired you to do this. Oh, sure. Future College Fund is a website that you can go to, and it&#x27;s a way to crowdfund your kid&#x27;s college education. Crowdfunding might be a new term to some people, but basically it&#x27;s a way to reach out to the crowd and ask them to help you for your cause.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And in this case, it would be saving for your kid&#x27;s college education. So on birthdays, holidays, graduation parties, you could send out a link of your child and ask your natural network of friends and family to help you save for their college education. So they would basically gift them through this website instead of bringing a toy, gift card, or cash that you might not know where that cash is going to end up. And it just makes it a really easy way to give to people that would naturally want to help you. You know what this reminds me of? When people get married, they register at different places, and then people can go and see what they want. This is better, though, because instead of buying material things, you are giving a donation for their future college.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And that way it&#x27;s so much fun to spend money until you realize what you spent and you don&#x27;t have any money left. This way, you&#x27;re giving money to a fund that builds. Now, does it build any interest? So you can, as a parent, you can take that money and invest it however you&#x27;d like. There&#x27;s quite a few college investment funds. I personally put my children in a 529. And recently, we partnered with Transamerica to give our users kind of a financial advisor platform to help them invest what would make sense for their family. There&#x27;s so many funds out there that I didn&#x27;t want to just tell you you have to do a 529. I wanted to make sure you got the best advice from a company that that&#x27;s what they do and been doing for many years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And that way, you know, you could figure out what would work for your family. So let&#x27;s go through this step by step. You have a child who is going to go to college. Maybe they&#x27;re 10 now. And their birthday is coming up. How do you go step one? How do you get the site set up? And then how do people give? And then how do you get the money after that? So to start a Future College Fund campaign, you would go to futurecollegefund.com. And it&#x27;s pretty easy to set up. It takes about maybe less than 30 seconds. And we just need to gather a few questions. Nothing too personal. Probably the most personal question would be your email address. And you&#x27;d enter in your kid&#x27;s name, the goal, and how long you want to have this campaign running for their birthday party.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And then you would share that through social media or on the invitation itself. Or you can send it through email. Basically, you get a unique link, URL. And you can use that however you&#x27;d like. And then on the campaign, you would upload your kid&#x27;s picture, a little bio about what they want to be when they grow up or what you are saving for. And share that with your friends and family. And it&#x27;s pretty easy, just a click of a button. You can share that. And then they can gift with just a click of a button. And it would give with either a credit or debit card. That&#x27;s pretty neat. You know, so it&#x27;s a wide open date. I would leave it open the whole time. I mean, if you have a child who&#x27;s 10, why not open it up and have it go until they&#x27;re 18? Yeah, exactly. So what&#x27;s really cool about futurecollegefund.com is we have no end date.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> We have that option to keep this campaign running for 18 years, if that&#x27;s what you&#x27;d like. There&#x27;s other crowdfunding sites out there. None particularly for college. But they always restrict you to have an end date. And they also restrict you to reach your goal. So your monetary goal, if that&#x27;s not reached through other crowdfunding sites, you will not be funded. And what&#x27;s cool about Future College Fund is you receive that money that&#x27;s gifted directly to you and immediately. There&#x27;s no hold time. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And so, you know, this has been compared to Kickstarter. And Kickstarter is a way for, like you&#x27;re saying, but they have some goals. And if you don&#x27;t meet them, the money&#x27;s returned, I guess. But this is good. So even if someone only gives like $50, they still get that.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> They don&#x27;t lose that. What was the catalyst, the aha moment that got you excited enough to develop this site? Sure. So, well, I&#x27;m a single mom. I have two young kids. And I threw a birthday party for my daughter. I think she was three or four years old. And 25 kids showed up, which meant she received 25 toys, which I thought was crazy, first of all. And then second of all, she&#x27;s a Christmas Eve baby. So the next couple days, we were going to be celebrating Christmas. And she would be receiving another round of gifts. And I thought, wow, this is crazy. Why would my kid need, you know, 50 toys in a matter of days? It was really overwhelming and really not necessary. So my background is I&#x27;m a web developer.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And her next birthday party, I made a website. This really simple one with a picture of her that said, hey, I want to go to college one day. And a donate button. Yeah. And I shared it with my friends that were coming to her party. And everyone donated to her. And people still brought little gifts, maybe smaller than what they would have originally brought. And she received almost $400 that birthday just through my little website I made. And every mom at that party said, can you make that for my kid? Because we are just sick of all these toys. Yep. They&#x27;re piling up in our house. We&#x27;re just picking them up all day. They play with them for maybe a day and push them to the side. And they end up at yard sales after a while, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. And then other moms aren&#x27;t going to buy more toys at yard sales.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Because I have tried to unload toys at yard sales. And nobody buys them. But he wants to take it out of the box themselves, right? They want to open the brand new toy. I know. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Desiree Shank. And she&#x27;s CEO of futurecollegefund.com. futurecollegefund.com. And all right. So I&#x27;m looking at this. What&#x27;s the cost for someone to do this? Yeah. So right now, there&#x27;s a small percentage service fee. We&#x27;re pretty competitive with other crowdfunding sites. We are currently at 2% for every transaction, which is pretty low. So it might be even cheaper than putting a stamp on an envelope to mail a check to somebody. And we&#x27;re secure. We&#x27;re through PayPal. And right now, that&#x27;s just the fee that is incurred to use the website to give and gift.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Do you have any patents or trademarks on your ideas? Yeah. So I have a patent pending. And I do have a registered trademark. Have you thought about going to Shark Tank with this? So funny you ask. I actually applied to Shark Tank three or four years ago. And they called me within four days and said, we love your idea. We want you on the show. So I went through the whole process. After the process, I realized I just wasn&#x27;t ready. I couldn&#x27;t get the website built in time. I couldn&#x27;t get my patent in place. And there&#x27;s some requirements they want to have before you get on the show. Right. And the producer said, that&#x27;s okay. Apply next year. And I said, okay, no problem. And next year, I got everything in line.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And I applied and basically heard cricket. So one of my friends said, didn&#x27;t you know, like 60,000 people apply for the show? And I said, well, I thought I was pretty lucky. You know, they called me the first time. So I just kept working away at what I was doing. And I received an email from the producer. And she said, hey, we have this new show. We thought about you. And we think you should apply. And I did. So I appeared last summer on West Texas Investors Club. I&#x27;ve seen that show. They fly in the middle of nowhere. And they basically, you see Tumbleweed roll by while you&#x27;re waiting at the little airport, right? Yeah. So I was on season one. And we were kind of in the dark. We didn&#x27;t know where we were going or who we were meeting. I thought I was going to show up to a boardroom similar to Shark Tank and dress the part.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And lo and behold, I was in the middle of Texas, small pair of Tumbleweed, meeting a couple characters. I&#x27;d say cowboyish. Are those guys as crazy as they make them look on the show? Yeah. I think they are. Yeah. I mean, if you&#x27;re from the middle of nowhere, you&#x27;ve got to be crazy. West Texas. Yeah. Because the airport&#x27;s like you fly in on a little plane, right? It&#x27;s blowing around the wind and you land and dusty. And then you sit there on a little bench and wait for a guy in a beat up pickup truck to come pick you up. I know. Oh, my gosh. We flew in in a private jet, which I was like, OK, this is matching up to Shark Tank. Yep. But as I waited there, you know, I was expecting maybe a town car, limo. I&#x27;m not sure. But this guy, Gil Prother, picked me up in his beat up pickup truck with there was no floor</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> at the bottom when I got in the car. They didn&#x27;t show you that part on TV. But I was like, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m going to fall out of this truck. Yeah. He was quite the character. Yeah. I&#x27;ve watched that show a few times. And we&#x27;ve had Barbara Corcoran on our show before. She was a real good guest. Yeah. And so. Oh, yeah. All right. So we&#x27;re coming up against the clock here, but I want to give the website out. And I think it&#x27;s a really good idea, especially if you have to. The kids are getting too many materialistic things. And we&#x27;re always complaining about the cost of college. Why not save ahead of time? And when instead of having your friends and relatives buy gifts for the children, have them give some money instead. Makes a lot of sense to me. The address is futurecollegefund.com. Futurecollegefund.com. And her name is Desiree Shank. Desiree, we&#x27;d love to have you come on in the future and tell us the status report on how it&#x27;s going. Oh, I&#x27;d love to.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Some big things are happening right now. And I can&#x27;t wait to share it with you. And please sign up your kids. It&#x27;s free to sign up. And it&#x27;s just a great way to save for your kids&#x27; future education. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. And folks, again, if you have joined this interview late or want to share it with some friends or relatives, it&#x27;s financialsafari.com. And click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;re also available on iTunes. Desiree Shank, thanks for your time today. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Desiree Shank joins Coach Pete to discuss college costs, education funding, and preparing for a child’s future education. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Desiree Shank</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <category>Planning for College Costs</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Desiree Shank, college planning, Planning for College Costs, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760/image.jpg?t=1792072351&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/desiree-shank-planning-for-college-costs/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760/image.jpg?t=1792072351&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>642</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4036d79a-d5f0-4e09-9b97-b4e201718760/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10311383" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/desiree-shank-planning-for-college-costs</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>120</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning for College Costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anne Speckhard: Understanding Violent Extremism</title>
      <itunes:title>Anne Speckhard: Understanding Violent Extremism</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Anne Speckhard joins Coach Pete to discuss violent extremism following the attacks in Brussels. They explore her research and the questions raised by terrorism and radicalization. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest this week, and if you&#x27;ve watched the news, I mean, how can you not see what happened in Brussels just recently here? And we have an adjunct professor of psychology in the School of Medicine at Georgetown University and director of the International Center for the Study of Violent Extremism. Her name is Dr. Ann Speckard, and she was in Brussels at the time of the most recent attack. Find out what she&#x27;s been seeing in her research about terrorism, and that&#x27;s what she was over there doing at the time. Dr. Speckard, welcome in. Thank you, Pete. Nice to be on your show. Yeah, thanks for coming on and educating us a little bit on what we see every day, it seems, on the news is violent extremism. And you were in Brussels interviewing the family of somebody who</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> had gone to Syria, correct? That&#x27;s right. If your listeners are interested readers, they can read one of my books, Talking to Terrorists, which is based on almost 400 interviews of terrorists. And I&#x27;ve continued to interview them. I&#x27;m getting up to 500 now. And one of the places to talk to terrorists, unfortunately, is Belgium. And they&#x27;ve had 500 go over to Syria, and 125 have come back. Half of them are in prison, and the other half are walking on the streets. Wow. So people aren&#x27;t paying attention. And the only time people seem to pay attention is the day after. I mean, how important is it to be vigilant the day before? Very important. And, you know, I can tell you, I was in Belgium, and I went to a deradicalization</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> center in Molenbeek. Molenbeek is the neighborhood where a lot of these extremists live. And they caught Salah Abdul-Assam that day. I missed that takedown by a half hour, and I was very glad to miss it, because they said that bullets were flying. And my deputy director at the Center for the Study of Violent Extremism told me, don&#x27;t go out again. There&#x27;s going to be another terror attack. And he&#x27;s a former chief of police. And I thought, no, they caught the guy. I mean, he had been the last one left from the attacks in Paris. But they also found a lot of explosives, and they uncovered that there was a cell. But I did go out. And then I was getting ready to leave on the day I was supposed</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> to leave, and drinking my last cup of coffee and going to the taxi. When I got a panic phone call from a friend that said, Ann, where are you? Where are you? I said, I&#x27;m getting into my taxi. And he said, don&#x27;t go to the airport. It&#x27;s exploded. Wow. So that was the first news I heard, because it had just happened. So I just missed it. And I&#x27;m very glad I missed it. I thought about going out since I was stranded. And about an hour later, they blew up one of the subway stops. And there continued to be actions. I stayed for three more days, and finally went out through London, took the train to London and got out. So I was glad to get out. But there&#x27;s some definite work that needs to be done, particularly in Europe. There&#x27;s huge</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> populations of immigrant second and now even third and fourth generation that are unhappy about their living circumstances, not well integrated. And their unhappiness is something that ISIS pours gasoline over and turns it into big fires. You know, a country goes out of its way to open its doors to let people come in, to immigrate in and offer a chance of a better life than where they were. And yet the people who come in end up wanting to destroy the country that let them in. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense to me. It starts to make sense, Pete, when you look at it. The first generation that came, they were very happy. But they were coal miners, garbage collectors, low paid laborers, and they were allowed to stay under a family reunification act. And they had families and</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> then their kids went to college and they want to join mainstream society. They have Belgian passports. They were born in Belgium. And they&#x27;re basically told they can&#x27;t. This is what makes the anger. That&#x27;s no justification for terrorism, but it is a proper justification for anger because, you know, if you&#x27;re second generation born in a country, you should be able to participate in that country just like everybody else. Right, right. I agree with that. But you&#x27;re not owed anything. And I think that&#x27;s the problem these days is everyone thinks they&#x27;re owed something. You have to work hard. I mean, I&#x27;ve worked hard all my life to get where I&#x27;m at, and I&#x27;m sure you did too. Yeah, but I can tell you, I lived in Belgium for seven years. And I can tell you quite honestly that I&#x27;ve sat outside of nightclubs and watched the bouncers say,</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> go home Moroccan to someone that has a Belgian passport. Or we made fake job applications with our students and asked them to apply as a white Belgian or as a immigrant second descent. And the only difference in their applications, their resumes, was that if they were of North African descent, they said they could speak Arabic as well as French or Flemish. And in the white Belgian case, they said they had a second language that wasn&#x27;t Arabic. And they would be told things like the job was full in the Moroccan personality and invited them the same day as they were told that in the Moroccan personality to come for a job interview. And that&#x27;s against the law. And I&#x27;m not the only</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> one that&#x27;s done those kind of studies. So there are things that are wrong. But, you know, there is also a lot of criminality in this subgroup. And definitely now that ISIS has got a hold of them, I mean, they&#x27;re doing horrible, horrible things. Nobody can justify anything that they&#x27;re doing. Well, yeah. And what the actions of their group is causing them to have some of the backlash. But I mean, you really can&#x27;t fault people for being skeptical of those folks now. You&#x27;d never know if they&#x27;re sleeper cells or whatever these days. Of course, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Ann Speckert. She&#x27;s a PhD, and she&#x27;s currently serving as an adjunct professor of psychiatry. So now let&#x27;s look at this. I&#x27;ve always said that the place to hit, and I talked to an air marshal about this, and</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> the place for terrorists to hit would be in those gigantic lines that loop around back and forth in the TSA. Right, in the departure halls. Yeah, and we&#x27;re bringing our suitcases in. No, I&#x27;ve always said the same thing. You know, I mean, think about it. I don&#x27;t know about you, but I always travel bulky. I always have too much luggage. My husband gets mad at me. And then, you know, maybe you got a fanny pack or something else. I mean, there&#x27;s no way that you can distinguish who&#x27;s, you know, got too much clothes on and who&#x27;s carrying too much. And you can literally carry your bomb into the departure hall. And I thought that too for a long time. Boy, this is just a really good target. Well, I&#x27;ve often said that there&#x27;s going to come a time where you&#x27;re not going to be allowed to carry anything into the airport. You&#x27;ll be screened outside by body scanners, you know, for the suicide vests and that kind of thing. But you won&#x27;t be able to bring anything on the planes. And the</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> planes won&#x27;t have any checked luggage either. And you&#x27;ll have to basically, that&#x27;ll, that&#x27;ll spring up some cottage industries of people that will rent you clothes when you check into the airport from where you&#x27;re traveling, or maybe an industry where you&#x27;ll ship the suitcases ahead of time. Because, you know, as long as there&#x27;s bad apples out there, it&#x27;s going to, it&#x27;s going to hurt it for everybody else. Well, some countries screen the luggage before you get into the departure hall. That&#x27;s a good idea. But then there&#x27;s a line there though. So wherever people conjugate at that, that&#x27;s where they, that&#x27;s where the terrorists strike for mass casualties. So there&#x27;s no easy way. And I&#x27;ve always said, if you have an enemy who doesn&#x27;t care about their own life, then you&#x27;re in a lot of trouble. That is absolutely right. You&#x27;re so right on that. And so. And groups like ISIS, I mean, I&#x27;ve just written a paper on these kids that go as suicide bombers. They&#x27;re not even that dedicated. Salah Abdul-Assam was smoking a joint while he was watching jihadi</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> videos. So they&#x27;re living criminal lives and sinning according to extremist Islamic viewpoint. But the groups convince them that you&#x27;ll go to paradise and you&#x27;ll clean off all your sins. And this is a glorious thing to do. It&#x27;s really, really sick. It&#x27;s, I guess, for people like you and me, it&#x27;s hard to even put ourselves in that kind of place, isn&#x27;t it, mentally? To think how they think like that. Because it doesn&#x27;t make any sense, but they&#x27;re radicalized. A lot of times it happens in prisons here in America. And over there, it&#x27;s in neighborhoods probably here too. What&#x27;s your opinions now? We&#x27;ve got about a minute or two here left on the show. I&#x27;m more worried about here in America. What do you think the chances are that things like we see overseas happening can happen in America? It can happen here. And probably the most likely way for it to happen is with guns,</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> because guns are just too easily available to mentally unstable people. And we&#x27;ve seen, like I wrote a whole book, it&#x27;s called Bride of ISIS on Shannon Connolly, the Denver teen. She was from a Catholic family. So it&#x27;s not like you could be watching all the Muslims in America and, you know, you totally miss her. Although she converted and then went looking for what is Islam and found Anwar al-Awlaki on the internet and decided that she needed to join jihad. And at first she was thinking about doing a VIP attack inside the U.S. Then she decided that she wanted to marry somebody over in ISIS and she was going to go and join. But, you know, you find a lonely person, you find a person with needs, and you just start playing on them. And that&#x27;s the danger.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> But the health and strength of our communities are that our Muslim population is well integrated, and that we&#x27;ve got good law enforcement that&#x27;s organized, not like Belgium, and that anybody can be anything. You can come over here as an immigrant and in your same lifetime and your children as well can rise up to the tip top. And that&#x27;s the good thing about America. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s just worrisome when you see what happens, you know, over the world. And, you know, it could happen here. We&#x27;re a free country and you can get anyone go to Home Depot and build a bomb. I probably get the chemicals there, right? Well, they&#x27;re saying the bombs that were used in Belgium were made with triacetone triperoxide, which is nail polish remover and bleach. So that is scary. But the important thing is we need to</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> stay the society that we are, that we&#x27;re mutually supportive to each other, and that there isn&#x27;t the societal anger of a two-tier society for people that are left out for the possibility of success. And as long as we have that, then they don&#x27;t have the anger to play on. They might have mental instability to play on. And when they&#x27;re coming over the internet, they look for the ones that are, you know, sick and to play with them. And those people, they&#x27;re vulnerable and we do need to worry about them. The old saying, if you see something, say something is now more true than ever, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It is. I don&#x27;t think we have any of the problems that Europe has, so we can congratulate ourselves on that. So far, so good, right, Dr. Ann? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Dr. Ann Speckard there from Georgetown University. Appreciate your time</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> today. You&#x27;re welcome. Happy to talk with you. Yeah. Have a good day. We&#x27;ll talk to you again in the future, I hope. Okay. Bye-bye, Pete. Take care. And folks, if you join this segment late or want to listen to it again, you can always go to financialsafari.com or go on iTunes and search Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anne Speckhard joins Coach Pete to discuss violent extremism following the attacks in Brussels. They explore her research and the questions raised by terrorism and radicalization. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest this week, and if you&#x27;ve watched the news, I mean, how can you not see what happened in Brussels just recently here? And we have an adjunct professor of psychology in the School of Medicine at Georgetown University and director of the International Center for the Study of Violent Extremism. Her name is Dr. Ann Speckard, and she was in Brussels at the time of the most recent attack. Find out what she&#x27;s been seeing in her research about terrorism, and that&#x27;s what she was over there doing at the time. Dr. Speckard, welcome in. Thank you, Pete. Nice to be on your show. Yeah, thanks for coming on and educating us a little bit on what we see every day, it seems, on the news is violent extremism. And you were in Brussels interviewing the family of somebody who</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> had gone to Syria, correct? That&#x27;s right. If your listeners are interested readers, they can read one of my books, Talking to Terrorists, which is based on almost 400 interviews of terrorists. And I&#x27;ve continued to interview them. I&#x27;m getting up to 500 now. And one of the places to talk to terrorists, unfortunately, is Belgium. And they&#x27;ve had 500 go over to Syria, and 125 have come back. Half of them are in prison, and the other half are walking on the streets. Wow. So people aren&#x27;t paying attention. And the only time people seem to pay attention is the day after. I mean, how important is it to be vigilant the day before? Very important. And, you know, I can tell you, I was in Belgium, and I went to a deradicalization</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> center in Molenbeek. Molenbeek is the neighborhood where a lot of these extremists live. And they caught Salah Abdul-Assam that day. I missed that takedown by a half hour, and I was very glad to miss it, because they said that bullets were flying. And my deputy director at the Center for the Study of Violent Extremism told me, don&#x27;t go out again. There&#x27;s going to be another terror attack. And he&#x27;s a former chief of police. And I thought, no, they caught the guy. I mean, he had been the last one left from the attacks in Paris. But they also found a lot of explosives, and they uncovered that there was a cell. But I did go out. And then I was getting ready to leave on the day I was supposed</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> to leave, and drinking my last cup of coffee and going to the taxi. When I got a panic phone call from a friend that said, Ann, where are you? Where are you? I said, I&#x27;m getting into my taxi. And he said, don&#x27;t go to the airport. It&#x27;s exploded. Wow. So that was the first news I heard, because it had just happened. So I just missed it. And I&#x27;m very glad I missed it. I thought about going out since I was stranded. And about an hour later, they blew up one of the subway stops. And there continued to be actions. I stayed for three more days, and finally went out through London, took the train to London and got out. So I was glad to get out. But there&#x27;s some definite work that needs to be done, particularly in Europe. There&#x27;s huge</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> populations of immigrant second and now even third and fourth generation that are unhappy about their living circumstances, not well integrated. And their unhappiness is something that ISIS pours gasoline over and turns it into big fires. You know, a country goes out of its way to open its doors to let people come in, to immigrate in and offer a chance of a better life than where they were. And yet the people who come in end up wanting to destroy the country that let them in. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense to me. It starts to make sense, Pete, when you look at it. The first generation that came, they were very happy. But they were coal miners, garbage collectors, low paid laborers, and they were allowed to stay under a family reunification act. And they had families and</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> then their kids went to college and they want to join mainstream society. They have Belgian passports. They were born in Belgium. And they&#x27;re basically told they can&#x27;t. This is what makes the anger. That&#x27;s no justification for terrorism, but it is a proper justification for anger because, you know, if you&#x27;re second generation born in a country, you should be able to participate in that country just like everybody else. Right, right. I agree with that. But you&#x27;re not owed anything. And I think that&#x27;s the problem these days is everyone thinks they&#x27;re owed something. You have to work hard. I mean, I&#x27;ve worked hard all my life to get where I&#x27;m at, and I&#x27;m sure you did too. Yeah, but I can tell you, I lived in Belgium for seven years. And I can tell you quite honestly that I&#x27;ve sat outside of nightclubs and watched the bouncers say,</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> go home Moroccan to someone that has a Belgian passport. Or we made fake job applications with our students and asked them to apply as a white Belgian or as a immigrant second descent. And the only difference in their applications, their resumes, was that if they were of North African descent, they said they could speak Arabic as well as French or Flemish. And in the white Belgian case, they said they had a second language that wasn&#x27;t Arabic. And they would be told things like the job was full in the Moroccan personality and invited them the same day as they were told that in the Moroccan personality to come for a job interview. And that&#x27;s against the law. And I&#x27;m not the only</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> one that&#x27;s done those kind of studies. So there are things that are wrong. But, you know, there is also a lot of criminality in this subgroup. And definitely now that ISIS has got a hold of them, I mean, they&#x27;re doing horrible, horrible things. Nobody can justify anything that they&#x27;re doing. Well, yeah. And what the actions of their group is causing them to have some of the backlash. But I mean, you really can&#x27;t fault people for being skeptical of those folks now. You&#x27;d never know if they&#x27;re sleeper cells or whatever these days. Of course, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Ann Speckert. She&#x27;s a PhD, and she&#x27;s currently serving as an adjunct professor of psychiatry. So now let&#x27;s look at this. I&#x27;ve always said that the place to hit, and I talked to an air marshal about this, and</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> the place for terrorists to hit would be in those gigantic lines that loop around back and forth in the TSA. Right, in the departure halls. Yeah, and we&#x27;re bringing our suitcases in. No, I&#x27;ve always said the same thing. You know, I mean, think about it. I don&#x27;t know about you, but I always travel bulky. I always have too much luggage. My husband gets mad at me. And then, you know, maybe you got a fanny pack or something else. I mean, there&#x27;s no way that you can distinguish who&#x27;s, you know, got too much clothes on and who&#x27;s carrying too much. And you can literally carry your bomb into the departure hall. And I thought that too for a long time. Boy, this is just a really good target. Well, I&#x27;ve often said that there&#x27;s going to come a time where you&#x27;re not going to be allowed to carry anything into the airport. You&#x27;ll be screened outside by body scanners, you know, for the suicide vests and that kind of thing. But you won&#x27;t be able to bring anything on the planes. And the</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> planes won&#x27;t have any checked luggage either. And you&#x27;ll have to basically, that&#x27;ll, that&#x27;ll spring up some cottage industries of people that will rent you clothes when you check into the airport from where you&#x27;re traveling, or maybe an industry where you&#x27;ll ship the suitcases ahead of time. Because, you know, as long as there&#x27;s bad apples out there, it&#x27;s going to, it&#x27;s going to hurt it for everybody else. Well, some countries screen the luggage before you get into the departure hall. That&#x27;s a good idea. But then there&#x27;s a line there though. So wherever people conjugate at that, that&#x27;s where they, that&#x27;s where the terrorists strike for mass casualties. So there&#x27;s no easy way. And I&#x27;ve always said, if you have an enemy who doesn&#x27;t care about their own life, then you&#x27;re in a lot of trouble. That is absolutely right. You&#x27;re so right on that. And so. And groups like ISIS, I mean, I&#x27;ve just written a paper on these kids that go as suicide bombers. They&#x27;re not even that dedicated. Salah Abdul-Assam was smoking a joint while he was watching jihadi</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> videos. So they&#x27;re living criminal lives and sinning according to extremist Islamic viewpoint. But the groups convince them that you&#x27;ll go to paradise and you&#x27;ll clean off all your sins. And this is a glorious thing to do. It&#x27;s really, really sick. It&#x27;s, I guess, for people like you and me, it&#x27;s hard to even put ourselves in that kind of place, isn&#x27;t it, mentally? To think how they think like that. Because it doesn&#x27;t make any sense, but they&#x27;re radicalized. A lot of times it happens in prisons here in America. And over there, it&#x27;s in neighborhoods probably here too. What&#x27;s your opinions now? We&#x27;ve got about a minute or two here left on the show. I&#x27;m more worried about here in America. What do you think the chances are that things like we see overseas happening can happen in America? It can happen here. And probably the most likely way for it to happen is with guns,</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> because guns are just too easily available to mentally unstable people. And we&#x27;ve seen, like I wrote a whole book, it&#x27;s called Bride of ISIS on Shannon Connolly, the Denver teen. She was from a Catholic family. So it&#x27;s not like you could be watching all the Muslims in America and, you know, you totally miss her. Although she converted and then went looking for what is Islam and found Anwar al-Awlaki on the internet and decided that she needed to join jihad. And at first she was thinking about doing a VIP attack inside the U.S. Then she decided that she wanted to marry somebody over in ISIS and she was going to go and join. But, you know, you find a lonely person, you find a person with needs, and you just start playing on them. And that&#x27;s the danger.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> But the health and strength of our communities are that our Muslim population is well integrated, and that we&#x27;ve got good law enforcement that&#x27;s organized, not like Belgium, and that anybody can be anything. You can come over here as an immigrant and in your same lifetime and your children as well can rise up to the tip top. And that&#x27;s the good thing about America. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s just worrisome when you see what happens, you know, over the world. And, you know, it could happen here. We&#x27;re a free country and you can get anyone go to Home Depot and build a bomb. I probably get the chemicals there, right? Well, they&#x27;re saying the bombs that were used in Belgium were made with triacetone triperoxide, which is nail polish remover and bleach. So that is scary. But the important thing is we need to</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> stay the society that we are, that we&#x27;re mutually supportive to each other, and that there isn&#x27;t the societal anger of a two-tier society for people that are left out for the possibility of success. And as long as we have that, then they don&#x27;t have the anger to play on. They might have mental instability to play on. And when they&#x27;re coming over the internet, they look for the ones that are, you know, sick and to play with them. And those people, they&#x27;re vulnerable and we do need to worry about them. The old saying, if you see something, say something is now more true than ever, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It is. I don&#x27;t think we have any of the problems that Europe has, so we can congratulate ourselves on that. So far, so good, right, Dr. Ann? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Dr. Ann Speckard there from Georgetown University. Appreciate your time</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> today. You&#x27;re welcome. Happy to talk with you. Yeah. Have a good day. We&#x27;ll talk to you again in the future, I hope. Okay. Bye-bye, Pete. Take care. And folks, if you join this segment late or want to listen to it again, you can always go to financialsafari.com or go on iTunes and search Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Anne Speckhard joins Coach Pete to discuss violent extremism following the attacks in Brussels. They explore her research and the questions raised by terrorism and radicalization. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Anne Speckhard</category>
      <category>Understanding Violent Extremism</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Anne Speckhard, Understanding Violent Extremism, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200/image.jpg?t=1792072362&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/anne-speckhard-understanding-violent-extremism/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200/image.jpg?t=1792072362&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>676</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e167951c-02e8-4bad-8b53-b4e201708200/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10851091" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/anne-speckhard-understanding-violent-extremism</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>121</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding Violent Extremism" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elizabeth Loewy: Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud</title>
      <itunes:title>Elizabeth Loewy: Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation, across the world many times, and find someone who I think is an interesting guest to interview on the show. And today is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Manhattan, New York, and we&#x27;re going to join Liz Lowy, who is former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit in the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office, and she was co-counsel in the trial involving the financial exploitation of philanthropist Brooke Astor. She is now general counsel and senior vice president for the industry relations for a company called Eversafe, and that&#x27;s based in Washington, D.C. Liz, welcome in. Thank you, and thanks for having me. Now, we see a stat here. It says one in five Americans over the age 65 has been victimized by elder financial abuse,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> yet only one in 44 cases is ever reported. That&#x27;s an alarming stat to me. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s alarming. Since I&#x27;ve been working on this problem for such a long time, it&#x27;s not all that surprising. The one in five was based on a study conducted by Investor Protection Trust, and that doesn&#x27;t mean that one in five older adults has been the victim of a crime, but it was a stat relating to folks who have been defrauded. So that&#x27;s a pretty wide range of abuse or abuses. The one in 44 statistic is really disturbing. Again, not all that surprising.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Domestic violence is underreported and has been for some time, and I used to run that unit for Manhattan DA before I started focusing on elder abuse. But elder abuse, and especially elder financial abuse, is even more underreported for a bunch of different reasons. For one thing, a lot of the cases involve children, adult children, relatives, who abuse their parents and grandparents, and so those older folks in the family are really reluctant to call in law enforcement when there&#x27;s been a problem. You know, they love their kids and their relatives. They feel somehow that they&#x27;re to blame, wrongly, of course.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But, you know, there are those old sayings like, raise just to chip off the old block, and I think a lot of older parents and grandparents somehow, again, wrongly feel responsible if their kids abuse them or financially exploit them, so they&#x27;re unlikely to call the police until it gets really bad, if at all. And I think there&#x27;s also a real misconception about the fact that family members can be charged with theft as a crime when they take property from their parents and grandparents. They feel like they&#x27;re getting it anyway sometimes. Maybe they&#x27;re the sole beneficiary in a will. And, you know, another reason for that one in 44 cases being reported</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> is the fact that a good number, a significant number of seniors, do suffer from some form of impairment. You know, dementia, such as Alzheimer&#x27;s disease. So, this is depressing, but not all that surprising to those of us who work in the field. Yeah, it&#x27;s been called the silent epidemic, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. And I think, you know, the term elder abuse is finally sort of becoming a more recognized term. So, hopefully, although it&#x27;s an epidemic, given demographics and the aging of the baby boomers, hopefully not so silent anymore once we start educating people about the fact that, you know, this is criminal and that folks can do something about it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Well, it&#x27;s been said now that technology is the solution to elder financial abuse. How would technology be a solution or at least help out? So, yes, I do believe technology can help resolve elder fraud, unlike other types of crime, unlike domestic violence, sex crimes, child abuse. I think that type of crime will always occur, unfortunately. But it occurred to me when I received a case involving elder fraud at the Manhattan DA that these cases weren&#x27;t just happening, that thefts weren&#x27;t happening in one fell swoop. In almost every case, the exploitation had been happening for a long period of time.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> The crooks were smart. It started small. And I met countless victims and family members who were devastated. Victims that they felt that they hadn&#x27;t watched their own money closely enough or many of our victims were impaired. And family members and professionals who were just so regretful that they hadn&#x27;t done a better job of monitoring. And it occurred to me that this was one type of crime that technology really could resolve with better monitoring. I met my CEO, whose name is Howard Tischler. He&#x27;s the CEO of Eversafe. Because he called my office, actually, after a big case we tried.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The case involving Brooke Astor was in the news for a long time. And his mother was a somewhat typical case, I&#x27;m sorry to say. She was defrauded when she was about 80 years old. I believe she probably had some mild cognitive impairment. And she was sold auto club services, a car club service, over the phone at a time when she was legally blind, didn&#x27;t own the driver&#x27;s license, and didn&#x27;t own a car. Wow. And then she was stopped paying bills. I believe she was probably on a sucker list. So she was sold some other inappropriate products. She allowed someone to come into her home to help her with her bills.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That person stole some money. So this gentleman who called me was very interested in how this could happen. How his mother could be defrauded. How the banks didn&#x27;t notice. Why her financial advisor didn&#x27;t reach out. And I explained to him that the financial institutions are finally focused on this problem and trying to do more. But that they don&#x27;t always notify customers when there&#x27;s suspicious activity. And after speaking with Mr. Tischler, my current CEO, he explained to me that, first of all, he was a serial entrepreneur, been involved in business for a long time, and he really thought that technology could solve this problem.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And I agree, which is why I jumped ship to work on this service. We do financial monitoring, but we&#x27;re focused on the older population and what happens to folks as they age. And Eversafe is a service that monitors bank and investment accounts, credit card activity, and the credit report that does all of these things, which is important. Because banks may be getting better with their algorithms at detecting fraud, but it&#x27;s important to have a service that has a full view. Because, as I said, the exploiters are smart, and many of them know not to just take from one account.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> As I saw as a prosecutor, they often take from different accounts, because it&#x27;s less likely to be detected that way. Well, when you say start small, I&#x27;ve monitored my own credit cards, and I&#x27;ve seen little charges I didn&#x27;t know what they were, and then all of a sudden bigger charges, like in a day or two later when they figure out the card works. But because I&#x27;m younger and I&#x27;m able to monitor it, I&#x27;m able to catch that. But I think what you&#x27;re saying is as people get older, they&#x27;re not able to many times, as able as I am, to check and monitor what&#x27;s going on. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Liz Lowy, who is a former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit of the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office. And she&#x27;s joining us to talk about elder abuse and some of the things that are existing these days. There&#x27;s some common scams on the rise, too, aren&#x27;t there, Liz? Oh, there are a bunch of scams that are on the rise.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> It feels like there&#x27;s a new scam du jour every time you read about them. I still get notices about new ones, I would say, every week. And, you know, you mentioned how as you age, sometimes it&#x27;s maybe more difficult to monitor on your own. And I agree. I think most of the experts out there would agree that something called financial capacity is affected as we age, much as we&#x27;d like to deny it. There&#x27;s a lot of research being done at the University of Alabama, and concluded that you start to lose financial capacity as early as your early 50s, which is perhaps a little depressing. And it doesn&#x27;t go out the window all at once. But I think keeping an eye, having an extra set of eyes is really important.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And I think it&#x27;s important for, it takes a family, for younger folks in the family to perhaps ask their parents if they can help keep an eye on things. And that&#x27;s another thing that Eversafe offers is the ability for a trusted advocate, whether it be a trusted child or a trusted lawyer or accountant or financial advisor, to help with monitoring by receiving, using the tech to receive alerts and or view transactions. But as you said, there&#x27;s a new scam every minute. And it&#x27;s tax season now, and there are plenty of scams related to the IRS. You know, fake returns being filed, fake refunds that are purportedly on the way</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> if you provide personal information. And folks have to understand and educate themselves and educate the older folks in their family that there are scams everywhere and try to keep on top of them and help each other out. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, Liz. Can you give out some information to the listeners about what they can do if they&#x27;re worried about potentially becoming a victim or if they think they might be now? What are some of the steps in about a minute that someone could take here? I think really it&#x27;s important to act as a family team and to have a conversation about what&#x27;s going on. And that conversation should really happen before there&#x27;s a problem. Yeah. So that personal emergency contact information is shared.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You know, share information about who is your doctor, who is your lawyer, what&#x27;s your general sense of your estate plan, who&#x27;s your financial advisor, what banks do you use. Sharing that information, providing the financial institution with a trusted contact is important. And perhaps most important, if you&#x27;re worried about elder fraud, is to use technology, a service like Eversafe or another service to involve an extra set of eyes in monitoring. We don&#x27;t all open our credit card bills the day they come. You know, it&#x27;s important to have a support system so that folks can get help with monitoring. That would be, I think, most important advice that I could share.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> So being vigilant and communicate with your family members are two important items or two important ingredients in that recipe, correct? And monitor, monitor, monitor. So you notice when there&#x27;s the first bit of a regular activity. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And folks, if you are joining this interview late, want to hear it again in its entirety, share it with other people. You can always do that. Go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Liz, thanks very much for your time today. Thank you. And if folks want to reach our company, we&#x27;re located at eversafe.com online. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation, across the world many times, and find someone who I think is an interesting guest to interview on the show. And today is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Manhattan, New York, and we&#x27;re going to join Liz Lowy, who is former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit in the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office, and she was co-counsel in the trial involving the financial exploitation of philanthropist Brooke Astor. She is now general counsel and senior vice president for the industry relations for a company called Eversafe, and that&#x27;s based in Washington, D.C. Liz, welcome in. Thank you, and thanks for having me. Now, we see a stat here. It says one in five Americans over the age 65 has been victimized by elder financial abuse,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> yet only one in 44 cases is ever reported. That&#x27;s an alarming stat to me. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s alarming. Since I&#x27;ve been working on this problem for such a long time, it&#x27;s not all that surprising. The one in five was based on a study conducted by Investor Protection Trust, and that doesn&#x27;t mean that one in five older adults has been the victim of a crime, but it was a stat relating to folks who have been defrauded. So that&#x27;s a pretty wide range of abuse or abuses. The one in 44 statistic is really disturbing. Again, not all that surprising.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Domestic violence is underreported and has been for some time, and I used to run that unit for Manhattan DA before I started focusing on elder abuse. But elder abuse, and especially elder financial abuse, is even more underreported for a bunch of different reasons. For one thing, a lot of the cases involve children, adult children, relatives, who abuse their parents and grandparents, and so those older folks in the family are really reluctant to call in law enforcement when there&#x27;s been a problem. You know, they love their kids and their relatives. They feel somehow that they&#x27;re to blame, wrongly, of course.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But, you know, there are those old sayings like, raise just to chip off the old block, and I think a lot of older parents and grandparents somehow, again, wrongly feel responsible if their kids abuse them or financially exploit them, so they&#x27;re unlikely to call the police until it gets really bad, if at all. And I think there&#x27;s also a real misconception about the fact that family members can be charged with theft as a crime when they take property from their parents and grandparents. They feel like they&#x27;re getting it anyway sometimes. Maybe they&#x27;re the sole beneficiary in a will. And, you know, another reason for that one in 44 cases being reported</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> is the fact that a good number, a significant number of seniors, do suffer from some form of impairment. You know, dementia, such as Alzheimer&#x27;s disease. So, this is depressing, but not all that surprising to those of us who work in the field. Yeah, it&#x27;s been called the silent epidemic, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. And I think, you know, the term elder abuse is finally sort of becoming a more recognized term. So, hopefully, although it&#x27;s an epidemic, given demographics and the aging of the baby boomers, hopefully not so silent anymore once we start educating people about the fact that, you know, this is criminal and that folks can do something about it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Well, it&#x27;s been said now that technology is the solution to elder financial abuse. How would technology be a solution or at least help out? So, yes, I do believe technology can help resolve elder fraud, unlike other types of crime, unlike domestic violence, sex crimes, child abuse. I think that type of crime will always occur, unfortunately. But it occurred to me when I received a case involving elder fraud at the Manhattan DA that these cases weren&#x27;t just happening, that thefts weren&#x27;t happening in one fell swoop. In almost every case, the exploitation had been happening for a long period of time.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> The crooks were smart. It started small. And I met countless victims and family members who were devastated. Victims that they felt that they hadn&#x27;t watched their own money closely enough or many of our victims were impaired. And family members and professionals who were just so regretful that they hadn&#x27;t done a better job of monitoring. And it occurred to me that this was one type of crime that technology really could resolve with better monitoring. I met my CEO, whose name is Howard Tischler. He&#x27;s the CEO of Eversafe. Because he called my office, actually, after a big case we tried.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The case involving Brooke Astor was in the news for a long time. And his mother was a somewhat typical case, I&#x27;m sorry to say. She was defrauded when she was about 80 years old. I believe she probably had some mild cognitive impairment. And she was sold auto club services, a car club service, over the phone at a time when she was legally blind, didn&#x27;t own the driver&#x27;s license, and didn&#x27;t own a car. Wow. And then she was stopped paying bills. I believe she was probably on a sucker list. So she was sold some other inappropriate products. She allowed someone to come into her home to help her with her bills.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That person stole some money. So this gentleman who called me was very interested in how this could happen. How his mother could be defrauded. How the banks didn&#x27;t notice. Why her financial advisor didn&#x27;t reach out. And I explained to him that the financial institutions are finally focused on this problem and trying to do more. But that they don&#x27;t always notify customers when there&#x27;s suspicious activity. And after speaking with Mr. Tischler, my current CEO, he explained to me that, first of all, he was a serial entrepreneur, been involved in business for a long time, and he really thought that technology could solve this problem.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And I agree, which is why I jumped ship to work on this service. We do financial monitoring, but we&#x27;re focused on the older population and what happens to folks as they age. And Eversafe is a service that monitors bank and investment accounts, credit card activity, and the credit report that does all of these things, which is important. Because banks may be getting better with their algorithms at detecting fraud, but it&#x27;s important to have a service that has a full view. Because, as I said, the exploiters are smart, and many of them know not to just take from one account.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> As I saw as a prosecutor, they often take from different accounts, because it&#x27;s less likely to be detected that way. Well, when you say start small, I&#x27;ve monitored my own credit cards, and I&#x27;ve seen little charges I didn&#x27;t know what they were, and then all of a sudden bigger charges, like in a day or two later when they figure out the card works. But because I&#x27;m younger and I&#x27;m able to monitor it, I&#x27;m able to catch that. But I think what you&#x27;re saying is as people get older, they&#x27;re not able to many times, as able as I am, to check and monitor what&#x27;s going on. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Liz Lowy, who is a former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit of the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office. And she&#x27;s joining us to talk about elder abuse and some of the things that are existing these days. There&#x27;s some common scams on the rise, too, aren&#x27;t there, Liz? Oh, there are a bunch of scams that are on the rise.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> It feels like there&#x27;s a new scam du jour every time you read about them. I still get notices about new ones, I would say, every week. And, you know, you mentioned how as you age, sometimes it&#x27;s maybe more difficult to monitor on your own. And I agree. I think most of the experts out there would agree that something called financial capacity is affected as we age, much as we&#x27;d like to deny it. There&#x27;s a lot of research being done at the University of Alabama, and concluded that you start to lose financial capacity as early as your early 50s, which is perhaps a little depressing. And it doesn&#x27;t go out the window all at once. But I think keeping an eye, having an extra set of eyes is really important.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And I think it&#x27;s important for, it takes a family, for younger folks in the family to perhaps ask their parents if they can help keep an eye on things. And that&#x27;s another thing that Eversafe offers is the ability for a trusted advocate, whether it be a trusted child or a trusted lawyer or accountant or financial advisor, to help with monitoring by receiving, using the tech to receive alerts and or view transactions. But as you said, there&#x27;s a new scam every minute. And it&#x27;s tax season now, and there are plenty of scams related to the IRS. You know, fake returns being filed, fake refunds that are purportedly on the way</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> if you provide personal information. And folks have to understand and educate themselves and educate the older folks in their family that there are scams everywhere and try to keep on top of them and help each other out. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, Liz. Can you give out some information to the listeners about what they can do if they&#x27;re worried about potentially becoming a victim or if they think they might be now? What are some of the steps in about a minute that someone could take here? I think really it&#x27;s important to act as a family team and to have a conversation about what&#x27;s going on. And that conversation should really happen before there&#x27;s a problem. Yeah. So that personal emergency contact information is shared.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You know, share information about who is your doctor, who is your lawyer, what&#x27;s your general sense of your estate plan, who&#x27;s your financial advisor, what banks do you use. Sharing that information, providing the financial institution with a trusted contact is important. And perhaps most important, if you&#x27;re worried about elder fraud, is to use technology, a service like Eversafe or another service to involve an extra set of eyes in monitoring. We don&#x27;t all open our credit card bills the day they come. You know, it&#x27;s important to have a support system so that folks can get help with monitoring. That would be, I think, most important advice that I could share.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> So being vigilant and communicate with your family members are two important items or two important ingredients in that recipe, correct? And monitor, monitor, monitor. So you notice when there&#x27;s the first bit of a regular activity. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And folks, if you are joining this interview late, want to hear it again in its entirety, share it with other people. You can always do that. Go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Liz, thanks very much for your time today. Thank you. And if folks want to reach our company, we&#x27;re located at eversafe.com online. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Elizabeth Loewy</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Elizabeth Loewy, financial fraud, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/image.jpg?t=1792072369&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/elizabeth-loewy-protecting-older-adults-from-financial-fraud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/image.jpg?t=1792072369&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>743</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11918631" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/elizabeth-loewy-protecting-older-adults-from-financial-fraud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>122</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Technology and everyday life" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:28" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vox Day: SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Vox Day: SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, as you know, I go across the world and I try to find somebody who&#x27;s relevant to talk about what&#x27;s going on current event-wise, financial-wise, or just anything that&#x27;s happened in the world. And we&#x27;re going to go to Italy right now through the beauty of modern technology. And we&#x27;re going to talk to an author. His name is Vox Day. And he&#x27;s written a book called SJW&#x27;s Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. And welcome in, Vox. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, social justice warriors, can you define that term to our listeners and our viewers and just let them know what they are and why they exist? Well, social justice warriors are the left-wing extremists who are sort of the shock troops of the social justice movement. You know, social justice was defined by John Stuart Mill back in the 19th century.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And the problem with them is that they attempt to turn every organization that they enter into into an organization that is dedicated to fostering their ideals, regardless of what the purpose of the organization is. So that&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve seen them destroy the public schools. We&#x27;ve seen them destroy the media. You know, I got involved when they went after my industry, which is the game industry. So, you know, it&#x27;s like the old saying is like the baby in the room crying. Everyone has to stop what they&#x27;re doing and make sure the baby&#x27;s happy so everyone else can be happy. And it&#x27;s usually a very vocal minority, right? Oh, yeah. There&#x27;s not very many of them at all, but they are almost astonishingly vocal. And they&#x27;re really crusaders. You know, they&#x27;re sort of the descendants of the prohibitionists, you know, back in the U.S.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And they&#x27;re every bit as committed to their cause as, you know, Carrie Nation ever was. Well, and they&#x27;ve taken a mainstream view. I mean, they use the Internet. They use all the social media out there to make it seem like they&#x27;re a larger group than they are, like Twitter and Facebook and all the different places out there to scare big companies, almost bring big companies to their knees many times. Yeah, it&#x27;s kind of alarming. One of the things that I specifically deal with, I spent a chapter talking about, is their entryism. You know, they&#x27;re very, very good at entering corporations and entering organizations. And, you know, right now they&#x27;re very focused on entering open source projects and putting themselves in positions of influence. And so in a corporation, you&#x27;re going to usually find them in the HR department.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> In an open source project, you&#x27;re always going to find them on the various committees or boards, especially those related to equality or inclusiveness. And in the media, you&#x27;ll often find them either as, you know, editors. In the publishing world, they tend to be editors and publishers. They&#x27;re always trying to put themselves in a position of being a gatekeeper. You know, where I&#x27;ve seen them in, like, the publishing industry, especially as it relates to the K-12 school systems. I mean, it&#x27;s crazy what&#x27;s going on there with the books and the rewriting history and those kind of things. Absolutely. The most important thing to understand about social justice warriors, and the thing that normal people find very difficult to believe until they experience it for themselves,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is that social justice warriors have no concept of what you or I would consider to be truth. You know, they don&#x27;t believe in any sort of objective reality. You know, their approach to communication is essentially that of an ad agency. You know, the idea of an ad is to shape a vision of reality for you in order to bring it about. And so that&#x27;s exactly what social justice warriors do is they attempt to create a vision of reality that is not actually in line with reality, but is in line with the reality that they want to create. Well, in your book, of course, the book, folks, is called Social Justice Warriors, SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And you talk about the three laws of social justice and the warriors, what they do. The first one is to always lie. Absolutely. That&#x27;s related to what I was talking about in terms of their attempting to reshape reality. They always have to lie because, you know, the reality that they&#x27;re attempting to convince you is real is not, in fact, real, and they know it. It&#x27;s the reality that they want to bring about. That&#x27;s the first law of SJW. The second law of SJW is SJW is always double down. You know, whenever you catch them in the act, they will, instead of saying, okay, you know, you got me and modifying their behavior, they will always double down. They&#x27;ll always, you know, call you out.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> If you call them a liar, they&#x27;ll come back and say, no, you&#x27;re the liar. It&#x27;s inevitable. It&#x27;s really remarkable, to be honest. I found it very difficult to believe myself. And then the third law of SJW is that SJWs always project. So, and this is one of their weaknesses, actually, because any time they&#x27;re attempting to attack you, they&#x27;re often, usually, in fact, giving you a clue regarding where they themselves are vulnerable. I guess I&#x27;m almost 50 years old. I&#x27;ll be 50 this year. And so I&#x27;m not quite a baby boomer. I&#x27;m just under that. I&#x27;m Generation X, I guess. So I&#x27;m a very skeptical person. But Vox, why is it, again, folks, Vox Day, author of the SJWS, Always Lie, Social Justice Warriors, Always Lie. It&#x27;s a great-selling book, real good book, and it&#x27;s going to be on audiobook coming out soon here in this year, in the spring.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And he&#x27;s been called the most despised man in science fiction by The Wall Street Journal. But, Vox, why is it or how is it so easy for me to see right through these phony arguments that the social justice warriors always launch? I mean, why do I see it? Why does it become so clear that they&#x27;re basically full of whatever they&#x27;re shoveling there? Well, because you&#x27;re obviously someone to whom the truth matters. You know, people who are genuinely dedicated to the truth and to whom, you know, truth and facts and history are important tend to be able to spot them and expose them very rapidly. But, you know, to people that are really vulnerable to social pressure, those are the people who tend to be most bamboozled by them. They&#x27;re very, very good at creating the perception of everyone being in agreement and you&#x27;ll be left out if you don&#x27;t agree with them.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And so, I mean, it tends to predominantly – you know, that&#x27;s why SJWs tend to predominantly be women and men who are of – we&#x27;ll call it lower social sexual rank. People who really want to belong, people who want to get along with everyone tend to be very susceptible to the SJW approach. And for somebody who, you know, you have a successful radio show, you pretty much do what you want. You probably control your own hours and that sort of thing. You&#x27;re probably a lot less susceptible to that than the average individual. Yeah, but I love to get along with people, but I&#x27;m not going to let somebody float lies and get away with them. And I think that so many of the – I guess the politicians and the corporation CEOs have bowed down before the social justice warriors because they don&#x27;t want to create a lot of controversy or don&#x27;t want the stink to grow.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And I know Rush Limbaugh was talking about how that the social justice warriors now are attacking the NFL and trying to make a national football league almost like a flag football league, you know, not even tackling anymore, that kind of thing. Well, that&#x27;s why a number of people have called – the book, which – it was a bestseller in political philosophy for 14 straight weeks. And it really ended up being useful to a lot of people who are, you know, from worlds very different from the game industry world or the science fiction world that I&#x27;m involved with. And the reason is that there is no one, there&#x27;s no industry, there&#x27;s no individual, there&#x27;s no corporation who is safe from their activities because their goal has always been to reach what they call social justice convergence, which is every individual and every organization being dedicated 100 percent to social justice ideals.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> You know, we talk about – and I hear these slogans all the time. They make little nursery rhyme type slogans and everybody falls for it like Johnny Cochran, if the glove doesn&#x27;t fit, you must acquit, which was one of the – looks like one of the starting points of all the different social justice slogans. But this is a money show, and I see this relating to money because it&#x27;s all about when you trace back a lot of this social justice, whatever they call it, it comes down to a money grab, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, yeah, if you look at Feminist Frequency, which is Anita Sarkeesian and Jonathan McIntosh, who are the two SJW scam artists par excellence, they managed to get Intel to cough up over $300,000 to pursue equality and women in tech.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> You know, money, of course, that is basically going to be in their hands to direct and use to influence people. And there&#x27;s another element to the money too, which is the more converged a company gets, the more converged an open source project gets, the more you&#x27;ve got the opportunity to compete with it because that organization has ceased to focus on whatever its business is, whatever its purpose is, and is much more focused on inclusiveness and women in tech and whatever the particular emphasis is at the moment instead of doing its business and pursuing its capitalist objectives. Which gets in the way of anybody flourishing when you&#x27;re spending all your time. I know a lot of folks deal this in the regulation industry.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> They&#x27;re so busy with all the new government regulations, having to hire new people to put up with all the government regulations, they can&#x27;t put the money towards making money for the company. Which brings me to a final point here. If somebody is under attack by social justice warriors, if they&#x27;re attacking you or your company, you&#x27;ve got a battle plan there to counteract the attack they&#x27;re doing, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, there&#x27;s an eight-stage social justice warrior attack sequence that they almost always follow. I mean they&#x27;ve followed it with Tim Hunt in the science world, they&#x27;ve followed it with Brendan Eich in the technology world. And the most important thing is do not apologize. They regard an apology the same way that the police view a confession. And so actually on my blog at Vox Populi, there&#x27;s a PDF.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> It&#x27;s so important that I put together a six-page PDF that outlines not only the eight-stage attack sequence, but also the ways to respond to each stage. And it&#x27;s a free PDF that people can download. And it&#x27;s something that you should send. First of all, everyone should read it. And you should definitely send it to any of your friends who find themselves under SJW attack. Very, very important. And your book, which I found fascinating, is going to be available again on audiobook here coming in the spring. Folks, his name is Vox Day. He&#x27;s joined us from Italy. The name of the book is SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. Vox, I hope to have you on again in the future. Anytime. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety or listen to other interviews from the show,</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> you can always do that by going to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, as you know, I go across the world and I try to find somebody who&#x27;s relevant to talk about what&#x27;s going on current event-wise, financial-wise, or just anything that&#x27;s happened in the world. And we&#x27;re going to go to Italy right now through the beauty of modern technology. And we&#x27;re going to talk to an author. His name is Vox Day. And he&#x27;s written a book called SJW&#x27;s Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. And welcome in, Vox. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, social justice warriors, can you define that term to our listeners and our viewers and just let them know what they are and why they exist? Well, social justice warriors are the left-wing extremists who are sort of the shock troops of the social justice movement. You know, social justice was defined by John Stuart Mill back in the 19th century.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And the problem with them is that they attempt to turn every organization that they enter into into an organization that is dedicated to fostering their ideals, regardless of what the purpose of the organization is. So that&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve seen them destroy the public schools. We&#x27;ve seen them destroy the media. You know, I got involved when they went after my industry, which is the game industry. So, you know, it&#x27;s like the old saying is like the baby in the room crying. Everyone has to stop what they&#x27;re doing and make sure the baby&#x27;s happy so everyone else can be happy. And it&#x27;s usually a very vocal minority, right? Oh, yeah. There&#x27;s not very many of them at all, but they are almost astonishingly vocal. And they&#x27;re really crusaders. You know, they&#x27;re sort of the descendants of the prohibitionists, you know, back in the U.S.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And they&#x27;re every bit as committed to their cause as, you know, Carrie Nation ever was. Well, and they&#x27;ve taken a mainstream view. I mean, they use the Internet. They use all the social media out there to make it seem like they&#x27;re a larger group than they are, like Twitter and Facebook and all the different places out there to scare big companies, almost bring big companies to their knees many times. Yeah, it&#x27;s kind of alarming. One of the things that I specifically deal with, I spent a chapter talking about, is their entryism. You know, they&#x27;re very, very good at entering corporations and entering organizations. And, you know, right now they&#x27;re very focused on entering open source projects and putting themselves in positions of influence. And so in a corporation, you&#x27;re going to usually find them in the HR department.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> In an open source project, you&#x27;re always going to find them on the various committees or boards, especially those related to equality or inclusiveness. And in the media, you&#x27;ll often find them either as, you know, editors. In the publishing world, they tend to be editors and publishers. They&#x27;re always trying to put themselves in a position of being a gatekeeper. You know, where I&#x27;ve seen them in, like, the publishing industry, especially as it relates to the K-12 school systems. I mean, it&#x27;s crazy what&#x27;s going on there with the books and the rewriting history and those kind of things. Absolutely. The most important thing to understand about social justice warriors, and the thing that normal people find very difficult to believe until they experience it for themselves,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is that social justice warriors have no concept of what you or I would consider to be truth. You know, they don&#x27;t believe in any sort of objective reality. You know, their approach to communication is essentially that of an ad agency. You know, the idea of an ad is to shape a vision of reality for you in order to bring it about. And so that&#x27;s exactly what social justice warriors do is they attempt to create a vision of reality that is not actually in line with reality, but is in line with the reality that they want to create. Well, in your book, of course, the book, folks, is called Social Justice Warriors, SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And you talk about the three laws of social justice and the warriors, what they do. The first one is to always lie. Absolutely. That&#x27;s related to what I was talking about in terms of their attempting to reshape reality. They always have to lie because, you know, the reality that they&#x27;re attempting to convince you is real is not, in fact, real, and they know it. It&#x27;s the reality that they want to bring about. That&#x27;s the first law of SJW. The second law of SJW is SJW is always double down. You know, whenever you catch them in the act, they will, instead of saying, okay, you know, you got me and modifying their behavior, they will always double down. They&#x27;ll always, you know, call you out.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> If you call them a liar, they&#x27;ll come back and say, no, you&#x27;re the liar. It&#x27;s inevitable. It&#x27;s really remarkable, to be honest. I found it very difficult to believe myself. And then the third law of SJW is that SJWs always project. So, and this is one of their weaknesses, actually, because any time they&#x27;re attempting to attack you, they&#x27;re often, usually, in fact, giving you a clue regarding where they themselves are vulnerable. I guess I&#x27;m almost 50 years old. I&#x27;ll be 50 this year. And so I&#x27;m not quite a baby boomer. I&#x27;m just under that. I&#x27;m Generation X, I guess. So I&#x27;m a very skeptical person. But Vox, why is it, again, folks, Vox Day, author of the SJWS, Always Lie, Social Justice Warriors, Always Lie. It&#x27;s a great-selling book, real good book, and it&#x27;s going to be on audiobook coming out soon here in this year, in the spring.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And he&#x27;s been called the most despised man in science fiction by The Wall Street Journal. But, Vox, why is it or how is it so easy for me to see right through these phony arguments that the social justice warriors always launch? I mean, why do I see it? Why does it become so clear that they&#x27;re basically full of whatever they&#x27;re shoveling there? Well, because you&#x27;re obviously someone to whom the truth matters. You know, people who are genuinely dedicated to the truth and to whom, you know, truth and facts and history are important tend to be able to spot them and expose them very rapidly. But, you know, to people that are really vulnerable to social pressure, those are the people who tend to be most bamboozled by them. They&#x27;re very, very good at creating the perception of everyone being in agreement and you&#x27;ll be left out if you don&#x27;t agree with them.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And so, I mean, it tends to predominantly – you know, that&#x27;s why SJWs tend to predominantly be women and men who are of – we&#x27;ll call it lower social sexual rank. People who really want to belong, people who want to get along with everyone tend to be very susceptible to the SJW approach. And for somebody who, you know, you have a successful radio show, you pretty much do what you want. You probably control your own hours and that sort of thing. You&#x27;re probably a lot less susceptible to that than the average individual. Yeah, but I love to get along with people, but I&#x27;m not going to let somebody float lies and get away with them. And I think that so many of the – I guess the politicians and the corporation CEOs have bowed down before the social justice warriors because they don&#x27;t want to create a lot of controversy or don&#x27;t want the stink to grow.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And I know Rush Limbaugh was talking about how that the social justice warriors now are attacking the NFL and trying to make a national football league almost like a flag football league, you know, not even tackling anymore, that kind of thing. Well, that&#x27;s why a number of people have called – the book, which – it was a bestseller in political philosophy for 14 straight weeks. And it really ended up being useful to a lot of people who are, you know, from worlds very different from the game industry world or the science fiction world that I&#x27;m involved with. And the reason is that there is no one, there&#x27;s no industry, there&#x27;s no individual, there&#x27;s no corporation who is safe from their activities because their goal has always been to reach what they call social justice convergence, which is every individual and every organization being dedicated 100 percent to social justice ideals.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> You know, we talk about – and I hear these slogans all the time. They make little nursery rhyme type slogans and everybody falls for it like Johnny Cochran, if the glove doesn&#x27;t fit, you must acquit, which was one of the – looks like one of the starting points of all the different social justice slogans. But this is a money show, and I see this relating to money because it&#x27;s all about when you trace back a lot of this social justice, whatever they call it, it comes down to a money grab, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, yeah, if you look at Feminist Frequency, which is Anita Sarkeesian and Jonathan McIntosh, who are the two SJW scam artists par excellence, they managed to get Intel to cough up over $300,000 to pursue equality and women in tech.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> You know, money, of course, that is basically going to be in their hands to direct and use to influence people. And there&#x27;s another element to the money too, which is the more converged a company gets, the more converged an open source project gets, the more you&#x27;ve got the opportunity to compete with it because that organization has ceased to focus on whatever its business is, whatever its purpose is, and is much more focused on inclusiveness and women in tech and whatever the particular emphasis is at the moment instead of doing its business and pursuing its capitalist objectives. Which gets in the way of anybody flourishing when you&#x27;re spending all your time. I know a lot of folks deal this in the regulation industry.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> They&#x27;re so busy with all the new government regulations, having to hire new people to put up with all the government regulations, they can&#x27;t put the money towards making money for the company. Which brings me to a final point here. If somebody is under attack by social justice warriors, if they&#x27;re attacking you or your company, you&#x27;ve got a battle plan there to counteract the attack they&#x27;re doing, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, there&#x27;s an eight-stage social justice warrior attack sequence that they almost always follow. I mean they&#x27;ve followed it with Tim Hunt in the science world, they&#x27;ve followed it with Brendan Eich in the technology world. And the most important thing is do not apologize. They regard an apology the same way that the police view a confession. And so actually on my blog at Vox Populi, there&#x27;s a PDF.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> It&#x27;s so important that I put together a six-page PDF that outlines not only the eight-stage attack sequence, but also the ways to respond to each stage. And it&#x27;s a free PDF that people can download. And it&#x27;s something that you should send. First of all, everyone should read it. And you should definitely send it to any of your friends who find themselves under SJW attack. Very, very important. And your book, which I found fascinating, is going to be available again on audiobook here coming in the spring. Folks, his name is Vox Day. He&#x27;s joined us from Italy. The name of the book is SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. Vox, I hope to have you on again in the future. Anytime. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety or listen to other interviews from the show,</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> you can always do that by going to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Vox Day</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Vox Day, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/image.jpg?t=1792072373&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vox-day-sjws-always-lie-and-political-debate/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/image.jpg?t=1792072373&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>685</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11000094" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vox-day-sjws-always-lie-and-political-debate</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>123</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barry James Dyke: Guaranteed Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Barry James Dyke: Guaranteed Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> well folks today&#x27;s guest is a return visitor on the show he was with us about three to four years ago he wrote a series of books to a series of two called the pirates of manhattan about all the different things that go on and on wall street and he&#x27;s joining us with his new book the new book is called guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement so his name is barry james dyke and he&#x27;s joining us from new hampshire barry welcome in well thank you peter it&#x27;s always good to uh to talk to you and uh uh how&#x27;s everything down how&#x27;s the weather in north carolina is it warm well the weather changes every single day but you know what we do here it&#x27;s just like the financial world barry it goes back and forth and and i know the climate out there in the investment community especially</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> with the war on social security and a lot of folks wondering if if they&#x27;re even going to get any money back from the social security administration or if the government&#x27;s going to let them have what they thought they were entitled to people are more worried today and we&#x27;ll talk about this i know you talk about this in your book and by the way david walker the former u.s comptroller general wrote the forward to this book and he had a lot of good things to say about this book but the main worry i think people have these days is where&#x27;s that money going to come from in retirement and is it going to be there for the rest of their lives yeah it really is and as you know pete well people who know me know my feelings on the market and uh not against investments at all um uh but the thing is is that a lot of the retail uh assets of people in right now it&#x27;s totally rigged against the consumer and i&#x27;m just trying to help them um build a you know safer retirement well we&#x27;ll get through your table</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> contests it&#x27;s a fascinating collection of topics the number one chapter is the collapse of the american pension now let&#x27;s talk about this because i think a lot of folks that go to work nine to five or even longer many times and they do that 30 or 40 years they retire but there&#x27;s nothing left for them if they haven&#x27;t funded it on their own these days yeah well that&#x27;s the whole thing is statistics 1983 uh pete uh roughly 83 percent of the population or right around there 80 percent had a defined benefit pension plan for for a employee and spouse so the guaranteed income if you will was kind of a sure thing then they had social security as well so people were pretty much much better position today that is down dropped down to around 17 percent the majority of the people who have these uh pete are</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> really people in the in the public sector you know state federal uh municipal employees now that&#x27;s an issue into itself uh which is really highly underfunded but those are the only people really have uh the core um uh pension plans if you will so the fact of the matter is is that the most of the uh today&#x27;s american public is essentially it&#x27;s you do it yourself you&#x27;re on your own plan uh today and and majority of the team they&#x27;ve never worked and they will not work so let&#x27;s talk about this now when we talk about you said 17 percent of people have a pension and most of them are federal employees or state employees yeah my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office in north carolina she&#x27;s a state employee now she has a pension but guess what barry the state takes out six percent of her pay and puts it in that pension so the state&#x27;s not paying for it my wife&#x27;s paying for it is is that what you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> talking about with the 17 percent yeah yeah well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s part of it uh people to say but as you know uh you&#x27;re in your wife is funding part of her own pension um and i don&#x27;t know if she&#x27;s covering us for security as well i wouldn&#x27;t think so but doubt it um the the thing is is that the you know the state of north carolina which actually has one of the better funded uh state uh pension plans is really on the hook for the longevity and the investment rate of return see the problem what has happened pete is that all the economic risk um which you&#x27;re absorbed in a pension plan like your wife&#x27;s in essentially been shifted onto the retail consumer and most people don&#x27;t have a clue and i&#x27;m a registered investment advisor i&#x27;ve been doing this stuff for over 30 years some of the stuff is even very complicated for me so this is a real problem well i&#x27;m glad they take six percent out of her paycheck because if they didn&#x27;t bury she would spend it so at least they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> doing that for savings we&#x27;re talking about and but you know when you look at it people should be taking 15 percent of their paycheck and putting it aside every single pay period before taxes if possible yeah yeah ideally you&#x27;re correct uh but you know i think the thing is people are having a hard time making ends meet and so forth but no that that is correct and uh the ideal savings rate if you will is around 15 percent but because of you know costs now they are much higher than they were before it&#x27;s hard for people to do so someone&#x27;s having a hard time making ends meet when they&#x27;re getting a paycheck but if they don&#x27;t save now when they retire and don&#x27;t get a paycheck barry if they&#x27;re having trouble now saving they&#x27;re gonna have a whole lot of trouble with with retirement because there won&#x27;t be any money there yeah and then then this is this is the you know uh this is a this is a huge problem and the thing is there&#x27;s a time lag as you know pete uh i don&#x27;t know how long</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> you&#x27;ve been in the financial service business but as you know any of these problems they have a a lag and so this problem is going to rear its ugly head five ten fifteen years from now not right today but as a population agent it&#x27;s going to be more of a problem so it&#x27;s a big problem so in this book pete what i&#x27;m trying to do is giving people a safer guaranteed way to receive income and again folks we&#x27;re talking to barry james dyke he&#x27;s author of the brand new book guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and you talk about in the book you talk about guaranteed income and and i hear that phrase a lot of times and a lot of the consumers hear that too barry i think these days people say guaranteed is no such thing as guarantees people are not considering guaranteed income as part of a portfolio as much as they should why do you think that is and what can the average consumer do to</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> make sure they can educate themselves on how they can get their own share of guaranteed income well they they need to understand because there are things that would guarantee and this these are primarily by life insurance companies peter or be a corporate balance sheet there is guarantees and for instance uh as you know social security essentially is an annuity for life right and so what i&#x27;m just trying to do is just to bring that to the next level of the consumers but the fact of the matter there is guarantees because a life company by nature who issues these products and backs them up is much more stable than any bank will ever be and you&#x27;ll see in my research peter that uh people may think i&#x27;m crazy but i&#x27;m just telling people to do what general motors is doing in british telecom and ncr and um bristol myers squibb and panasonic and all these other companies who can&#x27;t manage their own</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> economic risk so they&#x27;re all essentially buying enormous nudies to manage their pension risk and then what i actually show in the book as well pete and we&#x27;re kind of getting ahead of ourselves this is what major executives like as well so let&#x27;s talk about you&#x27;ve used the word annuity and a lot of people listening may have never heard that term before can you educate the listener on what an annuity is and and how it could be a part of a that income plan we&#x27;re talking about in the future well annuity comes from the word annua which is really goes back to to latin it was generally these are the first pension plans uh issued to roman soldiers for their in other words for them being uh serving you know the empire at that at that time the roman empire would guarantee these soldiers a retirement income called an annua or annuity and that&#x27;s where so these go all the way back to roman time so annuity is means a</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> guaranteed income stream and this regardless of how long they live and regardless of the stock market performance so they&#x27;ve been really with us since since ancient times and uh they get more popular in roughly 1800s in this country and people need to read the book but then they became more popular with the creation of tia craft with by rockefell in 1905 and then they&#x27;ve been very very big uh since that time so but most people do not know about it pete and a lot of advisors uh don&#x27;t like to sell them because there&#x27;s you know there&#x27;s not an ongoing income stream so but it&#x27;s a good thing for most consumers yeah and it&#x27;s almost like buying a car i mean you can buy a stripped down car you can put all the options on there get the cadillac version of that that model car and you talk about some of the new product updates in the annuity world that have really benefited the consumer especially those</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> who want that guaranteed lifetime income without risk right yeah yeah and they back this up and um and matter of fact the now wall street kind of hates me but that&#x27;s okay but uh but but my research shows that the general accounting office uh recommends that people do to guarantee their income stream this is what the treasuries actually ruled on this about a year ago because they want people have some seat belts around their money in these 401ks a lot of these 401ks as you know pete it&#x27;s it&#x27;s like playing pinball with your hands tied behind your back we just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen so people really want to have safety and peace of mind and as a matter of fact um northwestern mutual did a study that released in april of this year pete which says that people today are more concerned about safety of their money today than they were during the financial crisis so the truth is is</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> that people want to have some safety in their retirement savings so this just addresses this so barry i remember back in the 70s and 80s my grandmother how she got her pension her pension was basically she didn&#x27;t work but she had money in a uh in a cd at the bank and she got an interest on that cd of maybe 10 to 12 15 percent she was able to live on the interest without touching the principle unfortunately those days are gone and what people are doing now they&#x27;re putting their money into wall street and they&#x27;re putting their money at a supreme amount of risk to hopefully get a return they can live on what&#x27;s your opinion on that well you&#x27;re 100 correct pete i call it the wall street casino and the only people who really benefit in this thing long term uh since the asset managers who run the money because there&#x27;s no risk to them see it&#x27;s an annuity income stream to them or the insiders</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> who use other people&#x27;s money to cash out of their these new companies these new startups these unicorns and so forth which are um they&#x27;re not doing too well but uh no the reason is is that the federal reserve pete as you know the drop down interest rates down to 40 year lows and um so people really scrimm for for yield but the irony of the whole thing pete and when people buy it go if they go to my book and they go to barryjamesdyke.com again that&#x27;s barryjamesdyke.com they&#x27;ll see that the federal reserve itself pete has 75 of their own 401k in fixed annuities and i have the actual audit from deloitte in my book so people may think i&#x27;m crazy but the fact of the matter is the central world&#x27;s largest central bank the federal reserve has had roughly 75 of its own money for 18 000 employees</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> in fixed annuities yeah makes sense it&#x27;s all true now so let&#x27;s talk about now that finally here we&#x27;ve got like a minute left on the segment here but if someone wants to think about it in in terms of the vegas mentality and and folks when you&#x27;re out there if you&#x27;re thinking about uh barry&#x27;s comparing wall street if you&#x27;re in the wrong places to vegas because it is a gamble you really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with a lot of the companies or the mutual funds you put your hard-earned retirement money there and and it doesn&#x27;t do what it&#x27;s supposed to do but barry i think people can think about it this way would they be willing to take their 100 200 300 000 whatever they have in their retirement accounts and go to vegas and put it on a spin of the casino wheel and if then if that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening a lot of times with people putting money into a lot of these stocks they don&#x27;t know anything about they don&#x27;t and it&#x27;s a joke i call it the search of the greater fool it&#x27;s all about the use and</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> exploitation of other people&#x27;s money america needs to wake up about this fact okay that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening and with arbitration agreements as you know pete people do not have a prayer if they get caught in a new issue or any any stock for that matter and um and numerous companies have collapsed or gone bankrupt and um it&#x27;s the retail investor who ends up pulling the bags of this stuff yeah yeah i mean if the goal is to have retirement income some of the money that you&#x27;ve earned in your life needs to be in a place you absolutely cannot lose and absolutely will give you that lifetime income stream that you&#x27;ll never outlive barry james dykes his name folks and the the name of the book is guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again as an entirety you can go to financialsafari.com</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> where you can listen to this interview and many others as well as links to what barry talked about barry thanks for your time today thank you pete and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> well folks today&#x27;s guest is a return visitor on the show he was with us about three to four years ago he wrote a series of books to a series of two called the pirates of manhattan about all the different things that go on and on wall street and he&#x27;s joining us with his new book the new book is called guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement so his name is barry james dyke and he&#x27;s joining us from new hampshire barry welcome in well thank you peter it&#x27;s always good to uh to talk to you and uh uh how&#x27;s everything down how&#x27;s the weather in north carolina is it warm well the weather changes every single day but you know what we do here it&#x27;s just like the financial world barry it goes back and forth and and i know the climate out there in the investment community especially</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> with the war on social security and a lot of folks wondering if if they&#x27;re even going to get any money back from the social security administration or if the government&#x27;s going to let them have what they thought they were entitled to people are more worried today and we&#x27;ll talk about this i know you talk about this in your book and by the way david walker the former u.s comptroller general wrote the forward to this book and he had a lot of good things to say about this book but the main worry i think people have these days is where&#x27;s that money going to come from in retirement and is it going to be there for the rest of their lives yeah it really is and as you know pete well people who know me know my feelings on the market and uh not against investments at all um uh but the thing is is that a lot of the retail uh assets of people in right now it&#x27;s totally rigged against the consumer and i&#x27;m just trying to help them um build a you know safer retirement well we&#x27;ll get through your table</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> contests it&#x27;s a fascinating collection of topics the number one chapter is the collapse of the american pension now let&#x27;s talk about this because i think a lot of folks that go to work nine to five or even longer many times and they do that 30 or 40 years they retire but there&#x27;s nothing left for them if they haven&#x27;t funded it on their own these days yeah well that&#x27;s the whole thing is statistics 1983 uh pete uh roughly 83 percent of the population or right around there 80 percent had a defined benefit pension plan for for a employee and spouse so the guaranteed income if you will was kind of a sure thing then they had social security as well so people were pretty much much better position today that is down dropped down to around 17 percent the majority of the people who have these uh pete are</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> really people in the in the public sector you know state federal uh municipal employees now that&#x27;s an issue into itself uh which is really highly underfunded but those are the only people really have uh the core um uh pension plans if you will so the fact of the matter is is that the most of the uh today&#x27;s american public is essentially it&#x27;s you do it yourself you&#x27;re on your own plan uh today and and majority of the team they&#x27;ve never worked and they will not work so let&#x27;s talk about this now when we talk about you said 17 percent of people have a pension and most of them are federal employees or state employees yeah my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office in north carolina she&#x27;s a state employee now she has a pension but guess what barry the state takes out six percent of her pay and puts it in that pension so the state&#x27;s not paying for it my wife&#x27;s paying for it is is that what you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> talking about with the 17 percent yeah yeah well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s part of it uh people to say but as you know uh you&#x27;re in your wife is funding part of her own pension um and i don&#x27;t know if she&#x27;s covering us for security as well i wouldn&#x27;t think so but doubt it um the the thing is is that the you know the state of north carolina which actually has one of the better funded uh state uh pension plans is really on the hook for the longevity and the investment rate of return see the problem what has happened pete is that all the economic risk um which you&#x27;re absorbed in a pension plan like your wife&#x27;s in essentially been shifted onto the retail consumer and most people don&#x27;t have a clue and i&#x27;m a registered investment advisor i&#x27;ve been doing this stuff for over 30 years some of the stuff is even very complicated for me so this is a real problem well i&#x27;m glad they take six percent out of her paycheck because if they didn&#x27;t bury she would spend it so at least they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> doing that for savings we&#x27;re talking about and but you know when you look at it people should be taking 15 percent of their paycheck and putting it aside every single pay period before taxes if possible yeah yeah ideally you&#x27;re correct uh but you know i think the thing is people are having a hard time making ends meet and so forth but no that that is correct and uh the ideal savings rate if you will is around 15 percent but because of you know costs now they are much higher than they were before it&#x27;s hard for people to do so someone&#x27;s having a hard time making ends meet when they&#x27;re getting a paycheck but if they don&#x27;t save now when they retire and don&#x27;t get a paycheck barry if they&#x27;re having trouble now saving they&#x27;re gonna have a whole lot of trouble with with retirement because there won&#x27;t be any money there yeah and then then this is this is the you know uh this is a this is a huge problem and the thing is there&#x27;s a time lag as you know pete uh i don&#x27;t know how long</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> you&#x27;ve been in the financial service business but as you know any of these problems they have a a lag and so this problem is going to rear its ugly head five ten fifteen years from now not right today but as a population agent it&#x27;s going to be more of a problem so it&#x27;s a big problem so in this book pete what i&#x27;m trying to do is giving people a safer guaranteed way to receive income and again folks we&#x27;re talking to barry james dyke he&#x27;s author of the brand new book guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and you talk about in the book you talk about guaranteed income and and i hear that phrase a lot of times and a lot of the consumers hear that too barry i think these days people say guaranteed is no such thing as guarantees people are not considering guaranteed income as part of a portfolio as much as they should why do you think that is and what can the average consumer do to</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> make sure they can educate themselves on how they can get their own share of guaranteed income well they they need to understand because there are things that would guarantee and this these are primarily by life insurance companies peter or be a corporate balance sheet there is guarantees and for instance uh as you know social security essentially is an annuity for life right and so what i&#x27;m just trying to do is just to bring that to the next level of the consumers but the fact of the matter there is guarantees because a life company by nature who issues these products and backs them up is much more stable than any bank will ever be and you&#x27;ll see in my research peter that uh people may think i&#x27;m crazy but i&#x27;m just telling people to do what general motors is doing in british telecom and ncr and um bristol myers squibb and panasonic and all these other companies who can&#x27;t manage their own</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> economic risk so they&#x27;re all essentially buying enormous nudies to manage their pension risk and then what i actually show in the book as well pete and we&#x27;re kind of getting ahead of ourselves this is what major executives like as well so let&#x27;s talk about you&#x27;ve used the word annuity and a lot of people listening may have never heard that term before can you educate the listener on what an annuity is and and how it could be a part of a that income plan we&#x27;re talking about in the future well annuity comes from the word annua which is really goes back to to latin it was generally these are the first pension plans uh issued to roman soldiers for their in other words for them being uh serving you know the empire at that at that time the roman empire would guarantee these soldiers a retirement income called an annua or annuity and that&#x27;s where so these go all the way back to roman time so annuity is means a</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> guaranteed income stream and this regardless of how long they live and regardless of the stock market performance so they&#x27;ve been really with us since since ancient times and uh they get more popular in roughly 1800s in this country and people need to read the book but then they became more popular with the creation of tia craft with by rockefell in 1905 and then they&#x27;ve been very very big uh since that time so but most people do not know about it pete and a lot of advisors uh don&#x27;t like to sell them because there&#x27;s you know there&#x27;s not an ongoing income stream so but it&#x27;s a good thing for most consumers yeah and it&#x27;s almost like buying a car i mean you can buy a stripped down car you can put all the options on there get the cadillac version of that that model car and you talk about some of the new product updates in the annuity world that have really benefited the consumer especially those</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> who want that guaranteed lifetime income without risk right yeah yeah and they back this up and um and matter of fact the now wall street kind of hates me but that&#x27;s okay but uh but but my research shows that the general accounting office uh recommends that people do to guarantee their income stream this is what the treasuries actually ruled on this about a year ago because they want people have some seat belts around their money in these 401ks a lot of these 401ks as you know pete it&#x27;s it&#x27;s like playing pinball with your hands tied behind your back we just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen so people really want to have safety and peace of mind and as a matter of fact um northwestern mutual did a study that released in april of this year pete which says that people today are more concerned about safety of their money today than they were during the financial crisis so the truth is is</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> that people want to have some safety in their retirement savings so this just addresses this so barry i remember back in the 70s and 80s my grandmother how she got her pension her pension was basically she didn&#x27;t work but she had money in a uh in a cd at the bank and she got an interest on that cd of maybe 10 to 12 15 percent she was able to live on the interest without touching the principle unfortunately those days are gone and what people are doing now they&#x27;re putting their money into wall street and they&#x27;re putting their money at a supreme amount of risk to hopefully get a return they can live on what&#x27;s your opinion on that well you&#x27;re 100 correct pete i call it the wall street casino and the only people who really benefit in this thing long term uh since the asset managers who run the money because there&#x27;s no risk to them see it&#x27;s an annuity income stream to them or the insiders</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> who use other people&#x27;s money to cash out of their these new companies these new startups these unicorns and so forth which are um they&#x27;re not doing too well but uh no the reason is is that the federal reserve pete as you know the drop down interest rates down to 40 year lows and um so people really scrimm for for yield but the irony of the whole thing pete and when people buy it go if they go to my book and they go to barryjamesdyke.com again that&#x27;s barryjamesdyke.com they&#x27;ll see that the federal reserve itself pete has 75 of their own 401k in fixed annuities and i have the actual audit from deloitte in my book so people may think i&#x27;m crazy but the fact of the matter is the central world&#x27;s largest central bank the federal reserve has had roughly 75 of its own money for 18 000 employees</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> in fixed annuities yeah makes sense it&#x27;s all true now so let&#x27;s talk about now that finally here we&#x27;ve got like a minute left on the segment here but if someone wants to think about it in in terms of the vegas mentality and and folks when you&#x27;re out there if you&#x27;re thinking about uh barry&#x27;s comparing wall street if you&#x27;re in the wrong places to vegas because it is a gamble you really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with a lot of the companies or the mutual funds you put your hard-earned retirement money there and and it doesn&#x27;t do what it&#x27;s supposed to do but barry i think people can think about it this way would they be willing to take their 100 200 300 000 whatever they have in their retirement accounts and go to vegas and put it on a spin of the casino wheel and if then if that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening a lot of times with people putting money into a lot of these stocks they don&#x27;t know anything about they don&#x27;t and it&#x27;s a joke i call it the search of the greater fool it&#x27;s all about the use and</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> exploitation of other people&#x27;s money america needs to wake up about this fact okay that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening and with arbitration agreements as you know pete people do not have a prayer if they get caught in a new issue or any any stock for that matter and um and numerous companies have collapsed or gone bankrupt and um it&#x27;s the retail investor who ends up pulling the bags of this stuff yeah yeah i mean if the goal is to have retirement income some of the money that you&#x27;ve earned in your life needs to be in a place you absolutely cannot lose and absolutely will give you that lifetime income stream that you&#x27;ll never outlive barry james dykes his name folks and the the name of the book is guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again as an entirety you can go to financialsafari.com</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> where you can listen to this interview and many others as well as links to what barry talked about barry thanks for your time today thank you pete and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Barry James Dyke</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Barry James Dyke, retirement planning, Social Security, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/image.jpg?t=1792072380&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-guaranteed-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/image.jpg?t=1792072380&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Dec 2015 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>732</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11740362" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-guaranteed-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>124</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Guaranteed Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:33" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Laurie Itkin: Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence</title>
      <itunes:title>Laurie Itkin: Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, here we are back on the show. You know, folks, it is a crazy world out there. It&#x27;s a crazy world for anybody who is trying to just make ends meet. But then we throw in another variable called investing. And you see the TV shows where people are making all this money. And you see these lifestyles of the rich and famous where people are driving around on those big old yachts. And you wonder how the heck they got there. Well, unless they inherited it, which some people did. But there&#x27;s also stories about people inheriting money and blowing it. The Vanderbilts are a good example of that. The Biltmore House. Have you ever heard of the Biltmores and all that? The Vanderbilts, when they passed away, had all sorts of children and grandchildren and left them all equal sums of money. And I think in the last studies, there were only two of them still had some of the money. And the ones that did have those two are making a whole lot of money with it. But the other ones blew it real fast.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So the secret to money is knowing how to save. And when I talk to women, women say, gosh, no one&#x27;s ever talking our language. So I wanted to get Lori Idkin on. And she basically says every woman should know her options, invest her way. Or invest your way to financial empowerment. And so we&#x27;ve got Lori on the line. Lori, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Pete. Happy to be here. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in San Diego. I was just out there two weeks ago now. Awesome place. It is. No humidity. Expensive place. Expensive state to live in. High state income tax. But I&#x27;ll tell you, it&#x27;s worth every cent. Yeah. And Lori, I want you to meet Amy Simon. Amy&#x27;s in the studio with us, too. Amy, say hi to Lori. Hey, Lori. How are you? Hi, Amy. Amy and I were talking about your appearance today before you came on.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> We were talking earlier today. And she said that she really wanted to ask you some questions. Because she&#x27;s like most of the women I talk to. Lori, she really wants to do the right thing. But she doesn&#x27;t know what to do or how to get started, I guess. So tell us about your story. Well, my story, and I wrote a book, as you mentioned, Every Woman Should Know Her Options. I was 24 years old, living in Washington, D.C. I&#x27;d already been laid off twice from jobs in finance, actually. It was a pretty bad recession then in the 1990, 1990 period. Anyway, my grandmother leaves me a $1,600 inheritance. And I know it wasn&#x27;t much, but I&#x27;ll tell you, I really wanted to use that money to buy clothes and shoes like any other 24-year-old woman would want to do.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But instead, you know, I realized early on that I couldn&#x27;t count on an employer to really guarantee me financial security. And I certainly was too young to even think about getting married. And I knew I had to create my wealth on my own. So instead of spending that $1,600, I bought my first shares of stock. And it just sent me on a life path. And the short conclusion is that because of decisions I made going from there, I had built a million-dollar portfolio before I turned 40. Awesome. And the stock you bought was Starbucks, I think, correct? It was Starbucks. It was. Yep. And I did the same mistake that many beginning investors did.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I put all my eggs in one basket. Now, Starbucks ended up being a very good investment. But what I tell people starting out is you probably want to spread your money over a variety of stocks or even some exchange-traded funds or mutual funds for diversification. Yeah. Now, when we look at trading in stocks, a lot of times I&#x27;ll recommend people paper trade ahead of time, too. So you pretend you&#x27;re actually buying the stock and then see what happens. So that works with some folks. But paper trading is also the first step to procrastination, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there&#x27;s a couple of online brokerage firms that do provide a paper trading platform. And it&#x27;s really virtual trading. And as you said, Pete, you can trade anything you want. You can buy stocks, mutual funds. You can short sell.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You can try options all with fake money. But it trades like the real marketplace. So you can see over time, did your decision pay off? But actually, most people I work with, by the time they want to paper trade, they&#x27;re ready to trade real money. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s the gateway, almost. It gets people, or they procrastinate or they don&#x27;t do the right thing. Amy, I saw you looking at me. I raised my hand. Yes. I have a question. So I&#x27;ve never bought a stock or stocks before. And I&#x27;m in my 30s and single mom. And I guess my question is, how do you know what to buy? How much money should I set aside to buy my first stock or stocks? And where do I go from there?</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> I&#x27;m just, maybe there&#x27;s some other people out there listening that have never done this. Because we feel like, oh, that&#x27;s other people do that, not me. Should I take money that I&#x27;m saving that I have now and basically gamble with it and put it into stocks? I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know anything about this. So can you help me? Absolutely. So first of all, when people refer to the stock market like gambling, I cringe because... I&#x27;m sorry. No offense. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I have never spent $1 in Vegas. I&#x27;ve never played the lottery. So, you know, with the stock market, what the difference is, is that over time, we know from history that if you invest in a diversified portfolio of stocks or funds, on average, you should get an 8% return a year.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Some years, of course, like in the 2008 crash, you&#x27;re going to lose money. Some years, like last year, people made a 30% gain. But over time, the secret is, if you start young and you&#x27;re in your mid-30s, let me tell you, it&#x27;s the right way to go over time. Now, have you ever... A lot of people think they&#x27;ve never bought a stock. But many of us have worked in the past. Maybe we worked for a company that had a 401k plan, or maybe we worked at a nonprofit that had a 403b. Have you ever had a retirement plan offered to you? No, I haven&#x27;t. I&#x27;m self-employed. I&#x27;m freelance. So I don&#x27;t have anything like that set up. And I was just thinking about that today. She needs to meet with her HR department, doesn&#x27;t she? Well, she is her HR department.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> That&#x27;s right. Myself. The self-employed have a wonderful opportunity. First of all, the easy way to get started, depending on your income that you have, the number one way... There&#x27;s a few ways to get started, but you can open something called a Roth IRA or a traditional IRA. And at your age, you&#x27;re able to put your single and you&#x27;re in your 30s, you&#x27;re able to put $5,500 a year away. And if you are self-employed, you can take advantage of something called a SEP IRA, where you can shield up to 25% of your earnings also from state and federal tax. So the easy way to get started is, in your case, you might want to consider a traditional IRA or a SEP IRA, where that means $5,500 of your income every year is going to be shielded from state and federal tax.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred. And that&#x27;s the quickest and easiest way to grow your wealth. And it forces you to save. Yeah. So that&#x27;s something... But once I start that, I have to put in the $5,500 every year? No. You don&#x27;t have to. That&#x27;s the max you can until you&#x27;re 50. But you should try to because you&#x27;re best friend. Absolutely. You try. And you know what makes it easy? There&#x27;s automatic ways to do it. You can set aside, if you want to set aside, $100 a month that comes out of your checking account that just goes into the brokerage account, the IRA and the brokerage account. It&#x27;s all automated. Now, it&#x27;s very easy to do it. And even if you&#x27;re a freelancer and your income is inconsistent, well, then, you know, one month maybe you&#x27;ll put in $20.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> One month maybe you&#x27;ll put $100. The point is, Amy, you don&#x27;t have to be the best stock picker in the world if you&#x27;re continually adding small amounts of money at regular intervals. Because what happens is a concept called dollar cost averaging. When the market is low, like after the 2008 crash, in 2009, stocks were on sale. There were stocks that were trading at 30%, 40%, 50% lower than what they were the previous year. And you buy stocks at a low price. Then when the market&#x27;s high like it is now, if you&#x27;re putting in the same amount of money, you&#x27;ll buy fewer shares at a high price. And it all averages out over time. So, you see, it&#x27;s getting – I think what she needs to do, Lori, and it&#x27;s what a lot of people are afraid of doing, it&#x27;s putting that toe in the water to try something.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And what I was telling her about earlier is something called a dividend reinvestment program, the drips. I&#x27;ve been doing three different drips since high school just because I read something back then. I started real small, $100 a month out of my checking account back then. I was a paper boy, so if I didn&#x27;t do that, I probably would have blown it on candy. So, I&#x27;m glad I did that. But I did McDonald&#x27;s, Exxon, and Wisconsin Energy, and all three of them have done well. Oh, well, they&#x27;re good dividend payers. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, even if you – I tell people – I teach a class called How to Start Investing with just $5,000. And a lot of the brokerage accounts now have commission-free exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that have no loads that you can actually – I mean, even in Amy&#x27;s case, if she just doesn&#x27;t know where to start, to start with a life cycle fund where she just puts her money in a fund that&#x27;s already allocated for her.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And so, there&#x27;s really no excuse not to get started, especially when you think – in a state like California where my state and federal tax combined might be 35% or higher, if I take $100 home and I don&#x27;t put it away in a retirement fund, I&#x27;m really only taking $65 home. I may think I&#x27;m earning $100, but I&#x27;m really only earning $65 after tax, so why not put that entire $100 into the retirement account and it&#x27;s going to be compound interest and it&#x27;s going to grow over time without taxes being taken out every year. I mean, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ll say. You can&#x27;t grow wealth by leaving your money in a checking or savings account earning half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And you can&#x27;t grow your wealth by leaving your money in the mattress. The first step is the scariest, but the first step is the most important. That&#x27;s the only way you can build wealth. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, her name is Lori Itkin, and the name of the book is Every Woman Should Know Her Options, Invest Your Way to Financial Empowerment. Lori, you&#x27;ve got a lot of other great topics in the book, and I want to have you on for a longer segment in the future. Hopefully, you can come on and talk about the writing, the covered calls, the puts, and one of the chapters in your book that I really like. It&#x27;s Even Grandma&#x27;s Trade Options. So we definitely need to have you on and talk about that, okay? All right, looking forward to it. Thanks a lot. Thanks for your time today. Thank you, Lori. All right, bye-bye. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, here we are back on the show. You know, folks, it is a crazy world out there. It&#x27;s a crazy world for anybody who is trying to just make ends meet. But then we throw in another variable called investing. And you see the TV shows where people are making all this money. And you see these lifestyles of the rich and famous where people are driving around on those big old yachts. And you wonder how the heck they got there. Well, unless they inherited it, which some people did. But there&#x27;s also stories about people inheriting money and blowing it. The Vanderbilts are a good example of that. The Biltmore House. Have you ever heard of the Biltmores and all that? The Vanderbilts, when they passed away, had all sorts of children and grandchildren and left them all equal sums of money. And I think in the last studies, there were only two of them still had some of the money. And the ones that did have those two are making a whole lot of money with it. But the other ones blew it real fast.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So the secret to money is knowing how to save. And when I talk to women, women say, gosh, no one&#x27;s ever talking our language. So I wanted to get Lori Idkin on. And she basically says every woman should know her options, invest her way. Or invest your way to financial empowerment. And so we&#x27;ve got Lori on the line. Lori, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Pete. Happy to be here. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in San Diego. I was just out there two weeks ago now. Awesome place. It is. No humidity. Expensive place. Expensive state to live in. High state income tax. But I&#x27;ll tell you, it&#x27;s worth every cent. Yeah. And Lori, I want you to meet Amy Simon. Amy&#x27;s in the studio with us, too. Amy, say hi to Lori. Hey, Lori. How are you? Hi, Amy. Amy and I were talking about your appearance today before you came on.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> We were talking earlier today. And she said that she really wanted to ask you some questions. Because she&#x27;s like most of the women I talk to. Lori, she really wants to do the right thing. But she doesn&#x27;t know what to do or how to get started, I guess. So tell us about your story. Well, my story, and I wrote a book, as you mentioned, Every Woman Should Know Her Options. I was 24 years old, living in Washington, D.C. I&#x27;d already been laid off twice from jobs in finance, actually. It was a pretty bad recession then in the 1990, 1990 period. Anyway, my grandmother leaves me a $1,600 inheritance. And I know it wasn&#x27;t much, but I&#x27;ll tell you, I really wanted to use that money to buy clothes and shoes like any other 24-year-old woman would want to do.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But instead, you know, I realized early on that I couldn&#x27;t count on an employer to really guarantee me financial security. And I certainly was too young to even think about getting married. And I knew I had to create my wealth on my own. So instead of spending that $1,600, I bought my first shares of stock. And it just sent me on a life path. And the short conclusion is that because of decisions I made going from there, I had built a million-dollar portfolio before I turned 40. Awesome. And the stock you bought was Starbucks, I think, correct? It was Starbucks. It was. Yep. And I did the same mistake that many beginning investors did.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I put all my eggs in one basket. Now, Starbucks ended up being a very good investment. But what I tell people starting out is you probably want to spread your money over a variety of stocks or even some exchange-traded funds or mutual funds for diversification. Yeah. Now, when we look at trading in stocks, a lot of times I&#x27;ll recommend people paper trade ahead of time, too. So you pretend you&#x27;re actually buying the stock and then see what happens. So that works with some folks. But paper trading is also the first step to procrastination, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there&#x27;s a couple of online brokerage firms that do provide a paper trading platform. And it&#x27;s really virtual trading. And as you said, Pete, you can trade anything you want. You can buy stocks, mutual funds. You can short sell.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You can try options all with fake money. But it trades like the real marketplace. So you can see over time, did your decision pay off? But actually, most people I work with, by the time they want to paper trade, they&#x27;re ready to trade real money. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s the gateway, almost. It gets people, or they procrastinate or they don&#x27;t do the right thing. Amy, I saw you looking at me. I raised my hand. Yes. I have a question. So I&#x27;ve never bought a stock or stocks before. And I&#x27;m in my 30s and single mom. And I guess my question is, how do you know what to buy? How much money should I set aside to buy my first stock or stocks? And where do I go from there?</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> I&#x27;m just, maybe there&#x27;s some other people out there listening that have never done this. Because we feel like, oh, that&#x27;s other people do that, not me. Should I take money that I&#x27;m saving that I have now and basically gamble with it and put it into stocks? I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know anything about this. So can you help me? Absolutely. So first of all, when people refer to the stock market like gambling, I cringe because... I&#x27;m sorry. No offense. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I have never spent $1 in Vegas. I&#x27;ve never played the lottery. So, you know, with the stock market, what the difference is, is that over time, we know from history that if you invest in a diversified portfolio of stocks or funds, on average, you should get an 8% return a year.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Some years, of course, like in the 2008 crash, you&#x27;re going to lose money. Some years, like last year, people made a 30% gain. But over time, the secret is, if you start young and you&#x27;re in your mid-30s, let me tell you, it&#x27;s the right way to go over time. Now, have you ever... A lot of people think they&#x27;ve never bought a stock. But many of us have worked in the past. Maybe we worked for a company that had a 401k plan, or maybe we worked at a nonprofit that had a 403b. Have you ever had a retirement plan offered to you? No, I haven&#x27;t. I&#x27;m self-employed. I&#x27;m freelance. So I don&#x27;t have anything like that set up. And I was just thinking about that today. She needs to meet with her HR department, doesn&#x27;t she? Well, she is her HR department.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> That&#x27;s right. Myself. The self-employed have a wonderful opportunity. First of all, the easy way to get started, depending on your income that you have, the number one way... There&#x27;s a few ways to get started, but you can open something called a Roth IRA or a traditional IRA. And at your age, you&#x27;re able to put your single and you&#x27;re in your 30s, you&#x27;re able to put $5,500 a year away. And if you are self-employed, you can take advantage of something called a SEP IRA, where you can shield up to 25% of your earnings also from state and federal tax. So the easy way to get started is, in your case, you might want to consider a traditional IRA or a SEP IRA, where that means $5,500 of your income every year is going to be shielded from state and federal tax.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred. And that&#x27;s the quickest and easiest way to grow your wealth. And it forces you to save. Yeah. So that&#x27;s something... But once I start that, I have to put in the $5,500 every year? No. You don&#x27;t have to. That&#x27;s the max you can until you&#x27;re 50. But you should try to because you&#x27;re best friend. Absolutely. You try. And you know what makes it easy? There&#x27;s automatic ways to do it. You can set aside, if you want to set aside, $100 a month that comes out of your checking account that just goes into the brokerage account, the IRA and the brokerage account. It&#x27;s all automated. Now, it&#x27;s very easy to do it. And even if you&#x27;re a freelancer and your income is inconsistent, well, then, you know, one month maybe you&#x27;ll put in $20.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> One month maybe you&#x27;ll put $100. The point is, Amy, you don&#x27;t have to be the best stock picker in the world if you&#x27;re continually adding small amounts of money at regular intervals. Because what happens is a concept called dollar cost averaging. When the market is low, like after the 2008 crash, in 2009, stocks were on sale. There were stocks that were trading at 30%, 40%, 50% lower than what they were the previous year. And you buy stocks at a low price. Then when the market&#x27;s high like it is now, if you&#x27;re putting in the same amount of money, you&#x27;ll buy fewer shares at a high price. And it all averages out over time. So, you see, it&#x27;s getting – I think what she needs to do, Lori, and it&#x27;s what a lot of people are afraid of doing, it&#x27;s putting that toe in the water to try something.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And what I was telling her about earlier is something called a dividend reinvestment program, the drips. I&#x27;ve been doing three different drips since high school just because I read something back then. I started real small, $100 a month out of my checking account back then. I was a paper boy, so if I didn&#x27;t do that, I probably would have blown it on candy. So, I&#x27;m glad I did that. But I did McDonald&#x27;s, Exxon, and Wisconsin Energy, and all three of them have done well. Oh, well, they&#x27;re good dividend payers. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, even if you – I tell people – I teach a class called How to Start Investing with just $5,000. And a lot of the brokerage accounts now have commission-free exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that have no loads that you can actually – I mean, even in Amy&#x27;s case, if she just doesn&#x27;t know where to start, to start with a life cycle fund where she just puts her money in a fund that&#x27;s already allocated for her.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And so, there&#x27;s really no excuse not to get started, especially when you think – in a state like California where my state and federal tax combined might be 35% or higher, if I take $100 home and I don&#x27;t put it away in a retirement fund, I&#x27;m really only taking $65 home. I may think I&#x27;m earning $100, but I&#x27;m really only earning $65 after tax, so why not put that entire $100 into the retirement account and it&#x27;s going to be compound interest and it&#x27;s going to grow over time without taxes being taken out every year. I mean, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ll say. You can&#x27;t grow wealth by leaving your money in a checking or savings account earning half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And you can&#x27;t grow your wealth by leaving your money in the mattress. The first step is the scariest, but the first step is the most important. That&#x27;s the only way you can build wealth. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, her name is Lori Itkin, and the name of the book is Every Woman Should Know Her Options, Invest Your Way to Financial Empowerment. Lori, you&#x27;ve got a lot of other great topics in the book, and I want to have you on for a longer segment in the future. Hopefully, you can come on and talk about the writing, the covered calls, the puts, and one of the chapters in your book that I really like. It&#x27;s Even Grandma&#x27;s Trade Options. So we definitely need to have you on and talk about that, okay? All right, looking forward to it. Thanks a lot. Thanks for your time today. Thank you, Lori. All right, bye-bye. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Laurie Itkin</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Laurie Itkin, investing, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/image.jpg?t=1792072404&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurie-itkin-women-investing-and-financial-confidence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/image.jpg?t=1792072404&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>673</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10804936" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurie-itkin-women-investing-and-financial-confidence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>125</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:44" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dario Franchitti: Life Beyond IndyCar and the Art of Craftsmanship</title>
      <itunes:title>Dario Franchitti: Life Beyond IndyCar and the Art of Craftsmanship</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Three-time Indianapolis 500 champion Dario Franchitti discusses life after racing, his continuing work in IndyCar, and the Balvenie Rare Craft Collection. This conversation was recorded in August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a very special one, folks, if you&#x27;ve ever watched IndyCar racing. We&#x27;ve got Dario Franchidion, and he&#x27;s recently retired in 2013 from the IndyCar circuit, but he&#x27;s staying active in a very good charitable cause situation. Dario, welcome to the show. Good morning. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. Hope you are. Yeah, thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what you&#x27;re doing. This Balvenie collection is fascinating to me. How did you come to represent Balvenie, and tell everyone listening and watching what it is. Yeah, what happened there, I became friends with the guys from William Grant and Son, with various things that we&#x27;ve done around the U.S. over the years, with sort of the Scottish connection and everything. And, you know, when I retired at the end of last year, they came up this year and said,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> hey, we do this thing that&#x27;s a rare craft collection. We bring craftspeople from all over the U.S., and we showcase what they do. And they said, would you be interested in curating it? And I said, well, what is that? And so we talked about that, and I went up to their distillery in Dufftown and watched how they build, how they make a whiskey, how they make the single malt Balvenie. And that kind of got me sort of thinking about the whole thing, and it ties in very well with me being lucky enough to work with craftspeople my whole life, the people that built the racing cars that occasionally, unfortunately, crashed and they had to rebuild and all that sort of stuff. And so we picked out 21 very interesting artifacts that these people had handmade</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> with the most amazing attention to detail. And then you auction these off for a good charitable cause, correct? I&#x27;m not sure what the situation is there, actually. Okay. Well, I was looking at that. One of the 21 items was a $30,000 bottle of scotch, I think, right? Oh. As Tyler, my producer, said that, that&#x27;s some pretty good scotch. That&#x27;s some stunning. Wow. I need to get a wee drink of that. That&#x27;s some good stuff. Yeah. You need to let them have you some. That would be amazing. Yeah. Now, go ahead. You know, some of this whiskey takes decades to make. Yeah. It takes, you know, the process. It&#x27;s incredible. Yeah. Back when I was in college, we didn&#x27;t really care about how long it took to make. We just wanted to drink it before the football games. So, you know, as you get older, you start to appreciate the finer things.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And I like my favorite drink of choice these days is red wine. So I like real good red wine. It&#x27;s been aged. As you said, the longer you age it, a lot of times, the better it gets. Well, absolutely. And any of these things, I think if I&#x27;m made with that passion and that craftsmanship, whatever it is, whether it&#x27;s, you know, whether it&#x27;s whiskey, whether it&#x27;s, like, say, wine, any of these things, as long as people really put that passion and have that skill, you can&#x27;t go wrong. Now, how can the folks out there, how can they participate in this auction or this collection? Well, we&#x27;re coming around the U.S. We&#x27;re actually in Carmel, California. We&#x27;ve got, you know, the Historic Car Week out here this week. And we&#x27;re kicking off out here. Then we&#x27;re off to L.A., Seattle, Austin. We go to Chicago after that, I think, Boston, Washington, D.C., New York.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And then we finish up in December in Aspen, Colorado. So the collection is going to tour around and, you know, really showcase what, you know, what these amazing craftspeople do. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s pretty good. I mean, so you, I mean, to pick the finalists or the people that actually got to participate in this collection, I mean, that&#x27;s a pretty prestigious place to be, isn&#x27;t it? I hope so. You know, because we put a great deal of thought into picking 21 crafts because there were hundreds of them. And we sat for hour upon hour and we read about the stories of what each person put into what they make. And it&#x27;s really a very, very diversified collection of stuff. You know, from things like a cowboy hat made out of silver to a shuffleboard table that&#x27;s made with just incredible attention to detail.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And these stunning bagpipes, you know, just every part of the collection is really, really good fun. Now, you&#x27;re Scottish, correct? Absolutely. Yeah. Now, have you played the bagpipe? No, no. There&#x27;s nothing quite like a well-played set of bagpipes and there&#x27;s nothing quite like a bad-played set either. One is stunning and one is not. So I will leave that to the experts, I think. Folks, we&#x27;re talking, again, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Dario Franchitti. He is three-time IndyCar champion or Indianapolis 500 champion. I think you&#x27;re four-time IndyCar champion, aren&#x27;t you, Dario? Yes, sir. Yeah. Yeah. So three times he&#x27;s won the Indy 500. I was lucky enough one year to go there and it&#x27;s fascinating to see those cars in person, actually hear them in person too. Tell me about what&#x27;s happened since, I know you had the accident in 2013.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> I mean, let&#x27;s talk about the first time you won the Indianapolis 500. How did that make you feel? Yeah, it was an incredible feeling. Won it back in 2007 for the first time. And there was a certain degree of, oh my God, it finally happened. Because you come so close to winning that race. It&#x27;s such a difficult one to win. Any race is difficult to win, but Indianapolis, especially so it seems. And it finally happened and it was a feeling of almost, I think, relief as well as just elation. I couldn&#x27;t describe it. It took months for it to actually sink in. And it was the one thing I did in life going to Indianapolis. The more I did it, the more passionate I became about it. Most things you kind of, if you do the more than, you know, the more you do it, you kind of lose a bit of that spark.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> The more I went to Indianapolis and raced in the Indianapolis 500, the more it meant to me. And the more passionate I became about it. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s a fascinating race to watch. I went there, I was a guest with A.J. Foyt years ago. This was back in, I think, 1998. You remember A.J. Foyt? I see A.J. all the time. I mean, he was a big fella, too. And he was in the little car. I mean, those are little cars. I mean, you guys had to be in a lot of shape, a real good shape to ride them. And I just couldn&#x27;t picture him in the car, but he got in. A.J. was one of the all-time greats. Yeah, he sure was. Absolutely. The first four-time winner. And I love A.J. He&#x27;s a big bear. He could be so gruff sometimes, but he is the nicest guy. And, you know, as far as a driver, as I say, one of the absolute all-time greats.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Mm-hmm. And he was buddies back then. He was training a guy named Scott Sharp. And I don&#x27;t ever know what happened to Scott Sharp, but he was in the IndyCar circuit at the time for Casico. Yeah, Sharp. He&#x27;s still racing sports cars now. Real good guy. Okay. Now, let me talk about this, because I know people just think you guys get in the car and drive around the track a bunch of times and somebody wins. But there&#x27;s a lot of strategy and there&#x27;s a lot of customization to what you guys do when you race the cars, correct? Absolutely. Any sport, I think, is about the details. And, you know, the engineers and the drivers spend, you know, days just perfecting the tiniest bit in the setup. And over the – when we&#x27;re not at the track, when over the winter, they&#x27;re just developing things all the time to make the cars faster. Their strategy and when you&#x27;re going to pit, when you&#x27;re going to put tires on, it is a sport of the minutiae of the smallest bits,</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> as well as just the outright speed and the ferocity of what an IndyCar can do. Now, you stayed involved a little bit with the circuit itself. You just haven&#x27;t left racing completely, right? Oh, no, absolutely not. I&#x27;m still – I&#x27;ve now transitioned over to being an advisor for Chip Ganassi Racing and particularly the Target program there. And I work with Scott Dixon, who was my teammate, before, Tony Kanaan, who has taken over the car that I drove, and all the guys and girls that I worked with for all those years. And so I get to use all that information I kind of gained to just make sure that we&#x27;re getting the most out of everything and getting the maximum performance we can. So it&#x27;s a lot of fun still to be involved. I really, really enjoy IndyCar and enjoy still trying to win races, although not behind the wheel anymore.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> Yeah, well, it&#x27;s funny when you say that there&#x27;s so much that goes into that. And we talk about the financial world a lot, and there&#x27;s a lot of planning and technique that goes into that as well. And, you know, looking forward, I wish you all the best. And one thing I wanted to tell you before I let you go, I grew up in North Carolina, and the county I attended, the county high school, was Scotland County. So we had our logo was a bagpipe, and the guys would play those bagpipes. And Dario, I tried it one time. I ran out of air about halfway filling the bag up. That&#x27;s the trick, I believe. Folks, his name again is Dario Franchitti, three-time Indianapolis 500 champion, and working on a real good cause right now. Dario, you keep in touch with us. Thank you very much. Take care. Cheers.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Three-time Indianapolis 500 champion Dario Franchitti discusses life after racing, his continuing work in IndyCar, and the Balvenie Rare Craft Collection. This conversation was recorded in August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a very special one, folks, if you&#x27;ve ever watched IndyCar racing. We&#x27;ve got Dario Franchidion, and he&#x27;s recently retired in 2013 from the IndyCar circuit, but he&#x27;s staying active in a very good charitable cause situation. Dario, welcome to the show. Good morning. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. Hope you are. Yeah, thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what you&#x27;re doing. This Balvenie collection is fascinating to me. How did you come to represent Balvenie, and tell everyone listening and watching what it is. Yeah, what happened there, I became friends with the guys from William Grant and Son, with various things that we&#x27;ve done around the U.S. over the years, with sort of the Scottish connection and everything. And, you know, when I retired at the end of last year, they came up this year and said,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> hey, we do this thing that&#x27;s a rare craft collection. We bring craftspeople from all over the U.S., and we showcase what they do. And they said, would you be interested in curating it? And I said, well, what is that? And so we talked about that, and I went up to their distillery in Dufftown and watched how they build, how they make a whiskey, how they make the single malt Balvenie. And that kind of got me sort of thinking about the whole thing, and it ties in very well with me being lucky enough to work with craftspeople my whole life, the people that built the racing cars that occasionally, unfortunately, crashed and they had to rebuild and all that sort of stuff. And so we picked out 21 very interesting artifacts that these people had handmade</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> with the most amazing attention to detail. And then you auction these off for a good charitable cause, correct? I&#x27;m not sure what the situation is there, actually. Okay. Well, I was looking at that. One of the 21 items was a $30,000 bottle of scotch, I think, right? Oh. As Tyler, my producer, said that, that&#x27;s some pretty good scotch. That&#x27;s some stunning. Wow. I need to get a wee drink of that. That&#x27;s some good stuff. Yeah. You need to let them have you some. That would be amazing. Yeah. Now, go ahead. You know, some of this whiskey takes decades to make. Yeah. It takes, you know, the process. It&#x27;s incredible. Yeah. Back when I was in college, we didn&#x27;t really care about how long it took to make. We just wanted to drink it before the football games. So, you know, as you get older, you start to appreciate the finer things.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And I like my favorite drink of choice these days is red wine. So I like real good red wine. It&#x27;s been aged. As you said, the longer you age it, a lot of times, the better it gets. Well, absolutely. And any of these things, I think if I&#x27;m made with that passion and that craftsmanship, whatever it is, whether it&#x27;s, you know, whether it&#x27;s whiskey, whether it&#x27;s, like, say, wine, any of these things, as long as people really put that passion and have that skill, you can&#x27;t go wrong. Now, how can the folks out there, how can they participate in this auction or this collection? Well, we&#x27;re coming around the U.S. We&#x27;re actually in Carmel, California. We&#x27;ve got, you know, the Historic Car Week out here this week. And we&#x27;re kicking off out here. Then we&#x27;re off to L.A., Seattle, Austin. We go to Chicago after that, I think, Boston, Washington, D.C., New York.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And then we finish up in December in Aspen, Colorado. So the collection is going to tour around and, you know, really showcase what, you know, what these amazing craftspeople do. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s pretty good. I mean, so you, I mean, to pick the finalists or the people that actually got to participate in this collection, I mean, that&#x27;s a pretty prestigious place to be, isn&#x27;t it? I hope so. You know, because we put a great deal of thought into picking 21 crafts because there were hundreds of them. And we sat for hour upon hour and we read about the stories of what each person put into what they make. And it&#x27;s really a very, very diversified collection of stuff. You know, from things like a cowboy hat made out of silver to a shuffleboard table that&#x27;s made with just incredible attention to detail.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And these stunning bagpipes, you know, just every part of the collection is really, really good fun. Now, you&#x27;re Scottish, correct? Absolutely. Yeah. Now, have you played the bagpipe? No, no. There&#x27;s nothing quite like a well-played set of bagpipes and there&#x27;s nothing quite like a bad-played set either. One is stunning and one is not. So I will leave that to the experts, I think. Folks, we&#x27;re talking, again, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Dario Franchitti. He is three-time IndyCar champion or Indianapolis 500 champion. I think you&#x27;re four-time IndyCar champion, aren&#x27;t you, Dario? Yes, sir. Yeah. Yeah. So three times he&#x27;s won the Indy 500. I was lucky enough one year to go there and it&#x27;s fascinating to see those cars in person, actually hear them in person too. Tell me about what&#x27;s happened since, I know you had the accident in 2013.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> I mean, let&#x27;s talk about the first time you won the Indianapolis 500. How did that make you feel? Yeah, it was an incredible feeling. Won it back in 2007 for the first time. And there was a certain degree of, oh my God, it finally happened. Because you come so close to winning that race. It&#x27;s such a difficult one to win. Any race is difficult to win, but Indianapolis, especially so it seems. And it finally happened and it was a feeling of almost, I think, relief as well as just elation. I couldn&#x27;t describe it. It took months for it to actually sink in. And it was the one thing I did in life going to Indianapolis. The more I did it, the more passionate I became about it. Most things you kind of, if you do the more than, you know, the more you do it, you kind of lose a bit of that spark.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> The more I went to Indianapolis and raced in the Indianapolis 500, the more it meant to me. And the more passionate I became about it. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s a fascinating race to watch. I went there, I was a guest with A.J. Foyt years ago. This was back in, I think, 1998. You remember A.J. Foyt? I see A.J. all the time. I mean, he was a big fella, too. And he was in the little car. I mean, those are little cars. I mean, you guys had to be in a lot of shape, a real good shape to ride them. And I just couldn&#x27;t picture him in the car, but he got in. A.J. was one of the all-time greats. Yeah, he sure was. Absolutely. The first four-time winner. And I love A.J. He&#x27;s a big bear. He could be so gruff sometimes, but he is the nicest guy. And, you know, as far as a driver, as I say, one of the absolute all-time greats.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Mm-hmm. And he was buddies back then. He was training a guy named Scott Sharp. And I don&#x27;t ever know what happened to Scott Sharp, but he was in the IndyCar circuit at the time for Casico. Yeah, Sharp. He&#x27;s still racing sports cars now. Real good guy. Okay. Now, let me talk about this, because I know people just think you guys get in the car and drive around the track a bunch of times and somebody wins. But there&#x27;s a lot of strategy and there&#x27;s a lot of customization to what you guys do when you race the cars, correct? Absolutely. Any sport, I think, is about the details. And, you know, the engineers and the drivers spend, you know, days just perfecting the tiniest bit in the setup. And over the – when we&#x27;re not at the track, when over the winter, they&#x27;re just developing things all the time to make the cars faster. Their strategy and when you&#x27;re going to pit, when you&#x27;re going to put tires on, it is a sport of the minutiae of the smallest bits,</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> as well as just the outright speed and the ferocity of what an IndyCar can do. Now, you stayed involved a little bit with the circuit itself. You just haven&#x27;t left racing completely, right? Oh, no, absolutely not. I&#x27;m still – I&#x27;ve now transitioned over to being an advisor for Chip Ganassi Racing and particularly the Target program there. And I work with Scott Dixon, who was my teammate, before, Tony Kanaan, who has taken over the car that I drove, and all the guys and girls that I worked with for all those years. And so I get to use all that information I kind of gained to just make sure that we&#x27;re getting the most out of everything and getting the maximum performance we can. So it&#x27;s a lot of fun still to be involved. I really, really enjoy IndyCar and enjoy still trying to win races, although not behind the wheel anymore.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> Yeah, well, it&#x27;s funny when you say that there&#x27;s so much that goes into that. And we talk about the financial world a lot, and there&#x27;s a lot of planning and technique that goes into that as well. And, you know, looking forward, I wish you all the best. And one thing I wanted to tell you before I let you go, I grew up in North Carolina, and the county I attended, the county high school, was Scotland County. So we had our logo was a bagpipe, and the guys would play those bagpipes. And Dario, I tried it one time. I ran out of air about halfway filling the bag up. That&#x27;s the trick, I believe. Folks, his name again is Dario Franchitti, three-time Indianapolis 500 champion, and working on a real good cause right now. Dario, you keep in touch with us. Thank you very much. Take care. Cheers.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Three-time Indianapolis 500 champion Dario Franchitti discusses life after racing, his continuing work in IndyCar, and the Balvenie Rare Craft Collection. This conversation was recorded in August 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dario Franchitti</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>Life Beyond IndyCar and the Art of Craftsmanship</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dario Franchitti, sports, Life Beyond IndyCar and the Art of Craftsmanship, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e/image.jpg?t=1792073166&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dario-franchitti-life-beyond-indycar-and-the-art-of-craftsmanship/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e/image.jpg?t=1792073166&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>535</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0f250d7e-5ad0-4403-bbaf-b4e20107a34e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8591103" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dario-franchitti-life-beyond-indycar-and-the-art-of-craftsmanship</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>126</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Dario Franchitti" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:33" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Craig Lack: Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Craig Lack: Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve been paying attention at all to any news cycles or even watched TV, read the radio, anything like that, you know that we have a health care situation here in the country. And, I mean, who knows what&#x27;s going to happen in the future. We have the Obamacare, otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act situation going on. And you watch the Supreme Court battles, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s over yet. But I wanted to get an expert on the health care field today on, and his name is Craig Lack. And Craig is an author. He&#x27;s a speaker. He&#x27;s also in charge of keeping up with health care situations. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area. Craig, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me today, Coach Pete. Now, where exactly are you? You&#x27;re in Orange County, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m in San Juan Capistrano, famous for where the swallows migrate once a year to the Mission San Juan Cap.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Okay, okay. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So let&#x27;s look at this now. What do you think? I mean, what do you think, in your opinion, because you talk to a lot of health care professionals, you talk to big companies, you talk to people who have their foot on the pedal, so to speak, of the health care system. What does the future hold for our health care system here in America? Sure. That&#x27;s a great question. And if I had a crystal ball, I could tell you for sure. But what we know is four years ago, this law, the Affordable Care Act, passed, and it was about 2,800 pages. And today it&#x27;s over 28,000 pages. And it&#x27;s growing every month as they literally write the law and continue to change the law. So what we know is that the current political regime has indicated that they want to have a universal health care plan in the United States.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And they know that they can&#x27;t get there through the front door. So the Affordable Care Act is a long-term solution, a long-term solution. It&#x27;s a long-term attempt at getting to universal health care. Yeah. So working backwards, we have a $3 trillion health care system in the United States. There&#x27;s a lot of very powerful players in that market sector. For example, five of the top 15 contributors, lobbyists, are all health care related. So these guys don&#x27;t want things to change overnight. So we&#x27;re just in the second inning of a nine-inning ball game, if you will. Yeah. Well, and a lot of people don&#x27;t like to go to baseball games because they&#x27;re boring to watch sometimes. And it just happens so slow, Craig.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But unfortunately here, there doesn&#x27;t seem to be the direction that everyone&#x27;s looking for and the cost savings that were talked about that got the bill through. Most people I talk to who are trapped in the system haven&#x27;t seen any cost savings. Matter of fact, they&#x27;ve seen premium increases. Now, what&#x27;s the deal with that? You know, that&#x27;s true. What we have out there with 300 million Americans is we have 300 million markets of one. And so we&#x27;re always going to be able to have anecdotal stories about how it was wonderful for me and how the guy next door says it was horrible for me. And so the challenge that we have is we&#x27;ve got a health care system that has been built over the last 30 years where sickness creates the revenue model for all the players in the system.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So I will tell you that while absolutely from state to state, from market to market, rates are generally up. If they&#x27;re down, it&#x27;s only because if you get sick, it will cost you more money. But on the front end, the premium is lower. And so the Affordable Care Act is the beginning of an attempt to change the sicknesses, the revenue model health care system, into a model where it&#x27;s more about the patient. And we&#x27;re going to start to pay physicians based on the quality of the care they deliver instead of the volume. So it&#x27;s a big change. People are slow to want to change. And the impacts clearly are going to drive up costs, and they have already.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And now everything&#x27;s political. The law&#x27;s four years old. Everything&#x27;s politics all the time now. I&#x27;ll tell you my main worry here, and we&#x27;re already starting to see it because I&#x27;m talking to a lot of doctors who are not too excited about their job anymore, and many of them are going to retire. And then I talked to folks who had considered medical school as a way to, you know, that was going to be their career, but are changing focus now. And when you offer free health care, all right, so free health care to people who haven&#x27;t had it before, and this is what clogged the system up to begin with when we had HMO-type plans. People were going in. If they sneezed once, they&#x27;d go to the doctor. So what&#x27;s going to happen and what&#x27;s already happened is that the people who really aren&#x27;t sick, they just need reassurance that they&#x27;re fine, are clogging up the doctor&#x27;s offices and the hospitals from people who really need care.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Now, what&#x27;s the solution to that, or is there a solution at all? Well, there&#x27;s an old saying, when you rob Peter to pay Paul, you can always count on the support of Paul. Yeah. So when you&#x27;ve conditioned the consumer to believe that health care is a buffet line, you overwhelm the system. So keeping in mind the way this law is structured currently, if you play checkers, you know, you&#x27;ve got one or two moves you can plan ahead. And so the perception is, hey, the insurance companies are going to be unduly enriched these first three years because of the way the law was written and all these financial backstops that they created in order to protect them from the bad claimants that they know are going to be the guys who sign up first. And, of course, we&#x27;ve already seen that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Yeah. On the other hand, the people who want nationalized health care, they&#x27;re playing chess and they&#x27;re thinking 10 moves ahead. And they&#x27;re saying, look, we&#x27;re going to let we&#x27;re going to we&#x27;re going to take the heat for a few years. But keep in mind, you know, there&#x27;s 40 million uninsured people. And, you know, every week, depending on the news cycle, the number of enrolled members, you know, this first year was six million. It was eight million. This morning, an article came out and said it was 10 million, but it&#x27;s a plus or minus five million number. So, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s really squishy. It&#x27;s totally political. And so what we have for the chess players is let&#x27;s let&#x27;s overwhelm the system over time so that in time everyone will throw their hands up and say, OK, let&#x27;s do a Medicare. This is what they float out there today. Let&#x27;s do a Medicare for everybody program.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Well, this is that&#x27;s a classic. You know, we have people battling. Well, yeah, Craig, it&#x27;s classic Solinsky tactics right here. You overload the system till it breaks and then you convert everybody to a single payer system. You&#x27;ve heard that term before, which basically means the government pays for it. But who is the government, Craig? Let me ask you this. Who is the government? It is us, the taxpayer. So when we say, yeah, the government&#x27;s going to pay for it, well, that means your taxes are going up. And if you&#x27;re not paying taxes, you really have no right to argue as far as I&#x27;m concerned. Yeah, you probably could have some fun with man on the street interviews like some of these late night guys do and just asking people, you know, how does the government get its money? I bet you have some really creative answers from man on the street. Well, there&#x27;s no magic money tree that some people seem to think of.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> When we say the government, it&#x27;s not you haven&#x27;t personalized it. So in order to personalize it, you need to know the government is you. Anyone who pays taxes, that&#x27;s you. And if you want more people to get health care, your taxes are going to go up and your care is going to go down. The quality is there&#x27;s no other way to look at it. Now, again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Craig Lack, and he is founder and president of Employers National Expert Resource Group, and it&#x27;s called ENERGY as the acronym for it. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area to talk about health care because he is a health care expert here, and he sees a lot of the topics out there. And you deal with mainly large groups, don&#x27;t you, Craig? That&#x27;s correct. The Affordable Care Act really has multiple impacts for multiple different markets. The Affordable Care Act really focused, you know, the point of the spear, if you will, was about being able to mandate access to care for individuals.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Because here prior to the Affordable Care Act, if you had preexisting conditions, everybody knows you couldn&#x27;t get insurance coverage. So it&#x27;s kind of like, you know, the old adage about the banker, you know, they never want to give you an umbrella when it&#x27;s raining, but you can buy it during the summertime when you don&#x27;t need it. So the Affordable Care Act basically said, okay, hey, insurance companies, you have to offer health insurance to individuals. Okay, that&#x27;s the individual market. Then you had the small company market, which is basically two to 100 employees. That&#x27;s 98% of the companies in the United States. Yeah. And it changed and reformed the insurance system for those companies, and it&#x27;s been implementing that over the last three years. And just as of a couple of weeks ago, they changed the law for the company sizes with two to 50 employees and gave them another one-year extension so that it wouldn&#x27;t be effective until 1-1-16, which, of course, was a political maneuver.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> Because what was going to happen was last year we had articles about millions of people, individuals losing their policies. And you said we were going to be able to keep our policies. So this year it was going to be tens of millions of people insured under small company group medical plans who were going to lose their coverage, quote-unquote lose it. It&#x27;s semantics. And so now by deferring that a year, that won&#x27;t happen during the election cycle. So, I mean, it could just be a coincidence, but my suspicion is probably not. Well, when you say they changed the law, who is they when you talk about they changing the law? Well, the funny thing about that is it&#x27;s the White House. Yeah. And, of course, there are lawsuits pending. It&#x27;s not constitutional. About whether or not there is a legal right to do that.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But you know how those things can be dragged on and on and on. I think someone in the White House has been spending way too much time watching Game of Thrones. How about you? Nobody thinks they&#x27;re kidding. You know, honestly, if I knew what that was, I could agree completely. No, it was a show about kingdoms in the past. So, I mean, you have a checks and balances system for a reason. All these things are breaking new ground. Well, and they&#x27;re not breaking the kind of ground I want to have broken, if you ask me. I mean, and many people I talk to. I mean, that&#x27;s why we have a Constitution, a Bill of Rights, and that&#x27;s why we have checks and balances, three forms of government, three systems of government. And, unfortunately, one can&#x27;t be making the rules up, can&#x27;t change the rules. Back when I was little, there was a kid down the street, and he would always change the rules when we played the game. We stopped playing with him. He got beat up a couple times, too, Greg.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> So, you&#x27;ve got to be careful. Now, finally here, what are the challenges that you foresee here in the immediate future for physicians, consumers, hospitals, and insurance companies as far as the health care system in general? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. Let me use the metaphor of a construction job site, if you will. I think that what&#x27;s happened is the Affordable Care Act is not going to be repealed, everybody. Not going to happen. Think of it like pouring the foundation. So, the foundation has been poured. So, the things that aren&#x27;t going to go away are guaranteed issue access for individuals, unlimited lifetime maximums, coverage to age 26 for kids. These things that were fairly innocuous, that didn&#x27;t really modify, you know, tremendously the insurance system and the health care system.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those things are here to stay. Now, from here on out, because the law is four years old, it&#x27;s going to be all politics all the time now, and these very powerful players in the health care system are going to lobby to slow things down and have more of an evolutionary change. So, let&#x27;s look at the different markets. Hospitals are under tremendous pressure under this new law because, all of a sudden, the people who access their hospital, you know, the patients, they&#x27;re now going to be at risk and have more, quote-unquote, skin in the game because it&#x27;s going to cost them higher out-of-pocket expenses and higher deductibles, many of whom have never had those things before. It&#x27;s cutting the amount of reimbursement that they&#x27;re getting reimbursed through the Medi-Cal, Medicaid system, through the Medicare system, and through the commercial payer system.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> So, their margins are getting squeezed. The idea behind the Affordable Care Act is to focus on prevention. If less people are being hospitalized, the bed days are already – if a hospital was a hotel, they have an average occupancy of about 65%. So, if that starts to go down, they&#x27;re under pressure. So, I think what you&#x27;re going to see is you&#x27;re literally going to have hundreds of community hospitals in the next five years go out of business. So, the supply chain is going to shrink. Doctors, there&#x27;s about 850,000 doctors. I recently wrote an article on the doctor shortage looming. It&#x27;s going to be bigger. Half of the doctors are age 50. Yep. About 20% of them are planning on retiring in the next 10 years. At least. Because sickness was the revenue model, medical schools have been training specialists, not primary care docs.</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> And when we had 30 million people to the insured population, we need primary care docs, not specialists. Right. So, there&#x27;s a big lagging economic indicator there as to, you know, the supply chain is going to shrink and the supply of physicians isn&#x27;t growing fast enough. But, Craig, here&#x27;s the point, though. If you – okay, so now they&#x27;re going to transfer over to the medical schools training more general practitioners. So, the problem, in my opinion, is it will be harder to get a specialist now in the future, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to happen. If you divert the doctors who wanted to be specialists now to primary care, it&#x27;s going to be a lot harder to get those specialists that we need when we have those problems that require a specialist. You&#x27;re absolutely right, but I will tell you that it depends on where you live. So, there&#x27;s a report that the government puts out now that already – that shows where people live in underserved markets.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Right. And there&#x27;s a good six or eight states now that are pretty rural where they already have a hard time. Yeah. So, a lot of these issues depend on where you live. You know, if you live in Los Angeles, you have access to care like people in the middle of South Dakota don&#x27;t. Right, right. But you pay a lot of taxes, too, that they don&#x27;t pay there. Yes, we do. Well, we&#x27;re running out – we&#x27;re running against the clock here on the break. But, I mean, I really appreciate your time. I think we need to get you back on in about a year to see what&#x27;s happening here in the health care situation because it&#x27;s a fluid situation and it&#x27;s not going to go away. And, in my opinion, unfortunately, it&#x27;s not going to get any better. But, Craig, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Have a great day. Now, where can people go to find out more about what you do? To find out more about us, go to premiumreductionstrategies.com or you can just check me out online at craiglack.com.</p><p><strong>14:41</strong> All right. Well, thanks a lot. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve been paying attention at all to any news cycles or even watched TV, read the radio, anything like that, you know that we have a health care situation here in the country. And, I mean, who knows what&#x27;s going to happen in the future. We have the Obamacare, otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act situation going on. And you watch the Supreme Court battles, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s over yet. But I wanted to get an expert on the health care field today on, and his name is Craig Lack. And Craig is an author. He&#x27;s a speaker. He&#x27;s also in charge of keeping up with health care situations. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area. Craig, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me today, Coach Pete. Now, where exactly are you? You&#x27;re in Orange County, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m in San Juan Capistrano, famous for where the swallows migrate once a year to the Mission San Juan Cap.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Okay, okay. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So let&#x27;s look at this now. What do you think? I mean, what do you think, in your opinion, because you talk to a lot of health care professionals, you talk to big companies, you talk to people who have their foot on the pedal, so to speak, of the health care system. What does the future hold for our health care system here in America? Sure. That&#x27;s a great question. And if I had a crystal ball, I could tell you for sure. But what we know is four years ago, this law, the Affordable Care Act, passed, and it was about 2,800 pages. And today it&#x27;s over 28,000 pages. And it&#x27;s growing every month as they literally write the law and continue to change the law. So what we know is that the current political regime has indicated that they want to have a universal health care plan in the United States.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And they know that they can&#x27;t get there through the front door. So the Affordable Care Act is a long-term solution, a long-term solution. It&#x27;s a long-term attempt at getting to universal health care. Yeah. So working backwards, we have a $3 trillion health care system in the United States. There&#x27;s a lot of very powerful players in that market sector. For example, five of the top 15 contributors, lobbyists, are all health care related. So these guys don&#x27;t want things to change overnight. So we&#x27;re just in the second inning of a nine-inning ball game, if you will. Yeah. Well, and a lot of people don&#x27;t like to go to baseball games because they&#x27;re boring to watch sometimes. And it just happens so slow, Craig.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But unfortunately here, there doesn&#x27;t seem to be the direction that everyone&#x27;s looking for and the cost savings that were talked about that got the bill through. Most people I talk to who are trapped in the system haven&#x27;t seen any cost savings. Matter of fact, they&#x27;ve seen premium increases. Now, what&#x27;s the deal with that? You know, that&#x27;s true. What we have out there with 300 million Americans is we have 300 million markets of one. And so we&#x27;re always going to be able to have anecdotal stories about how it was wonderful for me and how the guy next door says it was horrible for me. And so the challenge that we have is we&#x27;ve got a health care system that has been built over the last 30 years where sickness creates the revenue model for all the players in the system.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So I will tell you that while absolutely from state to state, from market to market, rates are generally up. If they&#x27;re down, it&#x27;s only because if you get sick, it will cost you more money. But on the front end, the premium is lower. And so the Affordable Care Act is the beginning of an attempt to change the sicknesses, the revenue model health care system, into a model where it&#x27;s more about the patient. And we&#x27;re going to start to pay physicians based on the quality of the care they deliver instead of the volume. So it&#x27;s a big change. People are slow to want to change. And the impacts clearly are going to drive up costs, and they have already.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And now everything&#x27;s political. The law&#x27;s four years old. Everything&#x27;s politics all the time now. I&#x27;ll tell you my main worry here, and we&#x27;re already starting to see it because I&#x27;m talking to a lot of doctors who are not too excited about their job anymore, and many of them are going to retire. And then I talked to folks who had considered medical school as a way to, you know, that was going to be their career, but are changing focus now. And when you offer free health care, all right, so free health care to people who haven&#x27;t had it before, and this is what clogged the system up to begin with when we had HMO-type plans. People were going in. If they sneezed once, they&#x27;d go to the doctor. So what&#x27;s going to happen and what&#x27;s already happened is that the people who really aren&#x27;t sick, they just need reassurance that they&#x27;re fine, are clogging up the doctor&#x27;s offices and the hospitals from people who really need care.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Now, what&#x27;s the solution to that, or is there a solution at all? Well, there&#x27;s an old saying, when you rob Peter to pay Paul, you can always count on the support of Paul. Yeah. So when you&#x27;ve conditioned the consumer to believe that health care is a buffet line, you overwhelm the system. So keeping in mind the way this law is structured currently, if you play checkers, you know, you&#x27;ve got one or two moves you can plan ahead. And so the perception is, hey, the insurance companies are going to be unduly enriched these first three years because of the way the law was written and all these financial backstops that they created in order to protect them from the bad claimants that they know are going to be the guys who sign up first. And, of course, we&#x27;ve already seen that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Yeah. On the other hand, the people who want nationalized health care, they&#x27;re playing chess and they&#x27;re thinking 10 moves ahead. And they&#x27;re saying, look, we&#x27;re going to let we&#x27;re going to we&#x27;re going to take the heat for a few years. But keep in mind, you know, there&#x27;s 40 million uninsured people. And, you know, every week, depending on the news cycle, the number of enrolled members, you know, this first year was six million. It was eight million. This morning, an article came out and said it was 10 million, but it&#x27;s a plus or minus five million number. So, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s really squishy. It&#x27;s totally political. And so what we have for the chess players is let&#x27;s let&#x27;s overwhelm the system over time so that in time everyone will throw their hands up and say, OK, let&#x27;s do a Medicare. This is what they float out there today. Let&#x27;s do a Medicare for everybody program.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Well, this is that&#x27;s a classic. You know, we have people battling. Well, yeah, Craig, it&#x27;s classic Solinsky tactics right here. You overload the system till it breaks and then you convert everybody to a single payer system. You&#x27;ve heard that term before, which basically means the government pays for it. But who is the government, Craig? Let me ask you this. Who is the government? It is us, the taxpayer. So when we say, yeah, the government&#x27;s going to pay for it, well, that means your taxes are going up. And if you&#x27;re not paying taxes, you really have no right to argue as far as I&#x27;m concerned. Yeah, you probably could have some fun with man on the street interviews like some of these late night guys do and just asking people, you know, how does the government get its money? I bet you have some really creative answers from man on the street. Well, there&#x27;s no magic money tree that some people seem to think of.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> When we say the government, it&#x27;s not you haven&#x27;t personalized it. So in order to personalize it, you need to know the government is you. Anyone who pays taxes, that&#x27;s you. And if you want more people to get health care, your taxes are going to go up and your care is going to go down. The quality is there&#x27;s no other way to look at it. Now, again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Craig Lack, and he is founder and president of Employers National Expert Resource Group, and it&#x27;s called ENERGY as the acronym for it. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area to talk about health care because he is a health care expert here, and he sees a lot of the topics out there. And you deal with mainly large groups, don&#x27;t you, Craig? That&#x27;s correct. The Affordable Care Act really has multiple impacts for multiple different markets. The Affordable Care Act really focused, you know, the point of the spear, if you will, was about being able to mandate access to care for individuals.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Because here prior to the Affordable Care Act, if you had preexisting conditions, everybody knows you couldn&#x27;t get insurance coverage. So it&#x27;s kind of like, you know, the old adage about the banker, you know, they never want to give you an umbrella when it&#x27;s raining, but you can buy it during the summertime when you don&#x27;t need it. So the Affordable Care Act basically said, okay, hey, insurance companies, you have to offer health insurance to individuals. Okay, that&#x27;s the individual market. Then you had the small company market, which is basically two to 100 employees. That&#x27;s 98% of the companies in the United States. Yeah. And it changed and reformed the insurance system for those companies, and it&#x27;s been implementing that over the last three years. And just as of a couple of weeks ago, they changed the law for the company sizes with two to 50 employees and gave them another one-year extension so that it wouldn&#x27;t be effective until 1-1-16, which, of course, was a political maneuver.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> Because what was going to happen was last year we had articles about millions of people, individuals losing their policies. And you said we were going to be able to keep our policies. So this year it was going to be tens of millions of people insured under small company group medical plans who were going to lose their coverage, quote-unquote lose it. It&#x27;s semantics. And so now by deferring that a year, that won&#x27;t happen during the election cycle. So, I mean, it could just be a coincidence, but my suspicion is probably not. Well, when you say they changed the law, who is they when you talk about they changing the law? Well, the funny thing about that is it&#x27;s the White House. Yeah. And, of course, there are lawsuits pending. It&#x27;s not constitutional. About whether or not there is a legal right to do that.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But you know how those things can be dragged on and on and on. I think someone in the White House has been spending way too much time watching Game of Thrones. How about you? Nobody thinks they&#x27;re kidding. You know, honestly, if I knew what that was, I could agree completely. No, it was a show about kingdoms in the past. So, I mean, you have a checks and balances system for a reason. All these things are breaking new ground. Well, and they&#x27;re not breaking the kind of ground I want to have broken, if you ask me. I mean, and many people I talk to. I mean, that&#x27;s why we have a Constitution, a Bill of Rights, and that&#x27;s why we have checks and balances, three forms of government, three systems of government. And, unfortunately, one can&#x27;t be making the rules up, can&#x27;t change the rules. Back when I was little, there was a kid down the street, and he would always change the rules when we played the game. We stopped playing with him. He got beat up a couple times, too, Greg.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> So, you&#x27;ve got to be careful. Now, finally here, what are the challenges that you foresee here in the immediate future for physicians, consumers, hospitals, and insurance companies as far as the health care system in general? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. Let me use the metaphor of a construction job site, if you will. I think that what&#x27;s happened is the Affordable Care Act is not going to be repealed, everybody. Not going to happen. Think of it like pouring the foundation. So, the foundation has been poured. So, the things that aren&#x27;t going to go away are guaranteed issue access for individuals, unlimited lifetime maximums, coverage to age 26 for kids. These things that were fairly innocuous, that didn&#x27;t really modify, you know, tremendously the insurance system and the health care system.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those things are here to stay. Now, from here on out, because the law is four years old, it&#x27;s going to be all politics all the time now, and these very powerful players in the health care system are going to lobby to slow things down and have more of an evolutionary change. So, let&#x27;s look at the different markets. Hospitals are under tremendous pressure under this new law because, all of a sudden, the people who access their hospital, you know, the patients, they&#x27;re now going to be at risk and have more, quote-unquote, skin in the game because it&#x27;s going to cost them higher out-of-pocket expenses and higher deductibles, many of whom have never had those things before. It&#x27;s cutting the amount of reimbursement that they&#x27;re getting reimbursed through the Medi-Cal, Medicaid system, through the Medicare system, and through the commercial payer system.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> So, their margins are getting squeezed. The idea behind the Affordable Care Act is to focus on prevention. If less people are being hospitalized, the bed days are already – if a hospital was a hotel, they have an average occupancy of about 65%. So, if that starts to go down, they&#x27;re under pressure. So, I think what you&#x27;re going to see is you&#x27;re literally going to have hundreds of community hospitals in the next five years go out of business. So, the supply chain is going to shrink. Doctors, there&#x27;s about 850,000 doctors. I recently wrote an article on the doctor shortage looming. It&#x27;s going to be bigger. Half of the doctors are age 50. Yep. About 20% of them are planning on retiring in the next 10 years. At least. Because sickness was the revenue model, medical schools have been training specialists, not primary care docs.</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> And when we had 30 million people to the insured population, we need primary care docs, not specialists. Right. So, there&#x27;s a big lagging economic indicator there as to, you know, the supply chain is going to shrink and the supply of physicians isn&#x27;t growing fast enough. But, Craig, here&#x27;s the point, though. If you – okay, so now they&#x27;re going to transfer over to the medical schools training more general practitioners. So, the problem, in my opinion, is it will be harder to get a specialist now in the future, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to happen. If you divert the doctors who wanted to be specialists now to primary care, it&#x27;s going to be a lot harder to get those specialists that we need when we have those problems that require a specialist. You&#x27;re absolutely right, but I will tell you that it depends on where you live. So, there&#x27;s a report that the government puts out now that already – that shows where people live in underserved markets.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Right. And there&#x27;s a good six or eight states now that are pretty rural where they already have a hard time. Yeah. So, a lot of these issues depend on where you live. You know, if you live in Los Angeles, you have access to care like people in the middle of South Dakota don&#x27;t. Right, right. But you pay a lot of taxes, too, that they don&#x27;t pay there. Yes, we do. Well, we&#x27;re running out – we&#x27;re running against the clock here on the break. But, I mean, I really appreciate your time. I think we need to get you back on in about a year to see what&#x27;s happening here in the health care situation because it&#x27;s a fluid situation and it&#x27;s not going to go away. And, in my opinion, unfortunately, it&#x27;s not going to get any better. But, Craig, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Have a great day. Now, where can people go to find out more about what you do? To find out more about us, go to premiumreductionstrategies.com or you can just check me out online at craiglack.com.</p><p><strong>14:41</strong> All right. Well, thanks a lot. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Craig Lack</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Craig Lack, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/image.jpg?t=1792072414&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/craig-lack-healthcare-costs-and-business-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/image.jpg?t=1792072414&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19</guid>
      <omny:clipId>74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>884</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14182540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/craig-lack-healthcare-costs-and-business-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>127</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:06" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Russak: Teaching Kids to Save and Invest</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Russak: Teaching Kids to Save and Invest</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week&#x27;s guest, I mean folks, let&#x27;s face it, we all have kids or grandkids or know someone who does. And, you know, these days the kids are all about the new toys, the new gimmicks, the new gizmos, the new clothes. I mean, everything about spending money and not much about saving money. And we&#x27;ve got Kevin Rusak. He&#x27;s the author of a book called Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. And he&#x27;s joining us from Florida. Kevin, welcome in. Hello, how are you today? Good. Now you have a rather unique story. You are not a financial advisor. You&#x27;re a real-life experience type advisor. So tell the folks your qualifications in writing this book. Well, when I was – my dad&#x27;s 40 years older than me, so he&#x27;s actually 91 years old and I&#x27;m 50 years old.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I was 11 years old – my dad retired when he was 50. And when I was 11 years old, he would be reading his Wall Street Journal. And then after he got done – because it was only one section at that time – I would read it. And people in school thought I was a nerd for reading the Wall Street Journal. But my dad at that time was teaching me, you know, you need to put a little bit of money away so you could retire someday. But when I turned 45, my mom passed away. And then we found out my dad had Alzheimer&#x27;s. So all of a sudden I got thrown into now being his caregiver. So I really had to quit work. But it&#x27;s a good thing I saved money, invested money when I was younger because I was able to go right into being a caregiver for my father and taking care of him.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And he has enough income coming in on his investments to be able to live very comfortably in retirement too. He doesn&#x27;t have – his Social Security check is only $1,300 a month and his pension is $111. So that doesn&#x27;t even – his electric bill on his house costs $600 a month. So that doesn&#x27;t even – he couldn&#x27;t live on those things. Yeah, you say it&#x27;s never too early to start and never too late to start saving and teaching family members the same thing about how to save money, correct? Correct. If you start at a younger age, you know, if you put $100 away a month for 40 years, you will probably have about $1 million saved up and invested. You know, if you have a 50-year time frame, you can put less money away to $1 million.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And if you&#x27;ve got – if you&#x27;re like me now, if you&#x27;re 50 years old and you want to retire at 65 and you haven&#x27;t started saving, you&#x27;re going to have to put a lot more money away. But it&#x27;s best if you can do it at a young age. But if you can&#x27;t, just starting and doing something is the most important thing. Yeah, and I noticed in your book, I think it&#x27;s Chapter 4 or 5, you talk about dividend reinvestment programs. And I&#x27;ve had one of those, or I&#x27;ve had a couple of them since high school. Explain to the listener how powerful the dividend reinvestment program is, not only to start saving money and building up a pretty good amount of income in the future for retirement, but also to teach your children about the power of saving to begin with in the stock market. Pick this stock, McDonald&#x27;s. You know, everyone knows McDonald&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I&#x27;ve got it. It&#x27;s been around for a long time. And if you have that in a dividend reinvestment plan, it seems like McDonald&#x27;s every year raises their dividend a few cents. So that means to buy more – if you have a DRIP account, which is a dividend reinvestment plan, you&#x27;re buying more shares every time they pay a dividend. Because right now you don&#x27;t really need the income from that dividend, so you just buy more shares. And when you do get ready to retire, you&#x27;re going to have a lot of shares. And then at that time, it&#x27;s going to be still paying a dividend that you can live off of. And every year you&#x27;re going to get an increase in the dividend. So that&#x27;s the kind of company you would want as long as they look like they&#x27;re going to still be in business, and which McDonald&#x27;s does.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, right now there&#x27;s financial problems. Let me tell you about McDonald&#x27;s. I mean, I&#x27;ve had it since high school. I&#x27;ve started with – I think it was you had to have one share of stock back then. So you had to go to a broker. And back then, brokers would charge you a fortune to buy one share of stock. Now you can do it electronically with all these electronic trading platforms. But we&#x27;re talking here 1985 or 86, right around there. I mean, I don&#x27;t even know if we had an Apple II yet, you know, or Comrex, whatever that&#x27;s called. It was a Commodore 65. It was a Commodore 65. We didn&#x27;t even have that. But what we did, what I did is I bought one share. Then I started the dividend reinvestment program at about $100 a month, and I&#x27;ve increased it a little bit. I think I&#x27;m doing $200 a month now. But I am mad at McDonald&#x27;s because they succumb to the paperless age. Because I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve done McDonald&#x27;s or not, but if you remember, you used to get the annual report sent to you.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was a big old booklet. But I always would know to thumb through because inside that booklet, the stock report for the year, somewhere hidden in there was a coupon for a free sandwich at McDonald&#x27;s. And since they&#x27;ve gone electronic, they&#x27;ve taken the free sandwich away, and I don&#x27;t like that. Yep, that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s going electronic. Disney used to give you a free Disney pass to go to Disney World. Oh, that&#x27;s a nice one. But that&#x27;s gone away, too. But, you know, everything&#x27;s pretty much electronically. Unless you&#x27;re like my father, you know, he has a regular old-line stockbroker, and he still gets everything coming in the mail. And he won&#x27;t even let me switch it over to electronic. And he doesn&#x27;t even read any of it. Yeah, yeah. So, I mean, it&#x27;s kind of tough.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s a good start. And I always say if you have children, they eat breakfast cereal or whatever, or Pop-Tarts or whatever. Get them some shares or get them a dividend reinvestment program at Kellogg&#x27;s so they can get excited about saving money and see the power of the growth instead of spending it on all these things that end up at yard sales. What do you think about that, Kevin? I had two kids, two of my own kids, and I had a stepson. And when I set them up with their dividend reinvestment plans, my stepson had Charles Schwab. And I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for technology? My daughter, she liked Johnson &amp; Johnson. I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for Band-Aids? And at the time, Bush Gardens was not owned by Embev, but it was a regular company.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I made a comment about Bush Gardens in Tampa, Florida, since we didn&#x27;t live far from there at the time, to my son. And so that&#x27;s what I brought for them. And they watched them go up over time in price. And my son&#x27;s stock ended up ultimately getting taken over with Embev. But they had it set up as a dividend reinvestment plan. And that&#x27;s how I&#x27;ve gotten them started. When my son was in the Navy, he signed up for some of his money being taken out of his pay to go into mutual funds. And my daughter at her workplace has got a 401K. Now, I talk about paying yourself first a lot on the show. And explain to folks what that means, because I don&#x27;t think people understand the power of taking money off the top and giving it to yourself.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Yeah. Before you pay any of your bills or anything, what I would recommend is you pay yourself first. And I would recommend paying yourself 10% of your income. And, you know, because the compounding effect is just going to go tremendously. But most people, what they do is they&#x27;ll go and pay their bills, you know, go out and pay for their food. They&#x27;re going to go grocery shopping, go out to eat. And then what&#x27;s left is they&#x27;re going to sit there and say, oh, this is what&#x27;s left and I&#x27;ll save that. But if you pay yourself first and set it up as a regular payment, you know, like you would a credit card or a car payment or a house payment, you aren&#x27;t going to miss it. Yeah. Yeah. And you say, what about using your computer?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You have a chapter in your book. Again, the book is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Children to Invest or Your Kids to Invest. You talk about using your computer. How do you use your computer to teach the children? Well, you can get on Yahoo Finance or AOL Finance or Microsoft Finance. And there&#x27;s other finance things out there. But these are just, you know, tools that everyone is very simple. And Google is the same way. And you can get in the finance section and just read different articles on financial things. You can research stocks this way to figure out what you would like to buy and sell. And you can also get the annual reports of the company, the quarterly reports. You know, there&#x27;s so much information you can get, you know, going online.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> But some people don&#x27;t have the time to do it. So that&#x27;s why I would say you can just do a little research. You know, it would be like years ago you could have read the financial section of the local newspaper and learned something. Now you just read the financial section of one of these websites and learn. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s very important. Now the 4% rule is the final thing I want to talk about. Explain to the listener what the 4% rule is and how important it is to make sure they don&#x27;t run out of money in retirement. Well, back in the 70s, some financial planning guy came up with living off 4%. Well, I&#x27;m taking a look at just my father. He&#x27;s got a sister, my aunt, who&#x27;s 96. And he&#x27;s got a brother who&#x27;s 89. His sister is now, she is out of savings because, you know, she&#x27;s lived to be 96.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Back then we weren&#x27;t thinking of people living that long. And now we don&#x27;t know how long people are living because of the medical technology of keeping them alive. But if you&#x27;re getting a dividend with some of the MLPs and REITs and closed-end funds, you could get 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%. So you can live off 4%, but you don&#x27;t want to touch your principal unless there&#x27;s an emergency situation. You know, if your car goes bad and you&#x27;ve got to go out and get a new car because you&#x27;ve had the last one for 20 years or the roof on your house that&#x27;s 30 years old needs to be replaced, that would be maybe the only time to ever touch principal. But I would not, you know, highly recommend it.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> You know, like my dad, he&#x27;s going to need a new roof on his house. And because interest rates are so low right now, we&#x27;re going to actually go out and take a mortgage out on the house to, you know, pay for the new roof. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And, folks, again, this book is 27 chapters. Its title is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. His name is Kevin Rusak. Kevin, thanks for joining us today. Thank you. You have a great weekend. You too. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week&#x27;s guest, I mean folks, let&#x27;s face it, we all have kids or grandkids or know someone who does. And, you know, these days the kids are all about the new toys, the new gimmicks, the new gizmos, the new clothes. I mean, everything about spending money and not much about saving money. And we&#x27;ve got Kevin Rusak. He&#x27;s the author of a book called Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. And he&#x27;s joining us from Florida. Kevin, welcome in. Hello, how are you today? Good. Now you have a rather unique story. You are not a financial advisor. You&#x27;re a real-life experience type advisor. So tell the folks your qualifications in writing this book. Well, when I was – my dad&#x27;s 40 years older than me, so he&#x27;s actually 91 years old and I&#x27;m 50 years old.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I was 11 years old – my dad retired when he was 50. And when I was 11 years old, he would be reading his Wall Street Journal. And then after he got done – because it was only one section at that time – I would read it. And people in school thought I was a nerd for reading the Wall Street Journal. But my dad at that time was teaching me, you know, you need to put a little bit of money away so you could retire someday. But when I turned 45, my mom passed away. And then we found out my dad had Alzheimer&#x27;s. So all of a sudden I got thrown into now being his caregiver. So I really had to quit work. But it&#x27;s a good thing I saved money, invested money when I was younger because I was able to go right into being a caregiver for my father and taking care of him.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And he has enough income coming in on his investments to be able to live very comfortably in retirement too. He doesn&#x27;t have – his Social Security check is only $1,300 a month and his pension is $111. So that doesn&#x27;t even – his electric bill on his house costs $600 a month. So that doesn&#x27;t even – he couldn&#x27;t live on those things. Yeah, you say it&#x27;s never too early to start and never too late to start saving and teaching family members the same thing about how to save money, correct? Correct. If you start at a younger age, you know, if you put $100 away a month for 40 years, you will probably have about $1 million saved up and invested. You know, if you have a 50-year time frame, you can put less money away to $1 million.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And if you&#x27;ve got – if you&#x27;re like me now, if you&#x27;re 50 years old and you want to retire at 65 and you haven&#x27;t started saving, you&#x27;re going to have to put a lot more money away. But it&#x27;s best if you can do it at a young age. But if you can&#x27;t, just starting and doing something is the most important thing. Yeah, and I noticed in your book, I think it&#x27;s Chapter 4 or 5, you talk about dividend reinvestment programs. And I&#x27;ve had one of those, or I&#x27;ve had a couple of them since high school. Explain to the listener how powerful the dividend reinvestment program is, not only to start saving money and building up a pretty good amount of income in the future for retirement, but also to teach your children about the power of saving to begin with in the stock market. Pick this stock, McDonald&#x27;s. You know, everyone knows McDonald&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I&#x27;ve got it. It&#x27;s been around for a long time. And if you have that in a dividend reinvestment plan, it seems like McDonald&#x27;s every year raises their dividend a few cents. So that means to buy more – if you have a DRIP account, which is a dividend reinvestment plan, you&#x27;re buying more shares every time they pay a dividend. Because right now you don&#x27;t really need the income from that dividend, so you just buy more shares. And when you do get ready to retire, you&#x27;re going to have a lot of shares. And then at that time, it&#x27;s going to be still paying a dividend that you can live off of. And every year you&#x27;re going to get an increase in the dividend. So that&#x27;s the kind of company you would want as long as they look like they&#x27;re going to still be in business, and which McDonald&#x27;s does.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, right now there&#x27;s financial problems. Let me tell you about McDonald&#x27;s. I mean, I&#x27;ve had it since high school. I&#x27;ve started with – I think it was you had to have one share of stock back then. So you had to go to a broker. And back then, brokers would charge you a fortune to buy one share of stock. Now you can do it electronically with all these electronic trading platforms. But we&#x27;re talking here 1985 or 86, right around there. I mean, I don&#x27;t even know if we had an Apple II yet, you know, or Comrex, whatever that&#x27;s called. It was a Commodore 65. It was a Commodore 65. We didn&#x27;t even have that. But what we did, what I did is I bought one share. Then I started the dividend reinvestment program at about $100 a month, and I&#x27;ve increased it a little bit. I think I&#x27;m doing $200 a month now. But I am mad at McDonald&#x27;s because they succumb to the paperless age. Because I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve done McDonald&#x27;s or not, but if you remember, you used to get the annual report sent to you.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was a big old booklet. But I always would know to thumb through because inside that booklet, the stock report for the year, somewhere hidden in there was a coupon for a free sandwich at McDonald&#x27;s. And since they&#x27;ve gone electronic, they&#x27;ve taken the free sandwich away, and I don&#x27;t like that. Yep, that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s going electronic. Disney used to give you a free Disney pass to go to Disney World. Oh, that&#x27;s a nice one. But that&#x27;s gone away, too. But, you know, everything&#x27;s pretty much electronically. Unless you&#x27;re like my father, you know, he has a regular old-line stockbroker, and he still gets everything coming in the mail. And he won&#x27;t even let me switch it over to electronic. And he doesn&#x27;t even read any of it. Yeah, yeah. So, I mean, it&#x27;s kind of tough.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s a good start. And I always say if you have children, they eat breakfast cereal or whatever, or Pop-Tarts or whatever. Get them some shares or get them a dividend reinvestment program at Kellogg&#x27;s so they can get excited about saving money and see the power of the growth instead of spending it on all these things that end up at yard sales. What do you think about that, Kevin? I had two kids, two of my own kids, and I had a stepson. And when I set them up with their dividend reinvestment plans, my stepson had Charles Schwab. And I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for technology? My daughter, she liked Johnson &amp; Johnson. I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for Band-Aids? And at the time, Bush Gardens was not owned by Embev, but it was a regular company.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I made a comment about Bush Gardens in Tampa, Florida, since we didn&#x27;t live far from there at the time, to my son. And so that&#x27;s what I brought for them. And they watched them go up over time in price. And my son&#x27;s stock ended up ultimately getting taken over with Embev. But they had it set up as a dividend reinvestment plan. And that&#x27;s how I&#x27;ve gotten them started. When my son was in the Navy, he signed up for some of his money being taken out of his pay to go into mutual funds. And my daughter at her workplace has got a 401K. Now, I talk about paying yourself first a lot on the show. And explain to folks what that means, because I don&#x27;t think people understand the power of taking money off the top and giving it to yourself.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Yeah. Before you pay any of your bills or anything, what I would recommend is you pay yourself first. And I would recommend paying yourself 10% of your income. And, you know, because the compounding effect is just going to go tremendously. But most people, what they do is they&#x27;ll go and pay their bills, you know, go out and pay for their food. They&#x27;re going to go grocery shopping, go out to eat. And then what&#x27;s left is they&#x27;re going to sit there and say, oh, this is what&#x27;s left and I&#x27;ll save that. But if you pay yourself first and set it up as a regular payment, you know, like you would a credit card or a car payment or a house payment, you aren&#x27;t going to miss it. Yeah. Yeah. And you say, what about using your computer?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You have a chapter in your book. Again, the book is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Children to Invest or Your Kids to Invest. You talk about using your computer. How do you use your computer to teach the children? Well, you can get on Yahoo Finance or AOL Finance or Microsoft Finance. And there&#x27;s other finance things out there. But these are just, you know, tools that everyone is very simple. And Google is the same way. And you can get in the finance section and just read different articles on financial things. You can research stocks this way to figure out what you would like to buy and sell. And you can also get the annual reports of the company, the quarterly reports. You know, there&#x27;s so much information you can get, you know, going online.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> But some people don&#x27;t have the time to do it. So that&#x27;s why I would say you can just do a little research. You know, it would be like years ago you could have read the financial section of the local newspaper and learned something. Now you just read the financial section of one of these websites and learn. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s very important. Now the 4% rule is the final thing I want to talk about. Explain to the listener what the 4% rule is and how important it is to make sure they don&#x27;t run out of money in retirement. Well, back in the 70s, some financial planning guy came up with living off 4%. Well, I&#x27;m taking a look at just my father. He&#x27;s got a sister, my aunt, who&#x27;s 96. And he&#x27;s got a brother who&#x27;s 89. His sister is now, she is out of savings because, you know, she&#x27;s lived to be 96.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Back then we weren&#x27;t thinking of people living that long. And now we don&#x27;t know how long people are living because of the medical technology of keeping them alive. But if you&#x27;re getting a dividend with some of the MLPs and REITs and closed-end funds, you could get 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%. So you can live off 4%, but you don&#x27;t want to touch your principal unless there&#x27;s an emergency situation. You know, if your car goes bad and you&#x27;ve got to go out and get a new car because you&#x27;ve had the last one for 20 years or the roof on your house that&#x27;s 30 years old needs to be replaced, that would be maybe the only time to ever touch principal. But I would not, you know, highly recommend it.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> You know, like my dad, he&#x27;s going to need a new roof on his house. And because interest rates are so low right now, we&#x27;re going to actually go out and take a mortgage out on the house to, you know, pay for the new roof. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And, folks, again, this book is 27 chapters. Its title is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. His name is Kevin Rusak. Kevin, thanks for joining us today. Thank you. You have a great weekend. You too. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Russak</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Russak, retirement planning, tax planning, investing, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/image.jpg?t=1792071363&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-russak-teaching-kids-to-save-and-invest-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/image.jpg?t=1792071363&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10465091" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-russak-teaching-kids-to-save-and-invest-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>128</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Teaching Kids to Save and Invest" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Helene Naftali: Own Your Zone</title>
      <itunes:title>Helene Naftali: Own Your Zone</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Helene Naftali joins Coach Pete to discuss Own Your Zone: What Students Need to Succeed From School to Career. This July 2014 interview explores education, career preparation, and helping students move toward the future they want.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a very special one, folks. I mean, everyone out there knows somebody who has gone to college or is in college, applying to college, or may go to college someday. You probably went there yourself. The name of the book is Own Your Zone, What Students Need to Succeed from School to Career. And joining us from the New York, New Jersey area is Helene Naftali. And this is a great book. And welcome in, Helene. Well, thank you so much. We wrote this book. I&#x27;m a mom of a college-age student myself, but also the psychotherapist and financial planner. I was seeing so many kids with so much debt, and even some older folks, you know, older meaning 30s, that were still paying off debt. But because the college costs have risen in the past decade so drastically,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> a lot of folks haven&#x27;t been prepared. You know, don&#x27;t forget we had a recession as well. But, I mean, right now the average debt, and when you take a look at this, 70% of kids have $30,000 or more of debt. And then you take it to the national level, and you look at what it&#x27;s doing to the country. $1.2 trillion is the national debt. So it&#x27;s not just hurting individuals. It&#x27;s going to be hurting the country if these kids default on these loans. Yeah. Now, I&#x27;ve seen people come in. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen parents come in. I&#x27;ve seen grandparents come in. They&#x27;re trying to help their children or grandchildren pay off the debt they have, and the amount that&#x27;s owed per month is more than a house payment for many people, and that means they can&#x27;t afford a house and paying the debt off at the same time when they get out of college.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> What would you say a good solution to this is? Well, there&#x27;s a couple different things. But to that point, for the first time in our country&#x27;s history, the number two debt in this country is college loans, mortgages, of course, being number one, but college loans are second. Our solution is a pretty simple one. Our solution is basically for students, you know, young 18-, 19-year-olds, you&#x27;re making this huge investment. You know, some kids are going to school, and the yearly tuition is $50,000. Multiply that by four. That&#x27;s $200,000. Well, you want to protect that investment. And so a lot of kids and families, they make all these trips to go see the school, and they find out that they have wonderful meal plans, and they look at the dorms,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> but they forget to look at themselves. And that&#x27;s really the problem. They forget to take a good look inward and say, hey, what do I want to do? What really makes me excited? What&#x27;s my real gift in this world? What&#x27;s my unique lens in the way I see the world? And what can I give back to the world? And so many kids, and I&#x27;ll use my girlfriend&#x27;s daughter as an example, she went to school, bright kid, good kid, goes to school, and wants to be a marine biologist. Well, she forgot that she wasn&#x27;t very good in biology. But if she had taken a good look at herself, she would have known that more. What happened within this young girl&#x27;s career is that she had to repeat the first year.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So she lost that whole year. Guess how much more that cost her family in college loans, another $30,000. Yeah, because each year you delay, or each year you add on, the tuition goes up every year. So it&#x27;s not just one more year. It&#x27;s one more year plus the inflation of college added to that, correct? Absolutely. And that&#x27;s what a lot of kids are doing. They&#x27;re going to school with not a lot of clarity. And so they&#x27;re switching majors. They don&#x27;t know what they want to do. And it&#x27;s an interesting trend here in the U.S. right now. A lot of families are now, you know, community colleges are now very crowded because kids are opting to go there for the first two years, get their, you know, English and the majors that you have to do and things like that, and then go figure out what you want to do with your careers, you know, what you want to major in.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> But it&#x27;s an interesting trend that we&#x27;re seeing kind of a shift in the way kids go to college. Well, Major League Baseball is a good example of this. They have three farm systems. They have A, AA, and AAA, and then they get to major leagues. And in those farm systems, they develop the skills so that when they get to the major leagues, they hit the ground running a lot of times. And I think that somewhere it got lost in translation, and people just decided that everyone needs to go to college, and not everyone needs to go to college right away to begin with, and not everyone needs to go to a four-year school to begin with. And one of the things that I&#x27;ve seen is people who do go to community college for the first couple years and get those core classes out of the way, number one, they learn how to study for college, and number two, many times on the transcript to the university,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> the grades don&#x27;t come with them but the proof of the class does, so they don&#x27;t drag their GPA down trying to get rid of some of the core classes they&#x27;re really not interested in. Yeah, no, absolutely. And it&#x27;s an individual choice, of course, what you decide to do. But, you know, I mean, we&#x27;d all like to say we can go to Harvard and Yale. But, you know, sometimes you go to a community college, and you have a kid that&#x27;s juggling maybe a job or two, and commuting and studying, and they&#x27;re sometimes the hardest working kids I&#x27;ve dealt with. But, you know, I mean, still you don&#x27;t ever want to, I hate to say, lose out on that great college experience. And I&#x27;m a, you know, true believer in education, and so, you know, I really would like to see every kid go. But, you know, feasibly and financially, it&#x27;s the American dream to go to college is not what it used to be.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And that&#x27;s all shifted in the last 10 years. So we actually, you know, besides the book, we also have an online course, the Career Discovery Academy, where kids can do kind of like do the same thing that we, the exercises in the book, but they do it online. There&#x27;s three 15-minute sessions with myself where we coach you through it, and it makes them more countable. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of self-help books out on the bookshelves. We try and say that we&#x27;re making you accountable to finding out who you are, you know, and we have a number of exercises, you know, including interviewing, you know, five people, a simple exercise, interviewing five people to see how they view you, you know, how do they, what talents do they think you bring to the table?</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> But, you know, if you don&#x27;t ask these questions and you don&#x27;t incorporate it into your passions and your beliefs and the values that you carry, you might not pick the right major in college. Well, that&#x27;s interesting, too, because my wife had a family member way back, this was like 10 years ago now, who thought they wanted to buy and open a coffee shop. They wanted to, you know, they look good on TV. They always make the coffee shops look fun on TV. But somebody in my wife&#x27;s family advised this person to go get a job at the coffee shop before they bought a coffee shop. And after a month, they decided they were glad they never bought a coffee shop at that job. So, you know, what you say is you get in the shoes and see. And myself, when I was younger, I wanted to be a fireman and policeman. Then I went to school. My dad wanted me to be a scientist. And I ended up being a financial advisor and financial coach.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So it&#x27;s funny how things change. And what college did for me, because I had to work jobs when I was in school, it helped me manage a schedule. And I thought I was managing my schedule better than the classmates I had who did not have jobs. They seemed to be lazier because they didn&#x27;t really have anything to do. And I would get my work done more than them, and I was working all the time. So it&#x27;s kind of amazing how different people respond differently to the situations, correct? Yeah, no, that&#x27;s exactly my point when I was talking about the kids going to community colleges. Sometimes these kids are managing more, just to your point. They&#x27;re managing not only a job or two, but commuting and going to class and trying to figure all that out. So, yeah, absolutely. Some of them are the hardest-working kids in show business, if you will.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> They&#x27;re just really, really committed to getting an education, and I think that&#x27;s really commendable. Now, I&#x27;ve got a disclaimer to make. When I was in college, my first year at University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, the tuition, now for a semester, tuition was $148. Of course, that did not include room and board and student activity fees, but tuition was only $148. That same tuition now is over— Well, you don&#x27;t sound that old now. That&#x27;s pretty funny, isn&#x27;t it? But, I mean, it&#x27;s just funny how that—well, gosh, the inflation on the tuition. And so let&#x27;s talk about this. Is the fact that tuition&#x27;s going up, is it a direct relationship to so many people going to school or going to college and so many different government organizations kicking some money in so colleges know they can keep raising their prices? Great question.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Actually, the government has scaled back on some of the money that colleges were getting. That&#x27;s one problem. Two, some of the salaries at these higher-end institutions, the salaries for the presidents and some of these other folks, have gone up drastically, if you really take a good look at that. And number three, a lot of the colleges, in an effort to lure students in and recruit students, started to create upscale dining halls, for example, and really more upscale dorms. So that kids wanted to come there, and that was a draw. Well, that all cost money. And that money was rolled into some of these tuition hikes. Interestingly enough, Purdue University was one of the only colleges across the country not to raise their prices.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And there&#x27;s a lot of interesting reading as to why the colleges started to do this. But I think they kind of got tapped on the shoulder and called out on this. And so the idea is, and from the many educators that I&#x27;ve spoken to, that the college costs will not be increasing anymore because families just simply can&#x27;t afford it. And with the shift into community colleges and the weights now at community colleges, a lot of schools are starting to say, hey, you know what, that was way too drastic a leap in just 10 years. Yeah. Are you familiar with High Point University in North Carolina? It&#x27;s a private college? Yeah. It&#x27;s Dr. Nito Cubane has turned that. I mean, that&#x27;s one example of a school that it&#x27;s a one-size-fits-all. They charge you one bill, but it includes everything.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> They have a movie theater. They have bowling alleys, arcades. They even have a high-class steakhouse on campus that each student is allowed to eat at one time a week, and it teaches them how to have a business meeting. No cell phones are allowed in there, so they have to communicate and have conversation. But it&#x27;s like $40,000 a year for tuition, and they have a waiting list where only about 10% of the people who apply get in. So it&#x27;s funny how the supply and demand curve is shattered in different places, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, that&#x27;s interesting. I&#x27;m going to have to check that out. I&#x27;ve heard of the university, but I was not aware of that program. But I think that&#x27;s a great idea of how kids go into the dining hall and have to shut their phones off. And, you know, you kind of said something about the cell phones.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> I think that&#x27;s kind of an interesting point also in the past 10 years. A lot of kids are more inward, obviously, with all the, you know, electronic devices. You&#x27;re on your computer. You&#x27;re on your cell phone. They&#x27;re not taking the time to learn who they are. So there&#x27;s a little bit of a shift there, and I think that&#x27;s another component of why so many kids are shifting gears and not knowing what to do. They&#x27;re maybe a little lost and kind of floundering out there. Well, give our listeners your website there where they can take that career evaluation or learn about themselves again. It&#x27;s onetruezone.com, and it&#x27;s got everything about the online academy, the book, and just information for parents and students.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> And the book is Own Your Zone, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon or ownyourzone.com. Again, her name was Helene Naftali, and she&#x27;s joined us from New York, New Jersey. Thanks for your time today and hope to have you on again in the future when you do some more research on this too. Well, thank you, Coach. Thanks for your time, and thanks for having me on as a guest.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Helene Naftali joins Coach Pete to discuss Own Your Zone: What Students Need to Succeed From School to Career. This July 2014 interview explores education, career preparation, and helping students move toward the future they want.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a very special one, folks. I mean, everyone out there knows somebody who has gone to college or is in college, applying to college, or may go to college someday. You probably went there yourself. The name of the book is Own Your Zone, What Students Need to Succeed from School to Career. And joining us from the New York, New Jersey area is Helene Naftali. And this is a great book. And welcome in, Helene. Well, thank you so much. We wrote this book. I&#x27;m a mom of a college-age student myself, but also the psychotherapist and financial planner. I was seeing so many kids with so much debt, and even some older folks, you know, older meaning 30s, that were still paying off debt. But because the college costs have risen in the past decade so drastically,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> a lot of folks haven&#x27;t been prepared. You know, don&#x27;t forget we had a recession as well. But, I mean, right now the average debt, and when you take a look at this, 70% of kids have $30,000 or more of debt. And then you take it to the national level, and you look at what it&#x27;s doing to the country. $1.2 trillion is the national debt. So it&#x27;s not just hurting individuals. It&#x27;s going to be hurting the country if these kids default on these loans. Yeah. Now, I&#x27;ve seen people come in. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen parents come in. I&#x27;ve seen grandparents come in. They&#x27;re trying to help their children or grandchildren pay off the debt they have, and the amount that&#x27;s owed per month is more than a house payment for many people, and that means they can&#x27;t afford a house and paying the debt off at the same time when they get out of college.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> What would you say a good solution to this is? Well, there&#x27;s a couple different things. But to that point, for the first time in our country&#x27;s history, the number two debt in this country is college loans, mortgages, of course, being number one, but college loans are second. Our solution is a pretty simple one. Our solution is basically for students, you know, young 18-, 19-year-olds, you&#x27;re making this huge investment. You know, some kids are going to school, and the yearly tuition is $50,000. Multiply that by four. That&#x27;s $200,000. Well, you want to protect that investment. And so a lot of kids and families, they make all these trips to go see the school, and they find out that they have wonderful meal plans, and they look at the dorms,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> but they forget to look at themselves. And that&#x27;s really the problem. They forget to take a good look inward and say, hey, what do I want to do? What really makes me excited? What&#x27;s my real gift in this world? What&#x27;s my unique lens in the way I see the world? And what can I give back to the world? And so many kids, and I&#x27;ll use my girlfriend&#x27;s daughter as an example, she went to school, bright kid, good kid, goes to school, and wants to be a marine biologist. Well, she forgot that she wasn&#x27;t very good in biology. But if she had taken a good look at herself, she would have known that more. What happened within this young girl&#x27;s career is that she had to repeat the first year.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So she lost that whole year. Guess how much more that cost her family in college loans, another $30,000. Yeah, because each year you delay, or each year you add on, the tuition goes up every year. So it&#x27;s not just one more year. It&#x27;s one more year plus the inflation of college added to that, correct? Absolutely. And that&#x27;s what a lot of kids are doing. They&#x27;re going to school with not a lot of clarity. And so they&#x27;re switching majors. They don&#x27;t know what they want to do. And it&#x27;s an interesting trend here in the U.S. right now. A lot of families are now, you know, community colleges are now very crowded because kids are opting to go there for the first two years, get their, you know, English and the majors that you have to do and things like that, and then go figure out what you want to do with your careers, you know, what you want to major in.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> But it&#x27;s an interesting trend that we&#x27;re seeing kind of a shift in the way kids go to college. Well, Major League Baseball is a good example of this. They have three farm systems. They have A, AA, and AAA, and then they get to major leagues. And in those farm systems, they develop the skills so that when they get to the major leagues, they hit the ground running a lot of times. And I think that somewhere it got lost in translation, and people just decided that everyone needs to go to college, and not everyone needs to go to college right away to begin with, and not everyone needs to go to a four-year school to begin with. And one of the things that I&#x27;ve seen is people who do go to community college for the first couple years and get those core classes out of the way, number one, they learn how to study for college, and number two, many times on the transcript to the university,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> the grades don&#x27;t come with them but the proof of the class does, so they don&#x27;t drag their GPA down trying to get rid of some of the core classes they&#x27;re really not interested in. Yeah, no, absolutely. And it&#x27;s an individual choice, of course, what you decide to do. But, you know, I mean, we&#x27;d all like to say we can go to Harvard and Yale. But, you know, sometimes you go to a community college, and you have a kid that&#x27;s juggling maybe a job or two, and commuting and studying, and they&#x27;re sometimes the hardest working kids I&#x27;ve dealt with. But, you know, I mean, still you don&#x27;t ever want to, I hate to say, lose out on that great college experience. And I&#x27;m a, you know, true believer in education, and so, you know, I really would like to see every kid go. But, you know, feasibly and financially, it&#x27;s the American dream to go to college is not what it used to be.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And that&#x27;s all shifted in the last 10 years. So we actually, you know, besides the book, we also have an online course, the Career Discovery Academy, where kids can do kind of like do the same thing that we, the exercises in the book, but they do it online. There&#x27;s three 15-minute sessions with myself where we coach you through it, and it makes them more countable. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of self-help books out on the bookshelves. We try and say that we&#x27;re making you accountable to finding out who you are, you know, and we have a number of exercises, you know, including interviewing, you know, five people, a simple exercise, interviewing five people to see how they view you, you know, how do they, what talents do they think you bring to the table?</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> But, you know, if you don&#x27;t ask these questions and you don&#x27;t incorporate it into your passions and your beliefs and the values that you carry, you might not pick the right major in college. Well, that&#x27;s interesting, too, because my wife had a family member way back, this was like 10 years ago now, who thought they wanted to buy and open a coffee shop. They wanted to, you know, they look good on TV. They always make the coffee shops look fun on TV. But somebody in my wife&#x27;s family advised this person to go get a job at the coffee shop before they bought a coffee shop. And after a month, they decided they were glad they never bought a coffee shop at that job. So, you know, what you say is you get in the shoes and see. And myself, when I was younger, I wanted to be a fireman and policeman. Then I went to school. My dad wanted me to be a scientist. And I ended up being a financial advisor and financial coach.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So it&#x27;s funny how things change. And what college did for me, because I had to work jobs when I was in school, it helped me manage a schedule. And I thought I was managing my schedule better than the classmates I had who did not have jobs. They seemed to be lazier because they didn&#x27;t really have anything to do. And I would get my work done more than them, and I was working all the time. So it&#x27;s kind of amazing how different people respond differently to the situations, correct? Yeah, no, that&#x27;s exactly my point when I was talking about the kids going to community colleges. Sometimes these kids are managing more, just to your point. They&#x27;re managing not only a job or two, but commuting and going to class and trying to figure all that out. So, yeah, absolutely. Some of them are the hardest-working kids in show business, if you will.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> They&#x27;re just really, really committed to getting an education, and I think that&#x27;s really commendable. Now, I&#x27;ve got a disclaimer to make. When I was in college, my first year at University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, the tuition, now for a semester, tuition was $148. Of course, that did not include room and board and student activity fees, but tuition was only $148. That same tuition now is over— Well, you don&#x27;t sound that old now. That&#x27;s pretty funny, isn&#x27;t it? But, I mean, it&#x27;s just funny how that—well, gosh, the inflation on the tuition. And so let&#x27;s talk about this. Is the fact that tuition&#x27;s going up, is it a direct relationship to so many people going to school or going to college and so many different government organizations kicking some money in so colleges know they can keep raising their prices? Great question.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Actually, the government has scaled back on some of the money that colleges were getting. That&#x27;s one problem. Two, some of the salaries at these higher-end institutions, the salaries for the presidents and some of these other folks, have gone up drastically, if you really take a good look at that. And number three, a lot of the colleges, in an effort to lure students in and recruit students, started to create upscale dining halls, for example, and really more upscale dorms. So that kids wanted to come there, and that was a draw. Well, that all cost money. And that money was rolled into some of these tuition hikes. Interestingly enough, Purdue University was one of the only colleges across the country not to raise their prices.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And there&#x27;s a lot of interesting reading as to why the colleges started to do this. But I think they kind of got tapped on the shoulder and called out on this. And so the idea is, and from the many educators that I&#x27;ve spoken to, that the college costs will not be increasing anymore because families just simply can&#x27;t afford it. And with the shift into community colleges and the weights now at community colleges, a lot of schools are starting to say, hey, you know what, that was way too drastic a leap in just 10 years. Yeah. Are you familiar with High Point University in North Carolina? It&#x27;s a private college? Yeah. It&#x27;s Dr. Nito Cubane has turned that. I mean, that&#x27;s one example of a school that it&#x27;s a one-size-fits-all. They charge you one bill, but it includes everything.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> They have a movie theater. They have bowling alleys, arcades. They even have a high-class steakhouse on campus that each student is allowed to eat at one time a week, and it teaches them how to have a business meeting. No cell phones are allowed in there, so they have to communicate and have conversation. But it&#x27;s like $40,000 a year for tuition, and they have a waiting list where only about 10% of the people who apply get in. So it&#x27;s funny how the supply and demand curve is shattered in different places, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, that&#x27;s interesting. I&#x27;m going to have to check that out. I&#x27;ve heard of the university, but I was not aware of that program. But I think that&#x27;s a great idea of how kids go into the dining hall and have to shut their phones off. And, you know, you kind of said something about the cell phones.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> I think that&#x27;s kind of an interesting point also in the past 10 years. A lot of kids are more inward, obviously, with all the, you know, electronic devices. You&#x27;re on your computer. You&#x27;re on your cell phone. They&#x27;re not taking the time to learn who they are. So there&#x27;s a little bit of a shift there, and I think that&#x27;s another component of why so many kids are shifting gears and not knowing what to do. They&#x27;re maybe a little lost and kind of floundering out there. Well, give our listeners your website there where they can take that career evaluation or learn about themselves again. It&#x27;s onetruezone.com, and it&#x27;s got everything about the online academy, the book, and just information for parents and students.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> And the book is Own Your Zone, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon or ownyourzone.com. Again, her name was Helene Naftali, and she&#x27;s joined us from New York, New Jersey. Thanks for your time today and hope to have you on again in the future when you do some more research on this too. Well, thank you, Coach. Thanks for your time, and thanks for having me on as a guest.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Helene Naftali joins Coach Pete to discuss Own Your Zone: What Students Need to Succeed From School to Career. This July 2014 interview explores education, career preparation, and helping students move toward the future they want.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Helene Naftali</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Own Your Zone</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Helene Naftali, personal growth, Own Your Zone, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7/image.jpg?t=1792071655&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/helene-naftali-own-your-zone/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7/image.jpg?t=1792071655&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>736</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e72e03fc-af99-4466-860f-b4e30020cab7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11801510" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/helene-naftali-own-your-zone</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>129</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Own Your Zone" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:50" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. John Medley: Military Service, Leadership, and Perseverance</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. John Medley: Military Service, Leadership, and Perseverance</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. John Medley reflects on more than three decades of military service and the leadership lessons he carried into civilian life. This June 2014 conversation explores experience, perseverance, and personal development.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week we&#x27;ve got a fascinating guest on, folks. He&#x27;s had over 32 1⁄2 years&#x27; experience in the military. He&#x27;s a military veteran, a former sergeant major, and battling finances in the military. And he&#x27;s written a book, Journey of Preseverance Accomplishments, Achievements of Fighting Finance Sergeant Major. And his name is Dr. John Medley. Dr. John, welcome in. Thank you. Glad to be here. Let&#x27;s talk about this. One of the things I like to do when I interview folks is I like to see what your motivations were to write a book, because I&#x27;ve written several books, and it&#x27;s not something you sit down in the middle of the night and crank out in one night. It&#x27;s a process, and the very first step in that process is you have to get fired up enough to want to write a book.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So what was your process in writing your book? What was the catalyst? What got you excited about it? And what did you find out when you wrote it? Okay. My book, of course, is about my journey in the military and civilian life as well. My journey was replete with problematic conditions and situations that my military training and education prepared me to resolve based upon the mission-related knowledge I gleaned from one assignment to the next. As my journey advanced and problem-solving became a skill, I longed to take my experiences to a higher level that would be meaningful to others. Thus, I launched a personal goal referred to as the development of independent professionals.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> In this book, I address the achievement of that goal and the extension of my knowledge of tried and tested methodologies, values, lessons learned, principles, philosophies, and idioms to the readers who may be interested in applying the tools of establishing a success environment while avoiding the pitfalls otherwise encountered in the journey as they proceed to future leadership and management positions. My journey began with the completion of basic training, advanced individual training or infantry training, and airborne training.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And after that, I was prepared to go to war and kill the enemies of the United States. But after being notified that I was going to get on to the truck, going to the administration company where all the administrative types were located, I followed my orders and wound up in the finance corps, which was a mistake because I was actually selected by the adjunct and generalist corps, the administrative field, to perform as a personnel technician. Anyway, after a couple of months, I made a name for myself, and the finance troops decided not to let me go to the AG corps. In the meantime, I got a notice that 21 soldiers had been killed in a training accident.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> And as I got the records of those soldiers together, I perceived their voices urging me to complete those records accurately as possible. And that brought a tear to my eyes as I closed out the individual records. And I got the realization that this job, this is the nature of the job, how important it was. And those memories stayed with me for the rest of my career. To sum it up, 30 years later, there was an airplane crash, and it killed 248 soldiers who were returning from the Sinai. And I was alerted by my NCO on my deployment team.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And I answered the phone, and he said, Sergeant Major, we need to turn on the TV. So I did, and the news, after a few seconds, it was obvious what had happened about the plane crash. So I instructed my NCO to identify all those soldiers who were killed, identify who was killed, and then identify whether they had dependents on the local area. And they proceeded to do that. About 9 o&#x27;clock, I was briefing the finance officer, a lieutenant colonel, on what I instructed the B team to do. And as I was instructed, as I was briefing him, I could see that his concern became obvious.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Just as he was ready to speak, one of the survivor&#x27;s spouses came in with two toddlers. And she was crying and bawling, and she just fell to her knees and said, you need to help me and embrace the finance officer. And the emotions just filled the room with energy. Anyway, a sergeant came in with a cigar box with the checks that I told him earlier to create. And we gave the check to the finance officer after asking the dependent what her name was and identified her. And the finance officer gave her the check, and she just jumped for joy. And we were all elated over her actual reaction.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And it just made the whole effort worthwhile. So when she left, the colonel and I talked, and I told him, I said, please be sure to relate the arrival of the dependent and her reaction when she got her indemnity check. So that experience way back then paid off. And when I retired, I decided to get my degree. I had a bachelor&#x27;s degree, and I worked after retirement and got my master&#x27;s degree. And then the realization that I wanted to write a book in simplistic terms so they understood all my experiences and lessons earned and what have you were.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> I wanted to put forth in simplistic terms. So I got a Ph.D. It took me about a year and a half to get that. And that&#x27;s how I came about to write my book. Well, we hear about – yeah. And, you know, here&#x27;s what – when I think of finances in the Army, and this comes to mind because I remember growing up, we&#x27;d hear about the $100 toilet seats and the $1,000 screwdrivers. You remember those days when, like, military waste was alive and well. Yes. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Things like that happen normally within the spectrum of the comptroller of the installation. And you have people that have their budgets. And you have a supply system that responds to any requests for supplies.</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> And occasionally somebody fact fingers a requisition, and you wind up getting something you never ordered. In my case, I was in the finance office, and the 6th Infantry Division was just formulated. The 101st had moved to Vietnam. And I was – my mission was to build a finance office for the newly activated 6th Infantry Division. So when I requisitioned some pay tables, I sent it to the unit supply. They requisitioned, and instead of ordering me $100, they fat-fingered $1,000. So lo and behold, I had a truck backing up with $1,000 pay tables, which I had to store in my attic.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Anyway, that&#x27;s the way those things happened. And the finance and accounting field is subordinate to the comptrollers. And the finance and accounting pays the bills. And, of course, the finance side pays the payrolls. They pay the vendor payments and any contractual payments. And they also pay travel reimbursements. Well, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, you know, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here in the interview. It&#x27;s a fascinating interview about the book, Journey of Preserverance Accomplishments. If you could put your finger on one thing that you learned or experienced in – besides what you&#x27;ve talked about already, working in the finance office in the military, what would it be?</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> I would say the valuable experience that the retiree brings to society after serving anywhere from 20 to 40 years in the military. These skills come from a variety of retirees that worked in different fields within the military. And there&#x27;s a large number of – in my case, it would be comptroller field or finance and accounting field. And with that, I bring a lot of skills, knowledge, and leadership principles and values and traits.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> These traits, for example, I came in the Army with only a high school education. But as I proceeded, reading material and so forth and studies, and then associating with young officers, then there was a trading of knowledge and experience and a gaining of traits that you weren&#x27;t born with or you weren&#x27;t raised with. So that transferred in terms of leadership development. And as a result of that, for 20 years to 30 years, you have all that experience and that knowledge, and it converts to valuable traits and qualities that you can bring to the economic environment when you retire.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a great read. And, folks, I recommend you pick up a copy. Again, Journey of Preseverance Accomplishments. His name is Dr. John S. Medley. John, thanks for your time today. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. John Medley reflects on more than three decades of military service and the leadership lessons he carried into civilian life. This June 2014 conversation explores experience, perseverance, and personal development.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week we&#x27;ve got a fascinating guest on, folks. He&#x27;s had over 32 1⁄2 years&#x27; experience in the military. He&#x27;s a military veteran, a former sergeant major, and battling finances in the military. And he&#x27;s written a book, Journey of Preseverance Accomplishments, Achievements of Fighting Finance Sergeant Major. And his name is Dr. John Medley. Dr. John, welcome in. Thank you. Glad to be here. Let&#x27;s talk about this. One of the things I like to do when I interview folks is I like to see what your motivations were to write a book, because I&#x27;ve written several books, and it&#x27;s not something you sit down in the middle of the night and crank out in one night. It&#x27;s a process, and the very first step in that process is you have to get fired up enough to want to write a book.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So what was your process in writing your book? What was the catalyst? What got you excited about it? And what did you find out when you wrote it? Okay. My book, of course, is about my journey in the military and civilian life as well. My journey was replete with problematic conditions and situations that my military training and education prepared me to resolve based upon the mission-related knowledge I gleaned from one assignment to the next. As my journey advanced and problem-solving became a skill, I longed to take my experiences to a higher level that would be meaningful to others. Thus, I launched a personal goal referred to as the development of independent professionals.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> In this book, I address the achievement of that goal and the extension of my knowledge of tried and tested methodologies, values, lessons learned, principles, philosophies, and idioms to the readers who may be interested in applying the tools of establishing a success environment while avoiding the pitfalls otherwise encountered in the journey as they proceed to future leadership and management positions. My journey began with the completion of basic training, advanced individual training or infantry training, and airborne training.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And after that, I was prepared to go to war and kill the enemies of the United States. But after being notified that I was going to get on to the truck, going to the administration company where all the administrative types were located, I followed my orders and wound up in the finance corps, which was a mistake because I was actually selected by the adjunct and generalist corps, the administrative field, to perform as a personnel technician. Anyway, after a couple of months, I made a name for myself, and the finance troops decided not to let me go to the AG corps. In the meantime, I got a notice that 21 soldiers had been killed in a training accident.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> And as I got the records of those soldiers together, I perceived their voices urging me to complete those records accurately as possible. And that brought a tear to my eyes as I closed out the individual records. And I got the realization that this job, this is the nature of the job, how important it was. And those memories stayed with me for the rest of my career. To sum it up, 30 years later, there was an airplane crash, and it killed 248 soldiers who were returning from the Sinai. And I was alerted by my NCO on my deployment team.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And I answered the phone, and he said, Sergeant Major, we need to turn on the TV. So I did, and the news, after a few seconds, it was obvious what had happened about the plane crash. So I instructed my NCO to identify all those soldiers who were killed, identify who was killed, and then identify whether they had dependents on the local area. And they proceeded to do that. About 9 o&#x27;clock, I was briefing the finance officer, a lieutenant colonel, on what I instructed the B team to do. And as I was instructed, as I was briefing him, I could see that his concern became obvious.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Just as he was ready to speak, one of the survivor&#x27;s spouses came in with two toddlers. And she was crying and bawling, and she just fell to her knees and said, you need to help me and embrace the finance officer. And the emotions just filled the room with energy. Anyway, a sergeant came in with a cigar box with the checks that I told him earlier to create. And we gave the check to the finance officer after asking the dependent what her name was and identified her. And the finance officer gave her the check, and she just jumped for joy. And we were all elated over her actual reaction.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And it just made the whole effort worthwhile. So when she left, the colonel and I talked, and I told him, I said, please be sure to relate the arrival of the dependent and her reaction when she got her indemnity check. So that experience way back then paid off. And when I retired, I decided to get my degree. I had a bachelor&#x27;s degree, and I worked after retirement and got my master&#x27;s degree. And then the realization that I wanted to write a book in simplistic terms so they understood all my experiences and lessons earned and what have you were.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> I wanted to put forth in simplistic terms. So I got a Ph.D. It took me about a year and a half to get that. And that&#x27;s how I came about to write my book. Well, we hear about – yeah. And, you know, here&#x27;s what – when I think of finances in the Army, and this comes to mind because I remember growing up, we&#x27;d hear about the $100 toilet seats and the $1,000 screwdrivers. You remember those days when, like, military waste was alive and well. Yes. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Things like that happen normally within the spectrum of the comptroller of the installation. And you have people that have their budgets. And you have a supply system that responds to any requests for supplies.</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> And occasionally somebody fact fingers a requisition, and you wind up getting something you never ordered. In my case, I was in the finance office, and the 6th Infantry Division was just formulated. The 101st had moved to Vietnam. And I was – my mission was to build a finance office for the newly activated 6th Infantry Division. So when I requisitioned some pay tables, I sent it to the unit supply. They requisitioned, and instead of ordering me $100, they fat-fingered $1,000. So lo and behold, I had a truck backing up with $1,000 pay tables, which I had to store in my attic.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Anyway, that&#x27;s the way those things happened. And the finance and accounting field is subordinate to the comptrollers. And the finance and accounting pays the bills. And, of course, the finance side pays the payrolls. They pay the vendor payments and any contractual payments. And they also pay travel reimbursements. Well, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, you know, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here in the interview. It&#x27;s a fascinating interview about the book, Journey of Preserverance Accomplishments. If you could put your finger on one thing that you learned or experienced in – besides what you&#x27;ve talked about already, working in the finance office in the military, what would it be?</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> I would say the valuable experience that the retiree brings to society after serving anywhere from 20 to 40 years in the military. These skills come from a variety of retirees that worked in different fields within the military. And there&#x27;s a large number of – in my case, it would be comptroller field or finance and accounting field. And with that, I bring a lot of skills, knowledge, and leadership principles and values and traits.</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> These traits, for example, I came in the Army with only a high school education. But as I proceeded, reading material and so forth and studies, and then associating with young officers, then there was a trading of knowledge and experience and a gaining of traits that you weren&#x27;t born with or you weren&#x27;t raised with. So that transferred in terms of leadership development. And as a result of that, for 20 years to 30 years, you have all that experience and that knowledge, and it converts to valuable traits and qualities that you can bring to the economic environment when you retire.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a great read. And, folks, I recommend you pick up a copy. Again, Journey of Preseverance Accomplishments. His name is Dr. John S. Medley. John, thanks for your time today. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. John Medley reflects on more than three decades of military service and the leadership lessons he carried into civilian life. This June 2014 conversation explores experience, perseverance, and personal development.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. John Medley</category>
      <category>leadership</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. John Medley, leadership, military service, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9/image.jpg?t=1792073173&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-john-medley-military-service-leadership-and-perseverance/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9/image.jpg?t=1792073173&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>657</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/86fc9344-1d8e-4fce-8b50-b4e20106e7d9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10548191" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-john-medley-military-service-leadership-and-perseverance</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>130</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Military Service, Leadership, and Perseverance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:54" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Greenburg: Amos Alonzo Stagg and Sports History</title>
      <itunes:title>John Greenburg: Amos Alonzo Stagg and Sports History</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Greenburg returns to discuss The Grand Old Man: Amos Alonzo Stagg. He and Coach Pete talk about sports history and lessons from the careers of athletes and coaches. Recorded May 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is John Greenberg. He&#x27;s author of the book. It&#x27;s a great book, folks. You need to pick up a copy if you haven&#x27;t read it before. The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. It&#x27;s a paperback book. Let me see how many pages it is. It&#x27;s about 200 pages, but I read it so fast because it&#x27;s so interesting. He&#x27;s joining us from the Tampa Bay area. John, welcome into the show. Well, thank you ever so much for having me on the show, and a big hello to all the listeners out there. Now, just for the listeners&#x27; sake, who is Amos Alonzo Stagg? Amos Alonzo Stagg is a man that everybody should know about, but unfortunately not many do because his career took place way, way, way before ESPN.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> He is the man who introduced what we know as the game of football. He was one of the founders of basketball. He invented the three-on-one pass break, and he helped get us back into the Olympics when they revived it around the turn of the century. He was a tremendous tennis player. He was one of the greatest baseball players of his time and refused contracts because he was adamantly opposed to alcohol and there were saloons and ballparks. He was a man who helped found the Olympia Field Country Club in Chicago, Illinois. He was one of the founders of the Big Ten, the NCAA. Basically, if you want to understand the true purpose of sports,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> that&#x27;s why you should understand about Amos Alonzo Stagg. That&#x27;s why I wrote the book. Yeah, it&#x27;s a fascinating book. Now, one of the things I wanted to talk about here is the fact that you also are a sports historian, and something came across our radar screen here. Now, the individual was found not guilty, but the body was still lost. And let&#x27;s talk about, you call it stolen investments in sports. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Well, the person in question is Jim Donnan, who at one time was the head coach of the University of Georgia. And Mr. Donnan got involved with another man who was not involved with sports. But this man had an idea, and Donnan was given a pitch that you will invest so much money</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and your original investment has no chance of being lost. Now, you may not get a big return on your money, but your original investment is at no risk whatsoever. Well, you know, that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s a little too good to be true, and usually when something is too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. And unfortunately, Donnan not only lost money himself, he also persuaded coaching colleagues to invest in this company, and also some of his former players invested in this company, and they lost heavily. And they were federally prosecuted.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Now, the original man who came up with this idea, he got involved with a plea bargain situation, but Donnan&#x27;s case went to trial. And he was found not guilty, because the foreman of the jury said that the prosecution just didn&#x27;t have a good enough case to show that beyond a shadow of a doubt that Jim Donnan really knew that this was a Ponzi scheme. Okay? But that being said, what is the relationship between a coach and a player? The coach is, he&#x27;s an outside motivator. He&#x27;s a father figure. The college coaches, they go around to recruit players. They go into families, and they say, you know, I&#x27;m going to take your young man,</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> and I&#x27;m going to treat him like my son. And this is going to be an ongoing relationship for the rest of his life. And the same. Now, coaching colleagues, you go to the American Football Coaches Association convention, all coaches, they are treated alike, because it doesn&#x27;t matter where you&#x27;re coaching. It could be Division III, where they don&#x27;t give out scholarships. You could be BCS. You could be Nick Saban. You could be anybody. The point is, there is a brotherhood of coaches. And Jim Donnan, sad to say, he destroyed the trust that these former players of his had in him. He destroyed the trust of his coaching colleagues. And even though he was found not guilty,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> he&#x27;s going to pay a horrendous price, because he&#x27;s going to have to try to rebuild trust. And that&#x27;s a very difficult thing to do. So it was a Ponzi scheme, which means that people were putting money into something that the person who they gave it to... Some of them were getting... Some of the people who invested were getting paid, basically, just to keep the scheme going. Wow. And then when it all falls apart, as it inevitably will, because it&#x27;s not a sustainable idea to begin with. If it was a great idea, they would have gone ahead, and everything would have succeeded. But these Ponzi schemes, whoever&#x27;s putting it together, it&#x27;s like Bernie Madoff. It&#x27;s just like any of these big financial disasters that they had where investors were getting conned out of money.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s how the term comes about. That some get paid, but then as it falls apart, a lot of them are going to lose. That&#x27;s why they call it a pyramid scheme, because the only people that get anything are the ones right at the top of the pyramid. The ones at the bottom, they wind up with losing everything. So the question was, did Jim Donnan know that this was a con job, and that was the issue that the prosecution had to prove beyond a reasonable doubt. That&#x27;s why he was found not guilty. But the bigger issue is that to get all of these coaching colleagues and former players and people that trusted him</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to invest their money in this, this is a horrendous burden he&#x27;s going to have to carry, because he ruined the relationships that he had with these people. And when we talk about that, I mean, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important. The first people in always make the money, and then they tell everybody else. So you use the people who were their original investors to be your best salespeople, because they go out and tell everybody how great it is. The money comes in. Eventually, the people who were telling you how great it is, they don&#x27;t get their money either. That&#x27;s what happens in a pyramid scheme. That&#x27;s right. Now, there was a very famous coach, Frank Leahy. He still has the second highest winning percentage of any football coach, second only to Knut Rockne.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> And when he retired from coaching, he was approached by a man who said that he knew one of Leahy&#x27;s brothers, and he got involved in one of these oil schemes. And Leahy was so enthusiastic about it that he had the former equipment manager at Notre Dame and various family members invest in this stock proposal, and it turned out to be a con job. And Leahy went out of his own pocket. He paid back every person, everything. Now, you know, this is maybe a little bit of difference.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t know what Jim Donnan&#x27;s financial situation is. I would imagine it&#x27;s not really good, because the lawyer that he hired to defend him, he&#x27;s probably charged him a good penny for that. But this just shows you, you know, the mark of a champion. Everybody gets knocked down. Everybody loses. The mark of a champion is you get back up, and you get back into the fray. So, you know, time will tell. And I wish Jim Donnan the best, and I hope that he gets back up and, you know, and gets back into the fray and rebuilds his life. Well, now, Rocky Blyer, you remember Rocky Blyer, Pittsburgh Steelers? Oh, yeah, absolutely. Yeah. I&#x27;ve got his book right here. That&#x27;s not the rock. He was a huge part of the Steelers because he was a tremendous blocker.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> He did all the, you know, he did all what we call the dirty work in football. You know, he helped Frank O&#x27;Hara a great deal, and he helped Bradshaw. But, yes, I remember Rocky Blyer very well. Well, he&#x27;s a great guy, and he&#x27;s a friend of mine. And I&#x27;ve got a copy of his book right here called Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, and it&#x27;s new money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. And Rocky himself, you know, he didn&#x27;t do the best job of investing the money that he had. And in his book, he tells people that the most important thing about investing is to make sure your money is safe, number one. Warren Buffett says that, too, make sure you don&#x27;t lose money. And number two is make sure you don&#x27;t violate, number one. I mean, that&#x27;s the most important thing. Now, one final thing before we let you go. We&#x27;re running against the clock right now. But who were some of the names of people who Jim Donnan basically scammed into losing money?</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Well, I&#x27;m trying to think. There was – I think there was a coach. It may have been Tuberville. I&#x27;m sorry that I didn&#x27;t – he got me at a loss. I think I read Mark Gottfried, the basketball coach at North Carolina State. Didn&#x27;t he lose some money? Right, right. That was – Gottfried was one. And maybe it was a – but the point to remember on all of this, you can do everything right and you can still lose. You know, Red Grange, he had a huge amount of money. He lost it all in the Great Depression. Yeah. And then he came back and became known as the first real color analyst for NFL games.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> And, you know, the pull point is that, as you said, you want to minimize the risk of losing the money that you have. And, unfortunately, when you try to invest in anything, you&#x27;re taking a chance. Yeah. Well, but you can minimize the risk by making sure, number one, that the investment or the savings vehicle is a regulated investment. It has a regulation body looking after it, and a lot of people don&#x27;t look at that, especially these Ponzi schemes. And also, stay away from something called a promissory note. I see so many people lose money in promissory notes. It&#x27;s crazy. I would never put my money in a promissory note. No, and then the also is the interest rate because if somebody says they&#x27;re going to give you even like a 10% return</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> or 15% return on your money, that just isn&#x27;t realistic in this day and age. That&#x27;s correct. Folks, again, his name is John Greenberg. He&#x27;s joined us from Tampa Bay, Florida. And the name of the book, the great book that he&#x27;s written, is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. John, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you very much for having me. Yep. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Greenburg returns to discuss The Grand Old Man: Amos Alonzo Stagg. He and Coach Pete talk about sports history and lessons from the careers of athletes and coaches. Recorded May 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is John Greenberg. He&#x27;s author of the book. It&#x27;s a great book, folks. You need to pick up a copy if you haven&#x27;t read it before. The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. It&#x27;s a paperback book. Let me see how many pages it is. It&#x27;s about 200 pages, but I read it so fast because it&#x27;s so interesting. He&#x27;s joining us from the Tampa Bay area. John, welcome into the show. Well, thank you ever so much for having me on the show, and a big hello to all the listeners out there. Now, just for the listeners&#x27; sake, who is Amos Alonzo Stagg? Amos Alonzo Stagg is a man that everybody should know about, but unfortunately not many do because his career took place way, way, way before ESPN.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> He is the man who introduced what we know as the game of football. He was one of the founders of basketball. He invented the three-on-one pass break, and he helped get us back into the Olympics when they revived it around the turn of the century. He was a tremendous tennis player. He was one of the greatest baseball players of his time and refused contracts because he was adamantly opposed to alcohol and there were saloons and ballparks. He was a man who helped found the Olympia Field Country Club in Chicago, Illinois. He was one of the founders of the Big Ten, the NCAA. Basically, if you want to understand the true purpose of sports,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> that&#x27;s why you should understand about Amos Alonzo Stagg. That&#x27;s why I wrote the book. Yeah, it&#x27;s a fascinating book. Now, one of the things I wanted to talk about here is the fact that you also are a sports historian, and something came across our radar screen here. Now, the individual was found not guilty, but the body was still lost. And let&#x27;s talk about, you call it stolen investments in sports. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Well, the person in question is Jim Donnan, who at one time was the head coach of the University of Georgia. And Mr. Donnan got involved with another man who was not involved with sports. But this man had an idea, and Donnan was given a pitch that you will invest so much money</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and your original investment has no chance of being lost. Now, you may not get a big return on your money, but your original investment is at no risk whatsoever. Well, you know, that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s a little too good to be true, and usually when something is too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. And unfortunately, Donnan not only lost money himself, he also persuaded coaching colleagues to invest in this company, and also some of his former players invested in this company, and they lost heavily. And they were federally prosecuted.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Now, the original man who came up with this idea, he got involved with a plea bargain situation, but Donnan&#x27;s case went to trial. And he was found not guilty, because the foreman of the jury said that the prosecution just didn&#x27;t have a good enough case to show that beyond a shadow of a doubt that Jim Donnan really knew that this was a Ponzi scheme. Okay? But that being said, what is the relationship between a coach and a player? The coach is, he&#x27;s an outside motivator. He&#x27;s a father figure. The college coaches, they go around to recruit players. They go into families, and they say, you know, I&#x27;m going to take your young man,</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> and I&#x27;m going to treat him like my son. And this is going to be an ongoing relationship for the rest of his life. And the same. Now, coaching colleagues, you go to the American Football Coaches Association convention, all coaches, they are treated alike, because it doesn&#x27;t matter where you&#x27;re coaching. It could be Division III, where they don&#x27;t give out scholarships. You could be BCS. You could be Nick Saban. You could be anybody. The point is, there is a brotherhood of coaches. And Jim Donnan, sad to say, he destroyed the trust that these former players of his had in him. He destroyed the trust of his coaching colleagues. And even though he was found not guilty,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> he&#x27;s going to pay a horrendous price, because he&#x27;s going to have to try to rebuild trust. And that&#x27;s a very difficult thing to do. So it was a Ponzi scheme, which means that people were putting money into something that the person who they gave it to... Some of them were getting... Some of the people who invested were getting paid, basically, just to keep the scheme going. Wow. And then when it all falls apart, as it inevitably will, because it&#x27;s not a sustainable idea to begin with. If it was a great idea, they would have gone ahead, and everything would have succeeded. But these Ponzi schemes, whoever&#x27;s putting it together, it&#x27;s like Bernie Madoff. It&#x27;s just like any of these big financial disasters that they had where investors were getting conned out of money.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s how the term comes about. That some get paid, but then as it falls apart, a lot of them are going to lose. That&#x27;s why they call it a pyramid scheme, because the only people that get anything are the ones right at the top of the pyramid. The ones at the bottom, they wind up with losing everything. So the question was, did Jim Donnan know that this was a con job, and that was the issue that the prosecution had to prove beyond a reasonable doubt. That&#x27;s why he was found not guilty. But the bigger issue is that to get all of these coaching colleagues and former players and people that trusted him</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to invest their money in this, this is a horrendous burden he&#x27;s going to have to carry, because he ruined the relationships that he had with these people. And when we talk about that, I mean, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important. The first people in always make the money, and then they tell everybody else. So you use the people who were their original investors to be your best salespeople, because they go out and tell everybody how great it is. The money comes in. Eventually, the people who were telling you how great it is, they don&#x27;t get their money either. That&#x27;s what happens in a pyramid scheme. That&#x27;s right. Now, there was a very famous coach, Frank Leahy. He still has the second highest winning percentage of any football coach, second only to Knut Rockne.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> And when he retired from coaching, he was approached by a man who said that he knew one of Leahy&#x27;s brothers, and he got involved in one of these oil schemes. And Leahy was so enthusiastic about it that he had the former equipment manager at Notre Dame and various family members invest in this stock proposal, and it turned out to be a con job. And Leahy went out of his own pocket. He paid back every person, everything. Now, you know, this is maybe a little bit of difference.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t know what Jim Donnan&#x27;s financial situation is. I would imagine it&#x27;s not really good, because the lawyer that he hired to defend him, he&#x27;s probably charged him a good penny for that. But this just shows you, you know, the mark of a champion. Everybody gets knocked down. Everybody loses. The mark of a champion is you get back up, and you get back into the fray. So, you know, time will tell. And I wish Jim Donnan the best, and I hope that he gets back up and, you know, and gets back into the fray and rebuilds his life. Well, now, Rocky Blyer, you remember Rocky Blyer, Pittsburgh Steelers? Oh, yeah, absolutely. Yeah. I&#x27;ve got his book right here. That&#x27;s not the rock. He was a huge part of the Steelers because he was a tremendous blocker.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> He did all the, you know, he did all what we call the dirty work in football. You know, he helped Frank O&#x27;Hara a great deal, and he helped Bradshaw. But, yes, I remember Rocky Blyer very well. Well, he&#x27;s a great guy, and he&#x27;s a friend of mine. And I&#x27;ve got a copy of his book right here called Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, and it&#x27;s new money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. And Rocky himself, you know, he didn&#x27;t do the best job of investing the money that he had. And in his book, he tells people that the most important thing about investing is to make sure your money is safe, number one. Warren Buffett says that, too, make sure you don&#x27;t lose money. And number two is make sure you don&#x27;t violate, number one. I mean, that&#x27;s the most important thing. Now, one final thing before we let you go. We&#x27;re running against the clock right now. But who were some of the names of people who Jim Donnan basically scammed into losing money?</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Well, I&#x27;m trying to think. There was – I think there was a coach. It may have been Tuberville. I&#x27;m sorry that I didn&#x27;t – he got me at a loss. I think I read Mark Gottfried, the basketball coach at North Carolina State. Didn&#x27;t he lose some money? Right, right. That was – Gottfried was one. And maybe it was a – but the point to remember on all of this, you can do everything right and you can still lose. You know, Red Grange, he had a huge amount of money. He lost it all in the Great Depression. Yeah. And then he came back and became known as the first real color analyst for NFL games.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> And, you know, the pull point is that, as you said, you want to minimize the risk of losing the money that you have. And, unfortunately, when you try to invest in anything, you&#x27;re taking a chance. Yeah. Well, but you can minimize the risk by making sure, number one, that the investment or the savings vehicle is a regulated investment. It has a regulation body looking after it, and a lot of people don&#x27;t look at that, especially these Ponzi schemes. And also, stay away from something called a promissory note. I see so many people lose money in promissory notes. It&#x27;s crazy. I would never put my money in a promissory note. No, and then the also is the interest rate because if somebody says they&#x27;re going to give you even like a 10% return</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> or 15% return on your money, that just isn&#x27;t realistic in this day and age. That&#x27;s correct. Folks, again, his name is John Greenberg. He&#x27;s joined us from Tampa Bay, Florida. And the name of the book, the great book that he&#x27;s written, is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. John, thanks for your time today. Well, thank you very much for having me. Yep. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Greenburg returns to discuss The Grand Old Man: Amos Alonzo Stagg. He and Coach Pete talk about sports history and lessons from the careers of athletes and coaches. Recorded May 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Greenburg</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>Amos Alonzo Stagg and Sports History</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Greenburg, sports, Amos Alonzo Stagg and Sports History, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29/image.jpg?t=1792072430&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-amos-alonzo-stagg-and-sports-history/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29/image.jpg?t=1792072430&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 May 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>693</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7972a35-bd76-49fc-a637-b4e20168fb29/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11122357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-amos-alonzo-stagg-and-sports-history</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>131</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Amos Alonzo Stagg and Sports History" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Leadership and teamwork" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:47" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don Mazzella: Healthcare Policy and Small Business</title>
      <itunes:title>Don Mazzella: Healthcare Policy and Small Business</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, today&#x27;s guest is what I consider one of the national experts on Obamacare. He has analyzed the law through and through, and I wanted to talk about today some of the myths of loopholes in the Obamacare law, because everyone&#x27;s out there, I&#x27;ve seen people trying to promote ways to get around it, and gosh, believe me, if there were ways around it, everyone would be taking advantage of that, especially ones who are having to pay for it out of their own pocket. Of course, we&#x27;re going to join right now with a nationally known expert. You&#x27;ve seen him in Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg, and all sorts of radio programs across the country. It&#x27;s the U.S. code that was supposedly going to protect people from Obamacare in the U.S. code number 42, but you&#x27;ve analyzed that, and it really doesn&#x27;t, does it? Well, yeah, that&#x27;s correct, and the reason people are confused by it, as people may remember,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> they rushed through that law, and they made a lot of mistakes in the law, and that&#x27;s one of them. I&#x27;m not a lawyer, but I&#x27;ve talked to any number of lawyers. I&#x27;ve talked to people on both sides of the question, those who support it and those who don&#x27;t support it, and I think Obamacare is the newest way for lawyers to make money because there&#x27;s so much in the law. But in that particular case, people are reading it, and if you read it one way, it says, yes, you don&#x27;t have to buy the insurance. But if you read it the way, and as lawyers explain to me, it&#x27;s the intent, and that&#x27;s what the courts will look at.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And if people rely on that, on what some people are saying about it, they&#x27;re going to end up in trouble. Well, the president has eliminated all but the individual mandate from the law as we speak, and who knows, he may, as it gets closer to election time, even eliminate that by the time this all is said and done. But right now, the law is clear. You must buy insurance or pay the penalties. I wish you were otherwise. I don&#x27;t like the law as much as anybody doesn&#x27;t like the law, and I&#x27;ve had to wade through a</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> tremendous amount of it. And at this point, people who rely on that interpretation are leaving themselves open to liability. So I&#x27;m strongly urging them not to rely on it. And the people I talk to on both sides of this question have said it any number of times. What can I say? Some people are making a lot of money and a lot of bruhua about that section of the law. And I&#x27;ve been at Washington hearings. I&#x27;ve been down to Washington on the point. And it&#x27;s just not there.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> You must buy the insurance unless you&#x27;re getting it from your employer, unless there&#x27;s certain exclusions. And by the way, there are a heck of a lot of exclusions now. You&#x27;re just leaving yourself open. What can I say? It&#x27;s there. It&#x27;s the law of the land. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ever going to be repealed, by the way, even if the Republicans take the Senate this fall and hold the House. They don&#x27;t have enough votes to override the presidential veto. And he will veto any sort of changes in the law.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s sad. So let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, you are, of course, the COO of Information Strategies. And I know as a commentator and reporter, you&#x27;ve interviewed several thousand businesses over the years. I mean, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve talked to small, medium, and large-sized business about this law. What do you think the true impact is going to be? I mean, you know, nothing&#x27;s for nothing, Don. So if the government&#x27;s making a company pay for health care for all the employees and they weren&#x27;t doing it before, something has to give. Absolutely. And what&#x27;s going to give are small businesses. The president recognized the political aspects of it when he postponed, unilaterally, by the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> way, and illegally, in my opinion, an opinion of a lot of constitutional lawyers, the mandate for the companies between 51 and 100 employees. A lot of what the president has done, if people went to court on it, would be declared illegally because the law, while the law gave the government tremendous latitude, there are certain things which the president has unilaterally postponed that clearly indicate the impact on small business. And it&#x27;s going to affect it.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> It&#x27;s going to affect companies. He&#x27;s hoping that with this mandate, people, companies will start hiring employees. But every study that I&#x27;ve seen, despite what the government says, indicates small businesses are not hiring that 50th employee. A lot of businesses that were considering offering health care to their employees are simply not doing it. It&#x27;s cheaper to pay the penalty than it is to provide health care insurance if you&#x27;re not already doing it. And the other problem is the cost of health care insurance went up in 2013 for most small businesses,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> averaging between 13% and 23%, depending on what survey you take. And that&#x27;s a big hit for many small businesses. You&#x27;ve been in a recession. We&#x27;re supposedly out of a recession. I&#x27;m not necessarily agreeing with that point of view. And small businesses are just faced with almost a Hobson&#x27;s choice on this issue. And for many of them, the decision not to offer health care insurance or what is even worse, in some cases, saying, well, here, I&#x27;m going to bump your salary up $1,000.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Go out and get your own insurance. And when that happens to people and they see the cost of insurance, even on the exchanges, if they can get on the exchanges, clearly indicate that this law has been bad for small businesses and for people in general. And despite what the government might say, the net effect. It&#x27;s interesting. The government is claiming that health care spending, the rate of increase has slowed and fails to take into account the impact of consumer-directed health care, which was projected three years ago to fully impact in 2013.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And no one ever mentions we&#x27;ve gone to consumer-directed health care. Major companies like Deere, GE, et cetera, have all gone to consumer-directed health care programs, health savings accounts, health reimbursement accounts, et cetera. And that&#x27;s having a major effect because people are starting to realize the true cost of health care. And, by the way, the law is going to make it even more so because many of the exchange insurance policies available have deductibles of $5,000. That&#x27;s a heck of a big deductible.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And the co-pays have gone up. Excuse me. Well, here&#x27;s one of the things that I was wondering the other day, and I saw this come across the newswire, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re familiar with this, is the threat by the Obama administration saying to businesses that, let&#x27;s say a business has 52 employees right now, and to get under that 50 threshold they lay off four people. Well, Obama is going to, through his attorney general and whatever else he has out there, tell the company that they&#x27;re going to have to prove that the reason the company got rid of four employees was not because of the health care. So if you go below 50, you don&#x27;t have to cover them. And so it&#x27;s almost like, I mean, this is a can of worms that we have no idea where it&#x27;s going to end. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> I saw that as well. And, again, these are threats. The attorney general has used the threat in a great many cases, not only for this but for other things as well. They&#x27;re trying to use the impact of government and the IRS. The scandal, by the way, I think the worst scandal the IRS did with the conservative 501Cs, it&#x27;s just the tip of the iceberg of how they&#x27;re doing it. And that particular one is going to hurt. But any company can demonstrate layoff for employees.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If the money is not there, you can&#x27;t pay the employees. Excuse me. So, yes, I saw that as well. I get worried about that. We should really worry about this administration and how it&#x27;s turning the laws upside down in order to accomplish its goals. And when you have to coerce American people, hopefully they&#x27;ll at some point stop and say enough is enough. Well, it&#x27;s just amazing, Don, because let&#x27;s just say here we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds to go and I just want to get your quick opinion on this. But what if George Bush was doing this?</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> What do you think the media would be doing? What do you think the Democrats would be saying if George Bush was doing this? Oh, my God. They&#x27;d be saying the next coming or the first coming of the Caesars if Bush was doing it. But as a member of the media sometimes I cringe at what we do on occasion. I&#x27;m not a conservative. I&#x27;m an online newsman. I sit on a medical marijuana board, a nonprofit, so I can&#x27;t be considered too much of a conservative. But I do feel that the media has not done its job of really holding this administration&#x27;s toes to the fire.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> And it&#x27;s a shame because they&#x27;re doing a disservice to the American public. Well, you know, the difference between, I guess, a Democrat and Republican, conservative or not, is a conservative just smokes a smaller joint than a liberal does. I like that one. I&#x27;ll have to tell that one at the next board meeting. Well, you know a conservative is a liberal who was mugged last night. Well, folks, that is a great interview. Don Mazzella, again, joining us from New Jersey. Don, we&#x27;re going to stay in touch with you and see what happens here going forward. But it&#x27;s just a confusing world we live in, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, but I&#x27;m convinced the republic will survive. Yeah. Well, folks, you heard it right from Don. Don, thanks a lot today.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, today&#x27;s guest is what I consider one of the national experts on Obamacare. He has analyzed the law through and through, and I wanted to talk about today some of the myths of loopholes in the Obamacare law, because everyone&#x27;s out there, I&#x27;ve seen people trying to promote ways to get around it, and gosh, believe me, if there were ways around it, everyone would be taking advantage of that, especially ones who are having to pay for it out of their own pocket. Of course, we&#x27;re going to join right now with a nationally known expert. You&#x27;ve seen him in Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg, and all sorts of radio programs across the country. It&#x27;s the U.S. code that was supposedly going to protect people from Obamacare in the U.S. code number 42, but you&#x27;ve analyzed that, and it really doesn&#x27;t, does it? Well, yeah, that&#x27;s correct, and the reason people are confused by it, as people may remember,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> they rushed through that law, and they made a lot of mistakes in the law, and that&#x27;s one of them. I&#x27;m not a lawyer, but I&#x27;ve talked to any number of lawyers. I&#x27;ve talked to people on both sides of the question, those who support it and those who don&#x27;t support it, and I think Obamacare is the newest way for lawyers to make money because there&#x27;s so much in the law. But in that particular case, people are reading it, and if you read it one way, it says, yes, you don&#x27;t have to buy the insurance. But if you read it the way, and as lawyers explain to me, it&#x27;s the intent, and that&#x27;s what the courts will look at.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And if people rely on that, on what some people are saying about it, they&#x27;re going to end up in trouble. Well, the president has eliminated all but the individual mandate from the law as we speak, and who knows, he may, as it gets closer to election time, even eliminate that by the time this all is said and done. But right now, the law is clear. You must buy insurance or pay the penalties. I wish you were otherwise. I don&#x27;t like the law as much as anybody doesn&#x27;t like the law, and I&#x27;ve had to wade through a</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> tremendous amount of it. And at this point, people who rely on that interpretation are leaving themselves open to liability. So I&#x27;m strongly urging them not to rely on it. And the people I talk to on both sides of this question have said it any number of times. What can I say? Some people are making a lot of money and a lot of bruhua about that section of the law. And I&#x27;ve been at Washington hearings. I&#x27;ve been down to Washington on the point. And it&#x27;s just not there.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> You must buy the insurance unless you&#x27;re getting it from your employer, unless there&#x27;s certain exclusions. And by the way, there are a heck of a lot of exclusions now. You&#x27;re just leaving yourself open. What can I say? It&#x27;s there. It&#x27;s the law of the land. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ever going to be repealed, by the way, even if the Republicans take the Senate this fall and hold the House. They don&#x27;t have enough votes to override the presidential veto. And he will veto any sort of changes in the law.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s sad. So let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, you are, of course, the COO of Information Strategies. And I know as a commentator and reporter, you&#x27;ve interviewed several thousand businesses over the years. I mean, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve talked to small, medium, and large-sized business about this law. What do you think the true impact is going to be? I mean, you know, nothing&#x27;s for nothing, Don. So if the government&#x27;s making a company pay for health care for all the employees and they weren&#x27;t doing it before, something has to give. Absolutely. And what&#x27;s going to give are small businesses. The president recognized the political aspects of it when he postponed, unilaterally, by the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> way, and illegally, in my opinion, an opinion of a lot of constitutional lawyers, the mandate for the companies between 51 and 100 employees. A lot of what the president has done, if people went to court on it, would be declared illegally because the law, while the law gave the government tremendous latitude, there are certain things which the president has unilaterally postponed that clearly indicate the impact on small business. And it&#x27;s going to affect it.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> It&#x27;s going to affect companies. He&#x27;s hoping that with this mandate, people, companies will start hiring employees. But every study that I&#x27;ve seen, despite what the government says, indicates small businesses are not hiring that 50th employee. A lot of businesses that were considering offering health care to their employees are simply not doing it. It&#x27;s cheaper to pay the penalty than it is to provide health care insurance if you&#x27;re not already doing it. And the other problem is the cost of health care insurance went up in 2013 for most small businesses,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> averaging between 13% and 23%, depending on what survey you take. And that&#x27;s a big hit for many small businesses. You&#x27;ve been in a recession. We&#x27;re supposedly out of a recession. I&#x27;m not necessarily agreeing with that point of view. And small businesses are just faced with almost a Hobson&#x27;s choice on this issue. And for many of them, the decision not to offer health care insurance or what is even worse, in some cases, saying, well, here, I&#x27;m going to bump your salary up $1,000.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Go out and get your own insurance. And when that happens to people and they see the cost of insurance, even on the exchanges, if they can get on the exchanges, clearly indicate that this law has been bad for small businesses and for people in general. And despite what the government might say, the net effect. It&#x27;s interesting. The government is claiming that health care spending, the rate of increase has slowed and fails to take into account the impact of consumer-directed health care, which was projected three years ago to fully impact in 2013.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And no one ever mentions we&#x27;ve gone to consumer-directed health care. Major companies like Deere, GE, et cetera, have all gone to consumer-directed health care programs, health savings accounts, health reimbursement accounts, et cetera. And that&#x27;s having a major effect because people are starting to realize the true cost of health care. And, by the way, the law is going to make it even more so because many of the exchange insurance policies available have deductibles of $5,000. That&#x27;s a heck of a big deductible.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And the co-pays have gone up. Excuse me. Well, here&#x27;s one of the things that I was wondering the other day, and I saw this come across the newswire, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re familiar with this, is the threat by the Obama administration saying to businesses that, let&#x27;s say a business has 52 employees right now, and to get under that 50 threshold they lay off four people. Well, Obama is going to, through his attorney general and whatever else he has out there, tell the company that they&#x27;re going to have to prove that the reason the company got rid of four employees was not because of the health care. So if you go below 50, you don&#x27;t have to cover them. And so it&#x27;s almost like, I mean, this is a can of worms that we have no idea where it&#x27;s going to end. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> I saw that as well. And, again, these are threats. The attorney general has used the threat in a great many cases, not only for this but for other things as well. They&#x27;re trying to use the impact of government and the IRS. The scandal, by the way, I think the worst scandal the IRS did with the conservative 501Cs, it&#x27;s just the tip of the iceberg of how they&#x27;re doing it. And that particular one is going to hurt. But any company can demonstrate layoff for employees.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If the money is not there, you can&#x27;t pay the employees. Excuse me. So, yes, I saw that as well. I get worried about that. We should really worry about this administration and how it&#x27;s turning the laws upside down in order to accomplish its goals. And when you have to coerce American people, hopefully they&#x27;ll at some point stop and say enough is enough. Well, it&#x27;s just amazing, Don, because let&#x27;s just say here we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds to go and I just want to get your quick opinion on this. But what if George Bush was doing this?</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> What do you think the media would be doing? What do you think the Democrats would be saying if George Bush was doing this? Oh, my God. They&#x27;d be saying the next coming or the first coming of the Caesars if Bush was doing it. But as a member of the media sometimes I cringe at what we do on occasion. I&#x27;m not a conservative. I&#x27;m an online newsman. I sit on a medical marijuana board, a nonprofit, so I can&#x27;t be considered too much of a conservative. But I do feel that the media has not done its job of really holding this administration&#x27;s toes to the fire.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> And it&#x27;s a shame because they&#x27;re doing a disservice to the American public. Well, you know, the difference between, I guess, a Democrat and Republican, conservative or not, is a conservative just smokes a smaller joint than a liberal does. I like that one. I&#x27;ll have to tell that one at the next board meeting. Well, you know a conservative is a liberal who was mugged last night. Well, folks, that is a great interview. Don Mazzella, again, joining us from New Jersey. Don, we&#x27;re going to stay in touch with you and see what happens here going forward. But it&#x27;s just a confusing world we live in, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, but I&#x27;m convinced the republic will survive. Yeah. Well, folks, you heard it right from Don. Don, thanks a lot today.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Don Mazzella</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Don Mazzella, healthcare, entrepreneurship, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/image.jpg?t=1792071371&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-mazzella-healthcare-policy-and-small-business-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/image.jpg?t=1792071371&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Feb 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12322382" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-mazzella-healthcare-policy-and-small-business-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>132</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Policy and Small Business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:07" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kathleen Peddicord: How to Retire Overseas</title>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen Peddicord: How to Retire Overseas</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week on the Financial Safari, we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world. Authors, artists, actors, and financial experts. You never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the Financial Safari. So let&#x27;s send it to Coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest. Take it away, Coach. This is Walter Storholt filling in for Coach Pete on this week&#x27;s interview. And today we&#x27;re going to be joined by the author of the book, How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. And our guest is Kathleen Petticord, the author of the book. And Kathleen, thank you for joining us today. And first of all, it says on the back of the book, retiring abroad has never been more accessible, appealing, and affordable.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Why? Hello. Good morning. I&#x27;m very glad to be here. It is because primarily of thanks to the internet. The internet makes this much easier, a much more accessible idea, much easier to research, much easier to consider. You can wake up one morning with the idea in your head that you would like to retire to the south of France or to an island off Belize. And you can go to Google and search and find all the information you could need or want to figure out how to actually make that happen. So is this something that you have done yourself, Kathleen, or have you seen it personally for many people? I&#x27;ve been covering this beat, as it were, for almost 30 years. But I&#x27;m not retired yet. I&#x27;m still working away. But I left the States about 16 years ago. I lived in Ireland for seven</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years, Paris for four. And we&#x27;re living now in Panama City, Panama. We&#x27;ve been here about five and a half years. So I have a fair amount of experience living outside the States and doing business, but not as a retiree. But I&#x27;ve been working over these 29 years with tens and tens of thousands of people who have retired overseas during that time. Now, tell me a little bit about this, because, you know, a lot of people traditionally are going to Florida. We know that Arizona over the past several years has kind of exploded into a retiree haven. Why go overseas when you can get what you, you know, you can get the nice beaches, you can get the warm weather here in the U.S.? You can. And the primary motivating factor, the impetus that gets a lot of people to consider</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> this idea, puts this idea on the table for a lot of retirees, is cost of living and especially of health care. Because both those things, your cost of living overall and especially your cost of medical care and health insurance can be dramatically reduced. It sounds like kind of marketing speak, but they can become a fraction of what they would be back home, you know, depending on wherever that you&#x27;re coming from. So you can afford a kind of lifestyle that you might have to write off your list entirely if you were to stay in the States. So the best of a California Pacific Coast lifestyle, or the best of a Caribbean Coast lifestyle, or mountain or city or whatever your retirement dream is, you&#x27;ll be able to afford that lifestyle in its fully packaged glory. You won&#x27;t be skimping or</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> scraping by or making do. You&#x27;ll have the retirement you dreamed of because your money, whatever your retirement nest egg is, it will just go much farther. So that&#x27;s what gets a lot of people going on this idea. It&#x27;s just a very practical, you know, back to basics idea. Your retirement dollars, however many of them you have, will go farther. But then what happens once you begin to consider this idea, and certainly once you begin to look at specific destinations and take your research trip and start spending time in other places you&#x27;re considering, is you realize that the reduced cost of living is just the beginning of the payoff, that the real payoff is a much enriched, a much broadened and expanded lifestyle. We&#x27;re talking to Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Live Well for Less Abroad. Do you run into the situation where folks, they kind of have that dream of living overseas, but they also don&#x27;t want to leave the good old USA? They&#x27;ve been happy being American citizens. And do you ever run into that scenario where they want the, they want that tropical feel and they want that retirement destination, but at the same time don&#x27;t want to leave the country they&#x27;ve lived in their whole lives? Definitely. There are a lot of emotional and psychological factors to consider. And what I say to people is, this is not all or nothing. And it isn&#x27;t like jumping off a cliff, or it shouldn&#x27;t be. You don&#x27;t have to decide you&#x27;re retiring to Belize or Uruguay or Argentina or France or Thailand or wherever you, you know, your, your imagination takes you. You don&#x27;t have to wake up. I&#x27;m retiring to Thailand. I&#x27;m selling my house. I&#x27;m selling my two cars. I&#x27;m selling my lawnmower. I&#x27;m selling</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and giving away everything I own at this point. And I&#x27;m packing my suitcases and I&#x27;m going to Chiang Mai, Thailand, and I&#x27;m never coming back. Well, the thought of that is, is intimidating, scary, and kind of crazy. On the face of it, that&#x27;s a kind of crazy idea. So don&#x27;t approach it that way. I really recommend to people approach this in stages, in steps, and the steps can be as big or as small as you&#x27;re comfortable with. Also, this idea is very customizable. So if you&#x27;re not interested or if you&#x27;re intimidated by the idea of retiring full time to another country, don&#x27;t. Just think of it this way. Start out by taking a trip. Go for two weeks or a month to someplace that has your attention someplace you&#x27;ve dreamed about your whole life. You&#x27;ve wanted to spend time in Italy. Fair</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> enough. Go spend two weeks or four weeks in Italy and just see what you see. See where that leads. It can all develop very organically and gradually. You talked about health insurance and medical care and those kinds of things. What about taxes? Are taxes better outside the United States in some of these locations? How often are people going to be putting themselves into a better tax situation? It depends on your situation. Where does your money come from? For the typical retiree, if what you&#x27;re talking about is pension income, social security income, just quote unquote retirement income, then moving to another country, retiring overseas should be a tax neutral event for you. You won&#x27;t pay any more tax and you probably won&#x27;t pay any less. If though you still have earned income,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> then if you are running a business, an internet business or consulting or earning income in any capacity, then the tax savings can be substantial. Excellent. This is good information to know. Now, we can talk in generics all day, Kathleen, but I like to get into specifics. So let&#x27;s hear some of the popular places that people like to go. If you had a top three of the most popular places and the places that give you the best benefits, where would they be and what are some of those best benefits that you&#x27;d get? I&#x27;d say right now, the three places that make the most sense and where the greatest numbers of Americans are retiring would be Panama, Belize and Ecuador. And why? Panama is, I see it as</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> the destination with the lowest level of culture shock. This is kind of the easiest place to go if you&#x27;re just not sure about the idea, worried about what your new life will be like. You don&#x27;t want to learn Spanish. You don&#x27;t want life to be too different. Panama is a really good choice. I think of it sometimes as kind of a halfway house for retirees because Americans are very much a part of the landscape here. You know, we built the canal for the past hundred years. We&#x27;ve been a big part of life, especially in Panama City. In Panama City, you definitely can get by without learning Spanish and you&#x27;ll be tapping into, you&#x27;ll have the opportunity to tap into a very established, very big and very fast growing community of other people just like you. Like-minded people of your same age, with your same interests, your same life experiences, looking for more friends just like you are at this</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> stage of life. So Panama, it offers affordable or even really low, depending where in the country you go, cost of living, world standard health care, especially in Panama City. It&#x27;s very accessible. It&#x27;s the travel hub of the Americas. So it&#x27;s very easy place to come to and from, from North America. It has everything that the retiree is looking for. It has beaches. It has lots of sunshine, warm weather. So it&#x27;s an all around great destination. And again, it&#x27;s very well packaged at this point because there are just so many other Americans who&#x27;ve already retired here. Ecuador is a top choice if budget is your primary concern. Ecuador is the most affordable place to retire overseas comfortably right now. There are places where you could retire on less, but you would be moving farther outside your comfort</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> zone as an American retiree. For a typical American retiree looking for a reasonably comfortable lifestyle, Ecuador is the best choice from a cost of living factor. And then I mentioned Belize. I think Belize is the best choice for someone who wants a Caribbean lifestyle in retirement. And for some people, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;ve dreamt of their whole lives. They&#x27;d want to swing in a havoc, you know, with the warm tropical breeze and the white sand all around and the blue waters and here the lapping Caribbean sea, that&#x27;s their ideal retirement picture. And Belize is, I think, the best place to pursue that right now. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. One little item I want to go over, Kathleen, before we let you go</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> is what about safety? Because I know that that&#x27;s going to be a primary concern. It&#x27;s not necessarily a financial one, but a lot of people are going to say, well, these places all sound wonderful, but how safe am I going to be to drive a car there and to feel free to walk around at night and those kinds of things? And where do you stand? And does that change sort of your answers on any of the questions that people have for you frequently? Definitely. That&#x27;s a primary concern. I&#x27;d say along with health care, medical care, that safety is the biggest concern for a retiree and understandably so, especially a single woman retiring on her own to another country. And I&#x27;m asked this question really every day at this point from single women in their 50s or 60s thinking about retiring to a new country. And I&#x27;m so impressed by them because I recognize it takes not an insignificant amount of courage to take this step on your own</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> as a woman in your 50s or 60s or even older. And my response is all of the places that we recommend and that I write about, all the countries and destinations that I feature in the book, for example, they are all safe. They are definitely all safe places for the American retiree, including a single woman retiree. That&#x27;s not to say there&#x27;s no crime. There&#x27;s nowhere in the world where crime doesn&#x27;t exist. In any city, you&#x27;re going to have, you know, street crime, petty crime, pickpockets, etc. Anywhere in the world, there&#x27;s crimes of opportunity will take place. If you leave your iPad sitting on a park bench anywhere in the world, somebody&#x27;s probably going to pick it up. Does that mean it&#x27;s an unsafe place? No. So you have to make a distinction between certainly violent crime and the places I talk about, that&#x27;s not a concern at all. Petty crime, you just, you know,</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> use your common sense. But again, the places that we recommend, they&#x27;re all places where I&#x27;ve spent time, I was a single mom for a part of my career, part of my life. These are places I traveled to on my own with my young daughter when it was just her and me and where I have always felt very safe. I recently was in Cancun and stayed in one of those all-inclusive resorts. And when I, when I hear places like Panama or Belize or, you know, or Mexico or something else where you&#x27;re going to this sort of tropical location to retire, I, the first thing that I picture is going to be the sort of that resort style. Is that how people are retiring in these locations? Or are you in your own home or your own condo and you&#x27;ve still got to go to the market and do all those kinds of things? Or are both of those options available? Both of those options. All versions of this are possible.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> And that, that question speaks to what I think is a critical question for anyone considering this idea to address very early on in the thinking. And that is, do you want to retire to that kind of an environment to a resort style environment or what is very common in, in places where retirees are congregating foreign retirees established and kind of turnkey developments designed and built specifically for foreign retirees. These are increasingly common in lots of places, especially Panama, Ecuador, Belize, and the places that I write about all the time. You&#x27;ll find lots of these. These developments are typically designed, conceived, built by Americans. Sometimes Americans who&#x27;ve retired to the country, looked around, saw an opportunity for this kind of a product, this</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> kind of a lifestyle product and, and are building them. So now, you know, there have been retirees in Panama for 15 years. Americans have been retiring here in big numbers. And a number of them now in all those years have worked to build these kinds of developments. Moving into one of these places, your day-to-day experience of life could be very much the same as though you were retired in Florida or Arizona in the States. Everything would feel very comfortable, would look the same because it&#x27;s been built by someone like you from your same background and lifestyle history in the States. So it&#x27;s going to look like what you grew up with, what you&#x27;re used to. Or do you want to move outside that comfort zone and have a more adventuresome experience? And I think of this as the question of how local do you</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> want to go. Buying into one of the packaged turnkey developments is a non-local choice. Your neighbors are going to be other foreigners like you. Lots of pluses and some minuses. Or do you want to, again, have a more exotic experience and have, you know, in Panama, live in a Panamanian neighborhood and have Panamanians as, as your new friends? That&#x27;s a really critical question to address up front. Lots of options, lots of questions, and that&#x27;s where I want to leave this, Kathleen. Kathleen, I&#x27;m not at retirement age, but if I were, having read through some of your book already, I want to get started. So what do I need to do first? Do I need to pick the location I want to go? Do I pick a style? Or do I start with what my budget is and then see all the different places that might be options? All those are important things, but where I think you&#x27;d start is, it sounds</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> a little silly, a little corny, but you need to get to know yourself. What is it you want? What kind of lifestyle are you looking for? And this probably speaks to your suggestion of what style are you looking for. I suggest, think of it this way. This makes it very specific, very tangible. What view would you like to have outside your bedroom window every morning? Do you want to see the Caribbean Sea? Do you want to see the crashing Pacific Ocean? Do you want to see a city street scene? Do you want to see a hillside covered with wildflowers? What lifestyle do you want? Start there. What&#x27;s important to you and what&#x27;s not? Make a list. Make a detailed list and then you go and try to connect the dots between your priorities and your preferences and the lifestyle you want to create for yourself. Connect that to where in the world you can afford it. Again, the book is How to Retire Overseas,</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad, written by Kathleen Petticord. She&#x27;s been our guest here today on The Financial Safari. If you&#x27;re interested in retiring overseas, this is a must read. Again, the book, How to Retire Overseas. Kathleen, thank you so much for joining us here on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it and enjoy the warm weather down there for us, would you? Thank you very much. It was great to talk to you. Stay tuned. There&#x27;s more coming up here on The Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week on the Financial Safari, we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world. Authors, artists, actors, and financial experts. You never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the Financial Safari. So let&#x27;s send it to Coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest. Take it away, Coach. This is Walter Storholt filling in for Coach Pete on this week&#x27;s interview. And today we&#x27;re going to be joined by the author of the book, How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. And our guest is Kathleen Petticord, the author of the book. And Kathleen, thank you for joining us today. And first of all, it says on the back of the book, retiring abroad has never been more accessible, appealing, and affordable.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Why? Hello. Good morning. I&#x27;m very glad to be here. It is because primarily of thanks to the internet. The internet makes this much easier, a much more accessible idea, much easier to research, much easier to consider. You can wake up one morning with the idea in your head that you would like to retire to the south of France or to an island off Belize. And you can go to Google and search and find all the information you could need or want to figure out how to actually make that happen. So is this something that you have done yourself, Kathleen, or have you seen it personally for many people? I&#x27;ve been covering this beat, as it were, for almost 30 years. But I&#x27;m not retired yet. I&#x27;m still working away. But I left the States about 16 years ago. I lived in Ireland for seven</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years, Paris for four. And we&#x27;re living now in Panama City, Panama. We&#x27;ve been here about five and a half years. So I have a fair amount of experience living outside the States and doing business, but not as a retiree. But I&#x27;ve been working over these 29 years with tens and tens of thousands of people who have retired overseas during that time. Now, tell me a little bit about this, because, you know, a lot of people traditionally are going to Florida. We know that Arizona over the past several years has kind of exploded into a retiree haven. Why go overseas when you can get what you, you know, you can get the nice beaches, you can get the warm weather here in the U.S.? You can. And the primary motivating factor, the impetus that gets a lot of people to consider</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> this idea, puts this idea on the table for a lot of retirees, is cost of living and especially of health care. Because both those things, your cost of living overall and especially your cost of medical care and health insurance can be dramatically reduced. It sounds like kind of marketing speak, but they can become a fraction of what they would be back home, you know, depending on wherever that you&#x27;re coming from. So you can afford a kind of lifestyle that you might have to write off your list entirely if you were to stay in the States. So the best of a California Pacific Coast lifestyle, or the best of a Caribbean Coast lifestyle, or mountain or city or whatever your retirement dream is, you&#x27;ll be able to afford that lifestyle in its fully packaged glory. You won&#x27;t be skimping or</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> scraping by or making do. You&#x27;ll have the retirement you dreamed of because your money, whatever your retirement nest egg is, it will just go much farther. So that&#x27;s what gets a lot of people going on this idea. It&#x27;s just a very practical, you know, back to basics idea. Your retirement dollars, however many of them you have, will go farther. But then what happens once you begin to consider this idea, and certainly once you begin to look at specific destinations and take your research trip and start spending time in other places you&#x27;re considering, is you realize that the reduced cost of living is just the beginning of the payoff, that the real payoff is a much enriched, a much broadened and expanded lifestyle. We&#x27;re talking to Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Live Well for Less Abroad. Do you run into the situation where folks, they kind of have that dream of living overseas, but they also don&#x27;t want to leave the good old USA? They&#x27;ve been happy being American citizens. And do you ever run into that scenario where they want the, they want that tropical feel and they want that retirement destination, but at the same time don&#x27;t want to leave the country they&#x27;ve lived in their whole lives? Definitely. There are a lot of emotional and psychological factors to consider. And what I say to people is, this is not all or nothing. And it isn&#x27;t like jumping off a cliff, or it shouldn&#x27;t be. You don&#x27;t have to decide you&#x27;re retiring to Belize or Uruguay or Argentina or France or Thailand or wherever you, you know, your, your imagination takes you. You don&#x27;t have to wake up. I&#x27;m retiring to Thailand. I&#x27;m selling my house. I&#x27;m selling my two cars. I&#x27;m selling my lawnmower. I&#x27;m selling</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and giving away everything I own at this point. And I&#x27;m packing my suitcases and I&#x27;m going to Chiang Mai, Thailand, and I&#x27;m never coming back. Well, the thought of that is, is intimidating, scary, and kind of crazy. On the face of it, that&#x27;s a kind of crazy idea. So don&#x27;t approach it that way. I really recommend to people approach this in stages, in steps, and the steps can be as big or as small as you&#x27;re comfortable with. Also, this idea is very customizable. So if you&#x27;re not interested or if you&#x27;re intimidated by the idea of retiring full time to another country, don&#x27;t. Just think of it this way. Start out by taking a trip. Go for two weeks or a month to someplace that has your attention someplace you&#x27;ve dreamed about your whole life. You&#x27;ve wanted to spend time in Italy. Fair</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> enough. Go spend two weeks or four weeks in Italy and just see what you see. See where that leads. It can all develop very organically and gradually. You talked about health insurance and medical care and those kinds of things. What about taxes? Are taxes better outside the United States in some of these locations? How often are people going to be putting themselves into a better tax situation? It depends on your situation. Where does your money come from? For the typical retiree, if what you&#x27;re talking about is pension income, social security income, just quote unquote retirement income, then moving to another country, retiring overseas should be a tax neutral event for you. You won&#x27;t pay any more tax and you probably won&#x27;t pay any less. If though you still have earned income,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> then if you are running a business, an internet business or consulting or earning income in any capacity, then the tax savings can be substantial. Excellent. This is good information to know. Now, we can talk in generics all day, Kathleen, but I like to get into specifics. So let&#x27;s hear some of the popular places that people like to go. If you had a top three of the most popular places and the places that give you the best benefits, where would they be and what are some of those best benefits that you&#x27;d get? I&#x27;d say right now, the three places that make the most sense and where the greatest numbers of Americans are retiring would be Panama, Belize and Ecuador. And why? Panama is, I see it as</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> the destination with the lowest level of culture shock. This is kind of the easiest place to go if you&#x27;re just not sure about the idea, worried about what your new life will be like. You don&#x27;t want to learn Spanish. You don&#x27;t want life to be too different. Panama is a really good choice. I think of it sometimes as kind of a halfway house for retirees because Americans are very much a part of the landscape here. You know, we built the canal for the past hundred years. We&#x27;ve been a big part of life, especially in Panama City. In Panama City, you definitely can get by without learning Spanish and you&#x27;ll be tapping into, you&#x27;ll have the opportunity to tap into a very established, very big and very fast growing community of other people just like you. Like-minded people of your same age, with your same interests, your same life experiences, looking for more friends just like you are at this</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> stage of life. So Panama, it offers affordable or even really low, depending where in the country you go, cost of living, world standard health care, especially in Panama City. It&#x27;s very accessible. It&#x27;s the travel hub of the Americas. So it&#x27;s very easy place to come to and from, from North America. It has everything that the retiree is looking for. It has beaches. It has lots of sunshine, warm weather. So it&#x27;s an all around great destination. And again, it&#x27;s very well packaged at this point because there are just so many other Americans who&#x27;ve already retired here. Ecuador is a top choice if budget is your primary concern. Ecuador is the most affordable place to retire overseas comfortably right now. There are places where you could retire on less, but you would be moving farther outside your comfort</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> zone as an American retiree. For a typical American retiree looking for a reasonably comfortable lifestyle, Ecuador is the best choice from a cost of living factor. And then I mentioned Belize. I think Belize is the best choice for someone who wants a Caribbean lifestyle in retirement. And for some people, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;ve dreamt of their whole lives. They&#x27;d want to swing in a havoc, you know, with the warm tropical breeze and the white sand all around and the blue waters and here the lapping Caribbean sea, that&#x27;s their ideal retirement picture. And Belize is, I think, the best place to pursue that right now. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. One little item I want to go over, Kathleen, before we let you go</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> is what about safety? Because I know that that&#x27;s going to be a primary concern. It&#x27;s not necessarily a financial one, but a lot of people are going to say, well, these places all sound wonderful, but how safe am I going to be to drive a car there and to feel free to walk around at night and those kinds of things? And where do you stand? And does that change sort of your answers on any of the questions that people have for you frequently? Definitely. That&#x27;s a primary concern. I&#x27;d say along with health care, medical care, that safety is the biggest concern for a retiree and understandably so, especially a single woman retiring on her own to another country. And I&#x27;m asked this question really every day at this point from single women in their 50s or 60s thinking about retiring to a new country. And I&#x27;m so impressed by them because I recognize it takes not an insignificant amount of courage to take this step on your own</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> as a woman in your 50s or 60s or even older. And my response is all of the places that we recommend and that I write about, all the countries and destinations that I feature in the book, for example, they are all safe. They are definitely all safe places for the American retiree, including a single woman retiree. That&#x27;s not to say there&#x27;s no crime. There&#x27;s nowhere in the world where crime doesn&#x27;t exist. In any city, you&#x27;re going to have, you know, street crime, petty crime, pickpockets, etc. Anywhere in the world, there&#x27;s crimes of opportunity will take place. If you leave your iPad sitting on a park bench anywhere in the world, somebody&#x27;s probably going to pick it up. Does that mean it&#x27;s an unsafe place? No. So you have to make a distinction between certainly violent crime and the places I talk about, that&#x27;s not a concern at all. Petty crime, you just, you know,</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> use your common sense. But again, the places that we recommend, they&#x27;re all places where I&#x27;ve spent time, I was a single mom for a part of my career, part of my life. These are places I traveled to on my own with my young daughter when it was just her and me and where I have always felt very safe. I recently was in Cancun and stayed in one of those all-inclusive resorts. And when I, when I hear places like Panama or Belize or, you know, or Mexico or something else where you&#x27;re going to this sort of tropical location to retire, I, the first thing that I picture is going to be the sort of that resort style. Is that how people are retiring in these locations? Or are you in your own home or your own condo and you&#x27;ve still got to go to the market and do all those kinds of things? Or are both of those options available? Both of those options. All versions of this are possible.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> And that, that question speaks to what I think is a critical question for anyone considering this idea to address very early on in the thinking. And that is, do you want to retire to that kind of an environment to a resort style environment or what is very common in, in places where retirees are congregating foreign retirees established and kind of turnkey developments designed and built specifically for foreign retirees. These are increasingly common in lots of places, especially Panama, Ecuador, Belize, and the places that I write about all the time. You&#x27;ll find lots of these. These developments are typically designed, conceived, built by Americans. Sometimes Americans who&#x27;ve retired to the country, looked around, saw an opportunity for this kind of a product, this</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> kind of a lifestyle product and, and are building them. So now, you know, there have been retirees in Panama for 15 years. Americans have been retiring here in big numbers. And a number of them now in all those years have worked to build these kinds of developments. Moving into one of these places, your day-to-day experience of life could be very much the same as though you were retired in Florida or Arizona in the States. Everything would feel very comfortable, would look the same because it&#x27;s been built by someone like you from your same background and lifestyle history in the States. So it&#x27;s going to look like what you grew up with, what you&#x27;re used to. Or do you want to move outside that comfort zone and have a more adventuresome experience? And I think of this as the question of how local do you</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> want to go. Buying into one of the packaged turnkey developments is a non-local choice. Your neighbors are going to be other foreigners like you. Lots of pluses and some minuses. Or do you want to, again, have a more exotic experience and have, you know, in Panama, live in a Panamanian neighborhood and have Panamanians as, as your new friends? That&#x27;s a really critical question to address up front. Lots of options, lots of questions, and that&#x27;s where I want to leave this, Kathleen. Kathleen, I&#x27;m not at retirement age, but if I were, having read through some of your book already, I want to get started. So what do I need to do first? Do I need to pick the location I want to go? Do I pick a style? Or do I start with what my budget is and then see all the different places that might be options? All those are important things, but where I think you&#x27;d start is, it sounds</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> a little silly, a little corny, but you need to get to know yourself. What is it you want? What kind of lifestyle are you looking for? And this probably speaks to your suggestion of what style are you looking for. I suggest, think of it this way. This makes it very specific, very tangible. What view would you like to have outside your bedroom window every morning? Do you want to see the Caribbean Sea? Do you want to see the crashing Pacific Ocean? Do you want to see a city street scene? Do you want to see a hillside covered with wildflowers? What lifestyle do you want? Start there. What&#x27;s important to you and what&#x27;s not? Make a list. Make a detailed list and then you go and try to connect the dots between your priorities and your preferences and the lifestyle you want to create for yourself. Connect that to where in the world you can afford it. Again, the book is How to Retire Overseas,</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad, written by Kathleen Petticord. She&#x27;s been our guest here today on The Financial Safari. If you&#x27;re interested in retiring overseas, this is a must read. Again, the book, How to Retire Overseas. Kathleen, thank you so much for joining us here on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it and enjoy the warm weather down there for us, would you? Thank you very much. It was great to talk to you. Stay tuned. There&#x27;s more coming up here on The Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kathleen Peddicord</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kathleen Peddicord, retirement planning, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/image.jpg?t=1792071191&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-peddicord-how-to-retire-overseas/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/image.jpg?t=1792071191&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2014 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>922</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14783717" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-peddicord-how-to-retire-overseas</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>133</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How to Retire Overseas" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:01" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Stovall: The Millionaire Map and Movie Cameos (Interview Segment)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Stovall: The Millionaire Map and Movie Cameos (Interview Segment)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall and Coach Pete discuss The Millionaire Map, the misconceptions surrounding wealth, and the films based on Stovall&#x27;s books. This January 2014 interview segment includes the story behind his recurring limousine-driver cameo.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re an inspiration to us all here. You&#x27;ve done such great stuff with your life, and you continue to do great things. And you also have movies out. The last movie was a great one, just as good as the first one. I mean, are you working on any new movies? Yeah, we are. The Ultimate Life is now out on DVD and Blu-ray, and we&#x27;re working on the third movie in that trilogy now. It&#x27;s entitled The Gift of a Legacy. And hopefully about a year from now, you&#x27;ll be seeing it at a theater near you and working with our friends at 20th Century Fox. So still enjoying the movie thing. This will be our fifth one. Now, you have a cameo in each movie, right? I have. I have. For those of your listeners who are worried about these sorts of things, if you&#x27;ll pick up a copy of The Ultimate Life, the limo driver is back,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and he still hasn&#x27;t wrecked the car or injured anyone too badly. And you are the limo driver. That is indeed true. Something always made sense to me about having the blind guy drive the limo. You know, it&#x27;s funny. Michael Landon, Jr. directed this film, and he said, Can I ask why you&#x27;re the limo driver in all the films? And I said, Yeah. When they first asked me to do this, and they were making one of my earlier books into a movie, they asked if I would do a cameo, and I said, I&#x27;ll play anything but a blind guy. And they said, Well, pick the part you want. And I figured there&#x27;s no way they&#x27;re going to turn that limo driver into a blind guy. So that&#x27;s how I got to be the limo driver. Now, The Millionaire Map, and every chapter is fantastic. But I&#x27;m going to pick a few out. We&#x27;re going to talk about them just briefly, almost like the book-on-tape summary version of the book.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And then I think people, once they hear this, will probably want to go out and get a copy. And, folks, again, they&#x27;re available at Amazon.com, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the stores as well. But let&#x27;s start with Chapter 1, Jim. The Millionaire Road Less Traveled. Now, what does that mean to the listener out here? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of myths, if you were. There&#x27;s a lot of misconceptions about millionaires. Who are they? Where do they come from? You know, if you stopped people on the street just randomly and asked, How do people get to be millionaires? The number one answer they&#x27;ll give you is they inherited it, or they got lucky, or they won the lottery. In reality, almost 90% of millionaires are self-made first-generation millionaires. People like you and me that went out and created value in the world and, you know, made a difference and realized that&#x27;s what generates wealth in our society.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And your subtitle here is, If you want to reach a new destination, you have to travel a new road on your millionaire map. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to be doing it. I mean, you know, if you&#x27;re in debt or you&#x27;re not accumulating wealth as quickly as you want to, in order to be a millionaire and to grow from there, you&#x27;re going to have to do something you&#x27;re not doing. If you&#x27;re going to have something you don&#x27;t got, and it&#x27;s just about that simple. Well, Albert Einstein&#x27;s favorite saying or famous saying was, Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. So if you&#x27;re not changing anything, you just expect it to stay the same. And I think that, you know, around this time of year, the beginning of the years is usually when people have these New Year&#x27;s resolutions. And, you know, by the time we&#x27;re four or five months into the year, people have already given those up. The gym is always crowded on the day after New Year. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And about mid-February, you can get right in there.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall and Coach Pete discuss The Millionaire Map, the misconceptions surrounding wealth, and the films based on Stovall&#x27;s books. This January 2014 interview segment includes the story behind his recurring limousine-driver cameo.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re an inspiration to us all here. You&#x27;ve done such great stuff with your life, and you continue to do great things. And you also have movies out. The last movie was a great one, just as good as the first one. I mean, are you working on any new movies? Yeah, we are. The Ultimate Life is now out on DVD and Blu-ray, and we&#x27;re working on the third movie in that trilogy now. It&#x27;s entitled The Gift of a Legacy. And hopefully about a year from now, you&#x27;ll be seeing it at a theater near you and working with our friends at 20th Century Fox. So still enjoying the movie thing. This will be our fifth one. Now, you have a cameo in each movie, right? I have. I have. For those of your listeners who are worried about these sorts of things, if you&#x27;ll pick up a copy of The Ultimate Life, the limo driver is back,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> and he still hasn&#x27;t wrecked the car or injured anyone too badly. And you are the limo driver. That is indeed true. Something always made sense to me about having the blind guy drive the limo. You know, it&#x27;s funny. Michael Landon, Jr. directed this film, and he said, Can I ask why you&#x27;re the limo driver in all the films? And I said, Yeah. When they first asked me to do this, and they were making one of my earlier books into a movie, they asked if I would do a cameo, and I said, I&#x27;ll play anything but a blind guy. And they said, Well, pick the part you want. And I figured there&#x27;s no way they&#x27;re going to turn that limo driver into a blind guy. So that&#x27;s how I got to be the limo driver. Now, The Millionaire Map, and every chapter is fantastic. But I&#x27;m going to pick a few out. We&#x27;re going to talk about them just briefly, almost like the book-on-tape summary version of the book.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And then I think people, once they hear this, will probably want to go out and get a copy. And, folks, again, they&#x27;re available at Amazon.com, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the stores as well. But let&#x27;s start with Chapter 1, Jim. The Millionaire Road Less Traveled. Now, what does that mean to the listener out here? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of myths, if you were. There&#x27;s a lot of misconceptions about millionaires. Who are they? Where do they come from? You know, if you stopped people on the street just randomly and asked, How do people get to be millionaires? The number one answer they&#x27;ll give you is they inherited it, or they got lucky, or they won the lottery. In reality, almost 90% of millionaires are self-made first-generation millionaires. People like you and me that went out and created value in the world and, you know, made a difference and realized that&#x27;s what generates wealth in our society.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And your subtitle here is, If you want to reach a new destination, you have to travel a new road on your millionaire map. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to be doing it. I mean, you know, if you&#x27;re in debt or you&#x27;re not accumulating wealth as quickly as you want to, in order to be a millionaire and to grow from there, you&#x27;re going to have to do something you&#x27;re not doing. If you&#x27;re going to have something you don&#x27;t got, and it&#x27;s just about that simple. Well, Albert Einstein&#x27;s favorite saying or famous saying was, Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. So if you&#x27;re not changing anything, you just expect it to stay the same. And I think that, you know, around this time of year, the beginning of the years is usually when people have these New Year&#x27;s resolutions. And, you know, by the time we&#x27;re four or five months into the year, people have already given those up. The gym is always crowded on the day after New Year. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And about mid-February, you can get right in there.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Stovall and Coach Pete discuss The Millionaire Map, the misconceptions surrounding wealth, and the films based on Stovall's books. This January 2014 interview segment includes the story behind his recurring limousine-driver cameo.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Stovall</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>The Millionaire Map and Movie Cameos</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Stovall, film and television, The Millionaire Map and Movie Cameos, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b/image.jpg?t=1792071879&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-the-millionaire-map-and-movie-cameos-interview-segment/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b/image.jpg?t=1792071879&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2014 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>193</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99ebc182-567f-4b6b-88ba-b4e30012fe3b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="3120760" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-the-millionaire-map-and-movie-cameos-interview-segment</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>134</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Millionaire Map and Movie Cameos" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Money Wave special edition of the Wealth Roundtable show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda, joined with author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. He is from Pennsylvania, also has an office in the Miami area of Florida. His name is Mr. Mike Wall. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, this is a good book, man. I tell you, it&#x27;s easy to read. And that&#x27;s the simple thing about books. And if people know me, I have a lot of books that are sent to me all the time because everyone wants me to interview them for the show. And I want to tell everyone that I actually found your book online and bought it before you even told me you&#x27;d wrote one. So the good thing about this is this is a book that I&#x27;ve read and I appreciate. And I want to go through some of the chapters in here. And this is almost going to be like a book on tape summary edition, which, you know, these days people are so busy with life.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> They get a book like this. And it&#x27;s an easy to read book. How many pages was it? It was like about 100 pages. And they put it over on the counter. And then all of a sudden, the mail comes that day. They put it on top of the book and tomorrow&#x27;s mail and so on. And eventually, they don&#x27;t read the book. So what I want to do today is go through a summary of what the book is and some of the chapters here. And I think that once people hear about the book and about the great information you have in here, they&#x27;ll probably want to get a copy of it. So we&#x27;ll try to figure out. Is it on Amazon? It&#x27;s on Amazon. That&#x27;s where I bought it. It&#x27;s on Barnes &amp; Noble. That&#x27;s where I bought it. Because I bought it on Amazon. It&#x27;s Barnes &amp; Noble. So again, retire once, retire well. Why do you want to get it? Well, we&#x27;ll see if it makes sense to you. Or we&#x27;ll see if these topics here are relevant, in my opinion, to anyone, especially with people with money they don&#x27;t want to lose in retirement or want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So you start Chapter 1 with something called The Reason. Yeah. What&#x27;s the reason, Mike? Well, you know, Coach, first off, I appreciate the compliments about The Read. Yep. You know, the reason is really all about – you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for, geez, almost 13 years, basically, and done a lot of research. We&#x27;ve had a lot of great opportunities to do different media here and there and all over the place. And it&#x27;s really come down to – I&#x27;ve come to understand that a lot of the needs and concerns for the clients that we work with and the clients that are out there that are retired or soon will be are really similar, really the same. So I wanted to sit down and really kind of say, okay, you know what? What can we do and how can I put down some information that&#x27;s easy to read, quick, simple, and put it in a way that they can take from it and actually gain from it and help them improve their life in the future?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And your subtitle is Uncovering and Avoiding Pitfalls to Keep Your Retirement Safe. And I think – well, it covers it, Mike. I mean, you spend a lot of time building up these retirement plans. And 2008 is still fresh on my mind. Yeah. We had people calling our show and we had people coming in whose advisor wasn&#x27;t calling them back, wasn&#x27;t returning calls. And you remember those mountain charts where they show – every day the market was going down 100, 200, 300, 400 points, and people weren&#x27;t getting any communication. And unfortunately, this is when people realized they weren&#x27;t allocated correctly. It was after the fact, not before. And you argue that the most important thing anyone can do out there in the financial world is get a plan before something happens wrong. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s the idea of if you knew – The pre-catalyst kind of event. Exactly. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a situation where you lost $400,000,000, $600,000,000 or more or less depending on the portfolio size.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> But let&#x27;s say you lost that in your portfolio. And you sat down before 2008 and had a conversation with your advisor. And he said, hey, if we have a 2008 or a big negative market, this is what you could lose. And they gave you roughly a number. You know, not exactly, but roughly. And you said, you know what? I&#x27;m okay with that amount of risk. Right. And then you lost money. Whose fault is it? What&#x27;s your fault? It&#x27;s your fault. Because you were willing to take the risk. Exactly. But you didn&#x27;t realize how much that risk was going to hurt. But if you never had that conversation, if the advisor never sat down and had the conversation with you, now whose fault is it? Well, it&#x27;s the advisor&#x27;s fault. That&#x27;s exactly right. But in a way, yes, it&#x27;s 98% the advisor&#x27;s fault, but still 2% your fault for not saying, hey. Being educated. Yeah, or shaking them and saying, either you&#x27;re going to help me or I&#x27;m going to find somebody else or I&#x27;m going to educate myself. And that&#x27;s the point of the book. I wanted to create something that would allow people the knowledge to be able to be educated in such a way that they can know what to ask, know where to go, and know where to get answers to help them to know how to protect themselves.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And then not only protect themselves, but grow things in a way that puts them where they want to be. If you have a question for Mike you want to ask right now on air, give a call right now to our toll-free money line. It is 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, in the book you have a topic, a chapter called Hope is Not a Strategy, although it seems like it is for a lot of people. Now, let&#x27;s go quickly into what that chapter is about. You know, it&#x27;s really the idea of a lot of people live on an island, I like to say. It&#x27;s called Someday Isle. It would be better than Gilligan&#x27;s Island. Yeah, a little bit better than Gilligan, yeah. Maybe someday they&#x27;ll do something, right? Yeah, someday I&#x27;ll do this, someday I&#x27;ll do that. You know, I&#x27;m hoping that this happens.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I&#x27;m hoping that that happens. The problem is this hope isn&#x27;t reality. And you can&#x27;t base your future on hope. You&#x27;ve got to be basing your future on fundamentals. You know what&#x27;s happening. You know what&#x27;s going on. And you know there&#x27;s a real plan written around it. So that was kind of what – I kind of talk about the idea of don&#x27;t just hope that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Yeah. Well, there was a show on a long time ago where the guy would – every evening there&#x27;d be a knock on the door, like not somebody knocking, but something would hit his door. And he would open the door and there&#x27;d be in tomorrow&#x27;s newspaper, right? And he would basically be able to do things or save people because he knew what the news was going to be. And there&#x27;s no such thing, unfortunately, with that. But if you had that, you wouldn&#x27;t have to hope anymore. So you can either get the newspaper early, which you can&#x27;t, or you can get a plan together that has already in it the built-in contingencies for if things go the wrong way.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And so I&#x27;d like to get a subscription to that newspaper, everybody would, I think. Yeah, that would be a great one. Now, another chapter, gain and retain. And that&#x27;s pretty fascinating to me because it&#x27;s a nice little – we used to call them Johnny Cochran-type nursery rhymes. Gain and retain. What is it? And why can it benefit anyone out there who is in the world here trying to learn financial planning? Well, you know, the reason I put that chapter in the book is to kind of help people with the idea of the fact that, you know, a lot of people get excited when they gain money in their portfolio. You know, okay, your values, you know, $500,000 or $1 million or $2 million, $3 million, $10 million, $100 million, whatever, and it grows to X dollars. That makes you feel good. But then the problem is, is the market turns over. Things change in such a way that, you know, you lose maybe 20%, 30%, 40% of your portfolio. Well, that really hurts. And then the problem is, obviously, if you lose 50% of your portfolio, you&#x27;ve got to make 100% just to get back to even.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So you&#x27;ve made nothing if it takes you two to three or four years. So we want to make sure that we&#x27;re looking for ways that we can not only gain money, but there&#x27;s strategies out there that we can gain money and then also retain regardless of what happens to market conditions. So let&#x27;s talk about that again. If you lose 50% of your portfolio, which we – it&#x27;s not impossible. We saw that happen to people. Unfortunately, you hear about news stories in 2008. Right. In 2000, those years when we had bad market cycles. If you lose 50% of your money, in order to get back to where you started that year before you lost the 50%, you have to gain 100%. 100%, yeah. And, Mike, there aren&#x27;t too many stocks or strategies out there that are going to do that in one year, two years, even 10 years a lot of times, are there? Yeah. You&#x27;re not always going to be going up. Not always. I mean, there&#x27;s stuff out there that&#x27;s made great money, but not everybody&#x27;s doing it. But if you make great money, the secret is to lock that great money in so you don&#x27;t lose it back sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And the older you are, the closer you are to retirement – and we see people retiring 30, actually. And some of the people out there who have done a real good job of investing or hit it rich or inherited money retire early. But most of the people that we talk to are in their 50s, 60s, even 70s when they retire. I&#x27;d argue that the secret there – I think that&#x27;s why I like your gain and retain. I mean, when you gain some, in order to 100% guarantee you&#x27;re going to retain it, is to take it out of a place where you could lose it back. Yeah. Like a yo-yo. And really, Coach, there&#x27;s two things that happen there. Number one, you want to make sure that it&#x27;s actively traded if you are taking calculated risks. Somebody that&#x27;s watching it, and that&#x27;s one of the things that we pride ourselves on. It&#x27;s called actively managed, right? Yep. Tactical investing. And not all actively managed stuff&#x27;s good, so you&#x27;ve got to research that. But at least you have a better chance there for sure it&#x27;s calculated. And the other idea is we want to make sure that when clients come to us that are retired or soon will be, that we help them realize they need to lower their level of greed for the future.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> You know, it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower rate of return. Now, we&#x27;re not trying to make, you know, real low rates. We want to make nice return. But it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower, not shoot for the fences all the time, but keep – you know, guess who won the race? The turtle or the hare? Oh, the turtle win. That&#x27;s exactly right. Until he was made into soup later on. Right? Turtle soup. Exactly. So that&#x27;s kind of the idea and focus there. You want to be systematic and methodical and make sure that you&#x27;re not taking risk. You shouldn&#x27;t. And controlling the bills on the other side. Nothing wrong with risk as long as it&#x27;s calculated. Now, a chapter here I think a lot of people are going to get a kick out of is the one you call flea training. Now, I hate fleas. You know, we used to have dogs. Yeah. They&#x27;ve passed away now. But what would happen in the summertime, despite our efforts, there would always be a flea every now and then. And when you see one flea, I think they&#x27;re all over the place, right?</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> Yeah. What is flea training in the financial world, though? Well, you know, Coach, it&#x27;s the idea. I thought it was kind of funny, so that&#x27;s why I put it in. Of course, when you buy the book, you&#x27;ll see there&#x27;s a neat little picture and some other things that talk about it. But, you know, it&#x27;s really the idea of the fact that, you know, you can actually train fleas. You know, there&#x27;s been studies. In fact, if you go to YouTube. Train them to get out of my house. Yeah, yeah. So if you go to YouTube or something like that, you can actually see you can put a bunch of fleas in a jar. Right. Okay. And then what they&#x27;ll do is they will jump up only so high until they touch the top of the jar. Because they hit that jar and that&#x27;s, ooh, that&#x27;s pain, right? Flea Olympics. Flea Olympics. So what they&#x27;ll do, this is kind of neat, what they&#x27;ll do is they&#x27;ll actually start to jump only so high that they will not touch the top of the jar. You can take the lid off of the jar. And they won&#x27;t jump out. They will not jump out. Because they&#x27;ve been trained. They&#x27;ve been trained. Okay. So same thing with people. Okay. So how do we, you know, fleas are pretty smart. It&#x27;s like the two at the bottom of the hill.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> Should we walk or take the dog? You&#x27;ve heard that before, right? Yeah, yeah, yeah. Take the dog. So with people, it&#x27;s something where what happens is when the markets turn over, you know, 0-1-0-2, we had 9-11, some things happen, pretty scary times. Obviously, the tech bubble burst, you know, late 99, 2000s, whatever. And so people lost a lot of money. What started happening is they started becoming conditioning, being conditioned by that fear. But what was happening in the market over and over again. Then the market goes strong for a couple of years. Then we have 2008. Again, they&#x27;re conditioned. So the point of this chapter is the idea of just because maybe you&#x27;ve sought out advice or looked for things before and it might not necessarily have worked out, I want to applaud those people that have not allowed themselves to become trained or conditioned. And I&#x27;ve said, you know what? No, there&#x27;s got to be answers out there.</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> And I&#x27;m going to continue to seek and search until I can find someone or the information out there that&#x27;s going to help me get to where I want to go. Well, a good example of this, and, you know, we&#x27;re at Money Managers, so we have access to every kind of account out there, risk and safety. But what we see a lot of times in our office, and I think you do as well, is that people have been trained or conditioned to hate annuities just because they hear that word annuity because somebody in the past had a bad annuity. Again, like cars. We&#x27;ve talked about this. You don&#x27;t just drive a car. You drive a model car in a special year on that car, and it has different options. Well, there are about 1,500 different annuities out there, and some, very few small portion of them, but some are a great fit for people, especially those that are getting close to retirement. Yes, some absolutely can be, and so it&#x27;s evaluating. But people have been trained to hate annuities because their broker doesn&#x27;t want them to go into annuities because the more the broker has under management, in other words, at risk, the more the broker makes.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And the more chance there is of somebody losing money if the market goes the wrong way. Now, this isn&#x27;t an advertisement for annuities, but I just think they&#x27;re ignored or there&#x27;s such disdain about annuities, and a lot of it doesn&#x27;t exist for any reason but the fact that people have been told they&#x27;re not good. And the key to it all is understanding that there&#x27;s a lot of investments out there. You know, I have two different companies that give me the ability to use any investment that&#x27;s out there in the market. The key is when I sit down with somebody and we&#x27;re creating a portfolio, doing a second opinion, creating proposals, whatever, we&#x27;re looking at every single type of investment coach as a tool. You&#x27;re never going to use a hammer to put a screw in the end. You can try. You can try. But a light bulb would never work. You would screw the light bulb in with a hammer. That&#x27;s not going to work. Not going to work. But a screw, you can jam a screw in with a hammer, but it&#x27;s not the right fit for it.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Not the right fit. So it&#x27;s making sure that we look at every investment as a tool and then evaluating which tool is appropriate, not writing anyone off, but looking at them, researching them, and then going from that perspective. Well, there&#x27;s 12 great chapters in this book, folks. And my producer, Mark, is holding a sign up. Evidently, your publisher, I don&#x27;t know if you knew this, your publisher has 10 copies to give away if people call right now. Okay, there you go. So, folks, if you want to get a copy of Retire Once, Retire Well, a best-selling book by Mr. Mike Wall, we&#x27;ve been just briefly touching on it like an iceberg. You&#x27;ve seen a tip of the iceberg, but to get the real facts and get the book yourself, give a call right now, toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Money Wave special edition of the Wealth Roundtable show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda, joined with author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. He is from Pennsylvania, also has an office in the Miami area of Florida. His name is Mr. Mike Wall. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, this is a good book, man. I tell you, it&#x27;s easy to read. And that&#x27;s the simple thing about books. And if people know me, I have a lot of books that are sent to me all the time because everyone wants me to interview them for the show. And I want to tell everyone that I actually found your book online and bought it before you even told me you&#x27;d wrote one. So the good thing about this is this is a book that I&#x27;ve read and I appreciate. And I want to go through some of the chapters in here. And this is almost going to be like a book on tape summary edition, which, you know, these days people are so busy with life.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> They get a book like this. And it&#x27;s an easy to read book. How many pages was it? It was like about 100 pages. And they put it over on the counter. And then all of a sudden, the mail comes that day. They put it on top of the book and tomorrow&#x27;s mail and so on. And eventually, they don&#x27;t read the book. So what I want to do today is go through a summary of what the book is and some of the chapters here. And I think that once people hear about the book and about the great information you have in here, they&#x27;ll probably want to get a copy of it. So we&#x27;ll try to figure out. Is it on Amazon? It&#x27;s on Amazon. That&#x27;s where I bought it. It&#x27;s on Barnes &amp; Noble. That&#x27;s where I bought it. Because I bought it on Amazon. It&#x27;s Barnes &amp; Noble. So again, retire once, retire well. Why do you want to get it? Well, we&#x27;ll see if it makes sense to you. Or we&#x27;ll see if these topics here are relevant, in my opinion, to anyone, especially with people with money they don&#x27;t want to lose in retirement or want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So you start Chapter 1 with something called The Reason. Yeah. What&#x27;s the reason, Mike? Well, you know, Coach, first off, I appreciate the compliments about The Read. Yep. You know, the reason is really all about – you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for, geez, almost 13 years, basically, and done a lot of research. We&#x27;ve had a lot of great opportunities to do different media here and there and all over the place. And it&#x27;s really come down to – I&#x27;ve come to understand that a lot of the needs and concerns for the clients that we work with and the clients that are out there that are retired or soon will be are really similar, really the same. So I wanted to sit down and really kind of say, okay, you know what? What can we do and how can I put down some information that&#x27;s easy to read, quick, simple, and put it in a way that they can take from it and actually gain from it and help them improve their life in the future?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And your subtitle is Uncovering and Avoiding Pitfalls to Keep Your Retirement Safe. And I think – well, it covers it, Mike. I mean, you spend a lot of time building up these retirement plans. And 2008 is still fresh on my mind. Yeah. We had people calling our show and we had people coming in whose advisor wasn&#x27;t calling them back, wasn&#x27;t returning calls. And you remember those mountain charts where they show – every day the market was going down 100, 200, 300, 400 points, and people weren&#x27;t getting any communication. And unfortunately, this is when people realized they weren&#x27;t allocated correctly. It was after the fact, not before. And you argue that the most important thing anyone can do out there in the financial world is get a plan before something happens wrong. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s the idea of if you knew – The pre-catalyst kind of event. Exactly. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a situation where you lost $400,000,000, $600,000,000 or more or less depending on the portfolio size.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> But let&#x27;s say you lost that in your portfolio. And you sat down before 2008 and had a conversation with your advisor. And he said, hey, if we have a 2008 or a big negative market, this is what you could lose. And they gave you roughly a number. You know, not exactly, but roughly. And you said, you know what? I&#x27;m okay with that amount of risk. Right. And then you lost money. Whose fault is it? What&#x27;s your fault? It&#x27;s your fault. Because you were willing to take the risk. Exactly. But you didn&#x27;t realize how much that risk was going to hurt. But if you never had that conversation, if the advisor never sat down and had the conversation with you, now whose fault is it? Well, it&#x27;s the advisor&#x27;s fault. That&#x27;s exactly right. But in a way, yes, it&#x27;s 98% the advisor&#x27;s fault, but still 2% your fault for not saying, hey. Being educated. Yeah, or shaking them and saying, either you&#x27;re going to help me or I&#x27;m going to find somebody else or I&#x27;m going to educate myself. And that&#x27;s the point of the book. I wanted to create something that would allow people the knowledge to be able to be educated in such a way that they can know what to ask, know where to go, and know where to get answers to help them to know how to protect themselves.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And then not only protect themselves, but grow things in a way that puts them where they want to be. If you have a question for Mike you want to ask right now on air, give a call right now to our toll-free money line. It is 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, in the book you have a topic, a chapter called Hope is Not a Strategy, although it seems like it is for a lot of people. Now, let&#x27;s go quickly into what that chapter is about. You know, it&#x27;s really the idea of a lot of people live on an island, I like to say. It&#x27;s called Someday Isle. It would be better than Gilligan&#x27;s Island. Yeah, a little bit better than Gilligan, yeah. Maybe someday they&#x27;ll do something, right? Yeah, someday I&#x27;ll do this, someday I&#x27;ll do that. You know, I&#x27;m hoping that this happens.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I&#x27;m hoping that that happens. The problem is this hope isn&#x27;t reality. And you can&#x27;t base your future on hope. You&#x27;ve got to be basing your future on fundamentals. You know what&#x27;s happening. You know what&#x27;s going on. And you know there&#x27;s a real plan written around it. So that was kind of what – I kind of talk about the idea of don&#x27;t just hope that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Yeah. Well, there was a show on a long time ago where the guy would – every evening there&#x27;d be a knock on the door, like not somebody knocking, but something would hit his door. And he would open the door and there&#x27;d be in tomorrow&#x27;s newspaper, right? And he would basically be able to do things or save people because he knew what the news was going to be. And there&#x27;s no such thing, unfortunately, with that. But if you had that, you wouldn&#x27;t have to hope anymore. So you can either get the newspaper early, which you can&#x27;t, or you can get a plan together that has already in it the built-in contingencies for if things go the wrong way.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And so I&#x27;d like to get a subscription to that newspaper, everybody would, I think. Yeah, that would be a great one. Now, another chapter, gain and retain. And that&#x27;s pretty fascinating to me because it&#x27;s a nice little – we used to call them Johnny Cochran-type nursery rhymes. Gain and retain. What is it? And why can it benefit anyone out there who is in the world here trying to learn financial planning? Well, you know, the reason I put that chapter in the book is to kind of help people with the idea of the fact that, you know, a lot of people get excited when they gain money in their portfolio. You know, okay, your values, you know, $500,000 or $1 million or $2 million, $3 million, $10 million, $100 million, whatever, and it grows to X dollars. That makes you feel good. But then the problem is, is the market turns over. Things change in such a way that, you know, you lose maybe 20%, 30%, 40% of your portfolio. Well, that really hurts. And then the problem is, obviously, if you lose 50% of your portfolio, you&#x27;ve got to make 100% just to get back to even.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So you&#x27;ve made nothing if it takes you two to three or four years. So we want to make sure that we&#x27;re looking for ways that we can not only gain money, but there&#x27;s strategies out there that we can gain money and then also retain regardless of what happens to market conditions. So let&#x27;s talk about that again. If you lose 50% of your portfolio, which we – it&#x27;s not impossible. We saw that happen to people. Unfortunately, you hear about news stories in 2008. Right. In 2000, those years when we had bad market cycles. If you lose 50% of your money, in order to get back to where you started that year before you lost the 50%, you have to gain 100%. 100%, yeah. And, Mike, there aren&#x27;t too many stocks or strategies out there that are going to do that in one year, two years, even 10 years a lot of times, are there? Yeah. You&#x27;re not always going to be going up. Not always. I mean, there&#x27;s stuff out there that&#x27;s made great money, but not everybody&#x27;s doing it. But if you make great money, the secret is to lock that great money in so you don&#x27;t lose it back sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And the older you are, the closer you are to retirement – and we see people retiring 30, actually. And some of the people out there who have done a real good job of investing or hit it rich or inherited money retire early. But most of the people that we talk to are in their 50s, 60s, even 70s when they retire. I&#x27;d argue that the secret there – I think that&#x27;s why I like your gain and retain. I mean, when you gain some, in order to 100% guarantee you&#x27;re going to retain it, is to take it out of a place where you could lose it back. Yeah. Like a yo-yo. And really, Coach, there&#x27;s two things that happen there. Number one, you want to make sure that it&#x27;s actively traded if you are taking calculated risks. Somebody that&#x27;s watching it, and that&#x27;s one of the things that we pride ourselves on. It&#x27;s called actively managed, right? Yep. Tactical investing. And not all actively managed stuff&#x27;s good, so you&#x27;ve got to research that. But at least you have a better chance there for sure it&#x27;s calculated. And the other idea is we want to make sure that when clients come to us that are retired or soon will be, that we help them realize they need to lower their level of greed for the future.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> You know, it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower rate of return. Now, we&#x27;re not trying to make, you know, real low rates. We want to make nice return. But it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower, not shoot for the fences all the time, but keep – you know, guess who won the race? The turtle or the hare? Oh, the turtle win. That&#x27;s exactly right. Until he was made into soup later on. Right? Turtle soup. Exactly. So that&#x27;s kind of the idea and focus there. You want to be systematic and methodical and make sure that you&#x27;re not taking risk. You shouldn&#x27;t. And controlling the bills on the other side. Nothing wrong with risk as long as it&#x27;s calculated. Now, a chapter here I think a lot of people are going to get a kick out of is the one you call flea training. Now, I hate fleas. You know, we used to have dogs. Yeah. They&#x27;ve passed away now. But what would happen in the summertime, despite our efforts, there would always be a flea every now and then. And when you see one flea, I think they&#x27;re all over the place, right?</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> Yeah. What is flea training in the financial world, though? Well, you know, Coach, it&#x27;s the idea. I thought it was kind of funny, so that&#x27;s why I put it in. Of course, when you buy the book, you&#x27;ll see there&#x27;s a neat little picture and some other things that talk about it. But, you know, it&#x27;s really the idea of the fact that, you know, you can actually train fleas. You know, there&#x27;s been studies. In fact, if you go to YouTube. Train them to get out of my house. Yeah, yeah. So if you go to YouTube or something like that, you can actually see you can put a bunch of fleas in a jar. Right. Okay. And then what they&#x27;ll do is they will jump up only so high until they touch the top of the jar. Because they hit that jar and that&#x27;s, ooh, that&#x27;s pain, right? Flea Olympics. Flea Olympics. So what they&#x27;ll do, this is kind of neat, what they&#x27;ll do is they&#x27;ll actually start to jump only so high that they will not touch the top of the jar. You can take the lid off of the jar. And they won&#x27;t jump out. They will not jump out. Because they&#x27;ve been trained. They&#x27;ve been trained. Okay. So same thing with people. Okay. So how do we, you know, fleas are pretty smart. It&#x27;s like the two at the bottom of the hill.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> Should we walk or take the dog? You&#x27;ve heard that before, right? Yeah, yeah, yeah. Take the dog. So with people, it&#x27;s something where what happens is when the markets turn over, you know, 0-1-0-2, we had 9-11, some things happen, pretty scary times. Obviously, the tech bubble burst, you know, late 99, 2000s, whatever. And so people lost a lot of money. What started happening is they started becoming conditioning, being conditioned by that fear. But what was happening in the market over and over again. Then the market goes strong for a couple of years. Then we have 2008. Again, they&#x27;re conditioned. So the point of this chapter is the idea of just because maybe you&#x27;ve sought out advice or looked for things before and it might not necessarily have worked out, I want to applaud those people that have not allowed themselves to become trained or conditioned. And I&#x27;ve said, you know what? No, there&#x27;s got to be answers out there.</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> And I&#x27;m going to continue to seek and search until I can find someone or the information out there that&#x27;s going to help me get to where I want to go. Well, a good example of this, and, you know, we&#x27;re at Money Managers, so we have access to every kind of account out there, risk and safety. But what we see a lot of times in our office, and I think you do as well, is that people have been trained or conditioned to hate annuities just because they hear that word annuity because somebody in the past had a bad annuity. Again, like cars. We&#x27;ve talked about this. You don&#x27;t just drive a car. You drive a model car in a special year on that car, and it has different options. Well, there are about 1,500 different annuities out there, and some, very few small portion of them, but some are a great fit for people, especially those that are getting close to retirement. Yes, some absolutely can be, and so it&#x27;s evaluating. But people have been trained to hate annuities because their broker doesn&#x27;t want them to go into annuities because the more the broker has under management, in other words, at risk, the more the broker makes.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And the more chance there is of somebody losing money if the market goes the wrong way. Now, this isn&#x27;t an advertisement for annuities, but I just think they&#x27;re ignored or there&#x27;s such disdain about annuities, and a lot of it doesn&#x27;t exist for any reason but the fact that people have been told they&#x27;re not good. And the key to it all is understanding that there&#x27;s a lot of investments out there. You know, I have two different companies that give me the ability to use any investment that&#x27;s out there in the market. The key is when I sit down with somebody and we&#x27;re creating a portfolio, doing a second opinion, creating proposals, whatever, we&#x27;re looking at every single type of investment coach as a tool. You&#x27;re never going to use a hammer to put a screw in the end. You can try. You can try. But a light bulb would never work. You would screw the light bulb in with a hammer. That&#x27;s not going to work. Not going to work. But a screw, you can jam a screw in with a hammer, but it&#x27;s not the right fit for it.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Not the right fit. So it&#x27;s making sure that we look at every investment as a tool and then evaluating which tool is appropriate, not writing anyone off, but looking at them, researching them, and then going from that perspective. Well, there&#x27;s 12 great chapters in this book, folks. And my producer, Mark, is holding a sign up. Evidently, your publisher, I don&#x27;t know if you knew this, your publisher has 10 copies to give away if people call right now. Okay, there you go. So, folks, if you want to get a copy of Retire Once, Retire Well, a best-selling book by Mr. Mike Wall, we&#x27;ve been just briefly touching on it like an iceberg. You&#x27;ve seen a tip of the iceberg, but to get the real facts and get the book yourself, give a call right now, toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/image.jpg?t=1792072525&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/image.jpg?t=1792072525&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2014 16:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>781</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12537055" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>135</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:48" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gregory Stock: The Book of Questions</title>
      <itunes:title>Gregory Stock: The Book of Questions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Gregory Stock joins Coach Pete to discuss The Book of Questions, the conversations that inspired it, and exploring personal values.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week on the financial safari we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world authors artists actors and financial experts you never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the financial safari so let&#x27;s send it to coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest take it away coach so I&#x27;ve got in my hand a small book but it&#x27;s a fat book it&#x27;s a great book it&#x27;s called the book of questions and we&#x27;re joined from Houston Texas by the writer of the book Dr. Gregory Stock Dr. Stock welcome in well thanks it&#x27;s great to talk to you and now let&#x27;s talk about this first of all when I when I talk to authors the very</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> first question I always like to ask is what caused you to write the book well that&#x27;s interesting I love questions so it came very naturally to me but it was because I&#x27;d had an experience where we were at a resort and sort of hanging out with some friends and it led into one of these long late night conversations that lasted to the wee hours of the morning and the kind that you don&#x27;t have as frequently after you leave college and I wanted to come up with some tool that would generate that kind of interaction so where you&#x27;re talking about things that you care about your values your your attitudes about different things and getting to know people really well and that&#x27;s what the question the book questions was all about well it&#x27;s a fascinating book and and you know what</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> what I&#x27;ve done I&#x27;m 47 years old now so I grew up in the time before we had the internet even before we had computers and when I came up with a question which life is full of questions I would spend a lot of time researching and and when I researched and got the encyclopedias out and or interviewed people or ask questions to the grandparents about what happened back in the day and that kind of thing once I researched the answer and got it I never forgot the answer because I actually had to work to get it and nowadays it seems like everybody just runs to some of the search engines and you know when I talk about aspects on the radio where I don&#x27;t want people to go to a search engine and then run into millions of different answers all saying the different things or maybe trying to get you to do different things I call that being Google Slap so what I try to talk about on our</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> show are things that you can&#x27;t find easily on Google or any search engine like that what&#x27;s your opinion on that kind of thought process well that&#x27;s certainly true and to me answers are less interesting than the questions themselves and the process which is what you&#x27;re getting out about how you sort of answer those questions and what other questions they lead to because a good question really leads to a whole process of exploration and discovery even if it has a specific answer to it and these really don&#x27;t have right and wrong answers which is why you can&#x27;t go onto the internet or something because they&#x27;re about yourself they&#x27;re about your values about what you care about about how you trade off things like you know money and honesty and family and love and</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> the importance of relationships all those sorts of things and so it&#x27;s only honest and dishonest ones you know how you respond and uh and also it&#x27;s about the exchange and the process of interacting about these sorts of things which can be very very valuable well I just opened your book here in question 109 and this is a fascinating question and this is one people can ponder for themselves but for extraordinarily wealth would you be willing to have terrifying nightmares every night for a year to have a lot of wealth I guess my question would be to you since you wrote the question is define what a terrifying nightmare is if as long as I you know sometimes when I have a nightmare I&#x27;m telling myself during the nightmare all I have to do is wake up and it&#x27;s all over would these be really bad nightmares</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> well I was thinking in that case about a nightmare that is really awful you know how bad a nightmare can be it can be worse than just about anything and you know some people sometimes make uh do things that would lead them to to have nightmares or could potentially but so to me it was about something that really is you know of no consequence other than that it&#x27;s extremely difficult and pain and painful and awful and uh you know would you would you be willing to tolerate that yeah and so it&#x27;s that that kind of a trade-off there are a number of questions about uh trade-offs that involve money in one way or another although that&#x27;s not dominant there are lots of questions that don&#x27;t relate to that because uh everything can&#x27;t be translated into into money but</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> there it&#x27;s a good way of valuing things for example there&#x27;s one about um a pet what would you do would you for fifty thousand dollars or five hundred thousand dollars would you be willing to put a pet that you really cared about say a dog that you love to sleep and if not you know what would be a value that would make you reconsider that that answer that&#x27;s a good question that&#x27;s power of question very very kind of difficult issues on that and that piece or another example that I like about relationships is you know if you were in a cafe and you weren&#x27;t involved with anybody else you know you&#x27;re just on your own and you looked over and there are a few tables away from you with somebody and you knew</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> that if you walked over and introduced yourself you&#x27;d fall madly in love they&#x27;d be in love with you it would be just the stuff of dreams and yet you also knew that they were going to get hit and killed by a car in six months so do you embark on that little experience or do you walk away so it&#x27;s very concrete challenging issues that lead you to explore who you are now the question I have for you is where did these questions come from you&#x27;ve posed some fascinating questions just in the few we&#x27;ve talked about here I mean how did they appear to you or did you just sit around and think for a couple years and write down questions that you had well I did a lot of that in terms of writing things down but I&#x27;ll tell you the way they really come is when you are in these kinds of conversations</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> people share parts of their lives that are very personal they think of dilemmas that things that they&#x27;ve experienced and you go oh my god what would it be like to have to face that myself and so you can capture things in a concrete way that people can relate to generally and you know and then trading off these major issues about uh our values so that we have to make trade-offs which is creates dilemmas that really help us to explore who we are so it&#x27;s kind of a very active process actually and as I said the best questions are ones that really don&#x27;t close things off they open up a conversation and interestingly I naively thought that there was something that would be the</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> good question a great question that everybody would respond to but it doesn&#x27;t work that way the best questions are ones that some people respond to very strongly but lots of people don&#x27;t respond to it sort of depends where you are in your life if you&#x27;ve got down you know all the issues for instance if you&#x27;re if you&#x27;re really comfortable with your level of affluence with money that you have then money questions maybe don&#x27;t have they don&#x27;t resonate as much to you they&#x27;re not as interesting whereas if you don&#x27;t have your relationships together you&#x27;re grappling with relationships or with uh friendship or with family those are the questions that really uh feel like great questions to you so it all is very personal it&#x27;s about who you are and what you&#x27;re dealing with well it&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> fascinating book again the book is called the book of questions dr gregory stock is the writer he&#x27;s joined us from houston folks if you joined this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety you can hear it again on financial safari.com and just click on the as heard on the show button just remember like my father always used to say he was a college professor there&#x27;s no such thing as a bad question dr stock thanks for your time today thank you very much folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gregory Stock joins Coach Pete to discuss The Book of Questions, the conversations that inspired it, and exploring personal values.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> each and every week on the financial safari we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world authors artists actors and financial experts you never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the financial safari so let&#x27;s send it to coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest take it away coach so I&#x27;ve got in my hand a small book but it&#x27;s a fat book it&#x27;s a great book it&#x27;s called the book of questions and we&#x27;re joined from Houston Texas by the writer of the book Dr. Gregory Stock Dr. Stock welcome in well thanks it&#x27;s great to talk to you and now let&#x27;s talk about this first of all when I when I talk to authors the very</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> first question I always like to ask is what caused you to write the book well that&#x27;s interesting I love questions so it came very naturally to me but it was because I&#x27;d had an experience where we were at a resort and sort of hanging out with some friends and it led into one of these long late night conversations that lasted to the wee hours of the morning and the kind that you don&#x27;t have as frequently after you leave college and I wanted to come up with some tool that would generate that kind of interaction so where you&#x27;re talking about things that you care about your values your your attitudes about different things and getting to know people really well and that&#x27;s what the question the book questions was all about well it&#x27;s a fascinating book and and you know what</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> what I&#x27;ve done I&#x27;m 47 years old now so I grew up in the time before we had the internet even before we had computers and when I came up with a question which life is full of questions I would spend a lot of time researching and and when I researched and got the encyclopedias out and or interviewed people or ask questions to the grandparents about what happened back in the day and that kind of thing once I researched the answer and got it I never forgot the answer because I actually had to work to get it and nowadays it seems like everybody just runs to some of the search engines and you know when I talk about aspects on the radio where I don&#x27;t want people to go to a search engine and then run into millions of different answers all saying the different things or maybe trying to get you to do different things I call that being Google Slap so what I try to talk about on our</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> show are things that you can&#x27;t find easily on Google or any search engine like that what&#x27;s your opinion on that kind of thought process well that&#x27;s certainly true and to me answers are less interesting than the questions themselves and the process which is what you&#x27;re getting out about how you sort of answer those questions and what other questions they lead to because a good question really leads to a whole process of exploration and discovery even if it has a specific answer to it and these really don&#x27;t have right and wrong answers which is why you can&#x27;t go onto the internet or something because they&#x27;re about yourself they&#x27;re about your values about what you care about about how you trade off things like you know money and honesty and family and love and</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> the importance of relationships all those sorts of things and so it&#x27;s only honest and dishonest ones you know how you respond and uh and also it&#x27;s about the exchange and the process of interacting about these sorts of things which can be very very valuable well I just opened your book here in question 109 and this is a fascinating question and this is one people can ponder for themselves but for extraordinarily wealth would you be willing to have terrifying nightmares every night for a year to have a lot of wealth I guess my question would be to you since you wrote the question is define what a terrifying nightmare is if as long as I you know sometimes when I have a nightmare I&#x27;m telling myself during the nightmare all I have to do is wake up and it&#x27;s all over would these be really bad nightmares</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> well I was thinking in that case about a nightmare that is really awful you know how bad a nightmare can be it can be worse than just about anything and you know some people sometimes make uh do things that would lead them to to have nightmares or could potentially but so to me it was about something that really is you know of no consequence other than that it&#x27;s extremely difficult and pain and painful and awful and uh you know would you would you be willing to tolerate that yeah and so it&#x27;s that that kind of a trade-off there are a number of questions about uh trade-offs that involve money in one way or another although that&#x27;s not dominant there are lots of questions that don&#x27;t relate to that because uh everything can&#x27;t be translated into into money but</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> there it&#x27;s a good way of valuing things for example there&#x27;s one about um a pet what would you do would you for fifty thousand dollars or five hundred thousand dollars would you be willing to put a pet that you really cared about say a dog that you love to sleep and if not you know what would be a value that would make you reconsider that that answer that&#x27;s a good question that&#x27;s power of question very very kind of difficult issues on that and that piece or another example that I like about relationships is you know if you were in a cafe and you weren&#x27;t involved with anybody else you know you&#x27;re just on your own and you looked over and there are a few tables away from you with somebody and you knew</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> that if you walked over and introduced yourself you&#x27;d fall madly in love they&#x27;d be in love with you it would be just the stuff of dreams and yet you also knew that they were going to get hit and killed by a car in six months so do you embark on that little experience or do you walk away so it&#x27;s very concrete challenging issues that lead you to explore who you are now the question I have for you is where did these questions come from you&#x27;ve posed some fascinating questions just in the few we&#x27;ve talked about here I mean how did they appear to you or did you just sit around and think for a couple years and write down questions that you had well I did a lot of that in terms of writing things down but I&#x27;ll tell you the way they really come is when you are in these kinds of conversations</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> people share parts of their lives that are very personal they think of dilemmas that things that they&#x27;ve experienced and you go oh my god what would it be like to have to face that myself and so you can capture things in a concrete way that people can relate to generally and you know and then trading off these major issues about uh our values so that we have to make trade-offs which is creates dilemmas that really help us to explore who we are so it&#x27;s kind of a very active process actually and as I said the best questions are ones that really don&#x27;t close things off they open up a conversation and interestingly I naively thought that there was something that would be the</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> good question a great question that everybody would respond to but it doesn&#x27;t work that way the best questions are ones that some people respond to very strongly but lots of people don&#x27;t respond to it sort of depends where you are in your life if you&#x27;ve got down you know all the issues for instance if you&#x27;re if you&#x27;re really comfortable with your level of affluence with money that you have then money questions maybe don&#x27;t have they don&#x27;t resonate as much to you they&#x27;re not as interesting whereas if you don&#x27;t have your relationships together you&#x27;re grappling with relationships or with uh friendship or with family those are the questions that really uh feel like great questions to you so it all is very personal it&#x27;s about who you are and what you&#x27;re dealing with well it&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> fascinating book again the book is called the book of questions dr gregory stock is the writer he&#x27;s joined us from houston folks if you joined this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety you can hear it again on financial safari.com and just click on the as heard on the show button just remember like my father always used to say he was a college professor there&#x27;s no such thing as a bad question dr stock thanks for your time today thank you very much folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Gregory Stock joins Coach Pete to discuss The Book of Questions, the conversations that inspired it, and exploring personal values.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gregory Stock</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>The Book of Questions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gregory Stock, books and authors, The Book of Questions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd/image.jpg?t=1792071199&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gregory-stock-the-book-of-questions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd/image.jpg?t=1792071199&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2013 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>504</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d40f7936-0351-4262-b547-b4e3003081dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8091408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gregory-stock-the-book-of-questions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>136</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Book of Questions" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back in to the Tax Guys radio show. We have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he&#x27;s been working together with me to put together the Pocket Guide to Obamacare. And if you&#x27;re listening to this show, there&#x27;s no cost or obligation to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s 72 pages packed with information, information you need to know. And the number to call to get a copy, that is 800-661-7383. Now, we were talking about earlier in the show, we were talking about the individual mandate and how you have to either buy insurance or pay a penalty. But there&#x27;s also an employer mandate, isn&#x27;t there, Ed? There is. This is a final piece of the whole Obamacare puzzle. And employers with more than 50 full-time equivalents, not 50 employees, but 50 full-time equivalents as determined through a bureaucratic process,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> will be obligated to provide coverage to their employees or pay a penalty. Doesn&#x27;t mean that they have to provide the coverage. And I think we&#x27;re going to see a lot of employers just paying the penalty and being done with it. But that&#x27;s a pretty big step in America. You&#x27;ve got to pay employees. You&#x27;ve got to withhold taxes from their wages. You&#x27;ve got to provide them a safe workplace. Typically, employers will provide health benefits to their employees because they want to compete for talent. But that&#x27;s a very different thing from the government saying you must provide health care to your employees. This is the first time that&#x27;s happened. Yeah, yeah. And so that&#x27;s going to be a big step for a lot of people. And again, it&#x27;s going against what capitalism has been founded on and what the country has been founded on is individual choices, liberty and freedom for all,</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> not being told what to do by the government, especially when it relates to how to operate your business and what kind of profit you can make. Ed, it&#x27;s almost like it&#x27;s a grab for more profits. It&#x27;s a grab to redistribute income, isn&#x27;t it? You could certainly look at it that way. It&#x27;s kind of like minimum wage laws where the government says we deem that an hour of an employee&#x27;s time must be worth X dollars, regardless of whether the employee actually contributes that value to the business or not. That decision, most business owners would say, should be up to the business owner. But the government is now saying that you must also provide this benefit to full-time equivalent employees, and that doesn&#x27;t necessarily matter whether the employee is delivering the value to the employer or not.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a hamburger place and the government says you have to pay your employees double what you&#x27;re paying them now. Well, the hamburger restaurant will then have to raise the prices of their meals, and then it could be argued that people will stop going there. Therefore, the employer will have to start weighing people off. So it could end up hurting more than helping. It could end up hurting more than helping. It&#x27;s the law of unintended consequences. And boy, it wouldn&#x27;t be the first time that the government passes legislation to do one thing and finds that it accomplishes another thing. I&#x27;m a small business owner myself, and I like the freedom to choose my employees, to bargain with my employees, to decide how much their service is worth. And if they do a good job, great. They&#x27;ll get paid more because they&#x27;ll be more valuable to me.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But the government doesn&#x27;t tell me what I&#x27;ve got to pay or what sort of benefits I&#x27;ve got to offer. Yeah, I&#x27;m always trying to see. I&#x27;m the kind of guy I&#x27;m always trying to see because I had two brothers. We were separated by only 18 months apart growing up, and we would plan our attack around getting more candy or more food or getting the other brother in trouble. So I&#x27;m always looking at the end game. What&#x27;s the objective to doing something? And Brother Bob, the middle guy, would always be scheming. So a lot of times I don&#x27;t trust what the government&#x27;s saying. I don&#x27;t mind paying taxes. I pay taxes all the time, just like you do. But I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes and get nothing in return. We need to get what we pay for, in other words. And I sure don&#x27;t like the government telling us we have to pay when we have really nothing to show in return. Well, what the government wants is a healthier America.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> We spend the most amount per capita on health care of any country in the world. And we sure don&#x27;t get the healthiest Americans. Now, we could debate from now until the sun goes down, the causes, and get up early next morning and start the debate all over again. The end game that the government wants is healthier Americans at a lower cost. But as we said in the previous segment, health care is a huge part of the economy. And you&#x27;ve got regulators and bureaucrats in Washington who are writing rules that will affect millions of Americans and billions and trillions of dollars in payment for health care. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah. And like New York City is a good example. Mayor Bloomberg was trying to control what people were eating. And its studies have shown people have gained more weight in New York City than lost.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I mean, they have gotten fatter as a city during his term as a mayor. Now, what does that mean? It means nothing. But it sure means to me that government really can&#x27;t control what people do. Individual behavior is something that we&#x27;re all born with. It&#x27;s something that makes us Americans is our ability to choose. It&#x27;s one thing for the government to say, you know, you really shouldn&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work. And you know what? We shouldn&#x27;t, Coach. We shouldn&#x27;t. But it&#x27;s a very different thing for the mayor to say you can&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work and force us to go and buy three 16-ounce Mountain Dews to get around the rule. And it would cost more money to buy a 316 instead of buying bulk. But, you know, I still would like to buy a 40-ounce if I choose but not drink at all but just because I can.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> You know, if you can do something, it makes a lot more sense. And studies have also shown that United States, we&#x27;ve been taking care of people that couldn&#x27;t afford to buy food for a long time. We have the fattest poor people in the world because we&#x27;ve been giving them fat and food. So the government needs to look at themselves before they start pointing fingers at individual citizens. Now, off my soapbox, let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, because you can get me going wild on this kind of thing. And it&#x27;s crazy because there&#x27;s so many things in this health care law. But let&#x27;s look at the insurance exchanges. This is when the different states either chose to offer their own insurance or offer the government&#x27;s insurance, right, the federal or state kind of things. Right. The goal of the insurance exchange was to give everybody a place where they could go and buy health insurance on an apples-to-apples basis.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> See, one of the problems with our health care system is most Americans don&#x27;t understand how much it costs. We don&#x27;t buy our own insurance. We get it through our employer. The employer&#x27;s insurance pays for our health care costs. We don&#x27;t know when we go to the doctor how much the total cost is. And we&#x27;re not even buying the insurance because the employer is picking the health insurance for us. Well, for people who don&#x27;t have insurance through an employer, the idea of the exchange is we&#x27;re going to set up a website where you can go. And it&#x27;s going to be like an Expedia or a Travelocity.com where you can compare different plans from different insurers on an apples-to-apples basis. So here in Ohio, I can look and I can see here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Group Health, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Humana, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from UnitedHealthcare, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Anthem.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> And I can compare them, and I can see what I&#x27;m getting. And the idea, this is capitalism. This is the government saying we&#x27;re going to require the states to set up an exchange to facilitate competition. Or if the states don&#x27;t want to do it, we&#x27;re going to set up a federal exchange where we can facilitate competition. I like that. I like that. Mitt Romney got into a lot of trouble when he was running for president when he said, I like to be able to fire the people who provide services to me. He wasn&#x27;t saying that he likes firing people. He was saying that he likes having choice, and the insurance exchanges will facilitate choice. But there&#x27;s another side to the insurance exchanges. The insurance has to be required minimum coverage, and the government has now stepped in and says, to qualify, the insurance must cover X and must cover Y and must cover Z.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> Well, do you and I necessarily want insurance that covers all of those things? Maybe we do. Maybe we don&#x27;t. Let me give you an example that&#x27;s extreme. It shows how ridiculous this bill is so far. Walt, in my office, is 25 years old. He&#x27;s a male. His name is Walter. And he had an increase in premium almost 200 percent because one of the things they added to his policy was maternity coverage. Now, come on. Now, Walt&#x27;s a good kid. He&#x27;s not going to go out and get himself in the family way. I mean, that is ridiculous. And that&#x27;s not the only person I&#x27;ve heard that had maternity coverage built into their policy as a male. Now, maybe the government knows something we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> Ed, maybe they have figured out a way that males can get pregnant, too. Boy, I hope not. Yeah, it&#x27;s unisex insurance coverage. Same rates for men and women. Oh, man. And so us guys who are young and healthy, I&#x27;m 47. I&#x27;m still at a reasonable rate. I haven&#x27;t got my increase yet, 179 per month. But I have a higher deductible because I don&#x27;t like going to the doctor. Ed, I choose to stay away from the doctor. But I&#x27;ve always had a policy that if I ever go to the hospital, I&#x27;ll have a $10,000 deductible. Then I&#x27;ll get help paying for the bill. And to me, that&#x27;s fair. I&#x27;m taking the risk that I&#x27;m not going to get hurt. And I&#x27;m being rewarded by that with a lower premium. I&#x27;ve made a similar decision. I have high deductible coverage for my health and my family. And I&#x27;ve set up a tax strategy called a medical expense reimbursement plan that we talk about</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> in the pocket guide to Obamacare to pay the difference between the first dollar and the deductible with tax advantage dollars. I&#x27;ve made that choice based on, I think, a pretty comprehensive and sophisticated analysis of ways to finance my own health care. And you know what&#x27;s great? Whether I&#x27;m right or wrong, and I&#x27;m not wrong, but I got to make that choice for myself. And again, you mentioned the pocket guide to Obamacare. You and I have consulted in length about this. It&#x27;s 72 pages. And as a listener to the show, you can get a copy. All you have to do, no cost or obligation, give a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> Both Ed and I are certified tax coaches at CTC. I&#x27;m also a licensed health insurance agent. I haven&#x27;t sold health insurance in probably 15 years, Ed, but I&#x27;m licensed in that. And it&#x27;s funny. Now the tax world and the health world have combined in Obamacare. And, you know, it&#x27;s amazing what&#x27;s in there. But unfortunately, when you get the government involved in something, there&#x27;s something called red tape. And on page 67 of the guide, we have something called the red tape alert. Do you want to talk about that? Well, it&#x27;s just the fact that the government has come along and they&#x27;ve decided that they&#x27;re going to get more involved in delivering 16 or 17 percent of the economy. And naturally, it&#x27;s going to be red tape. We&#x27;ve got regulations. The law itself is about 2,400 pages. And, Coach, let&#x27;s confess right here to people who are going to read our pocket guide.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> Neither of us have read every page. There are going to be tens of thousands more pages of regulations issued. The government issued final regulations defining what constitutes minimum qualified coverage that we talked about a few minutes ago. That&#x27;s 140 pages. And we&#x27;re not talking big print. And there are no pictures. This is tough sledding here. So it&#x27;s going to be a lot of red tape. Those of you who have tried to access the insurance exchanges, depending on what state you&#x27;re in, if you&#x27;re in a federal exchange state, you may have spent some fruitless hours on healthcare.gov and not even been able to get in to get quotes on your insurance. That&#x27;s a common frustration. Now, the kinks will be worked out at some point.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> When you buy a software product from Microsoft, it&#x27;s not bug-free. But it&#x27;s hoops to jump through and it&#x27;s red tape to fight. You know, this bill sort of reminds me. Around holiday season, my mom had a friend who would always give her—my mom was a school teacher, by the way, so one of her teacher friends would always give her this dough. And she had to feed the dough. We put it in the refrigerator. She had to keep feeding it every day. And then she&#x27;d make cupcakes or bread with it. But you had to keep feeding the dough every single day and it would grow in the refrigerator. I think it was called friendship bread. And actually, it was the quickest way to break a friendship because you didn&#x27;t want to get rid of the bread. It kept growing and growing. And this healthcare bill is crazy right now, the way it&#x27;s growing. And people don&#x27;t know where to go. So what we help people with is with this guide, the pocket guide to Obamacare, is help you get an understanding of what&#x27;s going on right now.</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> But we also make the offer, Ed, to anyone listening, is to help you plan out where to go from here tax-wise. Do tax planning and combine that with a strategy for healthcare. And that makes a lot of sense to be informed. Puts you ahead of the pack these days, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. When it comes to tax advice, you want someone who&#x27;s not just going to record the history that you give them. You don&#x27;t want someone who&#x27;s just going to put the right numbers in the right boxes and get them on the right forms and fill them out. You want somebody who can take your information, look at what the options are, and proactively show you what you can do. Now, we tend to think of that as how we work tax planning. But with the new healthcare options, you really need an advisor who&#x27;s going to take that same proactive approach</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> towards financing healthcare. And that&#x27;s why a couple of tax guys are collaborating on the pocket guide to Obamacare. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re discussing this on the Tax Guys radio show. And, folks, again, it&#x27;s the pocket guide to Obamacare. You&#x27;re welcome to call right now. Phone lines are open. We&#x27;ve got about 20 lines waiting. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Tax Guys radio every single week at this time. Ed, I really appreciate you coming in today. Appreciate the opportunity to talk with you, Coach. Always a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll join you next week on the Tax Guys radio show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back in to the Tax Guys radio show. We have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he&#x27;s been working together with me to put together the Pocket Guide to Obamacare. And if you&#x27;re listening to this show, there&#x27;s no cost or obligation to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s 72 pages packed with information, information you need to know. And the number to call to get a copy, that is 800-661-7383. Now, we were talking about earlier in the show, we were talking about the individual mandate and how you have to either buy insurance or pay a penalty. But there&#x27;s also an employer mandate, isn&#x27;t there, Ed? There is. This is a final piece of the whole Obamacare puzzle. And employers with more than 50 full-time equivalents, not 50 employees, but 50 full-time equivalents as determined through a bureaucratic process,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> will be obligated to provide coverage to their employees or pay a penalty. Doesn&#x27;t mean that they have to provide the coverage. And I think we&#x27;re going to see a lot of employers just paying the penalty and being done with it. But that&#x27;s a pretty big step in America. You&#x27;ve got to pay employees. You&#x27;ve got to withhold taxes from their wages. You&#x27;ve got to provide them a safe workplace. Typically, employers will provide health benefits to their employees because they want to compete for talent. But that&#x27;s a very different thing from the government saying you must provide health care to your employees. This is the first time that&#x27;s happened. Yeah, yeah. And so that&#x27;s going to be a big step for a lot of people. And again, it&#x27;s going against what capitalism has been founded on and what the country has been founded on is individual choices, liberty and freedom for all,</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> not being told what to do by the government, especially when it relates to how to operate your business and what kind of profit you can make. Ed, it&#x27;s almost like it&#x27;s a grab for more profits. It&#x27;s a grab to redistribute income, isn&#x27;t it? You could certainly look at it that way. It&#x27;s kind of like minimum wage laws where the government says we deem that an hour of an employee&#x27;s time must be worth X dollars, regardless of whether the employee actually contributes that value to the business or not. That decision, most business owners would say, should be up to the business owner. But the government is now saying that you must also provide this benefit to full-time equivalent employees, and that doesn&#x27;t necessarily matter whether the employee is delivering the value to the employer or not.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a hamburger place and the government says you have to pay your employees double what you&#x27;re paying them now. Well, the hamburger restaurant will then have to raise the prices of their meals, and then it could be argued that people will stop going there. Therefore, the employer will have to start weighing people off. So it could end up hurting more than helping. It could end up hurting more than helping. It&#x27;s the law of unintended consequences. And boy, it wouldn&#x27;t be the first time that the government passes legislation to do one thing and finds that it accomplishes another thing. I&#x27;m a small business owner myself, and I like the freedom to choose my employees, to bargain with my employees, to decide how much their service is worth. And if they do a good job, great. They&#x27;ll get paid more because they&#x27;ll be more valuable to me.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But the government doesn&#x27;t tell me what I&#x27;ve got to pay or what sort of benefits I&#x27;ve got to offer. Yeah, I&#x27;m always trying to see. I&#x27;m the kind of guy I&#x27;m always trying to see because I had two brothers. We were separated by only 18 months apart growing up, and we would plan our attack around getting more candy or more food or getting the other brother in trouble. So I&#x27;m always looking at the end game. What&#x27;s the objective to doing something? And Brother Bob, the middle guy, would always be scheming. So a lot of times I don&#x27;t trust what the government&#x27;s saying. I don&#x27;t mind paying taxes. I pay taxes all the time, just like you do. But I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes and get nothing in return. We need to get what we pay for, in other words. And I sure don&#x27;t like the government telling us we have to pay when we have really nothing to show in return. Well, what the government wants is a healthier America.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> We spend the most amount per capita on health care of any country in the world. And we sure don&#x27;t get the healthiest Americans. Now, we could debate from now until the sun goes down, the causes, and get up early next morning and start the debate all over again. The end game that the government wants is healthier Americans at a lower cost. But as we said in the previous segment, health care is a huge part of the economy. And you&#x27;ve got regulators and bureaucrats in Washington who are writing rules that will affect millions of Americans and billions and trillions of dollars in payment for health care. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah. And like New York City is a good example. Mayor Bloomberg was trying to control what people were eating. And its studies have shown people have gained more weight in New York City than lost.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I mean, they have gotten fatter as a city during his term as a mayor. Now, what does that mean? It means nothing. But it sure means to me that government really can&#x27;t control what people do. Individual behavior is something that we&#x27;re all born with. It&#x27;s something that makes us Americans is our ability to choose. It&#x27;s one thing for the government to say, you know, you really shouldn&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work. And you know what? We shouldn&#x27;t, Coach. We shouldn&#x27;t. But it&#x27;s a very different thing for the mayor to say you can&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work and force us to go and buy three 16-ounce Mountain Dews to get around the rule. And it would cost more money to buy a 316 instead of buying bulk. But, you know, I still would like to buy a 40-ounce if I choose but not drink at all but just because I can.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> You know, if you can do something, it makes a lot more sense. And studies have also shown that United States, we&#x27;ve been taking care of people that couldn&#x27;t afford to buy food for a long time. We have the fattest poor people in the world because we&#x27;ve been giving them fat and food. So the government needs to look at themselves before they start pointing fingers at individual citizens. Now, off my soapbox, let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, because you can get me going wild on this kind of thing. And it&#x27;s crazy because there&#x27;s so many things in this health care law. But let&#x27;s look at the insurance exchanges. This is when the different states either chose to offer their own insurance or offer the government&#x27;s insurance, right, the federal or state kind of things. Right. The goal of the insurance exchange was to give everybody a place where they could go and buy health insurance on an apples-to-apples basis.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> See, one of the problems with our health care system is most Americans don&#x27;t understand how much it costs. We don&#x27;t buy our own insurance. We get it through our employer. The employer&#x27;s insurance pays for our health care costs. We don&#x27;t know when we go to the doctor how much the total cost is. And we&#x27;re not even buying the insurance because the employer is picking the health insurance for us. Well, for people who don&#x27;t have insurance through an employer, the idea of the exchange is we&#x27;re going to set up a website where you can go. And it&#x27;s going to be like an Expedia or a Travelocity.com where you can compare different plans from different insurers on an apples-to-apples basis. So here in Ohio, I can look and I can see here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Group Health, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Humana, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from UnitedHealthcare, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Anthem.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> And I can compare them, and I can see what I&#x27;m getting. And the idea, this is capitalism. This is the government saying we&#x27;re going to require the states to set up an exchange to facilitate competition. Or if the states don&#x27;t want to do it, we&#x27;re going to set up a federal exchange where we can facilitate competition. I like that. I like that. Mitt Romney got into a lot of trouble when he was running for president when he said, I like to be able to fire the people who provide services to me. He wasn&#x27;t saying that he likes firing people. He was saying that he likes having choice, and the insurance exchanges will facilitate choice. But there&#x27;s another side to the insurance exchanges. The insurance has to be required minimum coverage, and the government has now stepped in and says, to qualify, the insurance must cover X and must cover Y and must cover Z.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> Well, do you and I necessarily want insurance that covers all of those things? Maybe we do. Maybe we don&#x27;t. Let me give you an example that&#x27;s extreme. It shows how ridiculous this bill is so far. Walt, in my office, is 25 years old. He&#x27;s a male. His name is Walter. And he had an increase in premium almost 200 percent because one of the things they added to his policy was maternity coverage. Now, come on. Now, Walt&#x27;s a good kid. He&#x27;s not going to go out and get himself in the family way. I mean, that is ridiculous. And that&#x27;s not the only person I&#x27;ve heard that had maternity coverage built into their policy as a male. Now, maybe the government knows something we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> Ed, maybe they have figured out a way that males can get pregnant, too. Boy, I hope not. Yeah, it&#x27;s unisex insurance coverage. Same rates for men and women. Oh, man. And so us guys who are young and healthy, I&#x27;m 47. I&#x27;m still at a reasonable rate. I haven&#x27;t got my increase yet, 179 per month. But I have a higher deductible because I don&#x27;t like going to the doctor. Ed, I choose to stay away from the doctor. But I&#x27;ve always had a policy that if I ever go to the hospital, I&#x27;ll have a $10,000 deductible. Then I&#x27;ll get help paying for the bill. And to me, that&#x27;s fair. I&#x27;m taking the risk that I&#x27;m not going to get hurt. And I&#x27;m being rewarded by that with a lower premium. I&#x27;ve made a similar decision. I have high deductible coverage for my health and my family. And I&#x27;ve set up a tax strategy called a medical expense reimbursement plan that we talk about</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> in the pocket guide to Obamacare to pay the difference between the first dollar and the deductible with tax advantage dollars. I&#x27;ve made that choice based on, I think, a pretty comprehensive and sophisticated analysis of ways to finance my own health care. And you know what&#x27;s great? Whether I&#x27;m right or wrong, and I&#x27;m not wrong, but I got to make that choice for myself. And again, you mentioned the pocket guide to Obamacare. You and I have consulted in length about this. It&#x27;s 72 pages. And as a listener to the show, you can get a copy. All you have to do, no cost or obligation, give a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> Both Ed and I are certified tax coaches at CTC. I&#x27;m also a licensed health insurance agent. I haven&#x27;t sold health insurance in probably 15 years, Ed, but I&#x27;m licensed in that. And it&#x27;s funny. Now the tax world and the health world have combined in Obamacare. And, you know, it&#x27;s amazing what&#x27;s in there. But unfortunately, when you get the government involved in something, there&#x27;s something called red tape. And on page 67 of the guide, we have something called the red tape alert. Do you want to talk about that? Well, it&#x27;s just the fact that the government has come along and they&#x27;ve decided that they&#x27;re going to get more involved in delivering 16 or 17 percent of the economy. And naturally, it&#x27;s going to be red tape. We&#x27;ve got regulations. The law itself is about 2,400 pages. And, Coach, let&#x27;s confess right here to people who are going to read our pocket guide.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> Neither of us have read every page. There are going to be tens of thousands more pages of regulations issued. The government issued final regulations defining what constitutes minimum qualified coverage that we talked about a few minutes ago. That&#x27;s 140 pages. And we&#x27;re not talking big print. And there are no pictures. This is tough sledding here. So it&#x27;s going to be a lot of red tape. Those of you who have tried to access the insurance exchanges, depending on what state you&#x27;re in, if you&#x27;re in a federal exchange state, you may have spent some fruitless hours on healthcare.gov and not even been able to get in to get quotes on your insurance. That&#x27;s a common frustration. Now, the kinks will be worked out at some point.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> When you buy a software product from Microsoft, it&#x27;s not bug-free. But it&#x27;s hoops to jump through and it&#x27;s red tape to fight. You know, this bill sort of reminds me. Around holiday season, my mom had a friend who would always give her—my mom was a school teacher, by the way, so one of her teacher friends would always give her this dough. And she had to feed the dough. We put it in the refrigerator. She had to keep feeding it every day. And then she&#x27;d make cupcakes or bread with it. But you had to keep feeding the dough every single day and it would grow in the refrigerator. I think it was called friendship bread. And actually, it was the quickest way to break a friendship because you didn&#x27;t want to get rid of the bread. It kept growing and growing. And this healthcare bill is crazy right now, the way it&#x27;s growing. And people don&#x27;t know where to go. So what we help people with is with this guide, the pocket guide to Obamacare, is help you get an understanding of what&#x27;s going on right now.</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> But we also make the offer, Ed, to anyone listening, is to help you plan out where to go from here tax-wise. Do tax planning and combine that with a strategy for healthcare. And that makes a lot of sense to be informed. Puts you ahead of the pack these days, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. When it comes to tax advice, you want someone who&#x27;s not just going to record the history that you give them. You don&#x27;t want someone who&#x27;s just going to put the right numbers in the right boxes and get them on the right forms and fill them out. You want somebody who can take your information, look at what the options are, and proactively show you what you can do. Now, we tend to think of that as how we work tax planning. But with the new healthcare options, you really need an advisor who&#x27;s going to take that same proactive approach</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> towards financing healthcare. And that&#x27;s why a couple of tax guys are collaborating on the pocket guide to Obamacare. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re discussing this on the Tax Guys radio show. And, folks, again, it&#x27;s the pocket guide to Obamacare. You&#x27;re welcome to call right now. Phone lines are open. We&#x27;ve got about 20 lines waiting. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Tax Guys radio every single week at this time. Ed, I really appreciate you coming in today. Appreciate the opportunity to talk with you, Coach. Always a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll join you next week on the Tax Guys radio show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ed Lyon</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ed Lyon, tax planning, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/image.jpg?t=1792072514&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/image.jpg?t=1792072514&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>868</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13915739" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>137</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Pocket Guide to Obamacare" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:07" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:35" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh: Investing in Cancer Research</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh: Investing in Cancer Research</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, we have very special visitors in the studio today. We have Nick Valvano and John Kavanaugh. And you may recognize Nick&#x27;s name. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He had a very famous brother. I did. Well, welcome in, guys. Thank you. Good to be here. Thanks. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. The reason I have you in is because we have a common enemy. Everyone listening to the show, you guys, me, everybody out there, we have a common enemy, and its name is Cancer, isn&#x27;t it? Yep. It&#x27;s Cancer. Yeah, and you founded this foundation, the V Foundation, 20 years ago, more than 20 years ago, I guess, right? Yep. And now, who is John Kavanaugh and why is he on the show? John, explain to folks what your relationship is with the V Foundation and some of the advancements you guys have been making lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I&#x27;m a professor at NC State. I&#x27;ve been there about 13 years. I&#x27;m in the Department of Biochemistry. And I&#x27;m associated with the V Foundation because about five years ago now, the foundation came to NC State just to generally talk about if there was anything going on campus in the cancer arena. And you don&#x27;t really think of NC State as a place that does a lot of that kind of work. We don&#x27;t have a medical school. But we, in fact, have a huge amount of very basic science going on, and a lot of it addressing a lot of diseases. And when Nick came, he looked around. We had a very interesting first meeting, as I recall. And it transpired that the V Foundation were looking for something a little bit different to perhaps do with NC State. And it took us some time to come up with the idea that maybe a training program for kids</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that wanted to stay in the cancer field or even be attracted to it in the first place would be a good legacy for Jim and also a way to promote the next generation of cancer researchers. Yeah. Well, a few months ago, I heard you speak at a dinner event, and you guys have made some tremendous advancements in your research. Incredibly. This was supposed to be just all about bringing new students through and getting this next wave of people to treat the disease. But in the past 12 months or so, we&#x27;ve come up with what we think might be a groundbreaking potential treatment, a drug that we can add to existing chemo drugs or to even new chemo drugs to make those chemo drugs work a lot more efficiently, maybe up to 100, 1,000 times better. And that would be terrific because it would mean you would get less dose of the chemo drug,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and so the side effects would be reduced. And that&#x27;s one of the – if you actually look at the statistics, people are as afraid of the treatment as they are of the cancer itself. So if we could mitigate those problems, and especially in the pediatric arena, kids cannot tolerate these side effects. So if we can lower those dosages, that would be fantastic. Now, Nick Valvano, how does that make you feel, that the money you&#x27;ve been out there raising is going to such a – it&#x27;s going to good results. We&#x27;re getting good results with it. It&#x27;s going to a great cause. This probably is one of the most gratifying programs for us, not only because it&#x27;s at NC State, but more strategically. If you go back to when Jim was dying, and he was talking about what the foundation could do, one of the things he wanted was to help young scientists get their careers started.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Well, this goes one step earlier. This takes people who might be interested in science and maybe might even look at research and then helps get them hands-on experience. You know, you never know what you like to do until you try and do it. You say, oh, my God, I hate this. You know, John has done a great job in identifying young talent, even now at the high school level, high school level who comes and works in the labs and gets hands-on experience and are investigating careers in cancer research. So that was the primary motivational thing. And when John says we&#x27;ve had some discussions – We had some discussions. Yes, we did. It took us a long time because I&#x27;m a stubborn Italian,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I really wanted something that stayed in Jim&#x27;s memory, but I didn&#x27;t want it to be with basketball. I wanted it to fit in with the mission. And John, after five very long lunches, came up with this idea that was embraced by everybody. And now, this short period of time later, to see that we&#x27;re getting a benefit besides the careers, but we&#x27;re actually having an impact on treatments is more than we could have expected. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Now, John, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they want to get into this field or if they&#x27;re a potential high school student that&#x27;s looking at something like this, is there a way they can contact you, or what can they do to get involved in this research?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Just go right to the NC State website. If you just do a search on Jimmy V, it will come up with the program website, and you can send applications through there. It will come straight to me and to some of the other professors involved. We do some screening. We interview all the kids, and it&#x27;s been remarkable. The level of students that have applied has just been off the charts. So they&#x27;ve been a remarkable set of individuals. But it&#x27;s an easy thing to do. Yeah, well, once the word gets out here, as it gets out further and further, you&#x27;ll get more and more applicants in, I&#x27;m sure. And, you know, that&#x27;s to be said for the V Foundation to give the initial starting point and direction on that. Now, we were talking before we came on there, you guys were talking about there&#x27;s some volunteers that have been with the organization since its beginning,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> and they&#x27;ve volunteered, put countless hours into it. You know, Nick, how does that make you feel? Humble. Believe me or not. I mean, it&#x27;s hard for a Valvano to be humble, but it is. It is. When you think of 20 years for our golf event here in North Carolina, that people, I know there&#x27;s at least 30 that have never missed a year. And that&#x27;s dedication. And it&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re getting paid. They buy their own shirts. They come out and they walk in the 90-degree heat for six hours. But, you know, what we&#x27;ve tried to do all along, and I hope we never lose this, is the ability to give people an opportunity to help however they can. You know, you can get involved in this fight. You don&#x27;t have to have a lot of money.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You can give us the most important thing that you have, which is your time. And they&#x27;re doing that, and we are incredibly grateful for that. And all you need to do is talk to any celebrity who plays in our golf tournament. The first thing they say is the volunteers, how great they are. Yeah, well, I&#x27;ve seen, like, Stuart Scott&#x27;s been there. I think he was there this year. Charles Barkley. Dick Vitale, of course, is a big vocal supporter of the foundation. And, I mean, if we had a crystal ball and we look 20 years into the future, where do you envision cancer research going? Where&#x27;s the V Foundation going to be there? And, John, where&#x27;s the research going to be? Well, we&#x27;re going to be here. I mean, we&#x27;ve made this decision. And we&#x27;ve already started our transition for me to go and play as much bad golf as I can possibly play.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And we&#x27;re increasing our staff. And we&#x27;re re-analyzing what we&#x27;re going to do with all the additional money. You know, one of the things we learned with our collaboration at NC State is that we can think outside the box a little and still stay true to our mission. So I think one of the things you&#x27;ll see is the V Foundation trying to make some decisions that will have more of an impact on patients&#x27; care, not so much long term, but, you know, in the realm of cancer. Right. But we&#x27;re going to be committed. And I think you&#x27;ll see many of these cancers be treated as chronic diseases.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And we&#x27;ll still have to respect the foe, you know. But I think we&#x27;re going to take it on. Well, John, I really like the fact that the chemo isn&#x27;t as painful. And that&#x27;s, I mean, that worries. I don&#x27;t have cancer, but what if I did? That would worry me more than the cancer itself a lot of times. It&#x27;s a psychological detriment. You know, people will try and almost evade the treatment to some degree or try and do as little as possible just to evade the side effects. And so if we can, you know, as I say, slow that down or make it so much more tolerable, then, you know, that&#x27;s what we want to do. And over the next 10 years, 20 years, there&#x27;s going to be more stuff going on in the cancer field than you can ever imagine. We know so much more now, all the genomic data that we&#x27;ve got, all the genetic stuff.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> There&#x27;s tons and tons of data out there that we&#x27;re sifting through that&#x27;s suddenly just going to explode. And, you know, we want to make sure that we take advantage of all that data. So things are going to escalate rapidly over the next few years. Well, we really appreciate the work that you guys are doing, the money you&#x27;re putting towards this. And we have, as in the past, have made an offer on the show that if people come in, we&#x27;ll donate an hour of our time if they give a donation of at least $50 to the V Foundation. We&#x27;re going to make that again today. I think that, you know, because, and here&#x27;s why, when we look at all the charities that are out there, as a financial guy, I look at something called ROI, return on investment. And it is obvious that the money that goes to the V Foundation is going to a good cause, is actually going to the research that people think the money&#x27;s going towards.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> You know, a lot of charities out there, by the time your dollar gets to wherever the cause is, it might be a dime. 90 cents disappears on the way over to where it&#x27;s supposed to go. And so, folks, if you call right now, the number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. Please give at least $50 donation to the V Foundation. I&#x27;ll waive an hour of my time to sit down and go over initial financial plan with you. I&#x27;ll also match your contribution up to $500. So if you give $500, I&#x27;ll match $500. And it&#x27;s a special thanks to Nick because Nick was here when the Discovery Channel was in with the bio channel, Discovery Channel, last year and filmed the documentary on me. I just gave you a copy of that, Nick, so you&#x27;ll get a kick seeing that. And, folks, if you want to get a copy of that, when you come in, we&#x27;ll give you a copy of the DVD that is a documentary on what goes on in a financial planning firm.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> I really appreciate you guys taking the time out today. Again, it was Nick Valvano and John Cavanaugh. And John is a professor at NC State. And Nick has just recently approached a new area of his life, I think. Nick, do you want to talk about that? Yeah. I stepped down as CEO. And I&#x27;m going to remain on the board and on the committees. And they&#x27;ve given me a title of a president emeritus. And emeritus means you make copies. I think that&#x27;s what it means. But I&#x27;m going to stay very involved. And, you know, you talked about ROI. I&#x27;ll just leave you with one thought. We have given over $100 million in cancer research grants. And we have stayed in contact with all those scientists. And they have leveraged that $100 million to an additional $1 billion of cancer funding.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Wow. So that&#x27;s how we kind of judge our investments. That&#x27;s a real good return on investment. And it&#x27;s a great – I mean, we&#x27;ve been making great strides, it looks like. I think so. I look forward to having you on in a couple years when we talk about beating cancer totally. How&#x27;s that? My pleasure. Folks, again, that number, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, we have very special visitors in the studio today. We have Nick Valvano and John Kavanaugh. And you may recognize Nick&#x27;s name. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He had a very famous brother. I did. Well, welcome in, guys. Thank you. Good to be here. Thanks. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. The reason I have you in is because we have a common enemy. Everyone listening to the show, you guys, me, everybody out there, we have a common enemy, and its name is Cancer, isn&#x27;t it? Yep. It&#x27;s Cancer. Yeah, and you founded this foundation, the V Foundation, 20 years ago, more than 20 years ago, I guess, right? Yep. And now, who is John Kavanaugh and why is he on the show? John, explain to folks what your relationship is with the V Foundation and some of the advancements you guys have been making lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I&#x27;m a professor at NC State. I&#x27;ve been there about 13 years. I&#x27;m in the Department of Biochemistry. And I&#x27;m associated with the V Foundation because about five years ago now, the foundation came to NC State just to generally talk about if there was anything going on campus in the cancer arena. And you don&#x27;t really think of NC State as a place that does a lot of that kind of work. We don&#x27;t have a medical school. But we, in fact, have a huge amount of very basic science going on, and a lot of it addressing a lot of diseases. And when Nick came, he looked around. We had a very interesting first meeting, as I recall. And it transpired that the V Foundation were looking for something a little bit different to perhaps do with NC State. And it took us some time to come up with the idea that maybe a training program for kids</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that wanted to stay in the cancer field or even be attracted to it in the first place would be a good legacy for Jim and also a way to promote the next generation of cancer researchers. Yeah. Well, a few months ago, I heard you speak at a dinner event, and you guys have made some tremendous advancements in your research. Incredibly. This was supposed to be just all about bringing new students through and getting this next wave of people to treat the disease. But in the past 12 months or so, we&#x27;ve come up with what we think might be a groundbreaking potential treatment, a drug that we can add to existing chemo drugs or to even new chemo drugs to make those chemo drugs work a lot more efficiently, maybe up to 100, 1,000 times better. And that would be terrific because it would mean you would get less dose of the chemo drug,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and so the side effects would be reduced. And that&#x27;s one of the – if you actually look at the statistics, people are as afraid of the treatment as they are of the cancer itself. So if we could mitigate those problems, and especially in the pediatric arena, kids cannot tolerate these side effects. So if we can lower those dosages, that would be fantastic. Now, Nick Valvano, how does that make you feel, that the money you&#x27;ve been out there raising is going to such a – it&#x27;s going to good results. We&#x27;re getting good results with it. It&#x27;s going to a great cause. This probably is one of the most gratifying programs for us, not only because it&#x27;s at NC State, but more strategically. If you go back to when Jim was dying, and he was talking about what the foundation could do, one of the things he wanted was to help young scientists get their careers started.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Well, this goes one step earlier. This takes people who might be interested in science and maybe might even look at research and then helps get them hands-on experience. You know, you never know what you like to do until you try and do it. You say, oh, my God, I hate this. You know, John has done a great job in identifying young talent, even now at the high school level, high school level who comes and works in the labs and gets hands-on experience and are investigating careers in cancer research. So that was the primary motivational thing. And when John says we&#x27;ve had some discussions – We had some discussions. Yes, we did. It took us a long time because I&#x27;m a stubborn Italian,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I really wanted something that stayed in Jim&#x27;s memory, but I didn&#x27;t want it to be with basketball. I wanted it to fit in with the mission. And John, after five very long lunches, came up with this idea that was embraced by everybody. And now, this short period of time later, to see that we&#x27;re getting a benefit besides the careers, but we&#x27;re actually having an impact on treatments is more than we could have expected. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Now, John, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they want to get into this field or if they&#x27;re a potential high school student that&#x27;s looking at something like this, is there a way they can contact you, or what can they do to get involved in this research?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Just go right to the NC State website. If you just do a search on Jimmy V, it will come up with the program website, and you can send applications through there. It will come straight to me and to some of the other professors involved. We do some screening. We interview all the kids, and it&#x27;s been remarkable. The level of students that have applied has just been off the charts. So they&#x27;ve been a remarkable set of individuals. But it&#x27;s an easy thing to do. Yeah, well, once the word gets out here, as it gets out further and further, you&#x27;ll get more and more applicants in, I&#x27;m sure. And, you know, that&#x27;s to be said for the V Foundation to give the initial starting point and direction on that. Now, we were talking before we came on there, you guys were talking about there&#x27;s some volunteers that have been with the organization since its beginning,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> and they&#x27;ve volunteered, put countless hours into it. You know, Nick, how does that make you feel? Humble. Believe me or not. I mean, it&#x27;s hard for a Valvano to be humble, but it is. It is. When you think of 20 years for our golf event here in North Carolina, that people, I know there&#x27;s at least 30 that have never missed a year. And that&#x27;s dedication. And it&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re getting paid. They buy their own shirts. They come out and they walk in the 90-degree heat for six hours. But, you know, what we&#x27;ve tried to do all along, and I hope we never lose this, is the ability to give people an opportunity to help however they can. You know, you can get involved in this fight. You don&#x27;t have to have a lot of money.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You can give us the most important thing that you have, which is your time. And they&#x27;re doing that, and we are incredibly grateful for that. And all you need to do is talk to any celebrity who plays in our golf tournament. The first thing they say is the volunteers, how great they are. Yeah, well, I&#x27;ve seen, like, Stuart Scott&#x27;s been there. I think he was there this year. Charles Barkley. Dick Vitale, of course, is a big vocal supporter of the foundation. And, I mean, if we had a crystal ball and we look 20 years into the future, where do you envision cancer research going? Where&#x27;s the V Foundation going to be there? And, John, where&#x27;s the research going to be? Well, we&#x27;re going to be here. I mean, we&#x27;ve made this decision. And we&#x27;ve already started our transition for me to go and play as much bad golf as I can possibly play.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And we&#x27;re increasing our staff. And we&#x27;re re-analyzing what we&#x27;re going to do with all the additional money. You know, one of the things we learned with our collaboration at NC State is that we can think outside the box a little and still stay true to our mission. So I think one of the things you&#x27;ll see is the V Foundation trying to make some decisions that will have more of an impact on patients&#x27; care, not so much long term, but, you know, in the realm of cancer. Right. But we&#x27;re going to be committed. And I think you&#x27;ll see many of these cancers be treated as chronic diseases.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And we&#x27;ll still have to respect the foe, you know. But I think we&#x27;re going to take it on. Well, John, I really like the fact that the chemo isn&#x27;t as painful. And that&#x27;s, I mean, that worries. I don&#x27;t have cancer, but what if I did? That would worry me more than the cancer itself a lot of times. It&#x27;s a psychological detriment. You know, people will try and almost evade the treatment to some degree or try and do as little as possible just to evade the side effects. And so if we can, you know, as I say, slow that down or make it so much more tolerable, then, you know, that&#x27;s what we want to do. And over the next 10 years, 20 years, there&#x27;s going to be more stuff going on in the cancer field than you can ever imagine. We know so much more now, all the genomic data that we&#x27;ve got, all the genetic stuff.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> There&#x27;s tons and tons of data out there that we&#x27;re sifting through that&#x27;s suddenly just going to explode. And, you know, we want to make sure that we take advantage of all that data. So things are going to escalate rapidly over the next few years. Well, we really appreciate the work that you guys are doing, the money you&#x27;re putting towards this. And we have, as in the past, have made an offer on the show that if people come in, we&#x27;ll donate an hour of our time if they give a donation of at least $50 to the V Foundation. We&#x27;re going to make that again today. I think that, you know, because, and here&#x27;s why, when we look at all the charities that are out there, as a financial guy, I look at something called ROI, return on investment. And it is obvious that the money that goes to the V Foundation is going to a good cause, is actually going to the research that people think the money&#x27;s going towards.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> You know, a lot of charities out there, by the time your dollar gets to wherever the cause is, it might be a dime. 90 cents disappears on the way over to where it&#x27;s supposed to go. And so, folks, if you call right now, the number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. Please give at least $50 donation to the V Foundation. I&#x27;ll waive an hour of my time to sit down and go over initial financial plan with you. I&#x27;ll also match your contribution up to $500. So if you give $500, I&#x27;ll match $500. And it&#x27;s a special thanks to Nick because Nick was here when the Discovery Channel was in with the bio channel, Discovery Channel, last year and filmed the documentary on me. I just gave you a copy of that, Nick, so you&#x27;ll get a kick seeing that. And, folks, if you want to get a copy of that, when you come in, we&#x27;ll give you a copy of the DVD that is a documentary on what goes on in a financial planning firm.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> I really appreciate you guys taking the time out today. Again, it was Nick Valvano and John Cavanaugh. And John is a professor at NC State. And Nick has just recently approached a new area of his life, I think. Nick, do you want to talk about that? Yeah. I stepped down as CEO. And I&#x27;m going to remain on the board and on the committees. And they&#x27;ve given me a title of a president emeritus. And emeritus means you make copies. I think that&#x27;s what it means. But I&#x27;m going to stay very involved. And, you know, you talked about ROI. I&#x27;ll just leave you with one thought. We have given over $100 million in cancer research grants. And we have stayed in contact with all those scientists. And they have leveraged that $100 million to an additional $1 billion of cancer funding.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Wow. So that&#x27;s how we kind of judge our investments. That&#x27;s a real good return on investment. And it&#x27;s a great – I mean, we&#x27;ve been making great strides, it looks like. I think so. I look forward to having you on in a couple years when we talk about beating cancer totally. How&#x27;s that? My pleasure. Folks, again, that number, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh</category>
      <category>Nick Valvano</category>
      <category>John Cavanagh</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh, Nick Valvano, John Cavanagh, investing, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/image.jpg?t=1792072482&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-and-john-cavanagh-investing-in-cancer-research/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/image.jpg?t=1792072482&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557</guid>
      <omny:clipId>01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>688</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11044651" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-and-john-cavanagh-investing-in-cancer-research</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>138</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investing in Cancer Research" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:45" title="Charity and giving back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:00" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Laura Clancy: Wit and Fit</title>
      <itunes:title>Laura Clancy: Wit and Fit</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Laura Clancy joins Coach Pete in the studio to discuss Wit and Fit, staying active, and the challenges of maintaining fitness as we get older. Recorded August 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest in studio. She&#x27;s come down from Arlington, Virginia, and her name is Laura Clancy. Now, she&#x27;s not related to Tom Clancy, I don&#x27;t think. Maybe you are, Laura. No, no, no. I used to wish, but now I have my own Clancy goodness about me. Well, you&#x27;ve written a book, and it&#x27;s called Wit and Fit. And I think this is a book that everyone should pick up, because as we get older, it&#x27;s a lot harder to stay in shape, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. I really didn&#x27;t get into shape myself until my mid-40s. Wow. Okay. So then one day you decided that it was time to be in shape, or how did that work? Absolutely. Just to back up the story, I was an overweight teen, and in my 20s, I took off weight and kept it off until I had children. After that, life happened, and I gained 30, 40, 50 pounds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> I was almost 200 pounds when I gave birth. And after my second child, I decided to take it very seriously, losing weight very seriously. And I went on a diet, lost the weight, but it came back shortly thereafter. At about the age of 44, I went to personal training school, and the rest is history. So I&#x27;ve been five years fat-free. So you&#x27;re a personal trainer, too. Yes, I&#x27;m a personal trainer. Now, writing this book, you&#x27;ve written it from first-hand knowledge a lot. I noticed in there there&#x27;s some pictures of you before and after and all the different motivational techniques you used. How can somebody out there who&#x27;s listening, and everybody I talk to, if they admit it, they&#x27;re a little bit out of shape? Yeah, most people are. And even I, I have some issues as well.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> I&#x27;m not as endurance-oriented as I am strength-oriented. I believe anybody can do it. And I also believe a little bit is better than nothing. Well, do you believe in the momentum-building process? I mean, you have to do something to get started, right? Yes, I do believe in that. I think it just depends on the person. It&#x27;s very, very specific to the person and how they want to lose weight. But I think that you have to look at it for the sustainability factor rather than just, can I lose 30 pounds in a month? That&#x27;s a good point because I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people over the years who had dramatic weight loss because I hadn&#x27;t seen them in a while. And then I see them, and they&#x27;re not even the same person. There was that commercial where the boss asked if you lost weight or if you&#x27;ve, whatever, but it was like the guy had done some hair things, so he had more hair.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So no one knew, they knew something was different. But when I see some people, after they&#x27;ve lost a lot of weight, they don&#x27;t even look like the same people anymore. They really don&#x27;t, yeah. But the problem is these same people, they disappear again for a while, and the next time I see them, they look like they used to look, like they&#x27;ve gained all that weight back plus more weight. And there&#x27;s a lot of studies out there that say when people do that dramatic weight loss, maybe deprive their body of carbohydrates, doing that anti-carb diet. Right. They end up craving carbs, and their body gets mad at them. And when they do finally fall off the wagon and start to eat again, the body stores a lot more than it used to because it&#x27;s worried you&#x27;re going to take it away again. That&#x27;s exactly right. And usually people who take off weight, they&#x27;re more interested, particularly women, they&#x27;re more interested in the weight loss than really the other part of it, which is gaining muscle and burning more fat because that also creates higher metabolism.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I agree. I used to be in real good shape. I need to get back in shape. But the problem is when I was in real good shape, I could eat more because I had more muscle. And you could get away with cheating a little more as long as you kept working out. And what happens, though, a lot of people stop working out and then start eating more. So instead of working out, they decide to eat. Well, that&#x27;s a double whammy in the wrong direction. That&#x27;s exactly right. Yep. And it&#x27;s not just when you eat, but it&#x27;s what you eat a lot of times. Believe it or not, it&#x27;s not just what you eat, it&#x27;s when you eat. When too. Okay. Well, there goes my midnight snack. Mark, my producer, we was laughing at that, too. Mark, are you a midnight snack or two? Yeah, just a little bit. So, hey, it all happens, right? And it&#x27;s okay to do it once in a while, but you don&#x27;t want to get in a routine. That&#x27;s right. I basically try to teach people, if you can get it right 90% of the time, eating every two to three hours, trying to limit your calories, and certainly cutting back on your carbohydrates, particularly processed carbs,</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> then if you are doing that 90% of the time, you&#x27;re going to actually lose weight. Whether you want to or not, it will just happen. When we talk about processed carbs, now we&#x27;re in the generation now where everything&#x27;s in a box. And I heard somebody once say, if it&#x27;s in a box, it&#x27;s probably not good. I absolutely wholeheartedly agree. And actually, that ties into the financial piece as well, because it&#x27;s much cheaper to get those boxed products onto the shelves and to store them. So it&#x27;s easier to go and buy that box of macaroni and cheese, but it&#x27;s really, truly not good for your body. Yeah, and frozen dinners, too, the easy convenience. We&#x27;re in a fast-moving society, but if people take a little bit more time, they can get fresh food. Yes, yes. And I&#x27;m not necessarily a big organic food eater myself.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> It&#x27;s a financial ability. It&#x27;s a matter of financial. Nope. Nope, not coming out. It&#x27;s okay. Just reset yourself. Yeah, I&#x27;m not as much an organic eater myself. We tend to eat things from the grocery store just like everyone else. We do buy some things organic because that&#x27;s what the grocery store offers, so I&#x27;m happy with that. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s absolutely necessary. I wouldn&#x27;t let that hold me back. When you see how much they charge at the store for some of the supposed organic stuff, I mean, you could go broke trying to eat well. Oh, absolutely. So there&#x27;s a bit of a financial factor in that, too, as far as designing a diet that makes your waist smaller but not your wallet too small. Right. And there is a lot of credence to fresh fruit is more expensive than that box of macaroni.</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> I understand that. But there are things you can do. You can buy boxes of whole grain rice rather than white rice, probably a little bit more expensive but worth the extra money. And from what I understand, the canning process now for fruit, not the syrupy fruit, but canned fruit, is good enough. So you have to kind of weigh that financial outlay with really sustainability. So like the fruit cocktails or the peaches or pears, as long as they&#x27;re in water, not the heavy syrup kind of stuff, right? Yes, I would. Yes. Yeah. Well, I used to like that with some cottage cheese back in the day. I love cottage cheese. It&#x27;s a staple in my diet. My family doesn&#x27;t like it, but I do. Well, it goes well with a lot of things. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Laura Clancy. She&#x27;s the author of Wit and Fit.</p><p><strong>06:38</strong> It&#x27;s a fantastic book. She&#x27;s from Arlington, Virginia. I was going to say, she&#x27;s from Arlington, Virginia, and she&#x27;s joining us on the show. I mean, this is a great book. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. It is not available on Amazon yet. Okay. Yep. I came out with it about a year ago, and I have a collaborative work. I came out with it about a year ago, and I haven&#x27;t quite figured out how to use this book and help people the most. That&#x27;s really important to me. I have been privileged to work with people who now want to collaborate with me, and we have a collaborative cookbook coming out soon.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Ah, nice. So that may be wrapped into a package. Okay. Okay. And put on Amazon. I haven&#x27;t quite figured it out. What I really do. is I&#x27;m going to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to Mindset, you have to get your mindset around it. Nutrition, which is very, very important. And then the physical fitness. And that primarily is weight training, which I&#x27;m an avid weight trainer.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> Now, you just wrote a chapter in a new book. What&#x27;s the title of that? New Rules of Success. And that&#x27;s available on Amazon. That is available on Amazon. It was a collaborative effort. It was a collaborative effort, and it will be used at Wexford University in California, which is a fitness university. It&#x27;s a supplemental text for their students. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So what&#x27;s the subject or what&#x27;s the main idea of that book? What are all the chapters about? And what was your chapter about? Well, my chapter actually seems to be very different from everyone else&#x27;s, which is fine. I&#x27;m a little bit different myself, and I&#x27;m comfortable with that. My chapter basically, it&#x27;s one of my favorite chapters that I&#x27;ve written. It&#x27;s almost a mirror reflection on success and what I believe is success.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> I don&#x27;t think that you have to be successful all your life to be a success. And my chapter basically talks about that. That&#x27;s a good chapter. And now, does your husband follow your diets along with you? No, he does not. Do you catch him cheating every now and then at midnight and stacking? I try not to look. How about your children? You have two sons. Yes, I have two sons. My oldest son is a lacrosse player for his high school. And he&#x27;s also started training with my old teacher and powerlifting coach. My youngest son, I train him myself, and he is into proper eating. That&#x27;s nice. Starting young. Yep. Now, if you could give – we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes or less than a couple minutes here on this last segment here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left on this segment here.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> If you could give the listeners out there one piece of advice, if they feel they&#x27;re a little bit overweight or want to get started going in the right direction, what would that one piece of advice be? Wow, that was a big one. Take your time. Right? You can edit it. Yeah, you&#x27;re going to have to edit that one. Yeah, we can definitely edit it. One piece of advice. Let&#x27;s see. Okay, can you ask it again? Absolutely. Yeah. If you could give our listeners out there just one piece of advice to at least get them started in getting in better shape, what would that be? I think the biggest priority is that they must believe in themselves. They must believe that it&#x27;s a sustainable thing that they can do. And that&#x27;s the mindset piece because a lot of people just see that short-term, I&#x27;m going to lose seven pounds, and that&#x27;s all they&#x27;re thinking about.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> If they can look out without creating anxiety and say, I will just take this one day at a time, I am a firm believer that imperfect action trumps perfect inaction. Yeah, doing something in other words. Absolutely. Now, and one final thing, do you think Hollywood and all the magazines are hurting people more than helping when they&#x27;re showing these real skinny people on covers and all these entertainment shows? Everyone&#x27;s all in best shape ever, and you just think that you give up a lot of times because you can&#x27;t get in that kind of shape. Is Hollywood hurting people? I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s hurting people. I think it&#x27;s up to them. Again, it&#x27;s their mindset and where they&#x27;re going with their mind. I think everybody&#x27;s shape is different. I&#x27;ve had to come to terms with I have very large legs, and I&#x27;ve been very uncomfortable in my body for many years.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And then come to find out I&#x27;m a competitive powerlifter, those legs actually help me. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;re helping me squat 248 pounds and deadlift 265 pounds. So I&#x27;m pretty happy with them, although they still are the biggest part of my body. Folks, again, her name is Laura Clancy. The title of the book, Wit and Fit. But if you join this interview later and want to hear it again in its entirety, visit us on FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard On radio segment there. Laura, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much, Pete. I really appreciate this opportunity and look forward to working with you again. We&#x27;re going to have some segments from Laura, folks, by the way, in the coming weeks on the show, just little wit and fit kind of segments. So look forward to them on later shows. Again, Laura, thanks for your time today.</p><p><strong>12:15</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Laura Clancy joins Coach Pete in the studio to discuss Wit and Fit, staying active, and the challenges of maintaining fitness as we get older. Recorded August 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest in studio. She&#x27;s come down from Arlington, Virginia, and her name is Laura Clancy. Now, she&#x27;s not related to Tom Clancy, I don&#x27;t think. Maybe you are, Laura. No, no, no. I used to wish, but now I have my own Clancy goodness about me. Well, you&#x27;ve written a book, and it&#x27;s called Wit and Fit. And I think this is a book that everyone should pick up, because as we get older, it&#x27;s a lot harder to stay in shape, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. I really didn&#x27;t get into shape myself until my mid-40s. Wow. Okay. So then one day you decided that it was time to be in shape, or how did that work? Absolutely. Just to back up the story, I was an overweight teen, and in my 20s, I took off weight and kept it off until I had children. After that, life happened, and I gained 30, 40, 50 pounds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> I was almost 200 pounds when I gave birth. And after my second child, I decided to take it very seriously, losing weight very seriously. And I went on a diet, lost the weight, but it came back shortly thereafter. At about the age of 44, I went to personal training school, and the rest is history. So I&#x27;ve been five years fat-free. So you&#x27;re a personal trainer, too. Yes, I&#x27;m a personal trainer. Now, writing this book, you&#x27;ve written it from first-hand knowledge a lot. I noticed in there there&#x27;s some pictures of you before and after and all the different motivational techniques you used. How can somebody out there who&#x27;s listening, and everybody I talk to, if they admit it, they&#x27;re a little bit out of shape? Yeah, most people are. And even I, I have some issues as well.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> I&#x27;m not as endurance-oriented as I am strength-oriented. I believe anybody can do it. And I also believe a little bit is better than nothing. Well, do you believe in the momentum-building process? I mean, you have to do something to get started, right? Yes, I do believe in that. I think it just depends on the person. It&#x27;s very, very specific to the person and how they want to lose weight. But I think that you have to look at it for the sustainability factor rather than just, can I lose 30 pounds in a month? That&#x27;s a good point because I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people over the years who had dramatic weight loss because I hadn&#x27;t seen them in a while. And then I see them, and they&#x27;re not even the same person. There was that commercial where the boss asked if you lost weight or if you&#x27;ve, whatever, but it was like the guy had done some hair things, so he had more hair.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So no one knew, they knew something was different. But when I see some people, after they&#x27;ve lost a lot of weight, they don&#x27;t even look like the same people anymore. They really don&#x27;t, yeah. But the problem is these same people, they disappear again for a while, and the next time I see them, they look like they used to look, like they&#x27;ve gained all that weight back plus more weight. And there&#x27;s a lot of studies out there that say when people do that dramatic weight loss, maybe deprive their body of carbohydrates, doing that anti-carb diet. Right. They end up craving carbs, and their body gets mad at them. And when they do finally fall off the wagon and start to eat again, the body stores a lot more than it used to because it&#x27;s worried you&#x27;re going to take it away again. That&#x27;s exactly right. And usually people who take off weight, they&#x27;re more interested, particularly women, they&#x27;re more interested in the weight loss than really the other part of it, which is gaining muscle and burning more fat because that also creates higher metabolism.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I agree. I used to be in real good shape. I need to get back in shape. But the problem is when I was in real good shape, I could eat more because I had more muscle. And you could get away with cheating a little more as long as you kept working out. And what happens, though, a lot of people stop working out and then start eating more. So instead of working out, they decide to eat. Well, that&#x27;s a double whammy in the wrong direction. That&#x27;s exactly right. Yep. And it&#x27;s not just when you eat, but it&#x27;s what you eat a lot of times. Believe it or not, it&#x27;s not just what you eat, it&#x27;s when you eat. When too. Okay. Well, there goes my midnight snack. Mark, my producer, we was laughing at that, too. Mark, are you a midnight snack or two? Yeah, just a little bit. So, hey, it all happens, right? And it&#x27;s okay to do it once in a while, but you don&#x27;t want to get in a routine. That&#x27;s right. I basically try to teach people, if you can get it right 90% of the time, eating every two to three hours, trying to limit your calories, and certainly cutting back on your carbohydrates, particularly processed carbs,</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> then if you are doing that 90% of the time, you&#x27;re going to actually lose weight. Whether you want to or not, it will just happen. When we talk about processed carbs, now we&#x27;re in the generation now where everything&#x27;s in a box. And I heard somebody once say, if it&#x27;s in a box, it&#x27;s probably not good. I absolutely wholeheartedly agree. And actually, that ties into the financial piece as well, because it&#x27;s much cheaper to get those boxed products onto the shelves and to store them. So it&#x27;s easier to go and buy that box of macaroni and cheese, but it&#x27;s really, truly not good for your body. Yeah, and frozen dinners, too, the easy convenience. We&#x27;re in a fast-moving society, but if people take a little bit more time, they can get fresh food. Yes, yes. And I&#x27;m not necessarily a big organic food eater myself.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> It&#x27;s a financial ability. It&#x27;s a matter of financial. Nope. Nope, not coming out. It&#x27;s okay. Just reset yourself. Yeah, I&#x27;m not as much an organic eater myself. We tend to eat things from the grocery store just like everyone else. We do buy some things organic because that&#x27;s what the grocery store offers, so I&#x27;m happy with that. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s absolutely necessary. I wouldn&#x27;t let that hold me back. When you see how much they charge at the store for some of the supposed organic stuff, I mean, you could go broke trying to eat well. Oh, absolutely. So there&#x27;s a bit of a financial factor in that, too, as far as designing a diet that makes your waist smaller but not your wallet too small. Right. And there is a lot of credence to fresh fruit is more expensive than that box of macaroni.</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> I understand that. But there are things you can do. You can buy boxes of whole grain rice rather than white rice, probably a little bit more expensive but worth the extra money. And from what I understand, the canning process now for fruit, not the syrupy fruit, but canned fruit, is good enough. So you have to kind of weigh that financial outlay with really sustainability. So like the fruit cocktails or the peaches or pears, as long as they&#x27;re in water, not the heavy syrup kind of stuff, right? Yes, I would. Yes. Yeah. Well, I used to like that with some cottage cheese back in the day. I love cottage cheese. It&#x27;s a staple in my diet. My family doesn&#x27;t like it, but I do. Well, it goes well with a lot of things. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Laura Clancy. She&#x27;s the author of Wit and Fit.</p><p><strong>06:38</strong> It&#x27;s a fantastic book. She&#x27;s from Arlington, Virginia. I was going to say, she&#x27;s from Arlington, Virginia, and she&#x27;s joining us on the show. I mean, this is a great book. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. It is not available on Amazon yet. Okay. Yep. I came out with it about a year ago, and I have a collaborative work. I came out with it about a year ago, and I haven&#x27;t quite figured out how to use this book and help people the most. That&#x27;s really important to me. I have been privileged to work with people who now want to collaborate with me, and we have a collaborative cookbook coming out soon.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Ah, nice. So that may be wrapped into a package. Okay. Okay. And put on Amazon. I haven&#x27;t quite figured it out. What I really do. is I&#x27;m going to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to do to Mindset, you have to get your mindset around it. Nutrition, which is very, very important. And then the physical fitness. And that primarily is weight training, which I&#x27;m an avid weight trainer.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> Now, you just wrote a chapter in a new book. What&#x27;s the title of that? New Rules of Success. And that&#x27;s available on Amazon. That is available on Amazon. It was a collaborative effort. It was a collaborative effort, and it will be used at Wexford University in California, which is a fitness university. It&#x27;s a supplemental text for their students. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So what&#x27;s the subject or what&#x27;s the main idea of that book? What are all the chapters about? And what was your chapter about? Well, my chapter actually seems to be very different from everyone else&#x27;s, which is fine. I&#x27;m a little bit different myself, and I&#x27;m comfortable with that. My chapter basically, it&#x27;s one of my favorite chapters that I&#x27;ve written. It&#x27;s almost a mirror reflection on success and what I believe is success.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> I don&#x27;t think that you have to be successful all your life to be a success. And my chapter basically talks about that. That&#x27;s a good chapter. And now, does your husband follow your diets along with you? No, he does not. Do you catch him cheating every now and then at midnight and stacking? I try not to look. How about your children? You have two sons. Yes, I have two sons. My oldest son is a lacrosse player for his high school. And he&#x27;s also started training with my old teacher and powerlifting coach. My youngest son, I train him myself, and he is into proper eating. That&#x27;s nice. Starting young. Yep. Now, if you could give – we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes or less than a couple minutes here on this last segment here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left on this segment here.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> If you could give the listeners out there one piece of advice, if they feel they&#x27;re a little bit overweight or want to get started going in the right direction, what would that one piece of advice be? Wow, that was a big one. Take your time. Right? You can edit it. Yeah, you&#x27;re going to have to edit that one. Yeah, we can definitely edit it. One piece of advice. Let&#x27;s see. Okay, can you ask it again? Absolutely. Yeah. If you could give our listeners out there just one piece of advice to at least get them started in getting in better shape, what would that be? I think the biggest priority is that they must believe in themselves. They must believe that it&#x27;s a sustainable thing that they can do. And that&#x27;s the mindset piece because a lot of people just see that short-term, I&#x27;m going to lose seven pounds, and that&#x27;s all they&#x27;re thinking about.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> If they can look out without creating anxiety and say, I will just take this one day at a time, I am a firm believer that imperfect action trumps perfect inaction. Yeah, doing something in other words. Absolutely. Now, and one final thing, do you think Hollywood and all the magazines are hurting people more than helping when they&#x27;re showing these real skinny people on covers and all these entertainment shows? Everyone&#x27;s all in best shape ever, and you just think that you give up a lot of times because you can&#x27;t get in that kind of shape. Is Hollywood hurting people? I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s hurting people. I think it&#x27;s up to them. Again, it&#x27;s their mindset and where they&#x27;re going with their mind. I think everybody&#x27;s shape is different. I&#x27;ve had to come to terms with I have very large legs, and I&#x27;ve been very uncomfortable in my body for many years.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And then come to find out I&#x27;m a competitive powerlifter, those legs actually help me. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;re helping me squat 248 pounds and deadlift 265 pounds. So I&#x27;m pretty happy with them, although they still are the biggest part of my body. Folks, again, her name is Laura Clancy. The title of the book, Wit and Fit. But if you join this interview later and want to hear it again in its entirety, visit us on FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard On radio segment there. Laura, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much, Pete. I really appreciate this opportunity and look forward to working with you again. We&#x27;re going to have some segments from Laura, folks, by the way, in the coming weeks on the show, just little wit and fit kind of segments. So look forward to them on later shows. Again, Laura, thanks for your time today.</p><p><strong>12:15</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Laura Clancy joins Coach Pete in the studio to discuss Wit and Fit, staying active, and the challenges of maintaining fitness as we get older. Recorded August 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Laura Clancy</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Wit and Fit</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Laura Clancy, personal growth, Wit and Fit, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef/image.jpg?t=1792072486&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laura-clancy-wit-and-fit/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef/image.jpg?t=1792072486&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef</guid>
      <omny:clipId>990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Aug 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>738</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/990773f6-0c9e-441f-96bd-b4e2016406ef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11840781" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laura-clancy-wit-and-fit</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>139</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Wit and Fit" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:02" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tope Fajingbesi: What Color Is Your Money?</title>
      <itunes:title>Tope Fajingbesi: What Color Is Your Money?</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve ever thought about money, I mean, you know the color here in America, it&#x27;s green. And copper, I guess, for a penny, even though there&#x27;s no copper there anymore. Silver. Yeah, there&#x27;s no silver in that either. That&#x27;s Skip Dyer with me, folks. He&#x27;s in the studio. We&#x27;ve got a great interview, though, today. There&#x27;s different categories. People are categorized according to what color they like. Their interactions with money are identified with five different colors. And we have Tope Fajibisi on the phone for us. She is from Washington, D.C. She&#x27;s joining us right now from Detroit, Michigan. She&#x27;s up there doing some education. Tope, welcome in. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You&#x27;ve identified interactions with clients over the years and found that everyone fits into one of five categories of colors.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And that&#x27;s fascinating in itself. But let&#x27;s start with green. What does green mean to you? You know, first of all, I think, yes, many people fit into one color. But there are some people who are rainbows and they fit into a couple of colors. But green easily looks like the best color in the room because anybody who is green is a growth machine of any economy. When you look at economies that are thriving, they have a lot of green people because when they see a dollar, they see an investment opportunity. That&#x27;s the good part about them. They want to invest. They have the employers of all of us. But the bad part about a green person is that a green person is so focused on investment that they forget to leave for today. And then they&#x27;re so focused on growing wealth that they could also rack up debt on, you know, business ventures that don&#x27;t work.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> So green people, and they are. I&#x27;ve met those kind of people. They&#x27;re always talking about money no matter where. Even if they&#x27;re in a social setting, they&#x27;re bragging about how much they&#x27;ve gained. Skip, we&#x27;ve always had that next-door neighbor who brags to everybody about how much they make, yet you see them. They don&#x27;t look like they&#x27;re making too much money, do they? Well, they always have these. They tell you about these wonderful investments that they&#x27;re doing exceedingly well on. They&#x27;re asking you to borrow money from coffee the next day. That&#x27;s right. Now, Tope, you&#x27;re in Detroit right now. I bet you don&#x27;t see many green people there, do you? No, unfortunately I do not. But when you see a state or a city that is struggling, I think what has happened is that the green people migrated to some other states. Right, yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So, I mean, well, we&#x27;ll get into the other four colors in a minute here, but what caused you to start analyzing colors with how people manage money? I mean, what got you into the spectrum of money? You know, honestly, what happened was that I was thinking one day about questions that people usually ask me about money. Because I&#x27;m a CPA. I audit, and I do a little speaking engagements. And I started thinking, I said, you know, really, what makes you succeed or fail in business really depends on how you see money personally. And I wanted to write a book and tell people about that. But I didn&#x27;t want to write just another finance book that people saw all the time. So I thought, why not write something that they can relate with? Everybody feels some way about color.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You&#x27;re either colorblind or you like one color or you don&#x27;t like one color. So I feel like, and I have, you know, seen that to be true. But when you start talking about money and colors, people are fascinated. And they want to listen. And that&#x27;s really what I wanted to hear. Now, when we talk about blue, green, again, was the growth machine people, the people that are always talking about money. Blue is the cautious savers. Now, explain that to our listeners. You know, blue, if you go to a company that is well-managed, the CFO, the CEO, they are probably blue. But they are not the ones who started the company. But the blues are the best managers you can ever hire. If you&#x27;re a green person and you&#x27;ve taken the risk, hire a blue person. Because a blue person sticks to budget. A blue person is so risk-averse. They&#x27;re not going to play with your money or go gamble with it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s the extent of how great the blue is. The problem with the blue is that they&#x27;re so busy saving for the rainy day that they don&#x27;t want to take any risk about growing their investment. They are very afraid of growing their investment. They&#x27;re very afraid of putting their money in the company that somebody else is managing. So, you know, there&#x27;s a good side and a bad side of every color. Yeah, blue to me is when we hear about people being blue, we hear that around Christmas time where they&#x27;re sad. Right? And so, what I say is, and we see this a lot too, people are so afraid of losing money, they put it all under their pillow or in the bank. And I call that losing money safely because you&#x27;re not keeping up with the inflation rate. Right, especially with the investment yield survey. Without a doubt.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> You know, and that&#x27;s the example I actually use in the book. In the book, I talk about the fact that a blue person would never get rich because they keep their money under their pillow. Yep, so they stay sad, which is blue. Now, Skip, what were you saying? Now, we&#x27;ve seen mortgage rates very low, and a lot of people are procrastinating. They&#x27;re waiting for another quarter point before they refinance. And by doing that, they missed a point that they could have been lower. Well, that&#x27;s right. They do. They miss that. But, you know, additionally, when you&#x27;ve got those fixed investments that are yielding so just a miserable yield. I had a client call me the other day that wanted to talk about, you know, fixed investments. And CDs, you know, are paying like a quarter of a percent. What&#x27;s the point? It is. It is losing money safely. Now, Skip, when they call you, guess what you should do? Have them send a call right to you.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s right. Coach Pete&#x27;s number is on your desk. Now, look at yellow. Now, the yellow person is one that I don&#x27;t get along with too much as a financial coach trying to plan for retirement. That is the happy spender, isn&#x27;t it, Tope? Yes. You know, when you see that there&#x27;s a new gadget out and you see those people who line up the day before at the electronics store because they want to be the first person to get the next whatever 8, 9, 10 version. They are the yellow people. They are not necessarily in debt, but they feel like, you know what? I work hard and I need to play hard. But what they forget is that you need to sustain this lifestyle. And if you&#x27;re not saving money, if you&#x27;re not investing money, then you can also sustain this happy-go-lucky yellow lifestyle. Yeah, until the bills come.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s never fun. And those are the ones that we hear about that have the credit cards that they&#x27;re paying 29% interest on a lot of times. They&#x27;ve overspent. You know, and you see, the thing about the yellow person is that if the person has a credit card that has 29% interest, they&#x27;re keeping up with it. Unlike the red person. I don&#x27;t want to jump ahead of myself. But the bad thing about the yellow person is that when you&#x27;re paying 29% interest on credit card and you&#x27;re paying it on time, you might as well be growing that money instead of borrowing it. Yeah. And instead of buying the shoes that you don&#x27;t want to wear next season. What&#x27;s the point? Yep. Yep. I agree. Now, on the other side there, I have nothing against people borrowing money for 30 years at the interest rates they are now for a mortgage because it&#x27;s, in my opinion, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense to pay a mortgage off when you can get money so cheap from the banks and put the banks on the hook.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> You&#x27;re turning the tables on the banks. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about gray. The gray person is the conservative and content person, correct? Yes. We don&#x27;t have a lot of them right now in America. We don&#x27;t have a lot. But the gray people are the people who have what I call the patient capital. If you ever want to start a business, the best person to go to is a gray person because they&#x27;re very patient. They don&#x27;t want their money next to a few years. They can wait for 20 years. But the only catch is that they must have an alignment with the business you want to do. They don&#x27;t like to get rich or, you know, they&#x27;re content with one pair of pants and five shirts. They don&#x27;t want to go to hell because they&#x27;re religious or they just are socially conservative. But they are the owners of patient capital. If they love what you&#x27;re trying to do, they&#x27;re going to put their money in your business and they&#x27;re not going to disturb you.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Okay. Okay. And then finally, the red are the debtors. The debtors. Now, who are they? And how can people identify with them? Yeah. You know, the thing about the red people is that they don&#x27;t think about money in terms of reality. They want a new Lamborghini. They go buy it. Whether they have money or not, it doesn&#x27;t matter. I had a neighbor like that once and then he was gone all of a sudden with a foreclosure sign in his yard. He&#x27;s surely red. The fancy car, the fancy house, but when you go in, there&#x27;s nothing inside. Right? Yeah. He&#x27;s red because he wanted a fancy car. He thought, you know what? I deserve it. Whether I have money or not, I&#x27;m just going to get it. My friends in Texas would call that big hat, no cattle. All right.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Well, now, look. This is a fascinating spectrum of colors from green to red. And now, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people in your studies who have portions of all these colors, though. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. I always say that women have a hint of yellow. Many women have a hint of yellow. You know, just a little bit. Okay. And, you know, so many men, especially those who are religious, have a little bit of gray. But a lot of men who aren&#x27;t religious have a little bit of gray. And that&#x27;s my observation, not just in a stereotype. I see it. I hear it. And, you know, but the best thing is to have a combination of colors. Well, as long as that combination doesn&#x27;t include red. Yeah. You know, to live a little, save for the rainy day, be able to be careful, take your due diligence, and invest.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> You have to grow. So, it&#x27;s to combine all those colors, to find what your primary color is, and to see how you can play on the strengths and work on the areas of improvement. Well, Topi, I would say if somebody is red, it&#x27;s better for them to admit it. And I think it&#x27;s hard for them to do that. And I know you say that when someone can figure out their personality, their money personality as far as the color scheme, it&#x27;s a lot easier for them to put together a personalized roadmap for success in the financial world, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. Absolutely. Correct. Absolutely. And how do you find that people are able to change? If you&#x27;ve got somebody that is a red person, how do they become less red and more green or more blue or gray or whatever the more appropriate color would be for a secure financial future?</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> The thing about red people, I have to say this, is that for someone who is red, honestly, the first thing to do is to see a counselor because they&#x27;re dealing with an issue that is not really financial. Yeah. The money part is just something they&#x27;re using to camouflage the underlying issue. Somebody might feel, for example, that they had a bad childhood or they were deprived when they were kids. But now they feel like they have to overcompensate for themselves and their children. So they&#x27;re dealing with something else. And many people, you know, money is like food. Some people who eat and eat all the time are trying to eat away on happiness that will not go. And it&#x27;s the exact same thing about money. You have to, first of all, find out what is that demon that you&#x27;re fighting. Yeah. And deal with that first before you can progress to something else. Well, Skip, you know they&#x27;ve called me the Dr. Phil of the financial world. And what Topi just said, there are some underlying issues of why people do what they do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And the best people are those who strike healthy balances between colors. They save, invest, enjoy life&#x27;s pleasures, and don&#x27;t spend their whole life worrying about money. Topi, we really appreciate your time today. Folks, if you missed this interview in its entirety or want to hear it again, it&#x27;ll be posted live online at FinancialSafari.com. Topi, thanks a lot for your time today. Thank you so much. I had a good time here. We hope to have you on again in the future. I hope so, too. I hope to be back. Okay, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve ever thought about money, I mean, you know the color here in America, it&#x27;s green. And copper, I guess, for a penny, even though there&#x27;s no copper there anymore. Silver. Yeah, there&#x27;s no silver in that either. That&#x27;s Skip Dyer with me, folks. He&#x27;s in the studio. We&#x27;ve got a great interview, though, today. There&#x27;s different categories. People are categorized according to what color they like. Their interactions with money are identified with five different colors. And we have Tope Fajibisi on the phone for us. She is from Washington, D.C. She&#x27;s joining us right now from Detroit, Michigan. She&#x27;s up there doing some education. Tope, welcome in. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You&#x27;ve identified interactions with clients over the years and found that everyone fits into one of five categories of colors.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And that&#x27;s fascinating in itself. But let&#x27;s start with green. What does green mean to you? You know, first of all, I think, yes, many people fit into one color. But there are some people who are rainbows and they fit into a couple of colors. But green easily looks like the best color in the room because anybody who is green is a growth machine of any economy. When you look at economies that are thriving, they have a lot of green people because when they see a dollar, they see an investment opportunity. That&#x27;s the good part about them. They want to invest. They have the employers of all of us. But the bad part about a green person is that a green person is so focused on investment that they forget to leave for today. And then they&#x27;re so focused on growing wealth that they could also rack up debt on, you know, business ventures that don&#x27;t work.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> So green people, and they are. I&#x27;ve met those kind of people. They&#x27;re always talking about money no matter where. Even if they&#x27;re in a social setting, they&#x27;re bragging about how much they&#x27;ve gained. Skip, we&#x27;ve always had that next-door neighbor who brags to everybody about how much they make, yet you see them. They don&#x27;t look like they&#x27;re making too much money, do they? Well, they always have these. They tell you about these wonderful investments that they&#x27;re doing exceedingly well on. They&#x27;re asking you to borrow money from coffee the next day. That&#x27;s right. Now, Tope, you&#x27;re in Detroit right now. I bet you don&#x27;t see many green people there, do you? No, unfortunately I do not. But when you see a state or a city that is struggling, I think what has happened is that the green people migrated to some other states. Right, yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So, I mean, well, we&#x27;ll get into the other four colors in a minute here, but what caused you to start analyzing colors with how people manage money? I mean, what got you into the spectrum of money? You know, honestly, what happened was that I was thinking one day about questions that people usually ask me about money. Because I&#x27;m a CPA. I audit, and I do a little speaking engagements. And I started thinking, I said, you know, really, what makes you succeed or fail in business really depends on how you see money personally. And I wanted to write a book and tell people about that. But I didn&#x27;t want to write just another finance book that people saw all the time. So I thought, why not write something that they can relate with? Everybody feels some way about color.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You&#x27;re either colorblind or you like one color or you don&#x27;t like one color. So I feel like, and I have, you know, seen that to be true. But when you start talking about money and colors, people are fascinated. And they want to listen. And that&#x27;s really what I wanted to hear. Now, when we talk about blue, green, again, was the growth machine people, the people that are always talking about money. Blue is the cautious savers. Now, explain that to our listeners. You know, blue, if you go to a company that is well-managed, the CFO, the CEO, they are probably blue. But they are not the ones who started the company. But the blues are the best managers you can ever hire. If you&#x27;re a green person and you&#x27;ve taken the risk, hire a blue person. Because a blue person sticks to budget. A blue person is so risk-averse. They&#x27;re not going to play with your money or go gamble with it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s the extent of how great the blue is. The problem with the blue is that they&#x27;re so busy saving for the rainy day that they don&#x27;t want to take any risk about growing their investment. They are very afraid of growing their investment. They&#x27;re very afraid of putting their money in the company that somebody else is managing. So, you know, there&#x27;s a good side and a bad side of every color. Yeah, blue to me is when we hear about people being blue, we hear that around Christmas time where they&#x27;re sad. Right? And so, what I say is, and we see this a lot too, people are so afraid of losing money, they put it all under their pillow or in the bank. And I call that losing money safely because you&#x27;re not keeping up with the inflation rate. Right, especially with the investment yield survey. Without a doubt.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> You know, and that&#x27;s the example I actually use in the book. In the book, I talk about the fact that a blue person would never get rich because they keep their money under their pillow. Yep, so they stay sad, which is blue. Now, Skip, what were you saying? Now, we&#x27;ve seen mortgage rates very low, and a lot of people are procrastinating. They&#x27;re waiting for another quarter point before they refinance. And by doing that, they missed a point that they could have been lower. Well, that&#x27;s right. They do. They miss that. But, you know, additionally, when you&#x27;ve got those fixed investments that are yielding so just a miserable yield. I had a client call me the other day that wanted to talk about, you know, fixed investments. And CDs, you know, are paying like a quarter of a percent. What&#x27;s the point? It is. It is losing money safely. Now, Skip, when they call you, guess what you should do? Have them send a call right to you.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s right. Coach Pete&#x27;s number is on your desk. Now, look at yellow. Now, the yellow person is one that I don&#x27;t get along with too much as a financial coach trying to plan for retirement. That is the happy spender, isn&#x27;t it, Tope? Yes. You know, when you see that there&#x27;s a new gadget out and you see those people who line up the day before at the electronics store because they want to be the first person to get the next whatever 8, 9, 10 version. They are the yellow people. They are not necessarily in debt, but they feel like, you know what? I work hard and I need to play hard. But what they forget is that you need to sustain this lifestyle. And if you&#x27;re not saving money, if you&#x27;re not investing money, then you can also sustain this happy-go-lucky yellow lifestyle. Yeah, until the bills come.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s never fun. And those are the ones that we hear about that have the credit cards that they&#x27;re paying 29% interest on a lot of times. They&#x27;ve overspent. You know, and you see, the thing about the yellow person is that if the person has a credit card that has 29% interest, they&#x27;re keeping up with it. Unlike the red person. I don&#x27;t want to jump ahead of myself. But the bad thing about the yellow person is that when you&#x27;re paying 29% interest on credit card and you&#x27;re paying it on time, you might as well be growing that money instead of borrowing it. Yeah. And instead of buying the shoes that you don&#x27;t want to wear next season. What&#x27;s the point? Yep. Yep. I agree. Now, on the other side there, I have nothing against people borrowing money for 30 years at the interest rates they are now for a mortgage because it&#x27;s, in my opinion, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense to pay a mortgage off when you can get money so cheap from the banks and put the banks on the hook.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> You&#x27;re turning the tables on the banks. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about gray. The gray person is the conservative and content person, correct? Yes. We don&#x27;t have a lot of them right now in America. We don&#x27;t have a lot. But the gray people are the people who have what I call the patient capital. If you ever want to start a business, the best person to go to is a gray person because they&#x27;re very patient. They don&#x27;t want their money next to a few years. They can wait for 20 years. But the only catch is that they must have an alignment with the business you want to do. They don&#x27;t like to get rich or, you know, they&#x27;re content with one pair of pants and five shirts. They don&#x27;t want to go to hell because they&#x27;re religious or they just are socially conservative. But they are the owners of patient capital. If they love what you&#x27;re trying to do, they&#x27;re going to put their money in your business and they&#x27;re not going to disturb you.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Okay. Okay. And then finally, the red are the debtors. The debtors. Now, who are they? And how can people identify with them? Yeah. You know, the thing about the red people is that they don&#x27;t think about money in terms of reality. They want a new Lamborghini. They go buy it. Whether they have money or not, it doesn&#x27;t matter. I had a neighbor like that once and then he was gone all of a sudden with a foreclosure sign in his yard. He&#x27;s surely red. The fancy car, the fancy house, but when you go in, there&#x27;s nothing inside. Right? Yeah. He&#x27;s red because he wanted a fancy car. He thought, you know what? I deserve it. Whether I have money or not, I&#x27;m just going to get it. My friends in Texas would call that big hat, no cattle. All right.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Well, now, look. This is a fascinating spectrum of colors from green to red. And now, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people in your studies who have portions of all these colors, though. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. I always say that women have a hint of yellow. Many women have a hint of yellow. You know, just a little bit. Okay. And, you know, so many men, especially those who are religious, have a little bit of gray. But a lot of men who aren&#x27;t religious have a little bit of gray. And that&#x27;s my observation, not just in a stereotype. I see it. I hear it. And, you know, but the best thing is to have a combination of colors. Well, as long as that combination doesn&#x27;t include red. Yeah. You know, to live a little, save for the rainy day, be able to be careful, take your due diligence, and invest.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> You have to grow. So, it&#x27;s to combine all those colors, to find what your primary color is, and to see how you can play on the strengths and work on the areas of improvement. Well, Topi, I would say if somebody is red, it&#x27;s better for them to admit it. And I think it&#x27;s hard for them to do that. And I know you say that when someone can figure out their personality, their money personality as far as the color scheme, it&#x27;s a lot easier for them to put together a personalized roadmap for success in the financial world, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. Absolutely. Correct. Absolutely. And how do you find that people are able to change? If you&#x27;ve got somebody that is a red person, how do they become less red and more green or more blue or gray or whatever the more appropriate color would be for a secure financial future?</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> The thing about red people, I have to say this, is that for someone who is red, honestly, the first thing to do is to see a counselor because they&#x27;re dealing with an issue that is not really financial. Yeah. The money part is just something they&#x27;re using to camouflage the underlying issue. Somebody might feel, for example, that they had a bad childhood or they were deprived when they were kids. But now they feel like they have to overcompensate for themselves and their children. So they&#x27;re dealing with something else. And many people, you know, money is like food. Some people who eat and eat all the time are trying to eat away on happiness that will not go. And it&#x27;s the exact same thing about money. You have to, first of all, find out what is that demon that you&#x27;re fighting. Yeah. And deal with that first before you can progress to something else. Well, Skip, you know they&#x27;ve called me the Dr. Phil of the financial world. And what Topi just said, there are some underlying issues of why people do what they do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And the best people are those who strike healthy balances between colors. They save, invest, enjoy life&#x27;s pleasures, and don&#x27;t spend their whole life worrying about money. Topi, we really appreciate your time today. Folks, if you missed this interview in its entirety or want to hear it again, it&#x27;ll be posted live online at FinancialSafari.com. Topi, thanks a lot for your time today. Thank you so much. I had a good time here. We hope to have you on again in the future. I hope so, too. I hope to be back. Okay, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tope Fajingbesi</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tope Fajingbesi, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/image.jpg?t=1792072499&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tope-fajingbesi-what-color-is-your-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/image.jpg?t=1792072499&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>686</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11009330" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tope-fajingbesi-what-color-is-your-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>140</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="What Color Is Your Money?" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Greenburg: Why Professional Athletes Go Broke</title>
      <itunes:title>John Greenburg: Why Professional Athletes Go Broke</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re like me, when you watch sports on TV, you see the players out there and you hear about their salaries and you say, gosh, they&#x27;re making a lot of money. But you don&#x27;t realize sometimes how short their lifespan is as far as in pro sports. And we&#x27;ve got an author on today. His name is John Greenberg, and he&#x27;s a sports historian and author of 15 or 20 books. One of them is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. He writes nonfiction books, which are important these days, because nonfiction books educate you on what&#x27;s really happening. And I wanted to talk to you today, John. First of all, welcome in. Okay. Welcome into the show. Thank you ever so much for having me. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about why athletes go broke. I mean, they&#x27;re making so much money. How do they lose the money?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s the same reason that anybody who goes through what&#x27;s called sudden wealth syndrome, such as lotto winners, they blow through it in a hurry. People who have gotten the money all at one time, maybe they&#x27;re not used to handling money. Their backgrounds are such that they didn&#x27;t really have parents who knew how to handle money. You know, it&#x27;s not just athletes. It could be movie stars. It could be anybody in a high-profile feast or famine type of business. Yeah, I agree. And, you know, one of the famous examples is Mike Tyson. He would go and buy five or six cars at a time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> And it was only him. It was just for him, just so he could have a different car every day of the week. And I deal with some athletes, too, John. And when I try to, as an investment advisor, I try to make sure that when they have all this money come in, I try to educate them on how short the lifespan is. And, of course, I have to do it very gingerly because they&#x27;re usually a lot bigger than I am, John. I&#x27;ll tell you that right now. Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to. That&#x27;s one factor. But it&#x27;s also the culture we live in. America is infamous for not saving money. You know, we live in a consumer society. So it&#x27;s a lot of different factors. First of all, if a person is going through a lot of years to get to be successful, they want to do things.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> They feel that now I can do whatever I want to do. I really don&#x27;t have to worry because there&#x27;s more where that comes from. And, of course, that&#x27;s an important lesson to learn. Always put something aside for a rainy day. Always try to live below your means. I mean, you and I know the secret to living a quality of life in your future years because this is what we have to think about. But when you&#x27;re an athlete, you&#x27;re in a here and now existence. It happens today. And then you have to get into another mindset where you&#x27;re really thinking about the future and planning for the future and having money set aside for unforeseen circumstances.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And then there&#x27;s the other factor, that you can do everything right. You can make the right investments. And because of forces beyond your control, it just turns out wrong. You know, the real estate market is an example. There&#x27;s people in all walks of life that have gotten into financial problems because of the real estate situation. But now you look at Mike Tyson. He went through rough times, okay? And some of them were brought upon by himself. Some of it, you know, he was out and there&#x27;s people that work many hours a day figuring ways to get money away from people. But now look at where he is.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> He is now arguably the most famous person when it comes to boxing in these times. And he&#x27;s just started a promotion company called Iron Mike Promotions. He&#x27;s going to be out putting on boxing shows around the country. So he&#x27;s made a comeback. He was in these movies. He was doing this stand-up monologue all around the country that&#x27;s been well-received. So it just goes to show you that life is an interesting journey. There&#x27;s good things that happen. There&#x27;s bad things that happen. But the bad things, there&#x27;s good things that come along with them. And the good things, you know, they&#x27;re accompanied by not-so-good things. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Greenberg. He&#x27;s a sports historian and author of many books, nonfiction and nature, about why athletes make decisions they do and what they do after they&#x27;ve made those decisions.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> You know, Mike Tyson&#x27;s famous for the tattoo. Everyone knows that facial tattoo he has. And he was in the movie series The Hangover. And that basically made his comeback right there, which is pretty funny because when you think of hangovers, usually it&#x27;s not a good thing. But for Mike Tyson, that was a great thing, wasn&#x27;t it? Hangover helper, we&#x27;ll call him. The way that it&#x27;s going for him now, he&#x27;s on the uptick. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s just like Michael Vick. He went through a horrendous time because of some wrong decisions. But now he&#x27;s on the uptick. So this is what we have to remember about everything in life is that you&#x27;ve got to roll with the punches, you know, no pun intended. And you&#x27;ve got to take the good with the bad and try to make some lemon out of that lemon, you know, make some lemonade out of those lemons that life presents you with.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> If you&#x27;re like Arnold Palmer, you can add that to tea. Oh, yeah. You have Arnold Palmer. That&#x27;s half iced tea and half lemonade. That&#x27;s right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, there&#x27;s another athlete for you, Arnold Palmer. And golf is an athletic sport. I mean, it takes a lot of energy to play golf, especially if you&#x27;re walking the course. It&#x27;s the pressure. That&#x27;s the commonality. It&#x27;s the absolute intense pressure. Knowing that you have to sink a short putt and do it in front of millions of TV viewers and with a lot riding on it, that&#x27;s the true nature of competition. But, you know, even when you talk about the world of business, business is a very competitive thing. And even philanthropy is a competitive thing. You know, Bill Gates, he likes to get some notoriety for all the good things that he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> And so is Warren Buffett. Warren Buffett&#x27;s got this new thing where he wants to hold a contest on giving away his sister&#x27;s money. And all of this is tied in with the truth, which is that the most moments of happiness that you get is by helping other people get some moments of happiness. And I think, you know, if we&#x27;re going to get down to the bottom of why people and athletes get into financial messes, it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re not looking outside themselves. This is what you have to do and to respect what you have worked for, respect what you have going for you, and don&#x27;t squander. Don&#x27;t squander your talents and don&#x27;t squander your assets. Now, as a sports historian, what is your opinion on, you know, baseball has been marred lately with different kind of supplements.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> And now they&#x27;ve got the new one where Ryan Brown was just suspended for the rest of the year with Milwaukee. What are they going to do with the record books, John? I mean, they can&#x27;t change the record books because they don&#x27;t know if maybe the pitchers might have been juicing as well. Well, there&#x27;s two ways of looking at it. Ken Burns, who&#x27;s the noted documentary filmmaker, he says, hey, this is all part of baseball. There shouldn&#x27;t be any asterisk because there&#x27;s always been, you know, there&#x27;s been notorious stories about all these people. The Black Sox scandals and all this other stuff. But I do notice that there was nobody elected into the Baseball Hall of Fame last year, and there may not be anybody elected in the Baseball Hall of Fame this year. So, yes, it&#x27;s definitely had an impact on the legacy of baseball.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> And this performance-enhancing drug situation, we are just at the beginning of it. Ryan Braun is the first of several suspensions. And, you know, baseball has had this problem for a long time. It&#x27;s like talking about a lot of the other issues in this country. They were neglected, procrastinated. It went on and on and on. And now it&#x27;s coming to a head. And, you know, the public, they insist on it because they want to see natural athletes out there so that they can legitimately compare the exploits of today&#x27;s players with the greats of the past. That&#x27;s always been a big selling point of baseball is that the rules are essentially the same for all these many years.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> It&#x27;s not like football where the rules are being tinkered with and some of the other sports. Let me use a real-life situation to give you my idea, my opinion, of a hypothetical plan for a professional athlete, one that&#x27;s made the news here lately. His name is Dustin Pedroia, second baseman for the Red Sox. Real small guy, but he just signed a $100 million contract for seven or eight years. That&#x27;s a big contract. And he&#x27;s guaranteed that money. This isn&#x27;t like the NFL where he may not necessarily get that much money. You know, the funny thing about him, and it&#x27;s not funny in a way, but the NFL, they&#x27;re sitting there hitting each other each play, yet most of their contracts are not guaranteed, whereas baseball, they&#x27;re sitting out there on an island. I played second base when I played.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> I mean, you have to worry about the guy sliding in hard, trying to break a double play up or stealing, but you&#x27;re a lot safer playing baseball than football, yet all your money most of the time in baseball is guaranteed, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it&#x27;s guaranteed, but you do have the risk of getting hit with a ball. Yeah. You know, and we had a—I&#x27;m down in the Tampa Bay area. We just had a pitcher by the name of Cobb who caught a line shot. Yep. And, you know, it was a frightening head injury. But you&#x27;re right. For the most part, the incidents of head injuries are far more common in professional football. So Dustin Pedroia— But what would your plan be for this phenom? Yeah, and he&#x27;s like 30, right around 30 years old, maybe 31, 32. So this is probably the last big contract he&#x27;s ever going to sign.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> Okay. And I&#x27;m sure he&#x27;s aware of that, so it&#x27;s $100 million. If he met with me, we&#x27;d design a plan which would enable him to have the lifestyle he wants, but take about half the money and put in what I call retirement autopilot-type accounts, which are going to build for retirement, and then give him a predictable stream of income for the rest of his life when he reaches retirement. And he&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. He&#x27;ll never worry about that money. And then he won&#x27;t want to blow all the other money that&#x27;s outside because when someone tells you you can do it, you don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. It&#x27;s when people rebel is when they&#x27;re told, hey, you can&#x27;t spend any of your money. And they say, I&#x27;m going to show you. I&#x27;m going to spend all my money. So it&#x27;s just important. I think athletes, if they would realize the power of retirement autopilot accounts, peeling some money off now and putting in a time capsule-type account that&#x27;s going to grow until you need it</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> and then give you an income that you never have to be like Mike Tyson and reinvent yourself with. The only addition I would make is this Curt Schilling story. Okay. Now, this is a guy who saved $50 million. Right. But he had a dream of becoming a Bill Gates billionaire because of his video game. And he went out and he couldn&#x27;t get the venture capitalist to make the deal he wanted. So he borrowed $75 million from the state of Rhode Island in the promise that he&#x27;d bring him 450 jobs. And he blew through that money in two years. And now he&#x27;s getting sued. The $50 million is gone. He&#x27;s getting sued for $75 million. So that&#x27;s another thing is stick with what you do well and don&#x27;t think that you&#x27;re going to be a financial genius</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> just because you happen to be very good at sport. Well, it&#x27;s never enough sometimes to some people. And it&#x27;s hard to understand. You always want what somebody else has. The grass is always greener. And unfortunately, I see this a lot. Athletes are retired. They&#x27;ll have plenty of money, yet they&#x27;ll want to go open up a restaurant or a bar. And they have a failure rate of over 90% restaurants after a couple years. Because that&#x27;s just throwing money away. It&#x27;s the dream of running a restaurant. Why? You&#x27;ve got enough money where you can just go to a restaurant, sit at the bar, and drink and eat and never run out of money. Because it gets down to having friendly faces come in and smile at you and give you some props, give you some adulation. Because eventually, everybody&#x27;s going to forget about every athlete. There will come a day when kids will not know who Muhammad Ali was, who Michael Jordan was.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> So I think that&#x27;s kind of a factor. But the idea of restaurants, that&#x27;s never been a really great investment as far as athletes are concerned. Sometimes I talk about how I feel like I&#x27;m the Dr. Phil of financial. When I talk to people with a lot of money, and athletes in particular, and I say, what&#x27;s going to happen when the cheering stops? And it&#x27;s going to stop for everybody, John. Well, and then also you&#x27;ve got to learn how to say no. That&#x27;s right. Because all these people that your relatives and your friends, they&#x27;re going to come to you. And they&#x27;re going to say, look, you know, can&#x27;t you do this for me? I mean, you got it. And look at what I did for you. Yep. You know, I remember you when. I came through and I did this favor for you. And, you know, show me some love.</p><p><strong>13:44</strong> I changed your diapers. But you&#x27;ve got to say no. Well, folks, his name is John Greenberg. Pick up one of his books. I mean, and if you just joined the interview late or want to listen again, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on the As Heard on the show icon, and listen to it to your heart&#x27;s content. John, I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;d like to do it again with you. It&#x27;s been a lot of fun. And, folks, again, John Greenberg, sports historian and author of about 20 books. John, thanks for coming on today. Thank you ever so much for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re like me, when you watch sports on TV, you see the players out there and you hear about their salaries and you say, gosh, they&#x27;re making a lot of money. But you don&#x27;t realize sometimes how short their lifespan is as far as in pro sports. And we&#x27;ve got an author on today. His name is John Greenberg, and he&#x27;s a sports historian and author of 15 or 20 books. One of them is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. He writes nonfiction books, which are important these days, because nonfiction books educate you on what&#x27;s really happening. And I wanted to talk to you today, John. First of all, welcome in. Okay. Welcome into the show. Thank you ever so much for having me. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about why athletes go broke. I mean, they&#x27;re making so much money. How do they lose the money?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s the same reason that anybody who goes through what&#x27;s called sudden wealth syndrome, such as lotto winners, they blow through it in a hurry. People who have gotten the money all at one time, maybe they&#x27;re not used to handling money. Their backgrounds are such that they didn&#x27;t really have parents who knew how to handle money. You know, it&#x27;s not just athletes. It could be movie stars. It could be anybody in a high-profile feast or famine type of business. Yeah, I agree. And, you know, one of the famous examples is Mike Tyson. He would go and buy five or six cars at a time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> And it was only him. It was just for him, just so he could have a different car every day of the week. And I deal with some athletes, too, John. And when I try to, as an investment advisor, I try to make sure that when they have all this money come in, I try to educate them on how short the lifespan is. And, of course, I have to do it very gingerly because they&#x27;re usually a lot bigger than I am, John. I&#x27;ll tell you that right now. Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to. That&#x27;s one factor. But it&#x27;s also the culture we live in. America is infamous for not saving money. You know, we live in a consumer society. So it&#x27;s a lot of different factors. First of all, if a person is going through a lot of years to get to be successful, they want to do things.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> They feel that now I can do whatever I want to do. I really don&#x27;t have to worry because there&#x27;s more where that comes from. And, of course, that&#x27;s an important lesson to learn. Always put something aside for a rainy day. Always try to live below your means. I mean, you and I know the secret to living a quality of life in your future years because this is what we have to think about. But when you&#x27;re an athlete, you&#x27;re in a here and now existence. It happens today. And then you have to get into another mindset where you&#x27;re really thinking about the future and planning for the future and having money set aside for unforeseen circumstances.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And then there&#x27;s the other factor, that you can do everything right. You can make the right investments. And because of forces beyond your control, it just turns out wrong. You know, the real estate market is an example. There&#x27;s people in all walks of life that have gotten into financial problems because of the real estate situation. But now you look at Mike Tyson. He went through rough times, okay? And some of them were brought upon by himself. Some of it, you know, he was out and there&#x27;s people that work many hours a day figuring ways to get money away from people. But now look at where he is.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> He is now arguably the most famous person when it comes to boxing in these times. And he&#x27;s just started a promotion company called Iron Mike Promotions. He&#x27;s going to be out putting on boxing shows around the country. So he&#x27;s made a comeback. He was in these movies. He was doing this stand-up monologue all around the country that&#x27;s been well-received. So it just goes to show you that life is an interesting journey. There&#x27;s good things that happen. There&#x27;s bad things that happen. But the bad things, there&#x27;s good things that come along with them. And the good things, you know, they&#x27;re accompanied by not-so-good things. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Greenberg. He&#x27;s a sports historian and author of many books, nonfiction and nature, about why athletes make decisions they do and what they do after they&#x27;ve made those decisions.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> You know, Mike Tyson&#x27;s famous for the tattoo. Everyone knows that facial tattoo he has. And he was in the movie series The Hangover. And that basically made his comeback right there, which is pretty funny because when you think of hangovers, usually it&#x27;s not a good thing. But for Mike Tyson, that was a great thing, wasn&#x27;t it? Hangover helper, we&#x27;ll call him. The way that it&#x27;s going for him now, he&#x27;s on the uptick. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s just like Michael Vick. He went through a horrendous time because of some wrong decisions. But now he&#x27;s on the uptick. So this is what we have to remember about everything in life is that you&#x27;ve got to roll with the punches, you know, no pun intended. And you&#x27;ve got to take the good with the bad and try to make some lemon out of that lemon, you know, make some lemonade out of those lemons that life presents you with.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> If you&#x27;re like Arnold Palmer, you can add that to tea. Oh, yeah. You have Arnold Palmer. That&#x27;s half iced tea and half lemonade. That&#x27;s right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, there&#x27;s another athlete for you, Arnold Palmer. And golf is an athletic sport. I mean, it takes a lot of energy to play golf, especially if you&#x27;re walking the course. It&#x27;s the pressure. That&#x27;s the commonality. It&#x27;s the absolute intense pressure. Knowing that you have to sink a short putt and do it in front of millions of TV viewers and with a lot riding on it, that&#x27;s the true nature of competition. But, you know, even when you talk about the world of business, business is a very competitive thing. And even philanthropy is a competitive thing. You know, Bill Gates, he likes to get some notoriety for all the good things that he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> And so is Warren Buffett. Warren Buffett&#x27;s got this new thing where he wants to hold a contest on giving away his sister&#x27;s money. And all of this is tied in with the truth, which is that the most moments of happiness that you get is by helping other people get some moments of happiness. And I think, you know, if we&#x27;re going to get down to the bottom of why people and athletes get into financial messes, it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re not looking outside themselves. This is what you have to do and to respect what you have worked for, respect what you have going for you, and don&#x27;t squander. Don&#x27;t squander your talents and don&#x27;t squander your assets. Now, as a sports historian, what is your opinion on, you know, baseball has been marred lately with different kind of supplements.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> And now they&#x27;ve got the new one where Ryan Brown was just suspended for the rest of the year with Milwaukee. What are they going to do with the record books, John? I mean, they can&#x27;t change the record books because they don&#x27;t know if maybe the pitchers might have been juicing as well. Well, there&#x27;s two ways of looking at it. Ken Burns, who&#x27;s the noted documentary filmmaker, he says, hey, this is all part of baseball. There shouldn&#x27;t be any asterisk because there&#x27;s always been, you know, there&#x27;s been notorious stories about all these people. The Black Sox scandals and all this other stuff. But I do notice that there was nobody elected into the Baseball Hall of Fame last year, and there may not be anybody elected in the Baseball Hall of Fame this year. So, yes, it&#x27;s definitely had an impact on the legacy of baseball.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> And this performance-enhancing drug situation, we are just at the beginning of it. Ryan Braun is the first of several suspensions. And, you know, baseball has had this problem for a long time. It&#x27;s like talking about a lot of the other issues in this country. They were neglected, procrastinated. It went on and on and on. And now it&#x27;s coming to a head. And, you know, the public, they insist on it because they want to see natural athletes out there so that they can legitimately compare the exploits of today&#x27;s players with the greats of the past. That&#x27;s always been a big selling point of baseball is that the rules are essentially the same for all these many years.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> It&#x27;s not like football where the rules are being tinkered with and some of the other sports. Let me use a real-life situation to give you my idea, my opinion, of a hypothetical plan for a professional athlete, one that&#x27;s made the news here lately. His name is Dustin Pedroia, second baseman for the Red Sox. Real small guy, but he just signed a $100 million contract for seven or eight years. That&#x27;s a big contract. And he&#x27;s guaranteed that money. This isn&#x27;t like the NFL where he may not necessarily get that much money. You know, the funny thing about him, and it&#x27;s not funny in a way, but the NFL, they&#x27;re sitting there hitting each other each play, yet most of their contracts are not guaranteed, whereas baseball, they&#x27;re sitting out there on an island. I played second base when I played.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> I mean, you have to worry about the guy sliding in hard, trying to break a double play up or stealing, but you&#x27;re a lot safer playing baseball than football, yet all your money most of the time in baseball is guaranteed, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it&#x27;s guaranteed, but you do have the risk of getting hit with a ball. Yeah. You know, and we had a—I&#x27;m down in the Tampa Bay area. We just had a pitcher by the name of Cobb who caught a line shot. Yep. And, you know, it was a frightening head injury. But you&#x27;re right. For the most part, the incidents of head injuries are far more common in professional football. So Dustin Pedroia— But what would your plan be for this phenom? Yeah, and he&#x27;s like 30, right around 30 years old, maybe 31, 32. So this is probably the last big contract he&#x27;s ever going to sign.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> Okay. And I&#x27;m sure he&#x27;s aware of that, so it&#x27;s $100 million. If he met with me, we&#x27;d design a plan which would enable him to have the lifestyle he wants, but take about half the money and put in what I call retirement autopilot-type accounts, which are going to build for retirement, and then give him a predictable stream of income for the rest of his life when he reaches retirement. And he&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. He&#x27;ll never worry about that money. And then he won&#x27;t want to blow all the other money that&#x27;s outside because when someone tells you you can do it, you don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. It&#x27;s when people rebel is when they&#x27;re told, hey, you can&#x27;t spend any of your money. And they say, I&#x27;m going to show you. I&#x27;m going to spend all my money. So it&#x27;s just important. I think athletes, if they would realize the power of retirement autopilot accounts, peeling some money off now and putting in a time capsule-type account that&#x27;s going to grow until you need it</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> and then give you an income that you never have to be like Mike Tyson and reinvent yourself with. The only addition I would make is this Curt Schilling story. Okay. Now, this is a guy who saved $50 million. Right. But he had a dream of becoming a Bill Gates billionaire because of his video game. And he went out and he couldn&#x27;t get the venture capitalist to make the deal he wanted. So he borrowed $75 million from the state of Rhode Island in the promise that he&#x27;d bring him 450 jobs. And he blew through that money in two years. And now he&#x27;s getting sued. The $50 million is gone. He&#x27;s getting sued for $75 million. So that&#x27;s another thing is stick with what you do well and don&#x27;t think that you&#x27;re going to be a financial genius</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> just because you happen to be very good at sport. Well, it&#x27;s never enough sometimes to some people. And it&#x27;s hard to understand. You always want what somebody else has. The grass is always greener. And unfortunately, I see this a lot. Athletes are retired. They&#x27;ll have plenty of money, yet they&#x27;ll want to go open up a restaurant or a bar. And they have a failure rate of over 90% restaurants after a couple years. Because that&#x27;s just throwing money away. It&#x27;s the dream of running a restaurant. Why? You&#x27;ve got enough money where you can just go to a restaurant, sit at the bar, and drink and eat and never run out of money. Because it gets down to having friendly faces come in and smile at you and give you some props, give you some adulation. Because eventually, everybody&#x27;s going to forget about every athlete. There will come a day when kids will not know who Muhammad Ali was, who Michael Jordan was.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> So I think that&#x27;s kind of a factor. But the idea of restaurants, that&#x27;s never been a really great investment as far as athletes are concerned. Sometimes I talk about how I feel like I&#x27;m the Dr. Phil of financial. When I talk to people with a lot of money, and athletes in particular, and I say, what&#x27;s going to happen when the cheering stops? And it&#x27;s going to stop for everybody, John. Well, and then also you&#x27;ve got to learn how to say no. That&#x27;s right. Because all these people that your relatives and your friends, they&#x27;re going to come to you. And they&#x27;re going to say, look, you know, can&#x27;t you do this for me? I mean, you got it. And look at what I did for you. Yep. You know, I remember you when. I came through and I did this favor for you. And, you know, show me some love.</p><p><strong>13:44</strong> I changed your diapers. But you&#x27;ve got to say no. Well, folks, his name is John Greenberg. Pick up one of his books. I mean, and if you just joined the interview late or want to listen again, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on the As Heard on the show icon, and listen to it to your heart&#x27;s content. John, I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;d like to do it again with you. It&#x27;s been a lot of fun. And, folks, again, John Greenberg, sports historian and author of about 20 books. John, thanks for coming on today. Thank you ever so much for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Greenburg</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Greenburg, retirement income, financial education, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/image.jpg?t=1792072503&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-why-professional-athletes-go-broke/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/image.jpg?t=1792072503&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>859</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13775055" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-why-professional-athletes-go-broke</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>141</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why Professional Athletes Go Broke" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:17" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:38" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:18" title="Hospitality and service" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Lawrence Gelman: Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Lawrence Gelman: Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, the topic today, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been in a cave with no radio, no TV, no iPhone or anything, you&#x27;ve heard about it. It&#x27;s called Obamacare, and there&#x27;s been a delay in Obamacare on the employer mandate you may have heard about. But we&#x27;ve got Dr. Lawrence Gelman on, and he is a constitutional rights expert, a political, social, and economic strategist, and a former CEO of a hospital. Dr. Gelman, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, what does this mean? I mean, people now, I think, you know, when I talk to people each day, they&#x27;re basically tired of hearing about it. I mean, they hear about so much every single day and bombarded with information, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s going on in the Obamacare world these days. Well, even the government doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on, but it&#x27;s all political.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> It has nothing to do with anything the government is saying. And what their strategy, the Democrat strategists have figured out is that in the upcoming election of 2014, they would be adversely affected if the Affordable Care Act went into effect at the beginning of the year. And so everything else they&#x27;re saying is just a cover story. They want to push it back a year so it doesn&#x27;t affect the upcoming election. You know, and it&#x27;s funny. And we thought that, too. I mean, when they originally pushed it back and then they came out with a spin saying it&#x27;s just they needed more time to get it all in order. And it reminds me of Nancy Pelosi saying about a year ago that everyone could have the same coverage and there wouldn&#x27;t be a rate increase. And now she&#x27;s been quoted as saying that, well, not everyone&#x27;s going to get the same coverage and not everyone&#x27;s not going to have a rate increase, a double negative there.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> So, I mean, it&#x27;s funny what happens in – well, it&#x27;s not funny. It&#x27;s amazing what happens in politics, isn&#x27;t it? Well, not if you understand the underlying motivation, which is to support the government and take it away from the people. Once you understand that, it all becomes crystal clear. You need to understand that the government really is only interested in weakening the productive sector because the productive sector is a danger to the government. And the government really doesn&#x27;t care where the money goes too much, as evidenced by all the waste and graft in government. The only underlying principle of government benefit distribution is that the people who get it do not deserve it.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> That&#x27;s the underlying motivation. And the answer why that is so is because those are the people who will continue to promote big government because it&#x27;s a big government that gives them what they want undeservedly. And I&#x27;m not just talking about welfare queens. All the money ends up in the hands of big corporations like Pfizer and General Electric. They&#x27;re the real drivers of all this. And the other side of the coin, we&#x27;re trying to make this just down to basic fundamental principles of government, is that the other side of the coin is the government wants to take it away from people who produce because the producers are the threat to government. That is why there&#x27;s a personal income tax. That is why you have all these regulations and mandates.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> It has nothing to do with revenues for the government, so-called revenues. It has nothing to do with improving anything for anybody, improving standards of care, anything like that. All it has to do with is weakening the private independent sector, which is a threat to the government, and strengthening the parasitic class, which depends upon the government. And there you have the function of government pretty much in one sentence. Yeah, and I was talking to a CEO of a small company, of course, small in the government&#x27;s eyes, but not in his because he has about 100 employees, which he&#x27;s right in that target area. But he says he was frustrated how the government takes and he said actually steals our money to fight us.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Basically, they take our money as corporations and small business people and just average Americans take our money and use that money against us. And in that matter of speaking, though, we know that the mandate has prompted many businesses to cut full-time employees to part-time. But have you seen it impact even future hiring right now? Well, I think most small businesses, and I have both a small business with 10 employees and a hospital business with 35,000 employees, that for sure the small businesses are either releasing people and they&#x27;re not hiring because of all of these added-on costs. As far as the big business of the hospital right now, we&#x27;re self-insured. And how this is going to play into the self-insurance, we still have to wait and see.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But there&#x27;s no doubt that if you look at it as speaking strictly in the business sense, it behooves companies to reduce their overhead as much as possible. And health care costs have become the second largest cost for most health care companies beyond their salary. Therefore, if they can reduce the cost of their health care expenditure, that adds a lot to their bottom line. In any way that they can, you know that the private sector will always respond to what the government does. The problem that we have is that because the government behaves in an arbitrary manner, which makes little sense to anyone who understands the business,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> it&#x27;s very hard for the private sector to predict, to be able to predict what the government is going to do, and therefore plan accordingly. So usually what you find the private sector doing is reacting to the immediate changes or the changes which are immediately on the table, and that&#x27;s about the best they can do because nobody knows what the government will do from one day to the next. I agree. You know, my dad&#x27;s a physicist, and he used to do experiments, and in the experiments he would change one variable and then do the experiment, and he would know the effect that one change had on the experiment. But unfortunately, in the world of government, they change three or four variables. You never know what&#x27;s going to happen, and most people I talk to out there, especially in the financial world, they want predictable, reliable results,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> and they want to know that everything&#x27;s going to be taken care of the right way. But I&#x27;ve done some informal studies and surveys, and what it looks like most people out there who don&#x27;t do any research or thinking on their own think Obamacare is a free program for everyone. I mean, I hear that over and over again. It&#x27;s going to be free health care. Not for anybody I know. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. But, you know, they don&#x27;t get that information or opinion out of nowhere. The government propaganda machine disseminated through your system of public education, the media, and other sources, that is what fills these people&#x27;s brains with that type of nonsense. And they fully believe that is the case. And really, in their individual lives, it almost is that way.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> They do not spend for anything, and they get free, so to speak, food, clothing, rent, health care, education, and other things. And to them, it is, in their little world, free. And they cannot think beyond, because the system of public education has turned into a bunch of drones, they cannot think beyond the fact that this comes from somewhere, other than the government. The government makes them believe that this is largest from the government, that the government wakes up every morning with this bundle of cash, and food, and health care, and then distributed that to the needy. With the people not being aware, the government cannot produce anything. Everything the government has, it has taken from a producer</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> and to distribute to a non-producer. But you have to hand it to them. They&#x27;ve managed to turn half the country into a bunch of parasites who really think that all this largesse is actually coming from the government. Unfortunately, what I see happening is sort of what&#x27;s happened in the public school system. I mean, you&#x27;ve got the public schools, and then the parents who don&#x27;t want their kids to be subjected to that. They have to, not only do they pay taxes for the schools, but then they have to go pay an additional amount of money to put their children in private schools. And, of course, they get a lot better education many times in the private school, where they don&#x27;t have to worry about them being brainwashed. But I think the same thing is going to happen in the health care industry. There will be a public health care sector, and all of us will have to pay taxes to that sector,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> even if we don&#x27;t use it. And many people will go to private sector to get health care. I mean, the doctors won&#x27;t accept any Medicare or insurance, and you&#x27;ll basically pay per service. You know, that wouldn&#x27;t be as bad as what&#x27;s coming down the road, because what&#x27;s coming down the road is that you will not have a private sector option. The government, if you read the Affordable Care Act, is going to eliminate the private sector option. And so we&#x27;re actually going to have a more restrictive system of health care than exists either in England or in Mexico. In fact, there will be more freedom to get health care in Mexico than in the United States, because the government in the United States is so venal that they want everyone to have the same second-rate level of health care,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> because they don&#x27;t want to have a private sector offering a better provision of health care that the ones in the public health care system will notice. So their goal is not just to take over more of the health care system. Their goal is to eliminate the private sector in health care so that there won&#x27;t be an option for those who can afford it. And they already have rules in place, which makes it felonies for a physician or for a patient to pay a doctor if it&#x27;s outside the system of Medicare, Medicaid, or in their, what do they call that, the approved private insurance companies,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> which will be the only ones that you will be allowed to buy insurance from. That&#x27;s scary. That is real scary. I mean, the government is getting way too involved in people&#x27;s lives. Most people like me just want the government to leave us alone. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s our motto, leave us alone. And government&#x27;s motto is we&#x27;re going to control your life. There we have the internal conflict. But the bottom line is, which I&#x27;ve already said before, I&#x27;ll say it another way, is we live in a fascist tyranny. And if you think that we&#x27;re free, well, don&#x27;t pay your taxes one day. Don&#x27;t pay your property taxes. Don&#x27;t pay your sales tax. Oh, maybe take a little cocaine or marijuana. And then you&#x27;re going to find out exactly what kind of society we live in.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We do not live in a free society. We are no better off in a Stalinist or Maoist dictatorship. Over there, as long as you obey the rules of the government, they left you pretty much alone. Only those who cross the government by doing something the government didn&#x27;t like, they&#x27;re the ones who got taken care of. In our society, we do exactly the same thing. If anyone behaves outside what the government allows, then they stick the Internal Revenue Service on you, or they concoct some other regulation which you have violated, in which your business has to close down. And so we do not live in a free society. We are only free as long as we remain within the confines of the rules that the government makes up. One final thing. What can people who are listening, what can they do to stand up to this,</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> and what can they do to get some of the freedom back? Ultimately, we&#x27;re on our own. We have no representation. All the politicians believe in big government. It&#x27;s a two-party system. It&#x27;s like two mafioso gangs. And so we&#x27;re on our own. And all I can say is I don&#x27;t know what we can actually do other than get rid of the government that we have. And people may poo-poo that, but I might remind them that&#x27;s exactly the way that our country came into existence, was by eliminating the government that existed at the time, which, for those who have any interest, was the most powerful military and government in the world at the time, was that of Great Britain, and the American colonists, without an army, was able to actually defeat the most powerful military in the world.</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> So there&#x27;s always that glimmer of hope that the American people may be able to do something. But let me assure you, it will be up to the American people. We have no representatives at either the federal or state level, because they all belong to one party or another, and they believe in big government. Folks, he&#x27;s joined us from the great state of Texas. His name is Dr. Lawrence Gilman. Doc, we&#x27;d love to have you back on in a couple months to talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then, because things are constantly changing here. And I really think people need to be paying a lot more attention to this, don&#x27;t they? They would if they weren&#x27;t wasting their time watching ESPN and other things. It&#x27;s amazing. My wife, even, and daughter, they&#x27;ll be talking about what stars are wearing,</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> what kind of outfit they wore, and I&#x27;m sitting here talking about, wait a minute, our country is self-destructing. You&#x27;re worried about what kind of outfit some celebrity wore. It&#x27;s crazy. Nothing new there. Even bread and circus. Nothing new. Yep, yep. Well, hey, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can visit FinancialSafari.com. Dr. Gilman, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for the opportunity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, the topic today, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been in a cave with no radio, no TV, no iPhone or anything, you&#x27;ve heard about it. It&#x27;s called Obamacare, and there&#x27;s been a delay in Obamacare on the employer mandate you may have heard about. But we&#x27;ve got Dr. Lawrence Gelman on, and he is a constitutional rights expert, a political, social, and economic strategist, and a former CEO of a hospital. Dr. Gelman, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, what does this mean? I mean, people now, I think, you know, when I talk to people each day, they&#x27;re basically tired of hearing about it. I mean, they hear about so much every single day and bombarded with information, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s going on in the Obamacare world these days. Well, even the government doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on, but it&#x27;s all political.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> It has nothing to do with anything the government is saying. And what their strategy, the Democrat strategists have figured out is that in the upcoming election of 2014, they would be adversely affected if the Affordable Care Act went into effect at the beginning of the year. And so everything else they&#x27;re saying is just a cover story. They want to push it back a year so it doesn&#x27;t affect the upcoming election. You know, and it&#x27;s funny. And we thought that, too. I mean, when they originally pushed it back and then they came out with a spin saying it&#x27;s just they needed more time to get it all in order. And it reminds me of Nancy Pelosi saying about a year ago that everyone could have the same coverage and there wouldn&#x27;t be a rate increase. And now she&#x27;s been quoted as saying that, well, not everyone&#x27;s going to get the same coverage and not everyone&#x27;s not going to have a rate increase, a double negative there.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> So, I mean, it&#x27;s funny what happens in – well, it&#x27;s not funny. It&#x27;s amazing what happens in politics, isn&#x27;t it? Well, not if you understand the underlying motivation, which is to support the government and take it away from the people. Once you understand that, it all becomes crystal clear. You need to understand that the government really is only interested in weakening the productive sector because the productive sector is a danger to the government. And the government really doesn&#x27;t care where the money goes too much, as evidenced by all the waste and graft in government. The only underlying principle of government benefit distribution is that the people who get it do not deserve it.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> That&#x27;s the underlying motivation. And the answer why that is so is because those are the people who will continue to promote big government because it&#x27;s a big government that gives them what they want undeservedly. And I&#x27;m not just talking about welfare queens. All the money ends up in the hands of big corporations like Pfizer and General Electric. They&#x27;re the real drivers of all this. And the other side of the coin, we&#x27;re trying to make this just down to basic fundamental principles of government, is that the other side of the coin is the government wants to take it away from people who produce because the producers are the threat to government. That is why there&#x27;s a personal income tax. That is why you have all these regulations and mandates.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> It has nothing to do with revenues for the government, so-called revenues. It has nothing to do with improving anything for anybody, improving standards of care, anything like that. All it has to do with is weakening the private independent sector, which is a threat to the government, and strengthening the parasitic class, which depends upon the government. And there you have the function of government pretty much in one sentence. Yeah, and I was talking to a CEO of a small company, of course, small in the government&#x27;s eyes, but not in his because he has about 100 employees, which he&#x27;s right in that target area. But he says he was frustrated how the government takes and he said actually steals our money to fight us.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Basically, they take our money as corporations and small business people and just average Americans take our money and use that money against us. And in that matter of speaking, though, we know that the mandate has prompted many businesses to cut full-time employees to part-time. But have you seen it impact even future hiring right now? Well, I think most small businesses, and I have both a small business with 10 employees and a hospital business with 35,000 employees, that for sure the small businesses are either releasing people and they&#x27;re not hiring because of all of these added-on costs. As far as the big business of the hospital right now, we&#x27;re self-insured. And how this is going to play into the self-insurance, we still have to wait and see.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But there&#x27;s no doubt that if you look at it as speaking strictly in the business sense, it behooves companies to reduce their overhead as much as possible. And health care costs have become the second largest cost for most health care companies beyond their salary. Therefore, if they can reduce the cost of their health care expenditure, that adds a lot to their bottom line. In any way that they can, you know that the private sector will always respond to what the government does. The problem that we have is that because the government behaves in an arbitrary manner, which makes little sense to anyone who understands the business,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> it&#x27;s very hard for the private sector to predict, to be able to predict what the government is going to do, and therefore plan accordingly. So usually what you find the private sector doing is reacting to the immediate changes or the changes which are immediately on the table, and that&#x27;s about the best they can do because nobody knows what the government will do from one day to the next. I agree. You know, my dad&#x27;s a physicist, and he used to do experiments, and in the experiments he would change one variable and then do the experiment, and he would know the effect that one change had on the experiment. But unfortunately, in the world of government, they change three or four variables. You never know what&#x27;s going to happen, and most people I talk to out there, especially in the financial world, they want predictable, reliable results,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> and they want to know that everything&#x27;s going to be taken care of the right way. But I&#x27;ve done some informal studies and surveys, and what it looks like most people out there who don&#x27;t do any research or thinking on their own think Obamacare is a free program for everyone. I mean, I hear that over and over again. It&#x27;s going to be free health care. Not for anybody I know. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. But, you know, they don&#x27;t get that information or opinion out of nowhere. The government propaganda machine disseminated through your system of public education, the media, and other sources, that is what fills these people&#x27;s brains with that type of nonsense. And they fully believe that is the case. And really, in their individual lives, it almost is that way.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> They do not spend for anything, and they get free, so to speak, food, clothing, rent, health care, education, and other things. And to them, it is, in their little world, free. And they cannot think beyond, because the system of public education has turned into a bunch of drones, they cannot think beyond the fact that this comes from somewhere, other than the government. The government makes them believe that this is largest from the government, that the government wakes up every morning with this bundle of cash, and food, and health care, and then distributed that to the needy. With the people not being aware, the government cannot produce anything. Everything the government has, it has taken from a producer</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> and to distribute to a non-producer. But you have to hand it to them. They&#x27;ve managed to turn half the country into a bunch of parasites who really think that all this largesse is actually coming from the government. Unfortunately, what I see happening is sort of what&#x27;s happened in the public school system. I mean, you&#x27;ve got the public schools, and then the parents who don&#x27;t want their kids to be subjected to that. They have to, not only do they pay taxes for the schools, but then they have to go pay an additional amount of money to put their children in private schools. And, of course, they get a lot better education many times in the private school, where they don&#x27;t have to worry about them being brainwashed. But I think the same thing is going to happen in the health care industry. There will be a public health care sector, and all of us will have to pay taxes to that sector,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> even if we don&#x27;t use it. And many people will go to private sector to get health care. I mean, the doctors won&#x27;t accept any Medicare or insurance, and you&#x27;ll basically pay per service. You know, that wouldn&#x27;t be as bad as what&#x27;s coming down the road, because what&#x27;s coming down the road is that you will not have a private sector option. The government, if you read the Affordable Care Act, is going to eliminate the private sector option. And so we&#x27;re actually going to have a more restrictive system of health care than exists either in England or in Mexico. In fact, there will be more freedom to get health care in Mexico than in the United States, because the government in the United States is so venal that they want everyone to have the same second-rate level of health care,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> because they don&#x27;t want to have a private sector offering a better provision of health care that the ones in the public health care system will notice. So their goal is not just to take over more of the health care system. Their goal is to eliminate the private sector in health care so that there won&#x27;t be an option for those who can afford it. And they already have rules in place, which makes it felonies for a physician or for a patient to pay a doctor if it&#x27;s outside the system of Medicare, Medicaid, or in their, what do they call that, the approved private insurance companies,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> which will be the only ones that you will be allowed to buy insurance from. That&#x27;s scary. That is real scary. I mean, the government is getting way too involved in people&#x27;s lives. Most people like me just want the government to leave us alone. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s our motto, leave us alone. And government&#x27;s motto is we&#x27;re going to control your life. There we have the internal conflict. But the bottom line is, which I&#x27;ve already said before, I&#x27;ll say it another way, is we live in a fascist tyranny. And if you think that we&#x27;re free, well, don&#x27;t pay your taxes one day. Don&#x27;t pay your property taxes. Don&#x27;t pay your sales tax. Oh, maybe take a little cocaine or marijuana. And then you&#x27;re going to find out exactly what kind of society we live in.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We do not live in a free society. We are no better off in a Stalinist or Maoist dictatorship. Over there, as long as you obey the rules of the government, they left you pretty much alone. Only those who cross the government by doing something the government didn&#x27;t like, they&#x27;re the ones who got taken care of. In our society, we do exactly the same thing. If anyone behaves outside what the government allows, then they stick the Internal Revenue Service on you, or they concoct some other regulation which you have violated, in which your business has to close down. And so we do not live in a free society. We are only free as long as we remain within the confines of the rules that the government makes up. One final thing. What can people who are listening, what can they do to stand up to this,</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> and what can they do to get some of the freedom back? Ultimately, we&#x27;re on our own. We have no representation. All the politicians believe in big government. It&#x27;s a two-party system. It&#x27;s like two mafioso gangs. And so we&#x27;re on our own. And all I can say is I don&#x27;t know what we can actually do other than get rid of the government that we have. And people may poo-poo that, but I might remind them that&#x27;s exactly the way that our country came into existence, was by eliminating the government that existed at the time, which, for those who have any interest, was the most powerful military and government in the world at the time, was that of Great Britain, and the American colonists, without an army, was able to actually defeat the most powerful military in the world.</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> So there&#x27;s always that glimmer of hope that the American people may be able to do something. But let me assure you, it will be up to the American people. We have no representatives at either the federal or state level, because they all belong to one party or another, and they believe in big government. Folks, he&#x27;s joined us from the great state of Texas. His name is Dr. Lawrence Gilman. Doc, we&#x27;d love to have you back on in a couple months to talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then, because things are constantly changing here. And I really think people need to be paying a lot more attention to this, don&#x27;t they? They would if they weren&#x27;t wasting their time watching ESPN and other things. It&#x27;s amazing. My wife, even, and daughter, they&#x27;ll be talking about what stars are wearing,</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> what kind of outfit they wore, and I&#x27;m sitting here talking about, wait a minute, our country is self-destructing. You&#x27;re worried about what kind of outfit some celebrity wore. It&#x27;s crazy. Nothing new there. Even bread and circus. Nothing new. Yep, yep. Well, hey, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can visit FinancialSafari.com. Dr. Gilman, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for the opportunity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Lawrence Gelman</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Lawrence Gelman, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/image.jpg?t=1792072547&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-lawrence-gelman-healthcare-policy-and-the-affordable-care-act/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/image.jpg?t=1792072547&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>840</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13477653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-lawrence-gelman-healthcare-policy-and-the-affordable-care-act</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>142</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:39" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:52" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ben Bressington: Making Everyday Life More Engaging</title>
      <itunes:title>Ben Bressington: Making Everyday Life More Engaging</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ben Bressington joins Coach Pete to explain gamification. This July 2013 interview explores how game principles can make business and everyday activities more engaging, enjoyable, and motivating.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, today we&#x27;re going to visit in Tampa, Florida, Clearwater area as well, with Ben Bressington. And he is the CEO of iGamify. And really, he&#x27;s going to talk about a topic that&#x27;s just come on my radar screen, even though we use this every day as humans. And it&#x27;s just making life more fun. What is gamification, Ben? Well, gamification is applying game-based principles or game thinking to something that&#x27;s not a game. So business or life. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s all about what it takes to make what we do on a daily basis fun and exciting. So we actually want to enjoy it. And it&#x27;s just more exciting. This probably pretty much explains how the game shows on TV are so popular and last for decades, right?</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Exactly. Well, just think of, like, American Idol and how popular it is and those talent-based shows. Like, people queue up and wait for hours to their chance of winning. But let&#x27;s think of it in another context. What will people do in bars for a T-shirt or at a concert? Giving away prizes and freebies, you&#x27;ll even realize on the radio, right? When you give away prizes, people will submit and you&#x27;ll get hundreds of social media comments and things like that. So when we use fun, it gets very exciting and very profitable for business. Now, the opposite of fun is not fun. And when we talk about – I see people use this every day in the financial world in over 21 years now. I see people – they treat their financial matters, especially their retirement, as a game when they spin the lottery wheel and put their money in the stock market sometimes without really doing research.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s fun. It gives you that high almost. But then when things go the wrong way, it&#x27;s not too fun anymore, is it? No, it&#x27;s not. And that&#x27;s part of the rollercoaster of investing. And those people who, like Warren Buffett, he plays at things and he does what he loves, right? Right. But it&#x27;s all using an educated risk. And even when we&#x27;re using and spending money, we want to turn it into the context of play so we don&#x27;t feel like we&#x27;re losing a great rate. And if you approach stock and investing in a fun manner, you kind of remove all that emotional charge and negativity from it. And you&#x27;ll find you&#x27;ll actually invest better because you determine how you want to win. And this is one of the things we help people with is – and this is why we created what we call the Gamer Formula, which is teaching people to get clear on their goals,</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> actually get clear on the actions they want to take, and get clear on what is the feedback indicator on their success. And, Coach Pete, you&#x27;ll be aware that when a lot of people invest, they don&#x27;t even know what it takes to actually be successful or how they&#x27;re even going to win in the investment. Yes, and I think a lot of people there – when you put a lot of pressure on something, you don&#x27;t think straight, do you? No, exactly right. You&#x27;ve got all this pressure and it&#x27;s so stressful. If we can just step back and go, okay, well, how can I make this fun? How can I make it enjoyable? What does winning actually look like and what am I using to track my success? You&#x27;ll find you&#x27;ll actually have more fun and you&#x27;ll actually become more successful. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Even when I&#x27;m watching like a college basketball game on TV and one team goes on a tremendous run and you see the other team&#x27;s coach explode out of the bench and make the timeout signal</p><p><strong>03:27</strong> because he wants to take a timeout to get the guys back to thinking about having fun again instead of getting their butt kicked like I see happens. I mean, so it changes the momentum, doesn&#x27;t it? Exactly. Well, I&#x27;ve always been told when I play golf, golf is a mental game where you&#x27;re challenging yourself, right? Yep. We&#x27;ve all been out on the golf course if we play golf or we&#x27;ve all been playing sport and we do one thing wrong and all of a sudden we just kind of focus on that mentally. And that three-point lead, five-point lead just kind of just disappears. Yep. And it&#x27;s that type of performance. What a lot of business owners aren&#x27;t aware of if we want to talk about business is that 71% of employees are actively disengaged or demotivated in the workplace. You know what that actually means?</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> They&#x27;re actually bored. Well, you don&#x27;t want to, and you&#x27;re right. And so if their mental capacity shuts down, I mean, then their performance goes way down as well, doesn&#x27;t it? Exactly. Like, so if you&#x27;re bored, you just don&#x27;t have any motivation. But if you&#x27;re excited and you know how you can perform, and one of the reasons why in the workplace most people are bored, do you know why? Why? You really want to know why they&#x27;re bored? They actually are scared of being fired, and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re actually doing will actually get them fired or not, and they don&#x27;t want to look bad to their boss. So that&#x27;s a lot of pressure just because employees aren&#x27;t actually clear on how they actually can win in their job. Yeah. So it&#x27;s basically, I think it is as long as they have a defined goal or some kind of finish line to know where they&#x27;re going to try to get to to make the boss happy.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> Exactly. And what I find fascinating is if we look at investing, if we look at business, no matter what we look at, sometimes just getting to show up is very tough, right? And even wanting to get things done is sometimes a bit of a battle because we know what it takes. But when we are talking about we&#x27;re going fishing with our buddies on the weekend, we&#x27;ll get up at 4 a.m., we&#x27;ll cook a breakfast for a football team, and then we&#x27;ll go sit in a swamp where we will get attacked by wildlife for eight hours. We&#x27;ll come back and clean the fish, but yet to get to work for eight or 9 a.m. is a battle of epic proportions. You&#x27;re right about that because it&#x27;s not fun. I mean, if you&#x27;re not looking forward to going to work, it&#x27;s not fun at all.</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> And Mondays get a real bad rap. Everyone hates Mondays, and then everyone loves Fridays, don&#x27;t they? Exactly. One of the things we did in our office is if you want a little tip to work at how you can make Mondays more productive, is spend Friday afternoon planning what it&#x27;s going to take to make Monday a win. Because quite often what we do is we walk into the office on a Monday morning, and we&#x27;re trying to recoup after the weekend, and we&#x27;re going, so what are we actually going to do today? But if you take five minutes on a Friday afternoon to plan for tomorrow or plan for Monday, you&#x27;ll actually find you can walk in Monday and be more effective and powerful. And it&#x27;s not recovery mode. And this is so important with investing, isn&#x27;t it? Like investing in the future and getting clear on what our goals are and how we can make it fun. And it&#x27;s one of the things we actually did is we actually teach people over 52 mechanics of what goes into making things fun and play.</p><p><strong>06:44</strong> And the easiest way I did it, I actually created these card games to teach people how to make anything fun. That makes a lot of sense. I mean, you know, if you don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going, you&#x27;re never going to get there, are you? Exactly. And how many investors do we still hear in today&#x27;s market where they&#x27;re losing money? There is so much opportunity out there right now. It is phenomenal in business, investing. Just look at all the TV shows of all the property investments or storage wars. Storage, like that&#x27;s crazy. Have you seen what these people are doing in the auction marketplace now? It&#x27;s quite phenomenal. And it&#x27;s turning the auction scene into a game. Everybody loves that. Well, that was an ingenious invention there really by the owner of the storage facilities to have someone pay them to get rid of all the junk in the storage units.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> Exactly. And it&#x27;s a great thing is if you want to own those storage facilities, work out how you can turn it into a game. And then you have people paying to come to an auction to clean out your junk for you. And it can be used in any scenario. So I&#x27;d say to most business owners, work out how you can use that type of play in a pizza shop, a cafe, a hair salon. Because even when we work with clients, like there&#x27;s 12 triggers to actually understanding word of mouth. And most people aren&#x27;t even aware of them. So when you actually get to get clear on the elements of what we call play and making life fun, everything can be enjoyable. Did you know that there&#x27;s even a game online for parents that&#x27;s called Chore Wars? C-H-O-R-E-W-A-R-S.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> It&#x27;s a free thing for parents to sign up to, right? And this is – you turn – having your kids do the chores and do their homework into a game. So now the kids are dying to set the table, do the dishes. And there&#x27;s even couples who do this. So now, like, the husband races home to clean the toilet, right? When was the last time you cleaned the bathroom or scrubbed the bathtub or mowed the lawn because you wanted to get some points because you&#x27;re going to watch more of the football game tonight? Yeah. Well, I mean, it makes a lot of – now you see there are 12 triggers. What&#x27;s your favorite trigger? The favorite trigger I love using is what we call social status because when you think of it in business, if we can give people status and authority, they actually love consuming your goods, products, or services.</p><p><strong>09:11</strong> Like, think of the luxury brand. And in the business arena, there&#x27;s actually this thing called status-based purchases. We don&#x27;t need these items, but we feel we have to because of the status it gives us. Like, why are we paying $6 for a coffee from Starbucks? And waiting in line to get it a lot of times. You see the drive-through here at the Starbucks. Oh, exactly. I remember when I was in Canada, there was a coffee chain called Tim Hortons, right? And they said wonderful coffee and donuts, but their coffee is less than $2. But there is always, always a queue in the drive-through for people waiting for all the donuts and everything like that. They&#x27;re like the donut king.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> There&#x27;s always people lined up. And it seems like a status item to be walking around with something. Or depending where you go, if you&#x27;re in California, it can be walking around with like a healthy smoothie or energy shake or something like that. There&#x27;s different status symbols in every market. Folks, his name is Ben Bressington, and he&#x27;s Gamification 101 is what we&#x27;ve been talking about here. And he&#x27;s CEO of iGamify. And we&#x27;ve been talking about gamification and all the uses of it out there and examples. And, Ben, finally, one final topic here. What is your favorite example of gamification being used? Well, Buffalo Wild Wings did a great example where they actually turned the consumption of their wings, the restaurant chain, into a social challenge.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And what they did is they gave away the traditional prizes that restaurants give away, like free Pepsi products or Coke Pop products, free wings, like all those traditional incentives, right? Right. But they turned it into a game for a nine-week challenge where they – and this is what happened. They had 200,000 new customers come through the store, and they had 20,000 unique user-generated challenges. So people – so get this as a business owner. Red flags should be going off in your head right now with a lot of alarm bells. The users were challenged to create competitions that would challenge their friends, things like take a photo of the sauciest wing in the bucket, or eat five of the hottest wings with no milk, no drinks, no napkins in less than five minutes.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> So what do you think people were doing? They were wanting to one-up their friends. But I just mentioned, what, three challenges? The users generated 20,000 challenges in less than nine weeks. That&#x27;s amazing. That&#x27;s fantastic. I mean, we see all these kind of like – Nathan&#x27;s has their hot dog eating contest on July 4th, and that&#x27;s sort of like – that&#x27;s a gamification of getting people to eat hot dogs, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And sorry, what&#x27;s that guy that lost a lot of weight eating Subway sandwiches? Yeah, Jared. I didn&#x27;t even have to say his name, and you know him. Is that not gamification at its best? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Who knew that eating a foot-long sandwich was a weight-loss mechanism, right?</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> Hey, it&#x27;s branded in everyone&#x27;s mind, too, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It is. And it&#x27;s all about making business fun. But thank you very much for letting me share the joys of making life fun. Oh, yeah. Well, this is a fascinating subject. I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. We just run against the clock here on the show. But, folks, again, his name is Ben Bressington, and he&#x27;s joined us from right outside of Tampa, Clearwater, Florida. Ben, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Have a wonderful day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ben Bressington joins Coach Pete to explain gamification. This July 2013 interview explores how game principles can make business and everyday activities more engaging, enjoyable, and motivating.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, today we&#x27;re going to visit in Tampa, Florida, Clearwater area as well, with Ben Bressington. And he is the CEO of iGamify. And really, he&#x27;s going to talk about a topic that&#x27;s just come on my radar screen, even though we use this every day as humans. And it&#x27;s just making life more fun. What is gamification, Ben? Well, gamification is applying game-based principles or game thinking to something that&#x27;s not a game. So business or life. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s all about what it takes to make what we do on a daily basis fun and exciting. So we actually want to enjoy it. And it&#x27;s just more exciting. This probably pretty much explains how the game shows on TV are so popular and last for decades, right?</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Exactly. Well, just think of, like, American Idol and how popular it is and those talent-based shows. Like, people queue up and wait for hours to their chance of winning. But let&#x27;s think of it in another context. What will people do in bars for a T-shirt or at a concert? Giving away prizes and freebies, you&#x27;ll even realize on the radio, right? When you give away prizes, people will submit and you&#x27;ll get hundreds of social media comments and things like that. So when we use fun, it gets very exciting and very profitable for business. Now, the opposite of fun is not fun. And when we talk about – I see people use this every day in the financial world in over 21 years now. I see people – they treat their financial matters, especially their retirement, as a game when they spin the lottery wheel and put their money in the stock market sometimes without really doing research.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s fun. It gives you that high almost. But then when things go the wrong way, it&#x27;s not too fun anymore, is it? No, it&#x27;s not. And that&#x27;s part of the rollercoaster of investing. And those people who, like Warren Buffett, he plays at things and he does what he loves, right? Right. But it&#x27;s all using an educated risk. And even when we&#x27;re using and spending money, we want to turn it into the context of play so we don&#x27;t feel like we&#x27;re losing a great rate. And if you approach stock and investing in a fun manner, you kind of remove all that emotional charge and negativity from it. And you&#x27;ll find you&#x27;ll actually invest better because you determine how you want to win. And this is one of the things we help people with is – and this is why we created what we call the Gamer Formula, which is teaching people to get clear on their goals,</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> actually get clear on the actions they want to take, and get clear on what is the feedback indicator on their success. And, Coach Pete, you&#x27;ll be aware that when a lot of people invest, they don&#x27;t even know what it takes to actually be successful or how they&#x27;re even going to win in the investment. Yes, and I think a lot of people there – when you put a lot of pressure on something, you don&#x27;t think straight, do you? No, exactly right. You&#x27;ve got all this pressure and it&#x27;s so stressful. If we can just step back and go, okay, well, how can I make this fun? How can I make it enjoyable? What does winning actually look like and what am I using to track my success? You&#x27;ll find you&#x27;ll actually have more fun and you&#x27;ll actually become more successful. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Even when I&#x27;m watching like a college basketball game on TV and one team goes on a tremendous run and you see the other team&#x27;s coach explode out of the bench and make the timeout signal</p><p><strong>03:27</strong> because he wants to take a timeout to get the guys back to thinking about having fun again instead of getting their butt kicked like I see happens. I mean, so it changes the momentum, doesn&#x27;t it? Exactly. Well, I&#x27;ve always been told when I play golf, golf is a mental game where you&#x27;re challenging yourself, right? Yep. We&#x27;ve all been out on the golf course if we play golf or we&#x27;ve all been playing sport and we do one thing wrong and all of a sudden we just kind of focus on that mentally. And that three-point lead, five-point lead just kind of just disappears. Yep. And it&#x27;s that type of performance. What a lot of business owners aren&#x27;t aware of if we want to talk about business is that 71% of employees are actively disengaged or demotivated in the workplace. You know what that actually means?</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> They&#x27;re actually bored. Well, you don&#x27;t want to, and you&#x27;re right. And so if their mental capacity shuts down, I mean, then their performance goes way down as well, doesn&#x27;t it? Exactly. Like, so if you&#x27;re bored, you just don&#x27;t have any motivation. But if you&#x27;re excited and you know how you can perform, and one of the reasons why in the workplace most people are bored, do you know why? Why? You really want to know why they&#x27;re bored? They actually are scared of being fired, and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re actually doing will actually get them fired or not, and they don&#x27;t want to look bad to their boss. So that&#x27;s a lot of pressure just because employees aren&#x27;t actually clear on how they actually can win in their job. Yeah. So it&#x27;s basically, I think it is as long as they have a defined goal or some kind of finish line to know where they&#x27;re going to try to get to to make the boss happy.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> Exactly. And what I find fascinating is if we look at investing, if we look at business, no matter what we look at, sometimes just getting to show up is very tough, right? And even wanting to get things done is sometimes a bit of a battle because we know what it takes. But when we are talking about we&#x27;re going fishing with our buddies on the weekend, we&#x27;ll get up at 4 a.m., we&#x27;ll cook a breakfast for a football team, and then we&#x27;ll go sit in a swamp where we will get attacked by wildlife for eight hours. We&#x27;ll come back and clean the fish, but yet to get to work for eight or 9 a.m. is a battle of epic proportions. You&#x27;re right about that because it&#x27;s not fun. I mean, if you&#x27;re not looking forward to going to work, it&#x27;s not fun at all.</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> And Mondays get a real bad rap. Everyone hates Mondays, and then everyone loves Fridays, don&#x27;t they? Exactly. One of the things we did in our office is if you want a little tip to work at how you can make Mondays more productive, is spend Friday afternoon planning what it&#x27;s going to take to make Monday a win. Because quite often what we do is we walk into the office on a Monday morning, and we&#x27;re trying to recoup after the weekend, and we&#x27;re going, so what are we actually going to do today? But if you take five minutes on a Friday afternoon to plan for tomorrow or plan for Monday, you&#x27;ll actually find you can walk in Monday and be more effective and powerful. And it&#x27;s not recovery mode. And this is so important with investing, isn&#x27;t it? Like investing in the future and getting clear on what our goals are and how we can make it fun. And it&#x27;s one of the things we actually did is we actually teach people over 52 mechanics of what goes into making things fun and play.</p><p><strong>06:44</strong> And the easiest way I did it, I actually created these card games to teach people how to make anything fun. That makes a lot of sense. I mean, you know, if you don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going, you&#x27;re never going to get there, are you? Exactly. And how many investors do we still hear in today&#x27;s market where they&#x27;re losing money? There is so much opportunity out there right now. It is phenomenal in business, investing. Just look at all the TV shows of all the property investments or storage wars. Storage, like that&#x27;s crazy. Have you seen what these people are doing in the auction marketplace now? It&#x27;s quite phenomenal. And it&#x27;s turning the auction scene into a game. Everybody loves that. Well, that was an ingenious invention there really by the owner of the storage facilities to have someone pay them to get rid of all the junk in the storage units.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> Exactly. And it&#x27;s a great thing is if you want to own those storage facilities, work out how you can turn it into a game. And then you have people paying to come to an auction to clean out your junk for you. And it can be used in any scenario. So I&#x27;d say to most business owners, work out how you can use that type of play in a pizza shop, a cafe, a hair salon. Because even when we work with clients, like there&#x27;s 12 triggers to actually understanding word of mouth. And most people aren&#x27;t even aware of them. So when you actually get to get clear on the elements of what we call play and making life fun, everything can be enjoyable. Did you know that there&#x27;s even a game online for parents that&#x27;s called Chore Wars? C-H-O-R-E-W-A-R-S.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> It&#x27;s a free thing for parents to sign up to, right? And this is – you turn – having your kids do the chores and do their homework into a game. So now the kids are dying to set the table, do the dishes. And there&#x27;s even couples who do this. So now, like, the husband races home to clean the toilet, right? When was the last time you cleaned the bathroom or scrubbed the bathtub or mowed the lawn because you wanted to get some points because you&#x27;re going to watch more of the football game tonight? Yeah. Well, I mean, it makes a lot of – now you see there are 12 triggers. What&#x27;s your favorite trigger? The favorite trigger I love using is what we call social status because when you think of it in business, if we can give people status and authority, they actually love consuming your goods, products, or services.</p><p><strong>09:11</strong> Like, think of the luxury brand. And in the business arena, there&#x27;s actually this thing called status-based purchases. We don&#x27;t need these items, but we feel we have to because of the status it gives us. Like, why are we paying $6 for a coffee from Starbucks? And waiting in line to get it a lot of times. You see the drive-through here at the Starbucks. Oh, exactly. I remember when I was in Canada, there was a coffee chain called Tim Hortons, right? And they said wonderful coffee and donuts, but their coffee is less than $2. But there is always, always a queue in the drive-through for people waiting for all the donuts and everything like that. They&#x27;re like the donut king.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> There&#x27;s always people lined up. And it seems like a status item to be walking around with something. Or depending where you go, if you&#x27;re in California, it can be walking around with like a healthy smoothie or energy shake or something like that. There&#x27;s different status symbols in every market. Folks, his name is Ben Bressington, and he&#x27;s Gamification 101 is what we&#x27;ve been talking about here. And he&#x27;s CEO of iGamify. And we&#x27;ve been talking about gamification and all the uses of it out there and examples. And, Ben, finally, one final topic here. What is your favorite example of gamification being used? Well, Buffalo Wild Wings did a great example where they actually turned the consumption of their wings, the restaurant chain, into a social challenge.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And what they did is they gave away the traditional prizes that restaurants give away, like free Pepsi products or Coke Pop products, free wings, like all those traditional incentives, right? Right. But they turned it into a game for a nine-week challenge where they – and this is what happened. They had 200,000 new customers come through the store, and they had 20,000 unique user-generated challenges. So people – so get this as a business owner. Red flags should be going off in your head right now with a lot of alarm bells. The users were challenged to create competitions that would challenge their friends, things like take a photo of the sauciest wing in the bucket, or eat five of the hottest wings with no milk, no drinks, no napkins in less than five minutes.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> So what do you think people were doing? They were wanting to one-up their friends. But I just mentioned, what, three challenges? The users generated 20,000 challenges in less than nine weeks. That&#x27;s amazing. That&#x27;s fantastic. I mean, we see all these kind of like – Nathan&#x27;s has their hot dog eating contest on July 4th, and that&#x27;s sort of like – that&#x27;s a gamification of getting people to eat hot dogs, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And sorry, what&#x27;s that guy that lost a lot of weight eating Subway sandwiches? Yeah, Jared. I didn&#x27;t even have to say his name, and you know him. Is that not gamification at its best? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Who knew that eating a foot-long sandwich was a weight-loss mechanism, right?</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> Hey, it&#x27;s branded in everyone&#x27;s mind, too, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It is. And it&#x27;s all about making business fun. But thank you very much for letting me share the joys of making life fun. Oh, yeah. Well, this is a fascinating subject. I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. We just run against the clock here on the show. But, folks, again, his name is Ben Bressington, and he&#x27;s joined us from right outside of Tampa, Clearwater, Florida. Ben, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Have a wonderful day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ben Bressington joins Coach Pete to explain gamification. This July 2013 interview explores how game principles can make business and everyday activities more engaging, enjoyable, and motivating.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ben Bressington</category>
      <category>Making Everyday Life More Engaging</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ben Bressington, Making Everyday Life More Engaging, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa/image.jpg?t=1792071671&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ben-bressington-making-everyday-life-more-engaging/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa/image.jpg?t=1792071671&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa</guid>
      <omny:clipId>198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>774</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/198c5526-835e-4c98-89d5-b4e3001fc4fa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12416364" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ben-bressington-making-everyday-life-more-engaging</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>143</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Making Everyday Life More Engaging" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charlie Daniels: Music, North Carolina, and Giving Back</title>
      <itunes:title>Charlie Daniels: Music, North Carolina, and Giving Back</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Charlie Daniels joins Coach Pete to discuss his North Carolina roots, life in music, and performing for a good cause. This July 2013 interview includes stories from his career and his connection to the Sanford area.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> I am very honored and proud today to have somebody I used to listen back when we had cassette tapes. One of my first ones had a bunch of songs on it, but my favorite one was The Devil Went Down to Georgia and had a bunch of other songs by this individual. His name is Charlie Daniels. Charlie, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach. Good to be with you today, buddy. I tell you what, buddy, you know, and let me do something right quick here. We&#x27;re in Research Triangle Park in North Carolina. This is a national show, but I want you to tell everyone out there listening, and I want you to clear up a little bit of disagreements we have in the office. Where was Charlie Daniels born? I was born in Wilmington, North Carolina. Wilmington, North Carolina. All right. That&#x27;s what some of us thought and others thought. There was a town called Golf that has been in the conversation, too.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, it deserves in the conversation because that&#x27;s where I went to school. I went to my high school years where there I finished school in Golf, which is about nine miles from Sanford, North Carolina, in the center of the state up there. So that&#x27;s my old – that&#x27;s kind of where I grew up. I was born in Wilmington, but my fun years, my well, they were all fun, but at least my high school years and my kind of, you know, growing up years were in the Gulf area. Yeah. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to having you come down. And, you know, North Carolina is a great state. We&#x27;re proud of it still here. I went to high school in North Carolina and been here ever since. But now let&#x27;s talk about what have you been up to lately. I&#x27;ve seen you on Fox News every now and then. And, you know, I mean, you&#x27;re making your tours. You&#x27;re singing. You&#x27;re coming up with some great songs. You&#x27;ve got a new album that&#x27;s out. And, I mean, what&#x27;s kept you busy?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, I&#x27;m just doing the same thing I&#x27;ve been doing for the last 55 years. I&#x27;m going to play music for the people. It&#x27;s what I want. I thank God I can make a living doing something that I enjoy so very much because what keeps me going, I love it all. I love the writing. I love the recording. I love everything about it. But what keeps me out here, what keeps me going, is being able to perform stuff live, to walk on stage in front of a crowd. That is as good as it gets for me is doing live shows. So that&#x27;s basically what keeps me on the road. But I just love what I do. I just thoroughly enjoy what I do. And now you were on stage with Brad Paisley just recently for the, what was that, the CMA Music Festival. Mm-hmm. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> How was that? In Nashville. Well, it was, I&#x27;ll tell you a little bit. Well, it&#x27;s probably not a secret now. Probably everybody knows. But I had a part I was doing on his song that I didn&#x27;t know. I mean, I had not committed memory. It was a real fast part. But for lack of a better word, I&#x27;ll call it a rap part. With lightning fast lyrics moving along. And I needed a teleprompter for it. And we had it all set up. And I walked on stage, the teleprompter didn&#x27;t work. Boop. So I had a little Obama moment there. And, you know, somehow we got, of course, we&#x27;re both professionals. Brad&#x27;s a professional. I&#x27;m a professional. We&#x27;ve both been doing it for a long time. And the main thing is if something goes wrong, you don&#x27;t want to let the people know about it.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You just kind of keep on keeping on. So we kind of bluffed our way through it. And it ended up with a nice jam between the fiddle and guitar on the end. So we got away with it. But it did happen. Things like that do happen. You have to be prepared for things like that when you&#x27;re in show business. Because you never know when it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, my daughter is seven years old. And I told her I was going to be talking to you today. And I told her you played the fiddle. You rocked the fiddle. And she said, Daddy, what&#x27;s a fiddle? And I said, it&#x27;s sort of like a violin. Was I right? It&#x27;s exactly the same thing as a violin. There&#x27;s absolutely no difference. I went to see Itzhak Perlman, who&#x27;s, in my opinion, probably the greatest living violinist, classical violinist in the world. And I went to see him one night. Somebody took me backstage to say hello to him. And I said, Hi, Mr.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> Hi, I am a, I&#x27;m Charlie Daniels. I&#x27;m a fiddle player. It&#x27;s Perlman. And he said, We&#x27;re all fiddle players. So if Itzhak Perlman says we&#x27;re all fiddle players, we&#x27;re all fiddle players. But not many people can rock it like you do, Charlie. Well, I have my own style of doing things. But the thing that a lot of people don&#x27;t know is when kids ask me a lot of times about playing the fiddle, I said, Don&#x27;t look at me. You know, don&#x27;t watch what I do. Because if you do what I do, you&#x27;ll be doing it all wrong. I hold the bow wrong. I hold the fiddle wrong. I put too much pressure on the bow and break a lot of bow hairs. And, you know, it&#x27;s not the way you&#x27;re supposed to do it. But it works for me. But it may not work for anybody else. So I just tell you, you know, watch Mark O&#x27;Connor or some of these guys, you know, that do it right.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Because I do it all wrong. Well, you&#x27;ve got a new CD out. It&#x27;s called Hits of the South. And, you know, what inspired you to come out with the new CD? What&#x27;s your favorite song on the new CD? I hadn&#x27;t really picked a favorite song. But it&#x27;s just kind of a natural turn of events for us. It&#x27;s a lot of bands that we travel with during the years. And we did some of their songs. Their music became part of our lives. And I think our music became part of their lives. It was just kind of natural to record some of it later on. It&#x27;s basically what it is. It&#x27;s just songs from bands that we put Marshall Tucker Band on with other band people that we played with over the years a lot. Now, we&#x27;re looking here at the Facebook revolution. And Facebook is something that&#x27;s pretty new to me. And I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s new to you. You have almost 500,000 fans and followers on Facebook.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Charlie, that is a whole lot of people. Well, it&#x27;s, you know, like you said, it&#x27;s all new to me. I have been dragged kicking and screaming into every kind of technology I have gotten involved in. My son has kind of, Dad, you need to do this. No, I don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know anything about it. No one does. Yeah, but you need to. And so anyway, if I talk me into it, I would get involved in it. And he&#x27;s been right in every instance, I&#x27;ll have to say. But I have to give him credit for that because he sets all that stuff up for me. I&#x27;m into the Twitter thing. I really enjoy it, you know, because it&#x27;s got little short stuff you can write down. I&#x27;m happy to get on Twitter and write a whole bunch of stuff, you know. Plus, the fact I can&#x27;t get myself in trouble by saying too much. Now, a lot of celebrities don&#x27;t do their own tweets.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Do you tweet yourself? I do all my own tweets. It&#x27;s the only thing that is not done by me is my son will put a thing on there once in a while, an informational thing, and he captions it, CDB, Team CDB. So anything you see with Team CDB on it, my son put it up. Anything else that&#x27;s on there is something that I have done personally. Fantastic. I&#x27;ve got a little trivia here that my staff gave me. It says that you wrote a song, It Hurts Me, that Elvis recorded in the 60s. 1963, I sure did. I co-wrote it, actually. Yeah, it was the biggest thing that ever happened to me at the time. It was just incredible, because actually this was supposed to be a B-side of a song, of the record, back in the 45 days.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> But both sides of Elvis&#x27; records played in those days. So you could be A-side, B-side, whatever. And when they played one for a while, they&#x27;d put it on the other side and play it. So we got a lot of airplay on that. And it&#x27;s been a good song for me. It&#x27;s a smart move. I mean, yeah, I remember the records, and the record station just flipped it over for Elvis. They played the next one instead of putting a new record on. Elvis was hot. Now, you also were a session player for years and played on Bob Dylan and Ringo Starr records. I didn&#x27;t know that as well. Yeah. When I first went to Nashville, I did quite a few sessions. But I come to find out that that&#x27;s not what I am. I&#x27;m not a session type, an essential session musician. I need to be on stage.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> That&#x27;s where my life is. My life is, my musical life is on stage in front of people doing live shows rather than recording. I enjoy recording. I enjoy, especially the way we do it. I get together with my band and, you know, with my guys and do it, and I interpret it pretty much however I want to the songs that we do. But that&#x27;s not my cup of tea, if you will, basically. It&#x27;s something I enjoy, something I can do. But I&#x27;m much better at being on stage in front of people. Well, you know, let me tell you, and you&#x27;ve seen so many advances in the music industry. I mean, you can have your music digitized now and transferred from here all across the world with the press of a finger. But back in the day, and I think my memory&#x27;s right, I bought your cassette tape because I loved The Devil Went Down to Georgia.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> But then I would listen to all the other songs. And really what became my favorite song on that whole cassette was America. In America. In America. Yeah, in America. Because that was, and of course, I&#x27;ve heard it now lately because of what happened September 11th, and it&#x27;s like a song that never dies. I wrote that during the Iranian hostage crisis because there had been a kind of a lull in patriotism after the Vietnam War with the draft card burnings and all the things that were going on. And the kind of patriotism that seemed had gotten out of favor and not with me and not with a lot of people, which it seemed like the public in general. And when the Iranian hostage crisis happened, it awakened patriotism in people to make them realize about America and about what a great country it is and about we should not let people do us that way.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And I heard people wanting to do something about this. We ought to go over there and do this, we ought to do that. And I thought, wow, you never thought it ever would happen again. And that&#x27;s the main crux of the song. We never did think it ever would happen again in America. But it has happened, and we are here, and we&#x27;re strong, and we&#x27;re ready to take on all comers. So that was, every time something happens in the world that threatens our nation, that song kind of works in. Yeah, it&#x27;s a fantastic song. And, folks, if you haven&#x27;t heard it, In America by Charlie Daniels. And, folks, we are talking to Mr. Charlie Daniels. And, Charlie, finally here on this final segment here, I want to talk about the Down South Music Festival. And that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re coming. You&#x27;re coming to the area of Sanford, North Carolina, to help raise money, to help people that have been downtrodden.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> We&#x27;re looking forward to being there. And I don&#x27;t want anybody to think that we&#x27;re doing this for free because we&#x27;re not. We&#x27;re actually being paid for doing the show. But I&#x27;m always glad when the money that we raise is going for a good cause. And this is a good cause. And to go back and see all the home folks and do something good at the same time is a wonderful thing. Fantastic. I mean, we&#x27;re looking forward to seeing anybody come down as well. Folks, Charlie Daniels. Charlie, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Charlie Daniels joins Coach Pete to discuss his North Carolina roots, life in music, and performing for a good cause. This July 2013 interview includes stories from his career and his connection to the Sanford area.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> I am very honored and proud today to have somebody I used to listen back when we had cassette tapes. One of my first ones had a bunch of songs on it, but my favorite one was The Devil Went Down to Georgia and had a bunch of other songs by this individual. His name is Charlie Daniels. Charlie, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach. Good to be with you today, buddy. I tell you what, buddy, you know, and let me do something right quick here. We&#x27;re in Research Triangle Park in North Carolina. This is a national show, but I want you to tell everyone out there listening, and I want you to clear up a little bit of disagreements we have in the office. Where was Charlie Daniels born? I was born in Wilmington, North Carolina. Wilmington, North Carolina. All right. That&#x27;s what some of us thought and others thought. There was a town called Golf that has been in the conversation, too.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, it deserves in the conversation because that&#x27;s where I went to school. I went to my high school years where there I finished school in Golf, which is about nine miles from Sanford, North Carolina, in the center of the state up there. So that&#x27;s my old – that&#x27;s kind of where I grew up. I was born in Wilmington, but my fun years, my well, they were all fun, but at least my high school years and my kind of, you know, growing up years were in the Gulf area. Yeah. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to having you come down. And, you know, North Carolina is a great state. We&#x27;re proud of it still here. I went to high school in North Carolina and been here ever since. But now let&#x27;s talk about what have you been up to lately. I&#x27;ve seen you on Fox News every now and then. And, you know, I mean, you&#x27;re making your tours. You&#x27;re singing. You&#x27;re coming up with some great songs. You&#x27;ve got a new album that&#x27;s out. And, I mean, what&#x27;s kept you busy?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, I&#x27;m just doing the same thing I&#x27;ve been doing for the last 55 years. I&#x27;m going to play music for the people. It&#x27;s what I want. I thank God I can make a living doing something that I enjoy so very much because what keeps me going, I love it all. I love the writing. I love the recording. I love everything about it. But what keeps me out here, what keeps me going, is being able to perform stuff live, to walk on stage in front of a crowd. That is as good as it gets for me is doing live shows. So that&#x27;s basically what keeps me on the road. But I just love what I do. I just thoroughly enjoy what I do. And now you were on stage with Brad Paisley just recently for the, what was that, the CMA Music Festival. Mm-hmm. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> How was that? In Nashville. Well, it was, I&#x27;ll tell you a little bit. Well, it&#x27;s probably not a secret now. Probably everybody knows. But I had a part I was doing on his song that I didn&#x27;t know. I mean, I had not committed memory. It was a real fast part. But for lack of a better word, I&#x27;ll call it a rap part. With lightning fast lyrics moving along. And I needed a teleprompter for it. And we had it all set up. And I walked on stage, the teleprompter didn&#x27;t work. Boop. So I had a little Obama moment there. And, you know, somehow we got, of course, we&#x27;re both professionals. Brad&#x27;s a professional. I&#x27;m a professional. We&#x27;ve both been doing it for a long time. And the main thing is if something goes wrong, you don&#x27;t want to let the people know about it.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You just kind of keep on keeping on. So we kind of bluffed our way through it. And it ended up with a nice jam between the fiddle and guitar on the end. So we got away with it. But it did happen. Things like that do happen. You have to be prepared for things like that when you&#x27;re in show business. Because you never know when it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, my daughter is seven years old. And I told her I was going to be talking to you today. And I told her you played the fiddle. You rocked the fiddle. And she said, Daddy, what&#x27;s a fiddle? And I said, it&#x27;s sort of like a violin. Was I right? It&#x27;s exactly the same thing as a violin. There&#x27;s absolutely no difference. I went to see Itzhak Perlman, who&#x27;s, in my opinion, probably the greatest living violinist, classical violinist in the world. And I went to see him one night. Somebody took me backstage to say hello to him. And I said, Hi, Mr.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> Hi, I am a, I&#x27;m Charlie Daniels. I&#x27;m a fiddle player. It&#x27;s Perlman. And he said, We&#x27;re all fiddle players. So if Itzhak Perlman says we&#x27;re all fiddle players, we&#x27;re all fiddle players. But not many people can rock it like you do, Charlie. Well, I have my own style of doing things. But the thing that a lot of people don&#x27;t know is when kids ask me a lot of times about playing the fiddle, I said, Don&#x27;t look at me. You know, don&#x27;t watch what I do. Because if you do what I do, you&#x27;ll be doing it all wrong. I hold the bow wrong. I hold the fiddle wrong. I put too much pressure on the bow and break a lot of bow hairs. And, you know, it&#x27;s not the way you&#x27;re supposed to do it. But it works for me. But it may not work for anybody else. So I just tell you, you know, watch Mark O&#x27;Connor or some of these guys, you know, that do it right.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Because I do it all wrong. Well, you&#x27;ve got a new CD out. It&#x27;s called Hits of the South. And, you know, what inspired you to come out with the new CD? What&#x27;s your favorite song on the new CD? I hadn&#x27;t really picked a favorite song. But it&#x27;s just kind of a natural turn of events for us. It&#x27;s a lot of bands that we travel with during the years. And we did some of their songs. Their music became part of our lives. And I think our music became part of their lives. It was just kind of natural to record some of it later on. It&#x27;s basically what it is. It&#x27;s just songs from bands that we put Marshall Tucker Band on with other band people that we played with over the years a lot. Now, we&#x27;re looking here at the Facebook revolution. And Facebook is something that&#x27;s pretty new to me. And I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s new to you. You have almost 500,000 fans and followers on Facebook.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Charlie, that is a whole lot of people. Well, it&#x27;s, you know, like you said, it&#x27;s all new to me. I have been dragged kicking and screaming into every kind of technology I have gotten involved in. My son has kind of, Dad, you need to do this. No, I don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know anything about it. No one does. Yeah, but you need to. And so anyway, if I talk me into it, I would get involved in it. And he&#x27;s been right in every instance, I&#x27;ll have to say. But I have to give him credit for that because he sets all that stuff up for me. I&#x27;m into the Twitter thing. I really enjoy it, you know, because it&#x27;s got little short stuff you can write down. I&#x27;m happy to get on Twitter and write a whole bunch of stuff, you know. Plus, the fact I can&#x27;t get myself in trouble by saying too much. Now, a lot of celebrities don&#x27;t do their own tweets.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Do you tweet yourself? I do all my own tweets. It&#x27;s the only thing that is not done by me is my son will put a thing on there once in a while, an informational thing, and he captions it, CDB, Team CDB. So anything you see with Team CDB on it, my son put it up. Anything else that&#x27;s on there is something that I have done personally. Fantastic. I&#x27;ve got a little trivia here that my staff gave me. It says that you wrote a song, It Hurts Me, that Elvis recorded in the 60s. 1963, I sure did. I co-wrote it, actually. Yeah, it was the biggest thing that ever happened to me at the time. It was just incredible, because actually this was supposed to be a B-side of a song, of the record, back in the 45 days.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> But both sides of Elvis&#x27; records played in those days. So you could be A-side, B-side, whatever. And when they played one for a while, they&#x27;d put it on the other side and play it. So we got a lot of airplay on that. And it&#x27;s been a good song for me. It&#x27;s a smart move. I mean, yeah, I remember the records, and the record station just flipped it over for Elvis. They played the next one instead of putting a new record on. Elvis was hot. Now, you also were a session player for years and played on Bob Dylan and Ringo Starr records. I didn&#x27;t know that as well. Yeah. When I first went to Nashville, I did quite a few sessions. But I come to find out that that&#x27;s not what I am. I&#x27;m not a session type, an essential session musician. I need to be on stage.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> That&#x27;s where my life is. My life is, my musical life is on stage in front of people doing live shows rather than recording. I enjoy recording. I enjoy, especially the way we do it. I get together with my band and, you know, with my guys and do it, and I interpret it pretty much however I want to the songs that we do. But that&#x27;s not my cup of tea, if you will, basically. It&#x27;s something I enjoy, something I can do. But I&#x27;m much better at being on stage in front of people. Well, you know, let me tell you, and you&#x27;ve seen so many advances in the music industry. I mean, you can have your music digitized now and transferred from here all across the world with the press of a finger. But back in the day, and I think my memory&#x27;s right, I bought your cassette tape because I loved The Devil Went Down to Georgia.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> But then I would listen to all the other songs. And really what became my favorite song on that whole cassette was America. In America. In America. Yeah, in America. Because that was, and of course, I&#x27;ve heard it now lately because of what happened September 11th, and it&#x27;s like a song that never dies. I wrote that during the Iranian hostage crisis because there had been a kind of a lull in patriotism after the Vietnam War with the draft card burnings and all the things that were going on. And the kind of patriotism that seemed had gotten out of favor and not with me and not with a lot of people, which it seemed like the public in general. And when the Iranian hostage crisis happened, it awakened patriotism in people to make them realize about America and about what a great country it is and about we should not let people do us that way.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And I heard people wanting to do something about this. We ought to go over there and do this, we ought to do that. And I thought, wow, you never thought it ever would happen again. And that&#x27;s the main crux of the song. We never did think it ever would happen again in America. But it has happened, and we are here, and we&#x27;re strong, and we&#x27;re ready to take on all comers. So that was, every time something happens in the world that threatens our nation, that song kind of works in. Yeah, it&#x27;s a fantastic song. And, folks, if you haven&#x27;t heard it, In America by Charlie Daniels. And, folks, we are talking to Mr. Charlie Daniels. And, Charlie, finally here on this final segment here, I want to talk about the Down South Music Festival. And that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re coming. You&#x27;re coming to the area of Sanford, North Carolina, to help raise money, to help people that have been downtrodden.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> We&#x27;re looking forward to being there. And I don&#x27;t want anybody to think that we&#x27;re doing this for free because we&#x27;re not. We&#x27;re actually being paid for doing the show. But I&#x27;m always glad when the money that we raise is going for a good cause. And this is a good cause. And to go back and see all the home folks and do something good at the same time is a wonderful thing. Fantastic. I mean, we&#x27;re looking forward to seeing anybody come down as well. Folks, Charlie Daniels. Charlie, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Charlie Daniels joins Coach Pete to discuss his North Carolina roots, life in music, and performing for a good cause. This July 2013 interview includes stories from his career and his connection to the Sanford area.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Charlie Daniels</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Charlie Daniels, music, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd/image.jpg?t=1792072650&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charlie-daniels-music-north-carolina-and-giving-back/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd/image.jpg?t=1792072650&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/79257b36-d753-4ede-93be-b4e2014e63dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10462997" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charlie-daniels-music-north-carolina-and-giving-back</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>144</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Music, North Carolina, and Giving Back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Music and live entertainment" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wayne Allyn Root: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide</title>
      <itunes:title>Wayne Allyn Root: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;ve got a fantastic guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Las Vegas, Nevada. I&#x27;ve heard it called lost wages before. Las Vegas, Nevada. And he is the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. His name is Wayne Allen Root. Folks, you may have seen him as a host on CNBC. He&#x27;s been on Fox. I mean, he&#x27;s everywhere you look these days, and the book is fantastic. Wayne, welcome in. You know what&#x27;s funny, Coach Pete, is I wrote this book as a political book. When you hear that title, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, it certainly sounds like a political book. And it opened up as the number one book in the United States of America at Amazon in the political category. But then the same day it went to number one in the finance category.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And the next day it went to number one in the economics category. And I think most people who bought it thought of it as a financial book, which is good, because I&#x27;m on your show, which is a financial show. So it started out as politics, but I&#x27;m a small businessman. And everything I write about, I write from a financial perspective, how it affects a businessman or woman like me. And that&#x27;s what this book wound up becoming about. It went from politics really to being a finance book, telling you how to get your finances in order over the next, you know, over the second term of Barack Obama. Well, isn&#x27;t it funny, though, how – and it&#x27;s not really funny, I guess ironic – how politics and financial matters overlap? Well, they&#x27;re the same thing. I mean, in other words, I&#x27;ve been a guy that&#x27;s been in politics my whole life. I don&#x27;t remember if you mentioned it in the opening. I don&#x27;t think you did.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> But you may not know I was the vice presidential candidate of the Libertarian Party in 2008. And so I was on the ticket. Bob Barr, the former Republican congressman, was the presidential candidate. I won the vice presidential nomination, and I&#x27;m a political observer and commentator on Fox News and thousands of conservative radio talk stations. But all I ever talk about is money because, to me, politics is about money. It&#x27;s about the economy. Everything else is like number 10,001 on a list of what&#x27;s important from 1 through 10,000. You know, abortion, gay marriage, stem cell research. None of it matters if you can&#x27;t run a business. None of it matters if you don&#x27;t have a job. It&#x27;s like one of my heroes, Ronald Reagan, once said, you know, when your neighbor loses his job, it&#x27;s a recession. When you lose your job, it&#x27;s a depression and a tragedy.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And so if you can&#x27;t find a job in this economy, does abortion really matter? All that matters is, first, you&#x27;ve got to be working. So I think politics is, first and foremost, about economics. And that&#x27;s how I wrote – you know, that was the angle, how I wrote The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Well, it&#x27;s a great book, too. And, yeah, here&#x27;s what I talk to. I talk to people every single day throughout the nation. And what they tell me, Wayne, is they just want the government to leave them alone. They want to be left alone. Business owners are getting trampled by all these regulations, rules, taxes, you name it. We&#x27;re getting trampled as small businessmen out here. Well, you&#x27;re talking my language. And I come up with the facts. See, that&#x27;s the problem is that very often people on the left and the Obama team doesn&#x27;t like facts. And when you give them facts, they get scared and they try and change the topic and they demonize you.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> So here&#x27;s a fact. You know, you mentioned we don&#x27;t want government in our lives. We just want to be left alone. Too many regulations. But did you know the exact number of regulations since January 1st until March 31st? I don&#x27;t have updated numbers for the second quarter. But for the first quarter of 2013, the Barack Obama administration added 6,118 new government regulations. That&#x27;s an average of 68 a day. Listen, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s possible. I think he&#x27;s got like 24 hours a day sweatshop going. And lawyers are being whipped in the sweatshop to come up with ways to destroy business and block businessmen from making money. But how could you ever come up with 6,118 new government regulations in three months? And that came on the heels of the fourth quarter, which was terrible, right?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It was in retraction. Our country&#x27;s going in reverse. And to solve the problem, they stuck 6,118 new regulations in the way of every businessman and woman in America. This is crazy. So I come up with stats that they can&#x27;t debate. Nobody could argue with that. That&#x27;s a real number. You know where I got it? Regulations.gov. I got it from the government&#x27;s website. And guess what&#x27;s happened since then? I don&#x27;t have the updated final number, but I know that the average in April and May was 72 new government regulations a day. Remember now, I just said the first three months, it was 68 regulations a day. Now it&#x27;s been 72. So the economy keeps getting worse, and they keep adding more regulations. And people wonder why there&#x27;s a correlation between those two, or if there&#x27;s a correlation.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You&#x27;re darn right there&#x27;s a correlation. One is causing the other. You can&#x27;t run a business with 72 new regulations every day because no small businessman can possibly keep up with the regulation. Well, it&#x27;s like an out-of-control train coming down the tracks, isn&#x27;t it? Going faster and faster down the hill. Well, yeah, and you can&#x27;t believe what you hear in the media. So many lies. You know, last month, or I should say last week or two, I guess it was about two weeks ago now, there was a new jobs report for the month before, the month prior, which was June. And the jobs report for June said 195,000 jobs created. And that was about a couple weeks ago. People were jumping up and down saying, well, the media was anyway, saying, what great news we&#x27;re in recovery. Well, you know, if you read headlines, you&#x27;re reading lies.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The headlines are set up so that you get excited and you buy the newspaper or you tune into the news show. But then when you go to the eighth paragraph, that&#x27;s where they bury the real lead story, the facts. And if you dig down into the unemployment report, yes, overall, they claim 195,000 jobs are created, but they were all part-time jobs. Hey, Coach Pete, last month, 360,000 part-time jobs were created in the United States in one month. Guess how many full-time jobs are created? Zero. Zero. Negative 240,000. So we lost good jobs. We gained part-time jobs. And so when you look at the start of the year, since January 1st through July 1st, 130,000 full-time jobs are created in a country of 330 million people.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That&#x27;s the total number of net positive full-time jobs created, 130,000. You need 100,000 a month just to keep equal with population and birth. You need 100,000 a month. We created 130,000 in six months. None of that deals with the 9 million or so people who lost their jobs in this Great Depression, number two. So when you talk about how bad things are, 101 million Americans are on food assistance. Only 97 million Americans have jobs in the private sector. So more people get food stamps and food checks from the government of all kinds. They have all kinds of names. They call it the overall umbrella is called food assistance. More people get checks from government to pay for their food than have jobs in the private sector in the United States in the year 2013.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> If those numbers don&#x27;t make you just open your jaw in awe, I don&#x27;t know what else I could say to prove to you that the economy is in reverse right now. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;re talking to Wayne Allen Root. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. And on the cover of the book, the book is almost 450 pages, by the way, folks, and a great read. On the cover, we have a comment from Ann Coulter. She says, Wayne shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell. And that&#x27;s what it sounds like here, Wayne, because as independent people out here, we&#x27;re independent thinkers. We&#x27;re trying to make our own money. We want to have our own retirement. And by the way, Obama says you can only have a certain amount of money in retirement plans now, which is crazy. How does the average American listening to our show right now who&#x27;s trying to plan for retirement, how do they combat all the silliness out there in the political world to make sure their retirement is as comfortable as they wanted it to be?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Well, you know, before you worry about making money, I think you have to worry about protecting your money. I think that&#x27;s the most important thing is protecting what you&#x27;ve got, even more than thinking, how can I double it or triple it? Because in this environment, the answer is you probably can&#x27;t double it or triple it. It&#x27;s very difficult. But you certainly better make sure you protect what&#x27;s already there. So if you&#x27;re listening right now and, you know, you make X amount of dollars and you have X amount of assets and you say, well, how do I protect it? Well, here&#x27;s the first thing. I went out and I interviewed for my book 18 of the richest men in America. Okay? It just happened to be that somebody said, yes, I&#x27;ll participate in your book, 18. That&#x27;s where that number came from. I called them and 18 said yes, and they wrote 18 separate chapters. And then I went and looked at what they all had to say, and here&#x27;s some of the commonalities that 18 men who are almost all worth $100 million or more said the average middle class person has to do.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Number one, here&#x27;s the one thing they all agreed on, all 18. You have to move to a no-tax state. You have to get your assets to a Nevada, a Florida, a Texas, a Tennessee, an Alaska, a Wyoming. Those are the no-tax states in the United States. I live in Las Vegas, Nevada. See, I&#x27;m already ahead of the ballgame. I knew that 13 years ago. I moved to Las Vegas because I wanted to get the hell out of New York, California, two states that I had lived in most of my life. And I couldn&#x27;t stand the taxes. And I moved to Nevada where the income tax rate is zero. So these really rich guys pointed out they don&#x27;t understand how the average middle class person doesn&#x27;t get this. These guys would say things to me like, I&#x27;m worth $100 million, Wayne, and I would never give an extra $1.50 to the state of California.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Why would 48 million people live in California and be willing to pay 13.3% state income tax when I&#x27;m worth $100 million? I wouldn&#x27;t even think of paying that extra money to the state. That&#x27;s why I live in Florida, Texas, or Nevada. That&#x27;s where almost every one of the millionaires moved. And none of them started out there. So you&#x27;ve got to get there because they all pointed out that over a 40-year working career, you might have an extra half million to a million dollars on the day you retire just because you live in a no-tax state. So that was the first tip they all gave me. The second one was they all said don&#x27;t worry about whether gold is going up or down today. In the long run, gold is the greatest insurance policy in the world. And over time, you&#x27;ll always do great. Gold&#x27;s done great for 5,000 years. It has done better than paper money issued by the United States government or any other government.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> So gold is done fairly lousy of late, but it doesn&#x27;t matter. That&#x27;s a short-term blip. That&#x27;s like predicting the stock market today or tomorrow. Over time, gold always does well. So here was the stat they gave me that just blew my mind, Coach Pete. I just couldn&#x27;t believe it. In 1913, if you had a million dollars in cash stuffed in your mattress, today it would be worth $40,000. A million dollars in 1913 because of inflation and the value of the dollar has gone down so much is today worth $40,000. But if you put the same million dollars in gold, today it&#x27;s worth somewhere north of $70 million. $40,000 versus $70 million in exactly 100 years, 1913 to 2013. How&#x27;s that for a long-term positive appreciation?</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> So they said, don&#x27;t worry if gold goes down this week or this month. Consider it a great buying opportunity. You&#x27;re getting in cheaper. Over the long run, the U.S. dollar will go down. And we just recently heard Ben Bernanke just a couple weeks ago report that, yes, siri, the economy isn&#x27;t so bad. We&#x27;re going to continue QE3 and 4 and infinity. We&#x27;re going to keep printing money because there is no choice. He just came out and finally admitted that. And that&#x27;s going to make gold go up in the near term. So I think gold&#x27;s a very important part of anybody&#x27;s strategy to protect their money and even to try and multiply their money. Good thing. I think energy stocks are good with Barack Obama as president because anything that is limited, you can&#x27;t get enough of it, is going to go up in value. And Obama keeps trying to put coal out of business and he won&#x27;t issue any drilling permits for oil.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> And so it becomes more valuable and the price goes up. So most of my 18 millionaires and billionaires thought you should invest in oil and energy. And here&#x27;s a big one. People are moving like crazy to the states I just recommended, Nevada, Texas, Florida. There are a lot of states that are financially healthy and growing with population. And then there are states that are dying. I call them Democrat blue states. You know, they&#x27;re high-tax states. Everybody&#x27;s leaving. No one wants to live there. New York, California, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, terrible states financially. They&#x27;re train wrecks. So you want to buy the bonds, not of every state in America, only of the good states that are a good financial condition that people are moving to that have a great financial future. So that was another hint, suggestion that a lot of my millionaires and billionaires gave.</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> And then here&#x27;s one from me, Wayne Root. You want to homeschool your children. You know, I grew up here last 13 years I&#x27;ve been in Las Vegas. My kids grew up here. They&#x27;re educated here. The Vegas schools are the worst in America, but all the schools are bad in America. We just have the worst SAT scores in history in the United States of America. The dropout rate is mind-boggling all over the country. But here in Las Vegas, about 45% of the kids drop out of high school. Wow. And the ones who do graduate are, you know, are dumbed down so badly they can&#x27;t even attend community college without remedial math and English. So my kids were raised here homeschooled. My daughter is a straight-A student at Harvard. So if you want your kids to have a future in this America and you want them to make big money and have a great career and a profession,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> you&#x27;re going to have to figure out something to do other than to allow them to go to public schools. To me, even though there&#x27;s a financial show, Coach B, nothing is more important than the future financial opportunities for your children. And they&#x27;re not going to have any opportunity if you let them get educated in public school. I cannot agree more with that. I mean, that is so true. I mean, people are getting brainwashed every single day. Hey, let me ask you one final point here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment. But you talked about the states that are doing so bad, and I&#x27;ve heard it through the grapevine now that when states like, you know, California out there, out west, right next to you or Illinois, when they get into so much trouble where they can&#x27;t pay their debts, they&#x27;re going to try to hit up the federal government to help them bail themselves out, which will mean us in the good states, the states we&#x27;re working hard at and not getting all these giveaway programs thrown out by the state.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> We&#x27;re going to have to bail out big states like that, aren&#x27;t we? Well, you know, you have to bail them out if the country is run by Barack Obama, you know, in the next three years. You have to bail them out if the country is doing well financially. Maybe that has to happen. But if the country is bankrupt, I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to be bailing out the states when the federal government is so bankrupt. Right now it owes just under $17 trillion. If you add an unfunded liability, it&#x27;s about $100 trillion. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the money to bail anyone out at this point, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the political will to get it passed. It&#x27;ll have to pass the United States Congress, and the House is run by Republicans who will never allow that to happen as long as they keep the House. So I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be able to pull that off on us. But I will tell you this, Pete, I know time is short. I&#x27;ll keep it short. My millionaires and billionaires in the Ultimate Obama Survival Guide also recommended for that reason, investing with your stockbroker here in America,</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> but investing in foreign stocks and mutual funds because they feel America is really not going to do as well for the next five and ten years as other countries all over the world, especially the emerging markets. It won&#x27;t grow as fast because of the tax policies and regulation policies of Barack Obama. So invest globally. Think internationally. Don&#x27;t think everything is about America. It&#x27;s not. There&#x27;s lots of great countries to invest in. Folks, his name is Wayne Allen Root. Again, the name of the book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. If you join the interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com. Wayne, I hope to have you on again in the future and talk about more of these topics and also when you have another book come out. Thank you, Coach Pete. Love to be on and talk to you anytime.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> My website&#x27;s rootforamerica.com, and the book is The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Have yourself a great day and a great weekend. God bless. You too, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;ve got a fantastic guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Las Vegas, Nevada. I&#x27;ve heard it called lost wages before. Las Vegas, Nevada. And he is the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. His name is Wayne Allen Root. Folks, you may have seen him as a host on CNBC. He&#x27;s been on Fox. I mean, he&#x27;s everywhere you look these days, and the book is fantastic. Wayne, welcome in. You know what&#x27;s funny, Coach Pete, is I wrote this book as a political book. When you hear that title, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, it certainly sounds like a political book. And it opened up as the number one book in the United States of America at Amazon in the political category. But then the same day it went to number one in the finance category.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And the next day it went to number one in the economics category. And I think most people who bought it thought of it as a financial book, which is good, because I&#x27;m on your show, which is a financial show. So it started out as politics, but I&#x27;m a small businessman. And everything I write about, I write from a financial perspective, how it affects a businessman or woman like me. And that&#x27;s what this book wound up becoming about. It went from politics really to being a finance book, telling you how to get your finances in order over the next, you know, over the second term of Barack Obama. Well, isn&#x27;t it funny, though, how – and it&#x27;s not really funny, I guess ironic – how politics and financial matters overlap? Well, they&#x27;re the same thing. I mean, in other words, I&#x27;ve been a guy that&#x27;s been in politics my whole life. I don&#x27;t remember if you mentioned it in the opening. I don&#x27;t think you did.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> But you may not know I was the vice presidential candidate of the Libertarian Party in 2008. And so I was on the ticket. Bob Barr, the former Republican congressman, was the presidential candidate. I won the vice presidential nomination, and I&#x27;m a political observer and commentator on Fox News and thousands of conservative radio talk stations. But all I ever talk about is money because, to me, politics is about money. It&#x27;s about the economy. Everything else is like number 10,001 on a list of what&#x27;s important from 1 through 10,000. You know, abortion, gay marriage, stem cell research. None of it matters if you can&#x27;t run a business. None of it matters if you don&#x27;t have a job. It&#x27;s like one of my heroes, Ronald Reagan, once said, you know, when your neighbor loses his job, it&#x27;s a recession. When you lose your job, it&#x27;s a depression and a tragedy.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And so if you can&#x27;t find a job in this economy, does abortion really matter? All that matters is, first, you&#x27;ve got to be working. So I think politics is, first and foremost, about economics. And that&#x27;s how I wrote – you know, that was the angle, how I wrote The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Well, it&#x27;s a great book, too. And, yeah, here&#x27;s what I talk to. I talk to people every single day throughout the nation. And what they tell me, Wayne, is they just want the government to leave them alone. They want to be left alone. Business owners are getting trampled by all these regulations, rules, taxes, you name it. We&#x27;re getting trampled as small businessmen out here. Well, you&#x27;re talking my language. And I come up with the facts. See, that&#x27;s the problem is that very often people on the left and the Obama team doesn&#x27;t like facts. And when you give them facts, they get scared and they try and change the topic and they demonize you.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> So here&#x27;s a fact. You know, you mentioned we don&#x27;t want government in our lives. We just want to be left alone. Too many regulations. But did you know the exact number of regulations since January 1st until March 31st? I don&#x27;t have updated numbers for the second quarter. But for the first quarter of 2013, the Barack Obama administration added 6,118 new government regulations. That&#x27;s an average of 68 a day. Listen, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s possible. I think he&#x27;s got like 24 hours a day sweatshop going. And lawyers are being whipped in the sweatshop to come up with ways to destroy business and block businessmen from making money. But how could you ever come up with 6,118 new government regulations in three months? And that came on the heels of the fourth quarter, which was terrible, right?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It was in retraction. Our country&#x27;s going in reverse. And to solve the problem, they stuck 6,118 new regulations in the way of every businessman and woman in America. This is crazy. So I come up with stats that they can&#x27;t debate. Nobody could argue with that. That&#x27;s a real number. You know where I got it? Regulations.gov. I got it from the government&#x27;s website. And guess what&#x27;s happened since then? I don&#x27;t have the updated final number, but I know that the average in April and May was 72 new government regulations a day. Remember now, I just said the first three months, it was 68 regulations a day. Now it&#x27;s been 72. So the economy keeps getting worse, and they keep adding more regulations. And people wonder why there&#x27;s a correlation between those two, or if there&#x27;s a correlation.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You&#x27;re darn right there&#x27;s a correlation. One is causing the other. You can&#x27;t run a business with 72 new regulations every day because no small businessman can possibly keep up with the regulation. Well, it&#x27;s like an out-of-control train coming down the tracks, isn&#x27;t it? Going faster and faster down the hill. Well, yeah, and you can&#x27;t believe what you hear in the media. So many lies. You know, last month, or I should say last week or two, I guess it was about two weeks ago now, there was a new jobs report for the month before, the month prior, which was June. And the jobs report for June said 195,000 jobs created. And that was about a couple weeks ago. People were jumping up and down saying, well, the media was anyway, saying, what great news we&#x27;re in recovery. Well, you know, if you read headlines, you&#x27;re reading lies.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The headlines are set up so that you get excited and you buy the newspaper or you tune into the news show. But then when you go to the eighth paragraph, that&#x27;s where they bury the real lead story, the facts. And if you dig down into the unemployment report, yes, overall, they claim 195,000 jobs are created, but they were all part-time jobs. Hey, Coach Pete, last month, 360,000 part-time jobs were created in the United States in one month. Guess how many full-time jobs are created? Zero. Zero. Negative 240,000. So we lost good jobs. We gained part-time jobs. And so when you look at the start of the year, since January 1st through July 1st, 130,000 full-time jobs are created in a country of 330 million people.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That&#x27;s the total number of net positive full-time jobs created, 130,000. You need 100,000 a month just to keep equal with population and birth. You need 100,000 a month. We created 130,000 in six months. None of that deals with the 9 million or so people who lost their jobs in this Great Depression, number two. So when you talk about how bad things are, 101 million Americans are on food assistance. Only 97 million Americans have jobs in the private sector. So more people get food stamps and food checks from the government of all kinds. They have all kinds of names. They call it the overall umbrella is called food assistance. More people get checks from government to pay for their food than have jobs in the private sector in the United States in the year 2013.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> If those numbers don&#x27;t make you just open your jaw in awe, I don&#x27;t know what else I could say to prove to you that the economy is in reverse right now. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;re talking to Wayne Allen Root. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. And on the cover of the book, the book is almost 450 pages, by the way, folks, and a great read. On the cover, we have a comment from Ann Coulter. She says, Wayne shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell. And that&#x27;s what it sounds like here, Wayne, because as independent people out here, we&#x27;re independent thinkers. We&#x27;re trying to make our own money. We want to have our own retirement. And by the way, Obama says you can only have a certain amount of money in retirement plans now, which is crazy. How does the average American listening to our show right now who&#x27;s trying to plan for retirement, how do they combat all the silliness out there in the political world to make sure their retirement is as comfortable as they wanted it to be?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Well, you know, before you worry about making money, I think you have to worry about protecting your money. I think that&#x27;s the most important thing is protecting what you&#x27;ve got, even more than thinking, how can I double it or triple it? Because in this environment, the answer is you probably can&#x27;t double it or triple it. It&#x27;s very difficult. But you certainly better make sure you protect what&#x27;s already there. So if you&#x27;re listening right now and, you know, you make X amount of dollars and you have X amount of assets and you say, well, how do I protect it? Well, here&#x27;s the first thing. I went out and I interviewed for my book 18 of the richest men in America. Okay? It just happened to be that somebody said, yes, I&#x27;ll participate in your book, 18. That&#x27;s where that number came from. I called them and 18 said yes, and they wrote 18 separate chapters. And then I went and looked at what they all had to say, and here&#x27;s some of the commonalities that 18 men who are almost all worth $100 million or more said the average middle class person has to do.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Number one, here&#x27;s the one thing they all agreed on, all 18. You have to move to a no-tax state. You have to get your assets to a Nevada, a Florida, a Texas, a Tennessee, an Alaska, a Wyoming. Those are the no-tax states in the United States. I live in Las Vegas, Nevada. See, I&#x27;m already ahead of the ballgame. I knew that 13 years ago. I moved to Las Vegas because I wanted to get the hell out of New York, California, two states that I had lived in most of my life. And I couldn&#x27;t stand the taxes. And I moved to Nevada where the income tax rate is zero. So these really rich guys pointed out they don&#x27;t understand how the average middle class person doesn&#x27;t get this. These guys would say things to me like, I&#x27;m worth $100 million, Wayne, and I would never give an extra $1.50 to the state of California.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Why would 48 million people live in California and be willing to pay 13.3% state income tax when I&#x27;m worth $100 million? I wouldn&#x27;t even think of paying that extra money to the state. That&#x27;s why I live in Florida, Texas, or Nevada. That&#x27;s where almost every one of the millionaires moved. And none of them started out there. So you&#x27;ve got to get there because they all pointed out that over a 40-year working career, you might have an extra half million to a million dollars on the day you retire just because you live in a no-tax state. So that was the first tip they all gave me. The second one was they all said don&#x27;t worry about whether gold is going up or down today. In the long run, gold is the greatest insurance policy in the world. And over time, you&#x27;ll always do great. Gold&#x27;s done great for 5,000 years. It has done better than paper money issued by the United States government or any other government.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> So gold is done fairly lousy of late, but it doesn&#x27;t matter. That&#x27;s a short-term blip. That&#x27;s like predicting the stock market today or tomorrow. Over time, gold always does well. So here was the stat they gave me that just blew my mind, Coach Pete. I just couldn&#x27;t believe it. In 1913, if you had a million dollars in cash stuffed in your mattress, today it would be worth $40,000. A million dollars in 1913 because of inflation and the value of the dollar has gone down so much is today worth $40,000. But if you put the same million dollars in gold, today it&#x27;s worth somewhere north of $70 million. $40,000 versus $70 million in exactly 100 years, 1913 to 2013. How&#x27;s that for a long-term positive appreciation?</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> So they said, don&#x27;t worry if gold goes down this week or this month. Consider it a great buying opportunity. You&#x27;re getting in cheaper. Over the long run, the U.S. dollar will go down. And we just recently heard Ben Bernanke just a couple weeks ago report that, yes, siri, the economy isn&#x27;t so bad. We&#x27;re going to continue QE3 and 4 and infinity. We&#x27;re going to keep printing money because there is no choice. He just came out and finally admitted that. And that&#x27;s going to make gold go up in the near term. So I think gold&#x27;s a very important part of anybody&#x27;s strategy to protect their money and even to try and multiply their money. Good thing. I think energy stocks are good with Barack Obama as president because anything that is limited, you can&#x27;t get enough of it, is going to go up in value. And Obama keeps trying to put coal out of business and he won&#x27;t issue any drilling permits for oil.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> And so it becomes more valuable and the price goes up. So most of my 18 millionaires and billionaires thought you should invest in oil and energy. And here&#x27;s a big one. People are moving like crazy to the states I just recommended, Nevada, Texas, Florida. There are a lot of states that are financially healthy and growing with population. And then there are states that are dying. I call them Democrat blue states. You know, they&#x27;re high-tax states. Everybody&#x27;s leaving. No one wants to live there. New York, California, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, terrible states financially. They&#x27;re train wrecks. So you want to buy the bonds, not of every state in America, only of the good states that are a good financial condition that people are moving to that have a great financial future. So that was another hint, suggestion that a lot of my millionaires and billionaires gave.</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> And then here&#x27;s one from me, Wayne Root. You want to homeschool your children. You know, I grew up here last 13 years I&#x27;ve been in Las Vegas. My kids grew up here. They&#x27;re educated here. The Vegas schools are the worst in America, but all the schools are bad in America. We just have the worst SAT scores in history in the United States of America. The dropout rate is mind-boggling all over the country. But here in Las Vegas, about 45% of the kids drop out of high school. Wow. And the ones who do graduate are, you know, are dumbed down so badly they can&#x27;t even attend community college without remedial math and English. So my kids were raised here homeschooled. My daughter is a straight-A student at Harvard. So if you want your kids to have a future in this America and you want them to make big money and have a great career and a profession,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> you&#x27;re going to have to figure out something to do other than to allow them to go to public schools. To me, even though there&#x27;s a financial show, Coach B, nothing is more important than the future financial opportunities for your children. And they&#x27;re not going to have any opportunity if you let them get educated in public school. I cannot agree more with that. I mean, that is so true. I mean, people are getting brainwashed every single day. Hey, let me ask you one final point here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment. But you talked about the states that are doing so bad, and I&#x27;ve heard it through the grapevine now that when states like, you know, California out there, out west, right next to you or Illinois, when they get into so much trouble where they can&#x27;t pay their debts, they&#x27;re going to try to hit up the federal government to help them bail themselves out, which will mean us in the good states, the states we&#x27;re working hard at and not getting all these giveaway programs thrown out by the state.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> We&#x27;re going to have to bail out big states like that, aren&#x27;t we? Well, you know, you have to bail them out if the country is run by Barack Obama, you know, in the next three years. You have to bail them out if the country is doing well financially. Maybe that has to happen. But if the country is bankrupt, I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to be bailing out the states when the federal government is so bankrupt. Right now it owes just under $17 trillion. If you add an unfunded liability, it&#x27;s about $100 trillion. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the money to bail anyone out at this point, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the political will to get it passed. It&#x27;ll have to pass the United States Congress, and the House is run by Republicans who will never allow that to happen as long as they keep the House. So I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be able to pull that off on us. But I will tell you this, Pete, I know time is short. I&#x27;ll keep it short. My millionaires and billionaires in the Ultimate Obama Survival Guide also recommended for that reason, investing with your stockbroker here in America,</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> but investing in foreign stocks and mutual funds because they feel America is really not going to do as well for the next five and ten years as other countries all over the world, especially the emerging markets. It won&#x27;t grow as fast because of the tax policies and regulation policies of Barack Obama. So invest globally. Think internationally. Don&#x27;t think everything is about America. It&#x27;s not. There&#x27;s lots of great countries to invest in. Folks, his name is Wayne Allen Root. Again, the name of the book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. If you join the interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com. Wayne, I hope to have you on again in the future and talk about more of these topics and also when you have another book come out. Thank you, Coach Pete. Love to be on and talk to you anytime.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> My website&#x27;s rootforamerica.com, and the book is The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Have yourself a great day and a great weekend. God bless. You too, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Wayne Allyn Root</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Wayne Allyn Root, entrepreneurship, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/image.jpg?t=1792072577&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wayne-allyn-root-the-ultimate-obama-survival-guide/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/image.jpg?t=1792072577&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>972</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15586595" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wayne-allyn-root-the-ultimate-obama-survival-guide</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>145</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:48" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Davidson: Intelligence Work and Incubus</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Davidson: Intelligence Work and Incubus</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Davidson joins Coach Pete to discuss his intelligence career and the thriller Incubus. This June 2013 conversation explores the experiences behind his writing and the intelligence issues being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a pretty special one here. He&#x27;s a pretty good specialist in CIA and what&#x27;s going on in the government intelligence situation. He&#x27;s also an author of a great book called Incubus. I&#x27;m going to talk about that. It&#x27;s a fast-paced, multifaceted action thriller about intrigue and conspiracy at the highest levels. His name is Michael Davidson. He&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Harrisonburg, Virginia. Michael, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Thanks very much for having me. Now, tell the folks who Michael Davidson is. Well, Michael Davidson is a former CIA clandestine services officer. I served in the agency for a little bit over 28 years and spent four years in the military before that,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> ending up in the military as the translator in the White House at our end of the Moscow-Washington hotline. My Russian language expertise interested the CIA, and the rest is history. I think the USA Network has a series called The Americans. Have you seen that? I certainly have. Yes, I have. I mean, that&#x27;s a fascinating show, and it probably hits home with you, too, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, it does. Those were the guys that I was chasing around the world for 28 years. My specialty, of course, was the Soviet Union and its Warsaw Facts allies, the main opponent, of course, being the KGB,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> the GRU and the various intel services of the satellite countries. And I find the Americans interesting in that I think it&#x27;s a consciousness-raising exercise, since the Soviets pretty well penetrated the United States with their agents beginning in 1933, when Franklin Roosevelt first recognized them diplomatically. And they&#x27;ve not stopped since the end of the Cold War. You have to remember that Vladimir Putin is a former KGB officer, and he still thinks along those lines. Once you&#x27;re an intel officer, you&#x27;re always an intel officer. Yeah, and this was about the Cold War. And, you know, I&#x27;m 47 years old, so I remember these times.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, in sleeper cells from the Soviet Union that were here in America, they were just acting like regular Americans, and that&#x27;s why the show&#x27;s called The Americans. And there&#x27;s a famous saying, those who fail to learn from history are deemed to repeat it. Michael, that same thing could be happening right now with other countries planning sleeper cells right here in America as well. Well, especially the Chinese, given the open border policy we seem to have these days. There are thousands of Chinese students in the United States learning our languages, learning and picking up our scientific achievements, taking them back home, and even getting jobs in rather sensitive areas of U.S. industry. So I&#x27;m sure the same old game, if you want to call it that, is continuing.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> The Russians, of course, we&#x27;ve, within the past couple of years, the FBI has detected and uncovered at least two Russian cells, illegal operations in the United States, one down in Texas and the other one up in New England. So it&#x27;s same old, same old. What about, in just a recent case here, government contractors having access to sensitive information? How do you feel about that? I also heard there&#x27;s millions of people who have high security clearance these days. I mean, Michael, that&#x27;s too many people knowing too much, isn&#x27;t it? About 1.3 million top secret security clearances, I think, is the number. And, yeah, I think that&#x27;s a little high.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> But here&#x27;s the problem. Ever since 9-11, we&#x27;ve had to expand our intelligence capabilities, both in the human and technical areas, if we&#x27;re going to be able to really place a shield around the United States to protect us from this asymmetrical warfare that&#x27;s going on against us. We&#x27;re engaged in a worldwide conflict right now. We really have to keep our finger on the pulse of what&#x27;s happening all over the world, not just in the Middle East. And what this has meant is that the government has had to hire contractors, such as Booz Allen, to handle the overload of information that we&#x27;re getting. There&#x27;s just so much information out there, if you can imagine.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And what happens when you have sort of a, I almost call it a laissez-faire attitude, towards bringing people with technical expertise in, giving them a short course in security, and slapping a top-secret clearance on them, then placing them in a position to have access to highly sensitive information, is a problem because it appears to me that there&#x27;s not sufficient oversight of these people once they&#x27;re in place. There&#x27;s not even sufficient vetting. If you can imagine running background investigations on 1.3 million people, it&#x27;s a very, very daunting task. Absolutely. And then you wonder, who&#x27;s doing the background checks?</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Well, more contractors are doing background checks. So it&#x27;s contractor on contractor, and you end up with a situation where, you know, an irresponsible, dishonorable person like this Snowden character can cause untold grief to our intelligence community. Let&#x27;s talk about your novel, Incubus. What caused you to write it, and, you know, how excited are you about it? Well, I&#x27;m pretty excited. Incubus is the sequel to my first novel, which was called Harry&#x27;s Rules that introduces my main character, who appears throughout both novels. Incubus was actually inspired, if you will,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> by the testimony of former director of central intelligence Richard Helms before a congressional committee in 1978, where, in speaking about the defection of a fellow named Nosenko, who was fairly infamous, I think, if you recall, he was thought by James Jesus Angleton to be a Soviet double agent and subjected to imprisonment and interrogation for several months as they tried to sort this out. And Helms has said of that entire affair that it was hanging like an incubus over the CIA. There are many, many questions which are still viable</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> concerning the Nosenko defection and what he claimed to be and what he claimed the Soviets were working on at that time. And so I&#x27;ve taken those facts, those actual historical circumstances, and woven a novel around it which should be a great favorite of conspiracy theorists the world over because it concerns one of the biggest conspiracy theories in the history of the United States. Yeah, well, I mean, that&#x27;s a... We never know what&#x27;s going to happen. And I love novels like this because, you know, you have a knowledge background, it&#x27;s almost like the John Clancy novels because he did a lot of research and then he&#x27;d write about things that were fascinating, writing fiction.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> But sometimes, I mean, it could almost lead to nonfiction, can&#x27;t it? Well, it can. And I think that since 1991 when the Soviet Union fell apart, people sort of lost track of the Russians. They thought they were suddenly going to become fat-happy capitalists and we didn&#x27;t have to worry about them anymore. And actually, that was very, very far from the truth, far from what has happened. And if you&#x27;re taking a look at what&#x27;s happening in Russia today as Putin consolidates his power, you&#x27;re seeing a more and more authoritarian system being reestablished in Russia.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> All right, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left in the show. If you had to put your finger on one thing that worries you the most, the biggest threat to the United States in the next five years, what do you think that would be? Well, that&#x27;s very, very difficult when there are so many problems facing us in terms of, so far, uncontrolled immigration, illegal immigration, the problems with the Middle East. Terrorism is going to remain a serious threat to the United States for many, many years to come. We&#x27;re only at the beginning of this. You have what&#x27;s happening in Syria right now, which is a flashpoint between Russia, Iran, and the United States,</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> not to mention Israel. Israel, you have, I would say the biggest physical threat is the proliferation of nuclear weapons. One of these days, some nut is going to get his hand on a nuclear weapon. And I think of the North Koreans and the Iranians in particular here. And we&#x27;re going to have a nuclear conflict somewhere. And that is what scares the bejabers out of me right now. Yeah, me too. I mean, there&#x27;s too many people. If your enemy doesn&#x27;t care about their own life, then we&#x27;re in trouble. And that&#x27;s what we see a lot of times. Folks, his name is Michael Davidson. You can check out his website to get an autographed copy of his book. You can order him there. Michael, what&#x27;s your website? MichaelRDavidson.com.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> You&#x27;ve got to put that R in the middle. They&#x27;re all small letters. MichaelRDavidson.com. We&#x27;ll also put a link to this interview in its entirety and a link to Michael&#x27;s website from our website, FinancialSafari.com. Michael, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a great pleasure. Sure thing. The pleasure is all on this end of the microphone. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Davidson joins Coach Pete to discuss his intelligence career and the thriller Incubus. This June 2013 conversation explores the experiences behind his writing and the intelligence issues being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest is a pretty special one here. He&#x27;s a pretty good specialist in CIA and what&#x27;s going on in the government intelligence situation. He&#x27;s also an author of a great book called Incubus. I&#x27;m going to talk about that. It&#x27;s a fast-paced, multifaceted action thriller about intrigue and conspiracy at the highest levels. His name is Michael Davidson. He&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Harrisonburg, Virginia. Michael, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Thanks very much for having me. Now, tell the folks who Michael Davidson is. Well, Michael Davidson is a former CIA clandestine services officer. I served in the agency for a little bit over 28 years and spent four years in the military before that,</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> ending up in the military as the translator in the White House at our end of the Moscow-Washington hotline. My Russian language expertise interested the CIA, and the rest is history. I think the USA Network has a series called The Americans. Have you seen that? I certainly have. Yes, I have. I mean, that&#x27;s a fascinating show, and it probably hits home with you, too, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, it does. Those were the guys that I was chasing around the world for 28 years. My specialty, of course, was the Soviet Union and its Warsaw Facts allies, the main opponent, of course, being the KGB,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> the GRU and the various intel services of the satellite countries. And I find the Americans interesting in that I think it&#x27;s a consciousness-raising exercise, since the Soviets pretty well penetrated the United States with their agents beginning in 1933, when Franklin Roosevelt first recognized them diplomatically. And they&#x27;ve not stopped since the end of the Cold War. You have to remember that Vladimir Putin is a former KGB officer, and he still thinks along those lines. Once you&#x27;re an intel officer, you&#x27;re always an intel officer. Yeah, and this was about the Cold War. And, you know, I&#x27;m 47 years old, so I remember these times.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, in sleeper cells from the Soviet Union that were here in America, they were just acting like regular Americans, and that&#x27;s why the show&#x27;s called The Americans. And there&#x27;s a famous saying, those who fail to learn from history are deemed to repeat it. Michael, that same thing could be happening right now with other countries planning sleeper cells right here in America as well. Well, especially the Chinese, given the open border policy we seem to have these days. There are thousands of Chinese students in the United States learning our languages, learning and picking up our scientific achievements, taking them back home, and even getting jobs in rather sensitive areas of U.S. industry. So I&#x27;m sure the same old game, if you want to call it that, is continuing.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> The Russians, of course, we&#x27;ve, within the past couple of years, the FBI has detected and uncovered at least two Russian cells, illegal operations in the United States, one down in Texas and the other one up in New England. So it&#x27;s same old, same old. What about, in just a recent case here, government contractors having access to sensitive information? How do you feel about that? I also heard there&#x27;s millions of people who have high security clearance these days. I mean, Michael, that&#x27;s too many people knowing too much, isn&#x27;t it? About 1.3 million top secret security clearances, I think, is the number. And, yeah, I think that&#x27;s a little high.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> But here&#x27;s the problem. Ever since 9-11, we&#x27;ve had to expand our intelligence capabilities, both in the human and technical areas, if we&#x27;re going to be able to really place a shield around the United States to protect us from this asymmetrical warfare that&#x27;s going on against us. We&#x27;re engaged in a worldwide conflict right now. We really have to keep our finger on the pulse of what&#x27;s happening all over the world, not just in the Middle East. And what this has meant is that the government has had to hire contractors, such as Booz Allen, to handle the overload of information that we&#x27;re getting. There&#x27;s just so much information out there, if you can imagine.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And what happens when you have sort of a, I almost call it a laissez-faire attitude, towards bringing people with technical expertise in, giving them a short course in security, and slapping a top-secret clearance on them, then placing them in a position to have access to highly sensitive information, is a problem because it appears to me that there&#x27;s not sufficient oversight of these people once they&#x27;re in place. There&#x27;s not even sufficient vetting. If you can imagine running background investigations on 1.3 million people, it&#x27;s a very, very daunting task. Absolutely. And then you wonder, who&#x27;s doing the background checks?</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Well, more contractors are doing background checks. So it&#x27;s contractor on contractor, and you end up with a situation where, you know, an irresponsible, dishonorable person like this Snowden character can cause untold grief to our intelligence community. Let&#x27;s talk about your novel, Incubus. What caused you to write it, and, you know, how excited are you about it? Well, I&#x27;m pretty excited. Incubus is the sequel to my first novel, which was called Harry&#x27;s Rules that introduces my main character, who appears throughout both novels. Incubus was actually inspired, if you will,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> by the testimony of former director of central intelligence Richard Helms before a congressional committee in 1978, where, in speaking about the defection of a fellow named Nosenko, who was fairly infamous, I think, if you recall, he was thought by James Jesus Angleton to be a Soviet double agent and subjected to imprisonment and interrogation for several months as they tried to sort this out. And Helms has said of that entire affair that it was hanging like an incubus over the CIA. There are many, many questions which are still viable</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> concerning the Nosenko defection and what he claimed to be and what he claimed the Soviets were working on at that time. And so I&#x27;ve taken those facts, those actual historical circumstances, and woven a novel around it which should be a great favorite of conspiracy theorists the world over because it concerns one of the biggest conspiracy theories in the history of the United States. Yeah, well, I mean, that&#x27;s a... We never know what&#x27;s going to happen. And I love novels like this because, you know, you have a knowledge background, it&#x27;s almost like the John Clancy novels because he did a lot of research and then he&#x27;d write about things that were fascinating, writing fiction.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> But sometimes, I mean, it could almost lead to nonfiction, can&#x27;t it? Well, it can. And I think that since 1991 when the Soviet Union fell apart, people sort of lost track of the Russians. They thought they were suddenly going to become fat-happy capitalists and we didn&#x27;t have to worry about them anymore. And actually, that was very, very far from the truth, far from what has happened. And if you&#x27;re taking a look at what&#x27;s happening in Russia today as Putin consolidates his power, you&#x27;re seeing a more and more authoritarian system being reestablished in Russia.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> All right, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left in the show. If you had to put your finger on one thing that worries you the most, the biggest threat to the United States in the next five years, what do you think that would be? Well, that&#x27;s very, very difficult when there are so many problems facing us in terms of, so far, uncontrolled immigration, illegal immigration, the problems with the Middle East. Terrorism is going to remain a serious threat to the United States for many, many years to come. We&#x27;re only at the beginning of this. You have what&#x27;s happening in Syria right now, which is a flashpoint between Russia, Iran, and the United States,</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> not to mention Israel. Israel, you have, I would say the biggest physical threat is the proliferation of nuclear weapons. One of these days, some nut is going to get his hand on a nuclear weapon. And I think of the North Koreans and the Iranians in particular here. And we&#x27;re going to have a nuclear conflict somewhere. And that is what scares the bejabers out of me right now. Yeah, me too. I mean, there&#x27;s too many people. If your enemy doesn&#x27;t care about their own life, then we&#x27;re in trouble. And that&#x27;s what we see a lot of times. Folks, his name is Michael Davidson. You can check out his website to get an autographed copy of his book. You can order him there. Michael, what&#x27;s your website? MichaelRDavidson.com.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> You&#x27;ve got to put that R in the middle. They&#x27;re all small letters. MichaelRDavidson.com. We&#x27;ll also put a link to this interview in its entirety and a link to Michael&#x27;s website from our website, FinancialSafari.com. Michael, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a great pleasure. Sure thing. The pleasure is all on this end of the microphone. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Davidson joins Coach Pete to discuss his intelligence career and the thriller Incubus. This June 2013 conversation explores the experiences behind his writing and the intelligence issues being debated at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Davidson</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Intelligence Work and Incubus</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Davidson, books and authors, Intelligence Work and Incubus, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266/image.jpg?t=1792072581&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-davidson-intelligence-work-and-incubus/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266/image.jpg?t=1792072581&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266</guid>
      <omny:clipId>34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>630</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/34b99f49-89ed-4e17-ba59-b4e2015a5266/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10123177" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-davidson-intelligence-work-and-incubus</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>146</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Intelligence Work and Incubus" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark DeWeaver: Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics</title>
      <itunes:title>Mark DeWeaver: Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest has written a book that I find fascinating. His name is Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. The name of the book is Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, subtitle Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Dr. DeWeaver, Mark, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this because I know a lot of people are investing in Chinese stocks or watching China. They&#x27;re trying to almost mirror what China&#x27;s doing over here. And you would argue maybe that doesn&#x27;t make sense most of the time or a lot of the time, correct? Yeah, I think there are a lot of misconceptions about what&#x27;s going on in the Chinese economy.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> A lot of times people look at what&#x27;s going on over there through the lens of their own preconceptions. So people on the left see it as proof that, hey, you know what, socialism works after all. And people on the right see it as some sort of looming menace to the world economy. It&#x27;s actually really none of those things. It has its own characteristics that don&#x27;t really have anything to do with the things that we normally think about as important. Now, I think it&#x27;s important for our viewers and our listeners to understand you&#x27;re not some guy who just did a bunch of Google searches and did all that research. You lived in China for 10 years, 85 to 94. That&#x27;s true, though.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I did some Google searches as well. But you experienced it. An indispensable tool. That&#x27;s right. Yes, yes, that&#x27;s right. If you don&#x27;t – searching Google is fine as long as you have a base knowledge. But if you Google search blindly, you get Google slapped, I call it, where you get misinformation and you start treating it as real information. Then all your friends start laughing at you behind your back. That&#x27;s true enough. It&#x27;s also possible to find true information and misunderstand what it means, what its significance is. We run into that all the time in the financial world. You put one name of a financial product in Google and you get 12, 15 million hits and then you read the first couple pages and you quit. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, Mark, that the first couple pages, at least on many of these search engines, are paid to play.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So that you have to pay to get there. Yeah, that&#x27;s right, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not a coincidence which ones come up first, is it? No, just because it&#x27;s first doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best. I mean, we had a guy in class, his last name, when I was in kindergarten, his last name ended with an A. And guess what? He always got to be first in line, so he always got that smirk back to me. And I was in a D&#x27;s. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay for that. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay. There was no fast pass like Disney World has a fast pass or where you pay extra to go to the front of the line. He got it free. And there was a book. We had a guy whose last name began with a Z in class. And there was a book about how the teacher reversed the order and went to Z first one time. And I remember that guy&#x27;s mom, I think, bought that book and gave it to the teacher one holiday season. But she never reversed the order, as always said. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world, though. So there&#x27;s always an order. There&#x27;s always going to be the stock of the day, the sector of the century a lot of times.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But what&#x27;s the proper – I know you manage a hedge fund and you look into what&#x27;s going on in the market. But what are some of the secrets here people can get from – to invest, I guess, to plan for retirement? What should someone do if they&#x27;re just trying to plan for retirement? Well, it&#x27;s a little hard to say how one should plan for retirement at the moment, because we can see that all the asset markets are quite distorted by U.S. monetary policy. There is no safe return to be made on anything. So one is forced to look for more risky bets. And that&#x27;s not really what one wants to do with one&#x27;s retirement savings either.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> So it seems to me that it&#x27;s really never been harder than it is now to find options for your retirement money. But if I had to sound one note of caution, I would say that with regard to China, I think that that&#x27;s not really a story that anyone should be putting retirement money into, because I think that the long-term trajectory for China&#x27;s growth is going to be down. That Chinese growth – I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to go down directly, but I think it&#x27;s going to go down in a series of lower highs and lower lows. And over the period of time we&#x27;re talking about with regard to retirement savings,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> that&#x27;s really not what you want. I think for someone that&#x27;s looking at something long-term, I would rather be betting on the U.S. economy. It seems to me the U.S. economy has a lot of bright spots that China doesn&#x27;t really have. But I do see a lot of what we call story stocks out there pushed on the Internet, and people buy Chinese stocks, and they go right into the Chinese stock market. And there&#x27;s always that debate, Dr. DeWeaver. Is investing in the Chinese economy – is your money really safe? I mean, yes, they seem like they&#x27;re free. They&#x27;re trying to portray the fact that they&#x27;re a free market enterprise there, but could the Chinese government come in and eliminate all your shares someday? Oh, I don&#x27;t really think that&#x27;s a risk, though. Good. Yeah, of course, anything&#x27;s possible.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But I think that particular risk is kind of remote. The risk that all the assets would be renationalized in some dramatic way seems to me to be a remote risk. Let&#x27;s check that off the list. But I think the real risk is just the risk one always has, that the price isn&#x27;t going to go up enough to compensate you for the inflation between now and when you retire. When we look at the Japanese economy, I mean, look what&#x27;s been happening there. The market there hasn&#x27;t recovered in 20-some years. Yeah, right. And that&#x27;s exactly, I think, what the worry should be with regard to investing in Chinese stocks for the long term, is that it really seems that there are a number of rather striking parallels between China today and Japan in, say, 1990.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And once a country like that goes X growth, you don&#x27;t really see the returns in the stock market anymore. You can find interesting opportunities for short-term investing, but it&#x27;s really not a long-term story anymore. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. He&#x27;s the author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Now, one of the things that I&#x27;ve read about, and again, this could be Google Slap, so you can slap me if you want on air because I won&#x27;t feel it. But I&#x27;ve read that there are a lot of – I mean, the Chinese have been pouring billions and billions into building cities, and no one&#x27;s there yet.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Right, yeah. This is a really strange phenomenon that has occurred in a number of Chinese cities by now to varying extents. And it really seems to be the case that a lot of these empty properties are simply being held by people as investments, that there&#x27;s no real – that on the one hand, these properties generally aren&#x27;t unsold, that the developer has sold them to someone. But that the person that&#x27;s bought them is just going to sit on them. They&#x27;re not going to rent them out, and they&#x27;re not going to live in them. And the expectation of the investor is simply that the prices will go up because Chinese property prices have always gone up over the long term, one.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And two, there&#x27;s a real lack of alternative investments for people to put their money in over there. So, it&#x27;s got that on the one hand. And then on the other hand, this type of building is something that local governments strongly support. It&#x27;s not necessarily that the local government is the developer. The local government may be supporting these types of projects in a number of ways, the principle one of which is to provide low-cost land to the developer. The local government wants these projects built simply for the sake of generating GDP growth during the construction phase. So, yeah, these are rather – the result can be rather extreme examples of waste when you see entire blocks of buildings with no one living in them.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> But if they&#x27;re owned by somebody as an investment, sort of reminds me now as a non-traded real estate investment trust, non-traded REITs, because, you know, you&#x27;re basically holding it and waiting for it to go up in value, hopefully. Yeah. You could think of it as something like that, yeah. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to get to one of the most important parts. What&#x27;s the big lesson that one can take away from what&#x27;s happening in China, what will happen in China? What can people learn in an economic sense from this? Well, I think the most important lesson is that if you have the state controlling the economy, you&#x27;re not – you can&#x27;t expect that that&#x27;s going to give you economic growth that&#x27;s free of booms and busts. It&#x27;s not any guarantee that the economic growth is going to be more rational than it is in the free enterprise economy.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> In fact, in a lot of cases, it seems to be a lot less rational. So that we can see in the U.S. every time there&#x27;s a financial crisis that there are calls for having more state control of the economy. And I think that if we look at the Chinese case, you can see that the logic of state control of the economy is a flawed one. It&#x27;s almost like – it sounds like you say if the government can help in a way, but it can also get in the way. And with football season, you know, always here it seems like it&#x27;s the equivalent of that big 300-pound offensive lineman helping the running back, the very fast running back, get through the initial line of scrimmage, but stay in front of the running back, slowing him down as he tries to get down the field. Yeah, that&#x27;s an interesting analogy.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> Yeah, I think that&#x27;s not far off the mark, yes. Well, Dr. DeWeaver, we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Dr. Mark DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics. Thanks for your time today. Thanks very much, Coach. It was great to talk to you. Hope to have you on again in the future. All right, thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. After this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest has written a book that I find fascinating. His name is Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. The name of the book is Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, subtitle Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Dr. DeWeaver, Mark, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this because I know a lot of people are investing in Chinese stocks or watching China. They&#x27;re trying to almost mirror what China&#x27;s doing over here. And you would argue maybe that doesn&#x27;t make sense most of the time or a lot of the time, correct? Yeah, I think there are a lot of misconceptions about what&#x27;s going on in the Chinese economy.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> A lot of times people look at what&#x27;s going on over there through the lens of their own preconceptions. So people on the left see it as proof that, hey, you know what, socialism works after all. And people on the right see it as some sort of looming menace to the world economy. It&#x27;s actually really none of those things. It has its own characteristics that don&#x27;t really have anything to do with the things that we normally think about as important. Now, I think it&#x27;s important for our viewers and our listeners to understand you&#x27;re not some guy who just did a bunch of Google searches and did all that research. You lived in China for 10 years, 85 to 94. That&#x27;s true, though.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I did some Google searches as well. But you experienced it. An indispensable tool. That&#x27;s right. Yes, yes, that&#x27;s right. If you don&#x27;t – searching Google is fine as long as you have a base knowledge. But if you Google search blindly, you get Google slapped, I call it, where you get misinformation and you start treating it as real information. Then all your friends start laughing at you behind your back. That&#x27;s true enough. It&#x27;s also possible to find true information and misunderstand what it means, what its significance is. We run into that all the time in the financial world. You put one name of a financial product in Google and you get 12, 15 million hits and then you read the first couple pages and you quit. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, Mark, that the first couple pages, at least on many of these search engines, are paid to play.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So that you have to pay to get there. Yeah, that&#x27;s right, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not a coincidence which ones come up first, is it? No, just because it&#x27;s first doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best. I mean, we had a guy in class, his last name, when I was in kindergarten, his last name ended with an A. And guess what? He always got to be first in line, so he always got that smirk back to me. And I was in a D&#x27;s. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay for that. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay. There was no fast pass like Disney World has a fast pass or where you pay extra to go to the front of the line. He got it free. And there was a book. We had a guy whose last name began with a Z in class. And there was a book about how the teacher reversed the order and went to Z first one time. And I remember that guy&#x27;s mom, I think, bought that book and gave it to the teacher one holiday season. But she never reversed the order, as always said. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world, though. So there&#x27;s always an order. There&#x27;s always going to be the stock of the day, the sector of the century a lot of times.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But what&#x27;s the proper – I know you manage a hedge fund and you look into what&#x27;s going on in the market. But what are some of the secrets here people can get from – to invest, I guess, to plan for retirement? What should someone do if they&#x27;re just trying to plan for retirement? Well, it&#x27;s a little hard to say how one should plan for retirement at the moment, because we can see that all the asset markets are quite distorted by U.S. monetary policy. There is no safe return to be made on anything. So one is forced to look for more risky bets. And that&#x27;s not really what one wants to do with one&#x27;s retirement savings either.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> So it seems to me that it&#x27;s really never been harder than it is now to find options for your retirement money. But if I had to sound one note of caution, I would say that with regard to China, I think that that&#x27;s not really a story that anyone should be putting retirement money into, because I think that the long-term trajectory for China&#x27;s growth is going to be down. That Chinese growth – I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to go down directly, but I think it&#x27;s going to go down in a series of lower highs and lower lows. And over the period of time we&#x27;re talking about with regard to retirement savings,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> that&#x27;s really not what you want. I think for someone that&#x27;s looking at something long-term, I would rather be betting on the U.S. economy. It seems to me the U.S. economy has a lot of bright spots that China doesn&#x27;t really have. But I do see a lot of what we call story stocks out there pushed on the Internet, and people buy Chinese stocks, and they go right into the Chinese stock market. And there&#x27;s always that debate, Dr. DeWeaver. Is investing in the Chinese economy – is your money really safe? I mean, yes, they seem like they&#x27;re free. They&#x27;re trying to portray the fact that they&#x27;re a free market enterprise there, but could the Chinese government come in and eliminate all your shares someday? Oh, I don&#x27;t really think that&#x27;s a risk, though. Good. Yeah, of course, anything&#x27;s possible.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But I think that particular risk is kind of remote. The risk that all the assets would be renationalized in some dramatic way seems to me to be a remote risk. Let&#x27;s check that off the list. But I think the real risk is just the risk one always has, that the price isn&#x27;t going to go up enough to compensate you for the inflation between now and when you retire. When we look at the Japanese economy, I mean, look what&#x27;s been happening there. The market there hasn&#x27;t recovered in 20-some years. Yeah, right. And that&#x27;s exactly, I think, what the worry should be with regard to investing in Chinese stocks for the long term, is that it really seems that there are a number of rather striking parallels between China today and Japan in, say, 1990.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And once a country like that goes X growth, you don&#x27;t really see the returns in the stock market anymore. You can find interesting opportunities for short-term investing, but it&#x27;s really not a long-term story anymore. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. He&#x27;s the author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Now, one of the things that I&#x27;ve read about, and again, this could be Google Slap, so you can slap me if you want on air because I won&#x27;t feel it. But I&#x27;ve read that there are a lot of – I mean, the Chinese have been pouring billions and billions into building cities, and no one&#x27;s there yet.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Right, yeah. This is a really strange phenomenon that has occurred in a number of Chinese cities by now to varying extents. And it really seems to be the case that a lot of these empty properties are simply being held by people as investments, that there&#x27;s no real – that on the one hand, these properties generally aren&#x27;t unsold, that the developer has sold them to someone. But that the person that&#x27;s bought them is just going to sit on them. They&#x27;re not going to rent them out, and they&#x27;re not going to live in them. And the expectation of the investor is simply that the prices will go up because Chinese property prices have always gone up over the long term, one.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And two, there&#x27;s a real lack of alternative investments for people to put their money in over there. So, it&#x27;s got that on the one hand. And then on the other hand, this type of building is something that local governments strongly support. It&#x27;s not necessarily that the local government is the developer. The local government may be supporting these types of projects in a number of ways, the principle one of which is to provide low-cost land to the developer. The local government wants these projects built simply for the sake of generating GDP growth during the construction phase. So, yeah, these are rather – the result can be rather extreme examples of waste when you see entire blocks of buildings with no one living in them.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> But if they&#x27;re owned by somebody as an investment, sort of reminds me now as a non-traded real estate investment trust, non-traded REITs, because, you know, you&#x27;re basically holding it and waiting for it to go up in value, hopefully. Yeah. You could think of it as something like that, yeah. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to get to one of the most important parts. What&#x27;s the big lesson that one can take away from what&#x27;s happening in China, what will happen in China? What can people learn in an economic sense from this? Well, I think the most important lesson is that if you have the state controlling the economy, you&#x27;re not – you can&#x27;t expect that that&#x27;s going to give you economic growth that&#x27;s free of booms and busts. It&#x27;s not any guarantee that the economic growth is going to be more rational than it is in the free enterprise economy.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> In fact, in a lot of cases, it seems to be a lot less rational. So that we can see in the U.S. every time there&#x27;s a financial crisis that there are calls for having more state control of the economy. And I think that if we look at the Chinese case, you can see that the logic of state control of the economy is a flawed one. It&#x27;s almost like – it sounds like you say if the government can help in a way, but it can also get in the way. And with football season, you know, always here it seems like it&#x27;s the equivalent of that big 300-pound offensive lineman helping the running back, the very fast running back, get through the initial line of scrimmage, but stay in front of the running back, slowing him down as he tries to get down the field. Yeah, that&#x27;s an interesting analogy.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> Yeah, I think that&#x27;s not far off the mark, yes. Well, Dr. DeWeaver, we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Dr. Mark DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics. Thanks for your time today. Thanks very much, Coach. It was great to talk to you. Hope to have you on again in the future. All right, thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. After this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mark DeWeaver</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mark DeWeaver, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/image.jpg?t=1792072611&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mark-deweaver-animal-spirits-with-chinese-characteristics/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/image.jpg?t=1792072611&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>653</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10486211" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mark-deweaver-animal-spirits-with-chinese-characteristics</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>147</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dustin Williams: The Fit Formula</title>
      <itunes:title>Dustin Williams: The Fit Formula</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dustin Williams joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fit Formula. This May 2013 interview explores healthy eating, staying active, and finding time to take care of oneself.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And now we&#x27;re going to go to just outside of, well, I guess, northwest Arkansas. We&#x27;re going to talk to Dustin Williams. He&#x27;s the author of The Fit Formula. The world&#x27;s leading experts reveal proven strategies for optimal health, fitness, and nutrition. Dustin, welcome into the show. Thank you. Glad to be here. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I know a lot of people, I mean, we&#x27;re confused as a society these days. I mean, we&#x27;re in the fast food generation. People always need food now, and they don&#x27;t really care about the nutritional value. They just want fast food. And that&#x27;s the worst thing people can do, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, you are absolutely correct. That&#x27;s the exact worst thing people can do. Unfortunately, people tend to take our health and put it on the back burner. And, you know, disease is running rampant, and people are dying earlier than they used to.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And you&#x27;ve got all sorts of obesity. You know, two-thirds of America is overweight. And people are just so focused on convenience. And, you know, you&#x27;ve got to put time in anything that&#x27;s important to you. You know, if your body, it&#x27;s the only body you&#x27;ve got. So you really should be taking care of it. And it just makes me sad to see how many people don&#x27;t. Well, you know, and it&#x27;s unfortunate because I think a lot of people would do the right thing if they knew how to. And we have a very short segment here today, but I wanted people to be paying attention to food and what they eat. But can you give people some quick tips here on how they can eat healthy rapidly? Yeah, the thing is, is that people think that they have to do a tremendous amount of cooking in order to eat healthy. And the truth is, you do have to do some cooking.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But you don&#x27;t have to cook these huge extravagant meals. You know, just to give you an example, you and I were talking just a little bit ago about what I had for breakfast. You know, I had some whole eggs and some oatmeal with natural peanut butter in it. That breakfast literally takes me like six minutes to make in the morning. It&#x27;s not exactly the most extravagant meal to put together. A lot of times for healthy eating, the other thing that works really well is cooking in bulk. So what I do, what I have a lot of my clients do, is they&#x27;ll spend one or two times a week cooking a specific meal. And they make a lot of it so they can eat it for the next two or three days. And then every two or three days, they change that meal up into something different. I mean, you&#x27;ll find that most of us are probably creatures of habit anyway. We probably eat a lot of the same foods for breakfast, lunch, dinner, so on and so forth. We just need to be able to switch those over to a little bit healthier meals.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Things that are real quick and easy, fruits and vegetables. Don&#x27;t have to be cooked most of the time. Could be eaten raw. Don&#x27;t have to be prepared. That&#x27;s something really simple. Almonds are a really good snack that you can work around with. Got good healthy fats. Got the omega-3s in there. A lot, plenty of fiber. Protein shakes are also real quick and easy on the go to get a good boost of protein. So there&#x27;s a lot of things out there that can be really quick and convenient. If you just take the time to do a little bit of research and find what&#x27;s necessary to live a healthy lifestyle. Now, Dustin, let me ask you this. Protein shakes. A lot of people, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of them out there on the market. My main problem with protein shakes is the artificial sweeteners in there. Is there a way for people to get protein shake mixes without that artificial sweetener? It&#x27;s those NutraSweet kind of things that I avoid myself as much as I can.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> 100%. I mean, if you will just do a little bit of research, I mean, that&#x27;s what Google&#x27;s for. It&#x27;s really simple. You know, you get online and you look. You&#x27;ll find a ton of different proteins out there. To give you an example, I actually have an intolerance to lactose. So I personally can&#x27;t drink whey protein shakes. So I&#x27;ve got a protein shake that is made from bean and pea protein, and it&#x27;s actually sweetened with stevia. So if you&#x27;ll take the time to read the ingredients list on the back, you&#x27;ll see if it has anything artificial. You know, you&#x27;re looking for sucralose for Splenda. You&#x27;re looking for aspartame. Those are the types of things that you want to avoid. You generally want it to be sweetened with stevia, which is an all-natural sweetener. Okay. How do you spell that? Stevia. S-T-E-V-I-A. Okay. That&#x27;s easy enough, folks, for people to see.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> I just don&#x27;t trust NutraSweet. And one final thing before we let you go. Very short segment today. We&#x27;re going to have you on again in the future on our radio show. But here on TV, we&#x27;ve got like four or five-minute segments. How does someone get natural peanut butter? Can they make it themselves, buy peanuts, and grind them up? Or is there a brand of natural peanut butter you&#x27;d recommend people get at the store? Actually, you can. You can do both. If you go to different types of health markets, like we have the Fresh Market here locally. If you go there, they actually have peanut grinders. So you can do peanuts, almonds, cashews, whatever type of nut butter you want to make. Or you can generally get really good stuff at your local grocery store. You can get it at Walmart. You can get it at Parks, kind of whatever different stores you guys have in the different locations. If you&#x27;ll go, if you&#x27;ll look on the back, if you look at the ingredients list, really the only thing that should be listed is whatever type of nut you&#x27;re getting.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> So peanut, cashew, almond, and then salt. And that should be it. But as long as it&#x27;s only got those two, then it&#x27;s perfect. It&#x27;s an all-natural. It&#x27;s when they start adding in the other stuff, the sugars and then the trans fatty acid. That&#x27;s the kind of stuff you want to avoid. But you can pick that up at just about any grocery store. Folks, his name is Dustin Williams. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Fit Formula. You can find it at your bookstore or on Amazon. Dustin, thanks for your time today. Thank you. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dustin Williams joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fit Formula. This May 2013 interview explores healthy eating, staying active, and finding time to take care of oneself.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And now we&#x27;re going to go to just outside of, well, I guess, northwest Arkansas. We&#x27;re going to talk to Dustin Williams. He&#x27;s the author of The Fit Formula. The world&#x27;s leading experts reveal proven strategies for optimal health, fitness, and nutrition. Dustin, welcome into the show. Thank you. Glad to be here. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I know a lot of people, I mean, we&#x27;re confused as a society these days. I mean, we&#x27;re in the fast food generation. People always need food now, and they don&#x27;t really care about the nutritional value. They just want fast food. And that&#x27;s the worst thing people can do, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, you are absolutely correct. That&#x27;s the exact worst thing people can do. Unfortunately, people tend to take our health and put it on the back burner. And, you know, disease is running rampant, and people are dying earlier than they used to.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And you&#x27;ve got all sorts of obesity. You know, two-thirds of America is overweight. And people are just so focused on convenience. And, you know, you&#x27;ve got to put time in anything that&#x27;s important to you. You know, if your body, it&#x27;s the only body you&#x27;ve got. So you really should be taking care of it. And it just makes me sad to see how many people don&#x27;t. Well, you know, and it&#x27;s unfortunate because I think a lot of people would do the right thing if they knew how to. And we have a very short segment here today, but I wanted people to be paying attention to food and what they eat. But can you give people some quick tips here on how they can eat healthy rapidly? Yeah, the thing is, is that people think that they have to do a tremendous amount of cooking in order to eat healthy. And the truth is, you do have to do some cooking.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But you don&#x27;t have to cook these huge extravagant meals. You know, just to give you an example, you and I were talking just a little bit ago about what I had for breakfast. You know, I had some whole eggs and some oatmeal with natural peanut butter in it. That breakfast literally takes me like six minutes to make in the morning. It&#x27;s not exactly the most extravagant meal to put together. A lot of times for healthy eating, the other thing that works really well is cooking in bulk. So what I do, what I have a lot of my clients do, is they&#x27;ll spend one or two times a week cooking a specific meal. And they make a lot of it so they can eat it for the next two or three days. And then every two or three days, they change that meal up into something different. I mean, you&#x27;ll find that most of us are probably creatures of habit anyway. We probably eat a lot of the same foods for breakfast, lunch, dinner, so on and so forth. We just need to be able to switch those over to a little bit healthier meals.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Things that are real quick and easy, fruits and vegetables. Don&#x27;t have to be cooked most of the time. Could be eaten raw. Don&#x27;t have to be prepared. That&#x27;s something really simple. Almonds are a really good snack that you can work around with. Got good healthy fats. Got the omega-3s in there. A lot, plenty of fiber. Protein shakes are also real quick and easy on the go to get a good boost of protein. So there&#x27;s a lot of things out there that can be really quick and convenient. If you just take the time to do a little bit of research and find what&#x27;s necessary to live a healthy lifestyle. Now, Dustin, let me ask you this. Protein shakes. A lot of people, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of them out there on the market. My main problem with protein shakes is the artificial sweeteners in there. Is there a way for people to get protein shake mixes without that artificial sweetener? It&#x27;s those NutraSweet kind of things that I avoid myself as much as I can.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> 100%. I mean, if you will just do a little bit of research, I mean, that&#x27;s what Google&#x27;s for. It&#x27;s really simple. You know, you get online and you look. You&#x27;ll find a ton of different proteins out there. To give you an example, I actually have an intolerance to lactose. So I personally can&#x27;t drink whey protein shakes. So I&#x27;ve got a protein shake that is made from bean and pea protein, and it&#x27;s actually sweetened with stevia. So if you&#x27;ll take the time to read the ingredients list on the back, you&#x27;ll see if it has anything artificial. You know, you&#x27;re looking for sucralose for Splenda. You&#x27;re looking for aspartame. Those are the types of things that you want to avoid. You generally want it to be sweetened with stevia, which is an all-natural sweetener. Okay. How do you spell that? Stevia. S-T-E-V-I-A. Okay. That&#x27;s easy enough, folks, for people to see.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> I just don&#x27;t trust NutraSweet. And one final thing before we let you go. Very short segment today. We&#x27;re going to have you on again in the future on our radio show. But here on TV, we&#x27;ve got like four or five-minute segments. How does someone get natural peanut butter? Can they make it themselves, buy peanuts, and grind them up? Or is there a brand of natural peanut butter you&#x27;d recommend people get at the store? Actually, you can. You can do both. If you go to different types of health markets, like we have the Fresh Market here locally. If you go there, they actually have peanut grinders. So you can do peanuts, almonds, cashews, whatever type of nut butter you want to make. Or you can generally get really good stuff at your local grocery store. You can get it at Walmart. You can get it at Parks, kind of whatever different stores you guys have in the different locations. If you&#x27;ll go, if you&#x27;ll look on the back, if you look at the ingredients list, really the only thing that should be listed is whatever type of nut you&#x27;re getting.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> So peanut, cashew, almond, and then salt. And that should be it. But as long as it&#x27;s only got those two, then it&#x27;s perfect. It&#x27;s an all-natural. It&#x27;s when they start adding in the other stuff, the sugars and then the trans fatty acid. That&#x27;s the kind of stuff you want to avoid. But you can pick that up at just about any grocery store. Folks, his name is Dustin Williams. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Fit Formula. You can find it at your bookstore or on Amazon. Dustin, thanks for your time today. Thank you. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dustin Williams joins Coach Pete to discuss The Fit Formula. This May 2013 interview explores healthy eating, staying active, and finding time to take care of oneself.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dustin Williams</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>The Fit Formula</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dustin Williams, personal growth, The Fit Formula, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7/image.jpg?t=1792072622&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dustin-williams-the-fit-formula/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7/image.jpg?t=1792072622&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>312</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e0474314-8013-4180-bd50-b4e20156dee7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="5031989" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dustin-williams-the-fit-formula</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>148</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Fit Formula" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on Money for Lunch: Financial Education and Income Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on Money for Lunch: Financial Education and Income Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Anyway, Peter Deruta, also known as Coach Pete, is a best-selling author, financial educator, and investment advisor. Host of the nationally syndicated financial safari radio and TV show, he&#x27;s an investment advisor, certified tax coach, and registered financial consultant. And father to a spoiled seven-year-old Carrie, and his documentary is soon to be featured on the Biography Channel. For some reason, my lips are wearing out. Something has gone horribly wrong for some reason. Either way, no further delay, Peter Deruta, welcome to Money for Lunch. Hey, guys, how you doing? Great. All right, so tell me about this documentary that&#x27;s going to be featured on the Biography Channel. This is exciting.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s behind the scenes. It&#x27;s almost like the office for the financial world. I mean, a lot of people wonder what&#x27;s going on in the back rooms, and the documentary crew followed me around for a week and a half. And it&#x27;s funny, they filmed probably over 100 hours of film, and it&#x27;s whittled down to about a 28-minute show. Now that is, right? So, wait. You know what? I was going to say, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that, but that&#x27;s just the way it is. You know, they will do exactly what you said. They&#x27;ll do 100 hours, and they whittle it down to 30, 40 minutes or an hour. In some cases, you know, you&#x27;ll – if you&#x27;ve ever done a photo shoot, if you&#x27;ve ever seen these glamour girls do a photo shoot, they&#x27;re out there for, you know, for 10 or 12 hours, and they use, like, three or four photos.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So it&#x27;s just one of those – one of the insides to, quote, show business, right? Yeah, it sure is. And it&#x27;s fun. It&#x27;s just a financial world, and I think a lot of people are wondering if they are getting the right advice from their advisors. And this was just behind the scenes to show you what really goes into a real financial plan, what kind of research goes into it, what does somebody do, and what goes into all that minutiae that comes out with that financial plan that people have in a three-ring binder they never look at, put it on a shelf somewhere. Right. But let me ask you this, Pete. Okay. Don&#x27;t you think that part of that is really our society&#x27;s training about money? I mean, on one side, we&#x27;re taught that money isn&#x27;t everything, and in some cases, we&#x27;re taught incorrectly that money is the root of all evil,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> and we have all this love-hate about money. On the other side, we know it&#x27;s important, and we want to be wealthy. We want to save for our retirement. But we have this constant inner struggle. Do you think that&#x27;s a lot of it? Yeah. Everyone hates someone with money until they get money, and then they don&#x27;t hate the person with money anymore. So it&#x27;s like everyone&#x27;s jealous, and they don&#x27;t want to act like it. And we also are in what I call gratisfaction society. We want immediate things. We want them right now. So we want gratitude and satisfaction all at once. I call it gratisfaction. People don&#x27;t have time to wait anymore. Good thing we have some good winemakers. You know, the fine wine, it takes time for wine to get better in the barrels. If we had people in society now, if they manage the wine like they try to manage money, we&#x27;d have grape juice all the time.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> We wouldn&#x27;t have any wine. I love it. I love it. You know what? And you&#x27;re right. We do have, and I like that phrase, that gratis, what is it, gratisfaction? Gratisfaction. I love it. Not only do they want it now, but they want it free, they want it cheap, and they don&#x27;t want to take any responsibility for their actions as well. Yeah. And I just think that when we look at retirement, you know, a lot of people are retiring now. Baby boomers are hitting full force into the retirement world. And many of them didn&#x27;t plan for the 30 or 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. And so we look at the need these days, a tremendous need for what I call an income mechanic, someone to help you. You know, we take our cars in for tune-ups and make sure it&#x27;s running smoothly.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> And if we don&#x27;t, it ends up breaking down to the side of the road. So if we can have a financial planner who specializes in income planning, someone to give you that tune-up every year, you&#x27;ll never have to worry about your income plan breaking down. And you never have to worry about walking down the road with a red can trying to find a filling station in retirement. You know what? That&#x27;s a great analogy. I think that is probably the best analogy I&#x27;ve heard in a long time, an income mechanic. Let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me ask you this. With your experience, your background, how would you define risk tolerance in someone&#x27;s retirement plan? Yeah, everyone says they can afford to take risk until they see there&#x27;s their portfolio losing money. That&#x27;s the unfortunate truth these days. I mean, people don&#x27;t really – you have to really feel it to realize what true risk tolerance is.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And, you know, we look at the rule of 100. A lot of us use that in the financial world. See guys who are pushing more risk than they should using the rule of 110. That way, basically, they can get people to take more risk. But you take your age, you subtract it from 100. And whatever number you get, that&#x27;s the maximum amount that I really think anyone should have at risk. In other words, places where they could look at the money today and have it be gone tomorrow without spending it. That&#x27;s risk. And so someone&#x27;s spending it. It&#x27;s just not you. So a 65-year-old, 35% of their money still could be in risk as long as it&#x27;s managed risk and as long as somebody really can picture themselves looking at their bank account one day having $100,000 in it. And then looking at it in a week and having $65,000 in it. That&#x27;s what 35% risk means. Right. Now, when you say at risk, let&#x27;s say you have a client.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> He&#x27;s 65 years old. What kind of instruments or investments would you put a 65-year-old in? Would you get them into things like Coca-Cola? Or is that considered too slow? What kind of stocks or what kind of instruments would you put a 65-year-old in? Yeah, the very first thing they need to do is understand the concept of income laddering. In other words, not having all your eggs in one basket, financially speaking, for retirement. So the first thing we do is we draw four or five boxes on a whiteboard and we put in what they have right now. And everyone needs some money for emergencies. So the very first box we fill up, it is an emergency account. And to me, that&#x27;s got to be at least six months&#x27; worth of your current expenses without lying about it. You know, everyone claims they don&#x27;t spend any money going out to eat.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> But then when they start writing down what they really spend, people spend a lot more than they realize. And really, that&#x27;s an emergency account. So you need to have six months&#x27; worth of emergency money before you start thinking about putting money anywhere. Okay, now that can be in a CD because CDs at the bank, they are liquid even though the bank wants you to think they&#x27;re not. You pay about a three-month&#x27;s worth of interest penalty when you take money out of the CD. And at a 1% CD rate, that&#x27;s not a big penalty anymore, is it? So we have that. You know, it&#x27;s better than burying it under the bed because if you bury it under the bed and the house burns down or someone breaks in, that money&#x27;s gone. So it needs to be somewhere like in a bank account. Then we look at, when we look at one to five years out, we set up sometimes some income annuities that you put money in right away to insurance company. Then right away, they start giving you a check for five years.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> It&#x27;s a five-year immediate annuity. That gives your other investments time to grow for five years. So we use for the year six through ten, sometimes we put money into income generating annuity that will build for five years and then kick in and give you an income for the next five or life, depending on how you set it up. And after we get those established, then we take what&#x27;s left and we do managed accounts. We use money managers to put together stock portfolios that have, especially people in that age, dividend-producing stocks. We also can look at some mutual life insurance companies to give some tax-free retirement income. Life insurance is considered an asset class now. It&#x27;s about four or five years ago on CNBC. They even admitted that. And CNBC is 24 hours a day about how to buy stocks and help Kramer make his living. Right, right.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> So just getting all your— CNBC needs to be my favorite place. Yeah, yeah. But it&#x27;s just about not having all your eggs in one basket. And dividend stocks are fine for the longer term. I look at dividend-paying stocks as the stock market paying you to take risk. Because as long as that company is paying dividend, you look at ones with long track records of dividend history. You don&#x27;t want to go to these fly-by-night companies that are promising a very high dividend because they could be gone tomorrow. And keep in mind, when you do buy stocks, if you buy like Exxon at $90 a share for the dividend, and then Exxon goes down a little bit, and then they lower their dividend, and the stock price goes down even further, you&#x27;re in effect trapped in that stock because you can&#x27;t get back what you paid. So you&#x27;re trapped to that for a while. So it&#x27;s just not having all your eggs in one basket. Using annuities, using life insurance, using mutual funds, stocks, managed accounts, and ETFs.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Even REITs these days, real estate investment trusts for people with money they can afford to lose again because you have to have some money put away. You have to have some investment knowledge before you can invest in real estate investment trusts. But what I like are the long-term care facilities. You can, in effect, pool your money with thousands of other people and invest in long-term care facilities. And there&#x27;s one need that&#x27;s even greater than money these days. It&#x27;s the need for long-term care. Because we&#x27;re getting older, we&#x27;re living longer. Long-term care facilities, in my opinion, are a great investment. There will always be people lining up to go into those facilities, and they are not cheap, are they? No, no, they&#x27;re not. In fact, they&#x27;re one of the, as you mentioned, they&#x27;re one of the fastest, hottest industries to invest in. And the reason for that is because they&#x27;re not cheap. And, you know, they are almost like an immediate profit.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> Hey, speaking of profit, let me take a quick commercial break. And then we&#x27;re going to come back. We&#x27;re talking to Peter Deruta, a financial advisor, right after this quick commercial break. Did you bring the camera phone? I did. Do you want to go first? I&#x27;ve been waiting for this all day. Okay, this is Phil. And Stacy. Introducing Chase Quick Deposit. Just photograph the front and back of your check using the Chase mobile app on your iPhone and hit send. Hey, Winter, so cool. This is so cool. You want to try it? Yeah. Okay. All right, it was nice. Make a deposit from anywhere, anytime with your iPhone. So Mr. and Mrs. Walker, why would they send my parents a check? Chase what matters. Tune in Monday through Friday here on Money for Lunch.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And check out our website at moneyforlunch.com. Guys, we&#x27;re off to a great start talking about you and your money with Coach Pete D’Arruda, bestselling author, certified financial educator, and investment advisor. Pete, I want to talk about this real quick. I&#x27;m at your website, We Save Hair, and I want to let people know about this website. It&#x27;s called wesavehair.com. And how are you saving people&#x27;s hair? Well, there&#x27;s the old commercial, Leave the Driving to Us. You remember hearing that on TV? I think it&#x27;s for Greyhound Plus or something. So here&#x27;s what it is. That&#x27;s right. It is a 24-hour, seven-day-a-week job to manage money. And anyone who thinks they&#x27;re going to do it themselves, you can do it yourself, but you can also spend hours worrying about things.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> And the old saying is if you worry, you lose hair, and you pull your hair out when you&#x27;re worrying. So let us do the worrying for you, and that&#x27;s what we always tell people, and it&#x27;s true. You can have a worry-free retirement if you have your assets allocated right and if you have the right advisor on your team. And, you know, the advisor is almost like the quarterback, even though you&#x27;re the coach still, it&#x27;s your money. But the quarterback can help you, and you look at the NFL. You know, a good quarterback means a whole lot. Look at the New England Patriots, what they were doing when they were in their heyday. I mean, Tom Brady was all over the place. Without Tom Brady, New England Patriots never would have won the first Super Bowl or the second or the third. And so it&#x27;s about having the quarterback on your team. And I always believe, and there&#x27;s a saying that Tony Robbins used, and he&#x27;s used it over and over again, and he said, our own decisions determine our destiny.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Our own decisions determine our destiny. You know, people like to blame other people for everything, but really, it comes down to you. And it comes down to what do you really want to happen in retirement? You know, it&#x27;s fun to go to the cocktail parties and brag about the stock that you found that no one else did, and you made a 30% return. You want to tell everyone about it. But then you go to the cocktail party the next year, say it&#x27;s around Christmas time, and that stock that you were bragging about last year doesn&#x27;t exist anymore, and you&#x27;ve lost all that money. Or you even piled more money into it when it was going up. And so it&#x27;s not about what you or how you put money in. It&#x27;s how you take money out. The exit strategy is so vitally important in the financial world, and it&#x27;s overlooked. So when you&#x27;re playing the stock market, just keep in mind, if you&#x27;re trying to do it on your own, you have to be right twice, not once. You have to be right going in, getting a cheap price on a stock, and you have to be right coming out, locking in gains and getting out before it goes the other way.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> I love it. I love it. Pete Deruta, what&#x27;s the website we should give out here in case somebody wants to reach you? WeSaveHair.com or TheKingOfIncome.com? Yeah, The King of Income is about income planning, and We Save Hair gives a broad overview. And we do have a TV show each week. It&#x27;s FinancialSafari.tv. If people want to go look at some of the old TV shows, FinancialSafari, S-A-F-A-R-I, .tv. And so we&#x27;re real proud. The TV show is about 15 weeks old, so it&#x27;s a pretty new show. But it&#x27;s sweeping the nation. People love it when they see it. I love it. Pete Deruta, thank you so much for stopping by. We appreciate it. Hey, the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone. All righty, sir. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. WeSaveHair.com</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Anyway, Peter Deruta, also known as Coach Pete, is a best-selling author, financial educator, and investment advisor. Host of the nationally syndicated financial safari radio and TV show, he&#x27;s an investment advisor, certified tax coach, and registered financial consultant. And father to a spoiled seven-year-old Carrie, and his documentary is soon to be featured on the Biography Channel. For some reason, my lips are wearing out. Something has gone horribly wrong for some reason. Either way, no further delay, Peter Deruta, welcome to Money for Lunch. Hey, guys, how you doing? Great. All right, so tell me about this documentary that&#x27;s going to be featured on the Biography Channel. This is exciting.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s behind the scenes. It&#x27;s almost like the office for the financial world. I mean, a lot of people wonder what&#x27;s going on in the back rooms, and the documentary crew followed me around for a week and a half. And it&#x27;s funny, they filmed probably over 100 hours of film, and it&#x27;s whittled down to about a 28-minute show. Now that is, right? So, wait. You know what? I was going to say, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that, but that&#x27;s just the way it is. You know, they will do exactly what you said. They&#x27;ll do 100 hours, and they whittle it down to 30, 40 minutes or an hour. In some cases, you know, you&#x27;ll – if you&#x27;ve ever done a photo shoot, if you&#x27;ve ever seen these glamour girls do a photo shoot, they&#x27;re out there for, you know, for 10 or 12 hours, and they use, like, three or four photos.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So it&#x27;s just one of those – one of the insides to, quote, show business, right? Yeah, it sure is. And it&#x27;s fun. It&#x27;s just a financial world, and I think a lot of people are wondering if they are getting the right advice from their advisors. And this was just behind the scenes to show you what really goes into a real financial plan, what kind of research goes into it, what does somebody do, and what goes into all that minutiae that comes out with that financial plan that people have in a three-ring binder they never look at, put it on a shelf somewhere. Right. But let me ask you this, Pete. Okay. Don&#x27;t you think that part of that is really our society&#x27;s training about money? I mean, on one side, we&#x27;re taught that money isn&#x27;t everything, and in some cases, we&#x27;re taught incorrectly that money is the root of all evil,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> and we have all this love-hate about money. On the other side, we know it&#x27;s important, and we want to be wealthy. We want to save for our retirement. But we have this constant inner struggle. Do you think that&#x27;s a lot of it? Yeah. Everyone hates someone with money until they get money, and then they don&#x27;t hate the person with money anymore. So it&#x27;s like everyone&#x27;s jealous, and they don&#x27;t want to act like it. And we also are in what I call gratisfaction society. We want immediate things. We want them right now. So we want gratitude and satisfaction all at once. I call it gratisfaction. People don&#x27;t have time to wait anymore. Good thing we have some good winemakers. You know, the fine wine, it takes time for wine to get better in the barrels. If we had people in society now, if they manage the wine like they try to manage money, we&#x27;d have grape juice all the time.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> We wouldn&#x27;t have any wine. I love it. I love it. You know what? And you&#x27;re right. We do have, and I like that phrase, that gratis, what is it, gratisfaction? Gratisfaction. I love it. Not only do they want it now, but they want it free, they want it cheap, and they don&#x27;t want to take any responsibility for their actions as well. Yeah. And I just think that when we look at retirement, you know, a lot of people are retiring now. Baby boomers are hitting full force into the retirement world. And many of them didn&#x27;t plan for the 30 or 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. And so we look at the need these days, a tremendous need for what I call an income mechanic, someone to help you. You know, we take our cars in for tune-ups and make sure it&#x27;s running smoothly.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> And if we don&#x27;t, it ends up breaking down to the side of the road. So if we can have a financial planner who specializes in income planning, someone to give you that tune-up every year, you&#x27;ll never have to worry about your income plan breaking down. And you never have to worry about walking down the road with a red can trying to find a filling station in retirement. You know what? That&#x27;s a great analogy. I think that is probably the best analogy I&#x27;ve heard in a long time, an income mechanic. Let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me ask you this. With your experience, your background, how would you define risk tolerance in someone&#x27;s retirement plan? Yeah, everyone says they can afford to take risk until they see there&#x27;s their portfolio losing money. That&#x27;s the unfortunate truth these days. I mean, people don&#x27;t really – you have to really feel it to realize what true risk tolerance is.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And, you know, we look at the rule of 100. A lot of us use that in the financial world. See guys who are pushing more risk than they should using the rule of 110. That way, basically, they can get people to take more risk. But you take your age, you subtract it from 100. And whatever number you get, that&#x27;s the maximum amount that I really think anyone should have at risk. In other words, places where they could look at the money today and have it be gone tomorrow without spending it. That&#x27;s risk. And so someone&#x27;s spending it. It&#x27;s just not you. So a 65-year-old, 35% of their money still could be in risk as long as it&#x27;s managed risk and as long as somebody really can picture themselves looking at their bank account one day having $100,000 in it. And then looking at it in a week and having $65,000 in it. That&#x27;s what 35% risk means. Right. Now, when you say at risk, let&#x27;s say you have a client.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> He&#x27;s 65 years old. What kind of instruments or investments would you put a 65-year-old in? Would you get them into things like Coca-Cola? Or is that considered too slow? What kind of stocks or what kind of instruments would you put a 65-year-old in? Yeah, the very first thing they need to do is understand the concept of income laddering. In other words, not having all your eggs in one basket, financially speaking, for retirement. So the first thing we do is we draw four or five boxes on a whiteboard and we put in what they have right now. And everyone needs some money for emergencies. So the very first box we fill up, it is an emergency account. And to me, that&#x27;s got to be at least six months&#x27; worth of your current expenses without lying about it. You know, everyone claims they don&#x27;t spend any money going out to eat.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> But then when they start writing down what they really spend, people spend a lot more than they realize. And really, that&#x27;s an emergency account. So you need to have six months&#x27; worth of emergency money before you start thinking about putting money anywhere. Okay, now that can be in a CD because CDs at the bank, they are liquid even though the bank wants you to think they&#x27;re not. You pay about a three-month&#x27;s worth of interest penalty when you take money out of the CD. And at a 1% CD rate, that&#x27;s not a big penalty anymore, is it? So we have that. You know, it&#x27;s better than burying it under the bed because if you bury it under the bed and the house burns down or someone breaks in, that money&#x27;s gone. So it needs to be somewhere like in a bank account. Then we look at, when we look at one to five years out, we set up sometimes some income annuities that you put money in right away to insurance company. Then right away, they start giving you a check for five years.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> It&#x27;s a five-year immediate annuity. That gives your other investments time to grow for five years. So we use for the year six through ten, sometimes we put money into income generating annuity that will build for five years and then kick in and give you an income for the next five or life, depending on how you set it up. And after we get those established, then we take what&#x27;s left and we do managed accounts. We use money managers to put together stock portfolios that have, especially people in that age, dividend-producing stocks. We also can look at some mutual life insurance companies to give some tax-free retirement income. Life insurance is considered an asset class now. It&#x27;s about four or five years ago on CNBC. They even admitted that. And CNBC is 24 hours a day about how to buy stocks and help Kramer make his living. Right, right.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> So just getting all your— CNBC needs to be my favorite place. Yeah, yeah. But it&#x27;s just about not having all your eggs in one basket. And dividend stocks are fine for the longer term. I look at dividend-paying stocks as the stock market paying you to take risk. Because as long as that company is paying dividend, you look at ones with long track records of dividend history. You don&#x27;t want to go to these fly-by-night companies that are promising a very high dividend because they could be gone tomorrow. And keep in mind, when you do buy stocks, if you buy like Exxon at $90 a share for the dividend, and then Exxon goes down a little bit, and then they lower their dividend, and the stock price goes down even further, you&#x27;re in effect trapped in that stock because you can&#x27;t get back what you paid. So you&#x27;re trapped to that for a while. So it&#x27;s just not having all your eggs in one basket. Using annuities, using life insurance, using mutual funds, stocks, managed accounts, and ETFs.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Even REITs these days, real estate investment trusts for people with money they can afford to lose again because you have to have some money put away. You have to have some investment knowledge before you can invest in real estate investment trusts. But what I like are the long-term care facilities. You can, in effect, pool your money with thousands of other people and invest in long-term care facilities. And there&#x27;s one need that&#x27;s even greater than money these days. It&#x27;s the need for long-term care. Because we&#x27;re getting older, we&#x27;re living longer. Long-term care facilities, in my opinion, are a great investment. There will always be people lining up to go into those facilities, and they are not cheap, are they? No, no, they&#x27;re not. In fact, they&#x27;re one of the, as you mentioned, they&#x27;re one of the fastest, hottest industries to invest in. And the reason for that is because they&#x27;re not cheap. And, you know, they are almost like an immediate profit.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> Hey, speaking of profit, let me take a quick commercial break. And then we&#x27;re going to come back. We&#x27;re talking to Peter Deruta, a financial advisor, right after this quick commercial break. Did you bring the camera phone? I did. Do you want to go first? I&#x27;ve been waiting for this all day. Okay, this is Phil. And Stacy. Introducing Chase Quick Deposit. Just photograph the front and back of your check using the Chase mobile app on your iPhone and hit send. Hey, Winter, so cool. This is so cool. You want to try it? Yeah. Okay. All right, it was nice. Make a deposit from anywhere, anytime with your iPhone. So Mr. and Mrs. Walker, why would they send my parents a check? Chase what matters. Tune in Monday through Friday here on Money for Lunch.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And check out our website at moneyforlunch.com. Guys, we&#x27;re off to a great start talking about you and your money with Coach Pete D’Arruda, bestselling author, certified financial educator, and investment advisor. Pete, I want to talk about this real quick. I&#x27;m at your website, We Save Hair, and I want to let people know about this website. It&#x27;s called wesavehair.com. And how are you saving people&#x27;s hair? Well, there&#x27;s the old commercial, Leave the Driving to Us. You remember hearing that on TV? I think it&#x27;s for Greyhound Plus or something. So here&#x27;s what it is. That&#x27;s right. It is a 24-hour, seven-day-a-week job to manage money. And anyone who thinks they&#x27;re going to do it themselves, you can do it yourself, but you can also spend hours worrying about things.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> And the old saying is if you worry, you lose hair, and you pull your hair out when you&#x27;re worrying. So let us do the worrying for you, and that&#x27;s what we always tell people, and it&#x27;s true. You can have a worry-free retirement if you have your assets allocated right and if you have the right advisor on your team. And, you know, the advisor is almost like the quarterback, even though you&#x27;re the coach still, it&#x27;s your money. But the quarterback can help you, and you look at the NFL. You know, a good quarterback means a whole lot. Look at the New England Patriots, what they were doing when they were in their heyday. I mean, Tom Brady was all over the place. Without Tom Brady, New England Patriots never would have won the first Super Bowl or the second or the third. And so it&#x27;s about having the quarterback on your team. And I always believe, and there&#x27;s a saying that Tony Robbins used, and he&#x27;s used it over and over again, and he said, our own decisions determine our destiny.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Our own decisions determine our destiny. You know, people like to blame other people for everything, but really, it comes down to you. And it comes down to what do you really want to happen in retirement? You know, it&#x27;s fun to go to the cocktail parties and brag about the stock that you found that no one else did, and you made a 30% return. You want to tell everyone about it. But then you go to the cocktail party the next year, say it&#x27;s around Christmas time, and that stock that you were bragging about last year doesn&#x27;t exist anymore, and you&#x27;ve lost all that money. Or you even piled more money into it when it was going up. And so it&#x27;s not about what you or how you put money in. It&#x27;s how you take money out. The exit strategy is so vitally important in the financial world, and it&#x27;s overlooked. So when you&#x27;re playing the stock market, just keep in mind, if you&#x27;re trying to do it on your own, you have to be right twice, not once. You have to be right going in, getting a cheap price on a stock, and you have to be right coming out, locking in gains and getting out before it goes the other way.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> I love it. I love it. Pete Deruta, what&#x27;s the website we should give out here in case somebody wants to reach you? WeSaveHair.com or TheKingOfIncome.com? Yeah, The King of Income is about income planning, and We Save Hair gives a broad overview. And we do have a TV show each week. It&#x27;s FinancialSafari.tv. If people want to go look at some of the old TV shows, FinancialSafari, S-A-F-A-R-I, .tv. And so we&#x27;re real proud. The TV show is about 15 weeks old, so it&#x27;s a pretty new show. But it&#x27;s sweeping the nation. People love it when they see it. I love it. Pete Deruta, thank you so much for stopping by. We appreciate it. Hey, the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone. All righty, sir. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. WeSaveHair.com</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/image.jpg?t=1792072626&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-money-for-lunch-financial-education-and-income-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/image.jpg?t=1792072626&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Apr 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>820</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13162266" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-money-for-lunch-financial-education-and-income-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>149</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Education and Income Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:55" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aaron Clarey: Enjoy the Decline</title>
      <itunes:title>Aaron Clarey: Enjoy the Decline</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest joining us from Minneapolis, Minnesota. His name is Aaron Clary. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. It&#x27;s called Enjoy the Decline, Accepting the Living with the Death of the United States. And this book is packed with information, folks. And we&#x27;re going to have a link to Aaron&#x27;s website on our website. And I really recommend you read this book. And I know it takes a lot of time to write books. I&#x27;ve written a few myself. And Aaron, welcome to the show. Howdy. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Number one, what caused you to write a book such as this? What was the catalyst? Because you have to be excited or fed up or just emotionally ready when you write a book, because it&#x27;s not something you sit down in one day and do, is it? No. It was the re-election of Barack Obama.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And I promised myself, depending, my next book would be based on the election results. I honestly didn&#x27;t think he would win. And he did. And myself, along with many other people, you know, it&#x27;s like, holy cow. It kind of like, it was a game changer. Like, okay, what direction does this country want to go? And so a lot of my friends were depressed. I was certainly down, or at least generally down with the general direction of the country. And so I wrote this book saying, okay, look, you know, this is the path we&#x27;re going to go down. There are certain things, you know, within your control and certain things that are outside of your control. And it&#x27;s insanity trying to get worked up or trying to control things that you don&#x27;t control. So given this is the route, this is the way that the electorate wants to go, how do you, with this kind of new change of rules in the game, how do you go and benefit and enjoy this decline?</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> How do you get the most out of life? So that was the catalyst that prompted me to write the book. Aaron, when you hear this phrase, and I want to get your opinion because I know how I feel on it, but when you hear the phrase, you need to pay your fair share, what does that do to you emotionally? It angers me. Because it is 100% of the time coming from a parasite who doesn&#x27;t want to work for a living. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s, I don&#x27;t pay my fair share. It&#x27;s like, okay, what is your fair share, depending on what metric you want to use? Right now, the average person, you know, everyone focuses on income tax rates, which are certainly progressive, and the rich pay more than their fair share. You know, you look at 35% top tax rates, stuff like that. But you&#x27;re forgetting things like state taxes, sales taxes, property taxes.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> When you add all that up, the average person is forfeiting, depending on the state you live in, around 40% of their income. Well, what&#x27;s enough? You know, how many deadbeat losers do I have to support just because I was responsible, managed my finances correctly, and worked hard for a living? So anger and rage is the initial response to get to something like that. When I talk to people about it, too, they say they&#x27;re fine with paying – you know, we&#x27;re all fine with paying taxes as long as we know what the taxes are going to be and as long as we know where the limit&#x27;s going to be. But there doesn&#x27;t seem to be a limit these days to the insanity as far as taxation. No, and that&#x27;s the problem. And politicians have done this purposely. And you know this, where you have a pay-as-you-go system, and everyone gets all – you know, tax season&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Everyone&#x27;s going to get excited about the amount of money they&#x27;re going to get for a refund because they never cut one check like you do for your mortgage or your credit card bill or your cable bill. They pay it – they don&#x27;t realize it. It&#x27;s like leeches. It literally is like leeches. You know, when you get bit by a leech, you don&#x27;t know it because leeches actually have this sedative, like this salve that you don&#x27;t know that you&#x27;re being parasited off of. It&#x27;s the exact same thing with our pay-as-you-go system. So that these veritable ignorant morons, when they get their refund, they&#x27;re all excited because they got $1,000, but they don&#x27;t realize that they paid $10,000 in. And so what – and the issue of pricing that you bring up is a very perfect point. You don&#x27;t know what the price of government is because of all these various and hidden taxes.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> If you eliminated or consolidated all the taxes saying we&#x27;re going to have one tax, it&#x27;s going to be a sales tax, you would know just as you do the price of a Big Mac, the price of an Xbox, the price of a purebred wiener dog. You would know the exact price of government and then therefore would be able to judge whether or not you&#x27;re getting your bang for your buck. But politicians have consciously done this, having multiple taxes hidden away, spread out and amortized over a year that you don&#x27;t know just how screwed you&#x27;re getting over. And another word for – a couple other words for taxes are tolls, licenses, fees, permits, registration. Those are all taxes, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Any – this is the definition of a tax, and I would like to pat myself on the back for coming up with it because I haven&#x27;t heard it yet, so hopefully we&#x27;ll get it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Any transfer of money from the private sector to the public sector is by economic definition a tax. Yeah, and then the money goes to places we don&#x27;t even know and get – government by definition wastes a lot of money. I saw a parity sign like the National Park signs. They went to Yellowstone when I was little, and the bears would come right up to the cars, and you weren&#x27;t allowed to feed them because they would become dependent on the people feeding them. So the parity sign said – it was that brown sign with the white writing, please do not feed the park animals. They become dependent and will soon want cell phones. Like when you were a kid? No, it was a parity sign just recently, but I remember back when I was a kid at Yellowstone, the sign said, please do not feed the animals. They will become dependent.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But then the parity sign went a step further and said, and we&#x27;ll soon want cell phones because we are, as a government, giving people on welfare cell phones, which is ridiculous. Right, right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about silver and gold. I mean, Yukon Cornelius on Rudolph talked about silver and gold. Now, silver and gold has become a big thing in the financial world, and it used to – gold used to back up the dollars we spent. That&#x27;s changed back under the Nixon administration. It&#x27;s been going downhill since then, hasn&#x27;t it? Correct, yes. No, I&#x27;m a big fan. I&#x27;m not saying, you know, have all your portfolio in gold and silver. And even with the retirement bubble occurring in the stock market, I still actually like stocks in the sense that it is future dollars, which would naturally be hedged against inflation. Therefore, it is a natural hedge against inflation.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> So I&#x27;m not necessarily against stocks, but in terms of gold, silver, stocks, it&#x27;s sad. Most of these investments that we have are more insurance plays against the collapsing currency. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, I want to get an 8% real rate of return so I can save for retirement. It&#x27;s more like, where do I take what money I make today and in what non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets that have a natural hedge against inflation built into them? Where do I invest those? So gold and silver, definitely. You know, I&#x27;ve also – I like investing in guns and bullets because you can actually have fun with a gun and a bullet in AR-15. Gold you can&#x27;t shoot. It just kind of sits there. You look and say, oh, it&#x27;s shiny and pretty. But in AR-15, you can have a little fun with that investment. But, yes, I&#x27;m definitely a pro of those investments, especially given the finances today.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Aaron Query. He&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. He&#x27;s the author of the book Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. Aaron, in your book, you talk about fight or flight. Now, what does that mean? Well, it&#x27;s originally referencing a biological or psychological reference that humans have this inert – you&#x27;re unconscious about it. Like if you&#x27;re threatened with something, you&#x27;re either going to fight it or you&#x27;re going to try and run away with it. And we kind of face a similar economic decision we have to make here is the threat or the challenges we face, the individual faces here in the United States, do you want to stick it out here in the United States and fight it? Or do you want to say, you know what, I can&#x27;t overcome this, and I&#x27;m going to leave. I&#x27;m going to flight. And this is a tough decision because if you look at your life, your life is based here.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And everything isn&#x27;t about money. You have your family, your friends, your loved ones. That&#x27;s what really is important about life. So unless you&#x27;re like a single swinging bachelor, you just can&#x27;t pick up and leave because your life is here. You have roots here. So part of my book delves into this. Okay, is it worth it to look for greener pastures? Do you go to Hong Kong? Do you go to Singapore? Do you try and find other places where your work will be rewarded and you won&#x27;t be taxed as much? Or in the case that you&#x27;re going to stay here, you&#x27;re going to fight. So that means you minimalize yourself. You make as little money as possible. You cut your expenditures. And you spend time enjoying life with your family. And should you be lucky enough to make a ton of money, yeah, then you can always leave. So that&#x27;s kind of what that topic of the chapter delves into. And if people were to – let&#x27;s go back to gold and silver.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If people were to decide to buy gold and silver, do you advise the physical gold, like taking possession of it or having someone give you a piece of paper that says you own gold somewhere else? Almost. No, no. It&#x27;s physical possession. I mean you&#x27;re investing in gold and silver, again, for an insurance plate. And if you have an S hits the fan scenario, you really need the gold physically. It doesn&#x27;t do you any good. That gold is sitting in some mine in Australia. You need it physically. So if you&#x27;re going to buy gold – and you know what? If you&#x27;ve got kids, investing in coins – point collecting is a great way to have fun with that. You don&#x27;t have to just buy gold or silver bullion, which you certainly can do. But kids love it. I mean you&#x27;ve got – so use it as an educational experience as well.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> Yeah. Bags of silver coins make a lot of sense too because it&#x27;s tradable. It&#x27;s something you can actually – if we go to that kind of economy, if we had a disaster and an electromagnetic pulse bomb goes off and there&#x27;s no more banks anywhere, there&#x27;s no more information on any computers, the bags of silver would actually be in the denominations you could trade for a loaf of bread. That kind of thing. Oh, absolutely. I mean you look at all of our electronic transactions. Forget it. You&#x27;re going to – and this is why I kind of prefer silver over gold because gold would be – primarily used as a store of value like you want to have the bulk of your wealth saved up there. But in terms of like if we have a very emergency-like scenario, you need something that&#x27;s a bit more divisible. So silver pieces, even copper pieces, save your pre-1982 pennies. I think those are going to become more of the trading or consumer currency.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And then gold would be kind of more like, well, that&#x27;s where you store the majority of your wealth, be it your house or a car or something like that. Again, folks, his name is Aaron Query, author of Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. If you joined our interview later or if you want to hear it again, go to financialsafari.com. And if you want to watch the interview, financialsafari.tv. Aaron, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much, guys. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest joining us from Minneapolis, Minnesota. His name is Aaron Clary. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. It&#x27;s called Enjoy the Decline, Accepting the Living with the Death of the United States. And this book is packed with information, folks. And we&#x27;re going to have a link to Aaron&#x27;s website on our website. And I really recommend you read this book. And I know it takes a lot of time to write books. I&#x27;ve written a few myself. And Aaron, welcome to the show. Howdy. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Number one, what caused you to write a book such as this? What was the catalyst? Because you have to be excited or fed up or just emotionally ready when you write a book, because it&#x27;s not something you sit down in one day and do, is it? No. It was the re-election of Barack Obama.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And I promised myself, depending, my next book would be based on the election results. I honestly didn&#x27;t think he would win. And he did. And myself, along with many other people, you know, it&#x27;s like, holy cow. It kind of like, it was a game changer. Like, okay, what direction does this country want to go? And so a lot of my friends were depressed. I was certainly down, or at least generally down with the general direction of the country. And so I wrote this book saying, okay, look, you know, this is the path we&#x27;re going to go down. There are certain things, you know, within your control and certain things that are outside of your control. And it&#x27;s insanity trying to get worked up or trying to control things that you don&#x27;t control. So given this is the route, this is the way that the electorate wants to go, how do you, with this kind of new change of rules in the game, how do you go and benefit and enjoy this decline?</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> How do you get the most out of life? So that was the catalyst that prompted me to write the book. Aaron, when you hear this phrase, and I want to get your opinion because I know how I feel on it, but when you hear the phrase, you need to pay your fair share, what does that do to you emotionally? It angers me. Because it is 100% of the time coming from a parasite who doesn&#x27;t want to work for a living. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s, I don&#x27;t pay my fair share. It&#x27;s like, okay, what is your fair share, depending on what metric you want to use? Right now, the average person, you know, everyone focuses on income tax rates, which are certainly progressive, and the rich pay more than their fair share. You know, you look at 35% top tax rates, stuff like that. But you&#x27;re forgetting things like state taxes, sales taxes, property taxes.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> When you add all that up, the average person is forfeiting, depending on the state you live in, around 40% of their income. Well, what&#x27;s enough? You know, how many deadbeat losers do I have to support just because I was responsible, managed my finances correctly, and worked hard for a living? So anger and rage is the initial response to get to something like that. When I talk to people about it, too, they say they&#x27;re fine with paying – you know, we&#x27;re all fine with paying taxes as long as we know what the taxes are going to be and as long as we know where the limit&#x27;s going to be. But there doesn&#x27;t seem to be a limit these days to the insanity as far as taxation. No, and that&#x27;s the problem. And politicians have done this purposely. And you know this, where you have a pay-as-you-go system, and everyone gets all – you know, tax season&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Everyone&#x27;s going to get excited about the amount of money they&#x27;re going to get for a refund because they never cut one check like you do for your mortgage or your credit card bill or your cable bill. They pay it – they don&#x27;t realize it. It&#x27;s like leeches. It literally is like leeches. You know, when you get bit by a leech, you don&#x27;t know it because leeches actually have this sedative, like this salve that you don&#x27;t know that you&#x27;re being parasited off of. It&#x27;s the exact same thing with our pay-as-you-go system. So that these veritable ignorant morons, when they get their refund, they&#x27;re all excited because they got $1,000, but they don&#x27;t realize that they paid $10,000 in. And so what – and the issue of pricing that you bring up is a very perfect point. You don&#x27;t know what the price of government is because of all these various and hidden taxes.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> If you eliminated or consolidated all the taxes saying we&#x27;re going to have one tax, it&#x27;s going to be a sales tax, you would know just as you do the price of a Big Mac, the price of an Xbox, the price of a purebred wiener dog. You would know the exact price of government and then therefore would be able to judge whether or not you&#x27;re getting your bang for your buck. But politicians have consciously done this, having multiple taxes hidden away, spread out and amortized over a year that you don&#x27;t know just how screwed you&#x27;re getting over. And another word for – a couple other words for taxes are tolls, licenses, fees, permits, registration. Those are all taxes, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Any – this is the definition of a tax, and I would like to pat myself on the back for coming up with it because I haven&#x27;t heard it yet, so hopefully we&#x27;ll get it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Any transfer of money from the private sector to the public sector is by economic definition a tax. Yeah, and then the money goes to places we don&#x27;t even know and get – government by definition wastes a lot of money. I saw a parity sign like the National Park signs. They went to Yellowstone when I was little, and the bears would come right up to the cars, and you weren&#x27;t allowed to feed them because they would become dependent on the people feeding them. So the parity sign said – it was that brown sign with the white writing, please do not feed the park animals. They become dependent and will soon want cell phones. Like when you were a kid? No, it was a parity sign just recently, but I remember back when I was a kid at Yellowstone, the sign said, please do not feed the animals. They will become dependent.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But then the parity sign went a step further and said, and we&#x27;ll soon want cell phones because we are, as a government, giving people on welfare cell phones, which is ridiculous. Right, right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about silver and gold. I mean, Yukon Cornelius on Rudolph talked about silver and gold. Now, silver and gold has become a big thing in the financial world, and it used to – gold used to back up the dollars we spent. That&#x27;s changed back under the Nixon administration. It&#x27;s been going downhill since then, hasn&#x27;t it? Correct, yes. No, I&#x27;m a big fan. I&#x27;m not saying, you know, have all your portfolio in gold and silver. And even with the retirement bubble occurring in the stock market, I still actually like stocks in the sense that it is future dollars, which would naturally be hedged against inflation. Therefore, it is a natural hedge against inflation.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> So I&#x27;m not necessarily against stocks, but in terms of gold, silver, stocks, it&#x27;s sad. Most of these investments that we have are more insurance plays against the collapsing currency. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, I want to get an 8% real rate of return so I can save for retirement. It&#x27;s more like, where do I take what money I make today and in what non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets that have a natural hedge against inflation built into them? Where do I invest those? So gold and silver, definitely. You know, I&#x27;ve also – I like investing in guns and bullets because you can actually have fun with a gun and a bullet in AR-15. Gold you can&#x27;t shoot. It just kind of sits there. You look and say, oh, it&#x27;s shiny and pretty. But in AR-15, you can have a little fun with that investment. But, yes, I&#x27;m definitely a pro of those investments, especially given the finances today.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Aaron Query. He&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. He&#x27;s the author of the book Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. Aaron, in your book, you talk about fight or flight. Now, what does that mean? Well, it&#x27;s originally referencing a biological or psychological reference that humans have this inert – you&#x27;re unconscious about it. Like if you&#x27;re threatened with something, you&#x27;re either going to fight it or you&#x27;re going to try and run away with it. And we kind of face a similar economic decision we have to make here is the threat or the challenges we face, the individual faces here in the United States, do you want to stick it out here in the United States and fight it? Or do you want to say, you know what, I can&#x27;t overcome this, and I&#x27;m going to leave. I&#x27;m going to flight. And this is a tough decision because if you look at your life, your life is based here.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And everything isn&#x27;t about money. You have your family, your friends, your loved ones. That&#x27;s what really is important about life. So unless you&#x27;re like a single swinging bachelor, you just can&#x27;t pick up and leave because your life is here. You have roots here. So part of my book delves into this. Okay, is it worth it to look for greener pastures? Do you go to Hong Kong? Do you go to Singapore? Do you try and find other places where your work will be rewarded and you won&#x27;t be taxed as much? Or in the case that you&#x27;re going to stay here, you&#x27;re going to fight. So that means you minimalize yourself. You make as little money as possible. You cut your expenditures. And you spend time enjoying life with your family. And should you be lucky enough to make a ton of money, yeah, then you can always leave. So that&#x27;s kind of what that topic of the chapter delves into. And if people were to – let&#x27;s go back to gold and silver.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If people were to decide to buy gold and silver, do you advise the physical gold, like taking possession of it or having someone give you a piece of paper that says you own gold somewhere else? Almost. No, no. It&#x27;s physical possession. I mean you&#x27;re investing in gold and silver, again, for an insurance plate. And if you have an S hits the fan scenario, you really need the gold physically. It doesn&#x27;t do you any good. That gold is sitting in some mine in Australia. You need it physically. So if you&#x27;re going to buy gold – and you know what? If you&#x27;ve got kids, investing in coins – point collecting is a great way to have fun with that. You don&#x27;t have to just buy gold or silver bullion, which you certainly can do. But kids love it. I mean you&#x27;ve got – so use it as an educational experience as well.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> Yeah. Bags of silver coins make a lot of sense too because it&#x27;s tradable. It&#x27;s something you can actually – if we go to that kind of economy, if we had a disaster and an electromagnetic pulse bomb goes off and there&#x27;s no more banks anywhere, there&#x27;s no more information on any computers, the bags of silver would actually be in the denominations you could trade for a loaf of bread. That kind of thing. Oh, absolutely. I mean you look at all of our electronic transactions. Forget it. You&#x27;re going to – and this is why I kind of prefer silver over gold because gold would be – primarily used as a store of value like you want to have the bulk of your wealth saved up there. But in terms of like if we have a very emergency-like scenario, you need something that&#x27;s a bit more divisible. So silver pieces, even copper pieces, save your pre-1982 pennies. I think those are going to become more of the trading or consumer currency.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And then gold would be kind of more like, well, that&#x27;s where you store the majority of your wealth, be it your house or a car or something like that. Again, folks, his name is Aaron Query, author of Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. If you joined our interview later or if you want to hear it again, go to financialsafari.com. And if you want to watch the interview, financialsafari.tv. Aaron, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much, guys. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Aaron Clarey</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Aaron Clarey, economic policy, books and authors, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/image.jpg?t=1792072633&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/aaron-clarey-enjoy-the-decline/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/image.jpg?t=1792072633&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>640</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10272040" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/aaron-clarey-enjoy-the-decline</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>150</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Enjoy the Decline" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pam Oakes: Car Care for the Clueless</title>
      <itunes:title>Pam Oakes: Car Care for the Clueless</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Pam Oakes joins Coach Pete to discuss Car Care for the Clueless. This April 2013 interview explores oil changes, gas prices, tires, and practical questions about caring for a vehicle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, I think everyone out there has a car or two, and today&#x27;s guest is a very special one if you do own a car or know someone who does. Her name is Pam Oaks. She&#x27;s visiting us from Fort Myers, Florida, and she&#x27;s written several books. One is called Car Care for the Clueless. She also has a website, carcarefortheclueless.com. Pam, welcome in. Well, thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about Car Care for the Clueless. First, I want to talk about a few things today, and one was oil changes, the price of gas, and tires. When does the warranty of the tire run out? Now, I&#x27;ll let you pick those three topics. Which one do you want to talk about first? Let&#x27;s talk about the oil change first. Okay, oil change. You know, first to start off, I think GM was wonderful doing this proactive consumer satisfaction campaign,</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> that they&#x27;re wanting all their four-cylinder automobile customers to come into their local dealership to have their oil interval reset on their automatic, hey, your oil change is due on the DASH program. And I think that&#x27;s very, very well because they&#x27;re going to go off of if the consumer is a severe duty or a normal duty driver. Let me explain that real quick because this is for all of us, and this is going to keep money in our pockets. If we do know if we&#x27;re a severe duty or a normal duty, first of all, a severe duty driver would be like somebody who does stop-and-go traffic all the time, you know, shower, things like that, mountainous terrain. You drive down a dirt road, you pull a trailer, you pull a jet boat, a jet ski, a snowmobile, something like that.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> That&#x27;s part of the criteria for severe duty. Okay. A normal duty driver would be somebody who drives in one direction more than 10 miles, not too much stop-and-go. They don&#x27;t have any mountainous terrain or dirt roads, and they don&#x27;t tow anything. That&#x27;s more along the lines of a normal duty driver. Okay. So they&#x27;re going to go a little longer with that oil change. But one thing I love to preach, and I think this is true for any maker manufacturer, once a month, you go into your ASC Blue Seal shop or your dealership where you have this great working relationship. Remember, this is extremely important because that&#x27;s going to save you money too, knowing who you&#x27;re dealing with. This great working relationship and having them top the air pressure off, have them lift the tires, top the fluid levels off.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> And this better be a free service, folks, because if it&#x27;s not, you need to find another shop. I do these every day for my consumers for almost 20 years. So once a month. And it&#x27;s going to have a professional set of eyes looking at that vehicle. And, of course, you know, each vehicle has their little lead area synchronicities. And we&#x27;re going to look at that particular area with that particular make and model. If we see something brewing, we can catch it really early where it will only be maybe tens or hundreds of dollars for the repair versus thousands for repair. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this, the recall that GM has when people come in, and it&#x27;s only four-cylinder vehicles right now, which hopefully they&#x27;ll expand that. But when you go in, will they fix that irritating light that comes on telling you it&#x27;s time to get an oil change if you don&#x27;t need one every 3,000 miles?</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> Like if they arrive at a conclusion, you only need one every 5,000. Will they adjust that light to the 5,000? Yes, they are. Okay, that&#x27;s real good. That&#x27;s the whole premise of the program. All right. I think it&#x27;s wonderful. Okay, well, that&#x27;s important. And, folks, if you have a GM car, if you haven&#x27;t got the notice, or maybe you want to complain to GM if you have a six-cylinder car and you haven&#x27;t got a notice yet, everyone should have one of these. All right, oil change. Now, let&#x27;s talk about something that everyone has four, most cars have four tires. And you get a tire, and a lot of times when you&#x27;re buying the tires, the person trying to sell you the tire is talking about a great warranty on the tire. How good are these warranties, and when do the warranties of a tire run out, Pam? You can ruin a warranty within 100 or 200 miles. And you can do this by having unusual tire wear. They&#x27;ll avoid the warranty on the tire, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And we don&#x27;t want that to happen. And so we want to make sure that you keep your tires in proper working order. And how you do that is, A, you go and visit once a month, get the proper amount of air putting in. And, B, I always recommend that when you stop and get gasoline at the pump, you turn the wheels away, or diesel if you have a diesel, turn the wheels away from the pump. Stay light so you&#x27;re going to gas up on the passenger side. You pull in, you turn the wheels to the left, and if you park and everything, get out of the car and look at the tread. If you see them looking a little funny, you need to get over to your ASC Blue Seal shop or dealership and have them check the alignment. Because this is not only going to pull a warranty issue on your tires, it&#x27;s also going to save you money in gasoline.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Because you&#x27;re going to have a significant amount of drag, more drag, than what the vehicle was designed for. And plus, you know, I don&#x27;t want to be paying extra money for an extra set of tires on this vehicle that I&#x27;m driving. Yeah, tires aren&#x27;t cheap anymore, either. No, they&#x27;re not. You know, there&#x27;s something now, when people are wondering if it&#x27;s time to replace tires, there was something called the Abe Lincoln test. And we still have pennies, luckily, here. So do you know the Abe Lincoln test? Do you want to explain that to the listeners and viewers? Actually, what you need to go off of is not so much the Abe Lincoln test, is inside the tire. In fact, I just did it for a customer of mine about 10, 15 minutes ago. And for us ladies who, well, I get my hands dirty all the time because I&#x27;m out in the shop. But for those ladies who, they don&#x27;t like that. Right. You can take a ballpoint pen. Okay.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And you just go in the groove of the tire and you&#x27;ll feel a little bump. That&#x27;s called a wear bar. And when it gets really close to that wear bar, we don&#x27;t want it to go into the wear bar. If it gets really close to the wear bar, it&#x27;s time to change out those tires. Okay. So... Because there&#x27;s so many different composites out nowadays and, you know, different speed-rated tires. Right. That, you know, some of the new ones, the Abe Lincoln, you know, well, you&#x27;re almost right there when they&#x27;re brand new. So, go off of that wear bar. And that&#x27;s a great built-in Abe Lincoln. You see that head-on Abe Lincoln penny trick. Go off the wear bar. Keep your pennies in the jar. Turn them into the bank later on. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you a story that&#x27;ll make you happy if you like people saving money on tires. I bought a 1997 Ford Explorer, brand new from the dealership, and it had the Firestone tires, the same tires that everyone heard about years later when they were Ford-blamed Firestone and Firestone-blamed Ford.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> But what came out for me is anyone who had Firestone tires got a free set of new tires. Yes, they did. And it just so happened, I already had like 50-some thousand miles on my Firestone, but there was no mileage requirement. So, I was able to trade those in, get a free set of Michelins that got me 70,000. So, I just, and I still have my 97 Explorer. I still use it around the house for things, to haul things. And I just had to buy my first set of tires ever for that Ford Explorer last year, a set of Goodyear&#x27;s. So, that&#x27;s not a bad deal, was it? Not at all. Now, so I like recalls. Oh, yes. Very good. But, you know, for them expiring out, you know, the manufacturers, now they&#x27;re coming up with the same premise that the Europeans have six years.</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> They&#x27;re saying when the date code on the tire, when it&#x27;s six years, it&#x27;s time to change them out. And nobody&#x27;s actually coming up with an actual expiration date. Right. Which would, I think, benefit everybody. Let&#x27;s see if they had an expiration date. Unfortunately, some of those tires, they&#x27;re sitting in the warehouses for a year or two before they even get placed on a car, on the oddball-sized tires, that is. Right. And I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;re doing that because they don&#x27;t want to buy them back. Well, that&#x27;s right. So, they just keep them there. You know what I&#x27;m saying? Yeah. Yeah, when they time out and everything. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, the reason why I had to put a new set of tires on was not because the treads were bad. These were 70,000 miles. The treads were still fine on the Michelins, but the problem was the sidewall, some of the tire had fallen off, and you could see the weavings in the tire itself.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> And the guy at the shop said, you&#x27;re going to have a side blowout. So, of course, I don&#x27;t want a side blowout, so I get a new set of tires. So, the ride. Oh, that&#x27;s not good. Yeah, it was not good. But, all right. Now, let me tell you something. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left, and this is something that, I mean, it doesn&#x27;t take an expert to know when you ride down the road and want to fill your tank up, gas is expensive. Is there anything anyone could do about that, and why is gas so expensive these days? Well, you know, it&#x27;s all based on features, and unfortunately, our wallets are the ones that got hit by that. And what we can do to fight back is, of course, keep air in the proper amount of air in our tires. Remember, always go off the little sticker in the door, not on the side of the tire, because that tire can fit different makes and models that may require the higher tire pressure.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> So, please go off the little sticker in the door. But the other thing is top-tier fuel. I love top-tier fuel. And they were saying, what is that? Well, let me explain. About 10, 12 years ago, six automobile manufacturers got together, GM, Honda, Ford, excuse me, Toyota, and BMW, Audi, and VW. And they said, this is the fuel, this is the composite that we need to make our cars run at top MPG and the least amount of emissions, what you got for it. And a handful of petroleum companies came back and said, we can do this. And they&#x27;ve been deemed top-tier, T-O-P-I-F-E-I-E-R. Please Google that or go on our website. We can explain all about it. And there&#x27;s a list of top-tier fueling stations, retailers, that you don&#x27;t have to buy the premium.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> You don&#x27;t have to buy the 87 octane. If your car requires 87, just the regular, just put the regular. But it has that special additive in there. And I&#x27;ll give you a quick story. We did a guinea pig experiment years ago, and we used the, what I call junk food gas, the non-top-tier fuel. Right. And a car that we used, and it&#x27;s a six-cylinder. It wasn&#x27;t even one of the maker models that was in the experiment to begin with. We were getting approximately a heavy 19, almost 20 miles per gallon. So then we went over, after about three, four weeks, over to a top-tier fuel. And, again, we measured it, I mean, for about three to four weeks. And we were getting 23. Now, if that&#x27;s not stating money in your wallet, I don&#x27;t know what is.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> It sure is. And all we did was use the 87, and we just used the top-tier fuel. Is there a special symbol people should look for? Or is it they have to ask the station? Or how do they know if they&#x27;re getting top-tier fuel or not? Well, it&#x27;s a manufacturer. For an example, like Shell and Chevron and ExxonMobil, they&#x27;re one of the top-tiers. There&#x27;s a whole list of them if you just Google top-tier, T-I-E-R. And there&#x27;s other retailers which are regional. Union 76, they&#x27;re a top-tier. Even when they blend the alcohol in, the ethanol? Yes. It could still be top-tier. Okay. Yes, because they&#x27;re putting the additives in there. Okay. And people, you know, they sit there. In fact, I had a neighbor get a BMW went in for a warranty issue,</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> and they said, oh, Mr. Smith, you need to have your injectors flushed. Hmm. And he says, no, I don&#x27;t, because, A, my manual, my BMW manual, says to use top-tier, and I am using top-tier, therefore I don&#x27;t need the service. And they said, oh, we weren&#x27;t aware of that. Sorry about that. Thank you very much. Saved money right there. Yeah. Saved money right there. Well. And it&#x27;s true. It keeps the carbon out of there and keeps everything clean. And, you know, it may be a penny or two more. If that, some are, like, my area right now, they&#x27;re neck and neck with what I call junk food gas. It&#x27;s about the same price. So if Abe Lincoln was alive today, he&#x27;d say a penny or two saved is the dollar earned if you&#x27;re using the top-tier fuel.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s right. Yes, you watch your pennies, your dollars will take care of themselves. Folks, her name is Pam Oaks, and she has written a book, Car Care for the Coolest. Pam, we really are thankful for your attendance here on the show and look forward to having you on again in the future. Well, thank you. I appreciate it. And everybody, just do your maintenance, and your car will take care of it for you. Absolutely. And, folks, if you missed this interview or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com to listen to it or financialsafari.tv to see it. Pam, thanks for your time today. And thank you, and take care. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pam Oakes joins Coach Pete to discuss Car Care for the Clueless. This April 2013 interview explores oil changes, gas prices, tires, and practical questions about caring for a vehicle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, I think everyone out there has a car or two, and today&#x27;s guest is a very special one if you do own a car or know someone who does. Her name is Pam Oaks. She&#x27;s visiting us from Fort Myers, Florida, and she&#x27;s written several books. One is called Car Care for the Clueless. She also has a website, carcarefortheclueless.com. Pam, welcome in. Well, thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about Car Care for the Clueless. First, I want to talk about a few things today, and one was oil changes, the price of gas, and tires. When does the warranty of the tire run out? Now, I&#x27;ll let you pick those three topics. Which one do you want to talk about first? Let&#x27;s talk about the oil change first. Okay, oil change. You know, first to start off, I think GM was wonderful doing this proactive consumer satisfaction campaign,</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> that they&#x27;re wanting all their four-cylinder automobile customers to come into their local dealership to have their oil interval reset on their automatic, hey, your oil change is due on the DASH program. And I think that&#x27;s very, very well because they&#x27;re going to go off of if the consumer is a severe duty or a normal duty driver. Let me explain that real quick because this is for all of us, and this is going to keep money in our pockets. If we do know if we&#x27;re a severe duty or a normal duty, first of all, a severe duty driver would be like somebody who does stop-and-go traffic all the time, you know, shower, things like that, mountainous terrain. You drive down a dirt road, you pull a trailer, you pull a jet boat, a jet ski, a snowmobile, something like that.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> That&#x27;s part of the criteria for severe duty. Okay. A normal duty driver would be somebody who drives in one direction more than 10 miles, not too much stop-and-go. They don&#x27;t have any mountainous terrain or dirt roads, and they don&#x27;t tow anything. That&#x27;s more along the lines of a normal duty driver. Okay. So they&#x27;re going to go a little longer with that oil change. But one thing I love to preach, and I think this is true for any maker manufacturer, once a month, you go into your ASC Blue Seal shop or your dealership where you have this great working relationship. Remember, this is extremely important because that&#x27;s going to save you money too, knowing who you&#x27;re dealing with. This great working relationship and having them top the air pressure off, have them lift the tires, top the fluid levels off.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> And this better be a free service, folks, because if it&#x27;s not, you need to find another shop. I do these every day for my consumers for almost 20 years. So once a month. And it&#x27;s going to have a professional set of eyes looking at that vehicle. And, of course, you know, each vehicle has their little lead area synchronicities. And we&#x27;re going to look at that particular area with that particular make and model. If we see something brewing, we can catch it really early where it will only be maybe tens or hundreds of dollars for the repair versus thousands for repair. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this, the recall that GM has when people come in, and it&#x27;s only four-cylinder vehicles right now, which hopefully they&#x27;ll expand that. But when you go in, will they fix that irritating light that comes on telling you it&#x27;s time to get an oil change if you don&#x27;t need one every 3,000 miles?</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> Like if they arrive at a conclusion, you only need one every 5,000. Will they adjust that light to the 5,000? Yes, they are. Okay, that&#x27;s real good. That&#x27;s the whole premise of the program. All right. I think it&#x27;s wonderful. Okay, well, that&#x27;s important. And, folks, if you have a GM car, if you haven&#x27;t got the notice, or maybe you want to complain to GM if you have a six-cylinder car and you haven&#x27;t got a notice yet, everyone should have one of these. All right, oil change. Now, let&#x27;s talk about something that everyone has four, most cars have four tires. And you get a tire, and a lot of times when you&#x27;re buying the tires, the person trying to sell you the tire is talking about a great warranty on the tire. How good are these warranties, and when do the warranties of a tire run out, Pam? You can ruin a warranty within 100 or 200 miles. And you can do this by having unusual tire wear. They&#x27;ll avoid the warranty on the tire, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And we don&#x27;t want that to happen. And so we want to make sure that you keep your tires in proper working order. And how you do that is, A, you go and visit once a month, get the proper amount of air putting in. And, B, I always recommend that when you stop and get gasoline at the pump, you turn the wheels away, or diesel if you have a diesel, turn the wheels away from the pump. Stay light so you&#x27;re going to gas up on the passenger side. You pull in, you turn the wheels to the left, and if you park and everything, get out of the car and look at the tread. If you see them looking a little funny, you need to get over to your ASC Blue Seal shop or dealership and have them check the alignment. Because this is not only going to pull a warranty issue on your tires, it&#x27;s also going to save you money in gasoline.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Because you&#x27;re going to have a significant amount of drag, more drag, than what the vehicle was designed for. And plus, you know, I don&#x27;t want to be paying extra money for an extra set of tires on this vehicle that I&#x27;m driving. Yeah, tires aren&#x27;t cheap anymore, either. No, they&#x27;re not. You know, there&#x27;s something now, when people are wondering if it&#x27;s time to replace tires, there was something called the Abe Lincoln test. And we still have pennies, luckily, here. So do you know the Abe Lincoln test? Do you want to explain that to the listeners and viewers? Actually, what you need to go off of is not so much the Abe Lincoln test, is inside the tire. In fact, I just did it for a customer of mine about 10, 15 minutes ago. And for us ladies who, well, I get my hands dirty all the time because I&#x27;m out in the shop. But for those ladies who, they don&#x27;t like that. Right. You can take a ballpoint pen. Okay.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And you just go in the groove of the tire and you&#x27;ll feel a little bump. That&#x27;s called a wear bar. And when it gets really close to that wear bar, we don&#x27;t want it to go into the wear bar. If it gets really close to the wear bar, it&#x27;s time to change out those tires. Okay. So... Because there&#x27;s so many different composites out nowadays and, you know, different speed-rated tires. Right. That, you know, some of the new ones, the Abe Lincoln, you know, well, you&#x27;re almost right there when they&#x27;re brand new. So, go off of that wear bar. And that&#x27;s a great built-in Abe Lincoln. You see that head-on Abe Lincoln penny trick. Go off the wear bar. Keep your pennies in the jar. Turn them into the bank later on. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you a story that&#x27;ll make you happy if you like people saving money on tires. I bought a 1997 Ford Explorer, brand new from the dealership, and it had the Firestone tires, the same tires that everyone heard about years later when they were Ford-blamed Firestone and Firestone-blamed Ford.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> But what came out for me is anyone who had Firestone tires got a free set of new tires. Yes, they did. And it just so happened, I already had like 50-some thousand miles on my Firestone, but there was no mileage requirement. So, I was able to trade those in, get a free set of Michelins that got me 70,000. So, I just, and I still have my 97 Explorer. I still use it around the house for things, to haul things. And I just had to buy my first set of tires ever for that Ford Explorer last year, a set of Goodyear&#x27;s. So, that&#x27;s not a bad deal, was it? Not at all. Now, so I like recalls. Oh, yes. Very good. But, you know, for them expiring out, you know, the manufacturers, now they&#x27;re coming up with the same premise that the Europeans have six years.</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> They&#x27;re saying when the date code on the tire, when it&#x27;s six years, it&#x27;s time to change them out. And nobody&#x27;s actually coming up with an actual expiration date. Right. Which would, I think, benefit everybody. Let&#x27;s see if they had an expiration date. Unfortunately, some of those tires, they&#x27;re sitting in the warehouses for a year or two before they even get placed on a car, on the oddball-sized tires, that is. Right. And I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;re doing that because they don&#x27;t want to buy them back. Well, that&#x27;s right. So, they just keep them there. You know what I&#x27;m saying? Yeah. Yeah, when they time out and everything. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, the reason why I had to put a new set of tires on was not because the treads were bad. These were 70,000 miles. The treads were still fine on the Michelins, but the problem was the sidewall, some of the tire had fallen off, and you could see the weavings in the tire itself.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> And the guy at the shop said, you&#x27;re going to have a side blowout. So, of course, I don&#x27;t want a side blowout, so I get a new set of tires. So, the ride. Oh, that&#x27;s not good. Yeah, it was not good. But, all right. Now, let me tell you something. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left, and this is something that, I mean, it doesn&#x27;t take an expert to know when you ride down the road and want to fill your tank up, gas is expensive. Is there anything anyone could do about that, and why is gas so expensive these days? Well, you know, it&#x27;s all based on features, and unfortunately, our wallets are the ones that got hit by that. And what we can do to fight back is, of course, keep air in the proper amount of air in our tires. Remember, always go off the little sticker in the door, not on the side of the tire, because that tire can fit different makes and models that may require the higher tire pressure.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> So, please go off the little sticker in the door. But the other thing is top-tier fuel. I love top-tier fuel. And they were saying, what is that? Well, let me explain. About 10, 12 years ago, six automobile manufacturers got together, GM, Honda, Ford, excuse me, Toyota, and BMW, Audi, and VW. And they said, this is the fuel, this is the composite that we need to make our cars run at top MPG and the least amount of emissions, what you got for it. And a handful of petroleum companies came back and said, we can do this. And they&#x27;ve been deemed top-tier, T-O-P-I-F-E-I-E-R. Please Google that or go on our website. We can explain all about it. And there&#x27;s a list of top-tier fueling stations, retailers, that you don&#x27;t have to buy the premium.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> You don&#x27;t have to buy the 87 octane. If your car requires 87, just the regular, just put the regular. But it has that special additive in there. And I&#x27;ll give you a quick story. We did a guinea pig experiment years ago, and we used the, what I call junk food gas, the non-top-tier fuel. Right. And a car that we used, and it&#x27;s a six-cylinder. It wasn&#x27;t even one of the maker models that was in the experiment to begin with. We were getting approximately a heavy 19, almost 20 miles per gallon. So then we went over, after about three, four weeks, over to a top-tier fuel. And, again, we measured it, I mean, for about three to four weeks. And we were getting 23. Now, if that&#x27;s not stating money in your wallet, I don&#x27;t know what is.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> It sure is. And all we did was use the 87, and we just used the top-tier fuel. Is there a special symbol people should look for? Or is it they have to ask the station? Or how do they know if they&#x27;re getting top-tier fuel or not? Well, it&#x27;s a manufacturer. For an example, like Shell and Chevron and ExxonMobil, they&#x27;re one of the top-tiers. There&#x27;s a whole list of them if you just Google top-tier, T-I-E-R. And there&#x27;s other retailers which are regional. Union 76, they&#x27;re a top-tier. Even when they blend the alcohol in, the ethanol? Yes. It could still be top-tier. Okay. Yes, because they&#x27;re putting the additives in there. Okay. And people, you know, they sit there. In fact, I had a neighbor get a BMW went in for a warranty issue,</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> and they said, oh, Mr. Smith, you need to have your injectors flushed. Hmm. And he says, no, I don&#x27;t, because, A, my manual, my BMW manual, says to use top-tier, and I am using top-tier, therefore I don&#x27;t need the service. And they said, oh, we weren&#x27;t aware of that. Sorry about that. Thank you very much. Saved money right there. Yeah. Saved money right there. Well. And it&#x27;s true. It keeps the carbon out of there and keeps everything clean. And, you know, it may be a penny or two more. If that, some are, like, my area right now, they&#x27;re neck and neck with what I call junk food gas. It&#x27;s about the same price. So if Abe Lincoln was alive today, he&#x27;d say a penny or two saved is the dollar earned if you&#x27;re using the top-tier fuel.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s right. Yes, you watch your pennies, your dollars will take care of themselves. Folks, her name is Pam Oaks, and she has written a book, Car Care for the Coolest. Pam, we really are thankful for your attendance here on the show and look forward to having you on again in the future. Well, thank you. I appreciate it. And everybody, just do your maintenance, and your car will take care of it for you. Absolutely. And, folks, if you missed this interview or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can go to financialsafari.com to listen to it or financialsafari.tv to see it. Pam, thanks for your time today. And thank you, and take care. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Pam Oakes joins Coach Pete to discuss Car Care for the Clueless. This April 2013 interview explores oil changes, gas prices, tires, and practical questions about caring for a vehicle.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Pam Oakes</category>
      <category>Car Care for the Clueless</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Pam Oakes, Car Care for the Clueless, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70/image.jpg?t=1792072639&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pam-oakes-car-care-for-the-clueless/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70/image.jpg?t=1792072639&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>763</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e41aeaf5-e35a-4530-aba3-b4e2014f4b70/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12245451" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pam-oakes-car-care-for-the-clueless</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>151</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Car Care for the Clueless" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:14" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Israel: Art, Museums, and Giving Back</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Israel: Art, Museums, and Giving Back</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his artwork, museum fundraising, and the charitable events on his calendar. This interview comes from the 2013 archive; the exact recording date is unknown.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s an artist known throughout the world. His name is Michael Israel. If you&#x27;ve ever gone to a charity event where he&#x27;s appeared and done some of his fantastic paintings or watched some of his online videos at michaelisrael.com, you&#x27;ll know who I&#x27;m talking about. I&#x27;m looking forward very much to this interview. Michael, welcome to the show. Hey, thanks for having me. Yeah, it&#x27;s always great to have you on because, I mean, you&#x27;re always working on something new and you&#x27;re always doing something fabulous. So what&#x27;s going on here this year? What do you have planned? Well, we&#x27;re kind of shifting gears and getting a little more involved with museum fundraising. It&#x27;s kind of interesting. The artists trying to give back to the museums instead of the other way around, but some cool stuff going on. And of course, all the corporates and other charity work.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It&#x27;s kind of a neat thing. Really happy to do all that. Yeah, so, I mean, giving to the charities good and people that are going to these charitable events, I mean, people go just because they have to sometimes, but when they go to an event when you come, I&#x27;ve heard them come up to ask the organizer of the charity when you&#x27;re going to be here again or can we have Michael come back next year. You have a lot of repeat visits, don&#x27;t you? I do. In fact, I&#x27;ve got a lot of repeats from years ago as well. I think what they&#x27;re doing is they&#x27;re looking at their financials and going, wow, that&#x27;s like having the band and having the band pay you. Last year, we gave a little over $8 million in kind and in cash to various charities. So it&#x27;s nice to be able to help out. Let&#x27;s go back to when did you first decide this was a good idea? What inspired you to do this the very first time, Michael?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What kind of reaction did you get? As far as the painting goes, I used to paint at festivals as a kid. And I would sell out what I brought, so I would start painting. And I was very heavy into martial arts, so I&#x27;d be in a stance. I&#x27;d have the music cranking. It&#x27;s bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang. You know, there it goes. And I&#x27;d look over my shoulder, and there&#x27;d be people as far back as I could possibly see. And I went, oh, my gosh. If they would each give me $1, I could give the artwork away because it was $3 a painting back then. Wow. You know, I used to do 500 paintings someday. I mean, small ones, but very, very fast. And, you know, I would line three or four up at a time and do them all at once. So it was kind of like a show. But I didn&#x27;t mean it to be a show. It just developed into a show. Well, you take a blank canvas, and within minutes,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> it&#x27;s a fantastic piece of art. And, Michael, that&#x27;s a talent. I mean, what do you see when you look at the blank canvas? I mean, do you see the picture, and then you&#x27;re just painting it? Or how does your mind work that way? Well, these days with the big, big shows, I do a lot of my signature pieces. And they&#x27;re somewhat choreographed with music and to bring a messaging across. In years gone by, it used to be more like jazz and, you know, just kind of off the hip, whatever came out, came out. Yeah, well, I mean, it&#x27;s amazing, though, because I can&#x27;t even draw a stick figure. So it&#x27;s amazing to me to talk to someone like you who can paint a painting like you do. I&#x27;ve got two of yours. I&#x27;ve got Einstein, and I&#x27;ve got The Soldier. And you did both of those in front of the whole group, and within three or four minutes, they were done. It&#x27;s just amazing to me. Well, thanks so much.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> It&#x27;s really about the experience. It&#x27;s not so much about the finished picture, although it does help that it really looks like what it&#x27;s supposed to look like. It&#x27;s really more about the experience. People, when they buy the art, although these days, I guess there&#x27;s some investment opportunity, but they really buy it because it becomes a part of their family. In 35 years, I think I&#x27;ve only heard of a handful of people even remotely interested in selling their art. I mean, I wouldn&#x27;t let go of mine. I&#x27;m not selling mine, Michael. Yeah, it&#x27;s just been very cool. I was in Cabo San Lucas at an event where everybody flies in their private jets. It&#x27;s a really cool four-day party weekend event, very high-end. And I&#x27;m sitting at the bar, which was in the pool, which is kind of nice. And I&#x27;m overhearing a couple talking to someone else</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> about a fire in California approaching their mansion. And they went and they had a truck company come with a big truck to take out their most valuable stuff. And then they turned, they looked over at me, and they said, the first thing we took was the two paintings we bought from you. And I was just flattered. I mean, of all the important things in your home, the paintings are the most important. Wow, that was something. Now, let&#x27;s talk. Well, your paintings are important. And to you, they&#x27;re very important because that&#x27;s what you do for a living. And we were talking a couple months ago about what happens when you&#x27;re not here anymore and the challenges you go through as an artist trying to save for retirement and making sure that you pass on the assets in the correct tax-favored way to your next of kin. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s a really interesting thing.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> I just went to a seminar with some big hotshot financial attorneys about the artist collections and collectors&#x27; art collections and their estates. And I, boy, I was, I needed a drink after that. Because first off, you know, like I said, we donated millions of dollars last year. But what I&#x27;m allowed to write off is called basis. And that means the cost of the paint, the cost of the canvas and the sticks. So that&#x27;s like pretty much nothing, you know. So I don&#x27;t get to write. I can donate a million dollars in artwork and I get like Zippo write-off. But if you buy an artwork from me, even if you get it for next to nothing or you bought it at a charity auction, if you have it appraised at market value and you donate it, in theory, that&#x27;s the write-off that you get.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> It&#x27;s a little better for my collectors than it is for me from a tax standpoint. But the scary thing that I found out that I&#x27;m actually preparing for right now is that right now, again, if I donate it or whatever, I get basis. It&#x27;s all the write-off I get. But the moment I die, all my heirs, the government is going to assess the market value, the value of that artwork. And then they&#x27;re going to go to my heirs and they&#x27;re going to say, okay, $500 million worth of artwork, you owe us $200 million or whatever it is. And they&#x27;re going to go like, wow, where are we going to get that from? And then they&#x27;re going to have to attempt to sell the artwork. And interestingly enough, whatever it costs them to sell it even is not part of it,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> is not a deductible scenario because it&#x27;s based on market value, not on the net sale after expenses, unless you set up certain things within your estate plan or within your will for that. So I learned a lot about these things. It was very scary. You know, on the flip side, collectors that buy the artwork low, they get it at basis, at their base. Whatever they bought it at, that&#x27;s their basis. As it appreciates, if they donate it later on in the appropriate format, it has to be a charity that actually will use the art. But if they do that, they get, as far as my understanding, a market value donation,</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> or if they leave it in a trust or in their estate, they may be able to use that to offset other estate taxes and things. So they&#x27;ve bought art for pennies on the dollar, you know, especially when you come to a charity event. Although my works have sold at a quarter million, you well know a lot of them don&#x27;t sell at the full list price at a charity event because it&#x27;s right there that night, whoever wants it, boom, best offer, take your best shot. I mean, we&#x27;ve had collectors fly in from Australia to buy artworks. So that&#x27;s kind of neat. But then when it goes to the estate or when I actually, hopefully when I retire, not necessarily when I die, but I&#x27;m going to retire soon. So that limits the amount of artwork. So the value should shoot way up. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, I mean, it&#x27;s a great experience. Where are you going to be this year? And here in 2013, where&#x27;s Michael Israel going to be appearing? Well, we&#x27;re just finalizing negotiations for the Atlanta Aquarium, which should be a beautiful show with aquariums on the other side of the ballroom. I will be at the Amelia Island Omni Grand Opening benefiting St. Vincent&#x27;s Hospital. I will be in Casper, Wyoming at a golf event, another charity event. And I will be, I believe that&#x27;s United Way. And I&#x27;ll be in New York on a floating stage doing another event for a hospice up there and for a Pops group.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> And it&#x27;s on and on. I&#x27;ve got a whole bunch of different things on the schedule. I have to look at the website to see where I&#x27;m going. Well, Michael, what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll put a link to your website on our website, financialsafari.com. And Michael, as always, thanks very much for your time. Folks, Michael Israel. You can catch the interview again if you didn&#x27;t get all of it here. Or share it with your friends at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his artwork, museum fundraising, and the charitable events on his calendar. This interview comes from the 2013 archive; the exact recording date is unknown.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s an artist known throughout the world. His name is Michael Israel. If you&#x27;ve ever gone to a charity event where he&#x27;s appeared and done some of his fantastic paintings or watched some of his online videos at michaelisrael.com, you&#x27;ll know who I&#x27;m talking about. I&#x27;m looking forward very much to this interview. Michael, welcome to the show. Hey, thanks for having me. Yeah, it&#x27;s always great to have you on because, I mean, you&#x27;re always working on something new and you&#x27;re always doing something fabulous. So what&#x27;s going on here this year? What do you have planned? Well, we&#x27;re kind of shifting gears and getting a little more involved with museum fundraising. It&#x27;s kind of interesting. The artists trying to give back to the museums instead of the other way around, but some cool stuff going on. And of course, all the corporates and other charity work.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It&#x27;s kind of a neat thing. Really happy to do all that. Yeah, so, I mean, giving to the charities good and people that are going to these charitable events, I mean, people go just because they have to sometimes, but when they go to an event when you come, I&#x27;ve heard them come up to ask the organizer of the charity when you&#x27;re going to be here again or can we have Michael come back next year. You have a lot of repeat visits, don&#x27;t you? I do. In fact, I&#x27;ve got a lot of repeats from years ago as well. I think what they&#x27;re doing is they&#x27;re looking at their financials and going, wow, that&#x27;s like having the band and having the band pay you. Last year, we gave a little over $8 million in kind and in cash to various charities. So it&#x27;s nice to be able to help out. Let&#x27;s go back to when did you first decide this was a good idea? What inspired you to do this the very first time, Michael?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What kind of reaction did you get? As far as the painting goes, I used to paint at festivals as a kid. And I would sell out what I brought, so I would start painting. And I was very heavy into martial arts, so I&#x27;d be in a stance. I&#x27;d have the music cranking. It&#x27;s bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang. You know, there it goes. And I&#x27;d look over my shoulder, and there&#x27;d be people as far back as I could possibly see. And I went, oh, my gosh. If they would each give me $1, I could give the artwork away because it was $3 a painting back then. Wow. You know, I used to do 500 paintings someday. I mean, small ones, but very, very fast. And, you know, I would line three or four up at a time and do them all at once. So it was kind of like a show. But I didn&#x27;t mean it to be a show. It just developed into a show. Well, you take a blank canvas, and within minutes,</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> it&#x27;s a fantastic piece of art. And, Michael, that&#x27;s a talent. I mean, what do you see when you look at the blank canvas? I mean, do you see the picture, and then you&#x27;re just painting it? Or how does your mind work that way? Well, these days with the big, big shows, I do a lot of my signature pieces. And they&#x27;re somewhat choreographed with music and to bring a messaging across. In years gone by, it used to be more like jazz and, you know, just kind of off the hip, whatever came out, came out. Yeah, well, I mean, it&#x27;s amazing, though, because I can&#x27;t even draw a stick figure. So it&#x27;s amazing to me to talk to someone like you who can paint a painting like you do. I&#x27;ve got two of yours. I&#x27;ve got Einstein, and I&#x27;ve got The Soldier. And you did both of those in front of the whole group, and within three or four minutes, they were done. It&#x27;s just amazing to me. Well, thanks so much.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> It&#x27;s really about the experience. It&#x27;s not so much about the finished picture, although it does help that it really looks like what it&#x27;s supposed to look like. It&#x27;s really more about the experience. People, when they buy the art, although these days, I guess there&#x27;s some investment opportunity, but they really buy it because it becomes a part of their family. In 35 years, I think I&#x27;ve only heard of a handful of people even remotely interested in selling their art. I mean, I wouldn&#x27;t let go of mine. I&#x27;m not selling mine, Michael. Yeah, it&#x27;s just been very cool. I was in Cabo San Lucas at an event where everybody flies in their private jets. It&#x27;s a really cool four-day party weekend event, very high-end. And I&#x27;m sitting at the bar, which was in the pool, which is kind of nice. And I&#x27;m overhearing a couple talking to someone else</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> about a fire in California approaching their mansion. And they went and they had a truck company come with a big truck to take out their most valuable stuff. And then they turned, they looked over at me, and they said, the first thing we took was the two paintings we bought from you. And I was just flattered. I mean, of all the important things in your home, the paintings are the most important. Wow, that was something. Now, let&#x27;s talk. Well, your paintings are important. And to you, they&#x27;re very important because that&#x27;s what you do for a living. And we were talking a couple months ago about what happens when you&#x27;re not here anymore and the challenges you go through as an artist trying to save for retirement and making sure that you pass on the assets in the correct tax-favored way to your next of kin. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s a really interesting thing.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> I just went to a seminar with some big hotshot financial attorneys about the artist collections and collectors&#x27; art collections and their estates. And I, boy, I was, I needed a drink after that. Because first off, you know, like I said, we donated millions of dollars last year. But what I&#x27;m allowed to write off is called basis. And that means the cost of the paint, the cost of the canvas and the sticks. So that&#x27;s like pretty much nothing, you know. So I don&#x27;t get to write. I can donate a million dollars in artwork and I get like Zippo write-off. But if you buy an artwork from me, even if you get it for next to nothing or you bought it at a charity auction, if you have it appraised at market value and you donate it, in theory, that&#x27;s the write-off that you get.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> It&#x27;s a little better for my collectors than it is for me from a tax standpoint. But the scary thing that I found out that I&#x27;m actually preparing for right now is that right now, again, if I donate it or whatever, I get basis. It&#x27;s all the write-off I get. But the moment I die, all my heirs, the government is going to assess the market value, the value of that artwork. And then they&#x27;re going to go to my heirs and they&#x27;re going to say, okay, $500 million worth of artwork, you owe us $200 million or whatever it is. And they&#x27;re going to go like, wow, where are we going to get that from? And then they&#x27;re going to have to attempt to sell the artwork. And interestingly enough, whatever it costs them to sell it even is not part of it,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> is not a deductible scenario because it&#x27;s based on market value, not on the net sale after expenses, unless you set up certain things within your estate plan or within your will for that. So I learned a lot about these things. It was very scary. You know, on the flip side, collectors that buy the artwork low, they get it at basis, at their base. Whatever they bought it at, that&#x27;s their basis. As it appreciates, if they donate it later on in the appropriate format, it has to be a charity that actually will use the art. But if they do that, they get, as far as my understanding, a market value donation,</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> or if they leave it in a trust or in their estate, they may be able to use that to offset other estate taxes and things. So they&#x27;ve bought art for pennies on the dollar, you know, especially when you come to a charity event. Although my works have sold at a quarter million, you well know a lot of them don&#x27;t sell at the full list price at a charity event because it&#x27;s right there that night, whoever wants it, boom, best offer, take your best shot. I mean, we&#x27;ve had collectors fly in from Australia to buy artworks. So that&#x27;s kind of neat. But then when it goes to the estate or when I actually, hopefully when I retire, not necessarily when I die, but I&#x27;m going to retire soon. So that limits the amount of artwork. So the value should shoot way up. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, I mean, it&#x27;s a great experience. Where are you going to be this year? And here in 2013, where&#x27;s Michael Israel going to be appearing? Well, we&#x27;re just finalizing negotiations for the Atlanta Aquarium, which should be a beautiful show with aquariums on the other side of the ballroom. I will be at the Amelia Island Omni Grand Opening benefiting St. Vincent&#x27;s Hospital. I will be in Casper, Wyoming at a golf event, another charity event. And I will be, I believe that&#x27;s United Way. And I&#x27;ll be in New York on a floating stage doing another event for a hospice up there and for a Pops group.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> And it&#x27;s on and on. I&#x27;ve got a whole bunch of different things on the schedule. I have to look at the website to see where I&#x27;m going. Well, Michael, what we&#x27;ll do, we&#x27;ll put a link to your website on our website, financialsafari.com. And Michael, as always, thanks very much for your time. Folks, Michael Israel. You can catch the interview again if you didn&#x27;t get all of it here. Or share it with your friends at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his artwork, museum fundraising, and the charitable events on his calendar. This interview comes from the 2013 archive; the exact recording date is unknown.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Israel</category>
      <category>art</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Israel, art, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac/image.jpg?t=1792070856&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-israel-art-museums-and-giving-back/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac/image.jpg?t=1792070856&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac</guid>
      <omny:clipId>daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Mar 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>541</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/daf98a60-5b41-46c9-8fa2-b4e3002fe9ac/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8691576" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-israel-art-museums-and-giving-back</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>152</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Art, Museums, and Giving Back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Art and creativity" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don Yaeger: Lessons From Champions</title>
      <itunes:title>Don Yaeger: Lessons From Champions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Don Yaeger joins Coach Pete to discuss his books, speaking, and the lessons he has learned from champions. This December 2012 interview explores achievement, preparation, and the habits behind successful teams and individuals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where I talk to an author who&#x27;s made a difference in the world. And today we&#x27;re joining from Tallahassee, Florida. That&#x27;s his home base. He spends a lot of time in airports, though. He travels around speaking. He&#x27;s the Speaker of Champions. His name is Don Yeager. Don, welcome in. Hey, thanks so much, Pete. Now, when people hear that name, maybe they don&#x27;t quite put two and two together, but you write for Sports Illustrated. You&#x27;ve written several books. I mean, which one should I pick out? I&#x27;ve got your page here on your website. Play It Like You Mean It is one of your books. You wrote it together with Rex Ryan of the New York Jets. I&#x27;m a New England Patriot fan, so I hear about Rex Ryan all the time, but he&#x27;s a great character. He&#x27;d be a great guy to play for. Yeah, I actually do a lot of work with a number of different teams. Rex and the Jets is one, but also with the Patriots.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I&#x27;m working on a project right now with Tom Brady, Rob Gronkowski, and Robert Kraft with the Make-A-Wish Foundation. So it&#x27;s one of the great opportunities when you do sports writing and get a chance to do it at a good level. You end up not just with one team. You end up getting a chance to understand the inner workings of many. And the New England Patriots, of course, Robert Kraft, he&#x27;s a classy individual. I don&#x27;t know him individually, but what I see on TV and what I read about him, I mean, it&#x27;s first class all the way. He really is. I tell you, talk about a man who understands how to lead, how to build a franchise, and allow the working parts to do their job. He gets it. He totally gets it. Now, what makes you tick, and how did you decide who you&#x27;re going to write books with? Well, now, just my 22nd book came out this year with John Smoltz,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> the baseball pitcher from the Atlanta Braves. The good fortune is I probably get more opportunities to do books than I have time to write them. So we try to make sure that the book that we&#x27;re doing or the book that we&#x27;re working on kind of really fits the mold right now. We&#x27;re looking for stories that kind of inspire other people, and that is a neat place to be. I&#x27;m figuring if they can inspire me as I write it, then hopefully it will inspire you as you read it. Now, you&#x27;ve got a book called Greatness, The 16 Characteristics of True Champions, and that&#x27;s very intriguing to me. I mean, what inspired you to write that one, and what are some of those characteristics of a true champion? Sure. So, Pete, you and I met at San Antonio at an event where I was speaking, and a big publisher saw the number of times I was speaking to audiences like yours</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> talking about this subject, about what it is that allows really high-achieving champions in my world, the world of sports, what are the things that allow them to get there and stay there? And interestingly, if you really pay attention to it, you ask that question of these high-achievers, you&#x27;ll discover that the lessons and the characteristics that are important to them are the same ones that would be important in any other line of work. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re in education or investments or financial planning. Those same lessons that apply to a discipline of understanding, you know, that you have to be better prepared than your opponent, the importance of hating to lose more than you love to win. And the truth is that that&#x27;s a byproduct of taking excuses off the table. You look at it and you understand what allows them to be successful, and those same stories allow us to be successful as well.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So a big publisher saw that I was speaking often and asked me to write a book about the same subject on which I speak. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Don Yeager. He&#x27;s a best-selling author and speaker. And, Don, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve seen, though, in our society these days, and maybe you see this when you&#x27;re interviewing folks. Everyone cheers for the underdog until the underdog gets popular, and then they cheer against that person. The same person they were cheering for to be successful, they cheer against to fail. Sure. I mean, you look at it, gosh, you know, Boston Red Sox. Everybody wanted to vote for the Boston Red Sox until they started winning. Duke basketball. No, it&#x27;s a truism that everybody wants to see an underdog. At least if you don&#x27;t have a direct connection or a personal investment, you root for the underdog. But as you said, after a while, if an underdog is consistently overachieving,</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> it&#x27;s interesting what happens to their fan base. Absolutely. And speaking of underdogs, one of your books is called Gold Medal Strategies, and it&#x27;s Business Lessons from America&#x27;s Miracle Team. And you wrote that with Jim Craig, goaltender of the U.S. hockey team. And who can forget? No one can forget that moment there with Al Michaels&#x27; call there when they won the gold medal. Do you believe in miracles? That&#x27;s right. It doesn&#x27;t get into it. There&#x27;s not many more iconic lines than that in the world of sports broadcasting. And that seems like just yesterday. I mean, it&#x27;s hard to believe it&#x27;s so long ago when we won that gold in front of everybody like that. We shocked the world with that gold medal. Without question. That was now a group of 19, 20-year-old American amateurs against a truly professional Russian hockey team. And it was competing back in the days before the Olympics really acknowledged the need to have professional,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> or the plan of having professionals compete. But the leadership lessons out of that were really intriguing to me. And Jim Craig, obviously, as goalie, was the guy that probably had this deepened understanding of many of those lessons taught by Herb Brooks, their coach, as anyone on that team. So it was a really great, you know, one of those neat places where business and sports intersect, and the lessons are universal. Have we gone back and traced the paths of a lot of these guys that were on that team? Sure. Yeah, we did. You know, a number of them played in professional hockey. Not any. There weren&#x27;t any of them that were extraordinary in professional hockey. But in that process, they, you know, it is kind of crazy that your greatest game might have occurred</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> when you were 19 years old. But for some of them, that probably is true. Yeah, that&#x27;s a good point. Now, we broadcast nationally, but we broadcast from right here in Raleigh, Durham, North Carolina. And I see one of your books is titled It&#x27;s Not About the Truth. And it&#x27;s the untold story of the Duke lacrosse scandal and the lives it shattered. And that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. And, you know, we saw that firsthand right here in this area. But, I mean, I&#x27;m sure that was a very interesting book to do research on. It really was. When I was engaged, Simon &amp; Schuster asked me to take on the project long before we knew what the outcome was going to be. I mean, many people will remember. I mean, as the Duke scandal there was unfolding with the lacrosse team, you know, everybody initially believed those young men were guilty. And that was just a popular opinion. And that was when I was hired to just try to break it down, assume nothing, and try to learn what really happened.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Over the course of reporting it, the story continued to unfold. But the upside for me is that I was kind of already on the inside by that stage. And I was working with, had a chance to work with the coach, Mike Pressler, who&#x27;s also an extraordinary man. And to understand what it was like to have the world come down on you when the facts hadn&#x27;t yet been really explained. And, you know, there were an awful lot of outside forces there that it taught me a great lesson about jumping to conclusions, that&#x27;s for sure. Now, Duke coach Mike Pressler, the lacrosse coach, he lost his job over all this, didn&#x27;t he? Before the outcome. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s actually where the title of the book comes from. The athletic director at the time, who&#x27;s now at LSU, Joe Oliva, called him in. And Coach Pressler said to him, but Joe, you know the truth.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> You know that this didn&#x27;t happen. And the athletic director looked at him and said, it&#x27;s not about the truth. Wow. You know, which, unfortunately, it was damage control at that stage. And their best way of doing it was, they fought anyway, firing the coach. Well, Don, I was brought up, my dad always said, as long as you tell me the truth, the spanking is not going to be as bad as it would be if you lie about it. So we still got spanked every now and then, but it wasn&#x27;t as bad if we told the truth, at least. So one final book, though, that you write. I want to call attention to this before we leave. You wrote a book called A Shark Never Sleeps, and that&#x27;s wheeling and dealing with NFL&#x27;s most ruthless agent. That&#x27;s Drew Rosenhaus. How was that? You know, ironically, what had happened was I had done a story for Sports Illustrated, a cover story, in which Drew Rosenhaus was pictured.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And the cover story called him the most hated man in the NFL, that the league hated him, because his tactics always seemed to be a little on the edge. And so here we declare the guy the most hated man in the NFL. Well, right about the time the movie Jerry Maguire comes out, and it&#x27;s partially based upon his way of doing business. So when Drew was offered a book opportunity, he said, why not get the guy from Sports Illustrated who wrote this article about me to do the book? And I thought, well, that&#x27;s kind of crazy. You write a story kind of in some ways being critical of him allowing his critics a venue. And when he gets a book deal, the first person he wants to talk to is me. And I thought, you know, in some ways you look at that as a badge of honor. And then he said the story was critical.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> He recognized its fairness, and that&#x27;s always good. But, yeah, it was interesting because that occurred not just a couple years after I&#x27;d done probably the book I&#x27;m as proud of as anything, which is living with Walter Payton, the great running back from the Chicago Bears, over the last few weeks of his life and telling his life story. So, you know, I&#x27;ve had a chance to be all across the spectrum and get a chance to learn from some pretty amazing people. And it&#x27;s been an amazing ride. Working with Sports Illustrated like you do, I mean, a lot of people perhaps probably envy your job because you do. I mean, you get a chance to write about some fascinating things and meet a lot of fascinating people. Yeah, yeah. And now I&#x27;ve retired from there, and I&#x27;m just out speaking. I do, as we talked about, I do about 80 speeches like I did that night in San Antonio.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> I do about 80 of those a year for corporations and groups all over the country, and it&#x27;s exciting. It&#x27;s a lot of fun. Well, what we&#x27;ll do is we&#x27;re going to put a link to your website on our site as well as the whole interview here with you folks. If you&#x27;re joining us later, if you want to listen to this again or share with your friends, financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll have a link to this interview as well as a link back to Don Yeager&#x27;s page. Perhaps you might want to have him come speak to your group. He&#x27;s a great speaker. Don, thanks for your time again. Hey, Pete. Thank you. It&#x27;s always good to be with you. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Don Yaeger joins Coach Pete to discuss his books, speaking, and the lessons he has learned from champions. This December 2012 interview explores achievement, preparation, and the habits behind successful teams and individuals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where I talk to an author who&#x27;s made a difference in the world. And today we&#x27;re joining from Tallahassee, Florida. That&#x27;s his home base. He spends a lot of time in airports, though. He travels around speaking. He&#x27;s the Speaker of Champions. His name is Don Yeager. Don, welcome in. Hey, thanks so much, Pete. Now, when people hear that name, maybe they don&#x27;t quite put two and two together, but you write for Sports Illustrated. You&#x27;ve written several books. I mean, which one should I pick out? I&#x27;ve got your page here on your website. Play It Like You Mean It is one of your books. You wrote it together with Rex Ryan of the New York Jets. I&#x27;m a New England Patriot fan, so I hear about Rex Ryan all the time, but he&#x27;s a great character. He&#x27;d be a great guy to play for. Yeah, I actually do a lot of work with a number of different teams. Rex and the Jets is one, but also with the Patriots.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I&#x27;m working on a project right now with Tom Brady, Rob Gronkowski, and Robert Kraft with the Make-A-Wish Foundation. So it&#x27;s one of the great opportunities when you do sports writing and get a chance to do it at a good level. You end up not just with one team. You end up getting a chance to understand the inner workings of many. And the New England Patriots, of course, Robert Kraft, he&#x27;s a classy individual. I don&#x27;t know him individually, but what I see on TV and what I read about him, I mean, it&#x27;s first class all the way. He really is. I tell you, talk about a man who understands how to lead, how to build a franchise, and allow the working parts to do their job. He gets it. He totally gets it. Now, what makes you tick, and how did you decide who you&#x27;re going to write books with? Well, now, just my 22nd book came out this year with John Smoltz,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> the baseball pitcher from the Atlanta Braves. The good fortune is I probably get more opportunities to do books than I have time to write them. So we try to make sure that the book that we&#x27;re doing or the book that we&#x27;re working on kind of really fits the mold right now. We&#x27;re looking for stories that kind of inspire other people, and that is a neat place to be. I&#x27;m figuring if they can inspire me as I write it, then hopefully it will inspire you as you read it. Now, you&#x27;ve got a book called Greatness, The 16 Characteristics of True Champions, and that&#x27;s very intriguing to me. I mean, what inspired you to write that one, and what are some of those characteristics of a true champion? Sure. So, Pete, you and I met at San Antonio at an event where I was speaking, and a big publisher saw the number of times I was speaking to audiences like yours</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> talking about this subject, about what it is that allows really high-achieving champions in my world, the world of sports, what are the things that allow them to get there and stay there? And interestingly, if you really pay attention to it, you ask that question of these high-achievers, you&#x27;ll discover that the lessons and the characteristics that are important to them are the same ones that would be important in any other line of work. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re in education or investments or financial planning. Those same lessons that apply to a discipline of understanding, you know, that you have to be better prepared than your opponent, the importance of hating to lose more than you love to win. And the truth is that that&#x27;s a byproduct of taking excuses off the table. You look at it and you understand what allows them to be successful, and those same stories allow us to be successful as well.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So a big publisher saw that I was speaking often and asked me to write a book about the same subject on which I speak. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Don Yeager. He&#x27;s a best-selling author and speaker. And, Don, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve seen, though, in our society these days, and maybe you see this when you&#x27;re interviewing folks. Everyone cheers for the underdog until the underdog gets popular, and then they cheer against that person. The same person they were cheering for to be successful, they cheer against to fail. Sure. I mean, you look at it, gosh, you know, Boston Red Sox. Everybody wanted to vote for the Boston Red Sox until they started winning. Duke basketball. No, it&#x27;s a truism that everybody wants to see an underdog. At least if you don&#x27;t have a direct connection or a personal investment, you root for the underdog. But as you said, after a while, if an underdog is consistently overachieving,</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> it&#x27;s interesting what happens to their fan base. Absolutely. And speaking of underdogs, one of your books is called Gold Medal Strategies, and it&#x27;s Business Lessons from America&#x27;s Miracle Team. And you wrote that with Jim Craig, goaltender of the U.S. hockey team. And who can forget? No one can forget that moment there with Al Michaels&#x27; call there when they won the gold medal. Do you believe in miracles? That&#x27;s right. It doesn&#x27;t get into it. There&#x27;s not many more iconic lines than that in the world of sports broadcasting. And that seems like just yesterday. I mean, it&#x27;s hard to believe it&#x27;s so long ago when we won that gold in front of everybody like that. We shocked the world with that gold medal. Without question. That was now a group of 19, 20-year-old American amateurs against a truly professional Russian hockey team. And it was competing back in the days before the Olympics really acknowledged the need to have professional,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> or the plan of having professionals compete. But the leadership lessons out of that were really intriguing to me. And Jim Craig, obviously, as goalie, was the guy that probably had this deepened understanding of many of those lessons taught by Herb Brooks, their coach, as anyone on that team. So it was a really great, you know, one of those neat places where business and sports intersect, and the lessons are universal. Have we gone back and traced the paths of a lot of these guys that were on that team? Sure. Yeah, we did. You know, a number of them played in professional hockey. Not any. There weren&#x27;t any of them that were extraordinary in professional hockey. But in that process, they, you know, it is kind of crazy that your greatest game might have occurred</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> when you were 19 years old. But for some of them, that probably is true. Yeah, that&#x27;s a good point. Now, we broadcast nationally, but we broadcast from right here in Raleigh, Durham, North Carolina. And I see one of your books is titled It&#x27;s Not About the Truth. And it&#x27;s the untold story of the Duke lacrosse scandal and the lives it shattered. And that&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. And, you know, we saw that firsthand right here in this area. But, I mean, I&#x27;m sure that was a very interesting book to do research on. It really was. When I was engaged, Simon &amp; Schuster asked me to take on the project long before we knew what the outcome was going to be. I mean, many people will remember. I mean, as the Duke scandal there was unfolding with the lacrosse team, you know, everybody initially believed those young men were guilty. And that was just a popular opinion. And that was when I was hired to just try to break it down, assume nothing, and try to learn what really happened.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Over the course of reporting it, the story continued to unfold. But the upside for me is that I was kind of already on the inside by that stage. And I was working with, had a chance to work with the coach, Mike Pressler, who&#x27;s also an extraordinary man. And to understand what it was like to have the world come down on you when the facts hadn&#x27;t yet been really explained. And, you know, there were an awful lot of outside forces there that it taught me a great lesson about jumping to conclusions, that&#x27;s for sure. Now, Duke coach Mike Pressler, the lacrosse coach, he lost his job over all this, didn&#x27;t he? Before the outcome. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s actually where the title of the book comes from. The athletic director at the time, who&#x27;s now at LSU, Joe Oliva, called him in. And Coach Pressler said to him, but Joe, you know the truth.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> You know that this didn&#x27;t happen. And the athletic director looked at him and said, it&#x27;s not about the truth. Wow. You know, which, unfortunately, it was damage control at that stage. And their best way of doing it was, they fought anyway, firing the coach. Well, Don, I was brought up, my dad always said, as long as you tell me the truth, the spanking is not going to be as bad as it would be if you lie about it. So we still got spanked every now and then, but it wasn&#x27;t as bad if we told the truth, at least. So one final book, though, that you write. I want to call attention to this before we leave. You wrote a book called A Shark Never Sleeps, and that&#x27;s wheeling and dealing with NFL&#x27;s most ruthless agent. That&#x27;s Drew Rosenhaus. How was that? You know, ironically, what had happened was I had done a story for Sports Illustrated, a cover story, in which Drew Rosenhaus was pictured.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And the cover story called him the most hated man in the NFL, that the league hated him, because his tactics always seemed to be a little on the edge. And so here we declare the guy the most hated man in the NFL. Well, right about the time the movie Jerry Maguire comes out, and it&#x27;s partially based upon his way of doing business. So when Drew was offered a book opportunity, he said, why not get the guy from Sports Illustrated who wrote this article about me to do the book? And I thought, well, that&#x27;s kind of crazy. You write a story kind of in some ways being critical of him allowing his critics a venue. And when he gets a book deal, the first person he wants to talk to is me. And I thought, you know, in some ways you look at that as a badge of honor. And then he said the story was critical.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> He recognized its fairness, and that&#x27;s always good. But, yeah, it was interesting because that occurred not just a couple years after I&#x27;d done probably the book I&#x27;m as proud of as anything, which is living with Walter Payton, the great running back from the Chicago Bears, over the last few weeks of his life and telling his life story. So, you know, I&#x27;ve had a chance to be all across the spectrum and get a chance to learn from some pretty amazing people. And it&#x27;s been an amazing ride. Working with Sports Illustrated like you do, I mean, a lot of people perhaps probably envy your job because you do. I mean, you get a chance to write about some fascinating things and meet a lot of fascinating people. Yeah, yeah. And now I&#x27;ve retired from there, and I&#x27;m just out speaking. I do, as we talked about, I do about 80 speeches like I did that night in San Antonio.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> I do about 80 of those a year for corporations and groups all over the country, and it&#x27;s exciting. It&#x27;s a lot of fun. Well, what we&#x27;ll do is we&#x27;re going to put a link to your website on our site as well as the whole interview here with you folks. If you&#x27;re joining us later, if you want to listen to this again or share with your friends, financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll have a link to this interview as well as a link back to Don Yeager&#x27;s page. Perhaps you might want to have him come speak to your group. He&#x27;s a great speaker. Don, thanks for your time again. Hey, Pete. Thank you. It&#x27;s always good to be with you. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Don Yaeger joins Coach Pete to discuss his books, speaking, and the lessons he has learned from champions. This December 2012 interview explores achievement, preparation, and the habits behind successful teams and individuals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Don Yaeger</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>Lessons From Champions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Don Yaeger, personal growth, Lessons From Champions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418/image.jpg?t=1792072756&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-yaeger-lessons-from-champions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418/image.jpg?t=1792072756&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Dec 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>608</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4602e55a-cf89-48ad-8a03-b4e20142c418/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9756967" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-yaeger-lessons-from-champions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>153</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Lessons From Champions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:04" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adrian Cartwood: Building Wealth With a Purpose</title>
      <itunes:title>Adrian Cartwood: Building Wealth With a Purpose</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Adrian Cartwood joins Coach Pete from Australia to discuss the story behind 7 Million 7 Years. This November 2012 interview explores business, building wealth, and deciding what financial success should make possible.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to the Financial Safari, folks. This week we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s joining us from the land down under, yes, Australia. His name is Adrian Cartwood, and he has a website, 7million7years.com. Adrian actually made $7 million in seven years. He started $30,000 in debt. Adrian, welcome to the show. Thank you very much, Coach. Thank you very much for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. This is amazing. $7 million in seven years. I mean, when people hear that, here&#x27;s what they think. Uh-oh, this is a multi-level marketing kind of thing. Yeah, no, no. Just an ordinary guy. I had a business that wasn&#x27;t making very much money and just going to work every single day. And I kind of thought, you know, I&#x27;m really, I had a bit of an epiphany. I thought, I&#x27;m really just spending my time chasing money.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And my life shouldn&#x27;t be about money. My money should be there to support my life. And that sort of changed the way I thought about everything. And I sat down and looked at what I wanted to do with my life and thought it wasn&#x27;t, you know, going to work every single day and struggling. So I thought, you know, what do I want to do? I wanted to travel. I wanted to do other things. I wanted to come on the radio one day and talk to you. So, you know, I re-evaluated everything. I guess that&#x27;s when my life turned around. So, I mean, when someone&#x27;s listening, how did you do this? Did you set goals? Or did you just wake up one day and say, hey, I&#x27;m tired of being in debt. I want to have a certain number of dollars in a certain number of years? Yeah, you know, what I did, I did what they call, I guess now, lifestyle planning. But I didn&#x27;t know what it was at the time. I didn&#x27;t know anything about personal finance. You know, I was just a working guy, basically. And I sat down and I started with a blank sheet of paper and I said, okay, what is it I want to be doing with my life?</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And when do I want to be doing this? And I realized that none of that really involves having to go to work every day. Now, I work most days, but I work now because I want to, not because I have to. And I thought, how much money do I need to live this sort of lifestyle that would require me not needing to work, to be able to travel whenever I wanted to do it and do the things I wanted to do. And unfortunately for me, you know, for some people that might be $25,000 a year. Unfortunately for me, that number was $250,000 a year. So I decided, you know, I wanted a fairly wealthy lifestyle. It was fairly easy for me to then multiply that by 20 roughly, which is a 5% withdrawal rate. And I realized that I needed to make about $5 million in about five years&#x27; time. And I missed that target, but I did make $7 million in seven years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> That&#x27;s a good miss, Adrian. It wasn&#x27;t bad. Now, you have something called the Roadmap to Riches. Now, what is that all about? Well, that&#x27;s really just dictating my, you know, the plan that I got there. I think that if you go on, you know, any trip, you need to have a destination in mind. You need a compass that tells you what direction you need to go. And you probably need to have a book of rules of the local locations so that when you go there, you don&#x27;t, you know, break any laws. And I kind of think that finance is a little bit like that. So you kind of need a destination. And for me, that was making, you know, initially $5 million in five years, but it ended up being $7 million in seven. And I think that once you have that destination in mind, you kind of have to work backwards and say, okay, where am I starting from? And I was starting from, you know, less than zero. So $30,000 in debt isn&#x27;t exactly a large savings account.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> In fact, it&#x27;s a negative savings account. So I worked out what sort of compound growth rate I would need to get from effectively less than zero to $7 million in seven years and realized that was, you know, a 60% or 70% compound growth rate, which is, you know, very high because CDs now pay you what is at 1.05%. Yeah, if you&#x27;re lucky. I mean, and so it&#x27;s basically using what you have available to you in order to make a lot of money. The answer, you say, is to do what others do not. Now explain that. It&#x27;s very clear to me that, you know, I just read a study by, I think it was Wells Fargo that Forbes magazine ran. They interviewed a number of people between 25 years old and 75 years old and fully a third of those believed that they would need to work until they&#x27;re 80 years old to survive.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> So clearly what people are doing today isn&#x27;t working. And what people do today right now is that they save, you know, very little percentage of their money, but they might save 10%, mostly in their 401k. They put their money into CDs or into index funds, and yet at the end of the whole process, they can&#x27;t retire and they can&#x27;t retire well. So clearly those sorts of things just don&#x27;t work. So if you want to retire, you know, well, I think you have to do what other people do not. And what I recommend that people do is probably something like get a part-time job, maybe start a part-time business, do something that creates extra income. So try and get a promotion is a good thing to do, and don&#x27;t spend that extra money, but save as close to 100% of that money as you can, certainly no less than 50%.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Adrian Cartwood. He&#x27;s joining us from Australia, the land down under, and he is famous for making $7 million in seven years after starting in debt of over $30,000. And Adrian, let me ask you this. Did you grow up in a financially literate household, and how did you get your education here financially? Well, that&#x27;s the point. I had no financial education at all. We were a very financially illiterate household. My father was always going to my grandmother, you know, to borrow money for his next business venture. Every single one of his business ventures failed. But, you know, we struggled, and that&#x27;s the household that I grew up in. And unfortunately, you learn, you know, you learn the lessons of your household. And when I realized that I needed to make $7 million in seven years, I set about trying to get a financial education. I started reading all the books that are out there, and I found most of the financial advice that was out there was wanting,</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> because most of it was just propagating the idea that you have to pay down all your debts, save 10%, and everything will be fine. And I think that that would be okay if I just wanted to retire on something less than I was earning at that point in time. But if I wanted to make a serious amount of money or retire well or retire young, I would need to create my own financial education. And for me, it was a lot of trial and error. And so when you say you read some books, I guess you went through a lot of books, but you found a couple that made sense. If you could identify two authors that really resonated with you and helped you on your journey, who would they be? Yeah, I could say, look, honestly, you know, Robert Kiyosaki has been much maligned in the press and very recently. And I must admit that I don&#x27;t like a lot of what he has to say, but he did give me some very early lessons in Rich Dad, Poor Dad, I think the next book, Cashflow Quadrant.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> And the biggest lesson I learned from that was the difference between an asset and a liability. And I love the way he said it. An asset is something that puts money in your pocket, and a liability is something that takes money out of your pocket. And I think that, you know, that really helps you think about whether your home is an asset or a liability, helps you decide if your car is a asset or liability and those sorts of things. And the second book that I read was a business book called The E-Myst Revisited that helped me realize that my business just wasn&#x27;t going to, you know, be the right thing for me to be doing the way it was currently structured. Well, that&#x27;s fascinating. Those are the two books, I believe. Yeah, and we&#x27;ve had Robert Kiyosaki on our show before. And, yes, we don&#x27;t agree with everything he says, but one of the things he does say is don&#x27;t look at your home as an investment. And a lot of people do, don&#x27;t they? They do. And, you know, funnily enough, I do encourage people to actually buy their own first home because I think that ultimately, you know, it&#x27;s a good safety net because if everything else goes wrong, hopefully your home over the long run, and we know it&#x27;s happened recently, but over 20 or 30 years of your working life, hopefully your home does go up in value.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> And if you take a fixed-rate mortgage these days of 3% or 4% or 5%, whatever the number is in America, you know, over 30 years, that&#x27;s still a reasonably good, what I call insurance policy. But you&#x27;re right. It&#x27;s not the sort of thing you should be upgrading, investing in, and putting too much of your equity into because it just isn&#x27;t as good an asset as other things you could be doing. Now, one of the things you also talk about are some of the common mistakes investors make. What are some of those? Well, I think a really common mistake is thinking that there&#x27;s actually such a good thing as good debt and bad debt. So I agree that good debt is something that, you know, that helps you. An example of good debt might be a student loan to further your education or it might be a debt to buy an appreciating asset like an investment property. And a bad debt is definitely something like a credit card.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> But I think the mistake comes in that once you&#x27;re in debt, once you&#x27;ve got debt and you&#x27;re sitting down looking at the debts that you do have, they&#x27;re no longer good debts or bad debts anymore. They&#x27;re just cheap debts and expensive debts. And you should look at your most expensive debts. Clearly, credit cards would probably be the number one and pay those off. But let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got a 1% student loan. Why pay off your 1% student loan when you could be putting that money towards investment earning you 8%, 9%, or 10% per annum very safely? So that&#x27;s where I probably differ from, you know, most of the advice that&#x27;s out there at the moment. Yeah, you also say that people can&#x27;t save their way to wealth. They have to invest. Now, where are some of the places people need to pursue or research as far as where to put their money to get the kind of growth rates or try to get close to what you&#x27;ve done? As I say, I think that for some people and hopefully a lot of people, they don&#x27;t need those super high growth rates.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> And, you know, they can put their money to safe index funds, although that&#x27;s probably unlikely to help for anybody. But maybe buy some blue chip stock or, you know, buy a little investment property for the long term and rent it out nicely and wait for their retirement. But if you have a high compound required growth rate like mine, so, you know, if you sit back and realise you want a fairly large number in a fairly soon day, then you have to start doing things actively. You can&#x27;t just sit back passively. So, you know, something really radical you might do is instead of buying a CD as an investment, buy a franchise. You know, and you don&#x27;t have to necessarily manage or run the franchise yourself. You can buy some franchises as a absentee investor, but that&#x27;s a business. And the business gives you so many benefits. It gives you cash flow, gives you tax deductions. So, you know, you&#x27;ve got to think a bit outside the nine dots.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> You could buy another book that I&#x27;ve read that I really like, Rule One Investing, a 2006 book by Phil Down, that tells you how to do value investing of stocks to maybe get a 15% return rather than a 5%, 6%, 7% or 8% return. So whatever you have to do, you have to do it actively. You have to start studying. You can&#x27;t be a passive investor if you want to retire soon, if you want to retire well. Well, these are all fascinating subjects, and we&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. We&#x27;re running against the clock right now. Folks, his name is Adrian Cartwood. He&#x27;s joined us from Australia. And, Adrian, thanks so much for your visit here on the show. And thank you very much for having me, and I can go back to sleep now. Good morning. Well, you take care, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adrian Cartwood joins Coach Pete from Australia to discuss the story behind 7 Million 7 Years. This November 2012 interview explores business, building wealth, and deciding what financial success should make possible.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to the Financial Safari, folks. This week we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s joining us from the land down under, yes, Australia. His name is Adrian Cartwood, and he has a website, 7million7years.com. Adrian actually made $7 million in seven years. He started $30,000 in debt. Adrian, welcome to the show. Thank you very much, Coach. Thank you very much for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. This is amazing. $7 million in seven years. I mean, when people hear that, here&#x27;s what they think. Uh-oh, this is a multi-level marketing kind of thing. Yeah, no, no. Just an ordinary guy. I had a business that wasn&#x27;t making very much money and just going to work every single day. And I kind of thought, you know, I&#x27;m really, I had a bit of an epiphany. I thought, I&#x27;m really just spending my time chasing money.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And my life shouldn&#x27;t be about money. My money should be there to support my life. And that sort of changed the way I thought about everything. And I sat down and looked at what I wanted to do with my life and thought it wasn&#x27;t, you know, going to work every single day and struggling. So I thought, you know, what do I want to do? I wanted to travel. I wanted to do other things. I wanted to come on the radio one day and talk to you. So, you know, I re-evaluated everything. I guess that&#x27;s when my life turned around. So, I mean, when someone&#x27;s listening, how did you do this? Did you set goals? Or did you just wake up one day and say, hey, I&#x27;m tired of being in debt. I want to have a certain number of dollars in a certain number of years? Yeah, you know, what I did, I did what they call, I guess now, lifestyle planning. But I didn&#x27;t know what it was at the time. I didn&#x27;t know anything about personal finance. You know, I was just a working guy, basically. And I sat down and I started with a blank sheet of paper and I said, okay, what is it I want to be doing with my life?</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And when do I want to be doing this? And I realized that none of that really involves having to go to work every day. Now, I work most days, but I work now because I want to, not because I have to. And I thought, how much money do I need to live this sort of lifestyle that would require me not needing to work, to be able to travel whenever I wanted to do it and do the things I wanted to do. And unfortunately for me, you know, for some people that might be $25,000 a year. Unfortunately for me, that number was $250,000 a year. So I decided, you know, I wanted a fairly wealthy lifestyle. It was fairly easy for me to then multiply that by 20 roughly, which is a 5% withdrawal rate. And I realized that I needed to make about $5 million in about five years&#x27; time. And I missed that target, but I did make $7 million in seven years.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> That&#x27;s a good miss, Adrian. It wasn&#x27;t bad. Now, you have something called the Roadmap to Riches. Now, what is that all about? Well, that&#x27;s really just dictating my, you know, the plan that I got there. I think that if you go on, you know, any trip, you need to have a destination in mind. You need a compass that tells you what direction you need to go. And you probably need to have a book of rules of the local locations so that when you go there, you don&#x27;t, you know, break any laws. And I kind of think that finance is a little bit like that. So you kind of need a destination. And for me, that was making, you know, initially $5 million in five years, but it ended up being $7 million in seven. And I think that once you have that destination in mind, you kind of have to work backwards and say, okay, where am I starting from? And I was starting from, you know, less than zero. So $30,000 in debt isn&#x27;t exactly a large savings account.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> In fact, it&#x27;s a negative savings account. So I worked out what sort of compound growth rate I would need to get from effectively less than zero to $7 million in seven years and realized that was, you know, a 60% or 70% compound growth rate, which is, you know, very high because CDs now pay you what is at 1.05%. Yeah, if you&#x27;re lucky. I mean, and so it&#x27;s basically using what you have available to you in order to make a lot of money. The answer, you say, is to do what others do not. Now explain that. It&#x27;s very clear to me that, you know, I just read a study by, I think it was Wells Fargo that Forbes magazine ran. They interviewed a number of people between 25 years old and 75 years old and fully a third of those believed that they would need to work until they&#x27;re 80 years old to survive.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> So clearly what people are doing today isn&#x27;t working. And what people do today right now is that they save, you know, very little percentage of their money, but they might save 10%, mostly in their 401k. They put their money into CDs or into index funds, and yet at the end of the whole process, they can&#x27;t retire and they can&#x27;t retire well. So clearly those sorts of things just don&#x27;t work. So if you want to retire, you know, well, I think you have to do what other people do not. And what I recommend that people do is probably something like get a part-time job, maybe start a part-time business, do something that creates extra income. So try and get a promotion is a good thing to do, and don&#x27;t spend that extra money, but save as close to 100% of that money as you can, certainly no less than 50%.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Adrian Cartwood. He&#x27;s joining us from Australia, the land down under, and he is famous for making $7 million in seven years after starting in debt of over $30,000. And Adrian, let me ask you this. Did you grow up in a financially literate household, and how did you get your education here financially? Well, that&#x27;s the point. I had no financial education at all. We were a very financially illiterate household. My father was always going to my grandmother, you know, to borrow money for his next business venture. Every single one of his business ventures failed. But, you know, we struggled, and that&#x27;s the household that I grew up in. And unfortunately, you learn, you know, you learn the lessons of your household. And when I realized that I needed to make $7 million in seven years, I set about trying to get a financial education. I started reading all the books that are out there, and I found most of the financial advice that was out there was wanting,</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> because most of it was just propagating the idea that you have to pay down all your debts, save 10%, and everything will be fine. And I think that that would be okay if I just wanted to retire on something less than I was earning at that point in time. But if I wanted to make a serious amount of money or retire well or retire young, I would need to create my own financial education. And for me, it was a lot of trial and error. And so when you say you read some books, I guess you went through a lot of books, but you found a couple that made sense. If you could identify two authors that really resonated with you and helped you on your journey, who would they be? Yeah, I could say, look, honestly, you know, Robert Kiyosaki has been much maligned in the press and very recently. And I must admit that I don&#x27;t like a lot of what he has to say, but he did give me some very early lessons in Rich Dad, Poor Dad, I think the next book, Cashflow Quadrant.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> And the biggest lesson I learned from that was the difference between an asset and a liability. And I love the way he said it. An asset is something that puts money in your pocket, and a liability is something that takes money out of your pocket. And I think that, you know, that really helps you think about whether your home is an asset or a liability, helps you decide if your car is a asset or liability and those sorts of things. And the second book that I read was a business book called The E-Myst Revisited that helped me realize that my business just wasn&#x27;t going to, you know, be the right thing for me to be doing the way it was currently structured. Well, that&#x27;s fascinating. Those are the two books, I believe. Yeah, and we&#x27;ve had Robert Kiyosaki on our show before. And, yes, we don&#x27;t agree with everything he says, but one of the things he does say is don&#x27;t look at your home as an investment. And a lot of people do, don&#x27;t they? They do. And, you know, funnily enough, I do encourage people to actually buy their own first home because I think that ultimately, you know, it&#x27;s a good safety net because if everything else goes wrong, hopefully your home over the long run, and we know it&#x27;s happened recently, but over 20 or 30 years of your working life, hopefully your home does go up in value.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> And if you take a fixed-rate mortgage these days of 3% or 4% or 5%, whatever the number is in America, you know, over 30 years, that&#x27;s still a reasonably good, what I call insurance policy. But you&#x27;re right. It&#x27;s not the sort of thing you should be upgrading, investing in, and putting too much of your equity into because it just isn&#x27;t as good an asset as other things you could be doing. Now, one of the things you also talk about are some of the common mistakes investors make. What are some of those? Well, I think a really common mistake is thinking that there&#x27;s actually such a good thing as good debt and bad debt. So I agree that good debt is something that, you know, that helps you. An example of good debt might be a student loan to further your education or it might be a debt to buy an appreciating asset like an investment property. And a bad debt is definitely something like a credit card.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> But I think the mistake comes in that once you&#x27;re in debt, once you&#x27;ve got debt and you&#x27;re sitting down looking at the debts that you do have, they&#x27;re no longer good debts or bad debts anymore. They&#x27;re just cheap debts and expensive debts. And you should look at your most expensive debts. Clearly, credit cards would probably be the number one and pay those off. But let&#x27;s say you&#x27;ve got a 1% student loan. Why pay off your 1% student loan when you could be putting that money towards investment earning you 8%, 9%, or 10% per annum very safely? So that&#x27;s where I probably differ from, you know, most of the advice that&#x27;s out there at the moment. Yeah, you also say that people can&#x27;t save their way to wealth. They have to invest. Now, where are some of the places people need to pursue or research as far as where to put their money to get the kind of growth rates or try to get close to what you&#x27;ve done? As I say, I think that for some people and hopefully a lot of people, they don&#x27;t need those super high growth rates.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> And, you know, they can put their money to safe index funds, although that&#x27;s probably unlikely to help for anybody. But maybe buy some blue chip stock or, you know, buy a little investment property for the long term and rent it out nicely and wait for their retirement. But if you have a high compound required growth rate like mine, so, you know, if you sit back and realise you want a fairly large number in a fairly soon day, then you have to start doing things actively. You can&#x27;t just sit back passively. So, you know, something really radical you might do is instead of buying a CD as an investment, buy a franchise. You know, and you don&#x27;t have to necessarily manage or run the franchise yourself. You can buy some franchises as a absentee investor, but that&#x27;s a business. And the business gives you so many benefits. It gives you cash flow, gives you tax deductions. So, you know, you&#x27;ve got to think a bit outside the nine dots.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> You could buy another book that I&#x27;ve read that I really like, Rule One Investing, a 2006 book by Phil Down, that tells you how to do value investing of stocks to maybe get a 15% return rather than a 5%, 6%, 7% or 8% return. So whatever you have to do, you have to do it actively. You have to start studying. You can&#x27;t be a passive investor if you want to retire soon, if you want to retire well. Well, these are all fascinating subjects, and we&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. We&#x27;re running against the clock right now. Folks, his name is Adrian Cartwood. He&#x27;s joined us from Australia. And, Adrian, thanks so much for your visit here on the show. And thank you very much for having me, and I can go back to sleep now. Good morning. Well, you take care, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Adrian Cartwood joins Coach Pete from Australia to discuss the story behind 7 Million 7 Years. This November 2012 interview explores business, building wealth, and deciding what financial success should make possible.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Adrian Cartwood</category>
      <category>Building Wealth With a Purpose</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Adrian Cartwood, Building Wealth With a Purpose, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3/image.jpg?t=1792072766&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/adrian-cartwood-building-wealth-with-a-purpose/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3/image.jpg?t=1792072766&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Nov 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>631</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0373e13f-f1a3-4969-8dfe-b4e20141edc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10136243" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/adrian-cartwood-building-wealth-with-a-purpose</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>154</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Building Wealth With a Purpose" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chuck Woolery: Television, Senior Advocacy, and the Healthcare Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Chuck Woolery: Television, Senior Advocacy, and the Healthcare Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this week we have a very special guest. I remember him from back in the day when I watched a lot of TV. His name is Mr. Chuck Woolery, and you&#x27;ll remember him from shows like The Love Connection, The Dating Game. He was also the first host on The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975, and he&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Austin, Texas. Chuck, welcome into the show. Well, thanks, Coach. Nice to be with you. Now, what has Chuck Woolery been up to lately? Well, mostly just fishing. I do a lot of bass fishing because that&#x27;s what I moved here for, and have my family here, and, you know, just working, tweeting 24 hours a day, it seems, and keeping up with what&#x27;s happening in politics and staying</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> active in that, and representing a few people around the country, and looking toward doing a new show on a network that I can&#x27;t talk about, so don&#x27;t ask me. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about politics for a minute, and specifically what AARP did in promoting the Obamacare. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really funny. I have to put a disclaimer up here because I&#x27;m involved with a company that is really counter AARP. I work for a company called Generation America, which is a very conservative company that does basically the same thing as AARP does, so I really need to put that disclaimer out to let people know that I do have a dog in this fight, and yet, as a senior, I am stunned by some of the things that AARP has done. On December 5th, for instance, in 2009, Jim Messina, who&#x27;s the deputy chief of staff in the White House, he sent an email to Nancy</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Lamont, who&#x27;s a senior vice president at AARP. Now, you understand, these people are nonpartisan. That&#x27;s what they say. They come out and they say, we&#x27;re nonpartisan. We&#x27;re not, you know, for any group or anything like that. We only care about seniors. And here&#x27;s what he said. We need Barry Rand, CEO of AARP, this is an email, by the way, to go meet with Ben Nelson, the Nebraska representative. You remember he was kind of the swing vote. Right. To personally just lay it on the line. We will be with you. We will protect you. But if you kill this bill, seniors will never forget, we&#x27;re at 59. We have to have you to win. I mean, excuse me? So they&#x27;re not only lobbying. And by the way, that&#x27;s one of, I don&#x27;t know, 70 emails that they had between senior people in the White House that AARP had between senior people in the White House.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And this came through, some of it came through the Freedom of Information Act. And some of it came from insiders at AARP. And of course, we can&#x27;t mention who they are. But I mean, when you&#x27;re talking about Jim Messina, who&#x27;s deputy chief of staff at the White House, talking to Barry Rand, who&#x27;s CEO of AARP, and then Ben Nelson, who&#x27;s the swing vote for, you know, Obamacare, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing. And then they go on in some of these emails and they say, well, you know, our membership really isn&#x27;t for this, like 14 to 1. They&#x27;re against it. But we have to come out and show that we&#x27;re nonpartisan and it&#x27;s really for their benefit. Well, for their benefit, here&#x27;s what their benefit is. AARP is a nonprofit organization, right? Right. That will make about a billion dollars a year from Medigap. If it hadn&#x27;t been for AARP, quite</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> frankly, Obamacare probably would not have passed. Without a doubt, it wouldn&#x27;t have passed. And they pressured Ben Nelson from Nebraska and just, you know, they put it on him, man. Now, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, AARP, has it always been this political? Because, I mean, I don&#x27;t remember it being this political back in the day. Well, the problem is you don&#x27;t remember it being this political because it&#x27;s never been brought to the forefront. It&#x27;s kind of one of those things that goes under the radar. And we&#x27;ve been working on this because we knew it was going on, but nobody was talking about it. So we kind of started investigating and saying, you know, what the heck is going on? These guys are very left wing. And which is why, you know, Generation America was started because it&#x27;s on the right side. So we began to investigate, look at them, and they are the big dog in the room, man. I mean, they are just the gorilla in the room because, you know, you&#x27;re talking about a multi-billion dollar</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> corporation that is non-profit and they will, everybody was scared to death to go after them and bring this stuff up. And quite frankly, we&#x27;ve just kind of put it on the line and said, you know what, why should seniors, number one, be uninformed, number two, be taken advantage of, and number three, not have a choice? And so, you know, they wrap all their commercials in this kind of we&#x27;re non-partisan and we&#x27;re out for seniors and all this kind of stuff. Well, making tons of money and pushing Obamacare through. That&#x27;s basically what they did. And there&#x27;s so many aspects of the Obamacare that we don&#x27;t even realize yet, or we haven&#x27;t even felt the true impact of it, have we? Oh my God. The cost of insurance will go up probably $95 per senior. I mean, it is truly amazing. It&#x27;s just amazing the stuff that&#x27;s embedded in this that people will never know about until the bill comes and they&#x27;ll say, well, why did this happen?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> So, you know, they&#x27;re really worried about their non-profit tax-exempt status. They&#x27;re tax-exempt, by the way, on top of everything else, being jeopardized if they coordinate with any political party. Well, they&#x27;ve done more. I mean, coordinate, excuse me there. I have, if you go to Generation America&#x27;s site, it&#x27;s generationamerica.com. We have like 70 emails that we&#x27;ve posted just to inform seniors so that they know what AARP&#x27;s been up to. Well, it&#x27;s important to keep people informed. And folks, we are talking to Chuck Woolery. He&#x27;s former game show host of The Love Connection and The Dating Game, as well as many other ones. He also was the first host of The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975. Chuck, what else can we learn here from what&#x27;s going on with AARP and the media ignoring it? I mean, what&#x27;s going on today in</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> society that people just won&#x27;t ask the tough questions? Well, you know, I really don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve got a real war with the mainstream media that&#x27;s personal. It&#x27;s my own personal war, but I&#x27;m sure a lot of other people do too. It just seems that nobody will go after the hard questions today and ask these people, you know, what they&#x27;re for, what they&#x27;re against, what&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s very, very political. And so with politics, you know, the left hand never knows what the right hand is doing, and it&#x27;s tough. People work for a living. They don&#x27;t pay attention to a lot of this stuff. I mean, AARP&#x27;s been around for a long, long time. People know it. They trust it. And yet the talking points at AARP and the White House is just, it&#x27;s an unethical relationship that people need to know about. And so at least, you know, we&#x27;re bringing it to the forefront. And look, we have a certain profit motive</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> involved in it because we have, you know, the other choice, but you need to know what the heck you&#x27;re involved with. And so that&#x27;s why we&#x27;re talking about it. I mean, we got, you know, confidential emails between AARP and the White House and their strategies to get Obamacare passed and multiple emails that show AARP knew their members were opposed 14 to 1, but they worked to get it passed to protect their future profits. That&#x27;s basically what they&#x27;re all about. They&#x27;re a profit, you know, so are we, but not to the expense of our members. I mean, we&#x27;re not going to lie to our members. We&#x27;re not going to misrepresent to our members. At least they know what we are and what we&#x27;re about. And they just, they&#x27;ve lied and misrepresented. You know, it&#x27;s just, when you read these emails, it&#x27;s breathtaking. It really is. So when people pay their AARP dues to get the discounts, what they are doing in effect is</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> financing a political machine, aren&#x27;t they? They&#x27;re financing a lobbying group, a left lobbying group. That&#x27;s exactly what it is. Look, I don&#x27;t resent anybody doing well and making money and we&#x27;re a capitalist society. I believe in that, but I don&#x27;t believe in it to the point where you, you misrepresent to your membership who you&#x27;re supposed to be protecting, frankly. Now, Chuck, you had over 2,000 episodes of Love Connection. You were, again, the Wheel of Fortune. You had a show called Lingo on the Game Show Network. It was the number one show. You&#x27;ve been on QVC. I mean, you&#x27;re supposed to, didn&#x27;t you ever hear that you&#x27;re supposed to relax in retirement, Chuck? You know, somebody asked me, he said, well, will you retire? And I said, no, I didn&#x27;t retire. I just moved. You know, I&#x27;m one of those guys that I&#x27;ll retire when I die. You put me in the coffin</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with my boots on. I really, number one, I really like to work. I like people. I like talking with them and enjoy their conversations and points of view. And so I&#x27;ll always work and, you know, represent companies that I believe in and like. And so it&#x27;s nice that I have this time in my life where I can make the choices that I want to make. But yeah, I just, I love show business. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s get into a time machine and let&#x27;s go 10 years into the future and let&#x27;s pretend that nothing ever happens. Obamacare is still here in 10 years. What does the country look like at that time? Well, it&#x27;ll look like Western Europe. We&#x27;ve been moving toward that since 1880, really. I mean, with progressivism that came out of Germany, that&#x27;s really where it came from and kind of filtered down through our college PhDs. And then Woodrow Wilson was, well, Woodrow</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Wilson was the second progressive president, the first progressive president, really Theodore Roosevelt, who was a Republican. So Republican was the first. And the word progressive and liberal are just kind of the same. It&#x27;s just that progressives are a little more dangerous than liberals. Most progressives have no idea who they are and what they are. So by the way, you can go to heritage.com and look up what progressive is and how it started and what they are. It&#x27;s basically socialism. It&#x27;s linked with every kind of fascism and Marxism around the world. I mean, it&#x27;s dangerous stuff. So as people don&#x27;t pay attention and they don&#x27;t know much about their history and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about, they listen to the platitudes and they&#x27;re kind of carried on a wave of comfort until they hit the boulder in the middle of the ocean and then it&#x27;s all over. But it&#x27;s over before they know it.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> So I feel like this whole progressive socialist kind of template that&#x27;s been constructed for us since the late 1880s and came to fruition in the early 1900s and really Calvin Coolidge was an interruption to it in 1920, 21, and then kind of came right back in with FDR. And I mean, I guarantee you there are people out there that have no idea the history of FDR and realize that he hated the constitution. He wanted a new constitution. He wanted a progressive constitution. Most people don&#x27;t know that about him. They don&#x27;t know that about Woodrow Wilson. They don&#x27;t know that the government, for instance, in many government offices, there were blacks and whites in all of these high positions. And by the time Woodrow Wilson came in, he completely desegregated the entire government. Did you know that? I had no idea. He desegregated the government. And all of a</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> sudden now we start with segregation, real bad segregation, not that there wasn&#x27;t racism, but I&#x27;m talking about government segregation. And then we came through this whole thing. I mean, the history of this country, if people just go back and look and try to figure out what the real history of it is, it&#x27;s very interesting. And so I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m an anti-progressive person. I don&#x27;t like it. When Hillary Clinton came out and said she was a progressive about, I don&#x27;t know, four or five years ago, I had no idea what she was talking about. And then I started to study it and look at it and realized I knew very little about the history of this country. And I was kind of upset because my teachers hadn&#x27;t taught me. Well, Chuck, what were you also served two years in the Navy? And we&#x27;re all thankful for that as well. I did. Actually, I was about six years. I was in the reserve for four of those years and two on active duty. And I got to spend about three months off Jamaica,</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> not on Jamaica, but off Jamaica during the Cuban Missile Crisis. So that was about as close as I ever came to, you know, real action. But thank God the Russians blinked on that one. Absolutely. Now, Chuck, we&#x27;d love to have you on after the election sometime to analyze what&#x27;s going on. How&#x27;s that sound? Thank you. I&#x27;ll give you my prediction. Yeah. Would you like to have my prediction? I sure would. And I believe this, and I&#x27;ve said this since he was nominated, I believe it will be Mitt Romney in a landslide. I think all of these polls and all this stuff is just to make it a horse race. It&#x27;s not about the country. It&#x27;s about the ratings. Well, good. Chuck, worry his prediction. And we&#x27;ll talk about that afterwards. All right, buddy. We usually say we&#x27;ll be right back. But before we go to the break, I want you to do what you used to do. And we&#x27;d leave the love connection for a break. What would you say then? And we&#x27;ll be back in two and two. And two and two.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Thanks, folks. Chuck, thanks for your time today. All right. Thanks. Thanks, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this week we have a very special guest. I remember him from back in the day when I watched a lot of TV. His name is Mr. Chuck Woolery, and you&#x27;ll remember him from shows like The Love Connection, The Dating Game. He was also the first host on The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975, and he&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Austin, Texas. Chuck, welcome into the show. Well, thanks, Coach. Nice to be with you. Now, what has Chuck Woolery been up to lately? Well, mostly just fishing. I do a lot of bass fishing because that&#x27;s what I moved here for, and have my family here, and, you know, just working, tweeting 24 hours a day, it seems, and keeping up with what&#x27;s happening in politics and staying</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> active in that, and representing a few people around the country, and looking toward doing a new show on a network that I can&#x27;t talk about, so don&#x27;t ask me. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about politics for a minute, and specifically what AARP did in promoting the Obamacare. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really funny. I have to put a disclaimer up here because I&#x27;m involved with a company that is really counter AARP. I work for a company called Generation America, which is a very conservative company that does basically the same thing as AARP does, so I really need to put that disclaimer out to let people know that I do have a dog in this fight, and yet, as a senior, I am stunned by some of the things that AARP has done. On December 5th, for instance, in 2009, Jim Messina, who&#x27;s the deputy chief of staff in the White House, he sent an email to Nancy</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Lamont, who&#x27;s a senior vice president at AARP. Now, you understand, these people are nonpartisan. That&#x27;s what they say. They come out and they say, we&#x27;re nonpartisan. We&#x27;re not, you know, for any group or anything like that. We only care about seniors. And here&#x27;s what he said. We need Barry Rand, CEO of AARP, this is an email, by the way, to go meet with Ben Nelson, the Nebraska representative. You remember he was kind of the swing vote. Right. To personally just lay it on the line. We will be with you. We will protect you. But if you kill this bill, seniors will never forget, we&#x27;re at 59. We have to have you to win. I mean, excuse me? So they&#x27;re not only lobbying. And by the way, that&#x27;s one of, I don&#x27;t know, 70 emails that they had between senior people in the White House that AARP had between senior people in the White House.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And this came through, some of it came through the Freedom of Information Act. And some of it came from insiders at AARP. And of course, we can&#x27;t mention who they are. But I mean, when you&#x27;re talking about Jim Messina, who&#x27;s deputy chief of staff at the White House, talking to Barry Rand, who&#x27;s CEO of AARP, and then Ben Nelson, who&#x27;s the swing vote for, you know, Obamacare, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing. And then they go on in some of these emails and they say, well, you know, our membership really isn&#x27;t for this, like 14 to 1. They&#x27;re against it. But we have to come out and show that we&#x27;re nonpartisan and it&#x27;s really for their benefit. Well, for their benefit, here&#x27;s what their benefit is. AARP is a nonprofit organization, right? Right. That will make about a billion dollars a year from Medigap. If it hadn&#x27;t been for AARP, quite</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> frankly, Obamacare probably would not have passed. Without a doubt, it wouldn&#x27;t have passed. And they pressured Ben Nelson from Nebraska and just, you know, they put it on him, man. Now, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, AARP, has it always been this political? Because, I mean, I don&#x27;t remember it being this political back in the day. Well, the problem is you don&#x27;t remember it being this political because it&#x27;s never been brought to the forefront. It&#x27;s kind of one of those things that goes under the radar. And we&#x27;ve been working on this because we knew it was going on, but nobody was talking about it. So we kind of started investigating and saying, you know, what the heck is going on? These guys are very left wing. And which is why, you know, Generation America was started because it&#x27;s on the right side. So we began to investigate, look at them, and they are the big dog in the room, man. I mean, they are just the gorilla in the room because, you know, you&#x27;re talking about a multi-billion dollar</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> corporation that is non-profit and they will, everybody was scared to death to go after them and bring this stuff up. And quite frankly, we&#x27;ve just kind of put it on the line and said, you know what, why should seniors, number one, be uninformed, number two, be taken advantage of, and number three, not have a choice? And so, you know, they wrap all their commercials in this kind of we&#x27;re non-partisan and we&#x27;re out for seniors and all this kind of stuff. Well, making tons of money and pushing Obamacare through. That&#x27;s basically what they did. And there&#x27;s so many aspects of the Obamacare that we don&#x27;t even realize yet, or we haven&#x27;t even felt the true impact of it, have we? Oh my God. The cost of insurance will go up probably $95 per senior. I mean, it is truly amazing. It&#x27;s just amazing the stuff that&#x27;s embedded in this that people will never know about until the bill comes and they&#x27;ll say, well, why did this happen?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> So, you know, they&#x27;re really worried about their non-profit tax-exempt status. They&#x27;re tax-exempt, by the way, on top of everything else, being jeopardized if they coordinate with any political party. Well, they&#x27;ve done more. I mean, coordinate, excuse me there. I have, if you go to Generation America&#x27;s site, it&#x27;s generationamerica.com. We have like 70 emails that we&#x27;ve posted just to inform seniors so that they know what AARP&#x27;s been up to. Well, it&#x27;s important to keep people informed. And folks, we are talking to Chuck Woolery. He&#x27;s former game show host of The Love Connection and The Dating Game, as well as many other ones. He also was the first host of The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975. Chuck, what else can we learn here from what&#x27;s going on with AARP and the media ignoring it? I mean, what&#x27;s going on today in</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> society that people just won&#x27;t ask the tough questions? Well, you know, I really don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve got a real war with the mainstream media that&#x27;s personal. It&#x27;s my own personal war, but I&#x27;m sure a lot of other people do too. It just seems that nobody will go after the hard questions today and ask these people, you know, what they&#x27;re for, what they&#x27;re against, what&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s very, very political. And so with politics, you know, the left hand never knows what the right hand is doing, and it&#x27;s tough. People work for a living. They don&#x27;t pay attention to a lot of this stuff. I mean, AARP&#x27;s been around for a long, long time. People know it. They trust it. And yet the talking points at AARP and the White House is just, it&#x27;s an unethical relationship that people need to know about. And so at least, you know, we&#x27;re bringing it to the forefront. And look, we have a certain profit motive</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> involved in it because we have, you know, the other choice, but you need to know what the heck you&#x27;re involved with. And so that&#x27;s why we&#x27;re talking about it. I mean, we got, you know, confidential emails between AARP and the White House and their strategies to get Obamacare passed and multiple emails that show AARP knew their members were opposed 14 to 1, but they worked to get it passed to protect their future profits. That&#x27;s basically what they&#x27;re all about. They&#x27;re a profit, you know, so are we, but not to the expense of our members. I mean, we&#x27;re not going to lie to our members. We&#x27;re not going to misrepresent to our members. At least they know what we are and what we&#x27;re about. And they just, they&#x27;ve lied and misrepresented. You know, it&#x27;s just, when you read these emails, it&#x27;s breathtaking. It really is. So when people pay their AARP dues to get the discounts, what they are doing in effect is</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> financing a political machine, aren&#x27;t they? They&#x27;re financing a lobbying group, a left lobbying group. That&#x27;s exactly what it is. Look, I don&#x27;t resent anybody doing well and making money and we&#x27;re a capitalist society. I believe in that, but I don&#x27;t believe in it to the point where you, you misrepresent to your membership who you&#x27;re supposed to be protecting, frankly. Now, Chuck, you had over 2,000 episodes of Love Connection. You were, again, the Wheel of Fortune. You had a show called Lingo on the Game Show Network. It was the number one show. You&#x27;ve been on QVC. I mean, you&#x27;re supposed to, didn&#x27;t you ever hear that you&#x27;re supposed to relax in retirement, Chuck? You know, somebody asked me, he said, well, will you retire? And I said, no, I didn&#x27;t retire. I just moved. You know, I&#x27;m one of those guys that I&#x27;ll retire when I die. You put me in the coffin</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with my boots on. I really, number one, I really like to work. I like people. I like talking with them and enjoy their conversations and points of view. And so I&#x27;ll always work and, you know, represent companies that I believe in and like. And so it&#x27;s nice that I have this time in my life where I can make the choices that I want to make. But yeah, I just, I love show business. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s get into a time machine and let&#x27;s go 10 years into the future and let&#x27;s pretend that nothing ever happens. Obamacare is still here in 10 years. What does the country look like at that time? Well, it&#x27;ll look like Western Europe. We&#x27;ve been moving toward that since 1880, really. I mean, with progressivism that came out of Germany, that&#x27;s really where it came from and kind of filtered down through our college PhDs. And then Woodrow Wilson was, well, Woodrow</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Wilson was the second progressive president, the first progressive president, really Theodore Roosevelt, who was a Republican. So Republican was the first. And the word progressive and liberal are just kind of the same. It&#x27;s just that progressives are a little more dangerous than liberals. Most progressives have no idea who they are and what they are. So by the way, you can go to heritage.com and look up what progressive is and how it started and what they are. It&#x27;s basically socialism. It&#x27;s linked with every kind of fascism and Marxism around the world. I mean, it&#x27;s dangerous stuff. So as people don&#x27;t pay attention and they don&#x27;t know much about their history and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about, they listen to the platitudes and they&#x27;re kind of carried on a wave of comfort until they hit the boulder in the middle of the ocean and then it&#x27;s all over. But it&#x27;s over before they know it.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> So I feel like this whole progressive socialist kind of template that&#x27;s been constructed for us since the late 1880s and came to fruition in the early 1900s and really Calvin Coolidge was an interruption to it in 1920, 21, and then kind of came right back in with FDR. And I mean, I guarantee you there are people out there that have no idea the history of FDR and realize that he hated the constitution. He wanted a new constitution. He wanted a progressive constitution. Most people don&#x27;t know that about him. They don&#x27;t know that about Woodrow Wilson. They don&#x27;t know that the government, for instance, in many government offices, there were blacks and whites in all of these high positions. And by the time Woodrow Wilson came in, he completely desegregated the entire government. Did you know that? I had no idea. He desegregated the government. And all of a</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> sudden now we start with segregation, real bad segregation, not that there wasn&#x27;t racism, but I&#x27;m talking about government segregation. And then we came through this whole thing. I mean, the history of this country, if people just go back and look and try to figure out what the real history of it is, it&#x27;s very interesting. And so I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m an anti-progressive person. I don&#x27;t like it. When Hillary Clinton came out and said she was a progressive about, I don&#x27;t know, four or five years ago, I had no idea what she was talking about. And then I started to study it and look at it and realized I knew very little about the history of this country. And I was kind of upset because my teachers hadn&#x27;t taught me. Well, Chuck, what were you also served two years in the Navy? And we&#x27;re all thankful for that as well. I did. Actually, I was about six years. I was in the reserve for four of those years and two on active duty. And I got to spend about three months off Jamaica,</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> not on Jamaica, but off Jamaica during the Cuban Missile Crisis. So that was about as close as I ever came to, you know, real action. But thank God the Russians blinked on that one. Absolutely. Now, Chuck, we&#x27;d love to have you on after the election sometime to analyze what&#x27;s going on. How&#x27;s that sound? Thank you. I&#x27;ll give you my prediction. Yeah. Would you like to have my prediction? I sure would. And I believe this, and I&#x27;ve said this since he was nominated, I believe it will be Mitt Romney in a landslide. I think all of these polls and all this stuff is just to make it a horse race. It&#x27;s not about the country. It&#x27;s about the ratings. Well, good. Chuck, worry his prediction. And we&#x27;ll talk about that afterwards. All right, buddy. We usually say we&#x27;ll be right back. But before we go to the break, I want you to do what you used to do. And we&#x27;d leave the love connection for a break. What would you say then? And we&#x27;ll be back in two and two. And two and two.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Thanks, folks. Chuck, thanks for your time today. All right. Thanks. Thanks, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chuck Woolery</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chuck Woolery, healthcare, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/image.jpg?t=1792073461&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-woolery/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/image.jpg?t=1792073461&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Nov 2012 15:31:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>723</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11597185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-woolery</link>
      <itunes:order>155</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Chuck Woolery" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dale Ledbetter: How Wall Street Rips You Off</title>
      <itunes:title>Dale Ledbetter: How Wall Street Rips You Off</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, we have a very special guest this week. His name is Mr. Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale, Florida. He&#x27;s got a great book out, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. You know, Dale spent over 40 years in the securities industry, many of which were spent representing victims of investment fraud and abuse. He&#x27;s a securities attorney, and he felt that few books offered comprehensive takes on the obstacles and difficulties that the average investor faces. And Dale, I&#x27;m going to let you tell us about your book because you&#x27;re with us on here, but great book and welcome onto the show. Well, thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s really an honor to be on your show. I&#x27;ve followed you for years, and it&#x27;s an honor. We got together, my paralegal, Cunningbecker and I, and decided to write the book</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> because we&#x27;ve seen so many lives devastated and hearts broken, and we found that next to life itself and health and family and in some cases faith, the next most important thing to people was their money because they couldn&#x27;t enjoy those other things without money. And we just saw pattern after pattern, situation after situation where people were being ripped off. And what we saw were a lot of books written telling people how to get rich and a lot of books describing crises and problems, but nothing that combined the specifics, the ways Wall Street was ripping people off and the specific ways in which people could arm and defend themselves so they didn&#x27;t become a victim. And that was the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> goal of this book. Can you give us a couple examples of, now when we hear about people being scammed or sometimes it&#x27;s people&#x27;s own greed takes place, but many times people are trusting their advisor and their advisors leading them down the wrong path, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And we find that the vast majority of products in the marketplace today are not bought, they&#x27;re sold. And unfortunately, the products that have the largest commissions seem to be the ones that are sold most aggressively. And it&#x27;s true, some people day trade and they do things on their own. But I can just give you one example. We represented a lady who was 100 years old at the time and the firm had concentrated her in 99% of her portfolio in one holding. And when she lost all</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> of her money, they defended the case by saying that she had 60 years of investment experience. And we can just give you story after story of people who trusted the firm and in many cases, even the brokers within those firms, they don&#x27;t set out to hurt people, Pete. They&#x27;re selling what they&#x27;re told to sell, what they&#x27;re required to sell. And time after time, you get into structured finance products and asset-backed securities and things that the average individual has no business owning. And the brokers that are selling them don&#x27;t understand them at all. They&#x27;re just told to sell them and they do what they&#x27;re told. That&#x27;s a key point these days, Dale. A lot of times, the financial salespeople, they&#x27;ll hide behind different designations or whatever, but their</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> salespeople, a lot of times, they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re selling, do they? No, not at all. And it&#x27;s frightening when you get into a hearing when we represent people and you ask the brokers at 20 years experience and all to explain the product and they don&#x27;t have a clue. And then your client comes on who&#x27;s a brain surgeon or does open heart surgery. And they say he is a sophisticated investor who fully understood them because for 10 years, he&#x27;d been investing in stocks. And we have a line in the book. It&#x27;s actually a true story where the surgeon said to me, well, as I understand it, I should stop practicing medicine, stop saving lives, stop doing what I do and spend full time monitoring my portfolio. And that&#x27;s what I thought they were supposed to do.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Yeah. Well, I mean, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re paying a fee a lot of times for. A lot of people pay for fee-only advice. And a lot of times the advice they&#x27;re getting isn&#x27;t worth the fee they&#x27;re paying. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s author of the book, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. And of course, Dale is an attorney. Dale, you&#x27;ve got something in the book you call Demand Your Investor Bill of Rights. Do you want to talk about that? Yes. That&#x27;s something that the Association of State Securities Regulators put together a number of years ago. And we try to make sure that all of our clients are aware of that. And the book is sending a message to people. As you know, we devoted a whole chapter to that. And it&#x27;s things like receive complete information about the risks, obligations, and cause. Receive account statements</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> that are accurate and understandable. Get a copy of all the completed account forms and so on. Because the average person is not aware that they have all those rights. And they not only have them, but they can demand them. And which leads me to one other point that I think is worth stressing. There are a number of very aggressive state regulators. And when I say aggressive, they&#x27;re aggressive in defending and protecting the citizens of their state. And in many instances, politically now, the very same people who cry out for states&#x27; rights and let&#x27;s take the power away from the federal government, put it in the states, they&#x27;re trying to abolish state securities regulators and concentrate all the regulatory authority in Washington, in the SEC, and in FINRA, the</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> self-regulated organization, because they know that&#x27;s easier to control than these state regulators. So bill rights are important, and it&#x27;s an important symbol on the part of the state regulators that they did that. Now, many people get lost in acronyms. Can you explain to the listener as easy as you can what FINRA is and how they&#x27;re supposed to protect the investor? Yes. Great, great question. And we devote a whole chapter in the book to telling people, don&#x27;t expect that FINRA can defend you. FINRA is the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers. And the reason they changed the name to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which the acronym, of course, is FINRA. The National</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Association of Securities Dealers told people, we are a trade association made up of the registered broker dealers, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s, the Smith Barney&#x27;s, the Morgan Stanley&#x27;s, et cetera. By changing the name to FINRA, they sought to deceive people and make them think that they are imbued with some governmental power regulatory authority. It&#x27;s the same self-regulatory organization that operated for years under the name National Association of Securities Dealers. And what&#x27;s really ironic, it would be like trying a lawsuit if the doctor accidentally cuts off one leg and you bought a medical malpractice action and you</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> had to try the case before the American Medical Association and had doctors on the panel. That&#x27;s what people are subjected to when they bring an action in front of FINRA. And amazingly, only 43% of clients who bring an action against a broker dealer under the required FINRA arbitration. And if you have an account with a registered broker dealer, you cannot sue them in court. You&#x27;re required to arbitrate. And only 43% of the people win those cases. And when they win, they get on average between 12% to 40% of what their losses were, depending on the size of the claim. So if you&#x27;ve got a size of</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> claim, the odds are even if you win, you&#x27;re going to get 12% to 15% of what you lost. It&#x27;s a travesty. Wow. And that mandatory arbitration sheet is one of the many pieces of paper that someone signs when they sign up for a financial product, correct? Well, it&#x27;s worse than that. It&#x27;s not even a separate sheet of paper. It&#x27;s paragraph 69 or 73 or whatever buried away in the very small print on one of the sheets that someone signs. And it&#x27;s never called to their attention. I&#x27;d say of the hundreds and hundreds of clients we&#x27;ve represented, Pete, we probably haven&#x27;t had 10 who knew that they were required to arbitrate until they had a claim and came to us. Yeah. And I really hate fine print.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I wrote a book called The Fine Print Fiasco years ago, just identifying all the fine print. I mean, the print should be big enough for anyone to read without a magnifying glass, and it shouldn&#x27;t be hidden in paragraph 69 or 70, which brings up another point, Dale. And this might be our final one today, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Talk about variable annuities. We see so many variable annuities that are misused and missold to people who have no business being in a risky product like that. Well, there&#x27;s no question about it. And people don&#x27;t realize when they get into a variable rate annuity, they&#x27;re really getting into the stock market. And we saw tons of people who got hammered in the tech rack. They get out of the stock market and they go and a salesman puts them into a variable rate annuity, and they had no idea that that&#x27;s what they were in. And of course,</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> there are fixed rate annuities, there are fixed indexed annuities, and there are other alternatives. But the variable rate annuities, first of all, people don&#x27;t understand it&#x27;s tax deferred, not tax avoidant. A lot of times they get put into IRA accounts, so people are paying twice for the tax deferral. They don&#x27;t understand, as I said, that they&#x27;re investing in the stock market, and they don&#x27;t understand the differences from a mutual fund, that they don&#x27;t understand the payment options, and the surrender charges, that that money is really locked in. And it&#x27;s a matter of education and understanding, and they get very little of either, typically, before they&#x27;re sold a variable rate annuity. Folks, his name is Dale Ledbetter. If you want to learn more about his book, How Wall</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Street Rips You Off, and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself, go to our website. We&#x27;ll have a link to how to get his book, as well as the complete interview we just had with him online at financialsafari.com. Dale, thanks for your time today, and we look forward to having you on again in the future. Thanks, Pete. Again, an honor to be on with you, and thank you to you and to your listeners. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, Dale, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. mince. 3 things. 2</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, we have a very special guest this week. His name is Mr. Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale, Florida. He&#x27;s got a great book out, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. You know, Dale spent over 40 years in the securities industry, many of which were spent representing victims of investment fraud and abuse. He&#x27;s a securities attorney, and he felt that few books offered comprehensive takes on the obstacles and difficulties that the average investor faces. And Dale, I&#x27;m going to let you tell us about your book because you&#x27;re with us on here, but great book and welcome onto the show. Well, thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s really an honor to be on your show. I&#x27;ve followed you for years, and it&#x27;s an honor. We got together, my paralegal, Cunningbecker and I, and decided to write the book</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> because we&#x27;ve seen so many lives devastated and hearts broken, and we found that next to life itself and health and family and in some cases faith, the next most important thing to people was their money because they couldn&#x27;t enjoy those other things without money. And we just saw pattern after pattern, situation after situation where people were being ripped off. And what we saw were a lot of books written telling people how to get rich and a lot of books describing crises and problems, but nothing that combined the specifics, the ways Wall Street was ripping people off and the specific ways in which people could arm and defend themselves so they didn&#x27;t become a victim. And that was the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> goal of this book. Can you give us a couple examples of, now when we hear about people being scammed or sometimes it&#x27;s people&#x27;s own greed takes place, but many times people are trusting their advisor and their advisors leading them down the wrong path, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And we find that the vast majority of products in the marketplace today are not bought, they&#x27;re sold. And unfortunately, the products that have the largest commissions seem to be the ones that are sold most aggressively. And it&#x27;s true, some people day trade and they do things on their own. But I can just give you one example. We represented a lady who was 100 years old at the time and the firm had concentrated her in 99% of her portfolio in one holding. And when she lost all</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> of her money, they defended the case by saying that she had 60 years of investment experience. And we can just give you story after story of people who trusted the firm and in many cases, even the brokers within those firms, they don&#x27;t set out to hurt people, Pete. They&#x27;re selling what they&#x27;re told to sell, what they&#x27;re required to sell. And time after time, you get into structured finance products and asset-backed securities and things that the average individual has no business owning. And the brokers that are selling them don&#x27;t understand them at all. They&#x27;re just told to sell them and they do what they&#x27;re told. That&#x27;s a key point these days, Dale. A lot of times, the financial salespeople, they&#x27;ll hide behind different designations or whatever, but their</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> salespeople, a lot of times, they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re selling, do they? No, not at all. And it&#x27;s frightening when you get into a hearing when we represent people and you ask the brokers at 20 years experience and all to explain the product and they don&#x27;t have a clue. And then your client comes on who&#x27;s a brain surgeon or does open heart surgery. And they say he is a sophisticated investor who fully understood them because for 10 years, he&#x27;d been investing in stocks. And we have a line in the book. It&#x27;s actually a true story where the surgeon said to me, well, as I understand it, I should stop practicing medicine, stop saving lives, stop doing what I do and spend full time monitoring my portfolio. And that&#x27;s what I thought they were supposed to do.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Yeah. Well, I mean, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re paying a fee a lot of times for. A lot of people pay for fee-only advice. And a lot of times the advice they&#x27;re getting isn&#x27;t worth the fee they&#x27;re paying. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s author of the book, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. And of course, Dale is an attorney. Dale, you&#x27;ve got something in the book you call Demand Your Investor Bill of Rights. Do you want to talk about that? Yes. That&#x27;s something that the Association of State Securities Regulators put together a number of years ago. And we try to make sure that all of our clients are aware of that. And the book is sending a message to people. As you know, we devoted a whole chapter to that. And it&#x27;s things like receive complete information about the risks, obligations, and cause. Receive account statements</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> that are accurate and understandable. Get a copy of all the completed account forms and so on. Because the average person is not aware that they have all those rights. And they not only have them, but they can demand them. And which leads me to one other point that I think is worth stressing. There are a number of very aggressive state regulators. And when I say aggressive, they&#x27;re aggressive in defending and protecting the citizens of their state. And in many instances, politically now, the very same people who cry out for states&#x27; rights and let&#x27;s take the power away from the federal government, put it in the states, they&#x27;re trying to abolish state securities regulators and concentrate all the regulatory authority in Washington, in the SEC, and in FINRA, the</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> self-regulated organization, because they know that&#x27;s easier to control than these state regulators. So bill rights are important, and it&#x27;s an important symbol on the part of the state regulators that they did that. Now, many people get lost in acronyms. Can you explain to the listener as easy as you can what FINRA is and how they&#x27;re supposed to protect the investor? Yes. Great, great question. And we devote a whole chapter in the book to telling people, don&#x27;t expect that FINRA can defend you. FINRA is the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers. And the reason they changed the name to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which the acronym, of course, is FINRA. The National</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Association of Securities Dealers told people, we are a trade association made up of the registered broker dealers, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s, the Smith Barney&#x27;s, the Morgan Stanley&#x27;s, et cetera. By changing the name to FINRA, they sought to deceive people and make them think that they are imbued with some governmental power regulatory authority. It&#x27;s the same self-regulatory organization that operated for years under the name National Association of Securities Dealers. And what&#x27;s really ironic, it would be like trying a lawsuit if the doctor accidentally cuts off one leg and you bought a medical malpractice action and you</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> had to try the case before the American Medical Association and had doctors on the panel. That&#x27;s what people are subjected to when they bring an action in front of FINRA. And amazingly, only 43% of clients who bring an action against a broker dealer under the required FINRA arbitration. And if you have an account with a registered broker dealer, you cannot sue them in court. You&#x27;re required to arbitrate. And only 43% of the people win those cases. And when they win, they get on average between 12% to 40% of what their losses were, depending on the size of the claim. So if you&#x27;ve got a size of</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> claim, the odds are even if you win, you&#x27;re going to get 12% to 15% of what you lost. It&#x27;s a travesty. Wow. And that mandatory arbitration sheet is one of the many pieces of paper that someone signs when they sign up for a financial product, correct? Well, it&#x27;s worse than that. It&#x27;s not even a separate sheet of paper. It&#x27;s paragraph 69 or 73 or whatever buried away in the very small print on one of the sheets that someone signs. And it&#x27;s never called to their attention. I&#x27;d say of the hundreds and hundreds of clients we&#x27;ve represented, Pete, we probably haven&#x27;t had 10 who knew that they were required to arbitrate until they had a claim and came to us. Yeah. And I really hate fine print.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I wrote a book called The Fine Print Fiasco years ago, just identifying all the fine print. I mean, the print should be big enough for anyone to read without a magnifying glass, and it shouldn&#x27;t be hidden in paragraph 69 or 70, which brings up another point, Dale. And this might be our final one today, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Talk about variable annuities. We see so many variable annuities that are misused and missold to people who have no business being in a risky product like that. Well, there&#x27;s no question about it. And people don&#x27;t realize when they get into a variable rate annuity, they&#x27;re really getting into the stock market. And we saw tons of people who got hammered in the tech rack. They get out of the stock market and they go and a salesman puts them into a variable rate annuity, and they had no idea that that&#x27;s what they were in. And of course,</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> there are fixed rate annuities, there are fixed indexed annuities, and there are other alternatives. But the variable rate annuities, first of all, people don&#x27;t understand it&#x27;s tax deferred, not tax avoidant. A lot of times they get put into IRA accounts, so people are paying twice for the tax deferral. They don&#x27;t understand, as I said, that they&#x27;re investing in the stock market, and they don&#x27;t understand the differences from a mutual fund, that they don&#x27;t understand the payment options, and the surrender charges, that that money is really locked in. And it&#x27;s a matter of education and understanding, and they get very little of either, typically, before they&#x27;re sold a variable rate annuity. Folks, his name is Dale Ledbetter. If you want to learn more about his book, How Wall</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Street Rips You Off, and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself, go to our website. We&#x27;ll have a link to how to get his book, as well as the complete interview we just had with him online at financialsafari.com. Dale, thanks for your time today, and we look forward to having you on again in the future. Thanks, Pete. Again, an honor to be on with you, and thank you to you and to your listeners. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, Dale, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. mince. 3 things. 2</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dale Ledbetter</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dale Ledbetter, investing, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/image.jpg?t=1792072751&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dale-ledbetter-how-wall-street-rips-you-off/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/image.jpg?t=1792072751&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff</guid>
      <omny:clipId>20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Nov 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>656</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10525191" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dale-ledbetter-how-wall-street-rips-you-off</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>156</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How Wall Street Rips You Off" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:41" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:09:04" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eric Blehm: Fearless and the Story of Adam Brown</title>
      <itunes:title>Eric Blehm: Fearless and the Story of Adam Brown</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eric Blehm joins Coach Pete for a Veterans Day conversation about Fearless and Navy SEAL Adam Brown. This November 2012 interview explores the research behind the book, courage, sacrifice, and the families who serve alongside military members.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari. Of course, this is a special show right before Veterans Day. So I figured what a good time to bring in an author who&#x27;s written about some fantastic veterans. And we&#x27;ve got Eric Blem on the phone and he&#x27;s joining us from JFK Airport. So you&#x27;ll hear some sounds in the background. It&#x27;s almost like being at the airport without having to wait in line, folks. You&#x27;ll get to enjoy the airport sounds and listen to Mr. Eric Blem talk about a book that he&#x27;s written called Fearless. And it&#x27;s the undunted courage and ultimate sacrifice of Navy SEAL Team 6 operator Adam Brown, who has unfortunately passed away in action. But Eric, I&#x27;ll let him tell the story. But Eric spent a lot of time with the Special Forces and he&#x27;s going to talk about that today. And he&#x27;s got a great book, too. Eric, welcome to the show. Hey, thanks for working with my schedule. And, you know, as I&#x27;m sitting here watching people in uniform walk around the airport, it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s a great day to be an American and honor all these guys and men and women alike who serve.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> Now, there&#x27;s a lot of heroes in the military. Why did you pick Adam Brown&#x27;s story? You know, Adam Brown&#x27;s story, it really was a gift. He&#x27;s a prodigal son meets SEAL Team 6. He&#x27;s a guy who was an awesome kid who, let&#x27;s say, just for example, he wouldn&#x27;t lie to his parents. He&#x27;s the type of kid who would be told by his mom, hey, I&#x27;m going to a lake party. She didn&#x27;t trust his swimming ability at age 15. She said, you can go if you don&#x27;t take off your life preserver. And he would, Adam Brown did that entire party with girls, guys are like, not cool to be wearing an orange light preserver, but he would keep that thing on all day long. And fast forward to, you know, he&#x27;s a guy that would dance with the wallflowers at school functions. He would stand up for the underdogs. And then on a fateful day, he tried crack cocaine in college.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And that became, as he put it, the day that he sold his soul. And so this is a story of a comeback. It&#x27;s a kid who went to jail, got a second chance, got waivers to be able to even join the military. And he rose to the top tier of the U.S. military, all the way to the top level, Naval Special Warfare Development Group, otherwise known as SEAL Team 6. Now, the ironic thing there, at age 15, his mom didn&#x27;t trust his swimming ability, made him wear that life preserver, and then he turned into being a SEAL, a Navy SEAL. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen those reality shows. You&#x27;ve seen it in person. I&#x27;ve seen the reality shows at how tough it is just to make the cut. Not many guys survive that SEAL training, do they? Yeah. You know, his buddy, when he said, I want to be a SEAL, and he&#x27;s from Arkansas, Hot Springs, Arkansas. This was a lake, and he grew up swimming in lakes. And his buddy, when he told him he wanted to be a SEAL, he said, Adam, he said, you know, your swim is not that great.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And he said, I can swim fine. He said, no, Adam, you can stay afloat. He said, and these guys stray in the ocean. We&#x27;re talking currents. We&#x27;re talking waves. It&#x27;s a totally different animal. And he said, I&#x27;ll figure it out. And that&#x27;s what he did. I mean, he&#x27;s the type of kid who just always got up. Now, his teammates and commanders have described him as the best of the best, the top 1% of the naval special warfare community. How did Adam&#x27;s bravery stand out amongst his fellow SEALs? And they&#x27;re all incredibly heroic in their own right. Yeah, he would always put others before himself, just in life and as a SEAL. I mean, he&#x27;s the type of guy who would come home and teach Sunday school to toddlers when he was home on leave. He had a wife and two kids. He&#x27;d go dress shopping with his daughter. He could turn that switch. He could flip that switch and go from the compassionate, tender warrior to someone who could put the lights out on an enemy.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> I mean, his team is the team that got Osama bin Laden, did the most secretive and the most difficult missions that our country could ask of a special operations warrior. And he could do it with both grace and with curiosity. And so he was the type of guy who really had no limits. He would not let anything stand in his way. And as he put it one day to his wife, Kelly, she said, God gave me a gift. And that gift is I do not feel fear. Wow. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Eric Blem. Of course, he&#x27;s New York Times bestselling author. He wrote the book called The Only Thing Worth Dying For and the new book, Fearless, The Undaunted Courage and Ultimate Sacrifice of Navy SEAL Team 6 Operator Adam Brown. Now, Adam had some physical difficulties, some of the things that would have basically put people on disability these days.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> But he stayed in the SEAL training, didn&#x27;t he? He did. He felt he had a job to do. He had that sense of duty and a couple injuries. He lost an eye. He was shot out in a training accident. He got the fingers on his right hand severed in a combat zone when a Humvee rolled. He was holding onto the edge of the window and it actually crushed his fingers off. And what does he do? Instead of taking that disability, he teaches himself to shoot left-handed. He passed the Naval Special Warfare Sniper School shooting non-dominant eye. And then he teaches himself to shoot pistol and rifle left-handed. He still qualifies at that top level. He was the first ever unprecedented to pass both that sniper school and SEAL Team 6 qualifications. And he did it thinking left his entire life. He thought, right, we&#x27;re not talking about only physically. We&#x27;re talking about reacting, clearing rooms, sniper situations.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> The most difficult scenarios in the world. And he said, give me a chance. If I can qualify at the level that prevails, why not let me on the team? And he passed. He did it. And ultimately, you know, it&#x27;s a tragedy. But he ended up dying by protecting his teammates on a mission in the Kunar province of Afghanistan in the Hindukush Mountains. Now, that was March 17, 2010. What can you tell us about that final mission? Well, that is St. Patrick&#x27;s Day. His kids now refer to that as St. Daddy&#x27;s Day. This is a fearless family who spoke to me just a year after their father, husband, son was killed. And that mission, I will just say that he died heroically. He wanted to accomplish his mission. And without this mission being accomplished, they were going after a Kunar Taliban leader. Intelligence had tipped him off that he was ready to prepare and strike an army battalion that was set to retrograde in the area.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> And had they not taken him out, he would have killed again, likely multiple people. He did ambushes, IED attacks. And Adam Brown was in the situation on that night. And he was the first guy to stand up and say, I got it. And he took care of business. But he did it at great risk to himself. Now, some books have reported on the Osama bin Laden raid and others, the SEAL teams from Team 6 more than decades ago. But Fearless is the first book to look inside the modern and current SEAL Team 6 brotherhood. But what steps did you take, if any, to make sure you kept yourself out of trouble or out of harm&#x27;s way when you were doing all these interviews? Well, since my book released, there&#x27;s obviously been the new book, No Easy Day, where one of the actual operators has spoken about it. And he&#x27;s been obviously very much criticized among that brotherhood. So there is another look there.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> But this is the first look inside of, I think, really the deep personal life and the whole comeback of Adam Brown from, you know, again, something like crack addiction and then looking at the inside family&#x27;s perspective of SEAL Team 6. So there is another book out there now since this book has come out. But I will say that the guys on the team who I&#x27;ve had read the book and make sure that we didn&#x27;t disclose anything, any ops, any operational security that could endanger the lives of SEALs or the government agencies or allies who work beside them, I made sure that nothing was put in the book that would endanger the lives and or let go of anything that might jeopardize the success of future operations. And that was done because I had multiple, more than a dozen operators that are both retired and active duty still look at it and say,</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> hey, if there&#x27;s anything in this book that could endanger your life, I want to know about it. And I rewrote parts to their satisfaction. And while it wasn&#x27;t officially vetted by the public affairs, it was no less scrupulously vetted by the operators themselves. And they gave me the thumbs up. Now, when we watch the news every now and then, they just tell us about a helicopter crashing in Afghanistan or over there somewhere, and we put it in our cycle of news. But there&#x27;s a lot of speculation in the media that the SEALs killed in the Chinook tragedy of October 6, 2001, were the same SEALs who were on the Osama bin Laden raid in Pakistan a few months earlier. Can you shed any light on that? You know, I will say an absolute fallacy. I mean, there&#x27;s a misunderstanding there. They see SEAL Team 6, and SEAL Team 6 is not a large group of individuals, but it&#x27;s not a tiny one.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> So there are different groups within that group. That&#x27;s all I can really say. And the group that was on that Chinook was a different group within that group, and they were not the same individuals that were on the Osama bin Laden raid. I can guarantee that. Now, what do the operators on SEAL Team 6 think about all the media attention they&#x27;ve gotten since it was announced they were the unit that took out Osama bin Laden? You know, without exception, they wished that news could go back in a box, and that&#x27;s where it had been forever. I mean, this is the first presidential administration that ever actually said that this unit actually exists. So that was the first ever. And they&#x27;re not happy about it, but they do realize that now that it&#x27;s out there, that&#x27;s why this book, that&#x27;s why people know. They thought, you know, in Adam Brown&#x27;s case, Fearless is a story about humility, not about ego. And they thought that it was good for the people to understand, hey, Adam Brown overcame so much.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> And it&#x27;s important that they understand that he wasn&#x27;t just a SEAL from the SEAL Team, which is an amazing group of men in themselves. But there is a step up, and that is SEAL Team 6. And they wanted people to know that he overcame all that, the crack addiction, the injuries, and everything, and made it to that top-tier level. So since it was outed by the Obama administration at one point and by the media since, you know, again, they&#x27;re not happy about it, but since it&#x27;s out there, they just want to limit what actually is conveyed, especially the details, the operational security, and that&#x27;s what we were really careful to avoid in Fearless. One final point, Eric, and, of course, folks we&#x27;re talking to, Eric Blem. He&#x27;s author of the book Fearless. It&#x27;s the story of SEAL Team 6 operator Adam Brown. Very great read there. You can pick it up at any bookstore on Amazon. We even have a link to Adam&#x27;s site there.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And any way to buy the book on our website, financialsafari.com. One final point. When people read the Fearless book, what do you hope they take away from it? You know what? When people read Fearless and read about Adam Brown, I think what he would want people to know, and he told people in his final wishes, his final request, if I&#x27;m killed in combat, I want people to know who I was not only as a SEAL, but who I was before I became a SEAL, before I came to know Jesus Christ. He was a Christian. He was a man of faith. He wanted people to know that he was this drug addict, that he was this self-described dirtbag who stole from his own family and friends. But what he did is he turned his life around. What I want people to know when they read about this is what so many people have written about, is that you can rise above those darkest hours in your life. You can hit rock bottom, and you can claw your way out. That&#x27;s what Adam Brown did, and I hope that&#x27;s what people can realize.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> Whether it&#x27;s seeking faith or that inner strength, whatever it is inside that they need to rise above those challenges in life. Absolutely. Great point, folks. His name is Eric Blum. Eric, hope to have you on again, and keep in touch when you write a new book. I will do that, and thank you so much. And thank you to all you and your listenership who serve and the families you serve. Thank you for your service, and have a great day, guys. Absolutely. And have a safe trip home when you get on your plane there. I will. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eric Blehm joins Coach Pete for a Veterans Day conversation about Fearless and Navy SEAL Adam Brown. This November 2012 interview explores the research behind the book, courage, sacrifice, and the families who serve alongside military members.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari. Of course, this is a special show right before Veterans Day. So I figured what a good time to bring in an author who&#x27;s written about some fantastic veterans. And we&#x27;ve got Eric Blem on the phone and he&#x27;s joining us from JFK Airport. So you&#x27;ll hear some sounds in the background. It&#x27;s almost like being at the airport without having to wait in line, folks. You&#x27;ll get to enjoy the airport sounds and listen to Mr. Eric Blem talk about a book that he&#x27;s written called Fearless. And it&#x27;s the undunted courage and ultimate sacrifice of Navy SEAL Team 6 operator Adam Brown, who has unfortunately passed away in action. But Eric, I&#x27;ll let him tell the story. But Eric spent a lot of time with the Special Forces and he&#x27;s going to talk about that today. And he&#x27;s got a great book, too. Eric, welcome to the show. Hey, thanks for working with my schedule. And, you know, as I&#x27;m sitting here watching people in uniform walk around the airport, it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s a great day to be an American and honor all these guys and men and women alike who serve.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> Now, there&#x27;s a lot of heroes in the military. Why did you pick Adam Brown&#x27;s story? You know, Adam Brown&#x27;s story, it really was a gift. He&#x27;s a prodigal son meets SEAL Team 6. He&#x27;s a guy who was an awesome kid who, let&#x27;s say, just for example, he wouldn&#x27;t lie to his parents. He&#x27;s the type of kid who would be told by his mom, hey, I&#x27;m going to a lake party. She didn&#x27;t trust his swimming ability at age 15. She said, you can go if you don&#x27;t take off your life preserver. And he would, Adam Brown did that entire party with girls, guys are like, not cool to be wearing an orange light preserver, but he would keep that thing on all day long. And fast forward to, you know, he&#x27;s a guy that would dance with the wallflowers at school functions. He would stand up for the underdogs. And then on a fateful day, he tried crack cocaine in college.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And that became, as he put it, the day that he sold his soul. And so this is a story of a comeback. It&#x27;s a kid who went to jail, got a second chance, got waivers to be able to even join the military. And he rose to the top tier of the U.S. military, all the way to the top level, Naval Special Warfare Development Group, otherwise known as SEAL Team 6. Now, the ironic thing there, at age 15, his mom didn&#x27;t trust his swimming ability, made him wear that life preserver, and then he turned into being a SEAL, a Navy SEAL. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen those reality shows. You&#x27;ve seen it in person. I&#x27;ve seen the reality shows at how tough it is just to make the cut. Not many guys survive that SEAL training, do they? Yeah. You know, his buddy, when he said, I want to be a SEAL, and he&#x27;s from Arkansas, Hot Springs, Arkansas. This was a lake, and he grew up swimming in lakes. And his buddy, when he told him he wanted to be a SEAL, he said, Adam, he said, you know, your swim is not that great.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And he said, I can swim fine. He said, no, Adam, you can stay afloat. He said, and these guys stray in the ocean. We&#x27;re talking currents. We&#x27;re talking waves. It&#x27;s a totally different animal. And he said, I&#x27;ll figure it out. And that&#x27;s what he did. I mean, he&#x27;s the type of kid who just always got up. Now, his teammates and commanders have described him as the best of the best, the top 1% of the naval special warfare community. How did Adam&#x27;s bravery stand out amongst his fellow SEALs? And they&#x27;re all incredibly heroic in their own right. Yeah, he would always put others before himself, just in life and as a SEAL. I mean, he&#x27;s the type of guy who would come home and teach Sunday school to toddlers when he was home on leave. He had a wife and two kids. He&#x27;d go dress shopping with his daughter. He could turn that switch. He could flip that switch and go from the compassionate, tender warrior to someone who could put the lights out on an enemy.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> I mean, his team is the team that got Osama bin Laden, did the most secretive and the most difficult missions that our country could ask of a special operations warrior. And he could do it with both grace and with curiosity. And so he was the type of guy who really had no limits. He would not let anything stand in his way. And as he put it one day to his wife, Kelly, she said, God gave me a gift. And that gift is I do not feel fear. Wow. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Eric Blem. Of course, he&#x27;s New York Times bestselling author. He wrote the book called The Only Thing Worth Dying For and the new book, Fearless, The Undaunted Courage and Ultimate Sacrifice of Navy SEAL Team 6 Operator Adam Brown. Now, Adam had some physical difficulties, some of the things that would have basically put people on disability these days.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> But he stayed in the SEAL training, didn&#x27;t he? He did. He felt he had a job to do. He had that sense of duty and a couple injuries. He lost an eye. He was shot out in a training accident. He got the fingers on his right hand severed in a combat zone when a Humvee rolled. He was holding onto the edge of the window and it actually crushed his fingers off. And what does he do? Instead of taking that disability, he teaches himself to shoot left-handed. He passed the Naval Special Warfare Sniper School shooting non-dominant eye. And then he teaches himself to shoot pistol and rifle left-handed. He still qualifies at that top level. He was the first ever unprecedented to pass both that sniper school and SEAL Team 6 qualifications. And he did it thinking left his entire life. He thought, right, we&#x27;re not talking about only physically. We&#x27;re talking about reacting, clearing rooms, sniper situations.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> The most difficult scenarios in the world. And he said, give me a chance. If I can qualify at the level that prevails, why not let me on the team? And he passed. He did it. And ultimately, you know, it&#x27;s a tragedy. But he ended up dying by protecting his teammates on a mission in the Kunar province of Afghanistan in the Hindukush Mountains. Now, that was March 17, 2010. What can you tell us about that final mission? Well, that is St. Patrick&#x27;s Day. His kids now refer to that as St. Daddy&#x27;s Day. This is a fearless family who spoke to me just a year after their father, husband, son was killed. And that mission, I will just say that he died heroically. He wanted to accomplish his mission. And without this mission being accomplished, they were going after a Kunar Taliban leader. Intelligence had tipped him off that he was ready to prepare and strike an army battalion that was set to retrograde in the area.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> And had they not taken him out, he would have killed again, likely multiple people. He did ambushes, IED attacks. And Adam Brown was in the situation on that night. And he was the first guy to stand up and say, I got it. And he took care of business. But he did it at great risk to himself. Now, some books have reported on the Osama bin Laden raid and others, the SEAL teams from Team 6 more than decades ago. But Fearless is the first book to look inside the modern and current SEAL Team 6 brotherhood. But what steps did you take, if any, to make sure you kept yourself out of trouble or out of harm&#x27;s way when you were doing all these interviews? Well, since my book released, there&#x27;s obviously been the new book, No Easy Day, where one of the actual operators has spoken about it. And he&#x27;s been obviously very much criticized among that brotherhood. So there is another look there.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> But this is the first look inside of, I think, really the deep personal life and the whole comeback of Adam Brown from, you know, again, something like crack addiction and then looking at the inside family&#x27;s perspective of SEAL Team 6. So there is another book out there now since this book has come out. But I will say that the guys on the team who I&#x27;ve had read the book and make sure that we didn&#x27;t disclose anything, any ops, any operational security that could endanger the lives of SEALs or the government agencies or allies who work beside them, I made sure that nothing was put in the book that would endanger the lives and or let go of anything that might jeopardize the success of future operations. And that was done because I had multiple, more than a dozen operators that are both retired and active duty still look at it and say,</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> hey, if there&#x27;s anything in this book that could endanger your life, I want to know about it. And I rewrote parts to their satisfaction. And while it wasn&#x27;t officially vetted by the public affairs, it was no less scrupulously vetted by the operators themselves. And they gave me the thumbs up. Now, when we watch the news every now and then, they just tell us about a helicopter crashing in Afghanistan or over there somewhere, and we put it in our cycle of news. But there&#x27;s a lot of speculation in the media that the SEALs killed in the Chinook tragedy of October 6, 2001, were the same SEALs who were on the Osama bin Laden raid in Pakistan a few months earlier. Can you shed any light on that? You know, I will say an absolute fallacy. I mean, there&#x27;s a misunderstanding there. They see SEAL Team 6, and SEAL Team 6 is not a large group of individuals, but it&#x27;s not a tiny one.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> So there are different groups within that group. That&#x27;s all I can really say. And the group that was on that Chinook was a different group within that group, and they were not the same individuals that were on the Osama bin Laden raid. I can guarantee that. Now, what do the operators on SEAL Team 6 think about all the media attention they&#x27;ve gotten since it was announced they were the unit that took out Osama bin Laden? You know, without exception, they wished that news could go back in a box, and that&#x27;s where it had been forever. I mean, this is the first presidential administration that ever actually said that this unit actually exists. So that was the first ever. And they&#x27;re not happy about it, but they do realize that now that it&#x27;s out there, that&#x27;s why this book, that&#x27;s why people know. They thought, you know, in Adam Brown&#x27;s case, Fearless is a story about humility, not about ego. And they thought that it was good for the people to understand, hey, Adam Brown overcame so much.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> And it&#x27;s important that they understand that he wasn&#x27;t just a SEAL from the SEAL Team, which is an amazing group of men in themselves. But there is a step up, and that is SEAL Team 6. And they wanted people to know that he overcame all that, the crack addiction, the injuries, and everything, and made it to that top-tier level. So since it was outed by the Obama administration at one point and by the media since, you know, again, they&#x27;re not happy about it, but since it&#x27;s out there, they just want to limit what actually is conveyed, especially the details, the operational security, and that&#x27;s what we were really careful to avoid in Fearless. One final point, Eric, and, of course, folks we&#x27;re talking to, Eric Blem. He&#x27;s author of the book Fearless. It&#x27;s the story of SEAL Team 6 operator Adam Brown. Very great read there. You can pick it up at any bookstore on Amazon. We even have a link to Adam&#x27;s site there.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And any way to buy the book on our website, financialsafari.com. One final point. When people read the Fearless book, what do you hope they take away from it? You know what? When people read Fearless and read about Adam Brown, I think what he would want people to know, and he told people in his final wishes, his final request, if I&#x27;m killed in combat, I want people to know who I was not only as a SEAL, but who I was before I became a SEAL, before I came to know Jesus Christ. He was a Christian. He was a man of faith. He wanted people to know that he was this drug addict, that he was this self-described dirtbag who stole from his own family and friends. But what he did is he turned his life around. What I want people to know when they read about this is what so many people have written about, is that you can rise above those darkest hours in your life. You can hit rock bottom, and you can claw your way out. That&#x27;s what Adam Brown did, and I hope that&#x27;s what people can realize.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> Whether it&#x27;s seeking faith or that inner strength, whatever it is inside that they need to rise above those challenges in life. Absolutely. Great point, folks. His name is Eric Blum. Eric, hope to have you on again, and keep in touch when you write a new book. I will do that, and thank you so much. And thank you to all you and your listenership who serve and the families you serve. Thank you for your service, and have a great day, guys. Absolutely. And have a safe trip home when you get on your plane there. I will. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Eric Blehm joins Coach Pete for a Veterans Day conversation about Fearless and Navy SEAL Adam Brown. This November 2012 interview explores the research behind the book, courage, sacrifice, and the families who serve alongside military members.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eric Blehm</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eric Blehm, military service, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052/image.jpg?t=1792072778&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-blehm-fearless-and-the-story-of-adam-brown/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052/image.jpg?t=1792072778&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Nov 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>651</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc6fd465-e435-49d9-b5d9-b4e201410052/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10454190" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-blehm-fearless-and-the-story-of-adam-brown</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>157</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Fearless and the Story of Adam Brown" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Miller: Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Miller: Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the very complex world. We call it the financial world. And we&#x27;re very privileged today to have an excellent guest he&#x27;s been on before. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. He&#x27;s going to talk about a new survey that&#x27;s recently come out. The survey revealed that Americans are concerned about their finances, but they avoid discussing the topic. And first of all, Mike, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate you having me back. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m joining from Des Moines today, from our home office in Des Moines, Iowa. Okay, from the bunker in Des Moines. You got it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this survey, because I talk to people each and every day, and they say they&#x27;re concerned about their finances. And yes, they also say</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> they don&#x27;t know what to do a lot of times, or they will do it tomorrow. And tomorrow doesn&#x27;t seem to come, does it, Mike? No, it doesn&#x27;t. And, you know, when we did the survey, the survey provided a lot of really good information. And one of the things we took away from it, Coach Pete, was people generally feel like they&#x27;re in pretty good health. But the big takeaway was financial issues tend to be the major stressor in people&#x27;s lives. Yeah, I can see that, because, I mean, the financial issues weigh down people mentally, and maybe they won&#x27;t discuss it with a spouse or a family member, and then it really starts to weigh down, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And as we looked into the findings, what we learned was a lot of this stress is really driven by, you know, people&#x27;s lack of understanding of preparedness for retirement and what&#x27;s most important for leaving a legacy to their family members.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> If you had to pin it down a couple things, what are some of the key retirement options people are not aware of these days as far as their finances? Well, you have a couple of kind of big categories, I&#x27;d say, Coach Pete. One is, what are the asset levels required for a consumer to be prepared for retirement? So, what do you need to accumulate during your working years to have a comfortable retirement? And I think the second piece is, how do you prepare for leaving your family a legacy? And so, typically, that involves a life insurance kind of structure or life insurance policy to leave to your loved ones. Now, I think when people hear the word life insurance, I mean, what comes to mind is Hollywood&#x27;s done a pretty good job of making fun of life insurance or life insurance agents, like on Groundhog Day, that agent that keeps following Bill Murray around every single day, you know,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> over and over again. But life insurance is a great ally if used correctly. Now, unfortunately, sometimes it&#x27;s not explained right. If someone was trying to ask you to tell them two or three good points about life insurance and why they should consider life insurance, what would you tell them? Well, I think there are really two aspects to it. And I think, for many, the first thing you think about is term life, which is a type of policy that you pay regular premiums on for a specific period of time to provide a death benefit to your heirs. But that&#x27;s not the only type. There are other kinds of life insurance. Universal life insurance is another example, or whole life insurance is another example, where they really provide an opportunity to accumulate assets that can be used during your retirement, but also have the ability to pay a death benefit down the road to your heirs. So there are really a couple of different</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> structures or types of life insurance policies that a consumer can look to. And it&#x27;s really based on the needs of the consumer, you know, which of these policies may make the most sense. When we talk about life insurance, us in the financial world, we have things called living benefits. Now, life insurance used to be you didn&#x27;t benefit at all if you bought a life insurance policy on yourself, but you knew your family was taken care of. Nowadays, though, there&#x27;s been some new living benefits added to life insurance policies. Can you explain what a living benefit is on a life insurance policy? Yeah, I sure can. As a matter of fact, the Viva USA just introduced a new kind of living benefit on our universal life policy that is an accelerated access rider. And it&#x27;s, you know, in states where that&#x27;s available, it provides a payout to the insured in the event of an illness or</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> something that restricts their ability to perform, you know, activities of daily living. So it is, it&#x27;s a way for the insured to access a portion of the death benefit that might be payable to the heirs later in the policy while the insured is still living. Could it be looked at as almost a long-term care type alternative as far as funding long-term care? Yeah, very similar to a long-term care. And there are different versions of these available in the marketplace. But yeah, it is, it&#x27;s a perfect long-term care alternative. But it provides, again, that access to continue to accumulate assets within the policy and then provides for a death benefit. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. And Mike, we&#x27;re talking about this survey. And it was an interesting survey that revealed Americans are concerned about their finances, but avoid discussing the topic. How can one get a hold</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> of the survey? You can access it on Aviva USA&#x27;s website, avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of great information out there about the survey, but then also about some of the products and services that Aviva USA has to offer. But I think one of the things, if you go there and you look at some of the findings from the survey, one of the things you take away is, and one of the things we learned from the survey is, there is this discomfort that we see from customers and consumers about their preparedness for retirement. And I think one of the biggest issues, Coach Pete, is they don&#x27;t want to talk about it. So they live with this uncertainty and lack of knowledge, and it makes it difficult for them to understand what they need in retirement and whether they have enough. And that&#x27;s what really creates that higher level of stress. Do you think the uncertain aspect of trying to invest in the stock market the last 12 to 13 years is one of the main culprits that people just are</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> afraid to talk about retirement or make any decisions going forward these days? Yeah, there&#x27;s no question in my mind that the volatility in the market in the past few years has certainly created a different level of stress for many people who&#x27;ve seen significant losses in the market, seen retirement assets and their retirement plans disappear as some of the markets have gone down. And through this volatile market or this volatile time in the markets, it&#x27;s certainly been challenging and certainly has added a different level of stress, I think, to people who are trying to plan for retirement. One of the main worries of people I talk to, they&#x27;re worried about where income is going to come from in retirement, and they&#x27;re also worried if they&#x27;re going to run out of money before they before they leave the earth. And so my question to you is, what&#x27;s been done lately in the insurance</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> industry per se to insure lifetime incomes? Yeah, and let me start the answer with a piece more about preparedness, because I do think that there is an aspect to this, Coach Pete, where a consumer needs to sit down with a financial advisor and understand what their current situation is, then build a plan to get to where they need to be. Most people don&#x27;t understand how much they need. They don&#x27;t understand realistically what their spending habits are. And until you put those things together, you can&#x27;t develop an appropriate plan. But once you get that information together and start working with a financial advisor, they can build programs that utilize some of the features in products that are out there in the marketplace, like some of the products that Aviva USA offers that have, again, some of the living</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> benefits that you&#x27;d mentioned. And some of the products that we use for these strategies are income riders. So deferred annuities with income riders or annuitization features where the customer can have a guaranteed stream of income for their life or throughout their retirement. You know, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s maybe because Wall Street&#x27;s done a real good job of advertising, getting people to think that the only way they can have a retirement is to put their money at risk in the market. But when we go over a strategy with someone and sit down and go through all their options, when we come to the option that has their what we call retirement income step-up account included in it, giving them increase of income or increase in their income amount each year, depending on when they start to take the money, they say it&#x27;s too good to be true. Now, Mike, what do you say to people who say that these kind of accounts that have protection of principle</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with growth for future income are too good to be true? Are they? And if not, why do people think that? No, no, they aren&#x27;t. And the growth that you&#x27;re talking about is really a function of the accumulation in the product during the deferral period. So, you know, if the customer is targeting a specific level of income in the future, there are products designed around this that provide a minimum guarantee and accumulation of a cash value for a deferral period. And then at some point in the future, when that consumer wants to turn on an income stream, whether that&#x27;s via an income rider that provides a guaranteed level of income for life or a guarantee period, or whether that&#x27;s just an annuitization of the product in a deferred annuity, both of those options can provide the level of income desired by the consumer. So if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they haven&#x27;t had</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> an income plan explained to them, would it make sense to at least find out what&#x27;s out there? Boy, yeah, I would say so. And there&#x27;s access to financial advisors in a number of different ways. There are sources in local communities where you can connect with a financial advisor. I believe, Coach Pete, you can connect with a financial advisor through your show. So there are multiple ways to connect with the right people who can lay out some of these options to help make you successful and give you some comfort and remove some of the stress that we&#x27;ve identified in the survey. If you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re curious, go to financialsafari.com, enter your area, and it will direct you right to a financial advisor in your area that&#x27;s familiar with these income strategies. Mike Miller, Executive Vice President at Aviva USA, thanks for your time today. I really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me on again.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Hope to have you on again in the future. Sounds good. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the very complex world. We call it the financial world. And we&#x27;re very privileged today to have an excellent guest he&#x27;s been on before. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. He&#x27;s going to talk about a new survey that&#x27;s recently come out. The survey revealed that Americans are concerned about their finances, but they avoid discussing the topic. And first of all, Mike, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate you having me back. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m joining from Des Moines today, from our home office in Des Moines, Iowa. Okay, from the bunker in Des Moines. You got it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this survey, because I talk to people each and every day, and they say they&#x27;re concerned about their finances. And yes, they also say</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> they don&#x27;t know what to do a lot of times, or they will do it tomorrow. And tomorrow doesn&#x27;t seem to come, does it, Mike? No, it doesn&#x27;t. And, you know, when we did the survey, the survey provided a lot of really good information. And one of the things we took away from it, Coach Pete, was people generally feel like they&#x27;re in pretty good health. But the big takeaway was financial issues tend to be the major stressor in people&#x27;s lives. Yeah, I can see that, because, I mean, the financial issues weigh down people mentally, and maybe they won&#x27;t discuss it with a spouse or a family member, and then it really starts to weigh down, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And as we looked into the findings, what we learned was a lot of this stress is really driven by, you know, people&#x27;s lack of understanding of preparedness for retirement and what&#x27;s most important for leaving a legacy to their family members.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> If you had to pin it down a couple things, what are some of the key retirement options people are not aware of these days as far as their finances? Well, you have a couple of kind of big categories, I&#x27;d say, Coach Pete. One is, what are the asset levels required for a consumer to be prepared for retirement? So, what do you need to accumulate during your working years to have a comfortable retirement? And I think the second piece is, how do you prepare for leaving your family a legacy? And so, typically, that involves a life insurance kind of structure or life insurance policy to leave to your loved ones. Now, I think when people hear the word life insurance, I mean, what comes to mind is Hollywood&#x27;s done a pretty good job of making fun of life insurance or life insurance agents, like on Groundhog Day, that agent that keeps following Bill Murray around every single day, you know,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> over and over again. But life insurance is a great ally if used correctly. Now, unfortunately, sometimes it&#x27;s not explained right. If someone was trying to ask you to tell them two or three good points about life insurance and why they should consider life insurance, what would you tell them? Well, I think there are really two aspects to it. And I think, for many, the first thing you think about is term life, which is a type of policy that you pay regular premiums on for a specific period of time to provide a death benefit to your heirs. But that&#x27;s not the only type. There are other kinds of life insurance. Universal life insurance is another example, or whole life insurance is another example, where they really provide an opportunity to accumulate assets that can be used during your retirement, but also have the ability to pay a death benefit down the road to your heirs. So there are really a couple of different</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> structures or types of life insurance policies that a consumer can look to. And it&#x27;s really based on the needs of the consumer, you know, which of these policies may make the most sense. When we talk about life insurance, us in the financial world, we have things called living benefits. Now, life insurance used to be you didn&#x27;t benefit at all if you bought a life insurance policy on yourself, but you knew your family was taken care of. Nowadays, though, there&#x27;s been some new living benefits added to life insurance policies. Can you explain what a living benefit is on a life insurance policy? Yeah, I sure can. As a matter of fact, the Viva USA just introduced a new kind of living benefit on our universal life policy that is an accelerated access rider. And it&#x27;s, you know, in states where that&#x27;s available, it provides a payout to the insured in the event of an illness or</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> something that restricts their ability to perform, you know, activities of daily living. So it is, it&#x27;s a way for the insured to access a portion of the death benefit that might be payable to the heirs later in the policy while the insured is still living. Could it be looked at as almost a long-term care type alternative as far as funding long-term care? Yeah, very similar to a long-term care. And there are different versions of these available in the marketplace. But yeah, it is, it&#x27;s a perfect long-term care alternative. But it provides, again, that access to continue to accumulate assets within the policy and then provides for a death benefit. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. And Mike, we&#x27;re talking about this survey. And it was an interesting survey that revealed Americans are concerned about their finances, but avoid discussing the topic. How can one get a hold</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> of the survey? You can access it on Aviva USA&#x27;s website, avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of great information out there about the survey, but then also about some of the products and services that Aviva USA has to offer. But I think one of the things, if you go there and you look at some of the findings from the survey, one of the things you take away is, and one of the things we learned from the survey is, there is this discomfort that we see from customers and consumers about their preparedness for retirement. And I think one of the biggest issues, Coach Pete, is they don&#x27;t want to talk about it. So they live with this uncertainty and lack of knowledge, and it makes it difficult for them to understand what they need in retirement and whether they have enough. And that&#x27;s what really creates that higher level of stress. Do you think the uncertain aspect of trying to invest in the stock market the last 12 to 13 years is one of the main culprits that people just are</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> afraid to talk about retirement or make any decisions going forward these days? Yeah, there&#x27;s no question in my mind that the volatility in the market in the past few years has certainly created a different level of stress for many people who&#x27;ve seen significant losses in the market, seen retirement assets and their retirement plans disappear as some of the markets have gone down. And through this volatile market or this volatile time in the markets, it&#x27;s certainly been challenging and certainly has added a different level of stress, I think, to people who are trying to plan for retirement. One of the main worries of people I talk to, they&#x27;re worried about where income is going to come from in retirement, and they&#x27;re also worried if they&#x27;re going to run out of money before they before they leave the earth. And so my question to you is, what&#x27;s been done lately in the insurance</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> industry per se to insure lifetime incomes? Yeah, and let me start the answer with a piece more about preparedness, because I do think that there is an aspect to this, Coach Pete, where a consumer needs to sit down with a financial advisor and understand what their current situation is, then build a plan to get to where they need to be. Most people don&#x27;t understand how much they need. They don&#x27;t understand realistically what their spending habits are. And until you put those things together, you can&#x27;t develop an appropriate plan. But once you get that information together and start working with a financial advisor, they can build programs that utilize some of the features in products that are out there in the marketplace, like some of the products that Aviva USA offers that have, again, some of the living</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> benefits that you&#x27;d mentioned. And some of the products that we use for these strategies are income riders. So deferred annuities with income riders or annuitization features where the customer can have a guaranteed stream of income for their life or throughout their retirement. You know, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s maybe because Wall Street&#x27;s done a real good job of advertising, getting people to think that the only way they can have a retirement is to put their money at risk in the market. But when we go over a strategy with someone and sit down and go through all their options, when we come to the option that has their what we call retirement income step-up account included in it, giving them increase of income or increase in their income amount each year, depending on when they start to take the money, they say it&#x27;s too good to be true. Now, Mike, what do you say to people who say that these kind of accounts that have protection of principle</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with growth for future income are too good to be true? Are they? And if not, why do people think that? No, no, they aren&#x27;t. And the growth that you&#x27;re talking about is really a function of the accumulation in the product during the deferral period. So, you know, if the customer is targeting a specific level of income in the future, there are products designed around this that provide a minimum guarantee and accumulation of a cash value for a deferral period. And then at some point in the future, when that consumer wants to turn on an income stream, whether that&#x27;s via an income rider that provides a guaranteed level of income for life or a guarantee period, or whether that&#x27;s just an annuitization of the product in a deferred annuity, both of those options can provide the level of income desired by the consumer. So if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they haven&#x27;t had</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> an income plan explained to them, would it make sense to at least find out what&#x27;s out there? Boy, yeah, I would say so. And there&#x27;s access to financial advisors in a number of different ways. There are sources in local communities where you can connect with a financial advisor. I believe, Coach Pete, you can connect with a financial advisor through your show. So there are multiple ways to connect with the right people who can lay out some of these options to help make you successful and give you some comfort and remove some of the stress that we&#x27;ve identified in the survey. If you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re curious, go to financialsafari.com, enter your area, and it will direct you right to a financial advisor in your area that&#x27;s familiar with these income strategies. Mike Miller, Executive Vice President at Aviva USA, thanks for your time today. I really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me on again.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Hope to have you on again in the future. Sounds good. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Miller</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Miller, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/image.jpg?t=1792072774&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-why-americans-avoid-talking-about-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/image.jpg?t=1792072774&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Oct 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>577</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9263584" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-why-americans-avoid-talking-about-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>158</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Tate: The Obamacare Survival Guide</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Tate: The Obamacare Survival Guide</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, folks. Every week I go out, we try to find somebody who&#x27;s made a difference out there in the world or is writing about something that&#x27;s made a difference. And when you hear the word Obamacare, you think of a lot of different things. And Nick Tate is joining us. He&#x27;s joining us from the Miami area, South Florida. And he is deputy health editor with Newsmax. And Nick has written an excellent book called Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means to you and your health care. Nick, welcome in. Well, thanks. Good to be with you today. Yeah. Now, this is a complex topic. I mean, and I ordered the book myself because I want to get more educated on what&#x27;s in this bill. And Nancy Pelosi&#x27;s famous line she said is, in order to find out what&#x27;s in it, we have to pass it first so that Nick can write about it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, she didn&#x27;t say that part, but that&#x27;s what I was thinking. Welcome in, Nick. Well, thank you. It is a massive piece of legislation, 2,700 pages and some 500 provisions. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s an overstatement to say that it is so vast and comprehensive that it will affect virtually every American in some way in this country over the next 10 years. It fundamentally restructures and changes the way health care is delivered. And we thought it was important to break it out in a reference book, a guide, a survival guide, if you will, to let people know what&#x27;s coming your way, whether you&#x27;re a senior on Medicare or a college student, have a preexisting condition, are self-employed, or are working with a large or small company. It&#x27;s going to have an effect, and some of those provisions have already started rolling in. Now, one of the things that I want to clear up, it&#x27;s not free health care for everyone, and that&#x27;s what people were thinking.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This is going to be free health care. That&#x27;s not what it is, is it? No, there is no free lunch. In fact, the estimates are that everyone will have or will have to have health care by the year 2014 as part of the individual mandate. You&#x27;ll have to purchase it or get it through your employer or Medicare or Medicaid, but it does not come free. In fact, the expectation is that the existing costs of health care are going to continue to rise, and there&#x27;s virtually nothing in the legislation that keeps health care costs down or restricts insurers from passing on those increased costs of health care to consumers in the form of higher premiums. So, no, there is no free lunch here at all. Now, one of the talking points that I&#x27;ve heard battered around for a long time on this is that it&#x27;s going to help people with pre-existing conditions get insurance,</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> but to me that&#x27;s like someone getting in an auto wreck and then after the fact going and getting auto insurance to cover the wreck they just had. It&#x27;s a good analogy, and I think it&#x27;s a pretty accurate one. The way that the plan is intended to work and by design, about 37 million Americans now do not have health insurance, and under the provisions of the law they will have it either through Medicaid or expansions of Medicaid in the various states or the creation of these new state-based health insurance exchanges, which are going to be designed to provide affordable cost, high-quality health insurance plans. The idea is if more people are insured, the greater the likelihood they are going to get preventive care, which will keep the costs down in the long run, so that we&#x27;re getting treated in ERs and hospitals after the fact,</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> which is something that we all pay for. So the idea is that health care costs will come down in the long run, but in the short run they&#x27;re clearly going to go up because someone is going to need to pay for those people who have pre-existing conditions. If you have cancer or diabetes or heart disease or some other pre-existing condition, if you get into an insurance plan that you haven&#x27;t been paying into for years, someone&#x27;s picking up the cost of that, and right now that cost is taxpayers and that cost is being borne by people who have insurance. So the idea is to raise the number of people who are paying into the insurance system so that those people who need more care, i.e. seniors and people with pre-existing conditions, will be covered by the cost coming from other folks. It all sounds good, but I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who were thinking about getting in the medical profession</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> and they&#x27;ve changed their thought process. I mean, if there aren&#x27;t enough physicians out there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how good the Obamacare is if there aren&#x27;t physicians to see people. That&#x27;s a good point. I think that this is sort of a double-edged sword with Obamacare. In some ways, if you work in a health care field, your job is going to become vital. Knowing about how the health care system works and the complexities of changes that are coming will make your job probably more lucrative. You probably will be secure if you&#x27;re working as a nurse in a hospital or in the health care field. But for doctors themselves, people that practice medicine, there are likely to be reductions in Medicare reimbursements that they&#x27;re going to get. There are shifts in emphasis, though, that doctors will be directed to order fewer services for their patients unless they can justify that they&#x27;re necessary. And that&#x27;s the way many doctor&#x27;s offices bring in, come in, and keep their practices going.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> And, in fact, the surveys of doctors nationwide have found that a great number are saying they&#x27;re likely to retire in the next couple of years rather than stick with and live with the new changes that are coming through Obamacare. And, as you know, there are already shortages of doctors in many places in the country, particularly in places like Florida where they have a lot of seniors. So we could, in fact, see more shortages come as a result as an unintended consequence of this law. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick J. Tate. He&#x27;s an award-winning journalist. He&#x27;s just published Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. And, Nick, now let&#x27;s look at the financial impacts of this health care reform to consumers, business owners. We&#x27;ve talked about the health care providers here in 2013 and beyond, but how is this going to affect just the regular consumer and business owner?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re a small business owner, meaning you employ 25 or fewer people, you will get a tax break and a benefit if you insure your employees. But you lose that tax break if you go above 25. So the upside is you may get a break if you&#x27;re a small business owner, but you&#x27;re not going to want to grow your business beyond 25 employees because you will lose that tax break, which some say is holding down job hiring. The other impact is on larger businesses. The businesses that have 50 or more employees will be required in 2014 to cover insurance for all of their workers or pay a penalty, which will amount to about $2,000 a year per employee. Now, you know as well as I, businesses that pay for the health insurance for their employees pay a lot more than $2,000 per person. So the concern is that that penalty may actually drive many large business owners to just drop the coverage for their workers</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and send them to these health care exchanges that will be created to buy it on their own. The other thing that we&#x27;re hearing is that several restaurant chains and larger retailers are talking about experimenting with hours so that there are fewer numbers of hours that their employees are working, so they are not qualified under the law as full-time employees. So what many people working at large businesses could find is that not only are they looking for health care because their employer isn&#x27;t paying for their insurance, but they also may be looking for a second job because their hours have been cut back to under 30. So those are two consequences on large and small businesses. On individuals, as we&#x27;ve discussed, the likelihood is that insurance rates are going to continue to rise and in fact have been doing so in the two years since Obamacare was signed into law. By 9% for the typical American family, household insurance premiums rose last year,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. The projections are that those are going to continue to rise. So, you know, the big picture is more people may be covered. People will not be barred if you have preexisting conditions. But it is going to cost businesses and individuals more money for the new health care plan and the new health care system that Obamacare puts in place. Nick, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, if I was an employer and I had more than 25 employees, I would cancel my health insurance and pay the penalty. Well, I think a lot of people are going to do that. It kicks in at 50. But a lot of people we&#x27;re hearing are going to do that. And in fact, some of the restaurant associations and restaurateurs have said that they&#x27;re already experimenting with those kinds of hourly adjustments just to prepare for what they expect is coming. Regardless of what happens in November, regardless of what happens in Washington, the expectation is that these provisions are going to come through and people are already beginning to prepare.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, we&#x27;ve seen the mismanagement on the Medicare side. I mean, how&#x27;s the government going to magically fix itself and get on the right track and looking after everyone? Well, that&#x27;s a really good question. And in fact, in the individual states that do not create their own health care exchanges as designed under the law, the federal government will step in and run them. So far, I think it&#x27;s 15 or 16 states have moved forward with their own plans. So you do the math. You can see that a number of states are probably going to have the federal government come in and run those programs as well as expansions of Medicaid. And it&#x27;s not my position to give an opinion on whether that&#x27;s going to work really well or not. But as you say, we have lots of history to look back to see how those programs have been run when the federal government steps in and tells states what to do. Well, in the financial world, we always say past performance can&#x27;t guarantee future results,</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> but at least it can give you a pattern. And if a pattern&#x27;s been established, it&#x27;s a pretty clear one. It&#x27;s a place for governments, not health care. Let&#x27;s look at the unknown details of Obamacare. Put it in layman&#x27;s terms. Well, there are a lot of uncertainties about the way that the provisions will play out. In fact, we&#x27;ve talked about some of them. You know, possible doctor shortages, increased expenditures for health care for individuals and businesses, and the possibility that worker-based insurance may be eroded by the plan. But there are also things that have not been discussed too broadly. One thing I would point out is the Medicare cuts that have been proposed for the next 10 years under Obamacare amount to about $716 billion. Now, we know that that money, according to the law, will be largely taken from reimbursements to insurers and to hospitals, but we don&#x27;t know whether it will have an impact on individual</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Medicare recipients and how. So that&#x27;s one uncertainty. The second uncertainty is the law creates an independent advisory board that will be able to propose and implement additional cuts to Medicare without the authority or the authorization or the approval of Congress or the president. So they will be able to move independently and recommend additional cuts. The panel has not even been created. The model is the Federal Reserve Bank. It would be like a Federal Reserve Bank for health care. So what that panel looks like, what they recommend, we just don&#x27;t know. Congress would have to reverse any policies they set for future Medicare spending cuts by, I think it&#x27;s a three-fifth supermajority. So the likelihood of that actually happening, getting that kind of congressional mobilization</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> to overturn a decision like that, seems to me to be a real difficult challenge. So that&#x27;s yet another uncertainty, and we just don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s going to play out. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And folks, his name is Nick Tate. He&#x27;s deputy health editor with Newsmax. He&#x27;s written a book called Obamacare Survival Guide, The Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. Nick, how can one get a copy of the book? Nick Tate. It&#x27;s available at all major booksellers, Barnes &amp; Noble, Amazon.com, and you can go to a website we&#x27;ve created. I&#x27;ll give it to you. It&#x27;s Obamacare911.com, Obamacare911.com. And if I could just say, really, the intent of the book is not to look at the politics and whether this is a good or a bad thing for the country, step in the right direction or the wrong direction. It really is a resource to help people maximize their health care dollar,</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> see what&#x27;s coming their way, see how they&#x27;re going to be affected, and to learn what they can do about it. And we&#x27;ll put a link to that site you mentioned on our website. And, folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear the interview again, you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to the complete interview. Nick, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to do it. Thank you so much. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, folks. Every week I go out, we try to find somebody who&#x27;s made a difference out there in the world or is writing about something that&#x27;s made a difference. And when you hear the word Obamacare, you think of a lot of different things. And Nick Tate is joining us. He&#x27;s joining us from the Miami area, South Florida. And he is deputy health editor with Newsmax. And Nick has written an excellent book called Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means to you and your health care. Nick, welcome in. Well, thanks. Good to be with you today. Yeah. Now, this is a complex topic. I mean, and I ordered the book myself because I want to get more educated on what&#x27;s in this bill. And Nancy Pelosi&#x27;s famous line she said is, in order to find out what&#x27;s in it, we have to pass it first so that Nick can write about it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, she didn&#x27;t say that part, but that&#x27;s what I was thinking. Welcome in, Nick. Well, thank you. It is a massive piece of legislation, 2,700 pages and some 500 provisions. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s an overstatement to say that it is so vast and comprehensive that it will affect virtually every American in some way in this country over the next 10 years. It fundamentally restructures and changes the way health care is delivered. And we thought it was important to break it out in a reference book, a guide, a survival guide, if you will, to let people know what&#x27;s coming your way, whether you&#x27;re a senior on Medicare or a college student, have a preexisting condition, are self-employed, or are working with a large or small company. It&#x27;s going to have an effect, and some of those provisions have already started rolling in. Now, one of the things that I want to clear up, it&#x27;s not free health care for everyone, and that&#x27;s what people were thinking.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This is going to be free health care. That&#x27;s not what it is, is it? No, there is no free lunch. In fact, the estimates are that everyone will have or will have to have health care by the year 2014 as part of the individual mandate. You&#x27;ll have to purchase it or get it through your employer or Medicare or Medicaid, but it does not come free. In fact, the expectation is that the existing costs of health care are going to continue to rise, and there&#x27;s virtually nothing in the legislation that keeps health care costs down or restricts insurers from passing on those increased costs of health care to consumers in the form of higher premiums. So, no, there is no free lunch here at all. Now, one of the talking points that I&#x27;ve heard battered around for a long time on this is that it&#x27;s going to help people with pre-existing conditions get insurance,</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> but to me that&#x27;s like someone getting in an auto wreck and then after the fact going and getting auto insurance to cover the wreck they just had. It&#x27;s a good analogy, and I think it&#x27;s a pretty accurate one. The way that the plan is intended to work and by design, about 37 million Americans now do not have health insurance, and under the provisions of the law they will have it either through Medicaid or expansions of Medicaid in the various states or the creation of these new state-based health insurance exchanges, which are going to be designed to provide affordable cost, high-quality health insurance plans. The idea is if more people are insured, the greater the likelihood they are going to get preventive care, which will keep the costs down in the long run, so that we&#x27;re getting treated in ERs and hospitals after the fact,</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> which is something that we all pay for. So the idea is that health care costs will come down in the long run, but in the short run they&#x27;re clearly going to go up because someone is going to need to pay for those people who have pre-existing conditions. If you have cancer or diabetes or heart disease or some other pre-existing condition, if you get into an insurance plan that you haven&#x27;t been paying into for years, someone&#x27;s picking up the cost of that, and right now that cost is taxpayers and that cost is being borne by people who have insurance. So the idea is to raise the number of people who are paying into the insurance system so that those people who need more care, i.e. seniors and people with pre-existing conditions, will be covered by the cost coming from other folks. It all sounds good, but I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who were thinking about getting in the medical profession</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> and they&#x27;ve changed their thought process. I mean, if there aren&#x27;t enough physicians out there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how good the Obamacare is if there aren&#x27;t physicians to see people. That&#x27;s a good point. I think that this is sort of a double-edged sword with Obamacare. In some ways, if you work in a health care field, your job is going to become vital. Knowing about how the health care system works and the complexities of changes that are coming will make your job probably more lucrative. You probably will be secure if you&#x27;re working as a nurse in a hospital or in the health care field. But for doctors themselves, people that practice medicine, there are likely to be reductions in Medicare reimbursements that they&#x27;re going to get. There are shifts in emphasis, though, that doctors will be directed to order fewer services for their patients unless they can justify that they&#x27;re necessary. And that&#x27;s the way many doctor&#x27;s offices bring in, come in, and keep their practices going.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> And, in fact, the surveys of doctors nationwide have found that a great number are saying they&#x27;re likely to retire in the next couple of years rather than stick with and live with the new changes that are coming through Obamacare. And, as you know, there are already shortages of doctors in many places in the country, particularly in places like Florida where they have a lot of seniors. So we could, in fact, see more shortages come as a result as an unintended consequence of this law. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick J. Tate. He&#x27;s an award-winning journalist. He&#x27;s just published Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. And, Nick, now let&#x27;s look at the financial impacts of this health care reform to consumers, business owners. We&#x27;ve talked about the health care providers here in 2013 and beyond, but how is this going to affect just the regular consumer and business owner?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re a small business owner, meaning you employ 25 or fewer people, you will get a tax break and a benefit if you insure your employees. But you lose that tax break if you go above 25. So the upside is you may get a break if you&#x27;re a small business owner, but you&#x27;re not going to want to grow your business beyond 25 employees because you will lose that tax break, which some say is holding down job hiring. The other impact is on larger businesses. The businesses that have 50 or more employees will be required in 2014 to cover insurance for all of their workers or pay a penalty, which will amount to about $2,000 a year per employee. Now, you know as well as I, businesses that pay for the health insurance for their employees pay a lot more than $2,000 per person. So the concern is that that penalty may actually drive many large business owners to just drop the coverage for their workers</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and send them to these health care exchanges that will be created to buy it on their own. The other thing that we&#x27;re hearing is that several restaurant chains and larger retailers are talking about experimenting with hours so that there are fewer numbers of hours that their employees are working, so they are not qualified under the law as full-time employees. So what many people working at large businesses could find is that not only are they looking for health care because their employer isn&#x27;t paying for their insurance, but they also may be looking for a second job because their hours have been cut back to under 30. So those are two consequences on large and small businesses. On individuals, as we&#x27;ve discussed, the likelihood is that insurance rates are going to continue to rise and in fact have been doing so in the two years since Obamacare was signed into law. By 9% for the typical American family, household insurance premiums rose last year,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. The projections are that those are going to continue to rise. So, you know, the big picture is more people may be covered. People will not be barred if you have preexisting conditions. But it is going to cost businesses and individuals more money for the new health care plan and the new health care system that Obamacare puts in place. Nick, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, if I was an employer and I had more than 25 employees, I would cancel my health insurance and pay the penalty. Well, I think a lot of people are going to do that. It kicks in at 50. But a lot of people we&#x27;re hearing are going to do that. And in fact, some of the restaurant associations and restaurateurs have said that they&#x27;re already experimenting with those kinds of hourly adjustments just to prepare for what they expect is coming. Regardless of what happens in November, regardless of what happens in Washington, the expectation is that these provisions are going to come through and people are already beginning to prepare.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, we&#x27;ve seen the mismanagement on the Medicare side. I mean, how&#x27;s the government going to magically fix itself and get on the right track and looking after everyone? Well, that&#x27;s a really good question. And in fact, in the individual states that do not create their own health care exchanges as designed under the law, the federal government will step in and run them. So far, I think it&#x27;s 15 or 16 states have moved forward with their own plans. So you do the math. You can see that a number of states are probably going to have the federal government come in and run those programs as well as expansions of Medicaid. And it&#x27;s not my position to give an opinion on whether that&#x27;s going to work really well or not. But as you say, we have lots of history to look back to see how those programs have been run when the federal government steps in and tells states what to do. Well, in the financial world, we always say past performance can&#x27;t guarantee future results,</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> but at least it can give you a pattern. And if a pattern&#x27;s been established, it&#x27;s a pretty clear one. It&#x27;s a place for governments, not health care. Let&#x27;s look at the unknown details of Obamacare. Put it in layman&#x27;s terms. Well, there are a lot of uncertainties about the way that the provisions will play out. In fact, we&#x27;ve talked about some of them. You know, possible doctor shortages, increased expenditures for health care for individuals and businesses, and the possibility that worker-based insurance may be eroded by the plan. But there are also things that have not been discussed too broadly. One thing I would point out is the Medicare cuts that have been proposed for the next 10 years under Obamacare amount to about $716 billion. Now, we know that that money, according to the law, will be largely taken from reimbursements to insurers and to hospitals, but we don&#x27;t know whether it will have an impact on individual</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Medicare recipients and how. So that&#x27;s one uncertainty. The second uncertainty is the law creates an independent advisory board that will be able to propose and implement additional cuts to Medicare without the authority or the authorization or the approval of Congress or the president. So they will be able to move independently and recommend additional cuts. The panel has not even been created. The model is the Federal Reserve Bank. It would be like a Federal Reserve Bank for health care. So what that panel looks like, what they recommend, we just don&#x27;t know. Congress would have to reverse any policies they set for future Medicare spending cuts by, I think it&#x27;s a three-fifth supermajority. So the likelihood of that actually happening, getting that kind of congressional mobilization</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> to overturn a decision like that, seems to me to be a real difficult challenge. So that&#x27;s yet another uncertainty, and we just don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s going to play out. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And folks, his name is Nick Tate. He&#x27;s deputy health editor with Newsmax. He&#x27;s written a book called Obamacare Survival Guide, The Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. Nick, how can one get a copy of the book? Nick Tate. It&#x27;s available at all major booksellers, Barnes &amp; Noble, Amazon.com, and you can go to a website we&#x27;ve created. I&#x27;ll give it to you. It&#x27;s Obamacare911.com, Obamacare911.com. And if I could just say, really, the intent of the book is not to look at the politics and whether this is a good or a bad thing for the country, step in the right direction or the wrong direction. It really is a resource to help people maximize their health care dollar,</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> see what&#x27;s coming their way, see how they&#x27;re going to be affected, and to learn what they can do about it. And we&#x27;ll put a link to that site you mentioned on our website. And, folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear the interview again, you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to the complete interview. Nick, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to do it. Thank you so much. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Tate</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Tate, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/image.jpg?t=1792071720&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-tate-the-obamacare-survival-guide/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/image.jpg?t=1792071720&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693</guid>
      <omny:clipId>078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>684</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10973335" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-tate-the-obamacare-survival-guide</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>159</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Obamacare Survival Guide" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete’s Wine Tasting: Choosing and Pairing Wines</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete’s Wine Tasting: Choosing and Pairing Wines</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team welcome a guest from Westgate Wines for an in-studio wine tasting. This October 2012 conversation explores choosing wine for gatherings, pairing it with food, and comparing different wines.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to the Financial Safari, everyone. Great to have you along with us. And we have several special guests in the studio. It&#x27;s a special segment here on the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m Walter Storholt, and Coach Pete D’Arruda, of course, is here with us. And Coach, take us around the room. Tell us who you have with you and why we&#x27;re doing this special segment today. Well, first of all, let me tell you, this is a time of year that gets, it&#x27;s a happy time, but it&#x27;s also a sad time for many people because, number one, it&#x27;s all the travel. And number two, it&#x27;s not knowing what wine to buy for the parties you go to or if you&#x27;re having a meal, how to pair that wine together. So for the first time ever, the Financial Safari is going to do a live wine tasting and comparison show here this segment.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And we have with us Chris Peel from Westgate Wines right in Raleigh, right out next to the Angus Barn. Chris, welcome in. Thank you, Pete, and thank you for having me. And I hope this will be fun. This is going to be fun. We also have some guest wine tasters from the studio. We have Brittany and Kate. Say hi, guys. Hi. And we have Miss Donna Mason, who&#x27;s a regular. Hello. And we have Mr. Peter Rashawn joining us for the wine tasting. Peter, say hello to everyone. How you doing, everyone? So we&#x27;ve got very many wine tasting events established here on the radio. And what I like about what Chris does at Westgate Wines is he has these wine tastings, blind wine tastings, if you want, each and every week where you can compare wines that you don&#x27;t know what they are. You compare the taste, I guess, Chris, instead of the price, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, generally. And then at the end, you get to see what the price is.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, but the good thing is a lot of people buy wine because of the price. But what I&#x27;ve learned from you over the years is price doesn&#x27;t mean everything, does it? No, not at all. And so today we&#x27;re going to start with some white wines, I guess. We&#x27;ve got number one and two you&#x27;ve already poured. Let&#x27;s talk about number one first before we try it. What is number one? Or give us some highlights of number one and what kind of food it goes good with. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, before I tell you exactly, I&#x27;ll tell you about both wines and sort of get your impressions of what you think. And the point I&#x27;m trying to make, what I&#x27;ve done is I&#x27;ve chosen two pairs of wines where one is more expensive and really well known and is a really good example of what it is. And then the other one is a lot less expensive, mainly because it&#x27;s not so well known. And I&#x27;m just kind of curious to see how they stack up for everybody.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So, guys, let&#x27;s try number one. All right, number one, going back for everybody. And then we&#x27;ll get reactions around the room. Now, what&#x27;s the key, Coach, of tasting wine? I know you&#x27;re an expert wine taster. Well, number one, make sure you&#x27;re thirsty a little bit. And number two, I like the smell. I mean, if it doesn&#x27;t smell good, I&#x27;m not going to try it. You know what I&#x27;m saying? If it doesn&#x27;t smell good, why are you going to taste it? So smell is very important to me. Chris, does that mean something? Is smell important? Oh, absolutely. I think it&#x27;s a huge part of taste. It&#x27;s one of the things that when you&#x27;re getting into wine, it can take a little getting over, you know, sticking your nose in it and smelling it can seem a little bit pompous. But to really enjoy it, you have to smell it. Guys, let&#x27;s try number two. And then let&#x27;s get Chris to tell us which one&#x27;s the better one and tell us some good things about it.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Let&#x27;s try number two. So number two on the way back. Folks, in just case you&#x27;re just joining us, you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari, and we are doing a wine tasting event. It&#x27;s a special time of year, and a lot of people are interested in what wines go with the Thanksgiving and holiday meals that are coming up. And so we&#x27;re giving you an idea of something that you can do here locally in the Triangle. Go out and do your own wine tasting. And we&#x27;ve just tried number one and number two. Coach? First, let me say something. I just want to jump in here. You&#x27;ve been saying Krish, and that is his name. I just don&#x27;t want people to think that we&#x27;ve been tasting the wine for an hour before we went on the air. But it&#x27;s short for Christian. So if you hear Krish, he&#x27;s right. Can I just put in my two cents? I think I like number one the best.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Brittany? I like number one as well. Kate? I like both of them. Peter? Well, Chardonnays are supposed to be more of an oaky taste, correct? Some are, yeah, yeah. Okay. I can definitely taste that more in number two than number one. Number one has more of the grape and citrus taste to me, and then two has the deeper oak taste to me. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s good. I think number two is a little sweeter. I like number one the best. What are we talking about, Krish? Which one do we try, and which one is the most expensive? These are a big sort of contrast in style, but the first one is cake bread from Napa, which is about $40. And it&#x27;s very, very good and very well guarded and very popular. The second one is from Sierra Madre Vineyard, which is a historic vineyard down in the Santa Maria Valley. Way down south, there happens to be really, really cold, so it&#x27;s sort of a lot colder than Napa, even though it&#x27;s a lot farther south.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> It&#x27;s the only place on the west coast where the valleys sort of open up to the ocean, so they get that cold ocean air in. So they get a lot of sunshine and a lot of cold. But the upshot is that&#x27;s normally about $30. We have it for $16.99. Okay, big difference. So stylistically, I think that Napa from cake bread, it is easier to drink, more up front, you know, warmer climate. The Sierra Madre, definitely more acid, sort of maybe more of a wine for food. But that being said, they&#x27;re both very good. They&#x27;re both good. I mean, the difference is really very small. I think that&#x27;s right, and I think that&#x27;s the point. And I think that you will see, I mean, as we see going through gazillions of wines, I mean, one of the things I like to say is that sometimes the best wine selection is the place that has the fewest wines that have really been selected out.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> There are so many choices, and wine is one of the very, very few things where you can buy the sort of small production, sometimes a little better thing for a whole lot less than the mass-produced thing. And so this is an example of where you&#x27;ve got a very small production thing that&#x27;s a whole lot less expensive. I was just in Napa a couple weeks ago, and we visited a couple wineries that are not well-known, but they had better wine than a well-known winery. So it&#x27;s all about taste. Now, Walt, play my duck call for me. All right, now, in honor of the duck call, which one of these wines would go better with turkey? With turkey, you know, they&#x27;d both be pretty good. For me, I think that the Sierra Madre has better acid for food in general.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Turkey, I almost a lot of times pick wines that aren&#x27;t necessarily food wines for turkey, because when I cook, it tends to come out dry. And you want something that will kind of juice it up, you know. And so that first one really is nice and sweeter and juicier, and, you know, that would work well, too. Was that the Christmas vacation movie, Chevy Chase, when they bring the turkey out of the oven and it just collapses on the table? Is that how yours is? That&#x27;s about how mine is. It&#x27;s after too much wine. You can strike a match on it. Do you find that people are intimidated when it comes to picking out a wine and they really need guidance? Well, I think so. But I think in particular, I think what happens there is you get, you know, and I&#x27;ve talked about this with Pete before, most wine is sold in big box stores. Most wine is sold to people who they just don&#x27;t want to make a mistake.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> So they kind of tend to gravitate towards the safe bets. And the safe bets can be very good, but the safe bet is seldom, you know, the best thing out there or the best deal. And that&#x27;s where, you know, most people that come to us, they&#x27;re looking for, you know, just the few best things for the money among thousands and thousands of wines that are available. And that tends to be a very sort of different type of customer and lead you to a very different type of wine. But you also do wine tastings in the store, don&#x27;t you? Right. So you can come see for yourself. And folks at financialsafari.com, if you go there, we&#x27;ll have a link right to Krish&#x27;s page. And Krish, I&#x27;m going to try to talk into before the show&#x27;s over. I&#x27;ve got to have him drink a little bit more wine. If he&#x27;ll maybe give a special discount, if you mentioned you heard him on the Safari show. Oh, absolutely. Okay. Maybe 10% off or something, Krish, if they mentioned?</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> We&#x27;ll say 20 bucks off the case. All right. $20 off the case, if you mentioned you heard him here on the show. Now, let&#x27;s get to the red wine tasting. Yep. Now, we&#x27;re on to the red wines, and we&#x27;ve got two different ones here. And we were joking earlier that we should have a soft drink tasting contest between Coke and Pepsi. But most people out there nowadays can tell the difference between Coke and Pepsi. Now, I remember years ago where Coke tried to copy Pepsi and come out with a new Coke, and everyone hated the new Coke. Me included. I hated the new Coke because we like distinctive flavors. We grew up in my family with RC Cola because it was 20 cents cheaper per two-liter bottle than Coke and Pepsi was. So you start to realize the taste. And a lot of times in wine, the same thing. When you lay them down side by side and you exclude the price tag from it,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> then your mind can do the wandering it needs to do. And we&#x27;re going to talk about what food this red wine. These are both Cabernets. Both Cabernets. I call them Cabs for short, folks. And let&#x27;s smell these guys and let&#x27;s try them. All right. So number three is going to be up for us. Number three is going down right now. Yeah, like Peter said, Cabs are here. Cabs are here! Peter, a big fan of Jersey Shore. Very sad that it&#x27;s going off, I&#x27;m sure. All right. So two distinctively different tastes here, Chris. I&#x27;m getting a sweeter taste on number three, more of a tardy taste. And I&#x27;m feeling the vanilla in my neck, we usually say when we&#x27;re drinking this. So the number is number four. I don&#x27;t know what that means, but I heard it one time on a wine show. Okay. I have to jump in here. To me, they&#x27;re so close, it&#x27;s almost hard to tell the difference.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But if you held my feet to the fire, I have to say number three. Well, I think these are closer together in style than maybe the first pair was. To me, they are, yeah. There was more of a difference there. There was more of a difference than that first pair. But here, they&#x27;re just so close. If there&#x27;s a huge difference in price, I definitely would go with the lesser. It&#x27;s pretty expensive. And Ms. Brittany, what do you think? I think number three is definitely better. How about you, Ms. Kate? I would agree with number three being better, but I think these are a lot different taste versus the first pair that we tried. Now, let me ask you, young ladies, do you both like this red wine here? I like number three. Yeah, I like number three. Okay, so gentlemen out there who say that women don&#x27;t like red wine, you are wrong because I have two ladies to prove it right here that love the red wine. Peter, how about you? I agree that number three is a little bit better than me.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> Drum roll, please. Okay, well, this is one I actually used one I knew Pete liked a bit. Number three, that&#x27;s the Goldschmidt. Oh, this is my house wine. That&#x27;s Goldschmidt. Hillary Goldschmidt. And that&#x27;s a really, really interesting wine. Tiny, tiny little vineyard right beside Opus One. But instead of being $200 plus, like Opus One, it&#x27;s $25. And then the second wine is the Silver Oak Alexander, which is around $70. So the one that we didn&#x27;t like was $70, and the one we all liked was $16 or so. There you go. So it just shows you that labels don&#x27;t mean everything, do they? Now, what does this wine, what does this good cab go with? Does it go good with turkey dinner? You know, in terms of being good with a whole lot of food, you&#x27;re probably better off with Pinot Noir, particularly for Thanksgiving, sort of turkey ham.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Cabernet is not as sort of broadly versatile. It&#x27;s good with meat. It&#x27;s great with lamb. It&#x27;s good with sort of the better cabernets are better with sort of simpler, plainer meat dishes. Got a question for you. Because, Coach, you said women don&#x27;t traditionally like cabs. Do you find that women prefer sweeter wines than the drier wines? I&#x27;ve seen enormous differences in the last few years. It used to be when I would do big events and you were trying to gauge what people were going to drink. But, you know, the conventional wisdom was, well, the men are going to drink beer and liquor and the women are going to drink white wine. And lately, everybody&#x27;s drunk more wine and it&#x27;s been more red. Interesting. And if you have it also varies. Like if I have a group with like a lot of doctors, it tends to be a lot more red.</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> Really? I think there&#x27;s the more health conscious groups I&#x27;m seeing, whether that&#x27;s, you know, really the case. I&#x27;m tend to see a lot more red. Interesting. So do you see any sort of connection with red and Republicans versus white and Democrats? I forgot to ask. Now, let&#x27;s just talk about this for a minute because it was an interesting story you shared with me. And by the way, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us late and you want to hear the whole wine tasting, you can visit our website, financialsafari.com. Click on the link there. It will take you right to the show you just heard here, this wine tasting show. And also, we&#x27;ll have a link to Chris Peel&#x27;s website, westgatewines.com. We&#x27;ll have a link right to your website there. And if folks give you a call or mention by email that they heard you on the show, you&#x27;ll give them $20 off on a case, correct?</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> Correct. I&#x27;ll give you $20 off on a case. You tell me Coach Pete sent you. Yeah. Well, Coach Pete sent you. Now, one final thing. You had a very, very interesting story. And again, your website&#x27;s name is westgatewines.com. That&#x27;s how websitey I am. You had a very interesting story once when I came in for a blind taste testing about someone who came in to a blind taste testing. They were going to buy a certain wine that was a lot more expensive than the one they actually liked in the blind taste testing. But because it wasn&#x27;t the label that they came for, they ended up not buying anything. They ended up in like three cases. The wine didn&#x27;t like. So they bought the wine he didn&#x27;t like anyway just because he was buying the label. And a lot of people do that. But, well, it&#x27;s been a very interesting experiment here on air. And next time I think we should videotape it as well.</p><p><strong>13:43</strong> Put it up on the web. I&#x27;ll tell you, this is a tough job, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, yes. Brittany Jeffries, Kate Eichard, Donna Mason, Peter Bershon, and Chris Peel, I really appreciate you taking time out of your day to do this wine experiment with us. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Now, let&#x27;s do it. Let the spirit of the sea</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team welcome a guest from Westgate Wines for an in-studio wine tasting. This October 2012 conversation explores choosing wine for gatherings, pairing it with food, and comparing different wines.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to the Financial Safari, everyone. Great to have you along with us. And we have several special guests in the studio. It&#x27;s a special segment here on the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m Walter Storholt, and Coach Pete D’Arruda, of course, is here with us. And Coach, take us around the room. Tell us who you have with you and why we&#x27;re doing this special segment today. Well, first of all, let me tell you, this is a time of year that gets, it&#x27;s a happy time, but it&#x27;s also a sad time for many people because, number one, it&#x27;s all the travel. And number two, it&#x27;s not knowing what wine to buy for the parties you go to or if you&#x27;re having a meal, how to pair that wine together. So for the first time ever, the Financial Safari is going to do a live wine tasting and comparison show here this segment.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And we have with us Chris Peel from Westgate Wines right in Raleigh, right out next to the Angus Barn. Chris, welcome in. Thank you, Pete, and thank you for having me. And I hope this will be fun. This is going to be fun. We also have some guest wine tasters from the studio. We have Brittany and Kate. Say hi, guys. Hi. And we have Miss Donna Mason, who&#x27;s a regular. Hello. And we have Mr. Peter Rashawn joining us for the wine tasting. Peter, say hello to everyone. How you doing, everyone? So we&#x27;ve got very many wine tasting events established here on the radio. And what I like about what Chris does at Westgate Wines is he has these wine tastings, blind wine tastings, if you want, each and every week where you can compare wines that you don&#x27;t know what they are. You compare the taste, I guess, Chris, instead of the price, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, generally. And then at the end, you get to see what the price is.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, but the good thing is a lot of people buy wine because of the price. But what I&#x27;ve learned from you over the years is price doesn&#x27;t mean everything, does it? No, not at all. And so today we&#x27;re going to start with some white wines, I guess. We&#x27;ve got number one and two you&#x27;ve already poured. Let&#x27;s talk about number one first before we try it. What is number one? Or give us some highlights of number one and what kind of food it goes good with. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, before I tell you exactly, I&#x27;ll tell you about both wines and sort of get your impressions of what you think. And the point I&#x27;m trying to make, what I&#x27;ve done is I&#x27;ve chosen two pairs of wines where one is more expensive and really well known and is a really good example of what it is. And then the other one is a lot less expensive, mainly because it&#x27;s not so well known. And I&#x27;m just kind of curious to see how they stack up for everybody.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So, guys, let&#x27;s try number one. All right, number one, going back for everybody. And then we&#x27;ll get reactions around the room. Now, what&#x27;s the key, Coach, of tasting wine? I know you&#x27;re an expert wine taster. Well, number one, make sure you&#x27;re thirsty a little bit. And number two, I like the smell. I mean, if it doesn&#x27;t smell good, I&#x27;m not going to try it. You know what I&#x27;m saying? If it doesn&#x27;t smell good, why are you going to taste it? So smell is very important to me. Chris, does that mean something? Is smell important? Oh, absolutely. I think it&#x27;s a huge part of taste. It&#x27;s one of the things that when you&#x27;re getting into wine, it can take a little getting over, you know, sticking your nose in it and smelling it can seem a little bit pompous. But to really enjoy it, you have to smell it. Guys, let&#x27;s try number two. And then let&#x27;s get Chris to tell us which one&#x27;s the better one and tell us some good things about it.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Let&#x27;s try number two. So number two on the way back. Folks, in just case you&#x27;re just joining us, you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari, and we are doing a wine tasting event. It&#x27;s a special time of year, and a lot of people are interested in what wines go with the Thanksgiving and holiday meals that are coming up. And so we&#x27;re giving you an idea of something that you can do here locally in the Triangle. Go out and do your own wine tasting. And we&#x27;ve just tried number one and number two. Coach? First, let me say something. I just want to jump in here. You&#x27;ve been saying Krish, and that is his name. I just don&#x27;t want people to think that we&#x27;ve been tasting the wine for an hour before we went on the air. But it&#x27;s short for Christian. So if you hear Krish, he&#x27;s right. Can I just put in my two cents? I think I like number one the best.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Brittany? I like number one as well. Kate? I like both of them. Peter? Well, Chardonnays are supposed to be more of an oaky taste, correct? Some are, yeah, yeah. Okay. I can definitely taste that more in number two than number one. Number one has more of the grape and citrus taste to me, and then two has the deeper oak taste to me. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s good. I think number two is a little sweeter. I like number one the best. What are we talking about, Krish? Which one do we try, and which one is the most expensive? These are a big sort of contrast in style, but the first one is cake bread from Napa, which is about $40. And it&#x27;s very, very good and very well guarded and very popular. The second one is from Sierra Madre Vineyard, which is a historic vineyard down in the Santa Maria Valley. Way down south, there happens to be really, really cold, so it&#x27;s sort of a lot colder than Napa, even though it&#x27;s a lot farther south.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> It&#x27;s the only place on the west coast where the valleys sort of open up to the ocean, so they get that cold ocean air in. So they get a lot of sunshine and a lot of cold. But the upshot is that&#x27;s normally about $30. We have it for $16.99. Okay, big difference. So stylistically, I think that Napa from cake bread, it is easier to drink, more up front, you know, warmer climate. The Sierra Madre, definitely more acid, sort of maybe more of a wine for food. But that being said, they&#x27;re both very good. They&#x27;re both good. I mean, the difference is really very small. I think that&#x27;s right, and I think that&#x27;s the point. And I think that you will see, I mean, as we see going through gazillions of wines, I mean, one of the things I like to say is that sometimes the best wine selection is the place that has the fewest wines that have really been selected out.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> There are so many choices, and wine is one of the very, very few things where you can buy the sort of small production, sometimes a little better thing for a whole lot less than the mass-produced thing. And so this is an example of where you&#x27;ve got a very small production thing that&#x27;s a whole lot less expensive. I was just in Napa a couple weeks ago, and we visited a couple wineries that are not well-known, but they had better wine than a well-known winery. So it&#x27;s all about taste. Now, Walt, play my duck call for me. All right, now, in honor of the duck call, which one of these wines would go better with turkey? With turkey, you know, they&#x27;d both be pretty good. For me, I think that the Sierra Madre has better acid for food in general.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Turkey, I almost a lot of times pick wines that aren&#x27;t necessarily food wines for turkey, because when I cook, it tends to come out dry. And you want something that will kind of juice it up, you know. And so that first one really is nice and sweeter and juicier, and, you know, that would work well, too. Was that the Christmas vacation movie, Chevy Chase, when they bring the turkey out of the oven and it just collapses on the table? Is that how yours is? That&#x27;s about how mine is. It&#x27;s after too much wine. You can strike a match on it. Do you find that people are intimidated when it comes to picking out a wine and they really need guidance? Well, I think so. But I think in particular, I think what happens there is you get, you know, and I&#x27;ve talked about this with Pete before, most wine is sold in big box stores. Most wine is sold to people who they just don&#x27;t want to make a mistake.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> So they kind of tend to gravitate towards the safe bets. And the safe bets can be very good, but the safe bet is seldom, you know, the best thing out there or the best deal. And that&#x27;s where, you know, most people that come to us, they&#x27;re looking for, you know, just the few best things for the money among thousands and thousands of wines that are available. And that tends to be a very sort of different type of customer and lead you to a very different type of wine. But you also do wine tastings in the store, don&#x27;t you? Right. So you can come see for yourself. And folks at financialsafari.com, if you go there, we&#x27;ll have a link right to Krish&#x27;s page. And Krish, I&#x27;m going to try to talk into before the show&#x27;s over. I&#x27;ve got to have him drink a little bit more wine. If he&#x27;ll maybe give a special discount, if you mentioned you heard him on the Safari show. Oh, absolutely. Okay. Maybe 10% off or something, Krish, if they mentioned?</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> We&#x27;ll say 20 bucks off the case. All right. $20 off the case, if you mentioned you heard him here on the show. Now, let&#x27;s get to the red wine tasting. Yep. Now, we&#x27;re on to the red wines, and we&#x27;ve got two different ones here. And we were joking earlier that we should have a soft drink tasting contest between Coke and Pepsi. But most people out there nowadays can tell the difference between Coke and Pepsi. Now, I remember years ago where Coke tried to copy Pepsi and come out with a new Coke, and everyone hated the new Coke. Me included. I hated the new Coke because we like distinctive flavors. We grew up in my family with RC Cola because it was 20 cents cheaper per two-liter bottle than Coke and Pepsi was. So you start to realize the taste. And a lot of times in wine, the same thing. When you lay them down side by side and you exclude the price tag from it,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> then your mind can do the wandering it needs to do. And we&#x27;re going to talk about what food this red wine. These are both Cabernets. Both Cabernets. I call them Cabs for short, folks. And let&#x27;s smell these guys and let&#x27;s try them. All right. So number three is going to be up for us. Number three is going down right now. Yeah, like Peter said, Cabs are here. Cabs are here! Peter, a big fan of Jersey Shore. Very sad that it&#x27;s going off, I&#x27;m sure. All right. So two distinctively different tastes here, Chris. I&#x27;m getting a sweeter taste on number three, more of a tardy taste. And I&#x27;m feeling the vanilla in my neck, we usually say when we&#x27;re drinking this. So the number is number four. I don&#x27;t know what that means, but I heard it one time on a wine show. Okay. I have to jump in here. To me, they&#x27;re so close, it&#x27;s almost hard to tell the difference.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But if you held my feet to the fire, I have to say number three. Well, I think these are closer together in style than maybe the first pair was. To me, they are, yeah. There was more of a difference there. There was more of a difference than that first pair. But here, they&#x27;re just so close. If there&#x27;s a huge difference in price, I definitely would go with the lesser. It&#x27;s pretty expensive. And Ms. Brittany, what do you think? I think number three is definitely better. How about you, Ms. Kate? I would agree with number three being better, but I think these are a lot different taste versus the first pair that we tried. Now, let me ask you, young ladies, do you both like this red wine here? I like number three. Yeah, I like number three. Okay, so gentlemen out there who say that women don&#x27;t like red wine, you are wrong because I have two ladies to prove it right here that love the red wine. Peter, how about you? I agree that number three is a little bit better than me.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> Drum roll, please. Okay, well, this is one I actually used one I knew Pete liked a bit. Number three, that&#x27;s the Goldschmidt. Oh, this is my house wine. That&#x27;s Goldschmidt. Hillary Goldschmidt. And that&#x27;s a really, really interesting wine. Tiny, tiny little vineyard right beside Opus One. But instead of being $200 plus, like Opus One, it&#x27;s $25. And then the second wine is the Silver Oak Alexander, which is around $70. So the one that we didn&#x27;t like was $70, and the one we all liked was $16 or so. There you go. So it just shows you that labels don&#x27;t mean everything, do they? Now, what does this wine, what does this good cab go with? Does it go good with turkey dinner? You know, in terms of being good with a whole lot of food, you&#x27;re probably better off with Pinot Noir, particularly for Thanksgiving, sort of turkey ham.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Cabernet is not as sort of broadly versatile. It&#x27;s good with meat. It&#x27;s great with lamb. It&#x27;s good with sort of the better cabernets are better with sort of simpler, plainer meat dishes. Got a question for you. Because, Coach, you said women don&#x27;t traditionally like cabs. Do you find that women prefer sweeter wines than the drier wines? I&#x27;ve seen enormous differences in the last few years. It used to be when I would do big events and you were trying to gauge what people were going to drink. But, you know, the conventional wisdom was, well, the men are going to drink beer and liquor and the women are going to drink white wine. And lately, everybody&#x27;s drunk more wine and it&#x27;s been more red. Interesting. And if you have it also varies. Like if I have a group with like a lot of doctors, it tends to be a lot more red.</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> Really? I think there&#x27;s the more health conscious groups I&#x27;m seeing, whether that&#x27;s, you know, really the case. I&#x27;m tend to see a lot more red. Interesting. So do you see any sort of connection with red and Republicans versus white and Democrats? I forgot to ask. Now, let&#x27;s just talk about this for a minute because it was an interesting story you shared with me. And by the way, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us late and you want to hear the whole wine tasting, you can visit our website, financialsafari.com. Click on the link there. It will take you right to the show you just heard here, this wine tasting show. And also, we&#x27;ll have a link to Chris Peel&#x27;s website, westgatewines.com. We&#x27;ll have a link right to your website there. And if folks give you a call or mention by email that they heard you on the show, you&#x27;ll give them $20 off on a case, correct?</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> Correct. I&#x27;ll give you $20 off on a case. You tell me Coach Pete sent you. Yeah. Well, Coach Pete sent you. Now, one final thing. You had a very, very interesting story. And again, your website&#x27;s name is westgatewines.com. That&#x27;s how websitey I am. You had a very interesting story once when I came in for a blind taste testing about someone who came in to a blind taste testing. They were going to buy a certain wine that was a lot more expensive than the one they actually liked in the blind taste testing. But because it wasn&#x27;t the label that they came for, they ended up not buying anything. They ended up in like three cases. The wine didn&#x27;t like. So they bought the wine he didn&#x27;t like anyway just because he was buying the label. And a lot of people do that. But, well, it&#x27;s been a very interesting experiment here on air. And next time I think we should videotape it as well.</p><p><strong>13:43</strong> Put it up on the web. I&#x27;ll tell you, this is a tough job, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, yes. Brittany Jeffries, Kate Eichard, Donna Mason, Peter Bershon, and Chris Peel, I really appreciate you taking time out of your day to do this wine experiment with us. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Now, let&#x27;s do it. Let the spirit of the sea</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team welcome a guest from Westgate Wines for an in-studio wine tasting. This October 2012 conversation explores choosing wine for gatherings, pairing it with food, and comparing different wines.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <category>Choosing and Pairing Wines</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, travel, Choosing and Pairing Wines, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d/image.jpg?t=1792071736&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-s-wine-tasting-choosing-and-pairing-wines/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d/image.jpg?t=1792071736&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>857</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5738afde-9ac6-42c2-b31d-b4e3001b565d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13751417" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-s-wine-tasting-choosing-and-pairing-wines</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>160</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Choosing and Pairing Wines" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:28" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week, we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s a friend of the show he&#x27;s been on in the past. His name is Rick Buter. He&#x27;s author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. Rick, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I&#x27;m excited to be here with you today. And you&#x27;re joining us from San Diego, I believe, correct? Yep, on the other coast here, all the way in San Diego. And beautiful day here. Glad to be here to share with you. Now, what caused you to write the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, Rick? Well, being a financial advisor in the profession for nearly 30 years, during the decade of the 2000s, I was going home as a professional with headaches, saying, why aren&#x27;t the traditional methods of thinking about money that advisors are educated on working? And so,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> we went through the tech bus, we went through the 9-11, we had all these things happen during the decade. And it caused me to ask, why? Why? And so, I started doing the research on this. I studied the history of retirement in America. I studied the training systems for financial advisors. I studied the politics between Wall Street and government. And the conclusions that I came up with were just shocking. And I had to put it in a format where everybody in America could understand what is happening is that we have all been part of a financial indoctrination program under the influence of Wall Street and sponsored by the government of America. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of amazing when you start digging behind the curtain and seeing what&#x27;s back there, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. And it&#x27;s very</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> hard for the average person to really understand exactly what&#x27;s going on. And in the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we provide some resources, we provide some data points, and we answer questions to help people understand that this program, the retirement system that we have today in America, has been heavily influenced by Wall Street. Even the founding father of the 401k plan came out and said, this is a huge mistake. It&#x27;s a huge problem. They should blow it up and start all over again. And this came out after my book came out. So we definitely see something going on that really needs to be unveiled to every American who&#x27;s concerned about their retirement. Now, when you</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> mentioned 401k, I know you write about the 401k, and you call it the financial triangle of doom. Now, what is that? Well, basically, the way that I see this, as I mentioned before, I see this as the financial indoctrination of Americans. But if you imagine the shape of a triangle, Pete, in the bottom left-hand corner of that triangle, we have 401ks and IRAs. And basically, what happens here is you put money into these retirement accounts, you can&#x27;t touch it for the next 40 years. So your money is mostly inaccessible to you. I mean, there&#x27;s 401ks. People can&#x27;t even get their money out there, horrible investment option. But all the while, that money is sitting in that triangle. You might have losses, but you&#x27;re certainly going to have fees. So you really don&#x27;t have any great benefit while it is sitting there. And there&#x27;s no assurance or guarantee of any retirement benefit. Okay, now imagine you</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> accumulate a substantial amount of money there, but you can&#x27;t touch it. So now we have to go to the top of the triangle, banks. And we have to go to the banks now to be able to finance our major purchases of life, even though we might have a substantial savings in these retirement accounts. So now when we finance through banks, we have money flowing away from us there in the form of interest costs to be able to finance the major purchases, even though we&#x27;re following the advice of every financial planner in America, putting the money in these 401ks, never to be seen again for 40 years. That&#x27;s costing us. The banks are costing us. Now get to the bottom right-hand corner of this triangle, Pete. Here&#x27;s what I see happening right now in America that I&#x27;m very, very concerned about, especially with the financial predicament that the government&#x27;s in. When you start drawing this</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> money out and you start using this money in retirement, Coach Pete, you&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on that money. But Pete, if you were a farmer and you had your choice between paying taxes on a little bag of seed or paying taxes on the entire harvest of crops, what would you choose? The little bag of seed all day long, Rick. Oh, that&#x27;s the right answer. Good for you. But here&#x27;s what we have going on. We have Americans pulling this money out now. These retirement accounts are paying taxes on the harvest. By the way, Pete, do you think taxes are going up or down in the next 10 years? Unfortunately, and I wish I was wrong. I think they&#x27;re going up. Yeah, they&#x27;re up. I mean, our government is in a serious predicament, and the only way out of this is to raise taxes and destroy benefits. But that&#x27;s not the worst part of this triangle. In the bottom right-hand corner, we have the government, the IRS. Let me ask you a question,</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Coach Pete. Would you ever go in, buy a house, sign a contract, move into the house, and find out what you paid for the house after you moved in? That&#x27;s like Congress signing a bill and then reading it later. Okay. What about buying a car? Would you ever go in, buy a new car, sign a contract, take it off the lot without knowing what you paid for it? Nope. Okay. Think about this for a moment. The government, through this triangle of doom, I call it triangle of oppression because it really is because you can&#x27;t get your money, has all of these retirees now, they&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on their retirement distributions at a rate that is yet to be determined. They don&#x27;t even know what they&#x27;re going to be charged</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> to get the use of their own money. Think about that for a moment. It&#x27;s crazy. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. And Rick, that&#x27;s a good title. And finding financial security and retirement with 401k and IRA plans is difficult these days, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. And I think what you have to look at and think about is this system that we have in terms of being able to create income in retirement, it&#x27;s only been around 37 years now. And it&#x27;s an experiment. We&#x27;ve never done it before in history. And it came out in 1974. I call it the Home Depot system. And it&#x27;s where you do it yourself. Now, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know about you,</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> but I was not given the four-year course and training program on how to create my own pension paid for by the government. Did you get that course? No, we&#x27;re still waiting on that one, Rick. Yeah. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what the government has asked the average American to do. They&#x27;ve asked them to become a professional pension manager. And it&#x27;s been a complete failure. And so I guess the path that you have to take is if you are involved in this, how do you protect yourself? Isn&#x27;t that the right question that we want to be thinking about? Yes. Very good question. Yeah. And so what now you want to be thinking about, especially in the environment that we&#x27;re in, is we&#x27;ve got these headwinds that we&#x27;ve got ahead of us with higher taxes. Higher interest rates are going to come. We have to think about all of the repercussions that are going to happen when rates</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> go up, companies become less profitable, everything costs more, government borrowing is going to go up. We&#x27;ve got the Federal Reserve who&#x27;s injecting huge amounts of money into the banking system. We&#x27;ve got Europe that&#x27;s beginning to melt down. And we have this system now that the government has lured Americans into where their money&#x27;s tied up. It&#x27;s on Wall Street. And we need to be looking at solutions that can protect us. And what I have to tell you is the system has been there. It has always existed to be able to protect your most serious, your most conservative money. And that system comes amazingly from the life insurance industry. Most people are not aware of this. If you talk to your great grandparents, they could give you a great lesson on this. But if we go back to the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> depression, the financial institutions that made it through the Great Depression of 1929 and the 30s were the life insurance companies. And today, people receive pension checks. Millions of people receive pension checks guaranteed by life insurance industries because that is where retirement security has been created if you look at the history of retirement in America. Rick, are you familiar with the term income rider? I am. How is it income rider? How would it benefit the listener out there who has a 401k and a 403b to have an income rider which would guarantee lifetime income on their plans? Well, the income rider is actually a new feature that the insurance companies have been able to place on annuities to be able to guarantee a future income at a future point in time to have total</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> confidence that you will have a guaranteed income for life when you choose to turn that income on. And so for folks that need to have that security, that want to absolutely be able to point out and say, I&#x27;m going to have this income at this point in time guaranteed for the rest of my life, an income rider on a fixed annuity can make tremendous sense. So why doesn&#x27;t everyone have at least one of these in their plan, especially for retirement income they don&#x27;t want to outlive? Well, I think many people are not aware of all the features and benefits and solutions that come from the life insurance industry. You have to go back and remember and understand that we&#x27;ve all been part of</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> a financial indoctrination program. All through the 90s, there was a propaganda campaign by Wall Street to really tell people to avoid annuities, to avoid these solutions. And so we&#x27;ve been brainwashed to think that that&#x27;s not what we should be doing. And therefore, no one&#x27;s gone out and gotten educated on these things. They&#x27;ve lost money. They&#x27;ve lost their retirement. And it&#x27;s really funny now because you&#x27;ll start to hear Wall Street people starting to talk about these solutions. And of course, now we&#x27;ve had all the losses, right? But and I would be very weary of any Wall Street person that begins to talk about these because many, many advisors are just not that well educated and understand these features</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> that Pete and I are talking about right now. So if you are concerned, if you see what I see, and that&#x27;s really a financial indoctrination program that&#x27;s taken place where Wall Street has influenced people to put money who would have not otherwise done so on Wall Street, you really need to investigate these features that we&#x27;re talking about. And folks, I couldn&#x27;t agree more. And Rick Buter, author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you back on when your new book comes out. Hey, great. Thanks, Coach Pete, for having me. Enjoyed being here today. Pleasure was all on this side of the microphone, Rick. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week, we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s a friend of the show he&#x27;s been on in the past. His name is Rick Buter. He&#x27;s author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. Rick, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I&#x27;m excited to be here with you today. And you&#x27;re joining us from San Diego, I believe, correct? Yep, on the other coast here, all the way in San Diego. And beautiful day here. Glad to be here to share with you. Now, what caused you to write the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, Rick? Well, being a financial advisor in the profession for nearly 30 years, during the decade of the 2000s, I was going home as a professional with headaches, saying, why aren&#x27;t the traditional methods of thinking about money that advisors are educated on working? And so,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> we went through the tech bus, we went through the 9-11, we had all these things happen during the decade. And it caused me to ask, why? Why? And so, I started doing the research on this. I studied the history of retirement in America. I studied the training systems for financial advisors. I studied the politics between Wall Street and government. And the conclusions that I came up with were just shocking. And I had to put it in a format where everybody in America could understand what is happening is that we have all been part of a financial indoctrination program under the influence of Wall Street and sponsored by the government of America. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of amazing when you start digging behind the curtain and seeing what&#x27;s back there, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. And it&#x27;s very</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> hard for the average person to really understand exactly what&#x27;s going on. And in the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we provide some resources, we provide some data points, and we answer questions to help people understand that this program, the retirement system that we have today in America, has been heavily influenced by Wall Street. Even the founding father of the 401k plan came out and said, this is a huge mistake. It&#x27;s a huge problem. They should blow it up and start all over again. And this came out after my book came out. So we definitely see something going on that really needs to be unveiled to every American who&#x27;s concerned about their retirement. Now, when you</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> mentioned 401k, I know you write about the 401k, and you call it the financial triangle of doom. Now, what is that? Well, basically, the way that I see this, as I mentioned before, I see this as the financial indoctrination of Americans. But if you imagine the shape of a triangle, Pete, in the bottom left-hand corner of that triangle, we have 401ks and IRAs. And basically, what happens here is you put money into these retirement accounts, you can&#x27;t touch it for the next 40 years. So your money is mostly inaccessible to you. I mean, there&#x27;s 401ks. People can&#x27;t even get their money out there, horrible investment option. But all the while, that money is sitting in that triangle. You might have losses, but you&#x27;re certainly going to have fees. So you really don&#x27;t have any great benefit while it is sitting there. And there&#x27;s no assurance or guarantee of any retirement benefit. Okay, now imagine you</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> accumulate a substantial amount of money there, but you can&#x27;t touch it. So now we have to go to the top of the triangle, banks. And we have to go to the banks now to be able to finance our major purchases of life, even though we might have a substantial savings in these retirement accounts. So now when we finance through banks, we have money flowing away from us there in the form of interest costs to be able to finance the major purchases, even though we&#x27;re following the advice of every financial planner in America, putting the money in these 401ks, never to be seen again for 40 years. That&#x27;s costing us. The banks are costing us. Now get to the bottom right-hand corner of this triangle, Pete. Here&#x27;s what I see happening right now in America that I&#x27;m very, very concerned about, especially with the financial predicament that the government&#x27;s in. When you start drawing this</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> money out and you start using this money in retirement, Coach Pete, you&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on that money. But Pete, if you were a farmer and you had your choice between paying taxes on a little bag of seed or paying taxes on the entire harvest of crops, what would you choose? The little bag of seed all day long, Rick. Oh, that&#x27;s the right answer. Good for you. But here&#x27;s what we have going on. We have Americans pulling this money out now. These retirement accounts are paying taxes on the harvest. By the way, Pete, do you think taxes are going up or down in the next 10 years? Unfortunately, and I wish I was wrong. I think they&#x27;re going up. Yeah, they&#x27;re up. I mean, our government is in a serious predicament, and the only way out of this is to raise taxes and destroy benefits. But that&#x27;s not the worst part of this triangle. In the bottom right-hand corner, we have the government, the IRS. Let me ask you a question,</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Coach Pete. Would you ever go in, buy a house, sign a contract, move into the house, and find out what you paid for the house after you moved in? That&#x27;s like Congress signing a bill and then reading it later. Okay. What about buying a car? Would you ever go in, buy a new car, sign a contract, take it off the lot without knowing what you paid for it? Nope. Okay. Think about this for a moment. The government, through this triangle of doom, I call it triangle of oppression because it really is because you can&#x27;t get your money, has all of these retirees now, they&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on their retirement distributions at a rate that is yet to be determined. They don&#x27;t even know what they&#x27;re going to be charged</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> to get the use of their own money. Think about that for a moment. It&#x27;s crazy. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. And Rick, that&#x27;s a good title. And finding financial security and retirement with 401k and IRA plans is difficult these days, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. And I think what you have to look at and think about is this system that we have in terms of being able to create income in retirement, it&#x27;s only been around 37 years now. And it&#x27;s an experiment. We&#x27;ve never done it before in history. And it came out in 1974. I call it the Home Depot system. And it&#x27;s where you do it yourself. Now, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know about you,</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> but I was not given the four-year course and training program on how to create my own pension paid for by the government. Did you get that course? No, we&#x27;re still waiting on that one, Rick. Yeah. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what the government has asked the average American to do. They&#x27;ve asked them to become a professional pension manager. And it&#x27;s been a complete failure. And so I guess the path that you have to take is if you are involved in this, how do you protect yourself? Isn&#x27;t that the right question that we want to be thinking about? Yes. Very good question. Yeah. And so what now you want to be thinking about, especially in the environment that we&#x27;re in, is we&#x27;ve got these headwinds that we&#x27;ve got ahead of us with higher taxes. Higher interest rates are going to come. We have to think about all of the repercussions that are going to happen when rates</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> go up, companies become less profitable, everything costs more, government borrowing is going to go up. We&#x27;ve got the Federal Reserve who&#x27;s injecting huge amounts of money into the banking system. We&#x27;ve got Europe that&#x27;s beginning to melt down. And we have this system now that the government has lured Americans into where their money&#x27;s tied up. It&#x27;s on Wall Street. And we need to be looking at solutions that can protect us. And what I have to tell you is the system has been there. It has always existed to be able to protect your most serious, your most conservative money. And that system comes amazingly from the life insurance industry. Most people are not aware of this. If you talk to your great grandparents, they could give you a great lesson on this. But if we go back to the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> depression, the financial institutions that made it through the Great Depression of 1929 and the 30s were the life insurance companies. And today, people receive pension checks. Millions of people receive pension checks guaranteed by life insurance industries because that is where retirement security has been created if you look at the history of retirement in America. Rick, are you familiar with the term income rider? I am. How is it income rider? How would it benefit the listener out there who has a 401k and a 403b to have an income rider which would guarantee lifetime income on their plans? Well, the income rider is actually a new feature that the insurance companies have been able to place on annuities to be able to guarantee a future income at a future point in time to have total</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> confidence that you will have a guaranteed income for life when you choose to turn that income on. And so for folks that need to have that security, that want to absolutely be able to point out and say, I&#x27;m going to have this income at this point in time guaranteed for the rest of my life, an income rider on a fixed annuity can make tremendous sense. So why doesn&#x27;t everyone have at least one of these in their plan, especially for retirement income they don&#x27;t want to outlive? Well, I think many people are not aware of all the features and benefits and solutions that come from the life insurance industry. You have to go back and remember and understand that we&#x27;ve all been part of</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> a financial indoctrination program. All through the 90s, there was a propaganda campaign by Wall Street to really tell people to avoid annuities, to avoid these solutions. And so we&#x27;ve been brainwashed to think that that&#x27;s not what we should be doing. And therefore, no one&#x27;s gone out and gotten educated on these things. They&#x27;ve lost money. They&#x27;ve lost their retirement. And it&#x27;s really funny now because you&#x27;ll start to hear Wall Street people starting to talk about these solutions. And of course, now we&#x27;ve had all the losses, right? But and I would be very weary of any Wall Street person that begins to talk about these because many, many advisors are just not that well educated and understand these features</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> that Pete and I are talking about right now. So if you are concerned, if you see what I see, and that&#x27;s really a financial indoctrination program that&#x27;s taken place where Wall Street has influenced people to put money who would have not otherwise done so on Wall Street, you really need to investigate these features that we&#x27;re talking about. And folks, I couldn&#x27;t agree more. And Rick Buter, author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you back on when your new book comes out. Hey, great. Thanks, Coach Pete, for having me. Enjoyed being here today. Pleasure was all on this side of the microphone, Rick. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, retirement planning, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/image.jpg?t=1792072807&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/image.jpg?t=1792072807&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>667</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10707272" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>161</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:29" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Heisman: The Man Behind the Trophy</title>
      <itunes:title>John Heisman: The Man Behind the Trophy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Heisman joins Coach Pete to discuss Heisman: The Man Behind the Trophy. This October 2012 conversation explores the history of the famous football award and the man whose name it carries.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. This is the time of the show where we go out into the world, we find someone who&#x27;s made a name for themselves or has been mentioned in the news lately. And now if you watch football at all, especially college football, you know there&#x27;s a trophy called the Heisman Trophy out there. Every single football player dreams of having a Heisman Trophy in their life. And we have a family member of the inventor of the Heisman Trophy. We have Mr. John Heisman on, and he&#x27;s just written a new book called Behind the Heisman Trophy. And John, welcome in. Hi, thank you. And you&#x27;re joining us from Toledo, Ohio today, correct? Correct. And again, the name of the book is Heisman, The Man Behind the Trophy. Now,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> tell us what inspired you to write this book. Well, I grew up knowing all about Coach Heisman, and my father was the one who, through the oral tradition, passed on all these stories concerning him. We had come through his estate, the memorabilia and the writings of Coach Heisman. And when I came out of college, I began to read this stuff, began to pour over it, began to absorb it. And along the way, I got married, raised four kids, sent them off to college. And I mean, after you do that, there&#x27;s nothing left to do but write a book. So we, basically, I sat down around, oh, 2003, I think it was that summer that I started to write in earnest and began revising and</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> rewriting. And after a dozen or so rewrites on the manuscript had something I felt was worthy of publishing. Through some business contacts and associates, we were able to get this in front of some publishers. And Simon &amp; Schuster really liked what they saw. And we feel very blessed to have come under their umbrella and be able to have a release of this magnitude. Now, if you could, looking back at why you wrote the book, if you could pick out three things that you were hoping that anyone reads a book can walk away with, what would those be? One would be the history of what went into this, the history surrounding it, the flavor for the era</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> in which Heisman lived. Another would be the character of Heisman, the excellence that he pursued, the professionalism that he pursued, the high level of academia that he pursued, the entrepreneurship of his life. And then the third would be the effect on the game of football as we know it, and have an appreciation for the fact that the game came out of a very, very vague, rough beginning with very few rules. And whatever rules they were, they weren&#x27;t being adhered to very well. And his influence and the formation he had in bringing the game to be as we know it today. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. Now, what was your favorite story that was passed down? I mean, before you wrote the book, what was your favorite story that you heard through, I guess, the branches of</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> the family legacy? My dad loved to tell the story of a player who was basically getting a big head and who thought he was all that. He called him Red. I think if I traced it correctly, that player would have been a player for Georgia Tech by the name of Lobster Brown. Had red hair, so they called him Lobster or sometimes Red. And Heisman came into the locker room one day, furious, and he said, Red, you&#x27;re out of the lineup. You didn&#x27;t make your grades. And Red was a very, very good kicker, drop kicker, place kicker. And he says, Coach, now, don&#x27;t you know that all the players or all the</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> newspapers are calling this foot the $5 million toe? And Heisman shot back and said, what good is that if you only got a nickel head? Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Heisman, and he is the author or co-author of the book Heisman, The Man Behind the Trophy. You know, it just seems like yesterday when I heard about the Heisman Trophy, but it&#x27;s been around for a long time, hasn&#x27;t it? Yeah, the initial trophy was actually called the Downtown Athletic Club Award in 1935, and that&#x27;s when it came out. Heisman opposed giving it to an individual, felt it should have been a team award, but they prevailed on him to make it an individual&#x27;s award. He and a gentleman by the name of Jack Prince</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> came up with the parameters of the thing, commissioned the sculptor to make it, and Jack Prince came up with the voting method. And then it was the following year that Heisman tragically succumbed to pneumonia, and the Downtown Athletic Club unanimously voted to rename the award the Heisman Memorial Trophy. So the very thing that he opposed became his own memorial. Hmm. And an interesting forward is written by Steve Spurrier. Everyone knows who he is, the coach of South Carolina now, and coached various other teams. Coach did Duke for a couple years. But he&#x27;s the 1966 Heisman Trophy winner, and that&#x27;s the year I was born.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Yeah. Steve&#x27;s a fine gentleman. He has a keen appreciation for history. I had met Coach Spurrier in New York on several occasions. We&#x27;d had some interesting talks together. And he was very enthusiastic when we were calling on some of the former Heisman winners for endorsements, and then my publisher suggested that Steve do the forward. And when I called them, Steve was just very, very enthusiastic and ecstatic. He says, this would be my honor. And he really stepped up and did a great job, we felt. Now, did he play quarterback? I don&#x27;t even know. What position did Steve Spurrier play? Was he quarterback? Oh, yeah. Tremendous quarterback.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Set a lot of passing records. He also coached a Heisman winner while at Florida. Danny Warfel. Yep. Danny Warfel. So he&#x27;s in a unique position of having won the award, having coached someone who has won the award, and being in the coaching profession himself. It&#x27;s like the Triple Crown in baseball, isn&#x27;t it? Pretty much. Now, let me ask you this. You know how it&#x27;s awarded these days. Are you happy with the award process, or would you change anything about how they do it these days? The award process is basically the mechanism that you use in voting is as pure as you can get. However, the campaigning and the understanding of what</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> goes into being outstanding is left up for interpretation by every voter. And there seems to be this presumption that the only way you can be an outstanding player is if you&#x27;re on a team that&#x27;s vying for the national championship. And that comes about, I think, it&#x27;s a logical progression of our society to have a champion and to have a top winner. I remember several years back a young man from I believe it was Holy Cross that still played two-way ball at a Division I level was an excellent running back and also played defensive back for for his team.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And this was only within the last 10-12 years. And I thought that that was outstanding. I thought that he deserved a tremendous amount of attention. But because the league wasn&#x27;t a top caliber league or it wasn&#x27;t he was considered to be from a mid-major school I don&#x27;t think he got the attention he deserved. That&#x27;s a good point. But I mean, you have what you have. You have a system in which an opinion is formed of what constitutes being outstanding. And you go by it. Your vote counts the same as another sports writer&#x27;s. And that&#x27;s the way it is. I mean, it&#x27;s the same system we have to elect presidents. Now, let me ask you this. I mean, this is our final question here.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> And again, we&#x27;re talking to John Heisman. He&#x27;s the author of the book Heisman, the Man Behind the Trophy. There was a story on ESPN just a few days ago, it seems. And it basically featured about a lot of pro athletes and how much money they make when they&#x27;re playing and how fast they lose that and become bankrupt by the time they leave the sport. Any opinions on that? The thing about money is that when you get a lot of it, it doesn&#x27;t create character. It exposes it. Good point. You either have the character going into the situation or you do not. And if you do not have the maturity to handle money or the maturity to set it aside, to create a nest egg, to create a</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> backup, if you are living large, you know, what are you supposed to do about that? I mean, that&#x27;s borne out by lotto winners, people that win the lottery. If you did not know how to handle money to begin with, a lot of money is only going to exacerbate the problem. Absolutely. Great point there, too. And folks, his name is Mr. John Heisman. He&#x27;s author of the book Heisman, the Man Behind the Story. And John, look forward to having you on again in the future. I look forward to it, too. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Heisman joins Coach Pete to discuss Heisman: The Man Behind the Trophy. This October 2012 conversation explores the history of the famous football award and the man whose name it carries.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. This is the time of the show where we go out into the world, we find someone who&#x27;s made a name for themselves or has been mentioned in the news lately. And now if you watch football at all, especially college football, you know there&#x27;s a trophy called the Heisman Trophy out there. Every single football player dreams of having a Heisman Trophy in their life. And we have a family member of the inventor of the Heisman Trophy. We have Mr. John Heisman on, and he&#x27;s just written a new book called Behind the Heisman Trophy. And John, welcome in. Hi, thank you. And you&#x27;re joining us from Toledo, Ohio today, correct? Correct. And again, the name of the book is Heisman, The Man Behind the Trophy. Now,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> tell us what inspired you to write this book. Well, I grew up knowing all about Coach Heisman, and my father was the one who, through the oral tradition, passed on all these stories concerning him. We had come through his estate, the memorabilia and the writings of Coach Heisman. And when I came out of college, I began to read this stuff, began to pour over it, began to absorb it. And along the way, I got married, raised four kids, sent them off to college. And I mean, after you do that, there&#x27;s nothing left to do but write a book. So we, basically, I sat down around, oh, 2003, I think it was that summer that I started to write in earnest and began revising and</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> rewriting. And after a dozen or so rewrites on the manuscript had something I felt was worthy of publishing. Through some business contacts and associates, we were able to get this in front of some publishers. And Simon &amp; Schuster really liked what they saw. And we feel very blessed to have come under their umbrella and be able to have a release of this magnitude. Now, if you could, looking back at why you wrote the book, if you could pick out three things that you were hoping that anyone reads a book can walk away with, what would those be? One would be the history of what went into this, the history surrounding it, the flavor for the era</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> in which Heisman lived. Another would be the character of Heisman, the excellence that he pursued, the professionalism that he pursued, the high level of academia that he pursued, the entrepreneurship of his life. And then the third would be the effect on the game of football as we know it, and have an appreciation for the fact that the game came out of a very, very vague, rough beginning with very few rules. And whatever rules they were, they weren&#x27;t being adhered to very well. And his influence and the formation he had in bringing the game to be as we know it today. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. Now, what was your favorite story that was passed down? I mean, before you wrote the book, what was your favorite story that you heard through, I guess, the branches of</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> the family legacy? My dad loved to tell the story of a player who was basically getting a big head and who thought he was all that. He called him Red. I think if I traced it correctly, that player would have been a player for Georgia Tech by the name of Lobster Brown. Had red hair, so they called him Lobster or sometimes Red. And Heisman came into the locker room one day, furious, and he said, Red, you&#x27;re out of the lineup. You didn&#x27;t make your grades. And Red was a very, very good kicker, drop kicker, place kicker. And he says, Coach, now, don&#x27;t you know that all the players or all the</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> newspapers are calling this foot the $5 million toe? And Heisman shot back and said, what good is that if you only got a nickel head? Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Heisman, and he is the author or co-author of the book Heisman, The Man Behind the Trophy. You know, it just seems like yesterday when I heard about the Heisman Trophy, but it&#x27;s been around for a long time, hasn&#x27;t it? Yeah, the initial trophy was actually called the Downtown Athletic Club Award in 1935, and that&#x27;s when it came out. Heisman opposed giving it to an individual, felt it should have been a team award, but they prevailed on him to make it an individual&#x27;s award. He and a gentleman by the name of Jack Prince</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> came up with the parameters of the thing, commissioned the sculptor to make it, and Jack Prince came up with the voting method. And then it was the following year that Heisman tragically succumbed to pneumonia, and the Downtown Athletic Club unanimously voted to rename the award the Heisman Memorial Trophy. So the very thing that he opposed became his own memorial. Hmm. And an interesting forward is written by Steve Spurrier. Everyone knows who he is, the coach of South Carolina now, and coached various other teams. Coach did Duke for a couple years. But he&#x27;s the 1966 Heisman Trophy winner, and that&#x27;s the year I was born.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Yeah. Steve&#x27;s a fine gentleman. He has a keen appreciation for history. I had met Coach Spurrier in New York on several occasions. We&#x27;d had some interesting talks together. And he was very enthusiastic when we were calling on some of the former Heisman winners for endorsements, and then my publisher suggested that Steve do the forward. And when I called them, Steve was just very, very enthusiastic and ecstatic. He says, this would be my honor. And he really stepped up and did a great job, we felt. Now, did he play quarterback? I don&#x27;t even know. What position did Steve Spurrier play? Was he quarterback? Oh, yeah. Tremendous quarterback.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Set a lot of passing records. He also coached a Heisman winner while at Florida. Danny Warfel. Yep. Danny Warfel. So he&#x27;s in a unique position of having won the award, having coached someone who has won the award, and being in the coaching profession himself. It&#x27;s like the Triple Crown in baseball, isn&#x27;t it? Pretty much. Now, let me ask you this. You know how it&#x27;s awarded these days. Are you happy with the award process, or would you change anything about how they do it these days? The award process is basically the mechanism that you use in voting is as pure as you can get. However, the campaigning and the understanding of what</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> goes into being outstanding is left up for interpretation by every voter. And there seems to be this presumption that the only way you can be an outstanding player is if you&#x27;re on a team that&#x27;s vying for the national championship. And that comes about, I think, it&#x27;s a logical progression of our society to have a champion and to have a top winner. I remember several years back a young man from I believe it was Holy Cross that still played two-way ball at a Division I level was an excellent running back and also played defensive back for for his team.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And this was only within the last 10-12 years. And I thought that that was outstanding. I thought that he deserved a tremendous amount of attention. But because the league wasn&#x27;t a top caliber league or it wasn&#x27;t he was considered to be from a mid-major school I don&#x27;t think he got the attention he deserved. That&#x27;s a good point. But I mean, you have what you have. You have a system in which an opinion is formed of what constitutes being outstanding. And you go by it. Your vote counts the same as another sports writer&#x27;s. And that&#x27;s the way it is. I mean, it&#x27;s the same system we have to elect presidents. Now, let me ask you this. I mean, this is our final question here.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> And again, we&#x27;re talking to John Heisman. He&#x27;s the author of the book Heisman, the Man Behind the Trophy. There was a story on ESPN just a few days ago, it seems. And it basically featured about a lot of pro athletes and how much money they make when they&#x27;re playing and how fast they lose that and become bankrupt by the time they leave the sport. Any opinions on that? The thing about money is that when you get a lot of it, it doesn&#x27;t create character. It exposes it. Good point. You either have the character going into the situation or you do not. And if you do not have the maturity to handle money or the maturity to set it aside, to create a nest egg, to create a</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> backup, if you are living large, you know, what are you supposed to do about that? I mean, that&#x27;s borne out by lotto winners, people that win the lottery. If you did not know how to handle money to begin with, a lot of money is only going to exacerbate the problem. Absolutely. Great point there, too. And folks, his name is Mr. John Heisman. He&#x27;s author of the book Heisman, the Man Behind the Story. And John, look forward to having you on again in the future. I look forward to it, too. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Heisman joins Coach Pete to discuss Heisman: The Man Behind the Trophy. This October 2012 conversation explores the history of the famous football award and the man whose name it carries.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Heisman</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>The Man Behind the Trophy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Heisman, sports, The Man Behind the Trophy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f/image.jpg?t=1792071752&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-heisman-the-man-behind-the-trophy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f/image.jpg?t=1792071752&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/353e852c-32ea-430c-a838-b4e3001a5c2f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9718530" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-heisman-the-man-behind-the-trophy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>162</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Man Behind the Trophy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:28" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bill Gertz: International Affairs and the Financial World</title>
      <itunes:title>Bill Gertz: International Affairs and the Financial World</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bill Gertz of the Washington Free Beacon joins Coach Pete to discuss his reporting on international affairs. This September 2012 interview examines developments in the Middle East and their possible consequences for the wider world.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in either a story, a book, or a website, or whatever. We&#x27;re very fortunate today to have Mr. Bill Gertz. He&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. And a story came on my radar screen, a very alarming story, by the way, about, let&#x27;s say, a friendship developing between Egypt and Iran. And, Bill, welcome in. Hi, good to be on the program. Yeah, so, I mean, tell us more about what&#x27;s going on here behind the scenes, what&#x27;s going on worldwide here that could affect us and really could affect everything that we experience in a day-to-day life. Well, it looks like the Middle East is turning pretty hot and heavy on a whole bunch of different fronts. But the story that I broke, which was very significant,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> was a report about a secret meeting between a senior Egyptian intelligence official and a senior Iranian intelligence official. And that has set off alarm bells in security circles around the world because it indicates that the new Muslim Brotherhood government in Egypt may, in fact, be working together with the Iranian Ministry of Intelligence and Security, which is the main intelligence service and is a major international sponsor of terrorism. Just last February, the Treasury Department named the Iranian spy service as key supporter of terrorist groups like Al-Qaeda, Hezbollah, and Hamas. So this is a fairly alarming development. The disclosure comes against the backdrop of attacks on our embassies in Libya and Cairo itself.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So, very timely story. It&#x27;s been said they were coordinated type attacks and there&#x27;s been a master plan laid out. The facts are still being sorted out on that. And I doubt that it was a random, just a spur of the moment kind of violence. You know, those things are generally orchestrated. But we have to see. Hopefully, our government will take a look. I had heard that there were some advance warning that this was going to happen, but I don&#x27;t know that for certain. I&#x27;m kind of working on that. And Egypt, to me, I mean, it&#x27;s been just a silent country for years and years. I mean, I don&#x27;t remember Egypt being a problem since the Jimmy Carter days. Yeah, you know, they&#x27;ve had a strongman regime under Hosni Mubarak. The amount of aid they were getting annually from the U.S. was like $8 billion. And things, you know, seemed to be under control.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Well, all that came loose when the Tahir Square demonstrations came. And they basically ousted the Mubarak government, hoping that this would bring in some kind of a democratic regime. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s not the case. What we&#x27;re seeing then is an Islamist regime. That is the Muslim Brotherhood. They&#x27;re not the most radical of the Muslims, but they are adherents to a doctrine that calls for a system totally run by Sharia Islamic law. So this is a fairly alarming development. One of the things in the story that was really surprising to me was the fact that since the Mubarak government fell earlier this year, the Egyptian government has released dozens of really terrorist preachers who are out preaching jihad,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> hatred against America and Israel. So this is a formula for major instability down the road. Bill, when I was younger, my grandparents had some dominoes at their house, and as we were bored during summer vacation, we&#x27;d set the dominoes up on a table, and we&#x27;d knock one over, and all of them would fall down. And we were smart enough then at age 7 and 8 to know when you knocked one down, a lot of others would start falling. And, I mean, who didn&#x27;t see this Arab Spring developing into the problem it is today? I think that&#x27;s a major failure of the Obama administration. They assumed incorrectly that facilitating the overthrow of some of these regimes in the Middle East was going to bring in an era of democracy. Now, that would be a great thing, but unfortunately, the democratic forces in those regions are so weak and they haven&#x27;t been supported.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The Obama administration made a conscious decision not to promote American-style democracy around the world. They&#x27;ve had a kind of appeasement approach to some of these things where, oh, we&#x27;re not going to tell you that our system is the best in the world, so you decide what you want. And that has led to these more highly organized groups like the Muslim Brotherhood and some of these other more radical groups really getting organized and getting ready to take over. We see it in Libya. We see it in Cairo, in Egypt. And there&#x27;s a lot of reports that Syria, once the Bashar Assad regime falls, will eventually be taken over again by another Islamist regime headed by the Syrian branch of the Muslim Brotherhood. It&#x27;s kind of scary there. I mean, you know, and I&#x27;m not an intelligence expert by any means,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> but just me as a novice person researching geopolitical environments could have told you some of the things that was going to happen there, and we&#x27;re seeing it right now. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Bill Gertz. He&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV before. He came on my radar screen years ago. He wrote a book called Breakdown, how the American intelligence failures led to September 11, 2001. Bill, are we seeing those same kind of breakdowns now? I think so. I really think so. And, you know, one area that that&#x27;s evident is in the case of China. We&#x27;re seeing the Chinese develop a really kind of a robust strategic nuclear buildup. Well, the United States and its president want to completely eliminate nuclear weapons. The official newspaper, the People&#x27;s Daily of China, called for building up nuclear forces more aggressively than they have in the past.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So things are getting very, very worrisome in a number of different locations. Well, if we could get into a time machine and we went forward 10 years, if things stay the way they are right now in our intelligence community, where do you see us in 10 years from now? Or where do you see the worldwide environment 10 years from now? Well, I could certainly see the Chinese expanding their style of communist dictatorship around the world. And that, to me, is one of the more troubling developments. The Chinese have a model that they&#x27;re propagating as a counter to American-style democracy and free enterprise, which is state socialism coupled with a communist-style system that was initially patterned after the Soviet Union, but has been loosened up in recent years in order to allow their economic system to develop.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> And it&#x27;s kind of basically transforming it into a fascist system, where you have a state economy backed by military power. And this is the case with China. They&#x27;re basically buying up countries around the world. They&#x27;re expanding their influence in Africa, in Asia, in Latin America. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the more troubling future developments, is that we&#x27;re going to see a lot of American allies around the world be forced to knuckle under to Chinese hegemony. Bill, I think the average American citizen these days, I mean, we really don&#x27;t know what to do. We can squeak to our congressmen or women, but many times we get the form letter back that they haven&#x27;t even, you know, they basically put that auto signature on. They haven&#x27;t even read our letter, but we get acknowledgement back that supposedly they received it. What can the average American do to basically encourage more intelligence</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> and more forethought into what happens geopolitically? Well, I guess the vote is probably the most effective way, but, you know, even that is limited. There needs to be better congressional oversight. I think if there was one area where I would fault our government, it&#x27;s that Congress has not really fulfilled its role as a check, you know, as part of the checks and balances thought about by our founding fathers. They haven&#x27;t provided that check on the federal government that&#x27;s so urgently needed. In fact, a lot of critics say today that Congress is becoming a facilitator or a tool for more centralized government power, when in fact they should be the ones that should say, hold on a minute, let&#x27;s take a second look, let&#x27;s get an alternative view on this. So I would urge people to really press Congress to do their job, basically,</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> and that is to really provide a second opinion or a check on the federal government. Folks, we&#x27;re talking again to Mr. Bill Gertz, he&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. Bill, when we look at the media, do you think the national media is paying as much attention to these matters as it really should be as far as informing the U.S. citizen what&#x27;s going on? No, and I would fault my own business somewhat, too, that the news media has really been focused on too many entertainment-oriented or frivolous things. They&#x27;ve kind of pulled in from looking at the world. A lot of these things, these hard, difficult problems seem to be too much for people to focus on, and so the news media has kind of turned away from them. So, yeah, there&#x27;s a need for more reporting and more in-depth reporting on what&#x27;s going on in the world, especially about the threats to democracy and freedom.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> I think that&#x27;s really the key. Do you think the reason why people aren&#x27;t paying as much attention these days is because nothing has happened here on U.S. soil? That could be it. You know, we do live in somewhat of an island geopolitically here. We&#x27;ve got protected with the oceans on either side and relatively benign powers on either side. But, you know, I think we know that America has a lot of enemies. Al-Qaeda is still trying to attack us. Anybody who reads the Chinese press will see that there&#x27;s a constant drumbeat of anti-Americanism in the Chinese press. We have the problem of Cuba and Hugo Chavez in Venezuela. So there&#x27;s a lot of threats out there that people need to be educated about them. I think that&#x27;s really the key, knowing what those threats are and then trying to do things to prevent those threats from escalating into any kind of conflict.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> And tell us a little bit about the Washington Free Beacon before we go to the break. Sure. The Free Beacon is a startup newspaper, an online newspaper. We&#x27;re kind of cutting edge. It&#x27;s mostly a lot of young people. And we really focus on trying to develop in-depth and investigative reporting. And we&#x27;re trying to find stories that no one else has. And we&#x27;re really trying to focus on government abuses or corporate overreach or crony capitalism, those kinds of things, as well as the national security issues that I specialize in, especially about things like Iran&#x27;s nuclear program and the Chinese. And we&#x27;re trying to make a go of it. I think it&#x27;s kind of a future model for future newspapers. We&#x27;re a nonprofit, and we&#x27;ve been doing very well. We get a lot of stories, and we&#x27;re starting to develop quite a large readership. And the website is?</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> Freebeacon.com. Freebeacon.com. I&#x27;d like to ask everyone to go take a look. Bill, I&#x27;d love to follow up with you in a couple months and just see if maybe, hopefully, the things have simmered down a little bit. And if not, get an update on what&#x27;s going on, again, in the worldwide situation here. Sure. And, Mr. Bill Gertz, we really appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks very much for having me. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bill Gertz of the Washington Free Beacon joins Coach Pete to discuss his reporting on international affairs. This September 2012 interview examines developments in the Middle East and their possible consequences for the wider world.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in either a story, a book, or a website, or whatever. We&#x27;re very fortunate today to have Mr. Bill Gertz. He&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. And a story came on my radar screen, a very alarming story, by the way, about, let&#x27;s say, a friendship developing between Egypt and Iran. And, Bill, welcome in. Hi, good to be on the program. Yeah, so, I mean, tell us more about what&#x27;s going on here behind the scenes, what&#x27;s going on worldwide here that could affect us and really could affect everything that we experience in a day-to-day life. Well, it looks like the Middle East is turning pretty hot and heavy on a whole bunch of different fronts. But the story that I broke, which was very significant,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> was a report about a secret meeting between a senior Egyptian intelligence official and a senior Iranian intelligence official. And that has set off alarm bells in security circles around the world because it indicates that the new Muslim Brotherhood government in Egypt may, in fact, be working together with the Iranian Ministry of Intelligence and Security, which is the main intelligence service and is a major international sponsor of terrorism. Just last February, the Treasury Department named the Iranian spy service as key supporter of terrorist groups like Al-Qaeda, Hezbollah, and Hamas. So this is a fairly alarming development. The disclosure comes against the backdrop of attacks on our embassies in Libya and Cairo itself.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So, very timely story. It&#x27;s been said they were coordinated type attacks and there&#x27;s been a master plan laid out. The facts are still being sorted out on that. And I doubt that it was a random, just a spur of the moment kind of violence. You know, those things are generally orchestrated. But we have to see. Hopefully, our government will take a look. I had heard that there were some advance warning that this was going to happen, but I don&#x27;t know that for certain. I&#x27;m kind of working on that. And Egypt, to me, I mean, it&#x27;s been just a silent country for years and years. I mean, I don&#x27;t remember Egypt being a problem since the Jimmy Carter days. Yeah, you know, they&#x27;ve had a strongman regime under Hosni Mubarak. The amount of aid they were getting annually from the U.S. was like $8 billion. And things, you know, seemed to be under control.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Well, all that came loose when the Tahir Square demonstrations came. And they basically ousted the Mubarak government, hoping that this would bring in some kind of a democratic regime. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s not the case. What we&#x27;re seeing then is an Islamist regime. That is the Muslim Brotherhood. They&#x27;re not the most radical of the Muslims, but they are adherents to a doctrine that calls for a system totally run by Sharia Islamic law. So this is a fairly alarming development. One of the things in the story that was really surprising to me was the fact that since the Mubarak government fell earlier this year, the Egyptian government has released dozens of really terrorist preachers who are out preaching jihad,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> hatred against America and Israel. So this is a formula for major instability down the road. Bill, when I was younger, my grandparents had some dominoes at their house, and as we were bored during summer vacation, we&#x27;d set the dominoes up on a table, and we&#x27;d knock one over, and all of them would fall down. And we were smart enough then at age 7 and 8 to know when you knocked one down, a lot of others would start falling. And, I mean, who didn&#x27;t see this Arab Spring developing into the problem it is today? I think that&#x27;s a major failure of the Obama administration. They assumed incorrectly that facilitating the overthrow of some of these regimes in the Middle East was going to bring in an era of democracy. Now, that would be a great thing, but unfortunately, the democratic forces in those regions are so weak and they haven&#x27;t been supported.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The Obama administration made a conscious decision not to promote American-style democracy around the world. They&#x27;ve had a kind of appeasement approach to some of these things where, oh, we&#x27;re not going to tell you that our system is the best in the world, so you decide what you want. And that has led to these more highly organized groups like the Muslim Brotherhood and some of these other more radical groups really getting organized and getting ready to take over. We see it in Libya. We see it in Cairo, in Egypt. And there&#x27;s a lot of reports that Syria, once the Bashar Assad regime falls, will eventually be taken over again by another Islamist regime headed by the Syrian branch of the Muslim Brotherhood. It&#x27;s kind of scary there. I mean, you know, and I&#x27;m not an intelligence expert by any means,</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> but just me as a novice person researching geopolitical environments could have told you some of the things that was going to happen there, and we&#x27;re seeing it right now. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Bill Gertz. He&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV before. He came on my radar screen years ago. He wrote a book called Breakdown, how the American intelligence failures led to September 11, 2001. Bill, are we seeing those same kind of breakdowns now? I think so. I really think so. And, you know, one area that that&#x27;s evident is in the case of China. We&#x27;re seeing the Chinese develop a really kind of a robust strategic nuclear buildup. Well, the United States and its president want to completely eliminate nuclear weapons. The official newspaper, the People&#x27;s Daily of China, called for building up nuclear forces more aggressively than they have in the past.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So things are getting very, very worrisome in a number of different locations. Well, if we could get into a time machine and we went forward 10 years, if things stay the way they are right now in our intelligence community, where do you see us in 10 years from now? Or where do you see the worldwide environment 10 years from now? Well, I could certainly see the Chinese expanding their style of communist dictatorship around the world. And that, to me, is one of the more troubling developments. The Chinese have a model that they&#x27;re propagating as a counter to American-style democracy and free enterprise, which is state socialism coupled with a communist-style system that was initially patterned after the Soviet Union, but has been loosened up in recent years in order to allow their economic system to develop.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> And it&#x27;s kind of basically transforming it into a fascist system, where you have a state economy backed by military power. And this is the case with China. They&#x27;re basically buying up countries around the world. They&#x27;re expanding their influence in Africa, in Asia, in Latin America. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the more troubling future developments, is that we&#x27;re going to see a lot of American allies around the world be forced to knuckle under to Chinese hegemony. Bill, I think the average American citizen these days, I mean, we really don&#x27;t know what to do. We can squeak to our congressmen or women, but many times we get the form letter back that they haven&#x27;t even, you know, they basically put that auto signature on. They haven&#x27;t even read our letter, but we get acknowledgement back that supposedly they received it. What can the average American do to basically encourage more intelligence</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> and more forethought into what happens geopolitically? Well, I guess the vote is probably the most effective way, but, you know, even that is limited. There needs to be better congressional oversight. I think if there was one area where I would fault our government, it&#x27;s that Congress has not really fulfilled its role as a check, you know, as part of the checks and balances thought about by our founding fathers. They haven&#x27;t provided that check on the federal government that&#x27;s so urgently needed. In fact, a lot of critics say today that Congress is becoming a facilitator or a tool for more centralized government power, when in fact they should be the ones that should say, hold on a minute, let&#x27;s take a second look, let&#x27;s get an alternative view on this. So I would urge people to really press Congress to do their job, basically,</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> and that is to really provide a second opinion or a check on the federal government. Folks, we&#x27;re talking again to Mr. Bill Gertz, he&#x27;s senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. Bill, when we look at the media, do you think the national media is paying as much attention to these matters as it really should be as far as informing the U.S. citizen what&#x27;s going on? No, and I would fault my own business somewhat, too, that the news media has really been focused on too many entertainment-oriented or frivolous things. They&#x27;ve kind of pulled in from looking at the world. A lot of these things, these hard, difficult problems seem to be too much for people to focus on, and so the news media has kind of turned away from them. So, yeah, there&#x27;s a need for more reporting and more in-depth reporting on what&#x27;s going on in the world, especially about the threats to democracy and freedom.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> I think that&#x27;s really the key. Do you think the reason why people aren&#x27;t paying as much attention these days is because nothing has happened here on U.S. soil? That could be it. You know, we do live in somewhat of an island geopolitically here. We&#x27;ve got protected with the oceans on either side and relatively benign powers on either side. But, you know, I think we know that America has a lot of enemies. Al-Qaeda is still trying to attack us. Anybody who reads the Chinese press will see that there&#x27;s a constant drumbeat of anti-Americanism in the Chinese press. We have the problem of Cuba and Hugo Chavez in Venezuela. So there&#x27;s a lot of threats out there that people need to be educated about them. I think that&#x27;s really the key, knowing what those threats are and then trying to do things to prevent those threats from escalating into any kind of conflict.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> And tell us a little bit about the Washington Free Beacon before we go to the break. Sure. The Free Beacon is a startup newspaper, an online newspaper. We&#x27;re kind of cutting edge. It&#x27;s mostly a lot of young people. And we really focus on trying to develop in-depth and investigative reporting. And we&#x27;re trying to find stories that no one else has. And we&#x27;re really trying to focus on government abuses or corporate overreach or crony capitalism, those kinds of things, as well as the national security issues that I specialize in, especially about things like Iran&#x27;s nuclear program and the Chinese. And we&#x27;re trying to make a go of it. I think it&#x27;s kind of a future model for future newspapers. We&#x27;re a nonprofit, and we&#x27;ve been doing very well. We get a lot of stories, and we&#x27;re starting to develop quite a large readership. And the website is?</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> Freebeacon.com. Freebeacon.com. I&#x27;d like to ask everyone to go take a look. Bill, I&#x27;d love to follow up with you in a couple months and just see if maybe, hopefully, the things have simmered down a little bit. And if not, get an update on what&#x27;s going on, again, in the worldwide situation here. Sure. And, Mr. Bill Gertz, we really appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks very much for having me. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bill Gertz of the Washington Free Beacon joins Coach Pete to discuss his reporting on international affairs. This September 2012 interview examines developments in the Middle East and their possible consequences for the wider world.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bill Gertz</category>
      <category>International Affairs and the Financial World</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bill Gertz, International Affairs and the Financial World, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14/image.jpg?t=1792071761&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bill-gertz-international-affairs-and-the-financial-world/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14/image.jpg?t=1792071761&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14</guid>
      <omny:clipId>66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>642</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66451366-044d-459b-ac69-b4e30019df14/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10307671" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bill-gertz-international-affairs-and-the-financial-world</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>163</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="International Affairs and the Financial World" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Sullivan: Behind 2016: Obama’s America</title>
      <itunes:title>John Sullivan: Behind 2016: Obama’s America</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where we go out across the world. We span the globe and we find someone who&#x27;s interesting to talk to, whether it be an author, a movie producer, current event kind of person, or whatever. Today we&#x27;re lucky. Just a few weeks ago, I went to a movie by myself with a buddy of mine. My wife was out of town at the beach and I was looking for something to do. It was a movie that was reaching my radar screen because I&#x27;d heard something about it. The name of the movie was 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. And, gosh, I mean, I watched the movie, almost wanted to sit there and watch it again. I mean, it was so good and so bad at the same time as far as our future. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have the co-writer and co-producer of 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. His name is John Sullivan. He&#x27;s joining us from L.A.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> John, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me on, Coach Pete. Yeah, I mean, watching the movie, we hear all these things on the Internet these days and in the news cycles. And so I thought I was going to see a movie that I already knew everything about. John, you guys shocked me with a lot of the stuff you had in that movie as far as things I didn&#x27;t realize. Well, what was one of the things that shocked you? Because we get people from all kinds of across the political spectrum. And a lot of them say there&#x27;s a lot in the film I never knew about. What was one thing for you that was new? Well, it was the ties there to the radical side and basically trying to bring down America by overloading us with debt. I knew we were going out of control with debt, but I didn&#x27;t realize there was a master goal to that. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s the one thing we bring out in the film is how debt could be used as what we call a weapon of mass destruction. And, you know, we&#x27;re on our way to a $20 trillion debt level.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You know, our GDP is only about 15.6 or 7. Well, we&#x27;re already over our national debt to our GDP at this now. And so it&#x27;s a really scary time. And it&#x27;s very easy to sink this economy and sink America just by debt. Yeah, and it&#x27;s getting out of control. We had David Walker on the show a couple months ago, and he basically – he&#x27;s in your movie as well. He is. Yep, he&#x27;s the one that kind of raises this alarm and this issue of where we could be in just a very short time. Now, David was the former comptroller general of the United States. Basically, he signed the checks that were written for the government. He resigned – and this is maybe hearsay, but I heard he resigned because he wasn&#x27;t going to sign checks anymore that were going to bounce. He was tired of that. Well, we&#x27;re still borrowing at a record rate. You know, we don&#x27;t have the internal capacity to kind of fund our own spending.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, I could understand – if I was in that position, I&#x27;d feel that frustration too. Now, but let&#x27;s look at it. Now, one of the things there in the movie was just how little we have done to keep Iran from getting nuclear weapons and at the same time reducing our stock. And actually, the AP did a false fact check on your movie, and they said that wasn&#x27;t true. And we&#x27;ve got a list of some of the false fact checks that AP claimed were not true that were in the movie. But let&#x27;s talk about this. What is the master goal here when you&#x27;re letting these little rogue nations build a nuclear arsenal? At the same time, the goal here is to reduce ours down to nothing. Yeah. Now, it isn&#x27;t a bad goal to want to reduce nuclear weapons. President Reagan had that. Jimmy Carter had that. You know, other presidents have had this. Bill Clinton. That&#x27;s not the bad goal.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> You know, I think everybody would like a nuclear-free world. However, in light of the fact that you have China modernizing their nuclear weapons, you have North Korea doing the same, and you have Iran pursuing nuclear weapons in a ballistic capacity, too, that they could shoot a missile or put it on a ship or some other form. You know, that is where it gets dangerous. And so at the current time under the START treaty, we&#x27;re to reduce our weapons down to about 1,500 nuclear warheads. A couple other countries are kind of doing that, too. But at the same time, we have other countries, as I mentioned, Iran, North Korea, China, all kind of modernizing and or developing weapons. So this creates a very dangerous situation moving forward and one that, you know, has to be addressed and is currently not being addressed by this administration.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about the idea of doing a movie to begin with and how it has grown from one screen up to a gigantic amount of screens, just the growth and the buzz. Has that surprised you? It has. You know, it really has. I mean, we started on one screen in Houston. It did extremely well there, so we knew we had something on our hands so we could manage it well and get the word out there. But we had to prove, you know, to the theater chains, look at, you know, we&#x27;re something you should be putting on the screen compared to other movies. And we were an unknown entity. But over the weeks, we proved ourselves. And we had a huge jump a couple weeks ago where we went from 169 screens and we were the number 13 movie in the country on just 169 screens. And we jumped to 1,091. And at the same time, our per screen average, which is very important in our industry, in the movie industry, didn&#x27;t drop hardly at all.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And it was a real indicator that there was a real hunger and a real audience out there for 2016. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan, co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. And you say the first screen you started was Houston. Now, I&#x27;m a master of puns sometimes in my own head. But I would have thought if I would have started in Houston, the title would have been or the subtitle, Houston, we have a problem. That&#x27;s true. Well, it might be more appropriate. Washington, D.C., we have a problem. But, yeah, we started in Houston and we had a huge audience come out for the show. And we started in one theater and a 140-seat theater there by the afternoon. It had already sold out. They put us to a 300-seat auditorium. That sold out. So they added a second show. I mean, the buzz just started immediately on the movie.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> It just never stopped. We continue to every week add more and more theaters as we march along. You know, I keep seeing these headlines, you know, 2016 shocks Hollywood, all this. It&#x27;s all audience-driven. The audience is driving this demand and showing that there&#x27;s a real hunger out there to know more about President Obama. Yeah. Now, I mean, so what is the plan going forward? What are you guys going to do next? Or where&#x27;s the movie going to go next? I mean, what&#x27;s the master plan here? Because it&#x27;s growing, not shrinking here with the number of screens. Correct. We will continue to add screens as the demand grows for it. You know, it&#x27;s over 2,000 screens at this point in time. Our ninth week, I believe, of release, which is just unheard of in the movie business, usually started a big number and moved very quickly to zero.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We started with one and gone up to thousands. And it just continues to go. You know, every week we&#x27;re pleasantly surprised by the response to it and the demand. And we&#x27;ve got theaters calling us all across the country looking to keep 2016 going. So I think it&#x27;ll be out there for quite a while. It&#x27;ll be going for probably another couple months that this film will be out in theaters. And eventually it&#x27;ll make its way to DVD and, you know, VOD and rentals and all that stuff. But it&#x27;s going strong in the theaters. So we&#x27;re very happy with that. Now, Dinesh D&#x27;Souza was the star of the show, if you want to look at a star. I mean, there&#x27;s no special effects. There&#x27;s no explosion scenes, not like a Bourne identity or Bourne kind of movie. But he traveled around. Now, did you travel with him across the span of the globe like he did? Not on all. We had several crews do that.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a kind of a co-director title with Dinesh and myself. He did a lot of the on-ground stuff. I did a number of the shooting the recreations and different scenes we had and some of the other footage. So it was truly a shared job and responsibility that we did. And then we co-wrote the movie together. But we do. We travel to Hawaii, Indonesia, Kenya. And we go to places where news crews and documentary crews have never been. It was quite shocking, though, when our crew was in Kenya. And we asked some of the people, well, who&#x27;s been here to interview you? And they said, you&#x27;re the first. Nobody else has been here to interview us. And these were close, very close friends to Barack Obama Sr. and it kind of showed us that there was no vetting going on of the president at the end of the day by the mainstream news agencies. And so it was very intriguing to do that.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, there was one scene there where it got kind of testy, it looked like, where the tribal leaders or whatever it was didn&#x27;t want the film anymore. So basically kicked you out for or kicked the film crew out. And they left wisely because it might have got kind of dicey there. Yeah, that was we were in Kogelo, Kenya, which is just outside of Nairobi by a couple hours. And that is where the Obama clan is and the grave of Barack Obama Sr. and his grandfather are. And we were supposed to interview Granny Obama, Granny Sarah. And at first the crew was welcomed there. But slowly kind of the mood changed there when they called Ioma, the president&#x27;s half-sister. And we were asked to kind of leave. And things kind of turned a little bit sour. And we were really concerned, not so much for the safety. I mean, that was one concern, but it was more that our gear would get confiscated, you know,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> all of our camera gear and all of that. And we traveled thousands of miles to be in Kenya to shoot. And we had a lot more shooting to go. So we didn&#x27;t want that to happen. So the crew booked back to Nairobi. I wonder what kind of reception you&#x27;d get if you visited Elizabeth Warren&#x27;s tribe. Well, we&#x27;d have to find it first. And then maybe we&#x27;ll find out there. But I&#x27;m sure it would be kind of a similar reception there. We&#x27;d probably have to be scrambling so our gear wasn&#x27;t confiscated. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan. He&#x27;s co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. It&#x27;s a great documentary. And one final question before I let you go, John. The question is, do you think 2016 would have been as popular if the media really vetted Obama in 2008? No, I don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> I don&#x27;t think we would have had a job in putting out this film. If the media had really done and asked the tough questions. I mean, we even have Tom Brokaw right before the election with Charlie Rose. These are two venerable news guys known in journalism. And they&#x27;re both saying, I don&#x27;t know Barack Obama&#x27;s worldview. I really don&#x27;t know him. The tough questions haven&#x27;t been asked of him. And this is five days before the election. When you have two journalists of that stature saying those comments, I think it is an absolute reflection of the poor job that was done by the media in general about who Barack Obama was and who he is today and where he would take America. Where can someone listening find out more about the movie? They can visit our website, which is 2016themovie.com.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 2016themovie.com. If you want to find a theater, just click on the theater button and you can choose your state or choose on the map there. And it will bring it up. And, again, we&#x27;re in thousands of screens and theaters right now. So there should be one within just a few miles of you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll put a link to that website on our website as well as this complete interview if you joined us late and want to listen again or want to share with your friends. Of course, the website for us is financialsafari.com, financialsafari.com. John, we enjoyed this interview, and I hope we can have you on again around election time. Oh, that would be great. Thank you, Coach Pete, for having me on. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where we go out across the world. We span the globe and we find someone who&#x27;s interesting to talk to, whether it be an author, a movie producer, current event kind of person, or whatever. Today we&#x27;re lucky. Just a few weeks ago, I went to a movie by myself with a buddy of mine. My wife was out of town at the beach and I was looking for something to do. It was a movie that was reaching my radar screen because I&#x27;d heard something about it. The name of the movie was 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. And, gosh, I mean, I watched the movie, almost wanted to sit there and watch it again. I mean, it was so good and so bad at the same time as far as our future. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have the co-writer and co-producer of 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. His name is John Sullivan. He&#x27;s joining us from L.A.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> John, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me on, Coach Pete. Yeah, I mean, watching the movie, we hear all these things on the Internet these days and in the news cycles. And so I thought I was going to see a movie that I already knew everything about. John, you guys shocked me with a lot of the stuff you had in that movie as far as things I didn&#x27;t realize. Well, what was one of the things that shocked you? Because we get people from all kinds of across the political spectrum. And a lot of them say there&#x27;s a lot in the film I never knew about. What was one thing for you that was new? Well, it was the ties there to the radical side and basically trying to bring down America by overloading us with debt. I knew we were going out of control with debt, but I didn&#x27;t realize there was a master goal to that. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s the one thing we bring out in the film is how debt could be used as what we call a weapon of mass destruction. And, you know, we&#x27;re on our way to a $20 trillion debt level.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You know, our GDP is only about 15.6 or 7. Well, we&#x27;re already over our national debt to our GDP at this now. And so it&#x27;s a really scary time. And it&#x27;s very easy to sink this economy and sink America just by debt. Yeah, and it&#x27;s getting out of control. We had David Walker on the show a couple months ago, and he basically – he&#x27;s in your movie as well. He is. Yep, he&#x27;s the one that kind of raises this alarm and this issue of where we could be in just a very short time. Now, David was the former comptroller general of the United States. Basically, he signed the checks that were written for the government. He resigned – and this is maybe hearsay, but I heard he resigned because he wasn&#x27;t going to sign checks anymore that were going to bounce. He was tired of that. Well, we&#x27;re still borrowing at a record rate. You know, we don&#x27;t have the internal capacity to kind of fund our own spending.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, I could understand – if I was in that position, I&#x27;d feel that frustration too. Now, but let&#x27;s look at it. Now, one of the things there in the movie was just how little we have done to keep Iran from getting nuclear weapons and at the same time reducing our stock. And actually, the AP did a false fact check on your movie, and they said that wasn&#x27;t true. And we&#x27;ve got a list of some of the false fact checks that AP claimed were not true that were in the movie. But let&#x27;s talk about this. What is the master goal here when you&#x27;re letting these little rogue nations build a nuclear arsenal? At the same time, the goal here is to reduce ours down to nothing. Yeah. Now, it isn&#x27;t a bad goal to want to reduce nuclear weapons. President Reagan had that. Jimmy Carter had that. You know, other presidents have had this. Bill Clinton. That&#x27;s not the bad goal.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> You know, I think everybody would like a nuclear-free world. However, in light of the fact that you have China modernizing their nuclear weapons, you have North Korea doing the same, and you have Iran pursuing nuclear weapons in a ballistic capacity, too, that they could shoot a missile or put it on a ship or some other form. You know, that is where it gets dangerous. And so at the current time under the START treaty, we&#x27;re to reduce our weapons down to about 1,500 nuclear warheads. A couple other countries are kind of doing that, too. But at the same time, we have other countries, as I mentioned, Iran, North Korea, China, all kind of modernizing and or developing weapons. So this creates a very dangerous situation moving forward and one that, you know, has to be addressed and is currently not being addressed by this administration.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about the idea of doing a movie to begin with and how it has grown from one screen up to a gigantic amount of screens, just the growth and the buzz. Has that surprised you? It has. You know, it really has. I mean, we started on one screen in Houston. It did extremely well there, so we knew we had something on our hands so we could manage it well and get the word out there. But we had to prove, you know, to the theater chains, look at, you know, we&#x27;re something you should be putting on the screen compared to other movies. And we were an unknown entity. But over the weeks, we proved ourselves. And we had a huge jump a couple weeks ago where we went from 169 screens and we were the number 13 movie in the country on just 169 screens. And we jumped to 1,091. And at the same time, our per screen average, which is very important in our industry, in the movie industry, didn&#x27;t drop hardly at all.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And it was a real indicator that there was a real hunger and a real audience out there for 2016. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan, co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. And you say the first screen you started was Houston. Now, I&#x27;m a master of puns sometimes in my own head. But I would have thought if I would have started in Houston, the title would have been or the subtitle, Houston, we have a problem. That&#x27;s true. Well, it might be more appropriate. Washington, D.C., we have a problem. But, yeah, we started in Houston and we had a huge audience come out for the show. And we started in one theater and a 140-seat theater there by the afternoon. It had already sold out. They put us to a 300-seat auditorium. That sold out. So they added a second show. I mean, the buzz just started immediately on the movie.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> It just never stopped. We continue to every week add more and more theaters as we march along. You know, I keep seeing these headlines, you know, 2016 shocks Hollywood, all this. It&#x27;s all audience-driven. The audience is driving this demand and showing that there&#x27;s a real hunger out there to know more about President Obama. Yeah. Now, I mean, so what is the plan going forward? What are you guys going to do next? Or where&#x27;s the movie going to go next? I mean, what&#x27;s the master plan here? Because it&#x27;s growing, not shrinking here with the number of screens. Correct. We will continue to add screens as the demand grows for it. You know, it&#x27;s over 2,000 screens at this point in time. Our ninth week, I believe, of release, which is just unheard of in the movie business, usually started a big number and moved very quickly to zero.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We started with one and gone up to thousands. And it just continues to go. You know, every week we&#x27;re pleasantly surprised by the response to it and the demand. And we&#x27;ve got theaters calling us all across the country looking to keep 2016 going. So I think it&#x27;ll be out there for quite a while. It&#x27;ll be going for probably another couple months that this film will be out in theaters. And eventually it&#x27;ll make its way to DVD and, you know, VOD and rentals and all that stuff. But it&#x27;s going strong in the theaters. So we&#x27;re very happy with that. Now, Dinesh D&#x27;Souza was the star of the show, if you want to look at a star. I mean, there&#x27;s no special effects. There&#x27;s no explosion scenes, not like a Bourne identity or Bourne kind of movie. But he traveled around. Now, did you travel with him across the span of the globe like he did? Not on all. We had several crews do that.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a kind of a co-director title with Dinesh and myself. He did a lot of the on-ground stuff. I did a number of the shooting the recreations and different scenes we had and some of the other footage. So it was truly a shared job and responsibility that we did. And then we co-wrote the movie together. But we do. We travel to Hawaii, Indonesia, Kenya. And we go to places where news crews and documentary crews have never been. It was quite shocking, though, when our crew was in Kenya. And we asked some of the people, well, who&#x27;s been here to interview you? And they said, you&#x27;re the first. Nobody else has been here to interview us. And these were close, very close friends to Barack Obama Sr. and it kind of showed us that there was no vetting going on of the president at the end of the day by the mainstream news agencies. And so it was very intriguing to do that.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, there was one scene there where it got kind of testy, it looked like, where the tribal leaders or whatever it was didn&#x27;t want the film anymore. So basically kicked you out for or kicked the film crew out. And they left wisely because it might have got kind of dicey there. Yeah, that was we were in Kogelo, Kenya, which is just outside of Nairobi by a couple hours. And that is where the Obama clan is and the grave of Barack Obama Sr. and his grandfather are. And we were supposed to interview Granny Obama, Granny Sarah. And at first the crew was welcomed there. But slowly kind of the mood changed there when they called Ioma, the president&#x27;s half-sister. And we were asked to kind of leave. And things kind of turned a little bit sour. And we were really concerned, not so much for the safety. I mean, that was one concern, but it was more that our gear would get confiscated, you know,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> all of our camera gear and all of that. And we traveled thousands of miles to be in Kenya to shoot. And we had a lot more shooting to go. So we didn&#x27;t want that to happen. So the crew booked back to Nairobi. I wonder what kind of reception you&#x27;d get if you visited Elizabeth Warren&#x27;s tribe. Well, we&#x27;d have to find it first. And then maybe we&#x27;ll find out there. But I&#x27;m sure it would be kind of a similar reception there. We&#x27;d probably have to be scrambling so our gear wasn&#x27;t confiscated. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan. He&#x27;s co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. It&#x27;s a great documentary. And one final question before I let you go, John. The question is, do you think 2016 would have been as popular if the media really vetted Obama in 2008? No, I don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> I don&#x27;t think we would have had a job in putting out this film. If the media had really done and asked the tough questions. I mean, we even have Tom Brokaw right before the election with Charlie Rose. These are two venerable news guys known in journalism. And they&#x27;re both saying, I don&#x27;t know Barack Obama&#x27;s worldview. I really don&#x27;t know him. The tough questions haven&#x27;t been asked of him. And this is five days before the election. When you have two journalists of that stature saying those comments, I think it is an absolute reflection of the poor job that was done by the media in general about who Barack Obama was and who he is today and where he would take America. Where can someone listening find out more about the movie? They can visit our website, which is 2016themovie.com.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 2016themovie.com. If you want to find a theater, just click on the theater button and you can choose your state or choose on the map there. And it will bring it up. And, again, we&#x27;re in thousands of screens and theaters right now. So there should be one within just a few miles of you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll put a link to that website on our website as well as this complete interview if you joined us late and want to listen again or want to share with your friends. Of course, the website for us is financialsafari.com, financialsafari.com. John, we enjoyed this interview, and I hope we can have you on again around election time. Oh, that would be great. Thank you, Coach Pete, for having me on. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Sullivan</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Sullivan, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/image.jpg?t=1792071687&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-sullivan-behind-2016-obama-s-america/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/image.jpg?t=1792071687&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>654</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10490483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-sullivan-behind-2016-obama-s-america</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>164</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Behind 2016: Obama’s America" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Martin Jacques: When China Rules the World</title>
      <itunes:title>Martin Jacques: When China Rules the World</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making. And, of course, we are living in an ever-more global economy. And there are certain factors that go into how this economy and, in fact, how the world will be shaped into the coming years, decades, and century. And Mr. Martin Jakes is here with us. He is the author of When China Rules the World, The End of the Western World and the Birth of a New Global Order. Mr. Jakes, thank you for joining us. My pleasure. Now, first question, is it really that serious? Do you feel that the end of the Western world and the birth of a new global order really is upon us?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I think that, I mean, it&#x27;s not a fact, but it&#x27;s, of course, a process. And by the end of the Western world, of course, I don&#x27;t mean literally the end of the Western world. I mean the end of a world which has been overwhelmingly shaped by the West over the last 200 years. I think that situation is already just beginning to shift. And Western power, in that sense, is in decline. So each culture, Mr. Jakes, really has a centricity about it where that culture&#x27;s history in their books is the most important history and what they focus on. How does the strong sense of superiority rooted in China&#x27;s history promise to resurface the 21st century and reshape the Chinese thought of superiority?</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Yeah, well, of course, this is absolutely crucial question is what is the nature of China? How do the Chinese think? What is the sort of legacy of history, if you like? And I think the Chinese approach to these things is very different from the Western history. China actually has not and never has been a particularly expansionist power, except on its own sort of landmass, if you like. It&#x27;s never tried to colonize anywhere. And it&#x27;s never tried to project its power in maritime forms. So I think the way China is likely to influence the world, and it will undoubtedly seek to influence the world, it&#x27;ll have major global interests and it will have power, huge power, I think, economically, which will spill over into all sorts of forms, political, cultural, military, and so on over time.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> But I think that unlike the West, the Chinese view of themselves is essentially, you know, theirs is a great civilization. This is the oldest civilization. It&#x27;s had many great periods, which indeed it has. And it is this side, this what I&#x27;ll call sort of cultural pride, this sense of Chinese civilization being the greatest civilization, this notion of Chinese superiority, I think, which will probably be the most distinctive feature of Chinese global power. In other words, when people worry about Chinese military power, I think they&#x27;re largely barking up the wrong tree. I don&#x27;t mean that China isn&#x27;t going to develop significant military power. Of course it is. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s, as it were, going to be its calling card.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Its calling card is going to be, in that sense, much more cultural. How does the size and population, the sheer mass of China, play into this? Well, I think that this is crucial because the reason why China is going to become dominant, and there is not economically dominant, and there&#x27;s nothing the United States can do about it, in my view, over the coming decades to prevent this situation. It&#x27;s going to happen. And the reason it&#x27;s going to happen is because, you know, you had a remarkable situation for 200 years, from 1800, and the British Industrial Revolution, when China did not economically take off. And when the circumstances arrived in which it was able to economically take off and have its Industrial Revolution 200 years after the British,</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> then it was inevitable that with a population of 1.3 billion people, it was going to be an economic colysis. And that is exactly what it&#x27;s going to be. So this was something which was long postponed, but once it happened, was inevitable. So they&#x27;re quickly catching up, though. How do you see China affecting the shape of our economy moving into the future from here? What, do you mean the American economy? Correct. Well, I think that so far, the relationship between the American economy and the Chinese economy has been pretty interdependent and symbiotic. I mean, what China specialized in was a very cheap end production, and it&#x27;s that essentially which make up the great bulk of China&#x27;s exports to the United States.</p><p><strong>05:05</strong> Now, I think over time, that&#x27;s going to change because, obviously, China is going to steadily move up the value chain and make more sophisticated products. It&#x27;ll take time, but it will happen. And as that point arrives, then China will become more competitive with the United States. But, you know, in the modern world, I think that the process of globalization, the growing interaction, exposure of various economies to each other and so on. So new forms of interdependency will be established between the United States and China. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s anything particularly to angst out about. I think that America will respond to that and hopefully we&#x27;ll be able to adjust to it.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> And how about the strength of the U.S. dollar versus the strength of the Chinese currency and the yen? Is that of concern to you into the future? Well, certainly it&#x27;s an area where we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, looking at it broadly speaking, I mean, I think the dollar is no longer able to sustain its reserve currency role in the way that it was in the past. I think that the American economy vis-a-vis the total global economy is no longer strong enough to sustain it without quite a lot of difficulty. And that difficulty, I think, will increase. Meanwhile, the renminbi, the Chinese currency, which hitherto has not been convertible and has not been available,</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> the Chinese have just started to set in motion since the end of 2008, making it available outside its own borders for the payment of trade. And that means, in the first instance, I think China will pay for a significant range of its imports from developing countries in the renminbi and vice versa. And I think that that spells the decline of the dollar in trading terms because, you know, I mean, the HSBC has estimated that – I don&#x27;t know whether this has come true, but I noticed it&#x27;s estimated that between 2013 and 2015, half of China&#x27;s trade with the developing world – and remember, half of China&#x27;s total trade is with the developing world – half of that trade with the developing world will be paid for in the renminbi.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Well, I assume now the great majority of that trade is paid for in the dollar. So, I mean, in the medium term – not in the next 10 years, but in the medium term – I think that the renminbi will progressively replace the dollar as the dominant global currency. So certainly something to think about as we are looking out into the future of this new global economy. And you mentioned this symbiotic relationship that America and China and our two economies have had and the development of more sophisticated products coming out of China. Now, to me, it seems like they&#x27;ve already developed many sophisticated products. I&#x27;m, of course, in a radio studio here, and I&#x27;m looking around at all the technology, and I think at least 90 percent of this stuff was probably made in China.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> And I&#x27;m not sure if you heard about this, but recently the new iPhone 5 was released. And, of course, that is largely produced in China. I heard through the news outlets that five colleges in the city that the iPhone 5 is produced in actually suspended classes and sent their students to go have an internship at the plant and at the factories, the production outlets that the production outlets that the iPhone 5 was produced at. What advantage is this type of compulsory workforce that China can mobilize over the American workforce? Well, I don&#x27;t think it needs any compulsion, actually. I think that the Chinese workforce is very, very curious and very, very anxious to learn.</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> I mean, it embraces the possibilities of the future with an enthusiasm which, I&#x27;m afraid, leaves us in the West in a rather poor light. It doesn&#x27;t require compulsion. I mean, you know, the truth is that the Chinese are absolutely enthralled by their transformation. And so, you know, enthrallment breeds enthusiasm and commitment, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ve got. But the point I want to make is that this kind of production for Apple, for example, which is basically done in – I mean, the major supplier is Foxconn, and that is, you know, a major employee in China. But it&#x27;s actually a Taiwanese firm. That basically, you know, when you look around your studio and say, well, you know, this is made in China and that&#x27;s made in China, often by subsidiaries of overseas companies, including American.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> And, you know, so that in a way, the characteristic form of Chinese contribution so far to global production has been as a component manufacturer supplying major foreign multinationals and, most importantly, American. Now, what I mean by rising up the value chain is the rise of Chinese firms and the rise of Chinese patents, Chinese innovations and so on. Now, that is not – I mean, there are Chinese firms operating in the United States, but they&#x27;re not – you know, they&#x27;re not yet major players. And we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, a firm like Huawei, which is a very sophisticated telecommunications producer, is an example of this.</p><p><strong>10:47</strong> Solar Panels is another example. The biggest firm in the world, Suntech, is a Chinese firm. Likewise, wind turbines. So you can – or high-speed rail. You know, they&#x27;re getting into high-speed rail in a big way. So you&#x27;re seeing the rise of new forms of production by Chinese companies as opposed to either Western or Japanese multinationals or being sort of subcontracted to them. So that&#x27;s the big shift. Those are all initiatives – And that&#x27;s, I think, what we&#x27;re going to see. Those are all initiatives that we are trying to push heavily here in America. It seems that we&#x27;re behind the curve then. Well, I think that in some areas that might be true, and in some areas it&#x27;s not true. I mean, you take an area like infrastructure.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> Now, because the United States, like Europe, by the way, has hugely neglected its infrastructure. So your infrastructure, you know, if you go to the airports in the States or the railways or what have you, railway stations, you know, they are a tribute to the past, not a testimony to the future. Now, if you go to China, you know, you get, you know, airports – there are countless very modern airports, fantastic expressway systems. You know, they&#x27;ve already got the largest high-speed rail system in the world, and soon they will have a network larger than the rest of the world put together. Now, in that sort of area, then there&#x27;s no question China leads the United States. And indeed, I think, with great benefit, the United States would use Chinese know-how and Chinese companies and so on to help modernize the infrastructure and even provide funding for it.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> I mean, because America is short of money. That, I think, would be a perfectly reasonable thing for the United States to do. So it sounds like you are enthusiastic about the effects of China on the evolution of our global economy into the future. Yeah, I mean, look, how can we not be? This was a country that was dirt poor. It comprises 20 percent of the world&#x27;s population. It lived in great poverty. So to see the transformation of one-fifth of humanity from a situation of really serious poverty, but, you know, to a situation where they are rising up to a situation of relative material well-being, with all that that means in terms of expectation of life, lifestyle, and providing markets for the rest of us and so on,</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> that has got to be a good thing. And so you feel like China has evolved and is coming a long way and is certainly making progress. What effects do you foresee this to have on the American economy in the coming decades? Well, I think it&#x27;s going to pose a great challenge to the American economy. I mean, so far China&#x27;s been so behind the United States that it was almost like chalk and cheese. You know, China was the supplier of very cheap manufactured goods, consumer goods and so on, to America. Now, when China – as China becomes a more sophisticated economy and a more variegated economy with some very advanced aspects to it, as well as this kind of grunt, low-value grunt phenomenon that we&#x27;re very used to now,</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> then this is definitely going to pose a challenge to the United States. But, you know, I think that&#x27;s going to be difficult. People are going to suffer from it in the United States, but it&#x27;s also going to provide a challenge and therefore a source of stimulus to the United States. Oh, you know, I mean, it&#x27;s going to persuade America it needs to do this, it needs to do that. It can&#x27;t carry on with this dilapidated, antiquated infrastructure. It needs to do something about it. And where will the lesson come from? The lesson comes from China. So I think it could have a very stimulating, positive effect. You know, that&#x27;s what competition does, isn&#x27;t it? And the main thing is that the competition is economic competition or, you know, cultural competition and so on, and not military competition. We do tend to thrive and advance in the face of challenge and adversity here in America.</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> So certainly this is something that we will need to be looking at certainly a little closer into the future. And I enjoyed the insights in your book. Again, it&#x27;s When China Rules the World, the End of the Western World, and the Birth of a New Global Order, Mr. Martin Jacks. Where is the book available? Where can people pick it up? It&#x27;s been available since 2009 in hardback. It&#x27;s sold incredibly well in America, actually. And what&#x27;s happened now is I&#x27;ve just produced a new edition, which is in paperback form. So, you know, it&#x27;s much cheaper. And you can get it from, you know, any decent bookshop will have it. And, of course, you can get it on, you know, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble site and so on. So it&#x27;s readily accessible and well-known. So, you know, all good bookshops at Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble.</p><p><strong>15:46</strong> All right. Thank you for being here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciated the time and the insights that you provided us in the book. Thank you for being here. Thank you very much. Take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making. And, of course, we are living in an ever-more global economy. And there are certain factors that go into how this economy and, in fact, how the world will be shaped into the coming years, decades, and century. And Mr. Martin Jakes is here with us. He is the author of When China Rules the World, The End of the Western World and the Birth of a New Global Order. Mr. Jakes, thank you for joining us. My pleasure. Now, first question, is it really that serious? Do you feel that the end of the Western world and the birth of a new global order really is upon us?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I think that, I mean, it&#x27;s not a fact, but it&#x27;s, of course, a process. And by the end of the Western world, of course, I don&#x27;t mean literally the end of the Western world. I mean the end of a world which has been overwhelmingly shaped by the West over the last 200 years. I think that situation is already just beginning to shift. And Western power, in that sense, is in decline. So each culture, Mr. Jakes, really has a centricity about it where that culture&#x27;s history in their books is the most important history and what they focus on. How does the strong sense of superiority rooted in China&#x27;s history promise to resurface the 21st century and reshape the Chinese thought of superiority?</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Yeah, well, of course, this is absolutely crucial question is what is the nature of China? How do the Chinese think? What is the sort of legacy of history, if you like? And I think the Chinese approach to these things is very different from the Western history. China actually has not and never has been a particularly expansionist power, except on its own sort of landmass, if you like. It&#x27;s never tried to colonize anywhere. And it&#x27;s never tried to project its power in maritime forms. So I think the way China is likely to influence the world, and it will undoubtedly seek to influence the world, it&#x27;ll have major global interests and it will have power, huge power, I think, economically, which will spill over into all sorts of forms, political, cultural, military, and so on over time.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> But I think that unlike the West, the Chinese view of themselves is essentially, you know, theirs is a great civilization. This is the oldest civilization. It&#x27;s had many great periods, which indeed it has. And it is this side, this what I&#x27;ll call sort of cultural pride, this sense of Chinese civilization being the greatest civilization, this notion of Chinese superiority, I think, which will probably be the most distinctive feature of Chinese global power. In other words, when people worry about Chinese military power, I think they&#x27;re largely barking up the wrong tree. I don&#x27;t mean that China isn&#x27;t going to develop significant military power. Of course it is. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s, as it were, going to be its calling card.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Its calling card is going to be, in that sense, much more cultural. How does the size and population, the sheer mass of China, play into this? Well, I think that this is crucial because the reason why China is going to become dominant, and there is not economically dominant, and there&#x27;s nothing the United States can do about it, in my view, over the coming decades to prevent this situation. It&#x27;s going to happen. And the reason it&#x27;s going to happen is because, you know, you had a remarkable situation for 200 years, from 1800, and the British Industrial Revolution, when China did not economically take off. And when the circumstances arrived in which it was able to economically take off and have its Industrial Revolution 200 years after the British,</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> then it was inevitable that with a population of 1.3 billion people, it was going to be an economic colysis. And that is exactly what it&#x27;s going to be. So this was something which was long postponed, but once it happened, was inevitable. So they&#x27;re quickly catching up, though. How do you see China affecting the shape of our economy moving into the future from here? What, do you mean the American economy? Correct. Well, I think that so far, the relationship between the American economy and the Chinese economy has been pretty interdependent and symbiotic. I mean, what China specialized in was a very cheap end production, and it&#x27;s that essentially which make up the great bulk of China&#x27;s exports to the United States.</p><p><strong>05:05</strong> Now, I think over time, that&#x27;s going to change because, obviously, China is going to steadily move up the value chain and make more sophisticated products. It&#x27;ll take time, but it will happen. And as that point arrives, then China will become more competitive with the United States. But, you know, in the modern world, I think that the process of globalization, the growing interaction, exposure of various economies to each other and so on. So new forms of interdependency will be established between the United States and China. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s anything particularly to angst out about. I think that America will respond to that and hopefully we&#x27;ll be able to adjust to it.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> And how about the strength of the U.S. dollar versus the strength of the Chinese currency and the yen? Is that of concern to you into the future? Well, certainly it&#x27;s an area where we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, looking at it broadly speaking, I mean, I think the dollar is no longer able to sustain its reserve currency role in the way that it was in the past. I think that the American economy vis-a-vis the total global economy is no longer strong enough to sustain it without quite a lot of difficulty. And that difficulty, I think, will increase. Meanwhile, the renminbi, the Chinese currency, which hitherto has not been convertible and has not been available,</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> the Chinese have just started to set in motion since the end of 2008, making it available outside its own borders for the payment of trade. And that means, in the first instance, I think China will pay for a significant range of its imports from developing countries in the renminbi and vice versa. And I think that that spells the decline of the dollar in trading terms because, you know, I mean, the HSBC has estimated that – I don&#x27;t know whether this has come true, but I noticed it&#x27;s estimated that between 2013 and 2015, half of China&#x27;s trade with the developing world – and remember, half of China&#x27;s total trade is with the developing world – half of that trade with the developing world will be paid for in the renminbi.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Well, I assume now the great majority of that trade is paid for in the dollar. So, I mean, in the medium term – not in the next 10 years, but in the medium term – I think that the renminbi will progressively replace the dollar as the dominant global currency. So certainly something to think about as we are looking out into the future of this new global economy. And you mentioned this symbiotic relationship that America and China and our two economies have had and the development of more sophisticated products coming out of China. Now, to me, it seems like they&#x27;ve already developed many sophisticated products. I&#x27;m, of course, in a radio studio here, and I&#x27;m looking around at all the technology, and I think at least 90 percent of this stuff was probably made in China.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> And I&#x27;m not sure if you heard about this, but recently the new iPhone 5 was released. And, of course, that is largely produced in China. I heard through the news outlets that five colleges in the city that the iPhone 5 is produced in actually suspended classes and sent their students to go have an internship at the plant and at the factories, the production outlets that the production outlets that the iPhone 5 was produced at. What advantage is this type of compulsory workforce that China can mobilize over the American workforce? Well, I don&#x27;t think it needs any compulsion, actually. I think that the Chinese workforce is very, very curious and very, very anxious to learn.</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> I mean, it embraces the possibilities of the future with an enthusiasm which, I&#x27;m afraid, leaves us in the West in a rather poor light. It doesn&#x27;t require compulsion. I mean, you know, the truth is that the Chinese are absolutely enthralled by their transformation. And so, you know, enthrallment breeds enthusiasm and commitment, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ve got. But the point I want to make is that this kind of production for Apple, for example, which is basically done in – I mean, the major supplier is Foxconn, and that is, you know, a major employee in China. But it&#x27;s actually a Taiwanese firm. That basically, you know, when you look around your studio and say, well, you know, this is made in China and that&#x27;s made in China, often by subsidiaries of overseas companies, including American.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> And, you know, so that in a way, the characteristic form of Chinese contribution so far to global production has been as a component manufacturer supplying major foreign multinationals and, most importantly, American. Now, what I mean by rising up the value chain is the rise of Chinese firms and the rise of Chinese patents, Chinese innovations and so on. Now, that is not – I mean, there are Chinese firms operating in the United States, but they&#x27;re not – you know, they&#x27;re not yet major players. And we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, a firm like Huawei, which is a very sophisticated telecommunications producer, is an example of this.</p><p><strong>10:47</strong> Solar Panels is another example. The biggest firm in the world, Suntech, is a Chinese firm. Likewise, wind turbines. So you can – or high-speed rail. You know, they&#x27;re getting into high-speed rail in a big way. So you&#x27;re seeing the rise of new forms of production by Chinese companies as opposed to either Western or Japanese multinationals or being sort of subcontracted to them. So that&#x27;s the big shift. Those are all initiatives – And that&#x27;s, I think, what we&#x27;re going to see. Those are all initiatives that we are trying to push heavily here in America. It seems that we&#x27;re behind the curve then. Well, I think that in some areas that might be true, and in some areas it&#x27;s not true. I mean, you take an area like infrastructure.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> Now, because the United States, like Europe, by the way, has hugely neglected its infrastructure. So your infrastructure, you know, if you go to the airports in the States or the railways or what have you, railway stations, you know, they are a tribute to the past, not a testimony to the future. Now, if you go to China, you know, you get, you know, airports – there are countless very modern airports, fantastic expressway systems. You know, they&#x27;ve already got the largest high-speed rail system in the world, and soon they will have a network larger than the rest of the world put together. Now, in that sort of area, then there&#x27;s no question China leads the United States. And indeed, I think, with great benefit, the United States would use Chinese know-how and Chinese companies and so on to help modernize the infrastructure and even provide funding for it.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> I mean, because America is short of money. That, I think, would be a perfectly reasonable thing for the United States to do. So it sounds like you are enthusiastic about the effects of China on the evolution of our global economy into the future. Yeah, I mean, look, how can we not be? This was a country that was dirt poor. It comprises 20 percent of the world&#x27;s population. It lived in great poverty. So to see the transformation of one-fifth of humanity from a situation of really serious poverty, but, you know, to a situation where they are rising up to a situation of relative material well-being, with all that that means in terms of expectation of life, lifestyle, and providing markets for the rest of us and so on,</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> that has got to be a good thing. And so you feel like China has evolved and is coming a long way and is certainly making progress. What effects do you foresee this to have on the American economy in the coming decades? Well, I think it&#x27;s going to pose a great challenge to the American economy. I mean, so far China&#x27;s been so behind the United States that it was almost like chalk and cheese. You know, China was the supplier of very cheap manufactured goods, consumer goods and so on, to America. Now, when China – as China becomes a more sophisticated economy and a more variegated economy with some very advanced aspects to it, as well as this kind of grunt, low-value grunt phenomenon that we&#x27;re very used to now,</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> then this is definitely going to pose a challenge to the United States. But, you know, I think that&#x27;s going to be difficult. People are going to suffer from it in the United States, but it&#x27;s also going to provide a challenge and therefore a source of stimulus to the United States. Oh, you know, I mean, it&#x27;s going to persuade America it needs to do this, it needs to do that. It can&#x27;t carry on with this dilapidated, antiquated infrastructure. It needs to do something about it. And where will the lesson come from? The lesson comes from China. So I think it could have a very stimulating, positive effect. You know, that&#x27;s what competition does, isn&#x27;t it? And the main thing is that the competition is economic competition or, you know, cultural competition and so on, and not military competition. We do tend to thrive and advance in the face of challenge and adversity here in America.</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> So certainly this is something that we will need to be looking at certainly a little closer into the future. And I enjoyed the insights in your book. Again, it&#x27;s When China Rules the World, the End of the Western World, and the Birth of a New Global Order, Mr. Martin Jacks. Where is the book available? Where can people pick it up? It&#x27;s been available since 2009 in hardback. It&#x27;s sold incredibly well in America, actually. And what&#x27;s happened now is I&#x27;ve just produced a new edition, which is in paperback form. So, you know, it&#x27;s much cheaper. And you can get it from, you know, any decent bookshop will have it. And, of course, you can get it on, you know, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble site and so on. So it&#x27;s readily accessible and well-known. So, you know, all good bookshops at Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble.</p><p><strong>15:46</strong> All right. Thank you for being here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciated the time and the insights that you provided us in the book. Thank you for being here. Thank you very much. Take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Martin Jacques</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Martin Jacques, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/image.jpg?t=1792071695&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-jacques-when-china-rules-the-world/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/image.jpg?t=1792071695&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>956</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15330664" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-jacques-when-china-rules-the-world</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>165</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="When China Rules the World" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Valvano: The V Foundation and Never Giving Up</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Valvano: The V Foundation and Never Giving Up</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss the V Foundation for Cancer Research. This September 2012 interview reflects on Jim Valvano’s message, cancer research, and ways people can support the foundation’s work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And in this segment of the program, we have a very special guest in studio with us, and he&#x27;s joined us on previous shows over the years. He is head of the V Foundation for Cancer Research. Of course, Nick Valvano is with us. And of course, we remember your brother&#x27;s very moving speech almost 20 years ago, Nick, from the ESPYs and that never give up speech. And all the research that you guys have done for cancer and battling cancer since then, we just want to bring you on the program again. Thank you for the job that you&#x27;re doing and talk a little bit about what the V Foundation for Cancer Research is all about. I&#x27;m thankful for the invitation and the opportunity. It&#x27;s activities like this that help us get the name about the foundation out there and help people get more aware about the fight against</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> cancer. So it&#x27;s kind of invaluable service that you offer us. So I&#x27;m very grateful. The same for you. Invaluable service that you provide as well. And I know that you take part in a number of different programs to raise awareness for the V Foundation, the golf classic, some of the special events that you hold where you bring some of the big names and the legends from coaching and college basketball back and let the average person sit with them and just figure out what they&#x27;re all about. Tell us, Nick, what it is that the foundation is all about. What are you guys trying to achieve and how over the past 19 years has the foundation progressed? Well, I think that we&#x27;ll go back to the beginning. I think when Jimmy was diagnosed in 1992 at 46</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years old, we weren&#x27;t prepared for him that young to be so sick and for the diagnosis to be so serious. So, you know, you do a couple of things. You go through the self-pity period for a while and why me, why me? And Jimmy always used to say, why me? You&#x27;re older. Why not you? Only as a true brother would do. Right. And then after it settled on and ESPN called Jim and said, you know, would you like our help in starting a foundation? Did we actually even give it any kind of thought that we might be able to strike back at this disease that takes so many of these loved people or loved ones away? And so we started in February planning and, you know, my brother, if anything, was a driven guy and you just give him,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> if you ever wanted Jim to do something, all you had to say is, Jimmy, you can&#x27;t do it. And he wanted to prove you wrong. And then from the time he was a little child, you know, you tell him he can&#x27;t do it. He&#x27;d find a way to prove you wrong. Sounds like me and you, Peter. And, you know, we started asking family and friends to help. And I don&#x27;t think at that time did we think anything more than, hey, we&#x27;re helping this guy we love fight this battle. And we didn&#x27;t know where we were going. We didn&#x27;t know this destination. We didn&#x27;t know anything about cancer research. We just knew that a lot of people were dying from it. And research is so important. I mean, the funds that you guys get and everything that people give to the V Foundation goes to that research, which is so important.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> It&#x27;s not one of those black hole kind of charities, Peter, where people write a check for $100 and like $2 goes to the real research and $98 goes to the fat cats. It&#x27;s not the way it is. That&#x27;s what I like about what Nick does. We&#x27;re still fighting, trying to give 100% of everything that we raised to research. And we&#x27;ll do that this year. I think probably the thing that sticks in my mind when we had Jim&#x27;s funeral down here that went right past your office, as a matter of fact, on the way to the cemetery, Jim&#x27;s appeal was to everybody, whether you were a corporate executive, whether you were a UNC fan or a Duke fan. It doesn&#x27;t matter. It crossed a lot of borders. Well, me and Peter are both UNC alum, but we love Jim Valvan. And I think what we&#x27;ve tried to do is, what I&#x27;ve learned, is most people want to fight this disease</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and most people don&#x27;t know how to do it. So one of the things we attempt to do is at least give those people a vehicle if they want to fight this disease. We try and keep much of the money that we raise in the communities that we raise it. But we don&#x27;t forget how we felt when Jim was diagnosed and how everybody must feel when somebody they love gets it. So you don&#x27;t have a place to turn. In 1993, we didn&#x27;t. We try and make the foundation something that would be available to people to help them or if they want to take on this battle to join us. Well, it&#x27;s a good way to pool resources and put it all towards a common goal. And I think everyone who&#x27;s listening knows somebody who&#x27;s had cancer or has a run in with cancer. It has affected one in three is what I&#x27;ve seen.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> It&#x27;s going to get us. Sooner or later, someone we know will be touched by it. And probably one of the things that frustrates me most is, even though it&#x27;s getting better, people don&#x27;t like to talk about it. You know what&#x27;s amazing is the younger generation. I&#x27;m going to be 70 in October, so there&#x27;s a lot of younger generations in my mind. They get it. These kids get it. They listen to Jim&#x27;s speech. Still, today. And they&#x27;re 15 years old or 14 years old, and they get it. And that&#x27;s a wonderful, hopeful thing that that generation understands the seriousness of fighting this disease. Because the attention span for the youngsters these days is very small, but I&#x27;ve sat there and watched them. There&#x27;s 127 characters, I think. That&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ll watch that speech, and they&#x27;ll watch it over and over again, which is – that&#x27;s how powerful your brother was. I&#x27;m 46, by the way.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s what I mean. So, yeah, yeah. It was so moving to see that speech, and I remember watching that speech and just being touched by the emotion of what was being conveyed. And that&#x27;s something that, as a family member, as a close person, as a loved one of somebody who has been touched by this disease, it tears you up just as much as it&#x27;s tearing them up. And that&#x27;s – you know, you have to really relate to all of the people that you&#x27;ve helped, I mean, so closely. They have to seem like family to you, Nick. They do. They do. As a matter of fact, we get incredibly close to them because you&#x27;re helping at a time that is tragic, you know. And so there&#x27;s a tough balance to try and keep between those three things Jim said we had to do every day, which is laugh, think, and cry, and keep the balance there, you know.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> When he was a kid, he did that to my parents. He made them laugh. He made them cry a lot, too. He was a handful. Now, you – the way they get donations in, I mean, people forget about – when basketball season&#x27;s not on, a lot of times people forget. But cancer doesn&#x27;t take a break. There&#x27;s no season for cancer. Not at all. And you have a big event each year with Dick Vitale. And we were talking before you came on about how that has grown. How did it start? And how big is that getting now? Well, you know, Dick and Jim became much closer after Jim got sick. But they know each other from when Jim played at Rutgers and Dick was a high school coach in – I forget, but – around the area. And Dick Vitale is what – what you see is what you get. The guy&#x27;s all heart. He&#x27;s all emotion. He&#x27;s impatient. You know, his attention span is not as good as you would like it to be.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> But you couldn&#x27;t have a better friend. And, you know, as we were trying – every now and then I have to look at the foundation as a business. And we&#x27;re trying to grow our brand and trying – as much as I think everybody knew my brother, there are a lot of people – at least once a year in some place where a woman comes up to me and says, I heard your brother was a hell of a football coach. Well, close. You gotta give him credit. Appreciate the compliment. Thank you. And, you know, and so I went to Dick about eight years ago and asked he and Lorraine, his wife, if they would hold an event at their house that would introduce us to the people of Tampa, Sarasota area, so that we could give a pitch about here&#x27;s what we do. We&#x27;d like to do some fundraising in this area of Florida and award resource grants to Moffitt Cancer Center, World Children&#x27;s Cancer Center, et cetera.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And Dick said, well, how many people do you want? And I said, well, I&#x27;d like like maybe 12, 15 couples. He said, what? 12, 15 couples? Lorraine, remember that party we had a month ago? How many people do we have there? She said, well, I had 200. So I said, well, then we gotta do at least 250. Right? And so he changed the idea of a small gathering to one where he would invite college coaches to come to attend this fundraising event at his home. And we would promote it as evening with the stars. And each table, $10,000 a table, $1,000 a seat, would have at least, would have a coach, a division one coach. And what Dick used to do is before he did a game, he would go to you and say, Peter, I&#x27;m having an event in my house in May.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> We were able to make it. Now, what are you going to say before you go on? If not, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to come out on air, right? You better say this. So the first year, seven years ago, I think we raised about $400,000. And this May, we just finished the event. It&#x27;s now at the Ritz-Carlton in Sarasota. We had 850 people and raised $1.4 million. That&#x27;s incredible. And that money goes primarily to pediatric cancer research, that money. So what we&#x27;re doing is we&#x27;re doing like you all do when you need help. You go to your friends and you ask your friends to help. But we try and do it in a way that will benefit the community in which we&#x27;re raising the money. I mean, we give grants all across the United States, but we like to keep about 40% of it and keep it local.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> 40% to 50% local. Here on the Financial Safari, we have campaigned and asked our listeners to give donations. And we will accept donations on your behalf or at least give folks a conduit to make donations to the Jimmy V Foundation. And we actually have a check to present to you today. It&#x27;s not quite in the amount of Dick Vitale&#x27;s event there, but it&#x27;s been from our listeners. And, Coach, actually, do you want to talk about what we ask folks to do and how we ask for those donations? Yeah, well, I&#x27;m an investment advisor, so I do fee-only planning. And I can put together plans for folks, and I charge on an hourly basis. But if they&#x27;ll write a check for at least $50 to the V Foundation, I&#x27;ll give them an hour of financial planning at no cost. So we&#x27;ll limit that to about 25 people, and I&#x27;ll match the donations that they give.</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> And so if they call right now, we&#x27;ll do that in the next couple weeks. And maybe, now we were talking to Nick before he came on the air, his brother had written a cookbook years ago. And if he could find enough of those, if people will give, like if they&#x27;ll double their donation up to 100, see if we can get them a copy of that book, too, if Nick can find a couple. I can find 25 of them. Yeah, so that would be great. I&#x27;ll take them back from my brother and my dad. No, we can find 25 of them, sure. If they give $100, they&#x27;ll get the cookbook. They&#x27;ll get an hour of financial planning, which I usually charge $290 an hour. And then I&#x27;ll double that, so we&#x27;ll end up with a $200 donation for every 100 someone gives. So folks, give the team from the Financial Safari a call at 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s a toll-free number for your convenience, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> You can also call us locally in the 919 area code at 415-1716. Again, that&#x27;s 919-415-1716. So we appreciate all the listeners&#x27; help in fighting this disease. This is a common enemy, Peter. Supporting this cure, absolutely. No donation is too small. This year, we&#x27;ll probably raise close to $16 million. We&#x27;ve been very fortunate the last four years to increase our revenue by about 10% every year. And believe it or not, the reason for the increase is the small donations. The large sponsors of our golf event, a couple of them went out of business. Some of them have shareholder emphasis that said don&#x27;t do sponsors of events, fund charity things through your endowment fund.</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> So the events have been hit the hardest. But the small donations, they just keep adding up. Good. Well, even in this difficult economic time, I think that the giving spirit, the supporting spirit, and the fighting spirit of America, we want to support a cause like this. Because as we&#x27;ve talked about, most everybody listening today has been touched in one form or fashion from this disease. And we want to fight back. You know, we&#x27;re doing something this year that is—I&#x27;m a New Yorker, you might notice from my accent. Didn&#x27;t pick up on that. I actually worked in the Trade Center many years ago, and I lived in Manhattan. And we saw an article about six, seven months ago that the first responders, the firemen and the EMS people who worked on the pile, seven years later now—it&#x27;s more than seven years, but the study was seven years.</p><p><strong>13:04</strong> They&#x27;re showing increased incidences of cancers. Yep. And when I read that, I called the medical director of the New York City Fire Department. I asked if he would meet me in New York so I could understand a little about it. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Albert Einstein Cancer Institute in New York. And he&#x27;s been working with his lab, a lab at NYU, and the NCI, National Cancer Institute, trying to genetically understand why those people who work on the pile are getting the melanomas and prostate cancer and lymphomas at a 19% to 30% increase versus those people that didn&#x27;t. So I went to a couple of our corporate sponsors, and I went to some of our event planners, and this year what we&#x27;re going to do is we&#x27;re raising a million dollars to support that research.</p><p><strong>13:57</strong> That&#x27;s good that you marked something specifically. It&#x27;s nice. Because it will not only benefit the firemen, it&#x27;ll benefit firemen everywhere, but it&#x27;ll benefit the general population. Because all the difference is that they had intense exposure to some things. Yep. You know, and although the scientific data isn&#x27;t as much as you would want, but it&#x27;s only been seven, eight years, my feeling is kind of like when I was a kid and the first studies came out and people said how harmful smoking would be. And we never had enough data, and then we had to wait 30, 40 years, and people were dying. That was data enough. And it was confirmed. It was confirmed. So the benefit of not being a doctor, that&#x27;s the first thing. I don&#x27;t have that. Emotionally, I said to our board, I don&#x27;t see how we cannot do something if we&#x27;re in a position.</p><p><strong>14:49</strong> And we&#x27;ll finish raising the million dollars by August. That&#x27;s excellent. I actually have a very close personal friend who was a firefighter in the building, and he said a lot of his colleagues have just been dropping, unfortunately. And he&#x27;s very worried about it. So I&#x27;d support that 110%. Thank you for doing that. Well, Nick and Peter, every blizzard begins with a snowflake. And that&#x27;s what you look at. Every snowflake builds up. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re looking at here. The small donations really help out probably more than the big ones. Because those people actually care enough about it, maybe they&#x27;ve experienced something. So, again, we&#x27;ll make that offer, Peter, and we&#x27;ll give the number out. And for the first 25 people that call and give at least a $50 donation to the V Foundation, I&#x27;ll waive my planning fee for them. So, folks, give the team from the Financial Safari a call at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:37</strong> Again, that&#x27;s a toll-free number for your convenience, 800-661-7383. You can also call us locally in the 919 area code at 415-1716. Again, that&#x27;s 919-415-1716. And we&#x27;ll match that donation, too. It&#x27;s a funny cookbook. If you give 100, you&#x27;ll get a cookbook, and I&#x27;ll double that donation also. Fabulous. Well, the number to call, ladies and gentlemen, if you would like to help us support the fight against cancer and the V Foundation for Cancer Research, pick up the phone and give a call, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we can serve as a conduit just as a way for you to get in touch if you would like to just make a donation or if you would like to take Coach Pete and the team from the Financial Safari up on that offer for the evaluation and waiving the plan.</p><p><strong>16:26</strong> Appreciate your help. Thank you very much. Well, thank you, Nick. Stop back again sometime soon, Nick. I will. Enjoy.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss the V Foundation for Cancer Research. This September 2012 interview reflects on Jim Valvano’s message, cancer research, and ways people can support the foundation’s work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And in this segment of the program, we have a very special guest in studio with us, and he&#x27;s joined us on previous shows over the years. He is head of the V Foundation for Cancer Research. Of course, Nick Valvano is with us. And of course, we remember your brother&#x27;s very moving speech almost 20 years ago, Nick, from the ESPYs and that never give up speech. And all the research that you guys have done for cancer and battling cancer since then, we just want to bring you on the program again. Thank you for the job that you&#x27;re doing and talk a little bit about what the V Foundation for Cancer Research is all about. I&#x27;m thankful for the invitation and the opportunity. It&#x27;s activities like this that help us get the name about the foundation out there and help people get more aware about the fight against</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> cancer. So it&#x27;s kind of invaluable service that you offer us. So I&#x27;m very grateful. The same for you. Invaluable service that you provide as well. And I know that you take part in a number of different programs to raise awareness for the V Foundation, the golf classic, some of the special events that you hold where you bring some of the big names and the legends from coaching and college basketball back and let the average person sit with them and just figure out what they&#x27;re all about. Tell us, Nick, what it is that the foundation is all about. What are you guys trying to achieve and how over the past 19 years has the foundation progressed? Well, I think that we&#x27;ll go back to the beginning. I think when Jimmy was diagnosed in 1992 at 46</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years old, we weren&#x27;t prepared for him that young to be so sick and for the diagnosis to be so serious. So, you know, you do a couple of things. You go through the self-pity period for a while and why me, why me? And Jimmy always used to say, why me? You&#x27;re older. Why not you? Only as a true brother would do. Right. And then after it settled on and ESPN called Jim and said, you know, would you like our help in starting a foundation? Did we actually even give it any kind of thought that we might be able to strike back at this disease that takes so many of these loved people or loved ones away? And so we started in February planning and, you know, my brother, if anything, was a driven guy and you just give him,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> if you ever wanted Jim to do something, all you had to say is, Jimmy, you can&#x27;t do it. And he wanted to prove you wrong. And then from the time he was a little child, you know, you tell him he can&#x27;t do it. He&#x27;d find a way to prove you wrong. Sounds like me and you, Peter. And, you know, we started asking family and friends to help. And I don&#x27;t think at that time did we think anything more than, hey, we&#x27;re helping this guy we love fight this battle. And we didn&#x27;t know where we were going. We didn&#x27;t know this destination. We didn&#x27;t know anything about cancer research. We just knew that a lot of people were dying from it. And research is so important. I mean, the funds that you guys get and everything that people give to the V Foundation goes to that research, which is so important.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> It&#x27;s not one of those black hole kind of charities, Peter, where people write a check for $100 and like $2 goes to the real research and $98 goes to the fat cats. It&#x27;s not the way it is. That&#x27;s what I like about what Nick does. We&#x27;re still fighting, trying to give 100% of everything that we raised to research. And we&#x27;ll do that this year. I think probably the thing that sticks in my mind when we had Jim&#x27;s funeral down here that went right past your office, as a matter of fact, on the way to the cemetery, Jim&#x27;s appeal was to everybody, whether you were a corporate executive, whether you were a UNC fan or a Duke fan. It doesn&#x27;t matter. It crossed a lot of borders. Well, me and Peter are both UNC alum, but we love Jim Valvan. And I think what we&#x27;ve tried to do is, what I&#x27;ve learned, is most people want to fight this disease</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and most people don&#x27;t know how to do it. So one of the things we attempt to do is at least give those people a vehicle if they want to fight this disease. We try and keep much of the money that we raise in the communities that we raise it. But we don&#x27;t forget how we felt when Jim was diagnosed and how everybody must feel when somebody they love gets it. So you don&#x27;t have a place to turn. In 1993, we didn&#x27;t. We try and make the foundation something that would be available to people to help them or if they want to take on this battle to join us. Well, it&#x27;s a good way to pool resources and put it all towards a common goal. And I think everyone who&#x27;s listening knows somebody who&#x27;s had cancer or has a run in with cancer. It has affected one in three is what I&#x27;ve seen.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> It&#x27;s going to get us. Sooner or later, someone we know will be touched by it. And probably one of the things that frustrates me most is, even though it&#x27;s getting better, people don&#x27;t like to talk about it. You know what&#x27;s amazing is the younger generation. I&#x27;m going to be 70 in October, so there&#x27;s a lot of younger generations in my mind. They get it. These kids get it. They listen to Jim&#x27;s speech. Still, today. And they&#x27;re 15 years old or 14 years old, and they get it. And that&#x27;s a wonderful, hopeful thing that that generation understands the seriousness of fighting this disease. Because the attention span for the youngsters these days is very small, but I&#x27;ve sat there and watched them. There&#x27;s 127 characters, I think. That&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ll watch that speech, and they&#x27;ll watch it over and over again, which is – that&#x27;s how powerful your brother was. I&#x27;m 46, by the way.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> That&#x27;s what I mean. So, yeah, yeah. It was so moving to see that speech, and I remember watching that speech and just being touched by the emotion of what was being conveyed. And that&#x27;s something that, as a family member, as a close person, as a loved one of somebody who has been touched by this disease, it tears you up just as much as it&#x27;s tearing them up. And that&#x27;s – you know, you have to really relate to all of the people that you&#x27;ve helped, I mean, so closely. They have to seem like family to you, Nick. They do. They do. As a matter of fact, we get incredibly close to them because you&#x27;re helping at a time that is tragic, you know. And so there&#x27;s a tough balance to try and keep between those three things Jim said we had to do every day, which is laugh, think, and cry, and keep the balance there, you know.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> When he was a kid, he did that to my parents. He made them laugh. He made them cry a lot, too. He was a handful. Now, you – the way they get donations in, I mean, people forget about – when basketball season&#x27;s not on, a lot of times people forget. But cancer doesn&#x27;t take a break. There&#x27;s no season for cancer. Not at all. And you have a big event each year with Dick Vitale. And we were talking before you came on about how that has grown. How did it start? And how big is that getting now? Well, you know, Dick and Jim became much closer after Jim got sick. But they know each other from when Jim played at Rutgers and Dick was a high school coach in – I forget, but – around the area. And Dick Vitale is what – what you see is what you get. The guy&#x27;s all heart. He&#x27;s all emotion. He&#x27;s impatient. You know, his attention span is not as good as you would like it to be.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> But you couldn&#x27;t have a better friend. And, you know, as we were trying – every now and then I have to look at the foundation as a business. And we&#x27;re trying to grow our brand and trying – as much as I think everybody knew my brother, there are a lot of people – at least once a year in some place where a woman comes up to me and says, I heard your brother was a hell of a football coach. Well, close. You gotta give him credit. Appreciate the compliment. Thank you. And, you know, and so I went to Dick about eight years ago and asked he and Lorraine, his wife, if they would hold an event at their house that would introduce us to the people of Tampa, Sarasota area, so that we could give a pitch about here&#x27;s what we do. We&#x27;d like to do some fundraising in this area of Florida and award resource grants to Moffitt Cancer Center, World Children&#x27;s Cancer Center, et cetera.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And Dick said, well, how many people do you want? And I said, well, I&#x27;d like like maybe 12, 15 couples. He said, what? 12, 15 couples? Lorraine, remember that party we had a month ago? How many people do we have there? She said, well, I had 200. So I said, well, then we gotta do at least 250. Right? And so he changed the idea of a small gathering to one where he would invite college coaches to come to attend this fundraising event at his home. And we would promote it as evening with the stars. And each table, $10,000 a table, $1,000 a seat, would have at least, would have a coach, a division one coach. And what Dick used to do is before he did a game, he would go to you and say, Peter, I&#x27;m having an event in my house in May.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> We were able to make it. Now, what are you going to say before you go on? If not, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to come out on air, right? You better say this. So the first year, seven years ago, I think we raised about $400,000. And this May, we just finished the event. It&#x27;s now at the Ritz-Carlton in Sarasota. We had 850 people and raised $1.4 million. That&#x27;s incredible. And that money goes primarily to pediatric cancer research, that money. So what we&#x27;re doing is we&#x27;re doing like you all do when you need help. You go to your friends and you ask your friends to help. But we try and do it in a way that will benefit the community in which we&#x27;re raising the money. I mean, we give grants all across the United States, but we like to keep about 40% of it and keep it local.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> 40% to 50% local. Here on the Financial Safari, we have campaigned and asked our listeners to give donations. And we will accept donations on your behalf or at least give folks a conduit to make donations to the Jimmy V Foundation. And we actually have a check to present to you today. It&#x27;s not quite in the amount of Dick Vitale&#x27;s event there, but it&#x27;s been from our listeners. And, Coach, actually, do you want to talk about what we ask folks to do and how we ask for those donations? Yeah, well, I&#x27;m an investment advisor, so I do fee-only planning. And I can put together plans for folks, and I charge on an hourly basis. But if they&#x27;ll write a check for at least $50 to the V Foundation, I&#x27;ll give them an hour of financial planning at no cost. So we&#x27;ll limit that to about 25 people, and I&#x27;ll match the donations that they give.</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> And so if they call right now, we&#x27;ll do that in the next couple weeks. And maybe, now we were talking to Nick before he came on the air, his brother had written a cookbook years ago. And if he could find enough of those, if people will give, like if they&#x27;ll double their donation up to 100, see if we can get them a copy of that book, too, if Nick can find a couple. I can find 25 of them. Yeah, so that would be great. I&#x27;ll take them back from my brother and my dad. No, we can find 25 of them, sure. If they give $100, they&#x27;ll get the cookbook. They&#x27;ll get an hour of financial planning, which I usually charge $290 an hour. And then I&#x27;ll double that, so we&#x27;ll end up with a $200 donation for every 100 someone gives. So folks, give the team from the Financial Safari a call at 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s a toll-free number for your convenience, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> You can also call us locally in the 919 area code at 415-1716. Again, that&#x27;s 919-415-1716. So we appreciate all the listeners&#x27; help in fighting this disease. This is a common enemy, Peter. Supporting this cure, absolutely. No donation is too small. This year, we&#x27;ll probably raise close to $16 million. We&#x27;ve been very fortunate the last four years to increase our revenue by about 10% every year. And believe it or not, the reason for the increase is the small donations. The large sponsors of our golf event, a couple of them went out of business. Some of them have shareholder emphasis that said don&#x27;t do sponsors of events, fund charity things through your endowment fund.</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> So the events have been hit the hardest. But the small donations, they just keep adding up. Good. Well, even in this difficult economic time, I think that the giving spirit, the supporting spirit, and the fighting spirit of America, we want to support a cause like this. Because as we&#x27;ve talked about, most everybody listening today has been touched in one form or fashion from this disease. And we want to fight back. You know, we&#x27;re doing something this year that is—I&#x27;m a New Yorker, you might notice from my accent. Didn&#x27;t pick up on that. I actually worked in the Trade Center many years ago, and I lived in Manhattan. And we saw an article about six, seven months ago that the first responders, the firemen and the EMS people who worked on the pile, seven years later now—it&#x27;s more than seven years, but the study was seven years.</p><p><strong>13:04</strong> They&#x27;re showing increased incidences of cancers. Yep. And when I read that, I called the medical director of the New York City Fire Department. I asked if he would meet me in New York so I could understand a little about it. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Albert Einstein Cancer Institute in New York. And he&#x27;s been working with his lab, a lab at NYU, and the NCI, National Cancer Institute, trying to genetically understand why those people who work on the pile are getting the melanomas and prostate cancer and lymphomas at a 19% to 30% increase versus those people that didn&#x27;t. So I went to a couple of our corporate sponsors, and I went to some of our event planners, and this year what we&#x27;re going to do is we&#x27;re raising a million dollars to support that research.</p><p><strong>13:57</strong> That&#x27;s good that you marked something specifically. It&#x27;s nice. Because it will not only benefit the firemen, it&#x27;ll benefit firemen everywhere, but it&#x27;ll benefit the general population. Because all the difference is that they had intense exposure to some things. Yep. You know, and although the scientific data isn&#x27;t as much as you would want, but it&#x27;s only been seven, eight years, my feeling is kind of like when I was a kid and the first studies came out and people said how harmful smoking would be. And we never had enough data, and then we had to wait 30, 40 years, and people were dying. That was data enough. And it was confirmed. It was confirmed. So the benefit of not being a doctor, that&#x27;s the first thing. I don&#x27;t have that. Emotionally, I said to our board, I don&#x27;t see how we cannot do something if we&#x27;re in a position.</p><p><strong>14:49</strong> And we&#x27;ll finish raising the million dollars by August. That&#x27;s excellent. I actually have a very close personal friend who was a firefighter in the building, and he said a lot of his colleagues have just been dropping, unfortunately. And he&#x27;s very worried about it. So I&#x27;d support that 110%. Thank you for doing that. Well, Nick and Peter, every blizzard begins with a snowflake. And that&#x27;s what you look at. Every snowflake builds up. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re looking at here. The small donations really help out probably more than the big ones. Because those people actually care enough about it, maybe they&#x27;ve experienced something. So, again, we&#x27;ll make that offer, Peter, and we&#x27;ll give the number out. And for the first 25 people that call and give at least a $50 donation to the V Foundation, I&#x27;ll waive my planning fee for them. So, folks, give the team from the Financial Safari a call at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:37</strong> Again, that&#x27;s a toll-free number for your convenience, 800-661-7383. You can also call us locally in the 919 area code at 415-1716. Again, that&#x27;s 919-415-1716. And we&#x27;ll match that donation, too. It&#x27;s a funny cookbook. If you give 100, you&#x27;ll get a cookbook, and I&#x27;ll double that donation also. Fabulous. Well, the number to call, ladies and gentlemen, if you would like to help us support the fight against cancer and the V Foundation for Cancer Research, pick up the phone and give a call, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we can serve as a conduit just as a way for you to get in touch if you would like to just make a donation or if you would like to take Coach Pete and the team from the Financial Safari up on that offer for the evaluation and waiving the plan.</p><p><strong>16:26</strong> Appreciate your help. Thank you very much. Well, thank you, Nick. Stop back again sometime soon, Nick. I will. Enjoy.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Valvano joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss the V Foundation for Cancer Research. This September 2012 interview reflects on Jim Valvano’s message, cancer research, and ways people can support the foundation’s work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Valvano</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <category>The V Foundation and Never Giving Up</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Valvano, charitable giving, The V Foundation and Never Giving Up, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a/image.jpg?t=1792072823&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-the-v-foundation-and-never-giving-up/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a/image.jpg?t=1792072823&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>993</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ed5e352-4f3f-4912-bbb5-b4e2013d6a9a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15920125" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-the-v-foundation-and-never-giving-up</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>166</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The V Foundation and Never Giving Up" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:58" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barry James Dyke: The Pirates of Manhattan</title>
      <itunes:title>Barry James Dyke: The Pirates of Manhattan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews Barry James Dyke, the author of The Pirates of Manhattan. And welcome back in folks to the Financial Safari. You know, doing this show, it brings me in contact with a lot of great people throughout the nation and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to be talking to a fantastic author. His name is Barry James Dyke and he&#x27;s written two books that are on my desk and I am reading through right now. The first one is called The Pirates of Manhattan and the second one is The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfton. Again, his name is Barry James Dyke. He&#x27;s joining us from New Hampshire live on the Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Barry, welcome in. Well, thanks so much for having me, Pete. It&#x27;s always a blessing to share the radio waves with your listeners. The financial world, it&#x27;s a confusing place, Barry, and I don&#x27;t really think it has to be. And you&#x27;ve done a lot of research and you uncover things that I think people are making it more complex so they can get by with things these days. Yeah, they certainly are. And actually, Pete, what I&#x27;m trying to do, the object for the rest of my life is really to simplify things and explain these things in simple terms for people. But yeah, what I&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been doing this as an advisor and now an author. And I kind of speak around the country on these issues. But I&#x27;m trying to explain to consumers really the best thing is to invest in themselves first and really be really aware of the pitfalls of Wall Street. And the thing is, as you can imagine, Pete, a lot of the people in the media or even the Wall Street or the fund companies really do not like me too much.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There was one quote I saw a couple years ago, and it was, no one&#x27;s ever got rich from mutual funds. I don&#x27;t know if that was in your book or somebody else&#x27;s book that I read. Yeah, I was the guy quoting that. I said, never met a man who&#x27;s made his millions in mutual funds. And the truth of the matter is, Pete, this is the truth. When people make their fortunes in America today, and this has been the case for years, people generally make their money in some small business or some profession. They work at it a very long period of time. They sacrifice, they work hard at it. And they see some explosive growth or some type of steady growth. And this is where they make their money, whether it be running a gas station or a construction company or being a dentist or a doctor or an Indian chief or a tech company. People don&#x27;t make their money in mutual funds. And the whole thing is the mutual funds is rates of return. It&#x27;s pretty much an absolute illusion. You know, if you have a guy like Dave Ramsey, he says people get 12% on mutual funds.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now, it&#x27;s a total illusion. And he&#x27;s policing the flock with that one. So, but good old Dave, he says 12 people get 12%. Now, the fact of the matter is, Dalbar, they charted 1990 to 2000 over a 20-year period that actually the average actively managed mutual fund got about 3.6%. So it&#x27;s way lower than what Ramsey does. Secondly, if you look at something like CalPERS, which is the largest pension fund in America, which has about $240 billion in it, you know what they get over a one-year period of time on their money? What&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s 1%. Wow. Now, this is what I&#x27;m saying. This is the best advisors money can buy, theoretically. And they can&#x27;t make money. So if CalPERS can&#x27;t make money with $240 billion, how is the average folk going to make with mutual funds? They can&#x27;t do it. It&#x27;s an impossibility. I think people get confused when they&#x27;re putting money into their 401ks because they&#x27;re putting money in each pay period when they get the statement.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> See, the ballot&#x27;s a little higher. They forget that the fact that they&#x27;re the ones making the ballots go higher with their contributions. And actually, the funny thing about Fidelity actually even spilled the beans. They actually admitted that as much last year in a report they released that 75% of the growth in a 401k is really from people&#x27;s, their contributions. It hasn&#x27;t been from the market. So Fidelity, which is really kind of the 800-pound gorilla in all this, admitted as much. So the reason why accounts go up is people contribute money into them. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of other financial vehicles and ways to save out there. So why are mutual funds the sole engine many times in many 401k plants? Because they are that driving force there. It could be argued they&#x27;re the gas-guzzling engine in the financial world. The bigger reason is money. It&#x27;s about the money, Pete. And if people go to my website, www.thepiratesmanhattan.com.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Again, that&#x27;s www.thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out about me and they order the book or whatever. But the fact of the matter, the reason why 401k is such a dominant force and the mutual funds are such a dominant force is because of the growth of asset management complex, which is roughly $13 to anywhere between $13 and $20 trillion. And it&#x27;s all about advertising and lobbying and so forth. So poor consumer really doesn&#x27;t have a prayer with this stuff. They&#x27;ve kind of been driven into this stuff relentlessly. And the reason why mutual funds and 401ks are filled with them is because of lobbying and advertising. There was an artist back in the day. I used to watch TV every now and then. You&#x27;d flip the channels around and you&#x27;d see him. He had the afro and he&#x27;d start with a blank canvas and all of a sudden and within minutes he would have this mountain scene with trees and snow. And his name was Bob Ross.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Do you remember watching him paint before? I think I remember seeing film clips of him. It was really quite something. It was amazing. But he actually designed something and built it right in front of you. But it could be argued there are a lot of financial illusionists out there who are trying to be like Bob Ross audio-wise in your head, get you to design things and have a perfect world. And when you talk about Dave Ramsey, I&#x27;ve heard him before. He says buy term insurance, which also we&#x27;ll talk about that in a minute, and invest the rest in a mutual fund. And then I&#x27;ve heard him say, and you&#x27;ll get about 12% a year in that mutual fund. Barry, if I could find a 12% mutual fund, I&#x27;d probably retire and just put all my money in those mutual funds. Me too, yeah. If Dave would show me 12% of mutual fund, I&#x27;ll take it. Matter of fact, if state pension plans get 12%, we wouldn&#x27;t have any problems with these. And what&#x27;s the national problem right now? Virtually every state in this country has a problem with pension returns.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> So state pension plans, they can&#x27;t even, CalPERS is only 1%. So how is a retail investor going to get 12%? It&#x27;s impossible. Now, insurance. I&#x27;ve set people up many times before with term insurance, but only if they also have a permanent plan in place. I mean, there&#x27;s all sorts of insurance policies out there. Too many people are going and putting all their eggs in one insurance basket when they should diversify those as well, correct? Yeah. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with term insurance or whole life or whatever the case may be or universal or whatever. The thing is, is that you just got to look at the whole entire picture of the whole thing. But the fact of the matter is, is that life insurance and annuity products, which I documented in the books, okay? Guess who buys more insurance, life insurance, annuity products than anyone, Pete? Who does? Where do we deposit our checks? The banks. The banks buy more of it than a country mile. The Bank of America actually has more money invested in life insurance than they all have all the fixed assets combined.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The Federal Reserve, which is a central bank in the United States, the largest central bank in the world, has 75% of its money on fixed annuities from life insurance companies. If you have bankers putting into it and the Federal Reserve or a central bank putting their money with life companies, is that such a bad thing? Well, the reason I think is once a person puts their money in there, it&#x27;s not going to be moved anymore for the most part. People aren&#x27;t going to be making commissions on it each and every year. And that&#x27;s the whole thing. With mutual funds, there&#x27;s so many costs, which even I can&#x27;t figure out. And the thing is, when you put money with a life company, it&#x27;s pretty much in a fixed income portfolio. It would be bonds, but it&#x27;s not moving around every day. Whereas a mutual fund, there&#x27;s so many fees. You get 12B1 fees. You get asset management fees. You get, heck, you got the trading costs, which we can&#x27;t even figure it out, Pete. You know, so, which could be anywhere from 200 to 600%.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Barry Dyke. He is author of two great books. The first one&#x27;s called The Pirates of Manhattan. The subtitle is Systematically Plundering the American Consumer and How to Protect Against It. And the second book, The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfdom. You know, Barry, you talk about the casino age out there these days. What is that? In the old days, Pete, which was 20, 30 years ago, most people had a guaranteed pension. As a matter of fact, 83% of the population had a guaranteed pension. This is Boston College statistics. Today, only about 20% have a guaranteed pension. What has happened today is people being forced into the market because the Federal Reserve is driving interest rates down to zero. They&#x27;re being forced into the market. And they&#x27;re being forced to speculate. I wouldn&#x27;t take my paycheck. I&#x27;d go to a local racetrack and put it on a horse. I don&#x27;t think most of your listeners would either.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> But this is what they&#x27;ve been forcing people to do today with 401ks, IRAs, that type of thing. So they&#x27;re being forced into a casino. Now, the thing is with a casino, at least if you lose your own money, you&#x27;re going to have some fun doing it, Pete. Get a steak, dinner. In mutual fund, you don&#x27;t even get to have fun losing your money. And I got one for you. What&#x27;s the difference between Las Vegas and Manhattan? Do you know, Pete? No. What&#x27;s that? One&#x27;s a casino in the desert, and another&#x27;s a casino on an island in Manhattan. It&#x27;s about there&#x27;s no difference, is there? No, no. So speculating gambling, but it&#x27;s the end thing these days, Barry. I see so many people who are glued to the TV set when I&#x27;m in the airports, and they&#x27;re watching the stock, that ticker going by, and they&#x27;re almost like mesmerized and hypnotized about what&#x27;s going on every single minute. Yeah, yeah. Because, you know, it is, Pete, because all these, whether it be E-Trade or Fidelity or Schwab or any of these guys, they make huge, or TD Ameritrade, they make huge money in executing the trades,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> and the difference between the bid and ask and so forth and the commissions. It&#x27;s actually a supplement, because a lot of people are heading for the exits, okay? They&#x27;re getting out of mutual funds, actually manage ones, and rightfully so. But they&#x27;re making up new forms of revenue and speculating getting in and out of stocks, and they love that. And the thing is, is that they get crushed, and we&#x27;re being taught, Pete, in this country that you can make something for nothing. And the fact of the matter is, no matter what you do, what I do, whatever, it takes us years and years and years to get good at what we do. And you can&#x27;t do that in investing either. And so, but we&#x27;re being sold that you can speculate your way out of this. So the fact of the matter is, it&#x27;s part of the advertising empire, whatever, and it&#x27;s part of Wall Street. And that&#x27;s what it is. Well, Barry, one final point. What would you tell the listener right now? We have a lot of listeners who are 50 and older, and some are still working, some are just now retiring.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> If they&#x27;re looking for a way to make sure they have their own personal pension in line and get a yearly income for the rest of their life, what&#x27;s the magic bullet if they are 50 or older to get a lifetime income they don&#x27;t have to worry about? Well, as you know, the only thing you can do is annuities. We know that. And as a matter of fact, I&#x27;m not making this up. The GAO, the Government Accounting Office, actually conferred and complimented my research in the book. So the only one who can really guarantee an income for life is a life insurance company. We know that. And so that&#x27;s one thing. You know, I would also suggest getting into hard asses. Anything the Federal Reserve can&#x27;t get their hands on, gold and things like that, obviously restores a value. And invest in themselves. Stay away from Wall Street speculation. But annuities are definitely a rock-solid idea, even with low rates. I have a little joke I ask people.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> I ask, are there pirates in the sea of retirement? And I think you already know the answer to that one. Ahoy! There&#x27;s lots of them. And then the final one is taking too much risk, like having your retirement walk the plank. You know something, Pete? What I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, I&#x27;ve been very blessed. I&#x27;ve worked with people worth, you know, virtually nothing to over $100 million. And what I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, none of them speculate with their money and the funds. They laugh about mutual funds. They think it&#x27;s a joke. So for all your listeners out there, rich people do not speculate with their money. And people can just go to thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out all about it. Folks, his name is Barry James Dyke, and he&#x27;s author of The Pirates of Manhattan 1 and 2. You can get them online. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s on Amazon as well. Right, Barry? Pirates 1 is on Amazon, but Pirates 2 is only available off the website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Okay. Thanks, Barry, and look forward to having you on again in the future. Thank you, sir. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews Barry James Dyke, the author of The Pirates of Manhattan. And welcome back in folks to the Financial Safari. You know, doing this show, it brings me in contact with a lot of great people throughout the nation and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to be talking to a fantastic author. His name is Barry James Dyke and he&#x27;s written two books that are on my desk and I am reading through right now. The first one is called The Pirates of Manhattan and the second one is The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfton. Again, his name is Barry James Dyke. He&#x27;s joining us from New Hampshire live on the Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Barry, welcome in. Well, thanks so much for having me, Pete. It&#x27;s always a blessing to share the radio waves with your listeners. The financial world, it&#x27;s a confusing place, Barry, and I don&#x27;t really think it has to be. And you&#x27;ve done a lot of research and you uncover things that I think people are making it more complex so they can get by with things these days. Yeah, they certainly are. And actually, Pete, what I&#x27;m trying to do, the object for the rest of my life is really to simplify things and explain these things in simple terms for people. But yeah, what I&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been doing this as an advisor and now an author. And I kind of speak around the country on these issues. But I&#x27;m trying to explain to consumers really the best thing is to invest in themselves first and really be really aware of the pitfalls of Wall Street. And the thing is, as you can imagine, Pete, a lot of the people in the media or even the Wall Street or the fund companies really do not like me too much.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There was one quote I saw a couple years ago, and it was, no one&#x27;s ever got rich from mutual funds. I don&#x27;t know if that was in your book or somebody else&#x27;s book that I read. Yeah, I was the guy quoting that. I said, never met a man who&#x27;s made his millions in mutual funds. And the truth of the matter is, Pete, this is the truth. When people make their fortunes in America today, and this has been the case for years, people generally make their money in some small business or some profession. They work at it a very long period of time. They sacrifice, they work hard at it. And they see some explosive growth or some type of steady growth. And this is where they make their money, whether it be running a gas station or a construction company or being a dentist or a doctor or an Indian chief or a tech company. People don&#x27;t make their money in mutual funds. And the whole thing is the mutual funds is rates of return. It&#x27;s pretty much an absolute illusion. You know, if you have a guy like Dave Ramsey, he says people get 12% on mutual funds.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now, it&#x27;s a total illusion. And he&#x27;s policing the flock with that one. So, but good old Dave, he says 12 people get 12%. Now, the fact of the matter is, Dalbar, they charted 1990 to 2000 over a 20-year period that actually the average actively managed mutual fund got about 3.6%. So it&#x27;s way lower than what Ramsey does. Secondly, if you look at something like CalPERS, which is the largest pension fund in America, which has about $240 billion in it, you know what they get over a one-year period of time on their money? What&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s 1%. Wow. Now, this is what I&#x27;m saying. This is the best advisors money can buy, theoretically. And they can&#x27;t make money. So if CalPERS can&#x27;t make money with $240 billion, how is the average folk going to make with mutual funds? They can&#x27;t do it. It&#x27;s an impossibility. I think people get confused when they&#x27;re putting money into their 401ks because they&#x27;re putting money in each pay period when they get the statement.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> See, the ballot&#x27;s a little higher. They forget that the fact that they&#x27;re the ones making the ballots go higher with their contributions. And actually, the funny thing about Fidelity actually even spilled the beans. They actually admitted that as much last year in a report they released that 75% of the growth in a 401k is really from people&#x27;s, their contributions. It hasn&#x27;t been from the market. So Fidelity, which is really kind of the 800-pound gorilla in all this, admitted as much. So the reason why accounts go up is people contribute money into them. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of other financial vehicles and ways to save out there. So why are mutual funds the sole engine many times in many 401k plants? Because they are that driving force there. It could be argued they&#x27;re the gas-guzzling engine in the financial world. The bigger reason is money. It&#x27;s about the money, Pete. And if people go to my website, www.thepiratesmanhattan.com.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Again, that&#x27;s www.thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out about me and they order the book or whatever. But the fact of the matter, the reason why 401k is such a dominant force and the mutual funds are such a dominant force is because of the growth of asset management complex, which is roughly $13 to anywhere between $13 and $20 trillion. And it&#x27;s all about advertising and lobbying and so forth. So poor consumer really doesn&#x27;t have a prayer with this stuff. They&#x27;ve kind of been driven into this stuff relentlessly. And the reason why mutual funds and 401ks are filled with them is because of lobbying and advertising. There was an artist back in the day. I used to watch TV every now and then. You&#x27;d flip the channels around and you&#x27;d see him. He had the afro and he&#x27;d start with a blank canvas and all of a sudden and within minutes he would have this mountain scene with trees and snow. And his name was Bob Ross.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Do you remember watching him paint before? I think I remember seeing film clips of him. It was really quite something. It was amazing. But he actually designed something and built it right in front of you. But it could be argued there are a lot of financial illusionists out there who are trying to be like Bob Ross audio-wise in your head, get you to design things and have a perfect world. And when you talk about Dave Ramsey, I&#x27;ve heard him before. He says buy term insurance, which also we&#x27;ll talk about that in a minute, and invest the rest in a mutual fund. And then I&#x27;ve heard him say, and you&#x27;ll get about 12% a year in that mutual fund. Barry, if I could find a 12% mutual fund, I&#x27;d probably retire and just put all my money in those mutual funds. Me too, yeah. If Dave would show me 12% of mutual fund, I&#x27;ll take it. Matter of fact, if state pension plans get 12%, we wouldn&#x27;t have any problems with these. And what&#x27;s the national problem right now? Virtually every state in this country has a problem with pension returns.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> So state pension plans, they can&#x27;t even, CalPERS is only 1%. So how is a retail investor going to get 12%? It&#x27;s impossible. Now, insurance. I&#x27;ve set people up many times before with term insurance, but only if they also have a permanent plan in place. I mean, there&#x27;s all sorts of insurance policies out there. Too many people are going and putting all their eggs in one insurance basket when they should diversify those as well, correct? Yeah. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with term insurance or whole life or whatever the case may be or universal or whatever. The thing is, is that you just got to look at the whole entire picture of the whole thing. But the fact of the matter is, is that life insurance and annuity products, which I documented in the books, okay? Guess who buys more insurance, life insurance, annuity products than anyone, Pete? Who does? Where do we deposit our checks? The banks. The banks buy more of it than a country mile. The Bank of America actually has more money invested in life insurance than they all have all the fixed assets combined.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The Federal Reserve, which is a central bank in the United States, the largest central bank in the world, has 75% of its money on fixed annuities from life insurance companies. If you have bankers putting into it and the Federal Reserve or a central bank putting their money with life companies, is that such a bad thing? Well, the reason I think is once a person puts their money in there, it&#x27;s not going to be moved anymore for the most part. People aren&#x27;t going to be making commissions on it each and every year. And that&#x27;s the whole thing. With mutual funds, there&#x27;s so many costs, which even I can&#x27;t figure out. And the thing is, when you put money with a life company, it&#x27;s pretty much in a fixed income portfolio. It would be bonds, but it&#x27;s not moving around every day. Whereas a mutual fund, there&#x27;s so many fees. You get 12B1 fees. You get asset management fees. You get, heck, you got the trading costs, which we can&#x27;t even figure it out, Pete. You know, so, which could be anywhere from 200 to 600%.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Barry Dyke. He is author of two great books. The first one&#x27;s called The Pirates of Manhattan. The subtitle is Systematically Plundering the American Consumer and How to Protect Against It. And the second book, The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfdom. You know, Barry, you talk about the casino age out there these days. What is that? In the old days, Pete, which was 20, 30 years ago, most people had a guaranteed pension. As a matter of fact, 83% of the population had a guaranteed pension. This is Boston College statistics. Today, only about 20% have a guaranteed pension. What has happened today is people being forced into the market because the Federal Reserve is driving interest rates down to zero. They&#x27;re being forced into the market. And they&#x27;re being forced to speculate. I wouldn&#x27;t take my paycheck. I&#x27;d go to a local racetrack and put it on a horse. I don&#x27;t think most of your listeners would either.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> But this is what they&#x27;ve been forcing people to do today with 401ks, IRAs, that type of thing. So they&#x27;re being forced into a casino. Now, the thing is with a casino, at least if you lose your own money, you&#x27;re going to have some fun doing it, Pete. Get a steak, dinner. In mutual fund, you don&#x27;t even get to have fun losing your money. And I got one for you. What&#x27;s the difference between Las Vegas and Manhattan? Do you know, Pete? No. What&#x27;s that? One&#x27;s a casino in the desert, and another&#x27;s a casino on an island in Manhattan. It&#x27;s about there&#x27;s no difference, is there? No, no. So speculating gambling, but it&#x27;s the end thing these days, Barry. I see so many people who are glued to the TV set when I&#x27;m in the airports, and they&#x27;re watching the stock, that ticker going by, and they&#x27;re almost like mesmerized and hypnotized about what&#x27;s going on every single minute. Yeah, yeah. Because, you know, it is, Pete, because all these, whether it be E-Trade or Fidelity or Schwab or any of these guys, they make huge, or TD Ameritrade, they make huge money in executing the trades,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> and the difference between the bid and ask and so forth and the commissions. It&#x27;s actually a supplement, because a lot of people are heading for the exits, okay? They&#x27;re getting out of mutual funds, actually manage ones, and rightfully so. But they&#x27;re making up new forms of revenue and speculating getting in and out of stocks, and they love that. And the thing is, is that they get crushed, and we&#x27;re being taught, Pete, in this country that you can make something for nothing. And the fact of the matter is, no matter what you do, what I do, whatever, it takes us years and years and years to get good at what we do. And you can&#x27;t do that in investing either. And so, but we&#x27;re being sold that you can speculate your way out of this. So the fact of the matter is, it&#x27;s part of the advertising empire, whatever, and it&#x27;s part of Wall Street. And that&#x27;s what it is. Well, Barry, one final point. What would you tell the listener right now? We have a lot of listeners who are 50 and older, and some are still working, some are just now retiring.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> If they&#x27;re looking for a way to make sure they have their own personal pension in line and get a yearly income for the rest of their life, what&#x27;s the magic bullet if they are 50 or older to get a lifetime income they don&#x27;t have to worry about? Well, as you know, the only thing you can do is annuities. We know that. And as a matter of fact, I&#x27;m not making this up. The GAO, the Government Accounting Office, actually conferred and complimented my research in the book. So the only one who can really guarantee an income for life is a life insurance company. We know that. And so that&#x27;s one thing. You know, I would also suggest getting into hard asses. Anything the Federal Reserve can&#x27;t get their hands on, gold and things like that, obviously restores a value. And invest in themselves. Stay away from Wall Street speculation. But annuities are definitely a rock-solid idea, even with low rates. I have a little joke I ask people.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> I ask, are there pirates in the sea of retirement? And I think you already know the answer to that one. Ahoy! There&#x27;s lots of them. And then the final one is taking too much risk, like having your retirement walk the plank. You know something, Pete? What I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, I&#x27;ve been very blessed. I&#x27;ve worked with people worth, you know, virtually nothing to over $100 million. And what I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, none of them speculate with their money and the funds. They laugh about mutual funds. They think it&#x27;s a joke. So for all your listeners out there, rich people do not speculate with their money. And people can just go to thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out all about it. Folks, his name is Barry James Dyke, and he&#x27;s author of The Pirates of Manhattan 1 and 2. You can get them online. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s on Amazon as well. Right, Barry? Pirates 1 is on Amazon, but Pirates 2 is only available off the website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Okay. Thanks, Barry, and look forward to having you on again in the future. Thank you, sir. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Barry James Dyke</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Barry James Dyke, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/image.jpg?t=1792072830&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-the-pirates-of-manhattan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/image.jpg?t=1792072830&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>697</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11185357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-the-pirates-of-manhattan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>167</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Pirates of Manhattan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:02" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Hearon: Returning to School as an Adult</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Hearon: Returning to School as an Adult</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Hearon of the University of Phoenix joins the Financial Safari team to discuss returning to school. Recorded in August 2012, the conversation explores adult education, career goals, and the questions prospective students face.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m Rob Blasey, part of the Financial Safari team. We have a special guest with us today from the University of Phoenix, Vice President of the Atlanta Campus, Mike Heron. Thank you so much for joining us today. Well, thank you for having me. No, it&#x27;s a great time to have you. It&#x27;s back to school time. I know a lot of people&#x27;s favorite time of the year, not one of mine growing up, but it&#x27;s that time here where people are thinking about going back to school. And what are you guys seeing with people going back to school in your field at the University of Phoenix? Well, you know, we&#x27;re seeing a lot of people interested in going back to school. Obviously, you&#x27;re talking about going back to grade school and elementary school. I think, back, it wasn&#x27;t one of my favorites either. But the type of school we&#x27;re talking about is adults going back to further their higher education,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> either obtaining their bachelor&#x27;s degree or master&#x27;s degree or even beyond. And, you know, what we&#x27;re really seeing is that a lot of people are realizing that, you know, school is for them. Even if they are later in life or they&#x27;re older or they&#x27;re already working, a college degree or an advanced college degree can really benefit them. No, absolutely. Now, what roadblocks do you see people are coming in? If they came in, I don&#x27;t know how much direct access you have to the people coming in, you know, signing up for classes. But, like, someone my age, you know, 10 years out of what college would be, you&#x27;re going, I really don&#x27;t want to go sit in a classroom with a whole bunch of 18-year-olds that are just out of high school. Right, right. Yeah, well, you know, to answer your first question, yeah, I actually, believe it or not, have quite a bit of contact with the students that are coming in. Beyond just all the responsibilities of my position, I spend quite a bit of time walking around the campus,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> popping into new student orientations, or obviously shaking the hands of almost all of our graduates at the Atlanta campus at our commencement ceremony every year. Excellent. But, you know, what we&#x27;re hearing is just what you said. You know, people are nervous. You know, people are concerned. It may have been a few years since they&#x27;ve been in school. This may not be something that they are used to. You know, the student of yesterday, like you and I were talking about before, of 18, 19 years old coming out of high school, going straight off to college, going to live in a dorm, sometimes going to school with your friends. That just isn&#x27;t the norm anymore. You know, today&#x27;s students are working adults. They have families. They have responsibilities. They have jobs. They have careers, or they&#x27;re looking to change careers.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And so there&#x27;s a little bit of trepidation with the students that come in. But I think what they quickly find out once they get into our program, at least, and probably most programs, is that they&#x27;re not alone. That the new norm, the new college student of today, is what we call non-traditional. Help me out with non-traditional. Yeah, well, non-traditional being almost the opposite of everything I just mentioned before. They are, well, the average age of a University of Phoenix student is somewhere around 33 years old. Okay. A vast majority of our students are working. They are either looking to retool for a new career, or they&#x27;re looking for specific advancement in the career they have. They are, here&#x27;s a big one, and it&#x27;s probably pertinent to your show and to your listeners. They are footing a significant portion of the financial obligation to getting that degree.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Oh, yeah. A couple decades ago, you&#x27;re receiving significant help from your parents or your family or a guardian. And that just isn&#x27;t the case anymore. That&#x27;s not the norm anymore. Yeah, at least, you know, 10 years ago, if you had to pay for it yourself, at least maybe you&#x27;re still living at home and didn&#x27;t have to pay for food, rent, all the other miscellaneous expenses that go along with it. And you certainly didn&#x27;t have children and a job or a family to take care of. No doubt on that. Now, what makes the University of Phoenix different than all the schools I see on ESPN? Yeah, yeah, ESPN. Funny you mentioned that. Because I think University of Phoenix, I&#x27;ve never seen them in the tournament. I don&#x27;t know much about them. Well, you know, listen, I&#x27;ll tell you, I think that over the past couple of decades, the learner has significantly changed, as we&#x27;ve already talked about.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> I think, though, that&#x27;s equally important is that there are quite a few colleges and universities that have changed the way they address their student bodies. You know, colleges and universities are wise to adapt themselves as a learner of today versus asking the learners of today to adapt themselves to the university. So, you know, how do we go about doing that? Obviously, first and foremost, technology is playing a huge role in today&#x27;s world. And therefore, it should play a huge role in today&#x27;s learner&#x27;s experience. You know, University of Phoenix, we don&#x27;t just use technology. We embrace it. So much so that we have pioneered so many of the best practices and techniques and processes that you&#x27;re starting to hear from a lot of the colleges and universities around the country.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> First and foremost, and what we&#x27;re probably most well known for is our online learning environment. People who attend our university are strictly online. But more than that are other techniques, such as smartphone applications, online libraries, customized tutoring options and skills assistance resources that are geared towards the student of today versus the student of yesterday. Those are just a few ways University of Phoenix sets itself apart. No, that&#x27;s great. If you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Vice President of the University of Phoenix Atlanta campus, Mike Huron. And we&#x27;re glad you&#x27;ve taken some time out of your day here to join us. So, you&#x27;re talking about the student of today and all the hurdles they have to face. And the cost is huge. What&#x27;s the benefit of getting that higher education?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I saw a study not too long ago. I think it might have been information even from you guys saying that a college degree is worth almost in a lifetime over a million dollars more in earnings for the student. Yeah, it was actually a study that was conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau. And their findings were that just what you said, a person with a college degree can expect to earn upwards of a million dollars more over their lifetime than somebody without a college degree. That in and of itself makes that investment, which a college degree is an investment, a sound investment. Another proof point is a study that was conducted by the Brookings Institute. And beyond just the variety of different conclusions and results they came to, they said, listen, even with the price of a college education rising, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any debate that it is rising today,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> it&#x27;s still one of the most sound, best financial investments that a person can make. No, absolutely. I think, are they equating the rising costs in beer as well for colleges? It makes going to school that much more expensive these days. But what are the popular fields that you guys are pushing and seeing more? Because the one thing I like what I&#x27;ve seen a lot about the University of Phoenix, it doesn&#x27;t have, I won&#x27;t say it doesn&#x27;t have, it might, but it&#x27;s practical fields of study compared to, if you want to call it, other schools where you&#x27;re going to get basket weaving. Yeah. Yeah, well, you know, I appreciate you noticing that. But, you know, our degree programs are very much geared to what&#x27;s in demand today. So, obviously, our business programs see a huge interest from our student body,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> both at the undergraduate level and the graduate level. But what might not be as known is that our, you know, fields inside the healthcare administration area, IT, and IT, when it comes specific to IT, it&#x27;s not so much, I would say, programming or hand out an application, but more management, more critical thinking skills, more strategy, you know, with a twist of business onto it. I think that&#x27;s what today&#x27;s employer is looking for, those critical thinking skills, those abilities to work in teams. You know, those are the attributes and the competencies, I think, that are in most demand today. No, absolutely. Problem-solving skills are huge for employers these days because there&#x27;s so many different ways to solve a problem these days.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And finding the best way is a big hurdle. Now, here&#x27;s a question for you. If you weren&#x27;t in the education field, what field would you find yourself in that you would have studied at the University of Phoenix? Well, you know, I have a real passion for helping people. I have a real passion for helping people realize their goals and their dreams. I believe, and you may feel corny, but I really believe that the more we focus as a society on the rest of society, the better off we&#x27;re going to be. Oh, that&#x27;s not corny. So I would be something in the area of helping people. No, excellent. Excellent. Good to hear you. Once again, if you just join us, we&#x27;re getting to spend some time with Mike Huron, Vice President of the University of Phoenix Atlanta campus. Thank you so much you got some time to join with us here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> Before we let you go, is there anything else you wanted to add that we might have missed throughout this conversation? Yeah. You know, I think that there&#x27;s some, I guess, important advice that I would give your listeners if they&#x27;re considering going back to school. And that is, I guess, in a nutshell, what I would say is, you know, a college degree is a big investment. And so I think that if you&#x27;re willing to make the investment in bettering yourself and opening up the opportunities in life that a college degree can bring, you should invest the time in educating yourself on your options. That be financial options, that be the school of choice or university or college of choice. You want to take the time to investigate all of the options available to you before making a final decision. The best way your listeners can do that is by, I&#x27;ll give them two websites.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Okay. One is edu.gov. It&#x27;s a government-run website. And it lists, among other things, the accreditation of universities and colleges across the country. Accreditation is a very important point, a very important attribute of each university and college that students should look into. And then it also gives a wealth of information on some of the financial options. That website is edu.gov. edu.gov. All right. Got it. Yep. And then the other website I&#x27;d give them is ours. That&#x27;s phoenix.edu. Obviously, it has a wealth of University of Phoenix-specific information. But beyond that, there are a bunch of resources that are available on that site for any student, regardless of where they&#x27;re going to attend. Resources such as self-assessment tools that help students determine for themselves what kind of learner are they.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> Are they an auditory learner or a visual learner, a solitary learner or a group learner? Some key things to know before you start under your degree program. Another resource that&#x27;s on there is information about our unique university orientation program. It&#x27;s a three-week workshop that we offer at no cost to the public that helps students determine if they have the motivation, determination, focus, pick-to-it-ness, if you will, to be successful in a college environment. I think it&#x27;s an important thing for people to determine prior to any financial obligation. No, those are all great sites, and I love the idea of the last one, too, of almost just making sure it&#x27;s the right fit for you. Because just like anything in life, I mean, you don&#x27;t want to be financially obligated before you&#x27;re actually prepared and ready to take on the task. Yeah, responsible financial decisions by our students is important.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> Absolutely. And it probably helps your long-term success with your students as well, getting the right people in the classes as well. Sure. Now, I got one more question because you guys are sort of more pioneers of how, like, the student of today. Where do you guys see higher education, university, college education in the next 10 to 15 years changing from even where it is today? Well, you know, I see more colleges and universities adapting themselves to the learner of today versus the learner of yesterday. I see colleges and universities positioning themselves to help prepare the workforce of tomorrow. I think if you look at our landscape, we have a population that is well-prepared for the jobs and the working environment of yesterday, but we&#x27;re starting to realize we need to prepare for tomorrow. So some of the skills you and I talked about, problem solving, critical thinking, working in teams, working in groups,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> those are skills and attributes that we need to focus more on in today&#x27;s education to prepare for tomorrow. So, you know, I see the education environment adapting even more to that to prepare us for the future. No, that&#x27;s great. That makes a lot of sense. Now, I just got to ask before I let you go, do I get a college credit for talking to you here for a few minutes? Well, I don&#x27;t know about that, but you certainly know quite a bit about it. I was trying, just trying to, you know, trying to up my credits just one more at a time, right? So, Mike Heron, Vice President of the Atlanta Campus at University of Phoenix. Thank you so much for joining us here on the Financials 4. We look forward to talking to you again in the future real soon here. Well, thank you for having me again, Rob. All right. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Hearon of the University of Phoenix joins the Financial Safari team to discuss returning to school. Recorded in August 2012, the conversation explores adult education, career goals, and the questions prospective students face.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m Rob Blasey, part of the Financial Safari team. We have a special guest with us today from the University of Phoenix, Vice President of the Atlanta Campus, Mike Heron. Thank you so much for joining us today. Well, thank you for having me. No, it&#x27;s a great time to have you. It&#x27;s back to school time. I know a lot of people&#x27;s favorite time of the year, not one of mine growing up, but it&#x27;s that time here where people are thinking about going back to school. And what are you guys seeing with people going back to school in your field at the University of Phoenix? Well, you know, we&#x27;re seeing a lot of people interested in going back to school. Obviously, you&#x27;re talking about going back to grade school and elementary school. I think, back, it wasn&#x27;t one of my favorites either. But the type of school we&#x27;re talking about is adults going back to further their higher education,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> either obtaining their bachelor&#x27;s degree or master&#x27;s degree or even beyond. And, you know, what we&#x27;re really seeing is that a lot of people are realizing that, you know, school is for them. Even if they are later in life or they&#x27;re older or they&#x27;re already working, a college degree or an advanced college degree can really benefit them. No, absolutely. Now, what roadblocks do you see people are coming in? If they came in, I don&#x27;t know how much direct access you have to the people coming in, you know, signing up for classes. But, like, someone my age, you know, 10 years out of what college would be, you&#x27;re going, I really don&#x27;t want to go sit in a classroom with a whole bunch of 18-year-olds that are just out of high school. Right, right. Yeah, well, you know, to answer your first question, yeah, I actually, believe it or not, have quite a bit of contact with the students that are coming in. Beyond just all the responsibilities of my position, I spend quite a bit of time walking around the campus,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> popping into new student orientations, or obviously shaking the hands of almost all of our graduates at the Atlanta campus at our commencement ceremony every year. Excellent. But, you know, what we&#x27;re hearing is just what you said. You know, people are nervous. You know, people are concerned. It may have been a few years since they&#x27;ve been in school. This may not be something that they are used to. You know, the student of yesterday, like you and I were talking about before, of 18, 19 years old coming out of high school, going straight off to college, going to live in a dorm, sometimes going to school with your friends. That just isn&#x27;t the norm anymore. You know, today&#x27;s students are working adults. They have families. They have responsibilities. They have jobs. They have careers, or they&#x27;re looking to change careers.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And so there&#x27;s a little bit of trepidation with the students that come in. But I think what they quickly find out once they get into our program, at least, and probably most programs, is that they&#x27;re not alone. That the new norm, the new college student of today, is what we call non-traditional. Help me out with non-traditional. Yeah, well, non-traditional being almost the opposite of everything I just mentioned before. They are, well, the average age of a University of Phoenix student is somewhere around 33 years old. Okay. A vast majority of our students are working. They are either looking to retool for a new career, or they&#x27;re looking for specific advancement in the career they have. They are, here&#x27;s a big one, and it&#x27;s probably pertinent to your show and to your listeners. They are footing a significant portion of the financial obligation to getting that degree.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Oh, yeah. A couple decades ago, you&#x27;re receiving significant help from your parents or your family or a guardian. And that just isn&#x27;t the case anymore. That&#x27;s not the norm anymore. Yeah, at least, you know, 10 years ago, if you had to pay for it yourself, at least maybe you&#x27;re still living at home and didn&#x27;t have to pay for food, rent, all the other miscellaneous expenses that go along with it. And you certainly didn&#x27;t have children and a job or a family to take care of. No doubt on that. Now, what makes the University of Phoenix different than all the schools I see on ESPN? Yeah, yeah, ESPN. Funny you mentioned that. Because I think University of Phoenix, I&#x27;ve never seen them in the tournament. I don&#x27;t know much about them. Well, you know, listen, I&#x27;ll tell you, I think that over the past couple of decades, the learner has significantly changed, as we&#x27;ve already talked about.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> I think, though, that&#x27;s equally important is that there are quite a few colleges and universities that have changed the way they address their student bodies. You know, colleges and universities are wise to adapt themselves as a learner of today versus asking the learners of today to adapt themselves to the university. So, you know, how do we go about doing that? Obviously, first and foremost, technology is playing a huge role in today&#x27;s world. And therefore, it should play a huge role in today&#x27;s learner&#x27;s experience. You know, University of Phoenix, we don&#x27;t just use technology. We embrace it. So much so that we have pioneered so many of the best practices and techniques and processes that you&#x27;re starting to hear from a lot of the colleges and universities around the country.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> First and foremost, and what we&#x27;re probably most well known for is our online learning environment. People who attend our university are strictly online. But more than that are other techniques, such as smartphone applications, online libraries, customized tutoring options and skills assistance resources that are geared towards the student of today versus the student of yesterday. Those are just a few ways University of Phoenix sets itself apart. No, that&#x27;s great. If you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Vice President of the University of Phoenix Atlanta campus, Mike Huron. And we&#x27;re glad you&#x27;ve taken some time out of your day here to join us. So, you&#x27;re talking about the student of today and all the hurdles they have to face. And the cost is huge. What&#x27;s the benefit of getting that higher education?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I saw a study not too long ago. I think it might have been information even from you guys saying that a college degree is worth almost in a lifetime over a million dollars more in earnings for the student. Yeah, it was actually a study that was conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau. And their findings were that just what you said, a person with a college degree can expect to earn upwards of a million dollars more over their lifetime than somebody without a college degree. That in and of itself makes that investment, which a college degree is an investment, a sound investment. Another proof point is a study that was conducted by the Brookings Institute. And beyond just the variety of different conclusions and results they came to, they said, listen, even with the price of a college education rising, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s any debate that it is rising today,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> it&#x27;s still one of the most sound, best financial investments that a person can make. No, absolutely. I think, are they equating the rising costs in beer as well for colleges? It makes going to school that much more expensive these days. But what are the popular fields that you guys are pushing and seeing more? Because the one thing I like what I&#x27;ve seen a lot about the University of Phoenix, it doesn&#x27;t have, I won&#x27;t say it doesn&#x27;t have, it might, but it&#x27;s practical fields of study compared to, if you want to call it, other schools where you&#x27;re going to get basket weaving. Yeah. Yeah, well, you know, I appreciate you noticing that. But, you know, our degree programs are very much geared to what&#x27;s in demand today. So, obviously, our business programs see a huge interest from our student body,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> both at the undergraduate level and the graduate level. But what might not be as known is that our, you know, fields inside the healthcare administration area, IT, and IT, when it comes specific to IT, it&#x27;s not so much, I would say, programming or hand out an application, but more management, more critical thinking skills, more strategy, you know, with a twist of business onto it. I think that&#x27;s what today&#x27;s employer is looking for, those critical thinking skills, those abilities to work in teams. You know, those are the attributes and the competencies, I think, that are in most demand today. No, absolutely. Problem-solving skills are huge for employers these days because there&#x27;s so many different ways to solve a problem these days.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And finding the best way is a big hurdle. Now, here&#x27;s a question for you. If you weren&#x27;t in the education field, what field would you find yourself in that you would have studied at the University of Phoenix? Well, you know, I have a real passion for helping people. I have a real passion for helping people realize their goals and their dreams. I believe, and you may feel corny, but I really believe that the more we focus as a society on the rest of society, the better off we&#x27;re going to be. Oh, that&#x27;s not corny. So I would be something in the area of helping people. No, excellent. Excellent. Good to hear you. Once again, if you just join us, we&#x27;re getting to spend some time with Mike Huron, Vice President of the University of Phoenix Atlanta campus. Thank you so much you got some time to join with us here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> Before we let you go, is there anything else you wanted to add that we might have missed throughout this conversation? Yeah. You know, I think that there&#x27;s some, I guess, important advice that I would give your listeners if they&#x27;re considering going back to school. And that is, I guess, in a nutshell, what I would say is, you know, a college degree is a big investment. And so I think that if you&#x27;re willing to make the investment in bettering yourself and opening up the opportunities in life that a college degree can bring, you should invest the time in educating yourself on your options. That be financial options, that be the school of choice or university or college of choice. You want to take the time to investigate all of the options available to you before making a final decision. The best way your listeners can do that is by, I&#x27;ll give them two websites.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Okay. One is edu.gov. It&#x27;s a government-run website. And it lists, among other things, the accreditation of universities and colleges across the country. Accreditation is a very important point, a very important attribute of each university and college that students should look into. And then it also gives a wealth of information on some of the financial options. That website is edu.gov. edu.gov. All right. Got it. Yep. And then the other website I&#x27;d give them is ours. That&#x27;s phoenix.edu. Obviously, it has a wealth of University of Phoenix-specific information. But beyond that, there are a bunch of resources that are available on that site for any student, regardless of where they&#x27;re going to attend. Resources such as self-assessment tools that help students determine for themselves what kind of learner are they.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> Are they an auditory learner or a visual learner, a solitary learner or a group learner? Some key things to know before you start under your degree program. Another resource that&#x27;s on there is information about our unique university orientation program. It&#x27;s a three-week workshop that we offer at no cost to the public that helps students determine if they have the motivation, determination, focus, pick-to-it-ness, if you will, to be successful in a college environment. I think it&#x27;s an important thing for people to determine prior to any financial obligation. No, those are all great sites, and I love the idea of the last one, too, of almost just making sure it&#x27;s the right fit for you. Because just like anything in life, I mean, you don&#x27;t want to be financially obligated before you&#x27;re actually prepared and ready to take on the task. Yeah, responsible financial decisions by our students is important.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> Absolutely. And it probably helps your long-term success with your students as well, getting the right people in the classes as well. Sure. Now, I got one more question because you guys are sort of more pioneers of how, like, the student of today. Where do you guys see higher education, university, college education in the next 10 to 15 years changing from even where it is today? Well, you know, I see more colleges and universities adapting themselves to the learner of today versus the learner of yesterday. I see colleges and universities positioning themselves to help prepare the workforce of tomorrow. I think if you look at our landscape, we have a population that is well-prepared for the jobs and the working environment of yesterday, but we&#x27;re starting to realize we need to prepare for tomorrow. So some of the skills you and I talked about, problem solving, critical thinking, working in teams, working in groups,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> those are skills and attributes that we need to focus more on in today&#x27;s education to prepare for tomorrow. So, you know, I see the education environment adapting even more to that to prepare us for the future. No, that&#x27;s great. That makes a lot of sense. Now, I just got to ask before I let you go, do I get a college credit for talking to you here for a few minutes? Well, I don&#x27;t know about that, but you certainly know quite a bit about it. I was trying, just trying to, you know, trying to up my credits just one more at a time, right? So, Mike Heron, Vice President of the Atlanta Campus at University of Phoenix. Thank you so much for joining us here on the Financials 4. We look forward to talking to you again in the future real soon here. Well, thank you for having me again, Rob. All right. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Hearon of the University of Phoenix joins the Financial Safari team to discuss returning to school. Recorded in August 2012, the conversation explores adult education, career goals, and the questions prospective students face.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Hearon</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <category>Returning to School as an Adult</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Hearon, college planning, Returning to School as an Adult, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48/image.jpg?t=1792071793&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-hearon-returning-to-school-as-an-adult/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48/image.jpg?t=1792071793&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>757</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b9ba179-32ab-41fe-b229-b4e30017ea48/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12139880" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-hearon-returning-to-school-as-an-adult</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>168</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Returning to School as an Adult" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:24" title="Technology and everyday life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Stovall: The Ultimate Gift and an Empowering Message</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Stovall: The Ultimate Gift and an Empowering Message</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Ultimate Gift and the message behind his writing and speaking. This August 2012 interview explores overcoming challenges, purpose, and the people who make a difference in our lives.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-August 2012, Coach Pete and Peter Rashawn interview former Olympian Jim Stovall. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at looking into the complex financial world, now turns to a very special guest here on the program. He is a national champion, Olympic weightlifter, and a best-selling author of the book The Ultimate Gift. Jim Stovall now joins us on the program. Jim, welcome into the Financial Safari. It is great to be with you guys. We brought you in, Jim, because Coach Pete and I heard you speak earlier this year at a great convention out in L.A., and we wanted to bring you in because the empowering message</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> of your speech there really struck both of us. And we wanted to just dive into that a little bit more. Can you give us a little bit of background and let the listeners know a little bit about who you are, where you came from, and your journey through life? Well, I grew up in a typical home here in Oklahoma, where I live, and I&#x27;m my parents&#x27; third child, and the first two passed away. I had a sister die of leukemia. For those who have seen The Ultimate Gift movie, that character I wrote, the little girl, wasn&#x27;t as much fiction as most people think. And my brother died of a lung disorder. And then during my teenage years, I thought I was going to be an NFL football player. And things were progressing well, and people that know about such things felt good about my prospects. And so I had no plan B or any other idea what I was going to do with the rest of my life.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I thought I&#x27;m heading off to play in the NFL. And then one year during a routine physical to go play another season of ball, I was diagnosed with a condition that would cause me to lose my eyesight. As you mentioned, I switched and became a competitive Olympic weightlifter and finished my athletic career doing that. And then throughout my 20s, I slowly started losing my sight. And at age 29, I lost the remainder of my sight. And I&#x27;ve lived the last 23 years as a blind person. After getting over the shock of that, I started a venture that I still run today called the Narrative Television Network. And we make television accessible for 13 million blind and visually impaired people across the country on all the major networks in a lot of the movie studios. Started writing books as a result of that.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And after writing six or seven nonfiction, business, financial, how-to books, my publisher wanted something else. And I was running out of things to write about. I&#x27;d written everything I knew and a few things I only kind of suspected. So I wrote my first novel, The Ultimate Gift. And it has become kind of a worldwide phenomenon unto itself with seven or eight million copies in print all around the world. And then Fox made it into a major motion picture. And since then, I&#x27;ve had several of my other novels turned into movies. And we&#x27;re working on a couple now. So, you know, from there to here. And Matt, you guys, when I was working out in L.A., I guess, earlier this year, doing an event. And the thing I remember about that is it was at the Wax Museum. And all these financial advisors came in from around the country.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But I was speaking to them. But I&#x27;ll always remember that event out of all the ones I do in any given year because they had me on stage at a podium. And standing next to me was Marilyn Monroe. I don&#x27;t get that everywhere I go. Good company. That was memorable, yes. You know, Steve Forbes has said about you, and of course, Steve Forbes, president and CEO of Forbes magazine, says, Jim Stovall is one of the most extraordinary men in our era. And Jim, I really think he makes a good point there. I mean, you were Olympic powerlifter. Now we&#x27;re in Olympic season right now. Explain the Olympic powerlifting. How was that? And then the transition from an Olympic powerlifter to a fantastic and very intelligent director of movies. Well, you know, it&#x27;s interesting, and Mr. Forbes is a great guy. I just wrote a book called The Lamp, and we made a movie out of it with Academy Award</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> winner Louis Gossett, Jr. But I put Steve Forbes in the movie. And if anybody&#x27;s seen any of my films, I play a cameo role in all of my films. I&#x27;m always the limo driver. Something just seemed right to me about having the blind guy drive the limo. Well, in this case, I&#x27;m driving the limo in New York City outside the Forbes building, and then our character goes upstairs for a meeting with Mr. Forbes. And when you see The Lamp movie, you&#x27;ll realize that really is Steve Forbes. And I told him, you know, you got through the film here, buddy, but don&#x27;t quit the day job, if you know what I mean. His acting prospects are somewhat limited. But, you know, every year when the Olympics, every four years when the Olympics roll around, it&#x27;s an interesting thing for me because being an Olympic weightlifter, I always pursued that. And as every old athlete thinks, you always have one more in you.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And, you know, I remember the 88 Olympics, then the 92 Olympics, then the 96 Olympics. And you always think, man, I could come back one more time. But beyond the 2000 games, you realize you don&#x27;t even think about it. You just, you know, my wife, Crystal, told me about 2000. And look, you know, they play that little Olympic song, don&#x27;t even think about it. It&#x27;s been a great ride and a great experience. Again, we are talking with Jim Stovall, who is author of The Ultimate Gift, which is now a major motion picture. He&#x27;s also a national champion, Olympic weightlifter. And Jim, the message of the speech that you gave out in L.A. that Coach Pete and I saw you at was, anything is possible. And the world of television, of books, of movies, it doesn&#x27;t seem to be conducive to</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> the visually impaired out there. It doesn&#x27;t seem like a realm that would be something that a visually impaired person could conquer. And certainly there have been many difficulties in your life that you have overcome and many difficulties in decision making. Can you talk to some of the challenges and the decisions that you have had to make and how you have pushed forward through those? You know, I am a huge believer that anything is possible, but I don&#x27;t believe everything is possible at the same time. You know, I tell people you have the right to choose and you&#x27;re one quality decision from anything you want and you change your life when you change your mind. That&#x27;s the most powerful concept we&#x27;ll ever learn. Everything you&#x27;ll ever do and know and have and create and learn and give away and leave behind as a legacy is based on the fact that you change your life when you change your mind.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The reality is that focus is what makes things work for you. You can choose to be anything you want to be, but in the short term, you&#x27;re going to have to be 100% focused on that single thing. And very few people ever get that in life. And, you know, the thing we talk to money managers about all the time is, and I don&#x27;t even like the term money managers, money is easy to manage. People are hard to manage. Money will do the same thing every time. It&#x27;ll do exactly what you tell it to do. It&#x27;s people. And it&#x27;s making that money match up with people and their goals is what really matters. And I have the privilege now of, in addition to the arena events where I speak, I do a lot of super wealthy family retreats. I do several billionaire family retreats every year.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And in September, I&#x27;ll be down in Atlanta speaking to a couple hundred families, all in the 50 million and up category. And we talk about the same issues that we talk to everyone else about. It&#x27;s just that their problems and their benefits come on steroids. I mean, everything is speeded up. Money doesn&#x27;t make you better. It makes you more of whatever you are. If you are a good, loving, giving, caring person that wants to make a difference in the world, money will magnify that effort. If you&#x27;re an evil, nasty, despicable human being, money will just make you more of that. So we want to make sure that our money does what we want it to do. And then when we become people of wealth, we want to make sure we don&#x27;t pass that on to our second and third generation without the benefit of the values that should come with</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> those valuables. And that&#x27;s what the ultimate gift story is about, is a billionaire that realizes this money has corrupted his whole family. And before he dies, he decides he has one grandson he thinks has some potential. And he sends him on a 12-month odyssey to learn the gift of work and money and friends and all the various things. And then at the end of that 12 months, then if he can get over all those hurdles, then he receives the ultimate gift. And we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s Emmy Award winning Jim Stovall, author of The Ultimate Gift, a movie and a book. Jim, what I found here nationally in my research is that I think people need simple steps. I&#x27;ve written a book now called The Seven Financial Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement because the little steps add up to big things, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> Absolutely. I mean, the vast majority of people in our society need to do no money management. They need to get out of debt. They have no money to manage. Everything they ever owned and everything they hope to work for in the coming years has already been pledged to someone else. So before you worry about money management, you&#x27;ve got to get yourself out of the hole and have some money to manage. And you&#x27;ve got to take care of those things that can derail you. I don&#x27;t care how well you manage and invest your money. If you don&#x27;t take care of the insurances and the various will and estate issues, that can all be taken away from you in just a moment. I mean, anything can happen. You&#x27;ve got to protect this nest egg you&#x27;re building. And then it&#x27;s very, very simple. It&#x27;s not easy. It&#x27;s very simple. It&#x27;s like weightlifting. I could tell you everything you need to know right off the bat to be a world champion weightlifter.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> There&#x27;s the bar over there. You pick it up and put it over your head. You win. It&#x27;s very simple. It&#x27;s not easy. But it&#x27;s very, very simple. Money management&#x27;s the same way. You know, you need to get on a methodical, routine plan and do the same thing. And financial planning, in my mind, is a lot like airlines. I like my flights to be really boring. I like my trips to be good, but I like the flights to be really boring. Absolutely. Well, retirement&#x27;s the same way. I want you to have an exciting retirement. And to get you to an exciting retirement, you&#x27;ve got to have a boring plan. Well, we talked to Sully Sullenberger a couple months ago on our show, and he&#x27;s the former U.S. air pilot who landed the plane in the Hudson. And what he said was, same thing you just said, he liked boring flights. Absolutely. And as much as I admire what Sully did on that flight, I&#x27;d just soon never do that.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> That&#x27;s right. Again, Jim Stovall with us here on the program. And Jim, of course, is author of The Ultimate Gift. And that really is a book that looks inside the motivations. Jim, it&#x27;s our motivations in life that really drive our decisions. And you said something very poignant at the event that we saw you speak at, and that was what motivates people? And if you have a goal and you did not achieve that goal, Jim, you said you look in the mirror and there&#x27;s one thing that you should say and one excuse. I really didn&#x27;t want it that bad. Because when it comes to, you know, people tell me they want things all the time. But the question is, how badly do you want it? Like I said, you can have anything you want, but you can&#x27;t have everything. It&#x27;s a trade-off. You&#x27;re going to have to give up something to get the thing you want. And what is it you&#x27;re giving up? And most people, they tell me they really want things.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> But if you followed them all day, day after day after day, and observed them, you would have no clue what it is they want because they&#x27;re not actively doing things today that would make a difference. And if you have a goal, if you have something you want to achieve in your life, that should be apparent to people. You should be doing things today that will get you closer to that goal. Because every day, at the end of the day, when you put your head on the pillow, you either are one day closer or one day farther from that thing you claim you want. And, you know, people all the time, they say they want things, but you really don&#x27;t see that activity and that productivity happen. You know, people are like the squirrel running around in the cage. A whole lot of activity and very little productivity. Because, guys, we live in a world when it&#x27;s all said and done. There&#x27;s an awful lot said and very little done.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> And, you know, people say they want things because it sounds cool, but what are you really willing to do? And that&#x27;s the one thing I like, you know, getting back to the Olympics. It&#x27;s the one thing I like watching those Olympic athletes. We know what the rules are. We know what the competition is. There&#x27;s a winner. There&#x27;s a loser. And it&#x27;s real clean cut. And it&#x27;s, you know, it comes down to who wants it more and who prepared the best. And that&#x27;s all you got to do to have a great financial plan and an amazing retirement. Jim, I went to college at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. And we had, there was a guy in our apartment complex. We called him All Talk Andy because he was always going to be doing everything, but he never did anything. He always slept. We called him the Count after a while because he would only get up at night and then he would go out partying. But he was always talking about how he&#x27;s going to do great things. And what I&#x27;ve seen here lately is the mentality these days from some is to do nothing yet have</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> everything. And that&#x27;s a dangerous little mentality we have these days, isn&#x27;t it? Sure. I mean, you know, we got from where we would save up and buy things. These are grandparents&#x27; generations. They had this layaway plan or the Christmas club plan and you&#x27;d put your money aside. And then when you had enough money, you got what you wanted. We&#x27;ve gone from there to where nothing down, no payments, no job, no nothing. And you can walk out with anything you want. But it comes with a huge hook inside there. And Andy, you were talking about, I mean, I see this, the whole world now, they live in this mythical place called Someday Isle. You know, the wind blows and the trees sway and someday I&#x27;ll do this and someday I&#x27;ll do that and someday never comes. Particularly when you talk about retirement, it&#x27;s like planting a tree. When&#x27;s the best time to plant a tree?</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> About 30 years ago was the best time to plant a tree. But if we didn&#x27;t do it then, the best time to plant it is today, right now. Well, we all wish we had started our retirement planning when we were 18, when we got our first part-time job. But if we didn&#x27;t do that, you really need to do it today. I find these charts interesting because people look at, well, how much will I accumulate in my financial plan? And it doesn&#x27;t do much for the first few years, but the last two or three years are amazing. But people procrastinate. You need to remember what you&#x27;re losing by not getting started this year. It&#x27;s not the first year. It&#x27;s that last year. It&#x27;s when those big numbers roll over and you have enough money to live on. That&#x27;s what not starting today will cost you. Jim, what an excellent interview you&#x27;ve given us today. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined us late and you want to pick up the whole interview, we&#x27;ll</p><p><strong>14:19</strong> have it posted on financialsafari.com. Go to the show tabs and you can listen to the interview and also have a link to Jim&#x27;s website. Jim, we really appreciate it. Hey, you guys are great. I do an awful lot of these and I really appreciate someone with your energy, concern, and competency on the topic. So keep up the great work. And Jim, thanks for your time. We hope to have you on again soon. Look forward to it, guys. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Ultimate Gift and the message behind his writing and speaking. This August 2012 interview explores overcoming challenges, purpose, and the people who make a difference in our lives.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-August 2012, Coach Pete and Peter Rashawn interview former Olympian Jim Stovall. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at looking into the complex financial world, now turns to a very special guest here on the program. He is a national champion, Olympic weightlifter, and a best-selling author of the book The Ultimate Gift. Jim Stovall now joins us on the program. Jim, welcome into the Financial Safari. It is great to be with you guys. We brought you in, Jim, because Coach Pete and I heard you speak earlier this year at a great convention out in L.A., and we wanted to bring you in because the empowering message</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> of your speech there really struck both of us. And we wanted to just dive into that a little bit more. Can you give us a little bit of background and let the listeners know a little bit about who you are, where you came from, and your journey through life? Well, I grew up in a typical home here in Oklahoma, where I live, and I&#x27;m my parents&#x27; third child, and the first two passed away. I had a sister die of leukemia. For those who have seen The Ultimate Gift movie, that character I wrote, the little girl, wasn&#x27;t as much fiction as most people think. And my brother died of a lung disorder. And then during my teenage years, I thought I was going to be an NFL football player. And things were progressing well, and people that know about such things felt good about my prospects. And so I had no plan B or any other idea what I was going to do with the rest of my life.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I thought I&#x27;m heading off to play in the NFL. And then one year during a routine physical to go play another season of ball, I was diagnosed with a condition that would cause me to lose my eyesight. As you mentioned, I switched and became a competitive Olympic weightlifter and finished my athletic career doing that. And then throughout my 20s, I slowly started losing my sight. And at age 29, I lost the remainder of my sight. And I&#x27;ve lived the last 23 years as a blind person. After getting over the shock of that, I started a venture that I still run today called the Narrative Television Network. And we make television accessible for 13 million blind and visually impaired people across the country on all the major networks in a lot of the movie studios. Started writing books as a result of that.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And after writing six or seven nonfiction, business, financial, how-to books, my publisher wanted something else. And I was running out of things to write about. I&#x27;d written everything I knew and a few things I only kind of suspected. So I wrote my first novel, The Ultimate Gift. And it has become kind of a worldwide phenomenon unto itself with seven or eight million copies in print all around the world. And then Fox made it into a major motion picture. And since then, I&#x27;ve had several of my other novels turned into movies. And we&#x27;re working on a couple now. So, you know, from there to here. And Matt, you guys, when I was working out in L.A., I guess, earlier this year, doing an event. And the thing I remember about that is it was at the Wax Museum. And all these financial advisors came in from around the country.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But I was speaking to them. But I&#x27;ll always remember that event out of all the ones I do in any given year because they had me on stage at a podium. And standing next to me was Marilyn Monroe. I don&#x27;t get that everywhere I go. Good company. That was memorable, yes. You know, Steve Forbes has said about you, and of course, Steve Forbes, president and CEO of Forbes magazine, says, Jim Stovall is one of the most extraordinary men in our era. And Jim, I really think he makes a good point there. I mean, you were Olympic powerlifter. Now we&#x27;re in Olympic season right now. Explain the Olympic powerlifting. How was that? And then the transition from an Olympic powerlifter to a fantastic and very intelligent director of movies. Well, you know, it&#x27;s interesting, and Mr. Forbes is a great guy. I just wrote a book called The Lamp, and we made a movie out of it with Academy Award</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> winner Louis Gossett, Jr. But I put Steve Forbes in the movie. And if anybody&#x27;s seen any of my films, I play a cameo role in all of my films. I&#x27;m always the limo driver. Something just seemed right to me about having the blind guy drive the limo. Well, in this case, I&#x27;m driving the limo in New York City outside the Forbes building, and then our character goes upstairs for a meeting with Mr. Forbes. And when you see The Lamp movie, you&#x27;ll realize that really is Steve Forbes. And I told him, you know, you got through the film here, buddy, but don&#x27;t quit the day job, if you know what I mean. His acting prospects are somewhat limited. But, you know, every year when the Olympics, every four years when the Olympics roll around, it&#x27;s an interesting thing for me because being an Olympic weightlifter, I always pursued that. And as every old athlete thinks, you always have one more in you.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And, you know, I remember the 88 Olympics, then the 92 Olympics, then the 96 Olympics. And you always think, man, I could come back one more time. But beyond the 2000 games, you realize you don&#x27;t even think about it. You just, you know, my wife, Crystal, told me about 2000. And look, you know, they play that little Olympic song, don&#x27;t even think about it. It&#x27;s been a great ride and a great experience. Again, we are talking with Jim Stovall, who is author of The Ultimate Gift, which is now a major motion picture. He&#x27;s also a national champion, Olympic weightlifter. And Jim, the message of the speech that you gave out in L.A. that Coach Pete and I saw you at was, anything is possible. And the world of television, of books, of movies, it doesn&#x27;t seem to be conducive to</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> the visually impaired out there. It doesn&#x27;t seem like a realm that would be something that a visually impaired person could conquer. And certainly there have been many difficulties in your life that you have overcome and many difficulties in decision making. Can you talk to some of the challenges and the decisions that you have had to make and how you have pushed forward through those? You know, I am a huge believer that anything is possible, but I don&#x27;t believe everything is possible at the same time. You know, I tell people you have the right to choose and you&#x27;re one quality decision from anything you want and you change your life when you change your mind. That&#x27;s the most powerful concept we&#x27;ll ever learn. Everything you&#x27;ll ever do and know and have and create and learn and give away and leave behind as a legacy is based on the fact that you change your life when you change your mind.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The reality is that focus is what makes things work for you. You can choose to be anything you want to be, but in the short term, you&#x27;re going to have to be 100% focused on that single thing. And very few people ever get that in life. And, you know, the thing we talk to money managers about all the time is, and I don&#x27;t even like the term money managers, money is easy to manage. People are hard to manage. Money will do the same thing every time. It&#x27;ll do exactly what you tell it to do. It&#x27;s people. And it&#x27;s making that money match up with people and their goals is what really matters. And I have the privilege now of, in addition to the arena events where I speak, I do a lot of super wealthy family retreats. I do several billionaire family retreats every year.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And in September, I&#x27;ll be down in Atlanta speaking to a couple hundred families, all in the 50 million and up category. And we talk about the same issues that we talk to everyone else about. It&#x27;s just that their problems and their benefits come on steroids. I mean, everything is speeded up. Money doesn&#x27;t make you better. It makes you more of whatever you are. If you are a good, loving, giving, caring person that wants to make a difference in the world, money will magnify that effort. If you&#x27;re an evil, nasty, despicable human being, money will just make you more of that. So we want to make sure that our money does what we want it to do. And then when we become people of wealth, we want to make sure we don&#x27;t pass that on to our second and third generation without the benefit of the values that should come with</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> those valuables. And that&#x27;s what the ultimate gift story is about, is a billionaire that realizes this money has corrupted his whole family. And before he dies, he decides he has one grandson he thinks has some potential. And he sends him on a 12-month odyssey to learn the gift of work and money and friends and all the various things. And then at the end of that 12 months, then if he can get over all those hurdles, then he receives the ultimate gift. And we&#x27;re talking to Jim Stovall. He&#x27;s Emmy Award winning Jim Stovall, author of The Ultimate Gift, a movie and a book. Jim, what I found here nationally in my research is that I think people need simple steps. I&#x27;ve written a book now called The Seven Financial Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement because the little steps add up to big things, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> Absolutely. I mean, the vast majority of people in our society need to do no money management. They need to get out of debt. They have no money to manage. Everything they ever owned and everything they hope to work for in the coming years has already been pledged to someone else. So before you worry about money management, you&#x27;ve got to get yourself out of the hole and have some money to manage. And you&#x27;ve got to take care of those things that can derail you. I don&#x27;t care how well you manage and invest your money. If you don&#x27;t take care of the insurances and the various will and estate issues, that can all be taken away from you in just a moment. I mean, anything can happen. You&#x27;ve got to protect this nest egg you&#x27;re building. And then it&#x27;s very, very simple. It&#x27;s not easy. It&#x27;s very simple. It&#x27;s like weightlifting. I could tell you everything you need to know right off the bat to be a world champion weightlifter.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> There&#x27;s the bar over there. You pick it up and put it over your head. You win. It&#x27;s very simple. It&#x27;s not easy. But it&#x27;s very, very simple. Money management&#x27;s the same way. You know, you need to get on a methodical, routine plan and do the same thing. And financial planning, in my mind, is a lot like airlines. I like my flights to be really boring. I like my trips to be good, but I like the flights to be really boring. Absolutely. Well, retirement&#x27;s the same way. I want you to have an exciting retirement. And to get you to an exciting retirement, you&#x27;ve got to have a boring plan. Well, we talked to Sully Sullenberger a couple months ago on our show, and he&#x27;s the former U.S. air pilot who landed the plane in the Hudson. And what he said was, same thing you just said, he liked boring flights. Absolutely. And as much as I admire what Sully did on that flight, I&#x27;d just soon never do that.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> That&#x27;s right. Again, Jim Stovall with us here on the program. And Jim, of course, is author of The Ultimate Gift. And that really is a book that looks inside the motivations. Jim, it&#x27;s our motivations in life that really drive our decisions. And you said something very poignant at the event that we saw you speak at, and that was what motivates people? And if you have a goal and you did not achieve that goal, Jim, you said you look in the mirror and there&#x27;s one thing that you should say and one excuse. I really didn&#x27;t want it that bad. Because when it comes to, you know, people tell me they want things all the time. But the question is, how badly do you want it? Like I said, you can have anything you want, but you can&#x27;t have everything. It&#x27;s a trade-off. You&#x27;re going to have to give up something to get the thing you want. And what is it you&#x27;re giving up? And most people, they tell me they really want things.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> But if you followed them all day, day after day after day, and observed them, you would have no clue what it is they want because they&#x27;re not actively doing things today that would make a difference. And if you have a goal, if you have something you want to achieve in your life, that should be apparent to people. You should be doing things today that will get you closer to that goal. Because every day, at the end of the day, when you put your head on the pillow, you either are one day closer or one day farther from that thing you claim you want. And, you know, people all the time, they say they want things, but you really don&#x27;t see that activity and that productivity happen. You know, people are like the squirrel running around in the cage. A whole lot of activity and very little productivity. Because, guys, we live in a world when it&#x27;s all said and done. There&#x27;s an awful lot said and very little done.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> And, you know, people say they want things because it sounds cool, but what are you really willing to do? And that&#x27;s the one thing I like, you know, getting back to the Olympics. It&#x27;s the one thing I like watching those Olympic athletes. We know what the rules are. We know what the competition is. There&#x27;s a winner. There&#x27;s a loser. And it&#x27;s real clean cut. And it&#x27;s, you know, it comes down to who wants it more and who prepared the best. And that&#x27;s all you got to do to have a great financial plan and an amazing retirement. Jim, I went to college at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. And we had, there was a guy in our apartment complex. We called him All Talk Andy because he was always going to be doing everything, but he never did anything. He always slept. We called him the Count after a while because he would only get up at night and then he would go out partying. But he was always talking about how he&#x27;s going to do great things. And what I&#x27;ve seen here lately is the mentality these days from some is to do nothing yet have</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> everything. And that&#x27;s a dangerous little mentality we have these days, isn&#x27;t it? Sure. I mean, you know, we got from where we would save up and buy things. These are grandparents&#x27; generations. They had this layaway plan or the Christmas club plan and you&#x27;d put your money aside. And then when you had enough money, you got what you wanted. We&#x27;ve gone from there to where nothing down, no payments, no job, no nothing. And you can walk out with anything you want. But it comes with a huge hook inside there. And Andy, you were talking about, I mean, I see this, the whole world now, they live in this mythical place called Someday Isle. You know, the wind blows and the trees sway and someday I&#x27;ll do this and someday I&#x27;ll do that and someday never comes. Particularly when you talk about retirement, it&#x27;s like planting a tree. When&#x27;s the best time to plant a tree?</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> About 30 years ago was the best time to plant a tree. But if we didn&#x27;t do it then, the best time to plant it is today, right now. Well, we all wish we had started our retirement planning when we were 18, when we got our first part-time job. But if we didn&#x27;t do that, you really need to do it today. I find these charts interesting because people look at, well, how much will I accumulate in my financial plan? And it doesn&#x27;t do much for the first few years, but the last two or three years are amazing. But people procrastinate. You need to remember what you&#x27;re losing by not getting started this year. It&#x27;s not the first year. It&#x27;s that last year. It&#x27;s when those big numbers roll over and you have enough money to live on. That&#x27;s what not starting today will cost you. Jim, what an excellent interview you&#x27;ve given us today. And folks, if you&#x27;ve joined us late and you want to pick up the whole interview, we&#x27;ll</p><p><strong>14:19</strong> have it posted on financialsafari.com. Go to the show tabs and you can listen to the interview and also have a link to Jim&#x27;s website. Jim, we really appreciate it. Hey, you guys are great. I do an awful lot of these and I really appreciate someone with your energy, concern, and competency on the topic. So keep up the great work. And Jim, thanks for your time. We hope to have you on again soon. Look forward to it, guys. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Stovall joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Ultimate Gift and the message behind his writing and speaking. This August 2012 interview explores overcoming challenges, purpose, and the people who make a difference in our lives.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Stovall</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>The Ultimate Gift and an Empowering Message</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Stovall, books and authors, The Ultimate Gift and an Empowering Message, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f/image.jpg?t=1792072834&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-the-ultimate-gift-and-an-empowering-message/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f/image.jpg?t=1792072834&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>899</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2f9bf35-cbab-4496-9661-b4e2013c7d1f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14415271" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-stovall-the-ultimate-gift-and-an-empowering-message</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>169</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Ultimate Gift and an Empowering Message" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:37" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:48" title="Financial education and money habits" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rufus Edmisten: Public Service and Planning Ahead</title>
      <itunes:title>Rufus Edmisten: Public Service and Planning Ahead</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rufus Edmisten joins Coach Pete to reflect on public service, the Watergate investigation, and his work in North Carolina. This August 2012 interview also explores the importance of making legal and financial plans before they are needed.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. We look worldwide, we look locally, we look nationally. This week, we&#x27;re very lucky to have former Attorney General of North Carolina, former Secretary of State of North Carolina, former candidate for governor of North Carolina. His name is Rufus Edmiston. Rufus, welcome in. Oh, thank you, Coach. I&#x27;m very, very much a fan of your show. I know you have it on 100 stations across the country, at least. Yeah, it&#x27;s growing. And you&#x27;re quite something. You&#x27;re famous. Yeah. Well, I still have to do the dishes at home, Rufus, when after dinner my wife makes me do dishes. Now, you left off one thing, Pete, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. I was the Deputy Chief Counsel of the Senate Watergate Committee, and 40 years ago, I served the subpoena on Richard Nixon for the</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Watergate Tapes. Well, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? 40 years. Well, time, I keep wondering what in the world happened to all those years. Well, I started college at UNC in 1984, and that&#x27;s when you were running for governor. I remember all that back then. I remember your name. I mean, you know, my wife is over there with Roy Cooper these days at the Attorney General&#x27;s Office of North Carolina, and I still remember when you were over there. Oh, that&#x27;s great. That&#x27;s great. It was the best job I&#x27;ve ever had, really. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this, because since my wife has started working there, of course, we don&#x27;t talk about any case studies or real live cases, but we talk about case law and some of the scams that exist out there today in this country worldwide. And one of them, Rufus, we&#x27;ve talked about it before, is the Nigerian scam, which has reinvented itself over and over again, especially here with the emails and all that kind of stuff. Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. It still comes over and over</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> again. And, Coach, I have no idea why very intelligent people that I&#x27;ve known all my life will fall for it. I had a man who called me and said, I&#x27;m going to Boston to meet somebody. I said, with what? He said, some money. I said, no, you&#x27;re not. You don&#x27;t dare. And it&#x27;s amazing how people fall for those scams. It&#x27;s so elementary that if you don&#x27;t know somebody, don&#x27;t do business with them. Don&#x27;t do business over the telephone. There&#x27;s so much cold calling going around the country now when they can call people like you in the financial safari and find out what the truth is. I don&#x27;t know how you, it&#x27;s the greed part on people&#x27;s psyche some way, Pete, that just makes them do stupid things with their money. Give somebody else your money. Now, you and I have run into each other before at radio stations, and I gave you a copy of one of</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> my books. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ve given you all the books yet, but I&#x27;ve written three of them. One was called The Fine Print Fiasco, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know When You Buy, Borrow, and Invest. And it involved some of the things that people fall for on car lots, reverse mortgages, timeshares, all those kind of things. And I&#x27;m sure you saw timeshares even back when you were at Attorney General&#x27;s office. They&#x27;re really pushed these days. Pete, it&#x27;s one of the worst things that I dealt with when I was Attorney General. I put into effect when I was Attorney General some legislation that I got passed that tried to crack down on it some, but what people don&#x27;t understand about that is that they want to sell you that stuff, and then they know you won&#x27;t come. What do we call that? When you don&#x27;t show up, it&#x27;s the loss of some kind of something. And the whole thing is predicated upon selling the same thing over and over again.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> You&#x27;re not knowing where you&#x27;re going. I&#x27;ve had people tell me about going to places that were total dumps, that were just such a nightmare for people. And I always tell people to get the timeshare business. Now, I know that that is not a nice thing to say to some people that are in that business, but I rarely know any that people are satisfied with. One of the scams these days is when the people get stuck with a timeshare, and then they have to pay that yearly maintenance fee each and every year for something they&#x27;re not using, and they want out of that timeshare. So the new scam has come up where someone will act like they can help you sell the timeshare, but you have to pay them up front. Rufus, what do you say about people paying up front for anything? Absolutely no. The word is N-O. You don&#x27;t pay up front for anything. Nobody pays me up front for my legal services unless I know that they are unable to pay or will not pay. And especially in the timeshare</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> area, you don&#x27;t pay anybody up front anything. If somebody asks you for a deal and say, and the two keys to me are, is that you&#x27;ve got to hurry and get in this or it won&#x27;t last. And number two, you&#x27;ve got to give us something up front to show good faith. Dead ringer giveaways, that it&#x27;s a scam. So many people, they never tell about it, especially elderly people. They&#x27;re ashamed. There are so many companies that prey on elderly people that live in retirement homes. They know that these people are vulnerable, and yet they will not tell about it until something drastic has happened because they are ashamed to let the people around them know that they got hoodooed. Yeah. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rufus Edmiston. He is former attorney general of North Carolina, former secretary of state, former candidate for governor, and he also was the one who served the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> papers on Richard Nixon back in 1972, which was 40 years ago, Rufus. That&#x27;s correct. And you&#x27;re still practicing law these days, right? Yes, I am. I&#x27;m a government relations person here in Raleigh and have a clientele nationwide. I represent a number of companies that have a business with the government. Now, in your vast career that you&#x27;ve had, and it&#x27;s a fantastic career, if you had to put your finger on one of your most favorite things that you&#x27;ve ever done, what would that be besides serving the papers on Mr. Nixon? Yeah. Besides that, it&#x27;s being able, when I was attorney general, to help somebody who had been done in by some of these scammers and to help them get at least some of their money back. That was always a pleasure to me. And I think part of our problem today, Pete, is that we file these civil</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> actions and we say, okay, you&#x27;re ceasing to assist, and that doesn&#x27;t bother those people. My contention is that those people that scam people ought to be indicted criminally. That&#x27;s the only way you stop them. And I enjoyed it so much when I stopped one of those scams and sometimes would put somebody in jail over it. That gave me more thrill because folks out there, the big companies don&#x27;t need people. They can hire people like me, Pete. It&#x27;s the little folks that have saved up all their lives, and they&#x27;ve got a little nest egg there, and then they get scammed out of it. They are the people that need the help of the government officials. Yeah. And I&#x27;m still amazed these days. I mean, people believe what they see on TV. They read the internet, and they think it&#x27;s all factual on the internet. And you and I both know that&#x27;s about half true, if that much. If that much, yeah. Yeah. There&#x27;s so many things out there. And I run into this every single day. I talk to people,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> and they tell me what they have as far as what they&#x27;ve put together for their retirement plan. But when they show it to me, it&#x27;s not what they told me they had. Yeah. And because they don&#x27;t understand the fine print. And that&#x27;s where we always say the brochure is giveth, and the fine print taketh away, Rufus. You need to send me that book. I have your first one. That was the basic guide of people, just everyday dealings in the financial world. I don&#x27;t have yours on the scams. I would like to have that. And I think your books ought to be in the curriculum of our schools in this country. They&#x27;re down to earth. The language is plain, simple. It has subject and verbs in it. And most lawyers, you know, can&#x27;t write an English sentence nowadays. Your books are just tremendous instruments of knowledge for people.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> You know who I use as a trial person these days? I have something called the rule of six. And if you can&#x27;t explain it to a six-year-old and have them explain it back to you, it&#x27;s probably too complex. That&#x27;s correct. I like the rule of six. My daughter is six years old right now, and there was a film crew here a couple weeks ago filming a documentary about me, which will be on the bio channel next year, a biography channel. Oh, wonderful. I tried the rule of six on her, and she understood some things. But she had a five-year-old friend who didn&#x27;t understand. I told her friend, that&#x27;s because you&#x27;re not six yet. That&#x27;s exactly right. The five-year-olds, though, will fudge a little bit and say they&#x27;re almost six. So, yeah, we will make sure to get you a package of my books. I&#x27;m writing a new one now. It&#x27;s almost done. It&#x27;s called The Seven Financial Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement. And everyone who&#x27;s read it in the office here, when I&#x27;ve been working on it, has understood</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> it fully. Producer Rob, did you understand it? Even with my limited background in knowledge and education, I caught the points. Yeah. So we&#x27;ll get you a copy of that book when it comes out, too, Rufus. But now, the attorney general&#x27;s office, I talked to my wife about how it&#x27;s always busy over there. There&#x27;s so many things going on. And if somebody out there listening feels like they may have been misled by something, what would be the first step for them to do? They need to call the attorney general&#x27;s consumer protection division, the attorney general&#x27;s office. They&#x27;ll be asked that they&#x27;ll be sent a form, and they filled out that form explaining just how they have been taken in, what the circumstances are. Then the consumer division coach will then make an inquiry with the company. And the company, of course, if they&#x27;re a real fraudster, they&#x27;ll just run. And sometimes they&#x27;ll give a response that&#x27;s helpful. But</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> the main thing that a person needs to do is ask somebody like you before they do this. Some of these steps are so simple, but people get revved up in emotions, and they want to make a quick buck. I&#x27;ve got a guy that wants to come in here and it talks about this free insurance. I&#x27;m not going to go into details. And I&#x27;m leery of that, of course, Coach. He says, you will have free insurance. Now, I don&#x27;t know of anything in this financial world that&#x27;s exactly free. No. There&#x27;s something, you know, the thing I&#x27;m talking about? No, I don&#x27;t. Well, maybe I&#x27;ll talk to you offline about it sometime. But it&#x27;s free insurance. Well, I don&#x27;t buy that. If somebody says free, go get your ice cream cone and go home and eat it.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> Well, we all know that someone&#x27;s getting paid somewhere or else they wouldn&#x27;t be calling you, right? That&#x27;s how it happens. Now, you have a fiduciary relationship with your clients and you have throughout your history. And fiduciary, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what that means. I have one, too. I&#x27;m an investment advisor registered with the Secretary of State. What that means is we have to put our clients&#x27; needs ahead of ours. But unfortunately, in this world in general, there are too many people out there who don&#x27;t have a fiduciary relationship. Like your doctor, he has a fiduciary relationship to recommend the right medication to you, not the one that he would maybe get a kickback from maybe the pharmaceutical companies back in the day. Correct. I&#x27;m very familiar with the North Carolina Financial Advisor Act. I sponsored that and had the legislation said he was in place. And so a person, when they go out looking for somebody to help them with their investments, they should look to see if that person is a</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> registered financial advisor. Yep. Now, you can have a stockbroker that doesn&#x27;t have to be, as you well know, and I&#x27;ve heard your program, a stockbroker has, they&#x27;ve got great limits on them, too. They, but sometimes I&#x27;ve known where stockbrokers would, would mess up in some place and they&#x27;d switch them over to another company and just pass them along. But the safe thing, if somebody ever says to a person, I am a financial advisor, well, you can find out real quick whether they&#x27;re a real one or not, by checking with the Secretary of State&#x27;s office. So easy to do, but not many people do it. About 90% of financial people out there are not true fiduciaries who register with the state in that kind of manner. And then another thing we see, and this is the final point, of course, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rufus Edmiston. He&#x27;s former Secretary of State, former Attorney General, and former candidate</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> for governor of North Carolina. And Rufus, and of course, practicing attorney. And Rufus, how long have you been licensed in law? I&#x27;ve been licensed since 1968. 1968. In that time, I know you&#x27;ve... George Washington University Law School. George Washington. I went to law school at nighttime while I worked with Sam Irvin. Sam Irvin, what a great guy. I remember, I still remember the American Express commercial with him on there. Oh, yes. What a wonderful person. Now, here&#x27;s one thing I wanted to ask you, because we get these kind of comments or these questions all the time from people. And not so much these days, because they&#x27;ve been shut down pretty much. But there was something called a trust mill. And that&#x27;s where companies would come into the state and they&#x27;d invite you to a state planning workshop. And then they&#x27;d have a salesman try to sell you a will or trust. Rufus, I believe that everyone needs</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> a will or trust. But I also believe they should get that from an attorney. They can walk into the office and see the attorney at any time. What do you feel about that? Absolutely. Do not, under any circumstances, fall for that one. You don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re going to get. You don&#x27;t know with whom you&#x27;re talking. It&#x27;s a mill. You feel that much about it, go to LegalZoom. And I don&#x27;t recommend that either. I have more people trying to make out their own wills. They don&#x27;t understand that you can complicate things so much. And they need to go to an attorney, look at them, see that they have an office, and have a personal relationship with somebody. It&#x27;s just like a financial advisor. Never send money off anywhere. Never. Yeah, I agree. And you know, the unfortunate thing about estate planning is that when, well, when the time comes and it&#x27;s figured out you did it wrong, you can&#x27;t make the changes because you&#x27;re not here anymore. And so that&#x27;s...</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> No, you can&#x27;t. Former Attorney General, former Secretary of State Rufus Edmiston, we appreciate your time, and we hope to have you again on the show in the future. Well, Coach, you do a great service for the American people. Thank you. We appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rufus Edmisten joins Coach Pete to reflect on public service, the Watergate investigation, and his work in North Carolina. This August 2012 interview also explores the importance of making legal and financial plans before they are needed.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. We look worldwide, we look locally, we look nationally. This week, we&#x27;re very lucky to have former Attorney General of North Carolina, former Secretary of State of North Carolina, former candidate for governor of North Carolina. His name is Rufus Edmiston. Rufus, welcome in. Oh, thank you, Coach. I&#x27;m very, very much a fan of your show. I know you have it on 100 stations across the country, at least. Yeah, it&#x27;s growing. And you&#x27;re quite something. You&#x27;re famous. Yeah. Well, I still have to do the dishes at home, Rufus, when after dinner my wife makes me do dishes. Now, you left off one thing, Pete, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. I was the Deputy Chief Counsel of the Senate Watergate Committee, and 40 years ago, I served the subpoena on Richard Nixon for the</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Watergate Tapes. Well, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? 40 years. Well, time, I keep wondering what in the world happened to all those years. Well, I started college at UNC in 1984, and that&#x27;s when you were running for governor. I remember all that back then. I remember your name. I mean, you know, my wife is over there with Roy Cooper these days at the Attorney General&#x27;s Office of North Carolina, and I still remember when you were over there. Oh, that&#x27;s great. That&#x27;s great. It was the best job I&#x27;ve ever had, really. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this, because since my wife has started working there, of course, we don&#x27;t talk about any case studies or real live cases, but we talk about case law and some of the scams that exist out there today in this country worldwide. And one of them, Rufus, we&#x27;ve talked about it before, is the Nigerian scam, which has reinvented itself over and over again, especially here with the emails and all that kind of stuff. Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. It still comes over and over</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> again. And, Coach, I have no idea why very intelligent people that I&#x27;ve known all my life will fall for it. I had a man who called me and said, I&#x27;m going to Boston to meet somebody. I said, with what? He said, some money. I said, no, you&#x27;re not. You don&#x27;t dare. And it&#x27;s amazing how people fall for those scams. It&#x27;s so elementary that if you don&#x27;t know somebody, don&#x27;t do business with them. Don&#x27;t do business over the telephone. There&#x27;s so much cold calling going around the country now when they can call people like you in the financial safari and find out what the truth is. I don&#x27;t know how you, it&#x27;s the greed part on people&#x27;s psyche some way, Pete, that just makes them do stupid things with their money. Give somebody else your money. Now, you and I have run into each other before at radio stations, and I gave you a copy of one of</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> my books. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ve given you all the books yet, but I&#x27;ve written three of them. One was called The Fine Print Fiasco, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know When You Buy, Borrow, and Invest. And it involved some of the things that people fall for on car lots, reverse mortgages, timeshares, all those kind of things. And I&#x27;m sure you saw timeshares even back when you were at Attorney General&#x27;s office. They&#x27;re really pushed these days. Pete, it&#x27;s one of the worst things that I dealt with when I was Attorney General. I put into effect when I was Attorney General some legislation that I got passed that tried to crack down on it some, but what people don&#x27;t understand about that is that they want to sell you that stuff, and then they know you won&#x27;t come. What do we call that? When you don&#x27;t show up, it&#x27;s the loss of some kind of something. And the whole thing is predicated upon selling the same thing over and over again.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> You&#x27;re not knowing where you&#x27;re going. I&#x27;ve had people tell me about going to places that were total dumps, that were just such a nightmare for people. And I always tell people to get the timeshare business. Now, I know that that is not a nice thing to say to some people that are in that business, but I rarely know any that people are satisfied with. One of the scams these days is when the people get stuck with a timeshare, and then they have to pay that yearly maintenance fee each and every year for something they&#x27;re not using, and they want out of that timeshare. So the new scam has come up where someone will act like they can help you sell the timeshare, but you have to pay them up front. Rufus, what do you say about people paying up front for anything? Absolutely no. The word is N-O. You don&#x27;t pay up front for anything. Nobody pays me up front for my legal services unless I know that they are unable to pay or will not pay. And especially in the timeshare</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> area, you don&#x27;t pay anybody up front anything. If somebody asks you for a deal and say, and the two keys to me are, is that you&#x27;ve got to hurry and get in this or it won&#x27;t last. And number two, you&#x27;ve got to give us something up front to show good faith. Dead ringer giveaways, that it&#x27;s a scam. So many people, they never tell about it, especially elderly people. They&#x27;re ashamed. There are so many companies that prey on elderly people that live in retirement homes. They know that these people are vulnerable, and yet they will not tell about it until something drastic has happened because they are ashamed to let the people around them know that they got hoodooed. Yeah. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rufus Edmiston. He is former attorney general of North Carolina, former secretary of state, former candidate for governor, and he also was the one who served the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> papers on Richard Nixon back in 1972, which was 40 years ago, Rufus. That&#x27;s correct. And you&#x27;re still practicing law these days, right? Yes, I am. I&#x27;m a government relations person here in Raleigh and have a clientele nationwide. I represent a number of companies that have a business with the government. Now, in your vast career that you&#x27;ve had, and it&#x27;s a fantastic career, if you had to put your finger on one of your most favorite things that you&#x27;ve ever done, what would that be besides serving the papers on Mr. Nixon? Yeah. Besides that, it&#x27;s being able, when I was attorney general, to help somebody who had been done in by some of these scammers and to help them get at least some of their money back. That was always a pleasure to me. And I think part of our problem today, Pete, is that we file these civil</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> actions and we say, okay, you&#x27;re ceasing to assist, and that doesn&#x27;t bother those people. My contention is that those people that scam people ought to be indicted criminally. That&#x27;s the only way you stop them. And I enjoyed it so much when I stopped one of those scams and sometimes would put somebody in jail over it. That gave me more thrill because folks out there, the big companies don&#x27;t need people. They can hire people like me, Pete. It&#x27;s the little folks that have saved up all their lives, and they&#x27;ve got a little nest egg there, and then they get scammed out of it. They are the people that need the help of the government officials. Yeah. And I&#x27;m still amazed these days. I mean, people believe what they see on TV. They read the internet, and they think it&#x27;s all factual on the internet. And you and I both know that&#x27;s about half true, if that much. If that much, yeah. Yeah. There&#x27;s so many things out there. And I run into this every single day. I talk to people,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> and they tell me what they have as far as what they&#x27;ve put together for their retirement plan. But when they show it to me, it&#x27;s not what they told me they had. Yeah. And because they don&#x27;t understand the fine print. And that&#x27;s where we always say the brochure is giveth, and the fine print taketh away, Rufus. You need to send me that book. I have your first one. That was the basic guide of people, just everyday dealings in the financial world. I don&#x27;t have yours on the scams. I would like to have that. And I think your books ought to be in the curriculum of our schools in this country. They&#x27;re down to earth. The language is plain, simple. It has subject and verbs in it. And most lawyers, you know, can&#x27;t write an English sentence nowadays. Your books are just tremendous instruments of knowledge for people.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> You know who I use as a trial person these days? I have something called the rule of six. And if you can&#x27;t explain it to a six-year-old and have them explain it back to you, it&#x27;s probably too complex. That&#x27;s correct. I like the rule of six. My daughter is six years old right now, and there was a film crew here a couple weeks ago filming a documentary about me, which will be on the bio channel next year, a biography channel. Oh, wonderful. I tried the rule of six on her, and she understood some things. But she had a five-year-old friend who didn&#x27;t understand. I told her friend, that&#x27;s because you&#x27;re not six yet. That&#x27;s exactly right. The five-year-olds, though, will fudge a little bit and say they&#x27;re almost six. So, yeah, we will make sure to get you a package of my books. I&#x27;m writing a new one now. It&#x27;s almost done. It&#x27;s called The Seven Financial Baby Steps to a Ridiculously Reliable Retirement. And everyone who&#x27;s read it in the office here, when I&#x27;ve been working on it, has understood</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> it fully. Producer Rob, did you understand it? Even with my limited background in knowledge and education, I caught the points. Yeah. So we&#x27;ll get you a copy of that book when it comes out, too, Rufus. But now, the attorney general&#x27;s office, I talked to my wife about how it&#x27;s always busy over there. There&#x27;s so many things going on. And if somebody out there listening feels like they may have been misled by something, what would be the first step for them to do? They need to call the attorney general&#x27;s consumer protection division, the attorney general&#x27;s office. They&#x27;ll be asked that they&#x27;ll be sent a form, and they filled out that form explaining just how they have been taken in, what the circumstances are. Then the consumer division coach will then make an inquiry with the company. And the company, of course, if they&#x27;re a real fraudster, they&#x27;ll just run. And sometimes they&#x27;ll give a response that&#x27;s helpful. But</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> the main thing that a person needs to do is ask somebody like you before they do this. Some of these steps are so simple, but people get revved up in emotions, and they want to make a quick buck. I&#x27;ve got a guy that wants to come in here and it talks about this free insurance. I&#x27;m not going to go into details. And I&#x27;m leery of that, of course, Coach. He says, you will have free insurance. Now, I don&#x27;t know of anything in this financial world that&#x27;s exactly free. No. There&#x27;s something, you know, the thing I&#x27;m talking about? No, I don&#x27;t. Well, maybe I&#x27;ll talk to you offline about it sometime. But it&#x27;s free insurance. Well, I don&#x27;t buy that. If somebody says free, go get your ice cream cone and go home and eat it.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> Well, we all know that someone&#x27;s getting paid somewhere or else they wouldn&#x27;t be calling you, right? That&#x27;s how it happens. Now, you have a fiduciary relationship with your clients and you have throughout your history. And fiduciary, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what that means. I have one, too. I&#x27;m an investment advisor registered with the Secretary of State. What that means is we have to put our clients&#x27; needs ahead of ours. But unfortunately, in this world in general, there are too many people out there who don&#x27;t have a fiduciary relationship. Like your doctor, he has a fiduciary relationship to recommend the right medication to you, not the one that he would maybe get a kickback from maybe the pharmaceutical companies back in the day. Correct. I&#x27;m very familiar with the North Carolina Financial Advisor Act. I sponsored that and had the legislation said he was in place. And so a person, when they go out looking for somebody to help them with their investments, they should look to see if that person is a</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> registered financial advisor. Yep. Now, you can have a stockbroker that doesn&#x27;t have to be, as you well know, and I&#x27;ve heard your program, a stockbroker has, they&#x27;ve got great limits on them, too. They, but sometimes I&#x27;ve known where stockbrokers would, would mess up in some place and they&#x27;d switch them over to another company and just pass them along. But the safe thing, if somebody ever says to a person, I am a financial advisor, well, you can find out real quick whether they&#x27;re a real one or not, by checking with the Secretary of State&#x27;s office. So easy to do, but not many people do it. About 90% of financial people out there are not true fiduciaries who register with the state in that kind of manner. And then another thing we see, and this is the final point, of course, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rufus Edmiston. He&#x27;s former Secretary of State, former Attorney General, and former candidate</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> for governor of North Carolina. And Rufus, and of course, practicing attorney. And Rufus, how long have you been licensed in law? I&#x27;ve been licensed since 1968. 1968. In that time, I know you&#x27;ve... George Washington University Law School. George Washington. I went to law school at nighttime while I worked with Sam Irvin. Sam Irvin, what a great guy. I remember, I still remember the American Express commercial with him on there. Oh, yes. What a wonderful person. Now, here&#x27;s one thing I wanted to ask you, because we get these kind of comments or these questions all the time from people. And not so much these days, because they&#x27;ve been shut down pretty much. But there was something called a trust mill. And that&#x27;s where companies would come into the state and they&#x27;d invite you to a state planning workshop. And then they&#x27;d have a salesman try to sell you a will or trust. Rufus, I believe that everyone needs</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> a will or trust. But I also believe they should get that from an attorney. They can walk into the office and see the attorney at any time. What do you feel about that? Absolutely. Do not, under any circumstances, fall for that one. You don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re going to get. You don&#x27;t know with whom you&#x27;re talking. It&#x27;s a mill. You feel that much about it, go to LegalZoom. And I don&#x27;t recommend that either. I have more people trying to make out their own wills. They don&#x27;t understand that you can complicate things so much. And they need to go to an attorney, look at them, see that they have an office, and have a personal relationship with somebody. It&#x27;s just like a financial advisor. Never send money off anywhere. Never. Yeah, I agree. And you know, the unfortunate thing about estate planning is that when, well, when the time comes and it&#x27;s figured out you did it wrong, you can&#x27;t make the changes because you&#x27;re not here anymore. And so that&#x27;s...</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> No, you can&#x27;t. Former Attorney General, former Secretary of State Rufus Edmiston, we appreciate your time, and we hope to have you again on the show in the future. Well, Coach, you do a great service for the American people. Thank you. We appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rufus Edmisten joins Coach Pete to reflect on public service, the Watergate investigation, and his work in North Carolina. This August 2012 interview also explores the importance of making legal and financial plans before they are needed.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rufus Edmisten</category>
      <category>Public Service and Planning Ahead</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rufus Edmisten, Public Service and Planning Ahead, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd/image.jpg?t=1792071801&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rufus-edmisten-public-service-and-planning-ahead/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd/image.jpg?t=1792071801&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>776</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6967a76-dbc1-42fb-b446-b4e300176bcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12444694" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rufus-edmisten-public-service-and-planning-ahead</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>170</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Public Service and Planning Ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jason Jennings: The Reinventors</title>
      <itunes:title>Jason Jennings: The Reinventors</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jason Jennings joins Coach Pete to discuss The Reinventors. This July 2012 conversation examines how companies adapt, improve, and build the habits needed to remain successful.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late July 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Jason Jennings. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. But each and every week, as you know, we like to go out and find somebody who&#x27;s made a big difference in this world. And I really love to talk to authors, and we&#x27;ve got a great one this week. His name is Jason Jennings. And he&#x27;s written a lot of books, folks. The number one book that I really like these days from him is called The Reinventors. It just came out in May, and it deals with how companies can reinvent themselves to become even better companies. Jason&#x27;s also written books like Hit the Ground Running, Think Big, Act Small, and probably other ones, too. Jason, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Coach Pete, it&#x27;s great to be with you on the Safari. Now, Less is More was another book, too, wasn&#x27;t it? Yes, it was. Now, what cost you to write The Reinventor book, by the way? Well, you know, it&#x27;s pretty interesting. I&#x27;d had like six books under my belt, and my publisher was giving me a lot of pressure to come up with a theme, come up with a title, which direction I was going. And I was kind of a bit befuddled because I can&#x27;t research and write about something, and I feel strongly about it. And I got a call from my financial manager. He was at a conference in San Diego, and he said, I have your next book. And I said, well, what&#x27;s that? And he said, there&#x27;s a number that just came out from IBM that&#x27;s going to blow you away. He said, IBM just did a study of 10,000 CEOs around the world, and I asked him the following question.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> How long will your business model be valid? He said, 67% of them said less than three years. An additional 31% said less than five years. He said, that&#x27;s an astounding 98% of global CEOs who believe that their current business model is going to run out of gas and has to be reinvented. He said, you need to write that book. And then I noticed in the interviews I was doing in preparation for speeches, when I would ask business owners and executives and leaders what their big challenge was, they all said, staying relevant, constant reinvention. And so I went to my publisher. I said, the topic is reinvention. He said, done deal. Do the book. And that&#x27;s how I began the research. How Extraordinary Companies Pursue Radical Continuous Change is a subtitle, and that&#x27;s a fantastic subtitle because it goes in what you were just talking about. And we&#x27;ve seen this here with the Facebook IPO, where now they&#x27;re being questioned about their business model.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Are they going to be able to survive because they&#x27;re not charging enough, that kind of thing. And it goes along with what you&#x27;re talking about. If you don&#x27;t look at yourself and your company from what other people see you as, you could be in trouble very quickly. Coach Pete, I agree. In fact, thanks for mentioning the subtitle of the book. I mean, I love the title, The Reinventors, but that subtitle, How Extraordinary Companies Pursue Radical Continuous Change. The big discovery from all of our research was that reinvention is not about being at point A and saying, oh, I have to reinvent myself, and I&#x27;ll reinvent myself and get to point B, and then I&#x27;ll be done. That&#x27;s not reinvention at all. Reinvention is constant. It&#x27;s moving from A to B and in the process saying, wow, we&#x27;ve developed these incredible skill sets to move to C and D and E.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> And what happens is reinvention becomes a constant thing. When a company really reaches a point, like HP has reached right now, and they&#x27;re saying that they&#x27;re trying to reinvent Hewlett-Packard, that is just not true. I mean, that&#x27;s not a reinvention. I mean, they&#x27;re about set to drive off the edge of a cliff. And that becomes a classic turnaround. That&#x27;s not reinvention at all. Reinvention is constantly embracing change to stay ahead of your customers. Now, you and a team of researchers screened over 200,000 companies in the research to write this book. I mean, was there a common theme you saw on some of the big-name companies? Well, yeah, the first thing we did is we began with these couple hundred thousand stories that had been written about reinvention. And over a period of about six months, we whittled it down to the top hundred finalists. Then we began intense telephone interviewing with them.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And then we vetted them financially again. And then we came up with about the best 20 companies. And then we went inside them, and we generated about 100,000 pages in interview transcripts. And so the book is really a distillation in 260 pages. It&#x27;s a distillation with storytelling and examples of what we gathered from 100,000 pages of interview transcripts. And, yeah, there are several things that they share in common. The first is this. Why would you reinvent? Well, that&#x27;s because you&#x27;re committed to growth. So the first thing we discovered is that companies that constantly reinvent themselves, I don&#x27;t care if it&#x27;s a dry cleaner in your local town, if it&#x27;s a mid-sized manufacturer of widgets, or a big multinational, the first thing they share in common is they are committed to a double-digit improvement in their financial performance every year.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> Now, I didn&#x27;t say double-digit growth. It might be 5% revenue growth, 5% growth in profit because of increased efficiencies. Some years they might buy another company. But overall, they&#x27;re looking to improve their financial performance, double digits every year. But the reason they&#x27;re trying to do it was the big surprise that jumped out at us. You might think that they&#x27;re doing it to please their shareholders. And that&#x27;s absolutely incorrect. I first really landed on this when I was sitting with Mike Long, who is the CEO of Arrow Electronics, a company that&#x27;s $22 billion. And if you&#x27;ve got a phone in front of you or a laptop or a desktop, components pass through the hands of Arrow Electronics, the manufacturer of it. And I said, you&#x27;re always committed to growth. You&#x27;re buying companies. You&#x27;re inventing new companies.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> When are you going to stop? He looked at me and he said, you don&#x27;t get it, do you? He said, I have to grow every year. And I said, for the shareholder? He said, no, no, that&#x27;s old-fashioned thinking. He said, I&#x27;ve got the greatest workforce on the planet working for me. And he said, unless I&#x27;m growing every year, they&#x27;re not going to be challenged. They&#x27;re not going to see an opportunity to make more money. And eventually, they&#x27;re going to leave and either become my competitors or join my competitors. He said, the reason you have to be committed to constant financial growth is to find, keep, and grow the right people. He said, that&#x27;s what allows you to stay ahead of your customer. And then, that&#x27;s what allows you to please your shareholder. So the first thing we found, Coach Pete, is that all of these companies are committed to a double-digit improvement in their financial performance.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> Number two, before you can ever hope to reinvent anything, you have to be able to let go. And we found inside of these companies that they&#x27;re able to let go of same old, same old. They&#x27;re able to let go of conventional wisdom. They&#x27;re able to let go of ego, where the boss has to be the smartest person in the room. And they&#x27;re very quick to let go of yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. Most companies can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t even call them yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. They refer to them as our legacy brands. Take a look at what&#x27;s happening right now with RIM, the parent of BlackBerry. I mean, they&#x27;ve gone from $77 billion in market valuation down to less than $6 billion. People are bailing out in droves like rats, you know, abandoning a ship. And now there&#x27;s some questions to whether the company will even continue to exist.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> They couldn&#x27;t let go of yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. They couldn&#x27;t let go of ego. And they could not let go of same old, same old. So those are the top. Those are two of the nine that we come up with in the book. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Jennings. He&#x27;s the author of The Reinventors. The Reinventors, it&#x27;s already a national bestseller. And it&#x27;s a great book on just how to reinvent yourself and make sure to keep track of constant change. And that theme, you know, in the financial world, Jason, we meet with folks and listeners each and every day. And a lot of the folks we meet with are in denial. In other words, the plan that they put together 10 or 15 or 20 years ago, they assume is going to work going forward. And the same thing happens there. They don&#x27;t make changes they need to make. And by the time they decide to make changes, many times, just like RIM you talked about there, the maker of BlackBerry, it&#x27;s almost too late. And then, again, you&#x27;re not into reinvention.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> Then you&#x27;re into death by a thousand cuts. And then you&#x27;re into a turnaround. And that&#x27;s what then, you know, I hate to mix metaphors, but if you&#x27;re going off the edge of a cliff, then you might as well bet the ranch. I mean, because that&#x27;s about all you could do. By contrast, we found on the part of all of these companies that they never are forced to bet the ranch because they are constantly reinventing things. And one of the things that they do is they make tons of small bets. In the book, the chapter is titled Kiss a Lot of Frogs. You&#x27;ve got to kiss a lot of frogs to find a prince. And so, for example, when Howard Schultz came back and retook the reins as CEO of Starbucks, he gathered 10,000 workers in New Orleans where they built houses for victims of Katrina for a week. And when he got them together, he looked out and said, Starbucks is not about coffee.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> It&#x27;s never going to be about coffee. Starbucks is about you and your growth. And you can&#x27;t have growth unless we have growth. So let&#x27;s be committed to nonstop growth. And what he did next, I mean, is a stunner. I think he&#x27;s a quintessential example of a re-inventor. Over the next 18 months, Starbucks made 150 small bets. They didn&#x27;t bet the ranch. They made 150 small bets. New store design, new logo, began testing beer and wine. They came up with a dessert line. They started selling Starbucks coffee via instant coffee in stores. New emphasis on tea. Mobile payments. I mean, more than 150 small bets. They introduced oatmeal, which now looks like it could become a $300 to $350 million contributor to revenue every year.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> Folks, his name is Jason Jennings, author of The Reinventors. Jason, thanks for your time today. We hope that we have an opportunity to get together again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. The Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll see you next time. We&#x27;ll see you next time. We&#x27;ll see you next time.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jason Jennings joins Coach Pete to discuss The Reinventors. This July 2012 conversation examines how companies adapt, improve, and build the habits needed to remain successful.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late July 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Jason Jennings. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. But each and every week, as you know, we like to go out and find somebody who&#x27;s made a big difference in this world. And I really love to talk to authors, and we&#x27;ve got a great one this week. His name is Jason Jennings. And he&#x27;s written a lot of books, folks. The number one book that I really like these days from him is called The Reinventors. It just came out in May, and it deals with how companies can reinvent themselves to become even better companies. Jason&#x27;s also written books like Hit the Ground Running, Think Big, Act Small, and probably other ones, too. Jason, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Coach Pete, it&#x27;s great to be with you on the Safari. Now, Less is More was another book, too, wasn&#x27;t it? Yes, it was. Now, what cost you to write The Reinventor book, by the way? Well, you know, it&#x27;s pretty interesting. I&#x27;d had like six books under my belt, and my publisher was giving me a lot of pressure to come up with a theme, come up with a title, which direction I was going. And I was kind of a bit befuddled because I can&#x27;t research and write about something, and I feel strongly about it. And I got a call from my financial manager. He was at a conference in San Diego, and he said, I have your next book. And I said, well, what&#x27;s that? And he said, there&#x27;s a number that just came out from IBM that&#x27;s going to blow you away. He said, IBM just did a study of 10,000 CEOs around the world, and I asked him the following question.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> How long will your business model be valid? He said, 67% of them said less than three years. An additional 31% said less than five years. He said, that&#x27;s an astounding 98% of global CEOs who believe that their current business model is going to run out of gas and has to be reinvented. He said, you need to write that book. And then I noticed in the interviews I was doing in preparation for speeches, when I would ask business owners and executives and leaders what their big challenge was, they all said, staying relevant, constant reinvention. And so I went to my publisher. I said, the topic is reinvention. He said, done deal. Do the book. And that&#x27;s how I began the research. How Extraordinary Companies Pursue Radical Continuous Change is a subtitle, and that&#x27;s a fantastic subtitle because it goes in what you were just talking about. And we&#x27;ve seen this here with the Facebook IPO, where now they&#x27;re being questioned about their business model.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Are they going to be able to survive because they&#x27;re not charging enough, that kind of thing. And it goes along with what you&#x27;re talking about. If you don&#x27;t look at yourself and your company from what other people see you as, you could be in trouble very quickly. Coach Pete, I agree. In fact, thanks for mentioning the subtitle of the book. I mean, I love the title, The Reinventors, but that subtitle, How Extraordinary Companies Pursue Radical Continuous Change. The big discovery from all of our research was that reinvention is not about being at point A and saying, oh, I have to reinvent myself, and I&#x27;ll reinvent myself and get to point B, and then I&#x27;ll be done. That&#x27;s not reinvention at all. Reinvention is constant. It&#x27;s moving from A to B and in the process saying, wow, we&#x27;ve developed these incredible skill sets to move to C and D and E.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> And what happens is reinvention becomes a constant thing. When a company really reaches a point, like HP has reached right now, and they&#x27;re saying that they&#x27;re trying to reinvent Hewlett-Packard, that is just not true. I mean, that&#x27;s not a reinvention. I mean, they&#x27;re about set to drive off the edge of a cliff. And that becomes a classic turnaround. That&#x27;s not reinvention at all. Reinvention is constantly embracing change to stay ahead of your customers. Now, you and a team of researchers screened over 200,000 companies in the research to write this book. I mean, was there a common theme you saw on some of the big-name companies? Well, yeah, the first thing we did is we began with these couple hundred thousand stories that had been written about reinvention. And over a period of about six months, we whittled it down to the top hundred finalists. Then we began intense telephone interviewing with them.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And then we vetted them financially again. And then we came up with about the best 20 companies. And then we went inside them, and we generated about 100,000 pages in interview transcripts. And so the book is really a distillation in 260 pages. It&#x27;s a distillation with storytelling and examples of what we gathered from 100,000 pages of interview transcripts. And, yeah, there are several things that they share in common. The first is this. Why would you reinvent? Well, that&#x27;s because you&#x27;re committed to growth. So the first thing we discovered is that companies that constantly reinvent themselves, I don&#x27;t care if it&#x27;s a dry cleaner in your local town, if it&#x27;s a mid-sized manufacturer of widgets, or a big multinational, the first thing they share in common is they are committed to a double-digit improvement in their financial performance every year.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> Now, I didn&#x27;t say double-digit growth. It might be 5% revenue growth, 5% growth in profit because of increased efficiencies. Some years they might buy another company. But overall, they&#x27;re looking to improve their financial performance, double digits every year. But the reason they&#x27;re trying to do it was the big surprise that jumped out at us. You might think that they&#x27;re doing it to please their shareholders. And that&#x27;s absolutely incorrect. I first really landed on this when I was sitting with Mike Long, who is the CEO of Arrow Electronics, a company that&#x27;s $22 billion. And if you&#x27;ve got a phone in front of you or a laptop or a desktop, components pass through the hands of Arrow Electronics, the manufacturer of it. And I said, you&#x27;re always committed to growth. You&#x27;re buying companies. You&#x27;re inventing new companies.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> When are you going to stop? He looked at me and he said, you don&#x27;t get it, do you? He said, I have to grow every year. And I said, for the shareholder? He said, no, no, that&#x27;s old-fashioned thinking. He said, I&#x27;ve got the greatest workforce on the planet working for me. And he said, unless I&#x27;m growing every year, they&#x27;re not going to be challenged. They&#x27;re not going to see an opportunity to make more money. And eventually, they&#x27;re going to leave and either become my competitors or join my competitors. He said, the reason you have to be committed to constant financial growth is to find, keep, and grow the right people. He said, that&#x27;s what allows you to stay ahead of your customer. And then, that&#x27;s what allows you to please your shareholder. So the first thing we found, Coach Pete, is that all of these companies are committed to a double-digit improvement in their financial performance.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> Number two, before you can ever hope to reinvent anything, you have to be able to let go. And we found inside of these companies that they&#x27;re able to let go of same old, same old. They&#x27;re able to let go of conventional wisdom. They&#x27;re able to let go of ego, where the boss has to be the smartest person in the room. And they&#x27;re very quick to let go of yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. Most companies can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t even call them yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. They refer to them as our legacy brands. Take a look at what&#x27;s happening right now with RIM, the parent of BlackBerry. I mean, they&#x27;ve gone from $77 billion in market valuation down to less than $6 billion. People are bailing out in droves like rats, you know, abandoning a ship. And now there&#x27;s some questions to whether the company will even continue to exist.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> They couldn&#x27;t let go of yesterday&#x27;s breadwinners. They couldn&#x27;t let go of ego. And they could not let go of same old, same old. So those are the top. Those are two of the nine that we come up with in the book. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Jennings. He&#x27;s the author of The Reinventors. The Reinventors, it&#x27;s already a national bestseller. And it&#x27;s a great book on just how to reinvent yourself and make sure to keep track of constant change. And that theme, you know, in the financial world, Jason, we meet with folks and listeners each and every day. And a lot of the folks we meet with are in denial. In other words, the plan that they put together 10 or 15 or 20 years ago, they assume is going to work going forward. And the same thing happens there. They don&#x27;t make changes they need to make. And by the time they decide to make changes, many times, just like RIM you talked about there, the maker of BlackBerry, it&#x27;s almost too late. And then, again, you&#x27;re not into reinvention.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> Then you&#x27;re into death by a thousand cuts. And then you&#x27;re into a turnaround. And that&#x27;s what then, you know, I hate to mix metaphors, but if you&#x27;re going off the edge of a cliff, then you might as well bet the ranch. I mean, because that&#x27;s about all you could do. By contrast, we found on the part of all of these companies that they never are forced to bet the ranch because they are constantly reinventing things. And one of the things that they do is they make tons of small bets. In the book, the chapter is titled Kiss a Lot of Frogs. You&#x27;ve got to kiss a lot of frogs to find a prince. And so, for example, when Howard Schultz came back and retook the reins as CEO of Starbucks, he gathered 10,000 workers in New Orleans where they built houses for victims of Katrina for a week. And when he got them together, he looked out and said, Starbucks is not about coffee.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> It&#x27;s never going to be about coffee. Starbucks is about you and your growth. And you can&#x27;t have growth unless we have growth. So let&#x27;s be committed to nonstop growth. And what he did next, I mean, is a stunner. I think he&#x27;s a quintessential example of a re-inventor. Over the next 18 months, Starbucks made 150 small bets. They didn&#x27;t bet the ranch. They made 150 small bets. New store design, new logo, began testing beer and wine. They came up with a dessert line. They started selling Starbucks coffee via instant coffee in stores. New emphasis on tea. Mobile payments. I mean, more than 150 small bets. They introduced oatmeal, which now looks like it could become a $300 to $350 million contributor to revenue every year.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> Folks, his name is Jason Jennings, author of The Reinventors. Jason, thanks for your time today. We hope that we have an opportunity to get together again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. The Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll see you next time. We&#x27;ll see you next time. We&#x27;ll see you next time.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jason Jennings joins Coach Pete to discuss The Reinventors. This July 2012 conversation examines how companies adapt, improve, and build the habits needed to remain successful.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jason Jennings</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>The Reinventors</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jason Jennings, personal growth, The Reinventors, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98/image.jpg?t=1792072852&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-jennings-the-reinventors/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98/image.jpg?t=1792072852&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Jul 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>602</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e1825c1-e5b3-453d-8898-b4e2013b3c98/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9671878" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-jennings-the-reinventors</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>171</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Reinventors" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kim Lankford: The Questions Readers Ask About Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Kim Lankford: The Questions Readers Ask About Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late June 2012, Coach Pete interviews Kim Lankford of Kiplinger Magazine. Folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest. Her name is Kim Lankford and she works with Kiplinger Magazine. Now, Kim has a lot of duties over there and I&#x27;ll let her explain what she does. But she&#x27;s a fascinating guest because she has her finger on the pulse of just what&#x27;s going on in general in the economy, in the financial world. Kim, welcome in. Oh, thanks for having me. So what are your titles, Kim? Well, the main thing that I do is for about, gosh, 15 years now I&#x27;ve been writing what they call the Ask Kim column. And readers write in from all over the country with all kinds of personal finance questions.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And I do that both on our website and in the magazine. And I love that because it does, it really helps me keep good tabs on everything that people are really concerned about. And we always get so many great article ideas from our readers. And you and I have talked before and actually you&#x27;ve quoted me in some of your articles. And you do have good questions out there from your readers and you come up with good questions yourself. But what are some of the most popular questions you&#x27;re asked to write about or that you uncover when you are writing? Well, right now, you know, so many people, I mean, we always have a lot of questions about retirement. But the really interesting thing is, you know, so many people have been changing their focus from the saving to how to use that money and withdraw that money in retirement. And trying to figure out how to stretch the retirement income, how to protect themselves against some potential costs during retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I know one of the things that we talked about recently was long-term care and the potential cost of long-term care. And kind of how that potentially huge expense fits within their financial plans. So it&#x27;s really been interesting, especially as a lot of our readers get older and closer to retirement age, how a lot of their concerns have been shifting from, you know, how do I invest the money to how do I take it out? Kim, I had a caller from the radio show a couple weeks ago. She said she just got a rate increase from a major life insurance company that handles long-term care. And it was 90% rate increase. So, and I don&#x27;t know the specifics yet. She&#x27;s going to come in and show it to me. But that is ridiculous, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know, and that is actually not surprising. There have been many people throughout the country who, over the last year or so, had rate increases of 50% to 90%. And there was actually a big block that had a 90% rate increase.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And it&#x27;s actually caught a lot of people off guard. I mean, there was never any guarantee that their rates wouldn&#x27;t increase. But many of them went for 10, 15 years without any rate increase. And, you know, it hits them particularly hard because a lot of the people have purchased their policies quite a while ago and maybe in retirement now may not have nearly as much flexibility with their cash flow to be able to afford a rate increase as they would have earlier. So, you know, we&#x27;ve been talking with people about what they can do to preserve that coverage, you know, because as they&#x27;re getting older, they&#x27;re getting closer to that age where they may have the need for long-term care and may have some of those big expenses. But to make it so it&#x27;s more affordable, one of the things that we talk to people about is if you&#x27;ve had a really long benefit period, like a policy that would pay out for your entire lifetime,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> maybe look at reducing that to three to five years, which covers most long-term care claims, or maybe cut back a bit on the type of inflation protection. A lot of them had increased benefits by 5% compounded per year. Some are letting you cut back to maybe about 3% per year from now on and preserve that same rate that you&#x27;ve been paying. So we&#x27;re trying to help people figure out just a lot of ways to get creative and try to make it so it&#x27;s affordable for them but still have some coverage, especially as they get closer to that age where they may need it. Yeah, and one of the new inventions, and that&#x27;s what I like about the financial world, is when something goes awry like this. I mean, yeah, you can get a less benefit and keep the cost the same, but a gentleman once told me that that&#x27;s like switching from a bigger car to a smaller car just to get better gas mileage,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> but he doesn&#x27;t feel as safe anymore, see? So it&#x27;s like taking less for the same amount. But the hybridization of the life insurance world, there are some life insurance policies from some major companies now that have a long-term care rider on there, which let you dig into the death benefit and use it for a long-term care benefit. And those are pretty neat because it&#x27;s about the premium of a life insurance contract, and your rates never go up. They&#x27;re guaranteed not to. And that is where a lot of the growth in this business is. There&#x27;s a lot of, like you said, a lot of big companies that have been getting into this over the last year or so. There&#x27;s been a lot of new developments there. And it does. It&#x27;s really attractive to people, especially who may have had, you know, some money sitting around in very, very low interest, you know, safe accounts just as a kind of what-if type money.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And they can shift that to a policy that will cover their long-term care costs if they need it for that. And if they don&#x27;t, their heirs get the death benefit. And it just, you know, a lot of people who are worried about paying for long-term care for years and years and wondering whether or not they&#x27;ll actually use it, this gives them something that, you know, covers kind of those two potential uses for it and makes them feel a lot better that, you know, if they don&#x27;t have a long-term care need, if they do have it, they&#x27;ve got some coverage. And if they don&#x27;t have the need, their heirs inherit the money. So you still, the money is doing something for you no matter what. Yeah. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kim Lankford. She writes for Kiplinger Magazine. And, Kim, one of the phrases that gets people in more trouble than can be imagined in the financial world is the phrase, that&#x27;s too good to be true. And I have my pulse on the safe money world and the risk money world.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And I hear that phrase over and over again when it just is something that someone hasn&#x27;t heard of before. And just because you haven&#x27;t heard about it doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s too good to be true, correct? That is true. I mean, any time you look at something that, you know, may have, you know, may look a lot better than some of the other options out there, just delve deep into it. Find out exactly how it works. And sometimes you will find out it&#x27;s just something new that you&#x27;re not familiar with. And sometimes you may find out, oh, gosh, this isn&#x27;t what I thought it was. I mean, so really that&#x27;s the kind of thing that you need to do a lot of research, ask a lot of questions, and learn a lot more about how that product works and what it is because it may be something new or it may not be quite what you realized. All kinds of different situations. Yeah. My dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He has his Ph.D. in physics. So he likes to see the science of things, and I have that in my genes, even though I&#x27;m a financial guy.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So the joke in the office, whenever we get a contract in to review to make sure it&#x27;s what it says it is, I go to the back and read to the front because they usually hide the bad stuff in the back. And as I get closer to the front. That&#x27;s a great idea. I mean, the prospectus is just a wonderful thing. So many times you get that big old, you know, pile of papers that might be very intimidating, but the answers are all in there. And a lot of times you just need to know what questions to ask. But if you read through some of those things and you think about, you know, what are the things that don&#x27;t make sense? And don&#x27;t be afraid to ask some questions about, you know, things that don&#x27;t make sense. Ask how they work. Ask, you know, ask things to be explained very clearly. That&#x27;s when you find out a lot more about whether these, whether, whatever it is that&#x27;s being offered is right for you. Yeah. And it&#x27;s, again, my opinion that every single financial product out there has a fit for somebody,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> or they wouldn&#x27;t have invented it, but it&#x27;s not a fit for everyone. And that&#x27;s where it gets people in more trouble as they hear a neighbor say something, and then they want what the neighbor has, but that might not be the right fit for them, Kim. And that&#x27;s that generic financial advice that gets people in trouble, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so good to be able to step back and kind of look at your overall financial plan. You know, if you&#x27;re working with a financial planner, that&#x27;s where they can really help and look at not just, oh, how does this work and what does it do, but how does it fit in with what my goals are? Because, like you said, I mean, depending on your age, your risk tolerance, your other investments, whether you have a pension, whether you have any, you know, any other types of insurance, I mean, that all affects whether, you know, any of these things are right for you. And especially things like some of these combo policies. And, you know, for some people it may work out great, especially if they do have a lot of times,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> you know, you may have to pay a lump sum in order to get that coverage. And if you have that money set aside, that could work for you. But if you don&#x27;t have that money set aside, then you may want to look at some other options. And it makes a huge difference. I mean, all of them end up being able to cover, you know, long-term care one way or the other. But there&#x27;s just so many ways that you can cover that potential cost. And that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really exciting about. Because, you know, like you had said, there&#x27;s a lot going on in the long-term care business right now. Some companies have had rate increases. Some have left the business. But meanwhile, there&#x27;s some other companies coming in with new solutions and new ways to cover some of these potential risks. And that&#x27;s where, you know, kind of figuring out what&#x27;s the best way in your particular situation, considering your finances and considering, you know, what else you have and what your investments are like and what money you have available, that&#x27;s how you can match the best solution for you.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You know, we&#x27;re on 92 stations nationally. And the second most calls on the topic that we get are about long-term care, what&#x27;s going on and what someone can do to make sure they don&#x27;t become without long-term care in the future. And the number one topic, though, that people call about because they want to be informed, they want to get educated, is about income planning. And income planning has reached the top of the pyramid there as far as most financial seminars are about. And even the American College, which is where financial advisors go for real good advice and designations, has a new designation about retirement income planning, Kim. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important these days that people learn about what they&#x27;re going to do with all that money they worked hard for, making sure they don&#x27;t outlive it. That&#x27;s exactly right. And kind of tied in with that, you know, the covering the different risks and also just your various forms of, you know, where your money&#x27;s coming from.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> I&#x27;ve been getting a lot of questions about Social Security strategies, too. Yep. And people trying to figure out, you know, should I delay taking my benefits so I can, you know, have, you know, a higher benefit that will then last the rest of my lifetime? You know, a lot of people are looking into delaying benefits and kind of using that kind of almost like longevity insurance themselves and figuring out if that&#x27;s right for them. So it&#x27;s really interesting kind of piecing together all of these things that they&#x27;ve been working towards for years. But it&#x27;s a totally different strategy than what people had been dealing with as they were accumulating the money. It&#x27;s a lot of new knowledge and new information, and that&#x27;s where we are getting a lot of the questions. Well, I know you talk to a lot of financial advisors each and every week. Do you have a consensus on what they are recommending as far as people taking their Social Security now or later,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> or are they like me and they say it&#x27;s on a case-by-case basis? Well, that&#x27;s like you said. I mean, everything with financial planning is on such a case-by-case basis. I mean, some people need to take the money early, and they just need it to live on. But it&#x27;s interesting because more people who may have a pension and who may have a lot of savings are looking into some strategies they may not have considered earlier, maybe taking out some of their money from some of their savings and being able to delay taking that Social Security, especially as people are starting to really understand about longevity risk and really understand the concept of, you know, outliving your retirement income, and they know that Social Security is one source of retirement income that lasts as long as you do. So trying to maximize that.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So I have been seeing a lot more people ask questions about whether they, you know, what they can do and whether they can delay taking Social Security so they can get those bigger annual benefits. And it&#x27;s really interesting to see a shift. I mean, I think back in, you know, back in the day, a lot of people would take it as soon as they possibly could, and now they&#x27;re realizing, huh, maybe they should wait a bit. But like you said, totally case-by-case basis, all depending on what your savings are, what income you have coming in in retirement, if you have a pension or not, what your expenses are. So many different factors affect that decision. Absolutely. And the whole financial world is like that. Folks, it&#x27;s Kim Lankford, a columnist with Kiplinger Magazine. Kim, I hope to have you on again in the future. Wonderful. Thanks for inviting me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late June 2012, Coach Pete interviews Kim Lankford of Kiplinger Magazine. Folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest. Her name is Kim Lankford and she works with Kiplinger Magazine. Now, Kim has a lot of duties over there and I&#x27;ll let her explain what she does. But she&#x27;s a fascinating guest because she has her finger on the pulse of just what&#x27;s going on in general in the economy, in the financial world. Kim, welcome in. Oh, thanks for having me. So what are your titles, Kim? Well, the main thing that I do is for about, gosh, 15 years now I&#x27;ve been writing what they call the Ask Kim column. And readers write in from all over the country with all kinds of personal finance questions.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And I do that both on our website and in the magazine. And I love that because it does, it really helps me keep good tabs on everything that people are really concerned about. And we always get so many great article ideas from our readers. And you and I have talked before and actually you&#x27;ve quoted me in some of your articles. And you do have good questions out there from your readers and you come up with good questions yourself. But what are some of the most popular questions you&#x27;re asked to write about or that you uncover when you are writing? Well, right now, you know, so many people, I mean, we always have a lot of questions about retirement. But the really interesting thing is, you know, so many people have been changing their focus from the saving to how to use that money and withdraw that money in retirement. And trying to figure out how to stretch the retirement income, how to protect themselves against some potential costs during retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I know one of the things that we talked about recently was long-term care and the potential cost of long-term care. And kind of how that potentially huge expense fits within their financial plans. So it&#x27;s really been interesting, especially as a lot of our readers get older and closer to retirement age, how a lot of their concerns have been shifting from, you know, how do I invest the money to how do I take it out? Kim, I had a caller from the radio show a couple weeks ago. She said she just got a rate increase from a major life insurance company that handles long-term care. And it was 90% rate increase. So, and I don&#x27;t know the specifics yet. She&#x27;s going to come in and show it to me. But that is ridiculous, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know, and that is actually not surprising. There have been many people throughout the country who, over the last year or so, had rate increases of 50% to 90%. And there was actually a big block that had a 90% rate increase.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And it&#x27;s actually caught a lot of people off guard. I mean, there was never any guarantee that their rates wouldn&#x27;t increase. But many of them went for 10, 15 years without any rate increase. And, you know, it hits them particularly hard because a lot of the people have purchased their policies quite a while ago and maybe in retirement now may not have nearly as much flexibility with their cash flow to be able to afford a rate increase as they would have earlier. So, you know, we&#x27;ve been talking with people about what they can do to preserve that coverage, you know, because as they&#x27;re getting older, they&#x27;re getting closer to that age where they may have the need for long-term care and may have some of those big expenses. But to make it so it&#x27;s more affordable, one of the things that we talk to people about is if you&#x27;ve had a really long benefit period, like a policy that would pay out for your entire lifetime,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> maybe look at reducing that to three to five years, which covers most long-term care claims, or maybe cut back a bit on the type of inflation protection. A lot of them had increased benefits by 5% compounded per year. Some are letting you cut back to maybe about 3% per year from now on and preserve that same rate that you&#x27;ve been paying. So we&#x27;re trying to help people figure out just a lot of ways to get creative and try to make it so it&#x27;s affordable for them but still have some coverage, especially as they get closer to that age where they may need it. Yeah, and one of the new inventions, and that&#x27;s what I like about the financial world, is when something goes awry like this. I mean, yeah, you can get a less benefit and keep the cost the same, but a gentleman once told me that that&#x27;s like switching from a bigger car to a smaller car just to get better gas mileage,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> but he doesn&#x27;t feel as safe anymore, see? So it&#x27;s like taking less for the same amount. But the hybridization of the life insurance world, there are some life insurance policies from some major companies now that have a long-term care rider on there, which let you dig into the death benefit and use it for a long-term care benefit. And those are pretty neat because it&#x27;s about the premium of a life insurance contract, and your rates never go up. They&#x27;re guaranteed not to. And that is where a lot of the growth in this business is. There&#x27;s a lot of, like you said, a lot of big companies that have been getting into this over the last year or so. There&#x27;s been a lot of new developments there. And it does. It&#x27;s really attractive to people, especially who may have had, you know, some money sitting around in very, very low interest, you know, safe accounts just as a kind of what-if type money.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And they can shift that to a policy that will cover their long-term care costs if they need it for that. And if they don&#x27;t, their heirs get the death benefit. And it just, you know, a lot of people who are worried about paying for long-term care for years and years and wondering whether or not they&#x27;ll actually use it, this gives them something that, you know, covers kind of those two potential uses for it and makes them feel a lot better that, you know, if they don&#x27;t have a long-term care need, if they do have it, they&#x27;ve got some coverage. And if they don&#x27;t have the need, their heirs inherit the money. So you still, the money is doing something for you no matter what. Yeah. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kim Lankford. She writes for Kiplinger Magazine. And, Kim, one of the phrases that gets people in more trouble than can be imagined in the financial world is the phrase, that&#x27;s too good to be true. And I have my pulse on the safe money world and the risk money world.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And I hear that phrase over and over again when it just is something that someone hasn&#x27;t heard of before. And just because you haven&#x27;t heard about it doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s too good to be true, correct? That is true. I mean, any time you look at something that, you know, may have, you know, may look a lot better than some of the other options out there, just delve deep into it. Find out exactly how it works. And sometimes you will find out it&#x27;s just something new that you&#x27;re not familiar with. And sometimes you may find out, oh, gosh, this isn&#x27;t what I thought it was. I mean, so really that&#x27;s the kind of thing that you need to do a lot of research, ask a lot of questions, and learn a lot more about how that product works and what it is because it may be something new or it may not be quite what you realized. All kinds of different situations. Yeah. My dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He has his Ph.D. in physics. So he likes to see the science of things, and I have that in my genes, even though I&#x27;m a financial guy.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So the joke in the office, whenever we get a contract in to review to make sure it&#x27;s what it says it is, I go to the back and read to the front because they usually hide the bad stuff in the back. And as I get closer to the front. That&#x27;s a great idea. I mean, the prospectus is just a wonderful thing. So many times you get that big old, you know, pile of papers that might be very intimidating, but the answers are all in there. And a lot of times you just need to know what questions to ask. But if you read through some of those things and you think about, you know, what are the things that don&#x27;t make sense? And don&#x27;t be afraid to ask some questions about, you know, things that don&#x27;t make sense. Ask how they work. Ask, you know, ask things to be explained very clearly. That&#x27;s when you find out a lot more about whether these, whether, whatever it is that&#x27;s being offered is right for you. Yeah. And it&#x27;s, again, my opinion that every single financial product out there has a fit for somebody,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> or they wouldn&#x27;t have invented it, but it&#x27;s not a fit for everyone. And that&#x27;s where it gets people in more trouble as they hear a neighbor say something, and then they want what the neighbor has, but that might not be the right fit for them, Kim. And that&#x27;s that generic financial advice that gets people in trouble, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so good to be able to step back and kind of look at your overall financial plan. You know, if you&#x27;re working with a financial planner, that&#x27;s where they can really help and look at not just, oh, how does this work and what does it do, but how does it fit in with what my goals are? Because, like you said, I mean, depending on your age, your risk tolerance, your other investments, whether you have a pension, whether you have any, you know, any other types of insurance, I mean, that all affects whether, you know, any of these things are right for you. And especially things like some of these combo policies. And, you know, for some people it may work out great, especially if they do have a lot of times,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> you know, you may have to pay a lump sum in order to get that coverage. And if you have that money set aside, that could work for you. But if you don&#x27;t have that money set aside, then you may want to look at some other options. And it makes a huge difference. I mean, all of them end up being able to cover, you know, long-term care one way or the other. But there&#x27;s just so many ways that you can cover that potential cost. And that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really exciting about. Because, you know, like you had said, there&#x27;s a lot going on in the long-term care business right now. Some companies have had rate increases. Some have left the business. But meanwhile, there&#x27;s some other companies coming in with new solutions and new ways to cover some of these potential risks. And that&#x27;s where, you know, kind of figuring out what&#x27;s the best way in your particular situation, considering your finances and considering, you know, what else you have and what your investments are like and what money you have available, that&#x27;s how you can match the best solution for you.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You know, we&#x27;re on 92 stations nationally. And the second most calls on the topic that we get are about long-term care, what&#x27;s going on and what someone can do to make sure they don&#x27;t become without long-term care in the future. And the number one topic, though, that people call about because they want to be informed, they want to get educated, is about income planning. And income planning has reached the top of the pyramid there as far as most financial seminars are about. And even the American College, which is where financial advisors go for real good advice and designations, has a new designation about retirement income planning, Kim. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important these days that people learn about what they&#x27;re going to do with all that money they worked hard for, making sure they don&#x27;t outlive it. That&#x27;s exactly right. And kind of tied in with that, you know, the covering the different risks and also just your various forms of, you know, where your money&#x27;s coming from.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> I&#x27;ve been getting a lot of questions about Social Security strategies, too. Yep. And people trying to figure out, you know, should I delay taking my benefits so I can, you know, have, you know, a higher benefit that will then last the rest of my lifetime? You know, a lot of people are looking into delaying benefits and kind of using that kind of almost like longevity insurance themselves and figuring out if that&#x27;s right for them. So it&#x27;s really interesting kind of piecing together all of these things that they&#x27;ve been working towards for years. But it&#x27;s a totally different strategy than what people had been dealing with as they were accumulating the money. It&#x27;s a lot of new knowledge and new information, and that&#x27;s where we are getting a lot of the questions. Well, I know you talk to a lot of financial advisors each and every week. Do you have a consensus on what they are recommending as far as people taking their Social Security now or later,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> or are they like me and they say it&#x27;s on a case-by-case basis? Well, that&#x27;s like you said. I mean, everything with financial planning is on such a case-by-case basis. I mean, some people need to take the money early, and they just need it to live on. But it&#x27;s interesting because more people who may have a pension and who may have a lot of savings are looking into some strategies they may not have considered earlier, maybe taking out some of their money from some of their savings and being able to delay taking that Social Security, especially as people are starting to really understand about longevity risk and really understand the concept of, you know, outliving your retirement income, and they know that Social Security is one source of retirement income that lasts as long as you do. So trying to maximize that.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So I have been seeing a lot more people ask questions about whether they, you know, what they can do and whether they can delay taking Social Security so they can get those bigger annual benefits. And it&#x27;s really interesting to see a shift. I mean, I think back in, you know, back in the day, a lot of people would take it as soon as they possibly could, and now they&#x27;re realizing, huh, maybe they should wait a bit. But like you said, totally case-by-case basis, all depending on what your savings are, what income you have coming in in retirement, if you have a pension or not, what your expenses are. So many different factors affect that decision. Absolutely. And the whole financial world is like that. Folks, it&#x27;s Kim Lankford, a columnist with Kiplinger Magazine. Kim, I hope to have you on again in the future. Wonderful. Thanks for inviting me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kim Lankford</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kim Lankford, retirement planning, long-term care, financial education</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/image.jpg?t=1792071843&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-lankford-the-questions-readers-ask-about-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/image.jpg?t=1792071843&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11710169" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-lankford-the-questions-readers-ask-about-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>172</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Questions Readers Ask About Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:18" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Limbaugh: The Great Destroyer</title>
      <itunes:title>David Limbaugh: The Great Destroyer</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-June 2012, Coach Pete interviews author David Limbaugh. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where we get a national author, someone you&#x27;ve heard about, maybe seen on TV, maybe even read the book. We&#x27;re lucky, very lucky this week to have Mr. David Limbaugh joining us. His new book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. David, welcome in. Hey, thank you. How are you? Good. I&#x27;m doing great. Now, David, we are all over the nation. We&#x27;re on almost 100 stations right here. So folks across the nation are hearing about this book, and it&#x27;s generating a lot of interest. Explain what caused you to write the book and what you found out in your research on writing</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the book. I wrote the book because I had written Crimes Against Liberty, and it came out in the summer of 2010. And it chronicled Obama&#x27;s abuses of power and war on the nation from the time of his inauguration until that time. And then I wanted this book, The Great Destroyer, to pick up where that left off, continue the saga and explain exactly what he&#x27;s doing to destroy the nation in various categories. And I&#x27;ve talked about his war on the economy, war on domestic energy and oil, his war on our national defenses, on our values, and seriously, on our financial picture overall. So in a comprehensive encyclopedic history, current history, I&#x27;ve tried to itemize and discuss everything he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Literally. I mean, it&#x27;s chock full of stuff. Charles Krautheimer has said that politics is fought between the 40-yard lines. And again, a lot of decisions happen there. But when we get down to the goal line of things, it does come down to, in the financial aspects of everything, conservative and liberal. And conservatism here, to me, is making sure that you have fiscal responsibility. You&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of cases where that&#x27;s not the case in the administration. Well, it&#x27;s pretty stark. In two chapters, I take on the economic issues, chapter five and six, and I show exactly what Obama&#x27;s record has been and what his prescription is for the future and how he&#x27;s blocking attempts for us to rein in our spending. Let me just give you a few stats. And you may be familiar with them. He said he would be judged on his performance.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> That&#x27;s what he said earlier, and that Bush was immoral for the debt he was mounting up. He said if he passed his stimulus bill, if the Congress passed his stimulus bill, he would keep unemployment below 8% by the end of 2012. And in fact, it never, it rarely, if ever, got below 8%. It&#x27;s been hovering between 8 and 10 ever since. He said he would create three, save or create 3.5 million jobs. In fact, he lost about 4.1 million, which is a 7.6 million difference between what he promised versus what he produced. His stimulus cost something like $278,000 per job. Think of that astronomical figure, $278,000 per job that he did create. It had a net negative effect on GDP. We&#x27;ve had the longest stretch of high unemployment since the Great Depression. We are experiencing the worst recovery since World War II.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> In every other recovery, we had returned to our level of pre-recession level of employment within four years. This recession started December 2007. In December 2011, we were four percentage points below that in our labor employment figures. So every year, I mean, he&#x27;s now added $5 trillion to the debt, plus it will be $6 trillion before his first term is over. He&#x27;ll double it if he gets re-elected. And he is refusing to do anything to control spending. His own budget, his last budget, every one of his budgets, he&#x27;s had $1 trillion plus in his deficit. And in his most recently proposed budget, you&#x27;d think he would apply a little austerity. But instead, his own figures show that he would add $750 billion a year over the next 10 years. That&#x27;s $7.5 trillion.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The CBO rescored it. It&#x27;s actually closer to $9.5 trillion, about a trillion a year. What&#x27;s even worse than that, he claims, Timothy Geithner, his Treasury Secretary, claims he&#x27;s stabilizing the situation over the next 10 years. In fact, he&#x27;s not. He&#x27;s adding a trillion a year. But then after that, Paul Ryan says, well, then it shoots up. It just goes vertical. You do nothing to control entitlement structuring and our unfunded liabilities, which are now almost $100 trillion, increasing at the alarming rate of $10 trillion a year. These are the unfunded liabilities. Ryan has put forth a plan, and I put this in Chapter 6 of The Great Destroyer, and contrast it with Obama&#x27;s non-plan. Ryan brings us into solvency. Geithner, Obama, and the rest of the administration knuckleheads refuse to do anything about entitlements,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and they just say, well, we don&#x27;t like your plan. We&#x27;re not going to offer our own. We just don&#x27;t like yours. Why they don&#x27;t like it? They could offer their own, regardless of whether they like ours. But what they don&#x27;t like about Ryan&#x27;s plan, they say, is that it doesn&#x27;t protect seniors and the middle class. In fact, Ryan&#x27;s plan specifically carves out special protection for those two groups. So they&#x27;re lying about that. Who knows what their end game is? I mean, a lot of people have suggested that they are deliberately destroying the country and the economy. I think that&#x27;s a reasonable inference based on their policies. But I don&#x27;t go that far. I just say what they are doing is intentionally implementing policies that will necessarily destroy the country, take us into bankruptcy. That much is intentional. Whether they view the end game as destruction is another question.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> I think Obama and his liberal utopians see that as a wonderful conclusion where everybody is equal in outcomes and not equal opportunity. We&#x27;re no longer the strongest nation in the world. We defer to international bodies in some blissful transnationalistic phase. And so I think that it&#x27;s a completely different America that you and I grew up in and that you and I want to preserve for our children. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Limbaugh. He&#x27;s author of The Great Destroyer and several other books. But that&#x27;s a good book to talk about now since you just wrote it. Inside your book, you talk about in July 2011, Eric Holder, who&#x27;s been in the news a little bit lately, hasn&#x27;t he, ordered banks to relax the mortgage qualifications for the poor. That&#x27;s the same insane policy that led to the housing crash in the first place, David.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Yeah. It&#x27;s just mind-blowing that these do-gooder liberal policies that were supposed to get everyone in affordable housing and force banks to lend money to people whose loans weren&#x27;t creditworthy and they had no ability to pay it back was one of the primary causal factors that led to this housing crisis. And instead of learning from it, they want to double down on it, just like with the stimulus. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work, $868 billion thrown at the economy, didn&#x27;t do any good, just got us further into debt. And Obama&#x27;s answer, $50 billion more for infrastructure, high-speed rail. Now he won, then he next won at $447 billion on Stimulus Jr., his new jobs bill. So I think they&#x27;re unteachable, they&#x27;re incorrigible ideologues, mainly Obama, the people he surrounds himself with.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> It&#x27;s horrifying. I don&#x27;t know at this point how anyone can reasonably vote for him. I really don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re supporting him, the people that are. Mr. Limbaugh, what is the true goal here of the war on the economy that Obama and his ilk seem to be waging right now? He sees a different America than I do, than conservatives do, than red-blooded patriots do, than the Tea Partiers do. He sees Tea Partiers and people who believe in rugged individualism and entrepreneurism and the profit motive as bitter clingers, people that are stingy and selfish and don&#x27;t want to share. He wants to use the offices of government, the power of government, to coerce people out of their money and redistribute it to people he thinks are more deserving.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, this has never worked in history. Liberals think it&#x27;s compassionate, and they&#x27;re always patting themselves on the back for confiscating other people&#x27;s money and giving it to people they want to give it to. It has a deleterious, damaging effect on the economy. It constricts the pie. It reduces GDP and growth, and everybody ends up having less. You can see the malaise that covers the country now, the feelings of pessimism, the fear, the unwillingness of businesses to hire, because they&#x27;re so unsure of what&#x27;s going to happen in this climate of uncertainty, of unprecedented regulations that Obama has imposed on the country. And by the way, he has amassed federal regulations at an unprecedented pace. He&#x27;s dwarfed those of Bush, and those of Bush were bad enough. If for some reason, somehow, if Obama is elected for another term, where do you see the country here in the next ten years if Obama serves a second term?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a bleak picture. And as much abuse of power as Obama has engaged in, as much as he&#x27;s issued executive orders to get around Congress, as much as he&#x27;s unleashed his unaccountable administrative agencies to do their mischief, when he faces the prospect of being defeated in an election for re-election, just think about what he would do if he was a lame duck for four years and didn&#x27;t have to worry because it was his last term. He could become even more lawless, exceed his authority even more, and there&#x27;s no telling the kinds of things he could do. I mean, he&#x27;s already imposed draconian rules through his EPA. So, for example, his CAFE standards, doubling his CAFE standards so that car mileage required goes from 30.2 to 55.4 or whatever, just completely unattainable,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> will send us all into battery-powered cars going two miles an hour or whatever it is. He has passed a rule, the EPA has passed a rule concerning coal that they can&#x27;t emit a certain amount of carbon dioxide. It requires them to cut in half almost the amount they&#x27;re emitting into the atmosphere, which is virtually impossible. It&#x27;s unsupported by science. And in no time at all, it will shut down, if it&#x27;s effective, shut down new coal plants. Basically shut down the Yucca Mountain nuclear storage facility, again, based on no science, but just his policy of wanting to curtail nukes, because if you don&#x27;t have a safe storage facility, you can&#x27;t really develop nuclear power. And so, despite Congress having spent $12 billion, he&#x27;s nevertheless at war against nuclear energy.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Same thing with oil. You saw him impose the moratorium using the Gulf oil spill as an excuse, manipulating the data, lying about the possible damage that the leak, that the spill would cause, and that imposing these regulations would cause, and a moratorium would cause, and then understating the amount of damage that his moratorium would cause. And he&#x27;s actually manipulated a report that came out from some experts on this in order to achieve the result that he wanted to achieve. When the federal court lifted the ban, saying that the drilling had to begin again, he just had his Secretary of Interior, Ken Salazar, rewrite the rules to get around the court order. And then, when the moratorium was finally about to be lifted, he imposed new, very stringent rules to get permits.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> And so, when he finally announced the ban was being lifted, the newly revised ban, the newly drafted ban, was lifted, open for business. Well, in fact, it was very cynical because he wasn&#x27;t, as a practical matter, open for business because he had issued such strict regulations that we ended up having a de facto moratorium or permatorium, as some people were calling it. So, he&#x27;s basically shut down oil drilling to the extent that he could, too. So, it&#x27;s on and on and on in The Great Destroyer. I document how he&#x27;s been at war with all aspects of what you and I would consider great and good in this country. Well, David, this war on energy is confusing to me because they always try to push people to the battery-powered devices, but do they not realize it takes energy to recharge those batteries? Yeah, that&#x27;s another good point. I don&#x27;t know how these eggheads would have us get around that.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re thinking. What was the guy&#x27;s name that had the novel he was chasing the windmills around there in the old Portuguese novel? Don Quixote. It&#x27;s sort of like a Don Quixote novel. They want windmills everywhere, and that&#x27;s not going to work. They don&#x27;t want them in their own yard, though. Yeah, exactly. And I do refer to them as Quixotic quite often. Folks, his name is David Limbaugh. The book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. And one final question, David. Is your brother Rush proud of you for this book? It seems to be. I mean, he mentioned my book for several minutes on his show, and then he interviewed me for his upcoming Limbaugh letter. So, yeah, we work very closely together, and we&#x27;re mutually supportive. Yeah. Now, this book is climbing the bestsellers list. I mean, folks can get a hold of this by going to Amazon, all the bookstores.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Anywhere else they can get a copy? Yeah, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the bookstores, as far as I know, are carrying it. It&#x27;s out there pretty much in pretty big numbers. Again, folks, the name of the book, The Great Destroyer, the author, David Limbaugh. David, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-June 2012, Coach Pete interviews author David Limbaugh. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where we get a national author, someone you&#x27;ve heard about, maybe seen on TV, maybe even read the book. We&#x27;re lucky, very lucky this week to have Mr. David Limbaugh joining us. His new book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. David, welcome in. Hey, thank you. How are you? Good. I&#x27;m doing great. Now, David, we are all over the nation. We&#x27;re on almost 100 stations right here. So folks across the nation are hearing about this book, and it&#x27;s generating a lot of interest. Explain what caused you to write the book and what you found out in your research on writing</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the book. I wrote the book because I had written Crimes Against Liberty, and it came out in the summer of 2010. And it chronicled Obama&#x27;s abuses of power and war on the nation from the time of his inauguration until that time. And then I wanted this book, The Great Destroyer, to pick up where that left off, continue the saga and explain exactly what he&#x27;s doing to destroy the nation in various categories. And I&#x27;ve talked about his war on the economy, war on domestic energy and oil, his war on our national defenses, on our values, and seriously, on our financial picture overall. So in a comprehensive encyclopedic history, current history, I&#x27;ve tried to itemize and discuss everything he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Literally. I mean, it&#x27;s chock full of stuff. Charles Krautheimer has said that politics is fought between the 40-yard lines. And again, a lot of decisions happen there. But when we get down to the goal line of things, it does come down to, in the financial aspects of everything, conservative and liberal. And conservatism here, to me, is making sure that you have fiscal responsibility. You&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of cases where that&#x27;s not the case in the administration. Well, it&#x27;s pretty stark. In two chapters, I take on the economic issues, chapter five and six, and I show exactly what Obama&#x27;s record has been and what his prescription is for the future and how he&#x27;s blocking attempts for us to rein in our spending. Let me just give you a few stats. And you may be familiar with them. He said he would be judged on his performance.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> That&#x27;s what he said earlier, and that Bush was immoral for the debt he was mounting up. He said if he passed his stimulus bill, if the Congress passed his stimulus bill, he would keep unemployment below 8% by the end of 2012. And in fact, it never, it rarely, if ever, got below 8%. It&#x27;s been hovering between 8 and 10 ever since. He said he would create three, save or create 3.5 million jobs. In fact, he lost about 4.1 million, which is a 7.6 million difference between what he promised versus what he produced. His stimulus cost something like $278,000 per job. Think of that astronomical figure, $278,000 per job that he did create. It had a net negative effect on GDP. We&#x27;ve had the longest stretch of high unemployment since the Great Depression. We are experiencing the worst recovery since World War II.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> In every other recovery, we had returned to our level of pre-recession level of employment within four years. This recession started December 2007. In December 2011, we were four percentage points below that in our labor employment figures. So every year, I mean, he&#x27;s now added $5 trillion to the debt, plus it will be $6 trillion before his first term is over. He&#x27;ll double it if he gets re-elected. And he is refusing to do anything to control spending. His own budget, his last budget, every one of his budgets, he&#x27;s had $1 trillion plus in his deficit. And in his most recently proposed budget, you&#x27;d think he would apply a little austerity. But instead, his own figures show that he would add $750 billion a year over the next 10 years. That&#x27;s $7.5 trillion.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The CBO rescored it. It&#x27;s actually closer to $9.5 trillion, about a trillion a year. What&#x27;s even worse than that, he claims, Timothy Geithner, his Treasury Secretary, claims he&#x27;s stabilizing the situation over the next 10 years. In fact, he&#x27;s not. He&#x27;s adding a trillion a year. But then after that, Paul Ryan says, well, then it shoots up. It just goes vertical. You do nothing to control entitlement structuring and our unfunded liabilities, which are now almost $100 trillion, increasing at the alarming rate of $10 trillion a year. These are the unfunded liabilities. Ryan has put forth a plan, and I put this in Chapter 6 of The Great Destroyer, and contrast it with Obama&#x27;s non-plan. Ryan brings us into solvency. Geithner, Obama, and the rest of the administration knuckleheads refuse to do anything about entitlements,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and they just say, well, we don&#x27;t like your plan. We&#x27;re not going to offer our own. We just don&#x27;t like yours. Why they don&#x27;t like it? They could offer their own, regardless of whether they like ours. But what they don&#x27;t like about Ryan&#x27;s plan, they say, is that it doesn&#x27;t protect seniors and the middle class. In fact, Ryan&#x27;s plan specifically carves out special protection for those two groups. So they&#x27;re lying about that. Who knows what their end game is? I mean, a lot of people have suggested that they are deliberately destroying the country and the economy. I think that&#x27;s a reasonable inference based on their policies. But I don&#x27;t go that far. I just say what they are doing is intentionally implementing policies that will necessarily destroy the country, take us into bankruptcy. That much is intentional. Whether they view the end game as destruction is another question.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> I think Obama and his liberal utopians see that as a wonderful conclusion where everybody is equal in outcomes and not equal opportunity. We&#x27;re no longer the strongest nation in the world. We defer to international bodies in some blissful transnationalistic phase. And so I think that it&#x27;s a completely different America that you and I grew up in and that you and I want to preserve for our children. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Limbaugh. He&#x27;s author of The Great Destroyer and several other books. But that&#x27;s a good book to talk about now since you just wrote it. Inside your book, you talk about in July 2011, Eric Holder, who&#x27;s been in the news a little bit lately, hasn&#x27;t he, ordered banks to relax the mortgage qualifications for the poor. That&#x27;s the same insane policy that led to the housing crash in the first place, David.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Yeah. It&#x27;s just mind-blowing that these do-gooder liberal policies that were supposed to get everyone in affordable housing and force banks to lend money to people whose loans weren&#x27;t creditworthy and they had no ability to pay it back was one of the primary causal factors that led to this housing crisis. And instead of learning from it, they want to double down on it, just like with the stimulus. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work, $868 billion thrown at the economy, didn&#x27;t do any good, just got us further into debt. And Obama&#x27;s answer, $50 billion more for infrastructure, high-speed rail. Now he won, then he next won at $447 billion on Stimulus Jr., his new jobs bill. So I think they&#x27;re unteachable, they&#x27;re incorrigible ideologues, mainly Obama, the people he surrounds himself with.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> It&#x27;s horrifying. I don&#x27;t know at this point how anyone can reasonably vote for him. I really don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re supporting him, the people that are. Mr. Limbaugh, what is the true goal here of the war on the economy that Obama and his ilk seem to be waging right now? He sees a different America than I do, than conservatives do, than red-blooded patriots do, than the Tea Partiers do. He sees Tea Partiers and people who believe in rugged individualism and entrepreneurism and the profit motive as bitter clingers, people that are stingy and selfish and don&#x27;t want to share. He wants to use the offices of government, the power of government, to coerce people out of their money and redistribute it to people he thinks are more deserving.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, this has never worked in history. Liberals think it&#x27;s compassionate, and they&#x27;re always patting themselves on the back for confiscating other people&#x27;s money and giving it to people they want to give it to. It has a deleterious, damaging effect on the economy. It constricts the pie. It reduces GDP and growth, and everybody ends up having less. You can see the malaise that covers the country now, the feelings of pessimism, the fear, the unwillingness of businesses to hire, because they&#x27;re so unsure of what&#x27;s going to happen in this climate of uncertainty, of unprecedented regulations that Obama has imposed on the country. And by the way, he has amassed federal regulations at an unprecedented pace. He&#x27;s dwarfed those of Bush, and those of Bush were bad enough. If for some reason, somehow, if Obama is elected for another term, where do you see the country here in the next ten years if Obama serves a second term?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a bleak picture. And as much abuse of power as Obama has engaged in, as much as he&#x27;s issued executive orders to get around Congress, as much as he&#x27;s unleashed his unaccountable administrative agencies to do their mischief, when he faces the prospect of being defeated in an election for re-election, just think about what he would do if he was a lame duck for four years and didn&#x27;t have to worry because it was his last term. He could become even more lawless, exceed his authority even more, and there&#x27;s no telling the kinds of things he could do. I mean, he&#x27;s already imposed draconian rules through his EPA. So, for example, his CAFE standards, doubling his CAFE standards so that car mileage required goes from 30.2 to 55.4 or whatever, just completely unattainable,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> will send us all into battery-powered cars going two miles an hour or whatever it is. He has passed a rule, the EPA has passed a rule concerning coal that they can&#x27;t emit a certain amount of carbon dioxide. It requires them to cut in half almost the amount they&#x27;re emitting into the atmosphere, which is virtually impossible. It&#x27;s unsupported by science. And in no time at all, it will shut down, if it&#x27;s effective, shut down new coal plants. Basically shut down the Yucca Mountain nuclear storage facility, again, based on no science, but just his policy of wanting to curtail nukes, because if you don&#x27;t have a safe storage facility, you can&#x27;t really develop nuclear power. And so, despite Congress having spent $12 billion, he&#x27;s nevertheless at war against nuclear energy.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Same thing with oil. You saw him impose the moratorium using the Gulf oil spill as an excuse, manipulating the data, lying about the possible damage that the leak, that the spill would cause, and that imposing these regulations would cause, and a moratorium would cause, and then understating the amount of damage that his moratorium would cause. And he&#x27;s actually manipulated a report that came out from some experts on this in order to achieve the result that he wanted to achieve. When the federal court lifted the ban, saying that the drilling had to begin again, he just had his Secretary of Interior, Ken Salazar, rewrite the rules to get around the court order. And then, when the moratorium was finally about to be lifted, he imposed new, very stringent rules to get permits.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> And so, when he finally announced the ban was being lifted, the newly revised ban, the newly drafted ban, was lifted, open for business. Well, in fact, it was very cynical because he wasn&#x27;t, as a practical matter, open for business because he had issued such strict regulations that we ended up having a de facto moratorium or permatorium, as some people were calling it. So, he&#x27;s basically shut down oil drilling to the extent that he could, too. So, it&#x27;s on and on and on in The Great Destroyer. I document how he&#x27;s been at war with all aspects of what you and I would consider great and good in this country. Well, David, this war on energy is confusing to me because they always try to push people to the battery-powered devices, but do they not realize it takes energy to recharge those batteries? Yeah, that&#x27;s another good point. I don&#x27;t know how these eggheads would have us get around that.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re thinking. What was the guy&#x27;s name that had the novel he was chasing the windmills around there in the old Portuguese novel? Don Quixote. It&#x27;s sort of like a Don Quixote novel. They want windmills everywhere, and that&#x27;s not going to work. They don&#x27;t want them in their own yard, though. Yeah, exactly. And I do refer to them as Quixotic quite often. Folks, his name is David Limbaugh. The book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. And one final question, David. Is your brother Rush proud of you for this book? It seems to be. I mean, he mentioned my book for several minutes on his show, and then he interviewed me for his upcoming Limbaugh letter. So, yeah, we work very closely together, and we&#x27;re mutually supportive. Yeah. Now, this book is climbing the bestsellers list. I mean, folks can get a hold of this by going to Amazon, all the bookstores.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Anywhere else they can get a copy? Yeah, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the bookstores, as far as I know, are carrying it. It&#x27;s out there pretty much in pretty big numbers. Again, folks, the name of the book, The Great Destroyer, the author, David Limbaugh. David, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Limbaugh</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Limbaugh, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/image.jpg?t=1792072864&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-limbaugh-the-great-destroyer/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/image.jpg?t=1792072864&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>788</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12636960" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-limbaugh-the-great-destroyer</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>173</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Destroyer" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:06" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lee Greenwood: God Bless the USA and Supporting Veterans</title>
      <itunes:title>Lee Greenwood: God Bless the USA and Supporting Veterans</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Lee Greenwood joins Coach Pete for the May 2012 Memorial Day edition of Financial Safari. They discuss God Bless the USA, supporting veterans and their families, and the charitable work Greenwood was involved in at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late May 2012, as a part of a special Memorial Day show, Coach Pete interviews country music legend Lee Greenwood. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari special Memorial Day weekend show, and we are very lucky and privileged today to have a very special guest. He&#x27;s an American country music artist, and he is famous, best known for a single God Bless the USA. Mr. Lee Greenwood, welcome in. Thank you very much. Great to be talking to you. Now, we try to help a lot of veterans as much as we can, and you do as well. You specifically have an organization called Operation Never Forgotten, and I wanted to talk about that and what you&#x27;ve done with that organization and what&#x27;s coming up in the</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> future. Well, Operation Never Forgotten started out with a billboard campaign with Lamar Advertising and Clear Channel across the United States, and they supplied four or five billboards in all the major cities just honoring the military and reminding the public to just remember them and their prayers, and if they knew a veteran, welcome them to the workplace and help them either reintegrate in society or take care of their needs. Well, streams, a field, and sports, sports, a field, and streams, SAS, is a more hands-on development from Operation Never Forgotten. It&#x27;s in Big Sky, Montana, and through donations, we try to get as many soldiers as we can who have been wounded in battle to come to Big Sky, Montana, either for summer activities or winter activities, and just get them out into the outdoors</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> and lift their spirits and get their pride up. Well, what I love about your organization, 100% of the money goes to the Warriors. There&#x27;s no paid staff, and it&#x27;s 100% volunteer staff. Lee, that&#x27;s very important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, sure it is. People always worry about the middleman costs and what it takes to run an operation. This is a totally volunteer operation, and some of the people out there in Montana all develop a network of volunteers who not only take care of the wounded warriors, but also the families who come. And I&#x27;ve been there during the winter sports activities, and it&#x27;s just been fabulous. We had this one guy who was a W amputee, and he fell 25 times down the mountain before he could ski all the way down to the bottom. But he was so thrilled to be with people who admired him and who would help him gain his confidence back.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s important to be around people who care. And unfortunately, I know you&#x27;ve visited troops many times. I mean, they&#x27;re putting their life on the line. They&#x27;re leaving their families behind. And then it seems like when they come back, they&#x27;re a forgotten member of the society a lot of times, aren&#x27;t they? Well, certainly, you know, by maybe the general population, the immediate family and everybody they touch, I&#x27;m sure. For every soldier, you might have 100 people that are concerned about him or her being reintegrated into society in some way, or if they&#x27;ve been wounded to help them get back on their feet, may I say it that way, to get back to a living of some kind of normal lifestyle. And it is not easy, particularly for amputees. We&#x27;ve done a lot of programs across the United States and different wounded warrior projects, and they are everywhere. And I compliment</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> those who do that and volunteer their services and give a helping hand to veterans and their families, because the families need support, too. Now, the event in Montana is called the SAS Project. Again, and folks, you can give money by going to www.sasproject.org. And that&#x27;s very important to pay attention to these kind of things, because the vets need your help. And you already have enough to send 51 warriors and their family members to the event, correct? Yes, and we sure like to do a lot more. We had 65 there last year. Sports Appeals and Stream, SAS is just a wonderful way to honor these guys. You know, I was even amazed how supportive their spouses are. Some of these guys who are single and doubly amputees in their legs,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> they ended up climbing Mount Everest, you know, because the wives said, you&#x27;re not going, I&#x27;m going. And they ended up getting off the couch and going back and just, and having a new lease on life, having a new thing that was a challenge for them they knew they could accomplish. Well, it&#x27;s amazing to me that so many people who can do things don&#x27;t. Like you&#x27;re saying, they&#x27;re sitting on the couch where someone who can&#x27;t do something would trade anything just to have a day where they could get up off the couch and do something. And... Yeah, I just can&#x27;t imagine somebody who is a strapping soldier, you know, who&#x27;s never been hurt, it&#x27;s the strength of America, and then be wounded. It&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s the first time they&#x27;ve ever had defeat in their life. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Lee Greenwood. He&#x27;s an American country music artist, best known for his single, God Bless the USA. Lee, that was back in 1984, wasn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> I wrote it in 83. It was released in 84. It was Song of the Year in 1985. And of course, during some of the tragic moments in American history during that time, certainly Katrina, people used that song for hope and spirit. In 2001, at 9-11, when we were attacked by terrorists, it also helped rebuild the city of New York and Washington after the attacks. And it gave more of a united spirit of American pride. So it&#x27;s pretty cool when I can bring that song with me. There&#x27;s a famous artist by the name of Michael Israel, and he gives a lot to the troops, too. I&#x27;ve been to one of his events. He actually paints to music, and one of the songs... I&#x27;ve seen it. One of the songs is yours, Lee. I have a painting that he painted for me with my song. So do I. I got one right in the studio right here, the soldier saluting. So the amazing thing</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> about that is the soldier himself is the canvas. So he painted all around the canvas, and all of a sudden, the soldier appears saluting the flag. Yeah, he&#x27;s pretty amazing. He is. We had him on the show last week, matter of fact. Oh, very cool. So back-to-back there. So now, Lee, anything else? We&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes here on the show. You visited with the troops. Is there anything you want to get across to the general public about things they might not know about what&#x27;s going on there in the armed forces, and what goes on when someone does leave the armed forces? Well, I have a new book coming out. It&#x27;s just been released. The publishing date was Monday, the 14th. It&#x27;s Does God Still Bless the USA? A Plead for a Better America. And I have a chapter in it about heroes. And this Memorial Day, of course, is very important that we remember those veterans who have served so wonderfully. We were on Voice of America and also on APHIS Worldwide out of Dallas the other day with the one-star General Hendricks, who runs the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> operation worldwide. So for all you folks out there who have a soldier who&#x27;s serving, we are proud of you and we thank you for their service. Through all my USO tours, we&#x27;ve met so many guys and gals who serve across the planet for the United States in the military, and many of them in the National Guard and Reserve, by the way, who may be in your community. You don&#x27;t even know them. So get to know them and thank them for their service. Now, you&#x27;ve done several shows at military bases throughout the world. What&#x27;s the atmosphere like there? It&#x27;s always very positive. Of course, they&#x27;re very well disciplined. You won&#x27;t find an army on the planet that&#x27;s more disciplined than ours. And when we bring them a little relief, now, you know, I can remember we did one of our USO tours and we were in Korea, and they had an exercise of F-16s that was going to defend the base, and they were really uptight.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And so when we did our show, it was just really cool to have them get on stage with me and arm in arm and singing American songs of all type. Many of our shows have been in war zones, like the days of Bob Hope, and I traveled with Bob Hope in 88 on his last tour. And we know how tense it can get. So the guys sometimes need a little bit of a break, but war is war and it&#x27;s cruel. But we&#x27;re so proud of those who defend us. And this Memorial Day, we remember you. Lee, what got you started working with the troops? I was about 16 years old when I started my USO tours. I&#x27;m from California. And the two air bases right near my home, McClellan and Mather, both SAC Command bases, where they used to have dances I would perform with my band. And my bass player was a member of the Air National Guard in California. And so he had to always take a week a month out for training.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> And I said, man, that&#x27;s a heavy sacrifice for us because we lose that income for a week. I had no idea how much they were sacrificing until we began to mix and mingle and talk to some of the soldiers. And I had great respect for them. And that kind of sent me on a tangent to remember them whenever I could. Yeah, good, good point. Now, the final point here, final question, what&#x27;s your best Memorial Day memory? Of the shows I&#x27;ve had for all the years across the United States, and we rarely are out of the country on Memorial Day. I remember I did a show in California, right near my sister&#x27;s home where she lives. And she had a friend of hers who was a returning soldier from Afghanistan. And we honored him from stage. And the whole audience stood up. There was like eight or nine thousand people and honored this one soldier. When events like that happen, I just never forget</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> them. Folks, he is an American country music artist. His name is Lee Greenwood. You&#x27;ve heard him for his best known single, God Bless the USA. And Lee, thanks for your time today. You&#x27;re so welcome. God bless us. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lee Greenwood joins Coach Pete for the May 2012 Memorial Day edition of Financial Safari. They discuss God Bless the USA, supporting veterans and their families, and the charitable work Greenwood was involved in at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late May 2012, as a part of a special Memorial Day show, Coach Pete interviews country music legend Lee Greenwood. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari special Memorial Day weekend show, and we are very lucky and privileged today to have a very special guest. He&#x27;s an American country music artist, and he is famous, best known for a single God Bless the USA. Mr. Lee Greenwood, welcome in. Thank you very much. Great to be talking to you. Now, we try to help a lot of veterans as much as we can, and you do as well. You specifically have an organization called Operation Never Forgotten, and I wanted to talk about that and what you&#x27;ve done with that organization and what&#x27;s coming up in the</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> future. Well, Operation Never Forgotten started out with a billboard campaign with Lamar Advertising and Clear Channel across the United States, and they supplied four or five billboards in all the major cities just honoring the military and reminding the public to just remember them and their prayers, and if they knew a veteran, welcome them to the workplace and help them either reintegrate in society or take care of their needs. Well, streams, a field, and sports, sports, a field, and streams, SAS, is a more hands-on development from Operation Never Forgotten. It&#x27;s in Big Sky, Montana, and through donations, we try to get as many soldiers as we can who have been wounded in battle to come to Big Sky, Montana, either for summer activities or winter activities, and just get them out into the outdoors</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> and lift their spirits and get their pride up. Well, what I love about your organization, 100% of the money goes to the Warriors. There&#x27;s no paid staff, and it&#x27;s 100% volunteer staff. Lee, that&#x27;s very important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, sure it is. People always worry about the middleman costs and what it takes to run an operation. This is a totally volunteer operation, and some of the people out there in Montana all develop a network of volunteers who not only take care of the wounded warriors, but also the families who come. And I&#x27;ve been there during the winter sports activities, and it&#x27;s just been fabulous. We had this one guy who was a W amputee, and he fell 25 times down the mountain before he could ski all the way down to the bottom. But he was so thrilled to be with people who admired him and who would help him gain his confidence back.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s important to be around people who care. And unfortunately, I know you&#x27;ve visited troops many times. I mean, they&#x27;re putting their life on the line. They&#x27;re leaving their families behind. And then it seems like when they come back, they&#x27;re a forgotten member of the society a lot of times, aren&#x27;t they? Well, certainly, you know, by maybe the general population, the immediate family and everybody they touch, I&#x27;m sure. For every soldier, you might have 100 people that are concerned about him or her being reintegrated into society in some way, or if they&#x27;ve been wounded to help them get back on their feet, may I say it that way, to get back to a living of some kind of normal lifestyle. And it is not easy, particularly for amputees. We&#x27;ve done a lot of programs across the United States and different wounded warrior projects, and they are everywhere. And I compliment</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> those who do that and volunteer their services and give a helping hand to veterans and their families, because the families need support, too. Now, the event in Montana is called the SAS Project. Again, and folks, you can give money by going to www.sasproject.org. And that&#x27;s very important to pay attention to these kind of things, because the vets need your help. And you already have enough to send 51 warriors and their family members to the event, correct? Yes, and we sure like to do a lot more. We had 65 there last year. Sports Appeals and Stream, SAS is just a wonderful way to honor these guys. You know, I was even amazed how supportive their spouses are. Some of these guys who are single and doubly amputees in their legs,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> they ended up climbing Mount Everest, you know, because the wives said, you&#x27;re not going, I&#x27;m going. And they ended up getting off the couch and going back and just, and having a new lease on life, having a new thing that was a challenge for them they knew they could accomplish. Well, it&#x27;s amazing to me that so many people who can do things don&#x27;t. Like you&#x27;re saying, they&#x27;re sitting on the couch where someone who can&#x27;t do something would trade anything just to have a day where they could get up off the couch and do something. And... Yeah, I just can&#x27;t imagine somebody who is a strapping soldier, you know, who&#x27;s never been hurt, it&#x27;s the strength of America, and then be wounded. It&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s the first time they&#x27;ve ever had defeat in their life. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Lee Greenwood. He&#x27;s an American country music artist, best known for his single, God Bless the USA. Lee, that was back in 1984, wasn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> I wrote it in 83. It was released in 84. It was Song of the Year in 1985. And of course, during some of the tragic moments in American history during that time, certainly Katrina, people used that song for hope and spirit. In 2001, at 9-11, when we were attacked by terrorists, it also helped rebuild the city of New York and Washington after the attacks. And it gave more of a united spirit of American pride. So it&#x27;s pretty cool when I can bring that song with me. There&#x27;s a famous artist by the name of Michael Israel, and he gives a lot to the troops, too. I&#x27;ve been to one of his events. He actually paints to music, and one of the songs... I&#x27;ve seen it. One of the songs is yours, Lee. I have a painting that he painted for me with my song. So do I. I got one right in the studio right here, the soldier saluting. So the amazing thing</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> about that is the soldier himself is the canvas. So he painted all around the canvas, and all of a sudden, the soldier appears saluting the flag. Yeah, he&#x27;s pretty amazing. He is. We had him on the show last week, matter of fact. Oh, very cool. So back-to-back there. So now, Lee, anything else? We&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes here on the show. You visited with the troops. Is there anything you want to get across to the general public about things they might not know about what&#x27;s going on there in the armed forces, and what goes on when someone does leave the armed forces? Well, I have a new book coming out. It&#x27;s just been released. The publishing date was Monday, the 14th. It&#x27;s Does God Still Bless the USA? A Plead for a Better America. And I have a chapter in it about heroes. And this Memorial Day, of course, is very important that we remember those veterans who have served so wonderfully. We were on Voice of America and also on APHIS Worldwide out of Dallas the other day with the one-star General Hendricks, who runs the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> operation worldwide. So for all you folks out there who have a soldier who&#x27;s serving, we are proud of you and we thank you for their service. Through all my USO tours, we&#x27;ve met so many guys and gals who serve across the planet for the United States in the military, and many of them in the National Guard and Reserve, by the way, who may be in your community. You don&#x27;t even know them. So get to know them and thank them for their service. Now, you&#x27;ve done several shows at military bases throughout the world. What&#x27;s the atmosphere like there? It&#x27;s always very positive. Of course, they&#x27;re very well disciplined. You won&#x27;t find an army on the planet that&#x27;s more disciplined than ours. And when we bring them a little relief, now, you know, I can remember we did one of our USO tours and we were in Korea, and they had an exercise of F-16s that was going to defend the base, and they were really uptight.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And so when we did our show, it was just really cool to have them get on stage with me and arm in arm and singing American songs of all type. Many of our shows have been in war zones, like the days of Bob Hope, and I traveled with Bob Hope in 88 on his last tour. And we know how tense it can get. So the guys sometimes need a little bit of a break, but war is war and it&#x27;s cruel. But we&#x27;re so proud of those who defend us. And this Memorial Day, we remember you. Lee, what got you started working with the troops? I was about 16 years old when I started my USO tours. I&#x27;m from California. And the two air bases right near my home, McClellan and Mather, both SAC Command bases, where they used to have dances I would perform with my band. And my bass player was a member of the Air National Guard in California. And so he had to always take a week a month out for training.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> And I said, man, that&#x27;s a heavy sacrifice for us because we lose that income for a week. I had no idea how much they were sacrificing until we began to mix and mingle and talk to some of the soldiers. And I had great respect for them. And that kind of sent me on a tangent to remember them whenever I could. Yeah, good, good point. Now, the final point here, final question, what&#x27;s your best Memorial Day memory? Of the shows I&#x27;ve had for all the years across the United States, and we rarely are out of the country on Memorial Day. I remember I did a show in California, right near my sister&#x27;s home where she lives. And she had a friend of hers who was a returning soldier from Afghanistan. And we honored him from stage. And the whole audience stood up. There was like eight or nine thousand people and honored this one soldier. When events like that happen, I just never forget</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> them. Folks, he is an American country music artist. His name is Lee Greenwood. You&#x27;ve heard him for his best known single, God Bless the USA. And Lee, thanks for your time today. You&#x27;re so welcome. God bless us. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Lee Greenwood joins Coach Pete for the May 2012 Memorial Day edition of Financial Safari. They discuss God Bless the USA, supporting veterans and their families, and the charitable work Greenwood was involved in at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Lee Greenwood</category>
      <category>military service</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Lee Greenwood, military service, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1/image.jpg?t=1792072879&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lee-greenwood-god-bless-the-usa-and-supporting-veterans/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1/image.jpg?t=1792072879&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 May 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>562</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1644d576-2d6a-44b3-9825-b4e20138c3d1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="9033220" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lee-greenwood-god-bless-the-usa-and-supporting-veterans</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>174</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="God Bless the USA and Supporting Veterans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:37" title="Music and live entertainment" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Israel: Painting, Performance, and Charity</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Israel: Painting, Performance, and Charity</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Artist Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his live painting performances and charitable events. This May 2012 interview explores his creative process, storytelling through art, and using his work to raise money for causes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May 2012, Coach Pete interviews artist Michael Israel. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week we have a very special guest. You&#x27;ve probably seen him online or on TV, maybe doing some of his paintings. His name is Michael Israel, and he&#x27;s joining us live from Boca Raton, Florida. Michael, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Pete. You know, I&#x27;ve been pretty lucky because I&#x27;ve seen you do your paintings live in person, and it&#x27;s a fascinating adventure and event to see you start with a blank six-foot canvas, and you spin it around, and paint&#x27;s flying everywhere, and when you get done,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> there&#x27;s a soldier saluting me and the American flag in the background. Michael, you do a fantastic job with your talent. I don&#x27;t know how you do it. When did you discover you had this talent? I think I was dropped as an infant, so it comes natural to me. I mean, how many events have you done like this? Like, you do this for charity, so charity&#x27;s benefit. The night you were doing it, we were supporting the Wounded Warriors and also Habitat for Humanity, and I&#x27;ve seen you on, we&#x27;re Facebook buddies, so I see you traveling all across the nation, and every single time you&#x27;re raising money for people. I mean, how many events have you done? Oh, gosh, hundreds of them all over, everything from, you know, major corporate events to presidential dinners to concerts and a tremendous amount of charity programs. We&#x27;ve just started something new called our Corporate Conscious Programs,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> where we&#x27;re taking our corporate clients and turning their corporate meetings, which they hire me like they would hire a Tony Robbins or a big band or something like that, and rather than just pay for entertainment, now we&#x27;re turning it into a big charitable fundraiser, so we&#x27;re raising big dollars for charities that doesn&#x27;t wind up costing the corporations big money. In fact, we give them a big discount in order to get them to come on board with this concept. It&#x27;s very unique. Well, I mean, and I&#x27;m sure your schedule books up. I mean, you have events all over the place. Do you have opportunities in the end of 2012 here or into 2013 if someone from a corporation is listening? Yeah, we absolutely have some open spots, and we also have an award program where we underwrite pretty much everything for the charities. Last year we gave a little over $7 million all totaled to benefit a number of worthy causes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Just last week we were in New York for the Marine Corps Scholarship Fund. And I think we did over a quarter million dollars there to help benefit the cause. And then immediately I went to bed at 2 in the morning, got up at 3 to fly to Knoxville for Make-A-Wish. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing how you can travel around and get in front of people and invent these paintings, because every painting is unique when you do it. I mean, do you have an idea when you go on stage what you&#x27;re going to do, or does sometimes it just come to you when you&#x27;re starting? Well, actually, when I first used to do the paintings, I was pretty random with them. Now everything is a little more focused and to the point with some messaging involved. And, you know, it&#x27;s kind of like giving a speech or telling a story. I just do it in a paint format.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Sometimes I like to say I&#x27;m a ballad painter or a storyteller, more so than like a performing artist or a speed painter or whatever you want to call it. Now, how many paintbrushes do you go through for each painting? Oh, gosh, I usually have about 50 on stage, and there&#x27;s really none left when I&#x27;m done. I&#x27;m telling you. I mean, now where can people watch you if they want to go online? Is there a website they can watch you paint? Well, michaelisrael.com has plenty of video, and we always keep up with photos and things from each event. And, of course, I would encourage people to come out to a live event. It&#x27;s truly an experience unlike anything else. It&#x27;s kind of like we&#x27;re all doing it together, and it&#x27;s cheering, screaming, tears running, and just amazing things. And, you know, sometimes it&#x27;s hard to put it into context for people</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> because it&#x27;s such almost a revelational experience. But if you put it in dollars and cents, I have people come up to me that have never bought a painting before in their life and said that they found themselves bidding furiously and spending $30,000, $40,000, $50,000, up to $100,000 to own one of these. So it&#x27;s pretty wild. Well, the neat thing about it was when the painting&#x27;s spinning around and your painting right there in front of everybody, we were all trying to guess what it was going to be because you start off, it&#x27;s a mystery to the people watching, and my favorite one was the firefighter one. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s certainly been a prominent piece. It&#x27;s a part of American culture now. I think it&#x27;s got over 12 million views on YouTube. But more importantly, they&#x27;re actually showing it in the schools and things.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> I&#x27;ve had people call me up from class. My college professor is showing your video. We had to do a thesis paper on the meaning behind it and that sort of thing. We recently had a school for challenged children in New York where they choose an artist they want to emulate. And one of the fathers actually built a spinning musel. And it was just amazing to see that it&#x27;s reaching that far. How does it make you feel to help out so many worthy charities? It&#x27;s an amazing feeling to do what you love and to be able to help other people. I mean, my heart goes out most of the time when I see, you know, a tragedy or a family suffering or a wounded soldier coming home. My prized paintings in my collection are paintings that I did it like an extra piece</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> that was pre-done when I went to do works for the homecoming wounded, and then I asked if they would sign it for me. And so these paintings that I have in my home has hundreds and hundreds of signatures and little comments and things from these guys coming home and guys and girls. And, you know, what amazes me is they&#x27;ll be standing there missing an arm or a leg or half their head, and they&#x27;re thanking me. And I&#x27;m like, no, you know, thank you. You know, thank you for my life. You know, thank you for my family. Thank you for my friends. You know, there&#x27;s not enough we can do for them, you know. Do you think many, yeah, I see this too much. We&#x27;re in North Carolina here from the, this is where we do the national show from, and we&#x27;ve got military bases all throughout. And I think that people overlook the military way too much these days.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> Well, I think they do because I think they confuse the soldiers with the politics. Yep. Yep. You know, politics is one thing, and that I don&#x27;t even like to stick my nose into. But anybody that&#x27;s willing to put their life on the line to protect my way of life and my family, you know, sometimes when I think about them, I almost feel like they&#x27;re standing right in front of my door at my house, and boom, they get hit or something like that. Then they&#x27;re protecting me, you know, my family. So, yeah, they deserve a heck of a lot, you know. And they don&#x27;t, you know, if they don&#x27;t agree with the orders, they&#x27;re still doing it, you know, which is amazing. Yeah. They are underappreciated, and we try to help them out as much as we can too, especially the ones that come back wounded. And they get forgotten real quick, unfortunately. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s a shame. They shatter a lot of lives that way. You know, I mean, I wish there was, you know, no such thing as war at all.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> It&#x27;s the families. It&#x27;s a necessary thing. Yeah, it&#x27;s their families that suffer too, and they get forgotten because, I mean, they don&#x27;t overlook. Yeah, I&#x27;ve been fortunate to be a part of, like I said, the scholarship fund for the Marines, children, and the Navy SEALs Family Foundation, and the wounded warriors and all of that. And, you know, when these guys are out protecting us, you know, they need to know we got their back and we&#x27;re taking care of their family too, you know. I agree. Now, hey, if you had to go into a time machine, or if you had a time machine, and you could go 10 years into the future and you got out and we were having this conversation now, and what would Michael Israel be doing in 10 years from now? I&#x27;d probably be on the beach in Tahiti painting or something like that. But my retirement date is set for 2015 right now. By that means I&#x27;m not going to be doing these shows just kill me.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> In fact, we&#x27;re moving to a much, much larger facility with a lot more staff just to be able to accommodate everything. The artwork prices are going crazy, which is actually going to wind up making it hard for me to do some of the charity events that I do. We just got a piece in the Reno Museum and NBC did a little thing on it and said that, I guess they valued it over $3.5 million. Wow. Which piece is that? It&#x27;s a unique piece for the museum. It has symbolism for science and medicine and creativity, and it&#x27;s got Picasso and Van Gogh, you know, Coleman Rockwell, Jackson Pollock, and it makes a commentary about all these different things in there.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So it&#x27;s a very unique piece. It&#x27;s got a lot of time and effort in it. And I&#x27;ve been focusing more on these, and I have more museums kind of reaching out, both for fundraisers and just, you know, as being a, I guess, you know, a part of the culture now, you know, I&#x27;ve become an artist of interest. Well, you did a, I mean, you did one on Marilyn Monroe. You did a Statue of Liberty. You did a Muhammad Ali. If you had to pick two of your favorite ones that you do for the groups, which would they be? The next ones. The next ones. And they&#x27;re not, I mean, even though they&#x27;re about the same, there&#x27;s no two, they&#x27;re like snowflakes. No two are the same when you do them, are they? Well, we&#x27;re always doing something, I&#x27;m always doing something new and different. I do some of the more popular ones for the charity fundraisers. So that we can generate the,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> you know, the big revenues for them. The, the thing that amazes me the most is certain pieces, for instance, the soldier and actually the firefighter, which in theory, and in practice in the future will be those multimillion dollar pieces because they are connected to life as it is right now. Those are not always the biggest sellers. People will cry. They&#x27;ll cheer. They&#x27;ll jump up and down. And a lot of people want the, the pop icons for their, their homes and offices. Well, so kudos to you for the soldier and yours. You know, the most amazing thing about the soldier is the soldier himself is, or herself is canvas. So it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s basically you painted around when we were watching you do it. We had no idea what it would be until you were done.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> And the unpainted portion is what makes a soldier. I mean, I mean, I love it. And yeah, we have it in the office of folks. If you&#x27;re listening and you&#x27;re in the, in the North Carolina area, feel free to stop by the office and see it. It&#x27;s a great work of art. Michael Israel is a great work of art folks. He does a tremendous job. You can see him on Michael Israel.com and hopefully see him in person. And I&#x27;d recommend that if he ever comes in your area, make sure you attend. Michael, thanks for your time today. Oh, it&#x27;s a pleasure. Thank you. And I think I&#x27;ll be up in Charlotte in June for the Shriners, uh, children&#x27;s hospital. We&#x27;ll look that up and try to get it on our schedule. That&#x27;d be a great event to, uh, to come. Do you know when in June that will be? I believe it&#x27;s the ninth. I have a little hard time jumbling my schedule in my head, but it should be up on the website. And I know one of my, my assistants or managers there will direct me in the right direction when it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> time. Is there any, I mean, are you training anyone if you&#x27;re, if you retire in 2015, or are you training anyone to take your place? I haven&#x27;t had good experiences with that. There&#x27;s a lot of, uh, sort of, uh, I don&#x27;t know if you want to call it imitators or up and coming or whatever. The, the bad news is, uh, I haven&#x27;t seen any yet that are really phenomenal, but I&#x27;ve heard a lot of complaints basically, uh, where they&#x27;ve tried to do some of the different charitable things. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s great if somebody is going to do something and give it away. I think it&#x27;s great if they&#x27;re, doing a corporate event and it&#x27;s fun, but if they&#x27;re going in and making promises that they can&#x27;t keep and they can&#x27;t match up to, uh, you know, with the charity things,</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> there&#x27;s a lot of expenses involved with stage lighting, flights, you know, whatnot, you know, our, our mission statement, every charity we work with, we make sure that when we&#x27;re, we&#x27;re done, yeah, yeah, they got a great show, but their bank account is bigger than when we started period or, or we&#x27;ll, we&#x27;ll subsidize it. Well, a big part of me is happy for you. But if you&#x27;re going to retire in 2015, but even bigger part is sad for me because, uh, I&#x27;m going to see you. I have to see a couple more times before you retire. Then I know folks need to take advantage of that. If 2015 is a magic day, makes Michael Israel&#x27;s appearances even more valuable. Well, it&#x27;s just, uh, getting up at four in the morning and flying all day and traveling everywhere. It just, uh, really hits hard. I know, Michael. I, I, the guys in the office laugh when I, when they ask what I&#x27;m doing for the weekend and I say nothing and I&#x27;m happy</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> because I travel a lot too. And, and there&#x27;s nothing more relaxing than not having to travel. Is there? Absolutely. I love the 15 minutes or 30 minutes I get on the stage to actually paint, but it&#x27;s the other, you know, a hundred hours of, uh, traveling and labor and business end of things. It just kills me. Folks. Michael Israel is his name. Michaelisrael.com. You can watch some of his painting. Michael, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the financial safari. Remember folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the financial safari at comments at financial safari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Artist Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his live painting performances and charitable events. This May 2012 interview explores his creative process, storytelling through art, and using his work to raise money for causes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May 2012, Coach Pete interviews artist Michael Israel. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week we have a very special guest. You&#x27;ve probably seen him online or on TV, maybe doing some of his paintings. His name is Michael Israel, and he&#x27;s joining us live from Boca Raton, Florida. Michael, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Pete. You know, I&#x27;ve been pretty lucky because I&#x27;ve seen you do your paintings live in person, and it&#x27;s a fascinating adventure and event to see you start with a blank six-foot canvas, and you spin it around, and paint&#x27;s flying everywhere, and when you get done,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> there&#x27;s a soldier saluting me and the American flag in the background. Michael, you do a fantastic job with your talent. I don&#x27;t know how you do it. When did you discover you had this talent? I think I was dropped as an infant, so it comes natural to me. I mean, how many events have you done like this? Like, you do this for charity, so charity&#x27;s benefit. The night you were doing it, we were supporting the Wounded Warriors and also Habitat for Humanity, and I&#x27;ve seen you on, we&#x27;re Facebook buddies, so I see you traveling all across the nation, and every single time you&#x27;re raising money for people. I mean, how many events have you done? Oh, gosh, hundreds of them all over, everything from, you know, major corporate events to presidential dinners to concerts and a tremendous amount of charity programs. We&#x27;ve just started something new called our Corporate Conscious Programs,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> where we&#x27;re taking our corporate clients and turning their corporate meetings, which they hire me like they would hire a Tony Robbins or a big band or something like that, and rather than just pay for entertainment, now we&#x27;re turning it into a big charitable fundraiser, so we&#x27;re raising big dollars for charities that doesn&#x27;t wind up costing the corporations big money. In fact, we give them a big discount in order to get them to come on board with this concept. It&#x27;s very unique. Well, I mean, and I&#x27;m sure your schedule books up. I mean, you have events all over the place. Do you have opportunities in the end of 2012 here or into 2013 if someone from a corporation is listening? Yeah, we absolutely have some open spots, and we also have an award program where we underwrite pretty much everything for the charities. Last year we gave a little over $7 million all totaled to benefit a number of worthy causes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Just last week we were in New York for the Marine Corps Scholarship Fund. And I think we did over a quarter million dollars there to help benefit the cause. And then immediately I went to bed at 2 in the morning, got up at 3 to fly to Knoxville for Make-A-Wish. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing how you can travel around and get in front of people and invent these paintings, because every painting is unique when you do it. I mean, do you have an idea when you go on stage what you&#x27;re going to do, or does sometimes it just come to you when you&#x27;re starting? Well, actually, when I first used to do the paintings, I was pretty random with them. Now everything is a little more focused and to the point with some messaging involved. And, you know, it&#x27;s kind of like giving a speech or telling a story. I just do it in a paint format.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Sometimes I like to say I&#x27;m a ballad painter or a storyteller, more so than like a performing artist or a speed painter or whatever you want to call it. Now, how many paintbrushes do you go through for each painting? Oh, gosh, I usually have about 50 on stage, and there&#x27;s really none left when I&#x27;m done. I&#x27;m telling you. I mean, now where can people watch you if they want to go online? Is there a website they can watch you paint? Well, michaelisrael.com has plenty of video, and we always keep up with photos and things from each event. And, of course, I would encourage people to come out to a live event. It&#x27;s truly an experience unlike anything else. It&#x27;s kind of like we&#x27;re all doing it together, and it&#x27;s cheering, screaming, tears running, and just amazing things. And, you know, sometimes it&#x27;s hard to put it into context for people</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> because it&#x27;s such almost a revelational experience. But if you put it in dollars and cents, I have people come up to me that have never bought a painting before in their life and said that they found themselves bidding furiously and spending $30,000, $40,000, $50,000, up to $100,000 to own one of these. So it&#x27;s pretty wild. Well, the neat thing about it was when the painting&#x27;s spinning around and your painting right there in front of everybody, we were all trying to guess what it was going to be because you start off, it&#x27;s a mystery to the people watching, and my favorite one was the firefighter one. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s certainly been a prominent piece. It&#x27;s a part of American culture now. I think it&#x27;s got over 12 million views on YouTube. But more importantly, they&#x27;re actually showing it in the schools and things.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> I&#x27;ve had people call me up from class. My college professor is showing your video. We had to do a thesis paper on the meaning behind it and that sort of thing. We recently had a school for challenged children in New York where they choose an artist they want to emulate. And one of the fathers actually built a spinning musel. And it was just amazing to see that it&#x27;s reaching that far. How does it make you feel to help out so many worthy charities? It&#x27;s an amazing feeling to do what you love and to be able to help other people. I mean, my heart goes out most of the time when I see, you know, a tragedy or a family suffering or a wounded soldier coming home. My prized paintings in my collection are paintings that I did it like an extra piece</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> that was pre-done when I went to do works for the homecoming wounded, and then I asked if they would sign it for me. And so these paintings that I have in my home has hundreds and hundreds of signatures and little comments and things from these guys coming home and guys and girls. And, you know, what amazes me is they&#x27;ll be standing there missing an arm or a leg or half their head, and they&#x27;re thanking me. And I&#x27;m like, no, you know, thank you. You know, thank you for my life. You know, thank you for my family. Thank you for my friends. You know, there&#x27;s not enough we can do for them, you know. Do you think many, yeah, I see this too much. We&#x27;re in North Carolina here from the, this is where we do the national show from, and we&#x27;ve got military bases all throughout. And I think that people overlook the military way too much these days.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> Well, I think they do because I think they confuse the soldiers with the politics. Yep. Yep. You know, politics is one thing, and that I don&#x27;t even like to stick my nose into. But anybody that&#x27;s willing to put their life on the line to protect my way of life and my family, you know, sometimes when I think about them, I almost feel like they&#x27;re standing right in front of my door at my house, and boom, they get hit or something like that. Then they&#x27;re protecting me, you know, my family. So, yeah, they deserve a heck of a lot, you know. And they don&#x27;t, you know, if they don&#x27;t agree with the orders, they&#x27;re still doing it, you know, which is amazing. Yeah. They are underappreciated, and we try to help them out as much as we can too, especially the ones that come back wounded. And they get forgotten real quick, unfortunately. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s a shame. They shatter a lot of lives that way. You know, I mean, I wish there was, you know, no such thing as war at all.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> It&#x27;s the families. It&#x27;s a necessary thing. Yeah, it&#x27;s their families that suffer too, and they get forgotten because, I mean, they don&#x27;t overlook. Yeah, I&#x27;ve been fortunate to be a part of, like I said, the scholarship fund for the Marines, children, and the Navy SEALs Family Foundation, and the wounded warriors and all of that. And, you know, when these guys are out protecting us, you know, they need to know we got their back and we&#x27;re taking care of their family too, you know. I agree. Now, hey, if you had to go into a time machine, or if you had a time machine, and you could go 10 years into the future and you got out and we were having this conversation now, and what would Michael Israel be doing in 10 years from now? I&#x27;d probably be on the beach in Tahiti painting or something like that. But my retirement date is set for 2015 right now. By that means I&#x27;m not going to be doing these shows just kill me.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> In fact, we&#x27;re moving to a much, much larger facility with a lot more staff just to be able to accommodate everything. The artwork prices are going crazy, which is actually going to wind up making it hard for me to do some of the charity events that I do. We just got a piece in the Reno Museum and NBC did a little thing on it and said that, I guess they valued it over $3.5 million. Wow. Which piece is that? It&#x27;s a unique piece for the museum. It has symbolism for science and medicine and creativity, and it&#x27;s got Picasso and Van Gogh, you know, Coleman Rockwell, Jackson Pollock, and it makes a commentary about all these different things in there.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So it&#x27;s a very unique piece. It&#x27;s got a lot of time and effort in it. And I&#x27;ve been focusing more on these, and I have more museums kind of reaching out, both for fundraisers and just, you know, as being a, I guess, you know, a part of the culture now, you know, I&#x27;ve become an artist of interest. Well, you did a, I mean, you did one on Marilyn Monroe. You did a Statue of Liberty. You did a Muhammad Ali. If you had to pick two of your favorite ones that you do for the groups, which would they be? The next ones. The next ones. And they&#x27;re not, I mean, even though they&#x27;re about the same, there&#x27;s no two, they&#x27;re like snowflakes. No two are the same when you do them, are they? Well, we&#x27;re always doing something, I&#x27;m always doing something new and different. I do some of the more popular ones for the charity fundraisers. So that we can generate the,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> you know, the big revenues for them. The, the thing that amazes me the most is certain pieces, for instance, the soldier and actually the firefighter, which in theory, and in practice in the future will be those multimillion dollar pieces because they are connected to life as it is right now. Those are not always the biggest sellers. People will cry. They&#x27;ll cheer. They&#x27;ll jump up and down. And a lot of people want the, the pop icons for their, their homes and offices. Well, so kudos to you for the soldier and yours. You know, the most amazing thing about the soldier is the soldier himself is, or herself is canvas. So it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s basically you painted around when we were watching you do it. We had no idea what it would be until you were done.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> And the unpainted portion is what makes a soldier. I mean, I mean, I love it. And yeah, we have it in the office of folks. If you&#x27;re listening and you&#x27;re in the, in the North Carolina area, feel free to stop by the office and see it. It&#x27;s a great work of art. Michael Israel is a great work of art folks. He does a tremendous job. You can see him on Michael Israel.com and hopefully see him in person. And I&#x27;d recommend that if he ever comes in your area, make sure you attend. Michael, thanks for your time today. Oh, it&#x27;s a pleasure. Thank you. And I think I&#x27;ll be up in Charlotte in June for the Shriners, uh, children&#x27;s hospital. We&#x27;ll look that up and try to get it on our schedule. That&#x27;d be a great event to, uh, to come. Do you know when in June that will be? I believe it&#x27;s the ninth. I have a little hard time jumbling my schedule in my head, but it should be up on the website. And I know one of my, my assistants or managers there will direct me in the right direction when it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> time. Is there any, I mean, are you training anyone if you&#x27;re, if you retire in 2015, or are you training anyone to take your place? I haven&#x27;t had good experiences with that. There&#x27;s a lot of, uh, sort of, uh, I don&#x27;t know if you want to call it imitators or up and coming or whatever. The, the bad news is, uh, I haven&#x27;t seen any yet that are really phenomenal, but I&#x27;ve heard a lot of complaints basically, uh, where they&#x27;ve tried to do some of the different charitable things. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s great if somebody is going to do something and give it away. I think it&#x27;s great if they&#x27;re, doing a corporate event and it&#x27;s fun, but if they&#x27;re going in and making promises that they can&#x27;t keep and they can&#x27;t match up to, uh, you know, with the charity things,</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> there&#x27;s a lot of expenses involved with stage lighting, flights, you know, whatnot, you know, our, our mission statement, every charity we work with, we make sure that when we&#x27;re, we&#x27;re done, yeah, yeah, they got a great show, but their bank account is bigger than when we started period or, or we&#x27;ll, we&#x27;ll subsidize it. Well, a big part of me is happy for you. But if you&#x27;re going to retire in 2015, but even bigger part is sad for me because, uh, I&#x27;m going to see you. I have to see a couple more times before you retire. Then I know folks need to take advantage of that. If 2015 is a magic day, makes Michael Israel&#x27;s appearances even more valuable. Well, it&#x27;s just, uh, getting up at four in the morning and flying all day and traveling everywhere. It just, uh, really hits hard. I know, Michael. I, I, the guys in the office laugh when I, when they ask what I&#x27;m doing for the weekend and I say nothing and I&#x27;m happy</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> because I travel a lot too. And, and there&#x27;s nothing more relaxing than not having to travel. Is there? Absolutely. I love the 15 minutes or 30 minutes I get on the stage to actually paint, but it&#x27;s the other, you know, a hundred hours of, uh, traveling and labor and business end of things. It just kills me. Folks. Michael Israel is his name. Michaelisrael.com. You can watch some of his painting. Michael, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the financial safari. Remember folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the financial safari at comments at financial safari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Artist Michael Israel joins Coach Pete to discuss his live painting performances and charitable events. This May 2012 interview explores his creative process, storytelling through art, and using his work to raise money for causes.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Israel</category>
      <category>art</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Israel, art, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce/image.jpg?t=1792072886&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-israel-painting-performance-and-charity/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce/image.jpg?t=1792072886&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce</guid>
      <omny:clipId>22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 May 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>794</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22ab4224-77bb-4c40-a5af-b4e2013858ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12733970" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-israel-painting-performance-and-charity</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>175</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Painting, Performance, and Charity" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:40" title="Art and creativity" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:12" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Findlay: The Value of Art</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Findlay: The Value of Art</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May of 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Michael Finley. And welcome back into the Financial Safari radio program. Again, educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on this segment of the program. He&#x27;s going to be talking to us about the sometimes seemingly random value of art. He is Michael Finley, and he&#x27;s written a book, the new book, The Value of Art. And first, Michael, thank you for joining us on the program. Pete, it&#x27;s my pleasure to be here. And also thank you for sending us a wonderful copy of your book. Now, this is a beautiful book, great information, some great examples of the kind of pieces of</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> art that you are describing here. Now, Michael, it seems to me that art can be, in fact, as you indicate, very random. Some pieces of artwork can be worth literally hundreds of millions of dollars, while art that is seemingly, at least on the surface, of the same quality could be worth nothing. So what is the difference? What makes some art priceless and some art worthless? I think, though, that the quality is the keystone, quality and rarity. What gives a work of art value is, first of all, to some extent, a historical perspective on it, the generations that it&#x27;s been around, the number of people who have enjoyed it, the</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> critics, the collectors who have wanted to buy it, the competition for it. And I don&#x27;t sell something for $40 million because I simply decide I want $40 million today. I have to be able to justify that price or, indeed, any price. And I do that by explaining to my clients and showing them that works relative to the one that I am offering them have sold for similar prices or more. And there is now easy access to the prices of pictures that are sold at auction, for instance, a public auction, so that these prices can be verified. It&#x27;s not actually random. It is competitive.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And it is based primarily on rarity. Michael, in the financial world, we see people going to the Internet trying to get financial advice, and there&#x27;s good and bad advice on there. Would you recommend people maybe use the Internet to give them a guideline, but never the final judgment on art? I don&#x27;t believe people should buy art on the Internet. I think they could get plenty of information about it. galleries like mine have good websites, and that will show you things we have. However, the actual point of sale has got to be you looking at the painting, talking to somebody knowledgeable about it. It has got to be live.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> If you&#x27;re spending any kind of serious money at all, if you&#x27;re going to buy a $50 reproduction on the Internet, fine. It probably won&#x27;t be the color you thought it was. It may not be the size you thought it was. But, hey, you know, $50 isn&#x27;t that much. But if you&#x27;re going into serious money, you have to have good advice, a relationship with a local dealer, somebody who knows what they&#x27;re talking about. When we talk about serious money, what would you, in your opinion, feel is a good annual return on investment in art? I don&#x27;t counsel people to invest in art. If they want to collect art and they have available funds and they&#x27;re prepared to buy the best in whatever category and budget area they are,</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> then they should spend the money, think of it as spent, put it on the wall, and enjoy it. The people who have taken that attitude usually end up being the people whose collections are worth the most. The people who have entered art collecting with the sole objective of investing won&#x27;t spend the top dollar, end up with pictures that are B or C or D in quality, and they always remain that way. And 10, 15, or 50 years later, they&#x27;re still not great pictures. They may be sold for more, but probably not much more than inflation. So, in other words, Michael, those that don&#x27;t care as much about the actual dollar value of their art tend to make out better.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> They do make out better if they&#x27;re buying with their hearts, with their heads, with good advice as far as the value. Buy, don&#x27;t pay less, or don&#x27;t seek to pay less or more than the current market value. I have no crystal ball. I don&#x27;t know if that current market value is going to go up or go down. More or less, since 1945, in the general category of Impressionist and modern paintings, Western paintings, it&#x27;s been like 12% a year. But that is flattening out all the peaks and valleys. And much the same with the market. If you flatten out the peaks and valleys, you can look at the whole picture. But in between there, there&#x27;s a lot of volatility.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Now, this may be a personal question, if you don&#x27;t mind me asking or you don&#x27;t mind answering it. But what is the most expensive piece of art or painting that you have ever sold? Well, I&#x27;ve had two careers. One is as an art dealer, which is basically a private art dealer, and was as an auction house specialist when I worked at Christie&#x27;s. I supervised the sale of a painting by Vincent van Gogh called Portrait of Dr. Gachet. In 1990, it sold for $82.5 million, which for quite a long time was the highest price paid publicly for a work of art. It was bought by Mr. Saito, a well-known Japanese collector. Talk to us for a moment. I know that the IRS does look at the value of art, in fact.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Can you talk to us about what the IRS Art Panel does? The IRS Art Panel, of which I&#x27;m a member, is a group of art dealers and museum curators. And we are, let&#x27;s say, an adjunct to the IRS department, which has its own art appraisers full-time in-house. When a taxpayer presents the value of a work of art on their tax return, for whatever reason, they could have inherited it, they could have given it away, they or their appraiser assigns it a value that&#x27;s part of their tax return. It matters to the government that that value is correct. And we are available to look over these values and to give our opinion as to whether those taxpayer values are accurate or not.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> It&#x27;s an unpaid job that we do. And I have to say, in many, many cases, the taxpayer&#x27;s values are passed. They&#x27;re accurate. In other cases, there is some kind of exchange that takes place. And, Michael, here&#x27;s a very important question to me, because I don&#x27;t really collect art, but I have some paintings on the wall. How do you know if a painting is fake or not? Well, I know if I know the area, if it&#x27;s an area that I have spent, you know, several decades looking at, I know because I&#x27;ve seen many, many other paintings by that particular artist. There&#x27;s your eye, there&#x27;s your ability to go to the literature and find that that painting has a history, has an exhibition history.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> There were photographs of it done in the artist&#x27;s studio. And there&#x27;s scientific testing. Scientific testing can tell you that somebody could not have done something at a particular point in time, cannot tell you that somebody did. The easiest way to tell whether you&#x27;re being offered a fake is the price. Most people who try and pass off fakes ask prices that are way below market, and that&#x27;s probably the biggest red flag. Now, there is a black market for art, in fact, and, in fact, there have been some entertaining movies about art heists. The Thomas Crown Affair actually comes to mind. It probably is the most well-known. People need to be aware of the fact that they may be purchasing something, or if they are looking at this,</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> this can be a very dangerous market, in fact, to be in, correct? I don&#x27;t really think so, quite honestly. I think the movies play it up. If you steal a well-known painting, it&#x27;s very, very difficult to resell it, because the only people who are interested in buying a well-known painting by a particularly famous artist will know the field. And the FBI has an extremely sophisticated group of people who track these things. A lot of art is stolen in order for it to be ransomed back to the owner. Most art is stolen by people when it&#x27;s a moment of opportunity by people who have no idea what they&#x27;re going to do with it, and they find out that they cannot do anything with it.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> There is also an organization called the Art Loss Register. If you think you&#x27;re being offered a work of art that is stolen, they can research it for you very quickly and tell you whether, in fact, or not, it&#x27;s on any list of stolen merchandise. And several that have been involved in heists have been recovered over the past several years. In fact, I think there was one very recently that was just recovered from a heist from a museum about four or five years ago, correct? Indeed. And there&#x27;s a story in my book about a collector in California who stole his own paintings from himself in order to get the insurance. I and a lot of other people thought he had destroyed them,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> and about ten years later they turned up in a Cleveland warehouse in a totally unrelated case. So it happens. So, I mean, and 60 Minutes has even done a special on contemporary art and the value of it, and it does make sense for folks who are looking at some diversification or asset allocation of their portfolio to maybe invest in something they can also enjoy. I believe so, and I agree with you on that. However, the contemporary art market is one that&#x27;s highly subject to hype and fashion, and is probably the most volatile. If you&#x27;re buying artists that have some historical footprint, you&#x27;re more likely buying what the equivalent of would be blue-chip stocks. They&#x27;ve been around for 50 years, 100 years.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> If an artist who&#x27;s alive today, who&#x27;s in mid-career, whose paintings are selling for millions of dollars, I would caution against spending vast sums of money on artists who are currently very fashionable because they may go out of fashion very quickly. Mike, it&#x27;s almost like the Internet stocks back in the late 1990s. People were jumping on something they had no idea what they were jumping on. Sadly, I think there is some truth to that. And again, I discuss the commoditization of contemporary art in my book, and I&#x27;m not keen on it. And again, that book is The Value of Art. Our very special guest, Michael Finlay, here with us, the author of that book. And Michael, we certainly enjoyed the book and enjoyed your take on the value of art</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> and appreciate your time that you shared with us here on The Financial Safari. Pete, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May of 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Michael Finley. And welcome back into the Financial Safari radio program. Again, educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on this segment of the program. He&#x27;s going to be talking to us about the sometimes seemingly random value of art. He is Michael Finley, and he&#x27;s written a book, the new book, The Value of Art. And first, Michael, thank you for joining us on the program. Pete, it&#x27;s my pleasure to be here. And also thank you for sending us a wonderful copy of your book. Now, this is a beautiful book, great information, some great examples of the kind of pieces of</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> art that you are describing here. Now, Michael, it seems to me that art can be, in fact, as you indicate, very random. Some pieces of artwork can be worth literally hundreds of millions of dollars, while art that is seemingly, at least on the surface, of the same quality could be worth nothing. So what is the difference? What makes some art priceless and some art worthless? I think, though, that the quality is the keystone, quality and rarity. What gives a work of art value is, first of all, to some extent, a historical perspective on it, the generations that it&#x27;s been around, the number of people who have enjoyed it, the</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> critics, the collectors who have wanted to buy it, the competition for it. And I don&#x27;t sell something for $40 million because I simply decide I want $40 million today. I have to be able to justify that price or, indeed, any price. And I do that by explaining to my clients and showing them that works relative to the one that I am offering them have sold for similar prices or more. And there is now easy access to the prices of pictures that are sold at auction, for instance, a public auction, so that these prices can be verified. It&#x27;s not actually random. It is competitive.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And it is based primarily on rarity. Michael, in the financial world, we see people going to the Internet trying to get financial advice, and there&#x27;s good and bad advice on there. Would you recommend people maybe use the Internet to give them a guideline, but never the final judgment on art? I don&#x27;t believe people should buy art on the Internet. I think they could get plenty of information about it. galleries like mine have good websites, and that will show you things we have. However, the actual point of sale has got to be you looking at the painting, talking to somebody knowledgeable about it. It has got to be live.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> If you&#x27;re spending any kind of serious money at all, if you&#x27;re going to buy a $50 reproduction on the Internet, fine. It probably won&#x27;t be the color you thought it was. It may not be the size you thought it was. But, hey, you know, $50 isn&#x27;t that much. But if you&#x27;re going into serious money, you have to have good advice, a relationship with a local dealer, somebody who knows what they&#x27;re talking about. When we talk about serious money, what would you, in your opinion, feel is a good annual return on investment in art? I don&#x27;t counsel people to invest in art. If they want to collect art and they have available funds and they&#x27;re prepared to buy the best in whatever category and budget area they are,</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> then they should spend the money, think of it as spent, put it on the wall, and enjoy it. The people who have taken that attitude usually end up being the people whose collections are worth the most. The people who have entered art collecting with the sole objective of investing won&#x27;t spend the top dollar, end up with pictures that are B or C or D in quality, and they always remain that way. And 10, 15, or 50 years later, they&#x27;re still not great pictures. They may be sold for more, but probably not much more than inflation. So, in other words, Michael, those that don&#x27;t care as much about the actual dollar value of their art tend to make out better.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> They do make out better if they&#x27;re buying with their hearts, with their heads, with good advice as far as the value. Buy, don&#x27;t pay less, or don&#x27;t seek to pay less or more than the current market value. I have no crystal ball. I don&#x27;t know if that current market value is going to go up or go down. More or less, since 1945, in the general category of Impressionist and modern paintings, Western paintings, it&#x27;s been like 12% a year. But that is flattening out all the peaks and valleys. And much the same with the market. If you flatten out the peaks and valleys, you can look at the whole picture. But in between there, there&#x27;s a lot of volatility.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Now, this may be a personal question, if you don&#x27;t mind me asking or you don&#x27;t mind answering it. But what is the most expensive piece of art or painting that you have ever sold? Well, I&#x27;ve had two careers. One is as an art dealer, which is basically a private art dealer, and was as an auction house specialist when I worked at Christie&#x27;s. I supervised the sale of a painting by Vincent van Gogh called Portrait of Dr. Gachet. In 1990, it sold for $82.5 million, which for quite a long time was the highest price paid publicly for a work of art. It was bought by Mr. Saito, a well-known Japanese collector. Talk to us for a moment. I know that the IRS does look at the value of art, in fact.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Can you talk to us about what the IRS Art Panel does? The IRS Art Panel, of which I&#x27;m a member, is a group of art dealers and museum curators. And we are, let&#x27;s say, an adjunct to the IRS department, which has its own art appraisers full-time in-house. When a taxpayer presents the value of a work of art on their tax return, for whatever reason, they could have inherited it, they could have given it away, they or their appraiser assigns it a value that&#x27;s part of their tax return. It matters to the government that that value is correct. And we are available to look over these values and to give our opinion as to whether those taxpayer values are accurate or not.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> It&#x27;s an unpaid job that we do. And I have to say, in many, many cases, the taxpayer&#x27;s values are passed. They&#x27;re accurate. In other cases, there is some kind of exchange that takes place. And, Michael, here&#x27;s a very important question to me, because I don&#x27;t really collect art, but I have some paintings on the wall. How do you know if a painting is fake or not? Well, I know if I know the area, if it&#x27;s an area that I have spent, you know, several decades looking at, I know because I&#x27;ve seen many, many other paintings by that particular artist. There&#x27;s your eye, there&#x27;s your ability to go to the literature and find that that painting has a history, has an exhibition history.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> There were photographs of it done in the artist&#x27;s studio. And there&#x27;s scientific testing. Scientific testing can tell you that somebody could not have done something at a particular point in time, cannot tell you that somebody did. The easiest way to tell whether you&#x27;re being offered a fake is the price. Most people who try and pass off fakes ask prices that are way below market, and that&#x27;s probably the biggest red flag. Now, there is a black market for art, in fact, and, in fact, there have been some entertaining movies about art heists. The Thomas Crown Affair actually comes to mind. It probably is the most well-known. People need to be aware of the fact that they may be purchasing something, or if they are looking at this,</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> this can be a very dangerous market, in fact, to be in, correct? I don&#x27;t really think so, quite honestly. I think the movies play it up. If you steal a well-known painting, it&#x27;s very, very difficult to resell it, because the only people who are interested in buying a well-known painting by a particularly famous artist will know the field. And the FBI has an extremely sophisticated group of people who track these things. A lot of art is stolen in order for it to be ransomed back to the owner. Most art is stolen by people when it&#x27;s a moment of opportunity by people who have no idea what they&#x27;re going to do with it, and they find out that they cannot do anything with it.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> There is also an organization called the Art Loss Register. If you think you&#x27;re being offered a work of art that is stolen, they can research it for you very quickly and tell you whether, in fact, or not, it&#x27;s on any list of stolen merchandise. And several that have been involved in heists have been recovered over the past several years. In fact, I think there was one very recently that was just recovered from a heist from a museum about four or five years ago, correct? Indeed. And there&#x27;s a story in my book about a collector in California who stole his own paintings from himself in order to get the insurance. I and a lot of other people thought he had destroyed them,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> and about ten years later they turned up in a Cleveland warehouse in a totally unrelated case. So it happens. So, I mean, and 60 Minutes has even done a special on contemporary art and the value of it, and it does make sense for folks who are looking at some diversification or asset allocation of their portfolio to maybe invest in something they can also enjoy. I believe so, and I agree with you on that. However, the contemporary art market is one that&#x27;s highly subject to hype and fashion, and is probably the most volatile. If you&#x27;re buying artists that have some historical footprint, you&#x27;re more likely buying what the equivalent of would be blue-chip stocks. They&#x27;ve been around for 50 years, 100 years.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> If an artist who&#x27;s alive today, who&#x27;s in mid-career, whose paintings are selling for millions of dollars, I would caution against spending vast sums of money on artists who are currently very fashionable because they may go out of fashion very quickly. Mike, it&#x27;s almost like the Internet stocks back in the late 1990s. People were jumping on something they had no idea what they were jumping on. Sadly, I think there is some truth to that. And again, I discuss the commoditization of contemporary art in my book, and I&#x27;m not keen on it. And again, that book is The Value of Art. Our very special guest, Michael Finlay, here with us, the author of that book. And Michael, we certainly enjoyed the book and enjoyed your take on the value of art</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> and appreciate your time that you shared with us here on The Financial Safari. Pete, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Findlay</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>art</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Findlay, investing, art</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/image.jpg?t=1792072890&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-findlay-the-value-of-art/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/image.jpg?t=1792072890&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11902754" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-findlay-the-value-of-art</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>176</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Value of Art" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:08" title="Art and creativity" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mary Pitman: Finding Missing Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Mary Pitman: Finding Missing Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mary Pitman joins Coach Pete to explain unclaimed property and how forgotten accounts and payments can become missing money. This April 2012 interview explores her work and The Little Book of Missing Money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and today we have a very special guest. Her name is Mary Pittman, and she&#x27;s written a book called The Missing Money Lady. You can find her at thelittlebookofmissingmoney.com. Now, Mary, what is finding money? What do you do, and how do you do it? Missing money is unclaimed property. Anyway, each state has laws about turning money that is forgotten over to the state so that they can act as the holder of it and help protect it and keep it for you until you know to look there for it. It can be forgotten savings accounts, refunds, rebates, utility deposits, escrow deposits, life insurance money, safe deposit box contents, but the high dollar amounts tend to be stocks.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> So people lose money or just forget about it? They forget about it. The thing that&#x27;s required, if it&#x27;s not a case of just they didn&#x27;t have the correct address, say in the case of a utility deposit that they&#x27;re trying to refund, is accounts have to have customer-initiated activity on them at least, in most cases, once every three years. The states are going from five years down to three for their dormancy period. The dormancy period is the time from the last activity to the present moment. And if it&#x27;s, like I said, in most cases, it&#x27;s going to three years. So in three years, if you haven&#x27;t had any contact with your account, and let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a savings account, you may think, well, it&#x27;s earning interest, so that&#x27;s activity.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> No, it&#x27;s not customer-initiated activity. And that&#x27;s what they base it by, be it a savings account or stocks. In fact, in Delaware, there was just news that Delaware doesn&#x27;t care if you have the correct address for the person. If they have a dividend reinvestment plan and it&#x27;s working and it&#x27;s just kind of on autopilot and their dividends are coming directly to them, it doesn&#x27;t matter. If there hasn&#x27;t been owner-initiated activity, they require that the holder of the money turn the money over to the state. So, but I do dividend reinvestment programs myself. So, I mean, that&#x27;s not fair, is it, to turn the money and make it? Absolutely, it&#x27;s not fair. You are absolutely right, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Well, Mary, why would they do that? I mean, is that a money grab or what&#x27;s going on here? Absolutely, because the states are using the interest off of that money. And in some cases, they&#x27;re even floating alone to themselves. Nevada, I think it was last year or the year before, took $10 million out of the unclaimed property fund to help bring new business to Nevada. So, they&#x27;re treating it almost like the Social Security slush fund. They&#x27;re robbing Peter to pay Paul, in other words. Absolutely. Well. Louisiana used it to back bonds for roads. Now, you&#x27;ve been featured on Good Morning America and America&#x27;s Money Class with Susie Orman and many other shows, but you&#x27;ve helped, actually, you helped Susie Orman find money. You&#x27;ve helped Justin Timberlake, Whoopi Goldberg, Johnny Depp, and other celebrities. Even our producer, Rob, said that you were able to find some money for him.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> When I get a new name, that&#x27;s the first thing I do is look him up. And I was actually the first person to ever tell Susie about missing money. She had never heard of it. And that was in March of 2009. Now, you&#x27;ve got some valuable search tips and secrets you won&#x27;t find anywhere else. What are some of the tips the general public can utilize right now to see if they are maybe being or some of their money is being held hostage right now and they don&#x27;t even know about it? Okay. The basic place to search is go to unclaimed.org. And that is .org, not .com. .com will charge you, so do not go there. You should never pay for an online search. From there, you can click on any state you&#x27;ve ever lived in. And one of my search tips that gets just huge results is if you&#x27;re looking up a deceased family member, where it asks for the last name, enter estate of, the estate of, or just EST of.</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> In California, that brings up over 18,500 listings. In New York, it&#x27;s over 3,700. Maryland, it&#x27;s over 400. Florida, it&#x27;s about 500. So it&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re looking for. It&#x27;s how you&#x27;re looking, in other words. Absolutely. There&#x27;s so many ways. I&#x27;ve had time to play with this in between patients. If I work as a nurse in the recovery room and in the middle of the night and on the weekend, when I&#x27;m waiting for patients to come out and there&#x27;s nothing to do, I would play on the site. And the more bizarre I tried to think of a listing, and I&#x27;d think, oh, there&#x27;s no way that would be there. It was. Another one is if you have a professional designation, such as MD or DDS or DO, any of those, you can put just that under the last name.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> And it will pull up listings. Well, working as a nurse, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve worked on the third shift before, late night, and you&#x27;ve seen the TV shows that come on. Many of them are scams, and some of them do tell you that they&#x27;ll help you find lost money. So let&#x27;s bust the top three missing money myths. The top three are it&#x27;s a scam. It isn&#x27;t. But you need to know how to look. And like I said, go to unclaimed.org and click on any state you&#x27;ve ever lived in. In addition, on that site, up at the top, there&#x27;s a link that most people overlook. It says other places to search. And that will bring up lots of listings for you. Another myth is that you can&#x27;t – I don&#x27;t have any money there. There&#x27;s $33 billion nationwide.</p><p><strong>05:56</strong> It belongs to somebody. You have nothing to lose by looking. Rob couldn&#x27;t believe that he found money. Rob, where did your money come from, or where did she find it? She found it at an old job I worked at, and I probably haven&#x27;t worked there now in about 10 years. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing. It&#x27;s amazing. So, well, what are some of the other ways to basically keep your money from going to the state? Oh, that&#x27;s my favorite topic. The number one thing you can do is keep in contact with your state – with your accounts. For example, a savings account, you can take $5 out, put $5 in the same day, just some type of activity. And I advocate doing it once a year because if you try to do it once every three years or once every five, you don&#x27;t know if the dormancy period is going to change in your state.</p><p><strong>06:42</strong> Just do it once a year on your birthday. It&#x27;s your gift to yourself to keep your money. This also applies to stocks. You can update your beneficiary information, especially their contact information. In some cases, it may be that the beneficiary has died. In other cases, it may be an ex-spouse. So take a look at that policy now and just call and make sure that they have the current contact information. Make sure you get your final paycheck. Rob is a great case. Yeah, get your final paycheck, Rob. Nobody intentionally leaves a check. But if the last day that you work is the first day of the new pay period, then you have two checks coming, not just one. Find out from the employer, do you pick it up or are they going to send it to you? Change your address when you move. This includes – and this is one that&#x27;s often forgotten.</p><p><strong>07:30</strong> When you change your address with your employer, whether you&#x27;ve left or even if you&#x27;re staying at the same job, also make sure that you change it with the 401k plan administrator and the employer-provided benefit people, such as health, dental, vision, insurance, in case there&#x27;s any refunds for you. It&#x27;s always good to get refunds. Make a list of all of your assets and make sure somebody knows where to find it. And don&#x27;t forget your digital assets. And by digital assets, I mean things like an iTunes account, an eBay store, that type of thing. Your family needs your login information and your password. There&#x27;s no limit of stories of people who have had a loved one die, and then they try to get access to that.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> And even though they have a death certificate, it&#x27;s very hard to get the access. And this is especially important if you own domain names. Domain names, Mark Ostrovsky, the author of Get Rich Quick, calls it the real estate of the Internet, especially if your domain name is for an established business. If you can&#x27;t log on to access it, to renew it, you may lose it. Yeah, and you&#x27;re building equity with those domain names. Many people are, so you don&#x27;t want to lose them after all these years of holding, correct? Right, absolutely. Now, here&#x27;s one final topic I wanted to mention to you, and I don&#x27;t know if this falls within your realm or not, but what if somebody buys life insurance or an annuity and they pass away, and they don&#x27;t tell anybody in the family that they did it and they pass away?</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> How does someone go about claiming those kind of funds? I am so glad you brought that up. I can&#x27;t even tell you. There&#x27;s been a big investigation. It started with California. What they found was that the life insurance companies were using the Social Security Death Index to find annuitants that they owed money to, that they were making monthly payments to. They were using the Social Security Death Index to determine when they died and they could stop making payments. However, they were not using the very same death index to determine when somebody died and they needed to make a life insurance payout. So I know MetLife and Prudential have paid heavy fines,</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> and I think that&#x27;s one of the reasons why California has such a massive amount of listings under the estate of, is that they&#x27;re just getting hit with all of these new life insurance claims. There&#x27;s no centralized database to search for a life insurance policy. So the only thing you can do is you can check your loved one&#x27;s checking account record and see if there was any record of any payments being made, or their income tax return and see if there&#x27;s any 1099 interest forms from a life insurance company, see if there&#x27;s a card for an insurance agent. Other than that, you pretty much have to go state by state. There are a couple of companies that will do it for you for a fee.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what I advise. I advise that someone, when they buy life insurance, which is a good investment a lot of times, especially for your family and annuities, to make sure that the family members get introduced to the agent or advisor who put them in there. That way there&#x27;s a chain of command, in other words. Absolutely. Absolutely. And at least make sure the beneficiary knows, because family politics being what they are, sometimes a family member who knows may not tell you if you&#x27;re the other family member, and they don&#x27;t think you should have gotten that money. You&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right. These are great topics. We&#x27;d love to have you on again. I&#x27;d love to. Folks, this was Mary Pittman, and she is a specialist in finding lost money. And folks, what&#x27;s your website, Mary? The Little Book of MissingMoney.com. My book is available in paperback, in all the e-book formats, and for download from my website.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> Mary, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much. I appreciate it. I hope it was helpful. It sure was. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mary Pitman joins Coach Pete to explain unclaimed property and how forgotten accounts and payments can become missing money. This April 2012 interview explores her work and The Little Book of Missing Money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and today we have a very special guest. Her name is Mary Pittman, and she&#x27;s written a book called The Missing Money Lady. You can find her at thelittlebookofmissingmoney.com. Now, Mary, what is finding money? What do you do, and how do you do it? Missing money is unclaimed property. Anyway, each state has laws about turning money that is forgotten over to the state so that they can act as the holder of it and help protect it and keep it for you until you know to look there for it. It can be forgotten savings accounts, refunds, rebates, utility deposits, escrow deposits, life insurance money, safe deposit box contents, but the high dollar amounts tend to be stocks.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> So people lose money or just forget about it? They forget about it. The thing that&#x27;s required, if it&#x27;s not a case of just they didn&#x27;t have the correct address, say in the case of a utility deposit that they&#x27;re trying to refund, is accounts have to have customer-initiated activity on them at least, in most cases, once every three years. The states are going from five years down to three for their dormancy period. The dormancy period is the time from the last activity to the present moment. And if it&#x27;s, like I said, in most cases, it&#x27;s going to three years. So in three years, if you haven&#x27;t had any contact with your account, and let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a savings account, you may think, well, it&#x27;s earning interest, so that&#x27;s activity.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> No, it&#x27;s not customer-initiated activity. And that&#x27;s what they base it by, be it a savings account or stocks. In fact, in Delaware, there was just news that Delaware doesn&#x27;t care if you have the correct address for the person. If they have a dividend reinvestment plan and it&#x27;s working and it&#x27;s just kind of on autopilot and their dividends are coming directly to them, it doesn&#x27;t matter. If there hasn&#x27;t been owner-initiated activity, they require that the holder of the money turn the money over to the state. So, but I do dividend reinvestment programs myself. So, I mean, that&#x27;s not fair, is it, to turn the money and make it? Absolutely, it&#x27;s not fair. You are absolutely right, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Well, Mary, why would they do that? I mean, is that a money grab or what&#x27;s going on here? Absolutely, because the states are using the interest off of that money. And in some cases, they&#x27;re even floating alone to themselves. Nevada, I think it was last year or the year before, took $10 million out of the unclaimed property fund to help bring new business to Nevada. So, they&#x27;re treating it almost like the Social Security slush fund. They&#x27;re robbing Peter to pay Paul, in other words. Absolutely. Well. Louisiana used it to back bonds for roads. Now, you&#x27;ve been featured on Good Morning America and America&#x27;s Money Class with Susie Orman and many other shows, but you&#x27;ve helped, actually, you helped Susie Orman find money. You&#x27;ve helped Justin Timberlake, Whoopi Goldberg, Johnny Depp, and other celebrities. Even our producer, Rob, said that you were able to find some money for him.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> When I get a new name, that&#x27;s the first thing I do is look him up. And I was actually the first person to ever tell Susie about missing money. She had never heard of it. And that was in March of 2009. Now, you&#x27;ve got some valuable search tips and secrets you won&#x27;t find anywhere else. What are some of the tips the general public can utilize right now to see if they are maybe being or some of their money is being held hostage right now and they don&#x27;t even know about it? Okay. The basic place to search is go to unclaimed.org. And that is .org, not .com. .com will charge you, so do not go there. You should never pay for an online search. From there, you can click on any state you&#x27;ve ever lived in. And one of my search tips that gets just huge results is if you&#x27;re looking up a deceased family member, where it asks for the last name, enter estate of, the estate of, or just EST of.</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> In California, that brings up over 18,500 listings. In New York, it&#x27;s over 3,700. Maryland, it&#x27;s over 400. Florida, it&#x27;s about 500. So it&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re looking for. It&#x27;s how you&#x27;re looking, in other words. Absolutely. There&#x27;s so many ways. I&#x27;ve had time to play with this in between patients. If I work as a nurse in the recovery room and in the middle of the night and on the weekend, when I&#x27;m waiting for patients to come out and there&#x27;s nothing to do, I would play on the site. And the more bizarre I tried to think of a listing, and I&#x27;d think, oh, there&#x27;s no way that would be there. It was. Another one is if you have a professional designation, such as MD or DDS or DO, any of those, you can put just that under the last name.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> And it will pull up listings. Well, working as a nurse, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve worked on the third shift before, late night, and you&#x27;ve seen the TV shows that come on. Many of them are scams, and some of them do tell you that they&#x27;ll help you find lost money. So let&#x27;s bust the top three missing money myths. The top three are it&#x27;s a scam. It isn&#x27;t. But you need to know how to look. And like I said, go to unclaimed.org and click on any state you&#x27;ve ever lived in. In addition, on that site, up at the top, there&#x27;s a link that most people overlook. It says other places to search. And that will bring up lots of listings for you. Another myth is that you can&#x27;t – I don&#x27;t have any money there. There&#x27;s $33 billion nationwide.</p><p><strong>05:56</strong> It belongs to somebody. You have nothing to lose by looking. Rob couldn&#x27;t believe that he found money. Rob, where did your money come from, or where did she find it? She found it at an old job I worked at, and I probably haven&#x27;t worked there now in about 10 years. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing. It&#x27;s amazing. So, well, what are some of the other ways to basically keep your money from going to the state? Oh, that&#x27;s my favorite topic. The number one thing you can do is keep in contact with your state – with your accounts. For example, a savings account, you can take $5 out, put $5 in the same day, just some type of activity. And I advocate doing it once a year because if you try to do it once every three years or once every five, you don&#x27;t know if the dormancy period is going to change in your state.</p><p><strong>06:42</strong> Just do it once a year on your birthday. It&#x27;s your gift to yourself to keep your money. This also applies to stocks. You can update your beneficiary information, especially their contact information. In some cases, it may be that the beneficiary has died. In other cases, it may be an ex-spouse. So take a look at that policy now and just call and make sure that they have the current contact information. Make sure you get your final paycheck. Rob is a great case. Yeah, get your final paycheck, Rob. Nobody intentionally leaves a check. But if the last day that you work is the first day of the new pay period, then you have two checks coming, not just one. Find out from the employer, do you pick it up or are they going to send it to you? Change your address when you move. This includes – and this is one that&#x27;s often forgotten.</p><p><strong>07:30</strong> When you change your address with your employer, whether you&#x27;ve left or even if you&#x27;re staying at the same job, also make sure that you change it with the 401k plan administrator and the employer-provided benefit people, such as health, dental, vision, insurance, in case there&#x27;s any refunds for you. It&#x27;s always good to get refunds. Make a list of all of your assets and make sure somebody knows where to find it. And don&#x27;t forget your digital assets. And by digital assets, I mean things like an iTunes account, an eBay store, that type of thing. Your family needs your login information and your password. There&#x27;s no limit of stories of people who have had a loved one die, and then they try to get access to that.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> And even though they have a death certificate, it&#x27;s very hard to get the access. And this is especially important if you own domain names. Domain names, Mark Ostrovsky, the author of Get Rich Quick, calls it the real estate of the Internet, especially if your domain name is for an established business. If you can&#x27;t log on to access it, to renew it, you may lose it. Yeah, and you&#x27;re building equity with those domain names. Many people are, so you don&#x27;t want to lose them after all these years of holding, correct? Right, absolutely. Now, here&#x27;s one final topic I wanted to mention to you, and I don&#x27;t know if this falls within your realm or not, but what if somebody buys life insurance or an annuity and they pass away, and they don&#x27;t tell anybody in the family that they did it and they pass away?</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> How does someone go about claiming those kind of funds? I am so glad you brought that up. I can&#x27;t even tell you. There&#x27;s been a big investigation. It started with California. What they found was that the life insurance companies were using the Social Security Death Index to find annuitants that they owed money to, that they were making monthly payments to. They were using the Social Security Death Index to determine when they died and they could stop making payments. However, they were not using the very same death index to determine when somebody died and they needed to make a life insurance payout. So I know MetLife and Prudential have paid heavy fines,</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> and I think that&#x27;s one of the reasons why California has such a massive amount of listings under the estate of, is that they&#x27;re just getting hit with all of these new life insurance claims. There&#x27;s no centralized database to search for a life insurance policy. So the only thing you can do is you can check your loved one&#x27;s checking account record and see if there was any record of any payments being made, or their income tax return and see if there&#x27;s any 1099 interest forms from a life insurance company, see if there&#x27;s a card for an insurance agent. Other than that, you pretty much have to go state by state. There are a couple of companies that will do it for you for a fee.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what I advise. I advise that someone, when they buy life insurance, which is a good investment a lot of times, especially for your family and annuities, to make sure that the family members get introduced to the agent or advisor who put them in there. That way there&#x27;s a chain of command, in other words. Absolutely. Absolutely. And at least make sure the beneficiary knows, because family politics being what they are, sometimes a family member who knows may not tell you if you&#x27;re the other family member, and they don&#x27;t think you should have gotten that money. You&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right. These are great topics. We&#x27;d love to have you on again. I&#x27;d love to. Folks, this was Mary Pittman, and she is a specialist in finding lost money. And folks, what&#x27;s your website, Mary? The Little Book of MissingMoney.com. My book is available in paperback, in all the e-book formats, and for download from my website.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> Mary, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much. I appreciate it. I hope it was helpful. It sure was. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mary Pitman joins Coach Pete to explain unclaimed property and how forgotten accounts and payments can become missing money. This April 2012 interview explores her work and The Little Book of Missing Money.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mary Pitman</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Finding Missing Money</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mary Pitman, books and authors, Finding Missing Money, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18/image.jpg?t=1792072920&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mary-pitman-finding-missing-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18/image.jpg?t=1792072920&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18</guid>
      <omny:clipId>70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Apr 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>694</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/70b8be1b-4610-4a88-9ee8-b4e201358e18/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11141299" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mary-pitman-finding-missing-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>177</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Finding Missing Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:48" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:03" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jason Mattera: Hollywood Hypocrites</title>
      <itunes:title>Jason Mattera: Hollywood Hypocrites</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jason Mattera joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Hollywood Hypocrites. In this March 2012 interview, he shares the research behind his book and his perspective on the gap between public statements and private behavior in popular culture.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete, along with John Stillman, interview the author of Hollywood Hypocrites, Jason Matera. And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money and finance. And we like to check in with the world and see what is going on in the popular scene out there. We&#x27;ve got a new book out by an author, Jason Matera, who&#x27;s going to be joining us on the program. He is author of Hollywood Hypocrites. And Coach Pete, you wanted to bring him on the show to get a little perspective and insight on when people say one thing but do another, which happens in the financial world all the time. But here we have a good example of where that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> happening in popular culture as well. Yeah, Jason, welcome in, by the way. New York Times bestselling author, author of the book Hollywood Hypocrites. Jason, welcome in. Hey, thanks, guys. Appreciate being on the program. Now, what have we been seeing out there? We watch things on TV, but a lot of times what you see on TV is not really what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes, correct? Well, listen, Hollywood is great at selling us products. They want us to buy their movies and they connect to us emotionally. What I set out to do in Hollywood Hypocrites is analyze and explore whether these individuals live by the same policy prescriptions they try to foist on the rest of us. Well, what were a couple of the most surprising things that you uncovered in the research for the book? I&#x27;m telling you, one of the more revelatory items was Jon Bon Jovi and Bruce</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Springsteen, who actually classify themselves as farmers in order to write off 98% of their property taxes. Now, I would do the same thing if I were them, right, to get a lower tax burden. However, both individuals are always decrying tax cuts for the wealthy. Bruce Springsteen, especially in his latest tract, he talks about how the working man is growing thinner, the banker is growing fatter. He says the tax cuts for the wealthy are destroying the social fabric of this country. And then what does he do? He finds some arcane loophole in New Jersey where he can figure out how to write off 98% of his property taxes. He&#x27;s a hypocrite. Wow. And now we see that with Warren Buffett a lot of times when he talks about everyone should pay more taxes, yet he has a bunch of tax loopholes he uses,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> correct? Well, he does, again. And I don&#x27;t begrudge anyone from trying to lower their tax burden, but just do not hector us and lecture the rest of us how tax cuts are some, you know, evil financial instruments, and then you go ahead and utilize them. If they were honest, they would not adopt any single deduction that is afforded to them because they think it&#x27;s patriotic to pay taxes. They think tax cuts are ruining the country. I mean, this type of information that I put in Hollywood, hypocrites, so it can serve as ammunition stockpiles that we can fire back off at some Hollywood loon who wants to stop us and tell us how we should be voting and or stop one of their concerts and favor us with some political rant. Jason, if these guys don&#x27;t really like the way that some politicians&#x27; policy affects</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> their life, I mean, why is it they feel like that they have to publicly support these guys? What is it in the Hollywood culture that makes them be pariahs if they don&#x27;t embrace the left-wing candidates? Well, let&#x27;s not forget that it&#x27;s nothing more than one big emotional temper tantrum. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s emotion writ large on a political level. And Hollywood is all about emotion. It&#x27;s having to connect to us emotionally to sell us products. These people play other people for a living. So it&#x27;s no surprise that they would then be drawn to liberalism because it fits with the dynamics of how they live their lives anyway. You know what? There is a growing, though, Hollywood conservative movement. You have more and more people who are bigger names who are coming out, and the more bigger names who do come out as conservatives,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> then it makes this a safe environment for others. But still, you know, you have a lot of people who are afraid, who I know, friends of mine, who are afraid to come out as conservatives in Hollywood because they would get blacklisted right away. And there have been several stories about that, too. Yeah, they&#x27;re afraid to come out and speak their true beliefs. And now, who are some of the Hollywood conservatives that we can identify with right now? Gary Sinise is one. You know, of course, you have Kelsey Grammer. Those are pretty two high-profile ones. You know, you have Alan Covert, who is a staple with the Adam Sandler production mill. He did Grandma&#x27;s Boy, which is a big hit a few years ago. So there is definitely a number of conservatives. However, it&#x27;s overwhelmingly still liberal. And Hollywood wields such influence on the public that we can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> dismiss their endorsements because their megaphone and their ability to raise boatloads of money for this president. Now, the Tea Party is a common enemy or a common talking point amongst the institutions in Hollywood. But, and again, the people in Hollywood don&#x27;t want anyone to have free speech unless it&#x27;s themselves. But when you ask somebody what&#x27;s wrong with the Tea Party, they get all mad usually, and they do exactly what they say the Tea Party does. Yeah, no, you&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, heck, if you&#x27;re going to call the Tea Party racist, you&#x27;re going to call the Tea Party insane, you&#x27;re not going to provide a slither, a slither of evidence in doing so, then you&#x27;re going to be called on it, or you should at least. And that&#x27;s what I did with Chris Rock. And the guy erupted to me and attacked my camera woman, hurled the camera 50 feet, wanted to fight me. But this is the point of Hollywood hypocrites,</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> is that we no longer can sit back like wimps and let us get steamrolled. We got to be the ones doing the steamrolling. You know, we got to be scrappy. We got to fight back. You know, the country&#x27;s on the wrong trajectory, and we got to save it. So if that means going and taking on and confronting Hollywood firsthand, that&#x27;s what we got to do. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Matera. He&#x27;s author of a new book called The Hollywood Hypocrites. Now, Jason, we have a lot of folks out there who are almost afraid to speak up just nationally. And I say the silent majority should speak up and overshadow the vocal minority. I mean, it&#x27;s a baby in the room syndrome here. When a baby starts to cry in a room, everyone stops what they&#x27;re doing and tries to help that baby to stop crying, because nothing can be done when the baby&#x27;s crying. The same thing happens here. It&#x27;s a vocal minority, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> It&#x27;s a vocal minority that wields incredible, incredible influence. And that&#x27;s why we have to recognize it. You know, we can&#x27;t shrug off celebrity endorsements as, oh, they&#x27;re dumb and they don&#x27;t matter. No, they do matter. I mean, we know that from social and political science research that they can sell as candidates. Now, Jason, have they started to recognize who you are when you appear on the scene? No, you know what? I am able to run in and out. I mean, I&#x27;ve taken on politicians and now we&#x27;re moving on to Hollywood, another power structure for the left. Well, to relate this to the financial world, when we watch TV, see movies on the big screen, a lot of times we are getting a beautiful image that has taken a particular angle. And in the financial world, we see this a lot with the language inside the glossy brochures that make</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> some of the sales claims when if you read the fine print, you really find something drastically different. And I think that there&#x27;s a parallel to be made here that people need to see what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes and be more aware of that in order to make better decisions. And would you agree here that knowing the backside information, knowing what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes is going to be important in making your decisions about who you support, who you choose to go with? Like behind the curtain in The Wizard of Oz. Sure. Listen, I mean, we all, this is a free market and we get to support people and their products based on what they do in their public and private lives. So I think people should take that into consideration. You know, a lot of these celebrities, we can shame them into silence by just saying, not saying we&#x27;re going to boycott your product, but if they think that their image is being harmed because they seem to be flat out hypocrites, like, you</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> know, I expose Bono and others, then they may think twice before they open their pretty amounts. We have been talking with Jason Matera. He&#x27;s author of the new book, Hollywood Hypocrites. And Jason, we certainly appreciate you being here with us on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it, guys. Thank you. Have a good day. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jason Mattera joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Hollywood Hypocrites. In this March 2012 interview, he shares the research behind his book and his perspective on the gap between public statements and private behavior in popular culture.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete, along with John Stillman, interview the author of Hollywood Hypocrites, Jason Matera. And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money and finance. And we like to check in with the world and see what is going on in the popular scene out there. We&#x27;ve got a new book out by an author, Jason Matera, who&#x27;s going to be joining us on the program. He is author of Hollywood Hypocrites. And Coach Pete, you wanted to bring him on the show to get a little perspective and insight on when people say one thing but do another, which happens in the financial world all the time. But here we have a good example of where that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> happening in popular culture as well. Yeah, Jason, welcome in, by the way. New York Times bestselling author, author of the book Hollywood Hypocrites. Jason, welcome in. Hey, thanks, guys. Appreciate being on the program. Now, what have we been seeing out there? We watch things on TV, but a lot of times what you see on TV is not really what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes, correct? Well, listen, Hollywood is great at selling us products. They want us to buy their movies and they connect to us emotionally. What I set out to do in Hollywood Hypocrites is analyze and explore whether these individuals live by the same policy prescriptions they try to foist on the rest of us. Well, what were a couple of the most surprising things that you uncovered in the research for the book? I&#x27;m telling you, one of the more revelatory items was Jon Bon Jovi and Bruce</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Springsteen, who actually classify themselves as farmers in order to write off 98% of their property taxes. Now, I would do the same thing if I were them, right, to get a lower tax burden. However, both individuals are always decrying tax cuts for the wealthy. Bruce Springsteen, especially in his latest tract, he talks about how the working man is growing thinner, the banker is growing fatter. He says the tax cuts for the wealthy are destroying the social fabric of this country. And then what does he do? He finds some arcane loophole in New Jersey where he can figure out how to write off 98% of his property taxes. He&#x27;s a hypocrite. Wow. And now we see that with Warren Buffett a lot of times when he talks about everyone should pay more taxes, yet he has a bunch of tax loopholes he uses,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> correct? Well, he does, again. And I don&#x27;t begrudge anyone from trying to lower their tax burden, but just do not hector us and lecture the rest of us how tax cuts are some, you know, evil financial instruments, and then you go ahead and utilize them. If they were honest, they would not adopt any single deduction that is afforded to them because they think it&#x27;s patriotic to pay taxes. They think tax cuts are ruining the country. I mean, this type of information that I put in Hollywood, hypocrites, so it can serve as ammunition stockpiles that we can fire back off at some Hollywood loon who wants to stop us and tell us how we should be voting and or stop one of their concerts and favor us with some political rant. Jason, if these guys don&#x27;t really like the way that some politicians&#x27; policy affects</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> their life, I mean, why is it they feel like that they have to publicly support these guys? What is it in the Hollywood culture that makes them be pariahs if they don&#x27;t embrace the left-wing candidates? Well, let&#x27;s not forget that it&#x27;s nothing more than one big emotional temper tantrum. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s emotion writ large on a political level. And Hollywood is all about emotion. It&#x27;s having to connect to us emotionally to sell us products. These people play other people for a living. So it&#x27;s no surprise that they would then be drawn to liberalism because it fits with the dynamics of how they live their lives anyway. You know what? There is a growing, though, Hollywood conservative movement. You have more and more people who are bigger names who are coming out, and the more bigger names who do come out as conservatives,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> then it makes this a safe environment for others. But still, you know, you have a lot of people who are afraid, who I know, friends of mine, who are afraid to come out as conservatives in Hollywood because they would get blacklisted right away. And there have been several stories about that, too. Yeah, they&#x27;re afraid to come out and speak their true beliefs. And now, who are some of the Hollywood conservatives that we can identify with right now? Gary Sinise is one. You know, of course, you have Kelsey Grammer. Those are pretty two high-profile ones. You know, you have Alan Covert, who is a staple with the Adam Sandler production mill. He did Grandma&#x27;s Boy, which is a big hit a few years ago. So there is definitely a number of conservatives. However, it&#x27;s overwhelmingly still liberal. And Hollywood wields such influence on the public that we can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> dismiss their endorsements because their megaphone and their ability to raise boatloads of money for this president. Now, the Tea Party is a common enemy or a common talking point amongst the institutions in Hollywood. But, and again, the people in Hollywood don&#x27;t want anyone to have free speech unless it&#x27;s themselves. But when you ask somebody what&#x27;s wrong with the Tea Party, they get all mad usually, and they do exactly what they say the Tea Party does. Yeah, no, you&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, heck, if you&#x27;re going to call the Tea Party racist, you&#x27;re going to call the Tea Party insane, you&#x27;re not going to provide a slither, a slither of evidence in doing so, then you&#x27;re going to be called on it, or you should at least. And that&#x27;s what I did with Chris Rock. And the guy erupted to me and attacked my camera woman, hurled the camera 50 feet, wanted to fight me. But this is the point of Hollywood hypocrites,</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> is that we no longer can sit back like wimps and let us get steamrolled. We got to be the ones doing the steamrolling. You know, we got to be scrappy. We got to fight back. You know, the country&#x27;s on the wrong trajectory, and we got to save it. So if that means going and taking on and confronting Hollywood firsthand, that&#x27;s what we got to do. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Matera. He&#x27;s author of a new book called The Hollywood Hypocrites. Now, Jason, we have a lot of folks out there who are almost afraid to speak up just nationally. And I say the silent majority should speak up and overshadow the vocal minority. I mean, it&#x27;s a baby in the room syndrome here. When a baby starts to cry in a room, everyone stops what they&#x27;re doing and tries to help that baby to stop crying, because nothing can be done when the baby&#x27;s crying. The same thing happens here. It&#x27;s a vocal minority, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> It&#x27;s a vocal minority that wields incredible, incredible influence. And that&#x27;s why we have to recognize it. You know, we can&#x27;t shrug off celebrity endorsements as, oh, they&#x27;re dumb and they don&#x27;t matter. No, they do matter. I mean, we know that from social and political science research that they can sell as candidates. Now, Jason, have they started to recognize who you are when you appear on the scene? No, you know what? I am able to run in and out. I mean, I&#x27;ve taken on politicians and now we&#x27;re moving on to Hollywood, another power structure for the left. Well, to relate this to the financial world, when we watch TV, see movies on the big screen, a lot of times we are getting a beautiful image that has taken a particular angle. And in the financial world, we see this a lot with the language inside the glossy brochures that make</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> some of the sales claims when if you read the fine print, you really find something drastically different. And I think that there&#x27;s a parallel to be made here that people need to see what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes and be more aware of that in order to make better decisions. And would you agree here that knowing the backside information, knowing what&#x27;s going on behind the scenes is going to be important in making your decisions about who you support, who you choose to go with? Like behind the curtain in The Wizard of Oz. Sure. Listen, I mean, we all, this is a free market and we get to support people and their products based on what they do in their public and private lives. So I think people should take that into consideration. You know, a lot of these celebrities, we can shame them into silence by just saying, not saying we&#x27;re going to boycott your product, but if they think that their image is being harmed because they seem to be flat out hypocrites, like, you</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> know, I expose Bono and others, then they may think twice before they open their pretty amounts. We have been talking with Jason Matera. He&#x27;s author of the new book, Hollywood Hypocrites. And Jason, we certainly appreciate you being here with us on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it, guys. Thank you. Have a good day. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jason Mattera joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Hollywood Hypocrites. In this March 2012 interview, he shares the research behind his book and his perspective on the gap between public statements and private behavior in popular culture.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jason Mattera</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>Hollywood Hypocrites</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jason Mattera, books and authors, Hollywood Hypocrites, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f/image.jpg?t=1792072932&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-mattera-hollywood-hypocrites/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f/image.jpg?t=1792072932&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>504</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7cf6eaa9-bef3-4497-98f1-b4e20134a17f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="8101610" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-mattera-hollywood-hypocrites</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>178</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Hollywood Hypocrites" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dave D’Antoni: The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Dave D’Antoni: The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in the middle of March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. And we have a very special guest on the program with us. He is the author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. And let me tell you folks, this is an enjoyable and entertaining book about how to retire in style the right way. He is Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And Dave, welcome into the program. Well, thank you very much. Glad to be with you today. Well, I enjoyed your book, so I&#x27;m glad that you are able to join us here on the program.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now tell me, what inspired you to write this book? What was the purpose behind it? Well, when I first retired, I guess when anyone first retires, a lot of people are curious about what it&#x27;s like, people who haven&#x27;t retired yet. And so in answering the question time after time after time again, I kind of developed a philosophy that led me to write the book. And one of my friends, I had written a book, and when I explained to him what I thought retirement was all about and what you needed to do to get prepared for retirement, he said, you&#x27;ve got a book here. And so I sat down and started writing it, and three years later, here it is. Excellent. So, of course, it&#x27;s about your take on what retirement is all about. Now, I have certainly heard the comments that once you are in retirement, you&#x27;re busier than</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> you can be. In fact, busier than your work and career. Have you found that to be true, Dave? That is true. That&#x27;s true for most people. Most people who have successful retirements. Now, I can tell you that not everybody has successful retirements. That&#x27;s really a shame. But successful retirement takes a lot of thinking, a lot of planning, and doing things before you retire to get ready to retire. So I feel this book is really aimed at the conscious retirement planners, those people that have done a good job proactively planning and preparing for retirement. And we&#x27;ve seen that golfers&#x27; households typically have a higher income and net worth. So it really is geared more to the folks that have done a great job, or a good job at least, preparing for retirement. Right, Dave? Well, that&#x27;s true. From the work that you and others do, the most important thing in getting ready to retirement</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> is getting your financial plan done and getting the financial part done right. But once that&#x27;s done, you&#x27;ve still got a lot of decisions to make, and you still have to live your life and figure out how you&#x27;re going to live your life. And that&#x27;s what this book is all about. When I began to research the book, I looked, and there are lots of books on financial planning for retirement. But there&#x27;s not many books on decision-making and about retirement and what retirement is really like when you stop working. And you talk about the value of family, the value of exercise, the value of proper nutrition, the value of travel and enjoying yourself. So many great subjects here. But it also does include a financial aspect. And Dave, you&#x27;ve talked about the cost of enjoying retirement. It can be a little bit higher than people anticipate.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> In fact, as a financial planner and here on the Financial Safari radio program, we talked to a lot of individuals that expected to spend less in retirement but find themselves spending more. That&#x27;s been my experience, and it does cost more because you&#x27;re more active and there are more things to do, and there&#x27;s more things you want to do and have time to do. Also, there&#x27;s ways you can get yourself into trouble in retirement by spending more than you actually plan to spend. It&#x27;s easy to do, and it requires a lot of discipline. One of the guys I worked with early on said that most people he knows that get trouble in retirement is because they buy too big a house or they make too big a commitment to a place to live. It&#x27;ll suck you dry after a while. You talk about staying flexible, being able to adapt. And while you&#x27;re setting plans on that first day of retirement, the first day of the rest</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> of your life, as you call it here in the book, which I thought was a great mantra and motto there for what retirement really is all about. It&#x27;s a new beginning, but you do want to have the plan with the ability to be flexible and change that plan as you adapt to changing times, correct? That certainly was true in my experience. I retired in 2004. With those of us who retired in that period, things were going really, really well until 2008 showed up. And in 2008, there was considerable money lost from retirement plans that people had, and people had to readjust. I certainly learned the value of liquidity, and I&#x27;m sure many others did too. So being liquid, being flexible, not being overextended is a real key because not everything</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> is going to go well. And when things don&#x27;t go into plan, it&#x27;s usually not because they&#x27;ve done better. It&#x27;s because they&#x27;ve done worse than you would have expected. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of the Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. Now, Dave, what if I don&#x27;t like golf? Can I still pick up some good lessons from this book? Absolutely. One of the toughest things about retirement for any individual is realizing that not only are you going to change the way you live, you&#x27;re going to change your spouse&#x27;s life, and in some cases, very dramatically. And again, in my experience, some of my friends and their spouses, in this case, wives, were never clear on what their objectives are, what they wanted to do, and how they were going to get along. In my case, my wife said, if you want to retire, that&#x27;s fine, but I don&#x27;t want you hanging</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> around the house ruining my life. So, you know, there are a lot of little things like that that people have to understand and get right, whether you like to play golf or not. You have to have something to do. There&#x27;s a lot of time, and it has to be filled by doing something you really like to do, and not many people understand necessarily what it is they really like to do. Well, you talk a lot about how to fill that time and the activities that you can participate in, and I enjoyed that about the book. You, in fact, devote a whole section of the book to travel, and it appears from your comments and your stories here that you&#x27;ve done a lot of traveling in your years of retirement and even well before retirement. Tell us about some of your travels, and what&#x27;s been perhaps your favorite one or two destinations? Well, we decided early on when our kids were growing up that we wanted our kids to experience</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> travel. So when they were in high school, we would take one trip a year during spring break and go somewhere nice, somewhere different, somewhere they would not generally go on their own and get to see a little bit of the world. Once we retired then, we decided that we would take two trips a year, and one of the key parts of the book is that you&#x27;ve only got so many years that you&#x27;re going to be able to do things once you retire. So we figured, I retired at 60, and we figured that if we took two trips a year, in 10 years, we were likely to have good health, and we&#x27;d be able to see 20 places in the world. So we sat down and began to make a list. For example, I&#x27;ve always wanted to see the Great Wall of China. We did that. We were animal lovers. We&#x27;d always wanted to do a safari in Africa.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;ve done that. We wanted to see the capitals of the Baltics and St. Petersburg, which is fabulous. We&#x27;ve done that. We&#x27;ve done tours through Central Europe. We&#x27;ve done tours in the Mediterranean. We&#x27;ve done tours to Alaska. So it&#x27;s just a matter of having the time and dedication to do the planning, to decide what you want to do, and make sure you do it. Well, for those out there that are not yet traveling or would like to travel, have some ideas that travel is in their future, do you have a couple of favorite destinations, maybe one or two that you could tell us about? Well, I have several places that we absolutely love. One of them is Hawaii. If you&#x27;ve not been to Hawaii, it&#x27;s convenient. They speak the same language, use the same currency. It&#x27;s no hassle, and it&#x27;s actually pretty cheap these days.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> In fact, we just got back from a trip there three weeks ago. But Rome is a favorite city. St. Petersburg, Russia is unbelievable. We love Venice. We&#x27;ve been to Athens. It&#x27;s terrific. So there are just lots of great places to go. Unfortunately, one of the places that I enjoyed the most was Egypt, but that&#x27;s sort of... Not as convenient right now? No. Dave, one of the biggest challenges that we find for retiring individuals is taking the nest egg that they have saved for themselves during their work and career and translating that into a secure retirement income that they know is going to last. What would you tell somebody who is planning for this income distribution phase of their</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> financial life? It&#x27;s essentially the final third or the last stretch of life here. When you are spending down or creating income from the assets that you already have. I&#x27;ll tell you, that was one of the scariest times for me when I first retired, realizing that I was not going to get any more checks. I was not going to get any more income. I had what I had. And therefore, any dollar that I spent was a dollar that wouldn&#x27;t be replaced and I had to spend it down. So it took the discipline of making sure we understood how much cash flow we had to spend, making sure that we monitored that and didn&#x27;t go over our spending plans, our spending budget, and that we didn&#x27;t commit to, didn&#x27;t make a major commitment that would throw us off that.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> It&#x27;s a lot of discipline. And in our case, we had someone help us, a financial advisor help us. So when we wanted to make a major purchase or make a decision or buy a house, we always tested that, went back and ran the numbers with the financial advisor to make sure we could afford it and that it wouldn&#x27;t change our plan. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of The Globe-Trotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. All right, Dave, this is a question, and I hate when people ask me these kind of questions, but I&#x27;m going to ask you one anyway. On a scale of 1 to 10 and 1 not being important and 10 being absolutely vital, how important to your retirement enjoyment was that plan and basically designing and structuring a strategic income distribution plan for your expenses?</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> How important was that? That&#x27;s really, on a scale of 1 to 10, that&#x27;s a 10 or 11. It&#x27;s the most important thing you do. So once you decide what you can spend, then it&#x27;s a matter of where to spend it and how to allocate it. And it gives you peace of mind to know that if you&#x27;re on plan, you&#x27;re on the glide curve, everything&#x27;s going to be okay. It&#x27;s when some people who got in trouble in 2008 realized that their assets weren&#x27;t going to support their lifestyle, that they needed to make changes in their lifestyle, or in some cases actually go back to work. That was very, very painful and something that nobody should have to go through. Well, you can&#x27;t do a whole lot of globe-trotting, and unfortunately, it limits your golf schedule when you&#x27;re having to go back to work. And we don&#x27;t want to let that.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> A lot of things. Absolutely. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking with Dave D&#x27;Antoni, and he is the author of The Globe-trotting Golfers&#x27; Guide to Retirement. It&#x27;s an excellent book. I think everybody out there listening can pull something from this book, even if you&#x27;re not a big traveler or a big golfer. The lessons that he&#x27;s learned and translates in this book are very important and great information. They are enjoyable to pick up these lessons, Dave. So I commend you on an excellently written book. Now, here&#x27;s your opportunity. Where can folks find copies of this book? The book is available on Amazon, either in paperback form or electronic form. It&#x27;s not expensive. It&#x27;s $15 for the book, a hard copy, and the Kindle version is $9.99. So it&#x27;s pretty reasonable, and it&#x27;s a reasonably quick read.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> It&#x27;s 281 pages long, but it flows pretty quickly, and I think you can find the things of interest in there and even read it more quickly if you like. Yeah, absolutely. I appreciated the fact that they were short chapters, Dave. So I got through these five- to seven-page chapters very quickly and found a lot of great information at the flip of a page. So I enjoyed reading the book. I&#x27;m glad you were able to spend your time with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us as a guest on the program. Thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it, and I hope people will buy the book and enjoy it. All right. Once again, Dave D&#x27;Antoni, author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement, here on the Financial Safari. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in the middle of March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. And we have a very special guest on the program with us. He is the author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. And let me tell you folks, this is an enjoyable and entertaining book about how to retire in style the right way. He is Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And Dave, welcome into the program. Well, thank you very much. Glad to be with you today. Well, I enjoyed your book, so I&#x27;m glad that you are able to join us here on the program.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now tell me, what inspired you to write this book? What was the purpose behind it? Well, when I first retired, I guess when anyone first retires, a lot of people are curious about what it&#x27;s like, people who haven&#x27;t retired yet. And so in answering the question time after time after time again, I kind of developed a philosophy that led me to write the book. And one of my friends, I had written a book, and when I explained to him what I thought retirement was all about and what you needed to do to get prepared for retirement, he said, you&#x27;ve got a book here. And so I sat down and started writing it, and three years later, here it is. Excellent. So, of course, it&#x27;s about your take on what retirement is all about. Now, I have certainly heard the comments that once you are in retirement, you&#x27;re busier than</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> you can be. In fact, busier than your work and career. Have you found that to be true, Dave? That is true. That&#x27;s true for most people. Most people who have successful retirements. Now, I can tell you that not everybody has successful retirements. That&#x27;s really a shame. But successful retirement takes a lot of thinking, a lot of planning, and doing things before you retire to get ready to retire. So I feel this book is really aimed at the conscious retirement planners, those people that have done a good job proactively planning and preparing for retirement. And we&#x27;ve seen that golfers&#x27; households typically have a higher income and net worth. So it really is geared more to the folks that have done a great job, or a good job at least, preparing for retirement. Right, Dave? Well, that&#x27;s true. From the work that you and others do, the most important thing in getting ready to retirement</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> is getting your financial plan done and getting the financial part done right. But once that&#x27;s done, you&#x27;ve still got a lot of decisions to make, and you still have to live your life and figure out how you&#x27;re going to live your life. And that&#x27;s what this book is all about. When I began to research the book, I looked, and there are lots of books on financial planning for retirement. But there&#x27;s not many books on decision-making and about retirement and what retirement is really like when you stop working. And you talk about the value of family, the value of exercise, the value of proper nutrition, the value of travel and enjoying yourself. So many great subjects here. But it also does include a financial aspect. And Dave, you&#x27;ve talked about the cost of enjoying retirement. It can be a little bit higher than people anticipate.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> In fact, as a financial planner and here on the Financial Safari radio program, we talked to a lot of individuals that expected to spend less in retirement but find themselves spending more. That&#x27;s been my experience, and it does cost more because you&#x27;re more active and there are more things to do, and there&#x27;s more things you want to do and have time to do. Also, there&#x27;s ways you can get yourself into trouble in retirement by spending more than you actually plan to spend. It&#x27;s easy to do, and it requires a lot of discipline. One of the guys I worked with early on said that most people he knows that get trouble in retirement is because they buy too big a house or they make too big a commitment to a place to live. It&#x27;ll suck you dry after a while. You talk about staying flexible, being able to adapt. And while you&#x27;re setting plans on that first day of retirement, the first day of the rest</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> of your life, as you call it here in the book, which I thought was a great mantra and motto there for what retirement really is all about. It&#x27;s a new beginning, but you do want to have the plan with the ability to be flexible and change that plan as you adapt to changing times, correct? That certainly was true in my experience. I retired in 2004. With those of us who retired in that period, things were going really, really well until 2008 showed up. And in 2008, there was considerable money lost from retirement plans that people had, and people had to readjust. I certainly learned the value of liquidity, and I&#x27;m sure many others did too. So being liquid, being flexible, not being overextended is a real key because not everything</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> is going to go well. And when things don&#x27;t go into plan, it&#x27;s usually not because they&#x27;ve done better. It&#x27;s because they&#x27;ve done worse than you would have expected. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of the Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. Now, Dave, what if I don&#x27;t like golf? Can I still pick up some good lessons from this book? Absolutely. One of the toughest things about retirement for any individual is realizing that not only are you going to change the way you live, you&#x27;re going to change your spouse&#x27;s life, and in some cases, very dramatically. And again, in my experience, some of my friends and their spouses, in this case, wives, were never clear on what their objectives are, what they wanted to do, and how they were going to get along. In my case, my wife said, if you want to retire, that&#x27;s fine, but I don&#x27;t want you hanging</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> around the house ruining my life. So, you know, there are a lot of little things like that that people have to understand and get right, whether you like to play golf or not. You have to have something to do. There&#x27;s a lot of time, and it has to be filled by doing something you really like to do, and not many people understand necessarily what it is they really like to do. Well, you talk a lot about how to fill that time and the activities that you can participate in, and I enjoyed that about the book. You, in fact, devote a whole section of the book to travel, and it appears from your comments and your stories here that you&#x27;ve done a lot of traveling in your years of retirement and even well before retirement. Tell us about some of your travels, and what&#x27;s been perhaps your favorite one or two destinations? Well, we decided early on when our kids were growing up that we wanted our kids to experience</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> travel. So when they were in high school, we would take one trip a year during spring break and go somewhere nice, somewhere different, somewhere they would not generally go on their own and get to see a little bit of the world. Once we retired then, we decided that we would take two trips a year, and one of the key parts of the book is that you&#x27;ve only got so many years that you&#x27;re going to be able to do things once you retire. So we figured, I retired at 60, and we figured that if we took two trips a year, in 10 years, we were likely to have good health, and we&#x27;d be able to see 20 places in the world. So we sat down and began to make a list. For example, I&#x27;ve always wanted to see the Great Wall of China. We did that. We were animal lovers. We&#x27;d always wanted to do a safari in Africa.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;ve done that. We wanted to see the capitals of the Baltics and St. Petersburg, which is fabulous. We&#x27;ve done that. We&#x27;ve done tours through Central Europe. We&#x27;ve done tours in the Mediterranean. We&#x27;ve done tours to Alaska. So it&#x27;s just a matter of having the time and dedication to do the planning, to decide what you want to do, and make sure you do it. Well, for those out there that are not yet traveling or would like to travel, have some ideas that travel is in their future, do you have a couple of favorite destinations, maybe one or two that you could tell us about? Well, I have several places that we absolutely love. One of them is Hawaii. If you&#x27;ve not been to Hawaii, it&#x27;s convenient. They speak the same language, use the same currency. It&#x27;s no hassle, and it&#x27;s actually pretty cheap these days.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> In fact, we just got back from a trip there three weeks ago. But Rome is a favorite city. St. Petersburg, Russia is unbelievable. We love Venice. We&#x27;ve been to Athens. It&#x27;s terrific. So there are just lots of great places to go. Unfortunately, one of the places that I enjoyed the most was Egypt, but that&#x27;s sort of... Not as convenient right now? No. Dave, one of the biggest challenges that we find for retiring individuals is taking the nest egg that they have saved for themselves during their work and career and translating that into a secure retirement income that they know is going to last. What would you tell somebody who is planning for this income distribution phase of their</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> financial life? It&#x27;s essentially the final third or the last stretch of life here. When you are spending down or creating income from the assets that you already have. I&#x27;ll tell you, that was one of the scariest times for me when I first retired, realizing that I was not going to get any more checks. I was not going to get any more income. I had what I had. And therefore, any dollar that I spent was a dollar that wouldn&#x27;t be replaced and I had to spend it down. So it took the discipline of making sure we understood how much cash flow we had to spend, making sure that we monitored that and didn&#x27;t go over our spending plans, our spending budget, and that we didn&#x27;t commit to, didn&#x27;t make a major commitment that would throw us off that.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> It&#x27;s a lot of discipline. And in our case, we had someone help us, a financial advisor help us. So when we wanted to make a major purchase or make a decision or buy a house, we always tested that, went back and ran the numbers with the financial advisor to make sure we could afford it and that it wouldn&#x27;t change our plan. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of The Globe-Trotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. All right, Dave, this is a question, and I hate when people ask me these kind of questions, but I&#x27;m going to ask you one anyway. On a scale of 1 to 10 and 1 not being important and 10 being absolutely vital, how important to your retirement enjoyment was that plan and basically designing and structuring a strategic income distribution plan for your expenses?</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> How important was that? That&#x27;s really, on a scale of 1 to 10, that&#x27;s a 10 or 11. It&#x27;s the most important thing you do. So once you decide what you can spend, then it&#x27;s a matter of where to spend it and how to allocate it. And it gives you peace of mind to know that if you&#x27;re on plan, you&#x27;re on the glide curve, everything&#x27;s going to be okay. It&#x27;s when some people who got in trouble in 2008 realized that their assets weren&#x27;t going to support their lifestyle, that they needed to make changes in their lifestyle, or in some cases actually go back to work. That was very, very painful and something that nobody should have to go through. Well, you can&#x27;t do a whole lot of globe-trotting, and unfortunately, it limits your golf schedule when you&#x27;re having to go back to work. And we don&#x27;t want to let that.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> A lot of things. Absolutely. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking with Dave D&#x27;Antoni, and he is the author of The Globe-trotting Golfers&#x27; Guide to Retirement. It&#x27;s an excellent book. I think everybody out there listening can pull something from this book, even if you&#x27;re not a big traveler or a big golfer. The lessons that he&#x27;s learned and translates in this book are very important and great information. They are enjoyable to pick up these lessons, Dave. So I commend you on an excellently written book. Now, here&#x27;s your opportunity. Where can folks find copies of this book? The book is available on Amazon, either in paperback form or electronic form. It&#x27;s not expensive. It&#x27;s $15 for the book, a hard copy, and the Kindle version is $9.99. So it&#x27;s pretty reasonable, and it&#x27;s a reasonably quick read.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> It&#x27;s 281 pages long, but it flows pretty quickly, and I think you can find the things of interest in there and even read it more quickly if you like. Yeah, absolutely. I appreciated the fact that they were short chapters, Dave. So I got through these five- to seven-page chapters very quickly and found a lot of great information at the flip of a page. So I enjoyed reading the book. I&#x27;m glad you were able to spend your time with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us as a guest on the program. Thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it, and I hope people will buy the book and enjoy it. All right. Once again, Dave D&#x27;Antoni, author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement, here on the Financial Safari. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dave D’Antoni</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dave D’Antoni, retirement planning, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072936&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-d-antoni-the-globetrotting-golfer-s-guide-to-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072936&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12189302" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-d-antoni-the-globetrotting-golfer-s-guide-to-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>179</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Charles Richards: The Psychology of Wealth</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Charles Richards: The Psychology of Wealth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Dr. Charles Richards. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world, trying to make it a little simpler. And as we do each and every week, we find a national personality or book author or somebody who maybe you&#x27;ve seen on the news. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth, and the subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. As a matter of fact, Donald Trump even made a comment on the cover of the book, and he said The Psychology of Wealth is a pertinent and comprehensive overview of the skills and</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> mindset necessary for success. Prosperity can be achieved by anyone, and Dr. Richards shows the way. So, Dr. Richards, welcome to the show, and maybe you can show us a way. Thanks, Pete. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Hopefully, I can. Oh, yeah. Yeah. So, I mean, now let&#x27;s just talk about wealth for a minute. Has the definition of wealth changed over the last hundred years? In your opinion, what is the definition of wealth these days? Yeah. The definition of wealth has changed significantly. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s evolved, because let&#x27;s say a few decades ago, the definition of wealth was pretty one-dimensional. It just had to do with your bank balance sheet and maybe your financial assets. But today, people, I think, are realizing that wealth has a much broader definition. Wealth is not just about how much money you have in the bank or what your assets are, but</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> the quality of your life, the degree of fulfillment you&#x27;re having in your life, how you&#x27;re serving and helping and empowering others with what you have. And if you&#x27;re doing that, it may not matter what your bank balance sheet is, as long as you&#x27;re comfortable with it. It&#x27;s really how you&#x27;re bringing, let&#x27;s say, more fulfillment to you and the people that you love. Unfortunately, in my opinion, what we&#x27;ve seen in the last few years is the word wealth is almost looked at as a bad term. If you&#x27;re a wealthy person, it&#x27;s almost something to be ashamed of these days, according to the media, the 1% of the wealthy. You&#x27;ve seen that on the news. Right. And I think that happens because there&#x27;s a perception that the wealthy are pretty much self-serving. I mean, you hear about the huge income that certain, say, corporate executives and bank</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> executives have and the kind of bonuses they&#x27;re getting. And you think, what are they doing with all that money? And a lot of people perceive these individuals as just accumulating wealth and not really giving back with it in any great extent. And I think what happens is we have a perception of wealth in terms of the negative. I talk about in my book the archetype of wealth and that it has a positive and a negative expression. And I think we tend to see wealth in terms of that negative expression, at least collectively. Well, but is being wealthy anything to be ashamed of? Absolutely not. I think we all really strive to achieve a degree of wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Unfortunately, a lot of us envy those who have achieved it because we don&#x27;t know them personally often. I mean, there&#x27;s this perception of these nameless individuals who have all this money and success and wealth and really don&#x27;t seem to be sharing it with others. And so I think what happens is we tend to have a negative perception of it. But I think at bottom, everyone strives to achieve a degree of wealth in their own lives. It&#x27;s just we want to find a way to do that. And it takes creativity. It takes discipline. It takes perseverance. It takes planning. It takes goal setting. It takes a lot of things to achieve true wealth.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And a lot of us don&#x27;t have the fundamentals, the fundamental background to really set that foundation in motion. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you ever watched a marathon, either in person or on TV, maybe at the finish line, seeing the people finish and, you know, they record the times as they come in. Have you ever seen that? Oh, yes. Absolutely. You know, what people see is the finish line, but they don&#x27;t see those 26 miles of grueling torture the person went through to get there. So a lot of people, what I&#x27;m trying to make the point here is a lot of people see the wealthy people once they get wealthy, but they don&#x27;t see all the hours and equity and everything, ignoring the family, all the things they had to do to build wealth many times. Yeah. And there&#x27;s some fundamentals that are required to achieve wealth. And you&#x27;re right. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of preparation that&#x27;s required to get there.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And yeah, we don&#x27;t see that when we just see the wealthy and just what they have. I talked to a lot of parents and grandparents, and their biggest dream in life is to make sure their children can do better than they can. And so with that being said, how can we make sure our children and grandchildren have a strong understanding of financial literacy? That&#x27;s a very good point. We need to start early. You know, I talk about contrast and compare the Asian family, typical Asian family versus the American family. There are certain stereotypes that do have some validity there because Asian families typically start their kids very young at really talking about what their goals are, establishing goals, establishing discipline, forcing a degree of sacrifice and delayed gratification and</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> hard work for them to achieve those goals. And it&#x27;s important for parents to do that. The thing that we don&#x27;t want to do often that sometimes you see in Asian families is tie self-worth and self-esteem to achievement. Because when you do that, if a child doesn&#x27;t reach the goal in the way that he or she is expected to, then their self-worth is challenged. But it&#x27;s important to start young with children and young adults. It&#x27;s teaching them to really, you know, think about money in a constructive way, to plan, to organize, to use self-discipline to achieve their goals. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth. It&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> The subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. Now, speaking of family, you write in your book that your grandfather was someone who taught you the meaning of the phrase, price is what you pay, value is what you get. Now, what did he mean by that? Well, what he meant was that, you know, it&#x27;s important to really not shortchange yourself when you&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, making purchases. It&#x27;s about discernment with regard to how you use your money and using it consciously. My grandfather was a principal of a high school for all of his adult life, and my grandmother was a librarian, and they were quite successful at the time in sort of in a community outside of Memphis, Tennessee.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And whenever I spent time with my grandfather, he just seemed to just exude this sense of confidence. You know, anything was possible. It took a little hard work. It took some sacrifice. But he valued quality. I was just talking recently with a friend of mine who&#x27;s a psychologist, and she was describing how when she was raised with her brothers and sisters, they were quite poor. And one winter, her father was prepared to buy some new winter coats for the kids. And he wanted to buy the cheapest coats that they could find. And the mother said to the father, she says, we&#x27;re too poor to buy cheap coats. And the rationale behind that was a little counterintuitive.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> But what she was trying to communicate to her husband is, we have to buy the best we can afford because it has to last. We have to be able to pass that down from one kid to the next. So it made more sense to actually buy quality than to buy the cheapest thing, because at the end of the day, that was going to cost them more. That&#x27;s what my grandfather was communicating to me at a young age. And that was a great point. And that being said, though, do you feel many times the human mind works against the person? In other words, always chasing the unbelievable sometimes, or gambling, when there&#x27;s a safe solution, the way they should be allocating money is right in front of their eyeballs. Yeah. And I talk about conscious versus unconscious sort of spending and debt in that regard.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> A lot of times we spend money unconsciously. And because of that, it&#x27;s like a leak in our ship. You know, it&#x27;s like we wonder where it all goes at the end of the day. And it&#x27;s important to develop habits of conscious spending as opposed to unconscious spending. And I talk about debt. Debt often has a bad rap in our society because a lot of people go into debt and they hurt themselves or get in situations that is a problem for them financially. And it&#x27;s conscious debt and there&#x27;s unconscious debt. And it&#x27;s important that we use debt constructively to achieve our goals. But the first thing we have to do is establish clear goals and a direction so that if we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> going to use debt, we use it in a way that moves us toward our goals and not just, you might say, fritters away the kind of income that we have achieved. I&#x27;m just amazed sometimes people have all the money they need to have a successful retirement, yet they gamble with it continuously and end up back and trying to build back up again. And there&#x27;s a story. It&#x27;s a pretty famous story we talked about on our show about a year ago about a guy in Wisconsin who ended up suing the state lottery commission because he won the lottery years before he quit his job. He won a multimillion dollar lottery, quit his job, and then eventually ran out of money and was poorer after he won the lottery down the road than before he won the lottery. And he was suing the state, which is amazing. I mean, it was his own bad decisions that led him to the poorhouse. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And it&#x27;s about taking responsibility. And some of us are just not prepared. We haven&#x27;t prepared ourselves for financial success and true wealth. I mean, you mentioned the lottery. That&#x27;s a great example. And I talk a bit about it in the book. It&#x27;s like a third of the lottery winners who win millions of dollars end up losing it all, a third. And it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t have the preparation, the emotional and mental discipline to manage that kind of wealth. When I talk about the archetype of wealth, I describe it as an energy. And when you might say, when that archetype, when you embrace that and people who win the lottery, you know, suddenly they&#x27;re thrust into this archetype of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And that archetype has a power and an influence that if we don&#x27;t know how to manage it, it will manage us. And when it manages us, usually it manifests in a negative way. And often it can destroy our lives. Folks, Dr. Charles Richards, again, author of The Psychology of Wealth, Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. It&#x27;s a great book. I recommend everyone pick up a copy. Dr. Richards, we hope to have you back on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to be back. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> How are you? What do you think? What do you think?</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Dr. Charles Richards. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world, trying to make it a little simpler. And as we do each and every week, we find a national personality or book author or somebody who maybe you&#x27;ve seen on the news. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth, and the subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. As a matter of fact, Donald Trump even made a comment on the cover of the book, and he said The Psychology of Wealth is a pertinent and comprehensive overview of the skills and</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> mindset necessary for success. Prosperity can be achieved by anyone, and Dr. Richards shows the way. So, Dr. Richards, welcome to the show, and maybe you can show us a way. Thanks, Pete. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Hopefully, I can. Oh, yeah. Yeah. So, I mean, now let&#x27;s just talk about wealth for a minute. Has the definition of wealth changed over the last hundred years? In your opinion, what is the definition of wealth these days? Yeah. The definition of wealth has changed significantly. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s evolved, because let&#x27;s say a few decades ago, the definition of wealth was pretty one-dimensional. It just had to do with your bank balance sheet and maybe your financial assets. But today, people, I think, are realizing that wealth has a much broader definition. Wealth is not just about how much money you have in the bank or what your assets are, but</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> the quality of your life, the degree of fulfillment you&#x27;re having in your life, how you&#x27;re serving and helping and empowering others with what you have. And if you&#x27;re doing that, it may not matter what your bank balance sheet is, as long as you&#x27;re comfortable with it. It&#x27;s really how you&#x27;re bringing, let&#x27;s say, more fulfillment to you and the people that you love. Unfortunately, in my opinion, what we&#x27;ve seen in the last few years is the word wealth is almost looked at as a bad term. If you&#x27;re a wealthy person, it&#x27;s almost something to be ashamed of these days, according to the media, the 1% of the wealthy. You&#x27;ve seen that on the news. Right. And I think that happens because there&#x27;s a perception that the wealthy are pretty much self-serving. I mean, you hear about the huge income that certain, say, corporate executives and bank</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> executives have and the kind of bonuses they&#x27;re getting. And you think, what are they doing with all that money? And a lot of people perceive these individuals as just accumulating wealth and not really giving back with it in any great extent. And I think what happens is we have a perception of wealth in terms of the negative. I talk about in my book the archetype of wealth and that it has a positive and a negative expression. And I think we tend to see wealth in terms of that negative expression, at least collectively. Well, but is being wealthy anything to be ashamed of? Absolutely not. I think we all really strive to achieve a degree of wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Unfortunately, a lot of us envy those who have achieved it because we don&#x27;t know them personally often. I mean, there&#x27;s this perception of these nameless individuals who have all this money and success and wealth and really don&#x27;t seem to be sharing it with others. And so I think what happens is we tend to have a negative perception of it. But I think at bottom, everyone strives to achieve a degree of wealth in their own lives. It&#x27;s just we want to find a way to do that. And it takes creativity. It takes discipline. It takes perseverance. It takes planning. It takes goal setting. It takes a lot of things to achieve true wealth.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And a lot of us don&#x27;t have the fundamentals, the fundamental background to really set that foundation in motion. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you ever watched a marathon, either in person or on TV, maybe at the finish line, seeing the people finish and, you know, they record the times as they come in. Have you ever seen that? Oh, yes. Absolutely. You know, what people see is the finish line, but they don&#x27;t see those 26 miles of grueling torture the person went through to get there. So a lot of people, what I&#x27;m trying to make the point here is a lot of people see the wealthy people once they get wealthy, but they don&#x27;t see all the hours and equity and everything, ignoring the family, all the things they had to do to build wealth many times. Yeah. And there&#x27;s some fundamentals that are required to achieve wealth. And you&#x27;re right. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of preparation that&#x27;s required to get there.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And yeah, we don&#x27;t see that when we just see the wealthy and just what they have. I talked to a lot of parents and grandparents, and their biggest dream in life is to make sure their children can do better than they can. And so with that being said, how can we make sure our children and grandchildren have a strong understanding of financial literacy? That&#x27;s a very good point. We need to start early. You know, I talk about contrast and compare the Asian family, typical Asian family versus the American family. There are certain stereotypes that do have some validity there because Asian families typically start their kids very young at really talking about what their goals are, establishing goals, establishing discipline, forcing a degree of sacrifice and delayed gratification and</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> hard work for them to achieve those goals. And it&#x27;s important for parents to do that. The thing that we don&#x27;t want to do often that sometimes you see in Asian families is tie self-worth and self-esteem to achievement. Because when you do that, if a child doesn&#x27;t reach the goal in the way that he or she is expected to, then their self-worth is challenged. But it&#x27;s important to start young with children and young adults. It&#x27;s teaching them to really, you know, think about money in a constructive way, to plan, to organize, to use self-discipline to achieve their goals. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth. It&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> The subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. Now, speaking of family, you write in your book that your grandfather was someone who taught you the meaning of the phrase, price is what you pay, value is what you get. Now, what did he mean by that? Well, what he meant was that, you know, it&#x27;s important to really not shortchange yourself when you&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, making purchases. It&#x27;s about discernment with regard to how you use your money and using it consciously. My grandfather was a principal of a high school for all of his adult life, and my grandmother was a librarian, and they were quite successful at the time in sort of in a community outside of Memphis, Tennessee.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And whenever I spent time with my grandfather, he just seemed to just exude this sense of confidence. You know, anything was possible. It took a little hard work. It took some sacrifice. But he valued quality. I was just talking recently with a friend of mine who&#x27;s a psychologist, and she was describing how when she was raised with her brothers and sisters, they were quite poor. And one winter, her father was prepared to buy some new winter coats for the kids. And he wanted to buy the cheapest coats that they could find. And the mother said to the father, she says, we&#x27;re too poor to buy cheap coats. And the rationale behind that was a little counterintuitive.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> But what she was trying to communicate to her husband is, we have to buy the best we can afford because it has to last. We have to be able to pass that down from one kid to the next. So it made more sense to actually buy quality than to buy the cheapest thing, because at the end of the day, that was going to cost them more. That&#x27;s what my grandfather was communicating to me at a young age. And that was a great point. And that being said, though, do you feel many times the human mind works against the person? In other words, always chasing the unbelievable sometimes, or gambling, when there&#x27;s a safe solution, the way they should be allocating money is right in front of their eyeballs. Yeah. And I talk about conscious versus unconscious sort of spending and debt in that regard.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> A lot of times we spend money unconsciously. And because of that, it&#x27;s like a leak in our ship. You know, it&#x27;s like we wonder where it all goes at the end of the day. And it&#x27;s important to develop habits of conscious spending as opposed to unconscious spending. And I talk about debt. Debt often has a bad rap in our society because a lot of people go into debt and they hurt themselves or get in situations that is a problem for them financially. And it&#x27;s conscious debt and there&#x27;s unconscious debt. And it&#x27;s important that we use debt constructively to achieve our goals. But the first thing we have to do is establish clear goals and a direction so that if we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> going to use debt, we use it in a way that moves us toward our goals and not just, you might say, fritters away the kind of income that we have achieved. I&#x27;m just amazed sometimes people have all the money they need to have a successful retirement, yet they gamble with it continuously and end up back and trying to build back up again. And there&#x27;s a story. It&#x27;s a pretty famous story we talked about on our show about a year ago about a guy in Wisconsin who ended up suing the state lottery commission because he won the lottery years before he quit his job. He won a multimillion dollar lottery, quit his job, and then eventually ran out of money and was poorer after he won the lottery down the road than before he won the lottery. And he was suing the state, which is amazing. I mean, it was his own bad decisions that led him to the poorhouse. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And it&#x27;s about taking responsibility. And some of us are just not prepared. We haven&#x27;t prepared ourselves for financial success and true wealth. I mean, you mentioned the lottery. That&#x27;s a great example. And I talk a bit about it in the book. It&#x27;s like a third of the lottery winners who win millions of dollars end up losing it all, a third. And it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t have the preparation, the emotional and mental discipline to manage that kind of wealth. When I talk about the archetype of wealth, I describe it as an energy. And when you might say, when that archetype, when you embrace that and people who win the lottery, you know, suddenly they&#x27;re thrust into this archetype of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And that archetype has a power and an influence that if we don&#x27;t know how to manage it, it will manage us. And when it manages us, usually it manifests in a negative way. And often it can destroy our lives. Folks, Dr. Charles Richards, again, author of The Psychology of Wealth, Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. It&#x27;s a great book. I recommend everyone pick up a copy. Dr. Richards, we hope to have you back on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to be back. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> How are you? What do you think? What do you think?</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Charles Richards</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Charles Richards, behavioral finance, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/image.jpg?t=1792072953&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-charles-richards-the-psychology-of-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/image.jpg?t=1792072953&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11587185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-charles-richards-the-psychology-of-wealth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>180</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Psychology of Wealth" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil DeMuth: The Little Book of Alternative Investments</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil DeMuth: The Little Book of Alternative Investments</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February of 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Phil DeMuth. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. It&#x27;s time again. This is the time of the show where we go outside into the world of the financial writers and authors and people you&#x27;ve seen maybe on TV or heard on the radio and get a national expert to come and go over some more details with us. And today we&#x27;ve got a guy who&#x27;s co-authored several books with Ben Stein. His name is Phil DeMuth. And the book that I wanted to talk about a little bit with Phil is called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And Phil&#x27;s joining us from Los Angeles. Phil, welcome to the show. Well, Coach Pete, thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, how is Ben Stein to talk to as a person? I remember Ferris Bueller&#x27;s Day Off. You probably saw him on this cameo that he had on that show. Anyone? Anyone? Bueller? He&#x27;s exactly like he appears in the movie, which is exactly like he is in real life. That&#x27;s Ben. Well, first of all, let&#x27;s explain to the listener what an alternative investment is. What is an alternative investment? Well, there&#x27;s no totally read-upon definition. We look at it as an alternative to the usual things that people invest in, like stocks and bonds and real estate. So if it&#x27;s one of those things, that&#x27;s not an alternative. And sometimes it can invest in those things,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but it can use a whole different strategy to invest in them, you know, like shorting or leverage or stuff like that. So it&#x27;s sort of a complicated way of using the same things. But the great hope is that it&#x27;s going to produce returns that are different from what you get from investing in stocks and bonds. If you got returns just like investing in stocks and bonds, it wouldn&#x27;t be alternative. It would be more of the same. So it tries to be something different. And now many times it&#x27;s not where you put your money, but where you should not put your money that&#x27;s the most important thing. And in your book, you say, stay away from collectibles. Yes, indeed. Collectibles are lots of fun. It&#x27;s a fine hobby to have. And if you have some expertise in it and you get lucky over time, you might be able to make a little bit of money.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But as a overall money-making strategy, it does not tend to pay off very well. Collectibles tend to be a sort of a dealer rigged market. And people think they can combine their love of collecting porcelain thimbles with a great money-making opportunity. It would be pretty to think so. It would be wonderful if that would be the case. Probably that collection of porcelain thimbles you bought because you just love them, it&#x27;s probably not going to be worth all that much. And you shouldn&#x27;t go into it thinking, this is a way I can make a killing and have fun at the same time. It just doesn&#x27;t tend to pay off. Now, another stay away. You say stay away from private equity. Explain to the listeners what private equity is and then why to stay away from it. Well, fortunately, most of us won&#x27;t have an opportunity to go into it because you need a lot,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> a lot of money to invest in private equity. But generally speaking, it&#x27;s a way of investing in non-publicly traded securities. And unfortunately, it tended to be a highly leveraged, which is a highly volatile proposition. And it tends to produce returns that are actually not any better than you get from the stock market. In fact, a little worse. Although, of course, again, there&#x27;s a great hope. The hope is you can find the guy across the street in his garage who&#x27;s inventing the new Apple computer. And you&#x27;ll be able to give him $500 to get him out of his feet and then you&#x27;ll become a billionaire. But that tends not to happen. What tends to happen is you give him the $500 and then he moves out of town and you&#x27;re out $500. So it&#x27;s great in theory,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> but for most of us, we ought to stay away. We&#x27;re in North Carolina where we broadcast the national show from. And one of the success stories in private equity is Food Lion, which is a shopping store, like a food store people go to. And a guy named Tom Smith years ago walked through the neighborhood and knocked on the door. He had a great idea for a grocery store. And if they would give him $10,000, they share in the rewards when he struck it rich. And it&#x27;s called the million dollar lawnmower here when we tell the story, because one guy said, no, I&#x27;d rather take that $10,000 and buy one of those neat lawnmowers. Phil, you&#x27;ve seen them. They go around in circles and you can sit in there. And so Tom Smith did strike it rich with Food World and then it turned into Food Lion. And all those people in the neighborhood made millions except for the guy with his million dollar lawnmower. And it&#x27;s possible to get lucky. I was at the Berkshire Hathaway meeting last year and I met</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> somebody who invested $10,000 with Warren Buffett in the 1950s because she was babysitting for the Buffett family. And how much of that worked now? And now she&#x27;s a multi, multi, multi, multimillionaire off of that $10,000 investment. So these stories are great, but for the most part, it tends to be a dream that doesn&#x27;t come true. Absolutely. Now then one final stay away from, and then I want to get into some things that people should look at, but precious metals, because they&#x27;re pushed a lot. You say stay away from precious metals. Well, again, a very controversial call. But here&#x27;s our concern about precious metals. There&#x27;s a great deal of hype surrounding them. I mean, when you see advertisements on TV every five minutes telling you you&#x27;ve got to buy gold, buy gold, buy gold, that tends to be at a time</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> when the price of gold is extremely high. I didn&#x27;t see ads like that on TV when gold was selling for $200 an ounce. Correct. So when you buy something, when the price is at an absolute fever pitch, the most likely thing that&#x27;s going to happen is you&#x27;re going to pay a lot of money for it. And then the price is going to regress to the mean, as we say. It&#x27;s going to come down, possibly down a lot. So most people, almost by definition, are buying when the price is at the highest. And of course, the way to get ahead in investing is when you buy low and sell high, not when you buy high and sell low. The other thing I wonder about it is, if gold is such a fabulous must-have</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> thing to buy, why are they taking ads on TV and selling it? Shouldn&#x27;t they be keeping it? I always say, if they&#x27;re so negative and the outlook on the U.S. dollar is so bad, why are they willing to trade you their gold for your dollars? You know? And so it&#x27;s funny. We must be missing something. I guess. We&#x27;re missing something big, but I don&#x27;t know what it is. They&#x27;re more than happy to sell you some gold, so they&#x27;re not too confident of it going up anymore. And Burton Malkiel, who&#x27;s an author of The Random Walk Down Wall Street, we had him on the show several months ago, and he said that the secret to making money is to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. Exactly. And so, now, speaking of buying, what are some good alternative investments people should just at least find some more information out on? Well, you know, the book was really motivated by watching stock returns in 2008 when they</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> went down a lot. I&#x27;m sure I don&#x27;t need to remind anybody, you know, losses in the 45% range, the major market indexes. That was very, very painful. So, and even if you were diversified in a conventional sense, you know, if you had a little bit of money in real estate and a little bit of money in commodities and a little bit of money in emerging markets, none of those things helped. In fact, you were probably worse off for having owned them. Mm-hmm. So, this caused a lot of soul-searching on our part, and we wanted to find things that actually might not go down when everything else was falling apart, hence the alternatives. So, the book is sort of a meditation on, or I should say an examination, of some of the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> different hedge fund strategies that are now being brought to Main Street by smart investment companies. And we look at, we sort of kick the tires on some of these. We try to explain what they are in sort of layman&#x27;s terms and make sort of a first pass at recommending some of the strategies that we think might be better than others in terms of just a starting place for further investigation. Now, one is commodities. And I know people heard, a lot of people, the first time they ever heard about commodities is when they heard about Hillary Clinton buying some cattle futures and making a fortune on them. So, explain to folks quickly what a commodity is. Yes. That was very impressive. And she could be president of the United States one day, somebody who took $1,000 and ran it up to $97,000 in one year with no experience whatsoever.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> She said she figured it out by reading the Wall Street Journal, but somebody went back and combed through the journal during that time period, and they only found like two or three articles that had basically no recommendations whatsoever. So, it&#x27;s just a very quick study, I guess. Very interesting, isn&#x27;t it, sometimes? Well, commodities are just the things, the raw materials that go into everything else. And, you know, they include precious metals, but they also include zinc and lead, non-precious metals. They include agricultural commodities, include energy, all different manner of things that go into the stuff that we use every day. So, investors find that having a small allocation to these commodities tends to produce a return that is a bit uncorrelated, doesn&#x27;t sort of vary with the</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> stock market all the time. And so, we think this is a reasonable place to put a little bit of your money. It&#x27;s controversial. Not everybody in the world thinks that, yes, yes, yes, you should own commodities. Because after all, if you have a bar of zinc, it kind of just sits there. It doesn&#x27;t, you know, you can look at it, it can look at you, but it doesn&#x27;t pay you any money. Right. But in the futures market, it&#x27;s traded every day. And as the world is expanding, the Orient, China is building new cities, they find they have a need for copper and zinc. So, with supply and demand, the price tends to go up over time. And so, it tends to be something that&#x27;s nice to have in a small quantity in your portfolio. Well, and it&#x27;s about who you buy it from or where you buy it from itself, because there&#x27;s a lot of,</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> like you call it, the shark-infested waters of the brokerage community. Right. And we almost always advocate just finding a low-expense index fund that broadly captures the returns that are available from that particular asset class. And so, there are lots of good commodity index funds that are out there. And now, finally, we&#x27;ve got about a minute to go here. So, I wish we had a little bit more time, and hopefully we can have you on again in the future. But what about REITs? My pleasure. Explain to the listener what a REIT is and your opinion on them. A real estate investment trust, or a REIT, is simply some commercial property or properties that somebody has bought, and then they have securitized them so that you can own shares of them. So, for example, if you walk down the street, you might find a shopping mall, and you think,</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> well, gee, you know, this shopping mall is collecting rent from all these people. It would be a nice thing to invest in. But you yourself probably don&#x27;t have enough money or don&#x27;t have enough wherewithal to go out and figure out how I would buy a shopping mall. But you could buy shares in another company that does go around and has a whole collection of shopping malls or hotels or apartment buildings or industrial complexes. So, REITs just tend to be a way of accessing the huge amount of the economy that&#x27;s in commercial real estate. And they just pass through the rents, basically, to you, the shareholders. So, it&#x27;s a good way of collecting yield. For example, for senior citizens, it&#x27;s a good income play, and we like it a lot. And we think that</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> everybody ought to own some. You know which one that I&#x27;ve been really paying attention to as far as the REIT market are the healthcare ones, the ones that basically invest in long-term care facilities. So, as a senior, you could be investing in a facility you end up being in someday, and you can make income off of that. No, healthcare REITs are very good. Again, unlike REITs, for example, the local elite shopping mall or the local hotels, they tend to do well in good times than they do badly in bad times. There&#x27;s a constant demand for healthcare, and in fact, a growing demand for healthcare. What I like about them is they tend to be fairly good, steady dividend payers. So, that&#x27;s important. And also, as a senior citizen, their fortunes are largely correlated to my fortunes. So, I&#x27;m going to be using</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> all these services. Lots of boomers are going to be using all these services. So, it&#x27;s a good fit for me. Absolutely. Well, Phil DeMuth, this was a fascinating interview. I wish we had more time, but unfortunately, the clock keeps running here. So, we need to take a break right now, but we look forward to having you on again in the future. Again, folks, this was Phil DeMuth. He&#x27;s co-author of a book called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different. And it&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. I recommend everybody get a copy of this. And Phil, enjoy the rest of your day. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February of 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Phil DeMuth. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. It&#x27;s time again. This is the time of the show where we go outside into the world of the financial writers and authors and people you&#x27;ve seen maybe on TV or heard on the radio and get a national expert to come and go over some more details with us. And today we&#x27;ve got a guy who&#x27;s co-authored several books with Ben Stein. His name is Phil DeMuth. And the book that I wanted to talk about a little bit with Phil is called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And Phil&#x27;s joining us from Los Angeles. Phil, welcome to the show. Well, Coach Pete, thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, how is Ben Stein to talk to as a person? I remember Ferris Bueller&#x27;s Day Off. You probably saw him on this cameo that he had on that show. Anyone? Anyone? Bueller? He&#x27;s exactly like he appears in the movie, which is exactly like he is in real life. That&#x27;s Ben. Well, first of all, let&#x27;s explain to the listener what an alternative investment is. What is an alternative investment? Well, there&#x27;s no totally read-upon definition. We look at it as an alternative to the usual things that people invest in, like stocks and bonds and real estate. So if it&#x27;s one of those things, that&#x27;s not an alternative. And sometimes it can invest in those things,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but it can use a whole different strategy to invest in them, you know, like shorting or leverage or stuff like that. So it&#x27;s sort of a complicated way of using the same things. But the great hope is that it&#x27;s going to produce returns that are different from what you get from investing in stocks and bonds. If you got returns just like investing in stocks and bonds, it wouldn&#x27;t be alternative. It would be more of the same. So it tries to be something different. And now many times it&#x27;s not where you put your money, but where you should not put your money that&#x27;s the most important thing. And in your book, you say, stay away from collectibles. Yes, indeed. Collectibles are lots of fun. It&#x27;s a fine hobby to have. And if you have some expertise in it and you get lucky over time, you might be able to make a little bit of money.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But as a overall money-making strategy, it does not tend to pay off very well. Collectibles tend to be a sort of a dealer rigged market. And people think they can combine their love of collecting porcelain thimbles with a great money-making opportunity. It would be pretty to think so. It would be wonderful if that would be the case. Probably that collection of porcelain thimbles you bought because you just love them, it&#x27;s probably not going to be worth all that much. And you shouldn&#x27;t go into it thinking, this is a way I can make a killing and have fun at the same time. It just doesn&#x27;t tend to pay off. Now, another stay away. You say stay away from private equity. Explain to the listeners what private equity is and then why to stay away from it. Well, fortunately, most of us won&#x27;t have an opportunity to go into it because you need a lot,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> a lot of money to invest in private equity. But generally speaking, it&#x27;s a way of investing in non-publicly traded securities. And unfortunately, it tended to be a highly leveraged, which is a highly volatile proposition. And it tends to produce returns that are actually not any better than you get from the stock market. In fact, a little worse. Although, of course, again, there&#x27;s a great hope. The hope is you can find the guy across the street in his garage who&#x27;s inventing the new Apple computer. And you&#x27;ll be able to give him $500 to get him out of his feet and then you&#x27;ll become a billionaire. But that tends not to happen. What tends to happen is you give him the $500 and then he moves out of town and you&#x27;re out $500. So it&#x27;s great in theory,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> but for most of us, we ought to stay away. We&#x27;re in North Carolina where we broadcast the national show from. And one of the success stories in private equity is Food Lion, which is a shopping store, like a food store people go to. And a guy named Tom Smith years ago walked through the neighborhood and knocked on the door. He had a great idea for a grocery store. And if they would give him $10,000, they share in the rewards when he struck it rich. And it&#x27;s called the million dollar lawnmower here when we tell the story, because one guy said, no, I&#x27;d rather take that $10,000 and buy one of those neat lawnmowers. Phil, you&#x27;ve seen them. They go around in circles and you can sit in there. And so Tom Smith did strike it rich with Food World and then it turned into Food Lion. And all those people in the neighborhood made millions except for the guy with his million dollar lawnmower. And it&#x27;s possible to get lucky. I was at the Berkshire Hathaway meeting last year and I met</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> somebody who invested $10,000 with Warren Buffett in the 1950s because she was babysitting for the Buffett family. And how much of that worked now? And now she&#x27;s a multi, multi, multi, multimillionaire off of that $10,000 investment. So these stories are great, but for the most part, it tends to be a dream that doesn&#x27;t come true. Absolutely. Now then one final stay away from, and then I want to get into some things that people should look at, but precious metals, because they&#x27;re pushed a lot. You say stay away from precious metals. Well, again, a very controversial call. But here&#x27;s our concern about precious metals. There&#x27;s a great deal of hype surrounding them. I mean, when you see advertisements on TV every five minutes telling you you&#x27;ve got to buy gold, buy gold, buy gold, that tends to be at a time</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> when the price of gold is extremely high. I didn&#x27;t see ads like that on TV when gold was selling for $200 an ounce. Correct. So when you buy something, when the price is at an absolute fever pitch, the most likely thing that&#x27;s going to happen is you&#x27;re going to pay a lot of money for it. And then the price is going to regress to the mean, as we say. It&#x27;s going to come down, possibly down a lot. So most people, almost by definition, are buying when the price is at the highest. And of course, the way to get ahead in investing is when you buy low and sell high, not when you buy high and sell low. The other thing I wonder about it is, if gold is such a fabulous must-have</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> thing to buy, why are they taking ads on TV and selling it? Shouldn&#x27;t they be keeping it? I always say, if they&#x27;re so negative and the outlook on the U.S. dollar is so bad, why are they willing to trade you their gold for your dollars? You know? And so it&#x27;s funny. We must be missing something. I guess. We&#x27;re missing something big, but I don&#x27;t know what it is. They&#x27;re more than happy to sell you some gold, so they&#x27;re not too confident of it going up anymore. And Burton Malkiel, who&#x27;s an author of The Random Walk Down Wall Street, we had him on the show several months ago, and he said that the secret to making money is to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. Exactly. And so, now, speaking of buying, what are some good alternative investments people should just at least find some more information out on? Well, you know, the book was really motivated by watching stock returns in 2008 when they</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> went down a lot. I&#x27;m sure I don&#x27;t need to remind anybody, you know, losses in the 45% range, the major market indexes. That was very, very painful. So, and even if you were diversified in a conventional sense, you know, if you had a little bit of money in real estate and a little bit of money in commodities and a little bit of money in emerging markets, none of those things helped. In fact, you were probably worse off for having owned them. Mm-hmm. So, this caused a lot of soul-searching on our part, and we wanted to find things that actually might not go down when everything else was falling apart, hence the alternatives. So, the book is sort of a meditation on, or I should say an examination, of some of the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> different hedge fund strategies that are now being brought to Main Street by smart investment companies. And we look at, we sort of kick the tires on some of these. We try to explain what they are in sort of layman&#x27;s terms and make sort of a first pass at recommending some of the strategies that we think might be better than others in terms of just a starting place for further investigation. Now, one is commodities. And I know people heard, a lot of people, the first time they ever heard about commodities is when they heard about Hillary Clinton buying some cattle futures and making a fortune on them. So, explain to folks quickly what a commodity is. Yes. That was very impressive. And she could be president of the United States one day, somebody who took $1,000 and ran it up to $97,000 in one year with no experience whatsoever.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> She said she figured it out by reading the Wall Street Journal, but somebody went back and combed through the journal during that time period, and they only found like two or three articles that had basically no recommendations whatsoever. So, it&#x27;s just a very quick study, I guess. Very interesting, isn&#x27;t it, sometimes? Well, commodities are just the things, the raw materials that go into everything else. And, you know, they include precious metals, but they also include zinc and lead, non-precious metals. They include agricultural commodities, include energy, all different manner of things that go into the stuff that we use every day. So, investors find that having a small allocation to these commodities tends to produce a return that is a bit uncorrelated, doesn&#x27;t sort of vary with the</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> stock market all the time. And so, we think this is a reasonable place to put a little bit of your money. It&#x27;s controversial. Not everybody in the world thinks that, yes, yes, yes, you should own commodities. Because after all, if you have a bar of zinc, it kind of just sits there. It doesn&#x27;t, you know, you can look at it, it can look at you, but it doesn&#x27;t pay you any money. Right. But in the futures market, it&#x27;s traded every day. And as the world is expanding, the Orient, China is building new cities, they find they have a need for copper and zinc. So, with supply and demand, the price tends to go up over time. And so, it tends to be something that&#x27;s nice to have in a small quantity in your portfolio. Well, and it&#x27;s about who you buy it from or where you buy it from itself, because there&#x27;s a lot of,</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> like you call it, the shark-infested waters of the brokerage community. Right. And we almost always advocate just finding a low-expense index fund that broadly captures the returns that are available from that particular asset class. And so, there are lots of good commodity index funds that are out there. And now, finally, we&#x27;ve got about a minute to go here. So, I wish we had a little bit more time, and hopefully we can have you on again in the future. But what about REITs? My pleasure. Explain to the listener what a REIT is and your opinion on them. A real estate investment trust, or a REIT, is simply some commercial property or properties that somebody has bought, and then they have securitized them so that you can own shares of them. So, for example, if you walk down the street, you might find a shopping mall, and you think,</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> well, gee, you know, this shopping mall is collecting rent from all these people. It would be a nice thing to invest in. But you yourself probably don&#x27;t have enough money or don&#x27;t have enough wherewithal to go out and figure out how I would buy a shopping mall. But you could buy shares in another company that does go around and has a whole collection of shopping malls or hotels or apartment buildings or industrial complexes. So, REITs just tend to be a way of accessing the huge amount of the economy that&#x27;s in commercial real estate. And they just pass through the rents, basically, to you, the shareholders. So, it&#x27;s a good way of collecting yield. For example, for senior citizens, it&#x27;s a good income play, and we like it a lot. And we think that</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> everybody ought to own some. You know which one that I&#x27;ve been really paying attention to as far as the REIT market are the healthcare ones, the ones that basically invest in long-term care facilities. So, as a senior, you could be investing in a facility you end up being in someday, and you can make income off of that. No, healthcare REITs are very good. Again, unlike REITs, for example, the local elite shopping mall or the local hotels, they tend to do well in good times than they do badly in bad times. There&#x27;s a constant demand for healthcare, and in fact, a growing demand for healthcare. What I like about them is they tend to be fairly good, steady dividend payers. So, that&#x27;s important. And also, as a senior citizen, their fortunes are largely correlated to my fortunes. So, I&#x27;m going to be using</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> all these services. Lots of boomers are going to be using all these services. So, it&#x27;s a good fit for me. Absolutely. Well, Phil DeMuth, this was a fascinating interview. I wish we had more time, but unfortunately, the clock keeps running here. So, we need to take a break right now, but we look forward to having you on again in the future. Again, folks, this was Phil DeMuth. He&#x27;s co-author of a book called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different. And it&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. I recommend everybody get a copy of this. And Phil, enjoy the rest of your day. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil DeMuth</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil DeMuth, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/image.jpg?t=1792072965&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-demuth-the-little-book-of-alternative-investments/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/image.jpg?t=1792072965&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>828</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13284053" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-demuth-the-little-book-of-alternative-investments</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>181</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Little Book of Alternative Investments" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:25" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:16" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jamie Farr: MASH, Acting, and Giving Back</title>
      <itunes:title>Jamie Farr: MASH, Acting, and Giving Back</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews TV star Jamie Farr. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking through the worldwide economy. And every now and then I like to get a national guest on that people have seen from the past. We are very lucky today to have former TV star from MASH. People will recognize that show. I know a lot of our listeners watch MASH. I know, Rob, you&#x27;ve watched it too, our producer. Oh, absolutely. We&#x27;ve got Jamie Farr on. Jamie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Jamie, people will remember you from that and other things. You were, of course, Corporal Clinger on MASH. And you were in both of the Cannonball Run movies, which I loved them tremendously, with Burt Reynolds.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I go back farther than that. It&#x27;s my 57th, 58th year in the business. I actually started out when I was at the Pasadena Playhouse. I did my first feature film at MGM, which was Blackboard Jungle, which starred Glenn Ford and Sidney Poitier and Richard Kiley and Louis Calhoun and Francis. Vic Morrow and, of course, brought Rock Around the Clock, Bill Haley and the Comets to fame. So that was my very first movie. And I had grown up going to the movie theaters in Toledo, Ohio, watching MGM movies. And then two years later, after high school, I&#x27;m on the MGM lot making an MGM movie. That was very exciting for me. Wow. You&#x27;ve also voiced on The Family Guy. Heard that episode, too? Yeah. You know what? I even worked with Walter Cronkite.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I didn&#x27;t remember this. Late Walter Cronkite. I met his daughter. And she said, Jamie, you worked with Dad. I said, when did I do that? He said, you used to do a TV show called You Are There on CBS. And I said, you&#x27;re right. I remember now I was about 20 years old and I played Abe Kratyshinsky, who was a World War I Congressional Medal of Honor recipient. And Walter Cronkite narrated it. And, of course, I was the hero in that show. Some people come up to me and they talk to me and I go, oh, my goodness, you&#x27;re right. I did work with that person. It&#x27;s hard for me to remember after all these years. Well, we interview a lot of people each week. I&#x27;m sure that I probably worked with many of them. Yeah. Well, the funny thing is I forget. Sometimes I forget who and we were talking right before you came on about the love boat</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> because you were on the love boat. Fred Grandy was gopher on there. We had. Fred Grandy. That&#x27;s right. Yes. Oh, as a matter of fact, did Fred tell you that story when he was when he got burned, seriously burned when we were in I think we were in Turkey and they were in an automobile. We had gone to a party. We were actually filming a love boat in Egypt, Turkey, Israel. It&#x27;s a tough life. I remember some of the other Greek islands. And they were in an automobile and some of the balloons that the people had given us were filled with a explosive gas. And somebody in the car, he was sitting in the car, lighted a cigarette and ignited the balloon. And they almost emulated inside that car. Fred really burned himself very badly. They had to obviously have to take him to the hospital and the doctor.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And they had to put all sorts of medications on it. And they had to continue filming. And what they did is they created a glove, a latex glove that looked like it had human skin on it to put over his hand and arm so that he could continue shooting. He was a real trooper then, wasn&#x27;t he? He wanted to the show. Must go on. Fred&#x27;s a great guy. I&#x27;ve known him for years. As you know, he probably mentioned he was a congressman. Yes. He was in Washington from the state of Iowa. Now, what has Jamie Farr been up to lately? Well, lately I&#x27;ve been doing a great deal of live theater. I play a particular theater in Kansas City called the New Theater. And I&#x27;ve been back there about seven times. The last show I did was in January, Lend Me a Tenor. And then I&#x27;ve also had the mini road company of the wonderful play that Mitch Albom wrote.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> It&#x27;s actually a bestselling book, Tuesdays with Maury. And you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. And interestingly enough, in the play, Tuesdays with Maury, Mitch Albom calls his teacher Maury coach. And Maury says, I like that because everyone should have a coach. That was very endearing to me to hear that you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. Were you really ever a coach? Yeah, well, I coached a little league softball and soccer growing up. But I became a money coach about 22 years ago. And of course, as you know, when you get closer to retirement or in retirement, you really need someone to make sure that your money&#x27;s behaving. And that&#x27;s what coaches do. They keep things in line. I certainly hope so. And I hope you&#x27;re one that can be entrusted. Nowadays, it&#x27;s tough, isn&#x27;t it, Jamie? Yeah, it is. You know, you never know whether or not the person is a good coach.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> He&#x27;s not only making himself a prophet, but he&#x27;s looking after you. Yeah. When you entrust somebody with a name like coach or minister, rabbi, priest, teacher, any of those things, you want to make sure that you&#x27;re entrusting the right individual. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re a good coach. There&#x27;s bad apples everywhere, unfortunately. And I probably saw them in Hollywood. Of course, there are. There are some nice people. I&#x27;ve met many, many nice people in my 50-some years in this business. And you meet a lot of jerks also. But as you said, that comes in. It doesn&#x27;t matter what profession you&#x27;re in or what business you&#x27;re in. You have good people and bad people. Now, until recently, I guess in 2008, you stopped doing it. But you were on a rotation with two of my other favorite guys from Hollywood, Chuck Woolery and Bob Eubanks. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> We were doing a game show called the $250,000 Game Show. We did it a few places. One was Las Vegas at the Hilton Hotel. We rotated. As a matter of fact, Chuck, I think, still has a game show on one of the, maybe the Game Show Network that might still be live. I&#x27;m not sure. I haven&#x27;t talked to Chuck. He lives in Texas. And Bob Eubanks, I talk to him quite often. He lives in Westlake, not too far from where I live. And Bob and I are still close buddies. Well, when I grew up, I&#x27;m 45 now. When I grew up, we had a TV. It had three channels on it. It&#x27;s NBC, CBS, and what was the other one? ABC. You only had a couple of choices. So you watched the game shows and you watched the great series like MASH that you were on and I Dream of Jeannie, which you were also on.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> Yeah, weren&#x27;t the game shows fun, though? Yeah, I love to go to the Game Show Network. They were really lots of fun. Match Game, Hollywood Squares, Pyramid, Password. They had some terrific game shows on. And I was fortunate enough to be on many of them. Well, and we watched it. We grew up with people like that. And the funny thing is, I think it was called the $10,000 Pyramid when it first started, wasn&#x27;t it? Remember that show, The Pyramid? That was, yeah, $20,000 Pyramid. I did it with, I did Password with Burt Condi. I never did it with Alan Ludden. And I did Pyramid with Dick Clark. And then I did it later with John Davidson. And then later on, I did it with Donny Osmond. They all had the show. It&#x27;s funny, because, yeah, it started as a $10,000 Pyramid. Then inflation kicked in, and they had to get up to the $25,000.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> That&#x27;s right. You had to give away. Well, listen, when I was a kid, I&#x27;m a lot older than you are. And we used to listen to the game shows on radio. And the game show that became the $64,000 question was a game show called Take It or Leave It, brought to you by Eversharp Pencils and Pins. And the big question at the end of the game show was for $64. Wow. And that was that. Later on, it became the $64,000 question. But they used to give away $64. That was the big takeaway at the end of the show. You know, Rocky Blyer is a friend of mine. I remember Rocky Blyer for the Pittsburgh Sears. Oh, sure, Pittsburgh. Yeah. Rocky, great, great player. And he went to Vietnam, and then he came back after getting hurt there and played. But he told me, like, the salary back then for even the Stars was only like $20,000, $25,000 a year for the Stars.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Oh, yeah. Well, they say, you know, Joe DiMaggio&#x27;s best year was, I think, $100,000 a year. Some of these players who you&#x27;re probably never going to remember make about $100,000 an inning. And, of course, you as a financial advisor, a lot of these athletes, they make so much money that they really do need guidance as to where to put that money. Because we all have, whether you&#x27;re in sports or in the arts or anything else, you have that small window of time when you&#x27;re famous. And when you command those large dollars that you want to make sure those investments are right. Yeah, I cringe. Anytime I pick up the paper and you read about some of the athletes that have made millions and millions of dollars declaring bankruptcy because they lost it all. I know. Jerry Buss was a friend of mine. When they say was, I mean, he probably still is. I haven&#x27;t seen him in a long time.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Los Angeles Lakers. The Lakers, of course. And I used to be a big hockey fan and he owned the L.A. Kings at the time. And he used to tell me they&#x27;d sign these young players, you know, with huge bonuses. And he tried to get them somebody to guide them with the money that they were going to make. But a lot of them just feel that it&#x27;s forever. And they waste a lot of money. They spend it on homes and cars and all kinds of things. You have to be very, very careful. Money is very important to you. You don&#x27;t want to worship it. But at the same time, you know that it&#x27;s necessary in order for you to keep your dignity in life, especially if you&#x27;ve made some kind of mark in life. So, I know it&#x27;s money. I tell you, everybody, it&#x27;s a pursuit of money, whether it&#x27;s your money or somebody else&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah. Somebody&#x27;s always after it, right? Well, and here&#x27;s what I do when I do get somebody who&#x27;s made a lot of money. What we do is we take half of the money if we can talk them into it. And it&#x27;s tough sometimes because, like you say, they think it&#x27;s always going to be coming in. But we take half and put it into what we call a time capsule account, which will protect it and then give them a yearly income they can never outlive. And so then they can go blow a little bit of the leftover money that they have outside of that and get that out of the way, that feeling of just throwing money around. But they always have money protected and giving them income. Is that another word for an annuity? Yeah. There&#x27;s some good annuities out there that do the – I have those. Yeah. Yeah. I was wise enough to listen to somebody. So I – and then my accountant passed away last year. And so we had to get a new accountant. And my wife, who was a former bookkeeper, she&#x27;s taking care of our books now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We make sure that any money that comes in from the corporation, that we take sufficient taxes out and put it in the bank just with that purpose to pay those taxes for the corporation. Well, let me ask – So we try to do the right thing. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t want to really get too deep in financial with you because I just wanted to touch base with you and see what Jamie Farr was doing. But let me ask you this. You said you have money in annuities. How does it make you feel to know your money&#x27;s safe and is always going to be there? Well, is there anything really safe? I wake up every morning thinking that they are, including my pensions, that I have with the Screen Actors Guild and the Aftra and Actors Equity. But that money comes from someplace. Yep. If our whole country goes belly up, then we&#x27;re all going to be broke. You&#x27;re right.</p><p><strong>10:49</strong> And so – Yes. I feel comfortable in that sense, of course. But it&#x27;s very hard to save money. It&#x27;s very, very hard. Mr. Farr, this is Rob again. Just a quick financial question. Being a younger guy, talking to a guy that&#x27;s been through the ropes, what&#x27;s the best financial advice you&#x27;ve ever received while going through your career? It&#x27;s a very simple one. It was a man by the name of Ed Wynn. He was known as the perfect fool. Red Skelton was my mentor, the great comedian who passed away a few years ago. And Ed Wynn was Red Skelton&#x27;s mentor. And I happened to ask him that question because Ed made tons and tons of money in the business. And I said, sir, what&#x27;s the wisest thing to do? And he said, all right, I have three words for you. Save your money.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> Now, how you do that, that&#x27;s where Coach Pete comes in. You have to have somebody guide you as to know where you&#x27;re going to put that money. But that&#x27;s the truth. You don&#x27;t want to live at the height of whatever money you&#x27;re making. In other words, his son, Kenan Wynn, the actor, he said, Jamie, if Kenan made $5,000 a week, which was a tremendous amount of money in the 40s, he&#x27;d spend $10,000. And if he made $10,000 a week, he&#x27;d spend $15,000. So you can&#x27;t do that. You really have to budget yourself. Absolutely is. And, folks, it&#x27;s Jamie Farr. Of course, you might recognize that name. He played Corporal Klinger on MASH, and he&#x27;s been all over the place on Hollywood. We also have our golf tournament, Rob, in Toledo. I&#x27;ve been with the LPGA for 27 years.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> We&#x27;ve raised over $6.5 million for children&#x27;s charities and abused women in Northwest Ohio. That&#x27;s incredible. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of it, the Jamie Farr Toledo Classic. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been to it a number of times, enjoyed it every time. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s good to give back also. That&#x27;s very important. Well, Jamie Farr, thanks for coming on to Financial Safari, and hopefully you come back on in the future and report in to us what&#x27;s going on in your life again. My pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews TV star Jamie Farr. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking through the worldwide economy. And every now and then I like to get a national guest on that people have seen from the past. We are very lucky today to have former TV star from MASH. People will recognize that show. I know a lot of our listeners watch MASH. I know, Rob, you&#x27;ve watched it too, our producer. Oh, absolutely. We&#x27;ve got Jamie Farr on. Jamie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Jamie, people will remember you from that and other things. You were, of course, Corporal Clinger on MASH. And you were in both of the Cannonball Run movies, which I loved them tremendously, with Burt Reynolds.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I go back farther than that. It&#x27;s my 57th, 58th year in the business. I actually started out when I was at the Pasadena Playhouse. I did my first feature film at MGM, which was Blackboard Jungle, which starred Glenn Ford and Sidney Poitier and Richard Kiley and Louis Calhoun and Francis. Vic Morrow and, of course, brought Rock Around the Clock, Bill Haley and the Comets to fame. So that was my very first movie. And I had grown up going to the movie theaters in Toledo, Ohio, watching MGM movies. And then two years later, after high school, I&#x27;m on the MGM lot making an MGM movie. That was very exciting for me. Wow. You&#x27;ve also voiced on The Family Guy. Heard that episode, too? Yeah. You know what? I even worked with Walter Cronkite.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I didn&#x27;t remember this. Late Walter Cronkite. I met his daughter. And she said, Jamie, you worked with Dad. I said, when did I do that? He said, you used to do a TV show called You Are There on CBS. And I said, you&#x27;re right. I remember now I was about 20 years old and I played Abe Kratyshinsky, who was a World War I Congressional Medal of Honor recipient. And Walter Cronkite narrated it. And, of course, I was the hero in that show. Some people come up to me and they talk to me and I go, oh, my goodness, you&#x27;re right. I did work with that person. It&#x27;s hard for me to remember after all these years. Well, we interview a lot of people each week. I&#x27;m sure that I probably worked with many of them. Yeah. Well, the funny thing is I forget. Sometimes I forget who and we were talking right before you came on about the love boat</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> because you were on the love boat. Fred Grandy was gopher on there. We had. Fred Grandy. That&#x27;s right. Yes. Oh, as a matter of fact, did Fred tell you that story when he was when he got burned, seriously burned when we were in I think we were in Turkey and they were in an automobile. We had gone to a party. We were actually filming a love boat in Egypt, Turkey, Israel. It&#x27;s a tough life. I remember some of the other Greek islands. And they were in an automobile and some of the balloons that the people had given us were filled with a explosive gas. And somebody in the car, he was sitting in the car, lighted a cigarette and ignited the balloon. And they almost emulated inside that car. Fred really burned himself very badly. They had to obviously have to take him to the hospital and the doctor.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And they had to put all sorts of medications on it. And they had to continue filming. And what they did is they created a glove, a latex glove that looked like it had human skin on it to put over his hand and arm so that he could continue shooting. He was a real trooper then, wasn&#x27;t he? He wanted to the show. Must go on. Fred&#x27;s a great guy. I&#x27;ve known him for years. As you know, he probably mentioned he was a congressman. Yes. He was in Washington from the state of Iowa. Now, what has Jamie Farr been up to lately? Well, lately I&#x27;ve been doing a great deal of live theater. I play a particular theater in Kansas City called the New Theater. And I&#x27;ve been back there about seven times. The last show I did was in January, Lend Me a Tenor. And then I&#x27;ve also had the mini road company of the wonderful play that Mitch Albom wrote.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> It&#x27;s actually a bestselling book, Tuesdays with Maury. And you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. And interestingly enough, in the play, Tuesdays with Maury, Mitch Albom calls his teacher Maury coach. And Maury says, I like that because everyone should have a coach. That was very endearing to me to hear that you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. Were you really ever a coach? Yeah, well, I coached a little league softball and soccer growing up. But I became a money coach about 22 years ago. And of course, as you know, when you get closer to retirement or in retirement, you really need someone to make sure that your money&#x27;s behaving. And that&#x27;s what coaches do. They keep things in line. I certainly hope so. And I hope you&#x27;re one that can be entrusted. Nowadays, it&#x27;s tough, isn&#x27;t it, Jamie? Yeah, it is. You know, you never know whether or not the person is a good coach.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> He&#x27;s not only making himself a prophet, but he&#x27;s looking after you. Yeah. When you entrust somebody with a name like coach or minister, rabbi, priest, teacher, any of those things, you want to make sure that you&#x27;re entrusting the right individual. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re a good coach. There&#x27;s bad apples everywhere, unfortunately. And I probably saw them in Hollywood. Of course, there are. There are some nice people. I&#x27;ve met many, many nice people in my 50-some years in this business. And you meet a lot of jerks also. But as you said, that comes in. It doesn&#x27;t matter what profession you&#x27;re in or what business you&#x27;re in. You have good people and bad people. Now, until recently, I guess in 2008, you stopped doing it. But you were on a rotation with two of my other favorite guys from Hollywood, Chuck Woolery and Bob Eubanks. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> We were doing a game show called the $250,000 Game Show. We did it a few places. One was Las Vegas at the Hilton Hotel. We rotated. As a matter of fact, Chuck, I think, still has a game show on one of the, maybe the Game Show Network that might still be live. I&#x27;m not sure. I haven&#x27;t talked to Chuck. He lives in Texas. And Bob Eubanks, I talk to him quite often. He lives in Westlake, not too far from where I live. And Bob and I are still close buddies. Well, when I grew up, I&#x27;m 45 now. When I grew up, we had a TV. It had three channels on it. It&#x27;s NBC, CBS, and what was the other one? ABC. You only had a couple of choices. So you watched the game shows and you watched the great series like MASH that you were on and I Dream of Jeannie, which you were also on.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> Yeah, weren&#x27;t the game shows fun, though? Yeah, I love to go to the Game Show Network. They were really lots of fun. Match Game, Hollywood Squares, Pyramid, Password. They had some terrific game shows on. And I was fortunate enough to be on many of them. Well, and we watched it. We grew up with people like that. And the funny thing is, I think it was called the $10,000 Pyramid when it first started, wasn&#x27;t it? Remember that show, The Pyramid? That was, yeah, $20,000 Pyramid. I did it with, I did Password with Burt Condi. I never did it with Alan Ludden. And I did Pyramid with Dick Clark. And then I did it later with John Davidson. And then later on, I did it with Donny Osmond. They all had the show. It&#x27;s funny, because, yeah, it started as a $10,000 Pyramid. Then inflation kicked in, and they had to get up to the $25,000.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> That&#x27;s right. You had to give away. Well, listen, when I was a kid, I&#x27;m a lot older than you are. And we used to listen to the game shows on radio. And the game show that became the $64,000 question was a game show called Take It or Leave It, brought to you by Eversharp Pencils and Pins. And the big question at the end of the game show was for $64. Wow. And that was that. Later on, it became the $64,000 question. But they used to give away $64. That was the big takeaway at the end of the show. You know, Rocky Blyer is a friend of mine. I remember Rocky Blyer for the Pittsburgh Sears. Oh, sure, Pittsburgh. Yeah. Rocky, great, great player. And he went to Vietnam, and then he came back after getting hurt there and played. But he told me, like, the salary back then for even the Stars was only like $20,000, $25,000 a year for the Stars.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Oh, yeah. Well, they say, you know, Joe DiMaggio&#x27;s best year was, I think, $100,000 a year. Some of these players who you&#x27;re probably never going to remember make about $100,000 an inning. And, of course, you as a financial advisor, a lot of these athletes, they make so much money that they really do need guidance as to where to put that money. Because we all have, whether you&#x27;re in sports or in the arts or anything else, you have that small window of time when you&#x27;re famous. And when you command those large dollars that you want to make sure those investments are right. Yeah, I cringe. Anytime I pick up the paper and you read about some of the athletes that have made millions and millions of dollars declaring bankruptcy because they lost it all. I know. Jerry Buss was a friend of mine. When they say was, I mean, he probably still is. I haven&#x27;t seen him in a long time.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Los Angeles Lakers. The Lakers, of course. And I used to be a big hockey fan and he owned the L.A. Kings at the time. And he used to tell me they&#x27;d sign these young players, you know, with huge bonuses. And he tried to get them somebody to guide them with the money that they were going to make. But a lot of them just feel that it&#x27;s forever. And they waste a lot of money. They spend it on homes and cars and all kinds of things. You have to be very, very careful. Money is very important to you. You don&#x27;t want to worship it. But at the same time, you know that it&#x27;s necessary in order for you to keep your dignity in life, especially if you&#x27;ve made some kind of mark in life. So, I know it&#x27;s money. I tell you, everybody, it&#x27;s a pursuit of money, whether it&#x27;s your money or somebody else&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah. Somebody&#x27;s always after it, right? Well, and here&#x27;s what I do when I do get somebody who&#x27;s made a lot of money. What we do is we take half of the money if we can talk them into it. And it&#x27;s tough sometimes because, like you say, they think it&#x27;s always going to be coming in. But we take half and put it into what we call a time capsule account, which will protect it and then give them a yearly income they can never outlive. And so then they can go blow a little bit of the leftover money that they have outside of that and get that out of the way, that feeling of just throwing money around. But they always have money protected and giving them income. Is that another word for an annuity? Yeah. There&#x27;s some good annuities out there that do the – I have those. Yeah. Yeah. I was wise enough to listen to somebody. So I – and then my accountant passed away last year. And so we had to get a new accountant. And my wife, who was a former bookkeeper, she&#x27;s taking care of our books now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We make sure that any money that comes in from the corporation, that we take sufficient taxes out and put it in the bank just with that purpose to pay those taxes for the corporation. Well, let me ask – So we try to do the right thing. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t want to really get too deep in financial with you because I just wanted to touch base with you and see what Jamie Farr was doing. But let me ask you this. You said you have money in annuities. How does it make you feel to know your money&#x27;s safe and is always going to be there? Well, is there anything really safe? I wake up every morning thinking that they are, including my pensions, that I have with the Screen Actors Guild and the Aftra and Actors Equity. But that money comes from someplace. Yep. If our whole country goes belly up, then we&#x27;re all going to be broke. You&#x27;re right.</p><p><strong>10:49</strong> And so – Yes. I feel comfortable in that sense, of course. But it&#x27;s very hard to save money. It&#x27;s very, very hard. Mr. Farr, this is Rob again. Just a quick financial question. Being a younger guy, talking to a guy that&#x27;s been through the ropes, what&#x27;s the best financial advice you&#x27;ve ever received while going through your career? It&#x27;s a very simple one. It was a man by the name of Ed Wynn. He was known as the perfect fool. Red Skelton was my mentor, the great comedian who passed away a few years ago. And Ed Wynn was Red Skelton&#x27;s mentor. And I happened to ask him that question because Ed made tons and tons of money in the business. And I said, sir, what&#x27;s the wisest thing to do? And he said, all right, I have three words for you. Save your money.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> Now, how you do that, that&#x27;s where Coach Pete comes in. You have to have somebody guide you as to know where you&#x27;re going to put that money. But that&#x27;s the truth. You don&#x27;t want to live at the height of whatever money you&#x27;re making. In other words, his son, Kenan Wynn, the actor, he said, Jamie, if Kenan made $5,000 a week, which was a tremendous amount of money in the 40s, he&#x27;d spend $10,000. And if he made $10,000 a week, he&#x27;d spend $15,000. So you can&#x27;t do that. You really have to budget yourself. Absolutely is. And, folks, it&#x27;s Jamie Farr. Of course, you might recognize that name. He played Corporal Klinger on MASH, and he&#x27;s been all over the place on Hollywood. We also have our golf tournament, Rob, in Toledo. I&#x27;ve been with the LPGA for 27 years.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> We&#x27;ve raised over $6.5 million for children&#x27;s charities and abused women in Northwest Ohio. That&#x27;s incredible. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of it, the Jamie Farr Toledo Classic. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been to it a number of times, enjoyed it every time. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s good to give back also. That&#x27;s very important. Well, Jamie Farr, thanks for coming on to Financial Safari, and hopefully you come back on in the future and report in to us what&#x27;s going on in your life again. My pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jamie Farr</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jamie Farr, budgeting, sports, film and television, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/image.jpg?t=1792073020&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jamie-farr-mash-acting-and-giving-back/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/image.jpg?t=1792073020&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>785</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12587814" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jamie-farr-mash-acting-and-giving-back</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>182</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="MASH, Acting, and Giving Back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:13" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:04" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Otar: Unveiling the Retirement Myth</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Otar: Unveiling the Retirement Myth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews author Jim Ohtar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the financial world. And we say inside the financial world, I like to find national and worldwide experts to come and educate us on some retirement planning ideas. And my staff and I have been lucky enough to secure an interview with Jim Ohtar. And Jim has written the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth, amongst other books. And I wanted to talk to him about how folks can get properly educated in the financial world. And he joins us from right outside Toronto, Canada. Jim, welcome to the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Good morning. Thank you. I&#x27;m glad I could be part of this show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, what caused you to write the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth? And what kind of myths have you found? Basically, my wife asked me a very simple question in the year 1999. She said, Jim, do we have enough money to retire? And at that time, I could find only two things. One of them is William Bangan&#x27;s sustainable withdrawal rate. And then an article by William Bernstein called Retirement Calculator from Health. So that started, that triggered my research. And I found a number of things that don&#x27;t work during the decumulation stage.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> For example, people talk about the importance of asset allocation, diversification. People use Monte Carlo simulators, etc. And I found that those are mostly, I should say, useless for retirement income planning because a lot of things depend on how lucky you are. If your withdrawal rate is less than 3.5%, you don&#x27;t need luck. You&#x27;ll have sufficient capital for life in most cases. But if the withdrawal rate is between 3.5% and 5% on the outside, then more than half of the input determinant of the success becomes how lucky you are, the year of retirement, sequence of returns, the inflation you will experience.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> So those become the most important factors. Once you go over the 5%, let&#x27;s say, over 5.5% withdrawal rate, then luck can&#x27;t help you either. You can be as lucky as you want or unlucky. It just doesn&#x27;t matter. You will probably run out of money. So my strategy looks at those zones of luck, which I call green zone, red zone, and gray zone in between, and find a solution for that. The solutions I found generally is unless you are in the green zone, you have to buy guaranteed income, lifelong guaranteed income, such as GMWBs, spheres, etc. That&#x27;s the only way of ensuring or covering the longevity risk and the market risk.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Now, Jim, you have a Bachelor of Applied Science from the University of Toronto. You also have a Mechanical Engineering degree. You also have your Master&#x27;s in Engineering from the University of Toronto. That&#x27;s correct, yes. I love numbers. I love dealing with things that are, you know, to do designing something. And when we talk about retirement planning, most people design for averages. But when you are looking at individual plans, you can&#x27;t design for averages. You have to design for extreme adverse conditions. So that&#x27;s one of the mistakes in our planning industry or in our planning profession. People use averages left and right. And you can&#x27;t design anything for average. You have to design that for the first case.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> Yeah, so you take a scientific approach to financial planning because you are a financial advisor and investment advisor. So I want to ask you this. I mean, the main problem I see with people out there is they don&#x27;t know where the retirement income is going to come from for the rest of their life. I mean, like you said, it&#x27;s easy to get income when you have a pot of money. But if you&#x27;re just reaching in and taking money out, you could risk the possibility of running out of that money in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. Basically, if you are just looking for guaranteed income, figure out how much you need in the first year of retirement. Then figure out the income from other sources like Social Security or pension income and all that, rental income if there is any.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And whatever is the amount you need from your savings. Now, if you want guaranteed income, you need to have at least 20 times of your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your savings, as your initial capital. If you want to invest in the first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> I was looking at a brochure from Fidelity Investments, and they have a box that says reliable income sources are needed for retirement. And they identified three reliable income sources. One is Social Security. Two is company pension. And three is income annuities. Now, are you familiar with income annuities and how they generate lifetime income? Certainly. Yes, I am. I would question how reliable the first two are, but that will be another discussion, I guess. Because company pensions, I mean, are only as safe as a company a lot of time, and then Social Security, we don&#x27;t know. But income annuities, they&#x27;re pretty safe, aren&#x27;t they? They are pretty safe. I would say they are safer than, I mean, people always ask me, what if the insurance company goes under?</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> Yes, it can happen. The failure rate of insurance companies historically has been 3% to 4%. But that is one number. If you look at the individual taking out 5% from his portfolio without any guarantee, then the failure rate is 50%. So generally speaking, when you are talking about guaranteed income from an insurance company, as long as you select better rated companies, you can count on it to be safe. It&#x27;s as safe as the company, but usually they are, you know, if you buy a SIA or a GMW from a company with a long track record, then you should feel safe.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Yeah. Now, when we look at income annuities, a lot of the problem in the past is people would commit to putting a lump sum into an annuity, and then they would just get a yearly payment. They needed that immediately. That&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. But what I&#x27;ve seen, one of the greatest inventions I think that has been introduced on the financial world are these income riders that are attached to annuities where it will grow your money by a certain percentage until you need it. And we&#x27;ve seen growth raise up to 8% per year for that guaranteed lifetime income account. Those are pretty good, aren&#x27;t they? They are great. They are great. Because if you are in the red zone, which means there is some capital deficiency, then you can buy one of those well before the retirement date and then have guaranteed 8% increase each and every year.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Actually, one of them is 2% per quarter, so it&#x27;s a little bit bigger than 8%, plus the market step-ups. If the market does well, you even get a higher increase. So those are great. And the insurance companies can do it because they pull the risk. Money comes in and out all the time. So they have very minimum time horizon risk. So it&#x27;s a continuous product, unlike an individual doing his own investment. So they can provide that. I don&#x27;t know how long this will go on, but 8% is a very good rate as a minimum guarantee for increase. So I would certainly go for it from a capital accumulation efficiency point of view.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, Jim, what I&#x27;m able to do when I have people that put some money in those guaranteed income accounts, they are able to take a little bit more risk with the money that&#x27;s left over because now they&#x27;ve got their guarantee in place, their income in place, and it affords them the ability to take more risk on the other side. That&#x27;s right. Totally what happens is if you buy this guaranteed income product, volatility becomes your friend. The higher the volatility, the more chances of having a step-up in the income. So I would go what I recommend in this case is your volatility doesn&#x27;t really matter. Risk doesn&#x27;t matter because you are guaranteed an income. And I would go with the highest allowable equity in the portfolio, equity percentage in the portfolio, to take advantage of that volatility being your friend.</p><p><strong>09:55</strong> Absolutely. Now, and that&#x27;s what you cover in some of your, again, Unveiling the Retirement Myth book is a fantastic book. What are three of the things that people could take home from that book if they read it? Some of the main benefits. Main benefits. Any shortfall you have, I would recommend meeting that shortfall for the basic spending needs, meeting that shortfall with guaranteed income. Asset allocation, diversification, all these things are good, but when you are taking money out of the portfolio, they don&#x27;t help much. When you need it, they are not there to help you. That&#x27;s number one. Number two, minimize the costs. If you are holding a portfolio, not guaranteed portfolio, minimizing costs are important.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And number three, cutback spending. A lot of people spend a lot of money, and that&#x27;s not good. Like, it has the highest impact on the portfolio longevity. So, the less money you take out of the portfolio, the better it is, especially during the early years. So, those would be my three things that come to mind. Yeah, your book, you start your book with an analogy. Since you are an engineer, it&#x27;s pretty neat, too. Your analogy is how to build a strong tower to allow for unexpected windstorms. And that same analogy can be drawn to retirement, can&#x27;t it? Exactly, exactly. You have to design for the worst. When it doesn&#x27;t happen, then you&#x27;ll be happy.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> You know, you can take the money, spend it any way you want if the worst things don&#x27;t happen. So, designing anything means designing it for robust enough so that it can accommodate the best and the worst situation. So, Jim, with safe and strong options out there in the financial world, why are many advisors pumping the risk and the unsure kind of products that they try to sell people? Oh, well, there are two areas. One set of advisors, like they are from risk background or insurance background, so they do sell variable annuities with the guarantees.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> That is great. The other set of advisors, basically, who haven&#x27;t been exposed to the risk side yet, other than market volatility, they are still hoping and wishing they can get this return or that alpha or something else to make portfolios work. But generally speaking, I would always try to be, you know, try to run the safe side. So, I would go with the guaranteed type of investment. That way, even if there is a mistake, the client can recover from that. So, I would be careful what kind of advisor I choose if I was an investor. Absolutely. And, folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Ohtar.</p><p><strong>13:07</strong> He&#x27;s wrote the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth. And, of course, Jim is from Toronto, Canada. Jim, I really appreciate your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews author Jim Ohtar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the financial world. And we say inside the financial world, I like to find national and worldwide experts to come and educate us on some retirement planning ideas. And my staff and I have been lucky enough to secure an interview with Jim Ohtar. And Jim has written the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth, amongst other books. And I wanted to talk to him about how folks can get properly educated in the financial world. And he joins us from right outside Toronto, Canada. Jim, welcome to the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Good morning. Thank you. I&#x27;m glad I could be part of this show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, what caused you to write the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth? And what kind of myths have you found? Basically, my wife asked me a very simple question in the year 1999. She said, Jim, do we have enough money to retire? And at that time, I could find only two things. One of them is William Bangan&#x27;s sustainable withdrawal rate. And then an article by William Bernstein called Retirement Calculator from Health. So that started, that triggered my research. And I found a number of things that don&#x27;t work during the decumulation stage.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> For example, people talk about the importance of asset allocation, diversification. People use Monte Carlo simulators, etc. And I found that those are mostly, I should say, useless for retirement income planning because a lot of things depend on how lucky you are. If your withdrawal rate is less than 3.5%, you don&#x27;t need luck. You&#x27;ll have sufficient capital for life in most cases. But if the withdrawal rate is between 3.5% and 5% on the outside, then more than half of the input determinant of the success becomes how lucky you are, the year of retirement, sequence of returns, the inflation you will experience.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> So those become the most important factors. Once you go over the 5%, let&#x27;s say, over 5.5% withdrawal rate, then luck can&#x27;t help you either. You can be as lucky as you want or unlucky. It just doesn&#x27;t matter. You will probably run out of money. So my strategy looks at those zones of luck, which I call green zone, red zone, and gray zone in between, and find a solution for that. The solutions I found generally is unless you are in the green zone, you have to buy guaranteed income, lifelong guaranteed income, such as GMWBs, spheres, etc. That&#x27;s the only way of ensuring or covering the longevity risk and the market risk.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Now, Jim, you have a Bachelor of Applied Science from the University of Toronto. You also have a Mechanical Engineering degree. You also have your Master&#x27;s in Engineering from the University of Toronto. That&#x27;s correct, yes. I love numbers. I love dealing with things that are, you know, to do designing something. And when we talk about retirement planning, most people design for averages. But when you are looking at individual plans, you can&#x27;t design for averages. You have to design for extreme adverse conditions. So that&#x27;s one of the mistakes in our planning industry or in our planning profession. People use averages left and right. And you can&#x27;t design anything for average. You have to design that for the first case.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> Yeah, so you take a scientific approach to financial planning because you are a financial advisor and investment advisor. So I want to ask you this. I mean, the main problem I see with people out there is they don&#x27;t know where the retirement income is going to come from for the rest of their life. I mean, like you said, it&#x27;s easy to get income when you have a pot of money. But if you&#x27;re just reaching in and taking money out, you could risk the possibility of running out of that money in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. Basically, if you are just looking for guaranteed income, figure out how much you need in the first year of retirement. Then figure out the income from other sources like Social Security or pension income and all that, rental income if there is any.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And whatever is the amount you need from your savings. Now, if you want guaranteed income, you need to have at least 20 times of your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your savings, as your initial capital. If you want to invest in the first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> I was looking at a brochure from Fidelity Investments, and they have a box that says reliable income sources are needed for retirement. And they identified three reliable income sources. One is Social Security. Two is company pension. And three is income annuities. Now, are you familiar with income annuities and how they generate lifetime income? Certainly. Yes, I am. I would question how reliable the first two are, but that will be another discussion, I guess. Because company pensions, I mean, are only as safe as a company a lot of time, and then Social Security, we don&#x27;t know. But income annuities, they&#x27;re pretty safe, aren&#x27;t they? They are pretty safe. I would say they are safer than, I mean, people always ask me, what if the insurance company goes under?</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> Yes, it can happen. The failure rate of insurance companies historically has been 3% to 4%. But that is one number. If you look at the individual taking out 5% from his portfolio without any guarantee, then the failure rate is 50%. So generally speaking, when you are talking about guaranteed income from an insurance company, as long as you select better rated companies, you can count on it to be safe. It&#x27;s as safe as the company, but usually they are, you know, if you buy a SIA or a GMW from a company with a long track record, then you should feel safe.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Yeah. Now, when we look at income annuities, a lot of the problem in the past is people would commit to putting a lump sum into an annuity, and then they would just get a yearly payment. They needed that immediately. That&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. But what I&#x27;ve seen, one of the greatest inventions I think that has been introduced on the financial world are these income riders that are attached to annuities where it will grow your money by a certain percentage until you need it. And we&#x27;ve seen growth raise up to 8% per year for that guaranteed lifetime income account. Those are pretty good, aren&#x27;t they? They are great. They are great. Because if you are in the red zone, which means there is some capital deficiency, then you can buy one of those well before the retirement date and then have guaranteed 8% increase each and every year.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Actually, one of them is 2% per quarter, so it&#x27;s a little bit bigger than 8%, plus the market step-ups. If the market does well, you even get a higher increase. So those are great. And the insurance companies can do it because they pull the risk. Money comes in and out all the time. So they have very minimum time horizon risk. So it&#x27;s a continuous product, unlike an individual doing his own investment. So they can provide that. I don&#x27;t know how long this will go on, but 8% is a very good rate as a minimum guarantee for increase. So I would certainly go for it from a capital accumulation efficiency point of view.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, Jim, what I&#x27;m able to do when I have people that put some money in those guaranteed income accounts, they are able to take a little bit more risk with the money that&#x27;s left over because now they&#x27;ve got their guarantee in place, their income in place, and it affords them the ability to take more risk on the other side. That&#x27;s right. Totally what happens is if you buy this guaranteed income product, volatility becomes your friend. The higher the volatility, the more chances of having a step-up in the income. So I would go what I recommend in this case is your volatility doesn&#x27;t really matter. Risk doesn&#x27;t matter because you are guaranteed an income. And I would go with the highest allowable equity in the portfolio, equity percentage in the portfolio, to take advantage of that volatility being your friend.</p><p><strong>09:55</strong> Absolutely. Now, and that&#x27;s what you cover in some of your, again, Unveiling the Retirement Myth book is a fantastic book. What are three of the things that people could take home from that book if they read it? Some of the main benefits. Main benefits. Any shortfall you have, I would recommend meeting that shortfall for the basic spending needs, meeting that shortfall with guaranteed income. Asset allocation, diversification, all these things are good, but when you are taking money out of the portfolio, they don&#x27;t help much. When you need it, they are not there to help you. That&#x27;s number one. Number two, minimize the costs. If you are holding a portfolio, not guaranteed portfolio, minimizing costs are important.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And number three, cutback spending. A lot of people spend a lot of money, and that&#x27;s not good. Like, it has the highest impact on the portfolio longevity. So, the less money you take out of the portfolio, the better it is, especially during the early years. So, those would be my three things that come to mind. Yeah, your book, you start your book with an analogy. Since you are an engineer, it&#x27;s pretty neat, too. Your analogy is how to build a strong tower to allow for unexpected windstorms. And that same analogy can be drawn to retirement, can&#x27;t it? Exactly, exactly. You have to design for the worst. When it doesn&#x27;t happen, then you&#x27;ll be happy.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> You know, you can take the money, spend it any way you want if the worst things don&#x27;t happen. So, designing anything means designing it for robust enough so that it can accommodate the best and the worst situation. So, Jim, with safe and strong options out there in the financial world, why are many advisors pumping the risk and the unsure kind of products that they try to sell people? Oh, well, there are two areas. One set of advisors, like they are from risk background or insurance background, so they do sell variable annuities with the guarantees.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> That is great. The other set of advisors, basically, who haven&#x27;t been exposed to the risk side yet, other than market volatility, they are still hoping and wishing they can get this return or that alpha or something else to make portfolios work. But generally speaking, I would always try to be, you know, try to run the safe side. So, I would go with the guaranteed type of investment. That way, even if there is a mistake, the client can recover from that. So, I would be careful what kind of advisor I choose if I was an investor. Absolutely. And, folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Ohtar.</p><p><strong>13:07</strong> He&#x27;s wrote the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth. And, of course, Jim is from Toronto, Canada. Jim, I really appreciate your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Otar</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Otar, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/image.jpg?t=1792073060&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-otar-unveiling-the-retirement-myth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/image.jpg?t=1792073060&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835</guid>
      <omny:clipId>767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>814</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13064041" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-otar-unveiling-the-retirement-myth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>183</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Unveiling the Retirement Myth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peter Schiff: How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes</title>
      <itunes:title>Peter Schiff: How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> and welcome back into the financial safari your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money your finance and your financial decision making and we have a very special guest on with us coach peter schiff is going to be joining us on the program here in the next segment and of course uh he&#x27;s author of several books and you see him on tv as well as running the euro pacific fund peter welcome into the financial safari oh thanks for having me well it&#x27;s a pleasure speaking with you again got a rare opportunity to have a three-peat for the listeners we&#x27;ve got coach pete peter rasha and peter schiff peter i want to talk about your new book here how an economy grows and why it crashes let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute sure and it&#x27;s pretty appropriate for the u.s economy of course we&#x27;re in the crash part not the growth part unfortunately correct well what i mean what</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> what inspired you to write the book and and what can the listener gain by going out and buying the book well i mean i wrote the book actually my father wrote a book upon which this book is based called how an economy grows and why it doesn&#x27;t uh back in the early 1980s and it was a cartoon book but it was very popular because it it took you know complex economic uh theory and presented it in a very simple humorous way that pretty much anybody can understand and and so there&#x27;s a lot of confusion out there about why the u.s economy is in so much trouble about you know why we had the housing bubble and the financial crisis and i was at the fault of government was at the fault of capitalism was there not enough regulation or was there too much regulation and so i wanted to really</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> set the record straight in a way that again just about everybody can understand it so i wrote this book you can read the whole book in under three hours uh you&#x27;ll get a few laughs and you&#x27;ll come away with a real solid understanding of capitalism and uh and and you&#x27;ll understand how all the problems that we&#x27;re now dealing with are the result of government uh it&#x27;s a failure of government regulation and and government central planning not uh free market capitalism free market capitalism would have prevented all these things from happening and you&#x27;ll also understand why all the government solutions that are currently being used won&#x27;t solve the problem in fact they&#x27;ll make the problems worse so what do you think the end game is with all the uh all the politics that&#x27;s going on right now in washington and then the global economy with the situation with the euro and and everything that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> going on peter where where are we going to end up what is the end game well i think the end game you know like we saw in that book uh is going to be a collapse of the value of the dollar and uh when that happens prices are going to skyrocket in america interest rates will skyrocket and i think this whole phony uh consumer a debt financed economy that we&#x27;ve created over the years is going to come tumbling down and uh we&#x27;re going to have to uh you know restructure it&#x27;s going to be very painful and you know i don&#x27;t know for sure which road we&#x27;re going to take when this happens will we you know will we blame uh government and will we embrace freedom and go back to uh the the principles uh from our founders uh will we go back to limited government and and then or will we you know finish the journey</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> on the road to serfdom and will we blame uh capitalism and abandon all pretense to just become a completely uh totalitarian command economy uh that would be a complete disaster i hope it doesn&#x27;t it doesn&#x27;t move in that direction i mean are we basically you can look at these two movements now the tea party or this occupy wall street you know occupy wall street seems to really be a socialist uh movement uh wanting complete and total government control of the economy and uh you know the tea party is more of uh the constitution and you know go back to free market so those are kind of the two uh two wings well there&#x27;s a lot of concern over what&#x27;s going on in europe and certainly europe has seen a lot of the same type of movements um and it also seems to be a leading indicator of what&#x27;s going</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> on in the market here because of the concern of the nature of the the debt uh and the economic situations in in greece and italy so is that collapse of the dollar going to be uh uh uh followed or or predicated by the collapse of the euro in europe are there similar worries for the european currency and do you think it&#x27;ll happen before or after the u.s well there are but i i think that the dollar will collapse first i think right now the pressure is on the euro um but i do believe that the eurozone will dodge this bullet i mean i think they are dealing with the problems uh and uh and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing a lot of the protests going on in europe right now and because they are dealing with the problem they might not be dealing with them as effectively as they should be they</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> clearly are not and there is a lot of politics involved that is trumping economics but at the end of the day i think europe has the resources and i think some of the politicians have their backs to the wall and i think uh there is going to be some cuts in government spending enough to uh you know maintain at least confidence in the euro for now and i think once there is a resolution to this european problem that&#x27;s when the pressure is really going to be focused again on the dollar because during the entire time period where europe is dealing with their problems we&#x27;re not dealing with ours at all in fact we&#x27;re taking advantage of the fact that because there&#x27;s so much worry about the euro money is flowing into the dollar and u.s treasuries keeping interest rates really low</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> the u.s government is is basically uh uh foolishly uh taking advantage in quotes of these low rates to go even deeper into debt and so when the low rates go away uh you know the debt&#x27;s going to happen to be that much more problematic and so we are going to really uh you know be in trouble peter you&#x27;ve got a you&#x27;ve got a book coming out crash proof 2.0 correct well that you know that came out a while ago i mean crash proof 2.0 came out before how an economy grows and why it crashes i&#x27;m actually uh working on a book now the working title is the real crash and that book is probably due out uh in the spring uh 2012 okay i&#x27;m on uh i guess crash proof 2.0 you can pre-order the paperback maybe that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going on oh the paperback yeah there&#x27;s a paperback version of crash proof 2.0 uh i&#x27;m not sure that the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> release date of that paperback but yeah it is on the way now i i was i was reading uh in your book there the crash proof uh series and basically it goes back to people in in this up and down economy we&#x27;ve had and you just turn the tv on one day we&#x27;re up big the next day we&#x27;re down big and many people listening haven&#x27;t made the proper changes in other words they still have that same stock portfolio from the 80s and 90s when we were in the high flying days is that correct uh is that correct as we go forward to take that same approach or is it time to re-examine portfolios well i mean definitely you have to invest abroad i mean right now kind of all asset classes seem to be positively correlated or correlated correlation is one i think that is going to change i think you&#x27;re going to see a much better returns abroad particularly in some of the emerging markets</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> i think people have to be investing outside the united states not only in the stock market but in the bond market i think the real key is to get out of u.s dollars and into sounder currencies and and in some cases out of all currencies into precious metals and you know even though the price of gold has moved up quite a bit since i recommended original crash proof i still think it&#x27;s going a lot higher and i also think there&#x27;s a lot of opportunity in the mining stocks which have not nearly kept pace with the price of gold i think ultimately you&#x27;re going to see a lot of appreciation in the gold mining stocks i think there&#x27;s still a lot of opportunities for people to get involved there i think the uh the biggest concern that i have uh experienced with talking to folks across the nation is that they are worried about their money out uh or they have them outlasting their money they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> worried about their money not being there when they need it and they don&#x27;t know how to put together a true income plan peter i mean do you do you see that as well when you talk to folks yeah a lot of people i mean you can very hard to get any income in the u.s i mean you know the interest rates are rock bottom uh so you know and even the dividends that are paid on most u.s companies are very low especially if you own mutual funds by the time you finish paying your management fees there&#x27;s really no yield left uh from the stock so most americans are eating up their principal uh to survive you know if you&#x27;re retired you can&#x27;t live off the interest and dividends on your portfolio you&#x27;re probably just eating up principal and of course the cost of living thanks to all this money printing the cost of living is rising quite a bit so not only are you using up your principal nominally but inflation is eroding the real value of what&#x27;s left even more so if you</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> really want to get you know good income streams you&#x27;ve got to look abroad and you know there are better interest rates in other countries you can look at australia you look lou zealand look up in scandinavia uh there are a lot of uh countries that you can get uh decent income and you know more importantly you know the income is coming in currencies that i believe are going to continue to gain ground against the dollar uh so rather than you know seeing your your principal evaporating it&#x27;s actually going to grow in terms of dollars now when we look at uh foreign currency and foreign investing uh any specific countries to avoid completely you know we see all what&#x27;s going on over greece right now and italy could be right behind them i mean are you staying away from those countries we don&#x27;t have any money over there i mean there could be some pretty good opportunities</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> like you know in some of the stocks there but uh yeah we try to avoid some of those real hot areas um and try to stay with some of the more developed stable markets more mature markets uh but you know we&#x27;re you know we&#x27;re we&#x27;re not really active in a lot of the latin american countries not doing too much not really doing nothing at all in africa um eastern europe minimal amount uh you know we&#x27;re mainly staying in you know the developed asian markets a lot of money in uh in hong kong which is a good way to play china but we do have some money in mainland china um you know singapore a lot of money there we&#x27;re investing in scandinavia in switzerland um you know in australia new zealand canada places like that peter we&#x27;ve certainly seen the price of gold uh on the rise over the past 10</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> years but falter as of late uh maybe stall out a little bit um and we&#x27;ve certainly seen before in history the the the price of gold spike is gold an asset that people should be relying on to create their retirement income well no it&#x27;s an asset that you want to rely on to preserve uh your retirement purchasing power it&#x27;s not you know it&#x27;s not to look at it as an investment i look at it as an alternative to holding cash so if you want to have some liquidity uh gold makes a lot of sense and even though gold has dropped maybe 250 to 300 from its peak from uh like a month ago you look at the third quarter gold was up eight percent i mean stocks had the worst uh quarter in years uh most you know i think the dow was down about 12 or 13 percent uh small cap stocks were down i think 20 percent like the</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> russell 2000 yet gold was up uh eight percent even with that big decline towards the end of the quarter so gold is continuing to rise gold&#x27;s gone up every year for the last 10 uh you know 10 years ago gold was under 300 uh you know clear now it&#x27;s above 1500 so gold is up better than five gold uh stocks are down uh so you know clearly you know you know this is you know this is not the 1980s or the 1990s it&#x27;s a different era now and i think you&#x27;re going to continue to see stocks losing value uh in terms of gold uh for probably another decade i think that you could see that dow gold ratio which is now below seven to one it was at 40 above 40 to one 10 years ago so uh if the dow is worth 40 ounces of gold now</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> it&#x27;s worth less than seven i think the trend is going to continue until the relationship is close to one to one and peter uh finally what&#x27;s your opinion i see this i get all the trade publications and i also get some of the magazines that go out to the general public and it seems like every other page is an ad for a variable annuity what&#x27;s your opinion on those well i don&#x27;t you know like annuities in general uh part of the problem is annuities is the sales commissions are enormous i mean they&#x27;re generally even maybe like 12 or 15 percent there&#x27;s just there&#x27;s a huge front end load built into these annuity products so you got to be careful of that and then of course if you&#x27;re going to annuitize something then the variable annuity a lot of times you just you know you have to pick between the you know mutual funds um and depending on the choices that you have you know the investment</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> that are available might not be that good a lot of them don&#x27;t have the types of investments that i would recommend certainly and ultimately if you choose like a fixed annuity uh if you&#x27;re annuitizing a dollar stream i wouldn&#x27;t want to do that because inflation could erode it away i mean that&#x27;s if you have a variable annuity annuity at least your your payments can rise uh but they&#x27;re only going to rise based on the success of the investments that are made and of course uh the the returns are initially going to be minimized because you paid such a high commission uh to get in so there&#x27;s you know a lot of people in this in the brokerage community push these products because the broker just makes so much money uh up front uh when uh when you buy them so you&#x27;ll be careful yeah the one thing i&#x27;ve seen when people come in with a variable annuity i really never see them with more money than they started with</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> because uh it&#x27;s almost like a balloon one of those big balloon rides that people take and it&#x27;s a hot air balloon and it keeps sinking because it&#x27;s too much weight on there and the fees expenses and commissions in a yearly manner the one time though peter i&#x27;ve seen where they work sometimes is if it&#x27;s a fixed annuity that goes in without brokerage commissions coming out and then they put an income rider on that at least grows their money by seven or eight percent per year for that retirement yeah but then it&#x27;s but then it&#x27;s still fixed in u.s dollars yeah yeah so if we get a massive collapse of the dollar and and runaway inflation you know the the real value of that income stream could just collapse so you know i i just wouldn&#x27;t want to encourage people to rely on some future stream of u.s dollars uh you know i think that you know there&#x27;s going to be tremendous inflation if you imagine think about you know what things used to cost in this country maybe 50 years ago and think about hey things that</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> used to cost the nickel you know now cost a dollar um you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s over maybe a 50-year time span but i think we can see a similar price increase over a much shorter time span let&#x27;s say over a five-year time span so if you&#x27;re going to see prices going up you know tenfold uh then you know you&#x27;ve lost 90 percent of the value of that income stream so somebody might think i&#x27;m going to buy this terrible annuity because it&#x27;s going to give me income of a thousand dollars a month and if that ends up spending like a hundred dollars a month i mean it&#x27;s not going to deliver anywhere near the purchasing power that that that the person believed they were going to get when they when they invest it now that brings up another thought now for for uh for every loss is a gain so if the u.s dollar is going down then some other currency should be going up do you uh do you recommend any baskets of uh maybe uh currency baskets or do you put one together you know we just came out with a new special</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> report people can download it for free on my website at europac.net uh the five favorite currencies for the next five years so it&#x27;s a report on on and we look at a lot of different currencies and come up with a basket of our favorites so just hey don&#x27;t need to spoil the spoil the punch punch line so just uh get your europac.net and it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a great report and uh you get a lot of information on the currencies we&#x27;ve been talking with peter schiff peter we certainly appreciate your time here on the financial safari yeah and remind everybody too you know i&#x27;ve got my own radio show now that i do every day for two hours people can listen to it live on shift radio.com it&#x27;s from 10 a.m to noon eastern time and if you can&#x27;t listen live you can still go to the website you know shift radio.com and listen we loop it constantly for the first 24 hours so people can</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> listen to it whenever whenever they want and if they want to sign up to be a member uh they actually have access to the archives and they can listen to it you know whatever they want any show they want and we strip out all the commercials uh so uh you can listen to it i think about an hour and 20 minutes instead of two hours great great opportunity to get your insight on to what is going on in peter schiff&#x27;s world around the clock again shift radio.com we appreciate the time and we&#x27;ll talk to you again next time on the financial safari bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> and welcome back into the financial safari your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money your finance and your financial decision making and we have a very special guest on with us coach peter schiff is going to be joining us on the program here in the next segment and of course uh he&#x27;s author of several books and you see him on tv as well as running the euro pacific fund peter welcome into the financial safari oh thanks for having me well it&#x27;s a pleasure speaking with you again got a rare opportunity to have a three-peat for the listeners we&#x27;ve got coach pete peter rasha and peter schiff peter i want to talk about your new book here how an economy grows and why it crashes let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute sure and it&#x27;s pretty appropriate for the u.s economy of course we&#x27;re in the crash part not the growth part unfortunately correct well what i mean what</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> what inspired you to write the book and and what can the listener gain by going out and buying the book well i mean i wrote the book actually my father wrote a book upon which this book is based called how an economy grows and why it doesn&#x27;t uh back in the early 1980s and it was a cartoon book but it was very popular because it it took you know complex economic uh theory and presented it in a very simple humorous way that pretty much anybody can understand and and so there&#x27;s a lot of confusion out there about why the u.s economy is in so much trouble about you know why we had the housing bubble and the financial crisis and i was at the fault of government was at the fault of capitalism was there not enough regulation or was there too much regulation and so i wanted to really</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> set the record straight in a way that again just about everybody can understand it so i wrote this book you can read the whole book in under three hours uh you&#x27;ll get a few laughs and you&#x27;ll come away with a real solid understanding of capitalism and uh and and you&#x27;ll understand how all the problems that we&#x27;re now dealing with are the result of government uh it&#x27;s a failure of government regulation and and government central planning not uh free market capitalism free market capitalism would have prevented all these things from happening and you&#x27;ll also understand why all the government solutions that are currently being used won&#x27;t solve the problem in fact they&#x27;ll make the problems worse so what do you think the end game is with all the uh all the politics that&#x27;s going on right now in washington and then the global economy with the situation with the euro and and everything that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> going on peter where where are we going to end up what is the end game well i think the end game you know like we saw in that book uh is going to be a collapse of the value of the dollar and uh when that happens prices are going to skyrocket in america interest rates will skyrocket and i think this whole phony uh consumer a debt financed economy that we&#x27;ve created over the years is going to come tumbling down and uh we&#x27;re going to have to uh you know restructure it&#x27;s going to be very painful and you know i don&#x27;t know for sure which road we&#x27;re going to take when this happens will we you know will we blame uh government and will we embrace freedom and go back to uh the the principles uh from our founders uh will we go back to limited government and and then or will we you know finish the journey</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> on the road to serfdom and will we blame uh capitalism and abandon all pretense to just become a completely uh totalitarian command economy uh that would be a complete disaster i hope it doesn&#x27;t it doesn&#x27;t move in that direction i mean are we basically you can look at these two movements now the tea party or this occupy wall street you know occupy wall street seems to really be a socialist uh movement uh wanting complete and total government control of the economy and uh you know the tea party is more of uh the constitution and you know go back to free market so those are kind of the two uh two wings well there&#x27;s a lot of concern over what&#x27;s going on in europe and certainly europe has seen a lot of the same type of movements um and it also seems to be a leading indicator of what&#x27;s going</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> on in the market here because of the concern of the nature of the the debt uh and the economic situations in in greece and italy so is that collapse of the dollar going to be uh uh uh followed or or predicated by the collapse of the euro in europe are there similar worries for the european currency and do you think it&#x27;ll happen before or after the u.s well there are but i i think that the dollar will collapse first i think right now the pressure is on the euro um but i do believe that the eurozone will dodge this bullet i mean i think they are dealing with the problems uh and uh and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing a lot of the protests going on in europe right now and because they are dealing with the problem they might not be dealing with them as effectively as they should be they</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> clearly are not and there is a lot of politics involved that is trumping economics but at the end of the day i think europe has the resources and i think some of the politicians have their backs to the wall and i think uh there is going to be some cuts in government spending enough to uh you know maintain at least confidence in the euro for now and i think once there is a resolution to this european problem that&#x27;s when the pressure is really going to be focused again on the dollar because during the entire time period where europe is dealing with their problems we&#x27;re not dealing with ours at all in fact we&#x27;re taking advantage of the fact that because there&#x27;s so much worry about the euro money is flowing into the dollar and u.s treasuries keeping interest rates really low</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> the u.s government is is basically uh uh foolishly uh taking advantage in quotes of these low rates to go even deeper into debt and so when the low rates go away uh you know the debt&#x27;s going to happen to be that much more problematic and so we are going to really uh you know be in trouble peter you&#x27;ve got a you&#x27;ve got a book coming out crash proof 2.0 correct well that you know that came out a while ago i mean crash proof 2.0 came out before how an economy grows and why it crashes i&#x27;m actually uh working on a book now the working title is the real crash and that book is probably due out uh in the spring uh 2012 okay i&#x27;m on uh i guess crash proof 2.0 you can pre-order the paperback maybe that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going on oh the paperback yeah there&#x27;s a paperback version of crash proof 2.0 uh i&#x27;m not sure that the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> release date of that paperback but yeah it is on the way now i i was i was reading uh in your book there the crash proof uh series and basically it goes back to people in in this up and down economy we&#x27;ve had and you just turn the tv on one day we&#x27;re up big the next day we&#x27;re down big and many people listening haven&#x27;t made the proper changes in other words they still have that same stock portfolio from the 80s and 90s when we were in the high flying days is that correct uh is that correct as we go forward to take that same approach or is it time to re-examine portfolios well i mean definitely you have to invest abroad i mean right now kind of all asset classes seem to be positively correlated or correlated correlation is one i think that is going to change i think you&#x27;re going to see a much better returns abroad particularly in some of the emerging markets</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> i think people have to be investing outside the united states not only in the stock market but in the bond market i think the real key is to get out of u.s dollars and into sounder currencies and and in some cases out of all currencies into precious metals and you know even though the price of gold has moved up quite a bit since i recommended original crash proof i still think it&#x27;s going a lot higher and i also think there&#x27;s a lot of opportunity in the mining stocks which have not nearly kept pace with the price of gold i think ultimately you&#x27;re going to see a lot of appreciation in the gold mining stocks i think there&#x27;s still a lot of opportunities for people to get involved there i think the uh the biggest concern that i have uh experienced with talking to folks across the nation is that they are worried about their money out uh or they have them outlasting their money they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> worried about their money not being there when they need it and they don&#x27;t know how to put together a true income plan peter i mean do you do you see that as well when you talk to folks yeah a lot of people i mean you can very hard to get any income in the u.s i mean you know the interest rates are rock bottom uh so you know and even the dividends that are paid on most u.s companies are very low especially if you own mutual funds by the time you finish paying your management fees there&#x27;s really no yield left uh from the stock so most americans are eating up their principal uh to survive you know if you&#x27;re retired you can&#x27;t live off the interest and dividends on your portfolio you&#x27;re probably just eating up principal and of course the cost of living thanks to all this money printing the cost of living is rising quite a bit so not only are you using up your principal nominally but inflation is eroding the real value of what&#x27;s left even more so if you</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> really want to get you know good income streams you&#x27;ve got to look abroad and you know there are better interest rates in other countries you can look at australia you look lou zealand look up in scandinavia uh there are a lot of uh countries that you can get uh decent income and you know more importantly you know the income is coming in currencies that i believe are going to continue to gain ground against the dollar uh so rather than you know seeing your your principal evaporating it&#x27;s actually going to grow in terms of dollars now when we look at uh foreign currency and foreign investing uh any specific countries to avoid completely you know we see all what&#x27;s going on over greece right now and italy could be right behind them i mean are you staying away from those countries we don&#x27;t have any money over there i mean there could be some pretty good opportunities</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> like you know in some of the stocks there but uh yeah we try to avoid some of those real hot areas um and try to stay with some of the more developed stable markets more mature markets uh but you know we&#x27;re you know we&#x27;re we&#x27;re not really active in a lot of the latin american countries not doing too much not really doing nothing at all in africa um eastern europe minimal amount uh you know we&#x27;re mainly staying in you know the developed asian markets a lot of money in uh in hong kong which is a good way to play china but we do have some money in mainland china um you know singapore a lot of money there we&#x27;re investing in scandinavia in switzerland um you know in australia new zealand canada places like that peter we&#x27;ve certainly seen the price of gold uh on the rise over the past 10</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> years but falter as of late uh maybe stall out a little bit um and we&#x27;ve certainly seen before in history the the the price of gold spike is gold an asset that people should be relying on to create their retirement income well no it&#x27;s an asset that you want to rely on to preserve uh your retirement purchasing power it&#x27;s not you know it&#x27;s not to look at it as an investment i look at it as an alternative to holding cash so if you want to have some liquidity uh gold makes a lot of sense and even though gold has dropped maybe 250 to 300 from its peak from uh like a month ago you look at the third quarter gold was up eight percent i mean stocks had the worst uh quarter in years uh most you know i think the dow was down about 12 or 13 percent uh small cap stocks were down i think 20 percent like the</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> russell 2000 yet gold was up uh eight percent even with that big decline towards the end of the quarter so gold is continuing to rise gold&#x27;s gone up every year for the last 10 uh you know 10 years ago gold was under 300 uh you know clear now it&#x27;s above 1500 so gold is up better than five gold uh stocks are down uh so you know clearly you know you know this is you know this is not the 1980s or the 1990s it&#x27;s a different era now and i think you&#x27;re going to continue to see stocks losing value uh in terms of gold uh for probably another decade i think that you could see that dow gold ratio which is now below seven to one it was at 40 above 40 to one 10 years ago so uh if the dow is worth 40 ounces of gold now</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> it&#x27;s worth less than seven i think the trend is going to continue until the relationship is close to one to one and peter uh finally what&#x27;s your opinion i see this i get all the trade publications and i also get some of the magazines that go out to the general public and it seems like every other page is an ad for a variable annuity what&#x27;s your opinion on those well i don&#x27;t you know like annuities in general uh part of the problem is annuities is the sales commissions are enormous i mean they&#x27;re generally even maybe like 12 or 15 percent there&#x27;s just there&#x27;s a huge front end load built into these annuity products so you got to be careful of that and then of course if you&#x27;re going to annuitize something then the variable annuity a lot of times you just you know you have to pick between the you know mutual funds um and depending on the choices that you have you know the investment</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> that are available might not be that good a lot of them don&#x27;t have the types of investments that i would recommend certainly and ultimately if you choose like a fixed annuity uh if you&#x27;re annuitizing a dollar stream i wouldn&#x27;t want to do that because inflation could erode it away i mean that&#x27;s if you have a variable annuity annuity at least your your payments can rise uh but they&#x27;re only going to rise based on the success of the investments that are made and of course uh the the returns are initially going to be minimized because you paid such a high commission uh to get in so there&#x27;s you know a lot of people in this in the brokerage community push these products because the broker just makes so much money uh up front uh when uh when you buy them so you&#x27;ll be careful yeah the one thing i&#x27;ve seen when people come in with a variable annuity i really never see them with more money than they started with</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> because uh it&#x27;s almost like a balloon one of those big balloon rides that people take and it&#x27;s a hot air balloon and it keeps sinking because it&#x27;s too much weight on there and the fees expenses and commissions in a yearly manner the one time though peter i&#x27;ve seen where they work sometimes is if it&#x27;s a fixed annuity that goes in without brokerage commissions coming out and then they put an income rider on that at least grows their money by seven or eight percent per year for that retirement yeah but then it&#x27;s but then it&#x27;s still fixed in u.s dollars yeah yeah so if we get a massive collapse of the dollar and and runaway inflation you know the the real value of that income stream could just collapse so you know i i just wouldn&#x27;t want to encourage people to rely on some future stream of u.s dollars uh you know i think that you know there&#x27;s going to be tremendous inflation if you imagine think about you know what things used to cost in this country maybe 50 years ago and think about hey things that</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> used to cost the nickel you know now cost a dollar um you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s over maybe a 50-year time span but i think we can see a similar price increase over a much shorter time span let&#x27;s say over a five-year time span so if you&#x27;re going to see prices going up you know tenfold uh then you know you&#x27;ve lost 90 percent of the value of that income stream so somebody might think i&#x27;m going to buy this terrible annuity because it&#x27;s going to give me income of a thousand dollars a month and if that ends up spending like a hundred dollars a month i mean it&#x27;s not going to deliver anywhere near the purchasing power that that that the person believed they were going to get when they when they invest it now that brings up another thought now for for uh for every loss is a gain so if the u.s dollar is going down then some other currency should be going up do you uh do you recommend any baskets of uh maybe uh currency baskets or do you put one together you know we just came out with a new special</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> report people can download it for free on my website at europac.net uh the five favorite currencies for the next five years so it&#x27;s a report on on and we look at a lot of different currencies and come up with a basket of our favorites so just hey don&#x27;t need to spoil the spoil the punch punch line so just uh get your europac.net and it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a great report and uh you get a lot of information on the currencies we&#x27;ve been talking with peter schiff peter we certainly appreciate your time here on the financial safari yeah and remind everybody too you know i&#x27;ve got my own radio show now that i do every day for two hours people can listen to it live on shift radio.com it&#x27;s from 10 a.m to noon eastern time and if you can&#x27;t listen live you can still go to the website you know shift radio.com and listen we loop it constantly for the first 24 hours so people can</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> listen to it whenever whenever they want and if they want to sign up to be a member uh they actually have access to the archives and they can listen to it you know whatever they want any show they want and we strip out all the commercials uh so uh you can listen to it i think about an hour and 20 minutes instead of two hours great great opportunity to get your insight on to what is going on in peter schiff&#x27;s world around the clock again shift radio.com we appreciate the time and we&#x27;ll talk to you again next time on the financial safari bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Peter Schiff</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Peter Schiff, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/image.jpg?t=1792072678&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-schiff-how-an-economy-grows-and-why-it-crashes/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/image.jpg?t=1792072678&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>989</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="15853357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-schiff-how-an-economy-grows-and-why-it-crashes</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>184</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:18" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kelly Campbell: Fire Your Broker</title>
      <itunes:title>Kelly Campbell: Fire Your Broker</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national and worldwide financial picture. But as I like to do each and every week, I like to get a professional out there, an author, somebody that&#x27;s well-known nationally amongst the financial advisor segment and also the public many times. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Kelly Campbell, author of the book Fire Your Broker, and Kelly&#x27;s in Alexandria, Virginia, joining us today. Kelly, welcome in. Great, thanks Pete. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great, Kelly. I hope you are. I&#x27;m doing very well. It&#x27;s a confusing world in the financial picture. It&#x27;s just a confusing world out there. And I wanted to maybe just talk to you about what motivated you to write this book and what kind of response you&#x27;ve got from the book. You know, Pete, I think the big issue that I saw over the last, I&#x27;ve been doing this for 20 years, and I think what really got me enraged about the market and enraged about what kind of advice people were getting</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> was that they weren&#x27;t doing financial plans and they weren&#x27;t getting the right advice. I think brokers were viewing their clients as numbers and not as clients. And I think the only way to get the real advice, to get the real, I guess, information you need to be able to make good, qualified financial decisions is to be viewed from your whole personal financial situation. And, you know, when someone&#x27;s a broker and they&#x27;re just selling you a product, they don&#x27;t know anything about you. And there&#x27;s no responsibility, no liability associated with that. And that&#x27;s why I wrote that book, because I wanted people to understand that, you know, it&#x27;s about having the right person, not just about, you know, having a broker that says he can do this or he can do that from a return standpoint. And I think people are getting a little bit more wise on that now because there&#x27;s been recent surveys out that say over 80% of investors with over a million dollars in assets plan to move from one broker to another.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Oh, absolutely. You know, and we&#x27;ve seen it. We&#x27;ve absolutely seen it. I mean, you know, not only do we set up a financial plan for every client, but then we also want to make sure that we set up, we have an investment strategy. You know, and this is what an advisor should have. And this is what it says in my book is that whoever you&#x27;re working with should have some kind of strategy for whichever way the market can go. In other words, we know the market can go down. We know it can go up or it can stay flat. Well, there needs to be a strategy for each of those scenarios. But I tell you, you start talking to some of these brokers, they don&#x27;t know. They don&#x27;t have a strategy. They&#x27;re just flying by the seat of their pants, which is unfortunate. Yeah, and there are a lot out there pushing products, not designing strategies, correct? Oh, absolutely. Yeah, without a doubt. You think about it, somebody gets a commission. You know, they&#x27;re working off commission so that, you know, they can sell your product.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> The more product they sell, you know, the better they do, the better the paycheck, whether it&#x27;s the right product or not. And believe me, I&#x27;m not saying that everybody&#x27;s, you know, the worst person in the world because there are some brokers out there that have done an incredible job for their clients. They care. They have empathy for their clients. You know, but even my book is not about really firing somebody. It&#x27;s about knowing what to look for in that person that you&#x27;re working with so that you can say if you do have that right broker, you can say, I got the right guy or I got the right gal. They&#x27;re doing a good job for me. Or maybe you don&#x27;t. You can find that out, too. It&#x27;s just so important to know that. And you and I are in the money world. We have risk and safety. We design the plans for the person. But what you&#x27;ve seen lately, as well as me, is a lot of people come into your office confused and wondering if the broker&#x27;s making more money than they are. Yeah. You know, oftentimes what&#x27;s interesting, oftentimes they are.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> When you think about the market going down, when the market&#x27;s going down, a lot of brokers can substantiate trades. And they can say, look, I&#x27;m just trying to save you money. I&#x27;m trying not to lose here and trying not to lose there. And remember, a broker gets paid on the way in and on the way out. So when you buy in, when you sell. Well, oftentimes when the market&#x27;s going up, you may say to your broker, yeah, don&#x27;t make that change. Everything&#x27;s going well. Why would I want to change anything? So that&#x27;s why you can see a lot more commissioning is happening sometimes when the market&#x27;s going down, when you&#x27;re actually losing money. Yeah. And that&#x27;s important for people to realize that, again, it goes back to you saying that people need a plan first and then have a strategy and then find the products that meet that. And then reevaluate, Kelly. How often should somebody reevaluate their financial plan? I think, you know, knowing that you have a financial plan in the first place is one of the most comfortable positions you can be in. In other words, you can say when a market tanks, like, you know, even like what we&#x27;ve had in the last few months, last few years,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> you can look at it and say, all right, I know where I am in accordance with where the market went. Instead of, oh, my gosh, I just read something in the paper that&#x27;s really scaring me. And then once you have that plan, I do think it needs to be reviewed. The closer you are to retirement, the more it should probably be annually. The further you are from retirement, it may be every two years or so. But you definitely need to, I guess, assess and reassess to make sure it&#x27;s still pertinent to where you are. Now, having a second opinion or having somebody else look over your financial plan now is a great way to expose those dirty little secrets a lot of times that are hidden inside portfolios. Absolutely. You know, and the thing that I would say, you want to get someone that, you know, has a legal, ethical, and moral responsibility to you as a client. And they&#x27;re not just trying to sell you a product. And then also, remember, when someone charges you a fee versus gets a commission, they&#x27;re actually working under a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> In other words, they have a legal liability to do the right thing, which if you think it sounds kind of counterintuitive when you think about it, someone has the legal responsibility. You would think that anybody that gets paid to give you advice in this industry would have a legal responsibility to do the right thing. But the fact is, they don&#x27;t. Only when they&#x27;re charging you a fee do they have to have a certain set of licenses that put them in the acting as a fiduciary for your benefit. So look for that. That&#x27;s very important. So, folks, get a true plan in place. And we&#x27;ll make that offer to you. For anyone listening right now who really wants to get educated on their financial situation, give us a call right now. The number is 800-661-7383. Get that true plan in order. Again, 800-661-7383. So let&#x27;s take that a step further because we&#x27;re in the information age and people can go and find information, but many times they get the wrong information because there&#x27;s so much information out there.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> Describe for the folks out there listening the difference between a true investment advisor, one that is registered with the state or federal government, versus a broker or someone who calls themselves, say, just a financial advisor. So a broker, if you think about it, just has to have a certain set of licenses where they know what kinds of financial products are out there, they understand them, and they can basically, quote-unquote, sell them. And I guess if you put them in that light, knowing that they&#x27;re going to make money when they sell a product, or worse, let&#x27;s say with an individual stock, they&#x27;re going to make money when they buy it for you and when they sell it for you, there&#x27;s an incentive to trade. So think of that as the broker side of things. When you have someone that is registered with the state, they have something, state or fed, and they have something called the Series 65 or the Series 66 license, what that means, they have a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> So it is actually a legal responsibility that is incorporated with their license, and they have CE credit requirements, so it&#x27;s continued education they have to do on an annual basis. To make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing, they&#x27;re subject to not only FINRA, but also FINRA, meaning the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as well as the SEC, the Securities and Exchange Commission, they&#x27;re subject to audits from both of those organizations to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing for their clients. Absolutely. Very, very important, Kelly. Without a doubt. Unfortunately, we see it more and more where people are just out to sell a product. Now, when we look at, let&#x27;s do an example, somebody, let&#x27;s say age 63, they&#x27;ve got all their assets in stocks, bonds, mutual funds from a broker they met maybe when they were in college, and they basically have had all their money there. And the broker&#x27;s done a decent job of helping them accumulate, even though the person has to wake up in the middle of the night sometimes and worry about what&#x27;s going to happen in the future, and they have no income plan in place.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> What would be beneficial for somebody in that age to do? Would it be beneficial to get a second opinion and get a true retirement and income plan in place? Yeah, I definitely think so. I think oftentimes when you look at a person&#x27;s plan from the accumulation side, just like you said, it&#x27;s a great example, by the way. If you think about someone on the accumulation side, what you find out is that they could be a very different investor, and the younger they are, the very different they should be than when they&#x27;re getting closer and closer to retirement. In other words, as you get closer to retirement, I&#x27;m not saying you need to take everything out and put it in bonds or put it in, let&#x27;s say, cash or CDs, but you need to think differently. And you need to change your investment and risk profile because you do need to take less risk. It may not even be that you&#x27;re eliminating stocks from your portfolio because you probably won&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You still need that growth. But you may think differently on what kinds of stocks you have, and you may think differently on what kind of overall portfolio allocation. Now, a lot of people look at their portfolio and say, and all they think about is the regular stocks, bonds, and cash they&#x27;ve had, you know, like they&#x27;ve had for years. The thing is, the portfolios of today have changed, and the more you get towards retirement, the more you want to be thinking about risk reduction. You want to be looking at things like standard deviation, which is risk. It&#x27;s a measure of risk, and we all remember the bell curve from college and how that – from that statistics class and how that bell curve can show the higher risk and potentially higher return. But also remember that when you take higher risk portfolios, you have a lot more volatility, which is exactly what you said. That&#x27;s the thing that keeps you up at night. So the more you can get to a smoother sailing portfolio, the more comfortable you&#x27;ll be.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> And believe it or not, most likely the higher the return you&#x27;ll make. If you can cut off some of those lows, cut off some of the down markets, you&#x27;ll find that your overall return will rise. And very, very important. So – and it&#x27;s not easy if somebody would like to do it themselves. It&#x27;s not easy to do these days with the millions and millions of pieces of information floating around the Internet. Kelly, how does someone distinguish truth from misconception? You know, Pete, I think the issue with the Internet, while it&#x27;s great on the outside, is that you&#x27;re absolutely right. It&#x27;s too much information. People have it at their fingertips, and they think that they know a lot more or can get a lot more information than they really can, because you still need the experience of someone that&#x27;s been in the industry for a number of years. Oftentimes, when we find that same scenario you just mentioned, where we have someone that&#x27;s worked with the same broker for the last 20 or 30 years,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> and then they come to us when they&#x27;re closer to retirement, what we find is that they&#x27;ve outgrown that person. They&#x27;ve outgrown that relationship, and they really need to think differently, because maybe that person, that relationship, isn&#x27;t the distribution specialist. They&#x27;re only an accumulation specialist. Or maybe they&#x27;re still using the old same stocks, bonds, and cashes years ago. And because things have changed, you need to have someone that, first of all, has the experience of the years to show or to understand what happens in a down market, but also the experience going into the future to be able to say, we&#x27;ve adapted some of these, what I call, alternative strategies. Strategies that are designed to give you return, but not take nearly as much risk. And that&#x27;s kind of the new wave advisor, if you will. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t adapted to that. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the biggest things that we see,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> is that you need to change your portfolio. You need to think differently as time goes on. Absolutely. And then a final question here, the final minute. What kind of investments are available out there that produce income for somebody who&#x27;s nearing retirement and needs that income for the rest of their life? Well, the traditional assets don&#x27;t work. As we&#x27;ve all seen, if you get into a CD, and this has been over the last few years, I mean, the rates are atrocious. If you think about getting a quarter percent or getting no return, I mean, look at what Treasuries did for a while, and look at what money markets pay, and look what CDs pay. And that&#x27;s not going to change anytime soon. And so from a fixed income standpoint, you have to be thinking alternative strategies. You know, some different alternative strategies. You can get into some institutional investments that actually give you a lot more opportunity to, I guess, cash in on some of the best performing bond type investments.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And, you know, and there are a lot of them out there, but most people can&#x27;t get to them on their own. They need to go through an advisor. And also some different real estate investments, some things that are fixed income oriented and a lot less volatile than the overall market. Right. And you can get that book, folks, on Amazon.com. Again, fire your broker. Kelly Campbell, thanks for your visit today on the Financial Safari. Thanks, Pete. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Look forward to it as well. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national and worldwide financial picture. But as I like to do each and every week, I like to get a professional out there, an author, somebody that&#x27;s well-known nationally amongst the financial advisor segment and also the public many times. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Kelly Campbell, author of the book Fire Your Broker, and Kelly&#x27;s in Alexandria, Virginia, joining us today. Kelly, welcome in. Great, thanks Pete. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great, Kelly. I hope you are. I&#x27;m doing very well. It&#x27;s a confusing world in the financial picture. It&#x27;s just a confusing world out there. And I wanted to maybe just talk to you about what motivated you to write this book and what kind of response you&#x27;ve got from the book. You know, Pete, I think the big issue that I saw over the last, I&#x27;ve been doing this for 20 years, and I think what really got me enraged about the market and enraged about what kind of advice people were getting</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> was that they weren&#x27;t doing financial plans and they weren&#x27;t getting the right advice. I think brokers were viewing their clients as numbers and not as clients. And I think the only way to get the real advice, to get the real, I guess, information you need to be able to make good, qualified financial decisions is to be viewed from your whole personal financial situation. And, you know, when someone&#x27;s a broker and they&#x27;re just selling you a product, they don&#x27;t know anything about you. And there&#x27;s no responsibility, no liability associated with that. And that&#x27;s why I wrote that book, because I wanted people to understand that, you know, it&#x27;s about having the right person, not just about, you know, having a broker that says he can do this or he can do that from a return standpoint. And I think people are getting a little bit more wise on that now because there&#x27;s been recent surveys out that say over 80% of investors with over a million dollars in assets plan to move from one broker to another.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Oh, absolutely. You know, and we&#x27;ve seen it. We&#x27;ve absolutely seen it. I mean, you know, not only do we set up a financial plan for every client, but then we also want to make sure that we set up, we have an investment strategy. You know, and this is what an advisor should have. And this is what it says in my book is that whoever you&#x27;re working with should have some kind of strategy for whichever way the market can go. In other words, we know the market can go down. We know it can go up or it can stay flat. Well, there needs to be a strategy for each of those scenarios. But I tell you, you start talking to some of these brokers, they don&#x27;t know. They don&#x27;t have a strategy. They&#x27;re just flying by the seat of their pants, which is unfortunate. Yeah, and there are a lot out there pushing products, not designing strategies, correct? Oh, absolutely. Yeah, without a doubt. You think about it, somebody gets a commission. You know, they&#x27;re working off commission so that, you know, they can sell your product.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> The more product they sell, you know, the better they do, the better the paycheck, whether it&#x27;s the right product or not. And believe me, I&#x27;m not saying that everybody&#x27;s, you know, the worst person in the world because there are some brokers out there that have done an incredible job for their clients. They care. They have empathy for their clients. You know, but even my book is not about really firing somebody. It&#x27;s about knowing what to look for in that person that you&#x27;re working with so that you can say if you do have that right broker, you can say, I got the right guy or I got the right gal. They&#x27;re doing a good job for me. Or maybe you don&#x27;t. You can find that out, too. It&#x27;s just so important to know that. And you and I are in the money world. We have risk and safety. We design the plans for the person. But what you&#x27;ve seen lately, as well as me, is a lot of people come into your office confused and wondering if the broker&#x27;s making more money than they are. Yeah. You know, oftentimes what&#x27;s interesting, oftentimes they are.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> When you think about the market going down, when the market&#x27;s going down, a lot of brokers can substantiate trades. And they can say, look, I&#x27;m just trying to save you money. I&#x27;m trying not to lose here and trying not to lose there. And remember, a broker gets paid on the way in and on the way out. So when you buy in, when you sell. Well, oftentimes when the market&#x27;s going up, you may say to your broker, yeah, don&#x27;t make that change. Everything&#x27;s going well. Why would I want to change anything? So that&#x27;s why you can see a lot more commissioning is happening sometimes when the market&#x27;s going down, when you&#x27;re actually losing money. Yeah. And that&#x27;s important for people to realize that, again, it goes back to you saying that people need a plan first and then have a strategy and then find the products that meet that. And then reevaluate, Kelly. How often should somebody reevaluate their financial plan? I think, you know, knowing that you have a financial plan in the first place is one of the most comfortable positions you can be in. In other words, you can say when a market tanks, like, you know, even like what we&#x27;ve had in the last few months, last few years,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> you can look at it and say, all right, I know where I am in accordance with where the market went. Instead of, oh, my gosh, I just read something in the paper that&#x27;s really scaring me. And then once you have that plan, I do think it needs to be reviewed. The closer you are to retirement, the more it should probably be annually. The further you are from retirement, it may be every two years or so. But you definitely need to, I guess, assess and reassess to make sure it&#x27;s still pertinent to where you are. Now, having a second opinion or having somebody else look over your financial plan now is a great way to expose those dirty little secrets a lot of times that are hidden inside portfolios. Absolutely. You know, and the thing that I would say, you want to get someone that, you know, has a legal, ethical, and moral responsibility to you as a client. And they&#x27;re not just trying to sell you a product. And then also, remember, when someone charges you a fee versus gets a commission, they&#x27;re actually working under a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> In other words, they have a legal liability to do the right thing, which if you think it sounds kind of counterintuitive when you think about it, someone has the legal responsibility. You would think that anybody that gets paid to give you advice in this industry would have a legal responsibility to do the right thing. But the fact is, they don&#x27;t. Only when they&#x27;re charging you a fee do they have to have a certain set of licenses that put them in the acting as a fiduciary for your benefit. So look for that. That&#x27;s very important. So, folks, get a true plan in place. And we&#x27;ll make that offer to you. For anyone listening right now who really wants to get educated on their financial situation, give us a call right now. The number is 800-661-7383. Get that true plan in order. Again, 800-661-7383. So let&#x27;s take that a step further because we&#x27;re in the information age and people can go and find information, but many times they get the wrong information because there&#x27;s so much information out there.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> Describe for the folks out there listening the difference between a true investment advisor, one that is registered with the state or federal government, versus a broker or someone who calls themselves, say, just a financial advisor. So a broker, if you think about it, just has to have a certain set of licenses where they know what kinds of financial products are out there, they understand them, and they can basically, quote-unquote, sell them. And I guess if you put them in that light, knowing that they&#x27;re going to make money when they sell a product, or worse, let&#x27;s say with an individual stock, they&#x27;re going to make money when they buy it for you and when they sell it for you, there&#x27;s an incentive to trade. So think of that as the broker side of things. When you have someone that is registered with the state, they have something, state or fed, and they have something called the Series 65 or the Series 66 license, what that means, they have a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> So it is actually a legal responsibility that is incorporated with their license, and they have CE credit requirements, so it&#x27;s continued education they have to do on an annual basis. To make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing, they&#x27;re subject to not only FINRA, but also FINRA, meaning the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as well as the SEC, the Securities and Exchange Commission, they&#x27;re subject to audits from both of those organizations to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing for their clients. Absolutely. Very, very important, Kelly. Without a doubt. Unfortunately, we see it more and more where people are just out to sell a product. Now, when we look at, let&#x27;s do an example, somebody, let&#x27;s say age 63, they&#x27;ve got all their assets in stocks, bonds, mutual funds from a broker they met maybe when they were in college, and they basically have had all their money there. And the broker&#x27;s done a decent job of helping them accumulate, even though the person has to wake up in the middle of the night sometimes and worry about what&#x27;s going to happen in the future, and they have no income plan in place.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> What would be beneficial for somebody in that age to do? Would it be beneficial to get a second opinion and get a true retirement and income plan in place? Yeah, I definitely think so. I think oftentimes when you look at a person&#x27;s plan from the accumulation side, just like you said, it&#x27;s a great example, by the way. If you think about someone on the accumulation side, what you find out is that they could be a very different investor, and the younger they are, the very different they should be than when they&#x27;re getting closer and closer to retirement. In other words, as you get closer to retirement, I&#x27;m not saying you need to take everything out and put it in bonds or put it in, let&#x27;s say, cash or CDs, but you need to think differently. And you need to change your investment and risk profile because you do need to take less risk. It may not even be that you&#x27;re eliminating stocks from your portfolio because you probably won&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You still need that growth. But you may think differently on what kinds of stocks you have, and you may think differently on what kind of overall portfolio allocation. Now, a lot of people look at their portfolio and say, and all they think about is the regular stocks, bonds, and cash they&#x27;ve had, you know, like they&#x27;ve had for years. The thing is, the portfolios of today have changed, and the more you get towards retirement, the more you want to be thinking about risk reduction. You want to be looking at things like standard deviation, which is risk. It&#x27;s a measure of risk, and we all remember the bell curve from college and how that – from that statistics class and how that bell curve can show the higher risk and potentially higher return. But also remember that when you take higher risk portfolios, you have a lot more volatility, which is exactly what you said. That&#x27;s the thing that keeps you up at night. So the more you can get to a smoother sailing portfolio, the more comfortable you&#x27;ll be.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> And believe it or not, most likely the higher the return you&#x27;ll make. If you can cut off some of those lows, cut off some of the down markets, you&#x27;ll find that your overall return will rise. And very, very important. So – and it&#x27;s not easy if somebody would like to do it themselves. It&#x27;s not easy to do these days with the millions and millions of pieces of information floating around the Internet. Kelly, how does someone distinguish truth from misconception? You know, Pete, I think the issue with the Internet, while it&#x27;s great on the outside, is that you&#x27;re absolutely right. It&#x27;s too much information. People have it at their fingertips, and they think that they know a lot more or can get a lot more information than they really can, because you still need the experience of someone that&#x27;s been in the industry for a number of years. Oftentimes, when we find that same scenario you just mentioned, where we have someone that&#x27;s worked with the same broker for the last 20 or 30 years,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> and then they come to us when they&#x27;re closer to retirement, what we find is that they&#x27;ve outgrown that person. They&#x27;ve outgrown that relationship, and they really need to think differently, because maybe that person, that relationship, isn&#x27;t the distribution specialist. They&#x27;re only an accumulation specialist. Or maybe they&#x27;re still using the old same stocks, bonds, and cashes years ago. And because things have changed, you need to have someone that, first of all, has the experience of the years to show or to understand what happens in a down market, but also the experience going into the future to be able to say, we&#x27;ve adapted some of these, what I call, alternative strategies. Strategies that are designed to give you return, but not take nearly as much risk. And that&#x27;s kind of the new wave advisor, if you will. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t adapted to that. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the biggest things that we see,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> is that you need to change your portfolio. You need to think differently as time goes on. Absolutely. And then a final question here, the final minute. What kind of investments are available out there that produce income for somebody who&#x27;s nearing retirement and needs that income for the rest of their life? Well, the traditional assets don&#x27;t work. As we&#x27;ve all seen, if you get into a CD, and this has been over the last few years, I mean, the rates are atrocious. If you think about getting a quarter percent or getting no return, I mean, look at what Treasuries did for a while, and look at what money markets pay, and look what CDs pay. And that&#x27;s not going to change anytime soon. And so from a fixed income standpoint, you have to be thinking alternative strategies. You know, some different alternative strategies. You can get into some institutional investments that actually give you a lot more opportunity to, I guess, cash in on some of the best performing bond type investments.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And, you know, and there are a lot of them out there, but most people can&#x27;t get to them on their own. They need to go through an advisor. And also some different real estate investments, some things that are fixed income oriented and a lot less volatile than the overall market. Right. And you can get that book, folks, on Amazon.com. Again, fire your broker. Kelly Campbell, thanks for your visit today on the Financial Safari. Thanks, Pete. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Look forward to it as well. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kelly Campbell</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kelly Campbell, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/image.jpg?t=1792073072&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-campbell-fire-your-broker/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/image.jpg?t=1792073072&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>715</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11472123" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-campbell-fire-your-broker</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>185</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Fire Your Broker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Randy Hammon: The Safe Money System</title>
      <itunes:title>Randy Hammon: The Safe Money System</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside the national financial world, trying to bring it more to a local level. But as we do every single week, we get a national presence on. And this week, we&#x27;ve been lucky enough to arrange Randy Hammond come in. And Randy is a former Major League Baseball player, and he&#x27;s also founder of My Retirement Coach Incorporated. And he&#x27;s written a book, The Safe Money System. And that&#x27;s very, very important these days. Randy, thanks for taking your time to come on to Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah. So what enticed you, Randy, to write this book? Because, I mean, nowadays it&#x27;s very revelant. But what got you thinking about writing a book? Well, you know, I started out after my baseball career. I played 11 years. I was going to college and doing the things we all do in our 20s. So when I got out of baseball, I was 28 years old, didn&#x27;t know what I wanted to do.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And my first job was as a stockbroker for a company called Kidder Peabody, which was one of the old line Wall Street firms. They subsequently, their defunct, were bought out by GE and whatnot. So I did that for about three years. And to be honest with you, I was very successful at it. But I got to a place where I just got tired of being a bookie. And I hate to put it that way because I know there&#x27;s a lot of guys out there that earnestly don&#x27;t try to lose people money and try to do the best thing. But the bottom line is I found my experience as a Wall Street stockbroker in the retail business was I&#x27;m a bookie. And I got tired of doing it. Well, when people go to Vegas, some people win when they get there. And some people, you know, leave with some winnings. But what happens in Vegas a lot of times is people may win one hand but then lose the next.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement money, Randy, they really can&#x27;t afford to lose at all, can they? Well, I differentiate when I&#x27;m doing financial advisory. This is my 32nd year. And since 1984, I have been doing nothing but fixed annuities and fixed index annuities and life insurance strategies, again, using cash value strategies that are guaranteed. And I&#x27;ve been very fortunate. I&#x27;ve invested over $130 million of people&#x27;s money personally, not an agency but myself, over those years. And I&#x27;ve never lost a dime utilizing the concepts in the safe money strategy. You either have money that you can afford to lose or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. If you have money you can afford to lose and you need the action, then I&#x27;ll be more than glad to point you towards a website that will give you the over and unders and the 200-day moving averages, if you will.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, but in these days, though, I mean, back in the day, that&#x27;s called technical analysis. And people would use fundamental analysis also looking at companies and almost being able to predict what the company would do. But these days, those rules are out the window, aren&#x27;t they, Randy? Well, what&#x27;s interesting, Pete, is that when you look at what happened over the last 10 years, we&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the stock market, too. We had the 2000 to 2002 after 9-11. And, of course, we had the 07-08 meltdown. What&#x27;s interesting to me is how can so many smart people be so wrong? How can the people that are telling us how to invest our money, 75% of them were wiped out like Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers, and the rest of them wouldn&#x27;t have survived unless our taxpayers gave them the money? So my attitude always is that these guys are so smart with their charts and graphs.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> How can 50% stock market collapses occur? Well, and you just said the magic word. We&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the last 10 years, yet people have financial amnesia, I call it. They don&#x27;t remember that anymore, yet they pile their money right back into Wall Street, Randy. They haven&#x27;t learned from their mistakes. What&#x27;s interesting is guys like us who are safe money people, we understand the fuzzy math, I call it, of Wall Street. Wall Street is always dealing in points and dollars. They don&#x27;t like to talk about percentages. But the truth is, when you&#x27;re talking about percentages, anybody can get a future value calculator out and say, if I have $100,000 and it goes to 50, and I have a 50% gain, you&#x27;re only back to $75,000. You&#x27;re still down 25%.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> They don&#x27;t realize that you need a 100% gain to make up a 50% loss. And that&#x27;s happened twice in the last 10 years. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s a good place for people, I can&#x27;t afford to lose money. Well, I haven&#x27;t talked to many people who have recovered from the first crash, much less the second crash. And Albert Einstein once said the definition of insanity is doing the same thing and expecting different results. Randy, we&#x27;ve got it pretty laid out here. For people that don&#x27;t want to lose money, they shouldn&#x27;t put the money at risk. No, you&#x27;ve got to sit down right now and get real familiar. The public needs to get familiar. I think they know the deal with Wall Street. I mean, my God, all you have to do is be breathing air right now and watching television and reading a paper, and you realize that it&#x27;s one fraudulent misrepresentation after the other.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And the American public and their 401ks is absolutely in harm&#x27;s way. And they were intended to be in harm&#x27;s way. Because prior to 1983, you had core retirement plans. And then since 1983, more and more and more companies don&#x27;t have core retirement plans. And everything is on the back of the American worker to protect themselves. What are their options from their custodians and their 401k? It&#x27;s all risk. Congress and the Department of Labor, in conjunction with Wall Street, made this just absolute beautiful situation for Wall Street, because they don&#x27;t allow annuities, fixed annuities, nor do they allow CDs, anything with a back-end surrender charge, to be in that menu.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And that&#x27;s criminal. And I try to tell my clients and the people I talk to with shows like this, which I&#x27;m very grateful to be on, get out of the casino, because the house always wins, whether you do or not. And, folks, we are talking to Randy Hammond. He&#x27;s author of The Safe Money System, and the subtitle is Uncommon Wisdom to Secure Your Retirement Without Wall Street Risks. And you said, I guess Wall Street says, well, they justify people not getting into CDs or the annuities where they can&#x27;t lose, because they say the money&#x27;s not liquid. But, Randy, how liquid is your money if you put, let&#x27;s say you put $100 at Wall Street and you lose 50% of it, so now you&#x27;re down to 50? How liquid is that $100 now? Oh, you can get that 50 back anytime you want, right? But where&#x27;s the other 50? There you go.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> They&#x27;re still asking those questions. I mean, if you look at what&#x27;s been going on recently in the stock market, there&#x27;s a lot of people asking questions with companies like B of A and some of these banks as to exactly what they&#x27;re worth. Nobody knows what they&#x27;re worth. Well, they know what they&#x27;re worth. And anybody can get a calculator out and figure out that whatever these companies, these big financial service companies that are holding these mortgage-backed securities, whatever they bought them for in 2005 to 2007, you can just deduct 40%, 50% right off, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re really worth. But yet the government allows them to keep the pricing of those portfolios that are only worth 40 to 50 cents on the dollar on the books to the detriment of the American public whose tax dollars bail them out.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> And what&#x27;s going on out there in the foreclosure market? What&#x27;s going on? We don&#x27;t know what our properties are worth. We don&#x27;t know anything right now because it&#x27;s just one Band-Aid and one thumb in the dike after the next. And I&#x27;m telling my people, get out of harm&#x27;s way because there has to be a correction in the market and there has to be a correction in the real estate market because there&#x27;s too much inventory and the valuation of it&#x27;s too unknown. And that being the case, why are you going to be at risk with the products we have from insurance companies that for over 100 years have never lost a dime of guaranteed fixed principal? I&#x27;ve never seen it. I&#x27;ve challenged brokers. I&#x27;ve challenged Wall Street to tell me whoever lost a dime of their original principal in a fixed annuity or fixed index annuity.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> They can&#x27;t come up with it. Well, some of the guys out there, when you ask them the question, they must have always won the gold medal in the art of dodgeball in middle school because they can dodge those questions with the best of them. Well, the problem is that the Wall Street, I call it the Wall Street misinformation engine. And again, I&#x27;m they. I mean, I, you know, like you and a lot of us in this business started out as stockbrokers. And I sure as heck at 28 didn&#x27;t start out to be a dispatcher of misinformation. But as I came to come to realize over time is that I was given people information that I didn&#x27;t understand, couldn&#x27;t verify, and was basically told that you&#x27;re a salesperson. End of story.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> You don&#x27;t create the products. You don&#x27;t underwrite the products. You sell the products. And we&#x27;re telling you what we&#x27;d like to see you sell. As I started selling more annuities and whatnot, I&#x27;m telling you, the managers and the people, the powers that be, and I was one of the top brokers in our office in Newport Beach, which is a big financial center here in Southern California. They used to come to me and say, you know, why are you doing annuities and life insurance? And the reason why they didn&#x27;t want me doing it, and the reason Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want your money to leave the mutual fund custodians is because they&#x27;re making fees on your money 1% to 2% a year, whether you are or not. And if you leave that and go to a fixed annuity or a fixed index annuity, you&#x27;re paying your commissions up front. But that commission&#x27;s not coming out of the principal.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> The insurance company is paying that. There&#x27;s no fees along the way. There&#x27;s no management fees along the way. So when you sit down and I look at my client statements, my clients are making about 60% of what the stock market does, none of the losses, their gains and future values are locked in, and they&#x27;ve been averaging 6% to 8% a year for the last 15 years. That&#x27;s a pretty good gig. So in effect, could it be said that you&#x27;re winning by not losing? You know, everybody always quotes what Will Rogers quote, that it&#x27;s really not the return on my money that I&#x27;m concerned about as much as the return of my money. I think a lot of Bernie Madoff&#x27;s clients probably feel the same way as that. And yet here&#x27;s a guy that Wall Street touted as one of the top guys with NASDAQ,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and there&#x27;s a lot of billions of dollars of people&#x27;s money that went to that. And again, I tell people, don&#x27;t write a check to an agent. You don&#x27;t write it to Coach Pete Securities, Randy Hammond Securities. You write it to a major bank or a major insurance company, because that&#x27;s the only way you have control of your financial future. You have to ask the questions. Is it safe? Is my money safe? Why is it safe? What&#x27;s the history of making it safe? My book answers a lot of that, The Safe Money System, and I&#x27;m constantly striving to educate people and make them financially aware that they don&#x27;t have to be at risk to get to a secure financial future. Yeah, when you ask the planner if the money&#x27;s safe, you need to not get a verbal answer,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> but you need an answer in writing, Randy. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, absolutely in writing. And also ask him if he&#x27;s got his mom&#x27;s money or his own money in the deal. Yep, yep. I promise you I have my mom&#x27;s money, my wife Crystal, and my money, my friend&#x27;s money in anything that I recommend. My money or my family&#x27;s money is in it. I believe in it. I&#x27;m going to the bank with it. I have had the best three years of my career during this depression, and this year looks even better. And my clients are not calling me when the stock markets are collapsing. They know I like to play golf and do other things. I want to hold you on for another minute here. I want to talk about, again, this is the Safe Money System. Your book is titled. And in there, there are a couple of interesting chapters I really wanted to talk about.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Number one is money and the pursuit of happiness. And let&#x27;s tie that in with the four pillars of a worry-free financial plan. Well, I wrote a chapter, the money and the pursuit of happiness, because I have a foundational belief that you cannot enjoy this life if you&#x27;re stressed out about your money, your health, or your relationships. I think that I always tell people that our life is a beautiful marble slab, but it&#x27;s only supported by three legs. And if one of those legs, and those legs are your finances, your health, and your relationships, both with God and with each other, if any of those relationships get jacked up, I call it, and that table goes over, that marble cracks.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So what I tell people is that if you&#x27;re going to be safe with your money, you&#x27;ll make your relationships better, and it&#x27;ll make your health better, because you won&#x27;t be stressed out, worried about it, and always sitting there going, I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m safe. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m going to have enough money to retire. And what I tell my people is that the wisdom that I derive for this book is biblical wisdom that came from Solomon, the old king of Israel, who was by far the richest man. He was a Bill Gates of his time, if you will. But he said something a long time ago that really struck me true, many years ago, and I still believe it. He says that if most people will spend up to the level of what they make, well, that being the case, and it&#x27;s true today,</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> that being the case, you had better be saving before you get to the spending, or you&#x27;re never going to be able to retire. And when you save before you spend, you had better have it someplace where you don&#x27;t lose money. I mean, you can sit down there and look at making 3% or 4% over the last 20 years. If you&#x27;ve made 4% on your money the last 20 years and didn&#x27;t lose a dime, you&#x27;d be ahead of what Wall Street&#x27;s given you. It&#x27;s just a mathematical certainty. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. So, Randy, Safe Money System, where can somebody get a hold of the book? It&#x27;s on Amazon.com. They can go there. They can order it. They can go to my website and download the book for free if they&#x27;d like to for their Kindle or their reader. The website is thesafemoneysystem.com.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> And if they have any questions for me or they&#x27;d like to talk about what&#x27;s going on, they can always email me at randyatthesafemoneysystem.com. And, folks, if you forget that, give us a call at 800-661-7383. I believe in what Randy&#x27;s saying. Randy&#x27;s a straight-up fellow, and he believes what he&#x27;s talking about. Again, he said he&#x27;s had over $125 million of money. He&#x27;s put his clients in places where they haven&#x27;t lost a penny. Randy, you should be commended for that, my friend. Well, thank you very much, and you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing because this message needs to get out there by guys like us for people who have money that they can&#x27;t afford to lose to get the hell out of the casino before the fire exits get locked. I agree. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> And, Randy, thanks for your time. Thank you so much for having me. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside the national financial world, trying to bring it more to a local level. But as we do every single week, we get a national presence on. And this week, we&#x27;ve been lucky enough to arrange Randy Hammond come in. And Randy is a former Major League Baseball player, and he&#x27;s also founder of My Retirement Coach Incorporated. And he&#x27;s written a book, The Safe Money System. And that&#x27;s very, very important these days. Randy, thanks for taking your time to come on to Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah. So what enticed you, Randy, to write this book? Because, I mean, nowadays it&#x27;s very revelant. But what got you thinking about writing a book? Well, you know, I started out after my baseball career. I played 11 years. I was going to college and doing the things we all do in our 20s. So when I got out of baseball, I was 28 years old, didn&#x27;t know what I wanted to do.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And my first job was as a stockbroker for a company called Kidder Peabody, which was one of the old line Wall Street firms. They subsequently, their defunct, were bought out by GE and whatnot. So I did that for about three years. And to be honest with you, I was very successful at it. But I got to a place where I just got tired of being a bookie. And I hate to put it that way because I know there&#x27;s a lot of guys out there that earnestly don&#x27;t try to lose people money and try to do the best thing. But the bottom line is I found my experience as a Wall Street stockbroker in the retail business was I&#x27;m a bookie. And I got tired of doing it. Well, when people go to Vegas, some people win when they get there. And some people, you know, leave with some winnings. But what happens in Vegas a lot of times is people may win one hand but then lose the next.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement money, Randy, they really can&#x27;t afford to lose at all, can they? Well, I differentiate when I&#x27;m doing financial advisory. This is my 32nd year. And since 1984, I have been doing nothing but fixed annuities and fixed index annuities and life insurance strategies, again, using cash value strategies that are guaranteed. And I&#x27;ve been very fortunate. I&#x27;ve invested over $130 million of people&#x27;s money personally, not an agency but myself, over those years. And I&#x27;ve never lost a dime utilizing the concepts in the safe money strategy. You either have money that you can afford to lose or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. If you have money you can afford to lose and you need the action, then I&#x27;ll be more than glad to point you towards a website that will give you the over and unders and the 200-day moving averages, if you will.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, but in these days, though, I mean, back in the day, that&#x27;s called technical analysis. And people would use fundamental analysis also looking at companies and almost being able to predict what the company would do. But these days, those rules are out the window, aren&#x27;t they, Randy? Well, what&#x27;s interesting, Pete, is that when you look at what happened over the last 10 years, we&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the stock market, too. We had the 2000 to 2002 after 9-11. And, of course, we had the 07-08 meltdown. What&#x27;s interesting to me is how can so many smart people be so wrong? How can the people that are telling us how to invest our money, 75% of them were wiped out like Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers, and the rest of them wouldn&#x27;t have survived unless our taxpayers gave them the money? So my attitude always is that these guys are so smart with their charts and graphs.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> How can 50% stock market collapses occur? Well, and you just said the magic word. We&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the last 10 years, yet people have financial amnesia, I call it. They don&#x27;t remember that anymore, yet they pile their money right back into Wall Street, Randy. They haven&#x27;t learned from their mistakes. What&#x27;s interesting is guys like us who are safe money people, we understand the fuzzy math, I call it, of Wall Street. Wall Street is always dealing in points and dollars. They don&#x27;t like to talk about percentages. But the truth is, when you&#x27;re talking about percentages, anybody can get a future value calculator out and say, if I have $100,000 and it goes to 50, and I have a 50% gain, you&#x27;re only back to $75,000. You&#x27;re still down 25%.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> They don&#x27;t realize that you need a 100% gain to make up a 50% loss. And that&#x27;s happened twice in the last 10 years. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s a good place for people, I can&#x27;t afford to lose money. Well, I haven&#x27;t talked to many people who have recovered from the first crash, much less the second crash. And Albert Einstein once said the definition of insanity is doing the same thing and expecting different results. Randy, we&#x27;ve got it pretty laid out here. For people that don&#x27;t want to lose money, they shouldn&#x27;t put the money at risk. No, you&#x27;ve got to sit down right now and get real familiar. The public needs to get familiar. I think they know the deal with Wall Street. I mean, my God, all you have to do is be breathing air right now and watching television and reading a paper, and you realize that it&#x27;s one fraudulent misrepresentation after the other.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And the American public and their 401ks is absolutely in harm&#x27;s way. And they were intended to be in harm&#x27;s way. Because prior to 1983, you had core retirement plans. And then since 1983, more and more and more companies don&#x27;t have core retirement plans. And everything is on the back of the American worker to protect themselves. What are their options from their custodians and their 401k? It&#x27;s all risk. Congress and the Department of Labor, in conjunction with Wall Street, made this just absolute beautiful situation for Wall Street, because they don&#x27;t allow annuities, fixed annuities, nor do they allow CDs, anything with a back-end surrender charge, to be in that menu.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And that&#x27;s criminal. And I try to tell my clients and the people I talk to with shows like this, which I&#x27;m very grateful to be on, get out of the casino, because the house always wins, whether you do or not. And, folks, we are talking to Randy Hammond. He&#x27;s author of The Safe Money System, and the subtitle is Uncommon Wisdom to Secure Your Retirement Without Wall Street Risks. And you said, I guess Wall Street says, well, they justify people not getting into CDs or the annuities where they can&#x27;t lose, because they say the money&#x27;s not liquid. But, Randy, how liquid is your money if you put, let&#x27;s say you put $100 at Wall Street and you lose 50% of it, so now you&#x27;re down to 50? How liquid is that $100 now? Oh, you can get that 50 back anytime you want, right? But where&#x27;s the other 50? There you go.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> They&#x27;re still asking those questions. I mean, if you look at what&#x27;s been going on recently in the stock market, there&#x27;s a lot of people asking questions with companies like B of A and some of these banks as to exactly what they&#x27;re worth. Nobody knows what they&#x27;re worth. Well, they know what they&#x27;re worth. And anybody can get a calculator out and figure out that whatever these companies, these big financial service companies that are holding these mortgage-backed securities, whatever they bought them for in 2005 to 2007, you can just deduct 40%, 50% right off, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re really worth. But yet the government allows them to keep the pricing of those portfolios that are only worth 40 to 50 cents on the dollar on the books to the detriment of the American public whose tax dollars bail them out.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> And what&#x27;s going on out there in the foreclosure market? What&#x27;s going on? We don&#x27;t know what our properties are worth. We don&#x27;t know anything right now because it&#x27;s just one Band-Aid and one thumb in the dike after the next. And I&#x27;m telling my people, get out of harm&#x27;s way because there has to be a correction in the market and there has to be a correction in the real estate market because there&#x27;s too much inventory and the valuation of it&#x27;s too unknown. And that being the case, why are you going to be at risk with the products we have from insurance companies that for over 100 years have never lost a dime of guaranteed fixed principal? I&#x27;ve never seen it. I&#x27;ve challenged brokers. I&#x27;ve challenged Wall Street to tell me whoever lost a dime of their original principal in a fixed annuity or fixed index annuity.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> They can&#x27;t come up with it. Well, some of the guys out there, when you ask them the question, they must have always won the gold medal in the art of dodgeball in middle school because they can dodge those questions with the best of them. Well, the problem is that the Wall Street, I call it the Wall Street misinformation engine. And again, I&#x27;m they. I mean, I, you know, like you and a lot of us in this business started out as stockbrokers. And I sure as heck at 28 didn&#x27;t start out to be a dispatcher of misinformation. But as I came to come to realize over time is that I was given people information that I didn&#x27;t understand, couldn&#x27;t verify, and was basically told that you&#x27;re a salesperson. End of story.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> You don&#x27;t create the products. You don&#x27;t underwrite the products. You sell the products. And we&#x27;re telling you what we&#x27;d like to see you sell. As I started selling more annuities and whatnot, I&#x27;m telling you, the managers and the people, the powers that be, and I was one of the top brokers in our office in Newport Beach, which is a big financial center here in Southern California. They used to come to me and say, you know, why are you doing annuities and life insurance? And the reason why they didn&#x27;t want me doing it, and the reason Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want your money to leave the mutual fund custodians is because they&#x27;re making fees on your money 1% to 2% a year, whether you are or not. And if you leave that and go to a fixed annuity or a fixed index annuity, you&#x27;re paying your commissions up front. But that commission&#x27;s not coming out of the principal.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> The insurance company is paying that. There&#x27;s no fees along the way. There&#x27;s no management fees along the way. So when you sit down and I look at my client statements, my clients are making about 60% of what the stock market does, none of the losses, their gains and future values are locked in, and they&#x27;ve been averaging 6% to 8% a year for the last 15 years. That&#x27;s a pretty good gig. So in effect, could it be said that you&#x27;re winning by not losing? You know, everybody always quotes what Will Rogers quote, that it&#x27;s really not the return on my money that I&#x27;m concerned about as much as the return of my money. I think a lot of Bernie Madoff&#x27;s clients probably feel the same way as that. And yet here&#x27;s a guy that Wall Street touted as one of the top guys with NASDAQ,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and there&#x27;s a lot of billions of dollars of people&#x27;s money that went to that. And again, I tell people, don&#x27;t write a check to an agent. You don&#x27;t write it to Coach Pete Securities, Randy Hammond Securities. You write it to a major bank or a major insurance company, because that&#x27;s the only way you have control of your financial future. You have to ask the questions. Is it safe? Is my money safe? Why is it safe? What&#x27;s the history of making it safe? My book answers a lot of that, The Safe Money System, and I&#x27;m constantly striving to educate people and make them financially aware that they don&#x27;t have to be at risk to get to a secure financial future. Yeah, when you ask the planner if the money&#x27;s safe, you need to not get a verbal answer,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> but you need an answer in writing, Randy. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, absolutely in writing. And also ask him if he&#x27;s got his mom&#x27;s money or his own money in the deal. Yep, yep. I promise you I have my mom&#x27;s money, my wife Crystal, and my money, my friend&#x27;s money in anything that I recommend. My money or my family&#x27;s money is in it. I believe in it. I&#x27;m going to the bank with it. I have had the best three years of my career during this depression, and this year looks even better. And my clients are not calling me when the stock markets are collapsing. They know I like to play golf and do other things. I want to hold you on for another minute here. I want to talk about, again, this is the Safe Money System. Your book is titled. And in there, there are a couple of interesting chapters I really wanted to talk about.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Number one is money and the pursuit of happiness. And let&#x27;s tie that in with the four pillars of a worry-free financial plan. Well, I wrote a chapter, the money and the pursuit of happiness, because I have a foundational belief that you cannot enjoy this life if you&#x27;re stressed out about your money, your health, or your relationships. I think that I always tell people that our life is a beautiful marble slab, but it&#x27;s only supported by three legs. And if one of those legs, and those legs are your finances, your health, and your relationships, both with God and with each other, if any of those relationships get jacked up, I call it, and that table goes over, that marble cracks.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So what I tell people is that if you&#x27;re going to be safe with your money, you&#x27;ll make your relationships better, and it&#x27;ll make your health better, because you won&#x27;t be stressed out, worried about it, and always sitting there going, I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m safe. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m going to have enough money to retire. And what I tell my people is that the wisdom that I derive for this book is biblical wisdom that came from Solomon, the old king of Israel, who was by far the richest man. He was a Bill Gates of his time, if you will. But he said something a long time ago that really struck me true, many years ago, and I still believe it. He says that if most people will spend up to the level of what they make, well, that being the case, and it&#x27;s true today,</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> that being the case, you had better be saving before you get to the spending, or you&#x27;re never going to be able to retire. And when you save before you spend, you had better have it someplace where you don&#x27;t lose money. I mean, you can sit down there and look at making 3% or 4% over the last 20 years. If you&#x27;ve made 4% on your money the last 20 years and didn&#x27;t lose a dime, you&#x27;d be ahead of what Wall Street&#x27;s given you. It&#x27;s just a mathematical certainty. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. So, Randy, Safe Money System, where can somebody get a hold of the book? It&#x27;s on Amazon.com. They can go there. They can order it. They can go to my website and download the book for free if they&#x27;d like to for their Kindle or their reader. The website is thesafemoneysystem.com.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> And if they have any questions for me or they&#x27;d like to talk about what&#x27;s going on, they can always email me at randyatthesafemoneysystem.com. And, folks, if you forget that, give us a call at 800-661-7383. I believe in what Randy&#x27;s saying. Randy&#x27;s a straight-up fellow, and he believes what he&#x27;s talking about. Again, he said he&#x27;s had over $125 million of money. He&#x27;s put his clients in places where they haven&#x27;t lost a penny. Randy, you should be commended for that, my friend. Well, thank you very much, and you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing because this message needs to get out there by guys like us for people who have money that they can&#x27;t afford to lose to get the hell out of the casino before the fire exits get locked. I agree. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> And, Randy, thanks for your time. Thank you so much for having me. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Randy Hammon</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Randy Hammon, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/image.jpg?t=1792073095&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-hammon-the-safe-money-system/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/image.jpg?t=1792073095&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>905</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14509251" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-hammon-the-safe-money-system</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>186</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Safe Money System" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:52" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burton Malkiel: A Random Walk Down Wall Street</title>
      <itunes:title>Burton Malkiel: A Random Walk Down Wall Street</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest, the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, which first came out over 30 years ago and its relevance is still on point today. We&#x27;ve got Burton Malkiel. Burton, welcome into the show. Thank you. Nice to be here. Now, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days in the money world, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is, and it&#x27;s exactly in these crazy times that I think people generally tend to make their biggest mistakes. And what kind of mistakes do people make, Burton? Well, what we know happens time and time again is that when people get nervous, when the headlines talk about doom and gloom, people tend to sell their stocks. They tend to redeem their equity mutual funds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And time after time, this is the wrong thing to do. We just have – it&#x27;s the clearest data that we&#x27;ve got that people tend to buy at the top when everyone&#x27;s optimistic and they sell at the bottom when everyone&#x27;s pessimistic. And it really just hurts them enormously. And, Burton, now, you&#x27;ve been a professor at Princeton University, I&#x27;m sure, and chairman of the economics department there. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve told your students over the years to be careful about what you see and read and basically take some common sense and use that as an approach to investing, correct? No, absolutely. The fact of the matter is that nobody can time the market.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> You know, I&#x27;ve been in this business all my life. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who could consistently time the market. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who knows anyone who could consistently time the market. The thing that you want to do is just keep an even keel. If you&#x27;ve got a 401k, don&#x27;t try to go in and out of stocks at one time or another. Just keep plugging away. Put the money in period after period. It&#x27;s what people call dollar cost averaging. Sure, you&#x27;ll buy at the top sometime, but this will also guarantee that you&#x27;re buying at the bottom sometime. And you&#x27;ll find that this is a much better way to do things than to try to move in and out of the market</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> depending upon whether the sun is shining or it&#x27;s raining or snowing. You know, and you say that people shouldn&#x27;t time the market, yet you see a lot of these newsletters come out, and there&#x27;s always somebody touting that they can tell you how to time the market and make a lot of money, yet unfortunately they don&#x27;t tell you about the other side of that coin, do they? No, absolutely. You know, on that score and the newsletters and so forth, I always like the remark that Steve Forbes used to make. He said, there&#x27;s one thing I learned at my grandfather&#x27;s knee. It&#x27;s much more profitable to sell the investment advice of the timing newsletters than to take it. And I think that&#x27;s what you see happening. It&#x27;s a good business, and there&#x27;s a lot of it out there,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and people would be really very much better off if they ignored the people who tell them, we know how to time the market, we know how to pick this great fund, this great stock. Remember, anyone who tries to call you up and is breathless, you know this is something you want to avoid. Absolutely. And in my opinion, if they really knew what was going to happen, they would take all that advice for themselves and be multi-truthers. Take all that advice, collect all the marbles themselves. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re absolutely right. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re talking to Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s an American economist and writer. He&#x27;s most famous for his classic finance book,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> A Random Walk Down Wall Street. It&#x27;s now in its 10th edition. And Burton, what caused you to write the book back in the 70s to begin with? Well, I started my career in Wall Street before I became an academic. And I really started to get very suspicious of what so-called professionals were telling the individual investor to do. And, you know, when you&#x27;re a teacher, you believe that you&#x27;ve got something useful to say to people. And I do say these things to the students in my class. And you kind of feel, okay, I really think a lot of this advice is good.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> I&#x27;d like a larger audience. And that was why I first wrote the book. It&#x27;s been much more popular than I had ever imagined in that it&#x27;s now sold well over a million and a half copies. And I keep updating it. you know, when the book was first published, there were no money market funds. There were no index funds. There were no exchange traded funds. So, I keep updating it so that the individual investor knows all of the instruments that are now available. And, you know, that&#x27;s what teachers want to do.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And the wider the audience that I can talk to, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, all the better. Now, Burton, are there too many mutual funds these days? And how does the average investor pick the right mutual fund philosophy for themselves? Good question. That&#x27;s a great question. And my answer is very simple to that. There are too many mutual funds. There are as many mutual funds as there are individual stocks. And it&#x27;s simply impossible for people to get into, quote, the best fund. What we know is, year after year, two-thirds of the so-called actively managed mutual funds with the investment managers who get written up as geniuses,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> year after year, two-thirds of them are outperformed by a simple index fund. By an index fund, I just simply mean a fund that buys and holds all the stocks in the market. So year period after period, only one-third of the active managers beat the index. And in the next period, it&#x27;s not the same third who win in one period. I&#x27;ve looked at the data now for over 30 years. The best managers in one period are often at the bottom of the pack the next period. So what do you do? You keep it simple. Keep it simple, sweetheart.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Simply buy a low-cost index fund that buys and holds all of the stocks in the market. And you can do this through a mutual fund with a company like Fidelity or Vanguard, or you can do it now through exchange-traded funds, which are index funds. And you can do this not only for the United States, but you can do this with a world index fund. There&#x27;s an ETF that trades under the ticker symbol VT that is basically indexed to the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Equity Index.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And my feeling is if you want to buy one fund, buy that ETF. It&#x27;s an extremely low expense ratio, and you will do better than almost any other individual investor. And keep putting money into it from period to period. Don&#x27;t sell when it looks like the world is falling apart. And I think that&#x27;s clearly – it&#x27;s simple and it is the best thing for individual investors to do. Great advice, Burton. And here&#x27;s what I run into. A lot of folks have 401ks, and we just talked about how there are so many mutual funds out there. But most 401ks have too few choices inside the 401k, don&#x27;t they? They do, and that&#x27;s one of the things that I&#x27;ve been urging companies to do is to add an index fund alternative</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> or ETF alternative to the menu of choices they have. And if there is that in your 401k, by all means, do it. To explore all the options in your 401k or to have a detailed 401k analysis done to see if you are in the right place or if you would like to explore your options after your 401k, where to put your 401k once you have transitioned out of a job or if you are 59 1⁄2 or beyond, or if you have old 401ks that are still at past jobs, give a call to the team at the Financial Safari. There are certainly better options for you, and we can help explore those with you. 800-661-7383 for a no-cost analysis of your 401k and additional options.</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. Now, let&#x27;s say someone has done a great job of saving in dollar-cost averaging into their mutual funds of 401ks or they&#x27;ve got a good index fund. A term that is coming more prevalent these days is called income planning, making sure your money will get you through the rest of your life. What do you recommend for someone who is nearing retirement as far as locking in or getting a good income for the rest of their life? Sure. What I think has to happen is that your allocation between equities, bonds, and real estate really needs to change over time. You know, if you&#x27;re in your 20s, it&#x27;s perfectly fine to put everything into the equity market</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> because you&#x27;ll have time to ride out all of the ups and downs. If you&#x27;re entering retirement in your 60s, I think you need a much safer portfolio. You need equities that pay good dividends. You do need some bonds. You need real estate, as you can get with a real estate index fund that gives a fair amount of income. So you do need a somewhat different allocation as one ages. It&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve tried to do in my book is to show how your investment allocation should change over time as one ages</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and what is the appropriate allocation for someone entering or even in retirement. And, Burton, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been fascinated with some of the great inventions that have come out to help with income planning. And we&#x27;ve looked at a few of the income planning options on some of the fixed annuities that are available today and some of those that make sense for times in retirement. Absolutely. And in general, this may very well be one of the things that people would like to and should do in retirement is to annuitize some part of the nest egg that they have built up. And the only caveat that I would mention there is many of the annuities that are sold by salespeople</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> are very high expense products. Absolutely. So if you go and buy an annuity, boy, if it&#x27;s one thing you want to – you know, all of us who give investment advice need to be very modest. You know, there&#x27;s a lot we don&#x27;t know. But I&#x27;ll tell you the one thing I&#x27;m absolutely 100 percent sure of, and that is that the lower the expense that I pay to the purveyor of the investment service or to the annuity provider, the less I pay an expense, the more there will be for me. And that&#x27;s the cardinal rule to keep in mind. Absolutely. So everything needs to be in writing, and people need to know exactly what they&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get minus the fees.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And what the expense ratios that are implicit in the product are. Absolutely. Now, one final question, Burton. Of course, this is Burton Malkio, folks. He&#x27;s the writer of A Random Walk Down Wall Street. The book has been out over 30 years. It&#x27;s in its 10th edition now. It&#x27;s a great read if you haven&#x27;t read it before. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Princeton University. Burton, what is your opinion – and I know you probably have one – on gold and silver these days, precious metals? I very much worry that the people who are rushing into gold at close to $1,900 an ounce are going to be disappointed.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Gold is fine now because we&#x27;re in an extraordinarily low interest rate environment. And you can&#x27;t get any money out of your money fund. You can&#x27;t get any money out of your savings account. And I think that&#x27;s why gold is going up as it is. But we are going to recover from this recession. We are going to have a better economy later on. It will be slow. It will be much slower than anyone would like. But we will recover. And when interest rates start to go up, as I&#x27;m sure they will at some point in the future, gold is, in my view, likely to tumble in price.</p><p><strong>14:34</strong> So I would – if you&#x27;ve got a little tiny bit of gold, you&#x27;ve got a few gold coins, fine. Don&#x27;t worry about it. But don&#x27;t rush into – it&#x27;s the same kind of thing as trying to time. It&#x27;s the hot market now. And always, as people have rushed into hot markets, that&#x27;s generally a wonderful recipe for eventually getting burned. Yeah, and Burton, watching some of the commercials here from the people trying to sell gold, it appears there are no regulations. And they can say just about anything to get you to put money into their gold products. Absolutely. Absolutely. Well, Burton Malkiel, we really appreciate your time today and hope we can have you back on in the future. You bet. It was my pleasure.</p><p><strong>15:19</strong> And thanks for all the good questions.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest, the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, which first came out over 30 years ago and its relevance is still on point today. We&#x27;ve got Burton Malkiel. Burton, welcome into the show. Thank you. Nice to be here. Now, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days in the money world, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is, and it&#x27;s exactly in these crazy times that I think people generally tend to make their biggest mistakes. And what kind of mistakes do people make, Burton? Well, what we know happens time and time again is that when people get nervous, when the headlines talk about doom and gloom, people tend to sell their stocks. They tend to redeem their equity mutual funds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And time after time, this is the wrong thing to do. We just have – it&#x27;s the clearest data that we&#x27;ve got that people tend to buy at the top when everyone&#x27;s optimistic and they sell at the bottom when everyone&#x27;s pessimistic. And it really just hurts them enormously. And, Burton, now, you&#x27;ve been a professor at Princeton University, I&#x27;m sure, and chairman of the economics department there. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve told your students over the years to be careful about what you see and read and basically take some common sense and use that as an approach to investing, correct? No, absolutely. The fact of the matter is that nobody can time the market.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> You know, I&#x27;ve been in this business all my life. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who could consistently time the market. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who knows anyone who could consistently time the market. The thing that you want to do is just keep an even keel. If you&#x27;ve got a 401k, don&#x27;t try to go in and out of stocks at one time or another. Just keep plugging away. Put the money in period after period. It&#x27;s what people call dollar cost averaging. Sure, you&#x27;ll buy at the top sometime, but this will also guarantee that you&#x27;re buying at the bottom sometime. And you&#x27;ll find that this is a much better way to do things than to try to move in and out of the market</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> depending upon whether the sun is shining or it&#x27;s raining or snowing. You know, and you say that people shouldn&#x27;t time the market, yet you see a lot of these newsletters come out, and there&#x27;s always somebody touting that they can tell you how to time the market and make a lot of money, yet unfortunately they don&#x27;t tell you about the other side of that coin, do they? No, absolutely. You know, on that score and the newsletters and so forth, I always like the remark that Steve Forbes used to make. He said, there&#x27;s one thing I learned at my grandfather&#x27;s knee. It&#x27;s much more profitable to sell the investment advice of the timing newsletters than to take it. And I think that&#x27;s what you see happening. It&#x27;s a good business, and there&#x27;s a lot of it out there,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and people would be really very much better off if they ignored the people who tell them, we know how to time the market, we know how to pick this great fund, this great stock. Remember, anyone who tries to call you up and is breathless, you know this is something you want to avoid. Absolutely. And in my opinion, if they really knew what was going to happen, they would take all that advice for themselves and be multi-truthers. Take all that advice, collect all the marbles themselves. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re absolutely right. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re talking to Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s an American economist and writer. He&#x27;s most famous for his classic finance book,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> A Random Walk Down Wall Street. It&#x27;s now in its 10th edition. And Burton, what caused you to write the book back in the 70s to begin with? Well, I started my career in Wall Street before I became an academic. And I really started to get very suspicious of what so-called professionals were telling the individual investor to do. And, you know, when you&#x27;re a teacher, you believe that you&#x27;ve got something useful to say to people. And I do say these things to the students in my class. And you kind of feel, okay, I really think a lot of this advice is good.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> I&#x27;d like a larger audience. And that was why I first wrote the book. It&#x27;s been much more popular than I had ever imagined in that it&#x27;s now sold well over a million and a half copies. And I keep updating it. you know, when the book was first published, there were no money market funds. There were no index funds. There were no exchange traded funds. So, I keep updating it so that the individual investor knows all of the instruments that are now available. And, you know, that&#x27;s what teachers want to do.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And the wider the audience that I can talk to, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, all the better. Now, Burton, are there too many mutual funds these days? And how does the average investor pick the right mutual fund philosophy for themselves? Good question. That&#x27;s a great question. And my answer is very simple to that. There are too many mutual funds. There are as many mutual funds as there are individual stocks. And it&#x27;s simply impossible for people to get into, quote, the best fund. What we know is, year after year, two-thirds of the so-called actively managed mutual funds with the investment managers who get written up as geniuses,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> year after year, two-thirds of them are outperformed by a simple index fund. By an index fund, I just simply mean a fund that buys and holds all the stocks in the market. So year period after period, only one-third of the active managers beat the index. And in the next period, it&#x27;s not the same third who win in one period. I&#x27;ve looked at the data now for over 30 years. The best managers in one period are often at the bottom of the pack the next period. So what do you do? You keep it simple. Keep it simple, sweetheart.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Simply buy a low-cost index fund that buys and holds all of the stocks in the market. And you can do this through a mutual fund with a company like Fidelity or Vanguard, or you can do it now through exchange-traded funds, which are index funds. And you can do this not only for the United States, but you can do this with a world index fund. There&#x27;s an ETF that trades under the ticker symbol VT that is basically indexed to the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Equity Index.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And my feeling is if you want to buy one fund, buy that ETF. It&#x27;s an extremely low expense ratio, and you will do better than almost any other individual investor. And keep putting money into it from period to period. Don&#x27;t sell when it looks like the world is falling apart. And I think that&#x27;s clearly – it&#x27;s simple and it is the best thing for individual investors to do. Great advice, Burton. And here&#x27;s what I run into. A lot of folks have 401ks, and we just talked about how there are so many mutual funds out there. But most 401ks have too few choices inside the 401k, don&#x27;t they? They do, and that&#x27;s one of the things that I&#x27;ve been urging companies to do is to add an index fund alternative</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> or ETF alternative to the menu of choices they have. And if there is that in your 401k, by all means, do it. To explore all the options in your 401k or to have a detailed 401k analysis done to see if you are in the right place or if you would like to explore your options after your 401k, where to put your 401k once you have transitioned out of a job or if you are 59 1⁄2 or beyond, or if you have old 401ks that are still at past jobs, give a call to the team at the Financial Safari. There are certainly better options for you, and we can help explore those with you. 800-661-7383 for a no-cost analysis of your 401k and additional options.</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. Now, let&#x27;s say someone has done a great job of saving in dollar-cost averaging into their mutual funds of 401ks or they&#x27;ve got a good index fund. A term that is coming more prevalent these days is called income planning, making sure your money will get you through the rest of your life. What do you recommend for someone who is nearing retirement as far as locking in or getting a good income for the rest of their life? Sure. What I think has to happen is that your allocation between equities, bonds, and real estate really needs to change over time. You know, if you&#x27;re in your 20s, it&#x27;s perfectly fine to put everything into the equity market</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> because you&#x27;ll have time to ride out all of the ups and downs. If you&#x27;re entering retirement in your 60s, I think you need a much safer portfolio. You need equities that pay good dividends. You do need some bonds. You need real estate, as you can get with a real estate index fund that gives a fair amount of income. So you do need a somewhat different allocation as one ages. It&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve tried to do in my book is to show how your investment allocation should change over time as one ages</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and what is the appropriate allocation for someone entering or even in retirement. And, Burton, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been fascinated with some of the great inventions that have come out to help with income planning. And we&#x27;ve looked at a few of the income planning options on some of the fixed annuities that are available today and some of those that make sense for times in retirement. Absolutely. And in general, this may very well be one of the things that people would like to and should do in retirement is to annuitize some part of the nest egg that they have built up. And the only caveat that I would mention there is many of the annuities that are sold by salespeople</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> are very high expense products. Absolutely. So if you go and buy an annuity, boy, if it&#x27;s one thing you want to – you know, all of us who give investment advice need to be very modest. You know, there&#x27;s a lot we don&#x27;t know. But I&#x27;ll tell you the one thing I&#x27;m absolutely 100 percent sure of, and that is that the lower the expense that I pay to the purveyor of the investment service or to the annuity provider, the less I pay an expense, the more there will be for me. And that&#x27;s the cardinal rule to keep in mind. Absolutely. So everything needs to be in writing, and people need to know exactly what they&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get minus the fees.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And what the expense ratios that are implicit in the product are. Absolutely. Now, one final question, Burton. Of course, this is Burton Malkio, folks. He&#x27;s the writer of A Random Walk Down Wall Street. The book has been out over 30 years. It&#x27;s in its 10th edition now. It&#x27;s a great read if you haven&#x27;t read it before. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Princeton University. Burton, what is your opinion – and I know you probably have one – on gold and silver these days, precious metals? I very much worry that the people who are rushing into gold at close to $1,900 an ounce are going to be disappointed.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Gold is fine now because we&#x27;re in an extraordinarily low interest rate environment. And you can&#x27;t get any money out of your money fund. You can&#x27;t get any money out of your savings account. And I think that&#x27;s why gold is going up as it is. But we are going to recover from this recession. We are going to have a better economy later on. It will be slow. It will be much slower than anyone would like. But we will recover. And when interest rates start to go up, as I&#x27;m sure they will at some point in the future, gold is, in my view, likely to tumble in price.</p><p><strong>14:34</strong> So I would – if you&#x27;ve got a little tiny bit of gold, you&#x27;ve got a few gold coins, fine. Don&#x27;t worry about it. But don&#x27;t rush into – it&#x27;s the same kind of thing as trying to time. It&#x27;s the hot market now. And always, as people have rushed into hot markets, that&#x27;s generally a wonderful recipe for eventually getting burned. Yeah, and Burton, watching some of the commercials here from the people trying to sell gold, it appears there are no regulations. And they can say just about anything to get you to put money into their gold products. Absolutely. Absolutely. Well, Burton Malkiel, we really appreciate your time today and hope we can have you back on in the future. You bet. It was my pleasure.</p><p><strong>15:19</strong> And thanks for all the good questions.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Burton Malkiel</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Burton Malkiel, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/image.jpg?t=1792073106&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/burton-malkiel-a-random-walk-down-wall-street/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/image.jpg?t=1792073106&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>922</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="14781242" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/burton-malkiel-a-random-walk-down-wall-street</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>187</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Random Walk Down Wall Street" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:33" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brett Kitchen: Safe Money Millionaire</title>
      <itunes:title>Brett Kitchen: Safe Money Millionaire</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. It is now honored to be joined by another financial author, author of the book, Safe Money Millionaire. It&#x27;s a national phenomenon. He is Brett Kitchen. And Brett, thank you for joining us here on The Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate your time. Glad to be here. I&#x27;m excited about it. Well, we&#x27;ve seen you on CBS, MoneyWatch.com. We&#x27;ve heard you on a few other radio shows and certainly appreciated the book and the insights in the book. With all the economic turmoil in the markets and around the country and around the world, more important than ever, we feel, and I think you agree, to keep your wealth safe and secure,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but also growing. So what are the secrets? How do we do it? Well, I always like to start with the old parable of the wise man and the foolish man. A lot of people are familiar with that. The wise man built his house on the rock and the foolish man built his house on the sand. And when the turmoil and the winds and the rains came, the wise man&#x27;s house stood strong and was fine and the foolish man&#x27;s house fell. And if anybody has ever seen a foundation of a home fail, you know that it destroys the rest of the house. And so that&#x27;s our philosophy is let&#x27;s be the wise man in the economy that we&#x27;re in right now and build our financial future, financial house on a foundation that isn&#x27;t going to crumble when the market goes down or, you know, when something happens overseas that we have no</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> control over and hurts our wealth. And so, you know, your initial question, how do we do it? But I think the first thing is just realizing that you don&#x27;t have to chase returns to grow wealthy anymore. And that&#x27;s, I think, what Wall Street loves to promote is you got to get a really high rate of return to get wealthy. And it&#x27;s just not the case. Well, let&#x27;s talk about those Wall Street myths and the returns in just a moment. But let&#x27;s focus on that foundation first, since that is a priority you feel in structuring a sound financial plan. What are the elements that we need to consider in that foundation to make it stable, to make it reliable so that we know that foundation is going to weather any storm? Yeah, I think that it&#x27;s really kind of a, it makes sense when you drill down and say,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you know what, at the very worst case scenario, I need to know that I have money there for me to achieve my goals. You know, whatever those goals may be. For some people, it may be they want to retire at the age of 60 and have enough money to live on. For others, it may be they just want to be able to put their kids through college. Whatever your goals may be, my emphasis is on no matter what else happens with your, you know, financial plan and your money in the market or 401k, you want to have those bases covered. So, you know, it&#x27;s kind of a safety net. So that&#x27;s my approach is what&#x27;s most important to you and let&#x27;s make sure that you have the money allocated to that regardless of what happens in the market. And so if that&#x27;s money stuffed under the mattress, hey, that might not be such a bad idea.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That&#x27;s not my approach. But at least, you know, you&#x27;ve got the money there to take care of you when times get tough. So are we hearing this approach promoted by Wall Street and why or why not? It&#x27;s really funny, but it&#x27;s not that hard to figure out because Wall Street&#x27;s interest is not really matched up with the rest of America&#x27;s interest when it comes to what your money is doing. A lot of people may or may not know this, but Wall Street makes money whether your money goes up or down because they&#x27;re charging their fees. They&#x27;ve got their management fees and everything else that&#x27;s going on over there. Not to mention the high frequency trading that they do. They can make money whether the market goes up or down. And so they&#x27;re not promoting get your money into someplace safe. They&#x27;re saying, hey, keep dumping it into the market because eventually, and we&#x27;ve all</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> heard this, eventually it&#x27;s going to go back up. And so that&#x27;s their propaganda is, hey, the market always goes up. And so just hang on, put your money in here, and eventually you&#x27;ll get your money back. So why is it that movements in a positive direction on Wall Street or higher rates of return doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that investors in 401ks and other market-based accounts are getting wealthier? It&#x27;s kind of a timing thing, really. It can go up great, but we don&#x27;t realize that wealth growth until we take our money out. And so if it goes up for three years, but you don&#x27;t take your money out, have you really gotten any wealthier? And obviously, your account values can go up, and I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t go up, but the roller coaster is what hurts people.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Because as baby boomers going into retirement have seen their money go from maybe half a million dollars down to $200,000, now how does that change their retirement? If they would have retired 10 years ago, great, but they couldn&#x27;t. And so that&#x27;s the big problem is the timing in it. When is it going to be up? We don&#x27;t know. When is it going to be down? We don&#x27;t know. And so having a safe foundation where you know for a fact your money is going to be safe and secure is a smart thing to do. So just as many people out there during times in market downturns may have heard from their advisor or broker, just hold on. It&#x27;s only a paper loss. If you are not enacting a proper exit strategy in good times, it could just be a paper gain, and it might not be there for you in retirement when you need it.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Exactly. Yeah. They love to share the one side of it. Oh, don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. Well, you&#x27;re exactly right. You just highlighted that. Well, then on the flip side, what is that? It&#x27;s a paper gain. So how does somebody finance themselves to wealth? How do they make sure that they are really achieving the gains that they need in order to grow their money? Well, what I really feel like has been a shift in the entire, I guess, psyche of America, it goes back to even the days of the Great Depression. When people came out of that, they realized that, you know what, I am not willing to go to the casino and put my entire retirement on the table and roll the dice because the</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> cards are stacked in the casino&#x27;s favor. And so what is that saying about where I&#x27;m going to end up? Well, more than likely, they&#x27;re going to win and you&#x27;re going to lose. They don&#x27;t build the trillion dollar palaces down in Las Vegas because they&#x27;re paying out all the money to their customers. You know, and so that&#x27;s the reality of the stock market as well, is that if you&#x27;re not willing to risk your retirement, then it&#x27;s simple. Don&#x27;t put your money into the Wall Street casino. Put it somewhere safe. And there are multiple different areas where you can do that. There are bank CDs. Great. Those don&#x27;t get a great rate of return. But what if there were opportunities for you to keep your money safe and get a good rate of return? And there are some other unconventional, albeit very old and traditional ways to do that,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> that most people don&#x27;t think about and Wall Street certainly doesn&#x27;t promote. Well, one person that knew how to make money in very different economic times, such as the Great Depression, was John D. Rockefeller, who said that if he had one piece of advice or any advice to give, it would be to keep out of Wall Street. Why do you think that approach worked out so well for Mr. Rockefeller? Well, you know, I think that it&#x27;s just amazing that he said that, had the foresight to say that. Because if anybody knew how the Wall Street machine worked, it was him. And he was just kind of in his last days saying, if you want to build your wealth, you&#x27;re not going to do it by gambling. You&#x27;re going to do it with a systematic approach where your money grows compounded.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And a big part of that is, as you know, when you lose money, it can take twice as long to get back to even than it did to lose your money. And so when you start with $10,000 and you lose 30%, well, you don&#x27;t have to gain your money 30%. You got to gain 42% to get back to $10,000. Well, then after that happens, you&#x27;re still back at zero and you&#x27;ve lost that time. If that&#x27;s taken three or four years to get back to even, wow, we&#x27;re feeling good. Well, at least we made our money back. But what happened to those four years? Well, they&#x27;re lost. And once they&#x27;re lost, you&#x27;ve missed out on the opportunity to compound and grow your money. So it is a matter of maybe the tortoise and the hare always moving forward, even if slowly in a positive direction so we don&#x27;t have to make up for losses and waste a lot of time</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> doing so. Right. And that&#x27;s exactly what we share in Safe Money Millionaire is that there are ways to not be as slow as the typical tortoise, right? There are obviously, you can put your money in your mattress. That&#x27;s not really going to grow at all. And then you&#x27;re going to get it kind of eaten away by inflation. You leave it in your savings account. Well, that&#x27;s going to hurt you too. But there are really some exciting things with being able to use guaranteed insurance contracts to grow your money, get some cool tax benefits, and get the benefits of potential double-digit gains. And we talk a lot about that in Safe Money Millionaire. And people can check that out at safemoneybook.com and learn a little bit more about that as well. We&#x27;ve got all kinds of videos and kind of some fun trainings there as well. So from statistics I have read, there are approximately, I guess, between the ages of 45 and 64, 71%</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> of people admit that they are worried about having enough money for retirement. Are these people going to be able to safely sustain their accounts or grow their accounts to the point where they don&#x27;t need to worry about having enough money for retirement using the strategies that you&#x27;ve talked about and you&#x27;ve laid out for us? The answer is it depends, really. It depends on how serious people are about getting their financial house in order. And what&#x27;s, I think, optimistic for America, for all of us, is that people have really paid attention and said, you know what, maybe we spent too much over the last decade and maybe it&#x27;s time to get serious about controlling our spending and getting our financial house in order. And so if they&#x27;re willing to make that commitment to themselves and if they value themselves and</p><p><strong>10:40</strong> their lives adequately, then they say, look, okay, I&#x27;m willing to take a little different approach than just, you know, put my money in a 401k and hope that it grows when we&#x27;ve seen, you know, Time Magazine just did a piece within the last little while saying it&#x27;s time to retire the 401k because it&#x27;s a failed retirement experiment. And so, yeah, I think it&#x27;s really not too late for anybody to make positive changes and create a better outcome for their wealth growth. But you&#x27;re talking about a real change in investment mentality, aren&#x27;t you, Brett? Yeah, I think it&#x27;s the difference, like we talked about at the outset, you know, instead of chasing returns, let&#x27;s do something that we can really count on. All right, absolutely. And one of the things that people really need to focus on, would you agree, is creating guaranteed</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> income once they reach retirement? Yeah, I think so. Because everybody wants to talk about, oh, how big is my nest egg? Well, that&#x27;s great. But what we live off is income. And so what kind of income can we produce with our retirement? You know, with our retirement picture. Because, you know, if you have a great nest egg, but you can&#x27;t generate income out of it, then it really doesn&#x27;t help you in retirement. So, yeah, the income part of it is essential. Well, again, Brett Kitchen is the author of Safe Money Millionaire. Excellent book. And we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Your insight on what&#x27;s going to make successful investors successful over the next foreseeable future, Brett. Thank you very much. Thanks a lot. Thanks a lot.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. It is now honored to be joined by another financial author, author of the book, Safe Money Millionaire. It&#x27;s a national phenomenon. He is Brett Kitchen. And Brett, thank you for joining us here on The Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate your time. Glad to be here. I&#x27;m excited about it. Well, we&#x27;ve seen you on CBS, MoneyWatch.com. We&#x27;ve heard you on a few other radio shows and certainly appreciated the book and the insights in the book. With all the economic turmoil in the markets and around the country and around the world, more important than ever, we feel, and I think you agree, to keep your wealth safe and secure,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but also growing. So what are the secrets? How do we do it? Well, I always like to start with the old parable of the wise man and the foolish man. A lot of people are familiar with that. The wise man built his house on the rock and the foolish man built his house on the sand. And when the turmoil and the winds and the rains came, the wise man&#x27;s house stood strong and was fine and the foolish man&#x27;s house fell. And if anybody has ever seen a foundation of a home fail, you know that it destroys the rest of the house. And so that&#x27;s our philosophy is let&#x27;s be the wise man in the economy that we&#x27;re in right now and build our financial future, financial house on a foundation that isn&#x27;t going to crumble when the market goes down or, you know, when something happens overseas that we have no</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> control over and hurts our wealth. And so, you know, your initial question, how do we do it? But I think the first thing is just realizing that you don&#x27;t have to chase returns to grow wealthy anymore. And that&#x27;s, I think, what Wall Street loves to promote is you got to get a really high rate of return to get wealthy. And it&#x27;s just not the case. Well, let&#x27;s talk about those Wall Street myths and the returns in just a moment. But let&#x27;s focus on that foundation first, since that is a priority you feel in structuring a sound financial plan. What are the elements that we need to consider in that foundation to make it stable, to make it reliable so that we know that foundation is going to weather any storm? Yeah, I think that it&#x27;s really kind of a, it makes sense when you drill down and say,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you know what, at the very worst case scenario, I need to know that I have money there for me to achieve my goals. You know, whatever those goals may be. For some people, it may be they want to retire at the age of 60 and have enough money to live on. For others, it may be they just want to be able to put their kids through college. Whatever your goals may be, my emphasis is on no matter what else happens with your, you know, financial plan and your money in the market or 401k, you want to have those bases covered. So, you know, it&#x27;s kind of a safety net. So that&#x27;s my approach is what&#x27;s most important to you and let&#x27;s make sure that you have the money allocated to that regardless of what happens in the market. And so if that&#x27;s money stuffed under the mattress, hey, that might not be such a bad idea.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That&#x27;s not my approach. But at least, you know, you&#x27;ve got the money there to take care of you when times get tough. So are we hearing this approach promoted by Wall Street and why or why not? It&#x27;s really funny, but it&#x27;s not that hard to figure out because Wall Street&#x27;s interest is not really matched up with the rest of America&#x27;s interest when it comes to what your money is doing. A lot of people may or may not know this, but Wall Street makes money whether your money goes up or down because they&#x27;re charging their fees. They&#x27;ve got their management fees and everything else that&#x27;s going on over there. Not to mention the high frequency trading that they do. They can make money whether the market goes up or down. And so they&#x27;re not promoting get your money into someplace safe. They&#x27;re saying, hey, keep dumping it into the market because eventually, and we&#x27;ve all</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> heard this, eventually it&#x27;s going to go back up. And so that&#x27;s their propaganda is, hey, the market always goes up. And so just hang on, put your money in here, and eventually you&#x27;ll get your money back. So why is it that movements in a positive direction on Wall Street or higher rates of return doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that investors in 401ks and other market-based accounts are getting wealthier? It&#x27;s kind of a timing thing, really. It can go up great, but we don&#x27;t realize that wealth growth until we take our money out. And so if it goes up for three years, but you don&#x27;t take your money out, have you really gotten any wealthier? And obviously, your account values can go up, and I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t go up, but the roller coaster is what hurts people.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Because as baby boomers going into retirement have seen their money go from maybe half a million dollars down to $200,000, now how does that change their retirement? If they would have retired 10 years ago, great, but they couldn&#x27;t. And so that&#x27;s the big problem is the timing in it. When is it going to be up? We don&#x27;t know. When is it going to be down? We don&#x27;t know. And so having a safe foundation where you know for a fact your money is going to be safe and secure is a smart thing to do. So just as many people out there during times in market downturns may have heard from their advisor or broker, just hold on. It&#x27;s only a paper loss. If you are not enacting a proper exit strategy in good times, it could just be a paper gain, and it might not be there for you in retirement when you need it.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Exactly. Yeah. They love to share the one side of it. Oh, don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. Well, you&#x27;re exactly right. You just highlighted that. Well, then on the flip side, what is that? It&#x27;s a paper gain. So how does somebody finance themselves to wealth? How do they make sure that they are really achieving the gains that they need in order to grow their money? Well, what I really feel like has been a shift in the entire, I guess, psyche of America, it goes back to even the days of the Great Depression. When people came out of that, they realized that, you know what, I am not willing to go to the casino and put my entire retirement on the table and roll the dice because the</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> cards are stacked in the casino&#x27;s favor. And so what is that saying about where I&#x27;m going to end up? Well, more than likely, they&#x27;re going to win and you&#x27;re going to lose. They don&#x27;t build the trillion dollar palaces down in Las Vegas because they&#x27;re paying out all the money to their customers. You know, and so that&#x27;s the reality of the stock market as well, is that if you&#x27;re not willing to risk your retirement, then it&#x27;s simple. Don&#x27;t put your money into the Wall Street casino. Put it somewhere safe. And there are multiple different areas where you can do that. There are bank CDs. Great. Those don&#x27;t get a great rate of return. But what if there were opportunities for you to keep your money safe and get a good rate of return? And there are some other unconventional, albeit very old and traditional ways to do that,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> that most people don&#x27;t think about and Wall Street certainly doesn&#x27;t promote. Well, one person that knew how to make money in very different economic times, such as the Great Depression, was John D. Rockefeller, who said that if he had one piece of advice or any advice to give, it would be to keep out of Wall Street. Why do you think that approach worked out so well for Mr. Rockefeller? Well, you know, I think that it&#x27;s just amazing that he said that, had the foresight to say that. Because if anybody knew how the Wall Street machine worked, it was him. And he was just kind of in his last days saying, if you want to build your wealth, you&#x27;re not going to do it by gambling. You&#x27;re going to do it with a systematic approach where your money grows compounded.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And a big part of that is, as you know, when you lose money, it can take twice as long to get back to even than it did to lose your money. And so when you start with $10,000 and you lose 30%, well, you don&#x27;t have to gain your money 30%. You got to gain 42% to get back to $10,000. Well, then after that happens, you&#x27;re still back at zero and you&#x27;ve lost that time. If that&#x27;s taken three or four years to get back to even, wow, we&#x27;re feeling good. Well, at least we made our money back. But what happened to those four years? Well, they&#x27;re lost. And once they&#x27;re lost, you&#x27;ve missed out on the opportunity to compound and grow your money. So it is a matter of maybe the tortoise and the hare always moving forward, even if slowly in a positive direction so we don&#x27;t have to make up for losses and waste a lot of time</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> doing so. Right. And that&#x27;s exactly what we share in Safe Money Millionaire is that there are ways to not be as slow as the typical tortoise, right? There are obviously, you can put your money in your mattress. That&#x27;s not really going to grow at all. And then you&#x27;re going to get it kind of eaten away by inflation. You leave it in your savings account. Well, that&#x27;s going to hurt you too. But there are really some exciting things with being able to use guaranteed insurance contracts to grow your money, get some cool tax benefits, and get the benefits of potential double-digit gains. And we talk a lot about that in Safe Money Millionaire. And people can check that out at safemoneybook.com and learn a little bit more about that as well. We&#x27;ve got all kinds of videos and kind of some fun trainings there as well. So from statistics I have read, there are approximately, I guess, between the ages of 45 and 64, 71%</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> of people admit that they are worried about having enough money for retirement. Are these people going to be able to safely sustain their accounts or grow their accounts to the point where they don&#x27;t need to worry about having enough money for retirement using the strategies that you&#x27;ve talked about and you&#x27;ve laid out for us? The answer is it depends, really. It depends on how serious people are about getting their financial house in order. And what&#x27;s, I think, optimistic for America, for all of us, is that people have really paid attention and said, you know what, maybe we spent too much over the last decade and maybe it&#x27;s time to get serious about controlling our spending and getting our financial house in order. And so if they&#x27;re willing to make that commitment to themselves and if they value themselves and</p><p><strong>10:40</strong> their lives adequately, then they say, look, okay, I&#x27;m willing to take a little different approach than just, you know, put my money in a 401k and hope that it grows when we&#x27;ve seen, you know, Time Magazine just did a piece within the last little while saying it&#x27;s time to retire the 401k because it&#x27;s a failed retirement experiment. And so, yeah, I think it&#x27;s really not too late for anybody to make positive changes and create a better outcome for their wealth growth. But you&#x27;re talking about a real change in investment mentality, aren&#x27;t you, Brett? Yeah, I think it&#x27;s the difference, like we talked about at the outset, you know, instead of chasing returns, let&#x27;s do something that we can really count on. All right, absolutely. And one of the things that people really need to focus on, would you agree, is creating guaranteed</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> income once they reach retirement? Yeah, I think so. Because everybody wants to talk about, oh, how big is my nest egg? Well, that&#x27;s great. But what we live off is income. And so what kind of income can we produce with our retirement? You know, with our retirement picture. Because, you know, if you have a great nest egg, but you can&#x27;t generate income out of it, then it really doesn&#x27;t help you in retirement. So, yeah, the income part of it is essential. Well, again, Brett Kitchen is the author of Safe Money Millionaire. Excellent book. And we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Your insight on what&#x27;s going to make successful investors successful over the next foreseeable future, Brett. Thank you very much. Thanks a lot. Thanks a lot.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Brett Kitchen</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Brett Kitchen, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/image.jpg?t=1792073110&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/brett-kitchen-safe-money-millionaire/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/image.jpg?t=1792073110&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>734</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11778378" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/brett-kitchen-safe-money-millionaire</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>188</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Safe Money Millionaire" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:44" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jason Parker: Thriving in Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Jason Parker: Thriving in Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show looks inside the financial world to break down all that is complex out there, to make it simple for you to understand how to keep your money safe and growing. Because the more you know, the more you typically get to keep in your pocket. And that&#x27;s why today, Coach Pete, we welcome on another financial author. He is Jason Parker, and he has recently written the book, Thriving in Retirement. This book, getting a lot of positive feedback, a lot of great attention. Jason, welcome into the show. Hey, thanks, guys. Thanks for having me. Well, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you on, and we certainly appreciate the information that you&#x27;ve included in this book. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Well, that&#x27;s the reason I wrote it is to try to help educate our community</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and the public about some of the options they have as they prepare for and transition through retirement. What I liked about this book is it&#x27;s not just a book. It&#x27;s a system, basically, a system designed to help people outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Now, let&#x27;s cover this in reverse order, because that&#x27;s the way I read books, too, by the way, Jason, from back to front. From the back to the beginning, huh? Yeah, yeah, because that&#x27;s how I read contracts, too, because you know where companies hide the fine print is way in the back, right? So you might as well find out right away. You probably eat dessert first, too, Coach. Well, don&#x27;t tell my wife, but of course I do. That&#x27;s right. Back then, my mother would have grabbed me by the ear if she would have seen me doing that. So I get away with it now, and I do eat a lot of dessert, more than I should be, but again, don&#x27;t tell my wife that</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> either. Let me ask you this question, though. There&#x27;s a lot of investment myths out there, and there are a lot of myths and legends, and people fall for it every single day. But the one that I hear over and over again, which is absolutely not true in my opinion, but I want to get yours on it, is that everyone lost money during the last market downturn. Now, is that true or false, Jason? You know, that is absolutely false. I can tell you we work with a lot of people, and this is on both sides of the equation. This is both on safe money and also money that people have invested in the stock market. Some of our tactical money managers have had a really good track record. 2008, the one that we&#x27;re using primarily, was up positive 3% that year. So I think part of the problem there, Coach, is there&#x27;s comfort and everybody thinking that</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> if everybody&#x27;s losing money, then somehow that makes it okay. And it&#x27;s not okay, especially if you&#x27;re a retired coach. There&#x27;s a lot of people out there that I feel may be getting bad advice given their circumstances and situation. I don&#x27;t know when it became okay for people to lose 30%, 40%, or 50% of their money when they&#x27;re retired. That, to me, doesn&#x27;t seem right. Those people aren&#x27;t contributing anymore to their accounts. What they have is what they have, and they just can&#x27;t afford to be in a position anymore where they can lose that much of their retirement assets at this point in the ballgame. So it is a misnomer. It&#x27;s not true. And if that was the case, if you lost 30%, 40%, or 50%, you probably tend to get a second opinion on what you&#x27;re currently doing. How about two other common market myths? It&#x27;s just a paper loss, and just wait, and</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> it will come back. Jason, is that always true, or both of those always true? Well, you know, one of the things I think is pretty funny, you hear these brokers out there all the time saying, don&#x27;t worry, Mr. and Mrs. Jones. Over a long period of time, the market always goes up. And I tell my clients, I say, look, if you&#x27;ve got 100 years of time on your side, I absolutely believe that 100 years from now, the market&#x27;s probably going to be higher in 100 years than it is today. The challenge there, though, is that most of my clients, if they&#x27;re 70 years old, they may only, you know, in their life expectancy is 83 or 85, they may not have time to recover from a severe market downturn. So, you know, the game really changes when you get into retirement. You have to be more focused on asset preservation and income generation than you do on asset accumulation and growth. And so it&#x27;s just really making that mindset</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> shift once you hit retirement. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to take personal control to reduce that market volatility. And again, as Coach Pete likes to do moving from back to front, providing income for life is something that&#x27;s vitally important after you have reduced that volatility. Absolutely. You know, the other core concept in my book, Thriving in Retirement, is I tell folks retirement&#x27;s really all about cash flow. It&#x27;s not about net worth. So I meet with people all the time. They&#x27;ll come in and say, Jason, you know, we&#x27;re worth two, three million dollars. And we&#x27;ll start examining their situation. And the fact is they may be worth three million, but only 500,000 of it&#x27;s liquid and the rest of it&#x27;s tied up in real estate. And it&#x27;s your cash flow. It&#x27;s your income that allows you to go enjoy the lifestyle, do the things you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> not your net worth. So if we can solve for cash flow first, if we can show people how to be in a strong position to have cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life on an inflation adjusted basis, what I find is that people just sleep a lot better under those kind of circumstances. And there&#x27;s a lot of different ways you can do that. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is to show people how to solve for cash flow first. Jason, do you like pizza? Love pizza. You know, when I&#x27;m not paying for pizza, I love to get the pizza that has everything on it, the combination pizza. You know what I&#x27;m saying? With everything except for anchovies. Yeah, I know exactly what you&#x27;re saying. Now, there are ways in financial planning world to get the combination using all the products and strategies out there together. And that way,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> it gets you away from I know I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people and they say, well, my broker said that I should be I should be able to take 4% of what I have out of my stock account and have a good income for the rest of my life and hopefully not outlive the money. Yet when a market downturn comes, that gets thrown out the window. When we&#x27;re talking about cash flow, in your experience, are there ways to get a better than 4% cash flow and have a guarantee of not running out of money in the future? Yeah, you know, that&#x27;s just it. Absolutely there is. I mean, it&#x27;s not uncommon for us today to sit down and put together plans for people to show them how to get 4%, 5%, 6%, sometimes even a 7% cash flow on their money and have that cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life. The problem, I think, Coach, is that most people are getting their advice from people that have a vested interest</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> in how those dollars are being invested. So one of the things I always tell people, if you really want to have a holistic overview of your financial life, you need to make sure that you&#x27;re working with an independent advisor that doesn&#x27;t serve some corporation and that that advisor is working in your best interest and that they have a fiduciary responsibility to act in your best interest. If more of the general public would just do that one thing, find somebody that acts in a fiduciary capacity that works in an independent capacity, so the only person they have to serve is the person that they&#x27;re working for, you know, I think the game would really change because then people&#x27;s wealth would be managed holistically instead of just going to a professional mutual fund salesperson, which I think is what most people experience when they&#x27;re getting financial</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> advice today. Well, for the listener out there, and I know a lot of people would like to do that, but how can they figure out if they&#x27;re dealing with the right person? How do they know if they are really getting that impartial recommendation they so deserve? So important. I mean, I tell people, with the educational workshops we do, if there&#x27;s just one thing that you take away, find an independent advisory firm. So you want somebody that doesn&#x27;t work for one of these big Wall Street corporations. You want an independent advisory firm. You want somebody that&#x27;s a registered investment advisor or an investment advisor representative that can look at your entire life holistically. At our firm, we&#x27;ve even taken it one step further, and we started a tax advisory firm as well. So as a wealth management firm, we want to look at people&#x27;s investments. We want to look at their insurance, and we want to look at their taxes, and we want to understand how all of these different</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> pieces work together. And you know, the fact is, I can&#x27;t serve everybody in the country. And one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is because I wanted to make those resources available for people. So if they&#x27;re looking for guidance, before you go and sit down with one of these very sophisticated salespeople, go educate yourself, make sure you&#x27;ve got good information, and that the advice that is being given to you matches up with what it is you&#x27;re really looking for. Coach, a minute ago, you talked about that 4% rule. I don&#x27;t know if you saw, there was an article on the street just the other day that talks about after 2008, the odds of people running out of money in retirement have increased because of the market downturn. So they&#x27;re saying, if you take the average advice of doing the 55 equities, 45% bonds, there&#x27;s a high probability, and I think they said 71% chance</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> you&#x27;re going to end up running out of money in retirement. So very important that you take a holistic approach to your wealth in retirement. And Jason, I also like the fact that in your book, Thriving in Retirement, you address the fact that the last concern, probably the biggest one of all for many retirees is the fear of making an irreversible mistake. Now that leaves a lot of people not to even make any changes, not to evaluate their financial situation, how their life has changed, and therefore maybe their financial plan should change as well, especially moving from a working career to retirement. You undergo a fundamental life change. Shouldn&#x27;t your financial plan undergo a fundamental change as well?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Absolutely. Absolutely. You&#x27;ve got to solve for cash flow first. If you have the luxury and the ability to do it, I&#x27;ll tell you, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there that don&#x27;t have the ability to do this. And one of the things I&#x27;m concerned about, you guys, is that in this zero interest rate environment that we&#x27;re in, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there chasing yield. Record amounts of money flowing into bonds, corporate bonds, into real estate investment trusts, into preferred stocks, into U.S. treasuries. And one of the concerns I have is that people are setting themselves up for the next big potential bubble that&#x27;s going to burst. Because as soon as interest rates rise, a lot of those fixed income yield chasers potentially could get burned. But absolutely, once you transition out of the working phase of your life, your portfolio should change as well. And, you know, I was sitting with some friends this morning over breakfast and they were talking</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> about our goals, our life goals, what&#x27;s really important to us. And the three things that I came up with was, you know, for me personally, I want clarity of purpose. I want a high degree of confidence that I&#x27;m heading in the right direction. And when I have clarity of purpose and when I have confidence, what that does is it provides me with freedom. Freedom to not worry. Freedom to go be with the people I want to be with and do the things I want to do and have the relationships that I want to have. And frankly, I think most of the people that I work with, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re looking for too. And I think one of the ways you get that is through education. You have to, in this world that we live in today, you have to be your own biggest advocate. You have to educate yourself and you have to make changes when it&#x27;s appropriate. He is Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement, a most excellent book with a system</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> attached that will help you outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Jason, how can people get a hold of your book? Well, the great thing is it&#x27;s available in all major bookstores. So Barnes &amp; Noble, Borders is kind of, I guess, shutting down, but it was available there at Borders. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. You can buy it as an e-book on your Nook or your Kindle or your iPad, all those different formats. Really, any fine bookstore should be able to get you a copy of the book. And again, we appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent sharing the information that&#x27;s contained in that book with the listeners here on the Financial Safari. Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement. We certainly appreciate your time. You guys, thanks so much for the work you&#x27;re doing. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show looks inside the financial world to break down all that is complex out there, to make it simple for you to understand how to keep your money safe and growing. Because the more you know, the more you typically get to keep in your pocket. And that&#x27;s why today, Coach Pete, we welcome on another financial author. He is Jason Parker, and he has recently written the book, Thriving in Retirement. This book, getting a lot of positive feedback, a lot of great attention. Jason, welcome into the show. Hey, thanks, guys. Thanks for having me. Well, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you on, and we certainly appreciate the information that you&#x27;ve included in this book. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Well, that&#x27;s the reason I wrote it is to try to help educate our community</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and the public about some of the options they have as they prepare for and transition through retirement. What I liked about this book is it&#x27;s not just a book. It&#x27;s a system, basically, a system designed to help people outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Now, let&#x27;s cover this in reverse order, because that&#x27;s the way I read books, too, by the way, Jason, from back to front. From the back to the beginning, huh? Yeah, yeah, because that&#x27;s how I read contracts, too, because you know where companies hide the fine print is way in the back, right? So you might as well find out right away. You probably eat dessert first, too, Coach. Well, don&#x27;t tell my wife, but of course I do. That&#x27;s right. Back then, my mother would have grabbed me by the ear if she would have seen me doing that. So I get away with it now, and I do eat a lot of dessert, more than I should be, but again, don&#x27;t tell my wife that</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> either. Let me ask you this question, though. There&#x27;s a lot of investment myths out there, and there are a lot of myths and legends, and people fall for it every single day. But the one that I hear over and over again, which is absolutely not true in my opinion, but I want to get yours on it, is that everyone lost money during the last market downturn. Now, is that true or false, Jason? You know, that is absolutely false. I can tell you we work with a lot of people, and this is on both sides of the equation. This is both on safe money and also money that people have invested in the stock market. Some of our tactical money managers have had a really good track record. 2008, the one that we&#x27;re using primarily, was up positive 3% that year. So I think part of the problem there, Coach, is there&#x27;s comfort and everybody thinking that</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> if everybody&#x27;s losing money, then somehow that makes it okay. And it&#x27;s not okay, especially if you&#x27;re a retired coach. There&#x27;s a lot of people out there that I feel may be getting bad advice given their circumstances and situation. I don&#x27;t know when it became okay for people to lose 30%, 40%, or 50% of their money when they&#x27;re retired. That, to me, doesn&#x27;t seem right. Those people aren&#x27;t contributing anymore to their accounts. What they have is what they have, and they just can&#x27;t afford to be in a position anymore where they can lose that much of their retirement assets at this point in the ballgame. So it is a misnomer. It&#x27;s not true. And if that was the case, if you lost 30%, 40%, or 50%, you probably tend to get a second opinion on what you&#x27;re currently doing. How about two other common market myths? It&#x27;s just a paper loss, and just wait, and</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> it will come back. Jason, is that always true, or both of those always true? Well, you know, one of the things I think is pretty funny, you hear these brokers out there all the time saying, don&#x27;t worry, Mr. and Mrs. Jones. Over a long period of time, the market always goes up. And I tell my clients, I say, look, if you&#x27;ve got 100 years of time on your side, I absolutely believe that 100 years from now, the market&#x27;s probably going to be higher in 100 years than it is today. The challenge there, though, is that most of my clients, if they&#x27;re 70 years old, they may only, you know, in their life expectancy is 83 or 85, they may not have time to recover from a severe market downturn. So, you know, the game really changes when you get into retirement. You have to be more focused on asset preservation and income generation than you do on asset accumulation and growth. And so it&#x27;s just really making that mindset</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> shift once you hit retirement. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to take personal control to reduce that market volatility. And again, as Coach Pete likes to do moving from back to front, providing income for life is something that&#x27;s vitally important after you have reduced that volatility. Absolutely. You know, the other core concept in my book, Thriving in Retirement, is I tell folks retirement&#x27;s really all about cash flow. It&#x27;s not about net worth. So I meet with people all the time. They&#x27;ll come in and say, Jason, you know, we&#x27;re worth two, three million dollars. And we&#x27;ll start examining their situation. And the fact is they may be worth three million, but only 500,000 of it&#x27;s liquid and the rest of it&#x27;s tied up in real estate. And it&#x27;s your cash flow. It&#x27;s your income that allows you to go enjoy the lifestyle, do the things you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> not your net worth. So if we can solve for cash flow first, if we can show people how to be in a strong position to have cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life on an inflation adjusted basis, what I find is that people just sleep a lot better under those kind of circumstances. And there&#x27;s a lot of different ways you can do that. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is to show people how to solve for cash flow first. Jason, do you like pizza? Love pizza. You know, when I&#x27;m not paying for pizza, I love to get the pizza that has everything on it, the combination pizza. You know what I&#x27;m saying? With everything except for anchovies. Yeah, I know exactly what you&#x27;re saying. Now, there are ways in financial planning world to get the combination using all the products and strategies out there together. And that way,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> it gets you away from I know I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people and they say, well, my broker said that I should be I should be able to take 4% of what I have out of my stock account and have a good income for the rest of my life and hopefully not outlive the money. Yet when a market downturn comes, that gets thrown out the window. When we&#x27;re talking about cash flow, in your experience, are there ways to get a better than 4% cash flow and have a guarantee of not running out of money in the future? Yeah, you know, that&#x27;s just it. Absolutely there is. I mean, it&#x27;s not uncommon for us today to sit down and put together plans for people to show them how to get 4%, 5%, 6%, sometimes even a 7% cash flow on their money and have that cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life. The problem, I think, Coach, is that most people are getting their advice from people that have a vested interest</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> in how those dollars are being invested. So one of the things I always tell people, if you really want to have a holistic overview of your financial life, you need to make sure that you&#x27;re working with an independent advisor that doesn&#x27;t serve some corporation and that that advisor is working in your best interest and that they have a fiduciary responsibility to act in your best interest. If more of the general public would just do that one thing, find somebody that acts in a fiduciary capacity that works in an independent capacity, so the only person they have to serve is the person that they&#x27;re working for, you know, I think the game would really change because then people&#x27;s wealth would be managed holistically instead of just going to a professional mutual fund salesperson, which I think is what most people experience when they&#x27;re getting financial</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> advice today. Well, for the listener out there, and I know a lot of people would like to do that, but how can they figure out if they&#x27;re dealing with the right person? How do they know if they are really getting that impartial recommendation they so deserve? So important. I mean, I tell people, with the educational workshops we do, if there&#x27;s just one thing that you take away, find an independent advisory firm. So you want somebody that doesn&#x27;t work for one of these big Wall Street corporations. You want an independent advisory firm. You want somebody that&#x27;s a registered investment advisor or an investment advisor representative that can look at your entire life holistically. At our firm, we&#x27;ve even taken it one step further, and we started a tax advisory firm as well. So as a wealth management firm, we want to look at people&#x27;s investments. We want to look at their insurance, and we want to look at their taxes, and we want to understand how all of these different</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> pieces work together. And you know, the fact is, I can&#x27;t serve everybody in the country. And one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is because I wanted to make those resources available for people. So if they&#x27;re looking for guidance, before you go and sit down with one of these very sophisticated salespeople, go educate yourself, make sure you&#x27;ve got good information, and that the advice that is being given to you matches up with what it is you&#x27;re really looking for. Coach, a minute ago, you talked about that 4% rule. I don&#x27;t know if you saw, there was an article on the street just the other day that talks about after 2008, the odds of people running out of money in retirement have increased because of the market downturn. So they&#x27;re saying, if you take the average advice of doing the 55 equities, 45% bonds, there&#x27;s a high probability, and I think they said 71% chance</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> you&#x27;re going to end up running out of money in retirement. So very important that you take a holistic approach to your wealth in retirement. And Jason, I also like the fact that in your book, Thriving in Retirement, you address the fact that the last concern, probably the biggest one of all for many retirees is the fear of making an irreversible mistake. Now that leaves a lot of people not to even make any changes, not to evaluate their financial situation, how their life has changed, and therefore maybe their financial plan should change as well, especially moving from a working career to retirement. You undergo a fundamental life change. Shouldn&#x27;t your financial plan undergo a fundamental change as well?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Absolutely. Absolutely. You&#x27;ve got to solve for cash flow first. If you have the luxury and the ability to do it, I&#x27;ll tell you, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there that don&#x27;t have the ability to do this. And one of the things I&#x27;m concerned about, you guys, is that in this zero interest rate environment that we&#x27;re in, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there chasing yield. Record amounts of money flowing into bonds, corporate bonds, into real estate investment trusts, into preferred stocks, into U.S. treasuries. And one of the concerns I have is that people are setting themselves up for the next big potential bubble that&#x27;s going to burst. Because as soon as interest rates rise, a lot of those fixed income yield chasers potentially could get burned. But absolutely, once you transition out of the working phase of your life, your portfolio should change as well. And, you know, I was sitting with some friends this morning over breakfast and they were talking</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> about our goals, our life goals, what&#x27;s really important to us. And the three things that I came up with was, you know, for me personally, I want clarity of purpose. I want a high degree of confidence that I&#x27;m heading in the right direction. And when I have clarity of purpose and when I have confidence, what that does is it provides me with freedom. Freedom to not worry. Freedom to go be with the people I want to be with and do the things I want to do and have the relationships that I want to have. And frankly, I think most of the people that I work with, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re looking for too. And I think one of the ways you get that is through education. You have to, in this world that we live in today, you have to be your own biggest advocate. You have to educate yourself and you have to make changes when it&#x27;s appropriate. He is Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement, a most excellent book with a system</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> attached that will help you outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Jason, how can people get a hold of your book? Well, the great thing is it&#x27;s available in all major bookstores. So Barnes &amp; Noble, Borders is kind of, I guess, shutting down, but it was available there at Borders. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. You can buy it as an e-book on your Nook or your Kindle or your iPad, all those different formats. Really, any fine bookstore should be able to get you a copy of the book. And again, we appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent sharing the information that&#x27;s contained in that book with the listeners here on the Financial Safari. Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement. We certainly appreciate your time. You guys, thanks so much for the work you&#x27;re doing. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jason Parker</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jason Parker, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/image.jpg?t=1792073140&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-parker-thriving-in-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/image.jpg?t=1792073140&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873</guid>
      <omny:clipId>41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>712</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11424089" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-parker-thriving-in-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>189</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Thriving in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robert Kiyosaki: Financial Education and Thinking Beyond a Paycheck</title>
      <itunes:title>Robert Kiyosaki: Financial Education and Thinking Beyond a Paycheck</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hello and welcome into the program. This is the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And in studio, as always, is the nation&#x27;s income planner, investment advisor, registered financial consultant, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore CPA. We&#x27;ve got several other people who will be joining us throughout the program today, including a very special guest. I see him connecting on the phone right now. We&#x27;ll have him up in just a minute. Coach Pete, who do we have on today that you want to let folks know about? Well, there&#x27;s a book I read several years ago called Rich Dad, Poor Dad, and he&#x27;s written several other books since then. And probably before that, Robert Kiyosaki, folks, you&#x27;ve probably heard that name. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He&#x27;s one of Donald Trump&#x27;s close friends, Robert Kiyosaki, will be joining us very shortly.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But folks, I want to tell you right here on this show, happy Memorial Day weekend, by the way, to all our listeners. And a special shout out to all the armed forces active and retired. It&#x27;s because of you guys that we&#x27;re able to talk freely on the radio and tell people about all the great things that they could do in retirement. But I like to tell everyone, gain confidence in yourself and your retirement. Very, very important. And everything we&#x27;re going to talk about today evolves around retirement planning, 401ks. And it doesn&#x27;t matter how old or how young you are, you&#x27;ll find something on the show today that will be very valuable, including later on a free book giveaway. So, folks, listen closely. The free book Memorial Day giveaway is coming up shortly. The more you know about your money, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And I think that&#x27;s why this next gentleman here on the program has been educating folks about their financial decision making for years and years, authoring several books.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think he&#x27;s got 16 books under his belt now. Welcome to the program, Mr. Kiyosaki. Hey, thanks. And thanks for doing a financial education show. Our government needs it. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this about six years now, Robert, and it never changes. You watch TV and you read in the papers and get magazines and everyone&#x27;s trying to push one thing or the other. And that&#x27;s what I like about what you do is you take a step back and tell people what they really should be doing, not what they should be following the herd with. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of your new book. And, folks, you need to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s called The Unfair Advantage, The Power of a Financial Education. Subtitle is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Of course, the author is Robert Kiyosaki. And, Robert, there&#x27;s so many good things in the book. I&#x27;ll start with asking you a couple of questions, and you can tell me what you really want to draw attention to in the book. But in the book, you talk about five levels of investors. Do you want to go over that real quick?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a little bit too tough to get into. But the average person is not investing, and they&#x27;re depending upon the government to take care of them. And they&#x27;re depending upon Social Security and Medicare. The very people they&#x27;re asking to take care of them, I&#x27;m not Republican or Democrat. The problem is our very people who are protecting us are ripping us off. That&#x27;s why I made the comment about you guys should be talking to our leaders also because they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re doing since we have no financial education in our schools. We have a very serious problem in the next 10 years is the old guys like me will start collecting Social Security and Medicare, and it&#x27;s going to kill us. We talk all the time on the program about the more you know, the more money you get to keep in your pocket. So why is it that schools will never teach this information that you lay out pretty simply in your book? Well, if you read Rich Dad, Poor Dad, my poor dad&#x27;s a great guy.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> He was a Ph.D., and he was the head of education as well as head of the teacher&#x27;s union. And it&#x27;s the teacher&#x27;s union that&#x27;s the big problem because, as you know, most unions – I&#x27;m not against unions – but most unions, they want to work less and get paid more. So we&#x27;re going broke because those are the guys running our country. The NEA, National Education Association, is the most powerful labor union in the United States. So they&#x27;re not going to teach anything that violates what they&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s basically communism is what they&#x27;re doing, unfortunately. I was a Marine, and I fought in Vietnam, and I didn&#x27;t fight for communism. It was my fault for capitalism. Well, as a Marine, you know the motto was advance and protect. I mean that&#x27;s how you fight a battle is you always should be gaining, and when you gain, you should never give back, correct? Right. It was also kill or be killed. Well, that&#x27;s the way it is in the financial world.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> The people keep making more money, and the old saying, it takes money to make money, is almost a little bit off base. But we talk about financial experts in the book, or you do, and you have a great quote from Warren Buffett. He says that Wall Street&#x27;s the only place where people ride to work in a Rolls Royce and get advice from those who take the subway. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s the way you think about it. I wouldn&#x27;t listen to most financial planners, but this is the difference. I don&#x27;t need to listen to most financial planners because I don&#x27;t think the way they do. And I think the 401k is the biggest ripoff ever put on the United States. It is ripping people off left, right, and center, but it&#x27;s making Wall Street guys richer. You know, they&#x27;re getting paid billions in bonuses, and guys are losing their homes and their jobs. This is a complete ripoff right now. What&#x27;s wrong with the 401k system, Mr. Kiyosaki? Taxes.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> You will pay more and more in taxes than you&#x27;ll ever know. Plus, when you put a mutual fund inside a 401k, it&#x27;s the most stupid thing you can do. Plus, mutual funds, you know, they don&#x27;t tell you what their high expense ratios are. I&#x27;m not against this whole thing. If you don&#x27;t have any financial education, you should save money and put money in a 401k. But I don&#x27;t save money. I don&#x27;t get out of debt. I&#x27;m trying to get into debt. And I don&#x27;t have a 401k because I don&#x27;t like being ripped off. It&#x27;s that simple. But I have a financial education. That&#x27;s the biggest difference of all. So there&#x27;s advice for different stratas. For those of you who want to understand how the rich are getting richer, you should read Unfair Advantage. Because Rich Dad Poor Dad has a story when I was nine years old. An unfair advantage is what I&#x27;m doing today. And I&#x27;m making so much more money, but I don&#x27;t have a financial advisor giving me bad advice.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But you have to do what&#x27;s best for you and don&#x27;t do what I do. Unfair Advantage will give you some ideas. Oh, that&#x27;s how those guys are doing it. There&#x27;s five unfair advantages. One is debt. Second is taxes. We love debt because banks always call me up because they want to unload more property onto me. And number two is because I&#x27;m on their team, I don&#x27;t pay any tax on it. So when you read that, you go, oh, my God, that&#x27;s how they&#x27;re doing it. They&#x27;re getting richer, paying less in taxes. And the thing is, you can do it, too. You just have fewer zeros behind what you do. They started off small, footed Donald Trump, but now we have millions of dollars coming at us because we have an education that most people don&#x27;t have. And you can do it, too. That&#x27;s my whole point. Well, you and I think a lot alike.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And we talk about this almost weekly on our show about two things. One is about cash flow, and I want to talk about that in a minute. But number two is most financial planners try to look at the past to justify what they&#x27;re going to put you in in the future. Isn&#x27;t that right? It&#x27;s worse than that, but that&#x27;s true. They look at historical values. What they&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m not against them. I just don&#x27;t like their advice. You know what I mean? You know, they&#x27;ll say, well, this mutual fund&#x27;s five-star rated. Well, as compared to what? You know, it&#x27;s like having a beauty pageant of ugly people and saying, well, this person&#x27;s the least ugly. That&#x27;s what five-star means. Well, let&#x27;s look at this now. They&#x27;re not comparing it to guys like me who are kicking butt out there, you know, getting infinite returns because I&#x27;m not using my money. I&#x27;m using the bank&#x27;s money. So that&#x27;s why if you think getting out of debt is smart, unfair advantage will shock you and say, my God, these guys are using debt to get rich and pay no tax.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> It&#x27;s so opposite of what people have been taught. You know, in a land of small people, a five-foot person is a tall person, right? So that&#x27;s why we have to be careful what they&#x27;re comparing to. It&#x27;s all relative. It&#x27;s all relative. So when you read unfair advantage, my idea was that by having the same advantages and seeing how it works in today&#x27;s economy, like I said, rich dad, poor dad was me in elementary school. Unfair advantage is me in grad school. And you&#x27;ll see why the rich are just kicking butt right now. You know, I was just talking to my friend Donald, and he says, man, I can&#x27;t believe how many deals are coming at me. I said, me too. This is the best time of my life. But we&#x27;re old guys now. For the average person, you&#x27;ve followed the mantra that your house is not an asset. But the debt can be an asset to you, can&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s how you are leveraging your money and making more, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Right. When I said your house is not an asset, you know, realtors stopped sending me Christmas cards. It was back in 1997. And now with the subprime crisis and the crashes on Wall Street and all this, you know, people are saying maybe Kiyosaki and Trump weren&#x27;t so far off base. But we do think differently because we had rich dads. And our job is to put those ideas into your head. And maybe if you don&#x27;t do it, maybe you can teach your kids differently. Because the second biggest ripoff is going to school on those student loans. Those are the worst loans you can possibly get. But they don&#x27;t tell you that. You know, many kids coming out of school today will never pay off that school loan. And when their kids go to school, they&#x27;ll still be paying off the student loans and their kids will be getting the student loan. That&#x27;s bad debt. But the whole system is based upon debt.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And if you don&#x27;t know how to handle debt, that&#x27;s why you get into trouble. That&#x27;s why your house is not an asset. I&#x27;m not saying don&#x27;t buy a house. I&#x27;m saying don&#x27;t be stupid out there. And now what I&#x27;ve been saying since Rich Dad, Poor Dad came out 15 or 13 years ago, whatever it is, people are saying, well, maybe the guy wasn&#x27;t so stupid. Well, you know, you used a great example and analogy in this book. And I want to really get into this because this explains cash flow to a T. You say the three priceless lessons you learned from Monopoly. Monopoly. And then, of course, your wife, Kim. My wife&#x27;s name&#x27;s Kim, too, so we have that in common. But she has a commentary, too, so she must have played some Monopoly. But explain to folks how they should have learned if they ever played Monopoly, they should have learned that lesson then. And they might never have had to take another financial course in their life if they would have just paid attention when they were playing Monopoly.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> Absolutely. Monopoly is one of the most brilliant games ever created. You know, let&#x27;s say you have one house. You get paid, let&#x27;s say, $10 rent. You have two houses. You get paid $20, $30, $40, $40, and a rent a hotel $60. That&#x27;s all you have to do. So when I was nine years old, I was playing Monopoly, and my rich dad started telling me this is how the game is played. That&#x27;s all? I said, yes. I said, why am I going to go to school? He says, I don&#x27;t know. So I was like 10 years old, nine years old, and all this. And today I&#x27;m still playing Monopoly. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to say to people. That&#x27;s the real education you should have had is how to play Monopoly. Because today, in Unfair Advantage, I&#x27;m talking about how banks are calling me up today saying, hey, we should take this off our hands. We&#x27;re in trouble. We&#x27;ll give you the money. It&#x27;s so different of what the average person is taught in school.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> The average person will work for guys like me and pay higher taxes to the government. And that&#x27;s what I don&#x27;t want for the average person. You should play the game of Monopoly for real because you don&#x27;t have to go to college to do that. Mr. Kiyosaki, in your new book, you talk about the fact that the crisis, the economic crisis, is not over and the worst is yet to come. What do you feel that our future for the economy is going to look like in this country? You&#x27;ve predicted a pretty rough future. Well, let me tell you how I see the economy. Because I started saying years ago that gold and silver were the best investment. That was in 2000. Back then, I think gold was $275 a pound and silver was like, let&#x27;s say, $5. And today, gold is $1,500 and silver is $35. If you had just done that, you would kick butt.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> But today, this is how I look. I always look in 10-year increments. I look at 2010 to the year 2020. And I ask myself, what&#x27;s going to happen between 2010 and 2020? Well, what&#x27;s going to happen is the old guys like me, the baby boomers, we&#x27;re going to start collecting on IOUs. That&#x27;s basically one big Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme. Those IOUs and Ponzi schemes are called Social Security and Medicare. Social Security is a $15 trillion problem. And Medicare is a $65 trillion problem. So you ask yourself, can our government, I&#x27;m not either Republican or Democrat, can our leaders, the president to the senators or the congressmen, can they solve probably a $100 trillion problem? I don&#x27;t think so. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m not betting with the government.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> I&#x27;m betting against them. If you think the next president, be it Obama, whoever wins, can solve the problems in the next 10 years, then you just do what school taught you. Go to school, save money, work hard, buy a house, and put your money in a 401K. But if you are betting against the government, you&#x27;ll do other things. I bet against my government. I love my country. I also don&#x27;t trust my leaders. That&#x27;s the problem. We&#x27;re talking with Mr. Robert Kiyosaki. He is the author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, joining us here on the Financial Safari. And it&#x27;s always a pleasure to get to speak with such a prestigious name. His new book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education, What Schools Will Never Teach You, emphasizes his long-held belief that the school system and our education system is not teaching us the financial knowledge that we need to know.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Mr. Kiyosaki, you challenge people to invest in the one thing that they can control themselves. And that goes right along with what we talk about here on the Financial Safari all the time, kind of like recycling and the old mantra, think globally and act locally. You need to control what&#x27;s in your own personal economy rather than worry about all these global factors and forces that are outside of your control, don&#x27;t you? Amen. You&#x27;re 100% on. The one thing you can control is what you put in your head. And that&#x27;s why the start of Unfair Advantage is they choose your teachers wisely. I&#x27;m not against teachers, but most of them aren&#x27;t rich. And I want to be rich. So you better choose leaders or teachers that you want to be like, like Mr. Trump&#x27;s a good friend of mine.</p><p><strong>13:18</strong> Steve Forbes is a good friend of mine. I&#x27;m not as rich as they are, but I like hanging out with them because I learn a lot from them. I think like them. I want to think like them. I want to think more like them. But when somebody comes up to me and says, well, you know, you&#x27;ve got to have a secure job. I say, yeah, if you like paying taxes, that&#x27;s a good idea. Well, you must save money. I said, yeah, you save money. You say you save your $5,000 and the Fed just printed $3.7 trillion. What is your little $10,000 in savings worth? Nothing. And then you pay tax upon that. That&#x27;s really stupid from my book, from my perspective. So you&#x27;ve got to make your own choice. Whose ideas are you going to put into your head? And that&#x27;s one thing you have control over. And it&#x27;s about reprogramming a lot of times because people are bombarded with bad information. And even Kim, your wife, wrote it. She said, my earth-shattering realization came when I realized I had been taught and programmed</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> all my life to focus on the wrong thing when it came to money. And what it really should be, Robert, is all about cash flow, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot about cash flow, but it&#x27;s also debt and taxes. The thing is, I use debt to get rich. And the average person says they have no financial education. Debt makes them poorer. And the average person who is working hard, saving money, and putting in a 401k, they&#x27;re going to pay the highest taxes of anybody around. And the people that pay the most taxes are the A students, the guys who are doctors and lawyers and accountants. They pay the highest taxes. And those are the A students. It&#x27;s so backwards. If you read Unfair Advantage, you go, oh my god, we&#x27;ve really been looking at it from the wrong side of the coin. If there&#x27;s two sides of a coin, they may look on the loose side of the coin, not the wind side of the coin.</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Anybody will ever spend. It&#x27;s called Unfair Advantage, folks. The power of financial education. What schools will never teach you about money? It is an education in one book. And if you read this, folks, there&#x27;s no way you can&#x27;t make money in the future. Mr. Kiyosaki, you&#x27;ve written rich dad, poor dad. You&#x27;ve written rich kid, poor kid. Any advice out there for the moms? Yeah, be very careful of what&#x27;s being put inside the child&#x27;s head. For example, my poor dad always said, I can&#x27;t afford it. Or he would say such things as, the rich are evil. The rich rip us all off. And you go to school. You make sure you get a good school. Go to Harvard, you know? If that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re putting inside your kid&#x27;s head, they&#x27;re going to wind up like, you&#x27;re getting bad advice financially. Now, education might be good. Might get a better job. But as I&#x27;m saying, employees and doctors and lawyers pay the highest taxes of all.</p><p><strong>15:40</strong> When President Obama says he&#x27;s going to tax the rich, he&#x27;s not taxing the rich. He&#x27;s not taxing guys like me. They&#x27;re giving me tax breaks. They&#x27;re giving me tax break after tax break after tax break. But the people who go to school, they&#x27;re just raising taxes on them. It&#x27;s really bad. So I just bought a sailboat in a million bucks. I got a 100% tax write-off for it. Oh, that&#x27;s nice. It&#x27;s just a different way of looking at life. It&#x27;s not the sailboat. It&#x27;s my knowledge. So I understand the tax system, and I just play the tax system. But nobody ever tells you about taxes in school, nor do they tell you about debt. I just bought 680 units in San Antonio, Texas, apartment houses. And the thing was $27 million. Somebody ran it into the ground. So the bank calls up and says, look, would you take it off our hands for $21 million? And we say, sure. No money down. We got $20 million property.</p><p><strong>16:27</strong> Think about that one. It&#x27;s shocking what happens in unfair advantage. As you&#x27;ll read about, there&#x27;s five unfair advantages. The last unfair advantage is called the law of compensation. It&#x27;s exactly opposite of what they tell you in school. So I get richer and richer. Every year, my wife and I, we add, you know, this year, we&#x27;re going to add another 1,000 units. I&#x27;m going to drill more oil wells. I just get richer and richer. The government gives me the tax breaks for it. But I&#x27;m doing what the government wants me to do. But by getting a job and working hard and saving money, you&#x27;re doing what the government doesn&#x27;t want you to do. That&#x27;s why you pay more tax than I do. You had some pretty good oxymorons, a little page on that. The definition of oxymoron is words that contradict each other, like jumbo shrimp, government service, and painless dentist. That&#x27;s a pretty good one. And how about adult male? There&#x27;s no such thing as an adult male.</p><p><strong>17:13</strong> Well, and the one I wanted to call attention to was diversified portfolio. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good one. It&#x27;s not diversified. It&#x27;s de-worsified. I&#x27;ll just say it again. The mutual fund is like, let&#x27;s say you have a plastic bucket. What a mutual fund is, is they drill holes all the way down to the last inch of the bucket. And so you&#x27;re putting money in, but all the money is pouring out the sides, and all you keep is in the bottom one inch of the bucket. The mutual fund company gets the rest. And you know when they say there&#x27;s a five-star and all this stuff? You&#x27;re not going, you&#x27;re lying. That&#x27;s the worst thing about it. A person can&#x27;t tell they&#x27;re being lied to. That&#x27;s what disturbs me. If you don&#x27;t know, you have no financial education, you can&#x27;t tell what&#x27;s good or bad. You just have to listen to somebody who&#x27;s a financial planner. I&#x27;m not against them.</p><p><strong>17:59</strong> But ask them how much education it takes to become a financial planner. You can become a financial planner in one month, just 30 days. You too can be planning people&#x27;s futures. But it takes 18 months to become a massage therapist. You know, I mean, what&#x27;s more valuable, a massage or your financial future? Depends on what time of day it is. There&#x27;s a couple of massage therapists that do a good job. Mr. Kiyosaki, the majority of the American public are investing in 401ks, though. They are investing in mutual funds. What advice do you have for those retirement-minded Americans, those within a five-year window of retirement or already into retirement, that are now in a situation where they are drawing off of those qualified accounts, those 401ks and those IRAs?</p><p><strong>18:48</strong> What would you tell those folks? I would do something different, number one. I would pray for them. As I said, look from 2010 to 2020 and ask yourself, what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Either keep doing the same thing and pray a lot or say, I&#x27;m going to get some new ideas and take some different actions. That&#x27;s all I can say. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s bad. I&#x27;m just saying it&#x27;s not good. So if you want to keep doing it, fine. Have a good life. There&#x27;s different advice for different people. Like Susie Orman, when she speaks, she&#x27;s a friend of mine. When she speaks to most people, she&#x27;s scolding them. And many people need to be scolded. And then you have Dave Ramsey who&#x27;s saying, act your wage. And what he&#x27;s basically saying, stay an employee and get taxed to death. Now, if you like that advice, stay there. I&#x27;m saying you better do something different.</p><p><strong>19:34</strong> So if you just want to stay as an employee, hope that Social Security and Medicare are there for you, and a 401k is going to keep you going, that&#x27;s fine. What I&#x27;m saying, there&#x27;s better ways to do it. But as you said, you have to change your thinking. You have to change who you listen to. That&#x27;s where it starts. In your book here, you talk about the difference between the person who is chasing capital gains and the one who is comfortable with the cash flow. Right. What it all comes down to, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Last year, I think we bought another 2,000 apartment units. We drilled five oil wells or something. We hit five. So our cash flow per month goes up by like $100,000 a month. Now, it&#x27;s not big money. That&#x27;s $1.2 million a year. I&#x27;m not rich like the rich guys, but $1.2 million a year cash flow without working kind of gets me comfortable every month.</p><p><strong>20:20</strong> And other people who are investing in stocks of oil companies like Exxon and Enron and those guys, they&#x27;re going up and down with the capital gains of the company. Meanwhile, the same companies are sending me a check every month for the oil I&#x27;m investing in. So there&#x27;s a different way to look at it. I don&#x27;t like the stock market because I have no control of the up and down. Now, you can if you play options and those types of things. But I would rather just receive my check every month. So every month, we have about 3,000 people sending us a check for using our apartment houses. And I have commercial properties. I never lost during the financial crash. So it&#x27;s $100,000 a month. A lot of people don&#x27;t make $100,000 a year, but I make that a month without working. Then I go to work every month on top of that. Well, you talked about taxes being an unfair advantage, debt being an unfair advantage, like your friend Warren Buffett that you quoted in your book, who has said that he was in a lower effective tax bracket than his own secretary.</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> So, folks, you need to think about your finances differently. And, Mr. Kiyosaki, it&#x27;s been an absolute pleasure speaking with you again. Robert Kiyosaki, the author of The Rich Dad, Poor Dad series of books, his newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Folks, that is your unfair advantage. And the subtitle of the book is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Mr. Kiyosaki, we would love to have you back on in the future. Please feel free to give us a call whenever, or if possible, I would love to reach out to you to have you back on the program. Yeah, please do. You guys are doing a great job. And, you know, the most important thing is to change the way people think. Look at the world differently. This is the best time in my life right now, but I had an unfair advantage. Well, we would love to have you back on to talk more and learn more from you.</p><p><strong>21:58</strong> And put a good word in for us, if you would, with your friends Donald Trump and Steve Forbes and Susie Orman, too. All right. I&#x27;ll do that. Thank you, Mr. Kiyosaki, for joining us on the Financial Safari. And, everybody, I highly recommend you go out and buy a copy of Mr. Kiyosaki&#x27;s newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Keep up the good work, you guys. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hello and welcome into the program. This is the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And in studio, as always, is the nation&#x27;s income planner, investment advisor, registered financial consultant, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore CPA. We&#x27;ve got several other people who will be joining us throughout the program today, including a very special guest. I see him connecting on the phone right now. We&#x27;ll have him up in just a minute. Coach Pete, who do we have on today that you want to let folks know about? Well, there&#x27;s a book I read several years ago called Rich Dad, Poor Dad, and he&#x27;s written several other books since then. And probably before that, Robert Kiyosaki, folks, you&#x27;ve probably heard that name. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He&#x27;s one of Donald Trump&#x27;s close friends, Robert Kiyosaki, will be joining us very shortly.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But folks, I want to tell you right here on this show, happy Memorial Day weekend, by the way, to all our listeners. And a special shout out to all the armed forces active and retired. It&#x27;s because of you guys that we&#x27;re able to talk freely on the radio and tell people about all the great things that they could do in retirement. But I like to tell everyone, gain confidence in yourself and your retirement. Very, very important. And everything we&#x27;re going to talk about today evolves around retirement planning, 401ks. And it doesn&#x27;t matter how old or how young you are, you&#x27;ll find something on the show today that will be very valuable, including later on a free book giveaway. So, folks, listen closely. The free book Memorial Day giveaway is coming up shortly. The more you know about your money, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And I think that&#x27;s why this next gentleman here on the program has been educating folks about their financial decision making for years and years, authoring several books.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think he&#x27;s got 16 books under his belt now. Welcome to the program, Mr. Kiyosaki. Hey, thanks. And thanks for doing a financial education show. Our government needs it. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this about six years now, Robert, and it never changes. You watch TV and you read in the papers and get magazines and everyone&#x27;s trying to push one thing or the other. And that&#x27;s what I like about what you do is you take a step back and tell people what they really should be doing, not what they should be following the herd with. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of your new book. And, folks, you need to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s called The Unfair Advantage, The Power of a Financial Education. Subtitle is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Of course, the author is Robert Kiyosaki. And, Robert, there&#x27;s so many good things in the book. I&#x27;ll start with asking you a couple of questions, and you can tell me what you really want to draw attention to in the book. But in the book, you talk about five levels of investors. Do you want to go over that real quick?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a little bit too tough to get into. But the average person is not investing, and they&#x27;re depending upon the government to take care of them. And they&#x27;re depending upon Social Security and Medicare. The very people they&#x27;re asking to take care of them, I&#x27;m not Republican or Democrat. The problem is our very people who are protecting us are ripping us off. That&#x27;s why I made the comment about you guys should be talking to our leaders also because they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re doing since we have no financial education in our schools. We have a very serious problem in the next 10 years is the old guys like me will start collecting Social Security and Medicare, and it&#x27;s going to kill us. We talk all the time on the program about the more you know, the more money you get to keep in your pocket. So why is it that schools will never teach this information that you lay out pretty simply in your book? Well, if you read Rich Dad, Poor Dad, my poor dad&#x27;s a great guy.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> He was a Ph.D., and he was the head of education as well as head of the teacher&#x27;s union. And it&#x27;s the teacher&#x27;s union that&#x27;s the big problem because, as you know, most unions – I&#x27;m not against unions – but most unions, they want to work less and get paid more. So we&#x27;re going broke because those are the guys running our country. The NEA, National Education Association, is the most powerful labor union in the United States. So they&#x27;re not going to teach anything that violates what they&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s basically communism is what they&#x27;re doing, unfortunately. I was a Marine, and I fought in Vietnam, and I didn&#x27;t fight for communism. It was my fault for capitalism. Well, as a Marine, you know the motto was advance and protect. I mean that&#x27;s how you fight a battle is you always should be gaining, and when you gain, you should never give back, correct? Right. It was also kill or be killed. Well, that&#x27;s the way it is in the financial world.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> The people keep making more money, and the old saying, it takes money to make money, is almost a little bit off base. But we talk about financial experts in the book, or you do, and you have a great quote from Warren Buffett. He says that Wall Street&#x27;s the only place where people ride to work in a Rolls Royce and get advice from those who take the subway. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s the way you think about it. I wouldn&#x27;t listen to most financial planners, but this is the difference. I don&#x27;t need to listen to most financial planners because I don&#x27;t think the way they do. And I think the 401k is the biggest ripoff ever put on the United States. It is ripping people off left, right, and center, but it&#x27;s making Wall Street guys richer. You know, they&#x27;re getting paid billions in bonuses, and guys are losing their homes and their jobs. This is a complete ripoff right now. What&#x27;s wrong with the 401k system, Mr. Kiyosaki? Taxes.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> You will pay more and more in taxes than you&#x27;ll ever know. Plus, when you put a mutual fund inside a 401k, it&#x27;s the most stupid thing you can do. Plus, mutual funds, you know, they don&#x27;t tell you what their high expense ratios are. I&#x27;m not against this whole thing. If you don&#x27;t have any financial education, you should save money and put money in a 401k. But I don&#x27;t save money. I don&#x27;t get out of debt. I&#x27;m trying to get into debt. And I don&#x27;t have a 401k because I don&#x27;t like being ripped off. It&#x27;s that simple. But I have a financial education. That&#x27;s the biggest difference of all. So there&#x27;s advice for different stratas. For those of you who want to understand how the rich are getting richer, you should read Unfair Advantage. Because Rich Dad Poor Dad has a story when I was nine years old. An unfair advantage is what I&#x27;m doing today. And I&#x27;m making so much more money, but I don&#x27;t have a financial advisor giving me bad advice.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But you have to do what&#x27;s best for you and don&#x27;t do what I do. Unfair Advantage will give you some ideas. Oh, that&#x27;s how those guys are doing it. There&#x27;s five unfair advantages. One is debt. Second is taxes. We love debt because banks always call me up because they want to unload more property onto me. And number two is because I&#x27;m on their team, I don&#x27;t pay any tax on it. So when you read that, you go, oh, my God, that&#x27;s how they&#x27;re doing it. They&#x27;re getting richer, paying less in taxes. And the thing is, you can do it, too. You just have fewer zeros behind what you do. They started off small, footed Donald Trump, but now we have millions of dollars coming at us because we have an education that most people don&#x27;t have. And you can do it, too. That&#x27;s my whole point. Well, you and I think a lot alike.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And we talk about this almost weekly on our show about two things. One is about cash flow, and I want to talk about that in a minute. But number two is most financial planners try to look at the past to justify what they&#x27;re going to put you in in the future. Isn&#x27;t that right? It&#x27;s worse than that, but that&#x27;s true. They look at historical values. What they&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m not against them. I just don&#x27;t like their advice. You know what I mean? You know, they&#x27;ll say, well, this mutual fund&#x27;s five-star rated. Well, as compared to what? You know, it&#x27;s like having a beauty pageant of ugly people and saying, well, this person&#x27;s the least ugly. That&#x27;s what five-star means. Well, let&#x27;s look at this now. They&#x27;re not comparing it to guys like me who are kicking butt out there, you know, getting infinite returns because I&#x27;m not using my money. I&#x27;m using the bank&#x27;s money. So that&#x27;s why if you think getting out of debt is smart, unfair advantage will shock you and say, my God, these guys are using debt to get rich and pay no tax.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> It&#x27;s so opposite of what people have been taught. You know, in a land of small people, a five-foot person is a tall person, right? So that&#x27;s why we have to be careful what they&#x27;re comparing to. It&#x27;s all relative. It&#x27;s all relative. So when you read unfair advantage, my idea was that by having the same advantages and seeing how it works in today&#x27;s economy, like I said, rich dad, poor dad was me in elementary school. Unfair advantage is me in grad school. And you&#x27;ll see why the rich are just kicking butt right now. You know, I was just talking to my friend Donald, and he says, man, I can&#x27;t believe how many deals are coming at me. I said, me too. This is the best time of my life. But we&#x27;re old guys now. For the average person, you&#x27;ve followed the mantra that your house is not an asset. But the debt can be an asset to you, can&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s how you are leveraging your money and making more, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Right. When I said your house is not an asset, you know, realtors stopped sending me Christmas cards. It was back in 1997. And now with the subprime crisis and the crashes on Wall Street and all this, you know, people are saying maybe Kiyosaki and Trump weren&#x27;t so far off base. But we do think differently because we had rich dads. And our job is to put those ideas into your head. And maybe if you don&#x27;t do it, maybe you can teach your kids differently. Because the second biggest ripoff is going to school on those student loans. Those are the worst loans you can possibly get. But they don&#x27;t tell you that. You know, many kids coming out of school today will never pay off that school loan. And when their kids go to school, they&#x27;ll still be paying off the student loans and their kids will be getting the student loan. That&#x27;s bad debt. But the whole system is based upon debt.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And if you don&#x27;t know how to handle debt, that&#x27;s why you get into trouble. That&#x27;s why your house is not an asset. I&#x27;m not saying don&#x27;t buy a house. I&#x27;m saying don&#x27;t be stupid out there. And now what I&#x27;ve been saying since Rich Dad, Poor Dad came out 15 or 13 years ago, whatever it is, people are saying, well, maybe the guy wasn&#x27;t so stupid. Well, you know, you used a great example and analogy in this book. And I want to really get into this because this explains cash flow to a T. You say the three priceless lessons you learned from Monopoly. Monopoly. And then, of course, your wife, Kim. My wife&#x27;s name&#x27;s Kim, too, so we have that in common. But she has a commentary, too, so she must have played some Monopoly. But explain to folks how they should have learned if they ever played Monopoly, they should have learned that lesson then. And they might never have had to take another financial course in their life if they would have just paid attention when they were playing Monopoly.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> Absolutely. Monopoly is one of the most brilliant games ever created. You know, let&#x27;s say you have one house. You get paid, let&#x27;s say, $10 rent. You have two houses. You get paid $20, $30, $40, $40, and a rent a hotel $60. That&#x27;s all you have to do. So when I was nine years old, I was playing Monopoly, and my rich dad started telling me this is how the game is played. That&#x27;s all? I said, yes. I said, why am I going to go to school? He says, I don&#x27;t know. So I was like 10 years old, nine years old, and all this. And today I&#x27;m still playing Monopoly. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to say to people. That&#x27;s the real education you should have had is how to play Monopoly. Because today, in Unfair Advantage, I&#x27;m talking about how banks are calling me up today saying, hey, we should take this off our hands. We&#x27;re in trouble. We&#x27;ll give you the money. It&#x27;s so different of what the average person is taught in school.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> The average person will work for guys like me and pay higher taxes to the government. And that&#x27;s what I don&#x27;t want for the average person. You should play the game of Monopoly for real because you don&#x27;t have to go to college to do that. Mr. Kiyosaki, in your new book, you talk about the fact that the crisis, the economic crisis, is not over and the worst is yet to come. What do you feel that our future for the economy is going to look like in this country? You&#x27;ve predicted a pretty rough future. Well, let me tell you how I see the economy. Because I started saying years ago that gold and silver were the best investment. That was in 2000. Back then, I think gold was $275 a pound and silver was like, let&#x27;s say, $5. And today, gold is $1,500 and silver is $35. If you had just done that, you would kick butt.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> But today, this is how I look. I always look in 10-year increments. I look at 2010 to the year 2020. And I ask myself, what&#x27;s going to happen between 2010 and 2020? Well, what&#x27;s going to happen is the old guys like me, the baby boomers, we&#x27;re going to start collecting on IOUs. That&#x27;s basically one big Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme. Those IOUs and Ponzi schemes are called Social Security and Medicare. Social Security is a $15 trillion problem. And Medicare is a $65 trillion problem. So you ask yourself, can our government, I&#x27;m not either Republican or Democrat, can our leaders, the president to the senators or the congressmen, can they solve probably a $100 trillion problem? I don&#x27;t think so. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m not betting with the government.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> I&#x27;m betting against them. If you think the next president, be it Obama, whoever wins, can solve the problems in the next 10 years, then you just do what school taught you. Go to school, save money, work hard, buy a house, and put your money in a 401K. But if you are betting against the government, you&#x27;ll do other things. I bet against my government. I love my country. I also don&#x27;t trust my leaders. That&#x27;s the problem. We&#x27;re talking with Mr. Robert Kiyosaki. He is the author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, joining us here on the Financial Safari. And it&#x27;s always a pleasure to get to speak with such a prestigious name. His new book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education, What Schools Will Never Teach You, emphasizes his long-held belief that the school system and our education system is not teaching us the financial knowledge that we need to know.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Mr. Kiyosaki, you challenge people to invest in the one thing that they can control themselves. And that goes right along with what we talk about here on the Financial Safari all the time, kind of like recycling and the old mantra, think globally and act locally. You need to control what&#x27;s in your own personal economy rather than worry about all these global factors and forces that are outside of your control, don&#x27;t you? Amen. You&#x27;re 100% on. The one thing you can control is what you put in your head. And that&#x27;s why the start of Unfair Advantage is they choose your teachers wisely. I&#x27;m not against teachers, but most of them aren&#x27;t rich. And I want to be rich. So you better choose leaders or teachers that you want to be like, like Mr. Trump&#x27;s a good friend of mine.</p><p><strong>13:18</strong> Steve Forbes is a good friend of mine. I&#x27;m not as rich as they are, but I like hanging out with them because I learn a lot from them. I think like them. I want to think like them. I want to think more like them. But when somebody comes up to me and says, well, you know, you&#x27;ve got to have a secure job. I say, yeah, if you like paying taxes, that&#x27;s a good idea. Well, you must save money. I said, yeah, you save money. You say you save your $5,000 and the Fed just printed $3.7 trillion. What is your little $10,000 in savings worth? Nothing. And then you pay tax upon that. That&#x27;s really stupid from my book, from my perspective. So you&#x27;ve got to make your own choice. Whose ideas are you going to put into your head? And that&#x27;s one thing you have control over. And it&#x27;s about reprogramming a lot of times because people are bombarded with bad information. And even Kim, your wife, wrote it. She said, my earth-shattering realization came when I realized I had been taught and programmed</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> all my life to focus on the wrong thing when it came to money. And what it really should be, Robert, is all about cash flow, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot about cash flow, but it&#x27;s also debt and taxes. The thing is, I use debt to get rich. And the average person says they have no financial education. Debt makes them poorer. And the average person who is working hard, saving money, and putting in a 401k, they&#x27;re going to pay the highest taxes of anybody around. And the people that pay the most taxes are the A students, the guys who are doctors and lawyers and accountants. They pay the highest taxes. And those are the A students. It&#x27;s so backwards. If you read Unfair Advantage, you go, oh my god, we&#x27;ve really been looking at it from the wrong side of the coin. If there&#x27;s two sides of a coin, they may look on the loose side of the coin, not the wind side of the coin.</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Anybody will ever spend. It&#x27;s called Unfair Advantage, folks. The power of financial education. What schools will never teach you about money? It is an education in one book. And if you read this, folks, there&#x27;s no way you can&#x27;t make money in the future. Mr. Kiyosaki, you&#x27;ve written rich dad, poor dad. You&#x27;ve written rich kid, poor kid. Any advice out there for the moms? Yeah, be very careful of what&#x27;s being put inside the child&#x27;s head. For example, my poor dad always said, I can&#x27;t afford it. Or he would say such things as, the rich are evil. The rich rip us all off. And you go to school. You make sure you get a good school. Go to Harvard, you know? If that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re putting inside your kid&#x27;s head, they&#x27;re going to wind up like, you&#x27;re getting bad advice financially. Now, education might be good. Might get a better job. But as I&#x27;m saying, employees and doctors and lawyers pay the highest taxes of all.</p><p><strong>15:40</strong> When President Obama says he&#x27;s going to tax the rich, he&#x27;s not taxing the rich. He&#x27;s not taxing guys like me. They&#x27;re giving me tax breaks. They&#x27;re giving me tax break after tax break after tax break. But the people who go to school, they&#x27;re just raising taxes on them. It&#x27;s really bad. So I just bought a sailboat in a million bucks. I got a 100% tax write-off for it. Oh, that&#x27;s nice. It&#x27;s just a different way of looking at life. It&#x27;s not the sailboat. It&#x27;s my knowledge. So I understand the tax system, and I just play the tax system. But nobody ever tells you about taxes in school, nor do they tell you about debt. I just bought 680 units in San Antonio, Texas, apartment houses. And the thing was $27 million. Somebody ran it into the ground. So the bank calls up and says, look, would you take it off our hands for $21 million? And we say, sure. No money down. We got $20 million property.</p><p><strong>16:27</strong> Think about that one. It&#x27;s shocking what happens in unfair advantage. As you&#x27;ll read about, there&#x27;s five unfair advantages. The last unfair advantage is called the law of compensation. It&#x27;s exactly opposite of what they tell you in school. So I get richer and richer. Every year, my wife and I, we add, you know, this year, we&#x27;re going to add another 1,000 units. I&#x27;m going to drill more oil wells. I just get richer and richer. The government gives me the tax breaks for it. But I&#x27;m doing what the government wants me to do. But by getting a job and working hard and saving money, you&#x27;re doing what the government doesn&#x27;t want you to do. That&#x27;s why you pay more tax than I do. You had some pretty good oxymorons, a little page on that. The definition of oxymoron is words that contradict each other, like jumbo shrimp, government service, and painless dentist. That&#x27;s a pretty good one. And how about adult male? There&#x27;s no such thing as an adult male.</p><p><strong>17:13</strong> Well, and the one I wanted to call attention to was diversified portfolio. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good one. It&#x27;s not diversified. It&#x27;s de-worsified. I&#x27;ll just say it again. The mutual fund is like, let&#x27;s say you have a plastic bucket. What a mutual fund is, is they drill holes all the way down to the last inch of the bucket. And so you&#x27;re putting money in, but all the money is pouring out the sides, and all you keep is in the bottom one inch of the bucket. The mutual fund company gets the rest. And you know when they say there&#x27;s a five-star and all this stuff? You&#x27;re not going, you&#x27;re lying. That&#x27;s the worst thing about it. A person can&#x27;t tell they&#x27;re being lied to. That&#x27;s what disturbs me. If you don&#x27;t know, you have no financial education, you can&#x27;t tell what&#x27;s good or bad. You just have to listen to somebody who&#x27;s a financial planner. I&#x27;m not against them.</p><p><strong>17:59</strong> But ask them how much education it takes to become a financial planner. You can become a financial planner in one month, just 30 days. You too can be planning people&#x27;s futures. But it takes 18 months to become a massage therapist. You know, I mean, what&#x27;s more valuable, a massage or your financial future? Depends on what time of day it is. There&#x27;s a couple of massage therapists that do a good job. Mr. Kiyosaki, the majority of the American public are investing in 401ks, though. They are investing in mutual funds. What advice do you have for those retirement-minded Americans, those within a five-year window of retirement or already into retirement, that are now in a situation where they are drawing off of those qualified accounts, those 401ks and those IRAs?</p><p><strong>18:48</strong> What would you tell those folks? I would do something different, number one. I would pray for them. As I said, look from 2010 to 2020 and ask yourself, what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Either keep doing the same thing and pray a lot or say, I&#x27;m going to get some new ideas and take some different actions. That&#x27;s all I can say. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s bad. I&#x27;m just saying it&#x27;s not good. So if you want to keep doing it, fine. Have a good life. There&#x27;s different advice for different people. Like Susie Orman, when she speaks, she&#x27;s a friend of mine. When she speaks to most people, she&#x27;s scolding them. And many people need to be scolded. And then you have Dave Ramsey who&#x27;s saying, act your wage. And what he&#x27;s basically saying, stay an employee and get taxed to death. Now, if you like that advice, stay there. I&#x27;m saying you better do something different.</p><p><strong>19:34</strong> So if you just want to stay as an employee, hope that Social Security and Medicare are there for you, and a 401k is going to keep you going, that&#x27;s fine. What I&#x27;m saying, there&#x27;s better ways to do it. But as you said, you have to change your thinking. You have to change who you listen to. That&#x27;s where it starts. In your book here, you talk about the difference between the person who is chasing capital gains and the one who is comfortable with the cash flow. Right. What it all comes down to, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Last year, I think we bought another 2,000 apartment units. We drilled five oil wells or something. We hit five. So our cash flow per month goes up by like $100,000 a month. Now, it&#x27;s not big money. That&#x27;s $1.2 million a year. I&#x27;m not rich like the rich guys, but $1.2 million a year cash flow without working kind of gets me comfortable every month.</p><p><strong>20:20</strong> And other people who are investing in stocks of oil companies like Exxon and Enron and those guys, they&#x27;re going up and down with the capital gains of the company. Meanwhile, the same companies are sending me a check every month for the oil I&#x27;m investing in. So there&#x27;s a different way to look at it. I don&#x27;t like the stock market because I have no control of the up and down. Now, you can if you play options and those types of things. But I would rather just receive my check every month. So every month, we have about 3,000 people sending us a check for using our apartment houses. And I have commercial properties. I never lost during the financial crash. So it&#x27;s $100,000 a month. A lot of people don&#x27;t make $100,000 a year, but I make that a month without working. Then I go to work every month on top of that. Well, you talked about taxes being an unfair advantage, debt being an unfair advantage, like your friend Warren Buffett that you quoted in your book, who has said that he was in a lower effective tax bracket than his own secretary.</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> So, folks, you need to think about your finances differently. And, Mr. Kiyosaki, it&#x27;s been an absolute pleasure speaking with you again. Robert Kiyosaki, the author of The Rich Dad, Poor Dad series of books, his newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Folks, that is your unfair advantage. And the subtitle of the book is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Mr. Kiyosaki, we would love to have you back on in the future. Please feel free to give us a call whenever, or if possible, I would love to reach out to you to have you back on the program. Yeah, please do. You guys are doing a great job. And, you know, the most important thing is to change the way people think. Look at the world differently. This is the best time in my life right now, but I had an unfair advantage. Well, we would love to have you back on to talk more and learn more from you.</p><p><strong>21:58</strong> And put a good word in for us, if you would, with your friends Donald Trump and Steve Forbes and Susie Orman, too. All right. I&#x27;ll do that. Thank you, Mr. Kiyosaki, for joining us on the Financial Safari. And, everybody, I highly recommend you go out and buy a copy of Mr. Kiyosaki&#x27;s newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Keep up the good work, you guys. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Robert Kiyosaki</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Robert Kiyosaki, investing, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/image.jpg?t=1792073144&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-kiyosaki-financial-education-and-thinking-beyond-a-paycheck/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/image.jpg?t=1792073144&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1343</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="21524758" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-kiyosaki-financial-education-and-thinking-beyond-a-paycheck</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>190</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Robert Kiyosaki" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Financial education and money habits" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:25" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:06" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fred Grandy: The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Fred Grandy: The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on the program this segment, and he is Fred Lawrence, also known as Fred Grandy. And you may know him, probably best known as his role as Gopher on the sitcom The Love Boat. Welcome in, Fred. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you here in the studio, and we wanted to talk to you about several different topics today. I think you have talked with Coach Pete already. Well, Fred, you were in Congress on the U.S. House of Representatives from Iowa in 1986, and you stayed for four terms. One of the things that I really like is you won eight Watchdog of the Treasury awards.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Now, I wish you were there now. Tell us about why you won those awards, and if you were in Congress now, what you would be winning the awards for now. Well, you&#x27;re right. I did win Watchdog of the Treasury awards for being, I suppose, unlike a lot of Republicans who kind of talk the talk but don&#x27;t walk the walk of fiscal responsibility. I was decidedly penurious. I believed that everything should be on the table, whether it was discretionary spending or entitlements. And you&#x27;ve got to remember, Pete, this was back at the end of the Reagan administration, the first Bush administration, and the Clinton administration, which, of course, at the time were having knockdown dragouts over the budget and health care, but are paltry compared to the numbers we&#x27;re talking about now, and the reason we have reached such a period of critical mass where supposedly the entire economy is imploding is because a lot of the tough decisions that were at least proposed then were never decided,</p><p><strong>01:54</strong> whether we&#x27;re talking about entitlements or whether we&#x27;re talking about serious limits on spending. But the whole argument really has not changed. It always is and always has been about the size and scope and reach of government. And the three big issues that have pretty much roiled Congress since the end of the Second World War have essentially been budget, tax, and health care or welfare, if you want to throw in some of the ancillary benefits that are usually paid for through entitlements. But the problem, of course, is how do you essentially reduce the size of government without shorting up on the promises made to millions of constituents that have been led to believe they should expect more and pay less?</p><p><strong>02:42</strong> It&#x27;s unsustainable. Well, I read an article a couple weeks ago, and it was comparing the $38 billion that Congress was worried about or fighting about as far as trying to limit the budget, $38 billion, and it compared it to the trillions of dollars they&#x27;re spending each year, and it&#x27;s basically just a drop in the bucket they&#x27;re talking about. I mean, HHS loses that at lunch now. I mean, come on. That&#x27;s a three-martini lunch these days. Yeah, that is. Now, and by the way, folks, I know Fred is modest about it, but he was gopher on the love boat. So I&#x27;m old enough. I&#x27;m 44. I remember watching the love boat. And, Stan, I know you watch the love boat. I normally tell people I was the chief financial officer. What do you think about the love boat? All kinds of prestige to my congressional career. What do you think about the love boat remakes? What love boat remake?</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> Do you know something I don&#x27;t? All right. Well, I heard that they were bringing it back. Well, nobody told me about that, but maybe they&#x27;re trying to avoid me because, you know, I&#x27;m a little long in the tooth now. This would probably have to be a ship that was traveling at a much slower speed because all of us are probably somewhere between 60 and 80 that were on the show. Well, in your post-congressional career, you did a couple different things with television and writing articles. One of the things in television was retirement living television. Can you tell us about retirement living television? RLTV was a concept that was started by a gentleman named John Erickson, who is most known for his large facilities of assisted living and independent care.</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> As a matter of fact, before she died, my mother-in-law lived in one in Dearborn, Michigan. And they&#x27;re all over the country and very highly regarded. But one of his notions was to create a kind of television network for people who were now beginning the third stage of their life. They were either anticipating retirement, planning for retirement, or in retirement. And one of the first shows that he created for retirement living television was a show called Daily Cafe, which was a daily magazine show that I did for about a year, a couple of years ago. And it was kind of a pilot project. Now, the problem with RLTV was the same problem that a lot of people had right around 2008, is a bubble burst and they ran out of dough.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> And RLTV ran into that problem. And so to some degree, their activities were suspended. But just coincidentally, I was talking with one of their producers a couple of weeks ago, and they are, because of the deal, the merger between Comcast and NBC, with whom they were allied, it looks as though they will be coming back with a variety of programs. And normally what they did was concentrate on financial information for people between 55 and older, and, of course, politics and government. Because, as you know, the older you get, in most cases, the more dependent you become on federal subsidies. Well, Fred, what&#x27;s one of the biggest concerns, if you&#x27;re looking at somebody who&#x27;s 60 and over right now,</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> what should be the three biggest concerns they should try to address as they roll into retirement? Well, I think one of the things that they have to be concerned about is the whole viability of budget, spending, government. And, of course, related to that is the value of the dollar. If you&#x27;re living on investments, if you&#x27;ve got a portfolio that could essentially be downgraded by the level of debt the United States is carrying or the value of the dollar that continues to plunge, you have to ask yourself, well, how am I going to continue? Nobody believes Social Security is enough to sustain you. So I think that&#x27;s probably what should concern most folks is just how sound is the dollar, how sound is the economy,</p><p><strong>06:49</strong> and how soon will we begin to correct these now structural budget and spending problems that probably have greater consequences for the generations behind the folks we&#x27;re talking about, but could clearly devalue their investments if something isn&#x27;t done in the short run. I mean, the worst thing that could happen to people that are living on fixed incomes right now is the decline and fall and devaluation of the American dollar and our credibility on paying off our debt. Do you see a lot of folks, again, who are 60 and over, preyed upon by the financial industry and pushed into places they shouldn&#x27;t be, and maybe ones that aren&#x27;t getting the proper attention</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> they need to be getting each and every year from their financial advisor? Well, you know, it&#x27;s easy always to blame the merchants and the mercenaries, whether they&#x27;re hedge fund managers or whether they are insurance companies. I mean, you know the usual suspects. But I have to tell you, as a guy who spent a lot of time in Congress investigating these guys, particularly in the whole health care question, frequently the enemy is the one we see in the mirror. It&#x27;s not knowing how to balance our own portfolios, how to ask government for less, and perhaps manage our resources a little bit more prudently. I think this is abundantly clear in the question of health care.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> You know, we have created a system really since the early 30s that has sent a very mixed signal on health care policy, and it has essentially said we are going to encourage wellness, but we&#x27;ll subsidize sickness. And because Medicare has traditionally been fee-for-service, and it has expanded now even into the pharmaceutical industry, which is now an entitlement, people have come to expect Ritz-Carlton health care at Motel 6 prices. And it&#x27;s one of these things that has happened over 80 years with the best of intentions but the worst of consequences. Turning that around is a major problem but a necessary goal for both Republicans and Democrats,</p><p><strong>09:13</strong> President and Congress. Well, it&#x27;s always easy to blame somebody else, in other words, for your own procrastination, or your own misgivings, or your own greed. We see a lot of folks who are, and unfortunately that&#x27;s just a part of our human nature is to be greedy. And the government traditionally tries to aid and abet that, once again, with the best of intentions. Look at the housing crisis. The whole idea was to lower the threshold of responsibility and risk to buy homes. And, you know, I came to Congress in 1986, about the time that we were expanding homeownership, you know, big-time conservative icons like Jack Kemp, Reagan to a lesser degree, but many, many people were absolutely convinced that homeownership was the way to American prosperity.</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> And to that end, they relaxed the standards of lending and borrowing to such a degree that it clearly exploded about 20 years later. Now, that wasn&#x27;t the only reason, but the fact that we downgraded the risk and the responsibility for individuals to keep track of their own finances and allowed speculators to get in with no-interest loans or these ridiculous balloon payments, you know, created a market for speculation. But you&#x27;ve got to have customers. And there were plenty queuing up. That&#x27;s right. Too many. And all about, well, there&#x27;s fish in the barrel a lot of times for a lot of the standards. Yeah, sure. I mean, you know what reminds me of people I knew when I was in Hollywood, who after years of suffering and living kind of subsistence lifestyles, got a hit show or a series of big paydays,</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> and all of a sudden found themselves with a lot of wealth they didn&#x27;t know how to manage. And not surprisingly, there was a whole cadre of scrupulous business managers and speculators who were more than willing to relieve them of that responsibility. Now, of course, they also relieved them of their cash, too. But, you know, is that to some degree now not a metaphor for America and many of the speculative investments many others not involved in show business are making? Absolutely. Yeah, definitely think so. We&#x27;ve enjoyed your take on things. He is Fred Grandy. He is gopher from the Love Boat. He&#x27;s also a four-term congressman and winner of the Budgetary Watchdog Award while in Congress. Eight times. Thanks. And we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, Fred.</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> Thank you for your time. Appreciate it, guys. Take care. Fred, I hope we&#x27;ll have you back on soon, especially after hopefully you get back on TV. All righty. Take care, buddy. So long. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on the program this segment, and he is Fred Lawrence, also known as Fred Grandy. And you may know him, probably best known as his role as Gopher on the sitcom The Love Boat. Welcome in, Fred. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you here in the studio, and we wanted to talk to you about several different topics today. I think you have talked with Coach Pete already. Well, Fred, you were in Congress on the U.S. House of Representatives from Iowa in 1986, and you stayed for four terms. One of the things that I really like is you won eight Watchdog of the Treasury awards.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Now, I wish you were there now. Tell us about why you won those awards, and if you were in Congress now, what you would be winning the awards for now. Well, you&#x27;re right. I did win Watchdog of the Treasury awards for being, I suppose, unlike a lot of Republicans who kind of talk the talk but don&#x27;t walk the walk of fiscal responsibility. I was decidedly penurious. I believed that everything should be on the table, whether it was discretionary spending or entitlements. And you&#x27;ve got to remember, Pete, this was back at the end of the Reagan administration, the first Bush administration, and the Clinton administration, which, of course, at the time were having knockdown dragouts over the budget and health care, but are paltry compared to the numbers we&#x27;re talking about now, and the reason we have reached such a period of critical mass where supposedly the entire economy is imploding is because a lot of the tough decisions that were at least proposed then were never decided,</p><p><strong>01:54</strong> whether we&#x27;re talking about entitlements or whether we&#x27;re talking about serious limits on spending. But the whole argument really has not changed. It always is and always has been about the size and scope and reach of government. And the three big issues that have pretty much roiled Congress since the end of the Second World War have essentially been budget, tax, and health care or welfare, if you want to throw in some of the ancillary benefits that are usually paid for through entitlements. But the problem, of course, is how do you essentially reduce the size of government without shorting up on the promises made to millions of constituents that have been led to believe they should expect more and pay less?</p><p><strong>02:42</strong> It&#x27;s unsustainable. Well, I read an article a couple weeks ago, and it was comparing the $38 billion that Congress was worried about or fighting about as far as trying to limit the budget, $38 billion, and it compared it to the trillions of dollars they&#x27;re spending each year, and it&#x27;s basically just a drop in the bucket they&#x27;re talking about. I mean, HHS loses that at lunch now. I mean, come on. That&#x27;s a three-martini lunch these days. Yeah, that is. Now, and by the way, folks, I know Fred is modest about it, but he was gopher on the love boat. So I&#x27;m old enough. I&#x27;m 44. I remember watching the love boat. And, Stan, I know you watch the love boat. I normally tell people I was the chief financial officer. What do you think about the love boat? All kinds of prestige to my congressional career. What do you think about the love boat remakes? What love boat remake?</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> Do you know something I don&#x27;t? All right. Well, I heard that they were bringing it back. Well, nobody told me about that, but maybe they&#x27;re trying to avoid me because, you know, I&#x27;m a little long in the tooth now. This would probably have to be a ship that was traveling at a much slower speed because all of us are probably somewhere between 60 and 80 that were on the show. Well, in your post-congressional career, you did a couple different things with television and writing articles. One of the things in television was retirement living television. Can you tell us about retirement living television? RLTV was a concept that was started by a gentleman named John Erickson, who is most known for his large facilities of assisted living and independent care.</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> As a matter of fact, before she died, my mother-in-law lived in one in Dearborn, Michigan. And they&#x27;re all over the country and very highly regarded. But one of his notions was to create a kind of television network for people who were now beginning the third stage of their life. They were either anticipating retirement, planning for retirement, or in retirement. And one of the first shows that he created for retirement living television was a show called Daily Cafe, which was a daily magazine show that I did for about a year, a couple of years ago. And it was kind of a pilot project. Now, the problem with RLTV was the same problem that a lot of people had right around 2008, is a bubble burst and they ran out of dough.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> And RLTV ran into that problem. And so to some degree, their activities were suspended. But just coincidentally, I was talking with one of their producers a couple of weeks ago, and they are, because of the deal, the merger between Comcast and NBC, with whom they were allied, it looks as though they will be coming back with a variety of programs. And normally what they did was concentrate on financial information for people between 55 and older, and, of course, politics and government. Because, as you know, the older you get, in most cases, the more dependent you become on federal subsidies. Well, Fred, what&#x27;s one of the biggest concerns, if you&#x27;re looking at somebody who&#x27;s 60 and over right now,</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> what should be the three biggest concerns they should try to address as they roll into retirement? Well, I think one of the things that they have to be concerned about is the whole viability of budget, spending, government. And, of course, related to that is the value of the dollar. If you&#x27;re living on investments, if you&#x27;ve got a portfolio that could essentially be downgraded by the level of debt the United States is carrying or the value of the dollar that continues to plunge, you have to ask yourself, well, how am I going to continue? Nobody believes Social Security is enough to sustain you. So I think that&#x27;s probably what should concern most folks is just how sound is the dollar, how sound is the economy,</p><p><strong>06:49</strong> and how soon will we begin to correct these now structural budget and spending problems that probably have greater consequences for the generations behind the folks we&#x27;re talking about, but could clearly devalue their investments if something isn&#x27;t done in the short run. I mean, the worst thing that could happen to people that are living on fixed incomes right now is the decline and fall and devaluation of the American dollar and our credibility on paying off our debt. Do you see a lot of folks, again, who are 60 and over, preyed upon by the financial industry and pushed into places they shouldn&#x27;t be, and maybe ones that aren&#x27;t getting the proper attention</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> they need to be getting each and every year from their financial advisor? Well, you know, it&#x27;s easy always to blame the merchants and the mercenaries, whether they&#x27;re hedge fund managers or whether they are insurance companies. I mean, you know the usual suspects. But I have to tell you, as a guy who spent a lot of time in Congress investigating these guys, particularly in the whole health care question, frequently the enemy is the one we see in the mirror. It&#x27;s not knowing how to balance our own portfolios, how to ask government for less, and perhaps manage our resources a little bit more prudently. I think this is abundantly clear in the question of health care.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> You know, we have created a system really since the early 30s that has sent a very mixed signal on health care policy, and it has essentially said we are going to encourage wellness, but we&#x27;ll subsidize sickness. And because Medicare has traditionally been fee-for-service, and it has expanded now even into the pharmaceutical industry, which is now an entitlement, people have come to expect Ritz-Carlton health care at Motel 6 prices. And it&#x27;s one of these things that has happened over 80 years with the best of intentions but the worst of consequences. Turning that around is a major problem but a necessary goal for both Republicans and Democrats,</p><p><strong>09:13</strong> President and Congress. Well, it&#x27;s always easy to blame somebody else, in other words, for your own procrastination, or your own misgivings, or your own greed. We see a lot of folks who are, and unfortunately that&#x27;s just a part of our human nature is to be greedy. And the government traditionally tries to aid and abet that, once again, with the best of intentions. Look at the housing crisis. The whole idea was to lower the threshold of responsibility and risk to buy homes. And, you know, I came to Congress in 1986, about the time that we were expanding homeownership, you know, big-time conservative icons like Jack Kemp, Reagan to a lesser degree, but many, many people were absolutely convinced that homeownership was the way to American prosperity.</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> And to that end, they relaxed the standards of lending and borrowing to such a degree that it clearly exploded about 20 years later. Now, that wasn&#x27;t the only reason, but the fact that we downgraded the risk and the responsibility for individuals to keep track of their own finances and allowed speculators to get in with no-interest loans or these ridiculous balloon payments, you know, created a market for speculation. But you&#x27;ve got to have customers. And there were plenty queuing up. That&#x27;s right. Too many. And all about, well, there&#x27;s fish in the barrel a lot of times for a lot of the standards. Yeah, sure. I mean, you know what reminds me of people I knew when I was in Hollywood, who after years of suffering and living kind of subsistence lifestyles, got a hit show or a series of big paydays,</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> and all of a sudden found themselves with a lot of wealth they didn&#x27;t know how to manage. And not surprisingly, there was a whole cadre of scrupulous business managers and speculators who were more than willing to relieve them of that responsibility. Now, of course, they also relieved them of their cash, too. But, you know, is that to some degree now not a metaphor for America and many of the speculative investments many others not involved in show business are making? Absolutely. Yeah, definitely think so. We&#x27;ve enjoyed your take on things. He is Fred Grandy. He is gopher from the Love Boat. He&#x27;s also a four-term congressman and winner of the Budgetary Watchdog Award while in Congress. Eight times. Thanks. And we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, Fred.</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> Thank you for your time. Appreciate it, guys. Take care. Fred, I hope we&#x27;ll have you back on soon, especially after hopefully you get back on TV. All righty. Take care, buddy. So long. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Fred Grandy</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Fred Grandy, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/image.jpg?t=1792072689&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/fred-grandy-the-love-boat-public-service-and-the-economy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/image.jpg?t=1792072689&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>707</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11340518" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/fred-grandy-the-love-boat-public-service-and-the-economy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>191</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:12" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Apostolico: Disability and Long-Term Care Coverage</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Apostolico: Disability and Long-Term Care Coverage</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Apostolico joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss disability and long-term care insurance. This April 2011 interview explores the situations coverage is intended to address and the planning questions families face.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, the nation&#x27;s 401K and IRA rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest in the studio. Phil Apostolico is here, and he is our disability specialist. He&#x27;s going to be talking about long-term, short-term disabilities, the effect they can have on your family&#x27;s income, and how you can protect yourself from those disabilities. Phil, thanks for coming in today. No, I appreciate it. Thanks for inviting me. I&#x27;m going to ask you a couple questions as we begin, and then I want to get into some more detail. But first of all, for people listening, I know they&#x27;ve heard of it. I mean, everyone knows someone who&#x27;s been disabled, right? Sure. Yeah. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I know statistics show us that you&#x27;re more apt to be disabled than die, right? Three and a half times more, yeah. Wow. So, but, all right, let&#x27;s start out. What is disability insurance, then, and why is it important? Well, what disability insurance really is, it&#x27;s income replacement. If you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. You know, it&#x27;s interesting in talking to a lot of individuals, and they&#x27;ll spend $700, $800 a year to insure their house. Or they&#x27;ll spend, you know, $400 or $500 a year to insure their car. But what&#x27;s their biggest asset that they have is their ability to earn an income. Well, what happens if you become disabled? And that could be anything. You know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re out, you know, pruning your hedges, and you fall and you break your leg, and you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. You know, how are you going to replace that income?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> So, that&#x27;s really what it is. Disability insurance really is income protection or income insurance. Now, here&#x27;s something that I&#x27;ve heard over the years, and I want to really address this with you, because it is something, it&#x27;s a dirty trick that&#x27;s played sometimes out there in the disability world, because there are a lot of different companies and a lot of different policies. Yep. Explain to folks, especially those in the medical fields or the higher income fields that they do specific jobs, what same or own occupation disability is and why that is extremely important. If they have a disability policy, they get it out right now and get a review of it. Oh, absolutely. And in the industry, they call it own-ock, your own occupation. And basically what that is, is to be able to do the material duties of your job. So, let&#x27;s say that you work on a keyboard every day.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> You&#x27;re a programmer. Well, if you can&#x27;t, if you don&#x27;t have the ability or lose the ability to type, well, then you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. And if you don&#x27;t have own-occupation or own-ock, well, you can do a job. What job can you do? Well, you can be a greeter at Walmart or you can work at McDonald&#x27;s or whatever it may be. So, if you don&#x27;t have own-occupation, then they&#x27;re going to say, well, your claim is denied because you can do another job. You could physically go back to work, just not the work that you were doing before. Just not in your own job. So, you want your own occupation and, again, the ability to do the material duties of your job. And then, again, that income that you were generating at your own job could be drastically reduced if that claim is denied, if you have to go back into a different field. Absolutely. Well, yeah, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re a surgeon and you work with your hands and you&#x27;re preparing your wife a nice dinner one night and you&#x27;re cutting some tomatoes up and you cut one of your fingers off.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Well, now you can&#x27;t do surgery. I wouldn&#x27;t want you working on me. You can&#x27;t even work on a tomato. What are you working on me for? You&#x27;re so good with a knife and tail. But if you don&#x27;t have the right policy, they will say, well, you can answer the phone right beside that receptionist. That&#x27;s right. Or you can teach. Or you can do something else. Sure. And so we are going to deny your claim and, therefore, that policy is almost useless in my opinion. Absolutely. But if you do have own-occupation type of policy, you can file and be approved for this claim? Absolutely. Yeah. And, again, that&#x27;s the key. There&#x27;s no sense of happening if you don&#x27;t have an own-occupation. You&#x27;re wasting your money. Don&#x27;t even buy it. Okay. Well, what about group insurance plans? I know that a lot of companies provide some type of disability for their employees. Yes. So am I covered for my own occupation or if I was disabled at work, away from work?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yeah. There&#x27;s a couple things you need to remember, the difference between an individual policy and a group policy. So with an individual policy, basically you take it out. You&#x27;re paying the premiums. Now, you&#x27;re paying the premiums after tax. You&#x27;re taking your after-tax dollars to pay that premium. Therefore, that benefit becomes tax-free. Now, if you have a group policy at work, typically how it is is, and, again, the individual really needs to talk to their HR manager. The most you can get is 60% of your salary. So if you made $150,000 last year, but $60,000 was bonus, well, then you really only have $90,000 worth of coverage. And if your employer only has 50%, now guess what? Now you&#x27;re getting a benefit of $45,000. That&#x27;s taxable. So if your tax rate is 30%, now we can do the math.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And now all of a sudden you&#x27;re making $30,000 a year. The other thing is, again, if you become disabled, you have other bills that are going to go up, COBRA, things like that, because you&#x27;re going to need health insurance. So you really need to look into that, number one, and understand the numbers, because the vast majority of people do have a group policy. But what they don&#x27;t realize is what does it actually cover. The other thing about a group policy is that it&#x27;s based on the age or the aggregate. So every five years, the cost of that is going to go up also based on your salary. So it&#x27;s better to get an individual policy then, isn&#x27;t it, for yourself? Or even if you have a group, get an individual policy on top of it? Yeah, if you have a group policy, yeah, because for the price, you can&#x27;t beat a group policy. And it&#x27;s there, and if your employer is putting money into it, absolutely. Yeah, but you can stack a policy on top of it. And then the other thing, it&#x27;s transferable. So if you leave company A and go to company B, and now they don&#x27;t have disability or offer that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> You&#x27;ve got your own policy. You&#x27;ve got your own policy that you&#x27;re taking with you. So you&#x27;re more portable, and you can break away from what we call golden handcuffs. That&#x27;s when an employer gives you some benefits that you don&#x27;t want to leave. Absolutely. You get your own policy. Now, difference between, or you hear these terms, long-term and short-term disability. What&#x27;s the difference, and why is it important to have both? Well, with short-term disability, it&#x27;s exactly what it means. It&#x27;s for short-term illnesses. So typically, how they work for a short-term policy is typically there&#x27;s a five-day elimination period. So if you miss five days, then the short-term is going to kick in. And it&#x27;s going to go anywhere from, depending on the type of policy you have, anywhere from day six to maybe day 90 or day 180. And that&#x27;s going to pay those short-term. Now, that&#x27;s very expensive, a short-term disability, because obviously a lot of things can happen for you to be out of work for six days.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> When you look at long-term or disability insurance, if you look at a 90-day elimination period, well, we go back to the ad. Well, if you break your leg, in all probability, you&#x27;re going to be back and work with 90 days. So there&#x27;s a less chance where the insurance carrier is going to have to pay that out. But short-term basically covers you to that period until your long-term kicks in. Now, there&#x27;s other things that you need to talk to your employer about, the difference between short-term and long-term in terms of your job and things like that. So you really need to talk to your HR manager on that one. Okay. So it&#x27;s as important that people get informed, because too many people call every single week. And again, folks, the number to call is 800-661-7383 if you have any questions on if you have a disability policy or if you have the right one. We&#x27;ll get you in touch with Phil, and he&#x27;ll make sure to analyze it for you and put you in the place you need to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But we get questions where people aren&#x27;t familiar with disability or they have one policy. They&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s short-term or long-term, and that&#x27;s a big thing. And then now there&#x27;s a specialized policy. As we get over 65, there&#x27;s no more disability insurance. What&#x27;s the most important insurance then, Phil? Well, there&#x27;s two of them, actually. Well, everybody talks about Social Security now, obviously, once you retire 65 or 67 or whatever it turns into in the future. But the other piece of that, as we talk about, is long-term care. You know, I think we all know somebody where that&#x27;s been an issue. And when you look at a lot of the facilities now, it&#x27;s $200 to $300 a day, a day. So, you know, if you have assets, how are you going to protect those assets? And that&#x27;s what long-term care insurance does. And the other thing about long-term care, people think that, well, it&#x27;s once I get into a nursing home.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Well, the vast majority of time where people are disabled is in the home where you have a caregiver. So you might have a spouse or a family member. Well, now with the long-term care policies, they&#x27;re designed that if you have a nurse come in or a home specialist, that that long-term care policy will pay for that. Because from their perspective, number one, people want to stay in their house. And if they stay in their house, they&#x27;re going to do better. And obviously, the second piece says it&#x27;s less expensive to take care of somebody in their home versus in a long-term care facility. Okay. So that&#x27;s a relatively new option that&#x27;s come about. Is that in-home care side of the company? Yeah, I&#x27;d say in the last probably five or six years because the carriers really see that there&#x27;s a need out there. And the other piece is that, you know. It&#x27;s cheaper for the carriers, too, so it&#x27;s got to be a value for them. That&#x27;s where most people want to be at home. And that&#x27;s where people want to stay. Actually, before the long-term care facilities were developed, that&#x27;s where people were.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> That&#x27;s where people were, yeah. There&#x27;s no choice, right? Typically, it was the daughters. But now, you know, we&#x27;re a transient society. And it&#x27;s always interesting talking to people. And they&#x27;re like, well, you know what? My daughter&#x27;s going to take care of me. Well, where does your daughter live? Well, we&#x27;re based out of Raleigh. Well, if your daughter lives in Atlanta, is she going to move here? Yeah. And even if she lives here, does she have a job? Well, yeah. Does she have a family? Well, does she really want to do that? And then the other thing is I&#x27;ll look to the husband and say, you know, do you really want your daughter, you know, taking care of you? And, you know, typically the eyes get real big and no, not really. Think about what, you know, the phrase taking care of really means. That&#x27;s 24-7, 24 hours a day, seven days a week. And everything you&#x27;re doing alone now, now you want your child to help you with. That&#x27;s kind of, that&#x27;s not good for the child to have to see either. So, and you can drain your assets if you don&#x27;t have the proper protection in place.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Now, the problem with long-term care insurance that we hear over and over again is it&#x27;s use it or lose it and price increases. But you have a way where there&#x27;s a way where they don&#x27;t have to worry about that in the future, correct? Yeah, there&#x27;s a number of policies because, again, that&#x27;s always the big thing you hear about long-term care insurance is it&#x27;s expensive and what if I don&#x27;t need it? Well, if you have a whole life policy or permanent policy, there&#x27;s a rider, and most of these riders are free, that you can actually take 2% of the death benefit per year and apply that to long-term care. So a lot of people feel really comfortable with that for two reasons. Number one, they know they&#x27;re paying into something that they&#x27;re pretty sure they&#x27;re going to need eventually. So you know you&#x27;re going to probably die. Well, you are going to die. About 100% chance of that, right? And pay taxes, right? Yep. So then the other piece there gives you the option that if you do need it, it&#x27;s there. So depending on the plan for a lot of people, if you have $100,000, 2% a year is really not going to help you out.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> But if you structure it right, you have all your investments done correctly, it&#x27;s going to really save you a lot of money in the long term. And a rider means an attachment. So a lot of people hear that word rider. It&#x27;s a bad name in the health insurance industry because it means they&#x27;re not going to pay. But this means they will give you a no-cost attachment a lot of times, which can turn your life insurance policy into a way to get some of that benefit before you pass away. And then it will keep people from having to basically dip into their savings accounts to pay for long-term care if done the right way. Yeah. And now life insurance is a bad word with a lot of people, but I&#x27;ve never heard a widow say, my husband had too much life insurance. Think about that for a minute. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Folks, he&#x27;s Phil Apostolico. He&#x27;s our disability specialist. If you would like more information on short-term, long-term disability, long-term care insurance, we can give us a call and put you in touch, get you the information on those type of policies.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Again, the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And Phil, we certainly appreciate the time here in the studio sharing this information. No, I really enjoyed it. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Phil. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Apostolico joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss disability and long-term care insurance. This April 2011 interview explores the situations coverage is intended to address and the planning questions families face.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, the nation&#x27;s 401K and IRA rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest in the studio. Phil Apostolico is here, and he is our disability specialist. He&#x27;s going to be talking about long-term, short-term disabilities, the effect they can have on your family&#x27;s income, and how you can protect yourself from those disabilities. Phil, thanks for coming in today. No, I appreciate it. Thanks for inviting me. I&#x27;m going to ask you a couple questions as we begin, and then I want to get into some more detail. But first of all, for people listening, I know they&#x27;ve heard of it. I mean, everyone knows someone who&#x27;s been disabled, right? Sure. Yeah. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I know statistics show us that you&#x27;re more apt to be disabled than die, right? Three and a half times more, yeah. Wow. So, but, all right, let&#x27;s start out. What is disability insurance, then, and why is it important? Well, what disability insurance really is, it&#x27;s income replacement. If you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. You know, it&#x27;s interesting in talking to a lot of individuals, and they&#x27;ll spend $700, $800 a year to insure their house. Or they&#x27;ll spend, you know, $400 or $500 a year to insure their car. But what&#x27;s their biggest asset that they have is their ability to earn an income. Well, what happens if you become disabled? And that could be anything. You know, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re out, you know, pruning your hedges, and you fall and you break your leg, and you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. You know, how are you going to replace that income?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> So, that&#x27;s really what it is. Disability insurance really is income protection or income insurance. Now, here&#x27;s something that I&#x27;ve heard over the years, and I want to really address this with you, because it is something, it&#x27;s a dirty trick that&#x27;s played sometimes out there in the disability world, because there are a lot of different companies and a lot of different policies. Yep. Explain to folks, especially those in the medical fields or the higher income fields that they do specific jobs, what same or own occupation disability is and why that is extremely important. If they have a disability policy, they get it out right now and get a review of it. Oh, absolutely. And in the industry, they call it own-ock, your own occupation. And basically what that is, is to be able to do the material duties of your job. So, let&#x27;s say that you work on a keyboard every day.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> You&#x27;re a programmer. Well, if you can&#x27;t, if you don&#x27;t have the ability or lose the ability to type, well, then you can&#x27;t do the material duties of your job. And if you don&#x27;t have own-occupation or own-ock, well, you can do a job. What job can you do? Well, you can be a greeter at Walmart or you can work at McDonald&#x27;s or whatever it may be. So, if you don&#x27;t have own-occupation, then they&#x27;re going to say, well, your claim is denied because you can do another job. You could physically go back to work, just not the work that you were doing before. Just not in your own job. So, you want your own occupation and, again, the ability to do the material duties of your job. And then, again, that income that you were generating at your own job could be drastically reduced if that claim is denied, if you have to go back into a different field. Absolutely. Well, yeah, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re a surgeon and you work with your hands and you&#x27;re preparing your wife a nice dinner one night and you&#x27;re cutting some tomatoes up and you cut one of your fingers off.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Well, now you can&#x27;t do surgery. I wouldn&#x27;t want you working on me. You can&#x27;t even work on a tomato. What are you working on me for? You&#x27;re so good with a knife and tail. But if you don&#x27;t have the right policy, they will say, well, you can answer the phone right beside that receptionist. That&#x27;s right. Or you can teach. Or you can do something else. Sure. And so we are going to deny your claim and, therefore, that policy is almost useless in my opinion. Absolutely. But if you do have own-occupation type of policy, you can file and be approved for this claim? Absolutely. Yeah. And, again, that&#x27;s the key. There&#x27;s no sense of happening if you don&#x27;t have an own-occupation. You&#x27;re wasting your money. Don&#x27;t even buy it. Okay. Well, what about group insurance plans? I know that a lot of companies provide some type of disability for their employees. Yes. So am I covered for my own occupation or if I was disabled at work, away from work?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yeah. There&#x27;s a couple things you need to remember, the difference between an individual policy and a group policy. So with an individual policy, basically you take it out. You&#x27;re paying the premiums. Now, you&#x27;re paying the premiums after tax. You&#x27;re taking your after-tax dollars to pay that premium. Therefore, that benefit becomes tax-free. Now, if you have a group policy at work, typically how it is is, and, again, the individual really needs to talk to their HR manager. The most you can get is 60% of your salary. So if you made $150,000 last year, but $60,000 was bonus, well, then you really only have $90,000 worth of coverage. And if your employer only has 50%, now guess what? Now you&#x27;re getting a benefit of $45,000. That&#x27;s taxable. So if your tax rate is 30%, now we can do the math.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And now all of a sudden you&#x27;re making $30,000 a year. The other thing is, again, if you become disabled, you have other bills that are going to go up, COBRA, things like that, because you&#x27;re going to need health insurance. So you really need to look into that, number one, and understand the numbers, because the vast majority of people do have a group policy. But what they don&#x27;t realize is what does it actually cover. The other thing about a group policy is that it&#x27;s based on the age or the aggregate. So every five years, the cost of that is going to go up also based on your salary. So it&#x27;s better to get an individual policy then, isn&#x27;t it, for yourself? Or even if you have a group, get an individual policy on top of it? Yeah, if you have a group policy, yeah, because for the price, you can&#x27;t beat a group policy. And it&#x27;s there, and if your employer is putting money into it, absolutely. Yeah, but you can stack a policy on top of it. And then the other thing, it&#x27;s transferable. So if you leave company A and go to company B, and now they don&#x27;t have disability or offer that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> You&#x27;ve got your own policy. You&#x27;ve got your own policy that you&#x27;re taking with you. So you&#x27;re more portable, and you can break away from what we call golden handcuffs. That&#x27;s when an employer gives you some benefits that you don&#x27;t want to leave. Absolutely. You get your own policy. Now, difference between, or you hear these terms, long-term and short-term disability. What&#x27;s the difference, and why is it important to have both? Well, with short-term disability, it&#x27;s exactly what it means. It&#x27;s for short-term illnesses. So typically, how they work for a short-term policy is typically there&#x27;s a five-day elimination period. So if you miss five days, then the short-term is going to kick in. And it&#x27;s going to go anywhere from, depending on the type of policy you have, anywhere from day six to maybe day 90 or day 180. And that&#x27;s going to pay those short-term. Now, that&#x27;s very expensive, a short-term disability, because obviously a lot of things can happen for you to be out of work for six days.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> When you look at long-term or disability insurance, if you look at a 90-day elimination period, well, we go back to the ad. Well, if you break your leg, in all probability, you&#x27;re going to be back and work with 90 days. So there&#x27;s a less chance where the insurance carrier is going to have to pay that out. But short-term basically covers you to that period until your long-term kicks in. Now, there&#x27;s other things that you need to talk to your employer about, the difference between short-term and long-term in terms of your job and things like that. So you really need to talk to your HR manager on that one. Okay. So it&#x27;s as important that people get informed, because too many people call every single week. And again, folks, the number to call is 800-661-7383 if you have any questions on if you have a disability policy or if you have the right one. We&#x27;ll get you in touch with Phil, and he&#x27;ll make sure to analyze it for you and put you in the place you need to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But we get questions where people aren&#x27;t familiar with disability or they have one policy. They&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s short-term or long-term, and that&#x27;s a big thing. And then now there&#x27;s a specialized policy. As we get over 65, there&#x27;s no more disability insurance. What&#x27;s the most important insurance then, Phil? Well, there&#x27;s two of them, actually. Well, everybody talks about Social Security now, obviously, once you retire 65 or 67 or whatever it turns into in the future. But the other piece of that, as we talk about, is long-term care. You know, I think we all know somebody where that&#x27;s been an issue. And when you look at a lot of the facilities now, it&#x27;s $200 to $300 a day, a day. So, you know, if you have assets, how are you going to protect those assets? And that&#x27;s what long-term care insurance does. And the other thing about long-term care, people think that, well, it&#x27;s once I get into a nursing home.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Well, the vast majority of time where people are disabled is in the home where you have a caregiver. So you might have a spouse or a family member. Well, now with the long-term care policies, they&#x27;re designed that if you have a nurse come in or a home specialist, that that long-term care policy will pay for that. Because from their perspective, number one, people want to stay in their house. And if they stay in their house, they&#x27;re going to do better. And obviously, the second piece says it&#x27;s less expensive to take care of somebody in their home versus in a long-term care facility. Okay. So that&#x27;s a relatively new option that&#x27;s come about. Is that in-home care side of the company? Yeah, I&#x27;d say in the last probably five or six years because the carriers really see that there&#x27;s a need out there. And the other piece is that, you know. It&#x27;s cheaper for the carriers, too, so it&#x27;s got to be a value for them. That&#x27;s where most people want to be at home. And that&#x27;s where people want to stay. Actually, before the long-term care facilities were developed, that&#x27;s where people were.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> That&#x27;s where people were, yeah. There&#x27;s no choice, right? Typically, it was the daughters. But now, you know, we&#x27;re a transient society. And it&#x27;s always interesting talking to people. And they&#x27;re like, well, you know what? My daughter&#x27;s going to take care of me. Well, where does your daughter live? Well, we&#x27;re based out of Raleigh. Well, if your daughter lives in Atlanta, is she going to move here? Yeah. And even if she lives here, does she have a job? Well, yeah. Does she have a family? Well, does she really want to do that? And then the other thing is I&#x27;ll look to the husband and say, you know, do you really want your daughter, you know, taking care of you? And, you know, typically the eyes get real big and no, not really. Think about what, you know, the phrase taking care of really means. That&#x27;s 24-7, 24 hours a day, seven days a week. And everything you&#x27;re doing alone now, now you want your child to help you with. That&#x27;s kind of, that&#x27;s not good for the child to have to see either. So, and you can drain your assets if you don&#x27;t have the proper protection in place.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Now, the problem with long-term care insurance that we hear over and over again is it&#x27;s use it or lose it and price increases. But you have a way where there&#x27;s a way where they don&#x27;t have to worry about that in the future, correct? Yeah, there&#x27;s a number of policies because, again, that&#x27;s always the big thing you hear about long-term care insurance is it&#x27;s expensive and what if I don&#x27;t need it? Well, if you have a whole life policy or permanent policy, there&#x27;s a rider, and most of these riders are free, that you can actually take 2% of the death benefit per year and apply that to long-term care. So a lot of people feel really comfortable with that for two reasons. Number one, they know they&#x27;re paying into something that they&#x27;re pretty sure they&#x27;re going to need eventually. So you know you&#x27;re going to probably die. Well, you are going to die. About 100% chance of that, right? And pay taxes, right? Yep. So then the other piece there gives you the option that if you do need it, it&#x27;s there. So depending on the plan for a lot of people, if you have $100,000, 2% a year is really not going to help you out.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> But if you structure it right, you have all your investments done correctly, it&#x27;s going to really save you a lot of money in the long term. And a rider means an attachment. So a lot of people hear that word rider. It&#x27;s a bad name in the health insurance industry because it means they&#x27;re not going to pay. But this means they will give you a no-cost attachment a lot of times, which can turn your life insurance policy into a way to get some of that benefit before you pass away. And then it will keep people from having to basically dip into their savings accounts to pay for long-term care if done the right way. Yeah. And now life insurance is a bad word with a lot of people, but I&#x27;ve never heard a widow say, my husband had too much life insurance. Think about that for a minute. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Folks, he&#x27;s Phil Apostolico. He&#x27;s our disability specialist. If you would like more information on short-term, long-term disability, long-term care insurance, we can give us a call and put you in touch, get you the information on those type of policies.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Again, the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And Phil, we certainly appreciate the time here in the studio sharing this information. No, I really enjoyed it. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Phil. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Apostolico joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss disability and long-term care insurance. This April 2011 interview explores the situations coverage is intended to address and the planning questions families face.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Apostolico</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>Disability and Long-Term Care Coverage</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Apostolico, long-term care, Disability and Long-Term Care Coverage, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db/image.jpg?t=1792072702&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-apostolico-disability-and-long-term-care-coverage/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db/image.jpg?t=1792072702&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>693</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff9a49ac-a122-4a24-9419-b4e2014905db/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11123291" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-apostolico-disability-and-long-term-care-coverage</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>192</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Disability and Long-Term Care Coverage" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:09" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keith Whyte: Understanding Problem Gambling</title>
      <itunes:title>Keith Whyte: Understanding Problem Gambling</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Keith Whyte of the National Council on Problem Gambling joins Coach Pete to discuss the characteristics of problem gambling, emotional motivations, and its financial consequences. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in April 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, because the more you know, typically the more you get to keep in your pocket. And along with us today, we&#x27;ve got a great interview lined up with Executive Director for the National Council on Problem Gambling in Washington, D.C., Keith White. Keith, welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning. Thank you. We appreciate you being here, Keith. I wanted to talk a little bit about gambling today. Okay. Let&#x27;s start with some of the basics. What do you see as the characteristics of problem gambling? Well, it&#x27;s interesting, and I&#x27;ll step back a little bit and say that almost all Americans are gamblers. You know, when you look at the statistics, about 75 to 80 percent of Americans have gambled at least once in the past year. You break it down into, for example, weekly gambling, and about 15 percent of American adults gamble at least once weekly.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> So the profile is, you know, it&#x27;s a broad swath of America. When you look at problem gamblers, that is the 2 to 3 percent of adults who meet criteria for a gambling problem, they&#x27;re, frankly, you and I. They&#x27;re more likely to be male. You know, they&#x27;re more likely to have some education. They&#x27;re – problem gamblers are more likely to see gambling as a good means of investing rather than entertainment. You know, so there&#x27;s – and they&#x27;re more likely to use and abuse substances. So gamblers look like you and I. Problem gamblers obviously have some different characteristics. Keith, you mentioned a couple things there, and you mentioned gambling as investing. And we tend to see that a lot more than 2 to 3 percent really are gambling when it comes to their investments.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Maybe they&#x27;re not gambling as an investment, but they&#x27;re investing, and they don&#x27;t really realize that they are gambling with those investments. Are Americans realizing that they are gambling when they are doing this? No, I don&#x27;t think so. I think for a lot of people, and especially in terms and forms of gambling or speculation that are on that continuum, you know, from a pure gamble, which is just like buying a lottery ticket, to something like poker, which involves a lot of skill and money management, to things just across that line like day trading, futures and options. You know, we tend to – one of the interesting heuristic traps about gambling and about life that is applicable for life in general but actually goes backwards for gambling is that the more information we have, the more control we believe we have, the more likely we are to, yeah, put some money behind it, put a lot of money behind it.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that – but what we don&#x27;t realize is that when the odds are against us, even a slight house edge, if you play it a million times in the long term, you&#x27;re almost guaranteed to lose. So we have some people, some very smart people, to confuse lots of information and knowledge with somehow overcoming a house edge or, you know, a margin call or things like that, you know, that just simply in the long run, if you&#x27;ve got even a 1% negative expectation, but on every bet that you make over the long run, you will be at zero. And so we see a lot of people get confused because they think the more information they have, the better they are to be able to predict the outcome and the better they&#x27;re able to predict, the more money they&#x27;ll put on it. But they don&#x27;t take into account that, you know, if there&#x27;s a negative expectation there, they&#x27;re going to lose the more they invest rather than gain.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> So are Americans investing or are they gambling with their retirement savings? It depends. It depends on their motivation. You know, if you have a great healthy portfolio and you&#x27;ve got some mad money and some really risky stocks, but it&#x27;s a small part of your portfolio, you&#x27;re covered in a lot of different ways, sure. You know, some risk-taking behavior is okay. And, in fact, that&#x27;s part of it. You know, you may well get a great reward. But if you&#x27;re the kind of person that believes that rather than putting that $20 a week into your savings account, you&#x27;re putting $20 a week into the Powerball because that&#x27;s your retirement account. You know, that&#x27;s dangerous. You know, if you&#x27;re someone – it&#x27;s a difference between gambling because you can afford it because it&#x27;s entertainment and gambling because you have to.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> You know, if you&#x27;ve got all your portfolio into super high-risky stocks because that&#x27;s the only way you think you&#x27;re going to make enough money to retire, that&#x27;s an extremely bad case. Just the same way as someone who&#x27;s – you know, baby needs a new pair of shoes. I&#x27;ve got to make $5,000 this week on the NFL game to pay my rent. That&#x27;s a hallmark of a gambling problem. And, Keith, when does this reach the point of no return or the critical tipping point there where it&#x27;s almost too late for someone to turn back? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. In the gambling field, and this would obviously apply to a lot of investors as well, there&#x27;s typically generally three phases, the winning phase, the losing phase, and the desperation phase. Anybody who&#x27;s been in the markets and anybody who&#x27;s been a gambler knows you&#x27;re going to win some, you&#x27;re going to lose some.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> The problem comes when the losing – when you start what we call in the biz chasing your losses, you know, spending more and more money to make back what you&#x27;ve lost. So, you know, if you went in on a stock, if you went in on a trade, it didn&#x27;t work out, you know, doubling up, you know, to win back, to get back that money you&#x27;ve lost. And typically these are very, very short-term decisions. You know, these are not long-term plays. These are the folks, again, the closer you get to something like day trading, the more likely you are to be on that edge, and you&#x27;re chasing your money. You know, okay, now I&#x27;ve got to – you know, I just lost, you know, $10,000, now I&#x27;ve got to put $20,000 in to make up what I lost. That&#x27;s one of the big signs of a desperation phase. And with gambling, as is with investing, you can pour a ton of money into chasing a sunk cost.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Well, do people reach a point where they feel they can&#x27;t lose sometimes too? Yeah, absolutely. You know, I mean, there&#x27;s always sort of a sure bet, you know, which never turns out. You know, all those people that are selling advice, you know, either gambling advice or stock advice, if they were that good, you know, they wouldn&#x27;t necessarily need to sell it. They could just retire. And, again, the markets, as we&#x27;ve seen, often behave irrationally. You know, we talk a lot about, you know, Taleb&#x27;s sort of black swans. You know, nobody could have predicted the nuclear meltdown in Japan. I mean, some of these things are just simply beyond our capacity to predict. And so there&#x27;s always irrationality. And there&#x27;s usually a hidden edge, a hidden house edge that gets both gamblers and investors.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Well, talking about the black swan and also the hidden house edge, is it good for people, is it a good strategy for people to take some winnings off the table after they&#x27;re up? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I think what you really need to do, and in poker they call it money management, you know, and investing, it&#x27;s also probably money management. But you need to be able to balance. And, again, you know, you need to learn the rules of responsible gaming. So if you&#x27;re going to gamble or if you&#x27;re going to invest, you know, you really need to sit down and thoroughly know what you&#x27;re getting into. It&#x27;s funny, we see people, especially on the market side, that learn everything they can about these stocks and the industry behind the stocks and the market drivers. But no one&#x27;s ever sat down and taught them basic investing 101. Just as many people get into gambling, they may know the rules thoroughly, but they don&#x27;t really have, or they&#x27;ve never been taught, like, good, responsible gambling strategy.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> And things like not chasing your losses. You know, things like setting the limit of time and money and sticking to it. You know, those are the two hallmarks of combating behavioral addictions, of making sure that you gamble or investments that can become risky, that you&#x27;re taking the steps you can to moderate and minimize your risk. Because once we also know from the gambling world, especially, once you&#x27;re gambling, once you&#x27;re investing, you really lose a lot of that capacity to make those good, informed decisions. And that&#x27;s why having preset limits, you know, where they&#x27;re marginally, you know, and, again, the financial world offers lots of examples of ways you can say, you know what, if I&#x27;m chasing this hot stock, you know, I may not be making some great decisions.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> But if I know I&#x27;m only going to spend X amount of money and time per day, per session, trading or playing poker, that&#x27;s a great way to help you, help set your limits when you&#x27;re cool, rather than trying to remember your limits when you&#x27;re hot. Right, right. Well, let me ask you this. Is overconfidence a culprit in people losing money? Absolutely. Overconfidence is, and, again, this is one of these heuristics that really serve us well in almost every area except gambling and investing. You know, if we really thought about the odds, you know, you wouldn&#x27;t get out of bed. Life is a six-to-five bet against. But, you know, we are. In general, you know, we&#x27;re very confident. In the United States, I think especially, we&#x27;ve raised a nation of entrepreneurs, of risk-takers, of warriors, you know, innovators.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I think for a lot of these folks, overconfidence is part and parcel of what they do. And if you fall, you get back up and you try it again. However, when there is, if you want to call it a house edge, the more you gamble, the more likely we are to lose. And problem gamblers believe that they are better and more skilled and, more importantly, luckier than everybody else. Now, we all believe, you know, we all believe that we&#x27;re better drivers than everybody else. You know, for example, everybody that drives faster than me is a maniac, and everybody that drives slower than me is an idiot. You know, so we always believe in our own performance better. And lots of generations of games have taught us that, you know, the more you know about something, the more you practice, the better you get. However, when gambling, when the odds are against you, the more you play, the more likely you are to lose.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> And so that overconfidence, and especially with skill-based games like poker or going to the track, you know, people will place a lot more money on an event where they believe they can control and predict the outcome. So, not necessarily being the case, but let&#x27;s say the premise is having more knowledge of the rules and of the game help you not lose as much or win more. So, can you compare to us somebody who goes out and maybe gambles $20 to $100 and knows that they&#x27;re gambling versus somebody who has all of their money in the market and doesn&#x27;t really realize that they are gambling? I think that&#x27;s exactly right. And a lot of it goes to, you know, you can improve performance, obviously, with knowledge, but only to a certain extent. And realizing that in both life, the markets, and in gambling, you know, there&#x27;s never 100%.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> You know, it&#x27;s never, it can&#x27;t be a sure thing. So, you know, realizing the limits of how much knowledge can help you and how much you can improve. And realizing, you know, frankly, whether it&#x27;s pot odds or expected rate of return, making sure that you&#x27;re not, you don&#x27;t have too much money on the table. You don&#x27;t have too much money invested. You know, it&#x27;s not that we&#x27;re saying investment or gambling is bad. In fact, quite the reverse. It can be fun, entertaining, profitable, and even, you know, especially with investing, essential to assuring a secure retirement. But you can&#x27;t have all your retirement invested. You know, you can&#x27;t be betting everything on the next grain options because that&#x27;s a recipe for disaster. And even if you win initially, and people can, you can make huge, wild bets and nothing bad will happen.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> You know, you might make great windfall profits. But if you get accustomed to doing that, if you need to do that, you know, if you&#x27;re unable to control your ability to make these massive, large bets or massive, large investments that are risky, that&#x27;s when, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s the motivation to gamble and it&#x27;s the control that you&#x27;re able to exert. You can make all the wild bets you want if you still have good capital and if you&#x27;re setting a limit and sticking to it. You know, if you&#x27;re not doing it because you have to make that money, but because that&#x27;s money that you can afford to gamble with. He is the Executive Director for the National Council on Problem Gambling in Washington, D.C., Keith White. And Keith, thank you very much for being here with us and talking with us about the emotional motivations for gambling.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> We certainly appreciate your time. My pleasure. Thanks, Coach Pete. Thanks. Appreciate your time. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Absolutely. My pleasure. All right. Have a great day. Have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Keith Whyte of the National Council on Problem Gambling joins Coach Pete to discuss the characteristics of problem gambling, emotional motivations, and its financial consequences. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in April 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, because the more you know, typically the more you get to keep in your pocket. And along with us today, we&#x27;ve got a great interview lined up with Executive Director for the National Council on Problem Gambling in Washington, D.C., Keith White. Keith, welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning. Thank you. We appreciate you being here, Keith. I wanted to talk a little bit about gambling today. Okay. Let&#x27;s start with some of the basics. What do you see as the characteristics of problem gambling? Well, it&#x27;s interesting, and I&#x27;ll step back a little bit and say that almost all Americans are gamblers. You know, when you look at the statistics, about 75 to 80 percent of Americans have gambled at least once in the past year. You break it down into, for example, weekly gambling, and about 15 percent of American adults gamble at least once weekly.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> So the profile is, you know, it&#x27;s a broad swath of America. When you look at problem gamblers, that is the 2 to 3 percent of adults who meet criteria for a gambling problem, they&#x27;re, frankly, you and I. They&#x27;re more likely to be male. You know, they&#x27;re more likely to have some education. They&#x27;re – problem gamblers are more likely to see gambling as a good means of investing rather than entertainment. You know, so there&#x27;s – and they&#x27;re more likely to use and abuse substances. So gamblers look like you and I. Problem gamblers obviously have some different characteristics. Keith, you mentioned a couple things there, and you mentioned gambling as investing. And we tend to see that a lot more than 2 to 3 percent really are gambling when it comes to their investments.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Maybe they&#x27;re not gambling as an investment, but they&#x27;re investing, and they don&#x27;t really realize that they are gambling with those investments. Are Americans realizing that they are gambling when they are doing this? No, I don&#x27;t think so. I think for a lot of people, and especially in terms and forms of gambling or speculation that are on that continuum, you know, from a pure gamble, which is just like buying a lottery ticket, to something like poker, which involves a lot of skill and money management, to things just across that line like day trading, futures and options. You know, we tend to – one of the interesting heuristic traps about gambling and about life that is applicable for life in general but actually goes backwards for gambling is that the more information we have, the more control we believe we have, the more likely we are to, yeah, put some money behind it, put a lot of money behind it.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that – but what we don&#x27;t realize is that when the odds are against us, even a slight house edge, if you play it a million times in the long term, you&#x27;re almost guaranteed to lose. So we have some people, some very smart people, to confuse lots of information and knowledge with somehow overcoming a house edge or, you know, a margin call or things like that, you know, that just simply in the long run, if you&#x27;ve got even a 1% negative expectation, but on every bet that you make over the long run, you will be at zero. And so we see a lot of people get confused because they think the more information they have, the better they are to be able to predict the outcome and the better they&#x27;re able to predict, the more money they&#x27;ll put on it. But they don&#x27;t take into account that, you know, if there&#x27;s a negative expectation there, they&#x27;re going to lose the more they invest rather than gain.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> So are Americans investing or are they gambling with their retirement savings? It depends. It depends on their motivation. You know, if you have a great healthy portfolio and you&#x27;ve got some mad money and some really risky stocks, but it&#x27;s a small part of your portfolio, you&#x27;re covered in a lot of different ways, sure. You know, some risk-taking behavior is okay. And, in fact, that&#x27;s part of it. You know, you may well get a great reward. But if you&#x27;re the kind of person that believes that rather than putting that $20 a week into your savings account, you&#x27;re putting $20 a week into the Powerball because that&#x27;s your retirement account. You know, that&#x27;s dangerous. You know, if you&#x27;re someone – it&#x27;s a difference between gambling because you can afford it because it&#x27;s entertainment and gambling because you have to.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> You know, if you&#x27;ve got all your portfolio into super high-risky stocks because that&#x27;s the only way you think you&#x27;re going to make enough money to retire, that&#x27;s an extremely bad case. Just the same way as someone who&#x27;s – you know, baby needs a new pair of shoes. I&#x27;ve got to make $5,000 this week on the NFL game to pay my rent. That&#x27;s a hallmark of a gambling problem. And, Keith, when does this reach the point of no return or the critical tipping point there where it&#x27;s almost too late for someone to turn back? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. In the gambling field, and this would obviously apply to a lot of investors as well, there&#x27;s typically generally three phases, the winning phase, the losing phase, and the desperation phase. Anybody who&#x27;s been in the markets and anybody who&#x27;s been a gambler knows you&#x27;re going to win some, you&#x27;re going to lose some.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> The problem comes when the losing – when you start what we call in the biz chasing your losses, you know, spending more and more money to make back what you&#x27;ve lost. So, you know, if you went in on a stock, if you went in on a trade, it didn&#x27;t work out, you know, doubling up, you know, to win back, to get back that money you&#x27;ve lost. And typically these are very, very short-term decisions. You know, these are not long-term plays. These are the folks, again, the closer you get to something like day trading, the more likely you are to be on that edge, and you&#x27;re chasing your money. You know, okay, now I&#x27;ve got to – you know, I just lost, you know, $10,000, now I&#x27;ve got to put $20,000 in to make up what I lost. That&#x27;s one of the big signs of a desperation phase. And with gambling, as is with investing, you can pour a ton of money into chasing a sunk cost.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Well, do people reach a point where they feel they can&#x27;t lose sometimes too? Yeah, absolutely. You know, I mean, there&#x27;s always sort of a sure bet, you know, which never turns out. You know, all those people that are selling advice, you know, either gambling advice or stock advice, if they were that good, you know, they wouldn&#x27;t necessarily need to sell it. They could just retire. And, again, the markets, as we&#x27;ve seen, often behave irrationally. You know, we talk a lot about, you know, Taleb&#x27;s sort of black swans. You know, nobody could have predicted the nuclear meltdown in Japan. I mean, some of these things are just simply beyond our capacity to predict. And so there&#x27;s always irrationality. And there&#x27;s usually a hidden edge, a hidden house edge that gets both gamblers and investors.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Well, talking about the black swan and also the hidden house edge, is it good for people, is it a good strategy for people to take some winnings off the table after they&#x27;re up? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I think what you really need to do, and in poker they call it money management, you know, and investing, it&#x27;s also probably money management. But you need to be able to balance. And, again, you know, you need to learn the rules of responsible gaming. So if you&#x27;re going to gamble or if you&#x27;re going to invest, you know, you really need to sit down and thoroughly know what you&#x27;re getting into. It&#x27;s funny, we see people, especially on the market side, that learn everything they can about these stocks and the industry behind the stocks and the market drivers. But no one&#x27;s ever sat down and taught them basic investing 101. Just as many people get into gambling, they may know the rules thoroughly, but they don&#x27;t really have, or they&#x27;ve never been taught, like, good, responsible gambling strategy.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> And things like not chasing your losses. You know, things like setting the limit of time and money and sticking to it. You know, those are the two hallmarks of combating behavioral addictions, of making sure that you gamble or investments that can become risky, that you&#x27;re taking the steps you can to moderate and minimize your risk. Because once we also know from the gambling world, especially, once you&#x27;re gambling, once you&#x27;re investing, you really lose a lot of that capacity to make those good, informed decisions. And that&#x27;s why having preset limits, you know, where they&#x27;re marginally, you know, and, again, the financial world offers lots of examples of ways you can say, you know what, if I&#x27;m chasing this hot stock, you know, I may not be making some great decisions.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> But if I know I&#x27;m only going to spend X amount of money and time per day, per session, trading or playing poker, that&#x27;s a great way to help you, help set your limits when you&#x27;re cool, rather than trying to remember your limits when you&#x27;re hot. Right, right. Well, let me ask you this. Is overconfidence a culprit in people losing money? Absolutely. Overconfidence is, and, again, this is one of these heuristics that really serve us well in almost every area except gambling and investing. You know, if we really thought about the odds, you know, you wouldn&#x27;t get out of bed. Life is a six-to-five bet against. But, you know, we are. In general, you know, we&#x27;re very confident. In the United States, I think especially, we&#x27;ve raised a nation of entrepreneurs, of risk-takers, of warriors, you know, innovators.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I think for a lot of these folks, overconfidence is part and parcel of what they do. And if you fall, you get back up and you try it again. However, when there is, if you want to call it a house edge, the more you gamble, the more likely we are to lose. And problem gamblers believe that they are better and more skilled and, more importantly, luckier than everybody else. Now, we all believe, you know, we all believe that we&#x27;re better drivers than everybody else. You know, for example, everybody that drives faster than me is a maniac, and everybody that drives slower than me is an idiot. You know, so we always believe in our own performance better. And lots of generations of games have taught us that, you know, the more you know about something, the more you practice, the better you get. However, when gambling, when the odds are against you, the more you play, the more likely you are to lose.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> And so that overconfidence, and especially with skill-based games like poker or going to the track, you know, people will place a lot more money on an event where they believe they can control and predict the outcome. So, not necessarily being the case, but let&#x27;s say the premise is having more knowledge of the rules and of the game help you not lose as much or win more. So, can you compare to us somebody who goes out and maybe gambles $20 to $100 and knows that they&#x27;re gambling versus somebody who has all of their money in the market and doesn&#x27;t really realize that they are gambling? I think that&#x27;s exactly right. And a lot of it goes to, you know, you can improve performance, obviously, with knowledge, but only to a certain extent. And realizing that in both life, the markets, and in gambling, you know, there&#x27;s never 100%.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> You know, it&#x27;s never, it can&#x27;t be a sure thing. So, you know, realizing the limits of how much knowledge can help you and how much you can improve. And realizing, you know, frankly, whether it&#x27;s pot odds or expected rate of return, making sure that you&#x27;re not, you don&#x27;t have too much money on the table. You don&#x27;t have too much money invested. You know, it&#x27;s not that we&#x27;re saying investment or gambling is bad. In fact, quite the reverse. It can be fun, entertaining, profitable, and even, you know, especially with investing, essential to assuring a secure retirement. But you can&#x27;t have all your retirement invested. You know, you can&#x27;t be betting everything on the next grain options because that&#x27;s a recipe for disaster. And even if you win initially, and people can, you can make huge, wild bets and nothing bad will happen.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> You know, you might make great windfall profits. But if you get accustomed to doing that, if you need to do that, you know, if you&#x27;re unable to control your ability to make these massive, large bets or massive, large investments that are risky, that&#x27;s when, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s the motivation to gamble and it&#x27;s the control that you&#x27;re able to exert. You can make all the wild bets you want if you still have good capital and if you&#x27;re setting a limit and sticking to it. You know, if you&#x27;re not doing it because you have to make that money, but because that&#x27;s money that you can afford to gamble with. He is the Executive Director for the National Council on Problem Gambling in Washington, D.C., Keith White. And Keith, thank you very much for being here with us and talking with us about the emotional motivations for gambling.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> We certainly appreciate your time. My pleasure. Thanks, Coach Pete. Thanks. Appreciate your time. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Absolutely. My pleasure. All right. Have a great day. Have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Keith Whyte of the National Council on Problem Gambling joins Coach Pete to discuss the characteristics of problem gambling, emotional motivations, and its financial consequences. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in April 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Keith Whyte</category>
      <category>Understanding Problem Gambling</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Keith Whyte, Understanding Problem Gambling, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56/image.jpg?t=1792071355&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/keith-whyte-understanding-problem-gambling-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56/image.jpg?t=1792071355&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>732</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b9b3e6f7-795f-4547-b9ad-b4e300259e56/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11747018" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/keith-whyte-understanding-problem-gambling-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>193</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding Problem Gambling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Condon: Leaving an Inheritance Without Leaving a Conflict</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Condon: Leaving an Inheritance Without Leaving a Conflict</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to looking at our financial futures, for those of us who have saved up money, well, some of us have to eventually deal with what&#x27;s going to happen with that money when we&#x27;re no longer here and in need of it. And a recent survey found that one in five boomers predicts disagreements amongst their relatives over dividing their inheritance. With us today on the program, we have published financial author and attorney, Jeff Condon. He has authored Beyond the Grave with his father, Gerald Condon. And this book warns about the conflicts, jealousies, and problems that typically arise when parents die and their children divide the assets in the inheritance. Yeah, the subtitle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> is The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children and Others. Jeff, tell us a little bit about what made you and your father write that book and the response you&#x27;ve got from it. Okay, Coach Pete, first of all, thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure to do your show. This book is based on my father&#x27;s then 45 years of experiences in seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because he was a percipient witness to all the inheritance plans that went sour because he did not have, at that point, the real experience of seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because only when the clients die, both when mom and dad are gone, that&#x27;s when we see the problems and conflicts and jealousies that arise in the inheritance arena. And the reason why is because when your children are no longer your children,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> meaning when you&#x27;re gone, they&#x27;re just people dividing money. And when money becomes involved, sharing and inheritance becomes involved, family loyalty goes out the window, and it&#x27;s a whole new ballgame. So this book is based on issue recognition. It&#x27;s recognizing the problems that can arise after parents die and coming up with inheritance plans now to prevent those problems from coming up. And one of the topics is how to leave more of what you own to your children and grandchildren and less to the IRS, correct? That is correct. You know, there&#x27;s two components to a good inheritance plan. The first component, not necessarily in this order, but the first component is the money side, how to make sure that your kids and grandkids get more and less to the IRS and less to the probate courts. And that&#x27;s the money side of estate planning. There&#x27;s a ton of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> books out there on that subject. The other side, which a lot of lawyers may not focus on, is the family side, which is the human dynamics in the inheritance arena, how to leave money to your children so that with a reduction of the possibility of the inheritance conflicts. It&#x27;s family dynamics and the money dynamics that are both involved in this inheritance planning. Well, of course, there could be legal dynamics, too, because so often we see that an inheritance, while you&#x27;ve left it to your family, may end up in other people&#x27;s hands due to such things as divorces. Are those common in today&#x27;s society, folks? Oh, it is so common. It is so common. No longer do we leave an inheritance outright to a child. There&#x27;s no way. We&#x27;re not just going to say, you know, to my son,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> here you go, enjoy, you know, vayas condios. We now leave an inheritance to a child in a protection trust, a protection trust, so that while the child has use of that inheritance during his or her life, the fact is that when that child dies, that money and property can go to the grandchildren, the grandchildren, who are the ultimate dividends of our clients&#x27; lives, because our clients didn&#x27;t work 50 or 60 years of their lives to accumulate wealth just to see it go outside the bloodline because of what you said, divorce, remarriage, bankruptcies, addictions, malpractice actions, and all that. Well, you know, and I tell my clients this all the time, and the listeners on the radio, it&#x27;s not what you leave, but how you leave it. And that really</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> hits home when we look at the IRA world, the individual retirement accounts, the 401ks, you can structure those that if you leave them the right way, your children and grandchildren can benefit tremendously and also keep the IRS at bay from that money through their lifetimes, can&#x27;t they? Oh, they sure can. You know, it&#x27;s funny about these IRAs. If you&#x27;re rich enough, this IRA is going to get two tax hits, one on the death of the client, and that&#x27;s when the, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the estate tax is due. And then when it&#x27;s taken out, when it&#x27;s rolled over, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the deferred income tax becomes due. So there&#x27;s one hit. And then if the clients are rich enough, then that&#x27;s when the estate tax hit takes place. So two-thirds, two-thirds of the IRA could be gone. So what we say is, you know, one of the things we say is, hey, take that IRA, cash it out now, and then use the money to buy, to give it to your kids so they</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> can buy an insurance policy on your life so that when you die, when the client dies, that&#x27;s when the insurance company will write a check to the kids tax-free. That&#x27;s just one foray that I have into the financial planning world so that not only do the estate tax reduced, but the kids can get the full benefit of the money and even more with the insurance dollars. But unfortunately, I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s because people don&#x27;t want them to know or they&#x27;re dealing with someone who doesn&#x27;t have the knowledge and the next generational planning or whatever. But Jeff, I see way too many people who are totally exposed in that area when they pass away. Well, that&#x27;s true. You know, an inheritance is really found money. And a lot of the next generation don&#x27;t really know what to do with found money. So what are they going to do? Well, they&#x27;re going to go out to buy a car. They&#x27;ll pay off the house. And, you know, that&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s all right. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who, beyond that, just kind of let it sit and do nothing</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because they want to be conservative in today&#x27;s, you know, frenzied economic climate. So they just kind of sit and do nothing. So it takes people like yourself, like Coach Pete, to be the ones to advise people who are the beneficiaries of an inheritance to find out the best way to maximize those dollars. Now, Jeff, you spend a lot of time putting together true inheritance plans. I mean, what goes into that? And why should people consult with, I guess, an attorney and a financial planner and a CPA together? You need a good team. But why should somebody do that before it&#x27;s too late? Wow. Well, that&#x27;s kind of a huge question. But I suppose the simple answer is, if you don&#x27;t do something, you don&#x27;t do something, coming up with some kind of inheritance instructions, some kind of inheritance plan, whether it&#x27;s a will or living trust, the money and property that you</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> have worked a lifetime to acquire is going to go in a manner that you did not intend. Like, for example, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re on your second time around. Let&#x27;s say a wife dies and here&#x27;s husband and he gets remarried. So he&#x27;s on his second spouse and he has children from his first marriage. If he doesn&#x27;t do something, he doesn&#x27;t do something, then his kids of his first marriage could potentially be cut out of the family money. Now, dad can do whatever he wants with his half. You know, if you look at the bulk of assets, the two halves, the half belonging to the first spouse to die and the half belonging to the second spouse, he can do whatever he wants with his half. But it&#x27;s not his, I&#x27;m sure it wasn&#x27;t his deceased wife&#x27;s intention that her half go to this, go to dad&#x27;s new spouse. So, you know, that&#x27;s just one of a myriad of examples as to what happens of the law of unintended consequences. If you don&#x27;t do something, then what you intend is not going to</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> happen. So, you know, if you leave your money and property to your child outright and that child gets into an accident, there goes the money to the creditors, to judgment creditors, to insurance companies, whatever. So they&#x27;ve got to do something. You&#x27;ve got to do something. Even if, you know, in California, we have something called a holographic will. And the holographic will is a will that says, hey, if you write it in your own handwriting and you date it and you sign it, that&#x27;s good enough. You don&#x27;t have to go to a lawyer. At least it&#x27;s something. And so, and what I like about financial planners involved in this kind of inheritance arena is that the financial planners are on the front line. See, people don&#x27;t come to lawyers. Their instinct is not to come to a lawyer because, oh my God, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a lawyer. This is a huge deal. You know, they&#x27;ve never gone to a lawyer in their lives. They&#x27;ve never been sued. They&#x27;ve never been divorced. They&#x27;ve never set up a corporation, what have you. So we&#x27;re not going to see what inheritance problems or potential problems</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> they have. But the financial planner, my coach Pete, he can go in there, take a look at this thing and say, you know what? This is the kind of thing that I see that you should, the kind of assets you have and the kind of family situation you have involves some kind of inheritance instructions that actually speaks to that particular plan. And why don&#x27;t you go take a, you know, find a lawyer and have a lawyer come up with some kind of inheritance plan. So you guys are the ones who are, like I said, on the front lines to determine whether or not somebody has a potential inheritance problem or not. So, you know, hey, you know, you ask a lawyer one question, you get a five-minute answer because I&#x27;m billing you per word, coach Pete. My brother&#x27;s an attorney. My wife is too. So I know how that works. I&#x27;ve seen that thing that bills for five minutes or five seconds even. But, and you&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right though, Jeff. I mean,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> to have somebody who can help translate what the attorney&#x27;s saying in financial terms or more layman terms is important. And then the attorney can help translate the financial terms. I mean, it&#x27;s all one big happy triangle if you get the right team together. And I really think folks need a step-by-step process. And if they give us a call, we can direct them to a worksheet or get them in touch with the correct attorneys for their time of life. And that number to call folks is 800-661-7383. But Jeff, you hit on something a minute ago. Just having a trust or will doesn&#x27;t mean that people are taken care of correctly, does it? That is correct. It&#x27;s just one part of the equation. This trust contains your inheritance instructions. But the thing is, the trust is like a bucket. And in order to, and the assets in this bucket are subject to the inheritance instructions. But if you don&#x27;t put assets in that bucket, then</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> you have an empty bucket. And then you, it&#x27;ll take a probate procedure to get those assets to the bucket after you die. Because unless they&#x27;re in the bucket, then they&#x27;re not subject to the inheritance instructions. So that&#x27;s one thing. So a living trust is just by itself, in and of itself, it&#x27;s no good. It&#x27;s got to be funded with stuff. And that, and if it&#x27;s funded, and if the inheritance instructions are, are well thought out to make sure that the inheritance conflicts are minimized or avoided completely, then you&#x27;ve done good. Then you&#x27;ve done good. And the other part of the inheritance plan is, of course, coming up with ways to reduce the estate tax. Now, of course, we now have a $5 million exemption, which means you can die with $5 million, not be subject to an estate tax. Well, that pretty much wipes out the estate tax in America. But the thing is, in 2013, that $5 million exemption gets reduced down to a million, a million. So now,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> anybody with a million or more is subject to an estate tax. And so now we have to come up with plans because the estate tax becomes more serious time in a couple of years from now. And we&#x27;re all living longer. And it&#x27;s easier now to have a million dollars of wealth than it used to be. If you have a house in Southern California, you&#x27;re more than or almost halfway there. So it combined with all the other assets. So like I was saying before, it&#x27;s not just the living trust. It&#x27;s putting assets in the living trust. And it&#x27;s coming up with a way to make sure that the estate tax is reduced. And a lot of people are confused because they hear a state tax and $5 million, they think they&#x27;re fine. But people forget that income tax is due from penny one and dollar one when you die state and federal. It depends on what state you&#x27;re in a lot of times. But federal income tax is from</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> penny one, not $5 million. Jeff, we&#x27;re running up on a hard break. But it&#x27;s Jeff Condon, folks, beyond the grave, the right way and the wrong way of leaving money to your children and others. Jeff, I want to have you back on in a few weeks, you know, so we can go into more detail because you&#x27;ve got a couple other points I wanted to talk about, but we don&#x27;t have time. One of them was how to prevent a charity from using your donation to buy Cadillacs for executives. And the other one is how to keep your children and property from going through probate, sometimes called the lawyer&#x27;s retirement fund. And I want to hit on those when we when we have you back on in the future. Is that OK? No, those are hot and juicy subjects. Yeah. I mean, my book covers so many topics. It&#x27;s been quoted in from magazines as diverse from fortune to dog world because we have a chapter in there on how to leave money to your pet. So, you know, the subjects are endless in this subject. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> glad to glad to accommodate. And folks, the books available on Amazon and also any bookstore. I&#x27;m going to get a few copies, too, to be able to point some things out to you and give a few copies away in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. If we&#x27;ve hit on anything that&#x27;s interesting to you or something you might want to get a start on, give us a call and we&#x27;ll get you in touch with the right people. Again, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this short break.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to looking at our financial futures, for those of us who have saved up money, well, some of us have to eventually deal with what&#x27;s going to happen with that money when we&#x27;re no longer here and in need of it. And a recent survey found that one in five boomers predicts disagreements amongst their relatives over dividing their inheritance. With us today on the program, we have published financial author and attorney, Jeff Condon. He has authored Beyond the Grave with his father, Gerald Condon. And this book warns about the conflicts, jealousies, and problems that typically arise when parents die and their children divide the assets in the inheritance. Yeah, the subtitle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> is The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children and Others. Jeff, tell us a little bit about what made you and your father write that book and the response you&#x27;ve got from it. Okay, Coach Pete, first of all, thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure to do your show. This book is based on my father&#x27;s then 45 years of experiences in seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because he was a percipient witness to all the inheritance plans that went sour because he did not have, at that point, the real experience of seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because only when the clients die, both when mom and dad are gone, that&#x27;s when we see the problems and conflicts and jealousies that arise in the inheritance arena. And the reason why is because when your children are no longer your children,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> meaning when you&#x27;re gone, they&#x27;re just people dividing money. And when money becomes involved, sharing and inheritance becomes involved, family loyalty goes out the window, and it&#x27;s a whole new ballgame. So this book is based on issue recognition. It&#x27;s recognizing the problems that can arise after parents die and coming up with inheritance plans now to prevent those problems from coming up. And one of the topics is how to leave more of what you own to your children and grandchildren and less to the IRS, correct? That is correct. You know, there&#x27;s two components to a good inheritance plan. The first component, not necessarily in this order, but the first component is the money side, how to make sure that your kids and grandkids get more and less to the IRS and less to the probate courts. And that&#x27;s the money side of estate planning. There&#x27;s a ton of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> books out there on that subject. The other side, which a lot of lawyers may not focus on, is the family side, which is the human dynamics in the inheritance arena, how to leave money to your children so that with a reduction of the possibility of the inheritance conflicts. It&#x27;s family dynamics and the money dynamics that are both involved in this inheritance planning. Well, of course, there could be legal dynamics, too, because so often we see that an inheritance, while you&#x27;ve left it to your family, may end up in other people&#x27;s hands due to such things as divorces. Are those common in today&#x27;s society, folks? Oh, it is so common. It is so common. No longer do we leave an inheritance outright to a child. There&#x27;s no way. We&#x27;re not just going to say, you know, to my son,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> here you go, enjoy, you know, vayas condios. We now leave an inheritance to a child in a protection trust, a protection trust, so that while the child has use of that inheritance during his or her life, the fact is that when that child dies, that money and property can go to the grandchildren, the grandchildren, who are the ultimate dividends of our clients&#x27; lives, because our clients didn&#x27;t work 50 or 60 years of their lives to accumulate wealth just to see it go outside the bloodline because of what you said, divorce, remarriage, bankruptcies, addictions, malpractice actions, and all that. Well, you know, and I tell my clients this all the time, and the listeners on the radio, it&#x27;s not what you leave, but how you leave it. And that really</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> hits home when we look at the IRA world, the individual retirement accounts, the 401ks, you can structure those that if you leave them the right way, your children and grandchildren can benefit tremendously and also keep the IRS at bay from that money through their lifetimes, can&#x27;t they? Oh, they sure can. You know, it&#x27;s funny about these IRAs. If you&#x27;re rich enough, this IRA is going to get two tax hits, one on the death of the client, and that&#x27;s when the, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the estate tax is due. And then when it&#x27;s taken out, when it&#x27;s rolled over, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the deferred income tax becomes due. So there&#x27;s one hit. And then if the clients are rich enough, then that&#x27;s when the estate tax hit takes place. So two-thirds, two-thirds of the IRA could be gone. So what we say is, you know, one of the things we say is, hey, take that IRA, cash it out now, and then use the money to buy, to give it to your kids so they</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> can buy an insurance policy on your life so that when you die, when the client dies, that&#x27;s when the insurance company will write a check to the kids tax-free. That&#x27;s just one foray that I have into the financial planning world so that not only do the estate tax reduced, but the kids can get the full benefit of the money and even more with the insurance dollars. But unfortunately, I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s because people don&#x27;t want them to know or they&#x27;re dealing with someone who doesn&#x27;t have the knowledge and the next generational planning or whatever. But Jeff, I see way too many people who are totally exposed in that area when they pass away. Well, that&#x27;s true. You know, an inheritance is really found money. And a lot of the next generation don&#x27;t really know what to do with found money. So what are they going to do? Well, they&#x27;re going to go out to buy a car. They&#x27;ll pay off the house. And, you know, that&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s all right. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who, beyond that, just kind of let it sit and do nothing</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because they want to be conservative in today&#x27;s, you know, frenzied economic climate. So they just kind of sit and do nothing. So it takes people like yourself, like Coach Pete, to be the ones to advise people who are the beneficiaries of an inheritance to find out the best way to maximize those dollars. Now, Jeff, you spend a lot of time putting together true inheritance plans. I mean, what goes into that? And why should people consult with, I guess, an attorney and a financial planner and a CPA together? You need a good team. But why should somebody do that before it&#x27;s too late? Wow. Well, that&#x27;s kind of a huge question. But I suppose the simple answer is, if you don&#x27;t do something, you don&#x27;t do something, coming up with some kind of inheritance instructions, some kind of inheritance plan, whether it&#x27;s a will or living trust, the money and property that you</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> have worked a lifetime to acquire is going to go in a manner that you did not intend. Like, for example, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re on your second time around. Let&#x27;s say a wife dies and here&#x27;s husband and he gets remarried. So he&#x27;s on his second spouse and he has children from his first marriage. If he doesn&#x27;t do something, he doesn&#x27;t do something, then his kids of his first marriage could potentially be cut out of the family money. Now, dad can do whatever he wants with his half. You know, if you look at the bulk of assets, the two halves, the half belonging to the first spouse to die and the half belonging to the second spouse, he can do whatever he wants with his half. But it&#x27;s not his, I&#x27;m sure it wasn&#x27;t his deceased wife&#x27;s intention that her half go to this, go to dad&#x27;s new spouse. So, you know, that&#x27;s just one of a myriad of examples as to what happens of the law of unintended consequences. If you don&#x27;t do something, then what you intend is not going to</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> happen. So, you know, if you leave your money and property to your child outright and that child gets into an accident, there goes the money to the creditors, to judgment creditors, to insurance companies, whatever. So they&#x27;ve got to do something. You&#x27;ve got to do something. Even if, you know, in California, we have something called a holographic will. And the holographic will is a will that says, hey, if you write it in your own handwriting and you date it and you sign it, that&#x27;s good enough. You don&#x27;t have to go to a lawyer. At least it&#x27;s something. And so, and what I like about financial planners involved in this kind of inheritance arena is that the financial planners are on the front line. See, people don&#x27;t come to lawyers. Their instinct is not to come to a lawyer because, oh my God, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a lawyer. This is a huge deal. You know, they&#x27;ve never gone to a lawyer in their lives. They&#x27;ve never been sued. They&#x27;ve never been divorced. They&#x27;ve never set up a corporation, what have you. So we&#x27;re not going to see what inheritance problems or potential problems</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> they have. But the financial planner, my coach Pete, he can go in there, take a look at this thing and say, you know what? This is the kind of thing that I see that you should, the kind of assets you have and the kind of family situation you have involves some kind of inheritance instructions that actually speaks to that particular plan. And why don&#x27;t you go take a, you know, find a lawyer and have a lawyer come up with some kind of inheritance plan. So you guys are the ones who are, like I said, on the front lines to determine whether or not somebody has a potential inheritance problem or not. So, you know, hey, you know, you ask a lawyer one question, you get a five-minute answer because I&#x27;m billing you per word, coach Pete. My brother&#x27;s an attorney. My wife is too. So I know how that works. I&#x27;ve seen that thing that bills for five minutes or five seconds even. But, and you&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right though, Jeff. I mean,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> to have somebody who can help translate what the attorney&#x27;s saying in financial terms or more layman terms is important. And then the attorney can help translate the financial terms. I mean, it&#x27;s all one big happy triangle if you get the right team together. And I really think folks need a step-by-step process. And if they give us a call, we can direct them to a worksheet or get them in touch with the correct attorneys for their time of life. And that number to call folks is 800-661-7383. But Jeff, you hit on something a minute ago. Just having a trust or will doesn&#x27;t mean that people are taken care of correctly, does it? That is correct. It&#x27;s just one part of the equation. This trust contains your inheritance instructions. But the thing is, the trust is like a bucket. And in order to, and the assets in this bucket are subject to the inheritance instructions. But if you don&#x27;t put assets in that bucket, then</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> you have an empty bucket. And then you, it&#x27;ll take a probate procedure to get those assets to the bucket after you die. Because unless they&#x27;re in the bucket, then they&#x27;re not subject to the inheritance instructions. So that&#x27;s one thing. So a living trust is just by itself, in and of itself, it&#x27;s no good. It&#x27;s got to be funded with stuff. And that, and if it&#x27;s funded, and if the inheritance instructions are, are well thought out to make sure that the inheritance conflicts are minimized or avoided completely, then you&#x27;ve done good. Then you&#x27;ve done good. And the other part of the inheritance plan is, of course, coming up with ways to reduce the estate tax. Now, of course, we now have a $5 million exemption, which means you can die with $5 million, not be subject to an estate tax. Well, that pretty much wipes out the estate tax in America. But the thing is, in 2013, that $5 million exemption gets reduced down to a million, a million. So now,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> anybody with a million or more is subject to an estate tax. And so now we have to come up with plans because the estate tax becomes more serious time in a couple of years from now. And we&#x27;re all living longer. And it&#x27;s easier now to have a million dollars of wealth than it used to be. If you have a house in Southern California, you&#x27;re more than or almost halfway there. So it combined with all the other assets. So like I was saying before, it&#x27;s not just the living trust. It&#x27;s putting assets in the living trust. And it&#x27;s coming up with a way to make sure that the estate tax is reduced. And a lot of people are confused because they hear a state tax and $5 million, they think they&#x27;re fine. But people forget that income tax is due from penny one and dollar one when you die state and federal. It depends on what state you&#x27;re in a lot of times. But federal income tax is from</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> penny one, not $5 million. Jeff, we&#x27;re running up on a hard break. But it&#x27;s Jeff Condon, folks, beyond the grave, the right way and the wrong way of leaving money to your children and others. Jeff, I want to have you back on in a few weeks, you know, so we can go into more detail because you&#x27;ve got a couple other points I wanted to talk about, but we don&#x27;t have time. One of them was how to prevent a charity from using your donation to buy Cadillacs for executives. And the other one is how to keep your children and property from going through probate, sometimes called the lawyer&#x27;s retirement fund. And I want to hit on those when we when we have you back on in the future. Is that OK? No, those are hot and juicy subjects. Yeah. I mean, my book covers so many topics. It&#x27;s been quoted in from magazines as diverse from fortune to dog world because we have a chapter in there on how to leave money to your pet. So, you know, the subjects are endless in this subject. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> glad to glad to accommodate. And folks, the books available on Amazon and also any bookstore. I&#x27;m going to get a few copies, too, to be able to point some things out to you and give a few copies away in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. If we&#x27;ve hit on anything that&#x27;s interesting to you or something you might want to get a start on, give us a call and we&#x27;ll get you in touch with the right people. Again, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this short break.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Condon</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Condon, estate planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/image.jpg?t=1792073155&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-condon-leaving-an-inheritance-without-leaving-a-conflict/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/image.jpg?t=1792073155&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11907454" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-condon-leaving-an-inheritance-without-leaving-a-conflict</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>194</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jeff Condon" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steven Milloy: Green Hell and Environmental Policy</title>
      <itunes:title>Steven Milloy: Green Hell and Environmental Policy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, the nation&#x27;s IRA 401k rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we have another very special guest on this segment of the program, another published financial author. And he&#x27;s recently written the book Green Hell. His name is Stephen Malloy. He&#x27;s a commentator on Fox News, and he has worked for the U.S. Department of Energy, Environmental Policy, Analyst Network. Lots of experience, and Green Hell&#x27;s dealing with green energy initiative, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with people taking a voluntary stance as far as saving energy if they so choose.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But what no one likes is having it forced down their throats. And, Stephen, I think that&#x27;s what you wrote about or what the theme was or the idea of you writing the book like that, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s part of it. Energy efficiency, as you point out, makes a great – it&#x27;s very much a personal decision. If it works for you and you need to do it, great. But it doesn&#x27;t really work as national policy. We need to grow our economy. And if you just look historically at the relationship between energy uses and GDP, we need to use more energy to grow our economy. When we use less energy, our economy shrinks. So it&#x27;s really not a very good national strategy. You know, we need people out there buying things, doing things, using things. This all requires energy.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> It&#x27;s the only way the economy works. We can&#x27;t just sort of, you know, shut down and hibernate because that&#x27;s going to be a disaster for the economy. Yeah. Now, what we&#x27;re seeing with the unrest here throughout the world is the fact that we never should have shut down a lot of our own energy programs here in America. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. And we have allowed the environmentalists to take away all our energy choices and assets. They are conducting – the Obama administration is conducting a war against coal. We have to build the oil industry, the natural gas industry. We haven&#x27;t built a new nuclear power plant in 30 years. You know, people think, oh, that&#x27;s because the environmentalists are for, you know, so-called clean energy or renewable energy, wind and solar. Well, that&#x27;s not true. They&#x27;re blocking wind and solar projects all around the country.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, the fact is that we are the Saudi Arabia of coal. We are the Saudi Arabia of oil shale. Our friendly neighbor to the north, Canada, is the Saudi Arabia of oil tar sands. We have nuclear technology. You know, we have all the energy in the world that we need. But environmentalists are forcing us to, you know, rely overly on foreign sources, especially from unstable countries. Stephen, when you can show me a jet airplane that can be powered by a windmill, I&#x27;ll be in favor of green energy. Well, you know, oddly enough, you know, environmentalism has gotten so out of control in America that the Department of Defense is looking at biofuels for jets. I mean, it&#x27;s totally crazy. Well, so the French fry smell will be coming from everywhere up in the sky now from now on.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> To play devil&#x27;s advocate, though, guys, isn&#x27;t clean energy and green energy going to be good for our long-term sustainability? Isn&#x27;t that going to be something that we&#x27;re going to need to rely on into the future? No, not at all. You know, we have all these other resources. We have our own domestic oil, especially natural gas. We have oil shale. Canada&#x27;s got the oil tar sands. We have coal. We don&#x27;t need any of this stuff. You know, the notion that CO2 emissions were, you know, harming the climate is total nonsense. You know, this clean energy stuff actually makes us less secure because, you know, all the windmills and solar panels are not going to be made in Peoria. They&#x27;re going to be made in China. So you think this green energy? Exactly. Our friend, number one. Number two, they all require rare earth.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, China basically has a monopoly on rare earths right now. So we&#x27;re actually more vulnerable with so-called clean energy. Well, they&#x27;re hoarding the rare earth elements right now, the metals there. Right, right. So clean energy, you know, clean energy is a dirty lie. Now, well, natural gas. I mean, you know, saying that we&#x27;re going to run out of energy is almost like saying the moon&#x27;s made out of cheese because that&#x27;s falsity. And my dad&#x27;s a physicist and he&#x27;s been one for 35 years and he&#x27;s one of the scientists that has signed a petition saying Al Gore is just lying basically to… Oh, right, oh, right. Yeah, for Al Gore&#x27;s basically to pad the green in Al Gore&#x27;s pockets is what the green energy really comes down to for Al Gore, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. There are a class of, you know, I&#x27;ll call them entrepreneurs. You have venture capitalists like Al Gore, Vito Khosla, John Doar from Kleiner Perkins, and then you&#x27;ve got companies like General Electric.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> You know, they basically want federal laws requiring utilities to buy wind and solar. And, of course, this is going to raise energy prices for America. It&#x27;s going to make energy less reliable, less affordable. It&#x27;s just going to be an economic and social disaster. In the most recent State of the Union address, President Obama continued to push the green energy, clean energy initiative. How is this affecting America&#x27;s foreign policy and fiscally? How is this going to affect us here in the United States, Stephen? Well, it&#x27;s going to make energy more expensive. I mean, we&#x27;re going to lose, you know, countless jobs from the energy industry. You know, these environmental standards that the president wants, I mean, they&#x27;re going to force even more jobs overseas.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And as we become weaker economically, we become more vulnerable to foreign security threats. Well, you know, the limited budgets that most people have in their households, to see the price of just the price of a gallon of gas starting to go up like crazy like it is now. And also, my daughter&#x27;s in fifth grade, and she comes home with all these stories about how the teachers are talking about how we need to be friends to Mother Earth, which is fine. But it also relates to when I&#x27;m 44 years old, and when we played Little League baseball, we really did have a winner and a loser, and we kept score, and there were trophies. It&#x27;s the deadening down of people&#x27;s main, I guess, goals and feelings that really gets to the point of the matter, Stephen. And what is the main goal for this whole green energy kick here? What&#x27;s the main goal behind the curtain like the Wizard of Oz?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> If we could look behind there, what is the main goal for the guys in the back room? I&#x27;d say there&#x27;s two goals. There&#x27;s a financial one and a political one. The financial one is what we just talked about with General Electric and the venture capitalists. The political one is the green one, which is sort of a camouflage for the political left. These people want to use environmental policy to empower the government to have total control over our lives. They want to tell you where to live, where to work, how much energy you can use, what you can drive, how many children you can have, what sort of food you should be eating, how big your toilet can be, how much water can come out of your shower, what kind of light bulbs you can have. I mean, it&#x27;s just total control of your life is what they&#x27;re after. So it&#x27;s almost time for a new Declaration of Independence as it relates to folks telling us what kind of energy we can use and even what kind of light bulbs we can use.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh, it is time. It&#x27;s not almost time. It is time. And I&#x27;m pleased to see Republicans in Congress starting to recognize this. There&#x27;s people starting to talk about chopping the EPA&#x27;s budget, trying to get the EPA back under control. Now, there&#x27;s a lot more that needs to be done. It&#x27;s not just the EPA. It&#x27;s all these crazy environmental statutes that we have, you know, may be necessary in 1970, but in 2010, when we have the cleanest environment in the world, I think it&#x27;s time to rethink how we do environmental protection to make sure that we&#x27;re actually producing real benefits for the environment at reasonable cost and not allowing political and economic, you know, special interest to run amok. So why is big business buckling under the – is it the old story about if you have a room full of 100 adults,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> if there&#x27;s one child there screaming its head off, everyone stops doing what they&#x27;re doing until the child stops screaming? Is that sort of what it is right now? Is it a vocal minority? You know, there&#x27;s a lot going on in big business. First off, a lot of these people are not all that bright to start with. But, you know, they don&#x27;t know about – they don&#x27;t understand the environmental issues. They&#x27;re afraid to touch them. The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either, are they? Excuse me? The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either. Right. Right. There are some CEOs and their staffs that are complicit with the left. You&#x27;ve got guys that, you know, like General Electric&#x27;s CEO wants federal laws and regulations so that he can make money. The GE doesn&#x27;t innovate anymore. They lobby. So there&#x27;s a lot going on with corporate America.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> It&#x27;s not – you know, gone are the days of Andrew Mellon and John D. Rockefeller. Well, when the government has close ties with some big companies and they&#x27;re both benefiting from each other, it kind of worries me as an individual citizen. Well, right. That&#x27;s a great point. You know, President Obama&#x27;s embrace of Jeff Immelt, CEO of GE. You know, Obama needs to appear to be more business friendly, so he embraces Immelt. Immelt, who is a failed CEO, embraces Obama because, you know, which of his board members doesn&#x27;t want to be one phone call away from the president of the United States? So it is a different picture, as you alluded to earlier, than back in the 1970s where we were worried about the environment because lots of new technology has made even the old energies much more environmentally friendly.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But the political climate in today&#x27;s world isn&#x27;t so much that the old energies are politically friendly because we&#x27;re still relying on most of that from overseas. Well, we – I would say – I don&#x27;t know that we rely on most of it from overseas. We get, you know, a lot of oil from overseas. You know, the environmental policies that make us get that oil from overseas, you know, we even have to import gasoline because thanks to, you know, 1970s-era Clean Air Act regulations, you can&#x27;t build refineries. Yeah. Yeah, we&#x27;re sitting on a lot of energy here. And, you know, but your book basically, Why Big Business is Not Only Knuckling Under to the Greens but Aggressively Promoting the Green Agenda to the detriment of its own stockholders when we look at companies.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> But why – well, right in the book, it&#x27;s a one of – let me just read a review I saw. A one-of-a-kind comprehensive takedown of the entire environmental movement, Green Hell will open your eyes to a looming threat to our economy, our civil liberties, and the entire American way of life. So that&#x27;s why you wrote Green Hell. Tell us the three things that you&#x27;re most worried about as if the environmentalists get even more of a grip than they already have. Well, I guess number one, they&#x27;re just going to destroy our economy. I mean, and they&#x27;re going to destroy our economy. They&#x27;re going to take away our freedoms. And they&#x27;re not going to accomplish anything for the environment. And as a matter of fact, ultimately, by wrecking our economy, making us poor, making us less free, they&#x27;re actually going to hurt the environment. We&#x27;re going to become like the Soviet Union, which is their goal. So is the main goal communism?</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what these people are. You know, it&#x27;s the old fall. We threw – you know, at the end of the Cold War, we threw them out the window red, and they walked back in the front door green. You know, Patrick Moore, who was one of the founders of Greenpeace, dropped out of Greenpeace in the late 1980s because, you know, the environmental movement was becoming radicalized to the left. And he&#x27;ll tell you that today. I mean, these people, that&#x27;s what they have. They have this sort of, you know, Marxist socialist agenda. So it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to get attention if you have a suit and tie on than if you have a T-shirt and you&#x27;re protesting. Well, and it&#x27;s a very effective way to get control if you&#x27;re telling people that, you know, industry and capitalism is killing people, which is what they&#x27;re doing. He is Stephen Malloy. He is author of Green Hell. And, Stephen, we certainly appreciate having you on the program on the Financial Safari today.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Thanks for having me. That was a great book, Stephen. I look forward to it today. Maybe we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future after this. We&#x27;ll see what happens with the agenda in about six months. Okay. Anytime. Thanks. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, the nation&#x27;s IRA 401k rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we have another very special guest on this segment of the program, another published financial author. And he&#x27;s recently written the book Green Hell. His name is Stephen Malloy. He&#x27;s a commentator on Fox News, and he has worked for the U.S. Department of Energy, Environmental Policy, Analyst Network. Lots of experience, and Green Hell&#x27;s dealing with green energy initiative, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with people taking a voluntary stance as far as saving energy if they so choose.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But what no one likes is having it forced down their throats. And, Stephen, I think that&#x27;s what you wrote about or what the theme was or the idea of you writing the book like that, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s part of it. Energy efficiency, as you point out, makes a great – it&#x27;s very much a personal decision. If it works for you and you need to do it, great. But it doesn&#x27;t really work as national policy. We need to grow our economy. And if you just look historically at the relationship between energy uses and GDP, we need to use more energy to grow our economy. When we use less energy, our economy shrinks. So it&#x27;s really not a very good national strategy. You know, we need people out there buying things, doing things, using things. This all requires energy.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> It&#x27;s the only way the economy works. We can&#x27;t just sort of, you know, shut down and hibernate because that&#x27;s going to be a disaster for the economy. Yeah. Now, what we&#x27;re seeing with the unrest here throughout the world is the fact that we never should have shut down a lot of our own energy programs here in America. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. And we have allowed the environmentalists to take away all our energy choices and assets. They are conducting – the Obama administration is conducting a war against coal. We have to build the oil industry, the natural gas industry. We haven&#x27;t built a new nuclear power plant in 30 years. You know, people think, oh, that&#x27;s because the environmentalists are for, you know, so-called clean energy or renewable energy, wind and solar. Well, that&#x27;s not true. They&#x27;re blocking wind and solar projects all around the country.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, the fact is that we are the Saudi Arabia of coal. We are the Saudi Arabia of oil shale. Our friendly neighbor to the north, Canada, is the Saudi Arabia of oil tar sands. We have nuclear technology. You know, we have all the energy in the world that we need. But environmentalists are forcing us to, you know, rely overly on foreign sources, especially from unstable countries. Stephen, when you can show me a jet airplane that can be powered by a windmill, I&#x27;ll be in favor of green energy. Well, you know, oddly enough, you know, environmentalism has gotten so out of control in America that the Department of Defense is looking at biofuels for jets. I mean, it&#x27;s totally crazy. Well, so the French fry smell will be coming from everywhere up in the sky now from now on.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> To play devil&#x27;s advocate, though, guys, isn&#x27;t clean energy and green energy going to be good for our long-term sustainability? Isn&#x27;t that going to be something that we&#x27;re going to need to rely on into the future? No, not at all. You know, we have all these other resources. We have our own domestic oil, especially natural gas. We have oil shale. Canada&#x27;s got the oil tar sands. We have coal. We don&#x27;t need any of this stuff. You know, the notion that CO2 emissions were, you know, harming the climate is total nonsense. You know, this clean energy stuff actually makes us less secure because, you know, all the windmills and solar panels are not going to be made in Peoria. They&#x27;re going to be made in China. So you think this green energy? Exactly. Our friend, number one. Number two, they all require rare earth.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, China basically has a monopoly on rare earths right now. So we&#x27;re actually more vulnerable with so-called clean energy. Well, they&#x27;re hoarding the rare earth elements right now, the metals there. Right, right. So clean energy, you know, clean energy is a dirty lie. Now, well, natural gas. I mean, you know, saying that we&#x27;re going to run out of energy is almost like saying the moon&#x27;s made out of cheese because that&#x27;s falsity. And my dad&#x27;s a physicist and he&#x27;s been one for 35 years and he&#x27;s one of the scientists that has signed a petition saying Al Gore is just lying basically to… Oh, right, oh, right. Yeah, for Al Gore&#x27;s basically to pad the green in Al Gore&#x27;s pockets is what the green energy really comes down to for Al Gore, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. There are a class of, you know, I&#x27;ll call them entrepreneurs. You have venture capitalists like Al Gore, Vito Khosla, John Doar from Kleiner Perkins, and then you&#x27;ve got companies like General Electric.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> You know, they basically want federal laws requiring utilities to buy wind and solar. And, of course, this is going to raise energy prices for America. It&#x27;s going to make energy less reliable, less affordable. It&#x27;s just going to be an economic and social disaster. In the most recent State of the Union address, President Obama continued to push the green energy, clean energy initiative. How is this affecting America&#x27;s foreign policy and fiscally? How is this going to affect us here in the United States, Stephen? Well, it&#x27;s going to make energy more expensive. I mean, we&#x27;re going to lose, you know, countless jobs from the energy industry. You know, these environmental standards that the president wants, I mean, they&#x27;re going to force even more jobs overseas.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And as we become weaker economically, we become more vulnerable to foreign security threats. Well, you know, the limited budgets that most people have in their households, to see the price of just the price of a gallon of gas starting to go up like crazy like it is now. And also, my daughter&#x27;s in fifth grade, and she comes home with all these stories about how the teachers are talking about how we need to be friends to Mother Earth, which is fine. But it also relates to when I&#x27;m 44 years old, and when we played Little League baseball, we really did have a winner and a loser, and we kept score, and there were trophies. It&#x27;s the deadening down of people&#x27;s main, I guess, goals and feelings that really gets to the point of the matter, Stephen. And what is the main goal for this whole green energy kick here? What&#x27;s the main goal behind the curtain like the Wizard of Oz?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> If we could look behind there, what is the main goal for the guys in the back room? I&#x27;d say there&#x27;s two goals. There&#x27;s a financial one and a political one. The financial one is what we just talked about with General Electric and the venture capitalists. The political one is the green one, which is sort of a camouflage for the political left. These people want to use environmental policy to empower the government to have total control over our lives. They want to tell you where to live, where to work, how much energy you can use, what you can drive, how many children you can have, what sort of food you should be eating, how big your toilet can be, how much water can come out of your shower, what kind of light bulbs you can have. I mean, it&#x27;s just total control of your life is what they&#x27;re after. So it&#x27;s almost time for a new Declaration of Independence as it relates to folks telling us what kind of energy we can use and even what kind of light bulbs we can use.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh, it is time. It&#x27;s not almost time. It is time. And I&#x27;m pleased to see Republicans in Congress starting to recognize this. There&#x27;s people starting to talk about chopping the EPA&#x27;s budget, trying to get the EPA back under control. Now, there&#x27;s a lot more that needs to be done. It&#x27;s not just the EPA. It&#x27;s all these crazy environmental statutes that we have, you know, may be necessary in 1970, but in 2010, when we have the cleanest environment in the world, I think it&#x27;s time to rethink how we do environmental protection to make sure that we&#x27;re actually producing real benefits for the environment at reasonable cost and not allowing political and economic, you know, special interest to run amok. So why is big business buckling under the – is it the old story about if you have a room full of 100 adults,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> if there&#x27;s one child there screaming its head off, everyone stops doing what they&#x27;re doing until the child stops screaming? Is that sort of what it is right now? Is it a vocal minority? You know, there&#x27;s a lot going on in big business. First off, a lot of these people are not all that bright to start with. But, you know, they don&#x27;t know about – they don&#x27;t understand the environmental issues. They&#x27;re afraid to touch them. The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either, are they? Excuse me? The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either. Right. Right. There are some CEOs and their staffs that are complicit with the left. You&#x27;ve got guys that, you know, like General Electric&#x27;s CEO wants federal laws and regulations so that he can make money. The GE doesn&#x27;t innovate anymore. They lobby. So there&#x27;s a lot going on with corporate America.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> It&#x27;s not – you know, gone are the days of Andrew Mellon and John D. Rockefeller. Well, when the government has close ties with some big companies and they&#x27;re both benefiting from each other, it kind of worries me as an individual citizen. Well, right. That&#x27;s a great point. You know, President Obama&#x27;s embrace of Jeff Immelt, CEO of GE. You know, Obama needs to appear to be more business friendly, so he embraces Immelt. Immelt, who is a failed CEO, embraces Obama because, you know, which of his board members doesn&#x27;t want to be one phone call away from the president of the United States? So it is a different picture, as you alluded to earlier, than back in the 1970s where we were worried about the environment because lots of new technology has made even the old energies much more environmentally friendly.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But the political climate in today&#x27;s world isn&#x27;t so much that the old energies are politically friendly because we&#x27;re still relying on most of that from overseas. Well, we – I would say – I don&#x27;t know that we rely on most of it from overseas. We get, you know, a lot of oil from overseas. You know, the environmental policies that make us get that oil from overseas, you know, we even have to import gasoline because thanks to, you know, 1970s-era Clean Air Act regulations, you can&#x27;t build refineries. Yeah. Yeah, we&#x27;re sitting on a lot of energy here. And, you know, but your book basically, Why Big Business is Not Only Knuckling Under to the Greens but Aggressively Promoting the Green Agenda to the detriment of its own stockholders when we look at companies.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> But why – well, right in the book, it&#x27;s a one of – let me just read a review I saw. A one-of-a-kind comprehensive takedown of the entire environmental movement, Green Hell will open your eyes to a looming threat to our economy, our civil liberties, and the entire American way of life. So that&#x27;s why you wrote Green Hell. Tell us the three things that you&#x27;re most worried about as if the environmentalists get even more of a grip than they already have. Well, I guess number one, they&#x27;re just going to destroy our economy. I mean, and they&#x27;re going to destroy our economy. They&#x27;re going to take away our freedoms. And they&#x27;re not going to accomplish anything for the environment. And as a matter of fact, ultimately, by wrecking our economy, making us poor, making us less free, they&#x27;re actually going to hurt the environment. We&#x27;re going to become like the Soviet Union, which is their goal. So is the main goal communism?</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what these people are. You know, it&#x27;s the old fall. We threw – you know, at the end of the Cold War, we threw them out the window red, and they walked back in the front door green. You know, Patrick Moore, who was one of the founders of Greenpeace, dropped out of Greenpeace in the late 1980s because, you know, the environmental movement was becoming radicalized to the left. And he&#x27;ll tell you that today. I mean, these people, that&#x27;s what they have. They have this sort of, you know, Marxist socialist agenda. So it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to get attention if you have a suit and tie on than if you have a T-shirt and you&#x27;re protesting. Well, and it&#x27;s a very effective way to get control if you&#x27;re telling people that, you know, industry and capitalism is killing people, which is what they&#x27;re doing. He is Stephen Malloy. He is author of Green Hell. And, Stephen, we certainly appreciate having you on the program on the Financial Safari today.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Thanks for having me. That was a great book, Stephen. I look forward to it today. Maybe we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future after this. We&#x27;ll see what happens with the agenda in about six months. Okay. Anytime. Thanks. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Steven Milloy</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Steven Milloy, economic policy, energy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/image.jpg?t=1792072733&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-milloy-green-hell-and-environmental-policy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/image.jpg?t=1792072733&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>734</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11772837" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-milloy-green-hell-and-environmental-policy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>195</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Green Hell and Environmental Policy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Patrick Kelly: Tax-Free Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Patrick Kelly: Tax-Free Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into The Financial Safari. This is your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and those important financial decisions that you&#x27;re making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;re joined today on the program by another published financial author. Over 250,000 copies in print of his national bestseller, Tax-Free Retirement. We have Patrick Kelly along with us. You know, Peter, about a year ago, I was at an airport and I was looking for a book to buy. And this looked like a very interesting book. So I bought it and read it. And then I said, I&#x27;ve got to meet this guy. So I traveled out where he was speaking last year, about six or seven, maybe eight months ago. And I saw him speak about this, Tax-Free Retirement. And his name is Patrick Kelly. Patrick, welcome to the show. Thanks, guys. It&#x27;s great to be here with you. Thank you. We both find your book very interesting. And what I think both of us really enjoyed about it, Patrick, was that it was such an easy read.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> You&#x27;re taking complex financial subjects here, putting them in everyday people&#x27;s language that we can understand. And I think most of our listeners, upon reading this book, will be able to understand and comprehend these subjects as well. Well, I appreciate those words, guys. It&#x27;s actually a funny story on that. Just happened a couple weeks ago. I was at an event speaking. And one of the financial professionals who was there for the event, former NFL player, he was getting videotaped for something. And so was I. And he just came over to me and said something similar. But then he said, this is really funny. He goes, I got to tell you, and I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m proud of this or not, but your book is the first book I have read cover to cover since Indian in the cupboard in kindergarten. I haven&#x27;t even heard of Indian in the cupboard. But he goes, I was a 3.5 GPA through college, but I made it and never had to finish an entire book.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So I think part of it, the reason that it is getting read and enjoyed is because I did want to make it fun and simple and understandable to people regardless of their financial background. Well, Patrick, I travel a lot, and I like to sleep on airplanes. And that&#x27;s the joke in the office is as soon as I hit the seat in the airplane, I&#x27;m asleep. But I started to read your book, and not only did I not sleep on that flight, I read the book front to back twice on the flight I was on. And we&#x27;re going to get into some of the why. I mean, you know, we&#x27;re telling people all this, and for all I know, this is a comic book we&#x27;re talking about because we haven&#x27;t even got into it. There is a comedy of errors, though, in the financial world if people don&#x27;t take the right steps, and you call them landmines. So you&#x27;ve got one landmine. Landmine number one is lack of planning. What do people usually do when we&#x27;re talking about financial matters, and why is it advantageous for them to plan ahead of time? Well, it&#x27;s funny. Quite frankly, as simple and as basic as that sounds, I mean, some things are so basic and simple, for the listener, they might think, come on, are you kidding?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> But, you know, if they looked and took a survey of their own life, they&#x27;d probably see the same thing that everyone that I meet with virtually experiences, and that is they just don&#x27;t take time to plan. I heard it said years ago, and it&#x27;s really true. People will spend more time planning a one- or two-week vacation than they do planning their retirement and some of the other important things in their life. We&#x27;re moving so quick nowadays. There are so many things that are vying for our time. I guess one of the other issues is retirement. This thing of retirement seems so far off in the future that we think, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time. And pretty soon, the kids are graduated, and there&#x27;s five or ten years before they retire, and they realize, dang, I wish I would have started 30 years ago. Yeah, Patrick, your final landmine in the book of problems when it comes to successfully financially planning is acting like the future will never arrive.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> And one of our mottos here on the Financial Safari is plan like today was tomorrow, and you&#x27;ll be a lot more successful. But I think that the American public, unfortunately, when you start talking about the need for financial planning, the eyes glaze over. They start thinking about other things. Patrick, wouldn&#x27;t it be a lot easier, and there would be a lot more wealthy and successful people out there if folks just took this subject a little bit more seriously? Absolutely. And I&#x27;ll tell you one of the things that I think our financial society, and quite frankly, the TV shows, and I won&#x27;t name any stations, but people know what I&#x27;m talking about. The TV shows out there that are talking about all this financial stuff in and out all day long. What people need to realize is that really isn&#x27;t financial advice as much as it is financial entertainment. And I think one of the things that&#x27;s done for people is allow them to think that financial planning is a do-it-yourself proposition.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But I want to say this. Employing and putting together correct strategies for yourself for your retirement is no more of a do-it-yourself proposition than triple bypass heart surgery would be. And I think people delay because they think it won&#x27;t arrive, but they also think they don&#x27;t ever seek the advice of a professional because somehow they think this is supposed to be something they can do themselves. And I&#x27;m just here to tell you, you need to work, and I&#x27;m talking to the listeners out there, you need to work, listeners, with a trusted financial individual who can walk you through and do what&#x27;s best for you, not what&#x27;s best for them. And I&#x27;ll tell you, most of them out there want to do just that. I know you guys are of that same mindset. Well, Patrick, you know, when you&#x27;re talking about what we see on TV, we call that investainment because it&#x27;s entertainment and investing.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And it really is. I mean, it&#x27;s fun to watch the guy that flaps his arms all across and presses buttons with different sounds on it. But what does that really mean for your long-term savings? And the temptation, though, people get overloaded with information. So the temptation then, because you want to take control of your own portfolio, the temptation, as you say in your book, is to do nothing, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. They sort of get paralyzed with options. And quite frankly, you know, for the regular individual, buying and selling or trading individual stocks is not the best way to wealth. Matter of fact, I heard another individual say one time, and I believe this to be true. He goes, a wise person told him one. So this is like second generation past. And now he said, I&#x27;ve never met a wealthy trader. I&#x27;ve only met wealthy investors.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And I think the definition of the difference is finding a strategy that will last over time that you can do over and over and over again, that you don&#x27;t have to spend a lot of time managing or thinking about, that&#x27;s not just burdened by trading costs and timing things right and all that. And that&#x27;s what these shows are trying to get people to think. But there is a way out there, and we&#x27;re going to talk about it today, that people can safely grow their money and have some incredible tax advantages along the way. Well, your book is almost like a recipe book for success in the financial world. And in order to build a perfect recipe, you need to know what not to add a lot of times instead of what to add, Patrick. And let&#x27;s go into some of the mistakes people make, the things not to add to their financial portfolio. Yeah, I like the fact, Patrick, that you laid out so many of the problems with the current way people are saving for themselves for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And again, in this tax-free retirement book, Patrick, you lay out some of, again, those problems, but you also present a solution. And before we get into laying out the problems, Patrick, I do want to mention the fact that we have 17 copies of your book available for callers to the program today. It is a $19.95 value. And for folks who are interested in learning the problems with the current system and the current way people are saving for retirement and would like to find a real solution, if you&#x27;re interested in this concept, you would like to come in, sit down, and learn a little bit about it, we will walk through this book with you. It&#x27;s almost like a guidebook here. And then we&#x27;ll let you keep the guidebook as a manual for moving forward. But folks, if you&#x27;re interested in taking us up on that offer, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. But Patrick, let&#x27;s get into it.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What are some of the problems that you see with the current way people are saving for their retirement? Well, I think the number one problem, gentlemen, is that they don&#x27;t understand what it is they&#x27;re investing in from a tax standpoint. And I can tell you, let me start this section off by telling you this very, very quick story. I trained or did a three-hour seminar workshop for a room of 100 CPAs in Scottsdale about three, four months ago. And these are all very sharp CPAs. They&#x27;re there for continuing education and other things. I just happen to be a little segment on the docket. At the end of the day, I asked these 100 CPAs how many of them had understood this concept prior to the meeting today, and not one single hand of the 100 went up. And I think the reason I tell that story as we lead in to this next section is people are fed by everyone,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> neighbors, friends, business associates, even their own advisors, information that is just not, I don&#x27;t want to say it&#x27;s wrong, but it&#x27;s just not the full facts, and that&#x27;s this. I had my own CPA say to me one time, hey, you know what, Patrick, you should do this, IRA, SEPs, or whatever it is, because you&#x27;ll get a tax savings of X. Well, the reality is, folks, and you need to really understand this, in any tax-qualified plan, we&#x27;re talking about 401Ks, SEPs, SIMPLs, IRAs, 403Bs, anything under the tax-qualified heading, you are not, and I&#x27;ll say it again, you are not getting a tax saving. Yes, you&#x27;re experiencing a saving in the current year, but overall, you&#x27;re not experiencing a tax saving. It&#x27;s simply a tax delay. You&#x27;re giving up having to pay tax today on just the principal,</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and you&#x27;re trading that for having to pay tax on both the principal and the gain down the road at likely, in my opinion, what I think is going to have to be a higher tax rate. Now, no one knows, but that&#x27;s my own speculation. So instead of paying tax at a reasonable rate on $10,000, you may be paying tax on $40,000, $50,000, $80,000 later. And so people use these tax-qualified plans thinking they&#x27;re saving money. They&#x27;re simply delaying. And I love to ask individuals this question. They&#x27;ll say, Pete, who else is a co-owner with you in your 401K? My Uncle Sam. Well, they&#x27;ll say, no. What do you mean? There&#x27;s no one. It&#x27;s just mine. It&#x27;s only my name. And I&#x27;ll say, well, that&#x27;s not entirely true. And you got the answer. I&#x27;ll say, someone owns up to maybe a third of it. And they&#x27;ll say, what are you talking about?</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> We&#x27;ll say, well, Uncle Sam, he&#x27;s allowed you to defer those taxes till later. But you&#x27;ve got to understand, when you take that money out, all of it, contribution and gain, every penny, is going to be taxable at whatever the current tax rate is at that point. You know, Patrick, to use a quote from a famous cartoon when I was growing up and adding my little spice to it, it&#x27;s like saying I&#x27;ll gladly pay you for three hamburgers in retirement for one hamburger today. I&#x27;ll have a hamburger for which I will gladly pay you Tuesday. It is indeed. That is a great analogy. The old Popeye. Yep. Yeah. Well, how can a tax savings turn into a tax loss if you take a tax deductible, tax deferred asset that you&#x27;re not paying taxes on now, kick that tax can down the road. And in the meantime, tax rates do happen to go up, Patrick.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> You actually may not have even saved yourself or broken even. You could have actually cost yourself some money there. Oh, you know what people don&#x27;t realize, guys, is that back in the 40s and 50s, the top marginal, I mean the top tax rate that was charged to the American public was above 90%. It peaked at 94% in 1944, 1945. If you look at the last 80 years, maybe even 90 years now, of our tax rates, we&#x27;re at one of the lowest points in the last 80, 90 years. So is there a little disconnect here? We&#x27;ve got spending out of control. We&#x27;ve grown our debt another 50% officially in the last four years since my book was published. We&#x27;re spending more than we&#x27;ve ever spent. And tax rates are at its lowest top bracket that we&#x27;ve seen in almost the last 80 years.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So can they go up? You bet. Have they been higher in the past? Almost in the entire, you know, in the last 100 years. So, yeah, I think there&#x27;s some real room for people. And they get to retirement, and all of a sudden there&#x27;s a top marginal bracket of 40%, 50%, 60%. Now, we don&#x27;t know that, but let&#x27;s hypothetically. Well, that&#x27;s the rate that they&#x27;re going to pay if they take their money out of the retirement plan. And the other thing they don&#x27;t know is if they die and pass that IRA on to their children, that tax-qualified plan on to their children, that entire entity gets taxed as income to their kids in the year that it passes. It will almost certainly be in the highest tax bracket. Well, yeah, I think we&#x27;re all in agreement that taxes are the enemy, that there are a lot of problems, landmines, you call it, retirement traps. But you&#x27;ve got, more importantly, when people agree that, yeah, taxes are always going to be around and I think they&#x27;re going to be higher in the future,</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> what kind of solutions or what kind of steps can people that are listening now, Patrick, take to minimize the burden to themselves for taxes in the future, at the same time building a good retirement account? As I talk with individuals and advisors as I do my trainings, there are really three opportunities for individuals to have the ability to access money down the road tax-free. One of those is municipal bonds. Another is the Roth IRA, and I can lump in with that the Roth 401k, although most people that I experience don&#x27;t have that opportunity open to them because it has to be something offered by their employer. So we&#x27;ll just focus on the Roth IRA. So they have the municipal bonds, the Roth IRA, or certain types of life insurance if they do it properly. And that&#x27;s really important because, by definition, life insurance is not a tax-free vehicle. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred vehicle.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But the companies have a provision through the policy loan provision that, if we have time, I&#x27;d be happy to talk about that allow individuals to be able to access money tax-free. It&#x27;s, quite frankly, just a brilliant, beautiful strategy. But let&#x27;s go back and look at the first one, municipal bonds. I tend to cross that off for most individuals for a couple reasons. One is, over time, the rate of return has barely kept pace with inflation. And second, it&#x27;s just not a real well-diversified portfolio, you know, strategy or product. If you look now, there have been article after article recently, within the last couple weeks, that say more municipalities are going to go bankrupt in 2011 than ever before. So I think there&#x27;s some real caution using that strategy. On the Roth IRA strategy, and it&#x27;s a great strategy, you can only put a limited number of a few thousand dollars in,</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> $5,000, I believe, currently. And so, you know, for higher-income earners that can qualify, it&#x27;s not going to allow them the ability to put enough in to be able to maintain their same lifestyle. But for the high-income earners that are above certain levels, which is $110,000 for the individual earner and $160,000 for a married couple, they don&#x27;t have the option. Right. The high-income earners are left with one very good option. Now, Patrick, when you say life insurance, let&#x27;s be honest. Remember the cartoons again? I used to watch a lot of cartoons, but you remember when the car was going down the road and all of a sudden it came to a real quick stop? Remember that sound of making the cartoons, the brake sound? I can hear it in my head. That&#x27;s the sound that people make in their head when they hear that word life insurance. And because life insurance, too much in the past has been sold when it wasn&#x27;t needed or the wrong policy was sold.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> But when we&#x27;re talking about tax-free retirement, let&#x27;s get into how life insurance is the best tool for the tax-free retirement system. And I want to stress exactly what you just said. And I imagine people are a little taken aback by that. But I want to say something to your listeners that I tell people over and over. Don&#x27;t take my word for it. Matter of fact, don&#x27;t take your word for it. I say let&#x27;s let the numbers speak for themselves. Most of the time people say that or have that reaction because they&#x27;ve heard something somewhere from someone who&#x27;s had a bad experience. Well, it&#x27;s likely that bad experience was either missold, misrepresented, and a few bad apples. I&#x27;ll tell you, most of the people in this industry really desire to do it right. But there&#x27;s a few bad apples in any industry. And it&#x27;s unfortunately those that tend to get highlighted and spotlighted. But I&#x27;m a believer in buying a proper amount of life insurance for the death benefit feature, which will always be sort of the crown jewel of life insurance.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> The ability for an individual to pass on income tax-free, not estate tax-free, but income tax-free death benefit to their heirs. But what most people don&#x27;t know is there&#x27;s a second half to that story. Most agents I train don&#x27;t seem to have a full grasp on this either. There&#x27;s some living advantages that if it&#x27;s used properly, allow life insurance to be an incredible tool to be able to put after-tax dollars away and be able then to access tax-free dollars in the future. Well, folks, if you would like to find out about strategy, again, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. We have several copies of the book still left to give away, but they will be going quickly here. And you want to learn about how to utilize a strategy for yourself. So if you would like a copy, again, call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> And Patrick, tell us more detail and how exactly there&#x27;s a living benefit to those who are purchasing life insurance. Yeah, this is very interesting. And I think people really should pay attention to this, Patrick, because this is a great concept. Well, with life insurance, most people go about it backwards traditionally. What they do is they try and figure out the most amount of life insurance they can buy for the least amount of money because they see it purely as an expense. But the way I want people to think about it is a little differently. I&#x27;m not about the most or the least amount of life insurance. I&#x27;m about proper amount of life insurance, what they need for their family. And we&#x27;re talking about here indexed universal life insurance, a specific type of indexed universal life insurance. I just want to make sure because not all policies allow this benefit to be available. And we can get into some of the features of that later or maybe even in an additional show.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> But what indexed universal life insurance allows people to do is put in a range of premium. And the range of premium starts with, if you think of two boxes, think of a small box that would represent the minimum amount of premium and the minimum amount that the company says you have to put in to even be able to buy this policy. But then there&#x27;s another box, a much bigger box. And that box is the maximum amount that the IRS allows an individual to put into a policy. And I like to say, Pete, you heard me say it in our time together, that any time the IRS limits what you can put into something, it&#x27;s usually because it&#x27;s a pretty good deal. And so what we want to look at is instead of funding at the small box, the minimum box, what would happen for an individual if they put it in at this maximum box? And essentially, if you think about this, the life insurance costs don&#x27;t change regardless of how much premium you&#x27;re putting in.</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> Those costs are fixed costs as far as the mortality costs and the cost of insurance. So when someone decides to put more in, that is funding their own cash value. Now, that cash value is funded with after-tax dollars. It&#x27;s going to grow like it would grow in any type of scenario. Although one advantage of indexed universal life is that it has no risk of loss. And I think that is just a huge component of this, that even if the markets go down like they did in 2008, 40, 50%, that the accounts, even though they have some upside growth with the market, indexed universal life does not go down based on the market. There&#x27;s a floor guarantee of zero or in some cases even 1% or 2%. So that money is going to grow. And then in the future, and this is really important for clients to understand, if they simply want to withdraw that money or if they cancel the policy to access that money, they need to realize that that money would be taxable.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> It would be taxable as income because life insurance, by definition, is not a tax-free product. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred product. But this is where it all changes. Life insurance companies allow clients through a loan provision, a tax-free and, if it&#x27;s done right, interest-free loan. So a tax-free, interest-free loan to be able to access money using their life insurance cash value as collateral. It essentially gives them access to their cash, even though it&#x27;s not coming from their policy, to be able to live on that money during their lifetime tax-free. And then at death, the income tax-free death benefit pays off the money that they have lived on with the balance going to their beneficiaries. And it&#x27;s a beautiful, beautiful strategy. And many times individuals are able to multiply their contribution by 8, 9, 10 times what they put in.</p><p><strong>19:18</strong> They&#x27;re able to distribute to themselves and their beneficiaries tax-free. So that&#x27;s a super simplistic. I know we&#x27;re limited on time, but I&#x27;m encouraging your listeners, if they want to find out more after the show or after they&#x27;ve read my book, to come in and sit down with you guys. And I know you&#x27;ll walk them through what this would look like for them. Well, it&#x27;s a fantastic concept, and it all goes around paying themselves first and also building up that tax-free retirement that can be a gigantic amount. Patrick, what kind of growth can someone expect in these type of policies? You know, I can tell you with many of the policies I&#x27;m seeing what historical growth numbers have been. And again, I want to make – and you say this too, that just because history does something doesn&#x27;t mean the future is going to do this. But historically, because there&#x27;s no loss experienced on these policies, many of the companies that I&#x27;m seeing, they&#x27;re showing the last 20 or 25 years average return of 8, 8.5, 9 percent.</p><p><strong>20:09</strong> But the key on this is regardless, clients will get growth with a stock market index, whichever one they&#x27;re tracking, if you will, up to a certain level. It&#x27;s capped at a certain level, but they&#x27;re guaranteed to have no loss. And that component right there, if I had one investment principle for people, regardless of what strategy they&#x27;re using, is protect your principle at all costs. So, Patrick, I mean, it&#x27;s a great concept. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in hearing more about it, we&#x27;ve got – well, we&#x27;ve given those 17 copies away. We&#x27;ve got another 17 copies of the book, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll sit down and go through it, treat it as a workbook, make sure you understand everything. You have to call us, though, to get on that list and get an appointment scheduled, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get you a copy of the book. But what are the downsides in this system?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> In America or in the world nowadays, we always expect the gotcha. You watch the commercial on TV for the magical drug, and then all of a sudden it&#x27;s got a 20-minute explanation of all the things that could go wrong if you take this drug for a headache. All of a sudden, it can give you – you can lose an arm or something. So what&#x27;s the gotcha? What&#x27;s the catch? That&#x27;s not always a question. Exactly. There really isn&#x27;t a catch, but there&#x27;s a caution, and there&#x27;s also a realization clients need to understand, and that is this. They&#x27;re buying life insurance. This is life insurance. And so this isn&#x27;t like other things, other traditional-style investments, because there&#x27;s a cost to the insurance. And so it&#x27;s really suited for people best, number one, who have a need for life insurance anyway. The second – and this is really where the caution comes in – if someone utilizes the tax-free withdrawals through the loan provisions – really not withdrawals, but tax-free access through the loan provision,</p><p><strong>21:44</strong> they need to understand that that policy has to stay in force their entire life. If it lapses before they do, as I like to say, if it crashes before they die for a number of different reasons, whether they decide to cancel it or take out too much money or any of those things, then all of those tax-free dollars that they have received through the loan would become taxable. Now, if you do it right, that&#x27;s a concern that I think can be highly minimized because most policies nowadays have a feature on it called the overloan protection rider that assures and makes sure that an individual, if they start to take out too much money, won&#x27;t take out enough to the point where the policy lapses. So really, the primary way that someone could stumble on this is if they disregarded everything they were ever taught by their agent or by the book and decided just to cancel it for whatever reason.</p><p><strong>22:33</strong> But there are cautions. But again, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself project. It&#x27;s something that you need to work with a professional on. Patrick, I enjoyed your book very much, and folks need to explore this option because it can solve a lot of the problematic symptoms of the current way that folks are saving for retirement. Patrick Kelly, author of Tax-Free Retirement, thank you for being here on the Financial Safari Show today.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into The Financial Safari. This is your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and those important financial decisions that you&#x27;re making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;re joined today on the program by another published financial author. Over 250,000 copies in print of his national bestseller, Tax-Free Retirement. We have Patrick Kelly along with us. You know, Peter, about a year ago, I was at an airport and I was looking for a book to buy. And this looked like a very interesting book. So I bought it and read it. And then I said, I&#x27;ve got to meet this guy. So I traveled out where he was speaking last year, about six or seven, maybe eight months ago. And I saw him speak about this, Tax-Free Retirement. And his name is Patrick Kelly. Patrick, welcome to the show. Thanks, guys. It&#x27;s great to be here with you. Thank you. We both find your book very interesting. And what I think both of us really enjoyed about it, Patrick, was that it was such an easy read.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> You&#x27;re taking complex financial subjects here, putting them in everyday people&#x27;s language that we can understand. And I think most of our listeners, upon reading this book, will be able to understand and comprehend these subjects as well. Well, I appreciate those words, guys. It&#x27;s actually a funny story on that. Just happened a couple weeks ago. I was at an event speaking. And one of the financial professionals who was there for the event, former NFL player, he was getting videotaped for something. And so was I. And he just came over to me and said something similar. But then he said, this is really funny. He goes, I got to tell you, and I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m proud of this or not, but your book is the first book I have read cover to cover since Indian in the cupboard in kindergarten. I haven&#x27;t even heard of Indian in the cupboard. But he goes, I was a 3.5 GPA through college, but I made it and never had to finish an entire book.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So I think part of it, the reason that it is getting read and enjoyed is because I did want to make it fun and simple and understandable to people regardless of their financial background. Well, Patrick, I travel a lot, and I like to sleep on airplanes. And that&#x27;s the joke in the office is as soon as I hit the seat in the airplane, I&#x27;m asleep. But I started to read your book, and not only did I not sleep on that flight, I read the book front to back twice on the flight I was on. And we&#x27;re going to get into some of the why. I mean, you know, we&#x27;re telling people all this, and for all I know, this is a comic book we&#x27;re talking about because we haven&#x27;t even got into it. There is a comedy of errors, though, in the financial world if people don&#x27;t take the right steps, and you call them landmines. So you&#x27;ve got one landmine. Landmine number one is lack of planning. What do people usually do when we&#x27;re talking about financial matters, and why is it advantageous for them to plan ahead of time? Well, it&#x27;s funny. Quite frankly, as simple and as basic as that sounds, I mean, some things are so basic and simple, for the listener, they might think, come on, are you kidding?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> But, you know, if they looked and took a survey of their own life, they&#x27;d probably see the same thing that everyone that I meet with virtually experiences, and that is they just don&#x27;t take time to plan. I heard it said years ago, and it&#x27;s really true. People will spend more time planning a one- or two-week vacation than they do planning their retirement and some of the other important things in their life. We&#x27;re moving so quick nowadays. There are so many things that are vying for our time. I guess one of the other issues is retirement. This thing of retirement seems so far off in the future that we think, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time. And pretty soon, the kids are graduated, and there&#x27;s five or ten years before they retire, and they realize, dang, I wish I would have started 30 years ago. Yeah, Patrick, your final landmine in the book of problems when it comes to successfully financially planning is acting like the future will never arrive.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> And one of our mottos here on the Financial Safari is plan like today was tomorrow, and you&#x27;ll be a lot more successful. But I think that the American public, unfortunately, when you start talking about the need for financial planning, the eyes glaze over. They start thinking about other things. Patrick, wouldn&#x27;t it be a lot easier, and there would be a lot more wealthy and successful people out there if folks just took this subject a little bit more seriously? Absolutely. And I&#x27;ll tell you one of the things that I think our financial society, and quite frankly, the TV shows, and I won&#x27;t name any stations, but people know what I&#x27;m talking about. The TV shows out there that are talking about all this financial stuff in and out all day long. What people need to realize is that really isn&#x27;t financial advice as much as it is financial entertainment. And I think one of the things that&#x27;s done for people is allow them to think that financial planning is a do-it-yourself proposition.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But I want to say this. Employing and putting together correct strategies for yourself for your retirement is no more of a do-it-yourself proposition than triple bypass heart surgery would be. And I think people delay because they think it won&#x27;t arrive, but they also think they don&#x27;t ever seek the advice of a professional because somehow they think this is supposed to be something they can do themselves. And I&#x27;m just here to tell you, you need to work, and I&#x27;m talking to the listeners out there, you need to work, listeners, with a trusted financial individual who can walk you through and do what&#x27;s best for you, not what&#x27;s best for them. And I&#x27;ll tell you, most of them out there want to do just that. I know you guys are of that same mindset. Well, Patrick, you know, when you&#x27;re talking about what we see on TV, we call that investainment because it&#x27;s entertainment and investing.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And it really is. I mean, it&#x27;s fun to watch the guy that flaps his arms all across and presses buttons with different sounds on it. But what does that really mean for your long-term savings? And the temptation, though, people get overloaded with information. So the temptation then, because you want to take control of your own portfolio, the temptation, as you say in your book, is to do nothing, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. They sort of get paralyzed with options. And quite frankly, you know, for the regular individual, buying and selling or trading individual stocks is not the best way to wealth. Matter of fact, I heard another individual say one time, and I believe this to be true. He goes, a wise person told him one. So this is like second generation past. And now he said, I&#x27;ve never met a wealthy trader. I&#x27;ve only met wealthy investors.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And I think the definition of the difference is finding a strategy that will last over time that you can do over and over and over again, that you don&#x27;t have to spend a lot of time managing or thinking about, that&#x27;s not just burdened by trading costs and timing things right and all that. And that&#x27;s what these shows are trying to get people to think. But there is a way out there, and we&#x27;re going to talk about it today, that people can safely grow their money and have some incredible tax advantages along the way. Well, your book is almost like a recipe book for success in the financial world. And in order to build a perfect recipe, you need to know what not to add a lot of times instead of what to add, Patrick. And let&#x27;s go into some of the mistakes people make, the things not to add to their financial portfolio. Yeah, I like the fact, Patrick, that you laid out so many of the problems with the current way people are saving for themselves for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And again, in this tax-free retirement book, Patrick, you lay out some of, again, those problems, but you also present a solution. And before we get into laying out the problems, Patrick, I do want to mention the fact that we have 17 copies of your book available for callers to the program today. It is a $19.95 value. And for folks who are interested in learning the problems with the current system and the current way people are saving for retirement and would like to find a real solution, if you&#x27;re interested in this concept, you would like to come in, sit down, and learn a little bit about it, we will walk through this book with you. It&#x27;s almost like a guidebook here. And then we&#x27;ll let you keep the guidebook as a manual for moving forward. But folks, if you&#x27;re interested in taking us up on that offer, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. But Patrick, let&#x27;s get into it.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What are some of the problems that you see with the current way people are saving for their retirement? Well, I think the number one problem, gentlemen, is that they don&#x27;t understand what it is they&#x27;re investing in from a tax standpoint. And I can tell you, let me start this section off by telling you this very, very quick story. I trained or did a three-hour seminar workshop for a room of 100 CPAs in Scottsdale about three, four months ago. And these are all very sharp CPAs. They&#x27;re there for continuing education and other things. I just happen to be a little segment on the docket. At the end of the day, I asked these 100 CPAs how many of them had understood this concept prior to the meeting today, and not one single hand of the 100 went up. And I think the reason I tell that story as we lead in to this next section is people are fed by everyone,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> neighbors, friends, business associates, even their own advisors, information that is just not, I don&#x27;t want to say it&#x27;s wrong, but it&#x27;s just not the full facts, and that&#x27;s this. I had my own CPA say to me one time, hey, you know what, Patrick, you should do this, IRA, SEPs, or whatever it is, because you&#x27;ll get a tax savings of X. Well, the reality is, folks, and you need to really understand this, in any tax-qualified plan, we&#x27;re talking about 401Ks, SEPs, SIMPLs, IRAs, 403Bs, anything under the tax-qualified heading, you are not, and I&#x27;ll say it again, you are not getting a tax saving. Yes, you&#x27;re experiencing a saving in the current year, but overall, you&#x27;re not experiencing a tax saving. It&#x27;s simply a tax delay. You&#x27;re giving up having to pay tax today on just the principal,</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and you&#x27;re trading that for having to pay tax on both the principal and the gain down the road at likely, in my opinion, what I think is going to have to be a higher tax rate. Now, no one knows, but that&#x27;s my own speculation. So instead of paying tax at a reasonable rate on $10,000, you may be paying tax on $40,000, $50,000, $80,000 later. And so people use these tax-qualified plans thinking they&#x27;re saving money. They&#x27;re simply delaying. And I love to ask individuals this question. They&#x27;ll say, Pete, who else is a co-owner with you in your 401K? My Uncle Sam. Well, they&#x27;ll say, no. What do you mean? There&#x27;s no one. It&#x27;s just mine. It&#x27;s only my name. And I&#x27;ll say, well, that&#x27;s not entirely true. And you got the answer. I&#x27;ll say, someone owns up to maybe a third of it. And they&#x27;ll say, what are you talking about?</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> We&#x27;ll say, well, Uncle Sam, he&#x27;s allowed you to defer those taxes till later. But you&#x27;ve got to understand, when you take that money out, all of it, contribution and gain, every penny, is going to be taxable at whatever the current tax rate is at that point. You know, Patrick, to use a quote from a famous cartoon when I was growing up and adding my little spice to it, it&#x27;s like saying I&#x27;ll gladly pay you for three hamburgers in retirement for one hamburger today. I&#x27;ll have a hamburger for which I will gladly pay you Tuesday. It is indeed. That is a great analogy. The old Popeye. Yep. Yeah. Well, how can a tax savings turn into a tax loss if you take a tax deductible, tax deferred asset that you&#x27;re not paying taxes on now, kick that tax can down the road. And in the meantime, tax rates do happen to go up, Patrick.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> You actually may not have even saved yourself or broken even. You could have actually cost yourself some money there. Oh, you know what people don&#x27;t realize, guys, is that back in the 40s and 50s, the top marginal, I mean the top tax rate that was charged to the American public was above 90%. It peaked at 94% in 1944, 1945. If you look at the last 80 years, maybe even 90 years now, of our tax rates, we&#x27;re at one of the lowest points in the last 80, 90 years. So is there a little disconnect here? We&#x27;ve got spending out of control. We&#x27;ve grown our debt another 50% officially in the last four years since my book was published. We&#x27;re spending more than we&#x27;ve ever spent. And tax rates are at its lowest top bracket that we&#x27;ve seen in almost the last 80 years.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So can they go up? You bet. Have they been higher in the past? Almost in the entire, you know, in the last 100 years. So, yeah, I think there&#x27;s some real room for people. And they get to retirement, and all of a sudden there&#x27;s a top marginal bracket of 40%, 50%, 60%. Now, we don&#x27;t know that, but let&#x27;s hypothetically. Well, that&#x27;s the rate that they&#x27;re going to pay if they take their money out of the retirement plan. And the other thing they don&#x27;t know is if they die and pass that IRA on to their children, that tax-qualified plan on to their children, that entire entity gets taxed as income to their kids in the year that it passes. It will almost certainly be in the highest tax bracket. Well, yeah, I think we&#x27;re all in agreement that taxes are the enemy, that there are a lot of problems, landmines, you call it, retirement traps. But you&#x27;ve got, more importantly, when people agree that, yeah, taxes are always going to be around and I think they&#x27;re going to be higher in the future,</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> what kind of solutions or what kind of steps can people that are listening now, Patrick, take to minimize the burden to themselves for taxes in the future, at the same time building a good retirement account? As I talk with individuals and advisors as I do my trainings, there are really three opportunities for individuals to have the ability to access money down the road tax-free. One of those is municipal bonds. Another is the Roth IRA, and I can lump in with that the Roth 401k, although most people that I experience don&#x27;t have that opportunity open to them because it has to be something offered by their employer. So we&#x27;ll just focus on the Roth IRA. So they have the municipal bonds, the Roth IRA, or certain types of life insurance if they do it properly. And that&#x27;s really important because, by definition, life insurance is not a tax-free vehicle. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred vehicle.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But the companies have a provision through the policy loan provision that, if we have time, I&#x27;d be happy to talk about that allow individuals to be able to access money tax-free. It&#x27;s, quite frankly, just a brilliant, beautiful strategy. But let&#x27;s go back and look at the first one, municipal bonds. I tend to cross that off for most individuals for a couple reasons. One is, over time, the rate of return has barely kept pace with inflation. And second, it&#x27;s just not a real well-diversified portfolio, you know, strategy or product. If you look now, there have been article after article recently, within the last couple weeks, that say more municipalities are going to go bankrupt in 2011 than ever before. So I think there&#x27;s some real caution using that strategy. On the Roth IRA strategy, and it&#x27;s a great strategy, you can only put a limited number of a few thousand dollars in,</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> $5,000, I believe, currently. And so, you know, for higher-income earners that can qualify, it&#x27;s not going to allow them the ability to put enough in to be able to maintain their same lifestyle. But for the high-income earners that are above certain levels, which is $110,000 for the individual earner and $160,000 for a married couple, they don&#x27;t have the option. Right. The high-income earners are left with one very good option. Now, Patrick, when you say life insurance, let&#x27;s be honest. Remember the cartoons again? I used to watch a lot of cartoons, but you remember when the car was going down the road and all of a sudden it came to a real quick stop? Remember that sound of making the cartoons, the brake sound? I can hear it in my head. That&#x27;s the sound that people make in their head when they hear that word life insurance. And because life insurance, too much in the past has been sold when it wasn&#x27;t needed or the wrong policy was sold.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> But when we&#x27;re talking about tax-free retirement, let&#x27;s get into how life insurance is the best tool for the tax-free retirement system. And I want to stress exactly what you just said. And I imagine people are a little taken aback by that. But I want to say something to your listeners that I tell people over and over. Don&#x27;t take my word for it. Matter of fact, don&#x27;t take your word for it. I say let&#x27;s let the numbers speak for themselves. Most of the time people say that or have that reaction because they&#x27;ve heard something somewhere from someone who&#x27;s had a bad experience. Well, it&#x27;s likely that bad experience was either missold, misrepresented, and a few bad apples. I&#x27;ll tell you, most of the people in this industry really desire to do it right. But there&#x27;s a few bad apples in any industry. And it&#x27;s unfortunately those that tend to get highlighted and spotlighted. But I&#x27;m a believer in buying a proper amount of life insurance for the death benefit feature, which will always be sort of the crown jewel of life insurance.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> The ability for an individual to pass on income tax-free, not estate tax-free, but income tax-free death benefit to their heirs. But what most people don&#x27;t know is there&#x27;s a second half to that story. Most agents I train don&#x27;t seem to have a full grasp on this either. There&#x27;s some living advantages that if it&#x27;s used properly, allow life insurance to be an incredible tool to be able to put after-tax dollars away and be able then to access tax-free dollars in the future. Well, folks, if you would like to find out about strategy, again, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. We have several copies of the book still left to give away, but they will be going quickly here. And you want to learn about how to utilize a strategy for yourself. So if you would like a copy, again, call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> And Patrick, tell us more detail and how exactly there&#x27;s a living benefit to those who are purchasing life insurance. Yeah, this is very interesting. And I think people really should pay attention to this, Patrick, because this is a great concept. Well, with life insurance, most people go about it backwards traditionally. What they do is they try and figure out the most amount of life insurance they can buy for the least amount of money because they see it purely as an expense. But the way I want people to think about it is a little differently. I&#x27;m not about the most or the least amount of life insurance. I&#x27;m about proper amount of life insurance, what they need for their family. And we&#x27;re talking about here indexed universal life insurance, a specific type of indexed universal life insurance. I just want to make sure because not all policies allow this benefit to be available. And we can get into some of the features of that later or maybe even in an additional show.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> But what indexed universal life insurance allows people to do is put in a range of premium. And the range of premium starts with, if you think of two boxes, think of a small box that would represent the minimum amount of premium and the minimum amount that the company says you have to put in to even be able to buy this policy. But then there&#x27;s another box, a much bigger box. And that box is the maximum amount that the IRS allows an individual to put into a policy. And I like to say, Pete, you heard me say it in our time together, that any time the IRS limits what you can put into something, it&#x27;s usually because it&#x27;s a pretty good deal. And so what we want to look at is instead of funding at the small box, the minimum box, what would happen for an individual if they put it in at this maximum box? And essentially, if you think about this, the life insurance costs don&#x27;t change regardless of how much premium you&#x27;re putting in.</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> Those costs are fixed costs as far as the mortality costs and the cost of insurance. So when someone decides to put more in, that is funding their own cash value. Now, that cash value is funded with after-tax dollars. It&#x27;s going to grow like it would grow in any type of scenario. Although one advantage of indexed universal life is that it has no risk of loss. And I think that is just a huge component of this, that even if the markets go down like they did in 2008, 40, 50%, that the accounts, even though they have some upside growth with the market, indexed universal life does not go down based on the market. There&#x27;s a floor guarantee of zero or in some cases even 1% or 2%. So that money is going to grow. And then in the future, and this is really important for clients to understand, if they simply want to withdraw that money or if they cancel the policy to access that money, they need to realize that that money would be taxable.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> It would be taxable as income because life insurance, by definition, is not a tax-free product. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred product. But this is where it all changes. Life insurance companies allow clients through a loan provision, a tax-free and, if it&#x27;s done right, interest-free loan. So a tax-free, interest-free loan to be able to access money using their life insurance cash value as collateral. It essentially gives them access to their cash, even though it&#x27;s not coming from their policy, to be able to live on that money during their lifetime tax-free. And then at death, the income tax-free death benefit pays off the money that they have lived on with the balance going to their beneficiaries. And it&#x27;s a beautiful, beautiful strategy. And many times individuals are able to multiply their contribution by 8, 9, 10 times what they put in.</p><p><strong>19:18</strong> They&#x27;re able to distribute to themselves and their beneficiaries tax-free. So that&#x27;s a super simplistic. I know we&#x27;re limited on time, but I&#x27;m encouraging your listeners, if they want to find out more after the show or after they&#x27;ve read my book, to come in and sit down with you guys. And I know you&#x27;ll walk them through what this would look like for them. Well, it&#x27;s a fantastic concept, and it all goes around paying themselves first and also building up that tax-free retirement that can be a gigantic amount. Patrick, what kind of growth can someone expect in these type of policies? You know, I can tell you with many of the policies I&#x27;m seeing what historical growth numbers have been. And again, I want to make – and you say this too, that just because history does something doesn&#x27;t mean the future is going to do this. But historically, because there&#x27;s no loss experienced on these policies, many of the companies that I&#x27;m seeing, they&#x27;re showing the last 20 or 25 years average return of 8, 8.5, 9 percent.</p><p><strong>20:09</strong> But the key on this is regardless, clients will get growth with a stock market index, whichever one they&#x27;re tracking, if you will, up to a certain level. It&#x27;s capped at a certain level, but they&#x27;re guaranteed to have no loss. And that component right there, if I had one investment principle for people, regardless of what strategy they&#x27;re using, is protect your principle at all costs. So, Patrick, I mean, it&#x27;s a great concept. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in hearing more about it, we&#x27;ve got – well, we&#x27;ve given those 17 copies away. We&#x27;ve got another 17 copies of the book, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll sit down and go through it, treat it as a workbook, make sure you understand everything. You have to call us, though, to get on that list and get an appointment scheduled, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get you a copy of the book. But what are the downsides in this system?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> In America or in the world nowadays, we always expect the gotcha. You watch the commercial on TV for the magical drug, and then all of a sudden it&#x27;s got a 20-minute explanation of all the things that could go wrong if you take this drug for a headache. All of a sudden, it can give you – you can lose an arm or something. So what&#x27;s the gotcha? What&#x27;s the catch? That&#x27;s not always a question. Exactly. There really isn&#x27;t a catch, but there&#x27;s a caution, and there&#x27;s also a realization clients need to understand, and that is this. They&#x27;re buying life insurance. This is life insurance. And so this isn&#x27;t like other things, other traditional-style investments, because there&#x27;s a cost to the insurance. And so it&#x27;s really suited for people best, number one, who have a need for life insurance anyway. The second – and this is really where the caution comes in – if someone utilizes the tax-free withdrawals through the loan provisions – really not withdrawals, but tax-free access through the loan provision,</p><p><strong>21:44</strong> they need to understand that that policy has to stay in force their entire life. If it lapses before they do, as I like to say, if it crashes before they die for a number of different reasons, whether they decide to cancel it or take out too much money or any of those things, then all of those tax-free dollars that they have received through the loan would become taxable. Now, if you do it right, that&#x27;s a concern that I think can be highly minimized because most policies nowadays have a feature on it called the overloan protection rider that assures and makes sure that an individual, if they start to take out too much money, won&#x27;t take out enough to the point where the policy lapses. So really, the primary way that someone could stumble on this is if they disregarded everything they were ever taught by their agent or by the book and decided just to cancel it for whatever reason.</p><p><strong>22:33</strong> But there are cautions. But again, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself project. It&#x27;s something that you need to work with a professional on. Patrick, I enjoyed your book very much, and folks need to explore this option because it can solve a lot of the problematic symptoms of the current way that folks are saving for retirement. Patrick Kelly, author of Tax-Free Retirement, thank you for being here on the Financial Safari Show today.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Patrick Kelly</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Patrick Kelly, retirement planning, tax planning, life insurance, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/image.jpg?t=1792072660&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/patrick-kelly-tax-free-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/image.jpg?t=1792072660&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1376</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="22041607" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/patrick-kelly-tax-free-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>196</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax-Free Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:21" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:22" title="Roth accounts and conversions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:10" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: The Economy After the 2010 Elections</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: The Economy After the 2010 Elections</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, joined as always by America&#x27;s Financial and Income Planning Coach Pete D’Arruda. And folks, before we get into another very special guest that&#x27;s going to be joining us, do want to remind folks that Coach Pete and his team of local trusted advisors have agreed to meet with you on a complimentary basis to discuss your financial security and well-being. If you would like to have a financial review or a second opinion on the advice that you&#x27;re currently being given, or that detailed forensic financial analysis where they break down all the fees, commissions, expenses, and taxes that you may be paying unnecessarily, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, to sign up for that complimentary meeting.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And now joining us on the Financial Safari, we do have a very special guest returning to the show, Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr., Harvard economist, founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation. Mr. Dent, welcome back to the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, recent elections, what else do you see as affecting the market from here on out in 2010? We know the elections didn&#x27;t affect that much, although the markets were rallying into it, because they expected Republicans to win big and to put, you know, restraints on spending and stuff the market&#x27;s concerned about. But the biggest factor now is the Federal Reserve. They have this second proposed policy of quantitative easing, which means they buy treasury bonds and mortgage securities on the open market, which injects money directly into the financial system and the markets.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And given that banks are not lending money right now, partly because consumers and businesses aren&#x27;t demanding loans, this money just goes into speculation and chasing higher yields as the government drives down short-term rates and now longer-term rates. So we think this is a bad thing to do, but it looks like it&#x27;s going to extend this bear market rally for another couple months and give a little lift to all assets, particularly stocks and commodities and maybe real estate, because lower long-term interest rates make stocks and real estate and commodities more valuable. So we think this bear market rally is going to extend longer than we would have originally thought, but we think it&#x27;s probably going to peak by early 2011. And we see a big downturn because the markets are out of step with Main Street</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and the fact that the economy continues to sag despite the greatest stimulus program in history. So you still do see on the horizon the possibility for a downturn in the market? Yeah, I mean, we think it&#x27;s more inevitable. I mean, the size of the debt in this last boom was unprecedented, and the baby boomers are shifting, as we predicted 20 years ago, from spending to saving. So this stimulus is not going to work that much. It hasn&#x27;t worked that much thus far. And this next round is probably going to fail as well. It&#x27;s just going to take a little while for the markets to figure that out. The markets just think, hey, if the Fed keeps stimulating, and they&#x27;re going to inject more money in the markets, and that&#x27;s money that goes into speculation, then the markets will tend to edge up. But they&#x27;ve already discounted a lot of this move.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So we see maybe 4% to 6% more in the stock markets over the next few months. But then we see a major downturn, like we saw, between sometime in 2011, probably early 2011, and mid to late 2012. So investors need to worry about the fundamentals. The fundamentals of debt and demographics do not support this rebound, and the market&#x27;s huge rise. And again, when the markets get this, and then the banks start to get in trouble again over all these failed mortgages and defaults and foreclosures, we see another, yes, another big downturn between 2011 and 2012. You know, Harry, when I meet with people every single day, and most of them have not jumped back in, yet their brokers are trying to get them to stay the course or jump in. And I compare it to some of the news reports that are coming out.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s sort of like putting sugar on a grapefruit. You know, it&#x27;s a great sweet taste for a minute, but when you get down into it, you&#x27;re left with a sour taste in your mouth. And I think that a lot of people are going to, again, get caught right at the last minute. They&#x27;re going to jump into the market when they shouldn&#x27;t, and they&#x27;re going to get left behind. What are some of the indicators people can look for to see when the market is at its top, or when you think maybe it will be the beginning, the end for the market rally? Well, you know, the greatest indicators short-term are always the bullishness of everyday investors. The smart money gets in first in a rally, and then more and more everyday people begrudgingly finally get in after a downturn like we&#x27;ve seen. And when they all pile in, then it&#x27;s over. There&#x27;s nobody left to buy. And so we&#x27;re looking at the broadest surveys from AAII, American Association of Individual Investors. And it&#x27;s saying, hey, the everyday person got very bearish in early 2009,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> but now they&#x27;re like 50% bullish. When they get to 60% bullish, it&#x27;s usually over. So we think that&#x27;s likely to happen. But, you know, also you have to look at fundamentals. The market keeps expecting that all this stimulus is going to work. And when we see another major failure down the road, like maybe fourth quarter GDP or employment reports some months down the road, and if the economy keeps weakening despite stimulus after stimulus, then reality hits. So, you know, I think, you know, we&#x27;re looking at maybe early next year if the markets probably go up another 4%, 5%, 6% or so, and then they start to fail. Now, I&#x27;m sure you read about the same reports I do. The reports or the indicators I get is that insiders in companies are selling at a record rate. They&#x27;re dumping what they have out into the market. Are you seeing that also? Yes, and that makes sense because if you look at businesses,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> they have hundreds of billions of dollars of cash on their balance sheets, and they&#x27;re not spending it. I mean, yes, they&#x27;ve been cutting costs, and they&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of demand from overseas, but they see the weak economy in the U.S. It&#x27;s not terribly weak to them, but it&#x27;s weak enough that they do not see incentives to make major investments in capacity and expansion and employment, and that&#x27;s why unemployment stays high despite the recovery. So the fact that this is occurring says, yeah, yeah, of course, insiders are saying, wow, our stocks have gone up a lot. Hey, we should sell while the sun&#x27;s shining here because it&#x27;s not likely to be this good. So insider trading selling is not a good sign. Mr. Dent, when you were on the program during the beginning of the summer, you had predicted that by the end of the summer, the market would take a sharp downturn.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> What has kept the market afloat up to this point? Well, it&#x27;s actually very simple. I mean, the economic statistics since the fourth quarter, GDP continues to fall. Now, third quarter looks like it might be slightly higher than second quarter, but that could be revised. Our leading indicator suggests it&#x27;s going to continue to weaken. The reason the markets haven&#x27;t fallen is that the Fed keeps stepping up and saying, whatever it takes, we&#x27;ll do. I mean, they lowered interest rates to zero. That&#x27;s the first tool. And that&#x27;s not that potent because short-term interest rates don&#x27;t inject money in the economy. They just incent people to borrow more at lower rates. But now when they buy treasury bonds, this quantitative easing, they call it, that is taking money out of nowhere, printing it and buying bonds, government&#x27;s own treasury bonds and mortgage securities, and injecting that into the system.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> That is more potent. And that devalues the dollar. And that creates more bubbles in markets. And these bubbles have to fail. I mean, look at recently. Stocks were up 80% from March of 2009, despite the most tepid recovery in history. Emerging markets overseas are up 135%. Gold&#x27;s up 105%. Silver, 185%. Junk bonds, the worst thing people should be in right now, are up 80% with all this stimulus and all this money flowing in, chasing higher yields. The government keeps putting yields down. And that means investors and pension plans and speculators have to chase higher yields. So they&#x27;re just creating a final bubble. We call it a bear market bubble. That&#x27;s going to fail and kill investors again. So I agree with you. I mean, investors should be very weary. I would not tell them to be jumping out yet, because there may be a couple months up, maybe 4%, 5%, 6%.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> But this is another bubble in the making. And unfortunately, in the next several months, it&#x27;s probably going to collapse again. And it&#x27;s going to kill investors. And the government said, oh, we did this for the stimulus of the economy. But it just went into the bubble. It&#x27;s not going into banks and lending. So it&#x27;s not going to be that effective. So the economy is going to probably continue to weaken at some point in the next year. And then markets are going to fall. And investors are going to say, oh, we finally trusted this and trusted the government. And we got killed again. So essentially, Harry, you believe that through the quantitative easing that the government is speculating, chasing returns, and supporting Wall Street with our tax dollars? Exactly. And again, this isn&#x27;t even tax dollars. They&#x27;re just creating money out of nothing, devaluing the dollar. And they&#x27;re just creating bubbles in the markets.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Bubbles always fail. And we&#x27;ve seen two bubbles fail. The tech bubble in early 2000s. And now the second bubble in the last few years has failed in everything from commodities to real estate to stocks. And now they&#x27;re creating what we call a bear market bubble, something we&#x27;ve never seen before, because we&#x27;ve never seen this level of stimulus. And these bubbles are going to fail. So the stimulus is only creating the next bubble. And it&#x27;s not going into the economy that much because even at unbelievably low mortgage rates, people still aren&#x27;t buying homes. They&#x27;re barely buying homes. So what if they push it a little lower? If you don&#x27;t buy a home at 3.5% to 4% mortgage rate, are you going to buy it because it&#x27;s 3.25%, 3.5%? And I don&#x27;t think the government can even push it that far because they&#x27;ve already pushed so hard. So, yeah, we say this is going to fail.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> It&#x27;s a matter of when the markets get that it&#x27;s going to fail. And I think now, because they&#x27;re so excited over this new crack drug they&#x27;re getting from all the stimulus coming in from the Fed, that it&#x27;s going to take a couple months. But look out after that. I think from somewhere early to mid-2011 on, probably on the earlier side, the markets are going to go down 7,000, 8,000 points again on the Dow. You know, Harry, it can&#x27;t keep going up. And, you know, I just noticed that sugar, the commodity sugar commodities are up at 30-year highs there. But what can the average investor, mom and pop out there, a couple hundred thousand dollars in their retirement account. They hear their neighbors making a fortune in the market because they jumped in maybe at the right time. And now they&#x27;re thinking about getting in. What can the average investor do right now to protect themselves from the upcoming downturn? Well, what they can do is the opposite of what most investors are going to do and keep piling into the market finally.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> They need to, over the next few months, sell their stocks and any excess real estate investments and even gold. We think gold is going to peak here in the next three to six months and then fall. Sell your investments over the next three, four months and just keep it in safe investments. Just be happy to earn 0, 1, 2 percent in short-term bonds and T-bills and CDs and wait for this next crash to set in. A couple years from now, you&#x27;re going to be able to buy stocks, real estate, businesses, vacation homes, starter homes for your kids at unbelievably low prices. And being in cash and safe investments is going to reward you unbelievably. So people think, oh, if I&#x27;m only earning 1 or 2 percent, I&#x27;m not making any progress. No, when things fall, your money is worth more.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> He is Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, Harvard Economist. And, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate you joining us here on the Financial Safari again. Enjoyed it. Hey, Harry, have a great holiday season and look forward to talking to you next year. Okay, great. Yeah, early next year would probably be a good time. Great, great. We&#x27;ll get you on in January. Okay. Take care. Time for another quick break here on the Financial Safari. Folks, if you would like a review of your financial situation to make sure you have security with your retirement income, preservation of your assets, and growth of your portfolio, sit down with Coach Pete or one of the members of his trusted advisor team from across the nation. Call right now, 800-661-7383 to sign up for that. Again, on a complimentary basis, they&#x27;ll sit down, meet with you, discuss your financial security. All you got to do is pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, joined as always by America&#x27;s Financial and Income Planning Coach Pete D’Arruda. And folks, before we get into another very special guest that&#x27;s going to be joining us, do want to remind folks that Coach Pete and his team of local trusted advisors have agreed to meet with you on a complimentary basis to discuss your financial security and well-being. If you would like to have a financial review or a second opinion on the advice that you&#x27;re currently being given, or that detailed forensic financial analysis where they break down all the fees, commissions, expenses, and taxes that you may be paying unnecessarily, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, to sign up for that complimentary meeting.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And now joining us on the Financial Safari, we do have a very special guest returning to the show, Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr., Harvard economist, founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation. Mr. Dent, welcome back to the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, recent elections, what else do you see as affecting the market from here on out in 2010? We know the elections didn&#x27;t affect that much, although the markets were rallying into it, because they expected Republicans to win big and to put, you know, restraints on spending and stuff the market&#x27;s concerned about. But the biggest factor now is the Federal Reserve. They have this second proposed policy of quantitative easing, which means they buy treasury bonds and mortgage securities on the open market, which injects money directly into the financial system and the markets.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And given that banks are not lending money right now, partly because consumers and businesses aren&#x27;t demanding loans, this money just goes into speculation and chasing higher yields as the government drives down short-term rates and now longer-term rates. So we think this is a bad thing to do, but it looks like it&#x27;s going to extend this bear market rally for another couple months and give a little lift to all assets, particularly stocks and commodities and maybe real estate, because lower long-term interest rates make stocks and real estate and commodities more valuable. So we think this bear market rally is going to extend longer than we would have originally thought, but we think it&#x27;s probably going to peak by early 2011. And we see a big downturn because the markets are out of step with Main Street</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and the fact that the economy continues to sag despite the greatest stimulus program in history. So you still do see on the horizon the possibility for a downturn in the market? Yeah, I mean, we think it&#x27;s more inevitable. I mean, the size of the debt in this last boom was unprecedented, and the baby boomers are shifting, as we predicted 20 years ago, from spending to saving. So this stimulus is not going to work that much. It hasn&#x27;t worked that much thus far. And this next round is probably going to fail as well. It&#x27;s just going to take a little while for the markets to figure that out. The markets just think, hey, if the Fed keeps stimulating, and they&#x27;re going to inject more money in the markets, and that&#x27;s money that goes into speculation, then the markets will tend to edge up. But they&#x27;ve already discounted a lot of this move.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So we see maybe 4% to 6% more in the stock markets over the next few months. But then we see a major downturn, like we saw, between sometime in 2011, probably early 2011, and mid to late 2012. So investors need to worry about the fundamentals. The fundamentals of debt and demographics do not support this rebound, and the market&#x27;s huge rise. And again, when the markets get this, and then the banks start to get in trouble again over all these failed mortgages and defaults and foreclosures, we see another, yes, another big downturn between 2011 and 2012. You know, Harry, when I meet with people every single day, and most of them have not jumped back in, yet their brokers are trying to get them to stay the course or jump in. And I compare it to some of the news reports that are coming out.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s sort of like putting sugar on a grapefruit. You know, it&#x27;s a great sweet taste for a minute, but when you get down into it, you&#x27;re left with a sour taste in your mouth. And I think that a lot of people are going to, again, get caught right at the last minute. They&#x27;re going to jump into the market when they shouldn&#x27;t, and they&#x27;re going to get left behind. What are some of the indicators people can look for to see when the market is at its top, or when you think maybe it will be the beginning, the end for the market rally? Well, you know, the greatest indicators short-term are always the bullishness of everyday investors. The smart money gets in first in a rally, and then more and more everyday people begrudgingly finally get in after a downturn like we&#x27;ve seen. And when they all pile in, then it&#x27;s over. There&#x27;s nobody left to buy. And so we&#x27;re looking at the broadest surveys from AAII, American Association of Individual Investors. And it&#x27;s saying, hey, the everyday person got very bearish in early 2009,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> but now they&#x27;re like 50% bullish. When they get to 60% bullish, it&#x27;s usually over. So we think that&#x27;s likely to happen. But, you know, also you have to look at fundamentals. The market keeps expecting that all this stimulus is going to work. And when we see another major failure down the road, like maybe fourth quarter GDP or employment reports some months down the road, and if the economy keeps weakening despite stimulus after stimulus, then reality hits. So, you know, I think, you know, we&#x27;re looking at maybe early next year if the markets probably go up another 4%, 5%, 6% or so, and then they start to fail. Now, I&#x27;m sure you read about the same reports I do. The reports or the indicators I get is that insiders in companies are selling at a record rate. They&#x27;re dumping what they have out into the market. Are you seeing that also? Yes, and that makes sense because if you look at businesses,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> they have hundreds of billions of dollars of cash on their balance sheets, and they&#x27;re not spending it. I mean, yes, they&#x27;ve been cutting costs, and they&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of demand from overseas, but they see the weak economy in the U.S. It&#x27;s not terribly weak to them, but it&#x27;s weak enough that they do not see incentives to make major investments in capacity and expansion and employment, and that&#x27;s why unemployment stays high despite the recovery. So the fact that this is occurring says, yeah, yeah, of course, insiders are saying, wow, our stocks have gone up a lot. Hey, we should sell while the sun&#x27;s shining here because it&#x27;s not likely to be this good. So insider trading selling is not a good sign. Mr. Dent, when you were on the program during the beginning of the summer, you had predicted that by the end of the summer, the market would take a sharp downturn.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> What has kept the market afloat up to this point? Well, it&#x27;s actually very simple. I mean, the economic statistics since the fourth quarter, GDP continues to fall. Now, third quarter looks like it might be slightly higher than second quarter, but that could be revised. Our leading indicator suggests it&#x27;s going to continue to weaken. The reason the markets haven&#x27;t fallen is that the Fed keeps stepping up and saying, whatever it takes, we&#x27;ll do. I mean, they lowered interest rates to zero. That&#x27;s the first tool. And that&#x27;s not that potent because short-term interest rates don&#x27;t inject money in the economy. They just incent people to borrow more at lower rates. But now when they buy treasury bonds, this quantitative easing, they call it, that is taking money out of nowhere, printing it and buying bonds, government&#x27;s own treasury bonds and mortgage securities, and injecting that into the system.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> That is more potent. And that devalues the dollar. And that creates more bubbles in markets. And these bubbles have to fail. I mean, look at recently. Stocks were up 80% from March of 2009, despite the most tepid recovery in history. Emerging markets overseas are up 135%. Gold&#x27;s up 105%. Silver, 185%. Junk bonds, the worst thing people should be in right now, are up 80% with all this stimulus and all this money flowing in, chasing higher yields. The government keeps putting yields down. And that means investors and pension plans and speculators have to chase higher yields. So they&#x27;re just creating a final bubble. We call it a bear market bubble. That&#x27;s going to fail and kill investors again. So I agree with you. I mean, investors should be very weary. I would not tell them to be jumping out yet, because there may be a couple months up, maybe 4%, 5%, 6%.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> But this is another bubble in the making. And unfortunately, in the next several months, it&#x27;s probably going to collapse again. And it&#x27;s going to kill investors. And the government said, oh, we did this for the stimulus of the economy. But it just went into the bubble. It&#x27;s not going into banks and lending. So it&#x27;s not going to be that effective. So the economy is going to probably continue to weaken at some point in the next year. And then markets are going to fall. And investors are going to say, oh, we finally trusted this and trusted the government. And we got killed again. So essentially, Harry, you believe that through the quantitative easing that the government is speculating, chasing returns, and supporting Wall Street with our tax dollars? Exactly. And again, this isn&#x27;t even tax dollars. They&#x27;re just creating money out of nothing, devaluing the dollar. And they&#x27;re just creating bubbles in the markets.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Bubbles always fail. And we&#x27;ve seen two bubbles fail. The tech bubble in early 2000s. And now the second bubble in the last few years has failed in everything from commodities to real estate to stocks. And now they&#x27;re creating what we call a bear market bubble, something we&#x27;ve never seen before, because we&#x27;ve never seen this level of stimulus. And these bubbles are going to fail. So the stimulus is only creating the next bubble. And it&#x27;s not going into the economy that much because even at unbelievably low mortgage rates, people still aren&#x27;t buying homes. They&#x27;re barely buying homes. So what if they push it a little lower? If you don&#x27;t buy a home at 3.5% to 4% mortgage rate, are you going to buy it because it&#x27;s 3.25%, 3.5%? And I don&#x27;t think the government can even push it that far because they&#x27;ve already pushed so hard. So, yeah, we say this is going to fail.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> It&#x27;s a matter of when the markets get that it&#x27;s going to fail. And I think now, because they&#x27;re so excited over this new crack drug they&#x27;re getting from all the stimulus coming in from the Fed, that it&#x27;s going to take a couple months. But look out after that. I think from somewhere early to mid-2011 on, probably on the earlier side, the markets are going to go down 7,000, 8,000 points again on the Dow. You know, Harry, it can&#x27;t keep going up. And, you know, I just noticed that sugar, the commodity sugar commodities are up at 30-year highs there. But what can the average investor, mom and pop out there, a couple hundred thousand dollars in their retirement account. They hear their neighbors making a fortune in the market because they jumped in maybe at the right time. And now they&#x27;re thinking about getting in. What can the average investor do right now to protect themselves from the upcoming downturn? Well, what they can do is the opposite of what most investors are going to do and keep piling into the market finally.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> They need to, over the next few months, sell their stocks and any excess real estate investments and even gold. We think gold is going to peak here in the next three to six months and then fall. Sell your investments over the next three, four months and just keep it in safe investments. Just be happy to earn 0, 1, 2 percent in short-term bonds and T-bills and CDs and wait for this next crash to set in. A couple years from now, you&#x27;re going to be able to buy stocks, real estate, businesses, vacation homes, starter homes for your kids at unbelievably low prices. And being in cash and safe investments is going to reward you unbelievably. So people think, oh, if I&#x27;m only earning 1 or 2 percent, I&#x27;m not making any progress. No, when things fall, your money is worth more.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> He is Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, Harvard Economist. And, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate you joining us here on the Financial Safari again. Enjoyed it. Hey, Harry, have a great holiday season and look forward to talking to you next year. Okay, great. Yeah, early next year would probably be a good time. Great, great. We&#x27;ll get you on in January. Okay. Take care. Time for another quick break here on the Financial Safari. Folks, if you would like a review of your financial situation to make sure you have security with your retirement income, preservation of your assets, and growth of your portfolio, sit down with Coach Pete or one of the members of his trusted advisor team from across the nation. Call right now, 800-661-7383 to sign up for that. Again, on a complimentary basis, they&#x27;ll sit down, meet with you, discuss your financial security. All you got to do is pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/image.jpg?t=1792073211&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-economy-after-the-2010-elections/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/image.jpg?t=1792073211&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>703</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11285622" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-economy-after-the-2010-elections</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>197</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Economy After the 2010 Elections" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:40" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Marsocci: IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Marsocci: IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author. We have a published legal and financial author, as well as state planning attorney Jeff Mersace here in the studio with us. And again, a pleasure to have you here, Jeff, sharing your knowledge and expertise with our listeners. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Jeff. We talked in that last segment about what we see as a very useful tool if Congress does nothing about the generational skipping tax here in the near future, which it&#x27;s looking like they may not. And those levels will go back to $1 million of taxable money over that limit. So when you&#x27;re leaving money to your children, that perpetual family legacy could be a useful tool for generational wealth, for great-grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and beyond.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Are there any drawbacks that you see to it, Jeff? Well, you have to put the financial resources in and put in place an estate plan that does that. You have some people, if you told them, hey, you&#x27;ve got a dollar in your pocket, you can go buy a Coke, or it can be worth $10,000 to your great-grandchildren, there are some people who are going to buy the Coke. That&#x27;s just the way it is. $10,000 Coke, isn&#x27;t it? Well, when you look at it like that, Jeff, a saying comes to mind from Albert Einstein, who said, the power of compounding interest is the most powerful force on the planet. And this is coming from the guy who invented the atomic bomb. So, you know, there&#x27;s something to be said. And the Internet. He invented the Internet, too. Oh, no, that was somebody else. Yeah. Al Bundy did that, right? Al Bundy. Okay. Well, Jeff, again, we&#x27;re pleased to have you here because not only are we going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but we have another tool that maybe folks have not heard about that could be very useful, which is the IRA trust. Talk to us about the IRA trust. Well, as most people out there who are approaching retirement or in retirement, they understand that there are required minimum distributions that have to come out of their assets, out of their retirement accounts. When they hit 70 and a half, they have to start taking money out. It&#x27;s like the government said, all right, great, we&#x27;ve given you this deduction all these years, and now it&#x27;s time to pay us. So every dollar that comes out is income taxable. Now, what happens to those accounts when someone inherits them? Well, really, we have one of three things that will happen. These are for non-spouses. Tax, tax, and tax? Well, if you set it up the right way, you can avoid that. But here&#x27;s what generally happens. Mom or dad passes on. The child calls up a company and says, oh, mom had an IRA.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> What do we do? And the company says, oh, just send us the death certificate. So they send the death certificate. A couple of weeks later, there&#x27;s a big check and a couple of pages with some really fine print. And of course, they throw those to the side. They take the check. They cash it. And they remodel the house. They take a vacation, new car. And then they talk to their accountant or their financial advisor. And they go, wow, all of that was taxable income. And that&#x27;s it. Now they&#x27;ve got a huge tax bill. It may not even have the money to pay it. The second thing that could happen if they have good advice or they understand this, they can take that money to their financial advisor and get it set up in something called an inherited IRA. So now the money goes into an inherited IRA. They&#x27;re subject to required minimum distributions. Not at 70 and a half, but right away. But the younger they are, the smaller those amounts are that have to come out and are taxable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And everything that&#x27;s in there still grows tax deferred, just like a retirement account. So, again, the power of compounding interest works to their advantage. Right. Now that&#x27;s a great and wonderful thing. And the problem is about 90 percent of the time it fails because 90 percent of inherited retirement account money is gone in two years. So it&#x27;s a number. It&#x27;s emergencies come up. Jeff, I see a lot of people come into the office after they&#x27;ve made the mistake and they&#x27;re saying, well, what can I do to minimize my tax bill? I say what you should have done is not do what you did. I mean, don&#x27;t spend it all when it&#x27;s IRA assets because it&#x27;s all taxable. Well, think about that, folks. 90 percent of inherited assets gone within two years. You&#x27;re talking about money that most people saved a lifetime in order to have as protection for their own lifetime. They leave it to their kids and it&#x27;s gone.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> But there&#x27;s a simple solution to this if they would be proactive, right, Jeff? Right. And that&#x27;s really the third thing, and that&#x27;s putting it into an IRA trust. Now, I want to make sure just with inherited retirement accounts, the reason that the money is gone in two years is emergencies come up. They have Las Vegas emergencies. We&#x27;ve got to take the family out. The Mercedes emergency. We&#x27;ve got to get the new model. It&#x27;s really that irresponsible spending that seems to skip a generation. People put together these wonderful retirement accounts and they save. They pass it on to their kids and then they blow it. The third option is an IRA trust, which says, all right, now we&#x27;ve got a trustee. They&#x27;ll set up the inherited IRA. They&#x27;re in control of the money. And those distributions still have to come out of the account, but it&#x27;s up to the trustee what to give the beneficiary.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And so you set an age limit of like 65. Now they&#x27;ve got their own retirement account when they turn 65. Jeff, I talk to a lot of people and they say, oh, I&#x27;ve already got a trust. I&#x27;m fine. But it&#x27;s not a regular trust, is it? It&#x27;s not a living trust, which people are sold in these seminars a lot of times, but it&#x27;s something else, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a specialized trust. There&#x27;s a large number of hoops you have to jump through from the IRS to make this work, but having that right trust can be phenomenal. They&#x27;re worthwhile hoops to jump through in a long run, aren&#x27;t they? Now, Coach P, we talk a lot about the stretch IRA giving generations the ability to stretch out those required minimum distributions. This sounds different, though, Jeff, in that the stretch IRA does not limit those individuals in the next generation from having the ability to access the money. What you&#x27;re talking about does limit those emergency situations that might come up, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Exactly. You can take a look at the projections and see how much this money is going to grow. And because of that tax deferral and the compound interest, it&#x27;s great. But this trust takes away the whole temptation and the ability to access the money without a trustee saying, whoa, wait a minute, this has to actually be an emergency. Well, the trust is you speaking from your grave, making sure people aren&#x27;t. Spending your money like they shouldn&#x27;t do when you were here. Right. Yeah. And there isn&#x27;t a way to take it with you, but there is a way to control who has access to it and when. Right. It&#x27;s kind of enforcing those financial lessons you might want to leave your children that you&#x27;re not entirely sure they might have actually gotten. This is all because they don&#x27;t build pyramids anymore, Jeff. Right. You have to leave it in the right way instead of taking it with you. Well, folks, if you want to find out about this, again, you can meet with Jeff Marsaci and Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the IRA Trust.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Give us a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;re talking about people who are taking these RMDs. You know, not necessarily a bad problem to have. It&#x27;s a good problem to have assets that the government says, hey, it&#x27;s time to start taking that out. But what we are avoiding here is that, again, that immediate generational tax in a lump sum. We&#x27;re spreading that out over multiple generations and, again, avoiding the temptation for your children or your grandchildren to blow a lump sum that you might leave them upon death. Right. Now, one of the things that I really like to emphasize with the trust, too, is it&#x27;s also creditor protected for the children. Great point. Against divorcing spouses, lawsuits. It&#x27;s really set up as an irrevocable trust that can have all that protection.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And one other thing, too, with this. There are a lot of people who have talked about converting assets to Roth. Okay. If you leave Roth assets into this trust, you&#x27;re still going to have those minimum distributions come out. But now they&#x27;re tax-free. Absolutely. Great point. Tax-free is always a good combination of words, I think. But, unfortunately, a bad combination is creditors, lawsuits, and divorce. And, Coach Pete, do those things happen? They happen all the time. I mean, this is just a way to slap the taxes silly and make sure that the children and grandchildren and everybody do the right thing when you&#x27;re not here anymore. Again, this is something that takes some proactive planning. If you want to preserve wealth, have generational wealth. Again, you know, I say this all the time on the show. The tools for how the rich get rich and stay rich are at our disposal.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> We just have to know how to use them correctly. Right. And it can&#x27;t happen after death. It&#x27;s kind of like the person going to get homeowner&#x27;s insurance the day after their house burned down. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You&#x27;ve got to do it ahead of time. This isn&#x27;t something that your kids can set up after you&#x27;re gone. You&#x27;ve got to set it up during life. So, if anybody is in the situation where they&#x27;ve got some assets inside an IRA that they feel pretty confident they&#x27;re going to be leaving to their children or to their grandchildren, even after their spouse has access to it or uses them, this is something you feel would be a useful tool for those individuals? Absolutely. Jeff, why wouldn&#x27;t somebody who has IRA or 401K or anything like that want to at least sit down and see if it would make sense or not? I don&#x27;t see why anybody wouldn&#x27;t want to do that. I mean, just you want to check out those numbers and see if it&#x27;s right for you, but that&#x27;s really right for a lot of people.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you why. Procrastination, that&#x27;s the biggest enemy out there these days. It&#x27;ll always get done tomorrow and then tomorrow might not come. And, folks, once you&#x27;re not here, you can&#x27;t come and do an IRA trust. Well, again, folks, if you would like to learn more about the IRA trust, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Jeff Marsacci, Coach Pete D’Arruda willing to sit down with you, discuss how to implement this into your plan. And, again, Jeff Marsacci has written the book, The IRA Trust, and you&#x27;ll get a free copy of that if you sit down with Coach Pete and Jeff Marsacci to discuss. Learn a little bit more and educate yourself about it. Peter, I like his subtitle, Turning Inherited Retirement Accounts Into a Financial Dynasty. Remember that show, Dynasty? Yeah, that&#x27;s a good way. I mean, have what you have now and make sure it grows compounded and make sure that it grows the right way and no one can rob it, basically, going into the future.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So, again, I think this does bear to repeat. Coach Pete, you&#x27;ve talked about the stretch IRA before. Stretch IRA, a great concept for allowing. It controls the tax man, but the inherited or the IRA trust basically controls the tax man and the children from spending and blowing the money. Right. Excellent point. Folks, to find out about it, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. If you would like to come in and discuss it again with Coach Pete D’Arruda and estate planning attorney Jeff Marsacci. Jeff Marsacci, you&#x27;ve written the book, The IRA Trust. Not only will you discuss it with their individual situation, but give them a little background so they can educate themselves and learn more. Absolutely. Well, we appreciate you again being here on the Financial Safari, educating our listeners about maybe a topic they hadn&#x27;t heard about before. Very interesting information.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Thanks. We&#x27;ll talk to you again real soon, Jeff. Thanks. for a time. F-</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author. We have a published legal and financial author, as well as state planning attorney Jeff Mersace here in the studio with us. And again, a pleasure to have you here, Jeff, sharing your knowledge and expertise with our listeners. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Jeff. We talked in that last segment about what we see as a very useful tool if Congress does nothing about the generational skipping tax here in the near future, which it&#x27;s looking like they may not. And those levels will go back to $1 million of taxable money over that limit. So when you&#x27;re leaving money to your children, that perpetual family legacy could be a useful tool for generational wealth, for great-grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and beyond.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Are there any drawbacks that you see to it, Jeff? Well, you have to put the financial resources in and put in place an estate plan that does that. You have some people, if you told them, hey, you&#x27;ve got a dollar in your pocket, you can go buy a Coke, or it can be worth $10,000 to your great-grandchildren, there are some people who are going to buy the Coke. That&#x27;s just the way it is. $10,000 Coke, isn&#x27;t it? Well, when you look at it like that, Jeff, a saying comes to mind from Albert Einstein, who said, the power of compounding interest is the most powerful force on the planet. And this is coming from the guy who invented the atomic bomb. So, you know, there&#x27;s something to be said. And the Internet. He invented the Internet, too. Oh, no, that was somebody else. Yeah. Al Bundy did that, right? Al Bundy. Okay. Well, Jeff, again, we&#x27;re pleased to have you here because not only are we going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but we have another tool that maybe folks have not heard about that could be very useful, which is the IRA trust. Talk to us about the IRA trust. Well, as most people out there who are approaching retirement or in retirement, they understand that there are required minimum distributions that have to come out of their assets, out of their retirement accounts. When they hit 70 and a half, they have to start taking money out. It&#x27;s like the government said, all right, great, we&#x27;ve given you this deduction all these years, and now it&#x27;s time to pay us. So every dollar that comes out is income taxable. Now, what happens to those accounts when someone inherits them? Well, really, we have one of three things that will happen. These are for non-spouses. Tax, tax, and tax? Well, if you set it up the right way, you can avoid that. But here&#x27;s what generally happens. Mom or dad passes on. The child calls up a company and says, oh, mom had an IRA.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> What do we do? And the company says, oh, just send us the death certificate. So they send the death certificate. A couple of weeks later, there&#x27;s a big check and a couple of pages with some really fine print. And of course, they throw those to the side. They take the check. They cash it. And they remodel the house. They take a vacation, new car. And then they talk to their accountant or their financial advisor. And they go, wow, all of that was taxable income. And that&#x27;s it. Now they&#x27;ve got a huge tax bill. It may not even have the money to pay it. The second thing that could happen if they have good advice or they understand this, they can take that money to their financial advisor and get it set up in something called an inherited IRA. So now the money goes into an inherited IRA. They&#x27;re subject to required minimum distributions. Not at 70 and a half, but right away. But the younger they are, the smaller those amounts are that have to come out and are taxable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And everything that&#x27;s in there still grows tax deferred, just like a retirement account. So, again, the power of compounding interest works to their advantage. Right. Now that&#x27;s a great and wonderful thing. And the problem is about 90 percent of the time it fails because 90 percent of inherited retirement account money is gone in two years. So it&#x27;s a number. It&#x27;s emergencies come up. Jeff, I see a lot of people come into the office after they&#x27;ve made the mistake and they&#x27;re saying, well, what can I do to minimize my tax bill? I say what you should have done is not do what you did. I mean, don&#x27;t spend it all when it&#x27;s IRA assets because it&#x27;s all taxable. Well, think about that, folks. 90 percent of inherited assets gone within two years. You&#x27;re talking about money that most people saved a lifetime in order to have as protection for their own lifetime. They leave it to their kids and it&#x27;s gone.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> But there&#x27;s a simple solution to this if they would be proactive, right, Jeff? Right. And that&#x27;s really the third thing, and that&#x27;s putting it into an IRA trust. Now, I want to make sure just with inherited retirement accounts, the reason that the money is gone in two years is emergencies come up. They have Las Vegas emergencies. We&#x27;ve got to take the family out. The Mercedes emergency. We&#x27;ve got to get the new model. It&#x27;s really that irresponsible spending that seems to skip a generation. People put together these wonderful retirement accounts and they save. They pass it on to their kids and then they blow it. The third option is an IRA trust, which says, all right, now we&#x27;ve got a trustee. They&#x27;ll set up the inherited IRA. They&#x27;re in control of the money. And those distributions still have to come out of the account, but it&#x27;s up to the trustee what to give the beneficiary.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And so you set an age limit of like 65. Now they&#x27;ve got their own retirement account when they turn 65. Jeff, I talk to a lot of people and they say, oh, I&#x27;ve already got a trust. I&#x27;m fine. But it&#x27;s not a regular trust, is it? It&#x27;s not a living trust, which people are sold in these seminars a lot of times, but it&#x27;s something else, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a specialized trust. There&#x27;s a large number of hoops you have to jump through from the IRS to make this work, but having that right trust can be phenomenal. They&#x27;re worthwhile hoops to jump through in a long run, aren&#x27;t they? Now, Coach P, we talk a lot about the stretch IRA giving generations the ability to stretch out those required minimum distributions. This sounds different, though, Jeff, in that the stretch IRA does not limit those individuals in the next generation from having the ability to access the money. What you&#x27;re talking about does limit those emergency situations that might come up, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Exactly. You can take a look at the projections and see how much this money is going to grow. And because of that tax deferral and the compound interest, it&#x27;s great. But this trust takes away the whole temptation and the ability to access the money without a trustee saying, whoa, wait a minute, this has to actually be an emergency. Well, the trust is you speaking from your grave, making sure people aren&#x27;t. Spending your money like they shouldn&#x27;t do when you were here. Right. Yeah. And there isn&#x27;t a way to take it with you, but there is a way to control who has access to it and when. Right. It&#x27;s kind of enforcing those financial lessons you might want to leave your children that you&#x27;re not entirely sure they might have actually gotten. This is all because they don&#x27;t build pyramids anymore, Jeff. Right. You have to leave it in the right way instead of taking it with you. Well, folks, if you want to find out about this, again, you can meet with Jeff Marsaci and Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the IRA Trust.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Give us a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;re talking about people who are taking these RMDs. You know, not necessarily a bad problem to have. It&#x27;s a good problem to have assets that the government says, hey, it&#x27;s time to start taking that out. But what we are avoiding here is that, again, that immediate generational tax in a lump sum. We&#x27;re spreading that out over multiple generations and, again, avoiding the temptation for your children or your grandchildren to blow a lump sum that you might leave them upon death. Right. Now, one of the things that I really like to emphasize with the trust, too, is it&#x27;s also creditor protected for the children. Great point. Against divorcing spouses, lawsuits. It&#x27;s really set up as an irrevocable trust that can have all that protection.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And one other thing, too, with this. There are a lot of people who have talked about converting assets to Roth. Okay. If you leave Roth assets into this trust, you&#x27;re still going to have those minimum distributions come out. But now they&#x27;re tax-free. Absolutely. Great point. Tax-free is always a good combination of words, I think. But, unfortunately, a bad combination is creditors, lawsuits, and divorce. And, Coach Pete, do those things happen? They happen all the time. I mean, this is just a way to slap the taxes silly and make sure that the children and grandchildren and everybody do the right thing when you&#x27;re not here anymore. Again, this is something that takes some proactive planning. If you want to preserve wealth, have generational wealth. Again, you know, I say this all the time on the show. The tools for how the rich get rich and stay rich are at our disposal.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> We just have to know how to use them correctly. Right. And it can&#x27;t happen after death. It&#x27;s kind of like the person going to get homeowner&#x27;s insurance the day after their house burned down. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You&#x27;ve got to do it ahead of time. This isn&#x27;t something that your kids can set up after you&#x27;re gone. You&#x27;ve got to set it up during life. So, if anybody is in the situation where they&#x27;ve got some assets inside an IRA that they feel pretty confident they&#x27;re going to be leaving to their children or to their grandchildren, even after their spouse has access to it or uses them, this is something you feel would be a useful tool for those individuals? Absolutely. Jeff, why wouldn&#x27;t somebody who has IRA or 401K or anything like that want to at least sit down and see if it would make sense or not? I don&#x27;t see why anybody wouldn&#x27;t want to do that. I mean, just you want to check out those numbers and see if it&#x27;s right for you, but that&#x27;s really right for a lot of people.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you why. Procrastination, that&#x27;s the biggest enemy out there these days. It&#x27;ll always get done tomorrow and then tomorrow might not come. And, folks, once you&#x27;re not here, you can&#x27;t come and do an IRA trust. Well, again, folks, if you would like to learn more about the IRA trust, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Jeff Marsacci, Coach Pete D’Arruda willing to sit down with you, discuss how to implement this into your plan. And, again, Jeff Marsacci has written the book, The IRA Trust, and you&#x27;ll get a free copy of that if you sit down with Coach Pete and Jeff Marsacci to discuss. Learn a little bit more and educate yourself about it. Peter, I like his subtitle, Turning Inherited Retirement Accounts Into a Financial Dynasty. Remember that show, Dynasty? Yeah, that&#x27;s a good way. I mean, have what you have now and make sure it grows compounded and make sure that it grows the right way and no one can rob it, basically, going into the future.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So, again, I think this does bear to repeat. Coach Pete, you&#x27;ve talked about the stretch IRA before. Stretch IRA, a great concept for allowing. It controls the tax man, but the inherited or the IRA trust basically controls the tax man and the children from spending and blowing the money. Right. Excellent point. Folks, to find out about it, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. If you would like to come in and discuss it again with Coach Pete D’Arruda and estate planning attorney Jeff Marsacci. Jeff Marsacci, you&#x27;ve written the book, The IRA Trust. Not only will you discuss it with their individual situation, but give them a little background so they can educate themselves and learn more. Absolutely. Well, we appreciate you again being here on the Financial Safari, educating our listeners about maybe a topic they hadn&#x27;t heard about before. Very interesting information.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Thanks. We&#x27;ll talk to you again real soon, Jeff. Thanks. for a time. F-</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Marsocci</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Marsocci, estate planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/image.jpg?t=1792073218&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-ira-trusts-and-passing-wealth-to-your-family-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/image.jpg?t=1792073218&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>626</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10046796" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-ira-trusts-and-passing-wealth-to-your-family-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>198</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:14" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Marsocci: Planning a Family Legacy (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Marsocci: Planning a Family Legacy (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome in once again to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making, helping you make more informed decisions with your money so you can keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashan here, along with America&#x27;s Income Planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, and another published financial author in the room with us, in fact, financial and legal author, estate planning attorney Jeff Mersace, back here with us on The Financial Safari. So good to have you, Jeff. Great to be here. We&#x27;ve got some interesting topics to talk about today. One getting started, we are going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy as a strategy. Jeff, this is something that we&#x27;re being proactive talking about here, aren&#x27;t we? Yes, we definitely are being proactive. We are looking forward to what&#x27;s going to happen with the tax laws when we hit 2011, and right</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> now it&#x27;s looking more and more like Congress isn&#x27;t going to do anything. Well, that Congress, lame duck Congress, they&#x27;ve done a real good job of doing nothing when they&#x27;ve been up there recently. In fact, not even passing a budget, but we&#x27;re looking at tax law changes as they may be in 2011, and if they continue to do nothing, will be in 2011, correct? Exactly, that&#x27;s correct. So, the perpetual family legacy sets us up for tax laws as they are preparing to be starting next year, but you are talking about a way to bypass the generational skipping tax, correct? Well, we&#x27;re talking not just about bypassing the generation skipping tax. We&#x27;re talking about first establishing a trust for a family, a perpetual family legacy trust, and the state</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> in which the trust has to be set up is very important because each state has its own rule against perpetuities, which means that a trust can only go on for so long, and they have a lot of formulas, and it can go for a pretty long time. But in North Carolina, these trusts can actually go on forever. And so, if we set up the right combination of trusts, and in particular, the right set of insurance and assets to go into this trust in the right way, it can be generation skipping tax and estate tax free forever. Okay, so what&#x27;s the advantage there? Well, the advantage is when we have families who really do want to create a legacy, and we&#x27;re not talking just about their children or their grandchildren. We&#x27;re talking about future generations going hundreds of years into the future where they&#x27;ll have money set aside so they&#x27;ll never</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> know poverty. They&#x27;ll always have education. They&#x27;ll have a roof over their heads, and their talents can take them as far as they can go. Money isn&#x27;t going to be an issue in having them get set up for life. That&#x27;s financial security is what it really is, isn&#x27;t it? And it&#x27;s a forever trust. Absolutely. And so it reminds me of Willy Wonka, the chocolate factor, where they had a forever candy that I remember from Whittle. So it goes on forever. The everlasting gobstopper. This is the everlasting financial security trust. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And this all depends on Congress not doing anything this year and letting the tax cuts expire, and then therefore this becomes a real good planning topic. Right. One of the main components here is we have to make sure that the assets that go in are generation skipping tax exempt. Now let&#x27;s talk about generation skipping tax. What is the effect that that has on somebody trying to</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> pass assets to their children or to their grandchildren, I guess more appropriately? Right. Most people know about the estate tax, but a little known tax is the generation skipping tax. And this is where people want to leave assets not to their children, but to grandchildren or younger generations, and therefore bypass their children. Many years ago, when we had the estate tax first go into place, a lot of wealthy families were simply leaving everything to their grandchildren. And with a wink and a nod, you take care of your parents and then don&#x27;t leave this wealth to your children, leave it to your grandchildren. They bypassed a generation of estate taxes. So Congress said, all right, well, if you&#x27;re going to bypass your generation and your children are alive, we&#x27;re going to impose an additional 55% tax of everything over whatever the limit is. And right</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> now that limit is going back to $1 million in 2011. So over $1 million when you leave it to your children, of course, taxed. And then again, when you leave, when they leave it to their children, so your grandchildren, it&#x27;ll be taxed again. If you try to leave it directly to your grandchildren, they&#x27;ll come back and get that. That&#x27;s right. They get that additional tax. They make it so taxed that it doesn&#x27;t make financial sense to leave it to grandchildren. It makes more financial sense to leave it to children. Well, you&#x27;re leaving it to grandchildren, just not your own right now. Everybody else. That&#x27;s tax, right? They need to slap the tax man here with the generational skipping trust. Jeff, how can someone be proactive to get started in researching if this is a good fit for them? Well, the first thing they have to do is really take a hard look and see, do they want to make sure that their financial resources are there for future generations and not necessarily be there as</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> much for their own children and grandchildren? If you have that financial attitude, then it&#x27;s time to sit down with someone like me and someone like you, Coach Pete, who can run the numbers and start to project and see, here&#x27;s what we need to do to make this a reality. I know we have a lot of people listening that have over a million dollars, and it&#x27;s not as much as it used to be. So the objective is to protect it as much as you can from market losses and from Uncle Sam, especially for your next generation or three. Well, I can see in the coming year if Congress does nothing, and Congress is pretty good at doing nothing at times. Sometimes that&#x27;s a good thing, by the way, Jeff. Sometimes. But for estates that are over a million dollars, people are going to be scrambling to see how do we avoid estate taxes. I think we have a lot of people who may lose track of that opportunity</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> to really plan way, way ahead for generations of your family that you don&#x27;t even know and will never know. People want to find out more about that. They can pick up the phone right now. Give us a call, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we can set up an initial planning conference at no cost. With you and me together to make sure that they do qualify for something like this, or it would be a good step for them to take. Absolutely. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Coach Pete, unfortunately, I think when it comes to passing a budget or extending the tax cuts, Congress doing nothing is not a good thing in this particular case. But Jeff, back to your point, we&#x27;re talking about real generational wealth here. We&#x27;re talking about passing it on for multiple generations. In fact, you say even in perpetuity, you can set this up.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Now, traditionally with trust, you could set that up for one or two generations, but this is a way to have it be, as we said, everlasting. Right. Back in 2007, the North Carolina state legislature did away with North Carolina&#x27;s rule against perpetuities, but with a little bit of a twist. A lot of attorneys just backed off and said, well, wait a minute, there&#x27;s something in the Constitution here for North Carolina that says we don&#x27;t favor perpetuities. Well, last March, the Court of Appeals came down with a decision that really defined it. You can keep wealth in a trust in North Carolina forever. The only stipulation is you can&#x27;t say, I want this particular piece of property or this particular item to stay there forever. So a lot of people who are saying, oh, this is great. I want my family home to be in trust forever. Sorry, we can&#x27;t do that. But the value can be there forever. As long as the trustee can sell</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> assets, they can keep that wealth accumulating. And you wrote the book called The Perpetual Family Trust. And anyone, again, who calls and meets with us will get a copy of that 800-661-7383. But Jeff, let me ask you this. How does this compare to what, like the Ford family has invented something called a Ford Foundation to pass their assets on from generation to generation? Right. Well, traditionally, charitable groups, foundations, and corporations, those can go on forever because it&#x27;s not technically a personal trust. That&#x27;s a charity. Now, the Ford family ends up benefiting because they typically end up on the board of directors. They can get a salary. They have meetings. And all of that&#x27;s fine. But there has to be some sort of charitable focus. Now, we can do a charitable focus a little bit with this type of trust. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> had people approach me and say, well, I do want to take care of my family, but I want to help a charity too. How can we do that? And you can. And that&#x27;s simply sectioning off either part of the income or part of the principle of the trust going to a charity each year that there are distributions. So the Perpetual Family Trust, though, the charity is your family, right? So you&#x27;re passing it on for your family from generation to generation. Well, you are passing it for generations. And you&#x27;re bypassing those estate and generation skipping taxes while you do it. That&#x27;s good. It sounds good to me. Are you going to have to reestablish this trust at points down the line? Well, no. Once it&#x27;s set up, it&#x27;s set up forever. So picking the right trust company, the right people to help manage things during your lifetime and for those future generations is important. How do you go about that process? Well, we have</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> several trust companies that we look at and talk to, but it&#x27;s all going to come down to your own personal choice. And I like to investigate that with my clients. And it&#x27;s particularly because this is going to go on for such a long period of time. It&#x27;s going to go on forever. You need a company that&#x27;s going to be there. They need to be there too. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, that sounds real good, Jeff. And now this is all if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything or if they do something and say, hey, we&#x27;re going to make it worse for people, then they really need to pursue the perpetual family trust. The law stands now. It is set to go down to a million. Even if they do something and set it to a higher limit, this could be useful for those individuals with wealth over those limits. Right. A lot of talk in Congress is actually what the president proposed, but everything kind of stopped was three and a half million a person for estate taxes. And traditionally, the generation skipping tax exemptions mirrored that. So if the more we can put into this trust</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> initially, the faster it compounds. All right. And Jeff, if folks want to find out more, they can get your book, The Perpetual Family Legacy. Where can they find that? Well, it&#x27;s available through our website at livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. Again, livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. And if folks want to find out more, they can meet with you with Coach Pete. They can give a call to 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And Jeff, you&#x27;ve written a book on the topic, The Perpetual Family Legacy. You&#x27;ll provide them at that meeting. Correct. All right. Well, Jeff, we certainly appreciate you being here for the segment to talk about the Perpetual Family Legacy. Again, if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything, this is going to be a real</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> useful tool for generational wealth moving into the future. Yes. All right. Excellent. Well, folks, we&#x27;ll have you back here in just a moment for another topic. But we appreciate you being here. Again, Jeff Marsacci, estate planning attorney, Coach Pete, America&#x27;s income planner. Folks, we&#x27;ll be back on the financial safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome in once again to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making, helping you make more informed decisions with your money so you can keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashan here, along with America&#x27;s Income Planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, and another published financial author in the room with us, in fact, financial and legal author, estate planning attorney Jeff Mersace, back here with us on The Financial Safari. So good to have you, Jeff. Great to be here. We&#x27;ve got some interesting topics to talk about today. One getting started, we are going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy as a strategy. Jeff, this is something that we&#x27;re being proactive talking about here, aren&#x27;t we? Yes, we definitely are being proactive. We are looking forward to what&#x27;s going to happen with the tax laws when we hit 2011, and right</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> now it&#x27;s looking more and more like Congress isn&#x27;t going to do anything. Well, that Congress, lame duck Congress, they&#x27;ve done a real good job of doing nothing when they&#x27;ve been up there recently. In fact, not even passing a budget, but we&#x27;re looking at tax law changes as they may be in 2011, and if they continue to do nothing, will be in 2011, correct? Exactly, that&#x27;s correct. So, the perpetual family legacy sets us up for tax laws as they are preparing to be starting next year, but you are talking about a way to bypass the generational skipping tax, correct? Well, we&#x27;re talking not just about bypassing the generation skipping tax. We&#x27;re talking about first establishing a trust for a family, a perpetual family legacy trust, and the state</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> in which the trust has to be set up is very important because each state has its own rule against perpetuities, which means that a trust can only go on for so long, and they have a lot of formulas, and it can go for a pretty long time. But in North Carolina, these trusts can actually go on forever. And so, if we set up the right combination of trusts, and in particular, the right set of insurance and assets to go into this trust in the right way, it can be generation skipping tax and estate tax free forever. Okay, so what&#x27;s the advantage there? Well, the advantage is when we have families who really do want to create a legacy, and we&#x27;re not talking just about their children or their grandchildren. We&#x27;re talking about future generations going hundreds of years into the future where they&#x27;ll have money set aside so they&#x27;ll never</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> know poverty. They&#x27;ll always have education. They&#x27;ll have a roof over their heads, and their talents can take them as far as they can go. Money isn&#x27;t going to be an issue in having them get set up for life. That&#x27;s financial security is what it really is, isn&#x27;t it? And it&#x27;s a forever trust. Absolutely. And so it reminds me of Willy Wonka, the chocolate factor, where they had a forever candy that I remember from Whittle. So it goes on forever. The everlasting gobstopper. This is the everlasting financial security trust. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And this all depends on Congress not doing anything this year and letting the tax cuts expire, and then therefore this becomes a real good planning topic. Right. One of the main components here is we have to make sure that the assets that go in are generation skipping tax exempt. Now let&#x27;s talk about generation skipping tax. What is the effect that that has on somebody trying to</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> pass assets to their children or to their grandchildren, I guess more appropriately? Right. Most people know about the estate tax, but a little known tax is the generation skipping tax. And this is where people want to leave assets not to their children, but to grandchildren or younger generations, and therefore bypass their children. Many years ago, when we had the estate tax first go into place, a lot of wealthy families were simply leaving everything to their grandchildren. And with a wink and a nod, you take care of your parents and then don&#x27;t leave this wealth to your children, leave it to your grandchildren. They bypassed a generation of estate taxes. So Congress said, all right, well, if you&#x27;re going to bypass your generation and your children are alive, we&#x27;re going to impose an additional 55% tax of everything over whatever the limit is. And right</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> now that limit is going back to $1 million in 2011. So over $1 million when you leave it to your children, of course, taxed. And then again, when you leave, when they leave it to their children, so your grandchildren, it&#x27;ll be taxed again. If you try to leave it directly to your grandchildren, they&#x27;ll come back and get that. That&#x27;s right. They get that additional tax. They make it so taxed that it doesn&#x27;t make financial sense to leave it to grandchildren. It makes more financial sense to leave it to children. Well, you&#x27;re leaving it to grandchildren, just not your own right now. Everybody else. That&#x27;s tax, right? They need to slap the tax man here with the generational skipping trust. Jeff, how can someone be proactive to get started in researching if this is a good fit for them? Well, the first thing they have to do is really take a hard look and see, do they want to make sure that their financial resources are there for future generations and not necessarily be there as</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> much for their own children and grandchildren? If you have that financial attitude, then it&#x27;s time to sit down with someone like me and someone like you, Coach Pete, who can run the numbers and start to project and see, here&#x27;s what we need to do to make this a reality. I know we have a lot of people listening that have over a million dollars, and it&#x27;s not as much as it used to be. So the objective is to protect it as much as you can from market losses and from Uncle Sam, especially for your next generation or three. Well, I can see in the coming year if Congress does nothing, and Congress is pretty good at doing nothing at times. Sometimes that&#x27;s a good thing, by the way, Jeff. Sometimes. But for estates that are over a million dollars, people are going to be scrambling to see how do we avoid estate taxes. I think we have a lot of people who may lose track of that opportunity</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> to really plan way, way ahead for generations of your family that you don&#x27;t even know and will never know. People want to find out more about that. They can pick up the phone right now. Give us a call, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we can set up an initial planning conference at no cost. With you and me together to make sure that they do qualify for something like this, or it would be a good step for them to take. Absolutely. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Coach Pete, unfortunately, I think when it comes to passing a budget or extending the tax cuts, Congress doing nothing is not a good thing in this particular case. But Jeff, back to your point, we&#x27;re talking about real generational wealth here. We&#x27;re talking about passing it on for multiple generations. In fact, you say even in perpetuity, you can set this up.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Now, traditionally with trust, you could set that up for one or two generations, but this is a way to have it be, as we said, everlasting. Right. Back in 2007, the North Carolina state legislature did away with North Carolina&#x27;s rule against perpetuities, but with a little bit of a twist. A lot of attorneys just backed off and said, well, wait a minute, there&#x27;s something in the Constitution here for North Carolina that says we don&#x27;t favor perpetuities. Well, last March, the Court of Appeals came down with a decision that really defined it. You can keep wealth in a trust in North Carolina forever. The only stipulation is you can&#x27;t say, I want this particular piece of property or this particular item to stay there forever. So a lot of people who are saying, oh, this is great. I want my family home to be in trust forever. Sorry, we can&#x27;t do that. But the value can be there forever. As long as the trustee can sell</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> assets, they can keep that wealth accumulating. And you wrote the book called The Perpetual Family Trust. And anyone, again, who calls and meets with us will get a copy of that 800-661-7383. But Jeff, let me ask you this. How does this compare to what, like the Ford family has invented something called a Ford Foundation to pass their assets on from generation to generation? Right. Well, traditionally, charitable groups, foundations, and corporations, those can go on forever because it&#x27;s not technically a personal trust. That&#x27;s a charity. Now, the Ford family ends up benefiting because they typically end up on the board of directors. They can get a salary. They have meetings. And all of that&#x27;s fine. But there has to be some sort of charitable focus. Now, we can do a charitable focus a little bit with this type of trust. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> had people approach me and say, well, I do want to take care of my family, but I want to help a charity too. How can we do that? And you can. And that&#x27;s simply sectioning off either part of the income or part of the principle of the trust going to a charity each year that there are distributions. So the Perpetual Family Trust, though, the charity is your family, right? So you&#x27;re passing it on for your family from generation to generation. Well, you are passing it for generations. And you&#x27;re bypassing those estate and generation skipping taxes while you do it. That&#x27;s good. It sounds good to me. Are you going to have to reestablish this trust at points down the line? Well, no. Once it&#x27;s set up, it&#x27;s set up forever. So picking the right trust company, the right people to help manage things during your lifetime and for those future generations is important. How do you go about that process? Well, we have</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> several trust companies that we look at and talk to, but it&#x27;s all going to come down to your own personal choice. And I like to investigate that with my clients. And it&#x27;s particularly because this is going to go on for such a long period of time. It&#x27;s going to go on forever. You need a company that&#x27;s going to be there. They need to be there too. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, that sounds real good, Jeff. And now this is all if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything or if they do something and say, hey, we&#x27;re going to make it worse for people, then they really need to pursue the perpetual family trust. The law stands now. It is set to go down to a million. Even if they do something and set it to a higher limit, this could be useful for those individuals with wealth over those limits. Right. A lot of talk in Congress is actually what the president proposed, but everything kind of stopped was three and a half million a person for estate taxes. And traditionally, the generation skipping tax exemptions mirrored that. So if the more we can put into this trust</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> initially, the faster it compounds. All right. And Jeff, if folks want to find out more, they can get your book, The Perpetual Family Legacy. Where can they find that? Well, it&#x27;s available through our website at livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. Again, livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. And if folks want to find out more, they can meet with you with Coach Pete. They can give a call to 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And Jeff, you&#x27;ve written a book on the topic, The Perpetual Family Legacy. You&#x27;ll provide them at that meeting. Correct. All right. Well, Jeff, we certainly appreciate you being here for the segment to talk about the Perpetual Family Legacy. Again, if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything, this is going to be a real</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> useful tool for generational wealth moving into the future. Yes. All right. Excellent. Well, folks, we&#x27;ll have you back here in just a moment for another topic. But we appreciate you being here. Again, Jeff Marsacci, estate planning attorney, Coach Pete, America&#x27;s income planner. Folks, we&#x27;ll be back on the financial safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Marsocci</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Marsocci, tax planning, estate planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/image.jpg?t=1792073222&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-planning-a-family-legacy-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/image.jpg?t=1792073222&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>638</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="10234077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-planning-a-family-legacy-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>199</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning a Family Legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:53" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:09" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to your money, it is a jungle out there. You don&#x27;t go into the jungle without a guide. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re here each and every week, hoping to educate you so you can make smarter, more informed decisions with your money and keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, joined by your host, published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Pete Deruta. And we have a very special guest on with us as well, another financial author by the name of Rick Buter. And the title of Rick&#x27;s book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And Rick, welcome into the Financial Safari. Tell us, what is The Great Scam? Well, thank you for the opportunity to speak today here. Well, basically, you know, the title, as you mentioned, is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And it&#x27;s what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And for the last 40-some years, Americans really have been duped by government, Congress, Wall Street into thinking the traditional Wall Street IRA and 401k plan could provide them what they&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s supposed to do. And that&#x27;s to provide them with a retirement income. And what we found out is all these years, these types of plans have been all about putting money into the system. And there really hasn&#x27;t been any organized or systematic way to be able to draw the money out with any guarantee or assurance after 40 years of contributing. Well, they are known as a defined contribution type of plan, those traditional IRS plans that allow you to contribute up to a certain amount each year.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> But they don&#x27;t define a benefit, do they? No, there&#x27;s no benefit. And, you know, to the average American, with all due respect, to use the words defined contribution, defined benefit, the whole system, retirement planning in general, is so confusing to the average person to try to talk about the difference between a large cap or a small cap, mid cap fund. You see, people have been told that this is what you do with your retirement savings and planning. They go to work for an employer. They&#x27;re given a 401k. And they&#x27;re told to put money in this. And there&#x27;s even the added bonus that many times an employer will provide matching funds. The challenge is, is, did the government ever give you, Coach Pete, your four-year course in pension planning paid for by them? Did you receive that, Coach Pete? I&#x27;m still waiting for that, Rick. You&#x27;re still waiting. You and millions of other people out there are still, didn&#x27;t get a course like that.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Nobody got that course. But the problem is, we are asking the average American worker in... Retirement Saver who participates in these plans to put forth the skills of a pension planning professional. There&#x27;s no way that they can do that. Above and beyond that, I mean, if we want to compare to how professionals create your retirement pension, if you&#x27;re in a pension plan where there&#x27;s actually going to be a defined pension for you down the line, that&#x27;s usually a plan where there&#x27;s thousands of employees involved. It is being managed by a pension professional. They use a 100-year timeline because they&#x27;re managing that for both very, very young and old employees. And when someone retires, they don&#x27;t have to use the entire pension pot to create a retirement income. They peel off a little bit. They don&#x27;t give it to a bank.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> They don&#x27;t give that money to a brokerage firm. They give it to an insurance company. And the insurance company takes that money and pays that employee a pension as long as they live because that&#x27;s the business that insurance companies are experts in. And that&#x27;s how professional pensions create it. But right now, we&#x27;re asking the average person to do the job of a pension professional, and they don&#x27;t have all the tools. Their hands are tied behind their back. So can the average American right now, Rick, can they really get financial security for their retirement from Wall Street, or should they consider something else? Well, gosh, I would just have to look at the events of the last year or two, and I think that has unveiled the extreme risk that&#x27;s involved in the average American in terms of trying to manage their own pension. The answer is no. They can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t have the tools. They never had the tools to do it properly.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And I think what&#x27;s happened here, if we want to step back and really look at the big picture, Wall Street has been withholding what people really need. And what people really need doesn&#x27;t come from Wall Street. It comes from some of the oldest, most established, most secure financial institutions in the world, and that&#x27;s insurance companies. You know, if you ask any pensioner who receives their pension check from an insurance company, if that is a secure way to have an income, all of them would say yes. Because through this whole financial debacle, not one person has missed a beat on getting their pension checks from insurance companies. That&#x27;s why professional pension plans peel off a sliver and they give it to insurance companies. Because what we learned out of the Great Depression, if history can teach us some lessons, Coach Pete, we learned out of the Great Depression that insurance companies were the most secure financial institution when it comes to money.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And that same system still works today. But Wall Street has been hiding this information. And I can say that, you know, with confidence, because there&#x27;s been this great propaganda campaign over the 80s and 90s, that Wall Street is the way to go, and gosh, you&#x27;re going to consider an insurance company for your retirement? You&#x27;ve got to be kidding me. I mean, you know what I&#x27;m talking about? There&#x27;s a lot of press out there put out by the marketers for Wall Street firms kind of campaigning on the exact lines that you&#x27;re talking about there. Millions of dollars a day are spent by Wall Street to get people to put their money in what they call financial security in the securities industry. But, Rick, I think you&#x27;ll argue in your book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, that there&#x27;s nothing secure about a Wall Street security, is there? There&#x27;s nothing secure. So much so, I mean, in the book, I like to lighten this up a little bit, but be kind of serious.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> I really question whether a mutual fund, as an example, could ever be considered a suitable investment in these type of retirement plans. And to kind of lighten it up a little bit, I want you to think of this example. Think of the warning they put on a pack of cigarettes, you know, in those big, bold letters, if you smoke these, you could die from these. Now imagine that. But now we put a similar warning on the front of every 401k and Wall Street retirement account, and it would say something like this. The outcomes and success of your retirement income is your responsibility. The investments we&#x27;ve given you to use over the next 40 years, they may or may not be good ones. The assurance of a secure retirement income for life is not guaranteed. There are other options, but we are not required to tell you about them. Now, Coach Pete, if every American saw that in big, bold, black letters on the front of every Wall Street brochure,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> do you think they&#x27;d give a second thought to putting their money there? No, I think it&#x27;s kind of like those shards of glass pops I&#x27;ve seen advertised recently on TV. The cigarette industry. The cigarette industry, absolutely. And recently, though, Rick, we&#x27;ve seen government and Wall Street firms trying to jump on that safe money bandwagon, talking about secure retirement solutions and trying to campaign and advertise for that type of idea. Can we trust those entities to handle our money in the proper way to secure our retirement? Well, I want you to think about this. And in my book, we talk about it. In researching this book, there were some concerns that I had about the undue influence that Wall Street has over Congress. Yes. And I discovered a website called Open Secrets in my research. And what this website did is it led me back to some of the highest people in the Congress of the United States,</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and I found that they were being highly influenced by contributions from Wall Street. Compensate. One of the chair... The chairman of the Financial Services Committee, Barney Frank, has actually been taking money from a covertly named financial organization in trying to influence him. Now, if you look at this up at OpenSecrets.org, you&#x27;ll see that organization listed as FMR. I&#x27;ll let you use your imagination as to who that is. Well, now, let&#x27;s look at this now, because like you said, mutual funds, you question if they&#x27;re ever suitable for someone in retirement. But what the security industry has now tried to do is package it up in something called a variable annuity, where mutual funds in a variable account, and they&#x27;re trying to market variable annuities as retirement solutions. Rick, have you done research where you put variable annuities side by side with the fixed pension annuities?</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And if so, which one comes out with more safety for someone&#x27;s retirement? Let me first talk about variable annuities in general, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the safety issues and the concerns that I have for people and those being used in retirement. First of all, Wall Street is hiding the cost of variable annuities. Variable annuities today have fees buried within them anywhere from 3 upwards of 4%. They bury these costs in 400-page prospectuses written by attorneys for attorneys. You know, these things are like encyclopedias in very small fonts. The average 60-year-old and older will never read. They&#x27;ll never understand. And what&#x27;s more about these variable annuities is that the actual costs are not required in full to be listed on the customer statement. Now, imagine not knowing this.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Imagine finding out that there&#x27;s fees here. And imagine that the fees are 3% to 4%. Well, if you have, as an example, a $100,000 account, that&#x27;s $3,000 to $4,000 a year. Now, someday, I think those fees are going to be required to be put on those statements. And when people discover this, they&#x27;re going to go ballistic because they weren&#x27;t really understood from the beginning because of the way that it&#x27;s presented. What happens now if you have a situation where you have these kind of fees and the markets really go nowhere for the next 10 years? You lose money. And that is a great possibility. And if you don&#x27;t believe me that that&#x27;s a possibility, take a look at the chart that I&#x27;ve put in the book regarding the markets from the 60s and the 70s. There was something like 17 years where the Dow stayed in the same place, even though we had tremendous volatility. By the way, those kind of charts are the charts that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want people to see, the one that I have on page 20 in the book.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Imagine being presented with a chart like that before you invest, but that&#x27;s another story. So back to variable annuities. I think the first issue is the fees. The second issue is who&#x27;s going to be monitoring that money for you until the day you die? Most of these variable annuities require some professional to be paid to monitor these things. Typically, in variable annuities, the financial professional gets paid a one-time commission, and after that, they have no responsibility to monitor that investment. When you&#x27;re in the later years of your life with these types of accounts, there may be, and all the time before then, there&#x27;s attention that needs to be given to these. And there&#x27;s no financial incentive in most cases for anybody to give you attention. So I think people are really being taken to the cleaners here. Yeah, and I see it every single week at least one or two people come into my office and they say, I don&#x27;t know what I have, but my broker put me in this and I&#x27;m supposed to guarantee retirement.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Rick, unfortunately, most of the time, it&#x27;s doing the exact opposite for the folks. People don&#x27;t have any confidence. You know, I think part of our job as advisors is to put confidence into people&#x27;s financial lives. And so they can really concentrate on the things that are really important. That&#x27;s living life to the fullest. And I think Wall Street has turned what really is a fairly simple process. They&#x27;ve turned it into rocket science and the rocket has blown up on the pad. Made it a little too complicated for the average person to even begin to understand. And when you get into some of the puts and calls and derivatives and all that, these Wall Street guys are betting on and trading in. Even some of those guys don&#x27;t understand it. Well, yeah, to your point, Fortune magazine came out, you know, right after all this mess started. And on the cover of Fortune, they had Chuck Prince from Citigroup.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> They had Jimmy Cain from Bear Stearns, John Mack from Morgan Stanley and Stan O&#x27;Neill from Merrill Lynch. And these guys were the best minds on Wall Street and they lost billions of dollars. I mean, they had the custody of billions, if not trillions of people&#x27;s retirement assets. And all their firms had serious, serious financial issues. You know, I won Twitter and it was baffling to me how people could ever invest their money with organizations that took TARP funds. Absolutely. They couldn&#x27;t even manage their own money. But yet they trust their retirement savings, these organizations. But I think it&#x27;s, again, people just not knowing. The average person really doesn&#x27;t understand how all this works. They&#x27;re confused. They&#x27;re concerned. They&#x27;ve lost money. To the point of the book is nobody could ever consider the typical Wall Street retirement account as a suitable investment if they were to stand back from it and really get a big picture view of the whole issue.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And the goal is to create secure, guaranteed income for life. That&#x27;s what the goal is. The book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. The author is Rick Buter, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon and various other places. Rick, what I wanted to ask you before we let you go is what should the average listener who&#x27;s listening right now who has $300,000 or less in retirement accounts, what should they do to make sure they could have a guaranteed income for life plan established right now? The first question they need to ask for themselves is what is my guaranteed retirement income with my plan right now the way it&#x27;s set? And they need to answer that number one question. And number two, if they are confused or concerned or they don&#x27;t understand, they need to talk to an expert. And Coach Pete, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re the expert they need to be seeing. Rick, couldn&#x27;t have said it better myself. We appreciate your time here on the program. Is there anything that you want to add as far as how can people get in touch with you or find out more about you and your system, your book?</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> Well, I think the first step is to get the knowledge, get educated, and the book is available on Amazon.com, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And I think get the book. It&#x27;s the best $15 you could ever spend in terms of understanding what do for retirement. His name again, Rick Buter, and certainly, Rick, we appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us today. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to your money, it is a jungle out there. You don&#x27;t go into the jungle without a guide. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re here each and every week, hoping to educate you so you can make smarter, more informed decisions with your money and keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, joined by your host, published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Pete Deruta. And we have a very special guest on with us as well, another financial author by the name of Rick Buter. And the title of Rick&#x27;s book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And Rick, welcome into the Financial Safari. Tell us, what is The Great Scam? Well, thank you for the opportunity to speak today here. Well, basically, you know, the title, as you mentioned, is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And it&#x27;s what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And for the last 40-some years, Americans really have been duped by government, Congress, Wall Street into thinking the traditional Wall Street IRA and 401k plan could provide them what they&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s supposed to do. And that&#x27;s to provide them with a retirement income. And what we found out is all these years, these types of plans have been all about putting money into the system. And there really hasn&#x27;t been any organized or systematic way to be able to draw the money out with any guarantee or assurance after 40 years of contributing. Well, they are known as a defined contribution type of plan, those traditional IRS plans that allow you to contribute up to a certain amount each year.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> But they don&#x27;t define a benefit, do they? No, there&#x27;s no benefit. And, you know, to the average American, with all due respect, to use the words defined contribution, defined benefit, the whole system, retirement planning in general, is so confusing to the average person to try to talk about the difference between a large cap or a small cap, mid cap fund. You see, people have been told that this is what you do with your retirement savings and planning. They go to work for an employer. They&#x27;re given a 401k. And they&#x27;re told to put money in this. And there&#x27;s even the added bonus that many times an employer will provide matching funds. The challenge is, is, did the government ever give you, Coach Pete, your four-year course in pension planning paid for by them? Did you receive that, Coach Pete? I&#x27;m still waiting for that, Rick. You&#x27;re still waiting. You and millions of other people out there are still, didn&#x27;t get a course like that.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Nobody got that course. But the problem is, we are asking the average American worker in... Retirement Saver who participates in these plans to put forth the skills of a pension planning professional. There&#x27;s no way that they can do that. Above and beyond that, I mean, if we want to compare to how professionals create your retirement pension, if you&#x27;re in a pension plan where there&#x27;s actually going to be a defined pension for you down the line, that&#x27;s usually a plan where there&#x27;s thousands of employees involved. It is being managed by a pension professional. They use a 100-year timeline because they&#x27;re managing that for both very, very young and old employees. And when someone retires, they don&#x27;t have to use the entire pension pot to create a retirement income. They peel off a little bit. They don&#x27;t give it to a bank.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> They don&#x27;t give that money to a brokerage firm. They give it to an insurance company. And the insurance company takes that money and pays that employee a pension as long as they live because that&#x27;s the business that insurance companies are experts in. And that&#x27;s how professional pensions create it. But right now, we&#x27;re asking the average person to do the job of a pension professional, and they don&#x27;t have all the tools. Their hands are tied behind their back. So can the average American right now, Rick, can they really get financial security for their retirement from Wall Street, or should they consider something else? Well, gosh, I would just have to look at the events of the last year or two, and I think that has unveiled the extreme risk that&#x27;s involved in the average American in terms of trying to manage their own pension. The answer is no. They can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t have the tools. They never had the tools to do it properly.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And I think what&#x27;s happened here, if we want to step back and really look at the big picture, Wall Street has been withholding what people really need. And what people really need doesn&#x27;t come from Wall Street. It comes from some of the oldest, most established, most secure financial institutions in the world, and that&#x27;s insurance companies. You know, if you ask any pensioner who receives their pension check from an insurance company, if that is a secure way to have an income, all of them would say yes. Because through this whole financial debacle, not one person has missed a beat on getting their pension checks from insurance companies. That&#x27;s why professional pension plans peel off a sliver and they give it to insurance companies. Because what we learned out of the Great Depression, if history can teach us some lessons, Coach Pete, we learned out of the Great Depression that insurance companies were the most secure financial institution when it comes to money.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And that same system still works today. But Wall Street has been hiding this information. And I can say that, you know, with confidence, because there&#x27;s been this great propaganda campaign over the 80s and 90s, that Wall Street is the way to go, and gosh, you&#x27;re going to consider an insurance company for your retirement? You&#x27;ve got to be kidding me. I mean, you know what I&#x27;m talking about? There&#x27;s a lot of press out there put out by the marketers for Wall Street firms kind of campaigning on the exact lines that you&#x27;re talking about there. Millions of dollars a day are spent by Wall Street to get people to put their money in what they call financial security in the securities industry. But, Rick, I think you&#x27;ll argue in your book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, that there&#x27;s nothing secure about a Wall Street security, is there? There&#x27;s nothing secure. So much so, I mean, in the book, I like to lighten this up a little bit, but be kind of serious.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> I really question whether a mutual fund, as an example, could ever be considered a suitable investment in these type of retirement plans. And to kind of lighten it up a little bit, I want you to think of this example. Think of the warning they put on a pack of cigarettes, you know, in those big, bold letters, if you smoke these, you could die from these. Now imagine that. But now we put a similar warning on the front of every 401k and Wall Street retirement account, and it would say something like this. The outcomes and success of your retirement income is your responsibility. The investments we&#x27;ve given you to use over the next 40 years, they may or may not be good ones. The assurance of a secure retirement income for life is not guaranteed. There are other options, but we are not required to tell you about them. Now, Coach Pete, if every American saw that in big, bold, black letters on the front of every Wall Street brochure,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> do you think they&#x27;d give a second thought to putting their money there? No, I think it&#x27;s kind of like those shards of glass pops I&#x27;ve seen advertised recently on TV. The cigarette industry. The cigarette industry, absolutely. And recently, though, Rick, we&#x27;ve seen government and Wall Street firms trying to jump on that safe money bandwagon, talking about secure retirement solutions and trying to campaign and advertise for that type of idea. Can we trust those entities to handle our money in the proper way to secure our retirement? Well, I want you to think about this. And in my book, we talk about it. In researching this book, there were some concerns that I had about the undue influence that Wall Street has over Congress. Yes. And I discovered a website called Open Secrets in my research. And what this website did is it led me back to some of the highest people in the Congress of the United States,</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and I found that they were being highly influenced by contributions from Wall Street. Compensate. One of the chair... The chairman of the Financial Services Committee, Barney Frank, has actually been taking money from a covertly named financial organization in trying to influence him. Now, if you look at this up at OpenSecrets.org, you&#x27;ll see that organization listed as FMR. I&#x27;ll let you use your imagination as to who that is. Well, now, let&#x27;s look at this now, because like you said, mutual funds, you question if they&#x27;re ever suitable for someone in retirement. But what the security industry has now tried to do is package it up in something called a variable annuity, where mutual funds in a variable account, and they&#x27;re trying to market variable annuities as retirement solutions. Rick, have you done research where you put variable annuities side by side with the fixed pension annuities?</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And if so, which one comes out with more safety for someone&#x27;s retirement? Let me first talk about variable annuities in general, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the safety issues and the concerns that I have for people and those being used in retirement. First of all, Wall Street is hiding the cost of variable annuities. Variable annuities today have fees buried within them anywhere from 3 upwards of 4%. They bury these costs in 400-page prospectuses written by attorneys for attorneys. You know, these things are like encyclopedias in very small fonts. The average 60-year-old and older will never read. They&#x27;ll never understand. And what&#x27;s more about these variable annuities is that the actual costs are not required in full to be listed on the customer statement. Now, imagine not knowing this.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Imagine finding out that there&#x27;s fees here. And imagine that the fees are 3% to 4%. Well, if you have, as an example, a $100,000 account, that&#x27;s $3,000 to $4,000 a year. Now, someday, I think those fees are going to be required to be put on those statements. And when people discover this, they&#x27;re going to go ballistic because they weren&#x27;t really understood from the beginning because of the way that it&#x27;s presented. What happens now if you have a situation where you have these kind of fees and the markets really go nowhere for the next 10 years? You lose money. And that is a great possibility. And if you don&#x27;t believe me that that&#x27;s a possibility, take a look at the chart that I&#x27;ve put in the book regarding the markets from the 60s and the 70s. There was something like 17 years where the Dow stayed in the same place, even though we had tremendous volatility. By the way, those kind of charts are the charts that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want people to see, the one that I have on page 20 in the book.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Imagine being presented with a chart like that before you invest, but that&#x27;s another story. So back to variable annuities. I think the first issue is the fees. The second issue is who&#x27;s going to be monitoring that money for you until the day you die? Most of these variable annuities require some professional to be paid to monitor these things. Typically, in variable annuities, the financial professional gets paid a one-time commission, and after that, they have no responsibility to monitor that investment. When you&#x27;re in the later years of your life with these types of accounts, there may be, and all the time before then, there&#x27;s attention that needs to be given to these. And there&#x27;s no financial incentive in most cases for anybody to give you attention. So I think people are really being taken to the cleaners here. Yeah, and I see it every single week at least one or two people come into my office and they say, I don&#x27;t know what I have, but my broker put me in this and I&#x27;m supposed to guarantee retirement.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Rick, unfortunately, most of the time, it&#x27;s doing the exact opposite for the folks. People don&#x27;t have any confidence. You know, I think part of our job as advisors is to put confidence into people&#x27;s financial lives. And so they can really concentrate on the things that are really important. That&#x27;s living life to the fullest. And I think Wall Street has turned what really is a fairly simple process. They&#x27;ve turned it into rocket science and the rocket has blown up on the pad. Made it a little too complicated for the average person to even begin to understand. And when you get into some of the puts and calls and derivatives and all that, these Wall Street guys are betting on and trading in. Even some of those guys don&#x27;t understand it. Well, yeah, to your point, Fortune magazine came out, you know, right after all this mess started. And on the cover of Fortune, they had Chuck Prince from Citigroup.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> They had Jimmy Cain from Bear Stearns, John Mack from Morgan Stanley and Stan O&#x27;Neill from Merrill Lynch. And these guys were the best minds on Wall Street and they lost billions of dollars. I mean, they had the custody of billions, if not trillions of people&#x27;s retirement assets. And all their firms had serious, serious financial issues. You know, I won Twitter and it was baffling to me how people could ever invest their money with organizations that took TARP funds. Absolutely. They couldn&#x27;t even manage their own money. But yet they trust their retirement savings, these organizations. But I think it&#x27;s, again, people just not knowing. The average person really doesn&#x27;t understand how all this works. They&#x27;re confused. They&#x27;re concerned. They&#x27;ve lost money. To the point of the book is nobody could ever consider the typical Wall Street retirement account as a suitable investment if they were to stand back from it and really get a big picture view of the whole issue.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And the goal is to create secure, guaranteed income for life. That&#x27;s what the goal is. The book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. The author is Rick Buter, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon and various other places. Rick, what I wanted to ask you before we let you go is what should the average listener who&#x27;s listening right now who has $300,000 or less in retirement accounts, what should they do to make sure they could have a guaranteed income for life plan established right now? The first question they need to ask for themselves is what is my guaranteed retirement income with my plan right now the way it&#x27;s set? And they need to answer that number one question. And number two, if they are confused or concerned or they don&#x27;t understand, they need to talk to an expert. And Coach Pete, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re the expert they need to be seeing. Rick, couldn&#x27;t have said it better myself. We appreciate your time here on the program. Is there anything that you want to add as far as how can people get in touch with you or find out more about you and your system, your book?</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> Well, I think the first step is to get the knowledge, get educated, and the book is available on Amazon.com, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And I think get the book. It&#x27;s the best $15 you could ever spend in terms of understanding what do for retirement. His name again, Rick Buter, and certainly, Rick, we appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us today. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, retirement planning, financial fraud, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/image.jpg?t=1792073263&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/image.jpg?t=1792073263&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7</guid>
      <omny:clipId>37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Oct 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>797</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="12781946" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>200</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:05" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ernie Zelinski: Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free</title>
      <itunes:title>Ernie Zelinski: Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with cash flow, retirement, income planning coach, and published financial author, Coach Pete. And very special guest, we have another published financial author on with us today, author of the world&#x27;s best retirement book, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. Also the author of The Joy of Not Working. Ernie Zielinski is an independent best-selling author, innovator, independent publisher, life coach, and an unconventional career expert. And we certainly appreciate him joining us here on the Financial Safari today. Ernie Zielinski, Ernie, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure. It&#x27;s our pleasure.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we would like to talk about your two books, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free, and The Joy of Not Working. Let&#x27;s start with How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. How do you do it? Well, believe it or not, I semi-retired when I was in my 40s, and I had no money. And I actually had $30,000 in student loans, so my net worth was minus $30,000. But I decided I only wanted to work four or five hours a day, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done since then. But I put my time into productive projects. And as I started to make a little bit of money, I made sure I saved the money. And so when I started making really good money, I made sure that I saved at least 50% of my pre-tax income.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And so when people talk about 10%, these financial planners and stuff, I said, that&#x27;s for sissies. And interesting, I just recently, there was someone posting on one of the financial articles online where people make comments. And he said he actually, he was the same as me, but he saved 60% of his pre-retirement income. He didn&#x27;t let that lifestyle creep come in once he started making more money. And so that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. And I&#x27;ve just decided to work at things I like to do and do the odd seminar here and there. And at the same time, I&#x27;ll be okay in retirement. And one of the things I do tell people is don&#x27;t, whether you&#x27;re in Canada, where we have a Canada pension plan,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> or United States, you should not count on any sort of government assistance. You should look at that as a bonus, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. Yeah, well, we don&#x27;t look at Social Security as anything that is definite for any of our clients, for sure. We try to make sure that is just icing on the cake and that they can rely on themselves. But you&#x27;ve done that by working, it sounds like, smarter, not harder, by being an avid saver, and by keeping costs low. Yes. You know, I was interviewed just last week by another American radio station, and a person called me frugal. And I said, well, in ways I am frugal. I said, but I&#x27;m not, I also spend money. I mean, last year I spent 31 days away from home on hotel rooms. And so that&#x27;s at least $3,000. So I do my traveling.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> I even travel to executive class. But I still drive a 95 Camry. And I could go out and buy a brand-new car for cash. I could buy 10 brand-new cars for cash. But part of it is not only that I&#x27;m saving money, but I&#x27;m kind of lazy when I&#x27;m going out to choose a car. So it helps me. I&#x27;ve gotten lazy when it comes to shopping. But one of the things I say in one of my books is that your best purchases will be the ones that you never made. That&#x27;s true. And I think what has happened in North American society is there&#x27;s two problems. First of all, is instant gratification takes too long. And also, a need is any luxury that your neighbor happens to have. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so I&#x27;m a big fan.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I just got the book recently. I&#x27;m a big fan of Larry Winget&#x27;s book, You&#x27;re Broke Because You Want to Be. I don&#x27;t know if you two have read that book or not. Yes. But he&#x27;s kind of a hard-ass guy. He really tells people that, hey, you caused it. No one else caused it. And he doesn&#x27;t want to hear any excuses because they&#x27;re lies. You know, Ernie, I heard him speak before. I&#x27;ve seen him speak in Vegas years ago. But he is right. You bring a lot of what happens in your life upon yourself by your actions. And that&#x27;s one thing that Larry Winget was really adamant about. So you can control your destiny, can&#x27;t you? Yes. Now, I do have sympathy for poor people. I mean, there are certain people in society that can&#x27;t take care of themselves properly. I mean, we get a lot of handicapped people.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And even then, I could probably, and Larry Winget would, give you examples of people who have. And we had a person here right here in my city of Edmonton who was, he was in a hospital. He couldn&#x27;t even breathe. He was totally handicapped. And he had a respirator. And then he learned how to frog breed. His name is Gordon McPherson. And then he turned out to be, he actually took care of himself. And he became an entrepreneur. And he started a lot of companies. And he won Order of Canada. So you&#x27;ve got to be able to, like I say, when it comes to the finances, it&#x27;s really simple. You&#x27;ve either got to spend less than you earn or earn more than you spend.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the only two keys. Or cyclicals. But so many people rely on, they use excuses and stuff. And they want the world to take care of them. And they&#x27;ll say, well, there&#x27;s no more opportunity. Or else you&#x27;ve got to have money to make money. And I said, no, not really. You know, the one quote I really love is by Norman Vincent Peale. He said, empty pockets have never stopped anyone. Only empty hearts and empty minds can do that. And so, I mean, I started in a book business writing my own books. No one would publish them. So I had to borrow the money. I self-published the books. I had no money when I started. But I saved money.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Like I said, once I started making real decent money, I saved it. And I&#x27;m not even a great investor when it comes to stocks or real estate. I tell people, when it comes to those two areas, just look and see what I&#x27;m doing and do the opposite because you&#x27;re going to get rich. Because I haven&#x27;t done well, though. But I&#x27;ve just saved money. And if you just save a big, big portion of your income, then you&#x27;re going to do well. Even if you&#x27;re only getting 3% or 4% on your investments or 3%, as long as you&#x27;re saving a big, big chunk, it adds up. Well, here&#x27;s a quote for you. Will Rogers said, it&#x27;s more about the return of my money than the return on my money. And it sounds like that&#x27;s along the lines of your thinking there. So, Ernie, why do so many people then fall for the game, I guess we&#x27;ll call it, or the marketing of Wall Street?</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Why do so many people throw their money to the wolves? Why do they put it into Wall Street? I still can&#x27;t figure it out. I just posted a couple of the articles, you know, online articles about that. I said, people are still listening to the same people that led you into this economic mess. I said it was extreme low interest rates that caused the problems, and they&#x27;re still using those things. I said, you can&#x27;t get out of that situation until you identify the problem, and then you&#x27;ve got to do what&#x27;s necessary. And it was the illusion that people were living that they could have a $400,000 house, six-bedroom house or four-bedroom house on $12 an hour.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Even Newsweek, right after the collapse, they said the whole nation was complicit in a fraud. But everyone wants to blame everyone else. Like I said, I have no sympathy for the person that went out and bought a house at $12, making $12 an hour and got a 120% mortgage. And some of those things were being offered. I mean, that person was just as responsible as the banks. Too many people are basically trying to place the blame on other places. And it seems like people have a very, very short-term memory because, like you said, we&#x27;ve been in the decade of destruction as far as financial portfolios here. People have a lot less than what they started with, yet they keep putting money right back where the place was that lost it for them. Oh, that was the point I&#x27;m making. I was saying that some of the people are using these returns still that they used before for a period.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> They said, well, there&#x27;s stocks that make you 7% or 8% or 9% or 10%. But someone just posted and said, well, geez, if you go just back 10 years right back 10 years ago and you put your money into an index fund, you&#x27;d be actually have less money 10 years later than 10 years ago. Yep. And, yeah, so people are listening to these same people. And I also tell people I don&#x27;t care if the person is a certified financial planner or has got the designation. To me, that does not mean anything. I want to see a certified assessment of this person&#x27;s own investment over the last 10 years to prove that he has made a lot of money with the same principles.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Otherwise, I will not use an advisor, period. Ernie, you&#x27;ve got casinos here in Canada like we have here in America, correct? No problem. We got them. We always hear about the person who likes to brag, and casinos like the big lights and the loud music when somebody wins. But they forget to tell you that person who just hit the jackpot ended up putting double the jackpot into the machine before they hit the single jackpot. You know, that&#x27;s what happens. Well, it&#x27;s the same thing with house. The house prices and stuff like that, even when they were going up. Like, I think it was Robert Kiyosaki, Rich Dad, Poor Dad said, a house is not an asset. It&#x27;s a liability. And I look at it the same way. As a matter of fact, I rented right up until the peak, but then I was being thrown out of my place because it got sold.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And I was telling people, I know I&#x27;m buying at the peak. I said, but I&#x27;ve got the money to pay for it. I&#x27;ve got, I&#x27;m putting a mortgage on, but I could pay for it in cash. And I said, I&#x27;ve always looked at the house as being a consumer item and not any sort of investment at all. So I bought it, and it&#x27;s probably worth $25,000 less than it was before. But I&#x27;ll have it paid off within about six months. And to me, it&#x27;s just, I don&#x27;t care. It&#x27;s, like I said, a consumer item. And I don&#x27;t think a house should ever be looked at as an investment. And like someone, some financial planner did say, and not very many people say that. They said, if you&#x27;re going into retirement based on the value of your house, you&#x27;re not ready for retirement because you should not be doing that. I couldn&#x27;t agree more. The house is a depreciating asset a lot of times because things break in your house.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> You know, not like a car. And houses did go up in value because of the real estate it was sitting on. But, you know, things break in a house. Houses get old. A lot of work has to be done in a house. And that should not be a place where you treat it as a bank account, and a lot of people do. Especially new buildings. They are just not built like they used to be. Absolutely. Well, we&#x27;ve got our share of new buildings going up here because we&#x27;re a boom town. And, yeah, a lot of people don&#x27;t forget about when they brag about, you know, they were bragging during the boom that your houses were worth more with. But the fact they don&#x27;t forget about the landscaping they did, the new furniture they had to buy, and all the other things that go with it. So, yeah, so I&#x27;ve bought my place. But there again, I&#x27;m very careful. The garage is kind of run down.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> And I could go out and build a new garage, but it&#x27;s going to cost me $20,000, $25,000. And I just say, well, okay, let&#x27;s hold it. I&#x27;ve got $20,000, $25,000 in the bank. I could probably look around and still get 4% in one of the ING. I say, hey, that&#x27;ll give me $1,000 a year in interest. So why don&#x27;t I just do a little bit of work on this garage patching here and there, and I&#x27;ll still have my $25,000 in the bank. And $1,000 a year, I can do a heck of a lot of work on that garage. And I don&#x27;t have to put up a new one. But what will most people do? They will put up a new one. And I have loved this quote that someone said. It said, live in the ugliest house on the block. That way you&#x27;re the one that doesn&#x27;t have to look at it. Oh, I hear you.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> That makes a lot of sense. You know, there&#x27;s no sense of putting a new garage up for a 1995 car, though, is there? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, I&#x27;ll get a new car eventually. You just want to hide it from people. I said I&#x27;m a little lazy. But so also, you know, when it comes to retirement, I think, you know, there&#x27;s the financial people are always overestimating how much people need. I&#x27;m talking about the basic needs. I do agree there&#x27;s that wild card there, the health care costs in the States. And we&#x27;re going to have the government can&#x27;t afford it anymore. But when it comes to basic living, the financial planners said some say you need 70 percent, some say 80 percent, some say even 120 percent. And all along, I have said in my book, How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free, I list, I think, seven reasons why you need less money when you retire.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> And actually, government statistics indicate that retirees actually live at about 50 percent or less of their pre-retirement income. And there was just another study done here in Canada on the same thing. There was a guy, the actuary Malcolm Hamilton, who&#x27;s been saying that for years and years and years. And there&#x27;s actually someone there, one of your financial writers, where&#x27;s he, Scott Burns? He&#x27;s from Dallas or somewhere. Denver, I think. He&#x27;s been saying the same thing for Americans, that you need a lot less money when you retire. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s all on lifestyle changes. Scott Burns a lot of times makes statements way too definite, and they should basically stick to what he knows sometimes.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> Oh, okay. You know, writing about brownies and stuff. Yeah, I don&#x27;t know too much. I saw something about him recently. But anyway, yeah. So I think that it&#x27;s a matter of – see, what the problem is with people? Most buying decisions are irrational. And I really learned that just recently. I&#x27;ve taken an online course from Eben Pagan. He&#x27;s a guy who started on the Internet with a book called Double Your Dating under the pen name David DeAngelos. Double Your Dating? What&#x27;s this? Double Your Dating, you said? Yeah, Double Your Dating. Double Your Dating. Yeah, Double Your Dating for young guys. Okay. An e-book seven years ago. And he&#x27;s done – so far, his marketing paid off in $100 million out of his home office.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And – but he&#x27;s got this great course on marketing. And he goes through this whole thing about why – I knew that all along, but it wasn&#x27;t synthesized as well. It&#x27;s about how most of the buying that people make, it&#x27;s all on emotion. There&#x27;s no rationale behind it. And so, whereas I – I&#x27;m always, when I&#x27;m about to make a purchase, I always analyze. I say, do I need this? What – when am I going to get a return? Is it going to make me happier? Probably not. I&#x27;m probably just being – you know, getting this – it&#x27;s probably an illusion about what return is going to bring me. Short-term happiness, long-term grief when you think about it. Yeah, yeah, exactly. And – but so, most people don&#x27;t realize how irrational they are when they buy something like that.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> Well, Ernie, we&#x27;ve definitely appreciated being with you here and you joining us on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;d like to check back in with you. Are you working on any new books? Yeah, I&#x27;m working on a book called How Not to Retire Broke. Create $250,000 or more for your retirement in seven years or less. And are you doing that in under four or five hours a day? Oh, yeah, sure. That can be done. I mean, if Evan Pagan can do $100 million in seven years. Wow. And one last thing. One of the other things is I have not – see, when I spend money – I just told you I spend money on education. I spent a lot of money just recently on courses, on how to market online and stuff like that, because I don&#x27;t want to be poor in retirement. So rather than spend the money on cars or on clothing, I&#x27;m spending it on educating myself.</p><p><strong>16:49</strong> And that&#x27;s going to pay off big time in the long run. What&#x27;s been your best marketing class you&#x27;ve taken online lately? Well, that&#x27;s the Guru Blueprint by Evan Pagan. Oh, that&#x27;s that same. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Another great guy is Brendan Bouchard out of Montana. And he was bankrupt two years ago, and he&#x27;s done like $8 million. Someone sued him. He had to declare bankruptcy. And he&#x27;s done $8 million since. And he&#x27;s a great marketer, great speaker. If you ever get a chance to see Brendan Bouchard, look up his stuff. He is really great, too. All right. Well, Ernie, where can somebody go to find out more about you or what you&#x27;re doing these days? Oh, just put in Ernie Zielinski into Google, and you&#x27;ll have a whole bunch of my webpages come up.</p><p><strong>17:36</strong> And if you&#x27;re interested in how to retire happy while it&#x27;s free, just go into Amazon. And whether you type in retirement or retire into Amazon search feature, my book, How to Retire Happy While the Freak, comes in number one. Wow. How did you manage that? What? How did you manage that? How did you get that? I know. Also type in retirement book into Google, and out of 39 million pages, they claim, you&#x27;ll see that Amazon&#x27;s page for my book comes in number one. How did you do that? There&#x27;s certain tricks. So it takes you a long time to explain. Obviously, if you type in retirement poems into Google, you&#x27;ll see that I have not only the number one spot, but I have the number two spot in Google. And if you type in retirement quotes, I&#x27;ll have not number one, but I&#x27;ll have two, and I&#x27;ll have three out of ten.</p><p><strong>18:26</strong> And, of course, anyone looking for retirement quotes or retirement poems, that&#x27;s a good market for my book, right? Correct. And so that&#x27;s how I market it. Oh, there&#x27;s techniques that take much too long. But you can call me about it sometime down the road. Well, congratulations, Ernie. That&#x27;s been a very enlightening interview. Well, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it. We appreciate it, Ernie. We&#x27;ll talk to you again soon here on the Financial Safari, okay? Okay. Don&#x27;t work too hard. Take care. All right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with cash flow, retirement, income planning coach, and published financial author, Coach Pete. And very special guest, we have another published financial author on with us today, author of the world&#x27;s best retirement book, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. Also the author of The Joy of Not Working. Ernie Zielinski is an independent best-selling author, innovator, independent publisher, life coach, and an unconventional career expert. And we certainly appreciate him joining us here on the Financial Safari today. Ernie Zielinski, Ernie, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure. It&#x27;s our pleasure.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we would like to talk about your two books, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free, and The Joy of Not Working. Let&#x27;s start with How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. How do you do it? Well, believe it or not, I semi-retired when I was in my 40s, and I had no money. And I actually had $30,000 in student loans, so my net worth was minus $30,000. But I decided I only wanted to work four or five hours a day, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done since then. But I put my time into productive projects. And as I started to make a little bit of money, I made sure I saved the money. And so when I started making really good money, I made sure that I saved at least 50% of my pre-tax income.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And so when people talk about 10%, these financial planners and stuff, I said, that&#x27;s for sissies. And interesting, I just recently, there was someone posting on one of the financial articles online where people make comments. And he said he actually, he was the same as me, but he saved 60% of his pre-retirement income. He didn&#x27;t let that lifestyle creep come in once he started making more money. And so that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. And I&#x27;ve just decided to work at things I like to do and do the odd seminar here and there. And at the same time, I&#x27;ll be okay in retirement. And one of the things I do tell people is don&#x27;t, whether you&#x27;re in Canada, where we have a Canada pension plan,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> or United States, you should not count on any sort of government assistance. You should look at that as a bonus, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. Yeah, well, we don&#x27;t look at Social Security as anything that is definite for any of our clients, for sure. We try to make sure that is just icing on the cake and that they can rely on themselves. But you&#x27;ve done that by working, it sounds like, smarter, not harder, by being an avid saver, and by keeping costs low. Yes. You know, I was interviewed just last week by another American radio station, and a person called me frugal. And I said, well, in ways I am frugal. I said, but I&#x27;m not, I also spend money. I mean, last year I spent 31 days away from home on hotel rooms. And so that&#x27;s at least $3,000. So I do my traveling.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> I even travel to executive class. But I still drive a 95 Camry. And I could go out and buy a brand-new car for cash. I could buy 10 brand-new cars for cash. But part of it is not only that I&#x27;m saving money, but I&#x27;m kind of lazy when I&#x27;m going out to choose a car. So it helps me. I&#x27;ve gotten lazy when it comes to shopping. But one of the things I say in one of my books is that your best purchases will be the ones that you never made. That&#x27;s true. And I think what has happened in North American society is there&#x27;s two problems. First of all, is instant gratification takes too long. And also, a need is any luxury that your neighbor happens to have. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so I&#x27;m a big fan.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I just got the book recently. I&#x27;m a big fan of Larry Winget&#x27;s book, You&#x27;re Broke Because You Want to Be. I don&#x27;t know if you two have read that book or not. Yes. But he&#x27;s kind of a hard-ass guy. He really tells people that, hey, you caused it. No one else caused it. And he doesn&#x27;t want to hear any excuses because they&#x27;re lies. You know, Ernie, I heard him speak before. I&#x27;ve seen him speak in Vegas years ago. But he is right. You bring a lot of what happens in your life upon yourself by your actions. And that&#x27;s one thing that Larry Winget was really adamant about. So you can control your destiny, can&#x27;t you? Yes. Now, I do have sympathy for poor people. I mean, there are certain people in society that can&#x27;t take care of themselves properly. I mean, we get a lot of handicapped people.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And even then, I could probably, and Larry Winget would, give you examples of people who have. And we had a person here right here in my city of Edmonton who was, he was in a hospital. He couldn&#x27;t even breathe. He was totally handicapped. And he had a respirator. And then he learned how to frog breed. His name is Gordon McPherson. And then he turned out to be, he actually took care of himself. And he became an entrepreneur. And he started a lot of companies. And he won Order of Canada. So you&#x27;ve got to be able to, like I say, when it comes to the finances, it&#x27;s really simple. You&#x27;ve either got to spend less than you earn or earn more than you spend.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the only two keys. Or cyclicals. But so many people rely on, they use excuses and stuff. And they want the world to take care of them. And they&#x27;ll say, well, there&#x27;s no more opportunity. Or else you&#x27;ve got to have money to make money. And I said, no, not really. You know, the one quote I really love is by Norman Vincent Peale. He said, empty pockets have never stopped anyone. Only empty hearts and empty minds can do that. And so, I mean, I started in a book business writing my own books. No one would publish them. So I had to borrow the money. I self-published the books. I had no money when I started. But I saved money.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Like I said, once I started making real decent money, I saved it. And I&#x27;m not even a great investor when it comes to stocks or real estate. I tell people, when it comes to those two areas, just look and see what I&#x27;m doing and do the opposite because you&#x27;re going to get rich. Because I haven&#x27;t done well, though. But I&#x27;ve just saved money. And if you just save a big, big portion of your income, then you&#x27;re going to do well. Even if you&#x27;re only getting 3% or 4% on your investments or 3%, as long as you&#x27;re saving a big, big chunk, it adds up. Well, here&#x27;s a quote for you. Will Rogers said, it&#x27;s more about the return of my money than the return on my money. And it sounds like that&#x27;s along the lines of your thinking there. So, Ernie, why do so many people then fall for the game, I guess we&#x27;ll call it, or the marketing of Wall Street?</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Why do so many people throw their money to the wolves? Why do they put it into Wall Street? I still can&#x27;t figure it out. I just posted a couple of the articles, you know, online articles about that. I said, people are still listening to the same people that led you into this economic mess. I said it was extreme low interest rates that caused the problems, and they&#x27;re still using those things. I said, you can&#x27;t get out of that situation until you identify the problem, and then you&#x27;ve got to do what&#x27;s necessary. And it was the illusion that people were living that they could have a $400,000 house, six-bedroom house or four-bedroom house on $12 an hour.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Even Newsweek, right after the collapse, they said the whole nation was complicit in a fraud. But everyone wants to blame everyone else. Like I said, I have no sympathy for the person that went out and bought a house at $12, making $12 an hour and got a 120% mortgage. And some of those things were being offered. I mean, that person was just as responsible as the banks. Too many people are basically trying to place the blame on other places. And it seems like people have a very, very short-term memory because, like you said, we&#x27;ve been in the decade of destruction as far as financial portfolios here. People have a lot less than what they started with, yet they keep putting money right back where the place was that lost it for them. Oh, that was the point I&#x27;m making. I was saying that some of the people are using these returns still that they used before for a period.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> They said, well, there&#x27;s stocks that make you 7% or 8% or 9% or 10%. But someone just posted and said, well, geez, if you go just back 10 years right back 10 years ago and you put your money into an index fund, you&#x27;d be actually have less money 10 years later than 10 years ago. Yep. And, yeah, so people are listening to these same people. And I also tell people I don&#x27;t care if the person is a certified financial planner or has got the designation. To me, that does not mean anything. I want to see a certified assessment of this person&#x27;s own investment over the last 10 years to prove that he has made a lot of money with the same principles.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Otherwise, I will not use an advisor, period. Ernie, you&#x27;ve got casinos here in Canada like we have here in America, correct? No problem. We got them. We always hear about the person who likes to brag, and casinos like the big lights and the loud music when somebody wins. But they forget to tell you that person who just hit the jackpot ended up putting double the jackpot into the machine before they hit the single jackpot. You know, that&#x27;s what happens. Well, it&#x27;s the same thing with house. The house prices and stuff like that, even when they were going up. Like, I think it was Robert Kiyosaki, Rich Dad, Poor Dad said, a house is not an asset. It&#x27;s a liability. And I look at it the same way. As a matter of fact, I rented right up until the peak, but then I was being thrown out of my place because it got sold.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And I was telling people, I know I&#x27;m buying at the peak. I said, but I&#x27;ve got the money to pay for it. I&#x27;ve got, I&#x27;m putting a mortgage on, but I could pay for it in cash. And I said, I&#x27;ve always looked at the house as being a consumer item and not any sort of investment at all. So I bought it, and it&#x27;s probably worth $25,000 less than it was before. But I&#x27;ll have it paid off within about six months. And to me, it&#x27;s just, I don&#x27;t care. It&#x27;s, like I said, a consumer item. And I don&#x27;t think a house should ever be looked at as an investment. And like someone, some financial planner did say, and not very many people say that. They said, if you&#x27;re going into retirement based on the value of your house, you&#x27;re not ready for retirement because you should not be doing that. I couldn&#x27;t agree more. The house is a depreciating asset a lot of times because things break in your house.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> You know, not like a car. And houses did go up in value because of the real estate it was sitting on. But, you know, things break in a house. Houses get old. A lot of work has to be done in a house. And that should not be a place where you treat it as a bank account, and a lot of people do. Especially new buildings. They are just not built like they used to be. Absolutely. Well, we&#x27;ve got our share of new buildings going up here because we&#x27;re a boom town. And, yeah, a lot of people don&#x27;t forget about when they brag about, you know, they were bragging during the boom that your houses were worth more with. But the fact they don&#x27;t forget about the landscaping they did, the new furniture they had to buy, and all the other things that go with it. So, yeah, so I&#x27;ve bought my place. But there again, I&#x27;m very careful. The garage is kind of run down.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> And I could go out and build a new garage, but it&#x27;s going to cost me $20,000, $25,000. And I just say, well, okay, let&#x27;s hold it. I&#x27;ve got $20,000, $25,000 in the bank. I could probably look around and still get 4% in one of the ING. I say, hey, that&#x27;ll give me $1,000 a year in interest. So why don&#x27;t I just do a little bit of work on this garage patching here and there, and I&#x27;ll still have my $25,000 in the bank. And $1,000 a year, I can do a heck of a lot of work on that garage. And I don&#x27;t have to put up a new one. But what will most people do? They will put up a new one. And I have loved this quote that someone said. It said, live in the ugliest house on the block. That way you&#x27;re the one that doesn&#x27;t have to look at it. Oh, I hear you.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> That makes a lot of sense. You know, there&#x27;s no sense of putting a new garage up for a 1995 car, though, is there? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, I&#x27;ll get a new car eventually. You just want to hide it from people. I said I&#x27;m a little lazy. But so also, you know, when it comes to retirement, I think, you know, there&#x27;s the financial people are always overestimating how much people need. I&#x27;m talking about the basic needs. I do agree there&#x27;s that wild card there, the health care costs in the States. And we&#x27;re going to have the government can&#x27;t afford it anymore. But when it comes to basic living, the financial planners said some say you need 70 percent, some say 80 percent, some say even 120 percent. And all along, I have said in my book, How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free, I list, I think, seven reasons why you need less money when you retire.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> And actually, government statistics indicate that retirees actually live at about 50 percent or less of their pre-retirement income. And there was just another study done here in Canada on the same thing. There was a guy, the actuary Malcolm Hamilton, who&#x27;s been saying that for years and years and years. And there&#x27;s actually someone there, one of your financial writers, where&#x27;s he, Scott Burns? He&#x27;s from Dallas or somewhere. Denver, I think. He&#x27;s been saying the same thing for Americans, that you need a lot less money when you retire. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s all on lifestyle changes. Scott Burns a lot of times makes statements way too definite, and they should basically stick to what he knows sometimes.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> Oh, okay. You know, writing about brownies and stuff. Yeah, I don&#x27;t know too much. I saw something about him recently. But anyway, yeah. So I think that it&#x27;s a matter of – see, what the problem is with people? Most buying decisions are irrational. And I really learned that just recently. I&#x27;ve taken an online course from Eben Pagan. He&#x27;s a guy who started on the Internet with a book called Double Your Dating under the pen name David DeAngelos. Double Your Dating? What&#x27;s this? Double Your Dating, you said? Yeah, Double Your Dating. Double Your Dating. Yeah, Double Your Dating for young guys. Okay. An e-book seven years ago. And he&#x27;s done – so far, his marketing paid off in $100 million out of his home office.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And – but he&#x27;s got this great course on marketing. And he goes through this whole thing about why – I knew that all along, but it wasn&#x27;t synthesized as well. It&#x27;s about how most of the buying that people make, it&#x27;s all on emotion. There&#x27;s no rationale behind it. And so, whereas I – I&#x27;m always, when I&#x27;m about to make a purchase, I always analyze. I say, do I need this? What – when am I going to get a return? Is it going to make me happier? Probably not. I&#x27;m probably just being – you know, getting this – it&#x27;s probably an illusion about what return is going to bring me. Short-term happiness, long-term grief when you think about it. Yeah, yeah, exactly. And – but so, most people don&#x27;t realize how irrational they are when they buy something like that.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> Well, Ernie, we&#x27;ve definitely appreciated being with you here and you joining us on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;d like to check back in with you. Are you working on any new books? Yeah, I&#x27;m working on a book called How Not to Retire Broke. Create $250,000 or more for your retirement in seven years or less. And are you doing that in under four or five hours a day? Oh, yeah, sure. That can be done. I mean, if Evan Pagan can do $100 million in seven years. Wow. And one last thing. One of the other things is I have not – see, when I spend money – I just told you I spend money on education. I spent a lot of money just recently on courses, on how to market online and stuff like that, because I don&#x27;t want to be poor in retirement. So rather than spend the money on cars or on clothing, I&#x27;m spending it on educating myself.</p><p><strong>16:49</strong> And that&#x27;s going to pay off big time in the long run. What&#x27;s been your best marketing class you&#x27;ve taken online lately? Well, that&#x27;s the Guru Blueprint by Evan Pagan. Oh, that&#x27;s that same. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Another great guy is Brendan Bouchard out of Montana. And he was bankrupt two years ago, and he&#x27;s done like $8 million. Someone sued him. He had to declare bankruptcy. And he&#x27;s done $8 million since. And he&#x27;s a great marketer, great speaker. If you ever get a chance to see Brendan Bouchard, look up his stuff. He is really great, too. All right. Well, Ernie, where can somebody go to find out more about you or what you&#x27;re doing these days? Oh, just put in Ernie Zielinski into Google, and you&#x27;ll have a whole bunch of my webpages come up.</p><p><strong>17:36</strong> And if you&#x27;re interested in how to retire happy while it&#x27;s free, just go into Amazon. And whether you type in retirement or retire into Amazon search feature, my book, How to Retire Happy While the Freak, comes in number one. Wow. How did you manage that? What? How did you manage that? How did you get that? I know. Also type in retirement book into Google, and out of 39 million pages, they claim, you&#x27;ll see that Amazon&#x27;s page for my book comes in number one. How did you do that? There&#x27;s certain tricks. So it takes you a long time to explain. Obviously, if you type in retirement poems into Google, you&#x27;ll see that I have not only the number one spot, but I have the number two spot in Google. And if you type in retirement quotes, I&#x27;ll have not number one, but I&#x27;ll have two, and I&#x27;ll have three out of ten.</p><p><strong>18:26</strong> And, of course, anyone looking for retirement quotes or retirement poems, that&#x27;s a good market for my book, right? Correct. And so that&#x27;s how I market it. Oh, there&#x27;s techniques that take much too long. But you can call me about it sometime down the road. Well, congratulations, Ernie. That&#x27;s been a very enlightening interview. Well, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it. We appreciate it, Ernie. We&#x27;ll talk to you again soon here on the Financial Safari, okay? Okay. Don&#x27;t work too hard. Take care. All right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ernie Zelinski</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ernie Zelinski, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/image.jpg?t=1792072740&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ernie-zelinski-retiring-happy-wild-and-free/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/image.jpg?t=1792072740&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1132</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="18149158" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ernie-zelinski-retiring-happy-wild-and-free</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>201</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:24" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Richard Peterson: Inside the Investor’s Brain</title>
      <itunes:title>Richard Peterson: Inside the Investor’s Brain</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. And what goes into a lot of decision-making is your thought process and psychology. And we have an expert on the program today who&#x27;s going to talk about the psychology of investing and how we come to our investing decision-making. Richard L. Peterson is the author of Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain, The Power of Mind Over Money. And it&#x27;s a great book that explains how emotions and personality affect investing, how cognitive factors shape investing, and how to compensate for these influences. It&#x27;s definitely an insider&#x27;s look into the brain and the thought process behind what drives</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> us in our investing decision-making. Richard, thank you very much for being here with us on the Financial Safari radio program. Thanks, guys. Good to be here. Absolutely. It&#x27;s good to have you. Tell us a little bit of how do people reach their investment decisions? Well, the investment decision-making process, most people think is pretty rational. But a lot of recent research is showing that actually it&#x27;s a fundamentally emotional process, that it&#x27;s largely unconscious. That what we like in our investments, whether it&#x27;s Apple, computer, or Google, often depends more on what we think about the company and the unconscious emotions that we attach to it. So one of the big myths in most investing decision-making literature is that people rationally consider the various options. But in fact, most people buy investments</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> based on how they feel, which is a largely unconscious process. And that gets them into trouble a lot of times, doesn&#x27;t it? You know, it does a lot of times. And a lot of times, it actually turns out to their advantage. In most areas in life, that kind of decision-making actually leads to better outcomes. It just so happens that in the financial market, things are pretty counterintuitive. There&#x27;s more of a contrarian bias. So the things that work in other areas of life and in our business decision-making does not work in our investment decision-making. And that&#x27;s where a lot of people get trapped. You know, Richard, when someone&#x27;s lucky enough to get in a stock at a real good price and it goes up in value, let&#x27;s say it doubles in value, that&#x27;s the time in many people&#x27;s financial situations where they should at least sell some of the stock and lock their gain in. Yet what</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> human psychology does sometimes is it causes them to pour more money in at a high. And you&#x27;ve seen that happen, too, in the market cycles, especially in the past 10 years. You know, it&#x27;s a funny thing. It actually depends on what people do. Whether they&#x27;re an amateur or a professional, most amateurs will do what you&#x27;re referring to, which is called the hot money fallacy, where they throw more money into something if it&#x27;s on a roll and they take more risk with it. But a lot of professionals, what they do is called cutting their winners short. So you&#x27;ve got an actual difference there between the amateurs and the professionals. And there&#x27;s a number of areas like that in investment decision-making where both groups make mistakes and they actually make the opposite mistake. And it&#x27;s really hard finding that balance, finding a happy medium. I agree. You know, we see too many people, though, unfortunately, who are just, they watch</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> the TV program or something that&#x27;s on investing and then they run out and buy a stock just because one of the experts on there was telling you to buy. And you know how that works. A lot of times that&#x27;s somebody pumping a stock so they can get out themselves. But you know, what I really liked about your system and your book and all that is that you actually use your own philosophy in your investing. And you&#x27;re more of a show-me, don&#x27;t-tell-me kind of person. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve actually developed linguistic analysis software that goes out and it pulls in all of the online financial texts on the internet, whether it&#x27;s executive interview transcripts or conference calls, social media, like in web chat rooms. We gather all of that information. We&#x27;ve analyzed it all for these emotional factors that we&#x27;ve found are the most predictive of investment decision-making. And sure enough, when you find</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> it when there are spikes of fear or excitement about different stocks, they do have some predictive value over the future of that stock&#x27;s price. So we&#x27;ve developed portfolios that we model and run based on that observation. Richard, when the average investor is making important financial decisions for themselves, what kind of behaviors, what kind of influences do they need to keep in mind so that they know that they&#x27;re making rational decisions rather than emotional-based decisions? Well, I think the key is essentially looking back on the decisions you&#x27;ve made that went well and the ones you&#x27;ve made that went wrong. We find in our studies that experience is the number one predictor of ongoing success in the markets. And it&#x27;s not because experience teaches you to deal with different market environments. What it teaches you is how to deal with yourself,</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> where you&#x27;re likely to become too excited or where you&#x27;re likely to become too pessimistic. We&#x27;re all a bit different in how we approach markets and investing. So it&#x27;s fundamentally about how are we aware of the tricks and the traps that we fall into personally. And that&#x27;s the hardest thing. And in fact, that&#x27;s part of the reason I wrote the book Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain. And we&#x27;ve actually got another book that just came out this week, actually, called Market Psych. And that book is about how you can understand your own investor identity. It&#x27;s essentially where are you in terms of your assumptions about the market, your values around finances, and how do all these things affect you and your investing? So is it all unique to each individual? Are there any larger trends that you see? Well, yeah, it&#x27;s a combination. During a calm market, you know, when there&#x27;s not a lot of volatility and there aren&#x27;t a lot of opinions either way, it&#x27;s mostly the individual that</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> determines how you invest. But as soon as there&#x27;s a period of volatility, like the crisis we just went through, then you see panic. And panic is contagious and it affects everybody. So it depends on the type of environment you&#x27;re in. You know, times like the tech bubble, that can be contagion as well. So you get people running into the housing market or the technology bubble also in a contagion effect. So when you&#x27;re not in a period of a bubble or a panic, then people go off on their own and determined by their own biases. But when we&#x27;re in those times, people tend to herd and act collectively. Well, Richard, what can someone do to isolate themselves from some of these tricks of the trade that we hear about out there and keep their mind from playing tricks on themselves, actually? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a number of exercises you can do. The one that I like the most is you can take a personality test. We have some free personality tests on our website that you can</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> take. And what they do is they show you based on your internal personality traits. Essentially, are you more extroverted than other people or are you more open to new things or more traditional than other people? It shows you where you are relative to others. And actually, we&#x27;ve been able to correlate over time how these different personality traits predict people&#x27;s susceptibility to different investment mistakes because we all make different mistakes most of the time. And these are somewhat dependent on who we are as a person. So we like to use that personality tool. We also have a number of other tools in our book, Market Psych, which talk about how you, which really allow you to assess yourself and where you stand in terms of your investing assumptions and your emotional hot buttons. What are your emotional triggers? You know, things that cause you to deviate from your plans. It helps you define your investment philosophy.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> A lot of people don&#x27;t even understand why they&#x27;re investing. What are their long-term emotional goals? You know, a lot of people think they&#x27;re investing to make money right now, but actually, they&#x27;re actually investing to fulfill some emotional need or to achieve a goal like security or financial independence. And if you really understand what you&#x27;re going after emotionally, then you are able to take a longer-term view rather than just chasing after the next Microsoft or Google. So, as you mentioned, especially in times of volatility, we can have a follow-the-herd mentality, Richard. Is it better to be a contrarian investor during those times? Well, it is as long as, you know, there&#x27;s two things. There&#x27;s one, you know, don&#x27;t catch the falling knife. You don&#x27;t want to be a contrarian in the midst of a panic that hasn&#x27;t abated. So, you&#x27;ve got to be a little bit careful there. There&#x27;s a number of trading strategies that people</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> use to avoid that, like putting and trailing buy stops above the market, for example. But, in general, what we do is we look at, for example, fear. So, you&#x27;ll find that as a market is panicking and the fear is rising, it&#x27;s better not to be involved. It&#x27;s really only when the fear starts to decline that it tends to be a good time to start looking for buys in the market. Fear, you know, a lot of people think you should buy when, for example, the VIX is high, the VIX is over 30, time to buy. Well, historically, that&#x27;s true, but you&#x27;re probably in for a lot more pain before it reverses. So, what we find is it&#x27;s actually not just the height of it, but it&#x27;s actually the decline as well. That tells you when it&#x27;s all clear. A lot of brokers and advisors use a risk tolerance or a risk tolerance questionnaire to gauge how much risk should be in an individual&#x27;s portfolio.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> How do we really define our risk tolerance or is that even a useful tool when it comes to our money? Because if our money takes a loss, sometimes it&#x27;s the capacity to be able to gain back as far as the market goes rather than our own personal psychology. You know, risk tolerance questionnaires actually only explain about 20% of the variance in risk tolerance, meaning most of what determines people&#x27;s risk tolerance is other factors. And it turns out those factors are things like what you&#x27;re going through in your personal life. Are you going through a divorce? Someone in your family had an illness. Are you moving? A number of these other personal events affect your risk tolerance. And beyond that, there&#x27;s other things like job security. There&#x27;s dynamic factors like how has your portfolio been performing? That&#x27;s actually the biggest determinant of your risk tolerance. What most financial advisors</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> will tell you is clients come into the office after a big decline and they say, you know what, I told you I was an aggressive investor, but I changed my mind. I just lost a lot of money and I don&#x27;t really feel like taking any more risk. And I want to sue you now because I shouldn&#x27;t have done it to begin with. Right? Right. Yeah. Yeah. And yet at the time when they&#x27;re sitting calmly in your office, you know, they really believe that they can probably have a 20% downturn in pursuit of their goals. Because they typically haven&#x27;t experienced it in the recent past. When it comes to investing, we seem to have very, very short-term memories, Richard. Why is that? Well, you know, fundamentally, and I think our outside lives, it&#x27;s pretty helpful, especially for men in relationships. But I think that in reality, we do remember what&#x27;s happening. And</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> there actually literally are studies showing that women do remember financial traumas better than men. And maybe one contributor to why they don&#x27;t get in as much financial trouble as men. They don&#x27;t take the same risks over and over. And this is true. And why it is that, you know, and I think it is more common among men, that men get into taking risk-taking situations again and again and again. You know, it&#x27;s probably somewhat biological, you know, and I could go into, you know, some theories there. But the truth is, there probably are some biological mechanisms that get us into taking the same silly financial risks over and over again, and not being aware of what we&#x27;re doing. And it&#x27;s really with experience and time and aging that we learn to moderate ourselves a bit better. Well, the great equalizer there, I know women don&#x27;t take as much risk in the market, per se,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> but I know that my wife spends a lot more on credit cards than I do. So there&#x27;s the great equalizer for you, Richard. That&#x27;s right. They have the shopping therapy, and we have our own investment therapy. My wife likes to go out and save money every single weekend on the sale, so she thinks she&#x27;s saving money. But yet, if we have less than we started with, we didn&#x27;t save anything. Those banking plans where you put your change into a savings account after you spend money, that&#x27;s not very constructive. The change comes out of your account, too, so it&#x27;s not like they give you anything. Actually, it&#x27;s for savings. You have to save money to save money. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Richard, it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on the program. We&#x27;ve certainly appreciated your insight here onto the psychology of investing and for sharing that with our listeners here on the Financial Safari. Thank you very much. Good to be here. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Richard. We&#x27;ll be in touch again soon. Again, that is Richard L. Peterson, author of Inside the</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> Investor&#x27;s Brain, the Power of Mind Over Money. I highly suggest you go out and get that book because it could probably give you some insight on how to make more rational financial decisions for yourself.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. And what goes into a lot of decision-making is your thought process and psychology. And we have an expert on the program today who&#x27;s going to talk about the psychology of investing and how we come to our investing decision-making. Richard L. Peterson is the author of Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain, The Power of Mind Over Money. And it&#x27;s a great book that explains how emotions and personality affect investing, how cognitive factors shape investing, and how to compensate for these influences. It&#x27;s definitely an insider&#x27;s look into the brain and the thought process behind what drives</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> us in our investing decision-making. Richard, thank you very much for being here with us on the Financial Safari radio program. Thanks, guys. Good to be here. Absolutely. It&#x27;s good to have you. Tell us a little bit of how do people reach their investment decisions? Well, the investment decision-making process, most people think is pretty rational. But a lot of recent research is showing that actually it&#x27;s a fundamentally emotional process, that it&#x27;s largely unconscious. That what we like in our investments, whether it&#x27;s Apple, computer, or Google, often depends more on what we think about the company and the unconscious emotions that we attach to it. So one of the big myths in most investing decision-making literature is that people rationally consider the various options. But in fact, most people buy investments</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> based on how they feel, which is a largely unconscious process. And that gets them into trouble a lot of times, doesn&#x27;t it? You know, it does a lot of times. And a lot of times, it actually turns out to their advantage. In most areas in life, that kind of decision-making actually leads to better outcomes. It just so happens that in the financial market, things are pretty counterintuitive. There&#x27;s more of a contrarian bias. So the things that work in other areas of life and in our business decision-making does not work in our investment decision-making. And that&#x27;s where a lot of people get trapped. You know, Richard, when someone&#x27;s lucky enough to get in a stock at a real good price and it goes up in value, let&#x27;s say it doubles in value, that&#x27;s the time in many people&#x27;s financial situations where they should at least sell some of the stock and lock their gain in. Yet what</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> human psychology does sometimes is it causes them to pour more money in at a high. And you&#x27;ve seen that happen, too, in the market cycles, especially in the past 10 years. You know, it&#x27;s a funny thing. It actually depends on what people do. Whether they&#x27;re an amateur or a professional, most amateurs will do what you&#x27;re referring to, which is called the hot money fallacy, where they throw more money into something if it&#x27;s on a roll and they take more risk with it. But a lot of professionals, what they do is called cutting their winners short. So you&#x27;ve got an actual difference there between the amateurs and the professionals. And there&#x27;s a number of areas like that in investment decision-making where both groups make mistakes and they actually make the opposite mistake. And it&#x27;s really hard finding that balance, finding a happy medium. I agree. You know, we see too many people, though, unfortunately, who are just, they watch</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> the TV program or something that&#x27;s on investing and then they run out and buy a stock just because one of the experts on there was telling you to buy. And you know how that works. A lot of times that&#x27;s somebody pumping a stock so they can get out themselves. But you know, what I really liked about your system and your book and all that is that you actually use your own philosophy in your investing. And you&#x27;re more of a show-me, don&#x27;t-tell-me kind of person. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve actually developed linguistic analysis software that goes out and it pulls in all of the online financial texts on the internet, whether it&#x27;s executive interview transcripts or conference calls, social media, like in web chat rooms. We gather all of that information. We&#x27;ve analyzed it all for these emotional factors that we&#x27;ve found are the most predictive of investment decision-making. And sure enough, when you find</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> it when there are spikes of fear or excitement about different stocks, they do have some predictive value over the future of that stock&#x27;s price. So we&#x27;ve developed portfolios that we model and run based on that observation. Richard, when the average investor is making important financial decisions for themselves, what kind of behaviors, what kind of influences do they need to keep in mind so that they know that they&#x27;re making rational decisions rather than emotional-based decisions? Well, I think the key is essentially looking back on the decisions you&#x27;ve made that went well and the ones you&#x27;ve made that went wrong. We find in our studies that experience is the number one predictor of ongoing success in the markets. And it&#x27;s not because experience teaches you to deal with different market environments. What it teaches you is how to deal with yourself,</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> where you&#x27;re likely to become too excited or where you&#x27;re likely to become too pessimistic. We&#x27;re all a bit different in how we approach markets and investing. So it&#x27;s fundamentally about how are we aware of the tricks and the traps that we fall into personally. And that&#x27;s the hardest thing. And in fact, that&#x27;s part of the reason I wrote the book Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain. And we&#x27;ve actually got another book that just came out this week, actually, called Market Psych. And that book is about how you can understand your own investor identity. It&#x27;s essentially where are you in terms of your assumptions about the market, your values around finances, and how do all these things affect you and your investing? So is it all unique to each individual? Are there any larger trends that you see? Well, yeah, it&#x27;s a combination. During a calm market, you know, when there&#x27;s not a lot of volatility and there aren&#x27;t a lot of opinions either way, it&#x27;s mostly the individual that</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> determines how you invest. But as soon as there&#x27;s a period of volatility, like the crisis we just went through, then you see panic. And panic is contagious and it affects everybody. So it depends on the type of environment you&#x27;re in. You know, times like the tech bubble, that can be contagion as well. So you get people running into the housing market or the technology bubble also in a contagion effect. So when you&#x27;re not in a period of a bubble or a panic, then people go off on their own and determined by their own biases. But when we&#x27;re in those times, people tend to herd and act collectively. Well, Richard, what can someone do to isolate themselves from some of these tricks of the trade that we hear about out there and keep their mind from playing tricks on themselves, actually? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a number of exercises you can do. The one that I like the most is you can take a personality test. We have some free personality tests on our website that you can</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> take. And what they do is they show you based on your internal personality traits. Essentially, are you more extroverted than other people or are you more open to new things or more traditional than other people? It shows you where you are relative to others. And actually, we&#x27;ve been able to correlate over time how these different personality traits predict people&#x27;s susceptibility to different investment mistakes because we all make different mistakes most of the time. And these are somewhat dependent on who we are as a person. So we like to use that personality tool. We also have a number of other tools in our book, Market Psych, which talk about how you, which really allow you to assess yourself and where you stand in terms of your investing assumptions and your emotional hot buttons. What are your emotional triggers? You know, things that cause you to deviate from your plans. It helps you define your investment philosophy.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> A lot of people don&#x27;t even understand why they&#x27;re investing. What are their long-term emotional goals? You know, a lot of people think they&#x27;re investing to make money right now, but actually, they&#x27;re actually investing to fulfill some emotional need or to achieve a goal like security or financial independence. And if you really understand what you&#x27;re going after emotionally, then you are able to take a longer-term view rather than just chasing after the next Microsoft or Google. So, as you mentioned, especially in times of volatility, we can have a follow-the-herd mentality, Richard. Is it better to be a contrarian investor during those times? Well, it is as long as, you know, there&#x27;s two things. There&#x27;s one, you know, don&#x27;t catch the falling knife. You don&#x27;t want to be a contrarian in the midst of a panic that hasn&#x27;t abated. So, you&#x27;ve got to be a little bit careful there. There&#x27;s a number of trading strategies that people</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> use to avoid that, like putting and trailing buy stops above the market, for example. But, in general, what we do is we look at, for example, fear. So, you&#x27;ll find that as a market is panicking and the fear is rising, it&#x27;s better not to be involved. It&#x27;s really only when the fear starts to decline that it tends to be a good time to start looking for buys in the market. Fear, you know, a lot of people think you should buy when, for example, the VIX is high, the VIX is over 30, time to buy. Well, historically, that&#x27;s true, but you&#x27;re probably in for a lot more pain before it reverses. So, what we find is it&#x27;s actually not just the height of it, but it&#x27;s actually the decline as well. That tells you when it&#x27;s all clear. A lot of brokers and advisors use a risk tolerance or a risk tolerance questionnaire to gauge how much risk should be in an individual&#x27;s portfolio.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> How do we really define our risk tolerance or is that even a useful tool when it comes to our money? Because if our money takes a loss, sometimes it&#x27;s the capacity to be able to gain back as far as the market goes rather than our own personal psychology. You know, risk tolerance questionnaires actually only explain about 20% of the variance in risk tolerance, meaning most of what determines people&#x27;s risk tolerance is other factors. And it turns out those factors are things like what you&#x27;re going through in your personal life. Are you going through a divorce? Someone in your family had an illness. Are you moving? A number of these other personal events affect your risk tolerance. And beyond that, there&#x27;s other things like job security. There&#x27;s dynamic factors like how has your portfolio been performing? That&#x27;s actually the biggest determinant of your risk tolerance. What most financial advisors</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> will tell you is clients come into the office after a big decline and they say, you know what, I told you I was an aggressive investor, but I changed my mind. I just lost a lot of money and I don&#x27;t really feel like taking any more risk. And I want to sue you now because I shouldn&#x27;t have done it to begin with. Right? Right. Yeah. Yeah. And yet at the time when they&#x27;re sitting calmly in your office, you know, they really believe that they can probably have a 20% downturn in pursuit of their goals. Because they typically haven&#x27;t experienced it in the recent past. When it comes to investing, we seem to have very, very short-term memories, Richard. Why is that? Well, you know, fundamentally, and I think our outside lives, it&#x27;s pretty helpful, especially for men in relationships. But I think that in reality, we do remember what&#x27;s happening. And</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> there actually literally are studies showing that women do remember financial traumas better than men. And maybe one contributor to why they don&#x27;t get in as much financial trouble as men. They don&#x27;t take the same risks over and over. And this is true. And why it is that, you know, and I think it is more common among men, that men get into taking risk-taking situations again and again and again. You know, it&#x27;s probably somewhat biological, you know, and I could go into, you know, some theories there. But the truth is, there probably are some biological mechanisms that get us into taking the same silly financial risks over and over again, and not being aware of what we&#x27;re doing. And it&#x27;s really with experience and time and aging that we learn to moderate ourselves a bit better. Well, the great equalizer there, I know women don&#x27;t take as much risk in the market, per se,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> but I know that my wife spends a lot more on credit cards than I do. So there&#x27;s the great equalizer for you, Richard. That&#x27;s right. They have the shopping therapy, and we have our own investment therapy. My wife likes to go out and save money every single weekend on the sale, so she thinks she&#x27;s saving money. But yet, if we have less than we started with, we didn&#x27;t save anything. Those banking plans where you put your change into a savings account after you spend money, that&#x27;s not very constructive. The change comes out of your account, too, so it&#x27;s not like they give you anything. Actually, it&#x27;s for savings. You have to save money to save money. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Richard, it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on the program. We&#x27;ve certainly appreciated your insight here onto the psychology of investing and for sharing that with our listeners here on the Financial Safari. Thank you very much. Good to be here. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Richard. We&#x27;ll be in touch again soon. Again, that is Richard L. Peterson, author of Inside the</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> Investor&#x27;s Brain, the Power of Mind Over Money. I highly suggest you go out and get that book because it could probably give you some insight on how to make more rational financial decisions for yourself.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Richard Peterson</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Richard Peterson, investing, behavioral finance, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/image.jpg?t=1792073274&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-peterson-inside-the-investor-s-brain/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/image.jpg?t=1792073274&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11589393" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-peterson-inside-the-investor-s-brain</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>202</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Inside the Investor’s Brain" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peter Goldmann: Recognizing Financial Fraud</title>
      <itunes:title>Peter Goldmann: Recognizing Financial Fraud</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And to round it out, we&#x27;ve got three Peters on the program today. We have Peter Goldman, who is the president of Fraud Aware and the author of many anti-fraud books, including Anti-Fraud, Risk and Control, Detecting and Preventing Fraud in Accounts Payable, and Fraud in the Markets, Why It Happened and How to Fight It. Good morning, Peter, and welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning, you all, and thanks for having me on. Absolutely. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you. Now, fraud is out there, and we are looking to help folks prevent it. So what do we need to be aware of? What do we need to be looking out for? Where is it most common? Well, there are two different types of fraud that are finding their way to the headlines these days.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One type is what we call corporate fraud, where you&#x27;re reading about, you know, corporate CEOs being caught with their hands in a cookie jar, so to speak, or cooking the books and ending up doing the perp walk and, in many cases, ending up behind bars. That&#x27;s one type. It&#x27;s very prominent. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s growing. And the other we like to call consumer fraud, which is a broad category incorporating investment schemes, Ponzi schemes like the one that Bernard Madoff perpetrated, which, you know, ended up stealing $60 billion from basically individual investors as well as some of their institutional advisors. And then there&#x27;s mortgage fraud, and there&#x27;s identity theft, and, you know, I could go on and on. But all these frauds are what I would call rampant. They&#x27;re all over the place.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Some of the perpetrators are extremely shrewd and extremely practiced and know what they&#x27;re doing, and sometimes it&#x27;s hard to tell the good guys from the bad guys. So hopefully we can shed some light for the folks here on the red flags of how to stay out of trouble. Yeah, Peter, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re glad to have you on the show. So let me tell you, people like our show nationally because we combine the news of the day with the financial world and help people, more importantly, draw correlations between the two because there are big parallels there between the two. Now, let me ask you, over the last year, what are some of the three biggest frauds you see perpetrated on the American investor, and are there ways that people could have sniffed it out ahead of time, and more importantly, what can they do in the future to make sure that doesn&#x27;t happen to them? Good question, Pete. One of the three I would definitely say is mortgage fraud, and that happens in a number of ways.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It happens in the process when people are buying homes, and this actually was probably more prominent before the meltdown in the housing market, but it&#x27;s still, according to the FBI, extremely prominent and is going on all the time. And what happens there is that dishonest mortgage brokers and lenders will try to convince borrowers who are trying to buy a home to take on a mortgage that they really can&#x27;t afford. These are mortgages that come with kind of what we call teaser, introductory payment rates that are very, very low, but after a few months, they&#x27;ll readjust and end up being so high that the person can&#x27;t afford to make those payments, so they end up losing their home to the bank. That&#x27;s one type of fraud, and the best way to avoid being scammed by these types of perpetrators is to,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> number one, make sure that the banks that these brokers are representing are national, well-known banks. Even call the banks to find out whether the broker that has approached you actually does sell mortgages on behalf of that bank. Also do a Better Business Bureau reference check on the broker to see if there are any blemishes in terms of, you know, complaints against the broker. Those are probably the best ways to avoid getting scammed by a dishonest mortgage broker. And, Peter, we saw a lot of that in 2005, 2006, 2007, why a lot of people were getting foreclosed on in 2007, 2008. And, Pete DeRuda, Coach Pete, you wrote about that in your book, The Fine Print Fiasco. But are we still seeing that going on with the new regulations that have been put on the mortgage world, Peter Goldman?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, there has been a very noticeable decline in that kind of fraud. Not so much because of the regulations, but because the banks, for the most part, are not lending. They&#x27;re not offering those kinds of easy-to-get mortgages as much as they were during the housing boom. However, it is important to know that it has not gone away. There are banks that are, and I&#x27;ve heard this from mortgage brokers and lenders themselves, there are banks out there that are still lending 100%, aren&#x27;t even requiring a down payment. So some of these banks have still not tightened up their standards for lending, and that provides opportunities for unscrupulous mortgage brokers. So you&#x27;re right. That problem has substantially subsided, but I mention it only because it has not gone away. What&#x27;s taken its place, I guess you could say, are various types of foreclosure fraud.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> But these are frauds perpetrated against people who are now in danger of losing their home. Taking advantage of people in a vulnerable situation. Correct. These are people who did take on these teaser rate mortgages in 2005, 2006, and 2007, and are now finding that their payments are much higher than they were at the beginning and much heavier than their household budgets can sustain. So they&#x27;re now, you know, falling behind in their payments. The banks are coming down on them, you know, asking why they&#x27;re not making their payments. And, you know, when things get really bad, they&#x27;re being sued by the banks for foreclosure. That&#x27;s happening in a lot of just totally legitimate cases where, you know, unfortunate homebuyers got themselves into loans that they could ultimately not afford and now are in trouble.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> But the problem is that where there&#x27;s desperation, there&#x27;s opportunity for fraud. And you&#x27;ve got unscrupulous organizations or individuals promoting themselves as foreclosure rescue agents, if you will. They&#x27;ll promise you to prevent foreclosure by modifying your mortgage. Or sometimes they&#x27;ll actually tell you that they will take over your mortgage and make the payments and allow you to stretch out the payments and lower the payments. For a small fee. The problem there is what they do is they also end up owning your home. They don&#x27;t tell you that. But in the process, they end up owning their home and they can kick you at any time they want. Yeah. In my book, Peter, The Fine Print Fiasco, what I said was for the bait-and-switch kind of mortgage fraud, you have to be careful of the teaser rate, like you were talking about, teasing you with a low rate and then all of a sudden they loan balloons and you&#x27;re in a higher rate.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And reverse mortgages, we saw a lot of scams there, too. But the most important thing, I used to be a mortgage broker. I decided not to keep in that because I&#x27;m a full-time investment advisor. But I also was a mortgage licensee, too, even though I didn&#x27;t do mortgages. But I feel that I know mortgages pretty well. I think before anyone should sign any paperwork on any kind of mortgage, they should have it reviewed by someone who has mortgage experience or knows what&#x27;s in a mortgage. And we offer that to folks. All they have to do is give us a call. But what I really wanted to get to the meat and potatoes today is what we hear about over and over again on the news. It&#x27;s free advertising for scam artists, and it&#x27;s called stimulus bills. And you specialize in identifying the stimulus money fraud that&#x27;s out there where people think they&#x27;re going to get stimulus money and all they have to do is, again, pay a small fee. It&#x27;s like the Nigerian scam all over again, isn&#x27;t it? That is, in many cases, a Nigerian scam-type fraud.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It involves the same kind of psychological technique. Send me your bank account number and your Social Security number in a small advance down payment, if you will, and we&#x27;ll grant this stimulus grant to you. We&#x27;ll send you a check. And, of course, what happens, sometimes they will actually get a check, but it&#x27;ll typically be a counterfeit cashier&#x27;s check or something to that effect. But the more important danger, obviously, is that advance fee money that the victim has paid is gone for good. And, ultimately, they&#x27;re at risk of being victimized for identity theft because they&#x27;ve given over their Social Security number and their other identifying information that can then result in the perpetrator applying for loans and bank accounts and credit cards in their name.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Where has the news gone about identity theft? Because that is absolutely still rampant, still one of the highest-growing crimes in America. And we were hearing about this two or three years ago, but then the market crashed and all the economic debacle happened. And the news about identity theft just kind of disappeared. I don&#x27;t hear about this anymore. And I really think that this is an issue that needs to be brought back to the forefront with things like you&#x27;re talking about, with credit card fraud and the like there, all falling under the umbrella of identity theft. There&#x27;s no doubt about it. It has not gone away. It could be that the media has moved on to more the fraud du jour, if you will. But identity theft, you&#x27;re absolutely right, is continuing to grow and is proliferating into different formats and different types.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> What we&#x27;re not hearing enough about is the way that identity theft typically starts is by having databases of individuals&#x27; credit card information, social security numbers, or other what we call personal identifying information stolen by hackers who break into large retailers&#x27; banks, university databases, and those sorts of institutions that store supposedly securely large volumes of individuals&#x27; personal information. With all that personal data out there, Peter, under corporations&#x27; control, and a lot of times us as individuals, as consumers, don&#x27;t even know where our personal information is being stored. With the vulnerability to hackers, how can we as individuals, what steps can we take to try to prevent that?</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Good question. Let me put it this way. It is virtually impossible to avoid being a victim of identity theft. Comforting. Right. When you say that we don&#x27;t know where our information is, it couldn&#x27;t be truer. It&#x27;s so easy for people, either honest people or dishonest people, to get it because it is literally all over the place. I mean, it is whenever you apply for a car loan, for a student loan, for a mortgage, for a passport. Whenever you submit your social security number to anyone and your address and birth date, that information, you know, depending on who the recipient is, more or less vulnerable to theft. And unfortunately, in more and more cases, the question of more vulnerable rather than less. But your question was, how do you protect yourself? And the answer really is that you do a biannual check of your credit report with the three credit reporting agencies.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And I personally think that&#x27;s not enough because of the bead at which identity theft is growing and proliferating. I would say that it&#x27;s worth your dollars, personal dollars, to do a monthly check. Absolutely. That means looking to see if there are any unauthorized or unusual transactions on your credit report, which would indicate that somebody has, for example, stolen your credit card number or made a counterfeit credit card with your legitimate credit card information on it. Peter, we&#x27;re going to have to wrap this up, but what I want to do is let them know you&#x27;re going to be moving down to the North Carolina area in the next few months. And what we want to do is when you get situated down here, maybe offer a few identity fraud seminars where people can come and learn a little bit about you and about some of the things you offer. I&#x27;d be more than happy to do that. We&#x27;ve just sort of scratched the surface of fraud here, which is sort of unfortunate given that it is such a prominent and rampant problem.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> But I do a lot of that up north here in terms of training folks, both corporate and individuals, in how to protect themselves against different types of fraud. It&#x27;s a moving target, you should know. And one of the things that we might want to address in a future session or a training event is check fraud, which is, believe it or not, growing at 25% a year. And this can backfire on individuals as well as corporations in a major way. That&#x27;s just one of many types. But the identity theft thing is something that has been underreported in recent months, and I&#x27;d be more than happy to help folks out in any way that I can on that score. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to getting together with you and having another discussion when you get down here in the next couple months, Peter. We appreciate you sharing your time, your knowledge, your expertise with us and our listeners here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure. I appreciate it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And to round it out, we&#x27;ve got three Peters on the program today. We have Peter Goldman, who is the president of Fraud Aware and the author of many anti-fraud books, including Anti-Fraud, Risk and Control, Detecting and Preventing Fraud in Accounts Payable, and Fraud in the Markets, Why It Happened and How to Fight It. Good morning, Peter, and welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning, you all, and thanks for having me on. Absolutely. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you. Now, fraud is out there, and we are looking to help folks prevent it. So what do we need to be aware of? What do we need to be looking out for? Where is it most common? Well, there are two different types of fraud that are finding their way to the headlines these days.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One type is what we call corporate fraud, where you&#x27;re reading about, you know, corporate CEOs being caught with their hands in a cookie jar, so to speak, or cooking the books and ending up doing the perp walk and, in many cases, ending up behind bars. That&#x27;s one type. It&#x27;s very prominent. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s growing. And the other we like to call consumer fraud, which is a broad category incorporating investment schemes, Ponzi schemes like the one that Bernard Madoff perpetrated, which, you know, ended up stealing $60 billion from basically individual investors as well as some of their institutional advisors. And then there&#x27;s mortgage fraud, and there&#x27;s identity theft, and, you know, I could go on and on. But all these frauds are what I would call rampant. They&#x27;re all over the place.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Some of the perpetrators are extremely shrewd and extremely practiced and know what they&#x27;re doing, and sometimes it&#x27;s hard to tell the good guys from the bad guys. So hopefully we can shed some light for the folks here on the red flags of how to stay out of trouble. Yeah, Peter, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re glad to have you on the show. So let me tell you, people like our show nationally because we combine the news of the day with the financial world and help people, more importantly, draw correlations between the two because there are big parallels there between the two. Now, let me ask you, over the last year, what are some of the three biggest frauds you see perpetrated on the American investor, and are there ways that people could have sniffed it out ahead of time, and more importantly, what can they do in the future to make sure that doesn&#x27;t happen to them? Good question, Pete. One of the three I would definitely say is mortgage fraud, and that happens in a number of ways.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It happens in the process when people are buying homes, and this actually was probably more prominent before the meltdown in the housing market, but it&#x27;s still, according to the FBI, extremely prominent and is going on all the time. And what happens there is that dishonest mortgage brokers and lenders will try to convince borrowers who are trying to buy a home to take on a mortgage that they really can&#x27;t afford. These are mortgages that come with kind of what we call teaser, introductory payment rates that are very, very low, but after a few months, they&#x27;ll readjust and end up being so high that the person can&#x27;t afford to make those payments, so they end up losing their home to the bank. That&#x27;s one type of fraud, and the best way to avoid being scammed by these types of perpetrators is to,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> number one, make sure that the banks that these brokers are representing are national, well-known banks. Even call the banks to find out whether the broker that has approached you actually does sell mortgages on behalf of that bank. Also do a Better Business Bureau reference check on the broker to see if there are any blemishes in terms of, you know, complaints against the broker. Those are probably the best ways to avoid getting scammed by a dishonest mortgage broker. And, Peter, we saw a lot of that in 2005, 2006, 2007, why a lot of people were getting foreclosed on in 2007, 2008. And, Pete DeRuda, Coach Pete, you wrote about that in your book, The Fine Print Fiasco. But are we still seeing that going on with the new regulations that have been put on the mortgage world, Peter Goldman?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, there has been a very noticeable decline in that kind of fraud. Not so much because of the regulations, but because the banks, for the most part, are not lending. They&#x27;re not offering those kinds of easy-to-get mortgages as much as they were during the housing boom. However, it is important to know that it has not gone away. There are banks that are, and I&#x27;ve heard this from mortgage brokers and lenders themselves, there are banks out there that are still lending 100%, aren&#x27;t even requiring a down payment. So some of these banks have still not tightened up their standards for lending, and that provides opportunities for unscrupulous mortgage brokers. So you&#x27;re right. That problem has substantially subsided, but I mention it only because it has not gone away. What&#x27;s taken its place, I guess you could say, are various types of foreclosure fraud.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> But these are frauds perpetrated against people who are now in danger of losing their home. Taking advantage of people in a vulnerable situation. Correct. These are people who did take on these teaser rate mortgages in 2005, 2006, and 2007, and are now finding that their payments are much higher than they were at the beginning and much heavier than their household budgets can sustain. So they&#x27;re now, you know, falling behind in their payments. The banks are coming down on them, you know, asking why they&#x27;re not making their payments. And, you know, when things get really bad, they&#x27;re being sued by the banks for foreclosure. That&#x27;s happening in a lot of just totally legitimate cases where, you know, unfortunate homebuyers got themselves into loans that they could ultimately not afford and now are in trouble.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> But the problem is that where there&#x27;s desperation, there&#x27;s opportunity for fraud. And you&#x27;ve got unscrupulous organizations or individuals promoting themselves as foreclosure rescue agents, if you will. They&#x27;ll promise you to prevent foreclosure by modifying your mortgage. Or sometimes they&#x27;ll actually tell you that they will take over your mortgage and make the payments and allow you to stretch out the payments and lower the payments. For a small fee. The problem there is what they do is they also end up owning your home. They don&#x27;t tell you that. But in the process, they end up owning their home and they can kick you at any time they want. Yeah. In my book, Peter, The Fine Print Fiasco, what I said was for the bait-and-switch kind of mortgage fraud, you have to be careful of the teaser rate, like you were talking about, teasing you with a low rate and then all of a sudden they loan balloons and you&#x27;re in a higher rate.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And reverse mortgages, we saw a lot of scams there, too. But the most important thing, I used to be a mortgage broker. I decided not to keep in that because I&#x27;m a full-time investment advisor. But I also was a mortgage licensee, too, even though I didn&#x27;t do mortgages. But I feel that I know mortgages pretty well. I think before anyone should sign any paperwork on any kind of mortgage, they should have it reviewed by someone who has mortgage experience or knows what&#x27;s in a mortgage. And we offer that to folks. All they have to do is give us a call. But what I really wanted to get to the meat and potatoes today is what we hear about over and over again on the news. It&#x27;s free advertising for scam artists, and it&#x27;s called stimulus bills. And you specialize in identifying the stimulus money fraud that&#x27;s out there where people think they&#x27;re going to get stimulus money and all they have to do is, again, pay a small fee. It&#x27;s like the Nigerian scam all over again, isn&#x27;t it? That is, in many cases, a Nigerian scam-type fraud.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It involves the same kind of psychological technique. Send me your bank account number and your Social Security number in a small advance down payment, if you will, and we&#x27;ll grant this stimulus grant to you. We&#x27;ll send you a check. And, of course, what happens, sometimes they will actually get a check, but it&#x27;ll typically be a counterfeit cashier&#x27;s check or something to that effect. But the more important danger, obviously, is that advance fee money that the victim has paid is gone for good. And, ultimately, they&#x27;re at risk of being victimized for identity theft because they&#x27;ve given over their Social Security number and their other identifying information that can then result in the perpetrator applying for loans and bank accounts and credit cards in their name.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Where has the news gone about identity theft? Because that is absolutely still rampant, still one of the highest-growing crimes in America. And we were hearing about this two or three years ago, but then the market crashed and all the economic debacle happened. And the news about identity theft just kind of disappeared. I don&#x27;t hear about this anymore. And I really think that this is an issue that needs to be brought back to the forefront with things like you&#x27;re talking about, with credit card fraud and the like there, all falling under the umbrella of identity theft. There&#x27;s no doubt about it. It has not gone away. It could be that the media has moved on to more the fraud du jour, if you will. But identity theft, you&#x27;re absolutely right, is continuing to grow and is proliferating into different formats and different types.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> What we&#x27;re not hearing enough about is the way that identity theft typically starts is by having databases of individuals&#x27; credit card information, social security numbers, or other what we call personal identifying information stolen by hackers who break into large retailers&#x27; banks, university databases, and those sorts of institutions that store supposedly securely large volumes of individuals&#x27; personal information. With all that personal data out there, Peter, under corporations&#x27; control, and a lot of times us as individuals, as consumers, don&#x27;t even know where our personal information is being stored. With the vulnerability to hackers, how can we as individuals, what steps can we take to try to prevent that?</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Good question. Let me put it this way. It is virtually impossible to avoid being a victim of identity theft. Comforting. Right. When you say that we don&#x27;t know where our information is, it couldn&#x27;t be truer. It&#x27;s so easy for people, either honest people or dishonest people, to get it because it is literally all over the place. I mean, it is whenever you apply for a car loan, for a student loan, for a mortgage, for a passport. Whenever you submit your social security number to anyone and your address and birth date, that information, you know, depending on who the recipient is, more or less vulnerable to theft. And unfortunately, in more and more cases, the question of more vulnerable rather than less. But your question was, how do you protect yourself? And the answer really is that you do a biannual check of your credit report with the three credit reporting agencies.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And I personally think that&#x27;s not enough because of the bead at which identity theft is growing and proliferating. I would say that it&#x27;s worth your dollars, personal dollars, to do a monthly check. Absolutely. That means looking to see if there are any unauthorized or unusual transactions on your credit report, which would indicate that somebody has, for example, stolen your credit card number or made a counterfeit credit card with your legitimate credit card information on it. Peter, we&#x27;re going to have to wrap this up, but what I want to do is let them know you&#x27;re going to be moving down to the North Carolina area in the next few months. And what we want to do is when you get situated down here, maybe offer a few identity fraud seminars where people can come and learn a little bit about you and about some of the things you offer. I&#x27;d be more than happy to do that. We&#x27;ve just sort of scratched the surface of fraud here, which is sort of unfortunate given that it is such a prominent and rampant problem.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> But I do a lot of that up north here in terms of training folks, both corporate and individuals, in how to protect themselves against different types of fraud. It&#x27;s a moving target, you should know. And one of the things that we might want to address in a future session or a training event is check fraud, which is, believe it or not, growing at 25% a year. And this can backfire on individuals as well as corporations in a major way. That&#x27;s just one of many types. But the identity theft thing is something that has been underreported in recent months, and I&#x27;d be more than happy to help folks out in any way that I can on that score. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to getting together with you and having another discussion when you get down here in the next couple months, Peter. We appreciate you sharing your time, your knowledge, your expertise with us and our listeners here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure. I appreciate it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Peter Goldmann</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Peter Goldmann, investing, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/image.jpg?t=1792073279&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-goldmann-recognizing-financial-fraud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/image.jpg?t=1792073279&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>712</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="11421549" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-goldmann-recognizing-financial-fraud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>203</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Recognizing Financial Fraud" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steve Selengut: The Brainwashing of the American Investor</title>
      <itunes:title>Steve Selengut: The Brainwashing of the American Investor</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. We bring the top financial experts in the nation and their viewpoints to you and your radio each and every week. Peter Rashan here, along with Cashflow Retirement Income Planning Coach, published financial author, your trusted advisor, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on in this segment, Steve Selengut, who is the author of The Brainwashing of the American Investor and What Wall Street Doesn&#x27;t Want You to Know. And Coach Pete, this is a guest that we&#x27;re pretty excited to have on. Very interesting title to your book, Steve. And even though the book was released in 2002, a lot of the information you provide still rings true, even though the market has changed pretty drastically.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How is it that all the talking heads in the financial world have brainwashed the common investor to the point that even though the market&#x27;s maybe up and down, this book still has the information that they need to know? How is it that Wall Street did that? I guess it&#x27;s been something that&#x27;s been going on for 20 years or more where we somehow – we did two things were going concurrently. First of all, more and more self-directed money was coming into the market. We had new inventions like IRAs, like 401K plans and other things where trustees weren&#x27;t the only people that invested in the markets anymore. You know, Joe DePlummer could get out there and throw money into a mutual fund and do things like that.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> At the same time, Wall Street discovered that the management fees – actually, they sort of kind of invaded my business. They decided that management fees on a regular basis were better for them than all the lawsuits and other types of things and churning accusations and stuff that came along with the ordinary investment route of going out there and selecting individual stocks and trying to educate the public on why they should own Exxon instead of XYZ widget manufacturers. You know, that type of – that type of scenario. So two forces were going on at the same time, and we&#x27;ve moved away from the basic building blocks of an investment portfolio.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Today, I would say that less than 50% of the people out there who are investing in the markets own any individual stocks. And probably the other half who are totally in mutual funds don&#x27;t understand that they do, in a strange kind of way, own individual stocks. They count on mutual funds, in fact, to fund retirement programs, which is kind of silly, actually. Well, that brings up a good question, Steve. You know, one of the biggest culprits that have, for lack of a better term, swindled many investors, especially those investing for retirement, have been mutual fund brokers. Can you tell us why mutual funds are not the best vehicle for people&#x27;s retirement investments? Well, because, you know, the mutual funds are stock market vehicles.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And what they are – the premise, going way back when they first came on the scene as trustee investment programs, is that professional investment managers would put together portfolios, diversified portfolios of good, quality companies, and manage them, take profits. That&#x27;s when stocks went up, add to portfolios, you know, keep the portfolio running smoothly. That was the premise. And at that time, that was the growth element of a portfolio. Retirement was done with other types of vehicles, with municipal bonds, with corporate bonds, with preferred stocks, with government securities, things where there was a secure stream of income that you knew was coming in.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> All the time. It&#x27;s a growth in the market value of the securities when in – for a retirement mode portfolio, the important thing is the income generated by a portfolio. Absolutely. You can&#x27;t count on a mutual fund for that element. So the income generated by your assets ultimately is more important than the current market value, right?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> So people look at their balance, but that doesn&#x27;t mean a thing until they know how much income they can get from that. Exactly. And that did sound like a quote from the brainwashing of the American investor. Yeah, absolutely. And it&#x27;s very – particularly for – you know, most people come into retirement and they say, okay, now I&#x27;m going to cash out my 401K, and I&#x27;m going to go find some income security to put it in. And if they did that today, what are they going to get on their savings? 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent? Unless they&#x27;re sophisticated and they know about how to manage a portfolio of closed-end funds that do pay a higher level of income, even tax-free. They&#x27;re just not going to be able to handle it. And they don&#x27;t want to take the risks associated with such things because they don&#x27;t know what they are.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So, yeah, most people come into retirement unprepared. You&#x27;ve got to start – your retirement building has to be part of your first portfolio. The first profit I ever took back in 1970, 71, I took the entire amount that I made from selling a few hundred shares of stock and put it into a Port St. Lucie, Florida municipal bond with a 4 percent coupon. I held that thing until it matured. And I added to the portfolio every time I took a profit, a portion of every profit, a portion of every dividend went into a fixed-income portion of my portfolio. And you have to build it that way. Well, that&#x27;s smart planning for retirement, Steve.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But has that mentality changed, the buy-and-hold mentality in the market? Do you see that as something that has changed as far as the investor&#x27;s mentality? You know, because there&#x27;s still a mutual fund mentality and mutual funds were built upon the principle of buy-and-hold. If you share, if you continue to grow and buy the same mutual fund, you&#x27;re going to grow along with the economy and the markets. It just doesn&#x27;t work anymore. There&#x27;s too much self-directed money, and it&#x27;s too easy for a market to panic because inexperienced and nonprofessional investors run the market, so to speak. When you get bad news, you get planes flying into buildings and things like that, everybody panics and sells.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Well, the mutual fund managers no longer can buy at bargain prices. They have to sell at losses instead. So, you know, I kind of lost my train of thought there. That&#x27;s good. Let&#x27;s get back to what was that question again? The buy-and-hold mentality. Is that something that is beneficial? Yeah, the buy-and-hold mentality just can&#x27;t work. You really have to address that issue that there&#x27;s just too much going on out there to buy and hold. You have to trade. You have to take your profits. You have to learn how to buy when other people are selling. You have to be not necessarily contrarian, but you have to recognize that the market is totally a cyclical beast.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> It&#x27;s always going to go up and down. We don&#x27;t know how far. We don&#x27;t know when, but we know it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, if everybody&#x27;s contrarian, eventually that becomes non-contrarian thinking. It does, but it&#x27;s contrarian for the right reason. And it&#x27;s never going to be that way because you&#x27;re never going to have a 100% educated group of investors. You&#x27;re going to always have people who are looking for stories. They&#x27;re looking for the fast buck. They&#x27;re going to be speculative. They&#x27;re going to hold on because they&#x27;re greedy, and they&#x27;re going to sell when they panic. And if you learn how to be unemotional about your stock portfolio, you can then ride the waves of the various cycles and do pretty well.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been doing the same type of management style since 1979. We&#x27;ve had three major crashes during that period of time, 87, the one around 2000, and the most recent financial crisis. And, you know, if you were selling as the market rose and only buying on the way down, you managed to make every one of those major disasters an investment opportunity instead of a losing proposition. Well, Steve, you and I are both investment advisors, and we stress the importance of getting an education when it comes to investing for retirement. Why is it more important now than ever for those looking to invest for retirement to become more educated in how to handle their finances and how, more importantly, do investments work?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They need to figure out how investments work before they start investing, right? Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to do it. I mean, you can give away – I try to give away workshops sometimes, you know, to people online to come and listen and talk to me and ask me questions. You can&#x27;t get anybody to sign up for free, much less charge. You know, it&#x27;s crazy. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s the media&#x27;s fault or the Wall Street&#x27;s fault or anything like that, but we&#x27;re a soundbite and instant gratification society. And if somebody comes to you and says, here, let&#x27;s do this, you&#x27;re going to make money, that guy expects to make money immediately. You know, they think it&#x27;s easy. It&#x27;s not easy. It demands work.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It demands education. And frankly, I think that a lot of people are just too lazy to go off and get that education. Would you suggest that hiring a competent professional, like an investment advisor, would be something that&#x27;s recommended for most average investors that are trying to grow their portfolio? I think you need to be very selective and very picky when you look for an investment advisor. It doesn&#x27;t take a whole lot to get that title. You do have to pass some tests to become a registered rep and a registered investment advisor and all that stuff. But it doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that you understand the investment process. You may be familiar with a lot of different products and stuff like that. What you need is somebody who&#x27;s experienced, somebody who&#x27;s run their own money, their own money, personal money in their pockets,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and has been successful. Show them your portfolio. Ask the person for references. But just because his company, his employer, places a billion dollars worth of advertising out there in the media around the Super Bowl or on the Internet doesn&#x27;t mean that every person that works for that company has your best interests at heart. You&#x27;ve got to really get to know somebody and embrace a philosophy that makes sense. If somebody comes to you and says, hey, look, I can pick the stocks that are going to go up and only go up, walk away real quick from somebody like that. Steve, what I&#x27;ve found here, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial world for about 20 years now,</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> but what I&#x27;ve found when we say the Wall Street money machine, it means two things to me because I&#x27;m on the inside here. It means, number one, that&#x27;s where a lot of folks put their money, but it also means that Wall Street spends millions and millions of dollars a year advertising and also generating articles to entice people to put money where they should not put money in this one-size-fits-all kind of mentality. And they do a real good job, like you say in your book, of brainwashing the public to think that that&#x27;s the right strategy, correct? Absolutely. They really, you know, they&#x27;ll give you – it&#x27;s like the biggest drug shop in the world. They&#x27;ll give you anything you want, whether it&#x27;s good for you or not. And what you have to do is become selective. You&#x27;ve got to get back to the basics. Most of the products that are out there, you can&#x27;t even determine what&#x27;s inside or what the rules are.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Or who – you can identify the manager, but really none of them are managers. They&#x27;re all committee. They&#x27;re committee-driven. And they&#x27;re so interrelated that you&#x27;re not going to get an independent manager. You&#x27;re going to get somebody where the marketing department over here says, hey, look, we&#x27;re bringing this particular thing public on an IPO. We&#x27;d love to have a lot of that IPO into the mutual funds that you&#x27;re managing. Well, the rules really have changed, and that&#x27;s why so much money really is going into the marketing of a strategy mentality and products, frankly, that may not be right, may not be suited for individual investors. Steve, we are all out of time here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate you joining us. And your book is very interesting. We enjoyed reading it, The Brainwashing of the American Investor, the book that Wall Street does not want you to read,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> by author Stephen Selengut. And, Steve, thanks for joining us here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure, Pete. And keep up the good work of educating that American public. We&#x27;re here as your guides through the financial jungle. And, Steve, again, we appreciate you joining us today. Thanks, Steve. My pleasure. Appreciate it. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. We bring the top financial experts in the nation and their viewpoints to you and your radio each and every week. Peter Rashan here, along with Cashflow Retirement Income Planning Coach, published financial author, your trusted advisor, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on in this segment, Steve Selengut, who is the author of The Brainwashing of the American Investor and What Wall Street Doesn&#x27;t Want You to Know. And Coach Pete, this is a guest that we&#x27;re pretty excited to have on. Very interesting title to your book, Steve. And even though the book was released in 2002, a lot of the information you provide still rings true, even though the market has changed pretty drastically.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How is it that all the talking heads in the financial world have brainwashed the common investor to the point that even though the market&#x27;s maybe up and down, this book still has the information that they need to know? How is it that Wall Street did that? I guess it&#x27;s been something that&#x27;s been going on for 20 years or more where we somehow – we did two things were going concurrently. First of all, more and more self-directed money was coming into the market. We had new inventions like IRAs, like 401K plans and other things where trustees weren&#x27;t the only people that invested in the markets anymore. You know, Joe DePlummer could get out there and throw money into a mutual fund and do things like that.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> At the same time, Wall Street discovered that the management fees – actually, they sort of kind of invaded my business. They decided that management fees on a regular basis were better for them than all the lawsuits and other types of things and churning accusations and stuff that came along with the ordinary investment route of going out there and selecting individual stocks and trying to educate the public on why they should own Exxon instead of XYZ widget manufacturers. You know, that type of – that type of scenario. So two forces were going on at the same time, and we&#x27;ve moved away from the basic building blocks of an investment portfolio.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Today, I would say that less than 50% of the people out there who are investing in the markets own any individual stocks. And probably the other half who are totally in mutual funds don&#x27;t understand that they do, in a strange kind of way, own individual stocks. They count on mutual funds, in fact, to fund retirement programs, which is kind of silly, actually. Well, that brings up a good question, Steve. You know, one of the biggest culprits that have, for lack of a better term, swindled many investors, especially those investing for retirement, have been mutual fund brokers. Can you tell us why mutual funds are not the best vehicle for people&#x27;s retirement investments? Well, because, you know, the mutual funds are stock market vehicles.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And what they are – the premise, going way back when they first came on the scene as trustee investment programs, is that professional investment managers would put together portfolios, diversified portfolios of good, quality companies, and manage them, take profits. That&#x27;s when stocks went up, add to portfolios, you know, keep the portfolio running smoothly. That was the premise. And at that time, that was the growth element of a portfolio. Retirement was done with other types of vehicles, with municipal bonds, with corporate bonds, with preferred stocks, with government securities, things where there was a secure stream of income that you knew was coming in.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> All the time. It&#x27;s a growth in the market value of the securities when in – for a retirement mode portfolio, the important thing is the income generated by a portfolio. Absolutely. You can&#x27;t count on a mutual fund for that element. So the income generated by your assets ultimately is more important than the current market value, right?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> So people look at their balance, but that doesn&#x27;t mean a thing until they know how much income they can get from that. Exactly. And that did sound like a quote from the brainwashing of the American investor. Yeah, absolutely. And it&#x27;s very – particularly for – you know, most people come into retirement and they say, okay, now I&#x27;m going to cash out my 401K, and I&#x27;m going to go find some income security to put it in. And if they did that today, what are they going to get on their savings? 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent? Unless they&#x27;re sophisticated and they know about how to manage a portfolio of closed-end funds that do pay a higher level of income, even tax-free. They&#x27;re just not going to be able to handle it. And they don&#x27;t want to take the risks associated with such things because they don&#x27;t know what they are.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So, yeah, most people come into retirement unprepared. You&#x27;ve got to start – your retirement building has to be part of your first portfolio. The first profit I ever took back in 1970, 71, I took the entire amount that I made from selling a few hundred shares of stock and put it into a Port St. Lucie, Florida municipal bond with a 4 percent coupon. I held that thing until it matured. And I added to the portfolio every time I took a profit, a portion of every profit, a portion of every dividend went into a fixed-income portion of my portfolio. And you have to build it that way. Well, that&#x27;s smart planning for retirement, Steve.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But has that mentality changed, the buy-and-hold mentality in the market? Do you see that as something that has changed as far as the investor&#x27;s mentality? You know, because there&#x27;s still a mutual fund mentality and mutual funds were built upon the principle of buy-and-hold. If you share, if you continue to grow and buy the same mutual fund, you&#x27;re going to grow along with the economy and the markets. It just doesn&#x27;t work anymore. There&#x27;s too much self-directed money, and it&#x27;s too easy for a market to panic because inexperienced and nonprofessional investors run the market, so to speak. When you get bad news, you get planes flying into buildings and things like that, everybody panics and sells.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Well, the mutual fund managers no longer can buy at bargain prices. They have to sell at losses instead. So, you know, I kind of lost my train of thought there. That&#x27;s good. Let&#x27;s get back to what was that question again? The buy-and-hold mentality. Is that something that is beneficial? Yeah, the buy-and-hold mentality just can&#x27;t work. You really have to address that issue that there&#x27;s just too much going on out there to buy and hold. You have to trade. You have to take your profits. You have to learn how to buy when other people are selling. You have to be not necessarily contrarian, but you have to recognize that the market is totally a cyclical beast.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> It&#x27;s always going to go up and down. We don&#x27;t know how far. We don&#x27;t know when, but we know it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, if everybody&#x27;s contrarian, eventually that becomes non-contrarian thinking. It does, but it&#x27;s contrarian for the right reason. And it&#x27;s never going to be that way because you&#x27;re never going to have a 100% educated group of investors. You&#x27;re going to always have people who are looking for stories. They&#x27;re looking for the fast buck. They&#x27;re going to be speculative. They&#x27;re going to hold on because they&#x27;re greedy, and they&#x27;re going to sell when they panic. And if you learn how to be unemotional about your stock portfolio, you can then ride the waves of the various cycles and do pretty well.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been doing the same type of management style since 1979. We&#x27;ve had three major crashes during that period of time, 87, the one around 2000, and the most recent financial crisis. And, you know, if you were selling as the market rose and only buying on the way down, you managed to make every one of those major disasters an investment opportunity instead of a losing proposition. Well, Steve, you and I are both investment advisors, and we stress the importance of getting an education when it comes to investing for retirement. Why is it more important now than ever for those looking to invest for retirement to become more educated in how to handle their finances and how, more importantly, do investments work?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They need to figure out how investments work before they start investing, right? Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to do it. I mean, you can give away – I try to give away workshops sometimes, you know, to people online to come and listen and talk to me and ask me questions. You can&#x27;t get anybody to sign up for free, much less charge. You know, it&#x27;s crazy. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s the media&#x27;s fault or the Wall Street&#x27;s fault or anything like that, but we&#x27;re a soundbite and instant gratification society. And if somebody comes to you and says, here, let&#x27;s do this, you&#x27;re going to make money, that guy expects to make money immediately. You know, they think it&#x27;s easy. It&#x27;s not easy. It demands work.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It demands education. And frankly, I think that a lot of people are just too lazy to go off and get that education. Would you suggest that hiring a competent professional, like an investment advisor, would be something that&#x27;s recommended for most average investors that are trying to grow their portfolio? I think you need to be very selective and very picky when you look for an investment advisor. It doesn&#x27;t take a whole lot to get that title. You do have to pass some tests to become a registered rep and a registered investment advisor and all that stuff. But it doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that you understand the investment process. You may be familiar with a lot of different products and stuff like that. What you need is somebody who&#x27;s experienced, somebody who&#x27;s run their own money, their own money, personal money in their pockets,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and has been successful. Show them your portfolio. Ask the person for references. But just because his company, his employer, places a billion dollars worth of advertising out there in the media around the Super Bowl or on the Internet doesn&#x27;t mean that every person that works for that company has your best interests at heart. You&#x27;ve got to really get to know somebody and embrace a philosophy that makes sense. If somebody comes to you and says, hey, look, I can pick the stocks that are going to go up and only go up, walk away real quick from somebody like that. Steve, what I&#x27;ve found here, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial world for about 20 years now,</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> but what I&#x27;ve found when we say the Wall Street money machine, it means two things to me because I&#x27;m on the inside here. It means, number one, that&#x27;s where a lot of folks put their money, but it also means that Wall Street spends millions and millions of dollars a year advertising and also generating articles to entice people to put money where they should not put money in this one-size-fits-all kind of mentality. And they do a real good job, like you say in your book, of brainwashing the public to think that that&#x27;s the right strategy, correct? Absolutely. They really, you know, they&#x27;ll give you – it&#x27;s like the biggest drug shop in the world. They&#x27;ll give you anything you want, whether it&#x27;s good for you or not. And what you have to do is become selective. You&#x27;ve got to get back to the basics. Most of the products that are out there, you can&#x27;t even determine what&#x27;s inside or what the rules are.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Or who – you can identify the manager, but really none of them are managers. They&#x27;re all committee. They&#x27;re committee-driven. And they&#x27;re so interrelated that you&#x27;re not going to get an independent manager. You&#x27;re going to get somebody where the marketing department over here says, hey, look, we&#x27;re bringing this particular thing public on an IPO. We&#x27;d love to have a lot of that IPO into the mutual funds that you&#x27;re managing. Well, the rules really have changed, and that&#x27;s why so much money really is going into the marketing of a strategy mentality and products, frankly, that may not be right, may not be suited for individual investors. Steve, we are all out of time here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate you joining us. And your book is very interesting. We enjoyed reading it, The Brainwashing of the American Investor, the book that Wall Street does not want you to read,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> by author Stephen Selengut. And, Steve, thanks for joining us here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure, Pete. And keep up the good work of educating that American public. We&#x27;re here as your guides through the financial jungle. And, Steve, again, we appreciate you joining us today. Thanks, Steve. My pleasure. Appreciate it. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Steve Selengut</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Steve Selengut, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/image.jpg?t=1792071632&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steve-selengut-the-brainwashing-of-the-american-investor-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/image.jpg?t=1792071632&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225</guid>
      <omny:clipId>26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>822</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="13184778" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steve-selengut-the-brainwashing-of-the-american-investor-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>204</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Brainwashing of the American Investor" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sandy Botkin: Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth</title>
      <itunes:title>Sandy Botkin: Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Good morning, and I&#x27;m very honored to be here. Well, you have authored numerous technical articles. You&#x27;ve been a lecturer for some large corporations, also a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service. So you have an insider&#x27;s look at some of the tax laws, of course. And you have also been a CPA practicing for a long time. So you have a number of financial tips that CPAs should be talking to their clients about, and you say, unfortunately, they are not. What are some of the things that CPAs could do a better job of addressing, with their clients? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things. But first of all, tax planning is probably one of the most important areas for most Americans. It is the number one residual in the United States. And when I say that, most people think I&#x27;m crazy. When you think of residual income, you work once, and you get paid year after year after year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, taxes are like that, because you&#x27;re going to pay taxes last year. You&#x27;re probably going to pay this year, and you&#x27;re probably going to pay even more taxes next year. Unfortunately. So if you can get a couple tips from your CPA that reduces your taxes, that&#x27;s good. This year, next year, the year after, there&#x27;s nothing more valuable than tax planning information. And there&#x27;s a book written called The Millionaire Next Door, which evaluated many multimillionaires. And the one thing that almost every multimillionaire said is, if you want to be a multimillionaire, you&#x27;ve got to get your taxes down to the legal minimum. So if I leave a good concept with everyone listening, is really focus on tax planning and your future. It will make a sizable difference in your retirement and your net worth. Again, a residual effect on your bottom line, on your income. So absolutely, I agree with that. Hey, Sandy, it&#x27;s Coach Pete here. What are the tax planning topics?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And most importantly, what are the look forward tax planning issues that CPAs should be discussing with their clients today? All right. One big one is that with a $13 trillion deficit, taxes are going to go up. Make no mistake about that. They are going up. They&#x27;re already scheduled to go up for single people making over $200,000. It&#x27;s going to go up by three points. And if you&#x27;re making over $250,000 in the area, it&#x27;s going to go up almost five points. Dividends right now are taxed at 15% flat rates unless you make under a certain income. Unfortunately, starting next year, unless something special happens, it&#x27;s going to be ordinary income rates. Whatever that is, and that could be as high as 39.6%. There is a special deal that is available this year, and it&#x27;s called a conversion, where you can take your IRAs, your simple IRAs, your 401ks, and convert them to a Roth IRA.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Now, why would you want to do that? Because any money you put in the Roth IRA is 100% tax-free for the rest of your life. And if your family inherits the money, it is tax-free for the rest of their lives. Now, there is, however, a side effect. Now, it&#x27;s not like the drug side effects where they say death and things like that. It&#x27;s not quite that severe. But there is a side effect. And the side effect is you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the money. This year and next year. You can spread that out. Well, you get a benefit. That&#x27;s correct. You pay tax on half the money this year, and then you pay tax on half the money next year. So even though you&#x27;re converting it all this year, you pay it over a two-year period. So the government gives you a little bit of a break. But you know what? Taxes are on sale, in my opinion. With tax rates that are going to go up, they&#x27;re on sale. So doing that now, especially if you&#x27;ve got five, ten years left before you retire, it becomes especially critical.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So I would highly recommend that most of you meet with your financial advisor. Talk about this conversion to a Roth IRA. It could make a huge difference to your future. When does a Roth conversion make sense? When does it not make sense, Sandy? You know, I&#x27;ve had that discussion with myself, to be honest with you, because I&#x27;m in that situation. It certainly, I think, makes sense to do it immediately if you are in a tax-free state. For example, Florida, Texas, Alaska. If you don&#x27;t have a state tax, I would certainly consider doing that immediately. It also pays to do it probably if you have, I would say, five, ten years or more left to retire. So if you just started working or you have like 10, 15 years left, it probably pays to do it now. If you&#x27;re right near retirement, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in your 60s, at that point it becomes questionable. Okay. And we call that time, Sandy, the retirement and financial red zone when you&#x27;re within five years of retirement or five years into retirement.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Now, at what point does it not make sense to do a Roth conversion? Because you don&#x27;t want to take a larger than you have to tax it and then within the last few years of your life when you&#x27;re not going to recoup that amount. Let me give you an example of when it doesn&#x27;t. And my situation is a perfect example. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a fairly high tax bracket. Okay. Now, I intend to retire to the state of Florida. Florida has no income tax. I&#x27;m currently living in Maryland, which has a fairly sizable income tax. For me to make a conversion now, I would be in which, where I&#x27;m going to retire probably in four or five years, I would be paying tax on all the money. And now I&#x27;d also be paying Maryland tax. Why not wait a couple years, like three, four years, and when I&#x27;m in Florida, now avoid completely all the conversion and all the Maryland tax. When to do it is certainly problematic, and it&#x27;s in the opinion of the tax advisor.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But I would say that for most people, it is beneficial to convert now, especially if tax rates are going to go up the way I think they&#x27;re going to go up. I want to remind everybody, in the 1960s and early 1970s, do you know what the top tax rate was at that time? 90%. 90%. It could go the same way. So, considering that I think taxes are going to go up substantially, making that conversion now becomes very, very critical. This is particularly true if you&#x27;re in a lower bracket. Obviously, if you&#x27;re in the 39.6% bracket, making conversion now is more questionable. But even then, I think it would still be a good deal. But, you know, obviously, the lower the bracket, the longer you have to wait for retirement, the more imperative it is. Well, Sandy, aside from the Roth conversion, you say that taxes are on sale now.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And there are a number of tax laws and advantages unique to 2010. Of course, dividend taxes, capital gains taxes, estate taxes, income taxes, all are going to be affected after December 31st, January 1st of 2010, 2011. Now, what should somebody do to take advantage of maybe some other tax laws as they stand now rather than waiting to 2011? All right. First of all, let me emphasize something here. We have two tax systems in this country. One is for employees, which is designed to take your wealth. And then one is for self-employed individuals, which is designed to create economic growth. Because if you are self-employed, you can write off part of your house, your spouse, the equivalent of your kids&#x27; education and weddings. And I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that. You can set up a pension plan that makes any government plan paltry by comparison.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> I mean, the results are enormous. I would strongly urge everyone to consider starting up some kind of consulting business or small business. It could be a franchise you might want to look into. It could be a network marketing business. But look into starting up a business. Now, I want to emphasize one thing. I am not suggesting you start up a business just for taxes. That is not what I&#x27;m saying. But what I&#x27;m saying is if you look into a potential business that could make you a lot of money, A, it could support you for the rest of your life. B, it can result in you&#x27;re quitting your job. And C, it can save you an enormous amount of taxes because now you&#x27;re in the good tax system. Well, again, I think that starting a small business, one of the last true remaining legitimate tax deductions. So certainly something that you should consider not simply for the tax purposes, Sandy, as you noted.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But for a legitimate business, a great tax deduction lies therein. Absolutely. And one other big tip, and this is also a very important thing, is the fact that, you know, when you&#x27;re in business, you can do all kinds of things. For example, you can hire your kids. And by hiring your kids, if it&#x27;s legitimate and related to your business, you get a deduction for that money. And now, if they use that money to pay for their own education and weddings, aren&#x27;t you, in essence, getting a deduction for college or weddings that way? Absolutely. Hey, Sandy, a mistake we see small business owners make all the time, it seems, is that selling their business is going to be their retirement plan. In other words, the value of the business will be their retirement plan. And that backfires so many times that it&#x27;s not even funny. But what are some of the better alternatives for retirement planning for small and medium-sized business owners today? All right. First of all, understand that the key behind retirement planning, it&#x27;s a very simple goal.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Achieving it is not simple, but the goal is. And the goal is you want to have enough income to exceed your expenses, pay off all your expenses, without going into principal. And preferably to have a debt-free retirement, because that means less expenses. Now, that sounds simple. Achieving it is the problem. That&#x27;s right. The way you achieve it is to, first of all, you have to watch what your taxes are on what your investments are. So, for example, dividends right now are 15% rate starting next year, unless the government does something. And there are some bills in Congress to make some changes. But unless the government does something, these dividends can be ordinary income. So a lot of the question, then, should you still stay in stock by virtue of the fact that the dividend rates may be going up from 15% to as high as 39.6%. Again, we don&#x27;t know anything yet, because there&#x27;s bills in Congress to change that to 20%, 25%, and so on.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know if any of this stuff&#x27;s going to pass. But you&#x27;ve got to watch that. Maybe tax exempts is the better way. But again, right now, tax exempts aren&#x27;t paying that much. Tax exempts are paying 2%. But you can make 6%, say, on Verizon or stock or things like that. Maybe you&#x27;re better off with Verizon, even though it&#x27;s taxable. So those are the types of issues that you want to consider. But there&#x27;s one other thing I want to emphasize. It&#x27;s not a tax issue, but it&#x27;s such an important thing that I think we need to talk about it. And that&#x27;s called pension maximization. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s very critical. You know, most companies and even state employees, not so much federal, but it is true for many states and federal, will give you a choice at retirement where you can receive your full pension. And then if you die, your spouse gets nothing. Or you can receive a substantially reduced pension. And then if you pre-execie your spouse, they get a pension too. Yep. The problem with that is that if the spouse dies, you&#x27;re stuck with the lower amount.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> They don&#x27;t go back. Unless you&#x27;re a federal employee. My dad was in that situation. He actually lost over a third of his pension for the rest of her life. And my mom predeceased him, and he was stuck. There&#x27;s a much better way. And it&#x27;s called pension maximization. Okay. But the key is you&#x27;ve got to plan. What that means is this. With pension maximization is you take the full pension, but you take out a life insurance policy, enough whole life, and I know we don&#x27;t recommend whole life, but in this case I will, enough whole life to equal and to produce enough income to equal what the spouse would have made had you taken the reduced amount. The key to doing that, though, is if you wait at the time of retirement, this is where most people make a mistake, the premium exceeds what the reduced amount would have been. So it&#x27;s usually not a good deal if you do it at age 65 and you&#x27;re ready to retire.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> The key is to do this at least 10 years before retirement. Then the amount of premium is usually less than what you would have had to take on a pay cut on the retirement in order to get your spouse a sufficient amount of income. So here&#x27;s the key. At least 10 years in advance, you take out enough whole life insurance to equal what the spouse would have gotten in income from that whole life policy. And you want to make sure that the premium is less than what the retirement cut would have been. And that usually requires you to do this at least 10 years before retirement. And that leaves both spouses protected and typically in a better situation than with just the pension alone. Oh, absolutely. This way, if you pre-decie die, there&#x27;s no pension. But then they get this huge life insurance policy they can live off of. If the spouse dies, you get your higher pension, which is something my father didn&#x27;t get,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> and you get the cash value of the life insurance. It&#x27;s a win-win. It does take planning, as you noted, however. And as you also noted, whole life is the way to go there. Not typically what you recommend. But, Sandy, I think you would agree that there is a purpose for every financial tool out there. You just have to know what that purpose is. That is correct. That is absolutely correct. And, Sandy, I&#x27;m glad you covered that pension max. It&#x27;s something that we discuss with our clients every single day. I think it&#x27;s very, very important. It&#x27;s extremely important. You know, pension max can make a huge difference to someone&#x27;s retirement. Can you explain to the folks listening what pension max is and how it fits into everyone&#x27;s retirement? If I were everyone listening to the show, I would immediately go into your employer and find out what happens at retirement. Even though you may be in your 30s, ask them. Do you get the full amount? Did you have to take a reduced amount for a spouse if the spouse predeceases you?</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> What happens then? Do you still keep the reduced amount, or can you go back to the original amount? Federal employees can go back to the original amount. Others may not. If you can&#x27;t go back to the original amount, then you&#x27;ve got to really seriously consider the pension maximization thing of at least 10 years before retirement. You do not want to wait at retirement because at that point, the whole life becomes too expensive. Sandy, you noted that income is of the utmost importance in retirement. What are some of the other ways that you can maximize your income in retirement? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do. The key, really, for retirement income is savings well before retirement. Let me give you an interesting thing. If you would not buy a latte, sounds funny, $4 a day for a latte. But if you don&#x27;t buy a latte for your whole life, for 40 years, and you invest that money in a typical mutual fund, it&#x27;s worth about $150,000 at retirement.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> Believe it or not, little things over the years become big deals at retirement. Cutting back some expenses now and saving, and I cannot emphasize this enough, saving for retirement is probably the most important thing. In fact, my rule of thumb is you want to, unless you get a tremendous pension, which is few and far between these days, you want to put away a minimum of 10% of your take-home pay every month, every year, and never, ever touch that money to retirement. You know, I&#x27;m not that smart. I want to emphasize, I&#x27;m a multimillionaire. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m not that smart. I&#x27;m not smarter than a lot of people listening to the show. I don&#x27;t work harder. I don&#x27;t know if I made more money than a lot of people. But what I did was I put away an IRA even when I was 16. Every year, I maximized my IRA, which wasn&#x27;t much at that time.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It was like $2,000. Today, I put away more. But the point is, you know, at retirement, I&#x27;m sitting very well. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m sitting quite well. And again, I&#x27;m not that smart. If I can do it, you can do it. Okay. A couple other things here that I wanted to touch on. You have written a guide for some common tax scams. And I wanted to go over a few of these tax scams with you. First off, you noted economic stimulus scams. And I wanted to kind of pick your brain about what are some of the economic stimulus scams that you&#x27;ve seen. Well, you know what? Believe it or not, there were some benefits for the average person. The entire stimulus didn&#x27;t just go to the rich bankers here. There were some things that came in for the average person to get the money. And there are a lot of people who are notifying the Americans, saying in order to get the</p><p><strong>14:16</strong> stimulus, you&#x27;ve got to apply to it. And of course, they then want your social security number, or you&#x27;ve got to pay a fee in order to get it. There are no fees to get these economic stimulus scams. You do not have to give anybody your social security number. So that&#x27;s a complete scam. And by the way, let me emphasize a couple of things here with regard to these scams. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of scams out there, particularly tax scams, that are asking if you&#x27;re trying to get your identity theft, trying to get your social security number, or trying to get your bank account number. I just received one by the IRS saying, you&#x27;re currently being audited, but I think we might have the wrong person. Please call us or email us. We need certain information to see you are who you are. Of course, they wanted social security and a whole bunch of my mother&#x27;s maiden name and a whole bunch of other stuff. No one will ever do that. No IRS employee will ever ask you that information. And there are variations of that.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> There&#x27;s an arrest warrant. You get a letter saying there&#x27;s an arrest warrant issued to you by the clerk of the court, but it could be a mistake. You&#x27;ve got to call up and verify. Again, that will not happen. No one wants personal information. No state will ask you for that information. Never give out that kind of information. Never. There are a couple other scams where people are saying taxes are unconstitutional or they&#x27;re frivolous and you don&#x27;t have to pay taxes or only federal employees pay taxes. All of that is nonsense. Those people have been losing in court all the time and the government is so bored with that they&#x27;re asserting the government&#x27;s legal fees. But there is a couple scams that I want to emphasize that&#x27;s very important. And that&#x27;s what I call the pitch-a-thon scams. You know, when I was growing up, one of the oldest jokes that used to be to hear is that the most expensive thing in the evening was a lady who&#x27;s free for the evening. Today, the most expensive thing in the world is a free or low-cost seminar. These seminars, what&#x27;s going on, and I&#x27;ve seen a couple, where you go to these programs</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> where you might pay very little. Sometimes you pay a lot of money. Sometimes you pay even a thousand bucks. And all you get, for the most part, is pitch after pitch after pitch for high-priced products. Those things are horrible in many cases. Many of these promoters double their price because they have to give 50% to the sponsor of the seminar. So they actually charge more than they would have charged on their website. It is an absolutely horrible situation. If you get into that situation, I would certainly not buy anything. And if you ended up paying a lot of money for that seminar, and it turns out that all you got was pitch after pitch after pitch, I would ask for my money back. My rule of thumb is I have nothing against people selling products. I don&#x27;t mind additional products if something gives me a lot of content. But I want a lot of content. If you don&#x27;t get at least 90% content, 10% sales, I ask for my money back.</p><p><strong>16:37</strong> And that&#x27;s just the way I am. And you&#x27;ve got to avoid those pitch-a-thons. And you also want to avoid something else, what I call special trading software. I&#x27;m going to emphasize a couple things here. I&#x27;ve been at seminars where they offer this expensive software, and they give you this money-back guarantee. You have a three-day training program. And if at the end of the first day you don&#x27;t like it, you can get your money back. It all sounds wonderful. But nobody ever asked themselves, if I had this great software that worked wonderfully, why am I selling it? Why wouldn&#x27;t I just use it? I mean, if you had a gold mine, wouldn&#x27;t you just keep it? Would you tell anybody about it? Does Warren Buffett tell what his secrets are? No! No one would tell you about this stuff if it worked. The problem is it doesn&#x27;t work, or at least it doesn&#x27;t work any better than any other software out there. But nobody thinks of it. And the speaker who sells the thing gets a huge amount of money. And then when you show up at the training program, yeah, they give you one day of good training.</p><p><strong>17:24</strong> And then in day two and day three, they tell you, oh, you know, in order to really get the benefit of the program, you&#x27;ve got to spend another $10,000 or $20,000, I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that, to get the real benefit of the software. Hey, you were a sucker once. Why not try it again? Stay away from the trading software. Stay away from the high-priced seminars that are $3,000 and $4,000 and $5,000. Stay away from these things, particularly if they&#x27;re sold at a pitch-a-thon. Well, we see a lot of those peddling trusts. Maybe this was more a few years ago, but I know some are still around. Peddling trusts when they&#x27;re not really warranted or needed. That&#x27;s another situation there, where you set up these, what they call family trusts or pure trusts, where they say, oh, you can write off all your personal expenses and do all this stuff by setting up these trusts and you can avoid taxes. You know, I was at a seminar where a guy looked very competent, said, oh, look how much money I can save.</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> And he cites all these things. I can tell you it doesn&#x27;t work. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You know, it&#x27;s the old saying, if it sounds too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. That&#x27;s my point. Well, Sandy, I know that with the tax increases coming here in the future, a lot of folks are going to be looking for ways to avoid that. Now, we want to stay away from the gray area when it comes to the IRS, only in the black and white, only in the good area. But again, you don&#x27;t want to pay more taxes than you have to. So legally minimizing your taxes is a great way to do it. One way that you certainly are getting into that gray area is hiding assets offshore. Another thing that you warned people about. No question. Americans, first of all, have to disclose any money that they have invested offshore. If they don&#x27;t do that, it&#x27;s a felony, believe it or not.</p><p><strong>18:56</strong> Secondly, Americans are taxed on their worldwide income. I don&#x27;t care if you own property in the Cayman Islands or in the UK, you are taxed on your worldwide income. And any promoter who suggests that you put money in different places, you can avoid taxes that way, is wrong, is lying to you, and you can be indicted for fraud. So be aware of that. There&#x27;s a lot of scams out there. There&#x27;s a lot of people who want to get your money. You know, my goal is, if you listen to my advice, I&#x27;m going to make your life a lot less taxing. Well, again, paying too much tax, something that we want to avoid. I don&#x27;t mind paying my fair share. I just don&#x27;t want to pay more than I am required to. Absolutely. Do you know something? I&#x27;m going to give you a little tip. If you save $6,000 a year in taxes, we&#x27;re not talking about a huge amount of money,</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> $6,000. Put it away in an average performing mutual fund. Nothing special. No stock trading. No necessarily real estate buying. Just an average performing mutual fund. And you do this for your whole life. You do it for 40 years. That money is going to be worth $2.9 million at retirement. Well, that can make a difference. That will make a difference in your life. All right. Well, Sandy, we certainly have appreciated your insight, your knowledge. And I would like to check in with you again here in the near future on the Financial Safari. Absolutely. It would be my honor. His name is Sandy Botkin. He is a CPA. He is the CEO of the Tax Reduction Institute. And you can go to taxreductioninstitute.com to find out more. Also author of the great book, Lower Your Taxes Big Time. And as you can hear, just by lowering your taxes, that can make a big difference to your</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> retirement well-being. Sandy, again, we appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari. It is my pleasure. Talk to you soon.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Good morning, and I&#x27;m very honored to be here. Well, you have authored numerous technical articles. You&#x27;ve been a lecturer for some large corporations, also a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service. So you have an insider&#x27;s look at some of the tax laws, of course. And you have also been a CPA practicing for a long time. So you have a number of financial tips that CPAs should be talking to their clients about, and you say, unfortunately, they are not. What are some of the things that CPAs could do a better job of addressing, with their clients? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things. But first of all, tax planning is probably one of the most important areas for most Americans. It is the number one residual in the United States. And when I say that, most people think I&#x27;m crazy. When you think of residual income, you work once, and you get paid year after year after year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, taxes are like that, because you&#x27;re going to pay taxes last year. You&#x27;re probably going to pay this year, and you&#x27;re probably going to pay even more taxes next year. Unfortunately. So if you can get a couple tips from your CPA that reduces your taxes, that&#x27;s good. This year, next year, the year after, there&#x27;s nothing more valuable than tax planning information. And there&#x27;s a book written called The Millionaire Next Door, which evaluated many multimillionaires. And the one thing that almost every multimillionaire said is, if you want to be a multimillionaire, you&#x27;ve got to get your taxes down to the legal minimum. So if I leave a good concept with everyone listening, is really focus on tax planning and your future. It will make a sizable difference in your retirement and your net worth. Again, a residual effect on your bottom line, on your income. So absolutely, I agree with that. Hey, Sandy, it&#x27;s Coach Pete here. What are the tax planning topics?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And most importantly, what are the look forward tax planning issues that CPAs should be discussing with their clients today? All right. One big one is that with a $13 trillion deficit, taxes are going to go up. Make no mistake about that. They are going up. They&#x27;re already scheduled to go up for single people making over $200,000. It&#x27;s going to go up by three points. And if you&#x27;re making over $250,000 in the area, it&#x27;s going to go up almost five points. Dividends right now are taxed at 15% flat rates unless you make under a certain income. Unfortunately, starting next year, unless something special happens, it&#x27;s going to be ordinary income rates. Whatever that is, and that could be as high as 39.6%. There is a special deal that is available this year, and it&#x27;s called a conversion, where you can take your IRAs, your simple IRAs, your 401ks, and convert them to a Roth IRA.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Now, why would you want to do that? Because any money you put in the Roth IRA is 100% tax-free for the rest of your life. And if your family inherits the money, it is tax-free for the rest of their lives. Now, there is, however, a side effect. Now, it&#x27;s not like the drug side effects where they say death and things like that. It&#x27;s not quite that severe. But there is a side effect. And the side effect is you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the money. This year and next year. You can spread that out. Well, you get a benefit. That&#x27;s correct. You pay tax on half the money this year, and then you pay tax on half the money next year. So even though you&#x27;re converting it all this year, you pay it over a two-year period. So the government gives you a little bit of a break. But you know what? Taxes are on sale, in my opinion. With tax rates that are going to go up, they&#x27;re on sale. So doing that now, especially if you&#x27;ve got five, ten years left before you retire, it becomes especially critical.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So I would highly recommend that most of you meet with your financial advisor. Talk about this conversion to a Roth IRA. It could make a huge difference to your future. When does a Roth conversion make sense? When does it not make sense, Sandy? You know, I&#x27;ve had that discussion with myself, to be honest with you, because I&#x27;m in that situation. It certainly, I think, makes sense to do it immediately if you are in a tax-free state. For example, Florida, Texas, Alaska. If you don&#x27;t have a state tax, I would certainly consider doing that immediately. It also pays to do it probably if you have, I would say, five, ten years or more left to retire. So if you just started working or you have like 10, 15 years left, it probably pays to do it now. If you&#x27;re right near retirement, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in your 60s, at that point it becomes questionable. Okay. And we call that time, Sandy, the retirement and financial red zone when you&#x27;re within five years of retirement or five years into retirement.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Now, at what point does it not make sense to do a Roth conversion? Because you don&#x27;t want to take a larger than you have to tax it and then within the last few years of your life when you&#x27;re not going to recoup that amount. Let me give you an example of when it doesn&#x27;t. And my situation is a perfect example. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a fairly high tax bracket. Okay. Now, I intend to retire to the state of Florida. Florida has no income tax. I&#x27;m currently living in Maryland, which has a fairly sizable income tax. For me to make a conversion now, I would be in which, where I&#x27;m going to retire probably in four or five years, I would be paying tax on all the money. And now I&#x27;d also be paying Maryland tax. Why not wait a couple years, like three, four years, and when I&#x27;m in Florida, now avoid completely all the conversion and all the Maryland tax. When to do it is certainly problematic, and it&#x27;s in the opinion of the tax advisor.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But I would say that for most people, it is beneficial to convert now, especially if tax rates are going to go up the way I think they&#x27;re going to go up. I want to remind everybody, in the 1960s and early 1970s, do you know what the top tax rate was at that time? 90%. 90%. It could go the same way. So, considering that I think taxes are going to go up substantially, making that conversion now becomes very, very critical. This is particularly true if you&#x27;re in a lower bracket. Obviously, if you&#x27;re in the 39.6% bracket, making conversion now is more questionable. But even then, I think it would still be a good deal. But, you know, obviously, the lower the bracket, the longer you have to wait for retirement, the more imperative it is. Well, Sandy, aside from the Roth conversion, you say that taxes are on sale now.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And there are a number of tax laws and advantages unique to 2010. Of course, dividend taxes, capital gains taxes, estate taxes, income taxes, all are going to be affected after December 31st, January 1st of 2010, 2011. Now, what should somebody do to take advantage of maybe some other tax laws as they stand now rather than waiting to 2011? All right. First of all, let me emphasize something here. We have two tax systems in this country. One is for employees, which is designed to take your wealth. And then one is for self-employed individuals, which is designed to create economic growth. Because if you are self-employed, you can write off part of your house, your spouse, the equivalent of your kids&#x27; education and weddings. And I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that. You can set up a pension plan that makes any government plan paltry by comparison.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> I mean, the results are enormous. I would strongly urge everyone to consider starting up some kind of consulting business or small business. It could be a franchise you might want to look into. It could be a network marketing business. But look into starting up a business. Now, I want to emphasize one thing. I am not suggesting you start up a business just for taxes. That is not what I&#x27;m saying. But what I&#x27;m saying is if you look into a potential business that could make you a lot of money, A, it could support you for the rest of your life. B, it can result in you&#x27;re quitting your job. And C, it can save you an enormous amount of taxes because now you&#x27;re in the good tax system. Well, again, I think that starting a small business, one of the last true remaining legitimate tax deductions. So certainly something that you should consider not simply for the tax purposes, Sandy, as you noted.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But for a legitimate business, a great tax deduction lies therein. Absolutely. And one other big tip, and this is also a very important thing, is the fact that, you know, when you&#x27;re in business, you can do all kinds of things. For example, you can hire your kids. And by hiring your kids, if it&#x27;s legitimate and related to your business, you get a deduction for that money. And now, if they use that money to pay for their own education and weddings, aren&#x27;t you, in essence, getting a deduction for college or weddings that way? Absolutely. Hey, Sandy, a mistake we see small business owners make all the time, it seems, is that selling their business is going to be their retirement plan. In other words, the value of the business will be their retirement plan. And that backfires so many times that it&#x27;s not even funny. But what are some of the better alternatives for retirement planning for small and medium-sized business owners today? All right. First of all, understand that the key behind retirement planning, it&#x27;s a very simple goal.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Achieving it is not simple, but the goal is. And the goal is you want to have enough income to exceed your expenses, pay off all your expenses, without going into principal. And preferably to have a debt-free retirement, because that means less expenses. Now, that sounds simple. Achieving it is the problem. That&#x27;s right. The way you achieve it is to, first of all, you have to watch what your taxes are on what your investments are. So, for example, dividends right now are 15% rate starting next year, unless the government does something. And there are some bills in Congress to make some changes. But unless the government does something, these dividends can be ordinary income. So a lot of the question, then, should you still stay in stock by virtue of the fact that the dividend rates may be going up from 15% to as high as 39.6%. Again, we don&#x27;t know anything yet, because there&#x27;s bills in Congress to change that to 20%, 25%, and so on.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know if any of this stuff&#x27;s going to pass. But you&#x27;ve got to watch that. Maybe tax exempts is the better way. But again, right now, tax exempts aren&#x27;t paying that much. Tax exempts are paying 2%. But you can make 6%, say, on Verizon or stock or things like that. Maybe you&#x27;re better off with Verizon, even though it&#x27;s taxable. So those are the types of issues that you want to consider. But there&#x27;s one other thing I want to emphasize. It&#x27;s not a tax issue, but it&#x27;s such an important thing that I think we need to talk about it. And that&#x27;s called pension maximization. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s very critical. You know, most companies and even state employees, not so much federal, but it is true for many states and federal, will give you a choice at retirement where you can receive your full pension. And then if you die, your spouse gets nothing. Or you can receive a substantially reduced pension. And then if you pre-execie your spouse, they get a pension too. Yep. The problem with that is that if the spouse dies, you&#x27;re stuck with the lower amount.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> They don&#x27;t go back. Unless you&#x27;re a federal employee. My dad was in that situation. He actually lost over a third of his pension for the rest of her life. And my mom predeceased him, and he was stuck. There&#x27;s a much better way. And it&#x27;s called pension maximization. Okay. But the key is you&#x27;ve got to plan. What that means is this. With pension maximization is you take the full pension, but you take out a life insurance policy, enough whole life, and I know we don&#x27;t recommend whole life, but in this case I will, enough whole life to equal and to produce enough income to equal what the spouse would have made had you taken the reduced amount. The key to doing that, though, is if you wait at the time of retirement, this is where most people make a mistake, the premium exceeds what the reduced amount would have been. So it&#x27;s usually not a good deal if you do it at age 65 and you&#x27;re ready to retire.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> The key is to do this at least 10 years before retirement. Then the amount of premium is usually less than what you would have had to take on a pay cut on the retirement in order to get your spouse a sufficient amount of income. So here&#x27;s the key. At least 10 years in advance, you take out enough whole life insurance to equal what the spouse would have gotten in income from that whole life policy. And you want to make sure that the premium is less than what the retirement cut would have been. And that usually requires you to do this at least 10 years before retirement. And that leaves both spouses protected and typically in a better situation than with just the pension alone. Oh, absolutely. This way, if you pre-decie die, there&#x27;s no pension. But then they get this huge life insurance policy they can live off of. If the spouse dies, you get your higher pension, which is something my father didn&#x27;t get,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> and you get the cash value of the life insurance. It&#x27;s a win-win. It does take planning, as you noted, however. And as you also noted, whole life is the way to go there. Not typically what you recommend. But, Sandy, I think you would agree that there is a purpose for every financial tool out there. You just have to know what that purpose is. That is correct. That is absolutely correct. And, Sandy, I&#x27;m glad you covered that pension max. It&#x27;s something that we discuss with our clients every single day. I think it&#x27;s very, very important. It&#x27;s extremely important. You know, pension max can make a huge difference to someone&#x27;s retirement. Can you explain to the folks listening what pension max is and how it fits into everyone&#x27;s retirement? If I were everyone listening to the show, I would immediately go into your employer and find out what happens at retirement. Even though you may be in your 30s, ask them. Do you get the full amount? Did you have to take a reduced amount for a spouse if the spouse predeceases you?</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> What happens then? Do you still keep the reduced amount, or can you go back to the original amount? Federal employees can go back to the original amount. Others may not. If you can&#x27;t go back to the original amount, then you&#x27;ve got to really seriously consider the pension maximization thing of at least 10 years before retirement. You do not want to wait at retirement because at that point, the whole life becomes too expensive. Sandy, you noted that income is of the utmost importance in retirement. What are some of the other ways that you can maximize your income in retirement? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do. The key, really, for retirement income is savings well before retirement. Let me give you an interesting thing. If you would not buy a latte, sounds funny, $4 a day for a latte. But if you don&#x27;t buy a latte for your whole life, for 40 years, and you invest that money in a typical mutual fund, it&#x27;s worth about $150,000 at retirement.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> Believe it or not, little things over the years become big deals at retirement. Cutting back some expenses now and saving, and I cannot emphasize this enough, saving for retirement is probably the most important thing. In fact, my rule of thumb is you want to, unless you get a tremendous pension, which is few and far between these days, you want to put away a minimum of 10% of your take-home pay every month, every year, and never, ever touch that money to retirement. You know, I&#x27;m not that smart. I want to emphasize, I&#x27;m a multimillionaire. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m not that smart. I&#x27;m not smarter than a lot of people listening to the show. I don&#x27;t work harder. I don&#x27;t know if I made more money than a lot of people. But what I did was I put away an IRA even when I was 16. Every year, I maximized my IRA, which wasn&#x27;t much at that time.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It was like $2,000. Today, I put away more. But the point is, you know, at retirement, I&#x27;m sitting very well. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m sitting quite well. And again, I&#x27;m not that smart. If I can do it, you can do it. Okay. A couple other things here that I wanted to touch on. You have written a guide for some common tax scams. And I wanted to go over a few of these tax scams with you. First off, you noted economic stimulus scams. And I wanted to kind of pick your brain about what are some of the economic stimulus scams that you&#x27;ve seen. Well, you know what? Believe it or not, there were some benefits for the average person. The entire stimulus didn&#x27;t just go to the rich bankers here. There were some things that came in for the average person to get the money. And there are a lot of people who are notifying the Americans, saying in order to get the</p><p><strong>14:16</strong> stimulus, you&#x27;ve got to apply to it. And of course, they then want your social security number, or you&#x27;ve got to pay a fee in order to get it. There are no fees to get these economic stimulus scams. You do not have to give anybody your social security number. So that&#x27;s a complete scam. And by the way, let me emphasize a couple of things here with regard to these scams. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of scams out there, particularly tax scams, that are asking if you&#x27;re trying to get your identity theft, trying to get your social security number, or trying to get your bank account number. I just received one by the IRS saying, you&#x27;re currently being audited, but I think we might have the wrong person. Please call us or email us. We need certain information to see you are who you are. Of course, they wanted social security and a whole bunch of my mother&#x27;s maiden name and a whole bunch of other stuff. No one will ever do that. No IRS employee will ever ask you that information. And there are variations of that.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> There&#x27;s an arrest warrant. You get a letter saying there&#x27;s an arrest warrant issued to you by the clerk of the court, but it could be a mistake. You&#x27;ve got to call up and verify. Again, that will not happen. No one wants personal information. No state will ask you for that information. Never give out that kind of information. Never. There are a couple other scams where people are saying taxes are unconstitutional or they&#x27;re frivolous and you don&#x27;t have to pay taxes or only federal employees pay taxes. All of that is nonsense. Those people have been losing in court all the time and the government is so bored with that they&#x27;re asserting the government&#x27;s legal fees. But there is a couple scams that I want to emphasize that&#x27;s very important. And that&#x27;s what I call the pitch-a-thon scams. You know, when I was growing up, one of the oldest jokes that used to be to hear is that the most expensive thing in the evening was a lady who&#x27;s free for the evening. Today, the most expensive thing in the world is a free or low-cost seminar. These seminars, what&#x27;s going on, and I&#x27;ve seen a couple, where you go to these programs</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> where you might pay very little. Sometimes you pay a lot of money. Sometimes you pay even a thousand bucks. And all you get, for the most part, is pitch after pitch after pitch for high-priced products. Those things are horrible in many cases. Many of these promoters double their price because they have to give 50% to the sponsor of the seminar. So they actually charge more than they would have charged on their website. It is an absolutely horrible situation. If you get into that situation, I would certainly not buy anything. And if you ended up paying a lot of money for that seminar, and it turns out that all you got was pitch after pitch after pitch, I would ask for my money back. My rule of thumb is I have nothing against people selling products. I don&#x27;t mind additional products if something gives me a lot of content. But I want a lot of content. If you don&#x27;t get at least 90% content, 10% sales, I ask for my money back.</p><p><strong>16:37</strong> And that&#x27;s just the way I am. And you&#x27;ve got to avoid those pitch-a-thons. And you also want to avoid something else, what I call special trading software. I&#x27;m going to emphasize a couple things here. I&#x27;ve been at seminars where they offer this expensive software, and they give you this money-back guarantee. You have a three-day training program. And if at the end of the first day you don&#x27;t like it, you can get your money back. It all sounds wonderful. But nobody ever asked themselves, if I had this great software that worked wonderfully, why am I selling it? Why wouldn&#x27;t I just use it? I mean, if you had a gold mine, wouldn&#x27;t you just keep it? Would you tell anybody about it? Does Warren Buffett tell what his secrets are? No! No one would tell you about this stuff if it worked. The problem is it doesn&#x27;t work, or at least it doesn&#x27;t work any better than any other software out there. But nobody thinks of it. And the speaker who sells the thing gets a huge amount of money. And then when you show up at the training program, yeah, they give you one day of good training.</p><p><strong>17:24</strong> And then in day two and day three, they tell you, oh, you know, in order to really get the benefit of the program, you&#x27;ve got to spend another $10,000 or $20,000, I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that, to get the real benefit of the software. Hey, you were a sucker once. Why not try it again? Stay away from the trading software. Stay away from the high-priced seminars that are $3,000 and $4,000 and $5,000. Stay away from these things, particularly if they&#x27;re sold at a pitch-a-thon. Well, we see a lot of those peddling trusts. Maybe this was more a few years ago, but I know some are still around. Peddling trusts when they&#x27;re not really warranted or needed. That&#x27;s another situation there, where you set up these, what they call family trusts or pure trusts, where they say, oh, you can write off all your personal expenses and do all this stuff by setting up these trusts and you can avoid taxes. You know, I was at a seminar where a guy looked very competent, said, oh, look how much money I can save.</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> And he cites all these things. I can tell you it doesn&#x27;t work. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You know, it&#x27;s the old saying, if it sounds too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. That&#x27;s my point. Well, Sandy, I know that with the tax increases coming here in the future, a lot of folks are going to be looking for ways to avoid that. Now, we want to stay away from the gray area when it comes to the IRS, only in the black and white, only in the good area. But again, you don&#x27;t want to pay more taxes than you have to. So legally minimizing your taxes is a great way to do it. One way that you certainly are getting into that gray area is hiding assets offshore. Another thing that you warned people about. No question. Americans, first of all, have to disclose any money that they have invested offshore. If they don&#x27;t do that, it&#x27;s a felony, believe it or not.</p><p><strong>18:56</strong> Secondly, Americans are taxed on their worldwide income. I don&#x27;t care if you own property in the Cayman Islands or in the UK, you are taxed on your worldwide income. And any promoter who suggests that you put money in different places, you can avoid taxes that way, is wrong, is lying to you, and you can be indicted for fraud. So be aware of that. There&#x27;s a lot of scams out there. There&#x27;s a lot of people who want to get your money. You know, my goal is, if you listen to my advice, I&#x27;m going to make your life a lot less taxing. Well, again, paying too much tax, something that we want to avoid. I don&#x27;t mind paying my fair share. I just don&#x27;t want to pay more than I am required to. Absolutely. Do you know something? I&#x27;m going to give you a little tip. If you save $6,000 a year in taxes, we&#x27;re not talking about a huge amount of money,</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> $6,000. Put it away in an average performing mutual fund. Nothing special. No stock trading. No necessarily real estate buying. Just an average performing mutual fund. And you do this for your whole life. You do it for 40 years. That money is going to be worth $2.9 million at retirement. Well, that can make a difference. That will make a difference in your life. All right. Well, Sandy, we certainly have appreciated your insight, your knowledge. And I would like to check in with you again here in the near future on the Financial Safari. Absolutely. It would be my honor. His name is Sandy Botkin. He is a CPA. He is the CEO of the Tax Reduction Institute. And you can go to taxreductioninstitute.com to find out more. Also author of the great book, Lower Your Taxes Big Time. And as you can hear, just by lowering your taxes, that can make a big difference to your</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> retirement well-being. Sandy, again, we appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari. It is my pleasure. Talk to you soon.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sandy Botkin</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sandy Botkin, retirement planning, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/image.jpg?t=1792073286&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sandy-botkin-tax-planning-and-building-retirement-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/image.jpg?t=1792073286&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Aug 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1236</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="19814321" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sandy-botkin-tax-planning-and-building-retirement-wealth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>205</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:29" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:37" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:23" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, and very special guest here on the program once again joining us, Mr. Harry S. Dent. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;ve enjoyed having you on this program several times over the past six months or so, and you&#x27;ve made a number of predictions, and I&#x27;ve looked at your recent update on your website. You&#x27;re sticking with your predictions that you&#x27;ve made on this program. You think that we are going to see a strong bear market towards the latter part of the summer and the latter part of 2010, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, we have some very important cycles we&#x27;ve tracked over time. The early part of every decade, even in bull markets, tends to be weak, like the early 80s, early 90s, early 2000s, and particularly in the midterm elections every four years.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> We almost always get a significant correction. Sometimes it&#x27;s 10%, 20%, and sometimes it&#x27;s bigger. But we have those two cycles coming together just when our leading indicators say, you know, this recovery is slowly failing, and, you know, GDP came in a little disappointing today. I bet when it&#x27;s revised, it&#x27;ll be a little more disappointing, just like first quarter. But, hey, we&#x27;ve gone from 5.6% GDP in the fourth quarter to 2.7% out of 2.5% or lower, and our indicators suggest that we&#x27;re going to be back in recession by January. So the market can&#x27;t just keep going up here, assuming that the normal stimulus and Federal Reserve and government policies are going to work in the past. We&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re not going to work because baby boomers are over their spending cycle. They&#x27;re done spending and buying houses and cars.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And now there&#x27;s so much in debt, twice as much as they were in the roaring 20s at the end of the last great bubble in U.S. history, that they simply have to save and have to pare down their debt, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re going to do. The government is sitting in a position like Japan in the 90s trying to stimulate an economy that&#x27;s unstimulatable, and they&#x27;re just running up a bunch of debt, and it&#x27;s going to do very little good. They ought to be helping businesses and banks to restructure debt so consumers don&#x27;t have to get kicked out of their homes. You know, Benjamin Franklin said, without continual growth and progress, such words as improvement, achievement, and success have no meaning. And we keep hearing a lot of words from Washington, but I&#x27;ve heard your most recent predictions where we&#x27;re looking at maybe 8,000 Dow by the end of August, 6,000 by the end of September, and you&#x27;re still on track for maybe 3,400 on the Dow by the end of the year, correct?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s our worst-case scenario, but it&#x27;s also what we think is the most likely. We have a number of scenarios, which I&#x27;m going to put out in the August issue I&#x27;m working on now, but it&#x27;s like this market has gone straight up again. The market&#x27;s just assuming that things are going to be like in the past. The economy goes down, the government stimulates, the stimulus eventually works, and things turn around. And that&#x27;s just, we&#x27;ve said, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to be different this time. It&#x27;s not going to happen. So when the markets finally realize that, then I think that it&#x27;s going to go down hard, because the markets have been, I mean, the markets have been up 70, 80 percent in the last year. I mean, it&#x27;s ridiculous, like an economy that businesses are doing good because they&#x27;re cutting costs, but consumers are not doing well, and housing&#x27;s not doing well.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Housing&#x27;s not coming back. Mortgage defaults are going straight up as if we had no recovery. I mean, all the signs are there with high unemployment stuff that the recovery&#x27;s not really working. Well, wait until it actually fails, and that&#x27;s what our leading indicators say. So the next few months, that ought to be clear, and we&#x27;ll see. But we&#x27;re telling people at a minimum, August, September, October, the worst months into a midterm election anyway. Investors ought to be safe. Protect your 401ks and your investment plans. And then, you know, we can update people if we think this isn&#x27;t going to be as severe for now. But right now, yeah, there&#x27;s a high level of danger from our point of view. And we could see another crash, much like we saw in October, November, September, October, November 2008, where all of a sudden the market went down 4,000 points in two months.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Mr. Dent, you&#x27;ve hit on a number of points I want to touch on. First, you did mention the elections. Do you feel that the government might be able to keep this economy afloat and this recovery afloat until after the elections in November? Well, you know, that&#x27;s really a critical question. Our leading indicators are kind of saying no. But just recently, the Federal Reserve and the government really are starting to pick up that this recovery is failing. And so, you know, they may be pushing stronger or getting ready with stronger stimulus. Our kind of theory was that this next crash was going to happen before they expected it, and they&#x27;d be too slow to react. So if they do start to act and bring back things like the housing credits and things like that or come up with new stimulus programs, then they may be able to. I still tend to think there&#x27;s enough opposition now.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know, a number of polls I&#x27;ve seen where about 60 percent of people in this country think the government&#x27;s already gone too far. I mean, normally consumers are clamoring for stimulus in a downturn, but when people see how quick the debt&#x27;s going up, and we tell people you&#x27;re not even looking at the 800-pound gorilla. The private debt is more than three times government debt, way more of a bubble. But they&#x27;re looking at this debt rising, and they&#x27;re saying this can&#x27;t be good for our kids. And so there&#x27;s a lot of opposition to this endless stimulus for the first time in history. So I think it&#x27;s going to be an uphill battle for the government that just keeps stimulating. And Japan&#x27;s already proven that stimulus alone will not get you out of this type of spiral where housing is deflating and bubbles are deflating and a generation is moving from a spending to a savings cycle. You can&#x27;t get older people to spend money because they don&#x27;t need to.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Their kids are gone. Hey, Mr. Dent, you mentioned that the baby boomers have the high debt. We&#x27;re stimulating, and the government&#x27;s getting into debt. But you can&#x27;t stimulate the economy out of a recession. Do you think that America has simply reached its debt limit and maxed out its credit limit? Yes, yes, I do. And that debt limit kept going up as long as housing prices were going up and stocks were going up and the economy was doing better. But now that baby boomers have gotten past their peak in spending on housing and borrowing and that sort of stuff and this whole bubble in housing and stocks and stuff is deflating, people realize, oh, my gosh, yes, yes, we went too far. We don&#x27;t have enough savings for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> We&#x27;ve got too high a debt. And a lot of people are sitting there saying, you know, a lot of people are choosing, even if they&#x27;re employed, choosing to not pay their mortgage payments to help them get by because they&#x27;re like, hey, I&#x27;m underwater in this house anyway. Sooner or later, I&#x27;m probably going to be foreclosed on. I might as well stop paying now and save $3,000 a month and help me survive and save more money. So, you know, this is a real issue. I mean, normally when the government stimulates and baby boomers went a rising spending and borrowing cycle, which they were in the 80s, 90s, and 2000s, yes, these baby boomers, if you lowered interest rates and gave incentives, they&#x27;d borrow more money. But now they&#x27;re saying, no, no, no, we&#x27;re in trouble. We don&#x27;t need to borrow more money. Businesses are doing the same. I mean, the economy has been recovering to some degree, but businesses have not been reinvesting.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> They&#x27;ve got cash sitting on the balance sheet. Businesses are not willing to invest in an uncertain economy. I mean, the only place they&#x27;re seeing growth is overseas. And many, many of the consumers out there are still trying to play catch up with their retirement plans from where it was in 1999. And because – I mean, we tell people it&#x27;s hard to understand it. Like we had this big stock crash, 2000, 2002, but people forget that during that big tech crash, housing went straight up. So most people have about half their assets in real estate, half in stocks and bonds. And so that helped offset so people didn&#x27;t feel it. This time, everything they owned went down. Their house went down. Their 401K plan went down. You know, they held oil or commodities. That went down. Everything went down. So people really felt this.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And now you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re sitting there looking at their retirement plan saying, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m 55 or I&#x27;m 50 and I got 10 years to retirement. And I&#x27;m nowhere near my goals now and the economy&#x27;s slowing. So, yes, people are going to save naturally anyway as the baby boomers move more in their 50s and 60s. But they&#x27;re going to save even more because their retirement plans have been compromised. What I see is by trying to play catch up, it&#x27;s like at Vegas when you&#x27;re losing. You keep trying to pile more and more money on the table and lose more. And people have, Mr. Dent, what I call diversification confusion right now where they think just stocks, bonds, and mutual funds is a good asset allocation mix even when they&#x27;re close to the retirement red zone right there within five years of retirement. Yeah, no, no. They think that&#x27;s enough. And the bigger truth is almost everything&#x27;s going down so diversification doesn&#x27;t work as well.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> The truth is you need to preserve your capital. The best thing, I mean, we&#x27;ve had a big stock market run, and the stock market&#x27;s still pretty high after all this, you know, I mean, because it&#x27;s had a big rally. And real estate&#x27;s coming back a little bit in some areas. I mean, if you can sell while assets are still high, you preserve your cash and then you wait for everything to fall because bubbles always deflate. And when things fall, your money&#x27;s worth more. So people have to get used to thinking, oh, just holding cash and making a small return or high-quality bonds is actually a way to make money because everything&#x27;s falling and getting cheaper. I mean, I&#x27;ve been renting a home in Tampa since late 2005 when I moved from Miami. I&#x27;m saving X amount every month versus owning on the cash flow to cover it because the rent&#x27;s cheaper, and the house has fallen 50%.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> I&#x27;ve saved that much money by not owning. People can&#x27;t get that. Oh, no, you have to own to make money. No, I&#x27;ve saved a ton of money by renting because we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment. Bubbles are bursting. You have to wait for them to burst. Then you can reinvest and have diversification work for you. But not. Everything&#x27;s falling, and people have to get that. And there&#x27;s going to be a period of time, I&#x27;d say, for the next few years where things continue to fall. And the key strategy, protect what you have. And if you just do that and be safe, it will grow in value just by sitting there. Everything&#x27;s falling. Mr. Dent, it seems to me that we&#x27;ve had several bubbles that have deflated or popped only to re-inflate. Real estate being one of those, it seems like we are on the edge of another real estate bubble. You&#x27;ve referred to this as a bear market rally.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And in your July update, you recognized that your May predictions were pretty spot on and accurate. And in May, we were on the show here with you recognizing that your March predictions were spot on. Do you still stick to you feel that what&#x27;s coming next will be a pretty swift crash that could be as severe or more severe than what we saw back in 2007, 2008? Yeah, that&#x27;s our most likely scenario. And we&#x27;re really looking, if that&#x27;s going to happen, that should start in August. I mean, this should be happening now. I mean, markets are down today as we expected and that sort of thing. They should continue down. If we don&#x27;t see an acceleration by late August on the downside, then maybe we&#x27;re not going to have such a steep crash because, again, the government can always push this back.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> That&#x27;s what they essentially did. We had the greatest debt crisis in history, far greater than the roaring 20s and even a little greater than the one in Japan in the 80s. And the government put trillions of dollars into, you know, pumping up the system like, you know, coffee or something to keep it awake and keep it going. And all they did was stave off this crisis. And we&#x27;ve been warning ever since then that this crisis would come back because the stimulus would ultimately fail and the debt&#x27;s still there and housing prices would not come back. So we do not see another bubble in housing. Housing has been mortally wounded just like tech stocks were after the 90s crash. And it&#x27;s coming back a little bit. But we are seeing, you know, money&#x27;s rushing into gold. Money&#x27;s rushing into bonds. So, you know, you keep having bubbles as long as the government keeps interest rates so low that people are encouraged to speculate.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And banks, they wonder why they&#x27;re not lending money. Banks can borrow money free from the government and turn around and invest it in bonds and make money risk-free. Absolutely. Why would they want to lend money? Absolutely. I mean, the government&#x27;s just making this whole thing worse. Mr. Dent, we have heard rumors of a mystery market buyer buying pretty large quantities in the market. Is the government inflating by buying overpriced stocks at this point in time, by making overpriced investments? You know, I&#x27;ve heard rumors of that, too. And I don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s going to look pretty bad if it looked like they manipulated the markets. But they&#x27;ve been doing that in the bond markets now for a good while. They will buy treasury bonds. They will buy mortgage securities to keep the yields down and to keep the markets liquid so they don&#x27;t just fall apart. I mean, we saw what happened in Europe, that as soon as the deficit started to look scary for a lot of European countries, interest rates rose on government bonds.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> And in Greece, for example, extreme. It went from 4.5 percent to 11 percent. That&#x27;s extreme. The U.S. government is manipulating the bond markets by buying bonds, their own bonds, so that, you know, they can&#x27;t sell off and the yields can&#x27;t go up. Well, you can&#x27;t do that forever. And when you manipulate markets one way, they always eventually bounce back. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s stimulus stuff. It&#x27;s just short-term stimulus. It never works long-term. If you motivate consumers to buy homes now that they would have bought two years from now with a housing credit, then they&#x27;re not going to be there to buy two years from now. So this stuff is baloney. They&#x27;re running up a lot of debt for no reason. It&#x27;d be better to use the government&#x27;s resources to sit down with the banks and say, you know what? These housing prices are not coming back. We&#x27;ve got to restructure debt back in line with what assets are really worth.</p><p><strong>13:42</strong> It&#x27;s called mark-to-market. And you know what? We&#x27;re going to put up a few trillion dollars to help absorb those losses on maybe a, you know, 20 cents on the dollar basis. And then the best banks survive and the worst go under. I mean, we have to restructure debt. For example, the private debt in this country, way bigger than government, went from $20 trillion to $42 trillion in the last several years. I mean, huge bubble. That means there&#x27;s about $20 trillion in excess debt that went into this bubble that could be written off. If we write down $20 trillion in debt, well over a trillion dollars a year will be savings to consumers and businesses, the private sector, not government, forever. That&#x27;s the ultimate stimulus plan. Restructure debt. Put your money towards helping that to happen and giving banks incentives for that to happen instead of stimulating an already dead economy.</p><p><strong>14:32</strong> And then that gives consumers and businesses lower cost and frees up money for decades in the future. Did we ever really figure – last time we had you on, we were trying to figure out what happened on that flash crash the day the market went down about 1,000 points then bounced back up. And then it got overshadowed by the oil spill. So I think people forgot about it. But have we ever really figured out what caused that, Mr. Dent? You know, they never did. And what it means, the answer is, which is what I thought it was, is the market. There&#x27;s so much leverage. I mean, another thing is that governments have allowed all this leverage and unregulated derivatives and all this stuff. You&#x27;ve got hedge funds and people investing at 35 to 1 leverage. See, the same people that drove oil up to $147, and as soon as there was a little weakness, it drops to $32.</p><p><strong>15:21</strong> You don&#x27;t drop from $147 to $32 because of a slowdown in the economy. You have hedge funds dumping oil contracts on high leverage. They&#x27;re just having to sell to cover margin calls. I think that&#x27;s what happened there. The market went down enough on that day and got scary enough that, you know, some people just had to sell, and you got this sudden drop. Could it happen again? And so that shows that the market&#x27;s vulnerable. If it can do that on a day like that, what happens if we get some really bad news on the economy? Could it happen again, Mr. Dent? Then you could be down thousands of points in no time. Do you think that could happen again, Mr. Dent? Oh, yeah, absolutely. They&#x27;ve done nothing to prevent that. I mean, they do a few tick rules or something like that. No, I mean, if this was really the fact that there&#x27;s a lot of leveraged players in there that could be forced to quickly dump highly leveraged positions,</p><p><strong>16:09</strong> then there&#x27;s no way to stop that. That&#x27;s going to happen again if we get some bad news in the economy. So we said in our newsletter back then that this was kind of like a precursor. You know, this happened in one day, a thousand-point drop. This could happen on a larger scale. Well, over a couple of weeks, like in 1987, the market could just crash. Now, that may or may not happen, but that is certainly a likelihood in this environment because, again, there&#x27;s so much leverage. We have too much debt in our economy, consumers, financial institutions, investment managers. It&#x27;s off the charts. We add up $102 trillion and we add it all up. You know, the unfunded liabilities for Social Security and health care, the $42 trillion in private debt, the $14 trillion in rising in government debt, including state and local. This is massive. It&#x27;s seven times our economy, and it&#x27;s three and a half times as high as our total debt was at the top of the roaring 20s.</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> And the Great Depression was no small shakeout from that. I mean, this is serious stuff. And for the government to think they can just throw a few trillion dollars at the economy and stimulate their way out of this is absolutely foolishness. They are basically shooting a fire hose into a tidal wave from my point of view. Mr. Dent, in your July update, you said that you felt that the bear market rally had hit its top. There are plenty of speculators, those with the gambling spirit out there, that still would like to take advantage of opportunities that are out there. You said it&#x27;s time to start shorting. What did you recommend on that end of the spectrum? Well, what we tell most people, instead of options and futures that are highly leveraged, this is a volatile market. And you don&#x27;t want to get killed on a bear market rally that can be very sharp or we&#x27;re just wrong short term and then it comes a little later.</p><p><strong>17:49</strong> So we&#x27;re saying the easiest thing to do is just buy an inverse ETF. Like you can buy the SPY if you&#x27;re betting on the stock market going up, the S&amp;P 500. But you can bet on it going down with no leverage by buying the SH. The QID is a double play inverse on the QQQs or the technology. And there&#x27;s a lot of other things we recommend you buy. But you just buy an inverse ETF. You don&#x27;t have to formally short stocks. They do it for you. And if the stock market goes down 20 percent, you&#x27;re going to be up 20 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s personally what I&#x27;m doing right now. I&#x27;m short the stock market. I think the average investor needs to be very, very careful these days about believing the hype they see on TV every day too, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, yeah. And, again, even if you&#x27;re listening to people like us, don&#x27;t go, you know, look at your risk tolerance like you would at any other time.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> If you&#x27;re going to short the market, don&#x27;t take more risk than you can handle. And I tell most people just buy a single inverse like the SH is a good one. I mean, we see that the S&amp;P could go down anywhere from 20 percent to 60 percent in the next six months. So that&#x27;s a very healthy return. You don&#x27;t need to add leverage to that. And then, you know, if the markets don&#x27;t fall here in the next few weeks and start to head down and we start to head to new highs, we&#x27;ll tell people, okay, you know, get out of this. And we may have to wait for a better opportunity. But our cycle strongly suggests, you know, the highest risk are coming in the next few months. And the markets could be down as late as the end of the year. Mr. Dent, you noted that this is the approach you&#x27;re taking right now. I still think and you probably agree that this is an approach that&#x27;s really, as you obviously are, only for advanced investors.</p><p><strong>19:30</strong> Yeah, this is for a more like a higher – and I mean, you know, like a normal aggressive investor because you&#x27;re not leveraging. You&#x27;re just betting on the market going down rather than up. Yes, for most people, for most investors, we&#x27;ve had a lot of people more conservative in the U.S. dollar by the UUP, for example. It&#x27;s an ETF that tracks the U.S. dollar index. That&#x27;s, you know, been up almost 20 percent. Now it&#x27;s pulled back. It&#x27;s getting attractive again. That&#x27;s a play that&#x27;s going – you know, you&#x27;re going to make 10 or 20 percent if we have a panic and the dollar&#x27;s up because it has been in every panic we&#x27;ve had so far. And, you know, it&#x27;s not as big a play and it&#x27;s more conservative or the most conservative people just be in cash, be in a T-bill account that&#x27;s safe. Maybe you&#x27;re only making 1 percent. That&#x27;s fine. You&#x27;re preserving your money until stocks go down 50, 60 percent or real estate goes down another 20, 30 percent in the next few years.</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> And then you can buy at really bargain levels and you can buy much more stock and much more real estate. Mr. Dent, some folks are still going to wait until the last minute or until after they see the signs that this is, in fact, the case to take any type of action. So what are the major warning signs, red flags that we will be going to see or are we already seeing them? Well, we may already be seeing them. We&#x27;re starting to see some weakness. We were looking for weakness in the last part of July and early August. I think the big thing, the markets ought to continue down in the next week or two if we&#x27;re right about a significant crash starting. You know, but the problem is if you wait to see if that&#x27;s right and we have one of these 1 or 2,000 point drop, you&#x27;re already going to miss a lot.</p><p><strong>21:07</strong> So it&#x27;s pretty dangerous. To me, almost better for most people to be out and then if it seems like we&#x27;re right, you start moving in or you take a position and you put a leash on it. You say, okay, you know, the Dow&#x27;s at whatever, 10,300 or 400 today. I&#x27;m going to sit here. But if this thing breaks, you know, substantially above the recent highs, 10,600, then I&#x27;m going to, you know, get out and play it safe for a while and see what happens. Because the markets should have topped here recently. And if they keep going up, then it says, you know, we might have to wait a little while. So, you know, again, August should be, we&#x27;re going to enter, you know, in our cycles of correction, it should be happening in August. So if it doesn&#x27;t happen pretty soon, we&#x27;re going to reconsider. And people should too.</p><p><strong>21:54</strong> Mr. Dent, we always appreciate your insight. You always bring a lot to the program here. And I am an avid follower of your updates on your site, HS Dent. We really appreciate you being on the program. If anything major as far as market movement does happen over the next couple weeks, could we get you back on here pretty soon? Yeah, yeah. No, no, definitely. No, this is a good time. Because like you say, we&#x27;re going to be watching this very closely. And the next couple weeks ought to tell us something. All right. Well, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program. And thank you for being here. Is there anything that you would like our listeners to know that you&#x27;re doing or anything that they can go as far as a resource to get in touch with more information from you? Well, you know, our website, hsdent.com, we&#x27;ve got a lot of free materials. We have some YouTube videos out there that we update people on regularly.</p><p><strong>22:42</strong> We also have an ETF that we&#x27;ve launched, DENT, that plays kind of both sides of the market. It&#x27;ll be in cash at times, and sometimes it&#x27;ll be a little short. It&#x27;ll be long when there&#x27;s – because we see the markets pretty much going up and down for the whole next decade. There&#x27;s not going to be – there&#x27;s going to be a downward bias, but overall it&#x27;s going to be more sideways. So there&#x27;s not going to be a clear trend that you can play. And I would recommend that ETF, frankly, as an option once we see a stock market crash. We&#x27;re going to do better in up markets than down slightly. So if we do see a crash later this year, that&#x27;s going to be a good place, we think, to put your money in something you can sit with more because it tries to clip, you know, the best parts of each up and down and doesn&#x27;t take a stance long-term like buying long, you know, large-cap stocks or something.</p><p><strong>23:30</strong> You&#x27;re just not going to be able to do that in this environment. Well, Mr. Dent, we always appreciate you coming on, and we look forward to talking to you again. Okay, great. Thank you very much.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, and very special guest here on the program once again joining us, Mr. Harry S. Dent. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;ve enjoyed having you on this program several times over the past six months or so, and you&#x27;ve made a number of predictions, and I&#x27;ve looked at your recent update on your website. You&#x27;re sticking with your predictions that you&#x27;ve made on this program. You think that we are going to see a strong bear market towards the latter part of the summer and the latter part of 2010, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, we have some very important cycles we&#x27;ve tracked over time. The early part of every decade, even in bull markets, tends to be weak, like the early 80s, early 90s, early 2000s, and particularly in the midterm elections every four years.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> We almost always get a significant correction. Sometimes it&#x27;s 10%, 20%, and sometimes it&#x27;s bigger. But we have those two cycles coming together just when our leading indicators say, you know, this recovery is slowly failing, and, you know, GDP came in a little disappointing today. I bet when it&#x27;s revised, it&#x27;ll be a little more disappointing, just like first quarter. But, hey, we&#x27;ve gone from 5.6% GDP in the fourth quarter to 2.7% out of 2.5% or lower, and our indicators suggest that we&#x27;re going to be back in recession by January. So the market can&#x27;t just keep going up here, assuming that the normal stimulus and Federal Reserve and government policies are going to work in the past. We&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re not going to work because baby boomers are over their spending cycle. They&#x27;re done spending and buying houses and cars.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And now there&#x27;s so much in debt, twice as much as they were in the roaring 20s at the end of the last great bubble in U.S. history, that they simply have to save and have to pare down their debt, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re going to do. The government is sitting in a position like Japan in the 90s trying to stimulate an economy that&#x27;s unstimulatable, and they&#x27;re just running up a bunch of debt, and it&#x27;s going to do very little good. They ought to be helping businesses and banks to restructure debt so consumers don&#x27;t have to get kicked out of their homes. You know, Benjamin Franklin said, without continual growth and progress, such words as improvement, achievement, and success have no meaning. And we keep hearing a lot of words from Washington, but I&#x27;ve heard your most recent predictions where we&#x27;re looking at maybe 8,000 Dow by the end of August, 6,000 by the end of September, and you&#x27;re still on track for maybe 3,400 on the Dow by the end of the year, correct?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s our worst-case scenario, but it&#x27;s also what we think is the most likely. We have a number of scenarios, which I&#x27;m going to put out in the August issue I&#x27;m working on now, but it&#x27;s like this market has gone straight up again. The market&#x27;s just assuming that things are going to be like in the past. The economy goes down, the government stimulates, the stimulus eventually works, and things turn around. And that&#x27;s just, we&#x27;ve said, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to be different this time. It&#x27;s not going to happen. So when the markets finally realize that, then I think that it&#x27;s going to go down hard, because the markets have been, I mean, the markets have been up 70, 80 percent in the last year. I mean, it&#x27;s ridiculous, like an economy that businesses are doing good because they&#x27;re cutting costs, but consumers are not doing well, and housing&#x27;s not doing well.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Housing&#x27;s not coming back. Mortgage defaults are going straight up as if we had no recovery. I mean, all the signs are there with high unemployment stuff that the recovery&#x27;s not really working. Well, wait until it actually fails, and that&#x27;s what our leading indicators say. So the next few months, that ought to be clear, and we&#x27;ll see. But we&#x27;re telling people at a minimum, August, September, October, the worst months into a midterm election anyway. Investors ought to be safe. Protect your 401ks and your investment plans. And then, you know, we can update people if we think this isn&#x27;t going to be as severe for now. But right now, yeah, there&#x27;s a high level of danger from our point of view. And we could see another crash, much like we saw in October, November, September, October, November 2008, where all of a sudden the market went down 4,000 points in two months.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Mr. Dent, you&#x27;ve hit on a number of points I want to touch on. First, you did mention the elections. Do you feel that the government might be able to keep this economy afloat and this recovery afloat until after the elections in November? Well, you know, that&#x27;s really a critical question. Our leading indicators are kind of saying no. But just recently, the Federal Reserve and the government really are starting to pick up that this recovery is failing. And so, you know, they may be pushing stronger or getting ready with stronger stimulus. Our kind of theory was that this next crash was going to happen before they expected it, and they&#x27;d be too slow to react. So if they do start to act and bring back things like the housing credits and things like that or come up with new stimulus programs, then they may be able to. I still tend to think there&#x27;s enough opposition now.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know, a number of polls I&#x27;ve seen where about 60 percent of people in this country think the government&#x27;s already gone too far. I mean, normally consumers are clamoring for stimulus in a downturn, but when people see how quick the debt&#x27;s going up, and we tell people you&#x27;re not even looking at the 800-pound gorilla. The private debt is more than three times government debt, way more of a bubble. But they&#x27;re looking at this debt rising, and they&#x27;re saying this can&#x27;t be good for our kids. And so there&#x27;s a lot of opposition to this endless stimulus for the first time in history. So I think it&#x27;s going to be an uphill battle for the government that just keeps stimulating. And Japan&#x27;s already proven that stimulus alone will not get you out of this type of spiral where housing is deflating and bubbles are deflating and a generation is moving from a spending to a savings cycle. You can&#x27;t get older people to spend money because they don&#x27;t need to.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Their kids are gone. Hey, Mr. Dent, you mentioned that the baby boomers have the high debt. We&#x27;re stimulating, and the government&#x27;s getting into debt. But you can&#x27;t stimulate the economy out of a recession. Do you think that America has simply reached its debt limit and maxed out its credit limit? Yes, yes, I do. And that debt limit kept going up as long as housing prices were going up and stocks were going up and the economy was doing better. But now that baby boomers have gotten past their peak in spending on housing and borrowing and that sort of stuff and this whole bubble in housing and stocks and stuff is deflating, people realize, oh, my gosh, yes, yes, we went too far. We don&#x27;t have enough savings for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> We&#x27;ve got too high a debt. And a lot of people are sitting there saying, you know, a lot of people are choosing, even if they&#x27;re employed, choosing to not pay their mortgage payments to help them get by because they&#x27;re like, hey, I&#x27;m underwater in this house anyway. Sooner or later, I&#x27;m probably going to be foreclosed on. I might as well stop paying now and save $3,000 a month and help me survive and save more money. So, you know, this is a real issue. I mean, normally when the government stimulates and baby boomers went a rising spending and borrowing cycle, which they were in the 80s, 90s, and 2000s, yes, these baby boomers, if you lowered interest rates and gave incentives, they&#x27;d borrow more money. But now they&#x27;re saying, no, no, no, we&#x27;re in trouble. We don&#x27;t need to borrow more money. Businesses are doing the same. I mean, the economy has been recovering to some degree, but businesses have not been reinvesting.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> They&#x27;ve got cash sitting on the balance sheet. Businesses are not willing to invest in an uncertain economy. I mean, the only place they&#x27;re seeing growth is overseas. And many, many of the consumers out there are still trying to play catch up with their retirement plans from where it was in 1999. And because – I mean, we tell people it&#x27;s hard to understand it. Like we had this big stock crash, 2000, 2002, but people forget that during that big tech crash, housing went straight up. So most people have about half their assets in real estate, half in stocks and bonds. And so that helped offset so people didn&#x27;t feel it. This time, everything they owned went down. Their house went down. Their 401K plan went down. You know, they held oil or commodities. That went down. Everything went down. So people really felt this.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And now you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re sitting there looking at their retirement plan saying, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m 55 or I&#x27;m 50 and I got 10 years to retirement. And I&#x27;m nowhere near my goals now and the economy&#x27;s slowing. So, yes, people are going to save naturally anyway as the baby boomers move more in their 50s and 60s. But they&#x27;re going to save even more because their retirement plans have been compromised. What I see is by trying to play catch up, it&#x27;s like at Vegas when you&#x27;re losing. You keep trying to pile more and more money on the table and lose more. And people have, Mr. Dent, what I call diversification confusion right now where they think just stocks, bonds, and mutual funds is a good asset allocation mix even when they&#x27;re close to the retirement red zone right there within five years of retirement. Yeah, no, no. They think that&#x27;s enough. And the bigger truth is almost everything&#x27;s going down so diversification doesn&#x27;t work as well.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> The truth is you need to preserve your capital. The best thing, I mean, we&#x27;ve had a big stock market run, and the stock market&#x27;s still pretty high after all this, you know, I mean, because it&#x27;s had a big rally. And real estate&#x27;s coming back a little bit in some areas. I mean, if you can sell while assets are still high, you preserve your cash and then you wait for everything to fall because bubbles always deflate. And when things fall, your money&#x27;s worth more. So people have to get used to thinking, oh, just holding cash and making a small return or high-quality bonds is actually a way to make money because everything&#x27;s falling and getting cheaper. I mean, I&#x27;ve been renting a home in Tampa since late 2005 when I moved from Miami. I&#x27;m saving X amount every month versus owning on the cash flow to cover it because the rent&#x27;s cheaper, and the house has fallen 50%.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> I&#x27;ve saved that much money by not owning. People can&#x27;t get that. Oh, no, you have to own to make money. No, I&#x27;ve saved a ton of money by renting because we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment. Bubbles are bursting. You have to wait for them to burst. Then you can reinvest and have diversification work for you. But not. Everything&#x27;s falling, and people have to get that. And there&#x27;s going to be a period of time, I&#x27;d say, for the next few years where things continue to fall. And the key strategy, protect what you have. And if you just do that and be safe, it will grow in value just by sitting there. Everything&#x27;s falling. Mr. Dent, it seems to me that we&#x27;ve had several bubbles that have deflated or popped only to re-inflate. Real estate being one of those, it seems like we are on the edge of another real estate bubble. You&#x27;ve referred to this as a bear market rally.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And in your July update, you recognized that your May predictions were pretty spot on and accurate. And in May, we were on the show here with you recognizing that your March predictions were spot on. Do you still stick to you feel that what&#x27;s coming next will be a pretty swift crash that could be as severe or more severe than what we saw back in 2007, 2008? Yeah, that&#x27;s our most likely scenario. And we&#x27;re really looking, if that&#x27;s going to happen, that should start in August. I mean, this should be happening now. I mean, markets are down today as we expected and that sort of thing. They should continue down. If we don&#x27;t see an acceleration by late August on the downside, then maybe we&#x27;re not going to have such a steep crash because, again, the government can always push this back.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> That&#x27;s what they essentially did. We had the greatest debt crisis in history, far greater than the roaring 20s and even a little greater than the one in Japan in the 80s. And the government put trillions of dollars into, you know, pumping up the system like, you know, coffee or something to keep it awake and keep it going. And all they did was stave off this crisis. And we&#x27;ve been warning ever since then that this crisis would come back because the stimulus would ultimately fail and the debt&#x27;s still there and housing prices would not come back. So we do not see another bubble in housing. Housing has been mortally wounded just like tech stocks were after the 90s crash. And it&#x27;s coming back a little bit. But we are seeing, you know, money&#x27;s rushing into gold. Money&#x27;s rushing into bonds. So, you know, you keep having bubbles as long as the government keeps interest rates so low that people are encouraged to speculate.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And banks, they wonder why they&#x27;re not lending money. Banks can borrow money free from the government and turn around and invest it in bonds and make money risk-free. Absolutely. Why would they want to lend money? Absolutely. I mean, the government&#x27;s just making this whole thing worse. Mr. Dent, we have heard rumors of a mystery market buyer buying pretty large quantities in the market. Is the government inflating by buying overpriced stocks at this point in time, by making overpriced investments? You know, I&#x27;ve heard rumors of that, too. And I don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s going to look pretty bad if it looked like they manipulated the markets. But they&#x27;ve been doing that in the bond markets now for a good while. They will buy treasury bonds. They will buy mortgage securities to keep the yields down and to keep the markets liquid so they don&#x27;t just fall apart. I mean, we saw what happened in Europe, that as soon as the deficit started to look scary for a lot of European countries, interest rates rose on government bonds.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> And in Greece, for example, extreme. It went from 4.5 percent to 11 percent. That&#x27;s extreme. The U.S. government is manipulating the bond markets by buying bonds, their own bonds, so that, you know, they can&#x27;t sell off and the yields can&#x27;t go up. Well, you can&#x27;t do that forever. And when you manipulate markets one way, they always eventually bounce back. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s stimulus stuff. It&#x27;s just short-term stimulus. It never works long-term. If you motivate consumers to buy homes now that they would have bought two years from now with a housing credit, then they&#x27;re not going to be there to buy two years from now. So this stuff is baloney. They&#x27;re running up a lot of debt for no reason. It&#x27;d be better to use the government&#x27;s resources to sit down with the banks and say, you know what? These housing prices are not coming back. We&#x27;ve got to restructure debt back in line with what assets are really worth.</p><p><strong>13:42</strong> It&#x27;s called mark-to-market. And you know what? We&#x27;re going to put up a few trillion dollars to help absorb those losses on maybe a, you know, 20 cents on the dollar basis. And then the best banks survive and the worst go under. I mean, we have to restructure debt. For example, the private debt in this country, way bigger than government, went from $20 trillion to $42 trillion in the last several years. I mean, huge bubble. That means there&#x27;s about $20 trillion in excess debt that went into this bubble that could be written off. If we write down $20 trillion in debt, well over a trillion dollars a year will be savings to consumers and businesses, the private sector, not government, forever. That&#x27;s the ultimate stimulus plan. Restructure debt. Put your money towards helping that to happen and giving banks incentives for that to happen instead of stimulating an already dead economy.</p><p><strong>14:32</strong> And then that gives consumers and businesses lower cost and frees up money for decades in the future. Did we ever really figure – last time we had you on, we were trying to figure out what happened on that flash crash the day the market went down about 1,000 points then bounced back up. And then it got overshadowed by the oil spill. So I think people forgot about it. But have we ever really figured out what caused that, Mr. Dent? You know, they never did. And what it means, the answer is, which is what I thought it was, is the market. There&#x27;s so much leverage. I mean, another thing is that governments have allowed all this leverage and unregulated derivatives and all this stuff. You&#x27;ve got hedge funds and people investing at 35 to 1 leverage. See, the same people that drove oil up to $147, and as soon as there was a little weakness, it drops to $32.</p><p><strong>15:21</strong> You don&#x27;t drop from $147 to $32 because of a slowdown in the economy. You have hedge funds dumping oil contracts on high leverage. They&#x27;re just having to sell to cover margin calls. I think that&#x27;s what happened there. The market went down enough on that day and got scary enough that, you know, some people just had to sell, and you got this sudden drop. Could it happen again? And so that shows that the market&#x27;s vulnerable. If it can do that on a day like that, what happens if we get some really bad news on the economy? Could it happen again, Mr. Dent? Then you could be down thousands of points in no time. Do you think that could happen again, Mr. Dent? Oh, yeah, absolutely. They&#x27;ve done nothing to prevent that. I mean, they do a few tick rules or something like that. No, I mean, if this was really the fact that there&#x27;s a lot of leveraged players in there that could be forced to quickly dump highly leveraged positions,</p><p><strong>16:09</strong> then there&#x27;s no way to stop that. That&#x27;s going to happen again if we get some bad news in the economy. So we said in our newsletter back then that this was kind of like a precursor. You know, this happened in one day, a thousand-point drop. This could happen on a larger scale. Well, over a couple of weeks, like in 1987, the market could just crash. Now, that may or may not happen, but that is certainly a likelihood in this environment because, again, there&#x27;s so much leverage. We have too much debt in our economy, consumers, financial institutions, investment managers. It&#x27;s off the charts. We add up $102 trillion and we add it all up. You know, the unfunded liabilities for Social Security and health care, the $42 trillion in private debt, the $14 trillion in rising in government debt, including state and local. This is massive. It&#x27;s seven times our economy, and it&#x27;s three and a half times as high as our total debt was at the top of the roaring 20s.</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> And the Great Depression was no small shakeout from that. I mean, this is serious stuff. And for the government to think they can just throw a few trillion dollars at the economy and stimulate their way out of this is absolutely foolishness. They are basically shooting a fire hose into a tidal wave from my point of view. Mr. Dent, in your July update, you said that you felt that the bear market rally had hit its top. There are plenty of speculators, those with the gambling spirit out there, that still would like to take advantage of opportunities that are out there. You said it&#x27;s time to start shorting. What did you recommend on that end of the spectrum? Well, what we tell most people, instead of options and futures that are highly leveraged, this is a volatile market. And you don&#x27;t want to get killed on a bear market rally that can be very sharp or we&#x27;re just wrong short term and then it comes a little later.</p><p><strong>17:49</strong> So we&#x27;re saying the easiest thing to do is just buy an inverse ETF. Like you can buy the SPY if you&#x27;re betting on the stock market going up, the S&amp;P 500. But you can bet on it going down with no leverage by buying the SH. The QID is a double play inverse on the QQQs or the technology. And there&#x27;s a lot of other things we recommend you buy. But you just buy an inverse ETF. You don&#x27;t have to formally short stocks. They do it for you. And if the stock market goes down 20 percent, you&#x27;re going to be up 20 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s personally what I&#x27;m doing right now. I&#x27;m short the stock market. I think the average investor needs to be very, very careful these days about believing the hype they see on TV every day too, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, yeah. And, again, even if you&#x27;re listening to people like us, don&#x27;t go, you know, look at your risk tolerance like you would at any other time.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> If you&#x27;re going to short the market, don&#x27;t take more risk than you can handle. And I tell most people just buy a single inverse like the SH is a good one. I mean, we see that the S&amp;P could go down anywhere from 20 percent to 60 percent in the next six months. So that&#x27;s a very healthy return. You don&#x27;t need to add leverage to that. And then, you know, if the markets don&#x27;t fall here in the next few weeks and start to head down and we start to head to new highs, we&#x27;ll tell people, okay, you know, get out of this. And we may have to wait for a better opportunity. But our cycle strongly suggests, you know, the highest risk are coming in the next few months. And the markets could be down as late as the end of the year. Mr. Dent, you noted that this is the approach you&#x27;re taking right now. I still think and you probably agree that this is an approach that&#x27;s really, as you obviously are, only for advanced investors.</p><p><strong>19:30</strong> Yeah, this is for a more like a higher – and I mean, you know, like a normal aggressive investor because you&#x27;re not leveraging. You&#x27;re just betting on the market going down rather than up. Yes, for most people, for most investors, we&#x27;ve had a lot of people more conservative in the U.S. dollar by the UUP, for example. It&#x27;s an ETF that tracks the U.S. dollar index. That&#x27;s, you know, been up almost 20 percent. Now it&#x27;s pulled back. It&#x27;s getting attractive again. That&#x27;s a play that&#x27;s going – you know, you&#x27;re going to make 10 or 20 percent if we have a panic and the dollar&#x27;s up because it has been in every panic we&#x27;ve had so far. And, you know, it&#x27;s not as big a play and it&#x27;s more conservative or the most conservative people just be in cash, be in a T-bill account that&#x27;s safe. Maybe you&#x27;re only making 1 percent. That&#x27;s fine. You&#x27;re preserving your money until stocks go down 50, 60 percent or real estate goes down another 20, 30 percent in the next few years.</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> And then you can buy at really bargain levels and you can buy much more stock and much more real estate. Mr. Dent, some folks are still going to wait until the last minute or until after they see the signs that this is, in fact, the case to take any type of action. So what are the major warning signs, red flags that we will be going to see or are we already seeing them? Well, we may already be seeing them. We&#x27;re starting to see some weakness. We were looking for weakness in the last part of July and early August. I think the big thing, the markets ought to continue down in the next week or two if we&#x27;re right about a significant crash starting. You know, but the problem is if you wait to see if that&#x27;s right and we have one of these 1 or 2,000 point drop, you&#x27;re already going to miss a lot.</p><p><strong>21:07</strong> So it&#x27;s pretty dangerous. To me, almost better for most people to be out and then if it seems like we&#x27;re right, you start moving in or you take a position and you put a leash on it. You say, okay, you know, the Dow&#x27;s at whatever, 10,300 or 400 today. I&#x27;m going to sit here. But if this thing breaks, you know, substantially above the recent highs, 10,600, then I&#x27;m going to, you know, get out and play it safe for a while and see what happens. Because the markets should have topped here recently. And if they keep going up, then it says, you know, we might have to wait a little while. So, you know, again, August should be, we&#x27;re going to enter, you know, in our cycles of correction, it should be happening in August. So if it doesn&#x27;t happen pretty soon, we&#x27;re going to reconsider. And people should too.</p><p><strong>21:54</strong> Mr. Dent, we always appreciate your insight. You always bring a lot to the program here. And I am an avid follower of your updates on your site, HS Dent. We really appreciate you being on the program. If anything major as far as market movement does happen over the next couple weeks, could we get you back on here pretty soon? Yeah, yeah. No, no, definitely. No, this is a good time. Because like you say, we&#x27;re going to be watching this very closely. And the next couple weeks ought to tell us something. All right. Well, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program. And thank you for being here. Is there anything that you would like our listeners to know that you&#x27;re doing or anything that they can go as far as a resource to get in touch with more information from you? Well, you know, our website, hsdent.com, we&#x27;ve got a lot of free materials. We have some YouTube videos out there that we update people on regularly.</p><p><strong>22:42</strong> We also have an ETF that we&#x27;ve launched, DENT, that plays kind of both sides of the market. It&#x27;ll be in cash at times, and sometimes it&#x27;ll be a little short. It&#x27;ll be long when there&#x27;s – because we see the markets pretty much going up and down for the whole next decade. There&#x27;s not going to be – there&#x27;s going to be a downward bias, but overall it&#x27;s going to be more sideways. So there&#x27;s not going to be a clear trend that you can play. And I would recommend that ETF, frankly, as an option once we see a stock market crash. We&#x27;re going to do better in up markets than down slightly. So if we do see a crash later this year, that&#x27;s going to be a good place, we think, to put your money in something you can sit with more because it tries to clip, you know, the best parts of each up and down and doesn&#x27;t take a stance long-term like buying long, you know, large-cap stocks or something.</p><p><strong>23:30</strong> You&#x27;re just not going to be able to do that in this environment. Well, Mr. Dent, we always appreciate you coming on, and we look forward to talking to you again. Okay, great. Thank you very much.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, investing, market cycles, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/image.jpg?t=1792071639&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-market-cycles-and-preparing-for-a-downturn-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/image.jpg?t=1792071639&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jul 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1418</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=9e04750b-dbcf-4709-be15-b4e400ec4eb0" length="22726910" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-market-cycles-and-preparing-for-a-downturn-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>206</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:59" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:13" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>